zenodo_d -kc- final- the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. co-designing citizen social science for collective action # . report on knowledge coalition building environmental justice this document is shared under creative commons attribution . international license (cc by . ). cite as: arza, valeria, actis, guillermina, marchegiani, pia, velarde, malena, cane, santiago, buchsbaum, malena & swistun, débora. coactd . : report on knowledge coalition building. environmental justice. zenodo. http://doi.org/ . /zenodo. disclaimer: the present project deliverable has been submitted to the european commission for review. the information and views set out in this report are those of the author(s) and do not necessarily reflect the official opinion of the european union. neither the european union institutions and bodies nor any person acting on their behalf may be held responsible for the use which may be made of the information contained therein. # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. date – november dissemination level - public responsible partner - unsam author(s) / credits arza, valeria (cenit/unsam): writing original draft, conceptualisation, methodology, investigation, formal analysis, supervision actis, guillermina (cenit/unsam): writing original draft, conceptualisation, formal analysis, investigation. marchegiani, pia (farn): writing review and editing, formal analysis, investigation and supervision velarde, malena (cenit/unsam): writing review and editing, investigation, methodology, software, data curation, formal analysis, visualisation cane, santiago (farn): formal analysis and investigation buchsbaum, malena (cenit/unsam): writing review and editing, data curation, formal analysis swistun, débora (farn): investigation reviewers - isabelle bonhoure, teresa wintersteller, mariam malik, veronika wöhrer, katja mayer document history version date contributor comments . th november arza, v et al (lists of authors above) first draft kc report to be commented by consortium coordinators. . th november arza, v et al second draft after incorporating comments by ub. to be read by consortium members. . th november arza, v et al final draft of the report. # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. table of contents . executive summary . introduction . coact general concept . definition of the knowledge coalition . r&i action # scope . knowledge coalition formation . local context mapping . . farn experience in promoting sanitation and facilitating citizen participation in the basin . . cenit/unsam experience with open science and citizen participation in the production of knowledge towards transformation . . other citizen science initiatives in the riachuelo basin . knowledge coalition constitution process . knowledge coalition in action . knowledge coalition activities . . initiating first contact: the interviews . . micro-workshops, a tool to co-produce knowledge in lockdown time . . narrowing the scope: focussing on strategic topics participants methods - dynamics . . the knowledge coalition as a network approach . knowledge coalition outcomes . . introduction . . socio-environmental problems and practices to address them # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. . . the meanings and processes of citizen participation in policy making (for community and policy actors) and on knowledge production (for scientific actors) . . the first steps towards platform co-design . concluding remarks . references # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. list of figures figure : citizen social science in action figure : network expansion in months within and outside the matanza-riachuelo basin. figure : wordcloud of nouns for interviewees’ responses to the question on socio-environmental problems in the basin. figure : basin map and socio-environmental problems classified in six categories list of tables table : technologies and main features of previous two versions of farn’s qpr table : participants in different activities organised as part of coact r&i # from april to october and digital tools used. table : selected environmental justice issues in matanza-riachuelo basin in connection to farn´s agenda. list of abbreviations acumar: matanza-riachuelo basin authority css: citizen social science csos: civil society organisations gdpr: general data protection regulation ic: informed consent pisa: plan integral de saneamiento ambiental (sanitation plan) qpr: qué pasa riachuelo? (what’s up riachuelo) # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. . executive summary coact (co-designing citizen social science for collective action) aims at co-designing concepts, methods and tools for citizen social science around wicked global social issues. four different research and innovation (r&i) actions organised the empirical work of coact and this report presents the process of building the knowledge coalition network for one of those r&i actions developed in the frame of coact wp . this r&i action aims at co-designing citizen social science tools to facilitate actions contributing towards environmental justice in the matanza-riachuelo river basin. the basin covers km-long and million people live there, most of them in vulnerable socio-environmental situations. in particular, we aim at co-designing a digital platform to produce and share data that can contribute to mapping different socio-environmental problems as understood by a diversity of stakeholders and promote concrete actions for addressing those problems. the knowledge coalition works as a network of actors that intervene throughout the project’s r&i cycle, by discussing, defining, and co-designing different activities. we define it as the network of stakeholders who are interested in and informed about the r&i project goal and vision and who play an active role, either participating in or co-designing different actions. we expect the network to be continuously evolving and different types of commitment by a variety of actors is foreseen over time, depending on expertise, interests, synergies and project activities. farn and cenit/unsam identified three different types of actors that would be part of the knowledge coalition: researchers working in academic organisations doing research about different socio- environmental problems of the basin; public policy actors from the different jurisdictions involved in the basin (municipal, provincial and national) and community actors, which includes people living or working who belong to territorial organisations and also civil society organisations (csos) at large. # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. we had to modify our original plan for the knowledge coalition creation due to the covid- pandemic and associated lockdown restrictions. we organised three types of virtual engagement activities with candidates to be part of the knowledge coalition: interviews, micro-workshops and a platform co-design workshop. in total we reached around actors (research groups, public policy organisations and territorial and civil society organisations) inside and outside the basin, who participated in some of those instances and expressed their interest in being involved in the r&i action’s future activities. we managed to identify main socio-environmental problems in different locations in the basin as understood by different stakeholders who participated in our action. we also started to delineate the main purpose of the citizen driven platform, which will initially systematise and co-produce information on three main socio-environmental themes: conservation of green areas, water quality and relocation of people living in areas with environmental risks. . introduction . coact general concept coact (co-designing citizen social science for collective action) is proposing a new understanding of citizen social science as a participatory research co-designed and directly driven by citizens and citizen groups sharing a social concern (see figure ). coact proposes to face four “wicked” social global issues by engaging citizens in a vulnerable situation. the approach represents a new understanding of the underexplored field of citizen social science (css), understood here as participatory research co-designed with citizen groups sharing a social concern. the joint effort will result in the implementation of new or improved science-related policies and the advancement of the css approach with regards to its applicability in concrete fields or research. # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. figure : citizen social science in action, with citizen groups, a specific concern, and with the support of the knowledge coalition in all coact r&i actions (mental health care, youth employment and environmental justice), citizens in a vulnerable situation are placed at the centre of the research and their role and dedication conceptually recognize them as co-researchers. in parallel, the knowledge coalition is a network of stakeholders who are informed about the r&i actions’ goals, and play an active role, either participating in or co-designing different actions, to harness co-researchers' efforts and implement policies and measures based on scientific evidence. . definition of the knowledge coalition knowledge coalitions are formed by representatives of public administrations, civil society organisations (csos), educative organisations and co-researchers –to name a few. all r&i actions involve people from different areas of the political, academic/scientific and social realm, according to their field of research. they strive to assure that the composition of the knowledge coalition reflects the diversity of actors within their field and is sensitive to gender balance and other socio-structural categories that might become relevant such as ethnicity or age. the involvement and collaboration of the knowledge coalition members varies according to the specific r&i action and different actors may participate in different activities according to their expertise, interest and # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. expectations regarding synergies with their own activities associated to the social concern. the participation of the individual parties of the knowledge coalition can take place in various forms and in different moments of the r&i cycle: creating a structural framework for research, participating in the actual research process, informing on corresponding issues, implementing and discussing possible solutions or getting involved in the dissemination of the project and the transformation of research results into actions according to its acting potential. regardless of the role, each r&i action facilitates spaces for dialogue and action with different actors promoting the creation of a dynamic network and building from synergies among different initiatives adding therefore to the collective effort towards transformation. in order to coordinate the network and opening up spaces for deliberation, the r&i actions use different methods and approaches, from joint discussions, workshops, expert talks and digital tools to strategy meetings, which aim at a diversity of on- and offline participation possibilities. . r&i action # scope the r&i action on environmental justice explores socio-environmental problems in the matanza- riachuelo river basin with the aim of promoting transformative action. the matanza-riachuelo is a heavily contaminated km long river that runs along the southern limit of the city of buenos aires, where million people live. it is estimated that . million people in the basin live in highly vulnerable conditions , in terms of housing and access to basic infrastructure. there are several socio-environmental problems related to: see social vulnerability index build by acumar ( ) p. # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. i) contamination from production activities (mainly industrial but also agriculture); sewage effluents since % of population in the basin is not connected to sewage system (acumar, , p. ) and open garbage dumps ii) poor infrastructure in terms of housing (around people live in informal settlements and slums (acumar, , p. ), some of them built on garbage dumps), lack of access to safe water for % of the basin population (acumar, , p. ), and poor access to health system, which exacerbate the social impact of contamination. the knowledge coalition works as a network of actors that intervene throughout the project’s r&i cycle, by discussing, defining, and co-designing the different steps towards constructing a digital platform to produce and share data that can contribute to the development and advancement of concrete actions or solutions for the basin’s problems. we will learn from the experience in designing and using a previous platform developed by farn: qpr which stands for qué pasa riachuelo? (what’s up riachuelo?). this platform will be re-built through co-design mechanisms incorporating different perspectives and viewpoints from the basin communities, scientists, and public authorities. the citizen science platform will produce knowledge and understandings about the nature of different socio-environmental problems starting from three of them: water quality, threats to green spaces such as wetlands, and the resettlement of families previously located in the basin towline path. by doing so, it aims to provide useful information to design potential solutions. farn and cenit/unsam will guide and implement a set of activities to co-create the citizen science platform and promote its dissemination: ) open-ended interviews and workshops to identify socio-environmental problems in the matanza-riachuelo basin as they are understood by different actors as well as practices and activities aiming at addressing them; ) co-design workshops, where # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. participants discuss the main functionalities and obstacles for the digital platform development and sustainability; ) dissemination activities to generate new data sets on socio-environmental problems perception and to define how it can be contrasted with existing information sources and ) open hackathons for data analysis, interpretation and visualisation of the results. the r&i action on environmental justice’s main knowledge coalition actors, the matanza-riachuelo basin communities, scientists, and public bodies representatives, are identified through web-based research, bibliometric sources and farn and cenit/unsam previous connections. we have carried out three activities to reach these actors: interviews, micro-workshops and platform co-design workshops. during interviews, they narrate their experiences in the basin and their understanding of main problems and how citizen participation may help in the production of knowledge for transformative actions in the basin. community actors also participate in micro- workshops designed to add bottom-up perspectives to social-environmental issues and identify key practices addressing them. finally, socio-environmental problems identified through interviews and micro-workshops are discussed by the matanza-riachuelo communities’ actors, public bodies authorities, members from ngos, and scientists in a platform co-design workshop. this context provides the opportunity to review preliminary outcomes on the identified problems from an enhanced perspective. the main goal of the co-design workshop is to have instances to reflect on the purpose, type of data and functionalities of the digital platform and to anticipate obstacles that may come up both when designing and using it. workshops’ participants and interviewees who explicitly communicate their interest in being connected to projects activities and outcomes are all considered members of the knowledge coalition, which is then defined as a stakeholder network of actors interested in and informed about the r&i project goal and vision. this network includes activists, social and territorial organisations, ngo’s representatives, neighbours, scientists and policy makers mobilized to promote environmental # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. justice. the knowledge coalition contributes to frame both the r&i action’s items goals and co- design different activities related to the citizen science platform. all actors in this network have experience in putting forward different activities aiming at providing knowledge and actions towards environmental justice. we plan to promote synergies with these actors’ practices. we foresee that, responding to their own interests in the different subject matter, actors in the knowledge coalition network will participate in and co-organise activities aiming at the design, dissemination, use and/or impact of the citizen science platform throughout the project. . knowledge coalition formation . local context mapping the idea of creating a citizen science platform to address socio-environmental problems in matanza-riachuelo basin was first sketched in . this project was inspired by farn’s development of the citizen-driven data platform qpr and cenit/unsam research experience on open science and citizen participation in the production of knowledge aiming at transformation. . . farn experience in promoting sanitation and facilitating citizen participation in the basin in a group of local residents and workers from villa inflamable presented a lawsuit before the supreme court of justice of the nation (hereafter the court). the lawsuit focused on environmental pollution damage in the matanza-riachuelo basin and a series of demands and claims against the national state, the province of buenos aires, the government of the city of buenos aires and forty- four companies. # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. in the matanza-riachuelo basin authority (acumar) was created. acumar is an autonomous public organisation which combines the work of the three levels of governments that have authority over the territory (national, buenos aires province, and buenos aires city). it is the highest authority in the area on environmental issues. in , the court, in a landmark ruling, instructed acumar: i) to repair air, water, and ground damage caused by discharges to the river; ii) to improve the quality of life of the citizens of the entire basin and iii) to prevent future damage. also, in a group of civil society organisations (csos), including farn were admitted by the court as third parties interested in the legal cause. together with the ombudsman, and other three csos, the collegiate body was created by the supreme court's ruling to monitor the environmental clean-up and the progress of the sanitation plan (pisa plan integral de saneamiento ambiental in spanish). specifically, among the given roles was to promote citizen participation in the monitoring of the environmental clean-up and associated activities of the basin. it was subsequently decided that this collegiate body assumes the actual representation of the public in that process of sanitation. the court mandate was to foster citizen participation in the monitoring of acumar´s work, especially in its compliance with the sanitation plan. in farn and other csos initiated the project qpr qué pasa riachuelo? and in they launched the geo-referenced platform that enabled open access to data related to the acumar’s pisa. the final expected outcome was that communities could monitor these activities’ execution and influence public policies in their territory. in a second stage, qpr published citizen-generated data, which was a very innovative move. qpr became one of the first citizen-driven platforms in the country. the new section, “social monitoring'', the other csos were greenpeace argentina foundation; social and legal research centre (centro de estudios legales y sociales) and neighbours association of la boca. # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. established active mechanisms to control and watchdog the sanitation plan’s execution. this section included a new feature: a form that could be completed anonymously by citizens. this form gathered information that was then uploaded and published as a “story” (a neighbourhood alert taken by farn to request further information on the matter to the competent authority) or as an “action” (an activity carried out by the community); whose responses were also published. “social monitoring'' section also included a “news” subsection that displayed a social survey on the presence of the issues associated with the basin in the media. for more information on the case, please see fressoli and arza ( ) and mira ( ). in its first stage of development, farn and other csos established an agreement with acumar to fetch data about pisa execution and to publish it on an interactive map. neighbours from different parts of the basin and the csos involved were able to visualize this information and to contrast it with the cleaning up activities carried out in the basin’s territory. this was a key step since information was neither systematised nor easily accessible at that point in time. qpr ( ) qpr ( - ) data fetch data from acumar. display data on an interactive map. fetch data from acumar, techo. publish data produced by social organisations. display data on an interactive map. citizen participation features upload citizen-generated alerts using an online form administered during face-to-face workshops and meetings. upload citizen-generated alerts using an online and public form. platform provides environmental traffic light based on that data # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. technologies ushahidi, javascript, css, html, apacheconf data cleansing different instances of information cleansing: collegiate body, farn. platform strategy development environment (garage lab). citizen alerts and reports validated collectively during meetings. farn staff checked citizen-generated data before publication. data openness datasets open to the public in csv format available on http://datospublicos.org/ datasets open to the public in csv format. dissemination activities workshops at matanza-riachuelo basin schools. workshops all along the matanza- riachuelo basin. contact local newspapers. table : technologies and main features of previous two versions of farn’s qpr although farn organised workshops and other activities within the community to foster platform use, spontaneous participation was rather low. first, neighbours from the basin did not perceive the platform as a tool to solve their problems and eventually lost interest in reporting any situation as there were no concrete responses carried-out by acumar. second, neighbours feared reprisals by powerful groups with conflicting interests (e.g., industries verting waste). third, the wide digital and technology gap in the affected communities limited the platform’s use to the farn workshops. the qpr’s dependency on workshops to feed its database weakened its community impact. as soon as the project ran out of funds to sustain the workshops, the generation of systematic information could not be further guaranteed. funding was also needed for the cross-reference validation done by farn’s own staff on the citizen information about breaches to existing regulation and on the follow-up with national authorities on the different issues raised on the platform. # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. overall, qpr's main success was to push acumar to grant access to information related to the sanitation plan, to systematize existing data and to make it visible. this was a central claim from communities seeking solutions to long-lasting socio environmental problems. in fact, acumar ended-up developing its own geo-referenced tool showing information on socio-environmental basin’s problems, among other issues. however, the goal to foster citizen-generated data remained unfulfilled. the mentioned experiences made it clear that a new version of qpr had to be re-conceptualized to become a tool that could be uptaken by citizens. this goal not only aims at increasing the amount of citizen-generated data but also to build a sustainable platform that might become more independent from resources raised by leading organisations. . . cenit/unsam experience with open science and citizen participation in the production of knowledge towards transformation in cenit/unsam led a research project to understand how participatory science could contribute to overcoming health, inclusion, and environmental challenges in argentina. this project was part of the open and collaborative science in development network and cenit/unsam research team analysed the sanitary camps (campamentos sanitarios) in different rural and peri urban settings. these camps were organised by medical faculty and students responding to communities’ demand for epidemiological data in locations exposed to pesticide sprayings. the sanitary camps were held from until as part of the medical curricula at the national university of rosario school of medicine and produced epidemiological data representing more than , people (verzeñassi & vallini, ). the camps involved communities and local governments in the research process and the dissemination of the collected data. their action had a tremendous political and social impact, especially for sprayed peoples (pueblos fumigados) and # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. other socio-environmental movements that tried to document the detrimental human health impacts of the agro-industrial system based on extensive use of pesticides, a research area barely studied. eventually, the sanitary camps were dismantled by the school of medicine’s authorities. a great opportunity for transformation was lost and the question on how participatory science aiming at transformation in a political conflictive situation could overcome social, cultural and political barriers remains open. these are typical obstacles in undone science (hess, ) and studying them is particularly critical for open science scholars as we struggle with the question of how to incorporate political angle when dealing with methodological decisions, such as how to share data and information without risk of data being misused or the projects being boycotted/suppressed. when researchers from cenit/unsam first learnt about qpr, they got very enthusiastic about the role the tool had in pushing public policy forward. they also saw the potential to go beyond its social monitoring role and to use it to create relevant knowledge for solving pressing socio-environmental problems, influencing public policy and promoting transformative actions. as the sanitary camps experience showed, when the community gets involved in participatory research, they do so mobilised by the urge to change their reality. the community could tell what types of practices could work better than others. social scientists and csos could also contribute methodologically and by promoting strategic alliances to push data and ideas to convert into public policy and actions. cenit/unsam has been very active in advocating open science policies in argentina. the research centre has actively collaborated with other research organisations, csos and public policy, including the science and technology policy authority to advance discussions on both the promotion of open and citizen science and how to articulate it into public policy schemes. activities included seminars, policy workshops, technical assistance, festivals, community workshops and other dissemination activities. all these activities allowed cenit/unsam to better understand the potential # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. challenges in developing citizen science projects, addressing also the necessary alliances for conducting this type of research. . . coact riachuelo in both teams started to collaborate and jointly developed the vision that citizen participation facilitated by digital tools could promote transformative actions towards environmental justice in the basin. they agreed to learn from qpr experience and re-launch a new platform to share and create new knowledge on citizen’s understanding of socio-environmental problems and their practical experiences in dealing with them. based on their previous experience and connections, farn and cenit/unsam defined that there were three types of actors that had to be involved to put forward their project on citizen science for environmental justice. first, csos that had been participating in the basin's judicial conflict and the public policy catalysed by it and territorial organisations or individuals from the community with personal experience in searching for solutions to socio- environmental problems to be prioritized (see below). farn is the primary contact point for their previous experience working with these local groups or organisations. we aim at good gender and geographical balance. second, academic organisations and researchers working on those socio-environmental issues or with experience in advancing citizen science projects. cenit/unsam is the main contact point, and selection considers disciplinary and gender diversity, with a particular focus on universities located in the basin and research groups with previous experience in participatory science. third, policy makers from different jurisdictional levels (municipalities, provincial and national) with presence in different geographical areas of the basin, with special focus and responsibilities on environmental or sanitation policies. farn and cenit/unsam would work side by side to bring along these stakeholders, building from their previous networks and expertise. # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. . . other citizen science initiatives in the riachuelo basin we must also mention some particular experiences of citizen science in the matanza-riachuelo basin, associated with socio-environmental problems, which are close cousins of our r&i action and whose main representatives are also part of our knowledge coalition. on the one hand, appear is a project with both scientific and educational goals, that aims at mapping aquatic habitats of the continental water bodies in argentina. it also includes educational content and games in a mobile application and web-based platform (cochero, ). the basin’s territory is included in the more sampling sites of the project. anticipando la crecida was launched in as an extension project from the university of buenos aires. since it has an agreement with municipality of la matanza, one of the jurisdictions that is more affected by the risk parameters identified by acumar (acumar, ). biodiversity in the matanza-riachuelo basin (biodiversidad de la cuenca matanza-riachuelo · inaturalist, n.d.) is a citizen science initiative promoted by farn in the context of the international program “humedales sin fronteras” (wetlands without borders). the initiative uses the platform inaturalist to register citizens observations of natural species in the area, promoting their conservation and the visibility of the threats that affect them. . knowledge coalition constitution process once we identified the three different groups—policy makers, science actors and community actors—we started mapping potential candidates within each of them. farn included community members who were known to be active in the basin, based on their own experience and also drawing from existing networks of territorial organisations and other csos working with them. cenit/unsam searched for academic actors by analysing public bibliometric databases as well as the national portal on information in science and technology, which includes projects, researchers and scientific database. the list of candidates of policy actors include all relevant organisations working on environmental and sanitation policy in the basin. from these lists cenit/unsam and farn # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. collectively selected people ( % female) as potential candidates to be invited to the project activities and who therefore could become part of the knowledge coalition. we sought to promote diversity in terms of variables mentioned above: gender, geography, political jurisdiction and discipline. in addition, especially in the case of community and policy actors, previous connection was also a variable that weighed heavily in our selection decision. before formally contacting any of these actors, we worked on the ethical and data security aspects of these activities. this proved to be challenging since there is not much experience in ethical procedures for social sciences in argentina. neither unsam nor farn had an ethical committee who could revise our procedures. we reviewed several informed consent (ic) procedures for other research areas, and we studied argentinean regulation both on personal data and science and technology activities, which are both consistent with general data protection regulation (gdpr). our research activities are aligned with the ethics requirements contemplated in the º article of the argentinian law . of the national system of science, technology and innovation, regarding the inalienable and universal principles for conducting research activities. additionally, the project is compliant with the law . of personal data protection requisites, as the investigation procedures contemplate informing the participants about how their personal data will be handled and processed. for this purpose, ic forms have been developed, in order to make participants aware of their rights and of the data's different uses. the procedure was approved by the unsam vice dean office, which is responsible for research projects in unsam. we developed different ic forms for the different planned activities; these were later modified, to adapt to the online activities as imposed by the covid- ’s lockdown measures. eventually we also simplified them using plain language techniques and video formats to address certain obstacles (see more on section . below). the ic forms and procedures for our r&i action also benefited widely from contributions by other researchers in the coact consortium. # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. finally, regarding data protection, we discussed our research data cycle for the development of the data management plan by open knowledge foundation, part of coact consortium. when our research activities started and we began to generate and collect data we consulted with the unsam information technology team on cybersecurity issues in the context of home office imposed by the lockdown. they informed us to continue working with the institutional accounts of the cloud service of gdrive provided by the unsam. we have also requested remote access to the institution’s service to make monthly backups. . knowledge coalition in action our plans to build the knowledge coalition had to be modified due to the covid- pandemic and associated lockdown measures that started in mid-march and continue until the present time (early november ). people need special permits to move further than meters away from home and gathering indoors is forbidden. thus, our planned activities had to go fully virtual and it became challenging to reach both community actors —who had poor or no connectivity— and policy makers. our research takes place in the areas more heavily affected by the covid- spread. in addition, argentina is going through an economic crisis, which preceded the lockdown but has worsened by the pandemic and associated lockdown measures. therefore, both community and policy makers are affected by high degrees of sanitarian and economic urgencies. to build the knowledge coalition we planned to perform interviews from the above-mentioned list of people, and to organise a “recognition workshop” to consolidate it, and jointly co-design the upcoming activities. the workshop was planned for the first semester of and was first postponed under the expectations that restrictions were going to end within a few months. as this did not happen, we eventually had to cancel the face-to-face format. we proceeded to interview # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. potential knowledge coalition actors and replaced the “recognition workshop” with other types of virtual workshops as discussed in more detail below. . knowledge coalition activities for developing the network of actors to be part of the knowledge coalition we developed three different types of activities: interviews, micro-workshops with the community, and a platform co- design workshop. table briefly summarises the characteristics of participants and the digital tools used in each instance, which are described in more detail below. # . report on knowledge coalition building | the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. date platforms used science actors public policy actors community actors total participants territorial organisations from the basin ngos or other csos people organisations / projects micro- workshop participants / / zoom people - - (organisations) ( ) ( ) micro- workshop participants / / zoom people - - (organisations) ( ) ( ) interviewees april to september zoom/meet people (organisations. / research groups) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) workshop participants / / zoom/ jamboard/ mentimeter/ padlet people (organisations. / research groups) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) actors in the knowledge coalition network (counted only once, although they may have participated in different activities) table : participants in different activities organised as part of coact r&i # from april to october and digital tools used # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. . . initiating first contact: the interviews we designed three types of questionnaires for one-hour interviews with the three different types of actors. the questionnaire includes some questions that were common to all types of actors and some actor-type’s specific ones. among the former, we ask about the role/experience/activities of each actor in the basin; the problems/issues that each actor understands as the most relevant and the best/possible solutions that they identify. in addition, we asked all of them about the role of citizen participation in policy making (for community and policy actors) and on knowledge production (for academic actors). finally, we also ask them to recommend some other groups or projects that may be interested in our project, so as to continue enlarging our network. regarding the specific sections, for community actors, there were questions regarding the role of public policies; for academic actors, there were questions about the contribution of science in policy making; and, finally, for policy makers we asked about their priorities in the basin and how they matched those coming from community actors. we performed interviews, some of them to individual actors and others, to a couple of them jointly. as can be seen in table , there were people from the community or csos, from the scientific organisations and from the policy sector; % of them were women. in all interviews ic forms were sent in advance, % provided oral consent during the interviews. most interviews were recorded. ic for interviews included a series of statements for which people could choose their preference regarding the use of personal data. in general, people have agreed on us sharing direct quotes from interviews and attributing them with full names, but they normally requested us to show quotes beforehand. particularly for community actors, ic procedures resulted to be cumbersome. some of the expressed obstacles were associated with the provision of digital signatures and with the length and technical language. to address these, we opted for oral consents # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. in some cases and eventually simplifying the content and changing the procedure for community members (see below). . . micro-workshops, a tool to co-produce knowledge in lockdown time during july and august, we organised online micro-workshops to be held only with members of the basin’s local communities. the purpose of these workshops was to collect these stakeholders’ collective views on socio-environmental problems and their practices to overcome them. they were planned together with iconoclasistas, the art-group that is also part of our knowledge coalition, who are the experts in the collective mapping methodologies that were part of the activities we had planned for our r&i action pre-covid- . so far micro-workshops have been organised with participants from two different locations of the basin. there were six participants in each workshop, who knew each other and lived nearby and belong to territorial organisations such as museums, schools, and neighbour associations. workshops were coordinated through whatsapp groups to agree on schedule, to share information, including ic materials and to answer specific questions. they were conducted through video calls in the zoom platform. they were only audio-recorded. during the workshops, iconoclasistas worked with maps of the neighbourhoods and asked participants to use a piece of paper, which was divided in three columns. in each of them they had to identify problems, positive practices to address them, and most prominent territorial organisations responsible for those practices. they were also asked to geo-reference those elements. micro- workshops lasted over two hours and a half, during which people shared their annotations and thoughts while iconoclasistas were taking notes on the maps. people interacted while presenting their views, complementing their experiences and getting involved in conversations about problems, practices, actors and locations. # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. the micro-workshop method was an adequate approach for producing rich information and could work as a first step in the process of co-designing a citizen social science project in a digital environment: it allowed to engage the communities in a discussion with researchers in a dynamic way, because it generated a sense of collective belonging. through the dialogue it allowed the development of a collective vision of socio-environmental problems. since the method contributes to the identification of actors and practices that help to solve problems, it facilitates the discussion about future possible pathways for action. this information was very rich for expanding the map of actors and also for identifying positive practices. based on our experience with ic forms in interviews with community actors, for micro-workshops we decided to change our ic procedures. farn produced a video which explains the main activities of our r&i action, including how the information was going to be used. the video and a statement on our commitment regarding the use of the data was sent by whatsapp, and participants had the chance to ask questions using the same platform. in addition, we dedicated the first half an hour to read a plain language version of the aspects that required consent, showed the video again, answered any question and recorded an oral statement of agreement from all participants. . . narrowing the scope: focussing on strategic topics based on the information gathered during interviews and considering farn's experience and agenda in the basin, we decided to start working on three issues, all of which are of great relevance in relation to environmental justice and citizen participation. those issues are water quality; protection of green areas and relocation of population affected by situations of environmental risk. the decision to focus on these issues was both strategic and practical. on the one hand, farn has been leading both judicial activities and territorial engagement on these topics, and thus it makes # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. sense to focus the development of the platform on issues well connected to farn’s current and future agenda. on the other hand, given lockdown restrictions, and because we were not able to organise collective mapping workshops as initially planned, we decided to start working in the platform’s co-design using virtual on-line workshops. to make them manageable, we needed to reduce the quantity of socio-environmental issues and thus, decided to start working on the topics that were identified —in interviews and micro workshops— as relevant and coincide with farn’s own agenda. the platform could then incorporate other socio-environmental demands. water quality is a key issue in the riachuelo basin. the water receives sewage and industrial effluents, as well as solid urban waste, which represent the main causes of contamination in the basin. by jointly analysing the water quality and the evolution of associated regulation, it is possible to observe both the advances or setbacks in polluting factors and in public policies aimed at rebuilding the environment and preventing future damage. acumar has the leading role in terms of ruling about water quality. the collegiate body is currently demanding the setup of new limits in terms of permitted discharge amounts and water quality goals that may allow the restoration of the river. in new regulation was issued which modifies parameters but expected improvements in terms of water quality based on those new values and assessment methods are marginally. the water quality goal that has been established, according to the collegiate body, is also insufficient to reduce contamination. by including this topic on the platform, the population could report isolated events, such as strange spills, increased rubbish in the water mirror. also, they could share their understanding or personal experience on water quality or public policy, and how that matters for their lives. for several years, farn brought evidence on these issues, partly collected using the preliminary versions of qpr as a # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. social monitoring tool . the organisation systematically discussed in court the importance of water quality, since it is a central issue for environmental recompositing. the wetlands of the basin are the most significant green spaces, the sites with the greatest biodiversity in the basin, where nature becomes present in an urban setting. this issue has been prioritized because it accounts for the relation between people and ecosystems, their involvement in taking care and valuing the last remaining natural areas within a highly dense metropolitan region. the state of wetlands is highly relevant for basin environmental health. they provide fundamental environmental services and constitute the main tool for environmental re-composition since the river has minimal slope, with almost stagnant waters. nevertheless, wetlands in the basin are territories under dispute, with several different actors pushing for their access to land. citizens groups have collectively requested the legal protection of these areas for a long time. some protection was achieved in some areas of the basin. however, both real estate companies and different private projects (including a waste management company) have occupied these areas, putting them in danger. there are different kinds of conflicts in the area, involving not only different jurisdictions but also diverse economic, habitational and nature conservation interests. many of these conflicts are taken to the judiciary powers. the regulation of water quality and its control have been highlighted by the collegiate body in the last hearings convened by the supreme court in and , as can be seen in the public access file (autos “mendoza, beatriz y otros c/ estado nacional y otros s/ daños y perjuicios (daños derivados de la contaminación ambiental del río matanza riachuelo)”, expte. nº csjn / ( -m)) and especially in presentations “opinión del cuerpo colegiado ” and “resumen de la presentación - cuerpo colegiado - audiencia - - ”. also in the published document “ años del fallo de la corte. una política de estado todavía ausente. ”. on the other hand, in the execution file of the sentence in relation to water quality (“acumar c/ estado de aguas, napas subterráneas y calidad de aire” fsm / , that processes before juzgado federal de morón nº ) there are numerous presentations by the collegiate body in relation to resolution / on water quality. # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. moreover, a draft law on the protection of wetlands is being discussed at the national level in congress, which could have a high impact on the riachuelo basin. farn has been working on protecting wetlands for several years . the organisation has advocated for wetlands to become natural reserves, using different legal strategies including litigation. hence, it has strong ties with territorial organisations and residents who work for their protection. some are members of the knowledge coalition and co-researchers in this r&i action. farn is currently part of a campaign to achieve the legal protection of ciudad evita´s wetland and also monitors the situation of other wetlands, making legal presentations as to avoid alterations to those ecosystems. finally, we included relocation of the population living in areas with environmental risks for three reasons. firstly, this is a question of great social and legal relevance: as part of the judicial mandate of the supremes court, around , families had to forcibly move in order to restore the through its biodiversity area, farn has been working on the protection of wetlands for several years, throughout the national territory and particularly in the matanza riachuelo basin. farn promotes the enactment of a wetland protection law (https://farn.org.ar/leydehumedalesya-ambientalistas-piden-avanzar-con-un-texto-unificado/) and works for the specific protection of wetlands in the riachuelo through studies (https://farn.org.ar/wp- content/uploads/ / /reserva-ciudad-evita.pdf), written and audio-visual publications (https://youtu.be/- gn a o arw https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_pmrw lihto&feature=youtu.be https://farn.org.ar/preocupacion- por-la-reserva-municipal-santa-catalina/),presentations to administrative authorities (https://farn.org.ar/alerta-en- santa-catalina-por-obras-de-ampliacon-de-vias/ https://farn.org.ar/farn-pidio-al-poder-ejecutivo-de-la-provincia-de- buenos-aires-vetar-la-ley-que-desafecta- -hectareas-de-la-reserva-natural-laguna-de-rocha/ ) and before the court of execution of the sentence "mendoza", where various intrusions in the wetlands of the basin have been denounced and the judge was able to order the creation of an environmental evaluation system in acumar of works and projects to be carried out in wetlands or protected natural areas and to protect (all this can be seen in the public access file “ordenamiento territorial (autorización de mov. de suelos) s contencioso” fsm / , that processes before juzgado federal de morón nº ). part of the actions that farn has developed in this matter can be reflected in the hearings cited in note and in the file of relocations of the execution of the sentence “mendoza” (“acumar s/ urbanización de villas y asentamientos precarios s/ contencioso administrativo”fsm / , that processes before juzgado federal de morón nº ). there, irregularities have been reported in construction projects, shortcomings in moving processes and lack of compliance by political leaders. the organisation also participated in a public hearing held to create a relocation protocol (https://www.acumar.gob.ar/wp-content/uploads/ / /informe-final-audiencia-p%c %bablica- .pdf ). # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. environment and avoid risks to the population. new houses have been slowly built (over ). there have been discussions about the quality of the new houses, their location (in relation to the life plan of the people and the environmental status of the new locations), the quality of the constructions, the participation of the people affected in the processes and decision-making. as a matter of fact, this is the only issue included in the judicial cause that had direct participation of affected people. there are many different ways in which policy making has responded to these processes. but the information is dispersed; each process has been carried out without information from the others. the platform could then be a very relevant tool to facilitate participation, to share experiences and practical knowledge, and to strengthen connections that may enable transformative actions towards improving living conditions for communities in the basin. issue relevance connection to farn’s agenda platform´s potential contribution (examples) water quality sewage and industrial effluents, as well as solid urban waste, represent the main causes of contamination in the basin. for several years, farn brought evidence on water quality. the organisation systematically discussed its importance in court. to share people understanding or personal experience on water quality or public policy, and how that matters for their lives. protection of green areas green areas provide fundamental environmental services and constitute the main tool for environmental re-composition. nevertheless, wetlands in the basin are territories under dispute, with several different actors pushing for their access to land. farn has been working on protecting wetlands for several years. the organisation has advocated for wetlands to become natural reserves, using different legal strategies including litigation. articulation among different organisations, for instance to share strategies towards green area conservation. relocation of population affected by situations of environmental risk as part of the judicial mandate of the supremes court, around , families had to forcibly move in order to restore the environment and avoid risks to the population. there farn has been active in reporting irregularities in relation to relocations in different judicial causes. the organisation also participated in public hearings held to create a relocation protocol to share experiences and practical knowledge, and to strengthen connections that may enable transformative actions towards improving living conditions for communities # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. have been discussions about the quality of the new houses, their location (in relation to the life plan of the people and the environmental status of the new locations), the quality of the constructions, the participation of the people affected in the processes and decision-making. in the basin. table : selected environmental justice issues in matanza-riachuelo to start working in the platform co- design . . targeting the platform: the co-design workshop the goal of the workshop was to produce a first brainstorming of ideas about how the platform could become a useful tool for sharing ideas, experiences and practices in relation to problems and solutions involved in each of the three selected topics. at the same time, this workshop enabled the interaction among members of our knowledge coalition network for the first time. therefore, it had the double purpose of formally launching the project and creating a space for the stakeholders to start interacting. we needed a virtual space designed for people to share their ideas regarding the project’s purpose, in the context of lockdown restrictions, this had to be virtual. we adapted methods for a digital experience taking into consideration that it included people who were not necessarily accustomed to digital tools, neither they knew each other. participants we built a list of potential candidates to be invited to the workshop. among them there were % from scientific organisations, % from policy and % from the community. the invitations included a flyer for advertising the event, the workshop programme and a registration form which # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. included the video on information of personal data management (same video as in micro-workshops). to register for the workshop, people had to agree on our data policy, and they could opt for their names to be mentioned as participants. only those properly registered were contacted with the virtual credential to attend the meeting. especially among community members, there were some people that were not included in the original list but learned about the workshops by other members of the community and asked for permission to participate, which was granted in all cases. members of cenit/unsam and farn pursued a dedicated follow-up of invitees. in total there were registered participants and over half of them actually participated in the workshop. among participants, there were around % from scientific organisations, % from community and csos and % from policy covering different jurisdictions; % of participants were female and their interests were evenly spread around the three thematic areas. some people that had registered to participate afterwards explained that they had overlapping activities but were still interested in the project. also, at the last moment some community members who had registered to participate had to deal with some emergency situation in their territory and did not attend. we will follow-up on this too. methods - dynamics the workshop lasted two hours and included plenary and group sessions. the main goal of the activity was to gather information on the participants’ inputs on the project main outcome: an open- source citizen science platform for promoting actions towards environmental justice there were three plenary sessions, with group sessions in-between. we used several digital tools as mentioned below and enabled the zoom chat for conversation and reactions. the first plenary included presentations by representatives of both leading organisations (farn and cenit/unsam) about the project and its citizen social science approach. after these, a collective # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. exercise to gather information was conducted using the online tool of wordcloud of mentimeter. two questions were posed to the group in order to understand participants' perception of the existing problems: first, we presented a question on the main socio-environmental problems in the basin; and second, we proceeded similarly but focussing on of each the three topics of interest: conservation of green areas, water quality and relocations. the wordclouds that emerged from this session were then used as inputs for the discussions on both group sessions. the second plenary session consisted of a brief presentation of farn’s previous versions of qpr platform and their interest in promoting the participation in the basin as a fundamental aspect of environmental justice. the relevance of the three thematic areas was also briefly discussed. finally, the last plenary session included the presentation of the group discussions and a reflexive exercise conducted by zsi to gather information on the participants’ expectations about the project using the padlet tool. the group discussions were facilitated and annotated by cenit/unsam and farn teams. the first group session aimed at identifying how people got informed about socio-environmental problems in the basin with the idea to create an initial map of the type and sources of information about the basin that could be included in the platform. therefore, we used the first group session as a first anchor in the process of collectively discussing the project: stakeholders were asked about their knowledge regarding information sources and formats and the problems they face when using it. this contributed to focus on the project’s main goal (to create an online citizen science platform to map socio-environmental problems and potential solutions) by broadening out the diversity of perspectives of what is considered useful information. the second session was more directly associated with the project’s expected output: we asked participants to discuss their ideas about the platform’s purpose and the information to be produced and shared through it on each thematic topic. we used the wordclouds from the mentimeter exercise as reflexive points but with the focus on online interactive formats (as presented by the examples # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. from the first session). we also asked about obstacles and problems that may turn up when designing and using such a platform. the group sessions were organised through breakout rooms where the facilitators used the google jamboard tool to introduce the discussions in interactive ways, and for the participants to be able to write their thoughts and opinions in a more direct way, considering they may not feel initially comfortable with sharing them out loud. the boards also aimed at providing a record of the discussions, and to allow the facilitators to have inputs to catalyse the conversation, as they were shared online and the annotations visible for the participants in the other breakout rooms, allowing for cross fertilization of the debate. . . the knowledge coalition as a network approach we initiated the project idea in close collaboration with a dozen of actors among policy makers, csos and community actors, and researchers from academic organisations, all of whom wrote letters of support for the project proposal in march . in figure we draw how the network expanded both outside but especially inside the matanza-riachuelo basin. new actors who shared the r&i action were contacted by farn and cenit/unsam to take part in some of the activities we described above. there were also some few cases that initiated the contact themselves. those that expressed their interest to remain connected are considered part of the knowledge coalition network, reaching a total of actors, classified in research groups ( %), public policy organisations ( %) and csos ( %). in table we stated that there unique organisations which participated in the r&i action activities but in figure there are two additional organizations (one ngo and one territorial organization) which are part of our knowledge coalition since . # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. thus, we define our knowledge coalition as a network of stakeholders who are interested in and informed about the r&i project goal and vision and who play an active role, either participating in or co-designing different actions. actors in this network interact and deliberate in spaces mainly facilitated by the project's coordination team. in all cases, we seek to build from synergies of their activities in the basin. figure : network expansion in months within and outside the matanza-riachuelo basin # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. . knowledge coalition outcomes . . introduction this section is organised in three blocks. first, based on interviews and micro-workshops, we present the socio-environmental problems and actors’ socio-technical practices addressing them. we found an extensive list of socio-environmental problems affecting the basin that we classified in broad categories, developed to allow comparability with other sources of information, especially acumar. we contrast these understandings across different types of actors and in different locations. second, we focus on the concept of participation for the production of knowledge that could contribute towards transformation. we are interested in reflecting from the perspective of different actors conforming the knowledge xoalition their understandings on the value of participation and also on how participation could be implemented and supported. we believe it is important to recognize that there are different ways in which participants could engage with citizen science projects (haklay, ), depending on their interests, capabilities and project goals. thus, in our r&i action we also expect that participation will adopt different characteristics for different actors in different activities and processes. particularly, we are interested in addressing how the communities, in general, and co-researchers who are part of the knowledge coalition will participate. in this section we will present an approach to the stakeholders’ perceptions of citizens’ participation in both policymaking and knowledge production processes. these inputs are key to better understand the expectations and tensions that may appear when co-designing the project and defining its focus in the different instances with the knowledge coalition members # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. third, we present preliminary results on the co-design workshop, particularly in relation to the participating stakeholders’ experience in using available information about the basin and their ideas on the purpose and potential obstacles in using the platform. . . socio-environmental problems and practices to address them figure depicts the most important issues raised by different actors when asked, in an interview setting, about socio environmental problems. figure : wordcloud of nouns for interviewees’ responses to the question on socio-environmental problems in the basin this wordcloud displays the frequency of nouns used by interviewees to answer the question “what are the matanza- riachuelo basin’s main socio-environmental problems?”. we used the bag-of-words method coded in python to represent the multiset of the words used in this part of the interview and then we filtered all terms that did not match the noun criteria. finally, we rendered the resulting dataset using nubedepalabras.es # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. those words come as responses to the specific section in the questionnaire asking about socio- environmental problems. thus, issues related to the water, sanitation, floods, sewage system, settlements (informal housing), rubbish, contamination and health stand out in the wordcloud. however, there are also other nouns, which do not represent problems, specifically, but relate to the situated experience of actors in the basin: such as river, neighbourhoods, neighbours, water streams, territory, work, people, etc. the interviews’ and micro-workshops’ materials (transcriptions and notes) were analysed to map the main issues of the basin identified by the stakeholders. after listing these problems, we codified them into six categories that emerged from the project's original proposal and could work to contrast our findings with official public policy’s documents. the six categories of problems are the following: • social vulnerability: includes any reference from the interviewees or micro-workshops’ participants to the conditions affecting the living standards of communities in the basin. these conditions include infrastructure deficiencies related to the provision of public services and basic rights such as access to food, health, education and housing as well as references to the stigma that such conditions may produce. • contamination: the material consequences of different activities that affect the basin’s environment related to productive activities, deficient public infrastructure and/or individual behaviour. • green spaces conservation: actions and situations that refer to the disturbance of public areas that provide environmental and recreational services to the basin. some of them were legally defined as objects of protection. • flooding: references to the events produced by the covering or submerging of normally dry land by heavy precipitations and river overflow. # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. • health problems: all the individual or collective discomforts or diseases that actors directly associate with living in the basin or with contamination. • public policy (actions and inactions): the issues identified as part of the actions or absence of them that are meant to be implemented by the public policy authorities (national, provincial or local) to comply with the judicial sentence request, and translated into the pisa. these categories have some relation with the ones contemplated by acumar’s risk maps, develop to determine the prioritization of the different policy interventions . the authority refers to social vulnerability—defined as the ascertainable condition of certain groups associated with their exposition to socioeconomic, habitational, sanitary, nutritional, psychosocial and environmental factors that determine their capacity to recover from catastrophes and threats—when including as a variable the people’s housing conditions (for which there is available consolidated official data). floods and contamination are reflected as several of the threats that are determinants of risk: landfills (sites identified and tracked by the direction of solid waste management), presence of industrial establishments (considered as priority for control as these industries have been categorized as high in environmental complexity) and the quality of the underground water for human consumption (evaluating the presence of nitrates, as an indicator of potential contamination by industrial activities). the health index considers several issues associated with the morbidity and mortality produced by environmental diseases and contamination (as evaluated by acumar in air, in the authority developed an environmental risk map (acumar, ) with the purpose of guiding public policy interventions (mainly relocations/urbanizations and infrastructure) and a health risk map (pasqualini et al., ) that incorporates among other variables the integral evaluations of environmental health in risk areas (eisaar for their initials in spanish) that the authority has been conducting (in alliance with the municipal jurisdictions) since to evaluate the population’s environmental health by along the basin. in (acumar, ) it also published a report for which it had begun working in with the national scientific and technical research council to produce an inventory of the basin’s wetlands, following the judicial demands as well as the collegiate body’s recommendations. # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. water, land, etc.). finally, protected areas and wetlands in particular are monitored by a program that seeks to create a database for their sustainable management and preservation, although it includes water and sediments parameters only, for the hydrogeological characterization of the wetlands. in figure below we map the problems that were mentioned during both interviews and micro- workshops and their locations according to actors’ narratives. it goes without saying that data displayed there does not represent a complete picture of the problems faced in each location, but attempts to highlight both the complexity of the socio-environmental phenomena ahead and the extension of situated experiences that conform our network. in addition, since research activities were carried out in the context of covid- pandemic and lockdown restrictions, all actors, but especially community and policy actors, were overwhelmed by daily sanitary and economic emergencies, which may have changed their own priorities regarding socio-environmental problems. the construction of the knowledge coalition network is proposed in this project as a dynamic process. so far, we have connected with actors with experience in eight of the fourteen municipalities included in the matanza-riachuelo basin: avellaneda, almirante brown, merlo, lanús, la matanza, lomas de zamora, esteban echeverría, and buenos aires city. in most jurisdictions we map socio-environmental problems belonging to several categories, with important specificities in each of them. # . report on knowledge coalition building figure : basin map and socio-environmental problems classified in six categories # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. when the analysis is organised by types of actors, we could identify different problems’ prioritisation and also different practices aiming at addressing them, as shown below. csos and territorial organisations in our network frequently referred to issues related to social vulnerability, particularly in relation to poor access to housing and lack of access to public services such as drinkable water and sewage. contamination of water and land coming from industrial and sewage waste and rubbish was also pointed out frequently among main problems. since one of our micro-workshops was organised with neighbour associations defending natural reserves, green area conservation and changes in habitat conditions also turned up as important concerns. finally, this type of actor was the one more prone to identifying problems they suffered that were directly related to policy action or inaction. csos’ and territorial organisations also reported activities to address those issues. these involve the organisation of complaints, mobilisations and environmental awareness campaigns against rubbish dumping, the destruction of natural reserves and the sale of public spaces. csos in particular, have a leading role in making visible main issues and in claiming for participation on both regulatory design and monitoring policy processes. policy makers in our network identified problems similarly to communities but their priorities focus on the social vulnerability —housing deficit and lack of access to public services, but also basic needs such access to food, health and employment. besides, they also mentioned environmental contamination problems which cannot be underestimated such as rubbish dumps and dumping of sewage and industrial effluents, and their associated health problems they may cause. the deficit of green areas and the risk of gentrification that can follow the improvements at the basin’s environment were also mentioned in some interviews, although not as main problems. # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. it must be noticed that actors from policy bodies have been in office for less than a year (governments in all jurisdictions changed in december ) and during pandemic time. thus, although they mentioned some specific practices that were carried out in their jurisdictions to promote citizen participation (e.g., municipal forums for the conservation of green spaces) or environmental monitoring (e.g., creation of technical observatory of agrochemicals), they were still incipient and overpassed by other activities to deal with current emergency. finally, members of research organisations tend to focus on single issues related to their research specialisation. they usually highlight how those issues are important for communities wellbeing. water quality was one important research goal, and therefore, environmental contamination due to several causes included industrial, agricultural and sewage waste; rubbish dumps were highly mentioned. researchers relate contamination with health problems and they mention that social vulnerability, especially the one associated with housing and lack of essential public services, only worsen the relation between contamination and health. in addition, the conservation of green areas was also mentioned as vital importance to avoid recurrent floods, aggravated by solid waste disposal obstructing streams, that cause evacuations and even deaths. as mentioned, activities and experiences by researchers from scientific organisations in our network were mostly related to analysing contamination, particularly in relation with water quality. for example, how water remediation tools used in other countries could be applied at the basin, or the elaboration of methods to control water use or the use of citizen science methods to monitor aquatic environments. there were also biological studies related to metal contamination, engineering studies for monitoring water bodies throughout the basin to anticipate floods and social studies on the effects of relocation on people and neighbourhoods. most of these studies attempt to have an impact on public policy. # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. . . the meanings and processes of citizen participation in policy making (for community and policy actors) and on knowledge production (for scientific actors) in our r&i action—and in citizen social science more generally—we envisage that people who engage are politically interested in changing a reality that affects them. they may contribute not just with information or data production about problems as defined by researchers, but also with their personal and situated experience in seeking for solutions. yet, (their) participation could be organised in different ways by establishing the appropriate governance mechanisms. in this section we discuss how this idea is seen by different actors in the knowledge coalition, when we asked them about their understanding of the role of citizen participation. in our knowledge coalition network, citizen participation was recognised as having different roles which could be broadly associated to the different types of actors we interacted with. from a civil society perspective citizen participation in policy making has a democratising role; it is seen as the opportunity to be treated as equals in the definition of public policies priorities. in turn, from the perspective of public policy, citizen participation has a contributory role as it allows for a better identification of community priorities. if successful, this contributes to policy actions to be culturally or socially appropriated by the community, an important dimension for both the effective implementation as well as the sustainability of public policy. academic actors were asked about the role of citizen participation in the production of scientific knowledge. in general, participation was seen as a route to improve the responsiveness of science. it was claimed that scientific projects could better reach community needs when working closely with them. in addition, due to that very same reason participation also contributed to the legitimisation of # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. science, before society and public policy actors, which is valued particularly during periods when public investment in science is questioned. regarding policymaking processes, civil society actors see that community organisation is a necessary condition for participating in public policies, but it is not sufficient. articulation with public policy bodies is also important to build trust relations that may be conducive to more effective participation. there are several important experiences in the basin where participation has accomplished important achievements, such as producing information about the sources and consequences of pollution (pereira & tobías, ), mapping and contrasting the results of the policy implementation (del castillo & fressoli, ; radtke, ) and co-producing protocols for the relocations processes (demoy et al., ). in all cases, there were social organisations and ngos involved in the mobilization of different stakeholders. yet, the organisations and community actors we interacted with identified a risk of citizen discouragement, since participation can be very demanding and—although included in the basin’s sanitation policy judicial sentence—there are no binding mechanisms created for participation to be translated into tangible public policy measures: existing mechanisms such as the “working roundtables” and public audiences are not binding. in addition, processes are so slow that can be frustrating. in turn, policy makers discussed the difficulty of balancing participation and deliberation with contexts of emergency decision-making (such as those imposed with the difficulties of covid- times). but they also discussed the lack of appropriate mechanisms that would enable more engaged participation (innovating from the traditional consultative approaches). finally, although as we mentioned there are some well-established experiences of citizen science in the basin, most researchers we interviewed do not consider citizen participation as an integral part of the knowledge production phase of the research cycle. they see it as part of university outreach # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. activities or introduced through traditional channels such as interviews to obtain data, or communication strategies, to share research outcomes, and in some cases, for social monitoring of environmental data. outside specific citizen science networks, there is little knowledge about citizen science projects. researchers working in citizen science projects, argued that it proved to be difficult to sustain collaboration with communities for a long time, especially because those activities are not recognised in scientific evaluation schemes and also because it was too demanding on time and energy to be ready to commit to those activities in the long run. dealing with community expectations, especially in the context of social vulnerability, was also mentioned as an important barrier. . . the first steps towards platform co-design one of the goals of the workshop was to identify current use of digital information by different stakeholders and the problems they face in general when looking for information. participants discussed in small groups the information they use in their daily activities in the basin and we also asked specifically about some sources of information which share digital open data, to understand their experience with them in terms of access and use. there were unique sources of information mentioned in the almost post-its written in jamboard. the distribution of digital vs. analogue sources was to , with that were classified as ambiguous (as they could be consulted either way and participants did not specify). we also found that in all break-out rooms participants mentioned at least one local source of information (from municipality’s websites or contacts to local press, organisations and neighbours). in relation to people's experience when using available information, the issues mentioned were: information’s obsolescence (due to lack of update or website maintenance); data format which made it difficult to reuse; visualization issues; and data fragmentation. # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. the second purpose of the workshop was to initiate more concrete discussions with members of the knowledge coalition on our r&i action goal of building a citizen science platform for mapping socio-environmental problems and promoting actions towards environmental justice. we divided the discussion on break-out rooms per thematic areas, but we found that there were some common topics that stood up in all rooms: to share experiences and narratives regarding the problem matter, and to facilitate networking and dialogue among different initiatives. the main concerns regarding the use of a digital platform that emerged in the three sessions were related to restrictions in technological infrastructure; lack of technical capabilities; potential misinterpretation or inadequate use of the uploaded information; and the need for data validation. . concluding remarks our r&i action involves fairly complex and diverse socio-environmental phenomena in a large territory which is densely populated. in this context, we seek to articulate with a large network of allies, with previous experience and responsibilities in the basin. network formation is dynamic and the participation of actors in the r&i activities will vary over time and the type of action. from our experience, we could argue that three variables affect engagement by different types of actors: thematic expertise and/or interest of participants; degree of synergies with their own activities in the basin and the specificities of the expected contribution for each planned action. we envisage that in order to address the complexity of socio-environmental issues involved in r&i action we need to enable participation from a diverse set of stakeholders, who could contribute to better identify problems, mobilise resources and facilitate socio-technical transitions, as the academic and policy literature suggest (bäckstrand, ; gallopín & vessuri, ; sauermann et al., ; stirling, ). however, as these authors claim, the social impact of citizen science projects depends on overcoming several challenges that turn up when trying to guarantee scale, diversity and intensity of # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. participation (den broeder et al., ; heiss & matthes, ; kythreotis et al., ; sauermann et al., ). challenges are related to how to sustain participation and how to respond to the time, technical and regulatory constraints that each participant faces in their own institutional and cultural context for action. thus, to promote sustainability of such participation we need to link to interests and previous and future activities of these heterogeneous participants. that is why we believed a network structure of stakeholders’ participation is more appropriate than a fixed coalition of stakeholders. this implies that stakeholders will participate on and off in the different activities we propose but they are nevertheless well informed and connected to the project activities; they will actively participate when they find it suitable in terms of their own agenda. the challenge is then how to promote synergies among diverse stakeholder agendas without departing from the r&i action vision, that is to encourage citizen participation facilitated by digital tools to promote transformative actions towards environmental justice in the basin. the virtual environment imposed by covid- pandemic added new challenges, particularly when considering the digital gap affecting people living in vulnerable conditions. network formation is a dynamic process and therefore it is always a work-in progress. yet, people in the knowledge coalition network have manifested explicit interest in participating and being informed on our activities. therefore, despite important challenges ahead, especially in relation to covid- related restrictions and uneven and poor digital infrastructure in the country, we think we have been able to create a yet incipient but growing network of actors interested and connected to our r&i action. the main challenge we encountered so far was to work in a lockdown situation with communities living in vulnerable situations with poor digital infrastructure. on more than one occasion, it was not possible to contact interested members of the community due to connectivity issues. articulation with # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. public policy actors was also very complicated in this situation; we could do not more than acknowledge that they were buried in daily emergencies and we were not as successful as we expected in reaching them. interviews and workshops turned virtual. for the former and for the cases the digital barrier was overcome, we faced some challenges in administering the informed consents. we learnt from the process and it went more smoothly over time. for the latter, we originally thought it may have been complex to gather a diversity of actors in a virtual environment, especially due to asymmetric power, digital capabilities and potentially conflicting interests. but after building trust through interviews, information communications and micro-workshops we managed to organised a very productive interactive workshop, some six months after the r&i action formally initiated. challenges in relation to implementing the ic procedure were manifold. firstly, we needed to design the tool almost from scratch. informing participants of the research processes and obtaining their explicit consent is a common practice in biomedical projects in the country. however, in those cases people are the object of research and therefore tools used in those contexts are not straightforwardly adaptable to the participatory and collaborative approach of our r&i action. when the project began and prior to our initial activities we designed the ic forms and procedures. we documented all the participatory activities and made decisions in terms of the information we would share with the consortium’s members, discussing the types of personal data to be collected and measures of protection. we followed our colleagues’ recommendations and studied their forms’ proposals, as well as our local normative guidelines and examples of consent for other disciplines and developed our own for the different types of stakeholders and their participation, translating them to english as well. when we had to reprogram our activities due to the lockdown, we needed to design new tools for unforeseen activities such as micro and co-design virtual workshops. the impossibility of meeting face-to-face led us to innovate in our procedure, simplifying the language but also the format for providing information: farn communication team produced a video and we implemented both oral # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. consent and electronic agreement through google forms, with identification assured by requesting confirmation with emails. going through those challenges made us confident in our capacities to adapt our plans and remain flexible to new turns in the context of uncertainty. we have relied on stringent mechanisms for organisation and articulation among main partners. we established a fortnight team meeting fixed schedule since the beginning of the lockdown, which allowed us to thoroughly discuss necessary changes in original plans. we also documented decisions and established follow-up mechanisms. in addition, for building the knowledge coalition we rely on both organisations’ previous networks and we devote time and effort to build trust with new contacts, which is of paramount importance for the success of our project activities. we learnt it could be gained even in the absence of face-to-face interaction. we were also positively surprised by the good reception of digital tools among workshop participants. yet we believe in future workshops and interactive activities we need to provide more time for oral discussions. in the co-design workshop, we realised that some of the group discussions were cut down before they could properly finish. overall, we found that virtual interactions worked better in more institutionalised environments. however, in the case of community members along the basin we still need to experiment with alternative mechanisms. # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. . references acumar. ( ). identificación de áreas prioritarias para intervenciones en la cuenca matanza- riachuelo. análisis de riesgo ambiental. acumar. ( ). estudio de humedales en la cuenca matanza-riachuelo. estado de situación. acumar. ( ). informe de mandas. estado de cumplimiento y acciones. bäckstrand, k. ( ). civic science for sustainability: reframing the role of experts, policy-makers and citizens in environmental governance. global environmental politics, ( ), – . https://doi.org/ . / biodiversidad de la cuenca matanza-riachuelo · inaturalist. (n.d.). retrieved october , from https://www.inaturalist.org/projects/biodiversidad-de-la-cuenca-matanza-riachuelo cochero, j. ( ). appear: a citizen science mobile app to map the habitat quality of continental waterbodies. ecología austral, ( ), – . https://bibliotecadigital.exactas.uba.ar/collection/ecologiaaustral/document/ecologiaaustral_v _n _p del castillo, m & fressoli, m. ( ). ¿qué pasa riachuelo? in m. fressoli & v. arza, the impact of citizen generated data in argentina (pp. – ). civicus datashift. demoy, m., yacovino, p., olejarczyk, r., swistun, d., campos, n., & lekerman, v. ( ). articulación entre la academia y la gestión pública. reflexiones sobre la experiencia en procesos de relocalización involuntaria de población. ponencia presentada en congreso internacional contested_cities. disponible en: https://bit. ly/ iav fl [fecha de consulta: / / ]. # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. den broeder, l., devilee, j., van oers, h., schuit, a. j., & wagemakers, a. ( ). citizen science for public health. health promotion international, ( ), – . https://doi.org/ . /heapro/daw fressoli, m., & arza, v. ( ). discussion. in m. fressoli & v. arza, the impact of citizen generated data in argentina (pp. – ). civicus datashift. gallopín, g., & vessuri, h. ( ). science for sustainable development: articulating knowledges. in interfaces between science and society ( st ed., pp. – ). greenleaf publishing limited. https://doi.org/ . /gleaf. - - - - _ haklay, m. ( ). participatory citizen science. in citizen science: innovation in open science, society and policy. ucl press. heiss, r., & matthes, j. ( ). citizen science in the social sciences: a call for more evidence. gaia - ecological perspectives for science and society, ( ), – . https://doi.org/ . /gaia. . . hess, d. j. ( ). alternative pathways in science and industry. mit press. kythreotis, a. p., mantyka-pringle, c., mercer, t. g., whitmarsh, l. e., corner, a., paavola, j., chambers, c., miller, b. a., & castree, n. ( ). citizen social science for more integrative and effective climate action: a science-policy perspective. frontiers in environmental science, . https://doi.org/ . /fenvs. . mira, j. ( ). activismo verde: participación ciudadana por el derecho al ambiente sano en la argentina. http://ri.conicet.gov.ar/handle/ / # . report on knowledge coalition building the coact project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation programme under grant agreement no. pasqualini, m. f., bañuelos, c., faure montania, e., gonzález, j., hepp, y., lópez, f. e., malinovsky, v., & mayo, p. ( ). mapa de riesgo sanitario ambiental de la cuenca matanza riachuelo (acumar, ed.). acumar. pereira, p., & tobías, m. ( ). políticas de agua potable y saneamiento y demandas locales en el Área metropolitana de buenos aires. mg merlinsky, cartografías del conflicto ambiental en argentina. buenos aires: ciccus-clacso. radtke, a. r. ( ). caminos de la villa: a case study in civic advocacy through crowdmapping [phd thesis]. sauermann, h., vohland, k., antoniou, v., balázs, b., göbel, c., karatzas, k., mooney, p., perelló, j., ponti, m., samson, r., & winter, s. ( ). citizen science and sustainability transitions. research policy, ( ), . https://doi.org/ . /j.respol. . stirling, a. ( ). a general framework for analysing diversity in science, technology and society. journal of the royal society interface, ( ), – . https://doi.org/ . /rsif. . verzeñassi, d., & vallini, a. ( ). transformaciones en los modos de enfermar y morir en la región agroindustrial de argentina. issa. http://www.biodiversidadla.org/documentos/transformaciones- en-los-modos-de-enfermar-y-morir-en-la-region-agroindustrial-de-argentina [pdf] xenotransplantation, consent and international justicedewb_ .. | semantic scholar skip to search formskip to main content> semantic scholar's logo search sign increate free account you are currently offline. some features of the site may not work correctly. corpus id: xenotransplantation, consent and international justicedewb_ .. @inproceedings{sparrow xenotransplantationca, title={xenotransplantation, consent and international justicedewb_ .. }, author={r. sparrow}, year={ } } r. sparrow published researchmgt.monash.edu save to library create alert cite launch research feed share this paper references in primates : world experience and current status xenotransplantation related papers abstract references related papers stay connected with semantic scholar sign up about semantic scholar semantic scholar is a free, ai-powered research tool for scientific literature, based at the allen institute for ai. learn more → resources datasetssupp.aiapiopen corpus organization about usresearchpublishing partnersdata partners   faqcontact proudly built by ai with the help of our collaborators terms of service•privacy policy the allen institute for ai by clicking accept or continuing to use the site, you agree to the terms outlined in our privacy policy, terms of service, and dataset license accept & continue forthcoming in journal of the american philosophical association accepted manuscript (please cite published version), copyright – american philosophical association *i thank my colleagues m.l. arvan, steven geisz, and laura kane for their invaluable feedback and support. i am also grateful to helen de cruz, two reviewers, and the editors of the journal of the american philosophical association. finally, i thank thomas christiano and gerald gaus for guidance in the early stages of this project many years ago. nonideal justice as nonideal fairness marcus arvan university of tampa marvan@ut.edu abstract: this article argues that diverse theorists have reasons to theorize about fairness in nonideal conditions, including theorists who reject fairness in ideal theory. it then develops a new all-purpose model of ‘nonideal fairness.’ § argues that fairness is central to nonideal theory across diverse ideological and methodological frameworks. § then argues that ‘nonideal fairness’ is best modeled by a nonideal original position adaptable to different nonideal conditions and background normative frameworks (including anti-rawlsian ones). § then argues that the parties to the model have grounds to seek a variety of remedial social, legal, cultural, and economic ‘nonideal primary goods’ for combating injustice, as well as grounds to distribute these goods in an equitable and inclusive manner. finally, i illustrate how the model indexes the nonideal primary goods it justifies to different nonideal contexts and background normative frameworks, illustrating why diverse theorists should find the model and its output principles attractive. key words: justice, fairness, ideal theory, nonideal theory, original position moral, social, and political theorists have increasingly focused on the distinction between ideal and nonideal theory, for good reason. first, it is vital to determine whether we should theorize about ideals—as many allege ideal theorizing is inherently problematic (farrelly ; mills ; sen ; wiens . cf. lawford-smith ; simmons ; erman and möller ; volacu ). second, if ideal theorizing should be done, there are questions of how to do it properly and distinguish it from nonideal theory (rawls a: - , - ; stemplowska ; simmons ; valentini ; volacu ). third, there is the issue of how to extend ideal theories to nonideal conditions, both generally (arvan , ; mills : - ; phillips ; simmons ; volacu ) and for specific issues, such as affirmative action (taylor ; matthew ), reparations (carcien ; espindola and vaca ), and warfare (rawls b: part ii). finally, if ideal theorizing should not be pursued, there is the question of how to theorize properly without it (sen ; wiens ). mailto:marvan@ut.edu although substantial progress has been made on these questions, this article argues that two issues remain underexplored: the extent to which fairness should be central to nonideal theorizing, and how to theorize about ‘nonideal fairness’ properly. this article argues that diverse theorists have reasons to theorize about nonideal fairness. it then defends a new all-purpose framework for determining what nonideal fairness requires. § argues that fairness is central to nonideal theory across diverse ideological and methodological frameworks. first, § . argues that fairness is central to rawlsian nonideal theory. § . then argues that fairness remains central to nonideal theory for two very different ideologies: nozickean libertarianism and marxism. here i show that although nozick rejects fairness in ideal theory, he invokes it in nonideal theory—because only fairness appears capable of resolving conflicts in his theory of rectification. i then show that an analogous point extends to marxism. finally, § . argues the point extends to the ‘nonideal-theory-only’ approaches defended by sen and wiens. although § only addresses a handful of theoretical frameworks, i use them because they are influential, ideologically and methodologically diverse, and because they illustrate a general point: that nonideal conditions give rise to conflicting claims that fairness appears necessary to adequately resolve. accordingly, although § does not establish that all theories of justice require an account of nonideal fairness, it shows that several diverse and influential frameworks do; that nonideal fairness has been undertheorized across those frameworks; and that there are general reasons to think this may be true of other (if not all ) normative frameworks. as one reviewer noted, utilitarianism is a plausible counterexample: whether it supports ‘nonideal fairness’ depends on what maximizes utility. although this is true, rawls’ influential objection to utilitarianism—that it fails to respect the ‘separateness of persons’ (rawls a: , )—may be instructive. one possibility worth examining is whether fairness is central to nonideal theory for any normative framework that adequately respects separateness of persons. however, we must set this aside for future inquiry. next, § argues that a quasi-rawlsian model of fairness applied to nonideal conditions—a generalized version of a ‘nonideal original position’ previously defended in a rawlsian context—models a conception of nonideal fairness that diverse theorists should find attractive. finally, § explores principles of nonideal justice that might emerge from the model— principles i suggest diverse theorists should find attractive as well. . fairness as central to nonideal theory some contend that justice is fairness, understanding justice in terms of substantive principles of fairness justified by a fair procedure (rawls a: § ; dworkin ). however, not everyone does. libertarians identify an ideally just order as respecting liberty (nozick : chs. - , esp. - ), and classical utilitarians contend justice involves maximizing the good (mill : ch. v)—even though both arguably justify unfair treatment (rawls a: § ; nozick : chs. - ). thus, justice and fairness may or may not be identical. nevertheless, questions of procedural and substantive fairness loom large in nonideal contexts. for example, is affirmative action just? proponents argue justice requires or permits it for ensuring fair outcomes (appiah ; beauchamp ; burns and schapper ) or fair selection-procedures (harris and narayan ). however, opponents allege it is an unfair procedure of reverse discrimination (pojman ; taylor ; mulligan ). is universal health care just? proponents often argue fairness requires readers may note similarities to mills’ ( : epilogue, esp. ) suggestion that liberalism should utilize a modified rawlsian model to address racial injustice. however, there are important differences between our projects. first, my project is broader, arguing that a modified rawlsian model should be utilized by more diverse theorists, including libertarians, marxists, and those who disagree with mills’ ( , ) critiques of ideal theory. second, the modified rawlsian apparatus defended here is a generalized form of the model previously defended in arvan ( , ), where i argue it has different implications for racial justice than mills ( : - ) suggests. it (daniels ; dworkin ), others disagree (jacobs ). what about reparations for historical injustice? proponents often argue fairness substantively requires reparations (carcien ; espindola and vaca ; coates ). however, opponents allege reparations are an unfair procedure harming the innocent (horowitz ). and world poverty? some argue fairness requires a lot from people to alleviate it (singer ); others are less certain (arvan : - ; wenar ). i will not argue here that fairness is the only normative issue in nonideal theory (cf. arvan ). the relevant point is that fairness is normatively central to debates about justice in a nonideal world. we will now see there are good reasons why. . fairness in rawlsian nonideal theory given that rawls holds that justice is fairness, fairness is surely central to rawlsian nonideal theory. what is less well-understood is what rawlsians should take ‘nonideal fairness’ to be. some contend that rawls’ principles of ideal justice should be extended to nonideal conditions ‘in spirit’ (korsgaard : – ; taylor ). further, some who presuppose this approach suggest that nonideal theory cannot save rawls’ ideal theory from common critiques (kang ). these views, however, are mistaken. as simmons ( : § ) and i (arvan : - ) argue, rawls’ ideal theory cannot be extended to nonideal conditions straightforwardly—but when it is extended properly it can address issues not addressed adequately in ideal theory, including (contra kang) affording extra concern for the interests of marginalized groups (arvan : - ). allow me to explain. in arvan ( ), i argued that because rawls assumes ‘strict-compliance’ in ideal theory, rawlsian ideal theory generates no account of what fairness requires under nonideal conditions. rawls recognized this lacuna, writing: it will be recalled that strict compliance is one of the stipulations to the original position…because the parties are choosing a conception of justice suitable for favorable conditions…the principles [of justice] define then a perfectly just scheme…but even granting the soundness of these principles for this purpose, we must still ask how well they apply to institutions under less than favorable conditions, and whether they provide any guidance for instances of injustice. the principles and their lexical order were not acknowledged with these situations in mind and so it is possible that they no longer hold (rawls a: - ; emphasis added). specifically, in his theory of domestic justice, rawls has the parties to the original position assume theirs is ‘a society in which ( ) everyone accepts and knows that others accept the same principles of justice, and ( ) the basic social institutions generally satisfy and are known to satisfy these principles’ (ibid: ). simmons ( : ) shows this assumption entails two possible types of domestic non-compliance: non-compliance by individuals and by institutions. to see how rawlsian ideal theory thus fails to provide an analysis of nonideal fairness, consider one case of institutional non-compliance: the present-day usa. the us fails to strictly-comply with rawls’ first principle of ideal justice. for although the us constitution nominally ascribes equal basic rights and liberties to all citizens—in conformity with rawls’ first principle—the us fails to satisfy that principle’s requirement that everyone enjoy the ‘fair value’ of those rights and liberties (rawls : ; rawls : . see also krishnamurthy , ). some ways the us plausibly fails to do so include voter suppression (bentele and o’brien ) and evisceration of the fourth amendment for minority populations (alexander : ch. ). the us also fails to satisfy rawls’ fair- equality-of-opportunity principle, which plausibly prohibits (rawls b: , ) the us’s vast disparities by race and ethnicity in education (mickelson ), health-care (williams and jackson ), incarceration (pettit and western ), and so on. finally, the us fails to satisfy rawls’ ( a: - ) difference principle, which prohibits economic inequalities not to the advantage of all, particularly the least well-off—as economic inequality in the us primarily benefits the top % (piketty and saez ). none of this is surprising. if rawls’ ideal theory of domestic justice is correct, the united states must change substantially to become fully just. but at what cost, and to whom? consider one attempt to arguably move closer to rawls’ ideal of fair equality of opportunity: the affordable care act of , the nominal aim of which is to ensure all americans have access to affordable health care. suppose the aca brought the us closer to rawlsian ideals. regardless, transition to the aca imposed costs on people that would never arise in an ideal rawlsian society. among other things, businesses and insurance companies had to take on costs of unhealthy individuals who might have been healthier if the us had a just health care system from the outset (see kocher and adashi ). the point here is simple: nonideal conditions generate ‘nonideal costs’ that would never arise under ideal conditions—costs of injustice and costs of reform. this is critical. because of rawls’ strict-compliance assumption, the parties to his ideal original position never considered any such costs, including costs from individual non- compliance. consequently, if justice is fairness (as rawls contends), rawlsians still need to provide some further account of nonideal fairness factoring in nonideal costs. finally, because rawls ( b: ) similarly predicates his law of peoples on strict-compliance, rawlsians need a theory of nonideal fairness for international affairs as well (simmons : ; cf. arvan ). . fairness in non-rawlsian nonideal theory this article cannot examine every ideological perspective. instead, let us examine two deeply opposed ideologies: nozickean libertarianism and marxism. as we will now see, both also generate clear reasons to theorize about nonideal fairness, in ways not yet fully recognized. along with rawlsianism, i use these test-cases to illustrate that across diverse and opposing ideologies, nonideal conditions give rise to conflicting claims that fairness appears necessary to adequately resolve. let us begin with robert nozick’s libertarian theory. nozick ( : - ) defends negative rights to life, liberty, and property as moral ‘side-constraints’ that cannot be permissibly violated even for protecting the same rights of others. he then argues that only a ‘minimal’ libertarian state respects these constraints (ibid: chs. - ). throughout, nozick inveighs against the idea that justice is a matter of fairness, at least in ideal theory. first, he argues against fair play—the notion (see hart ; rawls ) that persons benefitting from mutually advantageous cooperative ventures (such as a nation-state) owe acquiescence to the venture’s rules as a matter of fairness. second, nozick ( : ch. ) argues against a ‘fair distribution’ of wealth and income, contending that justice requires respect for individual property-rights. finally, nozick argues against entitlements to fair equality of opportunity, meaningful work, and non-exploitation (ibid: ch. ). given nozick’s systematic opposition to fairness in ideal theory, why should a nozickean ascribe normative force to fairness in nonideal theory? the answer, surprisingly, is in anarchy, state, and utopia. first, on the few occasions that nozick discusses nonideal theory, considerations of fairness are prominent. consider nozick’s answer to what justice requires in rectifying historical injustice. nozick claims we should reason counterfactually, asking which property-holdings individuals would have if injustice never occurred (ibid: - ). however, nozick then adds: [w]hatever difficulties [one] has in applying the principle of rectification to persons who did not violate the first two principles [of the entitlement theory of justice] are difficulties in balancing considerations so as to correctly formulate the complex principle itself; ... (ibid: ). if ‘balancing considerations’ sounds like fairness, that is because it is. later, nozick argues that because we cannot determinately trace out the effects of historically-distant injustices (e.g. we cannot know precisely which individual(s) would hold this land had native peoples never been defrauded), we must appeal to some other normative notion beyond respect for liberty. and that notion? nozick writes: perhaps it is best to view some patterned principles of distributive justice as rough rules of thumb meant to approximate the general results of applying the principle of rectification…for example, lacking much historical information, and assuming ( ) that victims of injustice generally do worse than they otherwise would and ( ) that those from the least well-off group…have the highest probability of being the (descendants of) victims…then a rough rule of thumb for rectifying injustices might seem to be the following: organize society so as to maximize the position of whatever group ends up least well-off in society….although to introduce socialism as the punishment for our sins would be to go too far, past injustices might be so great as to make necessary in the short run a more extensive state in order to rectify them (ibid: - , emphases added). in essence, nozick holds that when we lack sufficient information to rectify past injustices counterfactually (viz. respect for individual liberty), we must appeal to fairness, instituting something like rawls’ difference principle because it seems like the fairest thing to do. fairness also seems implicit in nozick’s addendum that socialism ‘would go too far.’ why would it ‘go too far’? what answer can nozick plausibly give here except, ‘that amount of infringement of liberty would be unfair’? second, by investigating the normative foundations nozick gives for libertarianism, we can see there are independent reasons to think he must invoke fairness in nonideal conditions. nozick gives two justifications for libertarian side-constraints. first, nozick ( : ) suggests that they are perhaps the best interpretation of the kant’s ( : : ) requirement to never treat humanity as a mere means (cf. rawls a: § ). nozick’s second justification focuses on our ability to plan our lives and pursue our ends. he contends that insofar as these things enable us to make our lives meaningful (nozick : - ), and we care about living meaningful lives—not merely pleasant ones (ibid: - )—we have moral grounds to treat liberty as a side-constraint. we can see how both rationales apply to nozick’s (ibid: - ) public address example against fair play. nozick asks whether, even if you enjoyed others playing a public address system, justice permits others to coerce you to play it on ‘your’ assigned day. nozick claims this would be unjust, as it would deprive you of your liberty (ibid: - ). regardless of whether we agree, we can see how nozick’s two rationales for libertarian side-constraints apply: forcing you to play the address system would in his view use you as a mere means for others, making you spend one day of your life doing something you do not find meaningful. however, can nozick’s normative rationales coherently justify libertarian side- constraints in nonideal conditions? it is hard to see how. consider slavery or historical injustices toward native peoples, the downstream effects of which are still pervasive. for nozick, historical injustices invalidate any resulting distribution of property-holdings. for example, if someone’s ancestor was unjustly deprived of this land, then for nozick no one other than the original holder or their descendants is morally entitled to it. here, though, is the problem. if we do not know who would have been entitled to this land had no injustice occurred, then nozick’s counterfactual account of rectification cannot specify who is now entitled to it. on the one hand, some people (descendants of native peoples, slaves, etc.) remain disadvantaged by historical injustice, compromising their ability to freely pursue their life plans in ways that (for all we know) they might be counterfactually entitled to. on the other hand, taking land or property away from you or i would interfere without our autonomy and life plans in ways we may be counterfactually entitled to. because in cases of distant injustice we cannot know precisely who is counterfactually entitled to what, nozick’s principle of rectification—his account of what respect for liberty requires in rectifying injustice—cannot specify what nonideal justice requires. but if liberty cannot settle this, what can? as nozick’s own discussion reveals, only some notion of fairness—some notion of how much liberty it is fair for people to sacrifice to rectify distant injustices—appears capable of specifying which forms of rectification ‘go too far’ and which do not. now consider communism—the marxist notion that an ideal, non-exploitive society would conform to the dictum ‘from each according to their ability, to each according to their see my discussion earlier regarding systemic inequalities of basic liberties, opportunities, and income in the us, at least some of which surely reflect historical injustice on nozick’s libertarian picture. need’ (marx ). although marx’s theory of history (‘dialectical materialism’) holds that communism must be achieved through a proletarian revolution, marxism still implies an ‘ideal theory’ of sorts. after all, marx’s complaint against all non-communist systems is that they are unfairly exploitive (ibid.; marx and engels ; cf. elster ). insofar as marx argues that communism is normatively superior to other social-political systems, marxism implies that communism is ideal. we can now see in turn why marxists should theorize about ‘nonideal fairness.’ one reason is the astonishing unfairness and brutality of past and present ‘communist’ movements, such as mass murder and starvation in soviet russia following the bolshevik revolution (rappaport : ), the great famine resulting from mao’s great leap forward (song ), and so on. of course, many might contend that leninism, stalinism, and maoism misinterpreted or misapplied marxism. however, this does not obviate the need for a theory of nonideal fairness for marxists, for two reasons. first, because different interpretations of marxism can be held and have been pursued at great human cost, a nonideal theory of fairness for those interpretations might have helped to prevent immense atrocities—by getting leninists, maoists, etc., to understand that their ideals do not justify any and every means for achieving them. second, marx’s own theory of a proletarian revolution lacks an adequate account of the costs people should face in transition to communism. given marx’s normative opposition to unfair exploitation, moral consistency requires applying the same standard to transition: a marxist conception of ‘nonideal fairness’ (which i explore in § ). thus, across diverse frameworks—rawlsianism, nozickean libertarianism, and marxism—we observe similar issues. first, because each framework’s ideals abstract away from ‘nonideal costs’, each tradition needs to provide a normatively coherent and plausible account of how nonideal costs should be addressed. second, we have seen that on all three frameworks, only fairness appears capable of fulfilling this role—because ‘nonideal costs’ give rise to conflicting claims that other notions (like liberty) appear normatively insufficient to resolve. finally, we can see how the argument plausibly extends to other ideal theories. insofar as ideal theories focus on ideal conditions—abstracting away from nonideal costs and conflicting claims they generate—normatively forceful questions about nonideal fairness seem likely arise relative to other ideal theories as well. . fairness in nonideal-theory-only frameworks similar issues arise even for ‘nonideal-theory-only’ approaches to social and political theory. for example, amartya sen ( ) argues for reasoning about justice using comparative judgments, normatively evaluating actions and institutions based on their effects on human capabilities. similarly, wiens ( ) argues for focusing on institutional failure analysis— that is, on ways institutions generate problematic social outcomes, and ways to correct such failures. however, these accounts also need some further account of nonideal fairness. to see how, suppose we judge the current us health-care system to be comparatively worse than universal health-care (qua sen), perhaps because current institutions generate problematic outcomes (qua wiens). nevertheless, any transition to a system of universal health-care is going to impose costs on people, such as shifting tax burdens, putting insurance companies out of business, insurance adjusters out of jobs, etc. these costs raise questions of fairness not adequately addressed by sen’s or wiens’ methods. first, there are questions of fairness in weighing ‘comparatively better states of affairs’ or ‘better institutions’ against transition-costs. second, there are questions of fairness in distribution—of how transition-costs should be distributed across individuals, groups, or nations in social reform. consequently, nonideal-theory-only theorists also need a further theory of nonideal fairness: a theory of the costs it is fair to impose upon people for bringing about a comparatively better world. . nonideal justice as nonideal fairness we have seen that diverse theoretical traditions need an account of nonideal fairness. nonideal conditions give rise to ‘nonideal costs’—to conflicting claims inadequately addressed in ideal theory or by standard ‘nonideal-theory-only’ methods—that fairness appears normatively necessary to resolve. however, what would a compelling analysis of nonideal fairness look like? such an analysis intuitively needs to do several things. first, it should hold everyone in nonideal conditions to whichever duties of justice we might conditionally establish prior to factoring ‘nonideal costs.’ such duties may be specified in two ways. first, they might be specified by ideal theory. as we have seen, ideal theories define ideal conditions by abstracting away from nonideal costs: rawls derives his principles of ideal justice from an assumption of strict-compliance; nozick derives his ideal libertarian state from the assumption that libertarian side-constraints are never violated; and so on. because ideal theories abstract away from nonideal costs, they at most establish conditional duties— duties to bring about ideal conditions (relative to whichever ideal theory is assumed) all things being equal. alternatively, if ideal theory is rejected, conditional duties may be arrived at through ‘nonideal-theory-only’ methods—for instance, through sen’s method of comparative evaluation or wiens’ institutional-failure analysis. however, as we saw in § . , these methods also only establish conditional duties of justice. sen’s method at most specifies which end-states would be comparatively more just (abstracting away from transition-costs), and wiens’ method only tells us which institutions are failing and which institutions might work better (not which transition-costs are fair to impose upon people). consequently, a good model of nonideal fairness should not only include or ‘plug in’ whichever conditional duties of justice are established by other methods. it should also (i) model a fair procedure for, (ii) weighing such conditional duties against ‘nonideal costs’, and for (iii) justifying substantive conclusions about what fairness requires in nonideal conditions taking these matters into consideration. such a model, if constructed, would appear to comprise a compelling all-purpose analysis of nonideal fairness for two reasons: . it could be fruitfully attached to a diverse variety of ideological or methodological frameworks, inserting whichever conditional duties one’s favored theoretical framework affirms. . it would constitute a fair procedure for arriving at substantive principles of nonideal fairness on two critical issues we have seen other frameworks elide: (i) fairness in weighing conditional duties of justice against nonideal costs (and, by extension, weighing nonideal costs against each other), and (ii) fairness in distributing nonideal costs in social reform. can we construct such a model? in arvan ( ), i argued that a variant of rawls’ original position—a ‘nonideal original position’—does just this. although i only developed the model in a rawlsian context, we will now see that it can be generalized (cf. arvan ). for let us look at the model in detail. first, i proposed we imagine the parties to the nonideal original position as situated behind a ‘nonideal veil of ignorance’—a variant of rawls’ veil of ignorance applied to nonideal conditions instead of strict-compliance (arvan : - ). for example, in the case of rawls’ theory of domestic justice, the relevant parties to the nonideal original position would be all citizens of a particular state (say, the us) behind a veil of ignorance applied to the conditions of noncompliance in their society (giving them general knowledge of its injustices). the nonideal veil of ignorance then withholds from the parties any self- identifying information about which citizen (present or future) they might actually be. consequently, the nonideal original position models a fair method whereby no relevant individuals can arbitrarily privilege themselves in nonideal conditions over anyone else. next, i proposed the parties behind the nonideal veil are to all have rawlsian ideals as all-things-equal motivations (ibid: - ). this models the fact that rawlsian ideal theory (if correct) establishes ‘conditional’ duties of justice. because, as we saw earlier, rawlsian ideal theory entirely abstracts away from nonideal costs, everyone in the nonideal original position ought to regard themselves under a duty to pursue rawlsian ideals, but also as free to weigh those ideals against nonideal costs—since again, nothing in rawlsian ideal theory addressed such costs (ibid: - ). thus formulated, the nonideal original position superficially appears to contain a contradiction (ibid: , ). its parties are all stipulated to have rawlsian ideals behind the veil, while deliberating as though they could turn out to be any actual individual in nonideal conditions. because many actual individuals are not motivated by rawlsian ideals, this seemingly implies the parties to the model all have motive x (rawlsian ideals) but might not have x—an apparent inconsistency. however, this contradiction is illusory. because the parties behind the veil are stipulated to deliberate from rawlsian ideals, the model represents the commonsense idea that justice in a nonideal world requires holding everyone to their duties to pursue a more just world even if, in actuality, they are not motivated to do so (ibid: ). putting these two components together—the parties’ motives and the nonideal veil of ignorance—i argued that the model represents an important step forward in rawlsian theory. it provides rawlsians a fair procedure for weighing nonideal costs against rawlsian ideals, and for distributing nonideal costs fairly. non-rawlsians might wonder why, if they reject rawls’ original position in ideal theory, they should accept it as a model of fairness in nonideal theory. the answer, i will now argue, is that the nonideal original position represents an attractive model of nonideal fairness relative to diverse ideological and methodological commitments. for notice: the normative rationales for each component of the nonideal original position are perfectly general. the nonideal original position is a compelling model of nonideal fairness not because rawls’ theoretical apparatus implies it, but because it accomplishes several things we should want any nonideal theory of fairness to do—namely: (a) hold people normatively to whichever conditional duties of justice they have. (b) provide a fair procedure for weighing nonideal costs against those conditional duties and against each other. (c) provide a fair procedure for deliberating to substantive principles of fairness for distributing nonideal costs. we can see this by returning to anti-rawlsian frameworks. for example, what should a nozickean be looking for in nonideal theory? as we saw in § . , they should look to hold everyone to a duty to support libertarian ideals and a principle of rectification, but then give some principled analysis of which nonideal costs it is fair to impose upon people for rectifying historical wrongs. now consider marxism. what should a marxist want in nonideal i thank laura kane for pressing this concern. theory? as we saw in § . , they should want to hold everyone in nonideal conditions to a duty to support communism, while providing some principled analysis of which nonideal costs it is fair to impose upon people in transitioning toward communism. and what sort of model should a ‘nonideal-theory-only’ theorist (e.g. sen, wiens, etc.) be looking for? as we saw in § . , they should look to hold people to duties to support comparatively more just conditions (qua sen) or rectify institutional failures (qua wiens), but then provide some principled analysis of nonideal costs it is fair to impose upon people in pursuit of these duties. in each case, these are the very questions the nonideal original position provides a fair procedure for addressing. relative to whichever conditional duties one plugs into the model, the nonideal original position models a fair procedure for deliberating to substantive principles of nonideal fairness. the nonideal original position is thus an all-purpose method for engaging in volacu’s ( ) proposed process of ‘incremental derivation’ in nonideal theory. first, the model can be applied to any set of nonideal conditions—to rawlsian partial-compliance theory, unfavorable conditions theory, or 'no-circumstances-of-justice theory’ (see arvan : - ); to simmons’ various forms of noncompliance (simmons : ); to unjust international conditions (cf. arvan ); to historical injustices (viz. nozickean rectification); and so on. second, it may be applied to specific issues within nonideal theory: to affirmative action, poverty, warfare, etc. finally, as we have seen it can be applied using although in one sense the nonideal original position ‘idealizes’—modeling everyone under nonideal conditions in a position of fairness—that does not make it an ‘ideal theory.’ any normative theory—including theories of how we should respond to a nonideal world—will have to idealize in some way, telling us what would be fair in a given set of conditions. the salient question, volacu ( ) points out, is not whether a model idealizes but whether its idealizations accurately represent relevant normative considerations. the point of this article is that the nonideal original position correctly represents normative considerations relevant to determining what is fair in nonideal conditions. different ideals (nozickean ideals, marxist ideals, etc.) or nonideal-theoretic methods (sen’s comparative-justice analysis, wiens’ institutional failure analysis, etc.). . what nonideal fairness might be which principles of nonideal fairness might emerge from the nonideal original position? the short answer is it seems likely to justify different principles for different nonideal conditions—as different conditions (e.g. injustice in modern democracies, injustices in slave states, warfare, etc.) pose different challenges and possibilities. however, there are prima facie reasons to think the principles it is likely to generate will have certain commonalities regardless of nonideal context or which conditional duties are utilized. to see how, consider how in previous work i filled in the deliberative situation of the parties in the rawlsian case. first, i argued (arvan : - ) that because ideal theory establishes conditional duties, and the veil of ignorance enables the parties to weigh those duties against nonideal costs, the parties have three higher-order interests behind the nonideal veil: . bringing people in nonideal conditions who oppose or are ambivalent to rawlsian ideals to instead support and pursue those ideals—including the priority relations rawls ( a: - ) ascribes to his principles of ideal justice. . enabling everyone who has rawlsian ideals to rationally weigh those ideals against nonideal costs (and nonideal costs against each other). . enabling everyone who rationally weighs rawlsian ideals against nonideal costs to effectively advance their most favored weighting thereof. although these higher-order interests could lead the parties to different principles of nonideal justice for different conditions (e.g. slavery, warfare, etc.), they reveal the parties have similar deliberative concerns across nonideal contexts: promoting rawlsian ideals, rationally weighing them against costs, etc. notice, next, that these three interests are highly intuitive vis-à-vis what justice requires in a nonideal world. the first interest tells us that justice requires ‘changing the hearts and minds’ of people who lack the right ideals. although in previous work i presupposed rawlsian ideals, i need not have. if we were to build different ideals into the model (e.g. nozickean ideals, marxist ideals, etc.), the parties to it would have analogous interests relative to those other ideals: interests in changing people’s values in favor of whichever ideals (rawlsian, nozickean, marxist, etc.) one takes to be correct. this implication of the model is highly intuitive: bringing people to support the right ideals has been the aim of (roughly) every reform movement in history. now consider the second higher-order interest. it tells us that people in nonideal conditions have legitimate interests in rationally weighing ideals against nonideal costs, and nonideal costs against each other. this too is highly intuitive. whether it be affirmative action, reparations, or warfare, one major point of debates about justice in a nonideal world is how people should weigh just end-results (e.g. reparations, fair equality of opportunity, etc.) against costs. finally, the third interest tells us that nonideal justice involves enabling everyone who has the right ideals to have a (fair) say over the costs people should have to face for the sake of bringing about a better world. this is intuitive too, as fairness must take into account everyone’s legitimate interests, not arbitrarily privileging some people’s interests over others (though, as we will see, the parties may have fair grounds given the veil for favoring some people’s interests). here, then, is the key point: the same rationales for analogous higher-order interests exist relative to whichever normative framework we plug into the model (nozickean libertarianism, marxism, ‘nonideal-theory-only’ frameworks, and so on). given that, as we have seen, we can attach any of these normative frameworks to the model—let us call whichever theory is plugged-in theory t—the higher-order interests the parties to any nonideal original position should have are these: . bringing people in nonideal conditions who oppose or are ambivalent to theory t to support and pursue the conditional duties affirmed by it (‘t-duties’)—including any required weightings or priority-relations between t-duties. . enabling everyone motivated by t-duties to rationally weigh their t-duties against nonideal costs, and different nonideal costs against each other. . enabling everyone who rationally weighs t-duties against nonideal costs to effectively advance their most favored weighting thereof. as such, the deliberative situation of the parties should be similar irrespective of which normative theoretical framework one plugs into the model, indexing the parties’ higher- order interests to that model’s normative requirements. one important issue here is how t-duties may constrain how the parties should interpret their higher-order interests. consider luck-egalitarianism, which requires minimizing inequalities resulting from certain forms of luck, e.g. ‘brute bad luck’ (see knight ). if this is luck-egalitarianism’s fundamental social-political principle, the parties to a luck-egalitarian nonideal original position should take this t-duty to be a hard constraint that they cannot permissibly weigh against other things. still, there are reasons to believe that within such a constraint, important further questions about nonideal fairness arise for luck-egalitarians. to see how, consider two principles of nonideal justice that would equally i thank an anonymous reviewer for encouraging me to examine these matters. minimize brute bad luck—one principle that minimizes brute bad luck quickly but with immense immediate costs (e.g. violent revolution), and another principle that equally minimizes brute bad luck more slowly with less-severe momentary costs spread out over a much longer period of time (viz. incremental reform). although both principles may equally minimize the total amount of brute bad luck in the world, there is still a further question of which distribution fairness requires. finally, although luck egalitarians might attempt to settle this question by other means—perhaps by arguing that luck egalitarianism requires lowering each person’s brute bad luck below some threshold (ibid: )—the nonideal original position provides a powerful new model for examining what fairness requires here. now turn to the next step that my previous work defended in a rawlsian context. in arvan ( : - ), i argued that given their three higher-order interests, the parties to a rawlsian nonideal original position should seek all-purpose ‘nonideal primary goods’ for advancing their higher-order interests’ are there any such goods? i argued there are, and will now defend additional ones, showing how the model can index them to different normative frameworks. first, i argued one nonideal primary good is the opportunity to participate effectively in grassroots social movements organized around rawlsian ideals (ibid: - ). this, very roughly, is because ‘people are power.’ if one wants to change ‘hearts and minds’ in a nonideal world (viz. the parties’ first higher-order interest) and advance one’s favored rational weightings of ideals against costs (viz. their second and third interests), one all- purpose means is to get ‘allies’—which grassroots groups provide. second, i argued that because nothing in rawls’ ideal-theoretic machinery dealt with nonideal costs, we must use the nonideal original position to determine which interests of bystanders (and even members of oppressing classes) are fair to be concerned with in nonideal conditions (ibid: , - , - ). next, i argued that because that because the parties’ higher-order interests are to enable anyone who has rawlsian ideals to promote those ideals, rationally weigh them against costs, etc., the parties have grounds to treat a kind of qualified openness and inclusivity in grassroots deliberation to be a second nonideal primary good (ibid: - ). specifically, the parties have grounds behind the veil to want grassroots deliberation to be open and receptive to anyone demonstrating sincere allegiance to rawlsian ideals— enabling any such individuals (i.e. ‘allies’) to have a say on how rawlsian ideals are promoted, weighed against costs, etc. finally, however, i argued there are also grounds for the parties to agree to a principle affording extra bargaining power in grassroots deliberation to victims of injustice in proportion to their level of oppression (ibid: ). this is because every party behind the veil knows that oppressed individuals suffer unjust deprivations— deprivations that, given their rawlsian ideals, the parties should want to compensate. how might additional bargaining power for the more oppressed be achieved in practice? in a number of ways, including greater proportion of more oppressed individuals in grassroots organizations relative to less-oppressed or non-oppressed allies; greater representation in leadership positions; group norms that require ‘centering’ voices of the more oppressed in debate and deliberation (see goodkind and deacon ); or even differential voting rights in the group, e.g. plural votes. whether some ways of weighting bargaining power are more fair than others (or even unfair) is an important further issue. one possibility i intend to explore in future work is how one substantive requirement defended in this article—that the oppressed and their allies should seek overlapping consensus—might be used to evaluate the fairness of different means of weighting bargaining. before examining other nonideal primary goods—ranging from social rights and duties to remedial legal, cultural, and economic goods—notice that although i developed the above arguments in a rawlsian context, the parties to alternative versions of the model (e.g. a nozickean version, marxist one, etc.) have reasons to seek analogous nonideal primary goods. first, just as the parties to a rawlsian nonideal original position should want to ‘change hearts and minds’ to favor rawlsian ideals, parties to a nozickean nonideal original position should want to change hearts and minds in favor of libertarian ideals; parties to a marxist version should want to change hearts and minds to favor communist ideals; etc. second, just as the parties to a rawlsian version of the model should regard open and inclusive rawlsian grassroots groups as all-purpose means for advancing their higher-order interests, parties to a nozickean version should regard open and inclusive libertarian groups as all-purpose means for doing so relative to their ideals; etc. although my arguments for these ‘social’ nonideal primary goods may be debated— and i defend additional nonideal primary goods below—the general point is that irrespective of which normative framework the nonideal original position is attached to, its parties have rational grounds to seek certain types of all-purpose goods: specifically, goods for advancing three higher-order interests indexed to their t-duties. several points here are important. first, the ‘social’ nonideal primary goods identified so far seem independently attractive. grassroots movements and deliberation have long been identified as a primary nexus of nonideal justice. for instance, liberals tend to identify racial and gender justice with the aims of various civil rights movements; marxists tend to identify nonideal justice with the aims of communist revolutionary groups; libertarians with fiscally conservative grassroots movements (e.g. the ‘tea party’); etc. second, the nonideal primary goods defended so far have important normative implications. for example, one longstanding question of procedural fairness is whether and to what extent social activism should be open and inclusive. during the ’s civil rights movement, whereas martin luther king jr. advocated for including whites in activism— while also calling out those who upheld injustice or stood on the sidelines (king )— many in the black power movement advocated against inclusivity (see ture ). similar debates continue today (see e.g. desmond-harris ; pollitt ). irrespective of whether my arguments from the model to openness and inclusivity are sound—though i believe they are—the more central point is that the nonideal original positions offers a powerful all-purpose method for rigorously investigating what fairness requires here. third, the model can be used to derive procedural and substantive requirements for another class of social nonideal primary goods: interpersonal rights and duties. such rights and duties have long been at the center of feminist theory and activism, as reflected in arguments for rights to freedom from epistemic injustice (see fricker ; kidd et al ) and duties to trust particular standpoints or forms of testimony (khader ; mckinnon ). further, such rights and duties can clearly advance the three higher-order interests of the parties to the model—viz. pursuing their t-duties, enabling people to rationally weigh t-duties against nonideal costs, etc. however, the parties to the model should not know behind the veil which particular social rights and duties they favor. the reason why is simple: not everyone the parties represent in nonideal conditions has the same views or accepts the same arguments about which social rights and duties best advance their higher-order interests. consequently, instead of agreeing upon a determinate list of social rights and duties, the parties appear to have grounds behind the veil for favoring a fair real-world procedure for settling which social rights and duties people have: a procedure giving every individual the parties might be a fair say over which rights and duties people have. we also already have the beginnings of what the parties should take such a procedure to be: open and inclusive grassroots deliberation guided by their t-duties and affording extra bargaining power to the oppressed. why? again, because such a procedure would, if implemented, give every person the parties might be opportunities to have a say in activist deliberation over what people’s rights and duties should be, given their t-duties and nonideal costs. finally, as we will now see, the parties also have grounds to favor a further substantive requirement to help ensure deliberation generates rights and duties fair to all. recall that the parties are to deliberate behind the veil as though they could be anyone in nonideal conditions motivated by t-duties: not just members of oppressed populations, but also bystanders and sympathetic members of oppressing classes—‘allies’ to the oppressed who also face nonideal costs (of social reform) they would never face in ideal conditions. because the parties deliberate on the assumption they could be any such individuals—and will not want to have their interests ignored or dominated once the veil is raised—the parties have grounds to want no subgroup’s interests to dominate the others. to be clear, the parties do have compensatory grounds to afford extra bargaining power to the oppressed to compensate for oppression. the point is simply that relative to that extra bargaining power, the parties have grounds to want deliberation to result in an overlapping consensus (see rawls : part ii, lecture iv): specifically, agreements on social rights and duties that no one, neither the oppressed nor their allies, considers unfairly exploitive. four points are important here. first, notice how well the basic procedural element of this account—settling social rights and duties by grassroots deliberation—coheres with how activism is already widely understood. grassroots activism, ranging from historical civil rights movements to #metoo, has long focused on precisely these issues: that is, on publicly debating, negotiating, and enforcing which social rights and duties people have in combatting injustice (see e.g. desmond-harris ). second, if i am correct, the model justifies important procedural and substantive constraints on activism to ensure no one is unfairly exploited. it requires activism to be open and inclusive to all those who demonstrate commitment to their t-duties, and for activism to seek consensus agreements on social rights and duties, albeit ones ‘tugged’ substantially in the direction of the interests of oppressed via extra bargaining power (viz. means outlined earlier). third, although my arguments to these conclusions may be debated—raising important further questions about how to ensure that the interests of the oppressed are prioritized rather than displaced by the interests of more privileged allies (or worse) —the most relevant point again is that the model provides a powerful new framework for rigorously examining what fairness requires here. finally, as we will now see, the parties also have grounds to seek several additional nonideal primary goods: remedial legal, economic and cultural protections. consider the national labor relations act (nlra) of , which created legal rights and procedures designed to correct ‘inequality of bargaining power between employees who do not possess full freedom of association or actual liberty of contract and employers…’ (nlra, title , ch. , subchapter ii u.s.c.: § ). similarly, consider the civil rights act of , which created laws and procedures to protect us citizens against unfair discrimination. neither act of congress would presumably be necessary in an ideal rawlsian society that strictly complied with rawls’ two principles of ideal justice. instead, the nlra i thank laura kane for encouraging me to recognize these concerns. and civil rights act afford people remedial legal rights and opportunities—ones that serve to advance all three higher-order interests of the parties to a (rawlsian) nonideal original position. first, the nlra and civil rights act both plausibly promote rawlsian ideals of economic fairness and equal basic rights and liberties (higher-order interest ). second, both acts created institutions—the national labor relations board and us commission on civil rights—whose roles include disseminating information about the remedial rights and opportunities established. insofar as such information is an all-purpose means for people to rationally weigh nonideal costs against rawlsian ideals, both acts advance the parties’ second higher-order interest. finally, the nlra and civil rights act give people all-purpose legal means for advancing their favored weighting of rawlsian ideals against nonideal costs (higher-order interest ). for example, the nlra does not require people to utilize the legal rights and opportunities it provides. rather, it affords all citizens legal rights and opportunities to pursue unionization if they judge the nonideal costs to be worth it. the civil rights act plays similar functions for combatting unjust discrimination. whether these particular acts of congress advance the parties’ higher-order interests better than all other alternative remedial legal rights requires further investigation. the relevant points for now are that the parties clearly should pursue some such remedial legal goods, and the model provides a formal framework for evaluating which remedial rights best advance the parties’ interests given the veil. these implications are important. first, they cohere with the fact that remedial legal rights and opportunities have been implemented in the us and elsewhere for broadly the reasons identified by the model. second, the nonideal original position is a powerful model justifying different remedial legal rights and opportunities across different nonideal contexts and ideological frameworks. for example, in previous work i suggested that parties to an international nonideal original position have grounds to agree upon a higher-order human right: very roughly, a right of oppressed peoples to collectively determine through fair international institutions (e.g. un consultation) the costs they should have face for the sake of promoting their first-order human rights (see arvan : chs. - ). if correct, this could be an important contribution to international theory and practice—as such a right might serve, if embedded in international law and practice, to protect oppressed peoples against unfair forms of ‘humanitarian’ intervention. third, as we will now see, the nonideal original position justifies different remedial legal rights and opportunities depending on which normative framework we conjoin with it. for example, suppose nozickean libertarianism is correct, and we plug libertarian t- duties into the model: duties to rectify historical injustices and respect individual liberty. given these motives, the parties to a nozickean version of the model have grounds to reject the national labor relations act as a remedial legal right, at least in its current form. this is because central features of the nlra are fundamentally inimical to respect for individual liberty. for one thing, the nlra makes a majority vote to unionize legally binding on all employees in a bargaining unit, restricting the liberty of those who would prefer to opt out (nlra: sec. , § , a & b). although the parties to a nozickan nonideal original position might consider this restriction on liberty given their t-duty to rectify historical injustice, it nevertheless conflicts with their conditional t-duty to respect individual liberty. consequently, the parties to the nozickean model have grounds to consider alternatives to ibid: - . to take one example, one of many justifications the united states gave for its invasion of iraq was the right of the iraqi people to freedom from tyranny. the nlra that might rectify injustice while better respecting liberty. one alternative might be a revised version of the nlra—one creating legal rights and opportunities to unionize but also legal rights for individuals to opt out. although this alternative might undermine the effectiveness of collective bargaining (viz. rectification), it would better respect individual liberty. consequently, the parties to the nozickean model should probably consider both alternatives (as well as any other relevant alternatives), and decide which to favor by reference to whichever decisionmaking rule—maximin or otherwise—is rational given the veil of ignorance. by a similar token, parties to a marxist nonideal original position should presumably seek very different remedial legal rights and opportunities. given their communist ideals, they should plausibly favor something like an ‘employee ownership act’ designed to increase worker ownership of corporations while giving people legal rights and opportunities to influence the nonideal costs they face in the process. finally, the parties have clear grounds to seek ‘economic and cultural’ nonideal primary goods—remedial policies and institutions designed to provide all-purpose cultural and economic support for effectively utilizing their other nonideal primary goods. one plausible institutional example is the naacp legal defense and educational fund, a non- governmental social institution that provides unjustly marginalized populations with legal, educational, and economic assistance in areas ranging from affirmative action to coalition building, policy research, voting, fair housing, and criminal justice. a plausible policy example is welfare for the unemployed—which parties to a rawlsian nonideal original position should presumably want to promote rawlsian ideals (viz. fair equality of opportunity); parties to a nozickean version might favor for rectification but tailor to libertarian ideals (viz. their t-duty to respect liberty); etc. because the creation and maintenance of remedial legal, cultural, and economic goods carry nonideal costs of their own, the parties to the nonideal original position should deliberate about these matters as well. two obvious possibilities present themselves here. first, the parties might agree upon priority relations among nonideal primary goods. for instance, insofar as grassroots activism is an all-purpose method for individuals to influence the costs they should endure for creating remedial legal, economic, and cultural protections, the parties might favor prioritizing their social primary goods (i.e. fair grassroots deliberation). a second possibility is the parties might use a particular decisionmaking rule (e.g. maximin) to decide these matters, holding that nonideal primary goods should be distributed in whichever way is maximally advantageous to the most oppressed. further development of these ideas must wait for another day. the point for now is that there are systematic reasons to believe that the nonideal original position is an attractive and powerful model for deriving procedural and substantive principles of nonideal fairness relative to whichever broader normative framework it is conjoined with. conclusion this article argued that fairness is normatively central to nonideal theory. it then argued that diverse theorists have grounds to adopt a new method for investigating nonideal fairness: a ‘nonideal original position.’ finally, this article outlined grounds for believing the model can be used to derive principles of nonideal fairness indexed to different normative frameworks and nonideal contexts—principles that cohere with moral commonsense, the history of activism, and contemporary legal practice, while also promising more controversial forms of normative guidance. for these reasons, i submit that theorists of diverse backgrounds should take interest in and examine the model further in future research. marcus arvan university of tampa marvan@ut.edu mailto:marvan@ut.edu references alexander, m. ( ). the new jim crow: mass incarceration in the age of colorblindness. new york: the new press. appiah, k.a. ( ). ‘“group rights” and racial affirmative action’. the journal of ethics, ( ): - . arvan, m. ( ). rightness as fairness: a moral and political theory. london: palgrave macmillan. ----- ( ). ‘first steps toward a nonideal theory of justice’. ethics & global politics, ( ): - . ----- ( ). a non-ideal theory of justice. phd dissertation. university of arizona. beauchamp, t.l. ( ). ‘in defense of affirmative action’. the journal of ethics, ( ): - . bentele, k.g. and o'brien, e.e. ( ). ‘jim crow . ? why states consider and adopt restrictive voter access policies’. perspectives on politics, ( ): - . burns, p. and schapper, j. ( ). ‘the ethical case for affirmative action’. journal of business ethics, ( ): - . carcien, m.d. ( ). ‘rawls and reparations’. michigan journal of race & law, : - . coates, t. ( ). ‘the case for reparations’. the atlantic, june issue, https://www.theatlantic.com/magazine/archive/ / /the-case-for- reparations/ /, accessed / / . daniels, n. ( ). just health care. cambridge: cambridge university press. desmond-harris, j. ( ). ‘doubts about inclusive feminism have little to do with the women’s march. they’re rooted in history’. vox, https://www.theatlantic.com/magazine/archive/ / /the-case-for-reparations/ / https://www.theatlantic.com/magazine/archive/ / /the-case-for-reparations/ / https://www.vox.com/identities/ / / / /womens-march-feminism- intersectionality-women-of-color-white-feminists, accessed / / . dworkin, r. ( ). sovereign virtue: the theory and practice of equality. cambridge: harvard university press. ----- ( ). ‘justice in the distribution of health care’. mcgill law journal, : - . elster, j. ( ). ‘exploring exploitation’. journal of peace research, ( ): - . erman, e. and möller, n. ( ). ‘three failed charges against ideal theory’. social theory and practice, ( ): - . espindola, j. and vaca, m. ( ). ‘the problem of historical rectification for rawlsian theory’. res publica, ( ): - . farrelly, c. ( ). ‘justice in ideal theory: a refutation’. political studies, ( ): - . fricker, m. ( ). epistemic injustice: power & the ethics of knowing. oxford: oxford university press. gaus, g. ( ). the tyranny of the ideal: justice in a diverse society. princeton: princeton university press. goodkind, j.r. and deacon, z. ( ). ‘methodological issues in conducting research with refugee women: principles for recognizing and re‐centering the multiply marginalized’. journal of community psychology, ( ): - . harris, l. c., & narayan, u. ( ). ‘affirmative action and the myth of preferential treatment: a transformative critique of the terms of the affirmative action debate.’ in lafollette, h. (ed.), ethics in practice: an anthology, rd edition (malden: blackwell, ), pp. - . hart, h.l.a. ( ). ‘are there any natural rights?’. the philosophical review, ( ): - . https://www.vox.com/identities/ / / / /womens-march-feminism-intersectionality-women-of-color-white-feminists https://www.vox.com/identities/ / / / /womens-march-feminism-intersectionality-women-of-color-white-feminists horowitz, d. ( ). ‘ten reasons why reparations for blacks is a bad idea for blacks—and racist, too’. frontpagemagazine.com, reprinted in the black scholar: journal of black studies and research, ( ): . jacobs, l. ( ). ‘can an egalitarian justify universal access to health care?’. social theory and practice, ( ): - . kang, h.r. ( ). ‘can rawls’s nonideal theory save his ideal theory?’. social theory and practice, ( ): - . kant, i. [ ]. groundwork of the metaphysics of morals. in gregor, m.j. (ed.), the cambridge edition of the works of immanuel kant: practical philosophy (cambridge: cambridge university press, ): - . khader, s.j. ( ). ‘transnational feminisms, nonideal theory, and “other” women’s power’. feminist philosophy quarterly, ( ): - . kidd, i.j., medina, j., and pohlhus jr., g. ( ). the routledge handbook of epistemic injustice. new york: routledge. king jr, m.l. ( ). ‘letter from birmingham jail.’ reprinted in liberating faith: religious voices for justice, peace, & ecological wisdom (rowman & littlefield, ), pp. - . knight, c. ( ). ‘luck egalitarianism’. philosophy compass, ( ): - . kocher, r.p. and adashi, e.y. ( ). ‘hospital readmissions and the affordable care act: paying for coordinated quality care’. journal of the american medical association, ( ): - . korsgaard, c. ( ). creating the kingdom of ends. cambridge: cambridge university press. krishnamurthy, m. ( ). ‘completing rawls's arguments for equal political liberty and its fair value: the argument from self-respect’. canadian journal of philosophy, ( ): - . ----- ( ). ‘reconceiving rawls's arguments for equal political liberty and its fair value’. social theory and practice ( ): - . lawford-smith, h. ( ). ‘debate: ideal theory—a reply to valentini’. journal of political philosophy, ( ): - . marx, k. [ ]. critique of the gotha program. rockville: wildside press, . marx, k. and engels, f. [ ]. the economic and philosophic manuscripts of and the communist manifesto. translated by m. milligan (amherst: prometheus books, ). matthew, d.c. ( ). ‘rawlsian affirmative action’. critical philosophy of race ( ): - . mckinnon, r. ( ). ‘allies behaving badly: gaslighting as epistemic injustice’. in kidd, i.j; medina, j. & pohlhus jr., g. (eds). the routledge handbook of epistemic injustice (new york: routledge), pp. - . mickelson, r.a. ( ). ‘when are racial disparities in education the result of racial discrimination? a social science perspective’. teachers college record, ( ): - . mill, j.s. [ ]. utilitarianism. nd edition. in sher, g. (ed.) (indianapolis: hackett, ). mills, c. ( ). black rights / white wrongs: the critique of racial liberalism. oxford: oxford university press. ----- ( ). ‘"ideal theory" as ideology’. hypatia, ( ): - . ----- ( ). the racial contract. ithaca: cornell university press. mulligan, t. ( ). ‘uncertainty in hiring does not justify affirmative action’. philosophia, ( ): - . nozick, r. ( ). anarchy, state, and utopia. new york: basic books. pettit, b. and western, b. ( ). ‘mass imprisonment and the life course: race and class inequality in us incarceration’. american sociological review, ( ): - . phillips, m. ( ). ‘reflections on the transition from ideal to non-ideal theory’. nous, ( ): - . piketty, t. and saez, e. ( ). ‘the evolution of top incomes: a historical and international perspective’, american economic review, ( ): - . pojman, l.p. ( ). ‘the case against affirmative action’. international journal of applied philosophy, ( ): - . pollit, k. ( ). ‘can feminism be too inclusive?’. the nation. https://www.thenation.com/article/can-feminism-be-too-inclusive/, accessed / / . rappaport, h. ( ). joseph stalin: a biographical companion. santa barbara: abc-clio. rawls, j. ( ). justice as fairness: a restatement. kelly, e. (ed.) cambridge: harvard university press. ----- ( a). a theory of justice: revised edition. cambridge, ma: the belknap press of harvard university press. ----- ( b). the law of peoples, with ‘the idea of public reason revisited’. cambridge, ma: harvard university press. ----- ( ). political liberalism. new york: columbia university press. https://www.thenation.com/article/can-feminism-be-too-inclusive/ ----- ( ). ‘legal obligation and the duty of fair play’. in freeman, s. (ed.), john rawls: collected papers. (cambridge: harvard university press), pp. - . sen, a. ( ). the idea of justice. cambridge, ma: the belknap press of harvard university press. simmons, a.j. ( ). ‘ideal and nonideal theory’. philosophy & public affairs, ( ): - . singer, p. ( ). ‘famine, affluence, and morality’. philosophy & public affairs, ( ): - . song, s. ( ). ‘mortality consequences of the – great leap forward famine in china: debilitation, selection, and mortality crossovers’. social science & medicine, ( ): - . stemplowska, z. ( ). ‘what's ideal about ideal theory?’. social theory and practice, ( ): - . taylor, r.s. ( ). ‘rawlsian affirmative action’. ethics, ( ): - . ture, k. ( ). black power: the politics of liberation. new york: vintage books. valentini, l. ( ). ‘ideal vs. nonideal theory: a conceptual map’. philosophy compass, ( ): - . volacu, a. ( ). ‘bridging ideal and non-ideal theory.’ political studies, https://doi.org/ . / . wenar, l. ( ). ‘what we owe to distant others’. politics, philosophy and economics, ( ): - . wiens, d. ( ). ‘against ideal guidance.’ journal of politics ( ): - . ----- ( ). ‘prescribing institutions without ideal theory.’ journal of political philosophy, ( ): - . https://doi.org/ . % f williams, d.r. and jackson, p.b. ( ). ‘social sources of racial disparities in health.’ health affairs, ( ): - . cosmopolitism, global justice and international law — vrije universiteit amsterdam skip to main navigation skip to search skip to main content help & faq home profiles research units research output datasets activities prizes press / media search by expertise, name or affiliation cosmopolitism, global justice and international law r. pierik, w.g. werner transnational legal studies boundaries of law research output: contribution to journal › article › academic downloads (pure) overview original language english pages (from-to) - number of pages journal leiden journal of international law volume issue number dois https://doi.org/ . /s publication status published - access to document . /s final published version, . kb cite this apa author bibtex harvard standard ris vancouver pierik, r., & werner, w. g. ( ). cosmopolitism, global justice and international law. leiden journal of international law, ( ), - . https://doi.org/ . /s pierik, r. ; werner, w.g. / cosmopolitism, global justice and international law. in: leiden journal of international law. ; vol. , no. . pp. - . @article{ b e ac c a cb b e , title = "cosmopolitism, global justice and international law", author = "r. pierik and w.g. werner", year = " ", doi = " . /s ", language = "english", volume = " ", pages = " -- ", journal = "leiden journal of international law", issn = " - ", publisher = "cambridge university press", number = " ", } pierik, r & werner, wg , 'cosmopolitism, global justice and international law', leiden journal of international law, vol. , no. , pp. - . https://doi.org/ . /s cosmopolitism, global justice and international law. / pierik, r.; werner, w.g. in: leiden journal of international law, vol. , no. , , p. - .research output: contribution to journal › article › academic ty - jour t - cosmopolitism, global justice and international law au - pierik, r. au - werner, w.g. py - y - u - . /s do - . /s m - article vl - sp - ep - jo - leiden journal of international law jf - leiden journal of international law sn - - is - er - pierik r, werner wg. cosmopolitism, global justice and international law. leiden journal of international law. ; ( ): - . https://doi.org/ . /s powered by pure, scopus & elsevier fingerprint engine™ © elsevier b.v. we use cookies to help provide and enhance our service and tailor content. by continuing you agree to the use of cookies log in to pure vrije universiteit amsterdam data protection policy about web accessibility © koninklijke brill nv, leiden, doi . / - journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - brill.com/jmp journal of moral philosophy when justice demands inequality john thrasher* department of philosophy, university of arizona jthrashe@email.arizona.edu keith hankins** department of philosophy, university of arizona department of economics, rutgers university hankins@email.arizona.edu abstract in rescuing justice and equality g.a. cohen argues that justice requires an uncompromising commitment to equality. cohen also argues, however, that justice must be sensitive to other values, including a robust commitment to individual freedom and to the welfare of the community. we ask whether a commitment to these other values means that, despite cohen’s commitment to equality, his view requires that we make room for inequality in the name of justice? we argue that even on cohen’s version of egalitarianism equality, freedom, and welfare are not always compatible. justice will require trade-offs between these values. sometimes, equality will need to be sacrificed. this is a surprising result and to show it, we use two informal impossibility proofs drawn from examples in rescuing justice and equality. keywords g.a. cohen; egalitarianism; impossibility proof; john rawls; amartya sen in rescuing justice and equality, g.a. cohen argues that justice requires an uncompromising commitment to equality. cohen also argues, however, that justice must be sensitive to other values, including a genuine concern for individual freedom and the welfare of the community. our question is * john thrasher is currently a ph.d. candidate in philosophy at the university of arizona specializing in political philosophy and normative ethics. he has published papers on con- tractarianism, epicurus, social evolution, and the virtue of justice. ** keith hankins is a ph.d. candidate in philosophy at the university of arizona and is currently pursuing graduate studies in economics at rutgers university. he works in politi- cal philosophy, social choice theory, and game theory.  this work is the product of both authors equally. the ideas were conceived of and developed in conversations over a period of several months. j. thrasher and k. hankins / journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - whether the sensitivity of justice to values other than equality entails that we must sometimes make room for inequality in the name of justice. one of cohen’s central claims in rescuing justice and equality is that there is no inherent tension between freedom, equality, and pareto (wel- fare). all three values, cohen argues, are co-achievable. the purported tension between them, what he calls the trilemma argument, relies on the premise that people are not driven by sufficiently egalitarian motives. cohen is concerned to dissolve the trilemma because it threatens the tight connection between justice and egalitarianism. if equality can only be pur- chased at the price of either freedom or welfare, it seems less attractive. cohen’s argument rests on the claim that our motivational sets are not fixed. if “people believe in equality,” there is no real trilemma and, accord- ingly, our reasons for licensing inequality in the name of justice lose their force. cohen refers to this idea—that justice requires us to adopt an egali- tarian ethos—as the ethical solution, and he suggests that it is capable of dissolving any worries that the trilemma argument presents for his brand of egalitarianism. we argue that cohen’s understanding of what justice requires leaves little room for the commitment to individual freedom that lies at the heart of liberalism which he claims to share (even if he disagrees with liberals about its implications). as such, refusing to temper the demands of equal- ity generates manifestly unjust consequences. although cohen’s claim that justice requires individuals to adopt an egalitarian ethos has received much attention, our argument departs from other discussions of cohen insofar as our aim is to show that, even by his own lights, cohen’s ethical solution is not successful. we discuss the trilemma argument in § and the ethical solution in § . there we suggest that the ethical solution fails by developing an informal impossibility proof drawn from an example that cohen uses to illustrate his argument. cohen’s proposed resolution of the trilemma implies that for an individual to be free she must be able to make at least some choices in  cohen’s use of “pareto” sometimes obscures the fact that “pareto” is not itself a value, but rather a principle that governs how we ought to evaluate different states that are meas- ured in terms of welfare, levels of preference satisfaction, or some other metric. the tension that cohen is concerned with then is between freedom, equality, and ways of promoting welfare.  see especially michael titelbaum who agrees with cohen that rawls has good reasons to accept that justice requires individuals to adopt a certain ethos, but argues that such an ethos would not look like the one cohen sketches. michael g. titelbaum, ‘what would a rawlsian ethos of justice look like?,’ philosophy & public affairs, ( ), pp. – . j. thrasher and k. hankins / journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - accordance with her own beliefs and values. the idea that individuals must have space to live their own lives is further supported by his discussion of personal prerogatives and the role that appeals to these prerogatives play in justifying our practices. each person, he argues, has “the right to be something other than an engine for the welfare of other people: we are not nothing but slaves to social justice.” in § , we argue that cohen’s discus- sion of prerogatives and his concern with dissolving the trilemma shows that costs to individual freedom are not easily borne—even for an egalitar- ian as uncompromising as cohen. if the ethical solution fails then, as we argue it does, then cohen cannot have all he wants and his criticism of lib- eralism loses much of its force. to show that the ethical solution does indeed fail, in § we develop a second impossibility proof which draws upon an example borrowed from aristophanes. there we argue that because freedom, equality, and pareto will not always be co-achievable, a genuine commitment to each necessarily requires making trade-offs. in § , we conclude that a genuine commitment to respecting individual freedom means that inequalities will sometimes be justified in the name of justice. . the trilemma argument at the heart of rescuing justice and equality is a claim that freedom, equal- ity, and welfare are co-achievable. justice involves a commitment to all three values, but does not require trade-offs between them. cohen uses a number of examples to support this claim. each example compares various states of affairs, distinguished by how hard certain individuals decide to work or what occupations they decide to take up, and asks how they fare as measured against various metrics. although cohen does not himself utilize these tools, the structure of his examples makes them especially amenable to analysis using some of the tools of social choice theory. utilizing these tools we can compare, as cohen does, various states of affairs and ask whether they can be achieved consistently with a range of suitably  g.a. cohen, rescuing justice and equality (harvard university press, ), p. .  cohen, rescuing justice and equality, pp. – .  we are largely following an approach derived from the application of social choice theory to ethics pioneered by amartya sen, but this basic approach does not require all of the assumptions of traditional social choice theory. for a similar axiomatic treatment of related issues, see: michael huemer, ‘non-egalitarianism,’ philosophical studies, ( ), – . j. thrasher and k. hankins / journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - formalized ideals. this is helpful because it delivers a degree of precision that cohen’s arguments (persuasive as they might be) otherwise lack. ultimately, however, by developing an informal impossibility proof we will argue, contra cohen, that freedom, equality, and pareto, as metrics for eval- uating states of affairs cannot always be mutually satisfied. as a result, if justice is to incorporate each metric it must include a mechanism for bal- ancing them in cases where they conflict. before we look at the proof itself, though, we first need to define the dif- ferent metrics in question and, because many critics are likely to object that the social choice approach we adopt is foreign to cohen, say a few things to defend our approach. although, as we suggested above, cohen does not explicitly use the framework of social choice theory, his examples are set up in a way that mimics the structure of problems analyzed in the social choice literature and his analysis of these examples sometimes parallels the social choice approach we utilize. more importantly, cohen discusses in detail amartya sen’s famous argument for the impossibility of paretian liberalism. sen, of course, explicitly utilizes the sort of social choice approach we adopt, and cohen’s discussion of sen clearly suggests that he takes sen’s argument to bear on the thesis he wishes to defend. we take it, then, that cohen has opened the door for the use of these tools in analyzing his own argument. turning to the formalized metrics we will utilize, for welfare we use the notion of weak pareto described by sen and others. following sen, the weak pareto condition states that “if every individual prefers an alternative x to another alternative y, then society must prefer x to y.” this is clearly the pareto condition cohen has in mind and it implies that for justice to be consistent with pareto it cannot identify a state of affairs as just when there are alternative states available that are unanimously preferred to it. moving on to freedom, in his discussion of the trilemma argument cohen focuses on freedom of occupational choice. freedom, he writes, requires “that people not be coerced into particular jobs, whether by direct state order or by something else that also deserves to be called coercive.”  cohen, rescuing justice and equality, pp. – .  amartya sen, ‘the impossibility of a paretian liberal,’ the journal of political economy, ( ), – .  sen, ‘the impossibility of a paretian liberal,’ p. .  cohen writes: “the relevant pareto requirement is the (weak) one that condemns pre- serving a state of affairs in which everyone can be made better off,” cohen, rescuing justice and equality, p. .  cohen, rescuing justice and equality, p. . of course, cohen is not interested only in freedom of occupational choice, he merely uses it to illustrate his argument, but if we can j. thrasher and k. hankins / journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - utilizing our approach, however, requires something more formal and so for our freedom metric we again borrow a metric from sen, namely his notion of minimal liberalism. following sen, this condition states that for every individual a, there is at least one pair of alternatives {x, y} such that if a prefers x to y, society must prefer x to y, in the sense that it cannot coerce a into choosing y over x. while there is considerable debate about the definitions of freedom utilized by sen, we think the notion captures what cohen has in mind within the context of his example. for instance, although cohen criticizes the conclusion that sen draws from his proof, he does not argue that the minimal liberalism condition is an inadequate model of liberal rights. further, a simple example illustrates that this condition is analogous to the basic conception of freedom of occupation cohen sketches. if roxanne prefers one job over another and both are offered to her, free- dom dictates that society cannot coerce her into choosing her less preferred job. it is in that sense that her decision about what job to take is decisive. the third value, equality, is the hardest to specify because cohen’s dis- cussion of it is surprisingly unclear. cohen writes that “egalitarians like [him] think that justice is served only if people’s access to desirable condi- tions of life is equal,” but he suggests that for the purposes of the trilemma argument, “the relevant equality might be only that no one is substantially better off than others are with respect to both income and job satisfac- tion.” the challenge then is to specify what it would mean for access to the desirable conditions of life to be equal, or for some to be substantially better off than others. fortunately, cohen spends much of the book discuss- ing rawls’ difference principle that lends itself well to formalization, and cohen defends a particularly demanding interpretation of the difference show that there exists an unavoidable tension between this sort of freedom and equality, then our argument generalizes to freedom more broadly construed.  sen, ‘the impossibility of a paretian liberal,’ p. .  note that the freedom condition also requires that a be free to decide which pair of alternatives she is decisive over. this is necessary to ensure that the condition is substan- tive; otherwise, the condition could be trivially met by providing an individual with deci- siveness over two worthless alternatives.  for an overview of the debate on sen’s argument of the impossibility of a paretian liberalism and sen’s responses to critics see: amartya sen, ‘rights: formulation and consequences,’ in rationality and freedom (cambridge: harvard university press, ), pp. – .  see cohen, rescuing justice and equality, p. .  in the case where roxanne is presented with multiple job offers, freedom requires that she be able to eliminate at least one from consideration, so that she cannot be forced to accept a job that she least prefers.  cohen, rescuing justice and equality, p. . j. thrasher and k. hankins / journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - principle that is easier still to formalize. following cohen’s discussion of the difference principle, we assume that equality means maximizing, by their own lights, the condition of the least well off. on this definition, equality implies that given a pair of alternatives {x, y} if x maximizes the condition of the least well off, then x is more just than y. as a result, at least as a matter of justice, society ought to prefer x to y. while there is much more that can and should be said about equality, this definition provides us with the specificity required to analyze the trilemma argument and cohen’s proposed solution to it. before moving on it is also important to say something about the con- cept of preference we utilize. there is often some confusion about what it means to prefer one alternative to another, and indeed, cohen is somewhat unclear about what he means by preference. in order to avoid confusion, then, we employ a technical sense of preference that is clearer than the ordinary notion. although the ordinary notion of preference allows us to say that we can sometimes choose an act that we might not prefer to do (which perhaps because we are required to do by some type of duty), the technical sense of preference we employ subsumes all considerations that lead to action. this notion of preference is both essentially comparative and all things considered, so that to prefer something is to prefer it to some- thing else.  the version of the difference principle that cohen favors requires that we maximize the well-being (or primary goods available to) the worst off, that labor burden be included in the distributive metric, and that the demands of the difference principle extend to individu- als’ actions and decisions as opposed to being restricted to the structure of our major social institutions. see: cohen, rescuing justice and equality, chapter , part iii and chapter .  in utilizing this variant of the difference principle as our equality metric, however, we do not mean to be taking a stand on the question of whether the difference principle licenses inequalities to some that might be necessary as incentives to induce them to do work that redounds to the benefit of others. further, we do not mean to be claiming that the difference principle is ultimately the best way of understanding what equality demands of us. cohen clearly thought that equality was best understood as requiring that persons have “equal access to advantages.” for analyzing the trilemma argument, however, using the difference principle as a metric of equality is sufficient and does not contradict the spirit of cohen’s argument.  one account, among many, of the technical sense of preference employed here is found in s.i. benn and g.w. mortimore, ‘technical models of rational choice,’ in rationality and the social sciences, , pp. – . this is also the account of preference normally employed in the social choice literature. a good recent discussion can also be found in daniel m. hausman, preferences, value, choice, and welfare (cambridge: cambridge university press, ), chapters & .  there is considerable philosophical debate on the nature and grounding of prefer- ences as well as their relationship to psychological states such as beliefs and desires. on these questions, we remain silent. j. thrasher and k. hankins / journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - having described the approach we will use, we can now turn our atten- tion to the primary example that cohen uses to illustrate the trilemma. cohen’s example involves a person that we call epicurean doctor, who enjoys gardening, but will work as a doctor if her wage is sufficiently high. epicurean doctor is willing to give up the pleasure and satisfaction she gets from gardening if she is paid $ , more dollars to be a doctor, but if offered the same wage for each job, say $ , , she prefers to be a gardener. whatever she chooses, cohen stipulates, she is much better off than most other people are in her society, and further, doctoring imposes no hardships on her over and above the fact that she prefers gardening. her society, however, needs doctors and so society would most prefer to pay epicurean doctor only $ , to work as a doctor, but would also prefer to have her work as a doctor at $ , than to have her spend her days gardening. assuming nobody else cares whether epicurean doctor is able to pursue her passion for gardening, and (to simplify things) if society as a whole is responsible for directly paying doctors, then we have a divergence between epicurean doctor’s preferences and society’s preferences. as we suggested above, we can model justice as a social choice rule that ranks the three occupational choices that confront epicurean doctor given her preferences and everyone else’s which are represented in table  below:  cohen, rescuing justice and equality, chap. section  .  in a forthcoming review of rescuing japa pallikkathayil argues that it is unclear on what grounds cohen is committed to caring about the absolute condition of the worst off (or anyone for that matter). as such it’s not clear how justice should constrain the choice of occupations with equal wages (or levels of welfare). for instance, pallikkathayil argues that although cohen sometimes suggests that a commitment to equality is enough to motivate the choice of, for example, more socially useful occupations, this seems like a mistake. see japa pallikkathayil, ‘review of g.a. cohen’s rescuing justice and equality,’ journal of philosophy (forthcoming). table  epicurean doctor everyone else (a) doctor at $ , (c) doctor at $ , (b) gardener at $ , (a) doctor at $ , (c) doctor at $ , (b) gardener at $ , j. thrasher and k. hankins / journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - epicurean doctor has the preference ordering a > b > c, while everyone else has the preference ordering c > a > b. the question that the proponent of the trilemma argument forces us to ask is how justice responds to these divergent preferences, and in particular whether a social choice rule mod- eling justice can mutually satisfy the constraints presented by equality, freedom, and pareto as we have defined them? both epicurean doctor and everyone else prefer a to b, so according to pareto b should not be chosen over a. however, option c is also on the pareto frontier because there is no alternative that everyone prefers to c. we can say then that the pareto principle is not decisive here because both a and c are compatible with it. alternatively, if we appeal to freedom, per- haps claiming that epicurean doctor has a right to freedom of occupation, then we must make (some of) epicurean doctor’s preferences concerning her occupation decisive and a will be the likely winner. appealing to equality, however, yields a different result. if we assume that alternative c (doctoring at $ , ) maximizes the condition of the least well off, then even though epicurean doctor ranks option c last, it is the option picked out by the equality metric. we summarize these outcomes in table  below:  strictly speaking freedom picks out either a or b depending upon which pair of alter- natives {a, c} or {b, c} epicurean doctor is decisive over. the important point is that freedom effectively rules out c and ultimately yields a as the social choice either directly (if epicurean doctor is decisive over a and c) or indirectly (if epicurean doctor is decisive over b and c, in which case freedom picks out b and pareto leads us to a because a > b by everyone). note that we can ignore the pair {a, b} because freedom allows epicurean doctor to decide which pair she is decisive over and because society prefers that she be a doctor at $ , (a) to gardening at $ , (b), so there is no need for her to exercise her decisiveness over that pair. our earlier discussion of sen’s minimal liberalism condition explains why it is neces- sary that epicurean doctor be allowed to decide which pair she is decisive over, namely that if our freedom condition is to be substantive, epicurean doctor must not only be decisive over at least one pair of alternatives, but she must be free (within some substantial range) to choose which pair of alternatives she should be decisive over.  we grant for the sake of argument that this is a reasonable assumption since society needs doctors and c involves the epicurean doctor, working for less money, thus leaving society with more money which it might then use to benefit the least well off in other ways. table  freedom a (or b) equality c pareto a or c j. thrasher and k. hankins / journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - referring to table  we can see that freedom and pareto are compatible since they each yield a as an eligible social choice. pareto and equality are, similarly, compatible since they each leave c in the eligible set. freedom and equality, however, do not yield compatible choices. if we appeal to equality, freedom is swamped. everyone else becomes decisive over the pairs {a, c} and {b, c} and is thus able to dictate both epicurean doctor’s job and salary. this result suggests that an uncompromising commitment to equality requires that we sacrifice freedom in cases where an individual’s preferences conflict with the interests of the least well off. alternatively, if we appeal to freedom and allow (again, some of) epicurean doctor’s prefer- ences to be decisive, then the least well off will be worse off than they might otherwise be. this is the deep tension between the values that concern lib- erals versus the values that concern egalitarians. because cohen is con- cerned with showing that a commitment to equality does not require us to sacrifice freedom, we focus on the former result and in the next section we look at his proposed solution to this problem. . the ethical solution as cohen recognizes, his example involving the epicurean doctor is analo- gous to sen’s prude/lewd example from his argument for the impossibility of paretian liberalism. contra sen, however, cohen argues that it is a mis- take to think that minimal rights must conflict with pareto or, carrying the point over to his own example, with equality. cohen’s primary contention is that “liberalism does not require that you exercise the sovereignty it grants in accordance with your other-things-equal first preferences.” he also argues however that the notion of liberalism embodied in sen’s “minimal liberalism” and captured by the freedom principle we have used, is not at all similar to the liberalism that he claims to share with dworkin and rawls. with respect to his second point, cohen is simply mistaken. to be valu- able, freedom or liberal rights must give significant weight to protecting individuals from having the preferences of others imposed on them. of course, an individual may decide not to exercise a right in a given case— cohen is right about this much—but to be significant, that decision must presuppose the individual’s ability to exercise the right should she desire.  cohen, rescuing justice and equality, p. .  cohen, rescuing justice and equality, p. .  it is true that elsewhere cohen famously characterizes freedom in terms of ability, and in his example the epicurean doctor is surely able to choose the occupation of her choice. our j. thrasher and k. hankins / journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - to say that a minimally liberal set of rights conflicts with pareto and equal- ity then is to say that if some individuals exercised their rights either pareto or equality must be sacrificed. indeed, this was the point of sen’s original argument, namely that rights and social welfare will not always coincide, and it is only once we understand this point on a formal level that we are led to more substantive philosophical questions concerning which values justice requires us to be sensitive to and in what kinds of situations. cohen is making a deeper point as well though, viz. that the demands of justice extend beyond those placed on the basic structure of society, and it is on this deeper point that his main line of argument against the problem posed by the trilemma rests. cohen’s argument is that if the decisions we made in our individual lives were guided by a belief in equality, the tri- lemma dissolves. justice, he argues, requires us to internalize certain values and once we do so, our preference for exercising our rights in ways that generate the sort of conflict the proponent of the trilemma worries about will vanish. cohen refers to this as the ethical solution and motivates it with the following imaginary exchange: the trilemmist says: “we shouldn’t be egalitarians, because equality requires a sacrifice of either pareto or freedom.” to which i reply: “that isn’t so, because, if we were egalitarians, we should be sacrificing neither.” and that reply isn’t trivial. cohen’s argument is that once the epicurean doctor realizes the impor- tance of equality she would (or should) change her preferences. if she really cared about equality, freedom would not be an issue. point is simply that if freedom is to be substantively valuable, justice must carve out a range of choices, from which an individual is free to choose, consistent with the demands of justice.  indeed, this point, and the larger point that the point of theorizing about justice is to provide practical guidance in alleviating suffering and solving disputes is the primary thesis of sen’s recent book and has also been powerfully articulated by david schmidtz. see amartya sen, the idea of justice (cambridge, ma: harvard university press, ) and david schmidtz, ‘when justice matters,’ ethics, ( ), pp. – .  this is one of the main thrusts of cohen’s book and is an issue about which there has been much debate. see: cohen, rescuing justice and equality, chap. ; liam b. murphy, ‘institutions and the demands of justice,’ philosophy & public affairs, ( ), – ; thomas w. pogge, ‘on the site of distributive justice: reflections on cohen and murphy,’ philosophy & public affairs, ( ), – ; a.j. julius, ‘basic structure and the value of equality,’ philosophy & public affairs, ( ), – ; thomas porter, ‘the division of moral labour and the basic structure restriction,’ politics, philosophy & economics, ( ), – ; kok-chor tan, justice, institutions, and luck: the site, ground, and scope of equality (oxford university press, usa, ).  cohen, rescuing justice and equality, p. . j. thrasher and k. hankins / journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - of course, the epicurean doctor might simply respond that if everyone else really cared about freedom, they would leave her alone to pursue her preferred profession without interference. in either case, though, solving the problem this way merely sidesteps the serious philosophical questions concerning how social justice should accommodate competing values. cohen’s argument is that in a truly just society, people’s preferences would align with equality and, hence, it would never conflict with the other two metrics. this amounts to saying that if the epicurean doctor cared about equality she would prefer to work as a doctor for $ , rather than gar- den or work as a doctor for a higher wage. her preference ordering would change from a > b > c to c > a > b and since her preferences would now be the same as everyone else’s no trilemma would arise. we say this approach sidesteps the difficult philosophical issues at hand, because it is hard to see how it shows that the trilemma is not really a problem. in this case, justice free from conflict is merely the product of philosophical fiat. cohen “solves” the trilemma argument by stipulating that it never arises. for his solution to be of general interest, cohen needs to show that the preference profiles that give rise to the trilemma are inadmissible. essentially, cohen needs to show that we have good reason to reject the unrestricted domain condition that we implicitly assumed in the epicurean doctor example. sen describes unrestricted domain as the condition that “every logically possible set of individual orderings is included in the domain of the collective choice rule.” in other words, no individuals or preference orderings should be excluded from the scope of the collective choice rule— in this case, the rule being used to model the requirements of justice. of course, it is by no means obvious that justice must license the range of  note that the problem is more dramatic still. for cohen’s solution not only requires that individuals be motivated to pursue egalitarian policies, but the same egalitarian poli- cies; otherwise the problem of divergence of preferences will arise even assuming an egali- tarian ethos. rawls in particular, whose animating concern was the problem posed by the fact of reasonable pluralism, would have been particularly attuned to this worry.  cohen’s solution to the trilemma exploits the well-known fact in the social choice lit- erature that only certain preference profiles generate the paradoxes of social choice that the famous impossibility theorems threaten. like cohen here, many have attempted to defang the threat of various impossibility theorems by weakening the unrestricted domain assump- tion that arrow’s impossibility theorem, among others, relies upon. unfortunately, one of the most dispiriting lessons in social choice has been that many forms of impossibility are resil- ient in the face of a substantial degree of weakening of their axioms. furthermore, the type of restriction that cohen proposes is not trivial as he is essentially proposing restricting the domain of individual preferences so that they are identical to the set of social preferences.  sen, ‘the impossibility of the paretian liberal,’ p. . j. thrasher and k. hankins / journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - preferences that the unrestricted domain condition allows, particularly if justice requires (as cohen thinks it does) that individuals internalize a cer- tain ethos, and so cohen’s strategy perhaps looks promising. in the next section, however, we will see that cohen lacks the resources needed to restrict the domain of acceptable preferences to the extent required by his solution to the trilemma. . vacations, sick days, and prerogatives in his earlier work, cohen argues in favor of a principle of symmetrical jus- tification for coercion. in rescuing, however, his discussion of justifica- tion is framed first in terms of something he calls the interpersonal test, and later in terms of the idea of a personal prerogative first sketched by samuel scheffler and subsequently developed by david estlund. cohen begins the trilemma chapter trilemma with the observation that the demands of egalitarian justice must fall “within the constraint of a reason- able personal prerogative, deference to which informs the whole of the fol- lowing discussion”—only a moral rigorist, he argues, could deny a place for such a prerogative, and he affirms that he is not such a rigorist. prerogatives are important because valuing the freedom of persons to pursue a conception of the good requires that they have considerable room within to make decisions about their life and prerogatives provide people with this space. prerogatives protecting occupational choice are espe- cially important in this regard. no less important is being free to choose how to trade off time spent working with time spent with one’s friends and  g.a. cohen, self-ownership, freedom, and equality (cambridge: cambridge university press, ), pp. – .  see cohen, rescuing justice and equality, chap. , section  . according to cohen, as free and equal members of a moral community our relationships ought to be structured by a norm of comprehensive justification and a necessary condition of comprehensive justifi- cation is that arguments be capable of passing the interpersonal test, where this requires that an argument must be capable of providing justification under any and all dialogical conditions. in other words, an argument’s ability to provide justification must be indepen- dent of both who is presenting it and to whom it is being presented.  david estlund, ‘liberalism, equality, and fraternity in cohen’s critique of rawls,’ journal of political philosophy, ( ), p. and samuel scheffler, the rejection of consequentialism (new york: oxford university press, ).  cohen writes “i do not wish to reject … what samuel scheffler has called an “agent- centered prerogative,” cohen, rescuing justice and equality, p. .  this point is especially clear in the case of love and relationships, which we discuss in section  . j. thrasher and k. hankins / journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - family, or pursuing other interests and passions. treating people as free then requires that individuals have the prerogative to make their own choices about how to live their lives even if this means that there will be some who do worse than they otherwise might. while cohen accepts that there is a place for a modest personal preroga- tive within his view of justice, there are two ways of understanding such prerogatives. on one hand, prerogatives can be conceived of as “vacations” from the demands of justice. vacations are justified departures from the requirements of justice that allow individuals a certain amount of space to freely pursue their own projects, regardless of how these pursuits relate to distributive justice. conceived of in this way, prerogatives prevent justice from being all-encompassing. alternatively, prerogatives can be thought of as “sick days.” thought of this way, prerogatives are excuses for failing to live up to the demands of justice. however, just as it would perhaps be bet- ter if individuals didn’t have to take sick days from work, it would also be more just if people minimized the number of prerogatives taken to depart from the demands of justice. it sounds odd though to say that we should treat prerogatives just as we do sick days. this requires us to think that individuals’ pursuing their own projects is something to regret—a necessary evil. acting in accordance with justice, on this model, is a kind of stakhanovism. if this is cohen’s view, he is in danger of repeating the mistake that bernard williams and rawls attri- bute to utilitarianism: that it does not take the separateness of persons seri- ously, viewing people instead as mere nodes for the fulfillment of justice. to make the distinction we have drawn even starker, note that individu- als are often expected and even encouraged to take vacations from work, lest they allow their work to cause them to lose sight of the other important things in life. although one’s occupation is often bound up with one’s iden- tity, and in many cases helps to give life meaning, what makes the freedom to choose one’s occupation important are the myriad values, interests, and larger-scale projects that individuals have which give them reasons to shape their identities in various ways. while these are issues that cohen is sensitive to, unfortunately he does not fully appreciate the constraints they impose on a view like his. although he accepts that justice must make room for a reasonable personal prerogative, he tells us little about what  for a more complete discussion of a view like this, see: david estlund, ‘liberalism, equality, and fraternity in cohen’s critique of rawls,’ p. .  ‘stakhanovism’ refers to the ideology of the stakhanovite movement of the s in the soviet union under stalin. the movement was inspired by the example of aleksei stakhanov a miner who, in , mined times his quota of coal in one day. j. thrasher and k. hankins / journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - falls within the scope of such a prerogative nor, as we have seen, does he tell us how such prerogatives mediate the demands of justice. this second point is particularly important, for if prerogatives are best conceived of along the vacation model as we have argued they should be, then it is hard to see how cohen can constrain the domain of admissible preferences to the degree required to get his ethical solution off the ground. this is because the only way the ethical solution succeeds is if individuals could come to have such a strong egalitarian ethos that their occupational preferences coincide with what would best promote the needs of the least well off. as we will see in the next two sections though, even if individuals could come to adopt such an equality driven ethos, there are reasons to doubt whether they should. before exploring this argument, though, it is important to first clarify why the ethical solution succeeds only if the domain of free choice is severely curtailed. the problem is that prerogatives license inequalities and we have good reason to concede that individuals have prerogatives within which they are free to act. cohen admits as much. his disagreement with those like estlund and scheffler who have drawn attention to the inequality generating feature of prerogatives is directed solely at the amount of inequality that reasonable prerogatives license and the way in which they do so. cohen accepts that prerogatives allow individuals to justifiably make choices that generate inequality, but contra estlund he argues that the amount of inequality that is thus justified is not extensive. this is a debate about the extent of inequality that is justified, though, and not a debate about whether it is justified. similarly, cohen emphasizes that the prerogative justification provides a different sort of justification for inequality than the incentive argument that grounds the difference principle, but this too does little to cut against the claim that some inequalities will be justified because it only  in the introduction to rescuing, for instance, cohen points out that there are many forms of motivation lying on a spectrum that stretches from unrestrained market-maximiz- ing at one end to fully self-sacrificial restraint favoring the worst off at the other. he then argues that the first extreme is permitted by rawls, something that he finds absurd, but he also argues that the second extreme isn’t required because requiring such self-sacrifice is “excluded by a legitimate personal prerogative.” because individuals have their own lives to lead, cohen suggests “they are therefore permitted to strike a balance between the claims of the difference principle and their own legitimate concerns.” the difficulty, on cohen’s view, is that what constitutes an appropriate balance is a “vague matter.” cohen, rescuing justice and equality, pp. – .  see cohen, rescuing justice and equality, pp. – section  of the general appendix, “incentives and prerogatives.” j. thrasher and k. hankins / journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - speaks to the question of how those inequalities are justified. this is important because our argument has been directed at cohen’s claim that equality, freedom, and pareto are not in conflict. we have denied cohen’s claim, and in doing so, what we have argued is that cohen must license some inequality if he is to maintain his commitment to freedom. what we have not tried to say, however, is how much inequality he must make room for. . the women of athens in the “ecclesiazusae,” aristophanes depicts an athens racked by war and deprivation, having been run into the ground by the men. in response, the women of the city take over the legislative assembly and, in an effort to save athens from total ruin, their first act is to legislate absolute equality between all athenians. their leader praxagora decrees that, “mankind should possess in common the instruments of happiness. henceforth pri- vate property comes to an end …” the plan, as praxagora elaborates, is to “destroy [the old] morality” and supplant it with a new ethos, the hope being that by working together and owning all things in common athenians could come to build a society on a foundation of equality. praxagora is, like cohen, ultimately concerned with equality of welfare, not equality of money and because one of the aspects of life that can con- tribute the most to happiness and welfare is love, she becomes concerned about the vast inequities of love that naturally exist. recognizing that it is hard for the old, the ugly, and the awkward to compete with those younger, prettier, and smoother for the affections of potential lovers, the women outlaw marriage in the city and even go so far as to make it illegal for the young and pretty to have their turn at love without first allowing the older and uglier a chance. in one scene, a pretty young girl is waiting for her lover while an old woman stands close by. eventually the young man arrives, seeking the  it is also worth noting that in his reply to critics cohen eventually acknowledges, fol- lowing estlund, that prerogatives could serve to legitimate certain deployments of the incentive argument, his argument with estlund on that point being that there is simply no trace of such an argument to be found in rawls’ work.  aristophanes, ‘ecclesiazusae,’ in the complete plays of aristophanes, ed. by moses hadas, bantam classic (new york: bantam classics, ), p. .  aristophanes, ‘ecclesiazusae,’ p. .  aristophanes, ‘ecclesiazusae,’ p. . j. thrasher and k. hankins / journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - young girl. the older woman, spying her chance, demands that the young man obey the new law. horrified at what justice now requires of him, the young man tries to trick the old woman, but to no avail. she prevails and drags him off into her room. at just that moment, though, an older, uglier woman shows up to claim her right and the first woman is forced to give him over to her older and uglier competitor. naturally, as the second old woman is taking the young man away a third appears, older and uglier still. as the third old woman says, “i’m older, and i’m uglier; consequently this boy belongs to me.” given the multiplicity of women arranged in a hier- archy of unattractiveness, the young man will have to work his way down the line if he intends to ever be with his lover. while the young man has no interest in being with any of the old women, alas, his wishes are irrelevant. if he could do as he wished and be only with his beloved, the old women would be much worse off in relation to the young couple. from the point of view of justice, at least as instantiated by the women of athens, this is unacceptable. if the young man wishes to pur- sue the girl, he does indeed “belong” to the oldest woman first, because her happiness and welfare overrule his freedom to choose his partners. there is a sense, then, in which the young man has become merely a means to the old women’s satisfaction. this case clearly illustrates what it is like for indi- viduals to be treated merely as material for the fulfillment of justice. what makes it particularly compelling though is that cohen is clearly committed to thinking that it is inconsistent with justice to treat individuals in this way. as we did with the case of the epicurean doctor, we can formalize aristophanes’ story. in the aristophanes case, however, unlike the epicu- rean doctor case, we have many preference orderings rather than simply two. furthermore, the preferences range over who may be with whom in a romantic situation and so the example is even starker than cohen’s origi- nal case insofar as it involves action that is even more personal than occu- pational choice.  aristophanes, ‘ecclesiazusae,’ p. .  recall, for instance, cohen’s claim from the introduction to rescuing that individuals have the right to be something other than engines for the welfare of other people.  aside from the already discussed prerogative, there is no reason in principle why cohen should hold that the demands of justice should not apply to romantic choice, espe- cially if romantic partners are importantly related to welfare. we need not be committed to the claim that cohen would have us all be egalitarians in romantic matters though. rather, the point of the example is simply to illustrate the tension between freedom and equality and thus the need to invoke a prerogative or some other mechanism for resolving this tension. j. thrasher and k. hankins / journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - in order to simplify things, in what follows, we represent this situation as involving three persons, though the older and uglier women that enter later could easily be incorporated without changing the result. the young man prefers to be with the young woman and only the young woman. we can call this state of affairs, x. nevertheless, if he cannot be with just the young woman, he is willing to be with the old woman first and then the young woman. he finds the prospect of being with the old woman objec- tionable, but he is willing to pay that price for love if he must. we call this state of affairs where the young man will be with the old woman first, and then the young woman, y. the worst state of affairs for the young man is to miss the opportunity to be with his beloved entirely. this state of affairs involves everyone leaving the scene without having any romantic involve- ment at all. we can call this state of affairs z. thus, the young man’s prefer- ence ordering in this situation is: x > y > z. the young woman’s first preference is also to be with her lover, the young man, without any interference from the old woman, and so she pre- fers x to all other alternatives. the thought of her lover with the old woman angers her so much, however, that she would prefer z to y even though this means she would have to forgo the affection of her lover. the young woman’s preference ordering, then, is: x > z > y. finally, the old woman prefers y to all other states of affairs, but would be so wrought with jealousy and envy if the young woman were able to have the young man to herself that she prefers z to x and so her preference ordering is: y > z > x. these orderings are represented in table  below:  we assume for the sake of argument that the old woman’s preferences accurately track her welfare. as we will see in the next section, though, there are perhaps problems with making this assumption that in turn give us further reason to doubt the efficacy of cohen’s proposed solution to the trilemma. table  young man young woman old woman x x y y z z z y x as in the epicurean doctor case, we have a dilemma. we say dilemma, rather than trilemma here because in this situation, every alternative satis- fies the pareto principle and so it cannot conflict with our other principles. there is no pair of alternatives such that one alternative is preferred to the other by everyone. both the young man and the young woman prefer x to j. thrasher and k. hankins / journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - y while the old woman prefers y to x and similarly, the young man and young woman prefer x to z while the old woman prefers z to x. on the other hand, the young man and the old woman both prefer y to z, while the young woman prefers z to y. there is no way then to reconcile their respective preferences with both equality and the requirement that each individual be decisive over at least one pair. . the demands of equality in the “ecclesiazusae,” the women of athens deem equality to be the unique collective choice rule consistent with justice. the result is comical. their uncompromising commitment to equality threatens to undermine even their most basic freedoms. we should be worried then by the fact that aristophanes’ dilemma parallels the trilemma argument, particularly since cohen’s proposal that the trilemma can be dissolved if only we could embrace an ethos of equality is not offered in jest. in light of aristophanes’ dilemma, we must ask whether cohen’s ethical solution really allows us to express an uncompromising commitment to equality without becoming “slaves to social justice.” let us assume, following cohen’s suggestion, that the characters in our example borrowed from aristophanes have become perfectly committed to equality so that the young couple’s preferences come to coincide with the old woman’s. their respective preference orderings can then be repre- sented as follows:  to get this result we need not assume transitivity, only quasi-transitivity since we are only dealing with strict preference orderings without indifference.  note that the primary problem presented by this particular set of preference profiles is that the young woman ranks y, the option required by equality, as her least preferred option. table  original dilemma cohen’s revised dilemma young man young woman old woman young man young woman old woman x x y y y y y z z z z z z y x x x x j. thrasher and k. hankins / journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - note that the proposed revision of the parties’ preferences does indeed solve the problem, but as with the epicurean doctor case, it is only able to do this by changing the circumstances. earlier we charged cohen with avoiding the problem rather than confronting it. the point we now wish to make, though, is that cohen himself gives us reason to think that we should be hesitant to adopt such an ethos. first, however, we must consider what can be said in favor of adopting such an ethos. there is a similarity for instance between this example and cohen’s occasional approval of “everyone doing his or her bit” in war- time england. on cohen’s view, despite the hardships that accompanied “doing one’s bit,” a certain amount of fellow feeling and patriotism moti- vated people to do more than they might have otherwise done and this is to be celebrated. it does not follow, however, that since people were moti- vated by fellow feeling that their hardships were no longer hardships. indeed it is precisely because everyone “did their bit” in the face of these hardships that that fact is to be celebrated. similarly, the young man, despite his newly acquired egalitarian ethos, will still find the prospect of being with the older women objectionable, but he will see it as his duty as well and so will perform the task in spite of this. he may even get a warm feeling knowing that he has done his duty. the problem we face is that in this case equality is providing the wrong kind of reason for action. cohen opens the door to this argument in the final section of “the freedom objection.” here, cohen makes an intriguing argument against prostitution. prostitution is wrong, cohen argues, for the same reason that rape is wrong, namely because “the wanted thing is yielded for the wrong reason.” of course, some might argue with this characterization of rape. it may not be merely sex that the rapist is after. rape is, at least some of the time, an exercise of power and domination and not just a sexual act. cohen argues, however, that it would be wrong to view rape merely as a “species of assault.” to think of rape in that way would be to base one’s disapproval of it on a “breach of self-ownership” and would make one indifferent to prostitution to the extent that prostitution is (at least sometimes) an expression of self-ownership. cohen’s argument here is far from uncontroversial, but rather than dis- pute cohen’s assessment of rape and prostitution we want to consider how cohen’s claim puts pressure on his proposed solution to the trilemma.  cohen, rescuing justice and equality, p. .  cohen, rescuing justice and equality, p. .  cohen, rescuing justice and equality, p. . j. thrasher and k. hankins / journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - in our aristophanes example, the young man has a duty to have sex with the old woman if he ever wants to be with his lover. of course, he does not love or desire the old woman and so, although he may be motivated to engage with her, this can only be because he has embraced his egalitarian ethos so completely. the young man’s commitment to egalitarianism may be commendable, but, like the prostitute, he is yielding the “wanted thing” for the wrong reasons. while the young man is not being forced to yield his body to the old woman because he is motivated to do it, his commitment to equality or justice does not translate into love or desire for the old woman. it follows, then, that if we are to condemn prostitution and rape along the lines that cohen suggests, we should also condemn this particu- lar act of “yielding” for the same reasons. this is bad news for cohen’s ethical solution, for it shows that even if adopting an egalitarian ethos could dissolve the trilemma, by cohen’s own lights we sometimes have overrid- ing reasons not to do so. sometimes, it seems, there are inequalities that it would be unjust to change. of course, the defender of cohen could argue that what an appropriate egalitarian ethos really requires of the young couple is that they simply refrain from being with one another. thus, the young man would not be compelled to yield himself to the old woman for the wrong reasons, but the old woman would now have no reason to envy the young couple’s abil- ity to find love. this, we think, goes too far. while it perhaps does not make the young couple mere engines for the welfare of the older and less attrac- tive, it does threaten to swallow up any space they might have in which to live their own lives. more reasonably, cohen could argue that romantic choices should fall within the purview of a personal prerogative. we do not disagree. the problem is that if cohen grants that choosing one’s romantic partner should fall within the scope of a reasonable prerogative, then that romantic choices are protected in this way simply serves as proof that the commitment to equality is not, in the end, uncompromising. at this point we must consider whether we have given due weight to cohen’s sensitivity to the distinction between the relation of the personal and impersonal on one hand and the relationship between justice and the personal on the other. the worry as we understand it is that cohen’s sen- sitivity to this distinction mitigates much of the criticism that we have lev- ied against him. we appreciate cohen’s sensitivity to issues like this. we recognize, for instance, that cohen would prefer us not to be egalitarians about everything, least of all sex and love. we struggle to see though how  we thank an anonymous referee for this journal for raising this point. j. thrasher and k. hankins / journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - this insulates him from the charges we have laid at his feet. one reason is that it is hard to see how cohen can draw a non-arbitrary line between those choices that do and those that do not fall within the scope of justice. after all, one of the main theses cohen defends is that “the personal is political” and thus that the demands of justice extend to the sorts of deci- sions individuals make in their everyday lives. indeed his entire criticism of rawls rests on this claim. more importantly, however, we believe that there is good reason to think that something like a prerogative does not in fact compete with justice. there is a deep tension running through cohen’s thought, though, that makes it unclear whether he can hold this view. cohen recognizes that because individuals have their own lives to lead, neither justice nor equality can be all that matters. on one way of understanding things, this is not problematic because justice is simply one value among many. indeed, cohen suggests that “there is some justice that cannot, and some that should not, be implemented institutionally, or indeed, as shakespeare’s portia knew, at all.” on this view, we must make room for inequality in light of individuals’ reasonable personal prerogatives, but this is not a requirement of justice. rather, as we argued in § , it is a (potentially regret- table) situation that arises because these prerogatives lie outside the scope of justice. as cohen also argues, though, the label “justice” is significant and one reason it is significant is that “each person possesses an inviolability founded on justice.” as we see things, making room for a prerogative is one way of giving force to this powerful idea and the implication of this is not just that we must make room for inequality, but that these inequalities are sometimes licensed in the name of justice. this, however, is a conclu- sion that cohen is hesitant to draw. there is one further problem for the prospects of cohen’s ethical solu- tion that bears mention. whatever one thinks of cohen’s objection to pros- titution, it does suggest an important question, namely whether the merely physical “yielding” of the young man can truly satisfy the old woman in the right way. although we earlier assumed for the sake of argument that the old woman’s preferences accurately tracked her welfare, there are good reasons for believing that the young man’s yielding to her would not in the end satisfy her. for an extremely lonely person, any human contact  cohen, rescuing justice and equality, p. .  cohen, rescuing justice and equality, p. . here cohen quotes rawls approvingly, the idea being that appeals to justice give strength to individuals’ claims that they would otherwise lack. j. thrasher and k. hankins / journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - is often welcomed. being with the young man might, very well then, be able to eliminate some of the negative effects of isolation and alleviate some of the old women’s loneliness. she would no doubt be aware, how- ever, that the young man did not love her or desire to be with her in any way except insofar as his sense of equality required it. peter railton, in a similar context, describes this type of situation as a kind of alienation. in his example, a husband performs all the duties that a loving husband would perform, but his reasons for acting the way that he does is his devotion to morality, not, strictly speaking, his dedication to his wife. as railton suggests, “something seems wrong”—after all, one doesn’t only want to be treated as a means of discharging moral duties or as a means of increasing the amount of well-being in the world. imagine a son telling his mother upon visiting her at her home that he is visiting her because she is old and lonely and morality requires that the lonely be vis- ited periodically. or imagine a wife embracing her husband, not because she has any particular affection for him but rather because she knows that her husband’s well-being will improve if he is embraced. surely, both of these situations, along with our example borrowed from aristophanes seem perverse in the same way that cohen thinks prostitution is perverse. love and affection are given freely for reasons of love and affection, not for reasons of morality or equality. the problem, we have argued, is that however strong the young man’s commitment to equality is, that alone will not allow him to satisfy the demands of justice. in the trilemma case, cohen argues that someone with an egalitarian ethos acts without coercion when they act in accordance with equality and so, freedom can be consistent with equality. the egalitar- ian ethos alone, however, will not achieve equality in the aristophanes case because acting from an egalitarian ethos provides the wrong kind of reason to the young man. the old woman needs the young man to love or desire her for the right reasons, and an egalitarian ethos does not provide those reasons to the young man, no matter how committed he is to it. reasons of equality are dictated by how closely they track distributive desiderata. reasons of love, on the other hand, come from the deeply held desires that are directed at the object of love. to truly achieve equality in our example, we would need to change the desires of the young man, but  peter railton, ‘alienation, consequentialism, and the demands of morality,’ philosophy and public affairs, ( ), pp. – , at pp. – .  railton, ‘alienation, consequentialism, and the demands of morality’, pp. – , at p. . j. thrasher and k. hankins / journal of moral philosophy ( ) doi . / - this might not be possible. further, even if it were possible, as our discus- sion of personal prerogatives has suggested, it may not be desirable for, as cohen himself affirms, justice to not be all encompassing in this way. we should not be slaves to social justice. cohen may be right that justice does not license the degree of inequality that many others have supposed. he may also be right that justice requires us to adopt an egalitarian ethos. our suggestion here is simply that even if we grant cohen’s claim that adopting an egalitarian ethos may help to alle- viate the tension between co-realizing the values of freedom, equality, and pareto, we need to do more to fully dissolve that tension. it is not only minds that need to be changed, but also hearts, and even that may not be enough. finally, although we have levied a series of objections against cohen’s proposed solution to the trilemma argument, it is worth noting that the failure of cohen’s ethical solution does not present the sort of problem that cohen supposes. while we might still lament inequality, if justice is about more than just equality, licensing inequalities in the name of justice need not be self-effacing. on the contrary, sometimes constraining the reach of justice serves as a way of respecting the separate worth and importance of individual lives.  the authors would like to thank jerry gaus, bill glod, guido pincione, david schmidtz, kevin vallier, steven wall, and an anonymous reviewer for helpful comments on earlier drafts. special thanks to the participants in a seminar on egalitarianism at the university of arizona, especially to tom christiano who organized and ran the seminar. his early interest in the project was extremely important. when justice demands inequality perspective distributive justice and regenerative medicine john gardner*, department of sociology, school of social sciences, monash university, w menzies building, chancellors walk, clayton, melbourne, , australia * author for correspondence: john.gardner@monash.edu many countries have identified regenerative medicine as a strategic priority, and have thus launched a range of initiatives to facilitate innovation in the field. this perspective paper argues that several initia- tives involve resource distributions that could impinge on widely accepted egalitarian notions of fairness and justice that underpin current healthcare systems. specifically, this paper focuses on five initiatives, and argues that these initiatives reflect a largely unacknowledged utilitarian perspective on distributive jus- tice. the intention of this paper is not to argue against these initiatives, but rather to stimulate an open discussion on what qualifies as a just and fair system of resource distribution, so that the regenerative medicine field can responsibly deliver on its clinical potential. first draft submitted: march ; accepted for publication: july ; published online: november keywords: bioethics • distributive justice • policy • regulation • reimbursement in the late s and for much of the s, policy activity relating to regenerative medicine (rm) was focused on the ethical utilization of human-derived tissue. in the last years, however, there has been a notable change in emphasis: ‘facilitating translation from the bench to the bedside’, and indeed ‘accelerating’ innovation, have become the primary concerns for policy makers in several countries [ ]. in the uk, this is exemplified in multiple reports on the uk’s capacity to foster an rm industry, including the reports from both the house of lords and house of commons science and technology committees, and the government-supported rm expert group [ , ]. the reports have proposed a range of initiatives for facilitating innovation in the field of rm, including the establishment of new collaborative research programs, adjustments to commissioning systems and regulatory arrangements, and the establishment of specialist centers for providing rm therapies. many initiatives have already been launched, an obvious example being the establishment of the uk cell and gene therapy catapult in and which is now a major actor in the field [ ]. in this paper, i will illustrate that several of the enacted and proposed innovation-facilitative initiatives involve resource distributions that ‘could’ impinge on widely accepted egalitarian notions of fairness and justice that underpin current healthcare systems in europe. specifically, i focus on five initiatives: the establishment of innovation-accelerator agencies; conditional licensing and risk-sharing schemes; the value-based pricing approach in health technology assessment (hta); the provision of ear-marked funds to commission innovative therapies; and the proposed establishment of specialist treatment centers. the intention of this paper is not to argue against these initiatives – it may be that such initiatives are necessary, and as i will show in the following section, there are multiple perspectives on distributive justice which have also influenced healthcare systems, and which could provide justification for such measures. rather, the intention is to stimulate an open (and ideally ongoing) discussion on what qualifies as a just and fair system of resource distribution, so that the rm field can responsibly deliver on its clinical potential. the rm field is currently at a critical juncture. new innovation-facilitative infrastructures are being or will soon be forged that, according to some commentators, are representative of a major transformation in the organization of biomedical r&d and healthcare provision more generally [ – ]. it is vital that the potential repercussions of proposed initiatives are carefully considered before they bring about what could become obstinate institutionally embedded infrastructures. deliberations on redistributive justice within promissory biomedical projects such as rm are especially pertinent in the current political context . /rme- - c© john gardner regen. med. ( ) ( ), – issn - for reprint orders, please contact: reprints@futuremedicine.com perspective gardner of the uk: in effect, resources have been redirected from services that provide much-valued assistance to people in the present day. in the following section, i provide a brief overview of theories of distributive justice. i focus predominately on the egalitarian and utilitarian understandings of distributive justice, briefly comparing them with libertarian theories, and i illustrate how each of these have influenced various aspects of healthcare provision and governance in several countries. in the third section of this paper, i use these theories of distributive justice as an analytical frame for examining each of the five innovation-facilitating initiatives. i illustrate that these initiatives reflect a largely unacknowledged utilitarian perspective on resource distribution, in which value is promissory in nature and broadly equated to health and national prosperity. some debates surrounding these initiatives, however, illustrate that egalitarian sentiments have also been influential. in the ‘conclusion & future perspective’ section, i outline specific issues that require ongoing discussion with a range of stakeholders, so that the field as a whole can responsibly deliver on its significant promise. theories of distributive justice the rising costs of health services and vast inequalities in access to healthcare illustrate the importance of justice as an ethical concern in biomedicine. indeed, justice has been championed as one of the four moral principles within beauchamp and childress’ foundational "principles of biomedical ethics" [ ], and their description of distributive justice provides a useful starting point here. distributive justice, as they define it, refers to: "fair, equitable and appropriate distribution determined by justified norms that structure the terms of social cooperation. its scope includes policies that allot diverse benefits and burdens such as property, resources, taxation, privileges and opportunities" [ ]. this formal principle is often articulated using the words attributed to aristotle: "equals must be treated equally, and unequals must be treated unequally". it is of course when it comes to identifying the substantive dimensions (i.e., what is actually meant by ‘equal’ and ‘appropriate distribution’) that different theories of distributive justice become apparent. differing positions, as the above extract suggests, are supported by specific social norms that reflect specific political–philosophical traditions [ ]. arguments from egalitarian theories of justice have been particularly influential in shaping and justifying healthcare provision. in general, egalitarian theories of distributive and social justice presume that an individual’s health status is determined by the ‘lottery of life,’ and is, then undeserved. additionally, egalitarian theories abide by the fair opportunity rule that states that: "no persons should receive social benefits on the basis of undeserved advantageous properties. . . and that no person shall be denied social benefits on the basis of underserved disadvantageous properties" [ ]. advocates of this position have argued that healthcare provision should therefore be organized in such a way that it will enable each individual to gain access to a normal range of opportunities within society. this, in turn, means that healthcare resources may be unequally distributed, so that those individuals with an (undeserved) poor health status receive additional support [ ]. this argument has had widespread appeal and many existing healthcare systems – specifically those that proclaim to provide universal healthcare – are justified with an egalitarian position. a core principle of the national health service (nhs) england constitution, for example, is that "access to nhs services is based on clinical need, not an individual’s ability to pay" [ ]. services are free of charge, and those individuals with greater clinical need (such as a chronic neurological condition) will ideally receive a greater share of health resources. in reality, however, it is not possible to allocate resources purely according to clinical need. health resources are severally constrained and the clinical benefit of new interventions may be, at least initially, highly uncertain. for these reasons, governance mechanisms such as hta agencies determine which clinical services will be provided within a healthcare system. hta authorities such as the uk’s nice typically rely on systematic assessments of cost–effectiveness: a cost/benefit profile for a candidate therapy is assessed its relation to existing standards of care. such gate-keeping mechanisms (which are common in many countries and are currently being advocated by the eu commission) enshrine a ‘utilitarian approach’ to resource distribution [ ]. the key principle of utilitarian approaches to distributive justice is that resources should be distributed in such a way that maximizes value (i.e., in such a way that produces the most utility). in healthcare governance, some hta agencies such as nice typically use quality-adjusted life years (qalys) to represent value/utility, and decisions to commission a therapy will be guided by a determination of its cost per qaly profile. determining what exactly ‘counts’ as value/utility in regen. med. ( ) ( ) future science group distributive justice & regenerative medicine perspective an utilitarian approach is of course up for contestation, and the use of qalys to represent value/utility has been heavily criticized [ ]. as explored further on, proponents of a value-based pricing approach have argued that value should be defined more broadly [ ]. many contemporary healthcare systems, then, enshrine an egalitarian approach in their attempt to provide universal care, and governance mechanisms within these systems often deploy methods that are primarily – but not exclusively – utilitarian. other healthcare systems, however, also have significant elements that align with a ‘libertarian’ interpretation of distributive justice. the principle concern in libertarian understandings of justice is to protect and affirm the liberty and individual rights of citizens, and hence, the free market is championed as the acceptable means of distributing resources [ ]. in a pure form of libertarianism, taxing citizens so that individuals with undeserved, disadvantageous health statuses can enjoy a normal share of opportunities would be deemed unjust. advocates of libertarianism, however, often support healthcare systems based on insurance that may entail utilitarian or egalitarian redistributions, provided that insurance is voluntarily and privately purchased. conventionally, the us healthcare system has been aligned with a libertarian approach, but the tax-funded medicare and medicaid schemes do enshrine the egalitarian sentiment that some basic services should be made available to specific disadvantaged groups [ ]. the enactment of the patient protection and affordable care act (obamacare) in can be seen as an attempt to further embed egalitarian distributive justice within the system [ ]. there are, then, multiple positions on the substantive dimensions of distributive justice, and current healthcare systems tend to represent points at which different positions – egalitarian, utilitarian and libertarian – are artic- ulated and aligned. just how they are aligned and coordinated depends of course on the wider sociocultural and political context, and as the contemporary debates around obamacare illustrate, this can be a prolonged process characterized by considerable conflict. indeed, issues around distributive justice are often openly debated during major healthcare reform. biomedical innovation can also entail a reshuffling of resource distribution mechanisms – however, discussions on the repercussions for distributive justice tend to be side-lined in favor of other important ethical concerns. the next section examines some of the translational initiatives in rm and their repercussion for distributive justice. specific justice issues in rm a diverse range of emerging technologies and techniques fall under the umbrella of ‘regenerative medicine’ and use of the term has tended to vary somewhat [ ]. nevertheless, ‘regenerative medicine’ has been named as a strategic priority by governments such as canada, uk, japan and various us states including new york, massachusetts, california and others [ ]. these governments have identified rm as having considerable clinical and economic potential, and have thus set about facilitating the emergence of a ‘health and wealth’ generating rm industry [ , ]. significant financial resources have been mobilized to do this – the state of california raised us$ billion from bonds to fund the californian institute for regenerative medicine (cirm). such initiatives align with a more general focus in r&d policy on facilitating the translation of promising developments in the life sciences into clinically useful tools. mittra has argued that this focus is bringing about a major transformation in the ‘ecosystem’ of biomedical innovation and healthcare provision: new agencies (such as cirm) have been established, new interdisciplinary collaborations are emerging, novel regulatory frameworks – such as the ema’s advanced therapy medicinal products (atmp) framework – have been negotiated, and other changes to governance structures are also being considered [ ]. there is, then, a major transformation in the way in which biomedical resources are distributed and governed. here, i discuss five specific proposed or enacted initiatives within this emerging ecosystem. state-supported innovation-accelerator agencies: socialized risk, private profit the most significant initiatives to facilitate innovation within rm have been the establishment of so-called innovation-accelerator agencies. agencies similar to the cirm have been established in several countries: the centre for the commercialization of regenerative medicine (ccrm) was launched in canada in , and the uk’s cell and gene therapy catapult (cgtc) was launched in with million gbp in government funding. the aim of these centers is to facilitate the establishment of health and wealth-generating, globally competitive rm industries. the cgtc, for example, describes itself as "a center of excellence in innovation, with the core purpose of building a world-leading cell and gene therapy sector in the uk as a key part of a global industry" [ ]. the agencies, then, are concerned with facilitating innovation that specifically involves commercialization and market creation, and they have been structured accordingly. the ccrm, for example, is a public–private partnership that involves representatives from pfizer, ge healthcare, athersys and other pharma and biotech companies of various future science group www.futuremedicine.com perspective gardner sizes. similarly, the cgtc advisory board includes representatives from glaxosmithkline, ge healthcare and astrozeneca, and their boards of directors have extensive experience in life science industries. the ccrm and cgtc also contain experts on intellectual property, business modelling, regulation and reimbursement hurdles, and on manufacturing and logistics, which can work with academics, clinicians and companies to develop products for an envisaged market [ ]. via such agencies, industry representatives together with other experts in the field are directing public funding toward the commercialization of rm products and techniques. promising products are being ‘de-risked’ in order to attract investment from large pharma, venture capital and other investors. in effect, public resource is being used to produce assets and commodities that will be privately owned. it is also expected that many of these products will eventually be commissioned by public healthcare systems such as the nhs, probably at a significant price in order to cover the high cost of cell or gene therapy manufacturing. tax payers, then, will partially cover the cost for developing therapies, and they will collectively commission these therapies. from an egalitarian perspective, this arrangement of distributing public funds may appear to be unjust. tax- paying citizens share the financial risk of commercial failure, but do not directly financially benefit from the commercial success of products. the direct financial rewards would be shared among industry and investors. it appears, then, that innovation-accelerator agencies are consolidating a system in which there is an unequal distribution of potential benefits and opportunities. an egalitarian position might state that such public funds would be better directed toward social services that can provide those with undeserved disadvantaged properties (chronic illness, or disabilities) with the normal share of social benefits. what we see, however, is that justifications for the innovation-accelerator agencies tend to reflect an unacknowl- edged utilitarian perspective on distributive justice. in the uk, the establishment of the cgtc has been justified as the most expeditious way of bringing about a health and wealth-generating industry [ ]. it is positioned, in other words, as a means of maximizing the value of existing public funds, and also as way of maximizing the uk’s strong biomedical science base. the value is promissory, and it is equated with benefits such as new cures, high-paying jobs and an overall increase in national wealth and prosperity. government supported innovation-accelerator agencies align with what mazzucato has influentially described as the entrepreneurial state [ ]. the ideal role of the state, she argues is to foster innovation, and it can do so most efficiently by stimulating specific innovation dynamics, such as collaborations between industry and academia, assisting small- and medium-sized enterprises (smes) and removing specific innovation hurdles. accordingly, innovation-facilitating work should be delegated to experts in the field (including industry representatives) rather than being undertaken by politicians or bureaucrats, who would lack the time and expertise to understand the challenges ‘on the ground’. david willetts, the then minister for universities and science, used these arguments when announcing the uk’s policy on fostering rm in [ ]. the establishment of agencies such as the cgtc and the ccrm illustrate that a particular utilitarian approach to distribution is becoming entrenched in the emerging rm ecosystem. interestingly, however, mazzucato argues that such an approach is, on its own, unjust. a fair and just ‘entrepreneurial state’ is also guided by egalitarian sentiment: tax payers, she argues, should directly financially benefit from the successful commercialization of a product by receiving a share of the profits. mazzucato makes several recommendations on how this can be achieved – these are briefly addressed in the final section. conditional approval & risk-sharing: paying for predicted efficacy governance reform has been the subject of ongoing discussion within the field of rm [ – ]. commentators have suggested that existing regulatory and hta frameworks, which emerged to govern drug- and device-based therapies, are poorly suited to accommodating rm products and techniques, and thus represent a formidable hurdle to bring new therapies to the clinic [ ]. specifically, the concern is that these governance mechanisms (including the atmp framework) require an evidence profile that is too onerous to produce for products and techniques that are highly novel [ ]. much needed investment will thus be directed elsewhere. in response, conditional/provisional marketing authorization schemes have been established such as the ema’s priority medicines (prime) scheme, and risk-sharing reimbursement arrangements have been launched or are being considered [ ]. the former, such as japan’s conditional authorization scheme, permits rm products to be provisionally placed on the market earlier in the clinical trials process – after the demonstration of safety, and when efficacy can be predicted rather than demonstrated [ ]. risk-sharing schemes are an arrangement in which the cost of providing the therapy is split over two or more parties. this means that one party does not have to take on the full burden of financial risk for promising therapies that have uncertain clinical benefit profiles. regen. med. ( ) ( ) future science group distributive justice & regenerative medicine perspective distributive justice is highly relevant here, given that such schemes involve a reshuffling of risk and potential benefits among different groups. there are current arrangements in several countries where the health commis- sioners only reimburses a company for those patients who meet certain clinical milestones. in italy, for example, glaxosmithkline will be reimbursed only for those patients who are cured of their adenosine deaminase severe combined immunodeficiency with the gene therapy product, stremvelis (which costs us$ , per patient) [ ]. in such schemes, strained healthcare systems are spared additional financial risk (and companies are discouraged from exaggerating the clinical potential of their products). from an egalitarian perspective, such risk-sharing ar- rangements would clearly be more favorable than other proposed schemes. one proposed scenario is that patients themselves pay for a proportion of the cost of therapies, particularly during conditional approval. this arrangement currently exists in japan. the regenerative medicine promotion act in brought about regulatory reform including provisional approval for therapeutic cell products. therapies can therefore be made available to patients before their efficacy has been proven [ ]. under current reimbursement arrangements, % of the cost of these yet-to-be-deemed efficacious therapies is covered by national health insurance and % is covered by the patient, potentially placing high-cost therapies out of the reach of low-income citizens [ ]. the financial hurdle presented to lower income citizens for accessing potentially revolutionary treatments would not be justifiable within an egalitarian approach. additionally, the system has also been criticized for "essentially. . . asking patients to pay for the privilege of serving as the subject of medical experiments" [ ]. again, a utilitarian logic appears to underlie such initiatives. for japan, the regenerative medicine promotion act is an attempt to build upon the ground-breaking work of shinya yamanaka and establishe itself as a world leader in induced pluripotent stem cells (ipsc) technology [ ]. consequently, the conditional licensing of cell therapies is perceived as an expeditious means of promoting innovation in this area by attracting investment. as with the utilitarian logic that underlies the establishment of the innovation accelerator agencies, ‘value’ is promissory in nature and relates to both clinical and economic benefit, and also national prestige. value-based pricing in hta several reports into the uk’s capacity to support an emerging rm industry have explicitly identified the qaly- based approach of nice as a significant challenge. many rms will target diseases with unmet clinical need and with a large burden of illness – not just on the afflicted individual, but on careers, families and indeed wider society. some treatments will also, however, have high-upfront costs. a qaly-based approach, it is argued, would fail to fully account for the burden of disease and would unfairly disadvantage these high-cost treatments [ ]. the value-based pricing (vbp) approach was identified as a more suitable alternative. at one stage, nice was expected to formally adopt the vbp approach, but after some debate, it has retained the qaly-based approach for the meantime. the implications of these two approaches on distributive justice have, then, been discussed in some depth [ ], so i will only briefly recount them here. advocates of the vbp have argued that the qaly is too narrow: it fails to capture the impact of an intervention on carers, other social services and employment participation, for example [ ]. in effect, advocates of vbp are arguing that the qaly-based approach is a flawed means of operationalizing a utilitarian approach to distributive justice. indeed, some of the arguments against vbp reveal that current hta methodologies are also supported by egalitarian sentiments: the problem with vbp, it is argued, is that it would unfairly disadvantage interventions for certain groups such as the elderly whose potential social utility (in terms of participation in employment, dependence on carers, etc.) would likely be deemed less than that of others [ ]. while such a system may be justified with a purely utilitarian perspective, it would be deemed unjust in an egalitarian perspective, since these groups would be denied social benefits on the basis of their undeserved disadvantageous properties. for the time being, it seems that hta in the uk represents a space in which some egalitarian sentiment has explicitly been reaffirmed in the face of a more general surge in utilitarian arguments. privileging innovative therapies with ear-marked funding concerns over existing hta systems have also led to the establishment of specific reimbursement funds for therapies that are deemed to be especially ‘innovative’. again, the justification of these is that highly innovative therapies are unfairly disadvantaged in conventional hta cost–effectiveness analyses due to the level of evidence required. the specialist ‘innovation’ schemes require a less demanding body of evidence, and they provide funding for the commissioning of a therapy on the expectation that additional evidence will be generated in due course [ ]. rms are likely to make use of these initiatives, and indeed tigenix attempted to make use of this pathway for their future science group www.futuremedicine.com perspective gardner chondrocelect product with mixed success: chondrocelect was considered for inclusion in the netherlands’ ‘beleidsregel – dure geneesmiddelen’ scheme for innovative new medicines, and it was reimbursed in germany via the ‘neue untersuchungs und behandlungsmethode’ (nub – new research and treatment methods) scheme [ ]. in the uk, the advanced-therapies-manufacturing taskforce has suggested that the government consider establishing a similar fund, especially for cell and gene therapies. such a fund would be time-limited and dedicated to the early procurement of the therapy within the nhs, enabling the collection of data to permit a thorough cost–effectiveness analysis. these schemes, therefore, create an alternative, less onerous pathway to the clinic for therapies that are deemed to be particularly innovative. some proposed schemes will involve a significant concentration of resources around these pathways: the recent call to create a formal ‘accelerated access pathway’ within the nhs is an example of this [ ]. once again, we see that promissory expectations – the promise of future clinical and economic pay-off – are shaping the allocation of resources. the atmp taskforce, for example, has emphasized the importance of a specialist cell and gene therapy reimbursement fund specifically for encouraging further investment and innovation in the field [ ]. advocates have also, however, drawn on egalitarian arguments as justification for these specialist funds [ , ]. the narrative of these arguments is that individuals with unmet clinical need are unfairly disadvantaged compared with those who have treatment options, and that specialist reimbursement funds and accelerated access pathways will enable these patients to more quickly access promising new therapies. accordingly, it is implied that the redistribution of resources to target unmet clinical need (rather than to maximize utility) is ethically justified. the nuffield council on bioethics has made this argument in relation to other medical technologies (such as deep brain stimulation) [ ], and indeed the same argument can be used to justify any promising technology or technique that will potentially treat unmet clinical need. from this egalitarian perspective, whether or not a therapy is deemed a ‘rm’ (or a ‘cell and gene therapy’) is irrelevant and should not be a criterion for allocating specialist funds for accelerating access. from this perspective, schemes that make no distinction between therapy types would be more justifiable than those that are specifically for cell and gene therapies – such as that proposed by the atmp taskforce. specialist centers for cell & gene therapy treatments in the uk, both the rm expert group report and the atmp taskforce report have recommended the establishment of specialist clinical centers for delivering cell and gene therapy treatments [ ]. this will involve consolidating resources at specific clinical sites that are already leading the field in developing and trialing rms. these will be hospitals which have access to gmp facilities and that are providing specialized hematological services, and which, then, have the necessary experience in handing live tissues and cells. the atmp taskforce has suggested that the government devote £ million to the establishment of this coordinated national network of ‘cell and gene therapy centers.’ the fund would be administered by innovate uk and would be awarded competitively [ ]. the centers would represent a partnership between the nhs and industry, in which the nhs provides clinical expertise and patients while industry provides further investment and manufacturing expertise. there is a strong utilitarian argument underlying the proposal. for example, the taskforce argues that the establishment of such centers will provide a degree of stability that will enable companies and other stakeholders to develop infrastructures for supply chains, data-gathering and manufacturing, and to develop and test new business models [ ]. the up-front investment, in other words, is an efficient way of facilitating the emergence organizational forms that would constitute a health-creating industry. consolidating resources for high-cost, highly-specialized therapies at a few specific clinical centers is commonplace within the uk and elsewhere, especially for therapies targeting rare diseases. inevitably, however, there is a tension between a utilitarian push to cost-effectively support a few specialist centers, and an egalitarian sentiment to avoid exacerbating regional inequalities. these inequalities may relate to ease of access for patients and economic benefits for communities that provide support services for such centers. many rm therapies on the near horizon will be targeting rare diseases, and it is common sense that one or two specialist centers will be identified to deliver these for large geographic regions. however, in the longer term when new treatments are hopefully approved for widespread chronic conditions, egalitarian considerations will become more pressing when considering centers for delivery. regional inequalities relating to ease of access have already been identified as a major problem within the uk [ ], and it is possible that the emerging rm industry could exacerbate this. regen. med. ( ) ( ) future science group distributive justice & regenerative medicine perspective table . summative table of innovation initiatives within the regenerative medicine field, indicating the issues they raise in relation to egalitarian and utilitarian perspectives of distributive justice. regenerative medicine innovation initiative issues relating to egalitarian and utilitarian notions of justice egalitarian utilitarian state-sponsored innovation-accelerator agencies these may conflict with egal perspectives, as tax payers share financial risk for developing privately owned products and assets reflects util sentiment in which ‘value’ is promissory and equated with future national ‘health and wealth’ conditional approval and risk sharing arrangements in which patients pay partial costs for provisionally approved products conflict with egal notions arrangements in which manufacturers and healthcare providers share risk, such as ‘money-back guarantee’ may align with egal notions reflects util sentiment in which ‘value’ is promissory and equated with future national ‘health and wealth’ value-based pricing in health technology assessment these conflict with egal notions, as some ‘undeserved’ traits of individuals (such as older age) are devalued broadens understanding of ‘value’ in an util attempt to better align spending/price with value privileging innovative therapies with ear-marked funding schemes that facilitate access to unmet clinical need may align with egal understandings, provided they do not favor rm therapies over other promising therapies also reflects util sentiment in which ‘value’ is promissory and equated with future national ‘health and wealth’ specialist centers for cell and gene therapy treatments tension between util drive to centralize resource at key specialist centers, and egal sentiment to avoid exacerbating regional inequalities util drive to create stability to foster supporting infrastructure development reflects util sentiment in which ‘value’ is promissory and equated with future national ‘health and wealth’ egal: egalitarian; util: utilitarian. conclusion & future perspective: balancing utilitarianism with egalitarianism in their exploration of the political economy of rm, salter and colleagues have argued that we are seeing is an example of a particular governance style [ ]. this is a governance style in which the state secures the allegiance of powerful groups such as academics and scientists (and their institutions), public servants and importantly, industry [ ]. this characterization may appear simplistic, but it does highlight the necessity of exploring issues relating to distributive justice: vast resources are being directed toward projects – from which some groups directly benefit – that are still largely promissory in nature. in the uk, this is accompanied by a reduction in social services that can help people in the present day. the five initiatives explored above and the issues they raise in relation to egalitarian and utilitarian perspectives on distributive justice are briefly summarized on table . in this paper, i have suggested that many of the innovation- facilitating initiatives in the field of rm are being justified by arguments that align with a utilitarian approach to distributive justice. this is a utilitarian approach in which ‘value’ and ‘utility’ are largely promissory in nature; it is broadly equated to both future health gains (specifically cures and treatments for unmet clinical need) and future economic gains (a high wealth-generating industry and accompanying employment). in effect, this utilitarian approach to the future is being consolidated in organizational arrangements as innovation-facilitating initiatives are enacted: the formation of the accelerator agencies such as the ccrm and the cgtc is a good example of this. the emerging rm field can be seen as representing the entrenchment of a utilitarian approach to distributive justice. the emerging field, however, is characterized by a diverse range of stakeholders with varying agendas, and tensions between them are inevitable [ ]. arguments that draw on egalitarian sentiments are also informing the emerging rm field. in some cases, such as in the establishment of ear-marked funding for innovative therapies to address unmet clinical need, these approaches to distributive justice appear to align with utilitarian arguments. in other instances, such as the debates over value-based pricing, egalitarian sentiments appear to conflict with utilitarian arguments. the rm field may represent an entrenchment of a particular utilitarianism, but it also provides spaces for the expression of other sentiments and other values. such tensions and conflicts are, for some commentators, cause for optimism. mittra, for example, is cautiously optimistic that the emerging new health bioeconomy will provide novel opportunities for a more democratic approach to innovation [ ]. the new agencies, collaborations and regulatory adjustments that are characteristic of this new ecosystem, mittra argues, provide spaces for a range of values – such as those relating to public good, national prosperity, commercialization, cost–effectiveness and clinical and social benefit, to be asserted and to guide innovation practices. (this is in contrast to the past, in which biomedical r&d was dominated by industry and a concern with commercial value, and healthcare governance was dominated by a concern for cost–effectiveness.) if future science group www.futuremedicine.com perspective gardner this does indeed occur, then innovation in this new health bioeconomy will better align with the values of wider society, and will be better directed toward societal need – both of which are key tenets of the eu commission’s responsible research and innovation framework [ ]. it is in this vein that this paper has sought to foreground the issue of distributive justice. as the rm continues to unfold, it is necessary to carefully expose the rationales and values that appear to be shaping the development of innovation-facilitative infrastructures. the apparent dominance of utilitarian arguments raises particular problem- atics that need to be openly addressed to ensure that the field does indeed align with the values of wider society. the first of these relates to the opportunity cost of devoting resources on the basis of hope: the predicted benefits of rm are by no means guaranteed, and perhaps resources would be better directed to improving the quality of life of people suffering with illnesses in the present day. scholarship on the political economy of hope illustrates that it is an immensely powerful resource in the organization of biomedical practices [ – ] but just how much value should we invest in hope, and what are the real opportunity costs of redirecting these resources in this way? second, it is necessary to continually gauge the palatability of utilitarianism arguments among various stakeholder groups, and to identify ways in which egalitarian-informed arrangements might be established if it is deemed desirable to do so. the debates around the vbp and the decision to retain the qaly-based approach for the time being is an example of this. other, more general examples include mazzucato’s proposals aimed at ensuring that the tax-payer is fairly compensated for their original investment (via the state) in innovation-facilitation and research. these include the provision of loans that are only repaid if an innovation is commercially successful, and the establishment of specialist development banks [ ]. it may be that such initiatives balance an egalitarian sense of justice with the drive to facilitate a potentially health and wealth generating rm industry, in a manner that is widely palatable. executive summary � regenerative medicine (rm) has been identified as a strategic priority in many several countries. � governments are supporting a range of innovation-facilitating initiatives within the field of rm. � these initiatives involve establishing new resource distribution arrangements, and thus raise important questions relating to distributive justice. theories of distributive justice � there are multiple positions on the substantive dimensions of distributive justice: egalitarian, utilitarian and libertarian. � current healthcare systems tend to represent points at which these different positions are articulated and aligned. specific justice issues in rm � overall, the emerging rm field appears to involve an entrenchment of a utilitarian approach to resource distribution. � this is a utilitarianism in which value is promissory in nature and broadly equated with health and national prosperity. � some debates surrounding specific initiatives – such as value-based pricing – indicate that egalitarian arguments still carry some authoritative weight. conclusion & future perspective � it is important to encourage open debate on the values guiding innovation-facilitating initiatives. � the palatability of utilitarian arguments should be assessed among a range of stakeholders. � mechanisms for institutionalizing more egalitarian-informed innovation-facilitating initiatives should be considered. financial & competing interests disclosure this paper derives from the regenablemed project (principle investigator andrew webster) funded by the uk’s economic and social research council (es/l / ). the author has no other relevant affiliations or financial involvement with any organization or entity with a financial interest in or financial conflict with the subject matter or materials discussed in the manuscript apart from those disclosed. no writing assistance was utilized in the production of this manuscript. regen. med. ( ) ( ) future science group distributive justice & regenerative medicine perspective open access this work is licensed under the attribution-noncommercial-noderivatives . unported license. to view a copy of this license, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . / references papers of special note have been highlighted as: • of interest; •• of considerable interest . wainwright s, williams c, michael m, farsides b, cribb a. from bench to bedside? biomedical scientists’ expectations of stem cell science as a future therapy for diabetes. soc. sci. med. ( ), – ( ). . regenerative medicine expert group. building on our own potential: a uk pathway for regenerative medicine. ( ). www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/...data/.../build-on-potential.pdf •• a key document outlining necessary policy changes to support regenerative medicine in the uk. . house of lords. science and technology committee. regenerative medicine report. ( ). www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/ld /ldselect/ldsctech/ / .pdf . gardner j, webster a. accelerating innovation in the creation of biovalue: the cell and gene therapy catapult. sci. technol. human values ( ), – ( ). . mittra j. the new health bioeconomy: r&d policy and innovation for the twenty-first century. palgrave macmillan, basingstoke, uk ( ). •• a detailed account of the changing biomedical innovation ecosystem. . gardner j, webster a. the social management of biomedical novelty: facilitating translation in regenerative medicine. soc. sci. med. , – ( ). . mittra j, milne c-p. introduction to translational medicine. translational medicine: the future of therapy? mittra j, milne c-p (eds). pan stanford, singapore, – ( ). . beauchamp t, childress j. principles of biomedical ethics ( th edition). oxford university press, ny, usa ( ). . cohen r. distributive justice: theory and research. soc. just. res. ( ), – ( ). . daniels n. just health care. cambridge university press, ny, usa ( ). . department of health. the nhs constitution for england. department of health, london, uk ( ). www.gov.uk/government/publications/the-nhs-constitution-for-england . faulkner a. special treatment? flexibilities and the politics of regenerative medicine’s gatekeeping regimes in the uk. sci. cult. doi: . / . . ( ) (epub ahead of print). . claxton k, sculpher m, carroll s. value-based pricing for pharmaceuticals: its role, specification and prospects in a newly devolved nhs. centre for health economics, university of york, york, uk ( ). https://ideas.repec.org/p/chy/respap/ cherp.html . nozick r. anarchy, state, and utopia. basic books, ny, usa ( ). . christopher a, caruso d. promoting health as a human right in the post-aca united states. ama j. ethics ( ), – ( ). . webster a. the global dynamics of regenerative medicine: a social science critique. palgrave macmillan, basingstoke, uk ( ). . lewis g. regenerative medicine at the global level: current patterns and global trends. in: the global dynamics of regenerative medicine: a social science critique. webster a (ed.). palgrave, basingstoke, uk, – ( ). . gardner j, higham r, faulkner a. webster a. promissory identities: sociotechnical representations & innovation in regenerative medicine. soc. sci. med. , – ( ). . gardner j, webster a, mittra j. the entrepreneurial state and the leveraging of life in the field of regenerative medicine. in: bioeconomies: life, technology and capital in the st century. pavone v, goven j (eds). palgrave, basingstoke, uk, – ( ). . the cell and gene therapy catapult. about us. https://ct.catapult.org.uk/about-us . thompson k, foster e. the cell therapy catapult: growing a uk cell therapy industry generating health and wealth. stem cells dev. (s ), – ( ). . mazzucato m. the entrepreneurial state. oxford university press, oxford, uk ( ). •• provides a detailed argument for justifying a more egalitarian approach to innovation. specific proposals are outlined. . willetts d. eight great technologies.department of business, innovation and skills. london, uk ( ). www.gov.uk/government/speeches/eight-great-technologies . faulkner a. law’s performativities: shaping the emergence of regenerative medicine through european union legislation. soc. stud. sci. ( ), – ( ). . mahalatchimy a. reimbursement of cell-based regenerative therapy in the uk and france. med. law rev. ( ), – ( ). . chabannon c, caunday-rigot o, faucher c et al. accreditation and regulations in cell therapy. isbt sci. ser. (s ), – ( ). future science group www.futuremedicine.com perspective gardner . ali r, hollander a, kemp p, webster a, wilkins m. regulating cell-based regenerative medicine: the challenge ahead. regen. med. ( ), – ( ). . omidvar o, de grijs m, castle d, mittra j, rosiello a, tait j. regenerative medicine: business models, venture capital and the funding gap. innogen, edinburgh, uk ( ). . corbett m, webster a, hawkins r, woolacott n. innovative regenerative medicines in the eu: a better future in evidence? bmc med. , – ( ). . faulkner a. opening the gateway to market and adoption of regenerative medicine? the uk context. regen. med. ( ), – ( ). . sipp d. conditional approval: japan lowers the bar for regenerative medicine products. cell stem cell ( ), – ( ). . regalado a. gene therapy cure has money-back guarantee. mit technology review ( ). www.technologyreview.com/s/ /gene-therapy-cure-has-money-back-guarantee/ . tobita m, konomi k, torashima y, kimura k, taoka m, kaminota m. japan’s challenges of translational regenerative medicine: act on the safety of regenerative medicine. regenerative therapy , – ( ). . cryanoski d. japan to offer fast-track approval path for stem cell therapies. nat. med. ( ), ( ). . mikami k. state-supported science and imaginary lock-in: the case of regenerative medicine in japan. sci. cult. ( ), – ( ). . raftery j. value-based pricing: can it work? bmj , – ( ). . house of commons science and technology committee. regenerative medicine: fifteenth report of the session – . ( ). www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm /cmselect/cmsctech/ / .pdf . advanced therapies manufacturing action plan: retaining and attracting advanced therapies manufacture in the uk. medicine manufacturing industry partnership. london, uk ( ). www.abpi.org.uk/our-work/mmip/documents/advanced-therapies-manufacturing-taskforce-report.pdf . meurgey f, wille m. the fourth hurdle: reimbursement strategies for regenerative medicine in europe. in: the delivery of regenerative medicines and their impact on healthcare. prescott c, polak j (eds). crc press, london, uk, – ( ). . accelerated access review. accelerated access review final report: review of innovative medicines and medical technologies. london, uk ( ). www.gov.uk/government/publications/accelerated-access-review-final-report . ncob novel neurotechnologies: intervening in the brain. nuffield council on bioethics. london, uk ( ). http://nuffieldbioethics.org/wp-content/uploads/ / /novel neurotechnologies report pdf web .pdf . bailoni m. regional inequalities and political challenges for healthcare in the united kingdom. hérodote ( ), – ( ). . salter b. state strategies and the geopolitics of the global knowledge economy: china, india and the case of regenerative medicine. geopol. ( ), – ( ). . salter b, zhou y, datta s. hegemony in the marketplace of biomedical innovation: consumer demand and stem cell science. soc. sci. med. , – ( ). . von schomberg r. a vision of responsible research and innovation. in: responsible innovation: managing the emergence of science and innovation in society. owen r, bessant j, heintz m (eds). wiley, chichester, uk, – ( ). • a detailed account of responsible research and innovation, and hence, an important resource on justice in innovation. . petersen a, munsie m, tanner c, macgregor c, brophy j. stem cell tourism and the political economy of hope. palgrave, basingstoke, uk ( ). . petersen a. hope in health: the socio-politics of optimism. palgrave macmillan, basingstoke, uk ( ). • a social science analysis of hope and its role in shaping innovation practices in healthcare. . moreira t, palladino p. between truth and hope: on parkinson’s disease, neurotransplantation and the production of the ‘self ’. hist. hum. sci. ( ), – ( ). regen. med. ( ) ( ) future science group rastko jovanov marija velinov constitutive justice and human rights abstract in order to show the validity of here proposed conception of social ontology and its advantages over descriptive theories of social reality, which in the analysis of the socio-ontological status of human rights find only legally understood normativity as present in social reality, we will first ( ) lay out searle’s interpretation of human rights. in the second step, we will ( ) introduce the methodical approach and basic concepts of our socio-ontological position, and explain the structure of the relationship between justice, law, morality, social institutions and collective intentionality. at the end ( ) we will show how our theory of social ontology is better than searle’s legal positivism in examining the ontological status of human rights. at the end, ( ) we show in what ways such a theory of social ontology more intuitively and with wider arguments explains the ontological status of institution of human rights than searle’s legal positivism.  searle’s theory of social reality searle’s social ontology project is characterized by three elements: collective intentionality, status functions and constitutive rules. in the social field, searle analyzes human agency in two directions: as (a) cognitive ability that attach- es functions and status determinations to other objects and members of the same group; and as (b) social acts through which people collectively accept these ontological statuses as ontologically real and consider them facts in the outside world. ontological social dimension is, thus, essentially determined by collective intentionality that produces social facts. such type of intention- ality is further characterized by the ability of people to share their own inten- tions within a group, which in turn is constituted as a group only through such collective intentionality and collective acceptance of the status and functions which are jointly attributed to other members and social institutions. in this keywords constitutive justice, collective intentionality, human rights, social ontology, john searle udk: . : https://doi.org/ . /fid j original scientific article received: . . . accepted: . . . philosophy and society vol. , no. , – rastko jovanov: institute for philosophy and social theory, university of belgrade; jovanov@instifdt.bg.ac. rs. project cycle of ministry of education, science and technological development of the republic of serbia “politics of social memory and national identity: regional and european context, project number: ”. marija velinov: institute for philosophy and social theory, university of belgrade; marija.velinov@instifdt.bg.ac. rs. project cycle of ministry of education, science and technological development of the republic of serbia “politics of social memory and national identity: regional and european context, project number: ”. engaging institutions │ way, according to searle, institutional facts as ontological objects are created in social domain, to which we attribute a status functions in a particular con- text, that they inherently do not contain. searle describes this process with the famous formula ‘x counts as y in c’. for example, in the context of a traffic accident, a man wearing police uniform, through which he acquires current po- sition and status of certain power, has a certain social deontological authority and power over other participants in a traffic accident. but, when his working hours expire and he removes the uniform, that same man loses in the context of traffic accident his status determination and deontological power. the lat- ter is crucial for the constitution of new institutional facts. this is because the existing constitutional rules attribute to other human beings or social objects “deontic powers” through which the interpersonal relations within a group are regulated. in this way, searle introduces a normative element into his social ontological theory (duties, obligations, rights, etc.). nevertheless, he hasn’t de- veloped in a deeper manner the normative side of his theory, limiting it thus to institutional normativity arising from legal positivism, which is evident in his understanding of human rights in the book making the social world ( ). if the attribution of the new status to social objects by means of collective intentionality becomes a daily routine in the context of a particular group, then this attribution acquires normativity, which can create new constitu- tive rule. according to searle, this is the situation with human rights as social constructions: “[o]n my account all rights are status functions and thus human creations. we do not discover human rights in nature as we discover human chromosomes. but if human rights are created by human beings, then what ra- tionally compelling justification can we give for the creation of universal human rights?” (searle : – ) human rights therefore are not ontologically objective, but they are ontologically subjective and institutional, i.e. created by human conventions and thus intentionally relative. but from searle’s claims – as corlett noticed – does not necessarily follow that human rights cannot be both institutional and moral (non-institutional), for “a person might possess that same non-institutional (moral) right to potable water even if there existed global (socially constructed) laws denying such a right” (corlett : ). the very institutional understanding of human rights, as searle argues, cannot re- ject counter arguments that a certain society can (and could, as we learn from the recent past) socially construct the category of human rights on a nation- alistic basis, i.e. by exclusion of some other groups and by genocidal plan (i.e. by a social act that involves the collective intentionality) against some other group. searle does not pay much attention to such arguments that are based on the necessity of the moral foundation of human rights and remains firmly on the ground of legal positivism. in his book the construction of social reality searle commented on the prob- lem of human rights just in passing and on one page only: “perhaps the most amazing form of status-function is in the creation of human rights.” (searle : ) constitutive justice and human rights │ rastko jovanov / marija velinov searle’s neglect and non-insistence on the study of complexity of normative structures of human community life must be wondered at, since according to him norm is an integral part of intentionality, so that “all intentionality has a normative structure” (searle : ). but this type of normativity in his so- cial ontology is limited to simple ability of the mind to provide for itself rights and obligations, i.e. to recognize the existing constructed rights and obligations within the given context and joint life in a society. consequently, only deontic powers, inherently contained by status functions, provide an individual orien- tation in the world and reasons for his/her action. if searle’s theory contains at all any moral dimension of social institutions, then it is understood only as socially constructed and collectively recognized. that is why smith and zaibert can rightfully criticize searle that in his theory of institutional reality there is no room for moral normativity, i.e. that searle’s understanding of normativity arises only from the constitutive rules that regulate subjective acts of individ- uals by providing them with desire-independent reasons for action. the second issue that remains unresolved by searle is the issue of legitima- cy of social institutions, as institutional facts are perceived only in a self-refer- ential way (searle : – , – ). the fact that the process of legitimation of institutions is at the end based on the belief, stops his project of social on- tology precisely at the moment at which the original philosophical questions arise. it is necessary to entertain this issue in more details, since it represents a crucial problem for searle. it seems that the most important role of status functions is explaining legitimacy and authority of other human beings and existing institutions. for example, we recognize that tramp is the person who has the function and public authority in the usa to order a nuclear attack by the fact that he is the president of this country. the latest claim is explained by the fact that he won the presidential elections and under the existing consti- tution he is the legal president of usa. but how can we legitimize the existing constitution? there now arises the above-mentioned self-referentiality: the constitution is justified because we accept and believe that it is justified. but is it really so? are all existing institutions based on legalistic beliefs in their justification? do people not turn to other sources of legitimation of existing normative orders: faith in revelation, conviction in the correctness of different ideologies, moral justification, etc.? .  searle on human rights this problem becomes very clear when we start to analyze the ontological sta- tus of human rights. the ‘declaration of human rights’ ( ) starts by claim- ing ‘all persons possess natural and equal human rights’. but is it not so that collective declarative beliefs, with their guaranteeing mind-world adequacy, constitute social institutions? in that case the ‘declaration of human rights’ should guarantee the adequacy of the mind-world fit and translate a catalog of cf. zaibert & smith : ff., who call this type of normativity ‘soft normativity’. engaging institutions │ human rights into positivity of the institutional network. but we all know that is not so. no human right can be resolved through the declarations, or through countless amendments and appendix to the original declaration. so, how does searle perceive human rights? i shall here only take into ac- count the last chapter of the making the world social which analyzes human rights as status functions (searle : - ). status ‘human’, who is the hold- er of the rights and obligations, represents a status function, but which directly refers to pre-institutional fact ‘of being human’, i.e. what we believe that is the essence of this ‘being human’. searle, therefore, must agree that “the justifica- tion for human rights cannot be ethically neutral” (searle : ). accord- ing to this, certain status functions must be ethically justified, they cannot be merely legitimized as a conventional institutional fact and something that is widely accepted in the context of a given society. nevertheless, regardless of the ethical beliefs that underline human rights, for searle they still remain a mere convention, and only with respect to a particular society. hindriks has rightly observed that there is a gap between searle’s thesis that human rights require the collective recognition of its existence and his claim that they con- tinue to exist even when they are not recognized (hindriks ). it seems that the only solution to this problem lies in an introduction of a different, non-institutional justification of human rights. indeed, searle goes this way when he takes into consideration the category of human nature. but even then, he stops at biological understanding of human beings and does not take into account normative ethical beliefs of individuals about their nature as ingredient of a social ontology. in a few pages only (searle : - ) searle seems to be hesitating which way to go and, apparently falls into ambiguity, if not in a contradiction in his view on human rights. what is it all about? since human rights - and the constitution as the highest social institution - fall into the self-referentiality, because the status functions of human rights “do not derive from some other institution” (searle : ), justification of human rights that are “assigned to beings solely in virtue of being human will have to depend on our conception of what a human being is” (searle : ). sear- le then immediately adds that such assessment of human nature includes only “certain biological characteristics of human beings” (searle : ). how- ever, only two pages earlier, he emphasizes that “the justification for human rights cannot be ethically neutral. it involves more than just a biological concep- tion of what sorts of beings we are; it also involves a conception of what is valu- able, actually or potentially, about our very existence” (searle : ). such justification searle limits to a “certain set of values” (searle : ), with no consideration at all for the counter argument that human rights are funda- mentally moral, not merely institutional rights. we believe that searle’s claim that certain status functions are not ethi- cally neutral must be deepened and must include a much stronger concept of normativity in the sphere of social reality than the one he only allows. how- ever, such a project requires a different social ontology, which does not lim- it the complexity of social life to institutionally reduced normativity. in the constitutive justice and human rights │ rastko jovanov / marija velinov next chapter we shall present a basic draft of such social ontology and show that it can better explain the problem of human rights by drawing attention to pre-institutional constitution of groups, collective intentionality and insti- tutional network of social world. in order to show this, we shall introduce a broader understanding of social ontology, which will not only include a de- scriptive analysis of what is in the social sphere, but will necessarily involve a wider range of human agency, which cannot be reduced to descriptive terms.  towards normative account of social ontology unlike searle, here presented theory of social reality is primarily characterized by the dual position. namely, social ontology must also include moral norma- tivity of human agency in order to be able to thoroughly encompass the whole complexity of the social sphere. in other words, in addition to social institu- tions (and rights as a fundamental institution of human intersubjectivity) so- cial ontology is necessarily addressed to the issue of the relation of normativity to collective intentionality, which is neglected in current discussions. having said that, the research should also respond to the requirements of the test of moral normativity within the domain of institutional reality (we will call this type of normativity – strong normativity), not just legal normativity (the only type of normativity that searle allows, and which we will call - weak norma- tivity or soft positivism, since this type of normativity can avoid examination of the problem of ‘objectivity’ of legal norms in its understanding of the rights as status functions, i.e. as institutional facts). apart from the objectivity of the institutional order within the very possi- bility of community life, human being per se has the power of judgment and justification of both, his own actions and justness of social life. social reality is therefore taking place simultaneously on two levels: objective-institutional level and normative-deliberative level. searle admits that only the first level is constitutive of social reality, and that collective intentionality - although it is familiar with the notions of obligation, rights, duties, etc. – is in no way related to the ‘fact’ of normative justification of existing institutions. but, it is indeed one of the basic social facts, for how could we otherwise put into question the justification of the existence of groups (corporations, societies, states,…) with whose members we share the same collective intentionality? we believe that in addition to the institutional order, the fact of its constant and everyday jus- tification represents a constitutive part of community life. how can we live in a world of social facts without noticing when someone else (some other mem- ber, some other group) violate the ‘rules of the game’ and endangers the en- tire existence of communal life? or when the same social institutions corrode and survive only on the reification of collective intentionality of the majori- ty of members of a group? in order to be able to respond to these questions, it is necessary to add to descriptive institutional life normativity that adorns cf. thompson . engaging institutions │ subjectivity as such, i.e. the ability to reason and rationalize, which is inherent to such animals that are human beings. this issue is certainly not new in contemporary social ontology. the prob- lem lies in the fact that not enough attention is paid to it, and current social and ontological theories stop halfway when trying to explain how the norma- tive side of human agency belongs to social ontology. unlike natural life, social ontology includes also the normativity inherent to human beings. in order to more specifically set forth our position, we will start first with the objective-in- stitutional level of social life, which does not challenge searle’s basic program. .  objective-institutional level of social reality social reality is, like the objects of the natural world, already given to human beings. humans first learn to use the objects of social reality, to recognize the status functions that are attached to them, to use them to orient themselves in a given world through desire-independent reasons for their actions. the fun- damental structure of the relationship mind-world – which we find in human perception and practices – is a core concept in social ontology, which husserl called ‘intentionality’, and by using this category influenced the further devel- opment of social philosophy in the st century. we will analyze the form of intentionality characteristic of objective-insti- tutional level only with regard to the law as a fundamental social institution. pervading nature of the law in the social world was analyzed in by jher- ing in his book die jurisprudenz des täglichen lebens. with a series of exam- ples from everyday life jhering shows in a masterful way how the individual always find themself and their actions already within a given legal institu- tional network. legal intentionality – in terms of connecting with other peo- ple and objects of the social world – is given on the level of human practice in a non-explicit way and prior to any reflection. for example, when we buy a ticket on the train and give it to the conductor to validate it and thus legit- imize our journey, we already find ourselves in a legal institutional network. our action is already regulated by the existing rules, which we share with other members of a community or a group. acting in an objective-institutional level is, therefore, impossible without taking the first-person plural perspective, i.e. ‘we-mode’ intentionality. at the objective-institutional level we-mode inten- tionality functions as a habit, as a human ‘second nature’. agents do not have in their minds explicit intentional purposes of their practice (later we will show that the theoretical reflection necessarily belongs to we-mode intentionality on normative-deliberate level of social reality). within the institutional network an individual without prior theoretical reflection takes the perspective of the rudolph von jhering, die jurisprudenz des täglichen lebens. eine sammlung an vorfälle des gewöhnlichen lebens anknüpfender rechtsfragen, . auflage, verlag von gus- tav fischer, jena . the book has been translated into english (law in daily life. a collection of legal questions connected with the ordinary events of everyday life, clarendon press, oxford) constitutive justice and human rights │ rastko jovanov / marija velinov group agent, i.e. first-person plural perspective. for example, when we check in our ticket at the airport in order to book a seat on an airline flight, our action is in accordance with other actors within the same context as the joint action is already at work here. with our intention to travel from belgrade to vienna, our acts need to be in compliance with the existing institutional rules, i.e. they are executed in the sphere of mutual obligations: we are obliged to follow the line leading from the check-point, through passport control, to the gate that is assigned to our flight, while at the same time expecting from others (customs officers, stewards) to synchronize their acts with a common intention that we share. thus, in the we-mode intentionality our actions are determined by the expected goal of the shared intention (travel) and expected acts of others, who are obliged to work with us in order to achieve the shared purpose. all actions that carry out the institutional network are guided by the per- spective of the group agent and the first-person plural. that is why we call the action of an individual in everyday life, the institutional act, because it is impossible for an individual to successfully orient his action in the outside world without expectation and trust that others will act in accordance with the existing rules, but also without his own intention which takes group agen- cy mode. but that would not be possible unless law as a fundamental insti- tution of objective-institutional level of social reality is previously given. the problem of understanding this lies in the complexity of the way in which law is manifested as an objective fact: events, borders, lines, mutual obligations, joint expectations etc. we think that the old word ‘order’ (despite the prob- lematic tradition of its use that it carries as a burden) still best describes the way in which human beings are imbued with legal institutions. this is because this term also shows the fundamental limitation which faces an individual at the objective-institutional level. in fact, there is no order that does not inher- ently contain a binary position inclusion/exclusion related to membership in a group. we shall not dwell on this issue, which we consider one of the funda- mental problems of the philosophy of law, it is enough to point out that this issue indicates that it potentially contains the capacity of genocidal act - as the most radical form of the binary position, because the affirmation of one’s own group in this radically negative social act is happening through the destruction of others or other groups. normativity contained in the objective-institutional level is an expanded version of legal normativity. modern analytical social ontology, insisting on ontological descriptivity, recognizes only that type of normativity. in contrast to the current trend in social ontology, we consider that a moral normativity must be taken into consideration if one uses such concepts as belief, convic- tion, trust, etc. in the next chapter we will present a draft of normative-delib- erate level of social reality. schmid argues that ‘interpersonal trust’, as a special kind of joint attitudes, com- bines cognitive and normative elements of shared intentional activity (cf. schmid ). on negative social acts, including the genocidal acts, cf. bojanić . engaging institutions │ .  normative-deliberate level of social reality there is widespread consensus in current social ontologies that it is not pos- sible to think normativity without human building of institutions. as a human act, normative order on the objective-institutional level of social reality fore- most enables the personality of subjects, and the related notions of property rights, civil liberties, etc. at the very dawn of the industrial age hegel correct- ly understood that the institutions do not limit, but enable human actions (cf. for example zabel ). only through involvement in various institutions an individual becomes a person subject to universal norms. however, in addition to legal norms, intersubjectivity of human life is also subject to the jurisdiction of moral norms, which also require the universality of their validity. we mentioned earlier that the legal normativity of objective-institutional level of social reality and we-mode intentionality that is taken by group mem- bers in their shared agency is enacted eminently in the field of human prac- tice. we-mode intentionality, however, inherently contains the moment of judgment of existing institutions and the necessity of their justification. this is why we want to introduce a distinction between understanding and acceptance of existing institutional facts and their judgment and justification. (through this difference, we will later try to overcome the gap observed by hindriks in searle’s theory – between the thesis that human rights require the collective recognition for their existence and the thesis that they continue to exist even when they are not recognized.) transfer from the practical moment of collec- tive intentionality onto the theoretical reflection as its ingredient necessarily entails the transformation of agency. an individual, as a member of a group or a society, guides his actions in certain situations also with regard to the moral norms that constitute (or should constitute) an integral part of existing insti- tutions. as long as the community life takes place in the mode of habitus, and institutions successfully and without interruption offer desire-independent reasons for action, moral norms remain in the mode of individual intention- ality, i.e. ‘i-intentionality’ (to use a distinction introduced by tuomela). only with the corroding and reification of institutions or with major social changes that alter the structure of the group, moral norms get included in the set of col- lective intentionality. in this case, the intentional structure of the mind-world relation is not immediate (as in objective-institutional level), but is mediated by principles of justice and moral norms. at this moment – in which the group itself is transformed during the trans- formation of individual members and their agency – moral standards, in par- ticular the principles of justice, have a constitutive significance for the social reality. for, if constitutive rules cause institutional facts, in what way do the constitutive rules arise and what constitute their background? why is this it is understandable that perverted notion of justice can also be an intentional ob- ject. let us remember that the nazi jurists and philosophers worked together on the project erneuerung des rechts, which remains the biggest philosophical project in eu- rope. cf. rastko jovanov’s book hegel and national socialism ( , forthcoming). constitutive justice and human rights │ rastko jovanov / marija velinov primal sphere of constituency of social institutions neglected in modern theo- ries of social ontology at the expense of the regulatory nature of legal norms? the answer probably lies, on the one hand, in overstressing the role of game theory in the social reality, and on the other hand, in the difficulty which is inherent to the term of original constitution. in his response to the problem of first constitution searle stands at the point of self-referentiality, and thus remains on the ground of positive law, on the ground of regulation, rather than constitution. however, according to kelsen’s classical definition, the es- tablishment of the law, i.e. the establishment of new order never happens by means of positive law. (kelsen : - ) a true law-maker is a law-break- er. with the introduction of the principle of constitutive justice as the object of the collective intentionality in the formation of a group or, as we will soon show, with the introduction of new legal institutions, social ontology acquires a tool to extend husserl’s intentionality project to the domain of the ontolog- ical constituency, which was actually husserl’s intention. .  constitutive justice thesis the issue of constitutive justice is the question of the constitution of our so- cial world. unlike justice, law belongs to the institutional network, but it also enables it at the same time (enabling thus human action as well) by regulating and protecting an order. therefore, law is always positive and related to the institutional network of the existing order. unlike law, the concept of justice is negative, corrective. naturally, certain just principles can become norms and enter the corpus of fundamental rights or the legal canons. but, the essence of the idea of justice tell us also that the justice always partially lies in the absence, in the intended object of consciousness that has yet to be realized. but, what is then the ontology of justice? it is precisely in human association, in the fact that people unite for the sake of collectively intended purposes. or, in other words, the place of justice in the social reality has to be found in the collec- tive intentionality which forms new groups and new social orders, sometimes through agreement and sometimes through struggle between different social groups. that is why the idea of human rights could have been born. if it was nb – personal remark: we did not include the chapter on authority and represen- tation within a group. it was left for another paper. another moment that the notion of justice contains in itself, which is difficult to distinguish from positive law, is that justice is procedural and has its topos in the pro- cedures through which the ruling group brings new laws and legal institutions. this moment of justice will not be analyzed here. it is always one group, with corresponding collective intentionality, that consti- tutes government in a society. it seems that the modern understanding of politics is one of the reasons that the government in modern states is seldom occupied by a group which can and want to expand its collective intentionality to the largest possible num- ber of citizens who are under its authority, because the group that comes to power is the one that is politically the fittest and morally the most ruthless. it is therefore nec- essary for politically and socially engaged groups that would be willing to come to engaging institutions │ only the question of positive law and existing institutions, the idea of human rights could never have been documented in the form of the declaration in and could not have historically continued to evolve. however, in order for us to talk about justice in the social-ontological sense, it is necessary to first provide the definition of freedom, because without it there is no justice. social-ontologically speaking, freedom may be defined as the ability to achieve the just purposes – by collective intentionality – which would become ingredients of the social institutions. here we have of a sort of mutual constitution of freedom and justice: freedom that characterizes human beings as such, precedes logically, but not historically, the principles of righteousness, moral norms and enables the constitutionality of justice to constitute freedom in the institutional network of a certain legal order. in this regard, law should be self-reflexive, in the sense to always take into account its social foundation so that justice can be applied fairly and equal- ly. regarding socio ontological approach to justice, the notion of law should be treated as responsive law (perhaps very similar to what perelman, coleman and marmor thought about the nature of law), in the sense that law’s foun- dational conventions have the force to obligate other members of a group to shared intentions and cooperative actions that are not only responsive to the constitutional role of just intentions, but also to the “intentions and actions of others”, as coleman notices (coleman : – ). moreover, our proposed constitutive justice theory gives priority to relations between social groups – and to the prescriptive nature of the social ontology as a kind of quasi contract binding, on the one hand, the collective intended constitutive principles at the foundation of the groups and, on the other, its members (which also determi- nates a vocabulary that group members use in their interpersonal communica- tion) – through which a society is constituted as just. the essence of the con- stitutive argument is that justice and its constitution cannot be separated from the totality of the social contexts in which it is produced. it is an open-ended power, to be formed in a different way. we shall call this the theory of group agency or- ganization: organized groups instead of acting at the level of sovereign states (which are usually closed and formed by a party) or local communities (where their territorial ef- fect would small and with no major consequences for the general population) – the form of the group and its agency that we suggest would try to infiltrate into the international structures and centers of financial and political power. they would necessarily have to consist of academic people, financial center and labor strategists. they would not nec- essarily have to be groups of the same kind or research groups: they would be interdis- ciplinary and would require wide publicity (in terms of what perelman calls “universal audience” [perelman : ]) for their actions and their justification; they would try to have their demands represented in the highest bodies of international law. because in today’s world, human rights and the ‘policy’ of their implementation also have their sovereign. when the time comes for this to end, enforcement of human rights on a glob- al level, i.e. establishment of global justice, we will be able to better ensure the imple- mentation of these stakeholders. cf. murphey, ; cf. marmor : : unlike ‘surface conventions’, ‘deep con- ventions’ are “responsive to [...] deep aspects of human society and human nature…” constitutive justice and human rights │ rastko jovanov / marija velinov approach proposing that human beings are responsible for actively creating their own world with others, the world which simultaneously acts back, shap- ing their own identity. regarding that, the concept of collective action, which should actualize the just principles, should include the following taxonomy: plural self-determination (opposite to coercion), we-mode intentionality (op- posite to blind reaction), sociality (opposite to privatized nihilism), creativity (opposite to sameness) and rationality (opposite to blind chance).  constitutive justice and human rights at this point we would like to examine how our proposed theory of social on- tology refers to the problem of human rights, and whether it can provide a more complex account of the way in which human rights exist in our social reality. human rights belong to the domain of justice – when considered from a moral standpoint; but also some of the human rights belong to the institutional network – when considered from a legal point of view. when a positive law of one group codifies certain corpus of human rights, then those rights become fundamental rights, which are recognized and institutionalized as inherent to each group member as a human being. thus, they also meet searle’s require- ment for a universal obligation, but, like the positive law, only within some particular group. as long as they are not codified and recognized by the group as fundamental rights, i.e. inherent to a human being as such, human rights re- main in the realm of moral rights, which yet ought to be established in a posi- tive and legal manner. they therefore also represent the criteria for assessing the legitimity of the existing legal institutions of a certain legal order. a similar distinction between is put forward by alexy with his introduction of ‘dual the- sis’ which claims that “law necessarily comprises both a real or factual dimen- sion and ideal or critical one,” which is defined by ‘moral correctness’ (alexy : ). a similar distinction, which allows the introduction of moral norms in the context of conventional understanding of law as a social fact, is made by lindahl, distinguishing between ‘legal understanding’ and ‘legal interpretation’ (lindahl ). however, both of these proposed distinctions fail to take into account the key, and for social ontology the most important characteristic of moral norms – namely, their role in the constitution of new institutions. it seems that searle’s concept of the ‘background’ allows such strategy towards greater acceptance of the role of moral normativity in social ontology. a significant step in this direction made schmid by introducing the concept ‘plural pre-re- flective self-awareness’, which represents background condition of collective intentionality. as “normative pressure that drives us towards a unified shared perspective with a coherent set of attitudes that commit us, jointly” (schmid the establishment of the concept of collective action in marxist philosophy was the one of the characteristics of yugoslav praxis school, which through its insisting on concepts of practice, intentionality and sociality lies close to the proposed definition of collective action (cf. marković ). engaging institutions │ : ), it is possible through plural self-awareness to understand why indi- viduals could act at all on the basis of normative standards as the objects of their shared intentionality. if joint attentions, thus, “is a background awareness of plural selfhood” (schmid : ), committing oneself to shared beliefs and shared goals can inhabit the just perspective of the normative foundations of groups and institutions. moreover, although the role of the human rights and the constitution of new institutions would be artificial, it does not necessarily mean that it would be arbitrary, as hume properly argue. (hume, : ff.) even though human beings can subsist only through shared communality, the principle of justice – which “takes its rise from human conventions […] intend- ed as a remedy to some inconveniencies, which proceed from the concurrence of certain qualities of the human mind with the situation of external objects” (hume : ) – is necessary to coerce the forces of egoism in a society, which can jeopardize collective actions and shared intentionality directed to- wards just foundations of a society. however, in regard to this point made by hume, it is necessary that joint epistemic attitudes are not “limited largely to joint perceptual beliefs”, as schmid rightly notice, because joint beliefs about human rights belongs “to non-perceptual or inferential beliefs” of a more com- plex kind, which need “some form of joint commitment” (schmid : ). thus, the other members of the group are considered to have normative reasons to stand in joint intentions under the obligations of protection and active promotion of human rights. as supporting elements of the structure of the new institutions, human rights, as the basic form of justice, would truly be normative in the sense of reason-giving and obligation-grounding. however, it would certainly be wrong to interpret all kinds of groups that are character- ized by shared collective intentionality as groups whose we-mode intention- ality is based on deep constitutional conventions, which can be justified only by reference to the moral normativity. nevertheless, although the institution- al fact of ‘corporation’ could be interpreted as self-centered and not on moral norms established group – which is almost agonistic in facing the other groups in the same context of unity – it would still be wrong to view such groups as immoral communities that are characterized only by a legal normativity. be- cause within these groups too it is necessary to have a certain moral code that maintains these groups in existence, and, perhaps most importantly, does not allow collective intentionality of the group to collapse due to mere selfish in- terests of individual members. therefore, we think it can be argued that moral for a discussion on hume’s reconstruction of objectivity of justice and natural law ‘without debating moral realism’, cf. westphal . in our project of social ontology, we discuss only groups that are built on the nor- mative and institutional network of mutual obligation, and leave out what we call nat- ural groups (family) or existential groups (happenings, movements, rallies, occupy movement, etc.). one of the authors has defended this position in one of his previous papers (cf. jo- vanov ). now he admits that it is clearly wrong if one allow the existence of purely immoral groups. constitutive justice and human rights │ rastko jovanov / marija velinov normativity and principles of justice are at least co-constitutive for the iden- tity and interests of any existing group. and this is true for human rights as well. each member of any group that is formed on the legal and moral normativity as an integral part of the collec- tive intentionality expects that other members of the group act in accordance with the expected outcome, and of which the individual member of the group becomes aware when in her/his actions s/he takes the first-person plural per- spective. as a rational animal, to every human (provided that he is capable to autonomously, i.e. without the help of others, leads his activities in the society) belongs a feeling that he has the ‘right’ to certain rights: freedom of speech, not to be disturbed by others, the right on private property, etc. these funda- mental rights are implicit in the core of every we-mode intentionality, i.e. in the core of every existing social institutions (except in societies that are under the dictatorship of one group, for example, in the case of north korea). and most importantly, they remain valid even if they are not immediately recog- nized. because a human being is capable to, through forces of reason, but also on the basis of the level of civilization reached by modern states, judge whether human rights within some groups are threatened or not, i.e. to judge whether the existence of the group is still justified. therefore, we believe that positive law should be responsive and reflect the just foundational conventions which must be the basis of each group. for, only in this way positive law could have introduced some of the basic human rights in the constitution as the highest legal institution. that means that law’s validity can only be correctly measured against the moral standards that are present and recognized. accordingly, human rights can be recognized as universal because moral normativity is present in the basic and non-explicit conventions on which modern society is built. how- ever, if we consider human rights only from the legal-institutional manner as searle do, the problem of universal obligations will remain reserved for mem- bers of one group only in which human rights are introduced into the positive legal institute. the problem of universal obligation for human beings as such, that human rights, by definition, require, cannot be resolved by any theory of social ontology if it fails to include into its considerations those deep conven- tions that precede each institution and whose normativity cannot be reduced to the legally understood norms. as a result, such social-ontological projects are forced to reject as irrelevant any issue of the rights that resist reduction to ‘game rules’. but they do not recognize at the same time the problem and the question: do such rights constitute the ‘game’ as such? the position we are advocating here is clearly directed at the current rigorous for- malization of rights (which is clearly visible in the structures of the eu), and it was not- ed by weber when he described the law as a technological medium, which enforces so- cial order by strictly regulating interpersonal relations (weber : ) engaging institutions │ references alexy, robert ( ), “law, morality, and the existence of human rights”, ratio juris ( ): – . beitz, charles r. ( ), “human rights”, in r. e. goodin, p. pettit, t. w. m. pogge (eds.), companion to contemporary political philosophy, oxford: blackwell, pp.  – . bojanić, petar ( ), “taking the human out of human rights”, filozofija i društvo / philosophy and society ( ): – . buchanan, allen ( ), the heart of human rights. new york: oxford university press. coleman, jules l. ( ), the practice of principle. oxford: oxford university press. corlett, angelo j. ( ), “searle on human rights”, social epistemology ( ): – . fotion, nick ( ), “searle on human rights.” analysis : – . hindriks frank ( ), “restructuring searle’s making the social world”, philosophy of the social sciences ( ): – . hume, david ( ), a treatise of human nature. oxford: oxford university press. jhering, rudolph v. ( ), die jurisprudenz des täglichen lebens. eine sammlung an vorfälle des gewöhnlichen lebens anknüpfender rechtsfragen. . auflage, jena: fischer. jovanov, rastko ( ), hegel and national socialism. novi sad: akademska knjiga [forthcoming]. –. ( ), “solidarität und gruppenidentität: mimesis, gesetz, kampf”, in h. zaborowski, r. jovanov, Ž. radinković (eds.) phänomenologische ontologie des sozialen, belgrade: ifdt, pp. – . kelsen, hans ( ), pure theory of law. berkeley: university of california press. lindahl, hans ( ), fault lines of globalization. legal order and the politics of a-legality. oxford: oxford university press. marković, mihailo ( ), from affluence to praxis. boston: beacon. marmor, andrei ( ), “how law is like chess”, legal theory : – . murphey, john ( ), “social ontology and responsive law”, in j. golden, j. pilotta (eds.) practical reasoning in human affairs. studies in honor of chaim perelman, dordrecht: reidel, pp. – . nickel, james ( ), making sense of human right. oxford: blackwell. perelman, chaim ( ), justice, law, and argument. dordrecht: reidel. schmid, hans bernhard ( ), “plural self-awareness”, phenomenology and the cognitive sciences ( ): – . –. ( ), “trying to act together: the structure and role of trust in joint action”, in b. kobow, h.b. schmid and m. schmitz (eds.), the background of social reality: philosophy of sociality, dordrecht: springer, pp. – . –. ( ), “sharing in truth: phenomenology of epistemic commonality”, in dan zahavi (ed.), the oxford handbook of contemporary phenomenology, oxford university press, pp. – . searle, john ( ), making the social world. oxford: oxford university press. –. ( ), rationality in action. cambridge, ma: the mit press. –. ( ), the construction of social reality. new york: basic books. thompson, michael j. ( ), “collective intentionality, social power and reification”, journal of social ontology ( ): – . weber, max ( ), law in economy and society. cambridge, ma: harvard university press. constitutive justice and human rights │ rastko jovanov / marija velinov westphal, kenneth r ( ), how hume and kant reconstruct natural law. justifying strict objectivity without debating moral realism. oxford: clarendon press. zabel, benno ( ), “das recht der institutionen. zu einer kultur der freiheit jenseits von individualismus und kollektivismus”, in b. zabel, k. sellmann (eds.) autonomie und normativität. zu hegels rechtsphilosophie, mohr: tübingen. zaibert, leo and barry smith ( ), “the varieties of normativity: an essay on social ontology”, in savas l. tsohatzidis (ed.) intentional acts and institutional facts: essays on john searle’s social ontology, dordrecht: springer, pp. – . rastko jovanov marija velinov konstitutivna pravda i ljudska prava apstrakt da bismo pokazali valjanost ovde predložene koncepcije socijalne ontologije i njene pred- nosti u odnosu na deskriptivne teorije društvene stvarnosti, koje u analizi socijalno-ontološ- kog statusa ljudskih prava nalaze samo pravno shvaćenu normativnost kao prisutnu u druš- tvenoj stvarnosti, na prvom mestu ( ) iznosimo serleovo tumačenje ljudskih prava. zatim ( ), uvodimo metodski pristup i osnovne pojmove našeg socijalno-ontološkog shvatanja i objaš- njavamo strukturu odnosa pravde, zakona, morala, društvenih institucija i kolektivne inten- cionalnosti. te na kraju ( ) pokazujemo na koji način ovde iznesena teorija socijalne ontolo- gije intuitivnije i sa opširnijim argumentima objašnjava ontološki status institucije ljudskih prava od serlovog pravnog pozitivizma. ključne reči: konstitutivna pravda, kolektivna intencionalnost, ljudska prava, socijalna onto- logija, džon serl running head: sequencing justice sequencing justice: a longitudinal study of justice goals of domestic violence victims robyn l. holder and kathleen daly griffith university, australia authors’ note correspondence concerning this article should be addressed to robyn holder, griffith criminology institute, griffith university, mt gravatt campus, messines ridge road, mt gravatt, queensland , australia. phone: + ( ) fax: + ( ) e- mail: r.holder@griffith.edu.au this is a pre-publication version. the published article is available in the british journal of criminology, azx , https://doi.org/ . /bjc/azx (published online, september ) and see https://academic.oup.com/bjc/issue © robyn holder and kathleen daly july mailto:r.holder@griffith.edu.au https://doi.org/ . /bjc/azx https://academic.oup.com/bjc/issue sequencing justice: a longitudinal study of justice goals of domestic violence victims abstract what women as victims of domestic violence want from criminal justice has long interested researchers and advocates. this article foregrounds the ways in which ‘justice’ matters to victims and how a desire for justice may change over time. we find that victims have multiple justice goals, which are ordered and unfold through the criminal justice process. the goals are directed towards three domains of victim, offender and community; and are influenced by both personal and public interests. accountability is a threshold goal from which others—punishment, deterrence, rehabilitation or another—may be contemplated. from the perspective of victims, achieving justice is sequencing these goals through hybrid processes with differing degrees of victim participation. keywords justice goals, justice interests, longitudinal design, domestic violence sequencing justice: a longitudinal study of justice goals of domestic violence victims funding this work was supported by an anu miscellaneous scholarship; a regulatory institutions phd scholarship; the audrey fagan post graduate scholarship; and an australian research council discovery grant [grant number dp ]. acknowledgements we are indebted to the women who shared their experiences and to the domestic violence crisis service, canberra, for helping make this possible. the first author would also like to thank peter grabosky for his guidance and support. sequencing justice: a longitudinal study of justice goals of domestic violence victims what women as victims of domestic violence want from criminal justice has long interested researchers and advocates. yet women’s preferences are often analysed and understood as competing choices, that is, between a substantive outcome or procedural justice, between conventional or restorative justice, and between private or public justice amongst others (for review, see daly and stubbs ). the key problem is that evidence on this question is gathered at a single point in time. the desires for justice are more complex, in part, because they unfold over time and in different socio-legal contexts. to understand ‘what women want’ from criminal justice is better captured with a prospective longitudinal design. this article presents interviews with women on three occasions after their victimization by a male partner or ex-partner, and at different points in the criminal justice process. it finds that the women have multiple justice goals and prefer to realize them through hybrid processes—a phenomenon we term ‘sequencing justice’. we build on gromet and darley’s ( : , ) insight that people have a ‘full range of justice concerns’ and ‘the ultimate goal of achieving justice’ is reached by the progressive realization of sub-goals. their laboratory research concluded that achieving justice was not accomplished by punishment of the offender alone ( : ), but that people were equally concerned with other objectives. in ‘real world’ research on female victims of domestic violence, studies have provided snapshots of women’s experiences of police (hirschel and hutchison ; hoyle and sanders ), prosecution (hare ), and courts (bell et al. ), and their attitudes towards and satisfaction with criminal justice overall (barata ; erez and belknap ; fleury ; smith ). however, no study to date has sought to determine women’s expectations of and goals for justice from the beginning to the end of the criminal justice process. some have interviewed women on two occasions: a us study identified women’s concerns with how their case was handled in court (bell et al. ), and a scottish study explored how women engaged the justice system to constrain a violent partner (lewis et al. ). other us studies have interviewed women on three occasions (fleury-steiner et al. ; mcfarlane et al. ). however, all these studies were retrospective. to date, none has used a prospective design, which reports women’s views and goals as their case moves through a legal process. our study is the first to do so. it draws on the routines of criminal justice in an australian jurisdiction—from reporting to police, to prosecution and through to the criminal court. at each stage in the process, women were asked what they wanted, why their goals were important, and what their preferred processes were to achieve the goals. their responses were grounded in a multi-dimensional understanding of justice. women, violence and justice justice is a complex idea with many different associations (sen ). it is a philosophical and juridical concept and a core social value. dispensing justice is a primary function of legal institutions. there has been a tendency by researchers, policy makers and activists to assume the aspirations for justice of victims of domestic violence. an early and primary concern critiqued the state’s reluctance to enforce the norms of criminal law when confronted with domestic violence (dobash and dobash ). yet it soon became apparent that criminal justice was not always experienced by women as a benevolent force for good (snider ). searches for better or more effective ‘alternatives’ argued that the ‘conflict’ between private persons did not belong to the state in the first place (christie ; mills ) and that stronger (or more punitive) criminal justice responses created a dead-end for all concerned (zehr ). the idea of diversion and restorative justice appeared to offer a radical departure (strang ). an emphasis on responding to the harm of victimization was shared by those interested in therapeutic jurisprudence (wemmers ), and reinforced by the conceptual framing of victim viewpoints and preferences as ‘needs’ (herman ). the literature debating these approaches in response to gendered violence has become vast (daly and stubbs ), but in the process, the meanings of justice for victims became lost in searches for responses that were least harmful to them. contemporary criminal justice has long been acknowledged as unsupportive of victims, but there is little evidence that healing and restoration are what domestic violence victims seek from state justice (hare ). in their interactions with justice authorities, women victimized by domestic violence are similar to victims of other crimes in desiring to be treated with courtesy and fairness (van camp and wemmers ). in addition, domestic violence victims generally initiate police intervention (felson et al. ; holder ). focusing on women’s agency in initiating the involvement of authorities invites attention to their ‘active negotiation and strategic resistance both with their partners and with a range of helping agencies’ (lewis et al. : ). in this light, women are making ‘justice claims’ (daly and stubbs : - ). but, claims for what? the waves of debate return to the question of what justice women seek when they mobilize the law following domestic violence. a number of scholars suggest that perhaps ‘justice’ is not viewed in a singular manner. as one of us says elsewhere, there are ‘intermingled’ aspirations for justice that may be meaningful in different ways and at different times (daly ; see also sen ). part of the problem in knowing what justice women seek is methodological. most studies ask women for their retrospective opinions (herman ). others enquire at different levels of analysis. for example, in some studies, women may be asked what justice they sought in their particular case (mcgillivray and comaskey ), whereas other studies ask women their general opinion about reform options for justice responses to domestic violence (nancarrow ; rubin ). part of the problem is also conceptual. some studies prioritize offender desistance as the objective of criminal justice (visher et al. ) and others emphasize victim concerns (barata ; hare ). the array of justice practices, different experiences of victimization and diverse data collection problems have generated a rich, but confusing scholarship. in recognising the different ways that justice is understood and its institutions are experienced, researchers and advocates now acknowledge that, as agents, female victims of domestic violence are not limited to identities as ‘female’ or ‘victim’ alone. rather, women are situated in differing and overlapping ways in social and political spaces, and with multiple relationships to authorities. from this perspective, we suggest that women making claims on public authorities for justice hold and project ‘interests’ in justice (holder / ). the term conveys a broader and less personal justice lens than the term ‘needs’. it assumes that victims not only have a relationship with a violent person, but are also in a relation to state authorities. this is not to deny that victims of violence have needs, especially for safety and recovery (minaker ). it is to say that when engaging public justice and looking through a broad justice frame, additional aspirations and concerns are engaged, and as a consequence, multifaceted viewpoints emerge. in responding to these challenges, this study does not attempt to define a ‘successful’ intervention for women as victims of domestic violence or identify what makes them safer or more satisfied (holder ). nor does it delineate the contours of a particular model of justice. rather, it provides a unique empirical exploration of women’s preferences—as justice sub-goals (gromet and darley )—at the beginning of the regular criminal process and again at its later stages, and the meanings they bring to the idea of justice. a longitudinal prospective study the study’s methods are described more fully elsewhere (holder / , ) but in brief, women were interviewed on three occasions following their violent victimization by a male partner or ex-partner. the women, aged over years, were a purposive sample invited to participate in the research through their contact with a domestic violence service. data collection occurred over four years, from to . the time interview took place after the police decided to charge the assailant with a criminal offence. this interview asked each woman why she had turned to the law, with what motivations and expectations, and what she wanted the court to decide. these court options were not hypothetical, but drawn from the study jurisdiction’s sentencing legislation. women were also asked why they wanted those objectives, what they hoped to achieve, and what type of process they would prefer in order to attain those objectives. the time interview took place after the case had finished in court. each woman was asked what she then thought about the decisions and outcomes made by the prosecution and by the court, and why she held that view. each was then asked again about the type of process she would have liked. the time between the first and second interviews varied. the shortest time was two months and the longest was months. the wait time for the second interview depended on when each individual case was finalized at court. the time interview was conducted six to eight months after the case had finished in court. each woman was asked what she now thought about justice, in particular, whether justice was done and why. the longitudinal design facilitated real time attention to women’s different engagements with and judgements of law enforcement, prosecution, and court as distinct criminal justice entities. longitudinal prospective studies are infrequent, in part, because they are difficult to carry out with both recruitment and retention problems (plano clark et al. ). these were mitigated by the first author’s long-standing relationships with justice and community agencies in the study jurisdiction. nonetheless, sample attrition occurred. the study began with participants at time , which reduced to at time , and at time ( % of the original number). our analysis of attrition finds no substantial differences (that is, percentage points or more) for those interviewed in times and on socio-economic variables and those measuring personal agency, orientations to trust in institutions and in the law, relationship type and longevity, frequency or escalation of violence, or desires to continue the relationship. however, when moving from time to time and , an increasing share of women initiated the report to the police ( % to % and %) and a decreasing share wanted the police to make an arrest (from % to % and %). differences were evident in the socio-economic profile for those at time , compared to those interviewed once or twice. the time group was more likely to be tertiary educated and working in a white-collar occupation, a profile consistent with retention in longitudinal studies of women’s health (young et al. ). in addition, the time group was in a shorter-term relationship with the assailant (less than five years); they were less likely to want the court to sentence the offender to community service or to receive a written apology. however, for all three groups, there was consistency in their sentence priority for treatment outcomes. our primary focus in this article is on those interviewed twice because it permits us to compare the same group of women over time. however, we shall also present selected findings from the time interview because they offer reflections on ‘the idea of justice’ more broadly. the demographic profile of the women interviewed reflects that of the study jurisdiction, a generally affluent and educated population. the city hosts both federal and state government bureaucracies and four universities. most women ( %) were in paid employment, full or part-time; and % of those employed were in white collar jobs. equal proportions ( %) earned under aud $ , and between aud $ , and $ , . nearly all were australian born ( %) although none was an indigenous australian, % had a university degree, and most ( %) had children living at home. the participants were unusual in that all the assailants were arrested and their cases proceeded to criminal court; of these, all but two were prosecuted. most domestic violence is not reported to authorities in australia (cox ), a finding similar to that for the united kingdom (uk) (walby and allen ), the united states (felson et al ), and canada (johnson ). when it is, police diversion of domestic violence to ‘out of court resolution’ may be more widespread than previously thought. for example, every police force in the uk except scotland was found to divert domestic violence cases away from formal criminal justice resolution, despite a uniform police policy advising against it (westmarland et al ). however, garner and maxwell’s ( ) review of a number of countries find that % of reported offences proceed to prosecution, and when assailants are arrested, % proceed to prosecution, albeit with considerable jurisdictional variation. at the time of the incident that prompted police involvement, % of the women were in a relationship of five years or more standing. a majority ( %) were in a relationship with a husband or de facto who was the assailant. for % of the women this was the first time that they had sought help from police, but % had a protection order in place at the time of the incident. a majority ( %) said their situation was worsening. before this most recent occasion of reported abuse, all but three of the women had been abused previously by the assailant, with % (of n= ) saying that the abuse had happened ‘quite a few’ or ‘many’ times before. the experiences and accounts of the women are presented moving from the time to time interview. the first section describes women’s general expectations of criminal justice at time , and their specific aims and reasons in calling for police assistance. it describes their prospective preferences on the goals they sought from prosecution and the court and through what process. the next gives women’s retrospective assessments of the decisions actually reached by prosecution and court personnel at time . the third section presents the women’s reflections about six to eight months after the case was finalized in court, with an analysis of cases at time . time : police intervention mobilizing law and accountability turning to the law after domestic violence is not an obvious choice for many victims. however, like other research (felson et al ; holder ), most women initiated the call to police. all of them agreed with the statement that police viewed what happened to them as serious and most felt that ‘the community’ shared this standpoint. many expressed a sense of social support in calling police and drew on public discourse that ‘domestic violence is a crime’. indeed, the study jurisdiction has pro-arrest and pro-prosecution policies, which may have influenced women’s views and decisions (novisky and peralta ). for example, aimee said she ‘knew [it] was illegal, a crime. it was obvious to me … i just knew that this was not on and that the best way of dealing with it was to go to the police’. the women’s most common aims for police intervention were stopping the violence and a desire to be safe. others wanted to get help for themselves or simply ‘to get out of there’. these are self-regarding motivations. in addition, the women said it was for the offender that they called police. ursula wanted her husband ‘to get help’. teresa said that she wanted her ex- partner ‘to know he was doing the wrong thing’. this type of language depicts offender-related objectives. women were also motivated to protect others: their children, significant others and the public. with respect to children, cathy expressed concern that ‘it happened in front of [our son] and i was hit in the stomach and was afraid for the baby. i was not having [our son] grow up thinking it’s okay’. olivia was ‘fearful for the other person’ she was now involved with. in all three timeframes the women spoke in different ways about a trilogy of justice interests: for themselves, the offender and their community of others. although most women had initiated the call to police, seven wanted an arrest made, five did not, and the rest were unsure or wanted other actions taken. despite a degree of ambivalence, only five women said that they subsequently asked that charges arising from the incident be dropped. one did so because she felt her husband was mentally unwell, another because she felt shared culpability for the incident, another because she felt the arrest was sufficient to produce changes in behaviour, and two because they were emotionally attached to and concerned for the violent person. structuring their reasoning were strong views that the abuse was wrong. they used different expressions to say the violence was unacceptable and should not be swept ‘under the rug’. the violent person ‘needs to wake up’ and should ‘not get away with it’. they felt the ‘truth’ should be known; that the violent person ‘should know better, know what’s right and wrong’. on these points of wrongfulness, women asked that the violent person ‘accept responsibility’ and ‘be accountable for [his] actions’. these words comprised the elements of accountability, a hope that women repeated in their first interview and which grew in later interviews. offender accountability served as a bridging concept from the situational drive to call the police to stop the violence and women’s contemplation of the justice process that lay ahead. prospective justice goals all but two women expected that the justice system would be fair, an expectation that was also found in two us studies (barata ; bell et al. ). women’s specific thinking about outcomes was probed in several ways. looking ahead to the court process, they were asked what decision they would like the magistrate or judge to make, what sentence outcome they would prefer, and what principles of justice they thought were important to apply to their case. with relevant sentence options in the jurisdiction’s legislation and nine possible justice principles, the interview kept definitions as simple as possible. for example, the principle of punishment was described as doing ‘something to punish/discipline/penalize/chastise the person’, and the principle of restoration was doing ‘something to recognize the harm caused and to help restore all parties’. of the women, most ( %, n= ) wanted the court to render a guilty finding, and its meaning was simple: ‘he did it’, said holly. the reason for her preference was ‘he’ll just keep doing it and think he can get away with it’. two said they were neither in favour nor against a guilty finding. for the three women who did not want a guilty finding, all indicated that they wanted their relationship with the violent person to continue and they made mitigating comment on his behalf. roslyn’s partner had previously been convicted of assaulting her. she shared a small business with him and wanted her relationship with him to continue. although she had not wanted an arrest or guilty finding, she hoped to see, at some point, ‘an admission of responsibility for his actions’. of the five who said that they had not wanted the violent person arrested, most said that they favoured a guilty finding. after stating a preference for a guilty finding, the women indicated the sentence outcome they favoured. they could choose more than one option as ‘essential, the highest priority’. preferences clustered strongly for sentence outcomes that were rehabilitative of the offender, protective of the victim and the community, and which drew on the authority of the court. least favoured was the imposition of a fine or for the violent person to perform a service for the victim. then, when asked to specify their first and second priority out of these sentence preferences, women’s views sharpened. of primary importance was that the violent person had some type of treatment: for drugs and alcohol, violence rehabilitation or mental health. next was to have a custodial sentence of some type imposed: weekend detention, a suspended sentence or full-time custody. finally, the women were asked to indicate which justice principle out of nine choices they would like a magistrate or judge to apply to their case. their answers clustered strongly on the principle of rehabilitation ( % said it was of ‘utmost importance’), and then on principles of victim protection and specific deterrence of the offender. while % of women said the principle of restorative justice was of ‘utmost importance’, most rejected the option of apology, whether made in person or in writing. more women ( %) thought that an apology was ‘undesirable and would make matters worse’ than those who thought it was essential ( %). in giving reasons for their preferences, women joined their thinking to the justice trilogy of victim, offender and their community of others. their comments reiterated a desire for accountability and for recognition of the wrongfulness of the perpetrator’s behaviour, and unfolded in two ways. polly’s comments are illustrative. first and for herself, polly wanted to be safe—a self-regarding objective. then, she went on to emphasize what ‘he’ needs and her goal for other ‘human beings’—the two other objects in the justice trilogy. she said, he definitely needs to be taught that it is absolutely wrong to hurt another human being. when he has paid his price, then there needs to be something in place so he never does it again; and there needs to be things available to help him and to help him be a better person. [emphasis added] polly also emphasized different consequences to the perpetrator for the violent behaviour. her reasons combined concepts of censure (taught that it is absolutely wrong), punishment (paying a price), deterrence (he never does it again), and rehabilitation (things to help him). nearly all women in the study voiced their multiple justice goals in this manner: specifying the object and giving the reason. their goals were multi-directional, and their reasoning reflected different dimensions to justice. polly’s comments above also reveal an ordering of her multiple goals. they are sequenced in that one follows the other: first censure, then punishment, then deterrence and then rehabilitation. prospective process preferences at time , women were also asked through what criminal justice steps they could envisage achieving their multiple goals. they were provided with eight possible resolution pathways (in both visual and written format and as shown in table ) to a justice process that lay ahead of them. different types of participatory activity in the pathways included giving a victim impact statement (vis) and being part of a restorative opportunity. the latter was described as an occasion, with a trained facilitator, to discuss with the violent person what happened and what should happen next. two groups emerged in the analysis. four women ( %) preferred an informal justice process. they wanted the violent person to make an admission to the police, but then wished to see the case diverted from the criminal court process. they did not indicate an interest in the court making a guilty finding. these women wanted their relationship with the violent person to continue, and the reasons they gave for diversion focused on relationship repair. however, at times, their preference was qualified: ‘if he hadn’t hit rock bottom and bounced back, i might have a different opinion’, one said. a second group of women ( %) preferred a formal justice process. their first preference was for the case to be decided in court with a guilty finding. in this group, one woman wanted her relationship with the violent person to continue, five were unsure or thought ‘maybe not’, and ‘definitely’ did not want the relationship to continue. after a court finding, this group split into two sub-groups with respect to pathways. one quarter wanted no or minimal participation by them as victim. they wanted the system to ‘deal with it’ or felt that more involvement from them would ‘make matters worse’. however, most wanted some participatory involvement, identifying varied sequence configurations. table : women’s preferred justice process, n= at the time interview process options number in fo rm al ju st ic e pr ef er en ce s diversion ( %, n= ) admission, divert and mediate admission, restorative opportunity, no formal sentence fo rm al ju st ic e pr ef er en ce s no/minimal participation ( %, n= ) finding and sentence participation, no restorative opportunity ( %, n= ) finding, victim impact statement (vis) and sentence participation and restorative opportunities ( %, n= ) finding, restorative opportunity, no sentence finding, restorative opportunity, court hears agreement, sentence finding, sentence, restorative opportunity finding, vis, sentence, restorative opportunity the court’s guilty finding was an essential first step for those in the formal justice preference group. women said that this decision made the perpetrator’s culpability clear. they also felt that, after this occurred, they as victims could then deliver information to the court about what to do next and the offender may be more strongly influenced by the court’s sentencing decision. quinn, for example, said, ‘the fact that i don’t have to be around him and that it’s done by someone who is seen to be “the law” so it sends the message to him that what he’s done is not acceptable’. eight of those who preferred a formal process felt it was also important for the court and the violent person to hear about the impact of the offence on them through a vis. janelle said this was ‘because i can tell him what [the abuse] has done and how it has made me feel. i couldn’t face him without being in the court because we’d just yell at each other’. however, reflection on the possibility of a vis was not simply about conveying the harm done. nada, for example, said that the magistrate really needs to hear from the victim to make a proper decision. there is a lot lost between what happens and reading something off a paper. if they can read a vis and ask questions, it would be good. they need to hear the whole history. the women viewed the vis as being potentially influential on the decision-maker. alice said, ‘i think what level of impact it [the offence] has made on my life now and at the time should be dealt with accordingly, which should aid their sentence’. comments such as these show that the women wanted to see dialogue as not only flowing between victim and offender, but also triangulating with an authoritative decision-maker. seven women in the formal justice group preferred a participatory mix, including a restorative opportunity, after the authoritative finding. the reasons for this configuration tended to combine concerns for the violent person as well as for themselves. karla, for example, said the following: [my ex-partner’s] actively taking responsibility for his actions and being part of deciding what should happen in front of me would be quite healing for me. at the moment he has nothing but hatred and blame for me and i’d like that responsibility to shift. the feeling of his consent to the sentence feels important. the judge can impose it but he can still not own it. karla’s comment shows an interaction between her private (interpersonal) interests and her desire to see these ratified in a public forum or by a public authority—what we term her public interests. she wanted her ex-partner to face her and take responsibility for his behaviour in private, and at the same time, she believed that his accepting responsibility would deepen when he was sentenced for the wrongful behaviour in the public forum of the court. preferences for a process that combined private interests and public authority often came in a flow of reasoning. olivia described achieving her goals as stepping one to the other by using the terms ‘and’, ‘also’, and ‘and then’. in response to the question, ‘what is it about these particular [resolution] processes or steps that is most attractive to you?’, she said: he’s been found guilty and then the chance to come together to talk about the impacts on me, but also to work together about how to make things different in the future. also for me to highlight the services that could help. these could be agreed and then come back to the court. both [of us are] able to be heard and be heard at the sentence where our ideas are taken into account at sentence. both [of us] have a chance to influence the sentence. but if you can’t, then the judge would make the final sentence. [emphasis added] here plainly we see the language of sequence. not long after the actual incident and looking ahead, the women at time envisaged their multiple goals for justice beginning first with an accountability threshold and then moving through varied process steps. time : after prosecution and court thus far, we have presented women’s prospective thinking, that is, what they wanted from decision-makers in the future and through what decision-making pathway. what did they think at their second interview after the case had finished? on this occasion, which was between two to four weeks after the court case finished, women were asked what they had wanted from the prosecutor and from the court, and their perspective on the decisions actually made, that is, their retrospective reflections. retrospective reflections on justice goals at time , two more women indicated that they had asked for the charges to be dropped, raising the number from five to seven. the reasons the seven women gave were varied. three had reconciled or were concerned about the possibility of a gaol sentence, and two mentioned the length of time involved in the process. a further two discussed direct pressures placed on them. polly, for example, had her tyres slashed after the police charged her ex-partner with assaulting her. she also said, ‘i definitely didn’t want to testify. i was frightened what would happen from people he knows. i thought there’d be retaliation. i didn’t think the system would protect me’. when asked what they had ‘mainly’ wanted the prosecutor to do, ( %) indicated preferences for prosecuting all or some of the charges. the women repeated strongly their concern for accountability as a primary driver. for example, when explaining why she wanted the charges to proceed, karla said, ‘because he did the action and if he suffered the consequences, maybe he won’t do it again. it was a serious thing he did’. the women gave similar reasons for the case proceeding as they did in their first interview: they wanted acknowledgement for themselves, some meaningful consequence for the violent person, and protection for others. then, asked whether they remained in favour or against the court finding the violent person guilty or not guilty, women (two more than at time ) preferred a guilty finding. for the two who changed their minds, both had wanted the relationship to continue at time and still did so at time . asked why she now preferred the guilty finding, aimee said ‘because he was guilty. he accepts that’. roslyn now wanted her partner ‘to be accountable for what he did because i [don’t] want to be afraid in my own home. if i’m not true to myself, if i give up on my strong sense, then that’s not good. it’s being true to my values’. these comments give a sense of the weight that the public authority of criminal justice loaned the women. at this point in the study, all but two cases had been resolved by way of a guilty plea ( %). if outcome favourability is, in part, ‘personally beneficial’, in that a personal goal(s) is achieved (krehbiel and cropanzano : – ), then, given their desire for offender accountability, the women were vindicated by the offender’s guilty plea and the court’s finding. in addition, they continued to prefer treatment-oriented court outcomes from the first to the second interview. the reasons they gave were overwhelmingly offender-focused, citing the need for measures to stop the violence, to change other harmful behaviours, and for the offender to realize the wrongfulness of his conduct. the actual sentence was known at this stage, with most men sentenced to court orders or bonds ‘to be of good behaviour’ (n= ) with eight of these additionally subject to probation supervision. next in frequency was some form of custody (actual, deferred or suspended, n= ). for the remaining three, one received community service and two cases received some treatment (violence rehabilitation or drug/alcohol programs) as part of the sentence. thus, most women received the desired guilty finding but not their preferred sentence. as an example, teresa said at time that she preferred the court to sentence her ex- partner with a violence rehabilitation order and an order to keep away from her. however, he received a -month bond to be of good behaviour and no probation supervision. reflecting on the court outcomes at her second interview, teresa said that she ‘wasn’t sure what to expect, but i just wanted him to understand and get the message from the highest authority that what he was doing was wrong, that he had to stop’. the blend of both personal interests (that he ‘understand’) and the call to ‘the highest’ public authority is evident in her comment. retrospective reflection on participatory opportunities at this second interview, conducted just after the court case had concluded, the women were asked if they would have liked a ‘restorative opportunity’ had it been offered. compared to the first interview in which eight said they would have taken the opportunity, more said they would do so at time (n= , %): eight said ‘definitely’ they would have, and five said ‘maybe’. four ( %) were unsure, and four would not have done so. of the who said they would or might have taken up this opportunity, most did not want to continue the relationship with the man. analysing the women further, seven said that they would have preferred a restorative opportunity before a finding. of this group, three had expressed a preference for diversion at the first interview. as one of these, yvette explained that ‘it would make a better understanding for all involved and it might give another idea other than prosecuting—maybe counselling’. six saw the restorative opportunity coming after the finding, or what miller and iovanni ( : ) term a ‘postconviction dialogue’. holly had not wanted any restorative opportunity at her first interview. she now thought she was ‘safer’ for a dialogue to be offered after the court finding, after her ex-partner’s violent behaviour was constrained and within the confines of public authority. in describing the potential of a restorative opportunity, the women often spoke of their desire to convey something to the violent person. this included a discussion of the harm to them, the consequences to others, the wrongfulness of the assault, and the desire for a different person or different relationship. none mentioned an apology. genevieve said she would ‘have liked to have gotten him to admit what he was doing was wrong or to see if he could even admit this’. imogene thought a restorative opportunity could enable her ‘to say “ok this is what you did and these are the consequences to me and your son” and to try to get him to understand that there are consequences to others’. in general, the women with some interest in a restorative opportunity saw the potential of the meeting to contribute to the offender’s accepting responsibility for his behaviour and its consequences to him and to her as a victim. for a few women, the potential of a restorative opportunity was to get some answers. xenia had ‘niggling questions unanswered’. roslyn, teresa and polly ‘wanted to know why’. polly said, ‘it ate away [at me]. it was really because it was just so aggressive.’ for the eight women who were unsure or not interested in a restorative opportunity, half did not want the relationship with the violent person to continue and half were unsure. these women generally wished to keep or extend the distance between themselves and the violent person. nada said, ‘i think i needed to be as removed as possible from the situation. he was in such a bad state that anything i would have done would have inflamed [him]’. for some, concern about their safety underlay their caution about a possible restorative interaction. for example, winona said she wasn’t sure ‘because i don’t really have anything to say to him and maybe i’d be a bit scared he would lash out at me again’. others commented that the violent person would not have been genuine in a restorative interaction or would have been manipulative, blaming or threatening. lorraine was unsure about a restorative opportunity. talking about her ex-partner, she said, ‘he’s very good at putting on a front, especially when it comes to guilt. he’s a very good actor’. birgit felt ‘it wouldn’t have made any difference. we spoke on the phone, and he was blaming me for [his] being in [custody]. even after three weeks he was blaming me. he’s just got to take responsibility’. thus, compared to those who saw potential for a restorative opportunity with an offender, the eight who were unsure or saw no potential were sizing up concerns for their own safety and the men’s readiness to engage in the process in a constructive and respectful manner, and his readiness to accept responsibility. time : six months after the court case finished the time interviews were conducted six to eight months after the case had finished at court. recall that compared to the women interviewed twice, the interviewed at time were of somewhat higher socio-economic status, more likely to have been in a shorter-term relationship with the assailant, and increasingly composed of those who had called the police themselves, but did not want the man arrested. only two of those who had initially preferred an informal justice process remained at time . despite sample attrition, the benefits of understanding the views of those at time outweigh the drawbacks. specifically, they provide a longer-term reflection of the women’s experiences with the criminal justice process and what, if any, subsequent violence had occurred. when asked if they had felt involved enough with their case during the criminal justice process: % said they were, % said that they were not and % were unsure. the women were also asked about the ‘outcome decisions’ made by ‘the justice system’; that is, they were asked to give a global reflection about all the decisions not just the sentence, and about the system as a whole and not any specific part. most ( %) agreed the decisions reached had been fair. their answers to other items were more ambivalent. when asked if the decisions were ‘deserved’ by them as a victim, a third each said yes, no or unsure; and equal proportions agreed ( %) and disagreed ( %) that the justice system decisions were what they ‘wanted’. these are not overwhelmingly positive evaluations of criminal justice. nonetheless, the women’s original motivation in calling for police assistance was largely achieved: % said there had been no further violence since the case was finalized in court. over two thirds ( %) said they felt safe, and % agreed with the statement that ‘justice system intervention has had an impact in stopping the violence against me’. however, when asked if they felt that justice had been done, % agreed. like their views in time , their reflections on the nature of justice done tended to focus on the offender and how the justice responses did or did not facilitate accountability and change. repeated in many women’s comments (with emphases added here) were hopes for the offender to think about what he had done and to realize a different way to be. birgit’s ex-partner had received eight months’ gaol time although she had preferred treatment for his alcohol use. even so, of his time in gaol, she hoped ‘he's had time to think and realize that his behaviour has to stop’. janelle had preferred a custodial sentence for her ex-partner although this did not occur. she wanted it to have been ‘long enough for him to realize he did wrong’. she went on to say ‘when you're on a good behaviour bond, you live your life normally. when you are in gaol, you have to sit and think about what you've done’. not only did the women want the offender to think about and acknowledge the wrongfulness of the behaviour, they wanted that realization to turn outwards to others. as an example, finoula had separated from her ex-partner, but she hoped that the conviction had ‘planted a seed in his mind not to do this to anyone else’. holly’s ex-partner had been convicted and received a deferred sentence. she did not think that justice had been done in her case, and she referred to herself and her daughter in explaining why. she said, ‘justice would be him in a rehab and not being able to contact us’. svetlana drew on wider community debate to say that ‘if the government is on such a stance about violence against women, [my ex] should have gotten some more. it wasn’t his first time and it [the sentence] needs to get harder as it goes along’. others were less certain about having achieved victim-related justice goals. half of the women disagreed with a statement that ‘my interests as a victim of violence were looked after by the justice system’. ursula had successfully petitioned the prosecution not to proceed with the charges against her husband. ultimately, however, she came to regret this decision and to believe that justice had not been done. while she remained married and living with him, she observed that ‘he got the outcome for him, but i haven’t. i’m no safer than i was then’. the period of time that had elapsed from the original incident and the time interview (about a year) had enabled her to speak more directly to her own interests. she said she would have liked to be able to say to her husband, if he had threatened her again, ‘don’t forget there’s an order [of the court]’. olivia didn’t ‘feel any safer’ despite her ex-partner’s conviction. she still slept ‘with the phone and keys and with the door locked’. she had wanted ‘help’ for her ex-partner but did not feel that she ‘as an individual matter[ed]’. she went on to say that ‘victims need to know more and to know why. they need better explanations … a very strong support network including information about the court system’. on the other hand, aimee agreed that justice had been done, but at the same time noted the difficulties she faced as a victim in the process. she said her partner ‘was made to realize the seriousness of his actions’ and that the criminal justice consequences ‘all had a deep and lasting impact on him’. but, she wryly observed, ‘you’re just dragged along in all this’. these comments reveal a vulnerability felt by victims that is more diffuse than that experienced solely in relation to the offender. ursula’s remark that she ‘needed someone just for me [in the justice process]’ recognized her aloneness and irrelevance in a system not designed with victims’ interests in mind. ‘they all listen, but you are no further ahead’, she said. discussion previous research suggests that between % to % of women who experience physical violence from a partner or ex-partner seek the intervention of criminal justice authorities (cox ; felson et al ; johnson ; walby and allen ). the women in this study did so because they wanted an end to the violence, and they drew on the authority of the police and courts to help reach this goal. most achieved this goal and felt safer. however, this was not their only objective. their claims for justice related to their connection with the violent person and their sense of obligation to others, in addition to themselves as victims. it was for this trilogy of interests that women sought justice. in their view, justice was due to all (swift ). for most women, justice entailed both procedural and substantive elements. their reasoning for pursuing justice was instrumental (that is, to stop the violence or change the offending behaviour) and ethical (that is, to protect others or reinforce desirable community values). it interwove private and public interests. the women were nearly unanimous in naming accountability of the offender (private interest) as a motivation for mobilizing the law, and that the law hold him to account (public interest). not long after police attended the incident and before the case had reached court, most women further sought accountability through a guilty finding and composite sentences that addressed their different goals. while the incident had emotional impacts, only one of the women mentioned ‘healing’ as an objective and none spontaneously mentioned an interest in the offender’s apologising to them. asked prospectively before the case went to court, a high share of women said that they preferred to reach their goals in a process that relied on the court’s guilty finding and then they would consider other participatory steps such as a vis or a restorative opportunity. it was after guilt had been established, and thus in the shadow of the court’s conviction, that more women at their second interview indicated a retrospective willingness to consider a restorative opportunity. they saw it as an occasion for the violent person to ‘realize’ what he had done, its effects and its wrongfulness. over time, the women were consistent in seeking a conviction and consistent in other sub-goals of rehabilitation, victim protection, and drawing on the authority of the court to deter future offending. these rested on women’s view that the behaviour was wrong, that the violent person was culpable, and that the intention behind the behaviour needed to be stopped. the language women used and the reasons they gave for the justice they desired did not so much change as unfold and deepen over the course of three interviews. making sense of justice and sequencing it is this process of unfolding and deepening that a prospective longitudinal methodology can reveal. research on what ‘justice’ women claim after domestic violence is often divided into opposing or entirely separate options. these are then studied at a single point in time, commonly retrospectively. such approaches have obscured the fact that victims have varied preferences and concerns, described by gromet and darley as ‘justice goals’, towards the ‘ultimate goal of achieving justice’ ( : ). the authors argue that a process of ‘controlled reasoning’ can generate consideration of multiple goals and multiple targets of those goals ( : ). women’s goals and targets were revealed when they were provided with more than one opportunity to speak about their case over time. they spoke expansively by depicting a conception of justice that was layered and multi-directional. what may initially seem to be contradictory or even changeable thinking is instead sequenced thinking about different targets of an overarching goal of justice, and of the interests with which they are concerned: self, offender, others. taken together, these interests, sub-goals and reasons constitute what sen calls ‘plural grounding’ for justice ( : ). moreover, interviewing women at the different focal points of police, prosecution and court finalization showed the contingency embedded within their judgements about justice (skitka et al. ). sub-goals for justice, from the court’s guilty finding to various combinations of sentence, are articulated one after the other as a sequence, and may be reached in a sequence. thus, for example, the court’s guilty finding was a crucial marker of accountability that was distinct from sanctions that came with sentencing. accountability is both a threshold goal and a reference point in the justice process. moreover, our study shows that the process creates a kind of sequenced architecture in which justice and its sub-goals may be progressively articulated by women and progressively achieved. these spaces and opportunities create the possibility for what stubbs ( ) has called ‘a hybrid approach’ to justice for victims of domestic violence. whereas she emphasises the ‘conditions’ needed for restorative justice to be ‘safe and effective’ for gendered violence ( : ), we emphasise hybridity of conventional and innovative processes in which women may be involved. contemporary criminal justice remains antithetical to this degree of victim participation and articulation. yet women’s interest in participating in different ways and at different occasions with different intents was precisely because a publicly sanctioned criminal justice system had the authority and means to facilitate and deliver (if only incompletely) their multiple goals. if we use the idea of ‘the sequencing of justice goals’, we are able to see that one set of justice principles or terms need not be privileged over another, nor that one must happen before the other. elsewhere, one of us has observed that the youth justice conferencing process can permit time for participants to express multiple justice principles, not just one. as a consequence, ‘retributive, restorative, and rehabilitative principles and terms are intermingled, or they may shift in emphasis, depending on the conference phase’ (daly ). our study shows the same for victims of domestic violence in a conventional criminal justice process. here, however, the time frame is not a -minute conference, but a substantially longer time and multiple occasions as a case moves through a criminal process and six to eight months after it concludes. by taking this longer view, we are able to see the idea of justice from a victim’s perspective as a sequenced activity comprising distinct layers, not as it is often portrayed, as a oppositional dichotomy. ‘repair or revenge’ (strang ), ‘restorative or retributive’ (zehr ), rehabilitation or punishment, among other examples, have promulgated a misleading and distorted understanding of the justice many victims, including those affected by domestic violence, seek in the aftermath of crime. references barata, p. ( ), ‘abused women’s perspectives on the criminal justice system’s response to domestic violence’, psychology of women quarterly, / : - . bell, n., perez, s., goodman, l. and dutton, m. ( ), ‘battered women’s perceptions of civil and criminal court helpfulness: the role of court outcome and process’, violence against women, / : - . boykin, d., london, m. and orcutt, h. ( ), ‘examining minority attrition among women in longitudinal trauma research’, journal of traumatic stress, : - . christie, n. ( ), ‘conflicts as property’, the british journal of criminology, / : - . cox, p. ( ), violence against women: additional analysis of the australian bureau of statistics' personal safety survey, , anrows horizons: . / rev. ed. sydney: anrows. daly, k. ( ), ‘revisiting the relationship between retributive and restorative justice’. in h. strang and j. braithwaite eds, restorative justice: from philosophy to practice, - . ashgate. daly, k. and stubbs, j. ( ), ‘feminist engagement with restorative justice’, theoretical criminology, special issue on gender, race, and restorative justice, / : - . dobash, r. e. and dobash, r.p. ( ), women, violence and social change. routledge. erez, e. and belknap, j. ( ), ‘in their own words: battered women's assessment of the criminal processing system's responses’, violence and victims, / : - . felson, r., ackerman, j. and gallagher, c. ( ), ‘police intervention and the repeat of domestic assault’, criminology, / : - . fleury, r. ( ), ‘missing voices: patterns of battered women’s satisfaction with the criminal justice system’, violence against women, / : - . fleury-steiner, r., bybee, d., sullivan, c., belknap, j. and melton, h. ( ), ‘contextual factors impacting battered women’s intentions to reuse the criminal legal system’, journal of community psychology, / : - . ford, d. ( ). ‘prosecution as a victim power resource: a note on empowering women in violent conjugal relationships’, law and society review, / : - . gromet, d. and darley, j. ( ), ‘punishment and beyond: achieving justice through the satisfaction of multiple goals’, law and society review, / : - . hare, s. ( ), ‘what do battered women want? victims’ opinions on prosecution’, violence and victims, / : - . herman, j. ( ), ‘justice from the victim’s perspective’, violence against women, / : - . hirschel, d. and hutchison, i. ( ), ‘the voices of domestic violence victims: predictors of victim preference for arrest and the relationship between preference for arrest and re-victimization’, crime & delinquency, / : - . holder, r. ( ), ‘police and domestic violence: an analysis of domestic violence incidents attended by police in the act and subsequent actions’, research paper , august. sydney: australian domestic and family violence clearinghouse. holder, r. ( / ), just interests: victims, citizens and the potential for justice. phd thesis. canberra: the australian national university. revised for publication by edward elgar. holder, r. ( ), ‘satisfied? exploring victims’ justice judgements’. in d. wilson and s. ross eds, crime, victims and policy: international contexts, local experiences, - . palgrave. holder, r. ( ), ‘untangling the meanings of justice: a longitudinal mixed methods study’, journal of mixed methods research, online version, - , doi: . / holder, r. and caruana, j. ( ), criminal justice intervention in family violence in the act, november. canberra: victims of crime coordinator. hoyle, c. and sanders, a. ( ), ‘police response to domestic violence: from victim choice to victim empowerment’, british journal of criminology, : - . johnson, h. ( ). measuring violence against women: statistical trends . ottawa: minister of industry. krehbiel, p. and cropanzano, r. ( ), ‘procedural justice, outcome favourability and emotion’, social justice research, / : - . lewis, r., dobash, r. p., dobash, r. e., and cavanagh, k. ( ), ‘protection, prevention, rehabilitation or justice? women's use of the law to challenge domestic violence’, international review of victimology, / - : - . mcfarlane, j., willson, p., lemmey, d. & malecha, a. ( ), ‘women filing assault charges on an intimate partner’, violence against women, / : - . mcgillivray, a. and comaskey, b. ( ), black eyes all of the time: intimate violence, aboriginal women, and the justice system. university of toronto press. miller, s. and iovanni, l. ( ), ‘using restorative justice for gendered violence: success with a postconviction model’, feminist criminology, / : - . mills, l. ( ), ‘killing her softly: intimate abuse and the violence of state intervention’, harvard law review, / : - . minaker, j. ( ), ‘evaluating criminal justice responses to intimate abuse through the lens of women’s needs’, canadian journal of women and the law, : - . nancarrow, h. ( ), ‘in search of justice for domestic and family violence: indigenous and non-indigenous australian women’s perspectives’, theoretical criminology, / : - . novisky, m. and peralta, r. ( ), ‘when women tell: intimate partner violence and the factors related to police notification’, violence against women, / : - . plano clark, v., anderson, n., wertz, j., zhou, y., schumacher, k. and miaskowski, c. ( ), ‘conceptualizing longitudinal mixed methods designs: a methodological review of health sciences research’, journal of mixed methods research, online version, - , doi: . / rubin, p. ( ), ‘a community of one’s own? when women speak to power about restorative justice’. in j. ptacek, ed, restorative justice and violence against women, - . oxford university press. sen, a. ( ), the idea of justice, the belknap press of harvard university press. skitka, l., aramovich, n., lytle, b. and sargis, e. ( ), ‘knitting together an elephant: an integrative approach to understanding the psychology of justice reasoning’. in r. bobocel, a. kay, m. zanna, and j. olson, eds, the psychology of justice and legitimacy: the ontario symposium (volume ), - . psychology press. smith, a. ( ), ‘domestic violence laws: the voices of battered women’, violence and victims, / : - . snider, l. ( ), ‘towards safer societies: punishment, masculinities and violence against women’, british journal of criminology, / : - . strang, h. ( ), repair or revenge: victims and restorative justice. clarendon press. stubbs, j. ( ), ‘justice for gendered violence: what does restorative justice offer?' in j. bolitho, j. bruce and g. mason, eds, restorative justice: adults and emerging practice, - . sydney institute of criminology. swift, a. ( ), political philosophy: a beginners’ guide for students and politicians, nd edition, polity press. van camp, t. and wemmers, j. ( ), ‘victim satisfaction with restorative justice more than simply procedural justice’, international review of victimology, / : - . visher, c., harrell, a., newmark, l. and yahner, j. ( ), ‘reducing intimate partner violence: an evaluation of a comprehensive justice system-community collaboration’, criminology and public policy, / : - . walby, s. and allen, j. ( ), domestic violence, sexual assault and stalking: findings from the british crime survey, home office research study , home office. wemmers, j. ( ), ‘victim participation and therapeutic jurisprudence’, victims and offenders, / - : - . westmarland, n., johnson, k. and mcglynn, c. ( ), ‘under the radar: the widespread use of “out of court resolutions” in policing domestic violence and abuse in the united kingdom’, british journal of criminology, - , doi: . /bjc/azx young, a., powers, j. and bell, s. ( ), ‘attrition in longitudinal studies: who do you lose?’, australian and new zealand journal of public health, / : - . zehr, h. ( ), changing lenses: a new focus for criminal justice. herald press. in this study, domestic violence is defined as intimate partner violence, in which a woman was victimised by a male partner or ex-partner. mcfarlane et al. ( ) interviewed women at time when they intended to file assault charges. the article discusses retrospective findings at time . ford ( ) used a limited prospective design in a study of women who initially sought prosecution; he subsequently interviewed to determine why they had ‘dropped charges’ before the case went to court. the average time for each interview at all three interview points was minutes. from to , the first author worked as a statutory victim advocate in the study jurisdiction and led a coordinated community and criminal justice response to domestic violence (holder and caruana ). with small sample sizes and non-independent samples, we did not carry out tests of statistical significance, but instead identified when differences were percentage points or greater on the variables. they were also more likely to speak another language at home in addition to english, a measure often associated with increased attrition of ‘minorities’ (boykin et al. ). for this sample, however, bilingualism was associated with having a tertiary education. one woman earned between $ , and $ , . the average gross individual income of a full-time employee in australia was $ , (approximately gbp , or usd , , using the average exchange rate). in these two cases the prosecution had offered no evidence and the charges were dismissed in court. for both, the women made strong representations to prosecution to drop the charges: one because she believed her husband was mentally unwell and the other because of particular circumstances that led to the violence. sixteen ( %) of those interviewed twice said that they had initiated the call to police themselves. of the five who did not, two said that they supported the report being made, two were unsure and one did not want the report made. all names used are pseudonyms. although of the women had children living with them at the time of the incident, just four of the ( %) mentioned children in their reasons for calling the police. gromet and darley call these three ‘justice targets’ ( : ). in the study jurisdiction, there were a number of legislated paths for the resolution of a criminal offence. at the time of the study, one of these was a restorative conference for youth matters (if the alleged offender made an admission or was convicted) but not for adults and not for domestic violence. despite this, pre-admission or conviction options for a restorative encounter were put to the study participants. they were advised that these options were not actually available to them and that they were being asked in order to gain some idea of the degree of interest. there is a surface inconsistency between seven women saying they had asked for charges to be dropped and saying they wanted all or some of the charges prosecuted. however, the first is a response to an open question about an action undertaken ‘at any time’ during the prosecution process. the second derives from closed response options that focused narrowly on ‘when the prosecution was dealing with your case’. public interest is defined as that which is of common concern to the general populace. it is often separated from a private interest. women’s comments showed private and public interest as interweaving and mutually defining. the example of offender accountability shows private interest for it and public interest that it is secured as being two sides of the same coin. likewise, for individuals to live free of violence is an objective that is a private and a public interest. sequencing justice: a longitudinal study of justice goals of domestic violence victims sequencing justice: a longitudinal study of justice goals of domestic violence victims sequencing justice: a longitudinal study of justice goals of domestic violence victims sequencing justice: a longitudinal study of justice goals of domestic violence victims women, violence and justice a longitudinal prospective study time : police intervention prospective process preferences time : after prosecution and court time : six months after the court case finished discussion making sense of justice and sequencing references evidence based public health policy and practice evidence based health promotion: recollections, reflections, and reconsiderations k c tang, j p ehsani, d v mcqueen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . j epidemiol community health ; : – i mproving the evidence base of health promotion is high on the agenda of the international health promotion commu- nity and it is becoming increasingly apparent that evidence is needed by practitioners for effective health promotion interventions. it is generally accepted that with quality findings from intervention studies, practitioners can make better decisions to achieve effectiveness in their interven- tions. moreover, without evidence of effective health promo- tion, it may be difficult to obtain policy support. over the past few years, the debate on the concept or nature of evidence in health promotion effectiveness and its appraisal has focused on the design of a study and other related methodological issues such as validity of indicators, efficacy of the intervention, and context in which the intervention operates. – to a great extent the quality of the evidence has been determined by using the hierarchical structure established by those working in evidence based medicine adopting a positivist paradigm. the rules of the natural sciences to this end, emphasis has been placed on achieving the three rules of scientific inquiry: predictability, repeatability, and falsifiability, when determining the strength of evidence. these are based on widely recognised principles stemming from discussions in the philosophy of science. predictability is said to be met when a properly implemented intervention will bring about an expected outcome, given that the key elements of the intervention and the cause-effect interaction among those elements are known. the elements of the intervention and the causal relations of those elements thus need to be specified. repeatability, sometimes referred to as replicability, refers to universal application of the interven- tion, regardless of time and place. the intervention is therefore required to yield the same result wherever and whenever it is carried out. to be falsifiable, the intervention must be capable of being disproved as an effective interven- tion. once implemented, the intervention is validated if rigorous evaluation research demonstrates that it works and is falsified if it is shown to be ineffective or harmful. health promotion operates in an environment where numerous cultural, social, economic, and political factors interact. given a complex context where the links among the elements of an intervention are interrelated, causality, more often than not, cannot be directly established. it is indeed difficult to define causality in a succinct manner. in brief, it refers to, in biomedical sciences, a probabilistic notion that if an ‘‘x’’ (the exposure) precedes a ‘‘y’’ (the effect) and there is a statistical association between ‘‘x’’ and ‘‘y’’ and if a reduction of ‘‘x’’ will lead to a reduction of ‘‘y’’ and there is not a ‘‘z’’ confounding the association, then causation is imputed. repeatability of an intervention, regardless of time and place, also has proved difficult to be achieved. the application of the rules of science to health promotion is therefore of questionable merit. it is also important to note that a large part of health promotion is of a social science nature. behavioural and policy changes are two key focal concerns of many health promotion activities and behaviour is structured by society or is socially constructed. behaviour here refers to that of individuals as well as of organisations and as such can include lifestyle practices and participation among people in the wider community, sales promotion behaviour of the private industries, and the predisposition of policy makers. taking into consideration the various types of behaviour (or vested interests), the expressed needs of people in the wider community and the availability of resources, intervention activities as well as policy decisions are determined. when behaviour of individuals, organisations, or the political process is the focus, whether it relates to lifestyle practices, sales decisions or public policy formulation, the explanatory power of science will be limited. above all, it may be problematic to fit these rules of the natural sciences to the social science disciplines. although the finding of an intervention study may not constitute scientific fact as described by the criteria above, it can be a piece of evidence in the sense that it is a fact disclosed as a result of an evaluation process whereby methods of reasonable rigour are used. in health promotion, for an intervention to be effective, a combination of behavioural, social, and environmental strategies is used. for such interventions, it is not uncommon that the ‘‘what works’’ component is known but ‘‘how it works’’ component remains unclear. this allowance does not imply a compro- mise of accepted standards of methodological rigour in the development, implementation and evaluation of interven- tions. rather, it expands the range and scope of what can be regarded as valid ‘‘evidence’’ and hence broadens the knowledge and experience base that practitioners and policy makers can draw from. towards an ideal typology of evidence one type of evidence can be found without meeting the causality criterion but where the different elements of an intervention work as a whole to produce the desired outcome. interventions that may have limited repeatability—for example, only at the local level and within a certain period—can be classified as another type of evidence so long as the intervention works. in sum, a typology of evidence emerges, consisting of four classifications (table ). a. evidence of implemented interventions that meet the criteria for scientific fact—that is, they are proved predict- able, and repeatable, regardless of time and place. assuming there is compliance, immunisation and condom use are classic examples of intervention where the elements of the intervention are known, the cause effect interaction is apparent and have universal application. b. evidence from interventions that produce desired outcomes and are predictable but are repeatable only at a local level within a certain period of time. the development of www.jech.com o n a p ril , b y g u e st. p ro te cte d b y co p yrig h t. h ttp ://je ch .b m j.co m / j e p id e m io l c o m m u n ity h e a lth : first p u b lish e d a s . /je ch . . . o n n o ve m b e r . d o w n lo a d e d fro m http://jech.bmj.com/ assertiveness skills in commercial sex workers to encourage clients to use condoms, coupled with the availability of condoms, is an example of such an intervention where the cause-effect relation can be determined and the elements readily identified. however, the applicability of this inter- vention is limited to settings where the selling of sex is culturally acceptable and not otherwise. c. evidence from interventions that work as predicted to produce desired outcomes, without meeting the causality criterion, and are repeatable at any time and anywhere. acupuncture is an example for treating some illness conditions such as pain relief. d. evidence from interventions that work as predicted, without meeting the causality criterion, and are repeatable only at a local level within a certain period of time. community based trials to promote physical activity use a combination of behavioural, social, and environmental action areas which are effective, however which specific component of the action areas led to the outcome is unknown. the success may also be attributable to the interaction effect of the different types of action areas at work. furthermore, the application is limited by the context where the intervention is applied; hence universal application cannot be achieved. strength and types of evidence thus far, the strength or hierarchy of evidence of an inter- vention is, in essence, determined by its evaluation design taking into consideration other methodological issues such as indicator validity and intervention efficacy. yet the strength of a piece of evidence derived from an intervention may not be simply determined by evaluation design and related metho- dological issues. they are necessary but not sufficient. as illustrated above, there are four types of evidence and with- in each type, all the above mentioned methodological issues apply. yet implicit in the typology, the strength of evidence of type a would seem to be superior to that of other types. even if an intervention is shown to work and the methods used to evaluate that intervention are sound, there are other dimensions that need to be certain, for example, how it works and whether or not it is repeatable. the typology presented expands the dimension of evidence for health promotion interventions in the way that the typology presents a horizontal axis for the appraisal of evidence, opening new dimensions for practice and policy formulation and research. knowledge based health promotion for improving the evidence base of health promotion, in addition to the deliberation on the typology of evidence, there are other key concerns. in practice, it is important to note that evidence alone cannot constitute effective practice, as is the case of evidence based medicine. as suggested, external evidence can inform, but can never replace, the expertise of individual practitioners. it is this expertise that decides whether the external evidence is applied to the target group of an intervention at all and if so, how it should be used for achieving effectiveness. in other words, for an effective intervention, other critical areas in addition to evidence need to be taken into consideration—for example, the needs and expectations of direct service recipients, the interests of other key stakeholders, and the competency of a practitioner in planning and evaluation. conscientious and judicious use of evidence is only one competency element of health promotion. it is necessary but not sufficient for achieving effective health promotion. health promotion practitioners are required to be able to absorb and use knowledge in many competency areas as specified in a review report. in policy formulation, while the strength of evidence is a base for policy development, there are also other considerations, for example, the socio-political and fiscal climate within which governments and organisations operate as well as the vested interests. the introduction of the typology will also give policy makers another dimension for consideration. in research, effective health promotion often uses a combination of behavioural, social, and environmental strategies that work in synergy. the relation between the outcome variables and predictor variables are complex and not linear. the causal-effect relations of these variables cannot be addressed by traditional quantitative methods in public health alone. this necessitates new modes of practice to emerge and research methods in social sciences to be used, for example, the use of structured equation modelling to examine the validity of theoretical constructs and establish causal effects. the use of qualitative methods will help acquire a better understanding of the meaning of a concept and dissect the complexity of interactions. the use of qualitative methods may also be useful for achieving generalisability or transferability using the notion of repre- sentativeness in the concept when representativeness in the sample cannot be achieved. acknowledgements the authors wish to thank dr pekka puska, director, department of non-communicable disease prevention and health promotion, world health organisation, for his comments on an earlier draft of the manuscript. table the four classifications used in typology of evidence a b c d what works: elements of an intervention that work (intervention demonstrated to work in evaluation research) what works is what works is what works is what works is known known known known how it works: cause-effect interaction among those elements (the components and how they work) how it works is how it works is how it works is how it works is known known not known not known repeatability repeatability is repeatability is repeatability is repeatability is universal limited universal limited tang, ehsani, mcqueen www.jech.com o n a p ril , b y g u e st. p ro te cte d b y co p yrig h t. h ttp ://je ch .b m j.co m / j e p id e m io l c o m m u n ity h e a lth : first p u b lish e d a s . /je ch . . . o n n o ve m b e r . d o w n lo a d e d fro m http://jech.bmj.com/ authors’ affiliations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . k c tang, j p ehsani, national and community programmes, department of non-communicable disease prevention and health promotion, who, geneva d v mcqueen, national center for chronic disease prevention and health promotion, cdc, usa correspondence to: dr k c tang, national and community programmes, department of non-communicable disease prevention and health promotion, world health organisation, avenue appia, ch- geneva , switzerland; tangkc@who.int accepted for publication august references raphael d. the question of evidence in health promotion. health promotion international ; : – . mcqueen d. strengthening the evidence base for health promotion. health promotion international ; : – . mcqueen d. the evidence debate. j epidemiol community health ; : – . rychetnik l, frommer m, hawe p, et al. criteria for evaluating evidence on public health interventions. j epidemiol community health ; : – . centre for evidence-based medicine. levels of evidence. http:// cebm.jr .ox.ac.uk/docs/levels.html (accessed oct ). hill b. the environment and disease: association or causation? proc r soc med ; : – . ehring d. causation and persistence: a theory of causation. new york: oxford university press, . mcqueen d. perspectives on health promotion: theory, evidence, practice and the emergence of complexity. health promotion international ; : – . sackett d, rosenberg w, gray j, et al. evidenced-based medicine: what it is and what it isn’t. bmj ; : – . who searo. review of certified education and training programmes for health promotion and education in the south east asia region. new delhi: who searo, . strauss a, corbin j. basics of qualitative research: grounded theory procedures and techniques. california: sage, . the jech gallery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . influential women in occupational health victoire cappe—for social justice – country of birth: belgium v ictoire cappe taught social justice as a leader in the christian democratic labour movement. she was one of the founders of the catholic school for social work. in , cappe founded the syndicat de l’aiguille, the first union for needleworkers, dressmakers, and seamstresses. she also began study circles (monthly meetings for young girls and women) to overcome ignorance and indifference, and reach autonomy of mind and action. facing resistance from most of the clergy, but with the support of cardinal mercier, cappe expanded unions to brussels, then other belgian cities. later, she founded a national christian professional women’s union. although suffering with depression, she wrote a book (la femme belge), and edited monthly reviews, including a new journal, joie et travail. cappe attended the first congress of the international labor organization in in washington, dc, and the first international congress for women workers preceeding it. with maria baers and isidore maus, cappe created the international catholic union of social work. d f salerno clinical communications scientist, pfizer global research and development–ann arbor laboratories, ann arbor, mi, usa i l feitshans adjunct faculty, cornell university, school of industrial and labor relations, albany, ny, usa correspondence to: deborah f salerno, plymouth road, ann arbor, mi, usa; deborah.salerno@pfizer.com reference keymolen d. victoire cappe – . une vie chrétienne, sociale, féministe, leuven, belgium: presses universitaires de louvain, . (photo courtesy of leuven kadoc—katholiek documentatie, katholieke universiteit) ‘‘…respect for the rights of working women and elevation of their dignity.’’ evidence based health promotion www.jech.com o n a p ril , b y g u e st. p ro te cte d b y co p yrig h t. h ttp ://je ch .b m j.co m / j e p id e m io l c o m m u n ity h e a lth : first p u b lish e d a s . /je ch . . . o n n o ve m b e r . d o w n lo a d e d fro m http://jech.bmj.com/ book review comparative criminal justice ( nd edn.) francis pakes. willan publishing, devon, uk, : isbn: - - - - , v-ix + pages, £ . (paperback) michael adorjan received: august /accepted: august / published online: september # the author(s) . this article is published with open access at springerlink.com pakes’ book comparative criminal justice is ambitious. the book provides a broad, topically geared and internationally comparative introduction to criminal justice. it follows a tried-and-true yet practical progression from policing, pre-trial and trial systems, punishment, and finishing with chapters on international policing and the development of universal human rights and international courts of justice. each chapter offers a general introduction to areas that are then elaborated with reference to differing cultural contexts. case studies are frequently presented in boxes that help flesh out the main arteries of thought, and often help introduce further comparisons and contrasts. the book is most suitable for undergraduate students, though its insights may appeal to a broad readership, including criminal justice practitioners and those involved in policy. the strongest feature of comparative criminal justice is its inclusiveness. pakes underscores at several points his argument that a comprehensive comparative lens must take into account both quantitative and qualitative approaches (p. ); that “the question of meaning remains highly pertinent” (p. ); and that no matter how global our perspective, we should be carefully attuned to the local exigencies of culture under which globalization trends in criminal justice are appropriated and attuned. this is the second edition of the book, featuring reference to current events [e.g., discussion of obama’s potential recognition of the international criminal court (p. )]. pakes aims to go “beyond police, courts and prisons” (p. ) by including discussion on, for example, privatized policing and security, criminal justice in the middle east (including sharia law), and cybercrime, including reference to the ‘great firewall of china’. the best chapter opening is for the chapter on systems of trial (p. ). pakes begins with an elaborated discussion on the ergonomic features and layout of courtrooms, suggesting that the spatial relationships of courtrooms, for instance the placement of defendant in relation to the judge, illustrates much about the style and operation of the court system— especially when comparing adversarial and inquisitorial systems. pakes sustains his references to ergonomics throughout the chapter, which serves to underscore theoretical and conceptual points. this proves to be a pedagogically effective approach. asian criminology ( ) : – doi . /s - - - m. adorjan (*) department of sociology, the university of hong kong, pokfulam road, pokfulam, hong kong e-mail: madorjan@hku.hk a consistent theoretical thread is upheld throughout the book regarding the differences, advantages and disadvantages of adversarial and inquisitorial judicial systems. during discussions about which nations gravitate towards which system, pakes successfully underscores why certain international criminal justice initiatives (such as international tribunals) encounter problems: they pool actors from different cultural contexts who hold differing approaches. part of the way forward, pakes implies, involves understanding the geo-historical roots that have shaped variegated systems worldwide, and arriving at compromises that work. another theoretical point with resonance is his frequent referrals to levels of trust or distrust in governments and crime control authorities. pakes argues that “the type of person society decides to put its faith in with regard to dealing with alleged wrongdoers hinges on the answer to the question of whom to trust” (p. ). perhaps the work of david nelken should be more prominent here, given nelken’s advocacy of research on trust to further comparative criminology. nevertheless, while never a central point, it becomes obvious that nations with neoliberal systems often hold higher levels of distrust, leading to particular crime control responses (penal populism is discussed in the chapter on punishment). it is equally obvious that nations with higher levels of trust in the state and crime control respond quite differently to crime. pakes is quick, however, to offer up-to-date evidence that, for instance, the ‘rosy’ image of crime control in the netherlands needs tempering in light of recent evidence challenging the region’s classic reluctance to rely on imprisonment (p. ). pakes is critical towards theories of globalization, arguing that there still exists an enormous gap between those with access to information technologies and the advantages of ‘space-time compression’ (p. ) and those left out (and left ‘local’). he notes, “against global winners we must set large groups of clearly identifiable global ‘have nots’” (p. ). for all the discussion on globalization, however, i found it surprising that no reference is made to bauman’s writings, especially on ‘glocalization’. it would be worthwhile to make this connection considering pakes’ already developed analyses on local–global intercon- nections and limitations. as pakes says, “we can continue to look at national or local arrangements but we must be aware of the fact that globalisation also impacts on [them]” (p. ), adding “the differential impact of globalisation on local communities is a key area of comparative research” (p. ). pakes is likely well aware of areas where more theoretical muscle could be added, but chooses to refrain to make the text accessible to an undergraduate student audience. nevertheless, student receptivity to theoretical criminology should not be underestimated. it is interesting to consider whether an effective comparative analysis is enabled by a value neutral or critical orientation. pakes is certainly value neutral (for the most part), especially when carefully discussing the details of sharia law and islamic systems of crime control (pp. – ). he states facts associated with gender disparities here without making further critical remarks: “in most islamic courts evidence from a male witness counts heavier than that from a female witness and in some jurisdictions women hardly appear at all as witnesses” (p. ). his non-judgmental analysis allows readers to consider complexities and ambiguities and ultimately make up their own minds. as he notes, such an analysis may help prevent ethnocentrism (p. ). in some locations, however, pakes’ political and critical leanings are more evident: e.g., in his reference to kenya as a nation that “ridicules the notion of ‘free’ state police” (p. ); or in his reference to the “pervers [ity]” that in the netherlands suspects’ rights are “severely limited” due to the feeling that “the presence of a defense lawyer would hinder the development of rapport between interviewer and suspect” (p. ). it may be, indeed, safer to critique western criminal justice systems than islamic systems animated more by religion than legal protocol. pakes asian criminology ( ) : – seems to be deliberately holding back his criticisms of islamic systems, but does so likely to promote empathy and understanding. as pakes notes at the end of this chapter, “there is no easy way of judging which [system] is better or worse. that would probably be a meaningless exercise” (p. ). the reader will be left to decide if pakes could (and should) be more critical here in the same manner as he is—with much greater ease—with respect to occidental regions. pakes asserts that despite pressure on scholars of comparative criminal justice to be experts on everything, this is impossible (p. ); indeed a book on comparative criminal justice should not try to be everything to everyone, for too much would be lost. nevertheless, there are areas where minor mistakes are made that may be more noticeable to readers in southeast asia. for instance pakes incorrectly asserts that hong kong’s independent commission against corruption was founded in (p. ), when in fact (referring to the same icac source pakes himself cites) it was founded in . this has implications for the discussion, as pakes refers in this section to the s, not the s, as a period during which hong kong was embroiled in “the fight against corruption,” which took “centre stage” (p. ), and discusses icac statistics as recent as . i also feel that pakes presents too uncritically the ‘zero tolerance’ success of new york city during the s under mayor giuliani (pp. – ). he may have at least referred to skeptics who have pointed to trends indicating declining crime rates before giuliani took office. overall, however, these points are minor quibbles and in no manner detract from the validity and rigorous scholarship that runs consistently throughout the text. readers interested in hong kong and china may note pakes’ attention to these areas. hong kong’s recent inclusion in the united national international crime victims survey facilitates this. pakes’ discussion of internet censorship in china via its ‘great firewall’ is given balanced treatment. he refers to the initiative’s real name, the golden shield project, and presents a series of facts about it while reserving judgement (p. ). while readers invested in researching these areas will not be satisfied about the attention they receive (short paragraphs embedded in larger comparative discussions), this is to be expected in a book that is careful not to place too much emphasis on any particular area. while asian and middle eastern regions receive attention, the book is often more robust in its intra-regional comparisons within europe, with frequent references to the us as well. this is obviously due to pakes’ experience researching these areas, though more sustained attention to areas outside of western domains would help underscore insights pakes makes in reference to neoliberalism (p. ) and nations that do not seem to follow the same neoliberal patterns of certain western regions. comparative criminal justice may serve its purposes best as a springboard to both classroom discussion and further research. it is evident that comparative criminology is still an emerging area, with questions and criticisms regarding methods, theories, and whether or not a more critically oriented engagement is appropriate. pakes guards against critical approaches, perhaps due to reservations that a descent into pejorative assessments would stymie the ability to explore culturally specific meanings. the book is a success, in any event, which helps to break readers out of ostensibly myopic criminological research. open access this article is distributed under the terms of the creative commons attribution noncommercial license which permits any noncommercial use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original author(s) and source are credited. asian criminology ( ) : – comparative criminal justice ( nd edn.) compendium of tribal crime data, u.s. department of justice office of justice programs bureau of justice statistics bjs mandatory p.l. states optional p.l. states indian reservations (u.s. census bureau) source: bureau of justice statistics overview tribal crime data collection activities duren banks, steven w. perry, and allina lee tribal law enforcement, brian reaves state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, steven w. perry, ron malega, and duren banks selected findings: jails in indian country, todd minton summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system mark motivans and howard snyder compendium of tribal crime data, june bureau of justice statistics james p. lynch director bjs website: www.bjs.gov for information contact: bjs clearinghouse - - - the bureau of justice statistics is the statistics agency of the u.s. department of justice. duren banks coordinated the development of this compendium. contributing authors include duren banks, allina lee, ron malega, todd minton, mark motivans, steven w. perry, brian reaves, and howard snyder. in addition to the authors, other bjs staff who contributed to verification include paul guerino, tracey kyckelhahn, and tracy l. snell. morgan young and jill thomas edited the report, barbara quinn designed and produced the report, and jayne robinson and tina dorsey prepared the report for final printing under the supervision of doris j. james. june , ncj compendium of tribal crime data, compendium of tribal crime data, bjs mandatory p.l. states optional p.l. states indian reservations (u.s. census bureau) source: bureau of justice statistics overview tribal crime data collection activities duren banks, steven w. perry, and allina lee tribal law enforcement, brian reaves state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, steven w. perry, ron malega, and duren banks selected findings: jails in indian country, todd minton summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system mark motivans and howard snyder june content s overview tribal crime data collection activities the tribal law and order act, (tloa; pub. l. no. - , stat. , section (b)) requires the bureau of justice statistics (bjs) to establish and implement a tribal data collection system and to support tribal participation in national records and information systems. this is the first bjs report on the status of tribal data collection activities as required by the act. it describes bjs’s activities between july and june to improve tribal law enforcement reporting to the fbi’s uniform crime reporting program (ucr) and bjs’s direct collaboration with tribal criminal justice systems to collect data about tribal court systems. it summarizes data published by bjs on jails in indian country, tribal law enforcement agencies, state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, tribal youth in the federal justice system, and reporting to the ucr. it describes activities and funding opportunities to improve tribal crime data collection through programs such as the national criminal history improvement program (nchip), the national instant criminal background check system (nics), byrne/jag funding, and ucr training. table . . tribes submitting crime data to the uniform crime reporting program (ucr) program and receiving byrne/justice assistance grant (jag) awards, fy - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . bureau of justice statistics planned program activities in response to the tribal law and order act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tribal law enforcement, presents data on tribal law enforcement agencies from the census of state and local law enforcement agencies. this report defines the number and locations of tribal law enforcement agencies, service populations, and the number of sworn and nonsworn employees. it describes agency participation in traditional law enforcement (routine patrol, criminal investigation, and dispatching calls for service), public safety functions (emergency management, animal control, and fire services), specialized functions (search and rescue, tactical operations, and underwater recovery), and court-related activities (executing arrest warrants, enforcing protection orders, and serving process). the report details participation in multiagency task forces involving drug and human trafficking, gangs, violent crime, and antiterrorism. it presents data on community outreach efforts, such as school resource officers and community policing officers. table . . tribally operated law enforcement agencies, by type of agency and number of full-time sworn personnel, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . the largest tribally operated law enforcement agencies, by the number of full-time sworn personnel, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . use of community policing and school resource officers by tribal police departments, and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . location of tribally operated law enforcement agencies, . figure . . selected law enforcement functions performed by tribal police departments, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . selected court-related functions performed by tribal police departments, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . selected special functions performed by tribal police departments, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . task force participation of tribal police departments, . . . state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, describes state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country under public law - (p.l. ). this report examines the activities of prosecutors’ offices in states affected by p.l. through either mandatory or optional jurisdiction. six states have mandatory jurisdiction under p.l. over crimes in indian country: alaska, california, minnesota (except the red lake reservation), nebraska, oregon (except the warm springs reservation), and wisconsin. the report also examines activities of prosecutors’ offices in the states that have an option to assume jurisdiction over crimes in indian country within their borders: arizona, florida, idaho, iowa, montana, nevada, north dakota, south dakota, utah, and washington. using data from the national census of state court prosecutors, this report describes the characteristics of state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction for crimes committed in indian country, including budgets, staffing, and caseload. it also examines the types of offenses committed in indian country that were prosecuted in . table . . number of tribes participating in the census of tribal justice agencies in indian country, by p.l. status, type of court systems, and state, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction for crimes committed in indian country, by p.l. status, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . type of state prosecutors’ offices in indian country, by p.l. status, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . budget, staffing, and caseload of state prosecutors’ offices, by p.l. status, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . state prosecutors’ offices reporting jurisdiction in indian country under p.l. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . state prosecutors’ offices reporting prosecution of specific crimes in indian country, by p.l. status, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compendium of tribal crime data, contents (continued) selected findings: jails in indian country, presents selected findings from the bulletin jails in indian country, , released in february (ncj ). data are based on an enumeration of jails, confinement facilities, detention centers, and other facilities operated by tribal authorities or the bureau of indian affairs (bia) reported to the annual survey of jails in indian country. the report includes data on the number of adults and juveniles held, type of offense, number of persons confined on the last weekday of each month, average daily population, peak population, and admissions in june . it also summarizes rated capacity, facility crowding, and jail staffing. table . . inmates, rated capacity, and percent of capacity occupied in indian country jails, and - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . jails in indian country that held the majority of inmates in compared to , by facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . number of indian country jails, by percent of rated capacity occupied, june . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . admissions and expected length of stay in indian country jails during june, by facility size, june . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . number of inmates confined in indian country jails, by demographic characteristics, conviction status, and offense, midyear , , , and - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . number of persons employed in indian country jails, by job function, june , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . inmates confined in indian country jails, at midyear - and - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . percent of rated capacity occupied, by type of inmate count, june . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system presents findings on tribal youth processed through the federal criminal justice system between and . findings are from a recent study conducted by the urban institute under the bureau of justice statistics’ federal justice statistics program (fjsp). this report describes the number of tribal youth in the federal system and examines how they are handled through the stages of the federal criminal case process, from arrest to confinement. it describes tribal youth demographic characteristics, offenses, and case outcomes, such as referrals for prosecution, dismissal rates, sentencing, and time served. table . . reason for matters declined for prosecution with tribal youth suspects, - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . federally recognized tribes and enrolled members, . . . . . table . . tribal and non-tribal youth admitted to the federal bureau of prisons, by offense type, - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . tribal youth referred to and prosecuted by u.s. attorneys, - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . case-related reasons for declination, - . . . . . . . . . figure . . tribal youth admitted to the custody of federal prison authorities, and five federal judicial districts that committed the majority of tribal youth, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . maximum time in federal custody of juveniles adjudicated delinquent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . tribal youth in the federal bureau of prisons, by status, at admission, - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . non-tribal youth admitted to the federal bureau of prisons, by status, at admission, - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . non-tribal youth admitted to the custody of federal prison authorities, and five federal judicial districts that committed the majority of tribal youth, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . highlights tribal crime data collection activities � the bureau of justice statistics (bjs) consulted with tribal leaders through a variety of forums in . � for the first time, the bureau of indian affairs’ (bia) submissions to the uniform crime reporting program (ucr) were disaggregated by tribe and reported in crime in the u.s., . � the number of tribes eligible for byrne/jag funding increased from to . � in , tribal law enforcement staff received ucr training. � bjs provided competitive funding opportunities for jurisdictions to improve criminal records. � bjs developed a multifaceted data collection system that both established new collections and enhanced current programs. june highlights (continued) tribal law enforcement, � tribally operated law enforcement agencies employed nearly , full-time personnel, including about , sworn officers. � the largest tribal law enforcement agency, the navajo police department, employed full-time sworn personnel in arizona, new mexico, and utah. � eleven of the largest tribal law enforcement agencies served jurisdictions covering more than , square miles. � overall, tribal police departments cost about $ per resident to operate during fiscal year . � in addition to law enforcement functions, nearly all tribal police departments performed court-related functions, such as court security and serving process. � more than half of tribal police departments used community policing officers, and more than a third used school resource officers. � about in tribal police departments participated in one or more multiagency task forces. state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, � ninety-three state court prosecutors’ offices in the p.l. states reported jurisdiction for felonies committed in indian country under p.l. . � seventy-three percent of offices with jurisdiction in indian country reported prosecuting at least one felony case committed in indian country. � most offices in p.l. states prosecuted at least one offense involving drugs ( %), domestic violence ( %), or aggravated assault ( %). � eighteen offices in mandatory p.l. states with jurisdiction for indian country prosecuted at least one rape, and offices prosecuted a homicide. � of state prosecutors’ offices that reported jurisdiction for felony cases in indian country under p.l. , % served judicial districts with populations of less than , residents. � offices with jurisdiction for felony crimes committed in indian country had an average operating budget of $ . million in . selected findings: jails in indian country, � the number of inmates confined in indian country jails increased by . % between midyear and , reaching , inmates. � between june and june , the average daily jail population in indian country increased by %, and the percentage of occupied bed space increased from . % to . %. � eleven jails ( % of all facilities) held % of inmates confined at midyear . � during june , the number of inmates admitted to indian country jails ( , ) was about times the size of the average daily population ( , ). � the expected average length of stay increased by a half day from . days during june to . days during june . � indian country jail authorities reported no deaths in custody between july , , and june , , down from reported deaths during the -month period ending june , . � attempted suicides by inmates declined from in to in . � indian country jails held fewer inmates for domestic violence at midyear ( ), continuing the downward trend in the number held for this offense since ( ). � the percentage of certified correctional officers working in indian country jails increased steadily, from % at midyear to % at midyear . summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system � in , relatively few juveniles were referred to federal prosecutors ( out of , suspects) or admitted to federal prison jurisdiction ( out , offenders). � tribal youth ( ) comprised nearly half of juveniles ( ) handled by the federal courts in . � federal judicial districts of arizona, montana, south dakota, new mexico, and north dakota accounted for % of tribal youth investigated, % of those prosecuted, and % of those admitted to federal prison jurisdiction in . � in , about % of tribal youth were investigated for violent offenses, including sexual abuse ( %), assault ( %), and murder ( %). � about % of matters involving tribal youth were declined by federal prosecutors in . � a greater share of cases involving tribal youth in u.s. district courts were terminated by conviction ( %) than by dismissal ( %). � from to , the lowest number of tribal ( ) and non-tribal youth ( ) admitted to the jurisdiction of federal prison authorities occurred in . � admissions to federal prison jurisdiction among tribal youth declined % per year from to , while non-tribal youth admissions declined % per year. � in , tribal youth served an average of months under federal jurisdiction, which was more than double the tribal justice system maximum sentence of months. compendium of tribal crime data, overview the tribal law and order act (tloa), enacted july , , requires the bureau of justice statistics (bjs) to ( ) establish and implement a tribal data collection system and ( ) support tribal participation in national records and information systems (p.l. - , stat. , § (b)). the act further requires the director of bjs to consult with indian tribes to establish and implement this data collection system. the bjs director is required to report to congress within one year of enactment, and annually thereafter, the data collected and analyzed in accordance with the act. this report describes activities in support of bjs’s tribal crime data collection system and summarizes findings published from that system between july and june . multifaceted data collection system criminal jurisdiction in indian country—federally recognized reservations, tribal communities, and identified trust lands—varies by the type of crime committed, whether the offender or victim was a tribal member, and the state in which the offense occurred. due to the sovereign status of federally recognized tribes in the united states, crimes committed in indian country are often subject to concurrent jurisdiction between multiple criminal justice agencies. public law - (p.l. ) gave select states legal jurisdiction over tribal members to prosecute crimes that occur on the reservation under existing state laws. these mandatory p.l. states include california, minnesota (except the red lake reservation), nebraska, oregon (except the warm springs reservation), wisconsin, and alaska. p.l. permitted other states to acquire jurisdiction over crimes committed in indian country at their option. these optional p.l. states assume jurisdiction, either in whole or in part, over indian country within their boundaries, and include arizona, florida, idaho, iowa, montana, nevada, north dakota, south dakota, utah, and washington. in the remaining states, where p.l. does not apply, federal and tribal governments maintain concurrent jurisdiction for major crimes committed in indian country (as defined in the major crimes act and subsequent amendments ( u.s.c. § )). tribal governments have jurisdiction for all other crimes committed in indian country that involve both an indian offender and indian victim. states retain jurisdiction for non-indian crimes committed in indian country—those in which neither the offender nor the victim is a tribal member. due in part to these jurisdictional complexities, existing tribal data systems are often limited in scope and applicable only to certain jurisdictions or states. an effective tribal data collection system will include data from federal, state, local, and tribal agencies. the information maintained in this system should further be considered in light of the concurrent jurisdictional roles multiple agencies maintain in indian country. recent findings from the tribal data collection system tribal law enforcement agencies operated in in september , american indian tribes operated law enforcement agencies. these agencies employed at least one full-time sworn officer with general arrest powers or the equivalent in part-time officers. the total includes general purpose tribal police departments and special jurisdiction agencies tasked with enforcing natural resources laws that pertain primarily to hunting and fishing on tribal lands. tribes operated law enforcement agencies in states and employed about , full-time sworn personnel. eleven of the largest tribal law enforcement agencies served jurisdictions of more than , square miles. (see tribal law enforcement, , page , for more information.) tribal law enforcement agencies provided data through the bureau of indian affairs (bia) that met the fbi’s guidelines for publication offenses known to tribal law enforcement agencies were reported by tribal agencies in the fbi’s crime in the united states, . eighty-three tribal law enforcement agencies met fbi guidelines for data publication in the report.* nearly , violent crimes and approximately , property crimes were known to *crimes known to tribal law enforcement agencies are submitted to the ucr through the bia. ucr data must be submitted by local law enforcement with a valid reporting number, and be complete for all months of the year. data submitted to the ucr must also meet fbi data quality guidelines for publication in crime in the u.s. june these selected tribal law enforcement agencies in . (see the fbi’s crime in the united states, , http:// www .fbi.gov/ucr/cius /data/ table_ .html, for more information.) state prosecutors’ offices in p.l. states reported jurisdiction for felonies committed in indian country in , state court prosecutors’ offices reported jurisdiction under p.l. for felonies committed in indian country. seventy-three percent of these offices reported prosecuting at least one felony case that arose from indian country in , including at least one offense that involved drugs ( %), domestic violence ( %), or aggravated assault ( %). most state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction under p.l. served districts with , or fewer residents. (see state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, , page , for more information.) jails in indian country housed , inmates in the number of inmates confined in indian country jails increased by . % between midyear and midyear , from , to , inmates. over the months ending june , the average daily jail population in indian country increased by %, and the percentage of occupied bed space increased from . % to . %. (see selected findings: jails in indian country, , page , for more information.) most tribal youth in the federal system were referred for violent offenses between and , % of tribal youth in criminal matters received by federal prosecutors were referred for a violent offense. sexual abuse was the most common violent offense, followed by assault and murder. in , federal prosecutors received tribal youth suspects in matters opened out of , total matters investigated. tribal youth admitted to the legal custody of federal prison authorities were mostly male ( %) and tended to be older teens; more than two-thirds were between the ages and . (see summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system, page , for more information.) tribal crime data collection activities, the bureau of justice statistics (bjs), in collaboration with other federal agencies and american indian tribes, conducted several activities to develop the tribal data collection system as of june . the data collection system establishes both new data collections and enhances current programs to carry out the requirements of the tribal law and order act (tloa), . bjs focused on improving tribal law enforcement reporting to the fbi’s uniform crime reporting program (ucr) and developed direct data collection from tribal criminal justice systems, such as collecting information about the nature and operation of tribal court systems. efforts also include activities and funding opportunities to improve tribal crime data collection through programs such as the national criminal history improvement program (nchip), the national instant criminal background check system (nics), byrne/jag funding, and ucr training. activities to support tribal crime data collection systems, july through june tribal consultations conducted in bjs consulted with tribal leaders through a variety of forums in . bjs developed and distributed an initial plan that responded to the tloa sections that directly referenced tribal crime data collection. this plan was presented to several stakeholder groups to invite feedback and input, including— � interdepartmental tribal justice safety and wellness consultation, session (december , palm springs, ca) � uniform crime reporting program (ucr) trainings for tribal law enforcement ( ) agencies � national congress of american indians, executive council winter meeting (march , washington, dc). for the first time, the bureau of indian affairs’ (bia) submissions to ucr were disaggregated by tribe and reported in the fbi’s crime in the u.s., working with the office of justice services in the bia, and the office of tribal justice and the fbi in the department of justice (doj), bjs developed a process to support tribal access to, and input in, regional and national criminal justice databases, including the national crime information center (ncic) and the uniform crime reporting program (ucr). as a result of this process, data provided to the fbi from the bia were able to be disaggregated by tribe. offenses known to tribal law enforcement agencies were reported by tribal agencies in the fbi’s crime in the united states, . eighty- three tribal law enforcement agencies met fbi guidelines for data to be published in the report. tribal crime data collection activities, duren banks, ph.d., and steven w. perry, bjs statisticians allina lee, bjs policy analyst u.s. department of justice office of justice programs bureau of justice statistics june , ncj highlights � the bureau of justice statistics (bjs) consulted with tribal leaders through a variety of forums in . � for the first time, the bureau of indian affairs’ (bia) submissions to the uniform crime reporting program (ucr) were disaggregated by tribe and reported in crime in the u.s., . � the number of tribes eligible for byrne/jag funding increased from in to in . � in , tribal law enforcement staff received ucr training. � bjs provided competitive funding opportunities for jurisdictions to improve criminal records in fiscal year . � bjs developed a multifaceted data collection system that both established new collections and enhanced current programs. compendium of tribal crime data, the number of tribes eligible for byrne/ jag funding increased from in fiscal year to in fiscal year collaborative efforts between the departments of justice and interior have increased the number of tribes reporting monthly crime data to the ucr, thereby increasing the number of tribes eligible to receive byrne/jag awards. byrne/jag funds can be used to support a range of activities in seven broad program areas, including law enforcement; prosecution and courts; crime prevention and education; corrections; drug treatment and enforcement; program planning, evaluation, and technology improvement; and crime victim and witness programs. most american indian tribes had been ineligible to receive byrne/jag funds because of gaps in indian country crime statistics and traditional methods for reporting data. prior to , bia provided an aggregate number of crimes known to tribal law enforcement to the ucr. since these data could not be disaggregated by tribe, tribal law enforcement agencies that did not submit information directly to the ucr were not eligible for byrne/jag awards. in fy , tribes submitted crime data directly to the fbi, with of the tribes eligible to receive byrne/jag awards totaling $ , . in fy , the number of tribes that submitted crime data increased to following collaborative efforts between agencies in the departments of justice and interior, with tribes eligible for byrne/jag awards totaling $ , (table . ). more than tribal law enforcement staff received ucr training through recovery act funds, bjs developed and implemented the tribal crime data project to further support the reporting of tribal crime to the ucr, and thereby establish eligibility for byrne/ jag funds. the project is also part of bjs’s larger effort to collect more reliable information on american indians in the criminal justice system and crimes committed in indian country. through the tribal crime data project, bjs conducted three training sessions in , with more than tribal members, on the use of the ucr systems. in the project provided training and technical assistance to tribes that did not meet fbi data quality guidelines or had not previously submitted complete crime data to bia. table . tribes submitting crime data to the uniform crime reporting program (ucr) and receiving justice assistance grant (jag) awards, fy – number of tribes— fiscal year reporting to ucr eligible for jag award eligible award amount $ , , , bjs, acting jointly with the office of justice services, bia (doi), and the fbi (doj), will work with tribes and tribal law enforcement to establish and implement tribal data collection systems (p.l. - § (b)). tribal crime data collection activities, funding for improving criminal records to improve criminal records, bjs provided outreach to agencies in tribal jurisdictions through two competitive funding opportunities: � national criminal history improvement program (nchip) solicitation, � national instant criminal background check system (nics) act record improvement program (narip) solicitation, . the tloa made federally recognized tribes eligible for awards under bjs’s nchip. state and tribal entities apply for nchip funds to enhance the crime fighting and criminal justice capabilities of governments by improving the accuracy, utility, and interstate accessibility of criminal history records. jurisdictions also apply for nchip funds to enhance records of protective orders that involve domestic violence and stalking, sex offender records, automated identification systems, and other state systems that support national records systems and their use for criminal history background checks. bjs released the fy nchip solicitation on january , , and collaborated with other ojp components to disseminate information about the nchip funding announcement as broadly as possible. tribal contacts were alerted via email to the funding opportunity, and the solicitation was posted to the bjs and doj tribal safety and justice websites. information about the nchip funding opportunity was also presented during several meetings and a consultation in the fall and winter of . additionally, bjs developed an addendum to the solicitation that identified priority funding areas and eligibility requirements for tribal applicants. the addendum outlined key tribal priority areas activities related to— � information technology systems to capture and transmit tribal issued domestic violence and stalking records to the fbi ncic protection order file � automation and transmission of existing qualifying domestic violence and stalking records to the fbi ncic protection order file. the narip implements the provisions of the nics improvement amendments act of , enacted in the wake of the shooting tragedy at virginia tech and includes tribes as eligible entities. the narip funds provide assistance to eligible states and tribes to improve the completeness, automation, and transmittal of records needed by the nics to identify persons prohibited from receiving or possessing a firearm. these records include prohibited mental health adjudications and commitments, felony convictions, felony indictments, fugitives from justice, drug arrests and convictions, domestic violence protection orders, and misdemeanor crimes of domestic violence. bjs will award fy narip funds to support efforts to improve the records used by nics, by providing assistance to states and tribes to improve the completeness, automation, and transmittal of records to state and federal systems. bjs released the fy narip solicitation on march , . the same process used to disseminate information about the nchip funding opportunity was followed to alert tribes to the narip solicitation. subject to the availability of appropriated funds and any modifications or additional requirements that may be imposed by law, bjs plans to competitively award nchip and narip funds in fy . eligible applications will be evaluated and scored by peer reviewers, and funding will be made based on the selection criteria outlined in the solicitations. bjs is authorized to provide for improvements in the accuracy, quality, timeliness, immediate accessibility, and integration of state and tribal criminal history and related records (p.l. - § (b)( )(h)). compendium of tribal crime data, bjs established new collections and enhanced current programs in addition to collaborating with other federal agencies to improve tribal law enforcement reporting to the ucr, bjs developed a plan to collect information about tribal criminal justice systems. this multipronged approach both established new collections and enhanced current programs that serve the purposes of the tloa. through its ongoing statistical projects, bjs provided information on ( ) suspects and defendants processed in the federal criminal justice system, including federal prosecutions of crimes committed in indian country, ( ) the incidence of crimes known to law enforcement that occur on tribal reservations or were reported by indian country law enforcement authorities, ( ) the characteristics of tribal law enforcement agencies, and ( ) the characteristics of jails in indian country. bjs plans to begin collecting information about the nature and operation of tribal court systems in (table . ). survey of tribal court systems bjs developed the survey of tribal court systems to build on bjs’s previous census of tribal justice agencies (see census of tribal justice agencies in indian country, , bjs web, december ). the survey will gather administrative and operational information from tribal courts, prosecutors’ offices, and indigent defense providers operating in the estimated federally recognized tribal justice systems in the u.s. subject to the availability of appropriated funds and any modifications or additional requirements that may be imposed by law, bjs plans to award the survey of tribal court systems in fy . bjs will work with the awardee and collaborating organizations to develop the data collection instrument and methodology. the instrument will include, at a minimum, measures of tribal court organization, court caseload, characteristics of prosecutors in tribal courts, and systems to provide indigent defense in tribal courts. based on the results of the initial data collection, bjs will devise a strategy for conducting a regular data collection program among indian country court systems. census of state and local law enforcement agencies the census of state and local law enforcement agencies provides data on staffing, functions, and expenditures. data collected include the number of sworn and civilian personnel by state and type of agency, and functions performed by each agency. bjs analyzed and published findings from data collected in , from the census of state and local law enforcement agencies program, including tribal law enforcement agencies. survey of jails in indian country the survey of jails in indian country data describe jails, confinement facilities, detention centers, and other facilities operated by tribal authorities or bia. the annual report from the survey of jails in indian country includes data on the number of adults and juveniles held, type of offense, number of persons confined on the last weekday of each month, average daily population, peak population, and admissions at midyear. it also summarizes rated capacity, facility crowding, and jail staffing. the most recent report that describes findings from the survey was released in february . national census of state court prosecutors in bjs conducted the national census of state prosecutors, which was the second complete enumeration of all chief prosecutors who tried felony cases in state courts of general jurisdiction. the census collected information about whether district the director of bjs will establish and implement a tribal data collection system (p.l. - § (b)). tribal crime data collection activities, table . bureau of justice statistics planned program activities in response to the tribal law and order act program objective timeline collaboration with doj components and bia to increase the number of tribes eligible to receive edward byrne memorial justice assistance grant (jag) program funds, ensure tribal access to regional and national databases, and develop comprehensive tribal crime data systems. ongoing. bjs recovery act program to support tribes to more accurately and consistently report tribal crime data to the bia and/or the fbi through technical assistance, training, and information sharing. crimes known to some tribal law enforcement agencies published in crime in the united states, and annually thereafter. grants to support tribal participation in regional and national databases to continue to include federally-recognized tribes as eligible entities for the national instant criminal background check system (nics) act record improvement program and add federally- recognized tribes as eligible entities to the national criminal history improvement program (nchip) grant awards. tribes are eligible for awards as of fy (nics) and fy (nchip). census of state and local law enforcement agencies to collect data from all state, local, and tribal law enforcement agencies on staffing, expenditures and functions. bjs will continue to implement strategies designed to accurately represent the work of tribal law enforcement agencies. periodically since . latest report: census census report in . survey of tribal court systems to gather administrative and operational information from tribal courts, prosecutors’ offices, and indigent defense providers. award: august . design and data collection: - . analysis and reporting: early . survey of jails in indian country the survey is an annual enumeration of jails, confinement facilities, detention centers, and other facilities operated by tribal authorities or the bia. data are collected intermittently via an addendum to the core survey on the physical conditions and operations of indian country facilities. the addendum requests information on inmate medical services, mental health services, suicide prevention procedures, substance dependency programs, domestic violence counseling, sex offender treatment, education programs, and inmate work assignments. annually since . latest report: survey survey report expected in . federal justice statistics program to compile comprehensive information describing suspects and defendants processed in the federal criminal justice system. ongoing since . annual data through available on the bjs website. bjs native american crime information website to provide users with easy-to-access and current information from existing and new data collection programs design and populate website: - . public release: late . compendium of tribal crime data, attorney offices have jurisdiction for prosecuting felony cases occurring in indian country under p.l. , and what types of crimes the office prosecuted. the findings from this data collection are in state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country on page . federal justice statistics program the federal justice statistics program (fjsp) provides comprehensive and detailed information about the federal justice system’s processing of criminal cases. the fjsp provides annual data on workload, activities, and outcomes associated with federal criminal cases. information is acquired on all aspects of processing in the federal justice system, including arrests, prosecution decisions, referrals to magistrates, court dispositions, sentencing outcomes, sentence length, and time served. the fjsp receives the source data from the u.s. marshals service, drug enforcement administration, executive office of u.s. attorneys, administrative office of the u.s. courts, u.s. sentencing commission, and the federal bureau of prisons. bjs is currently developing research projects that will examine american indian defendants who are processed in the federal justice system. findings from the first of these projects, describing characteristics of american indian youth who are processed in the federal criminal justice system, are in the summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system on page . references crime in the united states, , u.s. department of justice, federal bureau of investigation, september . jails in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, february . state prosecutors offices with jurisdiction in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, june . tribal law enforcement, . ncj , bjs web, june . summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system, ncj , bjs web, june . tribal law enforcement, tribal law enforcement, brian a. reaves, ph.d., bjs statistician in september , american indian tribes operated law enforcement agencies that employed at least one full-time sworn officer with general arrest powers or the equivalent in part-time officers. the total includes general purpose tribal police departments and special jurisdiction agencies tasked with enforcing natural resources laws that pertain primarily to hunting and fishing on tribal lands. collectively, tribes operated law enforcement agencies in states. washington ( ), arizona ( ), oklahoma ( ), and new mexico ( ) had the largest numbers of tribal law enforcement agencies (figure . ). these findings are based on the bureau of justice statistics’ (bjs) census of state and local law enforcement agencies. in addition to tribally operated agencies, the department of the interior’s (doi) bureau of indian affairs (bia) operated agencies that provided law enforcement highlights � tribally operated law enforcement agencies employed nearly , full-time personnel, including about , sworn officers. � the largest tribal law enforcement agency, the navajo police department, employed full-time sworn personnel in arizona, new mexico, and utah. � eleven of the largest tribal law enforcement agencies served jurisdictions covering more than , square miles. � overall, tribal police departments cost about $ per resident to operate during fy . � in addition to law enforcement functions, nearly all tribal police departments performed court-related functions, such as court security and serving process. � more than half of tribal police departments used community policing officers, and more than a third used school resource officers. � about in tribal police departments participated in one or more multiagency task forces. u.s. department of justice office of justice programs bureau of justice statistics june ncj no tribally operated le agencies under agencies - agencies or more agencies figure . location of tribally operated law enforcement agencies, source: bureau of justice statistics, census of state and local law enforcement agencies, compendium of tribal crime data, services in indian country. nationwide, bia employed full-time sworn personnel in . along with direct oversight of its own programs, bia also provided technical assistance and some oversight to tribally operated agencies. on the more than federal indian reservation areas in the u.s., police officers may be tribal, federal, state, county, or municipal employees. some areas may be served by more than one type of officer. commonly, tribal police department funding, administration, and employees are based on the indian self-determination and education assistance act of , (public law - or p.l. ). this law allowed tribes to assume responsibility for many programs previously administered by the federal government, including law enforcement. p.l. agencies operate with tribal employees under contract and with financial assistance from the bia. tribally operated agencies can also function under a self-governance compact with the bia. this arrangement provides block grant payments, allowing for more tribal control than the line item funding of p.l. contracts. full tribal control over law enforcement services exists where such services are entirely funded by the tribal government. jurisdiction over offenses in indian country may lie with federal, state, or tribal agencies, depending on the offense, offender, victim, and offense location. most tribes have cross- deputization agreements, often with neighboring nontribal agencies. these agreements allow law enforcement personnel from state, local, and tribal entities to cross jurisdictions in criminal cases, and can be used to enhance law enforcement capabilities in areas where state and tribal lands are contiguous and intermingled. in some instances, the number of agreements is large. for example, the cherokee nation marshal service is cross-deputized with municipal, county, state, and federal agencies. tribal police departments employed . full-time officers per , residents in september , the operating tribal law enforcement agencies employed more than , full- time personnel, including about , sworn officers (table . ). the general purpose tribal police departments employed , full-time personnel, including , sworn officers and , civilian personnel. these agencies employed an additional part-time personnel, including sworn officers (not shown in table). the natural resources agencies employed full-time personnel, including sworn officers and civilian employees. these natural resources agencies also employed part-time personnel, including sworn officers (not shown in table). general purpose tribal police departments had a combined service population of about . million residents.* this corresponds to about . full-time sworn officers per , residents, which was the national average for all local police departments as of . (see local police departments, , bjs web, december .) collectively, tribal police departments cost $ per resident to operate for (not shown in table). in the national average for all local police departments was $ per resident. *based on the american indian service population counts published in bia’s american indian population and labor force report, . the service population is the total number of enrolled tribal members and members from other tribes who live on or near the reservation and are eligible to use the bia- funded tribal services. the service population excludes any non-indian residents served by a tribally operated law enforcement agency and other persons using roads, stores, casinos, and other public places on tribal land. table . tribally operated law enforcement agencies, by type of agency and number of full-time sworn personnel, type of agency and number of full-time sworn personnel number of agencies number of full-time employees total sworn civilian all agencies , , , general purpose police departments total , , , or more , - - , - under natural resources agencies total - - under tribal law enforcement, of the largest tribal law enforcement agencies served jurisdictions of more than , square miles the largest tribally operated agencies employed at least full- time sworn personnel. the largest agency, the navajo police department, employed full-time officers to serve tribal lands in arizona, new mexico, and utah (table . ). the next largest were the seminole police department (florida) with officers, and the salt river police department (arizona) with officers. the bia service population for the largest agencies ranged from less than , to about , residents. although not all reservations are open to the public, many tribal law enforcement agencies deal with a significant number of daily visitors in addition to the resident population. the natural resources of tribal lands attract visitors, as do conference facilities and casinos. all of the largest agencies had at least one casino operating within their jurisdictional area. the amount of land area served by a tribal law enforcement agency can be quite large. for example, the navajo police department has jurisdiction over about , square miles, a larger land area than any county in the continental united states. ten other agencies among the largest had jurisdictional areas exceeding , square miles, a larger land area than any city in the continental united states. table . the largest tribally operated law enforcement agencies, by the number of full-time sworn personnel, name and location of agency number of full-time sworn personnel bia service population, full-time sworn personnel per , residents reservation land area (square miles) full-time sworn personnel per square miles navajo police department (az, nm, ut) , . , . seminole police department (fl) , . . salt river police department (az) , . . gila river indian community police department (az) , . . tohono o’odham police department (az) , . , . choctaw police department (ms) , . . oglala sioux tribe department of public safety (sd) , . , . cherokee indian police department (nc) , . . muscogee (creek) nation lighthorse tribal police (ok) , . , . miccosukee police department (fl) . . poarch creek tribal police department (al) , . . -- cherokee nation marshal service (ok) , . , . choctaw nation tribal police department (ok) , . , . colville tribal police department (wa) , . , . saginaw chippewa tribal police department (mi) , . . tulalip tribal police services (wa) , . . warm springs tribal police department (or) , . , . white mountain apache police department (az) , . , . isleta police department (nm) , . . yakama nation tribal police department (wa) , . , . pascua yaqui tribal police department (az) , . -- puyallup tribal police department (wa) , . . rosebud sioux tribal police department (sd) , . , . red lake tribal police department (mn) , . . oneida indian nation police (ny) . . -- note: land area data are from the u.s. census bureau, and include reservation land only. --reservation land area is less than square miles. compendium of tribal crime data, tribal law enforcement agencies were responsible for a broad range of services and functions during nearly all general purpose tribal police departments were responsible for traditional law enforcement functions, such as routine patrol ( %), responding to citizen requests for service ( %), special events and crowd control ( %), criminal investigation ( %), and traffic enforcement ( %) (figure . ). about in departments were responsible for parking enforcement ( %), and about in departments dispatched calls for service ( %). about in general purpose tribal police departments had full-time community policing officers a majority of tribal police departments used a community policing approach in their efforts to prevent crime and maintain partnerships with the communities they serve. about three-fifths ( %) of departments had full-time sworn personnel serving as community policing officers (table . ). as of september , about tribal police officers were designated as community policing officers. in , % of tribal agencies reported using community policing officers, with about designated as such. for more than a third ( %) of tribal police departments, community policing efforts extended into the schools, with full-time sworn personnel assigned as school resource officers. although the percentage of departments using school resource officers in was about the same as in ( %), the total number of officers was about half of levels. nearly all tribal police departments performed a variety of court-related functions in addition to law enforcement duties, nearly all tribal police departments were responsible for a variety of court-related functions (figure . ). the most common functions were executing arrest warrants ( %), enforcing protection orders ( %), serving process ( %), apprehending fugitives ( %), and providing court security ( %). table . use of community policing and school resource officers by tribal police departments, and community policing officers percent of agencies using % % number of officers school resource officers percent of agencies using % % number of officers percent of agencies dispatching calls parking enforcement accident investigation crime investigation tra�c law enforcement special events/crowd control responding to calls for service routine patrol type of function figure . selected law enforcement functions performed by tribal police departments, figure . selected court-related functions performed by tribal police departments, percent of agencies type of function enforcing child support orders serving eviction notices inmate transport court security apprehension of fugitives serving process enforcing protection orders executing arrest warrants tribal law enforcement, nearly half of tribal police departments were responsible for search and rescue operations nearly in tribal police departments performed one or more special public safety functions, the most common being emergency management ( %) and animal control ( %) (figure . ). about a third ( %) provided emergency medical services. nearly a fifth provided fire services ( %) and school crossing services ( %). more than half ( %) of tribal police departments performed at least one specialized function, such as search and rescue ( %), tactical operations ( %), or underwater recovery ( %). about in agencies operated at least one jail ( %), and about in agencies operated an overnight lockup facility separate from a jail ( %). (for more information, see jails in indian county, , bjs web, february .) the special jurisdiction agencies, whose primary focus was the enforcement of natural resources laws, performed a variety of functions as well. in addition to providing patrol and response services, a majority of these agencies performed the following functions: criminal investigation ( %), search and rescue ( %), apprehension of fugitives ( %), animal control ( %), traffic enforcement ( %), and dispatching calls for service ( %) (not shown in figure). about two-thirds of general purpose tribal police departments participated in a multiagency drug task force about in ( %) tribal police departments partnered with federal, state, and local agencies in multiagency task forces to combat crime problems in indian country during . these task forces allow participating agencies to share in pooled resources, information, and expertise across jurisdictional boundaries. tribal police departments were most likely to participate in task forces formed to combat drug trafficking ( % of agencies) (figure . ). about in ( %) departments participated in multiagency gang task forces, and about a third ( %) participated in violent crime task forces. smaller percentages of tribal police departments participated in anti- terrorism ( %) or human trafficking ( %) task forces. percent of agencies jail operation school crossing services fire services tactical operations (swat) emergency medical services search and rescue animal control emergency management type of function figure . selected special functions performed by tribal police departments, percent of agencies human tra�cking anti- terrorism violent crime gangsdrug tra�cking one or more types type of function figure . task force participation of tribal police departments, compendium of tribal crime data, methodology the bureau of justice statistics’ (bjs) census of state and local law enforcement agencies (csllea) is conducted every years to provide a complete enumeration of agencies and their employees. employment data are reported for sworn and nonsworn personnel and, within these categories, by full-time or part- time status. agencies also complete a checklist of functions they regularly perform, or for which they have primary responsibility. the csllea provides national data on the number of state and local law enforcement agencies and employees for general purpose local police departments (including tribal agencies), sheriffs’ offices, the primary state law enforcement agencies, and special jurisdiction (e.g., natural resources) agencies. it also serves as the sampling frame for bjs surveys of law enforcement agencies. the csllea form was mailed to approximately , agencies that were determined to potentially be operating on the reference date of september , . this master list was created by compiling information from the following sources: � the csllea � lists provided by peace officer standards and training offices, and other state agencies � an fbi list of agencies requesting new identifiers since the csllea. responding agencies were screened for eligibility and were excluded if any of the following conditions existed on the csllea reference date of september , : � the agency employed only part-time officers, and the total combined hours worked for these officers averaged less than hours per week. � the agency contracted or outsourced to another agency for performance of all services. � the agency was closed, a duplicate listing, or otherwise an invalid entry on the master list. � the agency did not employ personnel with general arrest powers. � the agency did not operate with funds from a state, local, special district, or tribal government. � all sworn officers volunteered their time on an unpaid basis. data on number and type of personnel were obtained from all eligible tribal agencies. for general purpose tribal police departments, the item response rates were as follows: community policing and school resource officers, %; agency functions, %; task force participation, %; and operating budget, %. references american indians and crime, ncj , bjs web, february . american indian population and labor force report, , u.s. department of the interior, bureau of indian affairs, office of indian services. census of state and local law enforcement agencies, , ncj , bjs web, june . census of tribal justice agencies in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, december . indian country law enforcement review, u.s. department of justice, december . jails in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, february . local police departments, , ncj , bjs web, december . policing on american indian reservations, u.s. department of justice, national institute of justice, ncj , september . tribal law enforcement, , ncj , bjs web, january . state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, steven w. perry, ron malega, ph.d., and duren banks, ph.d., bjs statisticians in , state court prosecutors’ offices reported jurisdiction under public law - (p.l. ) for felonies committed in indian country. seventy-three percent of these offices prosecuted at least one felony case that arose from indian country in , including at least one offense that involved drugs ( %), domestic violence ( %), or aggravated assault ( %). this report presents selected findings from the bureau of justice statistics’s (bjs) national census of state prosecutors. criminal jurisdiction in indian country is divided among federal, state, and tribal governments. jurisdiction in a specific incident depends on the nature of the offense, whether the offender or victim was a tribal member, and the state in which the crime occurred. crimes committed in indian country are often subject to concurrent jurisdiction between multiple criminal justice agencies. the major crimes act ( u.s.c. § ), as amended, grants concurrent federal jurisdiction for major crimes committed by native americans occurring in indian country. state jurisdiction for crimes committed in indian country is primarily provided for under p.l. . tribal courts maintain concurrent jurisdiction when federal or state jurisdiction is applied. state prosecutors’ offices generally do not have jurisdiction over crimes committed in indian country due to the sovereign status of federally recognized tribes in the united states. however, state prosecutors’ offices in states may exercise jurisdiction over crimes committed on tribal lands under p.l. . this law established state jurisdiction over offenses committed by or against american indians in indian country, including federally recognized reservations, tribal communities, and identified trust lands. p.l. is mandatory for states and optional for states. highlights � ninety-three state court prosecutors’ offices in the p.l. states reported jurisdiction for felonies committed in indian country under p.l. . � seventy-three percent of offices with jurisdiction in indian country reported prosecuting at least one felony case committed in indian country. � most offices in p.l. states prosecuted at least one offense involving drugs ( %), domestic violence ( %), or aggravated assault ( %). � eighteen offices in mandatory p.l. states with jurisdiction for indian country prosecuted at least one rape, and offices prosecuted a homicide. � of state prosecutors’ offices that reported jurisdiction for felony cases in indian country under p.l. , % served judicial districts with populations of less than , residents. � offices with jurisdiction for felony crimes committed in indian country had an average operating budget of $ . million in . criminal jurisdic tion in i ndian countr y tribal jurisdiction � crimes committed by native americans in indian country. sentences are limited to a maximum -year sentence of incarceration per count and years per case ( u.s.c. § (a) (b)). federal jurisdiction � pursuant to the major crimes act of . u.s.c. § and subsequent amendments state jurisdiction � all crimes on tribal lands specified under public law - . u.s.c. § � crimes committed on tribal lands in which neither the victim nor the offender is a tribal member. note: criminal jurisdiction in indian country depends on several factors, including the identity of the defendant, victim, type of offense, and where the crime was committed. u.s. department of justice office of justice programs bureau of justice statistics june , ncj compendium of tribal crime data, according to the census of tribal justice agencies, of the responding tribes in mandatory p.l. states relied on state courts. the census was limited to american indian tribes in the lower states, so tribes in alaska were excluded. the census also found that of reporting tribes in optional p.l. states relied on state courts (table . ). the federal government retains criminal jurisdiction for major crimes committed in indian country in the remaining states where p.l. does not apply. states retain jurisdiction for non-indian crimes (those in which neither the offender nor the victim is a tribal member) committed in indian country.* in , , state court prosecutors’ offices were in states not affected by p.l. and were excluded from this report. the state prosecutors’ offices reporting jurisdiction under p.l. in mandatory and optional states represent % of all state prosecutors’ offices in states affected by p.l. . nearly all of these served districts that overlapped with or were adjacent to tribal lands (figure . ). approximately a fifth of state prosecutors in mandatory p.l. states reported jurisdiction for crimes committed in indian country p.l. gave select states legal jurisdiction over tribal members to prosecute crimes occurring on the reservation under existing state laws. these mandatory p.l. states include california, minnesota (except the red lake reservation), nebraska, oregon (except the warm springs reservation), wisconsin, and alaska (table . ). *some tribes have been affected by states that have received a federal mandate to exercise jurisdiction outside of p.l. , e.g., through state-wide enactments, restoration acts, or land claims settlement acts (tribal court clearinghouse, , www.tribal-institute.org/ lists/jurisdiction.htm). table . number of tribes participating in the census of tribal justice agencies in indian country, by p.l. status, type of court systems, and state, number of tribes using— participating in census tribal justice systems indigenous courts cfr courtsa tribal courts relying on state courtsb mandatory states california minnesota nebraska oregon wisconsin optional states arizona florida idaho iowa montana nevada north dakota south dakota utah washington note: the census of tribal justice agencies was limited to american indian tribes in the lower states. source: table reproduced from census of tribal justice agencies in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, december . acourt of federal regulations (cfr) operated by the bureau of indian affairs (bia). btribes that rely on state court for jusidical services (e.g., felony courts, court-ordered treatment, and child support enforcement). table . state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction for crimes committed in indian country, by p.l. status and state, number of offices— all prosecutors’ offices in p.l. states* with jurisdiction for felony cases occurring in indian country under p.l. prosecuting at least one felony case all p.l. states mandatory states alaska -- california minnesota nebraska oregon wisconsin optional states arizona florida idaho iowa montana nevada north dakota south dakota utah washington note: the census of state court prosecutors included , offices, % ( , ) of which were located in states not affected by p.l. , and therefore were excluded from all analyses. --no information reported. *excludes data missing for offices. m an da to ry p .l . st at es op tio na l p .l . st at es in di an re se rv at io n (u .s . c en su s b ur ea u) pr os ec ut or s’ o� ce s r ep or tin g ju ris di ct io n in in di an co un try u nd er p .l . fi g u r e . st at e p ro se cu to rs ’ o ffi ce s re p o rt in g ju ri sd ic ti o n in in d ia n c o u n tr y u n d er p .l . , n ot e: p ro se cu to rs ’ o ffi ce s i n no n- p.l . st at es a re n ot sh ow n. so ur ce : b ur ea u of ju st ic e st at ist ic s compendium of tribal crime data, in , % of all state prosecutors’ offices in mandatory p.l. states reported jurisdiction for felony cases occurring in indian country. p.l. permitted other states to acquire either complete or partial jurisdiction over crimes committed in indian country at their option: arizona, florida, idaho, iowa, montana, nevada, north dakota, south dakota, utah, and washington. ten percent of all prosecutors’ offices in optional p.l. states reported jurisdiction for felony cases in indian country in . about three-quarters of offices with p.l. jurisdiction prosecuted a felony case from indian country in sixty-eight of the prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country reported prosecuting at least one felony case committed in indian country in . forty-seven offices in mandatory p.l. states reported prosecuting at least one offense committed in indian country, and offices in optional p.l. states reported prosecuting at least one offense committed in indian country in . most offices in mandatory p.l. states with jurisdiction for felony offenses in indian country also reported prosecuting at least one drug-related crime ( of offices), domestic violence offense ( ), aggravated assault ( ), parole or probation violation ( ), or a crime involving sexual assault or sexual abuse ( ) (figure . ). offices in mandatory p.l. states with jurisdiction for indian country also reported prosecuting serious felony offenses, including offices that prosecuted at least one rape committed in indian country and offices that prosecuted a homicide. prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country had an average of assistant prosecutors on staff the national census of state prosecutors collected operational and administrative information from state prosecutors’ offices, including budgets, staffing, and caseload. offices reporting jurisdiction for crimes committed under p.l. were not asked to disaggregate office resources or operations by whether they were directed toward crimes committed in indian country or elsewhere in the judicial district. the census asked respondents to provide or estimate the total number of felony cases closed in . the survey did not ask respondents to provide information on the number of cases that arose from crimes committed in indian country. this section describes the entire operations of the state prosecutors’ offices reporting jurisdiction under p.l. , not operations specific to crimes committed in indian country. homicide rape robbery sexual assault/abuse parole/probation violation aggravated assault domestic violence drug-related all felony cases prosecuted in indian country, under p.l. optional p.l. mandatory p.l. number of o�ces figure . state prosecutors’ offices reporting prosecution of specific crimes in indian country, by p.l. status, state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, most ( ) state prosecutors’ offices that reported jurisdiction for felony cases occurring in indian country under p.l. served judicial districts with populations of less than , residents or were part-time offices. in mandatory p.l. states, of the offices with jurisdiction in indian country served districts with , or more residents (table . ). offices with jurisdiction for felony crimes committed in indian country had an average budget of $ . million, or an expenditure of about $ per district resident. the median budget was $ , . the office staff included an average of assistant prosecutors, victim advocates, legal services staff, and support staff (table . ). offices in mandatory p.l. states reported an average of total staff, including assistant prosecutors, investigators, and support staff. offices in optional p.l. states reported an average of total staff, assistant prosecutors, investigator, and support staff. offices in mandatory p.l. states, reported closing a similar number of felony cases in compared to optional state offices. state prosecutors’ offices in optional p.l. states closed , felony cases in , while offices in mandatory p.l. states closed , felony cases. table . type of state prosecutors’ offices reporting jurisdiction in indian country, by p.l. status, total p.l. status population served mandatory optional all offices full-time offices serving a judicial district with— million or more residents , to , , to , , or fewer part-time offices* *part-time offices are defined as those that reported a part-time chief prosecutor in . table . budget, staffing, and caseload of state prosecutors’ offices, by p.l. status, total p.l. status mandatory optional mean median mean median mean median total resident population served , , , , , , total operating budget $ , , $ , $ , , $ , $ , , $ , budget per resident population served $ $ $ $ $ $ total staffa chief prosecutor assistant prosecutors civil prosecutors supervisors managers victim advocates legal services investigators support staff felony cases closedb , , , note: statistics include imputed data for some offices. data were missing for offices that did not provide total operating budget, office that did not provide staffing information, and offices that did not provide the number of felony cases closed. see methodology for more information. aall staff statistics are presented as full-time equivalent staff, calculated as the number of full-time staff plus % of the number of half time staff. bincludes all cases charged as a felony that had a judgment of conviction, acquittal, or dismissal, with or without prejudice, entered by the court. cases closed include all felony cases closed by the prosecutors’ offices and include an unknown number of cases committed in indian country. compendium of tribal crime data, methodology the national census of state court prosecutors (ncsp- ) surveyed , chief prosecutors in the united states who handled felony cases in state courts of general jurisdiction. the census did not include municipal attorneys or county attorneys who primarily operate in courts of limited jurisdiction. this report describes characteristics of offices that reported jurisdiction for crimes committed in indian country under p.l. in . most ( %) state court prosecutors’ offices included in the census were in states not affected by p.l. and are excluded from this report. the operational and administrative characteristics described in this report represent the functions of the entire office and are not restricted to those functions, staff, budget, or other resources specifically devoted to crimes committed in indian country, unless otherwise noted. data imputations bjs relied on previously reported data and valid office characteristics to impute values for critical variables where missing. these critical variables, found in table . , include the total operating budget, total staff, full- or part-time status of chief prosecutor, number of assistant prosecutors, and number of felony cases closed. critical variables that were missing in were imputed from the same office’s response to the census of state prosecutors wherever possible. for each jurisdiction with valid and data, an adjustment ratio was calculated as the ratio of the critical variable’s value to its value. all ratios greater than the th percentile were discarded for imputation purposes. for those offices missing data, a hot deck imputation procedure was employed to impute the adjustment ratio value from the office’s nearest neighbor in terms of state and population size. where there were no suitable donors in the same state, a donor of similar population size was used. the data were then adjusted using the imputed adjustment ratio to create the imputed value for the critical variable where missing. this procedure was followed for offices missing total operating budget, office missing staffing information, and offices missing the number of felony cases closed. reference census of tribal justice agencies in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, `december . selected findings: jails in indian country, selected findings: jails in indian country, todd d. minton, bjs statistician at midyear , a total of , inmates were confined in indian country jails, a . % increase from the , inmates confined at midyear (figure . ). this count was based on data from facilities, including jails, confinement facilities, detention centers, and other correctional facilities, that were in operation in indian country at midyear . for , the number of inmates was based on data for facilities in operation at midyear . the number of inmates held in indian country jails between and increased by % from , inmates to , . the number of jails in indian country has increased between and the bureau of justice statistics (bjs) collected data from correctional facilities in indian country in , from in , in , and in . the survey was not conducted in and . over the -year period, a number of facilities closed and new facilities became operational. eleven facilities permanently closed between and , and a total of facilities were newly highlights � the number of inmates confined in indian country jails increased by . % between midyear and , reaching , inmates. � between june and june , the average daily jail population in indian country increased by %, and the percentage of occupied bed space increased from . % to . %. � eleven jails ( % of all facilities) held % of inmates confined at midyear . � during june , the number of inmates admitted to indian country jails ( , ) was about times the size of the average daily population ( , ). � the expected average length of stay increased by a half day from . days during june to . days during june . � indian country jail authorities reported no deaths in custody between july , , and june , , down from reported deaths during the -month period ending june , . � attempted suicides by inmates declined from in to in . � indian country jails held fewer inmates for domestic violence at midyear ( ), continuing the downward trend in the number held for this offense since ( ). � the percentage of certified correctional officers working in indian country jails increased steadily, from % at midyear to % at midyear . u.s. department of justice office of justice programs bureau of justice statistics june , ncj , , , , number of inmates at midyear figure . inmates confined in indian country jails, midyear - and - note: the survey of jails in indian country was not conducted in and . midyear count is the number of inmates held on the last weekday in june. compendium of tribal crime data, constructed. bjs estimated inmate population counts for facilities in and facilities in that did not respond to the surveys. all known operating facilities responded to the and surveys. (see methodology for additional details on facility counts and participation in the surveys.) (see methodology in jails in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, february , for additional details on facility counts and participation in the surveys.) on an average day in june, the percentage of occupied bed space increased from . % to . % at midyear , the jail facilities in indian country were rated to hold , inmates, down from , in facilities during the same period in (table . ). the average daily population (adp) in june—the population measure used to calculate percent of capacity occupied—increased by nearly %, from , inmates (june ) to , (june ), while the capacity to hold inmates decreased by %. consequently, the percentage of rated capacity occupied in indian country jails increased from % to % during the period. on june , , the facilities held a total of , inmates and were operating at % of rated capacity, remaining relatively stable since . from june to june , the overall number of beds (or rated capacity) grew at a faster rate ( %) than the the inmate population ( %). small number of jails held more than half of the inmate population eleven jails held more than half ( %) of the total inmate population at midyear (table . ). between midyear and midyear , the population in these jails increased by inmates ( %). in , of the facilities held the majority of jail inmates in indian country. over the -day period, jails that held the majority of inmates in indian country in experienced large declines in their jail populations. the combined decrease in the size of the jail population in these facilities was % ( inmates) from midyear to midyear . among the facilities holding the majority of inmates in , the gila river department of rehabilitation and supervision - adult facility reported the largest decline ( inmates or %) in the number of jail inmates. the jail population in this facility has decreased by inmates ( %) from its peak of inmates reported at midyear . table . inmates, rated capacity, and percent of capacity occupied in indian country jails, and – number of inmates midyeara , , , , adpb , , , , rated capacity , , , , percent of capacity occupiedc midyear . % . % . % . % adp . . . . number of operating facilities amidyear count is the number of inmates held on the last weekday in june. baverage daily population (adp) is the sum of the number of inmates held on each day in june, divided by . cpopulation as a percent of capacity occupied is calculated by dividing the population count of a facility by its rated capacity and multiplying by . table . jails in indian country that held the majority of inmates in compared to , by facility custody population at midyear* change in population facility number percent total, facilities , % tohono o’odham adult detention center (az) % gila river department of rehabilitation and supervision - adult (az) - - san carlos department of corrections and rehabilitation - adult and juvenile detention (az) truxton canyon adult detention center (az) white mountain apache detention center (az) - - oglala sioux tribal offenders facility (sd) standing rock law enforcement and adult detention center (nd) nisqually adult corrections (wa) menominee tribal detention facility (wi) - - navajo department of corrections - shiprock police department and adult detention (nm) laguna tribal police and detention center (nm) note: based on facilities that held the most inmates on june , . *midyear count is the number of inmates held on the last weekday in june. selected findings: jails in indian country, two facilities, the truxton canyon adult detention center and the laguna tribal police and detention center, were among the facilities holding the majority of jail inmates in . these facilities were not among the facilities holding the majority of inmates in . (see jails in indian country, , bjs web, december .) the truxton canyon adult detention center reported the largest increase in the inmate population ( inmates or %) between midyear and midyear . the laguna tribal police and detention center increased by % ( inmates) between and . based on the facilities responding to the survey in both and , the overall change in the inmate population (up inmates) was relatively small. thirty-three facilities, which were mostly the larger facilities, accounted for this increase (not shown in table). change in the size of the jail population in indian country was varied. more than half of the jails experienced either a decline ( jails) or no change ( jails) in the size of their inmate population over the -month period ending midyear . overall, the % increase ( inmates) in the jail population in jails was offset by a % decline ( inmates) in jails. the use of jail space varied by facility size indian country jails rated to hold to inmates were operating at % of their rated capacity on june , , and at % on an average day in june. an average day in june was based on the adp, or the sum of the numbers held on each day in june divided by . in contrast, the lowest percentage of capacity occupied during june was among the small jails rated to hold fewer than inmates. these facilities were operating at % of rated capacity at midyear and at % of capacity on an average day in june (figure . ). compared to facilities in all other size categories, the large jails with a rated capacity of or more inmates reported the only increase in occupied bed space between and . the percentage of capacity occupied in these jails increased from % to % during the months ending at midyear , and from % to % on an average day in june and . the amount of bed space occupied was also measured based on a facility’s most crowded day in june. nearly half ( facilities) of the facilities in indian country were operating above rated capacity on the most crowded day in june (table . ). of those table . number of indian country jails, by percent of rated capacity occupied, june number of jails percent of capacity occupieda midyearb adpc peakd less than % - % - % - % more than % apopulation as a percent of capacity occupied is calculated by dividing the population count of a facility by its rated capacity and multiplying by . bmidyear count is the number of inmates held on the last weekday in june. caverage daily population (adp) is the sum of the number of inmates held on each day in june, divided by . dpeak population is the population held on the day in june in which the custody population of a facility was the largest. peak or more to to fewer than inmatestotal percent of capacity occupied adp midyear figure . rated capacity occupied, by type of inmate count, june note: rated capacity is the maximum number of beds or inmates assigned by a rating official. midyear count is the number of inmates held on the last weekday in june. average daily population (adp) is the sum of the number of inmates held on each day in june divided by . peak population is the population held on the day in june in which the custody population of a facility was the largest. compendium of tribal crime data, facilities, were operating above rated capacity on june , and were operating above rated capacity on an average day during june . high volumes of admissions of inmates were processed through indian country jails eighty indian country jails admitted , persons during june , up slightly from , admissions in facilities during june (table . ). the number of admissions grew by . % in the facilities that reported data on admissions in both june ( , ) and june ( , ) (not shown in table). admissions to facilities rated to hold between to inmates accounted for about % ( , ) of all admissions in june , down from % of all admissions in june . the largest indian country jails accounted for less than % of all facilities and reported a total increase of nearly % in the number of jail admissions during the -month period. admissions to the largest indian country jails increased from , inmates to , from june to june . the jails rated to hold or more inmates had the highest average number of admissions per month ( ), compared to jails in all other size categories (not shown in table). inmate deaths and attempted suicides in indian country jails declined indian country jail authorities reported no deaths in custody between july , , and june , , down from reported deaths during the -month period ending june , . attempted suicides by inmates declined from in to in . expected length of stay was . days for indian country jail inmates in june during june , the expected average length of stay for inmates confined in indian country jails was . days, up from . days during june . length of stay is the time held in custody from admission to release. the expected length of stay for inmates was the highest ( . days) table . admissions and expected length of stay in indian country jails during june, by facility size, june facility sizea number of facilities adpb estimated june admissions expected average length of stayc total , , . days fewer than inmates . to , . to , . or more , , . note: detail may not sum to total due to rounding. abased on the rated capacity, the maximum number of beds or inmates assigned by a rating official. baverage daily population (adp) is the sum of the number of inmates held on each day in june, divided by . cexpected length of stay was calculated by dividing the average daily population (adp) by the number of june admissions, and multiplying by . see methodology in jails in indian country, for details on estimating expected length of stay. selected findings: jails in indian country, table . number of inmates confined in indian country jails, by demographic characteristic, conviction status, and offense, midyear , , and – number of inmates held at midyeara percent of inmates held at midyear characteristic total , , , , , , % % % % % % sex male , , , , , , % % % % % % female age group/sex adults , , , , , , % % % % % % male , , , , , , female juveniles male female conviction status convicted , , , , , % % % % % % unconvicted type of offense domestic violence ... ...% % % % % % assault ... ... ... ... rape or sexual assault ... ... ... ... other violence ... ... ... ... dwi/duib drug law violation other ... ... ... ... offense not reported ... ... / / / / / / note: detailed characteristics may not be equal to the total number of confined inmates because of incomplete data. see appendix tables - in jails in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, february , for a list of all facilities and inmate characteristics. amidyear count is the number of inmates held on the last weekday in june. bincludes driving while intoxicated and driving while under the influence of drugs or alcohol. ...not collected. /not reported. in facilities that were rated to hold or more inmates, down from . days in june . inmates held in jails rated to hold less than inmates experienced the shortest expected length of stay ( . days). inmate characteristics remain relatively unchanged; the number held for domestic violence declined inmate characteristics by sex, age, and offense have changed in absolute numbers since (table . ). however, the distribution within most categories remained stable between and , with a change in the distribution of inmates by sex, conviction status, and offense type at midyear . adult males accounted for the largest portion of the inmate population in indian country jails during the decade. the female jail population had small but steady increases from midyear to , with a nearly % decrease in the size of this population between midyear and midyear . except for one juvenile female inmate, the decline was entirely among the adult female jail population. the percentage of convicted inmates increased from % in to % in . inmates confined for a violent offense made up about % of the jail population at midyear , down from % at midyear . most ( %) of this decline was among the population held for domestic violence. domestic violence ( %) and simple or aggravated assault ( %) accounted for the largest percentage of violent offenders held in , followed by unspecified violent offenses ( %) and rape or sexual assault ( %). since peaking at midyear , the percentage of inmates held for domestic violence has steadily declined, from % in to % in . the gila river department of rehabilitation and supervision - adult accounted for a large portion of the decline in domestic violence offenders between and . compendium of tribal crime data, it reported a % decrease in the confined inmate population between midyear ( ) and midyear ( ), and a % decline in the number of inmates held for a domestic violence (from inmates in to in ). the number of certified correctional officers and in-service training steadily increased seventy-nine indian country jails employed , persons at midyear (table . ). about % ( ) of all personnel were jail operations staff, including correctional officers and other staff who spent more than % of their time supervising inmates. the remaining jail personnel included administrative employees, educational staff, technical or professional staff, clerical, maintenance, or food service staff, and other job functions. overall, the ratio of inmates to jail operations employees was . inmates to employee at midyear , remaining relatively stable since ( . to ) and ( . to ). seventy-six facilities reported that ( %) correctional officers received basic detention officer certification, up from % in and % in (not shown). seventy-four facilities reported that ( %) correctional officers received hours of in-service training, up from % in and % in . table . persons employed in indian country jails, by job function, midyear job function number percent totala , % administrativeb . % jail operations . educational staff . technical/professional . clerical/maintenance/food service . number of inmates per jail operations staff . aincludes other persons with unspecified functions not shown in table. bincludes jail administrators, assistants, and other personnel who work in an administrative capacity more than % of the time. selected findings: jails in indian country, methodology the annual survey of jails in indian country (sjic) includes all known indian country correctional facilities operated by tribal authorities or the bureau of indian affairs (bia), u.s. department of the interior. the survey was conducted in june , and included the number of inmates and percent of capacity occupied based on the adp, midyear population, and peak population in facilities in june . (see table in jails in indian country, , bjs web, february .) through a cooperative agreement with the bureau of justice statistics (bjs), westat, inc. conducted the sjic to describe all adult and juvenile jail facilities and detention centers in indian country. for this report, indian country includes reservations, pueblos, rancherias, and other appropriate areas ( u.s.c.§ ). the reference date for the survey is june , . annually, bia provides bjs a list of indian country jail facilities, including detention centers, jails, and other correctional facilities operated by tribal authorities or bia. bjs uses this list to update its existing roster of jails in indian country. bjs obtains data from administrators of indian country jails by mailed questionnaires and through follow-up phone calls and facsimiles. in , bjs contacted administrators in facilities to participate in the survey. bjs received responses from facilities; did not respond, and facilities were non-operational. in , the bjs roster consisted of facilities. seventy-nine of the facility administrators responded to the survey; did not respond, and bjs found that facilities were non- operational. in , bjs’s roster of indian country jails consisted of facilities. bjs received responses from facility administrators; there were no nonrespondents, and facilities were non-operational. for , the bjs roster consisted of facilities. bjs received responses from facility administrators; there were no nonrespondents, and facilities were non-operational. for comparison over time, bjs estimated data on inmate populations for the facilities in and facilities in that did not respond to the surveys. expected length of stay the stock-flow ratio method was used to measure the expected average length of stay for inmates held during june in the indian country jails that responded to stock and flow items in the survey: stock—average daily population flow—inmate admissions during june stock-flow ratio in june ( , / , = . ) expected length of stay in days ( . × )—is the average number of days held in custody from admission to release. indian country is a statutory term that includes all lands within an indian reservation, dependent indian communities, and indian trust allotments ( u.s.c. § ). courts interpret section to include all lands held in trust for tribes or their members. (see united states v. roberts, f. d ( th cir. ).) tribal authority to imprison american indian offenders is limited to one year per offense by statute ( u.s.c. § ), a $ , fine, or both. tribal law enforcement agencies act as first responders to both felony and misdemeanor crimes. for most of indian country, the federal government provides felony law enforcement concerning crimes by or against indians. certain areas of indian country are under public law - , as amended. p.l. conferred jurisdiction on certain states over indian country and suspended enforcement of the major crimes act ( u.s.c. § ) and the general crimes act ( u.s.c. § ) in those areas. indian tribes retain concurrent jurisdiction to enforce laws in indian country where p.l. applies. compendium of tribal crime data, summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system mark motivans, ph.d., and howard snyder, ph.d., bjs statisticians the federal criminal justice response to tribal youth varies by the state in which the offense occurred, the nature of the offense, the availability of community- and confinement-based services, and discretionary decisions made by tribal, state, and federal justice agencies. cases involving tribal youth in the federal system may result in ) a delinquency adjudication and court-ordered supervision and out-of-home placement, or ) the youth being transferred to adult status and prosecuted and sentenced as an adult. this summary describes the federal response to tribal youth during the case-processing stages from investigation to corrections. in this report, a federal juvenile delinquent is a person who has committed an offense while under age , and the federal prosecutor has certified a federal basis for jurisdiction. juvenile and youth are used interchangeably in this report. the number of tribal youth in matters concluded by federal prosecutors and the total number of tribal youth prosecuted decreased from to (figure . ). tribal youth in matters concluded by federal prosecutors dropped to in , down from in . highlights � in , relatively few juveniles were referred to federal prosecutors ( out of , suspects) or admitted to federal prison jurisdiction ( out , offenders). � tribal youth ( ) comprised nearly half of juveniles ( ) handled by the federal courts in . � federal judicial districts of arizona, montana, south dakota, new mexico, and north dakota accounted for % of tribal youth investigated, % of those prosecuted, and % of those admitted to federal prison jurisdiction in . � in , about % of tribal youth were investigated for violent offenses, including sexual abuse ( %), assault ( %), and murder ( %). � about % of matters involving tribal youth were declined by federal prosecutors in . � a greater share of cases involving tribal youth in u.s. district courts were terminated by conviction ( %) than by dismissal ( %). � from to , the lowest number of tribal ( ) and non-tribal youth ( ) admitted to the jurisdiction of federal prison authorities occurred in . � admissions to federal prison jurisdiction among tribal youth declined % per year from to , while non-tribal youth admissions declined % per year. � in , tribal youth served an average of months under federal jurisdiction, which was more than double the tribal justice system maximum sentence of months. u.s. department of justice office of justice programs bureau of justice statistics june , ncj findings presented in this report are mostly from a recent study conducted by the urban institute under a cooperative agreement with the bureau of justice statistics (bjs). the study was also sponsored by the office of juvenile justice and delinquency prevention (ojjdp). see page for more information. figure . tribal youth in matters concluded and in matters prosecuted by u.s. attorneys, – number of tribal youth fiscal year suspects in matters prosecuted suspects in matters concluded source: urban institute analysis. see methodology for more information. compendium of tribal crime data, tracking tribal youth through the stages of the federal criminal case process the federal criminal justice system is not currently well- equipped to monitor how tribal juvenile offenders are processed across stages. there is a lack of unified, system-wide data standards in reporting how youth— especially tribal youth—are handled in the federal system. juveniles or offenses committed in indian country are not systematically tracked across the federal justice agencies. researchers have to devise analytic methods to identify tribal youth using administrative data from each criminal justice stage (arrest, sentencing, and corrections). how is federal jurisdic tion over tribal juvenile delinquents determined? the determination of jurisdiction over offenses occurring in indian country is first subject to whether state courts have jurisdiction based on public law (p.l. ). if a state has p. l. status, jurisdiction over offenses occurring in indian country lies with the state or tribal courts, not the federal courts. the determination of whether federal jurisdiction applies next depends on the offender and victim in the crime: � if the offender is a juvenile tribal member and the victim is also a tribal member, and the offense is of crimes covered by the major crimes act then jurisdiction is with both the tribal and federal courts. � if the offender is a juvenile tribal member and the victim is a non-tribal member, and the crime is covered by the major crimes act or federal enclave status, then federal and tribal courts have shared jurisdiction. the assimilative crimes act permits state law to be applied in federal court where the major crimes act does not apply but federal interest exists. � if the crime involves a non-tribal offender and a tribal member victim, then federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. once federal jurisdiction has been established, the federal juvenile delinquency act (fjda) provides the procedures to bring the tribal youth to federal court. a federal juvenile delinquent is defined as a person who has committed an offense while less than years old, but has not reached age at sentencing. juvenile and youth are used interchangeably in this report. how are juveniles handled in the federal justice system? most juveniles, or persons under age , in the united states are handled in state or local courts, which have a separate juvenile justice system, rather than in the federal courts. federal law permits handling of juveniles in the federal system only in limited circumstances. apart from those committing crimes in indian country or on military bases, juveniles that commit offenses as members of drug trafficking gangs, violent criminal gangs, or other federal offenses may be subject to federal jurisdiction. in these cases, the u.s. attorney for each district must certify to the district court that ( ) the juvenile court or court of a state does not have jurisdiction or refuses to assume jurisdiction; ) the state does not have available programs or services adequate for the needs of juveniles; or ) the offense charged is a felony crime of violence or specified drug offenses, and there is substantial federal interest in the case. i n what circumstances are tribal and non- tribal juveniles transferred to adult status (for prosecution and sentencing as an adult rather than a juvenile delinquent)? once federal jurisdiction has been determined and certification of delinquency established, a transfer hearing establishes the status of juveniles as to whether they will be transferred for prosecution as an adult. felony crimes of violence or drug or firearm offenses trigger eligibility for adult transfer with certain age restrictions. age thirteen is the minimum age for transfer to adult status for murder and assault, and for robbery, bank robbery, or aggravated sexual abuse with a firearm. an exception is crimes committed in indian country where the tribe has opted not to permit prosecution of juveniles age as adults. age fifteen is the minimum age for transfer to adult status for committing any crime of violence (including physical force against a person or property). a juvenile can be housed in a federal bureau of prisons (bop) institution at age if sentenced as an adult. bop does not operate its own facilities for juveniles; rather, they contract with private entities and state and local governments for both secure and non-secure (community- based) juvenile facilities to house tribal and non-tribal youth under their jurisdiction. congress passed public law in , which relinquishes the federal government of criminal and civil jurisdiction in certain states and places jurisdiction with those states. the major crimes act provides federal jurisdiction over certain offenses committed by tribal members. (see title u.s.c. §§ , .) summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system table . reason for matters declined for prosecution with tribal youth suspects, – reasons for declinations fiscal year matters concluded number of declinations case- relateda suspect- relatedb no crime referred to other authoritiesc othertotal % % % % % % % % % aincludes weak evidence, stale case, witness problems, or jurisdiction or venue problems. bincludes age of offender and offender ‘s criminal history and drug/alcohol use. cincludes pretrial alternative resolutions, such as pretrial diversion. source: urban institute analysis of executive office for u.s. attorneys, national lions data base, fiscal years – . investigation and prosecution tribal police are often the first to respond to a crime in indian country. offenses committed by tribal youth may be investigated by a combination of tribal police and federal law enforcement agencies. the federal bureau of investigation (fbi) and the bureau of indian affairs (bia) are the primary federal law enforcement agencies investigating tribal youth matters. tribal youth commonly enter the federal justice system with an arrest for a warrant issued on either a complaint or juvenile information (written accusation made by the prosecutor). for serious offenses that may indicate a federal crime, the u.s. attorney’s office in the district is notified as is the juvenile’s parent/guardian. the juvenile must be taken before a u.s. magistrate as soon as possible, where charges are read and the juvenile is informed of rights. federal prosecutors next determine if the matter should be adjudicated in federal courts, disposed by u.s. magistrate, or declined for prosecution. in , in matters involving a tribal youth were declined by federal prosecutors during , % of tribal youth in matters concluded were declined for further prosecution, which was lower than the % declination rate for non-tribal youth in . however, the average declination rate for tribal youth ( %) was higher than for non- tribal youth ( %) from to . the most common reason for declination of tribal youth matters in was case related ( %) (table . ). case-related reasons included weak evidence, stale case, witness problems, and jurisdiction or venue problems (figure . ). some declined matters involved tribal youth that were subsequently referred to other authorities for prosecution, such as to the tribe or the state where the tribe is located. the share of declinations for tribal youth that were referred to other authorities or received an alternative resolution increased from % of all declinations in to % in . among non-tribal youth, the most common reason for declination ( %) was that the suspect was a juvenile (not shown in table). most tribal youth in matters referred to u.s. attorneys were prosecuted by federal prosecutors in , % of tribal youth who were referred to federal prosecutors were prosecuted, which was higher than the % prosecution rate for non-tribal youth in (including matters disposed by u.s. magistrates). from to , the averageprosecution rate for tribal youth ( %) was comparable to that of non-tribal youth ( %). various factors go into the decision to prosecute a matter, including seriousness of the crime, strength of the evidence, youth’s criminal history and drug/alcohol use, tribal capacity to prosecute, and tribal preference. tribes having concurrent jurisdiction with federal jurisdiction may have limitations on available secure placement options and treatment resources. the potential penalty that could be received if a matter was handled in tribal or state venues may also be considered. the indian civil rights act (title u.s.c. § ( )), for example, limited tribes in sentencing persons convicted of serious crimes to a maximum of year in jail and a $ , fine. recently, the tribal law and order act extended the maximum sentence that a tribe can impose to three years. figure . case-related reasons for matters declined for prosecution with tribal youth suspects, – jurisdiction or venue problems stale case witness problems weak evidence percent of cases % % % % source: urban institute analysis of executive office for u.s. attorneys, national lions data base, fiscal years – . compendium of tribal crime data, nearly of tribal youth admitted to federal bureau of prisons jurisdiction from to came from five federal judicial districts from to , % of tribal youth admitted to the jurisdiction of the federal bureau of prisons (bop) were from these five federal judicial districts: arizona, montana, new mexico, north dakota, and south dakota (figure . ). the most recent tribal population data from the bureau of indian affairs ( ) showed that these five districts contained % of the federally recognized tribal entities and % of the more than . million total tribal enrollment population (table . ). thirty-four percent of the enrolled tribal population under age resided on or near reservations in these five federal judicial districts. table . federally recognized tribes and enrolled members, tribal entities tribal enrollment tribal population under age federal judicial district number percent number percent district rank number percent of total enrollment district rank total % , , % ~ , % ~ arizona . % , . % , . % new mexico . , . , . south dakota . , . , . montana . , . , north dakota , . , . all other districts . , , . ~ , . ~ ~not available. source: u.s. department of the interior, bureau of indian affairs. american indian population and labor force report, , available at: http://www.bia.gov/ whatwedo/knowledge/reports/index.htm, calendar year . – – – – – district of arizona ( %) district of new mexico ( %) district of montana ( %) district of north dakota ( %) district of south dakota ( %) number of tribal youth admitted figure . tribal youth admitted to the jurisdiction of the federal bureau of prisons, and five federal judicial districts that committed the majority of tribal youth, – source: bureau of justice statistics analysis of data from the federal bureau of prisons, sentry database, fiscal years – . summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system adjudication and sentencing federal statutes provide for a youth’s release pending trial to a parent/ guardian, unless it is determined that detention is necessary to ensure a timely appearance or to ensure safety of juveniles or others (title u.s.c. § ). the federal pretrial services agency oversees supervision of the youth on pretrial release. for juveniles detained, a foster home or community-based facility near the youth’s home community is sought. pretrial juveniles are not to be detained in facilities permitting regular contact with adult offenders nor with other juveniles who have been adjudicated. in , % of cases terminated in u.s. district court involving tribal youth resulted in conviction most ( %) tribal youth cases terminated ended in conviction in . most of the convictions were the result of a guilty plea ( %) than a determination of guilt at trial ( %). in comparison, % of non-tribal youth were convicted in , with % resulting from guilty pleas and % following trial. from to , the average conviction rate for tribal youth ( %) was higher than for non- tribal youth ( %). in juvenile adjudication proceedings, the judge has the discretion to impose an out-of-home placement, probation and conditions of probation, or restitution. the youth may also be transferred to adult status and prosecuted and sentenced as an adult. an adjudicated juvenile can receive up to years of probation. the duration of a sentence for youth adjudicated delinquent to the jurisdiction of federal prison authorities depends on the age of the juvenile at disposition (see text box below). juveniles under the age of are not allowed to be placed in an institution in which the youth has regular contact with incarcerated adults. a juvenile can be housed in a federal bureau of prisons (bop) institution at the age of if sentenced as a juvenile. the maximum time under federal jurisdiction of juveniles adjudicated delinquent depends on the age at disposition � if a juvenile was under years of age at time of disposition, detention may not extend beyond the juvenile reaching age (figure . ). � if a juvenile was between the ages of and at time of disposition, the maximum federal jurisdiction is years. � juveniles adjudicated delinquent and under the age of are not to be detained in facilities permitting regular contact with adult convicts. at age , however, an adjudicated delinquent can be placed in an adult facility. � the term that an adjudicated delinquent receives may not exceed the maximum period of imprisonment authorized had the juvenile been an adult. federal sentencing guidelines do not apply to adjudications of delinquency. or younger maximum age in federal jurisdiction is if age at disposition is under years age at disposition maximum age of federal jurisdiction for disposition between ages and , the maximum length of federal jurisdiction is years age of delinquent at disposition figure . maximum time under federal jurisdiction of juveniles adjudicated delinquent, by age at disposition compendium of tribal crime data, corrections the number of tribal youth admitted to bop jurisdiction increased from in to a peak of in — a % increase due exclusively to the growth in tribal youth handled as adjudicated delinquents (figure . ). the number of tribal youth admitted to the bop subsequently decreased from in to in . in , the number of tribal ( ) and non-tribal youth ( ) admitted to the jurisdiction of federal prison authorities was the lowest in the period from to . from to , the number of tribal youth admissions declined an annual average of %, and non-tribal admissions declined at an annual average of %. tribal youth peaked at admissions in , and non- tribal youth peaked at admissions in (figure . ). most ( %) of the decline in tribal youth from to was due to a decrease in youth who had been adjudicated delinquent. twelve percent of the decline was due to a decrease in tribal youth who had been transferred to adult status. in comparison, most of the decline for non-tribal youth admitted to the bop over this period was comprised of juveniles who had been transferred to adult status. in , % of tribal youth were admitted to bop jurisdiction for a violent offense, including sexual abuse ( %), assault ( %), and murder ( %) (table . ). tribal youth admitted for property offenses (mostly burglary) peaked in ( ) and began to decline in , dropping to admissions in . by , tribal youth admitted to bop jurisdiction for both property and violent offenses had declined to the lowest levels since . among non-tribal youth admitted to bop jurisdiction, violent and drug offenses comprised the majority of offense types (not shown in table). most tribal youth admitted to bop jurisdiction from to had been adjudicated delinquent ( %), while most non-tribal youth had been prosecuted as adults ( %). tribal-transferred as adult tribal-adjudicated delinquent number of tribal youth fiscal year figure . tribal youth admitted to the jurisdiction of the federal bureau of prisons, by status at admission, – note: data for fiscal years – based on urban institute analysis of federal bureau of prisons, sentry database. data for fiscal years – based on bjs analysis of sentry data. non-tribal-transferred as adult non-tribal-adjudicated delinquent number of non-tribal youth fiscal year figure . non-tribal youth admitted to the jurisdiction of the federal bureau of prisons, by status at admission, – note: data for fiscal years – based on urban institute analysis of federal bureau of prisons, sentry database. data for fiscal years – based on bjs analysis of sentry data. summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system at yearend , tribal youth were in bop facilities, including both juvenile contract and adult facilities in , % of tribal youth were housed under bop jurisdiction in minnesota, arizona, utah, the western district of texas, and colorado. bop facilities (including contract facilities) were not located in the states that contained large tribal populations and had committed a large number of indian country juveniles (south dakota, north dakota, montana, and new mexico). for example, tribal youth whose legal residence was south dakota comprised over half of the juveniles in bop facilities in minnesota. among tribal youth under bop jurisdiction in , most were committed for a violent felony offense, including homicide, manslaughter, serious sexual assault or abuse, and serious physical assault. in comparison, tribal juveniles were in custody in juvenile tribal facilities in . (see american indians and crime, bjs web, december .) these tribal youth were confined mostly for misdemeanor ( %) and status offenses ( %); % of the youth were confined in tribal juvenile facilities for felony offenses. table . tribal youth admitted to the jurisdiction of the federal bureau of prisons, – year of commitment to bop jurisdiction commitment offense total total , murder/negligent manslaughter* assault robbery sexual abuse embezzlement burglary larceny motor vehicle theft arson and explosives other property offenses other drug felonies weapon offenses nonviolent sex offenses traffic offenses note: total includes juveniles whose offenses were missing or unclassifiable. *includes attempted murder. source: urban institute analysis of federal bureau of prisons, sentry data base, fiscal years - . compendium of tribal crime data, tribal youth served a sentence in federal facilities that was twice as long as the maximum sentence tribal facilities can impose from to , the average time served by tribal youth tended to be longer (about months, on average) than the tribal justice system maximum sentence of months. the tribal law and order act of recently extended the maximum a tribal court can sentence to years for those courts meeting conditions placed on the legal process. the average time served by non-tribal youth in bop facilities more than doubled from months in to over months by . non-tribal youth admitted to the federal prison authorities were somewhat more dispersed than tribal youth with respect to district of commitment about % of non-tribal youth were committed from the five federal districts that committed the most tribal youth. thirty-six percent of non-tribal youth were committed to the bop from five federal judicial districts along the u.s.-mexico border: california-southern, arizona, new mexico, texas-western, and texas-southern. (figure . ). among juveniles admitted to the jurisdiction of the bop in , non- tribal youth were slightly older at age of offense than tribal youth the average of age tribal youth at time of offense was about years compared to years for non-tribal youth. most tribal youth were male ( %), american indian ( %), non- hispanic ( %), and united states citizens ( %). the majority of non- tribal youth were male ( %), white ( %), non-hispanic ( %), and united states citizens ( %). – – – – – – number of non-tribal youth admittednumber of non-tribal youth admitted district of arizona ( %) new mexico ( %) district of western texas ( %) district of eastern new york ( %)district of south dakota ( %) figure . non-tribal youth admitted to the jurisdiction of the federal bureau of prisons, and five federal judicial districts that committed the majority of non-tribal youth, – source: based on bjs analysis of data from the federal bureau of prisons, sentry database, fiscal years – . summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system methodology the primary source of data presented in this report is from the federal justice statistics program (fjsp). the methodology to identify tribal youth was developed by the urban institute, and primary findings reported here are drawn from their study, tribal youth in the federal justice system (http://ncjrs.gov). this report supplemented findings from the urban institute’s study with additional analyses based on bjs analysis of fjsp data. data from the federal bureau of prisons (bop), sentry database, which contains information on all federally sentenced offenders admitted to bop jurisdiction at fiscal yearend were analyzed for the years to . the source of the data in figure . is the urban institute analysis of executive office for u.s. attorneys, national lions database, fiscal years to . suspects in matters concluded include all matters which were concluded in each respective year. suspects in matters prosecuted include matters for which the u.s. attorneys in that district made the decision to prosecute the matter in each fiscal year. the unit of count for figure . is the suspect matter. a matter is a referral on which an attorney spends one hour or more investigating, and on which formal papers have not been filed with the court. if a decision is made not to continue with the investigation, it is disposed of in the lions database by declination and closed. references american indians and crime, ncj , bjs web, december . american indian population and labor force report. u.s. department of the interior, bureau of indian affairs, . the urban institute. tribal youth in the federal justice system, ncj , may . available at http://ncjrs.gov. researchers from the urban institute investigated how youth from indian country were processed by the federal criminal justice system. they used a combination of qualitative and quantitative information, including administrative data from the bjs-sponsored federal justice statistics program (fjsp) and information drawn from interviews with more than three dozen federal and tribal justice system personnel. staff at the urban institute who contributed to the study included— co-principal investigators william adams and julie samuels contextual analysis team janeen buck willison hannah dodd meredith dank quantitative analysis team barbara parthasarathy kamala mallik kane jessica kelly sybil mendonca kideuk kim office of justice programs innovation • partnerships • safer neighborhoods http://www.ojp.gov jetlaw |  | vanderbilt university skip to main content health protocols previous next return to campus: our plan for spring anchor down. step up. vanderbilt faculty sharing their expertise on a range of topics related to covid- vanderbilt responds to covid- find information for: undergraduate students graduate and professional students international students faculty postdocs staff visitors and suppliers search frequently asked questions view messages sent to the community have a question? return to campus about vanderbilt university, located in nashville, tenn., is a private research university offering a full range of undergraduate, graduate and professional degrees. quick facts history of vanderbilt chancellor's office university leadership team academic strategic plan residential colleges news and events equity, diversity and inclusion key dates a-z: about vanderbilt campus map our city: nashville work at vu globalvu vu medical center connect with vanderbilt facebook twitter instagram youtube flickr quick facts contact us more admissions previous next find your major take a virtual tour of campus learn more about our residential colleges undergraduate admissions graduate / professional admissions disciplines and majors residential colleges financial aid and scholarships equity, diversity and inclusion key dates schedule a campus visit request information our city: nashville transfer students international students a-z: admissions find your major more academics disciplines and majors online education programs academic calendar university registrar course catalog & schedule yes - your enrollment services office of the provost residential colleges libraries a-z: academics colleges and schools college of arts and science blair school of music divinity school school of engineering graduate school law school school of medicine school of nursing owen graduate school of management peabody college of education and human development find your major more research previous next vanderbilt scientists sketch rare star system using more than a century of astronomical observations new crispr screening technique developed at vanderbilt leads to discovery of pathway that may be linked to cancer initiation tennessee men’s health report card: overall improvement, work to be done vanderbilt-developed obesity treatments will be advanced through collaboration with soleno therapeutics evidence suggests climate whiplash may have more extremes in store for california covid- information for researchers vanderbilt research research news @vanderbilt vu research administration vumc research administration centers and institutes undergraduate research libraries a-z: research subscribe to our e-newsletter: research news@vanderbilt research news students previous next tag your photos: #vandygram tag your photos: #vandygram tag your photos: #vandygram tag your photos: #vandygram career center commencement dean of students dining equity, diversity and inclusion global education office honor system housing international students the ingram commons libraries residential colleges student accounts student care network student government student handbook student organizations vanderbilt hustler apps and systems yes brightspace anchor link email login mobile app the hub a-z: students living on campus the hub faculty & staff previous next dr. anthony fauci to deliver vanderbilt graduates day address class of commencement to be celebrated in person may – ; graduates day to feature dr. anthony fauci what led to the u.s. capitol insurrection: vanderbilt political scientists examine social, psychological, legal foundations of jan. riot vanderbilt university spotlights service award recipients vanderbilt embarks on $ million renovation and expansion project at the owen graduate school of management benefits brightspace child & family center email login equity, diversity and inclusion faculty gateway (resources) faculty registry health & wellness honor system human resources mobile app myvu (news for faculty & staff) office of postdoctoral affairs shared governance skyvu work at vu a-z: faculty a-z: staff myvu faculty gateway more alumni & giving previous next student hardship fund created to help students in need opportunity vanderbilt provides $ . billion in financial aid vanderbilt launches the frist center for autism and innovation alumni programs and resources find your alumni chapter reunion give to vanderbilt opportunity vanderbilt impact of your gifts connect with the alumni association vanderbilt alumni facebook vanderbilt alumni twitter vanderbilt alumni instagram vanderbilt youtube vanderbilt alumni flickr vanderbilt alumni linkedin give now more athletics previous next student-athlete abbey carlson: engineer and golfer student-athlete: kaylann boyd student-athlete: jared pinkney student-athlete: the champions varsity sports intramural sports recreation and wellness center commodore club commodores gear tickets a-z: athletics connect with the commodores vucommodores twitter vucommodores facebook vucommodores instagram vucommodores youtube vucommodores pinterest tickets more jetlaw the vanderbilt journal of entertainment and technology law is in the process of creating a new and improved website. we apologize for the temporary inconvenience this may cause in accessing jetlaw content. our articles are available on both westlaw and lexisnexis. alternatively, you can request a past article by emailing our editor in chief, ramon j. ryan. we are currently accepting submissions for volume through scholastica or directly by email at jetl@vanderbilt.edu. our most recent issue, volume : issue , is available here. connect with vanderbilt facebook instagram twitter youtube linkedin flickr rss feed your vanderbilt alumni current students prospective students international resources faculty and staff media medical center parents and family researchers sports fans visitors and neighbors working at vanderbilt quick links university leadership residential colleges news events equity, diversity and inclusion finding your impact telling the vanderbilt story nashville, tennessee · - - · contact us ©  vanderbilt university · all rights reserved. site development: digital strategies (division of communications) vanderbilt university is committed to principles of equal opportunity and affirmative action. accessibility information. vanderbilt®, vanderbilt university®, v oak leaf design®, star v design® and anchor down® are trademarks of the vanderbilt university wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk params is empty sys_ exception wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk no params is empty exception params is empty / / - : : if (typeof jquery === "undefined") document.write('[script type="text/javascript" src="/corehtml/pmc/jig/ . . /js/jig.min.js"][/script]'.replace(/\[/g,string.fromcharcode( )).replace(/\]/g,string.fromcharcode( ))); // // // window.name="mainwindow"; .pmc-wm {background:transparent repeat-y top left;background-image:url(/corehtml/pmc/pmcgifs/wm-nobrand.png);background-size: auto, contain} .print-view{display:block} page not available reason: the web page address (url) that you used may be incorrect. message id: (wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk) time: / / : : if you need further help, please send an email to pmc. include the information from the box above in your message. otherwise, click on one of the following links to continue using pmc: search the complete pmc archive. browse the contents of a specific journal in pmc. find a specific article by its citation (journal, date, volume, first page, author or article title). http://europepmc.org/abstract/med/ juha räikkä, social justice in practice this is a repository copy of juha räikkä, social justice in practice. white rose research online url for this paper: http://eprints.whiterose.ac.uk/ / version: accepted version article: lawford-smith, h. ( ) juha räikkä, social justice in practice. journal of value inquiry, ( ). pp. - . issn - https://doi.org/ . /s - - -x eprints@whiterose.ac.uk https://eprints.whiterose.ac.uk/ reuse unless indicated otherwise, fulltext items are protected by copyright with all rights reserved. the copyright exception in section of the copyright, designs and patents act allows the making of a single copy solely for the purpose of non-commercial research or private study within the limits of fair dealing. the publisher or other rights-holder may allow further reproduction and re-use of this version - refer to the white rose research online record for this item. where records identify the publisher as the copyright holder, users can verify any specific terms of use on the publisher’s website. takedown if you consider content in white rose research online to be in breach of uk law, please notify us by emailing eprints@whiterose.ac.uk including the url of the record and the reason for the withdrawal request. mailto:eprints@whiterose.ac.uk https://eprints.whiterose.ac.uk/ juha räikkä. social justice in practice. switzerland: springer, . isbn - - - - £ . pb. imagine yourself standing on the edge of a canyon, marveling at the terrain below, wondering about all the sights currently obscured from your view, and lamenting that you just don't have time to commit to the steep descent in and long trek across, which would give you a perspective from right up close. being handed juha räikkä's new book social justice in practice is like being told there's a fying fox you can take: the canyon is applied political theory, and the fying fox allows the reader to see many different issues, at some speed, and always with the wider context in view. tuck your loose items of clothing away in your bags, and hop on. the book is loosely organized into six sections, with twelve chapters overall. the frst two sections ("theory and practice" and "action and uncertainty") introduce readers to the issues around the methodology of contemporary political theory, from whether the arguments of political theory should be more sensitive to what is feasible, through the correct weight to assign to citizens' political expectations that things will remain more or less the same, the bases of political reasoning about what is second-best when ideally preferred alternatives prove to be unavailable, and to what is taken as presumed (i.e. which side has the burden of proof) when it comes to political argumentation and political obligation. the third and sixth sections ("unmasking injustices" and "self-deception as explanation") concern epistemic issues, including the acceptability of conspiracy theories, and self-deception for both religious and cultural reasons. the fourth section ("privacy and justice") concerns information broadly construed, in particular privacy and secrets, and the ffth section ("morality and inner life") is about forgiveness and alien beliefs. the chapters are self-contained, so readers can feel free to either read the book from cover to cover, or to dip into different chapters as suits their interests. it would be impossible in a review-length piece to engage deeply with all twelve of the topics contained in räikkä's book. i've chosen to focus in what follows on the parts of the book that i know best, to maximize the chance of saying something useful. so i'll restrict my attention to just two of the chapters, which are, respectively, "social justice in practice", and "how to find the second-best option" (noting, for the record, that i found "the dilemma of conservative justice"―wedged between these two―especially interesting and useful). readers interested in, or more familiar with, the book's later topics are encouraged to consult the book directly. in recent years there has been some backlash against the utopianism of much contemporary political theory, which has taken the form of increased discussion about the distinction between ideal and non-ideal theory and the proper place of each within political theory as a discipline. some think ideal theory has no place at all, because we should be solving the problems we actually have rather than constructing perfect theoretical worlds in which those problems are abstracted away from; some think non-ideal theory has no place at all, because it involves unacceptable concessions to the status quo. the claim that political theory needs a greater proportion of feasibility-constrained arguments weighs in on the non-ideal side of this debate. it doesn't entail that this is the right kind or the only kind of political theorizing; just that it's important, both for evaluating the current political order, and for shifting to a better one, that we take certain constraints as fxed and think about the improvements we can make in spite of them. in chapter , "social justice in practice", räikkä argues that feasibility arguments are of most beneft to those who in fact cannot make use of them, and that given his view of the role of political theory, it's just not true that political theory needs a greater proportion of feasibility-constrained arguments. let me explain each of these claims, before commenting on what i think is mistaken about them. the frst claim, about beneft, is that in political life, a claim that some outcome is infeasible and therefore we should pursue an alternative course of action will often be benefcial to those who, by their actions, actually make the outcome infeasible. räikkä gives many examples, including: the people of a country who claim that the government's improving public health by prohibiting the consumption of alcohol would result in a black market for liquor; the talented, who claim that without suffcient economic rewards they would not be motivated to exercise those talents for the beneft of the greater society; nurses, who claim that without increased wages they'll emigrate to countries where the pay is better; religious groups, claiming that if ritual slaughter of animals is prohibited it will simply be outsourced to the black market where it will likely involve even more suffering for the animals; and parents of sick children, who claim that if the government decreases its subsidies of the required medicines they'll turn to less safe but cheaper alternatives online. in each case, the people making the claims about what outcomes would follow if certain measures were implemented are themselves responsible for producing those outcomes. people could obey a law prohibiting alcohol, the talented could take talent as its own reward, nurses could work for comparatively low wages, religious groups could stop slaughtering animals, and parents could simply spend more on medicines. but feasibility arguments are agent-relative; they explicitly exclude 'self-prediction'. i can't say "it's infeasible that i write this review of räikkä's book, because i'm going to watch another episode of the killing instead" (the hidden premise being that i ought to write the review only if it's suffciently feasible that i do). many analyses of feasibility assume the trying of the relevant agent, so they would say my writing the review is feasible if i would be suffciently likely to write it, so long as i tried. but of course, if i tried i'd likely succeed, so writing the review is not infeasible for me after all. but the citizens, the talented, the nurses, the religious, and the parents in räikkä's examples are all in that position, so while they'd do well out of having their claims about infeasibility accepted (in gaining concessions by government), they're in fact not in a position to make those claims. infeasibility is no excuse for those whose actions cause it. those arguments, then, are really just threats in disguise: the nurses are saying that if the government doesn't raise their wages, they'll leave the country. räikkä's second claim relies on the role of political theory being to inform public debate over political issues. accepting for the moment that this is its role (i do not think it is and will soon explain why), his claim is that the overall message political theorists give the public should be "be better", rather than "give in to threats". a nice example of this choice is featuring in the news and across social media at the moment: nail polish that detects rape drugs in beverages. the nail polish is clearly a non-ideal solution, because it takes the prevalence of attempted drugging for granted, and it looks to protect potential victims by giving them a way to detect the presence of the drugs in their drinks. many commentators are angry about the invention, because they think it sends the wrong message, namely that it's the responsibility of the potential victim to ensure she isn't raped (to wear the nail polish, to check her drinks) rather than the responsibility of the would-be rapists not to rape. if political theorists were to have the opportunity to weigh in on this debate, they should be giving "ideal" argumentation, namely about the wrongness of rape, the importance of enthusiastic consent, about gender-egalitarianism, and about mutual respect; not "feasibility-constrained" argumentation, conceding that the world is a place with rape in it, and advising women to protect themselves as best they can (or others to protect potential victims as best they can, including by coming up with these kinds of inventions). in räikkä's view, the role of political theory is to inform public debate, and this should be done by sending the clear, "ideal" message: which in this case would be that it is the responsibility of men not to rape. so much for the main claims of the chapter; now to the problems with them, taking the latter claim frst. while one role of political theory may well be to weigh in on public political debate, that is surely not its only role. political theory is a sub- area of philosophy, and philosophical inquiry is broadly-speaking the pursuit of truth. it determines both evaluative truths (truths about what is good, whether or not it can ever be actual) and normative truths (truths about what we should attempt to bring about). setting aside the evaluative truths, the normative truths may be unconditional (ought p) or conditional (given that not-p, ought q). the following two claims are not mutually exclusive: would-be rapists ought not to rape, and, given that at least some would-be rapists will in fact rape, victims ought to be protected as much as possible from potential attack. we can lament the fact that our circumstances are such that the latter is true―i'm sure we would all agree that we'd much rather be in a world in which anti- rape drug nail polish were not a useful invention. (whether the nail polish is an effective and not overly demanding means of protection is an empirical question). whether a political theorist wants to make an unconditional, "ideal" claim, or a conditional, "feasibility-constrained" claim, depends on the kind of project she is interested in, and wanting to weigh in on public debate does not determine that she make only the former types of claims. taking räikkä's side in this debate has the advantage of avoiding any accusation of victim-blaming, because it avoids giving any responsibilities at all to those who might either use the nail polish, or who might create the nail polish or other similar inventions, and therefore avoids blaming them if they fail to act on those responsibilities (which would indeed be a despicable implication in the case of the victim: we certainly do not want to say that a person who fails to wear the nail polish is in any sense at all responsible for her situation if she is attacked). but going in for feasibility-constrained recommendations has the advantage of not restricting moral advice to contexts in which there is no wrongdoing. even if the reader disagrees over the diagnosis of the nail polish case, there are many other cases in which we want to know what the good worlds look like given that certain wrongs will remain in place, or at least not be completely eradicated). returning to the frst claim, this makes a serious mistake in understanding agent-relativity. feasibility assessments do not permit of self-prediction, but in none of the examples räikkä used was there something resembling a "self"―either an individual self or collective agent―whose actions were being predicted. he acknowledges this, to some extent, when he says "to assume that nurses could decide not to emigrate... is not to assume that there is a strictly organized collective agent", but it's not merely that there is no "strictly organized" collective. there are only uncoordinated aggregates of persons: citizens of a country, those with talent, nurses, those in a certain religious group, parents. perhaps there are cases, such as when nurses are represented by strong and cohesive labour unions, or when religious groups are coordinated within one church, where the groups can act on (the functional equivalents of) intentions, and thereby count as a single unit for the purposes of assessing feasibility. parents, those with talent, and most likely citizens, do not count in this way. thus the claim that those who would most beneft from infeasibility arguments cannot make use of them falls down. assessments of what is feasible, and how our normative recommendations ought to be adjusted in light of what is feasible and what isn't, are usually made by political theorists, political analysts and commentators, policy advisors, those in government. those people can all make predictions about what will happen if certain measures are implemented, such as making the consumption of alcohol illegal, or refusing to raise nurses' wages. they might well reason that on balance, a future in which nurses simply accept low pay without being incentivized to emigrate by neighbouring countries' higher wages is infeasible, and give a feasibility- constrained argument (holding this fact fxed) that it is better to swallow the costs of raising wages than the costs of large-scale emigration of nurses. räikkä does not deny that this is possible, but he greatly understates the extent to which this is the primary use of feasibility-constrained argumentation, and the use to which many working on feasibility envisage it being put to. in chapter , "how to find the second-best option", räikkä makes a helpful distinction between three different ways in which we might approximate when our political "bests" are out of reach. he calls these "condition", "degree" and "denial". condition-based approximation tells us to get as many of the things that matter as we can. degree-based approximation tells us to get as much of each of the things that matter as we can. and denial-based approximation tells us to go for the ideal even when we know it won't quite be realized, because what we'll get will probably be close enough to be an adequate approximation what's great about this chapter is that it doesn't make the same mistake as quite a bit of the discussion of second-bests in political theory by following the economic results and assuming the interdependence of the desirable elements of the "best". values are independent: it's just not true that fnding one to be out of reach we should revise our whole conception of what we're aiming for. to put these different methods of approximation in terms of a political case, imagine that the case for scottish independence is strong on the grounds of community, security, and self- determination. and now imagine that our best empirical predictions tell us that we just cannot get an independent scotland that is fully self-determining, while also fully secure and fully embodying community. assuming these three values to have equal weight, the condition-based approach would tell us to take whichever two we liked ( / conditions is best, but / conditions beats / ); the degree-based approach would tell us to get as much self-determination, security and community as we can (any confguration with some of each value instantiated beats any confguration in which one value remains entirely uninstantiated); and the denial-based approach tells us to just go ahead with whatever the original plan was, assuming things will work out as "close enough". there are two problems with the discussion in this chapter. the frst is that the example räikkä uses (about where to take a holiday) is unhelpfully apolitical, and misleading in the case of the degree-based conception. the problems with getting "more rather than less" of a value are put in geographical terms, and give the wrong results for that reason, because getting closer to a holiday destination (and ending up somewhere in the ocean) is quite obviously not better than going somewhere else entirely. but a more sophisticated understanding of the metric of degrees ―which is to say, what counts as more or less of something―will avoid this problem. approximating a relaxing holiday in the sunshine might take you geographically far afeld from the original destination, just as approximating comprehensive security, community, and self-determination in an independent scotland might take you politically far afeld from the utopian vision of independence. if the scale is specifed well, the imperative to get more rather than less doesn't look nearly as problematic. räikkä's argument in the chapter is that real people when making decisions about approximation don't actually rely on any of these three theoretical versions of approximating, and therefore those versions can't be criticized on the grounds that they cause poor decision-making. even if the outcomes of their decisions often align with the outcomes any one such procedure would yield, that is not a reason to be critical of that procedure. he takes this to make the three theoretical versions of approximation immune from empirical rejection. however, what he doesn't comment on is which of the three is in fact theoretically the most well-motivated, or has the greatest advantages over the others. the denial-based approach looks obviously inappropriate, yet little is made of this. perhaps his aim was only to insulate practice from theory (and vice versa), but having made these useful distinctions between the ways in which approximating might be done, it was somewhat unsatisfying that more was not said about how second-best theorizing ought to go, and what the right relationship between such theory and practice might look like. holly lawford-smith university of sheffeld microsoft word - hosseini.docx vol. , no. , doi: . /jps. . , issn: - pp. -   william shakespeare’s sonnets. translated by omid tabibzadeh. tehran: niloofar publishers, . pp. isbn - - - - (hardback) mostafa hosseini bu-ali sina university hamedan, iran hosseiny.mostafa @gmail.com without question, william shakespeare ( - ) occupies a unique position in the history of english literature. he wrote plays, sonnets and narrative poems. shakespeare’s sonnets are the most personal of his works, so it acts as a unique introduction to shakespeare’s mindset, on the one hand, and very seminal entry for the familiarity with the manifestations of thought and literature in renaissance england, on the other hand. because of the importance of shakespeare’s sonnets in english literature and, by extension, in the world literature, the lack of a complete persian translation and interpretation necessitates this new rendering. translation of shakespeare’s works in persian has a long and eventful history. as far as we know, during the qajar era ( - ) shakespeare’s plays began to appear in persian costume. hosseingholi salvar was the first one who translated shakespeare’s comedy the taming of the shrew in / . later, abu’l-qāsem khān qarāgozlu, better known as nāṣer-al-molk, who was a persian politician during qajar era, translated the tragedy of othello, the moor                          persian literary studies journal   of venice which came out in / in france. fortunately, from that time onwards, the translation of shakespeare’s plays continues up to the present time. unlike shakespeare’s plays that some of them (e.g. hamlet, macbeth, othello, king lear, and romeo and juliet) have been translated over and over again, persian translators have not paid much attention to shakespeare’s poems. from shakespeare’s narrative poems just venus and adonis and the rape of lucrece have been translated into persian respectively in / and / . it is worth mentioning that lotfali suratgar, a professor of english and comparative literature at the university of tehran, was the first person who produced a persian version of these two long narrative poems. unluckily, the former remained unfinished. the credit for translating shakespeare’s sonnets in persian is almost unanimously given to iranian poet and translator, masoud farzad. presumably, he translated five of shakespeare’s sonnets into prose between / and / . in addition to scattered prose and verse translations of shakespeare’s sonnets, there are two selected bilingual translations of his sonnets: one in prose, including sonnets, by taghi tafazzoli ( / ), and the other in verse, including sonnets, by behnam moghddam ( / ). but translating a collection of shakespeare’s sonnets cannot provoke the same sense in the reader as that of the whole cycle. although each of these sonnets is independent, they are thematically linked. omid tabibzadeh’s recent translation is the first complete translation of shakespeare’s sonnets into persian. the volume includes all the sonnets, features a long, informative, and path-breaking introduction, and helpful glosses. providing information on the genre, english sonnet, and shakespeare’s sonnets, the “introduction” is long and informative. discussions include the dedication of thorpe’s edition, the pirated edition of the sonnets by john benson, their order and date of composition and autobiographical contents. selection of medium and form are among critical decisions for translating poetry. tabibzadeh has rendered shakespeare’s sonnets into lucid and fluent persian prose. also, he has done his best to keep shakespeare’s brevity of william shakespeare’s sonnets language, that is, for each line in english there is exactly one line in persian. all in all, it is a successful translation with sporadic flourishes of lyricism. the third section is the most informative part of the book as it is impossible to have a deep understanding of shakespeare’s sonnets without explanatory notes, because they are replete with political and social references, mythological and biblical allusions, and literal devices e.g. puns, double entendres, and word plays. in my opinion, it is the translator’s towering achievement. to do this, he has consulted the most authentic and up to date sources written by seminal shakespeare-scholars, e.g. thomas george tucker and katherine duncan-jones. despite all these merits, the book has also its drawbacks. one, for some proper nouns there are different persian pronunciations (e.g. in p. « و » چاپمن چپمن« » for chapman; and in p. « دان«و » داون » for donne. a more vigorous copyediting would have reduced typographical errors like “sonett” instead of “sonetto” ( ); and «باربينگ» instead of « ) «بربيج). the translation also fails to notice multiple meanings in some words and phrases including “princes” ( ), l. ; “black lines” in p. , l. ; and “o cunning love” in p. , l. ). some mythological references are also missed (e. g. p. , l. “devouring time” refers to the myth of coronus; and p. , l. “winged speed” refers to the myth of pegasus). five, according to dictionaries of quotations some lines and phrases from shakespeare’s sonnets have passed into the common stock of english proverbial expression and cliché. unfortunately, this part is totally missed in the present book. despite these criticisms, tabibzadeh should be complimented for offering this charming translation, together with his comprehensive analysis of the sonnets. mestiza spirituality: community, ritual, and justice jeanette rodriguez [the author explores the wealth and complexity that mestiza con- sciousness and spirituality contribute to the theological enterprise. the mestiza consciousness is grounded in community and pro- moted through ritual. a sense of justice is passed on through this communal spirituality that acknowledges the diversity of creation and its constant process of becoming. latina culture, religion, and spirituality are so integrated that to try to define spirituality sepa- rated from culture would be a false dichotomy and would do a disservice to the latino community.] mestiza spirituality is a spirituality that creates a new borderlandspace filled with a new meaning of self-in-community which bridges and balances two or more opposing worlds. it further manifests itself in the synthesis and reinforcement of regional popular religious practices and liturgical celebrations. within this article, i seek to explore an understand- ing of mestiza spirituality and its relationship to ritual, community, and justice. i use the concept of an “oppositional consciousness” to shed light on the mestiza’s dynamic and continuing process of navigation and negotia- tion between two and often multiple worldviews. by worldview i am re- ferring to the u.s. dominated culture and a variety of latino/a ethnicities. critical to understanding the mestiza’s worldview is oppositional con- sciousness that includes the access and filtering of a myriad of values, thoughts, feelings, and understandings. fundamental to this mestiza con- sciousness is a spirituality harnessed by conquest, marginalization, and resistance. these factors are galvanized by the mestiza’s borderland fac- ultad that strategizes, translates, navigates, and bridges the self-in- jeanette rodriguez received her doctorate from the graduate theological union in berkeley. she is currently professor in the department of theology and religious studies at seattle university, and serves as the director of the center for the study of justice in society. since publishing her our lady of guadalupe (uni- versity of texas, ), she has produced numerous articles in collected works on latina spirituality and popular catholicism. her recent research has brought her to chiapas to study its indigenous church. in this article i concentrate on latinas as i witness a proactive phenomenon in u.s. society: latinas creating a space, language, and rituals that display a way of being latina catholic. theological studies ( ) community by means of forging a conjunctive, differential oppositional consciousness, and a tactical subjectivity. this subjectivity negotiates its survival, engages in shifting identities, becomes flexible and mobile, seeks to deconstruct binaries, develops solidarity and affinities, and allows con- tradictions in order to subvert these contradictions and dissolve them. mestiza spirituality is a spirituality of conjunctive, differential oppositional consciousness that recognizes that “the experience of daily indignity at the hands of the dominant group” calls attention to a litany of injustices in a system of domination, exploitation, and oppression. these structures of oppression by the dominant group create an oppositional consciousness in subordinate groups that, in extreme cases, turns anger into hatred and these hatreds (racial, class, gender, etc.) in turn perpetuate other hatreds that lead to violence, intolerance, and separatism. mestiza spirituality rec- ognizes the ethical pitfalls and moral dilemmas caused by these hatreds, and counters them by subverting these contradictions through a “praxis of love” (chela sandoval), non-violent actions, and by taking seriously the christian ethical command to “love thy enemy,” and not by dehumanizing or destroying the oppressor, but by transforming the oppressor and the structures of oppression through an ethical praxis of love. when one reflects on the next generation ( to -year-old) of u.s. roman catholic latinas, one finds a population of women searching and experimenting but still grounded in traditional values within this vida loca. la vida loca is an expression that historically refers to the urban gang life of chicanos in large cities such as los angeles. i am aware that the chicano community in general uses this term to refer to the drug and alcohol lifestyle of gang members and their code of loyalty, but i would like to expand the understanding of this term to include a more multifaceted, complex interplay of values and challenges within the chicano community. the expanded meaning of this term is manifested most clearly in a film titled mi vida loca, produced in , that depicted the life of las locas (“home girls”) in los angeles. they were primarily single mothers in relationships with men who were addicts. the film also portrayed the women’s independence, strength, and friendships. if we were to apply this for a discussion of la vida loca, see luis j. rodriguez, always running la vida loca: gang days in l.a. (new york: simon and schuster, ). a chicano/a is the son/daughter primarily of a person of mexican descent, either born in the united states or in mexico, but shaped by the ideological, social, and political forces of the barrio or of the united states. the term chicano/a has deeply weaved connotations of rebellion and the search for freedom and justice brought about in the s by the movimiento chicano. rafaela g. castro, chicano folklore: a guide to the folktales, traditions, rituals and religious practices of mexican americans (new york: oxford univer- sity, ). theological studies expression with its expanded meaning to spirituality we must ask, what would a spirituality that emerges out of this vida loca look like? we have seen how this is reflected in music and popular culture. nonetheless, the role of religion has been marginalized. there is a dramatic raising of consciousness taking place in the latino/a community today. young people are asking why they are not included in the history books of their country, why they do not see themselves repre- sented in the upper echelons of power and authority of the church, and why their “home religion” is at the periphery of their institutional churches. at times embarrassed by their mothers’ popular religion, they long to find “soul” somewhere out there. how do these young mestizas navigate mul- tiple cultural and epistemological venues? what is the impact of these multiple identities or experiences and evolution of their spirituality? his- torically the term mestiza referred to the biological bringing together of spanish and indian blood. today, this term further entails an intrapsychic, interpersonal epistemological synthesis. this ongoing process of synthesis and integration is imperative for understanding the mestiza as lived out in the contemporary latinas in the united states. what insights of mestiza spirituality emerge from negotiating values, worldviews, perceptions, and ways of knowing? my hypothesis is that a dynamic interplay between constructed identity, ritual, and community justice is the basis of spirituality for the mestiza. for the purpose of this article, spirituality is not “faith seeking understanding” in the classic anselmian definition of theology, rather spirituality is self- transcendence seeking meaning, purpose, and wholeness in the way one perceives the ineffable mystery of everyday life. defined in this way, spiri- tuality is the innate human capacity to transcend our limitations through ideas, values, symbols, rituals, and other conceptual vehicles that elevates us to discover, rediscover, or uncover a hidden meaning or a hidden truth connecting us to god, our ultimate reality. without this capacity toward the spiritual, human lives would remain in a world of utter despair. this is why people steeped in a situation of unbearable oppression, exploitation, and systematic domination develop a capacity to discern more clearly the healing power of life-giving force and the hope-filled power of a liberating spirituality. as gloria anzaldúa once said, “spirituality is the ultimate resort of people who are extremely oppressed.” latino/a culture, religion, and spirituality are so integrated that to try to define spirituality separated from culture creates a false dichotomy and does a disservice to the latina community. this understanding of spiritu- ality seeks to capture the daily ritual practices that foster the habits of the gloria anzaldúa, interviews/entrevistas, ed. analouise keating (new york: routledge, ) . mestiza spirituality heart, as revealed in the practices of a community. perhaps the basic for- mative concept that must be highlighted for this argument is the manner in which community precedes the personal in latino/a identity. the question of identity has been at the forefront of u.s. hispanic theological concerns since the late s. i argue that the fluidity of this mestiza identity, coupled with ritual knowledge within the context of com- munity, leads significantly to a commitment to justice. ethnic studies, lit- erature, popular religion, feminist and cultural theory provide insight into “the lived experience” of mestizas. often, ethnic studies underplay issues of spirituality. religious studies tend to underplay ethnic understandings of self and spirituality. this article, therefore, draws from my previous inter- disciplinary work and from insights of social and behavioral scientists, and from a recent survey of college-age latinas that i developed. here i con- nect these disparate threads and weave a creative tapestry of mestiza knowledge. mestiza spirituality: identity in the late s, writer and poet gloria anzaldúa articulated la con- ciencia de la mestiza. this conciencia is a consciousness of mixed blood. as she states, la conciencia de la mestiza: is a product of the transfer of the cultural and spiritual values of one group to another. being tricultural, monolingual, bilingual, or multilingual, speaking a pa- tois, and in a state of perpetual transition, the mestiza faces the dilemma of the mixed breed. . . . she has discovered that she can’t hold concepts or ideas in rigid boundaries. . . . la mestiza constantly has to shift out of habitual formations; from convergent thinking, analytical reasoning that tends to use rationality to move toward a single goal (a western mode), to divergent thinking, characterized by movement away from set patterns and goals and toward a more whole perspective, one that includes rather than excludes. anzaldúa furthers this idea by proposing that the mestiza “develops a subjectivity capable of transformation and relocation, movement guided by the learned capacity to read, renovate, and make signs on behalf of the dispossessed.” this particular ability and skill anzaldúa calls la facultad: la facultad is the capacity to see in surface phenomena the meaning of deeper realities, to see the deep structure below the surface. it is an instant “sensing,” a quick perception arrived at without conscious reasoning. it is an acute awareness gloria anzaldúa, borderlands: the new mestiza (san francisco: aunt lute, ) – . ibid. – . chela sandoval, “mestizaje as method: feminists-of-color challenge the canon,” in living chicana theory, ed. carla mari trujillo (berkeley, calif.: third woman, ) – , at . theological studies mediated by the part of the psyche that does not speak, that communicates in images and symbols which are the faces of feelings, that is, behind which feelings reside/hide. the one possessing this sensitivity is excruciatingly alive to the world. philosopher maria lugones concurs with anzaldúa and claims that the theory and method of u.s. women of color feminism requires of its prac- titioners nomadic and determined “travel” across “worlds of memory.” thus anzaldúa brings to this argument the formative process that consti- tutes the essential elements of latino/a community: language, history, re- ligio-cultural practices. this constitutive piece develops the subjective per- son as of the community, i.e., the individual’s important place in the pro- cess of community. through the individual subjective dialogue with “other” the transhistorical identity of latino/a is developed and understood. this identity, in brief, develops from the living words of a community. building on the work of anzaldúa, chela sandoval, a cultural theorist at the university of california at santa barbara, develops an understanding of what she calls the “methodology of the oppressed.” key elements in- clude: engagement with multiple identities, resistance to the dominant cul- ture group, and marginalization. another expression of this activity is that it links theorizing with the concrete struggles of the people. sandoval iden- tifies five techniques used by marginalized groups as a form of survival and psychic resistance: ( ) sign reading places one in the position of observation and deciphering cultural constellations while experiencing, observing and witnessing; ( ) deconstruction of western categories; ( ) appropriating ideological forms in order to rework and reuse them; ( ) democratics, the function of using techniques not just for survival but for active change; and ( ) differential movement, “a polyform upon which the previous technolo- gies depend for operation.” these technologies have a two-pronged utility: they galvanize psychic resistance to domination and become the source for social praxis. these twofold inner/outer movidas are the kinds of modes utilized by the op- pressed for their own liberation. these two, among several others, are some of the survival skills that u.s. latinas have been employing in the struggle long before they became recognized as a viable approach to po- litical theory and practice. i now examine these “techniques” as they apply to the mestiza. whatever theory of signs is adopted, signs make explicit what is implicit and impart a concrete, historically situated knowledge that enables people anzaldúa, borderlands . sandoval, “mestizaje as method: feminist-of-color challenge the canon” . chela sandoval, “new sciences, cyborg feminism and the methodology of the oppressed,” in the cyborg handbook, ed. chris hables gray (new york: routledge, ) . mestiza spirituality within a particular group to understand one another. from this type of sign-reading concepts like “borderlands,” “mestiza,” “flor y canto,” and other culturally laden sign-configurations emerge. these constellations of signs and their meaning to the mestiza provide a new language, a new grammar for liberation. the concept of mestiza, for example, already im- plies a new awareness of the mestiza herself as a mixed-race, bicultural woman, who is mobile, flexible, and at home in two or more cultures, identities, classes, sexualities, races, genders, and geographical spaces. central to sandoval’s second technique is the idea of deconstructing binaries and decentering (or recentering). these two ideas are adopted from the philosophical approach known as deconstruction by french phi- losopher jacques derrida. logocentrisms according to derrida are privi- leged terms like male, mind, inside, true, etc. they represent an order and a classification of events and relations in everyday life. however, the mean- ings of these privileged terms are dependent on their opposites for its meaning. these oppositional terms, the hidden and less privileged ones, create an either/or dichotomy: male/female, mind/body, inside/outside, true/false, and so on. the idea of decentering (or recentering) involves making what was hidden and marginalized the new center, to emphasize the fact that without this supplemental term the central, privileged term means nothing. this is an important analytical tool for the methodology of the op- pressed. however, unlike derrida who leaves binary dichotomies in a play of undecidability (unsolved), chela sandoval’s paradigm calls for the sub- version of these contradictory opposites. sandoval recognizes that extreme oppositional consciousness creates in oppressed groups a sense of anger, and anger sometimes turns into hatred (class, race, gender, etc.) and once this happens, hatreds turn into violence and destruction. the binary oppo- site of hatred is love, and sandoval knows that in order to subvert hatred a praxis of love is needed that dissolves the hatred/love dichotomy that recenters love. meta-ideologizing deals with the “tactical subjectivity” of the mestiza that politically revises and reformulates ideologies so that it “denies any one ideology as the final answer.” this position rejects the privileged presence of one hegemonic ideological form. as a woman of color, a chi- cana/latina mestiza’s identity is a fragmented self as more than one iden- tity makes a claim on her subjectivity, for example, her race, class, gender, sexuality, nationality, disability, etc. the mestiza does not view these iden- direct quote of chela sandoval in an article by rosa linda fregoso, “‘dif- ferential consciousness’ in despues del terremoto,” latino film, homes of the films and videos of lourdes portillo, in http://www.lourdesportillo.com/ nepantla.html. theological studies tities as oppositional and these relationships have given her the skills nec- essary to survive and adapt by shifting identities whenever necessary. this kind of versatility requires that the mestiza “recenters” herself depending on the kind of oppression she confronts. sandoval argues that it requires grace, flexibility, and strength: “enough strength to confidently commit to a well-defined structure of identity for one hour, day, week, month, year; enough flexibility to self-consciously transform that identity according to the requisites of another oppositional ideological tactic if readings of pow- er’s formation require it; enough grace to recognize alliances with others committed to egalitarian social relations and race, gender, sex, and class justice, when their readings of power call for alternative oppositional stands.” democratics is the technique, i believe, that requires imagination, cre- ativity, and commitment to active social change using the survival skills learned in the last three techniques. some chicana/latina mestizas utilize this knowledge and methodology by transforming oppressive cultural and religious discourses through ritual, film, teatros, and other media. differ- ential movement involves constant flux and dynamic movement as it per- forms the organizing, linking, and reformulating function of forces moving in different directions. it is the pivotal nerve center of differential opposi- tional consciousness. these techniques may be conscious or unconscious but they increasingly produce and sustain oppositional activity. in other words, this activity cre- ates a space between two or more forces that many times move in different directions. from this oppositional consciousness the spirituality of a u.s. latina emerges. in the end, the dynamics of the consciencia de la mestiza and “oppositional consciousness” is the substance of an identity that is highly contextually specific and historically particular, and that this subject is always actively engaged in a process of becoming rather than achieving a fixed self. the latino/a culture has evolved from a tradition that is often described as flor y canto, flower and song. according to this worldview, the deepest recesses of being human can only be expressed in the poetry of metaphor and beauty, as gabriella gutiérrez y muhs expresses in her poem las granadas (pomegranates): the chambers of my disposition divided by fleshly porous walls, blood filled portions of me. direct quote of chela sandoval in jane mansbridge’s “complicating opposi- tional consciousness,” in oppositional consciousness: the subjective roots of so- cial protest, ed. jane mansbridge and aldon morris (chicago: university of chi- cago, ) . mestiza spirituality ¿could i be a buddhist catholic? ¿will the pope invest on my illegal condition of hope? ¿have the virgin of guadalupe and tonantzin merged with ixtazihuatl inside my pomegranate? cartas a nadie ¿does santo clos live with the three reyes? ¿do i write to my cousins i will never meet? ¿is there peace in the salsa made with fire? ¿can i sup at the table of the monks that speak only spanish? ¿could the war of streets, barrios, and belongings end with agronada or with a pomegranate? ¿can an alcoholic swim herself back to the tierra santa? ¿does la madre patria marry a passport in her dreamy trench of identidad? ¿is there soul food in the atrium of forgiveness? ¿will the pomegranate evolve into a grapefruit? the pomegranate is a metaphor for latinidad, isolation, and unity. it is the perfect metaphor for suffering, blood, and alienation and also for great- ness undiscovered. in spanish, the word fruit is somewhat much more personified than in english: it has skin, bones, and heart. food may carry multilayered meanings. for example, mexico’s most popular national dish is chiles y nogales. the colors that make up this dish represent the blood of the heroes (red), integrity (white), and hope for the future (green). in the case of the pomegranate, it has rooms, chambers, and cities. la granada in spanish may either be a food delicacy or a weapon, a true antithesis. so many times latinos are inside a granada suffering quietly, reinventing systematic pains, not knowing that in other chambers of our latinidad the same process has been repeated. we can isolate ourselves thinking that we are the only chicano muslims or texan buddhists; the only ones that criticize the church for its hierarchical structure; the only ones that speak the language of our pre-columbian ancestors, but really we all are part of the tree of granadas that feeds and softly kills part of us when we enter another chamber. each of us a granada, or a chamber, whatever we resolve to be. will we ever evolve into a citrus and see the rest of our own self? henceforth, the dialectical discussion of the self becoming allows for a dramatic expansion of subjectivity to occur through a variety of interdis- ciplinary lenses. chicana scholar gutiérrez y muhs contends that subjectivity is con- stantly being reconstituted and that this subjectivity is constructed through “representations circulated by society’s major institutions of social repro- gabriella gutiérrez y muhs, unpublished poem ( ). theological studies duction, the family, the school, the church, advertising, culture, i.e., the ideological state apparatuses. these are systematically but independently organized to hail us as their subjects. u.s. latinas’ (mestizas in particu- lar) self-concepts are determined in relationship to others. these relation- ships manifest themselves in the links that are woven between them and their families, friends, co-workers, and relationships with the saints, the divine, and creation. chicanas in particular have enjoyed a multiplicity of roles. one needs only to look at their cultural tradition and context to see them in their roles as mothers, healers, basket weavers, community leaders, rezadoras (prayer leaders) and curanderas (faith healers). mestiza worldview and social consciousness my early work exploring the significance of our lady of guadalupe in relation to mexican american women was grounded in a psychosocial religious framework. this perspective includes popular religion and a holistic model of the human that conceptualizes them in a psychosocial reality. i utilized the work of jerome frank, in particular his notion of the “assumptive world,” william james’s understanding of the religious, and more recently chicana feminists, poets, i.e., anzaldúa, sandoval, and hurtado. jerome frank, professor of psychiatry, begins with the assumption that human beings are social creatures, and as such one’s worldview and be- havior will be influenced and formed by the standards of the groups to which they belonged. he uses the term “assumptive world” to designate the psychosocial dimension of a person’s life. in order to be able to function, everyone must impose an order and regularity on the welter of experiences impinging upon him. to do this, he develops out of his personal experiences a set of assumptions. . . . the totality of each person’s assump- tions may be conveniently termed his “assumptive world.” this is a short hand expression for a highly structured, complex, interacting set of values, expectations, and images of oneself and others, which guide and in turn are guided by a person’s perceptions and behavior and which are closely related to his emotional states and his feelings of well-being. the more enduring assumptions become organized into attitudes with cognitive, affective, and behavioral components. frank contends that not all personal assumptive worlds are the same. they vary as experiences and self-images vary. how we see ourselves and the griselda pollack, vision and difference: femininity, feminism and histories of art (new york: routledge, ; orig. ed. ). jeanette rodriguez, our lady of guadalupe: faith and empowerment among mexican-american women (austin: university of texas, ). ibid. author reflects the non-inclusive language of his time. mestiza spirituality world around us, the values we attach to what we see, and the resulting behavior, all join to form the psychosocial dimension of a person. chicana feminists have added to this understanding of assumptive world- view by introducing the concepts of oppositional (sandoval) and mestiza consciousness (anzaldúa and hurtado). chicana feminist discourse in- cludes their daily clash with different languages, different belief systems, and cultural practices, so that their assumptive world is not contained, limited or circumscribed, nor is it a place of absolute certitude. at one point or another, u.s. latinas, in their young lives had to explain to some- body—a teacher, neighbor, priest, etc.—how they felt, what they believed in, and why they lived the way they did. those possessing a mestiza con- sciousness are forced early into becoming bridges between the “past” world and the “present” world, between their families and the bicultural world they live in, between the academic world and the community, the social, and professional worlds. chicana feminists identify this ability to translate, to negotiate, to bridge as la facultad, or ability. this facultad, as already noted, enables one to view simultaneously multiple social perspec- tives. this multilevel discourse encompasses the ever important interplay of cultural analysis. the culture concept is an integral element and plays an important role in this assumptive world. for this article, culture will be understood as: “so- cially transmitted, often symbolic, information that shapes human behavior and regulates human society so that people can successfully maintain them- selves and reproduce. culture has mental, behavioral, and material aspects; it is patterned and provides a model for proper behavior.” therefore, to appreciate another person, one must appreciate her as- sumptive world, or her psychosocial reality. the process of enculturation, or learning one’s culture, posits a worldview as a fact, and connects the variety of experiences that constitute reality. it is out of this reality that all rationality flows. one who functions from a mestiza consciousness is more apt to not only articulate her position but to help see the position of others. my generation would have discussed this in terms of choque de culturas, a clash of cultures. the clashing or choque of two or more realities is highlighted by oppo- sitional consciousness, i.e., by a consciousness borne out of direct conflict, marginalization, and oppression suffered by u.s. latinas and their struggles to resist the structures of oppression in the dominant society. the mestiza refuses to accept this condition as an either/or choque de culturas. instead, the mestiza views her own reality as the reality of living life as la vida loca. she bridges these two or more realities through a new synthesis, john bodley, cultural anthropology: tribes, states, and the global system (mt. view, calif.: mayfield, ). theological studies by creating a new space, a new meaning, a new spirituality. the mestiza borderland facultad engages in a creative and constructive spirituality by strategizing, navigating, negotiating, and building a new universe of mean- ing, i.e., a new space where the self engages other selves in a new universe of meaning that is becoming, evolving and transforming. by rejecting the either/or dichotomy, the mestiza balances or bridges these two or more opposing realities by transforming the either/or dichotomy into a “this- and-that.” the operative word here is the conjunction “and.” this is the essence of what it means to be a mestiza. for example, if we use the racial and cultural meaning of mestizaje, the mestiza is both spanish and (note here the conjunction “and”) indian, but in reality, as a choque de culturas shows, she is neither spanish nor indian because her conjunctive, differ- ential racial and cultural reality has transformed her into a new person. the mestiza, then, is the disfrasismo par excellence of a new person, a new rostro y corazón (in ixtli in yóllotl, face and heart). this conjunctive “and” therefore is the conjunctive, differential consciousness of mestiza spirituality. this present generation, i believe, has more history, consciousness, and awareness to be able to move its position to view a situation from different perspectives. hence its members adopt and find resources for belonging in this vida loca. the danger, of course, in this gift, is also the temptation to relativize everything. all individuals belong to multiple groups, therefore may possess a variety of social identities. however, “social identities gain particular significance when they represent ‘master statuses’ and when they are stigmatized. race, social class, gender, and sexuality are the significant social identities.” while a purely western cultural consciousness would be fragmented, the mestiza consciousness navigates these realities with an equanimity that flows from a concrete spirituality. participants of the survey in order to further my investigation and to concretize it, i developed a simple questionnaire to distribute to a specific grouping of the latina population in order to elicit information from a small sample of the variety that makes up u.s. latinas. i am aware that this does not meet the criteria for a formal, complex, scientific research tool. my aim was to get a sense of the state of spiritual consciousness of latina college-age students today. the targeted population was latina women between the ages of and , living in the united states. the criteria were that ( ) they identified them- selves as mestiza; ( ) they were bilingual and bicultural, understanding the fact that levels of proficiency and preference vary; and ( ) they were ro- man catholic. aida hurtado, voicing chicana feminism (new york: new york university, ) . mestiza spirituality to this end, survey questionnaires were disseminated in the fall of to professional latino/a staff and faculty at a variety of different universities (i.e., chicago, idaho, california, and washington). these pro- fessionals were asked to distribute the questionnaire to their students who satisfied the criteria. in addition, the questionnaire was sent to parish and adult leaders in faith communities that were predominantly latino/a (i.e., florida, new jersey, california, washington, and oregon). of the sent out, were returned. the largest group of respondents ( ) was between the ages of and , primarily second generation, of mexican roots, single, and attending university. out of these , met the criteria, and form the basis for the analysis that follows. i am particularly interested in the pacific northwest region where there is a growing latino/a population. one does not find, however, the larger, easily identified latino/a commu- nity as one does in california, texas, or new york. twenty-seven of the ( %) respondents in this age range considered themselves mestiza and of the ( %) thought it was an important classification in terms of identity. seventy-two percent of the respondents pray regularly and attend weekly mass. half of this percentage report praying the rosary, or having a devotion to our lady of guadalupe; of the ( %) participate in cultural/communal rituals: dia de los muertos, semana santa (holy week), los posadas, the feast of our lady of guada- lupe, december , and los tres reyes (the three kings), january . my first review of the surveys indicates that this generation is more institutionally educated than the generation that came before them, which means that they are more acculturated. there are remnants of the first generation’s popular devotion, i.e. expressing devotion to the saints (i.e., st. martin de porres, st. miguel, st. veronica), in particular prayer (ro- sary), novenas (for home, children, special objects), blessings, and pilgrim- ages (to chimayo of new mexico and the basilica of our lady of guada- lupe in mexico). this age range also identified themselves as being part of a community and as participating in community. community is important to them. it gives them belonging, identity, and purpose. the celebration most practiced after attending sunday liturgy is the dia de los muertos celebration. this particular celebration underscores the ongoing connec- tion of the dead with the living and their active participation the life of the community. once a year, the portals of time are opened, and communi- ties of believers gather to remember those who have gone before them, to this survey was self-administered with no interview or follow-up. for historical origin and celebration of the dia de los muertos, see elizabeth carmichael and chloe sayer, the skeleton at the feast: the day of the dead in mexico (austin: university of texas, ); hugo g. nutini, “pre-hispanic com- ponent of the syncretic cult of the dead in mesoamerica,” ethnology (january ) – . theological studies be cognizant of those who are with them, and commit themselves to those who will follow. warmed by candles, consoled by the company of the living, and the spirits of the loved ones who have gone before them, lati- nos/as will remember their dead. this ritual in particular acknowledges, affirms, and nurtures the ongoing relationship between the living and the dead. this data, while not in depth, does reveal some significant trends and challenges. it is inspiring to witness how u.s. latinas/chicanas seek to reclaim their roots, foster their identity, and nurture their spirituality in resistance to a social context that pressures them to assimilate. of particu- lar significance is the remembering or the reconnection with the ancestors. i am reminded of a recent healing group in which i participated, where the cuarandera (traditional faith healer) utilized a number of practices from various traditions: prayer, smudging, blessing with holy water, singing, call- ing for the aid of ancestors and saints, and soul retrieval. i wonder if there is any correlation of the dismissal of our saints in the church and the increasing search for mediators who can reconnect people with their past? this connection with the past not only enhances the relational self but also demonstrates a place and purpose for those people who have been con- tinuously marginalized by dominant cultures. perhaps this challenge cre- ates new memories. understanding how latinas construct their identity is a key ingredient in this process. marina, one of the latinas from the survey, captures a frequently ar- ticulated experience of being a mestiza in : initially, for me, mestiza acknowledges my spanish and indigenous blood. more profound is my experience as a chicana living in the northwest. it would be one thing to be a chicana living in the southwest or east coast where there are significant latino populations. it is a completely different experience to be a chi- cana living in areas that have small populations of latinos. the visual image that best describes my experience is the teeter-totter, where you are up on one end while the other is down. experiencing success in one cultural group (latino vs. main- stream) has historically meant that i have been down in the other cultural group. this experience has been physically, mentally and emotionally draining. balancing was an act that took me a long time to learn. i became motivated to balance my mestisaje experience after being down on both ends of the teeter-totter for long periods of time. i came to the conclusion that there had to be a way to balance this experience. however, it took me a long time to come to this conclusion because those before me had always accepted one reality over the other, never attempting to balance. who knows, maybe they did try to balance but the experience became too emotionally draining. throughout my experience, i have learned that it is okay to be up on one the end of the teeter-totter and down on the opposite. i have also learned that it is possible to balance both experiences but that doing so requires a lot of thought and emotional energy. interview with “marina,” november . mestiza spirituality my previous research was primarily with mexicans and mexican ameri- cans who were first and second generation and over the age of . in that age range there was significant evidence of popular devotion, the saints, praying of the rosary, home altars, blessings, processions, and communal celebrations such as dia de los muertos, las posadas, semana santa. the results from the survey of university students revealed a more educated second generation that integrates the home practices of popular devotion with sunday liturgical practices and reading the bible. my past experiences with second, third, and fourth generation latinos/as indicated and affirm an involvement in popular practices to the extent that these practices cel- ebrate and affirm their identity as mestizas. the building of community the psychosocial factors that form identity are often considered the primary and exclusive avenues by which persons understand their world. as has been noted, the “assumptive world” includes one’s intrapsychic life and one’s interpersonal relations. it is from these intrapsychic and inter- personal influences that one’s personal identity is developed. hurtado’s work on personal and social identity provides me with insight for understanding the foundation for a mestiza spirituality. she argues that for any human, personal identity contains some universal processes such as ability to love, work, and mate. in many cases she argues personal identity is much more stable than social identity. social identity is defined as “those aspects of the individual’s self-identity that derive from one’s knowledge of being part of categories and groups, together with the value and emotional significance attached to these memberships.” these social identities are the consequence of three sociopsychological processes: social categorization, social comparison, and psychological work. social categorization includes one’s nationality, language, race, ethnicity, and skin color. people often self-designate themselves. language is second only to religion in identification of the people’s group. it is an important way of categorizing oneself. race is a category that was created out of colonial empire building, through the interplay of power relations. ethnic- ity has to do with the self-identity of a group of people within a culture, as being somehow culturally distinct from the more general culture, for in- stance, indians within guatemala, or chicanos in los angeles, as opposed to latinos/as within the united states. ethnicity constitutes a language, jeanette rodriguez, our lady of guadalupe. aida hurtado, voicing chicana feminism. ibid. . ibid. theological studies dialect, religious customs, manner of dress, etc. skin color can also be a significant factor. social comparison, the second process, achieves “significance in relation to perceived differences from other groups.” this is a socially constructed element that is important in cross-cultural communication. the question is how do people see themselves as really being different? a great example of this occurred at the turn of the th century when the philippine com- munity of new orleans were considered white and not colored. native american, african american, and asian, on the other hand, were consid- ered colored, non-white. social comparisons are fluid. they do set up markers. however, the key question becomes, who decides? the third process is psychological work, and includes cognitive and emo- tional dynamics that support a positive sense of distinctiveness. the lati- nos/as’ greatest values and aspirations—faith, hospitality, family—while not exclusive to latinos/as, are highlighted as significant for latinos/as. the groups that are most problematic for a sense of positive distinctive- ness, are disparaged memberships that have to be negotiated frequently because they are visible to others, ones that are politicized by social move- ments and so on. these are the most likely to become social identities for individuals.” it is these identities forged out of challenge and resistance that become especially powerful psychologically. hurtado goes further to say that those group memberships that are socially affirmed, or valued or given privilege, may not even become social identities. this understanding of both personal and social identities is significant for this research in that it helps explain some of the responses on the survey. in particular, the women’s identification and full importance of the term mestiza. “the dis- tinctions between home, school, community, and mainstream institutions are . . . not clear cut and delineated, but are rather part of a web of multiple interacting communities . . . [f]amilies [however] are the starting point for surviving and effecting resistance to cultural assault, to valorizing and (re)creating a family education which stresses dignity and pride in language and culture.” the primary metaphor utilized in the writings of women of color for women’s consciousness is that of multiplicity. many women of color, and in particular chicana writers, speak about developing this multiple identity at an early age, juggling a variety of social groups, serving as bridges between their traditional monolingual family context and the dominant culture. ibid. ibid. sofia villenas and donna deyhle,“critical race theory and ethnographies challenging the stereotypes: latino families, schooling, resilience and resis- tance,” curriculum inquiry ( ) , . mestiza spirituality many latinas joke that while they see this ability as an asset, it has come at the price of being walked on by both sides. this constant crossing becomes the most ordinary thing in mestizas’ lives. although they cross back and forth between these dual identities, they sometimes feel terribly unaccepted—orphaned. some do not identify with the anglo american cultural values and some do not identify with, for example, the mexican american cultural values. mexican americans are a key example of this synthesis of these two cultures with varying degrees of acculturation, and with that synthesis brings conflict. latinas describe their experience with a litany of words such as conquest, resistance, borderlands, integrity, anger, pain, economically and politically marginalized, and multiple identities. the nexus of rationality in this potentially fragmented realidad is found in the very spirituality that explains and reinforces the cosmology of latinidad. “borderlands refers to the geographical, emotional, and/or psychological space occupied by mestizas, and it serves as a metaphor for the condition of living, between spaces, cultures and languages (elenes, ). a chicana feminist epistemology acknowledges that chicanas and other marginalized peoples often have a strength that comes form their borderland experi- ences (delgado bernal, b). so another part of a mestiza consciousness is balancing between and within the different communities.” gloria anzaldúa captures a compelling description of what it is like to cross between cultures and epistemological perspectives. “indigenous like corn, like corn, the mestiza is a product of crossbreeding, designed for preservation under a variety of conditions. like an ear of corn—a female seed-bearing organ—the mestiza is tenacious, tightly wrapped in the husks of her culture. like kernel she clings to the cob; with thick stalks and strong brace roots, she holds tight to the earth—she will survive the crossroads.” especially significant in the mestiza consciousness is the importance of catholicism in the cultural practices. many consider themselves deeply spiritual, drawing from both their catholic roots and familial indigenous practices. in order to fathom this complex arena, some background of the religious history of u.s. latinas or mestizas includes th-century spanish catholicism along with native american and african indigenous religions must be understood. for example, mexican american women inherit the legacy of the spanish conquest. this conquest was motivated by empire and expansion facilitated by military and economic interest and in many race, social class, gender, and sexuality are the significant social identities that are considered “master statuses, and the reason is because individuals must psy- chologically negotiate their potential stigmatizing effects.” dolores delgado bernal, “learning and living pedagogies of the home: the mestiza consciousness of chicana students,” qualitative studies in education ( ) . anzaldúa, borderlands – . theological studies cases resisted by religion. religion, however, facilitated the conquest through missionaries who assimilated the indians and through a church structure that controlled them. given the pervasive role that religion and the church had in the colonization of latin america and the caribbean, it is not surprising to find elements of this impact upon the family and tight-knit latina communi- ties. henceforth, a religion forged from the combination of th-century spanish catholicism, and indigenous african religion would still influence the faith of latina catholic women. women’s “collective spiritual practices and faith have formed part of the bedrock of day-to-day survival for mar- ginalized communities. many of those most socially and economically mar- ginalized—indigenous women—have steadfastly served as the unacknowl- edged high priests and healer of our working communities under siege.” thus, while the conquest in many ways destroyed a people’s public cultural expressions, in fact, the culture resisted total assimilation and re- interpreted western values to fit their cosmological scheme. hence, the synchronicity so prevalent in latino/a culture. the hierarchy of the catho- lic church and its traditional teachings has not precluded mestizas from playing an active role in the practice of popular religion, nor development of their spirituality. popular religion is considered home-based, with non- cleric led expressions and celebrations of faith, such as pilgrimages, pro- cessions, fiestas, and community created sacred shrines. they are sponta- neous and not mandated by the official hierarchy. although popular reli- gion has its historical roots in th-century catholicism, it has evolved a life of its own that captures the identity, values, and inspirations of the people. the new spirituality of mestizas can no longer be compartmentalized or limited to organized religion. popular religion also functions as a powerful form of resistance to as- similation. at the annual convention of the catholic theological society of america in , orlando espin and sixto garcia pointed out that popular religion is an important guardian of culture, history, and identity; without it, we would not be the people we are. “our identity as an integral part of the catholic church would not have survived the frequent clashes with the non-hispanic—and often, anti-hispanic—ways of the church in america.” faith expressions of popular religion are readily accessible to ana maria diaz-stevens, “latinas in the church,” in hispanic catholic cul- ture in the u.s.: issues and concerns, ed. jay p. dolan and allan deck (notre dame: university of notre dame, ) – . yolanda broyles-gonzález, “indianizing catholicism,” in chicana traditions: continuity and change, ed. norma e. cantú and olga nájera-ramı́rez (urbana: university of illinois, ) . ana castillo, massacre of the dreamers: essays on xicanisma. (albuquerque: university of new mexico, ) . orlando espı́n and sixto garcia, “ ‘lilies of the field’: a hispanic theology mestiza spirituality anyone without exception and no one is excluded from participating in them. they provide a deep sense of unity and joy, while providing a forum for shared suffering. they are participatory and everyone takes an active role in them. for those who participate in the realm of popular religion, religious experience permeates all space and time. there are spaces and times of special strength and power that are part of the religious experi- ence. mestizas today practice a polyfaceted spirituality that connects the ancestors to the present, balance the fragmented world of the post- conquest, and create a deep emotional attachment to the land and its processes. the spiritual practices of many chicanas emerge from a purposeful integration of their creative inner resources and the diverse cultural influences that feed their souls and their psyches. accepting their estrangement from christianity, . . . many christians (re)turn to an indigena-inspired spirituality, learn to trust their own senses and bodies, recreate traditional cultural practices, and look to non-western philosophies—all of which offers us a (re)connection to our selves, our spirits, and to the ongoing process of creating nuestra familia. . . . chicanas define and decide for themselves what images, rituals, myths, and deities nourish and give expression to their deepest values. these deepest values are formed in the everyday common struggle for life referred to as lo cotidiano. ritual knowledge all human beings are symbol-creating creatures who use ritual behavior to organize socially meaningful ways to express values and tradition. no one living in society is free from some form of ritual. ritual and ceremony are elements and expressions of being human. ritual is not just an activity with no purpose but rather is the way in which human beings construct their worlds. it is also a means to gain epistemological access. jennings argues that there are three moments in the poetic function of ritual: first, ritual action is a medium to attain knowledge. it may function as a of providence and human responsibility,” in catholic theological society of america, proceedings ( ) – , at . lara medina, “los espı́ritus siguen hablando: chicana spiritualities,” in liv- ing chicana theory, ed. c. trujillo (berkeley: third woman, ) – , at . see orlando espin, the faith of the people: theological reflections on popu- lar catholicism (maryknoll, n.y.: orbis, ) xvii; miguel diaz, on being human: u.s. hispanic and rahnerian perspectives (maryknoll, n.y.: orbis, ); and ana maria isasi-diaz, “lo cotidiano: a key element of mujerista theology,” journal of hispanic/latino theology (august ) – . theodore w. jennings, “on ritual knowledge,” journal of religion ( ) – . theological studies mode of inquiry and discovery. what this means is that the participants discover who they are in the world and how the world can be reconsti- tuted. this ritual knowledge is gained through bodily action that “alters the world and the place of the ritual participant in the world . . . it is primarily corporal rather than cerebral, primarily active rather than con- templative, primarily transformative rather than speculative. there is an incarnate character of ritual knowledge that is gained through embodi- ment.” one of the most common forms of ritual involves acting or dramatizing religious stories such as the narrative of our lady of guadalupe, las posa- das, and the passion of jesus. religious symbols, stories, and rituals draw individuals and community into a deeper understanding of god by access- ing the mind and heart (devotion to the sacred heart, rosary, baptism, blessings). in latino/a culture, everything is interrelated, interconnected, and interdependent, and people identify themselves through their relation- ships to others (hence the importance of comadrazo). these relationships between people also apply to the relationships between people and the divine. the saints are jesus’ friends and therefore friends of mine; jesus is my brother, god is my father, guadalupe is my mother. this parallel dichotomy of identity of self and other is a legacy of the institutional churches’ separation of genders within the lay clergy continuum. while consecrated males held the liturgical powers of the sacraments, women developed a unique, deeply religious parallel spirituality. the power of women, then, to formulate and express religious consciousness in the home was both a result of oppression and an expression of liberation. this spiri- tuality of relationship emphasizes the possibilities of being fully human within an extended community. it permeates all aspects of one’s life and is fundamental to one’s belief system. this community is a network of ex- tended social relations, bound by mutual obligations articulated by the matriarchs of the various families. within popular religion, social organization is predominantly horizontal, with temporal responsibilities that do not separate persons or give unequal weight to functions. in preparation for las posadas, dia de los muertos, or semana santa, everyone plays a role and each is important, whether their task is to make the tortillas or proclaim the word. in celebrating these rituals, social organization is paramount in that elders are recognized as spiritual leaders and children are trained to assume those roles. all are essential to the celebration, all are valued and affirmed. thus, “the per- formance of ritual . . . teaches not only how to conduct the ritual itself, but how to conduct oneself outside the ritual space.” ibid. . ibid. . ibid. . mestiza spirituality ritual that fosters justice “justice” is a complex term, and i struggled to decide which aspect to highlight. is the mestiza consciousness focused on the concept of justice as equality? is it a concept of justice that levels the playing field and develops a new grammar of life? a sort of utopia introduced or manifested when horizons are fused in a play of ritual practices? is it in ritual practices that the players (participants) are transformed by gaining a new knowledge of themselves vis-à-vis one another? i understand justice in at least two ways: as cosmic order, that is, its relationship to every living and non-living thing in the universe, and as an individual and social rendering of one’s due. from these two understandings of justice, i have come to understand jus- tice as the idea of making someone or something whole (shalom). in the judeo-christian tradition, god’s righteousness (latin: justitia) or justice was biblically conceived as god’s “right relationship” with all creatures (humans included), and the natural and cosmic order. the second part of the concept of justice is rendering persons their due. in the concept of justice where giving others their due in order to make them whole (shalom) justice demands that this be done on the basis of equal treatment. unequal treatment because of one’s skin color, race, gender or some other trait or behavior is for all practical and theoretical purposes, an injustice. to deny a group of people justice on the basis of race, gender, etc., is not only to deny them their due, but on a deeper level, it denies them their worth or dignity as human beings. central to the concept of justice is our understanding of what a person is. a person is a child of god endowed by god with human dignity. to declare someone worthless is to deny one justice. what are humans due in order to sustain their humanity? minimally, justice requires that their es- sential needs be met. what are these? food, shelter, clothing, health care, etc. in our dealings with one another, to fail to give the other his or her due is to do an injustice. this concept of justice as shalom is to restore others by making them whole, by restoring their worth. social justice is the way in which we relate to the social whole (or “the common good” as thomists call it). social justice as understood here is our contribution through financial, socioeconomic, cultural, educational or other means to make the social whole sustain human life and, if possible, even make it flourish. if it fails to do this, we have social injustice. in liberation theology, god’s justice is conceived as directly concerned with the plight of the poor and those oppressed by racism, sexism, classism and other isms. justice as understood in liberation theology is not “blind jus- tice” or the liberal standard of justice as impartial, i.e., of siding with no one. in the struggle for liberation, justice does, indeed, take sides and it does so because god’s justice has always been an option for the poor in the theological studies hebrew scriptures and in the new testament. it sides with the poor and the oppressed in the barrios of latin america and in the barrios of los angeles. the god of the oppressed is the god who sides with the lives of people who live in a situation of internal colonialism, exploitation, oppres- sion and subhuman conditions. the distortion of god’s justice (right rela- tionship) to the oppressed by those in positions of power through their raw economic and political might, and through their racist, sexist, and class structures, as well as through other instrumentalities, signals a new under- standing of justice that emphasizes the eschatological dimension of the gospel of jesus who was raised by god as a new creation, a new person (a new face and heart). the mestiza as a new person, a new face and heart, who is neither spanish nor indian, but both, is always already the eschatological presence of the new person raised in christ at the resurrection. she is the presence of god’s justice at work in the world of the poor and the oppressed in the barrios of san antonio, los angeles, denver, and elsewhere. this eschato- logical presence is seen most vividly in the rituals, the customs, and the celebrations of mestiza spirituality. it is in this way that the dia de los muertos becomes an eschatological communion with our resurrected past and present. the celebrations of the dia de los muertos become a vehicle for communication with ancestors who were raised in christ and now commune with us, as the present order and values of the oppressor are rapidly passing away. this communion with our resurrected past united in our present time during the dia de los muertos is shalom, our becoming whole again. it is god’s justice embodied in us and in the midst of our colonized, exploitative, oppressive and subhuman conditions. for this reason guadalupe is such a profound experience for latinas in general, mexican americans in particular. this devotion and ritual is one that invokes a god who brings justice to the world. god’s presence is reestablished among the conquered people and they are raised up. the nahuatl language and culture, i.e., their ethnic identity as a people, are made whole by a god who validates their existence and restores their dignity and personhood. in the celebration of dia de los muertos, and the virgin of guadalupe, god’s justice is revealed once again. no one is for- gotten, the dead return among us, and continue to be among us. they sustain life for all of us. this life giving, life affirming, life sustaining is justice expressed and revealed. this life sustaining activity is nurtured primarily in the home space. home altars form the moral and ethic tone for the community. in each home it is more important than the tv set. in this space it is remembered that the companions in the house are the ancestors, i am indebted to my colleague juan alvarez cuauhtemoc for his feedback and assistance in developing these ideas. mestiza spirituality the saints, jesus, and guadalupe. intimate relationships flow out from there to the community. what is remembered at home, what is shared around the home altar, around the dinner table, is the “water” that flows out to the community and connects them, sensitizing the participants to what are right relationships. so the basis of justice is relationships, ritual action, sharing, generosity, remembering, remaining connected, maintain- ing one’s dignity, restoring dignity to others. in the beginning of my article i mentioned entering la vida loca. entering la vida loca of the barrio, one hears the crashing noise from the ghetto blasters, one sees multiple colors, dogs, children in the streets, women hanging out wash, cars in the yard—everything is chaotic, or is it? could there be order here if you were to see through the spirituality that god is present? “[t]he street is a central locus of much of the religious display. . . . ritualized actions such as pilgrimages, processions, posadas, passion plays and the repaying of mandas often take place in the public space of the street. similarly, bodily religious display such as tattoos of the virgen de guadalupe or the wearing of an emblem or medal often fulfill their testi- monial function for other viewers in the public space of the street. . . . in many ways the street is now brought inside the church.” thus, the mestiza spirituality’s contribution to the larger church is one of ongoing creativity, the continual transformation of the remembrance, transformation of an exodus experience in their own lives. from the conquest and experience of oppression, guadalupe leads the people to cross over the bridge from cruelty and genocide to one of real hope. there is also a struggle within the latina community; it is a struggle demarcated along the lines of color (those who are light skinned versus dark skinned), class (those who are rich versus the poor), ancestry (those of african ancestry versus those of indian blood), and status (those who are privileged and those who are underprivileged). this is an ongoing struggle at all communal celebrations, and yet, in prayer and ritual, at the basilica for the feast of guadalupe, the rich kneel alongside los pobres, the dark with the fair skinned, the privileged, and the despised. this happens, for example, nowhere else in mexico. i have drawn attention to the daily ritual practices that foster the habits of the heart. my contention is that it is those rituals that transmit an ethics to the people which, when lived in community, fosters compassion and a care for justice that gives them a grammar for life. ritual is a repetitive pattern that constructs a worldview, and is essential for revealing the loved ellen mccracken, “contemporary chicano narrative and public religious display: recuperating the sacred in the barrio street and literary text,” in cul- tures de la rue: les barrios d’amérique du nord, ed. genevieve fabre and cather- ine lejeune (paris: université paris, ) – . theological studies process of a culture’s spirituality. while the harsh realities of a world of injustice constantly threaten la raza, rituals reinforce the ideals of a world that existed, is now possible and is hoped for in future generations. in the gathering of the home altar or celebrating of the dia de los muertos one learns that one is not only connected to others across time, but that one is never alone. ritual knowledge is gained not by detached observation but through the action, the gesture, lighting the candle, the placement of flowers, the walk- ing in a pilgrimage, etc. the re-enactment is how ritual knowledge is gained. it serves to transmit knowledge and forms a way of knowing, being and acting in the world. it is in this understanding that ritual action transmits the “knowing” gained through ritual action itself. the very basis of this access is through an emotional affirmation of being in a com- munity that expands beyond the temporal. the key contribution that jen- nings makes is that ritual action does not primarily cause us to see differ- ently, but to act and know differently. at the conclusion of this article, the term mestiza may take on a meaning beyond a specific ethnicity of latinas. here i addressed the mestiza con- sciousness of u.s. latina catholic, but the process and the dynamics of mestiza can also be applied to other groups navigating or negotiating two or more cultures. what would be the mestizo/a construct be for an african american, chinese american, korean american, russian american, bi- racial individuals? understanding this process of mestiza is significant given the increasing multicultural changes in our parishes. my use of lit- erature, cultural theory, theology, psychology, and fieldwork challenges the established notions of spirituality. in particular, it challenges how u.s. latinas’ spirituality or other minority cultures with their spirituality are viewed by mainstream theologians. la raza means, literally, “the people,” and it is a term that refers to the mestizo, that is, to the children of mixed blood. the term also has the feeling of giving voice, name, status to the underdogs. jennings, “on ritual knowledge” . ibid. . ibid. . mestiza spirituality no job name balancing justice and mercy reflections on forgiveness in judaism louis e. newman abstract the concept of forgiveness is analyzed as a moral gesture toward the offender designed to help restore that individual’s moral standing. jewish sources on the conditions under which forgiveness is obligatory are explored and two contrasting positions are presented: one in which the obligation to forgive is conditional on the repentance of the offender and another in which people are required to forgive unconditionally. these two positions are shown to represent different ways of framing the offending behavior that rest, in turn, on different ways of balancing the need for justice and for mercy respectively. in the final analysis, judaism’s two contrasting attitudes toward forgiveness are rooted in different theological assumptions and different ways of construing the very goals of the moral life. the author points out the merits and shortcomings of both positions and concludes with the suggestion that the two complement each other in important ways. key words: forgiveness, justice, mercy, jewish theology, social order faithfulness and truth meet; justice and well-being kiss. – psalm : . conceptualizing forgiveness forgiveness may be among the most complex and contested topics in moral philosophy and theology. for one thing the very definition of forgiveness is a matter of dispute. some treat it in a quasi-legal manner as a matter of forgoing retribution, or waiving one’s right to press charges against the offender (murphy , ). others define forgiveness in terms of the inner emotional or psychological state of the one who offers it, as a letting go of resentment toward one’s offender (grovier ). still others analyze it as a verbal gesture, an example of what john austin called “performative speech” (haber ). the purpose of forgiveness is similarly contested. it may be designed to effect reconciliation with the offender on a personal level, or to welcome that person back into society. but others see forgiveness primarily as a way of healing the offended louis e. newman is the john m. and elizabeth w. musser professor of religious studies and associate dean of the college and director of advising, carleton college. louis e. newman, carleton college, n. college st., northfield, mn , lnewman@carleton.edu. jre . : – . © journal of religious ethics, inc. party’s own pain, and so imagine that one could forgive the offender without ever telling that person about it. this last position is reflected in much contemporary self-help literature and captures an increas- ingly popular view according to which forgiveness is a gift to the one who forgives, essentially an act of self-care (luskin ; borris- dunchunstang ; and friedman ). forgiveness is further complicated by the enormous range of circum- stances in which it arises, from the most trivial of missteps (i forgive my friend for not inviting me to his birthday party) to the most heinous of crimes (as when one forgives one’s rapist or the murderer of one’s child). it arises not only in the context of interpersonal relationships, but in relationships between groups and in the sphere of international politics. forgiveness varies considerably in situations where the offending and offended parties know one another, or even more, when they have a longstanding, intimate relationship, as distinct from situations in which the offender has no prior relationship to the one he hurt. finally, any cogent understanding of forgiveness must encompass those situations in which one forgives someone who has died, or someone who is entirely anonymous, as well as the special case of self-forgiveness. even this brief overview suffices to illustrate the many ways in which the notion of forgiveness confounds our efforts to pin it down in any conceptually neat way. i suspect that many of the disputes about forgive- ness in the ever-growing literature on the subject can be traced to the fact that the authors are talking about quite different things, but using the same terminology to describe them. it follows that anyone who dares to step into this conceptual quagmire at a minimum owes his reader some working definition of forgiveness. first, it seems clear to me that forgiveness as a moral gesture is other-regarding. whatever its ultimate purpose—and it is my view that forgiving can be done for a number of quite different reasons—it only counts as a moral act of forgiveness if it is meant to benefit the offender in some way. if i “forgive” my abusive father only because i want to placate him and ensure that i receive my share of his estate, i am acting kolnai , argues that the reconciliation entailed in acts of forgiveness must be mutual, that is, accepted by the offender. but i can see no reason for restricting forgiveness in this way. certainly we all know of instances in which someone forgives a person who is anonymous (the driver who treated one rudely) or someone who is dead or otherwise unreachable. for an extensive bibliography on forgiveness, see enright and north , – . this need not preclude the case of forgiving the dead. we often do things on behalf of those who are deceased, as when we fulfill a promise that they made, but were not able to fulfill in their lifetimes. similarly, we sometimes do things that can honor those who have died, as when we grant posthumous awards, or bring things to light that clear the deceased’s wrongfully besmirched reputation. journal of religious ethics out of self-interest, not to relieve him of guilt or to demonstrate that my love is stronger than his misdeed, or out of any (re)consideration of his moral standing at all (couenhoven ). similarly, the idea that forgive- ness is primarily a gift to oneself confuses the purpose of forgiveness with its secondary effects. there is no doubt that in many cases there are often powerful emotional benefits for one who forgives. but if forgiveness is to have any moral meaning, it must be done primarily as a response to and for the benefit of the offender. the person who “forgives” another in order to feel better is akin to the person who gives a large gift to charity, not because she cares at all about the charity, but simply to avoid the burden of a major tax liability. so we should be clear at the outset that some acts that appear to be forgiveness in the moral sense are really nothing of the sort. and it is only forgiveness as a moral gesture that interests me here. second, forgiveness encompasses both emotional and behavioral ele- ments. one who claims to forgive and even renews a relationship with his offender, but who inwardly continues to perseverate over the offense, to nurse resentments and ill will, has not genuinely forgiven the offender. conversely, one who has emotionally let go of those hard feelings, but who refuses to treat the offender as a person whose moral standing has been at least partially, if not wholly, restored, has undergone a change of heart, but not really accepted the offender as forgiven. so at least ideally forgiveness will manifest itself both as a change of attitude and a change in behavior toward one’s offender. third, i think forgiveness admits of gradations; it is not an all-or- nothing proposition. for this reason it is a mistake to tie forgiveness too closely to reconciliation. at one end of the spectrum it is certainly the case that forgiveness can yield a new and deeper relationship between two people who have been estranged, as when a marriage is made stronger after one partner comes to forgive the other for an act of betrayal. but there are less dramatic cases in which forgiveness merely brings a broken relationship back to neutral ground, as it were. here there is no deep reconciliation, only a cessation of hostility and a commitment to treat the other respectfully, despite past transgressions. forgiveness, then, does not require that the two parties involved arrive at any particular harmonious i recognize that this claim is controversial and that some will want to count as forgiveness some gestures that are either entirely emotional or (perhaps less often) entirely behavioral. but there are good reasons for maintaining a model of forgiveness that encom- passes both elements, at least as the paradigm case. after all, moral transgressions affect the injured party emotionally (and often physically) and also change the social (and often legal) standing of the offender. if forgiveness is meant to mitigate the effects of the transgression, then, we should expect that it will do so by addressing both the emotional state of the injured party and the social standing of the offender. in proposing this model of forgiveness i nonetheless recognize that there is a wide range of moral gestures with strong “family resemblances” to this paradigm and that these, too, are worthy of consideration. balancing justice and mercy end-state, only that they move beyond the state of moral disequilibrium that characterizes a relationship broken by harmful or disrespectful acts. with these considerations in mind, then, i will define forgiveness as a moral gesture offered by the offended party to the offending party as a way of restoring that person’s moral standing (whether in the context of their relationship or in some larger, social context), which entails adjusting one’s feelings about and behavior toward that person in ways that minimize (and sometimes entirely negate) the ongoing effects of the person’s past offense. the question at hand is how classical jewish sources view acts of forgiveness so defined. in what follows i will argue that there are two primary strands within this tradition that understand the obligation to forgive quite differently. i will then suggest that these differences can be traced to two alternative conceptions of the meaning of forgiveness and its place in the religious life. that is, whether forgiveness is obligatory and, if so, why turns out to depend on different understandings of the way in which this moral gesture is embedded in a web of beliefs about god’s love, the extent of our responsibilities for the behavior of others, and the purpose of our moral behavior in general. . conditional forgiveness many jewish discussions of our topic regard forgiveness as the required response to an offender who has taken appropriate steps to acknowledge his wrongdoing and repair the damage. the source most often cited in support of this view is m. baba kamma : : even though a person gives [monetary compensation] to one [whom he has shamed], he is not forgiven until he asks [explicitly for forgiveness] from him [whom he has shamed]. . . . and whence do we derive the principle that he who is called upon to forgive should not be hard-hearted? it is written [genesis : ], “then abraham interceded with god, and god healed abimelech.” in what follows i will restrict my comments to cases of interpersonal forgiveness, though i think that many of the principles i evoke here could be applied to other spheres of human activity. i will deal here only with cases of interpersonal forgiveness between individuals who have had direct contact with one another. forgiveness between groups and/or nations for historic injustices raises additional complexities insofar as such cases involve a more symbolic dimension and frequently have their meaning in larger systems of political behavior. unless otherwise noted, all translations from classical rabbinic literature and jewish lawcodes are my own. this article uses standard abbreviations: “m.” for the mishnah, “b.” for the babylonian talmud, “t.” for the tosefta, and “mt” for moses maimonides’s mishneh torah (c. ). journal of religious ethics this early rabbinic ruling underscores a number of important points. first, the purpose of forgiveness is essentially restorative. just as one restores a situation of material equity through the payment of damages, one must likewise restore the state of moral equilibrium that has been disturbed by the offense in question. such a reconciliation can be accom- plished only by seeking forgiveness directly from the individual harmed. second, the rabbis generally assume that the primary responsibility for repairing a “moral gap” lies with the person who created it. in the proper course of things, that is, seeking forgiveness precedes granting it. the interrelationship of these two duties—seeking forgiveness and granting it—is expressed with characteristic clarity and precision by maimonides: even if one only injured the other in words [and not in deeds], he must pacify him and approach him until he forgives him. if his fellow does not wish to forgive him, the other person brings a line of three of his friends who [in turn] approach the offended person and request from him [that he grant forgiveness]. if he is not accepting of them, he brings a second [cadre of friends] and then a third. if he still does not wish [to grant forgiveness], one leaves him and goes his own way, and the person who would not forgive is himself the sinner. (mt laws of repentance, : ) daniel statman takes issue with the following interpretation of this mishnah, arguing that it is not about acquiring forgiveness from the one wronged at all, but rather from god and that the point of the passage is that abimelech is in need of abraham’s prayer to god on his behalf. statman goes on to reject the view that this source and others cited support the view that judaism insists on the repentance of the transgressor as a condition of the duty to forgive him. however, classical and modern commentaries to the mishnah read it as i have, and the structure of the passage seems to require that there is a symmetry between the first clause, in which the offender is required to ask for forgiveness (presumably from the offended party) and the second clause, in which the offended party is told not to withhold forgiveness. moreover, a number of other passages, both from maimonides and from karo, repeatedly emphasize that “if the offender repents and pleads for forgiveness, he should be forgiven.” if the repentance of the offender were not a precondition for this duty to forgive, why would these authorities state the rule in this way, rather than simply state that offended persons must always unilaterally forgive those who offend them? statman also critiques a position that he mistakenly attributes to me based on his reading of newman . in that article i argued that, by insisting that forgiveness is obligatory only in cases where the offender has repented, judaism avoids the problem that forgiveness can be tantamount to condoning the offense. contra statman, however, neither in that article nor here do i endorse the view that forgiveness is paradoxical in that if the offender repents, it is superfluous, and if the offender does not repent, it is unwarranted (see kolnai for an articulation of this position). plainly, even in cases where the offender repents, the injured party may have legitimate reasons for continued feelings of resentment, anger, and even the desire for retribution where the offense was extremely serious or irreversible. so forgiveness is not superfluous. i do, however, now agree with the conclusion of statman’s article that judaism (at least sometimes) affirms the value of unconditional forgiveness, which is a change from the position i defended in my earlier article. see statman . balancing justice and mercy maimonides emphasizes what the mishnah passage only implied, that the offender bears primary responsibility for initiating the process of forgive- ness. on the other hand, the offended individual has a corresponding duty to forgive anyone who sincerely requests it and the failure to do so constitutes an offense no less than the action of the initial offender. this formulation of the duty to forgive has a long history in jewish legal sources and finds expression again in the famous sixteenth-century law code of joseph karo, the shulh· an arukh. one who harms his neighbor, even if he compensates him according to the five things [for damage, for pain, for healing, for loss of time and for shame; see m. baba kamma : ] he is not forgiven until he requests it [from the one he harmed] and he forgives him. and it is forbidden for the injured one to be hard-hearted about forgiving, for this is not the way of jews. rather, once the injurer requests from him and pleads with him once or twice, and it is obvious that he has repented of his sin and regrets his evil ways, he should forgive him. and everyone who hurries to forgive is to be praised, and the spirit of the sages is pleased with him. (hoshen mishpat , emphasis added) it is interesting that karo makes explicit the expectation that forgiving quickly is praiseworthy, and i will return below to the question of why these virtues of generosity and compassion are so highly valued. but it is worth noting here that the tendency to forgive is cast as something that “the sages are pleased with,” a classic rabbinic phrase used to indicate something that is morally praiseworthy, but not legally required. what i am calling here the legalistic perspective on forgiveness will strike many familiar with the literature of this subject as unduly restric- tive insofar as it portrays the duty to forgive as conditional. why would we not have a duty to forgive unilaterally? the problem with uncon- ditional forgiveness seems to lie with the notion that it threatens to undermine the moral condemnation of the offender. this emerges again in maimonides’s formulation of the law in leviticus : that we are required to rebuke others for their misdeeds. and thus it is said, “you shall surely rebuke your neighbor” (leviticus : ). if the offender repents and pleads for forgiveness, he should be forgiven. the forgiver should not be obdurate, as it is said, “and abraham prayed unto god (for abimelech).” (genesis : ) if one observes that a person committed a sin or walks in a way that is not good, it is a duty to bring the erring man back to the right path and point out to him that he is wronging himself by his evil courses. . . . and so one is bound to continue the admonitions until the sinner assaults the admonisher see my discussion of this and other similar terms in newman , – . journal of religious ethics and says to him “i refuse to listen.” whoever is in a position to prevent wrongdoing and does not do so is responsible for the iniquity of all the wrongdoers whom he might have restrained. (mt laws of ethical conduct, : – ) forgiveness granted unconditionally would threaten to undermine or ignore the culpability of the offender. indeed, it is not difficult to imagine an offender who might come to rely on the assurance of forgiveness and take this as license to continue transgressing. so it is only the offender’s repentance that entitles him to forgiveness, for the person has then distanced himself from the harm he caused, disowned it, as it were, and so has a claim on those he harmed to consider him in a new light. indeed, in some sources the rabbis press this point further, proposing that prior to repentance one even has an obligation to hate the sinner. as maimonides puts it, “the sages decreed that if one all alone sees another committing a crime and warns him against it and he does not desist, one is obligated to hate him until he repents and leaves his evil ways” (mt laws of homicide and preservation of life, : ). this legalistic perspective gives paramount importance to the concerns of justice and to the idea that each member of the community is res- ponsible for the behavior of all others. in this context, unconditional forgiveness is potentially dangerous, for it opens the door to letting the wrongdoer “off the hook,” and so has possibly far-reaching ramifications for the social order. only when we take responsibility to ensure that transgressors are brought back in line—first by rebuking them and then by withholding our forgiveness until they reform their ways—can we make this society a place in which respect for legal and moral norms is reinforced. and so forgiveness cannot be a duty in cases where the offender has not first acknowledged his offense and taken steps to rectify it. in short, forgiveness on this view takes its place within a system of legal and moral accountability; offering it to those who have not earned it would encourage transgressors, undermine social norms, and abrogate our duty to chastise those who violate the law. . unconditional forgiveness in light of the foregoing discussion it may come as a surprise that there is a starkly different view in many classical jewish sources, according to translation taken from maimonides , . other passages in rabbinic literature consider just this possibility in connection with the view that the day of atonement automatically absolves all sinners of their sins when it states that for “one who sins and says, ‘the day of atonement will atone,’ the day of atonement does not atone” (m. avot : ). translation taken from maimonides , – . see also b. pesah· im b; the fathers according to rabbi nathan . balancing justice and mercy which one is required to forgive even those who have not repented. the duty to offer such “unearned” forgiveness is articulated in the following early rabbinic source: “he who injures his fellow, even though the one who did the injury did not seek [forgiveness], from the injured party—the injured party nonetheless has to seek mercy for him, since it says, ‘then abraham prayed to god, and god healed abimelech’ (gen. : )” (t. baba kamma : , emphasis added). the contrast with the preceding could hardly be more stark, especially given that the very same prooftext is offered in support of the view that unconditional forgiveness is a duty, and that the text derives from the same period as the mishnah text cited above. indeed, the talmud records that mar zutra, each evening before retiring to bed, made a practice of forgiving all who harmed him, a practice that is reflected in many traditional prayerbooks to this day (b. megillah a). in one formulation of this prayer, the offer of forgiveness is especially expansive: “i hereby forgive and absolve anyone who has angered or provoked me or sinned against me, physically or financially or by failing to give me due respect, or in any other matter relating to me, involuntarily or willingly, inadvertently or deliberately, whether in word or deed: let no one incur punishment because of me” (sacks , ). the absence of any mention of repentance on the part of those being forgiven underscores that this act of forgiveness is offered freely as an expression of goodwill. it is also worth noting that the idea is not merely to relinquish feelings of resentment, but also to ask that god be merciful in not punishing the offender. this further highlights the fact that we are dealing here with a theory of forgiveness that places it beyond the concerns of the judicial system that figured so prominently in the texts considered above. for while this text does not explicitly link unconditional forgiveness to forgoing human punishment, it is hard to imagine that the author of this prayer would beseech god to forgo punishment of the offender, but then insist on exacting it in an earthly court. this emphasis on compassion, though it seems to appear predominantly in non-legal sources within the tradition, is reflected as well in certain legal texts. in exodus : – we find that “if you meet your enemy’s ox or his ass going astray, you shall surely bring it back to him again. if you see the ass of him that hates you lying under its burden, and would forbear to unload it, you shall surely unload it with him.” the implication of this rule is that we are not to let feelings of animosity stand in the way of assisting those in need, and while this does not precisely command one to forgive the enemy, it surely commands one to treat the enemy with the same consid- eration due to non-enemies. subsequent rabbinic commentary on this the biblical injunction not to take vengeance or bear a grudge against one’s neighbor (leviticus : ) similarly does not directly require forgiveness, but it does preclude the retributive attitude that underlies the refusal to forgive. journal of religious ethics biblical rule makes explicit the moral purpose of the rule: “[if one has the choice of helping] his friend to load up his ass, or his enemy to unload his ass, his religious duty is to unload the ass with his enemy [ex. : ], so as to break his heart [that is, to break his instinctive desire to ill-treat his enemy]” (t. baba metsi’a : ). cultivating compassion for those who (presumably) have wronged us, then, is a positive commandment, as well as a traditional, pietistic practice. it is consonant with the view that we are required to forgive others, irrespective of their posture toward us, without first rebuking them or insisting on their repentance. if practiced on a regular basis, such unconditional forgiveness would reinforce a generosity of spirit even—perhaps especially—toward those who have not repented or sought forgiveness. how shall we understand this very different attitude toward forgive- ness in judaism? what might be the grounds for such a practice of unconditional forgiveness? i believe that there are two separate sets of considerations that find expression in this responsibility to forgive unconditionally. the first is the principle of imitatio dei, coupled with the view that god’s nature is essentially forgiving. these ideas are found throughout biblical and rab- binic literature, so a few characteristic examples will suffice to illustrate the point. the prophetic literature is full of passages depicting god as endlessly merciful. micah : – is typical: who is a god like you, forgiving iniquity and passing over transgression; who has not maintained his wrath forever against the remnant of his own people, because he loves graciousness! he will take us back in love; he will cover up our iniquities, you will hurl all our sins into the depths of the sea. similarly, the high holiday liturgy includes the following passage: “god, sovereign who sits on a throne of mercy, acting with unbounded grace, see also sifre deuteronomy and , and b. baba metsi’a b. maimonides explains the purpose of the rule as “to curb one’s evil inclination”; see mt laws of murder and preservation of life, : . to be sure, jewish sources about god’s nature are not so consistent, as i will discuss below. but it is striking that in each instance where the rabbis reflect on the value of following god’s example, they consistently point to god’s infinitely compassionate, loving nature. they famously even pervert the meaning of exodus : – , which comes to have a central place in the traditional liturgy on holidays and especially on rosh hashanah and yom kippur, by dropping those clauses of the verse that reference god’s retribution against those who violate god’s law. balancing justice and mercy forgiving the sins of your people, one by one, as each comes before you, generously forgiving sinners and pardoning transgressors, acting chari- tably with every living thing: do not repay them for their misdeeds” (rabbinical assembly , ). and when the rabbis elaborate on the meaning of deuteronomy : , “you shall walk in god’s ways,” they comment: this means, as the ways of heaven are to be gracious, graciously bestowing gifts not only upon those who know him but also upon those who do not know him, so you are to bestow gifts upon one another. and, as the ways of heaven are to be long-suffering, long-suffering with the wicked and then accepting them in repentance, so you are to be long-suffering [with the wicked] for their good and not impatient to impose punishment upon them. for, as the ways of heaven are abundant in lovingkindness, ever leaning to lovingkindness, so are you ever to lean toward doing lovingkindness to others rather than lean toward doing them harm. (tanna debe eliyyahu ; braude and kapstein , ) to be forgiving, then, is nothing less than to reflect and extend god’s own forgiving nature in our relationships with others. in a sense, the under- lying logic is that if god can be counted upon to be this loving toward those who transgress, by what right can we hold transgressors to a higher standard? the rabbis implicitly acknowledge this connection, when they suggest that if we extend forgiveness to others, god will reward us by doing likewise (b. megillah a). in a very clever reading of the verse from micah cited above, the rabbis argue: “raba said, ‘anyone who passes over the traits [of those who injure him]—his own transgressions will be passed over. as it is written (micah : ): ‘forgiving iniquity and passing over transgression.’ for whom does [god] forgive iniquity? for the one who passes over transgressions [committed against him]” (b. rosh hashanah a). by imitating god’s forgiveness, we also evoke it. the implications of this theology are far-reaching. the world was established by a loving god who accepts and forgives human imper- fections. when we channel this divine quality, we not only draw closer to god, we become agents of god’s compassion and love in the world. in one of the emotional climaxes of the high holiday liturgy, the congregation sings: “avinu malkeinu [our father, our king], have mercy on us, answer us, for our deeds are insufficient; deal with us charitably and lovingly, and redeem us” (rabbinical assembly , ). from this perspective, we are all morally flawed, all in need of divine forgiveness, all the undeserving beneficiaries of god’s compassion. as a result, we have no moral choice but to extend this same compassion to those who harm us; to do otherwise would demonstrate a stunning lack of gratitude, as well as monumental hypocrisy. a second basis for this obligation to forgive unconditionally may be found in the tradition’s emphasis on personal humility. in the view of journal of religious ethics many it is a virtue to cultivate humility, which includes minimizing one’s achievements, reflecting regularly on one’s mortality, and being especially scrupulous about one’s own behavior, lest one inadvertently become arro- gant or complacent about one’s moral worthiness. in the words of one classical source: “if you have done your fellow a slight wrong, let it be a serious matter in your eyes; but if you have done your fellow much good, let it be a trifle in your eyes. and if your fellow has done you a slight favor, let it be a great thing in your eyes; if your fellow has done you a great evil, let it be a little thing in your eyes” (the fathers according to rabbi nathan, : ; see also derekh eretz zutta : ). the implication of this is that one should “judge everyone favorably [lit. ‘on the side of their merits’]” (m. avot : ). cultivating such an attitude toward oneself and others would lead inevitably to an inclination toward forgiveness. to withhold forgiveness is to continue to assert one’s moral superiority over the offender. it is to say, in effect, “as the injured party, i have a moral claim against you, and i will exercise that claim against you until you convince me that you have disavowed your immoral behavior.” while this may be morally justifiable—after all, the offender does owe a kind of moral debt to the one he harmed, and the latter is entitled to “collect”—this attitude is not consonant with the sort of humility that the rabbis often encourage. in this way, unconditional forgiveness is grounded in a different way of construing the relationship between the offended and the offender. rather than highlighting the moral distance between them, the tradition encour- ages people to practice a kind of humility that continually prompts us to minimize that moral gap, or even to close it entirely. whatever the offense committed against us, we are essentially no better, no more moral, than those who committed it. from this perspective, we do well to forgive others, whether they have “earned” it or not. for the question here is not whether the offender deserves our forgiveness, but whether we deserve to see ourselves as more worthy than they. forgiveness is nothing less than the expression of an attitude that we are all more or less equally flawed, hence we had best refrain from exerting our moral superiority over others. . reframing forgiveness how are we to make sense of these starkly contrasting views of forgiveness in judaism? it is important here that we avoid the path of least resistance, which is always to portray our religious traditions as roberts captures one aspect of this attitude, which he terms “forgivingness,” when he notes that it is essentially a disinclination on the part of the injured party to remain in a state of alienation from the offender, either this particular offender or all offenders in general ( ). balancing justice and mercy more homogeneous than they actually are and, in the process, to explain away those elements that are not to one’s liking. if one surveys the literature of jewish views of forgiveness, it seems that this tendency is much in evidence. most authorities will contend that the legal view presented above is dominant and often contrast this view with the supposedly dominant christian view, according to which we are obligated to forgive everyone all the time, and as quickly as possible. so, even as sophisticated a thinker as elliot dorff, for whom i have the highest regard, writes, “if the offender never admits wrongdoing, then even if he or she has served a prison term, the very first step in return has not been achieved and no forgiveness can legitimately be demanded of the victims.” then, after acknowledging that judaism values compassion and mercy as well as justice, he concludes, although gross offenses should probably not be forgiven without sincere attempts to engage in the process of return, one might be prone to forgive more minor offenses without such a process, both as a pragmatic way of getting on with one’s life and possibly of restoring a friendship and also as an expression of the religious demand that we imitate god. such free forgiveness, though, becomes harder to justify as the offense grows larger. . . . then god’s righteousness seems to be the divine attribute that we should emulate. (dorff , – ) while dorff tries valiantly to accommodate both of the views noted above, he clearly sees one as dominant and can, at best, find room for the idea of unconditional forgiveness only when the offenses involved are relatively minor. but suppose that, instead of arbitrarily asserting the dominance of one view over the other, we give each its due. the question we then face is: what sets of assumptions within the tradition make it possible for two such different views of forgiveness to emerge? one way to make sense of these divergent views would be to explain them in terms of alternative moral theories. we might posit, then, that the legal view accords with a social ethic concerned primarily with the maintenance of social order. accordingly, it makes the duty to forgive dependent on the prior trans- formation of the offender. by contrast, the view that forgiveness should be so, too, telushkin in which he acknowledges that judaism expects people to be forgiving, but summarizes the tradition’s view that “generally, forgiveness should be dependent on the offending party’s repentance” ( : ). another version of the same position is articulated by schimmel where he writes in reference to jewish views of forgiveness, “we have to imitate god, and god, for the most part, punishes unrepentant sinners and forgives repentant ones. . . . some of the differences between rabbinic judaism and chris- tianity are ones of emphasis rather than of the absolute presence or absence of a particular concept or value. repentance and justice are values in christianity, just as forgiveness is a value in rabbinic judaism. but the former are emphasized more in rabbinic judaism and the latter in certain christian denominations” ( ). journal of religious ethics unconditional could be associated with a virtue ethic that is concerned primarily with the cultivation of personal humility and godliness. the moral gesture of forgiveness, then, might be viewed in terms of the moral character of the one who forgives. we might be tempted to conclude, then, that forgiveness is either a matter of (circumscribed) legal duty or of (unconditional) personal virtue. but such a sharp distinction does not do justice to our sources. after all, even some of the legal sources recognize and praise the virtue of forgiving quickly and one of the legal sources requires unconditional forgiveness. conversely, those who expound the virtue of unconditional forgiveness certainly also believe that it is a duty to rebuke transgressors, as the torah commands. so our sources do not permit us to posit a dichotomy between a social ethic that emphasizes justice and hence conditional forgiveness and a virtue ethic that emphasizes mercy and hence uncon- ditional forgiveness. if we wish to understand the roots of these two contrasting perspectives on forgiveness, we will do well to examine more carefully just what the moral gesture of forgiveness entails. that is, we will need to explore what understanding of forgiveness—its purpose and meaning—underlies these two contrasting views, and how each of them represents an authentically jewish view. to answer that question, we do well to refer to the work of robert enright and joanna north. as north describes it, the essence of forgive- ness entails a “reframing” of the offender “whereby the wrongdoer can be regarded as someone over and above the wrong he has committed, a means of ‘separating’ the wrongdoer from the wrong he has done. this is the most crucial stage in the whole process of forgiveness” (north , ). north goes on to explain that this process of reframing enables the victim to see the wrongdoer as a whole person and to contextualize the wrongful deed as something that occurred in particular circumstances, for particular reasons. the wrongdoer cannot, then, be reduced to this particular hurtful action. this analysis of forgiveness has the dual virtue of both providing some conceptual clarity about the nature of forgiveness and capturing what of course, this view parallels the teaching frequently attributed to jesus, but not actually articulated in any single biblical verse, that we should “hate the sin, but love the sinner.” hampton expresses this view of forgiveness with particular clarity. “forgiveness is thus the decision to see a wrongdoer in a new, more favorable light. nor is this decision in any way a condonation of wrong. the forgiver never gives us her opposition to the wrongdoer’s action, nor does she even give up her opposition to the wrongdoer’s bad character traits. instead, she revises her judgment of the person himself—where that person is understood to be something other than or more than the character traits of which she does not approve. and she reaches the honest decision that this person does not merit her moral hatred, because he is still decent despite his action” ( – ). balancing justice and mercy many dozens of subjects in psychological studies of forgiveness say about their own experiences of forgiving (enright, freedman, and rique ). but this notion of “reframing” the offender also opens the door to a more extended analysis of the process and purpose of this sort of moral gesture. in fact, i think the contrasting jewish perspectives on forgiveness noted above enable us to see that this act of reframing is more complex and variable than we might at first imagine. accordingly, i now want to extend north’s analysis by suggesting that jewish views of forgiveness need to be interpreted in terms of the ways in which and the reasons for which the offender’s past misdeeds are “reframed.” one kind of reframing focuses very narrowly on the particular misdeed of a particular individual offender. this act demands a response, and the sort of response that seems warranted might just depend on whether we think it is typical or atypical of this individual, whether it is characteristic or an aberration. the only way we can know this is if we focus on this individual’s life, and especially on whether the offender takes action to disavow the harmful behavior and replace it with positive behaviors. that is, our assessment of the misdeed depends on whether the offender seems willing to redress the wrong and, as the tradition says, “return in repentance.” framed in this way, our forgiveness of any particular misdeed will depend on how it fits within a larger narrative of the offender’s life, especially how his or her life unfolds after the transgression in question. so it is that some jewish authorities insist that there is no (required) forgiveness without prior repentance. but we might reframe the hurtful deed in a somewhat broader context, that is, in the context of the offender’s life in society. here the focus shifts from the life story of the offender to the place of the offender in relation to others who have not been party to this particular offense. this is where the concern for rebuking transgressors and hating the sinner comes in. for if we attend to the potential harm that might be caused to other innocent people in the future if this offender’s behavior is not redressed, then we will see this deed very differently. our response will be condi- tioned by a concern to protect society and reinforce its norms. now the proper response to this offender will be considered not as a matter of restoring a relationship between these two individuals in isolation, but rather as a matter of restoring a network of social relationships, present and future, that has been frayed by this offense. framed in this way, our forgiveness will depend on the way in which we assess the ramifications of this offense for the community at large. we may widen our framing of the offense still more, by focusing not on this offense alone, but on all offenses by all of us, not only here and now, but in general. now this particular offender’s action will be viewed as emblematic of the human propensity to hurtful behavior overall. our concern is no longer with the particulars of this offender’s life or even journal of religious ethics the potential that he or she will offend against others in the future. rather, we choose to see the misdeed as just one instance among count- less others that all of us have done or will do, precisely because all of us are flawed creatures. and insofar as we look past the details of this transgression, we will respond to the offender as one flawed person to another and, in jesus’ words, “let the one who has not sinned cast the first stone” (john : ). this way of reframing the offender’s behavior is grounded in the attitude of humility i discussed above, for now i see this offense as part and parcel of human fallibility broadly construed. framed in this way, our forgiveness will depend on the extent to which we affirm the common human failings that offender and offended alike are subject to. finally, we might widen our focus yet more to encompass our relation- ship with god. insofar as we hold certain beliefs about god’s goodness and justice, as well as a desire to do god’s will or strive to emulate god’s qualities, we will see ourselves and the offender in an entirely different light. our responses to everyone—not only offenders and certainly not only the particular individual who offended against us on this occasion— will be conditioned by a vision of the world as we imagine god would want it. in this situation the goal of imitating god will motivate us to make ourselves conduits for god’s action in the world, which almost certainly will entail emphasizing some ideals for our conduct that may be more aspirational than pragmatic. framed in this way, our forgiveness will depend on placing our interaction with this particular offender in the context of our relationship with god and our desire to reshape the world in god’s image. each of these four “reframings” focuses us on different aspects of the same situation by placing it in ever-broader contexts. it is much like a lens that can be adjusted from telephoto to wide-angle, and so can take in the same scene by focusing on everything from a single petal of a single flower up to the entire landscape of which this flower is but the tiniest part. no one of these shots is “truer” than any other; all capture accurately what the shutter lets in. and the same is true, i think, for the ways in which we frame any offender’s behavior. we think about the problem of forgive- ness differently depending on the way we frame the situation in which it arises. but to note this broad range of possibilities within jewish tradition is not, of course, to suggest that the choice among them is arbitrary or inconsequential. quite the contrary. how we choose to frame the offender’s behavior is of the utmost consequence, and not only because it will determine in large part our immediate response—whether we demand that the moral debt be “repaid” or whether we “pass over the transgres- sion.” for as we have seen, the choice to forgive or not is correlated with our attitudes to justice and mercy. in the final analysis, i think, it turns balancing justice and mercy on the question of how we think about the very nature and purpose of the moral life. it is to these questions that i wish to turn now in the final section of this paper. . justice and mercy: reconsidering the place of forgiveness in judaism let me return for a moment to the definition of forgiveness i offered at the outset of this discussion. i suggested that forgiveness is a moral gesture offered by the offended party to the offending party as a way of restoring that person’s moral standing, which entails adjusting one’s feelings about and behavior toward that person in ways that minimize (and sometimes entirely negate) the ongoing effects of the person’s past offense. we have now seen that judaism endorses two fundamentally different ways of thinking about when forgiveness is called for, and that behind these alternative views lie a host of other beliefs and values about the offender, the social order, our susceptibility to moral mistakes, and our relationship to god, among others. depending on how we frame the offender’s behavior, one or more of these considerations will come into play. judaism can accommodate more than one way of understanding forgiveness because it makes room for more than one way of framing our response to the offender’s behavior. but it is worth highlighting that both views of forgiveness have at least this much in common: both constitute responses to the transgres- sion, both involve “restoring the moral standing of the offender.” from the perspective of those who view the obligation to forgive as conditional, the offender must first engage in repentance as a condition of his or her rehabilitation. the primary work of restoring one’s moral standing, then, lies with the offender; once he or she has repented, we restore their moral standing, saying in effect, “we relinquish our condemnation of you for your past behavior in consideration of your subsequent (repentant) behavior.” by contrast, unconditional forgiveness meets the offender more than halfway. it represents an offer to restore the moral standing of the offender as a gift, whether as a show of solidarity (“we are all morally broken”) or as an effort to emulate god’s boundless love (“i will treat you compassionately just as god treats all of us compassionately”). by responding to the offender’s moral failure with an excess of moral generosity, this act of forgiveness invites the offender into a different moral realm. it communicates a powerful message to the offender: “your moral failings notwithstanding, we affirm your moral worth. we will negate the ongoing effects of your past behavior for you, thereby giving you a clean slate and a chance to begin anew.” the key point is that both types of forgiveness transform offenders, the first by “holding their feet to the fire,” so to speak, and the second by lifting them out of the moral journal of religious ethics pit into which they have fallen when they cannot (or will not) climb out on their own power. this way of thinking about unconditional forgiveness is powerfully captured in a famous teaching of the hasidic rabbi, nahman of bratslav, who wrote, “know that you must judge everyone with an eye to their merits. even regarding those who are completely wicked, one must search and find some small way in which they are not wicked and with respect to this bit of goodness, judge them with an eye to their merits. in this way, one truly elevates their merit and thereby encourages them to repent” (likutei moharan, ). the power of unconditional forgiveness is pre- cisely that the recipient of this gift may come to see him or herself in a new light. having been restored to their prior moral standing unilaterally, they may be motivated to do the work of turning their lives around, whether out of a sense of gratitude or simply because a way forward has been opened for them. this way of explaining the difference between the two jewish views of forgiveness returns us to what i think is really at the root of this dispute, namely, the relationship between justice and mercy. on the view of forgiveness as conditional, justice is primary. offenders must be made to pay their moral debts, both because the offended party is entitled to some “compensation,” and because the social order depends on condemn- ing moral transgressions. on the view of forgiveness as unconditional, mercy is primary. since our duty is always to channel god’s goodness and bring it more fully into the world, we have no choice but to reach out to the offender with compassion. the focus here is not on what the offender has earned, but rather on what all of us need in order to survive in a world where we inevitably both hurt others and are hurt by them. i recognize that this might not be the intention in every case where unconditional forgiveness is practiced, but i suggest that it is the effect of doing so, at least insofar as the offender is made aware that he or she has been forgiven. of course, it is possible that the one who is forgiven will not respond in this way at all, but rather act as though they have been given a “get out of jail free” card and continue in their immoral ways. this is precisely the risk inherent in unconditional forgiveness. murphy and hampton regards forgiveness offered as a way to induce the repentance of the offender as “arrogant” ( ). but, if so, then so too is the teacher who provides undeserved words of encouragement to a struggling student who might be motivated to try harder as a result. indeed, offering forgiveness as an act of generosity in this way is precisely to use one’s own behavior as a moral model for the offender, calling forth the angels of her better self. nonetheless, kolnai is certainly right that this is not a necessary dimension of forgiveness. “it is possible to ‘re-accept’ somebody—the essence of forgiveness—without exculpating him and without hoping for anything like a thoroughgoing repentance on his part” ( ). in just this sense, unconditional forgiveness is a moral “gift” given out of a generosity of spirit or a desire to prioritize encouraging the offender’s moral rehabilitation over collecting the moral compensation that one is owed. seen in this light, we can appreciate the balancing justice and mercy both of these elements—justice and mercy—have long been highly esteemed by jewish thinkers, and so too resolving the tension between them has remained one of the great unresolved issues in jewish theology and ethics. those who come down on the side of justice have emphasized that justice is one of the cornerstones of civilized society and one of god’s most precious gifts to us. the rabbis wrote: rabban simeon ben gamaliel said: the world stands on three things—on truth, on justice and on peace, as it is said, “execute truth, justice and peace within your gates” (zechariah : ). these three are interlinked: when justice is done, truth is achieved, and peace is established (m. avot : ), [as well as] the holy one said to israel: my children, as you live, i am exalted because of your intense concern for justice; “the lord of hosts is exalted through justice.” (is. : ). (deuteronomy rabbah : ) where securing justice is our primarily religious duty, a moral commit- ment rooted in our devotion to god, offering forgiveness will forever be conditional on offenders repaying their moral debts, for what system of justice can permit offenders to go free? on the other hand, those who emphasize the pre-eminent value of mercy will note that this is identified as god’s most salient quality. this is articulated pointedly in another rabbinic teaching: rabbi yohanan said in the name of rabbi yosi: “from where do we know that god prays? as it says ‘i will bring them to my holy mountain, and i will cause them to rejoice in the house of my prayer (isaiah : ). it does not say ‘house of your prayer’ but rather ‘house of my prayer.’ [the hebrew beit tefilati, is ambiguous and could be read as either “my house of prayer” or “the house of my prayer.”] from here we see that god prays. what does he pray? rabbi zutra bar tuvia said in the name of rav: ‘may it be my will that my mercy conquer my anger, my mercy be revealed in my attributes, i treat my children with the attribute of compassion, and i go for them beyond the bounds of strict justice.’” (b. berakhot a) god knows that the world cannot long endure without compassion. where mercy trumps strict justice, unconditional forgiveness must prevail. mistake that some writers have made in suggesting that the person who fails to feel the (supposedly) natural resentment that comes with being harmed is lacking in “self-respect.” the same sort of analysis would lead one to the false conclusion that one who gives a gift to someone fails to feel the (similarly natural) attachment to one’s own possessions. but giving something away—whether one’s moral claim or one’s personal possessions—implies nothing other than putting concern for another above self-interest. for an example of this misguided analysis see murphy and hampton , . while there are certainly cases, for example that of a battered wife who refuses to seek help or press charges against her abusive husband, where failure to respond retributively may indicate a lack of self-respect, plainly this is not the case in all instances where a victim fails to express resentment. journal of religious ethics this unresolved theological tension between god’s justice and mercy points to what i suspect is a still deeper unresolved tension in jewish ethics. these alternative theologies of forgiveness reflect two opposing ways of understanding the purpose of our moral action, and this tension is nowhere clearer than in connection with forgiveness. for the question of forgiveness poses what is really the ultimate moral problem in that it requires us to consider what is the proper moral response to immoral behavior. one possibility is that the moral response is to “undo” the immoral behavior by reasserting the demands of conventional morality and requiring the offender to restore the world to the state it was in (as much as possible) prior to the offense. this is what we might call a “restorative” model of morality, one that sees each immoral deed as tilting the scales of the world and requiring a response that tilts them back in the opposite direction, until the world is once again in a state of moral equilibrium. on the other hand, the moral response might be to act so as to create a new moral situation, one in which the distance between the offender and the offended is overcome, in which we do not attempt to reassert the moral values on which society as we know it rests, but rather to create a new kind of society on an altogether different foundation. we might call this a “visionary” model of morality, insofar as it aims not only to transform a single offender, but to transform the world by creating a society that rests not on justice, but on mercy. just as we treat the offender as if she were more deserving than she is, we act in the world as if it were already a place in which god’s compassion flowed freely among us. this, then, is finally what is at stake in the question of forgiveness: does immoral behavior require a moral response that is essentially restorative, that seeks to preserve society as it is, or does it require instead a moral response that is essentially visionary and transformative, that seeks to create a new basis for human relationships? both views have their merits, as well as their risks. if we adopt a restorative morality, focused on the demands of justice, we risk creating a society in which people who are themselves in need of forgiveness are forever withholding it from others, or threatening to do so. in such a world we are forever keeping track of who is “up” and who is “down,” who is justified and who is not. the demands of justice, after all, are endless, uncompromising and, so to speak, “unforgiving.” but if we adopt a visionary morality, we risk creating a society in which people are no longer held accountable for their misdeeds. in such a world our reach may exceed our grasp, and instead of schwarzschild forcefully articulated this visionary thrust in jewish ethics, which he called “messianic.” as he expressed it, “messianism as an ethical operator simply declares that, since humanity is to strive to imitate god and thus to endeavor to become like him, and since they are to undertake these efforts in this world, the ultimate goal of ethics is to establish what is then called ‘the (messianic) kingdom of god’ on earth” ( ). balancing justice and mercy attaining the lofty heights of unconditional compassion we may descend into a situation of moral chaos and unrestrained lawlessness. neither outcome is particularly appealing, and the choice that jewish thinkers have made at any given point in history may be a function of which risk they found most unsettling. this analysis of judaism’s philosophy of forgiveness might well end here. for i think i have shown that there are two quite conflicting and equally compelling ways in which jewish authorities over the centuries have addressed the question of when and why we have a moral duty to forgive others for their offenses against us. and i have argued that these divergent positions are grounded in still deeper unresolved theological and meta-ethical questions in jewish tradition, namely, whether we emphasize the obligation to emulate god’s justice or god’s mercy, and whether we think of morality as essentially restorative or visionary. to homogenize these profound and longstanding disagreements within jewish tradition is both to misrepresent the diversity of jewish religious-moral thought and to understate the com- plexity of the question at hand. for if forgiveness is sometimes portrayed as the greatest of moral gestures, it is surely also one of the most problematic. i submit that the very ambivalence we find in the jewish moral teachings presented here reflects the intractability of the problem of forgiveness. but concluding our analysis here does not quite do justice to the subtlety of rabbinic thought on this subject. for, while the rabbis were often willing to let their debates remain unresolved, they were also eager to reconcile opposing views by embracing both poles of a dialectic. plainly, they were well aware that the problem of forgiveness exposed deep divisions within the tradition, too deep, perhaps, to pass over in silence. that impulse to find the middle ground between opposites finds expression in one final text that refers this debate back to the very foundations of the world. in commenting on genesis : —“the lord god made earth and heaven”—the rabbis comment: a parable of a king who had cups made of delicate glass. the king said: if i pour hot water into them, they will [expand and] burst; if cold water, they will contract [and break]. what did he do? he mixed hot and cold water, and poured it into them, and so they remained unbroken. likewise, the holy one said: if i create the world with the attribute of mercy alone, its sins will be too many; if with justice alone, how could the world be expected to endure? so i will create it with both justice and mercy, and may it endure! (genesis rabbah : ) most famously, in their claim that the (diametrically opposed) views of hillel and shammai were both “the words of the living god” (b. eruvin b). modern biblical scholars have long recognized that genesis : links two separate creation narratives. the first, ending with : a, uses “god” (heb. elohim); the second, beginning with : b, uses “the lord” (heb. adonai). long before the advent of modern biblical criticism, jewish tradition recognized that these two names for god were associated journal of religious ethics justice and mercy—both are necessary to sustain the world, but either alone threatens to destroy it. both the restorative and the visionary responses to immoral behavior are necessary; neither alone is sufficient. so the conflict between the conditional and unconditional views of forgiveness cannot be resolved arbitrarily in favor of one position or the other. indeed, the rabbis point might well be that each understanding of forgiveness has its place and taken together they hold one another in balance. for they recognized that the moral world we inhabit, like a delicate cup, is ever so fragile; indeed, god created it this way. and so we find ourselves in a world where both justice and mercy are needed in equal measure, and so where forgiveness para- doxically must be both conditional and unconditional. references borris-dunchunstang, eileen r. finding forgiveness: a -step program for letting go of anger and bitterness. new york: mcgraw-hill. braude, william g. and israel j. kapstein, trans. tanna debe eliyyahu. philadelphia, penn.: jewish publication society. couenhoven, jesse “forgiveness and restoration: a theological exploration.” journal of religion . (april): – . dorff, elliot n. love your neighbor and yourself. philadelphia, penn.: jewish publication society. enright, robert d., suzanne freedman, and julio rique “the psychology of interpersonal forgiveness.” see enright and north , – . enright, robert d. and joanna north, eds. exploring forgiveness. madison, wisc.: university of wisconsin press. friedman, philip h. the forgiveness solution: the whole-body rx for finding true happiness, abundant love, and inner peace. san francisco: red wheel/weiser. with the qualities of justice and mercy respectively. so this verse serves as a particularly apt prompt for the rabbis’ reflection on the necessity of both qualities. i am grateful to jonathan crane for calling my attention to this. the foregoing analysis of forgiveness in judaism should be taken as a corrective to my earlier and less extensive analysis of sources on this question in newman . i am indebted to jesse couenhoven and all the other participants in the conference he organized at villanova university on “possibilities of forgiveness,” feb. – , , for their insights and their responses to an earlier version of this paper. i have also benefitted from the helpful comments of jonathan crane and geoffrey claussen and from extended discussion of these issues with my wife, rabbi amy eilberg. balancing justice and mercy grovier, trudy forgiveness and revenge. london: routledge. haber, joran graf forgiveness. savage, md.: rowman & littlefield publishers. kolnai, aurel “forgiveness.” proceedings of the aristotelian society, new series : – . luskin, fred forgive for good. new york: harper collins. maimonides, moses a maimonides reader. edited by isadore twersky. new york: behrman house. murphy, jeffrie g. getting even: forgiveness and its limits. new york: oxford univer- sity press. murphy, jeffrie g. and jean hampton forgiveness and mercy. new york: cambridge university press. newman, louis e. “the quality of mercy: on the duty to forgive in judaic tradition,” journal of religious ethics . (fall): – . past imperatives: studies in the history and theory of jewish ethics. albany, n.y.: state university of new york press. north, joanna “the ‘ideal’ of forgiveness: a philosopher’s exploration.” see enright and north , – . rabbinical assembly mahzor lev shalem. new york: the rabbinical assembly. roberts, robert c. “forgivingness.” american philosophical quarterly . (october): – . sacks, rabbi sir jonathan the koren siddur. jerusalem: koren publishers. schimmel, solomon wounds not healed by time. new york: oxford university press. schwarzschild, steven “on jewish eschatology,” in contemporary jewish theology, edited by elliot n. dorff and louis e. newman, – . new york: oxford university press. statman, daniel “a few comments on forgiveness in jewish tradition” (hebrew). in al da-at ha-kahal: dat v’politika b’hagut ha-yahadut [with the permission of the congregation: religion and politics in jewish thought]: festschrift in honor of aviezer ravitzky, edited by ben- jamin brown, menachem lorberbaum, avinoam rosenak and yedidia stern, – . jerusalem: institute for israeli democracy. telushkin, joseph a code of jewish ethics. new york: bell tower. journal of religious ethics this work is no longer available skip to main content menu   toggle navigation menu sign up log in osgoode hall law school of york university faculty research profiles expert gallery trevor c. w. farrow follow contact this work is no longer available. find more of this author's works at: trevor c. w. farrow copyright – bepress.™ all rights reserved. contact us terms of service copyright privacy policy user guide back to top conceptualising social justice – what constitutes pedagogies for social justice in hpe across different contexts? full terms & conditions of access and use can be found at https://www.tandfonline.com/action/journalinformation?journalcode=rasp curriculum studies in health and physical education issn: - (print) - x (online) journal homepage: https://www.tandfonline.com/loi/rasp conceptualising social justice – what constitutes pedagogies for social justice in hpe across different contexts? katarina schenker, susanne linnér, wayne smith, göran gerdin, kjersti mordal moen, rod philpot, lena larsson, maureen legge & knut westlie to cite this article: katarina schenker, susanne linnér, wayne smith, göran gerdin, kjersti mordal moen, rod philpot, lena larsson, maureen legge & knut westlie ( ) conceptualising social justice – what constitutes pedagogies for social justice in hpe across different contexts?, curriculum studies in health and physical education, : , - , doi: . / . . to link to this article: https://doi.org/ . / . . © the author(s). published by informa uk limited, trading as taylor & francis group published online: apr . submit your article to this journal article views: view related articles view crossmark data citing articles: view citing articles https://www.tandfonline.com/action/journalinformation?journalcode=rasp https://www.tandfonline.com/loi/rasp https://www.tandfonline.com/action/showcitformats?doi= . / . . https://doi.org/ . / . . https://www.tandfonline.com/action/authorsubmission?journalcode=rasp &show=instructions https://www.tandfonline.com/action/authorsubmission?journalcode=rasp &show=instructions https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/mlt/ . / . . https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/mlt/ . / . . http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi= . / . . &domain=pdf&date_stamp= - - http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi= . / . . &domain=pdf&date_stamp= - - https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/citedby/ . / . . #tabmodule https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/citedby/ . / . . #tabmodule conceptualising social justice – what constitutes pedagogies for social justice in hpe across different contexts? katarina schenkera, susanne linnéra, wayne smithb, göran gerdin a, kjersti mordal moenc, rod philpotb, lena larssona, maureen leggeb and knut westliec adepartment of sport science, faculty of social sciences, linnaeus university, växjö, sweden; bschool of curriculum and pedagogy, faculty of education and social work, university of auckland, auckland, new zealand; cdepartment of public health and sport sciences, faculty of social and health sciences, inland norway university of applied sciences, elverum, norway abstract the paper explores the concept of social justice in health and physical education (hpe) as constituted and addressed across three different countries – sweden, norway and new zealand – and how hpe teaching practices for social justice may be understood from regulative, normative and cultural/cognitive perspectives. although much has been written about social justice in the field of hpe over the last three decades, there is little research that has examined how teachers operationalise teaching for social justice. drawing on the experiences and insights gained from an international collaboration project, that sought to address this knowledge gap, this paper examines what constitutes pedagogies for social justice in hpe across different contexts. the aim of this paper is to discuss: (i) our conceptualisation of social justice; and (ii) how this can be understood in relation to hpe practice across different contexts. we conclude that what is regarded as important content for the teaching of social justice varies from one context to another although there are also similar approaches. additionally, there is much to learn by seeing ‘it’, that is, the nature of social justice and how this is played out in school hpe – from the ‘others’ perspectives’. keywords social justice; pedagogy; education; health; physical education introduction although much has been written about social justice in the field of health and physical edu- cation (hpe) over the last three decades (e.g. azzarito, macdonald, dagkas, & fisette, ; fernández-balboa, ; kirk & tinning, ; tinning, ), little research has examined how hpe teachers operationalise teaching for social justice. as recently pointed out by hill et al. ( , p. ), ‘what is currently done in [hpe] classrooms in the name of education for social justice and the tangible outcomes of social justice-oriented education are often unclear’. ‘education for equitable health outcomes – the promise of school health and © the author(s). published by informa uk limited, trading as taylor & francis group this is an open access article distributed under the terms of the creative commons attribution-noncommercial-noderivatives license (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . /), which permits non-commercial re-use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited, and is not altered, transformed, or built upon in any way. contact göran gerdin goran.gerdin@lnu.se department of sport science, faculty of social sciences, linnaeus university, växjö, sweden curriculum studies in health and physical education , vol. , no. , – https://doi.org/ . / . . http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi= . / . . &domain=pdf&date_stamp= - - http://orcid.org/ - - - http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/ . / mailto:goran.gerdin@lnu.se http://www.tandfonline.com physical education’ (eduhealth) is a collaborative research project between three uni- versities in sweden, norway and new zealand that seeks to address this knowledge gap by examining hpe teachers’ operationalisation of teaching for social justice. central to the project is an understanding of what constitutes as pedagogies for social justice in hpe. however, within the research project, this question has proven to be particularly chal- lenging. indeed, as zollers, albert, and cochran-smith ( ) point out, researchers working together on a project focusing on social justice often have different definitions and interpretations of the meaning of this concept. similarly, others argue (e.g. bialystok, ; randall & robinson, ) that the definitions and practices of social justice are varied and that there is a lack of concensus about the meaning, but in general, social justice concerns democracy and social and political participation. social justice can be viewed as both a process and a goal. bell ( ) suggests that ‘the process of social justice should involve democracy and dialogue, enabled by opportunities to critically examine insti- tutional, cultural and individual oppression. goals for social justice include empowerment, equal distribution of resources, and social responsibility’ (cited in hill et al., , p. ). in the context of hpe, we draw on tinning ( ) to point out that a process or pedagogy for social justice should embrace the ethics of the social justice agenda as inspired by the ‘big tent’ (lather, ) of critical theories and approaches which can encompass and employ a range of interrelated teaching practices. for the purpose of examining hpe practice in the eduhealth project, we therefore propose that pedagogies for social justice are those in which hpe teachers seek to recognise and act on social inequities rather than further marginalise groups of students due to e.g. gender, sexuality, ethnicity or socio-econ- omic standing, with the goal of more equitable health outcomes. education and schooling is regulated by education acts, national school curricula and other policy documents. these documents are part of the educational context, but this same educational context is also significantly shaped by cultural traditions, values, and norms that constitute beliefs of what is regarded as relevant and useful knowledge. unlike the official curriculum documents, these cultural traditions, values, and norms are seldom explicitly verbalised and therefore form part of the ‘hidden’ curriculum (bain, ; giroux & penna, ). as fernández-balboa ( ) asserts, the hidden curriculum shapes and mediates not only values, but also experiences and practices. this hidden curri- culum is produced and reproduced by everyday practices and influences of what is possible in the name of education (kvalbein, ). this means that issues of social justice may be expressed in official curricula and other policy documents but not in teaching practice, alter- natively they may be present in teaching practice but not explicitly mentioned in the curri- culum documents. ultimately, what the students in school hpe learn about in the name of social justice ‘is a product of both the explicit and implicit messages relating to knowledge, values, norms, and professional dispositions’ (ovens et al., , p. ). the different conceptualisations of social justice and the very nature of social justice issues in both the official and hidden hpe curriculum in each country became central to discussions when the eduhealth research group met to focus on, analyse, and come to understand each participating country’s context – sweden, norway and new zealand (for a full discussion of this, see gerdin et al., ). the different conceptualis- ations have been the catalyst for this paper. the paper examines the concept of social justice in hpe as constituted and addressed across the three different countries by present- ing different aspects and understandings of social justice that have emerged during the first curriculum studies in health and physical education one and a half years of the project. the paper explores how hpe teaching practices may be understood from regulative, normative and cultural/cognitive perspectives of social justice. the aim of the paper is thus to discuss: (i) our conceptualisations of social justice; and (ii) how these conceptualisations can be understood in relation to school hpe practice across different contexts. in order to inform our discussion we draw on insights gained so far in the eduhealth project generated through studying policy documents, visiting different countries, school visits, observations and teacher interviews. we conclude that what is regarded as important content for the teaching of social justice varies from one context to another although there are also similar approaches. additionally, there is much to learn by seeing ‘it’, that is, the nature of social justice and how this is played out in school hpe – from the ‘others’ perspectives’. social justice and hpe in neoliberal times like many other countries around the world in recent decades, to varying degrees, sweden, norway and new zealand have been influenced by and have embraced neoliberalism. neoliberal policies have enforced a movement towards individualism and a competitive market (apple, ). Öhman, almqvist, meckbach, and quennerstedt ( ) argue that hpe is often influenced by the neoliberal concept of individualism, in which students are seen to be responsible for their own health and non-achieving students are blamed for their ‘failure’ to achieve health. the collective social health of societies is often thought to be merely the sum of the parts, that is, if individuals look after themselves then society will look after itself. that is, neoliberal thinking positions individuals to take responsibility rather than society taking social responsibility as a means of equity and social justice. however, neoliberal approaches to health tend to negatively impact most on marginalised and/or minority groups in society (france & roberts, ; rashbrooke, ). azzarito et al. ( ) further caution that school curricula based on the principles of global neoli- beralism give priority to competitive rather than equity-based goals, and this in turn leads to the marginalisation of the social justice project. indeed, bialystok ( ) claims that if social justice is not well defined from a critical perspective, neoliberalism may try to assim- ilate it as part of its own agenda. in the following sections we turn our attention to explicating and discussing our con- ceptualisation of social justice pedagogies. social justice pedagogies fernández-balboa ( ) argues that a teacher who seeks a social justice agenda, begins by recognising and reflecting on social justice issues and examining their own identity while seeking to understand how they operate within normative, hegemonic structures. in their teaching they aim to challenge normative rationalising and notions of difference, and instead attempt to focus on similarities and shared understandings, the teacher treats knowledge as situated and selects curriculum content that reflects students’ personal and cultural identities. the perspectives and values of ‘otherness’ are integrated through- out the curriculum. a further review of social justice research shows that social justice ped- agogies may be enacted in various ways. k. schenker et al. one way of enacting social justice pedagogies involves the teacher explicitly teaching about social justice with an aim to increase student consciousness of and capacity for addressing social justice issues (adams, bell, & griffin, ; sturman, ). in practice, the teacher connects education and social action through (a) the teachers’ sense of them- selves as social activists; (b) the teachers’ intent to raise students’ awareness of inequity and injustice; and (c) the teachers’ intent to promote students’ social action (dover, , p. ), impelling the students to take actions on or for injustice. within this perspective, the teacher may include explicit instruction about oppression, prejudice, and inequity, specifically addressing issues of gender, social class, ethnicity, cultural inequity, ability/dis- ability, and democracy (dover, ). within the context of hpe, this may also include addressing issues relating to motor elitism and understanding bodies (tinning, ). the lessons may challenge knowledge of ‘the other’ (e.g. representation of queers) and the processes that form the ‘other’ such as normalising behaviour as well as the use of language to discriminate by reinforcing dominant understandings. the teacher may use tools to critically analyse social change, emphasising critical thinking and inquiry, and expect students to be aware of and reflect on multicultural group dynamics (hackman, ). the teacher may also promote social cohesion and students’ academic, civic, and personal growth while making connections between curriculum standards and social justice topics. social justice pedagogies may also involve teaching for social justice through the actions and embodiments of the teacher (see fitzpatrick & russell, ). it is probable that such socially justice pedagogies will be evident in the actions, words, images, and language of the teacher or the learning environment. doing social justice in education means that the teacher acknowledges the realities of day-to-day life that can impact on learning, and in response aims to create a supportive classroom climate that embraces multiple per- spectives. the teacher will reflect on assumptions about marginalised students, recognise harmful ways certain students are treated in class and aim to be responsive to all students’ needs, while discouraging discriminatory behaviours and language that serve to margin- alise some and privilege others. to reduce the otherness and strengthen the group, the teacher may provide support where others can receive advocacy and affirmation, and tailor teaching to the specific needs of the student population (schenker, ). within a hpe context, socially just pedagogies may include non-dominant forms of activity and knowledge that challenges dominant discourses, such as those of the traditional bio- physical scientific knowledge of the body (tinning, ). they may also, for example, include teaching and learning about other cultural perspectives of health and ways of framing the body (garrett & wrench, ; legge, ). one of the questions we as researchers in the eduhealth project have addressed, is, are these above forms of social justice evident in the schools and classrooms of the teachers we have observed in the three countries? a reflection gained from examinations of each country’s national curriculum indicate that they might be but, our early interpretation is that the different national contexts have different social justice priorities, which, not sur- prisingly, are to some extent reflected in the teachers’ pedagogies. for the norwegian and swedish teachers, democracy, gender and ability issues seem to greatly influence the think- ing, and for the new zealand teachers, post-colonial economic and social differentiation, indigenous rights and ethnic and cultural differences come to the fore. curriculum studies in health and physical education through implementing the eduhealth project, it has become clear that one cannot tell with absolute certainty if education in general promotes social justice. rather, what we have found, is that what may be regarded as important social justice pedagogy in one context might not be regarded as so in another. to better understand teaching for social justice in hpe, a nuanced, context specific analytical approach is required. in order to do so even the concept of social justice itself requires some consideration. indeed, any quest for social justice requires the consideration of what social justice is, and for whom social justice is sought, before attempts can be made in its name (hackman, ). social justice – is it one concept or two? the concept of social justice is constituted by two interpretable words, ‘social’ and ‘justice’. in the following section we analyse the nature of these two words. we do this because we see the need to present a collective understanding of the concept of social justice so that it can be meaningfully used across the different settings we have investigated. to make the concept operationalisable in the different countries’ socio-political contexts, we need a more permissible definition. being social and just are subjective terms, which is why, as we have found, they can have different interpretations in different settings. this is due to differences in understandings of the concept and the relevance of context to any conceptual understanding (blackmore, ). that is, differences in societal rules, norms, cultures and cognitive understandings affect the meaning of social justice (zollers et al., ). for instance, social justice may be inherently institutionalised in school and hpe practices and explicitly operationalised via the curriculum regulations and expectations in one context but not another and, equally, it may be bounded by the hidden practices of teachers within a particular school context but not another. it may manifest in different and sometimes contrasting outcomes when left unexamined. if social justice is used as part of a neoliberal agenda it can help support indi- vidualism by reaffirming the view of ‘individual responsibility rather than social respon- sibility as a means of equity and justice’ (hill et al., , p. ). in the next two sections, we will discuss what we mean by ‘social’ and ‘justice’, to make our meaning of these two terms more explicit. the ‘social’ ‘social’ refers to something that involves collective or group cohesion. it necessarily involves people interacting. to promote the ‘social’, one may act on social problems that address social cohesion issues, do something that has social impact or work for social change, towards a greater collective good (alvord, brown, & letts, ; light, ). however, there are philosophical and political values embedded in the concept (cf. mair & marti, ; payton & moody, ). the social acts are based on ethical motives and moral responsibility (mair & marti, ), which have politicial connota- tions. but, social acts can also be based on the need for personal fulfilment, which does not necessarily become part of a broader political agenda. a prescribed hpe curriculum may be understood as something that is socially good if its content is believed to strengthen the public social health of all citizens. a social focus in hpe may also k. schenker et al. concern problems associated with inequitable social health outcomes, that is, inequitable lifestyle or life chance outcomes for different individuals or groups who live together within a given community or society (schenker, ). it is the view of the eduhealth project researchers that hpe should have a social justice mission and when it does, it can impact and enhance the public social health as well as the physical health of our societies, even if these social ambitions are not explicitly expressed in national hpe curricula. strengthening the public social health of all citizens is part of an agenda promoting democracy where the citizens, in different ways, can act on, and influence the social outcomes of a society (fernández-balboa, ). this rationale is an underlying belief for the eduhealth project’s goal of identifying the nature of tea- chers’ pedagogies that address social justice issues. the rationale is supported by dover ( ) who argues that social justice should be central to a hpe teacher’s pedagogy. dover argues that raising students’ awareness of inequity and injustice and promoting positive social action are central tenets of teaching for social justice. earlier, wright ( ) argued that such emancipatory teaching practices have the goal of helping students identify, challenge, and transform existing unequal power relationships relating to physical activity and health. we add that school hpe is a forum to provide young people, regardless of e.g. their ability, sex, gender, age, culture, ethnicity or social background, with the knowledge and understanding of social health issues that may impact on them and others. unfortunately, despite its potential, the way hpe is currently taught and conceptualised in schools in sweden, norway and new zealand, it sometimes falls short of achieving such goals (e.g. aasland, walseth, & engelsrud, ; fitzpatrick, ; Öhman et al., ). change may be possible with greater awareness and knowledge of pedagogical practices that provide students with the opportunity to exert influence in line with their own values and ambitions. justice (and equity) ‘justice’ is concerned with equity and the achievement of equitable outcomes (deutsch, ). when referring to the social, justice takes account of social constructs such as gender, sexuality, socio-economics, and ethnicity, and often in the context of hpe physical culture, including one’s physicality and conception of the body (tinning, ). equity of access to any form of physical activity is a social justice issue close to the heart of hpe. fraser ( ) sees parity of participation, that is, the provision to participate on equal terms as a central goal of hpe meaning, a fair teaching context is one where students are provided with equal opportunities to learn and participate. in this way justice is linked to the notion of fairness and equal opportunity. in schools this means that every child or adolescent should have the right to an equivalent education and receive the necessary support to enable them to participate and achieve the goals of education. in this sense, equivalent education may mean teaching some students differently based on their specific needs. this is justice as expressed within the principles of equity and fairness. participating on equal terms in education addresses equal opportunities as well as equi- table outcomes. this may mean that the teacher has to compensate or renegotiate the school subject to account for e.g. gender, social background or ethnicity differences for the development of students. it may also mean that society or the school has to redistribute resources to reduce social inequities among student groups. curriculum studies in health and physical education through the eduhealth project, we have become acutely aware that the different countries face to some extent different challenges in their bid to address fairness and equity in their own society. we have found it necessary also, to reflect on social justice issues across three layers of analysis, the macro, meso and micro, the macro being national socio-political factors, the meso being institutional (school) policies and practices, and micro being individual, teacher and/or subject specific pedagogies or curriculum factors. this has been necessary to gain a more informed understanding of the influence of context in this cross-nation project. the project has allowed us to cast foreign eyes on the practices of each country and in this way look ‘as outsiders’ through different lenses at the nature of social justice practice in each context, as well as this we have grasped the ‘insider perspectives’ on own context. the relevance and challenges of ‘insider-outsider perspectives’ in qualitative research, has been debated for decades (see, for example, bishop, ). the benefit is the ability to connect the two, more precisely; while some in the research team are the insiders and others the outsiders, these roles change when we alternate between contexts (e.g. countries). the need for context specific examination of social justice practices to be able to discuss our conceptalisation of social justice there is a need for context specific examination of social justice practices. through our collective examination of each country’s curriculum, school legislation, discussions within the project group and school visits in each country, we have been able to see how the two scandinavian countries differ from new zealand, how each frame ‘social justice’ differently at the macro level and how this influences hpe practice and leads to different implications at the micro level. in norway and sweden, there is a tension between the social-democratic popular movement agenda built up during the th century by voluntary work and it newly arrived competi- tor, neoliberalism. in new zealand, although the greatest tension is also generated by neo- liberal public policies that give rise to inequitable outcomes, there is an added dimension focused on the emancipation of marginalised groups, particularly indigenous māori due to neocolonialism in new zealand society. while the social policies aim to promote equal treatment for all in norway and sweden, the bicultural social issues in new zealand demand special treatment. this means that despite the shared neoliberal context, social justice is expressed differently in the different national contexts. our experience of social justice hpe pedagogies across the three contexts tells us that we firstly need to be informed about social policies and practices at the other two under- pinning more encompassing levels of society, that is those of the school and nation itself, and therefore our analysis takes account of these different levels of influence. figure demonstrates these three different analytical levels: country, school and hpe lesson. in the following we will present a way to analytically conceptalise social justice in relation to hpe practice in different countries. we have drawn on scott ( ), who describes institutions as social structures made up of symbolic elements, social activities and material resources. these social structures are composed of ‘regulative’, ‘normative’ and ‘cultural/cognitive’ elements. the regulative elements are predominantly rules that require enforcement. the normative elements consist of the norms and values that under- pin how things should be done and legitimise the means of accomplishing them. the cul- tural/cognitive elements are informed by the shared conceptions and social construction k. schenker et al. of meaning. these three elements are expressed in varying ways in different contexts. different societies may be more or less dominated by different elements, and they may vary over time in terms of which elements are dominant. social justice in schools and hpe is enabled and enacted in accordance with all three elements, that is, its laws, norms, and cultural/cognitive contexts. using the swedish model as an example, swedish society is governed by national regulatory acts based on the rules of democracy. in sweden, the national school system is underpinned by these same democratic values. according to the swedish national curriculum (swedish national agency for education, ), all pupils have equal rights to a free education despite their geographical place of residence or socio-economic conditions. swedish schools are framed by a national curriculum that contains three parts; ( ) the fundamental values and tasks of the school, ( ) the overall goals and guidelines for education and ( ) the syllabuses which are supplemented by knowledge requirements. the fundamental values of the school can be understood as part of the normative elements, e.g. all who work in the school should ‘contribute to developing the pupils’ sense of togetherness and solidarity, as well as a sense of responsibility for people outside the immediate group’, ‘be permeated by the spirit of solidarity between people’, actively resist discrimination and degrading treatment of individuals or groups’, ‘show respect for individual pupils, and carry out the daily work in democratic ways’ (swedish national agency for education, ). correspondingly, within the hpe context, these principles of democracy are enacted in the lived experiences of the teachers and students. each pupil is encouraged to discover their own uniqueness as an individual and thereby be able to participate in society by giving of their best. in hpe, teachers are expected to create the conditions for all pupils to regularly take part in phys- ical activities and contribute to the development of good physical awareness and a belief in their own physical capacity. in their bid to provide equal opportunity for all pupils, tea- chers are not allowed to demand that the students bring their own equipment, such as figure . the three different contextual levels of where social justice pedagogies are enabled and enacted. curriculum studies in health and physical education skates, skis, bicycles or rainwear, because it would require additional expenses for the students. typically, when expressed as the cultural/cognitive element, social democracy centres on the teacher’s actions, choice of content, and ways of being a teacher (cf. schenker, ). for example, it may be exemplified by teachers’ decisions to negotiate the power distribution within a class in a way that gives all pupils the opportunity to participate and succeed equally in hpe. social justice may be foregrounded by encouraging students to help others and build a sense of community. the lived pedagogy may be enacted by strengthening the group, strengthening individuals and distributing power ‘equally’. it might concern how the logics of various games promote different pupils or how the teacher arranges and groups the class (schenker, ). our multi-level (societal, institutional and individual) lenses, as well as the regulative, the normative and the cultural/cognitive elements have assisted us to better understand the complexities of examining social justice across different contexts. the ‘regulative’ and the ‘normative’ elements are naturally anchored in societal and political settings and are influencing the school as well as the school subject, while the cultural/cognitive elements are more obviously expressed within the school and the school subject. however, it is also natural that these school and teacher practices are grounded in national cultures and values. because there are more similarities than differences between norway and sweden, we have chosen to group them as the scandinavian countries to compare them with the new zealand context. since we have experienced that these two socio-pol- itically different contexts to some extent have different issues at the societal level, which play a key role in shaping social justice pedagogies in hpe practice, we will now highlight and discuss different aspects of the scandinavian and new zealand contexts. social justice in a scandinavian context in a scandinavian context, social justice is related to social welfare policies involving public health, democracy, and solidarity (cf. norberg ). in sweden, the discussion about equity and fairness can be traced back to the s, in connection to the reforms of the swedish school system into a school for all. equality was a guiding principle in promoting the development of the country and strengthening solidarity while transforming the state into a welfare society (axelsson & qvarsebo, ). every child was equally entitled to an education, regardless of where they lived, the state of their parents socio-economical status, gender and ethnicity. this implied that the students’ backgrounds were irrelevant because everyone was given the same chance to succeed and to get further education. the education system became centralised to make this happen. but in the s, the critique of the system started to grow. decentralising reforms followed and equality became equity, assisted by compensatory strategies, where ‘pedagogies of the same’ became ‘pedagogies of difference’ (cf. wahlström, ). the meaning of equality and equity were differentiated so that equity concerned children’s equal opportunities in education, regardless of factors of gender, ethnicity or social background. in the s and s, with reforms of ‘freedom of choice’, every child was then to be provided with equal opportunities to achieve the goals of the education. (see von greiff, ). the education acts of both norway and sweden emphasise the importance of the school system resting on fundamental democratic values and equitable access for all. k. schenker et al. from a regulative perspective, in the two scandinavian countries education is free and schools are not allowed to have activities that are subject to supplementary fees. without access for all, the democratic development and potential social incorporation into society may not occur. a similar argument can be applied to pedagogies for social justice in hpe. it is important to provide access for all students to enable the lived democ- racy and a socially inclusive hpe context that is anchored in social justice (cf. fraser, ). to enact democracy, it is necessary to include all students in decision-making in hpe. our experiences and insights from the eduhealth project so far support this stance. we have seen how the social justice pedagogies of the hpe teachers in sweden and norway are often based on strong social democratic principles. for example, hpe teachers in both of these contexts prioritise learning activities that endeavour to ensure that hpe provides appropriate learning opportunities for all ability groups and remove structural constraints that can potentially limit student participation. in contrast, individual cogni- tive-cultural beliefs of the importance and valuing of competitive sport that privilege some and marginalise others are also evident. swedish hpe has for a long time reproduced values and knowledge that appeals to students who have experience and enjoyment of competitive sport (säfvenbom, haugen, & bulie, ). students with the greatest need to experience and learn about health and physical activity are therefore not always attracted to the school subject as much as others and as a result come away with negative learning experiences (säfvenbom et al., ). social justice in a new zealand context education in new zealand from the s to the s was also based on socially demo- cratic principles, primarily that of equal educational opportunity. this was largely due to educational reforms that were introduced during the late s by the labour govern- ment, under the guidance of the director of education, clarence beeby who introduced a national policy that stated: every person, whatever his [sic] level of academic ability, whether he be rich or poor, whether he live in town or country, has a right as a citizen, to a free education of the kind for which he is best fitted and to the fullest extent of his powers (mcdonald, , p. ). however, the social-democratic nature of society and education changed during the reforms of the mid to late s and s when ‘tomorrows schools’ based on the free market policies of neoliberalism, were introduced. today, the free market policies of competitive schools endure and in part serve to strengthen the social inequalities of today, including neo colonialism. the outcome is that māori as well as other minority ethnic groups such as pasifika students continue to be marginalised in the school system and suffer poorer educational outcomes than their pākēha counterparts. the colonial history of new zealand and an increasingly diverse multi-ethnic, multi- cultural, and multi-lingual society have further impacted on the nature of schooling and how the regulative, normative and cognitive-cultural elements impact on social justice pedagogies in new zealand education (cf. scott, ). new zealand’s colonial history and the ongoing political dominance of european new zealanders, with a corre- sponding marginalisation of indigenous māori people, are primary considerations that curriculum studies in health and physical education surface to dominate social justice practices in new zealand society and schools, today. new zealand continues, long after the physical act of colonisation, to try to redress ongoing colonising practices, such as language, culture, and land rights discrimination. a current renaissance of māori values and culture has given rise to greater recognition of ‘māori and pākehā (european colonisers) as treaty partners , where both supposedly have equal rights, including the right to equitable social, socioeconomic, and political out- comes. despite the neoliberal school governing structures, the new zealand public school curriculum, aims to promote a social state where all cultures are valued for the contri- butions they bring. one approach to address social justice in new zealand schools, is to publish the school curriculum in both english and māori languages. according to the vision, ‘the two docu- ments will help schools give effect to the partnership that is at the core’ of the nation’s founding document, te tiriti o waitangi/the treaty of waitangi’. at a normative level, the new zealand hpe curriculum explicitly mentions the need to develop a sense of social justice among the values and attitudes that are at the heart of the school subject (new zealand ministry of education, ). within this, the māori health philos- ophy of hauora, which includes spiritual, mental, social, and physical well-being, is emphasised. in the curriculum, social justice is a subset of a socio-ecological perspective, where students are encouraged to look ‘beyond themselves and work towards a future that encourages people to question, to challenge and, where appropriate, to take action’ (new zealand ministry of education, ) and to influence and support others. in the new zealand context, we have observed teachers focused on addressing neoco- lonising disparities, ethnic and cultural marginalisation and privilege. these issues have underpinned much of the hpe teachers’ social justice pedagogies, while the two scandi- navian countries have observed an opposite approach. for example, new zealand hpe teachers may use indigenous language and traditional games, and purposefully structure practical activities and units of work to make them more inclusive for culturally margin- alised students. in norway and sweden, however, the teachers would rather try not to focus on aspects of gender and ethnicity, they are interested in how to motivate each and every student regardless of gender, or ethnicity etc, in the belief that everyone should be treated as a person in its own right. in summary, the differences in pedagogies for social justice are evident both in the official curriculum documents and in hpe practice. these differences reinforce suggestions that pedagogies for social justice are partly enabled and constrained by the contexts in which they are practised (gerdin et al., ) and cannot solely be conceptualised as a single pedagogy that can be enacted without regard for the learning context (tinning, ). conclusion this paper has examined what constitutes pedagogies for social justice in hpe by present- ing several factors relating to social justice that have given cause for the research team to reflect during the initial stages of the eduhealth project. the first issue was the need for us to come to a shared understanding of what we mean by teaching for social justice, and this in turn required an analysis of the terms social and justice. a discussion of social justice and early insights gained from the project showed contex- tual differences about how social justice in hpe may be understood. this created a need to k. schenker et al. introduce an analytic lens to examine societal policies and practices as they relate to our understanding of social justice, and this is why we have come to draw on scott’s ( ) three forms of social structures, the regulative, normative and cultural/cognitive. social justice is context normative, meaning it might not mean the same thing for those who sit outside that context. as we have found in some contexts, in new zealand for example, social justice pedagogies start by recognising students as raced, gendered and classed individuals while in sweden and norway, such pedagogy is problematic at the reg- ulative as well as the normative level. in sweden and norway it is believed that to address an individual based on their eth- nicity could create conflict among the people instead of unifying them. the scandinavian approach is rather to provide equal opportunities in education, regardless of the students backgrounds. however, in new zealand social justice and democracy are enacted when we come to accept and embrace ethnic, cultural and linguistic differences among those who call themselves new zealanders. as such, new zealanders are encouraged to value their own ethnicity, embrace their cultural heritage and live in the multi-ethnic, multicultural, and multilinguistic society that is new zealand today. several analytical layers can be noted. social justice pedagogies are about ways of recog- nising social inequities and marginalised groups and at the same time act on these social inequities in ways that do not further marginalise the groups. in different contexts the marginalised groups may differ as well as the strategies for acting on the inequities (cf. tinning, ; ). social justice might be enacted more or less by the regulative, the normative and the cultural/cognitive institutional elements. for example, in one country, social justice in hpe may be scaffolded by strong regulative and normative elements, while in another country it may be upheld by strong cultural/cognitive elements at the meso and micro levels. similarily, social justice may be differently expressed in the regulative, the normative and the cultural/cognitive institutional elements of the school subject hpe, as well as in the school as a national institution.perhaps it is the historical differences between the countries that leads to different ways of addressing equity and what it means to be socially just in an educational setting. clearly, there is much to learn from one another about the nature of social justice, and how this is played out in our schools, including hpe lessons. the starting point for an informed understanding is seeing it (the nature of social justice) from the ‘others’ perspective. it is our belief that an understanding of what constitutes pedagogies for social justice needs to go beyond a focus on pedagogy and include a recognition of the regulative, normative and cultural per- spectives that both explicitly and implicitly enable and/or constrain social justice pedagogies. note . referring to treaty of waitangi that was signed on february by representatives of the british crown and māori chiefs in new zealand. disclosure statement the authors declared potential conflicts of interest with respect to the research, authorship, and/or publication of this article: the results presented in this article only reflects the authors’ views and the european union is not responsible for any use that may be made of the information it contains. curriculum studies in health and physical education funding the author(s) disclosed receipt of the following financial support for the research, authorship, and/ or publication of this article: this project has received funding from the european union’s horizon research and innovation program under the marie skłodowska-curie grant agreement no . orcid göran gerdin http://orcid.org/ - - - references aasland, e., walseth, k., & engelsrud, g. ( ). the changing value of vigorous activity and the paradox of utilising exercise as punishment in physical education. physical education & sport pedagogy, ( ), – . adams, m., bell, l. a., & griffin, p. ( ). teaching for diversity and social justice. new york, ny: routledge. alvord, s., brown, d., & letts, c. ( ). social entrepreneurship and societal transformation an exploratory study. the journal of applied behavioral science, ( ), – . apple, m. w. ( ). comparing neo-liberal projects and inequity in education. comparative education, ( ), – . axelsson, t., & qvarsebo, j. ( ). skapandet av den normala barndomen. in s. persson & b. riddersporre (eds.), utbildningsvetenskap för grundskolans tidiga år. . utg (pp. – ). stockholm: natur & kultur. azzarito, l., macdonald, d., dagkas, s., & fisette, j. ( ). revitalizing the physical education social-justice agenda in the global era: where do we go from here? quest, ( ), – . bain, l. l. ( ). the hidden curriculum re-examined. quest, ( ), – . bell, l. a. ( ). theoretical foundations for social justice education. in m. adams, l. a. bell, d. j. goodman, & k. y. joshi (eds.), teaching for diversity and social justice (pp. – ). abingdon: routledge. bialystok, l. ( ). politics without “brainwashing”: a philosophical defence of social justice edu- cation. curriculum inquiry, ( ), – . bishop, r. ( ). freeing ourselves from neo-colonial domination in research: a kaupapa māori approach to creating knowledge. in n. k. denzin & y. s. lincoln (eds.), handbook of qualitative research ( rd, pp. – ). thousand oaks, ca: sage. blackmore, j. ( ). social justice in education: a theoretical overview. in b. irby, g. brown, r. lara-alecio, & s. jackson (eds.), the handbook of educational theories (pp. – ). charlotte: information age. deutsch, m. ( ). equity, equality, and need: what determines which value will be used as the basis of distributive justice? journal of social issues, ( ), – . dover, a. g. ( ). getting “up to code”: preparing for and confronting challenges when teaching for social justice in standards-based classrooms. action in teacher education, ( ), – . fernández-balboa, j. m. ( ). sociocultural characteristics of the hidden curriculum in physical education. quest, ( ), – . fernández-balboa, j. m. ( ). reclaiming physical education in higher education through critical pedagogy. quest, ( ), – . fernández-balboa, j. m. ( ). critical postmodernism in human movement, physical education and sport. new york: state university of new york press. fernández-balboa, j.m. ( ). a contrasting analysis of the neo-liberal and socio-critical structural strategies in health and physical education: reflections on the emancipatory agenda within and beyond the limits of hpe. sport, education and society, ( ), – . k. schenker et al. http://orcid.org/ - - - fitzpatrick, k. ( ). brown bodies, racialisation and physical education. sport, education and society, ( ), – . fitzpatrick, k., & russell, d. ( ). on being critical in health and physical education. physical education and sport pedagogy, ( ), – . france, a., & roberts, s. ( ). youth and social class: enduring inequality in the united kingdom, australia and new zealand. london: palgrave macmillan. fraser, n. ( ). recognition without ethics? theory, culture and society, ( – ), – . garrett, r., & wrench, a. ( ). making physical education a fairer, safer and happier place: putting critical practices into action. asia-pacific journal of physical education, ( ), – . gerdin, g., philpot, r., larsson, l., schenker, k., linnér, s., moen, k., … legge, m. ( ). researching social justice and health (in)equality across different school health and physical edu- cation contexts in sweden, norway and new zealand. european physical education review, ( ), – . giroux, h. a., & penna, a. n. ( ). social education in the classroom: the dynamics of the hidden curriculum. theory & research in social education, ( ), – . hackman, h. w. ( ). five essential components for social justice education. equity & excellence in education, ( ), – . hill, j., philpot, r., walton-fisette, j. l., sutherland, s., flemons, m., ovens, a., … flory, s. b. ( ). conceptualising social justice and sociocultural issues within physical education teacher education: international perspectives. physical education and sport pedagogy, ( ), – . kirk, d., & tinning, r. ( ). physical education, curriculum and culture: critical issues in contem- porary crisis. bristol, pa: the falmer press. kvalbein, i. a. ( ). laererutdanningskultur og kunnskapsutvikling. diss. (oslo: det utdannings- vitenskaplige fakultet, pedagogisk forskningsinstitutt, universitetet i oslo). lather, p. ( ). critical pedagogy and its complicities: a praxis of stuck places. educational theory, ( ), – . legge, m. ( ). e noho marae – transforming learning through direct māori cultural experience. in c. j. jesson, v. m. carpenter, m. mclean, m. stephenson, & airini (eds.), university teaching reconsidered: justice, practice, equity (pp. – ). wellington. nz: dunmore. light, p. c. ( ). the search for social entrepreneurship. washington, dc: brookings institution press. mair, j., & marti, i. ( ). social entrepreneurship research: a source of explanation, prediction, and delight. journal of world business, ( ), – . mcdonald, g. ( ). dr ce beeby, the quality of education. retrieved from https://www.nzcer. org.nz/system/files/journals/set/downloads/set _ _ _ .pdf new zealand ministry of education. ( ). the new zealand curriculum. wellington: learning media limited. norberg, j. r. ( ). a contract reconsidered? changes in the swedish state’s relation to the sports movement. international journal of sport policy and politics, ( ), – . Öhman, m., almqvist, j., meckbach, j., & quennerstedt, m. ( ). competing for ideal bodies: a study of exergames used as teaching aids in schools. critical public health, ( ), – . ovens, a., flory, s. b., sutherland, s., philpot, r., waltonfisette, j. l., hill, j., … flemons, m. ( ). how pete comes to matter in the performance of social justice education. physical education and sport pedagogy, ( ), – . payton, r. l., & moody, m. p. ( ). understanding philanthropy: its meaning and mission. bloomington: indiana university press. randall, l., & robinson, d. ( ). an introduction to social justice in physical education: critical reflections and pedagogies for change. in l. randall & d. robinson (eds.), social justice in phys- ical education: critical reflections and pedagogies for change (pp. – ). toronto: canadian scholars press. rashbrooke, m. ( ). inequality: a new zealand crisis. wellington, nz: bridget williams books. säfvenbom, r., haugen, t., & bulie, m. ( ). attitudes toward and motivation for pe. who col- lects the benefits of the subject? physical education and sport pedagogy, ( ), – . curriculum studies in health and physical education https://www.nzcer.org.nz/system/files/journals/set/downloads/set _ _ _ .pdf https://www.nzcer.org.nz/system/files/journals/set/downloads/set _ _ _ .pdf schenker, k. ( ). teaching physical activity—a matter of health and equality? scandinavian journal of educational research, ( ), – . scott, w. r. ( ). institutions and organizations: ideas and interests. london: sage. sturman, a. ( ). social justice in education. melbourne: australian council for educational research. swedish national agency for education. ( ). curriculum for the compulsory school, preschool class and school-age educare (revised ). stockholm: ab typoform. tinning, r. ( ). pedagogy and human movement: theory, practice, research. new york, ny: routledge. tinning, r. ( ). a socially critical hpe (aka physical education) and the challenge for teacher education. in b. down & j. smyth (eds.), critical voices in teacher education: teaching for social justice in conservative times (pp. – ). dordrecht: springer. tinning, r. ( ). transformative pedagogies and physical education. in c. ennis (ed.), the routledge handbook of physical education pedagogies (pp. – ). new york, ny: routledge. von greiff, c. ( ). lika skola med olika resurser? en eso-rapport om likvärdighet och resursfördelning [equal school with unequal resources? a eso-report on equality and distri- bution of resources]. eso : . stockholm: expertgruppen för studier i offentlig ekonomi. wahlström, n. ( ). equity: policy rhetoric or a matter of meaning of knowledge? towards a framework for tracing the ‘efficiency-equity’. doctrine in curriculum documents. european educational research journal, ( ), – . wright, j. ( ). critical inquiry and problem-solving in physical education. in j. wright, d. macdonald, & l. burrows (eds.), critical inquiry and problem-solving in physical education (pp. – ). london: routledge. zollers, n., albert, l., & cochran-smith, m. ( ). in pursuit of social justice: collaborative research and practice in teacher education. action in teacher education, ( ), – . k. schenker et al. abstract introduction social justice and hpe in neoliberal times social justice pedagogies social justice – is it one concept or two? the ‘social’ justice (and equity) the need for context specific examination of social justice practices social justice in a scandinavian context social justice in a new zealand context conclusion note disclosure statement orcid references microsoft word - - -law.doc СТАНОВЛЕНИЕ ЮВЕНАЛЬНОЙ ЮСТИЦИИ В РОССИИ В.М. Кузьмина Кафедра конституционного и муниципального права Российский университет дружбы народов ул. Миклухо-Маклая, , Москва, Россия, В статье исследуется процесс становления и развития ювенальной юстиции в России. В частности, проводится сравнительный анализ актуальных для Российской Федерации аспектов ювенальной юстиции. Проводится сравнительный анализ англосаксонской и континентальной моделей ювенальной юстиции. Отмечается своеобразие российской модели суда по делам о несовершеннолетних и особенности его организации на этапе зарождения данного института. Ключевые слова: ювенальная юстиция, ювенальные суды, судебная реформа, права ребенка, правосудие по делам несовершеннолетних. Вопрос о необходимости введения института ювенальной юстиции в Рос- сии был поставлен в Концепции судебной реформы г., которая была одоб- рена Постановлением Верховного Совета РСФСР [ ]. В Уголовном кодексе РФ один из разделов посвящен особенностям уголовной ответственности несовер- шеннолетних (раздел v) [ ]. В соответствии с УПК РФ задачей уголовного су- допроизводства является защита прав личности, чему придается первостепен- ное значение. УПК РФ изменил назначение уголовного судопроизводства во- обще и производства по делам о преступлениях несовершеннолетних в частно- сти. Так, например, глава УПК РФ [ ], как и, соответственно, глава УПК РСФСР [ ] содержат правила об особенностях производства по делам о пре- ступлениях несовершеннолетних. В дальнейшем законодатель развил и допол- нил главу УПК РФ рядом новых положений [ . С. ]. В настоящее время в Российской Федерации концепция государства в сфе- ре правосудия по делам несовершеннолетних находится в стадии формирова- ния. С одной стороны, это обусловлено требованиями российского уголовного законодательства, «карательными» установками так называемых силовых ве- домств (органов внутренних дел, исполнения наказаний, прокуратуры), а с дру- гой — международным гуманитарным законодательством о защите прав детей [ . С. – ]. Создание устойчивой системы мер, предупреждающей возникнове- ние «трудной жизненной ситуации» и социально опасного положения детей, а также создание системы гарантированной помощи несовершеннолетним, ока- завшимся в таком положении, весьма актуально. Ювенальная юстиция представляет собой сложный комплекс социальных институтов и включает в себя как учреждения системы правосудия, так и соци- альные службы, «осуществляющие мероприятия по социальному обслужива- Вестник РУДН, серия Юридические науки, , № нию детей (социальной поддержке, оказанию социально-бытовых, медико- социальных, психолого-педагогических, правовых услуг и материальной помо- щи, организации обеспечения отдыха и оздоровления, социальной реабилита- ции детей, находящихся в трудной жизненной ситуации, обеспечению занято- сти таких детей по достижении ими трудоспособного возраста)» (ст. ) [ ]. Международные принципы правосудия в отношении несовершеннолетних и тенденции развития ювенальной юстиции во многих странах мира оказывают зна- чительное влияние на формирование ювенальной юстиции в России. В США, где впервые были введены суды по делам несовершеннолетних, обсуждается возмож- ность их ликвидации, а в России, напротив, рассматривается вопрос об учреждении таких судов, и прежде всего потому, что это обусловлено обязательствами по ис- полнению норм международного права, содержащихся в Конвенции ООН о правах ребенка; Всемирной декларации об обеспечении выживания, защиты и развития детей в -е гг.; Минимальных стандартных правилах ООН, касающихся отправ- ления правосудия в отношении несовершеннолетних, или, по-другому, — Пекин- ских правилах, и ряде других международных актов [ . С. ]. В соответствии с ч. ст. Конституции РФ г. во исполнение междуна- родных стандартов в отношении несовершеннолетних в Российской Федерации были приняты, в частности, Федеральный закон «Об основных гарантиях прав ре- бенка в Российской Федерации» [ ], Федеральный закон «Об основах системы профилактики безнадзорности и правонарушений несовершеннолетних» [ ], а также Постановление Пленума Верховного Суда РФ «О судебной практике по де- лам о преступлениях несовершеннолетних» [ ]. Этими актами введены понятия и принципы, которые до недавнего времени отсутствовали в российском законода- тельстве, но являются ключевыми для ювенальной юстиции: реабилитация ребен- ка, специализация правоприменительных процедур с участием ребенка, приоритет его личности и социального благополучия, необходимость следования принципам международного права при решении вопроса о наказании несовершеннолетних, совершивших правонарушения. Тем не менее, законодательство, непосредственно регламентирующее рассмотрение уголовных дел в отношении несовершеннолет- них, все еще далеко от совершенства. Вышеназванные акты в большинстве случаев остаются декларативными, механизмы их реализации несовершенны. Девиантное поведение несовершеннолетних определяется в первую очередь их образом жизни, их социальным окружением (неблагополучная семья или ее от- сутствие, бродяжничество, голод и др.). Предупреждение совершения дальнейших правонарушений несовершеннолетних зависит от их социального сопровождения после вынесения судебных решений, помощи в получении образования, трудоуст- ройстве, в решении бытовых проблем, особенно если такие подростки проживают и воспитываются в неблагополучных семьях или предоставлены сами себе. Таким образом, наиболее полная реализация задач ювенальной юстиции возможна лишь на государственном уровне при тесном взаимодействии всех ветвей власти — за- конодательной, исполнительной и судебной. Существенную помощь в процессе формирования ювенальной юстиции в России может оказать зарубежный опыт. Кузьмина В.М. Становление ювенальной юстиции в России Такой опыт имеется у западных коллег и весьма успешно используется многими странами. Однако для его реализации потребуется соответствующая нормативно- правовая база, отвечающая прежде всего требованиям международных стандартов. Следует отметить, что только разумное соотношение действующего российского законодательства и норм международного права в контексте зарубежного опыта способно принести ожидаемые результаты. В контексте сказанного для Российской Федерации может оказаться весьма полезным опыт развития ювенальной юстиции в Италии. Первоначально в Ита- лии первые специализированные ювенальные суды ( г.) носили преимуще- ственно «карательный» характер. Период с г. с введением ряда законода- тельных актов, существенно реформировавших национальную социальную по- литику и инфраструктуру социальных учреждений, характеризуется как «гума- нистический», он отличается преобладанием административных мер воздейст- вия применительно к несовершеннолетним. Законодательные изменения конца -х — середины -х гг. закрепили преимущественное применение к не- совершеннолетним правонарушителям мер административного воздействия. Процессы децентрализации административных органов власти и новый закон г. открыли новый этап развития ювенальной юстиции, прежде всего соци- альных служб на местах, включив несовершеннолетних в одну из целевых групп новых учреждений. Произошло смещение акцентов в социальной поли- тике в отношении детей, совершающих правонарушения, и выведение реабили- тационной работы с данной группой из сферы судебных социальных служб в область социальной защиты и работы с семьей. В г. был принят новый уголовный кодекс Италии, закрепивший современную структуру институтов ювенальной юстиции, которая включает в себя ювенальные суды, прокуратуру, судебные социальные службы и пенитенциарные учреждения. Эти учреждения подведомственны Министерству юстиции и тесно сотрудничают с другими заин- тересованными группами и организациями, работающими в данной сфере, такими как полиция, муниципальные социальные службы, волонтерские службы. В Италии, как и в ряде других стран, ювенальный суд формируется и со- стоит из профессиональных судей и определенного числа ассистирующих им судебных заседателей. Судебные заседатели регулярно отбираются из числа экспертов, профессионально занятых в работе с детьми и подростками в таких сферах, как психология, криминология, социология, психиатрия и др. Обычно состав судебных заседателей меняется каждые три года. Ювенальные суды рассматривают дела гражданского, уголовного и адми- нистративного характера. Возраст минимальной уголовной ответственности в Италии составляет лет. Уголовная ответственность распространяется на не- совершеннолетних в возрасте от лет и только при условии признания их су- дом «полностью понимающими и осознающими свои поступки». Администра- тивная ответственность распространяется на так называемое «социально- дезадаптационное», допреступное поведение несовершеннолетнего в возрасте до лет. В случае привлечения несовершеннолетнего к административной от- Вестник РУДН, серия Юридические науки, , № ветственности суд может постановить поместить подростка под контроль соци- альных реабилитационных служб или направить его в коррекционное учрежде- ние. Гражданские дела строятся в сфере защиты детей и подростков до лет, находящихся без должного семейного надзора и попечения или получающих объективно неадекватную некомпетентную родительскую заботу. В таких слу- чаях суд решает изъять временно или постоянно ребенка из родительской семьи и направить его в приемную семью или интернатное учреждение. Уголовный кодекс РФ установил два возраста уголовной ответственности и лет. Преступления, за которые уголовная ответственность наступает с лет, характеризуются повышенной общественной опасностью, доступной для ее осознания -летними подростками (ст. УК РФ). Эти правовые и воз- растные границы учитываются и в уголовно-процессуальном законодательстве России. Вместе с тем в судебном процессе есть особые возрастные группы не- совершеннолетних, для которых предусмотрены свои правила защиты прав и законных интересов, равно как и реализация уголовного преследования. Минимальные стандартные правила отправления правосудия в отношении несовершеннолетних (Пекинские правила) [ ] предусматривают, что досудеб- ным производством по делам о преступлениях несовершеннолетних должны заниматься служащие полиции, которые должны пройти специальный инструк- таж и подготовку [ . С. ]. В крупных городах для обеспечения этого созда- ются специальные подразделения полиции. В России такую функцию выпол- няют отделы профилактики правонарушений несовершеннолетних и подразде- ления по делам несовершеннолетних органов МВД. Следует подчеркнуть, что дознаватели, следователи, адвокаты также должны иметь специальную подготовку в области педагогики и психологии. Эту задачу предстоит решить государству в ближайшее время. В соответствии с Пекинскими правилами судебное разбирательство должно проходить в атмосфере понимания, т.е. без соблюдения строгой процессуальной формы, применяемой в отношении взрослых правонарушителей, с учетом возрастных особенностей подростков, в за- крытом судебном заседании и отвечать их интересам (п. , ). Для обеспечения этого Пекинские правила предусматривают создание специализированных судов. По мнению Г.Я. Борисевич, в настоящее время в России отсутствует законодатель- ство, в котором закреплялись бы эти правила и условия [ . С. ]. Что касается правоприменительной практики, то дознаватель и следователь по уголовным делам, по которым привлекаются несовершеннолетние, зачастую не имеют ни сил, ни возможностей установить полную картину о личности подростка, его поведении как до, так и после совершения преступления, о том, надлежащим ли образом родители, опекуны или попечители осуществляли воспитание ребенка; явилось ли ненадлежащее воспитание или отсутствие контроля за поведением при- чиной совершения преступлений и др. Как правило, к делу приобщаются копия свидетельства о рождении, справка подразделения профилактики правонарушений несовершеннолетних органов внутренних дел о том, состоит или нет несовершен- нолетний на учете, производится формальный допрос одного из родителей. Пожа- Кузьмина В.М. Становление ювенальной юстиции в России луй, единственный документ — заключение судебно-медицинской экспертизы — позволяет получить более или менее объективный психологический портрет пра- вонарушителя. На основании этих минимальных сведений судья, рассматривая де- ло в отношении несовершеннолетнего, также не имеет возможности всесторонне вникнуть в проблемы подростка, изучить причины и условия совершения им пре- ступления, выносит обвинительный приговор с условным наказанием либо поста- новление о применении принудительных мер воспитательного характера. Воспри- нимая это как безнаказанность, несовершеннолетний в скором времени опять со- вершает преступление. Отсюда — достаточно высокие показатели числа повторно осужденных несовершеннолетних [ . С. ]. Сложившееся положение усугубляется тем обстоятельством, что суды, спе- циализирующиеся на рассмотрении дел в отношении несовершеннолетних, не ос- вобождаются от рассмотрения других дел. Между тем Пленум Верховного Суда РФ в Постановлении «О судебной практике по делам о преступлениях несовер- шеннолетних» от февраля г. № рекомендовал в судах общей юрисдикции ввести специализацию судей по рассмотрению дел с участием несовершеннолет- них и указал на необходимость подготовки судей по делам несовершеннолетних не только по вопросам права, но и психологии, педагогики, социологии [ ]. Ювенальная юстиция должна позволять осуществлять индивидуальный подход к несовершеннолетнему правонарушителю как в процессе судопроиз- водства, так и в процессе реализации решений суда, в том числе и в процессе исполнения наказания. Цель такого вмешательства состоит в предотвращении совершения несовершеннолетним повторного правонарушения и в оказании помощи в процессе его реабилитации и социальной адаптации. Риск совершения повторного преступления определяется в процессе так называемого кейс-менеджмента, который представляет собой «динамичный, хорошо скоординированный, целенаправленный и гибкий оценочный подход. Он включает весь комплекс услуг, имеющихся в окружении несовершеннолет- него, которые могут быть направлены на удовлетворение его потребностей в реабилитации и реинтеграции. Кейс-менеджмент является руководством для вмешательства, призванного уменьшить риск повторных правонарушений и обеспечить качественную заботу о подростке путем последовательного плани- рования, осуществления и прекращения предоставления услуг в рамках приго- вора суда по делам несовершеннолетних» [ ]. В качестве основного инструмента для проведения кейс-менеджмента вы- ступает метод структурированной оценки риска совершения повторных право- нарушений несовершеннолетними «Оценка риска и потребностей» (ОРП), ко- торый позволяет оценить те характеристики несовершеннолетнего, которые не- посредственно связаны с вероятностью совершения им повторных правонару- шений. Оценка риска и потребностей основывается на трех принципах: – принцип риска устанавливает прямопропорциональную зависимость ме- жду величиной риска совершения повторного правонарушения и интенсивно- стью надзора; Вестник РУДН, серия Юридические науки, , № – принцип потребностей определяет соответствие оказываемых услуг кри- миногенным потребностям правонарушителя. Под ними понимаются потребно- сти несовершеннолетнего, удовлетворение которых криминальным путем по- служило причиной правонарушения. Изменение этого типа потребностей или формирование у подростка установки на их социально приемлемую реализацию является целью реабилитации подростка; – принцип реактивности подразумевает соответствие видов помощи инди- видуальным склонностям, возможностям и жизненным обстоятельствам право- нарушителя [ ]. Использование ОРП позволяет не только определить степень риска совер- шения несовершеннолетним повторных правонарушений, но и выделить те по- требности, удовлетворение которых будет способствовать его социальной адап- тации. ОРП учитывает факторы риска криминальной активности несовершен- нолетних, проявляющиеся в следующих сферах: – криминальный опыт; – семейные обстоятельства; – образование и трудовая занятость; – отношения со сверстниками; – злоупотребление психоактивными веществами; – организация досуга; – личностные особенности; – социальные установки и ценности. Этот перечень охватывает большую часть базовых потребностей несовер- шеннолетних и позволяет оценить степень их удовлетворения, а также уровень криминальности способов их удовлетворения в прошлом. Неудовлетворение наиболее значимых потребностей, таких, как потребности в пище, жилье, заботе и внимании со стороны взрослых, медицинском обслуживании, обучении и не- которых других приводит к проблемам и трудностям в развитии ребенка, а за- тем и молодого человека, некоторые из которых уже не могут быть нивелиро- ваны полностью или восполнены в ходе дальнейшего развития. Зачастую имен- но эти проблемы порождают противоправное поведение несовершеннолетних, и их необходимо учитывать как при определении степени риска повторных правонарушений, так и при формировании реабилитационных программ. Ре- альное положение дел в этом вопросе помогает выявить ОРП. Кроме определе- ния факторов, способствующих совершению повторных правонарушений, ОРП позволяет определить и классифицировать факторы, которые могут оказать по- мощь в процессе реабилитации и социальной адаптации. Важным фактором в предотвращении приобретения несовершеннолетним криминального опыта является замена наказания в виде лишения свободы аль- тернативным. Так, например, согласно итальянскому законодательству суд мо- жет применить к несовершеннолетнему три меры воздействия, альтернативные мере наказания в виде лишения свободы. Ювенальный суд, как правило, ис- пользует все три альтернативные меры. Первая мера воздействия — признание Кузьмина В.М. Становление ювенальной юстиции в России правонарушения «пренебрежительно незначительным» — применяется в слу- чае, когда проступок незначителен. Вторая мера воздействия — «судебное прощение», — применяется, когда правонарушители приговорены к наказанию до двух лет лишения свободы и когда возможно утверждать, что они не совер- шат повторного преступления. Применение указанной меры требует сохране- ния дела несовершеннолетнего на специальном контроле до достижения им/ей года. Третья мера воздействия была введена новым УПК Италии в г. — это так называемая мера «досудебной пробации». Итальянская служба пробации имеет национальную специфику и отличает- ся от подобных служб других стран. Пробация в Италии подразумевает приос- тановку судебного разбирательства дела несовершеннолетнего на определен- ный промежуток времени. В течение пробационного периода, который длится в среднем восемь месяцев, несовершеннолетний обязан посещать реабилитаци- онные и образовательные программы и проекты. Мера «досудебной пробации» применяется ко всем без исключения видам преступлений, в том числе убийст- вам. Программы «досудебной пробации» составляются и осуществляются ра- ботниками судебных социальных служб в сотрудничестве с муниципальными государственными социальными службами. Ежегодно на «пробацию» направляется % дел несовершеннолетних, – % дел заканчивается «судебным прощением», остальные признаются «пре- небрежительно незначительными». Более широкое применение меры «проба- ции» ограничивается многими факторами, в частности, неразвитостью инфра- структуры социальных служб на местах, однако данный показатель имеет тен- денцию к росту. Итак, только в случае невозможности применения к несовершеннолетнему правонарушителю вышеперечисленных мер воздействия суд приговаривает его к наказанию в виде лишения свободы. Большое значение для реабилитации несовершеннолетнего правонаруши- теля имеет восстановительное правосудие. В России восстановительное правосудие рассматривается не только как ор- ганизация специальных судов для несовершеннолетних, но и как внедрение восстановительных технологий по сопровождению несовершеннолетнего пра- вонарушителя, по его социально-психологической реабилитации, т.е. оказанию комплексной социальной помощи детям, находящимся в трудной жизненной ситуации [ . С. ]. Главная задача восстановительного правосудия в итальянской ювенальной юстиции заключается в восстановлении баланса социальной жизни людей, ут- раченных ими в результате конфликта, примирении сторон-участников. Основ- ные процедуры восстановительного подхода включают в себя два главных ком- понента: медиацию/примирение жертвы и правонарушителя и заглаживание вины / возмещение нанесенного вреда, ущерба. Медиация представляет собой процесс общения жертвы и правонарушите- ля с участием третьего беспристрастного лица (медиатора) либо непосредст- Вестник РУДН, серия Юридические науки, , № венно, либо заочно. Цель медиации — дать возможность жертве выразить свои чувства и претензии, а правонарушителю осознать и признать свою ответствен- ность. Заглаживание вины обидчиком перед пострадавшим помогает восста- новлению права пострадавшего на возмещение ущерба (физического, эмоцио- нального), причиненного ему в результате преступления. Компенсация может включать как извинение, финансовую выплату, работы и услуги по возвраще- нию или ремонту вещей, так и добровольное участие нарушителя в реабилита- ционных и образовательных программах. Проведение медиации «лицом к лицу» возможно только при обязательном согласии как самого правонарушителя, так и пострадавшей стороны. Анализ показывает, что доля согласившихся на медиацию несовершеннолетних значи- тельно варьирует от их возраста и характера совершенного противоправного деяния. Основной «целевой» группой, с которой работают центры примирения, являются подростки в возрасте – лет, совершившие преступления против личности. Положительные результаты медиации практически не зависят от со- вершенного подростком деяния: в группе преступлений против собственности положительные результаты немногим выше, чем в группе преступлений против личности. В Италии процедуры примирения жертвы и правонарушителя начали при- меняться с середины -х гг. Открытию центров по примирению (далее — ЦП) предшествовали широкие дебаты о необходимости применения восстано- вительных практик. На сегодняшний день в Италии работает восемь ЦП. Все ЦП были созданы по инициативе уважаемых в муниципалитете профессионалов из числа юве- нальных судей и социальных работников судебной системы, поэтому все ЦП первоначально располагались в здании ювенального суда. Сегодня большая часть ЦП находится в отдельных зданиях, что открывает новый этап повыше- ния их независимости от судебной системы. Все ЦП финансируются из не- скольких источников (муниципальный, провинции и региональный бюджет), а также получают методическую и организационную поддержку от Департамента ювенальной юстиции Министерства юстиции Италии. Уголовно-процессуальный кодекс ювенального судопроизводства в Италии ( / ) не содержит специальных указаний по проведению «медиации» или процедур «примирения жертвы и правонарушителя». Однако некоторые его нормы применяются в целях проведения практик восстановительного правосу- дия, в том числе и медиации. Решение о направлении дела в ЦП судьи и проку- роры принимают, когда преступление затрагивает интересы людей, уже знако- мых друг с другом, и преступление ставит под угрозу их взаимоотношения, а также если несовершеннолетний впервые предстает перед судом. В отсутствие специальных норм, прямо устанавливающих процедуру примирения сторон, судьи и прокуроры направляют дела в ЦП, опираясь на различные законода- тельные нормы. Так, прокуроры наиболее часто направляют дела несовершен- нолетних в ЦП, ссылаясь на статью Кодекса об «оценке личности несовершен- Кузьмина В.М. Становление ювенальной юстиции в России нолетнего» в ходе предварительного расследования и/или предварительного слушания дела. По заказу прокурора ЦП проводят предварительное расследо- вание: изучают семью несовершеннолетнего, его ближайшее окружение. По по- ручению судьи судебная социальная служба также может проводить социаль- ное расследование по оценке личности несовершеннолетнего, а может заказать проведение подобного исследования центру по примирению. ЦП информируют прокурора и/или судью, судебные социальные службы о результатах предвари- тельного расследования или результатах процедуры примирения сторон, если таковое им было поручено. В случае успешного примирения сторон прокурор принимает решение о прекращении дела. Судьи, направляя дела в ЦП для проведения медиации и предварительного расследования, чаще всего используют норму направления на досудебную про- бацию (ст. / ). В случае положительных откликов о прохождении не- совершеннолетним реабилитационных мероприятий программы пробации су- дья может принять решение о помиловании или прекращении дела, посчитав противоправное деяние подростка «пренебрежительно незначительным». Анализ статистики работы ЦП демонстрирует, что количество дел несо- вершеннолетних, направляемых судьями и прокурорами в ЦП для проведения медиации, медленно, но увеличивается год от года. Новый социальный институт обострил существовавшие ранее противоре- чия, обозначил проблемные точки системы профилактики и правосудия в от- ношении несовершеннолетних. Одним из проблемных моментов является плохо налаженная коммуникация и отсутствие обратной связи со стороны ювеналь- ных судов, судебных социальных служб. ЦП, выполняя «социальный заказ» ме- стного сообщества и предоставляя суду результаты собственной работы, не по- лучают в ответ никакой информации об окончательном решении суда. В отсутствие формальных законодательных норм работа института прими- рения закономерно регулируется нормами неформальными. Взаимодействие медиаторов, судей, прокуроров, социальных работников судебных служб на местах во многом определяется их личными контактами и неформальными се- тями. Хотя ЦП работают в Италии свыше десяти лет, они продолжают занимать маргинальную позицию в ювенальной юстиции. На сегодняшний день не суще- ствует единой системы оценки результативности их деятельности. Однако о по- ложительном социальном эффекте нового института можно, по мнению италь- янских исследователей, говорить уже на основании того, что, во-первых, вне- дрение восстановительных практик ознаменовало культурный сдвиг в традици- онной и в высокой степени консервативной системе правосудия. Во-вторых, на сегодняшний день дискуссии о том, что ЦП стали частью уголовного расследо- вания и процесса, а результаты их деятельности так или иначе влияют на судеб- ное решение, уже оформились в устойчивое консолидированное мнение экспер- тов и профессионалов. В России рабочие модели для системы профилактики преступлений несо- вершеннолетних начали отрабатываться с начала xxi в. В качестве рабочих Вестник РУДН, серия Юридические науки, , № моделей, которые могут быть включены в рекомендуемый стандарт, следует отнести, во-первых, технологический модуль «Комиссии по делам несовершен- нолетних и защиты их прав — служба восстановительных программ» [ . С. – ]. Во-вторых, подготовку специалистов в области ведения восстанови- тельных программ, технологии подготовки и содержании квалификации. В- третьих, детскую службу примирения в школе. Программы восстановительного правосудия позволяют изменить порядок ра- боты Комиссий по делам несовершеннолетних именно для решения задач их со- циализации, а не для их наказания или клеймения. Технологии примирения право- нарушителя и жертвы применимы и для восстановления конфликтных ситуаций между детьми и между детьми и взрослыми, поэтому они хорошо вписываются в работу детских общественных организаций — школьных служб примирения. При восстановительном подходе в работе с несовершеннолетними и их семьями используется новая схема работы Комиссий по делам несовершенно- летних: во-первых, в их деятельности участвуют специалисты по социальной работе; во-вторых, используются новые механизмы решения кризисных ситуа- ций, криминальных конфликтов — восстановительные программы, направлен- ные на поиск конструктивного решения возникших проблем. Данные эксперимента показывают, что восстановительные программы возможно применять к следующим типам ситуаций: – конфликты и правонарушения в детском и подростковом сообществе; – семейные конфликты из-за нарушения детско-родительских отношений; – конфликты «ученик — ученик», мешающие образовательному процессу; – конфликты из-за нарушения отношений между опекуном и опекаемым; – конфликты в организационных и местных сообществах; – конфликты из-за нарушений отношений супругов. В заключение следует отметить, что в России идея создания ювенальной юстиции поддерживается, утверждены и продолжают свою работу различные комиссии, проводятся парламентские слушания, закон «О ювенальных судах» пока не принят. Необходимость внедрения специальных ювенальных судов, а вместе с тем законодательного совершенствования процесса производства по делам несо- вершеннолетних в российском уголовном процессе не вызывает сомнений. Уровень рецидивной преступности среди молодежи остается высоким — %. Не всегда в полной мере удается защитить или восстановить права детей и в гражданском судопроизводстве. С высказываниями о всех положительных сторонах внедрения правосудия по делам несовершеннолетних в научных кругах обсуждается также вопрос о необхо- димости упрощения или, напротив, усложнения процесса доказывания. Так, на За- паде, по словам Л.В. Головко, основными предпосылками, обусловливающими развитие так называемых альтернатив уголовному преследованию, является необ- ходимость ускорения и упрощения уголовного процесса, стремление к максималь- но быстрому восстановлению прав потерпевшего [ . С. ]. В отечественной уго- Кузьмина В.М. Становление ювенальной юстиции в России ловно-процессуальной науке сегодня производство по данной категории дел рас- сматривается как разновидность усложненной формы уголовного процесса. Некоторые авторы при этом полагают, что целью применения усложнен- ных порядков является «обеспечение выполнения целей правосудия в экстраор- динарных случаях путем установления дополнительных процессуальных гаран- тий» [ . С. ]. Однако все это сопряжено с рядом серьезных проблем, связан- ных, как правило, со специализацией правосудия, призванного служить не только воспитанию, реабилитации и адекватному наказанию социально труд- ных подростков, но и защите, максимально быстрому восстановлению закон- ных прав и интересов потерпевших, подвергшихся насилию от подростков. При этом восстановительный подход должен быть ориентирован не на снисхождение к несовершеннолетнему преступнику и освобождение его от от- ветственности, а наоборот, — на подлинную ответственность, поэтому стрем- ление к максимально быстрому восстановлению прав потерпевшего, примире- ние с ним, заглаживание вреда с привлечением самого социально неблагопо- лучного подростка в максимальной степени должно способствовать его пере- воспитанию. Поскольку восстановительная программа в отличие от реабилита- ционной состоит в том, чтобы подросток был не пассивным созерцателем в ре- шении его проблем, а активным ответчиком, стремящимся загладить нанесен- ный им вред, а взрослые оказывали бы ему в этом помощь и поддержку. Пола- гаем, взаимное сочетание социально-реабилитационной и восстановительно- воспитательной методик способно сделать большой шаг в дальнейшем исправ- лении несовершеннолетнего преступника. Наказание же в виде лишения свобо- ды блокирует в большинстве своем воспитательные механизмы. В целом успешное внедрение элементов ювенальной юстиции и, в частности, восстановительного правосудия в правоприменительную и социальную практику России позволит обеспечить устойчивое функционирование системы профилакти- ки безнадзорности и правонарушений несовершеннолетних, снизить преступность, оказать комплексную помощь ребенку, находящемуся в трудной жизненной ситуа- ции. Полученный практический опыт позволяет говорить о необходимости даль- нейшего развития ювенальных технологий в России как одного из важнейших ме- тодов работы с молодежью группы риска. Однако все это возможно осуществить только при разумном совершенствовании действующего российского законода- тельства с учетом международных стандартов и передового зарубежного опыта. ЛИТЕРАТУРА [ ] Борисевич Г.Я., Соболева Л.А. О необходимости внедрения элементов ювенальной юс- тиции в правоприменительную практику России // Вестник Пермского университета. — . — № ( ). [ ] Восстановительное правосудие для несовершеннолетних и социальная работа (от про- ектов к практике) / Под общ. ред. Т.И. Марголина, Л.А. Соболевой. — Пермь, . [ ] Головко Л.В. Альтернативы уголовному преследованию как форма процессуальной дифференциации: Современные тенденции развития: Автореф. дисс. … докт. юрид. наук. — М., . Вестник РУДН, серия Юридические науки, , № [ ] Карнозова Л.М., Максудов Р.Р. Практические инициативы по созданию элементов ювенальной юстиции в России: идеи, формы реализации, препятствия. — М., . [ ] Макаркин А.И. Состязательность на предварительном следствии. — СПб., . [ ] Маккеллан Д. Правосудие по делам несовершеннолетних в США // Уголовная юсти- ция: проблемы международного сотрудничества. — М., . [ ] Минимальные стандартные правила Организации Объединенных Наций, касающиеся отправления правосудия в отношении несовершеннолетних (Пекинские правила) от ноября г. // Международные акты о правах человека: Сб. документов. — М.: НОРМА—ИНФРА-М, . [ ] Постановление Верховного Совета РСФСР «О Концепции судебной реформы в РСФСР» от октября г. // Ведомости Съезда народных депутатов РСФСР и Верховного Совета РСФСР. — . — № . — Ст. . [ ] Постановление Пленума Верховного Суда РФ «О судебной практике по делам о пре- ступлениях несовершеннолетних» от февраля г. № (в ред. от . . ) // Российская газета. — . — № . [ ] Права детей: Сб. документов Совета Европы и Организации Объединенных Наций. — СПб., . [ ] Уголовный кодекс РФ от июня г. № -ФЗ (в ред. от . . ) // Собрание законодательства Российской Федерации. — . — № . — Ст. . [ ] Уголовно-процессуальный кодекс РСФСР от октября г. (с послед. изм.) // Ве- домости Верховного Совета РСФСР. — . — № . — Ст. . [ ] Уголовно-процессуальный кодекс РФ от декабря г. (с послед. изм.) // Россий- ская газета. — . — № . — дек. [ ] Федеральный закон «Об основах системы профилактики безнадзорности и правона- рушений несовершеннолетних» от . . № -ФЗ (в ред. от . . ) // Рос- сийская газета. — . — № . [ ] Федеральный закон «Об основных гарантиях прав ребенка в Российской Федерации» от . . № -ФЗ (в ред. от . . ) // Российская газета. — . — № . [ ] andrews d.a., bonta j., hoge r.d. criminal justice and behavior. — ottawa, . formation of juvenile justice in russia v.m. kuzmina the department of constitutional and municipal law peoples’ friendship university of russia , miklukho-maklaya, moscow, russia, the article investigates the process of formation and development of juvenile justice in russia. in particular, it carries out a comparative analysis of some aspects of juvenile justice, which are topical for the russian federation, and a comparative analysis of anglo-saxon and continental models of juvenile justice. the article notes the originality of the russian model of juvenile legal proceeding and specifici- ties of its organization at the stage of origin of this institute. key words: juvenile justice, juvenile courts, judicial reform, rights of the child, juvenile legal proceeding. science magazine s c i e n c e sciencemag.org april • vol issue exchange between the americas need to be reconsidered. — hjs science, this issue p. ; see also p. drug discovery allergy drug inhibits viral infection a drug used to dry up a runny nose and itchy eyes may be repurposed for treating hepatitis c virus (hcv). this viral infec- tion often goes undetected, but it can exacerbate liver diseases, including cancer. the fact that allergy-relieving antihistamines can treat hcv was uncovered by he et al. in a screen of a library of approved drugs. among these, the first-generation antihistamine chlorcyclizine showed highly specific anti-hcv activity in vitro and in mice with ìhumanizedî livers, without evidence of drug resistance, a common problem with antivirals. moreover, chlor- cyclizine synergized with other anti-hcv drugs such as ribavirin, sofosbuvir, and interferon-α. antihistamines are widely available, safe, and inexpensive: ideal candidates for use in hcv- endemic countries. — mlf sci. transl. med. , ra ( ). mars atmosphere mapping mars’ water history we know the water cycle on earth is complex. neither is it simple on mars. infrared maps of water isotopes made by villanueva et al. show the distri- bution of h o and “semiheavy” water (hdo: deuterated water ph o t o : © r o s e m a r y r o b e r t s / a l a m y edited by sacha vignieri and jesse smith i n o t h e r j o u r na l s cellular mechanics the mechanics of cellular left and right cells need to distinguish between left and right to interact during collective movement or embryonic development. to reveal the underlying cellular mechanics, tee et al. studied the organization of actin in human cells using fluores- cence, electron microscopy, and computational simulations. actin fibers forming the cellular skeleton rearranged themselves from a symmetric to an asym- metric pattern through interplay between two types of fibers. the unidirectional tilting of the radial fibers and swirling of the transverse fibers were driven by containing a mixture of hydrogen isotopes) across mars. hdo enrichment varies with time and location; for example, irregular isotopic signals associate with different terrain features. the measurements also allow sea- sonal sublimation levels of the northern ice cap to be estimated and thus could be used to reveal past climate behavior. — mmm science, this issue p. bioanalysis imaging lipid composition chemical imaging of cell membranes can be performed with matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry (maldi), but low ionization efficiency often leads to a signal dominated by the main lipid components, such as abundant phosphatidylcholine species. soltwisch et al. used a tunable laser for post-ionization of neutral species to boost the signal for other membrane com- ponents, such as cholesterol and phospho- and glycolipids. imaging of cells and tissues with these methods allows differenti- ation based on a more extensive chemical signature. — pds science, this issue p. human genetics chromosome number varies in humans pregnancy loss is often associ- ated with a loss of chromosome number, a condition known as aneuploidy. when examining aneuploid embryos during in vitro fertilization cycles, mccoy et al. found a large genomic region associated with defects in maternal chromosome number (see the perspective by vohr and green). this region contains a gene, polo-like kinase (plk ), that is known to affect chro- mosome segregation and has variants that correlate with an increased rate of maternal aneu- ploidy. surprisingly, such variants occur at relatively high levels in human populations and may be under positive selection. — lmz science, this issue p. ; see also p. inflammation how smoking makes infection worse s moking not only increases your risk of cancer but also increases inflammation and slows down recovery from infections, especially in people who have chronic obstruc- tive pulmonary disorder (copd). people with severe copd have elevated levels of the cytokine interleukin- (il- ), a secreted protein that promotes airway inflammation. to determine whether il- triggers exaggerated inflammatory responses in copd, kearley et al. exposed mice lacking il- to cigarette smoke and then infected them with influenza. a deficiency in il- protected mice from excessive inflammation and weight loss. cigarette smoke led to elevated production of il- and altered expression of its receptor in exposed mice, causing lung inflammation to amplify. — klm immunity , ( ). ancient pacific-caribbean link smoking increases inflammation and worsens infection published by aaas o n a p ril , h ttp ://scie n ce .scie n ce m a g .o rg / d o w n lo a d e d fro m http://science.sciencemag.org/ sciencemag.org s c i e n c e april • vol issue contractile stress and rotational growth. the actin-crosslinking protein controlled the clockwise or anticlockwise dynamics of the actin network, establishing the left-right asymmetry of the cell. — msm nat. cell biol. . /ncb ( ). crime and punishment rethink jail for juvenile justice the u.s. criminal justice system is strikingly punitive: the incarcerations-to-convictions ratio is % larger than that of the next highest country. the u.s. juvenile incarceration rate is five times larger than that of any other country. but we don’t randomly assign juveniles to jail, and thus it’s difficult to isolate the impacts of incarceration on later-life outcomes, versus the impacts of underlying socio- economic, cognitive, and other factors that influence juvenile criminal behavior as well as education, employment, and other outcomes. studying years of data on over , chicago juvenile offenders, aizer and doyle noticed that judges were randomly assigned to juvenile cases, and judges had different tendencies to sentence incarceration versus probation. assignment to a high– incarceration-rate judge decreased the likelihood of juve- niles completing high school and increased the likelihood of adult incarceration. — bw quart. j. econ. . / qje/qjv ( ). neurodegeneration deconstructing cell death in ms oligodendrocytes are often referred to as “support” cells for neurons, but in fact they play a critical role in the transmission of nerve impulses. these cells produce the myelin sheath that surrounds and protects axons in the central nervous system. in multiple sclerosis (ms), this myelin sheath erodes because of an inflammatory reaction that triggers the death of oligo- dendrocytes. several distinct mechanisms of cell death exist, and understanding which one underlies oligodendrocyte death could lead to new therapies. studying mouse models of ms, ofengeim et al. find that oligodendrocytes die by a regu- lated process called necroptosis. a small-molecule inhibitor of a protein kinase that mediates necroptosis prevented oligo- dendrocyte death in the mouse models. — pak cell rep. , ( ). surface imaging submolecular resolution in d surface probe microscopy has recently achieved submolecular resolution with metal tips made atomically sharp by decorating them with adsorbed molecules such as carbon monoxide. this method works well with adsorbed molecules that are small or flat. moreno et al. now show how to achieve subatomic resolution in atomic force microscopy with commercial silicon tips, for three- dimensional structures such as absorbed fullerene molecules or the step edges of oxide surfaces. the van der waals interac- tion is mapped with the tip a few nanome- ters above the surface in a closed feedback loop. a second higher- resolution scan with an open feedback loop follows this map with a constant offset distance that is adjusted to provide high resolution. — pds. nano lett. . /nl w ( ). physics pairing in an off-kilter atomic gas in a process called cooper pair- ing, two electrons of opposite spin and momentum form a pair and join a larger “condensate” to flow effortlessly through a superconducting material. in cold atomic gases, the atomic state plays the role of the spin. but what happens if there is a different number of atoms in the two spin states, so that pair- ing cannot be perfect? ong et al. tackled that question for li atoms trapped in a weakly coupled array of pancake- shaped clouds. as they cranked up the interaction between the atoms and increased the relative number of minority spins, the gas in each pancake separated into a core of paired spins surrounded by the majority atoms. — js phys. rev. lett. , ( ). community ecology measuring effective dispersal d ispersal fundamentally shapes ecological communities and maintains biodiversity, yet it is extremely difficult to quantify. estimating seed dispersal effectiveness (sde) requires measurement of both the number of seeds dispersed and the probability of successful germination. gonzález-castro et al. labori- ously measured the sde of frugivorous lizards and birds as dispersers of seeds over years in plant communities on the oceanic island of tenerife. their results allowed for compari- sons between the sde of the two main frugivore groups for different plant species and different communities (such as woodland and shrubland), revealing the networks of mutualis- tic interactions that underpin community persistence. — ams ecology , ( ). gallotia galloti is an important seed disperser on tenerife im a g e s : (t o p t o b o t t o m ) © c u l t u r a r m / a l a m y ; c . m o r e n o e t a l ., n a n o l e t t e r s ( m a r c h ) © a m e r ic a n c h e m ic a l s o c ie t y published by aaas o n a p ril , h ttp ://scie n ce .scie n ce m a g .o rg / d o w n lo a d e d fro m http://science.sciencemag.org/ rethink jail for juvenile justice brad wible doi: . /science. . . -d ( ), - . science article tools http://science.sciencemag.org/content/ / / . content related file:/content/sci/ / /twil.full permissions http://www.sciencemag.org/help/reprints-and-permissions terms of serviceuse of this article is subject to the is a registered trademark of aaas.sciencescience, new york avenue nw, washington, dc . the title (print issn - ; online issn - ) is published by the american association for the advancement ofscience copyright © , american association for the advancement of science o n a p ril , h ttp ://scie n ce .scie n ce m a g .o rg / d o w n lo a d e d fro m http://science.sciencemag.org/content/ / / . http://www.sciencemag.org/help/reprints-and-permissions http://www.sciencemag.org/about/terms-service http://science.sciencemag.org/ microsoft word - corr_ _youth_justice ( ) young people’s offending careers and criminal justice contact: a case for social justice corr, m-l. ( ). young people’s offending careers and criminal justice contact: a case for social justice. youth justice: an international journal, ( ), - . https://doi.org/ . / published in: youth justice: an international journal document version: peer reviewed version queen's university belfast - research portal: link to publication record in queen's university belfast research portal publisher rights © the author general rights copyright for the publications made accessible via the queen's university belfast research portal is retained by the author(s) and / or other copyright owners and it is a condition of accessing these publications that users recognise and abide by the legal requirements associated with these rights. take down policy the research portal is queen's institutional repository that provides access to queen's research output. every effort has been made to ensure that content in the research portal does not infringe any person's rights, or applicable uk laws. if you discover content in the research portal that you believe breaches copyright or violates any law, please contact openaccess@qub.ac.uk. download date: . apr. https://doi.org/ . / https://pure.qub.ac.uk/en/publications/young-peoples-offending-careers-and-criminal-justice-contact-a-case-for-social-justice( a fbeb - b - a - cc- cf bae).html young people’s offending careers and criminal justice contact: a case for social  justice.      mary‐louise corr     (school of life, sport and social sciences)  edinburgh napier university, uk    corresponding author:   mary‐louise corr, school of life, sport and social  sciences, sighthill, edinburgh napier university,  edinburgh, eh   tb, uk.   email: m.corr@napier.ac.uk  abstract  this article draws on an analysis of young people’s offending careers. the research was initiated against  a backdrop of changing discourse around youth justice in ireland with a shift towards prevention of  offending and diversion from the criminal justice system. locating crime and criminal justice contact  within a biographical context indicated that participants’ offending, and lives generally, was bound up in  marginalised transitions to adulthood, and embedded within social and economic environments  characterised by high deprivation. the findings support a further shift in focus towards addressing social  injustice as a necessary prerequisite to tackle the origins of youth offending.     key words: offending careers, social justice, youth offending, ireland    introduction  the research which this article draws on was initiated in   against a backdrop of  changing discourse around youth justice in ireland. the reform of the youth justice  system had been underway since the children act   (kilkelly,  ), introducing a  number of areas of change, most notably a shift towards the prevention of offending  and diversion of young people from the criminal justice system. subsequently, the  national youth justice strategy  ‐  (irish youth justice service,  ) set out  five goals, three of which focussed on diverting young people from offending  behaviour, promoting the greater use of community sanctions and providing a safe  and secure environment for detained children to assist their early reintegration into  society. on the one hand, the strategy put forth a holistic response to youth offending  – including universal aims to promote child well‐being – yet the individualisation of the  social problem continued with a commitment to deliver programmes and services  targeted at ‘at risk’ individuals and families, considered identifiable through a process  of risk assessment, and the requirement for young people to be held accountable and  to develop ‘socially responsible behaviour’. such developments, however, have  occurred against a backdrop of a dearth of empirical research on youth crime in  ireland (seymour,  ). this study thus aimed to go some way in addressing these  gaps in knowledge.      research context   ‘it would be difficult to comprehend an individual criminal career without also  considering concurrent, wider experiences of transition not normally surveyed  in criminology’ (macdonald and marsh,  :  ).    barry ( ) questions the ability of existing criminological theories to explain the  course of young people’s offending careers and advocates an approach that locates  offending in the wider social context of youth transitions. a programme of research in  the north east of england (see johnston et al.,  ; macdonald and marsh,  ;  webster et al.,  ) has gone some way to achieve this, using a biographical,  longitudinal approach to examine the interdependent, concurrent multiple careers in  youth transitions. in doing so, leisure, criminal and drug‐using careers were added to  the careers traditionally considered in youth transitions research (school‐to‐work,  housing and domestic). these studies explored the ways in which individual risk factors  interact, at different stages, with the structured opportunities facing young people,  seeking to understand both their active role and limited choices as well as the  historical, cultural and socio‐economic conditions of neighbourhoods in the making of  criminal careers (webster et al.,  :  ). ‘failure’ to make successful transitions into  adulthood along the various career lines has been highlighted as potentially  contributing to offending. for example, barry ( ) found that responses to ‘failed  transitions’ which involve offending can be understood as a means for young people to  gain social, economic, cultural or symbolic capital during a period when young people  have ‘few socially recognised means of legitimating their stake in the social world’  (barry,  :  ). in this way, her findings echo arguments made by craine ( )  who identified young men who adopted illegal ways of achieving or increasing their  income as an ‘alternative career’ when they failed to attain employment. these  experiences resonate with young’s ( :  ) notion of the ‘frustration of aspiration’  that results from exclusion from the labour market:  they are cast adrift; a discarded irrelevance locked in a situation of  structural unemployment...they are barred from the racetrack of the  meritocratic society yet remain glued to the television sets and media  which alluringly portray the glittering prizes of a wealthy society.     the impact of this exclusion would not be so detrimental, it is inferred, but for  the fact that the media makes known to excluded youth the wealth and  opportunities available to others. it is out of this ‘relative deprivation’ (young,  :  ) – and associated feelings of frustration and anger – that violence and  crime may evolve.     this article focuses on two areas of transition – leisure and school‐to‐work  careers – and examines the interaction of perceived marginalised positions,  located within the economic and social context of young people’s lives, and their  offending. by examining participants’ criminal justice transitions, it finds that  punitive measures further marginalise young people and suggests that responses  to offending should focus on wider contexts beyond individual criminality.    the study   the research aimed to understand the processes related to young people’s offending  transitions, including their initiation to offending and the subsequent course of their  offending careers. broad criteria were used to identify young people who were eligible  to participate in the study to facilitate a sample that was diverse in age, gender and  offending history. thirty‐seven young people,   males and   females, participated in  the study aged between   and  . all participants were in contact with criminal  justice agencies in ireland and were recruited from probation projects, individual  probation officers and a garda youth diversion project (community based, multi‐ agency crime prevention initiative).     the study was informed by an interactionist conceptualisation of criminal careers (see  ulmer and spencer,  ) and required a focus on young people’s interpretations of  events and the sense that they make of their social world. the life history interview  was employed as the primary method of data collection, prioritising the  understandings and significance that people give to their lives (chaitin,  :  ). it also  facilitates an understanding of offending as it interacts with multiple dimensions of  individuals’ lives. at the outset of the interview, participants were requested to tell  their life story and subsequently guided through this story, prompted to share  memories and offer reflections, interpretations, and insights (haglund,  :  ). in  addition to a cross‐sectional analysis, a biographical analysis necessitated the  production of individual accounts. thus a ‘case summary’ for each participant was  prepared including observations on their offending career and significant turning point  moments, that is, ‘interactional moments and experiences which leave marks on  people’s lives’ (denzin,  :  ).     offending careers and marginalised experiences of transition    there is a danger with studies on youth offending that young people will be presented  solely in terms of their offending histories, thus neglecting their complex biographies.  a life history approach permits an unravelling of biography, thereby providing a critical  contextual backdrop to offending careers, allowing an examination of offending as it is  interwoven into experiences of making transitions through a number of  interdependent careers towards adulthood. such wider experiences of transition must  also be located within their social and economic context.    having been born between   and  , young people in this study had lived most  of their lives, at the time of contact with the study, during ireland’s most prosperous   times. their accounts are illustrative, however, of social injustice, indicated by  continued poverty and inequality during times of national prosperity (goldson,  ).  this research was initiated towards the end of a   year period of unprecedented  economic growth in ireland. this period saw a fall in unemployment and an increase in  the quality of employment with more job security, less involuntary part‐time and/or  temporary work, higher wages and a decline in long hours (o'connell and russell,  ). overall, fahey et al. ( :  ) stated that ‘subjective well‐being and national  morale are among the highest in europe, living standards have risen and have done so  more or less for everyone’.     however, the rising economic tide did not lift all boats. ireland’s already high degree of  income inequality persisted during the boom years (fahey et al.,  ) and the gap  between those at the top and the bottom of the income distribution widened (nolan  and maître,  ). poverty and social exclusion are not evenly distributed across  regions but, rather, they are concentrated in ‘poverty blackspots’ in urban and rural  areas (haase and foley,  ) and in clusters of deprivation within dublin city (haase  and pratschke,  ). many local communities did not benefit from the economic  boom, remaining ‘very deprived’ during this period despite being the focus of  regeneration projects (fahey,  ).     there was significant experience of living in such ‘poverty blackspots’ among the  participants in this study. nearly all the young people were residing in one of the  rapid (revitalising areas by planning, investment and development) areas – ‘the most  disadvantaged communities in irish cities and towns’ (pobal,  ) – and in areas  where levels of disadvantage had increased between the years   and   or had  remained ‘very’ or ‘extremely’ disadvantaged. the impact of living in such areas was  compounded by the ‘highly localised’ (johnston et al.,  ) nature of their lives which  have implications for a range of opportunities including leisure, education, training and  employment.     they know what kids are growing up into…they’re not going to have jobs and big  houses…if you’re raised here you’re staying here…i’d never move out of [north dublin],  i wouldn’t be able to…do i want to stay here? i’d love to get out of it but i can’t.  (ronan,  )     taking two elements of young people’s transition to adulthood – leisure and school‐to‐ work careers – illustrates the marginalisation in young people’s lives and the ways in  which this interacts with their offending careers. throughout their narratives, young  people’s accounts did not prioritise unconventional goals but, rather, they bought into  ‘age‐related scripts’ (giordano et al.,  ), their aspirations in keeping with what  might be culturally expected. thus, during their early teenage years they aspired  towards ‘exciting’ leisure pursuits and quality time spent with friends. however,  accounts revealed that young people struggled with experiences of ‘leisure poverty’  (banks et al.,  ), not only explained by structural disadvantage at an individual  level, but also at a community level with limited leisure amenities available in the  neighbourhood. eamon depicted the inequity he felt, comparing his neighbourhood to  nearby ‘posher’ areas.    we had nothing to do and all day to do it. we just had fields, we never had a  community centre…we had fuck all, they never done anything for us, society kicked us  in the bollix. (eamon,  )     young people described prolonged periods of ‘nothing to do’ unsupervised in public  spaces and attempted to account for this through the creation of excitement – a need  particularly felt by those who had left school or sought to escape adverse home  circumstances. in this context, crime enabled them to fund leisure or to create  enjoyable or ‘exciting’ ways to spend time with friends. they thus reported engaging in  criminal activity ‘just for the fun’ (ronan,  ) as joyriding, theft and criminal damage  were often presented as activities that created an ‘adrenalin buzz’ or ‘thrill’ (see corr,   for a full account of this process).     participants’ accounts of their offending in the period post onset, however, no longer  prioritised the enjoyment that offending afforded at an earlier stage. attaining  traditional ‘markers’ of adulthood (independent living, employment, income, and  forming families) became more important during late teenage years and young  adulthood. for many, these ‘markers’ of adulthood were considered out of reach and,  for some, offending became an alternative to attain the forms of capital that  accompany these conventional achievements.     taking school‐to‐work careers as an example, most recognised employment as a  legitimate and potential means of generating income and a majority aspired to finding  employment. however, the challenges young people confronted in finding  employment were also very apparent. negative experiences of school and/or training  were most typically followed by ‘fractured’ or ‘extended’ transitions (coles,  ) into  the labour market as young people entered into training schemes or, at best, took up  sporadic, casual, part‐time employment, typically attained through local  neighbourhood networks, and offered few long‐term prospects. many recognised their  lack of qualifications but also indicated poor levels of knowledge about how to go  about seeking training or employment – resulting in evident frustration: ‘you can’t just,  “everyone go out and get a job”, hold on, you can’t just go out and get a job. it’s not  that easy’ (eamon,  ). particular types of crime, including involvement in the drug  economy, filled a void created by young people’s lack of access to legitimate means to  attain money. jack – whose employment history was more successful than others ‐  identified a link between his engagement with the labour market and his offending, as  crime presented an alternative for making money during periods of unemployment.     but the times…when i was off [unemployed] i’d be out committing crimes to try and get  money…you start to go desperate and you come to the point where you’re thinking  of…any sort of way to break the law to get money. (jack,  )    the sense of frustration was heightened for those who experienced critical moments  across a number of domains – homelessness, becoming a parent or developing drug  dependence – impacting on a need to attain alternative income and illustrative of how  transitions across other careers were also interdependent in this process.    i think it [shoplifting] only started when i was pregnant ‘cos that’s when i started  robbing baby clothes. before that it was just stupid little things…going down the  [shopping centre] fuckin’ perfumes and things like that. (sarah,  )    while long‐term un/underemployment created a sense of financial strain, the  preclusion of entry into the world of consumption (loader,  ) had implications for  young people’s sense of self or status. some accounts, like teo’s, resonated with  young’s ( ) notion of relative deprivation as they assessed being less affluent than  others.     i see some people in the streets, they have a bmw and i see myself and i have  nothing…some people out there…my age, they’re totally rich…i’m poor (teo,  ).     in addition to generating income, the elevation of status among peers, articulated  almost exclusively by young men, emerged as a perceived benefit to offending,  allowing them to present a particular image. ciaran, for example, told that he was  ‘making more money than [his] ma’ when selling heroin, which afforded him the  opportunity to attain goods that contributed to a certain image of a ‘gangster’:  ‘…buying playstations, loads of jewellery and nice clothes. buying all me friends drink  and thinking i was a little gangster, thinking i was the man’ (ciaran,  ).     this enhanced status was confirmed by a wider group of peers, particularly as young  people became known for their successful offending. for example, joe reported  attracting the attention of young women in his neighbourhood who were intrigued by  the fruits of his offending.    all the young ones that wouldn’t talk to us before started talking to us…’cos we had big  whopper cars. (joe,  )    offending careers and criminal justice contact  there was evidence that careers and transitions were punctuated by ‘critical moments’  in young people’s lives which served, in some cases, to heighten their understanding of  their circumstances. criminal justice repercussions – ranging from contact with the  gardaí and experiences of arrest to court appearances, including periods of  incarceration – were highly illustrative of the potentially variable reactions to ‘critical  moments’. some such moments encouraged a move towards desistance, yet similar  events appeared to propel some to further offending.     fourteen participants related aspects of their contact with the criminal justice system  to their continued offending. some of these accounts depicted the lack of deterrence  associated with the repercussions of the youth justice system given the unlikelihood of  ‘getting caught.    sure i never got caught robbing a house and i’ve robbed a few...only the stupid ones  get caught...cos they’re too clumsy...i’m hard to catch. (shane,  )    furthermore, in the unlikely event of detection, only minor negative repercussions  were anticipated, certainly for those under the age of   years: ‘…i couldn’t get done  on it [shoplifting]…i was under  . then i got caught shoplifting again…and i couldn’t  stop laughing you know’ (sarah,  ).    derek echoed such indifference to detection as a young teenager, given his knowledge  of the lack of resources to detain young men under   years.    when you’re younger and you’re picking up charges, you’d be ripping them up in front  of the coppers. you get a charge sheet, you say ‘that will be part of the wallpaper, sure  there’s no beds [in children detention schools]’. (derek,  )    although official youth justice outcomes were dismissed as minor, ongoing interaction  with the gardaí were viewed more negatively. relationships with the gardaí were  typically depicted as tense and were cited as provoking further (often violent)  offending among male and, less frequently, female respondents. continued  surveillance by the gardaí was viewed as unjust – young people assessing that they  were being treated differently because of their offender ‘label’: ‘if they see me they  pull me just for the craic [fun]...you’d nothing on you, they’d just stop you and search  you…any excuse’ (shane,  ).    respondents often described this as harassment and felt that certain members of the  gardaí were aiming to provoke a reaction: ‘you’d say to a copper ‘fuck off’ and they’d  arrest you and charge you for it’ (peter,  ). more serious repercussions, however,  were evident in a number of young men’s narratives, related to interactions with  gardaí. ronan, whose face was swollen from a ‘beating’ he had received days before  from a garda, described being the constant subject of garda surveillance and violence.     the police are obviously looking for me every day…they won’t leave me alone...they  keep coming around and hitting me. i’m not going to take it anymore, i’m going to lose  the head. (ronan,  )    ronan later recounted that he did eventually ‘lose the head’ as he ‘snapped’ and  assaulted a garda, who was subsequently hospitalised: ‘i just got sick of them hitting  me all the time…they brought it on themselves’.    on the other hand, perhaps some narratives could be interpreted as revealing the  deterrent potential of criminal justice contact by prompting a period of reflection. for  example, derek, quoted above as ‘ripping up’ charge sheets as a young teenager,  conveyed an attitudinal change on turning   which coincided with an awareness of  his eligibility for incarceration: ‘when you turn   it’s a different ball game...there’s a  load of places for you then’ (derek,  ). carly’s first court appearance, which led to a  suspended sentence, came as something of a shock: ‘that was my first time getting  arrested in a cell. i was like ‘oh my god’ and in court, yeah it was mad’ (carly,  ).     some of what young people recounted suggested a sense of criminal justice fatigue  whereby the ‘hassle’ of criminal justice contact in the form of harassment from the  gardaí and (repeated) incarceration, was taking its toll. however, deterrent effects  were usually short‐lived and, frequently, the ultimate impact was to lead young people  to a return to offending. some became ‘resigned’ to an offending lifestyle, seeing ‘no  point’ to desistance because they already had a criminal record: ‘once i got one charge  they just started rolling in. so when i had a few charges i didn’t care, i goes ‘fuck it i  have the charges now, why stop?’’(ronan,  ). joe’s assessment of the criminal justice  process was perhaps more calculated and he linked experiences of previous  incarceration to his consideration of engaging in more serious offending: ‘then we  started doing burglaries, we were thinking ‘what’s the point in getting locked up for  robbing cars when we can go out and do proper stuff?’’ (joe,  ).     therefore, responses to offending did not necessarily serve their goal of deterring  participants from further offending, thus raising significant questions about the  appropriateness of punitive intervention in the lives of young people who offend.     rather, having attained the offender ‘label’, young people frequently identified  barriers to their transition from a life of crime. all but one young person aspired  towards desistance from crime and shared aspirations towards conventional goals  (finding employment, owning a house, and having a family). whilst respondents  reported several points at which they felt their offending could stop, nearly all  accounts demonstrated instability in this regard. accounts suggested the impact of  ongoing negative peer relationships, substance use and unsuccessful attempts to enter  the labour market, but also included considerable reference to a history of criminal  justice contact.      as discussed in previous sections, the offending in later stages of young people’s  offending careers was largely explained as a means to accrue the capital (economic  and cultural) which comes with legitimate transitions to adulthood, not least of all  through the school‐to‐work transition. the offender label and impact of criminal  justice measures, however, in turn, limited their opportunities to earn money  legitimately, primarily because of its impact on their attempts to re‐engage in  education and/or accessing or maintaining employment. mani successfully completed  his schooling and had been pursuing a post secondary qualification. however, this  endeavour was interrupted by court appearances, resulting in his subsequent  withdrawal from college.     i was in college but then court…came back on me so i had to drop out ‘cos the  guards…come looking for me in the college…started affecting my college, family life,  my personal life, it just kept holding me back. (mani,  )    others, like eoin, who did not ‘know what way to look at [his] future’ due to ‘all these  court dates’ worried about the delay of entering the labour market due to periods of  incarceration.     if i got locked up for two years, i get out, i’d be nearly   then and you’re not going to  get an apprenticeship then…you could have been qualified but you’re only getting out  and you have to go looking for work. (eoin,  )    as respondents began to consider their future and the paths they wanted to follow,  the existence of a criminal record or a period of incarceration were considered as  potentially constraining the opportunities available to them. an inability to ‘move on’  in their lives was linked to ongoing criminal justice contact, sarah wanting to have her  outstanding charges addressed before ceasing drug dealing: ‘i have another two  charges and i’m just dying to get them out of the way and then i’m going to be on the  straight and narrow’ (sarah,  ). louise also felt that she could not move on in terms  of finding employment until her outstanding court dates had passed, echoing mani’s  earlier words: ‘it’s really holding me back from wanting to get out and do things…if you  were to go and ask for a job or something like you can’t take days off, “i’m in court”’  (louise,  ).    in a somewhat vicious cycle, young people whose offending had, to a great extent,  been located in a context of a failed transition into meaningful activity now found  themselves increasingly marginalised in this context as a result of criminal justice  outcomes. thus, punitive measures did not address the underlying processes related  to their offending and arguably exacerbated the social injustice young people  experienced.     where criminal justice contact demonstrated the potential to aid young people’s  cessation of offending, this was focussed on addressing wider needs beyond their  criminality. a number of young people, at the time of interview, were engaged in  structured activities attached to criminal justice agencies such as attending a garda  youth diversion project or a probation project. for most, this was a relatively new  development in their lives. participants suggested that attending a garda youth  diversion project provided structure to otherwise empty days, particularly for those  who had left school early or been excluded. they identified the programmes as  ‘somewhere to go’ in communities lacking in amenities as described earlier.  to an  extent, the programme addressed the leisure poverty experienced by some young  people through the provision of structured activities and the opportunity to socialise  with peers. in particular, attendees identified them as a way of ‘staying out of the way  of the police’ and some, like ronan, wished they had started attending at a younger  age: ‘because they would have kept me out of more trouble’ (ronan,  ).     those who attended probation projects did so on a daily basis and often likened the  routine to being in employment. this was considered important in establishing a  routine and minimising opportunities to get ‘bored’ or ‘into trouble’.     that’s why i’m here [probation project], ‘cos if i’m here i’m not in my house bored or  out with me mates causing trouble...it’s all about routines…do something positive with  your time. (jack,  )    however, it was the training aspect of attending a probation programme which was  considered vital for enhancing their options and opportunities for the future – some  viewed their attendance as a way to ‘get back on the right track’ (sarah,  ) and to  address their limited qualifications due to disrupted educational experiences. as a  result, young people identified a programme as having a positive effect on their  behaviour as they were able to draw on certain resources to enable a positive change  in their lives. they thus presented their engagement as a means of accumulating  cultural capital through attaining education and accruing skills, and as a means of  taking responsibility for their future as they set about mapping a way forward.     at the same time, however, those who had attempted entry into the labour market  had done so to no avail. such experiences were often disheartening: ‘i don’t see why  you should plan things and know quite well they’re not going to go the same way you  want them’ (eamon,  ). even those who may have been successful in attaining  employment at times, continued to weigh up the monetary benefits of going out to  work and the potential ‘earnings’ from crime.     you’re going out to work fuckin five days a week probably, sometimes six, slaving,  working away, hours and hours and then probably getting fucking €  and i probably  would have made that in a day doing what i was doing. (dara,  )     in this way, even if the young person had successfully moved towards desistance, the  draw of the potential proceeds to be accrued from crime continued to exist. the  pursuit of economic capital through means other than offending continued to be  blocked as respondents failed to access the labour market.     discussion  the above account set young people’s offending careers in the context of wider  transitions to adulthood. strained leisure careers, contextualised by highly localised  experiences in deprived neighbourhoods, provided the setting of the emergence of  young people’s offending. participants’ experiences of school‐to‐work transitions were  illustrative of how their marginalised positions heightened a perceived need to offend.  the relationship between criminal justice contact and offending was somewhat more  complex than a linear connection as experiences of the criminal justice system served  to propel some young people into further offending while it acted as motivation for  desistance for others. the account also depicted the ways in which criminal justice  responses served to further marginalise young people’s positions as they began to  appreciate the barriers to ‘moving on’ in their lives, particularly through access to  education and employment. it thus resonated with earlier findings that criminal justice  contact can have an adverse impact on young people’s lives and may make it less likely  they will cease offending (mcara & mcvie,  ). young people’s interpretations of  this connection are vitally important for a consideration of policy designed to divert  young people from offending.    the study’s findings go some way to support the implementation of a strategy of  diversion and the limited use of punitive intervention and thus the policy direction in  ireland has been a positive move. in particular, the findings do not support heavy  criminal justice involvement in the lives of young people, especially given that all but  one expressed a desire to desist in any case.  however, the responsibility of diversion  lies with the garda juvenile diversion programme, thus bringing young people ‘at risk’  of offending under the purview of criminal justice agents at a young age, perhaps even  before their first offence. thus, this raises questions regarding the ability of the  programme to effectively divert young people from the criminal justice system.     the study found that becoming ‘known’ to the gardaí as a potential offender or ‘at  risk’ of offending may increase the likelihood of future criminal justice involvement,  irrespective of their offending behaviour, thus echoing findings of the edinburgh study  (mcara and mcvie,  ; smith,  ). the ‘resignation’ of some young people to  offend given constrained opportunities as a result of criminal justice contact, in  particular, further emphasised the negative impact of labelling processes which hold  young people back from moves towards desistance. goldson ( ) has similarly  highlighted these counter‐productive tendencies suggesting the complete removal of  the child from the criminal justice system:  perhaps removing children and young people from the reach of the  youth justice system altogether, by significantly raising the age of  criminal responsibility, comprises the most effective diversionary  strategy (goldson,  :  ).   a moderate version of this argument, as set out by smith ( :  ), recognises that  some young people involved in offending have deep‐seated problems that do not  recede with time and that more serious offending does have to be dealt with.  however, as he continues, ‘a policy of increased intervention by the juvenile justice  system is unlikely to lead to a reduction in youth offending’ ( :  ).     the principle of detention as a last resort, given the negative impact of periods of  incarceration on young people’s ability to ‘get on’ with life, must remain the guiding  principle. thus, supporting the greater use of community‐based sanctions for those  young people convicted of a crime, as an alternative to detention, is appropriate. this  is particularly desirable given the study’s findings on the positive impact of structured  probation programmes on young people’s ability to desist from crime. these  community‐based programmes, however, must address those aspects of young  people’s lives that are most closely attached to instability in terms of further offending  – employment and education/training have been emphasised here – and thus extend  their scope beyond criminality.     the responsibility for the prevention of and response to youth offending, and crime in  general, lies within the irish youth justice service and the department of justice and  equality. despite principles of diversion, strategies to respond to young people who  offend (and who are ‘at risk’ of offending) remain within the remit of the criminal  justice system. more recently, debate has drawn attention to a need to shift the focus  from criminal justice to social justice, which implies ‘providing fair and decent  treatment for all citizens across every domain including housing, health, education and  employment’ and allowing ‘personal advancement to all citizens’ (o’mahony,  ).  o’mahony continues to state that ‘social justice is largely redistributive justice,  concerned with limiting, reducing or redressing the inevitable disparities that arise in  modern societies’.      this study’s findings support such a shift in focus to addressing issues of social justice.  ireland always had a high degree of income inequality which persisted during the  boom years (fahey et al.,  ). during this period of sharp economic growth,  however, levels of relative deprivation and the gap between the affluent and poor  increased, thus indicative of social injustice. signs of an economic downturn began to  emerge in early   and ireland entered recession in mid‐ , seeing a return to  high unemployment, falling income levels and cuts in public expenditure. public  spending cuts, particularly cuts in social welfare, are likely to have ‘significant  consequences for poverty risks’ (russell et al.,  :  ) and are likely to place  particular strain on those already living in socially excluded contexts (yates,  ).      the rhetoric of contemporary discourse in ireland surrounding youth justice, whilst  having all the trappings of a holistic response to youth offending, nonetheless adopts  mechanisms indicating the continued individualisation of the social problem. as this  study’s findings demonstrate, however, young people’s offending, and lives more  generally, was embedded within social and economic environments characterised by  high, and in some cases extreme, deprivation. addressing social inequalities and  relative deprivation, therefore, is a necessary prerequisite to effectively tackle the  origins of youth offending in poor communities. that there is ‘no doubt that social  inequity contributes to the disaffection and alienation which expresses itself in anti‐ social behaviour’ (committee of inquiry into the penal system,  ) is not a new  argument. in fact, after   years, the enlightened recommendations of the whitaker  committee, established to investigate aspects of the irish penal system, still hold  relevance.     ‘given this catalogue of the major causes of criminality it is evident that  concern for social progress and equity, and pursuit of economic  development necessary to sustain it, must be the constant preoccupation of  a just and enlightened society… it is only the society which uses its  resources effectively to promote equitable progress that can hope to break  through the vicious circle of disadvantage, alienation and criminality.’  (committee of inquiry into the penal system,  )    funding: this research was funding by the former children act advisory board, ireland.  endnotes:  . all names used are pseudonyms and identifying information has been removed.   references   banks m, breakwell g, bynner j, emler n, jamieson l and roberts k ( ) careers and identities. milton  keynes: open university press.  barry m ( ) youth offending in transition: the search for social recognition. london: routledge.  barry m ( ) youth offending and youth transitions: the power of capital in influencing change.  critical criminology  ( ):  ‐ .  chaitin j ( ) my story, my life, my identity. international journal of qualitative methods  ( ):  ‐ .  coles b ( ) youth and social policy: youth citizenship and young careers. london: ucl press.  committee of inquiry into the penal system ( ) report of the committee of inquiry into the penal  system [whitaker report]. dublin: stationery office.  corr ml ( ) young people’s early offending: the context of strained leisure careers. young  ( ):  ‐ .  craine s ( ) beggars can’t be choosers: an ethnography of post‐school transitions in a high  unemployment area. phd thesis, university of salford, uk.  denzin nk ( ) interpretive biography. newbury park: sage.  fahey t ( ) protecting poor neighbourhoods and avoiding housing failure. in: symposium on the  crisis, welfare state retrenchment and social cohesion: lessons from social research, dublin, ireland,    march  .   fahey t, russell h and whelan ct (eds) ( ) best of times? the social impact of the celtic tiger in  ireland. dublin: institute of public administration.  giordano pc, cernkovich, sa and holland dd ( ) changes in friendship relations over the life course:  implications for desistance from crime. criminology  ( ):  ‐ .   goldson b ( ) new labour, social justice and children: political calculation and the deserving‐ undeserving schism. british journal of social work  ( ):  ‐ .  goldson b ( ) the sleep of (criminological) reason: knowledge‐policy rupture and new labour's  youth justice legacy. criminology and criminal justice  ( ):  ‐ .  haase t and foley r ( ) feasibility study for a local poverty index. dublin: combat poverty agency.  haase t and pratschke j ( ) an inter‐temporal and spatial analysis of data from the census of  population,  ,  ,   and  . dublin: pobal.  haglund k ( ) conducting life history research with adolescents. qualitative health research  ( ):  ‐ .  irish youth justice service ( ) national youth justice strategy  ‐ . dublin: stationery office.  johnston l, macdonald r, mason p, ridley l and webster c ( ) snakes and ladders: young people,  transitions and social exclusion. bristol policy press.  kilkelly u ( ) youth courts and children’s rights: the irish experience. youth justice  ( ):  ‐ .   loader i ( ) youth, policing and democracy. basingstoke: macmillan.  mcara l and mcvie s ( ) youth justice?: the impact of system contact on patterns of desistance  from offending. european journal of criminology  ( ):  ‐ .  macdonald r and marsh j ( ) disconnected youth?  growing up in britain's poor neighbourhoods.  basingstoke: palgrave macmillan.  nolan b and maître b ( ) economic growth and income inequality: setting the context. in: fahey t,  russell h, whelan ct (eds) best of times? the social impact of the celtic tiger in ireland. dublin:  institute of public administration, pp.  ‐ .  o'connell pj and russell h ( ) employment and quality of work. in: fahey t, russell h, whelan ct  (eds) best of times? the social impact of the celtic tiger in ireland. dublin: institute of public  administration, pp.  ‐ .  o’mahony p ( ) criminal justice versus social justice. in: shifting focus: from criminal justice to  social justice. building better and safer communities, dublin, ireland,   september  . irish penal  reform trust.  pobal ( ) ‘rapid faq’ available at: https://www.pobal.ie/faq/pages/rapid.aspx (accessed    january  ).  russell h, maître b and nolan b ( ) monitoring poverty trends in ireland:   ‐ : key issues for  children, people of working age and older people. dublin: esri.  seymour m ( ) transition and reform: juvenile justice in the republic of ireland. in: junger‐tas, j and  decker sh (eds) international handbook of juvenile justice. springer publications, pp.  ‐ .  smith, d ( ) social inclusion and early desistance from crime. edinburgh study of youth transitions  and crime research digest number  . edinburgh: centre for law and society, university of edinburgh.   ulmer jt and spencer jw ( ) the contributions of an interactionist approach to research and theory  on criminal careers. theoretical criminology  ( ):  ‐ .  webster c, macdonald r and simpson m ( ) predicting criminality? risk factors, neighbourhood  influence and desistance. youth justice  ( ):  ‐ .  yates j ( ) what prospects youth justice? children in trouble in the age of austerity. social policy and  administration  ( ):  ‐ .  young j ( ) from inclusive to exclusive society: nightmares in the european dream. in ruggerio v,  south n and taylor i (eds) the new european criminology: crime and social order in europe. london:  routledge, pp.  ‐ .  young j ( ) the exclusive society: social exclusion, crime and difference in late modernity. london:  sage.    wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk params is empty sys_ exception wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk no params is empty exception params is empty / / - : : if (typeof jquery === "undefined") document.write('[script type="text/javascript" src="/corehtml/pmc/jig/ . . /js/jig.min.js"][/script]'.replace(/\[/g,string.fromcharcode( )).replace(/\]/g,string.fromcharcode( ))); // // // window.name="mainwindow"; .pmc-wm {background:transparent repeat-y top left;background-image:url(/corehtml/pmc/pmcgifs/wm-nobrand.png);background-size: auto, contain} .print-view{display:block} page not available reason: the web page address (url) that you used may be incorrect. message id: (wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk) time: / / : : if you need further help, please send an email to pmc. include the information from the box above in your message. otherwise, click on one of the following links to continue using pmc: search the complete pmc archive. browse the contents of a specific journal in pmc. find a specific article by its citation (journal, date, volume, first page, author or article title). http://europepmc.org/abstract/med/ theories of social en economic justice th eor ies o f so cia l an d e co no m ic j us tic e theories of social and economic justice t h eories of s ocial an d e con om ic ju stice a j van d er w alt edited by aj van der walt t he bulk of the contributions in theories of social and economic justice originated in a research project initiated by the stellenbosch institute for advanced study (stias) in . stias hosted a workshop in july in which researchers from law, economics, theology and sociology participated, and some of the contributions at the workshop were subsequently reworked into chapters for this book. in addition, colleagues, both in south africa and abroad, who had not participated in the workshop but whose recently published work on social and economic justice fitted in with the project extremely well, gave permission to re-publish their articles in the book. the book is based on the idea that the attainment of greater social and economic justice, specifically in the south african context, is strongly influenced by the implications and the coherence of various theories of social and economic justice. furthermore, it is argued that the promotion and protection of social and economic justice need to be approached from different theoretical perspectives when considering different practical circumstances, contexts and dilemmas. one theoretical size simply does not fit all, as far as social and economic justice is concerned. the range of theoretical approaches represented in this book – legal, economic, theological and sociological – is testimony to the truly cross- and multi-disciplinary nature of the contributions. apart from leading south african scholars in law, economics, theology and sociology, four contributions from american academics are included: professors gregory alexander (cornell law school), william forbath (university of texas), lucy williams (northeastern university), and ross zucker (lander college). aj van der walt is professor in the faculty of law at stellenbosch university and author of constitutional property clauses: a comparative analysis ( ) and constitutional property law ( ). he is also a co-editor, with h botha and j van der walt, of rights and democracy in a transformative constitution ( , african sun media). theories finaal q / / : page a research project of the stellenbosch institute for advanced study the stellenbosch institute for advanced study (stias) is a high-level research institution dedicated to keep africa at the forefront of inter- national scientific developments. it facilitates innovative and inter- disciplinary research on issues that are of special relevance to the continent. it does so by inviting leading researchers from all over the world to work in close interaction with their counterparts from africa. by including younger researchers in its projects, it contributes to the development of a next generation of scholars. website: http://academic.sun.ac.za/stias/ theories of social and economic justice edited by aj van der walt professor, faculty of law, stellenbosch university sun press is a division of african sun media, stellenbosch university’s publishing division. sun press publishes academic, professional and reference works in electronic and print format. this publi- cation may be downloaded or ordered directly from www.sun-e-shop.co.za. published by sun press, a division of african sun media, victoria street, stellenbosch , south africa www.africansunmedia.co.za all rights reserved. no part of this book may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any electronic, photographic or mechanical means, including photocopying and recording on record, tape or laser disk, on microfilm, via the internet, by e-mail, or by any other information storage and retrieval system, without prior writ- ten permission by the publisher. first edition isbn - - - cover design by laura oliver typesetting by felini studio set in on . pt sabon printed and bound by us printers, ryneveld street, stellenbosch copyright permissions william forbath ‘a not so simple justice: frank michelman on social rights, – present‘ first appeared in ( ) tulsa law review - . © w forbath and tulsa law review. reprinted here (with minor editorial changes) with the kind permission of w forbath and tulsa law review. sandra liebenberg ‘the value of human dignity in interpreting socio-economic rights‘ first appeared in ( ) south african journal on human rights - . © s liebenberg and juta & co, publishers of sajhr. reprinted here (with minor editorial changes) with the kind permission of s liebenberg, i currie (editor of sajhr) and juta & co. charles ngwena ‘the historical development of the modern south african health-care system: from privilege to egalitarianism‘ first appeared in ( ) de jure - . © c ngwena. reprinted here (with minor authorial and editorial changes) with the kind permission of c ngwena and de jure, the editor of de jure and lexis-nexis butterworths. theunis roux ‘pro-poor court, anti-poor outcomes: explaining the performance of the south african land claims court‘ first appeared in ( ) south african journal on human rights - . © t roux and juta & co, publishers of sajhr. reprinted here (with minor editorial changes) with the kind permission of t roux, i currie (editor of sajhr) and juta & co. lucy williams ‘beyond labour law’s parochialism: a re-envisioning of the discourse of distribution’ first appeared in j conaghan, rm fischl & k klare (eds) labour law in an era of globalization: transformative practices and possibilities ( ) oxford university press - . © l williams and oxford university press. reprinted here (with minor editorial changes) with the kind permission of l williams, j conaghan, rm fischl and k klare and oxford university press. contents preface gregory s alexander socio-economic rights in american perspective: the tradition of anti-paternalism in american constitutional thought danie brand the ‘politics of need interpretation’ and the adjudication of socio-economic rights claims in south africa stan a du plessis new tools for the constitutional bench fanie du toit social justice and theological method william forbath a not so simple justice: frank michelman on social rights, – present derik gelderblom the just community: emile durkheim on liberalism and society nico n koopman theology and the fulfilment of social and economic rights: some theoretical considerations sandra liebenberg the value of human dignity in interpreting socio-economic rights elsabe loots the fiscal implications of social and economic justice: an overview of the changing theoretical framework charles ngwena the historical development of the modern south african health-care system: from privilege to egalitarianism theunis roux pro-poor court, anti-poor outcomes: explaining the performance of the south african land claims court dirkie j smit on social and economic justice in south africa today: a theological perspective on theoretical paradigms lucy a williams beyond labour law’s parochialism: a re-envisioning of the discourse of redistribution ross zucker opening the door to more equality bibliography cases legislation and policy documents index preface the bulk of the contributions that make up this book originated in a research project initiated by the stellenbosch institute for advanced study (stias) in . the director of the institute, bernard lategan, asked me whether i would be interested in running a research project with stias; i proposed a project on theories of social and economic justice, which was accepted; and the result was that stias hosted a workshop in july in which researchers from law, economics, theology and sociology participated. one distinguished participant was a stias research fellow at the time, gregory s alexander (cornell law school). the contributions at the workshop were of such a standard and the debate so interesting that everybody agreed that it would be useful to publish some of the papers resulting from the presentations. participants were therefore invited to submit papers for publication. johan van der walt (university of johannesburg) and dr tessa marcus (national research foundation), both of whom attended the workshop, helped me decide which of the presentations were suitable for publication and made suggestions on possible amendments and revisions. the end result was a group of very interesting papers dealing with various theories of social and eco- nomic justice. however, because of the fairly rigorous review process the selected contributions were just not quite substantial enough for a full-scale publication and i had to either supplement the selected papers or abandon the publication project. one or two of the participants published extended versions of their workshop presentations or related work in peer-reviewed journals and agreed to these articles being re-published here. to flesh out the intended publication i also approached a number of colleagues, both in south africa and abroad, who had not participat- ed in the workshop but whose recently published work on social and economic justice fitted in with the project extremely well, and i asked them for permission to re-publish their articles and essays together with the ones selected from the workshop. they all graciously agreed, and the result is the book you have in your hands now. the idea for the stias project on theories of social and economic justice had its origin in an article i had written in for a collection of south african essays in honour of us schol- ar frank i michelman. in that article, i developed the thought that the attainment of greater social and economic justice, specifically in the south african context, was strongly influenced prof alexander’s work on social and economic justice includes gs alexander ‘the concept of property in private and constitutional law: the ideology of the scientific turn in legal analysis’ ( ) columbia lr - ; gs alexander commodity & propriety: competing visions of property in american legal thought - ( ). sandra liebenberg ‘the value of human dignity in interpreting socio-economic rights‘ first appeared in ( ) sajhr - ; theunis roux ‘pro-poor court, anti-poor outcomes: explaining the performance of the south african land claims court‘ first appeared in ( ) sajhr - . william forbath ‘a not so simple justice: frank michelman on social rights, – present‘ first appeared in ( ) tulsa law review - ; charles ngwena ‘the historical development of the modern south african health-care system: from privilege to egalitarianism‘ first appeared in ( ) de jure - ; lucy williams ‘beyond labour law’s parochialism: a re-envisioning of the discourse of distribution’ first appeared in j conaghan, rm fischl & k klare (eds) labour law in an era of globalization: transformative practices and possibilities ( ) oxford university press - . ross zucker kindly agreed to write a sub- stantially new contribution for this volume, based on the theoretical worked that underlies his recently pub- lished book democratic distributive justice ( ). t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e by the implications and the coherence of various theories of social and economic justice. one of my central hypotheses in that article was borrowed from frank michelman, namely that my approach would be what michelman described as ‘provisional adoption, as inchoate legal doc- trine, of a theory of social justice.’ in other words, i accepted that theory does make a differ- ence on the struggle for greater social and economic justice, but nevertheless argued that the best approach was not to develop a single, coherent and all-encompassing grand theory but rather to uncover the strengths and the weaknesses of several theoretical approaches for differ- ent contexts and circumstances. in doing so i was aware of the danger of facile eclecticism and tried to avoid it – the fact that several theoretical approaches could have different benefits in various contexts does not mean that they are all relatively or equally useful or valid; in fact, sev- eral theories are subjected to strong criticism in the article. the ‘new property’ theories based on charles reich’s work, for instance, are subjected to a critique that implies that these theo- ries are not suitable for arguments in favour of state provision of access to social and econom- ic benefits. equally strong criticism is leveled at equality-based theories, partly relying on a cri- tique developed by michelman. on the other hand, however, equality-based theories have proven to be particularly useful and strong when attacking state provision of social and eco- nomic support on the basis of non-participation, lack of access or unfair denial and termina- tion; just as the property-based theories are very useful when protecting already vested and acquired benefits from amendment or termination. in short, the article concluded that the pro- motion and protection of social and economic justice need to be approached from different the- oretical perspectives when considering different practical circumstances, contexts and dilem- mas. one theoretical size simply does not fit all, as far as social and economic justice is con- cerned. in the process of developing and making this argument i concentrated quite strongly on the central distinction between rights-based and needs-based theories of social and economic jus- tice, partly because of michelman’s pivotal role in emphasizing the distinction and the impor- tance of the often ignored needs-based arguments. the theoretical arguments on either side of this divide have both weaknesses and strengths, which underlines the central finding that a variety of even seemingly contradictory theoretical approaches could offer useful insights when developing strategies for the promotion and protection of social and economic justice. rights talk has serious shortcomings and has quite rightly been criticized very harshly; needs talk poses considerable theoretical and moral problems that detract from its intuitive appeal; but never- theless the experience of the impoverished and the marginalised in post-apartheid south africa has shown convincingly that both kinds of rhetoric may have their place in strategic thinking about social and economic transformation. when faced with the stark reality of the utterly and the book was published as h botha, a van der walt & j van der walt (eds) rights and democracy in a transformative constitution ( ). my essay, entitled ‘a south african reading of frank michelman’s theory on social justice’, appeared at - . it was subsequently re-published in ( ) sa public law - . i refer to the original pagination in botha, van der walt & van der walt here. van der walt (note above) at , citing fi michelman ‘the supreme court term – foreword: on protecting the poor through the fourteenth amendment’ ( ) harvard lr at . in van der walt (note above) at ff i described this process as ‘twisting rope’. c reich ‘the new property’ ( ) yale lj ; c reich ‘individual rights and social welfare: the emerging legal issues’ ( ) yale lj . van der walt (note above) at . van der walt (note above) at . hopelessly destitute, those who have lost even whatever access to rudimentary shelter and safe- ty they had through natural disaster or social upheaval, there is just no place for a hard-nosed approach based on rights talk, and a different attitude is required. to their credit, the south african courts have shown a growing awareness of this need for different approaches in differ- ent circumstances, and they have been particularly successful in developing a context-sensitive and weakness-aware approach to the position of those who cannot claim anything within the parameters of a strictly rights-based discourse. however, in another context it is equally valid to abandon the softer approach of needs talk and resort to the harder, more self-confident rhet- oric of rights when that is the best way of protecting rights already acquired. the article had three theoretically interesting implications that informed the stias project. firstly, i concluded that ‘theory matters’; in other words, theory makes a difference in the prac- tical, legal and political struggle around social and economic justice. the struggle for social and economic justice was not theory-innocent, theory-neutral or theory-agnostic; in fact, it was very directly and clearly informed and influenced by theoretical assumptions, even when those assumptions were taken for granted and never questioned, discussed or even clearly articulat- ed. whenever a particular instance of legislative drafting, policy formulation, administrative action or judicial decision-making avoided or ignored theoretical arguments or approaches completely, the result was not that it was theory-neutral but rather that it simply accepted and confirmed the ‘normality assumption’, that set of theoretical assumptions accepted without thinking by the majority of a particular interpretive community at a certain time. the second implication was, in the tone of a hypothesis, that theory had restraining as well as energizing effects on the promotion of social and economic justice, because the more or less automatic reliance of the ‘normality assumption’ or default position would usually resist change and affirm the status quo. moreover, lack of theoretical development could result in a kind of ‘theory drag’ in the sense that practical political development could sometimes outstrip theo- retical thinking, creating a vacuum of nonexistent theoretical explanation, justification and inspiration that could hold development back even when the political will to promote it is strong. this effect was clearly visible in the south african situation ever since the promulgation of the new democratic constitutions in and : political development easily outpaced academic efforts to produce and develop suitable, useful theoretical work that could serve as inspiration and reflective material for policy making, and ever since academics have more or less been doing their utmost to catch up with – rather than prompt, inspire or challenge – pol- icy making and legislative processes. the third conclusion was already alluded to earlier: theoretical interest for and the effect of theory on the promotion of social and economic development reflect a wide range of different kinds and levels of theoretical thinking, ranging from legal doctrine through political philoso- phy to critical theory, from due process-based theories of political organization, division of powers and judicial law-making to social theories of individualism, community and the ethics preface van der walt (note above) at - . in his contribution to this book forbath analyses michelman’s con- tribution and arguments in depth. particularly in government of the republic of south africa and others v grootboom and others ( ) sa (cc); but see further in port elizabeth municipality v various occupiers ( ) sa (cc). e g in nhlabati and others v fick ( ) bclr (lcc). a phrase coined by rosemary coombe ‘”same as it ever was”: rethinking the politics of legal interpretation’ mcgill lj - . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e of care. legal theory, political theory, social theory, economic theory, theological thinking and many other fields of theoretical endeavour could possibly cast useful light on the dynamics that either promote or inhibit the promotion of social and economic justice. the project therefore had to be a cross- or multi-disciplinary one. the question was: are there any benefits to be had from discussing social and economic justice from the perspective of these theoretical hypothe- ses in different disciplines? is it worthwhile to investigate the notion that theoretical assump- tions and paradigms affect the promotion of social and economic justice; or the idea that the- ory drag could inhibit social and economic development? the participants in the stias workshop took on the challenge to discuss the ideas that ‘the- ory matters’ and of ‘theory drag’ and developed them in the fields of economic theory, social philosophy, theological thinking and legal theory. the range of theoretical approaches repre- sented in this book exemplifies the success of their efforts, and the fact that it made more sense to arrange the contributions alphabetically rather than thematically is testimony to the truly cross- and multi-disciplinary nature of the contributions. the most obvious way of arranging the contributions, namely according to broad subject (law, economics, theology) was preclud- ed by the fact that economists and theologians involved themselves deeply in legal theory (stan du plessis, dirkie smit, fanie du toit), just like lawyers, theologians and sociologists involved themselves deeply in economic theory (ross zucker, derik gelderblom and fanie du toit). the range of theoretical approaches from which the importance and the potential effect of theory on social and economic justice are analysed in the contributions to this book is surpris- ingly wide, although there is a perhaps predictably strong interest in the conflicts between social and communitarian theories and individualist, liberal theoretical approaches (smit, koopman, liebenberg, brand, roux, gelderblom, ngwena, forbath, alexander, williams). several con- tributors investigate different versions of what could be described as a dialogic or discursive theory of rights (nico koopman, danie brand), while others discuss different institutional the- ories of rights (stan du plessis, theunis roux, ross zucker). one of the fairly general conclu- sions that could be drawn from the contributions as a whole is that liberal, individualist theo- ries could tend to inhibit the promotion of social and economic justice in so far as these theo- ries rely strongly on individual rights, whereas social and economic justice at least sometimes requires state-sponsored actions that are not premised on the existence of such rights (liebenberg, roux, brand, ngwena). these general conclusions are supported by more detailed and contextual analyses of the promotion of social and economic justice in very specific areas such as labour (williams), land reform (roux), and health services (ngwena), from which more general arguments about social and economic justice follow. the value of these analyses is enhanced by the comparative theoretical contributions from us scholars (alexander, forbath, williams and zucker) and by historical perspectives (alexander, forbath, ngwena). in sum, these contributions constitute a valuable source of theoretical insight and argument about social and economic justice, particularly about the role of theory in either promoting or inhibiting the advancement of justice. a number of people contributed to the success of the stias workshop and the resulting book. bernard lategan, the director of stias, provided continuing financial, intellectual and institutional support for the whole project. johan van der walt and tessa marcus contributed intellectual insight in and rigour to the evaluation and selection of presentations. gerhard du toit provided enthusiastic assistance with the editing of contributions and he also compiled the bibliography and index. all the participants in the stias workshop, both those who present- ed papers and the discussants, helped to generate valuable discussion and intellectual exchange from a variety of disciplines. the participants who submitted contributions to this book assist- ed in taking the discussion further and in developing the ideas and insights into something that can form the basis for continuing debate. contributors who agreed to write new work or to re- publish their earlier work in the book made it possible to produce a more extensive and wide- ranging collection of readings. journals, editors and publishers who agreed to re-publication graciously allowed us to produce this wider collection of contributions. stias and sun press generously agreed to assist in publishing what is an extremely interesting but in many respects probably not very profitable book. i would like to extend my warm and heartfelt gratitude to them all. andré van der walt stellenbosch may preface socio-economic rights in american perspective: the tradition of anti-paternalism in american constitutional thought g r e g o ry s a l e x a n d e r robert noll professor of law, cornell university, ithaca, ny i introduction as many constitutional law scholars have noted, with respect to socio-economic rights, american constitutional law is an outlier. while many, perhaps even most, of the world’s con- stitutions recognize at least some socio-economic rights, either textually or through judicial inter- pretations, the us constitution does not. individuals have no basis under the american consti- tution for asserting positive claims against the state for the provision of even the barest of neces- sities. nor is there any basis for constitutional socio-economic rights even as aspirational goals. why is this the case? why has american constitutional law never recognized socio-econom- ic interests as rights that entitle individuals to substantive protection, even aspirationally? professor cass sunstein has argued that the best explanation focuses on a particular historical moment when a change in the membership of the us supreme court undermined the only opportunity that has existed for the court to recognize constitutional socio-economic rights. in making this argument, sunstein rejects several other possible explanations, including expla- nations that look to american legal traditions and culture. in this brief essay, i shall suggest that while sunstein’s self-styled ‘legal realist’ explanation is correct as far as it goes, it is incomplete. sunstein too quickly rejects legal culture and tradition as the key to understanding why american constitutional jurisprudence has historically not given sub- stantive protection to socio-economic interests. a deeper look at the traditions of american legal jurisprudence reveals that the continual presence of a distinctive social vision in constitutional thought that is fundamentally at odds with the idea of constitutional socio-economic rights. this social vision is that of anti-paternalism. anti-paternalism has both framed the way in which american judges view socio-economic interests and created a strong presumption against any full- scale recognition of such interests as substantively-protectable constitutional rights throughout american constitutional history, though such rights certainly do exist as a statutory matter. the explanation for america’s failure to recognize socio-economic rights at a constitutional level results, i will argue, from a combination of two factors: the legal-political culture of anti-paternalism and the institutional character of constitutional rights in the american political and legal sphere. cr sunstein the second bill of rights: fdr’s unfinished revolution and why we need it more than ever ( ). in focusing on the culture of anti-paternalism, i am not proposing a monist theory. anti-pater- nalism has not been the exclusive social vision throughout american history. another social vision has also been available in american constitutional thought, and this alternative vision might have been exploited to support the recognition of constitutional socio-economic rights as compatible with the traditions of american constitutionalism. this is the social vision of civic republicanism. while civic republican ideas have not been ascendant in american constitution- al jurisprudence since the th century, their presence has been felt at particular moments and may yet be felt again. civic republicanism, however, is a recessive gene in american’s constitu- tional genetic order. it seems highly unlikely to have the kind of strength necessary to generate the constitutional mutation that would yield a new species of individual rights in the american system. moreover, there are substantive aspects of civic republicanism, particularly its historic hierarchical and exclusionary characteristics, that make it a weak candidate for supporting sub- stantive socio-economic rights as a constitutional matter. before explaining why american constitutional law has never recognized socio-economic interests as basic rights, i need first to establish that in fact they have not, at least not overtly or robustly. i will then turn to the question of explanation and briefly sketch the anti-paternal- ist social vision that has made the idea of socio-economic interests as substantive constitution- al rights seem uncongenial, if not anathema to the american legal mind. ii socio-economic interests in american constitutional jurisprudence the appropriate starting place in any study of the status of socio-economic rights in american constitutional law is the familiar distinction in liberal thought between positive and negative rights. positive rights, orthodox liberal thought tells us, impose affirmative obligations on the state to act on behalf of the individual. they compel the state to reach into its pocket to make provi- sion for certain individual needs. they remove from the realm of governmental discretionary judg- ment the decision about whether to ensure that individual citizens enjoy the basic material condi- tions necessary for both civic participation and personal self-development. negative rights, by contrast, restrain the state from acting, rather than requiring, as positive rights do, its affirmative action on behalf of individuals. they are ‘checks,’ that is, means of protecting individuals from governmental actions that unduly impinge on a sacred sphere of personal autonomy. classical lib- eral legalism considers negative rights as real rights and positive rights as unpalatable pretenders. this distinction between negative and positive rights is the appropriate starting place for under- standing the place of socio-economic interests in american constitutionalism because american constitutional thought invariably labels socio-economic rights as positive rights and, as such, ersatz rights. the commonplace understanding in the united states is that constitutional rights are exclusively negative rights. judge richard posner has pithily expressed what is in most american constitutional law circles regarded as bedrock truth: the american constitution ‘is a charter of negative rather than positive liberties.’ posner further explains, ‘the men who wrote the bill of rights were not concerned that government might do too little for the people, but that it might do too much to them.’ what posner is telling us is that there is no constitutional right to socio- economic benefits, nor will such a right ever exist in the american constitutional scheme. socio-economic rights in american perspective jackson v city of joliet f d , ( th cir) cert denied us ( ). dp currie ‘positive and negative constitutional rights’ ( ) univ of chicago lr at , . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e posner’s assessment is misleading in several respects. consider first his unexamined reliance on the conventional distinction between negative and positive rights. the distinction between the two is less categorical than first meets the eye. a central insight of the american legal realists was that so-called negative rights are in fact interventionist in character. the exercise of such rights require government assistance, most conspicuously through enforcement. indeed, bentham pointed out that property rights would not exist in the absence of state power. the dependence of negative rights on affirmative state action makes the distinction between posi- tive and negative rights much less clear than posner and classical liberal theory recognize. a second reason why posner’s dismissal of positive rights from the pantheon of american constitutional rights is inaccurate is the fact that although american constitutional rights tra- ditionally have been negative in nature, positive rights are not entirely unknown in american constitutional jurisprudence. many american state constitutions contain affirmative guaran- tees of specific socio-economic interests, such as education. the new hampshire constitution of even constitutionalized the lockean social compact by conferring on every citizen ‘the right to be protected . . . in the enjoyment of his life, liberty, and property.’ more important perhaps, the american supreme court, while generally rebuffing efforts to recognize positive constitutional rights, has recognized positive rights in a few instances. in , the court held that the equal protection clause requires states to provide trial transcripts (or their equivalent) to poor people appealing their criminal convictions. a decade later, the court held that state poll taxes violate the constitution. the effect of that ruling was that states must provide the vote free of charge despite the fact that this imposes costs on the state. to some extent, then, it is inaccurate to say that the american constitution does not recognize any positive socio-economic rights or rights that require the state to reach into its pocket. posner might object that the recognition of rights such as these does not prove very much with respect to socio-economic interests. in these cases the court recognized positive rights only when the meaningful exercise of some independent and fundamental aspect of citizenship, such as the right to vote or to prove criminal innocence, required the provision of economic benefits by the state. that is not the case with respect to socio-economic rights. it is worth pausing for a moment on just what we mean when we speak of ‘socio-econom- ic rights.’ liberals (classical liberals) consider socio-economic rights to be ‘second-generation rights,’ with the first generation being classical liberal negative rights. in modern times, they were first introduced into the american political and legal lexicon in a serious way in president franklin d roosevelt’s famous second bill of rights address to congress. roosevelt’s second bill of rights, which, along with the universal declaration of human rights, inspired the social rights provisions of many modern constitutions, included not only welfare rights but work- related rights as well. thus, among the rights roosevelt specified were ‘[t]he right to earn enough to provide adequate food and clothing and recreation’ and ‘[t]he right to a useful and remunerative job in the industries or shops or factories or mines of the nation.’ roosevelt see dp currie the constitution of the federal republic of germany ( ) at . see eg ill const art x § . nh const pt i art ( ). griffin v illinois us ( ). harper v virginia board of elections us ( ). fd roosevelt ‘objectives of the administration’ (june , ) in the public papers and addresses of franklin d roosevelt ( ) vol at - . we forbath ‘not so simple justice: frank michelman on social rights -present’ ( ) tulsa lr at fn . see reprint in this volume at . grouped these rights together with welfare rights like ‘[t]he right of every family to a decent home,’ ‘the right to adequate medical care and the opportunity to achieve and enjoy good health,’ and the right to ‘social security.’ since roosevelt’s time, most of the attention in the us has been directed to welfare rights rather than work rights (though recently some progressive scholars have refocused attention on work rights ). welfare rights are the sorts of rights that most proponents of constitutional socio-economic rights have in mind, and it is these sorts of rights that, as judge posner correctly suggests, have never been recognized in american consti- tutional law. the most sustained effort to gain constitutional recognition of welfare rights in the united states occurred during the late s and early s, the height of the war-on-poverty era. the type of rights that activist lawyers urged the court to recognize were welfare rights. the legal theory that many of these lawyers used was the so-called ‘new property’ theory proposed by yale law professor charles reich in a famous article by that name. reich argued that what he called government ‘largesse,’ a broad collection of government benefits including both welfare transfer payments and employment-related licenses, should be constitutionally protect- ed as property since in the modern welfare state they serve the same function as traditional forms of property. welfare-rights lawyers gained some supreme court victories in the s, but these victories do not contradict my claim that american constitutional jurisprudence has never recognized socio-economic interests as substantively-protected rights. while the ‘new property’ cases do represent the highwater mark of the most serious effort to introduce socio- economic interests into the realm of constitutionally-protected individual rights, they fell far short of the goal of entrenching personal economic welfare as substantive constitutional right. in its broadest ruling on the ‘new property’ theory, the supreme court in goldberg v kelly held that the fourteenth amendment’s due process clause requires that a welfare recipient be given an evidentiary hearing prior to termination of benefits. citing reich’s article, justice brennan wrote, ‘it may be realistic today to regard welfare entitlements as more like ‘property’ than a ‘gratuity.’ much of the existing wealth in this country takes the form of rights that do not fall within traditional common-law forms of property.’ brennan’s opinion, however, said nothing to indicate that the court was prepared to recognize a substantive right to welfare. although so distinguished an academic commentator as frank michelman viewed the opinion as signaling a willingness to consider that a right to subsistence may legitimately be found in some provision of the constitution, there was really nothing in the court’s opinion to suggest that the state was under a constitutional obligation to create any welfare program. any pos- sibility that the court might so expand on its tenuous acceptance of charles reich’s theory was soon dashed when the court, in dandridge v williams held that a state family-assistance law was valid even though its cap on maximum payments left many families living at state-recog- nized poverty levels. and just two year later, the court, in upholding a state’s summary evic- tion procedure, baldly stated that the ‘constitution does not provide judicial remedies for every social and economic ill.’ the constitution, said the court, does not provide a ‘guarantee of access to dwellings of a particular quality.’ however slightly the door to judicial recognition of some kind of substantive constitutional right of welfare might have been opened by goldberg v kelly, it was emphatically closed in these later cases. since that time, the door has remained shut and securely locked. socio-economic rights in american perspective see ibid. see currie (note above) at . see currie (note above) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e iii sunstein’s explanation why has this been our history? why have american courts refused to read into the constitution any sort of substantive right to even the barest of welfare needs? professor cass sunstein has examined four possible explanations. three are theories that other writers have offered to explain why socio-economic interests are not protected as constitutional rights in the american legal system. rejecting all three of these, sunstein proposes a fourth theory. it is worth a brief look at the first three because all have surface plausibility. the first of these theories is a chronological theory. this theory points to the fact that the american constitution is an th century document. at that time, constitutional rights, which were still in their infancy, simply weren’t thought of as including social and economic guar- antees. created against the backdrop of monarchical governments, classical constitutional rights were barriers against abuses of state power. this was certainly the english tradition, and that tradition was the template for all constitutional bills of rights created during the classical era. the difficulty with this explanation, sunstein points out, is the american constitution has hardly been a static document. it has been formally amended, sometimes in quite dramatic ways. yet at no point in american history, not even the late s or early s, has there ever been serious discussion of amending the constitution to include substantive welfare rights. moreover, the original meaning of the american constitution has also been changed, some- times quite sharply, through the process of judicial interpretation, yet never for the purpose of introducing socio-economic rights. chronology alone cannot explain this fact. the second theory that sunstein considers and rejects is pragmatic and institutional. the basic argument is that american constitutional rights have been pragmatic rights, rights that are capable of being judicially enforced. they are not simply expressive of our deepest values. they may well have expressive content, but they are not solely expressive. the nearly-universal view of constitutional rights among american lawyers, scholars, and courts is that they are tools for implementing actual legal, political, and social change. aspirational rights have had no place in our constitutional history, unlike that of many countries whose constitutions have recognized socio-economic rights. this strongly pragmatic understanding of constitutional rights is closely related to the role of courts as interpreters of the constitution. judicial review has long been the central preoc- cupation in american constitutional thought and practice, and there is a widely-held view that a substantive constitutional right to social welfare cannot easily coexist with judicial review. courts, many constitutionalists believe, are simply unable to enforce a constitutional provi- sion mandating health care, housing, or even food. such a constitutional provision would end up being an empty promise, mocking the very idea of what a constitutional right is supposed to be. sunstein perceptively points out the flaws in this explanation as well. for one thing, while the federal constitution lacks a constitutional right to social welfare, many state constitutions do not. the experience with those provision has been mixed, but at least in some of the states courts have been somewhat willing to enforce their social and economic rights. moreover, as sunstein points out, the fact that courts would be unable completely to enforce a constitution- al guarantee regarding housing or employment would hardly be unique in our constitutional see eg tucker v toia ne d (ny ). experience. the same is true of our existing, negative rights. as he says, ‘[t]he prohibition on unreasonable searches and seizures [is] violated every day.’ what courts could do is to prompt legislatures to create programs aimed at fulfilling the constitutional guarantee or adequate housing or health care and to exercise at least a modicum of supervision over those programs. american federal courts have undertaken such supervisory functions in the context of other constitutional rights. while their performance in this capacity has perhaps been less than ideal, there is no evidence that the fact that they have fallen short of completely implementing the rel- evant constitutional right has undermined public confidence in the meaningfulness of the right itself. so, this pragmatic explanation, like the chronological explanation, is at best incomplete. the third explanation that sunstein examines is one that i think he dismisses too quickly. i will briefly mention it at this point and come back to it later to offer a variation on it. the explanation is cultural in nature. it is the familiar story of american exceptionalism. specifically, the theory is that the absence of social welfare rights from the list of american con- stitutional rights can be traced to the absence of socialism in our political history. since social- ism has never been a significant force in american political ideology, the theory goes, it is hard- ly surprising that there has been a major effort to inject what are, after all, essentially socialist- style rights in the federal constitution. responding to this theory, sunstein does not doubt that socialism has never played a major role in american politics, nor does he question the connec- tion between social welfare rights and socialist forces in countries that have recognized consti- tutional socio-economic rights. he argues instead that a strong socialist movement is neither a necessary nor a sufficient condition for social and economic rights. there are example of countries with strong socialist movements but no constitutional socio-economic rights (sunstein cites canada and israel), and he says one can easily imagine that a country without a socialist past might be inspired to give constitutional recognition to social welfare rights. after all, president roosevelt, who despite some of his contemporary detractors was no socialist, did call on congress to adopt his second bill of rights as a legislative matter. why not as a constitu- tional matter? the answer, sunstein asserts, must lie elsewhere. he finds the answer in his fourth theory, a theory that he labels ‘realist,’ in a gesture to the american legal realists who contended that constitutional law, like all law, is a matter of con- crete human actions and human personalities. here, in a nutshell, is sunstein’s theory: …the crucial development was [sic] the election of president nixon in and his four appointments to the [supreme] court: warren burger in , harry blackmun in , and lewis powell and william rehnquist in . these appointees produced a stunning series of decisions, issued in amazingly rapid succession, which … made it clear that for the most part, social and economic rights have no constitutional status… the idea is that as of , the supreme court was on the verge of reading some form of a right to social welfare into the constitution through the fourteenth amendment due process clause or the equal protection clause but that the appointment of four moderate-to-conservative new justices to the court closed the door to that opportunity. had hubert humphrey, rather than socio-economic rights in american perspective sunstein (note above) at . ibid p - . this was hardly the emphasis of all, or even most, of the american legal realists. the one realist whom this description best fits was j frank law and the modern mind ( ). sunstein (note above) . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e richard nixon, been elected president in , things would have turned out differently and the united states would have become another member of the club of countries whose constitu- tions recognize socio-economic rights. while others have offered the same theory, it is less compelling than meets the eye. the claim that , the year of goldberg v kelly, was the golden-but-lost moment for a constitu- tional right to welfare relies on a more expansive reading of that case that is warranted. scholars like sunstein who read goldberg as signaling the pre-nixon supreme court’s willing- ness to recognize a substantive right to welfare into the constitution emphasize dicta in the court’s opinion that is promising but misleading. the court stated, for example, ‘from its founding the nation’s basic commitment has been to foster the dignity and well-being of all per- sons within its borders. we have come to recognize that forces not within the control of the poor contribute to their poverty.’ the court went on to say …welfare, by meeting the basic needs of subsistence, can help bring within the reach of the poor the same opportunities that are available to others to participate mean- ingfully in the life of the community. . . . public assistance, then, is not mere charity, but a means to [quoting here from the preamble to the us constitution] ‘promote the general welfare, and secure the blessings of liberty to ourselves and our posterity… the real meaning of the court’s high-flown rhetoric is grasped when we put it in the context of the legal issue before the court. that issue, as i’ve already indicated, was whether, under the four- teenth amendment due process clause, recipients of government welfare assistance benefits are entitled to an evidentiary hearing prior to termination of benefits. the resolution of that issue turned on whether the recipient possessed a ‘property’ interest for procedural due process pur- poses. the government had argued that there was no right to receive welfare benefits, that such benefits were only a ‘privilege.’ it was this right/privilege distinction that the court rejected. citing charles reich, justice brennan wrote, ‘it may be realistic today to regard welfare entitlements as more like "property" than a "gratuity".’ but the determination that welfare recipients have a property interest was made only with respect to the question whether they have any procedural rights under the constitution, not whether they have any sort of substantive right to receive those benefits. thus, the case really does not provide clear evidence to support the contention that the court was on the verge of recognizing something like a substantive constitutional right to mini- mum welfare. perhaps in some future case the court, had it not been reconstituted by richard nixon, might have headed in that direction, but that is sheer counterfactual speculation. it is important to be careful about distinguishing statutory social welfare rights and a con- stitutional welfare right. there is no doubt that during the late s, there was a major expan- sion of statutory welfare rights. prodded by the steam-rolling exhortations of president lyndon johnson, congress enacted program after program in an overt effort to eradicate poverty by meeting the minimum economic needs of all americans, but no political leader at the time urged translating such statutory rights into a substantive constitutional right. see we forbath (note above) at fn and - ; we forbath ‘lincoln, the declaration, and the ‘grisly, undying corpse of states’ rights: history, memory, and imagination in the constitution of a southern liberal’ ( ) georgetown lj at . us at - . ibid at . so, if professor sunstein’s legal realist theory does not provide a convincing explanation of why there are no constitutional socio-economic rights in the us, what is the reason? at least part of the explanation, i want to suggest, lies in american culture, but not the american excep- tionalist culture that sunstein described. it lies, rather, in a tradition of anti-paternalist ideolo- gy that has strongly influenced american jurisprudence, both public and private, at least since the second half of the th century. the idea of enshrining social welfare rights in the ur-text of the american polity, i suggest, is fundamentally incompatible with the american legal cul- ture of anti-paternalism. iv the culture of anti-paternalism in american jurisprudence as a mode of legal thought and culture, anti-paternalism is closely related to two other cultur- al strands in american intellectual history. the first is social darwinism. in recent years there has been considerable discussion among american legal historians about the prevalence of social darwinist ideas in american legal thought since the second half of the nineteenth centu- ry. revising the conventional account, which is usually attributed to the late richard hof- stadter, that depicts social darwinism as dominant since , the consensus among american historians now is that the social darwinism did not dominate american legal thought during the late nineteenth century. but social darwinism, though closely related to anti-pater- nalism, is not identical with it. anti-paternalism, or anti-protectionism as it might also be called, is captured by albert venn dicey’s remark that ‘protection invariably involves disabili- ty.’ it is primarily focused on the relationship between individuals and the state, viewing state measures to protect individuals from the hardships of life as inimical to the project of progres- sively developing a society of the fit. social darwinism, which reached its apogee in the united states during the age of enterprise, roughly from to , tended to focus instead on the relationship between and the state and the market, as distinguished from society. its thrust was certainly anti-protectionist, but its real attention was on the proper conditions of economic activity in a competitive market economy. to be sure, anti-paternalist rhetoric was often a sur- rogate for explicitly social darwinist rhetoric, but the forces opposing legal paternalism tend- ed to be more preoccupied with social progress rather than economic progress. if social darwinism has not dominated american legal culture since the late s, anti-paternalism has. the key to understanding why socio-economic rights have never been recognized in american constitutional jurisprudence lies, i contend, in this feature of american legal tradition and culture. assaults on legal paternalism have been a constant feature of american legal culture at least since the late th century. today, anti-legal paternalism is often couched in the rhetoric of eco- nomics, but the american critique of legal paternalism is more than a matter of economic the- ory. it is based on a distinct social and, for many, moral vision, a vision that in some respects is an atavar of the th-century civic republican sociology of virtue, which taught that civic socio-economic rights in american perspective see r hofstadter social darwinism in american thought ( ). av dicey lectures on law and public opinion in england during the nineteenth century ( ) at fn . see a soifer ‘the paradox of paternalism and laissez-faire constitutionalism: united supreme court, - ’ ( ) law & history review . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e virtue was indispensable for a vigorous republic and that self-governance and economic inde- pendence were necessary conditions for civic virtue. in later incarnations, this vision empha- sized personal independence and self-reliance above all else. unless your status placed you in one of the categories of persons deemed incapable of looking out for themselves – categories that in the th and early th centuries included racial groups such as native americans and african-americans – you were held responsible for the material conditions of your own life. no one owed you a duty, legal or moral, to protect you against financial misfortune or to bail you out of economic distress. if people were to become legally entitled to protection against either their own ill-considered decisions or the vagaries of the market’s invisible hand, they would rap- idly lose the very personal qualities necessary for the civicly proper moral and political person- ality carefulness, determination, honesty, and above all, energy. the virtuous citizen was one who earned his wealth, paid his own way, satisfied all his debts, and responded to adversity with renewed vigor. he was, in short, the self-sufficient, productive person of integrity. the influence of this legal anti-paternalist thought on american constitutional jurisprudence during the period between and is well-known, for this was the heyday of what is commonly called laissez-faire constitutionalism. while the conventional view of judicial thought and practice during the era of laissez-faire constitutionalism has undergone a revision in recent years, with revisers softening the image of courts as intractably opposed to all and every form of interference with the workings of the market, there still remains little doubt that during this period courts tended to be hostile to legislation that they viewed as ‘class’ legisla- tion. this was especially true of legislation aimed at protecting discrete categories of workers from harsh working conditions and unfair terms of employment. that the culture of anti-pater- nalism was doing the real work behind the mask of freedom of contract is indicated by the fac- tual circumstances in which courts gave their constitutional approval to legislative regulations of the workplace. the best example is the famous case of muller v oregon, where the supreme court upheld a state statute limiting the number of hours women could work in laun- dries. the court’s opinion rested squarely and explicitly on the factual assumption that women were naturally ‘at a disadvantage in the race for subsistence.’ women, along with children, native americans, and a few other social categories (such as ‘idiots’) were widely considered to be naturally in need of legal protection, so statutes of the sort involved in muller did not run afoul of the consensus regarding anti-paternalism. during the great depression, which lasted from to , attitudes about need, self- sufficiency, and legal protection changed profoundly in many respects. the depression made it abundantly clear to most americans that even the most virtuous and productive person could find herself in desperate circumstances for reasons completely beyond her control. as one legal historian has written, ‘the great depression sorely tested old assumptions . . . that economic well-being flowed from personal virtue, and that government had a limited role in promoting the collective social welfare.’ franklin roosevelt’s election to the presidency was due in no small measure to this sea change in the economic conditions of many hard-working ordinary see ibid. see ml benedict ‘laissez-faire and liberty: a reevaluation of the meaning and origins of laissez-faire constitutionalism’ ( ) law & history review . us ( ). ibid at . see eg jc gray restraints on the alienation of property ( ) at . kl hall the magic mirror ( ) at . americans. his new deal legislative programmes were directly aimed at providing govern- mental assistance to a wide array of americans, including groups, such as white males, that in anti-paternalist ideology were considered lacking any excuse for legal protection. yet even the great depression did not eradicate the culture of anti-paternalism. there was a change in attitude toward legal protectionism, to be sure, but that change had definite limits. while legal paternalism was accepted in the form of legislation, it was not accepted at a con- stitutional level. the new deal introduced unprecedented legislation aimed at providing eco- nomic assistance to a broad cross-section of the american public, but at no point was there any serious discussion of a constitutional basis for governmental assistance to the poor, the sick, or the unemployed. indeed, there was not even any proposal for a constitutional right to public assistance of any kind. conspicuously, franklin roosevelt’s own second bill of rights never included a proposal for constitutional action. the president anticipated that his proposals would be implemented solely through legislation. the same pattern existed during the next period of social-welfare activism, the era of the war on poverty and the great society. scholars have noted the ways in which the welfare-rights movement of the s departed from prior social movements aimed at government assistance for the needy, notably by shifting from an emphasis on work to a focus on welfare. however, the two movements shared a common and exclusive method for implementing their vision of weaving socio-economic rights into the fabric of american law, and that exclusive method was legislation. as in the case of the new deal, the welfare-rights activists of the s, including charles reich, never proposed making social welfare a matter of constitutional right. there had been a shift away from the more robust version of anti-paternalist legal and political culture in the late s, but that shift went only so far. the line between statutory and constitutional paternalism was not to be crossed. why was that the case? once the culture of anti-paternalism was relaxed, why didn’t it lead to constitutional action, either through constitutional amendment or through judicial interpre- tation? here we have to turn our attention from culture to an institutional factor. that factor is the character of constitutional rights in the american legal system. constitutional rights are different from their counterparts in many other countries. this is not the occasion for detailing all of these differences, but a few have to be noted to understand why the idea of statutory socio-economic rights has been accepted while a constitutional version of such rights has not. one difference has already been noted: in american jurisprudence legal rights, but especial- ly constitutional rights, are generally viewed as pragmatic tools rather than being purely expres- sive or aspirational. while statutory rights usually are viewed through the same pragmatic lens, there are instances in which statutes have been enacted despite substantial doubts about their judicial enforceability. in these instances lawmakers view the harm likely to result from the fact that a statute’s failure to deliver its practical promise as outweighed by the benefit gained by the statute’s expressive effect. this is not the case with respect to constitutional norms, however. the idea of a constitutional provision that lacks judicial enforceability is anathema to the american legal system. legal unenforceability, real or projected, has both pre- vented adoption of constitutional amendments (as in the case of the equal rights amendment) and prompted repeal of amendments already enacted (as in the case of the eighteenth socio-economic rights in american perspective forbath (note above) at . for a discussion of the expression vs pragmatic character of american constitutional rights, see sunstein (note above) at - amendment, which prohibited the manufacture, sale, and transport of intoxicating liquor). a statute that doesn’t do something is tolerable; a comparable constitutional right is not. a related institutional factor is the importance in the american constitutional scheme of maintaining the realm of ordinary, ie majoritarian politics. a right that is strictly statutory does not remove the subject matter of the right from the realm of majoritarian politics. the matter is always on the political table, subject to legislative control and change through the processes of ordinary politics. elevating a right to constitutional level, however, poses the counter-majori- tarian difficulty. the right becomes a ‘super right,’ removed from the realm of ordinary poli- tics and majoritarian control. in a country in which ‘democracy’ means majoritarian control, the decision to make an individual right a constitutional right is taken with great caution. better to err on the side of leaving the matter subject to legislative control, the thought is. so, the default mode regarding constitutional revision of any sort is inaction. this general hesitation regarding recognition of new constitutional rights, combined with the residual force of the culture of anti-paternalism, in my judgment, explains the absence of con- stitutional socio-economic rights better than professor sunstein’s theory. even in the absence of a change of membership of the supreme court in , i think it highly unlikely that a sub- stantive social welfare right would have been added to the constitutional roster. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e the ‘politics of need interpretation’* and the adjudication of socio-economic rights claims in south africa** d a n i e b r a n d senior lecturer, department of public law, university of pretoria i introduction against the backdrop of a transformative constitution, writes karl klare, an important question to ask of the work product of judges is the extent to which it either erodes or reinforces discur- sive politics, opens up or limits space for political contestation, ‘deepen[s] democratic culture’ or ignores it. judgments and interpretations that reinforce participatory politics advance the constitution’s transformative ethos, those that do the opposite, unconscious of their political role, frustrate it. klare himself proposes one way in which judges can through their work deep- en democratic culture. by being candid about the political nature of their work, by laying bare the extra-legal political concerns that influence their interpretations and decisions, they can ren- der themselves accountable and so create space for political critique of their work product. but we know, as does klare, that important as such candour might be, the difficulty facing judges in this respect is more complex than this, that the tension between rights and democracy is more intractable. the law, including adjudication, works in a variety of ways to destruct the socie- tal structures necessary for politics, to close down space for political contestation. to work in a * nancy fraser ‘talking about needs: interpretive contests as political conflicts in welfare-state societies’ ( ) ethics at . ** my thanks to beth goldblatt, sandra liebenberg, andré van der walt, johan van der walt and stuart wilson for their comments when i presented earlier versions of this paper at the july south african journal of human rights conference in johannesburg and the july stellenbosch institute for ad- vanced studies seminar on theories of socio-economic rights in stellenbosch, and to karin van marle and stu woolman for reading and commenting on various drafts. mistakes are my own. k klare ‘legal culture and transformative constitutionalism’ ( ) sajhr at - and . as the word and terms ‘politics’ or ‘political contestation’ and ‘democracy’ will often appear in this paper, i would do well at this stage already to say what i mean with them. i refer to politics in what nancy fraser ‘talking about needs: interpretive contests as political conflicts in welfare-state societies’ ( ) ethics at has described as a discursive sense – in this sense, ‘something is “political” if it is con- tested across a range of different discursive arenas and among a range of different publics’. politics in this sense is contrasted with politics in the institutional sense (‘a matter is deemed political if it is handled direct- ly in the institutions of the official governmental system, including parliaments, administrative apparatuses, and the like’) and politics in the official sense (‘what is “political” … contrasts with what is handled in insti- tutions like the “family” or the “economy”, which are defined as outside the official-political system’). ibid . ibid - . ibid - . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e transformative way, judges have to be aware of and attempt to take account of all of them. in this paper, i focus on one way in which courts can close down space for politics that judges should be aware of: courts can erode participatory politics by invoking and therefore reinforcing in their judgments and interpretations certain rhetorical strategies that are used by participants in the political discourse around poverty and need in our new welfare state to depoliticise the terms of that debate. i analyse a number of the socio-economic rights cases that the constitutional court and supreme court of appeal have decided to date – soobramoney, grootboom, treatment action campaign, khosa, port elizabeth municipality and modderklip – and track the use by courts of this depoliticizing rhetoric. at the same time i identify from the cases countervailing trends that suggest ways in which courts can subvert or avoid this particular depoliticising effect of their work. ii drawing the limits of the political poverty and basic need – those social problems of hunger, homelessness and inadequate access to health care, social assistance and education that give rise to socio-economic rights litigation – are questions of major political concern. these issues occupy a significant part of the discourse in our formal political institutions. in the competitive environment of parliamentary politics, different understandings of, for example, the causes of hiv/aids, of who bears responsibility for providing treatment for people living with hiv/aids and of how best to treat them are centrally important subjects of political contestation and forms of political currency. these issues are also central to informal participatory forms of politics. an issue like inadequate access to basic services such as water and electricity gives rise to popular demonstrations and constitutes the raison d’être of informal social movements who engage in direct political action; uncertainty about the nature and extent and the causes of homelessness sustains polit- ical debates in the print and visual media; and questions about whether or not south africa should extend its social assistance system occupy the discursive politics of social activists and academics. in sum, in south africa ‘talk about people’s needs is an important species of political discourse’, ‘has been institutionalised as a major vocabulary of politic[s]’ and is ‘an idiom in which political conflict is played out and through which inequalities are symbolically elaborated and challenged’. at the same time there is in the different political discourses about these questions a perva- sive tendency toward their depoliticisation – that is, a tendency to talk about them in such a way that they are bracketed as non-political, not subject to or not capable of being subjected to political contestation. when government publicly warns that further extension of the social assistance system would lead to the inculcation in poor people of a ‘culture of dependency’, the implication is that poor people somehow are themselves to blame for their predicament, that they are poor because they are lazy or lack entrepreneurial vigour. the political causes of their poverty are hidden, papered over. when ordinary people lament the enormity of poverty soobramoney v minister of health, kwazulu-natal ( ) sa (cc) (soobramoney). government of the republic of south africa v grootboom ( ) sa (cc) (grootboom). minister of health v treatment action campaign ( ) sa (cc) (treatment action campaign). khosa v minister of social development ( ) sa (cc) (khosa). port elizabeth municipality v various occupiers ( ) bclr (cc) (pe municipality). modderfontein squatters v modderklip boerdery (pty) ltd ( ) sa (sca) (modderklip). fraser (note above) at . see the remarks of government spokesperson joel netshitenze, in response to the proposal by the taylor commission of inquiry into a comprehensive system of social security for south africa for a universal basic income grant, saying that it would amount to a ‘handout’ and would encourage a culture of entitle- ment. netshitenze further indicated that the cabinet prefers a public works programme, because it believes in south africa, pointing to the inexorable impact of a globalised economy, or an inadequate natural resource base as its cause, something similar happens. poverty is attributed to forces over which we have no control, with which political engagement is impossible or futile. against this background, nancy fraser describes what she calls the process of ‘need inter- pretation’ – of giving meaning to the concepts basic need and poverty, determining their caus- es, deciding which needs and which kinds or degrees of poverty merit state intervention and deciding what the best ways are to address instances of deprivation – as follows: [n]eeds talk appears as a site of struggle where groups with unequal discursive (and non-discursive) resources compete to establish as hegemonic their respective interpre- tations of legitimate social needs. dominant groups articulate need interpretations intended to exclude, defuse and/or co-opt counterinterpretations. subordinate or oppo- sitional groups, on the other hand, articulate need interpretations intended to chal- lenge, displace, and/or modify dominant ones. in short, the political discourse around issues of poverty and basic need is a process of politici- sation, depoliticisation and repoliticisation of the issues at stake. particular questions of depri- vation – say inadequate access to anti-retroviral treatment for people living with hiv/aids, or insecurity of tenure for the propertyless – are inserted into political discourse, claimed as legiti- mate political concerns through the oppositional social action of social pressure groups or polit- ical movements. dominant societal groups, intent on immunizing their privileged position as property owners or hiding their complicity in the suffering of people living with hiv/aids or justifying to themselves their position of relative privilege, attempt to remove these issues from the search light of robust political contestation, to depoliticise them. subordinate groups – the people living with hiv/aids or the propertyless – in turn, intent on challenging their positions of relative deprivation and on claiming from society the assistance to which they feel entitled, work to retain these questions as issues of political concern, to politicise or repoliticise them. in this political to-and-fro, this process of depoliticisation and repoliticisation, a set of stock de- politicizing rhetorical strategies are usually employed. the first of these strategies is to ‘domesticate’ issues of poverty and need – to describe them as issues that fall within the domestic rather than the political sphere. as such, these issues can be cast as private or familial issues rather than public or political. martha fineman describes the nature and effect of this domestication strategy as follows: the private family is the social institution that is relied upon to raise children and care for the ill, the needy and the dependent. ideally it performs these tasks as a self- contained and self-sufficient unit without demanding public resources to do so. in the societal division of labor among institutions, the private family bears the burden of dependency, not the public state. resort to the state is considered a failure. by according to the private family responsibility for inevitable dependency, society directs dependency away from the state and privatizes it. politics of need interpretation ‘able-bodied’ south africans should enjoy ‘the opportunity, the dignity and rewards of work’ (quoted in a habib & c skinner ‘the poor must fend for themselves’ ( - - ) sunday times ). la williams ‘welfare and legal entitlements: the social roots of poverty’ in d kairys (ed) the politics of law. a progressive critique ( , d edition) at . fraser (note above) at . fraser (note above) at . mla fineman ‘masking dependency: the political role of family rhetoric’ ( ) virginia lr at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e in a patriarchal, capitalist society such as ours, the depoliticizing effect of the domestication of an issue is profound. one needs think only of how recently still forced sex within a marriage was in south africa not regarded as rape but as a ‘private matter’ between husband and wife, to be reminded of how startlingly strong the perceived normative split between the public (political) and the private (personal) still is, or until recently was, in this respect. the second common depoliticisation strategy employed by dominant groups is the personal- isation of need and dependence – the status of poverty, of being dependent is attributed to the personal character traits, the failure, the abnormality of poor people themselves, rather than to the social, political and economic forces that actually shape it. thomas ross writes that this rhetorical process of personalisation of poverty takes place in two stages. the first rhetorical step is the creation of the ‘abstraction the “poor”’ as a distinct class of people ‘who are them, not us’. this makes possible the second rhetorical move – the attribution to the poor of moral weakness. to describe the poor as morally weak, they first have to exist as a separate group. this creation of otherness has a further result: it makes it possible for the middle class and the affluent to proclaim not only the moral weakness of the poor, but also their deviance, their abnormality. in similar vein, lucy williams relates how popular understandings of poverty and dependence in the us distinguish between the ‘deserving’ and the ‘undeserving’ poor. poverty or dependence that cannot be explained as the result of ‘natural’ factors such as natu- ral disaster, physical or mental disability or age is undeserving of social assistance. such ‘unde- serving’ poverty, in the absence of a ‘natural’ cause, so the assumptions go, can only be ex- plained by the personal degeneracy and deviance of the poor person, who is to blame for her own position and consequently doesn’t deserve assistance. perceptions or assumptions about the moral degeneracy of the poor and their consequent blameworthiness for their predicament are prevalent in south africa. south africa’s social assistance system is built on a distinction between deserving and undeserving poor. it is almost wholly special needs based – regular grants are paid only to groups such as children, older people and the disabled, who cannot be blamed for the condition of poverty, while no provision is made for social assistance to people who are poor, but ‘able bodied’. government’s reaction to the proposal made in by the taylor commission of inquiry into a comprehensive social security system for south africa that a universal basic income grant should be introduced is illuminating in this respect. govern- ment rejected the proposal and introduced instead an extended public works programme. at the time, a government spokesperson explained this move as motivated by the fear that a basic income grant would breed in poor people a ‘culture of entitlement’ or dependency, and went on to say that a public works programme is apposite, as ‘able-bodied’ south africans should enjoy ‘the opportunity, the dignity and rewards of work’. a third rhetorical strategy employed by dominant groups within the political discourse about need and poverty to depoliticise the debate is the naturalisation of poverty. poverty and depri- vation is depoliticised by it being attributed to ‘natural’ causes, wholly outside of the control of society. this process of naturalisation can occur in two ways. the first is through the act of thomas ross ‘the rhetoric of poverty: their immorality, our helplessness’ ( ) georgetown lj at - . ibid - . williams (note above) at . see also ross (note above) at - ; and n fraser & l gordon ‘a genealogy of dependency: tracing a keyword of the us welfare state’ ( ) signs: journal of women in culture and society (reproduced in la williams welfare law ( ) ) at - . joel netshitenze, quoted by habib & skinner (note above). throwing one’s hands in the air and succumbing to the enormity of the problem of poverty – simply saying that there is so much of it that it will always be with us. the second is through the act of according causes to poverty, but then inexorable causes over which society has no control, for example the uncompromising, impersonal forces of the global market. common to both these assertions is the idea that poverty is somehow ‘naturally’ part of the structure of our society, and will consequently always be there, whatever we do: ‘the causes of poverty, we assume, are a product of a complex set of factors tied to politics, culture, history, psychology and philosophy. thus, only in a radically different world might poverty cease to exist. and, whatever the extent of [our] … powers … , radically remaking the world is not one of them.’ the fourth and final depoliticizing rhetorical strategy employed in the political discourse about poverty is the process of instrumentalisation of needs-talk. the political discourse about poverty and need occurs in different discursive arenas – within informal social move- ments and pressure groups, more formal organs of civil society such as ngo’s and academia and, finally, within official discursive arenas such as parliament or specialist administrative agencies. these different discursive arenas occupy positions of relative power in the struggle to determine and fix meaning in the interpretation of questions of poverty and need. the descriptions given to poverty and need in the official discursive arenas such as parliament and specialist administrative agencies are officially sanctioned. as such they exert an authoritative influence on the political discourse around poverty and need. at the same time the interpreta- tion of poverty, need and deprivation that takes place in these official discursive arenas is explic- itly depoliticizing. when parliament, or a department of state speak about a particular need and engage in the interpretation of that need, they do so with a specific purpose. the need in ques- tion has been legitimized as deserving of state intervention and their purpose is to find the best way to satisfy it – they are in the process of ‘translating politicized needs into administerable needs.’ as such, the previously politicized issues with which they are confronted become ‘technical problems for managers and planners … in contradistinction to political matters.’ this process of translation depoliticises in two ways. first, it brackets the issues in question as technically complex issues with which ordinary, non-expert participants in the discourse on poverty cannot usefully engage. second, the subordinate participants in the discourse are repo- sitioned – whereas before they where active participants in the process of interpretation of their needs, engaged in political action, they now become the passive recipients of services – their pre- defined needs are administered to them through a process of therapeutic assistance. as a result, their political engagement is negated. the different strategies of depoliticisation described above are politically motivated – they are used to further particular political agendas and are as such in themselves acutely political. dependence and deprivation is attributed to the personality traits of poor people so that the complicity of the legal and political system in creating their predicament can be obscured and challenge to these systems can be avoided and so that positions of relative affluence can be jus- politics of need interpretation ross (note above) at . fraser (note above) at . ibid . ibid . ibid . see also j habermas ‘law as medium and law as institution’ in g teubner (ed) dilemmas of law in the welfare state ( ) at . habermas (note above) at ; see also fraser (note above) at . fraser (note above) at : ‘[o]ne of the primary stakes of social conflict in late-capitalist societies is pre- cisely where the limits of the political will be drawn.’ t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e tified – it is the fault of poor people themselves that they are poor and of no one else. poverty is described as inevitable, as a constant presence in society so that personal and collective inac- tion with respect to it can be justified – society can assert its helplessness in the face of ‘natu- ral’ deprivation and so avoid having to do anything about it. in broad terms all these strategies of depoliticisation are aimed to preserve the status quo, both by immunizing it from attack by hiding its complicity in creating and maintaining poverty and by justifying inaction in the face of poverty and hardship. as such these acts of depoliticisation are cause for concern: they con- stitute attempts by society to assert its helplessness in the face of poverty, to get away with doing nothing about something that indeed is, at least to some extent, within its control. that the law is determinatively involved in the discourse about the political stakes of pover- ty and need is a point that hardly requires making. precisely the social provisioning activities of the welfare state – state provision of housing, of health care services, of education and of other social services – are regulated by vast, complicated and ever-expanding networks of law, in the widest possible sense of that word: formal legislation, administrative rules and decisions and, more recently, constitutional or statutory welfare rights elaborated in judgements by courts. the law in question is of a particular kind – its is ‘regulatory’, ‘instrumentalised’ law, aimed not, as law traditionally was, at resolving particular and discrete disputes, but at regulating, guiding, constituting and giving effect to the social provisioning programmes and goals of the state. as such it is part of and in certain respects constitutive of the political discourse around poverty and need. south africa certainly also stands under the mark of this kind of, what has come to be called ‘juridification’. although the apartheid-state already operated according to its fair share of regulatory law, south africa has, post liberation, seen an explosion of law intended to control, guide and give effect to the ‘societal guidance intentions’ of the new state. courts’ socio-economic rights judgements, and the doctrine established and elaborated in those judgements, form a significant part of our process of juridification. the effects of juridification – the role of law in the welfare state, its impact and the conse- quences of its operation there – have for long attracted scholarly attention. scholars have first analysed and questioned the effect of legal expansion on the law itself, arguing for instance that, because law is bound to fail in its social engineering role, juridification causes a crisis of credi- bility for law, and that the instrumentalisation of law for social purposes threatens its con- ceptual structures, rendering it internally incoherent and ‘disintegrat[ing] basic legal values and the unity of the legal system.’ more pertinently, juridification scholars have also devoted considerable attention to the effect of juridification on the areas of life and society into which law newly expands or in which ross (note above) at - . ‘juridification’ is the term used to describe the phenomenon of growth of regulation or growth of law in the welfare state. see, for a good synopsis of both the phenomenon of juridification itself and the body of schol- arship that has developed from the study of its nature, causes and effects, jwg van der walt the twilight of legal subjectivity: towards a deconstructive republican theory of law ( ) unpublished lld dis- sertation, rand afrikaans university at - ; see also the various contributions in g teubner (ed) dilemmas of law in the welfare state ( ) and juridification of social spheres ( ). g teubner ‘the transformation of law in the welfare state’ in g teubner (ed) dilemmas of law in the welfare state ( ) (teubner ‘transformation’) at . g teubner ‘juridification concepts, aspects, limits, solutions’ in g teubner (ed) juridification of social spheres ( ) (teubner ‘concepts’) at . n luhman ‘the self-reproduction of law and its limits’ in g teubner (ed) dilemmas of law in the welfare state ( ) , in general. teubner ‘transformation’ (note above) at . see also van der walt (note above) at . existing regulation densifies. in this respect juridification commentators have explored and analysed a familiar tension: the tension between rights and democracy or the ‘ambivalence of guarantees of and denials of freedom’ that is occasioned by the process of juridification – the problem that, whilst juridification patently has an emancipatory intent (guaranteeing, for instance, access to basic social benefits to protect against the depredations of the market), it operates simultaneously in a repressive fashion in that it limits the potential for radical and crit- ical political action. juridification – including the work of courts in the process of interpreting and applying socio-economic rights – can exercise this stilling effect on radical and critical political action first by destructing or subverting the various forms of social organisation upon which such action depends. johan van der walt, for example, refers to the ‘individualizing tendency’ of juridification – rights and the individual entitlements emanating from them that are inserted into the social sphere through juridification ‘take[ ] the place of spontaneous communal sup- port in family as well as in local community life’, so that collective organisation and collective political action is impaired, replaced by self-interest seeking action. this kind of ‘privatisa- tion of right’ has been well documented in historical accounts of labour movements in europe, where the creeping legalism of juridification has contributed to the transformation of these movements from collective bodies advocating the emancipation of workers as a class, to ‘encor- porated organisations’ representing the individual consumer interests of their members. membership of the group loses its political dimension, becoming instead an instrument for the furtherance of individual interests. juridification further works to ‘gloss over’ and ‘pacify’ political conflict and contestation. the intrusion of rights and the language of rights in the social sphere runs the risk of promot- ing ‘a false expectation in disadvantaged individuals and groups that the pursuit of legal rights through the courts can effect lasting social change’ whereas ‘rights…operate instead to…chan- nel potentially radical demands for change into legal claims which, by definition, will not be disruptive of the social and economic status quo.’ but juridification can also diminish the potential for critical political action in another way. the law can, through the language it uses, through the interpretations of need and poverty that it authorizes, confirm and legitimate the depoliticizing strategies that participants in the politi- cal debate around need employ. courts can play a particularly significant role in this respect. politics of need interpretation see also in this respect the various contributions in h botha, aj van der walt & jwg van der walt rights and democracy in a transformative constitution ( ). habermas (note above) at . van der walt (note above) at (juridification is aimed at ‘serving the goal of social integration, yet … merely contribute[s] to the process of social disintegration’). j habermas (note above) at : ‘ … [w]hile the welfare state guarantees are intended to serve the goal of social integration, they nevertheless promote the disintegration of life relations.’ van der walt (note above) at . see also aag peters ‘law as critical discussion’ in g teubner (ed) dilemmas of law in the welfare state ( ) at - . peters (note above) at . see also s simitis ‘juridification of labor relations’ in g teubner (ed) juridification of social spheres ( ) at - . van der walt (note above) at . m jackman ‘constitutional rhetoric and social justice: reflections on the justiciability debate’ in j bakan & d schneiderman (eds) social justice and the constitution: perspectives on a social union for canada ( ) at . see in this respect s wilson ‘taming the constitution: rights and reform in the south african education system’ ( ) sajhr at - , who points out how the department of education has effectively co-opted rights talk to ‘provide ideological window-dressing for policies and prac- tices, which actually countenance significant limits on the very rights they are supposed to advance’ (at ). t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e the particular rhetorical power that their processes and their work-product enjoy in our democracy has been noted before – in karl klare’s words, we may ‘legitimately expect’ adjudi- cation ‘to innovate and model intellectual and institutional practices’ in our democracy. to some extent at least, and it might be to only a very small extent, but nevertheless, when courts speak, people listen and sometimes copy. when courts engage with issues of poverty and need in socio-economic rights cases they also engage with and participate in the political discourse around poverty and need referred to above. this happens in different ways. first, courts’ adju- dication of socio-economic rights claims becomes part of the political discourse, even a medi- um through which this discourse partly plays out. civil society organisations and social move- ments regard and use socio-economic rights litigation as tools of political struggle not separate from, but as part of that struggle. court judgments in these kinds of cases once handed down become rallying points, political currency in their struggles. second, courts also occupy a sym- bolic, or perhaps more accurately, an exemplary role with respect to poverty and need dis- courses – their vocabulary, the conceptual structures they rely on, the rhetorical strategies they employ infiltrate and so influence and shape the political discourses around poverty and need. this is, despite its protestations to the contrary, particularly true of the constitutional court, because of its prominence and its symbolic significance – one can but think of the extent to which the ‘reasonableness’ test that the court developed in grootboom and treatment action campaign with which to evaluate the state’s social provisioning activities has shaped civil soci- ety monitoring of planning and delivery with respect to social services and the political advo- cacy informed by that monitoring. now, as i pointed out at the start of this section, the political discourse about poverty and need in the welfare state in which law is a participant consists not only in a political process of the interpretation of need, but also in a political process of drawing the limits of the political, of determining which issues related to poverty and need are legitimately subject to political con- testation. in the political struggle around issues of poverty and deprivation rhetorical strategies of domestication, personalisation, naturalisation and instrumentalisation are employed by usu- ally the socially dominant participants to depoliticise issues in need-interpretation, to cast them as non-political, as falling outside the scope of legitimate political contestation. were courts to invoke these rhetorical strategies in their interpretation and judgement when deciding socio- economic rights cases, they could potentially exert a profound depoliticising influence on the klare (note above) at . wilson (note above) at - . see ibid - for an account of use of the right to education in this ‘instrumental’ sense by social move- ments and ngo’s in struggles pertaining to basic education. with respect to the use of litigation in this sense, see m heywood ‘preventing mother-to-child hiv transmission in south africa: background, strategies and outcomes of the treatment action campaign case against the minister of health’ ( ) sajhr at - ; and s liebenberg ‘south africa’s evolving jurisprudence on socio-economic rights: an effective tool in challenging poverty?’ ( ) law, democracy and development at . see eg treatment action campaign (note above) paras - : ‘[t]he issue of hiv/aids has for some time been fraught with an unusual degree of political, ideological and emotional contention … [s]ome of this contention and emotion has spilt over into this case … ultimately, however, we have found it possible to cut through the overlay of contention and arrive at a straightforward and unanimous conclusion.’ for a dis- cussions see h botha ‘freedom and constraint in constitutional adjudication’ ( ) sajhr at - and k van marle ‘revisiting the politics of post-apartheid constitutional interpretation’ ( ) tsar at - . see eg j streak & j wehner ‘children’s socio-economic rights in the south african constitution: towards a framework for monitoring implementation’ in e coetzee & j streak (eds) monitoring child socio- economic rights in south africa: achievements and challenges ( ) at . political discourse around poverty and need. invoking such depoliticizing rhetorical strategies will in the first place significantly determine the outcomes of their decisions – courts, as do those in the political discourse, usually invoke such strategies so as to justify their avoidance of particular issues, to assert, as thomas ross has described it, their helplessness with respect to a particular aspect of poverty or deprivation. not only does that mean that the court does not decide the issue in question. it also means that substantive political discussion of it in court is precluded. in the second place, invocation of these rhetorical strategies could also, because of the rhetorical power that the language of courts enjoy in our political discourse around poverty and need, influence and shape that discourse, contribute to drawing the limits of the political there. to recapitulate: in this section i described ways in which courts can work to erode and limit political contestation. i focused on one particular such way: the invocation of courts in their interpretation and judgement in socio-economic rights cases of depoliticising rhetorical strate- gies of domestication, personalisation, naturalisation and instrumentalisation of issues of poverty and basic need. i pointed out that courts’ reliance on these strategies could limit the transformative impact of their decisions and could work to depoliticize the political discourse around issues of poverty and basic need. in the following section, i proceed to analyse a num- ber of judgements with a view to identifying courts’ invocation of the depoliticising rhetorical strategies discussed above. in addition, i point to various countervailing strategies operating in these judgements that might aid courts in managing their impact on the space for political con- testation. iii depoliticisation and repoliticisation in the courts (a) introduction in my review of the case law to follow, i focus on a particular kind of socio-economic rights case: cases in which the enforcement of an affirmative constitutional duty – that is, a duty to do something rather than a negative duty to refrain from doing something – was at issue. the constitutional court has to date decided four cases that were explicitly formulated as such. in soobramoney v minister of health, kwazulu-natal, it denied an application for an order that a state hospital provide dialysis treatment to the applicant, finding that the guidelines according to which the hospital decided whether to provide the treatment were not unreason- able and were applied rationally and in good faith to the applicant. as such, the court held politics of need interpretation ross (note above) at . ibid. the distinction between affirmative and negative duties is of course empty - it is often impossible to dis- tinguish between positive and negative constitutional duties and the strategic conclusions that are drawn on the basis of the distinction are false; see d brand ‘introduction to socio-economic rights in the south african constitution’ in d brand & ch heyns (eds) socio-economic rights in south africa ( ) at - . nevertheless, the constitutional court has adopted this distinction and has developed its doctrine with respect to the enforcement of socio-economic rights with it in mind. soobramoney (note above). ibid paras - . ibid para . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e that the denial of treatment did not breach the section ( ) right of everyone to have access to health care services. in government of the republic of south africa v grootboom, the court heard a claim that the state was obliged to provide homeless people with shelter. it declared the state’s housing programme inconsistent with section ( ) of the constitution. in minister of health v treatment action campaign, the court held that the state’s policy not to provide nevirapine at all public health facilities to prevent the mother-to-child transmission (mtct) of hiv at birth, as well as the general failure by the state to adopt an adequate plan to combat mtct of hiv, breached section ( ) of the constitution. the court held that the state’s measures to prevent mtct of hiv breached its duties in terms of section ( ) of the constitution, declared as much and directed the state to remedy its programme. in khosa v minister of social development, the court held sections of the social assistance act excluding permanent residents from access to social assistance grants inconsistent with section ( ) (the prohibition on unfair discrimination) and section ( )(c) (the right to have access to social assistance) of the constitution. the court read words into the act to remedy the constitutional defect. in addition to these four, i also consider two further cases, in which affirmative duties came into play indirectly. in modderfontein squatters v modderklip boerdery (pty) ltd, the supreme court of appeal was confronted with a claim brought by a private landowner that the state was constitutionally obliged to enforce and carry out an eviction order that he had obtained in terms of section of the prevention of illegal eviction from and unlawful occupation of land act (pie) against squatters illegally occupying his land. the court held that the state was indeed obliged to protect the claimant’s right to property against invasion by unlawful occupiers. however, at the same time, the state was obliged to protect the right of the squatters to have access to adequate housing. the court consequently ordered the state to pay damages to modderklip to make good the breach of its right to property and the state’s failure to protect against that breach, and to allow the squatters to remain on modderklip’s land until alternative land is made available to them by the state. in effect, the ibid para . the application was argued around the sec ( ) right not to be refused emergency medical treatment and on the right to life. the court denied the application in these respects, holding that, because health care rights were explicitly protected in the constitution, it was unnecessary to rely on the right to life (para ) and that sec ( ) did not apply to the applicant’s case, because his was not an emergency situa- tion (para ) and sec ( ) was a right not arbitrarily to be refused emergency medical treatment where it was available, instead of a positive right to make available emergency medical treatment where it was not (para ). the court on its own initiative proceeded to consider the claim on the basis of sec ( ) (para ). grootboom (note above). ibid para . treatment action campaign (note above). ibid para . ibid para . khosa (note above). social assistance act of . khosa (note above) para . ibid para . ibid paras & . modderklip (note above). prevention of illegal eviction from and unlawful occupation of land act of (pie). modderklip (note above) para . ibid para . ibid paras & . ibid paras & . order required the state to buy the land so that the squatters could remain there, without con- tinuing to infringe modderklip boerdery’s property rights. in port elizabeth municipality v various occupiers, the state had applied for an order to evict illegal occupants from private- ly owned land in terms of section of pie. the constitutional court confirmed the supreme court of appeal’s decision denying the eviction order, in part because suitable alternative land was not available to the evictees. (b) soobramoney, grootboom and treatment action campaign: an institutional understanding of democracy soobramoney, grootboom and treatment action campaign, although they exhibit instances of the court resisting the depoliticizing strategies described above (the court resists the person- alisation of poverty by emphasising the economic, political and social causes of poverty) most prominently show pervasive strategies of depoliticization. the court engages in both the domestication and the instrumentalisation of the issues before it. the most striking example of domestication employed as a depoliticising rhetorical strategy comes from sachs j’s concurring opinion in soobramoney. an inordinate portion of this opin- ion is devoted to an explanation why the court was unable to intervene on behalf of mr soobramoney – not why in a substantive sense his claim must fail, but why the court could not engage with the issues raised by his claim. indeed the opinion can perhaps best be described as a decision not to decide – a rather extreme example of what robert cover has called ‘the judi- cial can’t’. sachs j invokes the usual arguments of institutional incapacity and limited resources to justify his ‘can’t’. he argues, persuasively, that the issues with respect to mr soobramoney’s medical treatment were technical medical questions that the court is not equipped to decide and ‘toll[s] the bell of lack of resources’, pointing out that ‘if governments were unable to con- fer any benefit on any person unless it conferred an identical benefit on all, the only viable option would be to confer no benefit on anybody.’ but then he goes further still. referring to us case politics of need interpretation although explicitly indicating that it would not be proper for it to order the state to expropriate the land in question (ibid para ), the court does point out that, in light of its order, it would be the sensible thing for the state to do, to expropriate the land (para ). the state took modderklip on appeal to the constitutional court. the constitutional court decision was reported on may ; confirming the sca decision in its effect, albeit for other reasons based on secs , rather than , of the constitution. pe municipality (note above). pie (note above) sec ( )(c). the supreme court of appeal decision is reported as baartman v port elizabeth municipality ( ) sa (sca). see eg grootboom (note above) para (‘the … people with whom we are concerned in these proceed- ings lived in appalling conditions, decided to move out and illegally occupied someone else’s land. they were evicted and left homeless. the root cause of their problems is the intolerable conditions under which they were living while waiting in the queue for their turn to be allocated low-cost housing.’). of the paragraphs; soobramoney (note above) paras - . substantive engagement with the claim is limited to a single paragraph, in which sachs j expressed his agree- ment with chaskalson p’s finding for the court that mr soobramoney’s condition was not an emergency medical condition and did not qualify him for the protection of section ( ); ibid para . r cover justice accused: anti-slavery and the judiciary process ( ) at - . soobramoney (note above) para . r v cambridge health authority, ex parte b [ ] all er (ca) at c-d, quoted in soobramoney (note above) para . soobramoney (note above) para . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e law dealing with the right to die, he concludes that ‘[c]ourts are not the proper place to resolve the agonising personal … problems that underlie these issues’ (my emphasis) and that ‘[o]ur country’s legal system simply “cannot replace the more intimate struggle that must be borne by the patient … and those who care about the patient” ’ (my emphasis). the message seems clear: because issues surrounding a person’s death are intensely personal, the court is powerless to address mr soobramoney’s plight: ‘[c]onsiderations of the wisdom and utility of the actions that might have been taken are beside the point. normative debate [about, for instance, whether or not the balance struck ‘between the equally valid entitlements or expectations of a multitude of claimants’ that had resulted in mr soobramoney being denied the treatment he required, was appropriate] is not invited.’ questions of death are private, not political. what makes sachs j’s assertion of this rhetorical depoliticization strategy so startling, is that the us right to die case law he refers to so as to make his point is wholly inapposite. certainly, when the question is whether or not the state should allow a person who does not want to live anymore to die, the issue whether or not or to what extent a court can prescribe the choice to a patient arises. but mr soobramoney was in the opposite position – he very much wanted to live, and the question in his case was whether or not the state is obliged to keep him alive. i fail to see how the issues that arise in determining that question are ‘agonising personal problems’ part of an ‘intimate struggle’ that mr soobramoney should be left to go through on his own – the essence of mr soobramoney’s claim is after all that the state is obliged to get involved in his life and possible death. how does one make sense of this mistaken analogy? sachs j could have made his point relying only on the institutional capacity arguments, without having to go any further. thomas ross has said that ‘judges invoke the rhetoric of judicial helplessness most fervently when con- fronted with a problem of unjust and tragic dimensions’. perhaps it was precisely the acutely political nature of mr soobramoney’s predicament – the tragic fact that his position is compared to that of others, and that the state makes a choice not to intervene in his – that prompted sachs j to go to such tortuous lengths to justify his and the rest of the court’s inaction. as such this element of the opinion constitutes an extraordinary flight from politics. a second example of the constitutional court’s domestication of needs talk occurs in groot- boom. the grootboom community’s claim for shelter was partly based on children’s section ( )(c) right to shelter. although yacoob j, for the court, decided the case on the basis of the section ( ) right of everyone to have access to adequate housing, he did provide an interpreta- tion of section ( )(c). the linchpin of this interpretation is a conflation of section ( )(c) with section ( )(a), which proclaims children’s right ‘to family care or parental care, or to appropri- ate alternative care when removed from the family environment’. in yacoob j’s words: [sections ( )(b) and ( )(c)] must be read together. they ensure that children are properly cared for by their parents or families, and that they receive appropriate alter- native care in the absence of parental or family care … subsection ( )(b) defines those responsible for giving care while ss ( )(c) lists various aspects of the care entitlement. cruzan v director, missouri department of health, et al us ( ), quoted in soobramoney (note above) para . soobramoney (note above) para . in re jobes a d at (nj sct, ), quoted in soobramoney (note above) para . soobramoney (note above) para . ross (note above) at . ibid. grootboom (note above) para . on this basis yacoob j proceeds to argue that the state has only a residual duty to provide shelter to children – the primary duty to do so rests on parents and family and the state incurs the direct duty to do so only with respect to those children ‘who are removed from their fami- lies’. where children are cared for by their parents or families (are still with their parents or families) the only duty the state carries with respect to them is ‘to provide the legal and admin- istrative infrastructure necessary to ensure that children are accorded the protection contem- plated by s ’. from this yacoob j’s conclusion follows ineluctably: it was not contended that the children who are respondents in this case should be provided with shelter apart from their parents. those of the respondents in this case who are children are being cared for by their parents; they are not in the care of the state, in any alternative care, or abandoned. [t]herefore, there was no obligation upon the state to provide shelter to those of the respondents who were children. yacoob j’s interpretative maneuvering clearly ‘directs dependency away from the state [to the fam- ily] and [so] privatizes it’. the result is profoundly depoliticizing. it allows yacoob j simply to ignore the social fact that often children who are ‘properly’ with their parents or family are worse of than those who find themselves in some form of alternative care, because their parents or fami- ly are simply too poor ‘properly’ to care for them. it also allows him to ignore the question whether or not the state has a duty, where children are with their parents or family but in a situation of indi- gence, to provide forms of material care directly to those children. finally, it allows him to skirt the deeply political question whether or not, in the social provisioning activities of the state, children’s needs should enjoy material priority over the needs of others. as with sachs j’s opinion in soobramoney, what makes yacoob j’s depoliticising strategy in grootboom all the more remark- able is that it was unnecessary – yacoob j’s interpretation of sections ( )(b) and (c) is certainly not the only interpretation possible, nor even the most obvious. there is no textual reason to sub- sume subsection ( )(c) into subsection ( )(b) as yacoob j did – the various entitlements listed in the subsections of section ( ) (there are nine – (a) to (i)) are connected to each other with an ‘and’ and seem to be intended as separate entitlements. it is also a plausible interpretation to say that sub- section ( )(b) refers to the emotional and other non-material aspects of care, whilst subsection ( )(c) lists elements of material care. yacoob j had to make a conscious choice to adopt the interpreta- tion he did, it is not suggested by the text – and his employment of the depoliticizing strategy flow- ing from that interpretation was equally a conscious choice. to some extent my use of these two examples of the domestication of needs talk by the court is gratuitous. yacoob j’s interpretation of section ( )(c) in grootboom was reversed in treatment action campaign. the court still employed yacoob j’s view that the primary duty to provide shelter, health care, nutrition and social services rests on parents and family, with only an alternative duty falling on the state, but extended the circumstances under which this alternative duty would kick in. as the mothers with which the case was concerned were ‘for the most part indigent and unable to gain access to private medical treatment which is beyond their politics of need interpretation ibid para . ibid para . ibid para . fineman (note above) at . see jooste v botha ( ) bclr (t). treatment action campaign (note above) para . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e means’ for them and their children, ‘[t]hey and their children are in the main dependent upon the state to make health care services available to them.’ as a result the state incurred a duty to provide health care services to their children, even though their children were still in their care. in addition, the two instances of domestication that i relate are isolated incidents and cer- tainly cannot be used to indicate a trend. however, the depoliticizing bent of the court is demonstrated much more clearly in soobramoney, grootboom and treatment action cam- paign in the court’s use of the rhetorical strategy of instrumentalisation – here a trend can be ascertained, and it is this to which i now turn. as could be expected, one of the major concerns of the constitutional court’s thus far in its socio-economic rights cases has been to determine the scope of its review powers with respect to socio-economic rights. this was particularly so in its first three cases, soobramoney, grootboom, and treatment action campaign. in these cases the court struggled with basic questions such as which kinds of issues that arose in socio-economic rights cases it is compe- tent to engage with at all, what its standard of scrutiny should be there where it does engage with the issues, and what the scope of its power is to provide relief there where it has exercised its review power and found a breach of a socio-economic right. what is interesting is the idiom that the court has employed to justify the choices it has made in this respect. in its first three cases, the court has, when engaging with the different questions relat- ed to the nature and scope of its review powers, relied in the first place on ‘institutional capacity’ arguments. that is, what motivates the court’s decision to limit the scope of its review powers in a particular instance has been its perceived lack of the requisite technical expertise and institutional capacity properly to engage with the issues. the court has utilized these institutional capacity argu- ments when seeking to justify its choice not to decide a particular question raised in the course of socio-economic rights litigation. in treatment action campaign, for example, the court explains its decision not to decide whether or not the state’s constitutional duties in terms of section ( ) requires it to provide formula feed to hiv-positive mothers to prevent the transmission of hiv to their children through breast feeding by saying that this question ‘raises complex issues’ that it does not have the capacity or information on the basis of which to decide. the court’s rejection of the ‘minimum core content’ approach to deciding claims for access to basic resources has equally been motivated with reference to its institutional incapacity to access and analyse the kind and quantity of information that would be required to determine what the minimum core of any given right in any given set of circumstances entails. finally, the court has justified its adoption of what it has ibid para . as could be expected, because the debate about whether to include socio-economic rights in the constitution (for a summary see s liebenberg ‘interpretation of socio-economic rights’ in m chaskalson, j kentridge, j klaaren, g marcus, d spitz, a stein & s woolman (eds) constitutional law of south africa ( nd edition os, december ) chapter , - ) was a debate about their justiciability and the proposals and counter-proposals made in this respect amounted to proposals about the manner in which courts could exercise their review powers with respect to these rights; see n haysom ‘constitutionalism, majoritarian democracy and socio-economic rights’ ( ) sajhr ; e mureinik ‘beyond a charter of luxuries: economic rights in the constitution’ ( ) sajhr ; and dm davis ‘the case against the inclusion of socio-economic demands in a bill of rights except as directive principles’ ( ) sajhr . the subsequent academic debate has also focused the extent of courts’ review power with respect to socio-eco- nomic rights; see eg cr sunstein ‘social and economic rights? lessons from south africa’ ( ) : constitutional forum ; and t roux ‘legitimating transformation: political resource allocation in the south african constitutional court’ ( ) democratization . treatment action campaign (note above) para . grootboom (note above) para ; treatment action campaign (note above) para . called a ‘restrained role’ in reviewing state conduct in light of socio-economic rights, embodied in its ‘reasonableness review’ approach, also with reference to its institutional incapacity. the court’s reliance on these institutional capacity arguments in this respect is in itself uncontroversial. certainly the court, when it employs this rhetoric, enters into a depoliticizing discourse – it effectively instrumentalises the questions that it is considering, describing them as ‘technical problems for managers and planners … in contradistinction to political matters.’ however, although there is room for argument about the extent to which the court is institu- tionally incapable in any given context, it cannot be denied that it is indeed institutionally constrained and that the depoliticisation that it engages in on that basis alone is to some extent inevitable. what does make the court’s use of this particular instance of ‘instrumentalising’ rhetoric problematic, or more problematic than it would otherwise be, is not so much the fact that it defers, but what it is that it defers to. central to the court’s self-limitation of its powers of review and remedy in the three early cases is a second set of arguments: ‘constitutional comi- ty’ arguments. equally as concerned as the court is about its institutional incapacity, it is con- cerned about its institutional illegitimacy. when the court defers, declining to decide a partic- ular issue, or to apply a stringent standard of scrutiny, or to impose an intrusive order, it defers not only to the complexity of the issues at hand, recognizing that it is incapable of deciding them. it also, more importantly, defers to, or defers in favour of the other branches of govern- ment – the executive, the legislature or the state administration – on the understanding that it is, in the context of institutional spheres of power, the inappropriate forum to decide them. in short, the problem with defining the nature and scope of its review powers for the court ‘comes down mainly, if not solely, to a matter of separation of powers’. this is true in all the contexts within which the court has had occasion to describe the lim- its and nature of its powers. in soobramoney, chaskalson p justifies his choice not to engage with the decisions made with respect to the rationing of health care resources that led to mr soobramoney’s exclusion from treatment as follows: ‘these choices involve difficult decisions [here is the reference to institutional incapacity] to be taken at the political level in fixing the health budget, and at the functional level in deciding upon the priorities to be met. [here is the deference to the other branches of government] a court will be slow to interfere with rational decisions taken in good faith by the political organs and medical authorities whose responsi- bility it is to deal with such matters’ (my emphasis). in grootboom yacoob j, in describing the reasonableness review test that the court fashioned in that case, emphasizes that ‘a court considering reasonableness will not enquire whether other more desirable or favourable meas- ures could have been adopted, or whether public money could have been better spent.’ politics of need interpretation treatment action campaign (note above) para : ‘courts are ill-suited to adjudicate upon issues where court orders could have multiple social and economic consequences for the community.’ see also the court’s justification for the lenient standard of scrutiny adopted in soobramoney (note above) para : ‘a court will be slow to interfere with rational decisions taken in good faith by the political organs and med- ical authorities whose responsibility it is to deal with such matters’. fraser (note above) at . it has, for example, been pointed out that the court is in fact capable of determining the minimum core with respect to a given right, despite its protestations to the contrary, provided that it understands correct- ly what the minimum core entails; d bilchitz ‘giving socio-economic rights teeth: the minimum core and its importance’ ( ) salj at . fi michelman ‘the constitution, social rights, and liberal political justification’ ( ) international journal of constitutional law at . soobramoney (note above) para . grootboom (note above) para . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e instead, he proceeds, ‘[t]he precise contours and content of the measures to be adopted are pri- marily a matter for the legislature and the executive’. finally, in treatment action campaign one of the primary motivations for the court’s decision not to impose structural injunctive relief on the government is its concern that in doing so it will have to prescribe par- ticular policy and rationing choices to it, instead of determining only the contours of what is required and leaving the details of planning and implementation to government itself. certainly, one might argue in favour of the court that at the heart of its concern with the con- stitutional comity of its engagement with socio-economic rights is a concern with democracy. the court, acutely aware of its position as the least democratically accountable branch of government, defers to the other branches, because in doing so it believes it respects the democratic will of which the political branches are the repositories. but the conception of democracy, or of politics or the political that underlies this concern is a peculiarly limited one. the court’s concern with constitu- tional comity evinces what nancy fraser has described as an institutional understanding of politics and democracy, in terms of which ‘a matter is deemed political if it is handled directly in the insti- tutions of the official governmental system, including parliaments, administrative apparatuses, and the like’ and in terms of which democracy occurs only within these institutions of the official governmental system. this understanding of democracy and politics stands in contrast to what fraser describes as a discursive sense of politics, in which ‘something is “political” if it is contested across a range of different discursive arenas and among a range of different publics’ and in which democracy occurs not only in the institutions of the official governmental system, but in all of these (official and unofficial) ‘discursive arenas’ and ‘publics’. stated differently, the court’s stance reflects a dependent conception of democracy, according to which democracy takes place only in formally constituted democratic structures, where political questions of, for example, distribution of resources are decided for and the results presented to civil society. again, this conception stands in contrast to a participatory model of democracy, in which the focus is on creating and maintain- ing structures for the democratic process ‘which maximize the allocation of equal political power to the citizenry’ across the board of the different (official and unofficial) discursive arenas. against this background, it becomes clear that the court’s instrumentalising rhetoric that it employs to justify its choices with respect to self-limitation of its powers operates to depoliti- cise issues of poverty, need and social provisioning of the state in two respects. first, and most obviously, the court’s rhetoric depoliticises in that it describes the issues in question as of a technical rather than a political nature. as pointed out above, this can to some extent be seen as inevitable. however, second, the court’s rhetoric depoliticises in that it relegates the dis- course about these issues, even in their technical sense, wholly to the formally constituted polit- ical branches of government ‘whose responsibility [and right] it is to deal with such matters’. ibid. treatment action campaign (note above) paras - & - . see roux (note above), who explores the currency that this concern with democratic legitimacy has in the court’s conception of its review powers, and praises the court for the extent to which it manages to remain appropriately respectful of democratic prerogatives in this respect. fraser (note above). davis (note above) at - . see also e pieterse & m van donk ‘the politics of socio-economic rights in south africa. ten years after apartheid’ ( ) : esr review at : ‘the realisation of socio-economic rights is an inherently political process, which needs to involve rights-holders … in deter- mining the desired outcomes, objectives, strategies and acceptable trade-offs so that they are enabled to take control of their own destinies. this inevitably implies a political process of negotiation, disagreement, con- flict, occasionally consensus, and, at a minimum, forms of mutual accommodation.’ soobramoney (note above) para . the message to those other, unofficial ‘publics’ (social movements, ngo’s, ordinary people) who operate democratically in those other, unofficial ‘discursive arenas’ is therefore not only that the issues that they deal with are difficult ones in a technical sense, requiring of them sus- tained, informed engagement which they, like the court, might not have the capacity for. it is also that the issues are, as with the court, simply not their business. the court’s rhetoric casts them not as active participants in the process of interpretation of their needs, engaged in polit- ical action, but as the passive recipients of services – their needs, predefined by the political branches of government, are administered to them through a process of therapeutic assis- tance. (c) khosa, modderklip and pe municipality: toward a discursive understanding of democracy? in socio-economic rights decisions of the constitutional court and the supreme court of appeal subsequent to soobramoney, grootboom and treatment action campaign it is possi- ble to see the beginnings of a countervailing trend in the court’s rhetoric that is more closely allied to a discursive or participatory conception of politics and democracy and that can in this respect be contrasted to the constitutional court’s instrumentalising rhetoric in the earlier three cases. in the first place, in the cases in question (khosa, modderklip and pe municipality) the constitutional court and supreme court of appeal have emphasised the political agency of the poor people involved vis-à-vis government by taking its operation into account in interpreting the rights in question. in khosa mokgoro j, for example, in finding that the state had a consti- tutional duty to provide social assistance to indigent (non-citizen) permanent residents in south africa, placed great stock in the fact that permanent residents had through their conduct in effect thrown in their lot with south africa. in this respect mokgoro j points out that permanent res- idents intend to become south african citizens, that they have made their homes here and have brought their families here, that for many their children have been born here, that they owe a duty of allegiance to the state and that they pay taxes in south africa. as a result, although not yet formally citizens, they have claimed their membership of our community through the exercise of their political agency and deserve to be treated equally as fully fledged such mem- bers. in modderklip harms j for the supreme court of appeal equally emphasizes the role of the political agency of the property owner and the squatters in determining the resolution of the case. in this respect harms j points out that the landowner had at all times acted within the law and had throughout sought to effect an amicable solution that would vindicate both his and the squatters’ rights and that the squatters had occupied the land without intending to force the hand of the state to provide them with land in preference to others and had also sought to reach an amicable solution both with the landowner and the state. these indications of an attitude of political engagement with each other and with the state play an important role in eventually politics of need interpretation wilson (note above) at . habermas (note above) at ; see also fraser (note above) at . khosa (note above) para . ibid para . ibid. modderklip (note above) paras , & . ibid para . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e persuading the court to find in favour of both the landowner and the squatters against the state, who by contrast had failed diligently to pursue a settlement and had reneged on agreements reached, despite the fact that it had itself caused the predicament of the squatters and the landowner by previously evicting the squatters from state land without providing alternative accommodation. similarly, in pe municipality, the constitutional court emphasises the polit- ical agency of the group of squatters that the state sought to evict there. again the fact that they had occupied the land in question not in order to force the municipality to provide to them, in preference to others, alternative land when they are eventually evicted, but because they had been evicted from elsewhere and had nowhere else to go and that they had attempted to negotiate with the property owners and the state whilst the municipality had made no serious effort to reach an amicable conclusion to the matter, but had rushed to apply for an eviction order and had acted unilaterally, partly drove the court to the conclusion that an eviction order could not be granted unless suitable alternative land or accommodation was provided. indeed, in pe municipality these factors, together with others, were seen as so important that the court took the surprisingly intrusive step of rejecting the municipality’s offer of two possible alternative sites, finding that they were not suitable to the squatters’ needs. certainly one has to sound a note of caution here. as with any form of community-oriented rhetoric, the court’s emphasis in these three cases on the ‘proper’ political action of the per- manent residents, the property owner and the squatters runs the risk of being read in an exclu- sionary fashion. so, for example, mokgoro j explicitly uses this rhetoric to distinguish perma- nent residents from other non-citizens in south africa and then, on the basis of that distinction to deny other non-citizens membership of the south african community. equally, the two courts’ reference in both modderklip and pe municipality to the fact that the squatters in ques- tion had occupied land illegally not with the intention to ‘jump’ the housing queue by forcing government to provide them with alternative accommodation when they were evicted, effec- tively marks the conduct of squatters who have indeed acted with that purpose as ‘improper’ and excludes their conduct (certainly equally born of desperation) from the realm of ‘proper’ political action. in this respect the two courts run the risk of creating an idea of acceptable civic action that one has to comply with in order to form part of the south african political com- munity, excluding other forms of political action. nevertheless, this aspect of the cases is important because at least it casts the permanent residents, property owner and squatters in the role of political actors, actively (and legitimately) engaging in the interpretation of their needs together with the state, who is in turn cast as just one more (albeit particularly authoritative) such participant in the process of need interpretation. in this way it avoids the depoliticising instrumentalist effect of the constitutional court’s earlier separation of powers rhetoric. this new concern with participatory democracy and discursive politics shows also in the manner in which the constitutional court and the supreme court of appeal exercised and described their remedial powers in the three later cases. this is evident first in modderklip. modderklip was presented by the state as an intractable situation. the state argued that it ibid paras - . ibid para . pe municipality (note above) paras & . ibid paras , - & . khosa (note above) para : ‘for these reasons, i exclude temporary residents …’. see in this respect k van marle ‘love, law and the south african community: critical reflections on “suspect intimacies” and “immanent subjectivity”’ in h botha, aj van der walt & jwg van der walt rights and democracy in a transformative constitution ( ) at - . could not enforce modderklip’s eviction order against the squatters, because it did not have the resources to do so, particularly as it would have to provide alternative land to the squatters were it to evict them. this it would not be able to do also because it did not have the req- uisite resources, but, more importantly, because to provide the squatters with alternative land would allow them to jump the housing queue, thus legitimating unacceptable social behav- iour. this stance of the state’s is a particularly clear example of the strategy of naturalisa- tion referred to above: the state throws its hands in the air, overwhelmed by the intractable nature of the problems facing it and so attempts to remove the issues in question from the arena of political contestation. harms j is unambiguous in his rejection of this strategy. holding that ‘courts [and by implication the state] should not be overawed by practical problems’ but should instead ‘mould an order that will provide effective relief to those affected by a constitu- tional breach’ he proceeds to find a solution where the state said there was none, ordering the state to pay damages to the property owner and to allow the squatters to remain on the land in question until alternative accommodation is found. harmse j’s ‘can do’ rhetoric pow- erfully counteracts the state’s attempts at depoliticisation and places the kinds of issues that were dealt with in the case (homelessness, land invasion and eviction) squarely back in the domain of political contestation. in addition, because it amounted to the implementation of a proposal that both the property owner and the squatters had made in the course of their attempted negotiations with the state, it emphasises the involvement of these non-official political actors in the process of defining their needs and finding ways to satisfy them. as such, it underscores a participatory understanding of democracy and a discursive understanding of politics and counteracts the idea that it is only the state who can engage politically with the issues and then hand down solutions from on high. the repoliticising trend continues in the constitutional court’s description of its remedial powers in pe municipality. both grootboom and treatment action campaign have been criti- cised for the court’s failure to employ structural injunctive relief. in grootboom, the court issued a simple declaratory order, leaving the remedy of the constitutional defect in its housing programme entirely to the state. in treatment action campaign, the court similarly issued a declarator, coupled with a mandatory order requiring the state to remedy the constitutional defect in its programme for prevention of mtct of hiv. however, despite confirming that it did indeed have the power to do so, the court again declined to issue a supervisory interdict, holding that there was no indication that the state would not implement its order properly. the critiques of the two cases in this respect have focused on the extent to which the failure to employ such structural relief trenched on the effectiveness of the court’s remedies. however, dennis davis has recently instead emphasised the role of such structural relief in promoting dem- ocratic accountability. to him, the failure of the court to employ structural relief has caused it to miss an opportunity to allow those affected by its judgements to be involved in their imple- mentation as active political agents and as such has undermined the idea of participatory democ- politics of need interpretation modderklip (note above) para . ibid para . ibid para . ibid para . grootboom (note above) para . treatment action campaign (note above) para . ibid para . see eg k pillay ‘implementation of grootboom: implications for the enforcement of socio-economic rights’ ( ) law, democracy and development . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e racy. in pe municipality sachs j seems to heed this call. although in the event declining to do so, sachs j raises the possibility that a court, in providing a remedy in an eviction case such as the one the constitutional court was faced with could order compulsory mediation between the parties. that is, a court could make a normative finding, in the sense of describing the out- comes that the constitutional and other legal duties at play in the case required, but could then order the parties to enter into a process of mediation in order to agree upon the most appropri- ate means with which to reach those outcomes. as charles sable and william simon have pointed out, this kind of ‘experimentalist’ structural injunctive relief combines the virtues of the court requiring constitutional duties to be met in a practically effective way, whilst re- maining respectful of its own institutional incapacity with respect to the substantive issues involved in the implementation of its normative findings. for my purposes it shows a further important virtue. courts employing such relief would certainly, as sable and simon argue, remain appropriately respectful of their own institutional incapacity by deferring to another forum than themselves with respect to the implementation of their orders. however, they will defer in this respect not in favour of the political branches of government only, as the con- stitutional court has been wont to do, but to the political process in the wider, discursive sense of the word outlined above. in this way courts would be able to subvert the instrumentalising rhetoric that they seem inevitably to have to engage in when adjudicating socio-economic rights claims and give effect to a participatory, rather than institutional understanding of democracy. iv conclusion at the outset of this paper i recalled karl klare’s challenge to judges and lawyers: in order to give expression to the transformative ethos of the constitution, they should attempt to work in such a way as to deepen democratic culture in south africa. i then proceeded to discuss one way in which courts can do so – by avoiding in their socio-economic rights judgements the use and consequent confirmation of rhetorical strategies of depoliticisation commonly used in the political discourse around the interpretation of need and poverty. i pointed to various instances in which courts have used and so confirmed some of these strategies, but also detailed instances in which they subverted these processes of depoliticisation. the countervailing tendencies that i identified, although important, of course do not allow courts to escape or to mediate the ten- sions between rights and democracy that their work is inevitably caught up in – judges contin- ue to operate under freedom and constraint, their work inevitably both guarantees and denies freedom, reinforces and destructs democracy. nevertheless, the supreme court of appeal and constitutional court’s rehabilitation of discursive politics through its emphasis on political agency and use of inventive remedies in khosa, modderklip and pe municipality constitutes an important moment in the ‘deepening of democracy’ that klare requires. dm davis ‘socio-economic rights in south africa. the record of the constitutional court after ten years’ ( ) : esr review at - . pe municipality (note above) para . ibid para - . cf sable & wh simon ‘destabilisation rights: how public law litigation succeeds’ ( ) harvard lr at & - . as opposed to ‘command-and-control’ injunctive regulation; ibid . new tools for the constitutional bench s ta n a d u p l e s s i s associate professor, department of economics, stellenbosch university ‘… on those occasions when the legal process does establish that an infringement on an entrenched right has occurred… the courts have a particular responsibility in this regard and are obliged to “forge new tools” and shape innovative remedies, if needs be, to achieve this goal.’ i introduction it is highly unlikely that justice ackerman referred to positive theories of social change when he called on courts in south africa to forge new tools in their rights jurisprudence, but i will argue here that such an allusion would not have been amiss. indeed, such tools are indispensa- ble for a constitutional court seeking the realisation of social and economic rights as is the case in south africa. though the argument of this chapter is formal, the intention is practical and constructed specifically to participate in the present debate on social and economic rights in south africa. in short, i argue that a constitutional court such as south africa’s might have to acquire and use explicitly the tools of positive social science – notably of economics – to complement the normative and legal tools already at its disposal. since the constitutional court is already applying social science implicitly, to the extent that it regards social and economic rights as par- tially justiciable, it would be advantageous not only academically, but even more so practical- i wish to thank ronelle burger for helpful comments, gerhard du plessis for his help with the jurisprudence literature, gerhard du toit for considerable help with editing and thinus keefe for research assistance. the usual disclaimer applies. justice ackerman for the south african constitutional court in fose v minister of safety and security ( ) sa (cc) para (fn omitted). the following sections of the south african constitution pertain to social and economic rights: section ( ) (the right to equitable access to land); section ( ) (the right to adequate housing); section ( ) (the right of access to health care, adequate food and water and social security and social assistance) and section ( ) (the right of children to adequate food, shelter, health care and social services). this list is from a j van der walt ‘a south african reading of frank michelman’s theory of social justice’ in h botha, aj van der walt and j van der walt (eds) rights and democracy in a transformative constitution ( ) fn . justice moseneke argued along similar lines: ‘the constitution has reconfigured the way judges should do their work. it invites us into a new plane of jurisprudential creativity and self-reflection about legal method, analysis and reasoning consistent with its transformative roles’; see d moseneke ‘the fourth bram fischer memorial lecture: transformative adjudication’ ( ) sajhr at . this volume explores var- ious theoretical perspectives on moseneke’s ‘new plane of jurisprudential creativity’. the intention of this chapter is to broaden this theoretical discussion beyond jurisprudence, as the wide-ranging scope of social and political rights calls the justices of the constitutional court beyond the reach of jurisprudence. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e ly, if the social science of the constitutional court was explicit, open to scrutiny and, in that way, open to the possibility of improvement through critical discussion. the first section of this chapter develops an argument for the use of positive theory by the constitutional court and contrasts such a theory with normative and legal theories of social and economic rights. however, to assist the practical deliberations of the constitutional court requires not only a case for positive theory, but an argument for a specific positive theory. to inform that choice the broad range of such theories is sketched in section iii. the fourth section narrows the discussion to one particular theory, the so-called new institutional economics, which is a positive theory of the requisite kind and which is gaining widespread theoretical and empirical support in economics. section v demonstrates how the new institutional economics could be used to inform the analysis and enforcement of social and economic rights in south africa and how the use of such a positive theory often complements the other theoretical perspectives. ii why the constitutional court should use theories of positive social science the explicit provision of social and economic rights in the bill of rights and various other arti- cles of south africa’s constitution is widely noted and often applauded. south african legal scholars have argued (in this volume and elsewhere) that these rights are justiciable in a comparable manner to the civil and political rights (sometimes called ‘first generation rights’) in the constitution. this interpretation has found support in the constitutional court, where it has been argued that social and economic rights are ‘…at least to some extent, justiciable’. the project on ‘theories of social justice’ that gave rise to this volume takes the above as given. in south africa this understanding of justiciable social and economic rights have to be seen in the context of a developing country with deep poverty combined with unequal access to resources and opportunities that are to a considerable extent due to historical discrimination. reading the argu- ments for justiciable social and economic rights in the light of these economic and social challenges facing contemporary south africa resulted in the two hypotheses that informed this project. the first hypothesis is that ‘theory matters’, since theory is likely to influence the jurispru- dence of social and economic rights in south africa, as elsewhere. the second hypothesis is that ‘theoretical drag’, or the possibility that theory that lagged behind the drive for transformation in south africa and that theory might, in this way, be delaying material improvement for the most vulnerable sections of the south african population. against this background, justice ackerman’s call for ‘new tools’ (quoted above) is here understood to mean, inter alia, solutions to theoretical drag in the implementation of social and economic rights. it is easy to conceive how theory might matter and to agree that theoretical drag should be avoided, but it is harder to discern the kind(s) of theory that is required. at this point the com- mon ground between the legal and economic literature seems particularly barren, with econo- mists emphasising sustained economic growth as a (perhaps the most) important factor in the progressive realisation of social and economic rights and proposing positive theories of social change to that end. i did not detect a comparable concern with positive theories of social change for example ca sunstein ‘social and economic rights? lessons from south africa’ ( ) chicago law and economics working paper no at . ex parte chairperson of the constitutional assembly ( ) sa (cc) para . in the legal literature on social and economic rights in south africa. instead the latter contains a rich discussion of normative and legal theories underpinning social and economic rights, some of which have been repeated and extended in this volume. while legal scholars have apparent- ly been concerned with theoretical drag in jurisprudence or ethics, economists have typically been concerned with the possibility of positive theoretical drag. in the service of clarity it might be useful to state explicitly what an economist understands by the distinction between normative and legal theories of social and economic rights on the one hand and positive theories of social change on the other. in this chapter a positive theory of social change is understood to mean a set of arguments (with empirical content) referring to certain changes in society. empirical content is central to that definition and is understood in the critical or popperian tradition, that is: the empirical content of a theory is provided by potential falsification. theories with high empirical content make bold statements about the world, and indeed it is the wide range of conceivable experience that might refute such theories that constitute their empirical content. in contrast, theories with low empirical content do not make statements at odds with possible experience. an example of a (highly specific) positive theory relevant to the topic under consideration is: rural south africans would experience a sus- tained rise in average household income if the south african constitutional court enjoined the government to implement a basic income grant. a normative theory is here understood to be a set of arguments about the desired relation- ships and/or behaviour between persons, or between persons and their environment (whether the material environment or a spiritual dimension). whether observed behaviour is presently or conceivably at odds with the normative recommendation does not pose an insurmountable intellectual challenge to normative theories. a relevant example of such a normative theory is: south africans should support the implementation of the constitution produced by a demo- cratically representative constitutional assembly. finally, a legal theory is a set of arguments about the nature of the law, acceptable interpretation of the law, or the rights and obligations which derive from the law. legal theories build on a wide range of principles, of which some are particular to jurisprudence, while others overlap with ethics or even political theory. liebenberg provides the following summary of an envisaged jurisprudence relevant to justiciable social and economic rights: ‘the jurisprudence will define the nature of the state’s obligations in relation to socio-economic rights, the conditions under which these rights can be claimed, and the nature of the relief that those who turn to the courts can expect’. evidently, the consideration that ‘theory matters’ requires a preliminary answer to the ques- tion: ‘what sort of theory’? if we restrict our attention for the time being to positive theories, then the questions arises: what arguments could be used to evaluate the hypothesis that ‘positive the- ory matters’ for the jurisprudence of social and economic rights? perhaps it is easiest to answer new tools for the constitutional bench this is a vast and rapidly expanding literature, which is the despair of a non-specialist. there is a small over- lap between the legal and economic disciplines domestically but the interdisciplinary discussion has been hampered by a sometimes overly rigid approach to the rights literature on the side of economists and a sometimes overly ideological approach on the side of legal scholars to what has been called neo-liberal eco- nomics. economists often insist that positive theory of this kind is value neutral; see ra posner ‘values and consequences: an introduction to economic analysis of law’ ( ) chicago law & economics working paper no at . for an elaboration of these views see for example kr popper the logic of science ( ) at . s liebenberg ‘south africa’s evolving jurisprudence on socio-economic rights: an effective tool in challenging poverty?’ ( ) law, democracy and development at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e this question in the negative, that is, to demonstrate the consequences of proceeding with the judicial implementation of social and economic rights without considering positive theory. two subdivisions of the academic literature in economics is highly relevant in this regard. first, the public choice literature provides ample theoretical and empirical reasons for doubting that the outcomes of (especially ambitious) social plans will necessarily match their inten- tions. second, the development economic literature has analysed decades of disappointment with development plans. giving particular content to ‘social transformation’ in south africa is undoubtedly con- tentious, though it almost certainly entails a dimension of economic development. we are not only interested in equitable participation in the economy this year but also, and perhaps more so, we are interested in a sustained rise of the average income and in effective and sustained poverty alleviation. such changes would be transforming in an economy that has known decades of stagnation and exclusion. the record of frustrated development, especially in africa, latin america and south asia, has provided important refutations of various positive theories of economic development. the constitutional court could guard against a repetition of similar mistakes by learning the negative lessons of these positive theories. a similar argument could be made for learning the negative lessons recorded in the pub- lic choice literature. in the context of a discussion about the constitutional court’s role in the transformation of society (via the interpretation and implementation of social and eco- nomic rights) it seems reasonable to assume that at least the behaviour of the constitutional court, but also that of government at all levels, has to be analysed. most notably, any uncritical belief in the efficiency of government has to be tempered by the public choice analysis of ‘government failures’. indeed, the public choice literature has undermined the see for example: v tanzi ‘the changing role of the state in the economy’ ( ) imf working paper wp/ / passim; jm buchanan ‘politics without romance’ in jm buchanan (ed) the collected works of james buchanan. volume i. the logical foundations of constitutional liberty ( ) ; jm buchanan & ra musgrave public finance and public choice. two contrasting visions of the state ( ) passim; v tanzi ‘the role of the state and the quality of the public sector’ ( ) imf working paper wp/ / ) passim. see for example p collier & jw gunning ‘explaining african economic performance’ ( ) journal of economic literature - ; w easterly the elusive quest for growth ( ) at . moseneke (note above) at quotes albertyn & goldblatt approvingly where they argued that trans- formation requires ‘…a complete reconstruction of the state and society…’. it is very difficult and perhaps impossible to pursue such a comprehensive vision with the tools of positive theory as is argued below and also by kr popper the poverty of historicism ( ) at ; kr popper ‘towards a rational theory of tradition’ in kr popper (ed) conjectures and refutations: the growth of scientific knowledge ( ) at . an example of the sober view presently ascendant in development economics is easterly’s conclu- sion that: ‘the problem of making poor countries rich was more difficult than we thought…[and] the rec- ommendations i have given are themselves no panacea – they will take patient incremental work and fur- ther money to implement’: easterly (note above) at . if we take the contextuality of all social relationships and hence all social science seriously, it precludes the possibility of discussing social relations in an as yet unknown society. we are left only with the possi- bility of piecemeal social policy - adjusting for specific problems here and there - and then learning from our mistakes as the unintended consequences of the policies unfold: popper (note above) at . arguments such as these explain much of the scepticism of utopian schemes for social reform in economics and other positive social sciences, while such systematic visions of a better tomorrow might remain useful in a differ- ent theoretical setting. the failure of foreign aid to boost economic growth and development in much of the developing world is an important example discussed in, for example, easterly (note above) at . presumption that a centralised solution exists for every decentralised failure in society. returning to justiciable social and economic rights: the constitutional court could avoid a repetition of the unfortunate government failures of the last fifty years by learning the lessons of the positive theories of public choice with respect to the scope and limit for action by (i) the constitutional court itself, (ii) the national executive, and (iii) local government. while the lessons from public choice and development economics mentioned in the last few paragraph have been essentially negative, there are also constructive reasons for recommending closer attention to positive theories of social change by the constitutional court. assuming that the constitutional court wishes to contribute to particular changes in south african society, it stands to reason that the court would need theories of how these changes might in reality occur. furthermore, these theories must neither be restricted to the legal theories that inform the legit- imate scope for their action, nor must it be restricted to moral theories of what goals and pri- orities the constitutional court ought to be pursuing. rather, the constitutional court has a need to understand whether – and if, then how – the intended consequences of a particular project are likely to arise and, perhaps more importantly, what the unintended consequences of the initiative might be. such a focus on unintended conse- quences – and hence on the behavioural implications of incentives created by programmes under review – is central to the economic analysis of law which has gained credence in recent years. if positive theories of social science matter for social and economic rights, then it follows that ‘theoretical drag’ with respect to such positive theories might also hamper progress on the real- isation of these rights. accepting the case for a positive theory does not, however, determine the particular positive theory that should be used. the next section considers a range of positive theories relevant to the questions of transformation, economic development and social and eco- nomic rights. iii a spectrum of positive theories the eagerly anticipated social transformation of south african society implies changes along two dimensions. the first dimension is economic growth and the economic development of society and the second dimension the degree of equality in the distribution of income and wealth. this project is concerned with the role of rights, notably social and economic rights, in the changes along these two dimensions. in the previous section it was argued that positive theory was important in understanding the role that rights could play in this transformation. economics is one of the social sciences that offers such positive theories of social change. economists study decisions and the constraints on these decisions and it is therefore unsurprising that economic theory could provide a useful tool to analyse the role of rights in social change. but there is a broad range of positive theories about social change, and legal scholars and the constitutional court will face the difficult task of judging the relative merits of these theories in order to form a rational expectation of how social and economic rights might be connected with actual social change. for the sake of analytical tractability two extreme views are presented here, though the work of leading theorists and econometricians are invariably more subtle, combining elements of new tools for the constitutional bench for an elaboration on the theory and support for public choice theory see for example buchanan (note above). posner (note above) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e both. the two ends of the spectrum are the decentralised theories of social change on the one hand and the centralised theories on the other. centralised theories of social change are built around the vision of a centralised authority (usually the state) which takes the initiative and plays a leading role in the process of initiating and sustaining economic development. the theory of a developmental state (developed to explain the experience of notably japan) is amongst the better known examples of this type, but this end of the spectrum reaches all the way to various forms of socialism. the intuitive appeal of the centralised theories are that they seem rational (at least in the sense of ‘rational planning’) and simple as the main requirements are apparently (i) sufficient resources and (ii) the legiti- mate authority to use these resources for the development plan. this simplicity improves trans- parency with the benefit of raising potential accountability for the planning authority. centralised theories of social change are relevant to the implementation of social and eco- nomic rights in two ways: first by the sometimes tacit assumption that combination of suffi- cient authority and sufficient resources would very likely lead to the desired social change; and second by various empirically testable hypotheses that can be deduced from the last century of centralised attempts at social change. though the former of these is empirically empty, the lat- ter is not and economists have checked its empirical record against expectations, with the sober- ing result summarised by tanzi: …we now have the reality of several decades of expanded state intervention so that expectations can be compared against the results. the results from this experience have been disappointing in many countries, especially in developing countries. there is now ample evidence that large state intervention has not improved the allocation of resources, has not promoted faster growth, has not brought about a better distri- bution of income, and has not provided a more stable economic environment… . despite their leading role in the development of centralised theories of change, economists have also developed decentralised theories of social change dating back to the scottish enlight- enment. since then economists have theorised about the combination of institutions that would yield a peaceful and progressive social order, without making exaggerated assumptions about the moral stature of the citizens or the skill and integrity of the authorities. it was a great dis- covery of the scottish enlightenment that a spontaneous social order, and not unavoidable chaos, could obtain in these circumstances. a decentralised economy works by allowing individuals to specialise on own initiative and then to provide for the remainder of their needs through exchange. however, decentralised neither of these theories can be associated with conservative or progressive views of social change as such. in a decentralised society social change can be rapid or slow, progressive or regressive, depending on the scope for decisions by individuals and the decisions they actually make. likewise, a centralised society might experience progressive or regressive change, and this at a rapid or slow pace, depending on the scope and capacity of government, and the actual decisions taken by authorities. the point is not that economists are agnostic about the likelihood of (say) rapid progressive change in a society (more about that in section iv) but that neither of these theoretical extremes imply a particular type of change as such. tanzi (note above) at . the self-regulated order of a decentralised society has variously been called a ‘spontaneous order’: fa hayek ‘individualism: true and false’ in fa hayek (ed) individualism and economic order ( ) at ; ‘ordered anarchy’: buchanan note above or the ‘invisible-hand order’ (by nozick). the common intuition in these terms is that the social order is not the result of conscious effort by any of its constituent parts. order requires, at a minimum, secure property rights and an extravagant amount of informa- tion. it was not in the tradition of the scottish enlightenment to solve this problem of infor- mation by assuming ‘perfect’ knowledge either for individuals or for some social planner. rather, the emphasis was on people’s epistemological limitations. for hayek, this modest view of human capacity, or what he calls the ‘…constitutional limitations of man’s knowledge and interests, the fact that he cannot know more than a tiny part of the whole society and that there- fore all that can enter into his motives are the immediate effects which his actions will have in the sphere he knows…’ is central to the solution suggested by adam smith and others. it is the price mechanism which, in a competitive market, solves this information problem to a satisfactory extent and provides the incentives for using that information. on this view ‘the market’ is the institutional framework, or network of links, within which voluntary exchange manifests itself. competition is the means by which information is acquired and disseminated along this network, creating in hayek’s words: ‘…the unity and coherence of the economic sys- tem which we presuppose when we think of it as one market.’ notwithstanding the power of this demonstration, it is – as described – only ‘half a theory’. the efficacy of the price system to bring about spontaneous social order is conditional on the gains of specialisation and trade exceeding the costs of trade, and this cannot be assumed. indeed, for much of history and in most societies, the cost of trading was exceedingly high and prevented the transition to modern decentralised production. the new institutional economists, especially douglass north, have suggested that it is the political and economic institutions (as defined below) in an economy that form the link between the theory of production (by speciali- sation and exchange) and transaction costs that limit the extent of the market. this decentralised theory of society, anchored in the vision of material progress through spe- cialisation and trade yields, empirically testable hypotheses about social change that can be test- ed with the data of the last two centuries. of further interest to this particular project is that constitutions and the rights they define, protect and implement, play a crucial role in the decen- tralised theories of social change. in this way the decentralised theory offers an empirically testable tool for assessing the manner in which to realise, inter alia, social and economic rights. with the benefit of hindsight, economists have come to judge decentralised theories of social change more favourably than centralised theories. this was an important consideration in my decision to focus on one of the decentralised theories of social change in the following section. the analytical scope in new institutional economics for analysing the role of rights was a fur- ther reason. new tools for the constitutional bench hayek ‘individualism’ (note above) at . towards the end of his career paul samuelson tried to capture what economists had learnt from the lengthy debate between proponents of decentralised development and those who argued for the ‘feasibility of social- ist rational pricing’ and his conclusion was both gracious (to hayek, a long standing academic opponent) and modest (in its claims for the decentralised system). ‘hayek has been persuasive,’ samuelson admitted ‘…in arguing that experience suggests that only with heavy dependence on market pricing mechanisms can there be realised quasi-efficient and quasi-progressive organisation of societies involving humans as darwinian history has bequeathed them’: pa samuelson ‘some uneasiness with the coase theorem’ ( ) japan and the world economy at . efficiency (in the ultimate sense) never obtains, neither in the decen- tralised systems of present day market economies, nor in the unlamented socialist experiments of the twen- tieth century. fa hayek ‘the meaning of competition’ in fa hayek (ed) individualism and economic order ( ) at . dc north ‘institutions’ ( ) journal of economic perspectives at ; dc north institutions, institutional change, and economic performance ( ) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e iv new institutional economics the vast differences in standard of living – however measured – between the richest and the poorest countries in the world today is mainly a result of differences in sustained economic growth over the last millennium, with a widening of the gap since the industrial revolution. economists have shown that such differences cannot, in the words of mancur olson ‘… be explained by differences in the ratio of population to land or natural resources, or by differ- ences in the quality of marketable human capital or personal culture…’. ‘the real secret of successful development is the performance of the people concerned,’ as david landes wrote ‘…but achievement must come from within…’. in other words, the social change that is affected by economic development requires a certain kind of society; develop- ment requires a society where many (perhaps most) people can envisage a better future, not only for themselves, but especially for their children. but here is the crux: the path to this bet- ter future must pass through production, not predation; making new wealth, not merely divert- ing wealth from others. in such a society people change their behaviour, invest in their own human capital, change the size of their families and invest in the human capital of their chil- dren. it is this investment in human capital that unlocks the tremendous latent potential of hither- to poor societies, allowing them to experience catch-up growth as they apply the more recent vintages of knowledge and technology available in a globalising international economy. these technologies can be implemented in local conditions with the logic of trial and error, where potential return rewards risks taken and mistakes are eliminated by the material sanction of the market. the process of development described above has an explicit time dimension. economic devel- opment requires more than the efficient allocation of resources in every period, it requires addi- tionally what north has called ‘adaptive efficiency’; in his words: …[adaptive efficiency] is concerned with the tolerance of a society to the acquisition of knowledge and learning; to a society’s encouragement of innovation, risk-taking, and creative activities of all sorts. the encouragement, via the appropriate institu- tional framework, of trials, experiments, and innovation, is essential because in a world of uncertainty no one knows the ‘correct’ answer to the problems we con- front… . a maddison the world economy: a millennial perspective ( ) passim; d landes the unbound prometheus: technological change and industrial development in western europe from to the present ( ) passim. m olson ‘big bills left on the sidewalk: why some nations are rich, and others poor’ in s knack (ed) democracy, governance and growth ( ) at . d landes the wealth and poverty of nations. why some are so rich and some so poor ( ) at . s knack ‘predation of production? the impact of political, legal and social institutions’ in s knack (ed) democracy, governance and growth ( ) at . rj lucas lectures on growth theory ( ) at v. j diamond guns, germs and steel. the fates of human societies ( ) passim; landes (note above) passim. dc north ‘on the economic role of the state: comment’ in a heertje (ed) the economic role of the state ( ) at . the concept of institutions has become central to economists’ understanding of this dynamic process of change. formally, institutions are ‘…a set of constraints on behaviour in the form of rules and regulations; a set of procedures to detect deviations from the rules and regulations; and, finally, a set of moral, ethical behavioural norms which define the contours that constrain the way in which the rules and regulations are specified and enforcement is carried out….’, or in game-theoretic terms, the institutions are the ‘rules of the game’ of social interaction. institutions can lower transaction costs, thereby facilitating specialisation and exchange, by rendering behaviour more stable and predictable, or in the words of kasper and streit: ‘…the key function of institutions is to facilitate order: a systematic, non-random and therefore com- prehensible pattern of actions and events…’. institutions play this central role in the social order, since it is the combination of the formal and informal institutions with the standard con- straints of economics that ‘define the opportunity set of the economy’, as north argued else- where. a complex network of institutions – called the institutional matrix – facilitates all social interaction. this matrix is composed of both formal rules (for example the legal code) and informal rules (for example customs and taboos) and is both political (for example proportional representation as a voting rule) and economic (for example tariffs). this institutional matrix, including the formal rules set by government, and the informal rules that command broad adherence create and direct incentives either for productive activity or for rent seeking. every society offers incentives for both productive activity and rent seek- ing, but economic historians such as north and development economists such as easterly have argued that the relative weight taken by these two broad groups of incentives are a crucial fac- tor in the long run prosperity of a society. ‘people respond to incentives’, as william easterly reminded us of the lesson of elementary economics, and that is the reason why the institutional matrix has such a profound effect on the dynamic efficiency of a society. this effect is mediated through the structure of industrial organisation encouraged, governance in the private and public sector, and flexibility in both public and private sectors. north identified two necessary conditions for adaptive efficiency: first, decentralised decision making and second, a feedback mechanism that eliminates errors more or less expeditiously. it is only in adaptively efficient economies where the tremendous potential of specialisation and trade can be realised, as these rely on ‘…contracts across time and space and with unknown second parties…’. these contracts cannot exist without a favourable institutional framework, including formal rules such as property rights and a judicial system that enforces contract rights; nor could these contracts exist without informal rules, such as a high degree of trust and respect for the formal rules. new tools for the constitutional bench dc north ‘transaction costs, institutions, and economic history’ ( ) journal of institutional and theoretical economics at - . dc north (note above) at w kasper & m e streit institutional economics: social order and public policy ( ) at . dc north ‘five propositions about institutional change’ in j knight & i sened (ed) explaining social institutions ( ) at . north (note above); easterly (note above) passim. easterly (note above) at . north (note above) at . north (note above) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e such an institutional approach accords an important role to the state. kasper and streit list a number of reasons why government enforcement of institutions are often desirable, including the state’s comparative advantage in power; government’s credibility; the potential ambiguity of internal rules; the ability of the state to implement rules dispassionately; free riding; the tragedy of the commons and finally, prisoner-dilemma type situations can often be resolved with credible external commitments. in the next section constitutional rights are regarded as important examples of such formal institutions. mancur olsen has shown how the distribution of favourable institutions internationally helps us to untangle some of the puzzling stylised facts of economic growth, for example that poor countries would not, unconditionally, be catching up with the rich countries, but that some poor countries – those with favourable institutions, creating adaptive efficiency – would enjoy catch-up growth. this is not a circular argument, with olsen, north and others equating ‘good institutions’ ex post to those institutions found in rich or fast growing countries. on the contrary, it is a posi- tive theory of social change that yields empirically testable hypotheses (using various measures of institutional quality). there is an extensive literature that applies institutional economics to economic history. douglass north and mancur olson have been seminal in this field. other important contributions have been made inter alia by baumol, eggertsson, grilli, masciandaro and tabellini, de long and shleifer and acemoglu. more recently, the empirical importance of institutions has been investigated using formal econometric tests. some of these use simple graphical correlations between various measures of ‘good governance’ and different dimensions of economic performance. more sophisticated econometric techniques were used by inter alia knack and keefer, hall and jones, clague, keefer, knack and olson, acemoglu, johnson and robinson and rodrik, subramanian and trebbi to investigate the importance of empirical relevance of institutions in economic growth. in summary, the positive analysis of economic growth (in a vast literature that has received considerable attention from economists over the last twenty years) has yielded the ten- ‘we know some institutional remedies that help matters, even if they are no panaceas. if only rule of law, democracy, independent central banks, independent finance ministers, and other good-quality institutions can be put in place, the endless cycle of bad policies and poor growth can come to an end’: easterly (note above) at . a critical review of these attempts to quantify institutional quality is offered by j aron ‘growth and institutions: a review of evidence’ ( ) ( ) the world bank observer . north (note above) passim; north (note above) passim; north (note above) passim; olsen ‘the rise and decline of nations: economic growth, stagflation, and social rigidities’ ( ) passim. wj baumol. ‘entrepreneurship: productive, unproductive and destructive’ ( ) journal of political economy ; t eggertsson economic behaviour and institutions ( ) passim; v grilli, d masciandaro et al ‘institutions and policies’ ( ) economic policy ; jb de long & a shleifer ‘princes and merchants: european city growth before the industrial revolution’ ( ) journal of law and economics ; d acemoglu ‘root causes. a historical approach to assessing the role of institutions in economic development’ ( ) finance and development . a typical example is the strong positive correlation between the number of procedures required for regis- tering a new business and an index measuring corruption in the same economy. see world bank world development report . building institutions for markets ( ) at . s knack & p keefer ‘institutions and economic performance: cross country tests using alternative institutional measures’ ( ) economics and politics ; r hall & ci jones ‘why do some countries produce so much more output per worker than others’ ( ) quarterly journal of economics ; acemoglu (note above); d rodrik, a subramanian et al ‘institutions rule: the primacy of institutions over geography and integration in economic development’ ( ) nber working paper . tative conclusion that institutions (as defined here) are amongst the most central determinants of long run growth and economic development. these institutions are also crucial for the sus- tained productivity growth which is the other major determinant of sustained technological growth. taken together, the importance (even dominance) of institutions and technology growth undermine the sometimes intuitive view that economic development is mainly a matter of acquiring more resources. this result has an important implication for the progressive realisation of social and eco- nomic rights. it should shift the attention of government and the constitutional court from an exclusive concern with mobilising resources to a focus on the institutional matrix in society and the considerable role that government and the constitutional court play in the maintenance and evolution of that matrix. the interest in this project lies beyond establishing the theoretical and empirical impor- tance of institutions, though. at stake is the difficult issue of institutional change and specif- ically how the constitutional court might participate in the institutional change associated with the realisation of social and economic rights in south africa. the institutional literature referred to above includes theories of social change which incorporates positive and negative rights as institutions and which explains the observed international distribution of material prosperity. north derived two important implications of the theory of institutional change from this literature: firstly, that institutional change is likely to be incremental and secondly, that insti- tutional change is likely to be path dependent. both observations have interesting impli- cations for the possibility of theoretical drag in the realisation of social and economic rights. if institutional change is mostly gradual, as opposed to revolutionary, then we should adapt our expectations of the time horizon involved in the realisation of such change accordingly. this is not a defeatist attitude; rather it utilises the theoretical modelling of institutional change, and the historical record, to inform reasonable expectations. it is important for all the stakeholders in society, but especially for the constitutional court in this regard, to have reasonable expec- tations regarding the horizon over which institutional change occurs. the importance of reasonable expectations is closely associated with the likely path depend- ence of institutional change. the latter means that changes to the institutional matrix (that will affect the relative incentives for productive activity and rent seeking) have to be approached very carefully, as the possibility of ending in an underdevelopment trap is not simply theoreti- cal. indeed, dozens of societies remain trapped in such circumstances today. it follows that the constitutional court should, as it wrestles with the interpretation and realisation of social and economic rights in south africa, bear in mind the incremental character of institutional change and the path dependency which both raises the importance of moving forward in pres- ent circumstances and of avoiding injudicious moves down an ill-fated path where rent-seeking dominates productive choices. new tools for the constitutional bench easterly (note above) at . the present literature on economic growth is, therefore, at odds with claims made in this regard by, for example, chetty that ‘the pace and extent of development is ultimately determined by the resource con- straints’. see k chetty ‘the public finance implications of recent socio-economic rights judgments’ ( ) law, democracy and development at . this emphasis on the slow moving and contextualised evolution of institutions reminds of popper’s case for piecemeal social reform mentioned above (note ). see also north (note above) at . easterly (note above) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e v rights as institutions the new institutional economics provides an analytical framework for thinking about rights as an important subset of the institutional framework. such a framework is useful to analyse both the role played by various rights in a given society and the role-players involved in secur- ing and exercising the rights. thinking about rights as institutions provides a perspective in the rights literature that is complementary to perspectives gained from the philosophical and legal literature. of particular interest for the purposes of this project is that the perspective gained from the new institutional economics offers one bridge between normative theories and legal analysis of social and political rights on the one hand and positive theories of social change (in which these rights play a central role) on the other. first generation human rights are often called negative freedoms as they require the protec- tion of a private sphere of control. it is often advantageous for these rights to be defined and maintained by a state. the definition and maintenance of property rights is a typical – and for economists crucially important – example of an institution that lowers transaction costs as dis- cussed above. second generation human rights, such as the right to health care, to education, to housing, employment and so on, are ‘positive rights’ in berlin’s terminology. in contrast with the pri- vate sphere of control created by the first generation rights, the second-generation rights are aimed at empowering people to participate in society by providing access to resources and by defining a certain minimum standard of living. these rights, and the manner of their realisa- tion, also affect the incentives in society considerably. however their impact on incentives is not necessarily in the same manner as that of the first generation rights, nor necessarily even in the same direction. economists have studied the respective roles of positive and negative rights in the institu- tional matrix. specifically, economists are concerned with the potential behavioural implica- tions of different ways in which the realisation of rights could obtain. for example, economists are concerned with the intended but also with the unintended consequences of any intervention such as the definition of a minimum core for the concept of socio-economic rights by the constitutional court. to this end economists use their rational choice theory to trace the intended and unintended consequence of such institutional innovations. in the modern economics literature such concerns have been formalised in the lucas-critique, according to which policy authorities should realise that behaviour in society will not be invari- ant to policy interventions. behaviour and policies interact in this dynamic manner since poli- cies change the incentives of private and public decision makers. the same is true of social and the new institutional economics analytical framework also provides alternative theories of the emergence of rights, but that falls beyond the scope of this project. i sened ‘the emergence of individual rights’ in j knight & i sened (ed) explaining social institutions ( ) , offers an interesting recent example. for a sen ‘the possibility of social choice’ ( ) american economic review at , these neg- ative liberties (or rights) constitute the ‘process aspect’ of liberty, that is the ‘choices over private domains, no matter what we may or may not achieve’. i berlin ‘two concepts of liberty’ in i berlin fours essays on liberty ( ) . for sen (note above) at these positive rights define the ‘opportunity aspect’ of liberty, that is they ‘…can help us to achieve what we would choose to achieve in our respective private domains.’ posner (note above) at . rj lucas ‘econometric policy evaluation: a critique’ in k brunner & ah meltzer (ed) the phillips curve and labour markets ( ) at . economic (and indeed, civil and political) rights, as has been demonstrated by the new institutional literature referred to above. the implication of the lucas-critique for constitutional courts is similar to the implication for other policy authorities, that is: the constitutional court requires a fully articulated behav- ioural model (as opposed to broad stylised facts and general behavioural observations) before it can responsibly anticipate the outcomes of its decisions with respect to, inter alia, changes in the implementation of social and economic rights. in other words, the constitutional court requires a positive theory of behaviour in society, calibrated with the behavioural parameters of the actual society, in addition to the normative parameters of the society towards which the court or anybody else may be striving. and the court should not impose normative or ideo- logical priors on the role of various rights in such a positive theory of behaviour and social change. though legal scholars have also been enthusiastic to attribute an important role to rights in their theory of social change, their analysis has often been strikingly different form that sketched in the preceding paragraphs. scholars such as de vos and klare have drawn strong conclusions about the role of social and economic rights in support of the transformative char- acter of the south african constitution and the apparent impediment of negative rights in that regard. many of these accounts share the assumption that south africa’s particular history required transformative social and economic rights to prevent a bill of (first generation) rights from preserving the unjust economic and social status quo. pierre de vos identified a negative component of a right that ‘…places a duty on the state to respect the specific right by not interfering with its enjoyment…[which] is the non-transforma- tive aspect of the right, as it attempts to preserve the existing situation in a society without ref- erence to the larger social and economic context or the transformative goals of the constitution’; and again ‘there will, of course, often be a tension between the negative and pos- itive aspects of the various rights because the negative aspect of the right is primarily aimed at freezing the status quo while the positive aspect is aimed at achieving a society that would look dramatically different from the one we live in now’. hanri mostert refers to the ‘inherent contradictions’ of ‘assuming that the constitutional pro- tection and regulation of private property in south africa is a tool for both protecting individ- ual freedom and security and initiating social change’. in the fourth bram fischer memorial lecture justice moseneke was also emphatic in carving a role for the constitutional court as an agent of transformation: ‘… the constitution enjoins the judiciary to uphold and advance its transformative design’ and ‘…transformative adjudica- new tools for the constitutional bench p de vos ‘grootboom, the right of access to housing and substantive equality as contextual fairness’ ( ) sajhr at ; k klare ‘legal culture and transformative constitutionalism’ ( ) sajhr at . sunstein (note above) at distinguishes between broadly ‘preservative’ and broadly ‘transformative’ constitutions and classifies south africa’s final constitution as ‘… the world’s leading example of a transformative constitution’. it is possible to read a tension between sunstein’s favourable analysis of the transformative character of the south african constitution and his concerns a decade earli- er in ca sunstein ‘on property and constitutionalism’ ( ) chicago law and economics working paper no at , where he expressed serious reservations about the inclusion of ‘aspirations’ in a constitution. for a number of other perspectives on the concept of a transformative constitution and the associated role of rights see the volume edited by h botha, aj van der walt & j van der walt (note above). de vos (note above) at - . h mostert ‘liberty, social responsibility and fairness in the context of constitutional property protection and regulation’ in h botha, aj van der walt & j van der walt (eds) (note above) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e tion must be put to the task of achieving (in conjunction with the other organs of the state and diverse organs of civil society) social redistributive justice. the primary purpose of the constitution is to intervene in unjust, uneven and impermissible power and resource distribu- tions, in order to restore substantive equality, permissive or tolerable in a country, which has committed to foundational values such as are found in our constitution’. dennis davis argued that if negative rights that protect a private sphere of control were priv- ileged by the constitution and the constitutional court then ‘…much of the apartheid legacy would continue to be immune from the imperative of changing the essentials of apartheid soci- ety…’. on this issue the economic and legal literatures are evidently at odds. the description of rights as institutions above did not mention preserving the status quo. on the contrary, the dis- cussion emphasised that first generation rights, inter alia, are an integral part of a theory of social change. the gap between the two approaches is especially wide with respect to a claim, such as that of de vos, that there is an ‘obvious’ tension between negative and positive aspects of rights in their transformative impact. klaaren gives a concrete character to this tension by referring to a spectrum along which one might place the different understandings of the transformative potential of a constitution, start- ing with a minimal interpretation of a classically liberal type at one end and ending with a ‘rad- ically democratic’ interpretation at the other. the positive study of actual change in society (as described above) does not lend itself to such a one dimensional ranking. it might be true that the associated social change in what klaaren characterises as a classically liberal under- standing of the constitution is decentralised, but that does not detract from (i) the dynamic character of decentralised societies, or (ii) the magnitude of the change that has occurred in these societies over the past two centuries, nor (iii) from the widespread distribution of benefits in developed societies. the dynamic contribution of, for example, property rights to social change is associated with the incentives it creates as an institution: firstly, it creates incentives for the efficient alloca- moseneke (note above) at , . d davis ’elegy to transformative constitutionalism’ in h botha, aj van der walt & j van der walt (eds) (note above) at . de vos (note above) at . m pieterse ‘beyond the welfare state: globalisation of neo-liberal culture and the constitutional protection of social and economic rights in south africa’ ( ) stellenbosch lr at chooses to articulate this tension in an analytical scheme whereby civil and political rights are associated with a ‘neo-liberal’ ideology of the state’s role in a market economy. in his ideological discourse pieterse argues that neo-liberalist conceptions of society are ‘…contrary to the goals of social transforma- tion in that it requires that current distribution patterns are to be left intact…’. j klaaren ‘an institutional interpretation of socio-economic rights and judicial remedies after tac’ in h botha, aj van der walt & j van der walt (eds) (note above) at . rj lucas ‘some macroeconomics for the st century’ ( ) journal of economic perspectives at . this dynamic interpretation of, for example, property rights is not restricted to the economics literature. legal scholars such as cass sunstein have acknowledged the same, for example: cr sunstein ‘on property and constitutionalism’ ( ) chicago law and economics working paper no at . but sunstein (note above) at goes further to argue that property rights are not just crucial to economic development and change, but added the political philosophy proposition that ‘…one of the best ways to destroy a democrat- ic system is to ensure that the distribution of wealth and resources is unstable and constantly up for new evaluation by the political process…a constitutional system that respects private property should be regard- ed, not as an effort to oppose liberal rights to collective self-government, but instead as a way to fortify dem- ocratic processes’. while that argument is not pursued in this chapter, it is consistent with and reinforces the ideas stated here. further, he added immediately that a system of property rights requires the support of a tion of productive resources by allowing the property owner to appropriate the gains of em- ploying different factors of production. secondly, property rights facilitate the complex co-ordi- nation of decentralised decisions that characterise a market economy and that avoids the rela- tively clumsy coordination of a centralised system. thirdly, property rights offer one (often particularly efficient) solution to the problem of externalities. mainstream economics predict many adverse consequences from the imprecise de jure and de facto allocation of property rights, including the tragedy of the commons and under-provision due to externalities. finally, as explored in the previous section, property rights lower transaction costs and contribute to the stability and predictability of behaviour which is crucial for the dynamic efficiency brought by specialisation and trade in a decen- tralised system. absent such rights, transactions are often prohibitively expensive due to the arbitrary behaviour of contracted parties and the unenforceability of agreements. in such a state of affairs the incentives for investing in physical and human capital as well as technolo- gy – three components crucial to economic development – are seriously compromised. in contrast with many legal scholars, economists argue (using a theory consistent with the historical record and econometric investigation) that the private sector is often the most dynam- ic force in society, while the public sector has often prevented the transformation of society. or, as william easterly expressed the same argument more forcefully: ‘because becoming rich – that is, growth – is so sensitive to the incentive to lower present consumption in return for higher future income, anything that mucks up that incentive will affect growth. the suspect for mucking up incentives is government’. economic development, or the transformation to greater and shared prosperity, is not something that is done to a country (not by any branch of government); it is generally a decentralised and highly complex process which society effects on herself, given (at a minimum) a favourable institutional setting. hayek has long since argued that a desire for change does not, as such, prejudge the choice of social and political model. a desire for the change associated with economic development does not prejudge whether that change should be centralised or decentralised. the desire for transformation in south africa does not, therefore, prejudge whether such change should be centralised or decentralised; whether the constitution should provide the framework against which the transformation of this society is to unfold, or whether it should be a tool with which the constitutional court will transform society. such issues cannot be settled a priori, or on normative grounds, as edmund burke observed about the revolution in france: ‘the science of constructing a commonwealth, or renovating it, or reforming it, is, like every other experimental science, not to be taught a priori…[since] very new tools for the constitutional bench system of social and economic rights to create not ‘economic equality – a truly disastrous goal – but instead to bring about genuine equality of opportunity and, freedom, for all people in society, from desperate con- ditions’: sunstein (note above) at . rh coase ‘the institutional structure of production’ in rh coase (ed) essays on economics and economists ( ) at . north (note above) passim. in contrast, pieterse (note above) at claims that the ‘evidence is over- whelming that [economic growth does]… not translate into better conditions for citizens’. the latter is admittedly an extreme version of the view that there is a tension between growth-supporting civil and polit- ical rights and socio-economic rights. it is also an empirical view that is unsupported by the data. see d dollar & a kraay ‘growth is good for the poor’ ( ) world bank policy research working paper series ; x sala-i-martin ‘the world distribution of income’ ( ) nber working paper . easterly (note above) at . fa hayek the constitution of liberty ( ) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e plausible schemes, with very pleasing commencements, have often shameful and lamentable conclusions’. a positive theory of social change is required to judge which of these two models are more likely to support social transformation in south africa. absent such a theory, the constitutional court cannot judge how it might contribute to social transformation, except if the justices held the utopian doctrine that amassing enough (political and economic) power is sufficient to see their project carried through. moseneke escaped from this utopianism danger by the mecha- nism of accountability. constitutional court justices should, moseneke argued, understand that they ‘are responsible for the social and distributive consequences that result from these choices, and should be judged accordingly’. but in this way moseneke moved a long way towards a positive theory where monitoring of actual outcomes and (possibly) decentralised evaluation occurs. this small step by moseneke seems most promising for this project about theories of social justice. despite the discordance mentioned in this section, the success of the collaborative effort between economists and jurists in the field of law and economics, which has improved both our understanding of society and our understanding of the implications of the legal system, demon- strates that the positive theory of economics and legal theory might often be complementary. the ‘social and distributive consequences’ at stake in this consideration of social and econom- ic rights are, in addition to all their normative connotations, fundamentally empirical. this sug- gests a field where economists and jurists might cooperate to sharpen the theoretical hypothe- sis and the relevant empirical tests. a positive theory of social change will also be required if the constitutional court is to adju- dicate the many issues that follow from having included social and economic rights in the constitution. here is a short list of contemporary examples: . the long term affordability as well as the incentive effects of the proposed basic income grant. . the implications for monetary policy, wage negotiations, inflation expectations and so on, if social assistance was index-linked. . the impact on the future supply and cost of medical services if the ‘certificate of need’ (chapter of the national health bill) for health care professionals impinges on the right of individuals to choose the location of their practise. . the impact of an expanded social assistance network on economic growth. liebenberg refers to ‘…strong arguments… that social assistance programmes complement and support economic growth’ but offers no evidence to support these arguments. e burke ‘reflections on the revolution in france’ in e burke (ed) on taste; on the sublime and beautiful; reflections on the french revolution; a letter to a noble lord ( ) at - . moseneke (note above) at . rh coase ‘economics and contiguous disciplines’ in rh coase (ed) (note above) at . justice posner cautioned that ‘…the taste for fact that i would like to see developed in judges and law pro- fessors will turn to gall if unaccompanied by a taste for theory – not normative theory, so not what passes for theory in constitutional law, but positive theory, economic or otherwise, that guides the search for sig- nificant facts’. see ra posner overcoming law ( ) at . s liebenberg ‘the right to social assistence: the implications of grootboom for policy reform in south africa’ ( ) sajhr at . liebenberg (note above) at . liebenberg (note above) at . economics can provide the positive theory needed to complement legal theory in these cases, as has occurred in the usa in recent decades. gauri provides a recent example of how positive economic theory could be used explicitly in the service of justiciable social and economic rights. she disputes the sometimes sharp delineation between an ‘economic approach’ to social and economic rights that focuses on incentives and the role of markets and prices on the on hand and a ‘rights based approach’ focusing on constitutional law on the other. in specif- ic examples – gauri considers health care and education provision in brazil – the two approach- es often require complementary interventions. there is no disagreement between the positive and normative approaches on the importance of, for example, improved health care provision for all citizens, especially the poor. whereas the normative theories might emphasise the role of basic health care in almost any conception of a decent and responsible life or appeal to the wide ranging ‘equality clause’ in the south african constitution, positive theories emphasise the importance of such health care as an enabling step that allows a person to participate socially and productively. in practice the two approaches would often meet, as in the tac case where both normative and positive evaluation of the existing government programme concurred. notwithstanding this scope for agreement, a constitutional court which hopes to encourage transformation through justiciable social and economic rights will have to incorporate positive theory when undertaking judicial review of positive programmes. the relevant positive theory in such a case goes beyond the cost-benefit analysis often associated with economics to con- sider the institutional nature of principal-agent problems associated with many policies. indeed, barberton contrasts two interpretations of ‘progressive realisation of social and eco- nomic rights, from the perspective of economics, with the first focused on inputs and the sec- ond on outputs. this distinction becomes non-trivial when considering the principal-agent problem inherent to a focus on outcomes. from the principal-agent or ‘outcomes’ perspective new tools for the constitutional bench posner (note above) at . v gauri ‘social rights and economics. claims to health care and education in developing countries’ ( ) world bank policy research paper at . gauri (note above) at . minister of health and others v treatment action campaign and others (no ) ( ) sa (cc) at , , , . this perspective also moves beyond considering the social and economic context of the problem. while the context is often an important part of the analysis, the institutional concern is explicitly dynamic and with a dynamic analysis the present context can only ever be a starting point. a principal-agent problem arises when one party (called the principal) is interested in certain ‘good’ behav- iour by another party (called the agent) but the principal either has insufficient information or insufficient means to ensure the desired behaviour by the agent. these problems typically occur when the agent’s goal is unclear, unobservable or otherwise hard or expensive to monitor, or where the principal and agent have different goals. in these circumstances, the incentive effect of the contract between the principal and agent can have a material effect on the behaviour of the agent and hence the efficiency of the outcome from the principal’s perspective. see je stiglitz ‘principal and agent’ in j eatwell, m milgate & p newman (eds) the new palgrave dictionary of economics ( ) at . principal-agent problems are central to the attempts at progressively realising many social and economic rights. education is a case in point in south africa where a massive expansion in resources devoted to pri- mary and secondary education has yet failed to deliver an improvement in the quality of education offered. see s van der berg & r burger ‘social delivery in south africa’ ( ) stellenbosch report prepared for the cde. by implication, judicial review of programmes related to these rights have to grapple with the insti- tutional features of the policy that shape the incentives for public and private behaviour. c barberton ‘“progressive realisation” of socio-economic rights’ ( ) economic and social rights review at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e the judicial review of programmes for the progressive realisation of social and economic rights has to consider issues such as transparency, accountability, monitoring and other features that affect the incentives of public and private behaviour under such programmes. solving a principal-agent problem requires explicit attention to the flow of information (and hence focus on transparency and participation) to monitoring (with a consequent focus on accountability and empowerment) and to the incentives created by any policy or judicial review of that policy. it is the analysis of incentive effects which often distinguishes the positive ap- proach from the normative approach when the emphasis shifts to moral hazard and adverse selection considerations. principal-agent problems require a careful design of incentives to align the expected behav- iour of the agent (the government in many social rights cases) with the goals of the principal (the presently disadvantaged in a typical rights case). in positive economic theory it is institu- tions which shape these incentives and it was argued above that rights can often be understood as a subset of these institutions. however, there is no unique combination of institutions which is invariably optimal for all societies or for the same society at different times. on the contrary, the optimality of institutions – and hence of optimal role of social and economic rights – requires a positive analysis of the existing matrix of formal and informal institutions, to ensure that changes (motivated by an appeal to rights) do not create perverse incentives. such an analy- sis of incentives, information flow, transparency and accountability, is an application of a pos- itive theory of social change, and the arguments of such a theory are what i have called the ‘new tools for the constitutional bench’ in this chapter. new tools from the positive social science should, on the argument in this chapter, be added to the tests of reasonableness which the constitutional court has used in its judicial review of social-economic rights cases to date, notably the soobramooney, grootboom and tac cases. the constitutional court spelled out this reasonableness test at some length in groot- boom, arguing that: …a reasonable programme therefore must clearly allocate responsibilities and tasks to the different spheres of government and ensure that the appropriate financial and human resources are available…mere legislation is not enough. the state is obliged to act to achieve the intended result, and the legislative measures will invariably have to be supported by appropriate, well directed policies and programmes by the exec- utive. these policies must be reasonable both in their conception and their imple- mentation…balanced and flexible and make provision for attention to housing crises and to short, medium and long term needs…those whose needs are the most urgent and whose ability to enjoy all rights therefore is most in peril, must not be ignored by the measures aimed at achieving realisation of the right… it is not possible for the constitutional court to carry out the judicial review envisaged by its own test of reasonableness without engaging in positive social science. absent positive soobramoney v minister of health, kwazulu-natal ( ) (cc). government of the republic of south africa v grootboom ( ) sa (cc). minister of health and others v treatment action campaign and others (no ) ( ) sa (cc). government of the republic of south africa v grootboom ( ) sa (cc) at para - . d brand ’the proceduralisation of south african socio-economic rights jurisprudence, or ‘what are socio- economic rights for?’ in h botha, aj van der walt & j van der walt (eds) (note above) fn has sug- social science the court will not be in a position to weigh intended and unintended conse- quences – and the issues here are not those of cost-benefit analysis alone, but especially princi- pal-agent problems. further the court would not know whether a proposed programme falls within the set of reasonably conceived programmes without method and knowledge to judge the empirical literature that evaluates such policies. nor is this an attempt to push the court into a new field or endeavour. on the contrary, the court is already practicing social science when it implements its own reasonableness test. vi conclusion in this chapter i argued that accepting the inclusion of socio-economic rights in a constitution such as south africa’s with a transformative vision does not prejudge whether such transfor- mation should be centralised or decentralised; socio-economic rights are compatible with both. understanding the actual transformation of societies, however, requires a positive theory of social change and it was suggested above that economics could offer a successful positive the- ory of decentralised change that can analyse the role of rights as institutions in social change. this theory – drawn from the new institutional economics – does not model the same tension between first and second generation rights in the process of social change as is often presumed a priori in the legal literature. for this reason alone the theory would be useful to consider. but there are two further reasons for including the new institutional economics in the new tools of the constitutional bench, that is: it offers a logically and empirically successful positive the- ory of social change and it informs the social science implicit in the court’s own test of rea- sonableness. new tools for the constitutional bench gested as much when he suggested that within a model of judicial review the standard of scrutiny in the ‘means -ends’ reasonableness model evidently adopted by the constitutional court operates on two levels: first, an indication of how the court will decide whether a programme is appropriately related to the stat- ed goal and second, the burden of proof or evidence or persuasion that the court will require of the parties in such a matter. a positive theory of social science is well suited to addressing these questions. social justice and theological method fa n i e d u t o i t programme manager, institute for justice and reconciliation, cape town; associated researcher, faculty of theology, stellenbosch university the spirit of the lord has been given to me. for he has anointed me. he has sent me to bring good news to the poor, to proclaim liberty to the captives and to the blind new sight, to set the downtrodden free to proclaim the lord’s year of favour. i introduction a range of religions envision utopian societies as their ultimate goal. in the torah, a time is pre- dicted when a ‘river of justice’ will flood the land. everyone will be given enough to eat. each person will receive a home. the weakest and poorest will have their dignity restored. fighting will cease, swords beaten into ploughshares and spears turned into pruning hooks. even lambs and wolves will lie down in peace. this vision is reintroduced in christ’s words quoted above some years later, where the liberation of the poor and marginalised is singled out as a key indicator of justice, and a first step towards peace associated with the ‘lord’s year of favour’. there are differing opinions about whether such theological idealism motivates quietism or activism. perhaps it relates to both. on the one hand, the difference between reality and such a grand vision may seem too great, motivating a retreat into the fatalist acceptance of the pow- ers to be – in the hope that god, one day, will intervene. utopian visions can become the opium of the masses. seeing no real hope, people find religious solace in beautiful dreams. on the other hand, for ‘court theologians’ whose interests are represented by those in the pound seats, the temptation to become defenders of the status quo often results in compro- mised, muted social critique. since the constantinian era first saw christianity become the offi- cial faith of the roman empire, every regime has had ‘court theologians’ who, in god’s name, specialise in justifying the unjustifiable. but there have always also been the extremists, who seek change that destroys more than it lk : - . builds. the crusaders left a trail of destruction in the name of social justice. believing that theirs is the only truth, fundamentalist believers in this mould have, over the ages, resorted to un- precedented violence in the name of justice – and often achieved the opposite. this essay explores some of the conditions under which theological discourse facilitate pos- itive activism. we are interested in a particular type of change – towards a fairer, more inclu- sive society, in fairer, more inclusive ways. the process is vital. we see inclusivity, as it takes shape in the logic and discourses of reconciliation, as a precondition, an enabler, of justice. justice is forged from consensus and through cooperation. it is by working together that adver- saries create the conditions for growth and prosperity. without revisiting the protracted debate about the relation between theory and praxis, the assumption is that political praxis and academic theory do, in fact, exert influence on one another. we assume that theoretical reflection influences policies and practises, whether as source of, or as reflection on, praxis. provided it finds it own voice, therefore, theoretical theology (but not abstract theology!) has a distinctive contribution to make to the quest for multifarious dimensions of justice. to concretise the discussion, i choose to focus specifically on christian theology within the south african context. south african christianity has produced liberating theologies, and, as we know only too well, deeply oppressive ones. this history emphasises the importance of ask- ing about the ‘ground rules’ for theological contributions towards social justice – in order to ensure both positive impact on society, as well as truthful witness to its own nature. it remains perplexing that progress towards social and economic justice is not more rapid. in the first section, i analyse this malaise by distinguishing between material and political imped- iments to justice. political rights are, generally, better institutionalised than economic or social rights. yet, it is often the lack of political will that impedes the progress of social and econom- ic justice. at the heart of this failure to act, i claim, lies a moral impasse that is central to the theological task. social justice and theological method this lack of will to create a better world is highlighted in a crucial report, human security now, presented to the united nations secretary-general, kofi annan on may by the co-chairs of the commission on human security, sadako ogata and amartya sen. the sunday independent, at the time, called it ‘prob- ably the most important document yet drawn up by an influential group of global citizens concerning the future of humanity’. the findings of the commission concerning africa were based on wide-ranging inter- views with citizens in african countries, representing % of african nations. the commissioners sought to answer the question: ‘what makes people secure or insecure and what interventions are needed to address people’s concerns in this regard?’ top of the list, not surprisingly, came poverty and lack of basic services, followed by violent conflict, refugees, poor governance, political instability and human rights abuses. interestingly however, participants identified leadership, spirituality and morality, dignity and inter-group relations as the key to an african understanding of human security. the extent to which this seminal report identified the way forward in terms of relational matters, rather than material challenges, is telling of the measure to which material and human challenges combine to form the agenda for human development in africa today. this is an important insight, not only for political analysts, but also for religious scholars and leaders seeking to define the role of faith in the development of africa. it seems to open an opportunity for faith-based communities in the public arena and removes doubt that subjective aspects of human develop- ment have a role to play in africa’s renewal process. the commission on human security was established in january through the initiative of the government of japan and in response to the un secretary- general’s call at the millennium summit for a world ‘free of want’ and ‘free of fear.’ the commission consisted of twelve prominent international figures. the full report is available at http://www.humansecuri- ty-chs.org/finalreport/index.html. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e ii south africa and the growing international consensus on what needs to be done part of the build-up towards a ‘scenario ’ planning exercise of the united nations in march , was to identify ‘signs of hope’ for those concerned with the promotion of justice. one prominent such sign was the growing international consensus on developmental priorities for the next ten years. these priorities, known as the united nations millennium development goals (mdg), represent significant international consensus on global priorities on the road to a more just world. ratified by heads of state and governments and adopted by the un general assembly in new york on september , , the millennium declaration states that signatories are ‘deter- mined to establish a just and lasting peace all over the world’. to achieve this, six fundamen- tal values are identified, namely: freedom, equality, solidarity, tolerance, respect for nature and shared responsibility. the further formulation of eight specific millennium development goals, along with an action plan, represents a significant achievement. never before has there been such wide consensus about how to eradicate poverty. south africa’s development project has taken root in and continues to be shaped by this new international idealism. how do south africa’s achievements to date compare to the mdg? the feat of uniting warring adversaries in a single body politic that enjoys the support of the majority of south africans, and that is based on a progressive constitution, the writing of which was itself an exercise in democratic participation, remains the envy of many. that the transition was further cloaked in the discourses of reconciliation, accountability (albeit limited with amnesty provisions) and justice – representing an impressive framework for post-conflict recon- struction – moved even the most cynical observers to admiration. add to this the operationali- sation of some of the world’s most expanded service delivery programmes such as housing, pri- mary health care and educational restructuring. on top of this, fiscal discipline and frugal gov- ernment spending have created the conditions for economic growth now perched at somewhere upward of % in a climate inspiring growing investor confidence. is the miracle continuing? many would seem to think so, and there seems to be plenty of reasons why they may be right. yet, on the flipside, unlikely names such as diepsloot and phomolong have become symbols of growing discontent about the pace of service delivery that, ten years into democracy, is yet to touch the lives of many deeply poor communities. perceptions, rightly or wrongly, that they http://www.un.org/millennium/declaration/ares e.htm. to this end, the un resolved, by , to: halve the proportion of world’s people whose income is less than one dollar a day, and the proportion of the people who suffer from hunger. ensure that, by the same date, children everywhere, boys and girls alike, will be able to complete a full course of primary schooling ensure that girls and boys will have equal access to all levels of education. have reduced, by the same date, maternal mortality by three quarters, of their current rates. have reduced, by the same date, under-five child mortality by two-thirds, of their current rates. have, by then, halted, and begun to reverse, the spread of hiv/aids, the scourge of malaria and other major diseases that afflict humanity, to provide special assistance to children orphaned by hiv/aids. have achieved, by , a significant improvement in the lives of at least million slum dwellers as proposed in the ‘cities without slums’ initiative and by the same date, to halve the proportion of the peo- ple are unable to reach or to afford safe drinking water. develop an open trading and financial system that is rules-based, predictable and non-discriminatory. this includes a commitment to good governance and addressing the special needs of the least developed countries. for more information, see http://www.un.org/millenniumgoals/. represent the ‘forgotten people’ are reinforced by the apparent infrastructural muscles, power lines, telecommunication grids and roads, bulging around them, but failing to make any direct impact on their lives. the sudden and fabulous wealth of the black elite, coupled with the south african government’s direct involvement in many parts of africa, creates the impression of a jet-set elite that has relegated the original goals of the rdp, and even more treacherously, the liberation movement, to the back seat. compounding this scenario of deepening poverty are the twin social scourges of hiv/aids and violent anti-social behaviour, including organised and domestic crime. the implosion of south africa’s neighbour and main regional trading partner, zimbabwe, to levels of political anarchy and economic meltdown reminiscent of apartheid south africa, has not helped either. how does one make analytical sense of this complex situation? the institute for justice and reconciliation, recognizing in its mission statement that reconciliation and justice are inter-relat- ed goals, produced a first-of-its-kind report in to investigate some of these issues. entitled taking power in the economy – gains and directions, this publication forms the first in an annu- al series of economic transformation audits (ta) to hold up the mirror to the nation as a whole and ask: how are we doing in our quest towards a more socially and economically just society? this study was born in an attempt to move beyond simplistic assessments, either uncritical- ly positive, or one-sidedly negative. four areas are assessed critically in terms of progress since . these are unemployment, poverty, inequality and education. as may be expected, the findings present a mixed scorecard. in terms of unemployment, the ta shows that despite the fact that a million new jobs had been created since , the num- ber of jobseekers have also exploded, mainly as a result of rising rural deprivation and a steep incline in women work seekers. there is an increasing demand for skilled workers, but low- skills job have declined. these conditions have contributed to more poor people in in south africa than in . with some spectacular advances amongst those who have benefited from empowerment and fresh business opportunities, this reality has resulted in increasing inequality since . despite black economic empowerment, the average african income as a percentage of white income fell to . %. these negative findings need, however, to be balanced with massive increases in access to services to the poor. the ta shows that economic growth has been slow but steady, while inflation steadied downward. the ta claims further that the current bee (black economic empowerment) strat- egy is not yet an anti-poverty strategy. it is (still) largely a redistributive strategy. the current policy is therefore appropriately shifting towards a more broad-based approach, with empha- sis on skills-development, preferential procurement, employment equity and job-creation. dubbed the ‘broken link’ by the ta, education has delivered relatively disappointing results towards producing a better-educated workforce with more mathematically skilled members. schooling is not giving the youths the skills they need to embrace developmental opportunities. with more than % of the annual budget allocated to education, better output was envi- sioned. the problems seem to have to do with quality of teaching, availability of textbooks and school management. social justice and theological method s brown and a fölscher taking power in the economy – gains and directions ( ) at xi. a nelson mandela foundation/hsrc report, emerging voices: a report on education in south african rural communities, asked respondents, including many teachers about the most important problems that teachers face. in first place, with % support, is lack of teaching aids, and second, at %, is lack of cooperation from parents. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e so, is south africa a more just society than ten years ago? probably yes. is there a sufficient concentration of minds on the eradication of poverty to ascertain that south africa does not slide back into slow decay and anarchy? probably not. we are not yet displaying the levels of societal consensus and efficiency required to deal with poverty within the timeframe allowed for by the un referred to above or appropriate to the available political capital. the haunting question remains: given the high stakes, why is there not a broader and deeper sense of urgency to fight inequality, poverty, bad education and unemployment? this lack of urgency is not unique to south africa; in fact, south africa is probably more engaged with the fight to end poverty than most, and yet, even here, it seems unlikely that we will have achieved our goals by . early global assessments on progress towards the millennium goals have also met with disap- pointment. it is no surprise therefore that implementation strategies are coming under scrutiny. the debate is no longer about what needs to be done. it is now about when and through whom these goals are to be achieved– and how role players will be motivated to contribute. in south africa, too, everyone seems to be in agreement that the poor should be helped. there is even agree- ment about who should do what and by when. the challenge remains to put into action these plans within an acceptable timeframe. the quest for justice, particularly equity, seems now more than ever, to be about political and moral stamina – and this where the debate becomes complex. iii two possible causes of the malaise: traumatised societies and growing inequality a fundamental premise to help identify root causes of this malaise is the distinction between socio-economic (material) and more subjective dimensions (political will, human capacity) of justice. i contend that focusing on the former to the exclusion of the latter is a recipe for non- delivery. socio-economic justice is not simply about the achievement of material challenges, infrastructural backlogs and trading links, vital as these are. amartya sen reminds us that devel- opment is about more than material reconstruction and development. it is about the restora- tion of human dignity and freedom, about fostering the capacity to choose lives that we value. development, properly understood, is about more than creating economic opportunity. it is about creating the opportunities to become economically active. the multi-dimensional process of human development lies at the heart of the quest for jus- tice. in biblical terms there can be no justice without genuine peace, and peace starts with change in the hearts and minds of people. development harbours profound political, social and psychological challenges for developing as well as developed countries. yet, these dimensions are often overlooked. on january th the most comprehensive action-plan yet to achieve the millennium goals was pub- lished. a blue-ribbon team of of the world’s leading development experts drew up a package of scores of specific cost-effective measures that together could achieve the millennium goals. the prelude to this action plan states: ‘we have the opportunity in the coming decade to cut world poverty by half. billions more people could enjoy the fruits of the global economy. tens of millions of lives can be saved. the prac- tical solutions exist. the political framework is established. and for the first time, the cost is utterly afford- able. whatever one’s motivation for attacking the crisis of extreme poverty—human rights, religious values, security, fiscal prudence, ideology—the solutions are the same. all that is needed is action. ‘the experts who contributed to this huge undertaking has shown without a doubt that we can still meet the goals - if we start putting this plan into action right now’ said prof jd sachs, who leads the project. a sen development as freedom ( ). thus, the failure to take into account the human factor in human development may be the cause for many retarded delivery processes. the importance of the human factor begs a num- ber of questions of all parties involved; the disempowered, the freshly empowered as well as the empowering: ● developing countries struggle to find ways to empower people to embrace opportunities. justice seems to require integrated restoration and healing processes where people explore ways to overcome bad memories, internalised forms of dehumanised identity and stereotyped divisions associated with intense suffering, oppression or violation. but these strategies seem thin on the ground. ● developed countries, on the other hand, need to find ways to generate moral, political and economic solidarity that supersedes citizenship. there is an urgent need for a fairer and more accountable international trading and governance system where richer nations take steps to ensure greater power sharing and a more equitable international order. what is needed is a deeper sense of solidarity between the rich and the poor. too much involvement by the rich in the affairs of the poor still bears the hallmark of patronising charity born of a lack of in- depth exposure, understanding and solidarity. frightening and growing inequality may ex- plain deepening incomprehension and solidarity, despite a veritable explosion in news cov- erage and other global forms of information flows. these challenges exceed the normal ambit of political and economic activity. it requires ‘the extra mile’. their unusual, ‘out-of-the-box’ character causes these challenges often to be ignored, but, left unattended, they have the potential to undermine the quest for justice. justice includes the overcoming of the trauma associated with extreme poverty, oppression and violence at both personal and public levels. for anyone who doubts the intensity of per- sonal trauma caused by poverty, consider the following anecdote, recorded in an interview of the institute for justice and reconciliation: my mother would come home to the six of us with one plate of food from the madam. we would stand around her and hold out our hands. she would then divide the plate into six portions and place the pieces of food, bit by bit, into our open hands. other nights, when there was nothing, she would keep up our spirits by boil- ing water with a brick or stone in the pot. occasionally she would “test” the stone in the pot with a fork to inform us that the potatoes were not soft yet. at least we fell asleep with the hope that food would be on the table soon. this trauma is often exacerbated by political oppression and violence, gross inequality and social isolation all phenomena commonly associated with the poorest of the poor communities in developing countries. the subjective dimension to development goes beyond the psychological. trauma works itself into the fibre of the social and political institutions of a society. thus justice becomes a question of social transformation. it is not just about the healing of individuals. it is about social reconstruction and impacting the ethos of collectives. the systemic, structural dimensions of injustice remain embedded in the fibre of developing countries. to this end, turning decrepit and biased institutions into inclusive, transparent and democratic ones is one of the main chal- lenges of development efforts the world over. institutionalised power-relations originating from an unjust past naturally resist such moves towards equity. integration of former enemies at all social justice and theological method t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e levels of society becomes a central task. the question becomes: how does one facilitate condi- tions where former enemies may develop into business partners or opposition politicians with- in a democratic framework? a reconciliatory ethos envisions cycles of deepening engagement across divisions. a lack of this ‘reconciliatory ethos’ contributes, i contend, to unsustainable development. it explains the perplexing lack of enthusiasm, despite declarations to the opposite, of potential beneficiaries of development, as well as of potential drivers and donours. justice requires solidarity and inclu- sive processes adhering to the logic of reconciliation, where the dignity of people is recognised and restored. we have a goal – we even have a plan. yet we seem to lack the will to travel this road. the flesh is strong, but the spirit, seemingly, remains weak. can theology help to motivate people towards the extra-ordinary efforts it will take to conquer human deprivation? iv theological possibilities in his theology of reconstruction, charles villa-vicencio reminds us that responsible theology has to be utopian. priests are obliged to be turbulent and annoyingly visionary in even the most socially responsible societies. and yet the church must also be realistically committed to what is attainable here and now as part of a greater vision. utopian ideals, whatever the source, continue to have a role to play in the fight for justice. for one, they are able to rule out complacency and fatalism, and continue to spur social change. at the same time, utopian zeal can be dangerous. emil brunner writes that: ‘christians cannot “sanctify” the world, that is, humanity, in such a manner as they sanctify themselves’. in what follows i unpack four traits, describing basic features of a theology for human devel- opment that may serve to help overcome some of the psychological, political and moral obsta- cles that lie at the root of the malaise of realising integrated justice for all. the four traits each have a thematic texture: each have a content that is derived from a par- ticular understanding of what is central to christian theology. each trait also has contextual rel- evance with the potential, so i contend, to have real impact on the social, political and moral landscapes we inhabit. the allocated space does not permit an extended application of these theological traits to the quest for justice. moreover, the author is no development specialist. yet, guidelines are pre- sented and preliminary observations made about how a theology shaped by particular concep- tions of grace, truth, hope and justice may serve the cause of socio-economic justice in the twen- ty-first century. remarkably, it is now possible to envision the implementation of the un’s mdg’s. in south africa’s case at least, this task requires an enormous, concerted and unremitting effort. how can this be sustained? the temptation to rest on the laurels of south africa’s considerable achievements grows only stronger with time. stamina – political, moral and social – is required if the fight against poverty is be overcome. when operating, in the precarious space between fatalism and idealism, theology can foster responsible and creative contributions to the promo- tion of justice. c villa-vicencio a theology of reconstruction – nationbuilding and human rights ( ) at . e brunner dogmatics ( ) at . (a) grace to be a voice for justice, theology needs to recognise itself as teleological. this is no convenient innovation. theology is, in fact, teleological – always pulling towards a goal – always beyond itself. theology is not content to refer to truth. it seeks to realise this truth. it does not rest until the goal is achieved. it longs and works for ideals it realises cannot be achieved immediately. importantly, this dynamism does not depend on observers or admirers of theological truth. theologians cannot sustain this restlessness. it is the object of theological enquiry itself that pulls, pushes and cajoles. encountering the object of theology is transformative. but how is this restlessness to be understood? what is it that theology pushes towards? what/who is doing the pulling? karl barth, the swiss theologian whose writings profoundly influ- enced th century theology, and who wrote in the time of deep social change in europe between the first and second world wars, claims that theology’s central focus is to be found in grace. writing in , as the hazy religio-cultural chauvinism that dominated europe up to then began to dissolve, barth seeks a uniquely christian truth – something to distinguish itself from the folly of euro- pean self-aggrandisation, and from forms of liberal theology absorbed into the culture of the time. barth’s starting point is that humans have no capacity to enter into a relationship with god. any link with the divine has to be given to us from beyond ourselves. once established, a relationship with the divine cannot be ‘owned’. theological truth never belongs to theolo- gians – it remains a free, unexpected gift whereever it occurs. although grace falls beyond human capacity, it does not override or diminish humanity. in fact, it draws humans beyond themselves into communion with god and fellow human beings. god’s grace is the condition for human fulfilment, not the negation thereof. human fulfilment, viewed theologically, lies beyond what is possible for human beings to attain or to become. precisely because theology draws us towards this fulfilment, it remains restless. when theology relinquishes this restlessness, its distinctive contribution is lost. this happens when grace is no longer the focus. theology becomes a ‘moralistic affair’, ‘indif- ferent to the question of man itself’, the question of human suffering and misery. fully institu- tionalised, it becomes the voice of the well endowed and powerful. therefore grace – as embodied in jesus christ – favours the poor and marginalised almost to the point of prejudice. the essence of the restlessness of true theology is found in its passion for the excluded, poor and marginalised. this also means that reconciliation – humanising engagement over divides – occupies a cen- tral place in barth’s thought. god crosses, in freedom, the divide with the human race and establishes a new humanity. god shows solidarity with human beings in their hopelessness, cre- ating a new humanity through reconciliation. the restoration of justice coincides with the restoration of reconciled community, of restored fellowship. ‘why jesus’s existence was so unsettling on every side was that he set all programmes and principles in question’, writes barth. to this end, ‘he enjoyed and displayed a remarkable free- dom…he simply revealed the limit and frontier of all these things – the freedom of the kingdom of god. he existed in freedom and summoned others to it.’ social justice and theological method k barth church dogmatics ( ) at . g hunsinger how to read karl barth – the shape of his theology ( ) at f. see dj smit ‘paradigms of radical grace’ in c villa-vicencio (eds) on reading karl barth in south africa ( ) at . smit ‘paradigms’ (note above) at . smit ‘paradigms’ (note above) at . these quotations are from barth (note above) at iv/ . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e theology needs to be vigilant. when it is no longer determined by grace and becomes a self- reliant system of thought, it loses the dynamism that is the hallmark of divine grace. public the- ology, aiming to promote socio-political justice, needs to orientate itself continuously towards this gift of grace. above all, a theology steeped in grace realises its own needs and imperfec- tions, opening the door to deeper solidarity with those whose needs are perhaps emphasized by socio-economic deprivation and injustice. (b) truth yet grace can be cheap. when all is forgiven and accepted, when accountability dies in the cheap embrace of amnesia, the violation of human dignity becomes permanent. a justice built on forgetting injustice is not only unlikely to survive, it is fundamentally flawed. the restora- tion of human dignity, after periods of gross injustice, requires a search for truth and for acknowledgement, however hesitantly, however relative, however perspectival. a theology of human development has to compliment its focus on grace with a focus on truth. truth represents more than a focus on neglected facts about degrees of poverty, suffering or violation. it is about creating the space for the oppressed to speak out for themselves, and for them to become conversation partners in the formation of the strategies to establish justice. the truth and reconciliation commission understood its mandate to be the mediation of forgotten voices. to some extent (and with many shortcomings) it did succeed to bring these voices into the mainstream. ten years later, there is again a need for south africans to listen carefully. in our current political climate the voices of the poor and marginalised need amplification. but this requires mediation. these truths are not easily heard or understood. communication between the disempowered and the rich and the poor cannot be taken for granted, for it has to cross the chasm of inequality that runs through the heart of the south african society, render- ing it one of the most unequal in the world. theology may provide such mediation precisely because its truth-claims are inherently accommodating and inclusive. theology’s ‘modest truth’ is a result of the nature of the way that god reveals himself to the world, at once hiding as much as it reveals. god’s truth may be pres- ent in our world, but it is a subtle, ‘hidden’ presence, as barth explains: the veil is thick. we do not possess the word of god otherwise than in the mystery of its world-involvement. …its form is not a suitable but an unsuitable medium for god’s presentation of himself. it does not unveil, but rather veils it. the moment theological truth is captured, it dies. god’s truth breaks into human discourse, in a miraculous way, that is, through none of our doing, despite the fact that language ‘seen from our side’ has no capacity to produce the kind of truth-claims that would encapsulate the divine, says barth. god’s revelation remains god’s mystery. thomas f torrance writes about this concept of truth: behind all this questioning on barth’s part lies a deep humility before the face of truth: in his recognition that the truth will not and cannot be mastered by our dis- barth (note above) at . sf du toit ideas of truth and revelation in the light of the challenge of postmodernism (university of oxford: dphil thesis, ) . tinctions and formulations, that we cannot give shape or form to the truth, but that we can only follow after it, and in his recognition that all our expressions and expo- sitions of the truth are human attempts that fall far short of the truth itself, so that far from resting content with what we have already done, we are driven on by respect for the truth… theological truth’s inherent modesty enables it to venture into public space, often in secular guise, to facilitate the truths of those who are not often heard. political discourse falls back into the relativisation of non-derogable human rights most easily, when voices from the margins of society are not appropriately accommodated within public dialogue. south africa has a remark- able record of failure as well as achievement in this area. to dwell on the positive: we know that over two million submissions were received during the writing of the constitution, making this one of the most inclusive such processes ever. the truth and reconciliation commission saturated middle class living rooms for two years with tales of sorrow and loss from the very margins of society, in a manner unprecedented internationally and making it impossible for any south african to claim with any credibility that he or she does not know that terrible things happened to others in the past. but how much do we really know about poverty today? how prevalent are the voices from the margins of society today? everybody claims to speak on behalf of the poor, but who really does? how aware are we about the true extent of trauma associated with poverty; trauma that at times matches the trauma associated with gross human rights violations such as murder, rape, abduction and torture? poverty, indeed, is daily torture. it is the murdering of dreams and personalities. it is the abduction from society, of millions of talented people. it is the rape of a nation. can theology help to generate a national sense of urgency around poverty as did emerge around political change? theological discourse needs to reflect teleological restlessness and pastoral solidarity, out- spoken urgency and self-effacing modesty. is this not a contradiction? how are these seeming- ly conflicting traits to be reconciled? can theology at once be forceful and self-effacing? to this end, it may be helpful to examine the nature of christian truth-claims more closely, in order to understand how a nuanced reading of scripture can in fact yield truth-claims that are forceful, yet modest. theology drinks from different fountains: scriptures, traditions of interpretation and praxis, contextual demands and dialogue with other faiths. amongst these sources, theologians tend to prioritise scripture. scripture is often held as the norm according to which other theological norms and sources are judged. scripture, however, presents anything but simple, hegemonic norms. containing a library of sixty-six books, produced over a period of more than years in many different parts of world, and recorded in an array of languages, it covers a historical epoch stretching back into the very origins of human memory. a litany of characters, narratives, perspectives, positions and ethical frameworks confronts the systematic reader of the biblical canon. yet, despite this indelible diversity, scriptures offer a number of longitudinal themes and per- spectives that cut across books and epochs. the identification of these synthetic concentrations of ideas is central to the task of systematic theology. theology has, to this end, embraced the ‘scopic nature’ of scriptural hermeneutics. the sco- social justice and theological method tf torrance karl bath: an introduction to his early theology, - ( ). t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e pus is a longitudinal theme or perspective singled out as the heart of the message and intention of all sixty-six books and serves to provide the singular hermeneutical frame within which the entire collection of scriptures needs to be interpreted and understood. a christ-centric scopus, for example, focuses on the person and words of jesus christ as the prism through which all scriptures are understood. this is not an arbitrary hermeneutical strategy, but is rooted, so theologians believe, in the world presupposed by scripture itself. the judeo-christian world, in which the bible has its roots, operates with a fluctuating, dynamic view of history. it is into this ever-changing arenas that hebrew sees divine truth seeping, little by little, and with sensitivity to the fragile concep- tual frameworks that constitute human understanding. this hermeneutical strategy is shared by christian theologies of many different persuasions, including some of the most dominant tra- ditions in south africa. it differs from a fundamentalist approach where the very idea of a scopus is rejected. seeing nuanced hermeneutical readings as undue human interference with the divine word, funda- mentalist theology claims to take each word, each passage and each narrative of the bible as the literal, unchanging and eternal word of god. yet there is an evident irony in the way this reading of scriptures plays itself out. funda- mentalists achieve exactly what they seek to avoid. their effort to ‘purify’ theology of human perspective in fact serves to obscure and entrench the pivotal role of subjectivity in the reading of scripture. because it equates divine truth with the immediate, subjective encounter of read- ing the bible (of whatever truth emerges there and then) the context within which the reading takes place becomes all-important. and yet, from a fundamentalist perspective, this impact of context is not only ignored, but vehemently denied. as a result, the dominant voices in a par- ticular context become the voice of god. the result: fundamentalist truth-claims render theol- ogy more relative, not less. the truth with which there can be no argument, is a truth that emanates from intensely private, deeply parochial positions of leaders powerful within their own groups of followers, but usually situated on the fringe of society. the ideological opposite to fundamentalism is radical relativism, where theology relinquish- es any pretence to truth that is not in every respect cultural and contextual. scripture as a whole loses priority and competes, on equal footing, with all other sources. in this approach there is a real danger that theology will lose its distinctive voice and become just another weak mirage – a second-hand version – of other disciplines such as sociology, anthropology or poetry. ironically the same danger of arbitrariness confronts the relativist theologian and his funda- mentalist counterpart. to relativists, any hint of ‘truth’, any trace of the universal or transcen- dent, is denied. yet, in the place of the divine, human subjectivity assumes the central position. when opinion, speculation and perspective are acknowledged as the only social currency, power once again takes the place of argumentation. dialogue always presupposes moving towards some form of ‘truth’ – inter-subjective and provisional as it may be. but when this pos- sibility falls away completely, dialogue collapses into rhetoric of the most cynical kind. even foucault reminds us never to give up our quest for truth. in the nietzschean context of radical relativism, whoever possesses the largest megaphone (or gun) normally wins the argument. the advantages of a more sophisticated, scopus-defined hermeneutics now become clearer: see for example tjj altizer the genesis of god – a theological genealogy ( ); mce taylor erring: a postmodern a/theology ( ); d cupitt the long-legged fly ( ); d griffen primordial truth and postmodern theology ( ). see also g ward (ed) the postmodern god: a theological reader ( ). admitting to the perspectival nature of all theological truth, makes for more transparent and honest dialogue where presuppositions can be voiced and influenced. admitting to perspectival readings of theological sources opens the door for contesting inter- pretations, and limits the possibility for hegemony and tyranny in the name of god’s truth. scopus-hermeneutics also helps to negotiate the vast historical and contextual differences and even paradoxes found between different scriptural passages. it allows for progression of truth and insight and can therefore identify certain prescriptions as time-bound and culture-rel- ative whilst others can consistently be identified as culture-relativising. scopus-hermeneutics counters radical relativism and proclaims, in an era of rampant nihilist consumerism, the elusive presence of transcendent truth. scopus-hermeneutics thus creates the conditions for genuine inter-subjectivity – the proper breeding ground for theological truth. this is a position between the tyranny of absolute, objec- tive truth with which there can be no argument, and the different tyranny of radical subjective relativism; a space where the possibility of argumentation falls away. ‘knowing-in-part’ is the forte of good theology. the science that finds its orientation in the face of god can only see its truth as ‘a poor reflection as in a mirror’. if theology knows any- thing, it is that truth finally lies beyond us. it is not a carrier of truth, but a pointer, self-effac- ing, to divine words that can never be repeated, to divine presence that remains hidden and to a divine community that remains scattered. it is therefore, in its best moments, a troublemaker in the company of those ‘who know’: pos- ing questions, unravelling arguments and exposing those voices of the marginalised and maligned not often heard. this is what it is called to do. when things go wrong, and theology tries, like a slightly awkward child, to ‘fit in with the rest’, to develop certain knowledge and pose proudly in the conceptual designer wear of its age, it invariably comes to grief. like the awkward child, when it struggles to assert itself, it usually does so with too much force. theology is a tricky business. (c) hope up to now human development and the quest for justice have been used virtually interchange- ably, as if the one implies the other. of course, this is not always the case. not all development is just. development is mostly inherently ambiguous and its impact on humanity has positive as well as negative effects. social development is an unstoppable reality, that proceeds with or without moral input. economic development is also a self-propelling phenomenon, operating with or without moral guidance. justice calls for a certain kind of development, associated to some extent with integrated visions of development presented by amartya sen and others mentioned above. this human- focused development, aiming to restore human dignity, is in my view central to the biblical call of justice. there is considerable difference of opinion about how successful such development efforts can be expected to be in the long term. some claim that south africa will remain, certainly for the foreseeable future, fundamentally unequal. others predict a speedy eradication of poverty, with social services up and running within the decade; coinciding with a proliferation of employment, improved education and growing industrial output. who should be believed – the pessimists or the optimists? theologies that believe the pessimists offer options for utopian withdrawal with strong dosages of what karl marx would call ‘opium for the masses’; feel-good, emotionally soothing social justice and theological method t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e fellowship where people gather to anticipate reward in the after-life. in this life justice will always be but a dream. theologies that believe the optimists tend to align with activist groups in society who often are radically critical of mainstream society and post-apartheid policy decisions, but who are often short on engaged, constructive proposals for change. what does theology base its hope on? a negative historical prognosis typically coincides with an emphasis on human depravation and sin. a positive prognosis typically emerges from an emphasis on the inherent goodness of people, on some concept of the image of god that all people carry. importantly, what one expects from human development, what we dare hope, is largely based on these anthropological foundations. anthropology is therefore worthy of special focus. formulating a christian anthropology has been the aim of countless volumes of theology, but it remains a highly complex task – not least in the context of a transitional society emerging from oppression and violence. social change of this magnitude and depth typically gives rise to deeply complex anthropological phenomena. classic theological debates, ranging on the spectrum outlined above, traditionally paid a lot of attention to the epistemological foundations of anthropology. this has often resulted in the ques- tioning of the relationship between divine revelation, theology and anthropology. can god be known in and through the human spirit, or can the human spirit only be known in the light of di- vine self-revelation? the former position, a classic tenet of liberal theology, was described by lud- wig feuerbach as nothing else than a projection of the human self against the screen of eternity: religion, at least the christian, is the relation of man to himself, or more correctly to his own nature… the divine being is nothing else than the human being, or rather, the human nature purified, freed from the limits of the individual man made objective… all attributes of the divine nature are, therefore, attributes of the human nature. for feuerbach, theology is anthropology. such reductionism invited sharp reactions, not least from karl barth and his neo-orthodox colleagues early in the th century. they insisted that theological anthropology could never exist as an independent subject. humans could never know themselves without prior knowledge of the divine. in fact, without the divine, the human being is not even an object of knowledge. to them, anthropology is an extension of theological descriptions of divine revelation. the resolution of this debate lies outside the scope of this essay. whilst acknowledging the different positions, the key question for us is whether this and other theological debates pro- vide us with substantive anthropological insights, however derived, that could help guide and stimulate responsible efforts towards social justice. perhaps it will suffice to say that following barth in his epistemological agnosticism (we can victims of human rights violations frequently do not have the emotional strength to face deep change or ambitious development programmes. formerly disadvantaged citizens often suffer from a lack of confidence and skills. beneficiaries of past injustice often feel a sense of moral condemnation and mourn a loss of priv- ilege or power. they either feel unable to contribute to the new order or take refuge in a secluded, priva- tised environment – not infrequently sponsored by theologies of a different nature. some ex-combatants fail to be integrated into society long after the battles are over. they often become dependent on the welfare, or resort to violence and crime. perpetrators of gross human rights atrocities may seek to subvert the new order, to avoid prosecution or consider ways to pursue violence through other means. they may also sim- ply withdraw. l feuerbach the essence of christianity ( , first published in ) at . never fully know divine truth) does not necessarily imply that we follow him in his extreme anthropological assumptions, where the very possibility of a contact point in the human spirit with the divine is vehemently denied. it is possible, i contend, to hold onto barth’s epistemological modesty but at the same time develop some form of positive anthropology, perhaps shaped by the concept of the universal image of god. created in god’s image, people all carry the ability to and propensity for rela- tionships. when god’s word goes out into the universe, it finds a response in kind only at one point: the human spirit. created to be able to respond to the words from god, and thus to enter into a relationship with the divine, human beings carry an inherent, indestructible ability to relate. even the most inhumane individuals never lose this capacity. they may deny it, abuse it, or even actively seek to subvert it, but they cannot destroy it. this positive assertion about human nature is a centre piece of many forms of christian theology and remains the starting point of many prominent and sophisticated theories of human nature. i use the word ‘sophisti- cated’, precisely because it creates a nuanced view of human nature as neither totally depraved, nor innately good. the ability to relate forms the basis of firm hope for progress, but since this capacity can clearly be abused, it is no automatic guarantee of progress or justice. however, because it is an indestructible reality it cannot be ignored either. it continues to prompt and nudge human society towards the building of relations across boundaries. this implies that all people, in the developed and the developing worlds alike, share a basic propen- sity for entering into relationships with others because they all share in the image of god. (at the same time, of course, the dark side, the self-isolating apartheid-side of human nature pulls and pushes in the opposite direction.) the mere possibility of progress, structurally and universally given as a constituent part of human nature, is cause for hope, albeit nuanced hope. no progress is assured. no outcome is guaranteed, but the possibility to progress towards a more just world is a structural anthropo- logical reality. so, what may south africans hope for? we may hope for more progress, deeper solidarity and more overt social justice. history is open with these and other possibilities. we may also, with good cause, fear failure. the rational response would be to put as much effort as possible into the creation of a more humane, more dignified society, knowing that this corresponds to ancient and modern conceptions of what humans are all about. the outcome is not yet deter- mined, but there are grounds for hope and enough reason to commit ourselves fully to the proj- ect of justice for all. (d) justice human rights discourses are often suspected of western bias, a kind of latter day colonialism based on european (or enlightenment) chauvinism. it is becoming clearer that, human rights discourses, to have genuine universal appeal and legitimacy, need to demonstrate, not least in contexts of deep suffering, some understanding of concrete conditions and contextual realities. in more practical terms, the abstract individualism at the root of rights discourses needs to be complemented with insights derived from collective identities, shaped by historical, cultural and religious practises and beliefs. the postulation of universal equality, certainly in the founding fathers of theories of natural rights, such as locke and hobbes, was built on the identification of similarities in people the world over. this led to the gradual devaluation of contextual differences, a reality that is now gaining prominence again. social justice and theological method t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e so-called ‘thin universals’, the idea that human rights can be formulated as general ‘one-lin- ers’ encapsulating on a human right true of all place and all people, feed (necessarily so) off strongly reduced, abstracted meanings. indispensable as these formulations have become, they fail to do justice to the social dynamics of different contexts the world over. one example may be taken from the hebrew scriptures, where individual responsibility is conceived as fundamentally social in nature. in this context, social rights are not some nice afterthought, but indeed the precondition for the achievement of even the most basic individ- ual rights. ‘thicker’ versions of human rights have a better chance of achieving lasting appeal in differ- ent contexts, than simplistically abstracted and applied individual rights, but one has to be care- ful not to compromise the essential message of freedom, equality and security for all. maurice cranston contends that the expansion of the term ‘human right’ to incorporate social consid- erations all but renders the term meaningless. cranston describes a human right as a ‘form of moral right’ attributable to ‘all people at all times in all situations’. ‘a right differs from an ideal, in that it represents something that can, and from a moral point of view must, be respect- ed here and now’, says cranston. ‘a rights claim is a powerful demand for action’, adds donnely. a right is only a right if it has as collorative a duty. that is, a right that does not imply a duty to respond to the claim cannot be called a right. in short, human rights are not a wish-list thought out in splendid isolation, but a limited, sharply focused set of universally enforcable claim-rights. this position offers important insights not to be lost in our haste to accommodate contex- tual realities. human rights would have lost its essence if watered down, or ‘contextualised’ to the point where they would condone repressive social hierarchies or regimes that demand absolute submission. at the same time rights discourses need to learn to speak to people in their particular settings, as whole, integrated individuals with more than legal, civic or political needs, but with equally pressing economic, social and environmental needs. moreover, they operate in systems of thought and meaning that may substantially enrich human rights con- ceptions of equality and freedom. one such system of thought, itself deeply diverse the world over, is christian theology. christianity holds the incarnation of truth not only dear, but as the sacred way that god revealed his universal truth to the human race – through incarnation into the concrete living conditions of palestine years ago. at the same time the transcendent message was not lost, but in fact emphasised. from here it is but a small conceptual step to recognise the fundamental importance that the bible places on justice for the whole human being, in all her dimensions and in her concrete context. theology is a potential source of the grammar and contents of thicker versions of jus- tice that transcends the narrow (but important) categories of enlightenment thought. this makes theology and law ideal dialogue partners. charles villa-vicencio argues that law provides a sense of order, integrity and purpose to society. theology, on the other hand, pro- vides an incentive to transform law, as john witte says ‘the telos, it needs to move forward.’ without religion law decays into empty formalism. without law, religion decays into shallow spiritualism. part of the crisis of our law today is that it has become formalistic, undirected, lacking vision. it lost its religious dimension. part of the crises has of our religion is that it has m cranston, ‘human rights, real and supposed’ in dd raphael (ed) political theory and the rights of man ( ) at - . j donnely universal human rights in theory and practice ( ) at f. become spiritualistic, disorganised, diluted, lacking in discipline. it has lost its legal dimen- sion.’ to stimulate a sense of urgency and a collective understanding of what justice in its fullest sense would mean is the task of theology. making sure we do it orderly and fairly is the task of law. v conclusion the essay aims to illustrate that truthful theology cannot ignore its public responsibility. its rest- less reaching out to people, most notably the poor and marginalised, its modest truth-claims, its nuanced but firm hope, and its irrepressible quest for justice in all its dimensions propels theological discourse into the public sphere time and time again. theology cannot avoid going public, but needs to do so responsibly. the road to justice has never been clearer. at the same time much remains to be done. theology can provide motivation, fuel and stamina for the journey to justice by providing vision, urgency and purpose to development initiatives. for this to happen, theology would have to develop the analytical capacity to understand the current social and economic challenges and to move beyond mere sloganism and rhetoric towards concrete, constructive proposals that engage both the christian message and the his- torical realities in south africa. this is at once a journey out of the laager of theological discourse but also, and i sought to emphasise this here, a journey back into the heart of what constitutes proper christian theolo- gy. my view is that such a journey yields at least four insights that could act as guidelines on the way towards a more just, inclusive south africa: the quest for justice for those who are excluded constitutes the essence of the restlessness which characterises theology that remains true to its source – the grace of god. god’s truth remains present in our world, but in a subtle, ‘hidden’ way, mediating the voic- es of the poor and marginalized. the image of god in people forms the basis of social hope. this possibility of progress is cause for hope. yet it remains a nuanced hope. no progress is assured. theology’s concern with justice in all its dimensions prompts it to continue to engage other disciplines such as law, equally indispensable to the cause. it provides a constant reminder of the importance of incarnating universal human rights dicta into the concrete living conditions of the poor, the disenfranchised and the voiceless. social justice and theological method j witte ‘the study of law and religion: an apologia and agenda’ ( ) fall ministry and mission at : . a not so simple justice: frank michelman on social rights, – present* w i l l i a m e f o r b at h lloyd m bentsen chair in law, professor of history, university of texas at austin i introduction (a) the constitution in the year periods of no power, charles black once wrote, are periods for ‘reformation of thought,’ for thinking anew and ‘thinking large’ about visions, goals, and strategies. in constitutional law, as elsewhere, liberals and progressives are out of power. we are on the defensive and are pressed to think small: criticizing countless decisions; defending doctrines and precepts under attack; advancing modest proposals, each apparently a tub on its own bottom, guided by no larger con- stitutional vision. we cannot afford to overlook the need to think large, about the constitutional bases on which we — or our students — will build anew, when the opportunity comes. we must take a leaf from our adversaries. in the late s and early s, when their ideas were wildly out of tune with judicial doctrine and mainstream political and academic opinion, right-wing constitutional thinkers set about crafting an alternate account of our constitutional past, an alternate vision of our future, and a cogent set of ideas about the way constitutional law should unfold in every key area of their concerns. in the late s, right-wing constitu- tional lawyers in the reagan justice department produced a remarkable -page document entitled the constitution in the year ; and the rest, as they say, is history. and while history does not repeat itself, it rhymes. so, we need to begin writing the constitution in the year . one important chapter in that book will address the problems of poverty and economic inequality. today’s supreme court tells us that the constitution affords no protection against desperate want, nor does it confer on americans any other ‘affir- * portions of this article draw substantially from we forbath ‘‘constitutional welfare rights’: a history, critique and reconstruction’ ( ) fordham lr . this article first appeared as william forbath ‘a not so simple justice: frank michelman on social rights, – present‘ ( ) tulsa law review - and is reprinted here with the kind permission of w forbath and tulsa law review. cl black ‘further reflections on the constitutional justice of livelihood’ ( ) col lr at . official legislative policy report to the attorney general: the constitution in the year : choices ahead in constitutional interpretation (us dept of justice ) (available at ). see de johnsen ‘ronald reagan and the rehnquist court on congressional power: presidential influences on constitutional change’ ( ) ind lj (discussing the history and impact of the report). mative rights’ to such basic goods as minimally adequate education or a realistic opportunity to make a livelihood. these ‘social rights’ are features of most of the world’s constitutions; and many prominent constitutional courts have been elaborating and (some boldly, some gin- gerly) enforcing them, some with explicit textual bases, some without. today’s conservatives would have us think that social rights and the solicitude for them among the world’s great courts are foreign to american constitutional experience. that is wrong. what is true, though, is that the current court’s hostility partly reflects the broader disillusionment with the new deal and the welfare state, as these are understood in the us polity today. a key aspect of the liberal/progressive project today lies in reinvigorating the old convictions that all americans are entitled to a modest share in the nation’s wealth, to protection against desperate want, and to the opportunity to make a decent livelihood. there is substantial disagreement and uncertain- ty about what kinds of reforms or even what programmatic vision is best suited to carrying for- ward these commitments in the early twenty-first century; but they remain a defining feature of the nation we believe the constitution promises to promote and redeem. frank michelman on social rights see deshaney v winnebago county dept of soc services us ( ). see g casper ‘changing concepts of constitutionalism: th to th century’ ( ) s ct rev at - ; m glendon ‘rights in twentieth-century constitutions’ ( ) u chi lr at - (noting the anomalous nature of the united states constitution for its lack of affirmative welfare obligations, as com- pared to the constitutions of other liberal democracies); a ben-bassat & m dahan ‘social rights in the constitution and in practice’ (hebrew u of jerusalem school of public policy working paper no - may ) (available at ) (examining the constitutional commitment to social rights in sixty-eight countries). for recent comparative accounts of judicial enforcement of constitutional social rights, see m tushnet ‘strong rights, weak courts’ ( ) tex lr ; m tushnet ‘state action, social welfare rights, and the judicial role: some comparative observations’ ( ) chi j intl l ; kl scheppele ‘a realpolitik theory of social rights’ ( ) tex lr . for the reflections of an architect of the south african constitution’s social rights provisions, now a justice of that nation’s constitutional court, see justice a sachs ‘enforcement of social and economic rights’ (speech at london school econ feb ) (available at ); see also the rich collection of research papers in community law center, realizing socio-economic rights in south africa: progress and challenges (accessed apr ). in the s and early s, the supreme court came extremely close to recognizing such rights in a series of statutory and constitutional cases which produced remedial schemes comparable to several under con- struction abroad. the supreme court’s personnel and the nation’s political climate changed before a jurisprudence of social citizenship took root. see we forbath ‘lincoln, the declaration, and the ‘grisly, undying corpse of states’ rights’: history, memory, and imagination in the constitution of a southern liberal’ ( ) geo lj ; we forbath ‘‘constitutional welfare rights’: a history, critique and reconstruction’ ( ) fordham lr at ; infra text accompanying notes - . on the long history of robust social rights discourse in the legislative and public political domains of constitutional argument and interpretation in america, see we forbath ‘‘caste, class, and equal citizenship’’ ( ) mich lr [hereinafter forbath ‘caste, class, and equal citizenship’] and we forbath ‘the new deal constitution’ in exile’ ( ) duke lj [hereinafter forbath ‘the new deal constitution’]. it was the rights discourse of new deal and s america that inspired the social rights provisions of many con- stitutions around the globe. see cr sunstein ‘the second bill of rights: the last great speech of franklin delano roosevelt and america’s unfinished pursuit of freedom’ (prelim draft july ) (copy on file with tulsa law review) (noting the influence on post-world war ii constitution-making in europe, asia, and africa, of franklin roosevelt’s ‘four freedoms’ and ‘second bill of rights,’ and of the universal declaration of human rights, which eleanor roosevelt and others crafted to reflect fdr’s ‘four freedoms’ and second ‘bill’). for a more sustained discussion, see m glendon a world made new: eleanor roosevelt and the universal declaration of human rights ( ). t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e so, the authors of the constitution in the year will have to ponder anew whether, why, and how the constitution and (a separate question) judicially enforced constitutional law should be interpreted to safeguard these commitments. when they do so, they will find no bet- ter interlocutor than frank michelman. no one has thought and written more deeply about the question of constitutional social rights. spanning almost four decades, michelman’s work offers several of the most important approaches to the problems of poverty and economic inequality in the precincts of american constitutionalism. in this brief essay, i will engage some of michelman’s most important contributions. partly, i’ll do so from the perspective of constitutional theory, partly, from the vantage point of an his- torian. only by situating our past thinking in the context of the social movements and politi- cal moments that shaped that thinking can we appreciate its distinctive insights and blind spots. so, i will situate michelman’s classic essays on constitutional welfare rights in the context of the welfare rights movement and its distinctive possibilities and constraints. this contextual account will set the stage for a textual argument, a critical reading of michelman’s reading of rawls’s epoch-making book, a theory of justice. michelman, i’ll suggest, overlooks the extent to which rawls is critical of welfare state liberalism in favor of a more ambitious con- stitutional political economy, which rawls dubs ‘property-owning democracy.’ from rawls, michelman turned in the s to republicanism, and a key aspect of michelman’s enormous- ly influential contributions to the republican revival was his republican treatment of the dis- tributive dimension of constitutional property claims. michelman reads republicanism as he reads rawls; both imply constitutional welfare rights. but the republican tradition is largely hostile to welfare rights; its distributive norms point to the distribution of material opportuni- ties for self support and ‘independence.’ welfare rights, i’ll suggest, are better seen as a critique of this distributive dimension of republicanism than as an implication of it. happily, these historical and theoretical criticisms are part of a present conversation with michelman about social rights. and as a round in that conversation, this essay is gratefully written, taking up not only rawls and republicanism, but also more recent work by michelman on social rights and constitutional democracy. (b) dialogues with frank michelman: first citizen of the republic of letters i say gratefully written because, as jefferson might have put it, frank michelman is a first citizen of the republic of letters, and there is no more generous, careful, and imaginative reader in the re- public. he reads and engages with the works of fellow citizens everywhere, and every work is made deeper and clearer after michelman’s light has shined on it, exploring unmapped distinctions and uncharted implications and resonances, leaving the work richer and the author gladly indebted. what’s more, michelman’s style of engagement instantiates a dialogical ethics and helps make j rawls a theory of justice ( ). see forbath ‘constitutional welfare rights’ (note above) at - ; fi michelman ‘the constitution, social rights, and liberal political justification’ ( ) intl j const l at - (available at ) [hereinafter michelman ‘constitution and social rights’] (discussing forbath’s conception of ‘social citizenship’ rights); fi michelman ‘‘democracy-based resistance’ to a constitutional right of social citizenship: a comment on forbath’ ( ) fordham lr [hereinafter michelman democracy based-resistance] (responding to forbath ‘constitutional welfare rights’ (note above)). him an exemplar of some of the ideas his own writings explore. compare, for just a moment, michelman’s manner of reading with that of one his most important interlocutors: jürgen habermas. habermas reads, critiques, and appropriates, trimming off what doesn’t fit and putting the useful parts to work in the ever-enlarging habermasian machinery. michelman’s mode of appropriation is different, more respectful and also more provisional, more in the way of dialogue than system-building. michelman is more inclined to put the insights of one school of thought to work in order to reveal the blindness of another. he seems most comfortable in-between. consider, for example, the controversies between pragmatists like rorty and neo-kantian liberals like habermas. inside law schools and elsewhere, it’s common to find scholars who seem to think that rorty or someone else has delivered the knock-out punch to habermas and his kind, or vice versa. as finely and shrewdly as anyone, michelman can turn a pragmatist cri- tique of habermas’s categorical distinctions ethics versus morality; the good versus the right; the principles of justice versus their application, and so on. but in contrast to those who line up in one of the two camps, michelman seems to feel the pull of the neo-kantian enterprise as strongly as the counter-tug of pragmatism. and he brings them into revealing contact, into a sustained dialogue that michelman’s work enacts. another instance of this same dialogical in-betweenness in the work of frank michelman is in-between liberalism and critical legal studies (cls), which was a rare enough position, i believe, in the heated politics of harvard law school in the s and s. i don’t know how this translated in terms of faculty politics, but intellectually, frank was distinctive: carry- ing on the liberal problematic justice, justifiability, justiciability, judicial review, and democra- cy while at the same time opening the doors of that discourse to fresh blasts of cls and femi- nist insight. from the s, however, we must hasten back to the s, and follow this lib- eral man of the left back to his engagement with the war on poverty. ii why welfare?: the war on poverty and the welfare rights movement michelman’s famous harvard foreword, ‘on protecting the poor through the fourteenth amendment,’ was a product of what michelman called the ‘great war’ in a material as well frank michelman on social rights among rorty’s most important works are r rorty philosophy and the mirror of nature ( ); r rorty contingency, irony, and solidarity ( ); and r rorty truth and progress ( ). habermas’s important works include: j habermas the theory of communicative action ( ); j habermas the philosophical discourse of modernity: twelve lectures ( ); j habermas, the structural transformation of the public sphere: an inquiry into a category of bourgeois society ( ); and j habermas between facts and norms: contributions to a discourse theory of law and democracy ( ). for a law professor’s read- ing of rorty, see jw singer ‘the player and the cards: nihilism and legal theory’ ( ) yale lj ; and of habermas, see we forbath ‘habermas’s constitution: a history, guide, and critique’ ( ) l & soc inquiry . see eg fi michelman ‘the problem of constitutional interpretive disagreement: can “discourse of application” help?’ in m aboulafai et al habermas and pragmatism ( ) - ; fi michelman ‘family quarrel’ ( ) cardozo lr [hereinafter michelman ‘family quarrel’] (symposium on habermas on law and democracy). see eg fi michelman ‘justification (and justifiability) of law in a contradictory world’ in j r pennock & j w chapman eds nomos xxviii: justification ( ) , - ; mj radin & fi michelman ‘pragmatist and poststructuralist critical legal practice’ ( ) u pa lr . fi michelman ‘foreword: on protecting the poor through the fourteenth amendment’ ( ) harv lr . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e as a moral sense; we learn in its acknowledgments that the article ‘was prepared . . . with funds provided by the us office of economic opportunity.’ the office of economic opportunity was the command center of the johnson administration’s war on poverty. it created com- munity action agencies, and alongside them, it created the legal services organization (lso). in addition to law offices in the inner cities, the lso funded a handful of law school-based back-up centers, including harvard’s, with which michelman was associated. a great portion of the work of these agencies and inner-city law offices involved ‘getting poor people to apply for welfare and attacking the social and legal barriers to their receiving it. centuries-old restric- tions were broken down by a combination of civic unrest and federally funded organizing and litigation.’ (a) why ‘welfare’? constitutional scholars see the origins of the constitutional welfare rights idea in the warren court’s fourteenth amendment case law and the court’s new solicitude toward the nation’s poor. but why was ‘welfare’ the terrain on which s community activists, federal policy- makers, and legal advocates and scholars like michelman came to wage their ‘war on poverty’? the answer lies in the constraints and opportunities created by inherited statutory, institution- al, and ideological frameworks—the results of the victories and defeats of earlier efforts to forge a more substantive and ‘social’ array of citizenship rights. put baldly, it was the defeat of key new deal reforms in the s and s that deprived s advocates of broader channels down which to try to nudge the court’s solicitude. fdr’s famous ‘second bill of rights’ set forth not welfare but decent work and universal social insur- ance as the economic rights essential to free and equal citizenship in the twentieth century, but roosevelt’s vaunted right to decent work met defeat at the hands of jim crow and the solid south. measures instituting rights to full employment, decent work, and social provision for all americans enjoyed broad support; yet they expired in the new deal congress, doomed by the hammer lock that southern democratic lawmakers enjoyed by dint of numbers, seniority, and key committee chairs. hailing from an impoverished region with a populist tradition, most southern democrats in congress were staunch supporters of the new deal until the late s. in exchange for their support, however, they insisted on decentralized state administration and local standard setting of all labor measures, and they demanded that key bills exclude the main categories of southern labor. by allying with northern republicans, or by threatening to do so, they stripped all the main pieces of new deal legislation of any design or provision that threat- ened the separate southern labor market and its distinctive meld of class and caste relations, its racial segmentation, and its low wages. keeping blacks dependent on local labor markets and poor relief was the principal reason for the segmented and caste-ridden system of social provi- sion and labor rights bequeathed by the new deal. a quarter-century later, this system underpinned a fairly robust private welfare state of job security, pensions, and health insurance for organized workers in core sectors of the industrial idem at . see idem. forbath ‘constitutional welfare rights’ (note above) at . for a more detailed account, see idem at - . i develop this historical argument in forbath ‘constitutional welfare rights’ (note above) at - . economy. but that meld of public and private rights excluded most african americans, whose anger exploded in all the large cities of the north, where millions of southern blacks had moved over the preceding decades to escape jim crow and rural unemployment. for them, public assistance, primarily aid to families with dependent children (afdc), stood as the sole fed- eral protection against poverty. (b) aid to families with dependent children created by the social security act of , originally titled aid to dependent children (adc) and renamed afdc in the s, the federal adc descended from the state-based mothers’ pensions programs of the early twentieth century, themselves a modern variant of the age-old practice of giving poor relief to ‘deserving widows.’ like the other branches of the social security act, adc was drafted to propitiate the south. so the states could determine afdc benefits levels, and local administrators enjoyed vast discretion in making eligibility determinations. local administrators used that discretion to buttress low-wage labor markets and to exercise other kinds of disciplinary power. in the south, for example, afdc officials deemed poor black women ‘employable mothers,’ and kept them off the rolls when their labor was needed in the cotton fields. more generally, afdc payments in the south and indeed, in most states, were kept appreciably below official poverty levels. and throughout the nation, local administrators in the early s still vigorously enforced man-in-the-house rules. through home visits, unan- nounced nighttime searches, and the like, they removed from the rolls any woman found to be associating with a man, especially if he seemed to live in her house. in this fashion, welfare offi- cers prevented public monies from supporting ‘immoral women’ and ‘unsuitable mothers’; at the same time, they kept poor men from exploiting afdc to escape any of the rigors of the low-wage labor market. even for its target universe of impoverished single parent families, afdc reached a tiny fraction of the whole. most did not even apply; of those who did, pover- ty-stricken newcomers to a locale met almost certain rejection. since colonial times, wayfaring paupers had been ‘warned off’ and forcibly excluded by the custodians of poor relief. through- out the country, local custodians of afdc carried on a modern version of this practice. in new york, for example, the very fact that you applied for welfare was presumptive proof of why you had come to the city. rejected as ineligible, instead of welfare, you and your offspring got tick- ets on a greyhound bus bound for home. it was this separate, decentralized, and deeply gendered benefits program, stamped with many of the centuries-old degradations of poor relief, that welfare rights organizers, advocates, and attorneys sought to transform into a dignifying right to a guaranteed income. frank michelman on social rights stat ( ). w bell aid to dependent children ( ) (internal quotation omitted); m ladd-taylor mother-work: women, child welfare, and the state, - ( ) at - ; s michel children’s interests/mothers’ rights: the shaping of america’s child care policy ( ) - ; t skocpol protecting soldiers and mothers: the political origins of social policy in the united states ( ) - . bell (note above) at - , - , - , - , - . idem at - , , , , , , . see idem at , , , fn ; r s melnick between the lines: interpreting welfare rights ( ) , - , , - , . see melnick (note above) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e (c) the welfare rights movement fostered by the war on poverty, the welfare rights movement of the s was unique in the annals of american reform, and, as we’ll see, michelman’s foreword bears its stamp. never before, or since, had poor african american women formed the rank and file of a nationally organized social movement. the movement departed from the vocabulary of reform bequeathed by earlier movements for social and economic justice. the welfare rights movement broke the links these older movements had forged between work and citizenship. like them, the welfare rights movement claimed decent income as a right; unlike them, it did not tie this right to waged work. generations of reformers had constructed their ideals of economic justice for the poor and working classes in a gendered fashion, around the workingman-citizen; decent income and social provision belonged, as of right, to (presumptively white male) waged workers, and to their eco- nomic dependents. poor black women had always toiled outside their homes, but they had never been welcomed into the producers’ republic of earlier reformers. by the s poor black women had had enough experience in urban labor markets to know that decent jobs were hard to find, and enough experience with workfare programs to think them coercive and demeaning. theirs was a consumers’ republic. ‘”give us credit for being americans,” read the [national welfare rights organization’s (nwro)] placards demanding sears credit cards for welfare recipients.’ for them a guaranteed adequate income was an unconditional citizenship right, essential to equal respect and an appropriate touchstone of equality in an affluent america. this rupture with the past was both a strength and a limit of the nwro. it highlighted the coercive and gendered aspects of older employment-based ideals of economic and distributive justice. gaining welfare as a matter of right would relieve unwarranted suffering and indignity. but it would not do enough to help poor african americans make their way into a shared social destiny of work and opportunity. without other enabling rights to training, decent work, and childcare, welfare rights risked modernizing the badges and incidents of racial and economic subordination instead of abolishing them. mimicking afdc also led to the absence of poor men in a movement that claimed to represent the nation’s poor and their needs. it led to a rights rhetoric that downplayed the disappearance of decently paid unskilled industrial jobs from the nation’s old industrial regions and center cities. welfare rights risked saddling poor african americans with a new variant of the old racist imagery of blacks as idle and dependent. but the nwro played the hand that was dealt it. perhaps only by mimicking afdc and building on its provisions could a social movement of the poorest, most powerless americans have been forged. by making afdc-eligible women the movement’s constituents, welfare rights organizers had something to offer the rank and file, and the rank and file developed a sense of efficacy and entitlement by gaining their demands from the nation’s welfare departments. likewise, afdc provided a basis for substantial gains through litigation. and the litigation, of course, is what inspired michelman’s work, supporting and supported by the war on poverty. the rupture between the older ideal of a right to decent work and the new ideal of a right to welfare also stamped michelman’s work in ways we are about to explore. see j jones, labor of love, labor of sorrow: black women, work, and the family from slavery to the present ( ). see forbath ‘constitutional welfare rights’ (note above) at - . idem at . this was the social fact that civil rights leaders like martin luther king and bayard rustin highlighted and called on congress to remedy as a necessary condition for the ‘full emancipation and equality of negroes and the poor’: forbath ‘‘caste, class, and equal citizenship’’ (note above) at . iii frank michelman’s constitutional ‘war on poverty’ (a) welfare rights in the courts constitutional scholars today remember goldberg v kelly, shapiro v thompson, and a handful of other constitutional decisions bearing on welfare rights, but we tend to forget the hundreds of statutory cases that dramatically broadened eligibility standards and went a remarkable distance toward transforming a grant-in-aid to the states to be administered as meanly as local officialdom saw fit, into a no-strings and no-stigmas national right to welfare. these cases saw the supreme court and the lower federal courts undertake dozens of remark- able doctrinal innovations and boldly revisionary readings of the statutory text and history. the whole push of these developments was reflected in the courts’ repeated insistence that pub- lic assistance for all the nation’s needy was, in the supreme court’s words, a ‘basic commit- ment,’ not charity or largess, but a right. the court recognized a private right of action against the state welfare agencies that admin- istered afdc, revising or ignoring jurisdictional rules that seemed to bar the way, and spurning the conventional remedy of federal funding cut-offs in favor of injunctive relief. above all, the court shoved aside the view, shared by judges, welfare administrators, and mem- bers of congress alike for the first thirty years of afdc’s existence, that under afdc states had authority to run their own programs, imposing such conditions and standards as they chose, subject only to a handful of limitations listed in the federal statute. state and local autonomy over the administration of federal relief had been the southern democrats’ sina qua non, and, as we know, the architects of the social security act, of which afdc was a part, had provided it. in place of the wide berth they had left for state discretion, the court cre- ated a new presumption: ‘a heavy burden lay on state lawmakers and administrators to justify any exclusion, test or condition that deviated from the principle of “actual need”’. lso attor- neys persuaded the federal courts to embrace this presumption and to wield it against hundreds of state rules excluding would-be afdc recipients. within the federal statutory categories, the federal courts in the s and early s proved extraordinarily willing to treat welfare under afdc as a right of all needy individuals. the leading statutory case was king v smith, in which the court struck down an alabama frank michelman on social rights us ( ). us ( ). forbath ‘constitutional welfare rights’ (note above) at . idem at . see rb stewart & cr sunstein ‘public programs and private rights’ ( ) harv lr at - . see eg hagans v lavine us - fn - ( ); king v smith us fn ( ). see melnick (note above) at . see bell (note above) at ; m derthick the influence of federal grants: public assistance in massachusetts ( ); wj cohen ‘the social security act of : reflections fifty years later’ in the report of the committee on economic security of at ( th anniversary ed natl conf on soc welfare ). forbath ‘constitutional welfare rights’ (note above) at . see se lawrence the poor in court: the legal services program and supreme court decision making ( ) - ; generally mf davis brutal need: lawyers and the welfare rights movement, - ( ). us ( ). t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e man-in-the-house eligibility rule issued by governor george wallace in . under wallace’s rule, alabama had dropped , children ninety percent of them black from its welfare roll. the three-judge court below had invalidated the rule on equal protection grounds. at oral argument, however, plaintiff’s lso attorney sought a statutory ruling. ‘[i]f the decision goes off as the lower court’s did, then very little will have been accomplished. even if we win in alabama, hew will not stop similar practices in other states [where man-in-the-house rules had no such discriminatory purpose or effect].’ a statutory holding, ‘would give us all we wanted,’ providing ‘a way in which the narrowest of rulings would have the broadest of implications. … “[g]ive us,”’ counsel asked the court speaking for the nwro rank-and-file, “a decision interpreting the social security act as having rejected the concept of a worthy and an unworthy poor”’. and the court did so, giving welfare rights attorneys a reading of the act that would shape afdc case law for the next two decades. in the face of legislative history that ran almost entirely to the contrary, a unanimous supreme court concluded that in congress had intended that all ‘needy, dependent children’ would be entitled to afdc benefits, and that states and localities could not enforce their own narrower definitions of eligible parents. thus, alabama, in dispersing afdc, could not decide that mrs. smith’s occasional visitor and lover (a mr williams with nine children of his own) was a ‘substitute father’ and breadwinner whose visits to mrs smith disqualified her and her children from the federal entitlement. chief justice warren put aside a wealth of legislative history suggesting that congress intended pre- cisely to allow states to apply their own standards of ‘moral character’ and ‘suitability’ (acqui- escing, as we saw, to the southern democrats’ insistence on local control over ‘domestic affairs’ of race, caste, and the social and economic authority of local white elites). this history might have been relevant at one time, warren noted, because the ‘social context’ in was one in which the distinction between the ‘worthy’ poor and the ‘undeserving’ was generally accept- ed. now both society and congress took a different view, ‘more sophisticated and enlight- ened than the “worthy-person” concept of earlier times.’ the evidence that the congresses that enacted the various post- amendments to afdc shared the warren court’s enlight- ened perspective was scant at best. nonetheless, the chief justice proceeded to read the pre- amble and statement of purpose of the act itself to mean that afdc ‘was designed to meet a need unmet by programs providing employment for breadwinners.’ thus, ‘at the same time that it intended to provide programs for the economic security and protection of all children . . . [congress surely would not have allowed the states] arbitrarily to smith v king f supp (md ala ). m garbus ready for the defense ( ) . idem. idem at - . idem (internal quotations omitted). see king us . idem at - . idem at , - . idem at - . the year before, in , congress had enacted amendments to afdc that penalized states if they failed to reduce the number of illegitimate children on afdc. senator robert kennedy complained that ‘the man- in-the-house rule emerges from the conference strengthened rather than weakened’ and joined with other liberals in an unsuccessful attempt to kill the conference report. melnick (note above) at (quoting cong rec (dec )) (internal quotations omitted). king v smith us at . leave one class of destitute children entirely without meaningful protection… such an interpre- tation of congressional intent would be most unreasonable, and we decline to adopt it.’ relying on king v smith, lso attorneys went on to challenge a wide variety of state prac- tices. most northern states had their own, less draconian man-in-the-house rules, like new york’s, which did not disqualify the family, but put some financial burden on the man in- volved. the lower courts took a hard line against all such practices, and the supreme court upheld them, enshrining a principle of ‘actual availability.’ thus, the much-resented man-in- the-house rule fell by the wayside, its defeat a victory for the welfare rights movement’s vision of woman’s autonomy. other forms of presumed income also were successfully challenged, and the upshot was that courts indirectly increased family’s benefits. in the process of expanding their attack on man-in-the-house and other attributed income rules, the courts strengthened the general presumption against all types of state-imposed restrictions. few facets of afdc policy escaped scrutiny in the lower courts. state laws penalizing recipients for fraud; laws and regulations denying benefits to aliens; rules on verification procedure, foster care, and emergency assistance were all struck down. during the first thirty years of afdc’s existence, there had been but one reported federal case interpreting the statute. then, between and , the years frank michelman wrote his first seminal pieces on welfare rights, the supreme court decided eighteen afdc cases, and the lower federal courts decided hundreds more. chiefly through statutory construction, the federal judiciary had gone a great distance toward transforming a grant-in-aid to the states into a no-strings, no-stigma, national right to welfare. but statutory construction could go only so far. it could not establish a decent social minimum as a floor on welfare benefits, or even prevent the states from diminishing payments as they expanded coverage under judicial nudging. and it could not challenge the exclusions inscribed in the statute’s categorical system, forcing congress to change the system into one embracing all of the nation’s poor. if courts were to force these changes, it would be through constitutional adjudication. at first, lso relied heavily on constitutional challenges. residency requirements, as we’ve noted, carried forward a centuries-old tradition of localities warning out wayfaring paupers. nine out of eleven lower courts agreed with welfare rights groups and the lso that these requirements trenched on the welfare recipient’s right to travel; to be a member of the nation- al community had always included the right freely to travel among the states. in shapiro v thompson, the supreme court agreed that the states’ residency requirements unconstitutional- ly burdened poor americans’ enjoyment of that right. more than that, justice brennan, writ- frank michelman on social rights idem at . us ( ). van lare v hurley us - ( ). melnick (note above) at - ; lewis v martin us ( ). melnick (note above) at . see eg holley v lavine f d ( d cir ) (rules excluding aliens); maryland v mathews f supp (ddc ) (verification procedures); owens v roberts f supp (md fla ); ja v riti f supp (dfnj ) (rules penalizing fraud); cooper v laupheimer f supp (ed pa ) (rules on emergency assistance). see generally lawrence (note above). rosado v wyman us - ( ). forbath ‘constitutional welfare rights’ (note above) at . us - ( ). on the lower court litigation and rulings against residency requirements, see fs bloch ‘cooperative federalism and the role of litigation in the development of federal afdc eligibility policy’ ( ) wis lr at - . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e ing for the court, seemed to suggest (justice harlan, in dissent, called it a ‘cryptic suggestion’ ) that strict scrutiny, applying the compelling state interest test to the residency requirement, might be justified for another reason not the right to travel, but the fact that welfare affects ‘the ability of the families to obtain the very means to subsist.’ (b) goldberg v kelly, the ‘new property,’ and the hard questions eight lower courts heard lso challenges to states’ summary termination practices, and six held that the due process clause required pre-termination hearings. in , with its decision in goldberg v kelly, the supreme court upheld the majority view. declaring that welfare benefits were ‘a matter of statutory entitlement … [whose] termina- tion involves state action that adjudicates important rights,’ goldberg encapsulated the pre- vious five years of federal litigation and decisional law. by recognizing private rights of action, stripping broad swathes of discretionary power from local officials, and eliminating non-need based eligibility criteria, this new body of law had made welfare benefits into just such rights. the court seemed to go further, stating more fully and forcefully than ever before the premis- es behind the ‘more sophisticated and enlightened’ view of welfare it had evoked (and attrib- uted to congress) in king. in a footnote supporting its assertion that welfare benefits were ‘a matter of statutory entitlement,’ the court observed, ‘it may be realistic today to regard wel- fare entitlements as more like ‘property’ than a ‘gratuity.’ much of the existing wealth in this country takes the form of rights that do not fall within traditional common-law concepts of property. it has been aptly noted that ‘[s]ociety today is built around entitlement… . many of the most important of these entitlements now flow from government: subsidies to farmers and businessmen … [and] social security pensions for individuals. such sources of security, whether private or public, are no longer regarded as luxuries or gratuities; to the recipients they are essentials, fully deserved, and in no sense a form of charity. it is only the poor whose entitle- ments, although recognized by public policy, have not been effectively enforced.’ the long quotation was from charles reich, whose two enormously influential articles on the ‘new property’ were published in yale law journal in and . it is an argument about the status of welfare in an era in which ‘government largess’ takes myriad forms and con- stitutes so much of individual and corporate wealth. in reich’s account, the welfare recipient belonged to a whole social order of americans ‘liv[ing] on government largess.’ ‘social insur- ance substitutes for savings[, and] a government contract replaces a businessman’s customers and goodwill,’ while in between the new pauper and pensioner and the new businessmen shapiro v thompson us at (harlan j dissenting). idem at (majority). forbath ‘constitutional welfare rights’ (note above) at . us ( ). see bloch (note above). us at . us at - . goldberg us at fn (quoting ca reich ‘individual rights and social welfare: the emerging legal issues’ ( ) yale lj at ). see ca reich ‘individual rights and social welfare: the emerging legal issues’ ( ) yale lj [hereinafter reich ‘individual rights and social welfare’]; ca reich ‘the “new property’’ ’ ( ) yale lj [hereinafter reich ‘new property’]. reich ‘new property’ (note above) at . idem. stood petty entrepreneurs and tradesmen, the cab driver dependent on his medallion, the tav- ern keeper and the hunting guide whose livelihoods hinged on their licenses. in reich’s anx- ious and nostalgic liberal narrative of american life, political and cultural antagonists, the cab driver or tradesman and the welfare mother, the factory owner and the union worker, were unit- ed by their common vulnerability to the state. in fact, precious few of reich’s disparate forms of ‘new property’ were new. but the assimilation of pauper to tradesman and franchise-hold- er, the equation of welfare benefits with professional licenses and government contracts, was dramatically new, and this did the important discursive and doctrinal work. the ‘new proper- ty’ unlike the old was dispensed by the state in ‘the form of rights or status rather than of tan- gible goods.’ how, then, reich asked, can the new property fulfill the social function of the old property? how can it serve as an institution that secures the individual a measure of inde- pendence from state domination, when it is itself dispensed by the state? the question sound- ed in classical liberalism, and so did the answer. if government subsidies, contracts, pensions, and benefits were to serve as a basis for private autonomy and dignified existence, fulfilling the social function of property, then these various forms of largess must enjoy the same legal pro- tections as traditional common law forms of property. in particular, the new property, like the old, must be protected against arbitrary deprivations and invasions by the state. what the state gave, the state could not take away, at least not without due process. and, in fact, reich observed, due process case law already had begun in the s to estab- lish that the state could not take away such government-granted goods as an occupational license without ‘notice and a hearing.’ where the ‘freedom to earn a living’ was implicated, courts recog- nized that procedural due process’s protections of property applied. but welfare too involved liveli- hood; like traditional livelihoods, it had the potential to provide ‘a secure minimum basis for indi- vidual well-being and dignity,’ but only if the legal order recognized it too as a form of property. for all its resonance, reich’s argument left many questions dangling, and so did goldberg. first was the question of distributive justice. conceding that welfare benefits, if recognized as secure legal entitlements, could perform the ‘social functions’ reich and the court claimed for them, why were the poor entitled to them? on what distributive premise did they rest? on the face of it, wel- fare was not a moral equivalent to a professional license or a pension right in a union contract or even to government-based, but partly contributory, social insurance. effort and exchange were the ordinary normative bases in liberal legal culture for such ‘property’ claims. what was the norma- tive argument that made welfare a cognate right, when on the face of it, welfare differed from the others by distributing goods with neither effort nor exchange to underpin the result? second was the question of whether the legal/constitutional order’s recognition of welfare as a right had only formal and procedural bite. if the social function of welfare as property was to pro- vide ‘a secure minimum basis for individual well-being and dignity,’ then did the entitlement not entail a measure of substantive constitutional protection—say, against lawmakers’ decision to repeal the entitlement or to diminish it below the minimum? or was that kind of recognition of the property-like aspect of welfare strictly a matter of public policy for legislatures to determine? frank michelman on social rights see idem at - . agency discretion wielded ‘life and death’ power over the livelihoods of one and all. see idem at . see wj novak the people’s welfare: law and regulation in nineteenth-century america ( ). see reich ‘new property’ (note above) at . see idem. idem at . idem at . idem. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e for reich the right to welfare seemed to rest on the involuntary nature of individual poverty. ‘today,’ he wrote in the full text of the passage from which the goldberg court quoted: we see poverty as the consequence of large impersonal forces in a complex industri- al society … [past eras saw poverty as flowing from individual ‘idleness’ and other moral failings.] it is closer to the truth to say that the poor are affirmative contribu- tors to today’s society, for we are so organized as virtually to compel this sacrifice by a segment of the population. since the enactment of the social security act, we have recognized that they have a right – not a mere privilege – to a minimal share in the commonwealth. as an assertion about the commitments inscribed in the nation’s statutes, this is bunk. as moral reasoning, it also is somewhat odd. we may view compelled sacrifices as affirmative con- tributions to the commonwealth, but these tend to involve some measure of individual exertion say, the sacrifices endured as a conscript in a national army. what reich describes here is more like a casualty loss from the accident of poverty or rather the accidental loss of a livelihood because american society is ‘so organized as virtually to compel’ one’s exclusion from the labor market. this would point toward welfare as a kind of just compensation. of course, the compensation clause is not where the court looked for constitutional footing. ‘from its founding the nation’s basic commitment has been to foster the dignity and well-being of all persons within its borders. we have come to recognize that forces not within the control of the poor contribute to their poverty,’ the court observed, citing and paraphrasing reich. welfare, by meeting the basic demands of subsistence, can help bring within the reach of the poor the same opportunities that are available to others to participate meaningfully in the life of the community … . public assistance, then, is not mere charity, but a means to ‘promote the general welfare, and secure the blessings of liberty to ourselves and our posterity.’ so, the court did not follow reich in his blunt assertion that welfare was the poor person’s just desert as a conscript in the reserve army of the unemployed. it did suggest that because supra-individual, social forces ‘contribute’ to a person’s poverty, welfare should be dignifying and not degrading. indeed, it implied that assuring that the material bases of ‘well-being’ were available in a dignifying manner stood as a fundamental or ‘founding’ national ‘commitment.’ reich’s bleak quid pro quo rubbed abrasively against the ideal of equal opportunity. that ideal signified bringing the nation’s poor into a shared world of work and opportunity, not compen- sating them for permanent exclusion from it. so, the court cast welfare not as compensation for the jobless poor’s involuntary ‘contribution’ to the economy, but as a means of bringing within their reach ‘opportunities … to participate … in the life of the community.’ presumably, this meant that without means of subsistence, the poor could not begin to attain education and decent work or to participate in civic life. participating in these spheres not welfare as such is the social basis of equal citizenship, which is why welfare was more the fruit of the new deal’s reich ‘individual rights and social welfare’ (note above) at . in point of fact, the social security act recognized no such right; it provided time-limited unemployment insurance and old-age pensions to those who contributed, mothers’ pensions (adc), and public assistance for the blind and the elderly poor—those who could not presently or could no longer be expected to work, and nothing at all for the ‘idle poor.’ see forbath ‘constitutional welfare rights’ (note above) at - . goldberg us at - . idem at (quoting us constitution preamble). failure to enact social citizenship than its fulfillment. but here, in a case involving the children and grandchildren of the very americans the new deal had excluded, the court was casting welfare provision, in the words of the preamble, as a step toward including all americans in a common framework of ‘liberty’ and ‘the general welfare.’ with these striking references to the constitution, the court seemed to be signaling a will- ingness to consider whether some constitutional provision might grant a right to welfare for those confronting what the court called ‘brutal need.’ as we’ve seen, this was the push of the court’s remarkable statutory construction cases that welfare was an individual entitlement and need the only legitimate touchstone of exclusion from it. the court’s reference to ‘the blessings of liberty’ suggested, in strong echoes of roosevelt’s ‘second bill of rights,’ that a measure of economic security was indispensable to freedom and citizenship. even more clearly, the court spurned the notion that welfare was simply a humanitarian measure; rather, it was a means of bringing ‘within the reach of the poor … opportunities … to participate meaningfully in the life of the community.’ welfare, then, was being cast as a necessary, though not a sufficient, basis of equal citizenship, a step toward including all americans in a common framework of ‘liberty,’ a matter of obvious constitutional significance. thus, the court seemed to be verging on judicial recognition of something very much like rights to minimum welfare, education, and other forms of social provision, when the republican victory in the presidential election deprived the court’s liberals of the votes they needed to carry the process forward. in , president nixon appointed warren burger; in , harry blackmun, whose first years on the court saw him aligned with the new chief; in , nixon appointed lewis powell and william rehnquist. who can doubt that four humphrey appointments, instead of four nixon appointments, would have made the dandridge v williams and san antonio independent school district v rodriguez dissents into majority opinions? in dandridge, the lower court had built on goldberg and the other welfare rights precedents to strike down maryland’s dollar maximum (of $ per month) on welfare grants to poor families. plaintiffs claimed that the maximum discriminated against poor children in large fam- ilies, and the court agreed, applying heightened scrutiny to the measure because it affected the constitutionally important interest in welfare, and concluding that the law ‘cut[] too broad a swath on an indiscriminate basis.’ under the new chief justice’s leadership, the supreme court reversed, announcing that no longer would the court attend to the details of welfare pro- grams, even if they appeared discriminatory or made harsh distinctions among people equally in need. acknowledging that ‘administration of public welfare assistance … involves the most basic economic needs of impoverished human beings,’ the court declared that ‘the dramati- cally real factual difference between [welfare regulation and regulation of business or industry provided] no basis for applying a different constitutional standard.’ frank michelman on social rights idem at (quoting kelly v wyman f supp (sdfny ) (quoting student author ‘withdrawal of public welfare: the right to a prior hearing’( ) yale lj at , )) (inter- nal quotations omitted). goldberg v kelly us at . idem. us ( ). us ( ). dandridge v williams us at (quoting williams v dandridge f supp (d md )) (internal quotations omitted). idem at . idem. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e in dissent, justice marshall assailed ‘the court’s emasculation of the equal protection clause as a constitutional principle applicable to the area of social welfare administration.’ marshall approvingly invoked the arguments of michelman and others on behalf of a substantive right to welfare, as well as article of the universal declaration of human rights, which confers just such a right. thus, he signaled the dissenters’ inclination to read the constitution as conferring something like a right to livelihood. on a humphrey, rather than a nixon, court, the trajectory of constitutional doctrine after dandridge most likely would have been in the direction of ever more exigent signals that congress and the states must make up shortfalls between statutory offerings and the real world of ‘brutal need’ and include the statutorily excluded. (c) michelman on the hard questions: ‘minimum protection,’ ‘just wants,’ and ‘basic needs’ dandridge, however, lay in the future as frank michelman set to work on the unfinished nor- mative underpinnings of constitutional welfare rights. the federal courts had labored mightily in statutory afdc cases to make need the sole criterion for eligibility. justice brennan, in shapiro, remember, even had intimated that need of families for the very means of subsistence might become a member of the new constitutional family of fundamental interests, and there- by subject classifications in and exclusions from welfare statutes to strict scrutiny. but need had never stood on the same plane as effort or exchange in the distributive norms of common law or constitutional doctrine. need needed an argument that sounded in distributive justice. charles reich’s articles did not provide one. reich urged courts to attack official arbitrari- ness and discretion, and the insecurity and indignities they bred. he offered a sociological rationale for treating statutory welfare benefits as rights, but no moral or constitutional argu- ment why courts were obliged to provide for the needy whom lawmakers had left out, or to remedy the shortfalls between statutory offerings and actual need. from the point of view of a legal scholar who sympathized with the welfare rights movement, the need-based right still needed arguments that extended beyond procedural to distributive justice and addressed the right’s substantive reach and bounds. frank michelman set out in search of such arguments. he reported on his progress in two pioneering articles, the harvard foreword, ‘on protecting the poor through the fourteenth amendment,’ and his ‘in pursuit of constitutional welfare rights: one view of rawls’ theory of justice.’ ‘protecting the poor’ was an effort to nudge doctrine and doctrinal scholarship toward a theory of judicially enforceable constitutional welfare rights. ‘in pursuit of constitutional welfare rights’ was a reading of john rawls’s epoch-making book, examining how rawls’s theory bore on the idea of justiciable welfare rights, and how such an examination, in turn, might illuminate rawls’s theory. idem at (marshall & brennan dissenting). idem at fn . see us at . the text oversimplifies. reich, as we saw, did gesture toward a justificatory argument based on compen- sation: welfare was just compensation for society’s more or less conscious choice of a political economy that offered too few decently paid jobs to go around. michelman (note above). fi michelman ‘in pursuit of “constitutional welfare rights”: one view of rawls’ theory of justice’ ( ) u pa lr . see rawls (note above). what, asked michelman, is ‘the role of courts … [in] the great war’ on poverty? he answered with a reading of a handful of recent equal protection decisions shapiro, which had been decided in the term, harper v virginia state board of elections, douglas v california, and a few of their kin. michelman dubbed these cases the court’s ‘contribution to the great war.’ shapiro, harper, and douglas all could be read as resting, partly, on a notion of wealth discrimi- nation. many lower courts and liberal commentators wishfully read them as signs that the court might bring the nation’s poor into the ‘inner circle’ of judicially protected classes. for his part, michelman read the decisions differently. the court, he agreed, was embarking on ‘the elaboration of constitutional rights pertaining to the status of being poor,’ and it had clothed the decisions presaging these rights in the ‘verbiage of inequality and discrimination.’ but the ‘inchoate theories of social justice … at the roots’ of these cases was ill expressed in the language of ‘equality or evenhandedness.’ applying strict scrutiny to laws that fall unequally on the nation’s poor would sweep too broadly; such government action is everywhere. nor does equality offer a plausible benchmark for answering the question how much protection is ‘enough.’ ‘”as much as” seems to provide just the certainty of measure which “enough of” so sorely lacks.’ but frank michelman on social rights see michelman (note above) at - . us ( ) (holding that state may not condition franchise on payment of tax or fee). us ( ) (holding that state must provide counsel to criminal accused on first appeal as of right, irrespective of court’s assessment of probable merits). see michelman (note above) at . harper held that statutes discriminating on the basis of wealth were, like those discriminating based on race, ‘traditionally disfavored’ us at . douglas spoke of ‘that equality demanded by the fourteenth amendment where the rich man … enjoys the benefit of counsel’s [assistance] … while the indi- gent … is forced to shift for himself’: us at . the court noted that ‘the evil [in such a situation] is … discrimination against the indigent,’ idem at , and that ‘an unconstitutional line has been drawn between rich and poor.’ id at . in his shapiro dissent, justice harlan lamented the majority’s ‘cryptic suggestion’ that welfare constituted a fundamental interest giving rise to the strict scrutiny/compelling state interest test the court’s emergent equal protection doctrine had begun to extend from suspect racial classi- fications to other invidious discriminations and fundamental constitutional interests nowhere evident in the constitutional text: us at (harlan j dissenting). thus, the same year as michelman’s ‘protecting the poor,’ a three-judge district court in new york enjoined a recent change in the state’s welfare regulations, which reduced public assistance payments in counties sur- rounding new york city to levels below those paid to city residents, when they had previously been grouped together. rothstein v wyman f supp (sd fny ). applying strict scrutiny to the new classification scheme, the district court wrote, ‘receipt of welfare benefits may not at the present time constitute the exercise of a constitutional right’; nonetheless, the court deemed controlling the teaching of harper and shapiro, that classifications creating ‘inequalities affecting the exercise of fundamental or crit- ical personal rights’ must be scrutinized under ‘a more stringent standard’: idem at . as in harper and shapiro, so here the court found a conjunction of a ‘fundamental right’ and a ‘disadvantaged minority’— only here the right was welfare and the minority the poor. while welfare was only an incipient constitu- tional right, an emergent fundamental interest, shapiro still seemed to the rothstein court to mark the supreme court’s acknowledgment that ‘[a]ccess to [the] bare necessities of life’ was as ‘fundamental’ as vot- ing. see idem at - . and douglas marked a dawning recognition of the poor as a protected minority. see je coons et al ‘educational opportunity: a workable constitutional test for state financial structures’ ( ) cal lr at ; see generally aj goldberg ‘equality and governmental action’ ( ) fny u lr ; lg sager ‘tight little islands: exclusionary zoning, equal protection, and the indigent’ ( ) stan lr . see michelman (note above) at . idem. idem at . idem. idem at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e would a court be comfortable explaining ‘why x is entitled to, say, [as much legal assistance on his appeal as] y in fact has rather than what justice requires?’ if equal protection, as applied to the plight of poverty, swept too broadly, it also stopped short of the mark, because equal protection implies ‘a “state action” qualification upon government’s duties to relieve against hazards of pover- ty.’ yet, it was ‘less easy to be reconciled to the “state action” notion when alleviation of cer- tain, specially poignant hardships or crushing disadvantages is thought to be the object… . [then,] the government’s noninvolvement … may come not as relief but as reproach.’ thus, while inequality and discrimination were the doctrinal notions near at hand, they were misleading. the upsetting feature in the equal protection cases involving poverty was not some odious discrimination that might accompany a poor person’s deprivation of a good he couldn’t afford; what was disturbing was the deprivation itself. so, michelman sought to use the cases as data points from which to infer the outlines of a constitutional universe of ‘just wants’ or ‘basic needs.’ not equal protection, he insisted, but ‘minimum protection’ was the heart of the matter. focusing on specific deprivations of basic needs was ‘a much more manageable task’ for courts. michelman strapped himself to the mast of moderation, and vowed to keep ‘resolutely deaf to [the court’s] superfluous [equality] rhetoric.’ his was a more modest picture of the courts’ part in ending poverty: not ‘railing against tides of economic inequality which they [can’t stem], but … busy with the critically important task of charting some islands of haven from eco- nomic disaster in the ocean of (what continues to be known as) free enterprise.’ after dandridge and rodriguez, it became fairly clear that most of the justices on the burger court would not compel states or congress to make up any shortfall between statutory offerings and the real world of ‘brutal need,’ nor etch out a constitutional universe of just wants, nor subject state laws or practices that fell heavily or arbitrarily on the poor to any exacting constitutional stan- dard. not unless there were some other, more familiar constitutional value entwined in the case: the fairness of the criminal process, ending the south’s disenfranchisement of blacks and poor whites, vindicating the citizen’s right to travel among the states of the union free from discrimination. indeed, the idea that ‘lawyers in criminal courts are necessities, not luxuries’ harked back to the s and powell v alabama; it spoke to the court’s special solicitude for the integri- ty of the judicial process and its sensitivity toward the charge that ‘the rich man can require the court to listen to argument of counsel before deciding on the merits, but a poor man cannot.’ harper, striking down virginia’s poll tax, seems likely to have been akin to powell in most justices’ minds, completing the dismantling of jim crow, rather than identifying the first ‘islands of [economic] haven’ on a constitutional map of basic needs and just wants. what is important for us about ‘protecting the poor,’ however, is not its failed prophecy about doctrinal developments, which, after all, may merely have been the upshot of nixon’s michelman (note above) at . idem at . idem. idem at - . idem at . michelman (note above) at . idem. gideon v wainwright us ( ) (holding that indigent felony defendants entitled to state- funded trial counsel under the sixth amendment). us ( ) (holding that indigent defendant in capital case entitled to state-financed counsel under the sixth amendment). douglas us at . michelman (note above) at . razor-thin victory in the election. what matters here is the foreword’s optimism about the open-ended quality of those developments and its identification of courts and author with the ‘great war’ on poverty. as we noted, ‘protecting the poor’ was written with ‘funds provided by’ the command center of that ‘war’ and while michelman was associated with harvard’s lso back-up center. the harvard center litigated special education and school desegregation cases; like other lso offices, its occupants saw themselves battling against the intertwined evils of racism and poverty, training scores of lso attorneys and working with community organi- zations. unlike other back-up centers, like columbia’s, it lacked a strong ‘movement’ tilt, and had nothing quite like columbia’s close ties with the nwro. intellectually, however, michelman joined the nwro and the attorneys and policy mavens surrounding it in their sharp break with inherited rights discourse. in contrast with the nwro, ‘protecting the poor’ and ‘in pursuit of constitutional welfare rights’ do not defend a guaran- teed income but instead a bundle of ‘insurance rights’ (to food, shelter, health care, education). but in common with the nwro, michelman breaks the link with work. his constitutional wel- fare rights are unconditional. thus, with the nwro, michelman rejects the centuries-old dis- tinctions between ‘worthy’ and ‘unworthy’ candidates for public provision. there are no dis- tinctions here between the disabled and able-bodied, the ill-fated and blameworthy, the wid- owed and promiscuous, the earnest job-seeker and the shiftless and idle. instead, michelman means to summon forth a theory of distributive justice that is insistently unsatisfied by a polit- ical economy affording everyone a ‘fair opportunity’ through ‘full employment,’ ‘income trans- fers,’ and the like to provide for everyone’s basic needs or just wants. ‘protecting the poor’ requires ‘more’; it requires basic needs or just wants ‘will be met when and as felt, [regardless of] … effort, thrift, or foresight.’ michelman does not dispute that justice requires the kind of political economy that enables everyone to make a decent living through decent work. at one point, he even notes that a par- ticipant in a rawlsian assembly might well seek in addition, and perhaps even prior to, insur- ance rights assurance of some of social citizenship’s mainstays in the form of full employment, income supplements, and the like. but apart from this passing observation, work in all its forms waged and unwaged, dignifying and demeaning, decently rewarded and socially valued and not does not figure at all in michelman’s account of the constitutional dimensions of the ‘great war’ on poverty. in this, of course, michelman departs from the social citizenship tra- frank michelman on social rights idem at fn *. see generally mw edelman lanterns: a memoir of mentors ( ). edelman was a director of the harvard center on law and education. see forbath ‘constitutional welfare rights’ (note above) at - . michelman welcomes the challenge to answer the ‘compelling … objection to welfare rights, that such rights signify redistribution from the prudent and industrious to those who have culpably failed to grasp oppor- tunities to provide for their own security’: michelman (note above) at . see michelman (note above) at fn . idem at . idem at fn . one might think that such social citizenship principles as a right to work are absent from michelman’s con- stitutional theorizing, because they lie beyond anything courts could hope to contribute to the anti-poverty campaign. but it seems fair to say that for the michelman of these two essays, ‘minimum protection’ consti- tutes the full reach of the constitution’s—and not merely the constitutional courts’ ’protection of the poor.’ no constitution seen from the vantage point of civil society or of congress would contain any different rights or equality norms. as we’ll see, infra text accompanying notes - , michelman does address constitutional advocacy in political fora, and he casts the social minimum for constituting equal citizenship in the same mold. ‘insurance rights’ remain the constitutional ticket, whether in congress or in the courts. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e dition i have reconstructed and chronicled elsewhere. it sought to find or include these norms in the constitution—to serve, in much the same terms that michelman applies to welfare rights, as touchstones for ‘convincing advocacy’ and ‘foothold[s] for challenging legislative judg- ments’ that fell short of assuring decent work opportunities and decent livelihoods for all. this lacuna results in an argument for welfare rights that assigns those rights social work they cannot do; they cannot secure the social bases of self-respect and mutual respect in american life. or so i will suggest. but i will do so in the context of a critical reading of michelman’s reading of rawls, to which we must turn. iv a critical reading of michelman on rawls and welfare rights (a) the difference principle and constitutional political economy what was afoot in the courts shaped the way michelman approached rawls’s a theory of justice. when michelman turned in earnest to rawls, he did so with a mind to asking [h]ow … the book [bore] upon the work of legal investigators concerned or curious about recognition, through legal processes, of claimed affirmative rights (let us call them “welfare rights”) to education, shelter, subsistence, health care and the like, or to the money these things cost. the answer was a vexed one. michelman rested welfare rights on a distributive principle of ‘minimum protection’ or ‘just wants’; rawls offered something different. the chief basis for welfare rights or for ‘the money these things cost’ in a theory of justice was rawls’s difference principle. the difference principle, you’ll recall, states that institutionalized inequalities must be justified by dint of being in the interests of the least advantaged. inequalities that do not redound to the benefit of those at the bottom are illegitimate. for rawls, this principle is not cashed out through income standards or transfer payments alone; it must imbue the general ‘organization of the econ- omy,’ and the distribution of wealth, power, and authority as well as income. because his focus rests on welfare, however, michelman reads the difference principle with an eye to income. ‘even apart from the quest for justiciability,’ he writes (and we will return to that quest), ‘the differ- ence principle is unsatisfactory’; for rawls seems interested simply in maximizing the income see forbath ‘caste, class, and equal citizenship’ (note above). michelman (note above) at . idem at - . compare michelman’s language about welfare rights arguments in political fora to the statements of new dealers, which i quote in some detail, in ‘caste, class, and equal citizenship’ (note above) suggesting that constitutional social and economic rights should serve as standards for the polity to judge ‘the acts of legislatures and executives.’ michelman (note above) at . see rawls (note above) at - ; j rawls political liberalism ( ) . michelman explicates and crit- icizes the difference principle in ‘in pursuit of ‘constitutional welfare rights’,’ (note above) at - . see rawls (note above) at - , . michelman (note above) at . idem. of those at the bottom, irrespective of whether that income is adequate to meeting basic needs, or whether it substantially exceeds that level. moreover, michelman finds it difficult to feed the ‘primary good of self-respect’ into the machinery of the difference principle, because the good of self-respect ‘does not seem to fit the difference principle’s “more is better” attitude.’ yet, from the point of view of liberal constitutional theory, the centrality of self-respect and equal respect in rawls’s theory are an important part of his appeal. michelman does find some support for a just wants/insurance rights approach to welfare elsewhere in rawls’s theory. while the difference principle is uncongenial, it is possible that rawls’s equal liberty principle or his principle of fair equality of opportunity, or even ‘justice as fairness’ as a whole implies a bundle of ‘insurance rights’ such as michelman is champi- oning. mainly, however, michelman focuses on explicating and assessing the difference prin- ciple as a source of welfare rights. unlike the ‘more is better’ attitude of rawls’s difference principle, michelman’s ‘just wants’ theory provides a touchstone for determining the metes and bounds of welfare provision that seems directly tied to equal respect. beyond the point at which welfare provides a decent minimum of social goods, it seems wiser to allow considerations of economic incentives and market efficiency to hold sway. as a rational actor behind rawls’s ‘veil of ignorance,’ one might well prefer assurance that one’s ‘just wants’ be satisfied, and for the rest one might prefer to wager that one’s individual capacities were at least middling as the market measures things and choose against the ‘more is better’ attitude of the difference principle. certainly, michelman makes a valuable point about the vulnerability of the difference prin- ciple from the point of view of calibrating welfare rights or a minimum income. however, we risk being misled if we look at the difference principle only from this perspective. from it, we might surmise that what separates rawls’s views about social and economic rights from michelman’s is simply a quarrel over what form of income redistribution to enshrine in the constitution minimum income pegged to the difference principle, or minimum welfare rights pegged to just wants. in fact, neither of these alternatives captures rawls’s view of how the principles of justice, including the difference principle, bear on constitutional political econo- frank michelman on social rights ‘a precept for the distribution of material social goods,’ writes michelman ‘which ignores claims regarding basic needs as such, and is sensitive only to claims regarding money income, will for many of us seem incomplete and thus not fully in harmony with our “considered judgments”’. michelman states: ‘income-transfer activity is simply to be intensified just up to the point where any fur- ther intensification lowers total output so much that the bottom’s absolute income begins to fall even as its relative share of total consumer satisfaction continues to rise. under the difference principle, that is all there is to it. there can be no implicit insurance-rights package because there is no concern for what the bottom spends (or is able to spend) its income own: income is income a primary, an elemental, social good, of which the bottom simply wants and is entitled to as much as it can get’: idem at . idem at . michelman (note above) at . after all, fair equality of opportunity implies a right to education, and that right entails ‘subsistence or health or freedom from extreme environmental deprivation,’ for without them, ‘how could educational offerings effectuate fair equality of opportunity?’ idem at . so too, the ‘[e]njoyment of basic liberties’ like freedom of speech has ‘fairly straightforward and objective biological entailments,’ which spell subsistence and the other insurance rights. finally, the ‘preeminent good of self-respect may imply welfare rights reaching beyond those biological entailments,’ although michelman does not explore how: idem at . michelman may have been the first sympathetic critic of rawls to suggest that the difference principle and the income guarantee it entailed were not the only nor the most compelling principle that could be derived from rawls’s original position a just wants principle might fit the bill better. for a thoughtful later read- ing, canvassing the critics and making these points in greater detail, see j waldron, liberal rights: collected papers - ( ) at - . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e my. rawls devotes great attention in a theory of justice to just this subject; what he writes makes plain, i think, that he would include constitutional baselines respecting work and par- ticipation in the economic order, as well as welfare. despite the tension he uncovers between the primary good of self-respect and the ‘more is bet- ter’ attitude of the difference principle applied to income, michelman is right in suggesting that the difference principle is concerned with the social bases of self-respect and mutual respect. indeed, it concerns them more than it does the rational actor’s calculus of consent regarding income shares. when rawls writes about consent, he is concerned about what it takes to make each person a consenting member a charter member of society. he is concerned not only, or even primarily, with rational choice, but with contract, undertaking, and commitment more pre- cisely, with consent and commitment to the social enterprise, and, conversely, with the conditions which turn consent and commitment into submission and subjection. this is the problem rawls dubs the ‘strains of commitment.’ under an unjust political economy, such as ours, there are millions of citizens who cannot plausibly see themselves as members of a political community organized in their name to promote their interests and capacities. instead of supporting their capacities for commitment we have strained them to a breaking point. what, then, are the political-economic bases of consent and commitment? more important, writes rawls, than ‘a high material standard of life’ in securing ‘a just and good society … is meaningful work in free association with others, these associations regulating their relations to one another within a framework of just basic institutions.’ that is why, as you will recall, the difference principle reaches beyond income to the distribution of wealth and power; it concerns shared authority no less than a fair share of goods. this is the key difference between rawls’s con- stitutional political economy which he dubs a ‘property-owning democracy’ and the political economy of the welfare state. ‘in a welfare state,’ he writes in a preface to a theory of justice, ‘the aim [of political institutions] is that none should fall below a decent standard of life … . by contrast, in a property-owning democracy the aim is to carry out the idea of society as a fair system of cooperation over time between citizens as free and equal persons.’ the ‘back- ground institutions of property-owning democracy … try to disperse the ownership of wealth and capital, and thus to prevent a small part of society from controlling the economy and indirectly political life itself.’ ‘the idea is not simply to assist those who lose out through accident or mis- fortune (although this must be done), but instead to put all citizens in a position to manage their own affairs and to take part in social cooperation on a footing of mutual respect … .’ in a word, rawls’s precepts for political economy fall squarely within the social citizenship tra- dition. his political economy of citizenship bears a strong family resemblance to those of the populists, progressives, and new dealers who fashioned the variants of social citizenship thought in america. like them, he holds that one cannot be a consenting, charter member, a ‘citizen,’ of rawls (note above) at : ‘[w]hen we enter an agreement we must be able to honor it even should the worst possibilities prove to be the case… . thus the parties must weigh with care whether they will be able to stick by their commitment in all circumstances.’ idem at , , . for a thoughtful discussion of this theme in rawls, see waldron (note above) at - . rawls (note above) at . idem. j rawls ‘preface for the french edition of a theory of justice’ in samuel freeman (ed) collected papers ( ) at . idem. idem. idem. the national community without decent work, a measure of economic independence, and at least a small share of authority over the governance of one’s work and shared economic life. whether one rests one’s normative claim for welfare rights on some variant of rawlsian liberal- ism, as michelman does in the work we have been considering, or one relies on the republican tra- dition, as he does in the essays we take up later, a key part of the argument for welfare rights is this: these rights are necessary to secure the social bases of self-respect (the main concern in rawls) and of independence and mutual respect or equal standing (republicanism’s primary emphasis). in sum, welfare rights are necessary to a liberal republican (or, if you prefer, a republican liberal) concep- tion of equal citizenship. yet, plainly the social bases of equal citizenship consist of more than a decent minimum of food, shelter, and other material needs. they also demand a right to earn a livelihood through decent work; they require an opportunity to contribute in some recognized fash- ion to the social enterprise as well as to civic and political life. this broader view of the material dimensions of constitutional equality has a better mooring in the empirical literature that treats the social and economic underpinnings of self-respect and mutual respect among women and men in today’s america and a better mooring in our constitutional history. (b) justiciability — a concern for judicial competence and legitimacy the family resemblance we found between rawls and earlier proponents of social citizenship is one that critics like sandel studiously smudge over, in order to claim that rawls has aban- doned the ‘formative’ project of developing good citizens. michelman is as careful and gen- erous a reader as dwells in the republic of letters; he does not smudge over these aspects of rawls’s political economy, but openly puts them aside to carry on with ‘minimum protection’ and constitutional welfare rights. probably michelman would have invoked justiciability as rea- son enough to have put other social citizenship norms to one side, both in reading rawls and in his own constitutional theorizing. ‘justiciability,’ indeed, was michelman’s reason for seek- ing insurance rights, even though he conceded that it was ‘easier and more natural to find in rawls [a right to a] guaranteed money income’ or, more generally, a ‘right[] against exces- sive or unnecessary inequality of wealth or income.’ justiciability has two dimensions here. frank michelman on social rights see eg wj wilson when work disappears: the world of the new urban poor ( ); ah goldsmith et al ‘the psychological impact of unemployment and joblessness’ ( ) j socio-eco ; a sen the penalties of unemployment (banca d’italia working paper no ). of course, complex patterns of respect, deference, and degradation form around class and occupational hierar- chies, but all the empirical literature suggests that the most salient border between minimum respect and degra- dation in today’s class structure falls along the line between those who are recognized by organized society as working and providing a decent living for themselves and their families, and those men and women at the bot- tom of the nation’s class hierarchy who are not. see eg jf handler & y hasenfeld we the poor people: work, poverty, and welfare ( ); ks newman, no shame in my game: the working poor in the inner city ( ). on the experience of women in regard to the identities of housewife and ‘[waged] working woman’ and the dilemmas of self-respect and social recognition as a full and equal member of american society, see v schultz ‘life’s work’ ( ) col lr at (arguing that for women, no less than men, the right to par- ticipate in decent work is indispensable to equal citizenship; canvassing empirical literature showing that ‘a robust conception of equality [for women] can be best achieved through paid work, rather than despite it.’). mj sandel democracy’s discontent: america in search of a public philosophy ( ); see mj sandel liberalism and the limits of justice ( ); rawls (note above) at (noting that not only their capac- ity for self-respect but more broadly ‘the sort of persons [citizens] want to be as well as the sort of persons they are’ are shaped by the political economy they live under). michelman (note above) at . idem. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e the first concerns institutional capacity, or ‘judicial competence’ in legal process-ese. the sec- ond concerns the degree to which a given norm is formally law-like, determinate, and objective in its application. this dimension of justiciability obtains whether the setting is the courtroom, the legislature, or the constitutional convention, when ‘constitutional amendment is the chosen avenue of reform.’ in any of these fora, one must be concerned that the norms one is craft- ing or deriving from more general constitutional texts are such norms about which one can say with some measure of certainty that this constitutional requirement has or has not been or is or is not in the process of being met. begin with judicial competence. here, surely the starting point must be ‘compared to what?’ is a right to decent work any more beyond judicial capacities or more insulting to separation of powers constraints than the rights to welfare, health care, and decent housing with which michelman conjures? with the former as with the latter, a number of competency and separa- tion of powers concerns arise, and a variety of judicial strategies are open. the concerns and the strategies are familiar, and michelman briefly surveys several. ‘[p]erplexing questions of economic feasibility’ may arise; a decree fulfilling a ‘claimed housing [or employment] right [might] leav[e] the bottom worse off, on the whole, than it now is.’ but, says michelman, such questions ‘do not seem different in essence from other issues that courts have deemed judicially triable.’ and in respect of housing and school finance, as well as other social citizenly matters, judicial experience has grown since , particularly if one takes account of developments abroad and in america’s state courts. courts have found credible ways to assess claims of glaring failure on the part of national and subnational governments to address and meet guarantees of social rights. but it must be admitted that this body of constitutional (as distinct from statutory-interpretive) judicial experience has not addressed work and employment; and certainly, it is plausible that the many-sided determinants of the availability of decent work might counsel against a judicial role in interpreting and enforcing this as opposed to other social rights. i want to leave this possibility hanging, to be revisited when more of michelman’s and my own thoughts about judicial and non-judicial interpretation and enforcement of social rights are on the table. ‘more plausible’ than the argument for adjudicative incompetence, notes michelman, ‘is the notion of remedial incompetence.’ courts have no way of enforcing social rights without the raising and appropriating of public funds and the creation of new administrative structures. such actions are not only under the control of the other branches, but also ‘involve[] a complex of subsidiary but vitally important choices which the judiciary lacks all basis for making.’ idem at . see idem at - . idem at . michelman (note above) at . idem. fior a chastened but positive assessment of judicial contributions in the education financing arena, see m minow ‘just education: an essay for frank michelman’ ( ) tulsa lr . on the south african constitutional court’s interventions in the domain of housing, see michelman ‘constitution and social rights’ (note above) at - , - . most strikingly, perhaps, has been the work of german constitu- tional courts, at both the national and subnational levels, in respect of constitutional rights to housing and to a decent livelihood. see pe quint ‘the constitutional guarantees of social welfare in the process of german unification’ ( ) am j comp l . for a general discussion of constitutional adjudicato- ry experience with social rights, see c fabre social rights under the constitution: government and the decent life ( ) - . michelman (note above) at . idem. one response to this problem is ‘a judicial mandate to legislative, executive, or administrative officers to prepare, submit, and carry out a corrective plan.’ separation of powers presents a different order of concern. here, rawlsian principles, on michelman’s account, may collide. judicial vindication of substantive welfare rights may come at too high a cost ‘in participatory inequality [as between the judiciary’s and the citizenry’s respective roles in identifying the social rights to which a society’s shared principles of justice commit it] which damages [the citizen’s] self-respect.’ the trade-off between ‘justice in par- ticipatory rights and justice in substantive rights,’ may demand judicial forbearance. or at least, it may demand that courts ‘not cut welfare rights out of the whole cloth of speculative moral theory.’ likewise, i’d add, for the same reason, courts ought to forebear from cutting social citizenship rights out of the whole cloth of interpretative recollection of extra-judicial constitutional tradition. but such judgments do not exhaust the question of whether judges should ever allow such a theory to inform their application of ‘due process and equal protection guaranties in their formal and non-substantive aspects’ to statutory materials. here michelman takes inspi- ration from the lower federal courts’ pre-dandridge readiness to find in equal protection a command to invalidate even seemingly plausible classifications among potential eligibles and generally to put the statutory programs’ limitations and qualifications under strain, in the name of making need alone the valid criterion. too, he finds in cases like king v smith studies of how courts can find in afdc and kindred legislation statutory rights that amounted to ‘justice-inspired [legislative] supplementation of the constitutional cata- logue.’ certainly, this is a credible way to interpret the court’s reading of congress’s intent against the grain of legislative history and of congress’s knowing acquiescence in state practices the court went on to condemn. unprepared to declare the existence of such a constitutional right (and so openly and irrevocably to constrain congress), the court nonetheless was prepared to expand and deepen the limited and qualified commitments congress had made. not only is this a plausible reconstruction of the interaction between court and congress, but it is suggestive of how a judiciary mindful of the constitutional dimensions of work and par- ticipation could read statutory material in the area of labor and employment. in the case of statutory work and employment rights, however, a court would not need to rely on ‘enlight- ened,’ emergent, contemporary notions of democracy and justice. nudging state or federal agencies to construe their congressional mandates in ways that leaned toward inclusion or actu- al availability of work opportunities, courts could proceed in a somewhat more conservative interpretative style, relying on old, not emerging or ‘enlightened’ elite understandings of equal rights and constitutional equality. frank michelman on social rights idem. idem at . idem. michelman (note above) at . idem. see idem at - . idem at . for a like-minded account of possible readings of the wagner act see m barenberg ‘democracy and domination in the law of workplace cooperation: from bureaucratic to flexible production’ ( ) col lr . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e (c) justiciability and problems of indeterminacy and of constraints on democracy in public political fora ‘in search of constitutional welfare rights’ holds that welfare rights are the best vocabulary for expressing a constitutional commitment to a social minimum, partly by dint of their sup- posedly greater crispness and formal, determinate applicability. donning the hat of counselor to hypothetical constitution-framers, michelman says this: if you want to lay a basis for ‘con- vincing [constitutional] advocacy in political forums,’ then state your commitment to a social minimum in the form of ‘insurance rights.’ to rely on a more rawlsian vocabulary ‘would [fail to] give … advocates any special foothold for challenging legislative judgments.’ of course, here michelman is comparing insurance rights to rawls’s difference principle. the comparison that interests us, however, is a different one. is the legal-rhetorical foothold supplied by a right to decent housing any more secure from contending interpretations than that provided by a right to decent work? we need not belabor the point. michelman concedes it in a recent engagement with the arguments i am raising here. ‘if we … compare a social-citizenship conception with a welfare-right conception of a pos- itive constitutional guarantee in the economic sphere, we can see that neither sort of concep- tion trumps the other on the scale of justiciability.’ indeed, the examples michelman choos- es are those we’ve been employing. he points to the welfare right found in the present south african constitution, ‘to have access to adequate housing,’ a welfare right whose ‘progressive realization’ the state must take ‘reasonable’ steps ‘to achieve.’ and he asks whether such a right registers any higher on the scale of justiciability ‘than would a declared duty of the state to do the best it can to maintain an economy and society in which everyone who wants it has access to respectable, fulfilling, adequately remunerated work.’ the answer, he concedes, is no. if the welfare-right conception has an edge in respect of ‘concerns about constitutional-legal form,’ it is on the scale of what michelman now calls ‘narrowness.’ this is a concern dis- tinct from justiciability. it does not concern courts’ remedial competence or democratic deficits, nor whether a given norm is too general and wide-open-to-competing-interpretations. rather, it concerns how widely or narrowly a norm ‘preempt[s] major public policy choices from the ordinary politics of democratic debate and decision.’ more than a welfare right, ‘a constitu- tional social-citizenship right … reach[es] in a hundred directions … into the deepest redoubts of the common law and the most basic choices of political economy a modern society can make.’ certainly, if my historical scholarship is right about the way these rights have figured in pub- lic political discourse and debate about everything from currency to education to industrial michelman (note above) at . idem. idem at . see michelman ‘democracy-based resistance’ (note above) at . idem. idem. see idem. idem at . see michelman ‘democracy-based resistance’ (note above) at - . idem at . idem at . organization, then michelman is right. and note: michelman’s point pertains independently of the scope of judicial enforceability, as long as we presume our public officials to be conscien- tious. here, michelman’s thinking merges with the social citizenship tradition’s conception of how its norms would bear on democratic lawmaking—not via judicial review, but instead by directly constraining participants and the standards they apply and the arguments they offer in debates and decisions about public policy-making. over against the charge of non- ’narrowness’ or democracy-stymieing, michelman offers a defense on behalf of social citi- zenship norms. it is precisely the ‘blatant “non-justiciability” of a social-citizenship right its utter lack of mechanical applicability to any hard or contested question of public policy … [that] saves it from charges of contrariety to democracy.’ instead of thwarting democra- cy, social citizenship norms would mark a ‘gain for democracy … [by] impos[ing] a certain constraint on how citizens and their elected representatives would frame and approach sundry questions of public policy.’ that is, the norms would demand of all concerned an ‘exercise[] of … judgment … [about] which choice will best conduce to the social citizen- ship of everyone.’ by invoking michelman present to respond to michelman past, we have strayed from michel- man on rawls and welfare rights in . the burden of this foray into the present has been to suggest that michelman’s insistence on the justiciability of social and economic rights in non- judicial fora was a product of the politics and doctrine of the day. today, doctrine and politics afford neither the same possibilities nor their concomitant constraints, and we do better to pur- sue the path of social citizenship down which rawls and our home-grown ideals of social citi- zenship direct us. or as michelman observes in reference to a fuller version of the criticisms lev- eled here, if we count ourselves among those who ‘maintain that constitutional law outside the courts can figure importantly in the conduct of public affairs [and] that contention outside the courts over constitutional-legal meanings and obligations very possibly can be … a site for democracy in action,’ then should we not put justiciability issues aside, and ask: ‘is there any reason why we who take this view should hesitate to embrace a social-citizenship conception of constitutional social rights, in preference to a welfare-right conception, assuming we find the former to be morally the more appealing conception?’ there is more to say about the interaction of social-citizenship norms and democratic politics and lawmaking, and more of michelman’s insights and qualms to consider. we may yet conclude that a sparer set of social rights, a set of social minima, ought to enjoy constitutional pride of place, over against the broader, more historically rooted, and, perhaps, ‘morally … more appeal- ing’ social-citizenship conception that i have put forward. we may yet conclude that judicial safe- guards should obtain for essential welfare rights but not for the social citizenship principle. and we may find ourselves, with michelman, in the grip of genuine dilemmas. but further consider- ation should await a reading of michelman’s republican case for welfare rights. this brings us to his turn to history, and his thoughtful reading of progressive constitutionalism. frank michelman on social rights idem at . idem. michelman ‘democracy-based resistance’ (note above) at (emphasis omitted). michelman ‘constitution and social rights’ (note above) at . idem at - . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e v michelman’s republican case for welfare rights (a) the distributive dimension of constitutional property rights and the problem of legal form by the late s, the court had begun to cut the solicitous strands of doctrine well short of substantive welfare rights, declaring ever more categorically that its constitution confers ‘no affirmative right to governmental aid, even where such aid may be necessary to secure life, lib- erty, or property … .’ liberal constitutional scholarship grew more theoretical as the court grew more conservative. theorists acknowledged the limits of judicial competence and legiti- macy in the area of affirmative rights. they began to reflect on the ‘gap between the reach of constitutional case law and the reach of the constitution.’ they built up more general, less court-centered accounts of constitutional democracy as a system of self-government. for his part, michelman made civic republicanism and contemporary pragmatism and criti- cal theory his own, and brought them into an internal dialogue with liberal constitutional the- ory. out of this emerged a profound series of reflections on the dilemmas of constitutional self- government, the tensions between popular sovereignty and the rule of law, the nature of adju- dication, and, most germane here, the ‘possessive’ and ‘distributive’ conceptions of constitu- tional property rights. written in , michelman’s exploration of the tensions between these two kinds of property norms sets out to reconstruct the republican logic and history of the distributive side of constitutional property claims, to suggest why this side has been the recessive one in constitutional law, and to join issue with those, like michael walzer, who object for staunchly democratic reasons to the constitutionalization of ‘welfare claims as rights.’ michelman seized hold of the founders’ venerable republican conviction that ‘security of proper- ty holdings was [not just a matter of] private self-interest’; it was ‘of general political concern.’ material independence was ‘viewed as indispensable if one’s independence and competence as a par- ticipant in public affairs was to be guaranteed.’ this maxim had obvious bearing on the anti- redistributive, property-protecting provisions in the founders’ constitution; but it also implied a dis- tributive imperative. this imperative, too, found support in much that the founders wrote and did. but it found no obvious expression in the provisions and architecture of their constitution. the dis- tributive norm was deferred, michelman suggests. given the prospect of westward expansion, the founding generation could envision ‘a freehold beneath every household … supporting the free- holder’s independence.’ as long as this state of affairs continued, the constitution’s possessive regard for property was sufficient to answer the founders’ distributive concerns. deshaney v winnebago city dept of social services us at . see lg sager ‘justice in plain clothes: reflections on the thinness of constitutional law’ ( ) nw u lr at . see eg fi michelman ‘conceptions of democracy in american constitutional argument: voting rights’ ( ) fla lr ; fi michelman ‘law’s republic’ ( ) yale lj ; fi michelman ‘‘possession vs. distribution’ in the constitutional idea of property’ ( ) iowa lr [hereinafter michelman ‘possession vs. distribution’]; fi michelman ‘foreword: traces of self-government’ ( ) harv lr ; radin & michelman (note above). michelman ‘possession vs. distribution’ (note above) at - . the essay by michael walzer which michelman addresses is m walzer ‘philosophy and democracy’ ( ) pol theory . michelman ‘possession vs. distribution’ (note above) at . idem (emphasis omitted). idem at . idem at . by the end of the nineteenth century, however, a ‘progressive critique’ of this constitutional arrangement had emerged. with the rise of industrial capitalism, a regime of anti-redistributive property rights – so the critique ran – might itself ‘constitute undemocratic relationships of power and subjection.’ on this account, persons—wage earners, tenant farmers, and others ’subject- ed to the proprietary power of others lacked … the material foundations of independent political competence.’ in short, with the rise of large-scale corporate enterprise and its impact on the legal-political-intellectual culture of the late nineteenth century, the distributive and anti-redis- tributive sides of our tradition’s constitutional understanding of property claims were set on a col- lision course. once it was firmly recognized that ‘uncontrolled so-called private power’ expos- es individuals to subjection, it behooved government to act. ‘logically, however, the state cannot offer protection … by the same formal law that would protect absolutely against redistributive political “interventions.”’ accordingly, while the progressive critique largely succeeded in undoing the regime of anti-redistributive property norms, it did not succeed, on michelman’s account, in supplanting those norms with distributive ones. indeed, michelman implies that the progressive reformers never sought to embed such distributive norms into constitutional dis- course. they hardly could have hoped to do so, it appears in his view, since distributive norms, whatever their claim to constitutional status, seem to place an unbearable burden on our com- mitment to formally realizable, objective, ‘law’-like standards as the sole, legitimate lingua franca in the province and discourse of the constitution. as you might guess, i am on all fours with michelman and he with me all the way to the last point. there, as an historical and interpretative matter, we seem to part ways in modest degree; for i read the progressives, and their forebears and descendants, stretching from the s to the s generations of reformers which, following michelman, for present purposes, i’ll sim- ply call progressives somewhat differently. as i’ve encountered them in years of reading, these generations of progressives found no insoluble tension inherent in the effort to ‘cast substan- tively appealing and defensible distributive norms’ as constitutional standards. they did not neglect ‘the classical negative understanding of fundamental rights’ (in the thick of lochnerism, how could they?), nor the appeal that understanding made to a deep-seated image of constitutional norms as ‘strongly objective’ abstract, simple, formal and, thereby, law-like. but they treated the grip of these ideas on ‘the american constitutional imagination’ as con- tingent and contestable via tools michelman knows well: pragmatism, context, a ‘changing constitution.’ thus, as i’ve shown elsewhere in needlepoint detail, their view was this: the need to make the constitutional tradition’s distributive imperatives into direct claims against the state did not compel divorcing constitutional from political economic discourse; it did demand dethroning the courts and installing congress and the ‘active branches’ as the nation’s new ‘constitutional political economists.’ in tandem with this reallocation of interpretive authority, i’ve shown how progressives set frank michelman on social rights idem at . michelman ‘possession vs. distribution’ (note above) at . idem. idem at . idem at . idem at . michelman ‘possession vs. distribution’ (note above) at (quoting dp currie ‘positive and negative constitutional rights’ ( ) u chi lr at ) (internal quotations omitted). idem. see forbath ‘caste, class, and equal citizenship’ (note above) at - . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e about the hermeneutic task of translating ‘the “old and sacred possessive [common-law based and anti-redistributive] rights” of property and labor’ into new ‘social and economic rights,’ to enable ‘“a return to values lost in the course of … economic development” and “a recovery” of the “old rights” once robust social meaning.’ the ‘active branches’ and the citizenry itself, so progressives and, later, new dealers contended, were better suited to the task of interpret- ing and applying the new ‘social meaning’ of constitutional property norms in part for the kinds of justiciability reasons michelman highlights, but also because they sought to advance a more dialogic and democratic mode of constitutional interpretation and decisionmaking. interestingly, if i am right about this history, i do no more than provide an ancestry for the revisionist aspect of michelman’s argument about the forms of constitutional law and demo- cratic politics. michelman’s urging is this: if we can but relax the hold of our inherited ideal of legality in favor of a revised and more pragmatic one, then we might open the space for a fuller consideration of ‘distributive property claims … [in] the province[] and discourse[] of constitutional law.’ (b) republicanism vs welfare rights perhaps because his attention rests so largely upon the seeming tension between distributive norms and ‘legal’ ones, and perhaps because his proof text is walzer’s critique of the idea of constitutional legalization of welfare rights, the latter remains michelman’s only specification of what a modern distributive constitutional property claim deserving of our more ample con- sideration might be. as a result, another, perhaps equally deep, tension goes unexplored. that is the tension between the modern welfare rights claim and the republican underpinning michelman claims for it. republican maxims hold that a measure of material independence is a necessary basis for polit- ical competence and standing. that is michelman’s normative baseline. but in the republican out- look he invokes, such citizenly standing and competence have always been bound up with the sta- tus of one who fulfills some recognized, responsible role in the social enterprise – one who ‘earns’ her measure of material security and ‘independence.’ we certainly may find, as far back as the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, support in both ‘liberal’ and ‘republican’ texts for the view idem at (quoting fd roosevelt ‘message to congress reviewing the broad objectives and accomplishments of the administration (june )’ in the public papers and addresses of franklin d roosevelt ( ) - ). idem (quoting same) (internal quotations omitted). nor were these reform thinkers unmindful of the prob- lem michelman identifies of mediating between distributive and possessive property claims. see michelman ‘possession vs. distribution’ (note above) at . progressive reformers like brandeis and commons devoted vast attention to reconciling the various possessive property claims of employers with such social rights as minimum livelihoods and unemployment insurance and with the claims of employees, as of right, to a voice in the governance of the enterprise. it is true, though, that their efforts at reconciliation, while principled, did not take the form of ‘strongly objective standards’ but were rather more contextual and pragmatic. see eg jr commons legal foundations of capitalism ( ). ancestors who were, at least until world war i, largely blind to what we now know—and what post-war progressives began to surmise—about the democratic resources in rights, ‘higher law,’ and judicial authority. michelman ‘possession vs. distribution’ (note above) at . see we forbath ‘the ambiguities of free labor: labor and the law in the gilded age’ ( ) wis lr (tracing this theme in republican discourse of political and legal elites and labor reformers in us from s to s); forbath ‘caste, class, and equal citizenship’ (note above) at - , - ) - (same, adding inflections of theme in women’s, african american, and agrarian movements, and carrying forward into s- s). that the poor have a subsistence claim on society’s resources. in truth, that claim was well-defend- ed by locke; it is there, too, in the writings of adam smith. but that is a far cry from making this longstanding claim a basis for citizenship in the sense of full membership in the political com- munity. neither locke, nor smith, nor madison and jefferson in the ‘republican’ texts michelman relies on, nor later renderings of liberalism and republicanism, up to and including professors rawls and sandel – none of these lend support to the idea of making public assistance simpliciter the material base of citizenship. that base, that dignifying social minimum, must rest on some socially recognized contribution on a person’s part to the common enterprise. vi welfare vs social citizenship rights (a) thus far: the social-citizenship conception is the better one this broader, more participatory conception of social citizenship may not be necessary in every lib- eral democratic society today to assure a person’s standing as an ‘equal participant in public affairs.’ but to use a phrase with which michelman recently has conjured, this account seems firmly embed- ded in america’s ‘constitutional identity.’ the longstanding links between work, equal respect, and citizenship seem constitutive of ‘who we think we are and aim to be as a politically constitut- ed people, [of] where we think we have come from and where we think we are headed.’ the idea that welfare rights fit well with either a liberal or a republican understanding of the material bases of equal citizenship was first forged in the context of the welfare rights movement, as a scholar’s contribution to that inspiring struggle. but the movement, like any social movement of subordinate people, was sharply constrained. it played the hand that history and the white house dealt it. its programmatic vision, its strategy and goals, all were shaped by the social provi- sion and institutional resources at hand to address black poverty afdc, lso, and the community action agencies. but nothing about this conjuncture gave any assurance that welfare rights were the right solution to the problem of social and economic exclusion confronting poor black citizens. black leaders like king and rustin plainly thought otherwise; they called for a ‘negroes’ new deal’ that emphasized decent work. as a normative matter, and as a constitutional one, i have suggest- ed, they were right. frank michelman on social rights regarding locke, see eg, j locke two treatises of government ( ) (poor man has a right to ‘title to so much out of another’s plenty as will keep him from extreme want’); ta horne property rights and poverty: political argument in britain, - ( ) at - ; and r ashcraft ‘liberalism and the problem of poverty’ ( ) crit rev at (demonstrating that locke and classical liberalism emphasize natural right to subsistence; they see ‘poor relief [as a] constitutive and necessary feature of any legitimate society’). regarding smith, see eg a smith an inquiry into the nature and causes of the wealth of nations ( ) (‘no society can surely be flourishing … of which the far greater part of the members are poor and miserable.’); i hont & m ignatieff, needs and justice in the wealth of nations: an introductory essay, in wealth and virtue: the shaping of political economy in the scottish enlightenment ( ) (identifying meeting needs of poor as smith’s theoretical axis for assessing political-economic arrangements). for a madison or jefferson, poor relief left paupers still ‘dependent’ and, therefore, unqualified for citizen- ship. they favored ample material opportunities (they even occasionally championed rights to property in ‘full and absolute dominion’) for all white men willing and able to exploit them, and charity or coercion for the rest. see forbath ‘caste, class, and equal citizenship’ (note above) at - (discussing and quot- ing from the madison and jefferson texts relied on by michelman and other ‘constitutional welfare rights’ defenders like sunstein). see fi michelman ‘morality, identity and ‘constitutional patriotism’’ ( ) denv u lr at . idem. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e the vision of citizenship fashioned by the welfare rights movement also was shaped by the fact that the movement’s constituents were women and mothers. king and rustin had nothing to say about this fact, and precious little to say about gender equality in general. but everything we know about welfare and work suggests that generous and guaranteed welfare provision – however morally imperative it may be – cannot do the main work of securing gender equality for poor women. that also demands reconstructing the low wage labor market, striving to assure decent jobs for women, no less than men, and providing enabling rights, as well, to train- ing and child care and old-age pensions, as well as provision and incentives that enable and encourage equitable sharing of dependent-care. a liberal society that prizes the dignity of the individual, if it is an affluent one that can afford a guaranteed income that protects all against desperate want, must do so. to refuse is, in rawls’s terms, to put an unbearable and unjust strain on individuals’ commitments to the social compact. but that is not enough. equal citizenship also requires social citizenship. or, as michelman most recently put the claim on our joint behalf: [we cannot] call on everyone … to submit their fates to a democratic-majoritarian lawmaking system, without also committing our society, from the start, to run itself in ways designed to constitute and sustain every person as a competent and respect- ed contributor to political exchange and contestation and furthermore to social and economic life at large. once one embraces the view that the constitution must vouchsafe the minimum social conditions of democratic lawmaking, one cannot leave the question of social citizenship where michelman first left it in his rawlsian and republican arguments. one cannot leave the work- and economic- independence-and-participation-related aspects of social citizenship to the give and take of ordi- nary politics. specification of what counts as decent work or recognized but non-waged contri- bution (such as child- or elder-care), and how, at a particular time, the nation ought to go about assuring such opportunities to all, of what counts as a decent livelihood at said time, of what counts as incapacity, and of what quantum of income should separate those, not incapacitated, who avail themselves of ‘welfare’ or a guaranteed income versus those who ‘work’ all these issues and more may and, practically, must be addressed through political and market processes. but if social citizenship guarantees are prerequisites to political equality, then, at the most general level, these commitments must precede ordinary politics; otherwise, a broad swathe of the citizenry would be denied as today they are denied a constitutionally fair opportunity to act as citizen-par- ticipants in the very debates and decisionmaking upon which their citizenly standing depends. as i’ve noted, michelman, in his most recent work on constitutional social rights, seems to sign on to the ‘forbath-style constitutional guarantee of social citizenship.’ in that work, he rehearses the justiciability issues, which had preoccupied him in his first, , engagement with rawls. these problems of ‘judicial role and competence’ he says, should be the ‘least of our concerns.’ ‘judges who know their business … can find both properly adjudicative standards for testing claims of social-rights violations and worthwhile, properly judicial remedies for violations when found.’ michelman ‘constitution and social rights’ (note above) at . idem at ; see idem at fn (noting the ‘persuasive case for the moral superiority of the social-citi- zenship conception’). idem at . idem at (footnote omitted). courts, therefore, ‘exercising constitutional review in entirely convention- (b) a new dilemma: does the social citizenship conception require abandoning justiciability? more troubling than justiciability, michelman argues, are two other sorts of objections. one is the problem of constraining democratic decision-making, which we’ve already glimpsed; the other objection goes to the ‘non-transparency’ or lack of ‘ascertainability’ of the social citizen- ship guarantee. for a constitutional order to be legitimate, all its core commitments must be such that citizens can see or ascertain that their ‘fellow citizens and their government [are] real- ly complying with [them].’ without this quality of ‘transparency’ or ‘ascertainability,’ how could one expect a reasonable citizen reasonably to assent to the constitutional order? the dilemma with the social citizenship guarantee, then, is that it is (a) a prerequisite for a legiti- mate liberal democratic constitution, yet, at the same time, (b) deeply problematic in virtue of its ‘raging indeterminacy’ and the fact that, therefore, ‘it will almost always be impossible for anyone to say decisively whether [that guarantee] is or is not being pursued in earnest.’ in other words, the social citizenship requirement seems to land its proponents in contradiction. the constitutional regime is not legitimate if it does not include the guarantee; but it also is not legitimate if any of its basic guarantees are ‘such that citizens cannot judge whether those guar- antees in fact are being kept, or at least at all times being pursued in good faith.’ at the end of the day, however, michelman puts both of these ‘deeper objections’ to the social citizenship guarantee to rest; and he does so through the same device. ‘rawlsian thought,’ he suggests, ‘offers a way out of this bind’: loosening the constitutional requirements of social citizenship from ‘rights’ to ‘directive principles’ (as that phrase is used in several of the world’s constitutions to denote judicially non-cognizable but nevertheless basic and binding commitments ), or what rawls would call ‘a constraint on public reason.’ the upshot is frank michelman on social rights al, nonworrisome ways almost certainly can play a useful role in the promotion of the distributive aims of social rights guarantees.’ michelman ‘constitution and social rights’ (note above) at . idem at . idem at , , . idem at . thus, suppose that ‘effective social citizenship on fair terms for all who seek it’ is, indeed, among the principles to which the government must ‘visibly be committed … in order that the total gover- nance system may be one that meets the … standard’ of constitutional legitimacy – see idem and suppose that lawmakers this year have replaced welfare with workfare, increased by one half the budget allocation for job training, reduced the minimum wage by one-third, extended the collective bargaining laws to cover employers of as few as ten workers, abolished rent control, budgeted an annual sum of billion crowns for housing allowances and job training, increased income tax rates by five percent, reduced the prime lend- ing rate by two percentage points, doubled the size of the employment discrimination mediation corps, and approved a new tariff schedule somewhat less protective than its predecessor, in exchange for reciprocal concessions from abroad. michelman ‘constitution and social rights’ (note above) at - . is the gov- ernment complying with the constitutional guarantee of social citizenship? ‘raging indeterminacy of this sort seems to disqualify a clause like [the social citizenship guarantee] from figuring as a required compo- nent in a complete and legitimating constitutional agreement’: idem at . idem at . idem. idem. thus, for example, the irish constitution and the indian constitution (following the irish model) both con- tain a list of social rights in a part headed ‘directive principles of social policy.’ its opening paragraph states: ‘the principles of social policy set forth in this article are intended for the general guidance of the [parliament]. the application of those principles … shall not be cognisable by any court under any of the provisions of this constitution’: art , constitution of ireland, . michelman ‘constitution and social rights’ (note above) at fn (quoting and citing rawls (note at - , - ) (internal quotations omitted). t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e a constitutional order in which ‘the basic negative liberties freedoms of conscience and expres- sion, for example’ require ‘fully firm, strict, and reliable substantive guarantees of compli- ance,’ while ‘the rest of social citizenship’ stands as a requirement that every lawmaker ‘and indeed every voter stands ready … to explain and defend all their votes, on matters affect- ing the structural conditions of social citizenship, as expressions of their honest best judgments about which choice is most conducive to assurance of social citizenship for all … .’ the dis- tinction michelman draws between ‘the basic negative liberties’ and ‘the rest of social citizen- ship’ makes plain that by ‘the rest of social citizenship’ he here means not only the right to decent work or other rights we have labeled participatory, but rather all affirmative social rights including ‘welfare’ rights. this shift from rights to directive principles seems to put michelman’s answers to his three objections in conflict with one another. michelman’s answer to the judicial overreaching objec- tion is to underscore that courts can play a modest but valuable role in securing social rights, while abiding by more or less determinate, law-like standards for testing rights claims and ordi- nary views about the boundaries of courts’ institutional competence and authority. michelman’s answer to the democracy- and transparency-based objections is to propose mak- ing social rights into not-rights-but-directive-principles fit not for courts, but for citizens and lawmakers in view of their ‘raging indeterminacy,’ and in virtue of the modest but valuable role that constitutional directive principles can play as ‘constraints on’ or ‘inflections of’ public rea- son and deliberation. in other words, michelman seems to be ascribing a contradictory nature to the social citizen- ship guarantee. if the guarantee, conceived as ‘a right or set of rights,’ is ‘such that citizens can- not judge whether [they] in fact are being kept,’ then one is hard-pressed to imagine how such ‘a right or set of rights’ could yield judges ‘properly adjudicative standards for testing claims of social-rights violations and worthwhile, properly judicial remedies for violations when found.’ (c) ‘raging indeterminacy’?: normative and practical bases for sorting social citizenship into rights and directive principles there are various possible ways out of this contradiction; the best route may be this. perhaps, in the absence of statutory specification, some social citizenship norms are and others are not reasonably well-suited for courts to help enforce. this, we saw, was michelman’s view back in , when he contrasted rawls’s difference principle, as an equality guarantee, to welfare rights to food, shelter, health care, and education. the latter lent themselves to a measure of judicial enforceability; the former did not. of late, however, michelman has embraced enlarg- ing the circle of social rights to include, for example, decent work; and this may have con- tributed to inclining him to the view that judgments about the ‘progressive realization’ or ‘good faith pursuit’ of any and all social rights are imbued with so many controvertible policy choic- es and trade-offs that they ought properly be made by the polity and not the courts. idem at . idem. idem. idem. see michelman ‘constitution and social rights’ (note above) at (contrasting ‘formal, legal guarantees of … the core, basic negative liberties’ with ‘confidence that public reason … prevails in public decision- making over matters affecting … social citizenship’). but transmuting social rights into judicially non-cognizable directive principles comes at an obvious price; for as michelman recognizes, courts can play a useful role in promoting (at least some elements of) social citizenship. so, it is worth asking whether there is a case for sorting out social citizenship guarantees into sub-categories of rights and directive principles. with the mediating idea of directive principles in hand, we will not be drawn, as michelman was in , to conflate the justiciability of a particular element of social citizenship with an answer to the question whether that element carries important constitutional weight and significance. so, let us return to the comparison and contrast between the ‘welfare right’ to housing or shelter and the ‘social-citizenship right’ to decent work. along some important dimensions of justiciability, we have noted, neither of these rights trumps the other. we also have seen that the availability of decent work is a state of affairs which may have a uniquely large and disparate set of potential pol- icy levers surrounding it, running to everything from childcare and job training to the prime lending rate, tax and tariff policies, public investments and employment, and beyond. this leads michelman to query whether anyone, including presumably a court, could ‘say decisively whether [the guaran- tee] is or is not being pursued in earnest.’ but practical complexity is not all that may importantly distinguish the social citizenship guarantee from welfare rights, like the right to housing. practical complexity is linked to complexities of social meaning and of cultural contention and change. what it means to ensure that no member of the community is homeless or without ade- quate shelter is not self-evident; but the range of plausible meanings is vastly more definite and exigent than what it means to ensure ‘decent work’ for all, or to sustain every member as ‘a com- petent and respected contributor to political[,] … social, and economic life at large.’ (d) imagining welfare rights and social citizenship in america in imagine an america in the year constitutionally committed to welfare rights and likewise committed to guaranteeing social citizenship for all. in that america, if some are homeless, they should be entitled to say that the constitution requires that government act in some fashion to ensure an increase in the supply of available, affordable housing and to ensure emergency shel- ter in the meantime. but if some are ‘jobless,’ say by dint of a rash of outsourcing of jobs over- seas, ought they be entitled to say that the constitution requires that government act to increase the supply of full-time jobs? putting all practical difficulties and impediments aside, there would remain the question whether that response vindicating the asserted entitlement to a new ‘full- time’ job would be the only or the best way to sustain those newly jobless americans as ‘com- petent and respected contributors’ to social and economic life. many, i am sure, would think not. posed with this question and a chance to deliberate about it, many americans would probably observe that too many people are laboring their lives away, and that the overwork of some contributes to the unemployment and poverty of others. they might contend that a better response to the moral and material injuries of joblessness would include a broader distribution of decent work, combined with a compensating social wage in cash, or in health insurance or other goods, so that more americans had decent work and more americans also had more time for family, community, and other things besides earning wages. thus, as polities, large or small, considered how to make good on the social citizenship guar- antee, there surely would be good faith normative disagreement about striking the balance between (a) the freedom-enhancing virtues of ensuring decent, dignified livelihoods through frank michelman on social rights idem at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e income guarantees and publicly funded social insurance and (b) the ‘participation’ and ‘indi- vidual responsibility’ values served by requiring people to ‘earn’ those livelihoods via, say, a greater emphasis on public investment and job creation. more narrowly, many americans would hold that some part of the joblessness problem— and the loss of social and self-respect joblessness produces might be better addressed by remu- nerating and dignifying the work of child or elder care than by creating new full-time jobs out- side the home. some might even suggest incentives to encourage men, in particular, to spend more time in those pursuits, and to see them as a fair avenue for fulfilling a part of their role as ‘respected contributors.’ finally, many americans, as always, would contend that access to education and the wherewithal to pursue it are an essential alternative response to jobless- ness, at least for those who aspire to some kind of work for which their present education level has not outfitted them. and this is just a brief sampling of the kind of normative debate, con- testation and change that we have every reason to expect would attend the process of honor- ing a social citizenship guarantee in the year . so, a crucial difference between welfare rights and the broader right of social citizenship lies not simply along the dimension of practical complexity but also along the intersecting dimen- sion of normative indeterminacy. the normative meaning of the social citizenship guarantee seems properly subject to a level of good faith disagreement, contestation and change that is quite different from welfare rights to food, clothing, shelter, or even education. in an america constituted by both kinds of guarantees, the response to homelessness, and the incapacitation and indignity it threatens, must be some kind of home; but the response to the marginality and exclusion threatened by joblessness may rightly be more open-ended. it properly entails ongo- ing revaluation of what we mean by ‘full time’ and ‘work’ and ‘respected contribution.’ and if that is so, then there is good reason to conceptualize welfare rights as rights, and the social cit- izenship guarantee as a directive principle. welfare rights are suited, in ways we’ve already canvassed, to some non-trivial measure of judi- cial oversight, even though enforcing them to the hilt is well beyond the courts’ domain. since they are essential to constituting every american as a free and equal member of the polity, it seems folly to forsake the judiciary’s contribution. the social citizenship guarantee is no less essential, but because of the wide-open practical and normative choices encircling it, that guarantee presents dis- tinct and intractable justiciability problems. it makes sense, therefore, to deem it a directive princi- ple. so, michelman’s recent reliance on ‘rawlsian thought’ for the idea of transmuting social rights into directive principles or ‘constraints on public reason’ seems to me half right. if instead we for acknowledgement by the present court of the constitutional stakes in ensuring that men bear an equal share of the work of family care, see nevada department of human resources v hibbs s ct ( ) (holding that because the unequal distribution of family care between women and men contributes to women’s social and economic inequality, public employment practices that perpetuate this inequality amount to constitutional injuries, which congress is empowered to redress under the fourteenth amendment). i note that rawls himself, in political liberalism, did not draw the category of ‘constitutional essentials’ as narrowly as michelman seems to suggest. in addition to the basic negative liberties like freedom of con- science, rawls also holds that ‘a social minimum providing for the basic needs of all citizens’ also belongs in the category of ‘constitutional essentials’ requiring fully firm, strict, and reliable substantive guarantees of compliance. see rawls (note above) at - & fn (noting that rawls finds himself ‘accepting frank michelman’s view as stated in “welfare rights and constitutional democracy”’). thus, what rawls leaves out of his category of ‘constitutional essentials’ (and puts into the category of principles that instead must serve as ‘constraints on public reason’) seems closer to what i am suggesting: the difference principle and fair equality of opportunity. see idem at - . divvy up the constitutional universe of social rights into rights and directive principles, perhaps, we better serve the competing concerns which prompted michelman. such a division might help insure against an obvious danger posed by the full-scale morph- ing of rights into directive principles: while the polity deliberates, and public reason unfolds, people starve. good faith disagreement shades imperceptibly into dawdling and indifference. and the voices of those at the margins weaken. judicially cognizable welfare rights might pro- vide a hook and a prod, to use michelman’s own metaphors, for securing the livelihoods of those at the margins, boosting slightly their ability to participate in the polity’s conversations about its directive principles, about what it means to sustain everyone as a participant and con- tributor. what is more, the simpler we make the cognizable essentials of social citizenship, the more vigorously our constitutional courts might provide stays against political failures. today, social provision, social rights, even the social safety net are in tatters and disrepute. the working poor constitute a growing part of the nation’s labor force, and the scandal of over- work, demeaning conditions, and impoverishing wages for millions of americans goes largely unaddressed. during this dry season, no scholar has done more than michelman to keep intel- lectually alive and vivid the view that high constitutional values and commitments are at stake in how america responds to poverty and material inequality. as we ponder the shape and the practice of social rights and social citizenship in a progressive constitution for the year , we are lucky to have frank michelman to begin the conversation. frank michelman on social rights the just community: emile durkheim on liberalism and society d e r i k g e l d e r b l o m department of sociology, unisa i introduction my aim in this chapter is to provide an overview, and evaluation, of an early communitarian critic of liberalism: emile durkheim ( - ). durkheim was one of the founders of aca- demic sociology. his work later inspired the functionalist school in anthropology and sociolo- gy. he was also an important forerunner of the structuralist movement of the s and s in france and elsewhere. durkheim’s contribution towards the debates on liberalism and human rights arose in the context of his lifelong concern to investigate the relationship between individual and society. he tried to reconcile an emphasis on individual freedom with the demands of social integration and justice. this is especially relevant in our current context where the failures of both a collectivist marxism and an individualist capitalism are all too apparent. in terms of the current debates between liberals and communitarians, he can best be classi- fied as a communitarian. he was especially critical of free-market liberals and their belief that the invisible hand of the market had the capacity to create spontaneous order out of the selfish exchanges of individuals. although he found much he could agree with in kant’s epistemology and ethics, he objected to a core point of departure of kant’s philosophy. he felt that kant’s emphasis on a transhistorical, autonomous subject of knowledge neglected the social factors in the rise of this subject, and could not give an account of the individual’s dependency on socie- ty. these points all address themes common to the communitarian critique of liberalism. at the same time, however, durkheim believed that individual freedom and justice were core values that any modern society had to defend. he also did not regard traditional sources of commu- nity such as religion, ethnicity and the family as viable options for a modern society, and believed that new sources of community had to be found. durkheim’s defence of communitar- ianism was very sophisticated, and deserves better scrutiny in this debate. ii the nature of rights durkheim’s critique of free-market liberals relates to their exclusive emphasis on so-called negative rights. an ongoing dispute in human rights discourse (and within the liberal tradition) concerns the nature of the rights that have to be extended to individuals in order to guarantee their liberty. one j christman social and political philosophy. a contemporary introduction ( ) at , endnote . side, nowadays called the libertarians, argue that these are limited to protection against inter- ference from others. in practice this means that the state must protect the life and property of individuals from depredations by others, and otherwise guarantee their freedom to live their life as best as possible. their opponents, of which john rawls is within the liberal tradition the most prominent exponent, believes that additional rights are necessary to guarantee the mini- mum level of living necessary to meaningfully exercise those rights (so-called positive rights). this means that the state must act to reduce gross poverty that impedes the self-realisation of some individuals. as is well-known, the south african constitution is relatively unique in the sense that it contains provisions supporting positive rights. it is also common knowledge that, in the grootboom case, the constitutional court has committed itself to an, at least limited, degree of judicial oversight regarding the government’s duty to give effect to those provisions. in durkheim’s time, the negative rights argument was articulated most prominently by herbert spencer, and it was against him that durkheim’s criticisms were directed. as we shall see below, durkheim was an advocate of justice in economic exchanges, and believed that redis- tribution was necessary to ensure justice. he was therefore critical of the free-market argu- ment’s rejection of positive rights. however, this is not what is at issue in the next few para- graphs. here we will attend to what can be called a sub-argument within the bigger argument about rights. durkheim was in particular critical of spencer’s argument that social order can be attained purely on the basis of self-interested exchanges in the marketplace. this argument was first advanced by the scottish political economist and enlightenment philosopher, adam smith, in his famous book the wealth of nations ( ). philosophers differ in other respects with regard to their justification of the primacy of negative rights (some departing from a utilitarian framework, and others such as nozick basing their arguments on locke’s social contract theo- ry, as well as kant), but smith’s argument about the possibility of social integration purely on the basis of market exchanges is central to all of them. any theory that defends a notion of a limited state and an exclusive emphasis on negative rights needs to prove that a setup in which rights are limited in that way is viable and will not create conflict. iii social order based purely on self-interested market exchanges smith’s argument was advanced in a context where philosophers had been wondering for some time how social order could be maintained in the new society that was then forming in europe. religious wars following upon the protestant reformation, the decline of feudal society and later the beginning of the industrial revolution all contributed to disruptive social change. hobbes formulated this question in terms of what later came to be known as the ‘problem of order’: given that all people are inherently selfish, how will it be possible for us to avoid a state of constant conflict? as is well-known, his answer was that individuals will agree to subordi- nate themselves to a strong sovereign, who will be charged to keep order among them. a more extreme answer was provided some time later by the reactionary frenchman, joseph de maistre. social order, he said, is guaranteed in the last instance by one man only: the execu- tioner. both of these believed that it is necessary for individuals to offer up their freedom to ensure social order. this was not smith’s viewpoint. his argument was that neither the the just community i berlin ‘the counter-enlightenment’ in against the current: essays in the history of ideas ( ) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e sovereign not the executioner is necessary. social order can arise spontaneously, if the right institutional setting is provided, from the free actions of individuals in the marketplace. smith (and spencer) believed that the ‘invisible hand’ of the market has the remarkable capacity to ensure that the greater good will be served if people pursue their own selfish ends. the argument is as follows: the basis for progress in a society is the increasing division of labour. if a large enough market exists in which individuals can freely exchange their products, the division of labour in a society will grow more complex. people will specialise in making one product only, and will cease to be self-sufficient. this specialisation will both make people more dependent on others and lead to increased productivity and economic growth. division of labour is also the key to social integration. market exchanges take place because people need the products produced by others. in a competitive environment, it will be in the enlightened self-interest of sellers not to exploit their customers, because customers can always patronise the competition if they are not satisfied. market pressures therefore make it possible to regulate the relationships between exchange partners so that conflict does not result from their interaction. in a free market, social order arises, purely unintentionally, from the selfish desires of individuals. it is obvious why this argument is attractive to libertarians. central direc- tion from the state, or any other form of extraneous regulation, is not necessary to create social order. in fact, they believe it would distort the working of the market and should therefore be avoided. thus the responsibilites of the state to its citizens should be limited to guaranteeing the negative freedoms of individuals. redistributive actions to ensure positive rights are conse- quently forbidden. iv durkheim’s critique the first part of this argument was less contentious for durkheim. he certainly recognised the capacity of the division of labour to increase productivity. he did, however, have major prob- lems with the next part of this position, which was that the free market, by itself, was able to integrate society and that it should therefore be left unregulated. durkheim insisted on the opposite: if implemented consistently, free-market policies would lead to conflict and social dis- organisation and destabilise society. it would encourage a radical individualism that elevated the interests of the individual above that of society. this radical individualism, he said, placed no limits on the individual’s desires. as a result, these desires become uncontrollable, which leads to conflict between people as their massive egos clash in search of self-gratification. but this does not mean that all kinds of individualism are bad. a more responsible individualism that takes into account social needs was indeed a good thing. durkheim, like smith and spencer, supported individual freedom against the depredations of the sovereign and the executioner. this put him in the liberal camp in terms of the debates of the day. he made it clear that the old basis of social order, which centred around unquestion- ing obedience to church, king and country was no longer viable. people had become emanci- pated from these structures, and this was a good thing; not something to be deplored. what smith’s book has been somewhat unfairly typecast as an unqualified defence of freemarket capitalism. his book also contains cogent arguments about the need for state interventions in some cases. e durkheim the division of labour in society ( ) at xxxii; e durkheim the elementary forms of religious life ( ) at . was needed now, he argued, was new institutions and values with the capacity to gain the respect and support of modern, emancipated, individuals. these institutions will aim to defend individual freedom, even as they guard against the abuse of this freedom. we now move to the specifics of durkheim’s argument against spencer. durkheim claimed that spencer was wrong in believing that self-interest and the negative rights necessary to pur- sue it could act as the basis for social peace. he made the following points: self-interest is not stable enough to act as the basis for social peace. according to durkheim, it may be in my interests to cooperate with you today, but then again it may be against my inter- ests to do so tomorrow. durkheim unfortunately did not elaborate on this point, so it is not clear why he thought self-interest should be so inconstant in its effects. it is not difficult to find reasons to support his argument, though. the free market analysed by smith represents an ide- alised situation that does not appear very often in reality. it assumes a multitude of sellers and buyers, with no single one of them big enough to force his/her terms on the others. in the real world, of course, monopolies and oligopolies are common, entry costs to new competitors high, and arm-twisting (and leg-breaking) rife, so market discipline is absent to a significant extent. in these cases, self-interest leads to exploitation by the powerful. even the idealised free-mar- ket situation can only account for relationships between buyers and sellers. it does not provide any antidote to conflict, and hard-ball tactics, between sellers, for example. a good example of this was the state of war that existed in the unregulated minibus-taxi industry of south africa until recently. the free-market argument is particularly problematic in the case of the labour/capital rela- tionship. according to durkheim, free-market ideologues like to say that, if employers offer salaries that are too low, they will not find workers to fill these positions, because no rational person will work in an occupation if the salary does not match the work involved. they there- fore believe that the market forces of supply and demand will, by themselves, ensure that work- ers are compensated at a level equivalent to their productivity, because a shortage of workers will force employers to increase wages. what they forget is that a whole section of the popula- tion cannot abandon their function in this way, since no other is available to them. a worker may very well find him- or herself in such a powerless position. such a person may be desper- ate to find a job simply to ward off starvation, in which case s/he will take any job on offer regardless of the employment conditions. the weak bargaining position of workers may there- fore render the discipline of market forces on employers inoperative, because they will not expe- rience a shortage in their labour supply that can force them to improve conditions of work. this can lead to great injustices. the negative rights that people are exercising in their contractual relations ‘detach them from one another, and mark out clearly the barriers separating them’. this can indeed limit the encroachment of one person upon another, according to durkheim. but this is not enough to bring about social peace; instead ‘it presumes it’: ‘in fact, for a man to acknowledge that oth- ers have rights… he must have agreed to limit his own. consequently this mutual limitation was only realisable in a spirit of understanding and mutual harmony’. the name durkheim gave the just community e durkheim professional ethics and civic morals ( ) at - , - ; durkheim the division of labour (note above) at . durkheim the division of labour (note above) at . durkheim the division of labour (note above) at . durkheim the division of labour (note above) at . durkheim the division of labour (note above) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e for the social cohesion that causes people not to interfere with others, and thus enables their negative rights, was solidarity. durkheim’s argument here assumes that the argument above about the inconstancy of self-interest is proven. it is not immediately clear that solidarity is the only reason why people would agree to limit their own rights. enlightened self-interest, for example, can also be a reason, and unless this is excluded as a motivation, his argument is incomplete. but as we have seen, self-interest does indeed not guarantee social order, so this objection does not apply. v durkheimian and marxist critiques of the free market durkheim was one of the first social theorists to question the ability of free markets to integrate society. as is well-known, marx and engels before him were very critical of the impact of the divi- sion of labour on the working classes, as well as the conflict produced by capitalist relations of production. it should be clear that durkheim’s analysis of the forced division of labour shows some similarities to marx’s critique. durkheim was also sympathetic to some socialist policies, as we shall see later on. nevertheless, he differed from the marxists in one important respect. durkheim claimed that the socialisation of the means of production was not, by itself, the solu- tion to such problems. if the selfishness of individuals is not subjected to moral constraint, even socialism would not put an end to conflict. individual desires will only remain within the capaci- ty of a socialist society to satisfy them if they are controlled by the common morality. vi durkheim and neo-institutionalism the belief in the self-regulating market later came to occupy a central position in the successor to the political economy tradition of adam smith: neo-classical economics. recently however, economists in the neo-institutionalist school have become critical of the ability of the market to serve by itself as a guarantor of social peace, and thus of neo-classical economics. according to them, markets and contracts can serve to discipline discrete (that is, non-repetitive) transac- tions where there is a choice of alternative suppliers and buyers and the goods exchanged are standardised. however, such transactions form only a small part of the total sum of transac- tions in the economy. for the rest, more elaborate governance structures are necessary. this can either take the form of the vertically-integrated firm (that is the firm buys out the supplier, or starts one up by itself) or the form of relational contracting. williamson explains the rise of the latter two governance structures with reference to the need to minimise transaction costs. transaction costs arise from two characteristics of exchange. williamson firstly relaxes the unrealistic neo-classical assumption that the exchange parties both possess perfect information and replaces it with one of bounded rationality. in bounded rationality information is costly to obtain, and actors find it difficult to process even k marx & f engels the communist manifesto ( ). durkheim professional ethics (note above) at - , . durkheim professional ethics (note above) at - . i macneil ‘economic analysis of contractual relations’ in p burrows & cg veljanovski (eds) the economic approach to law ( ) ; oe williamson ‘contract analysis: the transaction cost approach’ in p burrows & cg veljanovski (eds) the economic approach to law ( ) . williamson ‘contract analysis’ (note above) at - . the little information that they have. this creates a need to economise on the time and effort involved in decision-making. in addition, he assumes that opportunism is a reality in exchanges. this implies that actors are often tempted to hide their real intentions to others, and therefore profit by deceit. the costs resulting from the gathering and processing of information, as well as the safeguards against opportunism, are known as transaction costs. in relational contracting, the buyers and sellers build up a long-term relationship. here, informal norms that regulate their exchanges develop over time between buyer and seller. in addition, a feeling of solidarity develops between the partners. this builds up trust between them. these characteristics of relational contracting allow actors to reduce their transaction costs. long-term relationships simplify decision-making, and trust reduces the need to guard against opportunism. as a result, the partners are prepared to limit their immediate self-inter- est for the sake of the relationship. their attitude tends to become more one of enlightened self- interest, taking the longer view. they realise that their relationship allows them to benefit more as a group than would otherwise have been possible if they had acted as individuals only. although i am not aware of any direct line of influence from durkheim to the new institu- tionalists, it should be clear that there are important similarities between durkheim’s work and theirs. however, there are also important differences. despite their deviations from neo-classi- cal economics, williamson and others in this tradition still depart from a micro-perspective, taking the individual as their point of departure. they also share an economising perspective with neo-classical economics. both of these points of departure are foreign to durkheim. moral behaviour is not just a means to an end for durkheim, as it is for the neo-institutionalists, it is an important end in itself: ‘it is not merely a matter of increasing the exchanges of goods and services, but of seeing that they are done by rules that are more just; it is not simply that every- one should have access to rich supplies of food and drink. rather, it is that each one should be treated as he deserves, each be freed from an unjust and humiliating tutelage, and that, in holding to his fellows and his group, a man should not sacrifice his individuality.’ durkheim finally was resolutely a macro-theorist. for him society was a reality in its own right that had a major impact on the individual, as we shall see below. vii durkheim’s ideal typical picture of social development in the light of the foregoing, it is not surprising that durkheim thought that contemporary european societies exhibited numerous symptoms of social disintegration. industrialisation caused the disintegration of the feudal societies of earlier times. in their place, a new society was coming into being, with industrial capitalism as its mode of production and individual free- dom as its dominant ideology. opinions varied about the viability, and desirability, of this new world, which later came to be known as ‘modernity’. for durkheim this new world was not viable in its then current form. the market was subject to few controls. old forms of commu- nity were eroded by capitalism and new forms were not instituted. the disorganisation he observed was precisely what would follow from the absence of regulation of economic exchanges, and the failure to install solidarity and new forms of sociability between people. this leads to the social problems of what he called egoism and anomie. in order to understand why these problems come to the fore, we need to briefly consider the just community durkheim professional ethics (note above) at - . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e durkheim’s exposition of the role of increasing division of labour and decreasing collective con- sciousness in the rise of modern societies. in his book division of labour in society durkheim worked out an ideal typical scheme of social development. he defined the problem he was going to study as follows: ‘how does it come about that the individual, whilst becoming more autonomous, depends ever more closely upon society?’. this then was durkheim’s vision of social development: there is an historical trend towards increasing individualism. under ideal circumstances this trend does not produce a lack of social cohesion, and it was the intention of his book to show why this was possible. because this ideal line of development was not fol- lowed, the extremes of egoism and anomie mentioned above, resulted. armed with the concepts developed here, we will return later on to the discussion of what in his view went wrong. durkheim believed that the division of labour is very simple in primitive societies. in a hunter and gatherer type of society, men are the hunters and women the childminders and gatherers. here the division of labour is largely based on gender, with some distinctions made on the basis of age. as societies develop the division of labour becomes more complex. in the stage of set- tled agriculture there are occupations such as craftsmen, priests, soldiers, herdsmen and farm- ers. industrialisation, of course, has an enormous impact on the division of labour. initially, hundreds but later thousands of new occupations are created as a result of industrialisation. the simple division of labour of primitive societies, where people have similar occupations, is associated with similarities in the feelings, values and beliefs of people. they thus share a strong, collective consciousness. the french term used by durkheim is conscience collective, which suggests similarities in both cognitive and moral beliefs. durkheim (and his english translators) had a number of names for the collective conscience, which gives an idea of what he meant by it. besides ‘collective consciousness’, it is alternatively called civic morals, public opinion, common morality or collective representations. the common morality is the basis of what durkheim calls mechanical solidarity. people feel connected to their neighbours because they are all alike. durkheim believed that the higher ranges of every person’s consciousness can be divided into two parts: an individual (or unique) part, not shared with other people, and a collective part that consists of the ideas and beliefs similar to other people. mechanical solidarity can only be strong if the second part, that is, the ideas and beliefs common to people, occupy a larger part in each of our minds than the unique part. it follows from this that the individual per- sonality, understood as a reasoning and moral being, cannot exist if the collective consciousness occupies our minds completely. in other words, the decline of the collective consciousness is a precondition for the rise of the individual personality. this is what happens when the division of labour becomes more complex. more variety creeps into people’s ideas, and this leads to the erosion of the collective consciousness. like the division of labour, the collective consciousness becomes more fragmented. because people now have such diverse experiences in the world of work due to the division of labour, ideas and durkheim the division of labour (note above) at xxx. durkheim the elementary forms (note above) at ; a giddens studies in social and political theory ( ). durkheim the division of labour (note above) at . durkheim the division of labour (note above) at . durkheim the division of labour (note above) at ; d gelderblom morality, individual and society: emile durkheim ( ). durkheim the division of labour (note above) at . beliefs are no longer shared. in other words, the collective consciousness divides up into parts, each part regulating a particular occupation. the impact of the division of labour on the collective consciousness indicates the link that durkheim posited between social organisation and belief systems. a small-scale intimate soci- ety produces intensely-held common beliefs, and a large-scale differentiated society produces more variety in and less commitment to common values. the rising division of labour and the declining collective consciousness can, if conditions are right, produce a new kind of solidarity, called organic solidarity. the conditions durkheim had in mind was the following: division of labour, morality and legal regulation. it should be appar- ent that durkheim thought that these conditions were not yet in place. durkheim believed that spencer and smith were right to give the division of labour a role in the integration of society, but were wrong about the mechanism by which it would do so. the division of labour leads to social harmony, not because it co-ordinates interests, but because it creates solidarity. because we each specialise in producing only one product (or part thereof) or service, house- holds are no longer self-sufficient. the division of labour therefore makes us dependent on other people to survive. when we become aware of this mutual dependence, we develop a lik- ing for others, as well as a willingness to submit our interests to social regulation. peaceful and orderly exchanges between individuals depend on these feelings. durkheim made it very clear that the interdependence created by the division of labour was not enough to serve as the basis of solidarity, however. the new occupations created by the division of labour needed to be regulated to make sure that conflict does not arise. the first form of social regulation was moral. as durkheim put it: ‘a state of order or peace among men cannot follow of itself from any entirely material causes, from any blind mecha- nism, however scientific it may be. it is a moral task’. the ‘blind mechanism’ that durkheim was referring to here was obviously the invisible hand of the market. moral regulation is nec- essary to prevent ‘the law of the strongest from being applied too brutally in industrial and commercial relationships’. it imposes control over the selfish impulses of individuals. it also leads to just outcomes in the marketplace, which makes the less privileged more inclined to accept the outcomes of economic exchanges. durkheim believed that for every occupation a professional morality was necessary, along the lines of the ethical standards that apply to advocates. the fact that this was absent in the case of most other occupations was a matter of concern to durkheim. professional ethics would not arise in a social vacuum, however, and consequently durkheim argued that it was necessary to organise all the occupations into occupational groups. these groups would pro- vide the facilitating context that could induce such moralities, as we shall see later. professional moralities were guided by a broader social morality, the collective conscience. in modern societies this common morality revolved around what he called the ‘cult of the indi- vidual’. this cult comes to prominence in the modern world because this kind of society the just community durkheim the division of labour (note above) at . durkheim the division of labour (note above) at - , . durkheim professional ethics (note above) at . durkheim the division of labour (note above) at xxxix. durkheim professional ethics (note above) at ; durkheim the division of labour (note above) at . durkheim professional ethics (note above) at - . durkheim professional ethics (note above) at , - ; durkheim the division of labour (note above) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e accords the individual a sacred status: ‘we carry on the worship of the dignity of the human person…it is indeed a common faith’. as traditional religion loses its credibility the cult of the individual grows to take its place. durkheim’s recourse to the common morality seems somewhat paradoxical on the surface, because his analysis has also demonstrated that it weakens as a result of division of labour. it also makes mechanical and organic solidarity less distinct. at least part of the solution to this paradox is that it now serves only as a backup to the professional morality: it only regulates broader conflicts in society across occupational lines. perhaps durkheim also sensed a problem here. later in his life he investigated how religious (and secular) rituals could strengthen the common beliefs of communities. it thus seems as if durkheim later on tried to look for mech- anisms by which common beliefs could be reinvigorated. another problem is the vagueness about which of the two factors are independent and which dependent variables: social organi- sation or beliefs? division of labour (social organisation) affects beliefs, but beliefs are neces- sary to forestall social disorganisation in the form of conflict, and so on. there is in principle no objection if both affect each other, but more clarity about the logic involved here would have been welcome. this is so especially in the light of his inclination, noted by lukes, toward cir- cular argumentation. moral ideas find expression in the legal system, which is the second form of regulation. it is necessary for contracts to be embedded in a legal framework that can clarify the many grey areas that can arise when two individuals enter into a contract. a contract therefore implies duties that go beyond those that individuals have agreed upon. viii the reality of social disintegration we have now finished with the ideal picture; the way development should have happened according to durkheim. we now need to find out what went wrong to produce the egoism and anomie that he perceived around him at the time. egoism occurs when people are too self-centred. durkheim linked this excessive individu- alism to a decline in the levels of social integration. if social bonds weaken, people do not build up strong associations with groups; that is, they no longer feel part of a group. as a result, the group ceases to be an important anchor for individuals, and they become isolated and feel they lack meaning in life. pre-industrial societies showed higher levels of social integration than modern societies, according to durkheim. the ways in which they manufactured those high levels of integration are no longer viable, however, and alternatives have to be found. they created high levels of integration by restricting individual initiative in unacceptable ways, or through institutions that no longer exist in their original form. for example, religious belief systems were protected against doubt by restrictions on free thinking, and this ensured the continued viability of reli- gious groups as sources of social contact for individuals. however, the restrictions placed by durkheim the division of labour (note above) at . s lukes Émile durkheim. his life and work: a historical and critical study ( ) at . durkheim the division of labour (note above) at . e durkheim suicide. a study in sociology ( ) at . durkheim suicide (note above) at . durkheim suicide (note above) at . religion on free thinking offends modern value systems. unlike in the past, people no longer unquestioningly accept the authority of religion, and will not allow religious bodies to prescribe to them how they must think. another source of integration was the pre-industrial family. according to durkheim, this family type was large and close-knit and provided many oppor- tunities for social contact. modern families are much smaller and isolated from communal con- tact however, and can no longer play the integrating role they used to. anomie is the result of the frustration, and consequent suffering, of people when their appetites outrun their ability to satisfy them. anomie is related to egoism, as durkheim remarks, because it also results from ‘society’s insufficient presence in individuals’. despite this similarity, egoism and anomie differ with regard to the part of society in which this lack is experienced. egoism derives from the world of morality and the intellect, and produces a lack of meaning and purpose in life. anomie, by contrast, is located in the world of the economy. anomie is endemic in modern society. according to durkheim, this is because human needs have grown out of all proportion. apart from some physical needs such as food, where phys- iological processes create a feeling of satiation once they have been met, human needs such as the need for luxury or money are, in principle, insatiable. needs that can never be satisfied cause the individual to chase after infinity. it means being placed on a treadmill, running ever faster after a goal that can never be met. needs have grown so much in modern societies because they are no longer limited, as before, by forces such as religion which taught people to be satisfied with their station in life. the market has also grown to such an extent that it has reached global proportions. like marx, durkheim anticipated the globalizing tendency of the capitalist market. the development of the global market was associated with the rise of another phenomenon, which durkheim did not foresee: the advertising industry. this industry is dedicated to the manufacturing of new needs and increases the extent to which people’s desires outrun their ability to satisfy them. ix durkheim’s solutions this is the set of circumstances that has made anomie endemic in modern societies. to solve this problem, people need to accept their desires being limited for the greater good. morality is the only force with the capacity to ensure this agreement, according to durkheim. it would do so as follows: in a just society there would be a broad consensus on the level of remunera- tion that each occupation in society deserves. for every occupation, there will be a generally accepted maximum beyond which it is regarded as unrealistic, and immoral, to strive. this social determination of acceptable living standards for each occupation was not very exact. it gives a range within which each individual can set his or her expectations for life, with the result that people have some scope for improving their circumstances within these limits. the important thing, though, is that it sets a maximum, and thus ensures that individuals do not become frustrated as a result of their inability to fulfil their unlimited desires. the just community durkheim suicide (note above) at . durkheim suicide (note above) at . durkheim suicide (note above) at . durkheim suicide (note above) at - . durkheim suicide (note above) at - . durkheim suicide (note above) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e durkheim’s belief that people will allow their desires to be limited in this way is open to criti- cism. people do indeed accept their station in life to a remarkable degree. they tend to limit their expectations of life to within the horizons of what they perceive to be the possible. but there is also a constant conflict over the distribution of resources in modern societies, which suggests that this self-imposed limitation only goes so far. in durkheim’s defence one can say that he did not believe that the modern societies he analysed actually exhibited such consensus: only in a just society will such a consensus exist. in fact, this is the whole point of his analysis of anomie: regulatory structures have not yet developed, thus predisposing modern societies to anomie. people will not accept that others deserve to be remunerated better than they if the lat- ter started out with unfair advantages in life. until such time, conflict over the distribution of resources will indeed be rife. a just distribution of resources is therefore a precondition for solv- ing anomie. this raises the question of what durkheim meant by ‘just’. what social arrangements need to be in place for just outcomes to be produced in the marketplace? in short, durkheim believed that only distributional outcomes that resulted from a situation where everybody had an equal chance to perform, were just. only those social arrangements that allow people to rise to positions based purely on their merits, and where the accident of birth played no role whatsoever in their career path, thus qualified. this means that any mechanism by which the privileged could transmit their privileged position to their children had to be eliminated. durkheim therefore made a plea for inherited wealth to be abolished. inherited wealth gave those lucky enough to have acquired it an unfair advantage in life’s race. the same applies to factors such as unequal access to educa- tion. if there are obstacles placed in the way of individuals’ realising their talents, such as inherit- ed poverty, or a lack of education, the division of labour is forced and equality of opportunity can- not be realised. durkheim’s plea was thus for a system of meritocracy. but this still leaves an important objection. what is so compelling about meritocracy that people will generally accept it as the guiding distribution principle? it is only one out of a num- ber of theories of justice. there are also different versions of the meritocratic principle. some theorists believe that the only social arrangements necessary for equality of opportunity to be realised is the absence of legal obstacles (such as job discrimination) to individual advancement. others are more demanding with regard to the criteria that need to be in place for it to be realised. this more radical version of meritocracy also prescribes that people need to be given the same resources to perform. it should be clear that durkheim falls in the latter category. even if we grant durkheim that the notion of meritocracy has powerful resonance in modern socie- ty, why should people necessarily accept his version of the principle rather than others? durkheim did have an answer to this objection, but it is not very convincing. as we said above, he postulated a close correlation between the type of social organisation and the kind of belief systems that will be found in a society. given that the individual occupies such an impor- tant place in modern society, only philosophies that elevated the individual to a high status and that wanted to give each an equal chance would be viable, he believed. although there certain- ly is some truth to this belief, the picture is much more complex than this, as the variety in polit- ical philosophies competing for acceptance in modern societies demonstrates. durkheim suicide (note above) at . durkheim suicide (note above) at ; durkheim the division of labour (note above) at - . durkheim the division of labour (note above) at . christman social and political philosophy (note above) at - . a further objection to durkheim’s theory is that he does not provide a criterium to distinguish a forced consensus from a genuine one. what is called ‘public opinion’ often reflects the views of powerful, and wealthy, people in society rather than the views of ordinary people. it is the pow- erful and the wealthy who own and control newspapers and television stations, not the latter. nevertheless, durkheim’s belief that individual desires need to be constrained has some res- onance if we look at the ecological imperatives faced by late modern societies. it is doubtful that the planet has the capacity to absorb the damage that will be caused to its ecosystems if every- body consumed at the level of the average american. besides the notion of justice, durkheim also foresaw a role for two social structures in his solution to egoism and anomie. these are the professional group and the state. they will respectively nurture the professional ethics and the common morality necessary to regulate eco- nomic life. the professional group will also form the vehicle by which the close community bonds of yore will be recreated. with the advent of the division of labour, morality starts to differentiate between the different occupations, as we have seen above. but morality remains very weakly developed and feebly en- forced if there isn’t a group that is dedicated to promoting it. the stronger the group cohesion, the more numerous and binding the moral rules will be. occupational groups are, according to durkheim, particularly suited to fulfill this task. durkheim’s idea was that each trade or occupa- tion should constitute itself into a professional group with regulatory powers. all the people that work in the construction industry, for example, employers and employees alike, should come to- gether on a national basis in a professional group that is dedicated to that industry. in this group, decisions will be made about the appropriate regulations governing the relationships between employer and employee, between competitors, and between contractors and their clients. durkheim hoped that such a group would, over time, start taking on an almost familial char- acter. people will find their most important social bonds in this group. durkheim hoped that these groups would cause ‘the present cold moral temperature’ of the world of work to become warmer. this group would also look after the welfare of individuals, providing services such as unemployment insurance and pensions. if a breadwinner falls ill for example, this group will support his or her dependents. however, professional groups could not regulate the economy on their own. some agency is necessary to guide the relationships between the different spheres of work. each profession would naturally attempt to promote the interests of their own members, sometimes at the expense of the interests of others. this is where the state comes in, according to durkheim. it was the only agency with a broad enough view to look after the interests of society as a whole, and thus to guard against abuses committed by sectional interests. it has to formulate and administer the general laws that regulate economic life. professional groups, for their part, had to keep the state in check. in their absence, the state may become totalitarian, and com- pletely stifle individual freedom. the just community durkheim professional ethics (note above) at . durkheim professional ethics (note above) at . durkheim professional ethics (note above) at . durkheim suicide (note above) at . durkheim suicide (note above) at . durkheim suicide (note above) at ; durkheim professional ethics (note above) at ; durkheim the division of labour (note above) at li, liv. durkheim suicide (note above) at ; durkheim professional ethics (note above) at ; durkheim the division of labour (note above) at liv. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e this balance of opposing forces was essential for individual freedom to be realised, according to durkheim. the state is necessary to free individuals from the ‘collective particularisms’ of secondary groups. these can take the form of professional groups, local communities, reli- gious groups or clans. although they provide communal bonds and opportunities for sociabil- ity to the individual, these groups can also, because of their cohesiveness, repress individuality if they are not held in check. due to the important role of the state in this regard, it is thus not true to claim that a small state is necessary for individual freedom, as free-market liberals claim, according to durkheim. in fact, the opposite is the case, provided that a strong civic life exists to keep the state in check. x why the invisible hand of the market is not good enough: a summary it is perhaps now time to draw the different strands of durkheim’s complex argument against free market liberalism together. the free market does not have the capacity to create sponta- neous social order out of the economic exchanges of selfish individual egos. it will, instead, pro- duce conflict and social disorganisation. it assumes, for its functioning, social cohesion, but destroys such cohesion wherever it exists. this because it destroys previous forms of commu- nity, and does not replace them with anything new. it is also because it produces market out- comes that are clearly unjust, and that cannot receive popular legitimacy. its end result is enor- mous individual egos with no conception of the common good. to solve this problem, new forms of community are necessary that are more viable in the light of the division of labour. to make sure that these forms of community do not repeat the mistake of the old and repress individuality completely, the state is necessary to protect, and nurture individual freedoms. the communal groups are likewise needed to keep the state in check. these forms of social organisation should also produce the professional and common moralities needed to provide social cohesion in modernity. durkheim’s critique of ‘atomistic’ liberalism and his emphasis on the need for communal bonds to maintain social cohesion have clear similarities with the current proponents of communitarian- ism such as alasdair macintyre. he differs from them however with regard to his choice of com- munity to provide these communal bonds: the professional group. his choice of this group, and his discourse on the need for the state to watch over communal groups to ensure that they do not repress individuality, demonstrates his sophistication. he thus anticipated the criticism of liberals like kymlicka who pointed to the repressive tendencies of these groups. durkheim can also be crit- icised however for his somewhat optimistic belief in the capacity of a common morality to contain the conflict of interests between the employer and employee constituents of the professional groups. xi the social construction of the moral subject we can now move on to another part of durkheim’s communitarian critique of liberalism: its conception of the subject. the notion of a free human subject of knowledge forms the basis for durkheim professional ethics (note above) at - . durkheim professional ethics (note above) at . the defence of human rights in many currents of human rights discourse. it is derived essen- tially from the work of the th century german philosopher, immanuel kant. for kant knowl- edge is only possible on condition that a subject of such knowledge exists. knowledge of the world cannot only be built upon the manifold impressions received from the senses. the sense impressions have to be constituted into meaningful perceptions, otherwise they will remain essentially chaotic. this is done by what kant called the intuitions of space and time, and the categories of understanding such as cause, number, modality, and so on. the intuitions and cat- egories are the basis of the knowing subject. because they are a precondition for observation they cannot themselves be observed. this is why kant called them a priori. the subject of knowledge therefore stands observation; it is the ground of observation but never itself the object of observation. the subject, as kant defined it, is universal. all individual subjects with the capacity for knowledge have these attributes. this subject is also the precondition for our ability to act morally. because it is not consti- tuted by observations of external (the world outside us) or internal (our own feelings and desires) objects, it completely escapes determination by them. it is therefore essentially free of outside conditioning. for kant our actions can only be truly moral if they are based on a free exercise of our will, and not the result of conditioning by other forces. the existence of free will is the starting point of kant’s ethics. society should be ordered in such a way that maximum scope is offered to individuals to freely exercise their will. in addition, my interaction with oth- ers must always take into account that they also possess a free will, just like me. i must there- fore treat other people as ends in themselves and not as means to my own ends. ethical rules should furthermore be universal: i can only act in a particular way if i also accept that the con- sequences will be acceptable if everybody else acts in that way. durkheim agreed with kant’s ethics, as well has his views on the need for a priori categories of understanding to make sense of observation. however, he differed from him in one impor- tant respect: the moral subject is a social construction, and not innate. from this it follows that the subject can never be as autonomous as kant thought s/he should be. individual autonomy must always be balanced by individual dependency on society. in the next few paragraphs we will pursue durkheim’s differences with kant. in tune with his notion that the collective con- sciousness contains both a cognitive and a moral dimension, he gives attention to both aspects in kant’s thought. to begin with the subject of knowledge: according to durkheim, proponents of the view that the categories are innate, such as kant, have the problem of explaining where they come from. but the alternative view, that the categories must have come from experience, was not acceptable either. this view implies that every individual subconsciously learns to make sense of his/her experience by slowly developing these categories over time. this empiricist approach, durkheim argued, is no solution to the problem. the categories are prior to expe- rience and they cannot be derived from experience. if this is done, they lose their universali- ty and necessity. to overcome this dilemma, durkheim offered a new solution. in his view, the categories are social in origin. they are collective representations that have developed over many genera- tions and that therefore contain the accumulated wisdom of innumerable numbers of individu- als. because they have been tested in experience over such a long time, they have acquired a the just community mj sandel liberalism and the limits of justice ( ). durkheim the elementary forms (note above) at - . durkheim the elementary forms (note above) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e degree of impersonality and objectivity and can therefore serve as a ground for our experi- ence. because of the social derivation of knowledge, it changes as social organisation changes. initially it is very much culture-bound. since the beginning of the modern world, a new kind of society has arisen, however, which durkheim called international life, or international society. this is durkheim’s version of globalization theory. because society now becomes more univer- sal, knowledge has to become more universal as well. as a result it jettisons its particularistic attachments, and this allows us to comes much closer to universal truths. in this case, then, the categories will indeed be universal, like kant said, but that universality is not due to an innate characteristic of the human subject. it is rather the product of social development. durkheim makes much the same argument with regard to the moral subject: ‘what lies at the basis of individual right is not the notion of the individual as he is, but the way society puts the right into practice, looks upon it and appraises it…the reason why he has more or fewer rights, certain rights and not others, is not that he is constituted in a particular way; it is because society attributes this or that importance to him’. an indication of this is the fact that the rights of individuals are ‘in a state of evolution’. durkheim is further convinced that the autonomy that kant ascribes to humans cannot ever be absolute. human autonomy always has to be counterbalanced by the real dependency of ourselves upon society. durkheim’s emphasis on individual autonomy as well as dependency has to be seen in the light of his project to, on the one hand, combat a radical individualism, that is an individual- ism that elevated the interests of the individual above that of society, and to find space for indi- vidual freedom on the other. his argument for our dependency on society was as follows: we are dependent upon society, firstly, for our own survival. with the rise of the division of labour, other people become the source of the food we eat and all the products we consume. society is secondly also a source of social recognition and of companionship. we furthermore owe our culture to society: ‘we speak a language we did not create; we use instruments we did not invent; we claim rights we did not establish; each generation inherits a treasury of knowl- edge that it did not itself amass, and so on. we owe these varied benefits of civilization to soci- ety, and although in general we do not see where they come from, we know at least that they are not of our own making.’ society can finally uplift and strengthen us. in communal gath- erings, crowd psychology can lead to great outpourings of emotion which can leave people feel- ing transformed and renewed. to make sense of durkheim’s position, we have to return to his vision of social development outlined above. he viewed human personalities as having a double nature: it consists of a col- lective and an individual part. the individual person only comes into existence when the col- lective conscience erodes enough so that it no longer rests so heavily on individual personali- ties. this is the result of the development of the division of labour. predictably, durkheim was heavily criticized for this notion of a collective consciousness and durkheim the elementary forms (note above) at . durkheim the elementary forms (note above) at . durkheim professional ethics (note above) at ; durkheim the division of labour (note above) at . durkheim professional ethics (note above) at . durkheim professional ethics (note above) at . durkheim the elementary forms (note above) at . durkheim the elementary forms (note above) at . durkheim the elementary forms (note above) at - . his attendant belief in the reality of society as a force above individuals. durkheim believed that society was a reality in its own right, separate from the individuals constituting it, even though it consisted of nothing but them in their combination. because it questions dearly-held assump- tions about the autonomy of individuals, this idea has encountered a lot of resistance. especially the liberal tradition with its emphasis on the rights of individuals has had great difficulty accommodating it. even the great john rawls objected to notions that ‘society is an organic whole with a life of its own distinct from and superior to that of all its members in their rela- tions with one another’. a common reaction seems to be that the belief in a separate social reality contains illegitimate metaphysical assumptions, but it is really nothing of the sort. durkheim’s notion of social reality is based on the very straightforward principle of emergent systemic properties. the argument is as follows: society is a complex system. it comes into being when individuals are combined in an organised way. the combination produces something new, something that is different from the parts. society is therefore an emergent property of the complex organisa- tion of individuals, to put it in the language of systems theory. the way society arises from the organisation of its parts is no different from the way life arises from the properties of organic mol- ecules in their combination, or the way consciousness arises from the complex organisation of the brain for that matter. the materialist objection that consciousness must be an illusion because there is nothing in the brain but physical matter, is as silly as the idea that society must be an illu- sion because there is nothing in society but individual people. both are emergent properties of complex systems. understood in this way, it is difficult to see that the notion that society is a sep- arate reality makes ontological assumptions any different from those implied by kant’s moral sub- ject, or the freely choosing individuals so dear to neo-classical economics. what evidence do we have that society is a reality in its own right? well, durkheim says, we become aware of the independent existence of society through the effects it has upon us. one of these is the constraint imposed by social norms. according to durkheim, we are not, in the normal conduct of our lives, aware that our actions are constrained. as he puts it somewhere, we are no more aware of the weight of society than we are aware of the weight of the atmos- phere pressing upon us. it is only when we transgress social expectations that we become aware of these constraints. the obvious case of this is the penalties that await us if we break the law. but there exist other, less obvious ways, of controlling our behaviour in the form of our fear of being rejected by our peers. we also see the effects of society in the way social intercourse can transform individuals. during rituals, people lose their individuality to some extent, and become part of a bigger whole. they emerge from these experiences transformed and reinvigorated. this experience is especially common during times of collective ferment, such as political uprisings. describing the situation during the french revolution, durkheim says: ‘we see the most mediocre or harmless bourgeois transformed by the general exaltation into a hero or an executioner’. but this trans- the just community sandel liberalism (note above) at . e durkheim the rules of sociological method and selected texts on sociology and its method ( ) at . durkheim the rules of sociological method (note above) at , . durkheim the rules of sociological method (note above) at . durkheim the rules of sociological method (note above) at - . durkheim the rules of sociological method (note above) at . durkheim the rules of sociological method (note above) at . durkheim the elementary forms (note above) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e formative effect is not only restricted to exceptional circumstances. religious rituals, or civic celebrations, can have such an effect on a regular basis. society is mostly made up of representations, and it therefore ‘ideal’ in that sense. these rep- resentations have a logic of their own, separate from individual representations. durkheim’s vision of collective representations is similar to the notion of ‘culture’, as it has been developed by anthropologists. language, and belief systems, and ‘discourses’, are all collective represen- tations in durkheim’s sense. they all have a certain autonomy from individual conceptions of them, and they all have their own logic, or ‘conditions of existence’. durkheim’s emphasis on the reality of the social, and its impact on individuals, finds a lot of resonance in the recent communitarian critiques of liberalism. sandel’s analysis of three differ- ent views of community provides a very useful space to parachute durkheim into this debate. john rawls’s distinction between two different kinds of community forms the first two of his three categories. because he puts it so well, i will quote him at length: …of the two accounts of community rawls presents, both are individualistic, although the way they are individualistic differs in each case. the instrumental account is individualistic in that the subjects of co-operation are assumed to be gov- erned by self-interested motivations alone, and the good of the community consists solely in the advantages individuals derive from co-operating in pursuit of their ego- istic ends. rawls’s account is individualistic in the sense of assuming the antecedent individuation of the subjects of co-operation, whose actual motivations may include benevolent aims as well as selfish ones… the first sense of community is the one that results from the free actions of individuals in the marketplace, and is the one durkheim criticised at length. rawls’s sense of community denies the subject any supra-individual or intersubjective aspects, and is bound to his rejection of the notion of an independent social reality. this is why it assumes the antecedent individuation of subjects. it does, however, recognise that subjects may be motivated by more than self-interest. in this respect, rawls signals his rejection of a long tradition in social analysis (neo-classical economics, rational choice theory in sociology) which uses individuals’ quest for maximum self- gratification as their main, if not only, explanatory variable. it also signals his rejection of the atomistic, libertarian politics that follows from it. in rawls’s view, subjects do not only have egoistic motivations, but can also be more altruistic in their intentions. sandel argues that even rawls’s ‘sentimental’ view of community is deficient in its concep- tualization of the relationship between the individual and the social: …on this strong view, to say the members of a society are bound by a sense of com- munity is not simply to say that a great many of them profess communitarian senti- ments and pursue communitarian aims, but that they conceive of their identity – the subject and not just the object of their feelings and aspirations – as defined to some extent by the community of which they are a part… . sandel believes that rawls’s conceptions of distributive justice can only be defended on the basis sandel liberalism (note above) at - . sandel liberalism (note above) at - . sandel liberalism (note above) at . of such a ‘constitutive’ view of community, even though rawls denies the viability of such a view. because it rests on ‘antecedently individuated’ individuals, rawls’s view of community is also impoverished. i once again quote at length: …where “collective” assets imply endowments once separately held, now ceded to society as a whole, “common” assets do not necessarily; they need not logically pre- suppose a prior individuation. and while “reciprocity” implies a principle of exchange and hence a plurality of agents, the notion of “sharing” may suggest a sol- idarity such that no exchange need be involved, as in sharing a joke, or an aspira- tion, or an understanding. and while “association” and “co-operation” typically presuppose the antecedent plurality of those who join together to associate or co- operate, “community” and “participation” may describe a form of life in which the members find themselves commonly situated “to begin with”, their commonality consisting less in relationships they have entered than in attachments they have found… . sandel believes that the constitutive view of community, which he supports, would choose the latter term in this series of oppositions. sandel’s subject has an individual and a social part, and in this respect it is similar to durkheim’s view of the subject. his criticisms of rawls are also similar to the criticisms that one can imagine durkheim would make. but there is an important difference, and this suggests a limitation to durkheim’s theory (and in fact to all social con- structionist accounts of the subject that durkheim has, directly and indirectly, inspired many years later). sandel’s subject also has an, albeit limited, capacity for self-reflexivity, both indi- vidually and communally. it can, alone and in conversation with friends, gain some self- knowledge by distancing itself from its preferences and beliefs. however, the self that i discov- er in this way is always ready made, and the distancing only relative. it is never something that i, as a free agent, using the will, can create anew. this self-knowledge is therefore necessarily situated, and thus limited, but important nevertheless. through it, the subject has some capac- ity to subject the values of the surrounding community to critical reflection. notions of jus- tice and the good are therefore never simply the product of ‘ethnocentrism’, as in rorty’s ‘we do not do that around here’, but also demands the capacity to criticize community values. this is why sandel feels somewhat uncomfortable with the communitarian label he has acquired. it is of course also the case that he isn’t completely in kymlicka’s camp either, since the latter completely overestimates the subject’s insight into itself. durkheim believes that subjects attain some level of distance from communal values as a result of the destruction of pre-industrial communities. they are therefore not completely taken up by the social any more. but this process of individuation seems to rest completely upon social forces, and entails little, if any, activity of self-reflection by the individual. this ties in with another problem with durkheim’s view of the subject: the lack of agency he ascribes to it. this problem has received extensive attention in the so-called agency-structure debate in sociology, among others by the realist philosopher roy bhaskar. bhaskar agrees with the just community sandel liberalism (note above) at . sandel liberalism (note above) at - . sandel liberalism (note above) at xi. w kymlicka liberalism, community and culture ( ) at . sandel liberalism (note above) at xi. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e durkheim’s proof for the existence of society as a real entity (against methodological individu- alism) on the basis of its effects on individuals, and uses it as part of his own argument for the reality of society. he criticizes durkheim however because he had a reified conception of the social as existing separate from the intentional activity of people. bhaskar summarises his own model of the social as follows: men do not create society. for it always pre-exists them. rather it is an ensemble of structures, practices and conventions that individuals reproduce or transform, but which would not exist unless they did so. society does not exist independently of conscious human activity (the error of reification). but it is not the product of the lat- ter (the error of voluntarism). bhaskar’s conception of society therefore accommodates both the idea of the reality of the social and the importance of human agency. his conception of society is similar to sandel’s vision of the subject. we always find society ready made, just as the subject always finds itself ready made. it is something we can reproduce or transform, but not something we can create anew. this places limits on our capacity to reconstruct it according to our preferences, just as there are limits on our ability to reconstruct ourselves according to our preferences. it also places limits on our ability to gain knowledge of it, just as there are limits on our ability to get to know ourselves. neither society nor ourselves as subjects is ever completely transparent to ourselves. realist philosophers are concerned to reclaim the world as a reality external to our cogni- tions of it, in the face of both empiricism and idealism (and latterly postmodernism). all of these schools ended up viewing the external world as either unknowable, or illusory. it employs a stratified ontology, allocating causal powers and emergent properties to the different levels of the world. this provides a very appealing way to conceive of both the subject and society as mutually-constitutive realities. according to margaret archer both the subject and society are the result of emergent properties. both can be viewed as complex systems, as i mentioned above, with a reality of their own. against postmodernism and social constructionism (and durkheim) she argues that the subject consists of ‘personal emergent properties’ that are need- ed to make sense of sociability. role performance by subjects would be impossible in the absence of a subject with a sense of its own continuity and thus self-identity. this subject, in concert with other subjects, has the capacity to transform society, yet it is also partly the result of social conditioning. this, realist notion of society and the subject is in my view superior to both that of durkheim (and social constructionism) and the atomistic subject of liberal theory. however, durkheim’s vision of the subject is problematic for another reason, related to the dif- ference between sandel’s first (instrumental) and second (sentimental) conceptions of community. it is never clear if the subject is inherently selfish, and thus needful of restraint by the common morality, or inherently both egoistic and altruistic. most of the time, he opts for the first position, but sometimes he seems to mean the second. part of the confusion is generated by the different sandel liberalism (note above) at xi; r bhaskar ‘on the possibility of social scientific knowledge and the limits of naturalism’ in j mepham & dh rubin (eds) issues in marxist philosophy vol : epis- temology, science, ideology ( ) at . bhaskar ‘on the possibility’ (note above) at . m archer ‘the private life of the social agent: what difference does it make?’ in j cruickshank (ed) critical realism. the difference it makes ( ) . parts he identified in the personality. lying below the individual and social parts of the person- ality is what durkheim called ‘physical man’. this is the consciousness that we have of our own bodies and feelings. it is the field of psychological (rather than social) facts, dealing with percep- tions such as hunger, sadness, anger, love and so on. superimposed on this is ‘social man’, which is the higher parts of the human personality, consisting of individual and social aspects. ‘physical man’, concerned as it is with its own perceptions, is selfish, and thus needs to be restrained. on the other hand, durkheim also suggested that people have an inherent need for social harmony and interaction with others, and that they come to value this harmony very much once they have experienced it. this seems to ascribe altruistic inclinations to ‘physical man’, which leads to a confusing picture. the basic problem, as lukes points out, is that durkheim tried to avoid using psychological notions in his concern to make the case for soci- ology as a discipline. however, in the process he inevitably smuggled in many psychological ideas, but did not theorise them properly, thus causing confusion. unlike the vagueness surrounding durkheim’s views of the inclinations of ‘physical man’, he was very clear in his views on the collective consciousness. the collective consciousness, he said, is altruistic. the collective consciousness represents the voice of society within us; it is, conse- quently, our collective conscience at the same time as it is our collective consciousness. as far as the individual part of our consciousness is concerned, durkheim suggested that it is altruis- tic in an egoistic way. he seems to have understood this as meaning that each of us is socia- ble (altruistic) in an individualistic (egoistic) way. but this causes even more confusion, because it implies that individualism is necessarily selfish, something he has just denied. xii conclusion durkheim presented a very meticulous critique of free-market capitalism, and a sophisticated and thoughtful defence of communitarianism. in his concern to establish the reality of the social and the essential role it has to play in a cohesive and just society, he did lean too much to the social side, and he did not give enough attention to the subject’s capacity for self-reflection and agency. this mistake is repeated in the social constructionist accounts of the subject that is so prominent today. durkheim spent much time considering the forms of communality that would be appropriate to a modern society. his alternative of the occupational groups have their short- comings in a context where many people are unemployed on a long-term basis. because they will form part of the public sphere and do not address the private sphere of the family, they also have shortcomings from a gender perspective, something that durkheim, like his contempo- raries, did not seriously consider. durkheim also underestimated the staying power of tradi- tional forms of community, such as religion and ethnicity. nevertheless, it is fair to say that his alternative of the occupational group was never really tried, and deserves greater scrutiny. the same can be said for his possible contribution to the liberal-communitarian debate. the just community gelderblom (note above). durkheim suicide (note above) at . durkheim the division of labour (note above) at xliii. lukes Émile durkheim (note above). durkheim the division of labour (note above) at . theology and the fulfillment of social and economic rights: some theoretical considerations n i c o n k o o p m a n beyers naudé centre for public theology, stellenbosch university i introduction it is an important presupposition of this article and in fact of the research project of which this book is a product that theory-formation is indispensable for addressing social and economic challenges. in fact the greek root of the word ‘theory’ suggests that theory literally has to do with the way we see and think about the world. these ways of thinking and seeing influence our practices. the claim is legitimately made that there is no practice without theory. it is then indeed a challenge of the research project to impact on the theories, the ways of seeing and thinking regarding social and economic justice. impacting the way appropriate role players see and think about social and eco- nomic rights paves the way for an impact on the various practices regarding social and economic justice. prevailing practices might be revisited and transformed. where constructive practices are not existing the way may be paved for the development of such practices. in this article it is argued that theology may contribute to this process of theory-formation. theology, as critical reflection upon the faith and practices of religion, through the ages indeed impacted on the theories that informed and guided the practices of faith and other communi- ties regarding political, social and economic justice. unfortunately this role has not always been constructive. historically religion and theology fulfilled an ambiguous role. it made negative as well as constructive contributions to the wellbeing of society, also with regard to social and economic justice. the history of the world is full of examples of the negative effects of religion, the greek word (theõreõ) literally means to look or gaze at, to see, to perceive, to think, to discern and even to participate in and experience what you see. see in this regard g abbott-smith a manual greek lexicon of the new testament ( ) at - . for an extensive outline of the idea that all practices are theory-laden practices, see d browning a fundamental practical theology. descriptive and strategic proposals ( ). this paper focuses mainly on christian churches and theology. however, various points of convergence with other religions do exist. for a good analysis of the potential destructive role of religions, see s huntington the clash of civilizations and the remaking of worldorder ( ). for very helpful outlines of the ambiguous roles of religion with regard to social and economic justice, see two collections of essays in p berger (ed) the desecularization of the world. resurgent religion and world politics ( ) and also w green and j neusner (eds) the religion factor. an introduction to how religion matters ( ). the work of roman catholic theologian hans küng regarding the potential destructive and constructive roles of religion is also of importance. see amongst others h küng (ed) yes to a global ethic ( ) and also h küng and kj kuschel (eds) a global ethic. the declaration of the parliament of world religions ( ). eg crusades, inquisitions, killing of those who differ on doctrinal issues, killing of millions in the name of holy wars, and the legitimation of evils like nazism and apartheid. there is, however, also ample evidence of the constructive contributions of religion. the protest of the confessing church in germany during the nazi regime and the public involvement and wit- ness of so-called struggle churches during the quest for inclusive democracy and during the first decade of democracy in south africa bear witness to the redemptive role of religion and theology. this ambiguous role of churches also prevailed specifically with regard to the development of human rights. churches did not only in its long history contribute to the violation of human rights, as practices like the subjugation of women and the justification of evils like racism and slavery demonstrate, but churches also offered theological arguments, albeit meagre ones, against the notion of human rights. on the other hand, there are ample evidence that the christian tradition offered theological arguments in favour of, advocated for and helped to lay the foundation for the establishment of human rights. villa-vicencio makes a strong case to prove that the theological endeavours of mainly south- ern churches, in cooperation with churches in northern countries as well as partners in civil soci- ety and government, helped to ensure that so-called second and third generation rights be taken up into bills of rights more explicitly. in this regard villa-vicencio refers with appreciation to the positions of the lutheran world federation, the world alliance of reformed churches and the roman catholic church. the emphasis in these ecumenical positions on second and third gen- eration rights was encouraged to a high extent by christians in southern countries. during the struggle years south african theologians developed, in dialogue and cooperation with struggle organizations in the political sphere and in civil society and also with other reli- gious and secular traditions, a vision of social and economic justice. they articulated this vision publicly and eloquently during the years of the anti-apartheid struggle. this communication of the vision was done in the media and in theological studies, declarations and even an official confession of faith. it would perhaps not be pretentious to say that theology did not only impact on the public opinion during those years, but that it also helped to prepare the way for the eventual articulation of this vision of social and economic justice in the south african bill of rights. theology and the fulfilment of social and economical rights for an outline of the constructive role of theology during and after apartheid see amongst others p walshe ‘christianity and the anti-apartheid struggle: the prophetic voice within divided churches’ in r elphick and r davenport (eds) christianity in south africa. a political, social and cultural history ( ) at – , and j de gruchy ‘african theology: south africa’ in d ford (ed) the modern theologians. an introduction to christian theology in the twentieth century ( ) at – and n koopman ‘some comments about public theology today’ ( ) journal of theology for southern africa – . typical arguments are: humans are sinners who can only talk about grace and privileges and not claims and rights; salvation is spiritual and private, and not political and economical. therefore religious matters on the one hand, and political and economic matters on the other hand should be separated. for an outline of the constructive role of theology in the development of the notion of human rights, see c villa-vicencio a theology of reconstruction: nationbuilding and human rights ( ) and j de gruchy christianity and democracy. a theology for a just world order ( ), and walshe (note above) at – . see villa-vicencio (note above) at – . the famous kairos document is one of the best examples of a theological declaration that opposed injus- tices. the document opposes so-called state and church theologies and opted for prophetic theology that spells out visions of an alternative society that cherishes justice. see the kairos document: challenge to the church: a theological comment on the political crisis in south africa ( ). the former dutch reformed mission church even adopted a confession in which social and economic justice is described as not only a social and economic matter, but a moral matter, moreover, a matter of faith. see the confession of belhar ( ). t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e theology indeed made a crucial contribution to acknowledging social and economic justice issues as human rights issues. it contributed to the development of so-called second and third generation rights. the challenge for theology now is to explore ways of contributing to the ful- fillment, implementation and actual practicing of these rights; to develop theories, ways of see- ing and thinking, ways of public thinking, that foster the practical and concrete enforcement, implementation and fulfillment of these rights. keeping the vision of social and economic jus- tice alive is important, ensuring the articulation of this vision in bills of rights is important. but exploring ways of ensuring that this vision be embodied now calls for our attention. this paper consequently considers the role of theology in developing theories that might enhance the fulfillment of social and economic rights and the eventual dawning of a more just society. the potential contribution of theology to the process of theory building that serves the fulfillment of social and economic rights is investigated with reference to the dialogue and cooperation of theology with three environments, namely broader society, the academy and reli- gious organizations, specifically churches. this threefold distinction is very helpful, though room should be left for the fact that the three realms are not neatly separated from each other. they do impact on each other, and some themes are addressed in all three though with differ- ent emphases and modes. the emphasis of dialogue and cooperation does not only build on the style in which theolo- gy was done by so-called struggle theologians in the apartheid era. it spells out the mode in which theology is to be done that seeks serious attention in a pluralistic society. the outline of these various dialogues and cooperations will hopefully verify this point. human rights scholar, a gewirth ‘are there any absolute rights?’ in j waldron theories of rights ( ) at , offers a useful distinction on the different applications of human rights: ‘a right is fulfilled when the correlative duty is carried out, ie when the required action is performed or the prohibited action is not per- formed. a right is infringed when the correlative duty is not carried out, ie when the required action is not performed or the prohibited action is performed. thus someone’s right to life is infringed when the pro- hibited action of killing him is performed, someone’s right to medical care is infringed when the required action of providing him with medical care is not performed. a right is violated when it is unjustifiably infringed, when the required action is unjustifiably not performed or the prohibited action is unjustifiably performed. and a right is overridden when it is justifiably infringed, so that there is sufficient justification for not carrying out the correlative duty, and the required action is justifiably not performed or the pro- hibited action is justifiably performed.’ economic and social rights are distinguished from so-called political and civil rights. in the first centuries of the development of human rights the emphasis was on the latter rights. during the second part of the twentieth century economic and social rights were increasingly emphasized, especially at initiative of so- called poorer southern countries. for the distinction between three generations of rights, namely first gen- eration (blue) rights, second generation (red) rights and third generation (green) rights, see j van der west- huizen ‘the human rights debate in south africa’ in k nürnberger (ed) a democratic vision for south africa. political realism and christian response ( ) at - . the idea of generations of rights should not give the impression that the social, economic and environmental rights did not feature in the ear- lier phases of the development of human rights. however, they did not receive the same level of attention as the so-called first generation rights. this threefold distinction is borrowed from north american catholic theologian david tracy who identi- fies the church, the academy and the broader society as the three publics, reference groups or social loca- tions that theology engages with. see his the analogical imagination. christian theology and the culture of pluralism ( ) at , . tracy (at ) is of opinion that all theology is in some meaningful sense church theology, ie ecclesial theology. theology develops in a sense from within the church as both a pneumato- logical and sociological body. when he refers to the church as one of the publics of theology, he especially has this sociological nature of the church in mind. ii theology in dialogue and cooperation with broader society in investigating the role of theology in developing thinking that will enhance the fulfillment of social and economic rights, dialogue and cooperation with broader society is required. dirkie smit offers a very helpful description of modern democratic societies. he is of opinion that modern societies consist of four spheres, namely the political and economic spheres, as well as the spheres of civil society and public opinion formation. the political sphere focuses on the state, government, political power and the control and regulating of public life. the economic sphere entails aspects like the so-called autonomous market-economy, globalisation, ecology, science and technology. civil society focuses on themes relating to the relationship between theology and, amongst others, the institutions, organiza- tions, associations and movements of civil society which, independently from the state and economy, strive to enhance the quality of life, satisfy the needs and foster the interests of peo- ple, change the nature of society and build the common good, that is a life of quality for all. schools, legal bodies, cultural and sports clubs and the neighbourhood are all institutions of civil society. sociologically speaking churches are part of civil society, albeit institutions with both a sociological and pneumatological character. the area of public opinion formation focus- es on themes like the nature of society, the common foundational values for society, common challenges and common priorities for society. the ensuing public opinion paves the way for jointly striving towards the common good. the dialogue and cooperation of theology with these spheres take place in appropriate modes. in this regard the typology of north american theologian james gustafson is very helpful. he identifies four varieties of moral discourse which suggest four ways in which theol- ogy can engage with these spheres. the prophetic discourse takes on the form of indictment and a more utopian form. indict- theology and the fulfilment of social and economical rights see d smit ‘oor die unieke openbare rol van die kerk’ ( ) tydskrif vir geesteswetenskappe – . tracy (note above) at - divides the public of society into three spheres, namely the realm of the tech- noeconomic structure that deals with the organization and allocation of goods and services; the realm of the polity where the aim is to embody social justice in the traditions and institutions of society through the legitimate use of power and force, and the regulation of conflict within the rule of law. the realm of cul- ture which includes art and religion explores and expresses the meaning and values of individual, group and communal existence. smit’s distinctions coincide with the distinctions of jürgen habermas. for him the democratic public con- sists of four spheres. at its centre are government, the civil service, judiciary, parliament, political parties, elections and party competition. outside this core system, but still belonging to the state is an inner periph- ery of institutions such as regulatory agencies with powers delegated by the state. the second public sphere, which is part of the outer periphery, is organizations that habermas calls customers, ie business associa- tions, labour unions and private organizations. the third public sphere, which is also part of the outer periphery consists of organizations that he calls the suppliers, ie voluntary associations, churches, new social movements and public interest groups. fourthly he makes room for the public opinion that is formed by the dialogue of public interest groups and professionals who, as the sensors of society, identify, draw attention to and interpret social problems and who, with the aid of the media, propose solutions and apply pressure that can bring forth change that will better the situation of especially the disadvantaged. see j habermas between facts and norms ( ). see j gustafson ‘an analysis of church and society social ethical writings’ ( ) ecumenical review at - ; ‘varieties of moral discourse: prophetic, narrative, ethical and policy’ ( ) the stob lectures of calvin college and seminary; ‘moral discourse about medicine: a variety of forms’ ( ) journal of medicine and philosophy - . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e ment points to the roots of moral or social problems. utopian discourse evokes a hopeful vision. it proclaims an ideal state of affairs in the future and allures and motivates people towards its realization. in the narrative discourse stories and parables are told of significant events and of moral heroes in the community and tradition. these stories sustain common memory in a community. they shape the consciences, moral identities and characters of members of the community. more than a rigorous casuistic argument stories provide illumi- nation and help in the process of moral decisionmaking. the ethical or technical discourse uses philosophical and rigorous modes of moral argumentation. logic, precise distinctions, precision in use of concepts like justice and rights and the identification of the rational grounds of autonomous ethics, which might be backed by christian convictions which can be shared with non-believers, are typical features of this discourse. the policy discourse is the discourse of the policy and decision makers in society. they deal with questions like: what is desirable within the constraints of what is possible; do we have power to affect change, what are the time frames for the achievement of ends; do we have all the necessary information and knowledge? the policy discourse entails that we have to distinguish between matters of ethical principle and the inferences we draw for policy. we can be more certain about the first than the second. in the dialogue and cooperation of theology with the various spheres of society on the achievement of social and economic justice attention is to be given to all these discourses. the vision of an alternative society that energises and opens innovative possibilities should be spelled out. clear critique should be voiced where injustices exist. the grass roots stories of poverty and suffering are to be heard, but also the stories of even smaller achievements and suc- cesses. the technical discourse is of immense importance. it suggests that it is not enough to spell out broad principles and visions of justice. the hard work of critical, scientific, interdisci- plinary and intersectoral analysis and deliberation which can lead to even preliminary solutions that are jointly reached is of crucial importance. engagement with these various discourses paves the way for appropriate interventions in the policymaking processes on different levels of governance and authority in different spheres of society. in engaging these spheres it is important that theology resist the temptation to fulfill the role of being the only watchdog of society that just engages in the prophetic discourse of critique envisioning opens up creative, innovative and surprising possibilities that technical reflection alone cannot. old testament theologian walter brueggemann the prophetic imagination ( ) at argues that envi- sioning, imagining, enables us to see new possibilities that are in contrast to the dominant gloomy before- hand possibilities. vision creates hope in situation of despair and energy where people feel powerless. vision, on the other hand, helps us to be clearly aware of the shortcomings of our endeavours and policies. vision opens the door for courageous and constructive criticism. various forms of the church help to devel- op this vision of an alternative society. north american theologian stanley hauerwas argues that ethicists function like artists. what they see determine not only their choices and actions but also who they are. we are and we do what we see. vision determines ethics. see s hauerwas vision and virtue: essays in christian ethical reflection ( ); truthfulness and tragedy: further investigations in christian ethics ( ); a community of character: toward a constructive christian social ethic ( ); the peaceable kingdom: a primer in christian ethics ( ) and various other works. theology’s dialogue and interaction with broader spheres of society occur mainly through the denomina- tional and ecumenical church. there are instances where theologians make direct input in their personal and professional capacities, eg in ethical committees of hospitals, ethical committees in the business and public media sectors as well as parliamentary portfolio committees. the bulk of inputs are however made through church bodies. the remarks made here are therefore also relevant to the section on the institutional church below. and indictment. in the same vein it is not responsible theology to merely spell out the vision of a good society. the road of partnership that institutions like the south african council of churches currently opt for is perhaps the most fruitful path to follow. in this cooperation it is important that theology not be co-opted by the agenda of the state. a guiding principle for this cooperation is to continually ask what the impact of dialogue, cooperation, compromises and policies are on poor and vulnerable people. one of the most cherished notions in christian theology that liberation theology reminded us about during the s to s is the convic- tion that god is in special way the god of the poor, the destitute and the wronged. the acid test for our social and economic discourses, policies and priorities is the question on how they impact on the most vulnerable in society. where the engagement of theology with political institutions, business and trade unions, sport and cultural bodies, schools and other organs of civil society, different forms of the mod- ern communication media, takes place within the parameters, modes and style outlined above, these encounters might prove to be fruitful for the quest of developing new ways of thinking about and new practices for the fulfillment of social and economic rights. iii theology in dialogue and cooperation with the academy tracy describes the academy as that public or social location of theology where serious, crit- ical scientific enquiry takes place with other academic disciplines. in its engagement with the academy theology is challenged to provide arguments that all reasonable people from diverse religious and secular traditions can recognize as reasonable. in this discourse appeals are made to universal faculties such as experience, intelligence, rationality and responsibility. claims are stated with appropriate warrants, backings and rebuttal procedures. he also pleads that although theologians confess allegiance to a specific religious tradition or to a praxis movement bearing religious significance, they should abstract themselves from these faith commitments for the sake of critical analysis of religious and theological claims by outsiders and by those who belong to the tradition. there are of course many theologians who would oppose tracy on this point. they would argue that you need not abstract and distance yourself from your faith com- mitments in order to do critical and honest introspection into the cognitive claims of your tra- dition. such a withdrawal for the sake of honest scientific enquiry is viewed as being dishonest. with an appeal to thomas kuhn’s paradigm theory dutch systematic theologian gijsbert van den brink, supports the later developments in the philosophy of science discourse which make room for adherence to particularistic commitments in the scientific endeavour. although theology and the fulfilment of social and economical rights for an analysis of the prophetic task of churches in the context of poverty in a democratic society see n koopman ‘freedom of religion and the prophetic role of the church’ ( ) ngtt – and also my ‘let the plight of the poor be heard. prophetic speaking about poverty today’ ( ) ngtt – . for a description of the danger of constantinianism see n koopman ‘tussen die duiwel van konstantinisme en die diep blou see van sektarisme – kerk en staat verhoudinge in post-apartheid suid- afrika’ ( ) ngtt – . the concept ‘constantinianism’ derives from the era since caesar constantine when the once persecuted christian religion became state religion after the conversion of constantine to christianity in the fourth century. the concept refers to any co-option of the church by the agenda of the state. see tracy (note above) at – . see g van den brink een publieke zaak. theologie tussen geloof en wetenskap ( ). t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e he reckons that there is something to be learned from older important philosophies of science, it remains his conviction that these approaches do not take the significant and determinative particularistic influences like faith commitments of scientists seriously enough. in the encounter with the academic public theology makes the choice for scientific reflection, for making faith convictions as far as possible rationally accessible to all reasonable people, for constructing arguments that pass the test of coherence, consistency and logical reasoning. however, theology does not have to distance itself from its faith commitments, but takes care that such commitments do not exclude scientific scrutiny. the age-old christian notion of fides quaerens intellectum (faith seeking understanding) that anselm of canterbury framed in the / th century needs fresh application in this dialogue of theology with the academic public. against this background sketched in the previous paragraphs some suggestions can be made about the contribution of theology in the dialogue and cooperation with the academy. a first contribution of theology might be to help dialogue partners to view the challenge of the implementation of human rights not only as a political, social, economic, legal, philosoph- ical and sociological challenge but as a moral challenge. morality has to do with the wellbeing, happiness and wholeness of human beings and other creatures. something is morally good when it serves this wellbeing and it is morally bad if it does not. if theology embarks on this endeavour it strengthens those in other disciplines who already view the challenge of social and economic justice as a moral challenge. some theologians are of the opinion that the contribution of theology to social-ethical and economic-ethical challenges is merely to help portraying these as ethical challenges and to pro- vide a meaning-giving framework that is based in religious or secular belief systems, and that serves to motivate people to participate in the quest to address these challenges. other theolo- gians, however, are of opinion that theology indeed can make a unique contribution to the con- tents of the debate. i am of the opinion that theology might enrich the contents of the discourse on the imple- mentation of human rights. theology might be able, for instance, to assist the discourse in reaching thicker descriptions of justice. elsewhere i described various forms of justice and van den brink reasons that despite their weaknesses older philosophies of science still pose some important challenges. logical positivism challenges us to ensure that cognitive meaningful statements be verifiable as far as possible; confirmationism teaches us that it is much more difficult to confirm so-called non-existence statements then existence statements; the falsification theory of karl popper challenges us to open ourselves to criticism, to continuous disturbance and critical opposition by researchers who do not just take our posi- tions for granted. see van den brink (note above) at – . for a definition of morality in terms of this notion of security and wellbeing, see b birch and l rasmussen bible and ethics in the christian life ( ) at - . for an extensive discussion of these two opposing views regarding the contribution of religion and theolo- gy to ethical challenges see n koopman ‘the role of tradition in moral decisionmaking and moral consensus’ ( ) ngtt – . in this article i discuss the so-called liberal position of dutch schol- ar harry kuitert who reckons that religion and theology do not contribute to the contents of morality, but that it merely serves as protector, feeder and sustainer of morality, and as motivator for morally good liv- ing. i bring this position in dialogue with the so-called postliberal position of stanley hauerwas who reck- ons that religion and theology fulfill a crucial role with regard to the contents of morality since morality is in essence agent, narrative and community-dependent. for a brief outline of utilitarian, libertarian, communitarian and egalitarian theories of justice and the theo- ry proposed by theologian karin lebacqz, see n koopman ‘justice and land reform’ ( ) paper read at the international conference on land reform in utrecht, netherlands, and accepted for publication in studies in reformed theology. karin lebacqz expresses appreciation for rawls’ emphasis of the least advantaged, nozick’s valuing of freedom, the emphasis of the priority of the poor in the pastoral letter on eco- then opted for an understanding of justice as compassionate justice. hereby i mean that justice has two dimensions that can be derived from two different words for justice in hebrew. tsedaqah refers to the sacrifice that is required to transform people into just people and into people who are also willing to make sacrifices for the sake of the other. mispat refers to foren- sic justice that is enforced by legal measures. these measures would include contemporary notions like human rights. compassionate justice therefore would argue that legal justice and the ethos of compassion and sacrifice cooperate to bring forth a life of justice and dignity for all humans and the environment. making the notion of sacrifice part of the discourse about social and economic justice might enhance our progress towards fruitful solutions. the impli- cation of the notion of sacrifice for current and potentially new political, economic and legal measures of reparation for the sake of higher levels of equilibrium, might be an important part of the discourse on social and economic justice. iv theology in dialogue and cooperation with churches the dialogue and cooperation of theology with churches is very important. the mutual impact of theology and this realm is also prevalent as with the two other publics. for various reasons churches do have the potential to make a significant contribution to the realizing of social and economic rights. the potential of churches is amongst others reflected in the high percentage of people belonging to religions in south african society. the dawning of modernisation in its institutionalized forms of democratic state, market-driven economy, civil society and sophisti- cated and influential public media, as well as its zeitgeist of individualism and rationalism have not lead to secularization in south africa. on the contrary, most recent statistics indicate that more than % of south africans belong to one or the other form of religion. the percentage of christians rose during the last few years to almost %. it should, however, be noted that although modernization has not been accompanied by sec- ularization, it has affected religion in terms of modernity’s central feature of the fragmentation of society into various autonomous life spheres. this development has created a high poten- tial for the privatization of religion. so although people might still be religious, religion is removed from the various public spheres of society. the potential of such a privatized religion to impact positively on society is very low. on the contrary, private religion does not only imply withdrawal from society, it often also entails destructive forms of religion and morali- ty, eg fundamentalism, intolerance, moral absolutism and judgementalism. when we embark on the investigation of the role of churches in the advancement of social and economic rights these facts should be taken into consideration. whilst doing this we should also always be theology and the fulfilment of social and economical rights nomic justice of the north american catholic bishops, and the recognition of the epistemological privilege of the poor, ie god is only known in the doing of justice by liberation theologian jose miranda. based on these positions she constructs her own position that calls for more attention to the narratives of the mar- ginalized in the discourse about social and economic justice. see in this regard h hendriks the future of the church, the church of the future ( ) unpublished inaugural lecture, university of stellenbosch. this trend of growth in religiosity is not limited to south africa. peter berger has replaced his secularization thesis with a de-secularisation thesis. after arguing since the sixties of the previous century that secularization will spread all over the world and that religion will be increasingly marginalized he now observes growth of religiosity in all parts of the world, especially in south america, africa and asia. although western europe is highly secularized he is of opinion that religion survives in non-institu- tional form in some of the western european regions. see berger (note above) at - . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e aware of the ambiguous history of religion in social matters as described earlier in this article. the challenge to theology is to assist and guide churches in discovering and actualizing their constructive potential with regard to the challenge of the realization of social and economic rights. in investigating the role of churches in the fulfillment of social and economic rights, dirkie smit’s identification of six forms of the church might be helpful. the first four forms consti- tute the church as institution. they are worship services, local congregations with their various practices, denominations and ecumenical bodies. the other two forms constitute the church as organism, namely individual christians in their normal daily roles in family, work, neighbour- hood etcetera, and individual christians in voluntary organizations. (a) worship services have the potential to transform people into just people who can enhance the social and economic transformation of society. the impact of worship on ethics, also economic ethics is increasingly treasured by a growing number of authors. in a recent pub- lication american theologians stanley hauerwas and samuel wells pleaded for an end to the separation of worship and ethics that developed under the influence of immanuel kant. from different perspectives various authors demonstrate how worship impacts on our eth- ical choices, policies and moral living in various walks of life, specifically in the area of social and economic justice. the transformative, subversive and revolutionary potential of worship services are investigated by an increasing number of theologians. those partic- ipating in worship see alternative realities that are in conflict to the prior realities of a world where injustice reigns supreme and they are transformed to participate in the building of these alternative realities. those who pray for daily bread, see a world where there is bread for everyone and they participate in creating such a world. (b) various practices of congregations also enhance the fulfillment of social and economic rights. the definition of practices according to american theologians craig dykstra and dorothy bass is very helpful. they define practices as follows: ‘by “christian practices” we mean things christian people do together over time to address fundamental human needs in response to and in the light of god’s active presence for the life of the world.’ practices refer to cooperative and meaningful human endeavours in which certain beliefs, virtues and skills are entwined with certain behaviours, relationships and symbols. for the purpose of this article i briefly refer only to two important christian practices that impact constructively on the quest for economic justice. stanley hauerwas writes clearly about the role of baptism and eucharist as christian practices that impact on public life, specifically on the quest for social and economic justice. he states that baptism and eucharist are not only motives or causes for our social work, they are our effective social work. in them we see most clearly the marks of god’s kingdom in the world. elsewhere he describes how the celebration of the eucharist in the united methodist congregation of see d smit ‘oor die kerk as unieke samelewingsverband’ ( ) tydskrif vir geesteswetenskappe at – . see s hauerwas and s wells (eds) the blackwell companion to christian ethics ( ). see c dykstra and d bass ‘a theological understanding of christian practices’ in m volf and d bass practicing theology. beliefs and practices in christian life ( ) at - . see dykstra and bass (note above) at . see dykstra and bass (note above) at - . see s hauerwas the peaceable kingdom. a primer in christian ethics ( ) at . south band, indiana, has lead to meal sharing with poor members of the neighbourhood that made it clear ‘that we were not simply another social agency that does a little good, but a people called out to witness to god’s presence in the world. that presence which comes in the meal we share sustained that church’s ability to be present in that neighbour- hood as a symbol that all was not lost’. (c) denominations and ecumenical bodies can embark on the so-called priestly task of show- ing solidarity with the marginalized and the wronged. this care, compassion and solidari- ty are expressed in the various diaconal services of churches, amongst others homes for the aged, disabled, orphans (especially the growing number of aids related orphans), day care centres, crèches, after school care centres for children whose parents are working long hours, church schools, soup kitchens and other feeding schemes, shelters for refugees and victims of disasters like burnt down informal settlements, employment creation initiatives and entrepreneurial courses and initiatives. many of these initiatives are undertaken in cooperation with role players in other spheres of society, amongst others governmental institutions, businesses, trade unions and even the media. these priestly practices of soli- darity and care are not small endeavours to fulfill social and economic rights in humble and preliminary ways. this direct involvement in the plight of those who do not experience humane living conditions also constructively inform, influence and inspire thinking on the fulfillment of social and economic rights and justice. denominations and ecumenical bodies also fulfill the prophetic task of clearly spelling out the vision of a good society where people enjoy a life of dignity and justice. this prophetic task also involves a critique of society where the conditions of this good society are not met. through declarations of faith and even confessions of faith churches spell out this vision and offer this constructive critique. a very recent example of the involvement of ecumeni- cal church bodies on this level is the adoption of a processus confessionis, that means engaging in a process of confessing faith, on economic justice by the world alliance of reformed churches, the lutheran world federation and the world council of churches. this processus confessionis is the initiative of the southern african alliance of reformed churches (saarc) in which stellenbosch theologian russel botman, who was then presi- dent of saarc, played a pivotal role. the thinking on matters of social and economic justice in many reformed christians in southern africa, as well as in other parts of the world are increasingly influenced by the confession of belhar. in october christians from reformed churches in south africa, other african countries, belgium, germany, the netherlands, sweden and the usa met in stellenbosch at the beyers naudé centre for public theology for an international conference on the theme confessing and embodying belhar and barmen today. the theme of this conference suggests that christians view social and economic justice as a faith issue. this means to confess faith in god is to work for social and economic justice. churches on denominational and ecumenical level also have the responsibility to intervene theology and the fulfilment of social and economical rights see s hauerwas christian existence today. essays on church, world and living in between ( ) at . for a discussion of this processus confessionis, see n koopman ‘ ‘‘… in a special way the god of the poor, the destitute and the wronged…”. a basic and neglected conviction of (reformed) theology?’ in p coertzen (ed) years reformed - ( ) - . the confession of belhar (note above). the barmen declaration is a confessional document that was adopted in by the confessing church in the city of barmen, germany. the christians in this con- fessing church opposed the growth of nazism in germany. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e in public policy processes. it is crucial to help ensure that laws are formulated that enhance the vision and ideals of justice and dignity spelled out in the bill of rights. for this purpose various denominations and ecumenical bodies have already established public pol- icy liaison offices at national parliament in cape town, amongst others the south african council of churches, the south african catholic bishops conference, the dutch reformed church as well as the baptist church. these bodies do not only influence the public policy processes through presentations to the portfolio committees of parliament. they also con- scientise and inform local congregations and individual christians on public policy matters, amongst others specific issues of social and economic justice. one of the remarkable achievements of these offices is the annual peoples budget initiative with trade unions and other institutions of civil society. these partners undertake a critical evaluation of the national budget in terms of its impact on poor people. they also suggest constructive alter- natives. denominational and ecumenical bodies are also challenged to even inform local worship services regarding issues of social and economic justice through appropriate infor- mation and guidelines for liturgies. (d) individual christians in their normal daily roles and in voluntary organizations are equipped by the institutional church to participate in appropriate ways in various sectors of society in the fulfillment of social and economic rights and the achievement of social and economic justice. they are equipped with regard to moral decisionmaking on economic matters as well as the embodiment of central economic-ethical values. without pretending to become economists it is important to have some orientation regarding economic matters in order to be able to impact in an informed and responsible way on the direction these mat- ters are taking at home, school, neighbourhood, local government, business, trade unions, churches and all walks of life. proper utilization of the media, amongst others newspapers, magazines, radio, television, internet, art and music can enhance this process of influencing the thinking and practices of people regarding social and economic justice matters. individual christians in their various affiliations also participate in advocacy and protest north american theologian, jp wogaman christian perspectives on politics ( ) at – sum- marises the public responsibility of churches as follows: influencing the public ethos, educating the church’s own membership about particular public issues, participating in advocacy and lobbying initiatives, sup- porting specific political parties and candidates with positive records on civil rights and other social justice issues, encourage lay christians to establish a christian political party if circumstances warrant this move, engage in truly extreme situations of oppression in civil disobedience and participation in even violent rev- olutions. the contentious nature of some of these proposals are obvious. in the beyers naudé centre for public theology was requested by the south african council of churches to do research on the response of south african churches to the arms deals of the south african government during the first decade of democracy. these findings were tabled at an international conference on the international arms trade in sweden. one of various suggestions was that ecumenical bodies like the south african council of churches provide local congregations with guidelines for liturgies on human secu- rity which entails the building of social and economic justice and peace. during the anti-apartheid struggle these liturgies played a crucial role in influencing and transforming the thinking of people regarding mat- ters of social and economic justice. see in this regard n koopman ‘defence in a democracy. a church perspective on the postapartheid defence review process’ in k haglind (ed) arms trade. final report from the nd ecumenical conference in gothenburg ( ). decision making occurs at the hand of three classical approaches to moral decisionmaking, namely the deontological and teleological as well as virtue approaches to ethics. for very helpful orientations to vari- ous approaches to moral decisionmaking see amongst others m baron, p pettit and m slote three methods of ethics: a debate ( ); p singer (ed) a companion to ethics ( ); r lovin christian ethics. an essential guide ( ). activities for the sake of the materialisation of social and economic justice. these actions which are mainly the initiative of civil society organizations can occur on local, provincial and national levels. due to the astronomic developments in the area of information tech- nology such actions can take on international dimensions. the protest of civil society in against the war in iraq is a very good example of a joint international campaign of civil societies from various parts of the world. such international actions are crucial in the light of the ambiguous effects of economic globalisation. individual christians contribute to ways of thinking and practices that enhance the ful- fillment of social and economic rights by embodying the values that they are campaigning for. the institutional church, through its worship services, congregational practices, denom- inational and ecumenical policies, declarations, confessional statements and public actions and witnesses, contributes to the transformation of individual christians into people who live with specific virtues. according to north american theologian j philip wogaman a virtue is the tendency and predisposition to be and to act in accordance with goodness. virtues are incarnated, embodied, practiced values. where these virtues, with their per- sonal and public dimensions, are cherished and developed, significant impact is made on the development of theories and practices that enhance the fulfillment of social and eco- nomic rights. v conclusion the quest for theories that seek the fulfillment of social and economic rights and the restora- tion of a life of dignity for all is an act of responsibility. the ethics of responsibility gained momentum in the midst of the immense suffering due to amongst others the two destructive world wars of the twentieth century. political scientists, lawyers, economists, philosophers and theologians joined the search for just, peaceful and sustainable societies where the life of cur- rent and future generations could flourish. north american theologian helmut richard niebuhr joined this quest. for him responsibility starts with the question: what is going on theology and the fulfilment of social and economical rights see j wogaman christian moral judgment ( ) especially chapter . the christian tradition formulated seven virtues. four of them are borrowed from greek philosophical thinking, specifically from aristotle, and are called the cardinal virtues. justice entails that people embody fairness, commitment to a life of equality, dignity and and joy for all. just people are even willing to sacri- fice for the sake of the other. the other three cardinal virtues are temperance, discernment or wisdom, and fortitude or courage. the three theological virtues that complete the list of seven christian virtues are faith, hope and love. all these virtues impact on a life of social and economic justice and dignity for all. for very helpful accounts of the virtues see besides the works mentioned above about approaches to moral deci- sionmaking also s hauerwas and c pinches christians among the virtues. theological conversations with ancient and modern ethics ( ) and n richardson ‘ethics of character and community’ in c villa- vicencio and j de gruchy (eds) doing ethics in context. south african perspectives ( ) - . recently much work is done in the field of moral and virtue formation. both the theological and anthro- pological dimensions of these processes are investigated. for a general orientation to the work of moral for- mation see n koopman and r vosloo die ligtheid van die lig. morele oriëntasie in ‘n postmoderne tyd ( ). for a very helpful description of the various modes of moral formation, see the important and famous work of roman catholic dutch theologian j van der ven formation of the moral self ( ). he identifies seven modes of moral formation, namely discipline, socialization, value transmission, value clar- ification, moral development, emotional development and character formation. see h niebuhr the responsible self. an essay in christian moral philosophy ( ) especially – . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e around us? what is happening around us? according to him christians would add the ques- tion: what is god busy doing in our world? decades later social scientists in the usa like robert bellah and his co-authors would reason in the same vein and argue that democracy can- not succeed if there are not people who pay attention, people who are aware and conscious of what is going on around them. still later the south african anti-apartheid struggle gained momentum when people like steve bantu biko, who is hailed as the father of the black consciousness movement, embarked on an intentional process of conscientisation, of making people aware of not only the oppressive dimensions of their reality, but also of the liberative potential in that reality. three decades later scholars from different disciplines participate in the research project on the enforcement of social and economic rights of which this book is a product. thereby they embark on this first step of responsible living. they pay attention and see that whilst the so- called first generation rights of the treasured south african bill of rights enjoy much attention in public discourse and even in court cases, the so-called second and third generation social and economic rights are limited to the margins of the public discourse. they see that lastmentioned rights are not enforced to the same extent as the former rights. in dialogue with each other they seek ways of addressing this challenge. they strive to build theories that will hopefully assist south african policy makers in different public spheres as well as individual south africans in all walks of life to see what is going on around them, to pay attention and to address the immense challenges with creativity and innovation. theology is privileged to participate in this quest. see r bellah et al habits of the heart. individualism and commitment in american life ( ) and also r bellah et al the good society ( ). for his writings on the insights of the black consciousness movement, see s biko i write what i like ( ). the value of human dignity in interpreting socio-economic rights* s a n d r a l i e b e n b e r g h oppenheimer chair for human rights, stellenbosch university …without the ability to secure the immediate needs of the present, the future is lit- tle more than a far-off possibility, remote both in perception and in reality…** i introduction the inclusion of socio-economic rights as justiciable rights in the bill of rights of south africa’s constitution affirms the critical importance of material conditions to human survival and devel- opment. in their seminal article, arguing for the constitutional protection of socio-economic rights in south africa, craig scott and patrick maklem argued as follows: …perhaps the strongest reason for including a certain number of economic and social rights is that by constitutionalising half of the human rights equation, south africans would be constitutionalising only part of what it is to be a full person. a constitution containing only civil and political rights projects an image of truncated humanity. symbolically, but still brutally it excludes those seg- ments of society for whom autonomy means little without the necessities of life… socio-economic rights are not valued as commodities, but because of what they enable human * earlier versions of this paper were read at the conference of the sa journal on human rights, ‘twenty years of human rights scholarship and ten-years of democracy’ ( – july ), and at the stellenbosch institute for advanced study (stias) seminar on ‘theories of social and economic justice’ ( – july ). this article first appeared in ( ) sajhr – and is re-published with kind permission of s liebenberg, i currie (editor of sajhr) and juta & co. participants at both the aforesaid events provid- ed valuable comments and suggestions for which i am indebted. i am also grateful for the comments and insights of my colleagues, andré van der walt and lourens du plessis, as well as the suggestions received from the sajhr editors. finally, i would like to thank beth goldblatt for challenging me to think critical- ly about the limits of human dignity in advancing a transformative constitutional jurisprudence. ** per arbour j in gosselin v quebec (attorney general), scc at para . the preamble of the constitution of the republic of south africa act of [hereafter ‘the constitution’] proclaims that it was adopted with the purpose (amongst others) to ‘[i]mprove the quality of life of all citizens and free the potential of each person’. ‘constitutional ropes of sand or justiciable guarantees? social rights in a new south african constitution’ ( ) univ of pennsylvania lr , . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e beings to do and to be. if basic subsistence needs are not met, humans face severe threats to life and health. but, in addition, such deprivation impedes the development of a whole range of human capabilities, including the ability to fulfill life plans and participate effectively in politi- cal, economic and social life. it also deprives society of the contributions of all its members. thus both the individual and society are impoverished by our collective failure to ensure living conditions worthy of the dignity of people as both individual and social beings. as justiciable rights, socio-economic rights must be interpreted in the context of concrete cases. the courts must determine how much must be provided, to whom, at what pace and in what order of priority. in order to do so, they must explicate the underlying values that guide its interpretation. in so doing, the court also affirms the values constituting our post-apartheid society. martha nussbaum has provided an influential philosophical justification for constitutional principles aimed at ensuring the conditions for the development and exercise of human capabilities: see particularly m c nussbaum women and human development – the capabilities approach ( ) [hereafter ‘women and human development’]. her approach focuses ‘on human capabilities, that is, what people are actually able to do and to be – in a way informed by an intuitive idea of a life that is worthy of the dignity of the human being’: nussbaum ( ) . on the relationship between capabilities and human rights, see nussbaum ( ) – ; and nussbaum ‘capabilities, human rights and the universal declaration’ in b h weston & s p marks (eds) the future of international human rights ( ) - . in development economics, the capa- bilities approach to quality of life assessments was pioneered by amartya sen through a range of works, including his collaboration of the human development reports of the united nations development programme (undp). see, eg, ‘equality of what’ in a sen choice, welfare and measurement ( ) – , and his recent work development as freedom ( ). for sen, the goal of development should be to expand the capabilities of persons ‘to lead the kind of lives they value – and have reason to value’: development as freedom ( ) . nussbaum discusses the differences between her and sen’s ‘capabilities’ theory at – of women and human development. however, both view the ‘capabilities’ approach as more appropriate to quality of life assessments in human development than many of the traditional alterna- tives. nussbaum discusses the defects of standard approaches such as gnp per capita, utilitarian approaches (which ask about the total or average utility of the population, as measured by expressions of satisfaction), and approaches focusing on basic resource distribution in women and human development (at – ). for an account of the impact and experience of poverty in south africa, see j may poverty and inequality in south africa: report prepared for the office of the executive deputy president and the inter-ministerial committee for poverty and inequality (pir report) ( ). see particularly the experiences of poverty doc- umented by the south african participatory poverty assessment: ‘the experience and perceptions of poverty’, data research africa report (sa-ppa) cited on pp – of the pir report. these include: alien- ation from the community, emotional stress and anxiety, food insecurity, the impact of time-consuming domestic tasks particularly for poor women, overcrowded living conditions with the associated loss of pri- vacy, and an increased exposure to violence. the impact of a lack of access to basic services and productive resources such as land on people’s life chances is also vividly illustrated in the report of the national ‘speak out on poverty’ hearings convened by the commission for gender equality, the south african human rights commission and the south african ngo coalition from march – june : d budlender the people’s voices ( ). sen expresses this reciprocal relationship as follows: ‘these capabilities can be enhanced by public policy, but also, on the other side, the direction of public policy can be influenced by the effective use of partici- patory capabilities by the public’: development as freedom (note above) . jennifer nedelsky describes human beings ‘as both essentially individual and essentially social creatures’: ‘reconceiving rights as relationship’ ( ) review of constitutional studies , . in national coalition for gay & lesbian equality v minister of justice and others ( ) sa (cc), sachs j refers to the con- stitutional recognition of the associational dimensions of human life as follows: ‘while recognising the unique worth of each person, the constitution does not presuppose that a holder of rights is an isolated, lonely and abstract figure possessing a disembodied and socially disconnected self. it acknowledges that people live in their bodies, their communities, their cultures, their places and their times’ (at para ). see also bernstein v bester ( ) sa (cc) at para . in dawood v minister of home affairs; shalabi v minister of home affairs; thomas v minister of home affairs ( ) sa (cc), o’regan j describes the role of the constitutional value of human dignity in human dignity as a right and value has played a central role in the court’s human rights jurisprudence. the court has also invoked dignity as the central value informing its approach to the interpretation of socio-economic rights, particularly the reasonableness standard of review for the positive duties imposed by these rights. thus yacoob j stated in groot- boom: …it is fundamental to an evaluation of the reasonableness of state action that account be taken of the inherent dignity of human beings. the constitution will be worth infinitely less than its paper if the reasonableness of state action concerned with housing is determined without regard to the fundamental constitutional value of human dignity. section , read in the context of the bill of rights as a whole, must mean that the respondents have a right to reasonable action by the state in all circumstances and with particular regard to human dignity. in short, i emphasise that human beings are required to be treated as human beings… this article explores the value of human dignity in interpreting socio-economic rights. my focus is primarily on the positive duties imposed on these rights to facilitate and provide access to social benefits. it examines the critiques that have been made of human dignity as a guiding value in the context of south africa’s equality jurisprudence. in response to these critiques the article seeks to explore traditions in the interpretation of human dignity that can make a positive contribution to our evolving jurisprudence on socio-economic rights. by focusing on human dignity, i am not claiming that dignity is the only value that explicates human dignity in interpreting socio-economic rights constituting post-apartheid society: ‘the constitution asserts dignity to contradict our past in which human dignity for black south africans was routinely and cruelly denied. it asserts it too to inform the future, to invest in our democracy respect for the intrinsic worth of all human beings’ (at para ). in dawood v minister of home affairs; shalabi v minister of home affairs; thomas v minister of home affairs ( ) sa (cc) the court held that the value of human dignity ‘is a value that informs the interpretation of many, possibly all, other rights’ (at para ). see, for example, s v makwanyane & another ( ) sa (cc) at para (per chaskalson p) and at para (per o’regan j) (death penalty); august and another v electoral commission and others ( ) sa (cc) para (per sachs j) (right to vote); and the range of equality cases in which dignity is a central factor in identifying ‘unfair’ discrimination: eg harksen v lane no and others ( ) sa (cc) at paras – ; national coalition for gay & lesbian equality v minister of justice and others ( ) sa (cc) at paras – (per ackermann j), and paras – (per sachs j). government of the republic of south africa v grootboom ( ) sa (cc) paras , . note above, para . on the relationship between human dignity as an independent right, the other rights specifically entrenched in the bill of rights, and the value of human dignity, see dawood v minister of home affairs; shalabi v minister of home affairs; thomas v minister of home affairs ( ) sa (cc) para . on the relationship between human dignity as an independent right, the other rights specifically entrenched in the bill of rights, and the value of human dignity, see dawood v minister of home affairs; shalabi v minister of home affairs; thomas v minister of home affairs ( ) sa (cc) para ; jaftha v schoeman and others; van rooyen v stoltz and others ( ) bclr (cc) para . section ( ) of the constitution places an overarching duty on the state ‘to respect, protect, promote and fulfil’ the rights in the bill of rights. this signals that the rights in the bill of rights impose a combination of negative and positive duties. for a discussion of these duties in the context of socio-economic rights, see s liebenberg ‘the interpretation of socio-economic rights’ in m chaskalson et al constitutional law of south africa ( nd edition ) ch , - ; see also the social and economic rights action centre and the centre for economic and social rights v nigeria communication no / october , african commission on human and peoples’ rights, paras – . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e our commitment to socio-economic rights. there is an important body of literature that explores the significance of a number of other values in relation to socio-economic rights. the core foundational values of human dignity, freedom and equality are in any event highly inter- related. i focus on human dignity because of the important role it has played in the court’s human rights jurisprudence in general, and because its role in the interpretation of socio-eco- nomic rights has been relatively unexplored. i also seek to develop a concept of human dignity that can help us identify deficiencies in the court’s current socio-economic rights jurisprudence and illuminate how the jurisprudence should be developed to constitute a stronger response to socio-economic deprivation. ii critiques of dignity as a value in constitutional adjudication a number of critiques have been made of human dignity as a guiding value in constitutional adjudication, particularly in relation to equality jurisprudence and the test for unfair dis- crimination. however, these critiques are also relevant to human dignity as a guiding value in socio-economic rights jurisprudence and for this reason they require careful consideration here. three major critiques of dignity as a value in human rights adjudication have been articulated. the first relates to the alleged indeterminacy of human dignity as a normative concept. thus it has been argued that dignity is too vague and multifaceted a concept to serve us well as a guiding the court has affirmed that all three foundational constitutional values are implicated in a denial of socio- economic rights: ‘all the rights in our bill of rights are inter-related and mutually supporting. there can be no doubt that human dignity, freedom and equality, the foundational values of our society, are denied those who have no food, clothing or shelter. affording socio-economic rights to all people therefore enables them to enjoy the other rights enshrined in chapter . the realisation of these rights is also key to the advance- ment of race and gender equality and the evolution of a society in which men and women are equally able to achieve their full potential’: government of the republic of south africa v grootboom ( ) sa (cc) para . see also soobramoney v minister of health, kwazulu-natal ( ) sa (cc) para . see, for example, n haysom ‘constitutionalism, majoritarian democracy and socio-economic rights’ ( ) sajhr (a basic floor of socio-economic rights is required to guarantee a minimum degree of civic and political participation). for a similar argument in the us context, see: fi michelman ‘welfare rights in a constitutional democracy’ ( ) wash univ lq (socio-economic are necessary prereq- uisites of effective participation in representative democracy); p de vos ‘grootboom, the right of access to housing and substantive equality as contextual fairness’ ( ) sajhr (the right to equality and socio-economic rights are ‘two sides of the same coin’ in that they seek to achieve ‘…a specific con- textual form of equality as the realisation of particular social and economic rights’ at , ). for a dis- cussion of the shortcomings and theoretical limitations of an equality-based theoretical justification of socio-economic rights: see a van der walt ‘a south african reading of frank michelman’s theory of social justice’ in h botha, a van der walt, and j van der walt (eds) rights and democracy in a transformative constitution ( ) at – . nonetheless, as this paper illustrates, there are important insights in equality jurisprudence regarding the application of human dignity to adjudicate the constitutionality of peo- ple’s exclusion from social benefits. kriegler j refers to human dignity, equality and freedom as ‘conjoined, reciprocal and covalent values’ which are ‘foundational’ to south africa: s v mamabolo (e tv and others intervening) ( ) sa (cc) at para . the court’s approach to section of the constitution is set out in harksen v lane no and others ( ) sa (cc) at paras – . dignity plays an important role both in the identification of unlisted pro- hibited grounds of discrimination and in the factors for determining whether the discrimination is unfair: see harksen paras and . value in equality jurisprudence. the second critique asserts that human dignity as a value is irrevocably linked with protection of freedom and autonomy. as such, it serves to discourage the positive, redistributive measures needed to remedy conditions of material inequality and disad- vantage. cathi albertyn and beth goldblatt have most forcefully articulated the final critique (which is closely related to the second) in the context of equality jurisprudence. they argue that the reliance on the value of dignity in the test for unfair discrimination promotes a narrow focus on individual personality issues as opposed to ‘a group-based understanding of material advan- tage and disadvantage’. it could result in ‘an individualised and abstract conception of equality divorced from actual social and economic disadvantage.’ thus the need to redress systemic pat- terns of inequality and disadvantage are obscured by focusing on individual personality issues related to subjective feelings of self-respect and self-worth. if dignity as a value is inextricably aligned with negative liberty and individual personality issues, it will be inimical to the development of a transformative socio-economic rights jurispru- dence. in the next section i develop an argument that there are positive traditions associated with the interpretation of human dignity that can add value to our socio-economic rights jurisprudence. in so doing, i am not seeking to deny the dangers of a regressive deployment of human dignity in the interpretation of rights such as equality, and indeed, socio-economic rights. certainly, i believe that there is a case to be made that the court has not engaged suffi- ciently with the value of equality in its section jurisprudence. my concern is to examine how the value of human dignity can enrich, rather than impoverish, our evolving jurisprudence on socio-economic rights. iii human dignity as a value dignity has deep roots in kantian moral philosophy that affirms the inherent worth of human beings. according to the kantian imperative human beings should be treated ‘never simply as a human dignity in interpreting socio-economic rights for example, davis alludes to the ‘multifaceted meanings’ of dignity, and argues that the court ‘has given dignity both a content and scope that make for a piece of jurisprudential legoland – to be used in whatev- er form and shape is required by the demands of the judicial designer’: d davis ‘equality: the majesty of legoland jurisprudence’ ( ) salj at . see also in this regard d davis democracy and deliberation ( ) at – . this critique is discussed by susie cowen in her article defending the use of the value of human dignity in south african’s equality jurisprudence: ‘can “dignity” guide south africa’s equality jurisprudence?’ ( ) sajhr at – . c albertyn & b goldblatt ‘facing the challenge of transformation: difficulties in the development of an indigenous jurisprudence of equality’ ( ) sajhr at – , . similar arguments in sup- port of the development of a more substantive approach to equality were made by the centre for applied legal studies in their amicus intervention in national coalition for gay & lesbian equality v minister of justice and others ( ) sa (cc): see paras – (per ackermann j), and paras – (per sachs j). c albertyn ‘equality’ in m h cheadle, d m davis and n r l haysom (eds) south african constitutional law: the bill of rights ( ) at . albertyn attributes this reluctance, at least partially, to the court’s discomfort with the notion that ‘the value of equality encompasses an idea of material equality and economic redistribution’: she argues that this ‘redistributive function sits uncomfortably with the institutional role of courts and with the distinction the courts seek to draw between issues of social policy and issues of law’: albertyn (note above) at – ; see also d davis ‘legoland jurisprudence’ (note above) at – . for a recent consideration by the court of the value of equality in the context of section and the positive duties it imposes on the state, see minister of finance & another v van heerden ( ) bclr (cc) at paras – . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e means, but always at the same time as an end.’ in other words, we should relate to each other as having intrinsic worth as human beings. o’regan j affirms the notion of human dignity as follows: …the importance of dignity as a founding value of our new constitution cannot be over-emphasised. recognising a right to dignity is an acknowledgment of the intrin- sic worth of human beings: human beings are entitled to be treated as worthy of respect and concern… human dignity is closely related to the notion that human beings are agents capable of making moral choices, of shaping our identity, resisting injustice and participating in the shaping of society. martha nussbaum expresses this notion thus: the core idea is that of the human being as a dignified free being who shapes his or her own life in cooperation and reciprocity with others, rather than being passively shaped or pushed around by the world in the manner of a “flock” or “herd” animal. a life that is really human is one that is shaped throughout by these human powers of practical reason and sociability. thus to value the inherent dignity of human beings as a society is to ensure that people enjoy i kant the moral law: kant’s groundwork of the metaphysic of morals ( ) (trans h j patron) cited and discussed in d meyerson rights limited ( ) at – . see also the discussion of the kantian imperative and concept of human dignity by l ackermann ‘equality and the south african constitution: the role of dignity’ ( ) the heidelberg journal for international law at – . s v makwanyane & another ( ) sa (cc) para (emphasis added). see also the comments of ackermann j in national coalition for gay & lesbian equality v minister of justice and others ( ) sa (cc): ‘dignity is a difficult concept to capture in precise terms. at its least, it is clear that the consti- tutional protection of dignity requires us to acknowledge the value and worth of all individuals as members of society’ (at para ). in the context of evictions, the constitutional court has recently highlighted the importance of mediation and serious consideration of the need of occupiers for suitable alternative land in considering whether an eviction is ‘just and equitable’ in terms of the prevention of illegal eviction from and unlawful occupation of land act of (pie). sachs j refers to the importance of mutual respect for people’s agency in the following terms: ‘thus those seeking eviction should not be encouraged to rely on concepts of faceless and anonymous squatters automatically to be expelled as obnoxious social nuisances. such a stereotypical approach has no place in the society envisaged by the constitution; justice and equity require that everyone is to be treated as an individual bearer of rights entitled to respect for his or her dignity. at the same time those who find themselves compelled by poverty and landlessness to live in shacks on the land of others, should be discouraged from regarding themselves as helpless victims, lacking the possibility of personal moral agency’: port elizabeth municipality v various occupiers ( ) sa (cc) para . m nussbaum women and human development (note above) (footnotes omitted). nussbaum’s notion of ‘a life that is really human’ has been the subject of criticism on the basis that that an attempt to elabo- rate the conditions of a fully human life implies that those who are denied these conditions have lost their dignity and are no longer ‘dignified’: see d cornell ‘a call for a nuanced constitutional jurisprudence: ubuntu, dignity, and reconciliation’ paper presented at a new social forms seminar organised by the department of sociology and social anthropology, stellenbosch university, july (paper on line at www.sun.ac.za/sociology/activities_nsf.htm). my own reading of nussbaum is that she is not claiming that poverty deprives people of their dignity, but rather that society fails to respect the dignity of people by neglecting to create the conditions under which people’s capabilities can develop and be effectively exer- cised. as she puts it: ‘we begin, then, with a sense of the worth and dignity of basic human powers, think- ing of them as claims to a chance for functioning, claims that give rise to correlated social and political duties’: women and human development (note above) . see further the discussion at – . civil and political liberties and also have effective access to the social and economic means indis- pensable to the development of their physical, emotional, creative and associational capabili- ties. nussbaum develops a provisional list of ‘central human capabilities’ that should be secured as a basic social minimum to all in political and constitutional principles. through this list she seeks to isolate ‘those human capabilities that can be convincingly argued to be of central importance in any human life, whatever else the person pursues or chooses.’ she argues that that they have ‘special claim to be supported for political purposes in a pluralistic society’ because of their importance in making any choice of a way of life possible.’ nussbaum’s proj- ect of developing a list of ‘central human capabilities’ has been criticised for being reductive and insufficiently sensitive to human difference, complexity and freedom. a valuable feature of the list is its holistic portrayal of human life. it illustrates that access to socio-economic rights is not simply a matter of bare survival, but also includes the development and exercise of the people’s associational, intellectual and emotional capabilities. in any event, i do not believe that it is necessary to subscribe to her list (or even her project of compiling a list) to support the cen- tral idea that we show respect for human potential and agency by creating an environment of basic liberties and material support which enables their flourishing. in his analysis of human dignity as a normative concept, oscar schachter distinguishes between ‘the subjective aspect of human dignity (how one feels or thinks about another) and the objective aspect (how one treats another)’. in its objective, social dimension, he argues that human dignity ‘requires recognition of a minimal concept of distributive justice that would require satisfaction of the essential needs of everyone.’ thus he includes in his list of conduct and ideas that offend or denigrate the worth and dignity of individuals, ‘[d]egrading living conditions and deprivation of basic needs.’ international human rights law derives civil and political rights as well as social, economic and cultural rights from the value of human human dignity in interpreting socio-economic rights nussbaum women and human development (note above) . her list of central human functional capa- bilities relates to the following dimensions of human existence: life; health; bodily integrity; the senses, imagination and thought; emotions, practical reason, affiliation; other species; play; political and material control over one’s environment (at – ). nussbaum women and human development (note above) . see k van marle ‘“the capabilities approach”, “the imaginary domain”, and “asymmetrical reciprocity”: feminist perspectives on equality and justice’ ( ) feminist legal studies – , particularly the discussion at – . sen’s reservations regarding the search for a list of central human capabilities relates to the difficulty ‘in seeing how the exact lists and weights would be chosen without appropriate specification of the context of their use (which could vary), but also from a disinclination to accept any substantive diminution of the domain of public reasoning’: for sen the framework of human capabilities is important for clarifying and illuminating ‘the subject matter of public reasoning…it does not – and cannot – displace the need for public reasoning’: a sen ‘elements of a theory of human rights’ ( ) philosophy and public affairs – at . nussbaum herself emphasises that the list ‘remains open-ended and humble; it can always be contested and remade’. it aims at ‘multiple realisability’, leaving room for more concrete specification according to local beliefs and circumstances: women and human development (note above) . o schachter ‘human dignity as a normative concept’ ( ) am j of int law , . schachter (note above) . david feldman makes the following observations in relation to the subjec- tive and objective dimensions of human dignity: ‘in relation to the subjective aspect of dignity, the law of human rights will typically be concerned to prevent treatment which damages a person’s self-respect and physical or moral integrity. with regard to the objective aspect, the law will usually have to go further, imposing positive duties on people to act in ways which optimise the conditions for social respect and dig- nity’: ‘human dignity as a value – part i’ ( ) public law at – . schachter (note above) . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e dignity. the constitutional court has also on a number of occasions referred to the dis- juncture between our founding constitutional values and conditions of material deprivation. the above approaches to human dignity illustrate that its ambit is by no means confined to sub- jective personality issues. to the contrary, respect for human dignity requires that we pay close attention to conditions of material disadvantage and its impact on different groups in our society. this brings us to the concern that human dignity is irrevocably connected with negative lib- erty. accordingly, dignity as a value would support constraints on state interference with indi- vidual liberties, and would discourage intervention to redistribute social resources. human dig- nity undeniably requires respect for personal autonomy and choices. but at the same time our commitment to respect for each person’s substantive freedom and life choices requires the cre- ation of the social conditions on which people’s capacity for personal fulfilment and agency depends. this leads david feldman to describe dignity as a ‘two-edged sword’, which can oper- ate both to uphold and restrict personal liberties: …[w]e must not assume that the idea of dignity is inextricably linked to a liberal- individualistic view of human beings whose life-choices deserve respect. if the state takes a particular view of what is required for people to live dignified lives, it may introduce regulations to restrict the freedom which people have to make choices which, in the state’s view interfere with the dignity of the individual, a social group or the human race as a whole. …the quest for human dignity may subvert rather than enhance choice and in some circumstances may limit rather than extend the scope of traditional ‘first generation’ human rights and fundamental freedoms… the preambles of both the international covenant on economic, social, and cultural rights ( ) and the international covenant on civil and political rights ( ) recognise that the rights contained in the respective covenants ‘derive from the inherent dignity of the human person’: in the social and economic rights action center and the center for economic and social rights v nigeria (note above), the african commission on human and peoples’ rights derived the right to food from a number of other provisions in the african charter on human and peoples’ rights. in particular, it held that the right to food ‘is insepa- rably linked to the dignity of human beings and is therefore essential for the enjoyment and fulfilment of other rights as health, education, work and political participation’ (at para ). in soobramoney v minister of health, kwazulu-natal ( ) sa (cc), the court affirmed that the constitution commits us to transform the intolerable conditions in which people live in order to vindicate the values of human dignity, equality and freedom: paras – . in government of the republic of south africa v grootboom ( ) sa (cc) the court stated that the issues in the case remind us of the intol- erable conditions under which many of our people are still living and brings home ‘the harsh reality that the constitution’s promise of dignity and equality for all remains a distant dream’: (para ). see also a chaskalson (the third bram fischer lecture) ‘human dignity as a foundational value of our constitutional order’ ( ) sajhr at – . the links between dignity and freedom are described in the following terms by ackermann j in ferreira v levin no ( ) sa (cc): ‘human dignity cannot be fully valued or respected unless individuals are able to devel- op their humanity, their “humanness” to the full extent of its potential. each human being is uniquely talented. part of the dignity of every human being is the fact and awareness of this uniqueness. an individual’s human dig- nity cannot be fully respected or valued unless the individual is permitted to develop his or her talents optimally. human dignity has little value without freedom; for without freedom personal development and fulfilment are not possible. without freedom, human dignity is little more than an abstraction. freedom and dignity are inseparably linked. to deny people their freedom is to deny them their dignity’: (at para ). see also prince v president of the law society of the cape of good hope & others ( ) sa (cc): ‘our society is diverse…the protection of diversity is the hallmark of a free and open society. it is the recognition of the inherent dignity of all human beings. freedom is an indispensable ingredient of human dignity’: (per ngcobo j at para ). d feldman (note above) . this may suggest that dignity is an indeterminate value – it cannot guide us as to when con- straints should be placed on state interference with liberties and when it should require posi- tive intervention. the capabilities approach to human dignity developed by nussbaum provides us with at least one set of criteria for requiring positive state intervention. in nussbaum’s account, the state has a strong duty to guarantee the social basis of each person’s basic human capabilities based on a principle of each person as an end. this fundamental commitment necessarily implies that the state is entitled to restrict the liberties of some members of society (provided it does not impinge on their basic human capabilities) in order to guarantee to every- one the social basis of basic human capabilities. in this sense a focus on capabilities as social goals is also closely related to human equality. as nussbaum explains: …[m]aking capabilities the goal entails promoting for all citizens a greater measure of material equality than exists in most societies, since we are unlikely to get all cit- izens above a minimum threshold of capability for truly human functioning without some redistributive policies… nussbaum’s approach is compatible with a range of different theories as to the degree of mate- rial equality that should be guaranteed in a just society, including complete egalitarianism, a rawlsian difference principle, and a focus on an ample social minimum for all. however, in most societies in the world, including south africa, we are very far from providing even the basic minimum required for promoting human capabilities. it is also helpful in this context to conceive of human dignity as a relational value. according to this notion we are interconnected beings. our sense of self-worth, personal development and well-being is inextricably bound up with the extent to which we are valued by others and the society at large. o’regan j expresses this when she writes in makwanyane: …the right to life was included in the constitution not simply to enshrine the right to existence. it is not life as mere organic matter that the constitution cherishes, but the right to human life: the right to live as a human being, to be part of a broader community, to share in the experience of humanity…the right to life is more than existence, it is a right to be treated as a human being with dignity… . human dignity in interpreting socio-economic rights m nussbaum women and human development (note above) at – , . in certain core areas of human functioning, ‘a necessary condition of justice for a public political arrangement is that it delivers to citizens a certain basic level of capability’: (at ). she draws a distinction between capability and functioning, defending the former as the appropriate political goal given the value we attach to respecting people’s choices. it is not the role of government to push people into ‘functioning of the requisite sort’: (at ). she argues that ‘for political purposes it is appropriate that we shoot for capabilities and those alone. citizens must be left free to determine their own course after that. the person with plenty of food may always choose to fast, but there is a great dif- ference between fasting and starving, and it is this difference that i wish to capture’: (at ). in discussing socio-economic rights such as the right to shelter in terms of her capabilities approach, nussbaum identifies the central focus to be ‘how people are actually enabled to live’: ‘analyzing economic and material rights in terms of capabilities thus enables us to set forth clearly a rationale we have for spend- ing unequal amounts of money on the disadvantaged, or creating special programs to assist their transition to full capability’: women and human development (note above) . nussbaum women and human development (note above) . ibid. see further in this regard women and human development (note above) , . s v makwanyane & another ( ) sa (cc) paras – . in soobramoney v minister of health, kwazulu-natal ( ) sa (cc) the court affirmed that having access to social goods and services t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e to value human dignity is not to create zero-sum trade-offs between negative liberty and wel- fare, but to constitute positive social relationships that both respect autonomy and foster the conditions in which it can flourish. dignity as a relational value can help us to perceive the limits of individual claims on social resources with reference to the needs and equal worth of others and the available resources of the society. but the corollary is a collective acknowledge- ment we are diminished as a society to the extent that any of our members are deprived of the opportunities to develop their basic capabilities to function as individual and social beings. mokgoro j expresses this idea in the following passage in the case of khosa v minister of social development: …sharing responsibility for the problems and consequences of poverty equally as a community represents the extent to which wealthier members of the community view the minimal well-being of the poor as connected with their personal well-being and were aspects of the right to ‘…human life: the right to live as a human being, to be part of a broader communi- ty to share in the experience of humanity’: (at para ). the associational dimensions of human dignity were also recently affirmed by the supreme court of appeal in the decision of minister of home affairs and others v watchenuka and another ( ) bclr (sca). the court held that conditions imposed on refugees and asylum-seekers prohibiting them from undertaking employment and from studying constituted an infringement of their rights to human dignity and education. the court (per nugent ja) stated: ‘the freedom to engage in pro- ductive work – even where that is not required in order to survive – is indeed an important component of human dignity…for mankind is pre-eminently a social species with an instinct for meaningful association. self-esteem and the sense of self-worth – the fulfilment of what it is to be human – is most often bound up with being accept- ed as socially useful’: (para ). it is important, however, not to associate the right to work only with productive, waged work. one of the major contributing factors to gender inequality is society’s persistent undervaluing of reproductive work of which women bear the disproportionate burden. see in this regard, president of the republic of south african and another v hugo ( ) sa (cc) at para (per goldstone j). the relational conception of autonomy is described in the following terms by jennifer nedelsky: ‘interdependence becomes the central fact of political life, not an issue to be shunted to the periphery in the basic question of how to ensure individual autonomy in the inevitable face of collective power. the human interactions to be governed are not seen primarily in terms of the clashing of rights and interests, but in terms of the way patterns of rela- tionship can develop and sustain both an enriching collective life and the scope for genuine individual autono- my…the constitutional protection of autonomy is then no longer an effort to carve out a space into which the collective cannot intrude, but a means of structuring the relations between individuals and the sources of collec- tive power so that autonomy is fostered rather than undermined’: (note above) . in the south african context, the interdependence between individual and community is captured by the spirit of ubuntu. mokgoro j explains that while ‘ubuntu envelops the key values of group solidarity, compassion, respect, human dignity, conformity to basic norms and collective unity, in its fundamental sense it denotes humanity and morality. its spirit empha- sises a respect for human dignity, marking a shift from confrontation to conciliation’: s v makwanyane & another ( ) sa (cc) para (per mokgoro j). in port elizabeth municipality v various occupiers ( ) sa (cc) the court (per sachs j) further noted: ‘the spirit of ubuntu, part of the deep cultural her- itage of the majority of the population, suffuses the whole constitutional order. it combines individual rights with a communitarian philosophy. it is a unifying motif of the bill of rights, which is nothing if not a structured, insti- tutionalised and operational declaration in our evolving new society of the need for human interdependence, respect and concern’: (para , footnotes omitted). in soobramoney v minister of health, kwazulu-natal ( ) sa (cc) the court justified the limi- tation of the appellant’s right to tertiary-level health care services by referring to the state’s duty to manage its resources so as to meet the basic needs of others: paras , (per chaskalson p), and para (per sachs j). see, however, the critique of soobramoney in karin van marle ‘”no last word” – reflections on the imaginary domain, dignity and intrinsic worth’ ( ) stell lr , particularly at – . in an article on the application of the value of human dignity in criminal law, shannon hoctor argues that ‘dignity has a communitarian aspect: by requiring respect for others’ claims to dignity, vindication of the human dignity of all is better assured, and a community of mutual co-operation and solidarity is fostered’: ‘dignity, criminal law and the bill of rights’ ( ) salj at (footnotes omitted). the well-being of the community as a whole. in other words, decisions about the allo- cation of public benefits represent the extent to which poor people are treated as equal members of society… it is implicit in a relational concept of dignity that claims on social resources are strongly justi- fied when people lack the basic material necessities of life to enable them to survive and devel- op as members of the community. if we are to constitute ourselves as a society that respects human dignity (as we have through the founding values of our constitution), we are commit- ted to redressing the social and economic conditions of those whose capacity for development and agency is stunted by poverty. by failing to do so, we undermine the very foundations of our new constitutional democracy. the decision in minister of health v treatment action campaign (hereafter ‘tac’) illustrates the underlying relational concept of human dignity at work. the government was being asked to provide a relatively cheap anti-retroviral drug (nevirapine) with a significant potential of reduc- ing the risk of mother-to-child transmission of hiv. while there were additional costs associat- ed with prescribing the drug, particularly the costs of hiv-testing and counselling facilities, the court found that government had the resources to extend these facilities to hospitals and clinics throughout the public health sector beyond the limited number of test sites. for the babies of poor women who give birth in the public health sector, this drug has significant life-saving poten- tial. for society to deny poor women and their newborns access to ‘a simple, cheap and poten- tially lifesaving medical intervention’ would clearly indicate a lack of respect for their dignity as human beings entitled to be treated as worthy of respect and concern. i have sought to illustrate that human dignity derives from the value we ascribe to human beings. because we value them, we wish to ensure that conditions are created that enable them to develop their capabilities and to flourish as individual and social beings. this encompasses respect for people’s diverse identities, their associational freedoms, as well as concern for the material conditions that shape their life choices. dignity as a value requires respect for people’s freedoms, but also helps us to understand why these liberties must sometimes be constrained to protect and nurture the capabilities of others. finally, i have argued that a relational concept of human dignity best captures the interdependence between individual and social welfare, and human dignity in interpreting socio-economic rights khosa & others v minister of social development and others; mahlaule and another v minister of social development and others ( ) bclr (cc) para (footnotes omitted). in the context of unfair discrimination, the court has held that ‘the interests of the community lie in the recognition of the inherent dignity of every human being and the elimination of all forms of discrimination’: hoffman v saa ( ) bclr (cc) at para . in the context of evictions of poor people from their homes, the court has stated: ‘it is not only the dignity of the poor that is assailed when homeless peo- ple are driven from pillar to post in a desperate quest for a place where they and their families can rest their heads. our society as a whole is demeaned when state action intensifies rather than mitigates their margin- alisation. the integrity of the rights-based vision of the constitution is punctured when governmental action augments rather than reduces denial of the claims of the desperately poor to the basic elements of a decent existence. hence the need for special judicial control of a process that is both socially stressful and potentially conflictual’: port elizabeth municipality v various occupiers ( ) sa (cc) para . ( ) sa (cc). the manufacturers of nevirapine had offered to make it available to the south african government free of charge for a period of five years, for the purpose of reducing the risk of mother-to-child transmission of hiv. minister of health v treatment action campaign ( ) ( ) sa (cc) para read with paras and . para . paras – . para . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e also illuminates the circumstances in which people have justified claims to social resources. in the next section i examine how the value of human dignity can be applied to enrich south africa’s socio-economic rights jurisprudence. i also examine, through my discussion of the canadian case of gosselin, applications of human dignity that can operate to exclude the poor from access to benefits, rather than facilitate their inclusion. iv human dignity and its value in socio-economic rights jurisprudence i have argued for a relational concept of human dignity in which society’s neglect to redress condi- tions of socio-economic disadvantage represents a collective failure to value human dignity. this con- cept helps to challenge stigmatizing notions of the poor as ‘dependants’ of society and undeserving of social support. conditions of poverty are not a reflection of the moral blameworthiness of groups experiencing poverty; they reflect how we as a society have failed to value human dignity. there is another dimension of human dignity that can make an important contribution to the development of our socio-economic rights jurisprudence. this is the concept of the equal worth of people that lies at the heart of human dignity. as the court has affirmed in the con- text of its equality jurisprudence, the acknowledgment of equal moral worth requires treatment as an equal as opposed to equal treatment. treatment as an equal requires full acknowledge- ment of the racial, gender, social, economic, cultural and other differences between groups in society. thus the quest for equal worth or dignity is not a quest for uniformity, but a quest to eliminate the disadvantages and inferior status that attach to membership of particular groups. this substantive approach to equality inevitably requires a contextual analysis which is able to identify the real situations and disadvantages experienced by various groups in the light of our history as well as current social, economic, political and gender relations. treatment as an equal demands that we also respond appropriately to the actual needs of dif- gosselin v quebec (attorney general), scc , dlr ( th) . the court has affirmed the close relationship between human dignity and social assistance in the cases of khosa & others v minister of social development and others; mahlaule and another v minister of social development and others ( ) bclr (cc) paras and and mashavha v president of the rsa & others ( ) bclr (cc) para . on approaches to adjudication in the us premised on notions of the moral blameworthiness of the poor, and the attitude of ‘helplessness’ in response to their claims, see t ross ‘the rhetoric of poverty: their immorality, our helplessness’ ( ) georgetown law journal – . see r dworkin taking rights seriously ( ) at cited in prinsloo v van der linde ( ) sa (cc) at para . as sachs j states in national coalition for gay & lesbian equality v minister of justice and others ( ) sa (cc): ‘at the heart of the equality jurisprudence is the rescuing of people from a caste-like status and putting an end to their being treated as lesser human beings because they belong to a particular group. the indignity and subordinate status may flow from institutionally imposed exclusion from the mainstream of society or else from powerlessness within the mainstream…’ (para ). he goes on to affirm that ‘[e]quality means equal concern and respect across difference’ as opposed to uniformity which ‘can be the enemy of equality’: (para ). in brink v kitshoff no ( ) sa (cc) o’regan j refers to the ‘deep patterns of disadvantage’ which have resulted from gender discrimination in our society, particularly in the case of black women. a ‘key message of the constitution’ is that ‘all such discrimination needs to be eradicated from our society’: (para ). in its socio-economic rights jurisprudence, the court has also indicated the reasonableness of the state’s measures to realise socio-economic rights must be evaluated in the light of their ‘social, economic and his- torical context’: government of the republic of south africa v grootboom ( ) sa (cc) para . ferently situated groups. in harksen v lane no, o’regan j (in her dissenting judgment) affirms that respect for human dignity in equality jurisprudence requires an approach that is responsive to individual needs and circumstances in order to create a buffer against the con- struction of further patterns of discrimination: …such patterns of discrimination can occur where people are treated without the respect that individual human beings deserve and particularly where treatment is determined not by the needs or circumstances of particular individuals, but by their attributes and characteristics, whether biologically or socially determined… building on this concept of human dignity in equality jurisprudence, dignity as a value in socio- economic rights jurisprudence requires that we take account of the relative urgency of the needs of different individuals and groups and respond correspondingly. this implies a contextual analysis with regard to the position of particular groups in society and the different orders and types of need experienced by these groups. thus, for example, one would be required to con- sider the multifarious ways in which gender relations contribute to women’s unequal access to socio-economic resources. one would also have to consider the nature of the deprivation and the seriousness of its impact upon the affected individuals. in watchenuka’s case, the supreme court of appeal held that a consideration of the severe impact of an administrative decision on the socio-economic circumstances of the applicants was a highly relevant factor. thus, while the state could justifiably limit the rights of non-nation- als (such as asylum-seekers) to undertake employment and education, different considerations applied when the applicants were destitute. when employment ‘is the only reasonable means for the person’s support’ what is then in issue ‘is not merely a restriction upon the person’s human dignity in interpreting socio-economic rights harksen v lane no and others ( ) sa (cc) para [emphasis added]. in canadian equality jurisprudence, human dignity is also central to the determination of discrimination in terms of sec of the canadian charter of rights and freedoms. in law v canada (minister of employment and immigration) ( ) dlr ( th) , [ ] scr the court developed the following understanding of what respect for human dignity in equality jurisprudence requires: ‘human dignity means that an individual or group feels self-respect and self-worth. it is concerned with physical and psychological integrity and empowerment. human dignity is harmed by unfair treatment premised upon personal traits or circum- stances which do not relate to individual needs, capacities or merits. it is enhanced by laws which are sen- sitive to the needs, capacities, and merits of different individuals, taking into account the context underly- ing their differences. human dignity is harmed when individuals and groups are marginalized, ignored, or devalued, and is enhanced when laws recognise the full place of all individuals and groups within canadian society.” (at para ) [emphasis added]. in her dissenting judgment in gosselin v quebec (attorney general) scc , dlr ( th) l’heureux-dubé j states: ‘prejudicial effects giving rise to a s claim may result when a legislature simply fails to turn its mind to the particular needs and abilities of indi- viduals or groups so as to provide equal benefit under the law to all members of society’: (at para ). see the discussion by bilchitz of the concept of urgency in protecting people’s basic interest in survival and non-impaired functioning: d bilchitz ‘giving socio-economic rights teeth: the minimum core and its importance’ ( ) salj at – . martha nussbaum argues for the importance of ‘an approach that is respectful of each person’s struggle for flourishing, that treats each person as an end and as a source of agency and worth in her own right’: (note above) . she critiques utilitarian and resource-based approaches to human development as ‘insensitive to contextual variation, to the way circumstances shape preferences and the ability of individuals to con- vert resources into meaningful human activity’: (note above) - . particularly in the developing world we need to be ‘highly alert’ to individual variations of need and the extent to which differently-situated indi- viduals can ‘convert resources into valuable functionings’: (note above) . minister of home affairs and others v watchenuka and another ( ) bclr (sca). t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e capacity for self-fulfilment, but a restriction upon his or her ability to live without positive humiliation of degradation.’ to prohibit work and study in these circumstances would nor- mally be unlawful. this requires the refugee reception offices and the standing committee on refugee affairs to carefully consider the impact of a restrictive condition regarding work or study on the individual applicant and his or her family. in its socio-economic rights jurisprudence the court has affirmed that a reasonable gov- ernment policy must cater for different groups and orders of need in society. the court has also taken the critical step of affirming that a government programme that neglects to attend to urgent needs cannot be reasonable. in grootboom the government’s otherwise compre- hensive and rational housing programme was faulted for failing to cater for groups in urgent need: …to be reasonable, measures cannot leave out of account the degree and extent of the denial of the right they endeavour to realise. those whose needs are most urgent and whose ability to enjoy all rights therefore is most in peril, must not be ignored by the measures aimed at achieving the realisation of the right. it may not be suffi- cient to meet the test of reasonableness to show that the measures are capable of achieving a statistical advance in the realisation of the right. furthermore, the constitution requires that everyone must be treated with care and concern. if the measures, though statistically successful, fail to respond to the needs of those most desperate, they may not pass the test… the court has further acknowledged that ‘the poor are particularly vulnerable and their needs minister of home affairs and others v watchenuka and another ( ) bclr (sca) para (per nugent ja). in relation to freedom of education nugent ja held that when ‘a child is lawfully in this coun- try to seek asylum (there might be other circumstances as well) i can see no justification for limiting that right so as to deprive him or her of the opportunity for human fulfilment at a critical period…a general prohibition that does not allow for study to be permitted in appropriate circumstances is in my view unlaw- ful’: (at para ) [footnotes omitted, emphasis added]. thus in government of the republic of south africa v grootboom ( ) sa (cc) the court held that a reasonable programme ‘must be balanced and flexible and make appropriate provision for attention to housing crises and to short, medium and long-term needs. a programme that excludes a significant seg- ment of society cannot be said to be reasonable’: (para ). government of the republic of south africa v grootboom ( ) sa (cc) paras – . government of the republic of south africa v grootboom ( ) sa (cc) para [emphasis added]. see also para : ‘[t]here is no express provision [in the housing act, of ] to facilitate access to temporary relief for people who have no access to land, no roof over their heads, for people who are living in intolerable conditions and for people who are in crisis because of natural disasters such as floods and fire, or because their home homes are under threat of demolition. these are people in desperate need’: see also minister of health v treatment action campaign ( ) sa (cc): ‘the provision of a single dose of nevirapine to mother and child for the purpose of protecting the child against the transmission of hiv is, as far as the children are concerned, essential. their needs are “most urgent” and their inability to have access to nevirapine profoundly affects their ability to enjoy all rights to which they are entitled. their rights are “most in peril” as a result of the policy that has been adopted and most affected by a rigid and inflexible policy that excludes them from having access to nevirapine’: (para ). in port elizabeth municipality v various occupiers ( ) sa (cc), the court emphasised the importance of taking account of ‘the actual situation’ of the persons concerned in eviction proceedings: ‘in a society founded on human dignity, equality and freedom it cannot be presupposed that the greatest good for the many can be achieved at the cost of intolerable hardship for the few, particularly if by a reasonable application of judi- cial and administrative statecraft such human distress could be avoided’: (para ). require special attention.’ respect for human dignity requires society to marshal its resources and respond strongly to situations in which certain groups are unable to gain access to basic socio-economic needs. the consequences of the deprivation will be severe (either in terms of threats to life or health), and erode the foundations for the further development of people’s capabilities. to value human beings as a society demands an appropriate response. the overall resources and capacity of the society concerned will naturally determine this response. but dig- nity demands that society do its utmost to ensure that those groups who are unable to gain access to basic socio-economic needs are assisted. this duty is recognised by the united nations committee on economic, social and cultural rights in interpreting states parties’ obligations under the international covenant on economic, social and cultural rights ( ). according to the committee, ‘…a state party in which any significant number of individuals is deprived of essential foodstuffs, of essential pri- mary health care, of basic shelter and housing, or of the most basic forms of education is, prima facie, failing to discharge its obligations under the covenant.’ this places a burden on the state, should it seek to attribute its failure to meet its core obligation to a lack of available resources, to ‘demonstrate that every effort has been made to use all resources that are at its disposal in an effort to satisfy, as a matter of priority, those minimum obligations.’ in grootboom and tac, the court rejected the invitation of the amici to base their decision on the concept of a minimum core obligation. in doing so the court articulated a range of con- cerns relating to the concept. these included the assumed inflexibility of the minimum core, dif- ficulties in setting minimum standards in the context of varying needs and opportunities for accessing the rights, the lack of institutional competence for determining minimum standards, and the impossibility of giving everyone access to even a ‘core’ service immediately. however, the minimum core obligation, properly conceived, is neither an absolute duty nor a rigid stan- dard. rather, it establishes a high threshold of justification when a deprivation of ‘essential’ lev- els of socio-economic goods and services is at issue. the state is required to show that it has exhausted all available methods, and that its resources are ‘demonstrably inadequate’ to meeting those needs. this raises the central importance of justification in ensuring the strong protection of socio-economic rights. this issue will be revisited in part v below. human dignity in interpreting socio-economic rights government of the republic of south africa v grootboom ( ) sa (cc) para ; minister of health v treatment action campaign ( ) sa (cc) para . in khosa & others v minister of social development and others; mahlaule and another v minister of social development and others ( ) bclr (cc), the court (per mokgoro j) stated: ‘the right of access to social security, including social assistance, for those unable to support themselves and their depen- dants is entrenched because as a society we value human beings and want to ensure that people are afford- ed their basic needs. a society must seek to ensure that the basic necessities of life are accessible to all if it is to be a society in which human dignity, freedom and equality are foundational’: (at para ) [emphasis added, footnotes omitted]. nussbaum argues: ‘programs aimed at raising general or average well-being do not improve the situation of the least well-off, unless they go to work directly to improve the quality of those people’s lives. if we combine this observation with the thought…that each person is valuable and wor- thy of respect as an end, we must conclude that we should look not just to the total or the average, but to the functioning of each and every person. we may call this the principle of each person as end’: women and human development (note above) at . general comment no. (fifth session, ) the nature of states parties obligations (art ( ) of the covenant), un doc e/ / at para . ibid. government of the republic of south africa v grootboom ( ) sa (cc) paras – ; minister of health v treatment action campaign ( ) sa (cc) paras – . general comment no (note above) para . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e thus far i have argued that the value of human dignity can enrich our socio-economic rights jurisprudence, first, by justifying claims against social resources when groups lack the material conditions necessary for the development of their capabilities as human beings. second, respect and concern for the dignity of each person requires an approach that considers the impact of the deprivation upon the actual needs and circumstances of the individuals and groups con- cerned. finally, it requires an appropriate response to these conditions. urgent needs and severe deprivations demand a strong, immediate response. we give expression to the value of human dignity in our constitutional jurisprudence by placing the state under a stringent burden of jus- tification in claims involving a deprivation of basic needs. however, the use of human dignity in socio-economic rights jurisprudence is not without its pitfalls. as critics have cautioned in relation to south africa’s equality jurisprudence, there is a danger that human dignity in our socio-economic jurisprudence will result in a focus on sub- jective personality issues such as the claimants’ feelings of self worth and self-respect. this focus can divert attention away from the real issue of the impact of the deprivation on claimants. the canadian supreme court decision in gosselin illustrates how differing conceptions of human dignity can influence the outcome of a social benefits claim. a class action was brought challenging social security regulations in quebec which set the base amount of welfare benefits for adults between the ages of eighteen and thirty years at about one-third the base amount payable to those thirty years and over. this amounted to a difference between $ per month compared to $ per month (for the over years and over age group). the latter was deemed by the legislature to constitute ‘the bare minimum for the sustainment of life.’ the only way that those under years could raise their benefits was to participate in various edu- cational and employability programmes. however, for the majority of young welfare recipients like the appellant participation in these programmes was fraught with difficulties, including their restrictive eligibility requirements and the limited number of places available. the supreme court of canada had to consider whether the challenged regulation violated section (equality right) of the charter on the grounds that it discriminated on the basis of age. in addition, violations of section of the charter and section of the quebec charter of rights and freedoms were also alleged. the majority of the court found no violations of the canadian charter of rights and freedoms or the quebec charter. in regard to section , the majority held that a reasonable person in the claimant’s circumstances would have perceived the government’s positive motives in creating an incentive-based welfare scheme for young people. according to the see part ii above and the works cited there. gosselin v quebec (attorney general) scc dlr ( th). gosselin v quebec (attorney general) scc dlr ( th) at paras , (per bastarche j), and at para (per arbour j). thus the government of quebec had only made programme places available even though single people under years of age were on social assistance. see gosselin v quebec (attorney general) scc dlr ( th) para . four of the dissenting judgments on s raised serious issues regarding the accessibility of these programmes and questioned whether the regulation was really designed to enhance the long-term situation of those under years as opposed to simply saving money. see, for example, the discussion by bastarche j at paras – , and arbour j at para . section of the charter provides that: ‘everyone has the right to life, liberty and security of the person and the right not to be deprived thereof except in accordance with the principles of fundamental justice’. section of the quebec charter provides that every person in need has a right to ‘measures of financial assistance and to social measures provided for by law, susceptible of ensuring such person an acceptable standard of living’. government this scheme was designed to promote the long-term employability of young peo- ple. thus making welfare payments conditional in this manner did not violate the dignity or human worth of persons under years of age. this can be contrasted with the more impacts-based approach to human dignity in the dissenting judgment of l’heureux-dubé j. after dealing with the practical effects of the regulation on the claimant’s ability to meet basic subsistence needs, she considered whether the claimant would perceive that her dignity had been threatened: …the reasonable claimant…would have been told that the long-term goal of the leg- islative scheme was to affirm her dignity. the reasonable claimant would also likely have been a member of the . percent who were eligible for the programs and whose income did not rise to the levels available to all adults years of age and over…. the reasonable claimant would have made daily life choices in the face of an imminent and severe threat of poverty. the reasonable claimant would likely have suffered malnour- ishment. she might have turned to prostitution and crime to make ends meet. the rea- sonable claimant would have perceived that as a result of her deep poverty she had been excluded from full participation in canadian society. she would have perceived that her right to dignity was infringed as a sole consequence of being under years of age, a factor over which, at any given moment, she had no control… in l’heureux-dubé j’s judgment, the legislature’s good motives did not outweigh the severe impact of the regulation on the claimant’s physical and psychological integrity and her human dignity as a member of canadian society. her approach to the question whether there was a correspondence between the ground of distinction and the actual needs and circumstances of the affected group is also significant. in this regard, she held that ‘there should be a strong presumption that a legislative scheme which causes individuals to suffer severe threats to their physical and psychological integri- ty as a result of their possessing a characteristic which cannot be changed does not adequately take into account the needs, capacity or circumstances of the individual or group in question.’ the approach of the majority in gosselin to the assessment of whether human dignity had been infringed by the relevant regulation illustrates the dangers of a narrow, ‘personality inter- ests’-type approach to human dignity in assessing the constitutionality of a group’s exclusion from social benefits. this is further complicated by the introduction of an objective element, focusing not on the actual experiences of the applicant, but on conjecture regarding what a rea- sonable person in the applicant’s position would feel. as sandy fredman argues, ‘[t]he reason- able person turns out to be no more than the government’s own perception of its policy aims, human dignity in interpreting socio-economic rights gosselin v quebec (attorney general) scc dlr ( th) paras – , (per mclachlin cjc). in law (note above), the supreme court of canada had held that the key issue in determining whether a distinction conflicts with sec ( ) is whether ‘a reasonable person in circumstances similar to those of the claimant would find that the legislation which imposes differential treatment has the effect of demeaning his or her dignity’ having regard to the individual’s or group’s traits, history, and circumstances’: (para ; cited in gosselin v quebec (attorney general) scc dlr ( th) at para ). she found that the regulation in question exposed ms gosselin to the risk of severe poverty and in so doing breached her psychological and physical integrity. for example, she pointed out that in , the monthly cost of proper nourishment was $ whereas the guaranteed monthly welfare payment to young adults was $ : gosselin v quebec (attorney general) scc dlr ( th) para . gosselin v quebec (attorney general) scc dlr ( th) paras – . gosselin v quebec (attorney general) scc dlr ( th) para [emphasis added]. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e thus underscoring the deference of the standard of review.’ the majority in gosselin is too deferential to legislative choices that result in a vulnerable group suffering severe deprivation osten- sibly to promote the longer-term objectives of greater self-sufficiency and employability among youth on welfare. the minority judgments, in contrast, emphasise the impact on young welfare benefici- aries of the exclusion from a minimally adequate standard of benefits. the infringement of human dignity arises from the fact that the exclusion seriously undermines the physical and psychological integrity of young welfare beneficiaries. this places a burden on the state to justify the exclusion based on compelling evidence and arguments. the minority concludes that the consequences were of such a severe nature that they could not be justified by the state’s long-term objectives. the minority’s approach to human dignity in gosselin holds the most potential for positive- ly influencing our socio-economic rights jurisprudence. the final section examines how the value of human dignity can influence our socio-economic rights jurisprudence to make it more responsive to claims for the provision of basic human needs. v strengthening our constitutional response to basic needs claims in many respects the evolving jurisprudence on socio-economic rights gives effect to the value of human dignity developed thus far. the court endorses positive state measures to achieve access to socio-economic rights, a context-sensitive evaluation of reasonableness, and the requirement that a reasonable government programme includes short-term relief for those in urgent need and living in intolerable conditions. this applies even if the overall programme is statistically successful in the long-term in advancing people’s access to socio-economic rights. the court’s model of review for positive socio-economic rights claims centres on the rea- s fredman ‘providing equality: substantive equality and the positive duty to provide’ unpublished paper deliv- ered at sajhr conference, – july (on file with author), at . see also g brodsky ‘gosselin v quebec (attorney general): autonomy with a vengeance’ ( ) canadian journal of women and the law . thus, for example, arbour j held as follows in considering the sec limitation inquiry (having found that the regulation breaches the s rights to life and security of the person): ‘..it is difficult to accept that denial of the basic means of subsistence is rationally connected to values of promoting the long-term liberty and inherent dig- nity of young adults. indeed, the long-term importance of continuing education and integration into the work- force is undermined where those at whom such “help” is directed cannot meet their basic short-term subsistence requirements. without the ability to secure the immediate needs of the present, the future is little more than a far- off possibility, remote both in perception and in reality’: gosselin v quebec (attorney general) scc dlr ( th) para . this also has resonance with the rationale in government of the republic of south africa v grootboom ( ) sa (cc). here the government’s rational housing programme that was geared to the long-term goal of providing housing for all was nonetheless constitutionally defective for its failure to attend to short-term, urgent housing needs (see notes - above and accompanying text). government of the republic of south africa v grootboom ( ) sa (cc) paras , and see the court’s order at para . these claims involve two main situations. the first is the exclusion of a particular group from an existing social programme, the second entails the absence of a suitable programme providing access to particular benefits. in the first type of situation, as khosa & others v minister of social development and others; mahlaule and another v minister of social development and others ( ) bclr (cc) illustrates, socio-economic rights and equality claims may often overlap. in the second situation, litigants may rely on the socio-economic rights provisions in the bill of rights to argue that the state is under a duty to adopt an appropriate programme ‘capable of facilitating the realisation of the right’ in question. see government of the republic of south africa v grootboom ( ) sa (cc) para . the absence of a programme catering for the provision of basic needs may also engage the right to equality interpreted substantively. sonableness inquiry. the fundamental question to be answered by the court in such cases is whether the measures adopted by the state (or the failure to adopt appropriate measures) are reasonable in the circumstances. the reasonableness inquiry is further conditioned by the qualifying phrases in the second subsections of sections and , namely the availability of resources and the latitude of ‘progressive realisation’ afforded the state. the court is clear- ly reluctant to dictate particular policy choices to government. instead it contemplates in grootboom that ‘a wide range of possible measures’ would meet the requirements of rea- sonableness and thus comply with sections and . it is certainly appropriate that the court respects the primary role of the democratically elected legislature in relation to socio- economic policy. the executive also has particular institutional competency to design and implement appropriate policies and programmes. reasonableness review provides the courts with a flexible, context-sensitive tool for adjudicating positive socio-economic rights claims. however, its application in relation to claims involving a deprivation of the basic necessities of life is inadequate. the stakes are high for the individuals and groups who approach the court for relief, entailing severe threats to life, health and the ability to function in society. i have sought to develop the argument that a failure by society to respond in proportion to the seri- ousness of the deprivations faced by its members represents a failure to value their fundamen- tal dignity as human beings. in this section i will argue why i believe that the judicial protec- tion of these claims is insufficient, and how it could be improved. stronger judicial potential of these claims will also signal to the state the constitutional importance of a robust response to situations of severe material deprivation. one of the shortcomings of the current structure of reasonableness review is that individual litigants bear an onerous burden of proof and persuasion to demonstrate the unreasonableness of government programmes. the court has made it clear that sections and confer no direct entitlement to claim immediate delivery of goods and services from the state only a right to require government to adopt a reasonable programme. thus it is not enough for a group of litigants to approach the court alleging that they are poor and seriously malnourished, there- by establishing a prima facie violation of the right to food in section of the constitution. instead litigants will have to show that the state’s actions or omissions are unreasonable in terms of the second subsection of section . to do so, they will have to review a wide range of government social programmes, and assess their reasonableness in the context of the state’s human dignity in interpreting socio-economic rights government of the republic of south africa v grootboom ( ) sa (cc) paras , , - . although ‘progressive realisation’ affords the state the latitude of not requiring immediate realisation of the right, the court also affirms that it imposes specific obligations on the state to make demonstrable progress in facilitating access to the rights, and in avoiding retrogressive measures: see grootboom para . grootboom para . the following key features of a reasonable government programme to realise socio-economic rights were developed by the court in the government of the republic of south africa v grootboom ( ) sa (cc) and the minister of health v treatment action campaign ( ) sa (cc) cases: the pro- gramme must be comprehensive, coherent, coordinated; it must be balanced and flexible, making appro- priate provision for short, medium and long-term needs, and not exclude a significant segment of society; it must include reasonable provision for those in urgent need; it must be reasonably conceived and imple- mented; it must be transparent, and its contents must be made known effectively to the public. see grootboom paras – ; treatment action campaign para . government of the republic of south africa v grootboom ( ) sa (cc) paras , ; minister of health v treatment action campaign ( ) sa (cc) – , and . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e capacity and available resources. establishing the unreasonableness of a disparate set of gov- ernment programmes in the light of the state’s available resources will be a matter of great fac- tual and legal complexity which will often be beyond the capacity of indigent and vulnerable groups. it thus does not facilitate the practical justiciability of this class of claims. in cases (such as the one discussed above) where people will face irreparable harm through not having their basic needs met, a more appropriate response would be to give the applicants the benefit of a presumption of unreasonableness. the effect would be that prima facie unrea- sonableness is established when a disadvantaged group shows that they lack access to the social goods and services that are required to sustain life, health and a basic level of functioning. the burden would shift to the state to rebut this presumption with compelling reasons. this pre- sumption would not be dissimilar to that operating in the context of the equality clause where discrimination on a listed ground is presumptively unfair. a clear presumption in favour of this category of socio-economic rights claimants recognises that a social failure to value human dignity is at stake when individuals and groups experience severe socio-economic deprivations. these groups are denied the opportunity to survive and to develop their capabilities. respect and concern for the value and intrinsic worth of the individuals so afflicted should trigger a pre- sumption of unreasonableness and place a burden of justification on the state. it should be evident that this approach does not require the setting of inflexible minimum standards of delivery for each socio-economic right. as the court observed in grootboom, such an approach would be insensitive to the varying needs and circumstances of differently situat- ed groups in society. it also does not impose an absolute standard of performance on the state regardless of the social and economic context. it does require placing a strong burden of justi- fication on the state regarding the absence of basic levels of provisioning for groups living in poverty. the court indicated that it would take into account the ‘interconnectedness’ of rights’ in assessing whether the state has fulfilled its obligations: grootboom para . among the measures that the court indicated would be relevant in relation to access to housing were steps to make the rural areas of the country more viable so as to limit the migration of people from rural to urban areas in search of jobs (para ). it also indicated that social assistance programmes put in place under sec ‘would be relevant to the state’s obli- gations in respect of other socio-economic rights’: (para ). see in this regard the submissions of the amici in treatment action campaign (community law centre and idasa) ( april , on-line at: www.communitylawcentre.org.za/ser/docs_ /tac_mtct_case_ heads_of_arguments.doc) at para . . the impact of the court’s rejection of the concept of a minimum core obligation on the practical justicia- bility of socio-economic rights was developed by adv wim trengove in representing the amici curiae in the treatment action campaign case. they argued that practical justiciability is of particular importance in the enforcement of socio-economic rights because the purpose of these rights is to protect the interests of the poor who lack access to basic amenities of life: ‘for most of them, the right of access to court is already a paper right and not a practical reality. the very socio-economic rights designed for their protection and advancement must accordingly not be interpreted in a way that makes enforcement practically impossible’: (para . ). section ( ). see note above and accompanying text. as nussbaum argues, ‘individuals vary greatly in their needs for resources and in their abilities to convert resources into valuable functionings’: women and human development (note above) at . she gives the examples of a pregnant or lactating woman who needs more nutrients than a nonpregnant woman, a child needs more protein than an adult and a person with paralysed limbs needs many more resources to achieve the same level of mobility as a person without this disability. see further the discussion at – . see the similar presumption suggested by l’heureux-dubé j in gosselin v quebec (attorney general) scc dlr ( th): see note above and accompanying text. however, given the nature of the deprivations at stake and the seriousness of the consequences for the affected groups, this should not be an easy burden to discharge. a rigorous standard of scrutiny is required. in terms of the relational concept of human dignity i have sought to devel- op, dignity fails to be protected when the standard of justification demanded of government in respect of a failure to fulfil basic needs is low. a response that is not proportionate to the nature of the deprivation and its impact communicates a message that the affected group is not wor- thy of equal respect and concern. i suggest two elements of a stricter review standard for this category of claims. a stricter standard of scrutiny would require a compelling government purpose for failure to ensure that vulnerable groups have access to basic needs. competing state priorities and resources-based justifications often give the courts the most difficulty as they raise issues of separation of powers and institutional competence. however, respect for the dignity of human beings requires a serious engagement with these justifications. it is not sufficient as the court did in tac to simply assert that ‘[i]t is impossible to give everyone access even to a “core” service immediately.’ the state should at least be required to establish the factual underpinnings of its justifications based on resources. there are different formulations of the threshold to be met concerning resource-based justifications for limiting access to constitution- al rights. for example, the un committee on economic, social and cultural rights requires states to show that their resources are ‘demonstrably inadequate’ for meeting basic needs in the context of other equally important government purposes. in eldridge v british columbia human dignity in interpreting socio-economic rights in khosa & others v minister of social development and others; mahlaule and another v minister of social development and others ( ) bclr (cc), the court held that ‘when the rights to life, dignity and equality are implicated in cases involving socio-economic rights, they have to be taken into account along with the availability of human and financial resources in determining whether the state has complied with the con- stitutional standard of reasonableness’: (at para ). although not explicitly stated, this suggests a tightening of the review standard in a socio-economic rights case when life, dignity and equality are at stake. in jaftha v schoeman and others; van rooyen v stoltz and others ( ) bclr (cc), the court held that the rele- vant provisions of the magistrates’ court act of (permitting sales of execution against people’s homes for debt without judicial oversight) rendered people vulnerable to homelessness as they would no longer quali- fy for housing subsidies. without such assistance ‘they may be rendered homeless and never able to restore the conditions for human dignity’: (para ). the court accordingly held, in the limitations analysis (s ), that this constituted ‘a severe limitation of an important right’: (para ). the european court of human rights recent- ly held in connors v the united kingdom ( ) ehrr (judgment of may ) that the eviction of a gypsy family from a council-owned cite constituted a serious interference with their right to respect for their ‘private and family life’ and their home in terms of article of the european convention of human rights ( ). the court observed that article ‘concerns rights of central importance to the individual’s identity, self- determination, physical and moral integrity, maintenance of relationships with others and a settled and secure place in the community’: (para ). the consequence of the eviction was homelessness for the family ‘with the adverse consequences on security and well-being which that entails’: (para ). these serious consequences war- ranted, in the court’s opinion, ‘particularly weighty reasons of public interest by way of justification’: in these circumstances, ‘the margin of appreciation to be afforded to the national authorities must be regarded as corre- spondingly narrowed’: (para ). see, for example, minister of health v treatment action campaign ( ) sa (cc): ‘it should be borne in mind that in dealing with such matters the courts are not institutionally equipped to make the wide-ranging factual and political enquiries necessary for determining what the minimum-core stan- dards…should be, nor for deciding how public revenues should most effectively be spent’: (para ). minister of health v treatment action campaign ( ) sa (cc) para . in the context of the positive duties imposed by civil and political rights such as the right to vote, the courts have required that the factual basis for justifications based on logistics and costs be established by the state in the context of a limitations enquiry: minister of home affairs v national institute for crime prevention (nicro) & others ( ) bclr (cc) at paras – . see notes and above and accompanying text. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e (attorney general), the canadian supreme court held that section ( ) (equality) imposed positive duties on the government to ensure ‘reasonable accommodation’ of disadvantaged groups in government programmes to the point of ‘undue hardship.’ whatever formulation is adopted, the court should scrutinise the state’s evidence and argu- ments closely with a view to assessing whether it constitutes a compelling justification in the context of current south african society for failing to provide basic needs. the state is not nec- essarily required to show the diversion of all resources to the provision of basic needs. ideally basic needs claims should be addressed in the context of integrated social programmes as opposed to ad hoc, crisis interventions. sometimes, however, temporary solutions may be essential to respond to individual needs until the groups can be catered for within mainstream programmes. what should be required is evidence that the state is taking concrete and well-tar- geted budgetary and other measures to effectively address the situation of those who are expe- riencing severe deprivations of basic needs. despite the above statement in the tac case, the court in fact proceeded to carefully analyse the state’s resource-based justifications for the fail- ure to extend the provision of nevirapine throughout the public health sector, and concluded that they were unconvincing. the court’s decision in khosa also illustrates that the court is both willing and able to engage vigorously with the state’s resource-based justifications for fail- ing to fulfil socio-economic rights. the second element of a strengthened review standard concerns the inclusion of a more rigor- ous proportionality analysis. the court comes close to a proportionality test by establishing, as an important factor in the reasonableness enquiry, whether the state has made provision for those in immediate need. as danie brand argues, the court ‘leans significantly closer [to a proportional- ity test] by incorporating such an element into its standard of scrutiny, narrowing the range of pol- icy options that it would be legitimate for government to choose from and thinking about the rel- ative efficiency of different policy options.’ in tac, the court required government to adopt a ( ) dlr ( th) (sc). the court was faced with a challenge to the failure of the medical services commission of british columbia to provide sign language interpretation for deaf patients in the health sys- tem. it held that this omission constituted a prima facie violation of their right to equal benefit of the law without discrimination under s ( ) of the charter. eldridge v british columbia (attorney general) ( ) dlr ( th) (sc) paras – . in response to the government’s argument in the sec (limitations) analysis that the appellants’ claim would have ‘a rip- ple effect throughout the health care field, forcing governments to spend precious health care dollars accom- modating the needs of a myriad of disadvantaged persons’ (at para ), the court held as follows: ‘the respondents have presented no evidence that this type of accommodation, if extended to other government services, will unduly strain the fiscal resources of the state. to deny the appellants’ claim on such conjec- tural grounds, in my view, would denude s ( ) of its egalitarian promise and render the disabled’s goal of a barrier-free society distressingly remote’: (at para ). as the court observed in government of the republic of south africa v grootboom ( ) sa (cc) a reasonable programme ‘must be balanced and flexible and make appropriate provision for attention to housing crises and to short, medium and long term needs’: (at para ). see notes - above and accompanying text. khosa & others v minister of social development and others; mahlaule and another v minister of social development and others ( ) bclr (cc) at paras – (the inclusion of permanent residents in the social grants system ‘will be only a small proportion of the total cost’). theunis roux observes that, although the reasonableness test ‘undoubtedly requires the court to substitute its view of what the constitution requires – the inclusion of the excluded group – for that of the political branch- es’, it ‘stops short…of a full blown proportionality test’: t roux ‘legitimating transformation: political resource allocation in the south african constitutional court’ ( ) democratization at . d brand ‘the proceduralisation of south african socio-economic rights jurisprudence, or “what are socio-economic rights for?” ’ in h botha, a van der walt and j van der walt (eds) rights and democracy in a transformative constitution ( ) at . particular policy, namely the provision of nevirapine (or any other equally appropriate or better method) throughout the public health sector for the prevention of mother-to-child transmission of hiv. this was unavoidable given the fact that there was in fact very little scope for a range of pol- icy choices. without the provision of nevirapine (or a similar anti-retroviral drug), large numbers of infants would continue to be infected with hiv and die prematurely as a result of mother-to- child transmission. where the state does have a legitimate range of policy choices to respond to basic needs claims it would be appropriate for the court to give the legislature and executive the first opportunity to design an appropriate programme. however, this could be achieved at the remedial stage and should not preclude a finding that government has failed to fulfil its positive duties. the inclusion of a more explicit proportionality analysis should include a requirement that gov- ernment show that there are not less restrictive means to achieve its purposes than a total denial of access to basic socio-economic goods and services. this should also entail showing that it has taken steps to mitigate the harms suffered as a result of the deprivation. mitigating measures are particu- larly important when the provision of even a basic level of services to all who need them is unattain- able in the short term. the situation of these groups must remain a matter of high priority and pro- grammes aimed at alleviating the worst impact of the deprivations experienced must be put in place. in addition, the state must show that it is monitoring the deprivation of basic needs, and devising programmes and strategies for remedying the situation with the shortest possible period of time. in many respects, this inquiry resembles the limitations inquiry under section . this is an inevitable consequence of the model of reasonableness review adopted by the court for meas- uring compliance with the state’s positive obligations under sections and . in the khosa case, the court alluded to the ‘difficulty in applying section of the constitution to the socio- economic rights entrenched in sections and of the constitution.’ the court held that human dignity in interpreting socio-economic rights this could be facilitated through the use of the remedy of supervisory jurisdiction, which is discussed fur- ther below. j de waal, i currie and mg erasmus describe this element of the proportionality analysis as follows: ‘the limi- tation will not be proportionate if other means could be employed to achieve the same ends that will either not restrict rights at all, or will not restrict them to the same extent. the bill of rights handbook ( th ed) ( ) – . in eldridge v british columbia (attorney general) ( ) dlr ( th) (sc), the canadian supreme court held, in its sec (limitations) enquiry, that the government had ‘manifestly failed to demonstrate that it has a reasonable basis for concluding that a total denial of medical interpretation services for the deaf con- stituted a minimum impairment of their rights’: (para ). the ministry of health had decided not to fund the interpretation programme even in part. in this regard, the court held: ‘other options such as the partial or inter- im funding of the program offered by the western institute for the deaf and hard of hearing, or the institution of a scheme requiring users to pay either a portion of the cost of interpreters or the full amount if they could afford to do so, were either not considered or were considered and rejected’: (at para ). in general comment no (note above), the un committee on economic, social and cultural rights empha- sised that ‘even where the available resources are demonstrably inadequate, the obligation remains for a state party to strive to ensure the widest possible enjoyment of the relevant rights under the prevailing circumstances’: (at para ). it goes on to highlight the continuing obligation to protect the poor even during periods of resource scarcity: ‘similarly, the committee underlines the fact that even in times of severe resource constraints whether caused by a process of adjustment, of economic recession, or by other factors the vulnerable members of society can and indeed must be protected by the adoption of relatively low-cost targeted programmes’: (para ). the un committee on economic, social and cultural rights has adopted the view that the state’s duties ‘to monitor the extent of realization, or more especially of the non-realization, of economic, social and cul- tural rights and to devise strategies and programmes for their promotion, are not in any way eliminated as a result of resource constraints’: general comment no (note above), para . khosa & others v minister of social development and others; mahlaule and another v minister of social development and others ( ) bclr (cc) para . see also the academic commentaries cited by the court at note of the judgment. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e it was not necessary to decide the issue of whether ‘a different threshold of reasonableness’ is called for in sections and than is the case in section . an advantage of conducting the inquiry into the justifiability of the state’s acts or omission in terms of the general limita- tions clause (section ) is the requirement of a law of general application. this has the impor- tant benefit that limitations on people’s access to basic needs would have to be publicly debat- ed and adopted by the elected representatives of the people. however, if the internal limita- tions in sections ( ) and ( ) are going to do the major work in assessing the state’s com- pliance with its positive duties, it should encompass a high standard of justification, including a more rigorous proportionality analysis, at least in respect of basic needs claims. the standard of scrutiny may vary in intensity, depending on the nature of the interests at stake. a strict level of judicial scrutiny is appropriate when a case concerns the claimants’ inability to gain access to a minimally adequate level of resources to survive and function effectively. this strict form of scrutiny should not be triggered only in emergency or crisis situations. the court in grootboom also referred in its order to those ‘living in intolerable conditions’. this clearly con- templates a broader set of circumstances than emergencies. in insisting on the strong judicial pro- tection of basic survival needs, we should not lose sight of the fact that we are concerned not only with physical survival, but the essential material conditions that each person needs to develop their capabilities and to function effectively as members of society. this includes the physical, psycho- logical and social dimensions of their personhood. the standard of review can be progressively relaxed when claims are made to levels of social provisioning that are less closely related to peo- ple’s ability to survive and function effectively in society. this graduated standard of review is accommodated by the concept of ‘progressive realisation’ in sections ( ) and ( ). thus while a stronger standard of review is justified for basic needs claims, it seems appropriate to allow the state a greater latitude (in terms of both time and resource allocation priorities) when the claim involves more tertiary levels of provisioning. in the case of children, material deprivation can have a profound impact on the future development of their basic capabilities, calling for heightened scrutiny of the impact of such deprivations. khosa & others v minister of social development and others; mahlaule and another v minister of social development and others ( ) bclr (cc) para . for a recent view on the relationship between the internal limitations in sections and and the general limitations clause in s , see k iles ‘limiting socio-economic rights: beyond the internal limitations clauses’ ( ) sajhr . it is noteworthy that in respect of the negative violation of the duty not to deprive people of existing access to socio-economic rights, the court has now held in jaftha v schoeman and others; van rooyen v stoltz and others ( ) bclr (cc) that justification is appropriately considered in terms of the general limitations clause. see paras to . david bilchitz refers to people’s basic or ‘urgent’ interest ‘in being free from threats to one’s survival, being free from severe physical suffering, and not being exposed to serious health risks that impair one’s ability to act’: ‘giving socio-economic rights teeth: the minimum core and its importance’ ( ) salj at . he argues that the urgency of the interests at stake justifies strong judicial protection (at ). government of the republic of south africa v grootboom ( ) sa (cc) para . see the discussion of nussbaum’s list of ‘central human capabilities’ at notes to and accompanying text. bilchitz also refers to people’s more extensive interest ‘in living in an environment that is conducive to their flourishing and development on physical, emotional and mental levels’: (note above) . see the discussion of the court’s interpretation of ‘progressive realisation’ in liebenberg (note above) ch , – . the drafting of section ( )(c) of the constitution suggests a stronger standard of scrutiny for children’s socio-economic rights. prima facie children are guaranteed a basic level of socio-economic rights, with lim- itations to this entitlement falling to be determined in terms of the general limitations clause (sec ). for a critical evaluation of the court’s approach to the interpretation of children’s socio-economic rights, see liebenberg (note above) ch , – . the final area where the court could strengthen its constitutional response to socio-economic rights claims is in the area of remedial jurisprudence. a detailed discussion of this aspect is beyond the scope of the present paper. however, it is evident that the nature of the urgent inter- ests at stake in the socio-economic rights claims that are the focus of this paper demands an appropriate and effective remedy. the orders handed down in cases such as tac will ultimate- ly result in the extension of critical benefits to significant numbers of people. however, the court has indicated that a finding that a government programme is unreasonable will not nec- essarily imply that all in desperate need should receive relief immediately. nonetheless, as the court indicated in tac, ‘[e]very effort must, however, be made to do so as soon as rea- sonably possible.’ there will be situations where it would be impossible to immediately rem- edy a situation that has been found to be in violation of sections and , or where the grant- ing of relief to only the litigants before the court would be inequitable to other similarly-situ- ated groups. the court’s broad power to make ‘any order that is just and equitable’ pro- vides the remedial flexibility to make appropriate orders in these situations. however, sight should never be lost of the fact that there are serious interests of human survival and dignity at stake. the language of the orders handed down by the court should reflect this fact, and sig- nal the requirement that the state remedy the defect ‘diligently and without delay.’ this is exemplified in the mandatory nature of the order handed down in tac combined with the duty to take the steps specified in the order ‘without delay.’ when it is not manifestly inappro- priate or unjust, the court should lean in favour of granting individual remedies to the suc- cessful litigants. this reflects the value we should place on the dignity of each person. the tac order has been criticised for its failure to grant the supervisory order sought by the applicants. while the court accepted that such orders could be given in appropriate cir- cumstances, it indicated that that they should generally not be made in those terms ‘unless this is necessary’ to secure compliance with a court order. the court went on to express its faith that the government would respect and execute its orders. however, an equally important con- human dignity in interpreting socio-economic rights this of course assumes that the state diligently executes the court’s orders and that there is effective mon- itoring and advocacy in respect of the implementation of the orders by institutions such as the sa human rights commission, the press and ngos. on the efforts of the treatment action campaign in seeking to ensure the implementation of the treatment action campaign order, see m heywood ‘contempt or compliance: the tac case after the constitutional court judgment’ ( ) esr review . government of the republic of south africa v grootboom ( ) sa (cc) para ; minister of health v treatment action campaign ( ) sa (cc) para . treatment action campaign para . sec ( )(b) of the constitution. see sec of the constitution. treatment action campaign para . the grootboom order has been criticised for its purely declaratory nature and the impact this had on the slow implementation of the order: see k pillay ‘implementation of grootboom: implications for the enforcement of socio-economic rights’ ( ) law, democracy & development . as the court pointed out in august v electoral commission ( ) sa (cc): ‘we cannot deny strong actual claims timeously asserted by determinate people because of the possible existence of hypothetical claims that might conceivably have been brought by indeterminate groups’: (at para ). see d bilchitz ‘towards a reasonable approach to the minimum core: laying the foundations for future socio-economic rights jurisprudence’ ( ) sajhr at – . the high courts in both the grootboom and tac cases handed down supervisory orders: grootboom v oostenberg municipality & others ( ) bclr (c) at h – c; treatment action campaign & others v minister of health & others ( ) bclr (t) at i – h. minister of health v treatment action campaign ( ) sa (cc) para . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e sideration, as geoff budlender has suggested, ‘is the risk of severe consequences (such as the loss of life)’ in the event of a failure by the government to comply with its obligations. in cases where severe economic deprivation threatens people’s lives and capacity for future devel- opment, this fact should weigh heavily with the court in considering a supervisory order. this is particularly the case where the breach cannot be remedied by a single action, but requires a series of structural reforms and administrative actions taken over a period of time. finally, if there are a range of policy options for responding to basic needs claims (as in the grootboom situation), the remedy of supervisory jurisdiction can be formulated to allow the state to select the appropriate policy while retaining judicial supervision in respect of constitutionality of the policy choice and its implementation. in this way, a supervisory remedy may be crafted that respects the roles and competencies of the legislature and executive without abdicating judicial responsibility for the enforcement of socio-economic rights. vi conclusion at the core of the value of human dignity lies the injunction to respect the intrinsic worth of all human beings. drawing on nussbaum’s work, i have argued that we value human beings by viewing them in the context of the reality of their lives and inquiring what they are actually able to be and do. through this inquiry we are confronted with the importance of social power rela- tions and material conditions for people’s ability to survive and develop their capabilities as individual and social beings. to constitute ourselves as a society that values human dignity, we must develop appropriate responses to conditions of disadvantage and material deprivation in social policy and constitu- tional adjudication. in constitutional adjudication this requires a focus on the actual impact of the state’s actions or omissions on the life chances of disadvantaged groups. it also demands a proportionately urgent response to conditions that undermine people’s ability to survive and develop their capabilities. this is promoted by placing a strong burden of justification on the state in claims where a deprivation of access to basic human needs is at stake. this approach does not advocate a two-tier standard of review based on a rigid distinction between ‘core’ and ‘non-core’ needs. if minimum core obligations are conceived as universal, abstract and a-contextual standards of state provision, they will certainly be unjust to a range of groups who do not fit the background norms and conditions that inform the setting of these standards. instead what is envisaged is a continuum of judicial scrutiny informed by a contex- tual, evolving assessment of the position of the claimant in society, the nature of the resource or service to which access is sought, and the impact of the denial of such access on the affect- ed group. in many respects the constitutional court’s evolving jurisprudence on socio-economic rights g budlender ‘access to courts’ ( ) salj at . for example, the ‘reading in’ remedy granted in khosa & others v minister of social development and others; mahlaule and another v minister of social development and others ( ) bclr (cc) to cure the omission of permanent residents from the social assistance act of (at para ). see: w trengove ‘judicial remedies for violations of socio-economic rights’ ( ) esr rev at – . promotes the contextual, relational conception of human dignity developed in this paper. however, our constitutional response to claims of material deprivation could be strengthened, and i have suggested how this could be accomplished within the court’s model of reasonable- ness review and remedial jurisprudence. a society characterised by stark inequalities and deep poverty is most in peril of failing to value the human dignity of the poor. the role of the constitutional court is to hold us account- able to the vision we articulated when we adopted our constitution ‘so as to -…[i]mprove the quality of life of all citizens and free the potential of each person.’ human dignity in interpreting socio-economic rights preamble to the constitution. the fiscal implications of social and economic justice: an overview of the changing theoretical framework e l s a b É l o o t s professor, department of economics, university of the free state, bloemfontein i introduction the addition of economic and social rights, or second-generation rights as they are sometimes classified, has vastly expanded the claimed domain of human rights. economic, social and cul- tural rights are no longer neglected as they once were, relative to civil and political rights. despite this improved awareness, we still live in a world where social and economic justice is frequently ignored and repeatedly violated and threatened. in many quarters threats are caused and entrenched by the process of globalisation, global environmental destruction and political instability between and within countries. in contrast with these external threats, a large num- ber of developing countries that are sensitive to calls for social and economic justice simply do not have the fiscal means to address all of these needs or injustices. the development of awareness of social and economic rights issues within the international community took quite some time. while the general assembly of the united nations adopted the universal declaration of human rights on december it was not immediately fol- lowed by, in smith’s words, ‘a binding enforceable tabulation of rights’. it took years before consensus was reached on the text of the international covenant on economic, social and cultural rights ( ) and a further ten years before the instrument attracted sufficient ratifi- cation to enter into force in . the importance of social and economic rights was further strengthened by the influential principles on the implementation of economic, social and cultural rights as well by the maastricht guidelines on violations of economic, social and cultural rights. despite the fact that these declarations and guidelines have achieved wide recognition internationally and status within the united nations, the framework on the core elements of these rights, the setting of standards and the identification of minimum state obli- gations are still in the development stage and incomplete. economic, social and cultural rights are grouped together in the international covenant of economic, social and cultural rights. for the purpose of this research only the social and economic dimensions will be included. rkm smith textbook in international human rights ( ). for more details on the development of these declarations and guidelines, see smith (note above), and d brand & s russell (eds) exploring the core content of socio-economic rights: south african and international perspectives ( ). the state obligations and the related fiscal implications within the social and economic justice context are controversial. two related issues are of importance when it comes to what the state’s obligations are in this regard. the first issue refers to the debate on equity and efficien- cy. the second issue refers to the particular rights included in the country’s constitution. within the social and economic justice debate issues such as equity and efficiency are firmly embedded. a reasonably efficient economy where perfect competition exists and markets are clearing on a continuous basis should in theory also ensure sustainable social justice. an equitable social dis- pensation could in theory also support an efficient economy. this implies that equity and effi- ciency should in theory be mutually reinforcing. in practice, countries and communities that experience social and economic injustices are struggling to sustain equity and efficiency, and mostly regard them as trade-offs. the second issue, namely which social and economic rights are included in a particular coun- try’s constitution, also impact on the state’s responsibility. apart from the fact that the international covenant on economic, social and cultural rights includes rights such as equal pay for equal work, trade union rights, child labour laws, a number of educational rights and academic, scientific and artistic freedom, the south african constitution has gone further and has included the aforementioned rights as well as several rights not explicitly stated in the covenant. these include rights such as access to water and to a clean and healthy environ- ment. the south african constitution therefore entrenched the following social and eco- nomic rights: labour rights; the right to have access to land, housing, health care services, suf- ficient food and social security; children’s rights to basic nutrition, shelter, basic health care and social services; the right to basic education and in some cases further education; and a number of detained person’s rights. these expanded and detailed lists of rights have serious implications for the state’s obligations in this regard. the dilemma of states having limited resources led to the development of the concept of min- imum state obligation. two important questions arise from this minimum state obligation con- cept. the first question is how human rights in general and social and economic rights in par- ticular could be addressed if states do not have the available resources even to meet the mini- mum state obligation. the second question relates to the identification of a minimum state obli- gation if all the components of the stated rights are important and the ultimate goal is full implementation. the aim of this chapter is to discuss the latest approaches that have developed in theory and literature on social and economic justice on how to deal with these dilemmas. the analysis on this topic will commence with some historical background by discussing the way approaches and theories on social and economic justice were aligned with the political ide- ologies of the day. each of these approaches will be linked to the role of the state, the main- stream theoretical economic thinking of the time and the implied fiscal implications. this will be followed by a discussion of the latest theoretical approaches to addressing social and eco- nomic justice, with particular reference to the changing structural and responsibility frame- works, respectively. in this regard the discussion will predominantly focus on the theoretical contribution of amartya sen and his role in the paradigm shift on development and human rights as reflected in the various human development reports of the united nations development programme. the analysis reveals that social and economic rights have increased in importance since the fiscal implications of social and economic justice brand & russell (note above) at , . act of . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e early s. this trend, as well as the inclusion of third-generation rights, has blurred the pre- vious artificial division between first-, second- and third-generation rights to form a broader concern with all rights. the broader and extended redefinition of the concepts of development led to a convergence of the human rights agenda and the human development agenda, in both concept and action, including the notion that they are mutually reinforcing. this convergence has extended the leftist state-centred model of accountability to a more centre-leftist approach where the state’s responsibility changed to include non-state actors. another important trend is the increased importance of the state’s obligation beyond national borders. ii the changing framework of human rights: an overview the starting point of this discussion is the notion that the appropriate distribution of income and wealth has been determined by the political system or ideology of the day. the economic system is normally aligned with this ideology in order to achieve maximum efficiency in the production and distribution of commodities. these particular ideologies formed the basis of the human rights debate over the past fifty years. from this basic starting point, the discussion will centre on the ideologies on the extreme right and left of the spectrum, as well as the more recent centre leftist approach, as illustrated in figure . the framework in figure also refers to the role of the state within the particular ideology, the most prominent economic and/or social the- orists of the time and the implied state obligation. the extreme right of the spectrum is the free market ideologies such as the classic liberals and the neo-liberals. classical liberalism entails economic liberalism (laissez-faire capitalism) and the belief that the market is a self-regulating mechanism that will deliver general prosperity and opportunities for all – in other words, will ensure social justice. the central pillars of neo-lib- eralism are the market and the individual. the neo-liberal goal is to ‘roll back the frontiers of social democracy modern liberalism social democratic rawls large and continuous sen medium and declining third way competitive rome and lucas classical liberalism neo-liberalism minimaldevelopmental medium and continuous friedman von hayek minimal ideologies role of the state theorists fiscal implications figure framework for the fiscal implications of social and economic rights the state’. unregulated markets will deliver efficiency, growth and prosperity. these free mar- ket ideologies emphasised that the dead hand of the state has a damaging effect upon human affairs. these extreme right ideologies prefer a minimal state or in some case a developmental state where individuals enjoy the widest possible degree of freedom. state intervention in the economy is limited to the provision of a police force and military of some kind, as well as a judicial system. economic, social, cultural, moral and other rights and responsibilities belong to the individual and are seen as the responsibility of civil society. civil rights therefore pre- dominate over human rights. the leading economists within this paradigm are free-market economists such as milton friedman and friedrich von hayek, who viewed state intervention as something that reduces competition, efficiency and production. due to the minimalist state and the lack of attention to human rights, state obligation is minimal and limited. stronger emphasis on the need for social and economic justice originated predominantly within the social democracy and modern liberal paradigms, fitting into the extreme left of the spectrum. the ideology of social democracy represents a balance between the market and the state, between the individual and community. it is also in favour of a compromise between the capitalistic generation of wealth and a desire to distribute wealth in accordance with moral principles. the main characteristic of modern social democratic thought is a concern for the underdog in society – the weak and the vulnerable. principles such as welfarism, redistribution and social justice are important. social democracy overlaps with modern liberalism, which is more in favour of a large or interventionist government, implying economic management and social regulation. the most influential modern attempt to reconcile the principles of modern liberalism and social democracy with the politics of welfare and redistribution was undertaken by john rawls in his theory of justice ( ). rawls proposed a theory of justice as fairness that is based on the belief that social inequality can be justified only if it is of benefit to the least advantaged. it should pro- vide them with an incentive to work. for most people the fear of being poor will outweigh the desire to be rich; therefore redistribution and welfare can be defended on the grounds of fairness. the presumptions of his earlier work were modified in political liberalism ( ). social-democratic states represent a shift from the negative minimalist view of the state to a positive view of the state. social-democratic states intervene to bring about broader social restructuring, usually in accordance with principles of fairness, equality and social justice. they focus on creating an enabling state, dedicated to the principle of individual empowerment. from a fiscal viewpoint, this paradigm could contribute to a free for all principle or cradle to grave welfare, and the subsequent emergence of the so-called welfare state. the continued growth in public spending, with eroding economic incentives and personal freedom, constitutes a serious fiscal threat to economies since it is leading to government overload. analysis in developed economies by lindbeck, as well as by tanzi and schuknecht, argued that the wel- fare state has developed into a transfer state, where redistributions of income occur among peo- fiscal implications of social and economic justice a heywood politics ( ) at . heywood (note above) at . the european social charter of , where jurisdiction was limited to europe, gave rise to the leftist approach to the realisation of economic and social justice and the subsequent welfare-doctrine. heywood (note above) at . e calitz & k siebritz: ‘macroeconomic stability and developmental expectations: fiscal consolidation in post-apartheid south africa’ ( ) paper presented at the biennial conference of the economic society of south africa, somerset west: september . see reference in calitz and siebritz (note above). t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e ple of comparable living standards, rather than from the rich to the poor. when expanding social expenditure coincides with recession and declining tax revenues, it could have serious fis- cal implications. this extreme leftist approach implies a large and continuous state obligation, with serious consequences for states with limited fiscal means. the analysis of the framework on social and economic justice shows that both the extreme right and leftist approaches failed in setting acceptable standards and responsibilities in ensur- ing social and economic justice for all. the extreme right approach envisaged minimum state intervention and required the individual through civil society to be responsible if social and eco- nomic rights are claimed. in contrast, the extreme leftist approach placed the responsibility for the provision of a broad spectrum of social and economics rights solely in the hands of the state. the state’s fiscal responsibility within these two approaches also varies between extremes of large and continuous and minimal and limited responsabilities. these two extreme approaches do not provide acceptable solutions to the problem of developing a framework for social and economic rights or to how these rights could be addressed in countries with limited fiscal means. the more recent trend in facilitating economic and social justice is a shift to the right from social-democratic states (or in some cases being seen as centre-left) and is known as the third way (see figure ). third-way politics draws on various ideological traditions such as modern liberalism, one-nation conservatism and modernised social democracy. it serves as an alter- native to old-style social democracy and neo-liberalism. within this framework the importance of the phenomenon of globalisation and its contribution of the knowledge economy is accept- ed, as are individual skills and both business and labour flexibility. government still has a vital economic and social role, but this role is more focused and concentrates on enhancing interna- tional competitiveness through education and skills development and strengthening civil socie- ty to contain the pressures generated by market capitalism. third-way proponents call for a balance between rights and entrepreneurialism, on the one hand, and social duty and moral responsibility, on the other. in contrast with cradle to grave welfare, third-way politics is in favour of the essential modern liberal belief of helping people to help themselves. this supports a workfare state (in contrast with a welfare state) in which government support in terms of ben- efits or education is conditional upon individuals seeking work and becoming self-reliant. the key third-way values are opportunity, responsibility and community involvement. two of the most influential schools of thought within the so-called third way are those that emphasise endogenous growth, which tend to be more centrist in nature, and those of amartya sen, which are more centre-left in nature. although the focus of this analysis will be predomi- nantly on the centre-left approach in general and specifically those of sen, it is worth noting the views of the endogenous growth theories. the endogenous growth models propose an active role for public policy in the promotion of economic development through direct and indirect investment in human capital formation. they also support the encouragement of foreign private investment in knowledge-intensive industries. although these models fit into the general third-way political stream, they offer no suggestions on how human rights will be addressed. in contrast, sen’s contribution, which will be discussed subsequently, falls within the broader third-way stream. this latest trend in the facilitation and promotion of human rights in general and eco- see heywood (note above) at , for a detailed discussion. see pm romer ‘the origins of endogenous growth’ ( ) journal of economic perspectives at for a detailed discussion on endogenous growth. nomic and social justice in particular recognises that civil society can play a crucial role in enhanc- ing the traditional function fulfilled by government. the recognition of the role of non-state actors constitutes a revolutionary advancement in the discourse on human rights. apart from the fact that it reduces fiscal pressures on the state, evidence shows that it contributes in general towards greater self-reliance and the creation of capabilities. the general well-being of society entails a par- ticular role for the state vis-à-vis an efficient and equitable market, and a healthy environment in a just economic and social context. the various theories on and approaches to the changing structure as well as the shared responsibility between the state and civil society on matters per- taining to social and economic justice are discussed below. iii modern social and economic justice theories and approaches: changes in structure and responsibilities the movement from the extreme left thinking on social and economic justice to a more centre- leftist approach, where the responsibility for human rights is shared, is a paradigm shift from the traditional viewpoint held on the general framework of these rights. this shift is evident in the structure of these rights as well as in the conventional notion that these rights are the sole responsibility of the state. the structure and therefore the concept of rights directly influences the state’s duty or programme of action and they are therefore mutually reinforcing. (a) changing structural framework the structural human rights framework has changed significantly in recent times. the shift in para- digm can be ascribed to the broader and more inclusive concern with all rights, the influence of the human development approach on the thinking on human rights, and, lastly, the narrowing of the divide and convergence between the human rights agenda and the human development agenda. the first and perhaps least prominent influence on the changing human rights framework is evident in the shift from a narrow and dominant focus on civil and political rights to a broad- er concern with all rights, including second-generation rights such as social, economic and cul- tural rights, as well as third-generation rights such as the right to development and the right to a safe environment. although second-generation rights have been part of the original human rights framework, they have increased in prominence over the past decade or more. their prominence was further strengthened by action from within the international legal human rights movement itself, where so-called third-generation rights such as the explicit right to development and gender rights were included in the human rights framework of the united nations (see the un declaration on the rights to development and the vienna world conference on human rights of ). the fact that an ever-increasing number of ratifying countries have to report to various united nations committees on their respective performanc- es also serves to enhance awareness in this regard. the second shift involves the increased awareness since the early s of the importance of human development in the development process of countries. where the earlier views on fiscal implications of social and economic justice n malan ‘civil society and the right to have access to social security in south africa’ ( ) unpublished research paper, rau: johannesburg. see the various human development reports of the united nations development program (undp) from to for details on the developments in the human development debate. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e development were purely focused on a narrow top-down approach, where an increase in per capita income was seen as the only prerequisite for development, the human development approach is broader and bottom-up in nature. under the auspices of human development the notion is held that development only takes place through the process of enlarging people’s choices by expanding human functionings and capabilities. according to the united nations development program the essential capabilities are for people to lead a long and healthy life, to be knowledgeable and to have access to the resources needed for a decent standard of living. these capabilities reflect the freedom to achieve functionings (valuable things a person can do or be), implying that human development is freedom. human development is ‘development of the people, for the people and by the people.’ however, the most pronounced change in the structural framework is evident in the link between human rights and human development. these two concepts followed parallel paths in the past, as can be seen in the fact that human development was dominated by economists, social scientists and policy-makers, while political activists, lawyers and philosophers dominat- ed the human rights debate. over the past decade the two hitherto parallel paths have con- verged in both concept and action, implying that the divide between the human rights agenda and the human development agenda is narrowing. the human development report links the mutually reinforcing nature of the two concepts as follows: ‘human development thus contributes to building a long-run strategy for the realisation of rights’. amartya sen, who won the nobel prize in , has offered the most significant theoret- ical contribution to the conceptualisation of the human development and human rights debates, respectively. through his theoretical contribution, he also firmly entrenched the link between the two concepts. sen was critical of welfarism and utilitarianism, on the one hand, and of the rawlsian approach, on the other. as sen put it: ‘economic growth cannot be sensibly treated as an end in itself. development has to be more concerned with enhancing the lives we lead and the freedoms we enjoy’. he sees human rights as an important element of human develop- ment in general and social and economic freedoms in particular. freedoms, or capabilities as he calls them, require that a distinction be made between substantive opportunities and freedom of processes. his capability approach, which was subsequently incorporated in the human development paradigm, focuses on what he calls the capability to function. this capability to function is what really matters for the status of a poor or non-poor person. capability, which is the opportunity aspect of freedom, is the opportunity to achieve valuable combinations of human functionings. he distinguishes between realised functionings (what a person is actually able to do) or on the set of alternatives she has, or real opportunities. functioning is what a per- son does with the commodities of given characteristics he or she then comes to possess or con- trol. he defines capabilities as ‘the freedom that a person has in terms of the choice of func- tioning, given his personal features and his command over commodities’. functioning reflects the various things a person may value doing or being. this may vary from elementary ones such as being adequately nourished and being free from disease to taking part in the life of the com- munity and having self-respect. undp (note above) at . undp (note above) at . undp (note above) at . development as freedom ( ); commodities and capabilities ( ); on economic inequality ( ). a sen development as freedom ( ). a sen ‘elements of a theory of human rights’ ( ) philosophy & public affairs at . sen’s capability approach acknowledges that two persons can have different substantial opportunities, even in circumstances where they have the same set of means or incomes. this approach therefore distinguishes between means or income, on the one hand, and actual oppor- tunities on the other. freedom is therefore the opportunity to achieve combinations of func- tionings. sen remarks that the general idea of freedom with its many distinct components seems particularly relevant to the theory of justice. his contributions to this debate led to wider recognition of the idea that ‘human rights links directly to the safeguarding and advance of human freedoms’. with his capability approach sen established the foundation on which the human develop- ment approach was based, and his theoretical contributions on freedom contributed to the con- vergence between the human development and human rights concepts. the redefining of the concept of human rights to include a broader and more inclusive viewpoint on the importance of all rights as well as the importance of choices for all people within the human development framework not only established a permanent link between the two, but also shifted the state’s obligations in almost all respects. (b) changing responsibility framework since the early s the extreme leftist approach and its related state-centred model of account- ability to social and economic justice has been criticised from various quarters. the criticism came from state actors themselves in response to fiscal constraints as well as from non-state actors who are of the opinion that within the human development framework the range of choices of people could only be enlarged if they form part of the decision-making process on choices that affect their daily lives. suggestions are coming to the fore on extension of the accountability from states to non-state actors as well as the state’s obligation beyond national borders. two important and interrelated issues arise from this new notion on the state’s obligation: first the minimum state obligation, which is linked to the realisation of rights; and second how the state can strengthen and support social and economic rights within this new framework. on the realisation of rights, sen provides answers firstly through his so-called threshold con- ditions, and secondly, through his so-called institutionalisation critique and feasibility cri- tique. in his reference to threshold conditions, he asks the question whether a specific human right is important enough to cross the threshold to social significance. his analysis of thresh- olds relates to both the seriousness and the social influenceability of particular freedoms or capabilities. on the institutional critique of economic and social rights, the importance of insti- tutions in the realisation of these rights is acknowledged, but when this does not exist, the eth- ical significance of these rights provides good grounds for seeking realisation through institu- tional expansion and reform. the feasibility critique argues that even with the best of efforts it may not be feasible to arrange the realisation of many of the alleged economic and social rights for all. sen also asks why complete feasibility should be a condition of cogency of human rights when the objective is to work towards enhancing their actual realisation, if necessary through expanding their feasibility. an understanding must prevail that a change in the prevailing cir- cumstances must be striven for in order to make the unrealised rights realisable. sen con- fiscal implications of social and economic justice sen (note above) at . undp (note above) at . sen (note above) at , - . sen (note above) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e cludes by referring to the fact that human rights are only sustainable by a continuous process of open public reasoning, which may or may not be reflected in the legal framework of a coun- try. in cases where it is not reflected in the legal framework, other ways of implementing these rights are through public recognition, agitation and monitoring. this again strengthens the role and responsibility of non-state actors in the human rights debate. russell addresses the issue of the state’s obligation by referring to the fact that the intern- ational covenant on economic, social and cultural rights does not necessarily anticipate that all resources will come from the state. the implication was rather that the resources available from the broader society – in other words, public and private sectors – should be mobilised by the state. he also stresses the responsibilities of richer countries to supply funding to poorer countries, suggesting the international obligation of states. secondly, many resource needs are centred on the misallocation of resources, eg expensive weapons instead of food security. the misallocation problem could be solved by a reordering of the state’s priorities. thirdly, coun- tries facing severe resource constraints can focus on progressive realisation by developing plans that states its obligations over time. fourthly, the state has an obligation to ensure that rights are not violated. although these solutions sound feasible, all these suggestions predominantly still focus on the central role of the state decision-making process and do not allow for partic- ipatory development on a broader scale. in addressing the issue of the state’s responsibility within the broader framework of human development and the links with human rights, the united nations through its human develop- ment report suggests that, although a shift is evident from state to non-state actors, the state still has the responsibility to strengthen its policies and social arrangements, respectively, in securing human freedoms. on the policy front, the state has an obligation to implement poli- cies that help realise social and economic rights, especially for the most deprived. this must, however, be based on a participatory process and be transparent. the state’s social arrange- ments should be effected through norms, institutions, legal frameworks and an enabling eco- nomic environment. in addressing the norms issue, the state has the responsibility to promote awareness of human rights by building and promoting these through press freedom, human rights education in schools, etc. the state has the obligation to ensure that appropriate institu- tions are in place to support certain human rights (eg children’s rights) that cannot be guaran- teed without strong and effective institutions. states also have the first obligation to participate in the international rights regime and to establish legal frameworks. finally, the state is obli- gated to create an economic environment that supports human rights. it should ensure that eco- nomic growth is pro-poor, pro-rights and sustainable. a number of related approaches have developed to support the notion that the state’s accountability should be expanded to include non-state actors. heller presented the international monetary fund’s perspective when he concludes that social justice is far better achieved when those directly involved reveal their own values and put them together. this per- spective is more inclusive and allows for participatory development. smith, on the future of the international dimension of human rights, remarked that the responsibility of the realisation of human rights has to be extended outside the nation-state domain. non-governmental organ- brand & russell (note above) at . undp ( ) , . ps heller ‘wealth creation and social justice: an imf perspective’ ( ) paper presented at the world council of churches/world bank/imf meeting, february . smith (note above) at . isations (ngos), civil society and non-state agents all have a responsibility. these various role players in the funding chain of human rights are also emphasised by hegarty and leonard, who include the role and responsibility of the global economy, foreign aid agencies, the link between trade and human rights, corporate codes of conduct and the role of ngos. the involvement of non-state actors in supporting the state’s accountability in the human rights debate is, within the context of the human development framework, mutually reinforc- ing. in the human development report various examples of the mutual participation of state and non-state actors are given. if the state ensures civil and political rights in general, poor people will be empowered to claim their social and economic rights. ensuring freedom for ngos and media and worker organisations can enhance the participation of poor people in decision-making processes and policy-making that affect their lives. in the same vein, the right to housing or education does not imply a right to free services or to a state handout. these are claims to social arrangements and policies that promote access to these rights through both the market (housing) and the state (free primary education). worldwide public spending on social and economic rights is inadequate and unevenly distributed. faster economic growth is needed to generate more resources to support social and economic justice. but, within the context of the human development framework, economic growth on its own is not enough. it has to be accompanied by transparent and participatory policy reforms that are aimed at channelling funds into poverty eradication and human development. on the international front the state’s responsibility to support and ensure human rights and human development is expanding. apart from strengthening regional initiatives for human rights, individual states should also embark collectively on continuous efforts for peacemaking and peacekeeping. individual states, in their responsibility through development cooperation in the form of aid flows, debt relief, access to trade and financial flows, and ensuring stability in the global economy, can all support the full realisation of rights in the poorest and least devel- oped countries of the world. again, non-state actors such as multinational corporations are also accountable and have an obligation to raise the standard of human rights. iv conclusion the fiscal implications of social and economic rights are firmly embedded in political ideolo- gies and the subsequent role of the state. this has clearly being shown in the changing rights framework, where the first shift occurred from the right side of the spectrum, which proposed no formal entrenchment of social and economic rights, to the extreme left side of the human rights spectrum, where the state has the sole responsibility to ensure social and economic jus- tice. however, over the past decade the second shift, which has been classified as the rights rev- olution, took place in the shift from the extreme left of the spectrum to a more centre-left approach with implications for the structure of the human rights framework as well as the state. the analysis reveals that social and economic rights have increased in importance since the early s. this trend, as well as the inclusion of third-generation rights, blurred the previous artificial division between first-, second- and third-generation rights to form a broader concern with all rights. coupled with the broader and extended redefinition of the concepts of devel- fiscal implications of social and economic justice a hegarty & s leonard human rights. an agenda for the st century ( ). undp (note above) at , . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e opment, this led to convergence of the human rights agenda and the human development agen- da, in both concept and action, including the notion that they are mutually reinforcing. this convergence has extended the leftist state-centred model of accountability to a more centre-left approach where the state’s responsibility changed to include non-state actors. another impor- tant trend is the increased importance of the state’s obligation beyond national borders. the changing framework of human rights discussed in this chapter is based upon the latest approaches as seen in the literature and theory of social and economic justice. however, it is important to note that, despite these continuous attempts to address these dilemmas, they have not so far been completely resolved. of course, a theory of human rights can and should leave room for continuous discussion, disputations and arguments. the historical development of the modern south african health-care system: from privilege to egalitarianism* c h a r l e s n g w e n a professor, department of constitutional law and legal philosophy, university of the free state i introduction this article seeks to explore the extent to which equity as a notion of fairness in access to health care has been integrated into the south african health-care system in recent history. the article discusses the main legislative and policy instruments that have shaped the south african health- care system. it begins with an analysis of the main pillars of the public health act of and includes discussion on more recent developments, including the national health act. the arti- cle also comments on court cases that impact on equity in access to health care, including minister of health v treatment action campaign. the point of departure is the ideal of creating a health-care system that strives for egalitarianism in respect of access to health-care services. it will be submitted that the public health act of bequeathed to the country a system that was fragmented, dysfunctional, and above all, lacking in egalitarian values. attempts to radically reform the public health act through instruments such as the national health act of failed to change a system that was biased towards urban, curative and hospital-based care. moreover, the intensification of racial segregation during apartheid and the privatisation of health-care services served to accentuate inequality in access to health care. it was not until the democratisation of south africa that the health-care system began in earnest to trans- form towards universal access. at a policy level, the white paper on transformation of the health system in south africa ( ) stands as a beacon of change, with its emphasis on primary health care for all. at the level of fundamental law, the constitution acknowledges access to health care. the national health act seeks to put on statutory footing the institutional framework for universal access to health care. * this article is based on a paper delivered at the conference of the southern african society of legal historians at stellenbosch university from – january . the article first appeared in ( ) de jure - and is reprinted here (with minor changes) with the kind permission of c ngwena and de jure, the editor of de jure and lexis-nexis butterworths. of . act of . ( ) sa (cc). of . gg of - - . constitution of the republic of south africa act of (the constitution) supplanting the constitution of the republic of south africa act of (the interim constitution). t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e ii equity in access to health care margolis is correct to say that merely appealing to notions of justice or fairness has inherent limitations in that any theory of justice or fairness is, ultimately, a human construct. a theory of justice cannot, by itself, establish a conclusive case for a desired outcome, and so it is with the notion of equity. equity is a notion of justice. much like other notions of justice, such as equality, it does not admit a single meaning. its ultimate complexion depends on the ideologi- cal leanings of the interpreter. thus, any notion of justice is necessarily a value judgement. in the context of access to health care, equity means different things to different interpreters. the notion of a right of access to health care is a contested right, not least at the level of philo- sophical theory and political ideology. in south africa and elsewhere, though a number of diverse contractarian theories have been invoked when addressing the issue of access to health care, two main standpoints are dis- cernible, namely libertarianism and egalitarianism. in one sense, there is unity between these two positions in that they both converge on the desirability of achieving justice, and each pur- ports to offer a coherent view of life. at the same time, the two positions are characterised by pivotal points of contrast and opposition, not only in respect of conceptions of justice, but also in the delineation of the parameters of state vis-à-vis private-sector provision of health care. to classical libertarians, equitable access to health care might mean no more than treating peo- ple equally by desisting from unfair discrimination on the conventional prohibited grounds such as race, gender or sexual orientation. it usually means minimal state interference in the delivery of health care and the removal of state impediments such as the deregulation of the state health-care system in order to allow access to private health care. in this classic libertarian sense, equity is not synonymous with granting access to health care on the basis of need, or imposing an obligation on the state to take primary responsibility for the provision of health-care services to everyone. as rhodes points out, the assumptions in classical liberal theory are that individuals are nor- mally responsible for their health and that they ought to be able to make their own health trans- actions in a free market. those that are more affluent are able to purchase greater privileges because they deserve them, so it is argued. however, even the most ardent advocates of free markets do not dispute that the state has not only a role, but also a duty to discharge in respect of provision of health care. it is conceded, for example, that the state has an obligation to pre- vent and combat epidemics. the modern industrial state has, itself, contributed to many con- ditions that impact adversely on health such as environmental degradation and soaring crime. it has never been seriously argued by libertarians that the state should divest itself of all respon- sibility in these areas. what classical libertarians object to however, is a collectivist approach to equality where all groups are entitled to expect, as of right, a minimum standard of socio-eco- nomic goods, including health care. to egalitarians, however, equity is a more exacting concept. much of the egalitarian con- j margolis ‘the rights of man’ ( ) social theory and practice . d feldman civil liberties and human rights in england and wales ( ) at – ; ht engelhardt ‘rights to health care: a critical appraisal’ ( ) journal of medicine and philosophy . feldman (note above); engelhardt (note above). rp rhodes health care politics, policy and distributive justice ( ) . rhodes (note above) at . engelhardt (note above). rm green ‘health care and justice in contract perspective’ in rm veatch & r branson (eds) ethics and health policy ( ) at – . ception of access to health care was drawn substantially from rawls’s theory of justice. according to rawls, an individual in the original position’ makes his or her decisions behind a ‘veil of ignorance’. acting out of rationality rather than altruism, the individual will try to max- imise his or her life chances by choosing universal political liberties so as not to risk the possi- bility of ills such as oppression, grinding poverty and so on. such an individual will try to pro- tect equality of opportunity and, thus, secure for himself or herself minimum primary goods. while rawls did not specifically list the provision and organisation of health care among the primary goods that an individual in the original position would require in order to enjoy equal- ity of opportunity, proponents of his theory of justice have done so. perhaps the most persua- sive exponent in this connection has been daniels. daniels’s contribution to an egalitarian conception of access to health care has been to extend rawls’s theory of justice to health care. daniels has adapted rawls’s principle of equality of opportunity into a principle of ‘normal opportunity range’. daniels’s central premise is that if an acceptable theory of justice includes a principle for fair opportunity, then health care institutions and, perforce, health care policy and practice, should be among the goods governed by such a principle. according to daniels, for any given society, there is a ‘normal opportunity range’ which com- prises of the ‘array of life plans reasonable to pursue within given conditions obtaining in socie- ty’. the resources of a society must be organised in such a way as to allow everyone to attain a normal opportunity range. disease, most certainly, impairs in a fundamental manner the opportu- nity of an individual relative to the the normal opportunity range in a society governed by the prin- ciple of fair equality of opportunity. access to health care, thus, becomes an essential prerequi- site, or a primary good in terms of indispensability to the attainment of the normal opportunity range for a given society. in practical terms, the right to exercise a normal opportunity range trans- lates into a right to a minimum, decent level of health care. there should be no obstacles – finan- cial, racial, sexual, geographical, and so on – to access to care as long as health needs are present. of course, daniels has not been without critics. buchanan, for example, says that one of the more significant difficulties with daniels’s ‘normal opportunity range’ and array of life-plans reasonable to pursue’ is that they are open to different interpretations. buchanan contends that it is not clear for whom a life plan must be reasonable. if subjective view is taken, given different abilities and skills in any given society, some individuals might end up with claims that are so strong as to be unsustainable to the extent that resources are finite. equally, buchanan says that if an objective view is taken, what is reasonable for everyone might be too modest as to be insufficient to provide a basic for a substantive universal right to health care. in response to his critics, daniels concedes that whilst the notion of normal opportunity range is not unas- sailable, it is, nonetheless, workable. according to daniels, each society can construct for historical development of the sa health-care system j rawls a theory of justice ( ). n daniels ‘health care needs and distributive justice’ ( ) philosophy and public affairs - . daniels (note above) at - . daniels (note above) - . daniels (note above) . daniels (note above) . a buchanan ‘the right to a decent minimum of health care’ ( ) ( ) philosophy and public affairs - . see also l stern ‘opportunity and health care: criticims and suggestions’ ( ) ( ) journal of medicine and philosophy - ; j moskop ‘rawslian justice and a human rights to health care’ ( ) ( ) journal of medicine and philosophy - . n daniels ‘a reply to stern critics and a remark on health care rights’ ( ) journal of medicine and philosophy - . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e itself its objective normal opportunity range. the range will be influenced by the key features of that society such as its stage of socio-economic development, material wealth, technological development and important cultural facts. notwithstanding the criticisms of daniels’ normal opportunity range and any of its inherent shortcomings, it is, nonetheless, a theoretical approach that has resonance with the egalitarian underpinnings of rights concerning health under international human rights law. as will become apparent in the ensuing discussion, the consequent duty upon the state to provide a decent minimum level of health care under human rights law is society-relative rather than abstract. it is not conceived in a vacuum. rather, it allows for the decent minimum to be pegged flexibly so that as the particular society becomes more affluent, the minimum floor is com- mensurately adjusted upwards. individuals will be free to purchase health care. the state is not put under a duty to provide everyone with the best available health care. instead, the duty upon the state is limited to what is affordable for that society. an egalitarian conception of access to health care goes beyond the aristotelian minimal princi- ple of justice in that it means much more than merely desisting from unfair discrimination or allow- ing for choice in health care. it means, at the very least, developing a health-care system that is responsive to need rather than the ability to pay. it also means maximal rather than minimal state interference in the provision of health care, with the state assuming primary responsibility for the provision of health care. access to health care is conceived as a communal or social good that should be determined by need rather than life’s arbitrary lottery of birth, natural endowment, socio- economic status or historical circumstances. health care should be distributed not merely on the basis of what is wanted or desired, but according to the basic needs for a worthwhile human life. it is to this egalitarian notion of equity that this article subscribes. it must be emphasised at the outset that equity does not imply the elimination of all differ- ences in health or the guaranteeing of equal health outcomes. indeed, this would be an impos- sible goal to achieve since health-care services are but one of several health determinants. genetic factors, income, housing, nutrition, water, sanitation, education and the general envi- ronment arguably impact to a greater extent on health outcomes than the mere provision of health-care services. rather, the aim behind equity is to ensure that everyone has a fair oppor- tunity to access one of the determinants of health as part of the enjoyment of equality, freedom and human dignity in a democratic and caring society. without access to health care one can- not effectively make autonomous choices, including realising one’s potential in a free society. for the greater part of the th century, it has been primarily moral philosophers, sociolo- gists, and health care providers and professionals that have imprinted egalitarian notions of equity into the provision of health care. lately, however, human rights experts and activists have begun to champion egalitarian notions of health care. a human rights approach to health care has developed, not least on account of the emergence of socio-economic rights as tangible rights that are different in kind but have the same status as conventional civil or polit- daniels (note above) . hcj van rensburg health care in south africa: structure and dynamics ( ) at – . van rensburg (note above). w landman ‘appropriate health care as a human right’ in a van niekerk (ed) health care as human right ( ) at – . p townsend et al the black report and the health divide ( ) at – and – . landman (note above) at – . van rensburg (note above) at – . bca toebes the right to health as a human right in international law ( ) at – . ical rights. the right to health now enjoys the status of an international human right. the most important international instrument in terms of acknowledging, as well as expounding, the right to health is article of the international covenant on economic, social and cultural rights (icescr). article doubtlessly subscribes to equity in an egalitarian sense. under article , state parties acknowledge the right of everyone to enjoy the highest attainable standard of physical and mental health. in general comment the committee on economic, social and cultural rights (committee on escr), the organ responsible for monitoring state com- pliance with socio-economic rights, has put a gloss on the meaning and content of article . the committee on escr concedes that there are limitations insofar as realising the right to health is concerned. the right to health cannot be equated with a right to be healthy. indeed, the state can- not guarantee health. the right to health does not imply guaranteeing all the services that are avail- able. the notion of the highest attainable standard of health must necessarily take into account the individual’s biological and socio-economic preconditions and the resources of the state. not- withstanding these limitations, the provision of health-care facilities, goods and services are an important determinant of health. health care must, thus, be dispensed on an equitable basis. in this regard, the committee on escr posits four requirements that must be met. firstly, health care must be available. public health and health-care facilities, goods and services must be available to all in sufficient quantity, including the underlying determinants of health such as safe and potable drinking water and adequate sanitation facilities. secondly, the facilities, goods and services must be accessible. it is this dimension, more than any other, that underscores the notion of equity in the provision of health care. according to general com- ment , accessibility has four overlapping dimensions, namely non-discrimination, physical accessibility, economic accessibility and information accessibility. non-discrimination means providing health care without discrimination on any of the pro- hibited grounds. physical accessibility means that the facilities, goods and services must be with- in safe physical reach of everyone, especially vulnerable groups. economic accessibility means health care should be affordable for all. the general comment explicitly says that payment for health-care services must be based on the principle of equity to ensure that health-care services are affordable for all, including socially disadvantaged groups. furthermore, equity demands that poorer households should not be disproportionately burdened with health-care expenses as compared to richer households. information accessibility means recognising and protect- historical development of the sa health-care system adopted and opened for signature, ratification and accession by general assembly resolution a (xxi) of - - . the right to health is also found in other international instruments. examples in this regard are: article of the convention on the elimination of all forms of discrimination against women ( ); article of the convention of the rights of the child ( ); and article of the african charter of human and people’s rights ( ). a chapman ‘core obligations related to the right to health and their relevance for south africa’ ( ) in d brand & s russell (eds) exploring the core content of socio-economic rights: south african and international perspectives ( ) at – ; toebes (note above) at – . committee on economic, social and cultural rights general comment un escor ( ) doc no e/c / / . par . par . par . par (a). par (b). ibid. ibid. ibid. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e ing the right to seek, receive and impart information concerning health issues. a third requirement of an equitable health-care system under general comment is accept- ability. provided health care should be ethically and culturally appropriate. it must be respect- ful of the culture of individuals, minorities, peoples and communities. the fourth requirement is quality. health care must be scientifically and medically appropriate and of good quality. general comment is not only instructive because of its convergence with philosophical and sociological notions of egalitarianism in health-care provision, but also because of its apt- ness in terms of the notion of substantive equality under the south african constitution. the constitutional court has ascribed to section – the equality clause – an expansive and sub- stantive concept of equality that goes beyond the mere achievement of formal equality. in the context of access to health care, substantive equality means providing access to health care tak- ing social and historical circumstances into account. the lasting nature of structural inequality that apartheid, especially, created among different population groups in terms of differential and inequitable access to the determinants of health such as education, housing, employment and health care has also to be dealt with and redressed through restitution and other compen- satory means. as will be elaborated upon in a subsequent section, the commitment to sub- stantive equality in the sphere of health-care provision is based beyond a doubt on section of the constitution. it provides: ( ) everyone has the right to have access to – (a) health care services including reproductive health care; (b) sufficient food and water; and (c) social security, including, if unable to support themselves and their dependents, appropriate social assistance. ( ) the state must take reasonable legislative and other measures, within its avail- able resources, to achieve a progressive realization of each of these rights. ( ) no one may be refused emergency medical treatment. how has the modern south african health-care system fared in terms of guaranteeing equitable access? to borrow from the language of the committee on escr’s interpretation of article of the icescr, has south african health care been available, accessible, acceptable and of good quality? par (c). par (d). according to van rensburg (note above) at – , writing from a sociological perspective, a social- ly accountable heath-care system should meet the following demands: availability (geographically, strategi- cally and logistically); appropriateness and relevance; acceptability (personally and socio-culturally); adapt- ability and flexibility; accessibility (meaning the annulment of geographical, financial, racial, political and other barriers) and affordability. see eg city council of pretoria v walker ( ) sa (cc) par ; national coalition for gay & lesbian equality v minister of justice ( ) sa (cc) par ; j de waal, i currie & g erasmus the bill of rights handbook ( ) at – ; c albertyn & b goldblatt ‘facing the challenge of transformation: the difficulties in the development of an indigenous jurisprudence of equality’ ( ) sajhr . c ngwena ‘substantive equality in south african health care: the limits of the law’ ( ) medical law international at and . emphasis added. iii the genesis of the modern health-care system: the public health act of the public health act of marked the beginning of a modern health-care system in south africa. it was the first comprehensive legislative measure on health services for the union of south africa. the act was intended to supplant colonial legislation. the main objective was to create a central or national authority for the provision and regulation of health-care services. the south africa act of , which created the union of south africa and unified the four colonies as a single political entity, did not unify colonial health legislation and policy. instead, it mere- ly effected a transfer of colonial powers and duties to provincial authorities. as a result, the pro- vision of health care remained fragmented, with no central authority to formulate or co-ordinate policy. until , the department of internal affairs had the responsibility of controlling the dis- trict surgeon system and institutions for the mentally ill and those afflicted with leprosy, and was therefore the only body with pretentions of being a central health authority. it is significant to note that prior to the act, the health of the population and the availabili- ty of health care were not major social concerns or, for that matter, a primary responsibility of government. individuals, with the assistance of their families, had to provide for their own health-care services. the public health facilities essentially catered only for serious illnesses or infectious diseases of an epidemic nature. there was no real organisational structure for ren- dering health care. the act was the first legislation to define national responsibilities for pub- lic health. the impetus for change came with the influenza epidemic of . the epidemic had high morbidity and mortality rates, killing an estimated people. the epidemic unmasked the deficiencies of the prevailing health-care systems and underscored the need for the state to assume primary responsibility for health care and to reorganise health-care servic- es. the public health act of was the response. in essence, the act created a tripartite system. the first tier was a national department of public health responsible for the control of the following: contagious diseases and advance- ment of environmental health; district surgeon services; and institutions for the mentally ill and those afflicted with leprosy and tuberculosis. the second tier comprised provincial administra- tions. provincial administrations were charged with establishing, maintaining and managing hospitals and other curative services. local authorities were the third tier. they were conceived as agents of the department of public health and were responsible for controlling contagious diseases and environmental health. the act had minimal success. according to van rensburg et al, the act drew the lasting contours of a highly fragmented system of health provision that became not only the main characteristic, but also the fundamental problem, in the organisation and dispensation of south african health care. the act chiefly failed because of the fragmented nature of historical development of the sa health-care system note above. van rensburg (note above) at ; see also c de beer ‘a forward view of the health services in south africa’ ( ) south african medical journal at . ibid. jjn cloete administration of health services ( ) at – ; be leech ‘the right of the hiv-positive patient to medical care: an analysis of costs of providing medical treatment’ ( ) sajhr at . ibid. van rensburg (note above) at . van rensburg (note above) at . ibid. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e the tripartite system. there was little co-ordination between the department of public health and local authorities. each tier tended to function at the exclusion of the other, at the expense of providing a broader spectrum of co-ordinated services. there was polarisation between cur- ative and preventative services. provincial authorities unduly preoccupied themselves with the provision of curative hospital-based care. community health or primary health was virtually neglected. in part, the act failed because it had not been conceived to render universal comprehensive care. it could not stand up to the demands of the south african society in the s and s especially. the great depression, the poverty among blacks as well as whites, large scale industrialisation, rapid urbanisation, expansion of the black labour class, desperate housing conditions, unhygienic living conditions and widespread malnutrition expressed them- selves partly in escalating conditions of poor health. tubercular epidemics, nutritional defi- ciency diseases, venereal disease, high levels of morbidity and high infant and maternal mor- tality among all sectors of the population indicated the act’s deficiencies. indeed, it was these shortcomings that spurred government into appointing commissions of inquiry to investigate and ameliorate harsh social conditions. in the health sphere, the most significant commission of inquiry was the national health services commission, the gluckman commission, that was appointed in . iv reforms: the gluckman commission the gluckman commission was set up to inquire into both the provision of an organised national service, and the necessary administrative, legislative and financial measures for such a service. the commission was admirably loyal to its brief. in it reported its findings and recommended the reorganisation of the health service in the light of deteriorating health indi- cators and social conditions. the commission sought to reorganise health services and ‘bring these services within reach of all sections of the population, according to need, and without regard to race, colour, means or station in life’. though the gluckman commission eschewed the language of entitlement and rights, its egalitarian thrust is unmistakable. this is all the more remarkable given the commission was operating in a society that was highly stratified, not least in terms of race, and that the language of health as a human right had yet to take root even in western liberal democracies, let alone in south africa. at an international level, it was not until van rensburg (note above) at ; r packard white plague, black labor: tuberculosis and the political economy of health and disease in south africa ( ) at – ; a jeeves ‘public health and epidemiology in the era of south africa’s vd pandemic of the s and s’ paper read at aids in context international conference held at the university of the witwatersrand from – april (copy on file with author). d gluckman report of the national health services commission ( ). prior to the gluckman com- mission the government had from time to time appointed a committee to inquire into various matters per- taining to the provision of health-care services. the committee of inquiry regarding public hospitals and kindred institutions of looked into the deterioration in the health of the black population in rural and urban areas. the committee of inquiry on medical training for natives of looked into the state sub- sidy for and training of black medical personnel and the establishment of health units in rural areas as a response to the deteriorating health of the black population. the committee of national health insurance of inquired into the feasibility of introducing a national health insurance scheme. however, the find- ings and recommendations of these committees were never acted on by government: van rensburg (note above) at . gluckman commission (note above) at . that the notion of access to health as a universal right was first articulated, when the world health organisation in the preamble to its constitution proclaimed that the ‘enjoyment of the highest attainable standard of health is one of the fundamental rights of which every human being, without distinction of race, religion, political belief, economic or social condi- tions’, is entitled. the commission found a health system that was fragmented and uncoordinated. the system unduly emphasised institutional care and ignored preventive and community-based care. it suf- fered from deprivation, especially for blacks, with the deprivation more acute in rural reserves. the private sector was a distorting element. not only was private health care unaffordable for the majority of people, it was also geographically inaccessible as private practitioners predom- inantly positioned themselves in cities and major towns. the recommendations of the commission were, in essence, a blueprint for an egalitarian health-care system. in the main, the commission recommended the establishment of a uni- fied single health authority, with the state assuming primary responsibility for the provision of health care. significantly, services would be free and financed out of general taxation. services were to be decentralised. community health services would be established to bring health-care services close to people and to reduce dependence on curative care. even more radically, the commission recommended the phasing out altogether of private practice on account of its distorting effect. the commission was not oblivious to the fact that health is not an outcome of the mere provision of health-care services alone and that other socio-eco- nomic factors had an even greater impact on health. as part of augmenting the provision of health-care services, the commission called for vast improvements in nutrition, housing and health education. according to the commission, health-care services alone could not make up for the deficiencies of the socio-economic system. in short, the commission called for fundamental reform. regrettably, however, the substance of the commission’s recommendations was never imple- mented by the incumbent government, except for a limited programme of establishing commu- nity health centres. a number of factors conspired to ensure the demise of the commission’s recommendations. initially the recommendations fell victim to apathy and procrastination on the part of the smuts government. the smuts government was unwilling to encroach upon provincial powers as part of the reorganisation of services. provinces in turn resisted change and were unwilling to relinquish their jurisdiction over curative institutions. the medical pro- fession also resisted change as it feared losing professional autonomy and the profits of private practice. however, the factor that dealt a mortal blow to the recommendations was the com- ing to power of the national party in . the recommendations were resolutely cast aside in the intensification of racial segregation under apartheid. de beer aptly summed up the fate of the gluckman commission when he said: historical development of the sa health-care system the constitution of the world health organisation was opened for signature on - - and entered into force on - - ; toebes (note above) . gluckman commission (note above) at . an attempt was made to implement the recommendations of the gluckman commission through the national health act of . the most tangible outcome of this act was the establishment of commu- nity health centres: van rensburg (note above) at . ibid. ibid. ibid. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e the tragedy is not that the proposals of the gluckman commission were not imple- mented. the tragedy is that they could not possibly have been implemented. there is simply no way that a society built on division, oppression, and exploitation could accommodate a health service premised on unity, equality, and the elevation of the needs of all above the needs of the privileged elite. thus, nothing short of a fundamental radical transformation of the prevailing political econo- my was needed if the recommendations of the gluckman commission were to be adopted and implemented by the government of the day. v apartheid and south african health care the medical research council described the south african health-care system during apartheid as a ‘bureaucratic entanglement of racially and ethnically fragmented services; wasteful and neglectful of the health of more than two thirds of the population’. during apartheid, income, geographical location and, most importantly, race became the arch determinants of the quanti- ty and quality of health care received by the populace. state-ordained racially-based inequal- ity in access to health care became the defining characteristic of the south african health-care system. it bears mentioning, however, that racial segregation in the organisation of health services has a long history and did not commence in with official apartheid. since the colonisa- tion of south africa, health services evolved along the lines of racial segregation with a sys- tematic bias towards whites. what was done during apartheid, however, was to take the seg- regation in the form of separate and unequal access to services to extreme levels. according to van rensburg and benatar, apartheid has been the most important historical force in the moulding of both the south african health-care system and the health of the people of south africa in modern times. during apartheid, the provision of health facilities, the allocation of public funds, and the deployment of health-care personnel were stratified according to race. as in other socio-eco- nomic spheres that were commanded by the state, the health-care system became a tool for shoring up white supremacy. whites were the privileged class and blacks the worst provided for in terms of access to health-care facilities. coloureds and indians occupied an intermediate position. per capita expenditure on health during apartheid shows that whites received four times as much as africans from the public health sector budget. c de beer ‘explaining the present: why health services do not meet the health needs of the population’ in a zwi & wb saunders (eds) towards health care for all ( ) at . medical research council changing health in south africa: towards new perspectives in research ( ) at . van rensburg (note above) at – . hcj van rensburg & sr benatar ‘the legacy of apartheid in health and health care’ ( ) sa journal of sociology at . ibid at . m price ‘health care as an instrument of apartheid policy in south africa’ ( ) health policy and planning at . de mcintyre & re dorrington ‘trends in the distribution of south african health care expenditure’ ( ) samj at ; hcj van rensburg ‘south african health care in change’ ( ) sa journal of sociology at . apart from prescribing inequitable access to health-care services, the effects of apartheid were also manifest in racial discrepancies in health status. the burden of morbidity and mor- tality was disproportionately carried by blacks and coloureds. however, it is important not to ascribe differential health status to segregated health-care services alone. as alluded to ear- lier, health status is not merely an outcome of health care, but an outcome of a multiplicity of socio-economic factors. racial discrepancies in health status are attributable to differential access not only to health-care services, but also to other goods reliant on socio-economic sta- tion such as nutrition, employment, housing and sanitation, which were similarly shaped by apartheid. the racial fragmentation of services was accentuated by the homelands policy, which creat- ed bantustans, and by the tricameral constitution of , which established ethnically based departments of health. the homelands policy established ten separate health authorities for the bantustans. the tricameral constitution added three “own affairs” health authorities for coloureds, indians and whites. the racial segregation of services also accentuated the urban- rural chasm in the provision of services. health-care services were prioritised for whites who were concentrated in the urban areas. for africans in the rural areas, access to health-care serv- ices was virtually unattainable. attempts to reform the health-care system were submerged by the overarching apartheid superstructure, which consciously ensured that the primary beneficiaries of any reform would be first and foremost whites, with indians and coloureds occupying somewhat intermediate positions. the most significant attempt to reform the system bequeathed by the act was the passing of the health act of . the act was intended to repeal the act and provide for the rendition of health services to the inhabitants of south africa. the act created new structures, in particular the national health policy council, which had the responsibility of formulating national policy on health and co-ordinating services. the act’s professed inten- tion was to provide, through the department of health and welfare, ‘comprehensive health serv- ices for the population of the republic of south africa’. however, it failed dismally in this regard, not least because it preoccupied itself with the provision of health-care services to white south africa only. it was not only race which compromised the act, but also deregulation of the health sector in the s. privatisation gave the private health sector a lasting and dominant posi- tion in the provision of health care in south africa. private-sector health care, with its exorbi- tant fees, served only twenty percent of the population and thus accentuated inequalities in access to health care. historical development of the sa health-care system from to infant mortality was % for whites, . % for indians, % for coloureds and % for africans. life expectancy was . for whites, . for indians, . for coloureds and . for africans: van rensburg & benatar (note above) at . m price health policy and planning ( ) at . van rensburg & benatar (note above) at . sec (a) of the act. van rensburg (note above) at – ; hcj an rensburg & a fourie ‘privatisation of south african health care: in whose interest?’ ( ) curationis at . ibid. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e vi reforms in the democratic era (a) policy and legislation since the advent of the new constitutional dispensation, health-care reforms have been truly anchored in equity, not least because the achievement of substantive equality is a constitution- al imperative. moreover, the constitution recognises the right of every person to have access to health care. the state has an obligation to deploy resources at its disposal in order to achieve on a progressive basis the realisation of the right to have access to health care. to use the lan- guage of the committee on escr, once again, the goal now is to achieve a health-care system that is available, accessible, acceptable and of a good quality. as stated in the introduction, the white paper for transformation of the health system in south africa (white paper) has provided the arch policy blueprint for egalitarian health care at a policy level. it was explicitly aimed at ‘promoting equity by developing a single, unified health system’. it espoused the goal of making primary health care available as the health-care system’s point of entry for all people, irrespective of race, means and geographical locality. it sought to bridge the urban-rural divide and the disparities in economic means by, inter alia, ‘focusing on the rural, peri-urban and urban poor and the aged, with an emphasis on vulnerable groups’. the philosophy underpinning the white paper is not only a product of constitutional imper- atives, but also a reflection of acceptance of international consensus on the equitable provision of health-care services. the concept of primary health care, which is all pervasive in the white paper, is largely a progeny of the international authority on health, the world health organisation (who). the who developed the concept in the s with the aim of ensur- ing that everyone gains access to health care necessary for leading a ‘socially and economically productive life’. the concept was given a boost in by the international conference of pri- mary health care that was held in alma ata. in the declaration of alma ata, which was adopted at this conference, primary health care is defined in the following terms: primary health care is essential care based on practical, scientifically sound and socially acceptable methods and technology made universally accessible to individu- als and families in the community though their full participation and at a cost that the community can afford to maintain at every stage of their development in the spir- it of self-reliance and self-determination. it forms an integral part of both the coun- try’s health system of which it is the central function and main focus, and of the over- all social economic development of the community. it is the first level of contact of sec of the constitution. sec ( ) of the constitution. par i above. white paper at . white paper at . white paper at . world health organisation global strategy for health for all by the year ( ). note, however, that according to toebes (note above) the idea of primary health care was not entirely borne out of who. as far back as in and in , the health organisation of the league of nations had, at two health conferences on rural health, promoted the idea of primary health services for all. ibid. toebes (note above) at . individuals, the family and the community with the health system bringing health as close as possible to where people live and work, and constitutes the first element of a continuing health care process. thus, the cardinal idea behind the principle of primary health care is that there are health-care services that are essential or basic to the socio-economic survival and development of individuals and communities. consequently, such health care ought to be within the reach of everyone and means and distance should not be obstacles. it is for government to ensure the accessibility of health care. moreover, there must be democratic involvement of the community in the planning and implementation of health care so as to ensure acceptability of the services that are rendered. as part of the promotion of equity, and implementation of the primary health-care system, a redistribution of public health resources is underway. the historical bias towards urban-based curative institutions is being reversed in favour of equitable geographical allocations of health resources and facilities. the move is geared towards providing health facilities in areas that have been historically deprived. in this regard, a massive clinic-building system is underway through- out the country to implement primary health care. a complementary development has been the implementation of the district health system (dhs) as a way of not only decentralising, but also democratising health-care services. the dhs is challenging the legacy of the public health act of , which bequeathed a fragmented and dysfunctional health-care system. there have also been numerous legislative interventions with a view to facilitating the reali- sation of equitable access to health care. the egalitarian organisation of the south african health system has, at long last, been placed on a statutory footing with the passing in of the national health act. the act is built on an edifice of the achievement of substantive equality in the provision of health care. in its preamble, the act recognises the socio-economic injustices and the inequities of health services in the past. it seeks to comply with the state’s con- stitutional obligation to take reasonable, legislative and other measures within its means to achieve the progressive realisation of the right of everyone to have access to health-care servic- es under section of the constitution. the act subscribes to co-operative governance and decentralised management of health services in which national government, provinces, munic- ipalities and health districts collectively address questions of health policy and delivery of health care services. as part of the democratisation of health services, the act provides for the involvement of the community in the governance of health care services. historical development of the sa health-care system at vi of the declaration of alma ata. hcj van rensburg ‘health and health care in south africa in transition: a macro perspective’ ( ) acta academica at ; sr benatar ‘health care reform in the new south africa’ ( ) the new england journal of medicine at . ibid. ibid. eg: in a presidential decree accorded pregnant mothers and children under years entitlement to free health services; the choice on termination of pregnancy act of radically reformed abortion law to, inter alia, provide abortion on request in the first weeks of pregnancy; the medical schemes act of outlawing unfair discrimination in the provision of health cover under medical schemes. some pieces of legislation have engendered strong criticism or opposition. an example is the attempt by govern- ment to permit compulsory licencing and parallel importation of drugs through the medicines and related substances act of , that was met with vociferous opposition not only from the south african phar- maceutical industry but also by foreign conglomerates and many industrialised countries. note above. preamble to the act. section of the national health act. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e (b) judicial decisions in the democratic era, courts have, by virtue of constitutional imperatives, begun to accord judicial confirmation to the egalitarian ethos that underpins access to health care in the new south africa. a particularly welcome development in this regard is the relatively recent deci- sion of the constitutional court in minister of health v treatment action campaign, where government was ordered to provide antiretroviral therapy at public health facilities on a uni- versal basis for the prevention of mother-to-child transmission of hiv. in this case, govern- ment policy of restricting the provision of nevirapine (administered for the purpose of pre- venting the mother-to-child transmission of hiv) to eighteen pilot sites in the country was chal- lenged on the ground, inter alia, that it was contrary to section of the constitution. government had sought to justify its decision on the grounds that it had to monitor the possi- ble side effects of nevirapine so as to ensure the safety of the drug and that it was necessary to study the socio-economic and public health implications of providing the drug before develop- ing a universal comprehensive package of care. the government’s arguments failed before the constitutional court. in treatment action campaign, the court drew from principles for the adjudication of socio- economic rights that had been developed earlier in government of the republic of south africa v grootboom. in grootboom, the court was concerned with whether a state housing policy and programme, inter alia, complied with the duties imposed upon the state by section of the constitution. section is analogous to section in that both provisions guarantee access to a socio-economic good and require the state to take reasonable legislative and other meas- ures to achieve the progressive realisation of the right in question. grootboom represents a holistic approach to the interpretation of socio-economic rights. recourse to the jurispru- dence of the committee on escr was crucial in dispelling the myth that socio-economic rights are intangible, unascertainable and unrealisable. throughout the judgment, the court drew sus- tenance from the foundational values of the constitution. achieving substantive equality and protecting human dignity in the aftermath of a legacy of state-spawned gross inequality in access to housing were given due emphasis, as was the imperative to protect the most vulnera- ble and weakest in our society as part of the transformation of post-colonial and post-apartheid south africa. in grootboom, the court was of the view that although the respondent’s housing preamble to the act. section of the national health act. ( ) sa (cc). note that apart from sec of the constitution, there was also reliance on other provisions, especially at first instance, sec ( ) which enjoins the state to respect, protect, promote and fulfil the rights in the constitution; sec which guarantees human dignity; sec ( )(a) which guarantees the right to bodily and psychological integrity including the right to make decisions about reproduction; sec ( )(c) which, inter alia, guarantees a child a right to basic health-care services; sec which, inter alia, enjoins that public administration must be governed by the democratic values that are enshrined in the constitution and that a high standard of professional ethics must be promoted and maintained, and sec which provides that all constitutional obligations must be performed diligently without delay. ( ) sa (cc). p de vos ‘grootboom, the right of access to housing and substantive equality as con- textual fairness’ ( ) sajhr at ; s liebenberg ‘the right to social assistance: the implications of grootboom for policy reform in south africa’ ( ) sajhr at ; j sloth- nielsen ‘the right to social services, the right to social security, and the primary prevention of child abuse in the aftermath of grootboom’ ( ) sajhr at . programme was commendable in many respects, it did not pass constitutional muster because it did not accommodate the immediate needs of the poorest and, perforce, most vulnerable in our society. thus grootboom constitutes a triumph for the realisation of an egalitarian ethos. in treatment action campaign, the court, taking its cue from grootboom, demonstrated a bold willingness to impugn executive policy to the extent that the policy impacted on the respect, protection, promotion and fulfilment of fundamental rights in the constitution. while the court conceded that the executive had constitutional pre-eminence in policy decision-making, the court did not at the same time interpret the doctrine of separation of powers as implying judicial abdi- cation on policy matters that impact on fundamental rights. government had a positive duty to take reasonable legislative and other measures, with consideration of its available resources, to achieve the progressive realisation of the right of access to health-care services. the court was of the unanimous view that government policy was inconsistent with the faithful discharge of this duty. government policy was inflexible. it denied percent of mothers and their babies who relied on public health facilities the opportunity to access safe, life-saving therapy that was man- ifestly affordable to the state. the court was clearly aware that these mothers and consequently their children were indigent and unable to access private health-care facilities, where nevirapine was available for a fee. in reaching this conclusion, the court also took cognisance of section of the constitution which guarantees children a package of rights, including a right to ‘basic health services’. according to the court, nevirapine was ‘essential’ to the child. without nevirapine the life of the rights would be ‘most in peril’. although treatment action campaign was concerned only with the issue of access to anti- retroviral therapy for the prevention of mother-to-child transmission of hiv, it appears to have heralded positive changes in government policy towards the provision of antiretroviral therapy generally. for many years government policy has been to provide symptomatic treatment only for hiv/aids. government had maintained that it could not afford the cost of antiretrovirals. however, in , government announced that it was committed to the universal provision of antiretroviral therapy for people living with aids and set up a committee to plan and oversee the implementation of its commitment. south africa has the highest number of people liv- ing with hiv/aids in a single country. it is estimated that . million people (approximately twelve and a half percent of the population) are living with aids. hiv/aids-related deaths account for percent of all adult deaths. on account of costs, antiretroviral therapy has thus far been inaccessible to the majority of people living with hiv/aids, with a consequent toll on morbidity and mortality. there is little doubt that if the commitment to provide univer- historical development of the sa health-care system grootboom ( ) sa (cc) paras , , , , and . treatment action campaign ( ) sa (cc) paras – . sec ( ) of the constitution. treatment action campaign ( ) sa (cc) par . par . par . sec ( )(c) of the constitution. treatment action campaign ( ) sa (cc) par . par . department of health operational plan for comprehensive hiv and aids care, management and treatment for south africa ( ). department of health national hiv and syphilis sero-prevalence survey of women attending ante-natal clinics in south africa in ( ). re dorrington et al the impact of hiv/aids on adult mortality in south africa ( ) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e sal access to antiretroviral therapy is implemented, it will go a long way towards redressing the lottery of income in determining access to life-saving therapy. it is not, however, suggested that the change in policy on antiretroviral therapy should be ascribed to treatment action campaign. a number of factors came into play, including a gov- ernment-commissioned report, indicating that it was feasible to provide antiretroviral therapy in the public sector; political pressure brought to bear on government by civil society; sig- nificant lowering of the price of antiretroviral therapy by pharmaceutical multinational firms; and international commitments to permit developing countries facing dire hiv/aids pandemics to avail themselves of strategies such as parallel importation and compulsory licens- ing under the agreement on trade related aspects of intellectual property rights without fear of economic reprisals from western countries. what treatment action campaign managed to do, however, was to facilitate the sustenance and intensification of the public debate on equi- table access to antiretroviral therapy in the media and other fora. it is important to appreciate that treatment action campaign is not the only case in which the courts have dealt with a fundamental right impacting on access to health-care services. there are two earlier cases, b v minister of correctional services and soobramoney v minister of health, kwazulu-natal, where courts adjudicated on access to health care. neither case can be regarded as particularly instructive on the development of principles that relate to equitable access to health-care services. in b four prisoners who were hiv-positive had been refused access to antiretroviral therapy by the department of correctional services on the ground of cost. antiretroviral therapy had been prescribed for two of the prisoners. they sought an order before the high court to require provision of antiretroviral therapy. they based their case on section ( )(e) of the constitution, which guarantees a person in state incarceration a right to ‘adequate medical treatment’. the court held that the department had a duty to provide the therapy to only the two prisoners to whom it had been prescribed. a number of criticisms can be levelled at the b case. much of the case dealt with determin- ing whether anti-retroviral therapy was within the ambit of adequate medical treatment, given its costliness. however, the court did not turn to international human rights jurisprudence for interpretive guidance on this point, except to observe that the term ‘adequate’ was relative and that its meaning could only be determined according to a given context, taking into account available resources. notwithstanding the relative exorbitant price of antiretroviral therapy at the time and its inaccessibility to the majority of south africans living with hiv/aids, the court was satisfied that the treatment the prisoners were seeking was no more than ade- quate. the case seemed to turn on the narrow point that the department of correctional serv- ices had pleaded lack of resources, but had failed to submit convincing supporting evidence. j kindra ‘aids: ministers revolt’ mail & guardian - - to - - at . c keeton ‘turning point for aids treatment’ sunday times - - at . globally, the annual cost of antiretroviral therapy has fallen from about $ to $ pp. on - - , the wto agreed to permit developing countries badly affected by hiv/aids, tuberculo- sis, and malaria to import cheap generic drugs: c kapp ‘world trade organisation reaches agreement on generic medicines’ ( ) lancet at ; n courage ‘wto agreement improves access to life- saving drugs’ the lawyers weekly - - at http://www.bereskinparr.ca/publications/art_html/biotech- wto-html. ( ) bclr (c). ( ) sa (cc). b v minister of correctional services ( ) bclr (c) par . even if it is accepted that the court was correct in regarding antiretroviral therapy as adequate medical treatment within the meaning of section ( )(e), the order to provide antiretroviral therapy to only two of the applicants is problematic. as the judge observed, the overcrowding in prisons exacerbates the vulnerability of prisoners living with hiv to opportunistic infections, including tuberculosis and pneumonia. overcrowding contributes significantly to neglect of hygiene, care and supervision. over and above the overcrowding, there is stress, violence and malnutrition to contend with. south african prisons are characteristically violent places. rape is rampant. it has been suggested that incarceration reduces the life expectancy of a person living with hiv by percent by accelerating the infectious stage of the disease to full- blown aids. in a study conducted by a judicial inspectorate found that percent of deaths of people who are incarcerated are aids-related. voluntary as well as coerced sex in prisons adds significantly to hiv prevalence among male prisoners. it is estimated that per- cent of male prisoners engage in homosexual activity. even though prisoners have a higher morbidity and mortality rate from hiv/aids than their counterparts in the community, the court in b did not consider whether antiretroviral therapy would also constitute adequate treatment for other prisoners for whom it had not been pre- scribed, but were nonetheless seeking it on the ground that it had a prophylactic effect in peo- ple living with hiv/aids. brand j rejected the claim of the prisoners for whom the therapy had not been prescribed on the ground that granting the order would amount to instructing med- ical doctors to prescribe the therapy. the judge erroneously equated granting an order of constitutional entitlement to antiretroviral therapy with obliging doctors to prescribe those entitlements. as shown by treatment action campaign, it would have been possible for the court to grant a wider order to the effect that where antiretroviral therapy is medically indi- cated for prisoners living with hiv/aids, there is a constitutional duty to provide it on the part of the state, but subject to available resources. that way, the decision of the court would have assisted other prisoners falling in the same class as the successful applicants. it would have pro- vided clearer guidance to those doctors who are consulted by prisoners living with hiv/aids. the soobramoney case concerns a man who was seeking to compel the respondent to pro- vide him with renal dialysis. he suffered from chronic renal failure. he had been receiving dial- ysis through private care, but his funds had run out. he sought to have dialysis provided to him, at state expense, by a renal unit of a state hospital. otherwise he would have died. his request was declined. the renal unit could only meet percent of the demand for renal dialysis. it could only provide renal dialysis to patients who were candidates for renal transplantation. thus, it could only provide dialysis to those patients who needed it in the short term and not as life-long therapy. the applicant was not a candidate for transplantation. he suffered from ischaemic heart disease and was a diabetic with peripheral vascular disease. in the previous year, he had suffered a stroke. though the applicant canvassed several grounds in support of his application, in the main, historical development of the sa health-care system par . kc goyer ‘hiv/aids in south african prisons’ http://www.iss.co.za/pubs/monographs/ no /chap .html accessed on - - . ibid. ibid. ibid. ibid. b v minister of correctional services ( ) bclr (c) par . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e he contended that the respondent’s decision had infringed his right to life in terms of section of the constitution and his right not to be refused emergency medical treatment in terms of sec- tion ( ). the court was of the opinion that the right to life argument was inappropriate as the constitution provided explicitly for rights concerning access to health-care services. in respect of section ( ), the court held that although the section was capable of being more broadly interpreted to include ongoing treatment for chronic conditions, it had a narrower meaning. it was not intended for a condition such as chronic renal failure. instead it was intend- ed for a sudden catastrophe or unexpected trauma. in any event, the court was also of the view that even if chronic renal failure constituted an emergency, the state was not violating its obli- gations when it declined to provide renal dialysis, as its resources were limited. although the applicant had not raised the issue, the court also took the opportunity to con- sider the application of section ( ) and ( ) to the facts of the case. the court suggested that these sections were more appropriate to the facts of the case than sections or ( ) of the constitution. it was held, unanimously, that on account of scarcity of resources, it could not be said that the state had failed to discharge its section ( ) obligations. for a number of reasons soobramoney did not contribute much to the understanding of socio-economic rights. the outcome of the case itself was correct, given the prevailing scarci- ty of resources to provide life-long renal dialysis at a time when the state health sector could meet only percent of the demand for renal dialysis. under the guidelines that had been worked out by the state renal unit, priority was given to patients who were candidates for renal transplant and, thus, did not require life-long dialysis. despite reaching the correct decision, the court was unduly restrictive in its interpretation of section ( ). it had been argued by the appellant that section of the constitution was rel- evant to the interpretation of section ( ) to the extent that refusal to provide renal dialysis meant that the right to life would be nullified. in retort, the court took the view that the right to life argument was inappropriate as the constitution had express provisions governing issues of access to health-care services. in adopting this approach, the court unduly minimised the rel- evance of section . even conceding that chronic renal failure of the type that the appellant was afflicted with did not constitute a medical emergency as contemplated by section ( ), the effect of the court’s interpretation was to cast the provisions of the bill of rights as individual elements that are not linked. the court thus adopted a legalistic interpretation of section ( ) in contrast with its own professed generous, purposive approach. it was also a mistake for the court to interpret section ( ) as a negative rather than a pos- itive right. the court held that section ( ) created a negative right only: the right not to be turned away arbitrarily by an institution or facility that is able to provide emergency treat- ment. to the extent that the court’s approach can be construed as imposing no obligation upon the state to develop and make emergency services available, the import of the positive duties of health-care providers was undermined. socio-economic rights draw sustenance chaskalson p delivered the leading judgment. c scott & p alston ‘adjudicating constitutional priorities in a transnational context: a comment on soobramoney’s legacy and grootboom’s promise’ ( ) sajhr at ; de vos (note above) at – . soobramoney ( ) sa (cc) par . s v makwanyane ( ) sa (cc) par ; de waal, currie & erasmus (note above) at – . soobramoney ( ) sa (cc) par . ibid. scott & alston (note above) at – . from the imposition of positive obligations. scott and alston have described the court’s approach as constituting ‘negative textual inferentialism’. soobramoney also seems to paint a picture of undue judicial deference in decisions on the allocation of health-care resources and the protection of socio-economic rights in gener- al. the court seemed to take as its starting point that once it has been asserted by a provincial or national health-care provider that resources are unavailable, then that per se limits the realisation of a right of access to the service. the court did not inquire into whether the state and the province were in fact according due priority to the realisation of the right sought by making available resources that ought to be available and utilising such resources effectively. it seemed enough for the health-care provider to ‘toll the bell of tight resources’. soobramoney, unlike treatment action campaign, is of little use for understanding the constitutional right to equitable access to health-care services. the court did not consider how the right to health or the right of access to health care has been interpreted under internation- al human rights instruments. in particular, the court failed to make use of jurisprudence that had been developed by the committee on escr. failure to consider international law was a serious shortcoming on the part of the court, not least because the constitution enjoins the courts to consider any relevant international law. vii conclusion when viewed from an egalitarian perspective, the south african health-care system had for the greater part of the twentieth century conformed to the paradigm of a lottery where race, income and geographical location have been the main determinants of access. post- apartheid reforms are, however, challenging this lottery, not least through major health-care reforms and the constitutional imperatives to achieve substantive equality, and perforce equitable access to health-care services. section of the constitution is the clearest indi- cation of a commitment towards equity in access to health care. however, political reforms rarely come without contradictions and the same stands true for the reform of the south african health-care system. while the trajectory towards a health-care system that embraces egalitarian equity is clear, there are attendant problems and detracting factors. providing universal care is cost- ly to a middle-income country that does not have a national health insurance system and has a high unemployment rate. south africa still has poor indicators for health when compared with other middle-income countries. the health-care sector is competing with historical development of the sa health-care system scott & alston (note above) at . d mollendorf ‘reasoning about resources: soobramoney and the future of economic rights claims’ ( ) sajhr at . r v cambridge health authority, ex pb (a minor) (qbd) bmlr per laws j; soobramoney ( ) sa (cc) par per sachs j (where drawing from cambridge health authority he said that ‘[i]n a case as the present which engages our compassion to the full, i feel it necessary to underline the fact that chaskalson p’s judgment, as i understand it, does not “merely toll the bell of lack of resources”’). sec of the constitution. m bachmann ‘would social health insurance improve south african health care? what other middle income countries can teach us’ ( ) transformation at . bachmann (note above) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e other sectors for scarce resources. skilled health workers are emigrating in significant num- bers. the burden on the health-care system is increasing on account of rising levels of poverty and unemployment. perhaps more than any other factor, the gigantic scale of the country’s hiv/aids epidemic has been a constraining factor in the realisation of universal access to health care. the divide between a first rate but expensive private health-care sec- tor and a second-class public health sector remains and will persist for the foreseeable future. furthermore, the pace of transformation itself is not above criticism. changes have at times been introduced well ahead of creating capacity in terms of human resources and other infrastructure. despite these impediments, it is, nonetheless, incontestable that the building blocks for an equitable health-care system are being laid. at least in the medi- um to long term, there is no reason why south africa cannot realise for all of its people the provision of a decent basic minimum package of care commensurate with resources. while this article has focused on equity in access to health from the angle of policy and prac- tice, it is important to bear in mind that in the case of developing countries the factors that impact on equity are governed not only by internal factors, but also external ones. the costs of life-saving or life-prolonging drugs that are manufactured by conglomerates that are based in developed countries are a major constraining factor. the global inequity in access to aids drugs is a clear illustration. regardless of the extent of commitment to the provision of anti- retroviral drugs, if the price of drugs is exorbitant and patent protection rules are unduly restrictive and indifferent to public health catastrophes, equity cannot be obtained for the poor in developing countries. ‘young doctors plan to bolt en masse’ sunday times - - . a survey carried out on new medical graduates has revealed that % intend to leave the country and that only % are committed to working in the public health sector. van rensburg (note above) at . ibid. hcj van rensburg & c ngwena ‘health and health care in south africa against an african background’ in wc cockerham (ed) the blackwell companion to medical sociology ( ) at – . ca reich ‘the global drug gap’ ( ) science at ; d resnik ‘developing drugs for the developing world: an economic, legal, moral and political dilemma’ ( ) developing world bioethics at . pro-poor court, anti-poor outcomes: explaining the performance of the south african land claims court t h e u n i s r o u x * director, south african institute for advanced constitutional, public, human rights and international law; honorary reader in law, university of the witwatersrand i introduction why has a specialist court that was purposely established to adjudicate claims made under pro- poor legislation come to play a very minor role in the adjudication of those claims? how did it happen that a decision of that court rejecting a claim by an indigenous community should be overturned by an appellate court staffed by non-specialist judges? and why did the specialist court, in several decisions across different areas of law, interpret social rights so narrowly that they were rendered virtually meaningless? these are some of the questions that have driven the writing of this article. the court in ques- tion, the land claims court of south africa (‘the lcc’), was established in under a statute that was among the first wave of legislation enacted by the post-apartheid legislature. indeed, the statute concerned, the restitution of land rights act, was so important to the new democratic government that special authorisation for it was built into the transitional constitution. anyone reading the restitution act at the time of its promulgation would have had no doubt that the lcc had been established to oversee the reversal of eighty years of state-orchestrated land dispossession. and anyone observing the process of its establishment would have noted that the judges chosen to staff the court all had strong human rights credentials. none of them had served as a judge under apartheid, and all had in their previous work as practising lawyers demonstrated their commit- ment to improving the lives of the poor and the landless. and yet, ten years later, the lcc plays no * i would like to thank the anonymous referees of this article for their helpful comments, and also the par- ticipants in the two conferences at which draft versions of this article were presented: the centre for applied legal studies conference on human rights, democracy and social transformation: when do rights work? (november ), and the university of the witwatersrand law school conference celebrating twenty years of human rights scholarship and ten years of democracy (july ). this article first appeared in ( ) sajhr - and is reprinted here with the kind permission of t roux, i currie (editor of sajhr) and juta & co. act of (‘the restitution act’). see sections - of the constitution of the republic of south africa, act of . as noted below, the president of the court, fikile bam, had acted as an additional member of the industrial courts in the former ciskei and transkei ‘homelands’, after being deported from south africa in . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e meaningful role in overseeing the land restitution process, and has concurrent jurisdiction over another statute that, at least in part because of the way the court has interpreted it, is regarded as ‘facilitating’ a new wave of land dispossession. in seeking to explain this anomaly, this article draws on the work of a group of scholars who are studying the role of courts in new democracies. the group is particularly interested in two issues: the accountability function of courts (which concerns the capacity of courts to check the power of the political branches), and the role of courts in social transformation. the first phase of this study has been completed. the second phase, to which this article belongs, tests a the- oretical model of the role of courts in social transformation that is described in detail else- where. in brief, the model assumes that the capacity of courts to be used as agents for social transformation is influenced by a number of ‘indicators’, including: institutional indicators (such as the structure of the legal system and the social composition of the judiciary), indica- tors of poor groups’ voice (the frequency and nature of cases brought), and resource indicators and indicators of access to justice barriers (such as access to legal aid and other funding for lit- igation, and motivational, psychological and practical barriers to access). what makes the study of the lcc interesting for purposes of this model is that it provides an opportunity to eliminate some of the variables that typically condition the social transfor- mation performance of courts, such as the social composition of the judiciary and the underly- ing legal framework. neither of these factors can explain the performance of the lcc in the areas of law just described. the judges on the court, one may safely assume, have not changed their political opinions since their appointment, and the legislation that the lcc is required to enforce remains stridently pro-poor. if the theoretical model tested in this article is sound, this means that the performance of the lcc in these areas must be explicable in terms of one or more of the remaining indicators: either a resource indicator (such as the absence of legal aid or lawyers capable of pursuing effective, pro-poor legal strategies), an access to justice barrier (such as the physical location of the court, the inaccessibility of the legal language used to artic- ulate the claims of the poor, and various other motivational and psychological barriers to access), or an institutional indicator (such as the influence of legal culture, the doctrinal force of the common law, or professional concerns amongst the judges about how their decisions are perceived). before examining the possible role of these indicators it is necessary first to describe in more detail the nature and functions of the lcc, including the social background of the judges who staff it, the history of its establishment, and the character of the legislation it administers. in addition to reinforcing the points made already in relation to the history of the court, this sec- the term ‘facilitating’ was used by several speakers at the esta review workshop held in november to describe the impact of the extension of security of tenure act of (‘the esta’) on farm workers. see department of land affairs: land rights directorate esta review workshop report (december ). at this workshop, which was attended by a wide cross-section of government officials, ngo work- ers and representatives of the farming community, the esta and various judgments of the lcc were severe- ly criticised for failing to stem the tide of farm worker evictions in south africa. there is at present no empirical evidence to support this claim. see sec gloppen, r gargarella & e skaar (eds) democratization and the judiciary: the accountability function of courts in new democracies ( ) (first published as a special issue of the journal democratization in ). see sec gloppen ‘analyzing the role of courts in social transformation: social rights litigation, court responsiveness and capability’ paper presented at the centre for applied legal studies workshop on human rights, democracy and social transformation: when do rights work? (november ). ibid. tion is intended to make the analysis presented here more accessible to non-south african schol- ars interested in the lessons to be learned from the performance of the lcc. it will also be necessary as a preliminary matter to make out a stronger case for the poor, pro-poor performance of the court in the areas of law chosen for analysis. assessments of courts’ performance are inevitably contested, with judges themselves necessarily taking the view, at least when justifying their decisions, that their judgments are doctrinally sound. in addition, other legal academics may take a different view from the one presented here on the doctrinal correctness of the decisions discussed. since the assessment of the correctness of a legal decision is itself an act of legal interpretation, the argument presented in this article is vul- nerable to the criticism that it is based on a flawed understanding of the record of the court, particularly since only a fraction of the total number of decisions handed down by the court will be discussed. the further difficulty is that there is a (very respectable) view in the literature that, given the expense of litigation, every case that goes to court must in theory be capable of decision in favour of either party, and therefore that every act of adjudication is really a deci- sion between plausible legal outcomes. indeed, if the lcc never handed down a decision unfavourable to a poor litigant, this in itself would be anomalous, and of course the landown- ers who litigate the other side of these cases would soon seek another forum in which to defend their interests. this methodological problem is addressed in the following way. after describing the nature and functions of the lcc, the third section of this article discusses a series of cases in four areas of law that produced anti-poor outcomes. by ‘anti-poor outcomes’ is meant cases in which the losing party was poor. in relation to cases heard in the lcc the identification of a poor liti- gant is not difficult: the vast majority of the cases decided by the court involve poor, mostly black claimants asserting or defending their statutory land rights against relatively affluent, mostly white landowners. having classified the cases in this way, the article proceeds to performance of the sa land claims court see f schauer playing by the rules: a philosophical examination of rule-based decision-making in law and in life ( ) (citing g priest & w klein ‘the selection of disputes for litigation’ ( ) j of legal studies - ) and f schauer ‘judging in a corner of the law’ ( ) southern california lr - ). i draw here on some of the methodology developed in scalogram analysis. in its application by judicial behaviouralists, this form of analysis amounts to distinguishing various judicial attitudes, expressed as antinomies (eg pro-labour/pro-business, pro-regulation/anti-regulation) and then assessing the performance of judges in relation to these antinomies across a number of decisions. see m shapiro & a stone sweet on law, politics, and judicialization ( ) - . scalogram analysis is generally used to study ordinary courts applying the common law, and in respect of non-unanimous decisions involving issues of public pol- icy decided on the merits. see de fouts ‘policy-making in the supreme court of canada, - ’ in g schubert & dj danelski (eds) comparative judicial behavior: cross-cultural studies of political decision- making in the east and west ( ) - , . the non-unanimity requirement comes from an assump- tion that the handing down of a dissenting judgment means that there were at least two legally plausible outcomes to the case, and that judicial discretion (in the form of an underlying attitude) therefore came into play. it is this part of the methodology that i draw on here. the full application of scalogram analysis is inappropriate because there has not been a single dissenting judgment in the entire history of the lcc, and the lcc is of course not an ordinary court applying the common law. by using the label ‘anti-poor’ to describe the outcomes in these cases i do not mean to suggest that the court was motivated by anti-poor sentiments. as will become clearer below, the explanation i posit for these anti- poor outcomes is independent of the judges’ private political views – as indeed it must be, since those views, as far as can be ascertained, are not anti-poor. rather, i choose the term ‘anti-poor’ because it is the bina- ry opposite of the term ‘pro-poor’, and the anomaly i wish to explore is the anomaly of a pro-poor court, interpreting pro-poor legislation, handing down decisions that adversely affected not just the poor litigants involved, but also other similarly situated poor people. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e analyse the written reasons given for the decision in each case. the point of this exercise is not to argue that the cases were wrongly decided, in the sense that the court made clear mistakes of law. rather, it is to show that plausible, pro-poor legal arguments were presented to the court, and then either rejected or ignored. of course, there is room for doubt at this stage over whether the contention that the reject- ed or ignored arguments were plausible is itself doctrinally sound. in two instances, however, the argument that the cases might have been decided differently is supported by decisions of other courts – one of them the appellate decision mentioned earlier, and the other a minority judgment of a judge of a court of equivalent status to the lcc. by referring to these instances, this article shifts the burden of persuasion onto those who would disagree with its interpreta- tion of the cases to show why these other judgments were so clearly wrong that they were not even plausible. the second way in which this article shores up its arguments relating to plausibility is by referring to independent evidence of the way in which the court’s decisions were perceived. this evidence comes in the form of responses by the legislature to the lcc’s decisions. in two instances one can draw a direct line of causation between a decision discussed here and an amending statute aimed at counteracting that decision. this does not demonstrate, of course, that the two lcc decisions concerned were not doctrinally sound, or that the pro-poor argu- ments they ignored or rejected were plausible, but it does indicate that the legislature was dis- satisfied with the lcc’s performance. since the lcc is a creature of statute, this result is sig- nificant enough to warrant investigating. from the perspective of the theoretical model tested in this article, a legislative amendment to social transformation legislation is evidence of poor judicial performance in the weak political sense. the next part of the article considers some possible explanations for the poor, pro-poor per- formance of the lcc in the four areas of law discussed, drawing on, and at the same time test- ing, the theoretical model introduced above. in addition to the two sets of indicators already eliminated, two further explanations will not be pursued in detail here: the absence of legal aid, and the legal strategies pursued by the poor to assert their rights. the absence of legal aid can- not explain anti-poor outcomes in a series of cases across several areas of law where plausible, pro-poor legal arguments were presented to the court. the same logic applies to the legal strategies pursued by the poor: to the extent that the lcc was presented with plausible pro- poor legal arguments in the cases discussed here, the anti-poor outcomes cannot be attributed to the legal strategies pursued. this leaves three other possible explanations, all of which have to do with institutional indicators, viz the influence of south african legal culture, the doctrinal force of the common law, and the lcc’s desire for approval from its professional peers. the final part of the arti- cle revisits the cases in an attempt to find an explanation for the anti-poor outcomes in these factors. it could, of course, explain a general tendency of interpreting the rights framework in a way contrary to the poor, but this is a different issue. ii background (a) the lcc’s jurisdiction and competence the lcc was established in and handed down its first decision on april . since then it has handed down over decisions. the lcc’s powers and functions are set out in chapter iii of the restitution act. as noted above, the restitution act was one of the first statutes to be passed by the post-apartheid legislature, from which one may deduce that the issue of land restitution was given high priority by the incoming government. with hindsight, the restitution act was perhaps a little too hastily enacted, as there have been numerous amendments to it, one each year from - , and again in . the amendments were very extensive indeed, and virtually legislated the lcc out of the restitution process. this circumstances giving rise to these amendments are discussed in iii (a) below. the lcc’s foundational jurisdiction is derived from section of the restitution act. in addi- tion, section of the land reform (labour tenants) act (‘the lta’) and section of the extension of security of tenure act (‘the esta’) define the lcc’s particular jurisdiction in relation to these statutes. the lcc’s jurisdiction over the restitution act and the lta is exclu- sive of other courts, whereas it shares jurisdiction over the esta with the magistrates’ courts and the high court. in practice, the lcc hands down very few decisions under the restitution act (about seven a year), and the overwhelming majority of restitution claims are settled in terms of the powers conferred on the minister of land affairs under section d of the restitution act (as amended in ). the lcc also decides very few labour tenants cases (about five a year), notwithstanding the provision in section of the lta that all labour tenants matters in other courts be referred to the lcc, except where oral evidence has already been led. the vast majority of the lcc’s work, as a proportion of judgments delivered, involves its automatic review jurisdiction under section ( ) of the esta. over per cent of the lcc’s total output since has consisted of decisions of this type. the lcc’s automatic review jurisdiction has been described as a hybrid jurisdiction, combining elements of appeal and review. in essence, on every occasion in which a magistrate hands down an order for eviction against a person who qualifies as a protected occupier under the esta, the decision must be sent on review to the lcc. in an important line of cases, the lcc has extended its jurisdiction in this context to all magistrates’ court orders for eviction falling into the ‘sphere of law’ defined by the esta. thus, even where the eviction order is not technically speaking handed down performance of the sa land claims court as at the end of june . act of . act of . my list contains decisions between and july , including decisions in applications for leave to appeal. the latest figure available from the commission on restitution of land rights is that restitution claims had been settled by february . my list contains decisions between and july , including decisions in applications for leave to appeal. the respective percentages for each year of operation of the esta are: ( . %), ( . %), ( %), ( . %), ( . %), ( . %), to date ( . %). lategan v koopman en andere ( ) sa (lcc) at c, atkinson v van wyk and another ( ) sa (lcc) at - . see skhosana and others v roos t/a roos se oord and others ( ) sa (lcc), pitout v mbolane [ ] all sa (lcc), mahlangu and another v van eeden and another [ ] all sa (lcc), bergboerdery v makgoro ( ) sa (lcc), khuzwayo v dludla [ ] all sa (lcc), and van zyl no v maarman [ ] all sa (lcc). t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e in terms of the esta, the lcc will assume jurisdiction to review it if the esta was raised in argument, or should have been applied as a matter of law. in a further important decision handed down in , however, the lcc held that its auto- matic review decisions, being decisions of a single judge sitting in chambers, were not formal deci- sions as such. accordingly, in the event of an appeal being raised against such a decision, the appeal should lie first to a two-judge bench of the lcc, and then to the supreme court of appeal. this means that just more than half of the lcc’s decisions are not really decisions at all. the remainder of the lcc’s workload consists of cases under the esta that are initiated in the lcc itself. these cases mainly take the form of urgent applications for eviction and appli- cations to enforce occupiers’ or owners’ use rights. the magistrates’ court rules in south africa are not designed to deal with urgent applications, and hence these cases go directly to the lcc. (b) the social composition of the court there are now four lcc judges: two african men, one indian woman, and one white man. a fifth judge, a white man, resigned from the court in to pursue a career as an advocate at the johannesburg bar. the four sitting judges all have backgrounds in human rights law. the judge president, fikile bam, was a former director of the legal resources centre in port elizabeth, and sat on the goldstone commission of inquiry. judge antonie gildenhuys, although a former member of the secret afrikaner club, the broederbond, went through a self-described personal political transformation in the early s as chair of the national peace secretariat. judge gildenhuys is also a former president of the transvaal law society, and the author of a leading academic textbook on the law of expropriation. judge yasmin meer’s human rights background includes a brief stint, in , as national director of south africa’s leading public interest litigation firm, the legal resources centre. before that, she practised as an attorney at the legal resources centre for years. judge justice moloto (‘justice’ is his first name), although never a human rights lawyer, was executive director of the black lawyers’ legal education centre for five years, and has been committed throughout his professional career to the development of young black lawyers. (c) legal education and training of judges all of the lcc judges have had a formal university legal education. during the period when the judges were in training, university education in south africa was, with a few exceptions, seg- regated on racial lines, and black lawyers were thus trained either at an historically black uni- versity (like the university of durban-westville, where judge meer obtained her ba degree) or at a distance learning university, like the university of south africa (judges bam and moloto). judge meer later attended the university of cape town for her llb degree, and the university of warwick (llm). very unusually for his time, president bam’s first law degree, a ba (law), was from the university of cape town. judge gildenhuys graduated ba llb from the university of pretoria. he also has a lld from the university of south africa. three of the four judges practised as attorneys before being appointed to the lcc, judge see magodi and others v van rensburg [ ] all sa (lcc). the information in this section and the next one is taken from the lcc’s website . meer at the lrc, judge gildenhuys in a commercial law firm in johannesburg, and judge moloto as an attorney in durban. the only former advocate amongst the judges is judge president bam, who was a member of the johannesburg bar and then the transkei bar, after being deported from south africa in . judge president bam is also the only one of the four to have had previous judicial experience, as an additional member of the industrial courts in the former ciskei and transkei ‘homelands’. (d) judges’ perception of their role in its early judgments the lcc expressly stated that it saw itself as interpreting and applying ‘social legislation’, by which it meant legislation whose primary objective was to transform social power structures in favour of the landless groups identified in that legislation. this approach came out most strongly in its judgments on costs orders, where it developed the prin- ciple that costs should generally not be awarded against a poor litigant who litigates in good faith on a novel point of law. thus the lcc has held that punitive, attorney-client costs will only be awarded where one party litigates ‘maliciously or in wilful disregard of the [other party’s] rights’, that ‘[i]t is not always appropriate to grant [ordinary] costs orders in respect of litigation under [the esta]’, and that parties should not be discouraged from enforcing their rights under social legislation by the fear of an adverse costs order. the principle that costs should generally not be awarded against a litigant who has litigated in good faith is direct- ly opposed to the common-law principle that ‘costs follow the result’, ie that the losing party should pay the other side’s costs, whatever their personal economic circumstances might be. the mere fact that the judges of the lcc perceive themselves to be interpreting social legis- lation does not, of course, mean that their judgments have the effect of promoting the objec- tives of that legislation. as argued below, it may be that in practice other factors, such as the legal culture in which they are operating, their greater familiarity with the common law, and their desire for professional respect, exert a restraining influence on their choice of legal rules. only a close reading of the cases will reveal the extent of the rule choices open to them, and the possible influences on the exercise of their discretion in areas of legal uncertainty – to which task this article now turns. iii the cases the four areas of law chosen for analysis in this article are: (a) the confirmation of out-of-court settlement agreements made in terms of the restitution act; (b) the validity of a claim made by an indigenous community under the restitution act to return of its ancestral land; (c) the enforce- ment of rural farm dwellers’ right under the extension of security of tenure act of (‘the esta’) to bury their relatives on the land on which they are residing; and (d) dependants and spouses’ rights under the esta not to be arbitrarily evicted. as explained above, these areas were all chosen because they illustrate instances in which the lcc decided cases against poor litigants, performance of the sa land claims court karabo and others v kok and others ( ) sa (lcc) at i. serole and another v pienaar ( ) sa (lcc) at e. skhosana v roos [ ] all sa (lcc) at c-e. see also the lcc’s decisions on costs orders under the lta: hlatshwayo v hein ( ) sa (lcc) at - and mahlangu v de jager ( ) sa (lcc) at f- d. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e despite the existence of plausible legal arguments justifying an alternative outcome. the cases dis- cussed represent only a fraction of the total number of cases decided by the lcc, most of which have had pro-poor outcomes. the discussion that follows therefore does not purport to be an assessment of the overall performance of the lcc, which would require a book-length study. rather, my intention is to focus on a set of apparently anomalous outcomes in the hope that the explantory power of the model tested in this article can be demonstrated. (a) supervision of restitution settlements in its very first decision under the restitution act, in re macleantown residents association: re certain erven and commonage in macleantown (‘the macleantown case’), the lcc was required to endorse a settlement agreement that had been reached between an urban land- claiming community, a local ratepayers’ association, and a municipality. the agreement had been signed after painstaking negotiations, and was described by the lcc in its judgment as demonstrating ‘a common-sense approach to the restitution claim’. nevertheless, the lcc refused to endorse it. the main reasons given for this decision were: ‘the papers submitted to the court [did] not contain a list of [individual] claimants’, no resolutions were filed autho- rising the representatives of the land-claiming community and the ratepayers’ association to sign the settlement agreement on behalf of their constituents, there was no proof that the local government authority had the legal power to transfer the land in question to the land-claiming community, the ‘involvement’ of each individual member of the land-claiming community in the original land dispossession had not been made out on the papers, and the proper deeds office description of the land claimed had not been submitted to court. although all of these requirements were technically speaking necessary for the court to make an effective order, the restitution act did not expressly confer on the court the power to refuse to endorse a settlement agreement for non-compliance with these requirements. rather, the court arrives at this rule through interpreting section ( ) of the act. section ( ), as it was then formulated, simply set out the procedure that the commission on restitution of land rights had to follow in referring settlement agreements to the court. section ( ), to which the court refers in a footnote, then went on to provide that the court should not make an order ‘unless the commission has, in respect of the claim in question, acted in accordance with the provisions of this section’. this provision plainly referred to compliance by the commission with the procedural steps required by section , rather than the substantive requirements for a valid restitution claim. and yet, it is the latter interpretation that the court prefers, glossing section ( ) as meaning that, before making a settlement agreement an order ( ) sa (lcc). ibid c. ibid b. ibid d. ibid f. ibid e. ibid e. ibid g-i. this subsection has since been substituted by sec (b) of the land restitution and reform laws amendment act of . macleantown (note above) j. this subsection has also since been amended, by sec ( )(b) of the land restitution and reform laws amendment act and sec (e) of the land restitution and reform laws amendment act of . of court, it must ‘determine whether all requirements imposed by such legislation [ie the restitution act] have been met’. not surprisingly, the macleantown decision was very badly received by the commission, which seems to have understood it as a criticism of its technical competence. at the time, the commission was struggling under the massive weight of the unexpectedly large number of resti- tution claims lodged, which were then reckoned at . of these, the commission had set- tled only one by the end of the fiscal year in which the macleantown case was decided. by insisting on detailed technical compliance with the act in an uncontested case where all the par- ties were in favour of the solution reached, the lcc missed a crucial opportunity to set itself up as a partner to the commission in pursuit of the overall policy objectives of the act. that the decision in the macleantown case was not dictated by the restitution act is illus- trated by a decision of the lcc handed down some three months later, in re elandskloof vereniging. in this case, the lcc held that its role in relation to the supervision of settlement agreements was not, after all, to assess the underlying validity of the restitution claim, provid- ed the settlement agreement was fairly reached. this holding directly contradicted the dictum in macleantown that ‘[t]he court can only make a settlement agreement an order of court if it is a competent order of the court in terms of the act’. although the meaning of this dictum is not entirely clear in the abstract, the court in the very next paragraph of the macleantown judgment proceeded to inquire whether the claimants had been ‘dispossessed after under racially discriminatory legislation’, confirming that it thought that it was under a duty to ensure that the claim was a valid one under the restitution act. this aspect of the holding in macleantown is quietly abandoned in the elandskloof case, which does not refer to the macleantown decision, despite the fact that it was directly in point. within a year and a half of the macleantown decision, a new section d had been inserted in the restitution act giving the minister of land affairs the power to endorse settlement agreements in consultation with the commission on restitution of land rights, to the exclu- sion of the court. it is impossible to determine the role played by the macleantown decision in this amendment. but the consequence of the amendment is clear: today, only a minute frac- tion of the total number of restitution claims are decided by the lcc, the vast majority being settled through the administrative procedure laid down in section d. the lcc, which was originally conceived as the main institution through which restitution claims would be adjudi- cated, has been virtually legislated out of the restitution process. performance of the sa land claims court macleantown (note above) h. the total number of restitution claims lodged changes as the investigation of the claims by the commission pro- ceeds, mainly because some claims are split on investigation into two or more claims. as at the end of december , the total number of claims stood at , but this has since escalated to . see r hall ‘rural land restitution in south africa’ paper prepared for programme for land and agrarian studies (july ) at . ibid . ( ) sa (lcc). ibid e. macleantown (note above) at i-j. ibid a-f. inserted by sec of the land restitution and reform laws amendment act of , which came into effect on november . (the macleantown decision was ahnded down on july .) section d was later substituted by sec of the land restitution and reform laws amendment act of . the substituted provision, which was enacted after a comprehensive ministerial review of the restitution process, including interviews with the lcc and the commission, goes even further in empowering the minister to enter into settlement agreements with parties interested in a claim. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e (b) claims based on the doctrine of aboriginal title under the restitution act the question whether the doctrine of aboriginal title, which has been used by indigenous groups in australia and canada to claim back their ancestral land, might be applicable in south africa has loomed large over the restitution process for some time. given the scale of land dispossession, and the proportion of the population that would be able to show a continuing connection to an indigenous group, the adoption of this doctrine would have a significant impact on the stability of land titles across the country. in recognition of this, the african national congress, during the constitutional negotiations leading up to the adoption of the south african constitution, agreed to set june as the cut-off date for the statu- tory land restitution process. the effect of this agreement was to prohibit claims for restitu- tion from people or communities who had been dispossessed of a right in land before this date. the cut-off date did not, however, exclude such claims from being brought under the common law, or indeed claims under the restitution act in which the claimants alleged that they had been dispossessed of their aboriginal rights after june . the first, and thus far only, claim of this kind brought in south africa involved a communi- ty of khoi san people whose ancestral land is situated in the northwestern corner of south africa, just south of the namibian border, stretching all the way to the atlantic ocean. the coastal portion of the land is the site of rich alluvial diamond deposits, which have for a long time been mined by a state-owned mining company, alexkor ltd. the claimant group, known collectively as the richtersveld community, launched two separate cases claiming return of this land. the first case, in the cape high court, was based squarely on the doctrine of aboriginal title, which the richtersveld community alleged was part of south african common law. the second case, under the restitution act, was launched in the lcc. in its first decision in this case, the lcc dismissed a special plea of lis pendens by alexkor ltd, holding that the richterveld community’s cause of action in the high court case was suf- ficiently different from the case launched in the lcc to warrant continuing with the latter. in its decision on the main issue, however, the lcc ruled against the claimant community. according to the first principle of intertemporal law, the court held, the consequences of the colonial acquisition of a territory must be examined on the basis of the conditions and rules in existence at the time of colonisation. it was clear from the surrounding documents that, upon annexation in , the british colonial government assumed full ownership of the richtersveld, to the exclusion of the richtersveld community. the community accordingly had no ownership rights in the subject land after . to the extent that their claim was based not on ownership but on aboriginal title, the lcc did not have jurisdiction to decide it because the recognition of aboriginal title depended on the development of the common law. whilst see t bennett & c powell ‘aboriginal title in south africa revisted’ ( ) sajhr at . see constitution of the republic of south africa, act of . this date is repeated in sec ( ) of the constitution, and in sec of the restitution act. its significance derives from the fact that it was the day on which the natives land act of commenced. richtersveld community v alexkor ltd and another ( ) sa (lcc). richtersveld community and others v alexkor ltd and another ( ) sa (lcc). ibid para . ibid para . ibid para . it was possible that an aboriginal title right could be recognised as a ‘customary law interest’ for purposes of the restitution act, the court held, such a step again depended on the devel- opment of the common law, and thus fell outside the lcc’s jurisdiction. the only basis, therefore, on which the richtersveld community could be said to have enjoyed rights in land over the richtersveld was as beneficial occupiers. to succeed in their claim, the richtersveld community had to prove that they had been dispossessed of such rights after as a result of ‘past racially discriminatory laws or practices’. according to the lcc’s previous decisions on this point, this meant that they had to prove dispossession in terms of ‘a law or practice designed to bring about spatial apartheid’. none of the laws that had been used to dispossess the richtersveld community were of this type, the court held, being mostly mining laws that were only indirectly discriminatory. nor were any of the practices followed in dispossessing the richtersveld community of their land deliberately racist. rather, they were race-neutral practices aimed at securing the land for mining purposes. the lcc accordingly dismissed the claim with a recommendation that the minister of land affairs should consider granting the plaintiffs alternative relief in terms of section e(d) of the restitution act. the lcc was soon asked to revisit its decision in the form of an application for leave to appeal to the constitutional court, alternatively the supreme court of appeal. in accordance with the somewhat curious practice that prevails in south africa, this required the lcc to decide whether there was a reasonable prospect that the constitutional court or the supreme court of appeal would come to a different conclusion, which was a bit like asking it to decide whether there was any possibility that it might have been wrong. in the event, the lcc refused leave to appeal for much the same reasons given in its main judgment. the richtersveld community’s direct appli- cation to the supreme court of appeal was, however, subsequently granted. the confidence demonstrated by the lcc in refusing leave to appeal was not borne out by the supreme court of appeal’s judgment, which emphatically rejected the two main bases for the lcc’s decision. the first point of difference concerned the effect of the annexation of the richtersveld by the cape colony in . on this point, the lcc had held that, since the colo- nial authorities had not expressly recognised the existing rights of the richtersveld people, the effect of the annexation was to extinguish them. on the contrary, the supreme court of appeal held, ‘a mere change in sovereignty does not extinguish the private property rights of the inhab- itants of a conquered territory which continue in force unless confiscated by an act of state’. in any event, on the facts, it was not clear whether the colonial authorities had not recognised the rights of the richtersveld people. in relation to the issue of whether the richtersveld community had been dispossessed of their rights ‘as a result of past racially discriminatory laws or practices’, the supreme court of performance of the sa land claims court ibid para . ibid para . a beneficial occupier under the restitution act is someone who has been in occupation of the land for ‘not less than years prior to the dispossession in question’ (see definition of ‘right in land’ in sec ). ibid para , citing minister of land affairs and another v slamdien and others [ ] all sa (lcc); ( ) bclr (lcc). ibid para . ibid para . ibid para . richtersveld and others v alexkor ltd and another [ ] all sa (lcc) paras - . richtersveld community and others v alexkor ltd and another [ ] all sa (sca). ibid para . ibid para . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e appeal again emphatically rejected the lcc’s reasoning. in particular, the supreme court of appeal held that the lcc’s interpretation of this phrase as meaning that the law or practice concerned had to relate to the furtherance of ‘spatial apartheid’ was too ‘restrictive’. ‘the real ratio of the judgment in slamdien was … not the absence of “spatial apartheid” measures but that the [restitution] act limited restitution remedies to people who had been discriminated against in the exercise of their land rights’. it was clear from the evidence that, although there may have been no intention on the part of the state to discriminate against the richtersveld community, the effect of the laws and practices applied to them had been discriminatory. in accordance with the constitutional court’s equality jurisprudence, this was all that the claimant community had to show. the significance of the supreme court of appeal’s reversal of the lcc’s decision in the richtersveld case is that it is based on two principles of law that a specialised court might have been expected to have got right. the lcc’s ‘doctrine of recognition’ approach to the effect of the annexation of the richtersveld has been widely discredited in foreign law and was not in any event borne out by the evidence. similarly, the lcc’s failure to emphasise the obviously dis- criminatory impact of the laws and practices at issue in this case is very puzzling. the passages on this point in the lcc judgment read like a wilful denial of the obvious. at the very least, the supreme court of appeal’s decision confirms that there were plausible legal arguments jus- tifying a pro-poor outcome to the case, and that these were ignored. why should this have hap- pened? the answer clearly does not lie in the absence of legal aid or in the legal strategy pur- sued by the richtersveld community, since the legal resources centre supported the com- munity throughout, with the assistance of one of south africa’s leading advocates. the answer must lie somewhere else, in one or more of the institutional indicators impacting on the lcc’s performance. the next section explores this question further. before doing so, two addi- tional areas of law in which the lcc has ignored or rejected plausible pro-poor arguments are discussed, this time involving the interpretation of the extension of security of tenure act, a tenancy protection statute over which the lcc was given jurisdiction in . (c) rights of spouses and dependants against arbitrary eviction according to the semi-feudal arrangements that still prevail on many south african farms, the primary employment relationship is that between the farmer and the male ‘head’ of the farm worker household, with the household head’s spouse and other dependants deriving their right to reside on the farm through him. often, this belies an actual situation where the spouse is also employed on the farm, with her own separate contractual relationship with the landowner. under the common law, and according to conventional pleading practice, the de facto existence of two separate contractual relationships is ignored, and a plaintiff may institute an action for ejectment against the male head of household, citing the spouse and dependants as ‘all those who derive their right to occupy the property through him’. in the draft version of the extension of security of tenure act (‘esta’) that was published for public comment in february , an express distinction was made between ‘primary’ and ibid para . ibid para . ibid para . ibid para . the supreme court of appeal’s decision was confirmed on appeal to the constitutional court. see alexkor ltd and another v richtersveld community and others ( ) sa (cc). wim trengove sc. ‘secondary’ occupiers, the latter category consisting mainly of women and children living on commercial farms. the clear intention behind this distinction was to amend the common law by providing special protection against arbitrary eviction to the latter group. after an inter- vention by the national land committee, however, the drafters were persuaded that the dis- tinction between primary and secondary occupiers would only perpetuate the discriminatory treatment of female farm workers. the distinction was accordingly dropped. secondary occu- piers, the drafters assured everyone, would be protected as occupiers in their own right. in its decision in conradie v hanekom and another, the lcc appeared to vindicate this bold step when ruling that a woman, whose husband had been dismissed for assaulting a fel- low farm worker, could not be evicted merely for that reason. since she was herself an employ- ee on the farm, and therefore an occupier in her own right, the lcc held, separate grounds for evicting her had to be alleged and proven. not only that, but her husband, although lawful- ly dismissed and therefore liable to eviction under the act, could not be denied access to the farm, because his wife’s right to family life entitled her to have him stay with her. in effect, this meant that he could not be evicted either. the conradie judgment was immediately hailed as a triumph for court-driven social transfor- mation in south africa, overturning as it did the centuries-old vulnerability of female farm work- ers to the consequences of their husbands’ actions. unfortunately, the victory was short-lived: some two and a half years later, in die landbou navorsingsraaad v klaasen, a different judge of the lcc glossed and restricted the conradie judgment. the klaasen gloss effectively re-instates the discarded distinction between primary and secondary occupiers, but without restoring the spe- cial protection originally provided for the latter group. according to the lcc in this case, the ‘gen- eral rule’ in eviction proceedings in south africa is that ‘the sheriff may remove from the farm any person claiming [a right of occupation] through or under [an] occupier’. the esta did not expressly change this rule. on the contrary, it appeared to support it in a number of provisions that implied that ‘an eviction order against an “occupier” (as defined) is also operative against family members living with that occupier’. in addition, the term occupier in the esta was used inconsistently, resulting in several ‘incongruities’, including the situation at issue in the conradie case, where a lawfully dismissed farm worker was allowed to remain on the farm on the basis of his wife’s right to family life. it followed that the word ‘occupier’ had to be understood in a wide and a narrow sense. occupiers in the wide sense fell ‘outside the statutory definition of “occupi- er”’ and accordingly did not enjoy protection in their own right. this interpretation, the court added, would not ‘disempower’ such occupiers because their needs were given special attention in the act, and they would in the end enjoy the same protection against eviction as the occupier from whom they derived their right to reside on the land. performance of the sa land claims court one of the main non-governmental organisations active in the land sector in south africa. ( ) sa (lcc). ibid para . ibid para (vii), citing sec ( )(d) of esta. lcc case r/ (unreported judgment of gildenhuys aj handed down on october ) para . ibid para , citing ntai and others v vereniging town council and another ( ) sa (a) at and . ibid para (citing two examples in paras and ). ibid para . ibid para . ibid para . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e whereas the effect of the conradie judgment had been to force landowners, when drafting pleadings in an action for ejectment under the esta, to cite each member of the male farm worker’s family by name, and allege separate substantive grounds for their eviction (which might have included an express allegation that their permission to reside on the property was entirely derived through the male farm worker), the practical effect of the klaasen judgment has been to restore the common-law position in so far as the method of citation of a farm worker’s spouse and dependants is concerned. in the result, female farm workers and their children are once again being routinely evicted along with their husbands, unless they can prove (the bur- den being on them) that their tenure rights are not derivative on the tenure rights of the male head of household (because, for example, their employment contract states or implies that they have a right to reside on the farm notwithstanding the dismissal of their husband) . (d) farm dwellers’ burial rights under the esta the lcc’s somewhat reluctant embrace of the transformative potential of the esta is further discernible in its approach to occupiers’ right to bury relatives on land belonging to someone else. in south african law, the right to bury a relative is a sui generis right, but comes closest to a personal servitude in favour of the deceased’s relatives, in perpetuity. at common law, per- sonal servitudes are typically created by agreement between the owner of the servient tenement and the servitude holder. the servitude binds successors in title of the servient tenement if reg- istered, provided it satisfies the so-called ‘subtraction from dominium’ test. as originally enacted, section of the esta conferred certain use and service rights on stau- torily protected occupiers, but did not specifically confer on them the right to bury their rela- tives on the land on which they were staying. rather, section ( ) conferred on everyone (whether or not they qualified as an occupier) the right to visit and maintain family graves, sub- ject to reasonable conditions imposed by the owner or person in charge of the land. the esta also conferred on occupiers the right to ‘freedom of religion, belief and opinion and of expres- sion’, and the right ‘to family life in accordance with the culture of that family’. for many rural african families in south africa, the right to culture protects a sphere of personal life that is indistinguishable from that protected by the freedom of religion, and includes the important cultural practice of communicating with their ancestors through the establishment, ritual visit- ing, and maintenance of family burial sites. in serole and another v pienaar, the lcc was asked to enforce an alleged right to bury the applicant’s family member, either as a use right under the esta, or in terms of the applicant’s rights, as a protected occupier, to culture. comparing the granting of permission to establish a grave to the granting of a servitude, and therefore ‘a significant inroad into the owner’s common-law property rights’ the lcc dismissed the application. before enforcing a right to bury a relative on land belonging to someone else, the lcc held, the court would need to be convinced by suitable evidence it is not a personal servitude in the strict sense, because a personal servitude is typically granted in favour of a single person for their lifetime. in the case of burial rights, the servitude is effectively granted in favour of a family, including descendants yet to be born. laid down in ex parte geldenhuys opd . sec (e). sec ( )(d). ( ) sa (lcc). ibid para . that occupiers had an express or tacit contractual right to this effect. mere evidence of the exis- tence of a graveyard that had been used in the past would not suffice. the serole decision was cited with approval in buhrmann v nkosi and another, a full bench decision of the transvaal provincial division, which was was later confirmed on appeal. although the reasons for decision given in the two main buhrmann judgments differ somewhat from the reasons given in the lcc judgment, the three courts adopt essentially the same view, viz that in a direct conflict between the right to property and the right to culture and religion, the former must trump the latter. the only dissenting voice in buhrmann was that of ngoepe jp, who wrote a minority judgment in the full bench decision in which he argued that a landowner’s property right in a small piece of earth could not be said to trump a sincerely held religious belief. it is perhaps not insignificant that ngoepe jp was the only african judge involved in deciding the buhrmann case. certainly, his judgment, in quoting a lengthy passage from the occupier’s affidavit, reveals an understanding of the importance of the practice of ancestor worship that is absent from the other judgments. not only is his judgment more understanding of this practice, but it also presents a plausible legal argument that might have justified an alternative outcome, not only in the buhrmann case, but also in serole. in essence, ngoepe jp argues, the dispute over occupiers’ burial rights under the esta represents an irres- oluble conflict between the interests of owners and occupiers, each of whom can claim protec- tion for their interests in both statutory and constitutional rights. in such a situation, the judge has no choice but to vindicate one right at the expense of the other. in so doing, he or she must be guided by the relative importance attached to the competing rights, both in the statute under consideration and in the constitution. further guidance can be found in considering the prac- tical consequences of the decision, one way or the other. the plausibility of ngoepe jp’s argument is enhanced by the fact that the main judgments in the serole and buhrmann cases are all premised on the closest thing to a clear mistake of law one is ever likely to encounter, viz the view that it was never the intention of the legislature when enacting the esta to confer servitudinal rights on occupiers. on the contrary, section ( ) of the esta provides that ‘[t]he rights of an occupier shall … be binding on a successor in title of an owner or person in charge of the land concerned’. according to the subtraction from the dominium test mentioned earlier, this means that occupiers’ rights are statutory real rights with the same legal effect as registered personal servitudes. whether motivated by the frustration of its original intention, or because of a superven- ing intention to alter the outcome of the serole and buhrmann cases, the legislature quick- ly responded to the supreme court of appeal’s decision in buhrmann by amending the esta so as to make it clear that occupiers enjoyed the right in certain circumstances to bury their relatives on land belonging to someone else. in particular, section ( ) of the esta was performance of the sa land claims court ibid para . ibid. [ ] all sa (t). nkosi and another v buhrmann ( ) sa (sca). buhrmann (note above) at c and c. ibid a-e. in this regard, ngoepe jp argues that secs and of the esta, together with other sections, ‘are specifi- cally aimed at making some inroad into [owners’ rights]’, and therefore that the right of ownership must in this instance give way to the right of freedom of religion in sec (d) of the esta (ibid at j). ibid c (dismissing fears that ‘an avalanche of burials might follow’ the granting of the application in the buhrmann case). t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e amended by the insertion of a new paragraph, para (da), which provides that: …[an occupier shall have the right] to bury a deceased member of his or her family who, at the time of that person’s death, was residing on the land on which the occu- pier is residing, in accordance with their religion or cultural belief, if an established practice in respect of that land exists… at the same time, ‘established practice’ was defined in s ( ) as meaning: a practice in terms of which the owner or person in charge or his or her predecessor in title routinely gave permission to people residing on the land to bury deceased members of their family on that land in accordance with their religion or cultural belief. the effect of this amendment was to give occupiers who are able to prove that they were rou- tinely granted permission to bury their family members in the past, the right to do so, without the permission of the landowner. as argued earlier, although this amendment does not show that the lcc, the full bench of the tpd and the supreme court of appeal, in deciding the serole and buhrmann cases, made clear mistakes of law, or that ngoepe jp’s argument in sup- port of an alternative outcome was plausible, it does indicate that the lcc failed to fulfil the social transformation function allocated to it by the legislature. the possible explanations for this result are themselves worth investigating for what they reveal about the role of courts in new democracies, particularly since, in the case of the lcc, some of the factors that might typ- ically have influenced it were absent. iv the possible explanations in all four areas of law discussed in the previous section the lcc handed down decisions that were unfavourable to poor litigants, despite the existence of plausible legal arguments to the contrary. this is most clearly apparent in the richtersveld case, where a higher court overturned the lcc decision in terms quite dismissive of its reasoning. in the case of spouses and depen- dants’ rights under the esta, the lcc restricted the impact of a rule laid down in one of its prior decisions that had been more favourable to the poor, thereby exposing female farm work- ers and their children to the possibility of being evicted through no fault of their own. in the burial rights cases, ngoepe jp’s dissenting judgment in buhrmann is indicative of the way that the issue might have been decided in serole had the lcc not proceeded from an erroneous legal premise. that the lcc’s decision did not accord with the legislature’s social transformation objectives is evidenced by the amendment rapidly effected to the esta after the appellate deci- as inserted by sec (a) of the land affairs general amendment act of . definition of ‘established practice’ inserted by the land affairs general amendment act of . in an interesting sequel to this story, the constitutionality of this amendment was challenged soon after its enact- ment under the constitutional property clause. see nhlabati v fick [ ] all sa (lcc); ( ) bclr (lcc). finding that the amendment provided for the uncompensated expropriation of property contrary to sec ( ) and ( ) of the constitution, the lcc upheld it under the general limitations clause as being a lim- itation on the right to property that was reasonable and justifiable in an open and democratic society. sion in buhrmann. the macleantown decision, too, met with a fairly swift legislative response that virtually eliminated the lcc from the restitution process. the fact that the lcc had by this time tacitly overruled its own decision suggests that a plausible pro-poor legal argument had all along been available to it, but was for some reason ignored. the absence of effective legal aid for the rural poor has certainly contributed to the failure of the legislation over which the lcc has jurisdiction to achieve its objectives, but this factor on its own cannot explain anti-poor outcomes in cases where the poor were effectively represented. the absence of an effective legal strategy on the part of poor litigants also does not explain these outcomes, since two of the cases discussed (richtersveld and serole) were taken on by experi- enced human rights lawyers, and the others involved areas of law in which the legal strategy pur- sued was initially successful (conradie) or in which there was no need for a legal strategy because the lcc was simply required to confirm a settlement agreement (macleantown). enough at least has been said to suggest that the performance of the lcc must be attribut- able to other factors. if the theoretical model tested in this article is sound, it must be possible to explain the outcomes in these cases by reference to one or more of the three institutional indi- cators identified, these being: the legal culture in which the lcc is operating, the residual influ- ence of common-law rules and forms of legal reasoning, or a desire on the part of the judges for professional respect. the possible role of these indicators in explaining the performance of the lcc is now discussed in turn. (a) the influence of legal culture (i) defining south african legal culture by far the most comprehensive study of south african legal culture is that by martin chanock in the making of south african legal culture - : fear, favour and prejudice. as its title suggests, this work is mainly a historical study, although it does contain a speculative final chapter in which chanock considers how the transition to democracy in might have affected the received legal culture he describes in the rest of his book. for chanock, ‘a legal cul- ture is made up of an interrelated set of discourses about law: some professional, some admin- istrative, some political, some popular’. this is a very broad definition, to which he is driven because of his concern to shift the debate about south african legal culture away from what ‘courts and judges’ do towards the study of bureaucratic behaviour. chanock thus makes a dis- tinction between professional legal discourse, which he assumes was dominated by legal for- malism, and bureaucratic legal discourse, which he argues was legal realist in character. he then goes on to discuss in detail the nature of bureaucratic legal culture, reducing the discus- sion of professional legal discourse to a single chapter. in the result, chanock’s study, despite its length and theoretical ambition, has little to contribute to the debate about the nature of pro- fessional legal discourse in south africa. unsurprisingly, the most intense period of debate about south african legal culture in the performance of the sa land claims court published by cambridge university press in . ibid . ibid. ibid. ibid chapter . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e narrow sense occurred during the last decade and a half of apartheid, when liberal legal aca- demics produced a series of studies on the role of lawyers and judges in that system. the best known of these studies are those by hugh corder, christopher forsyth, john dugard, stephen ellmann, david dyzenhaus, and richard abel. in general, this literature depicts professional legal culture as ‘executive-minded’, by which is meant a tendency to defer to the intuited wishes of the executive, whether by formalistic application of clearly artic- ulated rules, or by filling doctrinal gaps with rules that the legal professional perceived to be in line with the executive’s preferred policy choice. in relation to judges, the point of this debate was of course to expose or defend the degree of discretion enjoyed by the judiciary when deciding politically controversial cases, and thereby to explore the extent of the opportunities available to judges to soften the impact of apartheid laws. interestingly, the liberal camp split into two on this issue, with some aca- demics positing the existence of some discretion as the moral justification judges had for staying in office and others the absence of any real discretion as the reason why judges had a moral duty to resign. for conservative defenders of the judiciary, of course, the absence of discretion was the very reason why judges could not be charged with complicity in the apartheid system. in this way, one section of the liberal camp and the conservative camp may have had a common strategic interest in typifying professional legal discourse as being more committed to legal formalism than it actually was. certainly, the extreme view that judges are never required to fill doctrinal gaps by resort to policy-reasoning would have been dismissed by professionals of all political stripes. nevertheless, there does seem to be an overwhelming consensus in the literature that professional legal discourse under apartheid, particularly in relation to the interpretation of statutes, was predominantly judges at work: the role and attitudes of the south african appellate judiciary, - ( ). in danger for their talents: a study of the appellate division of the supreme court of south africa from - ( ). ‘the judicial process, positivism and civil liberty’ ( ) salj at . see also j dugard human rights and the south african legal order ( ). in a time of trouble: law and liberty in south africa’s state of emergency ( ). hard cases in wicked legal systems: south african law in the perspective of legal philosophy ( ) (hereafter dyzenhaus hard cases). see too d dyzenhaus truth, reconciliation and the apartheid legal order ( ) (hereafter dyzenhaus truth, reconciliation and the apartheid legal order). politics by other means: law in the struggle against apartheid, - ( ). the origin of this term appears to be a passage in lord atkin’s dissent in liversidge v anderson [ ] ac . see dyzenhaus hard cases (note above) - . the liversidge decision later played a central role in the south african appellate division’s approach to national security cases, and lord atkin’s phrase con- sequently came to be used by liberal legal academics as a convenient label for this approach. see, for exam- ple, cameron ‘legal chauvinism, executive-mindedness and justice: lc steyn’s impact on south african law’ ( ) salj , and forsyth (note above) - . note david dyzenhaus’s interesting alternative thesis that the south african judiciary under apartheid was not so much ‘executive-minded’ as committed to a doctrine of judicial responsibility that required them to align themselves with the views of the executive (dyzenhaus hard cases (note above) ). see r wacks ‘judges and injustice’ ( ) salj ; j dugard ‘should judges resign? a reply to professor wacks’ ( ) salj at . see a van blerk ‘the irony of labels’ ( ) salj and a van blerk judge and be judged ( ). see also lc steyn ‘regsbank en regsfakulteit’ ( ) thrhr at . see forsyth (note above) at (arguing that judicial formalism in south africa under aparthied was not so much the expression of a firmly held legal theory as a device to ‘conceal the reality of [judicial] choice … from the reader of the judgment’). see forsyth (note above) at commenting on the use of ‘principle and policy’ in the development of the common law under apartheid. formalistic. even liberal defenders of the judiciary had to concede that the opportunities for softening the impact of apartheid laws by exploiting doctrinal gaps were few and far between. this was partly the result of the apartheid legislature’s use of increasingly de- tailed rules. but it was also partly the result of the fact that legal professional discourse cen- sured any overt instances of judicial law making, however well intentioned. the question whether south african legal culture in the narrow sense has begun to change under the influence of the new democratic order has not been extensively studied, but there is some research that touches on this issue indirectly. after the constitutional court’s first year of operation, alfred cockrell published a much-cited article in which he argued that the constitutional court had yet to develop the coherent ‘substantive vision of law’ required by the new constitution. he attributed this failure in large measure to the lag-effect of the judges’ background and training in a rule-bound, ‘formal vision of law’. two years’ later, karl klare published an equally celebrated article in which he examined the new modes of legal reasoning required by the south african constitution, and pondered on the likelihood of these new modes being adopted by the legal profession and judges. in a section devoted specifically to legal culture, klare remarked that ‘[a] visiting u.s. lawyer cannot help but be struck by the conser- vatism of south african legal culture’. he went on to explain that what he meant by this was not ‘conservatism’ in the form of political ideology, but ‘cautious traditions of analysis common to south african lawyers of all political outlooks’. more recently, cora hoexter has defined legal formalism in its south african guise as ‘a judi- cial tendency to attach undue importance to the pigeonholing of a legal problem and to its superficial or outward characteristics; and a concomitant judicial tendency to rely on techni- cality rather than substantive principle or policy, and on conceptualism instead of common sense’. as hoexter notes, this approach to legal interpretation is not necessarily conserva- tive, since a formalistic interpretative strategy can be, and was under apartheid, used to achieve progressive results. for the same reason, a formalistic approach to progressive, social legis- performance of the sa land claims court for example, david dyzenhaus’s account of the south african judiciary’s approach to the interpretation of apartheid legislation dealing with racial segregation and national security distinguishes between two main approaches: a ‘plain fact’ approach and a ‘common law’ approach. he describes the former approach as open to the ‘charge of formalism and mechanism’ (dyzenhaus hard cases (note above) at ) because of its ten- dency to fill interpretative gaps ‘by deciding the case in accordance with what would jump to the minds of most white south africans’. later he states that ‘a blinkered focus on the provisions of the statute’ is a ‘hallmark of the plain fact approach’, one that goes ‘with a doctrine of judicial responsibility which seeks to keep a judge’s moral and political convictions out of interpretation’ (ibid ). see also d dyzenhaus truth, reconcilation and the apartheid legal order (note above) at (describing the plain fact approach as ‘part of a judicial response pattern … identified’ by robert cover as a ‘retreat to a mechanistic formalism’ (quoting r cover justice accused: antislavery and the judicial process ( ) at ). the common law approach identified by dyzenhaus is, in my view, equally a retreat to ‘a mechanistic formalism’ in as much as the common law, rather than principled or policy-based reasoning, is used to fill the interpretative gap. see dugard (note above) at (remarking that there was ‘some room for judicial advancement of human rights in the interstices of the apartheid legal order’). a cockrell ‘rainbow jurisprudence’ ( ) sajhr at . ibid . karl e klare ‘legal culture and transformative constitutionalism’ ( ) sajhr at . ibid . ibid. ‘contracts in administrative law: life after formalism?’ ( ) salj - . see abel (note above) at (referring to legal formalism as a ‘two-edged sword’, which ‘could be invoked by the state as well as against it’, and to the fact that ‘parties and courts opportunistically used and ignored legal formalism’). t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e lation is not necessarily an indication of conservative judicial politics, inasmuch as the formal application of a clearly stated pro-poor rule should in theory produce a pro-poor outcome. where the legislation is unclear, however, or where it requires judges to engage in substantive reasoning as part of the formulated rule, a culture of legal formalism may work against the achievement of the objectives of a social transformation law. the next section explores this question in greater detail. (ii) legal formalism and the interpretation of social transformation statutes the literature on legal formalism distinguishes between legal formalism as a legal theory and legal formalism as a mode of legal reasoning. the two senses of the term are said to share a common ‘attitude to verbally formulated rules which both seeks to disguise and to minimize the need for [decision-maker] choice, once the general rule has been laid down’. the charge of legal formalism is almost always pejorative, and consequently no serious scholar is said to espouse this theory, at least in its pure form. rather, legal formalism is said to consist either in the mistaken belief ‘that a particular abstract legal norm can generate a particular subrule’, or in a ‘general tendency to overestimate the capacity of norms … to generate subrules by deduction’. a tendency of this sort was the tendency against which the legal realist move- ment in the united states is said to have reacted in the early part of the last century. in juris- dictions where legal realism is the dominant professional legal culture, such as the united states after the attack on formalism, legal formalism survives in individual instances of legal inter- pretation. in the context of adjudication, legal formalism in the narrow sense may manifest itself in one of two main ways: either as a genuine mistake regarding the ambit of the rule being applied, such that the judge sincerely believes that the outcome of the case is determined by deduction from the rule being applied; or as a discursive strategy used to mask an outcome that is moti- vated by a policy choice that the judge for some or other reason does not wish to articulate expressly. where adjudication occurs against the background of a professional legal culture that censures overt judicial law making, such as that prevailing in south africa, the reason for not disclosing a policy choice need not be the sinister reason that the judge wishes to legislate by stealth. it may simply be that the judge has been so immersed in a culture of justifying decisions by deduction from general rules that he or she is incapable, for professional reasons, of justify- ing decisions in any other way. it follows that, when interpreting a legislative rule, any ambiguity in the formulation of the rule, or any under-inclusiveness of the rule when applied to the facts, will create a kind of pro- see d kennedy a critique of adjudication (fin de siècle) ( ) at - ; hla hart the concept of law ( ) - ; ne simmonds central issues in jurisprudence: justice, law and rights ( ) at (dis- cussing hart’s distinction between formalism and rule-scepticism). hart (note above) at . ibid (referring to the ‘vice known to legal theory as formalism or conceptualism’). see also f schauer playing by the rules: a philosophical examination of rule-based decision-making in law and in life ( ) (referring to the ‘argument for what is often pejoratively referred to as “formalism”’). see, however, ba garner (ed) black’s law dictionary ( ed ) at , which lists christopher columbus langdell and lon fuller as legal formalists. kennedy (note above) at . brian bix jurisprudence: theory and context ( ) at - . kennedy (note above) at - . fessional tension in the mind of a judge committed to legal formalism, all the more so where the rule occurs in a social transformation statute. by definition, the issue to be decided in a case involving the interpretation of this sort of statute will be the extent to which the legislature intended to transform the social order, either directly or by amendment of the existing legal rules. faced by a situation of legal indeterminacy, the instinctive reaction of a judge committed to legal formalism is to try to close the doctrinal gap by falling back on the maxim of statuto- ry interpretation that the statute amends the existing legal rules only to the extent that it does so expressly. in many cases, this means that, rather than filling the doctrinal gap with a princi- ple-based or policy-derived rule, the judge will come to the conclusion that the pre-existing legal rules (of common law or statute) have not been amended. of course, this does not mean that the doctrinal gap left by the social transformation statute remains unfilled. it simply means that it is filled by the pre-existing legal rules. karl klare’s observation about the role of ‘cautious traditions of analysis common to south african lawyers of all political outlooks’ makes much the same point: it is not that judges committed to legal formalism are necessarily conservative, it is that their professional training and, in particular, their aversion to policy-reasoning, often drives them to fill doctrinal gaps in social transformation statutes with pre-existing legal rules. the distinction klare draws between judicial ideology and the dominant professional legal culture in south africa is, i think, an important one for the assessment of the performance of the lcc. as noted earlier, the lcc judges all had prior careers as human rights lawyers or lawyers engaged in what might loosely be termed ‘progressive’ causes, such as the education of black lawyers or the national peace process. although there is probably a range of political thought represented on the court, none of the judges can be described as a political conservative. nevertheless, they were all trained in the apartheid era, and can therefore be expected to have absorbed the then dominant profes- sional legal culture, a culture in which respect for the techniques of deductive reasoning tend- ed to outweigh resort to principles or policy arguments. if this is correct, what we should expect to find in the lcc’s judgments is a tendency to shun principles and policy arguments in favour of strained deductions from general rules. (iii) revisiting the cases the macleantown decision, as we have seen, is characterised by the high value placed by the court on formal compliance with the restitution act and an almost wilful disregard of the con- sequences of its decision for the restitution process. the lcc must have been aware, as it wrote its judgment, of the painfully slow progress the commission on restitution of land rights had been making in settling claims. and yet it chose to hand down a highly technical judgment in which the fact that the parties were all in agreement as to how the claim should be settled was given less weight than the question whether the enforcement of the settlement agreement would be a competent order for the court to make. had the deficiencies in the settlement agreement been substantial, or the likely impact on the parties and other affected persons of the endorse- ment of a technically deficient agreement severe, this might have been a reasonable approach for the court to have taken. but neither of these factors was present. nor did the court attempt, in the fashioning of its order, to balance its concern for technical correctness with the need to assist the commission in the performance of its duties. rather, the relationship that the performance of the sa land claims court klare (note above) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e court sought to construct with the commission was that of hierophant and acolyte, with the court initiating the commission into the sacred mysteries of the law. this approach is very typ- ical of a professional legal culture in which judges’ legitimacy is built on an assumed absence of discretion in the face of determinate rules. the problem confronting the lcc in the macleantown case, however, was that the resti- tution act was unclear on what its role in enforcing settlement agreements should be. as we have seen, section ( ) of the act (as originally formulated) simply set out the procedure that the commission had to follow in referring settlement agreements to the court, and section ( ) provided that the court should refuse to endorse a settlement agreement if the proper procedure had not been followed. but by what criteria the court should decide whether or not to enforce a settlement agreement the restitution act did not say. faced with this doctrinal gap, the judges’ professional training led them to supply a rule as if by logical deduction from the statute. since the enforcement of a settlement agreement amounts to the making of a court order, the court reasons, ‘the court can only make a settlement agreement an order of the court if it is a competent order of the court in terms of the act’. this is a neat syllogism, but the rule the court thereby derives is hardly dictated by the restitution act in the manner the court would have us believe. the closest the court in macleantown gets to policy reasoning is in its statement that the consequence of the enforcement of the settlement agreement would be ‘the transfer of land rights either to dispossessed black families or to a community’. this consequence of course justifies taking its duty to enforce settlement agreements seriously. but the degree of time and resources invested in ensuring that settlement agreements under the restitution act are techni- cally correct obviously has to be weighed against the total number of claims lodged, the aver- age time and resources available for the settlement of each claim, and the political context in which the restitution process is taking place. these are all factors that a court more disposed towards filling doctrinal gaps by resort to policy reasoning might have seen fit to mention. that the lcc does not mention these factors is a function of the relative weight accorded by south african professional legal culture to deductive reasoning vis-à-vis policy reasoning. the influence of south african legal culture is also evident in the lcc’s decision in the richtersveld case, although here it is apparent that a formalistic mode of reasoning was used to justify an outcome that appears to have been motivated by policy considerations. as noted earlier, the issue of the recognition of the doctrine of aboriginal title in south africa is a high- ly controversial one, since the recognition of this doctrine would call into question the validity of a great many title deeds. rather than confronting this policy question head on, the lcc in the richtersveld case deploys a highly formalistic argument around the question of the recog- nition of aboriginal title to decide the case against the claimant community. in this instance, the culture of legal formalism is less a straightjacket from which the court is unable to escape, than a convenient disguise for the policy choice the court feels unable openly to articulate. the situation confronting the court in the conradie and klaasen cases was somewhat dif- ferent. it will be recalled that the legislative history leading up to the enactment of the esta was one in which a late change had been made to a fundamental principle underlying the statute, namely whether to treat women and children living on commercial farms as protected occupiers in their own right, or as secondary occupiers with special protection. in the nature of macleantown (note above) i-j. ibid g. last-minute amendments, the conversion of the statute to one based on the former principle was not perfectly realised by the legislative drafter, leaving a number of textual traces of the latter principle at the level of rule formulation. it is these textual traces to which the court referred in the klaasen judgment, after having initially upheld the occupiers-in-their-own-right principle in conradie. of particular interest here is the court’s about-face on the question whether a female farm worker, who is herself employed by the farmer, is an occupier in her own right. in conradie these were the precise facts that presented themselves for decision, and the court seemingly had little trouble in deciding that the principle underpinning the esta was that each person should be treated as an occupier in his or her own right, and accordingly that a woman could not be evicted merely in consequence of her husband’s actions. this of course produced an anomaly in that the husband, although in principle liable to eviction, could not in fact be evicted because his wife’s right to family life provided an alternative legal basis on which he could remain on the farm. in klaasen, the court, whilst acknowledging the conradie situation as an exception to the general rule, later refers to exactly this situation as an example of one of the ‘incongruities’ that follows from reading the esta as being based on the principle that family members of an occupier are occupiers in their own right. in particular, the incongruity is said to consist in the fact that, if family members are recognised as occupiers in their own right, they ‘will be allowed to remain on the farm, and as part of their right to family life, they will be allowed to bring the evicted farm labourer back to live with them’. instead of confronting this incon- gruity head on by weighing the competing interests involved, the lcc resorts to the legal for- malist mantra that ‘[t]his could never have been the intention of the legislature.’ but of course it was, at least to the extent that the legislature could be said to have applied it mind in advance to this particular situation. in conradie, by contrast, when confronted by the ‘incongruous’ result produced by the occu- piers-in-their-own right principle, the court simply states that the landowner will have to seek ‘other remedies in respect of [the husband’s] misbehaviour’. what is going on here? is the difference in outcome simply a function of the fact that the conradie and klaasen judgments were handed down by different judges, one of whom may be more ideologically predisposed to the kind of social transformation envisaged by the esta than the other? or was it because the facts in conradie (where the husband was clearly prone to violence) drove the court to articu- late a broad equitable principle that it later regretted? it seems to me that the two judgments are best explained by the fact that the last-minute amendments to the esta effected an imper- fect conversion of that statute at the level of detailed rules from a statute based on the princi- ple of primary and secondary occupiers to one based on the occupiers-in-their-own-right prin- ciple. when confronted by the resultant contradiction at the level of detailed rules, what the court in klaasen did was to fall back on the organising principle that most closely resembled the principle that had always been applied at common law, namely that the spouse and depen- dants of a male occupier should be treated as secondary occupiers. the fact that this choice of principle exposed women and children living on commercial farms to eviction through no fault of their own was a consequence that lay outside the court’s field of reference. why? because performance of the sa land claims court klaasen (note above) para . ibid para . ibid. ibid. conradie (note above) para (vii). t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e consequentialist, policy-based reasoning was a form of reasoning with which the court was not particularly comfortable. to have adopted the occupiers-in-their-own-right principle would have required the court to expose itself to the possibility of having to legislate afresh each time a case came before it in which the contradiction produced an anomaly. far better for the court to adopt the secondary-occupiers principle since that principle came ready-to-use with a set of accepted common-law rules. once again, it would seem, the prevailing professional legal cul- ture in south africa provides an adequate explanation for the poor, pro-poor performance of the court. the three areas of law discussed thus far represent three different types of legal indetermi- nacy that the lcc resolved in ways that obviated the need to engage in policy reasoning. in macleantown, the restitution act was silent as to the role of the court in supervising settle- ment agreements, and the court filled the gap with a rule that it purported to deduce from the language of the statute, but which was in actual fact a rule of its own making. in the richtersveld case, faced with the awkward uncertainty in the restitution act as to what to do about aboriginal title claims, the court made a policy choice and then disguised this choice by resort to formalistic reasoning. and in klaasen, as we have just seen, the court decided between two competing principles by choosing the one that most closely resembled the principle appli- cable at common law. the serole case produced a fourth type of legal indeterminacy that the lcc dealt with in much the same way. in this case, it will be recalled, the court was asked to vindicate one of two competing rights: the landowner’s property right in a patch of ground, and the occupiers’ right to freedom of religion and culture. as ngoepe jp’s minority judgment in the buhrmann case shows, there was really no way of deciding this issue other than to declare the contradiction, and to seek a principled and policy-based justification for choosing one right in preference to the other. instead what the lcc (together with the full bench of the tpd and the supreme court of appeal) did was to eschew a potentially radical in effect, but textually supported, interpretation of the esta (as conferring real rights on occupiers), so as to bolster the landown- er’s property right at the expense of the occupiers’ right to freedom of religion and culture. once again, the mantra of the cautious judge – that the legislature could not have intended to alter the common law to the extent suggested – is used to close the doctrinal gap and justi- fy the rule-choice without resort to policy reasoning. and once again, what looks at first blush like an outcome motivated purely by conservative judicial politics, is really an outcome influ- enced by the prevailing professional legal culture. (b) other institutional indicators the theoretical model tested in this article posits two other institutional indicators that may condition the social transformation performance of courts: the influence of the common law, and judges’ desire for professional respect. both of these indicators have, however, already been subsumed under the influence of professional legal culture as defined. in a culture dominated by legal formalism, the influence of the common law is registered as a source of ready-made legal rules on which the cautious judge may rely in order to fill doctrinal gaps, without engag- ing in policy reasoning. confronted by a situation of legal indeterminacy when interpreting a serole (note above) para (holding that the right to establish a grave is ‘not the kind of right which the legislature intended to grant to occupiers’). social transformation statute, the cautious judge, rather than justifying his or her decision on policy grounds, does one of two things: either he or she alludes to the ambiguity and fills it with a pre-existing legal rule drawn from the common law, or the judge makes the ambiguity disap- pear by straining the language of the statute to produce a gap-filling rule. the common law, in other words, exerts an influence on the social transformation performance of courts in a legal formalist culture by providing a fallback source of legal rules in cases of legal indeterminacy. since the statute being applied is by definition a statute that attempts to transform the existing social order by transforming the rules that regulate it, the result is almost always a ‘conserva- tive’ result, in the sense that the existing social and legal order remains unchanged. but this does not necessarily mean that the judges who are responsible for such results are themselves con- servative, or that the results are attributable in some mechanistic way to the influence of con- servative judicial politics. the influence of the judges’ natural desire for professional respect has also already been accommodated in the concept of professional legal culture used here. it is precisely because the judges of the lcc want to be recognised as professionally competent that they are susceptible to the influence of professional legal culture. the fact that the judges of the lcc were not drawn from the ranks of practising advocates or sitting judges only exacerbates this situation, since the absence of prior approval from their peers provides all the more reason for the judges to want to establish their professional credentials. this influence emerges clearly in the highly technical decision in macleantown, which probably had a lot to do with the lcc’s desire to establish its credibility in its first decision. the same desire for professional respect might explain the court’s reluctance to depart from established forms of civil procedure in relation to the citation of spouses and dependants in actions for ejectment under the esta. in the other cases, the desire for professional respect is less obviously present, but exerts an indirect influ- ence in the manner just described, ie as a necessary condition for the influence exerted by the prevailing professional legal culture. v conclusion this article has sought to test a theoretical model of the role of courts in social transformation through examining the performance of the south african land claims court in four areas of law. the lcc was chosen for analysis because it provided an opportunity to eliminate some of the variables that typically condition the performance of courts in this context. if the model is sound, the elimination of non-relevant variables should not affect the capacity of the model to explain the observed phenomenon. in this case, however, the further problem is that the observed phenomenon – the record of the lcc in the four areas chosen for analysis – is in the nature of a sub-atomic particle that cannot be measured without distorting the result. in order to guard against this danger, the methodology pursued in this article has been to lower the stan- dard of persuasion that is ordinarily required in acts of legal interpretation. rather than argu- ing that the cases studied here were wrongly decided, this article has argued that they ignored or rejected pro-poor legal arguments that could have been used to justify an alternative out- come. in some cases, independent evidence of the existence of pro-poor legal arguments is found in the form of minority or appellate judgments. in others, the legislature’s response to decisions of the lcc is used to crosscheck its performance in the weak political sense. having made out the case for the poor, pro-poor performance of the lcc in this way, this article set out to explain that performance in terms of the indicators suggested by the model. performance of the sa land claims court t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e for various reasons, all but the so-called ‘institutional indicators’ were capable of elimination, and the main institutional indicator – the influence of professional legal culture – was defined in such a way as to incorporate the other two (the influence of the common law and the judges’ desire for professional respect). although there is some difference in emphasis, the literature on south african legal culture in the narrow sense portrays that culture as predominantly legal for- malist in character. legal formalism was defined as a tendency at a discursive level to assume or pretend that legal rules are capable of producing determinate outcomes in every case, with- out resort to policy reasoning. this being so, the theoretical model suggested that the judgments studied here should be explicable as instances in which the lcc’s allegiance to the discursive methods and professional standards of legal formalism outweighed any ideological predisposi- tion it might have had to decide the cases differently. conversely, in the event that the judges’ private political views are adduced as possible explanations of the outcomes in these cases, adherence to legal formalism should be capable of providing an adequate alternative explana- tion. tested in this way, the theoretical model survived contradiction. in all four areas of law examined here the anti-poor outcomes were adequately explained in terms of the lcc’s resort to quasi-deductive reasoning when faced by doctrinal gaps in the rules relevant to the decision. in the macleantown case the gap consisted in the legislature’s failure to regulate the precise function of the court in enforcing settlement agreements under the restitution act. in the richtersveld case, the gap took the form of a crucial ambiguity surrounding the application of the restitution act to claims based on the doctrine of aboriginal title. in the remaining two areas, the doctrinal gap was produced by competing principles (conradie and klaasen) and contradictory rights (serole). in every case, rather than filling the gap by reasoning on the basis of principle or policy, the lcc attempted to fill it by quasi-deductive methods typical of the cul- ture of legal formalism in which it is operating. this result confirms the soundness of the theoretical model to this extent. at the same time it provides an insight into the way in which south african professional legal culture continues to exert a restraining influence on the capacity of courts to be used as agents of social trans- formation. if there is a single, ironic lesson to be learned from this study, it is that the same methods that were used under apartheid to turn the courts into agents of that malevolent pol- icy – the use of detailed prescriptive rules – might have to be used to ensure that the courts play an effective role in democratic social transformation. of course, this recommendation itself places too much legal formalist faith in the capacity of rules to produce determinate results. until such time as south african professional legal culture has changed from one dominated by a ‘formal vision’ of law to one dominated by a ‘substantive vision’, however, there appears to be little alternative. cockrell (note above) . on social and economic justice in south africa today: a theological perspective on theoretical paradigms d j s m i t department of systematic theology and ecclesiology, stellenbosch university i introduction the present research project is developed around two hypotheses about social and economic transformation in south africa. the first is that theory matters, that theoretical frameworks and paradigms have an influence upon the developments taking place within and around them, more specifically, that prevailing and dominant theoretical paradigms concerning social and economic justice in south africa today have an influence on the implementation of policy, leg- islation and general transformation. the second is that theoretical drag may be partly respon- sible for slower delivery on social and economic justice than the constitution promises, more specifically, that the theoretical framework in which present transformations have to take place fails in many ways to support the necessary implementation, thereby frustrating rather than facilitating social and economic justice. christian theology – probably similar to law and economy – does not speak with one voice. historically, the dominant theological traditions – including the orthodox, catholic, and protestant traditions – have developed different views concerning ethical approaches. this also applies to theories of justice. even within these traditions themselves – for example pro- testantism, or even more specifically the reformed faith – different approaches complement and often contradict one another. there is no single authoritative theological position regarding the- ories and practices of social, economic or legal justice. all claims are therefore modest and con- textual, and reflect specific traditions, experiences and perspectives. the following comments are accordingly also made from a specific perspective, namely that of protestant and ecumeni- cal developments during the last century, particularly associated with the confessional tradition of barmen and experiences of resistance against injustices in germany, latin america and apartheid-south africa. for the confessional tradition of barmen, including theological understandings of the notion of justice from the so-called confessional church struggle in germany, see k barth texte zur barmer theologischen erklärung ( ), a burgsmüller and r weth (eds) die barmer theologische erklärung: einführung und dokumentation ( ), and e busch die barmer thesen - ( ). for a helpful discussion of the reception of the notion of ‘the preferential option for the poor’ from latin american church struggles for social and economic justice in ecumenical documents, see h bedford-strohm vorrang für die armen: auf dem weg zu einer theologischen theorie der gerechtigkeit ( ). for the church struggle against the the- ology of apartheid and specifically the historical context and thrust of the confession of belhar, see gd cloete and dj smit a moment of truth: the confession of the dutch reformed mission church ( ). t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e from this specific theological perspective, the two hypotheses seem very plausible, and some of their implications are of direct importance to theology and the church. to put it in theological- ethical and ecclesiological language, it seems possible to argue, firstly, that the way the public opinion thinks and speaks about justice will have a definite impact on any possible structural implementation of social and economic justice (‘theory matters’), and secondly, that many of the processes needed to implement more social and economic justice in south africa today may be hindered by the way the public opinion thinks and speaks about justice (‘theoretical drag’). therefore, changing the way the south african public opinion thinks and speaks about justice – the prevailing and dominant theoretical framework – may contribute toward overcoming the present theoretical drag and the slow pace of implementing social and economic justice. given the nature and the calling of the christian church, as seen from this specific theological perspec- tive, together with the social position and role of the church in the south african society today, it may be argued that the church should and could make a meaningful contribution in this regard. the following paragraphs will develop these general claims somewhat more fully. ii ‘theory matters’ from this specific theological perspective, it is of crucial importance to affirm an intimate rela- tionship between justice (that is, legal justice, but also political, economic and social justice) and ethics (and therefore morality, and theology). where total separation between law and ethics has historically developed (particularly in western modernity’s separation of legality and moral- ity, especially since kant), this development is regarded as one-sided and suspect, from this the- ological viewpoint. such varieties of separation would include diverse forms of legal positivism, but also different theoretical claims to exclude moral and ethical discourses from economic and political rationalities. some of the important reasons for affirming such a relationship between law and ethics are given both with the nature and content of the christian faith, as well as with historical experi- ences of large-scale injustices. such historical experiences include the failure of twentieth-cen- tury legal systems and political and economic rationalities to deal adequately with the social injustices they faced. from this specific theological perspective, however, this relationship between law and ethics is not and should not be construed as one of identity, for example by subsuming the one in the other. instead, it is regarded as of crucial importance to distinguish between legal, moral, ethi- cal and therefore theological discourses. all forms of identification between law and ethics that have historically developed, including all (theological, philosophical and legal) theories of nat- for an extensive theological critique of these forms of separation, see w huber gerechtigkeit und recht: grundlinien christlicher rechtsethik ( ). for a related but philosophical treatment, see many of the later works of jürgen habermas, including for example his article ‘vom pragmatischen, ethischen und moralischen gebrauch der praktischen vernunft’ in j habermas erläuterungen zur diskursethik ( ) at - ; j habermas faktizität und geltung: beiträge zur diskurstheorie des rechts und des demokratis- chen rechtsstaats ( ). for different ways of maintaining such distinctions, see eg j habermas erläuterungen zur diskursethik ( ); n luhmann ausdifferenzierung des rechts: beiträge zur rechtssoziologie und rechtstheorie ( ); w huber gerechtigkeit und recht ( ); as well as the influential work of the systematic theolo- gian also working within this reformed tradition, m welker ‘moral, recht und ethos in evangelisch-theol- ogischer sicht’ in w härle and r preul (eds) ethik und recht ( ) at - . ural law, are seen as deeply problematic and even dangerous, since they can easily lead to ide- ological misuse. any form of moralising of the law, politics or the economy is rejected. this theological perspective, therefore, will show affinity with theoretical paradigms and the- ories of justice that seek ways between positivism on the one hand and natural law on the other hand, respectively making absolute claims for what is on the one hand and for what should be on the other hand. what could the contribution be of such a ‘critical theology of law’? broadly speaking, it will seek to contribute both loyalty to, as well as criticism and reform of the existing legal, political and economic systems. it will both strongly support the existing justice and, wherever and whenever it is regarded as necessary, plead and work for better and more justice. both these approaches – loyalty and criticism – are deeply embedded in the biblical and christian tradi- tions, for example with its well-known command to obey all authority, yet if necessary to obey god more than any form of human authority. this obviously raises many questions, including questions concerning the theory of justice involved. when should loyalty become criticism and reform? what would be the theological norm? which criteria of justice are used to discern between moments of loyalty and moments of criticism, between conditions calling for support and conditions calling for renewal and even resistance? is there – to put it differently – a specifically theological theory of justice? theological perspective on theoretical paradigms this is for example the way that huber characterises his own approach, see huber (note above) at , - , - . he explains: ‘die erste christlicher rechtsethik war deshalb nicht nur eine ethik der rechtsloyalität, … sondern sie war zugleich eine ethik des zivilen ungehorsams: ‘man muss gott mehr gehorchen als den menschen’. damit ist dem christlichen nachdenken über das recht eine kritischer impuls mitgegeben, der freilich in der geschichte des christentums allzu häufig verdrängt wurde. eine theologische beschäftigung mit dem recht die jene anfänge nicht verdrängt, kann nur die gestalt einer kritischen theologie des rechts annehmen. gerade so kann sie zu einer kritischen theorie des rechts beitragen. … damit ist auch die bestimmende frage dieses buches genannt. es lässt sich von folgender Überzeugung leiten: eine rekonstruktion der sphäre des rechts muss bei der situation derer beginnen, die unter den spez- ifisch modernen formen der rechtlosigkeit leiden. nicht das stöhnen der wohlhabenden unter der verrechtlichung der industriegesellschaft, sondern das leiden der unterdrückten und entrechteten unter ungerechtigkeit steht am anfang. eine kritische theologie des rechts beginnt mit den ausgeschlossenen und eingesperrten, die politischer willkür ausgeliefert sind. sie beginnt mit denen, die sich in ihrem eigenen land nicht mehr zu hause wissen und in der fremde asyl suchen. sie beginnt mit den diskriminierten, die unter einer rassistischen gewaltherrschaft leben müssen. sie beginnt mit den opfern schneller wirtschaftlicher entwicklung, die sich häufig mit einer autoritären staatsordnung verbindet. sie beginnt mit dem blick auf menschen, denen in ideologisch beherrschten ländern das recht der meinungsfreiheit geraubt wird. sie beginnt mit der perspektive von frauen, denen in männlich bestimmten gesellschaften selbstverwirklichung und gleichheit vorenthalten werden. sie beginnt mit denen, die in reichen industriestaaten dem modernisierungsprozess weichen müssen und in die arbeitslosigkeit gedrängt werden. für sie alle hat das recht nur bedeutung, wenn es in den dienst der gerechtigkeit tritt, auf die sie hoffen. wenn dies die bestimmende perspective auf das recht ist, wird es freilich unmöglich, recht und ethik – die frage nach dem, was gilt, und die frage nach dem, was gut ist – voneinander zu trennen. eben diese trennung aber bildete einen entscheidenden schritt in der ausbildung des neuzeitlichen rechtsverständnisses. müssen wir dieses rechtsverständnis hinter uns lassen? stehen wir vor einem epochenwechsel?’ – this then becomes the leading question of his extensive historical and systematic reflections. in a recent key collection of essays edited by p dabrock et al kriterien der gerechtigkeit: festschrift für christofer frey zum . geburtstag ( ), published in honour of the german ethicist christofer frey, three theological approaches to justice are for example discussed. a first section on the foundations of justice (begründungen) offers firstly old and new testament perspectives on justice, followed by discussions on jus- tice in the writings of martin luther and in evangelical ethics, amongst others. an important contribution by the ethicist johannes fischer (‘jenseits reiner normativität: skizze einer theologisch-ethischen annäherung and die gerechtigkeitsthematik’ in p dabrock et al (eds) kriterien der gerechtigkeit ( )) provides a synopsis of current theological-ethical theory on justice. a second (and the largest) section investigates how these various t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e for this specific perspective, theology does not claim to have its own (alternative) theory of jus- tice. rather, it seeks to engage with existing theoretical frameworks by drawing on its own sources and resources. drawing on these sources and resources, this theology hopes to con- tribute to some broad theoretical orientation concerning justice that could be helpful in for- mulating law, in evaluating law, and in evaluating the implementation of law. this theology would further support political and economic attempts to implement, practice and embody such forms of justice and join forces with those criticising and resisting failures to embody such forms of justice. in this respect theology can certainly play a role in the present research project. firstly, both old and new testament records can offer valuable orientation and perspective; secondly, the christian tradition of interpretation can provide instructive developments and case studies; and thirdly, recent and contemporary ecumenical discussions may help to discern critical issues and insights. research into all three these fields of inquiry (biblical, historical, systematic) could play an important role in developing theology’s own voice and particular contribution. some well-known examples from these, often conflicting histories of interpretation could suffice: understanding the nature and role of justice according to the complex and manifold new testament traditions; understanding justice against the background of the sermon on the mount; understanding the relationship between justice and love, historically often falsely con- insights are to be applied in a number of social disciplines (anwendungen), that is in ecological theory, in bio- genetics, in medicine, in just war theory, in matters of asylum seeking, in economy, labour and business, and in family studies. the third and final section (vermittlungen) deals specifically with how these applications are to be communicated to the public, particularly through visual and audio media, through religious education and through the diaconate of the church – themes of special importance for this research project, which also involves questions of communication and the formation of public opinion. the question whether there is something like a theological theory of justice is often acknowledged and dis- cussed as a very complex and controversial matter. this is demonstrated, for instance, in two successive studies by the respected north american ethicist karen lebacqz. in six theories of justice: perspectives from philosophical and theological ethics ( ), she discusses various theological and philosophical views on justice. she compares influential positions such as john stuart mill’s utilitarianism, john rawls’ contract theory and robert nozick’s ‘entitlement’ view with responses from catholic, protestant and liberation per- spectives. she emphasises that different people mean different things by justice and that it is, therefore, an illusive concept – without one single theological solution or approach. in a subsequent collection, k lebacqz justice in an unjust world: foundations for a christian approach to justice ( ), she attempts to for- mulate an own theory of justice by relating the righteousness of god to injustice in the world and she draws on scripture to interpret such injustice. again, she does not offer a comprehensive theological response to the question of justice. she subsequently uses concrete examples to demonstrate how ‘justice’ can be brought about ‘in an unjust world’. for popular discussion of this theme from the perspective of reformed ethics and proclamation, see dj smit ‘reformed ethics and economic justice’ ( ) nederduitse gereformeerde teologiese tydskrif - ; dj smit ‘oor die prediking van regverdiging en reg’ in ba müller et al (eds) riglyne vir prediking oor regverdiging en reg. woord teen die lig iii/ ( ) - ; dj smit ‘die droom van bybelse geregtigheid’ ( ) scriptura - . many theologians have done this and developed their own discussions of justice from a theological per- spective. see for example the classical study by e brunner gerechtigkeit: eine lehre von den grundgesetzen der gesellschaftsordnung ( ), as well as the popular w lienemann gerechtigkeit ( ), an ethicist from bern, switzerland, writing an overview for ecumenical use. see for example h balz ‘die gerechtigkeit der gerechtfertigten: eine neutestamentliche skizze’ in p dabrock et al (eds) kriterien der gerechtigkeit ( ) - . in many christian theological circles, especially since the enlightenment, the sermon on the mount has been a very popular extract or summary of the biblical teaching and was often used as the only source for strued as exclusive of one another; understanding justice against the background of the legal traditions of the old testament, an area of research that recently led to major new and valuable insights; understanding the complex historical developments in which classical and biblical the- ories of justice contradicted, but also complemented one another; understanding philosophical and legal developments in modernity, in which deliberately secular theories of justice were often developed in direct opposition to ecclesial, theological and often ethical perspectives; understand- ing conflicting theological theories of justice that build respectively on notions of creation, provi- dence, sin, anthropology and eschatology; and finally understanding recent ecumenical debates and struggles concerning justice, freedom, liberation, human rights and the dignity of creation. it is immediately obvious that such theological research will necessarily have to be inter-discipli- nary, involving scholars from different theological disciplines. what form could such theological contributions to some broad theoretical orientation con- cerning justice take? at the outset, at least six possible forms could perhaps be foreseen. firstly, this specific theological perspective brings an eschatological (in philosophical terms: theological perspective on theoretical paradigms christian ethics. the interpretation of the sermon on the mount is, however, complicated and controver- sial, and so also its use in ethical questions. for a discussion see dj smit ‘die bergrede in die geskiedenis’ in cw burger et al (eds) riglyne vir prediking oor die bergrede ( ) at - ; dj smit ‘die bergrede en christelike etiek’ in cw burger et al (eds) riglyne vir prediking oor die bergrede ( ) at - . a well-known example has been the influential work of the north-american reformed theologian reinhold niebuhr. see for example the four very authoritative studies of his work by lb gilkey on niebuhr: a theological study ( ); cw kegley reinhold niebuhr, his religious, social, and political thought ( ); hb clark serenity, courage, and wisdom: the enduring legacy of reinhold niebuhr ( ); rh stone reinhold niebuhr: prophet to politicians ( ). see also the unpublished doctoral thesis of sm de gruchy not liberation but justice: an analysis of reinhold niebuhr’s understanding of human destiny in the light of the doctrine of the atonement ( ) dth thesis, university of the western cape, bellville. the german systematic theologian michael welker has written extensively on justice in the legal traditions of the old testament, often together with the widely known old testament scholars jan assmann and bernhard janowski. see the collection of essays in j assmann et al gerechtigkeit: richten und retten in der abendländischen tradition und ihren altorientalischen ursprüngen ( ); also m welker ‘dynamiken der rechtsentwicklung in den biblischen Überlieferungen’ in a aarnio (ed) rechtsnorm und rechtswirklichkeit: festschrift f. werner krawietz zum . geburtstag ( ) at - . another very influential theologian in this field is the old testament scholar frank crüsemann. see for example the seminal essay f crüsemann ‘jahwes gerechtigkeit im alten testament’ ( ) evangelische theologie - , as well as the recent collection of essays in his festschrift, published as c hardmeier et al (eds) freiheit und recht: festschrift für frank crüsemann zum . geburtstag ( ). a well-known example is the influence of aristotle and the principle of suum quique, via thomas aquinas and scholasticism, in christian theology. see for t aquinas ‘treatment of justice’ in j porter ‘the virtue of justice’ in sj pope (ed) the ethics of aquinas ( ); as well as the influential a macintyre whose justice? which rationality? ( ), who makes use of conflicting traditions of interpretation of this legacy in con- structing his own argument and position. both in more general theological discussions of justice, and in the ecumenical debates on the so-called the- ological basis for human rights, the traditional confessional preferences for some of these theological loci often played a determinative role, for example the central vision of the covenant in the world alliance of reformed churches, the doctrine of justification in the lutheran world federation and traditions of moral anthropology for the roman catholic bishops. for a helpful overview of the development of ecumenical social thought during the twentieth century, see m robra Ökumenische sozialethik ( ); and for the state of the present discussion in the ecumenical movement on some of these themes, see u duchrow ‘justice’ in n lossky et al (eds) dictionary of the ecumenical movement ( ) at - ; e weingärtner ‘human rights’ in n lossky et al (eds) dictionary of the ecumenical movement ( ) at - ; dj smit ‘liberty/freedom’ in n lossky et al (eds) dictionary of the ecumenical movement ( ) - . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e teleological) orientation to the discourse. it speaks a language of hope. it reminds everyone of justice not yet real and fulfilled. it thereby moves and inspires agents for justice, and it empow- ers those who suffer under present injustices not to surrender hope and not to accept their lot without struggle and resistance. it calls the church and all believers to keep praying, to long for this justice and to dream of this reign, and therefore to take all possible steps, small as they may be, in witnessing to this coming reality. secondly, because of this eschatological orientation, it strengthens critical and self-critical thought. this theology encourages those involved in working for justice, particularly those in legal, political and economic spheres. it supports all those actors, including legal theorists, prac- titioners and activists, who seek to strengthen theoretical paradigms that will lead to legal, eco- nomic and social transformations and to practical policy implementations that will contribute to serve justice. from the perspective of the christian faith, it reminds everyone to remain self- critical, to acknowledge that full justice will never be realized historically, and therefore to emphasise that even – and precisely – the best constitutions, laws and catalogues remain open to (self-) critical evaluation and improvement. thirdly, based on the content of the biblical traditions, particularly as they have come to be understood in certain twentieth-century contexts of historical injustice, this theological per- spective advocates a view of justice that takes the perspective of those who suffer under such injustices very seriously. perhaps this is the most characteristic material contribution of the biblical traditions concerning justice to any contemporary theory of justice. in south africa, this perspective has, for example, been expressed in the third article of the belhar confession, where it is claimed that the biblical god has been revealed as ‘in a special way the god of the destitute, the poor and the wronged,’ and that this god calls the church to follow in this way. for an extended argument on the importance of seeing as first step in the process of ethical decision-mak- ing, also regarding issues of poverty, suffering and social justice, see dj smit ‘on learning to see? a reformed perspective on the church and the poor’ in p couture and bj miller-mclemore (eds) suffering, poverty, and hiv-aids ( ) at - . the famous german systematic theologian jürgen moltmann has made a major impact on the discussion on justice and eschatology. throughout his life he has been active- ly involved in human rights debates within ecumenical circles and he wrote extensively on this through the years. already in his collection j moltmann the experiment hope ( ), he published three articles on racism, human rights and human dignity. a decade later he wrote specifically on human dignity, as the title suggests: j moltmann on human dignity: political theology and ethics ( ). this volume was wholly dedicated to human rights, where he examined, amongst others, the ecumenical debate on human rights, the relationship between christian faith and human rights, and the right to ‘meaningful work’. in his recent (and somewhat more popular) book j moltmann god for a secular society: the public relevance of theology ( ), he continues these reflections in a section on human rights ( - ), which includes top- ics such as ‘individual and social rights’, ‘economic rights and ecological obligations’ and ‘the world reli- gions in the forum of human rights.’ the third article on justice reads as follows: ‘we believe that god has revealed himself as the one who wish- es to bring about justice and true peace among people; that in a world full of injustice and enmity he is in a special way the god of the destitute, the poor and the wronged and that he calls his church to follow him in this; that he brings justice to the oppressed and gives bread to the hungry; that he frees the pris- oner and restores sight to the blind; that he supports the downtrodden, protects the stranger, helps orphans and widows and blocks the path of the ungodly; that for him pure and undefiled religion is to visit the orphans and the widows in their suffering; that he wishes to teach his people to do what is good and to seek the right; ‘that the church must therefore stand by people in any form of suffering and need, which implies, among other things, that the church must witness against and strive against any form of injustice, so that justice may roll down like waters, and righteousness like an ever-flowing stream; fourthly, it is therefore to be expected that this theological perspective will show a special sensitivity for all those – individuals, groups and categories of people – who suffer forms of injustice, oppression, rejection, exclusion, violation or abuse. for this reason, the church sometimes, under specific historical circumstances, feels itself called to be a voice for the voiceless, a public conscience, an advocate for the oppressed, or a critical, prophetic chal- lenge to authorities and powers. such claims do not imply that the church – in whichever form – has an alternative theory of justice, but only that its own message and the very rea- son for its existence, its faith, involves a calling to care for those who suffer injustices and to plea and act on their behalf. the involvement of the ecumenical church and theology today in issues of economic globalisation provides an instructive example. the church does not resist contemporary global transformations in any of their complex forms (whether cultural, political or economic), but is concerned with some of the disastrous effects of economic glob- alisation in its present form, especially the exclusion, marginalisation and triage of many, including many living in africa today. in asking whether this form of economic life should not concern the faith of christians – which is the way the major ecumenical bodies, like the world alliance of reformed churches recently in accra, are framing the question – they do not claim to have any alternative theory of economic justice. they do, however, remind everyone of the suffering of many, and of the injustice thereof, and appeal to everyone in positions of (legal, social, economic and political) responsibility and influence to take this suffering seriously. fifthly, this theological perspective understandably shows a strong affinity for those theories theological perspective on theoretical paradigms ‘that the church as the possession of god must stand where he stands, namely against injustice and with the wronged; that in following christ the church must witness against all the powerful and privileged who selfishly seek their own interests and thus control and harm others. ‘therefore, we reject any ideology which would legitimate forms of injustice and any doctrine which is unwilling to resist such an ideology in the name of the gospel’ (in gd cloete and dj smit a moment of truth: the confession of the dutch reformed mission church ( ) at - ). for historical accounts, interpretations and theological reflections on the god-images at stake, see j botha and p naude op pad met belhar: goeie nuus vir gister, vandag en môre ( ); and the essays dj smit ‘paradigms of radical grace’ in c villa-vicencio (ed) on reading karl barth in south africa ( ); and dj smit ‘… in a special way the god of the destitute, the poor and the wronged…’ in gd cloete and dj smit (eds) (note above) - . recent history demonstrates various instances where the church understands itself to be a voice for the voiceless. three such examples are, for instance, the publication of the dutch reformed church in africa ‘transition and poverty’ ( ) / (supplement) drca action - ; the more recent docu- ment by the southern african catholic church, economic justice in south africa: a pastoral statement ( ), but also the very influential german document published jointly by the evangelical and catholic churches, for a future founded on solidarity and justice: a statement of the evangelical church in germany and the german bishops’ conference on the economic and social situation in germany ( ). the literature from the ecumenical church is already vast. for three recent contributions from people involved in the beyers naudé centre, see hr botman ‘human dignity and economic globalization’ in hr botman and k sporre (eds) building a human rights culture: south african and swedish perspectives ( ) at - ; m haspel protestantische ethik vor der herausforderung der globalisierung ( ); dj smit ‘theologische ansätze für kirchliches engagement in fragen der globalisierung - reformierte perspektiven aus dem südlichen afrika’ Ökumenische rundschau - . see covenanting for justice in the economy and the earth, agreed by the general council, world alliance of reformed churches, th general council, accra, ghana, july – august , , http://www.warc.org. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e of justice in which the dignity of the human person is regarded as central. the inalienable worth and dignity of the human person is the boundary that may not be transgressed, the norm that may not be ignored, the ultimate criterion to apply to social, political and economic life together. again, this is argued on inner-theological grounds, based on the content and thrust of the biblical message – although it too has been very controversial within theological circles. despite all these historical and even recent theological debates, however, it is fair to claim that the impact of the german ethicist and bishop wolfgang huber on the theological debates on human dig- nity, human rights and justice cannot be overstated. he has become the leading theological figure in the field. he made several contributions regarding theological theories of justice, for example w huber ‘beten und tun des gerechten’ in w huber and i tödt (eds) ethik im ernstfall: dietrich bonhoeffers stellung zu den juden und ihre aktualitat ( ) at - ; w huber ‘recht im horizont der liebe’ in brandt et al (eds) ein richter, ein bürger, ein christ: festschrift für helmut simon ( ) at - ; w huber ‘justice, peace and the integrity of creation: a challenge for ecumenical theology’ ( ) scriptura - ; w huber ‘menschenrechte - christenrechte’ in recht nach gottes wort: menschenrechte und grundrechte in gesellschaft und kirche ( ) at - ; w huber konflikt und konsens: studien zur ethik der verantwortung ( ); w huber ‘menschenrechte und biblisches rechtsdenken: ein versuch’ ( ) neukirchener theologische zeitschrift: kirche und israel - ; w huber ‘die prediking oor regverdigheid en geregtigheid’ in cw burger (note above) at - ; w huber ‘gottesrecht und menschenrechte in gesellschaftspolitischen entwürfen’ ( ) epd-dokumentation - ; w huber rechtfertigung und recht: über die christlichen wurzeln der europäischen rechtskultur ( ). in the process he often reflected on legal theory, law and german constitutional law; see for example w huber ‘das grundgesetz und die menschenrechte’ ( ) zeitschrift für evangelische ethik - ; w huber ‘die menschenrechte und das grundgesetz: theologische Überlegungen’ in m pfeiffer (ed) auftrag grundgesetz: wirklichkeit und perspektiven ( ) at - ; w huber ‘recht als beruf: verantwortung für das recht im horizont der gerechtigkeit’ in u neumann and l schulz (eds) verantwortung in recht und moral: referate der tagung der deutschen sektion der internationalen vereinigung für rechts- und sozialphilosophie ( ) at - (also published as w huber ‘recht als beruf: verantwortung für das recht im horizont der gerechtigkeit’ in limbach et al (eds) ist der rechtsstaat auch ein gerechtigkeitsstaat? interdisziplinäre referatsreihe an der universität basel ( ) at - ). he dealt extensively with the notion of human dignity; see w huber ‘die würde des menschen ist antastbar: anfragen aus der sicht der christlichen ethik’ ( ) universitas - ; w huber ‘menschenrechte/menschenwürde’ in theologische realencyklopädie xxii ( ) at - ; w huber die tägliche gewalt: gegen die ausverkauf der menschenwürde ( ) (translated as w huber violence: the unrelenting assault on human dignity ( )); w huber ‘menschenwürde? gewalt und intimität als unterhaltung’ in w wunden (ed) Öffentlichkeit und kommunikationskultur ( ) at - ; w huber ‘lebenswert und lebensrecht’ ( ) epd-dokumentation - ; w huber ‘die würde des menschen ist antastbar: anfragen aus der sicht der christlichen ethik’ in s abarbanell et al (eds) fernsehzeit ( ) at - ; and he regularly published on human rights; see w huber ‘human rights: a concept and its history’ ( ) concilium - ; w huber ‘menschenrechte’ in staatslexikon bd. ( ) at - ; w huber ‘menschenrechte’ in l engel et al (eds) hoffnung in der krise: dokumente einer christlichen existenz in südafrika zum . geburtstag von wolfram kistner ( ) at - . together with he tödt he published an authoritative study called w huber and he tödt menschenrechte: perspektiven einer menschlichen welt ( ). he also contributed on specific themes, such as the right to protest, for example w huber protestantismus und protest: zum verhältnis von ethik und politik ( ) and the rights of nature, w huber ‘rights of nature or dignity of nature?’ ( ) the annual of the society of christian ethics - . these contributions culminated in his magnum opus, w huber gerechtigkeit und recht ( ). the very influential german theologian karl barth, for instance, placed human dignity central in his whole theology. see for example his well-known essay k barth the humanity of god ( ) in which he explained this autobiographically. for a fuller discussion of barth’s views on justice within his approach to ethics, see dj smit ‘’... the doing of the little righteousness’ - on justice in barth’s view of the christian life’ in m welker and c jarvis (eds) serving god with our minds: festschrift for wallace alston ( ) at - . for human dignity within theology, see also the collection of key essays in i balderman et al (eds) menschenwürde: jbth ( ). another important collection is a special edition of the ecumenical jour- nal una sancta devoted wholly to human dignity: g voss et al ‘menschenwürde neu buchstabieren’ ( ) una sancta - zeitschrift für ökumenische begegnung - . contemporary ecumenical theology is in very strong agreement that the message of the gospel, the good news of the loving and gracious triune god, affirms in all its aspects the importance, value and dignity of human beings. what is human dignity? can it be defined or described? is it possible to give material con- tent to the notion of human dignity? recent and contemporary discussions – for example the debate in the european convention on the inclusion or exclusion of human dignity in the european constitution, and its possible material content, should it be included – have shown that this is not really fully possible, even in those circles where people are deeply committed to the notion and dedicated to serve and protect human dignity, to determine its content in any definite way. still, it is possible to agree on certain characteristics, often defined negatively, for example in the universal declaration of human rights, suggesting that human beings deserve to be protected from fear and from want. of course, these are very broad and general guide- lines, and their implementation will always remain open, dependent on concrete interpretations and realities, yet, they are not for that reason without importance and usefulness. from this theological perspective, it is indeed a very helpful guideline, to link human digni- ty to freedom from fear and freedom from want, and to search for means of common life, including economic life, that could contribute to protect human beings – very specific, concrete individuals and groups of human beings, under very specific and concrete conditions – from causes of fear and causes of want that could indeed be prevented. sixthly, for that reason, contemporary ecumenical theology (after earlier hesitation) also strongly supports theoretical paradigms in which human rights, as the concrete embodiment of the inalienable human dignity, are central. this is not a strong claim. it does not claim, for example, that human rights can be based on or deduced from scripture, or that human rights theological perspective on theoretical paradigms for a popular statement of this conviction, see dj smit ‘oor die god wat ons roep’ in handelinge van die ngk in sa (wes- en suid-kaapland) ( ) at h -h . see also various publications from the ecu- menical church, for instance ao miller (ed) a christian declaration on human rights: theological studies of the world alliance of reformed churches ( ); as well as the special edition of the journal reformed world on ‘theology and human rights’ with contributions by ad falconer ‘pressing the claims: reflections in the theological basis of human rights’ ( ) reformed world - , j schaeffer ‘warc’s historic commitments to justice and human rights’ ( ) reformed world - , and c john ‘human rights and the churches: the new challenges’ ( ) reformed world - ; see also the earlier, but popular statement by the reformed ecumenical council res testimony on human rights ( ). see for instance the study by the influential ethicist m honecker das recht des menschen: einführung in die evangelische sozialethik ( ). an important collection (with contributions by claus westermann, ulrich luck, martin brecht and jörg baur) is j baur (ed) zum thema menschenrechte: theologische versuche und entwürfe ( ). for a recent collection of essays on the theological reflection on human rights, see for instance l gearon human rights & religion: a reader ( ). this reader includes a valu- able introduction by gearon and offers various positions on the relationship between religion (including different religions) and international human rights, with case studies from various regions throughout the world. the point of the reader is to show not only how human rights discourses contribute to individuals’ and groups’ rights to religious freedom, but also to demonstrate how different religions view the importance of human rights as such. included is also a contribution by the south african theologian c villa-vicencio ‘theology and human rights’ in l gearon (ed) human rights & religion ( ) at - , where he specifically attempts to bridge the historical divide between individual and socio-economic rights via theol- ogy and the central theological affirmation of the worth and dignity of being human. in the closing essay (c wellman ‘the proliferation of rights: moral progress or empty rhetoric?’ in l gearon (ed) human rights & religion ( ) at - ) the complex and, perhaps, troubled relationship between first, sec- ond and third generation rights is discussed. apart from villa-vicencio’s work, another south african ethi- cist who contributed to human rights debates over many years is danie du toit; see d du toit (ed) menseregte: opstelle ( ); d du toit die mens en sy regte: geloof en praktyk in suid-afrika ( ). t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e developed historically as a direct product of the christian tradition, or that human rights rep- resent a universal value system that other traditions and cultures must merely accept in its pres- ent form. it is simply the modest claim that in their complex and controversial inter-relation- ships and in their openness for continuous improvement and criticism, contemporary human rights provide ‘perspectives of a human world’, with very strong analogies to central convic- tions of the christian faith. this is also true of south africa, and part of the reasons why churches and the local ecumenical church enthusiastically claim the constitution and the bill of rights, and often eagerly monitor real or potential human rights violations. this is in fact the reason why churches could be expected to show a particular interest in implementing the so- called social and economic rights, whether as already formulated in the constitution, or per- haps in even stronger form as well. it would therefore – at least from this theological perspective – be totally consistent with the faith, confession and theology of the christian church if the south african ecumenical church, denominations and congregations, including church leaders and individual believers, would show very strong commitment to support the increased implementation of these social and economic rights, and would be very concerned with slow social transformation and delivery. to the extent that the south african church – understood in this comprehensive way – is not eagerly involved in supporting such implementation and does not contribute to the formation of public opinion and thereby practical policies in this direction, this would indeed be inconsistent with the faith, confession and theology of the church, and would raise the question of ‘theoretical drag’. iii ‘theoretical drag’ theoretical drag may be partly responsible for slow implementation of social and economic jus- tice in different ways and for different reasons. popularly speaking, at least two major ways may be distinguished. on the one hand, the embodiment of social and economic justice in the form of laws and policies may be slow to follow public expectation and opinion. this happens for very understandable reasons. one of the strengths of modern legal systems is their reliability. the law is slow to change because it is intended to serve security of expectations, rechtssicherheit. what is legal today should not be illegal tomorrow. the law can therefore not be changed arbitrarily, but tends to be conservative. accordingly, laws carry the imprints of their origins and history, and they are often slow to respond to new challenges and problems, creating a certain ‘time-lag’. …das durch die moralischen vorstellungen, herrschaftsformen und macht- verhältnisse seiner entstehungszeit geformte recht gilt aber oft für lange zeit; seine beständigkeit soll ja gerade verläßlichkeit und rechtssicherheit verbürgen. gegenüber neuen problemlagen ist das recht deshalb oft ungleichzeitig; wenn neue see for example the very helpful systematic reflections of w huber and he tödt menschenrechte: perspektiven einer menschlichen welt (note above) written by two lutheran ethicists, but without doubt still one of the most valuable theological contributions in the field. see n luhmann ausdifferenzierung des rechts (note above); m welker ‘security of expectations’ ( ) journal of religion - . michael welker, a reformed systematic theological from heidelberg and one of the most respected voices in postmodern theology, made extensive use of luhmann’s complex theo- ries on modern societies in his earlier work and combined that in very insightful ways with old and new testament perspectives on justice, law and morality. lebensverhältnisse entstehen, wenn neue moralische vorstellungen sich durchsetzen, wenn tradierte herrschaftsformen und machtverhältnisse in frage gestellt werden, zeigt sich oft ein ‘time-lag’ des rechts. seine konservativer charakter mindert seine steuerungs- und orientierungsleistung. es wirkt lähmend, ja vielleicht sogar lebens- feindlich… . on the other hand, the embodiment of social and economic justice in the form of laws and poli- cies may be slow because public expectation and opinion is not yet ready for it. again, this may happen for very understandable reasons. another strength of modern legal systems is precisely its independence from any specific moral or ethical viewpoint. that is indeed the important ele- ment of truth in positivist theories of justice. the legal system in a pluralist society, like south africa, should not be moralised or ideologically misused by any particular tradition or com- munity, but should rather enable diverse moral and religious traditions and communities to co- exist peacefully and fairly. these two seemingly opposing processes may therefore take place simultaneously in a specific society. the implementation of social and economic rights may be slow since it does not (yet) reflect the expectations of specific (also moral and religious) com- munities and traditions in society, and it may be slow since it (still) reflects the opinion of per- haps the majority of (also moral and religious) communities and traditions in the same society. empirical research by others will have to ascertain and document whether these processes are indeed at work in south africa today. to the extent that these time-lags are indeed present in the implementation of social and economic justice in south africa, this kind of ecumenical (and reformed) theology will certainly be deeply concerned. this theological perspective supports those theoretical positions that argue that human rights are not only implemented by legal means and therefore also argue against all those restrictive views which claim that only individual rights should be regarded as proper rights, since only they are presumably justifiable and enforceable. rather, this theological viewpoint would claim that human rights are promoted, implemented and realised, firstly, by political means, secondly by legal means and thirdly by resistance. accordingly, the political and social preconditions must also be created without which human rights could not be enjoyed, including many of the rights formulated in sections of the south african constitution’s bill of rights under environment ( ), property ( , for example on land reform), housing ( ), health care, food, water and social secu- rity ( ) children ( ), education ( ), language, culture, religion and life in community ( and ). from this theological perspective, the state indeed has the responsibility to respect and pro- tect, but also ‘to promote and fulfil’ these rights (chapter , section ( ), constitution). necessary social and economic measures must be implemented and initiatives in the formation of public opinion that prepare, claim and welcome such measures should be supported and strengthened. under specific circumstances, theology may be concerned with all three ways of imple- menting human rights, including social and economic rights. theology can, therefore, sup- port victims of violations seeking legal remedies, especially when other social institutions fail to act (the second means). theology can, also, join others in forms of public resistance whenever human dignity is systematically violated (the third means). the recent south african history bears witness to both these forms of theological involvement. the ecumeni- theological perspective on theoretical paradigms w huber gerechtigkeit und recht (note above) at . for an authoritative discussion of the integral role of protest and resistance within the protestant theology and tradition, see w huber protestantismus und protest (note above); see also w huber gerechtigkeit und recht (note above) at - . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e cal church has been deeply involved, both in helping victims of human rights violations, also by seeking legal support, as well as in civil disobedience (regarding specific laws seen as unjust) and public resistance of the apartheid system as such. under normal circum- stances, however, theology is particularly concerned with the first means of implementation, namely the political – creating the political conditions, strengthening the political will, find- ing concrete political policies and decisions and supporting practical political measures and actions that will help to implement human rights. through the formation of public opinion, political action that will provide the conditions necessary for freedom and for living lives of human dignity is made possible. theology does this – contributing to the formation of public opinion – primarily by serving the church. the ideal of theology and theologians directly impacting on society and public opinion is an illusion, at least in contemporary south africa. the church, however, is a com- plex institution, with many forms and activities, and with the ability to influence south african during the time of apartheid, for instance, the ecumenical church in south africa through the south african council of churches and the southern african catholic bishops’ conference made various studies and took part in many actions to address, challenge and overcome the human rights abuses in the country. see for example b johanson (ed) human rights in south africa ( ); as well as human rights and repression in southern africa: the apartheid machine grinds on ( ). the scottish ecumenical theologian duncan forrester has worked extensively on the subject of justice and public theology. for his views on the insights that christian theology can provide for contemporary theo- ries of justice, see d forrester christian justice and public policy ( ). another very insightful essay on the origin and meaning of the term ‘public theology’ may be found in eh breitenberg ‘to tell the truth: will the real public theology please stand up?’ ( ) journal of the society of christian ethics - . breitenberg distinguishes public theology from civil religion (out of which it partially developed), polit- ical theology, public church, public philosophy and public (or social) ethics. another important and chal- lenging study on the role of the church in public life is by the renowned social ethicist ll rasmussen moral fragments and moral community: a proposal for church in society ( ). also in the context of south africa, this debate may be followed with the valuable book by k clements learning to speak: the church’s voice in public affairs ( ), as well as contributions by nn koopman ‘some comments on public theology today’ ( ) journal of theology for southern africa - , and kt august the quest for being public church ( ) dth thesis, university of stellenbosch, stellenbosch. in this regard the relationship between church and ethics becomes important, as has been acknowledged in much recent debate in the ecumenical movement. an important study by the world council of churches on ecclesiology and ethics ‘sought to explore the link between what the church is and what the church does. it explored the ethical dimension not as a separate “department” of the church’s life, but as integrally relat- ed to its worship, its confession of faith, its witness and service in the world’ (tf best and m robra ‘introduction’ in tf best and m robra (eds) ecclesiology and ethics: ecumenical engagement, moral formation and the nature of the church ( ) at vii). on the many publications that have appeared on this important debate, see especially the work of the systematic theologian ls mudge the church as moral community: ecclesiology and ethics in ecumenical debate ( ), and the ethicist r hütter evangelische ethik als kirchliches zeugnis: interpretationen zu schlüsselfragen theologischer ethik in der gegenwart ( ). for a survey of the vast amount of work that the world council of churches has done on the church’s responsibility to be a moral community (that not only reflects on its ethical dimension but also par- takes in the search for justice in the world), see the influential study tf best and m robra (eds) ecclesiology and ethics: ecumenical engagement, moral formation and the nature of the church ( ). this work deals with the three groundbreaking documents, ‘costly unity’ ( ), ‘costly commitment’ ( ) and ‘costly obedience’ ( ) which paved the way towards a new approach to the relationship between eccle- siology and ethics, as well as further contributions by duncan forrester and larry rasmussen, already referred to in the previous note. in south african scholarly circles the impact of theology on society and public opinion has often been dis- cussed; see for example bc lategan ‘taking the third public seriously’ in jw de gruchy and s martin (eds) religion and the reconstruction of civil society ( ) at - ; dj smit ‘oor die kerk as ‘n unieke samelewingsverband’ ( ) tydskrif vir geesteswetenskappe - ; dj smit ‘oor die unieke society in important ways. it may, therefore, indeed and in several practical ways contribute towards changing the dominant theoretical paradigm – which, in the form of present public opinion, is probably contributing to resist the implementation of social and economic justice, according to the hypotheses of this project. so-called public theology and the public church participate in the formation of public opinion – with all its practical consequences also for the implementation of social and eco- nomic justice. it does this in the full awareness of being only voices amongst many other voices, and without any special claims. public theology includes social ethics, as well as the specialised so-called ethics of social institutions or different spheres of life in modern soci- eties. public theology through the public church has different modes of discourse as well as a wide range of activities at its disposal. these modes of discourse include the wisdom discourses of research, study, dialogue, consultation and education. it includes the priestly discourses of service and engagement, for example breaking down hostility and helping to build trust and reconciliation. it also includes – according to many, but not all – prophet- ic discourses such as critical witness and advocacy, when judged necessary. the activities theological perspective on theoretical paradigms openbare rol van die kerk’ ( ) tydskrif vir geesteswetenskappe - ; dj smit ‘openbare getuienis en publieke teologie vandag?’ ( ) scriptura - . for more detailed analyses of the church’s impact on south african society, see for example dj smit ‘the impact of the church in south africa after the collapse of the apartheid regime’ in k bediako et al (eds) a new day dawning: african christians living the gospel ( ) at - ; dj smit ‘oor die kerk en maatskaplike uitdagings in ons land’ ( ) nederduitse gereformeerde teologiese tydskrif - . in the last article for example it is argued that the church takes on at least six different social forms, name- ly: the worshiping assembly; the local congregation as human community; denominational structures and institutions; diverse local, regional and national ecumenical forms; individual believers in the fullness of their life and activity; participation of believers in different organisations, initiatives and forms of civil soci- ety. it is argued that each of these forms potentially impacts on society. for essays dealing from different perspectives with the complex ways of building a human rights culture, see the volume of conference papers botman and sporre (eds) building a human rights culture (note above). a very instructive recent study on practices of social reconciliation, including consideration of the potential contribution of religious communities, is available in sf du toit learning to live together: practices of social reconciliation ( ). the respected social ethicist james gustafson, formerly from the university of chicago, gave a lecture series in - on four such modes of moral discourse, which was subsequently published as j gustafson varieties of moral discourse: prophetic, narrative, ethical, and policy ( ). the first form of moral dis- course, namely prophetic discourse, seeks to identify a moral evil in society and to raise awareness of the particular issue. it uses passionate language to criticise and confront existing power structures and offers ideal alternatives to the state of affairs. narrative discourse tells paradigmatic stories that may reveal overt or hidden morals. narrative tries, in a more subtle way than prophetic discourse, to persuade and inspire people and communities. on their own these two forms are, however, not sufficient. moral discourse requires policy discourse, which rather asks what actions and transformation would in fact be possible (rather than simply desirable) within the given circumstances. finally it also requires technical, ethical dis- course in the strict sense, which tries to analyse and clarify matters through conceptual distinctions. gustafson’s typology initially remained limited to the ecumenical sphere (where it in fact originated after he made a thorough study of the ethical documentation of the world council of churches), but recently it has been taken up in the wider field of christian ethics, such as the recent book by bv brady the moral bond of community: justice and discourse in christian morality ( ). this has also been introduced in south african christian ethical circles – see for example dj smit and de villiers ‘hoe christene in suid-afrika by mekaar verby praat ... oor vier morele spreekwyses in die suid-afrikaanse kerklike konteks’ ( ) skrif en kerk - . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e of the public church range from the worship of local congregations through the institu- tional work of denominations and ecumenical bodies to the initiatives of believers and vol- untary initiatives. the beyers naudé center for public theology is dedicated to serve these purposes through such research, education and involvement, thereby hopefully contributing to more social and economic justice in south africa today. for a discussion of the both constructive and destructive ways that christian worship can contribute to social justice, see dj smit ‘on learning to see’ in; dj smit ‘’seeing things differently’ - on prayer and politics’ in l holness and rk wüstenberg (eds) theology in dialogue: the impact of the arts, humanities, and science on contemporary religious thought: essays in honor of john w de gruchy ( ) at - . the beyers naude centre for public theology is one of a growing number of public theology institutes in the ecumenical church (www.sun.ac.za/theology/bnc). others may be found in scotland (the centre for theology and public issues at the university of edinburgh, http://www.div.ed.ac.uk/theologypubl.html), the united states (the abraham kuyper center for public theology at princeton theological seminary, http://www.ptsem.edu/grow/kuyper/; the center for business, religion and public life at pittsburgh theological seminary, http://www.pts.edu/busrel.html) and elsewhere. beyond labour law’s parochialism: a re-envisioning of the discourse of redistribution* l u c y a w i l l i a m s professor of law, northeastern university school of law, boston i introduction left labour and welfare law constitute two primary fields of discourse about redistribution. however, each has traditionally seen itself as isolated, not only from one another but also from the critically related fields of immigration, family, and international law. the failure of each to engage with the other results in theoretical and political gaps that have contributed to both fields’ inability to envision redistribution strategies sufficient to measure up to the power and pervasiveness of the conservative/neo-liberal agenda. this essay seeks to draw threads between fields of inquiry and practice that progressives, especially labour and welfare lawyers, must understand as intimately linked. i argue that any progressive transformation of labour law requires intense engagement with welfare law. with notable exceptions, labour law still largely situates questions of power and income distribution within the framework of labour markets. its perspective on work remains limited to wage labour. and it still privileges collective bargaining by unions within a nation-state as the pri- mary site of progressive initiatives for economic and social redistribution. these internalized ways of thinking guarantee that labour law will become increasingly stultified and marginal- ized as the new century progresses, and that labour lawyers will have steadily less to contribute to economic redistribution and social change. likewise, progressive welfare lawyers have traditionally focused almost exclusively on cen- tral government transfers as the redistributive hub, failing to engage with and expose the state’s role in constructing labour markets. more recently, since the us ‘welfare reform’, dis- cussed below, progressive welfare lawyers have often focused on developing social services to help poor families ‘overcome barriers to employment,’ instead of challenging the structure of low-wage labour markets. activists in both welfare and labour law, viewing their constituen- cies within nation-state boundaries, have not infrequently voiced protectionist rhetoric. privileging nation-state waged work as the site for redistributional politics ignores and deval- ues the needs and concerns of millions of productive, low- and non-waged workers in the glob- alized economy. likewise privileging government transfers as the primary site of redistribution, * this paper was originally published in j conaghan, rm fischl & k klare (eds) labour law in an era of globalization: transformative practices and possibilities ( ) at - and is reprinted here with kind permission of l williams, j conaghan, rm fischl and k klare and oxford university press. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e counterintuitive as this might sound, contributes to the dominant discourse of a ‘free market’ by failing to expose the politically chosen, legally constructed labour market structures that reinforce income disparity. left lawyers certainly do not intend their theoretical formulations and political stances to render disempowered populations invisible. but often, through lack of interdisciplinary and cross-border dialogue, we fail effectively to criticize our own positions and re-imagine broad-based redistributive political agendas. this chapter attempts to expose ways in which many left labour and welfare lawyers have unwittingly played into a discourse that reinforces the economic status quo by validating the economic structures creating poverty. the left’s default can be seen particularly in a failure fully to appreciate and expose the reinforcing links between three seemingly disparate legal-theoret- ic discourses that feed into the dominant political consensus on social policy. together these dis- courses privilege and naturalize waged labour within a free market as the arena for productive participation in society, thereby justifying the assault on the welfare state. the first is the discourse of the public and private distinction. mainstream legal thought, both conservative and liberal, conceives private law as arising more or less naturally, rather than being a contingent product of state policy. within this understanding, private law, and the institutions it structures such as market and family, arise ‘prior to’ and independent of state power. this conceptual framework naturalizes the existing distribution of wealth and power in these social arenas, which then appear to have nothing to do with, and indeed, to require pro- tection from state intervention. in addition, it necessarily marginalizes welfare law and policy by portraying it as government ‘intervention’ into natural market outcomes and family arrange- ments. when welfare lawyers focus on government transfers, and when labour lawyers mar- ginalize welfare law as state intervention, both are contributing to the legitimization of the ‘free market.’ similarly central within the dominant legal and policy framework, is the conception of a ‘worker’ as someone engaged in wage labour. social protection laws connected to waged work frequently further narrow the meaning of ‘worker’ to those in full-time, high-wage, long-term jobs. this definition identifies as ‘non-workers’ and therefore excludes many individuals who are, in fact, active in waged work as well as the many who work but do not receive a wage. these definitions reinforce the socially constructed identities upon which mainstream discourse and political rhetoric are founded. by pursuing a traditional social welfare agenda primarily connected to an anachronistic image of the waged worker, and by distancing other members of society as ‘non-productive,’ labour contributes to the stigmatization of millions of low-waged and non-waged workers, including welfare recipients and immigrants. finally, there is the notion of social citizenship, to which some progressive welfare and labour policy-makers have subscribed, often as a repository of democratic and egalitarian aspirations, without critically assessing the gender, racial, and economic biases of traditional citizenship dis- course. in addition, they typically view their fields within the boundaries of nation-state citi- zenship, without engaging with the current social reality of global economic integration or the in the us, ‘welfare’ is commonly used to refer to aid to families with dependent children (afdc), replaced in by temporary assistance to needy families (tanf). throughout this chapter, i use the term ‘wel- fare’ to refer to social assistance programmes, the eligibility for which is means-tested, not conditioned on a requisite tie to waged work. i use the term ‘social welfare’ in a broader sense, to include both social assis- tance and social insurance programmes, in which eligibility is defined by a sufficient attachment to waged work. class, racial, and alienage implications of a citizenship paradigm that fails to incorporate a cross-border perspective. by failing critically to analyse our roles in perpetuating these discourses, left labour and wel- fare theoreticians have, albeit inadvertently, ceded discursive and political ground to the con- servative/neo-liberal consensus, contributing by default to the hegemonic discourses that por- tray the social status quo as natural. through interdisciplinary and cross-national dialogue by and among progressives working in the fields of labour, welfare, immigration, and internation- al economic organization, we can strengthen our critiques, and better position ourselves to dis- rupt the ‘naturalness’ and self-fulfilling quality of dominant discourse. my particular focus is on the perceived lack of connection between labour and welfare law, primarily in a us and uk context. i then draw threads from labour and welfare to the areas of family, immigration, and international economic law. my hope is that by elucidating theoreti- cal and political gaps in and among these fields, we can develop a more sophisticated redis- tributive agenda – one that is multicultural and gender-sensitive, allowing, indeed encouraging, transformation of social roles, and one that incorporates a re-imagined, globalized conception of citizenship, attentive to racial and gender differences. finally, it should be one that reclaims and re-legitimates redistribution, moving beyond the mere redistribution of income to facilitate the redistribution of power, resulting in self-actualization and active citizenship within the mar- ket, family, and political community. one (although only one) step toward developing the the- oretical tools needed to revitalize transformative politics is for labour lawyers and others thor- oughly to engage with the insights and innovations of modern welfare law. ii the legal creation of poverty welfare law is premised upon and uniquely illuminates fundamental teachings of critical legal thought first developed, in the us, by the legal realists. the core insight is that all legal rules are contingent products of human choice that have distributive consequences. that is, legal rules affect the distribution of wealth and power, whether vertically among classes, horizontal- ly among races and genders, or internationally among regions, communities, and nation-states. for a century, traditional legal thinkers have engaged in intense ideological work to suppress or marginalize these insights. left-legal theorists and practitioners have resisted this hegemonic view. but they have never fully appreciated the theoretical contributions of welfare law or its potential as a forum to expose the legal means by which poverty is perpetuated. by uncritical- ly accepting the mainstream view that welfare law takes market outcomes as its starting point, left-legal theory has implicitly validated the mainstream view that the background rules struc- turing market behaviour are not really acts of government. the dominant political discourse in western nations, reinforced by our legal culture, teach- es that poverty arises naturally and that the legal system bears no responsibility for causing it. private law concepts of family, tort, property, and freedom of contract are made to appear as the necessary and neutral framework of social and economic power relations, arising inde- pendently of law. the dominant political culture denies that these background rules privilege any group or have anything to do with allocating wealth or income. the role of law in distrib- uting property, valuing waged labour, and consequently devaluing family work, is almost always invisible. in fact, the stubborn persistence of poverty, in both developed and developing countries, largely results from political and legal decisions and institutions that generate and sustain a re-envisioning the discourse of redistribution t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e sharply unequal distribution of wealth and resources. far from being natural or neutral, legal rules, norms, and practices play a central part in maintaining poverty by according privilege to and legitimating certain values, interests, and concerns over others. legal precepts shape social roles by assigning power and responsibility in social relationships, whether within the family or in the workplace. for example, the everyday common sense of modern, democratic, political and legal cultures – that the family is a private haven from the public realms of market and government – ignores the intimate, indispensable, and legally constructed connections between these social spheres. as dis- cussed below, the production of goods and services for the market by paid workers depends on the subsidy of unpaid care-givers’ – predominantly women’s – labour. similarly, family wealth and income could not exist without the full range of property rules entrenched by government. the rules that comprise freedom of contract, referring to rich and poor, male and female, and employ- er and employee as ‘equals’ because they formally share the power to contract, ratify steeply unequal access by individuals and families to the economic means of life-enjoyment. the state is not independent from other social structures. the state entrenches those structures. nor is the existing array of background legal rules inevitable. human actors, making implic- it or explicit moral and political decisions about who is and is not deserving of reward, create legal entitlements that reflect and enact distinct political values. all of the ways in which soci- ety sustains income inequality and poverty – whether through government programmes fund- ed by general taxation, market structures, familial responsibility, or private charity – reflect politically chosen regulatory policies. welfare law, whose raison d’être is to question the existing distribution of wealth and in- come, provides a forum for exploding the neutrality of these background rules of entitlement. it is, therefore, at least potentially, a permanent threat within mainstream jurisprudence because it reveals the false pretense or illusion that the bedrock common law of property, market, and family is distributionally neutral and exists prior to and independent of governmental action. from a critical perspective, welfare discourse sees every legal artifact as crafted by officials in a given historical and institutional framework. thus, welfare law persistently threatens to reveal the contingency and political character of all law. mainstream politicians, at least subliminally alert to the trojan-horse nature of welfare law and its potential to explode the most basic assumptions of the legal culture, periodically go to considerable lengths to suppress its critical aspect and to recast welfare law in a manner con- sistent with status quo assumptions. just as labour law’s potentially radical implications for wealth and power distribution, even within the limited waged work sphere, were blunted by a functional reinterpretation of the discourse, so, too, have progressive ideas in welfare law needed to be domesticated or marginalized. thus, mainstream policymakers and jurists face the intellectual challenge of creating a conception of welfare law that, while moderately re-distrib- utive, does not disrupt or delegitimate core institutions. to accomplish this goal, a modicum of procedural due process, and thus a perception of fun- damental fairness, was incorporated into welfare law. but this concession, important as it was, has been ultimately overwhelmed in significance by increasingly vitriolic debate about the wel- fare system’s very purpose. the normative foundations of welfare state theory are ideas about k e klare ‘workplace democracy and market reconstruction: an agenda for legal reform’( ) catholic university l rev at , ‘judicial deradicalization of the wagner act and the origins of modern legal consciousness’ ( ) minnesota lr at . see, eg, goldberg v kelly us ( ) and its progeny. equality and minimum material circumstances for a meaningful life-experience. over the last twenty years, the ‘new’ welfare theory, legitimated and promoted by a policy consensus of con- servatives (for example, thatcher and reagan) and liberal/neo-liberals (for example, blair and clinton), has promoted different assumptions and commitments. one normative baseline of this strange alliance is a modernized version of the old ideal of liberty, meaning freedom from governmental interference. advancing under the banner of the so-called ‘washington consensus’ and espousing the virtues of deregulation, limited govern- ment spending, and free trade, politicians in many western nations have attacked and dis- mantled previously well-established welfare programmes. most varieties of the neo-liberal tra- dition take the position that social provision is a sometime necessary evil to correct market fail- ures and imperfections, just as sometimes the state must ‘intervene’ in domestic matters because of family-breakdown. many new right theorists and politicians acknowledge the possibility of market failure in theory but doubt its existence in practice. accordingly, social provision for them is simply an interference with the free market and has no legitimate purpose. but the var- ious wings coalesce around so-called free markets and the two-parent heterosexual family as the appropriate institutions for distributing wealth and power. in sum, the intellectual achievement (if one can call it that) of the conservative/neo-liberal ‘welfare reform’ consensus is to formulate social policy as an adjunct to private law. questions of income, wealth, and power inequality – let alone redistribution – fade from the picture. moreover, the consensus is also built on historical ambivalence over how much the poor are responsible for their own plight, resurfacing the causation issue with intensely pejorative rhet- oric. welfare benefits, the consensus holds, generate pernicious social consequences, as well as inefficiencies, and must be eliminated because they foster a culture among the poor that does not reflect majoritarian values. this discourse attributes poverty to individual fault, charac- terized as a lack of the work ethic in the first world and a lack of acquaintance with or mas- tery of entrepreneurial values and skills in developing countries. the common assumption is that individual agency can always overcome cultural, societal, and economic obstacles. the argument continues that these individual character flaws are largely created and sustained by the institution of welfare. thus it is argued, without a trace of irony, that because the welfare state creates dependency, welfare actually causes poverty rather than ameliorating it. without state intervention, the free market would create the incentives for mainstream attitudes and behaviour, by which is meant those consistent with waged work and the patriarchal family. the rhetoric of individual responsibility and institutional dependency legitimates the inevitability of re-envisioning the discourse of redistribution of course, many european countries continue to maintain more expansive welfare states, including addi- tional family supports, albeit still retaining elements of gender bias as well as racist connotations in terms of immigration law and immigrant access to benefits. the role of social protection and labour in many latin american, african, and asian countries is, in many ways, even more complex. this chapter does not attempt to highlight and problematize the labour and social welfare debate throughout the world, but focuses rather on us/uk discourse, which currently forms the basis of discussion in many other countries, in part because of world bank and international monetary fund structural austerity measures. fe olsen ‘the myth of state intervention in the family’ ( ) university of michigan j of law reform at . for discussions of the history of welfare theory from various sub-movements of the right, see l williams ‘welfare law and legal entitlements: the social roots of poverty’ in d kairys (ed) the politics of law: a progressive critique ( ) ; l williams decades of distortion: the right’s -year assault on welfare ( ); l williams ‘the ideology of division: behavior modification welfare reform proposals’ ( ) yale l j . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e growing disparity in the distribution of wealth both within and between nation-states and underwrites the policy imperative of dismantling the welfare state. the hegemonic success of this rhetoric has led to a significant retrenchment in availability of and entitlement to social pro- tection benefits. despite differences, mainstream political rhetoric about welfare, from moderate-liberal to the far right, have come to share a common thread in recent decades by subsuming welfare pol- icy into private law. at best, welfare smooths out rough edges of the free market (what are tech- nically called ‘market imperfections’ or ‘externalities’). this theoretical ploy cried out for a pro- gressive response aimed to show that the background rules and assumptions by which law reg- ulates the free market themselves constitute a site of distributive conflict. instead, most left-legal criticism has pursued one of two alternative avenues. progressive welfare theorists have largely seen their task as that of defending the legitimacy of state ‘intervention’ to achieve egalitarian redistribution. of course, they make strong argu- ments against welfare retrenchment, for example, skillfully rebutting the argument that welfare is an addictive drug, and exposing the racism and sexism inherent in the welfare reform con- sensus. but their ultimate solution to poverty and inequality is still framed as a system of cen- tral government transfer payments, criticized by some politicians as a ‘tax and spend mentali- ty.’ the achilles heel of this approach is that it concedes the mainstream’s central premises, that free markets and governmental regulation are diametrically opposed modes of social ordering, and that family and markets are autonomous from state power. progressive welfare advocates’ method of redistribution assumes a conceptual framework in which a ‘regulatory’ state inter- venes in a ‘free market.’ that focus contributes to the belief that the legal background rules gov- erning the market and the family have no part in the distribution of income and power and operate in a totally separate realm from welfare law. in other words, welfare law is about state intervention in a normally ‘free’ realm, while background legal rules arise more or less sponta- neously in private spheres. thus welfare law’s traditional, bounded assumption that central government transfer policy is the primary arena of redistribution has frustrated its efforts to counter the centre/right consensus and challenge the overall legal structure of inequality. while labour lawyers take for granted that labour markets are sites of distributive conflict, they customarily fixate on increasing waged workers’ bargaining power. unable to think very far beyond labour market conflict as the engine of redistribution, left labour academics and activists have unwittingly reinforced the naturalization of family, contract, property, and tort law. rarely do they deploy their critical arsenal against the background rules of private law that give existing labour markets their highly inegalitarian shape. like most practitioners and legal academics, they fail to appreciate the importance and theoretical richness of welfare law or to develop its connections with and implications for labour law. by marginalizing welfare law as separate from labour law, they have contributed to a discourse that frames welfare law as com- prising isolated acts of ‘state regulation,’ thereby naturalizing the free market. this limited view of welfare law as anomalous state intervention, and the artificial concep- tual divisions between family, state, and market, regrettably mirrors the ideas behind the cur- rent welfare reform consensus. the hegemonic rhetoric, in both the us and uk, deflects atten- tion from the political underpinnings of income inequality and instead focuses on an alleged see generally as orloff ‘gender and the social rights of citizenship: the comparative analysis of gender relations and welfare states’ ( ) american sociological rev . breakdown of the natural family and the failure of poor people, particularly lone mothers, to participate in the ‘free’ market. the prevailing political consensus relies on this unchallenged belief in the neutrality of private law to support the dismantling of welfare programmes, artic- ulated as public interventions in the natural order but which are really ameliorative adjuncts to alienated waged work. critical welfare and labour law must expose the state’s presence in struc- turing and distributing power in families and markets, and it must reclaim welfare law as a site of redistributional politics. it must engage with and undermine the central premise of the con- temporary welfare reform consensus (and its historical antecedents) that poverty can be allevi- ated simply by strengthening families and pushing people into wage labour. and it must expose and challenge the class, gender, and racial biases of the legal rules structuring family life and market processes. iii social welfare laws construct identities and exclusions having artificially distinguished public and private realms, placing welfare in the former, the next challenge for mainstream political discourse was to explain why some central government income transfers are legitimate without exposing the contingency of all socio-economic struc- tures. why choose some income transfers and not others, just as easy to imagine (for example, a guaranteed minimum income funded by steeply progressive taxation)? one solution has been to define ‘legitimate’ income transfers so as to reinforce the core institutions and understand- ings of the social status quo, made ‘natural’ by common law background rules. thus, social welfare laws and policies were crafted in the shadow of an assumed model of alienated wage labour, comprised of breadwinners who were subsidized by unpaid work in the home based on a gendered division of labour. in the process, social welfare law built upon and added its own nuances to law’s naturalizing and legitimation projects. an area of doctrine that illuminates this process concerns the legal designation of eligible claimants for various social welfare programmes. in legal fiction, drafters of social welfare statutes develop policy based on a population consisting of people with fixed identities inde- pendent of law (for example, a person who is, in medical terms, permanently disabled from waged work). but drafting and administering welfare laws are political practices with discur- sive as well as instrumental consequences. in short, legal work creates meanings. social welfare- related legal practices partially construct the identities of deserving and undeserving claimants. by way of illustration, one of the most fundamental distinctions in social welfare law is between programmes for ‘workers’ who suffer income interruption (due, for example, to unem- ployment, accident, or retirement) and programmes for ‘non-workers.’ social insurance pro- grammes for ‘workers’ or ex-workers are typically financed by employer-employee contribution schemes. social assistance programmes for ‘non-workers’ are commonly financed from general revenues, and are less generous and highly stigmatized. an elaborate body of statutory rules and doctrines determines who is a ‘worker’ and who is not. the worker versus non-worker distinction is highly ideological. it draws upon and develops the messages of the legal culture generally – the public/private distinction, the disjuncture of family and market, and the privileging of market activity. the highly negative popular image of welfare beneficiaries is largely a self-fulfilling prophecy of general social welfare law and poli- cy, built upon long-standing prejudice against the poor, whether in waged or non-waged work. to begin with, the fundamental, and fundamentally gendered, assumption of mainstream theory is that ‘work’ means paid work, and ‘worker’ means someone who works almost exclu- re-envisioning the discourse of redistribution t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e sively in wage labour. traditional theories of ‘productivity’ largely exclude the value of unpaid labour as an integral factor, a cost of production. workplace productivity assessments are based on factors that isolate one’s role in paid work and ignore other parts of life that influ- ence, contribute to, or detract from productivity. while economists and lawyers speculate about increased ‘efficiency’ or ‘productivity’ as if these were fixed or ‘natural’ concepts, they ignore production costs currently absorbed by the household, such as the provision of health care and childcare. the production of value outside and apart from paid work for employers does not ‘count’ (it is valuated at zero), so policy makers take this form of subsidy largely for granted. in addition, since everyone (including, by the twentieth century, women) owns his or her labour power and has freedom of contract, everyone potentially can work (that is, earn wages). so if a woman does not earn wages, and also fails to marry and make a home for a wage-earn- ing spouse, her poverty is attributable to her social deviancy. such a person becomes ‘depend- ent’ on ‘the state.’ the main point of this rhetoric is, of course, to stigmatize the victim, but there are several powerful subtexts. first, since waged work is the opposite of non-waged work, and since non-waged work is ‘dependent,’ waged work must be ‘independent.’ therefore main- stream theory complacently ignores or actively suppresses the alienated, subordinate, often authoritarian character of waged work, and most waged workers’ utter dependence on how well their employers manage and cope with technological and market shifts. secondly, since ‘non-worker’ recipients of social assistance are dependent on the state, every- one else must be independent of the state. therefore, mainstream theory ignores the role of gov- ernment in creating and protecting the ‘entitlement programmes’ of the well-to-do, namely, the background laws of property, contract, family, and tort, not to mention tax and other subsidies to business and to middle and upper-class households. the mainstream framing of social welfare policy in terms of the worker/non-worker dis- tinction produces many unfortunate consequences for both general public debate and the left’s ability to imagine transformative alternatives. among the most damaging is that this perspective renders invisible the population who are both ‘workers’ (that is, waged workers) and ‘non-workers’ (welfare recipients, most of whom do massive amounts of unpaid family work). large numbers of people cycle between low-waged work and welfare programmes. studies within the us, immediately preceding the us ‘welfare reform’, document welfare and waged work as inextricably intertwined, thereby challenging the widely held assumption that welfare recipients are a category separate and distinct from paid workers. a majority of women receiving welfare move in and out of low-waged work on a regular basis. one study found that of the sixty-four per cent of women on welfare for the first time who left the rolls within two years, almost half left for work. but of those who left, three-quarters eventually returned; forty- on the economic interdependence of paid and unpaid work and its invisibility in dominant discourse, see further k rittich ‘feminization and contingency: regulating the stakes of work for woman’ in j conaghan, rm fischl & k klare (eds) labour law in an era of globalization: transformative practices and possibilities ( ) - . if one used ‘point in time’ data, ie, counting the percentage of those on a given day both receiving welfare and participating in wage work, there appears to be very little overlap, figures showing only about % of welfare recipients are also in paid labour. staff of house committee on ways and means background material and data on programs. within the jurisdiction of the committee on ways and means ( ) th cong d sess at . but this type of data collection does not take into account the ‘cyclical wel- fare/work population.’ five per cent returned within a year. another study found that seventy per cent of welfare recipients participated in some way in the wage labour force over a two-year period: twenty per cent combined paid work and welfare, twenty-three per cent worked intermittently, receiving welfare between jobs, seven per cent worked limited hours and looked for more paid work, and twenty three per cent searched for, but could not obtain, paid work. the women in this study held an average of . paid jobs over the two-year period and spent an average of sixteen weeks looking for paid work. as in most western nations, the us legal rules concerning eligibility for benefits under the unemployment insurance (ui) system reflect the false dichotomy between waged workers and welfare recipients. although low-waged workers contribute to the ui benefit-pool in the sense that employers pass payroll taxes onto them in the form of lower wages, ui rules exclude many low- waged workers, particularly women and people of colour, from the definition of ‘employee.’ minimum past earning requirements in many states render ineligible many part-time, low-wage workers. thus most of the single mothers who moved from welfare to wage labour and then lost their jobs found they were ineligible for the ui program. in one study of women-maintained families in which the mother was employed for at least three months, almost three times as many families turned to welfare as to ui. in another study of , single mothers who received wel- fare for at least two months in a twenty-four month period, forty-three per cent also worked, aver- aging just about half-time. however, only eleven per cent of those who worked later qualified for ui. by denying many low-wage earning mothers transitional support when they become unem- ployed, forcing them to resort or return to welfare, ui law constructs them as persons who are ‘not attached to the labour force,’ that is, as social deviants who cause their own poverty by refus- ing to work and who are, therefore, unworthy of assistance from society. re-envisioning the discourse of redistribution ld pavetti the dynamics of welfare and work: exploring the process by which young women work their way off welfare, unpublished phd dissertation, jfk school of government, harvard university ( ). r spalter-roth making work pay: the real employment opportunities of single mothers participating in the afdc program (washington dc: institute for women’s policy research, ). % of women were excluded based on minimum weeks of prior employment as opposed to eight percent of men. % of women were disqualified based on the required amount of earnings in the highest earning quarter compared to % of men. minimum earnings requirements disqualified % of women as opposed to % of men. taken together, prior earnings requirements excluded % of women as opposed to % of men. yh yoon, r spalter-roth & m baldwin unemployment insurance: barriers to access for women and part-time workers (washington dc: national commission for employment policy, ) . for example, ui coverage requires not just a connection to waged work, but a sufficient connection, dis- advantaging low-waged and contingent workers. to meet monetary eligibility minimums, low-waged work- ers must work more hours than higher paid workers: advisory council on unemployment compensation, report and recommendations (washington, dc: us government printing office, ) . in nine states, a half-time, full-year ( hours of work) worker who earns minimum wage is completely ineligible for benefits, while the worker who earns $ . an hour for the same hours of work is eligible (ibid). likewise, a two-day a week, full-year worker earning minimum wage would be ineligible in states, but the same worker earning $ . an hour would be eligible in all but two states (ibid). states require that a minimum amount of earnings be received in an individual’s high-waged quarter. thus, workers who concentrate their work hours in a shorter period are more likely to meet the eligibility requirements (advisory council on unemployment compensation (note above) at , ). for exam- ple, nine states would disqualify a half-time, full-year minimum wage worker (who worked hours), but only one state would disqualify the same worker if she worked the same number of hours full-time for weeks and did not work at all for the rest of the base period (ibid ). one study found that % of all unemployed part-time workers received unemployment insurance as opposed to % of full-time workers: yoon et al (note above) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e far from welfare recipients demonstrating an unwillingness to work, these studies suggest that most welfare recipients prefer and endeavor to earn wages even under the most trying per- sonal circumstances. their efforts are frequently frustrated by barriers for which legal rules and public policies are responsible. often, they cannot find employment for which they are quali- fied. even in times of low unemployment, low-waged work conditions are so precarious as to guarantee that many low-waged earners will periodically cycle through periods of unemploy- ment. low-waged jobs in the us, uk, and many other developed nations pay below-subsistence wages (thereby ensuring that workers cannot provide for their families), provide little or no training or advancement opportunities, and typically have inflexible work schedules allowing no adjustment for the family care needs of low-income families who do not have nannies or other family members available to care for their children and elders. low-wage employers often induce employee turnover as a wage-depression strategy. far from providing a forum for self- actualization, independence, autonomy, and empowerment, these jobs generate self-alienation, depression, poverty within wage work, and disempowerment. the perceived bifurcation of waged work and welfare receipt allows the idea of dependen- cy to be severed from any connection with the sale of labour power in the market, discursive- ly erasing the alienation and subordination within low-waged work. the legal system defines who is a worker and who is independent, thereby stigmatizing adults who do not meet the legal definition of worker as trapped in dependency. the legally constructed identity of wel- fare recipients as shiftless non-workers, rather than as ‘autonomous’ wage earners, reinforces the negative images of welfare recipients that resonate so deeply with much of the us and uk public. this ‘reality’ drives the debate about welfare reform, as, for example, during the us debates leading to the passage of the personal responsibility and work opportunity reconciliation act (prwora). the prwora limits a family’s ability to get welfare to a maximum of five years in a lifetime, and mandates stringent work requirements even during the eligibility period. in other words, the orwellian power of legal discourse to portray work- ers as non-workers creates a disconnection between people’s experience as workers and their recognition as workers. like the background rules that divide the family and the market into independent ‘private’ spheres, both separated from ‘state-imposed’ welfare, social welfare laws create and reinforce identities and images that deeply influence labour and welfare policy debates. unfortunately, progressive labour lawyers have often played into this discourse, again privi- leging labour markets as the site for redistributive politics and wage labour as the arena of pro- ductivity. the dominant consensus treating ‘dependency’ as a condition located outside waged work helps sustain a cultural and psychological framework that encourages the labour move- ment and waged workers to deny or overlook their dependency and subordination. labour movements can and do view government transfer programmes serving paid workers as legiti- mate entitlements for those who contribute to society, not for those dependent on society. for example, ui laws in the us often reflect hard fought victories for the labour movement. but traditionally, as us unions lobby for improvements in and expansion of ui laws, they have consciously distanced themselves from welfare recipients. indeed, in urging ui reform, unions have often explicitly invoked the rhetoric of the ‘worthiness’ of ui as an earned entitlement, specifically juxtaposed against a view of welfare as an unearned ‘dole’ for non-workers. perhaps they have done so under an assumption that union members or prospective members will never need to rely on welfare or be out of waged work for substantial periods of time because of fam- ily responsibilities, or that incremental victories for waged workers within the bargaining unit can only be achieved by valorizing a certain ‘self-reliant’ image of earner. however justified, this approach has deflected labour’s attention away from government social policy as an arena of redistributive politics separate from ameliorating market imperfections. thus organized labour plays into the fundamentally conservative vision that even favoured social programmes like ui (as we have seen for welfare programmes as well) are simply an adjunct to market outcomes, rather than potentially redistributive programmes. and, however unwittingly, labour reinforces the social exclusion of non-waged workers. iv who is a citizen? recently, activists and theorists on both the left and right have embraced a refurbished dis- course of citizenship as a paradigm for developing welfare policy. despite some rhetorical appeal, this turn to citizenship discourse has not avoided, and, in some ways, has deepened, the problems arising from more traditional framings of social policy questions: privileging the mar- ket as a site for self-actualization and independence, while often ignoring, misunderstanding, and, on occasion, rendering invisible invidious class, gender, racial, and alienage biases, there- by devaluing subordinated social groups. advocates of the new right have advanced claims about the obligations of citizens to sup- port arguments for reducing or eliminating social protection programmes. they pose ‘active cit- izenship,’ by which they mean participation in waged work, as an alternative to social protec- tion. this rhetoric has been generously incorporated into current policy thinking in the us and uk and lends support to the welfare reform consensus. ironically, many left activists and theo- rists in the us and uk are also embracing a discourse of citizenship, in part as a medium for developing arguments to defend social protection in the face of the welfare reform consensus. at times, they rely on an aspect of the idea of social citizenship, that communal provision of basic needs is critical to human flourishing and self-actualization. the democratic and republi- can overtones are appealing, and revitalizing the concept of social citizenship may be seen as a helpful way to move beyond the liberal conception of formal equality based on acquisition of property, the franchise, and the right to associate. on the other hand, the concept of citizenship carries considerable ideological baggage. the willingness of progressive activists and theorists to work within an unreconstituted, unchallenged discourse of citizenship can be dangerously misleading in two important ways: first, within most political and theoretical discourse to date, the idea of citizenship is premised on one or another version of the public/private distinction, with the obligations of cit- izenship, albeit couched in neutral terms, incorporating racial and gendered models of white male productivity in the public sphere. secondly, classical concepts of citizenship rest on a model of political community that most theorists, including most left theorists, have been unwilling or unable to detach from the notion of the ‘nation-state.’ the modern nation-state is the product of historical forces, including conquest, imperialism, exclusion, and genocide. nationalism is sometimes an emancipatory discourse of self-determination, but is often a plat- form for racism and domination. thus the left should interrogate not valorize the nation-state or build a political theory on it. re-envisioning the discourse of redistribution see generally th marshall ‘on citizenship and social class’ in class, citizenship and social development ( ) at where citizenship is defined as ‘a status bestowed on those who are full members of a com- munity’ and developing three stages of citizenship: civil, connoting liberty and property rights, political, connoting the franchise and right to organize, and social, connoting economic welfare and security. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e citizenship discourse encompasses both rights and obligations within the ‘public’ sphere. in its traditional, more limited, version, ‘public’ means ‘governmental,’ and ‘private’ includes the realms of market, waged work, and family. public/private corresponds to state/civil society. under this model, citizenship entails entitlements and duties to participate actively in the polit- ical affairs of the day (for example, by voting and the exercise of expressional rights). people of colour, women, children, and individuals without real property – groups who have historically suffered political disenfranchisement – have been to a significant extent excluded from this tra- ditional conception of citizenship. progressives fought a long, uphill battle to bring the concept of citizenship into the paid work- place in the form of collective bargaining rights, minimum labour standards, and equal employ- ment opportunities. even so, the expansion of citizenship rights into paid work, as progressives tra- ditionally fought for it, has incorporated a racialized, gendered breadwinner model. in other words, traditional progressivism effectively promotes a second version of the public/ private distinction, in which ‘public’ means government and economic activity, whereas ‘private’ denotes the family. although the boundary between the public and private has shifted, citizenship obligations contin- ue to incorporate racial and gender hierarchies and bias by excluding those who are economically disenfranchised, that is, insufficiently attached to waged work. little conceptual progress has been made to imagine viable alternative forms of citizenship participation in other arenas. specifically, citizenship obligations until heretofore have not included care-giving, and correspondingly, the image of the citizen does not include care-givers, whether wives, servants, or slaves. as previously disenfranchised groups have acquired formal, political status as citizens, with rights to vote, contract, own property, and associate, the dominant political culture has embraced the assumption that ‘equality’ has been achieved – that all individuals, regardless of race, class, and gender, stand on an equal playing field and can negotiate in markets and fami- ly structures as equals in the pursuit of economic welfare and security. thus, the traditional dis- course of citizenship reinforces formal conceptions of equality, individualism, and self-reliance, and the view that individual responsibility (merit and effort) is the primary method for cor- recting economic and power imbalances. an imagery of citizenship focused on independent and autonomous individuals possessing rights and obligations within the public sphere legitimizes the correlative imagery of ‘dependants’ – people who are not full citizens because they are not in waged work. paid work becomes the forum within which social citizenship can be recog- nized. in other words, the ‘private’ pre-legal rules of the market become the ‘public’ cultural sphere through which citizenship obligations can be fulfilled. it is very difficult to erect a broad, multi-layered programme for economic redistribution on such a platform. indeed, from this, it is a short step to rhetoric emphasizing the need for wel- fare recipients to be active and productive participants of society within the public sphere of waged work. this concept of citizenship – the white male breadwinner version – excludes wel- fare recipients cycling in and out of low-waged employment, juggling the demands of paid work and family responsibility, as well as care-givers who are not in the paid labour market. like the statutory definitions of ‘worker’ that exclude low-waged workers and home-makers, building ‘social citizenship’ on the foundation of an unproblematized, liberal conception of who is a cit- izen risks excluding welfare recipients and others considered outside mainstream society. note the current rhetorical deployment by the uk government of notions of ‘exclusion’ and ‘inclusion,’ often designating lone mothers as ‘excluded’ from society, reminiscent of the poverty discourse in elizabethan times that viewed the pauper as outside the community, ie, in the poor house. on current uk welfare policy, see further conaghan ‘woman, work and family: a british revolution’ in j conaghan, rm because the dominant discourse embraces formal, ahistorical conceptions of the individual, the citizen, and equality, concepts of social citizenship uncritically derived therefrom will not be sufficiently sensitive to the structural limitations of civic rights and entitlements in societies per- meated by illegitimate racial, gender, and class domination. yet often left labour and welfare theorists have not attended to the highly gendered and racialized nature of citizenship as we know it, nor have they done much to re-envision the con- cept to include the life experiences and needs of the millions of people who cannot meet the conventionally defined obligations of citizenship. the forum for fulfilment of citizenship, even among progressive labour and welfare advocates, remains the public realm. labour’s con- ception of social citizenship refers largely to collective action and minimum guarantees in the labour market. jurists interpreting welfare laws valorize waged work as the privileged site of human self-realization. not surprisingly, since the prwora, many progressive welfare lawyers have focused on assisting poor families to overcome barriers to participation in paid work. they have done so, however, without seriously challenging the mainstream tenet that government ‘interventions’- like welfare programmes – are presumptively inefficient and should be carefully limited to the role of ameliorating the contradictions, and correcting the imperfec- tions, of the market. a left political agenda that merely grafts some socio-economic rights onto the model of citizenship, albeit within discourses of workplace democracy and egalitarian fam- ily relations, fails to problematize its foundational concepts. even if we were to develop a richer conception of participation, for example, by including care-giving activities currently denigrated because of the privileged place of politics and wage labour, it remains the case that citizenship discourse rest historically on notions of membership and participation in a particular polity or nation-state. although this may not be logically entailed, membership is taken to imply exclusion, whether by social or geographic boundaries. but the nation-state as we know it owes more to conquest, racial exclusion, imperialism, and genocide than to the liberal-democratic revolutions and the progressive appeal of self-determi- nation. when labour and welfare academics and activists take the national context for grant- ed, we fail to grapple with the intricate connections linking social protection, labour, mobility of capital, and immigration, often, in ostrich-like fashion, hiding our heads in the sand in a time of increasing global economic integration. re-envisioning the discourse of redistribution fischl & k klare (eds) labour law in an era of globalization: transformative practices and possibilities ( ) - . notable exceptions include js o’connor ‘gender, class and citizenship in the comparative analysis of welfare state regimes: theoretical and methodological issues’ ( ) british j of sociology ; yuval- davis ‘women, citizenship and difference’ ( ) feminist rev ; orloff (note above); r lister ‘citizenship: towards a feminist synthesis’ ( ) feminist rev . see, eg, new york state department of social services v dublino, us ( ), and brief of the appellants, new york state departments of social services and labor and their commissioners at : ‘…but work is not an obligation that makes less of a man[sic], but rather it makes more of a man. tub work is more than doing a job, putting in time and collecting pay. work is a source of interest, of friendship, and of activity that gives meaning and fulfillment to life…’ for additional discussion of the idea of citizenship within the discursive framework of the nation-state, see further, bosniak ‘critical reflection on “citizenship” as a progressive aspiration’ in j conaghan, rm fischl & k klare (eds) labour law in an era of globalization: transformative practices and possibilities ( ) - . recent us critical approaches to international law have begun to articulate more complex, multi-layered notions of borders. see, eg r buchanan ‘border crossings: nafta, regulatory restructuring, and the politics of place’ ( ) indiana j of global legal studies . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e of course, in light of the crisis of declining union power and the intensity of assaults on the wel- fare state, us labour and welfare advocates and theorists have understandably focused atten- tion on their domestic scene. however, in so doing, our rhetoric often reflects a nostalgia for isolationism. labour’s nation-state focus is most evident in its fixation on collective bargaining as the privileged site of redistributional possibility. while this model has yielded many impor- tant victories, it rests on several increasingly problematical assumptions, including, for exam- ple, the assumption that nation-states can control the impact of capital flight and currency fluc- tuations; that immigration can be regulated through border enforcement of legal prohibitions established by nation-states; and that union density, even within a nation-state, will reach work- er-majority levels and incorporate waged workers not currently included within any collective bargaining framework, so that vertical redistribution (from management to labour) through collective bargaining poses only limited risks of exacerbating horizontal inequalities (between higher paid unionized and non-unionized, low-wage workers). while perhaps some of these assumptions were plausible in the postwar years, for reasons discussed below, social reality is rapidly pushing in a different direction. labour and welfare law cannot be viewed as ‘domestic issues’ within any nation-state. in light of currently unfold- ing trends toward global economic integration, a concept of citizenship anchored solely in the nation-state is anachronistic. the expansion and liberalization of trade, increased volume and mobility of capital and financing, breakdown of the bretton woods mechanisms for currency control, portability of many production techniques and equipment, and the emergence of third world manufacturing all sharply call into question the assumption that employment and social policy can be made within a nation-state framework. all of this is in addition to the moral and political imperative for people in the developed world to accept responsibility for addressing the gross maldistribution of wealth and resources on a world scale. mainstream us politicians and, regrettably, many progressive critics, discuss ‘transitioning’ welfare recipients to work under the prwora within a framework based not only on a dichotomized image of welfare recipient versus waged worker, but also on a domestic labour market, as if the us had no links to the rest of the world. but economic life in the us involves massive cross-border capital and labour flows and integrated, cross-border production chains. changes in labour or welfare laws in other countries often have important ramifications in the us (and vice-versa), whether in the form of human migration, capital migration, or rising nat- uralizations of legal immigrants. more restrictive immigration policy, rather than reducing migration, may produce more undocumented immigrants, creating a quite different impact on us low-wage labour markets than that produced by legal immigration. progressive lawyers attempting to develop new institutional mechanisms for redistribution must grapple carefully with the tension between capital mobility and restrictions on the free movement of persons. the relationship between the us and mexico highlights the implications of cross-border labour, welfare, immigration, and trade interactions, particularly the impact of anti-nafta and anti-immigrant rhetoric on us welfare policy and naturalizations, and the artificiality of borders vis-à-vis citizenship. us labour union opposition to the nafta in was often voiced as a fear of ‘losing us jobs to mexico.’ two years later, the prwora terminated the eligibility of legal immigrants, whether or not in waged work, for virtually all welfare pro- grammes. mexicans formed the largest group of us legal immigrants by far, who had chosen not to naturalize as us citizens. labour and welfare academics and activists condemned prwora, but there was virtually no self-critique as to whether labour’s anti-nafta position might have, however unintentionally, fed into racist, anti-mexican, and anti-immigration atti- tudes that culminated in the disqualification of thousands of legal immigrants. in ratifying the nafta, one bone that congress threw to labour was the nafta-trade adjustment act providing additional weeks of ui benefits for retraining workers (excluding workers not covered by ui laws) who lose their jobs due to increased imports or capital flight generated by the nafta. as a result, us taxpayers are funding the extended ui and retraining of workers dislocated by us trade policy, at the same time as they are defunding many welfare benefits to low-waged welfare recipients and legal, often mexican, immigrants. prwora’s targeting of immigrants and similar political developments (such as california’s proposition barring undocumented immigrants from receiving almost all education, social services, and health benefits) prompted the emergence of a new consciousness among legal mexican immigrants in the us to become naturalized us citizens so that they could vote and participate fully politically. until , the number of naturalizations by mexicans legally residing in the united states was fairly stable at about , per year. this development in turn has brought about profound changes in the political landscape. in , the year that californians adopted proposition , naturalizations surged to , , and in , to , . most dramatically, in (the year the prwora was being debated and enacted), mexico was the leading country-of-birth of persons naturalizing, with , or . per cent of total naturalizations. as naturalized citizens, these individuals enjoy greatly expanded legal rights to bring family members into the us. thus the ironic result of anti-immigrant politics in the s may be that even greater numbers of mexican immigrants will settle in the us, nat- uralize and vote. this, in turn, raises questions about the effect of this additional supply of waged workers on both union density and decisions of companies to relocate cross-border. juxtapose these developments to recent dramatic changes in mexican laws relating to dual citizenship and the ability of non-residents to vote in mexican elections. recent legal changes allow mexican non-residents to maintain dual citizenship. in particular, mexican immigrants who are naturalized us citizens are now permitted to reclaim their mexican citizenship. mexico’s congress enacted legislation, not yet implemented at the time of the election (in which the institutional revolutionary party (pri) was defeated for the first time since by the national action party (pan)), which would allow non-resident mexican citizens to vote in mexican elections without returning to mexico. almost million mexicans more or less permanently residing in the us could be eligible to vote in mexican elections and are expected to support either the pan or the party of the democratic revolution (prd), mexican political parties advocating the democratization of labour unions in mexico. thus the huge increase in us naturalizations by mexicans (in turn opening the door for further immigration by fami- ly members) and the emergence of dual citizenship and dual voting privileges in mexico could have broad implications for social protection and low-wage labour in both the us and mexico, re-envisioning the discourse of redistribution us dept of justice, immigration and naturalization service, statistical yearbook of the immigration and naturalization service ( ) . of course, there were other legal changes which factored into this increase, most specifically the numbers of undocumented immigrants allowed to naturalize pursuant to the immigration reform and control act of , pub l no - , stat ( ). constitucion politica de los estados unidos mexicanos, art (amended ). although the chamber of deputies had approved a package implementing this election reform, the senate (controlled by the pri) allowed the measure to die in july . jf smith ‘vote denied to mexicans living abroad’ ( ) july los angeles times at a . pj mcdonnell ‘us votes could sway mexico’s next election’ ( ) february los angeles times at a . on labour politics in a mexican context, see further c de buen unna ‘mexican trade unionism in a time of transition’ in j conaghan, rm fischl & k klare (eds) labour law in an era of globalization: transformative practices and possibilities ( ) - . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e exemplifying why citizenship attached to the nation-state is an increasingly antiquated concept. most lawyers working to revivify the concept of social citizenship and enlist it in the service of progressive causes reflexively and unconsciously adopt the nation-state perspective or, at best, leave that aspect of citizenship discourse unexamined. but ‘social citizenship’ will never become the emblem of redistributive politics and transformative aspirations until it is re-imag- ined from a thoroughly globalized perspective. v conclusion the three legal discourses discussed in this essay individually and cumulatively privilege labour markets and waged work, marginalize broad redistributive agendas as exceptions, and obscure the understanding that all legal questions have distributive implications. family and market are constructed as private, pre-legal, and autonomous from the state. the role of back- ground legal rules in entrenching power imbalances within those societal spheres is ignored. labour lawyers and welfare lawyers have both contributed to the discursive construction of income distribution as somehow independent of state action: labour lawyers by valorizing labour markets and collective bargaining as the privileged site of income distribution, while at the same time viewing welfare law as a ‘special case’ of state intervention, and welfare lawyers by fixating on government transfer policy and largely ignoring private law. thus welfare law becomes a market corrective technique, an adjunct to private law, rather than a redistributive hub. likewise social insurance and social assistance statutes, often fought for and defended by the left, separate ‘workers’ and ‘non-workers’ through artificial definitions that support the creation of partial identities. when labour lawyers argue for enhanced ui benefits on the ground that society should protect and reward primary-sector wage-earners, they are ‘other- ing’ many potential allies within waged work and denigrating non-waged work, thereby per- petuating a hierarchy of market work over family care-giving performed primarily by women. the discourse of citizenship perpetuates a male model of participation in the ‘public’ spheres of liberal democratic institutions and waged work as the means of fulfilling citizenship obli- gations and therefore acquiring full social status. and traditional citizenship discourse legiti- mates first-world protectionist policies and attitudes that perpetuate gross global inequalities, while ignoring the implications of increasing global interdependence. the discourses of these quite disparate fields reinforce one another. however unwittingly, progressive legal advocacy often reaffirms the prevailing political ‘consensus’ – that policies privileging the nation-state, market, and traditional family are natural and those dismantling the welfare state are inevitable. in other words, the rhetoric of many progressive labour and welfare theoreticians and activists assumes that the identities constructed by statutory social welfare programmes accu- rately reflect a pre-legal order providing the appropriate framework for self-fulfilment and cit- izenship activity. the reaffirmation of the free market and the traditional family as the ‘correct’ framework for dealing with domestic and global income disparities – without challenging and transforming the background rules that structure markets and families – perpetuates class, racial and gender inequality and disempowerment. i do not suggest that we must devise a single, integrated, cross-border low-wage labour and poverty policy. but we must challenge ourselves to look beyond our limited or narrowly defined constituencies, to frame new questions about labour and welfare strategy within an increasing- ly globalized economy. my hope is that, by increasing the amount and sophistication of dia- logue among social welfare, low-wage labour, immigration, family and economic globalization discourses, scholars and activists in these linked fields can begin to disrupt and undermine the ways legal culture legitimates and reinforces the social and economic status quo. this essay challenges both labour and welfare lawyers to enter more rigorously into interdisciplinary self- critique as a basis for intellectual renewal and the creation of a transformative vision of the pol- itics of redistribution. re-envisioning the discourse of redistribution opening the door to more equality r o s s z u c k e r professor of political science, lander college for men, kew gardens hills the (greek) colonists tended to divide the land they settled into equal shares, reflect- ing the egalitarian tendency inherent in the ethical system of the yeoman farmers in the mother cities. i income inequality and contemporary political theory the idea of egalitarian rules of income distribution runs against the grain of much, if not most, of contemporary political theory. this is curious considering the fact that contemporary polit- ical theory is full of theories claiming to be egalitarian. ronald dworkin announces that ‘egal- itarian liberalism is the dominant substantive theory of justice — indeed it is hardly even much challenged.’ it may in fact be the dominant theory of justice, but it is, nevertheless, not well disposed toward rules that distribute market-generated inequalities of income more equally and is not egalitarian, at least in that way. (it only supports rules that redistribute inequalities stem- ming from social and natural background that are not generated by the market.) similarly, com- munitarian opponents of liberal egalitarianism have not been formulating such rules, not to mention the position of liberalism’s conservative challengers. the anglo-american moral and political theories developed since world war ii are more concerned about inequalities of so-called basic liberty, opportunity, social background, natural talents, and capabilities than they are about inequality of income. many, perhaps most, of them accept the legitimacy of market outcomes, including income inequalities, as long as they arise under (variously stipulated) conditions of equal opportunity. as rawls writes, ‘[o]nce a suit- able minimum is provided by transfers, it may be perfectly fair that the rest of total income be settled by the price system.’ the newest school of political theory, real libertarianism, seeks to justify a basic income guarantee, but this measure is not coupled with a rule that limits relative inequality above the basic income. few on the left concern themselves with the concentration of income and wealth in the us, though it is warranted by the fact that ‘the united states ha[s] just experienced the most colos- d kagan, s ozment & fm turner the western heritage to ( ) at - . i would like to express my appreciation to elizabeth wagner for her comments on a draft of this paper. r dworkin ‘why we are all liberals’ paper presented at the program for the study of law, philosophy & social theory nyu school of law october at . mj sandel liberalism and the limits of justice ( ). sandel’s discussion implies that unequal income is justifiable if it is necessary in order to further a communal purpose. see r nozick anarchy, state, and utopia ( ). j rawls a theory of justice ( ) at . sal [upward] redistribution of wealth in world history.’ some left liberals are concerned, not about very unequal income and wealth, but about egalitarian democratic theories that conceive of democracy in a way that entails strong economic equality. believing that real progress toward economic equality is unlikely, these left liberals conclude that full democracy, requiring strong economic equality, is unrealistic. ‘[t]here are good reasons,’ writes stephen elkin, ‘to think this [real progress toward economic equality] cannot be the case. economic theory suggests that strong economic equality is not available to us, not least because it will run afoul of the need for economic incentives required if there is to be a high level of economic prosperity.’ but the pendulum of income and wealth distribution has swung widely in the past hundred years. in , the percent top marginal tax rate on the highest incomes significantly reduced inequal- ity in the us. now the us has just experienced a huge upward distribution of income and wealth. with these swings here and those in europe due to the adoption and rejection of the mixed economy, why is it unthinkable that a future change in public opinion could produce a large downward redistribution? the old economic orthodoxy on incentives continues to have remarkable traction within contemporary political theory. economic theory’s mere suggestion about the need for incentives is enough to wash away the possibility of a more egalitarian society. old ideas can be so author- itative that many contemporary political theorists do not even ask if society could achieve ade- quate productivity with substantially reduced income differentials. senior executives received as much as or even times the annual incomes of their low- est paid workers in the us in recent years. but a productive economy can evidently be achieved using much lower multiples. about times the annual income of the lowest paid worker ade- quately drove the american and japanese economies in decades of strong growth during the twen- tieth century. and it is possible that lower multiples might have sufficed. moreover, much of a person’s salary does not have to do with incentives anyway. salaries of senior executives in major corporations have as much to do with power as they do with incentives, as law professors lucien bebchuk, jesse fried and david walker demonstrated in their analysis of executive compensa- tion. senior executives and corporate compensation committees are in a position to reward sen- ior executives handsomely and they take advantage of the situation. liberals and left liberals who say ‘economic theory’ considers high income inequality necessary for incentives give a one-sided account of its position. mainline economic theorists are not all of one mind on this. john maynard keynes differed from the economic orthodoxy of his day, which is not much different from current economic orthodoxy in this regard, when he said ‘there are valuable human activities which require the motive of money-making and the environment of pri- vate wealth ownership for their full fruition. … but it is not necessary for the stimulation of these activities … that the game should be played for such high stakes. … much lower stakes will serve the purpose equally well, as soon as the players are accustomed to them.’ opening the door to more equality sam pizzigati ‘the left and the rich’ paper presented at the global left forum, new york city ( ) at . sl elkin ‘notes on the old political science for the present age’ ( ) the good society at . s pizzigati ‘the left and the rich’ (note above) at . p bennis ‘talking points: iraq, the un, & us corporations’ ( ) web publication by united for peace and justice: http://unitedforpeace.org/article.php?id= at . the figure refers to the multiple of lockheed ceo martin vance coffman’s pay package over that of the entry level soldier. ‘ceo pay in ’ : insanity marches on’ ( ) too much at . see l bebchuk, j fried & d walker ‘managerial power and rent extraction in the design of executive compensation’ ( ) university of chicago lr . the general theory of employment, interest, and money ( ) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e the government of the united states grapples more with the problem of unequal opportunity than with unequal income and wealth (not to say the amount of its attention to the former inequalities is adequate). one might expect that policies to reduce unequal opportunity and capability would indirectly reduce inequalities of income and wealth. but inequalities of income and wealth proved intractable in late twentieth and early twenty-first century america and some other countries. indeed they grew considerably during the last three decades. a compre- hensive analysis of contemporary inequalities of income and wealth, recently conducted by sam pizzigati, shows that they play a very large part in the story of contemporary america. contemporary political theorists, for the most part, have not responded to evidence of the intractability of inequalities of income and wealth by developing justifications for rules of more equal distribution of income. that they have not done so serves to support a highly unequal system. prevailing high levels of income inequality make it crucial to reconsider the direction that contemporary political theorists have chosen. can contemporary political theory be refor- mulated to provide a justification for more direct and effective remedies to income inequality? the question turns, i think, on whether philosophical foundations for rules of egalitarian dis- tribution of income and wealth can be formulated. the income-inegalitarianism of contemporary theorists derives to a significant extent from its patrimony in the work of the distinguished philosopher john rawls. they work within his paradigm in a theory of justice ( ) or within his related paradigm in political liberalism ( ). rawls’s highly influential book supports almost all of the forms of equality then known except equality of income and wealth. theory treats income and wealth very different- ly from the basic liberties, lexically ordering the latter before the former. while basic liberties are subject to strictly equal distribution, income and wealth are relegated to treatment under the ‘difference’ principle. as a result, equality of liberty and of opportunity is required and unlimited inequalities of incomes and wealth are authorized as long as they work to the advan- tage of the worst off. inequalities of income and wealth are deemed just, because and insofar as they generate incentives that augment the gnp and yield a larger portion for the worst off than they otherwise get. since a theory of justice was published thirty four years ago, theorists have diverged from rawls on many points, but they tend to share his position on income inequalities, which may be characterized as follows: . income inequality is not a primary concern. . income inequality is justifiable. . the condition of the worst off is the major concern of distributive justice. . market outcomes, and market inequalities, are legitimate for the rest of the population, so long they arise under equal opportunity. . the height of the income hierarchy cannot be limited by rules of egalitarian redistribution. many contemporary theories of economic justice stand or fall on the veracity of these proposi- tions. rawls attempts to justify a principle authorizing extreme inequalities of income and wealth s pizzigati greed and good ( ). m nussbaum calls him ‘the most distinguished moral and political philosopher of our age’: ‘the enduring significance of john rawls’ ( ) the chronicle of higher education b at b . by appealing to the judgment of all. everyone in the ‘original position’ (a hypothetical condi- tion designed to yield a just choice) would consent to that position, he claims. but the reason- ing of the participants seems flawed to me. they err, firstly, in supposing that inequalities of income and wealth are mere matters of the ‘good’ rather than of the ‘right’. as anyone can test out by trying to act upon one’s choice of consumption bundle without any income or wealth, income and wealth are means of freedom. for this reason, inequalities of income and wealth are inequalities of freedom and they are, therefore, subject to control by the principle of right. mistaking inequalities of income and wealth as matters of the good, the participants downgrade the importance of inequalities of income and wealth relative to the so-called basic liberties. this decision then leads them to authorize unlimited inequality of income and wealth for incentive purposes, as long as these steps benefit the worst off. the last two steps are not warranted, however, because income and wealth are means of freedom. the choices afforded by income and wealth are as basic as those rawls deems ‘basic liberties.’ far greater caution then needs to be exercised before allowing unlimited unequal distribution of them. the reasoning of the participants seems flawed, secondly, because their concerns are parochial in comparison with the broad scope of justice. what they consent to, the difference principle, is very limited in its concerns. the difference principle holds that inequalities of income and wealth are just if they are to the advantage of the worst off members of society. the participants give their consent to this principle out of a grave concern that they may wind up among the worst off members of society. but they do not reflect much about inequalities over the rest of the income spectrum, though the worst off may be only a fraction of the total in a society with a mushrooming middle class. the upshot is a philosophical justification for a wel- fare state. the participants in the original position are blithely unconcerned that it might be accompanied by widening inequalities between the middle class and the upper class and between different strata within the middle class. yet this is exactly what has come to pass in the united states. indeed it is a dominant feature of contemporary life in america and increas- ingly in other countries as well. the condition of the worst off members of society is, undoubtedly, an urgent matter from the standpoint of justice. but the difference principle is not a principle of justice, in my view, because the concerns of justice are general; they do not privilege one group, even the least advantaged, to such an extent that they withhold full consideration from everyone else. incomes of people at the top of the income hierarchy supply them with tremendously more freedom than the incomes at the bottom supply the worst off with (if they receive any income). however, there are significant dif- ferences between the incomes of other individuals all along the income gradient. the inequality of freedom between someone who has billion dollars worth of means of freedom and someone who has little or no financial means of freedom is more terrible than the inequality of freedom between someone with a , dollar per year income and another with a , dollar income, but justice cannot ignore the latter inequality. because many of the income differences along the entire income hierarchy involve substantial differences between the means of freedom available to individuals, justice is concerned with achieving real progress toward equal means of freedom all along the income hierarchy, not just with the especially objectionable inequalities in the means of freedom between the worst off and the best off. this is not to say, however, that the general rule of economic justice would level income. some inequalities of income may be necessary for equal opening the door to more equality as to their being unlimited in rawls’s theory, see rawls (note above) at . rawls (note above) at . see r zucker ‘on the future of the justice debates’ ( ) the good society at - . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e freedom, due to differences between individuals’ consumption and production ambitions. but many of them do not result from differences between individuals’ consumption and production ambitions. to this extent they are inimical to equal freedom. rawls’s focus on unequal opportunity for education and training suggests an implicit empha- sis on supply side determinants of income inequality. market rewards to productive agents depend, however, not only on training and education, but also on the demand for what is being produced. since extreme inequalities of income naturally arise from within the market, even under conditions of fair equality of opportunity, equal opportunity rules exercise less control over income inequality than some might suppose. as william julius wilson demonstrated in the truly disadvantaged ( ), income inequality rose among blacks during the s despite greater equality of opportunity afforded by the civil rights laws and legislation passed during s and ’ s. these facts suggest that egalitarian liberalism has shortchanged equality by emphasizing equality of opportunity at the expense of real progress toward equality of incomes. any theorist concerned with limiting the range of income inequality might recognize a need to try to formulate principles of relative distribution of income, not just rules regarding capabilities or opportunities. as economic inequality grew in the s and s, liberal theorists brought out a seeming- ly new approach, known as ‘liberal egalitarianism.’ in ‘equality of resources — part two’ ronald dworkin argued that inequalities of income and wealth that result from social background, nat- ural talents, and brute luck are not outcomes of free choice. these inequalities are therefore incon- sistent with equal freedom or real equality of resources and they should be nullified by optional insurance plans. apart from concern with these sorts of inequalities, liberal egalitarians accept the legitimacy of market outcomes, including extreme inequalities of wealth and income. inequalities of income and wealth could have been significantly reduced if countries imple- mented liberal egalitarian principles for dealing with the ramifications of social background, natural talents, and unequal opportunity. but extreme inequalities of income and wealth would not be eliminated by such measures. capital-based market systems have internal processes that would generate extreme inequalities despite measures to offset the income-effects of social background and natural talent. for example, liberal egalitarianism does not reduce demand- side causes of inequalities of income. people with equal talents and social backgrounds can make extremely different incomes depending on consumer preferences for their products. during the s and s contemporary political and moral theory supplemented its focus on the worst off, equal opportunity, social background, and natural talents by adding an emphasis on capabilities. this change roughly tracked the shift in the american economy from a capital-goods producing economy to a service economy and a high technology economy. the new economy is one where possession/ non-possession of marketable capabilities rivals ownership/non-ownership of cap- ital as a determinant of income. amartya sen provided a philosophical justification for increased governmental and societal emphasis on the development of capabilities. in doing so, he broadened the moral scope of liberal theory considerably. but his formulation emphasizes capabilities over incomes and the principles that he proposes do not directly regulate the inequality of income. sen for more on this, see r zucker ‘democracy and economic justice,’ paper presented at the annual meeting of the american political science association august . r dworkin ‘what is equality: part : equality of resources’ ( ) philosophy and public affairs . c graham and s pettinato happiness and hardship: opportunity and insecurity in new market economies ( ) at . a sen choice, welfare and measurement ( ) at ; a sen inequality reexamined ( ) at - . for an interesting, recent treatment of capabilities, see dp levine ‘poverty, capabilities, and freedom’ ( ) review of political economy . contended that every basal equality entails a secondary inequality. in a system of thought which accords priority to capabilities, this means that capability equality can require income inequality or, in other words, that income inequality is justified for the sake of capability equality. the principles proposed by the foregoing liberal theories could have some beneficial effect upon economic inequality if they were implemented, but they would not adequately or direct- ly reduce income inequality. each one of them authorizes a wide scope for market-generated inequalities of income and wealth. these inequalities cannot be dealt with satisfactorily by lib- eral egalitarianism’s roundabout methods. to rectify them direct limits need to be placed on the scope of market generated inequalities. capping incomes is not necessary, however. a rule of redistribution that strictly equalizes part of a person’s income and leaves another part of it unregulated would substantially reduce inequality without a cap. the central question for this article is whether such a rule is morally defensible. against the background of roundabout liberalism, ‘real libertarianism’ presents a welcome change. finally there is a contemporary political theory that focuses directly on income and offers rules of income distribution. van parijs claims that this economic philosophy would pro- vide real liberty if adopted. i suspect that it would not promote liberty as much as he main- tains. the basic income guarantee provides basic means of freedom, but above this floor peo- ple can have extremely unequal means of freedom. no limit is defined for the height of the income hierarchy above the floor. real libertarianism is a more direct form of liberalism in its treatment of income, but it is not a form of real liberty. direct libertarianism, if you will, does not answer to the challenge of st century income in- equality. its central concept, a basic income, represents a throw back to rawls’s emphasis on the worst off or a way of realizing his emphasis on this group. the provision of a basic income adjusts the height of the floor, but — like previous welfare entitlements — allows extreme income inequality between the upper, middle, and lower strata. van parijs explicitly formulates the basic income theory as a lex- imining approach, which places tremendous weight on the condition of the worst off rather than on general inequality, just as the difference principle does. sounding like nozick, van parijs character- izes egalitarian rules of income distribution as violations of freedom and of basic security rights. real libertarianism leaves in its wake the same question that the rest of contemporary polit- ical theory does: is real progress toward equality of income justifiable? ii a social theory of reward for economic contributions (a) introduction a theory of distributive justice sets forth principles stating that resources should be distributed in a certain way. principles of just distribution are arrived at by reasoning guided in line with ideals of justice. one of these ideals is that people should be rewarded in proportion to their economic con- tributions. this ideal, the reasoning, and the principles comprise a branch of justice known as the ‘ethics of reward for economic contributions’ or as ‘ethics of dueness for economic contributions.’ another branch of distributive justice, the ‘ethics of community,’ has a distinct ideal of justice: that opening the door to more equality a sen inequality (note above) at - . p van parijs real freedom for all ( ). van parijs real freedom (note above) at , . van parijs real freedom (note above) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e the members of a community, united for the pursuit of some common end or ends, are entitled to share in the end(s) of association, to the extent that it is a community. still another branch of jus- tice, the ‘ethics of freedom,’ holds that resources should be so distributed that they contribute, as much as possible, to the realization of freedom. i will sketch a derivation of principles of just dis- tribution within the first two branches of distributive justice. ethicists of reward for contributions usually take the position that unequal rewards are jus- tified because some individuals make bigger contributions to the creation of value than others do. in fact, they usually think extremely unequal rewards are morally supportable as long as they are proportionate to contributions. reward proportionate to contributions sounds like the standard distributive ethics in economics, but actually it is not. jr hicks showed that the mar- ginal product of labour or capital does not determine the wage or rent; it only equals the wage or rent. thereafter most neoclassical economists ceased to view the ethics of reward as a sci- entific ethics of distribution. the neoclassical theory nevertheless continues to provide a major underpinning for the ethics of unequal reward. however, ethicists rather than neoclassical theorists are for the most part the ones that treat this ethics as a scientifically well-founded approach. in neoclassical theory, the system is one where individuals receive unequal incomes partly because of differences between their labour-leisure choices and partly because the selling prices of the final products (which indirectly affect factor prices) are affected by consumer preferences that are different to the point of non-comparability. since differences between individuals are vital to its account of the determination of major system variables, neoclassical theory has an elective affinity for the ethics of unequal reward. in view of this, it is not surprising that some normative economists (hayek, zamagni) and ethicists outside of the profession continue to uphold principles of unequal remuneration based on different contributions. ostensibly value-free microeconomic theory perpetuates the ethics of reward for unequal contributions in the contemporary era. the modern economic ethic of unequal reward can be assessed by reexamining the theory of the determination of economic value on which it is based. the theory of economic value is a theory of the determination of the value of commodities, that is, goods and services bought and sold on the market. as neoclassical theorists contend, individual contributions differ. but in what ways and to what extent? i will argue that individual contributions are also similar in some ways that ethicists have not taken into account when calculating appropriate rewards for contributions. if forms of equal contributions can be demonstrated, then these equalities must be taken into account when calculating just remuneration. the implications of their incorpora- tion into an ethics of dueness are clear: people have been remunerated more unequally than they should have been and income should be distributed more equally than it is. the theory of value presupposed by most theorists of reward is itself premised on a certain assumption about the kind of economic agents that make economic contributions. producers are assumed to be the only kind of economic agents that can make economic contributors, since they are the only ones that can create economic value. the labour theory of value or the pro- duction theory of value was put forth by classical liberal theorists (eg locke), classical political economist (eg smith) and by marx. theorists of reward from the classical liberalism to the pres- ent day have tended to base their ethics upon an essentially classical theory of value and of con- tributions. in their assumption of a classical theory of value, contemporary theorists of reward for contributions have not found themselves much challenged. when they are challenged it is usually on other grounds. encountering little challenge to their underlying theory of value, con- jr hicks the theory of wages ( ) [ ]. temporary theorists of reward have not provided any defense of this approach. their assump- tion that only producers create value clearly is at odds with the established position of modern, or ‘neoclassical’ economic theory, which holds that consumers, not only producers, help to determine the value of commodities. rewards theorists do not consider the implications of this for the ethics of reward because they do not take it much into account. neoclassical theorists also do not bring out the full ethical implications of their value theory. in particular, they have not explored the possibility that consumers’ part in the creation of value can be considered to be a contribution which can accrue entitlements for the value they create. (b) do consumers qualify as contributors? the foregoing analysis raises a serious problem for the ethics of reward for contributions. do consumers meet the criteria for remuneration under a theory of reward for economic contribu- tions? the theory of reward is one that divides up rewards in proportion to contributions. as such, it must register any human source of economic creation. on this theory, inanimate objects and animals do not accrue entitlements for contributions, any more than they are entitled to any other sorts of rights. they can be protected, though, by fiduciary arrangements made on their behalf. an activity can qualify as an economically creative action if it contributes to the creation of the value of commodities. consumer activities qualify as economically creative activities because they contribute to the determination of value and, therefore, satisfy the fore- going criterion of economically creative action. for this reason, consumer activities inexorably accrue moral titles for their contributions, on a principle of dueness. consumer activities, such as the pursuit of want satisfaction or need satisfaction, display the same qualities that entitle producers to reward for their contributions. producer contributions qualify because and insofar as they help to create value in the sense of exchange value, not merely use-value for the person himself or herself. but consumer contributions can meet this test as well. neoclassical models of the economy in a condition of general economic equilibri- um show that consumer preferences help to determine relative prices or exchange values. producer contributions qualify for remuneration because and insofar as they make socially val- ued contributions. consumer contributions meet this test too. the effect of consumer prefer- ences upon relative prices shows that they are socially valued. since consumers meet all of the requirements for remuneration for contributions that producers meet, they qualify for remu- neration proportionate to their contributions, just as producers do. to accord remuneration only to producers and to deny it to consumers would be, in a word, unjust. one might object that producer and consumer contributions differ in other ways which preclude the latter from entitlement to rewards. productive activities, one might argue, involve effort and they are disutilities, whereas preference satisfaction is pleasurable, effortless, and has utility. but productive activities do not compare to consumptive activities as labour or effort does to satisfac- tion. robert lane points out that ‘[i]t is in work, not in consumption and, as research reports show, not even in leisure, where most people engage in activities that they find most satisfying, where they learn to cope with their human and natural environments, and where they learn about themselves. the economists’ ideas that work is the sacrifice or disutility that earns for workers the benefits or utilities of consumption is … quite false.’ if productive activities can be due rewards for contri- butions notwithstanding the fact that they can be satisfying, then consumer activities and wants cannot be disqualified for rewards simply because they are satisfying. and, if consumer activities opening the door to more equality r lane the market experience ( ) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e are disqualified for rewards because they are satisfying, then work must be disqualified for remu- neration as well — since it is satisfying for most people too. in some of the leading contemporary theories of reward for contributions, contribution to the value of commodities, rather than the subjective experience of toil and trouble, is the major basis of reward for contributions. it would be inconsistent with this standpoint to preclude consumer activities, like the pursuit of want satisfaction, from receiving rewards for their contributions to value. friedrich von hayek argued that producers should be remunerated in proportion, not to the subjective experience of toil and trouble expended in production, but to the value of the product as determined by the market. someone who enjoys tinkering, effortlessly invents a new widget, and sells it for a million dollars, is entitled to the market value of the widget in hayekian ethics. likewise a virtuoso pianist who practices constantly, but whom no one is willing to pay to hear, does not deserve any remuneration. contemporary ethicists have not however drawn the implica- tions of this argument for rewarding consumers for their value contributions. if producer activities should be rewarded for contributions to value, not for the ‘toil and trouble’ they involve, then con- sumer activities can be due rewards for their contributions to value. (c) do consumers really make contributions? thomas spragens, a professor of political theory at duke university, argues that the social the- ory of rewards that i have presented is unpersuasive. the egalitarian rewards for consumer contributions are not warranted because consumer preferences, wants, and needs do not help to create economic value. he also objects to my claim that consumers play a role in the deter- mination of value in neoclassical economics. this last objection surprises me because the sup- ply and demand graphs in almost every microeconomics textbook show consumers helping to determine relative prices and, in this sense, to create value. moreover, mathematical models of general economic equilibrium are even clearer that postulated consumer preferences and the state of technological knowledge help to determine prices. spragens’ objection needs to be considered, however, because the egalitarian theory of reward cannot be valid if the underlying theory of value, involving a role for consumers, is wrong. ‘needs become contributions to the creation of economic value,’ he writes, ‘only when they are backed by the resources to make them ‘effective,’ and that results only when those with the needs have produced something others want in order to generate the wherewithal to make their demand effective’. since consumer wants, preferences, and needs do not make a contribution to the value of commodities, he thinks that the consumer theory of reward cannot be right. spragens is correct to the extent that consumer preferences cannot help to determine relative prices if the consumer has no purchasing power. but from this point he moves to dismiss the possibility that consumer needs or preferences contribute to the value of commodities. my account of neoclassical economic theory does not deny the fact that consumer preferences can- not help to determine relative prices unless consumers have purchasing power. moreover, the theory of value that i employ, which is not quite the same as neoclassical theory’s approach, does not deny it and is not refuted by it. the fact that consumer preferences have to be combined with purchasing power to have an effect fa von hayek the constitution of liberty ( ) at - . t spragens ‘review essay: justice, consensus, and boundaries: assessing political liberalism’ ( ) political theory at . g debreu theory of value: an axiomatic analysis of economic equilibrium ( ). spragens ‘review essay’ (note above) at . on prices does not mean that they cannot help to create value. it just means that they cannot help to create value without purchasing power. when spragens denies that consumer preferences help to create value (because they can only do so when combined with purchasing power), he assumes that the influence of preferences is absolutely indistinguishable from the contribution which pur- chasing power makes. but they are distinguishable, though not wholly separable. labour cannot engage in commodity production unless it is combined with capital in a production process, but that does not prevent labour from contributing to the creation of value. everything in an interde- pendent neoclassical system effects prices through its relation to other variables, but that does not prevent them from making distinguishable contributions of their own. as i have already noted, when spragens reduces the influence of consumers upon prices to the value of the resources that they (in their capacity as producers) obtain from producing things, he then denies that consumer wants form part of the value-creation process. he is attempting to reduce the role of the consumer in price determination to production, so that production appears to be the underlying source of value. but neoclassical economic theory is not really reductive in the specific way spragens suggests that it is. such theory accords consumer preferences relative autonomy in the process of creating value. their role can be seen by considering a neoclassical model of gener- al economic equilibrium. if we alter the consumer preferences in the model, without changing the endowments (in this case of labour or wheat), relative prices change, suggesting, contrary to spragens, that they make a distinguishable contribution to value. to illustrate, let us consider a standard neoclassical x x general equilibrium model of the economy with decreasing returns to scale production functions. specifications of the model w ..price of input w ..price of input p ..price of good p ..price of good s .. share of profits in industry owned by person % of π s .. share of profits in industry owned by person % of π s .. share of the profits of industry owned by person % of π s .. share of profits of industry owned by person % of π q ..quantity of produced commodity q ..quantity of produced commodity v ..labour, v .. land v .. consumer ’s endowment of input (labour) v .. consumer ’s endowment of input (land) v .. consumer ’s endowment of input v .. consumer ’s endowment of input v ..the total endowment of labour let us suppose that the total endowment of labour is . v ..the total endowment of land. let us suppose that the total endowment of land is . x ..wheat x ..wool x .. amount of produced good consumed by person x .. amount of produced good consumed by person x .. amount of produced good consumed by person x .. amount of produced good consumed by person opening the door to more equality t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e utility functions: consumer u = (x ) (x ) consumer u = (x ) (x ) production functions: wheat production (good ; labour intensive) q = (v ) (v ) wool production (good ; land intensive) q = (v ) (v ) let us choose as the numeraire good. solving the system of equations for this model, i obtained the following results: x = . x = . x = . x = . v = . v = . v = . v = . q = . q = w = p = . p = . π = . π = . now let us suppose that one consumer’s tastes are different from what we initially supposed. initially consumer was presumed to prefer wheat. now let us presume that consumer does not prefer wheat and that his or her tastes, as between wheat and wool, are about the same. the other consumer’s tastes remain the same as we thought they were initially. but consumer ’s utility function is now assumed to be u = (x ) (x ) . there are no other changes to the parameters of the model. endowments remain the same, as do the production functions. w continues to be the numeraire and it is still set at . / / / / / / / / / / for the sake of brevity i have omitted the system of equations needed to perform the calculations. w = . x = . x = . x = x = . p = . p = . when consumer was originally thought to have a preference for good , he consumed . units of it. but when we realized that he does not prefer good to good , his consumption of good was only . units and the price of good was lower as well ( . rather than . ). prices changed in this model even though there was no change in the endowments of labour and wheat, demonstrating that the value of goods can change in response to a change in preferences even if there is no change in endowments. since consumers help to determine relative prices and, in this sense, help to create value, this analysis indicates that there can be a consumer theory of rewards dealing with contributions made by consumer wants. the analysis has not, however, determined yet whether the theory will be egalitarian or inegalitarian, which we will take up in a moment. in constructing the consumer theory of rewards, one proceeds either by considering con- sumer wants and consumer activities in abstraction from their purchasing power or by consid- ering them in conjunction with their purchasing power. the former approach would not deny that consumer wants work in conjunction with purchasing power, but would just factor out their role. consumer wants and purchasing power can be distinguished for analytical purpos- es, on the basis of the view that purchasing power does not fully explain the consumer’s con- tribution to relative prices, because consumer wants make a relatively autonomous contribu- tion. i will consider both lines of development in this article. no attempt will be made, howev- er, to determine which one of these ways is better than the other. it seems to me that that would be a worthwhile project for anyone who wanted to further pursue the consumer theory of rewards in the future. (d) an initial postulate suppose for the moment that we consider consumer preferences in conjunction with purchas- ing power. if we do so, then it can be argued that the consumer theory of reward cannot be an egalitarian theory, because unequal purchasing power leads to unequal consumer contribution to value, which makes consumers unequally deserving of rewards. as gary mongiovi writes, ‘agents with greater incomes demand, and therefore induce, greater levels of production than those with lower incomes, and so would be entitled to a larger reward.’ the unseemly logic of the theory would then be that ‘”to him that has more, more should be given.”’ but this slogan is only implied if the analysis takes as its starting point an unequal initial distribution of income and wealth. if the starting point of the reasoning for the theory is a postulate that every- one had equal initial amounts of income and wealth, then the theory would be egalitarian in that it would posit equal shares of a portion of national income. opening the door to more equality g mongiovi ‘distributive justice: an economist’s perspective’ ( ) the good society at . mongiovi ‘distributive justice’ (note above) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e gary mongiovi cautions, however, against making this postulate. ‘if the purpose of the exercise [formulating an equalitarian theory of reward] is to provide a guide to policy, we need to know how to proceed from where we now find ourselves: that is, from a position in which distribu- tion is unequal.’ for various reasons, i think it may be necessary to construct the theory from a postulate of initial unequal income and wealth. the postulate ‘all men are equal,’ which sev- enteenth and eighteenth century liberals laid down, represented an even greater disjunction from their societies, which were even more extremely and rigidly unequal than our own, yet it still motivated historical change. to see how to proceed from where we are now, what we need to know is, not how our soci- ety would proceed, but how a just society functions. its principles, not ours, should guide us. the critical question that needs to be addressed is this: do extreme inequalities of income nat- urally develop when economic dynamics are regulated by principles of justice? one way of find- ing the answer to this question is to inquire into whether highly unequal consumer contribu- tions arise from an initial equality of income and wealth. such an assumption does not bias the analysis in either an egalitarian or inegalitarian direction. suppose that consumer preferences really do make unequal contributions to value. one person with the same endowments, but greater production and consumption ambitions than another person, makes a larger contribu- tion to value that merits larger rewards. so, if consumer contributions really are unequal, they will still show up even after equal initial income and wealth is postulated. the postulate does not bias the analysis toward egalitarianism, so there should be no objection to it. but if we assume initial unequal purchasing power, it would bias the theory’s conclusions. unequal con- tributions and rewards would follow almost automatically, so that we would not get a test of the nature of contributions. there is therefore nothing lost and much to gain from construct- ing the theory beginning with a postulate of initial equal income and wealth. the characteristics of a just economy, not of our own economy, are what we need to know if we want to know how to proceed from where we are now to a more just system. hobbes, locke, and rousseau abstracted from their own societies and formulated a state of nature so that they could formulate a just society. their own societies, fraught with a severe class system, made people appear to be very unequal. under these circumstances, philosophers thought that they could only deter- mine if people are truly equal by abstracting from the class system that made them unequal. once the abstraction disclosed their equality, classical liberals had a basis for condemning master-servant relations and asserting equal entitlement to rights of property. the ‘unrealistic’ abstraction from empirical class systems was precisely what they needed in order to provide guidelines for policy. postulating an initial equal distribution of income and wealth is an analogous move with respect to the issue of equal contributions. by abstracting from prevailing sharp inequalities of purchasing power, it becomes possible to examine the logic of consumer contributions, free of the bias of unequal purchasing power, and thus to see whether consumer activities have an equal or unequal influence on the formation of value, and to act accordingly when devising distributive policy. since the egalitarianism of the consumer theory of reward depends on a postulate of initial equal distribution of economic resources, chris armstrong and peter dietsch argue that the application of the theory in practice ‘depends on huge prior changes to the distribution of economic resources.’ dependence on this condition, which dietsch believes is not likely to be achieved in the real world, mongiovi ‘distributive justice’ (note above) at . c armstrong ‘equality, community, and the production of value’ ( ) european journal of political theory at ; see also p dietsch ‘review of ross zucker democratic distributive justice’ ( ) the review of political economy at - . renders the theory inapplicable to most real world countries. and if the theory was applied in an actual context, without equalizing the preexisting distribution of economic resources, the theory would not deliver egalitarian rewards. because huge prior changes in the distribution of economic resources are unlikely in most places, he maintains that the theory will be strongly egalitarian only in restricted circumstances. armstrong concludes that the social theory of rewards is not superior, as an egalitarian theory, to rawls’s theory, which also can be egalitarian only in specific circumstances. there may be some misunderstanding over the requirements of the consumer theory of rewards. to construct the theory, which is to find out what a just economy morally entails, one has to postulate an initial equal allocation of economic resources. but to say that the theory must postulate an initial equal allocation does not mean that there must be an actual equal dis- tribution before its principles can be applied to an actual economy. the theory can be opera- tionalized without actually instituting a strictly equal distribution of income and wealth. suppose that an egalitarian democratic regime is established by the adoption of a new set of amendments or the ratification of a new constitution altogether. following the conclusion of the first economic period after its inauguration, just remuneration can be assessed by making a massive abstraction from contributions to economic value that come from higher or lower ini- tial endowments of income and wealth, rather than by making an actual, initial, massive, redis- tribution of economic resources. by making this abstraction from unequal initial purchasing power, the calculations of reward will necessarily be more egalitarian than they would be if the abstraction was not made. calculating rewards this way conforms to egalitarian principles of remuneration; it does not reproduce morally questionable preexisting inequalities. in short, the construction of the theory requires a massive abstraction from initial high inequalities; the application of it, however, may not require an actual initial equal distribution of income and wealth. for this reason, i think that the abstraction is not unrealistic or inegali- tarian in its consequences. when dietsch objects to the unrealism of postulating an initial equal distribution of income and wealth, his concern is not just that it is uncharacteristic of real world economies, but that its adoption in the future is unrealistic. many analysts share the view that major states are not likely to implement extensive egalitarian redistribution in the future. the rise of american con- servatism and the collapse of communism in the former soviet union and eastern bloc lead many analysts to predict that major egalitarian changes will not occur in the future of advanced capital-based economic systems. but widespread repudiation of capitalism and acceptance of the mixed economy by populations in england and france just a few decades ago suggests that egalitarian democracy is not beyond the realm of possibility. moreover, if the social welfare regime in the netherlands and the corporatist welfare regime in germany reduced income inequality by to percent in recent years, as goodin and colleagues estimate, then egal- itarian norms could undergo further evolution in public opinion, leading to the eventual estab- lishment of a more egalitarian democracy in the future. opening the door to more equality one question for further research is whether one could do this in successive periods. after the second peri- od, the consumer’s purchasing power would be a combination of past unjust inequalities of income and wealth plus a reward for equal contributions that was adjusted so that initial inequalities in purchasing power were adjusted. calculation of egalitarian rewards in the next period would depend on whether one could continue to factor out the ongoing contribution of the initial unequal endowments. if one could not, then mongiovi is right that the theory could not be operationalized without an actual initial equal distri- bution of income and wealth devoted to consumption. d yergin & j stanislaw the commanding heights ( ) at - , . r e goodin, b headey, r muffels & hj dirven the real worlds of welfare capitalism ( ) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e (e) social theory, forms of equal contributions, and egalitarian entitlements social theory, liberal theory, and neoclassical theory (really just an economic form of liberal the- ory) all conceive of individuals as self-determined persons, but social theory diverges from the other two theories with respect to the nature of self-determination. liberal and neoclassical the- ories are more individualistic than social theory in that they accord social influences less weight in the formation of the self, its ends and actions. though liberal and neoclassical theories are not entirely individualistic, they may be designated ‘individualistic’ in view of the greater weight that they place on subjective attributes, desires, and ends. individualistic theories underestimate the role of social influences in the formation of the self and, therefore, also in the determination of individual actions and ends. neoclassical theory of consumer behavior is weakened by deemphasizing social influences in the formulation of con- sumer behavior. to be sure, neoclassical economists responded to criticism of the overly sub- jectivist theory of utility maximization by developing a theory of ‘endogenous formation of preferences’ or, in other words, of social formation of preferences. but this theory does not overcome the deficiencies in the neoclassical understanding of social influence. it recognizes only arbitrary and capricious social influences (like peer pressure and bandwagon effects), neglecting more important influences flowing from system requisites which shape individuals in accord with the requirements of the system of commodity exchangers and producers. if the neoclassical theory of consumer preferences was selected for use in the theory of con- sumer rewards, the latter theory would not be egalitarian in its outcomes. the individualistic view of preferences stresses differences between consumer preferences that extend to the point of non-comparability. individuals, understood in this way, will generate different amounts of value in the course of maximizing their utility. and those differences entitle them to very unequal amounts of rewards, on a theory of ‘dueness’ for economic contributions. but the social theory of consumer rewards which i propose is not inegalitarian, because it does not rely on the subjective theory of the consumer. the social theory of the consumer that i formulate has very different implications for con- sumer rewards. in contrast to the neoclassical theory of subjective preferences or the neoclassi- cal theory of endogenous formation of preferences i will argue that individuals have socially self-determined wants. by this i mean that individuals shape their wants, and their wants are shaped by and in accord with, the system of commodity exchangers and producers. social analysis reveals that economic agents are subject to some of the same influences and conditions. as a result, they develop some of the same characteristics and undertake some of the same actions in creating economic value. by looking at the influences that are necessary to the exis- tence of the system and identifying the profound and systematic social influences that help to form individuals, social theory can find general equalities in individuals’ contributions to the creation of value, because the requirements of the system produce broad and deep influences affecting all alike. using a social theory of consumer wants and desires (as well as of other attributes of the consumer), the theory of consumer rewards constitutes an egalitarian theory. socially self-determined wants have several defining features. although they cannot all be treated within this article, i would like to discuss some of them. to attain satisfaction from by social theory i mean hegelian social theories: gwf hegel the philosophy of right ( ); dp levine economic theory ( ) vol ; and rd winfield the just economy ( ). some other kinds of social the- ories, of course, do not accept the view that individuals are self-determined. commodities produced by others, a person must want them. to want them, a person must con- stitute herself and her needs in such a manner that she can be satisfied by what other persons can provide. this kind of wants is relevant to the theory of consumer rewards because it makes a contribution to economic value. needs that are shaped by the individual and by the system, so that they accord with what the market offers, constitute a necessary condition for the exis- tence of value. commodities cannot have economic value, or price, unless they attract con- sumers and they cannot do the latter unless consumers are willing to shape their wants so that they can be satisfied by what the market provides. if consumers insist upon satisfying wholly subjective or psychological wants, commodity products will remain unsold and they will be valueless. socially self-determined wants, therefore, make a contribution to value. it is, i sug- gest, a contribution people equally make. everyone in a capital-based market system has wants of this sort and makes this sort of contribution. in this respect, consumers make an equal contribution to value. and this equal contribution makes them equally deserving of the value those help to create. another feature of socially self-determined wants is that they are quantitatively and qualita- tively multiplied rather than fixed in kind and number. (qualitative multiplication is a multi- plication of kinds.) every consumer’s wants are approximately equal in that their wants are sub- ject to a quantitative and qualitative multiplication. almost no member of a capital-based eco- nomic system is content with the biological minimum. wants multiplied in kind and number is critical to the creation of value. in a capital-based market system, economic value is the value, not of a fixed and limited set of goods, but of a vast accumulation of commodities. the same can be said of value in a sustainable economy. the establishment of a no-(physical) growth economy, starting from the current enormous produc- tive capacity, still generates a vast amount of value, but does so without physical expansion of inputs or outputs. the vast amount of value characteristic of either a capital-based market sys- tem or a sustainable economy is impossible without consumer wants that have been quantita- tively and qualitatively multiplied. value in a capital-based market system is capable of ongo- ing expansion through increases either in the physical or non-physical amounts of inputs and outputs. expansion of value may also be possible in a sustainable economy, but it takes the form of growth without increases in physical magnitudes of inputs and outputs. expansion of value either in a capitalist economy or a sustainable economy would be impossible if the wants of consumers were fixed in kind and number. multiplied wants provide the motivational spur for the multiplication of commodities and the expansion of value. multiplication of wants is, therefore, essential to the existence of value as self-expanding value. since every consumer’s wants are subject to a quantitative and qualitative multiplication, each person is in this sense equally responsible for the existence of economic value. corresponding to this form of equal responsibility for value, all consumers are equally respon- sible for the value that is generated by this kind of equality. though they are not entitled to equal amounts of the total national income, because there are, in addition to their equal con- tributions, different contributions to value, such as in the amount and kind of their productive activities. the quantitative and qualitative multiplication of wants is not something that varies with consumers’ incomes, so its contribution to value does not differ depending with different con- sumers’ incomes. the quantitative and qualitative multiplication of wants is excited by expo- sure to the manifold products of the division of labour, rather than being a function of indi- viduals’ incomes. it forms a motivational bedrock for the multiplication of commodities and for the expansion of value that is relatively independent of differences between consumers’ opening the door to more equality t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e incomes. while a person’s purchasing power may limit his or her effective demand, that pur- chasing power will not be translated into an actual purchase unless the person’s wants have been subject to quantitative and qualitative multiplication. the equality among persons’ wants with respect to the quantitative and qualitative multiplication of wants makes them equally entitled to the part of value that is due to this form of wants. (f) indirect contributions and indirect entitlements another form of contribution that consumers make toward the creation of economic value is more indirect than the two described above and it deals with a different aspect of socially self- determined wants. a consumer can indirectly contribute to the creation of economic value by influencing the preferences of other consumers. as already noted, consumer preferences can affect prices. by the same token, an individual who influences other consumers’ preferences plays an indirect role in their contribution to the creation of value. this influence can qualify as a contribution itself, despite being an indirect factor. if consumer preferences can contribute to the creation of value, then individual influences that help to form their preferences can also be contributions to the creation of value, though more indirectly. the reason for this is that almost any human contribution to the creation of value, direct or indirect, warrants remuner- ation on a principle of dueness for economic contributions. if we grant that social influences upon consumer preferences can contribute to the creation of value, then the question arises whether it has egalitarian implications when incorporated into the theory of consumer rewards. this depends upon whether individuals contribute equally or unequally to the formation of consumer preferences. to answer this question, we have to explore the relevant social influences. for this purpose we may focus on the social formation of the following feature of consumer wants: the fact that they are quantitatively and qualita- tively multiplied rather than fixed and limited. at first it seems unlikely that individuals have equal influence upon consumer preferences in this respect. a large advertising agency, such as j walter thompson, presumably has greater im- pact upon the multiplication of consumer wants than the average individual does. yet i will argue that the average individual exerts a profound, though less obvious, influence upon the multiplication of kinds and numbers of consumer preferences, and i will argue, further, that, in this process, she or he has equal formative influence upon other consumers’ multiplicity of wants. the multiplication of wants that is significantly responsible for the multiplication and expansion of value arises within the social process of formation of wants. by way of illustration consider the formation of the desire for a mercedes benz. influences which help to create this sort of want are systemic. although advertisers affect the market for mercedes, they may not be the sole or primary influence on the desire for these cars. the interest of the wealthy in mercedes presumes the existence of a society with a keen interest in automobiles. mercedes provide their owners a status symbol, which impresses rich, poor, and middle class alike. but the status symbol that it provides is so ubiq- uitous because the great bulk of consumers value cars. the great car culture of the united states accounts more for the interest in mercedes cars than an advertiser could. this car culture is not just an epiphenomenon of automobile advertisements, but a way of life embraced by the great bulk of consumers in the us. interest in cars is excited by exposure to them in the neighborhood, by neigh- borhood talk about cars, and by cultural practices regarding cars. ultimately it is due to the system of consumers because neighborhood talk and practices are influenced by interactions between peo- ple of different neighborhoods. interactions between members of the system of commodity exchang- ers spread the virtues of cars far and wide. this case suggests that the multiplication of wants occurs through the interactions of a system of individuals. because the system of commodity exchangers is profoundly responsible for multiplying the kinds and numbers of preferences, credit for this is spread equally among individuals. they are equally system-members and it is as system-members that they have their most profound influence. on a principle of remuneration for economic contributions, the account of the indirect formation of the multiplication of the kinds and number of wants supports an equal distribution of the value generated by the action of these socially self-determined prefer- ences upon prices. the argument that individuals have an equally strong mutual influence on each others’ pref- erences — and that this justifies a certain distributive equality — is ‘highly speculative’ and ‘less interesting,’ according to peter dietsch, because it ‘depends on equal income and wealth to start with,’ which is an ‘unrealistic premise.’ i have argued above that it is not unrealistic or unwar- ranted to postulate initial equal income and wealth. if that argument is correct, it follows that it is not unrealistic or uninteresting to argue that individuals have an equally strong mutual influence on others’ preferences. deutsch does not doubt that there would be relatively equal formative influence on preferences if there were an initial equal allocation of income and wealth. if this premise is realistic — relative to the nature of a just economy — then the rest of the characteristics that i have ascribed to this order are not highly speculative. equally strong mutual influence on individual preferences would follow and equal indirect entitlements for value created thereby would also follow. (g) another form of equal contribution consumers have another equal feature that contributes to the value of commodities. one of the most important causes of the subsistence of value is the process of ongoing circulation of com- modities and money. i argue that consumers equally accept the system goal of ongoing circu- lation of commodities and money and that, by doing so, they make equal contributions to the subsistence of value through the circuit, which entitles them equally to shares of part of the value sustained and expanded by this process. according to neoclassical economics, consumers are preference maximizers. that is their only goal. contrary to this view, adam smith asserted that all individuals have a goal of having money at hand. the goal of having money at hand has no meaning or purpose in itself, but derives sig- nificance from the fact that it is necessary for the circulation to continue. therefore, the goal of having money at hand is, inferably, a tacit acceptance of the system goal of ongoing circulation of commodities and money. general acceptance of this goal reflects centuries of accumulated expe- rience with the circulation of commodities and money, and societal acceptance of the goal repre- sents a tacit recognition that payment for produced goods is a necessary condition for the ongo- ing circulation of commodities and the reproduction and expansion of capital. moreover, the exchange cannot be written off as reflecting ideological hegemony or domination, because the cir- culation of capital is necessary even in a socialist market system. unlike the neoclassical theory of consumer behavior in which preference maximization appears as subjective choice, self-seeking in accord with the goal of ongoing circulation of capital is a form of social self-determination. the individual has this goal through a social self-determination. because individuals subsist within a system of commodity circulation, no one will give the indi- opening the door to more equality dietsch ‘review’ (note above) at - . a smith the wealth of nations ( ) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e vidual anything economically valuable without receiving valuable consideration in exchange. the individual assimilates a goal of ongoing circulation because he or she must do so in order to sub- sist within a social process dependent upon ongoing circulation of commodities. self-seeking in accord with the goal of ongoing circulation is one of the individual’s most important contributions to the subsistence of value through the circuit, and in this sense to the creation of value. patterns of accountability for this kind of self-seeking therefore relate directly to the problem of determining individuals’ dueness for value contributions, that is, for determin- ing the amount of value that should be distributed to them because its creation is due to them. the fact that the individual has a goal of ongoing circulation of commodities is partly due to every other member of the process. as determinants of her having this goal, they are also a fun- damental source of her contribution to the value of commodities, for her actions in accord with this goal contribute to the subsistence of value and, therefore, to the creation of value. these other persons, therefore, have an indirect entitlement to a share of the value that accrues to her in the course of her socially self-determined self-seeking. this makes property a right to some significant equalization of value. in what way do they all contribute to the fact that she has and pursues a goal of ongoing cir- culation? when the individual approaches the world of commodity exchange with the intent of acquiring a desired good, no one will give it to her without receiving another good or money in return, because each knows that he can’t survive and flourish in a process of ongoing circu- lation unless he makes this stipulation. and this is an exceptionally strong inducement to the consumer to have a goal of having money at hand — the prime condition for the ongoing cir- culation of commodities and money. in order for this indirect contribution to be an equal contribution (deserving of equal rewards), the influence of each other person upon the consumer would have to be equal. is the contribution that others make to her having the goal of having money at hand an equal con- tribution? the fact that a wealthier person declines to turn over goods without consideration is no more or less responsible for her assimilation of said goal than the fact that a poorer person makes a similar stipulation for entering into exchange with her. it is clear, then, that everyone else has a relatively equal responsibility for the fact that the individual has a goal of ongoing circulation of commodities and money. the people exercising this indirect influence have an indirect entitlement to equal shares of part of the value that accrues to the subject in the course of her market activities, specifically, the part of the value due to their indirect influence. this has implications for spragens’ contention that purchasing power is the major consideration in considering a consumer’s contributions to value. the indirect influence of the consumer on other consumers just discussed does not depend on differential purchasing power. (h) distributive effects the social theory of rewards for contributions yields a right to an equal portion of part of the income that accrues to every other person in the course of her or his market activities. at this point in the development of the theory, i have not yet fixed the redistributable portion, except to say that it is clearly a substantial amount, in view of the enormous contribution that consumers make to the creation of value. we can get a sense of the theory’s potential distributive effects by con- sidering how inequality is affected by its adoption in two sorts of economies, one with a less unequal economy, another with a more unequal economy. assume that the size of the redistrib- utable portion is percent of each person’s income. this means that every citizen shall pay percent of her or his income and that percent of the income of every person will be distributed in equal amounts to every person. as the first half of table illustrates, this kind of redistribu- tion can be effective in promoting equality in the less unequal economy. as a result of this redis- tribution, the income of the poorest percent rises by percent, the income of the next per- cent of the population rises by . percent, the income of the second quintile rises by . per- cent, the income of the third quintile rises by . percent, while the fourth quintile experiences minimal reduction in income (only - . percent), the next percent of the people experience a moderate reduction in income of - . percent, and the income of the richest percent declines by - . percent. under this plan, a substantial increase in income equality is achieved at small cost to the middle class and without severe reduction in the position of the top percent of the popula- tion. only percent of the population incurs noticeable loss of income and it is not a large loss compared to the very considerable gains they get from social cooperation. opening the door to more equality table distributive consequences of the social theory of consumer rewards, assuming a % tax* distributive effects in a less unequal economy bottom next next next next next top percentile % % % % % % % share of total income . % . % . % . % . % . % . % . % number of persons total income $ , % tax . . . . . . $ redistributed on per capital basis $ income after tax and transfer . . . . . . $ , percentage increase in income . % . % . % . % - . % - . % - . % top %/bottom % (pre-tax) top %/bottom % (post-tax and transfer) = distributive effects in a more unequal economy bottom next next next next next top percentile % % % % % % % share of total income . % . % . % . % . % . % . % . % number of persons total income . . . . . . . $ , % tax . . . . . . . $ redistributed on per capital basis $ income after tax and transfer . . . . . . . $ , percentage increase in income . % . % . % . % - . % - . % - . % top %/bottom % (pre-tax) top %/bottom % (post-tax and transfer) = * i am grateful to ks sastry for providing the first half of this table: distributive effects of the social theory of rewards in a less unequal economic society. t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e in the more unequal economy, the implementation of the egalitarian right achieves even more dramatic improvement in income equality. the lower three quintiles all make substantial increases of income, with the bottom percent receiving a whopping percent increase in their income, while only the highest quintile suffers substantially decreased incomes (- percent for top percent and - . percent for the next percent), which does not seem large next to the benefits that they derive from social cooperation. iii social ethics of economic community (a) introduction the ethics of economic community can also help us to open the door to more equality. the central idea of this ethics is as follows: when a number of individuals are united for the pur- suit of some end that they hold in common, they should be able to share in the attainment of that end. although the ethics of economic community is controversial, this main theme is not particularly problematic. it has strong intuitive appeal, garnering support from people of diverse ideologies. various theorists, ranging from classical liberals (locke and kant, whom some libertarians venerate) to social theorists (hegel and charles taylor) give their analyt- ical support to it. the ethics of economic community faces other difficulties. these problems relate to the appropriateness or relevance of communal ethics to capital-based market systems. it is quite clear that an association would have to be a community before it could qualify for regulation by the ethics of community. this is because community is the moral basis that invokes the dis- tributive rule of the ethics of community. the contention that everyone should share equally in the ends of association is without foundation if the association is not a community. the com- munal requirement for applying the ethics of community seems to be an insuperable barrier to applying it to capital-based market systems, for these systems are not communities in the view of most analysts. some theorists point out sub-communities within the modern economy. others point to the surrounding community in the form of a political system with common ends. still others say the economy is contained within a communal ‘social capsule.’ but not even the most ardent communitarians like amitai etzioni claim that capital-based market sys- tems are communities. scholars understand the capital-based market system as a competitive, rather than commu- nal, system. some tend to see it as atomistic. others prefer to say it is individualistic. still oth- ers qualify its individualism, saying the market and the division of labour are conditions of interdependence rather than of pure self-reliance. but even when qualified by interdependence, scholars do not generally regard the capital-based market economy as a community. recognition of interdependence does not lead them to pronounce it a community. most scholars who position themselves on the matter maintain that market interdependence is not communal because it lacks the common action for common ends essential to community. understanding the economy as a condition of individualistic interdependence rather than of r nozick anarchy, state, and utopia ( ) at , fn . a etzioni the moral dimension ( ) at , - . c armstrong ‘equality’ (note above) at ; v chibber ‘individualism, community, and distributive justice’ ( ) the good society at - . communal interdependence leaves scholars indisposed toward egalitarian rules of distribution of income, because they can’t see the communal basis for invoking such rules. while capital-based market systems are evidently not fully communal, no one has proved that they do not contain a dimension of community on a systemwide scale. the existence of this dimension remains an open question. this possibility deserves further study, because it ful- fills the prerequisites for applying communal ethics of distribution to these systems. community is more often contrasted with markets than identified with them, because it usu- ally involves some sort of central direction or authority through which people implement their common purposes, whereas the market is composed of decentralized exchange relations though which people pursue alternate goals. hierarchical medieval community, twentieth century communism, and liberal political community exemplify communities with central authority. community can, however, take a decentralized form, such as general agreement or common character. so the market’s decentralized character does not preclude its having a dimension of community. from this we can learn something more about the kind of object that the search for economic community is looking for. it seeks a dimension of community within a decentral- ized system. for that to exist, it would have to be possible for a system of individuals to engage in common action for common ends through decentralized interactions. there is an intuitive basis for the notion of a dimension of community within capital-based market systems. as individuals compete in the modern market economy, they simultaneously stitch together something of a community by engaging in common actions for certain common ends. each one of them is involved in doing things for other people that they would otherwise have to do for themselves, and that meets the definition of common action. arguably, all eco- nomic agents have a common goal of preserving and expanding capital, because all of the goods and services that they desire hinge on the ongoing circuit of money and commodities, that is, the circuit of capital. the common actions sustaining the circuit of capital are generated by socially influenced but individually willed actions. an element of cooperation arises between firms because they have to adjust their production processes to what other firms provide and need. though opposed in a number of ways, capital and labour also unite to produce and gain portions of social wealth. mutual adjustment is required for joint production. labourers and managers of capital acquire skills and pattern their work for the efficient production of goods and capital. moreover, since profits depend on sales, production and consumption are interrelated as well. while producers orient output toward the satisfaction of consumer wants, they also shape those wants by adver- tising their products and by other means. this intuition suggests that capital-based market systems have a communal dimension. if so, this kind of system has the qualification for being regulated by the ethics of community, to some significant extent. because this ethics morally warrants equal distribution of relevant resources among community members, capital-based market systems should be subject to this rule to the extent that they are communities. from the intuitive account just given, it is apparent that individual actions and ends in the economy have an inter-subjective inner structure. by that i mean the inner composition of the person changed in response to the requirements for self-seeking under conditions of mutual dependence. for example, labour acquires skills and patterns her work for the efficient pro- duction of goods and capital, because she cannot gain a share of wealth unless she unites with opening the door to more equality on the nature of markets, see ce lindblom politics and markets ( ) at - . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e capital in a process of commodity production. the inter-subjective inner structure of the per- son is noteworthy because it constitutes a nexus between individual action and ends and the actions and ends of others. instead of being substantive, that is, independent and self-existent, individual action and ends, therefore, are dependent parts of common action and ends. by way of illustration, the nature of the skills acquired, the labour performed, and the education under- taken — are all characteristic of the inter-subjective inner structure of the worker, whose labour forms common action with other workers and with the owners and managers of capital. and only insofar as it constitutes common action does it constitute productive action. neoclassical economic theory does not grasp the dimension of community in the economy, partially because it passes over the internal changes which individuals make in response to the requirements for self-seeking within the circuit of capital. as mentioned above, neoclassical theory subscribes to conception of the self as having a subjective, rather than inter-subjective, structure of the self. on this basis it is not able to grasp the nexus between individual action and ends and common action and ends, which also renders it incapable of recognizing the exis- tence of economic community. instead it renders a stylized portrait of the economy as a highly individualized process, with market outcomes resulting from the choices of largely self-deter- mined decision makers (producers, consumers and resource holders). (b) community among consumers and producers the next stage of argument is to elabourate upon the preceding sketch. to demonstrate a dimension of community in the economy, one has to show that — despite the existence of dif- ferent categories of economic agents — the members of the economy share some attributes, actions, and ends. i will argue that consumers, producers, owners of capital, and managers of it share some fundamental attributes in common and they engage in common action toward a common end, even though they belong to different categories of economic agents. to begin with, let us consider the relationship between consumers and producers. according to neoclassical economic theory, consumers and producers hold alternative behav- ioral goals: preference maximization and profit maximization. the engagement of consumers and producers in separate actions in pursuit of alternative goals would appear to refute the contention that they engage in common action toward a common end. but does it really? while consumers and producers pursue alternative goals through separate actions, could they not also be engaged at the same time in other actions toward other ends with communal features? the neoclassical portrayal elides these correlative communal actions and ends, but they can be restored to view. preference maximization and profit maximization each has a correlative action that reveals common action among consumers and producers. a producer does not just engage in profit maximization. she also produces useful and desirable items for the benefit of consumers. a con- sumer, meanwhile, does not just engage in preference maximization. he also pays money for the useful or desirable objects acquired from producers. because profit maximization includes the production of use-values, it is designed to give consumers what they want. likewise, because preference maximization includes the payment of money, it is designed to give produc- ers what they want. seen in relation to their correlative actions, preference maximization and profit maximization meet the qualification for common action in markets. common action in markets is defined by the conjunction of two sorts of actions: (a) an debreu theory of value (note above). action by one person for another person that the second person would have to do for himself if the first person did not do for him and (b) an action by the second person for the first per- son that the first person would have to do for himself if the second person did not do it for him. payment of money by the consumer to the producer and production of goods by the producer for the consumer unite preference maximization and profit maximization in common action. these two categories of maximizing behaviors, therefore, cannot be understood simply as alter- native behaviors that separate consumer behavior from producer behavior. granting that consumers and producers engage in common actions, what about common ends? in neoclassical economics, the market system is defined as a mechanism for the allocation of scare resources between alternative ends. by definitional fiat, common ends are precluded. a better place to look for ends, i suggest, is in the process of circulation of capital. the owner of capital seeks to exchange money for commodities. she then combines them as productive capital for the production of commodities for sale. the various actions of the capi- tal owner have a common underlying goal: to acquire more economic value. taken together these actions constitute an expansion of value, but the acquisition of value is not a final goal, it is just a means of renewing the circuit. it returns the capital owner to her starting point, which leads to multiple repetitions of the circuit. production, then, is not simply production, but part of a larger circulatory process. consumer purchases help owners and managers to complete the circuit of the firm’s capital. because consumer payment is a necessary link that completes the producer’s circuit, the two constitute common action. consumer behavior is not ordinarily conceived of in this way. consumers are said to make independent decisions about the kinds and quantities of goods they buy. these decisions may in turn injure the rejected producers rather than complete the circuit of their capital. for this reason, consumer behavior is generally not understood as action taken in common with producers. but consumers would have to perform the behavior of profit max- imization if producers did not do it. it is for this reason that they induce producers to become profit maximizers by making profit maximizers better off than profit minimizers. producers freely accept these action directives from consumers because they can become better off that way. since producer activities are made to serve consumer goals through inducements offered by consumers, profit maximization forms a common activity with preference maximization, not simply an alternative to it. up to this point, we have considered bilateral relationships between the consumer and the circuit of individual capital. but in order to demonstrate a dimension of community on a sys- temwide scale, we have to identify a broader pattern of common action and ends than just bilat- eral ones. every consumer does not relate only to the firms from which she makes her pur- chases. the capital of each firm, from which she purchases, is directly or indirectly related to that of other firms. the interdependence of producers is systematic. exchange links them with every other owner of capital. as a result, every consumer interrelates with those other firms and, therefore, with the system of circulation. the systemic interdependence of individual cir- cuits implies a correspondingly systemic scope of common action within the economy. consumers and producers have alternative ends, as neoclassical theory maintains, in the sense that consumer may not want good x produced by producer and seeks instead good y produced by producer . this condition of alternative ends precludes the existence of com- prehensive community within the economy. but it does not preclude the existence of a commu- nity overarching the pursuit of these alternative particular ends. relatively independent actions and ends are subsumed under more general common actions and ends: the ongoing process of circulation of capital. although consumer purchases producer ’s product, rather than produc- opening the door to more equality t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e er ’s product, he nonetheless shares an overarching common end: the preservation of producers’ capital. this goal glimmers through the consumer’s actions when he pays money for goods received, because such payment is a general need of all producers, not just of producer . (c) community and equal shares of part of national income according to classical liberal theory, people unite for the sake of attaining a certain common goal: the goal of living under conditions where each person can define and pursue his or her own ends. these conditions are the conditions of right or ethically valid freedom. in other words, people unite in civil society because it is their common will to live under conditions of right. in the classical liberal theory, the presence of community with respect to living under con- ditions of right is the moral basis for the equal entitlement to rights. it entitles every member of civil society to the right of property. property is a matter of right, not just a matter of the good, because it is the freedom of the person to define and pursue her own ends in relation to and over external things. classical liberal theory does not, however, maintain that people are entitled to equal amounts of property. while defending a communal basis for the equal right to property it denies a com- munal basis for the right to equal amounts of property. there is a union with respect to the gen- eral conditions needed for the free choice of ends, but not a union with respect to the amounts of goods a person should have. the sphere in which goods are pursued, which we call an econ- omy, is characterized as a disunified multitude. ‘men have different views of the … ends of hap- piness,’ kant states, ‘so that as far as happiness is concerned, their will cannot be brought under any common principle.’ the disunified multitude with respect to the pursuit of the good can- not supply the necessary communal basis for a right to equal amounts of property. owing to the absence of economic community, ‘the utmost inequality of the mass in the degree of its pos- sessions’ is admissible, kant maintains. the classical liberal principle of the distribution of property is mistaken, in my view, because it is based on a one-sided account of the economy. when kant ascribes unqualified disunity to the economy, he neglects the presence of a dimension of community, which can supply com- munal basis for equal distribution of part of national income. he believes community is limit- ed to what may be called a procedural community, where citizens are agreed that everyone should be able to choose his or her own ends. but citizens also agree on a substantive end, the goal of creating and acquiring wealth. their common will to create and acquire wealth estab- lishes a substantive community in the economy which morally grounds a right to equal shares of part of national income. contrary to the view that everyone in civil society seeks wealth, it is sometimes argued that some people just seek subsistence and other people just seek comfort. but most members of cap- ital-based market systems exhibit larger numbers and kinds of needs than this view suggests. most people in these systems do not seek mere biological subsistence. there are few who seek to subsist on a biological cocktail of the minimally necessary nutrients for survival. even with respect to typical subsistence goods like food, the lower strata have preferences, for example between different sorts of bread. and their wants are not usually limited to classical subsistence goods. they manifest preferences for various kinds of processed foods and other goods. most i kant ‘on the common saying: “this may be true in theory, but it does not apply in practice”’ in hans riess (ed) kant’s political writings ( ) at - . kant ‘on the common saying’ (note above) at . people in a capital-based market system clearly have a wide range of needs: needs for televi- sions, radios, a telephone, mcdonald’s hamburgers, cds, tapes, expensive sneakers and other fashionable garb, among other things. each person has a range of wants for things beyond fixed needs for subsistence, but he or she may differ from other persons in some of his or her specific preferences. the fact that some of the wants that people have differ from those of other persons does not however confirm kant’s view that people differ in the ends of happiness or that there cannot be any economic community. the range of wants just mentioned is not encompassed by needs for the naturally occurring surplus of nature or by the products of limited commodity production. it entails wants that are wants for social wealth, for a vast accumulation of commodities produced by a system of wealth. reflective of the need for wealth, most people in the united states do not engage in production of use-values for self-consumption, which would supply a much more restricted range of goods. rather, they seek a money wage that gives them command over part of the world of commodities, that is, over social wealth. since the members of a capital-based market system all seek wealth in this sense, there is a community of ends among them, includ- ing the lower strata. against the claimed existence of economic community, one might argue that people pursue a great variety of different ends, not just the end of wealth. you use your wealth to buy a house because you like suburban living; i rent an apartment because i prefer urban living. but the goal of seeking wealth permeates every other goal of economic agents, whatever else they seek. both an apartment and a house are forms of social wealth, bought and built with particles of social wealth; so they are not merely forms of natural shelter. the common goal of wealth, permeating different particular ends, substantiates a claim that a dimension of community pervades the economy. to be sure, many people are content with a comfortable living and they may recoil from the garishness and materialism of those they view as seekers of wealth. but what many people call a desire for comfort is really a desire for wealth, properly understood. the desire for wealth is not best understood as a desire for a limousine or a penthouse. it should be grasped as the sort of desire that has been multiplied in kind and number and that cannot be satisfied without a social production process capable of producing an immense accumulation of commodities. let us take a look at the seemingly modest requirement for ‘comfort.’ in the united states today, the desire for comfort encompasses desires for things like automobiles, refrigerators, toaster ovens, televisions, stereo equipment, processed foods of manifold varieties, microwave ovens, clothes of considerable variety, furniture of various sorts, travel vacations, restaurants, computers, books, leisure for study or recreation, college and graduate education, movies, inter- net connections, highly advanced medical treatment. but these are in no sense modest wants, wants that can adequately be deemed ‘comfort.’ satisfying wants like these requires products that result from a prodigious system of wealth generation, whose products are parcels of social wealth. the fact that an immense accumula- tion of commodities is needed to satisfy quantitatively and qualitatively multiplied wants shows how little the term ‘comfort’ conveys about the average person’s objectives in economic socie- ty. wealth is, quite clearly, the only appropriate term to designate the amount and diversity of stuff under consideration. the desire for this, which is pervasive in capital-based market sys- tems, is the desire for wealth. so the desire for wealth is a common desire. since everyone in a capital-based market system seeks wealth in the sense just described, a community of economic ends exists within the economic system. the dimension of economic community indicated by commonalities in economic ends supplies a communal basis for demanding equal distribution of part of national income. but it does not require equalization opening the door to more equality t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e of all national income, because the economy is not entirely community, for although everyone seeks wealth they also seek different particular use-values. if, as kant argued, community with regard to conditions for choosing one’s own ends equally entitles members to the right of prop- erty, then union for the pursuit and acquisition of wealth must entitle them to equal distribu- tion of part of national income, proportionate to the extent of community. the members of a capital-based market system are united with respect to more than just employment or a minimally decent income. they are united with respect to a larger share of the economic resources of society. they are united for the sake of the preservation and expansion of the capital of the firm and of the system in its entirety. given the interdependence of indi- vidual pursuits of wealth, there is a unity among them with respect to all of the capital wealth of the nation that is used for consumption. labour has an interest, not only in a wage, but in all of the capital wealth of the firm and of the nation. consumers seek not only to satisfy pref- erences but also to satisfy a multiplication of kinds and numbers of preferences, so they have a common desire for wealth. analysis of their wants revealed that they have not only a common denominator in wanting at least a minimally decent level of consumption, but also a common denominator with respect to the rest of consumption. this common denominator consists in the quantitative and qualitative multiplication of all consumers’ wants, which implies that they have a common desire for wealth. the community of ends is, therefore, much broader than the- orists of the welfare state recognize. the consumers’ goal of seeking wealth cannot be achieved without their participation in a system of commodity exchange and production based on capi- tal, which has a dimension of common action, since individual circuits of capital are intercon- nected. individual action in pursuit of wealth therefore exhibits a dimension of common action. the multiplication of wants unites consumers with producers in the circulation process, because this process continues and expands the circulation of capital. since economic agents are united with respect to many more economic resources than mod- ern liberal theory realizes, they must, correspondingly, have an equal entitlement to a larger part of economic resources than such theory posits. the unity of capital owners, labourers, and con- sumers for the sake of the creation and acquisition of capital gives every member an equal enti- tlement to an equal share of part of the national income devoted to purposes of consumption. they are not just entitled to employment or subsistence, since their unity is not limited to the common pursuit of employment or subsistence. given the interdependence between individual pursuits of wealth, there is a unity between them with respect to all of the capital wealth of the nation used for consumption. claims based on membership in this sort of union extend to all of the capital wealth of the nation that is directed toward consumption and that is created by community. this membership does not, however, justify a strict equalization of income, because the overarching unity of economic actors includes a lot of relatively independent action for somewhat separate ends. (d) do people buy chocolate because they like it? the notion of a common goal of acquiring and consuming wealth is ‘very generalized’ and ‘insubstantial,’ according to chris armstrong. the alleged dimension of community is there- fore also insubstantial and it cannot supply the moral warrant for egalitarian regulation of income distribution in capital-based market systems, he argues. furthermore, the desire for armstrong ‘equality’ (note above) at . wealth is unreal. ‘personally, i usually buy chocolate because i like it,’ he says, not because i seek wealth. intuitive appeal is, admittedly, all on the side of armstrong’s point. and it would seem to form a basis for a powerful critique of the ethics of economic community. if armstrong is right in suggesting that people buy chocolate simply because they like it, then there is no common desire for wealth, in which case a major foundation for the theory of economic community is lost, along with the redistributive ethics of community that is built on top of it. because the argument for the existence of community hinges on the existence of a common desire for wealth armstrong’s critique needs to be considered. for this reason we find ourselves is the rather awk- ward position of having to undertake a rather extended excursus on chocolate. although armstrong has intuition on his side, the proper study of needs in capital-based markets requires abstraction. the issue calls to mind adam smith’s statement that one can only appreciate the divided nature of manufacturing through theoretical analysis, because ‘we can seldom see more, at any one time, than those employed in a single branch.’ in contrast, con- sumer goals, as armstrong conceives of them, are entirely concrete and particular, devoid of any abstract or general feature substantial enough to constitute a community. armstrong’s point that people buy chocolate because they like it is seemingly self-evident, but it actually reduces a complex social phenomenon to a simple datum and underestimates the importance of the abstract and general features of desire, which form a real component of its nature, just as the division of labour is an essential aspect of labour. the desire for chocolate or the want for chocolate is an instance of the desire for wealth rather than the natural need for subsistence. the need for subsistence is a need for food, clothing, and shelter in their most basic forms, as required for survival. in contrast, the desire for wealth may be defined as a desire that has been multiplied in two ways: it is multiplied, qualitatively, in terms of the kinds of things that individuals want to consume and, quantitatively, in regard to the amounts of things they want. there is no assignable limit upon the kinds and numbers of things that people who desire wealth can want, whereas people who seek subsistance seek a fixed and limited set of substances. like the desire for other objects of wealth, the desire for chocolate has been multiplied in kind and number and it continues to increase without apparent limit. total us consumption of chocolate stood at . billion pounds in and per capita con- sumption rose above . pounds. at these levels, the desire for chocolate has clearly been multiplied in amount and it is widespread too: % of households consume it, % more than once a week. by the s hershey’s found enough desire there to sell million kisses a day. the kinds of desires for chocolate have also been subject to multiplication. the desire for chocolate candy has been diversified into desires for solid chocolate, solid chocolate with inclusions, enrobed or molded chocolate with bakery-product centre (eg, chocolate covered wafers), enrobed or molded with candy, fruit, nut, or granola centre (eg chocolate covered cher- ries), panned (eg chocolate-covered raisins), and assortments of the above types or others. between world war i and world war ii, more than , varieties of chocolate bars were opening the door to more equality armstrong ‘equality’ (note above) at . smith (note above) at . r lopez chocolate: the nature of indulgence ( ) at . rm rees ‘bite-sized marketing: candy bars’ in a szogyi (ed) chocolate: food of the gods ( ) at ; the chocolate market ( ) at web publication by marketresearch.com academic: www.aca- demic.marketresearch.com/product/print/default.asp?. m morton and f morton chocolate: an illustrated history ( ) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e introduced. desire for chocolate candy was subsequently differentiated into desires for choco- lates distinguished by size and packaging, as well as by seasonal and non-seasonal characteris- tics. it has been multiplied by differentiating it into desires for four categories of chocolate prod- ucts: chocolate candy, chocolate chips/baking chocolate, powdered cocoa mixes, and chocolate syrup/dessert toppings. it has also been differentiated and multiplied into desires for many other product types that contain chocolate but whose primary definition is not chocolate, such as cake mixes, frostings, and cake decorations; ice cream, puddings, and other deserts, and cocoa-fla- vored cereals. in fact, the desire for chocolate has been distinguished into so many types that it would take more than five pages to list the top brands and products of selected marketers in the us chocolate market alone. a single commercial supplier lists , types of chocolate. with the multiplication of kinds and numbers of desires for chocolate, the desire for chocolate has the character of a desire for wealth. the number and kinds of chocolate products are wealth in the sense that they clearly form part of a vast accumulation of commodities, which is what wealth is. and the desire for them is a desire for particles of social wealth. the kinds and numbers of these desires are too great to be classified as either subsistence wants or comfort. another feature of a desire for wealth that the desire for chocolate exhibits is that it expands and increases. ‘per capita consumption of chocolate candy has risen steadily over the past few years, growing % between and , from . pounds to . pounds’. new desires keep arising in relation to new products that have been innovated. in - , hershey’s alone introduced nine new products: kit kat big kat, line extensions to hershey’s bites — york peppermint, etc — novelty dr seuss’s how the grinch stole christmas packages, whoppers, cinnamon chips, syrup in hershel the cow-shaped bottles, and health sundae syrup, and fudge cookie crunch shell topping. twenty percent of ‘hershey’s recent sales come from new products’. it is in the nature of wealth that it expands and increases. it is self-expanding value, rather than just value that gets reproduced at an arbitrarily assigned level. as an expanding desire, the desire for chocolate has the quality of the desire for particles of wealth. we can also see that the desire for chocolate is a desire for wealth when we look at the process by which this desire is formed. ideas play a role in the expansion of a person’s desires, but these ideas may not all originate within the self. as hegel explained, the multiplication of desires is caused by the division of labour, because the division of labour produces a multitude of products that excite a multiplicity of desires. the members of the system of commodity pro- ducers need to produce wealth, a vast accumulation of commodities, if they are to expand value and to attain wealth themselves. desires stimulated by producers of wealth are desires for par- ticles of wealth. the chocolate industry exposes prospective consumers to a multiplicity of chocolate products which excite interest in these products. it does so by displaying the product in widely distributed retail sites, and by extensive advertising in magazines, newspapers, televi- sion, radio, movies, and on the internet. the industry assures its own growth by establishing ‘almost infinite points of sale’ where desires are excited. with an estimated ‘ million places where confectionary can be purchased in the united states,’ the opportunities for exciting inter- rees (note above) at . the chocolate market ( ) at web publication by marketresearch.com academic: www.academ- ic.marketresearch.com/product/print/default.asp?. the chocolate market (note above) at . rees ‘bite-sized marketing’ (note above) at . the chocolate market (note above) at . est are truly vast. sites for exposing consumers to chocolate products have expanded out from candy stores to supermarkets, gourmet and specialty stores, convenience stores, mass mer- chandisers, vending machines, drugstores, warehouse clubs, hardware stores, office supply stores, video stores, craft and hobby stores, health and natural foods stores, the internet, and car washes. the upscale toblerone brand is now available at the best truck stops. marketing through cross promotions and tie-ins also stimulates a lot of interest in chocolate. after et reached for a reece’s peanut butter cup, the brand’s sales tripled. the tie-in to lindberg’s solo flight across the atlantic launched the lindy bar. advertising also excites interest in chocolate. national consumer advertising expenditures in reached an estimat- ed $ million. hershey spends percent of its enormous yearly sales on advertising giv- ing it considerable capacity to stimulate desires for its chocolate. if chris armstrong really purchased chocolate just because he liked it, rather than because his desire for it is a desire for a part of social wealth, then his desire would have no common- ality with the desires of those who do not like chocolate. consequently, we would be unable to establish that consumers have common goals. but as we have seen, the desire for chocolate is a quantitatively and qualitatively multiplied desire. as such, it has the shared property of being a desire for wealth. the common desire for wealth establishes a dimension of community among citizens, which invokes the ethics of community and its egalitarian rules of distribution of part of national income. (e) can there be community in market economies with dissident environmentalists and sustainable economists around? the proposition that capital-based market systems have a dimension of community is apparently contradicted by the fact that these systems contain economic democrats, right- and left-wing liber- tarians, market socialists, devotees of sustainable economics, all advocating alternative economic arrangements: a system of self-owned and self-governing economic enterprises, unregulated capi- talism, a system of collectively owned and self-managed firms, a system with highest attainable basic income, etc. some proponents of these systems view them as categorically different from, and ethically superior to, capital-based market systems with egalitarian rules of distribution derived from the ethics of community. as they see it, the ethics of community for capital-based market systems does not provide principles of distributive justice that are generally valid for all economic systems or specifically valid for capital-based market systems. some theorists doubt that commu- nity could be ascribed to systems fraught with this much dissensus. disagreement between individuals in a capital-based market system regarding distributive rules may not rule out a dimension of community regarding some or all of the system’s funda- mentals. while economic actors may disagree over whether there should be liberal property or redistributory property, they may agree that the economy should be arranged so as to preserve opening the door to more equality the chocolate market (note above) at . the chocolate market (note above) at . lopez chocolate (note above) at lopez chocolate (note above) at . the chocolate market (note above) at . rees ‘bite-sized marketing’ (note above) at . v chibber ‘individualism, community, and distributive justice’ ( ) the good society at - . armstrong ‘equality’ (note above) at fn . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e and expand capital. as long as they agree on this relevant fundamental, a dimension of com- munity can exist within capital-based market systems, and it can invoke the redistributory rules of the ethics of community. even if the minority prefers traditional liberal property rights, the majority can cite the agreement on the preservation and expansion of capital as a communal basis for the egalitarian rules of distribution of the ethics of community. disagreement between individuals in capital-based market systems regarding private versus collective ownership of production precludes some forms of community among the members. but it does not rule out agreement on a relevant fundamental: that the system should be arranged so that capital is preserved and expanded, and wealth created and acquired. community in regard to the preservation and maintenance of capital can, therefore, exist in a capital-based market systems, despite the lack of community with respect to whether there should be collective versus decentralized ownership of firms. and it can invoke the egalitarian distributive rules of the ethics of community. do differences between advocates of capital-based systems and sustainable economies pre- clude an element of economic community from the former systems? and therefore also pre- clude the ethics of economic community with their egalitarian rules of distribution? i don’t think so. sustainable economics rejects growth economics and adopts steady-state economics. its advo- cates define growth as ‘an increase in the physical scale of the matter/energy throughput that sus- tains the economic activities of production and consumption commodities.’ if adherents of sus- tainable economics were right that economic growth could be defined as an increase in the amount of physical inputs and physical outputs, then a sustainable economy that eliminates this kind of increase would obviously be categorically different from a capital-based economy, where increases in physical inputs and outputs are ongoing. but economic growth cannot be reduced to increased use of physical inputs (raw materials and capital stock) and increased production of physical outputs. new generations of computers, refrigerators, televisions, and other electronic devices can have innovative features that add to their value, even though their production does not utilize as much matter and energy as previous generations did. since the growth of capital consists essentially in the growth of value, the limitation of physical inputs and outputs that sus- tainable economics requires does not necessarily limit capital’s growth. a sustainable develop- ment model is, at least in this fundamental respect, indistinguishable from a capital-based mar- ket system. disagreements between the advocates of these alternatives systems do not bar the existence of community with respect to the preservation and expansion of value, so the commu- nal basis exists for the ethics of community and its egalitarian rule of distribution. as the natural resource constraint upon physical growth tightens, however, countries will have to try to shift from the mode of expansion of capital under capitalism to the mode of expansion of capital in the sustainable economy. instead of expanding capital through expan- sion of physical inputs and outputs there will be an intensified drive to expand it through expanding value—without expansion of physical inputs and outputs. if, on the one hand, this works, then capital-based markets will be preserved. if, on the other hand, economic society cannot convert to the alternative mode of value expansion, then the economy will cease to be a value-growth system and will lose a basic feature of a capital-based market system (though it can still have another basic feature of a capital-based market, which i will mention in a moment). community will not obtain between the advocates of sustainable and wealth-based herman daly beyond growth ( ) at . economics with respect to continued expansion, and to this extent there will not be a basis on which to argue for the ethics of community with its egalitarian rules of distribution. there will, however, continue to be agreement with respect to the pursuit and acquisition of a portion of wealth, considered as a vast amount of wealth involving an immense accumulation of com- modities, though not as a growing sum and possibly as a retreating sum. this degree and kind of community would also continue to justify egalitarian distribution proportionate to the extent of community. the number of advocates of expansionary capital-based economics will probably dwindle under circumstances of severe resource constraints, just as support for capitalism waned after world war ii in europe, where a new consensus on the mixed economy arose. in this case, there would be community with respect to the mode of value creation in the sustainable economy, which would invoke egalitarian rules of community. suppose that capital-based market systems can successfully change to economic growth involving expansion of value without expansion of physical inputs and outputs. then it would seem like the ethics of capital-based economic community would still be valid. the common goals of the members — preservation and expansion of capital and the creation and acquisition of wealth — would not have hit an insuperable barrier. people would continue to have a com- mon interest in the preservation and expansion of capital, except that it would take the form of a common interest in the preservation and expansion of value rather than of physical inputs and outputs. the egalitarian rules of distribution would still be invoked, because community had been maintained. in sum, there is a communal element in both sustainable economics and capital-based mar- ket systems. indeed the former can be capital-based market systems and can have the dimen- sion of community that the latter have. under certain circumstances, however, they will cease to be species of capital-based systems. when resource constraints are very severe, sustainable economies will not be capital-based market systems, and they will lack at least some of the forms of community that reside in the latter systems. but they will have a different dimension of community, one that obtains with respect to the mode of value creation characteristic of a sustainable economy, and that dimension of community will invoke the rules of the ethics of community. the ethics of community, therefore, seem general in their application to the various types of modern real world economies. (f) on the marxist critique of the ethics of community for capital-based markets in the judgment of some radical and liberal analysts, cooperative relations between owners and workers do not display an element of community, because these relations do not arise from free, uncoerced choices. labour deals with capital on pain of starvation, not out of a community of interests. this line of critique seeks to undermine the communal thesis by refuting the premis- es on which it is based. but i do not think the attempt is successful. one of the premises of com- munity is that labour and capital share an interest in preserving and expanding wealth and cap- ital. another is that labour has an interest in creating and consuming a share of social wealth. neither one of these premises can be set aside by arguing that labour cooperates with capital on pain of starvation. to refute these premises, one would have to show labour could success- fully pursue its interest in a share of social wealth without proceeding in accordance with the requirements for preserving and expanding capital. as far as i know, neo-marxist and liberal opening the door to more equality t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e arguments have not shown this, so the communal dimension remains well founded. the argument that cooperation in capitalism is necessitous rather than volitional hinges on a neo-marxist or classical political economic view of how capital provides for the needs of workers. on this view, capitalism affords the bare minimum for workers’ needs, if that. but the classical model does not square with the facts, noted above, of the twenty-first century ameri- can economy. with thirty five million white collar workers receiving mean hourly earnings of dollars, fifteen million workers in professional specialty and technical occupations with average earnings of . dollars, twenty three million blue collar workers with mean hourly earnings of . dollars, and fourteen million workers in state and local governments receiv- ing mean hourly earnings of . dollars, workers in twenty-first century america share enough in the ends of association for the economy to have a substantial dimension of commu- nity, though not equally enough for the distributive ethics of community to be fully realized. the presence of an element of community makes the ethics of community applicable to capi- talism to the extent that community exists within it. because this ethics morally entails equal- ization, there should be an equalization of income proportionate to the extent of community present in the system. once the redistributive rules of ethical community are applied, they can reduce the antago- nism in capital-labour relations. that antagonism is treatable by these external rules partly because the antagonism is not entirely intrinsic to these relations. and, to the extent that the antagonism is intrinsic, it can still be substantially overcome by external measures. the antag- onism between labour and capital arises in part from an external source: liberal laws of prop- erty and contract which promote income inequality by giving legal authorization to almost any terms that capital and labour agree upon. it is therefore susceptible to reduction by redistribu- tive measures which alter the external legal environment of business that currently authorizes highly unequal incomes. marxists in particular believe that external redistributive policies cannot significantly en- hance community between labour and capital, because the antagonism springs from sources intrinsic to their relations rather than extrinsic to them. under competitive market conditions, capitalistic owners who seek to maximize profits must minimize costs by, among other things, keeping wages down. for this reason, marxists contend that wage conflict is built into capital- labour relations and that it is unalterable so long as private ownership of capital exists. since the antagonism between workers and owners is a function of the private ownership and con- trol of firms, marxists contend that it cannot be overcome by governmental policies in regard to welfare or redistribution. while the antagonism between labour and capital does, as marxists claim, have some internal causes within capitalism, the fact that the sources of wage conflict are internal does not put the antagonism beyond the ameliorative reach of redistribu- tive policies. redistributive measures can reach the inequality of incomes wherever it arises, inside or outside the economy. and, by allowing workers to share more fully in the ends of asso- ciation, these measures are able to strengthen the bonds of association. from the perspective of neo-marxists and some liberals, wage conflict is inherent in capital- ism, so it can not be eradicated or significantly reduced under capitalism, because there is a zero-sum relation between profit and wages. it is true that profits and wages are partially inversely related, but they are not entirely inversely related. a partially inverse relation between wages and profits precludes a fully communal relationship between labour and capital, but it see national compensation survey: occupational wages in the united states, . does not preclude a partially communal one. a dimension of community is, therefore, compat- ible with a partially inverse relationship between wages and profits. profits are important for capital accumulation, and capital accumulation is an essential input to long-term growth, which in turn is one of the most important causes of rising standards of living. as joel mokyr puts it, ‘to say … that a country is rich is to say that it experienced economic growth in the past.’ both workers and owners of capital can, therefore, have some common interest in profit max- imization and cost minimization. this means that the opposition between workers and owners of capital as regards wages and profits is not thoroughgoing and that it can co-exist with an element of community. when one adds this aspect of community to other aspects that the sys- tem possesses, there are gathering bases for invoking an ethics of community and applying its egalitarian rules to the distribution of income in capital-based market systems. marxists also believe that antagonism is intrinsic because workers and owners hold different values and act from different motivational goals. and they think that these motivational dif- ferences give rise to conflicts that can only be eradicated or reduced by changing the basic form of ownership and control, not by promulgating redistributive measures. in a competitive envi- ronment, wealth-seeking capitalists organize the labour process so as ‘to extract the maximum quantum of effort from workers.’ this inevitably pits capitalists against workers, who value ‘leisure over work’ and even ‘shirk[] from it where possible.’ though this might undermine the preservation of capital, workers do not care, because they are motivated by a ‘different set of incentives.’ ‘given the different set of incentives motivating labour and capital,’ some marxists argue that ‘the employment relation comes to involve an irreducible element of con- flict—not over distribution, but over autonomy and control.’ to focus on simple inequality of incomes is ignore other more important conflicts that are irresolvable within the context of capitalism. in the marxist view there is, therefore, no community to speak of. the fact that workers and owners differ about the appropriate pace and quantity of work does not mean, however, that they hold fundamentally different values. the view that workers value leisure over income is another feature of classical political economic and marxist models, which posit that labour seeks subsistence rather than a share of wealth. the worker who val- ues leisure over work does not seem, however, to be the worker that inhabits advanced capi- talist economies. workers integrated into the wealth-seeking ethos of the modern economy tend to value work over leisure or money-incomes over leisure. shirking by workers does not mean that they seek subsistence rather than wealth. executives for that matter are just as capable of shirking as workers are, yet no one adduces a desire for subsistence as an explanation for it. shirking, whether by workers or owners, is instead symptomatic of an organizational patholo- gy, which leads them to believe that a share of wealth can be had without working. since the modern worker shares the owner’s desire for a share of wealth, and she is not moti- vated by utterly different incentives, her values cannot be sharply distinguished from those of owners of capital. the differences between thee goals of workers and owners do not, therefore, constitute an intrinsic source of conflict over ownership and control that is so thoroughgoing that all elements of community are vitiated from labour capital relations. and, broadening our account of points of conflict from simple inequality of income to ownership and control of opening the door to more equality philippe aghion & peter howitt endogenous growth theory ( ) at . joel mokyr the lever of riches ( ) at . chibber ‘individualism, community, and distributive justice’ ( ) the good society at . chibber (note above) at . chibber (note above) at . t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e firms has not, contrary to marxist theory, revealed oppositions of interests so thoroughgoing that they preclude all significant elements of community. the differences that marxist and classical theory posits between the values of workers and owners may also not hold with respect to workers in developing countries. in countries of this sort with highly unequal distributions of income, workers sometimes appear to have a prefer- ence for leisure over monetary reward, but this may not be their real preference. in these economies poor workers do not have much capital to work with, so they can only expect to receive low payoffs from hard work. if redistribution were implemented, ‘so that the payoffs are more equally shared,’ aghion and howitt contend, the incentives of the poor will be raised and this will raise output. in sum, the element of community is not refuted by any supposedly thoroughgoing conflict over autonomy and control arising from irreducible differences between the values of workers and owners. this element of community continues to invoke the ethics of community with respect to capital-based market systems, requiring egalitarian redistribution of a portion of national income. aghion & howitt (note above) at . bibliography a abel r a time of trouble: law and liberty in south africa’s state of emergency ( ) abbott-smith g a manual greek lexicon of the new testament ( ) acemoglu d ‘root causes. a historical approach to assessing the role of institutions in economic development’ ( ) finance and development ackermann l ‘equality and the south african constitution: the role of dignity’ ( ) the heidelberg journal for international law aghion p & p howitt endogenous growth theory ( ) albertyn c ‘equality’ in m h cheadle, d m davis and n r l haysom (eds) south african constitutional law: the bill of rights ( ) albertyn c & b goldblatt ‘facing the challenge of transformation: difficulties in the development of an indigenous jurisprudence of equality’ ( ) sajhr altizer tjj the genesis of god – a theological genealogy ( ) archer m ‘the private life of the social agent: what difference does it make?’ in j cruickshank (ed) critical realism. the difference it makes ( ) armstrong c ‘equality, community, and the production of value’ european journal of political theory aron j ‘growth and institutions: a review of evidence’ ( ) ( ) the world bank observer ashcraft r ‘liberalism and the problem of poverty’ ( ) crit rev assmann j et al gerechtigkeit: richten und retten in der abendländischen tradition und ihren altorien- talischen ursprüngen ( ) august kt the quest for being public church ( ) dth thesis, university of stellenbosch, stellen- bosch b bachmann m ‘would social health insurance improve south african health care? what other middle income countries can teach us’ ( ) transformation balderman i et al (eds) menschenwürde: jbth ( ) balz h ‘die gerechtigkeit der gerechtfertigten: eine neutestamentliche skizze’ in p dabrock et al (eds) kriterien der gerechtigkeit ( ) barberton c ‘progressive realisation’ of socio-economic rights’ ( ) economic and social rights review barenberg m ‘democracy and domination in the law of workplace cooperation: from bureaucratic to flexible production’ ( ) col lr baron m, p pettit & m slote three methods of ethics: a debate ( ) barth k church dogmatics ( ) barth k texte zur barmer theologischen erklärung ( ) barth k the humanity of god ( ) baumol wj ‘entrepreneurship: productive, unproductive and destructive’ ( ) journal of political economy baur j (ed) zum thema menschenrechte: theologische versuche und entwürfe ( ) t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e bebchuk l, j fried & d walker ‘managerial power and rent extraction in the design of executive compensation’ ( ) university of chicago lr bedford-strohm h vorrang für die armen: auf dem weg zu einer theologischen theorie der gerechtigkeit ( ) bell w aid to dependent children ( ) bellah r et al habits of the heart. individualism and commitment in american life ( ) bellah r et al the good society ( ) ben-bassat a & m dahan ‘social rights in the constitution and in practice’ hebrew u of jerusalem school of public policy working paper no - may benedict ml ‘laissez-faire and liberty: a reevaluation of the meaning and origins of laissez-faire constitutionalism’ ( ) law & history review bennett t & c powell ‘aboriginal title in south africa revisited’ ( ) sajhr bennis p ‘talking points: iraq, the un, & us corporations’ ( ) web publication by united for peace and justice http://unitedforpeace.org/article.php?id= berlin i ‘two concepts of liberty’ in i berlin (ed) fours essays on liberty ( ) berger p (ed) the desecularization of the world. resurgent religion and world politics ( ) best tf and m robra (eds) ecclesiology and ethics: ecumenical engagement, moral formation and the nature of the church ( ) best tf and m robra ‘introduction’ in tf best and m robra (eds) ecclesiology and ethics: ecumenical engagement, moral formation and the nature of the church ( ) vii bhaskar r ‘on the possibility of social scientific knowledge and the limits of naturalism’ in j mepham & dh rubin (eds) issues in marxist philosophy vol : epistemology, science, ideology ( ) biko s i write what i like ( ) bilchitz d ‘giving socio-economic rights teeth: the minimum core and its importance’ ( ) salj birch b & l rasmussen bible and ethics in the christian life ( ) bix b jurisprudence: theory and context ( ) bloch fs ‘cooperative federalism and the role of litigation in the development of federal afdc eligibility policy’ ( ) wis lr botha h ‘freedom and constraint in constitutional adjudication’ ( ) sajhr botha h, a van der walt & j van der walt (eds) rights and democracy in a transformative constitution ( ) botha j & p naude op pad met belhar: goeie nuus vir gister, vandag en môre ( ) botman hr ‘human dignity and economic globalization’ in hr botman & k sporre (eds) building a human rights culture: south african and swedish perspectives ( ) bosniak ls ‘critical reflection on “citizenship” as a progressive aspiration’ in j conaghan, rm fischl & k klare (eds) labour law in an era of globalization: transformative practices and possibilities ( ) brady bv the moral bond of community: justice and discourse in christian morality ( ) brand d & s russell exploring the core content of socio-economic rights: south african and international perspectives ( ) brand d ‘introduction to socio-economic rights in the south african constitution’ in d brand & ch heyns (eds) socio-economic rights in south africa ( ) brand d ‘the proceduralisation of south african socio-economic rights jurisprudence, or “what are socio-economic rights for?”’ in h botha, a van der walt & j van der walt (eds) rights and democracy in a transformative constitution ( ) breitenberg eh ‘to tell the truth: will the real public theology please stand up?’ ( ) journal of the society of christian ethics brodsky g ‘gosselin v quebec (attorney general): autonomy with a vengeance’ ( ) canadian journal of women and the law brown s & a fölscher taking power in the economy – gains and directions ( ) browning d a fundamental practical theology. descriptive and strategic proposals ( ) brunner e dogmatics ( ) brunner e gerechtigkeit: eine lehre von den grundgesetzen der gesellschaftsordnung ( ) buchanan a ‘the right to a decent minimum of health care’ ( ) ( ) philosophy and public affairs buchanan jm & ra musgrave public finance and public choice. two contrasting visions of the state ( ) buchanan jm ‘politics without romance’ in jm buchanan (ed) the collected works of james buchanan. volume i. the logical foundations of constitutional liberty ( ) buchanan r ‘border crossings: nafta, regulatory restructuring, and the politics of place’ ( ) indiana j of global legal studies budlender d the people’s voices ( ) burgsmüller a & r weth (eds) die barmer theologische erklärung: einführung und dokumentation ( ) burke e ‘reflections on the revolution in france’ in e burke (ed) on taste; on the sublime and beautiful; reflections on the french revolution; a letter to a noble lord ( ) busch e die barmer thesen - ( ) c calitz e & k siebritz: ‘macroeconomic stability and developmental expectations: fiscal consolidation in post-apartheid south africa’ ( ) cameron e ‘legal chauvinism, executive-mindedness and justice: l c steyn’s impact on south african law’ ( ) salj casper g ‘changing concepts of constitutionalism: th to th century’ ( ) s ct rev chanock m the making of south african legal culture - : fear, favour and prejudice ( ) chapman a ‘core obligations related to the right to health and their relevance for south africa’ ( ) in d brand & s russell exploring the core content of socio-economic rights: south african and international perspectives ( ) chetty k ‘the public finance implications of recent socio-economic rights judgments’ ( ) law, democracy and development chibber v ‘individualism, community, and distributive justice’ ( ) the good society clark hb serenity, courage, and wisdom: the enduring legacy of reinhold niebuhr ( ) clements k learning to speak: the church’s voice in public affairs ( ) cloete gd & dj smit a moment of truth: the confession of the dutch reformed mission church ( ) cloete jjn administration of health services ( ) coase rh ‘the institutional structure of production’ in rh coase (ed) essays on economics and economists ( ) cockrell a ‘rainbow jurisprudence’ ( ) sajhr cohen wj ‘the social security act of : reflections fifty years later’ in the report of the committee on economic security of at ( th anniversary ed natl conf on soc welfare ) collier p & jw gunning ‘explaining african economic performance’ ( ) journal of economic literature bibliography t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e commons jr legal foundations of capitalism ( ) conaghan j ‘woman, work and family: a british revolution’ in j conaghan, rm fischl & k klare (eds) labour law in an era of globalization: transformative practices and possibilities ( ) conaghan j, rm fischl & k klare (eds) labour law in an era of globalization: transformative practices and possibilities ( ) coons je et al ‘educational opportunity: a workable constitutional test for state financial structures’ ( ) cal lr corder h judges at work: the role and attitudes of the south african appellate judiciary, - ( ) courage n ‘wto agreement improves access to life-saving drugs’ the lawyers weekly - - cover r justice accused: antislavery and the judicial process ( ) cowen s ‘can “dignity” guide south africa’s equality jurisprudence?’ ( ) sajhr cranston m ‘human rights, real and supposed’ in dd raphael (ed) political theory and the rights of man ( ) crüsemann f ‘jahwes gerechtigkeit im alten testament’ ( ) evangelische theologie cupitt d the long-legged fly ( ) currie dp ‘positive and negative constitutional rights’ ( ) univ of chicago lr currie dp the constitution of the federal republic of germany ( ) d dabrock p et al (eds) kriterien der gerechtigkeit: festschrift für christofer frey zum . geburtstag ( ) daly h beyond growth ( ) daniels n ‘health care needs and distributive justice’ ( ) philosophy and public affairs daniels n ‘a reply to stern critics and a remark on health care rights’ ( ) journal of medicine and philosophy davis dm ‘the case against the inclusion of socio-economic demands in a bill of rights except as directive principles’ ( ) sajhr davis dm ‘equality: the majesty of legoland jurisprudence’ ( ) salj davis dm democracy and deliberation ( ) davis dm ’elegy to transformative constitutionalism’ in h botha, aj van der walt & j van der walt (eds) rights and democracy in a transformative constitution ( ) davis dm ‘socio-economic rights in south africa. the record of the constitutional court after ten years’ ( ) : esr review davis mf brutal need: lawyers and the welfare rights movement, - ( ) de beer c ‘a forward view of the health services in south africa’ ( ) south african medical journal de beer c ‘explaining the present: why health services do not meet the health needs of the population’ in a zwi & wb saunders (ed) towards health care for all ( ) debreu g theory of value: an axiomatic analysis of economic equilibrium ( ) de buen unna c ‘mexican trade unionism in a time of transition’ in j conaghan, rm fischl & k klare (eds) labour law in an era of globalization: transformative practices and possibilities ( ) de gruchy sm not liberation but justice: an analysis of reinhold niebuhr’s understanding of human destiny in the light of the doctrine of the atonement ( ) dth thesis, university of the western cape, bellville de gruchy j christianity and democracy. a theology for a just world order ( ) de gruchy j ‘african theology: south africa’ in d ford (ed) the modern theologians. an introduction to christian theology in the twentieth century ( ) de long jb & a shleifer ‘princes and merchants: european city growth before the industrial revolution’ ( ) journal of law and economics derthick m the influence of federal grants: public assistance in massachusetts ( ) de vos p ‘grootboom, the right of access to housing and substantive equality as contextual fairness’ ( ) sajhr de waal j, i currie & mg erasmus the bill of rights handbook ( th ed) ( ) diamond j guns, germs and steel. the fates of human societies ( ) dicey av lectures on law and public opinion in england during the nineteenth century ( ) dietsch p ‘review of ross zucker democratic distributive justice’ ( ) the review of political economy dollar d & a kraay ‘growth is good for the poor’ ( ) world bank policy research working paper series donnely j universal human rights in theory and practice ( ) dorrington re et al the impact of hiv/aids on adult mortality in south africa ( ) duchrow u ‘justice’ in n lossky et al (eds) dictionary of the ecumenical movement ( ) dugard j ‘the judicial process, positivism and civil liberty’ ( ) salj dugard j human rights and the south african legal order ( ) dugard j ‘should judges resign? a reply to professor wacks’ ( ) salj durkheim e suicide. a study in sociology ( ) durkheim e professional ethics and civic morals ( ) durkheim e the rules of sociological method and selected texts on sociology and its method ( ) durkheim e the division of labour in society ( ) durkheim e the elementary forms of religious life ( ) du toit d (ed) menseregte: opstelle ( ) du toit d die mens en sy regte: geloof en praktyk in suid-afrika ( ) du toit sf ideas of truth and revelation in the light of the challenge of postmodernism ( ) university of oxford: dphil thesis du toit sf learning to live together: practices of social reconciliation ( ) dworkin r taking rights seriously ( ) dworkin r ‘what is equality: part : equality of resources’ ( ) philosophy and public affairs dworkin r ‘why we are all liberals’ paper presented at the program for the study of law, philosophy & social theory nyu school of law october dykstra c& dc bass ‘a theological understanding of christian practices’ in m volf & dc bass practicing theology. beliefs and practices in christian life ( ) dyzenhaus d hard cases in wicked legal systems: south african law in the perspective of legal philosophy ( ) dyzenhaus d truth, reconciliation and the apartheid legal order ( ) e easterly w the elusive quest for growth ( ) edelman mw lanterns: a memoir of mentors ( ) eggertsson t economic behaviour and institutions ( ) elkin sl ‘notes on the old political science for the present age’ ( ) the good society ellmann s in a time of trouble: law and liberty in south africa’s state of emergency ( ) engelhardt ht ‘rights to health care: a critical appraisal’ ( ) journal of medicine and philosophy etzioni a the moral dimension ( ) bibliography t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e f fabre c social rights under the constitution: government and the decent life ( ) falconer ad ‘pressing the claims: reflections in the theological basis of human rights’ ( ) reformed world feldman d civil liberties and human rights in england and wales ( ) feuerbach l the essence of christianity ( , st ed ) fineman mla ‘masking dependency: the political role of family rhetoric’ ( ) virginia lr fischer j ‘jenseits reiner normativität: skizze einer theologisch-ethischen annäherung and die gerechtig- keitsthematik’ in p dabrock et al (eds) kriterien der gerechtigkeit ( ) forbath we ‘the ambiguities of free labor: labor and the law in the gilded age’ ( ) wis lr forbath we ‘habermas’s constitution: a history, guide, and critique’ ( ) l & soc inquiry forbath we ‘caste, class, and equal citizenship’ ( ) mich lr forbath we ‘“constitutional welfare rights”: a history, critique and reconstruction’ ( ) fordham lr forbath we ‘the new deal constitution in exile’ ( ) duke lj forbath we ‘lincoln, the declaration, and the “grisly, undying corpse of states’ rights”: history, memory, and imagination in the constitution of a southern liberal’ ( ) georgetown lj forbath we ‘not so simple justice: frank michelman on social rights -present’ ( ) tulsa lr forrester d christian justice and public policy ( ) forsyth c in danger for their talents: a study of the appellate division of the supreme court of south africa from - ( ) fouts de ‘policy-making in the supreme court of canada, - ’ in g schubert & dj danelski (eds) comparative judicial behavior: cross-cultural studies of political decision-making in the east and west ( ) frank j law and the modern mind ( ) fraser n ‘talking about needs: interpretive contests as political conflicts in welfare-state societies’ ( ) ethics fraser n & l gordon ‘a genealogy of dependency: tracing a keyword of the us welfare state’ ( ) signs: journal of women in culture and society fredman s ‘providing equality: substantive equality and the positive duty to provide’ unpublished paper delivered at sajhr conference, – july g garner ba (ed) black’s law dictionary ed ( ) gauri v ‘social rights and economics. claims to health care and education in developing countries’ ( ) world bank policy research paper gearon l human rights & religion: a reader ( ) gelderblom d morality, individual and society: emile durkheim ( ) gewirth a ‘are there any absolute rights?’ in j waldron theories of rights ( ) giddens a studies in social and political theory ( ) gilkey lb on niebuhr: a theological study ( ) glendon m ‘rights in twentieth-century constitutions’ ( ) u chi lr glendon m a world made new: eleanor roosevelt and the universal declaration of human rights ( ) gloppen r ‘analyzing the role of courts in social transformation: social rights litigation, court responsiveness and capability’ paper presented at the centre for applied legal studies workshop on human rights, democracy and social transformation: when do rights work? (november ) gloppen r, rargarella & e skaar (eds) democratization and the judiciary: the accountability function of courts in new democracies ( ) goldberg aj ‘equality and governmental action’ ( ) fny u lr goldsmith ah et al ‘the psychological impact of unemployment and joblessness’ ( ) j socio-eco goodin e, b headey, r muffels & hj dirven the real worlds of welfare capitalism ( ) goyer kc ‘hiv/aids in south african prisons’ http://www.iss.co.za/pubs/monographs/ no /chap .html graham c & s pettinato happiness and hardship: opportunity and insecurity in new market economies ( ) gray jc restraints on the alienation of property ( ) green w and j neusner (eds) the religion factor. an introduction to how religion matters ( ) griffen d primordial truth and postmodern theology ( ) grilli v, d masciandaro et al ‘institutions and policies’ ( ) economic policy gustafson j ‘an analysis of church and society social ethical writings’ ( ) ecumenical review gustafson j varieties of moral discourse: prophetic, narrative, ethical and policy. the stob lectures of calvin college and seminary ( ) gustafson j ‘moral discourse about medicine: a variety of forms’ ( ) journal of medicine and philosophy h habermas j ‘law as medium and law as institution’ in g teubner (ed) dilemmas of law in the welfare state ( ) habermas j the philosophical discourse of modernity: twelve lectures ( ) habermas j the structural transformation of the public sphere: an inquiry into a category of bourgeois society ( ) habermas j erläuterungen zur diskursethik ( ) habermas j faktizität und geltung: beiträge zur diskurstheorie des rechts und des demokratischen rechtsstaats ( ) habermas j between facts and norms ( ) habib a & c skinner ‘the poor must fend for themselves’ ( - - ) sunday times hall kl the magic mirror ( ) hall r ‘rural land restitution in south africa’ paper prepared for programme for land and agrarian studies (july ) hall r & ci jones ‘why do some countries produce so much more output per worker than others’ ( ) quarterly journal of economics handler jf & y hasenfeld we the poor people: work, poverty, and welfare ( ) hardmeier c et al (eds) freiheit und recht: festschrift für frank crüsemann zum . geburtstag ( ) hart hla the concept of law ( ) haspel m protestantische ethik vor der herausforderung der globalisierung ( ) hauerwas s vision and virtue: essays in christian ethical reflection ( ) hauerwas s truthfulness and tragedy: further investigations in christian ethics ( ) hauerwas s a community of character: toward a constructive christian social ethic ( ) hauerwas s the peaceable kingdom. a primer in christian ethics ( ) hauerwas s christian existence today. essays on church, world and living in between ( ) bibliography t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e hauerwas s & c pinches christians among the virtues. theological conversations with ancient and modern ethics ( ) hauerwas s & s wells (eds) the blackwell companion to christian ethics ( ) hayek fa the constitution of liberty ( ) hayek fa ‘individualism: true and false’ in fa hayek (ed) individualism and economic order ( ) hayek fa ‘the meaning of competition’ in fa hayek (ed) individualism and economic order ( ) haysom n ‘constitutionalism, majoritarian democracy and socio-economic rights’ ( ) sajhr hegarty a & s leonard human rights. an agenda for the st century ( ) hegel gwf the philosophy of right ( ) heller ps ‘wealth creation and social justice: an imf perspective’ ( ) paper presented at the world council of churches/world bank/imf meeting, february hendriks h the future of the church, the church of the future ( ) unpublished inaugural lecture, university of stellenbosch heywood a politics ( ) heywood m ‘preventing mother-to-child hiv transmission in south africa: background, strategies and outcomes of the treatment action campaign case against the minister of health’ ( ) sajhr hicks jr the theory of wages ( ) hoctor s ‘dignity, criminal law and the bill of rights’ ( ) salj hofstadter r social darwinism in american thought ( ) honecker m das recht des menschen: einführung in die evangelische sozialethik ( ) hont i & m ignatieff, needs and justice in the wealth of nations: an introductory essay, in wealth and virtue: the shaping of political economy in the scottish enlightenment ( ) horne ta property rights and poverty: political argument in britain, - ( ) huber w & he tödt menschenrechte: perspektiven einer menschlichen welt ( ) huber w ‘human rights: a concept and its history’ ( ) concilium huber w ‘beten und tun des gerechten’ in w huber & i tödt (eds) ethik im ernstfall: dietrich bon- hoeffers stellung zu den juden und ihre aktualitat ( ) huber w ‘menschenrechte’ in staatslexikon bd. ( ) huber w ‘recht im horizont der liebe’ in brandt et al (eds) ein richter, ein bürger, ein christ: festschrift für helmut simon ( ) huber w ‘justice, peace and the integrity of creation: a challenge for ecumenical theology’ ( ) scriptura huber w ‘menschenrechte’ in l engel et al (eds) hoffnung in der krise: dokumente einer christlichen existenz in südafrika zum geburtstag von wolfram kistner ( ) huber w ‘die prediking oor regverdigheid en geregtigheid’ in cw burger et al (eds) riglyne vir prediking oor die bergrede ( ) huber w ‘das grundgesetz und die menschenrechte’ ( ) zeitschrift für evangelische ethik huber w ‘die menschenrechte und das grundgesetz: theologische Überlegungen’ in m pfeiffer (ed) auftrag grundgesetz: wirklichkeit und perspektiven ( ) huber w ‘menschenrechte – christenrechte’ in recht nach gottes wort: menschenrechte und grund- rechte in gesellschaft und kirche ( ) huber w ‘die würde des menschen ist antastbar: anfragen aus der sicht der christlichen ethik’ ( ) universitas huber w konflikt und konsens: studien zur ethik der verantwortung ( ) huber w ‘menschenrechte/menschenwürde’ in theologische realencyklopädie xxii ( ) huber w ‘menschenrechte und biblisches rechtsdenken: ein versuch’ ( ) neukirchener theologische zeitschrift: kirche und israel huber w die tägliche gewalt: gegen die ausverkauf der menschenwürde ( ) huber w ‘meschenwürde? gewalt und intimität als unterhaltung’ in w wunden (ed) Öffentlichkeit und kommunikationskultur ( ) huber w ‘gottesrecht und menschenrechte in gesellschaftspolitischen entwürfen’ ( ) epd- dokumentation huber w ‘lebenswert und lebensrecht’ ( ) huber w ‘die würde des menschen ist antastbar: anfragen aus der sicht der christlichen ethik’ in s abarbanell et al (eds) fernsehzeit ( ) huber w gerechtigkeit und recht: grundlinien christlicher rechtsethik ( ) huber w ‘recht als beruf: verantwortung für das recht im horizont der gerechtigkeit’ in u neumann and l schulz (eds) verantwortung in recht und moral: referate der tagung der deutschen sektion der internationalen vereinigung für rechts- und sozialphilosophie ( ) huber w rechtfertigung und recht: über die christlichen wurzeln der europäischen rechtskultur ( ) hunsinger g how to read karl barth – the shape of his theology ( ) huntington s the clash of civilizations and the remaking of worldorder ( ) hütter r evangelische ethik als kirchliches zeugnis: interpretationen zu schlüsselfragen theologischer ethik in der gegenwart ( ) i iles k ‘limiting socio-economic rights: beyond the internal limitations clauses’ ( ) sajhr j jackman m ‘constitutional rhetoric and social justice: reflections on the justiciability debate’ in j bakan & d schneiderman (eds) social justice and the constitution: perspectives on a social union for canada ( ) jeeves a ‘public health and epidemiology in the era of south africa’s vd pandemic of the s and s’ paper read at aids in context international conference held at the university of the witwatersrand – april johanson b (ed) human rights in south africa ( ) johanson b human rights and repression in southern africa: the apartheid machine grinds on ( ) john c ‘human rights and the churches: the new challenges’ ( ) reformed world johnsen de ‘ronald reagan and the rehnquist court on congressional power: presidential influences on constitutional change’ ( ) ind lj jones j labor of love, labor of sorrow: black women, work, and the family from slavery to the present ( ) k kagan d, s ozment & fm turner the western heritage to ( ) kant i ‘on the common saying: “this may be true in theory, but it does not apply in practice’’’ in hans riess (ed) kant’s political writings ( ) kant i the moral law: kant’s groundwork of the metaphysic of morals ( ) kapp c ‘world trade organisation reaches agreement on generic medicines’ ( ) lancet kasper w & m e streit institutional economics: social order and public policy ( ) keeton c ‘a turning point for aids treatment’ sunday times - - kegley cw reinhold niebuhr, his religious, social, and political thought ( ) bibliography t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e kennedy d a critique of adjudication (fin de siècle) ( ) keynes jm the general theory of employment, interest, and money ( ) kindra j ‘aids: ministers revolt’ mail & guardian - - to - - klaaren j ‘an institutional interpretation of socio-economic rights and judicial remedies after tac’ in h botha, aj van der walt & j van der walt (eds) rights and democracy in a transformative constitution ( ) klare ke ‘judicial deradicalization of the wagner act and the origins of modern legal consciousness’ ( ) minnesota lr klare ke ‘workplace democracy and market reconstruction: an agenda for legal reform’( ) catholic university l rev klare ke ‘legal culture and transformative constitutionalism’ ( ) sajhr knack s ‘predation of production? the impact of political, legal and social institutions’ in s knack (ed) democracy, governance and growth ( ) knack s & p keefer ‘institutions and economic performance: cross country tests using alternative institutional measures’ ( ) economics and politics koopman n ‘tussen die duiwel van konstantinisme en die diep blou see van sektarisme – kerk en staat verhoudinge in post-apartheid suid-afrika’ ( ) ngtt koopman n ‘ “... and the wronged…” a basic and neglected conviction of (reformed) theology?’ in p coertzen (ed) years reformed - ( ) koopman n ‘freedom of religion and the prophetic role of the church’ ( ) ngtt koopman n ‘some comments about public theology today’ ( ) journal of theology for southern africa koopman n ‘defence in a democracy. a church perspective on the postapartheid defence review process’ in k haglind (ed) arms trade. final report from the nd ecumenical conference in gothenburg ( ) koopman n ‘the role of tradition in moral decisionmaking and moral consensus’ ( ) ngtt koopman n ‘let the plight of the poor be heard. prophetic speaking about poverty today’ ( ) ngtt koopman n & r vosloo die ligtheid van die lig. morele oriëntasie in ‘n postmoderne tyd ( ) küng h (ed) yes to a global ethic ( ) küng h & kj kuschel (eds) a global ethic. the declaration of the parliament of world religions ( ) kymlicka w liberalism, community and culture ( ) l ladd-taylor m mother-work: women, child welfare, and the state, - ( ) landes d the wealth and poverty of nations. why some are so rich and some so poor ( ) landes d the unbound prometheus: technological change and industrial development in western europe from to the present ( ) landman w ‘appropriate health care as a human right’ in a van niekerk (ed) health care as human right ( ) lategan bc ‘taking the third public seriously’ in jw de gruchy & s martin (eds) religion and the reconstruction of civil society ( ) lawrence se the poor in court: the legal services program and supreme court decision making ( ) lebacqz k six theories of justice: perspectives from philosophical and theological ethics ( ) lebacqz k justice in an unjust world: foundations for a christian approach to justice ( ) leech be ‘the right of the hiv-positive patient to medical care: an analysis of costs of providing medical treatment’ ( ) sajhr levine dp economic theory ( ) levine dp ‘poverty, capabilities, and freedom’ ( ) review of political economy liebenberg s ‘the right to social assistance: the implications of grootboom for policy reform in south africa’ ( ) sajhr liebenberg s ‘south africa’s evolving jurisprudence on socio-economic rights: an effective tool in challenging poverty?’ ( ) law, democracy and development liebenberg s ‘the interpretation of socio-economic rights’ in m chaskalson et al constitutional law of south africa ( nd edition ) chap lienemann w gerechtigkeit ( ) lindblom ce politics and markets ( ) lister r ‘citizenship: towards a feminist synthesis’ ( ) feminist rev locke j two treatises of government ( ) lopez r chocolate: the nature of indulgence ( ) lovin r christian ethics. an essential guide ( ) lucas rj ‘econometric policy evaluation: a critique’ in k brunner & meltzer ah (ed) the phillips curve and labour markets ( ) lucas rj ‘some macroeconomics for the st century’ ( ) journal of economic perspectives lucas rj lectures on growth theory ( ) luhmann n ausdifferenzierung des rechts: beiträge zur rechtssoziologie und rechtstheorie ( ) luhman n ‘the self-reproduction of law and its limits’ in g teubner (ed) dilemmas of law in the welfare state ( ) lukes s Émile durkheim. his life and work: a historical and critical study ( ) m mcdonnell pj ‘us votes could sway mexico’s next election’ ( ) february los angeles times a macintyre a whose justice? which rationality? ( ) mcintyre de & re dorrington ‘trends in the distribution of south african health care expenditure’ ( ) samj macneil i ‘economic analysis of contractual relations’ in p burrows & cg veljanovski (eds) the economic approach to law ( ) maddison a the world economy: a millennial perspective ( ) maklem p ‘constitutional ropes of sand or justiciable guarantees? social rights in a new south african constitution’ ( ) univ of pennsylvania lr malan n ‘civil society and the right to have access to social security in south africa’ ( ) unpublished research paper, rau: johannesburg margolis j ‘the rights of man’ ( ) social theory and practice marshall th ‘on citizenship and social class’ in class, citizenship and social development ( ) marx k & f engels the communist manifesto ( ) may j poverty and inequality in south africa: report prepared for the office of the executive deputy president and the inter-ministerial committee for poverty and inequality (pir report) ( ) melnick rs between the lines: interpreting welfare rights ( ) meyerson d rights limited ( ) minow m ‘just education: an essay for frank michelman’ ( ) tulsa lr michel s children’s interests/mothers’ rights: the shaping of america’s child care policy ( ) michelman fi ‘foreword: on protecting the poor through the fourteenth amendment’ ( ) harv lr bibliography t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e michelman fi ‘in pursuit of “constitutional welfare rights”: one view of rawls’ theory of justice’ ( ) u pa lr michelman fi ‘welfare rights in a constitutional democracy’ ( ) wash univ lq michelman fi ‘justification (and justifiability) of law in a contradictory world’ in j r pennock & j w chapman (eds) nomos xxviii: justification ( ) michelman fi ‘foreword: traces of self-government’ ( ) harv lr michelman fi ‘possession vs. distribution’ in the constitutional idea of property’ ( ) iowa lr michelman fi ‘law’s republic’ ( ) yale lj michelman fi ‘conceptions of democracy in american constitutional argument: voting rights’ ( ) fla lr michelman fi ‘family quarrel’ ( ) cardozo lr michelman fi ‘morality, identity and ‘constitutional patriotism’’ ( ) denv u lr michelman fi ‘“democracy-based resistance” to a constitutional right of social citizenship: a comment on forbath’ ( ) fordham lr michelman fi ‘the problem of constitutional interpretive disagreement: can “discourse of application” help?’ in m aboulafai et al habermas and pragmatism ( ) miller ao (ed) a christian declaration on human rights: theological studies of the world alliance of reformed churches ( ) mokyr j the lever of riches ( ) mollendorf d ‘reasoning about resources: soobramoney and the future of economic rights claims’ ( ) sajhr moltmann j the experiment hope ( ) moltmann j on human dignity: political theology and ethics ( ) moltmann j god for a secular society: the public relevance of theology ( ) mongiovi g ‘distributive justice: an economist’s perspective’ ( ) the good society morton m & f morton chocolate: an illustrated history ( ) moskop j ‘rawslian justice and a human rights to health care’ ( ) ( ) journal of medicine and philosophy mostert h ‘liberty, social responsibility and fairness in the context of constitutional property protection and regulation’ in h botha, aj van der walt & j van der walt (eds) rights and democracy in a transformative constitution ( ) mudge ls the church as moral community: ecclesiology and ethics in ecumenical debate ( ) mureinik e ‘beyond a charter of luxuries: economic rights in the constitution’ ( ) sajhr n nedelsky j ‘reconceiving rights as relationship’ ( ) review of constitutional studies newman ks, no shame in my game: the working poor in the inner city ( ) niebuhr h the responsible self. an essay in christian moral philosophy ( ) north dc ‘transaction costs, institutions, and economic history’ ( ) journal of institutional and theoretical economics north dc institutions, institutional change, and economic performance ( ) north dc ‘institutions’ ( ) journal of economic perspectives north dc ‘five propositions about institutional change’ in j knight & i sened (ed) explaining social institutions ( ) novak wj the people’s welfare: law and regulation in nineteenth-century america ( ) nozick r anarchy, state, and utopia ( ) nussbaum mc ‘capabilities, human rights and the universal declaration’ in b h weston & s p marks (eds) the future of international human rights ( ) nussbaum mc women and human development – the capabilities approach ( ) nussbaum mc ‘the enduring significance of john rawls’ ( ) the chronicle of higher education b o o’connor js ‘gender, class and citizenship in the comparative analysis of welfare state regimes: theoretical and methodological issues’ ( ) british j of sociology olsen m the rise and decline of nations: economic growth, stagflation, and social rigidities ( ) olsen fe ‘the myth of state intervention in the family’ ( ) university of michigan j of law reform olson m ‘big bills left on the sidewalk: why some nations are rich, and others poor’ in s knack (ed) democracy, governance and growth ( ) orloff as ‘gender and the social rights of citizenship: the comparative analysis of gender relations and welfare states’ ( ) american sociological rev p packard r white plague, black labor: tuberculosis and the political economy of health and disease in south africa ( ) pavetti ld the dynamics of welfare and work: exploring the process by which young women work their way off welfare ( ) unpublished phd dissertation, jfk school of government, harvard university peters aag ‘law as critical discussion’ in g teubner (ed) dilemmas of law in the welfare state ( ) pieterse m ‘beyond the welfare state: globalisation of neo-liberal culture and the constitutional protection of social and economic rights in south africa’ ( ) stellenbosch lr pieterse e & m van donk ‘the politics of socio-economic rights in south africa. ten years after apartheid’ ( ) : esr review pillay k ‘implementation of grootboom: implications for the enforcement of socio-economic rights’ ( ) law, democracy & development pizzigati s ‘the left and the rich’ paper presented at the global left forum, new york city ( ) pizzigati s greed and good ( ) pope sj (ed) the ethics of aquinas ( ) popper kr the logic of science ( ) popper kr the poverty of historicism ( ) popper kr ‘towards a rational theory of tradition’ in kr popper (ed) conjectures and refutations: the growth of scientific knowledge ( ) posner ra overcoming law ( ) posner ra ‘values and consequences: an introduction to economic analysis of law’ ( ) chicago law & economics working paper no price m health policy and planning ( ) price m ‘health care as an instrument of apartheid policy in south africa’ ( ) health policy and planning priest g & w klein ‘the selection of disputes for litigation’ ( ) j of legal studies bibliography t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e q quint pe ‘the constitutional guarantees of social welfare in the process of german unification’ ( ) am j comp l r radin mj & fi michelman ‘pragmatist and poststructuralist critical legal practice’ ( ) u pa lr rasmussen ll moral fragments and moral community: a proposal for church in society ( ) rawls j political liberalism ( ) rawls j ‘preface for the french edition of a theory of justice’ in samuel freeman (ed) collected papers ( ) rees rm ‘bite-sized marketing: candy bars’ in a szogyi (ed) chocolate: food of the gods ( ) reich ca ‘the “new property’’’ ( ) yale lj reich ca ‘individual rights and social welfare: the emerging legal issues’ ( ) yale lj reich ca ‘the global drug gap’ ( ) science resnik d ‘developing drugs for the developing world: an economic, legal, moral and political dilemma’ ( ) developing world bioethics rhodes rp health care politics, policy and distributive justice ( ) richardson n ‘ethics of character and community’ in c villa-vicencio and j de gruchy (eds) doing ethics in context. south african perspectives ( ) robra m Ökumenische sozialethik ( ) rodrik d, a subramanian et al ‘institutions rule: the primacy of institutions over geography and integration in economic development’ ( ) nber working paper romer pm ‘the origins of endogenous growth’ ( ) journal of economic perspectives rorty r philosophy and the mirror of nature ( ) rorty r contingency, irony, and solidarity ( ) rorty r truth and progress ( ) roosevelt fd ‘objectives of the administration’ (june , ) in the public papers and addresses of franklin d roosevelt ( ) vol roux t ‘legitimating transformation: political resource allocation in the south african constitutional court’ ( ) democratization ross t ‘the rhetoric of poverty: their immorality, our helplessness’ ( ) georgetown law journal s sable cf & wh simon ‘destabilisation rights: how public law litigation succeeds’ ( ) harvard lr sachs a ‘enforcement of social and economic rights’ speech at london school economics feb sager lg ‘justice in plain clothes: reflections on the thinness of constitutional law’ ( ) nw u lr sala-i-martin x ‘the world distribution of income’ ( ) nber working paper samuelson pa ‘some uneasiness with the coase theorem’ ( ) japan and the world economy sandel mj democracy’s discontent: america in search of a public philosophy ( ) sandel mj liberalism and the limits of justice ( ) schachter o ‘human dignity as a normative concept’ ( ) am j of int law schachter o ‘human dignity as a value – part i’ ( ) public law schachter o ‘human dignity as a foundational value of our constitutional order’ ( ) sajhr schaeffer j ‘warc’s historic commitments to justice and human rights’ ( ) reformed world schauer f ‘judging in a corner of the law’ ( ) southern california lr schauer f playing by the rules: a philosophical examination of rule-based decision-making in law and in life ( ) scheppele kl ‘a realpolitik theory of social rights’ ( ) tex lr schultz v ‘life’s work’ ( ) col lr sen a choice, welfare and measurement ( ) sen a the penalties of unemployment ( ) banca d’italia working paper no sen a ‘the possibility of social choice’ ( ) american economic review sen a development as freedom ( ) sen a the penalties of unemployment ( ) banca d’italia working paper no sened i ‘the emergence of individual rights’ in j knight & i sened (ed) explaining social institutions ( ) shapiro m & a stone sweet on law, politics, and judicialization ( ) singer jw ‘the player and the cards: nihilism and legal theory’ ( ) yale lj singer p (ed) a companion to ethics ( ) skocpol t protecting soldiers and mothers: the political origins of social policy in the united states ( ) sloth-nielsen j ‘the right to social services, the right to social security, and the primary prevention of child abuse in the aftermath of grootboom’ ( ) sajhr smit dj ‘die droom van bybelse geregtigheid’ ( ) scriptura smit dj ‘paradigms of radical grace’ in c villa-vicencio (eds) on reading karl barth in south africa ( ) smit dj ‘die bergrede en christelike etiek’ in cw burger et al (eds) riglyne vir prediking oor die bergrede ( ) smit dj ‘die bergrede in die geskiedenis’ in cw burger et al (eds) riglyne vir prediking oor die bergrede ( ) smit dj ‘oor die prediking van regverdiging en reg’ in ba müller et al (eds) riglyne vir prediking oor regverdiging en reg. woord teen die lig iii/ ( ) smit dj and jl de villiers ‘hoe christene in suid-afrika by mekaar verby praat ... oor vier morele spreekwyses in die suid-afrikaanse kerklike konteks’ ( ) skrif en kerk smit dj ‘oor die unieke openbare rol van die kerk’ ( ) tydskrif vir geesteswetenskappe smit dj ‘oor die kerk as ‘n unieke samelewingsverband’ ( ) tydskrif vir geesteswetenskappe smit dj ‘reformed ethics and economic justice’ ( ) nederduitse gereformeerde teologiese tydskrif smit dj ’oor die kerk as unieke samelewingsverband’ ( ) tydskrif vir geesteswetenskappe smit dj ’oor die unieke openbare rol van die kerk’ ( ) tydskrif vir geesteswetenskappe smit dj ‘seeing things differently – on prayer and politics’ in l holness & rk wüstenberg (eds) theology in dialogue: the impact of the arts, humanities, and science on contemporary religious thought: essays in honor of john w de gruchy ( ) smit dj ‘liberty/freedom’ in n lossky et al (eds) dictionary of the ecumenical movement ( ) smit dj ‘on learning to see? a reformed perspective on the church and the poor’ in p couture & bj miller-mclemore (eds) suffering, poverty, and hiv-aids ( ) smit dj ‘oor die god wat ons roep’ in handelinge van die ngk in sa (wes- en suid-kaapland) ( ) h smit dj ‘openbare getuienis en publieke teologie vandag?’ ( ) scriptura smit dj ‘oor die kerk en maatskaplike uitdagings in ons land’ ( ) nederduitse gereformeerde teologiese tydskrif bibliography t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e smit dj ‘the impact of the church in south africa after the collapse of the apartheid regime’ in k bediako et al (eds) a new day dawning: african christians living the gospel ( ) smit dj ‘theologische ansätze für kirchliches engagement in fragen der globalisierung - reformierte perspektiven aus dem südlichen afrika’ Ökumenische rundschau smith a the wealth of nations ( ) smith a an inquiry into the nature and causes of the wealth of nations ( ) smith jf ‘vote denied to mexicans living abroad’ ( ) july los angeles times a smith rkm textbook in international human rights ( ) simitis s ‘juridification of labor relations’ in g teubner (ed) juridification of social spheres ( ) soifer a ‘the paradox of paternalism and laissez-faire constitutionalism: united states supreme court, - ’ ( ) law & history review spalter-roth r making work pay: the real employment opportunities of single mothers participating in the afdc program ( ) spragens t ‘review essay: justice, consensus, and boundaries: assessing political liberalism’ ( ) political theory stone rh reinhold niebuhr: prophet to politicians ( ) streak j & j wehner ‘children’s socio-economic rights in the south african constitution: towards a framework for monitoring implementation’ in e coetzee & j streak (eds) monitoring child socio- economic rights in south africa: achievements and challenges ( ) stern l ‘opportunity and health care: criticims and suggestions’ ( ) ( ) journal of medicine and philosophy stewart rb & cr sunstein ‘public programs and private rights’ ( ) harv lr steyn lc ‘regsbank en regsfakulteit’ ( ) thrhr stiglitz je ‘principal and agent’ in j eatwell, m milgate & p newman (eds) the new palgrave dictionary of economics ( ) sunstein cr ‘on property and constitutionalism’ ( ) chicago law and economics working paper no sunstein cr ‘social and economic rights? lessons from south africa’ ( ) chicago law and economics working paper no sunstein cr ‘the second bill of rights: the last great speech of franklin delano roosevelt and america’s unfinished pursuit of freedom’ (prelim draft july ) sunstein cr the second bill of rights: fdr’s unfinished revolution and why we need it more than ever ( ) t tanzi v ‘the changing role of the state in the economy’ ( ) imf working paper wp/ / tanzi v ‘the role of the state and the quality of the public sector’ ( ) imf working paper wp/ / taylor mce erring: a postmodern a/theology ( ) trengove w ‘judicial remedies for violations of socio-economic rights’ ( ) esr rev teubner g ‘the transformation of law in the welfare state’ in g teubner (ed) dilemmas of law in the welfare state ( ) teubner g ‘juridification concepts, aspects, limits, solutions’ in g teubner (ed) juridification of social spheres ( ) toebes bca the right to health as a human right in international law ( ) torrance tf karl bath: an introduction to his early theology, - ( ) townsend p et al the black report and the health divide ( ) tracy d the analogical imagination. christian theology and the culture of pluralism ( ) tushnet m ‘state action, social welfare rights, and the judicial role: some comparative observations’ ( ) chi j intl l tushnet m ‘strong rights, weak courts’ ( ) tex lr v van blerk a ‘the irony of labels’ ( ) salj van blerk a judge and be judged ( ) van den brink g een publieke zaak. theologie tussen geloof en wetenskap ( ) van der berg s & r burger ‘social delivery in south africa’ ( ) stellenbosch report prepared for the cde van der westhuizen j ‘the human rights debate in south africa’ in k nürnberger (ed) a democratic vision for south africa. political realism and christian response ( ) van der walt aj ‘a south african reading of frank michelman’s theory of social justice’ in h botha, a van der walt & j van der walt (eds) rights and democracy in a transformative constitution ( ) van marle k ‘love, law and the south african community: critical reflections on “suspect intimacies” and “immanent subjectivity”’ in h botha, a van der walt & j van der walt (eds) rights and democracy in a transformative constitution ( ) van marle k ‘‘‘no last word” – reflections on the imaginary domain, dignity and intrinsic worth’ ( ) stell lr van marle k ‘revisiting the politics of post-apartheid constitutional interpretation’ ( ) tsar van marle k ‘‘‘the capabilities approach”, “the imaginary domain”, and “asymmetrical reciprocity”: feminist perspectives on equality and justice’ ( ) feminist legal studies van parijs p real freedom for all ( ) van rensburg hcj ‘south african health care in change’ ( ) sa journal of sociology van rensburg hcj health care in south africa: structure and dynamics ( ) van rensburg hcj ‘health and health care in south africa in transition: a macro perspective’ ( ) acta academica van rensburg hcj & sr benatar ‘the legacy of apartheid in health and health care’ ( ) sa journal of sociology van rensburg hcj & fourie a ‘privatisation of south african health care: in whose interest?’ ( ) curationis van rensburg hcj & c ngwena ‘health and health care in south africa against an african background’ in wc cockerham (ed) the blackwell companion to medical sociology ( ) villa-vicencio c a theology of reconstruction – nationbuilding and human rights ( ) voss g et al ‘menschenwürde neu buchstabieren’ ( ) una sancta - zeitschrift für ökumenische begegnung w wacks r ‘judges and injustice’ ( ) salj waldron j liberal rights: collected papers - ( ) walshe p ‘christianity and the anti-apartheid struggle: the prophetic voice within divided churches’ in r elphick & r davenport (eds) christianity in south africa. a political, social and cultural history ( ) walzer m ‘philosophy and democracy’ ( ) pol theory ward g (ed) the postmodern god: a theological reader ( ) weingärtner e ‘human rights’ in n lossky et al (eds) dictionary of the ecumenical movement ( ) bibliography t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e welker m ‘security of expectations’ ( ) journal of religion welker m ‘dynamiken der rechtsentwicklung in den biblischen Überlieferungen’ in a aarnio (ed) rechtsnorm und rechtswirklichkeit: festschrift für werner krawietz zum . geburtstag ( ) welker m ‘moral, recht und ethos in evangelisch-theologischer sicht’ in w härle & r preul (eds) ethik und recht ( ) wellman c ‘the proliferation of rights: moral progress or empty rhetoric?’ in l gearon (ed) human rights & religion ( ) williams l ‘the ideology of division: behavior modification welfare reform proposals’ ( ) yale l j williams l decades of distortion: the right’s -year assault on welfare ( ) williams l ‘welfare law and legal entitlements: the social roots of poverty’ in d kairys (ed) the politics of law: a progressive critique ( ) williamson oe ‘contract analysis: the transaction cost approach’ in p burrows & cg veljanovski (eds) the economic approach to law ( ) wilson s ‘taming the constitution: rights and reform in the south african education system’ ( ) sajhr wilson wj when work disappears: the world of the new urban poor ( ) winfield rd the just economy ( ) witte j ‘the study of law and religion: an apologia and agenda’ ( ) ministry and mission wogaman jp christian moral judgment ( ) wogaman jp christian perspectives on politics ( ) y yergin d & j stanislaw the commanding heights ( ) yoon yh, r spalter-roth & m baldwin unemployment insurance: barriers to access for women and part-time workers ( ) yuval- davis n ‘women, citizenship and difference’ ( ) feminist rev z zucker r democratic distributive justice ( ) zucker r ‘democracy and economic justice’ paper presented at the annual meeting of the american political science association august zucker r ‘on the future of the justice debates’ ( ) the good society cases alexkor ltd and another v richtersveld community and others ( ) sa (cc) atkinson v van wyk and another ( ) sa (lcc) august and another v electoral commission and others ( ) sa (cc) , b v minister of correctional services ( ) bclr (c) , baartman v port elizabeth municipality ( ) sa (sca) bergboerdery v makgoro ( ) sa (lcc) bernstein v bester ( ) sa (cc) brink v kitshoff no ( ) sa (cc connors v the united kingdom ( ) ehrr conradie v hanekom and another ( ) sa (lcc) , cooper v laupheimer f supp (ed pa ) cruzan v director, missouri department of health et al us ( ) dandridge v williams us ( ) , , , dawood v minister of home affairs; shalabi v minister of home affairs; thomas v minister of home affairs ( ) sa (cc) , dandridge v williams us ( ) deshaney v winnebago county dept of social services us ( ) , douglas v california us ( ) , eldridge v british columbia (attorney general) ( ) dlr ( th) (sc) , ex parte chairperson of the constitutional assembly ( ) sa (cc) ex parte geldenhuys opd ferreira v levin no ( ) sa (cc) fose v minister of safety and security ( ) sa (cc) gideon v wainwright us ( ) goldberg v kelly us ( ) , , , , , , , gosselin v quebec (attorney general) scc dlr ( th) , , , , , , , , government of the republic of south africa v grootboom ( ) sa (cc) , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , griffin v illinois us ( ) hlatshwayo v hein ( ) sa (lcc) hagans v lavine us ( ) harksen v lane no and others ( ) sa (cc) , , harper v virginia board of elections us ( ) , hoffman v saa ( ) bclr (cc) holley v lavine f d ( d cir ) in re jobes a d (nj s ct ) in re macleantown residents association: re certain erven and commonage in macleantown ( ) sa (lcc) , ja v riti f supp (dfnj ) jackson v city of joliet f d ( th cir) ( ) jaftha v schoeman and others; van rooyen v stoltz and others ( ) bclr (cc) , jooste v botha ( ) bclr (t) t h e o r i e s o f s o c i a l a n d e c o n o m i c j u s t i c e karabo and others v kok and others ( ) sa (lcc) khosa v minister of social development ( ) sa (cc) , , , , , , , , , , king v smith us ( ) , , khuzwayo v dludla [ ] all sa (lcc) landbou navorsingsraad v klaasen lcc case r/ (unreported october ) , lategan v koopman en andere ( ) sa (lcc) law v canada (minister of employment and immigration) ( ) dlr ( th) lewis v martin us ( ) magodi and others v van rensburg [ ] all sa (lcc) mahlangu and another v van eeden and another [ ] all sa (lcc) mahlangu v de jager ( ) sa (lcc) , mashavha v president of the rsa & others ( ) bclr (cc) maryland v mathews f supp (ddc ) minister of finance & another v van heerden ( ) bclr (cc) minister of health v treatment action campaign ( ) sa (cc) , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , minister of home affairs and others v watchenuka and another ( ) bclr (sca) , , , minister of land affairs and another v slamdien and others [ ] all sa (lcc); ( ) bclr (lcc) modderfontein squatters v modderklip boerdery (pty) ltd ( ) sa (sca) , , , muller v oregon us ( ) national coalition for gay & lesbian equality v minister of justice and others ( ) sa (cc) , , , , nevada department of human resources v hibbs s ct ( ) nhlabati v fick [ ] all sa (lcc) , nkosi and another v buhrmann ( ) sa (sca) ntai and others v vereniging town council and another ( ) sa (a) owens v roberts f supp (md fla ) pitout v mbolane [ ] all sa (lcc) port elizabeth municipality v various occupiers ( ) sa (cc) , , , , , , , president of the republic of south african and another v hugo ( ) sa (cc) prince v president of the law society of the cape of good hope & others ( ) sa (cc) prinsloo v van der linde ( ) sa (cc) r v cambridge health authority, ex parte b [ ] all er (ca) , richtersveld community v alexkor ltd and another ( ) sa (lcc) , rosado v wyman us - ( ) rothstein v wyman f supp (sd fny ) s v makwanyane & another ( ) sa (cc) , , , , s v mamabolo (e tv and others intervening) ( ) sa (cc) san antonio independent school district v rodriguez us ( ) , serole and another v pienaar ( ) sa (lcc) , shapiro v thompson us ( ) , , , skhosana and others v roos t/a roos se oord and others ( ) sa (lcc) , soobramoney v minister of health, kwazulu-natal ( ) sa (cc) , , , , , , , , , , , , , the social and economic rights action centre and the centre for economic and social rights v nigeria communication no / october (african commission on human and peoples’ rights) , tucker v toia ne d (ny ) van lare v hurley us ( ) van zyl no v maarman [ ] all sa (lcc) williams v dandridge f supp (d md ) cases legislation and policy documents advisory council on unemployment compensation, report and recommendations (washington, dc: us government printing office ) african charter of human and people’s rights ( ) choice on termination of pregnancy act of constitution of the republic of south africa act of , , constitution of the republic of south africa act of , , , , , , , , , constitucion politica de los estados unidos mexicanos, art (amended ) convention on the elimination of all forms of discrimination against women ( ) convention of the rights of the child ( ) department of health national hiv and syphilis sero-prevalence survey of women attending ante-natal clinics in south africa in ( ) department of health operational plan for comprehensive hiv and aids care, management and treatment for south africa ( ) dutch reformed church in africa ‘transition and poverty’ ( ) / (supplement) drca action economic justice in south africa : a pastoral statement ( ) evangelical church in germany and the german bishops’ conference for a future founded on solidarity and justice: a statement of the evangelical church in germany and the german bishops’ conference on the economic and social situation in germany ( ) extension of security of tenure act of , , , , , , , , gluckman commission report of the national health services commission ( ) , international covenant on economic, social and cultural rights ( ) , , , , land affairs general amendment act of land reform (labour tenants) act of land restitution and reform laws amendment act of marketresearch.com academic the chocolate market ( ) web publication www.academic.marketresearch.com/product/print/default.asp , , medical schemes act of medical research council changing health in south africa: towards new perspectives in research ( ) medicines and related substances act of national compensation survey: occupational wages in the united states, national health act of , national health act of , , natives land act of nelson mandela foundation/hsrc report emerging voices: a report on education in south african rural communities ( ) prevention of illegal eviction from and unlawful occupation of land act of , public health act , restitution of land rights act of , , , , , , res testimony on human rights ( ) social assistance act of social security act (us) , staff of house committee on ways and means background material and data on programs. within the jurisdiction of the committee on ways and means ( ) th cong d sess the confession of belhar ( ) , the kairos document: challenge to the church: a theological comment on the political crisis in south africa ( ) united nations general comment no (fifth session, ) the nature of states parties obligations (art ( ) of the covenant), un doc e/ / united nations general comment ( ) human security now, presented to the united nations secretary-general, kofi annan on may united nations general assembly ( ) universal declaration of human rights adopted december us dept of justice, immigration and naturalization service, statistical yearbook of the immigration and naturalization service ( ) white paper on transformation of the health system in south africa ( ) , world bank world development report . building institutions for markets ( ) world health organisation global strategy for health for all by the year ( ) legislation and policy documents index anti-paternalism , children , , , citizenship , , , civic republicanism , , , civil society / ngos , , , , , communitarianism , critical theories , , , , depoliticisation , , , development economics , dignity-based theories , , , , , , directive principles due process-based theories , durkheim, emile economic theory , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , egalitarian vs libertarian theories , , equality-based theories , , , , , , , fraser, nancy fundamentalism hayek, friedrich von , , health care , , , , , , , , hiv/aids , , , , , , , , , , homelessness and housing , , , , , , , , , institutional argument , , , , , institutional capacity , , , , , judicial review / overview , , , , , , , , , justiciability , , , klare, karl , , labour rights / employment , , , , legal realism , , , michelman, frank , , , , , , , millennium development goals (un) minimum / core rights , , , , , , , , , morality-based theories , , , , , needs-based theories , , negative vs positive rights , , , , , new deal , , , new institutional economics , , , , new property , normality assumption , normative theories , , positive social science , , , , , , posner, richard , poverty , , , , , , , progressive realization public choice theory , public vs private , , , , , race , , , , , rawls, john , , , , , , reich, charles , , , , rhetoric , , , , , , roosevelt, franklin d , sen, amartya , , , social citizenship , , , , , , , social darwinism sunstein, cass , theological theory , , , , , , , ‘theory drag’ , , , , , , , ‘theory matters’ , , , , , , transformative constitutionalism , , , , , , war on poverty , , , , welfare rights , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , index th eor ies o f so cia l an d e co no m ic j us tic e theories of social and economic justice t h eories of s ocial an d e con om ic ju stice a j van d er w alt edited by aj van der walt t he bulk of the contributions in theories of social and economic justice originated in a research project initiated by the stellenbosch institute for advanced study (stias) in . stias hosted a workshop in july in which researchers from law, economics, theology and sociology participated, and some of the contributions at the workshop were subsequently reworked into chapters for this book. in addition, colleagues, both in south africa and abroad, who had not participated in the workshop but whose recently published work on social and economic justice fitted in with the project extremely well, gave permission to re-publish their articles in the book. the book is based on the idea that the attainment of greater social and economic justice, specifically in the south african context, is strongly influenced by the implications and the coherence of various theories of social and economic justice. furthermore, it is argued that the promotion and protection of social and economic justice need to be approached from different theoretical perspectives when considering different practical circumstances, contexts and dilemmas. one theoretical size simply does not fit all, as far as social and economic justice is concerned. the range of theoretical approaches represented in this book – legal, economic, theological and sociological – is testimony to the truly cross- and multi-disciplinary nature of the contributions. apart from leading south african scholars in law, economics, theology and sociology, four contributions from american academics are included: professors gregory alexander (cornell law school), william forbath (university of texas), lucy williams (northeastern university), and ross zucker (lander college). aj van der walt is professor in the faculty of law at stellenbosch university and author of constitutional property clauses: a comparative analysis ( ) and constitutional property law ( ). he is also a co-editor, with h botha and j van der walt, of rights and democracy in a transformative constitution ( , african sun media). theories finaal q / / : page preface socio-economic rights in american perspective: the tradition of anti-paternalism in american constitutional thought the ‘politics of need interpretation’ and the adjudication of socio-economic rights claims in south africa new tools for the constitutional bench social justice and theological method a not so simple justice: frank michelman on social rights, – present the just community: emile durkheim on liberalism and society theology and the fulfillment of social and economic rights: some theoretical considerations the value of human dignity in interpreting socio-economic rights the fiscal implications of social and economic justice: an overview of the changing theoretical framework the historical development of the modern south african health-care system: from privilege to egalitarianism pro-poor court, anti-poor outcomes: explaining the performance of the south african land claims court on social and economic justice in south africa today: a theological perspective on theoretical paradigms beyond labour law’s parochialism: a re-envisioning of the discourse of redistribution opening the door to more equality bibliography cases legislation and policy documents index button : a journal of religion and international affairs worldview justice and the international court the new student movement tom kahn the changing shape of conflict philip m . klutznick wars of national liberation and christian ethics theodore r. weber pamphilus july-august vol no. - in its decision of july , the international court of justice has declined to pass judgment on the case of south-west africa. this profoundly dispiriting decision has made abun- dantly clear the difficulties of constructing a code of interna- tional conduct. law has both a coercive and an educational function. the strongest and most realistic proponents of world peace through world law recognize that laws designed to reconcile conflict among nations will be ineffective unless there are procedures and institutions to enforce them. laws that are proclaimed but continuauy violated without stricture or reproach are of less than no value, for they make a mockery of what they purport to uphold. but to say this is not to state the entire case. for even when laws cannot be wholly or adequately enforced they can be of some instructive value—a value that can, hope- fully, increase. this would have been the case if the inter- national court had taken upon itself the task of passing judgment on a case which it had under consideration for years. the issue that was before the court is of immense significance. in declining to rule, by a narrow decision and on narrow grounds, on whether south africa had a continu- ing mandate for south-west africa and whether, therefore, it could extend its policy of apartheid, the world court exacerbated a dangerous situation and diminished its own stature. as philip m. klutznick says in this issue of worldview, south africa "believes that it can continue to claim its place among the family of nations and still practice a vicious doc- trine, the demeaning concept of apartheid. . . . yet it finds few, if any, in its anxious hour prepared to stand by its side." the world court can hardly be said to stand by its side yet there can be no doubt that its ruling has cheered and bolstered the government of prime minister verwoerd. there is no longer any legal justification for arguing that the united nations, as the inheritor of supervisory functions of the league of nations, has the right and obligation to assess and pass judgment on south africa's efforts to enhance the welfare of south-west africa. this means t h a t t h e legal justification has been sundered from w h a t is commonly held to be a moral responsibility. for the population of south- w e s t africa is , white and , non- white, a n d apartheid—which keeps t h e whites firmly in control—is under judgment. if this decision exposes the weakness of the in the magazines robert l. holmes of the university of rochester philosophy department answers those who challenge "the expression by churchmen of views critical of government policy in the area of international af- fairs" in an article prepared for the june issue of christian century. holmes concedes that per- haps "the churchman qua churchman should stick to his business, but the business of the churchman qua christian—there is a difference here—is to ad- dress himself with all the power of his conviction to the most pressing problems of the day. . . . no human action, political or otherwise, is immune from possible moral evaluation, and for the chris- tian there is no conceivable moral evaluation to which his religion is not directly relevant. "kant once said, 'we do not enter church to serve god there: we do so in order to prepare ourselves to serve him in our lives.' surely if serving god in our live means anything at all it means that certain actions in relation to our fellow men are enjoined and others prohibited. to suppose otherwise is to insulate an ethical code from the very subject mat- ter to which it is supposed to apply. the relevant question is not whether christianity enjoins, permits and prohibits various things in our conduct, but what in particular it so enjoins, permits and pro- hibits; not whether the new testament law of love is to bo translated into terms applicable to human conduct, but how it is to be so translated. to leave this question unanswered—or worse yet, unasked— is to render christianity a shallow and ingrown shadow of religion demanding little more of us than ritualistic piety. "but suppose the question is answered by grant- ing that churchmen may speak to issues concerning national policy, provided they confine themselves to 'general moral issues'?" the author asks. the judgment ivorldvieiv world court a n d t h e difficulty of establishing an international code of conduct, it also shows the need for t h a t code and an effective court, for when the legal paths to justice are clogged or closed those w h o are militantly determined to reach t h a t goal will search out other paths. and in their efforts conflict will necessarily be height- ened before it is resolved. j.f. here is that the churchman is less knowledgeable than the statesman in the area of specific policy de- cisions. "this view is mistaken," holmes contends. "for once it is conceded that the churchman can properly assess actual and possible general policies, he cannot consistently be denied the further right (and, i should argue, the duty) to concern himself with the morality of specific policies, one cannot condemn or condone a general principle without condemning or condoning the particular acts and decisions subsumable under it—a point as much of logic as of morality. " , . . granted, principles sometimes conflict and incompatible judgments may claim equal prima facie warrant. but what this shows is not that actions in the particular case are exempt from the scrutiny of christian conscience, but that they deserve all the more circumspect examination from the standpoint of christian morality. and it will not do to plead that since those are times of crisis we must stand quietly behind the government no matter what our convictions. for if a government's policy should be morally wrong, the prosecution of that policy may in the long-run constitute a greater threat than the crises it was designed to m e e t , . . . " colm brogan views with deep concern the widen- ing audience being granted in england to "the cath- olic marxists," and the role of a "radical catholic" magazine which circulates the views of this school of thought. in an article in the june issue of the spectator, brogan notes that "the end of the vati- can council came as a deep relief to a multitude of catholics who had been nearly swept off their feet by the wind of ecclesiastical change. they had been faced with more changes in four years than had hap- chapter : girl punch-up cases girls, peer violence, and restorative justice kathleen daly griffith university address for correspondence professor kathleen daly school of criminology and criminal justice griffith university, mt gravatt campus brisbane, queensland australia office + ( ) - fax ( ) - home ( ) - email: k.daly@griffith.edu.au october australian & new zealand journal of criminology ( ) forthcoming running head: girls, peer violence, & restorative justice word count: , please do not quote without the author’s permission girls, peer violence, and restorative justice abstract drawing on the south australia juvenile justice (sajj) project dataset, this paper analyses youth peer violence (‘punch-ups’) with a focus on girl-on-girl assaults. my aim is to address and explain significant gaps in the empirical knowledge of gender and restorative justice, and in the aspirations and reality of restorative justice itself. four points are made. first, of all the offence categories, the male and female punch-ups showed the least degree of offender remorse, positive movement between offender and victim, and victim satisfaction; and they showed the greatest degree of victim re-victimisation and more negative outcomes of the conference process. this occurs because offenders may ‘admit’ to offending, but deny that their actions are wrong. second, simple gender comparisons of offender and victim orientations in a restorative process are likely to produce misleading results, unless they are keyed to particular offence categories. third, for girls’ punch-ups, the status of ‘victim’ and ‘offender’ is contested, with both protagonists seeing themselves as ‘victims’ (or as ‘non-offenders’). fourth, although some offending girls say their violence is justified, their female victims are hurt and traumatised, some with significant long-term effects. implications are drawn for feminist analyses of girls’ violence and for ethical practices of restorative justice. girls, peer violence, and restorative justice in the last decade, a large literature has grown on youth and restorative justice, although scant attention has been paid to gender-based variation. one aim of this paper is to address a gap in the empirical knowledge of gender and restorative justice, with a focus on girl-on- girl assaults. a second is to explore the gap between the aspirations and reality of restorative justice itself. this gap arises, in part, because advocates have unrealistic aims, participants do not know what is expected of them nor how to act in a restorative encounter, and organisational routines may trump justice ideals (daly, ; see also trankle, ). my research on youth justice conferences in south australia shows that it is easier to achieve fairness than ‘restorativeness’, sincere apologies are often difficult to achieve, and victims’ ability to recover from an offence is contingent, in part, on the distress it caused them (daly, , ). on a variety of measures, i find that assaults between youth (‘punch-ups’) pose significant problems for restorative justice. punch-ups are a fruitful terrain to explore gender and restorative justice. in the south australia juvenile justice (sajj) sample of conferences, percent were youth assaults, and in almost all, the victim-offender relationship was male-male or female- female. although the number of cases is small, the data are rich: they contain in-depth observations of conferences and interviews of offenders’ and victims’ experiences of youth violence and of restorative justice. research literature four bodies of research are relevant to this paper: practices and research on restorative justice, studies of girls and peer violence, the advocacy and critical literatures on gender and restorative justice, and empirical studies of male and female offenders in a restorative justice process. i note at the outset that the literature is remiss in several respects. first, analysts often give a sympathetic reading of offending girls’ violence and its justifications, and of offending girls in a restorative process, but say little about the effect of girls’ violence on female victims, or of victimised girls’ experiences in a restorative process. second, scant attention is given to the ethical problems that arise when offenders see their acts as justified by something victims did or said. restorative justice: practices and research restorative justice has varied definitions and referents (johnstone & van ness, ; sullivan & tifft, ) and varied practices in different legal and organisational contexts (daly, a; dignan, ; mccold, ). my focus is on diversionary conferences for youth offenders, which is the major form of restorative justice in australia and new zealand. in a conference, an offender(s), victim(s), their supporters, other relevant community members, a police officer, and conference facilitator meet to discuss the offence, its impact, and how it should be sanctioned (or ‘repaired’). around the world and with few exceptions, restorative justice practices are set in motion only after a person has admitted to an offence, i.e., they are used in the penalty (or post-penalty phase), not the fact-finding phase of the criminal process. advocates claim that restorative justice is preferable to established criminal justice because it is a participatory and consensually-based justice, not an adversarial one. the reason that it can be non-adversarial is that it does not adjudicate crime. as we shall see in the youth punch- ups, offenders may admit to committing offences, but minimise or justify them as having been provoked by victims. this contesting of ‘facts’ sets up an adversarial encounter. a review of the empirical literature on youth conferences, drawing from australia, new zealand, england, and north america (daly, a, a, ; daly & hayes, ; maxwell et al., ; maxwell & morris, ; maxwell et al., ; morris & maxwell, ; strang, , ; von hirsch et al., ) finds the following: • conferences are rated highly on measures of procedural justice, but are relatively less successful in achieving restorativeness (see endnote for definitions). • conferences reduce victims’ anger and fear toward offenders, more so than court. • for offenders, there is a higher degree of perceived procedural justice and restorative justice in conference than court processes. • conferences increase offenders’ respect for the police and law more than court. • victims’ sense of restorative justice is higher for cases that went to conference compared to court. • most participants are satisfied by the conference process, although the levels of satisfaction are often higher for offenders than victims. these are general findings, and as such, they gloss over the ways in which specific offences differently affect victims’ orientations to a legal process (whether conference or court), their emotions during and after it, and their sense of recovery. discussed more below, the sajj data show that some offences, coupled with offender orientations, cause victims far more distress than others. when offenders minimise offences that cause victims distress, the abilities of offenders and victims to enact ideal elements in a restorative process (e.g., offenders taking responsibility for the offence and apologising sincerely for it) and to experience benefits from the conference process (e.g., reducing victims’ fear and anger) are attenuated. gender and peer violence my review foregrounds girls’ violence toward girls, although i give some attention to boys. two findings from the literature are pertinent. first, although boys’ and girls’ peer violence may vary, it is condoned and justified by youths as a rational response to behaviour that is perceived as wrong or threatening. second, feminist analysts differ on the degree to which girls’ violence is determined by male power and female subordination. social contexts and elements of violence feminist analysts of girls’ violence are concerned with bringing girls’ accounts of violence to light, and with understanding its meanings, contexts, and motives (alder & worrall, ). from conversations with about girls in glasgow, burman ( ) and her research group find that girls’ definitions of violence include both verbal and physical behaviour. thus, when a girl verbally insults another girl, the verbally victimised girl can be transformed into an offender, who feels justified to retaliate with physical violence. burman (pp. - ) finds that girls view physical violence acceptable in responding to verbal abuse in several contexts: to prevent ‘continued harassment or bullying’; and to ‘strike back in self-defense’ when subject to gossip, being called ‘a slut’ or sexually demeaned in other ways. other justifications include retaliating for ‘stealing a boyfriend’ and the need to ‘stick up’ for oneself, friends, or family members (p. ). from interviews of girls, all urban and african-american, miller and mullins ( ) reach similar conclusions in identifying three situational triggers to girls’ fights: gossip and rumours, including sexual rumours; challenges over dress and reputation; and boys (p. ). although these triggers suggest a specifically feminine rationale for fights, miller and mullins argue that there are points of overlap with boys’ fights. in particular, they find that respect and readings of disrespect are ‘central to both male and female conflicts’ (p. ) and that like boys, girls are engaged in ‘status contests’, i.e., building ‘reputations as “tough” and ... not to be “messed with”’. lockwood ( ) identifies similar triggers for male and female peer violence. drawing from interviews of youth (largely african-american, percent female) in two schools in economically disadvantaged areas in the united states, he finds that in percent of cases, the students took responsibility for their actions, but denied that they were wrong. the major justifications that youths gave were retribution (retaliating for perceived harm), compliance (to stop another from offensive behaviour), defence of oneself, and promoting one’s image (defending one’s honour and reputation) (pp. - ). lockwood did not show whether the students’ justifications varied by gender. for gender differences in violence, miller and mullins ( : ) find that girls were less likely to use weapons, their injury to victims was less severe or lethal, and their conflicts were slower to ‘escalate to violence’. like others (e.g., kruttschnitt & carbone, ), miller and mullins challenge any simple reading of female violence as expressive and relational, and male violence as instrumental. in sum, the literature on youth peer violence, like that for adults, finds that perceived disrespect is an important trigger, and third parties may instigate and escalate violence. how much do boys matter? feminist analysts agree that girls’ peer violence occurs in social contexts of gender inequality and girls’ social devaluation, and that relations with boys play a role in triggering fights. however, some place even greater emphasis on boys and male dominance. artz ( : ) puts the point boldly: ‘girls fight other girls largely to defend their sexual reputations or their connection to a boyfriend ... [whereas] boys fight other boys to establish and maintain dominance within their group ...’. further, artz sees girls’ violence as alienated from themselves. this is because girls can only see themselves through a male gaze that ‘reference[s] their worth and their range of choice against the standards set by males’ (p. ). other feminist analysts, such as burman, accord girls more ‘agency’ (albeit limited) and may not agree with artz’s strongly determined view that girls’ violence reflects ‘classic oppressed group behaviour’ (p. ). for me, artz’s claim raises an empirical question: is the defence of sexual reputation and connection to boyfriends the major catalyst for girls’ fights? gender and restorative justice: advocacy and critical literature the advocacy and critical literature on gender and restorative justice is strong on speculation and weak on evidence. one popular claim about gender and justice is that women’s (and girls’) orientations to justice use an ‘ethic of care’, whereas men’s (and boys’) use an ‘ethic of justice’ (from gilligan, ). the former is said to be associated with relational and contextual reasoning; the latter, with a more abstract sense of rights and rules. in a simplified reading of gilligan’s ( ) thesis, masters and smith ( ) argue that the ‘ethic of care’ (and women’s orientations) can be associated with restorative justice. their arguments are reviewed and critiqued elsewhere (daly, a; daly & stubbs, ). it is right to say that feminist scholars wish to bring women’s (and girls’) experiences and ‘voices’ more fully into criminological and legal frames, but at the same time, we recognise that analyses of gender and justice must move beyond simple gender dichotomies. almost all feminist discussions of gender and restorative justice address the ways in which it may help or hinder female victims of domestic, sexual, or family violence. few have ventured to consider how it may help or hinder female offenders, or whether there may be gender differences in offenders’ orientations to a restorative justice process. two exceptions are alder ( ) and gaarder and presser ( ). alder raises these concerns: the generally negative community attitudes toward female offenders may be reinforced in a conference; and offending girls may not want to tell their stories, which may give the appearance of recalcitrance and a lack of remorse. in addition, alder traces the underlying reasons for a common perception by youth workers that girls are ‘more difficult to work with’ than boys. she suggests that some girls may be more ‘in your face ... feisty, and “difficult” ... [they] may always have been very assertive, independently minded, and “wilful” young women’ (p. ). the consequences are that those in authority may interpret girls’ behaviour as ‘uncooperative or lacking the required subservience or contrition’. the fact that many offending girls have themselves been victims of physical and sexual abuse may make it difficult for them to engage in a process where a sharp dichotomy is drawn between ‘offender’ and ‘victim’ (p. ). gaarder and presser suggest that there is potential for the ‘narrative aspect of restorative justice’ to give offending girls the opportunity to describe their feelings and participate in a justice decision-making, and that ‘dialogue’ between offenders and victims may ‘reconnect’ offending girls ‘to their sense of compassion for others by putting them in direct contact with the people whom they have harmed’ (pp. - ). they also suggest that conferences may be able to address ‘issues beyond the immediate harm caused by crime’ such as victimisation and offending experiences, and family dynamics (p. ). they caution against encounters between victims and offenders when offenders ‘deny wrong doing or express little willingness to change’ (p. ). in such situations, they propose that victims be given other options than having to meet offenders directly. gender and restorative justice: empirical studies like the advocacy and critical literature, the empirical literature on gender and restorative justice has focused on female victims (see, e.g., cook et al., ; strang & braithwaite, ). as reviewed in daly and stubbs ( ), a handful of studies give some insight into gender-based variation for offenders. my first study of youth conferences in adelaide, port augusta, and canberra showed that conferences were highly gendered events: few offenders were female, but women were over half of the offender’s or victim’s supporters (daly, ). in a second study, which reported early findings from the sajj data, female offenders were as self-assured as their male counterparts, and they were more defiant and less apologetic for their behaviour (daly, b). from maxwell et al.’s ( ) study of new zealand youth conferences, which had a large sample of youth, most youth held positive views toward the conference process, although girls were less positive (pp. - ). the girls were also described as less compliant and more challenging of the conference process than the boys; and a lower share of girls than boys said that the conference helped them to reduce their offending, although the post-conference prevalence of re-offending was less for the girls. compared to the boys, the girls’ profile showed that higher proportions had problems growing up (e.g., experiencing violence and abuse, and running away from home) and had been reported for care and protection; the girls were less likely to say that the police treated them fairly during the police interview or at the conference. the picture that emerges is that the gap between the aspiration and reality of restorative justice may be even higher for offending girls than boys. this seems counterintuitive in that we might assume that girls are better verbal communicators and have greater interests to resolve disputes before they escalate further; and because girls are generally more law-abiding than boys, they are more compliant with adult authority and behave accordingly. at the same time, several authors suggest that because the socio- economic profile of offending girls shows even greater disadvantage and victimisation than that of boys, girls may be both more troubled and viewed as ‘difficult’ (alder, ; artz, ; baines & alder, ; gaarder & presser, ). these ideas receive confirmation from the sparse empirical literature (daly, ; maxwell et al., ), but there may be other explanations for gender differences or apparently ‘difficult’ girls. methods the sajj project the south australia juvenile justice (sajj) project had two waves of data collection in and (daly et al., ; daly, b). the research group, which comprised five female researchers over the two years, and myself as project director and researcher, observed conferences in metropolitan adelaide and two country towns (port augusta and whyalla) during a four-month period in . the sample was selected by offence category: eligible offences were violent crimes and property offences having personal or community victims, such as schools or housing trusts. excluded were shoplifting cases, drug cases, and public order offences. for each conference, the police officer and coordinator completed a self-administered survey, and the sajj researcher completed a detailed conference observation instrument. when a conference had more than one young person or the offence had more than one victim, the sajj observations focused on a designated primary offender and primary victim. we sought to interview all the offenders (n= ) and the primary victims (n= ) associated with the conferences. of the offenders and victims, we interviewed (or percent) in ; of that group, (or percent) were again interviewed in . the detailed interview schedules had open- and close-ended items. difficult girls or cases? preliminary analyses of the sajj conference observation data showed gender differences in the profiles of primary offenders ( percent female). the girls were less often remorseful; they were more defiant, and less likely to apologise spontaneously to victims. were offending girls more ‘difficult’ than boys? analysing the data further, i discovered that the experiences of boys (or men) and girls (or women) in the conference process, whether as victims or offenders, were conditioned by what brought them to the conference. these entry points are crucial in understanding gender dynamics in the conference process and several points later in time. the offence categories of ‘violence’ and ‘property’ are not sufficient to grasp these entry points. rather, i identified seven categories, which encapsulate victim-offender relations, the sex composition of the offence, and whether the victim was personal or organisational. the four violence categories are the youth punch-ups, sexual or physical violence between family members, assaults of teachers, and assaults of those unknown to the offender. the three property categories are breaking into or damaging personal property, theft (or attempted theft) of a vehicle, and breaking into or damaging organisational property. compared to the boys, girls’ offence structures contain a substantially higher share of punch-ups and a somewhat lower share of breaking into and damaging personal or organisational property (see table ). [table about here] in table , the offence categories are ranked from ( ) to ( ), which is a ranking from least positive (category ) to most positive (category ) on the variables tapping ideal restorative justice processes and outcomes. the ranking was constructed from over variables drawn from the conference observational and victim interview datasets. a clear pattern emerged: the more an offence involved significant injury and personal distress to a victim, but was contested by the offender, the less likely the conference contained elements of restorativeness, offender remorse or accountability, or victim satisfaction, and the less likely a victim recovered a year later. of all the offence categories, the youth punch-ups scored the least positively on restorative processes. the bi-variate gender difference in offenders’ orientations to the conference process now has a partial explanation: girls’ offence structures are composed of a higher share of the offences (in particular, the punch- ups) that are less likely to evince ideal behaviour in a restorative process. these findings suggest that offending girls may not be more ‘difficult’ than boys, but the dynamics of their offences that go to conference may be more difficult to resolve. girls’ punch-ups my paper focuses on the character of girls’ punch-ups by describing how they came about; what occurred in the conference from the perspectives of the female researcher-observer, victim, and offender; and how the victim and offender reflected on their experience several weeks after the conference, and a year later. however, readers may be interested in how the girls’ punch-ups compare with the boys’. for both, the offenders and victims had different versions of the offence and why it happened; offenders did not feel sorry for what they did, often suggesting that they were also a victim or their actions were fully justified; there were high levels of victim distress after the offence; and victims felt that offenders were treated too leniently. in only a minority of the girls’ and boys’ cases did the conference process have a salutary effect. of the nine girls’ cases, four had significant problems; and in two, the victims refused to participate. for just three (or one-third) was there a degree of semi-resolution. likewise, for the boys: of boys’ cases, just five (or one-third) had a degree of semi-resolution. face-to-face justice encounters can be ‘strewn with impediments’ (retzinger & scheff, : ), and these are especially evident in the punch-ups. the following girls’ cases show why. problem cases traumatic punch-up of all the female punch-ups, this was the most traumatic for the victim, jane, who remains haunted and traumatised. she left school because of the continued harassment by the offender, olivia, and she remains emotionally and physically distressed from it. ‘the facts’ (case ). jane ( years) boarded a school bus with her brother; olivia ( years) and another girl also boarded the bus. jane and her brother got off the bus, and olivia and her friend followed them. the girls began to argue about something jane had allegedly said. then olivia said, ‘what’s the point of coming all this way without doing something?’ she tried to grab jane’s hair, but fell down. she gripped jane’s hair, twisting it, and brought jane to the ground. olivia kicked jane in the back and right side several times, and her friend kneed her in the head about six times. both girls then ran away laughing. during the assault, jane was crying and yelling for help. later, olivia admitted to the police that she punched jane ‘pretty hard’, but denied pulling her hair. she said that jane had been saying ‘rude things’ about her. neither jane nor her parents wanted to attend the conference, and her mother was very angry about the assault. she believed the conference would be a ‘waste of time’ and ‘would push (jane) over the edge’. jane feared confronting olivia: ‘i wasn’t really up to it at the time’. thus, the only conference participants were olivia and her mother. the conference was among the most poorly run of all that the sajj group observed. the coordinator was unable to control the police officer, who dominated the meeting and lectured olivia for about minutes. olivia had not thought about the incident at all; she did not appreciate its seriousness nor its impact on jane; and she was not remorseful. the conference outcome was to stop harassing jane for eight months and write a letter of apology. in her first interview, in , olivia said that before the conference she was very angry and upset toward jane. she was less angry after the conference, and upon reflection thought that the conference ‘made me think about what i should’ve done a bit more’. she ‘wasn’t quite sure what to expect’ from the conference, but hoped she wouldn’t get community service. the agreement was easier than she expected. she had praise for conferences because ‘they’re more fair than courts’, ‘they listen to you’, and ‘it gives a chance to be treated fairly’. by , olivia had some degree of contrition for what she had done to jane. she thought ‘it would have been better if she (jane) did turn up, because umm, we could’ve sorted it out face to face’. she hoped that with her apology letter she could make jane feel better ‘because i don’t want her to go through life scared of me or anything’. it is difficult to reconcile olivia’s comments with what jane told us. olivia and her friends continue to harass jane: they follow her around school, taunting her by crying out ‘mummy, mummy’ because jane cried out for her mother while she was assaulted. jane has a high degree of distress because ‘the incident’ was not a single event, but on-going and persistent bullying by olivia. she reported that ‘i don’t want to go to school’, ‘i’m scared to catch the bus’, and ‘i’m scared she’ll get her friends to get me’. she was very angry toward olivia, saying that ‘she should have talked to me and not done what she did’. jane then relayed the source of the antagonism: olivia thought that jane had written remarks on the toilet wall about her. jane said she hadn’t done this, but felt sorry that olivia was hurt from it. in , the sajj interviewer said that jane’s was ‘one of the more upsetting interviews. the young girl’s life has been completely shattered by this assault’. jane’s physical injuries were still of great significance to her: ‘i never had a headache, and now i do. i still get sore eyes; they get blurry and i get dizzy’. she is still bothered emotionally from the assault and continuing harassment. she couldn’t accept olivia’s apology letter because it was insincere: ‘she wrote it because she had to and somebody made her. she didn’t mean it at all’. if she had to do it over, she would not have gone to the conference: ‘i’m scared of her; it would bring it all back’. although the file shows that olivia complied with the agreement, jane was adamant that she had not. however, she was fearful of reprisals if she reported olivia’s harassment. jane believed that the agreement was too easy because ‘it didn’t teach her how wrong it was. it was like telling her that after eight months she can come back and do it again. she was laughing about it at school’. the impact of the offence has been enduring for jane: ‘i still have physical problems. ... it changed my life heaps. i’m just scared. i haven’t been out for a year, i can’t see my friends’. she felt even more negative toward olivia a year after the conference ‘because she’s gotten on with her life, but i can’t’. the punch-ups with significant or serious physical effects for victims were typically associated with facial scars. the next two punch-ups left victims emotionally and facially scarred. the offence contexts are similar: the assaults arose during a party with rumours circulating and amplified by third parties, the offenders were not at all remorseful for their actions, and the victims felt re-victimised with insincere and non-apologetic apology letters. shouting in a deaf ear the offender, moira ( years), said that the victim’s side of the story came out in the conference, but not hers. she thought that the victim, nancy ( years), provoked the assault by shouting in her ear. moira has a hearing impairment. her father put forward this reason, among others, to explain why moira assaulted nancy; and this upset nancy. ‘the facts’ (case ). nancy was at a party, when she heard through a friend (anne) and others that moira wanted to assault her. anne talked to moira, and she then walked over to nancy, saying that ‘moira wants to hit you because you’re fat’. nancy laughed at this because she is slim. some time later, nancy was walking past moira, who said she was referring to anne as being fat, not to nancy. nancy brushed this off, saying ‘i don’t care’. moira said she couldn’t hear because she is deaf in one ear. nancy approached her and repeated what she said close to moira’s ear. moira, who was sitting down, kicked nancy in the stomach, and when she doubled over, she hit her on the head with a bottle. nancy’s ear and cheek were cut, requiring stiches. anne and her mother took nancy to the hospital, where x- rays revealed that several ribs were badly bruised. about two months later, the police questioned moira about the incident. she said she had been drinking and had a ‘confrontation’ with nancy. she didn’t remember kicking her, but did remember throwing a bottle at her. the conference was held about five months after the incident. those attending were moira and her father, and nancy and her mother. at the conference, moira was not at all remorseful, although she acknowledged that ‘i shouldn’t have done it. i know that’. the sajj observer described her as ‘defensive and a bit hostile’ and as having ‘little understanding of the consequences of the violence or the trauma to the victim’. an apology was drawn out in the conference, and at her father’s suggestion, moira agreed to write an apology letter. moira’s father challenged nancy’s version of events and the degree of injury she suffered. he did this twice, which upset nancy. she expressed her anger about the offence: ‘i can’t believe that someone would do that to me, when i don’t even know them … that’s the scariest thing’. there was no positive movement between any of the conference participants. although nancy remained upset by the end of the conference, she held her emotions in check and left quickly. the conference did not help her recover, and her mother thought she needed counselling. nancy said ‘there’s nothing i can do to fix it’ (the facial scar), and ‘i have to live with this for the rest of my life’. she could not accept an apology. when interviewed in , moira focused on her side of the story, saying that nancy told a different story from me, and i don’t agree with her story. … the police officer just read out her side of the story; he didn’t read out mine. … and i didn’t kind of hear like half of what he said. but i thought, well, there’s no point trying to argue it, but it’s best to get it over and done with. moira said that nancy ‘didn’t suffer as much as she acts. she wanted me to suffer more than i should. i don’t believe she had stitches’. after hearing nancy’s story, moira said ‘i was a bit pissed off because i didn’t agree with her story. ... i think she was crapping on the whole way through, basically, pouring it on’. she thought the agreement, which was to write an apology letter to nancy, not to harass her for four months, pay $ in compensation, and attend a counselling session was ‘too easy’. she expected to get community service or fines. ‘community service, i didn’t get that, thank god. i wouldn’t have liked to do it, to give up my weekends’. she was still a bit angry toward nancy because ‘stuff she says about me these days, gets back to me. it’s crap. i wouldn’t want to talk to her or look at her’. she was satisfied with how her case was handled and had a positive view of conferences mainly because ‘it’s better than getting a conviction thing against your name’. during nancy’s interview, both parents were concerned for their daughter and hovered during the interview. her father signed the consent form and went to another room, but came back to sit at the table during the first part of the interview. her mother also came in and stayed for the remainder of the interview. nancy was angry about the agreement and moira’s lack of compliance, and her interview responses focused largely on these elements. moira’s apology letter was late; it was typewritten, not signed, and had little feeling. the $ in compensation had not been paid. without question, nancy felt re-victimised: when we got the letter, she hadn’t even signed it. it was meant to be delivered to me within a week, and it got here like two weeks after the date … and it made me even more mad because like (the coordinator) actually asked her like how long would you need to do that. nancy’s parents were disappointed with the conference process, the lack of follow up, and insufficient information given to them. nancy’s physical injuries were of great significance to her: ‘she scarred me for life, really’, the reference being the cut on her cheek and ear, which required stitches. she wanted moira to know that ‘she’s got problems that she should learn to deal with’. about the conference, she said ‘i just know that it wasn’t really fair what did happen’, again referring to the agreement, which she thought was too lenient. ‘what’s writing a letter saying sorry and having to pay $ ? what kind of lesson is she learning from that?’ nancy was ‘mad and upset’ when she heard moira’s account of what happened. ‘she tried to make it sound like, because she’d being having troubles with some girls that i know, that it was their fault that she hit me ... she twisted it ...’ in addition, moira’s father had minimised his daughter’s behaviour. ‘her dad blamed the offence on her disability. they talked about disabilities for a long time’. nancy was not at all satisfied with how her case was handled, and she left the conference upset both by the offence and what occurred in the conference. her attitude toward moira remained negative: ‘i don’t think anything she could have really said would have changed my opinion’. she held generally negative views of the conference process, saying she wouldn’t go to one again because ‘it was a waste of time’. in , we were not successful in interviewing moira or nancy. for moira, after we tried more than ten times to make an appointment and after one had been confirmed, but she didn’t turn up, she was classified a non-respondent. for nancy, we made several efforts to reach her; but in each case, we were only able to speak to her parents, who said she’d call back if she was interested in being interviewed. in the last phone call, her father said ‘what’s the point? it was a shambles’. he was critical of what was agreed to in the conference and moira’s lack of compliance. ‘we never got the money, and the apology letter came a month late and wasn’t signed’. ‘it was a complete waste’, a comment he made many times during the phone call. he said that we shouldn’t interview nancy because ‘it would bring it all back again’, ... and she wants to just get it behind her. she doesn’t want to think about it’. female honour and sexual reputation like the last case, this assault occurred at a party with rumours flying, aided by third parties. this case differed in that the offending girl’s sexual reputation was at issue: the victim allegedly called her a ‘slut’. the offender, britney ( years), believed her actions were fully justified, even more so than moira. reinforcing the findings from burman ( ) and lockwood ( ), britney believed her assault was authorised by the values of her generation, pointing out the ‘different thinking’ of people in her age compared to those in ‘the system’. she explained it this way: they’re different generations … like if i went and told the story to one of my friends, which i have, they’d just go, ‘she deserved it’, because that’s the way it is. like, you might not think that’s the right thing to do, and the system might not think so, but in my generation, with my friends and everything, it is. i won’t take shit. i’ve put up with it for many years, and i’m sick of it. she got what was coming to her, and let’s hope it teaches her a lesson. britney’s only regret was that she ‘made the mistake of hitting a wuss’, who reported the assault to the police. as a result, she said ‘i’m a little more careful with who i punch heads in with’. the victim, patsy ( years), ‘felt really upset’ by the apology letter, which she received a day before i interviewed her in . ‘i felt that she accused me of being in the wrong, and that it’s my fault, i caused the problem myself’. ‘the facts’ (case ). britney and patsy were at a school social. there were rumours that britney said she ‘felt like bashing someone up’, and some people were saying that britney was a ‘slut’ and a ‘bitch’. patsy agreed that this was what some people were saying, but she said that she didn’t call britney these names. patsy was standing with friends when britney confronted her about whether she had been calling her names. patsy said she didn’t and tried to move away. britney then grabbed her and punched her in the face with her fists, cutting patsy’s face with her rings. the next day, patsy went to the clinic; she had a black eye, injuries to her ear, and bruising to the neck. some time later, she found that her eyelid was damaged and looked droopy. it was uncertain if it could be fixed. more than six months elapsed from the incident to when the police spoke with britney (the reason for this delay is not clear, but it may be related to britney’s pending court case, as described below). britney’s explanation for the assault is that patsy called her a ‘slut’. she added that she had had ‘a bad day’ and wasn’t in any mood ‘to take shit’ from people. she believed that patsy was jealous because britney was with a male friend of patsy’s, and this was why she was calling her names. the police report said she was ‘sorry for her actions’, and recommended a family conference because ‘it will give the accused an opportunity to apologise to the victim and make her accountable for her actions’. the conference was held about seven months after the incident, and contrary to the police officer’s expectations, britney neither apologised nor was made accountable for her actions. attending the conference were britney, her youth worker, patsy, and her parents. before the conference began, patsy was nervous about meeting britney; and during the conference, she was very quiet. by contrast, britney was confident, self-assured, mature, and well-spoken. although there were many openings, britney offered no apology to patsy, and there was no positive movement between them. both girls disbelieved the other’s story, but neither pressed each other about it. patsy’s mother did most of the talking for her daughter, and over time, britney became increasingly defiant. there was a long break when britney was supposed to discuss the agreement with her social worker, but they discussed other things. the agreement, which was to have britney work at a nursing home, where patsy’s mother works, seemed a bit restorative on the surface. a good deal of time was taken in deciding how many hours britney should work because patsy and her parents did not know what was appropriate; they ended up agreeing to eight hours. in addition to the frosty relations between patsy and britney, the coordinator and police officer also had problems communicating with each other. none of the expected benefits of the conference process was apparent, despite the efforts of the coordinator and patsy’s mother. when interviewed in , britney was clear on what happened that night she punched patsy: she lied. she did call me that (a ‘slut’) to my face. i knew it, and she knew it, but i don’t think she wanted to say anything in front of her parents ... that’s the only reason that i hit her. you think i just go around starting on people? i’m not like that. you have to do something to get me angry. it’s just a simple fact. she said that patsy’s account of what happened made her angry because ‘she lied about it. … she said she didn’t provoke me’. when asked if she was surprised about anything that patsy said, britney minimised the impact of her violence: ‘what surprised me was, if she was that beaten up, why would she want to go to school the next day, why didn’t they take her to the doctor straight away?’ she felt unfairly treated by patsy: ‘i could see her grin. she was laughing at me because i got into trouble, and she started it’. she thought the agreement was fair and very easy: because it was not a very harsh punishment, and i was happy with it when i left … i didn’t have a problem with it…. only eight hours community service, like one day. [and did you have to do an apology?] yeah, a written apology. only like one sentence. [really? was it half-hearted?] i just said, ‘i’d like to apologise for what happened that night, you and i both know the truth, maybe you can take it into consideration’. i wasn’t threatening her, i wasn’t rude about it. britney assumed she would be asked to pay compensation, and she thought she would get more hours of community service. ‘i didn’t actually think about how much i’d get until i heard about all that crap with the cat-scans and all that, x-rays, like “oh, god”’. there was no link in her mind between the eight hours of community service and making things right for her and nancy. several months after the interview, britney was in court on charges related to a police raid on her mother’s house, which occurred about a month after the sajj assault, but before the sajj conference. britney was caught with a substantial amount of money (she said au$ , ) as she attempted to leave the house. one offence was proved, and she had to pay a fine and court costs. some time later in , her mother was prosecuted on drugs and weapons possession charges, convicted, and sentenced to serve time in prison. when i interviewed britney in , her mother had more than two years remaining to serve in prison; and britney was visiting her weekly. although now just , britney lived in her own apartment, where ‘i get heaps lonely and miss my family’. what she remembered most from the conference was ‘that patsy girl lying. that’s all i can really remember ... telling a story that both she and i knew was not true ...’. she said that the reason she agreed to write an apology was ‘truthfully, just to get me off’. she wasn’t at all sorry for the assault and felt she was pushed into writing the letter. at the same time, she said ‘i know what i did was wrong’. four things were uppermost in patsy’s mind in the interview: britney’s insincere apology letter, what actually happened on the night of the offence, regret that she and her parents had asked for too few hours of community service, and the effect of the assault on her facial appearance. patsy and her parents were upset with the apology letter, and they had been in touch with the conference coordinator about its quality and content (‘it was a joke and an insult’). patsy and her parents came to the view that the number of hours of community service was insufficient because of a comment the police officer made. at the end of the conference, patsy recalled that ‘he said that if this was his case, he would have given her hours community service, and we only got eight because neither me nor my parents knew what time would be satisfactory without being too harsh’. finally, there were major concerns about nerve damage to her eye and the likely high medical costs if a specialist was required. patsy wanted to be clear on what actually happened that night: she said that i went up to her and said she was a slut, or that she came to me and asked what did i say, and i said, ‘a slut’. that shocked me because i’d heard that from seven or eight different stories, so i was pretty much shocked. [so you were shocked because that’s not how you remembered it?] no. … [just so i know ... your understanding is that you didn’t say ‘you are a slut’, but you said ‘some people are saying that you are’, and that is an important difference for you.] yes. [ok, so that is the point where your stories seem to differ.] yes, ’cause i could see, if i did call her a slut, i could see why she would bash me because not many girls like to be called that. and i mean i wouldn’t. i said it the way i said it, which is i never called her a slut. the difference between saying ‘some people are saying you are a slut’ (patsy’s memory of what britney said) and ‘you are a slut’ (britney’s memory of what patsy said) was significant for both, and it created allegations of ‘you’re lying’ by both girls. patsy was anxious about seeing britney at the conference: ‘i was really frightened that she was going to lash out at me’. her attitude toward britney was negative and did not change as a result of the conference. when asked why, she said ‘just her attitude. she seemed to me and my parents as if she had to go there so she just went … she didn’t seem to care at all about what happened’. despite her many criticisms, patsy said she was satisfied with how her case was handled. her reply raises questions about what ‘being satisfied’ means for a crime victim, but in her case, it appears to be an ability to participate in a face-to-face encounter, even if she said very little, was insulted by the apology letter, and thought the outcome was too lenient. in , patsy’s views on both the conference and britney remained consistent. she believed that britney was not at all sorry for what she did and was pushed into writing an apology letter. her eye lid injury continued to bother her. ‘i keep getting questions about why is your eye like that? [can you show me what happens?] the lid comes down a bit and the eye looks smaller’. during the interview, patsy showed me what the problem was, and i compared her eyes. there was a droop, although subtle and imperceptible at first glance. patsy has had and will have considerable out of pocket medical expenses to tighten the muscles around the eye: her mother phoned the sajj office to report the current amount was $ , several weeks after the interview. they are pursuing a criminal injuries compensation claim. patsy had lingering emotional effects from the incident and had not fully recovered from it. the main reasons were the apology letter, ‘it was a slap in the face basically saying it was my fault for me getting bashed’, and on-going problems with her eye, ‘we don’t know if it can be fixed, or if it’s going to be worse’. the incident affected her mother, who has become more protective of her and restricts her social activities. changing her view from , she said she wished her case had gone to court, rather than to a conference ‘because the way she treated the punishment, i preferred court’. deep-end offender in this inter-racial assault, the offender, terry ( years and aboriginal) has been in trouble with the police many times, both before and after the sajj case, mainly for theft. she had already attended two conferences as an offender on the day we observed her, and the sajj case was her third. (this is not a recommended conference practice.) she and the victim (anita, years) had sharply different accounts of the conference process. while terry is entirely negative, anita commended it, saying that it had a positive impact on her, and hoped that it did so for terry. ‘the facts’ (case ). while at school, terry came up behind anita and stepped on the back of her heel. she apologised, but then did it again. anita turned and said, ‘stop it, go away’, and terry punched her in the face several times, took her glasses and threw them in the bin, and hit her again. a teacher intervened and stopped terry. that evening, while anita was at work, a person continually rang, asking for anita. after a while, she took one of the calls; it was terry, who ‘was being very aggressive’ and said ‘you stupid bitch’. later in the early hours of the morning, there were more calls to anita’s home: the phone would ring, and when anita’s parents answered it, the caller hung up. terry says that anita hit her first, but she did admit to hitting anita after throwing her glasses in the bin. the police say that terry has ‘no contrition for her behaviour. she seems to think she can do what she wants’. the conference was held two months later. attending were terry, her mother, anita, and her mother and stepfather. the sajj observer described terry as ‘sullen and unresponsive ... she doesn’t want to be here, doesn’t want to be told what to do’. she showed little remorse because she believed that anita provoked the assault. terry had apologised right after the incident in school; for this reason, she offered no apology at the conference. terry’s mother was highly critical of her daughter’s attitude and behaviour. there was no positive movement between the two girls although there was between the parents. the conference unravelled during the discussion of the agreement. terry had not been attending school, and part of the outcome was for her to attend a learning centre four days a week for ten weeks. she did not want to sign the agreement, but relented after being pressured by everyone at the conference. she couldn’t wait to get out of the conference room and was crying when she left. the researchers who interviewed terry in and said it was difficult to conduct the interviews. in , the researcher said it a ‘nightmare interview. she is a nasty, angry kid ... extremely uncooperative and disinterested, rude and offhand’. in , a second researcher noted ‘this interview was most difficult because the most that the young person would say was “i don’t know” and “nuthin”. apart from these words, “fuckin” was the most commonly used word’. terry felt unfairly treated by the coordinator (who was aboriginal): ‘he’s a bastard. he made me sign the contract. i had no choice’. while she thought that anita treated her fairly, terry did not feel at all sorry for her, nor was she affected by what anita said at the conference: she’s probably making it up. [you thought she was lying?] yeah, probably. as if that’s true. crap. [but you didn’t argue the point at the conference?] nuh, couldn’t be stuffed. [did she say anything that surprised you?] yeah, she was saying that she was actually shaking and all that. [afterwards?] yeah, that was crap, bullshit. terry ‘didn’t care about’ the conference and was not at all satisfied with it. she was most critical of the agreement, which she described as too harsh and very unfair because ‘they made me go to that crap school. [the learning centre?] yep. [and you’ve been and don’t like it?] nuh’. she said that both the police officer and coordinator lectured her too much, and that she was pushed into things she didn’t agree to. she said it was unlikely she’d get into trouble again because ‘i’d probably have to end up going to that dumb school’. (she was involved in six separate incidents in a ten-month period after the sajj conference.) all her views of conferencing were negative: ‘they’re crap’ and ‘it’s a waste of time’. her negative views largely centred on the coordinator’s ‘making me go to that school’. in , terry said she remembered little from the conference. she didn’t want to apologise because ‘it wasn’t my fault’. she completed the agreement, but she did so only to avoid going to court. when asked about why she got into trouble again after the conference, terry said she didn’t know why, but among a list of reasons provided, the one she selected as most important was that ‘it’s fun’. she thought that while the conference process was more fair and she had more of a say, it was more of a joke than court. neither conference nor court made her think twice about re-offending. in , anita reported a more positive experience with the conference process than terry. although anita’s physical injuries were only a bit significant to her, she had a high degree of emotional harm after the incident. she ‘avoided’ terry and was ‘scared to be around her’. she felt negative toward her before the conference, but she felt positive after, citing the process and meeting terry’s mother as the main reasons. she hoped that the conference would ‘sort out terry’s life and the problems she’s got’. she hadn’t thought about what she wanted to say to terry before the conference (‘i didn’t want to talk with her’), but she was concerned that terry would ‘get mad and everyone would gang up on her’ at the conference. she felt sorry for terry because she was ‘young and in so much trouble’, and she thought it likely that she would get into trouble again because of ‘the sort of person she is’. anita praised the conference process as ‘good and helpful’ and thought that victims could gain ‘their peace of mind’ when meeting offenders. in , anita continued in a highly positive vein. she had no lingering emotional harm and had recovered from the incident: ‘it wasn’t a big deal to me’. she still felt positive toward terry because ‘i’ve seen her a few times, so probably that’s helped. [how has that helped?] because i’ve talked to her, and i’m not really bothered by it anymore’. she was glad to be at the conference ‘so i could have a say, and i saw everything that happened’. while anita’s experience of the conference was positive, for terry, it was just the opposite and a total waste of time. compared to other girls’ punch-ups, the offender and victim were the widest apart when judging the conference process and impact. terry’s mother believed that a conference ‘wouldn’t work and would be a waste of time’ for her daughter. is terry a ‘difficult’ girl or something else? she was angry, had little respect for adult authority, and enjoyed the fun of lawbreaking. semi-resolution and positive change three cases showed that a degree of semi-resolution and positive change can come from a face-to-face meeting. the victims were relatively less affected by the assault, physically and emotionally, and the offender and victim wanted to put the incident behind them. two cases are presented. ‘sort-of’ friends in this case, the girls had been friends for three years, and the victim, eve ( ½ years) tried hard to bring the offender, susan (about to turn ), around during the conference. the police report suggests that their relationship is ‘an on again, off again affair, with problems caused by rumours and allegations’. it also notes that the girls’ parents ‘seem to have a bit of animosity toward each other as a result of the girls carrying on’. despite this, it came out in the interviews that the girls, especially eve, wanted to resolve their problems and be ‘sort-of’ friends. ‘the facts’ (case ). eve approached susan on the sidewalk outside school, requesting that she ask the school bus driver to wait for another person. susan called eve a ‘bitch’ and started punching her. she hit her in the back and eve bent forward trying to get away. when she did this, susan grabbed the back of her hair and pulled eve around by the hair. she continued to punch eve in the back and kicked her in the right knee. a police officer observed the fight and intervened, saying that it was ‘totally one-sided, and at no time did eve hit susan or defend herself’. eve was very distressed and crying so much that she had trouble catching her breath; she was too fearful to take the bus home, so the police officer gave her a lift. she had a sore back and a lump on her forehead. susan’s version was she thought that eve was going to walk into her, so she pushed her away. she said that eve punched her and they both started punching each other. susan said she wanted to talk with eve about things she was saying about her, calling her names and ‘spreading secrets’. the conference was held two months later. attending were susan and her mother, eve and her father. the observer described susan as ‘hard as nails’: she was not at all remorseful, a little defiant, and didn’t want to apologise. eve was effective in describing the story, saying ‘i was heaps scared, and inside me was all shaking’. eve wanted to be friends again, but susan was unmoved, even when eve cried. susan’s mother said that her daughter had planned to apologise and give eve a hug during the conference, but the discussion put her under some pressure, so she didn’t. there was little positive movement between the girls, but there was between susan’s mother and eve’s father. after the conference was over, the parents and the girls left talking and laughing. susan’s mother said to eve’s father that if ever there was any trouble, to let her know. despite what appeared to be an unmovable offender, susan’s interview revealed that the conference had a salutary effect on her. she said she was ‘kinda looking forward’ to the conference so ‘we would be friends again’. listening to eve’s story had a major impact on her. ‘some of the things she said made me feel like really bad and stuff and like made me want to be her friend again’. she said she felt very sorry about eve after the conference was over: ‘she’s changed a bit, and most of what she said at the conference made me feel sorry for her’. she was satisfied with how her case was handled, and she said it was unlikely she’d get into trouble again because she didn’t want to jeopardise her chances of becoming a lawyer. eve’s physical injuries and emotional harm were moderately significant to her. before the conference, she was ‘heaps angry’ and ‘heaps scared’ of susan. one thing she hoped wouldn’t happen was ‘to see susan cry. i sort of care for her still, she was my best friend. [why didn’t you want to see her cry?] i don’t know; if i see anybody cry, even people on the street crying, i start crying’. she said that susan’s story had little impact on her because ‘what she said in her statement … was so untrue’. susan said to the police that she said to a friend, ‘hold my books, i’m going to talk to eve’. but eve said a witness heard her say, ‘hold my books, i’m going to smash eve’s face’. eve thought the agreement was fair, though a ‘little bit easy’. (susan only had to apologise at the end of the conference.) ‘there was no point keeping enemies. like i don’t want to be her friend or anything, but i don’t want to be her enemy’. her attitude toward susan shifted from negative to a bit positive. her reasons were that susan showed remorse and ‘now she avoids me, doesn’t talk to me, just says hello, and doesn’t cause trouble’. eve’s comments give us an insight on what a resolution with susan would be: not close, but not fighting either. she was satisfied with how her case was handled and had high praise for conferences: ‘you do get, like a good result and stuff, and they do get a punishment’. in , the sajj researcher had difficulties eliciting responses from susan, and some responses were contradictory. for example, when asked why she said sorry, her response was ‘cause i had to. i didn’t mean it’. then, she said she definitely wanted eve to know that she really was sorry. she was close to tears about minutes into the interview when asked about how others think of her. it then became clear why she was upset (and perhaps giving inconsistent answers): her mother had recently reported her to the police for smoking marijuana in her bedroom. in her interview, eve believed that susan’s apology was not sincere, that she apologised to get off easier, and was not really sorry. however, eve is not bothered today by the assault and has no lingering emotional problems. she feels positive toward susan because ‘she doesn’t bitch as much’. they still see each other at school and on the bus, and they occasionally talk to each other and are ‘sort-of’ friends. she thought the conference resolved their problems ‘a little bit’ and remains satisfied with how her case was handled. name calling and apologising back compared to the previous case, this case shows that a more positive conference can occur when a victim’s injuries are not serious or does not have lingering effects, and an offender does not minimise the harm and is apologetic. it also shows that other events, far removed from the legal process, can affect a youth’s maturity and outlook. the ‘facts’ (case ). the victim, karen, and the offender, liz (both years) were at a teen social club. liz called karen a ‘slut’ and threw a can at her. karen said, ‘speak for yourself’. liz bit her wrist, then grabbed her and punched her in the mouth. as she was leaving, liz said, ‘get anyone on to me, and i’ll bash your head in’. both before and after the incident, karen had been harassed by liz and some of her friends. liz called her a ‘slut’ and a ‘whore’, waved her fist at her and gave her the finger. she claims that karen called her a ‘slut’ first. some months before, karen witnessed liz’s friends hurt an elderly man; and the police think that liz is trying to intimidate her. the conference, which took place in the country town of whyalla, was convened about five weeks after the incident. before the conference began, karen, liz, and their mothers were standing outside the community hall. the two girls did not speak to each other, and neither did their mothers. this seemed an inauspicious start. however, during the conference, the mothers communicated well with each other, while their daughters were quiet. liz was a bit remorseful for her actions, although an apology had to be drawn out. she was generally non-communicative and a bit sullen, although cooperative. as the conference proceeded, there was some positive movement between her and karen, when both apologised for what happened. both agreed to try to stop the negative behaviour, although there was some wariness between them. there was stronger positive movement between their mothers, the sajj observer noting that the ‘mums ran the show a bit’. although the conference itself did not evince a high degree of restorativeness, especially between liz and karen, a year later the matter was closed for both of them, and they had positive memories of the conference moving them along. two themes emerge from liz’s interview in . first, she felt that the conference was unfair because i couldn’t say what i was thinking. and i know that most of the story that karen said was a lie, but i still had to apologise ... her story wasn’t even the truth. so i couldn’t even say to, ask her why she lied or anything, ’cause i’d get in trouble. i don’t think it’s very fair. this comment explains why liz was quiet at the conference, and it reflects the belief held by all the punch-up offenders that their victims were not being completely truthful about what happened, but that it was better not to challenge the victim’s story or police officer’s report. a second theme, which is unusual for many punch-up offenders, was that liz felt ‘kinda very sorry’ for karen. when she heard karen’s story, she ‘felt more sorry for her, i s’pose. i felt bad. [could you tell me why you felt bad?] for actually hitting her’. she said she ‘kind of learnt my lesson. kind of learnt how i would feel if it was the other way around’. the mutual apology that occurred in the conference was important for her. when asked about the degree of importance of apologising to karen, she said, ‘it was kinda in between. it was important, but it was more important because she apologised back for what she did’. liz was positive toward the conference process because ‘instead of just getting in trouble ..., you kind of get to sort things out as well’. karen’s account of the offence differed from liz’s. whereas liz maintained that karen started the name calling, karen said it was the other way around. and although karen said she was satisfied with the conference and thought the agreement was about right, she left the conference upset by what liz said ‘because it all came back to me as if i started it, like name calling and stuff’. her physical injuries were not of much significance, and she had a low to moderate degree of distress from the incident. her attitude toward liz shifted more positively, and she credited this to liz’s willingness to make things right and to her ability to tell liz how she felt. she was positive toward the conference process because you can ‘get to the bottom of the problem and sort it out’. when i returned in to interview liz, i saw a transformed, mature young woman. in the past year, her mother has been sick with cancer, having been diagnosed about five months after the interview. while liz’s mother was in an adelaide hospital, about a five-hour drive away, liz had to look after herself. she decided to do better in her school work ‘to make my mother proud of me’. she received all a’s on her report card, whereas in the previous year, she had ‘mucked around’ and didn’t do well. when her mother returned home from the hospital, liz cared for her and ran the household, cooking and cleaning. she was confident and self-possessed. when she recounted what had occurred over the past year, how she felt toward her mother, and her sense of accomplishment and pride, i was moved emotionally. in the sequence of questions about the apology process, liz’s answers seemed to be contradictory, but upon reflection, they revealed the subtleties and nuances of the apology process in the punch-ups. liz began by saying she said sorry ‘because if i didn’t, i’d just get into more trouble’. she wanted to let karen know that she was really sorry, but at the same time, she felt pushed into it. ultimately, she said that while ‘i felt pushed into it, i would have said it anyway’. she hoped that in saying sorry, she could make karen feel better ‘‘cause, you know, she doesn’t feel safe walking around, and i know how uncomfortable it’d be’. saying sorry made her feel better ‘because it kinda took a load off my chest. i don’t walk around every day punching people’. the agreement, which was a three-month good behaviour bond and a conference verbal apology, was about right, although ‘it should have been a bit harder’. liz stayed out of trouble in the year after the conference, in part because she decided she just wouldn’t get into trouble, and in part, because she understood its negative impact on her mother. in , karen said she had fully recovered from the incident and had no lingering physical or emotional problems. she attributed her recovery to the fact that ‘we both acted like adults and put it behind us’. she cited the conference process as the most important element in helping to put the offence behind her. she believed that liz was really sorry, and this made karen feel more positive toward her. it was more important to karen that she received a genuine apology rather than liz doing work or paying money because ‘her paying for it wouldn’t like pay for what she’s done sort of thing. [can you say more about what you mean by that?] it just doesn’t repair what she has done. [so tell me why the money doesn’t matter?] ‘cause it was a physical thing and didn’t have anything to do with money’. karen’s comments alert us to the different contexts when an apology, by itself, may or may not be sufficient for victims. for her, there was no nexus between the assault and liz paying money or doing work. rather, the vindication of the assault would come largely (although perhaps not exclusively) from an offender’s apologetic position. of all the youth punch-ups, liz and karen’s case was exceptional in being the only one in which both definitely agreed that the offender was really sorry. theirs was an unusual punch-up in that some of the ideal elements of the conference process and outcome were present. family conflicts and harassment in the following cases, the assaults were part of on-going conflict between the girls and members of their families. both took place in port augusta and involved aboriginal girls; and for both, the victims did not attend the conference, nor were we able to interview them. there is no indication that the conflict continued, but because the victims (and their family members) refused to participate in the conference process, there was no semi- resolution to the conflict either. sticking up for family although the assault occurred in port augusta in july, at the time, the offender, roxanne ( years) could not be located for police questioning. she was reported in october when the police arrested her on ‘other matters’. she made no admissions to the police, and the case went to court in december. it was in court for six months before being referred to a conference, which was immediately scheduled in june, nearly a year after the incident. ‘the facts’ (case ). late one saturday evening, the victim, kathy ( years) was leaving a club and about to get into a taxi. roxanne called out her name, and she went back toward her. when she did so, roxanne started to pull her hair and then she punched kathy in the face three or four times, saying you are a ‘fucking slut’ and a ‘slut’. the assault continued even as kathy tried to get into a cab. another person, a male, approached and punched her. he was arrested, but roxanne could not be located. kathy now lives in darwin (about kilometres north of port augusta), but comes to port augusta from time to time. she and her mother are well known in port augusta as trouble makers. the police officer who attended the conference told us privately that kathy’s mother is a ‘town psycho’, who verbally and physically abuses people, and threatens them with knives. neither kathy nor her mother could be located to attend the conference, nor could we locate kathy for an interview. those attending the conference were roxanne, her parents, and her young brother. roxanne was observed to be well-spoken and cooperative. during the conference, she said she was sticking up for her family, who had been victims of phone calls and harassment from kathy’s mother. when describing these stories of harassment, taunting, and racial insults, she became quite distressed. roxanne’s parents had little involvement in the conference: her mother left early with her son, and her father had little input. when she was interviewed in , roxanne’s main concern was to ‘get this (conflict) all over and done with’. her experience at the conference was positive, and the agreement was a lot better than she expected. she agreed not to commit an assault in the next three months, although she added that ‘it’s not too easy to stay out of trouble’. about kathy, roxanne said, ‘i don’t like her’; and she thought that ‘things would have been worse’ had kathy attended the conference. she was unsure if it was a good idea that offenders meet victims. in , roxanne’s views toward kathy’s being at the conference changed. ‘it would have been good to have her there… so i could have apologised and told her why i assaulted her. [why did you?] a bit of an argument between me and her mum’. she would have wanted to apologise ‘more or less, so i could just get it off my chest that i had apologised, and that i knew that i shouldn’t have done it’. she believed that a conference ‘... helps more than court would. ... with court it’s just straight in and out, and they don’t do much talking and explaining’. she has gotten into trouble in the past year because of ‘a disagreement with me and my friend’. she thinks she needs to ‘move away from port augusta’ to stay out of trouble because there are ‘people who dislike me’. when asked why these disputes come about, at first she said she didn’t know why. then, she said that people were asked by others, including family members, to carry out ‘pay back’, and this is partly what draws her into fighting. in , roxanne was enrolled in a public health course, and in , kathy was enrolled in tertiary course in darwin. these young women were stable working class young people with aspirations. they were drawn into fights and fighting for similar reasons as the non-aboriginal young people (i.e., responding to taunts and harassment by others), but they may also be brought into wider family disputes. smelly jacket this apparent trigger for this assault was that kayleen, the victim ( years), was alleged to have said that the offender’s jacket smelled. but, as we look more deeply into the offence, we find that it arose from kayleen’s history of teasing and harassing of the offender, jackie ( years), and other kids at school. the coordinator spoke with kayleen’s grandfather when preparing the conference. he said that she was not coming, and the family wanted nothing more to do with it. he was described by the aboriginal coordinator as ‘quite aggressive’. ‘the facts’ (case ). while at softball practice one evening, kayleen was approached by jackie. as kayleen recalled in her police statement, here is what was said: jackie: ‘when sue was wearing my jacket, did you say it smelt?’ kayleen: ‘no’. jackie: ‘yes you did, so don’t lie’. jackie then punched kayleen six times to her lip and behind her ear. kayleen sat down to stop jackie from punching her. jackie then slapped her with an open hand to her face, saying ‘if you keep getting cheeky, you better look out’. kayleen went home and called the police; they took her statement right away. the police went to jackie’s house, questioned her, and reported her for the assault. the police wrote to jackie’s mother, inviting her to attend the police station with her daughter for a formal caution. there was no response to the letter, and the matter was referred to conference, which was held in june, about three months after the incident. attending were jackie, her cousin (an adolescent), and a youth worker. jackie said her assault was provoked by kayleen; and although she seemed to be remorseful for her actions, she would not send an apology letter or say sorry to kayleen. she was tired of kayleen hassling her. when interviewed in , jackie said she didn’t know much about the conference process. ‘i didn’t know the victim was supposed to be there. i thought we would be in separate rooms’. she hadn’t thought about what she might say to kayleen, but she was sure that she ‘didn’t want to sit in the same room as her’. for the agreement, jackie was not to be reported for another assault during the next three months and to enrol in counselling for anger management. she believed the agreement was very fair, and it was a lot better than what she expected. like roxanne in the previous case, jackie’s replies to the presence of the victim changed over time. in , she said, ‘i don’t think the offender and victim should be in the same room. [you don’t think the victim should ever be there at the conference?] no, they shouldn’t ever have victims there’. she said the opposite in her interview. ‘it would have been good (to have kayleen there). she done the assault so she should have been there. [you mean she assaulted you first?] no, i assaulted her. she put me in for the assault’. had kayleen attended the conference, jackie said she would have apologised ‘because i shouldn’t have assaulted her’, but there is another reason jackie wanted kayleen to be there. because ‘she put me in for the assault’, jackie believed that kayleen was obligated to attend. jackie finished the agreement ‘‘cause i wanted to be good,’ but like roxanne, she said doing so didn’t make things right for her and kayleen. she got into trouble in the past year for another assault. when asked why, she said the victim ‘was like talking about me. saying things that wasn’t true’. when asked what would have to happen for her to stay out of trouble, jackie said, ‘i don’t know. ... [you said something about anger, is there something else besides your anger?] no, it’s my anger. i’ve got a really bad temper’. summary and discussion several key points framed my analysis of girls, peer violence, and restorative justice. first, the empirical literature on restorative justice does not give sufficient attention to the varied contexts of offending and victimisation that bring people to a conference process. the offence categories of ‘violence’ and ‘property’ do not accurately depict the entry points. from the sajj data, i identified seven offence types, which encapsulate victim-offender relations, the sex composition of the offence, and whether the victim was personal or organisational. some kinds of offences cause victims more distress than others, both emotionally and physically; and when offenders justify or minimise their behaviour, a victim’s distressed is increased. thus, the ideal elements in a restorative process are variably achieved, depending on the offence, the offender’s orientation, and the victim’s distress. of the seven offence types, the youth punch-ups displayed the widest gap in the aspirations and reality of restorative justice. second, the empirical literature on gender and restorative justice has given scant attention to offenders. if offenders are analysed, bi-variate gender comparisons may produce misleading findings on orientations to a restorative process (e.g., observed remorse, being defiant, wanting to make amends). such analysis must take into account the offence dynamics that brought the offender and victim to the conference process. the sajj conference observations showed that offending girls were more defiant, and less remorseful and apologetic than the boys, but this can be explained largely by the higher share of punch-ups in the girls’ offence structures. researchers must also exercise caution in conducting bi-variate gender comparisons of victims, who also have different orientations to the conference process, depending on the character and dynamics of the offence. one limitation of my study is the number of cases available to analyse gender- based variation in offender and victim orientations across a range of offences, not just punch-ups. thus, i am not able to fully address the concerns raised by alder ( ) that offending girls may appear more recalcitrant, less remorseful, and more ‘difficult’ to adult authorities; or that ‘the community’ may expect a greater degree of conformity from girls than boys. third, the literature on girls’ (and youths’) peer violence shows that offenders justify their actions as provoked by things the victims said or did (or alleged to have said or done), to prevent victimisation, or to stick up for themselves (e.g., burman, ; miller & mullins, ). the sajj cases confirm this pattern. however, contrary to the claims of artz ( ) and others, in just one of the girls’ fights (britney and patsy, case ) were boys mentioned, although unspecified rumours were mentioned in two others. unlike the us literature (lockwood, ), none of the sajj fights involved knives or other weapons. although studies of peer violence, both feminist and otherwise, suggest that offenders view violence as a rational response to perceived threats or insults, the literature is silent on how an offender’s actions affect a victim. the literature is also silent on what an appropriate justice response could be for punch-ups. i turn to each of these areas. offenders or victims? the girls/women, crime, and victimisation literature is often bifurcated: some analysts focus on offending girls or women; and others, victimised girls or women. the two can be intertwined when authors situate girls’ offending in a broader context of their victimisation and sexual harassment by family members and boys, or their social and economic disadvantage (e.g., artz, ; gaarder & presser, ). however, when girls are victims of violence by girls, the blurred boundaries of victimisation and criminalisation shift in meaning: both protagonists claim a ‘victim’ (or ‘non-offender’) status. what are feminist analysts to make of these girls’ stories and ‘voices’? in the sajj punch-ups, all the offending girls believed that the victims provoked the fight and deserved to be hurt. however, three of the nine were, in my judgment, more ‘offenders’ than ‘victims’: they continued to harass the victim (olivia in case ) and were ready to fight with little provocation (moira in case and terry in case ). in five other cases, there was a history of conflict between the girls; and it was difficult to discern the balance of offending and victimisation over time. although culpability was unclear, three seemed tipped more toward ‘offenders’ than ‘victims’ (susan in case , liz in case , samantha in case , not described in detail, see endnote ); and two, more toward ‘victims’ than ‘offenders’ (roxanne in case , jackie in case ). the ninth was the only case of immediate retaliation by an offender who believed she had to defend her sexual reputation (britney in case ). reading cases of girls’ violence from the perspective of girls who are hurt by violence gives us a different, and more holistic, view of girls’ fights. these offences caused the victims emotional or physical distress, or both. in three cases, the female victims remained traumatised or had physical scars. in punch-up cases, where the ‘facts’ of assaults are contested, where the stories of what happened and why diverge, analysts must give attention to the stories of those who were hurt and harmed. otherwise, the literature will be littered with one-sided accounts of why violence was justified to protect one’s reputation. whither justice? what is an appropriate justice response in cases like these, and should restorative processes be used? my analysis finds that contrary to the positive results reported in the practice literature for male and female assault cases (e.g., crosland & liebman, : cases , , , , , , ), in no more than one-third of boys’ or girls’ punch-ups was there a semi- resolution of the conflict between the protagonists. such a semi-resolution may be the most we can expect from a conference process. we should not expect the protagonists to become closer or best friends, but we might expect that the conflict does not escalate and there is an agreed truce. contrary to the hopes of gaarder and presser ( ), positive dialogue, reconnection, and compassion by and between girls were atypical. nor was there a conference discussion of the histories of violence between the two girls (when relevant). in this south australia conference process, there was little discussion of the offending girls’ histories of victimisation or family problems. departing from gaarder and presser’s views ( ), i believe that such discussions in punch-up cases would re-victimise victims; they are more properly part of professional counselling, not a justice encounter (see also trankle, ). at the same time, had these cases gone to court, no dialogue or semi- resolution between the girls would have occurred at all. it is important to recall that each offending girl made admissions to the police that she had assaulted another girl. despite this, few were ready to admit at the conference that what they did was wrong. although several conferences were affected by poor practice by the coordinator and police officer, even the best-run conference will face impediments in punch-up cases. not only must there be a full and frank discussion of culpability (which may be shared), but also the protagonists must desire to get along in the future, if only in a ‘sort of’ way. frank discussions of culpability were difficult for the girls for many reasons, including not being able to explain their aggression or not wanting to permit adults (especially parents) into the secrets of their adolescent world. getting along in the future was not a priority for most. the ethical practice of restorative justice for these cases may require a good deal more preparation and groundwork than many have assumed. face-to-face meetings should not take place when offenders and victims contest ‘facts’, and offenders have little interest in making amends or in changing their behaviour. this produces a damaging dynamic that brings more suffering to those injured. the potential for this dynamic is not confined to partner or sexual violence cases, as many have assumed. the sajj project finds that it is evident in girls’ and boys’ punch-ups. endnotes i acknowledge the cooperation and in-kind assistance of the south australian family conference team, the south australian police, and the south australian courts administration authority. without the support of these organisations and staff, this research could not have gone forward. the dedicated members of the research team and their roles are acknowledged in endnote . an australian research council grant supported the data gathering ( - ) phase of the research, with subsequent research assistance provided, in part, by the key centre for ethics, law, justice, and governance, griffith university. the measures of restorativeness include the degree to which the offender was remorseful and understood the impact of the crime on the victim; the degree to which victims understood the offender’s situation; and the extent of positive movement between the offender, victim, or their supporters, among other measures. measures for fairness (or procedural justice) included perceptions of being treated fairly, with respect, and being listened to, among other measures. i exclude the literature on school bullying because it focuses on one type of child or youth aggression. those who have applied restorative justice to school-based bullying programs have focused principally on the dynamics of re-integrative shaming (e.g., ahmed et al., ; morrison, ), which is not my focus. i exclude the many studies and reviews of studies on re-offending; see bonta et al. ( ) and hayes ( ) for overviews. the two sajj technical reports (daly et al., ; daly, b) detail the ways in which i conceptualised gender, race, class, and age relations as power dynamics in the conference process; and how the researchers were asked to record such dynamics and to reflect on their feelings after observing the conference and interviewing the victims in and . the two reports discuss the project’s methods, survey and observation instruments, and interview schedules in depth. i am grateful to my research team who worked with me to construct the instruments, observe the conferences, and conduct a total of offender and victim interviews in and : michele venables ( - ), liz mumford ( - ), mary mckenna ( ), jane christie-johnston ( ), and rachel mann ( ). brigitte bouhours assisted in data cleaning, analysis, and codebook preparation during to . all the face-to-face interviews were audio-recorded, except for a few participants who did not want this. phone interviews were conducted with victims who did not attend the conference ( percent of cases). all the open-ended portions of the interviews were transcribed for qualitative analysis. in presenting the quoted material, words in square brackets are those of the interviewer, when making probes or asking follow-up questions. for the non-punch-up cases, male and female victims’ experiences of the conference process are part of another ms. in progress. the measure of ‘victim distress’ is described more fully in daly ( : ). these incident ‘facts’ are drawn from the police report and may be supplemented from other observational or interview material on the file. ‘the facts’ are selectively constructed and often contested. the case number following is the unique identifier for each of the conferences. all names used are pseudonyms. the incident dynamics of the third case (case ) were similar to the cases of on-going conflicts between the girls, who were not friends and did not like each other. case involved two non-aboriginal girls; the offender (samantha), victim (rosie), and their mothers attended the conference; the mothers seemed to connect when agreeing that their daughters had ‘a mouth’, and the girls apologised outside the conference room. the longer term effect of the conference was of a semi-resolution, as in cases and this means an offender is to be of ‘good behaviour’ for a specified period of time; if s/he gets into trouble during this period, they face court charges. this was a more frequent outcome in the country town conferences than in adelaide. both conferences were organised and run by an aboriginal coordinator. references ahmed, e., harris, n., braithwaite, j., & braithwaite, v. ( ). shame management through reintegration. cambridge: cambridge university press. alder, c. ( ). young women offenders and the challenge for restorative justice. in h. strang & j. braithwaite (eds.), restorative justice: philosophy to practice (pp. - ). aldershot: ashgate. alder, c., & worrall, a. (eds.) ( ). girls’ violence: myths and realities. albany: state university of new york press. artz, s. ( ). violence in the schoolyard: school girls’ use of violence. in c. alder & a. worrall (eds.), girls’ violence: myths and realities (pp. - ). albany: state university of new york press. baines, m., & alder, c. ( ). are girls more difficult to work with? youth worker’s perspectives in juvenile justice and related areas. crime and delinquency, , - . bonta, j., jesseman, r., rugge, t., & cormier, r. ( ). restorative justice and recidivism: promises made, promises kept? in d. sullivan & l. tifft (eds.), handbook of restorative justice: a global perspective (pp. - ). abington: routledge. burman, m. ( ). turbulent talk: girls’ making sense of violence. in c. alder & a. worrall (eds.), girls’ violence: myths and realities (pp. - ). albany: state university of new york press. cook, k. j., daly, k., & stubbs, j. (eds.) ( ). theoretical criminology, ( ), special issue on gender, race, and restorative justice. crosland, p., & liebman, m. ( ). cases: restorative justice and victim-offender mediation. bristol: mediation uk. daly, k. ( ). diversionary conferencing in australia: a reply to the optimists and skeptics. paper presented at the american society of criminology annual meeting, chicago, november. daly, k. ( a). conferencing in australia and new zealand: variations, research findings, and prospects. in a. morris & g. maxwell (eds.), restorative justice for juveniles: conferencing, mediation and circles (pp. - ). oxford: hart publishing. daly, k. ( b) south australia juvenile justice (sajj) research on conferencing, technical report no. : research instruments in year ( ) and background notes. brisbane: school of criminology and criminal justice, griffith university. available at daly, k. ( a). restorative justice: the real story. punishment & society, ( ), - . daly, k. ( b). widening the feminist lens on restorative justice. paper presented at the american society of criminology annual meeting, chicago, november. daly, k. ( ). mind the gap: restorative justice in theory and practice. in a. von hirsch, j. roberts, a. e. bottoms, k. roach, & m. schiff (eds.), restorative justice and criminal justice: competing or reconcilable paradigms? (pp. - ). oxford: hart publishing. daly, k. ( ). a tale of two studies: restorative justice from a victim’s perspective. in e. elliott & r. gordon (eds.), new directions in restorative justice (pp. - ). cullompton: willan. daly, k. ( ). the limits of restorative justice. in d. sullivan & l. tifft (eds.), handbook of restorative justice: a global perspective (pp. - ). abington: routledge. daly, k., & hayes, h. ( ). restorative justice and conferencing. in a. graycar & p. grabosky (eds.), handbook of australian criminology (pp. - ). cambridge: cambridge university press. daly, k., & stubbs, j. ( ). feminist engagement with restorative justice. theoretical criminology, ( ), - . daly, k., venables, m., mumford, l., mckenna, m., & christie-johnston, j. ( ). sajj technical report no. : project overview and research instruments. brisbane: school of criminology and criminal justice, griffith university. available at dignan, j. ( ). juvenile justice, criminal courts and restorative justice. in g. johnstone & d. van ness (eds.), handbook of restorative justice (pp. - ). cullompton: willan. gaarder, e., & presser, l. ( ). a feminist vision of justice? the problems and possibilities of restorative justice for girls and women. in d. sullivan & l. tifft (eds.), handbook of restorative justice: a global perspective (pp. - ). abington: routledge. gilligan, c. ( ). in a different voice. cambridge: harvard university press. hayes, h. ( ). reoffending and restorative justice. in g. johnstone & d. van ness (eds.), handbook of restorative justice (pp. - ). cullompton: willan. johnstone, g., & van ness, d. (eds.) ( ). handbook of restorative justice. cullompton: willan. kruttschnitt, c., & carbone-lopez, k. ( ). moving beyond the stereotypes: women’s subjective accounts of their violent crime. criminology, ( ), - . lockwood, d. ( ). violence among middle school and high school students: analysis and implications for prevention. national institute of justice research in brief, october. masters, g., & smith, d. ( ). portia and persephone revisited: thinking about feeling in criminal justice. theoretical criminology, ( ), - . maxwell, g., kingi, v., robertson, j., morris, a., & cunningham, c. ( ). achieving effective outcomes in youth justice: final report. wellington: ministry of social development. maxwell, g., & morris, a. ( ). family, victims and culture: youth justice in new zealand. wellington: social policy agency and the institute of criminology, victoria university of wellington. maxwell, g., morris, a., & hayes, h. ( ). conferencing and restorative justice. in d. sullivan & l. tifft (eds.), handbook of restorative justice: a global perspective (pp. - ). abington: routledge. mccold, p. ( ). the recent history of restorative justice: mediation, circles, and conferencing. in d. sullivan & l. tifft (eds.), handbook of restorative justice: a global perspective (pp. - ). abington: routledge. miller, j., & mullins, c. w. ( ). stuck up, telling lies, and talking too much: the gendered context of young women’s violence. in k. heimer & c. kruttschnitt (eds.), gender and crime: patterns in victimization and offending (pp. - ). new york: new york university press. morris, a., & maxwell, g. (eds.) ( ). restorative justice for juveniles: conferencing, mediation and circles. oxford: hart publishing. morrison, b. ( ). bullying and victimisation in schools: a restorative justice approach. trends & issues in crime and criminal justice, , - . retzinger, s., & scheff, t. ( ). strategy for community conferences: emotions and social bonds. in b. galaway & j. hudson (eds.), restorative justice: international perspectives (pp. - ). monsey: criminal justice press. strang, h. ( ). justice for victims of young offenders: the centrality of emotional harm and restoration. in a. morris & g. maxwell (eds.), restorative justice for juveniles: conferencing, mediation and circles (pp. - ). oxford: hart publishing. strang, h. ( ). repair or revenge: victims and restorative justice. oxford: clarendon press. strang, h., & braithwaite, j. (eds.) ( ). restorative justice and family violence. cambridge: cambridge university press. sullivan, d. & tifft, l. (eds.) ( ). handbook of restorative justice: a global perspective. abington: routledge. trankle, s. ( ). in the shadow of penal law: victim-offender mediation in germany and france. punishment & society, ( ), - . von hirsch, a., roberts, j., bottoms, a. e., roach, k., & schiff, m. (eds.) ( ). restorative justice and criminal justice: competing or reconcilable paradigms? oxford: hart publishing. -bradford.pdf rawlsian justice and preferences over work by wylie bradford wbradfor@efs.mq.edu.au abstract rawls’s assertion that the specification of property rights over the means of production is not determined by the theory of justice is shown to rest on shaky foundations. his account of the subjective circumstances of justice, which serve as an empirical constraint on the deliberations of those in the original position, is shown to reflect neoclassical economic theory in which preferences over work are excluded from welfare analysis. as a result, those in the original position are concerned only with the distributive outcomes of the basic structure, and not at all with its form in terms of the modalities of ownership of productive assets. this in turn is shown to conflict with rawls’s professed methodology, in which constraints are not to be placed upon the conceptions of the good held by those in the original position. there is, however, very little scope for rawls to amend his argument on this point without compromising the integrity of the whole. hence, there is no good reason to exclude property rights over the means of production from consideration in the liberal theory of justice. jel classification: a , d , p introduction* an important aspect of any discussion of economic justice is the question of property rights over the means of production. the significance of the issue follows from the obvious importance of such relations for the material productivity of any given society, and for the social relations that will emerge from the economic interactions of its citizens. given the undeniable complexity of the issues involved, it is surprising that rawls provides a disarmingly simple answer, one that survives through the considerable transformation that takes place in his overall theory of justice. for rawls, the theory of justice provides no guidance on the question of whether private ownership of the means of production should be one of the institutions included in the basic structure of the just society ( , henceforth tj, p ). instead, the principles of justice are to be derived separately, treating only as basic the right to personal property, leaving the specification of property rights over the means of production to be determined by the history and traditions of the society in question. this feature of rawls's argument, whereby history is summarily accorded priority in terms of shaping the form of the basic structure, and is apparently immune to analysis in terms of the principles of justice, is referred to as historical dominance by bradford ( a). an obvious implication of historical dominance is that the parties in the original position are not concerned with the form of the basic structure (at least in terms of its ‘economic’ aspect), but rather only with its distributive outcomes. that is to say, they are not concerned whether a form of either capitalism or socialism obtains. this reflects the fact that, contra rights to personal property, property rights over the means of production are not considered basic. hence, they need not receive the constitutional protection implied by the first principle of justice as fairness. in what follows, it is shown that rawls’s argument rests, in part, on his reliance on neoclassical economic theory, as represented by koopmans ( ). in particular, it is the assumptions concerning preferences over work (i.e. relating to different production processes) underlying that approach that leads rawls to affirm the conditional comparability of outcomes, the claim that any specific desired welfare outcome is achievable under any assignment of property rights over the means of production. as the parties in the original position concern themselves only with the outcomes of the basic structure, it follows that the conditional comparability of outcomes suffices to render them uninterested in the specification of property rights over productive assets. however, it is demonstrated that the irrelevance of the form of the basic structure in rawls’s argument is intimately related to his account of the circumstances of justice, particularly the subjective circumstances. the circumstances of justice are general facts, known to those behind the veil of ignorance, the function of which is to ensure that the conjectures of those in the original position remained tied to fundamental aspects of the reality to which they are to be applied. rawls’s account of the subjective circumstances of justice is shown to be, in effect, a restatement of the neoclassical position regarding preferences over work; the circumstances of justice, in other words, are theoretical inferences rather than facts. thus, the exclusive focus on the outcomes of the basic structure stems from assumptions made concerning the values of the parties to the deliberations in the * the author acknowledges the benefit of comments from geoff harcourt, ken tsutsumibayashi, ugo pagano and rod o’donnell. all are resolved of responsibility for any remaining errors. this is despite the fact that he acknowledges that the arrangement of the background institutions of property is one of the “moral problems of political economy “ (tj p ) original position. this is inconsistent with rawls’s insistence that no strong assumptions are made concerning the conceptions of the good held by the agents in the original position. hence, rawls can avoid consideration of property rights over the means of production only by ignoring his own methodological precepts. furthermore, it is shown that the difficulties caused by rawls’s account of the subjective circumstances of justice cannot be avoided without significant modifications of his central argument. the circumstances of justice in section of tj, rawls suggests an interpretation of the original position that is intended to imbue the device with more philosophical weight than it would have as a simple thought experiment. to this end he invokes kant on the appropriate conception and bases of moral philosophy, and relates that his own approach is an attempt to conform to, and apply, kantian principles. kant, according to rawls, holds that moral philosophy is the study of the “conception and outcome” of a “suitably defined rational decision” (tj p ). moral principles are “legislation for a kingdom of ends” and furthermore must be “agreed to under conditions that characterize men as free and equal rational beings” (tj p ). when persons choose principles of action that express their nature as free and equal rational beings they are acting autonomously. this is to be contrasted with heteronomous action, which stems from principles chosen on the basis of social position, natural endowments, the type of society in which the person lives or the specific things which he/she desires. rawls contends that the deliberative stage of the original position is a mechanism for realising kant's conception of moral philosophy; the veil of ignorance prevents the parties from choosing heteronomous principles. as a result, the principles agreed to reflect the nature of persons as free and equal rational beings, and thus permit autonomous action. furthermore, the principles of justice derived in the deliberative stage of the original position are categorical imperatives in kant's sense. these are rules of conduct which apply to a person “in virtue of his nature as a free and equal rational being” (tj p ). these are to be contrasted with hypothetical imperatives, which “[direct] us to take certain steps as effective means to achieve a specific end”, where the desire for the end involved is not a necessary condition for being a rational human being (ibid). rawls asserts that the structure of the original position ensures that the principles of justice are categorical imperatives, as the argument for the principles is not based on the assumption that the parties have any particular ends. instead they desire only the primary goods. this desire, based on the ‘thin theory of the good’, is part of the definition of rationality; as primary goods are all-purpose means to any end whatever, it is rational to want them regardless of other desires. thus, strictly speaking, rawls’s focus in this case is on the first stage of the four-stage sequence that makes up the original position. this first stage is denoted the deliberative stage by bradford ( a). the purpose of the deliberative stage is the derivation of the principles of justice – it is here that the ‘veil of ignorance’ is at its thickest. rawls labels the subsequent stages of the original position the constitutional , legislative and judicial stages. he confuses the reader somewhat by continuing to use the term ‘original position’ to denote what is here called the deliberative stage, even after he has introduced the four-stage sequence as an elaboration of the original position device. the ‘thin theory of the good’ is ‘thin’ in the sense that no assumptions are made concerning what individuals actually value, or ought to value. that is, they know that they possess a conception of the good without knowing to what it refers. the thin theory of the good is examined in more detail to act from the principles of justice is to act from categorical imperatives in the sense that they apply to us whatever in particular our aims are. this simply reflects the fact that no such contingencies appear as premises in their derivation (tj p ). finally, rawls contends that the deliberative stage can be interpreted as the viewpoint from which the noumenal self sees the world. it is at this point that he introduces a significant modification of the kantian project. an obvious problem with viewing the parties in the original position as the collection of noumenal selves is that the latter are transcendental, lacking in empirical foundation. sandel ( p ) notes that it is unclear how…abstract, disembodied [subjects] could without arbitrariness produce determinate principles of justice, or how in any case the legislation of such…[subjects] would apply to actual human beings in the phenomenal world. rawls's response is to 'constrain' the hypothetical choice situation, from which the principles of justice are derived, in such a way as to ensure a determinate outcome applicable to actual human societies. he achieves this by allowing a minimal amount of empirical information to be available in the deliberative stage, namely, that the parties are aware that they are subject to the circumstances of justice (tj pp. - ). the circumstances of justice comprise both the subjective and the objective. the aspect of the former stressed by rawls in tj is that the members of society are mutually disinterested; each has his or her own conception of the good, which they consider worthy of recognition and deserving of satisfaction, but they take no interest in the interests of others. thus there are competing claims made on the benefits of social subsequently. the noumenal self in kant is the self qua subject of experience, the transcendental self, given prior to its ends. as sandel ( p ) has it this something further [beyond the stream of sense data], which we cannot know empirically but must nonetheless presuppose as the condition of knowing anything at all, is the subject itself. the subject is the something 'back there', antecedent to any particular experience, that unifies our diverse perceptions and holds them together in a single consciousness. it provides the principle of unity without which our self-perceptions would be nothing more than a stream of disconnected and everchanging representations, the perceptions of no one. and while we cannot grasp this principle empirically, we must presume its validity if we are to make sense of self-knowledge at all. the converse of the noumenal self is the phenomenal self: the self qua object of experience, which can be empirically known and is subject to all the laws of nature and regularities of cause and effect. rawls claims that the theory of justice…tries to present a natural procedural rendering of kant's conception of the kingdom of ends, and of the notions of autonomy and the categorical imperative. in this way the underlying structure of kant's doctrine is detached from its metaphysical surroundings so that it can be seen more clearly and presented relatively free from objection (tj p ). as rawls is committed to making no restrictive assumptions about the parties' conceptions of the good, he insists that the interests of individuals need not be egoistic, but could involve “ties of sentiment and affection” which would become known once the veil of ignorance is lifted (tj p ). it is interesting to note rawls's strange definition of egoism, and how it relates to the concept of primary cooperation. rawls argues that if this were not the case, if society was “an association of saints agreeing on a common ideal”, then justice would be nugatory (tj p ). it is the fact that there is conflict over the distribution of primary goods which makes justice necessary, and establishes its primacy as a virtue. in his later work, rawls ( , henceforth pl) moves away from kantian constructivism in favour of what he calls political constructivism. the essence of the change in perspective is that the principles of justice are no longer taken to represent a comprehensive moral doctrine shared by all citizens of the well-ordered society. rather, they are a set of principles that are modular in character, capable of being affirmed by citizens holding a wide range of comprehensive doctrines without being seen to derive their legitimacy uniquely from any particular member of that set. as such, the case for the principles cannot be based, as in tj, on the fundamental nature of human beings, an approach rawls considers appropriate for a moral theory. instead, the foundations of justice as fairness must be political in nature, reflecting the reality that modern democratic states are characterised by a plurality of comprehensive doctrines. thus, in pl, rawls defines the subjective circumstances of justice (scj) as the existence of pluralism as such, delimited to reasonable pluralism in the case of a well- ordered society of justice as fairness (p ). it is the awareness of the need to produce principles of justice that are compatible with this plurality of extant basic positions that represents the empirical constraint on the deliberations of the parties in the original position. although this account is superficially different from that provided in tj, it is apparent that beneath the fact of pluralism lies the reality of competing claims on resources and output. for instance, those moral (or religious) doctrines that hold that other sentient creatures ought not be utilised as food for humans imply very different usage patterns for land and other natural resources to those in which meat-eating is not proscribed. conflicting moral positions on abortion or euthanasia can likewise be represented in terms of their differing claims regarding the allocation of health and medical resources, and the form of the output resulting from such allocations. on a grander scale, religious doctrines that differ on their attitudes to the moral worth of material gain, and ethical systems that weigh competitive and cooperative behaviour differently, will involve starkly contrasting distributive claims. indeed, a society in which pluralism did not involve competing claims over resources and output would be goods. the primary goods are all-purpose means to any ends that may figure in a conception of the good. as such, it is implied that they cannot be desired for their own sake. as wealth and income, and powers and opportunities, figure among the primary goods it follows that these will not be ends pursued by any person. now even casual observation of most human societies seems to make nonsense of this claim. the reasoning underlying this aspect of rawls's argument is his definition of egoism. a conception of the good is considered to be egoistic if it treats “wealth, position, and influence, and the accolades of social prestige” (ibid.) as ends. by assuming that parties in the original position are not egoistic , rawls at one definitional stroke ensures both that no person in the just society will desire wealth, prestige and power for their own sake, and, more importantly, that the device of primary goods is meaningful. despite rawls's claim that he makes no restrictive assumptions about the parties' conceptions of the good, it appears that without the restrictions entailed in the definition of egoism the parties in the original position would have nothing to distribute. in other words, the argument would stall at the outset. sandel ( ) replies ingeniously to this that, given this reasoning, the removal of the circumstances which give rise to the need for justice must be a virtue of equivalent importance to justice itself (pp. - ). if the existence of danger makes physical courage a prized virtue, then the eradication of danger ought to be accorded the same importance as the inculcation of bravery. rawls does not follow this route, and treats justice as strictly a remedial virtue. in this light, those who consider rawls an apologist for mature american welfare capitalism are provided with telling ammunition. perilously close to the “association of saints” in which discussions of justice have little import. hence, other differences notwithstanding, the accounts of the scj in tj and pl can be seen to share the feature that the presence of competing claims over the fruits of social cooperation represents a constraint to which the principles of justice formulated in the original position must conform. however, the fact of competing claims is not sufficient to establish the primacy of justice as a virtue, and so rawls marries it with the objective circumstances of justice (ocj). the most important of these is the moderate scarcity condition. the parties in the original position know that resources are not limitless, and that “mutually advantageous arrangements”, while feasible, will not be so productive as to satisfy all demands (tj p ). the parties in the deliberative stage are aware that, beyond the veil of ignorance, the circumstances of justice hold. the only empirical information available to them, about the society in which they will live, is what they can infer from their knowledge that the circumstances of justice apply. hence, although the parties in the deliberative stage have complete freedom to choose whatever principles of justice they desire, they also have a desire to express their nature as rational and equal members of the intelligible realm with precisely this liberty to choose, that is, as beings who can look at the world in this way and express this perspective in their life as members of society. they must decide, then, which principles when consciously followed and acted upon in everyday life will best manifest this freedom in their community, most fully reveal their independence from natural contingencies and social accident (tj p ). rawls contends that justice as fairness, a “theory of human justice” which “counts among its premises…the elementary facts about persons and their place in nature”, is the conception of justice that would satisfy these conditions in the deliberative stage (tj p ). what is the connection between rawls's use of the circumstances of justice as the empirical lifeline to the agents in the deliberative stage, and the central theme of this paper, the contention that in rawls's system the form of the basic structure (particularly with respect to property rights in the means of production) is subordinate in importance to the distributive outcomes thereof? the answer lies in rawls's understanding of the circumstances of justice. to him they are facts, the most elementary and general facts about persons and social reality. however, it is clear upon reflection that the circumstances of justice are not facts at all, but are better thought of as assumptions, or even theories, bristling with important, but perhaps hidden, implications. it is these implications which effectively force the parties in the original position to disregard the form of the basic structure, leaving it to be defined in accordance with historical dominance. that the circumstances of justice are assumptions is not a problem in itself; every argument requires premises. it is rawls's conception of the nature of his enterprise that creates the difficulties to be spelt out below. he intends that the argument for justice as fairness should be “strictly deductive” and cites theories in politics and economics(!) as evidence of the fact that fully deductive theoretical schemes can be based on assumptions about human beliefs and interests. his ultimate aim is to achieve “a kind of moral geometry” with “all the rigor which this name connotes” (tj p ). the problem of course is that the premises of rawls's argument are poor analogues for the axioms of geometry. the latter are simple inventions which carry little, if any, implicational baggage, and the primitives involved (such as 'point' and 'line') need not necessarily map onto features of observable reality as closely as the parties in the original position are meant to be connected to actual persons. by contrast, it will be argued that the circumstances of justice smuggle tacit premises into the deductive scheme, premises that skew the argument towards the position where the question of whether the just society is to be capitalist, socialist, or any other kind, is of little interest or import. the scj imply an unacknowledged restriction on the ends of the parties in the original position, in defiance of rawls's self-imposed methodological precepts. and the ocj unjustifiably render the question of property rights in the means of production superfluous in the deliberative stage via undefended assumptions about the nature of technology and its relationship to the institutions of production. this contention, with regard to the scj, will now be elucidated. outcomes, forms and preferences it is significant that rawls stresses the 'competing claims' aspect of the scj. this, in itself, suggests that the parties in the deliberative stage of the original position will have an overriding interest in the distribution of primary goods. this impression is confirmed by rawls's account of the reasoning behind the two principles of justice, especially that of the difference principle. according to rawls the benchmark position in the deliberative stage is one of complete equality in the distribution of primary goods (tj p , pl p ). from this position, departures from equality are considered, both in “organisational powers” - an undefined term - and the distribution of wealth and income (tj p ). where these inequalities work to the benefit of the least-advantaged representative person, they ought to be permitted. the extent of inequality permitted is determined by the point at which greater inequality fails to improve the lot of the least-advantaged. euclidean geometry is a pure axiomatic system; replace the geometrical terms consistently in the postulates with nonsense syllables and the system still 'works' in that all the conclusions are logically valid. if 'persons' is replaced by 'booyangs' throughout tj or pl, the result is morass of pointless verbiage. it is the fact that his argument is intended to be in some way descriptive, and applicable to the world, which makes rawls's endeavour something different in kind from pure axiomatic systems like geometry. an interesting case concerns the objective circumstances, and the assumption of moderate scarcity. on what basis is this known to be true? reflection on the history of human societies seems to imply that an imbalance between demands and the extent of the social product is the norm, but is this to be taken therefore as an enduring 'fact' about all societies past, present and future? why must it be true that scarcity will prevail? this 'fact' is in reality an inductive argument with no particular claim to universal truth. this observation does not commit us to the utopian proposition that scarcity definitely can be eliminated, but rather it points to the fact that rawls bases his “moral geometry ” not on facts per se, but, in this case, on an argument taken at face value. the case of the ocj is taken up in detail by bradford ( a). this is especially evident when he endeavours to encapsulate the meaning of the circumstances of justice. thus, “one can say, in brief, that the circumstances of justice obtain whenever mutually disinterested persons put forward conflicting claims to the division of social advantages under conditions of moderate scarcity” (tj p ), and, “justice is the virtue of practices where there are competing interests and where people feel entitled to press their rights on each other” (tj p ). rawls speaks of the basic structure distributing primary goods, but it is clear that this is true only of a subset (tj p ). rights and liberties are part of the 'skeleton' of the basic structure, being guaranteed to all via the constitution and just legislation. thus the distributive aspect of the basic structure comprises the mechanics of wealth and income distribution, and the means whereby powers and opportunities (the worth of liberty) are shared out. clearly the former is the most important with respect to discussions of the difference principle, and therefore to the central theme of this paper. rawls ties the welfare of the least-advantaged to that of all other groups in society by means of the when turning to a more detailed discussion of this point, rawls acknowledges that the meaning of a departure from distributional equality being to 'everyone's advantage' is open to several interpretations (tj p ). he therefore considers a variety of interpretations of the second principle (tj pp. - ). the common thread running through all of these is what rawls calls the “principle of efficiency” (tj pp. - ). this is none other than the familiar concept of pareto optimality, suitably modified to apply to the basic structure rather than the allocation of a stock of commodities among a group of individuals. the system of natural liberty is the libertaria n model of society. with careers open to those with the talent and desire to strive for them, the distribution of wealth, income and authority is determined by the principle of efficiency, in the context of a free market system, and the result deemed just. the system of liberal equality is an attempt to counter the moral arbitrariness of natural liberty by insisting on fair, and not simply formal, equality of opportunity in the pursuit of social positions. in this way the contingencies of social fortune are countered, and the resulting pareto optimal distribution reflects the underlying distribution of natural abilities. the system of democratic equality combines fair equality of opportunity with the difference principle. in effect, the just distribution is that pareto optimum which satisfies first the condition that it has been achieved through fair equality of opportunity, and second that the expectations of the least-advantaged representative person are maximised. rawls obviously concludes that this interpretation is to be preferred and presented to the parties in the deliberative stage. thus, in line with the 'competing claims' aspect of the scj, the reasoning for the principles of justice is based squarely on consideration of the distribution of primary goods, and not at all on the manner in which they are to be produced. the underlying reason for this is straightforward: rawls assumes that the parties in the deliberative stage accept the pareto principle as the yardstick by which to judge the efficiency of social and economic arrangements (tj p ). pagano ( ) demonstrates convincingly that modern general equilibrium theory, and thus its associated welfare economics, relies on the assumption that work assumption of chain connection (tj pp. - ). this principle entails that, at least over a certain range, the welfare of the various socioeconomic 'groups' (from 'best-off' to 'worst-off') does not display mutual independence. specifically, anything that improves the situation of the worst-off can be relied upon to do the same for the better-off, and vice versa . as a result, departures from the complete-equality benchmark can be considered either to everyone's advantage or not, depending upon their effect on the least-advantaged. barry ( pp. - ) labels chain connection “a sort of living fossil, a coelacanth among ideas ” and notes that it instantly knocks the bottom out of most possible issues concerning the distribution of desirable but scarce resources of the kind which have given an edge to political dispute in the past few millennia. rawls explicitly declines to examine the likelihood that chain connection will, or does, hold (ibid.). rawls acknowledges the index-number problem associated with assessing the welfare of the least- advantaged based on different 'baskets' of primary goods (tj pp. - ). what he does not comment on, however, is exactly how the parties in the deliberative stage know that an unequal distribution impacts upon the welfare of the least-advantaged. how is it that they are aware of the mechanism through which more for some makes others better off? they have neither information about the nature of their society nor any about themselves or any other individual. they do have access to the principles of social, political and economic theory, but it is hard to see how the required inferences could be made in the absence of more detailed empirical information. these are expectations of realising their conception of the good, which are dependent on the bundle of primary goods received. enters the preference structure of economic agents only in regard to the amount of labour supplied by the individual, and not in relation to the nature of the tasks performed. this aspect of orthodox theory is rooted in walras's treatment of labour whereby the labour supply of an individual is divided into two parts. one part is sold for use in the production of consumer goods or consumption services, while the remaining part is 'consumed' by the individual him(her)self. this latter part has subsequently been labelled 'leisure' (or some utility-producing 'reservation activity') and is assumed to yield utility to the individual, while that part of available labour which is dedicated to the production of consumer goods is assumed to have no impact on the welfare of the individual concerned. thus the disutility of labour supply consists only of the opportunity cost of the number of hours worked in terms of foregone leisure. the use of the 'leisure device' implies that workers are indifferent to their conditions of work and the nature of the tasks they are to undertake; hours working in a sewage treatment plant is therefore a no less desirable prospect than the equivalent amount of time spent working as a photographer of supermodels. consumption goods and leisure time are the only ends desired by these agents, and work is regarded purely as a homogeneous means to these ends. pagano demonstrates these implications more formally in the context of an orthodox resource allocation model. he shows that when the social welfare function is dependent on the output vector of goods only, where leisure is a good produced by a reservation activity, technical efficiency is a necessary condition for social welfare maximisation. the optimisation problem can be broken down into two independent steps. first, purely as an engineering problem, the set of efficient vectors is identified; the quantity of manpower available to each firm is allocated among productive uses in such a way that more of one commodity can only be produced if the output of at least one other is reduced. once this is achieved, preferences over output are considered in order to identify the efficient vector which maximises social welfare. in other words, as preferences over the organisation of production - that is, the allocation of tasks among jobs - play no part in the determination of the efficient production vectors, social welfare is invariant to the allocation of manpower within firms. this result holds both for capitalist firms and the single-firm centrally-planned economy. under both regimes there is the possibility of rational conflict over the distribution of output, but none whatever over the organisation of production as the latter affects no individual's welfare. now let us return to rawls and the scj. if attention is focussed on the 'economic' primary goods (wealth and income) it is clear that the 'competing claims' aspect of the scj emphasised by rawls is just another means of expressing the orthodox economic for example, koopmans ( p n), rawls's main reference for economic theory, acknowledges the need to introduce “artificial commodity concepts ”: “if labor is a primary input but leisure a desired commodity, one may introduce ‘man-hours ’ as a primary commodity and have its use as labor in actual production compete with its use in a ‘process’ which converts ‘man-hours ’ into an equal number of desired ‘leisure-hours ’”. in pagano's model the production function is defined over the vector of tasks. a task is understood to be a “use of manpower in production” described by a specification of the work to be done, how it is to done, and the time permitted for its execution ( p ). from the definition of tasks are derived the definitions of a job and a skill. the former is a subset of tasks to be performed by one unit of manpower within a particular firm, and thus represents the organisation of production within the firm. a skill is the resource endowment of an individual worker, defined as the set of tasks that the individual unit of manpower is able to perform. assumption that preferences over work do not enter the social welfare function, that distribution, not production, is the prime concern. this flies in the face of rawls's insistence that he would not impose constraints on the conceptions of the good that are held (though unknown) by the parties in the deliberative stage. apparently they are not to include the characteristics of the work they perform among the things they will value beyond the veil of ignorance. furthermore, given that the parties must possess some kind of general awareness of the nature of human life and experience, the assumption that the quality and enjoyability of work is to be accorded no importance whatever is a strong and startling one to make. this is in direct conflict with rawls's claim that the case for justice as fairness is based on “widely shared and yet weak conditions” and assumes “as little as possible” (tj p ). rawls appears to have flouted his own methodological prescriptions. this inconsistency notwithstanding, rawls faces more fundamental difficulties arising out of his version of the scj. pagano (op.cit.) reveals that implicit in resource allocation models which exclude preferences over work is the principle that de-skilling of jobs is conducive to the achievement of higher levels of social welfare. within the framework of pagano's model, de-skilling entails the redefinition of jobs within the production process of a firm (set of tasks to be performed) such that the number of tasks comprising at least one job is reduced, without an increase in the tasks comprising any of it is fair to assume that rawls is aware of this assumption and its role in orthodox theory, as it is mentioned at least twice in the section from koopmans to which rawls refers on the question of the principle of efficiency. there koopmans notes that the optimality results of neoclassical theory require that “the satisfaction of each consumer is affected only by his own consumption and work, and not in addition by other people's consumption or by any production processes except through the fact that he contributes labor” (koopmans p , emphasis added). later koopmans reiterates that the proof of the allocative efficiency of a competitive market organisation depends in part on the assumption of the “independence of any man's [sic] preference structure from any production process ”(p ). given the history of industrial relations in the united states, marked as it is by outbreaks of violent and often fatal conflict over the organisation of production, it is a patently absurd assumption for rawls to make. the historical record on this issue also poses some interesting questions with respect to the constitutional and legislative stages. when historical information is made available in these stages, facts of this nature, common to most industrialised countries, will presumably become known. would we not expect this to influence any decisions regarding the ownership of the means of production? if, historically, capitalism has been characterised by violent struggles between the owners of the means of production and those whose labour they purchase, is that not a good reason to consider alternative property rights arrangements? rawls's reliance on historical dominance implies that historical forms will be perpetuated despite past failings; at no time does he explicitly acknowledge the possibility that a wholesale change of regime may be required by the principles of justice. a more important question involves the extent to which information about individual conceptions of the good may be inferred from the historical information available in the later stages of the original position. if the parties become aware that many individuals have risked death and injury in the name of workplace reform and workers' rights, is it not reasonable to assume that they will infer, correctly, that the quality of work is an important element of the conception of the good of at leas t some persons? once this step is taken, however, it is hard to see how the issue of the form of the basic structure would not become extremely important in the original position. more fundamentally still, once the parties have deduced that the organisation of production features in conceptions of the good, would they not consider rawls's account of the scj to be incomplete and inaccurate? as the scj are one of the empirical constraints on the deliberative stage, this situation would necessitate a revaluation of the principles of justice in light of the new information. as pagano explains, this idea is rooted in pre-neoclassical thought. gioia argued that a detailed division of labour would yield savings on training time, and thus be of benefit to society as a whole. babbage maintained that the 'master manufacturer' could, assuming wages proportional to the skill requirements of jobs, realise cost savings by breaking complex and demanding tasks down into skilled and unskilled components. james mill held that the babbage principle should be extended to society as a whole in order to enhance social welfare through increased production of consumption goods. the remaining jobs. as de-skilling enlarges the set of employable skills in an economy, it eases skill constraints and permits an increase in output from given manpower inputs. given a social preference structure defined over goods only, this implies that de-skilling can only increase social welfare, or at least leave it unchanged (pagano pp. - ). since the set of feasible output vectors for an individual firm remains feasible after de-skilling, while new vectors may be attainable, the process of de-skilling cannot decrease profits. pagano states that the conclusion that can be derived from the resource allocation model is that the internal allocation of manpower will be organised by a profit-maximising manager according to the criterion that the de-skilling of jobs is never disadvantageous and that such an organisation of manpower is consistent with the aim of improving social welfare (ibid.). moving beyond pure economic theory, these conclusions are also supported strongly by the labour process theory literature, particularly braverman ( ). braverman focuses on the implications of taylorism, or 'scientific management' as an extension of the gioia-babbage principle. he isolates three main principles of taylorism - the dissociation of the labour process from the skills of the workers, the separation of the conception and execution of tasks, and the use of management's knowledge of the productive process to plan and control production in a stepwise process - and argues that their widespread implementation in the capitalist mode of production reflects the necessity of control over the labour process under capitalism. control is necessary if capitalists are to realise the potential of purchased labour power, impose their will within the social relations of production, and lower production costs (increase profits) by rendering labour more homogeneous. he concludes that the proliferation of tayloristic control mechanisms has resulted in a destruction of all-round skills and the degradation of work. braverman updates marx's analysis of the labour process by examining the degradation of work in the history of twentieth-century industrialisation. as much of the labour process literature is also based extensively on historical information - for example, marglin ( ) - the conclusions therein would presumably become known in the legislative stage, when the decision regarding the ownership of the means of production is meant to be made. since the conclusions reached are scarcely flattering to capitalism, it would seem that rawls is required to explain why historical dominance holds in the face of such information. if historical material of this nature is to be excluded from the legislative stage, rawls must explain the criteria that differentiate 'acceptable' facts about the past from those that are 'unacceptable'. without such explanations, rawls's conclusions seem to be ultimately little more than an elaborate expression of his personal beliefs. thompson ( ) notes that many within the literature on labour process theory have criticised what they see as the inexorable trend toward de-skilling implied by braverman. he acknowledges the importance of national differences in the development of the labour process (particularly with respect to the japanese experience), the impact of flexible specialisation and the associated trend toward multiskilling and the recombination of intellectual and manual skills, and the incidence of both worker resistance to control and cooperation in the re-shaping of the labour process. for example, see the papers collected in wood ( ). he concludes, however, by noting that the rejection of a uni-dimensional version of the braverman thesis does not thereby negate the important conclusions of the labour process literature. when, as under capitalism, the capacity to work is utilised as a means of producing value, the logic of accumulation forces a constant revision of the labour process in order to accommodate the competition between units of capital, and the antagonism between capital and labour that characterises the capitalist mode of production. linked to this is a control imperative; structures of control over labour are necessary if legal ownership of the means of production is to be translated into real possession. neither of these principles imply that simple de-skilling is their only possible manifestation; capitalists will engage in flexible strategies which can incorporate re- skilling and the ceding of selected areas of responsibility and control. overall, however, the need to retain general directive control over labour, and to satisfy the demands of accumulation, implies that both the use of workers' individual creative capacities, and attempts to dismantle hierarchical relations, must play a limited role in the capitalist labour process. the problem that the theoretical results of pagano and labour process theory pose for rawls concerns his account of the rationality of the parties in the original position, the so-called ‘thin theory of the good’. rawls considers that a person's good is determined by the rational plan of life that he/she would choose with deliberative rationality from the maximal class of plans (tj p ). a life-plan is seen as a hierarchy of sub-plans reflecting a procession of desires from more to less general. although plans cover the whole of an individual's life, the details of the various sub-plans decrease the further they are away from the present. rational plans are those which most efficiently match means and ends, and encompass the results of other plans (rawls calls the latter the principle of inclusiveness). rawls insists that the theory of the good must be 'thin', meaning that ideas of human excellences, and other specifications of what ought to be wanted, should not be incorporated into the definition of rationality. yet without some restriction on the content of rationa l plans, rawls's argument is in danger of collapsing into a kind of utilitarianism; the good for an individual simply becomes getting more of what he/she wants (barry p ). in such a situation, there is no reason for the parties in the deliberative stage to focus on the primary goods as the things to be distributed. as a result, the solution to their choice problem (deciding on the concept of deliberative rationality, which rawls ascribes to sidgwick, is in essence a state of perfect foresight with respect to the outcomes of plans. the problems associated with defining 'goodness' for parties in the original position with reference to the case where all future outcomes are known need little elaboration. the parallel with the role of perfect foresight assumptions in (much) neoclassical theory is intriguing. there are interesting similarities between rawls's device of rational plans and koopmans's discussion of the interpretation of the competitive general equilibrium model with respect to time. rawls has the conception of the good determined by the rational life plan that he/she would choose with deliberative rationality from the maximal class of plans (tj p ). a life-plan is seen as a hierarchy of sub-plans reflecting a procession of desires from more to less general. although plans cover the whole of an individual's life, the details of the various sub-plans decrease the further they are away from the present. koopmans notes that when time is divided into successive periods and commodities dated, the choice of a consumer is in fact “a plan for future consumption extending over all periods considered”. furthermore “[the consumer's] preference ordering is thought of as an ordering of all such plans”. koopmans ( p ) admits that uncertainty is excluded from the model: “[c]onsumers choose a plan for their lifetime, in full present knowledge of their future preferences, of the time of their death, and of the place occupied in their preference structure by the resources handed on at death to their heirs”. rawls does not acknowledge any debt to koopmans, nor is any suggested, but it is intriguing to consider that the thin theory of the good may be based in part on some aspects of intertemporal general equilibrium theory. principles of justice) is indeterminate; the argument for justice as fairness stalls at the outset. since the parties in the deliberative stage are assumed not to know the details of their conception of the good, rawls is forced to introduce an empirical generalisation about human psychology that is to be known in the original position, and which will imply that rationality entails desiring the primary goods. this is the aristotelian principle: ceteris paribus, humans enjoy the exercise of their innate and trained capacities, and this enjoyment is proportional to the extent of the capacity utilised and the degree of complexity required (tj p ). for example, a person who can play both draughts and chess would prefer the latter. from this rawls concludes that humans prefer a larger pattern of ends (in order to utilise capacities more intensively) and that plans will reflect this in that comprehensive plans will be preferred. in other words, humans have a higher-order desire to follow the principle of inclusiveness. for rawls, the aristotelian principle is a theory of motivation that accounts for our major desires and preferences (tj p ). by ordering all human activities in interdependent chains according to the principle of inclusiveness - such that the nth activity in a given chain encompasses all of the skills required for the (n- )th - the aristotelian principle can be reformulated as the assertion that humans always desire to move up chains. in fact, in a manner sure to please any neo-classical economist, humans will apply their available resources (in terms of time and energy devoted to development) to moving up the chains associated with any preferred pattern of activities to the point where no benefit is to gained from rearrangement (tj p ). the role of the aristotelian principle in the thin theory of the good is, according to rawls, that it states a deep psychological fact which, in conjunction with other general facts and the conception of a rational plan, accounts for our considered judgements of value. the things that are commonly thought of as human goods should turn out to be the ends and activities that have a major place in rational plans. the principle is part of the background that regulates these judgements (tj p ). the question of the relationship between the thin theory of the good, centred on the aristotelian principle, and the rationality of desiring primary goods is unclear. in note the difficulty associated with the fact that it is the content of rational plans (or specifically the plan which would be chosen with deliberative rationality) which defines the good for a person. what then is the basis for preference between plans? how can we make sense of the claim that comprehensive plans are 'better' than simple plans? it cannot be that they produce more 'goodness', as that would be circular. rawls himself seems undecided of the truth of the principle and indeed whether or not it needs to be true in the context of his theory. on page he claims that there is no reason to explain why it is true. after introducing some casual, anecdotal 'evidence', he concludes that the issue is unimportant for the theory of the good. on page the principle has become a tendency rather than an invariable pattern, one which could be overridden by the costs of training. two pages later rawls alludes to evolution to support the principle, and holds that the important point is to illustrate its role in the formulation of rational plans given that it is true. on page he makes the truth of the principle a condition for it having a proper role in moral theory, despite having just declared that it expresses a “deep psychological fact“. he then goes on to state that even if the principle is not universally true, the idea of rational plans as the determinants of goodness is still valid. he strengthens this claim on the next page by holding that the correctness of defining goodness in terms of rational plans does not require the truth of the aristotelian principle at all. in fact it is defensible on instrumental grounds as by assuming it we can explain why certain things have been recognised as goods. moreover, it has a central role to play in the moral psychology upon which the theory of justice as fairness is based. economists will be reminded at this point of hicks's ( p ) admission that the main reason for maintaining the fact, rawls declines to make the case, claiming that the relationship is “evident enough” (tj p ). the impression given by the arguments for goodness as rationality is that the primary goods are means to virtually all ends, and since the aristotelian principle implies that rational plans will be those which include the widest possible diversity of ends, it follows that rational parties in the original position would wish to secure as large an amount of primary goods for themselves as possible. thus, as a motivational assumption, the aristotelian principle explains the desire for primary goods in the deliberative stage. unfortunately, it conflicts with the implications of the economic and social theory presumed known in that stage. given that they know humans enjoy exercising their abilities, how will the parties react to the fact that the logic of capitalist production requires the de-skilling of jobs, and thus the retardation of those skills, the work-related skills, utilised most intensively throughout a human life? if the aristotelian principle is indeed a theory of motivation that accounts for our major desires and preferences (tj p ), why would the implications of capitalist ownership and control mechanisms, with regard to de- skilling and the maintenance of authoritarian and hierarchical relations within production, not result in the question of the organisation of production taking a prominent place in the discussions of the deliberative stage? this conclusion is strengthened by the psychological evidence, cited by bowles and gintis ( ), ryan ( ) and schwartz ( ), to the effect that participation in monotonous, routine activity is damaging to cognitive performance in general. thus the process of de-skilling could be held to lead to a general deterioration in the ability of workers to exercise their capacities in any and all of the activities in which they engage. awareness of this potential effect of capitalist employer behaviour represents an avenue through which the assignment of property rights over the means of production could affect the development of the “sufficient material basis for a sense of personal independence and self-respect” that rawls holds to be essential for the development of the two moral powers (pl p ). possession of the two moral powers is held by rawls to be a necessary and sufficient condition for being regarded as a “full and equal member of society” with respect to questions of political justice, and thus is central to the development of self-respect, the most important of primary goods (pl p ). as such, the definition of rationality for the parties in the assumption of perfect competition is that the coherence of equilibrium theory requires it. for further criticism of the aristotelian principle see barry ( ). the importance of these skills is acknowledged by rawls, at one remove, when he identifies the choice of occupation with the choice of a life-plan and conception of the sort of person to be (tj pp. - ). strictly speaking, de-skilling is an outcome of profit-maximisation or some other behaviour, the outcomes of which are identical to those that obtain from profit-maximising behaviour. for this reason rawls's reference (tj p n) to vanek ( ), intended to establish the equivalence of perfect competition and perfect socialism and thus provide support for rawls's concentration on distribution, appears to be unhelpful. pagano ( p ) relates that the ward-vanek-meade models of self- managed firms assume that the members of workers' cooperatives attempt to maximise income per head without reference to the utility derived from work. as a result, the self-managed firm will allocate labour, and be managed, according to the same criteria as if a profit-maximising capitalist were at the helm. however, this contention itself would appear to apply only to the ‘dehumanised’ model of part i of vanek ( ) where effort intensity and labour quality are assumed constant and equal. in his subsequent analysis vanek drops these assumptions and argues that the labour-managed firm will be more responsive to the desires of its members than capital-managed firms. although vanek does not explicitly mention preferences over work, the effects of the democratisation of the division of labour would seem to counter pagano’s assertion. capacities that could conceivably include those related to the second moral power – the capacity to form, revise and pursue a conception of the good. deliberative stage would encompass an interest in the ownership status of the means of production. difficulties and remedies if this were to occur, however, rawls's argument comes apart in a number of crucial places. first, it is unclear how the central focus on the primary goods could be justified in this context. second, the difference principle could no longer be defined in relation to the principle of efficiency; the parties in the deliberative stage would no longer be satisfied merely with considering deviations from a benchmark of an equal distribution of primary goods, as the form of the basic structure would be an important, relevant consideration. a new method of justification is required. third, the problems associated with the specification of the basic liberties would be intensified, as there seems to be no obvious reason to exclude social property in the means of production from the list. yet allowing its inclusion implies that it should be incorporated into the just constitution. this would have the effect of negating rawls's conceptual division of the basic structure into 'political' and 'economic' sections, and, more fundamentally, would undermine the priority rules of justice as fairness whereby political justice is lexically prior to equality of opportunity which is lexically prior to the justice of economic distribution. in light of these disastrous consequences, how can rawls respond? unfortunately, given the structure of the argument in tj, his options are limited. altering his account of the scj so as to take account of preferences over work is not a feasible option. pagano ( p - ) shows that when workers' preferences over tasks are included in the social welfare function, the manpower allocations of profit-maximising firms need not be conducive to social welfare maximisation. as de-skilling can now result in a decrease in social welfare, the derivation of the optimum output vector can no longer be decomposed into a two-stage procedure beginning with the isolation of efficient vectors, conceived as an engineering problem. hence, rawls could no longer employ the principle of efficiency in deriving the difference principle and he would have to recast his entire argument, taking into account the subsequent interest the parties in the deliberative stage would have in the organisation of production. the dilemma facing rawls may be put as follows. if he maintains his account of the scj and ignores preferences over work, then the conflict between the aristotelian principle and the de- skilling implications of economic theory renders untenable arguments based on the principle of efficiency, as the parties will not accept simple comparisons of distributions only. if he repudiates his version of the scj and recognises the welfare implications of work, the principle of efficiency ceases to be operative and thus cannot be utilised in deriving the principles of justice. as the inconsistency between the scj and the aristotelian principle is at the root of rawls's difficulties, he could utilise another principle of motivation. although he acknowledges in pl (p n) that other, unspecified, psychological principles could yield the same results, it is not really possible to deduce the ramifications of such a move for rawls's system. it is worth noting, however, that in pl (pp. , ) rawls indicates thurow ( - ) employs the concept of “psychic income ” to derive the same conclusion and argue that capitalist work organisation represents a case of market failure . in a perspicacious treatment of the issue, sen ( ) demonstrates the problems posed for assessments of ‘efficiency’ by the existence of worker preferences relating to both tasks and alternative techniques. albert and hahnel ( p ) argue that tasks that are “employee empowering” in their effects will be undersupplied, and paid less than the socially optimal wage, under capitalism, thus generating a form of market failure. that the aristotelian principle is central to the case for the goodness of the well-ordered society of justice as fairness. the link is through the exercise of the two moral powers, which are interpreted as examples of the kind of capacities to which the aristotelian principle refers. hence certain key aspects of rawls's program seem to be dependent on the particular moral psychology represented by the aristotelian principle. buchanan ( pp. - ) suggests that rawls could evade the difficulties outlined above, with respect to the scj, by including 'meaningful' work as one of the social bases of self-respect, the most important of the primary goods. however, this defence is unreliable for several reasons. first, rawls holds that the definition of meaningful work is not a problem of justice (tj p ). as such, there seems to be little scope for incorporating it into the list of primary goods. in any case, buchanan offers no account of how the thin theory of the good, as it stands, provides a justification for considering 'meaningful' work to be a primary good. nor does he explain how the reasoning for the principles of justice could incorporate the link to the organisation of production implicit in a definition of rationality that refers in part to a desire for 'meaningful' work. in short, buchanan may wish to espouse a mutant form of rawls's argument, but rawls cannot. second, although rawls identifies 'meaningful' work as one of the 'human goods' (tj p ), it is clear from the context that it is an end rather than a means. as such, including it among the primary goods serves only to make the thin theory of the good appreciably 'thicker', a state of affairs precluded by rawls's methodology. third, it seems a rather ad hoc procedure to simply enlarge the list of primary goods whenever a critic points out lacunæ in the argument. if the concept of primary goods is to be useful, then surely the list of primary goods must be a limited subset of all possible goods. if the two are coextensive, then justice as fairness becomes utilitarianism. if most goods are considered primary then the coherence of the thin theory of the good is endangered. rawls himself is guilty of the sin of multiplying the primary goods without necessity. when replying to musgrave ( ) on a point concerning optimal taxation, defensive goods-leisure substitutions and the institutions of the just society, rawls ( p ) indicates that leisure may be included in the list of primary goods. the problem with this case is that the basic structure is held by rawls to distribute the primary goods. if leisure is construed as a strictly private activity, as in mainstream economic theory, then it is not distributed by the major social and economic institutions, or anything else. however, not regarding leisure as a private activity in that sense would require attention to the organisation of production, as it is the economic institutions that will 'distribute' leisure through their impact on required work time. finally, the link to self-respect is not as obvious as it seems on the basis of 'commonsense' psychology. for rawls, self-respect is derived not from interpersonal experiences directly, but from knowledge of the justice of the basic structure. hence, by securing the basic rights and liberties for all, and guaranteeing fair equality of opportunity, the just society underwrites the “essentials of persons' public recognition as free and equal citizens” (pl p ). this state of affairs secures the fundamental needs of citizens and establishes the social bases of self-respect. clearly, there are few prospects for integrating 'meaningful' work into such a conception of self-respect. in presenting the next possible line of defence, it should be noted that rawls is aware of the less desirable implications of the capitalist labour process, and, indeed, he feels they would be inappropriate in the just society. he declares that: rawls states elsewhere that “what men want is meaningful work in free association with others, these associations regulating their relations to one another within a framework of just institutions” (tj p ). private in the sense that it involves a given, private ‘reservation activity’. a well-ordered society does not do away with the division of labor in the most general sense. to be sure, the worst aspects of this division can be surmounted: no one need be servilely dependent on others and made to choose between monotonous and routine occupations which are deadening to human thought and sensibility. each can be offered a variety of tasks so that the different elements of his nature find a suitable expression (tj p ). the sentime nt is welcome, but rawls provides no explanation as to how the monotonous jobs will be replaced by stimulating and rewarding ones in the just society. barry ( pp. - ) is probably correct when he suggests that rawls believes that ensuring the freedom of choice of occupation, and full employment through the stabilisation branch, will suffice to make work meaningful. if this were so, then rawls could evade the criticisms made above. he certainly argues that, in equilibrium, the attractiveness of jobs will be equalised (tj p ). this ties in with his partiality to the property-owning democracy of meade ( ). meade waxes utopian about the way in which work would become purely voluntary in such a system (exit would be costless). but since the characteristics of jobs are out of the control of workers it seems there is no mechanism to ensure that jobs are meaningful. such an outcome may be possible if jobs covering all conceivable combinations of tasks were available under conditions of continuous full employment. given the difficulty of achieving the latter conditions under capitalism, and the fact that the imperatives of control and accumulation make it unlikely that all superseded production methods would coexist with their replacements, this seems a most unhelpful straw at which to clutch. rawls's final, and most feeble, retort is methodological in character. he argues that common understanding in the original position requires bounds on the complexity of theoretical arguments permitted there (tj p ). although it is difficult to grade general facts on the basis of complexity, he holds that we “recognise an intricate theoretical construction” easily enough. on these grounds, he supposes that conceptions of justice which depend on simpler general facts, and which require less trawling through theoretically defined possibilities, are to be preferred. that the author of the pages of argument which constitute tj could put forward this proposition without apparent irony is, to put it mildly, quite surprising, but in any case it is somewhat hypocritical to reject the above criticisms on the ground that they require excessive theoretical manipulation. at root, the criticisms rest on aspects of the very theories that rawls calls upon to justify his own argument. besides, whether or not the economics of koopmans is considered an ‘intricate theoretical construction’, it is certainly no more so than the argument for justice as fairness itself. conclusion ultimately, rawls is left with no viable defence to the charge that the neglect of production in favour of distribution in his system stems from his 'competing claims' account of the scj, which in turn reflects the assumption of neo-classical economic theory that social welfare and technical efficiency are independent of preferences over work. the implications of the scj clash with the psychological premises upon which the rationality of parties in the original position is based, and thus deprive rawls's bradford ( b) examines the relationship between rawls and meade in greater detail. perhaps the orthodox model assumes that jobs, like consumption goods, have only one characteristic - in this case 'jobness'? conclusions of logical support. one or the other must go, but modifying the scj (retreating from the 'competing claims' interpretation and taking account of preferences over the organisation of production) means ditching the principle of efficiency and therefore the argument for the principles of justice, particularly the difference principle. thus rawls appears committed to retaining his account of the scj if he is to preserve, at least superficially, the integrity of his argument. this leaves him in the awkward position of maintaining that the parties in the original position will focus on distribution, and ignore the form of the basic structure, only on the basis of a strong assumption that represents a prior constraint on possible conceptions of the good in violation of his own methodological dicta. references albert, m. and hahmel, r. ( ) the political economy of participatory economics (princeton, princeton university press). barry, b. ( ) the liberal theory of justice (oxford, clarendon). bowles, s., and gintis, h. ( ) schooling in capitalist america: educational reform and the contradictions of economic life (new york, basic books). bradford, w.d. ( a) value and justice: property, economic theory and rawls (doctoral dissertation, university of cambridge). _____ ( b) “rawls and meade: unfortunate bedfellows?”, macquarie economics research papers / (sydney, macquarie university). braverman, h. ( ) labor and monopoly capital: the degradation of work in the twentieth century (london, monthly review press). buchanan, a. ( ) marx and justice: the radical critique of liberalism (london, methuen). hicks, j.r. ( ) value and capital: an inquiry into some fundamental principles of economic theory (oxford, clarendon press). koopmans, t.c. ( ) three essays on the state of economic science (new york, mcgraw-hill). marglin, s.a. ( ) “what do bosses do? the origins and functions of hierarchy in capitalist production”, review of radical political economics, , pp. - . meade, j.e. ( ) efficiency, equality and the ownership of property (london, allen and unwin). musgrave, r.a. ( ) “maximin, uncertainty, and the leisure trade-off”, quarterly journal of economics, , pp. - . pagano, u. ( ) work and welfare in economic theory (oxford, basil blackwell). parkin, m. and norbay, a.r. ( ) contemporary issues in economics (manchester, manchester university press). rawls, j. ( ) a theory of justice (oxford, oxford university press). _____ ( ) “reply to alexander and musgrave”, quarterly journal of economics, , pp. - . _____ ( ) political liberalism (new york, columbia university press). ryan, w. ( ) equality (new york, pantheon books). sandel, m.j. ( ) liberalism and the limits of justice (cambridge, cambridge university press). schwartz, a. ( ) “meaningful work”, ethics, , pp. - . sen, a.k. ( ) “the concept of efficiency” in parkin and norbay ( ). thompson, p. ( ) the nature of work: an introduction to debates on the labour process ed (london, macmillan) thurow, l. ( - ) “psychic income: a market failure”, journal of post keynesian economics, , pp. - . vanek, j. ( ) the general theory of labor-managed market economies (ithaca, cornell university press). wood, s. (ed) ( ) the degradation of work? skill, deskilling and the labour process (london, hutchinson). process values, international law, and justice process values, international law, and justice* by paul b. stephan i. introduction discussion of international law, as much as of any body of legal rules, invites a distinction between inputs — the processes that convert prefer- ences and beliefs into something recognized as “law” — and outputs — the content of the legal rules generated by lawmaking processes. most nor- mative accounts of international law consider only the latter. whether the topic comprises the laws of war or the nature of international human rights, discussion tends to focus on the content of the rule rather than its provenance. there exists, however, an older tradition that considers the normative value of the international lawmaking process. it reaches back at least to jeremy bentham. it maintains that the content of rules cannot be sepa- rated from the means of their creation, and that lawmakers are more likely to adopt substantively desirable rules when lawmaking is struc- tured and constrained in a particular way. a focus on the lawmaking process, i submit, permits us to explore a particular dimension of justice, namely the relationship between law and liberty. laws that reflect the arbitrary whims of the lawmaker are pre- sumptively unjust, because they constrain liberty for no good reason. a strategy for making the enactment of arbitrary laws less likely involves recognizing checks on the lawmaker’s powers and grounding those checks in processes that allow the governed to express their disapproval. the system of checks and balances employed in the u.s. constitution embod- ies this strategy, although reasonable people can debate its efficacy. as the economist a. o. hirschman observed in an influential book, regimes that permit free movement of persons and property similarly restrict the force of arbitrary rules by allowing exit from unwanted restrictions. i want to inquire into the role of checks in international lawmaking. * i am indebted to ken abbott, jean cohen, larry helfer, robert hockett, sean murphy, phil nichols, ed swaine, joel trachtman, the other contributors to this volume, and par- ticipants in a workshop at the university of virginia school of law for comments and criticism. shortcomings are mine alone. jeremy bentham, “principles of international law,” in john bowring, ed., the works of jeremy bentham, vol. (new york: russell and russell, inc., ), . albert o. hirschman, exit, voice, and loyalty: responses to decline in firms, organizations, and states (cambridge, ma: harvard university press, ). © social philosophy & policy foundation. printed in the usa. i recognize that other process values exist — in particular, transparency and participation rights. i have discussed these issues in international lawmaking elsewhere. i choose to focus here on “checking values” to avoid a subtle problem that can enter into any discussion of participation and transparency, namely an implicit assumption about the necessity of lawmaking. once we decide that a problem requires a collective and coercive response, we want to ensure that the means of constructing that response is both fair and expeditious. transparency and participation enhance the quality of a lawmaking process that moves inevitably toward some action. a concern for liberty, in contrast, implies a conviction that expedience sometimes must defer to fairness, and moreover that in some cases the optimal outcome is inaction. a focus on checking rests on an assumption that sometimes the interests of liberty require that a coercive authority stay its hand. most international-law specialists regard any diminution in the scope of international law as a setback and therefore refrain from going down an analytical path that might justify less law. i therefore concentrate on checking to counteract an underlying expansion- ist bias in international-law scholarship. let me deal first with a preliminary, and i believe insubstantial, objec- tion to the way in which i have framed the problem. at first blush, it might appear that the fundamental principle of state consent provides all the checking that international lawmaking needs. this principle holds that a state (and by extension, its subjects) can be bound by a rule of international law only if that state manifests its consent to the rule. as long as states have a real choice, itself subject to internal checks on official decision making, the adoption of the rule should meet basic criteria of procedural justice. indeed, the correlate of this principle — that each state has a veto over the adoption of international law, at least as applied to the state and its subjects — suggests that international lawmaking poses less of a threat to liberty than do conventional municipal lawmaking processes based on majority rule. one might think that, as a result of this principle, no rule will attain the status of international law unless its adoption see paul b. stephan, “accountability and international lawmaking: rules, rents, and legitimacy,” northwestern journal of international law and business , no. / ( – ): – ; and paul b. stephan, “the new international law — legitimacy, accountability, authority, and freedom in the new global order,” university of colorado law review , no. ( ): – . typical is work over the last quarter-century by professor louis henkin, the reporter of the restatement (third) of the foreign relations law of the united states and perhaps the most prominent and admired u.s. professor of international law. for a representative example of his expansionist approach to international law, see louis henkin, “u.s. ratification of human rights conventions: the ghost of senator bricker,” american journal of international law , no. ( ): – . for an account of the shifts in henkin’s position over the last forty years, see paul b. stephan, “courts, the constitution, and customary international law,” virginia journal of international law , no. ( ): – . according to the usage of international-law scholars, “municipal” law refers to the domestic law of particular states, whether national or local. paul b. stephan makes some states better off and no state worse off, because no state would embrace a rule that has greater costs than benefits. one still might argue that state consent is an insufficient safeguard for liberty, because particular states might consent to international obliga- tions that the great majority of their subjects find objectionable. states might sacrifice the welfare of their subjects to obtain benefits for their rulers or for special groups with whom the rulers are allied. dictatorships provide an obvious case where states may constitute disloyal agents, but even democracies face such problems. i elide this issue here, because even if states were perfect agents, it would not follow that international lawmaking represents a remarkable instance of exclusively pareto out- comes, that is, a process that benefits at least some participants and makes none worse off. for an important range of cases, state consent is not a condition for a rule having the force of international law. first, many specialists argue for the existence of jus cogens or peremptory norms that apply regardless of state consent. second, the concept of state consent is artful, and oppor- tunistic decision makers have some freedom to construe consent in ways that circumvent conventional checking processes. third, political and economic pressure can reduce state consent to an empty formality due to the state’s lack of effective options. i discuss each of these points in turn. for at least the last sixty years, jurists have argued that the international legal system contains some fundamental rules that must exist for inter- by “rule,” i mean a command that limits in some way the autonomy that a subject of international law otherwise would enjoy. the rule might reside in a treaty or similar formal instrument, or, more controversially, it might be part of an unwritten body of norms that specialists call “customary international law.” for analysis of the analogous problem regard- ing unanimous voting that arises when creating a constitution, see james m. buchanan, the limits of liberty: between anarchy and leviathan (chicago: university of chicago press, ); and dennis c. mueller, constitutional democracy (new york: oxford university press, ), – . as public choice theory predicts, lawmakers concerned with reelection make laws, including international commitments, that benefit discrete and powerful groups at the expense of the general welfare. i discuss this dynamic and provide examples in stephan, “accountability and international lawmaking.” the restatement (third) of the foreign relations law of the united states defines jus cogens or peremptory norms as follows: some rules of international law are recognized by the international community of states as peremptory, permitting no derogation. these rules prevail over and invali- date international agreements and other rules of international law in conflict with them. such a peremptory norm is subject to modification only by a subsequent norm of international law having the same character. it is generally accepted that the prin- ciples of the united nations charter prohibiting the use of force . . . have the character of jus cogens. american law institute, restatement (third) of the foreign relations law of the united states (philadelphia: american law institute, ), sec. , comment k. this prestigious but unofficial source about international law is itself controversial, and not all courts regard all its pronouncements as correct. united states v. yousef, f. d , – ( d cir. ). process values, international law, and justice national law to be law, and that these rules operate prior to and inde- pendent of state consent. the war crimes trials that followed world war ii, for example, meted out punishment for violations of rules of fundamental humanity and decency and treated the question of whether germany or japan had agreed to respect these rules as irrelevant. in the case of japan, the deliberate decision of the imperial government not to adopt the geneva convention relating to the treatment of prisoners of war made no difference in the judgments, many capital, imposed on the accused. contemporary commentators argue that a number of rules, such as pro- hibitions of genocide and torture, operate universally and independently of the various conventions that codify those norms. putting jus cogens rules aside, what constitutes state consent may depend on the views and authority of the decision maker. at one extreme, par- liamentary adoption of a rule of international law mirrors the process of municipal lawmaking, and largely satisfies whatever process values the adopting state observes. at the other extreme, lawmakers with little dem- ocratic accountability (for example, judges with life tenure) might embrace the rule in the face of opposition by the political branches. bentham worried much about the judges, because of what he saw as the obscu- rantist and secret methods of judicial lawmaking and the unrepresenta- tive nature of the judiciary. beside judicial lawmaking, delegation of rulemaking authority to a third party — say, an international body such as the european com- mission — also circumvents, in practice if not in form, the principle of sovereign consent. the initial delegation may satisfy municipal process values, but if it encompasses a self-executing authority — as is the case for much of the lawmaking powers of the organs of the european commu- nity (ec) — then rules created pursuant to the delegation may come about without significant checks. moreover, if independent actors — in particular, domestic courts — possess and exercise the authority to enforce the rules generated by the exercise of delegated authority (again, as is the case for ec law), not much remains of sovereign consent. m. cherif bassiouni, “international crimes: jus cogens and obligatio erga omnes,” law and contemporary problems , no. ( ): – . the european community (until , the european economic community) is the most important, and legally and institutionally the most developed, part of the european union. it has lawmaking bodies (the commission, the council, and the european parlia- ment) as well as a judiciary (the court of justice). see note below. the treaty of rome, which established the european economic community, implies, but does not explicitly state, both that the european court of justice (the luxembourg court) has the authority to deliver authoritative and binding interpretations of community law, and that the various national courts of the member states have an obligation to apply community law in favor of national law, even if that means invalidating domestic legisla- tion. decisions of the luxembourg court articulated these conclusions, which the courts of the member states in turn accepted and implemented. for further discussion, see paul b. stephan, francesco parisi, and ben f. w. depoorter, the law and economics of the european union (charlottesville, va: lexisnexis, ), – . paul b. stephan finally, states may have the formal authority to reject a rule of inter- national law but, because of conditions of economic or political depen- dency, may lack the effective capacity to make a choice. a common example involves the financial and economic policy requirements imposed by the international monetary fund (imf) on debtor states: a sovereign state can refuse to comply with imf demands, but only if it accepts the loss of access to foreign capital as the price of its independence. similarly, a member of the world trade organization or the european union theo- retically could denounce its obligations under those international regimes, but the costs of extricating a state from the intertwined relationships captured in these arrangements make such a divorce a daunting prospect. once state consent ceases to constrain international lawmaking, the question of alternative checks to protect liberty looms. under what cir- cumstances does the international lawmaking process as currently con- stituted present a threat of arbitrary force? what kinds of resistance to the results of international lawmaking can process values justify? i address these questions in three steps. first, i explore whether inter- national law does carry a threat of coercion. if not, concerns about arbi- trary restrictions of liberty are misplaced. second, i discuss the problems arising from delegations of lawmaking authority to international institu- tions, with specific reference to the rome statute and the body it established, the international criminal court. third, i discuss the process- value issues associated with judicial lawmaking. none of these concerns justifies blanket opposition to international lawmaking. rather, those inter- ested in making and enforcing international rules need to grapple with these issues and provide another layer of justification for their efforts. ii. international law as a potential threat to liberty legal rules affect liberty in at least two ways. rules may contribute to the establishment of a reasonably secure political, social, cultural, and economic order that provides a foundation for voluntary interactions and personal flourishing. the concept of “ordered liberty” captures this first function. in addition, rules can restrict the choices made within the frame- work of ordered liberty. a rule forbidding murder falls into the first category, while one punishing criticism of political authority falls into the second. in normative terms, first-category rules advance the values embed- ded in liberty, while second-category rules restrict liberty. categorization depends heavily on context, rather than on a priori principles. michael n. barnett and martha finnemore, “the politics, power, and pathologies of international organizations,” international organization , no. ( ): – . not to mention the opinion of some that a right unilaterally to secede from the euro- pean community does not exist. see joseph h. h. weiler, “alternatives to withdrawal from an international organization: the case of the european economic community,” israel law review , nos. – ( ). process values, international law, and justice for rules to function in either way, however, some mechanism must exist to induce compliance. in municipal law, the state’s coercive power (where it exists) supplies the most obvious means of enforcement, either directly or as a background threat. other pathways to compliance include informal social sanctions. more problematically, some theorists also believe in a process of rule internalization, through which individuals impose psychic costs on themselves for rule transgressions and psychic rewards for rule compliance. international law as conventionally conceived seems to exclude all means of inducing compliance save informal social sanctions. the international community, as opposed to individual states, supposedly lacks coercive power, and societies ex definitio lack interior lives and psychic states. accordingly, the compliance literature for the most part concentrates on how reputation and retaliation serve to induce states to observe inter- national law. more recently, however, scholars have identified ways in which inter- national law can have directly coercive effect. international tribunals can issue monetary or punitive judgments that states perceive as having direct effect and therefore uncritically implement. domestic tribunals can apply international rules in a self-perceived capacity of agent for the inter- national lawmaker. to be sure, these examples rest ultimately on the willingness of national governments and other actors to fulfill their roles in administering coercive sanctions. but this reservation is also true of municipal law, which depends fundamentally on the willingness of indi- viduals to play their part in the execution of the law. moreover, most legal academics seem to favor extending the coercive power and reach of international law. to take just one prominent exam- ple, the international criminal court (icc) has generated a cottage indus- try of largely celebratory work, even though it has yet to take on its first case. the icc, which came into being in , represents a culmination of decades of work, led by the united states, to establish a permanent international body to investigate and prosecute human rights violations arising out of political and social catastrophes. previously, the united nations security council had established tribunals on an ad hoc basis to robert cooter, “do good laws make good citizens? an economic analysis of inter- nalized norms,” virginia law review , no. ( ): – . individual states do have the capacity to impose significant sanctions, including eco- nomic punishment and, in extreme cases, use of force. international bodies, as opposed to individual states, may lend their approval to such actions, but they lack the capacity directly to bring them about. andrew t. guzman, “a compliance-based theory of international law,” california law review , no. ( ): – . for recent work exploring a sociology of state compliance with international law, see ryan goodman and derek jinks, “how to influence states: socialization and international human rights law,” duke law journal , no. ( ). robert e. scott and paul b. stephan, “self-enforcing international agreements and the limits of coercion,” wisconsin law review n.v., no. ( ): – . to be precise, the court itself has yet to take up any case, although the prosecutor has commenced investigations into various atrocities alleged to have occurred in east africa. paul b. stephan deal with particular disasters. the united states ultimately opposed the final version of the rome statute, which created the icc, because it allows the icc’s prosecutor and judges to decide on their own whether to act, rather than awaiting referral of a case from the security council (the practice with the ad hoc tribunals). professors of international law mostly have deplored the u.s. position. more generally, the u.s. professoriat, by numbers and stature, overwhelmingly favors the exercise of judicial power, both international and domestic, to punish violations of international law; and commonwealth and european scholars seem largely to envy, on behalf of their national courts, the power that u.s. judges wield. thus, even if at present the coercive, and potentially liberty-threatening, dimen- sions of international lawmaking seem marginal, the weight of opinion would wish this lawmaking to acquire great instrumental power. accordingly, without exaggerating the practical significance of the issue, we can regard some instances of international lawmaking as coercive and therefore a potential threat to liberty. individuals have been jailed (and in the case of the post–world war ii proceedings, hanged) as a result of the decisions of international criminal courts, and a permanent body to carry out the prosecution and punishment of international crimes now exists. litigants have used domestic courts to sue individuals and firms for large sums because of purported violations of international law. business reg- ulation increasingly turns on the decisions of international bodies. the enforceability and interpretation of a widening range of contracts turns on the meaning of international law. each of these instances contains the potential of arbitrary encroachments on liberty. by no means do i wish to suggest that all international lawmaking is presumptively a threat to liberty, much less that it does not contribute to the ordering of liberty necessary for human flourishing and freedom. coercion brought against, for example, persons guilty of torture and murder does not set off many alarm bells. the point, rather, is that when- ever enactment of a law creates the possibility of coercion, one legiti- mately can ask whether the processes involved in its enactment contain at least minimal safeguards to discourage the arbitrary exercise of power. i also concede that whether given procedures satisfy process values depends on context, and that the contexts of international lawmaking differ in many respects from the context of domestic lawmaking. because there is no such thing as an international government per se, clear sepa- ration of powers, much less elaborate checks and balances, is hard to construct. because direct election of legislators is virtually absent (the european parliament providing the only counterexample, and that a qual- ified one), the problem of lawmaker accountability necessarily involves agency questions. in some instances, the power of national states to by an agency question, i mean the possibility that an agent (here, an international body) has different incentives than does its principal (here, the people for whom the inter- national body acts). ~continued on next page! process values, international law, and justice reject rules of international law substitutes for separation of powers and checks and balances, but, as i observed above, this mechanism does not always work. my point, in sum, is that some international rules can be sufficiently coercive to justify an inquiry into the suitability of the lawmaking pro- cesses that generated these rules. what constitutes a minimally acceptable lawmaking process is a difficult question, and a simple analogy to domes- tic lawmaking is an insufficient response. but the growing presence of international rules in contemporary life, and the ambitions of some for an even greater role for these rules, invites an inquiry into the legitimacy of their genesis, interpretation, and application. iii. international institutions as a potential threat to liberty imagine a treaty under which several states agree to establish an inter- national agency invested with the authority to issue binding pronounce- ments regarding some set of topics. to make the problem more interesting, imagine that the treaty posits that the agency’s determinations about its authority to issue particular pronouncements cannot be challenged in national courts. further imagine that the treaty obligates each signatory to implement the agency’s determinations, and in particular to give them “the full force of law.” this lawmaking structure is far from hypothetical. substitute “consti- tution” for “treaty” and “supreme court of the united states” for “inter- national agency” and we have the structure of u.s. constitutional law (albeit due to evolved understandings rather than because of the written text of the document). the treaty of rome constitutes the euro- pean court of justice in similar fashion, and the european conven- tion on human rights does much the same for the european court of human rights. the articles of agreement of the international mon- etary fund and the international bank for reconstruction and develop- ment (better known as the world bank) arrogate an adjudicatory function for the respective executive bodies of these institutions. the rome statute for the international criminal court puts that court in the position as a result of the treaty of amsterdam and the treaty of nice, the european parliament, which comprises members directly elected by voters in the member states, acquired an expanded role in the creation of the legislation of the european community. but the community’s other lawmaking organs, the european commission and the european council, selected by the members’ governments, still dominate the process. for discussion, see stephan, parisi, and depoorter, the law and economics of the european union, – . that is to say, the supreme court of the united states acquired the power to render authoritative and binding interpretations of the constitution as a result of gradual public acceptance of its claim that it possessed this power, rather than because of any express language in the constitution so providing. paul b. stephan of resolving a number of issues involving the scope and meaning of international criminal law. consider in particular what kinds of questions the international crim- inal court must address, how it must address them, and the conse- quences of its choices. the rome statute authorizes punishment of four generic crimes — genocide, crimes against humanity, war crimes, and aggression. the last category is contingent on the later adoption of a definition of that class of crimes, because the authors of the statute con- cluded that the concept of aggression at present lacks sufficient clarity and acceptance to support prosecutions. the statute’s definitions of the three crimes currently proscribed contain many illustrations, but each rests ultimately on stated general principles that invite elaboration and expansion. to take just one of these proscribed acts, a “crime against humanity” entails imprisonment “in violation of the fundamental rules of international law” without further specification, in addition to “persecu- tion” on the basis of, inter alia, politics or ethnic, cultural, or religious differences. but what norm constitutes a “fundamental” rule of inter- national law? what acts amount to “persecution”? how are we to deter- mine the causal links between persecution and difference? these are questions of critical importance that only organs of the icc can resolve. much the same goes for other important questions, such as the existence of excuses or justifications for otherwise criminal behavior. finally, in every particular case, the court must determine either that no state with jurisdiction over an offense is conducting an investigation, or that states that have conducted or are conducting an investigation are unable or unwilling “genuinely” to act. it is exactly the process by which the prosecutor and the court must make these fundamental substantive choices that is troubling. under the terms of the rome statute, the prosecutor and the court act hermetically. each must convince itself of the plausibility of its interpretations, and the court may refuse to accept the prosecutor’s determinations. but no out- the treaty of rome ( ) created the european economic community, which the maastricht treaty renamed as the european community. the european community is the principal element of the european union. the council of europe, a body of states that antedates the organizations that became the european union and that always has had more members than those organizations, promulgated the european convention on human rights, which in turn established the strasbourg court. at the end of world war ii, the victors established the international monetary fund (imf) and the international bank for reconstruction and development (the world bank) to organize and reform the international financial system. the soviet union participated in the negotiations that produced the arti- cles of agreement for the imf and the world bank, but it and its satellites declined to join those organizations. see paul b. stephan, “international governance and american democracy,” chicago journal of international law , no. ( ): – . see rosa ehrenreich brooks, “law in the heart of darkness: atrocity and duress,” virginia journal of international law , no. ( ): – . see paul b. stephan, “u.s. constitutionalism and international law: what the multilateralist move leaves out,” journal of international criminal justice , no. ( ): – . process values, international law, and justice side body can override these decisions. by the terms of article of the statute, the united nations security council may order a one-year delay of an investigation or prosecution, but such action would require the consent of all five permanent members of the security council and in any event would not be conclusive. in effect, then, the prosecutor and the judges — each subject to no out- side review once selected for a nonrenewable nine-year term — have the power to decide whether individual states have “genuinely” pursued an offense, whether particular conduct constitutes an offense, and what con- stitutes an acceptable excuse or justification for conduct otherwise con- stituting an offense. they must make these determinations in the face of scanty precedent or historical background, and in contexts that often implicate deep geopolitical antagonisms. they do have access to a bur- geoning body of scholarly advice about how they should go about their work, but this, as scholarship typically does, contains as many points of view as there are authors. at bottom, only such internal constraints rooted in the construction of professional identities as these actors might possess (if any) constrain their exercise of significant coercive power. what the europeans call the luxembourg and strasbourg courts — the ec’s european court of justice (in luxembourg) and the council of europe’s european court of human rights (in strasbourg) — present sim- ilar issues. at the same time, some differences between these bodies, and between them and the icc, are apparent. although the luxembourg court has final say on the interpretation of the treaty of rome (the foun- dational instrument of the european community), the existence of a sep- arate ec lawmaking process complicates and to some extent confounds the court’s freedom of action. moreover, the court’s jurisdiction does not extend beyond the twenty-five members of the ec. finally, even though the court’s decrees are said to have direct effect, they have practical sig- nificance only to the extent that national governments comply with them. the luxembourg court has evinced a fairly high degree of tolerance for foot-dragging and circumvention, suggesting that less coercion attends its edicts than one might assume. finally, the luxembourg court has carried on in various forms for fifty years, creating a history that provides an additional layer of constraint. the strasbourg court is nested in a different institutional structure. it has functioned in one capacity or another since , but only since have all persons with human rights claims against the forty-four states bound by the european convention enjoyed an unqualified right to file suit. due at least in part to this structural change, the twenty-first cen- protocol , convention for the protection of human rights and fundamental free- doms, european treaty series no. , effective november , . before the amendment, individuals could only direct a request for investigation and prosecution of human rights violations to the european human rights commission, an independent international body created by the european convention. for a discussion of the pre- practice of european paul b. stephan tury has seen a remarkable increase in the number of the court’s contro- versial decisions, such as those concerning the rights of sexual minorities, the right to die, and the procedures for conducting police investigations. the strasbourg court faces no counterpart legislative or executive organs, unlike the luxembourg court. moreover, the strasbourg court’s ability to enforce its decisions through fines operates fairly automatically, limiting the power of intransigent states to undermine its judgments. i discuss these bodies because they present the most straightforward instances of delegation of coercive lawmaking power to an international body. other instances of potentially greater significance exist. under legal theories that enjoy wide circulation in the academic community and mod- est support in some domestic courts, various international bureaucracies, such as the united nations human rights commission and the inter- national committee of the red cross, enjoy a more diffuse power to create “customary international law,” which some courts regard as bind- ing. were this theory to gain widespread credence, many international bodies would take on the role of coercive lawmakers. for two reasons, however, i defer discussion of these bodies to the next section. first, at present the claims for their lawmaking capacity are out- liers rather than mainstream legal doctrine. second, their actions take on the nature of customary international law only if courts reach this conclusion. the legitimacy of this process thus is part of a broader in- quiry about domestic common law methods as means of international lawmaking. are the constraints that currently operate on the international criminal court, the european court of justice, and the european court of human rights sufficient to protect against arbitrary restrictions of liberty? one possible response is that every constitutional court, most particularly the supreme court of the united states, functions in this manner, and most people consider the development and empowerment of these institutions a good thing. why shouldn’t these international courts work as well as these national courts do? states in response to rulings of the strasbourg court, see tom barkhuysen, michiel van emmerik, and piet hein van kempen, eds., the execution of strasbourg and geneva human rights decisions in the national legal order (the hague: martinus nijhoff publishers, ). atlan v. united kingdom, european human rights reports ( ) (ex parte hear- ings to consider government privilege to withhold evidence in criminal trial); pretty v. united kingdom, european human rights reports ( ) (right to die); i. v. united kingdom, european human rights reports ( ) (rights of transgendered); beck, copp, and bazeley v. united kingdom ( / ) [ ] echr (october , ) (right of homosexuals to serve in armed services). monetary awards issued by the strasbourg court become debts that constitute a straight- forward obligation of the defendant state. according to the website of the court: “to date states which have been ordered to make payments under article have consistently done so.” since , the court has added interest charges to judgments not satisfied within three months. http://www.echr.coe.int/eng/edocs/effectsofjudgments.html (accessed march , ). process values, international law, and justice the most obvious rejoinder is that international organs are different from national courts. to begin with, they draw on agents from different states with various cultures, historical experiences, and professional iden- tities. they confront a greater range of contested issues than do most bodies, and they do so without the benefit of an unstated cultural con- sensus or broad historical memory. yes, most institutions may go through a period of foundational angst, during which the absence of a developed institutional culture or guidance from precedent may complicate choices about appropriate actions. but the international organs present an aggra- vated case. the supreme court of the united states, for instance, enjoyed the benefit of its justices’ common grounding in british common law, a frame of reference that they shared with virtually all lawyers of their day. nothing similar binds the icc or the strasbourg or luxembourg courts. the absence of cultural and historical constraints might not matter as much if these organs largely engaged in technocratic exercises to reach important but obscure results. one could imagine an international tribu- nal that, for example, settled disputes over the ownership of particular locations on the radio spectrum based exclusively on issues of engineer- ing and simple rules of allocational priority. interestingly, the real-world analog to this hypothetical organ — the dispute resolution services of the internet corporation for assigned names and numbers (icann), which deals with ownership of internet domain names — does not purport to bind national legal systems, which remain free to reject icann out- comes. an analogous process, the settlement of investment disputes by international arbitration, has generated heated criticism exactly for its narrow focus on property rights at the expense of other values. the mandates of the icc and the luxembourg and strasbourg courts go far beyond technocratic problems, however. they extend to deep and cul- turally divisive issues such as the duty to refuse an illegitimate order, the role of amnesty and reconciliation in the wake of conflict, the balance between press freedom and protection of individual reputation and group sensitivities, and the rights, powers, and immunities of members of mar- ginalized groups. there is a point of view that maintains that institutions not subject to conventional democratic constraints ought to resolve emotionally charged and divisive issues, because democracy breaks down under stress. accord- ing to this argument, resolution of fundamental problems requires rea- soned deliberation, which a society awash in passion cannot sustain. in the internet corporation for assigned names and numbers is a nonprofit corporation established in the commonwealth of virginia to administer the domain name assignment system. all contracts for domain names now contain a clause providing for arbitration of ownership disputes under icann rules. for a fuller description of the legal basis of this process, see barcelona.com, inc. v. excelentisimo ayuntamiento de barcelona, united states court of appeals for the fourth circuit, f. d ( ). see muthucumaraswamy sornarajah, international law on foreign investment, d ed. (cambridge: cambridge university press, ). paul b. stephan lieu of neglecting these problems, a nation can turn to disinterested deci- sion makers operating behind a cloak of moral authority. for propo- nents of this argument, a different system of checks must apply to such tribunals. rather than submitting their decisions to formal institutional constraints, the wielders of this power instead must display due regard for the limits of their moral authority. this intangible constraint, in turn, implicates an alliance between the tribunal and its commentators, as the weight of scholarly opinion presumably can bolster or reduce the author- ity behind a controversial decision. even as applied to a well-entrenched and successful institution such as the supreme court of the united states, this argument invites consider- able skepticism. whatever the particular endowments of the supreme court justices, their collective ability to sense the intangible limits on their authority is impaired by the cloistered lives that their institutional roles impose on them. institutional checks on an organ’s lawmaking powers exist precisely because individual judgment and discretion are not always sufficient to prevent great blunders. the history of the supreme court’s more ambitious constitutional decision making — the infamous dred scott decision, only the second occasion on which the court struck down a federal statute, comes to mind — suggests why something more than intuitive self-restraint may be necessary. an extension of the democracy-breakdown argument to an inter- national tribunal seems especially implausible. the idea that such insti- tutions from their inception will wield sufficient moral authority to overcome deep conflict strikes me as wishful thinking. the probability that jurists from different nations can build coalitions that withstand local passions and entrenched political opposition veers toward nil. more likely is the rise of perceptions that particular decisions represent national prej- udice. the prosecution of slobodan milosevic by the un’s special court for the former yugoslavia (a precursor of the icc) appears to have united serbs in a conviction that the rest of europe hates them, rather than leading them to the realization that their former leader had disgraced their nation with his policies. conflicts between the british house of lords and the strasbourg court give the impression that a controlling majority of the human rights tribunal has thrown its lot in with a franco- see cass sunstein, “constitutionalism and seccession,” university of chicago law review , no. ( ): – . dred scott v. sandford, u.s. ( how.) ( ). this infamous supreme court decision invalidated the missouri compromise, a congressional enactment intended to limit the spread of slavery to new territories of the united states, on the ground that the legis- lation infringed constitutionally protected interests of slave owners. the first instance of supreme court invalidation of federal legislation was marbury v. madison, u.s. ( cranch) ( ), a decision involving the power of congress to assign certain cases to the court’s jurisdiction. see cass sunstein, “the dred scott case with notes on affirmative action, the right to die, and same-sex marriage,” the green bag , no. ( ). process values, international law, and justice german cabal intent on undermining traditional underpinnings of british liberty in favor of a continental conception of social-democratic dirigisme. the point is not that in either case these fears are well founded, but rather that they exist and may become more powerful with the growth and development of international tribunals. one might sensibly respond that all international organs, the icc and the luxembourg and strasbourg courts included, operate under one basic constraint, namely the process for choosing their members. a selection process that allows for state dissent, combined with limited terms for the persons selected, sets up an ex ante check on what an organ can do. states may miscalculate what a judge will do once seated — the united states has some familiarity with this problem — but, with some delay, they can cor- rect for that. in some instances where discretion is concentrated in a single person, such as the prosecutor of the icc, the selection power, or more precisely the power not to reappoint, may serve as a check on the actor. in other cases, the selection power may deter extreme deviations from an organ’s stated responsibilities. often, however, the structure of selection of mem- bers of these organs militates against discipline. the common practice of international tribunals, including the icc and the luxembourg and strasbourg courts, entails allocating positions to individual states or cohe- sive blocs of states. as a result, stable coalitions can form to marginalize persons selected by dissident states. in the case of the icc, for example, a single judge selected by the united states could not defeat a coalition of states hostile to u.s. exercises of power, a scenario that is far from hypothetical. i do not mean to suggest that any of these tribunals face an insurmount- able hurdle. it is not inconceivable that the icc, for example, might simultaneously avoid taking on any deeply controversial cases while dealing with those obvious outrages that occur. perhaps, over a decade or more, the leadership of the court might acquire a reputation for balanced action and careful exercise of its powers, thereby accruing moral author- ity and general respect. but this would take luck as well as prudence. were a conflict to arise that pitted great powers against each other or the british courts and the strasbourg court have differed in several instances, including disagreements over the proper elements of the criminal justice process, atlan v. united kingdom, european human rights reports ( ) (rejecting rule of regina v. davis, [ ] all english reports [c.a.], on obligation of prosecution to disclose statements of confidential informants); over the extent of tort immunity for police officers, osman v. united kingdom, european human rights reports ( ) (rejecting decision of osman v. ferguson, [ ] all english reports [c.a.], on scope of immunity); and over the existence of a privilege under the law of defamation for comment on public figures, reynolds v. times newspapers, [ ] appellate cases (h.l.) (disregarding strasbourg court decisions). for an earlier treatment of this problem that did not consider the possibility of stable coalitions, see paul b. stephan, “courts, tribunals, and legal unification — the agency problem,” chicago journal of international law , no. ( ): – . paul b. stephan otherwise seriously divided world opinion, the tribunal would find it exceedingly hard to seem neither partisan nor toothless. in the case of the icc, the risks seem especially unnecessary. an obvi- ous model of easily imposed institutional checks existed at the time of the adoption of the rome statute. since the creation of the united nations, all war crimes tribunals depended on authorization by the security council, a body that acts only in the absence of the disapproval of any of the five traditional nuclear powers. in the past, each opportunity for inter- national intervention in the face of domestic inability to redress gross misconduct depended on the existence of the level of consensus that security council action entails. requiring the icc to await a security council resolution before taking jurisdiction over any particular conflict — the position for which the united states continues to hold out, and the reason for its refusal to ratify the rome statute — would have pre- served this institutional structure. in the abstract, one might see a contradiction between the creation of an institution intended to bring the most terrible kinds of crimes to justice and the retention of a great-power veto over its actions. this objection, however, rests on confusion of the two bases of the icc’s jurisdiction. credible allegations of the commission of an international crime, one should recall, by themselves are insufficient to justify action by the icc. the icc also must determine that no state possesses the capacity and desire to engage in a “genuine” effort to prosecute. its jurisdiction, in other words, depends fundamentally on a determination that state-level action has failed. this latter consideration, unlike the determination of the existence of the elements of a crime, rests on irreducibly political and contestable considerations. the security council is an appropriate body to make judgments about national incapacity to prosecute international crimes. expecting a free- standing international institution to go after superpowers seems bizarre. in no other area touching on fundamental interests of a great power do we expect the united nations to impose its will. it is not excessively cynical to believe that the proponents of the icc who rejected the u.s. position did so largely out of a conviction that the threat to act against great powers would be empty, but that its hollowness would go unno- ticed in at least some quarters. i see nothing objectionable in general about a great-power veto over certain kinds of un actions. one can embrace the concept of fundamental equality of all people without extending it to states: the united nations since its inception has embraced the principle that some states are more equal than others. each great power can prevent the united nations from the five great powers — the united states, russia, great britain, france, and china — do not have to endorse an action of the security council, but for any decision to have effect none must exercise its veto. the establishment of past ad hoc war crimes tribunals involved either the active support or passive acquiescence of all five. process values, international law, and justice authorizing sanctions against itself or its clients. allowing great powers also to have a veto over capacity-to-prosecute determinations seems a natural extension of the present structure of the international order. the strasbourg court represents a different set of institutional prob- lems. on the one hand, the council of europe has no counterpart to the un’s security council: there is no club of regional powers that possesses a veto over actions undertaken on behalf of the council of europe. con- straining the court’s mandate, itself only recently unleashed, thus would involve the construction of a new institution. on the other hand, the court’s coercive power, although real enough, is less than that of a com- parable common law court. in particular, it lacks the power to nullify laws or practices of which it disapproves or to order nonmonetary pun- ishment for persons who disobey its mandates. individual states thus can resist its orders at the cost of the payment of fines. sufficient resistance, in turn, might deter the court from undertaking more challenging projects. my broader point does not concern the particular value of the icc, the strasbourg court, or similar institutions. rather, i wish to respond to the tendency of many scholars to see these organs as the wave of the future. judicial bodies no less than other instruments of state power can flourish under conditions of limited power. as more international organs acquire self-executing powers that can operate without substantial state cooper- ation, greater effort will be required to devise checks other than with- drawal of state consent. the current imbroglio over the refusal of the u.s. to recognize the icc sheds some light on potential alternatives as well as illustrating the politics of institutional maximalism. iv. domestic enforcement of international law as a potential threat to liberty different checking problems arise when independent national courts create, interpret, and impose international law. the problems are subtle, because the means of judicial lawmaking vary among systems and the uses of international law vary from analogy to direct authority. national courts also may differ in what sources and methods they use to ascertain what constitutes international law. each of these factors can complicate the question of whether international lawmaking by national courts presents distinctive issues of accountability and constraint. one important difference between national and international courts is that international institutions have acquired coercive powers relatively recently, and the most interesting and possibly worrisome cases involve proposals for future powers. as a result, institutional-design issues remain see, e.g., anne-marie slaughter, “judicial globalization,” virginia journal of international law , no. ( ): ; and jenny s. martinez, “toward an international judicial system,” stanford law review , no. ( ): . paul b. stephan central. domestic courts, by contrast, constitute facts on the ground. the common-law courts in particular have rich as well as lengthy histories. accordingly, it seems unrealistic to talk about reforming domestic courts as a means of limiting their ability to resort to international law. rather, more subtle issues of cultural norms and prestige arise. in the united states, discussion of the role of international law in domes- tic adjudication often involves one of two categorical claims, each of which i wish to criticize. first, some authorities have suggested that foreign sources of law, including international law, should have no role in the shaping of judicial determinations of domestic law. at the opposite extreme, some scholars have argued that foreign sources should enjoy a privileged status, in the sense that their “otherness” itself strengthens the case for their respectful assimilation. i believe that both these claims display a lack of appreciation of the multiple functions of precedent and authority in the common law process. a judge might look to outside experiences for various reasons. on occasion, local law itself refers to foreign law, whether due to conven- tional choice-of-law rules or the application of a doctrine that involves some comparative assessment (such as the forum non conveniens doctrine used to dismiss lawsuits that would benefit from being brought in another jurisdiction). alternatively, judges might seek evidence of the instrumen- tal effects of a particular rule and look at the experience of other juris- dictions as an empirical test. similarly, judges might look to other sources to expand their conceptual apparatus. finally, a judge might apply for- eign law out of an independent sense of obligation. unless one wishes to defend judicial ignorance and narrow-mindedness, only the last function raises any difficulties. on the one hand, those who attack any use of foreign or international law in the common law process are guilty of confusing these different functions and thereby weaken the force of their arguments. on the other hand, those who argue for privileging this category of law have tended to collapse these functions exactly because some seem obviously appealing, thus obscuring the need to defend the more difficult one. in the united states, neither the critics nor the apologists have sufficiently explored the specific issues surrounding the positing of a foreign-source obligation to apply foreign law. thompson v. oklahoma, u.s. , n. ( ) (scalia, j., dissenting); stanford v. kentucky, u.s. , n. ( ); atkins v. virginia, u.s. , – ( ) (scalia, j., dissenting); lawrence v. texas, u.s. , ( ) (scalia, j., dissenting). see laurence r. helfer and anne-marie slaughter, “toward a theory of effective supranational adjudication,” yale law journal , no. ( ); and harold hongju koh, “international law as part of our law,” american journal of international law , no. ( ): – . these scholars cite with approval the claim of a prominent appellate judge, the former dean of yale law school, that, with respect to the constitutional jurisprudence of countries that have drawn their inspiration from the united states, “wise parents do not hesitate to learn from their children.” united states v. then, f. d , ( d cir. ) (calabresi, j.). process values, international law, and justice one argument that i note in order to disregard it is the claim that the privileging of foreign and international authority masks a substantive agenda, namely the importation of bien-pensant social-democratic val- ues. it may be true that some advocates of the privileging position fail to explain why the decisions of, for example, the strasbourg court should count but the law and practices of non-european states do not. behind this failure may lie undefended normative preferences. however, the more persuasive advocates of using foreign and international law acknowl- edge the point and mount a general defense of their position. it is this general defense that i wish to address. the basic argument for giving authoritative effect to international law rests on conformity and safety in numbers. a judicial consensus that crosses national boundaries, so the argument goes, matters more than a split of legal authority. to maximize the deference judges qua judges get from society, they should stick together. thus, a foreign decision — say, the conclusion by the strasbourg court that the european convention on human rights contains an implicit ban on the criminalization of sodomy — should influence the supreme court of the united states in deciding whether the u.s. fundamental law similarly has an unstated but effective limit on governmental power. moreover, this influence should rest on grounds other than instrumental observations (civilization as we know it did not come to an end in europe after the strasbourg court reached its judgment) or conceptual innovation (the particular arguments used to construct an implicit rule from general language in a fundamental text). rather, other courts should follow the strasbourg court because doing so enhances their authority as well as that of the european body. how does this accretion of authority work? first, the appearance of consensus serves as a secondary source of persuasion. doubters will be more reluctant to challenge widely held beliefs than those that are openly contested. second, persons may feel some social pull toward conformity and away from deviance. cooperation across courts thus builds social pressure. accepting that this dynamic exists and can bolster judicial authority, one can still question whether it should proceed unchecked. judicial author- ity, one might believe, does not work as an end in itself. we want to empower judges to the extent that they will act in ways that make us jeremy rabkin, “is eu policy eroding the sovereignty of non-member states?” chicago journal of international law , no. ( ): – . roger p. alford, “misusing international sources to interpret the constitution,” amer- ican journal of international law , no. ( ): – . helfer and slaughter, “toward a theory of effective supranational adjudication.” for instances of the “civilization did not end” kind of argument, see atkins v. virginia, u.s. , n. ( ); and lawrence v. texas, u.s. , – ( ). atkins v. virginia; lawrence v. texas; slaughter, “judicial globalization.” for a recent instance of the supreme court making this kind of argument, see roper v. simmons, u.s. ( ). paul b. stephan better off than we would be if they did not act, but not otherwise. for lawyers, of course, this is a hard point to acknowledge, because at least some set of lawyers inevitably will benefit from any accretion of judicial power. proponents and opponents of any particular move, whether liti- gators or judges, will grow more powerful from having their controversy gain salience and perhaps will enjoy material rewards as well. academics will have more to discuss authoritatively. but if we can broaden our horizons to consider the welfare of society, surely we must acknowledge that judges, like other state actors, are capable of arbitrary exercises of power that may threaten liberty. checking the lawmaking capacity of judges is tricky, however, because the common law methodology constitutes a style of argument rather than a naked assertion of raw power. recent proposals in the u.s. congress to forbid judges from relying on foreign precedent strike me as silly. judges “rely” on precedent both when they weave it into their arguments and when they act on the basis of their understanding of it, and only the former can be observed. the legislation, in effect, seeks to regulate how judges write opinions, not what they do. the gesture seems empty. a deeper problem is categorical. conventional common law method- ology simply fills in gaps that legislative enactments can supersede. but constitutional interpretation — in europe, this means interpretation of the treaty of rome and the convention on human rights — operates inde- pendently of legislative enactments. legislatures have no authority to direct courts on how to interpret or apply constitutions. as a result, legislatures cannot override either interpretive strategies or outcomes as to constitutional questions, even where the courts rely on international law. to the extent that courts frame their decisions as constitutional inter- pretation, congress in the united states, and national parliaments in europe, cannot do anything about controversial decisions (involving, for example, the rights and privileges of sexual minorities or the scope of capital punishment) that may incorporate outside sources of authority. put aside the problem that, in at least some instances, judges can bring international law into their decisions in ways that displace national leg- islatures. are the outcomes based on international law necessarily desir- able? the “safety in numbers” argument has a certain appeal. some regularities in international practice maximize welfare independent of their effect on judicial prestige and power. justice antonin scalia, a lead- ing opponent of the incorporation of international law into constitutional decision making, still argues that the interpretation of international trea- ties requires judges to take account of the understandings of the treaty parties, including those understandings expressed by courts in other coun- dickerson v. united states, u.s. ( ) (statute intended to determine scope of remedy for violations of constitutional protection against self-incrimination unconstitution- ally infringes on judicial prerogatives). process values, international law, and justice tries. a more formal way of putting the point is that some legal struc- tures have built into them the possibility of network effects, and that efforts of judges to develop these effects can be defended without privi- leging judicial prerogatives as such. in sum, two problems face any effort to limit judicial aggrandizement based on the promotion of international solidarity. first, the legislative process cannot plausibly regulate rhetorical moves, as distinguished from discrete outcomes, and also cannot respond to outcomes placed on a constitutional footing. second, some international solidarity is good, but separating the desirable, network-effects instances from judicial oppor- tunism is hard. no categorical or structural approach seems to work. checking of international lawmaking by domestic courts thus requires approaches that operate internally to the domestic legal culture, as opposed to the institutional-design approaches discussed in section iii with respect to international organs. that is to say, the judges must limit their own actions, because limits imposed from outside seem neither reliable nor plausible. framed in this manner, the problem resembles that involving constitutional development: internalization by judges of certain norms becomes the only effective means of guarding against excesses. earlier i questioned whether internalized cultural norms alone can function as checks on international tribunals such as the icc and the strasbourg court. the points i raised — lack of cultural solidarity and inter- nalized norms — do not apply to many of the domestic courts that many scholars have asked to contribute to international lawmaking. these bod- ies, and in particular the federal courts of the united states, operate against a powerful background of tradition and well-developed profes- sional identity. it is not patently inconsistent, then, to expect internalized cultural norms to do some work in checking domestic courts, but to expect less with regard to international tribunals. the process of internalizing skepticism about the reliance on inter- national authority has several dimensions. those who select judges — in the united states, the president and a majority of the senate do this for the most influential members of the judiciary — may try to predict whether a candidate has such skepticism, although ex ante predictions of this kind are notoriously unreliable. leading figures in the judiciary — in the united states, this means first and foremost the members of the supreme court — might expound on the reasons for adopting a more skeptical posture. and olympic airways v. hussain, u.s. , – ( ) (scalia, j., dissenting). “network effects” rest on the rediscovery by some economists and legal theorists of activities that entail positive returns to scale, which is to say that increasing the level of the activity increases the average net benefits associated with each unit of that activity. for application of the theory to international relations, see kal raustiala, “the architecture of international cooperation: transgovernmental networks and the future of international law,” virginia journal of international law , no. ( ): – . john c. jeffries, jr., “in memoriam: lewis f. powell, jr.,” harvard law review , no. ( ): – . paul b. stephan those who interact publicly with the judiciary and play a role in shaping judicial reputations, particularly members of the scholarly community, might praise or condemn judges based on whether they display a critical perspective toward claims of foreign authority. the praise of skepticism runs against a certain grain in the legal acad- emy. legal scholarship for the most part avoids the scientific method, which means that the expounding of nonfalsifiable claims incurs no costs. partly for this reason, creativity and shock value count for more than usefulness. a predictable egotism and self-regard leads, if not ineluctably then frequently, to ambitious claims that require the suspension of skep- ticism. the current popularity for judicial participation in international lawmaking reflects these factors at least to some extent. academia contains other forces, however, that may push the debate in another direction. normal competitive pressures ensure that no conven- tional wisdom remains unchallenged for long, and an increase in the salience of a position tends to lead to greater critical scrutiny. in the last few years, we have seen in the united states the beginning of a serious debate about the legitimacy and value of the incorporation of inter- national law into domestic common law. although some of the antago- nists have held on to reductive and absolute positions, new scholarship has taken a more nuanced and sophisticated approach to the problem. in particular, the image of international law as a monolithic authority, as well as the portrayal of domestic incorporation as an all-or-nothing prop- osition, has been superseded by analytically rich accounts that recognize multiple dimensions of the problem. one consequence of the increasing sophistication of the debate is the subversion of arguments based on the authority, as distinguished from the usefulness, of international law. to be sure, some scholars insist dog- gedly on the existence of a clear line of practice in which domestic courts consistently over the centuries have used a monolithic body of “inter- national law” to shape municipal norms. but a growing consensus about the complexity of the issue lightens this purported historical burden by demonstrating that earlier judicial practices, far from being canonical evidence of a general pattern, represent discrete responses to distinguish- able problems. this necessary first step makes possible a shift in the terms of debate. we now can make normative judgments about the products of see t. alexander aleinikoff, “international law, sovereignty, and american constitu- tionalism: reflections on the customary international law debate,” american journal of international law , no. ( ); and ernest a. young, “sorting out the debate over customary international law,” virginia journal of international law , no. ( ). both these recent works owe a substantial conceptual debt to a. m. weisburd, “state courts, federal courts, and international cases,” yale journal of international law , no. ( ). koh, “international law as part of our law”; gerald l. neuman, “the uses of inter- national law in constitutional interpretation,” american journal of international law , no. ( ). process values, international law, and justice the common law process freed from false constraints based on authori- tarian claims. a move away from obligatory reliance on international law in favor of more nuanced and consequentialist discussions may have a salutary effect on the common law process. judges (much like all people) sometimes seek to avoid the pain associated with difficult decisions by depicting themselves as compelled to reach a result. arguments based on authority invite the actor to disregard the actor’s intuitions about the action’s con- sequences or the extent to which it will displease relevant audiences. restricting the domain of authority increases the likelihood that the actor will take into account the implications of the action. so cautioned, the actor — in this case, common law judges — may hesitate more often before encroaching on liberty. v. conclusion it may seem odd to think of international law as a potential threat to liberty, and hence to justice. certainly its proponents see it as a beacon of hope, a means of civilizing the too violent and cruel tendencies of inter- national politics and promoting humane values. i recognize these aspi- rations, but note that the last century was littered with regimes that attracted adherents by their noble ideals but that too often became instru- ments of awful crimes. the manifest good faith and eloquence of those who wish to broaden the scope of international law is not itself sufficient to foreclose an inquiry into the possibility of this threat. the threat i describe is largely potential. most specialists would argue that the central problem with international law is its inefficacy, not its power. i argue that this rejoinder is backward looking. the trend over the last twenty years involves the accretion of authority by international institutions, and more frequent and more significant invocations of inter- national law by national lawmakers. i do not argue that either develop- ment necessarily is a bad thing. i do argue that the time for critical analysis of these trends is now. law, university of virginia ullonoa flores v. s. peru copper corp., f. d , – ( d cir. ) (rejecting argument that claims of international law experts constitute an independent source for determining the law of the united states); united states v. yousef, f. d , and n. ( d cir. ) (same). stéphane courtois, nicolas werth, jean-louis panné, andrzej paczkowski, karel bartosek, and jean-louis margolin, the black book of communism: crimes, terror, repression, ed. mark kramer, trans. jonathan murphy and mark kramer (cambridge, ma: harvard university press, ). paul b. stephan untitled kent academic repository full text document (pdf) copyright & reuse content in the kent academic repository is made available for research purposes. unless otherwise stated all content is protected by copyright and in the absence of an open licence (eg creative commons), permissions for further reuse of content should be sought from the publisher, author or other copyright holder. versions of research the version in the kent academic repository may differ from the final published version. users are advised to check http://kar.kent.ac.uk for the status of the paper. users should always cite the published version of record. enquiries for any further enquiries regarding the licence status of this document, please contact: researchsupport@kent.ac.uk if you believe this document infringes copyright then please contact the kar admin team with the take-down information provided at http://kar.kent.ac.uk/contact.html citation for published version ward, tony and gannon, theresa a. and fortune, clare-ann ( ) restorative justice-informed moral acquaintance: resolving the dual role problem in correctional and forensic practice. criminal justice and behavior, ( ). pp. - . issn - . doi https://doi.org/ . / link to record in kar https://kar.kent.ac.uk/ / document version unspecified     restorative justice informed moral acquaintance: resolving the dual role problem in correctional and forensic practice tony ward victoria university of wellington theresa a. gannon university of kent clare-ann fortune victoria university of wellington please cite as ward, t. gannon, t. a., & fortune, c-a. ( ). restorative justice informed moral acquaintance: resolving the dual role problem in correctional and forensic practice. criminal justice and behavior, , - . available from: http://cjb.sagepub.com     abstract the issue of dual roles within forensic and correctional fields has typically been conceptualized as dissonance—experienced by practitioners— when attempting to adhere to the conflicting ethical requirements associated with client well-being and community protection. in this paper, we argue that the dual role problem should be conceptualized more broadly; to incorporate the relationship between the offender and their victim. we also propose that restorative justice (rj) is able to provide a preliminary ethical framework to deal with this common ethical oversight. furthermore, we unite the rj framework with that of ward’s ( ) moral acquaintance model to provide a more powerful approach—rj informed moral acquaintance—aimed at addressing the ethical challenges faced by practitioners within forensic and correctional roles. key words: restorative justice, ethics, moral repair, moral acquaintance.     introduction practitioners working in the forensic and correctional fields face profound ethical challenges revolving around their unique constellation of professional roles (haag, ;ward, ; weinberger & sreenivasan, ). on the one hand, by virtue of key governing ethical codes, practitioners are obligated to seek the best for their clients. the concept of what is best is usually cashed out in terms of enhancing offenders’ levels of well-being and meeting their core interests. on the other hand, however, there is a strong mandate to protect the interests of the community by ensuring that offenders’ risk for further reoffending is reduced (andrews & bonta, ). the role conflict confronting practitioners is frequently referred to as the dual role problem. failure to grasp the degree to which role conflicts and their contrasting suite of duties and practices ethically blunt a practitioner’s responsiveness can damage the offender client and result in loss of clinician integrity. specific examples of when dual relationship difficulties can emerge include conflict between a duty of truthfulness to the court concerning a defendant’s mental state and/or personality versus what is truly in his or her best interests; being asked to evaluate a sex offender for possible civil detention; when sentenced individuals are ordered to attend and complete treatment against their will; and when practitioners are asked to participate in security related tasks such as assisting in cell searches while employed as psychologists or psychiatrists (haag, ; ward, ). robertson and walter ( ) have usefully defined the dual role problem as:                                                           by practitioner we refer to individuals trained to practice with offenders in correctional and forensic settings (e.g., psychiatrists, forensic, clinical, and counseling psychologists).      ...a quandary in which a psychiatrist [or other practitioner] faces the dilemma of conflicting expectations or responsibilities, between the therapeutic relationship on the one hand and the interests of third parties on the other (p. – ). to make matters worse, ethical pressure can also occur between professional codes of practice, individuals’ personal moral codes, and universal values such as human rights (arrigo, ; ward, ). the resulting moral distress experienced by correctional practitioners can be overpowering and threaten to fracture their sense of personal integrity and professional identity (see gannon & ward, ). fracture may occur because the boundaries of permissible practice are in part defined by conceptions of professional roles, and if roles vary then the boundaries (i.e., the edge of permissible practice; guthiel & brodsky, ) may be drawn in different places and at times be mutually inconsistent. the resulting cognitive dissonance is hard to resolve and so practitioners either retreat into one of the roles and its respective code (see below) or else oscillate between different roles in an erratic and ethically problematic way (ward, ). in our view, there are three particularly significant points to be made about the dual role problem. first, it has its origins in value pluralism, which specifies that there are a number of distinct values within a society or community, none of which can be established as normatively superior to the others (engelhardt, ). if not openly and reflectively addressed value pluralism can undermine professional ethical codes and by doing so, trap practitioners into an insular conception of the nature of practice with offenders, and the broader community (arrigo, ). second, despite     appearances, the dual role problem is actually tripartite in nature in so far as there are three relevant stake holders with their corresponding relationships: (a) the practitioner and the offender, (b) the practitioner and the community/criminal justice system (including the victim), and (c) the offender, and the criminal justice system, community, and victim(s). the dual role problem, as it is often conceptualized, only appears to deal with the first two sets of relationships (greenberg & shuman, ; ward, ). in our view this is a mistake which impedes progress towards a universally accepted resolution to the dual role dilemma. third, there is no underlying ethical theory, framework, or set of principles in correctional and forensic practice that can be utilized to address the dual role problem or any of the other significant ethical issues evident in the field. while theorists such as ward ( ) have developed procedural frameworks that incorporate varying ethical perspectives and values in the form of the moral acquaintance model, this framework is unable to adequately capture the full complexity of ethical issues evident in the field. in this paper we attempt to address the major challenges associated with the dual role problem in forensic and correctional practice outlined above through ( ) using the core principles and assumptions of restorative justice (rj) and ( ) using rj principles to further inform ward’s ( ) moral acquaintance model and produce an ethical framework that is able to more convincingly address the key problems faced by practitioners within the correctional and forensic fields. rj sets out the necessary conditions for an effective response to crime based on the fundamental premise that repair of community relationships is paramount. rj’s overall aim is to repair the damage caused by crime by asking offenders to recognize and publically     acknowledge the harm they have done, demonstrate remorse, and display a willingness to make reparation and undergo sanctions if appropriate (johnstone, ). further, rj seeks to heal the victim and to restore the offender to full social standing. it assumes a relational ethic in which all human beings are equal moral stakeholders and where individuals have a responsibility to sustain and repair relationships damaged by crime. rj is a grassroots, bottom up movement comprised of a network of practices and initiatives, and is loosely held together by a patchwork of core ideas and principles rather than any overarching coherent theory. essentially, rj is pragmatic in nature and focuses on concrete initiatives such as sentencing circles, offender-victim mediation or family conferences. nevertheless, rj principles have the potential to address pressing ethical dilemmas. in this paper we use the core underlying ideas of rj to provide an overarching ethical framework to resolve the dual role problem. it should be noted, however, that rj has been justifiably criticized for some of its theoretical and practice claims concerning interventions such family conferences, victim-offender mediation, offender rehabilitation, and sentencing conferences (arrigo, , ; ward & langlands, ). first we examine recent attempts to resolve the dual role problem and note their strengths and shortcomings. second, we briefly outline the central assumptions and principles of rj and argue for its general utility as an ethical framework for forensic and correctional practitioners. third, we integrate the rj conception developed earlier with ward’s ( ) recent moral acquaintance model (described later in the paper) of ethical reasoning in the context of value pluralism and evaluate the degree to which it can     satisfactorily address the dual role problem. finally, we conclude with implications for future practice. approaches to the dual role problem ethical solutions to the dual role problem evident in the correctional and forensic literatures essentially follow the relationship trajectories described above: (a) the practitioners’ relationship with the offender; (b) the practitioner’s relationship to the community and criminal justice system (including the victim); and to a lesser extent, (c) the offender’s relationship to the community and criminal justice system (including victims). there are four key approaches to the dual relationship problem: single ethical code approaches that focus on either ( ) mental health or ( ) the criminal justice system; ( ) hybrid models that attempt to combine single ethical codes; and ( ) procedural models that adopt a practitioner interactive model of ethical reasoning. single ethical code: mental health in his recent paper ward ( ) argues that when the primary professional relationship is between a practitioner and an offender it is typically structured by a health oriented code of ethics. more specifically, he states: ..the default position concerning the dual relationship problem is that traditional professional codes of practitioners (whether psychiatrists, psychologists, social workers, etc.) can satisfactorily resolve any ethical conflicts encountered when working in forensic or correctional contexts.     (p. ) it is simply assumed that the ethical principles and standards contained in professional codes can provide adequate ethical guidance for all assessment and intervention tasks likely to be undertaken. it is taken for granted that conflicts will occur between principles within the code used (e.g., between prioritization of client need and minimization of harm to others). this approach centers on how best to meet a client’s core interest while minimizing harm to his or herself and others. while concern for the well-being of members of the community is certainly explicitly considered, it functions more as a side constraint rather than a central focus. thus, using this approach, the principles of beneficence (i.e., promoting the client’s good), nonmaleficence, (i.e., doing no harm), autonomy (i.e., respecting clients’ personal wishes and priorities), and justice (ensuring clients receive their fair share of programme resources and are not unjustifiably discriminated against), if moderated by considerations of risk and general balance, can help practitioners to undertake risk assessments or treatment in ways that are ethically justified. however, there are three major problems with guiding forensic and correctional practice with reference to single mental health professional codes. first, in practice, a primary aim within correctional and forensic settings is to assist offenders to reduce or eliminate their predispositions to harm others. it is not a peripheral aspect of work with offenders at all (appelbaum, ; gannon & ward, ). second, this approach fails to fully acknowledge the moral dimensions to rehabilitation practice. for example, offenders undergo punishment alongside attending programmes. in fact,     theorists such as glaser have argued that sex offender treatment is ethically more defensible if reconceptualized as punishment (glaser, ). third, the single mental health professional code ‘solves’ the dual role problem by neglecting practitioners’ relationships with the criminal justice system and community, as well as offenders’ relationships with victims. single ethical code: criminal justice according to this perspective, a specialized criminal justice ethical code should guide assessment and treatment of offenders. the exact nature of the code will depend on the particular task and organization in question. for example, following a conceptual appraisal of contemporary forensic practice - more specifically, the provision of expert psychiatric advice to the courts - paul appelbaum ( ) formulated two forensic ethical principles for forensic psychiatrists operating as expert witnesses that he argued reflect actual practice: ( ) truth telling (i.e., striving for objectivity and presenting evidence based on reliable and valid methods and theories); and ( ) respect for persons (i.e., transparency with the defendant through conceding that the fundamental client is the court). a strength of the criminal justice, single code model is that it takes the requirements of the criminal justice system and the concerns of the community seriously and thus bases its ethical code on issues of community protection and risk management. however, its major weakness is that it simply ignores the practitioner-offender role of the tripartite set of relationships implicated in forensic and correctional work. furthermore, as ward ( ) states, adopting such a code, “runs the risk of alienating psychiatrists (and other forensic and correctional practitioners) from their traditional roots as healers” (p. ).     hybrid ethical models the above brief description and evaluation of the two major approaches to addressing the ethical challenges of forensic and correctional practice illustrates that each fails to do justice to the complexities of practical work in correctional and forensic settings. in response to this lack of scope, some theorists have developed hybrid ethical models to address the dual role problem, essentially combining the values underpinning each role (i.e., client well-being and need as well as community protection). a promising example of a hybrid ethical approach is philip candilis’s ( ) robust professionalism framework. according to candilis, forensic and correctional practitioners need to carefully consider the viewpoints of all key stakeholders associated with a particular issue and any assessment or treatment process should result in outcomes that reflect these varying interests in a balanced way. more specifically he stated that robust professionalism, “recognized the formative influence of personal values, the salience of personal identity in one's work, and the connection of personal and professional identities” (p. ). a unique strength of the candilis model is the way all three sets of relationships are identified as important and worthy of explicit consideration. further, attention to the personal narratives and life histories of the key stakeholders promises to avoid simplistic stereotyping and the resulting dismissal of individuals’ legitimate concerns. however, despite these strengths candilis does not provide guidance on how to actually incorporate the different perspectives in the assessment and treatment process. as ward ( ) states:     most pressing is a failure to outline a procedure for implementing the model in practice situations. while the concept of robust professionalism with its call to integrity and attention to personal narratives is a necessary element of ethical assessment and treatment, it is not sufficient (p. ). a relational approach: the moral acquaintence model ward ( ) has recently proposed a procedural/relational model of ethical reasoning to assist forensic and correctional practitioners to resolve conflicts associated with dual role problems. in his paper he stated: ethical focus should be on relationships as well as principles and norms such as rights and duties. furthermore, it is important to acknowledge the dignity of others, and not to act in ways that are disrespectful and that denigrate their status as fellow human beings. finally, the details or stories of individuals' lives ought to be the focus of moral decisions rather than simply abstract principles or norms (p. ). according to ward, respect for the high moral status of each person involved in any particular assessment or treatment situation should underpin forensic practice. while an offender may have committed an offence that affects their moral standing in the eyes of many community members, their basic worth or moral status remains unaffected (ward & syverson, ). ward suggests that practitioners should work on the assumption that all of the criminal justice key stakeholders are more likely to be moral acquaintances (i.e., have some overlapping values based on training, experience, and core     human interests) rather than moral strangers (i.e., have no or few values in common). practitioners should look for commonalties when faced with assessment and/or treatment situations where the various stakeholders have different priorities. according to ward’s ( ) moral acquaintance model there should be six phases involved in decision-making when confronted with a dual role problem (also see hanson, ). if the model is applied systematically it is possible to ensure that the third and often neglected aspect of the dual role problem (i.e., the relationship between offender and victim) is attended to. attendance to all six phases in conjunction with assuming a flexible relational ethical perspective should help practitioners to address dual role problems more effectively. there is no a priori guarantee of arriving at a mutually acceptable, ethically justified plan of action; it is simply more likely. the six phases, as described by ward ( ) are to: . clearly describe and identify the practice task and relevant ethical issues. to take note of factual errors and correct them. . list individuals who ought to be participants in the discussion of the forthcoming practice task. typically this would involve offenders, practitioner(s) and members of the community and criminal justice system. victims may be actively involved, and certainly, their interests ought to be explicitly taken into account, probably in the form of risk related concerns. . formulate a brief narrative of all relevant individuals’ circumstances, perspectives, and contributions, and take note of any formal or informal role in the practice task in question. . look for any shared ethical and well-being related norms across the     different participants in the case in question (i.e., search for any possible moral acquaintance). . identify shared norms and apply them to the case, using techniques such as specification (i.e., applying abstract principles to concrete rules for specific situations) and balancing, and construct an agreed action plan for the case in question. it is important to make sure that the participants can justify the plan arrived at within their own set of norms. this points to the need for a minimal degree of rationality: taking into account the relevant facts, constraints, and making sure there are no obvious inconsistencies in each individual’s argument and conclusion. . if the proposed plan can be justified within the different ethical codes/sets of norms, implement it and evaluate its effectiveness. while ward’s moral acquaintance model has the advantages of being able to incorporate all three key relationships evident in forensic and correctional practice it does not fully specify an underlying ethical justification or theory. the appeal to relationship ethics to justify the set of procedures is attractive but lacks detail. in addition, it fails to fully elucidate the complex normative nature of forensic and correctional practice; the fact that there are strong moral overtones associated with issues of punishment and accountability as well as prudential concerns for the interests of offenders that are clearly relevant to treatment, social reentry, and desistance. restorative justice as an ethical framework for correctional practice     to recap, forensic and correctional practitioners work in an ethically complex and challenging environment characterized by dual roles and multiple sets of obligations. while ethical theories formulated to deal with the problem usually take into account the practitioner-offender and practitioner-third person relationships (community, criminal justice system, victims etc.) they have all missed the third one, namely, the relationship between the offender and his or her victim(s). this is a significant omission as it fails to come to terms with the normative backdrop of work in the criminal justice system, and associated issues such as punishment, accountability, remorse, reconciliation, and moral repair. in our view, a major reason for this omission is the lack of a broad ethical framework focused on justice related concerns. akin with other professionals (i.e., candilis, ), we suggest that three sets of core relationships should be kept in mind when working with offenders. in a recent groundbreaking paper gwen adshead ( ) explored the ethical and practice implications of different conceptions of justice. while she made reference to rj, she did not use it to provide an ethical framework to address issues such as the dual role problem. we believe that rj can function as a preliminary ethical framework to alleviate problems associated with dual roles. having said this, we are aware that rj has been the subject of legitimate criticisms concerning its theoretical vagueness, dubious practice assumptions, and lack of clarity concerning ethical reasoning processes (arrigo, , ; ward, fox, & garber ). however, in our view it can potentially provide a useful cognitive tool with which to incorporate the different types of relationships implicated in crime, and in its subsequent management. restorative justice: basic principles and assumptions     rj sets out the conditions for an effective and ethical response to crime based on the view that criminal activity damages important social relationships (walgrave, ; ward et al., ; zehr & toews, ). rj’s overall goal is to repair the rupture created by crime by asking offenders to recognize the harm they have done, demonstrate remorse, and display a willingness to make reparation and accept sanctions if appropriate. it seeks to heal victims and to restore offenders to full social standing once the process of moral repair has been undertaken (see below). importantly, research shows that rj reduces reoffending and results in high levels of both victim and offender satisfaction (latimer, dowden, & muise, ; shapland, robinson, & sorsby, ). rj assumes the validity of a relational ethic in which all human beings are stakeholders and where individuals have a responsibility to sustain and repair relationships damaged by crime. it is underpinned by a number of so called restorative values such as human dignity and respect, compassion, reciprocity, honesty, humility, interconnectedness, accountability, empowerment, hope, truth, empathy and mutual understanding (ward et al., ). thus, according to walgrave, rj is “an option for doing justice after the occurrence of an offence that is primarily oriented towards repairing the individual, relational, and social harm caused by that offence” (walgrave, , p. ). zehr and mika ( ) outline three core rj principles that exemplify the core ideas in this definition. first, criminal conduct violates both people and their relationships with one another. such violation harms all of the key stakeholders in crime—victims, offenders, and communities— whose needs therefore ought to be actively addressed through a restorative process of some kind. second, crime results in both obligations and liabilities     for offenders. the offender is obliged to take responsibility for the crime and attempt to repair the harm caused. the major intention behind holding offenders accountable is to achieve reparation rather than to simply punish them (ward, ). the community is obliged to support both the victim and the offender in dealing with the effects of the crime. third, the purpose of rj is to facilitate community healing by repairing the harm that results from crime, more specifically, the fractures within relationships between victims, offenders, and the community that inevitably occur following offending. there is some conceptual overlap between the basic ideas and values comprising rj and a set of ethical ideas and practices termed moral repair (walker, ). walker ( ) states that moral repair is “restoring or creating trust and hope in a shared sense of value and responsibility” (p. ) following the experience of intentional and unjustified harm at the hands of another person or persons. according to walker, there are a number of core tasks encompassed by moral repair including placing responsibility on the offender, acknowledging and addressing the harm suffered by the victim, asserting the authority of the norms violated by the offender and the community’s commitment to them, restoring or creating trust among the victims in the relevant norms, and reestablishing or establishing adequate moral relationships between victims, wrongdoers, and the community. the concept of moral repair is largely implicit in the central assumptions and principles of rj. however, in our view, when this idea is made more explicit, rj framework becomes a more powerful ethical tool. the restorative justice informed moral aquaintance approach and the dual relationship problem     a rj ethical framework is able to deal with risk and offender welfare issues in a coherent way, and therefore provides a useful framework for addressing dual role problems as well as other ethical problems unique to the criminal justice system. in our view ethical problems unique to forensic and correctional practice all have their origin in the dual role problems and the tensions between the three sets of relationships outlined earlier (ward, ). the three sets of relationships implicated in criminal justice matters are all covered by rj principles and assumptions along with the concept of moral repair (see below). the moral acquaintance model previously outlined by ward ( ) provides a set of procedures for working through conflicting aims and values created by the dual role problem, which we propose can be firmly anchored in the relational rj framework. from a rj viewpoint all individuals living together within a community implicitly or explicitly share norms that reflect equal dignity/status and specify duties and obligations (as well as liabilities). this status is foundational and expresses the aim of ethical systems constructed to regulate relationships between people that are designed to safeguard individuals’ core interests, and by doing so, regulate social relationships. when a crime has occurred, using the rj informed moral acquaintance approach, the three sets of key stakeholders possess the following ethical duties and entitlements with respect to the rj identified goal of moral repair: . offender: (a) entitlements: these include being given the ethical space to do the above. in reality this would mean being treated respectfully and having the chance to enter into a dialogue with members of the community and possibly victims. in addition, in order to ‘make good’ and engage in a process of self-reform     offenders are likely to require psychological and/or social assistance from the state and community, and be given the opportunity to live more fulfilling and prosocial lives (ward & maruna, ). the opportunity to take part in intervention programs is likely to lower risk; in line with victims and communities’ expectation of personal reform; and (b) duties: to acknowledge the harm done to others and the norms violated by his or her actions. ideally, he or she would experience feelings of guilt/remorse and seek reconciliation with the community (and possibly the victim) by accepting the sanctions or compensation decided on by the community (most probably by the court. . victims: (a) entitlements: victims of crime are entitled to an acknowledgment by the state (including the practitioner), community, and offenders that important norms have been violated and that as a result they experienced significant unjustified harm at the hands of the offender (and possibly others via collusion or omission). victims are also entitled to receive active support from the community and assistance in repairing any social and/or, psychological damage that has occurred as a result of the offense. if appropriate, offenders may contribute to the process of victim healing by way of restorative practices, such as conferencing, and the payment of compensation, etc. in any advent, the victim is entitled to expect that offenders will actively address their proclivities (i.e., reoffending risk and its associated characteristics) to commit offenses as part of an genuine expression of remorse and commitment to self-reform; and (b) duties: as a member of the     community who is committed to shared norms victims should respect the processes associated with a rj perspective – moral repair. once offenders have suffered any sanctions and (if appropriate) participated in relevant rj practices, victims should support their reentry and reintegration into the community. this does not mean that they should personally do so but that at least they will not seek to undermine this process. . community stakeholders and the state - including the practitioner (a) entitlements: the state and community can reasonably expect all members of the moral community to take responsibility for acquiring the relevant norms and the capacities to identify and act upon such norms, through the provision of responsible parenting, education, and social services. it is expected that both offenders and victims and other members of the community fulfill their duties as outlined above. practitioners are entitled to have the ethical space to actively consider the interests of all three stakeholders in their assessment and treatment services– community, victims, and offenders. they should not be pressured to privilege risk assessment and management activities at the expense of offenders’ legitimate needs for treatment programs and psychological resources (see gannon & ward, ), or to focus exclusively on the well-being of offenders at the expense of the community and victim interests; and (b) duties: to actively work to ensure that ethical norms are understood and supported and, if violated, take the appropriate steps to repair any moral damage. for practitioners this means that in their work with offenders they     should seek to assist them in the self-reform process and, by doing so, provide expert psychological services. from a broader community perspective, there is a duty to ensure that there are adequate resources in policing, legal processes, victim support, and rehabilitation for offenders including specific restorative initiative processes if appropriate. the community (and state) has the important role of social epistemic engineering—and ongoing monitoring—with respect to norm formulation, articulation, monitoring and enforcement is the dual role problem addressed by the rj informed moral acquaintance approach? how do the rj ethical framework and the moral acquaintance model outlined above respond to the dual role problem, and importantly, how do they deal with the three significant aspects of this ethical issue outlined in the introduction of this paper? first, with respect to the issue of value pluralism, the relational nature of rj and its grounding in multiple human interests and the need for social cooperation and mutual respect, means that there are no overriding values such as punishment, offender entitlements, or safety. that is, there are no master or premier values that trump all the others in ethically rich practice contexts or in disputes. there is an explicit commitment to dialogue with regard to the norms that a community operates by and the steps that should be taken when they are violated. all members of the community, with their varying interests, are considered to be of equal intrinsic value. if someone has committed a serious wrong, holding them to account may entail the infliction of sanctions and temporary restriction on some interests such as     liberty. however, the offender’s journey towards release and social integration and the social and psychological capital required to make this possible, should be the focus of practitioner and state attention. assuming the validity of ethical pluralism there is a danger that dialogue between stakeholders could merely harden positions. in the absence of epistemic virtues such as tolerance, openness to new ideas, curiosity, reflexivity, and personal integrity, individuals may speak past each other and remain captive to their own favored sets of ideas and norms (arrigo, in press; ). second, an advantage of the rj informed moral acquaintance approach is that all of the three major stakeholders operating in the criminal justice system are explicitly factored into practice decisions. it is tripartite in nature because of its emphasis on the central task of moral repair and aim of rebuilding damaged relationships between offenders, victims, and the community. of course, the inclusion of all three sets of relationships in practice considerations increases the complexity of any subsequent dialogue and opens up the possibility of miscommunication rather than clarity. third, once rj assumptions and norms have been enhanced with the concept of moral repair we believe it can provide an overarching ethical framework to guide forensic and correctional practice. in particular, it is able to provide a more secure ethical footing with which to address the dual role problem. it can do this, because by virtue of its stress on repairing damaged relationships rj explicitly incorporates the viewpoints and interests of all the key stakeholders and their respective relationships. it also grounds practice with offenders in the concept of moral repair and thus it is clear that clinicians’ primary ethical responsibility in situations of direct conflict is to victims. however, because rj takes the idea of offenders’ self-reform seriously and     also accepts their entitlement to have their voices heard and to be treated with respect, any interventions will be strength based in nature. this is partly a function of working with the moral acquaintance model which attempts to structure plans for resolving ethical disputes around common goals, in ways that all parties find acceptable and which are congruent with their core values (ward, ). the emphasis of such plans will be on building internal and external capabilities and the reduction of risk as a consequence of this strategy, rather than simply targeting risk factors on their own. but what about situations where one or more of the key stakeholders is not interested in adopting a rj informed moral acquaintance perspective, does this undermine the approach? in our view it does not have to. in such circumstances a practitioner should still inquire into what is required for moral repair to occur, using the procedural model of ethical reasoning described earlier in the paper. he or she should ask questions such as the following. what resources does the offender need in order to modify his capacity for harmful actions? what kind of social opportunities and community services should be available to increase the chances of desistance occurring? what concerns need to be alleviated in order for victims to feel safe? while ideally victims, offenders, and community members will display the same level of commitment to repairing damaged relationships and meeting their obligations, it is not strictly necessary. some type of restorative practices can occur as long as practitioners keep the rj ethical framework in mind when assessing and intervening with offenders. a final issue concerns the possibly pescriptive nature of the rj informed moral acquaintance framework. while psychologists, psychiatrists, or social workers are likely to possess the necessary skills to enter into the type of     dialogue outlined above this may prove a difficult task for typical rj facilitators, who are typically volunteers and may not have mental health raining. the framework described in this paper is best conceptualized as a compass or set of guidelines for dealing with dual role challenges and would need to be fleshed out in different ways depending on the qualifications and training of the practitioners concerned. conclusions the dual role problem is woven into the fabric of forensic practice and has proven difficult to address in a way that preserves the integrity of clinicians and the legitimate expectations of the community for safety. the solutions offered in the literature range from reductionist approaches to hybrid accounts containing both mental health and criminal justice values and practices in an uneasy alliance. in our view, an enrichment of the central principles and assumptions of rj in conjunction with the concept of moral repair, and a procedural ethical model, provides a promising way to address this important ethical challenge. once professionals accept that all criminal justice practices (e.g., sanctioning and rehabilitation) should directly contribute to the repair of damaged social relationships and therefore ought to take into account the various interests of the primary stakeholders, it will be much easier to work in ways that effectively balance care and protection goals. from a clinical perspective, this requires that the aims of offender rehabilitation should go beyond risk management concerns and look more closely at what resources are necessary for offenders to engage productively in a self-reform process, and that relatedly, facilitate their subsequent social reintegration. the aim should be to repair damaged social relationships and restore trust in the norms that protect each persons’ interests and those of     others. in our interpretation, rj principles are moral in nature and the concrete practice initiatives that arise from these ideas share their normative content. practitioners working with a rj informed moral acquaintance ethical framework should find it easier to reconcile their duties to offenders, victims, and the community because their overall aim is to repair damaged relationships—using moral acquaintance principles—through assessment and program activities. individuals occupying other roles within the criminal justice system can seek to meet the same goal through their own professional actions, whether they are teachers, correctional officers, tutors, administrators, or probation officers. the conceptual unit at the forefront of practice attention is the tripartite model of core relationships, not simply offenders, community or victims. if rj informed ideas guide correctional and forensic practice, practitioners are less likely to become trapped within the cultures of health and criminal justice. broadening the conceptual horizon should result in more nuanced and ethically responsible practice and less danger of moral distress and loss of professional integrity. despite the above positive features of an rj perspective informed by the moral acquaintance model, it is important not to gloss over difficult normative issues such as values clashes at multiple levels (e.g., human rights versus professional ethical codes; personal values versus criminal justice norms), moral blindness, and difficulties translating abstract values into concrete plans. at the center of the dual role problem is value pluralism and the issue of competing and often conflicting role conceptions. practitioners can be paralyzed by contrasting ethical duties and simply default to what they they are most familiar with. a fall back to what is familiar could reflect an     understandable desire to escape from the aversive nature of cognitive dissonance or simply indicate uncritical acceptance of the professional (and political) status quo. while engaging in the kind of ethical reasoning outlined in this paper is demanding there are significant personal and professional rewards as well. by virtue of the focus on moral repair there is explicit concern for the interests of all members of the community and therefore less chance of unjustifiably overlooking the entitlements and duties of victims and offenders. if our responses to crime are to be ethical they need to be subtle, graduated, inclusive, and reflective. there is no room for myopia and formulaic thinking; it will deaden our ethical senses and harden our hearts.     references adshead, g. ( ). three faces of justice: competing ethical paradigms in forensic psychiatry. legal and criminological psychology, , – . doi: . /lcrp. andrews, d. a., & bonta, j. l. ( ). the psychology of criminal conduct. the psychology of criminal conduct ( th edition). cincinnati, oh: anderson. appelbaum, p. s. ( ). a theory of ethics for forensic psychiatry. journal of the american academy of psychiatry and law, , - . arrigo, b.a., and schehr, r. c. ( ). restoring justice for juveniles: a critical analysis of victim offender mediation. justice quarterly, , - . doi: . / arrigo, b.a. ( ). rethinking restorative and community justice: a postmodern inquiry. contemporary justice review, , - . doi: . / arrigo, b. a. ( ). managing risk and marginalizing identities: on the society-of-captives thesis and the harm of social dis-ease. international journal of offender therapy and comparative criminology, , - . doi: . / x arrigo, b.a. (in press). responding to crime: psychological jurisprudence, normative philosophy, and trans-desistance theory. criminal justice and behavior. bonner, r. & vandecreek, l. d. ( ). ethical decision making for correction for mental health providers. criminal justice and behavior, , - . doi: . /     candilis, p. j. ( ). the revolution in forensic ethics: narrative, compassion, and a robust professionalism. psychiatric clinics of north america, , – . doi: . /j.psc. . . engelhardt, h. t. ( ). the foundations of bioethics. new york, ny: oxford university press. gannon, t. a., & ward, t. ( ). where has all the psychology gone? a critical review of evidence-based psychological practice in correctional settings. manuscript submitted for review. glaser, b. ( ). therapeutic jurisprudence: an ethical paradigm for therapists in sex offender treatment programs. western criminology review, ( ), - . greenberg, s. t., & shuman, d. w. ( ). irreconcilable conflict between therapeutic and forensic roles. professional psychology: research and practice, ( ), - . gunthiel, t. g. & brodsky, a. ( ). preventing boundary violations in clinical practice. new york, ny: guilford press. haag, a. m. ( ). ethical dilemmas faced by correctional psychologists in canada. criminal justice and behavior, , - . doi: . / hanson, s. s. ( ). moral acquaintances and moral decisions: resolving conflicts in medical ethics. new york, ny: springer. johnstone, g. ( ). the teachings of restorative justice. in t. gavrielides & v. artinopoulou (eds.) reconstructing restorative justice philosophy (pp. - ). farnham, uk: ashgate publishing.     latimer, j., dowden, c., & muise, d. ( ). the effectiveness of restorative justice practices: a meta-analysis. the prison journal, , - . doi: . / robertson, m. d. & walter, g. ( ). many faces of the dual – role relationship in psychiatric ethics. australian and new zealand journal of psychiatry, , - . doi: . / shapland, j., robinson, g., & sorsby, a. ( ) restorative justice in practice. london: routledge. walgrave, l. ( ). restorative justice, self-interest, and responsible citizenship. devon, uk: willan publishing. walker, m. u. ( ). moral repair: reconstructing moral relations after wrongdoings. new york: cambridge university press. ward, t. ( ). addressing the dual relationship problem in forensic and correctional practice. aggression and violent behavior, , - . doi: . /j.avb. . . ward, t., fox, a., & garber, m. ( ). restorative justice, offender rehabilitation, and desistance. restorative justice: an international journal, , - . doi: . / . . . ward, t. & langlands, r. ( ). repairing the rupture: restorative justice and offender rehabilitation. aggression and violent behavior, , - . doi: . /j.avb. . . ward, t., & maruna, s. ( ). rehabilitation: beyond the risk assessment paradigm. london, uk: routledge.     ward, t., & syverson, k. ( ). human dignity and vulnerable agency : an ethical framework for forensic practice. aggression and violence behavior, , - . doi: . /j.avb. . . weinberger, l. e., & sreenivasan, s. ( ). ethical and professional conflicts in correctional psychology. professional psychology: research and practice, , - . doi: . / - . . . zehr, h. & toews, b. ( ). critical issues in restorative justice. cullompton, devon, uk: willan publishing. the world bank legal review tilburg university the justice innovation approach muller, s. published in: world bank legal review publication date: document version publisher's pdf, also known as version of record link to publication citation for published version (apa): muller, s. ( ). the justice innovation approach: how justice sector leaders in development contexts can promote innovation. world bank legal review, ( ), - . http://external.worldbankimflib.org/uhtbin/cgisirsi/x/ / / /?searchdata = % bckey% d#_ general rights copyright and moral rights for the publications made accessible in the public portal are retained by the authors and/or other copyright owners and it is a condition of accessing publications that users recognise and abide by the legal requirements associated with these rights. • users may download and print one copy of any publication from the public portal for the purpose of private study or research. • you may not further distribute the material or use it for any profit-making activity or commercial gain • you may freely distribute the url identifying the publication in the public portal ? take down policy if you believe that this document breaches copyright please contact us providing details, and we will remove access to the work immediately and investigate your claim. download date: . apr. https://research.tilburguniversity.edu/en/publications/ b e - f- e -b a- aa http://external.worldbankimflib.org/uhtbin/cgisirsi/x/ / / /?searchdata = % bckey% d#_ p u b lic d is cl o su re a u th o ri ze d p u b lic d is cl o su re a u th o ri ze d p u b lic d is cl o su re a u th o ri ze d p u b lic d is cl o su re a u th o ri ze d wb typewritten text wb typewritten text the world bank legal review volume legal innovation and empowerment for development the world bank legal review volume legal innovation and empowerment for development the world bank legal review is a publication for policy makers and their advis- ers, judges, attorneys, and other professionals engaged in the field of interna- tional development with a particular focus on law, justice, and development. it offers a combination of legal scholarship, lessons from experience, legal de- velopments, and recent research on the many ways in which the application of the law and the improvement of justice systems promote poverty reduction, economic development, and the rule of law. the world bank legal review is part of the world bank law, justice and de- velopment series managed by the research and editorial board of the bank’s legal vice presidency. the world bank legal review volume legal innovation and empowerment for development hassane cissé sam muller chantal thomas chenguang wang editors the world bank washington, d.c. © international bank for reconstruction and development the world bank h street nw washington, dc telephone: - - internet: www.worldbank.org some rights reserved this work is a product of the staff of the world bank with external contributions. note that the world bank does not necessarily own each component of the content included in the work. the world bank therefore does not warrant that the use of the content contained in the work will not infringe on the rights of third parties. the risk of claims resulting from such infringement rests solely with you. the findings, interpretations, and conclusions expressed in this work do not necessarily reflect the views of the world bank, its board of executive directors, or the governments they repre- sent. the world bank does not guarantee the accuracy of the data included in this work. the boundaries, colors, denominations, and other information shown on any map in this work do not imply any judgment on the part of the world bank concerning the legal status of any terri- tory or the endorsement or acceptance of such boundaries. nothing herein shall constitute or be considered to be a limitation upon or waiver of the privi- leges and immunities of the world bank, all of which are specifically reserved. rights and permissions this work is available under the creative commons attribution . unported license (cc by . ) http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . . under the creative commons attribution license, you are free to copy, distribute, transmit, and adapt this work, including for commercial purposes, under the following conditions: attribution—please cite the work as follows: hassane cissé, sam muller, chantal thomas, and chenguang wang, eds. the world bank legal review, volume : legal innovation and empowerment for development. doi: . / - - - - license: creative commons attribution cc by . translations—if you create a translation of this work, please add the following disclaimer along with the attribution: this translation was not created by the world bank and should not be considered an official world bank translation. the world bank shall not be liable for any content or error in this translation. all queries on rights and licenses should be addressed to the office of the publisher, the world bank, h street nw, washington, dc , usa; fax: - - ; e-mail: pubrights@ worldbank.org. isbn (paper): - - - - eisbn (electronic): - - - - doi: . / - - - - cover photo: ©istockphoto.com/mark wragg; cover design: nigel quinney library of congress cataloging-in-publication data has been requested. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . www.worldbank.org www.istockphoto.com/mark the world bank legal review volume legal innovation and empowerment for development editors hassane cissé deputy general counsel, knowledge and research, world bank sam muller director, hiil chantal thomas professor, cornell university law school chenguang wang professor of law, tsinghua university production editor matthew moorhead legal associate, world bank contents foreword xi jim yong kim, world bank group president preface xiii anne-marie leroy, senior vice president and group general counsel contributors xv empowerment and innovation strategies for law, justice, and development chantal thomas the justice innovation approach: how justice sector leaders in development contexts can promote innovation sam muller and maurits barendrecht legal empowerment of the poor: past, present, future hassane cissé beyond the orthodoxy of rule of law and justice sector reform: a framework for legal empowerment and innovation through the convention on the rights of persons with disabilities janet e. lord, deepti samant raja, and peter blanck the political economy of improving traditional justice systems: a case study of ngo engagement with shalish in bangladesh stephen golub intellectual property: facilitating technology transfer for development roy f. waldron contentsviii transforming through transparency: opening up the world bank’s sanctions regime conrad c. daly and frank a. fariello, jr. human rights and development: regime interaction and the fragmentation of international law siobhán mcinerney-lankford legal transplantation and legal development in transitional china chenguang wang rule of law as a watermark: china’s legal and judicial challenges stéphanie balme achieving development through innovative constitutionalism: a china story zhenmin wang and yuan tao the role of laws and institutions in expanding women’s voice, agency, and empowerment jeni klugman and sarah twigg “we want what the ok tedi women have!” guidance from papua new guinea on women’s engagement in mining deals nicholas menzies and georgia harley innovation in asset recovery: the swiss perspective rita adam international asset sharing: a multipurpose tool for development karyn kenny toward a new law and development: new state activism in brazil and the challenge for legal institutions david m. trubek, diogo r. coutinho, and mario g. schapiro the role of the public ministry in the defense of the environment: hydrogeographical regions and attitudes for coping with socioenvironmental conflicts luciano badini and luciano alvarenga ohada nears the twenty-year mark: an assessment renaud beauchard legal innovation for development: the ohada experience marc frilet index contents ix foreword jim yong kim in this time of extreme fragility in the world economy, when the needs of the world’s poor are as pressing as ever, all who work or study in the field of economic development must constantly reconsider what’s working, what’s not working, and what can work better. economists, scientists, activists, poli- ticians, investors, workers: all have a responsibility to carefully consider how best to contribute to the development agenda. lawyers are no exception. law- yers and legal specialists who work in the development sphere must engage in unending self-examination if they are to continue to make a useful, indeed essential, contribution to fighting poverty. the role of law, or rather the role of the “rule of law,” in achieving devel- opment outcomes has been acknowledged and studied extensively in recent decades. more analysis and debate are required, however, to understand the complicated and multifaceted nature of this role. that is a task that requires the input of practitioners, legal experts, and many others who encounter or work with legal systems. the world bank legal review gathers this input from around the world and compiles it into a useful resource for all development practitioners and scholars. the subtitle of this volume, legal innovation and empowerment for development, highlights how the law can respond to the chal- lenges posed to development objectives in a world slowly emerging from an economic crisis. the focus on innovation is a call for new, imaginative strate- gies and ways of thinking about what the law can do in the development realm. the focus on empowerment is a deliberate attempt to place the law into the hands of the poor; to give them another tool with which to resist poverty. the two themes are linked by their shared importance in the face of economic uncertainty. there is an urgent need for new, innovative thinking, and a great need to empower the poor to defend themselves. this volume shows some of the ways that the law can make an innovative and empowering difference in development scenarios. development prob- lems are complex and varied, and the theme of innovation and empowerment naturally has a broad scope. consequently, this volume reaches far and wide. it considers the nature, promise, and limitations of legal innovation and legal empowerment. it looks at concrete examples in places such as africa, the asia- pacific region, and latin america. it considers developments in issues with universal application, such as the rights of the disabled and the effectiveness of asset recovery measures. xi forewordxii the world bank legal review contains many valuable lessons and creative responses. i hope that the exciting ideas in this volume will inspire lawyers and non-lawyers alike to consider what new contribution they can make to our shared poverty-fighting mission xiii preface anne-marie leroy the effects of the global financial crisis and the ensuing great recession are still being felt throughout the world and continue to be a preoccupation of the world bank and other development institutions. meanwhile, the bank’s member countries face a range of other economic challenges and crises. as a result, demand for the bank’s assistance remains elevated. in addition to re- sponding to debilitating crises, both real and potential, the bank ensures that its resources are focused on the long, hard road to economic development. the bank’s team of lawyers and legal specialists has a crucial role to play in proactively supporting the bank in the achievement of its development objectives. it is our responsibility to provide a sound legal response to these many challenges. it is also our responsibility to ensure that that response rep- resents world’s best practice and is at the cutting edge of contemporary think- ing about what the law can and should do to support development goals. with these responsibilities in mind, we have compiled the fourth volume of the world bank legal review, subtitled legal innovation and empowerment for development. in a time of difficulty and change, innovative ideas and strate- gies to empower the poor are more important than ever. many (although not all) of the contributions to this volume of the world bank legal review emerged from the second annual world bank law, justice and development week, held in washington, d.c., in november . jointly hosted by the general counsels of all the world bank group organizations, the law, justice and development week brought together leading scholars, legal practitioners, development experts, policy institutes, universities, and other concerned parties to share lessons and inspiration. a sense of the great range of legal innovations and empowerment strategies that were discussed and debated is captured in this book. all of the diverse issues under discussion were linked by the understanding that the law must respond with solutions that are innovative and empowering. new problems call for new answers. i thank the contributors to this volume. the diverse topics they discuss and the varied perspectives they represent have been organized by four dis- tinguished editors: chenguang wang of tsinghua university, sam muller of the hague institute for the internationalization of law (hiil), chantal thomas of cornell university, and our deputy general counsel for knowledge and prefacexiv research, hassane cissé. dr. nigel quinney provided invaluable editorial as- sistance. this volume deals with important and intriguing topics in law and development, and the contributors’ analyses will assist anyone who is inter- ested, the place of law on today’s development agenda. xv contributors rita adam is vice-director of the directorate of public international law (dpil) at the swiss federal department of foreign affairs (fdfa). at the dpil, she leads the division of international law, international treaties and the law of neighbouring states. ms. adam also serves as the ambassador of switzerland to the principality of liechtenstein (based in bern). before joining the fdfa in , she worked as a legal advisor in civil and criminal mat- ters at the district court of thun, switzerland. after assignments at the swiss mission to the united nations in geneva and the embassy of switzerland in pretoria, south africa, she returned to bern in to join the political af- fairs division, where she was appointed deputy head of the international organizations and host-country policy section in . in , ms. adam became head of the legal affairs and press service of the swiss embassy in paris, france. from until july , she was in charge of the multilateral peace policy section of the political affairs division before being appointed vice-director of the dpil. ambassador adam graduated from the university of bern law faculty in as an attorney at law. luciano alvarenga is a professor and associate researcher at the brazilian society for scientific progress. his research focuses on the interrelationship between law and a variety of other subject areas, such as art and science, the maintenance of the cerrado biome, environmental and forestry legislation directed at biodiversity, otherness and environmental justice, responsibility for risk and environmental damage, ethics, and new theoretical and meth- odological approaches in the environmental sciences. professor alvarenga graduated from the federal university of minas gerais with a law degree, having been awarded a scholarship from the national council for scientific and technological development. he also holds an m.s. in natural sciences from the federal university of ouro preto, brazil, and a specialist’s degree in environment, education and sustainability from the university of evora, portugal. luciano badini has been a prosecutor at the public ministry of minas gerais (pmmg) since . he has also served as coordinator of the operational support center for district attorneys working on environmental protection, coordinator of interstate justice prosecutors for the protection of the são fran- cisco river, and executive coordinator of the agreement between the pmmg and the world bank that aims at technical and technological improvements of the pmmg for the protection of the environment. he was the recipient of the innovare award for his work in implementing the project that organized the public ministry’s actions for the protection of natural resources of all river basins in the state of minas gerais. contributorsxvi stéphanie balme is a research fellow at sciences po paris and professor at the centre for international studies and research (ceri) and the paris school of international affairs (psia), and the head of the “law, justice, and society in china” program. her research and teaching focuses include comparative con- stitutional law and rule of law developments. her research applies to “emerg- ing countries,” in particular china and post-socialist countries. she lived in mainland china and hong kong sar, china for many years, working at tsing- hua university law school as a delegate for the civil law initiative and the chinese university of hong kong. she has authored six books and a number of other academic publications and public policy papers in english, chinese, and french. she also is a consultant on china for european and international organizations. maurits barendrecht is academic director at hiil and has been a professor of private law at tilburg university since . he practiced law at a ma- jor dutch law firm from to . he studies dispute systems (e.g., legal procedures and informal dispute mechanisms) from an interdisciplinary per- spective, and systematically looks for knowledge from other disciplines (e.g., economics and organization theory) that can be integrated with best practices in order to improve dispute systems for the people who rely on them. his re- search is conducted through the tilburg institute for interdisciplinary studies of civil law and conflict resolution systems. professor barendrecht has led several large-scale innovation projects in the area of justice and governance that directly addressed urgent needs not being met through existing legal ar- rangements. these interactive research and development projects usually take place in cooperation with stakeholders such as client groups, ministries of jus- tice, the judiciary, and the legal-services community. renaud beauchard, a french national and u.s. resident, is an attorney and le- gal consultant specializing in rule of law, justice reforms, and anti-corruption. a fellow of the institut des hautes Études sur la justice in paris and counsel for the law offices of peter c. hansen in washington, d.c., mr. beauchard practiced law in france for six years as a litigator in a maritime and transpor- tation law. more recently, he has worked as a consultant for the world bank’s office of evaluation and suspension and for the u.s. millennium challenge corporation on its access to justice program in benin. mr. beauchard has written several publications on topics as diverse as international assets recov- ery, corporate social responsibility, anti-corruption, and the evaluation of legal systems. he holds law degrees from poitiers university (ll.m.), cambridge university (ll.m.), and tulane university law school (j.d.), and has both practiced and taught law. peter blanck is university professor at syracuse university, chairman of the burton blatt institute, also at syracuse university, and honorary professor, centre for disability law and policy, national university of ireland, gal- way. he has published widely on the americans with disabilities act and re- lated laws, serves as chairman of the global universal design commission (gudc), and has practiced law at covington & burling, where he served as contributors xvii law clerk to the late honorable carl mcgowan of the united states court of appeals for the d.c. circuit. professor blanck’s recent books include disability civil rights law and policy (with hill, siegal & waterstone) ( ), race, ethnic- ity, and disability: veterans and benefits in post-civil war america (with logue) ( ); and equality . : towards a right to the web for people with cognitive disabilities (forthcoming). he received a j.d. from stanford university, where he was president of the stanford law review, and a ph.d. in psychology from harvard university. hassane cissé, a national of senegal, joined the world bank in after serv- ing for several years as counsel at the international monetary fund. he has been deputy general counsel, knowledge and research, of the bank since . in this capacity he advises on strategic legal issues facing the bank and leads the bank’s work on law, justice, and development. previously, mr. cissé served as chief counsel for operations policy of the world bank. he is the editor-in-chief of the world bank’s law, justice and development series and has published papers on rule of law and development and on international economic law matters. mr. cissé obtained his ll.b from dakar university in senegal. he also holds an ll.m degree from harvard law school, graduate law degrees from the universities of paris i panthéon-sorbonne and paris ii panthéon-assas, as well as a graduate degree in history from paris i panthéon- sorbonne university. he is a member of the world economic forum’s global agenda council on the rule of law. diogo r. coutinho is an associate professor of law at the university of são paulo, where his courses include economic law, political economy, and law and development, and a research fellow at the brazilian center of analysis and planning (cebrap). currently, he serves as investigator of lands, the project on law and the new developmental state. he was a researcher at fgv são paulo law school and at the brazilian society of public law. also, he was a visiting professor at the london-based center for transnational legal studies ( ). professor coutinho has written on law and development; ad- ministrative, economic, and social law; and regulatory and antitrust policies in brazil. he holds an m.sc. from the london school of economics and politi- cal science ( ) and a doctorate from the university of são paulo faculty of law ( ). conrad c. daly is a legal consultant for the operations policy practice group of the world bank’s legal vice presidency, where he has been engaged princi- pally in the bank’s work in governance and anti-corruption. mr. daly gradu- ated from a dual-degree program between cornell law school and the ecole de droit de la sorbonne (université paris i panthéon-sorbonne). he is also a graduate of heythrop college, university of london, where he read for a mas- ter in systematic theology, and of boston college, where he double-majored in biochemistry and history. while in paris as a visiting fellow at the université panthéon-assas (paris ), he researched issues in competition law and taught classes in u.s. and british constitutional and administrative law. his work experience also includes work with grc counsel, as well as legal internships contributorsxviii at the german gas and engineering company, linde ag, and at the u.s. court of international trade. prior to making law his chosen profession, mr. daly worked at the southern medical journal as the special projects editor. frank fariello, a graduate of brown university and new york university school of law, is currently lead counsel, operations policy, in the world bank’s legal vice presidency (leg). he is leg’s primary focal point for the bank’s sanctions regime and governance and anticorruption policies. in that capacity, he coordinated the recent comprehensive reforms of the bank’s sanc- tions process and advised integrity vice presidency in connection with the agreement on mutual enforcement of debarment decisions among multilat- eral development banks. before joining the bank in , mr. fariello worked for nine years at the international fund for agricultural development (ifad) as senior counsel and subsequently as special advisor to the vice president. for the first ten years of his career, prior to his service at ifad, he practiced corporate law, with an emphasis on international financial transactions, at a number of new york firms, including skadden arps slate meagher and flom. marc frilet is the managing partner of the paris law firm frilet société d’avocats, which specializes in construction, infrastructure, and mining proj- ects, in france and internationally, with a particular focus on developing na- tions, mostly in africa. the firm is also active in general corporate and privati- zation law. he teaches international investment law at the university of paris v: descartes and mining law at l’ecole de mines. he is a frequent lecturer and author, and the former co-chair of committee t, an international construc- tion project of the international bar association (iba), and a former council member of the iba. mr. frilet is secretary general of the french institute of international legal experts, sponsored by the paris bar. stephen golub is an adjunct professor, attorney, and consultant, who teaches courses on international development and legal empowerment at the uni- versity of california at berkeley law school and at the central european university public policy department in budapest. he has edited volumes on legal empowerment and related topics for the ford foundation, the open society foundations, the international development law organization, the hague journal on the rule of law, and the asian development bank. he has more than years of experience in countries, consulting and conducting research on legal empowerment, traditional justice systems, the rule of law, and governance for the world bank, the carnegie endowment for interna- tional peace, amnesty international, development institutions, foundations, policy institutes, and nongovernmental groups. professor golub has written over published pieces for law journals, aid agencies, and other policy and scholarly outlets. georgia harley is an executive legal adviser with the australian depart- ment of foreign affairs and trade and a legal consultant for the justice re- form unit of the legal vice presidency at the world bank. at the bank, ms. harley works for the justice for the poor program, and is engaged principally on natural resource governance in fragile states. previously, she served in the contributors xix office of international law at the australian attorney-general’s department, the regional assistance mission to solomon islands, and on various rule of law projects in southeast asia and the pacific. ms. harley earned a bachelor of arts and bachelor of laws (hons.) from the university of queensland, an ll.m. in international law from the australian national university and a masters in international development policy (applied economics and peace and conflict resolution) from duke university. karyn kenny is an international attorney advisor for the u.s. department of justice, responsible for negotiating asset sharing agreements and building global capacity in anti-money laundering sectors. a former justice expert con- sultant for the world bank, she served as a u.s. supreme court fellow in , one of four fellows selected from an international pool by a commission appointed by chief justice john g. roberts. in , she served as a u.s. ful- bright scholar in lithuania, teaching comparative constitutional and criminal law. she has served as an assistant united states attorney prosecuting federal economic crimes and as an assistant district attorney in the manhattan dis- trict attorney’s office prosecuting violent street crime. ms. kenny teaches law internationally and has received an award for outstanding teaching. a pub- lished author on international legal issues, she frequently serves as an expert speaker, including presentations for the brookings institution and the world bank. jeni klugman is the director of gender and development at the world bank group. prior to taking up this position, ms. klugman was the director and lead author of three global human development reports ( , , and ) pub- lished by the united nations development programme. from to , she held various positions at the world bank, focusing on poverty, inequality, and human development in low-income countries in africa, europe, and asia. she currently serves on the world economic forum’s advisory board on sus- tainability and competitiveness and is a fellow of the human development and capabilities association. ms. klugman has published books, papers, and reports on topics ranging from poverty reduction strategies and labor markets to conflict, health reform, education, and decentralization. she holds a ph.d. in economics from the australian national university, as well as postgradu- ate degrees in law and in development economics from oxford university, where she was a rhodes scholar. janet lord is an international lawyer and development practitioner with more than years of professional experience. ms. lord directs the human rights and disability inclusive development practice at bluelaw international llp and provides subject matter expertise in human rights law and policy reform, advocacy, monitoring and complaints mechanisms, election access for margin- alized populations, building and strengthening national human rights institu- tions, and international disability rights. she also serves as senior research associate at the harvard law school project on disability and is adjunct pro- fessor of law at the university of maryland francis king carey school of law. she is internationally recognized for subject-matter expertise in the area contributorsxx of human rights for marginalized populations, inclusive development, and disability and has authored a wide array of scholarly, as well as practitioner- oriented international law, development, and human rights publications. she holds an ll.b. and an ll.m. in law from the university of edinburgh, and an ll.m. in international and comparative law from the george washington university law school. siobhán mcinerney-lankford is senior counsel in the world bank legal vice presidency and former senior policy officer, institutions, law and partner- ships for human rights, nordic trust fund, operations policy and country services. she has been advising the world bank on human rights law issues since and regularly represents the world bank in international human rights fora, including at the united nations (un), european union (eu), and organisation for economic co-operation and development (oecd). from to , she served as chair of the oecd dac human rights task team and was world bank representative to the un high-level task force on the right to development from to . before joining the world bank, she worked in private practice in washington, d.c. she has published widely on human rights law and teaches occasionally. dr. mcinerney-lankford holds an ll.b. from trinity college, dublin, an ll.m. from harvard law school, and a b.c.l and d.phil. in eu human rights law from oxford university. nicholas menzies is a justice reform specialist in the legal vice presidency of the world bank. he works on institutional reform of the formal justice sec- tor and on mainstreaming justice into development programming with the justice for the poor program, with particular interests in impact evaluation, indicators, and gender. prior to the world bank, he worked at the intersections of plural legal systems as a land and natural resources lawyer for indigenous communities in australia, on legal empowerment and access to justice issues in cambodia, and in providing policy advice to the papua new guinean cabi- net. mr. menzies has an ll.b. and a b.a. from the university of sydney and a master of public policy degree from the hertie school of governance, berlin. sam muller is the founding director of hiil. he has also served as special adviser to the registrar on external relations at the international criminal court (icc), interim deputy director of the common services division, and acting director of the public information and documentation section of the registry. before heading up the advance team to set up the icc, he worked as senior legal adviser and head of the legal department of the registry of the international criminal tribunal for the former yugoslavia and as a legal officer at the headquarters of the un relief and works agency in gaza. in the mid- s he was associate professor and programme coordinator of the public international law ll.m. programme of leiden university. mr. muller holds a law degree and a doctorate from leiden university. he has published and spoken extensively on various topics, focusing on the law of international organizations, international justice issues, and, over the past two years, global legal trends and justice innovation. he serves on various boards, including the hague prize foundation, and is chairman of the board of the hague academic coalition and of the rule of law action council of the world economic forum. deepti samant raja is the director of international programs at the burton blatt institute, syracuse university. samant raja has over seven years of work experience in promoting the social inclusion and economic empowerment of people with disabilities. she has worked on mainstreaming disability in pov- erty reduction and development programs, developing programs to promote access to low-cost assistive devices for people with disabilities in resource- limited environments, ict accessibility, and full participation in the labor market. she worked for the secretariat of the global partnership for disability and development, managing research and knowledge translation activities. ms. samant raja has published and presented on ict accessibility in develop- ment and the implications of the convention on the rights of persons with disabilities on employment outcomes. she holds an m.s. in rehabilitation counseling (university of illinois at urbana-champaign), an m.s. in electrical engineering (university of california–irvine), and a b.a. in telecommunica- tion engineering (university of mumbai). mario schapiro is a full-time professor of law at getulio vargas foundation school of law (fgv law school), where his courses include law and develop- ment, administrative law, competition law, and law and finance. currently, he serves as investigator of lands, the project on law and the new de- velopmental state, and also as investigator of the brazilian institute of ap- plied research (ipea), a project on legal capacity for development. he was a visiting researcher at the columbia law school ( ) and visiting scholar at king’s college london ( ). professor schapiro has written on law and development, administrative law, economic law, and, his main area of interest, the governance of industrial policy and development policies as a whole. he holds a master’s from the university of são paulo faculty of law ( ) and a doctorate from the university of são paulo faculty of law ( ). yuan tao is counsel at the environmental and international law practice group of the legal vice presidency of the world bank, where he works on sustainable development, climate change, environmental and social safeguard policies of the world bank, and global environmental facility operations. be- fore joining the world bank, mr. tao served as an editor of the harvard envi- ronmental law review, and practiced law with the international law firm allen & overy llp in beijing, china, and london, where he advised on various in- ternational and environmental law issues. his experience also includes advis- ing on legal aspects in relation to china’s business environment, foreign direct investment, financial regulations, and anti-corruption. he obtained his ll.m. degree from harvard law school. previously, he graduated with an ll.b. and an ll.m. from tsinghua university, china, and an ll.m. from university col- lege london, england. chantal thomas is professor of law at cornell university law school, where her courses include international trade and development law and interna- tional labor law. she also directs the clarke initiative for law and develop- ment in the middle east and north africa. prior to joining cornell, professor contributors xxi thomas chaired the law department of the american university in cairo. professor thomas serves on the u.s. state department’s advisory council on international law, and is a counsellor of the american society of interna- tional law. she has consulted for the usaid bureau for democracy, conflict, and humanitarian affairs, and before entering the legal academy practiced international financial law at shearman & sterling’s new york offices. she has published widely on the relationship between international law, political economy, and global social justice in a variety of contexts. professor thomas earned her law degree from harvard university and her bachelor’s degree from mcgill university. david m. trubek is voss-bascom professor of law and dean of internation- al studies emeritus at the university of wisconsin–madison and senior re- search fellow at the harvard law school. he served as director of the uw’s institute for legal studies from to and was appointed as university dean of international studies in . in he became the founding direc- tor of the uw-madison international institute. a pioneer in the field of law and development, his work includes law and the new developmental state: the brazilian experience in latin american perspective (forthcoming, ), direito, planejamento e desenvolvimento do mercado de capitais brasileiro - ( nd edition ), and the new law and economic development: a critical appraisal ( ). currently, he serves as principal investigator of lands, the project on law and the new developmental state and co-director of glee, the project on globalization, lawyers, and emerging economies. sarah twigg is a consultant in the world bank gender and development unit. in her current role she conducts research on areas related to gender equality issues in laws and policy, and supports communications, outreach, and advo- cacy efforts in support of the world bank’s gender and development priori- ties. prior to joining the world bank she worked as a researcher for two global human development reports ( and ) published by the united nations development programme, and as a gender and climate finance consultant for un women. ms. twigg also has experience practicing as a commercial lawyer in new zealand and new york. ms. twigg holds a master’s degree in interna- tional politics and business from new york university and bachelor’s degrees in law and political science from the university of otago, new zealand. roy f. waldron is senior vice president, associate general counsel, and chief intellectual property counsel at pfizer inc., where he leads the team of attorneys and professionals who procure patents; works closely with r&d, business development, and the pfizer business units; and ensures enforce- ment of trademarks. he represents pfizer on the committees of various in- dustry organizations, including the international federation of pharmaceu- tical manufacturers and associations, where he is chair of the international ip and trade committee; the pharmaceutical research and manufacturers of america, ipo, where he represents pfizer on the board of directors; and interpat. mr. waldron joined pfizer in from white & case’s ip practice group, and was previously an associate at fish & neave. he has a j.d. from contributorsxxii new york university school of law, a ph.d. from yale university (physical- organic chemistry), and a b.a. from dartmouth college (chemistry). he was a daad scholar at the albrecht-ludwigs-universität in freiburg, germany, and a jsps post-doctoral fellow at kyoto university in japan. chenguang wang is professor of law and director of the health law re- search center at tsinghua university. he taught at peking university law school and hong kong city university law school before joining tsinghua in . he has also taught as a visiting professor at the law schools of new york university, cornell university, the university of toronto, and the university of pennsylvania. he has been a special adviser to the supreme people’s court since , an arbitrator at the china international economic and trade arbi- tration commission since , and a deputy chair of the china association of legal theory (since ), the china association of legal education (since ), and the china health law association (since ). his teaching fo- cuses on legal theory, comparative law, and health law. he is the co-editor of china’s journey toward the rule of law: legal reform, – , and has pub- lished more than scholarly articles on topics such as judicial system, legal education, comparative law and heath law. he received a b.a. ( ), m.a. ( ), and ph.d. in law ( ) from peking university, and an ll.m. ( ) from harvard university law school. zhenmin wang is professor of law and dean at the tsinghua university school of law and vice president of the china association of constitutional law. he is a member of the committee for the macao basic law and the committee for the hong kong basic law under the standing committee of the chinese national people’s congress. in , he was elected deputy to the th beijing city people’s congress. he is the author of the central-special administrative region relationship in china: from a legal perspective ( ) and constitutional review in china ( ). professor wang has published over articles and presented papers at many regional and international conferences on chinese constitutional law and legal reform. he is a member of the forum of young global leaders of the world economic forum. dean wang received an ll.b. from zhengzhou university ( ) and an ll.m. and ph.d. in law from people’s university of china ( and , respectively). he also stud- ied in the law faculty of hong kong university from to . he was a fulbright visiting scholar at harvard law school in – . contributors xxiii the world bank legal review volume legal innovation and empowerment for development empowerment and innovation strategies for law, justice, and development chantal thomas the concept of the rule of law has now garnered near-universal recognition both as a means and as an end of socioeconomic improvement in poor coun- tries. yet, the very universality of the concept has generated next-level prob- lems. the rule of law as an abstract goal offers little guidance about the practi- cal aspects of such a goal in specific contexts. as hassane cissé notes in this volume, “[d]evelopment policymakers have learnt through bitter experience that a uniform, one-size-fits-all approach to policy interventions in poor coun- tries can have unfortunate, indeed disastrous, consequences.” the challenge for rule of law reformers, then, is to overcome the pitfalls of a one-size-fits-all approach and instead to devise regulatory strategies suitable and responsive to the local environment. an additional challenge for rule of law and related “good governance” reforms is that the economic liberalization programs accompanying such policies often have failed to address social inequities and hierarchies. some contemporary development policy analysts have focused on how to incor- porate these social goals. for example, amartya sen’s development as freedom provides a template for understanding how the fulfillment of civil, political, and social rights could be factored into development policy. the challenge is to ensure that opportunities for, and benefits of, prosperity are equitably enjoyed, and that the least advantaged are able to share them. both of these challenges—transposing policies to particular contexts and ensuring more equitable processes and outcomes of policy reform—inspire the theme of this volume: legal innovation and empowerment for development. the fourth installment of a research effort under way at the world bank, this volume highlights both the necessity of innovating law and policy to address specific development contexts and the importance of doing so in a way that will contribute to socioeconomic empowerment. in this way, the volume makes the case that legal innovation can drive, rather than simply reflect, em- powerment and development. the theme of legal innovation and empowerment for development com- plements substantive and institutional sensibilities in current development policy. substantively, development policy discourse seems to have moved away from tacking hard toward statist policy or neoliberal policy. rather, see, in this volume, hassane cissé, legal empowerment of the poor: past, present, future. amartya sen, development as freedom (oxford u. press ). the world bank legal review something of a more self-consciously moderate approach is emerging in which the basic commitment to market-oriented regulation is affirmed, but the im- portance of meeting social needs as a concurrent rather than a long-term goal is simultaneously recognized. institutionally, this self-styled pragmatism is reflected through the en- dorsement of “new governance” techniques that blend public sector and pri- vate sector approaches. public-private partnerships constitute one important example, but there are many variations, such as a bottom-line approach to measuring policy effects that resembles market metrics. there is cause for hope that these new approaches may help balance out some of the excesses of prior eras. they may be reflected in a greater focus on locality, as well as a greater focus on inclusiveness in processes of gover- nance. equally welcome is the greater awareness of the importance of self- assessment by the range of actors who participate in the development policy cosmos: developed-country governments, international organizations, and nongovernmental organizations (ngos). still, one might ask how much of this apparent change remains only sur- face deep. can these reforms transform deeply entrenched policy orientations on the ground? is the turn to social innovation and empowerment merely cos- metic, leaving underlying structural dynamics and biases intact? how pos- sible is genuine interdisciplinary exchange among the various categories of experts in law, economics, and public policy? there is much evidence that deep institutional “inefficiencies” remain. key among these are imperfect in- formation, powerful interests, and subjective models. despite these persistent questions, many new developments in the field are promising and interesting, and some of these are presented in this volume. in exploring contemporary examples of legal innovation and empowerment, the volume offers a variety of focal points. some chapters focus on elaborating the broad concepts of innovation and empowerment. others focus on govern- mental innovations in particular country contexts. still others discuss the role of ngos and civil society. finally, some chapters describe emerging trends in international laws and organizations. although this brief introduction cannot do justice to the richness and complexity of these contributions, it does con- sider each focal point in turn. the conceptual state of play what precisely is meant by “legal innovation” and “legal empowerment”? the general issue of legal, judicial, and constitutional innovation is addressed see, in this volume, david m. trubek, diogo r. coutinho, & mario g. schapiro, toward a new law and development: new state activism in brazil and the challenge for legal institutions. chantal thomas, law and neoclassical economic development: toward an institutionalist critique of institutionalism, cornell l. rev. , – ( ). empowerment and innovation strategies for law, justice, and development by sam muller and maurits barendrecht in “the justice innovation approach: how justice sector leaders in development contexts can promote innova- tion.” the authors stress competition among potential providers (alternative dispute resolution is envisioned as a potential competitor to traditional judi- cial processes) as well as a redefinition of members of society as stakeholders. within this framework, muller and barendrecht emphasize a few key as- pects of desirable “justice innovation.” first, it is low cost and bottom up. sec- ond, it emphasizes that even though policy goals should be clear, the factors leading to their realization will inevitably be complex, reflecting the environ- ment on the ground. third, this version of justice innovation favors public- private partnerships in the delivery of access to justice, including something like a “build-operate-transfer” model (in which investors are permitted to build and operate a firm for a period of time in exchange for, among other things, an agreement to transfer possession eventually to the owner). finally, this version emphasizes the importance of protecting and rewarding innova- tion and experimentation. the authors offer a pragmatic approach to the question of how to deliver a public good, such as justice, through a model based on the ideal of private sector competition. such an approach may have the virtue of encouraging clearer quantification and greater accountability through a “marketized” fo- cus on systemic “profits,” in the form of increased satisfaction with access to justice, which might permit more precise measurement of the “deliverables” of reform. at the same time, some implications of competition in the justice sector remain unclear. for example, if competition leads to the proliferation of dispute resolution fora, will the “forum shopping” that likely ensues improve the justice sector through regulatory competition, or encourage negative ex- ternalities (i.e., gaming the system)? more profoundly, what danger might privatizing justice pose to public policy goals? as for legal empowerment, this concept is taken up in hassane cissé in “legal empowerment of the poor: past, present, future.” now that the “idea that law has an important role to play in promoting economic development has become well established,” cissé notes that the “traditional focus on in- stitutions and government machinery has been widened to bring the people themselves into view.” legal empowerment of the poor (lep) is in part a reaction to classical rule of law approaches, which focus too much on “institutions and state struc- tures,” perhaps with the unstated premise that these automatically benefit the poor, rather than on whether such benefits are quantifiably delivered. cissé emphasizes the point made by muller and barendrecht that earlier approach- es have been overly top down and therefore likely to misapprehend the con- text of those on the lower rungs of society. despite these improvements, cissé notes some difficulties with lep. first, there is the problem of “causality versus correlation” that characterizes the entire field of good governance policy—does economic empowerment result the world bank legal review from, or lead to, better institutions? second, there is the delicate matter of compliance of lep reforms with the world bank articles of agreement, which prohibit interference in political matters. third, in the form it has taken up to now, most visibly in the commission on legal empowerment of the poor (clep), lep has come under criticism for overestimating the impact of legal exclusion as opposed to other factors on poverty and adopting neoliberal eco- nomic assumptions. among the latter, property rights enforcement is “pos- sibly the most contested” on the clep agenda. beyond these conceptual difficulties, there are some applied challenges in implementing lep policy. cissé writes of the need to see lep as not merely a technocratic strategy, but also as one that entails confronting the reality of en- trenched power elites and interests. additionally, vigilance against one-size- fits-all policies must continue. examples of local lep solutions include greater incorporation of informal justice systems. if the perils of one-size-fits-all are to be taken seriously, then general ideas about legal empowerment and innovation must take into context more spe- cific social hierarchies. a useful intervention in thinking through one kind of particularity—gender equality—is offered by jeni klugman and sarah twigg in “the role of laws and institutions in expanding women’s voice, agency, and empowerment.” as these authors point out, gender equality has now been mainstreamed as a focus of development policy, one example of which is the world development report, whose title is gender equality and development. a focus on gender equality encourages analytically productive atten- tion to the effects of law. the authors focus in part on formally unequal rules, pointing out that although more and more countries have incorporated non- discrimination principles into their basic laws, many “still have legal provi- sions that overtly discriminate against women in both formal statutory and customary law.” these formal inequalities affect, among other things, access by women to entrepreneurial opportunity through restriction of their ability to sign contracts, open bank accounts, and undertake other business activities. a gender equality analysis requires looking at whether the laws apply for- mally unequal rules as well as at whether they enforce a regulatory structure that is conducive to the kind of economic growth that would increase the well- being of women (and, by extension, children and households more generally). for example, family law can enforce differential treatment, as in the case of many inheritance laws. it can also enforce seemingly neutral provisions that nevertheless generate a disparate adverse impact on women. the authors give an example of the latter when discussing the failure of some legal systems to provide for joint ownership in marriage. the potentially disparate effects of titling practices point to the impor- tance of understanding context before adopting prescribed lep reforms such as property registration. without understanding the existing legal and eco- nomic distribution of resources, such registration might have the effect of dis- empowerment and innovation strategies for law, justice, and development owning less powerful members of a community. the authors describe one project, the reconstruction of aceh land administration system, which ad- dressed this issue by introducing land registration and creating joint titling at the same time—a significant social intervention. such examples suggest the importance of context within the more specific category of gender. country contexts further to the centrality of context in shaping development policy, the volume considers a variety of country studies. among the most innovative in the field have been the emerging developing country economies. brazil and china are leaders within these ranks, and this volume offers multiple perspectives on each country. china in “legal transplantation and legal development in transitional china,” chenguang wang takes on the debate about the benefits of legal transplants in the specific context of china. wang notes that transplantation should not be viewed as exceptional: every legal system has evolved through reference to others. yet, transplants are vulnerable to several critiques. synthesizing these two sides of the debate, he offers a view of transplants that seeks to capture their benefits while minimizing their potential harms. as wang demonstrates, china in the past several years has boldly ad- opted numerous legal transplants, but with two innovative characteristics that have increased the chances for success. first, policy makers have integrated transplanted laws with “aboriginal” laws. second, transplants have involved selective, as opposed to wholesale, adoption. in “achieving development through innovative constitutionalism: a china story,” zhenmin wang and yuan tao tell a story that bears out chenguang wang’s narrative of incremental transplantation. wang and tao de- scribe the gradual and piecemeal reform of china’s constitution from socialist legal and political commitments to the constitutionalism of liberal capitalist economies. they argue that this style of reform has contributed significantly to china’s economic rise. regardless of actual causality, these reforms form an important part of the larger legal picture. in “rule of law as a watermark: china’s legal and judicial challenges,” stéphanie balme, looks beyond china’s constitution to its massive adoption, from the late s onward, of new legislation and administrative regula- tions—an exertion she dubs “quantitative legislative reforms.” these reforms coincided with the adoption of the constitution, and, in many cases, provided processes for redressing grievances that were admin- istrative rather than judicial, such as the proliferation of xinfang offices. balme suggests that china’s process of legalization is incomplete and ongoing. this process is evidenced by, among other things, a gradual increase in both formal the world bank legal review legal and nonlegal mediation disputes over xinfang complaints; improvement of the legal system’s “hardware” through better education and regulation of the legal profession and judicial system; and increased incorporation of hu- man rights discourse. among the remaining challenges are the legal guarantee of ownership rights, which suffers because the current system is complex and the judicial system does not have clear authority to regulate. underlying all this is the fact that, even though the adoption of the new constitution precipitated much of this reform, there continues to be a lack of respect for the constitution . . . explained by the de facto absence of a hierarchy of norms (despite a clear definition of the “sources of the law,” [fa yuan]), resulting in confusion both in the or- ganization and in the legal texts, administrative regulations, and de- crees. it can also be explained by the lack of a clear conception of the position of the constitution in the hierarchy of the normative system. the chapters by balme and wang and tao support chenguang wang’s general analysis of the piecemeal and partial nature of legal transplantation and reform in china. this process leaves much to be desired. at the same time, one might see the disorganized quality of legal reform in china as an acceptable price for a greater legitimacy borne of incremental change as op- posed to radical transplantation. brazil as with china and its adoption of a new constitution in , the adoption of a new constitution in marked a watershed moment in the transforma- tion of the structure of economic law and regulation for brazil. in “toward a new law and development: new state activism in brazil and the chal- lenge for legal institutions,” david m. trubek, diogo r. coutinho, and mario g. schapiro identify a resulting new wave of governance that seeks to avoid perceived extremes of prior eras in development policy in brazil—both the unrelenting statism of the early decolonization period and the adamantly deregulatory orientation of the washington consensus. although brazil’s government adopted characteristic policies in both eras, by the late s, the country was beginning to move toward the ap- proach that trubek et al. deem “new state activism.” beginning with the constitution, building through the cardoso administration of the mid- s, and maturing after the election of lula da silva, new state activism em- braces innovation in governance in two respects. first, innovation as an end is encouraged, particularly in industrial policy. specialized measures designed to boost select market sectors have been adopted successfully over objections that “governments were not able to strategically identify targets.” second, in- novation characterizes the means by which policies are implemented. in par- ticular, new state activism features partnerships between the government and the private sector that improve capacity on both sides. empowerment and innovation strategies for law, justice, and development the authors describe a series of structural conditioning factors that have driven innovation in these various manifestations. legal protections for prop- erty rights and against expropriation, arising from domestic constitutional law and from international treaty commitments, arguably forced the lula admin- istration to pursue social policy goals through new techniques that ultimately were friendlier to both domestic and foreign investors. the innovative approach to governance that trubek et al. describe is fur- ther detailed in the context of environmental and water law by luciano badini and luciano alvarenga in “the role of the public ministry in the defense of the environment: hydrogeographical regions and attitudes for coping with socioenvironmental conflicts.” badini and alvarenga focus on the techniques that the brazilian public ministry has used to achieve environmental protec- tion and conservation objectives related to freshwater. the authors begin by noting that the public ministry is a product of the constitution, and as such exemplifies that document’s combination of ambitious social goals and institutional prudentialism, as described in tru- bek et al. badini and alvarenga then discuss the particular strategies adopted in relation to freshwater regulation: first, the reorganization of the territorial objects of regulation from a fragmented scheme to one based on the drainage basin as the basic unit of analysis; and second, the pursuit of nonjudicial and therefore presumably less costly approaches to conflict resolution. in the cases of both brazil and china, we see the operation of the prag- matic and synthetic approaches that are also invoked in more general form in the discussions of muller and barendrecht and of cissé. in both countries, successful reform policies arose out of careful attention to context and a com- paratively gradual pace. concessions were made to external and internal con- straints of legal and economic liberalism, but socially transformative goals were no less vigorously pursued. a comparative reading of these chapters highlights a notable difference between the two countries: whereas in brazil the overarching focus of socially transformative policies appears to have been direct poverty-reduction measures, in the chinese context, more traditional economic growth has remained a priority; and although these measures are also achieving poverty reduction, they may do so at the immediate (though increasingly contested) expense of the environment and the displacement of socially marginal populations. the global north within good governance policy, anticorruption efforts play a major role in supporting rule of law reform. the legal innovations discussed by rita adam in “innovation in asset recovery: the swiss perspective” and karyn kenny in “international asset sharing: a multipurpose tool for development” point to the beginnings of an important trend in anticorruption policy—one in which developed countries interrogate their own legal systems to identify and cor- rect connections to theft of public assets in poor countries. the complicity of financial institutions and legal systems in the global north contributes to these the world bank legal review broader enabling conditions. the temptation of financial corruption in poor countries is magnified by the ability to secure ill-gotten gains in legal jurisdic- tions out of the reach of local actors. adam describes legal reforms in switzerland that allow the swiss federal council to freeze assets reasonably suspected to be the product of public theft and to repatriate those assets to the home country without the cooperation of either the home country government (which, adam argues, may be too weak and ineffective to mount an effective request) or local prosecutorial au- thorities. kenny describes multilateral, bilateral, and unilateral arrangements to share assets among countries when those assets constitute the proceeds of crime that implicates multiple jurisdictions, such as drug trafficking or money laundering. much of the contemporary global anticorruption campaign has been ham- pered by a failure to realize that corruption in poor countries arises not only from local malfeasance, but also from enabling conditions across borders and within a globalized political economy. both adam and kenny describe inno- vations that have disrupted and minimized the perverse incentives that for- eign jurisdictions offer to commit corruption. ngos and civil society whereas the chapters described above focus on governmental reforms, others in this volume take on the role of ngos and civil society in pursuing legal in- novation and legal empowerment. in “the political economy of improving traditional justice systems: a case study of ngo engagement with shalish in bangladesh,” stephen golub examines the advantages and disadvantages of employing traditional and customary forms of dispute resolution such as shalish. the advantages, ac- cording to golub, include increased effectiveness due to greater legitimacy and lower user and operational costs. the disadvantages include unwieldi- ness and unpredictability, as well as reinforcement of traditional hierarchies such as gender inequality. golub describes how ngos have worked to modify traditional shalish so as to address some of the disadvantages. in so doing, these ngos are taking an innovative approach to the goal of increasing access to justice. rather than replacing traditional justice with a legal transplant, they are seeking to adapt tradition to contemporary concerns while retaining institutional advantages. at the same time, extensive ngo involvement can raise questions of account- ability or neutrality in influencing the outcomes of disputes. moreover, efforts to correct ingrained social prejudices may fail, resulting in their inadvertent retrenchment. golub concludes by recommending a cautious optimism with respect to shalish but also emphasizes the need for further study, not only of shalish, but also of other fora for alternative dispute resolution. empowerment and innovation strategies for law, justice, and development in “‘we want what the ok tedi women have!’ guidance from papua new guinea on women’s engagement in mining deals,” nicholas menzies and georgia harley tell the story of a mining agreement negotiation in papua new guinea in which some participants in the negotiations represented wom- en as a community group. these interests were not represented by a formally constituted ngo, but rather more informally in the sense of women repre- senting a significant group in civil society. the participation of women in the ok tedi negotiations is a promising ex- ample of bringing civil society to the table and more generally of recognizing the interests of noncorporate stakeholders in investment. menzies and harley identify specific characteristics that allowed the women representatives to ne- gotiate successfully—most important, the experience and skills of the negotia- tors themselves. yet, the various benefits that were negotiated have suffered from spotty implementation. once the agreement was concluded, the national govern- ment of papua new guinea failed to take an interest in implementing the measures it called for, and the negotiators left the scene, leaving the communi- ty ill-equipped to attend to implementation. this points to some of the struc- tural disadvantages of bringing civil society or the community in as a separate group in the formation of large foreign investment agreements. although the “community development” aspects of the agreement represented a laudable innovation on the standard foreign direct investment model inspired by the goal of empowerment, further innovation in implementation will be required to realize this goal more fully. multilateral contexts particularly in this age of globalization, the regulatory environment in most countries is significantly shaped by the values and practices of international legal regimes and organizations. these domains of international law extend across a range of subject matters, from human rights to finance. innovations in this area involve creating stronger connections between the goals of particular specialized regimes. in “human rights and development: regime interaction and the fragmentation of international law,” siobhán mcinerney-lankford speaks to this question. her chapter begins with a gen- eral observation of the phenomenon of fragmentation in international law and a demonstration of fragmentation in regards to human rights law and devel- opment law. institutionally, these fields remain largely separate. mcinerney-lankford argues, however, that there is also an increasing convergence between human rights and development. substantively, this con- vergence arises in “shared principles such as equality, participation, account- ability, transparency, and voice, as well as in attention to vulnerable groups.” these policies are acknowledged by international organizations from the united nations to the international finance corporation. the world bank legal review however, “not all such provisions translate into a reliance on human rights in a direct operational sense.” mcinerney-lankford points to region- al systems, particularly those in europe, that intertwine human rights and development more extensively. for example, the european union formally incorporates human rights principles in its economic partnerships with non- european countries. such integration, mcinerney-lankford believes, should be more broadly adopted. in this way, she calls for regime interaction as both an innovation and an empowerment strategy. ideally, international law will eventually consist of “human rights as a shared legal framework, highlighting both partner and donor obligations under international human rights law and of- fering concrete operational entry points for their application in development activities.” in “beyond the orthodoxy of rule of law and justice sector reform: a framework for legal empowerment and innovation through the conven- tion on the rights of persons with disabilities,” janet e. lord, deepti samant raja, and peter blanck show how this convention—one of the newer ad- ditions to the united nations’ “core” human rights treaties—innovates by establishing extensive guidelines for domestic implementation of the trea- ty’s principles. in “transforming through transparency: opening up the world bank’s sanctions regime,” conrad c. daly and frank a. fariello, jr., describe the bank’s sanctions regime, which was established in to combat corruption and fraud in the disbursement of funds. the regime forms part of a greater ef- fort by the bank to increase accountability and transparency in its operations, and stands alongside better-known innovations of the bank such as its inspec- tion panel, which examines compliance with bank protocols more broadly. such reforms represent commendable efforts to bring good governance policy home; that is, to prioritize good governance principles not only in bor- rower countries but also in the bank’s own institutional practices. one ques- tion that emerges in considering these reforms is why the inspection panel and the sanctions regime are separate institutions. it seems debatable whether the reasons for such separation extend beyond mere historical contingency. as these kinds of internal reforms develop, perhaps the bank will integrate and consolidate its various monitoring functions. in “intellectual property: facilitating technology transfer for develop- ment,” roy f. waldron discusses the innovative arrangements that phar- maceutical companies are entering into with public sector actors in order to increase access to medicines, framed by the author as the transfer and applica- tion of medical technology to national public health. such innovations are directly linked to empowerment in that they may allow developing countries to increase levels of public health in vulnerable populations and in society more generally. although many of the specific de- tails of these agreements are not discussed for reasons of confidentiality, they empowerment and innovation strategies for law, justice, and development appear to be highly promising responses to the problem of access to medi- cines, in which the research and development prowess of pharmaceutical companies can be harnessed by nonprofit organizations with public health as their main priority. these arrangements involve a number of different types of international organizations, including the world intellectual property organization (wipo), the joint united nations programme on hiv/aids (unaids), and the world health organization (who). these organizations often take leading roles in these arrangements, as do other nonprofit and research organizations such as the oswaldo cruz foundation in brazil and the geneva-based drugs for neglected diseases initiative. furthermore, these initiatives take place against the backdrop of inter- national economic law established by the world trade organization (wto) agreement on trade-related intellectual property rights (trips). since the adoption of trips, the wto membership has taken several strides to clarify that the more stringent patent-protection rules in trips should not apply to many developing country access-to-medicine issues. these developments in international intellectual property rules have re- arranged the leverage of the parties waldron describes in his chapter. these parties are “bargaining in the shadow of the law” —in this case, trips law. thus, although it is true that, as waldron points out, pharmaceutical compa- nies are willing to engage in these technology transfer agreements only be- cause patent-protection rules are in place, willingness is likely enhanced by the emergence of legally valid exceptions to those rules. in other words, these companies have an incentive to reach voluntary agreements rather than be subjected to the compulsory licensing permitted by the trips exceptions. in “ohada nears the twenty-year mark: an assessment,” renaud beauchard looks at the regional context of the organization for the harmoni- zation of business law in africa (ohada). an ambitious integration scheme, ohada represents a step forward for the region in terms of the recognition of the benefits of intraregional trade. at the same time, ohada bears signs of adverse side effects of legal transplantation. considering the chapters on china presented in this volume, a comparison between modes of transplan- tation is perhaps instructive. whereas china’s transplants were relatively piecemeal, ohada constituted a major and sudden overhaul involving some elements that were not particularly useful in the local context, such as a bankruptcy act. whereas china’s reforms integrated aboriginal practices, ohada’s seemed to ignore local practices and instead emphasized uniformity and conformity with national and international standards. wto declaration on trips and public health, wt/min( )/dec/ (nov. , ), which was followed by the decision on the implementation of paragraph of the doha declaration on the trips agreement and public health, wt/l/ (sep. , ). robert h. mnookin & lewis kornhauser, bargaining in the shadow of the law, yale l. j. ( ). the world bank legal review for example, the author discusses the difficulty in convincing local actors to settle transactional matters according to ohada law: they observe that the complex structure of local markets in the central location of cotonou “op- erates almost entirely outside the realm of formal law and ignores ohada.” although some efficiencies are probably be gained by coming into compli- ance with ohada, the possibility of competing efficiencies of local practices and “private ordering” appear to have been wholly dismissed, creating the danger that ohada will cause greater disruption than improvement of re- gional markets. given these difficulties, the history recounted in marc frilet’s “legal in- novation for development: the ohada experience” is instructive. frilet explains that ohada drafters sought to correct deficiencies in business law practices in the newly independent francophone african countries. because of difficulty in ascertaining applicable principles of local law, and other in- formation and capacity asymmetries, frilet states, french law firms servicing local clients tended to provide “authoritative interpretations” based on the company law of their home country. although this practice may have served as a useful stopgap measure in the early days of independence, the need for a clearer and more locally accessible legal framework inspired the efforts that culminated in ohada. thus, the reasoning behind ohada was largely sound. the member countries stood to capture efficiency gains through legal harmonization that could spur much-needed regional growth. moreover, the initiative and par- ticipation of distinguished experts and regional authorities to achieve this objective was commendable. as frilet notes, however, both the substantive and the institutional realization of ohada’s objectives remain incomplete. substantively, the framework does not address topics that frilet asserts are crucially important to current development strategies, such as public contract law. institutionally, ohada continues to struggle with implementation, both for reasons of capacity and because the framework is not yet widely under- stood by or familiar to local actors. consequently, the “ohada experience” offers insights into what kinds of innovative approaches are likely to be successful. perhaps a more wide- ly consultative and participatory process could have yielded a more readily adaptive legal framework. in addition, ohada reinforces the critical need for institutional and administrative capacity to implement legal innovations once adopted. at the same time, such recommendations come with a num- ber of challenges. ohada drafters may have avoided wider consultation for fear that it would slow or stop momentum. and the devotion of scarce insti- tutional resources to the ambitious goals of ohada requires costly choices both economically and politically. ohada exemplifies both the appeal and the pitfalls of legal innovation strategies. melvin a. eisenberg, private ordering through negotiation: dispute-settlement and rulemaking, harv. l. rev. ( ). empowerment and innovation strategies for law, justice, and development conclusion this volume reflects the interconnected roles that actors in development policy—governments, donors, lenders, investors, and civil society—play in shaping the substance and the effect of legal reforms. legal innovation and empowerment for development recognizes and responds to this interdepen- dence. the analytics of attentiveness to context, participatory decision mak- ing, and systemic institutional assessment that emerge from these studies offer valuable contributions to the ongoing effort to revitalize contemporary approaches to law, equity, and global justice. the justice innovation approach how justice sector leaders in development contexts can promote innovation sam muller and maurits barendrecht in september , the un general assembly devoted its opening debate to the rule of law. a clearer signal that the community of states attaches great importance to the development of the rule of law is hardly imaginable. in de- livering justice: programme of action to strengthen the rule of law at the national and international levels, the secretary-general of the united nations proposed a program called “delivering justice.” according to this report, the rule of law involves more than the state and its institutions: it “is at the heart of the social contract between the state and individuals under its jurisdiction, and ensures that justice permeates at every level.” the report continues: “responsibility for ensuring rule of law . . . lies with member states and their citizens.” clearly, the rule of law is about more than simply setting rules; it also involves mecha- nisms to ensure that rules and dispute-resolution processes actually work. de- livering justice contains sections about budgeting and planning, accountable and transparent delivery at the national level, monitoring, the role of civil society, and informal and traditional justice systems. rather than encourag- ing states to enact more laws or ensuring that new rights are protected, the secretary-general proposes that states set goals for ensuring the rule of law, assume a monitoring role, measure effectiveness, perform benchmarking ex- ercises, and report progress against indicators. in sum, the report encourages state actors to rethink their role in delivering justice. this chapter develops this idea further. it shows how justice sector lead- ers—ministers of justice, secretaries-general of ministries, strategy depart- ments of ministries, chief justices, and directors of public prosecution agen- cies—can help society deliver justice rather than simply providing justice themselves. the chapter assumes that the process of delivering justice can be improved in a way similar to the delivery of health care, education, or electricity: through continuous innovation. it addresses the issue of how justice sector leaders can enable effective justice innovation. see un general assembly resolution a/res/ / (jan. , ), available at http:// www.unrol.org/files/ga% resolution% .pdf, paragraph et seq. see delivering justice: programme of action to strengthen the rule of law at the national and international levels, report of the secretary-general , – (mar. , ). http://www.unrol.org/files/ga% resolution% .pdf http://www.unrol.org/files/ga% resolution% .pdf the world bank legal review the analysis is written with the development context in mind. however, the suggested approach is relevant for all countries, albeit with different pri- orities and areas of emphasis. this chapter first explains the meaning of justice innovation. then it sets out what a strategic justice leader can do to stimulate and consolidate rule of law. the chapter ends by explaining exactly why the justice innovation approach is worth pursuing and how it can help deal with a number of challenges. what is justice innovation? building on the wikipedia definition, we say that justice innovation is the effort to create better or more effective justice products, processes, services, technol- ogies, or ideas that are accepted by markets, governments, and society. two concepts stand out in this definition: the emphasis on better or more effective justice products and the need to ensure that these products are actually used and liked by all stakeholders. rule of law assistance and justice sector budgets tend to fund the build- ing or strengthening of existing state institutions. the image of basic rule of law institutions has not changed much in the past years. courts, bar as- sociations, law-making procedures, and parliaments are all founded on ideas developed during a period in western history when empires and kings were being replaced by states and democracies. until recently, justice sector leaders and the organizations that supply development funds felt responsible for train- ing and resourcing judges, prosecutors, and police officers; building bar asso- ciations and national councils for the judiciary; developing constitutions and other laws modeled on western standards; and setting up national gazettes in which to publish the laws. however, most rule of law mechanisms emerged independent of state in- stitutions. informal justice systems—with communication, negotiation, me- diation, and adjudication—tend to develop whenever groups of people live or work together and conflicts must be managed. protection of property rights is triggered by demand when people start investing in assets of a certain value that become scarce. often, the state incorporates successful innovations that were developed privately. in line with this reality, and taking criminal justice as an example, the question at the core of the justice innovation approach should be not “how do deborah isser ed., customary justice and rule of law in war torn societies (united states insti- tute of peace press ). see francis fukuyama, the origins of political order, from prehuman times to the french revo- lution (farrar, straus and giroux ) (“of all the components of contemporary states, effective legal institutions are perhaps the most difficult to construct”); lee j. alston & ber- nardo mueller, property rights and the state, in claude ménard & mary m. shirley, handbook of new institutional economics (springer verlag ). the justice innovation approach we build a good prosecution service?” but rather “how do we empower and stimulate the stakeholders in the criminal justice system—judges, prosecu- tors, police officers, victim support services, civil servants, legal aid lawyers, psychologists working with drug offenders, academics, correction services, and social entrepreneurs—to continuously improve criminal justice mecha- nisms?” in other words, how can strategic justice leaders contribute to the innovation process so that more justice is delivered? what can justice sector leaders do to foster innovation? the literature on innovation shows that successful innovation processes can- not be forced by following a simple set of prescriptions. innovation is a matter of doing many things well and involves many factors. one survey found no less than factors associated with successful innovation. many are related to what happens on the ground, as justice sector professionals improve their processes step by step and through trial and error. but there are quite a few things that justice sector leaders can do to help justice innovation thrive. generate possibilities in the innovation initiation phase, the literature lists nine factors associated with innovation. innovation is stimulated by creating a setting with diverse views, people, and backgrounds. practitioners should focus on users of rule of law mechanisms and the people directly serving them. they know best what is needed and what might work. time and space are required for innovation, as are clear goals for the innovation process. a justice sector leader can take several actions in this phase. articulate a clear vision innovation can be inspired by a clear vision that shows political commitment and a desire to redirect resources in a particular area. this is a critical factor because innovation—for instance, when dealing with employment conflicts— will require efforts from a wide variety of actors—for instance, employers, lawyers, trade unions, lawmakers, and courts. typically, the organizations in the justice supply chain are independent and cannot be managed in one com- mon direction. they must be inspired, and they must see that others in the supply chain are adapting to change. see the best story in development, the economist (may , ), available at http://www .economist.com/node/ , which cites a study of the many things that contribute to a significant drop in child mortality. nizar becheikh, réjéan landry & nabil amara, lessons from innovation empirical studies in the manufacturing sector: a systematic review of the literature from – , technovation – ( ). see the innovation model, available at http://www.innovatingjustice.com/innovationlab /innovation-assistance/innovation-model/?subcategoryid= , developed on the basis of factors that have been found to support innovation in the public sector. http://www.economist.com/node/ http://www.economist.com/node/ http://www.innovatingjustice.com/innovationlab/innovation-assistance/innovation-model/?subcategoryid= http://www.innovatingjustice.com/innovationlab/innovation-assistance/innovation-model/?subcategoryid= the world bank legal review politicians are subject to many pressures and can unknowingly sow con- fusion. a minister may make a speech one day in which he (or she) states that access to justice should be improved. the next day he might argue before a different audience that courts are overburdened and that people should do more to resolve their own conflicts. the visions of justice sector leaders should be realistic: in many postconflict contexts, donors demand the articulation of a national rule of law plan. (interestingly, the donor states that demand such national rule of law plans rarely have one themselves.) those plans are often very wide in scope (they are, after all, “national”), they rarely clearly priori- tize, and they often contain unrealistic timelines, making it hard for potential innovators to coalesce around a common agenda. to be realized, a vision must be as specific as possible, couched in plain language, ambitious but doable, and consistent, not changing with every new administration. the millennium development goals are an excellent example of a clear, concrete, ambitious, doable, and consistent vision. other examples of justice innovation visions are “to increase the number of people living on land and in houses with tenure security by percent in the next year,” “to make a judge available to every village of more than people within the next two years,” and “to ensure that employers and employees get a solu- tion within two months after filing a claim.” it would not be difficult to list a number of priorities for justice sector innovation based on an assessment of the most frequent and urgent justiciable problems the population experiences; such surveys have been done before. break the rules innovation means doing things in new ways. the innovation literature urges innovators to challenge every rule of the game. for justice sector profession- als, this directive creates a dilemma, because their legitimacy is built on fol- lowing the rules, not breaking them. changing procedures in a relevant way almost always requires a change in the rules or at least in the way rules are applied. so everywhere in the world, professional judges, lawyers, and oth- ers are more likely waiting for the rules to change than taking initiatives to improve procedures. justice sector leaders can address this dilemma by allowing experiments, provided that the experiments are clearly motivated by goals such as decreas- ing costs, preventing error, increasing procedural justice, or speeding up one of the more extreme examples is the afghanistan compact, agreed to between afghani- stan and the international community, in london in , which provides as benchmarks: “by end- , the legal framework required under the constitution, including civil, criminal and commercial law, will be put in place, distributed to all judicial and legislative institu- tions and made available to the public” and “by end- , functioning institutions of justice will be fully operational in each province of afghanistan, and the average time to resolve contract disputes will be reduced as much as possible.” see basic justice care, available at http://www.hiil.org/publication/strategies-towards -basic-justice-care, which lists some basic justice needs. http://www.hiil.org/publication/strategies-towards-basic-justice-care http://www.hiil.org/publication/strategies-towards-basic-justice-care the justice innovation approach trials. instead of stressing formal barriers to new solutions, justice sector lead- ers can urge stakeholders to develop, try, and test new procedures and to ask for changes in the rules if necessary. procedures for experimental treatments in the health care sector may be a source of inspiration. foster competition innovation is hardly conceivable without competition. innovation in an envi- ronment like silicon valley is not based on monopolies and rigid agreements between players as to who will deliver what to the exclusion of others. such incubators are messy, chaotic places where smart ideas compete with other smart ideas for funding, duplication is not frowned upon, and the shared as- sumption is that the best idea will win out in the end. what is “best” is mea- sured by sales figures, demand by clients, and the willingness of venture capi- talists to invest. organization is limited: it is aimed at creating a place where innovators can meet other innovators and where people who are interested in funding start-ups can find the best ones. what happens next is thanks to the magic of the marketplace and innovation. can this concept be transposed to the world of order, norms, and justice? not if one perceives the delivery of justice as the application of a master pro- gram emanating from a state’s constitution. in the real world, delivering justice is a messy process, as every practicing lawyer will testify. there are many ways to solve conflicts, and many rule makers (national, international, local, formal, informal, public, private) work on the same problems. justice sector innova- tors should be able to develop the best approaches in an attractive, competitive environment in which there are a few generally accepted ways to measure potential success of innovations (such as satisfaction of all types of users). fostering competition in the justice sector can be part of a ministerial in- novation policy. this policy would put the minister less in the position of the holder of power who acts, and more in the role of creating a level playing field to make sure that the fairest, most effective, fastest, and lowest-cost solutions survive. for example, take the provision of fair and efficient dispute settlement processes for employment conflicts or coping with the aftermath of large- scale violence. various civil and criminal public courts might offer different procedures (national, international), industry tribunals, truth and reconcilia- tion commissions (local or national), commissions establishing adequate com- pensation, semibinding mediation services based on existing informal justice mechanisms, or online dispute-resolution platforms. see non state security and justice in fragile states, overseas development institute briefing paper (apr. ), which also lists some useful rules of engagement in respect to nonstate actors, available at http://www.odi.org.uk/resources/docs/ .pdf. see, for example, david pimentel, rule of law reform without cultural imperialism? reinforcing customary justice through collateral review in southern sudan, hague j. on the rule of l. – ( ). http://www.odi.org.uk/resources/docs/ .pdf the world bank legal review in the netherlands, e-court promises its clients quick and cheap awards by arbitrators for money claims. its initiators tell a story of many obstacles based on resistance from bailiffs, state courts, and the ministry of justice, who all saw the existing way of doing things threatened by the concept of e-court rather than welcoming a new supplier of fair and speedy solutions. yet, this innovation forced the courts to rethink their ways of dealing with similar claims, seeing that the income for the state justice sector from money claims was no longer guaranteed. did fostering competition enhance the perfor- mance and effectiveness of state courts and private sector dispute resolution? competition requires a level playing field based on transparency of quality and costs so that clients seeking access to justice can make informed choices and defendants are protected against unfair procedures. in theory, it should be possible, for example, to send all users of a justice process a brief e-mail or text message on their mobile phones asking them to assess a court process they have just gone through based on a number of criteria. their responses could be aggregated and fed into a website for all to see. and based on that, justice clients, justice providers, and ministry officials could see what works best. justice sector leaders can foster competition by making the performance of justice services more measurable and transparent, by avoiding general monopolies, and by allowing differentiation and specialization. develop innovations once the innovators are at work, the most fruitful ideas must be selected for the actual innovation process. this requires a situation where people with a positive attitude and sufficient resources can nurture the innovative concept. partnerships between public services providers and private sector organiza- tions can be very fruitful: legal expenses insurance companies can help ensure access to legal aid; online dispute-resolution platforms can be integrated into court procedures. in today’s world, these are no longer rich-country options. building a prototype early on is recommended, as well as involving end us- ers in the development process. again, a justice sector leader can take specific actions. manage risk once the developing process starts, a safe environment in which to develop a new concept, allowing for trial and error, is important. in an environment that is not “safe,” where failure is immediately linked to blame and consequences, innovation tends to be difficult. the appetite of the public for trial and er- ror in the justice sector may not be big, however. a minister of justice may be genuinely committed to creating more room for such an approach, but he too is subject to cabinet, parliamentary, and media scrutiny. so creating safe see http://www.innovatingjustice.com/innovations/e-court-the-first-online-private-court. see, for example, the measuring access to justice tool at http://www.innovatingjustice.com /innovations/measuring-the-costs-and-quality-of-access-to-justice. http://www.innovatingjustice.com/innovations/e-court-the-first-online-private-court http://www.innovatingjustice.com/innovations/measuring-the-costs-and-quality-of-access-to-justice http://www.innovatingjustice.com/innovations/measuring-the-costs-and-quality-of-access-to-justice the justice innovation approach spaces for experiments requires risk management. the minister must build it upward within the cabinet, vis-à-vis the prime minister or president and with respect for parliament. the minister of justice must also have a smart media strategy. the minister of justice must project a strong commitment to gradual innovation processes, allowing for trial and error at the ground level, where the innovations need to come from. quick wins are likely to be important here—specific improvements that show that the innovation climate is produc- ing results, such as savings in the budget, a higher level of satisfaction from victims, more efficient court hearings, less recidivism, or decreasing juvenile delinquency. reward innovation champions people are important. almost all successful innovations are linked to a key person who devoted years of hard work to making a dream come true. the justice sector is not very good at rewarding such innovation champions. mak- ing substantial money from innovation is hard, and one of the strengths (and weaknesses) of the justice sector is stressing the professional roles of judges and civil servants rather than personal qualities and strong personalities. a minister of justice is in a unique position to reward people who have worked for many years on improving procedures or systems of rules. attaching peo- ple’s names to innovations can be done easily; one should never underesti- mate the effect of simple and consistent praise for good achievements. fund early development many innovations in the justice sector—good as they are—trip over two wires: funding for early development and funding for a sustained period of time. the justice sector tends to be funded in a rigid way. the budget and plan- ning cycle is generally quite short. budgets are structured around fixed de- liverables, which rarely if ever include money for systematic research and development. courts cannot invest money now that they can recoup in the next years by cost savings or by an increase in court fees for better services or more plaintiffs bringing cases. justice sector donors may be interested in trying new procedures, but they tend to want specific deliverables: so many judges trained, so many courts and prisons built, a bar association set up. the situation is slightly different in the legal services industry, where research and development budgets from suppliers to law firms have created innovations in specific areas, such as software to help with e-discovery. a minister of justice can make sure that research and development bud- gets exist and that there are ways to recoup initial investments. he can do that within his own ministry, and he can initiate public-private partnerships with an excellent example is the relationship between the international criminal court and the partners of the legal tools database and case matrix network. the partners carry the costs of their contribution to the network but are also part of the innovation team. signs of appre- ciation and commitment by the court stimulate the partners in this innovative network. see http://www.legal-tools.org/en/what-are-the-icc-legal-tools/. http://www.legal-tools.org/en/what-are-the-icc-legal-tools/ the world bank legal review donors that provide investments in justice innovation with a commitment, for example, that the ministry will take over responsibility for funding the ser- vices once an innovation has been successfully developed. developing states can lead the way here. replicate and scale up once an innovation is up and running, its potential for replication and scaling up should be exploited. models for interactive court hearings developed for civil justice courts can be adapted to administrative law or criminal justice. what has been developed in one court may be useful for similar courts in other countries, but standardizing new practices too early may stifle innova- tion. change management is necessary as well. create incentives a minister of justice can create incentives for justice leaders to try out well- tested innovations that have been developed elsewhere. allocating extra bud- gets to those who are willing to adopt an innovation is one method. one factor inhibiting justice sector innovation is that each court in each country tends to develop its own working methods, without relying on external suppliers of procedures, supporting software, or protocols for dealing with certain types of crime. a minister of justice can urge justice sector organizations to consider buying tools that are readily available, either those developed by specialized private sector companies or those developed by colleagues in the public sec- tor. if a worldwide market for justice sector technologies were to evolve, the rule of law could be enhanced substantially and many cost savings would be possible. ministers of justice from developing countries have more choice than ever. tanzania need not look only at things that worked in germany, the united kingdom, or france; it can also look at innovations from, for example, brazil, india, south africa, ethiopia, and rwanda. be aware of disruptive innovations justice sector leaders should be aware of the possibilities of disruptive inno- vations. online services, such as those offered by legal zoom, disrupt the market for lawyers and notaries in civil law countries, who are likely to pro- tect their markets by favoring legislation that has been designed without new possibilities in mind, such as the prohibition of legal advice by nonlawyers or the monopolies of notaries public. because innovations can make basic justice care available to groups that were unable to get any legal assistance in the past, there is every reason to create a level playing field for such new technolo- gies. the paralegal program timap for justice has had a disruptive effect on the legal services market in sierra leone. see http://www.legalzoom.com/. see http://www.timapforjustice.org/. http://www.timapforjustice.org/ http://www.legalzoom.com/ the justice innovation approach consider long-term business models assuring longer-term funding for successful justice innovations after the re- search and development phase is often challenging. one of the reasons for this is that consideration of such funding tends to start only once an innovation has been developed. justice sector leaders should be thinking about the man- agement and budgeting of research and development processes right from the start of any justice innovation initiative. analyze and learn innovation cannot exist without critical reflection. justice sector leaders should ensure that monitoring mechanisms are in place and that new insights can be implemented in improved versions immediately (real-time learning). one reason why the health care sector is so innovative is that benchmarks for new treatments are easy to establish: symptoms disappear and the patient feels better and does not return with the same complaints. similar metrics for the justice sector would greatly enhance innovation processes, for example, through lower costs, timelier decisions, and higher satisfaction of users (pro- cedural justice, outcome justice). a minister of justice can ensure that a segment of the core budget is re- served for developing such measurement tools and for applying them to the processes and procedures of the system. this is an area par excellence where the minister can enlist civil society organizations, academic networks, and external donors. civil society organizations can be stimulated to play a role in assessing elements of the justice system and showing where improve- ments are needed. outcomes measurement could interest donors; and more and more academic institutions are developing rule of law measuring tools. what the minister cannot outsource is working with senior civil servants to build a culture in which the challenges that measuring makes visible are har- nessed toward justice innovation. challenges and benefits of a justice innovation approach the best way to make the case for a new role for justice sector leaders is to provide an example. tunisia will go down in history as the spark that set off a forest fire in the arab world. after president ben ali fled, a transitional gov- ernment organized rather effective and open elections, on the basis of which a constitutional assembly worked on a new constitution; as of july , a provisional government was running the country. ambitions and expecta- tions are high, also relating to the rule of law. there is a general yearning for a better justice system. however, the challenges are tremendous, and there are a very useful tool for this is http://www.businessmodelgeneration.com. for a good overview, see special issue on measuring rule of law, ( ) hague j. on the rule of l. (sep. ). http://www.businessmodelgeneration.com the world bank legal review no easy answers. stimulating gradual innovation processes around practical problems and showing quick wins may be the most promising way forward. however, justice sectors leaders in tunisia and other countries in transi- tion face the following challenges. lack of trust in tunisia, a new social contract is being put in place in the midst of a difficult economic and social context. trust in the state is low. for many citizens, state institutions are linked to capricious behavior by people in positions with au- thority. so most people avoid getting in touch with the state institutions; the idea that law protects and can work for people needs to be sold. state institu- tions are not automatically viewed as legitimate. trust must be regained. the world development report (wdr) con- vincingly argues that legitimate institutions are the best immunizer against internal and external stresses such as the ones tunisia faces. the wdr shows that legitimacy comes with the responsiveness of institutions and that “capac- ity, inclusion, and accountability” are needed. in many developing countries, state institutions have limited capacity, are not seen as fully inclusive, and face little accountability. to build legitimate institutions, the wdr argues, justice sector leaders must work from the bottom up, with “good enough coalitions” to create quick and visible wins that show that rule of law is essential. any minister of justice can build on processes that work in a country. by examining at informal justice systems for medium-level crime, rule-making processes in specific industries, or court procedures giving effective protec- tion against eviction, the minister of justice can stimulate the people involved to innovate and extend these services to the more urgent justice problems the state faces. coalitions can be built to nurture these processes and to shield them against attempts to corrupt them. lack of funds unemployment, especially in youth, is very high in tunisia, making invest- ments in labor-intensive industries a priority among the many other economic to name a few: budgets are limited, ideas of justice differ, trust in public officials in the justice sector is limited, and expectations are high. in may , a dispute arose between the government and the association of judges after eighty-one judges were fired for alleged corruption; see http://www.tunisia-live.net/ / / /judges-strike-lifted-following -agreement-with-ministry-of-justice/. see, for example, a survey by the world justice project according to which percent of tunisians believe that the police forces are the most corrupt institution in tunisian society, available at http://www.tunisia-live.net/ / / /according-to-poll- -of-tunisians -feel-free-to-express-themselves/. see also remarks by the head of the national anticorrup- tion agency during a hiil seminar held in tunis (apr. ), on record with the authors. world development report : conflict, security and development et seq. (world bank ). id., at . http://www.tunisia-live.net/ / / /judges-strike-lifted-following-agreement-with-ministry-of-justice/ http://www.tunisia-live.net/ / / /according-to-poll- -of-tunisians-feel-free-to-express-themselves/ http://www.tunisia-live.net/ / / /judges-strike-lifted-following-agreement-with-ministry-of-justice/ http://www.tunisia-live.net/ / / /according-to-poll- -of-tunisians-feel-free-to-express-themselves/ the justice innovation approach challenges. in , the tunisian gdp stood at around us$ billion, or us$ per person. this is three to five times less than the gdp in euro area coun- tries, making it inconceivable that tunisia will be able to invest heavily in court infrastructure and expensive professionals to deliver justice sector ser- vices. but tunisian citizens do not want less “justice” than european ones, nor should they be asked to accept less. so a country like tunisia has every inter- est in stimulating innovation in the justice sector so that it can deliver better justice for its money. innovative ways to deliver justice at low cost can be found throughout the world; a transitioning country such as tunisia presents a window of op- portunity to adopt and adapt these innovations to a local setting. can court processes be organized in such a way that more solutions are delivered per judge? in nicaragua, the facilitadores judiciales program equipped a judge with a team of facilitadores, who live in villages far away from the courthouse. they mediate under the judge’s supervision and assist with bringing the cases that do not settle to court. sierra leone and south africa pioneered the use of paralegals at a fraction of the cost of training judges and lawyers. in large- scale litigation, which will also occur in tunisia, expert evidence is often key. increasing the reliability of the fact-finding process and decreasing the costs of dealing with expertise were the goal of a procedure for a dialogue between experts at a court hearing developed in australia. online dispute resolution now resolves million disputes between buyers and sellers on ebay, holding promise for dealing with large numbers of disputes anywhere in the world. power relations influence on justice sector institutions is always part of a broader struggle for power, especially in situations of transition. military versus civilian power brokers. landowners versus landless. employers versus employees. domi- nant ethnic groups versus groups that feel oppressed. secular versus religious norms. rule of law gets politicized quickly. the stimulation of justice innovation can be a road to reform without po- litical turmoil. it is less about big principles (which is not to say they do not count) and more about little steps that deal with specific problems. gradual but deliberate improvement of employment complaint procedures can be organized from the bottom up: targets can include more voice for parties at hearings, speedier resolution, more settlement, lower costs, clearer criteria for remedies, and clearer reasons in judgments. this approach is likely to be more effective than a heated discussion about the independence of courts or whether employees should have protection against dismissal. innovation in- cludes developing transparent monitoring mechanisms that show the extent the economist, world in figures, , at the economist website. see http://www.innovatingjustice.com/innovations/concurrent-expert-evidence. see http://pages.ebay.com/coverage/index.html. http://pages.ebay.com/coverage/index.html http://www.innovatingjustice.com/innovations/concurrent-expert-evidence the world bank legal review to which the clients of the courts experienced a neutral procedure with equal opportunities for both parties. indonesia has found interesting ways to cope with the sharia versus secu- lar dilemma. the area of family relationships is perhaps the foremost area where sharia law has impact (corporal punishment in criminal law is seldom applied in practice in most countries that have sharia law). facing a choice between formal courts and religious courts, indonesian couples wanting a di- vorce overwhelmingly choose religious ones. religious courts are more open to innovation, working in close cooperation with australian courts to improve their services. transitional justice tunisia is a place where the concept of transition permeates. the judicial or- ganization needs fundamental reorganizing: some judges too closely linked to the former regime may have to go, a role for council for the judiciary must be found, performance mechanisms to hold judges accountable and effective ways to distribute budgets must be developed, and the question of special- ization versus generalization is on the table, as is the question of how it can support courts. law making represents a huge challenge. the country is em- barking on a fundamental redesign, facing the task of ensuring the quality and coherence of laws. both the judges and the clients of the justice system need better access to legal information. key elements of the “hard” justice infra- structure—courthouses and published and available laws—are in bad shape. for a minister of justice, these issues are fraught with choices for which it will be difficult to build support within the courts and the institutions involved in law making. a strategy based on creating a level playing field for justice innovation assumes that justice sector innovators take initiatives to start improving ser- vices. and those improved services should be the point of departure, not the organization itself: ways to create needs for higher quality, more trustworthy services, and lower-cost delivery. for example, if a group of judges decides that disputes over land is an urgent priority and they propose terms of refer- ence for a new procedure, such as transparency of criteria for allocating land and compensation, the more organizational problems of specialization and court independence may be solved on the way. the goal is for the government to be less the structure that is supposed to solve a problem and more a place where leaders work to empower those closest to the problem to creatively resolve concrete, close-to-the-ground issues. conclusion justice sector leaders can improve the rule of law by incorporating the justice innovation approach. because this approach enlists the whole of society (jus- tice users and providers), benefits from best practices and technologies devel- oped in other countries, and harnesses the knowledge of those working on the justice innovation approach problems already, it can deliver more value and justice with less money than other approaches. however, organizing the necessary space for justice innova- tion is not easy in any context, and is even more challenging in the context of a developing state. good justice sector leadership is a key component of the effort. legal sys- tems have their own dynamics and tend to move slowly. the wdr estimates that it takes to years to establish basic trust in the rule of law. the at- titude of expecting central, top-down coordination is very strong in the justice sector, and many very good ideas now wait until a new constitution is en- acted, the law of procedure is changed, or a budget is cleared. however, there are many opportunities for a justice sector leader to create and manage justice innovation in the meantime. there is certainly risk involved in doing so, but the potential benefits are huge. world development report, supra note , at . legal empowerment of the poor: past, present, future hassane cissé the concept that law plays a significant role in promoting economic devel- opment is well established. the nature of that significance, in the context of development narratives, traditionally has been rooted in law’s connection to strong institutions and good governance: the presence of law can be consid- ered a prerequisite for effective government. effective government has come to be treated as an essential ingredient in the development recipe, and law or, more specifically, the “rule of law,” is the condition for that ingredient. in an effort to reimagine how law can fit into development strategies, scholars and practitioners have widened the traditional focus on institutions and government machinery to bring the people themselves into view: the poor have become a subject in law and development discourse, rather than simply the indirect, long-term beneficiaries of institutional reform. many scholars and practitioners now argue that law can be used as a tool in the hands of the poor, a tool that they can use to improve their own lives. this process has become known as legal empowerment. this chapter maps the emergence and progress of the legal empowerment movement, if it can be called that. this field is still young, and disagreements over its direction are unresolved. basic questions of priorities and strategies remain contested; assumptions must be tested further; more data need to be collected. nevertheless, the movement has much promise and is gaining ac- ceptance. it should be taken seriously by everyone concerned with using the law to end poverty. the emergence of legal empowerment and its place in the rule of law agenda legal empowerment of the poor (lep) is a relatively new frontier in thinking about how the law can affect the lives of the poor and what can and should be done to empower the poor to use the law for their betterment. by evoking law and power together, lep directly challenges traditional ideas about the role of law in the lives of the poor. at the same time, the lep paradigm is not a complete rejection of other ways of theorizing about the purpose of rule of law in development. lep both reaffirms and reacts against the older develop- ment agenda of advancing the rule of law, and remains closely connected to the author thanks matthew moorhead for his invaluable assistance in the preparation of this article. stephen golub and sam muller also provided constructive comments. responsibility for errors or omissions remains with the author. the world bank legal review it. to understand the origins and evolution of lep, and possibly its future, one must also understand the nature of this connection with traditional rule of law approaches. the importance of the rule of law in human development is generally acknowledged, despite enduring disagreements about the degree of that im- portance. lawyers, economists, and development specialists must continue to explore new ways in which the law can alleviate poverty. as practitioners endeavor to improve the imperfect understanding of the role of law in human welfare, advances continue to be made in rule of law scholarship. as new insights are uncovered, many traditional ways of thinking about how law can lift people out of poverty become ripe for reevaluation. as the scholarship grows and this process of reevaluation unfolds, elements of what might be termed the “classical rule of law approach” receive more critical attention. in particular, an excessive focus on institutions and state structures, a supposed hallmark of the classic rule of law approach, has been criticized for overlook- ing the needs of the poor. a growing awareness of this risk has caused scholars and development practitioners to conceive of a new way of thinking about how the law can contribute to development: lep. a central claim of the lep approach is that poverty endures because, in part, people are forced to live their lives without legal protection. the focus on legal empowerment is intended to strengthen existing and ongoing efforts to further the rule of law agenda. it is also, to some extent, a reprimand of those efforts. legal empowerment as a strategy for development has gained prominence, in part, on the back of criticism of, or frustration with, the outcomes of the more established rule of law agenda. that agenda can mean many things to different people, and some sense of its meaning is set out here. “rule of law” is a concept with a broad scope that was established as a development objective and method decades before lep emerged. generally, the rule of law is defined in one of two ways. the first emphasizes elements of substantive justice; the second emphasizes the procedural aspects of a system in which the rule of law prevails. the conditions of both definitions must be met if the rule of law can be said to exist in any given system. a functional rule of law system that provides both procedural effectiveness and substan- tive justice is obviously important to human welfare and the satisfaction of justice claims. what is less clear is exactly how much the rule of law matters, and how effective rule of law interventions have been in improving develop- ment outcomes for the poor. see, for example, thomas carothers ed., promoting the rule of law abroad: in search of knowl- edge (carnegie endowment for international peace ); james j. heckman, robert l. nelson, & lee cabatingan ed., global perspectives on the rule of law (routledge ); and michael j. trebilcock & ronald j. daniels ed., rule of law reform and development: charting the fragile path of progress (edward elgar ). paul p. craig, formal and substantive conceptions of the rule of law: an analytical framework, public law ( ). legal empowerment of the poor: past, present, future the impact of improvements in the rule of law environment on develop- ment outcomes is notoriously hard to quantify. a number of attempts have been made. daniel kaufmann and his colleagues measured several aspects of governance, including the rule of law, over time and across more than two hundred countries. they suggest that a nation’s gdp increases noticeably by moving ahead when improvements are made in an index of rule of law indicators. despite efforts such as these, however, it may never be possible to measure the impact of the rule of law in neat percentages. kaufmann’s study acknowledges that the difficulties inherent in proving a link between the rule of law and economic growth may preclude such measurement. nevertheless, the study supports a general consensus that there is a positive correlation be- tween economic development and strong legal systems. the way in which the rule of law has evolved en route to becoming part of mainstream development orthodoxy is perhaps best exemplified by the ap- proach of the world bank, one of the world’s foremost development institu- tions, to the issue. when the bank realized that the rule of law and judicial reform were related to economic development, the bank became involved in lep efforts. the connection to economic development is a critical factor that enables the bank to engage in legal reform, because its articles of agreement prohibit it from taking into account anything other than “economic consid- erations” in its lending operations. before the bank could be comfortable in- volving itself in lep work, it needed to accept that the quality of governance affects economic development. this was a delicate task for an institution that is prohibited from “interfering in the political affairs” of its members, yet as evidence of the importance of governance and the rule of law in economic per- formance grew, the bank responded. in , the general counsel of the bank issued a legal opinion concluding that the bank “may favorably respond to a country’s request for assistance in the field of legal reform, if it finds it relevant to the country’s economic development and to the success of the bank’s lend- ing strategy for the country.” although hard to quantify, the correlation between rule of law indicators and economic development is real. beyond this assumption, what matters to people is identifying precisely what kind of rule of law initiatives serve them best. as the field matures and the evidence of what works and what does not starts to mount, the “second generation” of rule of law scholarship is challeng- ing many assumptions about how to conduct legal reform and what to expect from the results. in the past decade, some scholars and commentators have daniel kaufmann, aart kraay, & massimo mastruzzi, governance matters vi: governance in- dicators for – , world bank policy research working paper no. ( ). see also, for example, juan carlos botero, robert l. nelson, & christine pratt, indices and indicators of justice, governance and the rule of law: an overview, hague j. on the rule of l. ( ). international bank for reconstruction and development, article iv, section . ibrahim shihata, issues of “governance” in the borrowing members—the extent of their rel- evance under the bank’s articles of agreement (dec. , ). the world bank legal review come to question the dominant ways of thinking about the rule of law. lep has emerged from this persistent questioning. as stephen golub posits, lep is partly an alternative to the perceived fail- ings of rule of law orthodoxy. golub classifies many of the law-reform efforts of the major international development actors as top-down efforts that pay insufficient attention to the actual needs of the poor. according to golub, rule of law orthodoxy has been said to focus “too much on law, lawyers, and state institutions, and too little on development, the poor, and civil society.” lep is intended to address these particular deficiencies. in the words of critics such as thomas carothers, typical efforts to promote the rule of law cannot convincingly demonstrate “how the rule of law develops in societies and how such development can be stimulated beyond simplistic efforts to copy institutional forms.” lep, however, is more focused on the real needs of the poor. as a development strategy, it has been said to both advance and transcend the rule of law. lep advances the rule of law in the sense that em- powered people will be in a position to demand good governance, and it tran- scends the rule of law by lifting the focus from governance to more general poverty alleviation. a number of definitions of lep are used in the literature. the un com- mission on legal empowerment of the poor (clep) defines lep as “a pro- cess of systemic change through which the poor and excluded become able to use the law, the legal system, and legal services to protect and advance their rights and interests as citizens and economic actors.” golub expands on the basic definition of lep by differentiating it from rule of law orthodoxy on four issues. first, lep requires lawyers to view the poor as partners instead of simply providing advice. second, the poor should aspire to influence public policy directly in order to avoid falling into a top-down approach. third, lep should employ nonjudicial strategies alongside strictly legal ones. fourth, law should be integrated into a broader range of development-related activities. these features enable lep to serve as a “useful organizing framework to navi- gate through the complex landscape which has resulted from the fusion of the term “rule of law orthodoxy” is used by frank upham in mythmaking in the rule of law orthodoxy, carnegie endowment working paper no. , rule of law series, democracy and rule of law project (carnegie endowment for international peace ). stephen golub, beyond rule of law orthodoxy: the legal empowerment alternative, carnegie endowment working paper no. , rule of law series, democracy and rule of law project (carnegie endowment for international peace ). thomas carothers, promoting the rule of law abroad: the problem of knowledge, carnegie endowment working paper no. , rule of law series, democracy and rule of law project (carnegie endowment for international peace ). golub, supra note , at . commission on legal empowerment of the poor, making the law work for everyone: volume one, report of the commission on legal empowerment of the poor ( ). golub, supra note , at . legal empowerment of the poor: past, present, future the two tectonic plates driving development today: governance and poverty reduction.” cementing the place of legal empowerment: the commission on legal empowerment of the poor scholars such as banik and golub have been working in the area of lep for years, but the idea that lep can be a force for development gained international recognition when it became the subject of a landmark un commission in . the clep report brought international attention and credibility to lep and provides a road map for mainstreaming lep into development work. the report does not understate the view of the commissioners that legal empower- ment is of the utmost importance. central to the report is the bold claim that “four billion people around the world are robbed of the chance to better their lives and climb out of poverty, because they are excluded from the rule of law.” influential names lend their authority to this statement. the commis- sion was cochaired by former us secretary of state madeline albright and re- nowned peruvian economist hernando de soto, and comprised members, of whom were current or former presidents, prime ministers, senior jurists, or other government officials of the highest rank. for the commissioners, poverty partly stems from “legal exclusion,” or exclusion from the protections of the rule of law. the report concluded that “by expanding and deepening legal protection, poor people will be better able to free themselves from poverty.” four areas, or “pillars,” are critical to the task of extending legal protection to the billion excluded people, accord- ing to the clep report. the first pillar, access to justice and the rule of law, is essential to the others. legal empowerment is impossible if poor people do not have access to a functional judicial system of some kind. efforts in this regard include a range of measures to make judicial systems more accessible to the poor and oriented to their needs. the three other pillars are legal rights: property rights, labor rights, and so-called business rights. the clep report emphasizes the foundation of lep in international human rights law, particu- larly in article of the universal declaration of human rights, but it does not elaborate on the nature of this connection to human rights discourse. the clep report is a welcome contribution to the broader international development agenda. it moves from the traditional focus on strengthening laws and institutions to a focus on the needs of the poor. the prestige and ana palacio, legal empowerment of the poor: an action agenda for the world bank ( ). dan banik ed., rights and legal empowerment in eradicating poverty (ashgate ). commission on legal empowerment of the poor, supra note . id., at . gordon brown, foreword to commission on legal empowerment of the poor, supra note . commission on legal empowerment of the poor, supra note , at . the world bank legal review scale of the commission have permanently elevated the status of lep as a development strategy and have similarly increased the general awareness of its purpose and benefits. the response to the clep report has included a un general assembly resolution endorsing the findings, as well as discussions about possible funding initiatives among key donors. rather than assuming that the poor will automatically benefit by increas- ing the resources available to courts, the report argues that poverty is best addressed by moving resources and power directly into the hands of the poor. it provides a map to redirect the poverty-fighting rule of law agenda toward a more constructive path. nonetheless, the report has been the subject of criticism. golub, for ex- ample, criticizes it for unquestioningly adopting certain neoliberal economic assumptions, for attaching excessive importance to the role of legal exclusion in perpetuating poverty, for taking insufficient notice of preexisting research on lep, for proposing a top-down approach to what is claimed to be a bottom- up development strategy, and for assuming that rational persuasion will suf- fice to convince elites to surrender political power to the poor. the clep report arguably overreaches in claiming that billion people are impoverished as a result of their exclusion from the protection of the law. many scholars, such as banik, have noted that this claim is not properly sub- stantiated. in addition to legal exclusion, many important factors interact in complex and opaque ways to produce poverty, including cultural exclusion, economic failure, high population growth, and political instability. to over- emphasize the poverty-fighting effect of lep is to risk undermining the entire lep project. if the clep report risks overreaching in its -billion-people claim, the focus on four pillars is equally limiting. property, labor, and business rights are not the only areas in which empowerment can make a difference in poor people’s lives. the poor must be empowered to gain access to education, to benefit from criminal justice, and to combat violence against women, for example. certain policy prescriptions proposed by the clep report are vulnerable to the charge that they are unworkable in practice and do not acknowledge the entrenched political obstacles that stand in the way of lep. the clep report says that political leadership is necessary for change and assumes that elites can be persuaded by rational arguments to empower the poor. in the words of stephen golub, the commission on legal empowerment of the poor: one big step forward and a few steps back for development policy and practice, hague j. on the rule of l. , ( ). dan banik, legal empowerment as a conceptual and operational tool in poverty eradication, hague j. on the rule of l. , ( ). banik, supra note , at . sam muller & maurits barendrecht consider how justice sector leadership can overcome these obstacles in their chapter in this volume. legal empowerment of the poor: past, present, future clep, lep “does not require its political champions to be saints (although that could be useful) but only to recognize an enlightened self-interest . . . what better political legacy than to have made a lasting contribution to the develop- ment of one’s country.” the unavoidable truth is that power is a relative concept. when one per- son is empowered, the power that another person has over him or her is di- minished. in the relationships between people, power is both won and lost. in other words, the process of empowering people creates winners and losers. it is not realistic to assume that elites, when confronted by rational economic arguments, will surrender their relative advantage over the poor to further a greater good. shifting power to the poor is a difficult and highly political task that requires a political strategy to accompany economic theorizing. a technocratic approach that fails to directly address local political exigencies will not succeed. in many developing countries, networks of elites connecting the government and private sector will staunchly resist lep because lep pre- sents a direct challenge to the existing power structure. as matthew stephens notes, the clep report does not adequately address this formidable challenge. the report contains “no strategy for political change, little evidence produced to justify the suggested reforms and an absence of implementable responses to turn theory into practice. these deficiencies diminish [the clep report’s] value to practitioners and will curtail its policy impact.” no commission, no matter how distinguished or experienced its member- ship, can reveal a magic recipe to make political obstacles to good develop- ment policy disappear. it would be unfair and unrealistic to demand such a recipe from clep. however, clep does not offer much guidance on this issue beyond stating that “politics cannot be wished away. powerful actors must be co-opted, won over.” many entrenched elites will not be amenable to co- option under any circumstances and will never be partners in lep. if elites are uncooperative, the only approach that remains is a bottom-up strategy that empowers the poor and the disenfranchised to protect their own interests. this is, fundamentally, what lep is about: empowering the poor to improve their own situation. contemporary issues in legal empowerment of the poor as the responses to the clep report make clear, there are limits to what lep can achieve and substantial barriers in the way of success. although law has a significant role to play in defeating poverty, the poor themselves often see the law as a barrier to prosperity and security, rather than as a tool for overcoming commission on legal empowerment of the poor, supra note , at – . matthew stephens, the commission on legal empowerment of the poor: an opportunity missed, hague j. on the rule of l. , ( ). commission on legal empowerment of the poor, supra note , at . the world bank legal review poverty. lep is about transforming the way the poor experience the law, shifting from a constraining to an empowering experience. efforts to move in this direction can be grouped by themes, or perhaps by challenges. this sec- tion explores a few of the more prominent issues faced by the lep movement. access to justice the clep report’s focus on access to justice is appropriate. lep has significant potential as a development strategy, particularly through the promotion of ac- cess to justice for the poor. making justice available to the poor can unlock the greatest development benefits of lep. accessing justice means seeing wrongs righted and having the confidence that remedies are available to correct such wrongs that may occur. these are important outcomes to people everywhere. confidence in the capacity to access justice gives the poor the green light to in- vest in their own future and that of their families, secure in the knowledge that their entitlements will be protected. more formally, “access to justice” means “the ability of people to seek and obtain a remedy through formal or informal institutions of justice, and in conformity with human rights standards.” this definition acknowledges that access to justice is about more than sim- ply the formal, or official, justice system of courts and judges. informal justice systems, often in the form of precolonial conflict resolution systems, have an essential role to play. poor people in developing countries tend to seek justice from informal systems rather than from the formal court system. there is a long list of well-known obstacles between the poor and a just outcome in the formal justice system: procedural deficiencies, prohibitive costs, mistrust of the law, fear of the authorities, corruption, language barriers, excessive delays in decision making, and perceived institutional illegitimacy. these are just a few examples of the many reasons that formal justice systems are usually out of reach of the poor and why the poor turn to informal systems. of course, formal systems are extremely important and must be strengthened. informal justice systems alone are not a long-term solution to the problem of provid- ing justice to the general population. informal justice systems can perpetu- ate discrimination against women or be problematic from other human rights perspectives. nevertheless, allowing for these limitations, the role of informal systems in delivering justice to poor people must be acknowledged and sup- ported as part of any comprehensive lep strategy. it must be noted that access to justice has been a concern of legal prac- titioners and legal policymakers for centuries and was a central objective of legal reform long before the emergence of lep. the world bank, for example, targeted access to justice in several of its earliest legal reform projects. ac- commission on legal empowerment of the poor, supra note , at . undp, access to justice is the ability of people to seek and obtain a remedy through formal or informal institutions of justice, and in conformity with human rights standards ( ). banik, supra note , at . banik, supra note , at . legal empowerment of the poor: past, present, future cess to justice first appeared as a world bank objective in in the ecuador judicial reform project. since then, access to justice has been an objective in legal reform projects in countries such as armenia, bangladesh, el salvador, guatemala, honduras, kazakhstan, mexico, mongolia, morocco, peru, and the philippines. thus, although much that lep offers is new, its concern with access to justice is not. what the proponents of lep promise, however, is that lep, with its focus on empowering those most in need of improved access to justice, can provide better ways of doing just that. a recent world bank project in sierra leone is an example of a project designed to empower the poor to access justice. the world bank’s justice for the poor program worked with namati, an organization devoted to legal em- powerment, to train community-based paralegals to overcome obstacles in the delivery of health services. inadequate or nonexistent health care is one of the gravest disadvantages endured by sierra leone’s poor. the delivery of health care services is impeded by corruption, mismanagement, and a lack of resources. the failure to provide health care on such a scale is a grave injustice, and the paralegal program is an attempt to use the law to empower sierra leoneans to demand justice from health care providers. health care is a good candidate for a lep strategy because the delivery of health services encompasses much more than medical staff and medicines. to be effective, the delivery of any public service must be accountable. much of sierra leone’s underperformance in health care can be attributed to the failures of the state institutions that are nominally responsible for health care delivery. the paralegal program grew from the view that addressing these failures requires an understanding of the policy and regulations governing health care, which in turn means an understanding of what the state is sup- posed to provide and to whom, and where pressure should be applied when the state fails to deliver. sierra leone does not have enough lawyers for this task. in many of si- erra leone’s districts, community paralegals—that is, nonlawyers with some training in law and government administration—help citizens navigate gov- ernment services. until now, however, paralegals have not been used to im- prove accountability in the delivery of health services. the justice for the poor program assesses whether paralegals help improve service outcomes by, for example, making regular, unannounced visits to the health clinic to help en- sure that maternal and child health services are truly provided free of charge. ultimately, the goal is for paralegals to help empower their communities. a general increase in the level of “social accountability” in sierra leonean villages will help people access the services to which they are entitled. once roberto laver, the world bank and judicial reform: overcoming “blind spots” in the approach to judicial independence, duke j. comp. & intl. l. , ( ). id. justice for the poor. the world bank legal review taught how to pursue redress in the health system, people will gain experi- ence and confidence in engaging with state institutions and will learn how to hold them accountable. gender inequality in practice, empowering the poor largely means empowering women. the world development report : gender equality and development examines and details the many ways poor women are disempowered. despite prog- ress in recent decades, the likelihood of women dying in childbirth in sub- saharan africa and parts of south asia remains comparable to that in northern europe in the nineteenth century. in many countries, women enjoy fewer legal protections and property rights than do men. women are far more likely than men to work in low-paying, low-status “pink collar” occupations, to face life-threatening violence in the home, and to be unrepresented in senior lev- els of politics and management. in its extent, severity, and ubiquity, gender inequality is perhaps the most pressing area calling for lep strategies. as the world development report concludes, gender inequality matters for two reasons: first, gender equality matters intrinsically, because the ability to live the life of one’s own choosing and be spared from absolute privation is a basic human right and should be equal for everyone, indepen- dent of whether one is male or female. second, gender equality mat- ters instrumentally, because greater gender equality contributes to economic efficiency and the achievement of other key development outcomes. an example of the way in which targeting women can empower large num- bers of the poor and how grassroots legal empowerment can instigate change at a national level is a project conducted by the world bank and its partners in indonesia. the bank’s justice for the poor program, together with the aus- tralian agency for international development (ausaid), the family court of australia, and pekka (an indonesian civil society organization supporting women-headed households), developed a number of innovative programs to empower women to use their legal identity to exercise their rights and access benefits. a few statistics demonstrate the importance to poor people of establishing legal identity in indonesia. according to the indonesian bureau of statistics, women head almost million indonesian households. in order to access world bank, world development report : gender equality and development (world bank ). id., at . id. id., at . indonesian bureau of statistics (badan pusat statistik), statistik gender (bureau of statistics ). legal empowerment of the poor: past, present, future government services such as health insurance, rice subsidies, and cash trans- fer payments, female heads of household must prove to local government au- thorities that they are, in fact, the head of the household. to obtain an identity card giving her head-of-household status, a woman must prove that, if she has been married or divorced, her marriage or divorce was legally registered. this presents a serious obstacle for many women. research by pekka shows that more than percent of the marriages and percent of the divorces of its members are not legally registered because they were not brought before a court. in indonesia, the relevant court is usually a religious court. the reli- gious courts handle percent of divorce cases, which themselves account for percent of all court cases in indonesia. to access poverty alleviation programs, health services, and education programs for herself and her family, a woman must have a legal identity and a status as the head of her household. legal marriage and divorce also matter to her children. unregistered or illegal marriages and divorces, and the resulting lack of birth certificates for the children of such unions, feed an intergenera- tional cycle of poverty and social exclusion. when women are disempowered, their children and other family members often join them in poverty. the women’s legal empowerment (wle) program was designed to help women in west java formalize their legal identity by building on pekka’s existing empowerment programs. the wle program had both demand- and supply-side empowerment objectives. on the demand side, the program aimed to inform communities of their rights and encourage them to insist that those rights be respected; on the supply side, it aimed to improve the capacity of the government administration and legal system to recognize and protect the rights of poor women. the wle program used various tools to work to- ward these objectives. in the villages, trained paralegals disseminated legal information about family law and domestic violence, provided assistance to local women, and supported grassroots advocacy efforts. a forum, compris- ing judges, public prosecutors, police, local government officials, ngo repre- sentatives, and academics, was established at the district level to conduct legal awareness and outreach activities. women used the services of the paralegals and the forum members to obtain hundreds of birth certificates for their chil- dren and to organize circuit courts to visit villages to formalize marriages and divorces. the outcome was the empowerment to a transformative degree of the in- dividual women concerned. on a larger scale, the research and results gener- ated by the wle and its associated projects contributed to policy develop- ments across indonesia. after becoming aware of the problems of accessing justice in the religious courts, the government increased the religious courts’ justice for the poor, increasing access to justice for women, the poor, and those living in remote areas: an indonesian case study, briefing note , no. (mar. ). id. data taken from supreme court annual report for . the world bank legal review budget -fold in two years. new laws have been passed requiring indone- sian courts to provide legal aid services to the poor, an encouraging example of the impact that lep can have on policy making by elites. property rights lep is a work in progress. even as the concept has gained currency as a de- velopment strategy in government and international institutions, the contours and nuances of what lep means in practice, or what a good lep policy looks like, remain unresolved. to a frustrated observer, lep may appear to suffer “from a lack of clarity at many levels of definition, operation, and evaluation.” the connection between theory and public policy has not been clearly iden- tified, despite the work of clep. much research remains to be done about what policies and interventions are the most effective at empowering the poor. in the meantime, certain theories about the best kind of lep policies remain hotly debated. the most important, and possibly the most contested, issue in the brief history of lep concerns the protection of property rights. hernando de soto, the cochair of the clep report, has long argued that de- veloping countries are constrained by the dominance of informal economies. according to this view, without an effective legal system that recognizes and enforces property rights, a country cannot develop a functioning market and consequently cannot produce or allocate capital. if poor people in developing countries are to escape poverty, their property rights must be formalized and protected so that they can exploit the capital value of that property. this view forms a central pillar of the clep report, which urges develop- ing countries to extend property rights to more people by accommodating access to housing, protecting the supply of credit, enacting land reform, and standardizing and uniformly applying property law in the court system. this focus on the importance of formal property rights is influential, and variations of it are widely shared, but it has been criticized by some schol- ars. alan gilbert has said that de soto is guilty of “fanning the delusion that anyone, anywhere, can become a fully fledged capitalist,” whereas in fact focusing on securing property rights tends to “persuade policy makers that they need do little more than offer title deeds and then leave the market to do everything else.” others have argued that a western-inspired vision of indi- vidual property rights is ill suited to economies that have long operated under a system of collective or community ownership of land. justice for the poor, supra note . palacio, supra note , at . hernando de soto, the mystery of capital: why capitalism triumphs in the west and fails every- where else (random house ). see, for example, robert d. cooter & hans-bernd schäfer, solomon’s knot: how law can end the poverty of nations (princeton u. press ). alan gilbert, on the mystery of capital and the myths of hernando de soto: what difference does legal title make? international development planning review (liverpool u. press ). legal empowerment of the poor: past, present, future development policy makers have learned through bitter experience that a uniform, one-size-fits-all approach to policy interventions in poor countries can have unfortunate, and sometimes disastrous, consequences. the same principle certainly applies to legal reform and to property law reform. if a legal reform is to take hold and be effective, it must be perceived as legitimate, not as an alien custom imposed by external forces. property law reform will have a better chance of taking root if it strengthens rights that individuals already believe they possess or should possess. the reforms must support ex- isting aspirations, not completely reorder society. that is, reforms to systems of property law must incorporate local understandings of the relationship be- tween people and the land they inhabit. this is particularly important where a collective or spiritual attachment to land prevails: land is not always con- ceptualized as “property,” something that can be bought and sold. if policy makers bear these sensitivities in mind, much can be done to empower the poor in the area of property rights. networks lep is not solely, or perhaps even primarily, a “legal” strategy to reduce pov- erty. as golub notes, “legal empowerment is about power more than about law.” an aim of lep is to avoid the fixation on formal legal institutions (and lawyers) that some say is a mark of the traditional rule of law agenda and to focus on more community-based methods. supporting strong and effective judicial institutions is an important part of strengthening the rule of law in a country, but without complementary efforts to empower poor people to use the law, this cannot be considered a lep strategy. lep activities can be catego- rized in a number of different ways. golub’s list is a good example: investing in civil society, engaging ngos at a country-specific level, integrating with socioeconomic development projects, taking a long-term approach, support- ing impact-oriented research, incentivizing government personnel to support legal empowerment, and making lep a policy priority for donor countries as well as for developing countries. the emergence of organizations that are dedicated to these community- based activities is an indication of the status of lep within the broader de- velopment agenda. consider namati, with which, as noted above, the world bank is working on a project in sierra leone. namati describes itself as an organization that is focused on “innovations in legal empowerment” and that supports grassroots programs that move away from the familiar model that involves many lawyers. typically, according to namati, a legal empower- ment program will contain a small group of lawyers and a larger front-line for an interesting discussion of this issue, see edward robbins, formalisation of land and housing tenure to empower the poor: simple nostrum or complex challenge? in rights and legal empowerment in eradicating poverty (dan banik ed., ashgate ). golub, supra note , at . golub, supra note , at – . see http://www.namati.org. http://www.namati.org the world bank legal review group of community paralegals. paralegals work closely with communities, deploy a flexible range of tools, and connect to lawyers for high-level advo- cacy if their front-line efforts prove to be insufficient or inappropriate. in ad- dition to these community-level programs, namati believes that lep requires reforms to state institutions to encourage the participation and ownership of individuals and communities. examples of such institutional reforms include simplifying land registration procedures, strengthening grievance mecha- nisms to respond to failures in public service delivery, and improving access to government information. as more organizations and development agencies adopt lep approaches, evidence of a global lep discourse is emerging. the global legal empower- ment network is an interesting example. the network, the result of a collabo- ration between the world bank and the open society justice initiative and hosted by namati, provides a forum for those involved in lep, including de- velopment agencies, community paralegals, concerned citizens, ngos, pub- lic interest lawyers, journalists, and government officials, to share knowledge and experience. the network aims to connect practitioners to each other and to build a strong foundation and momentum for lep. as of this writing, the net- work consists of an online database for exchanging practical resources, such as a paralegal training manual. practitioners are invited to form subgroups based on geographical regions or themes and to participate in face-to-face regional meetings. the future of the lep movement lies in networks that connect develop- ment practitioners with the poor, development practitioners with develop- ment practitioners, and the poor with the poor. if poor people are to realize the benefits of empowerment, such connections must be made. solidarity and the strengthening of community ties are essential if the power of the poor is to be expressed; that is, if it is to be any kind of power worth having. conclusion lep is a new movement in a much older tradition, and it shares with that tra- dition a commitment to bring the law to bear on development challenges. by focusing on those who are directly affected by a lack of economic opportunity and by prioritizing their needs, lep has the potential to make the development agenda work better for the poor. that is, after all, the purpose of development efforts. prominently inscribed in the foyer of the world bank headquarters in washington, dc, are the words “our dream is a world free of poverty.” lep can contribute to turning that dream into a reality, but substantial challenges exist. the priorities for lep should be to launch pilot projects based on solid lep principles, to examine the results of those projects for insights, and, above all, to collect more data: data about what the poor want, what the poor think the law can do for them, and how the poor want to empower themselves. as the data grow and the principles and basic strategies of lep are refined, lep will assume an important place in the antipoverty agenda. beyond the orthodoxy of rule of law and justice sector reform a framework for legal empowerment and innovation through the convention on the rights of persons with disabilities janet e. lord, deepti samant raja, and peter blanck the convention on the rights of persons with disabilities (crpd), the first legally binding international human rights treaty to address the rights and fundamental freedoms of one billion persons, provides a framework for legal empowerment and innovation that challenges traditional conceptualizations of justice-oriented development intervention. the crpd implicitly renounces the orthodox view that top-down justice sector and rule of law initiatives should be the primary target of law and development efforts. although the crpd does not discount—in fact, it explicitly requires—the reform of legal systems, justice sectors, and institutions in meeting its obligations, it goes well beyond the traditional focus on development donors to embrace an empower- ment model that implicates nonformal and decentralized justice and admin- istrative systems and processes, local communities in development, and the duties of private as well as public actors in fostering inclusion. the legal em- powerment framework set forth in the crpd has significant implications not only for bridging rights and development in the context of disability but also more broadly for other marginalized groups living in poverty. the un general assembly adopted the crpd, along with its optional protocol, by general consensus and the instruments were opened for signature by states parties on march , . it attained the requisite this research was funded in part by grants to blanck from the u.s. department of educa- tion, the national institute on disability and rehabilitation research (nidrr), and syracuse university; for details see http://bbi.syr.edu. this chapter is adapted from presentations made at the session “persons with disabilities: innovation and empowerment through the convention on the rights of persons with disabilities,” world bank law, justice and devel- opment week, washington, d.c., . the authors wish to thank participants in the panel session for their inputs. the authors wish to acknowledge and thank jesse feitel, max smith, and josh tumen for assisting with background research for this chapter. convention on the rights of persons with disabilities, ga res. / , un doc. a/ res/ / (dec. , ) (hereinafter, crpd). optional protocol to the convention on the rights of persons with disabilities, ga res. / , annex ii, un doc. a/res/ / ( jan. , ) (hereinafter, optional protocol). updated information on signatures and ratifications is available at http://www.un.org /esa/socdev/enable/rights/humanrights.htm (accessed jul. , ). http://bbi.syr.edu http://www.un.org/esa/socdev/enable/rights/humanrights.htm http://www.un.org/esa/socdev/enable/rights/humanrights.htm the world bank legal review ratifications in short order, triggering its entry into force on may , . the impetus for drafting the treaty was the exclusion of an estimated billion persons with disabilities from their communities, where they are routinely de- nied access to education, employment, health care services, and basic needs. more often than not, persons with disabilities live in poverty and experience lower levels of education and income compared to the general population. research indicates that in all countries, disability prevalence rates are signifi- cantly higher among groups with lower economic status, underscoring the reinforcing relationship between poverty and disability. prior to the adoption of the crpd, no international instrument compre- hensively addressed the multitude of barriers experienced by persons with disabilities, and only a handful of states had well-developed disability rights law and policy frameworks. where states did have disability-related leg- islation, often such laws explicitly introduced disability discrimination, for example, denying persons with disabilities the right to vote, to obtain an education, to serve as a juror, to open a bank account, to own property, or to work in certain sectors. in other instances, provisions relating to disability evoked welfare-oriented as opposed to comprehensive human rights protec- tion. although the human rights of persons with disabilities were implicitly addressed within the framework of general human rights law, and were to some extent reflected in several disability-specific nonbinding initiatives, this framework was insufficient to advance disability human rights and provide an impetus for change at the state level. for more on the rights of persons with disabilities generally, see human rights and persons with disabilities, www.un.org/esa/socdev/enable/rights/humanrights.htm (ac- cessed jul. , ). for a comprehensive overview of the crpd, see rosemary kayess & phillip french, out of darkness into light? introducing the convention on the rights of persons with disabilities, ( ) human rights l. rev. – ( ); m. a. stein & j. e. lord, future pros- pects for the united nations convention on the rights of persons with disabilities, in the un convention on the rights of person with disabilities: european and scandinavian perspectives (o. m. arnardóttir & g. quinn ed., martinus nijhoff ). see world health organization and world bank, world report on disability ( ), available at http://www.who.int/disabilities/world_report/ /report/en/ (accessed jul. , ). id., at . daniel mont, measuring disability prevalence, sp discussion paper no. (disability & development team, hdnsp, world bank, mar. ), available at http://siteresources .worldbank.org/disability/resources/data/montprevalence.pdf. see also sophie mitra, aleksandra posarac, brandon vick, disability and poverty in developing countries: a multidi- mensional study world development (jul. , ). see gerard quinn, resisting the “temptation of elegance”: can the convention on the rights of persons with disabilities socialise states in rights behaviour? in the un convention on the rights of persons with disabilities: european and scandinavian perspectives , – ( st ed., o. m. arnardóttir & g. quinn ed., martinus nijhoff ). for a review of the need for further development of domestic disability law frameworks, see theresia degener & gerard quinn, a survey of international, comparative and regional disability law reform, disability rights law and policy: international and national perspectives , - (mary lou breslin & sylvia yee ed., disability rights education and defense fund ), available at http://www.dredf.org/international/degener_quinn.html (accessed jul. , ). www.un.org/esa/socdev/enable/rights/humanrights.htm http://www.who.int/disabilities/world_report/ /report/en/ http://siteresources.worldbank.org/disability/resources/data/montprevalence.pdf http://siteresources.worldbank.org/disability/resources/data/montprevalence.pdf http://www.dredf.org/international/degener_quinn.html beyond the orthodoxy of rule of law and justice sector reform the crpd fills this gap insofar as it provides a road map for the develop- ment and reform of domestic disability law and policy in alignment with in- ternational human rights principles, but also in its creation of mechanisms and duties to foster the empowerment of disability advocates and their representa- tive organizations. in obligating states parties to pursue specific national-level implementation measures to give full effect to its provisions, the crpd ad- vances the kind of broad-based approach to human rights advocacy contem- plated in the legal empowerment literature. moreover, recognition of the link between poverty and disability in the crpd provides added support for legal empowerment approaches in the context of disability. in sum, the crpd calls for innovation to advance domestic disability advocacy to support the human rights and fundamental freedoms of the globe’s “largest minority.” crpd: structure and overall content the crpd comprises preambular paragraphs and operative articles that set out the historical progression of international disability rights and high- light issues of particular import. it has an introductory set of provisions out- lining its purpose (article ), key definitions (article ), and several general (cross-cutting) articles that are to be interpreted and applied across all articles of the treaty text (articles – ). the crpd is the first international human rights treaty to prohibit discrimination on the basis of disability and, signifi- cantly, to require the provision of reasonable accommodation in order to meet its nondiscrimination and equality requirement. it has a novel provision (ar- ticle , accessibility) detailing state obligations in the area of accessibility that is broadly defined and is driving innovation in numerous spheres and affects not only states but private actors as well. the crpd enumerates specific sub- stantive civil, political, economic, social, and cultural rights (articles – ). it establishes a system of monitoring and implementation (articles – ), and it includes provisions that govern the operation of the crpd (articles – ). the general requirements set forth in article make clear the need to ground crpd obligations in national law, policy, and programming in con- sultation with persons with disabilities. thus, article requires states parties to consult with and involve persons with disabilities in developing and im- plementing legislation and policies and in decision-making processes, includ- ing development planning. in this sense, the crpd underscores the need to engage with stakeholders and their representative organizations, reflecting a see stephen golub & kim mcquay, legal empowerment: advancing good governance and pov- erty reduction, in law and policy reform at the asian development bank (adb ); anna pala- cio, legal empowerment of the poor: an action agenda for the world bank (ard ). world report on disability, supra note , at . id., at . crpd, supra note . the crpd articles are available at http://www.un.org/disabilities/default.asp?id= (ac- cessed jul. , ). http://www.un.org/disabilities/default.asp?id= the world bank legal review shift toward legal empowerment approaches, as opposed to only stand-alone, top-down rule of law interventions. top-down initiatives are needed and are required by the crpd—including training of lawyers and judiciaries—but these interventions rest within the context of a legal empowerment, access to justice approach. the crpd lays out a framework for national-level monitoring that in- cludes cross-governmental coordination, independent monitoring (inferred to be performed by a national human rights institution, or nhri), and stake- holder participation (article ). a committee on the rights of persons with disabilities—the crpd’s treaty-monitoring body—is tasked with monitor- ing implementation by states parties through its oversight of the mandatory reporting requirement and the issuance of general recommendations for the state party concerned. the optional protocol to the crpd, consisting of articles, gives the committee competence to examine individual complaints with regard to alleged crpd violations by parties to the protocol. it allows states parties to opt into participation in individual and group communica- tions procedures, as well as an inquiry procedure, all of which are overseen by the committee. these mechanisms are important vehicles for empowering local disabled people’s organizations (dpos) to bring individual violations and systemic abuses to the attention of the committee for its review. an innovative mechanism that can facilitate disability advocacy is the es- tablishment of a periodic meeting of a conference of states parties (cosp), as set forth under article of the crpd. disability advocates and their rep- resentative organizations are using the cosp in ways that reflect creative ap- proaches to legal empowerment. the crpd stands out among the core human rights conventions in affirm- ing the role and impact of international cooperation in promoting the imple- mentation of progressive disability reforms and in establishing a framework to foster international cooperation and inclusive development programming. through article , the crpd is the first human rights convention to detail the kinds of measures states parties can take to facilitate the implementation of the convention. article promotes the need to ensure that international for an overview of the development, mandate, and future potential of the crpd committee, see m. a. stein & j. e. lord, monitoring the committee on the rights of persons with disabilities: innovations, lost opportunities, and future potential, hum. rights q. ( ). convention on the rights of persons with disabilities, optional protocol, united nations, available at http://www.un.org/disabilities/default.asp?id= (accessed jul. , ). the committee undertook consideration of an individual communication in which it found a violation of crpd rights. see committee on the rights of persons with disabilities, hm v. sweden, communication no. / , views adopted by the committee at its seventh session (apr. – , ), available at http://www.ohchr.org/en/hrbodies/crpd/pages/juris prudence.aspx. see un enable, conference of states parties, available at http://www.un.org/disabilities /default.asp?id= (accessed jul. , ). katherine guernsey, marco nicoli, & alberto ninio, convention on the rights of persons with http://www.un.org/disabilities/default.asp?id= http://www.ohchr.org/en/hrbodies/crpd/pages/jurisprudence.aspx http://www.un.org/disabilities/default.asp?id= http://www.ohchr.org/en/hrbodies/crpd/pages/jurisprudence.aspx http://www.un.org/disabilities/default.asp?id= beyond the orthodoxy of rule of law and justice sector reform cooperation initiatives, including development programs, are accessible and inclusive of people with disabilities. thus, it gives credence to the impor- tance of mainstreaming disability in development to achieve not only the goals and objectives of this convention but also goals for poverty reduction and empowerment within the development community as a whole. states are encouraged to support capacity building and the exchange of knowledge and best practices, strengthen research collaborations and access to scientific knowledge, and offer technical and economic assistance to help meet a state’s obligations under the convention. this provision may extend crpd stan- dards, via development programming, to effect change in discrete contexts such as electoral law reform and practice, community-based rehabilitation, and dpo capacity building. the convention sets forth general obligations familiar to human rights treaties—prompting national law reform and domestic incorporation of its provisions. it provides a framework for national-level disability rights advo- cacy and action. significantly, the convention draws together a diverse set of obligations that, when surveyed, constitute a map of advocacy and empower- ment opportunities at the local, national, and international level. in so doing, the crpd plots a course for a human rights practice that goes beyond tradi- tional justice sector and rule of law interventions and includes legal empow- erment and innovation that is locally driven, community focused, and civil society oriented. the crpd as a framework for empowerment and innovation: beyond rule of law and justice sector orthodoxy the crpd evokes a model of disability rights realization reflective of the lit- erature on legal empowerment. this is specifically reflected in the following articles: • articles and specify that raising disability rights awareness is a gen- eral obligation requiring strategies aimed at dismantling barriers posed by stigma and discrimination, making the justice system more accessible. • article proposes that law is a tool for strengthening legal rights through disability legal reform and legal framework development in terms of both substance and process. disabilities: its implementation and relevance for the world bank, sp discussion paper no. (world bank ). crpd, supra note . un enable, the millennium development goals (mdgs) and disability, available at http:// www.un.org/disabilities/default.asp?id= (accessed jul. , ). crpd, supra note . for a discussion of the limitations of orthodox justice sector and rule of law interventions, see golub & mcquay, supra note . http://www.un.org/disabilities/default.asp?id= http://www.un.org/disabilities/default.asp?id= the world bank legal review • articles , , and facilitate disability rights implementation through strategies of inclusion, including in justice sector institutional capacity building. • articles , , and – provide strategies for strengthening the moni- toring and enforcement of disability rights. although countries have enthusiastically supported, ratified, and signed the crpd, many face challenges in implementing the convention due to disempowering social contexts for persons with disabilities and underdevel- oped legal systems. this reality raises a variety of issues, among them the differentiation between developed and developing countries in capacities for implementation and the varied perspectives on the nature and definition of disability. the crpd does not provide a concrete definition of disability but states that “persons with disabilities include those who have long-term physical, mental, intellectual or sensory impairments which in interaction with various barriers may hinder their full and effective participation in society on an equal basis with others.” this conceptualization demands a shift in how policy- makers think about disability. for example, disability laws in some countries define disability with a finite list of observable impairments, ignoring hidden disabilities that arise from chronic or mental illness, learning and cognitive difficulty, and accident, and disregarding environmental and interactional is- sues completely. prior to the adoption of the crpd, many disability laws and policies op- erated mainly from the perspective of medical and welfare perspectives on disability, in which a person with a disability is presumed to be incapable of equal participation in society. this conception leads to a dependence on wel- fare policies and charity programs to address the “needs” of persons with dis- abilities and their families. many of the concepts set forth in the crpd may seem foreign to policymakers and at times may be at odds with the legislative approaches used in some countries. thus, states parties need to bring about significant law and policy reform and development to align with the shift re- quired by the crpd —presenting challenges, but also creating opportunities for significant innovation. for an updated list of ratifications and signatories, see http://www.un.org/disabilities /countries.asp?id= (accessed jul. , ). crdp, article , supra note . see, for example, the case of india in andrew byrnes, disability discrimination law and the asian and pacific region (paper ), in resources on harmonization of national legislation with the convention on the rights of persons with disabilities in asia and the pacific, available at http:// www.unescap.org/sdd/issues/disability/crpd/files/paper-iii-andrew- .pdf. kayess & french, supra note . id. arlene kanter, the promise and challenge of the united nations convention on the rights of per- sons with disabilities, syracuse j. intl. l. & com. ( ). http://www.un.org/disabilities/countries.asp?id= http://www.unescap.org/sdd/issues/disability/crpd/files/paper-iii-andrew- .pdf http://www.un.org/disabilities/countries.asp?id= http://www.unescap.org/sdd/issues/disability/crpd/files/paper-iii-andrew- .pdf beyond the orthodoxy of rule of law and justice sector reform the provisions and motivations under article , which covers interna- tional cooperation, offer the potential to assist states parties struggling with challenges in crafting required innovations and facilitating access to resources to aid in implementation. promoting the exchange of technical knowledge and best practices while providing resources for capacity building will aid government workers and practitioners at all levels to usher in improvements and reforms to policies, programs, and practices. addressing disability in international aid and development funding and support will help low- and middle-income states parties to provide far-reaching and inclusive programs that meet their goals and obligations under the crpd. the following sections discuss the general schema of legal empowerment and innovation set forth in the crpd and provide illustrations of how crpd obligations are pursued in different ways to effect change. these include rais- ing awareness of disability rights; strengthening disability rights; facilitating disability rights; and improving monitoring and enforcement of disability rights. raising awareness of disability rights the various barriers faced by persons with disabilities in developing countries combine to restrict their access to information and awareness of their rights, a situation also faced by persons living in poverty and other disadvantaged groups. as emphasized in the world report on disability, persons with disabili- ties are likely to live in poverty and are very often restricted in their access to education, employment, transportation, and health care and often live in iso- lation from the wider community. the social determinants of legal empower- ment, therefore, are severely restricted for persons with disabilities. the need for awareness-building initiatives, including legal literacy programs, partici- patory human rights education tied to action at the local level, legal aid bu- reaus, and inclusive development programming aiming to integrate persons with disabilities into mainstream programming (such as health, economic de- velopment, democracy and governance, and education), are important and implicit in the crpd framework. the crpd recognizes in article (awareness raising) that a precondition to legal empowerment is combating the stigma that seeds discrimination. in so doing, the crpd signals the central role that legal empowerment plays in ad- dressing the situation of persons with disabilities (and indeed any historically marginalized group). consistent with legal empowerment models, awareness raising is a fundamental precondition of disability rights realization and com- prises both understanding of legal rights and an appreciation of how to claim those rights through action. crpd provisions that require public consulta- tion as well as accessibility measures in the contexts of law and policy making, world report on disability, supra note , at . golub & mcquay, supra note , at . the world bank legal review training health professionals in disability rights awareness, and the general obligation to promote the training of professionals and staff working with per- sons with disabilities in the crpd rights framework are important facilitators of rights awareness and are central to legal empowerment. there are numerous examples of innovative disability rights awareness- raising initiatives, many of which are integrated into development program- ming, as opposed to implementation limited to one-off training events. in li- beria, during the historic elections in which the first woman african head of state was elected, dpos used the electoral process to raise the voice and visibility of liberians with disabilities. at the time, liberian dpos were aware of the crpd drafting process and requested, as part of their election work, information about international standards on disability to help them draft a national disability law. facilitated through the international election adminis- tration organization, the international foundation for electoral systems and bluelaw international llp, the project’s goal was to foster dpo cooperation through the creation of a coalition that affected all phases of the electoral pro- cess—voter education and registration, polling, electoral observation and monitoring, and postelection assessment. the methodology was to position members of the liberian disability community as leaders and experts and to conduct participatory human rights education in raising awareness and understanding about election access on the part of election commissioners. a poignant illustration of successful ad- vocacy occurred during a training of election officials from the liberian national election commission. during the workshop, disability advocates, including persons with various types of disabilities, simulated vote casting at a polling station to illustrate the numerous barriers that they had experi- enced in previous elections. this method used humor that was effective, and it imparted serious messages of discrimination and exclusion based on stereo- typing and generalized lack of knowledge. drawing on their individual ex- periences, members of the group demonstrated the barriers that can stand in the way of access and participation for a voter with disabilities, ranging from physical and communication barriers experienced by persons with physical and sensory disabilities to barriers rooted in ignorance and stigma. crpd, supra note , at article . janet e. lord & michael a. stein, participation in international agreements as transformative social change: the un convention on the rights of persons with disabilities, in making rights real ( jody heymann ed., cambridge u. press ). id. for more on using participatory human rights education to forward disability rights, see janet e. lord and nancy flowers, human rights education and grassroots peace building, in human rights and conflict: new actors, strategies and ethical dilemmas ( julie a. mertus & jeff helsing ed., united states institute of peace ). beyond the orthodoxy of rule of law and justice sector reform strengthening disability rights to strengthen disability law frameworks so they are more in line with inter- national standards on disability rights, the substance as well as the process of the law must be reformed. substantive and procedural reforms can cre- ate accessible and consumer-oriented dispute-settlement procedures. these range from legal claims brought before courts and human rights tribunals to electoral complaints mechanisms to complaints procedures of national human rights institutions. procedural reforms are a core part of enhancing access to justice for marginalized groups, including enhancing the accessibility of no- tice requirements, the right to be heard, access to information rights, and the provision of reasonable accommodations. legislative reform to modify legal frameworks and stimulate legal empowerment although legislation and policies by themselves do not assure full implemen- tation of the crpd, they are a necessary pillar of the effort to facilitate change. similar to states parties to other core human rights conventions, states parties to the crpd are required to adopt specific legislation that prohibits discrimi- nation in all spheres. such laws should aim at eliminating barriers to access that constitute both formal and substantive discrimination, attribute obliga- tions to public and private actors, and introduce measures to bring about equitable access to all rights. although the crpd is relatively new, it has already promoted significant law and policy shifts. this work is being under- taken at various levels, including in constitutional development and reform, national-level law reform and development, and targeted law reforms in dis- crete contexts. for some countries, antidiscrimination legislation will require a change in the overall approach toward tackling inequities. for example, japan does not have comprehensive antidiscrimination laws and policies, and the concept of nondiscrimination in regard to disability is not considered a part of the broader civil and human rights initiative. with its ratification of the crpd, japan is developing disability discrimination law and policy for the first time. states parties should consider using incentives to encourage public and pri- vate actors to change their attitudes and behavior in relation to individuals and groups facing systemic discrimination, or penalize them in case of noncom- pliance. the identification and elimination of barriers will frequently require devoting greater resources to issues of access. particular attention must be given to ensuring that laws and policies are implemented in practice. in nepal, dpos worked to ensure that the voices of persons with disabili- ties were heard during the drafting of a new constitution. the kathmandu crpd, supra note , at article . j. nakagawa & p. blanck, future of disability law in japan: employment and accommodation, ( ) loy. l.a. intl. & comp. l. rev. ( ). id. the world bank legal review center for independent living in nepal held workshops that were strategi- cally designed by the organizers to build linkages among dpos, civil society organizations, and international actors—such as the united nations—in the constitution-drafting process. although few dpos in the country had pre- viously focused on law and policy advocacy, one objective of the constitu- tion-drafting participation was to help build the capacity of dpos to engage actively in law and policy reform and development and to engage with in- ternational civil society partners to increase understanding of international standards on disability. in other countries, notably south africa, uganda, zambia, and thailand, dpos have likewise used constitution-building processes to leverage disabil- ity rights. ecuador issued a presidential executive decree in to promote the development of disability programs across all sectors and introduced a chapter on disability in its constitution. article of kenya’s con- stitution “seeks to minimize barriers to equalization of opportunities in all as- pects of social-cultural, economic and political life” for persons with disabili- ties. in egypt, efforts are under way to adopt a national disability law, situate disability within the new constitutional framework, and revise the election law in conformity with the crpd. enhancing political participation is critical in postconflict and transitioning countries. legal empowerment to support the reform of policies, plans, and strategies since the adoption of the crpd, countries have started developing disability action plans where none existed previously, as well as incorporating disabil- ity into their broader national action plans. thailand developed the national plan for persons with disabilities’ quality of life development plan – to issue guidelines for an integrated approach to disability and development programs in the country. states parties should ensure that strategies, policies, and plans of action are in place and implemented in order to address barri- ers to access. economic policies, such as budgetary allocations and measures to stimulate economic growth, should take into account the need to guaran- tee the effective enjoyment of all crpd rights. public and private institutions should be required to develop plans of action to address nondiscrimination, lord & stein, supra note . the thai constitution of includes “anti-discrimination provisions and guarantees acces- sibility to social welfare and services for persons with disabilities.” for legislative develop- ments as reported to the crpd committee, see united nations, compilation of legislative mea- sures undertaken in the implementation of the convention on the rights of persons with disabilities: update (crpd/csp/ /crp. ), available at http://www.un.org/disabilities/docu ments/cop/crpd_csp_ _crp. .doc (accessed may , ). id. id. id. for a more extensive discussion of law and policy within the context of hiv and disabil- ity, see janet e. lord, hiv/aids, disability and discrimination: a thematic guide on inclusive law, policy and programming (one billion strong, washington, d.c. ). http://www.un.org/disabilities/documents/cop/crpd_csp_ _crp. .doc http://www.un.org/disabilities/documents/cop/crpd_csp_ _crp. .doc beyond the orthodoxy of rule of law and justice sector reform and states should conduct human rights education and training programs for public officials and make such training available to judges and candidates for judicial appointments. projects aimed at building human rights knowledge and advocacy tech- niques are often pursued in a vacuum, effectively disconnected from follow- up action plans. for instance, some efforts to train local dpos regarding the crpd have been provided without enabling those groups to exercise their newly acquired capabilities. consequently, although dpos have gained knowledge, they remain unsure how to appropriately utilize it. the harvard law school project on disability, in cooperation with bluelaw international and american institutes for research, worked with a coalition of dpos in zambia. the objectives were to learn more about the crpd with a specific aim to make public health services, including hiv/aids education, be disability inclusive. one of the strategies was the placement of a disability advocate on the team implementing a large-scale hiv program involving a large interna- tional organization and a number of local organizations. the provision of dis- ability expertise in the form of a dedicated staff member and the provision of training to a network of disability advocates engaged in both disability policy and hiv education at the community level increased the capacity of dpos and enabled them to achieve better access to health care, the crpd goal they identified as a priority. facilitating disability rights measures in the crpd aim to ensure the facilitation of the rights set forth in the treaty. the crpd is a framework in which disability rights may be ex- ercised through a variety of measures that identify and then dismantle the barriers that stand in the way of the legal empowerment of persons with dis- abilities. such facilitation efforts include the accessibility measures identified in article , the measures of reasonable accommodation and positive mea- sures in article , institutional and individual capacity building, and means to facilitate access to the mechanisms of justice. accessibility in virtual spaces the crpd has helped to bridge another major frontier in disability em- powerment and inclusion in the mainstream—ensuring that accessibility is not limited to the physical realm alone but extends to virtual spaces as well. information and communication technologies (icts) are a major driver in social and professional interchange in today’s world and permeate almost all transactions and interactions in society. today, ict-enabled services and resources are central features of many socioeconomic development initia- tives, including promoting access to banking, health care, education, income for a brief discussion of this project, see http://www.bluelawinternational.com (accessed jul. , ). http://www.bluelawinternational.com the world bank legal review generation, disaster response and management, and social networking and civic participation. this raises the stakes in ensuring that icts are accessible to people with disabilities for two reasons: one, ict-enabled development can significantly help to level the playing field for people with disabilities; and two, the lack of accessibility will add to their exclusion from major develop- ment programs, leading to further marginalization. the crpd addresses accessible icts and assistive technologies (at) throughout, most specifically in articles , , and , emphasizing the criti- cal role these technologies play in realizing all rights, such as access to justice, freedom of expression, and rights to political participation, education, health rehabilitation, and employment. however, web accessibility and the avail- ability of accessible icts remain low despite the wide ratification of the crpd. the global initiative for inclusive icts (g ict) issued the crpd progress re- port on ict accessibility based on a survey of countries. this report found that • only percent of the countries studied included ict in accessibility defi- nitions in laws or regulations. • only percent had laws, policies, or programs to define public procure- ment rules for accessible icts. • sixty one percent enabled persons with disabilities to input information in accessible and usable formats to access services offered online. • sixty seven percent had laws, policies, or programs that ensure that gov- ernment communications using icts are provided in accessible and alter- native formats (for example, sign language or braille). the pervasiveness of icts in most socioeconomic domains requires states parties to develop laws and policies to support a comprehensive, coordi- nated, and successful approach to promoting ict accessibility for all. peter blanck and colleagues at the burton blatt institute at syracuse university have worked closely with the european union (eu) to assess the adequacy of laws and policies to ensure broad ict accessibility. the lessons learned through this work resonate across countries. deepti samant, rebecca matter, & mark harniss, realizing the potential of accessible icts in developing countries, in disability & rehabilitation: assistive technology (informa healthcare , doi: . / . . , available at http://informahealthcare.com/doi /pdfplus/ . / . . ) also forthcoming in print. id. peter blanck, towards a right under the ada to web access for people with cognitive dis- abilities (coleman institute for cognitive disabilities ), available at http://www.cole maninstitute.org/images/documents/research_development/ ctowardsarightunder theada.pdf; m. v. vicente & a. j. lopez, a multidimensional analysis of the disability digital divide: some evidence for internet use, ( ) the information society – ( ). crpd ( ), available at http://www.un.org/disabilities/default.asp?navid= &pid= (accessed jul. , ). http://informahealthcare.com/doi/pdfplus/ . / . . http://www.colemaninstitute.org/images/documents/research_development/ ctowardsarightundertheada.pdf http://www.un.org/disabilities/default.asp?navid= &pid= http://www.colemaninstitute.org/images/documents/research_development/ ctowardsarightundertheada.pdf http://www.colemaninstitute.org/images/documents/research_development/ ctowardsarightundertheada.pdf http://informahealthcare.com/doi/pdfplus/ . / . . beyond the orthodoxy of rule of law and justice sector reform laws, policies, and regulations must address accessibility in the entire accessibility supply chain, including “content production, content transmis- sion, and content rendering.” thus, policies must cover the producers and developers as well as the deployers of technology (that is, service providers such as banks). different countries have different approaches for such an undertaking. for example, in the united states different pieces of legislation covering different products, agencies, and sectors that utilize ict-based ser- vices—a piecemeal approach—coexist with broad-sweeping legislation such as the americans with disabilities act. depending on the political climate and national interest, both approaches may need to be used. additionally, states parties should promote collaboration and agreement among the differ- ent stakeholders such as consumers, service providers, manufacturers, and law enforcement to create broad support for institutional drive due to the dif- fering interests of and impacts on each stakeholder group. issues such as ict accessibility encompass the need for top-down (impose direct obligations on the supply side) as well as bottom-up (rights for users/consumers) types of legislation. some states will need to support public and private mechanisms for harmonization toward uniformity of law. another issue that is increasingly a challenge for law and policymakers is that of convergence—the “erosion of boundaries” between different types of previously separate ict products and services such as the transmission of television content delivered over the internet. the expansion of such services may fall in the gray areas not clearly covered by accessibility legislation or regulation. as discussed by cullen et al.: telephony over the internet often falls outside the scope of legisla- tion dealing with accessibility of voice telephony and there is a lack of clarity as to whether interactive tv is a broadcast or a telecommu- nications service, or neither of these but a new class of service from an e-accessibility regulatory point of view. finally, it is important to address the issue of the existence and trans- ferability of standards and regulations for ict products and services across kevin cullen et al., accessibility of ict products and services to disabled and older people: to- wards a framework for further development of eu legislation or other co-ordination measures on eaccessibility (european commission ). id. william n. myhill, law & policy challenges for achieving an accessible esociety: lessons from the united states, in european yearbook on disability law vol. (l. waddington & g. quinn ed., intersentia ). samant, matter, & harniss supra note . cullen et al., supra note . rajendra singh & siddhartha raja, convergence in information and communication technol- ogy: strategic and regulatory considerations (world bank ), available at http://publi cations.worldbank.org/index.php?main_page=product_info&cpath= &products_id= (accessed jul. , ). cullen et al., supra note , at . http://publications.worldbank.org/index.php?main_page=product_info&cpath= &products_id= http://publications.worldbank.org/index.php?main_page=product_info&cpath= &products_id= the world bank legal review national boundaries. the lack of accessibility standards and policies across regions can create significant challenges for individuals with disabilities in an increasingly global society and impede progress toward the fulfillment of the crpd. the challenge of crpd implementation in the context of virtual spaces raises numerous issues pertaining to developing-country needs and underdeveloped capacity. common but differentiated obligations between developed and developing states? the notion that international obligations may introduce flexibility and differ- ential treatment for rich and poor countries is a pragmatic response to real disparities in technical and economic capacities to comply fully with treaty standards. bodansky’s typology of treaty design features that affect obliga- tory stringency in the international environmental realm is instructive in this regard; it includes flexible or contextual commitments; differential standards; and reservations. although it may be anathema to suggest that human rights obligations are somehow contingent or differential on the basis of resources, there are indeed concepts that do, in essence, render obligations either less stringent in the sense of temporality (that is, progressive realization in rela- tion to economic, social, and cultural rights) or more flexible in the sense of providing states with a margin of appreciation for the operationalization of a requirement to suit country contexts or in allowing reservations, declarations, and understandings. thus, it is possible to speak in terms of “common but differentiated re- sponsibilities” in the crpd. however, legal, institutional, and economic un- derdevelopment is not an escape hatch for avoiding compliance. the crpd goes further than any other human rights convention in establishing a frame- work for international cooperation that accommodates divergent levels of economic development and unequal capacities to address disability rights in a comprehensive manner. article represents one model for making interna- tional human rights law responsive to such challenges and to foster substan- tive disability rights equality among states. d. bodansky, the art and craft of international environmental law (president and fellows of harvard college ). crpd, supra note , at article ( ). id., at article . c. stone, common but differentiated responsibilities in international law, am. j. intl. l. – ( ). philippe cullet, differential treatment in international law: towards a new paradigm of inter- state relations, european j. intl. l. – ( ). for a helpful discussion of implementa- tion challenges in another context, see g. shaffer, the challenges of wto law: strategies for developing country adaptation, ( ) world trade rev. – ( ). crpd, supra note , at article . beyond the orthodoxy of rule of law and justice sector reform reasonable accommodation as a primary means of rights facilitation one of the most important facilitators of the rights recognized in the crpd is the concept of required reasonable accommodation. the failure to provide reasonable accommodation to an individual with a disability, whether to facil- itate access to education, work, health care, cultural activities, or other spheres of life, constitutes discrimination. reasonable accommodation is being implemented at the domestic level in numerous ways. one example of using the tools of legal empowerment to equip persons with disabilities and employers to better understand how to operationalize reasonable accommodation is the job accommodation net- work, an initiative of the office of disability employment policy in the us department of labor. the job accommodation network is a model for the provision of free, expert, and confidential guidance on workplace accom- modations and disability employment issues. the service helps to identify practical solutions that benefit employers in meeting their reasonable accom- modations duties and employees in negotiating job accommodations. the ini- tiative focuses on workable solutions according to which legal requirements are satisfied within a framework that assists the employer and the employee in understanding legal requirements and measures that may be undertaken to meet them. this approach and similar initiatives are being operationalized as countries implement the obligations set forth in the crpd. other applica- tions of reasonable accommodation under development pertain to the obli- gations set forth in article to facilitate empowered decision making. law reform initiatives in ireland and south africa, for example, are putting into place models that will reasonably accommodate individuals with disabilities in decision making about all aspects of life, including medical and rehabilita- tion issues, financial and property matters, and political participation. improving monitoring and enforcement of disability rights national legislation, strategies, policies, and plans should provide for mecha- nisms and institutions that effectively address the individual and the struc- tural nature of the harm caused by disability discrimination and inequality of access to rights in all fields covered by the crpd. institutions dealing with allegations of disability discrimination customarily include courts and tribu- nals, administrative authorities, national human rights institutions, and om- budspersons. these institutions should be accessible to all persons with dis- abilities without discrimination and consistent with principles of accessibility. see job accommodation network, http://askjan.org/ (accessed jul. , ). for a discussion of the irish initiative, see amnesty international ireland, mental health act : a review, summary paper (undated). for a review of the south african effort to draft legislation on supported decision making, see south african law reform commis- sion, current investigations, progress report, available at http://www.justice.gov.za/salrc /progress.htm. http://askjan.org/ http://www.justice.gov.za/salrc/progress.htm http://www.justice.gov.za/salrc/progress.htm the world bank legal review institutions should be empowered to provide effective remedies, such as com- pensation, reparation, restitution, rehabilitation, guarantees of nonrepetition, and public apologies, and states parties should ensure that these measures are effectively implemented. improving access to dispute-settlement mechanisms the drafters of the crpd understood the barriers that exist for persons with disabilities in seeking access to justice for the vindication of their rights. some of these barriers parallel those that all marginalized groups experience and that contribute toward disempowerment, while others are more specific to disability. there is an overall lack of awareness or unintended insensitivity to disability-related concerns and needs among court personnel, including in- flexible court policies, practices, and procedures and inaccessible public infor- mation about courts and court services. given recognition that access to justice programs for marginalized groups is essential and must be pursued in conjunction with top-down justice sector reform strategies, there are numerous possibilities for the use of existing plat- forms to enhance disability inclusion. in afghanistan, global rights partnered with local women’s organizations and several universities to establish legal assistance bureaus in order to enhance women’s access to family courts and justice. improving the accessibility of these courts to women, persons with disabilities, and other marginalized groups is essential to create well-trodden pathways for the enforcement of legal rights. dpos are working to ensure that such community-based legal services are accessible to persons with dis- abilities. this is consistent with measures set forth in article of the crpd. eliminating barriers through litigation legal empowerment approaches stress not only top-down training of judges and lawyers but also how to work within civil society to build capacity to en- gage in a range of activities that enhance and facilitate access to justice. strate- gic litigation at the local level and through regional as well as international hu- man rights mechanisms is an effective tool for change provided it is designed and implemented by local organizations and not driven by ill-informed out- siders. experience with existing domestic disability laws and existing regional systems discloses the possibilities for change. antidiscrimination legislation with remedial measures is a tool that can help ensure equality and fair treatment in the face of continuing stigma and negative attitudes toward people with disabilities. in the united states, the americans with disabilities act (ada) has significantly affected the ability of persons with disabilities to combat stigma and discrimination in the work- see global rights, afghanistan, http://www.globalrights.org/site/pageserver?pagename =www_asia_afghanistan (accessed jul. , ). see, generally, p. blanck et al., disability rights law and policy: casebook (thomson/west ). http://www.globalrights.org/site/pageserver?pagename=www_asia_afghanistan http://www.globalrights.org/site/pageserver?pagename=www_asia_afghanistan beyond the orthodoxy of rule of law and justice sector reform place. consider the case of don perkl, an individual with intellectual disability, who was fired from chuck e. cheese, a pizza restaurant, because of his disabil- ity. despite support from his supervisor and his coworkers, he was fired by a regional manager who believed that perkl was threatening to the restaurant patrons due to his disability and unfit for the job. a jury disagreed, awarding perkl back pay, legal fees, and compensatory damages under the ada, as well as us$ million in punitive damages, to deliver a strong message. without the ada for recourse, perkl would have faced severe difficulty in challenging the regional manager for blatant disability-based discrimination. across the globe, lawyers are undertaking similar cases in areas of disabil- ity rights. this work, including development projects that aim to strengthen the ability of civil society and legal aid clinics to undertake legal empower- ment work, must target the elimination of systemic disability discrimination and segregation that inhibit equitable access to all rights for persons with disabilities. the harvard law school project on disability, for example, has served as amici in a number of cases before the european court of human rights, as well as the european committee of social rights. innovations in monitoring: disability rights budget analysis standard rule of law approaches overemphasize legal interventions that not only are top-down and disconnected from the marginalized groups that legal frameworks are intended to serve but also privilege practices that emphasize court-focused action over other equally valid and in some instances more ef- fective forms of interventions for marginalized groups. legal empowerment approaches increasingly point to the efficacy of budgetary analysis as an im- portant tool in bringing legal obligations to bear on government action. in this regard, the crpd sets up a framework that brings such approaches with- in its aperture. the crpd conceptualizes nondiscrimination and equality and encom- passes a cross-cutting obligation that may be realized only through its appli- cation to specific substantive human rights, whether civil, political, economic, social, or cultural. it asserts a substantive equality approach that goes beyond formal equality and advances socially, economically, and historically margin- alized groups. moreover, the crpd is an affront to the discredited notion see p. blanck, americans with disabilities and their civil rights: past, present, and future, u. pitt. l. rev. – ( ), for a discussion of this and other ada cases in which blanck was involved as an expert witness and legal counsel. id. see alajos kiss v. hungary, app. no. / (eur. ct. of human rights, may , ), para- graph . see gillian macnaughton & paul hunt, a human rights–based approach to social impact as- sessment, in new directions in social impact assessment: conceptual and methodological advances , (frank vanclay & ana maria esteves ed., edward elgar ) (budget analysis “re- veals human rights problems and affords means to tackle them”). janet e. lord & rebecca brown, the role of reasonable accommodation in securing substantive the world bank legal review that civil and political rights require little in the way of positive action and in- vestment of resources by states in order to effect implementation. the crpd brings the human rights framework together in requiring reasonable accom- modation through positive measures in all areas of life. the implications of this model for legal empowerment underscore the so- phistication of the crpd framework. in projecting the need for a multifaceted approach to implementation, the crpd embraces the need for budget analy- sis to track the extent to which states parties undertake the measures required to realize all rights under the crpd, even those subject to progressive realiza- tion. disability rights budget analysis encompasses an approach according to which a state party’s allocation of resources in a given area (for example, education, employment, or community living) is scrutinized and assessed. budget analysis can be used to identify the sufficiency of resource allocation in an attempt to secure the rights of a particularly disadvantaged group. in this regard, the limberg principles on the implementation of economic, social, and cultural rights stress that statistical information and information on budgetary allocations and expenditures should be presented in such a way as to facilitate the assessment of compliance with economic, social, and cultural rights obligations. equality for persons with disabilities: the un convention on the rights of persons with disabili- ties, in critical perspectives on human rights and disability law (marcia rioux, lee ann basser, & melinda jones ed., martinus nijhoff ). see anna lawson, disability and equality law in britain: the role of reasonable adjustment (hart ). see lord & brown, supra note . see gillian macnaughton, human rights frameworks, strategies, and tools for the poverty law- yer’s toolbox, j. hum. rights prac. , . see also janet e. lord & michael ashley stein, the domestic incorporation of human rights law and the united nations convention on the rights of persons with disabilities, wash. l. rev. , ( ) (asserting that budget analysis in the disability rights context is an “essential component” of disability rights advocacy work). s. farrior, human rights advocacy on gender issues: challenges and opportunities, j. hum. rights prac. – ( ). see i. diokno and m. socorro, a rights-based approach towards budget analysis (international human rights internship program ), available at http://www .crin.org/docs/resources/publications/hrbap/rbabudgetanalysis.pdf (accessed feb. , ); helena hofbauer et al., dignity counts: a guide to using budget analysis to advance human rights (international budget partnership ), available at http://www.iie.org /en/programs/ihrip/~/media/files/programs/ihrip/dignity_counts.ashx (accessed feb. , ). budget analysis can also serve an important role in the realm of women’s rights. see, for example, debbie budlender & rhonda sharp, how to do a gender-sensitive budget analysis: contemporary research and practice (commonwealth secretariat ), available at http://www.thecommonwealth.org/shared_asp_files/uploadedfiles/% b ef - c c - - d -b cf f e % d_ausaidtr.pdf (accessed feb. , ). united nations, economic & social council, limburg principles on the implementation of economic, social, and cultural rights, paragraph , un doc. e/cn. / / ( jan. , ). id. http://www.crin.org/docs/resources/publications/hrbap/rbabudgetanalysis.pdf http://www.crin.org/docs/resources/publications/hrbap/rbabudgetanalysis.pdf http://www.iie.org/en/programs/ihrip/~/media/files/programs/ihrip/dignity_counts.ashx http://www.thecommonwealth.org/shared_asp_files/uploadedfiles/% b ef - c c- - d -b cf f e % d_ausaidtr.pdf http://www.iie.org/en/programs/ihrip/~/media/files/programs/ihrip/dignity_counts.ashx http://www.thecommonwealth.org/shared_asp_files/uploadedfiles/% b ef - c c- - d -b cf f e % d_ausaidtr.pdf beyond the orthodoxy of rule of law and justice sector reform inclusive development monitoring, indicators, and benchmarks states parties are obliged to monitor the implementation of measures to com- ply with crpd obligations. monitoring should assess both the steps taken and the results achieved in the elimination of barriers to effective access. national strategies, policies, and plans should use appropriate indicators and bench- marks in operationalizing the crpd. monitoring and evaluation practitioners have made significant advances in developing performance indicators to sim- plify the task of monitoring and evaluating human rights implementation and development interventions. although most countries have a long way to go before they have effective monitoring and evaluation in the realm of disability and other areas, many are establishing monitoring and evaluation working groups comprising representatives from government, donor agencies, civil so- ciety, the un system, and academic institutions. these groups seek to identify and adapt the indicators appropriate for their countries and to harmonize the collection, analysis, and reporting of data. as the first human rights convention to explicitly call upon states parties to reform their development assistance programs to include people with dis- abilities, the crpd provides an important impetus for international coopera- tion and assistance. considerable effort must be taken to ensure that donor governments and recipient developing countries adhere to the inclusive de- velopment mandate. this is unlikely to be achieved through the vehicle of na- tional disability legislative reform, but instead must be implemented through the adoption and monitoring of development policies. participation in devel- opment decision making is a major focus of many dpo capacity-building en- deavors, and is reflected in the australian agency for international develop- ment disability strategy, along with other donor initiatives. groups such as handicap international have worked to ensure that development tools, such as the processes to develop poverty reduction strategy papers in developing countries, are inclusive and conducted in collaboration and consultation with local dpos. looking forward the crpd provides a conceptual model for the legal empowerment of per- sons with disabilities through innovative and broad-based interventions. its obligations are to be implemented through actions required by the mecha- nisms familiar to the rule of law orthodoxy. moreover, beyond law and policy change, crpd obligations are to be applied through culture building, partici- patory and empowering engagement in decision making, inclusive develop- ment practices, disability rights education, rights-based budget analysis, and other activities. the crpd calls upon states, as well as development actors and dpos, to engage in a variety of human rights actions in order to realize its implementation—from scoping exercises that examine accessibility obliga- tions in law and policy to law reform, law development, and human rights education that raises awareness among a wide array of stakeholders. the world bank legal review the crpd embodies the potential for a significant transformation in dis- ability legislation, policies, and programs around the world to empower per- sons with disabilities through full and equal enjoyment of all human rights and fundamental freedoms. many governments and development practi- tioners realize this necessity, but do not have adequate knowledge of effec- tive practices and solutions. the crpd addresses this concern prominently through article , which highlights the role that capacity building, technical assistance, and the exchange of evidence-based knowledge and best practices can play in facilitating the changes that may be required after ratification. in- tellectual assistance plays a role, as does monetary assistance to support ac- tions by low- and middle-income countries to put the convention into practice. article encourages financial assistance to aid in crpd implementation through inclusive and accessible aid programming. when international devel- opment addresses disability only as a separate issue distinct from mainstream programs, the result is a vicious circle where individuals with disabilities are further excluded and marginalized from the benefits of most economic and social development reforms and actions. hence, article is critical to as- sist states parties in meeting their obligations under the crpd and requires strong international cooperation. the international development community, together with the international disability rights community, can play a signifi- cant role in assisting states parties to reform their laws, policies, and programs to implement the crpd by strengthening technical assistance, providing fi- nancial support to implement the articles of the convention, and exchanging knowledge on best practices. article requires states parties to work with each other and with relevant organizations to support capacity building “through the exchange and sharing of information, experiences, training pro- grammes and best practices” and to “facilitate cooperation in research and access to scientific and technical knowledge.” knowledge and practices can be exchanged via networks that encour- age dialogue and collaboration through multiple communication strategies among researchers in academic institutions, think tanks, and governments across geographic regions. participants in such networks can share findings from their activities that increase awareness and understanding about people with disabilities in areas such as deinstitutionalization and community living, employment and economic empowerment, legal capacity, human rights, and access to health care, education, and technology. one example of such a network is the global forum on law, justice and development (gfljd), initiated by the world bank’s legal vice presidency together with a number of academic and institutional partners from around the world. the gfljd aims to bring together stakeholders in the fields of law, justice, and development, combining the economic, legal, and technical as- pects of a range of targeted issues beyond disability. by introducing disability into this network, practitioners can work toward mainstreaming the needs of samant, matter, & harniss, supra note . beyond the orthodoxy of rule of law and justice sector reform persons with disabilities across the spectrum of law, justice, and development programs around the world. the approaches to legal empowerment and innovation called for in the implementation of the crpd can be built upon to advance an emerging dis- ability rights narrative with roots at the community as well as national level. empowerment and innovation will be achieved in these reform efforts only with the full participation of and meaningful consultation with persons with disabilities and their representative organizations. the political economy of improving traditional justice systems a case study of ngo engagement with shalish in bangladesh stephen golub in the past decade, the role that traditional justice systems (tjss) play in the lives of the rural poor has received increasing attention. sometimes referred to as customary justice systems, nonstate justice systems (because they have not originated as legal systems devised and administered by the state), or al- ternative dispute resolution (when viewed as alternatives to the courts), tjss handle most disputes and other justice processes in many societies, particu- larly in rural areas. across the globe, institutions such as development agencies, national gov- ernments, and civil society groups are exploring whether and how to work with tjss. tjss merit this focus because they are so central to the lives of so many. yet, they often are blatantly unfair to women and other populations who suffer from power imbalances in their disputes and in their lives. the powerful can use tjss as a mechanism to control the relatively powerless. they are often instruments, then, for the administration not just of justice but also, informally, of local governance. with these considerations in mind, what can and should development, government, and civil society institutions do to help make tjss more equitable in their operations? this chapter aims to address this question by examining how ngos in bangladesh attempt to employ, modify, or monitor the country’s main tjs, known as shalish, so as to retain its meritorious features and ameliorate its drawbacks. most bangladeshi ngos seek to make shalish less gender biased, corrupt, and punitive, as well as fairer and more accountable. as with any customary system, the way shalish functions varies among communities the world bank, the uk department for international development (dfid), the united nations development programme (undp), and the international development law or- ganization are but a few of the major international agencies conducting relevant research, programs, or other initiatives. this chapter draws on the author’s numerous visits to bangladesh between and in the course of consulting for dfid, the asia foundation, the asian development bank, the ford foundation, and other internationally oriented organizations, as well as additional research conducted by the author. the world bank legal review and regions. however, the picture painted with broad strokes in this chapter applies to much of the country. the tjs operations of bangladeshi ngos take on additional salience for the international community in view of the recently launched the community legal services programme, which will support such work (as well as related, justice-oriented activities). funded by the united kingdom department for international development (dfid), this five-year ( – ), million gbp initiative will provide a substantial base of experience and research that other development institutions and countries can draw on. this chapter first delves into the importance of tjss. it then discusses the nature of shalish in its conventional, unmodified form, unaffected by ngo in- fluence. it moves on to address ngo efforts to improve shalish operations or to act as substitutes for the process. finally, the chapter offers some reflections on the implications of this analysis for international development, including for ngos and governments concerned with customary justice. the political economy approach taken in this discussion mirrors the strat- egies of many ngos seeking to improve shalish. traditional justice is not just about dispute resolution. it is also about power, politics, governance, gender, community dynamics, and resource allocation. any approach to justice and development that relies mainly on technical analyses and solutions is bound to fall far short of the mark in its attempts to formulate, promote, and implement reforms. this kind of approach is es- pecially misguided in the case of customary justice. for instance, an ngo or government program that trains traditional leaders how to mediate intra- community conflicts addresses a minor or nonexistent need. that organiza- tion or program should instead focus on the economic, political, and cultural influences and incentives that shape the behaviors of community leaders and members alike. to their considerable credit, many bangladeshi ngos do exactly that in grappling with the considerable challenge of improving shalish. in taking this tack, these ngos take a legal empowerment approach to working with traditional justice. that is, the ngos use the law (in this case, customary law) and rights (involving gender equity, for example) specifically to help the disadvantaged gain greater control over their lives. the global context: the main way the poor seek justice dfid has estimated that “in many developing countries, traditional or cus- tomary legal systems account for percent of total cases.” the development assistance committee of the organisation for economic co-operation and see http://www.communitylegalservice.org/index.php (accessed sep. , ). dfid, safety, security and accessible justice: putting policy into practice (undated). http://www.communitylegalservice.org/index.php the political economy of improving traditional justice systems development (oecd) similarly points to research suggesting that “non-state systems are the main providers of justice and security for up to – percent of the population” in fragile states. these calculations reflect the fact that, by virtue of choice or necessity, the poor in many societies use customary forums to seek justice more than they do formal governmental institutions, especially in rural areas. why is this the case? due to cost, inconvenience, incomprehensibility, or corruption, justice through judiciaries (and other state institutions) can be dif- ficult or impossible for poor people to access. even where access to justice through state institutions is feasible, it is not necessarily the preferred option. in the relatively rare instances where free legal aid is available and effec- tive, the act of going to court can be an expensive one. it can involve court fees and other expenses, and repeated court visits can drain a great deal of time away from earning a living. going to court also can be inconvenient, due to those repeated visits and the great distances that the rural poor must travel for trials and other legal proceedings. once a plaintiff is in court, the proceedings may be incomprehensible, often conducted in languages (such as those of the nations’ former colonial rulers) that may be foreign to him or her. in addition, legal discourse is highly technical and beyond the grasp of even educated nonlawyers, not to mention the illiterate or impoverished. finally, there is no guarantee that judicial proceedings are free from corruption, political control, gender biases, or other undue influences that undercut their fairness, particu- larly for the poor. none of this is to deny the value of well-functioning courts for many pur- poses, not least addressing serious crimes, human rights abuses, and public policy issues. nor is it to claim that tjss always operate fairly; as already em- phasized here, that is far from the case. but the fact that a well-functioning judiciary is desirable does not mean it is achievable. efforts to address judi- cial inadequacies have proven problematic in many nations, including ban- gladesh. notwithstanding the presence of some fine bangladeshi jurists, the country’s court system has been resistant to change. a world bank re- port, disputes, crimes and pathways of redress: a household survey on citizens’ perceptions and experiences of the justice system in bangladesh, indicates wide- spread lack of public confidence in the courts, police, and other formal justice sector institutions. in terms of cost, convenience, and comprehensibility, tjss do have distinct advantages over the courts. the poor do not have to pay to use them. tjss usu- ally take far less time than court cases do, even if they do not always offer in- stant justice. their dispute-resolution sessions typically take place much closer oecd/dac network on conflict, peace and development co-operation, enhancing the de- livery of justice and security in fragile states (aug. ). saku akmeemana, disputes, crimes and pathways of redress: a household survey on citizens’ perceptions and experiences of the justice system in bangladesh (world bank ). the world bank legal review to where the poor reside. tjs proceedings are conducted in languages that the poor understand and are often conducted by fellow community members. being more comprehensible and rooted in their communities can make some tjss more transparent and accountable to the poor—at least compared with incomprehensible judicial systems that leave the poor open to manipula- tion by judges, court personnel, or even their own attorneys. nevertheless, although tjss may be preferable to the courts for many purposes, that fact constitutes faint praise. conventional shalish: an overview the term shalish (or salish) refers to a traditional, community-based, largely informal bangladeshi process through which small, loosely constituted panels of influential local figures help resolve community members’ disputes and/ or impose sanctions on them. the term is applied in at least four ways: to the process in general, to an individual hearing, to a series of hearings about a specific dispute, and to the panel conducting a hearing. the panel members are called shalishdars. although practiced across most of the country, shalish is not the only lo- cal, informal method of dispute resolution in bangladesh. cultural minorities employ their own, varied methods. as in many societies, bangladeshi dis- putants may seek out influential individuals for advice or decisions without turning to a panel of such persons. but the widespread use and diverse forms of shalish make it potentially fertile ground for international efforts to under- stand analogous processes and external efforts to improve them. shalish may involve voluntary submission to arbitration (which, in this context, involves the parties agreeing to submit to the judgment of the shalish panel) or mediation (in which the panel helps the disputants devise a settle- ment themselves). frequently, shalish blends the two, such that the two par- ties are nominally free to accept or reject shalishdars’ recommendations, but pressure from the shalishdars or other community members may undermine the voluntariness of such decisions. a harsh (though relatively rare) version of shalish can take a punitive form. in such instances, the forum constitutes a de facto criminal court that inflicts trial and punishment on individuals who have not consented to its jurisdiction. with the exception of the summary judgment imposed under that harsh version, a shalish can result in a quick resolution or may extend over numer- ous sessions and months. negotiations between disputants, often including or represented by family members, sometimes also take place outside these sessions, complementing the discussions that take place within them. the term “dispute-resolution process” suggests calm deliberation, with the parties patiently putting forth their perspectives and impartial facilitators the political economy of improving traditional justice systems soberly sorting through the issues. although not the product of a scientific survey, this author’s impressions of more than a dozen (ngo-organized) sha- lish sessions during the s were rather different: the actual shalish is often a loud and passionate event in which disputants, relatives, [shalish panel] members and even uninvited community members congregate to express their thoughts and feel- ings. additional observers—adults and children alike—gather in the room’s doorway and outside. more than one exchange of opinions may occur simultaneously. calm discussions explode into bursts of shouting and even laughter or tears. all of this typically takes place in a crowded school room or other public space, sweltering most of the year, often with the noise of other community activities filter- ing in from outside. the number of participants and observers may range from a few dozen to well over one hundred. even more significant, it can be misleading to characterize shalish as con- stituting alternative dispute resolution. as siddiqi explains: the shalish should not be thought of as an alternative [emphasis in original] dispute resolution mechanism in bangladesh. the concept of alternative dispute resolution (adr) was developed in relation to a specific set of needs within various “western” legal systems. while many features of adr are similar to those that characterize the shalish, the latter does not by any means constitute an alterna- tive for the vast majority of the rural population. indeed, despite its visibility and prominence, available statistics would argue for view- ing the formal justice system as the “alternative” form of dispute resolution. siddiqi’s insight applies to most disputes involving most rural bangla- deshis and many urban ones. even if the country’s problematic courts oper- ated more efficiently and equitably, they still would represent an alternative to shalish, rather than vice versa. the main types of disputes addressed via shalish shalish most commonly addresses two types of disputes: one category in- volves family and gender issues; the other involves property, including land and petty theft. gender/family disputes can pertain to dowry (the price, in cash or kind, that the bride’s family typically pays that of the groom), dower/denmohor (a payment that the groom may promise the bride but that she usually forgoes stephen golub, from the village to the university: legal activism in bangladesh, in many roads to justice: the law-related work of ford foundation grantees around the world – (mary mcclymont & stephen golub ed., ford foundation ). d. m. siddiqi, shalish and the quest for gender justice: an assessment of strategic interventions in bangladesh, report prepared for research initiatives, bangladesh, (mar. , ). the world bank legal review unless he divorces her), maintenance payments (for a wife’s and children’s ex- penses in the event of separation or divorce), polygamy, “torture” (a term that usually refers to physical or psychological abuse, such as by the husband’s family against the wife, rather than to protracted infliction of pain for pur- poses of sadism or interrogation), and divorce. given the nature of bangladeshi households and family structures, many such disputes are not confined to two individuals. entire families often become involved and may even instigate conflict. in such instances, not all mistreat- ment is by men against women. a husband’s mother may be the lead actor in abuses against his wife. and gender-related power imbalances notwithstand- ing, there certainly are instances in which women treat men unfairly. that being said, abusive treatment of women cuts across many gender- related disputes. this can involve both physical and psychological mistreat- ment (the latter sometimes called “mental torture”). young women who are taken into the homes of in-laws after marriage may be especially victimized in this way. the new wives are often just girls. such abuse often is linked to ongoing dowry demands by the husband’s family. dowry does not appear deeply rooted in the history of the lands that be- came bangladesh. white and rozario both suggest that dowry dates back only several decades at most, and that previously it was common for the hus- band’s family to pay that of the wife in connection with a wedding. why dowry has become dominant is a matter of conjecture. geirbo and imam discuss an array of possible economic, social, and historical causes—including supply and demand for husbands versus wives—but do not draw firm conclusions. in any case, dowry triggers or is otherwise related to gender disputes be- cause it involves demands by the husband or his parents for payments by the wife’s parents. the convention must be seen in the context of a society in which poorly educated girls are viewed as economic liabilities; families may be anxious to see daughters wed because (if the families are impoverished) they represent extra mouths to feed and/or marriages may represent a road to the families’ social advancement; and girls and their families may be socially ostracized if they remain single. as with gender-related disputes, land conflicts blend with other societal issues. they are embedded in the nature of the society’s poverty, structure, in one area studied by the bangladeshi rural advancement committee (brac) and the population council, percent of brides were under years old. brac and population council, bangladesh adolescent survey (dhaka ). s. white, arguing with the crocodile: class and gender hierarchies in a bangladeshi village (u. press limited ). s. rozario, purity and communal boundaries: women and social change in a bangladeshi village – (u. press limited ). h. c. geirbo & n. imam, the motivations behind giving and taking dowry, research mono- graph series no. , – (brac research and evaluation division jul. ). the political economy of improving traditional justice systems and agrarian constraints. problems involving land are not always distinct from gender matters, and they may be intrafamily in nature. conventional shalish as both dispute resolution and social control before considering efforts to modify shalish, it is important to consider what shalish constitutes in its conventional, traditional form. as summarized by khair, traditional shalish is basically a practice of gathering village elders and concerned par- ties, exclusively male, for the resolution of local disputes. sometimes chairmen and elite members of the union parishad [a local govern- ment unit] are invited to sit through the proceedings. shalish has no fixed dimension and its size and structure depend entirely on the nature and gravity of the problem at hand. a shalish may be completed in one day, but it may extend over a number of sessions and involve private negotiations between disputants, often encom- passing their families. traditional shalish may inappropriately and illegally handle even the most serious criminal actions, including rape. whether a specific shalish constitutes mediation or arbitration, or a blend of the two, hinges on the dynamics at play. community mores and the opin- ions of powerful leaders often exert such strong influences that outcomes are imposed on a disputant contrary to his or her wishes. in the alternative, the disputant may have a nominal choice, but pressure to act in accord with mores and opinions effectively forces acquiescence. thus, a woman victimized by domestic violence may be forced to return to her husband because the shalish- dars tolerate such treatment and because they chastise the husband only in a pro forma manner. khair and her colleagues highlight some of the problems afflicting con- ventional shalish: sometimes solutions are arbitrary and imposed on reluctant dispu- tants by powerful village or community members. such “solutions” are based less on civil or other law than on subjective judgments designed to ensure the continuity of their leadership, to strengthen their relational alliances, or to uphold the perceived cultural norms and biases. the shalish also is susceptible to manipulation by corrupt touts [persons who exploit some nominal knowledge of the law] and local musclemen who may be hired to guide the pace and direction of the process by intimidation. furthermore, because the traditional see, for example, e. g. jansen, rural bangladesh: competition for scarce resources (norwegian u. press ). s. khair, alternative approaches to justice: a review of adr initiatives under the democracy part- nership, report prepared for the asia foundation, (may ). the world bank legal review shalish is composed exclusively of male members, women are par- ticularly vulnerable to extreme judgments and harsh penalties. one additional, crucial dimension of traditional shalish that must be emphasized is its role as an institution for perpetuating the social control of women and the poor. hashmi explicates this point when describing the “member-matbar-mulla” triumvirate that controls village affairs, including shalish: the members of the union parishad (the lowest electoral unit) are elected officials, in charge of the disbursement of public goods and relief materials among the poor villagers, and are the most powerful in the triumvirate. they are often connected with the ruling political party of other influential power-brokers in the neighboring towns or groups of villages. the matbars (matabbars) or village elders, who also sit on the salish (village court), are next in the hierarchy, hav- ing vested interests in the village economy as rentiers and money- lenders. they often get shares in misappropriated relief goods along with government officials and members-chairmen of the union pari- shads. the mulla, associated with the local mosques and maktabs (el- ementary religious schools), are sometimes quite influential as they endorse the activities of village elders albeit in the name of islamic or sharia law. they often sit on the salish and issue fatwas in support of their patrons, the village elders. the rural poor, often women, are victims of these fatwas. the increasing involvement of women and younger political figures in village affairs may run counter to the bleak picture painted here. however, with the increased politicization of society involving armed thugs, these influences are further tainting traditional shalish, according to a number of sources. why, then, do bangladeshis still turn to traditional shalish to address their disputes? the reasons echo the reality that customary justice systems are often favored by the poor across the globe. thus, although otherwise highly critical of the institution, siddiqi notes: for poor villagers, especially women, the shalish offers many advan- tages. first, a shalish hearing does not require any serious expendi- ture. second, it takes place locally, at a time that is convenient for all of the parties involved. proceedings occur in a language and frame- s. khair et al., access to justice: best practices under the democracy partnership – (asia foun- dation, apr. ). t. hashmi, women and islam in bangladesh: beyond subjection and tyranny (macmillan ). for a summary of recent scholarship concerning these trends, see harry blair, civil society, dispute resolution and local governance in bangladesh: ideas for pro-poor programme support, report prepared for the department for international development, uk high commission (may ). the political economy of improving traditional justice systems work of justice that is comprehensible to the litigants. third, disputes are resolved relatively quickly, usually in one to three sittings. the bottom line is that shalish is often the first and only choice available to impoverished bangladeshis. it is affordable, comprehensible, convenient, and efficient, even in contrast with a well-functioning judicial system—not to mention the country’s courts. efforts to modify conventional shalish, then, should not be seen simply in terms of improving dispute resolution or access to justice. to the consider- able degree that traditional shalish perpetuates poverty and the poor’s lack of control over their lives, efforts to reform it can contribute to the fundamental development goals of poverty alleviation and good governance. the punitive approach: shalish as trial from time to time, harshly punitive versions of traditional shalish have been reported. these reports describe incidents of people being lashed or even stoned to death for violation of local norms. the reports, which received at- tention from amnesty international in the s, have attracted significant attention in the bangladeshi press over the years. the kind of shalish documented in these reports goes far beyond media- tion or even arbitration and amounts to de facto trials. these trials result in fatwas decreed by mullas who belong to the shalish panels or otherwise influ- ence them. the mullas interpret or misinterpret sharia to subject the “defen- dants” to horrible punishment that exceeds the more mundane (though still unfair) edicts described by hashmi. while egregious, these punitive shalish processes appear to be relatively rare. according to a – study conducted by the asia foundation for dfid: only a few ngos consulted in the study had even heard of such abuses taking place anywhere close to their areas of operation. even then, their responses to questions about the practice suggest that the few dozen newspaper reports of the abuses may represent the sum total of the problem rather than a window on a problem that is more prevalent than reports would suggest. this is also the opinion of ask [ain o salish kendra, a women’s rights ngo discussed in fur- ther detail below], which tracks violations of this kind. local and na- tional ngos are sometimes able to mobilize police to prevent such actions before they occur. d. m. siddiqi, paving the way to justice: the experience of nagorik uddyog, bangladesh (one world action ). see, for example, amnesty international, bangladesh: taking the law in their own hands: the village salish (asa dec. , ). asia foundation, promoting improved access to justice: community legal service delivery in bangladesh (asia foundation, mar. ). the world bank legal review this is not to minimize the threat that punitive shalish could become if it were to grow in rural areas, particularly given the increasing influence of ultraconservative religious elements in some parts of the country in recent years. at this point, however, the problem seems to be severe in nature but limited in scope. four prominent approaches to modifying shalish there appear to be four main approaches that ngos take to modify shalish. ngos organize shalish possibly the most common form of ngo interaction with shalish occurs when an ngo organizes shalish panels and sessions, sometimes building on other rights-oriented or development-oriented activities it has undertaken in the community. ngos are able to take such initiatives for varying reasons, includ- ing their long-standing presence and credibility in a community, the influence they derive from their other operations, and in some cases their success at co- opting traditional shalishdars. much of this approach is derived from the pioneering efforts of the madaripur legal aid association (mlaa, named for the district in which it mainly works). mlaa’s work reaches back nearly years. in addition to its own direct engagement with shalish, mlaa provides lawyers to assist clients when necessary (such as when they are victims of violent crimes) and trains ngos from across the country in its approach. the nature and degree of ngo engagement with shalish varies consid- erably. ngos such as mlaa and nagorik uddyog (nu) may include tra- ditional shalishdars in the new panels in order to maintain the presence of influential persons. but they supplement them with educated persons (such as teachers) who may have broader and less-traditional perspectives, women from various backgrounds, and men who may be relatively uneducated or impoverished. once the ngo convenes a shalish, its own personnel may play passive roles at the session, with the shalishdars managing the mediation. there are distinct differences among organizations taking this approach. mlaa is distinguished by a fairly extensive network of personnel covering a district (and nearby areas) of more than million people and close, longstand- ing connections with the local bar associations. the community-based organi- zations it forms are mainly shalish panels. in contrast, the bangladesh national women lawyers association (bnwla) works with partner ngos that in turn train community members although the author has been able to update the information upon which he bases this sec- tion via correspondence and three visits to bangladesh, much of the analysis in this section draws on research conducted five or more years ago. it is possible that the nature of the engagement of certain ngos with shalish changed during the intervening period. the political economy of improving traditional justice systems to conduct shalish. unlike with mlaa, bnwla personnel do not attend sha- lish sessions, but representatives from partner ngos do. nu organizes and trains shalish panels on a local (ward) level, requiring that at least one-third of the shalishdars be women. nu then draws on these panels to form higher-level (union parishad) legal aid committees that both review shalish outcomes and monitor the more general human rights situa- tion in their areas. unlike bnwla and mlaa, nu does not include attorneys on its staff. like nu, the women’s development ngo banchte shekha, which in many respects is also a membership organization, often plays active and di- verse roles with respect to its partner populations. it is active, for instance, in the areas of livelihood, credit, health, education, and other gender-oriented work. many years of efforts to improve women’s perspectives, knowledge, financial well-being, and status bolster the ngo’s local credibility and influ- ence in its approach to shalish. its shalish panels are accordingly more heavily weighted with untraditional shalishdars, especially women, drawn from its partner populations. its personnel play active roles in suggesting and even directing shalish deliberations. although there is no typical model for ngo-organized shalish, hasle pro- vides a useful summary of a process employed by nu. she bears quoting at some length, for she illustrates the many stages of the organization’s engage- ment with the process: nu seeks out members of the traditional shalish that are open to a more democratic and just form of dispute resolution—as identified through participatory local level workshops—and invites them to become members of a local nu shalish committee, along with other individuals representing a cross-section of the community. one third of the members are women, and a particular effort is made to in- clude women union members [i.e., women who have been elected to the local union parishad, or governing council]. as a matter of strategy, nu seek[s] to transform rather than replace the existing power structure through a method of cooptation, and in particular by bringing together “influential” and ordinary (“non- influential”) members of the community in training and mediation, thereby fostering new allegiances. . . . once established, nu aims to provide the committee members with necessary tools for promoting greater justice in the shalish process. emphasis is given to education and training, combining human rights education with information about the law, including civil and criminal laws, as well as religious and customary laws. committee members are also introduced to local lawyers who stand ready to assist them on a case-by-case basis. role-plays and other forms of participatory exercises are used to enhance the members’ sensitivity to prevailing attitudes and norms that discriminate against women, and develop legal and moral arguments for how these can be coun- the world bank legal review teracted through the shalish. members of the shalish committee are not, however, on nu’s payroll, and are free to take part in the tradi- tional shalish in their own capacity. one of nu’s main activities is to organise shalish hearings (nu- shalish hereafter). these are convened on the basis of an applica- tion from an aggrieved member of the community, which is filed with one of nu’s community organisers (co). cos are volunteers from the respective communities where nu operates, and each co cover[s] one union. all cos have received human rights and legal training from nu, and have access to local lawyers. when nu has accepted an application . . . the co undertakes a fact- finding exercise, to verify the applicant’s claims and to collect other relevant information. provided the application is considered valid (i.e. that the fact-finding confirms that there is a grievance), a formal notice inviting the respondent to a nu-shalish is sent. . . . it should be noted that nu would not convene a shalish in criminal cases, as a part of their strategy to promote greater respect for the rule of law; and would take action to ensure that these cases are adjudicated by formal courts, with assistance from nu as relevant. assuming the respondent is willing to meet in a nu-shalish, a me- diation session is convened. while nu facilitates the mediation by organising the venue, nu staff plays a passive role in the discussion, which is led by members of the nu-shalish committee, representa- tives from nu’s women leadership programme and representatives from each of the parties (which may include non-nu shalishdars and other influential people). according to nu policy, a resolution should be reached through mediation and not arbitration. as discussed with project staff, this is understood to imply willingness to compromise on both sides, and while law is a relevant factor in the negotiation, it is not the only—or even the dominant—consideration. . . . provided an agreement is reached, which is overwhelmingly the case, this is recorded in the minutes of the hearing, which is signed by both parties. . . . if the opposing party is unwilling to reach a settlement, or the applicant considers the settlement unreasonable, nu stands ready to provide legal aid to the applicant so as to facili- tate a formal court hearing. this is also an option in cases where the respondent does not abide by the decisions made. following the mediation, nu undertakes to visit the applicant on a monthly basis for three months, so as to monitor the implementation of the shalish decision. a study of nu’s program to build up women’s leadership roles (in- cluding in shalish) provides a similarly positive assessment of the organiza- tion’s work: lena hasle, too poor for rights? access to justice for poor women in bangladesh: a case study – (unpublished msc dissertation for the london school of economics ). the political economy of improving traditional justice systems [i]t seems that this programme is . . . a potentially useful model of a women’s leadership building strategy. . . . the efforts of nagorik uddyog appear to have resulted in perceptible expansion of wom- en’s political space (manifest in greater substantive participation in shalish) and in conjunction with other women’s empowerment strategies currently taking place in rural bangladesh, such efforts could have a real, positive long-term impact on the status of women in bangladeshi society. ngo-assisted community-based organizations (cbos) modify shalish some ngos concentrate on strengthening partner community-based orga- nizations (cbos) so that they can affect shalish. part of the rationale is to strengthen access to justice while minimizing ngo engagement and com- munity dependence on ngos. under this approach, ngo personnel avoid involvement in creating panels and initiating sessions. they instead concen- trate on strengthening citizen capacities to join, pressure, persuade, educate, and otherwise influence traditional shalish bodies. the community mem- bers who are trained and supported by ngos seek to influence preexisting shalish panels. to varying extents, ngos engage in monitoring traditional shalish panels even as they seek to co-opt those panels or set up parallel structures. ain o salish kendra (ask), a women’s rights ngo, takes this approach. ask trains and supports a number of other ngos to help affiliated cbos exert influence on shalish and on other local institutions and issues. one such partner orga- nization is the bangladesh rural advancement committee (brac), a very large national ngo that promotes livelihood development, microfinance, and numerous other socioeconomic initiatives in many parts of the country. siddiqi summarizes key aspects of this approach, in terms of how ask aids partner ngos: the organization does not have any offices in the field but works through six [at the time of siddiqi’s summary] partner ngos. gsjp [ask gender and social justice program] staff spend considerable time in the field but their mandate is strictly limited. they do not form alternative shalish committees, nor are they allowed to partici- pate in local shalish. their role is to observe, to monitor and to per- suade. the gsjp seeks to monitor local shalish, track human rights violations in its working areas and increase the legal literacy of the ryan higgitt, women’s leadership building as a poverty reduction strategy, ( ) j. s. asian dev. ( ). to make a crude distinction between the two, ngos are nonprofits that at least partly com- prise paid staff, whereas cbos comprise members of the very populations they serve, repre- sent, or otherwise benefit. in recent years, brac has branched out beyond bangladesh to launch operations in other countries. the world bank legal review local population. the strategy is to empower through knowledge. ask focuses on legal education and empowerment in a general sense, working on the assumption that the desired effect on the sha- lish can be achieved only with an overall shift in ideology. with the help of its partner ngos, ask staff members in the field help to organize a manobodhikar songrokkhon parishad (msp) [human rights protection committee], previously known as ain shohayota committees (asc) [legal assistance committees]. [ask and its partner ngos also organize human rights committees exclu- sively comprising women.] as the name suggests, the responsibili- ties of msp members are primarily to monitor the local situation, to intervene in cases where the law has been broken and to facilitate the spread of human rights information. committee members basically have a watchdog capacity. members are not necessary [sic] drawn from the dominant social groups, at least not exclusively. through its gender and social justice program, ask seeks to chal- lenge and transform local knowledge and moral codes of conduct. the organization’s approach is quite distinct—unlike other ngos involved in remaking the shalish, ask does not intervene directly in shalish proceedings. its objective is more long-term—it seeks to per- suade the inhabitants in its working areas of the need to transform the existing gendered and unequal structures of power. as siddiqi further explains, “ask proceeds on the assumption that an equitable and representative shalish structure can be created and sustained only when there is an overall shift in community norms and practices of power.” this point does not discount other organizations’ efforts to alter commu- nity dynamics so that women and other disadvantaged populations achieve greater power and more equitable treatment. the ask approach aims for a lesser degree of ngo engagement so as to facilitate a greater degree of cbo empowerment. the ways in which such an approach plays out in practice vary among partner ngos, but usually involve a degree of community organizing by the partner. alim describes how one partner, brac, increased the power of its members by pulling them together into not just small-scale community orga- nizations but also larger-scale (but still local) federations that have a greater likelihood of exercising influence. alim analyzes two examples of such operations. in one instance the fed- eration (with a woman leading the way) influenced the deliberations of a siddiqi, supra note . d. m. siddiqi, ain o salish kendra: twenty years on the frontline (ask dec. ). a. alim, shalish and the role of brac’s federation: improving the poor’s access to justice, social science research network paper ( ), available at papers.ssrn.com/sol /papers .cfm?abstract_id= . www.papers.ssrn.com/sol /papers.cfm?abstract_id= papers.ssrn.com/sol /papers the political economy of improving traditional justice systems shalish regarding an alleged petty theft. in the other, a case of a husband who had illegally taken a second wife, the federation sought police assistance when the shalish failed to reach a resolution. specifically, this intervention prevented the husband from selling land and leaving his first wife and five children destitute. ngo staff members conduct shalish a number of ngos utilize individual staff members to settle conflicts between disputants without the involvement of shalish panels. such efforts—often also called shalish by such groups because of their mediation-oriented nature— can take a number of forms. in some instances, a field or office worker initially interviews one or more disputants and explores the other options of ngo-fa- cilitated shalish or litigation. in others, this kind of shalish is the main mecha- nism by which the ngo seeks to help resolve a dispute; the ngo retains the option of utilizing its own staff or outside counsel to pursue legal redress. thus, at the same time that ask aids partner ngos and cbos in modify- ing traditional shalish, its dhaka-based personnel conduct shalish between disputants. similarly, even as brac (sometimes with the assistance of ask) seeks to strengthen the roles of its partner populations and cbos in modifying traditional shalish and human rights in their communities, its staff members individually conduct shalish sessions. bangladesh legal aid and services trust (blast), a national ngo that undertakes both individual legal aid and more policy-oriented litigation and advocacy, employs this approach exclusively. staff members engage in shalish but do not become involved in organizing shalish panels or cbos the way other ngos’ staff members do. the blast approach also differs in that, un- like some other ngos (that rely on outside counsel), blast can threaten a recalcitrant party with litigation on behalf of blast’s client if an agreement is not reached. thus, blast is often closer to arbitration than mediation on the spectrum of what shalish effectively means. this is not to say that blast always takes the opposing party to court if shalish fails. but the threat is more immediate than for many other ngos. ngos aid the government’s village court system bangladesh has made an effort to build on the advantages of shalish by insti- tuting a formal, officially recognized mediation system. first implemented de- cades ago, village courts are dispute-resolution bodies that have official status under the laws of bangladesh but have been moribund in large parts of the country. in connection with the adoption of the village courts act in , there has been renewed donor and government interest in reviving these insti- id., at – . the muslim family laws ordinance is a precursor to the village courts. the vil- lage courts ordinance put in place the legal structure that, except for raising the jurisdiction limit from , to , taka, largely stayed unchanged in the village courts act. the world bank legal review tutions. the united nations development programme (undp), for example, is conducting a project aiming to “activate” village courts. union parishad chairpersons head village courts. other union parishad members may substitute for them, however. in addition, with the permission of the chairperson, a nonmember may chair the five-person village court panel. the opposing sides of a dispute each select two of the other four members, in- cluding one union parishad member each. if two parties agree to the jurisdic- tion of a village court, they are bound by its decision if four out of the five pan- elists (or if one panelist is absent, three out of four members) agree on a ruling. in recent years, mlaa has played a role in trying to revive the institu- tion through training and advice. certainly, union parishad chairpersons command a great deal of authority in their communities. disputes, crimes and pathways of redress indicates that community members often seek their help in resolving disputes even in the absence of village courts. other ngos are more skeptical about the village courts’ prospects for success. they base this skepticism on the long history of largely fruitless ef- forts to fortify institutions. they also are concerned about the village courts’ potentially politicized or corrupt nature. other sources lend weight to these doubts by raising questions about local political dynamics, union parishad members’ biases, and the village courts themselves. additional research findings as with so much in the field of law and development, there is a shortage of research that documents the impact of efforts to improve shalish. the studies cited in this chapter provide some preliminary evidence that ngo engage- ment with shalish can enhance equity in resolving disputes and improve the situations of disadvantaged individuals. one could even, very tentatively, in- fer that the gender-equitable effects could contribute to poverty alleviation and improved governance. but much more research needs to be done, and not all findings to date have been favorable. although the aforementioned - asia foundation study does not reach firm conclusions, the findings are generally positive. both beneficiaries and opinion leaders indicate that ngos that were the foci of the research were generally effective in conducting shalish and otherwise benefit their communities. see http://www.villagecourts.org/index.php (accessed sep. , ). akmeemana, supra note . see, for example, bangladesh ministry of women’s and children’s affairs (mowca), back- ground paper on good practices and priorities to combat sexual abuse and exploitation of children in bangladesh (mowca ); t. haque et al., in search of justice: women’s encounters with alternative dispute resolution (asia foundation apr. ); and united nations development programme, human security in bangladesh: in search of justice and dignity (undp sep. ). http://www.villagecourts.org/index.php the political economy of improving traditional justice systems yet, not all research on this matter has yielded positive results. geirbo and imam find that even though community members served by brac have become aware of dowry being illegal, they continue to pay it. their research further indicates that deeply ingrained social practices and attitudes tend to persist—to some extent, even among some brac ngo workers, which has potentially powerful implications for their shalish-oriented work. a number of the asia foundation study’s focus groups report that illegal dowry and related problems continue despite the efforts of organizations to provide vari- ous kinds of community legal services, including shalish. disputes, crimes and pathways of redress provides provocative insights about how widespread bangladeshis’ use of ngo justice services such as modified shalish is. its findings indicate, inter alia, that far more people iden- tify union parishad chairpersons (operating informally, rather than in con- nection with formally convened village councils) as a first choice in seeking resolution of legal problems, compared to ngo shalish. as scrupulous as this study was, however, it raises as many questions as it answers about dispute resolution and redress. for example, due to the methodology employed by its survey research, the study identified relatively low rates of gender-specific problems (in a society in which dowry, under- age and multiple marriages, physical and psychological abuse of women, and women being cheated out of inheritances and other property are widespread). in addition, especially in view of the aforementioned research regarding the member-matbar-mulla triumvirate and related findings, there remains the is- sue of whether and to what extent people receive fair treatment from chair- persons (or to what extent that treatment is tainted by gender biases, graft, patronage, and other undue influences on their conduct). there also is the matter of whether the study’s design and peer review adequately involved ngo experts. still, the study provides a useful basis for further research regarding not only ngos’ and union parishad chairpersons’ services but also the public’s widespread lack of confidence in formal justice sector institutions. the bank and the personnel involved in initiating and implementing this research should be commended for providing a model for digging deep into how people seek access to justice. other bangladesh-specific studies document ngo efficacy in other re- gards. one example is hasle’s field research, which includes interviews with nu clients whose shalish agreements were arranged by nu-affiliated panels in . nu’s follow-up records indicate that, of a sample of selected by hasle, agreements were honored. in subsequently interviewing the clients, geirbo & imam, supra note . asia foundation, supra note . akmeemana, supra note . id. the world bank legal review hasle found that in all but one case the agreements were “more or less” hon- ored. siddiqi’s research on both nu and ask similarly document their strat- egies and efficacy. the findings of hasle and siddiqi are not inconsistent with that of geirbo and imam. many of the disputes that hasle scrutinized, for example, involved domestic violence that was reportedly halted through shalish interventions. in contrast, geirbo and imam researched dowry and related phenomena. the impact of modifying shalish might best be considered in the context of researching integrated legal services and/or development efforts that include but are not limited to improving how shalish operates. the asia foundation’s quantitative inquiries into legal services efficacy in bangladesh, conducted un- der the auspices of a seven-country study of legal empowerment for the asian development bank in – , found indications of poverty-alleviating and good-governance-promoting impact. more specifically, it compared control (that is, nonbeneficiary) populations with those belonging to either banchte shekha or samata, an ngo that focuses on land advocacy, livelihood development, and access to government agricultural services. the findings indicate that the ngos’ impact included restraining dowry; increasing successful citizen participation in joint actions and in influencing local government decisions; fostering positive community attitudes toward women’s rights and participation in governance; increasing use by the poor of government-managed lands that local elites otherwise seize; and dramatically reducing reliance on those elites for dispute resolution. the survey research found similar though more modest impact by mlaa in a number of these regards. the foundation findings regarding dowry and other kinds of impact may not be totally consistent with the more qualitative inquiries of geirbo and imam. however, these two limited studies looked at different ngos and communities. expanded, rigorous research is called for. implications for international development efforts to improve tjss can be as much about social justice and governance as about dispute resolution. there is a tendency to view tjss in terms of whether and how they settle disputes. the realities of shalish in bangladesh contradict this view. shalish in its traditional form often is a means of social control—of hasle, supra note . d. m. siddiqi, paving the way to justice, supra note ; shalish and the quest for gender justice, supra note ; and ain o salish kendra, supra note . stephen golub & kim mcquay, legal empowerment: advancing good governance and poverty reduction, in law and policy reform at the asian development bank – (asian development bank ). id. the political economy of improving traditional justice systems men over women, of the relatively wealthy over the impoverished, and of religious and political leaders over their communities. whether and to what extent these realities apply to traditional systems elsewhere is beyond the pur- view of this chapter. but the possibility that such systems manifest social con- trol—and the potential to advance social justice by modifying them—should not be overlooked. ngo engagement—and donor support for it—represents a potentially pro- ductive middle ground for efforts to improve tjss. the experience of ngos and their cbo partners in bangladesh suggests that such organizations can productively work to keep the many advantages of tjss while seeking to im- prove such systems. this effort represents a programmatic middle ground between simply leaving customary systems to their own devices and seek- ing to integrate them into the official state justice system. pursuing this path does not preclude efforts to initiate or strengthen such integration. but given the fact that even after decades of existence, the state’s village court system remains largely moribund and in need of “activation” by a undp project, and given the degree to which that system likely lends itself to political influence and traditional attitudes, ngo engagement with shalish arguably compares favorably with reliance on that system. this is particularly salient in terms of improving dispute resolution and for the aforementioned considerations regarding social justice. it most likely makes sense to support similar civil society efforts elsewhere. however, the reality remains that many beneficiaries of ngo modifica- tion of tjss may go from “worse to bad.” for example, a farmer may recoup only a portion of the crop proceeds rightly due him, but this is better than nothing. an impoverished woman who in a society that offers more economic opportunities might be able to escape a dysfunctional marriage may opt to re- turn to it by dint of ngo efforts. but this may be preferable to her alternatives outside the marriage: destitution, ostracization, homelessness, or malnourish- ment for herself or her children. on a more hopeful note, it should be borne in mind that community dy- namics in bangladesh and elsewhere are not stagnant. the study on nu reached encouraging conclusions about the progress that the ngo and other women’s empowerment strategies are making. this author’s observation of ngo-modified shalish in the s found a markedly higher level of engage- ment by women over the years. the possibility of litigation can be a powerful incentive for reaching and hon- oring a tjs agreement. the threat or fear of being taken to court by lawyers associated with an ngo can make an otherwise recalcitrant party cooperate with shalish. especially when the judiciary is backlogged, corrupt, and oth- erwise dysfunctional, the expense of litigation and uncertainty of result can persuade a party to avoid becoming enmeshed in the formal wheels of justice. higgitt, supra note . the world bank legal review ironically, then, some ngo engagement with shalish implicitly weaves together the country’s nonstate and state legal systems. ngos sometimes take cases straight to court if criminal or otherwise severe violations of a client’s rights are at play. more commonly, though, ngo engagement integrates the two systems by holding out the possibility of turning to the judiciary should shalish fail. on the other hand, under some circumstances, the possibility of going to court may not appeal to the ngo client or may not intimidate his or her op- ponent. power imbalances are salient in this regard. an influential person may have resources to afford representation or significant sway in the community, making the client reluctant to go the judicial route. are ngos’ potential dual roles in shalish inappropriate? in many instances of shalish, ngos do not take sides—their influence is on the process as a whole, rather than individual disputes. they convene and moderate in a neu- tral manner, rather than advocating and litigating in a partisan one. still, the very fact that some convene sessions in response to one party’s request can make her/him a kind of client. and, as discussed above, when they raise the possibility of taking recalcitrant parties to court (and occasionally actually do so), they take a clear stand in their clients’ favor. are these dual roles—neu- tral convener and partisan advocate—inappropriate? this raises issues of un- checked, unaccountable ngo influence. the issue may be less problematic than it seems, however. there certainly is a tension between the two roles. and there is room for abuse by ngo per- sonnel. but the balance in many disputes is typically tipped against women and other disadvantaged persons to begin with. there is no assurance that the police or courts redress power imbalances any better than ngos do; in fact, there are indications to the contrary. even if ngos do not always act with ab- solute integrity or clarity in deciding whom they will support, their net impact is to make for fairer processes that can sometimes advance social justice. one mechanism for advancing ngo accountability could be the intro- duction or strengthening of systems by which the organization’s management obtains community feedback on whether and how its local personnel are act- ing responsibly. although there are examples of such mechanisms in other countries—the dispute-resolution ngo timap in sierra leone, for example— it is beyond the purview of this chapter to explore whether and to what extent similar approaches exist in bangladesh. ngo authority lends weight to shalish. the credibility and influence of an ngo can encourage the parties to participate in shalish and to abide by the results. this influence can flow, for example, from an ngo generating donor resources or otherwise bringing benefits to a community that grants the or- ganization a measure of power. or the ngo may be based in dhaka or have influential government, donor, or civil society connections there, which sug- gests to many on a local level that it is a sophisticated, well-connected outfit. the political economy of improving traditional justice systems the ngo can act as a countervailing influence to the corruption or politiciza- tion that may otherwise affect dispute resolution. yet, the degree of this influence is limited in many areas. local officials’ and party activists’ political power also generates resources, sometimes far beyond those of an ngo. in addition, they may have criminal or police links that allow them to bring force to bear or otherwise act with impunity. and certainly, not all influential persons in a community necessarily view ngo generation of resources or contacts as unmitigated goods. to the extent that ngos do have considerable local influence, this has implications for the trade-off between approaches that prioritize their direct engagement with organizing shalish and those that concentrate on building up cbos that can act independently. an argument for the former is that such engagement is necessary in most of bangladesh for the foreseeable future, be- cause change is a slow process and countervailing, conservative social dynam- ics are too strong for cbos to counter. the case for the latter approach is that it is ultimately more sustainable and that the ngo remains in the picture to pro- vide advice, training, legal assistance, and other support on an ongoing basis. the involvement of influential persons can be crucial for shalish. influential persons on the ngo-modified shalish panels may combine with community mores to create pressure for both parties to reach and honor an agreement. in some cases, long-term ngo engagement in a community on a number of fronts may make such persons’ involvement less important. with its years of involvement with literacy, livelihoods, organizing, and other activities ben- efiting women, banchte shekha is a case in point. in some instances, however, ngos may need to compromise with and try to co-opt influential figures, even if they tend to be conservative in their outlooks, rather than attempt to exclude them from shalish. nevertheless, there is a line to walk in such efforts. ngos are effective to the extent that they mitigate traditional shalishdars’ gender biases and other undue influences. the ngos do this by helping women join the shalish panels and otherwise participate in the process. they also seek to involve commu- nity leaders and educated persons—teachers, for example—who may have broader perspectives. the integration of tjs modification with broader socioeconomic development work holds promise for affecting underlying community dynamics. shalish is a product of underlying community dynamics. to the extent that improving shalish hinges on affecting those dynamics, it is important to see ngo engage- ment with shalish as part of an integrated approach to poverty alleviation, improved governance, and social change. this is not to discount the value of straightforward income generation, microfinance, and other operations. but attacking problems such as government corruption and gender inequity requires a long-term, multipronged approach. this view might seem to weigh in favor of simply supporting socioeco- nomic development ngos for service delivery, with legal services ngos the world bank legal review playing supportive (though still crucial) back-up roles. but there are a few reasons to avoid drawing such a stark conclusion. first, insufficient data are available to support it. it would take years of rigorous research to make that judgment. second, because legal-services ngos are sophisticated in their le- gal knowledge and activities, they bring countervailing strengths to the table. finally, and perhaps most significant, in many situations in bangladesh the two kinds of ngos are already cooperating in ways (such as training and other support by the legal services groups to the socioeconomic development ones) that produce integrated approaches. a cautious approach to strengthening village courts and other government dispute resolution mechanisms is advisable. mlaa’s interest in fortifying the village court system deserves respect, given its trailblazing role in community legal services in bangladesh. undp’s initiative to work with these bodies also could bear fruit. nevertheless, it is best to proceed cautiously with govern- ment-centered work in bangladesh and other countries. ngo-assisted shalish merits a greater investment of donor resources. there are several reasons for such caution regarding village courts. first, the often corrupt and increasingly politicized nature of even the most basic local government functions, together with criminal links to politics, means that the village courts could be similarly infected. conversely, there is also the more mundane constraint that union parishad chairpersons are often too busy to invest time and effort in participating in the process. third, the prob- lematic history of efforts to energize the system should be taken into account. in addition, mlaa aside, not all ngos see the village courts as a vehicle for sound dispute resolution. ngo-assisted shalish merits a greater investment of resources because, when integrated with socioeconomic development efforts, it has the poten- tial to modify underlying community dynamics in ways that reach beyond dispute resolution. the village courts could perpetuate such underlying dynamics to the disadvantage of women and the poor. in a related vein, al- though disputes, crimes and pathways of redress indicates that union parishad chairpersons play important dispute-resolution roles even outside the village courts structure, they may also perpetuate unjust community dynamics. intellectual property facilitating technology transfer for development roy f. waldron in , the agreement on trade-related aspects of intellectual property rights (trips) established minimum standards for the regulation of many forms of intellectual property (ip), including the right of patent owners to pre- vent unauthorized persons from using a patented process and making, us- ing, offering for sale, selling, or importing a patented product or a product obtained directly by the patented process. all members of the world trade organization (wto) were required to adopt trips-compliant ip laws, with the exception of least-developed countries (ldcs), which have until to apply trips provisions for pharmaceutical patents. the most comprehensive and influential international treaty on intellectual property rights, trips is the global baseline for ip protection. to successfully attract imported technology and to build the necessary preconditions for adapting the imported technology, developing countries needed a supportive environment that would facilitate such transfers, which included strong intellectual property protection and enforcement. to a large extent, this was the rationale behind the negotiation of trips: technology would flow to those developing countries that adopted strong intellectual property protection and enforcement. developing countries view technology transfer as part of the bargain in which they agreed to protect intellectual property rights. trips was crafted to create a common understanding of intellectual property rights globally and to provide its signatories (trading partners) with protections and certainties to ensure fair competition through a regime of ip rights. articles and . promote the practice of technology transfer, with the goal of ensuring that the author wishes to thank sharon reiche and angela wasunna, both of pfizer, for their contributions in the preparation of this chapter. the views expressed are those of the author and do not reflect the policy or position of pfizer inc. agreement on trade-related aspects of intellectual property rights (apr. , ), mar- rakesh agreement establishing the world trade organization, annex c, the legal texts: the results of the uruguay round of multilateral trade negotiations ( ), u.n.t.s. , i.l.m. ( ), article (hereinafter, trips). see world trade organization. declaration on the trips agreement and public health, wt/ min( )/dec/ (nov. , ). the world bank legal review technology holders are assured a favorable environment for investing in de- veloping countries—and transferring their technology. the objectives section of article states that the “protection and enforce- ment of intellectual property rights should contribute to the promotion of technological innovation and to the transfer and dissemination of technol- ogy, to the mutual advantage of producers and users of technological knowledge and in a manner conducive to social and economic welfare, and to a balance of rights and obligations.” the obligation for developed countries to provide incentives to enterprises and institutions to promote and encourage technol- ogy transfer to ldc members is found in article . . to ensure compliance, developed countries are required to submit reports on actions they have taken or plan to take in order to fulfill their commitments under this article. despite the reference to technology transfer in articles and . , trips does not set out a universally recognized definition of technology transfer— leaving it open to legal and policy interpretation. there are many ways to transfer technology. foreign direct investment, trade, and mobility of human resources are important sources of technology transfer and knowledge spill- overs. imports and exports, scientific collaborations, knowledge-sharing ven- tures, and capacity building help disseminate technology information from one source to another. proprietary knowledge may be revealed during licens- ing agreements and joint ventures with local partners, thus giving rise to the transfer of technology. additionally, foreign direct investment, a significant indicator of economic development and attractiveness of an economy, leads to technology transfer when multinational enterprises transfer information to their subsidiaries, some of which has the potential to “leak” into the host econ- omy. the host country benefits via the experts, skills, and financial resources that are required to develop and make use of technology, as well as the de- velopment of human resources, higher wages, and improvement in corporate governance standards. trips, supra note , articles and . . id., at article (emphasis added). id., at article . (“developed country members shall provide incentives to enterprises and institutions in their territories for the purpose of promoting and encouraging technology transfer to least-developed country members in order to enable them to create a sound and viable technological base”). see world trade organization, implementation of article . of the trips agreement ip/c/ (feb. , ). see bernard hoekman, keith maskus, & kamal saggi, transfer of technology to developing countries: unilateral and multilateral policy options, institute of behavioral science, research program on political and economic change, university of colorado at boulder working paper pec - (may ). see thomas müller & monika schnitzer, technology transfer and spillovers in international joint ventures, j. intl. eco. – ( ). see maria maher, hans christiansen, & fabienne fortanier, growth, technology transfer and foreign direct investment (oecd ) (prepared for the oecd global forum on interna- tional investment: new horizons and policy challenges for foreign direct investment in the intellectual property during the th session of the working group on trade and transfer of technology (wgttt), francis gurry, the director general of the world intel- lectual property organization (wipo), discussed his organization’s work on innovation and technology transfer. during his presentation, gurry quoted sir francis bacon’s dictum that “knowledge is power,” extrapolating to pro- pose that the sharing of “technological superiority” is a transfer of power. he considered what is required to entice companies to “do away with their competitive power” through technology transfer; in his view, the existence of suitable market conditions and market possibilities in the host country are vital for the transfer of technology to occur. the role of pharmaceutical intellectual property and technology transfer in developing countries protection of intellectual property is critical as gurry implied, the private sector considers a variety of factors when decid- ing whether to engage in technology transfer. to create the necessary condi- tions to foster confidence to invest in and export new technologies, as well as to develop new technologies in collaboration with developing countries, there must be strong ip protection and effective enforcement in those countries. as an intellectual property–dependent industry, the pharmaceutical industry did not initially engage in technology transfer in developing countries where ip protection was lacking. with trips, a framework was created that encour- ages the rapid dissemination of ideas and efficient technology transfer, both of which are critical for technology-intensive, high-risk sectors. the pharmaceutical industry’s willingness to invest in critical value-added production and research and development (r&d) facilities in developing countries is directly linked to the strength and effectiveness of their ip systems. by safeguarding property against unauthorized commercial exploitation, effective ip protection provides predictability and, more important, the ability for a company to enter into license agreements and contracts. because patents provide a legal basis for revealing proprietary information to subsidiaries and licensees, companies are less inclined to engage in technology transactions st century, mexico city, nov. – , ). in , during the wto’s ministerial conference in doha, qatar, a number of developing countries proposed the establishment of a working group under the umbrella of the wto general council to study the relationship between international trade and technology trans- fer and to make recommendations on ways to increase the flow of technology to developing countries. the proposal was accepted, and the working group on trade and transfer of technology (wgttt) was established. see world trade organization, ministerial declara- tion wt/min( )/dec/ (nov. , ), article . world trade organization, working group on trade and transfer of technology. th ses- sion, notes on the meeting of nov. , , wt/wgttt/m/ ( jan. , ). id. the world bank legal review without effective ip protection. ip protection helps pharmaceutical compa- nies justify investments in the inherently risky, costly, complex, and lengthy r&d and regulatory process, and ensure long-term foreign investor commit- ment to the local market. technology transfers that follow in the wake of strong ip protection also help curtail “brain drain” by generating a more qualified and technically ad- vanced labor force that will be motivated to remain in their home countries. brain drain is “the departure of educated or professional people from one country, economic sector, or field for another usually for better pay or living conditions.” when these skilled workers leave their home country in search of better opportunities in wealthier countries, the developing country fails to benefit from its considerable investment of public funds to educate the person who now brings his or her skills to the developed world. the loss of these workers negatively affects the developing country’s ability to absorb tech- nology transfer, because knowledge of scientific and technical information is necessary to accomplish technology transfer and advance development. by providing companies with increased incentives—such as a supportive ip en- vironment—to establish r&d facilities in developing countries, countries may entice local individuals to return or remain in country to capitalize on these opportunities. ip plays an essential role in technological development and dissemination and provides incentives for innovation in developing countries. developing countries have the potential to attract not only the transfer of existing technol- ogy but also the transfer of new technologies through stronger patent rights. although the degree to which a country benefits from ip depends on the coun- try’s relative strengths and socioeconomic characteristics, in countries with strong and effective ip regimes in place, there is a significant link between increased incentives for local innovation and the transfer of technologies that encourage local innovation and economic growth. by providing the right in- centives and removing barriers to the timely launch of innovative medicines, the patients and the private sector benefit. see hoekman, maskus, & saggi, supra note . merriam-webster dictionary, available at http://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary. see john barton, new trends in technology transfer: implications for national and international policy, international centre for trade and sustainable development issue paper no. (feb. ). see keith maskus & jerome reichman ed., international public goods and transfer of technology under a globalized intellectual property regime (cambridge u. press ). see walter g. park & douglas c. lippoldt, technology transfer and the economic implications of the strengthening of intellectual property rights in developing countries, oecd trade policy working paper no. , ( ). id., at . http://www.merriam-webster.com/dictionary intellectual property other factors conducive to technology transfer strong and effective ip protection and enforcement, generally a prerequisite for any out-licensing or joint-venture decision, is only one of many factors in- fluencing a company’s decision to engage in technology transfer. factors such as predictable regulatory standards, government commitment to education, a stable business environment, and alignment with the government’s economic development priorities play an essential role. a reliable and predictable registration process for pharmaceutical prod- ucts is important in providing motivations and incentives to engage in tech- nology transfer. a heavily regulated sector, the pharmaceutical industry must meet rigorous standards involving safety, quality, and efficacy in order to ensure the welfare of patients. therefore, when relying on local production, companies frequently transfer their technology to entities based in part on their capacity to meet international quality standards. this in turn contributes to the development of the local pharmaceutical industry. the presence of a highly skilled workforce is vital to the development, application, utilization, and integration of new technology and makes the investment climate more attractive for foreign investors. due to their depth of knowledge, these highly trained and educated workers are essential for technology transfer to occur. through improvements in education and in the operating environment, developing countries are encouraged to promote the knowledge, experience, and skills necessary to enable workers to bring eco- nomic value and a competitive advantage to technical companies. these com- panies, in turn, provide education and training and may bring new informa- tion, skills, and technology to host nations. a country’s relative political, economic, and social stability will influence a company’s decision whether to transfer technology and is often considered a precondition for technology transfer to occur. long periods of stability lead to stronger and more successful partnerships because stability lowers the risk of doing business in an unfamiliar environment and provides companies with increased confidence to implement long-term business strategies and assur- ance that their goals will be sustainable. economic reforms and other efforts that promote trade, investment, nondiscriminatory policies, legal frameworks, and national infrastructure add to the attractiveness of a country with regard to technology transfer. as governments begin to understand the interrela- tionship between health care and economic outcomes, investment in health care systems and infrastructures will become a high priority. see technology transfer: a collaborative approach to improve global health (ifpma ). see barton, supra note . see technology transfer, supra note . see maher, christiansen, & fortanier, supra note . see technology transfer, supra note . the world bank legal review by aligning themselves with a system that promotes technology trans- fer, developing countries are more likely to create medicines and technolo- gies that address their public health needs and enable local and regional solutions. technology transfer arrangements can create strong alliances and collaborations that can be leveraged for long-term commercial and economic advantage. a supportive environment that encourages these transactions is a win-win situation for both the private sector and the developing country. the r&d activities of companies can enhance economic and social progress in developing countries. in turn, the development of a robust and dynamic inno- vation system in a developing country will expand commercial opportunities for companies. examples of technology transfer in the pharmaceutical industry a goal of technology transfer, in the context of pharmaceuticals, is to promote access to new medicines and technologies for diseases that affect a local popu- lation. access to medicines in developing countries is a high-priority issue in the global health sector, including for multinational pharmaceutical compa- nies. technology transfer can directly affect research for neglected tropical diseases (ntds) that primarily occur in developing countries. many forms of collaboration and alliances have been developed to promote research and treatment of these diseases, and many include a technology transfer element. these types of arrangements, which are becoming more frequent, demon- strate that solutions to societal issues can be found through partnerships and the sharing of knowledge without undermining ip rights. pfizer’s research partnership with drugs for neglected diseases initiative according to the world health organization (who), ntds affect more than billion people each year and are endemic in countries. for ntds such as leishmaniasis and human african trypanosomiasis (hat), infections oc- cur among the poorest people in rural areas. to accelerate the elimination or see luis a. salicrup & lenka fedorková, challenges and opportunities for enhancing biotech- nology and technology transfer in developing countries, biotech. advances – ( ). see sofia gruskin & zyde raad, are drug companies living up to their human rights respon- sibilities? moving toward assessment (harvard school of public health ); carsten fink, intellectual property and public health: an overview of the debate with a focus on us policy (world bank development research group ); joyce meng, expanding global access: a comparative analysis of pharmaceutical corporate social responsibility initiative (unpub- lished paper ); and greg martin et al., balancing intellectual monopoly privileges and the need for essential medicines, ( ) globalization and health ( ). james t. gathii, approaches to accessing essential medicines and the trips agreement, ( ) harv. j. l. & tech. ( ). see the who-sponsored global health observatory website’s section neglected tropical diseases, http://www.who.int.gho/ (accessed apr. ); and world health organization, accelerating work to overcome the global impact of neglected tropical diseases: a roadmap for implementation (who ). http://www.who.int.gho/ intellectual property control of these diseases, pfizer entered into an agreement with drugs for ne- glected diseases initiative (dndi) in , in which pfizer agreed to provide dndi with access to a pfizer library of proprietary compounds to screen for new potential targets against leishmaniasis, chagas disease, and hat. this arrangement, which partners pfizer’s research infrastructure with dndi’s neglected disease expertise, maximizes the chances of identifying promis- ing starting points for drug discovery programs. although pfizer owns the ip on these compounds, any novel leads are a candidate for licensing agree- ments with regard to ntds. the pfizer-dndi partnership demonstrates that the burden of finding solutions to diseases endemic to developing countries does not rest with a single entity. through the transfer of technology, dupli- cation of research and repetitiveness of efforts are minimized, resulting in a more streamlined and focused approach that draws on the complementary strengths of each organization. the collaboration has identified promising leads, and dndi will continue research, development, and commercialization based on these leads. glaxosmithkline’s vaccine development initiative with the oswaldo cruz foundation in , glaxosmithkline (gsk) announced a partnership with the oswaldo cruz foundation (fiocruz) to develop and manufacture vaccines for public health needs in brazil. the agreement created an r&d collaboration pro- gram at fiocruz to develop a vaccine for dengue fever, a mosquito-borne viral infection that is the leading cause of serious illness and death among children in asian and latin american countries and for which no specific treatment is available. with approximately half of the world’s population at risk of contracting dengue fever, this joint r&d initiative will enhance bra- zilian capacity to improve the health of patients by protecting them against this disease. gsk also partnered with fiocruz in to provide access to the tech- nology behind gsk’s -valent conjugate vaccine for pediatric pneumococ- cal disease, or synflorix. under the agreement, gsk supplied fiocruz with synflorix until the technology transfer was complete; the vaccine has since been incorporated into brazil’s national immunization program. in shar- ing knowledge and technology between the two organizations, scientists from gsk and fiocruz work across facilities in brazil and belgium to protect see pfizer and dndi advancing international research efforts in the fight against neglected tropi- cal diseases, dndi press release (nov. , ). see gsk and brazil’s fiocruz form partnership for new r&d effort and increased vaccine access, gsk press release (aug. , ). id.; world health organization, dengue and severe dengue, fact sheet no. ( jan. ). id. see gsk and brazil’s fiocruz, supra note . id. the world bank legal review children from diseases such as pneumonia, meningitis, and bacteremia. the two organizations extended their partnership in , enabling scientists at fiocruz and gsk’s tres cantos facility in spain to share new ideas, know-how, and research on diseases such as malaria, tuberculosis, chagas disease, and leishmaniasis. in collaborations such as these, the transfer of technology and expertise drives discovery and development efforts to produce new and innovative medicines to treat diseases that affect people in developing countries. antonio de pádua risolia barbosa, deputy director of production at the immunobio- logical technology institute, or bio-manguinhos unit, of fiocruz, states, “be- sides our own innovation and development, we have partnerships with local and global organizations, and we use technology transfer to accelerate the viability of the products for the population.” wipo re:search—sharing innovation in the fight against ntds recognizing the need for progress in neglected disease research and under- standing that such research is the collective responsibility of the entire global health community, wipo re:search was formed in through the efforts of several of the world’s leading pharmaceutical companies, wipo, and bio ventures for global health (bvgh). wipo re:search provides three services: • a comprehensive platform/database, hosted by wipo, of patent and oth- er proprietary information (for example, clinical trial results, regulatory status) on compounds and technologies available for licensing for ntd research • a partnership hub, managed by bvgh, providing a forum where inter- ested parties can learn about available licensing opportunities, available funding for research, and networking opportunities in their research fields • a range of specific supporting activities, such as facilitating licensing agreements and dispute resolution wipo re:search aims to promote the transfer of knowledge through the facilitation of nontraditional partnerships and by encouraging organiza- tions to share proprietary information publicly. wipo re:search also offers researchers in developing countries access to research facilities and scientists id. see glaxosmithkline and fiocruz extend innovative collaboration to research and develop new medicines for neglected tropical diseases, gsk press release (nov. , ). patricia van arnum, technology transfer in global health initiatives, ( ) pharmaceutical tech- nology sourcing and management (apr. , ). see leading pharmaceutical companies & research institutions offer ip and expertise for use in treating neglected tropical diseases as part of wipo re:search, wipo press release (oct. , ). see wipo re:search website, www.wiporesearch.org (accessed mar. ). www.wiporesearch.org intellectual property working in leading pharmaceutical companies and laboratories, an important step in the technology transfer process. the structure of the consortium dem- onstrates that solutions to societal issues can be solved through partnerships without undermining ip. users of wipo re:search are granted royalty-free licenses to ip for re- search and development, anywhere in the world, of products and technolo- gies or services for the sole purpose of addressing public health needs for ntds in ldcs. users are also granted royalty-free licenses to make or have made such products, technologies, or services. these licenses also allow users to sell these products in ldcs royalty-free. users are allowed to retain owner- ship of and apply for registration of ip as they deem fit, but are encouraged to license through wipo re:search new ip rights generated under an agreement made pursuant to membership in the consortium. wipo re:search leverages expertise to develop new products and tech- nologies, improves research productivity, allows the monetization of technol- ogies and ip assets that would otherwise go unused in the organization’s own business, and makes more efficient use of research investments by enhanc- ing the exchange of mutually beneficial knowledge. through information- sharing consortiums such as wipo re:search, products and technologies can be brought to market faster and more efficiently. the consortium has received the commitment of more than private and public organizations dedicated to accelerating r&d for ntds, malaria, and tuberculosis, including pfizer, glaxosmithkline, astrazeneca, dndi, fiocruz, medicines for malaria ventures (mmv), path, and the walter reed army institute of research (wrair). although the commitment and willingness of these partners to transfer technology through wipo re:search is a step toward addressing the r&d challenges that affect the developing world, sus- tained elimination of these diseases is possible only with a commitment by individual countries to ensure access to safe water, proper waste disposal and treatment, basic sanitation, and improved living conditions. viiv healthcare—joint venture between pfizer and gsk according to the joint united nations programme on hiv/aids (unaids), the growth of the global aids epidemic appears to have stabilized, and the annual number of new hiv infections has been steadily declining. however, approximately million people worldwide continue to live with hiv, and see wipo re:search: sharing innovation in the fight against neglected tropical diseases, guiding principles (may ), available at http://www.wiporesearch.org. id. see world health organization, accelerating work to overcome the global impact of neglected tropical diseases, supra note . see unaids, report on the global aids epidemic (unaids ). see unaids website, http://www.unaids.org (accessed mar. ). http://www.wiporesearch.org http://www.unaids.org the world bank legal review more than , people are newly infected every day. discrimination and stigmatization remain, and many people continue to lack access to the antiret- roviral (arv) medicines and health care support they require; only one-third of the million people living with hiv in low- and middle-income countries who need treatment are receiving it. to further efforts to deliver advances in treatment and care for people liv- ing with hiv, pfizer and gsk created a joint venture and established a new specialist hiv company, viiv healthcare, in . viiv healthcare is focused solely on the research, development, and commercialization of hiv medicines and has a single, sustainable, not-for-profit price for each arv that it makes available to a wide range of patients in ldcs and sub-saharan africa—a total of countries, representing % of all people living with hiv/aids world- wide. viiv healthcare extends royalty-free voluntary licensing of its innova- tive drugs to generic manufacturers producing and distributing therapies to people living with hiv in ldcs, low-income countries, and all of sub-saharan africa. as of , viiv healthcare had granted voluntary licenses for its arvs. by combining the research efforts and knowledge of pfizer and gsk, viiv healthcare will achieve more for those whose lives are affected by hiv than ei- ther company could have achieved alone. various viiv initiatives, such as the viiv healthcare effect, strive to strengthen education, support services, local health care capacity, and capabilities through education and collaboration. pfizer’s global health fellows since , more than pfizer colleagues have participated in the global health fellows program, an international corporate volunteer program that places pfizer colleagues in short-term assignments with international devel- opment organizations in emerging markets. the objective of the program is to strengthen the ability of health care providers in these countries to care for their patients. through pfizer’s partnership with more than organizations, colleagues are provided the opportunity to transfer their professional medical and business expertise to optimize local supply chains and business functions see unaids, – strategy: getting to zero (unaids ). see unaids, supra note , at . see viiv healthcare launches: a new specialist hiv company dedicated to delivering advances in hiv treatment and care, viiv press release (nov. , ). see viiv healthcare website, www.viivhealthcare.com (accessed mar. ). id. the viiv healthcare effect is a portal that introduces the company’s approach to partner- ships and showcases best practices throughout the world. it provides users the opportunity to hear directly from people creating new solutions on the ground and to learn what has worked and how those efforts can be applied or expanded to support more communities. see viiv healthcare effect website, www.viivhealthcareeffect.com (accessed mar. ). see pfizer website, global health fellows, available at http://www.pfizer.com/ghf (ac- cessed mar. ). www.viivhealthcare.com www.viivhealthcareeffect.com http://www.pfizer.com/ghf intellectual property and improve health prevention approaches. this program demonstrates that technology transfer encompasses expertise and technical skills. who’s tdr career development fellowship program in , the special programme for research and training in tropical diseases (tdr), sponsored by the united nations children’s fund (unicef), the united nations development programme (undp), the world bank, and who, was established as a scientific collaboration to coordinate, support, and influence global efforts to combat diseases affecting disadvantaged populations. tdr founded the career development fellowship on clinical research & development in with the support of the bill & melinda gates founda- tion. researchers and public health professionals from disease-endemic coun- tries are awarded a -month training opportunity with pharmaceutical com- panies in order to receive specialized in-house training to acquire experience in clinical trial management, r&d project management, regulatory compli- ance, and good practices. by focusing on human resources development and capacity building, individual fellows are able to maintain their existing capa- bilities, strengthen their potential, and obtain new skills that are not normally taught in academic centers. once the fellowship has been completed and the fellows return to their home countries, they have the opportunity to assume a leading role in the global effort on r&d, thereby enhancing the develop- ing country’s capacity for product development. in , pfizer hosted two developing-world clinical researchers as part of the tdr program. in , eisai, a major japan-based pharmaceutical company, welcomed a tdr clinical research fellow whose goal is to build the health care capacity of developing countries; eisai provides the fellow with the opportunity to learn about drug development from the us and japanese perspective. upon completion of the fellowship, the fellow returned to his home country, colombia, to develop and arrange local and regional academic meetings to educate his counterparts in the study of tropical and neglected diseases. looking toward the future: navigating an evolving landscape the world today is quite different than it was a few decades ago; trade, as well as scientific and education research systems, is highly globalized, and an see world health organization website, tdr, available at http://www.who.int/tdr (ac- cessed mar. ). see international federation of pharmaceutical manufacturers & associations (ifpma) web- site, capacity building, http://www.ifpma.org/global-health/access/capacity-building .html (accessed mar. ). see pfizer corporate responsibility report ( ), available at http://www.pfizer.com/respon sibility (accessed mar. ). see eisai takes second clinical research fellow from developing world, available at http://www .eisai.com (accessed mar. ). id. http://www.who.int/tdr http://www.ifpma.org/global-health/access/capacity-building.html http://www.ifpma.org/global-health/access/capacity-building.html http://www.pfizer.com/responsibility http://www.eisai.com http://www.eisai.com http://www.pfizer.com/responsibility the world bank legal review increasing number of developing countries are becoming more technologi- cally sophisticated. according to the world bank’s global economic prospects report, however, “the world economy has entered a very difficult phase characterized by significant downside risks and fragility,” with developing- country growth expected to decline to . percent and . percent versus . percent and . percent in june projections. developing countries should be encouraged to identify new drivers of growth, one of which is technology transfer. although technology transfer can be a time-consuming and complex process, given the right incentives and strong interest by developing countries in increasing their access to international technologies, companies from developed countries can assist ldcs in achiev- ing sustained economic change and growth in domestic productivity. intel- lectual property, in particular, helps realize the model necessary to transfer technology and should be viewed as a vital tool that can aid in social and eco- nomic progress. as countries develop their own assets, they will have greater incentives to respect the ip framework and implement and enforce strong ip regimes that will aid in the facilitation of new types of positive partnerships. although not all countries are equally prepared to integrate complex tech- nology into their production chains, the level of complexity on the technology transfer spectrum varies, beginning with knowledge and skills training as the most basic form. therefore, the transfer of technology should be encouraged in all regions of the developing world, because building local capacity can play a major role in moving ldcs to the next stage of development and sig- nificantly affect the pace of innovation within these countries. world bank, global economic prospects: uncertainties and vulnerabilities ( jan. ). transforming through transparency opening up the world bank’s sanctions regime conrad c. daly and frank a. fariello, jr. the world bank, whose mission it is to fight against global poverty, is one of the world’s premier international financial institutions. the bank’s sanctions system emerges out of the bank’s fiduciary obligation to ensure that the funds that its shareholders contribute are used with attention to economy and effi- ciency for their intended purposes. as fraud and corruption compromise the effectiveness of development projects and have a perverse and deleterious in this chapter, “world bank” is used to refer collectively to two institutions, the interna- tional bank for reconstruction and development (ibrd) and the international development association (ida). ibrd began operations in , with the purpose of providing loans to developing countries, while ida was founded in to provide financing on concession- al terms to the poorest and least credit-worthy developing countries. the world bank is part of the world bank group, a constellation of institutions including, in addition to ibrd and ida, the international finance corporation (ifc), the multilateral investment guar- antee agency (miga), and the international center for settlement of investment disputes (icsid). see ibrd articles of agreement, article i, section i (dec. , ) (“to assist in the recon- struction and development of territories of members”); and ida articles of agreement, ar- ticle i (“the purposes of the association are to promote economic development, increase productivity and thus raise standards of living in the less-developed areas of the world in- cluded within the association’s membership”). the first president of the world bank, eu- gene meyer, highlighted the place of “the economic development of the world as a whole. . . . [for] economic distress is a prime breeder of war.” ibrd, first annual meeting of the board of governors: proceedings and related documents, – (world bank ). anne-marie leroy & frank fariello, the world bank group sanctions process and its recent reforms (world bank ). see ibrd articles of agreement, article iii, section (b) (“the bank shall make arrangements to ensure that the proceeds of any loan are used only for the purposes for which the loan was granted, with due attention to considerations of economy and efficiency and without regard to political or other non-economic influences or considerations”); and ida articles of agreement, article v, section (“the association and its officers shall not interfere in the political affairs of any member; nor shall they be influenced in their decisions by the politi- cal character of the member or members concerned. only economic considerations shall be relevant to their decisions, and these considerations shall be weighed impartially in order to achieve the purposes stated in this agreement”). see also world bank sanctions procedures (as adopted apr. , ) (hereinafter, sanctions procedures), article . (a). see, for example, news & broadcast, world bank, disclosure of assets and income by public officials is crucial to curbing corruption finds new star study, press release no. / / fpd (mar. , ), available at http://go.worldbank.org/ jfjf txa ; stuart yikona et al., ill-gotten money and the economy, experiences from malawi and namibia (world bank ), available at http://go.worldbank.org/ pho x qa . see also c. m. matthews, infrastruc- ture corruption top of mind for public, private sectors, wall st. j. (apr. , ), available at http://blogs.wsj.com/corruption-currents/ / / /infrastructure-corruption-top http://go.worldbank.org/ jfjf txa http://go.worldbank.org/ pho x qa http://blogs.wsj.com/corruption-currents/ / / /infrastructure-corruption-top-of-mind-for-public-private-sectors/ the world bank legal review effect on systems and societies, they are the target of the bank’s sanctions system. this chapter considers the bank’s recent commitment to opening up its sanctions regime and to making that system more transparent and account- able, highlighting the particularly innovative manner in which the bank has opened up its system. the desired end of this opening up is a sanctions regime that inspires confidence through the witnessing of the robust deliberative pro- cess that underlies it, the promotion of good governance at large, and an in- crease in stakeholder confidence. opening up the process both encourages contractors to participate in bank-financed projects and also garners further support for the fight against poverty by profiting those who play by the rules. the result is a system with significant due process protections that empowers stakeholders at all levels. this chapter is divided into four parts: • first, this chapter offers an introduction to the nature of the bank’s sanc- tions regime, highlighting the particular challenges that it faces. • second, it presents an outline of the development of the sanctions regime, focusing on the system’s rapid progression since its foundation in . • third, it addresses the most recent changes to the system. • fourth, it examines how this progression is in accord with the bank’s mis- sion of establishing law and justice as developmental ends in and of them- selves, with a special emphasis on transparency and accountability for the sake of improving both governance and stakeholder ownership and empowerment. the chapter concludes with remarks on the relationship between law and development and what that relationship means for the bank as it seeks to em- power those for whom it works as well as to give them a sense of confidence in the bank and the bank’s systems as a whole. introduction to the bank’s sanctions regime like other international financial institutions, the world bank has tradi- tionally considered its decisions to exclude an entity or individual from work- -of-mind-for-public-private-sectors/; david chaikin & j. c. sharman, corruption and money laundering: a symbiotic relationship (palgrave series on asian governance ); dayanath jayasuriya, anti-money laundering efforts, stock market operations and good governance, qualitative research in financial markets – ( ). see id. see also james d. wolfensohn, people and development: address to the board of gover- nors at the annual meetings of the world bank and the international monetary fund, in voice for the world’s poor: selected speeches and writings of world bank president james d. wolfensohn, – (world bank ). for a detailed discussion of the historical system’s evolution, see leroy & fariello, supra note . consider, for instance, the other multilateral development banks (mdbs), discussed further on. see infra note . the same is true for many other international organizations, such as the united nations and the north atlantic treaty organization. http://blogs.wsj.com/corruption-currents/ / / /infrastructure-corruption-top-of-mind-for-public-private-sectors/ transforming through transparency ing on bank-financed projects or programs as a business decision and has thus subjected those decisions to an administrative regime. that process of ex- clusion for corrupt or fraudulent behavior is known as “debarment.” the principal stated goal of world bank group sanctions proceedings is to protect the world bank group’s funds and not to “punish” respondents: the sanc- tions imposed do not entail any form of physical coercion, nor even an obliga- tion to repay money to the bank. from such a perspective, relatively little due process is due to respondents as compared with during civil or criminal proceedings. there are, however, several factors that complicate the classification of such actions as otherwise-banal business decisions. first, with aggregate new lending commitments of approximately us$ billion, aggregate outstanding liabilities of us$ billion, and assets of us$ billion for fiscal year , and as the bank directly or indirectly employs tens of thousands of people, see leroy & fariello, supra note . this model has not gone without criticism. see, for ex- ample, alnoor ebrhaim, the world bank must fix its business model, financial times (oct. , ). see sanctions procedures, supra note . the bank’s system allows for five different sanctions—reprimand, conditional nondebar- ment, debarment, debarment with conditional release, and restitution or remedy—only the last of which imposes the obligation of financial reparation. sanctions procedures, supra note , at article . of course, these stand apart from the typical contractual remedies available to the bank under the general conditions. due process is the legal requirement that the sovereign respect the legal rights that are owed to persons; it is a “central promise [of] assurance that . . . government must operate within the law (‘legality’) and provide fair procedures.” legal information institute (lii), cornell university, at http://www.law.cornell.edu/wex/due_process. the principle ensures a bal- ancing of sovereign power (or the law of the land), on the one hand, and the rights of the individual, on the other. see, for example, in re winship, u.s. , ( ) ( j. black, dissenting). as a body of public law, administrative law addresses and controls how government and its agencies govern. see william f. fox, jr., understanding administrative law ( th ed., lexis ). generally, fewer rights are afforded to respondents in an administrative system than in civil or (especially) criminal proceedings; in administrative proceedings, the interests and prerogatives of the sovereign and the invocation of its discretionary powers are at stake. see moody’s investors service credit analysis: ibrd (world bank) (feb. , ), available at http://treasury.worldbank.org/cmd/pdf/moodys_ibrd_report_ .pdf. the bank also provides financing in the form of development policy loans (dpls), which provide bud- get support and other unlinked financing against achievement of defined policy measures rather than to finance specific expenditures. the bank’s sanctions regime does not extend to dpls because it is not possible to trace the use of loan proceeds. this approach (or the lack of one) has come under increasing criticism. see, for example, independent advisory board (iab), annual report - ( jan. ), available at http://go.worldbank.org /s cf kd (acknowledging the “significant challenges and difficulties concerning efforts to investigate the extent, if any, of corrupt behaviors that may arise in connection with the implementation of [dpls],” but encouraging management “to consider ways and means of sharpening the criteria for [dpls]”). it bears noting that the effect of cross-debarment renders the figures—and the effect of debarment—even greater. see infra note et seq. and accompanying text. moisés naím & uri dadush, dr. kim comes to washington, huffington post (apr. , ), avail- able at http://www.huffingtonpost.com/moises-naim/kim-world-bank_b_ .html. http://www.law.cornell.edu/wex/due_process http://treasury.worldbank.org/cmd/pdf/moodys_ibrd_report_ .pdf http://go.worldbank.org/s cf kd http://www.huffingtonpost.com/moises-naim/kim-world-bank_b_ .html http://go.worldbank.org/s cf kd the world bank legal review the stakes of exclusion from bank-financed projects are substantially higher than those surrounding even the most significant business decisions made by the largest private corporations. moreover, debarment not only entails substantial financial consequences but also causes considerable public noto- riety and reputational damage. second, debarring an entity has significant market effects, especially when a limited number of entities are capable of per- forming highly specialized work. third, the bank’s decision to debar is not one that affects those entities with which the bank itself would otherwise work, but rather affects the pool of entities from which the borrower might choose to work; that is, the bank, on the basis of providing project financing, unilaterally decides for the borrowing party that certain entities are not to be dealt with. that is to say, the economic implications of exclusion from the possibility of participating in the large potential market of world bank group–financed projects are greater than those of being excluded from the activities of any one private actor. for instance, to make a mon- etary comparison, the market value of apple in , the world’s most valuable company, is around us$ million, with -month sales surpassing the us$ billion mark. scott decarlo, the world’s most valuable companies: apple is now on top, forbes (aug. , ), available at http://www.forbes.com/sites/scottdecarlo/ / / /the-worlds- -most -valuable-companies-apple-is-now-on-top/. consider, for instance, the press coverage surrounding the sanctioning of siemens. see, for example, siemens selects initial projects for us$ million integrity initiative, siemens ag, ref. no. axx e (dec. , ), available at http://www.siemens.com/press/en /pressrelease/?press=/en/pressrelease/ /corporate_communication/axx .htm; vanessa fuhrmans, siemens settles with world bank on bribes, wall st. j. ( jul. , ), available at http://online.wsj.com/article/sb .html. in this regard, consider, for instance, the debarment of a siemens subsidiary. see news & broadcast, world bank, world bank group debars limited liability company siemens (ooo siemens) for engaging in fraud and corruption in a world bank–financed project in rus- sia, press release no. / /exc (nov. , ), available at http://go.worldbank .org/vz xeg . in addition to having a subsidiary entity debarred, siemens ag paid us$ million to fight corruption as part of a settlement with the world bank group. see news & broadcast, world bank, siemens to pay $ m to fight corruption as part of world bank group settlement, press release no. / /ext ( jul. , ), available at http:// go.worldbank.org/wxrnsdvi . siemens, france’s alstom, and canada’s bombardier are the world’s big-three passenger train manufacturers. see, for example, robert wright, china to loosen west’s grip on rail sector, financial times (sept. , ), available at http://www .ft.com/intl/cms/s/ / d e -bec - df-a - feab a.html#axzz skporva . for the argument that certain private contractors may be too big to debar, see drury d. steven & nicholas j. wagoner, fcpa sanctions: too big to debar? fordham l. rev. ( ). see also fcpa compliance and ethics blog, is debarment a viable fcpa enforcement option? (apr. , ), available at http://tfoxlaw.wordpress.com/ / / /is-debarment-a-viable-fcpa -enforcement-option/. others, for reasons such as the absence of privity and the substantial influence that the bank is capable of exerting, have described the bank’s behavior as “imperialism” or “neocolonial- ism.” catherine caufield, masters of illusion: the world bank and the poverty of nations (henry holt & co. ); jonathan cahn, challenging the new imperial authority: the world bank and the democratization of development, harv. hum. rights j. ( ); steve berkman, the world bank and the gods of lending (kumarian press ); payal parekh & oren weinrib, why the developing world hates the world bank, the tech (mar. , ), available at http:// tech.mit.edu/v /pdf/n .pdf. http://www.forbes.com/sites/scottdecarlo/ / / /the-worlds- -most-valuable-companies-apple-is-now-on-top/ http://www.siemens.com/press/en/pressrelease/?press=/en/pressrelease/ /corporate_communication/axx .htm http://online.wsj.com/article/sb .html http://go.worldbank.org/vz xeg http://go.worldbank.org/vz xeg http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/ / d e -bec - df-a - feab a.html#axzz skporva http://www.ft.com/intl/cms/s/ / d e -bec - df-a - feab a.html#axzz skporva http://tfoxlaw.wordpress.com/ / / /is-debarment-a-viable-fcpa-enforcement-option/ http://www.forbes.com/sites/scottdecarlo/ / / /the-worlds- -most-valuable-companies-apple-is-now-on-top/ http://www.siemens.com/press/en/pressrelease/?press=/en/pressrelease/ /corporate_communication/axx .htm http://go.worldbank.org/wxrnsdvi http://go.worldbank.org/wxrnsdvi http://tfoxlaw.wordpress.com/ / / /is-debarment-a-viable-fcpa-enforcement-option/ http://tech.mit.edu/v /pdf/n .pdf http://tech.mit.edu/v /pdf/n .pdf transforming through transparency thus, bank operational debarments—taken in the absence of any privity—are more than mere run-of-the-mill business decisions about, say, buying pens or paper. although none of the aforementioned factors necessarily takes the bank’s regime out of the realm of administrative law, the bank, in an effort to lead by example, and considering law and justice as developmental ends in and of themselves, affords respondents additional due process protections, more than what are usually required under the general principles of administra- tive law. arguments have been made that the world bank group’s system ought to develop its legal regime based on, alternatively, theories of global constitutionalism, the exercise of international public authority, or the emerging global administrative law (gal) principles. the bank has taken a more open-ended approach by working toward a quasi-judicial model in- spired by various sources of law from around the world. such an innovative approach results in a sui generis form that is not dominated by any single tradition (neither common law nor civil law) or by any one national system. in pursuing the objectives of effectiveness and efficiency, the bank has been equally attentive to ensuring that the process reflects certain fundamental it is worth noting that the world bank group maintains a separate sanctions system for its own corporate procurement. see world bank vendor eligibility policy (as adopted jun. , ), available at http://go.worldbank.org/w wjb aa . to be deemed a re- sponsible vendor with whom the world bank group will conduct business, a vendor must meet a range of standards, most of which relate to the financial and organizational capacity of the vendor to deliver or perform the services, as well as its track record in not having seri- ously violated the terms of a world bank group contract in the past. in addition, a vendor must not have committed “any act or offense indicating a lack of integrity or honesty that seriously and directly affects [its] present responsibility . . . , including fraudulent, corrupt, collusive, coercive, or obstructive practices.” “‘respondent’ means an entity or individual alleged to have engaged in a sanctionable prac- tice and who has been designated as such in a notice.” sanctions procedures, supra note , at article . . see jan klabbers, anne petters, & geir ulfstein, the constitutionalization of international law (oxford u. press ). see armin von bogdandy, philipp dann, & matthias goldmann, developing the publicness of public international law: towards a legal framework for global governance activities, german l.j. , ( ) (“the legal framework of governance activities of international institu- tions should be conceived of as international institutional law, and enriched by a public law perspective, i.e. with constitutional sensibility and openness for comparative insights from administrative legal thinking”), and the other articles in the same special issue on public authority and international institutions. see benedict kingsbury, nico krisch, & richard b. stewart, the emergence of global admin- istrative law, l. & contemp. probs. , ( ) (defining global administrative law “as comprising the mechanisms, principles, practices, and supporting social understandings that promote or otherwise affect the accountability of global administrative bodies, in par- ticular by ensuring they meet adequate standards of transparency, participation, reasoned decision, and legality, and by providing effective review of the rules and decisions they make”), and the other articles in the same symposium. see also articles in the symposium global administrative law in the operations of international organizations in intl. org. l. rev. ( ); pascale hélène dubois & aileen elizabeth nowlan, global administrative law and the legitimacy of sanctions regimes in international law, yale j. intl. l. – ( ). http://go.worldbank.org/w wjb aa the world bank legal review principles and values associated with the rule of law from around the world. in so doing, it is particularly mindful of the varied—and ever-evolving—le- gal traditions and conceptions of its members. such a creative approach gives the bank’s system a certain formality while allowing it to retain a nec- essary flexibility. that flexibility is particularly useful in dealing with par- ties coming from different developmental backgrounds. the unique mix of formality and flexibility is a development of the bank’s legal heritage that goes beyond traditional understandings of either civil or common law. this legal innovation—with its sensitivity to culture and tradition and its imple- mentation of robust due process guarantees—is particularly important in a world where international organizations (ios) are increasingly helping to form international law. the system’s evolution, with its progressive permutations and additions, has made the regime increasingly robust and juridical. although it was not the intention of the framers that the bank’s system be overly “legalistic,” such an evolution is an almost-inevitable by-product of a two-tiered adversarial process that allows for legal representation and, more recently, publication of reasoned decision making. the bank has instituted these structural changes in the spirit of due process and of rule of law. although this judicialization has had the unintended consequence of increasing the system’s intricacy—a leroy & fariello, supra note , at – . elements of the rule of law are embedded in the writ- ings of modern and western political philosophers such as locke, montesquieu, ricardo, and weber. more broadly, a concept of the rule of law is inherent in natural law ideals as expressed by aristotle and aquinas, as well as in religiously inspired legal systems such as islamic sharia. as far back as the third century b.c., the chinese legal thinker han fei pro- moted the view that laws had to be predictable, public, and consistent. see supra note and accompanying text. see karen gottschang turner, rule of law, in the oxford international encyclopedia of legal history vol. v, (stanley n. katz ed., oxford u. press ). for an instance of such duality considered in the us national context of prosecution and prosecutorial discretion, see nathan piwowarski, prosecutorial discretion and the rule of law: is it time for a little formalism? (or, mr. prosecutor: how formalists learned to stop worrying and love discretion), king scholar senior seminar paper, michigan state university college of law ( ), available at http://www.law.msu.edu/king/ /index.html. robert d. cooter & hans-bernd schafer, solomon’s knot: how law can end the poverty of na- tions – (princeton u. press ). see, for example, josé e. alarez, international organizations as law-makers (oxford u. press ). see, for example, dick thornburgh, ronald l. gainer, & cuyler h. walker, report concern- ing the debarment processes of the world bank (aug. , [rev.]), available at http:// go.worldbank.org/ o gtkh (hereinafter, second thornburgh report) at (“[i]t should be kept in mind that the sanctions committee procedures are designed and intended to be very informal and avoid unnecessary legal complexities. for that reason, circumspec- tion should be employed in evaluating former judges and litigating attorneys—persons whose careers have been steeped in the mastery of formal hearing procedures of particular national jurisdictions and who are thus more likely than others (for example those whose primary experience has been with informal arbitration proceedings or administrative pro- ceedings) to exhibit a penchant for procedural formality and rigidity”). leroy & fariello, supra note , at . http://www.law.msu.edu/king/ /index.html http://go.worldbank.org/ o gtkh http://go.worldbank.org/ o gtkh transforming through transparency weight that weighs most heavily on lesser-capacity respondents—that same augmentation of due process protections has the benefit of assuring all re- spondents ever-greater protection, therein helping to ensure that respondents have an opportunity to have their full and fair day in court. respondents need not fear lengthy proceedings; despite its evolution toward greater due pro- cess, the bank’s sanctions process remains far more expeditious than national court systems. the innovative history of the bank’s ever-expanding sanctions regime year by year, the bank’s system has become more expansive and innovative, providing an ever more complete means of protecting the bank and the projects that it finances from the deleterious effects of fraud and corruption. initiated in , the implementation of the bank’s sanctions regime coincided with an increased focus on corruption as a development issue. since its inception, the bank’s sanctions regime has grown dramatically: in , only corrup- tion, fraud, and collusion were referred to in the procurement and consultant guidelines. in , “coercive practice” was added to this list of “sanction- able practices,” therein prohibiting the threatening of competing bidders, gov- ernment officials, or others. in , a fifth rubric of “obstructive practices” was added to the guidelines and targets actions that impede an investigation, such as destroying evidence or threatening witnesses. moreover, the regime was expanded beyond fraud and corruption in the limited area of the procure- ment context alone to cover all fraud and corruption that may occur in connec- tion with the use of bank financing in the preparation and/or implementation of bank-financed projects at large. these reforms were accompanied by new on average, a sanctions case (excluding investigation) takes approximately one year. when a case is not appealed to the sanctions board, the median time for sanctions proceedings is about six months. second thornburgh report, supra note , at . see leroy & fariello, supra note , at . all current and historical guidelines are available at the world bank website. see world bank, guidelines: selection and employment of consultants by world bank borrowers, sec- tion . (oct. , ), available at http://go.worldbank.org/u ipsludc (hereinafter, consultant guidelines); world bank, guidelines: procurement under ibrd loans and ida credits, section . (may , ), available at http://go.worldbank.org/ kkd knt (hereinafter, procurement guidelines). reform of the world bank’s sanctions process ( jun. , ), policies guiding int’s work, world bank, available at http://go.worldbank.org/vvy kys . expansion of sanction beyond procurement and sanctioning of obstructive practices ( jul. , ), policies guiding int’s work, world bank, available at http://go.worldbank.org /vvy kys . see president’s memorandum to the executive directors, sanctions reform: expansion of sanc- tions regime beyond procurement and sanctioning of obstructive practices ( jun. , ). con- currently, amended sanctions procedures were adopted, reflecting both the and the rounds of sanctions reform. http://go.worldbank.org/u ipsludc http://go.worldbank.org/ kkd knt http://go.worldbank.org/vvy kys http://go.worldbank.org/vvy kys http://go.worldbank.org/vvy kys the world bank legal review harmonized definitions of the first four sanctionable practices, as used by all of the five major multilateral development banks (mdbs). in , in a move that further expanded the system, the bank signed a cross-debarment accord with the other four major mdbs, allowing for the signatories to cross-debar firms and individuals found to have engaged in wrongdoing in mdb-financed development projects. not only did this agreement establish the first four sanctionable practices as common among the five mdbs (as already noted); it also codified a common standard of proof, namely, the “more likely than not” standard. the bank is constantly monitoring the implementation of its sanctions framework with a view to improving its effectiveness and efficiency, in dia- logue with all internal actors as well as with the other major mdbs and other ios. similarly, the bank is always looking for inspiration to improve transpar- ency and fairness. this chronological development has been presented without any reference to the infrastructural developments; a few notes ought to be made. the sys- tem began in with relatively few structural due process checks and bal- see uniform framework for preventing and combating fraud and corruption, interna- tional financial institutions anti-corruption task force (sep. ), available at http:// go.worldbank.org/vvy kys . the agreement includes the african development bank, the asian development bank, the european bank for reconstruction and development, the inter-american development bank group, and the world bank group. see news & broadcast, world bank, cross-debarment accord steps up fight against corrup- tion (apr. , ), available at http://go.worldbank.org/b b q . see also integrity vice presidency annual report, fiscal year : protecting development’s potential (world bank int ), available at http://go.worldbank.org/t hht rf . see world bank, cross-debarment accord steps up fight against corruption, supra note ; in- tegrity vice presidency annual report, fiscal year , supra note . see also stephen s. zim- mermann & frank a. fariello, coordinating the fight against fraud and corruption: agreement on cross-debarment among multilateral development banks, in international financial institutions and global legal governance (hassane cissé, daniel d. bradlow, & benedict kingsbury ed., world bank ). cross-debarment is permitted for any of the first four sanctionable prac- tices, namely, corruption, fraud, collusion, and coercive practices. see sanctions procedures, supra note , at article . (b)(i). see also anne-marie leroy, ad- visory opinion on certain issues arising in connection with recent sanctions cases, no. / (nov. , ), paragraphs – , in the un juridical yearbook (“the standard of proof is predicated on the same basic considerations that underlay the omission of an explicit mens rea requirement from most of the definitions, namely the administrative nature of the proceedings and int’s lack of investigative tools. this standard of proof is understood as being equivalent to the ‘preponderance of the evidence,’ essentially the standard to be found in civil cases in most jurisdictions. when this nomenclature was adopted in , it was felt that the phrase ‘more likely than not’ would be more understandable to non-lawyers. how- ever, the ‘more than %’ approach may not be the most useful or appropriate either at the eo stage or at the sanctions board stage. firstly, it suggests a formulaic approach to the evi- dence while . . . the sanctions procedures calls for a discretionary approach. [secondly . . .], the eo’s assessment of the evidence requires special considerations, given that he or she is looking at only one side of the case. the eo is actually charged with assessing the sufficiency of the evidence”), world bank, cross-debarment accord steps up fight against corruption, supra note . http://go.worldbank.org/vvy kys http://go.worldbank.org/b b q http://go.worldbank.org/t hht rf . http://go.worldbank.org/vvy kys transforming through transparency ances; an entirely internal sanctions committee reviewed allegations of fraud and corruption and recommended an appropriate sanction to the president of the bank, who made the actual decision. in , a nascent yet independent prosecutorial and investigatory branch, the integrity vice presidency (int), was established, therein consolidating functions that had been spread across various units of the bank. int was one of the first specialized units created specifically to address fraud and corruption allegations and integrity issues at an international level. the system evolved into its current two-tiered process in , with an initial determination made by the evaluation and suspen- sion officer (eo) and with the possibility of a de novo review by the world bank sanctions board. further modifications were made to assure the inde- pendence and adequacy of the various actors, and measures for controlling lingering vulnerabilities at either end of the sanctions process were added. additional added features include the means of sanctioning corporate affili- ates and the possibility of resolving disputes through settlement (termed as “negotiated resolution agreements” and “deferral agreements,” depending on the type of settlement). given that the regime is inherently an administrative one, the bank’s sanctions system has evolved into one that affords respondents substantial see leroy & fariello, supra note , at . see also ko-yung tung, general counsel, world bank, the world bank’s institutional framework for combating fraud and corruption, remarks delivered at the seminar on monetary and financial law international monetary fund (may , ). the then department of institutional integrity was given institutional independence and reported directly to the president. see, for example, ko-yung tung, remarks delivered at the seminar on monetary and financial law international monetary fund (may , ). although the un office of internal oversight services was created somewhat earlier ( ), that office has a much more general mandate than does int. see un office of internal over- sight services at http://www.un.org/depts/oios/. see leroy & fariello, supra note , at – . see, for example, paul a. volcker et al., independent panel review of world bank group depart- ment of institutional integrity (sep. , ) (recommending, among other things, that int be elevated to the status of a vice presidency with reporting lines directly to the president, as well as the creation of the external independent advisory board to facilitate oversight of int). inefficiencies and lingering vulnerabilities undermined the effectiveness of the system, both at the “front end” (for example, firms under investigation remain eligible to bid for bank- financed contracts) and at the “back end” (for example, sanctioned firms were normally re- leased from debarment without any demonstration of rehabilitation). these weaknesses led to the implementation of, first, in may , the possibility for int to request early tempo- rary sanctions for the time prior to the commencement of formal proceedings, and, second, the institution of the integrity compliance office, which provided guidance to sanctioned parties and monitored implementation of respondents’ compliance programs. for more, see leroy & fariello, supra note , at – . the drive for greater efficiency also led the bank to consider and then pilot negotiated resolutions to sanctions cases (aka settlements) in lieu of full-blown sanctions proceedings. see leroy & fariello, supra note , at – . sanctions procedures, supra note , at article xi. see leroy & fariello, supra note , at – . http://www.un.org/depts/oios/ the world bank legal review procedural protections. indeed, in a comparative study with the other major mdbs and with other ios, the bank’s procedures are substantially more elabo- rate. the bank, with different needs and with a greater variety of interests than most other ios, has deemed such provisions to be well merited: on the one hand, the bank funds a diversity of projects in a diversity of places, im- plicating stakeholders around the world; on the other hand, more than half of respondents are sanctioned by default because they do not respond in any way to notices of sanctions proceedings, and only one-third of respondents appeal the eo’s recommended sanction. moreover, recognizing that due process standards are not ubiquitous, the bank has not created a one-size- fits-all system: although operating within the expeditious contours of an ad- ministrative model, the bank has developed a series of gradations within its regime. thus, at one end of the spectrum, the system allows for more expedi- ent processing when allegations are less serious and when the corresponding due process requirements are less onerous; at the other extreme, when allega- tions are considerably weightier, the full system, with all of its incumbent due process guarantees, is engaged. such legal innovations allow the bank to more attentively engage respondents while fulfilling its fiduciary duty. the commitment to transparency: an ever-improving system the bank’s decision to increase due process protections for respondents in its sanctions regime is doubly beneficial. first, it ensures that the bank appro- priately fulfills its fiduciary duty under its articles of agreement. second, it corresponds with the bank’s emerging role of seeking to encourage not only economic development but also the growth of socially accountable societies founded on and embracing law and justice. as this edition of the world bank see fox, supra note . see also, second thornburgh report, supra note at et seq. see zimmermann & fariello, supra note . dubois & nowlan, supra note , at – . see discussion of due process at note . the us supreme court has said that due process, “unlike some legal rules, is not a technical conception with a fixed content unrelated to time, place and circumstances.” matthews v. eldridge, u.s. , ( ) (quoting cafeteria workers v. mcelroy, u.s. , [ ], describing the flexibility of due process). the court highlighted the flexibility of the notion by continuing that its protections are required only when the “particular situation demands” (quoting morrissey v. brewer, u.s. , [ ]). ibrd articles of agreement, supra note , at article iii, section (b), and ida articles of agreement, supra note , at article v, section (g). see news & broadcast, world bank, the global partnership for social accountability: a new mechanism to support civil society organizations, press release no. / /wbi (apr. , ), available at http://go.worldbank.org/ ip ; hassane cissé, conflict, fragility and development in a globalized world: challenges and implications for the law of the future, th hiil law of the future conference ( jun. , ) (“[d]iverse . . . forms of violence result in fragility, or the weakening, diminishing and destruction of institutions that would other- wise contain conflicts and resolve injustice peacefully. this definition of fragility constitutes the flip side of what has been defined as ‘rule of law’”); q&a with hassane cissé, global forum: how open data links rule of law to economic growth, east african (apr. – , ) http://go.worldbank.org/ ip transforming through transparency legal review so clearly shows, and as this chapter emphasizes with regard to a specific facet of the bank’s activities, law and justice are not merely means to an end but are themselves ends, albeit ends that will further other developmental ends, such as economic growth. such theories of inclusive development are not new, although they are (relatively) new in their implementation. the bank’s vision of inclusive growth and development—that is, broad- based investment in human beings —is one that the bank has embraced at large. this vision is apparent in the world bank inspection panel, which en- sures that a voice is afforded to those affected by bank-financed projects in which there has been a breach of bank protocol. the vision dovetails with (“business actors need to trust [governmental and social] institutions, and especially judicial institutions. the system has to be robust, efficient and respond to people’s needs. if business people don’t trust that rulings will be timely and just, they will find other ways to solve disputes. more often than not, they will prefer to bypass the justice system and buy out- comes—in other words, resort to corruption. this spills over beyond the business sector and becomes a social problem, setting the clock back for development. . . . a working system has to be fair, transparent, accessible to everyone, and timely. . . . only then can we have tools to hold government accountable, so that concepts like the rule of law, justice, social inclusion, empowerment and accountability move beyond simple words to become reality, and part and parcel of the development process”). see also justin yifu lin, demystifying success: the new structural economics approach (world bank apr. ); siobhán mcinerney-lankford & hans-otto sano, human rights indicators in development: an introduction (world bank ). see, for example, justin yifu lin and célestin monga, the growth report and new structural economics (world bank ); q&a with hassane cissé, supra note (“development goes beyond providing economic growth. it has to address equity, equality and justice, and these are at the heart of the rule of law. if these are not dealt with, you don’t have the foundation for economic development”). see also cooter & schafer, supra note . for example, see david m. trubek & marc galanter, scholars in self-estrangement: some re- flections on the crisis in law and development studies in the united states, wis. l. rev. ( ); richard a. posner, creating a legal framework for economic development, world bank research observer ( ); hernando de soto, the other path: the economic answer to terrorism (basic books ); amartya sen, development as freedom (knopf ); kaushik basu & ravi kanbur ed., arguments for a better world: essays in honor of amartya sen (oxford u. press ). see also cooter & schafer, supra note . although the bank has long acknowledged the important role of civil society and has worked with civil society organizations for decades, having, for example, established what would be called the civil society fund in , the bank has stepped up efforts and is committed to such activities and to such development. the global partnership for social accountability, supra note . see also lin and monga, supra note . see elena ianchovichina, susanna lundstrom, & leonardo garrido, what is inclusive growth? prmed knowledge brief (feb. , ), available at http://go.worldbank.org /lg z l lr . see also jim yong kim, my call for an open, inclusive world bank, financial times (mar. , ). world bank, the growth report: strategies for sustained growth and inclusive development (world bank ); lin and monga, supra note , at (“long-term sustainable and in- clusive growth is the driving force for poverty reduction in developing countries, and for convergence with developed economies”). inspection panel, world bank, at http://www.inspectionpanel.org/. the inspection panel is an independent, “bottom-up” accountability and recourse mechanism that investigates ibrd/ida-financed projects to determine whether the bank has complied with its opera- tional policies and procedures (including social and environmental safeguards), and to ad- dress related issues of harm. http://go.worldbank.org//lg z l lr http://www.inspectionpanel.org/ http://go.worldbank.org//lg z l lr the world bank legal review the selection of dr. jim yong kim, a medical doctor and developmentalist, as president rather than the more traditional choice of an economist or of a politician. similarly, it is a motivating factor behind the global forum for law, justice and development, of which the bank will serve as secretariat, and which aims to support the development of strong legal and judicial insti- tutions by sharing and generating knowledge through international collabo- ration. in the spirit of improving social accountability, among other things, the bank has worked vigorously to develop means of measuring success be- yond traditional economic metrics; critically, it is tying these new measures to governance and anticorruption strategies. the key tool therein is transpar- ency; as us supreme court justice louis brandeis once quipped, “sunlight is . . . the best disinfectant.” see, for example, obama nominates dartmouth president jim yong kim to lead world bank, time (mar. , ) (“officials believe [kim’s] experience will help counter criticism from developing countries that have grown weary of the u.s. stranglehold on the world bank presidency”). see also news & broadcast, world bank, world bank’s executive directors select dr. jim yong kim th president of the world bank group, press release no. / /sec (apr. , ), available at http://go.worldbank.org/ax kwi h . annie lowrey, college president is obama’s pick for world bank chief, ny times (mar. , ), available at http://www.nytimes.com/ / / /business/global/dartmouth -president-is-obamas-pick-for-world-bank.html. kim’s acceptance is striking because he has openly—and articulately—challenged “[t]he idea that robust economic growth will au- tomatically lead to a better life for everybody” and has even gone so far as to argue that “the structure and current rules of today’s market-led economic globalization [that is, in ] widen the chasm between the privileged and the destitute, imperiling the lives of the world’s poor.” see jim yong kim et al. ed., dying for growth: global inequality and the health of the poor , (common courage press ). a better metric for the success of development, kim et al. argue, is “[f]ocusing on health rather than other traditional indicators of wealth.” kim’s unorthodox background led both to considerable criticism of his nomination (hats off to ngozi: a golden opportunity for the rest of the world to show barack obama the mean- ing of meritocracy, the economist [mar. , ]) and to much praise (thomas j. bollyky, how to fix the world bank, ny times [apr. , ]); gillian tett, right time for a world bank renaissance man, financial times [mar. , ]). kim has responded to criticism by saying that his thoughts in are not applicable: “our concern [in ] was that the vision was not inclusive enough, that it wasn’t, in the bank’s words, ‘pro-poor.’ the bank has shifted tremendously since that time, and now the notion of pro-poor development is at the core of the world bank.” annie lowrey, obama candidate sketches vision for world bank, ny times (apr. , ). kim has also noted that his top priority is “spurring economic growth that creates jobs.” nicole kekeh, dr. kim wins top job at the world bank, forbes (apr. , ), available at http://www.forbes.com/sites/worldviews/ / / /dr-kim-wins-top-job -at-the-world-bank-promises-inclusive-leadership/. charter of the global forum for law, justice and development. see, for example, world bank president robert zoellick’s comments on the need to “democ- ratize development” in his peterson institute for international economics speech, the middle east and north africa: a new social contract for development (apr. , ), available at http:// go.worldbank.org/qq sjqoj ; see also robert zoellick’s talk at the conference “support- ing social accountability for better results” (apr. , ). the global partnership for social accountability, supra note . see also governance and anti- corruption key principles, governance & anticorruption, world bank, available at http:// go.worldbank.org/ pinxvij ; beyond transparency: what’s next? governance for develop- ment, available at http://blogs.worldbank.org/governance/beyond-transparency-what -s-next. other people’s money and how the bankers use it (frederick a. stokes co. ). http://go.worldbank.org/ax kwi h . http://www.nytimes.com/ / / /business/global/dartmouth-president-is-obamas-pick-for-world-bank.html http://www.forbes.com/sites/worldviews/ / / /dr-kim-wins-top-job-at-the-world-bank-promises-inclusive-leadership/ http://blogs.worldbank.org/governance/beyond-transparency-what-s-next http://www.nytimes.com/ / / /business/global/dartmouth-president-is-obamas-pick-for-world-bank.html http://www.forbes.com/sites/worldviews/ / / /dr-kim-wins-top-job-at-the-world-bank-promises-inclusive-leadership/ http://go.worldbank.org/qq sjqoj http://go.worldbank.org/qq sjqoj http://blogs.worldbank.org/governance/beyond-transparency-what-s-next http://go.worldbank.org/ pinxvij http://go.worldbank.org/ pinxvij transforming through transparency in this vein, the bank is contemplating further reforms to its sanctions regime, with particular emphasis on improving transparency and participa- tion—both of the sanctions process itself and of the policy making that sur- rounds it—as well as due process protections, and exploring ways to afford better access to low-capacity respondents. although there is more to be done, the bank has attempted to remain true to its calling to empower the disem- powered. this cyclical process results in ever-greater legitimacy of the bank and its sanctions regime, as well as in greater efficiency and effectiveness. the legal orientation of the bank’s sanctions regime: toward ever-better governance the bank’s current system draws from different legal disciplines, not reflect- ing any single national system, or even any single legal tradition—indeed, that is the point. with stakeholders around the world, the world bank con- tinually strives to remain both global and worldly—that is, to represent the communities of the world while remaining not merely relevant but vibrant in a developmental sea populated by multiple players of all sizes. in devel- oping its own system, the bank draws from both common law and civil law traditions, as well as looking to national systems for inspiration. the bank’s incorporation of elements on the basis of efficiency and effectiveness has al- lowed it to create its own sui generis tradition, a tradition that operates best in this transnational space where ios are increasingly developing the meaning of international law. moreover, legal diversification has the added bonus of allaying potential perceptions that the bank is biased in favor of any given na- tional system. this sui generis system is a major legal innovation that allows the bank, notwithstanding its size, to bring an impressive degree of particular- ity, precision, and attention to its dealings with varied stakeholders. to understand the orientation and nature of the bank’s sanctions system, one must understand that the ultimate aim of the system is not to punish but rather to correct and rehabilitate: the system seeks to reintroduce those enti- ties that have been implicated in fraudulent or corrupt behavior back into the market after a certain minimum period of debarment and upon adoption of adequate and effective policies and measures to guard against future miscon- duct. thus, the system’s baseline sanction is “debarment with conditional see, for example, robert b. zoellick, why we still need the world bank: looking beyond aid, foreign affairs (mar./apr. ), available at http://go.worldbank.org/ jdg n e . see alarez, supra note . see leroy & fariello, supra note , at . the nuance is subtle yet important, and it has been overlooked by many observers. for an example of the confusion, see dionne searcey & david crawford, world bank punishes units of alstom sa for bribery, wall st. j. (feb. , ), avail- able at http://online.wsj.com/article/sb .html; and greg mcarthur, meet the world bank’s anti-bribery cop, the globe and mail (feb. , ), available at http://m.theglobeandmail.com/report-on-business/industry -news/the-law-page/meet-the-world-banks-anti-bribery-cop/article /?service=mobile. notwithstanding the bank’s desire to rehabilitate vendors, the bank recognizes its role in http://online.wsj.com/article/sb .html http://online.wsj.com/article/sb .html http://m.theglobeandmail.com/report-on-business/industry-news/the-law-page/meet-the-world-banks-anti-bribery-cop/article /?service=mobile.notwithstanding http://go.worldbank.org/ jdg n e http://m.theglobeandmail.com/report-on-business/industry-news/the-law-page/meet-the-world-banks-anti-bribery-cop/article /?service=mobile.notwithstanding http://m.theglobeandmail.com/report-on-business/industry-news/the-law-page/meet-the-world-banks-anti-bribery-cop/article /?service=mobile.notwithstanding the world bank legal review release”: in other words, the sanctioned party will be excluded from the pos- sibility of participating in bank-financed projects for a period of time, and, on condition of proper implementation of appropriate compliance measures, al- lowed to bid once more. operating—as one would expect from bankers—on the understanding that corruption taints the market but that the free market is generally good for all involved, the aim is one of release from debarment and reintegration within the bank’s (otherwise open) bidding system. com- pliance with such measures, as well as the system’s objective of rehabilitation and reintroduction, is facilitated through the guidance offered by the integ- rity compliance officer (ico), whose office also monitors and decides whether conditions have been satisfied. the bank, as much as any other organization, strives toward good gover- nance—that is, the process of effectively addressing shared problems through group decision making. good governance comes only through good rapport and good communication between those governing and those who are gov- erned. critical to such a process are the principles of both transparency and accountability. transparency, which is premised on free access to information, guards against the particular problems of capture and conflicts of interest. supporting the rule of law; to this end, if int substantiates findings of fraud or corruption, the bank will refer cases to national authorities for prosecution. see, for example, referrals made to governments in fy – , integrity vice presidency annual report, fiscal (world bank int ), available at http://go.worldbank.org/t hht rf ; see also faqs, fraud & corruption, world bank, at http://go.worldbank.org/jf z cu . see leroy & fariello, supra note , at – . similarly, the integrity compliance officer (ico) decides whether conditions established by the sanctions board or eo as part of a conditional nondebarment sanction have been satis- fied. the conditions imposed are likely to be similar to those imposed under debarment with conditional release, including, for example, adoption or improvement of an integrity compliance program and/or other remedial actions related to the relevant misconduct. see sanctions procedures, supra note , at article . (compliance with conditions for non- debarment and release from debarment). the ico was created in . see int, sanctions and compliance, at http://go.worldbank.org/g uw y dc . see, for example, wesley carrington, jim debuse, & hee jin lee, the theory of governance & accountability (u. of iowa center for international finance and development ). huma haider, claire mcloughlin, & zoë scott, topic guide on communication and governance (commgap & gsdrc ), available at http://go.worldbank.org/ buhfccq . see, for example, carrington, debuse, & lee, supra note ; haider, mcloughlin, & scott, su- pra note . see also caroline freund & mélise jaud, democratic transitions: successful, grad- ual, and failed, in accountability and transparency, world bank economists’ forum (may , ); ryan booth, deon filmer, & jamele rigolini, does electoral competition raise account- ability?, in accountability and transparency, world bank economists’ forum (may , ); marco larizza, ryan jabonski, & audrey sacks, electoral competition and access to information on public service provision: evidence from sierra leone, in accountability and transparency, world bank economists’ forum (may , ); carolin geginat, adrian gonzalez, & valentina saltaine, access to information in business regulation, in accountability and transparency, world bank economists’ forum (may , ). “capture” refers to the manipulation of policy formation and/or to the distortion of the rule- making process that results in substantial individual gain to the detriment of society or the nation at large; a classic example comes from the profits that accrue to oligarchs of resource- rich countries rather than to the countries and to their citizens. in this context, a “conflict of http://go.worldbank.org/t hht rf http://go.worldbank.org/jf z cu http://go.worldbank.org/g uw y dc http://go.worldbank.org/ buhfccq transforming through transparency accountability, which contemplates the relationship between the organization and its stakeholders, ensures that the organization remains attentive to the needs and interests of its stakeholders and holds managers responsible for deviations thereof. however, accountability can operate only in a transpar- ent environment. the world bank group as a whole has committed itself to furthering the objectives of good governance, transparency, and accountability. notably, the world bank group has decided that its internal documents should be made available to the public: adopted at a world bank group–wide level under the access to information policy, all information not on a list of exceptions is disclosed to the public (rather than only information corresponding to a positive list). the sanctions system was construed as an exception to the open informa- tion norm and thus stands apart: understanding that the nature of information concerning the sanctions system is fundamentally different from information generally in the bank’s possession, and recognizing the need to assure the objectiveness of the deliberative process apart from the potential disruptive effect of media attention, the bank walled off the sanctions system. thus, in short, the general presumptions underlying the access to information policy do not apply to the sanctions regime. notwithstanding the exception that was carved out for the sanctions pro- cess, it is undesirable if not untenable to maintain the system behind a veil of interest” occurs where there is self-interest competing with a communal interest. see ro- berta s. karmel & claire r. kelly, the hardening of soft law in securities regulation, brook. j. intl. l. , ( ). see also geginat, gonzalez, & saltaine, supra note ; joel hell- man & daniel kaufmann, confronting the challenge of state capture in transition economies, fin. & dev. (imf september ), available at http://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft /fandd/ / /hellman.htm. see, for example, helen darbishire, proactive transparency: the future of the right to infor- mation? commgap, world bank, available at http://go.worldbank.org/ buhfccq . see also un desa dpadm, transparency and accountability in the public sector in the arab region, in concept paper : transparency and accountability in public financial administration, rab/ / (mar. ). for a discussion of the evolution of accountability in public orga- nizations and what the term has come to mean, see b. g. peters in restoring accountability re- search studies, vol. : linkages, responsibilities and accountabilities (d. savoie ed., public works and government services canada ). id. in the words of former world bank president robert zoellick, “accountability and transpar- ency are important pillars of the world bank’s work.” inspection panel, available at http:// www.inspectionpanel.org/. see also lisa bhansali, defining our path to the “rule of law,” governance for development, world bank (apr. , ), available at http://blogs.world bank.org/governance/defining-our-path-to-the-rule-of-law. see the world bank policy on access to information (jul. , ), paragraph , available at http://go.worldbank.org/ln w zcb . see also disclosure policy review & global con- sultations, world bank, available at http://go.worldbank.org/fsblxewj . one of the categorical exceptions in which most information is kept confidential is “other disclosure regimes,” which includes the bank’s sanctions regime. http://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/fandd/ / /hellman.htm http://go.worldbank.org/ buhfccq http://blogs.worldbank.org/governance/defining-our-path-to-the-rule-of-law http://go.worldbank.org/ln w zcb http://go.worldbank.org/fsblxewj http://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/fandd/ / /hellman.htm http://www.inspectionpanel.org/ http://www.inspectionpanel.org/ http://blogs.worldbank.org/governance/defining-our-path-to-the-rule-of-law the world bank legal review secrecy; therefore, the regime’s actors have worked steadily toward the goal of ever-greater transparency. a series of events in is particularly reveal- ing. in january , the first notable step to enhance transparency was taken with the updating and making public of the bank’s sanctioning guidelines. these guidelines, which attempt to balance predictability with sufficient and equitable flexibility, afford clarity about the imposition of sanctions and offer guidance to int in its negotiation of settlements. in november , the bank released, for the first time, a detailed information note describing the entire sanctions regime. this note gives the public an understanding of the sys- tem as a whole, making public the system’s internal relations and operations, information that was previously largely unknowable to outsiders. an even bigger step came in december , when the bank published both the undis- puted first-tier determinations (that is, those of the eo), and, in decisions that are fully reasoned and include relevant facts and the applied legal reasoning, the decisions of the system’s appellate body (that is, those of the sanctions board). these developments evince the bank’s commitment to making fair- ness, transparency, and accountability key tenets of the world bank group’s sanctions reform agenda —indeed, the bank continually explores ways to further transparency and accountability. it should be cautioned that, although the actors of the sanctions system are seeking to make the system more open, total disclosure is not contemplated. for instance, disclosure is limited to undisputed eo determinations and to sanctions board decisions, not to all documents or products of the system. thus, for the sake of the deliberative process, confidentiality is maintained throughout the process, with disclosure of undisputed determinations and decisions made only when they are final. similarly, int maintains a “positive list” approach that is intended to cover information that could “be harmful to innocent persons; undermine the work of these groups; or could interfere with such notions are in keeping with general notions of due process, for example, article , section , of the european convention on human rights (“in the determination of his civil rights and obligations or of any criminal charge against him, everyone is entitled to a fair and public hearing within a reasonable time by an independent and impartial tribunal estab- lished by law. judgment shall be pronounced publicly”). world bank group sanctioning guidelines (jan. , ), key and reference documents, world bank, available at http://go.worldbank.org/cvuuis hz . sanctions regime—the – reforms, world bank, available at http://go.worldbank .org/p z pktxp . see also leroy & fariello, supra note , at . the world bank group’s sanctions regime: information note, available at http:// go.worldbank.org/cvuuis hz . see sanctions procedures, supra note , at article . (b); evaluation and suspension officer determinations in uncontested proceedings, world bank, available at http://go.worldbank .org/g eo uxw . sanctions board law digest, world bank, available at http://go.worldbank.org/s pffm d x . id. see, for example, notes from the sanctions board chair, in sanctions board law digest, supra note . http://go.worldbank.org/cvuuis hz http://go.worldbank.org/p z pktxp http://go.worldbank.org/p z pktxp http://go.worldbank.org/g eo uxw http://go.worldbank.org/s pffmd x http://go.worldbank.org/cvuuis hz http://go.worldbank.org/cvuuis hz http://go.worldbank.org/g eo uxw http://go.worldbank.org/s pffmd x transforming through transparency the work of the groups that play an independent role within the institution.” thus, although the actors have taken the initiative of making the sanctions system as accessible as possible, the entirety of the process is not made public. in effect, the result of this transparency is an increase in both empower- ment and confidence for stakeholders and external participants. publication of the sanctions board law digest is an excellent illustration: the digest fosters greater access to and awareness of the public while resulting in greater cer- tainty and deterrence due to the regime’s heightened visibility. at the same time, the digest offers illustrations of the legal principles at play and how they are to be applied. the transparency resulting from offering to the public the decision-making process—the logic, its application, and the context for judg- ment—serves as a mechanism for accountability for all the various actors in the system. instruments like the digest also enforce the notion of indepen- dence, a notion central to a properly functioning dispute-resolution system. on the flip side, appeals for abuse of discretion keep both bank management and the ico (who monitors implementation of the compliance systems) ac- countable. as a result, stakeholders have not only reason to be confident in the bank and in its actors but also the tools necessary for ensuring continued high standards of quality, and bank adherence to those standards and to the rules that shape them. see int, the disclosure of information policy of the integrity vice presidency (feb. , ), avail- able at http://go.worldbank.org/j imlgax . the positive list is limited to ( ) redacted fi- nal investigation reports (firs) that set out findings and recommendations at the conclusion of int’s external investigations and may be followed by sanctions proceedings; ( ) redacted detailed implementation review reports (dirs) of integrity risks in wbg-financed projects, and assessments of measures designed to prevent them; ( ) int’s annual report; ( ) reports and other information generated as part of int’s preventive efforts, for example, thematic reviews, “lessons learned” publications, training, and capacity-building materials; ( ) policy papers; and list of debarred companies. see president’s introduction, in sanctions board law digest, supra note (“sanctions pro- tect bank group funds and member countries’ development projects by excluding proven wrongdoers from our operations and financing. sanctions also deter other participants or potential bidders in bank group–financed operations from engaging in fraud, collusion, or corruption. by holding companies and individuals accountable through a fair and robust process, the bank group’s sanctions system promotes integrity and levels the playing field for those committed to clean business practices”). see notes from the sanctions board chair, in sanctions board law digest, supra note . in both common and civil law traditions, emphasis is placed on rule of law principles, no- tably that of separation of powers and its incumbent notion of judicial independence. the notion of separation of powers was first discussed by locke, second treatise on government chapter xii, section ( ). however, montesquieu is the best-known theorist who has treated the topic. montesquieu, l’esprit des lois vol. , book xi, chapter , page ( ). because the judiciary is generally understood as the “weakest” branch of government, it is widely accepted that it must have the most substantial structural independence from undue influence. in the words of us supreme court chief justice marshall, “the greatest scourge an angry heaven ever inflicted upon an ungrateful and a sinning people, was an ignorant, a corrupt, or a dependent judiciary.” quoted in john b. cassoday, john scott, & john marshall, the american lawyer vol. vii, (stumpf & steurer ). http://go.worldbank.org/j imlgax the world bank legal review the move toward transparency is good practice and is in keeping with general rule of law dictates. moreover, it is hoped that such confidence will further encourage worldwide participation in the combat against fraud and corruption and in the development of law and justice. opening up the sanc- tions system demonstrates both to those “in the docket” as respondents and to external observers that the bank has a robust and deliberative sanctions system. this kind of a system inspires trust and confidence, thereby encourag- ing engagement with the bank at all levels, be it at the level of the sanctions process or in deciding whether to do business with the bank. conclusion poverty persists and economies stagnate or fail when innovation and growth lag. law and justice offer the infrastructure to nurture the trust and certainty that in turn promote innovation and growth. however, economic growth should not be considered a panacea for social problems, nor should the ben- efits of providing law and justice be understood as merely the handmaid of economic growth. just law encourages social cohesion, equality, citizen em- powerment, and justice—“[a]fter all, the law is, or ought to be, but the hand- maid of justice” and “an unjust law is no law at all.” more sophisticated and more formal legal systems expand economic opportunities by creating trust among strangers and expectations of generalized reciprocity, therein encouraging the building of communities of hope, trust, and prosperity. de- velopment, therefore, cannot be read as advancing economic development in the strictest sense of the term; a sense of ownership and empowerment must also be nurtured. accordingly, more attention must be paid to strengthening governance. to achieve such an end, legal and governance institutions must be developed, and a sense of the importance of the rule of law must be fos- tered. however, such development can occur only if stakeholders believe “the rule of law can be defined as a system in which the laws are public knowledge, are clear in meaning, and apply equally to everyone.” thomas carothers, the rule of law revival, foreign affairs ( ). cooter & schafer, supra note , at . see also niall ferguson, civilization: the west and the rest (penguin ). cooter & schafer, supra note , at – . see also ferguson, supra note ; daron acemoglu & james a. robinson, why nations fail: the origins of power, prosperity, and poverty (random house ). see carothers, supra note , at – . see also philip alston, the myopia of the handmaidens: international lawyers and globalization, euro. j. intl. l. – ( ); shirley v. scott, inter- national lawyers: handmaidens, chefs, or birth attendants? a response to philip alston, euro. j. intl. l. – ( ). see also jim yong kim et al. ed., dying for growth: global inequality and the health of the poor , (common courage press ). lord penzance, combe v. edwards ( ), l. reports p.d. . st. augustine of hippo. cooter & schafer, supra note , at et seq. see, for example, lisa bhansali, defining our path to the “rule of law,” governance for devel- transforming through transparency that the systems are accountable, which in turn requires transparency. lead- ing by example, the world bank is adhering to social accountability by mak- ing its sanctions regime increasingly transparent and robust. internationally, the bank plays an active role in combating the “cancer of corruption.” however, for enduring change to occur there must be not only outside support but also the will to reform; that will can come only from with- in the community. merely enacting good laws does little without substantial investment and corresponding changes in implementation and enforcement that nurture mutual trust. realizing as much from its extensive experience in rule of law and justice reform projects, the bank emphasizes transparency and accountability across its work, and in its own sanctions regime in particu- lar, is intended to create a sense of trust, confidence, and ownership, that (it is hoped) will elicit that ever-so-essential will for change. the bank has further bolstered transparency’s transformative effect by crafting an innovative sui generis system that allows it to attentively and opment, world bank (apr. , ), available at http://blogs.worldbank.org/governance /defining-our-path-to-the-rule-of-law. in taking up this area, the bank has overcome the strictest interpretations of the “political prohibition” that bars it from interfering in the political affairs of its members. the ibrd ar- ticles of agreement contain a provision that states that “[t]he bank and its officers shall not interfere in the political affairs of any member; nor shall they be influenced in their decisions by the political character of the member or members concerned.” see ibrd articles of agree- ment, article iv, section . ida articles of agreement contain an identical provision. see ida articles of agreement, article v, section . almost-identical provisions are contained in the agreement establishing the inter-american development bank, article viii, section (f); the articles of agreement of the asian development bank, chapter vi, article ; and the agreement establishing the african development bank, chapter v, article . in contrast, the constituent documents of ebrd and eib do not contain any such restriction. see also hassane cissé, should the “political prohibition” in charters of international financial institu- tions be revisited? the case of the world bank, in international financial institutions and global legal governance (hassane cissé, daniel d. bradlow, & benedict kingsbury ed., world bank ). wolfensohn, supra note , at . see also transparency international usa, world bank– siemens agreement sends strong signal ( jul. , ), available at http://www.transparency -usa.org/news/documents/tiusasiemensrelease . . .pdf. for example, the bank is keenly engaging with national authorities. see, for example, news & broadcast, world bank, world bank welcomes norwegian convictions of three former employees of norwegian company “norconsult” in bribery case in tanzania, press release no. / /int ( jul. , ), available at http://go.worldbank.org/vo ew oo . see carothers, supra note , at . id., at . compare, for example, the great increase in projects over the course of the years: initia- tives in legal and judicial reform (world bank ) (listing bank-financed projects related to legal and judicial reform, including a us$ million loan to russia), available at http://go.worldbank.org/pjhsqt ra ; initiatives in legal and judicial reform (world bank ) (approximating the number of bank-financed projects related to legal and judi- cial reform at ), available at http://go.worldbank.org/pjhsqt ra ; initiatives in justice reform (world bank ) (noting that the bank’s current justice sector assistance and reform portfolio comprises nearly , justice reform activities in developing or transition countries), available at http://go.worldbank.org/pjhsqt ra . http://blogs.worldbank.org/governance/defining-our-path-to-the-rule-of-law http://www.transparency-usa.org/news/documents/tiusasiemensrelease . . .pdf http://go.worldbank.org/pjhsqt ra http://go.worldbank.org/pjhsqt ra http://go.worldbank.org/pjhsqt ra http://www.transparency-usa.org/news/documents/tiusasiemensrelease . . .pdf http://go.worldbank.org/vo ew oo http://blogs.worldbank.org/governance/defining-our-path-to-the-rule-of-law the world bank legal review expeditiously engage respondents of all shapes and sizes. until recently, those borrowing from the bank had their freedom restricted: not only did borrowers not understand the nature of the bank’s debarment system; they also had lim- ited decision-making powers as the bank decided on whether certain contrac- tors were employable. the opening up of the bank’s sanctions regime gives increased confidence to borrowers and contractors alike, as they can see the robust and deliberative nature of the bank’s system; this opening up also will make the sanctions system more predictable and accessible. of course, the sanctions system—as with any judicial recourse—remains a contingency: it is the unhappy alternative, not the desired route. that said, confidence in the system is of enduring importance to bolstering the rule of law, as obscuring the nature of that system can have a chilling effect: for those entities doing business with the bank, not knowing the basis on which the bank debarred, and yet remaining subject to the possibility of a public shaming, detracted from the bank’s legitimacy, as well as adding a degree of uncertainty and hassle to working with the bank. opening up the sanctions system builds confidence in that system, empowers stakeholders, and has the correlative benefit of building confidence in doing business with the bank. in matters of governance and of rule of law, the bank is practicing what it preaches, thereby assuring stakeholders that, in doing business with the bank, they are not throwing caution to the wind. such relations improve the political economy of bank-financed development projects. * * * left unchecked, fraud and corruption have broad, corrosive, and lingering effects on countries and on communities; they undermine the effectiveness of development projects and erode confidence in systems and in societies. the consequence of unchecked corruption is an increase in corruption, as well as a general lack of public confidence in democratic processes, slowed eco- nomic growth, the deepening of inequality, and a general breakdown in social norms of sensitivity. shoring up the rule of law helps temper corruption and crime. the bank’s sanctions regime plays a key role in combating fraud and see governance and anticorruption (gac) implementation plan, opcs, world bank (sep. , ), available at http://go.worldbank.org/zfuwcfjq ; faqs, fraud & cor- ruption, world bank, at http://go.worldbank.org/jf z cu . see also wolfensohn, supra note , at ; yikona et al., supra note ; chaikin & sharman, supra note ; jayasuriya, supra note , at – . id. for instance, the growth of corruption in south africa resulted in citizens not knowing how to report corruption and, even more alarmingly, in the general belief that reporting would not be beneficial and fear of the consequences of reporting. see hennie van vuuren, small bribes, big challenges: extent and nature of petty corruption in south africa, s. afr. crime quarterly ( ). in an interesting though counterintuitive and somewhat question- able conceptualization, cooter & schafer argue that certain corruption can serve a beneficial purpose insofar as it subverts laws that impede economic growth; unfortunately, no con- sideration is made of the subversive rule of law effects of this “good” corruption. cooter & schafer, supra note , at – . see carothers, supra note , at . http://go.worldbank.org/zfuwcfjq http://go.worldbank.org/jf z cu transforming through transparency corruption around the world, and it is hoped that the opening up of the pro- cess to stakeholders will help to combat corruption further. the international community has recognized that “[c]ommunity devel- opment draws on existing human and material resources in the community to enhance self-help and social support, and to develop flexible systems for strengthening public participation. . . . this requires full and continuous ac- cess to information, learning opportunities . . . , as well as funding support.” by developing an effective and innovative sanctions system, and in making that system transparent, the bank is stepping up its efforts to fight fraud and corruption, with the ultimate goal of strengthening and empowering com- munities. the world bank’s dream is of a world without poverty; impoverish- ment, however, can come in many forms, and, so the bank—and the actors in its sanctions regime—is expanding the battlefront. the ottawa charter for health promotion (nov. , ). human rights and development regime interaction and the fragmentation of international law siobhán mcinerney-lankford human rights and development interact in a range of ways, and so too do the legal and policy frameworks, or regimes, that govern each. in this chapter, “regimes” are defined as “sets of norms, decision-making procedures, and or- ganizations coalescing around functional issue-areas.” this chapter considers the connections between human rights and development from the perspective of public international law as “regime interaction,” focusing specifically on the links between human rights law and development policy. it departs from the premise of the centrality of law as a defining feature of human rights and legal accountability as a key contribution of human rights and development. it espouses the view that more attention is due to human rights law and hu- man rights obligations in the context of development. from this the chapter considers the degree to which human rights are integrated explicitly into de- velopment policies and programs and the extent to which human rights are recognized as law in those contexts. the views expressed in this article are those of the author and do not necessarily reflect the views of the board of executive directors of the world bank or the governments they represent. the author thanks mac darrow, olufemi elias, nathan lankford, victor mosoti, hans-otto sano, andres rigo sureda, and chantal thomas for comments on earlier drafts of this article, and behnaz bonyadian, christian jimenez-tomas, and laura lalime-mowry for research assistance. responsibility for errors or omissions remains with the author. m. young, regime interaction in international law: facing fragmentation (cambridge u. press ). m. young, introduction, in young, id., at . the term is understood to cover both the for- mal or binding legal frameworks governing a particular area or issue, including treaties, norms, legislation, rules, and regulations, and softer measures such as policies, statements, programs, processes, and directives. nevertheless, the term “regime” is a nonlegal term with no fixed definition that has generated a vast body of literature in both international relations and public international law. see, for example, s. krasner ed., international relations (cornell u. press ). d. forsythe, human rights studies: on the dangers of legalistic assumptions, in methods of hu- man rights research (f. coomans, f. grünfeld, & m. kamminga ed., intersentia ). despite the author’s thesis and cautions, he acknowledges that “law has remained central to the notion of human rights. that is because, . . . it is law that authoritatively defines a society’s understanding of what are human rights at a given point in time.” see s. mcinerney-lankford, human rights and development: a comment on challenges and op- portunities from a legal perspective, ( ) j. of human rights practice – ( ). for a critical view of the value of international human rights treaties, see o. hathaway, do human rights treaties make a difference? yale l. j. – ( ). this chapter considers the potential influence of human rights on development, rather than the world bank legal review in particular, this chapter explores the place of international human rights obligations and human rights treaties in development policies and assesses the impact of this role in operational terms. it notes that, despite growing recognition of human rights as the subject of binding international law obliga- tions on the part of development agencies and banks, and despite increased emphasis on policy coherence, the trend across development is far from uni- form and in many respects is inconsistent and divergent. the chapter argues that the relationship between human rights and development policy can be analyzed as regime interaction. this interaction exemplifies the fragmentation of international law, most evident in the uneven integration of human rights law obligations into development policies and processes. this chapter contends that the growing recognition of human rights in legal and operational terms could advance international policy coherence and mediate risk. it also suggests that the ability of international development in- stitutions and their regimes to adapt to evolving international norms could be expanded to human rights. it argues for the place and relevance of hu- man rights in development regimes rather than suggesting particular ways in which potential norm conflicts between the regimes should be resolved. it therefore invites consideration of the relationship of human rights and devel- opment in terms of regime interaction and suggests a frame for future consid- eration of norm interaction. the relationship of human rights and development human rights and development connect in a range of ways. the following discussion does not review in detail the conceptual discussions developed elsewhere but rather sets the context for the ensuing discussion of how human rights are reflected in development policy frameworks or regimes to facilitate a discussion of how those regimes interact and the place of legal obligations within that relationship. human rights and development are different: achieving a positive result in a given field, such as health, is not the same as realizing the right to health; nor will such a result “automatically promote respect for the corresponding right and imbue the rights-holder and duty-bearers with a long-term guaran- tee [or] set of structural claims.” yet, at some intuitive level, human rights the reverse, although it assumes the two-way nature of the relationship between the two. see world bank, development and human rights: the role of the world bank (world bank ). this approach departs from the view that “when we speak of universal human rights, it is international law that defines them in a positivistic sense, for better or worse.” forsythe, supra note , at . p. uvin, human rights and development (kumarian press ). a. rigo sureda, the law applicable to the activities of international development banks, in re- ceuil des cours (martinus nijhoff ). anand grover, report of the special rapporteur on the right of everyone to the enjoyment of the highest attainable standard of physical and mental health, a/hrc/ / (apr. , ), human rights and development and development share affinities. in substantive ways, they occupy many of the same sectors or spheres, and in certain types of operations, development bears distinct similarities to human rights. the “normative and institutional pluralism” that exists between human rights and development results in overlapping activities and mutual influence among their governing regimes, such that the demarcation between them is sometimes difficult to draw. it may even be said that the overlap between the two areas or regimes is increasing and that the range of development poli- cies and activities now affecting areas governed by human rights treaties is growing. some practitioners have even observed that there has not been an evolution in the thinking on matters related to human rights to correlate with the expansion in the mandate of development institutions. moreover, “complex problems have ramifications in many specialized directions.” attempts at strict demarcations between different regimes or competencies fail to register the complex realities of international human rights and development, giving rise to both an increased potential for con- flicting norms in international law and a “situation of ongoing institutional diversity and pluralism and the day-to-day and relatively mundane occur- rences of overlapping forms and inter-regime activity.” this is particular- ly true because development and human rights share consistent goals but pursue them differently, and their agendas overlap extensively and in mutu- ally reinforcing ways. paragraph , quoting p. uvin, human rights and development – (kumarian press ). m. young, regime interaction in creating, implementing and enforcing international law, in young, supra note , at . on the overlap of domains of activity and regulatory processes at the international level, see b. kingsbury, introduction: global administrative law in the institutional practice of global regu- latory governance, in world bank legal review vol. (h. cissé, d. bradlow, & b. kingsbury ed., world bank ). sureda, supra note , at . judge weeramantry dissenting, use of nuclear weapons in armed conflict advisory opinion ( ) (i) icj rep. . young, supra note , at . united nations development programme (undp), human rights and human development, in human development report , sections – (undp ). see s. jahan, millennium development goals and human rights ( ), available at http://www.inwent.org/ef-texte /human_rights/jahan.htm. see also report of the millennium project, investing in development: a practical plan to achieve the millennium development goals, which characterizes the mdgs as human rights: “[the mdgs] are also basic human rights—the rights of each person on the planet to health, education, shelter, and security as pledged in the universal declaration of human rights and the un millennium declaration” (page ), available at http://www .unmillenniumproject.org/reports/fullreport.htm. p. alston, ships passing in the night: the current state of the human rights and development debate seen through the lens of the millennium development goals, ( ) hum. rights q. . ohchr, frequently asked questions on human rights based approach to development coopera- tion (un ), and undp, human development report : millennium development goals: a compact among nations to end human poverty (undp ). see also j. l. roy, implementing the http://www.inwent.org/ef-texte/human_rights/jahan.htm http://www.unmillenniumproject.org/reports/fullreport.htm http://www.inwent.org/ef-texte/human_rights/jahan.htm http://www.unmillenniumproject.org/reports/fullreport.htm the world bank legal review examples of this convergence can be identified in the areas of social protec- tion, education, governance, and health, as well as in thematic terms through activities aimed at the protection of women, indigenous peoples, children, and persons with disabilities. the millennium development goals (mdg) illus- trate the proximity and compatibility of human rights and development, even if they are critiqued for their silence on human rights and their failure to ad- dress inequalities and the plight of the most vulnerable. at a deeper level, human rights and development may be viewed as con- verging in shared principles such as equality, participation, accountability, transparency, and voice, as well as in attention to vulnerable groups, all of which are principles that have become hallmarks of good development prac- tice. both development and the international human rights frameworks give expression to these principles in different ways that evince a convergence of a more deliberate and strategic sort. however, in general legal and policy terms, the international frameworks governing human rights and development occupy separate spheres governed by distinct regimes. nowhere is this more apparent than in relation to legal obligations. international human rights are the purview of treaty frameworks such as the international covenant on civil and political rights (iccpr) and the international covenant on economic, social and cultural rights (icescr), along with a range of other universal instruments and their protocols gov- erning issues such as gender discrimination, child rights, disabilities, millennium development goals: our human rights obligation, ( ) libertas, who opines, “many of the mdgs can be reinforced by the binding human rights obligations of states.” alston, supra note , at . see, generally, ohchr, claiming the millennium development goals: a human rights approach (united nations ), available at http://www .ohchr .org/spdocs/claiming_mdgs_en.pdf. see, for example, m. langford, a poverty of rights: six ways to fix the mdgs, ( ) ids bul- letin ( jan. ). s. mcinerney-lankford & h.-o. sano, human rights indicators in development: an introduc- tion – (world bank ). id., at – . international covenant on civil and political rights (iccpr), un ga res. a (xxi), un gaor supp. no. , at , un doc. a/ ( ), unts (entered into force mar. , ). international covenant on economic, social and cultural rights (icescr), un ga res. a (xxi), un gaor supp. no. , at , un doc. a/ ( ), unts (entered into force jan. , ). convention on the elimination of all forms of discrimination against women (cedaw), un doc. a/ / , at ( ), unts (entered into force sep. , ). convention on the rights of the child (crc), unts , i.l.m. (entered into force sep. , ). convention on the rights of persons with disabilities (icrpd), a/res/ / (adopted jan. , ). http://www .ohchr.org/spdocs/claiming_mdgs_en.pdf http://www .ohchr.org/spdocs/claiming_mdgs_en.pdf human rights and development torture, and migrant workers. this is complemented by regional human rights law frameworks and monitoring systems in europe (echr, the char- ter of fundamental rights of the eu ), the americas, and africa. development, for its part, is defined more by broad-based goals such as the mdgs and general statements, strategies, programs, and policy frame- works of development institutions, which do not generally incorporate inter- national legal norms directly or explicitly. philip alston has noted the resis- tance to human rights in the context of the mdgs, attributing it to the fact that human rights are “a quintessentially legal domain and thus not one which is suitable for use in a general development studies context.” thus, the binding legal frame of development cooperation tends to operate either at the level of the constitutive instruments of development agencies or at the transactional level of individual legal agreements underpinning particular operations. al- though each of these instruments is an international agreement subject to public international law, the bulk of the development policy framework is not the domain of international legal norms, is not usually framed in terms of treaties, and does not readily admit a place for treaty obligations such as those flowing from human rights treaties. moreover, despite the more recent emphasis on accountability in develop- ment frameworks, these frameworks do not involve legal accountability of convention against torture and other cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment or punish- ment (cat ) (dec. , ), unts (entered into force jun. , ). international convention on the protection of the rights of all migrant workers and mem- bers of their families, cprmw (dec. , ), un ga res. / (annex), i.l.m. ( ) (entered into force jul. , ). see http://www.hri.org/docs/echr .html. official journal of the european union c / , available at http://eurlex.europa.eu/lex uriserv/lexuriserv.do?uri=oj:c: : : : :en:pdf. american convention on human rights (pact of san jose), oas treaty series no. , unts (entered into force jul. , ), available at http://www.oas.org/juridico/en glish/treaties/b- .html. african charter on human and peoples’ rights, oau doc. cab/leg/ / rev. , i.l.m. ( ) (entered into force oct. , ). by norms, this chapter refers to legally binding rules that create rights and obligations be- tween subjects of international law. p. alston, what’s in a name: does it really matter if development policies refer to goals, ideals or human rights? sim special ( ). because these international agreements are entered into by un members, the agreements are subject to the registration requirement of article of the un charter. see a. broches, the- ory and practice of treaty registration with particular reference to agreements of the international bank, in selected essays world bank, icsid, and other subjects of public and private international law (martinus nijhoff ). all treaties and international agreements registered with the united nations are available at http://treaties.un.org/. i. shihata, the world bank legal papers (martinus nijhoff ), in discussing the world bank general conditions, confirms that the bank’s loan and guarantee agreements are international agreements that, although insulated from domestic law, are subject to public international law. for example, global monitoring is a monitoring framework focused on “how the world is http://eurlex.europa.eu/lexuriserv/lexuriserv.do?uri=oj:c: : : : :en:pdf http://www.oas.org/juridico/english/treaties/b- .html http://www.hri.org/docs/echr .html http://eurlex.europa.eu/lexuriserv/lexuriserv.do?uri=oj:c: : : : :en:pdf http://www.oas.org/juridico/english/treaties/b- .html http://treaties.un.org/ the world bank legal review the sort associated with treaties such as human rights treaties, and arguably cannot therefore empower poor or marginalized groups to claim their rights in the development process and bridge the gap between global standards and local circumstances. indeed, some people have argued that accountability itself cannot be separated from contests over the realization of rights and the distribution of resources. in general terms, therefore, human rights and development are governed by distinct regimes, including separate legal frameworks, that interact only occasionally and in ways that are far from clear. only very rarely do human rights law obligations, such as those emanating from human rights treaties, receive formal recognition in the development regimes, and even then the operational consequences of such obligations are not always apparent. this chapter draws on the well-known concept of fragmentation of international law to analyze the relationship between human rights and development and the interaction of the legal and policy regimes that govern each. the fragmentation of international law is generally understood to refer to the way in which international law is split into “highly ‘specialized boxes’ that claim relative autonomy from each other and from the general law.” it is the subject of extensive academic commentary, viewed by many as a product of the expansion and diversification of public international law and connected with the proliferation of special regimes. some view fragmentation as a prob- lem that undermines the general law and the systemic nature of international law, while others view it as inevitable, perhaps even capable of strengthening special regimes. some of the literature focuses on the resolution of conflict between the norms of various special regimes, whereas other work explores doing in implementing the policies and actions for achieving the mdgs and related devel- opment outcomes. it is a framework for accountability in global development policy.” see http://go.worldbank.org/aece vjfu . see p. newell & j. wheeler, rights, resources and the politics of accountability (institute of de- velopment studies ). id. the putative causes of this fragmentation are discussed in more detail below. ilc study group, conclusions of the work of the study group on the fragmentation of interna- tional law: difficulties arising from the diversification and expansion of international law, un doc. a/cn. /l. ( ). p. m. dupuy, the danger of fragmentation or unification of the international legal system and the international court of justice, n.y.u. j. intl. l. & pol. – ( ); j. pauwleyn, bridging fragmentation and unity: international law as a universe of inter-connected islands, mich. j. intl. l. – ( ); k. wellens & r. vinaixa ed., l’influence des sources sur l’unité et la frag- mentation du droit international (bruylant ). the th meeting of the american society of international law addressed some similar themes in harmony and dissonance in international law ( ). m. koskenniemi & p. leino, fragmentation of international law? postmodern anxieties, leiden j. intl. l. ( ), discuss a range of views on the various risks of fragmentation. b. simma, fragmentation in a positive light, mich. j. intl. l. ( ). for example, m. milanović, norm conflict in international law: whither human rights? http://go.worldbank.org/aece vjfu human rights and development the ways in which norms and institutions from disparate regimes overlap and interact. this chapter adopts the latter approach, applying it to the interac- tion of regimes governing human rights and development. human rights and development: regime interaction and policy coherence what, then, is the nature of the interaction between the regimes governing human rights and development? where and how do the regimes interact at the level of legal and policy discourse? in particular, how are human rights reflected in the development policy frameworks of bilateral and multilateral donors? this section outlines the various levels of formal interaction between the development and human rights regimes in high-level political statements and soft law, as well as the individual policies of particular agencies and insti- tutions. from there, it assesses the nature and quality of the transposition of human rights, whether in general references, as principles, or as legal obliga- tions with direct operational implications. international political statements and soft law soft law measures dating from the s link human rights and development. these recognize that failure to reach development goals impedes the realiza- tion of human rights and that “the achievement of lasting progress in the im- plementation of human rights is dependent upon sound and effective national and international policies of economic and social development.” perhaps the most direct attempt at linking human rights and development emerges in the right to development. in , the un general assembly adopted the declara- tion on the right to development, which pronounces the right to develop- ment as a new human right, one of the so-called third generation of human rights. at the same time these initiatives were under way at the international political level, philosophers such as amartya sen and martha nussbaum were forging links between human rights and development. sen’s concept of devel- opment as freedom, under which the essential goal of development is expand- ing substantive human freedoms, or “capabilities,” has a natural affinity with human rights and human rights–based approaches to development, particu- larly in its emphasis on the importance of voice for marginalized groups. duke j. comp. & intl. l. ( ). m. young ed., regime interaction in international law (cambridge u. press ). for a definition of regimes, see young, supra note . proclamation of teheran, final act of the international conference on human rights, tehe- ran, apr. to may , , un doc. a/conf. / , at ( ). declaration on the right to development, a/res/ / (dec. , ). see also s. marks, emerging human rights: a new generation for the ’s, rutgers l. rev. ( ); s. marks, the human right to development: between rhetoric and reality? harv. hum. rights j. ( ). a. sen, development as freedom (oxford u. press ). the world bank legal review the declaration on the right to development underscores the links be- tween human rights and development by “[r]ecognizing that the human per- son is the central subject of the development process and that development policy should therefore make the human being the main participant and ben- eficiary of development.” article states, “the right to development is an in- alienable human right by virtue of which every human person and all peoples are entitled to participate in, contribute to, and enjoy economic, social, cultural and political development, in which all human rights and fundamental free- doms can be fully realized.” in , the vienna declaration and programme of action, in addition to reaffirming the right to development, asserted that “[d]emocracy, develop- ment, and respect for human rights and fundamental freedoms are interde- pendent and mutually reinforcing.” although such measures represent efforts to connect human rights and development cohesively, they also underscore the fragmentation of interna- tional law by not being binding and by the fact that they do not connect hu- man rights obligations operationally with development. the marginality of the right to development in normative terms and the vagueness surrounding content and meaning in the operational frameworks of development agencies are evidence of the separateness of the human rights and development frame- works rather than an example of their convergence. in , the global community adopted the millennium declaration, which contains commitments to respect human rights and uphold the uni- versal declaration of human rights. this was followed by the millen- vienna declaration and programme of action, a/conf. / ( jul. , ; adopted by the world conference on human rights on jun. , ), paragraph . the discourse around the right to development has often been a polarized one, generat- ing sharp differences between developed and less developed countries in the context of de- mands for redressing economic imbalances and a new international economic order. for a thoughtful review of the history and implications of the right to development, see i. bunn, the right to development: implications for international economic law, am. u. intl. l.j. ( ). on the right to development more generally, see s. choudhury, the right to develop- ment in international law (martinus nijhoff ). section v of the millennium declaration, on human rights, democracy, and good gover- nance, reads: . we will spare no effort to promote democracy and strengthen the rule of law, as well as respect for all internationally recognized human rights and fundamental freedoms, including the right to development. . we resolve therefore: • to respect fully and uphold the universal declaration of human rights. • to strive for the full protection and promotion in all our countries of civil, political, economic, social and cultural rights for all. • to strengthen the capacity of all our countries to implement the principles and prac- tices of democracy and respect for human rights, including minority rights. • to combat all forms of violence against women and to implement the convention on the elimination of all forms of discrimination against women. human rights and development nium summit outcome document, keeping the promises: united to achieve the millennium development goals, which contains several references to human rights and international law instruments, reaffirming full respect for interna- tional law and principles and for all human rights, including the right to development. it also notes that gender equality and women’s full enjoyment of human rights are essential to economic and social development, including the achievement of the mdgs. agencies such as the un office of the high commissioner for human rights (ohchr) have continued to emphasize the importance of human rights to development as part of a broader agenda of international policy coherence. this was affirmed by the un high commis- sioner for human rights in the context of the right to development: “we must foster policy coherence and systemic integration of human rights, including the right to development, across sectors, across institutions and across layers of governance. human aspirations for well-being can be realized only when there is a strong accountability framework.” in the area of aid effectiveness, although the paris declaration on aid effectiveness does not contain any explicit reference to human rights as a cross-cutting theme, it does confirm five core principles deemed essential to improving the effectiveness of development assistance and contributing to meeting the mdgs: ownership, alignment, harmonization, managing for re- sults, and mutual accountability to improve the quality of aid and its impact on development. in , the accra agenda for action (aaa) proclaimed re- spect for human rights as a cornerstone for achieving enduring impact on the • to take measures to ensure respect for and protection of the human rights of mi- grants, migrant workers and their families, to eliminate the increasing acts of racism and xenophobia in many societies and to promote greater harmony and tolerance in all societies. • to work collectively for more inclusive political processes, allowing genuine partici- pation by all citizens in all our countries. • to ensure the freedom of the media to perform their essential role and the right of the public to have access to information. integrated and coordinated implementation of and follow-up to the outcomes of the major un conferences and summits in the economic, social, and related fields. follow-up to the outcome of the millennium summit, a/ /l. (sep. , ). paragraph , millennium summit outcome document. paragraph , millennium summit outcome document. paragraph , millennium summit outcome document. see below for a discussion of international policy coherence. closing statement by the high commissioner for human rights at un general assem- bly event to commemorate the th anniversary of the united nations declaration on the right to development (nov. , ), available at http://www.ohchr.org/en/newsevents /pages/displaynews.aspx?newsid= &langid=e. see http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/ / / .pdf and http://ec.europa.eu/devel opment/icenter/repository/sec_pdf_ _ _f_acte_pcd_en.pdf ( ). paragraph of the paris declaration on aid effectiveness notes the need for “har- monisation efforts on other cross cutting issues such as gender equality and other thematic issues.” http://www.ohchr.org/en/newsevents/pages/displaynews.aspx?newsid= &langid=e http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/ / / .pdf http://ec.europa.eu/development/icenter/repository/sec_pdf_ _ _f_acte_pcd_en.pdf http://www.ohchr.org/en/newsevents/pages/displaynews.aspx?newsid= &langid=e http://ec.europa.eu/development/icenter/repository/sec_pdf_ _ _f_acte_pcd_en.pdf the world bank legal review lives and potential of poor women, men, and children, stating that it is “vital that all our policies address these issues in a more systematic and coherent way.” in paragraph (c), the aaa goes further: “developing countries and do- nors will ensure that their respective development policies and programmes are designed and implemented in ways consistent with their agreed inter- national commitments on gender equality, human rights, disability and en- vironmental sustainability.” the outcome document from the fourth high-level forum on aid effectiveness in busan explicitly preserves the commitments of the aaa and, like the aaa, contains provisions on human rights. in addition, it provides for the right to development and confirms that the “common principles which—consistent with our agreed international commitments on human rights, decent work, gender equality, environmental sustainability and disability—form the foundation of our cooperation for ef- fective development.” the trend among such high-level statements and declarations is clearly in favor of recognizing human rights more explicitly and in terms of obliga- tions and international commitments. this movement promotes a vision of development and human rights that supports international policy coherence and that recognizes the potential impacts of actions in one policy realm on other areas. at the level of general political statements, therefore, the trend increasingly recognizes the relevance of human rights law obligations to de- velopment cooperation, including aid effectiveness. development policies at an institutional level, the policies of many development agencies and banks reflect the points of convergence, albeit in different ways. this section traces the links between human rights and development in these policies, noting the ways in which they approach the question of human rights as the subject of binding international law obligations. references to human rights some policies contain general or preambular references to human rights, but the operational implications of these references remain unclear. such references might cite the importance of human rights in the development process or in- clude provisions regarding the respect of human rights of particular groups; some even go so far as to define human rights by reference to the relevant international legal instruments. examples are found in the indigenous peoples accra agenda for action, paragraph . busan partnership for effective development cooperation, outcome document (dec. , ), paragraph , available at http://www.aideffectiveness.org/busanhlf /images/stories /hlf /outcome_document_-_final_en.pdf. see also references to human rights and rights-based approaches in relation to the millennium declaration (paragraph ) and the role of csos (paragraph ). http://www.aideffectiveness.org/busanhlf /images/stories/hlf /outcome_document_-_final_en.pdf http://www.aideffectiveness.org/busanhlf /images/stories/hlf /outcome_document_-_final_en.pdf human rights and development policies of a number of multilateral development banks, such as the world bank and the inter-american development bank (idb). the idb operational policy on indigenous peoples makes numerous references to indigenous peo- ples’ rights, defined as “the rights of indigenous peoples and individuals, whether originating in the indigenous legislation issued by states, in other rel- evant national legislation, in applicable international norms in force for each country, or in the indigenous juridical systems of each people, hereinafter col- lectively referred to as the ‘applicable legal norms.’” the policy enumerates the relevant international and regional human rights instruments, also mak- ing reference to the jurisprudence of international human rights bodies. human rights as general principles the frameworks of some agencies evidence a more strategic engagement with human rights, acknowledging their importance for development policy and practice and highlighting the links between human rights and sustainable operational policy on indigenous peoples . , the preamble of which reads: “this policy contributes to the bank’s mission of poverty reduction and sustainable development by en- suring that the development process fully respects the dignity, human rights, economies, and cultures of indigenous peoples.” http://idbdocs.iadb.org/wsdocs/getdocument.aspx?docnum= . id., paragraph . . page , footnote , idb operational policy on indigenous peoples, reads: [t]hose international norms in force for each country are defined as follows: interna- tional legislation includes, as in force for each country, the united nations universal declaration of human rights ( ), the international covenant on civil and politi- cal rights ( ), the american convention on human rights ( ), the international covenant on economic, social, and cultural rights ( ), the international conven- tion on the elimination of all forms of racial discrimination ( ), the convention on the rights of the child ( ), the international labor organization (ilo) convention concerning the protection and integration of indigenous and other tribal and semi- tribal populations in independent countries ( ), ilo convention concerning indigenous and tribal populations in independent countries ( ), agenda ad- opted by the united nations conference on environment and development (unced) ( ), and the international convention on biological diversity ( ), as well as the corresponding international jurisprudence of the inter-american court of human rights or similar bodies whose jurisdiction has been accepted by the relevant coun- try. other international instruments currently in preparation, such as the draft united nations declaration on the rights of indigenous peoples and the draft american dec- laration on the rights of indigenous peoples, establish aspirational principles that may be taken into account to the extent that these instruments are finalized and subscribed by the relevant country. the un declaration on the rights of indigenous peoples was adopted by the un general assembly in september . nzaid, human rights policy statement, ( ), available at http://www.nzaid.govt.nz /library/docs/nzaid-human-rights-policy.pdf; danish ministry of foreign affairs, democratisation and human rights for the benefit of the people: strategic priorities for dan- ish support for good governance, page ( ), available at http://www.um.dk/nr /rdonlyres/d b f- a - e e- c -a c f / /draftdhrstrategyfinalver sion .pdf. denmark’s general policy on development, “the right to a better life,” was adopted in . the first of five strands of the strategy is freedom, democracy, and human rights. available at http://um.dk/en/danida-en/goals/strategy/. http://www.nzaid.govt.nz/library/docs/nzaid-human-rights-policy.pdf http://www.um.dk/nr/rdonlyres/d b f- a - e e- c -a c f / /draftdhrstrategyfinalversion .pdf http://um.dk/en/danida-en/goals/strategy/ http://www.nzaid.govt.nz/library/docs/nzaid-human-rights-policy.pdf http://www.um.dk/nr/rdonlyres/d b f- a - e e- c -a c f / /draftdhrstrategyfinalversion .pdf http://www.um.dk/nr/rdonlyres/d b f- a - e e- c -a c f / /draftdhrstrategyfinalversion .pdf http://idbdocs.iadb.org/wsdocs/getdocument.aspx?docnum= the world bank legal review development. others draw connections between the international human rights law framework and the mdgs and compliance with human rights principles and improvements in mdg-oriented development. several agen- cies have well-established human rights mainstreaming policies or policies founded on a rights perspective. such policies promote the integration of hu- man rights into country programs or existing aid interventions across sectors or promote the rights of certain groups such as children, women, minorities and indigenous peoples, or persons with disabilities. human rights–based approaches some governments have adopted human rights–based approaches to develop- ment. at the global level, the united nations is the most prominent example of a general rights-based approach to development, founded directly on the legal obligations enshrined in the un charter, the universal declaration, and human rights and australia’s aid program. from an aid perspective, development and hu- man rights are interdependent and mutually reinforcing. for development to be sustainable, individuals in developing countries must have secure and long-term access to the resources required to satisfy their basic needs, be they economic, social, cultural, civil, or political. at the broadest level, therefore, the entire australian aid program contributes to the realiza- tion of human rights. see http://www.ausaid.gov.au/keyaid/humanrights.cfm. netherlands ministry of foreign affairs, human dignity for all: a human rights strategy for foreign policy. there are major similarities between the mdgs and the objectives of the human rights instruments. both aim to eliminate hunger, improve access to education and health care, and improve the position of women, children, and other vulnerable groups. all the mdgs also have an equivalent in the international human rights instruments, par- ticularly the international covenant on economic, social, and cultural rights (icescr), the convention on the elimination of all forms of discrimination against women (cedaw), and the international convention on the rights of the child (crc). bmz, human rights in german development policy, bmz strategy paper ( ), at section . ; see also germany’s development policy action plan on human rights ( – ). see, for example, f. uggla, mainstreaming at sida: a synthesis report , sida studies in evalu- ation no. ( ), available at http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/ / / .pdf and http://www.sida.se/english/. sweden’s policy for democratic development and human rights in swedish develop- ment cooperation, – . memorandum appendix to government decision - - (uf / /up). “with this policy, the government is raising its level of ambition and clarifying its aims concerning swedish development cooperation in working towards the goal of democratic development and greater respect for human rights in developing countries.” contrasting a rights-based approach and a rights-based perspective, see l. munro, the “human rights-based approach to programming”: a contradiction in terms? in rights-based approaches to development exploring the potential and the pitfalls – (s. hickey & d. mitlin ed., kumarian press ). according to munro, a rights-based approach insists that everything the organiza- tion does be based on human rights, whereas a rights-based perspective is less absolute. for instance, a key aim of germany’s development policy action plan on human rights ( – ) is “systematically integrating a human rights based approach into develop- ment.” available at http://www.bmz.de/en/service/infothek/fach/konzepte/konzept .pdf?follow=adword. see, especially, unicef’s rights-based approach to programming, munro, supra note , at – . for a critical review of human rights–based approaches in development, see m. darrow & a. tomas, power, capture and conflict: a call for human rights accountability in development cooperation, hum. rights q. – ( ). http://www.ausaid.gov.au/keyaid/humanrights.cfm http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/ / / .pdf http://www.bmz.de/en/service/infothek/fach/konzepte/konzept .pdf?follow=adword http://www.bmz.de/en/service/infothek/fach/konzepte/konzept .pdf?follow=adword http://www.sida.se/english/ human rights and development the core un human rights treaties. the un interagency common un- derstanding of a human rights–based agreement was adopted by the un development group (undg) to ensure the consistent application of a human rights–based approach by un agencies, funds, and programs at global and regional levels, especially at the country level in relation to the un common country assessments/un development assistance frameworks (cca /undaf), which were established to strengthen the coherence and effective- ness of the un system’s contribution to countries’ development efforts. the common understanding establishes a set of principles that guide and define a human rights approach; it confirms the central importance of the international human rights treaty framework in all development cooperation programs. the secretary-general’s reform program included a decision, known as “action ,” to mainstream human rights across country programs. ac- tion was followed by further reform programs in and backed by the commitment of world leaders at the un world summit to mainstream human rights within their national policies and in the development programs of the united nations. several un agencies have led efforts to catalog their experiences and guidance on integrating human rights and rights-based approaches. in november , the undg established a human rights the human rights based approach to development cooperation towards a common understanding among un agencies, available at http://www.undg.org/archive_docs / -the_human_rights_based_approach_to_development_cooperation_towards_a _common_understanding_among_un.pdf. those principles are . all programmes of development co-operation, policies and technical assistance should further the realisation of human rights as laid down in the universal declara- tion of human rights and other international human rights instruments. . human rights standards contained in, and principles derived from, the universal declaration of human rights and other international human rights instruments guide all development cooperation and programming in all sectors and in all phases of the programming process. . development cooperation contributes to the development of the capacity to meet their obligations and/or of “‘rights-holders’’ to claim their rights. secretary-general, strengthening of the united nations: an agenda for further change, a/ / (sep. , ), from which the strengthening and mainstreaming of human rights in the un have come to be known as “action .” action , related to strengthening un support for the promotion and protection of human rights worldwide, was adopted by undg, echa, and ohchr in pursuant to the secretary-general’s report. its main goal is to develop the capacity of un humanitarian and development operations to strengthen national human rights promotion and protection systems consistent with international norms and principles. see http://www.un.org/events/action /. paragraph contains the commitment to integrate the promotion and protection of human rights into national policies and support the further mainstreaming of human rights through- out the un system. see also secretary-general, in larger freedom: towards security, develop- ment and human rights for all (un ), available at http://www.un.org/largerfreedom/. world summit outcome: resolution adopted by the un ga a/res/ / . unicef guidelines for human rights based programming approach cf/exd/ - (apr. , ), available at http://www.fao.org/righttofood/kc/downloads/vl/docs / .pdf; undp, human rights in undp: a practice note (apr. ), available at http:// http://www.undg.org/archive_docs/ -the_human_rights_based_approach_to_development_cooperation_towards_a_common_understanding_among_un.pdf http://www.un.org/events/action / http://www.fao.org/righttofood/kc/downloads/vl/docs/ .pdf http://www.undg.org/archive_docs/ -the_human_rights_based_approach_to_development_cooperation_towards_a_common_understanding_among_un.pdf http://www.undg.org/archive_docs/ -the_human_rights_based_approach_to_development_cooperation_towards_a_common_understanding_among_un.pdf http://www.fao.org/righttofood/kc/downloads/vl/docs/ .pdf http://www.un.org/largerfreedom/ http://www.undp.org/governance/docs/hrpn_english.pdf the world bank legal review mainstreaming mechanism, supported by a multidonor trust fund, to coor- dinate un systemwide work on human rights in development cooperation. human rights obligations as a policy frame some policies integrate human rights explicitly in terms of international law obligations. in these policies, human rights have potentially far-reaching impli- cations because the policies rely on the legally binding quality of human rights to ground their approach, even if the references are more general and operate as an overall frame. for example, a tenet of the austrian development coop- eration (adc) human rights policy document ( ) establishes “[h]uman rights as a normative principle, as a programming principle, and as an in- strument for evaluating interventions.” the adc policy states: “a stronger link between these two areas offers a legally based framework and a planning instrument for policies and programs. it steers the focus in poverty reduction away from the needs of the poor towards the obligations of the state and the capabilities/potential of citizens to demand their rights.” like a number of other bilateral aid agencies, the swedish international development coopera- tion agency (sida) has a well-established practice of mainstreaming human rights. in keeping with this practice, sweden’s policy for democratic devel- opment and human rights in swedish development cooperation highlights the human rights perspective, which it defines based on the un universal declaration of human rights and international and regional human rights conventions, and further confirms that “[a]lthough contradictions or tension may exist between different rights, states cannot choose to disregard certain of their obligations under international law.” new zealand’s international aid and development agency document human rights policy statement ( ) and its human rights implementa- tion plan of action – similarly confirm the role of donor and partner human rights treaty obligations in linking human rights and development. likewise, the policy of german development cooperation rests on common human rights law obligations. germany’s development policy action plan www.undp.org/governance/docs/hrpn_english.pdf. the undp strategic plan, – makes numerous references to human rights and clarifies the role of the program: “ . un- derscores that while undp should uphold universal united nations norms and standards, including those related to human rights, undp does not have any normative or monitor- ing role with regard to human rights.” undp strategic plan, – : accelerating global progress on human development, dp/ / /rev. , (may , ). more generally, see e. mandeville, united nations development programme, in encyclopedia of human rights – (d. forsythe ed., oxford u. press ). see, for example, uggla, supra note . memorandum appendix to government decision - - (uf / /up). “with this policy, the government is raising its level of ambition and clarifying its aims concerning swedish development cooperation in working towards the goal of democratic development and greater respect for human rights in developing countries.” see munro, supra note . sida, memorandum appendix to government decision - - , . http://www.undp.org/governance/docs/hrpn_english.pdf human rights and development on human rights – highlights the shared obligations of donors and partners under human rights treaties: human rights provide us with legally binding standards to which we, in common with our partner countries, have committed our- selves inside and outside our borders. we have jointly ratified inter- national human rights treaties and so it is our joint responsibility to work for the respect, protection and fulfillment of human rights. by meeting our obligations, we want to help our partners specifically and effectively to meet theirs. the bmz strategy paper human rights in german development policy supports this view, affirming that human rights form the overarching framework for development policy. it states that the implementation of hu- man rights conventions is a legally binding obligation and that this “provides the binding frame of reference for germany’s development cooperation with partner countries.” among multilaterals, the un system’s human rights approach and un guidance in development activities are broadly based on human rights treaty obligations, even if the broader question of the un’s own human rights ob- ligations remains contested. a sophisticated example is unicef’s human rights–based programming approach, which treats the convention on the rights of the child (crc) as a central programming document, relying on it di- rectly and explicitly. in addition, although the committee on the rights of the child is the monitoring body established by the crc, and although unicef does not have a formal role in monitoring crc compliance, unicef has, over time, become active in all stages of the reporting process. in this respect, the unicef example illustrates the possibility of institutional coordination be- tween development programming and treaty monitoring activities. the position of other international organizations has similarly signaled broader recognition of the role of human rights in development. the oecd development assistance committee’s ( ) action-oriented policy paper on human rights and development (aopp) is predicated on a vision of human rights as integral to development and of human rights and equitable, sus- tainable development being mutually reinforcing. this approach is squarely bmz, development policy action plan on human rights – , . the policy also includes a comprehensive list of human rights treaty resources ( – ). bmz human rights in german development policy, bmz strategy paper , introductory summary, paragraph ( ). see supra note . see, for example, undaf guidelines available at www.undg.org. within the undg, imple- menting a human rights–based approach to development programming is the focus of the human rights mainstreaming mechanism (hrm); see also the un common learning pack- age on human rights–based approach. for a thorough and thoughtful analysis of this question in the context of the un’s develop- ment operations, see m. darrow & l. arbour, the pillar of glass: human rights in the develop- ment operations of the united nations, am. j. intl. l. ( ). www.undg.org the world bank legal review based on the international human rights law framework: “human rights con- stitute a unique, internationally shared and accepted normative framework, reflecting global moral and political values. international human rights law has evolved to protect and safeguard the integrity and dignity of the person, by establishing legal obligations on states.” the first of principles, intended to serve as a basic orientation on human rights in key development areas and activities where donor harmonization is of particular relevance, states: “build a shared understanding of the links between human rights obligations and development priorities through dialogue.” another acknowledgment of the place of human rights obligations in de- velopment policy, albeit indirectly and from a private sector perspective, is the international finance corporation (ifc) policy on enviromental and social sustainability, which is part of the ifc sustainability framework. the policy recognizes the responsibility of business to respect human rights inde- pendently of state duties to respect, protect, and fulfill human rights. in a footnote to the term “human rights,” the policy states that “for the purposes of this policy, ifc shall be guided by the international bill of rights and the eight core conventions of the international labour organization.” human rights as operational norms in development policy frameworks despite the broad support for human rights adduced in the policies reviewed above, not all such provisions translate into a reliance on human rights in a direct operational sense. indeed, not all agencies with human rights–related policies accept that they are under a legal obligation to promote and respect human rights, and intrinsic arguments for including human rights in develop- ment cooperation are not always limited to legal ones. subtle differences in terminology are also discernible in some policies’ treatment of human rights in terms of responsibilities rather than in more definite legal terms such as obligations with specific policy consequences resulting from their invocation. the policies of a number of agencies and institutions are distinguished by the strength of the legal and policy provisions integrating human rights, with the potential for significant operational implications. at their strongest, such policies emphasize human rights as a shared legal framework, highlight- ing both partner and donor obligations under international human rights law and offering concrete operational entry points for their application in devel- opment activities. http://www .ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/topics_ext_content/ifc_external_corporate _site/ifc+sustainability/sustainability+framework. ifc policy on environmental and social sustainability ( jan. , ), paragraph , avail- able at http://www .ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/ a dcb efaa c a a/sp _english_ .pdf?mod=ajperes. id. oecd dac, integrating human rights into development: donor approaches, challenges and ex- periences (oedc ), study by l.-h. piron & t. o’neil. http://www .ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/topics_ext_content/ifc_external_corporate_site/ifc+sustainability/sustainability+framework http://www .ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/ a dcb efaa c a a/sp_english_ .pdf?mod=ajperes http://www .ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/topics_ext_content/ifc_external_corporate_site/ifc+sustainability/sustainability+framework http://www .ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/ a dcb efaa c a a/sp_english_ .pdf?mod=ajperes human rights and development the european union provides an example of a policy approach connect- ing the dictates of the international human rights law frameworks and the pol- icy requirements applicable in development cooperation. although its trade and external policies have been critiqued for internal incoherencies, for their potential negative impacts on human rights in developing countries, and for failing to fully integrate human rights, the eu has, since , adopted “a distinct policy” on human rights in its external relations. as a result a human rights clause is introduced into all trade and development agreements with third countries or nonmembers, making the protection of human rights an es- sential element of any trade and development agreement. as with a number of the bilateral examples discussed above, the centrality of human rights to eu development cooperation draws explicitly on legal commitments that are both internal and external to the eu itself, anchoring human rights opera- tionally in development through the treaty obligations of member states. thus, article of the cotonou agreement makes the respect of human rights an essential element of the agreement, basing that clause explicitly on interna- tional obligations and commitments concerning respect for human rights. b. mahnkopf, eu multilateral trade policy: neither coherent nor development friendly, global labour university working paper no. (feb. ). j. nwobike, the application of human rights in african caribbean and pacific–european union development and trade partnership, ( ) german l.j. ( ). examples include the fu- ture potential human rights impact (ex ante study) of eu economic partnership agreements on dairy and honey farmers in zambia and the right to food of milk and maize farmers in uganda ( ). “the essential element” of an agreement, or the “human rights essential element clause.” see eu council decision / . human rights clauses in community agreements with non- member countries (may , ). see also commission communication on the inclusion of respect for democratic principles and human rights in agreements between the commu- nity and third countries com ( ) (may , ). m. cremona, human rights and democracy clauses in the ec’s trade agreements, in the euro- pean union and world trade law after the gatt uruguay round (n. emiliou & d. o’keefe ed., wiley ); e. reidel & m. will, human rights clauses in external agreements of the ec, in the eu and human rights (p. alston ed., oxford u. press ). see also cotonou agreement—partnership agreement between the ec and acp countries, concluded in , a revised version of which entered into force on july , . negotiations for a second round of revisions were concluded on march , . http://www.ihrnetwork.org/eu-development-policies_ .htm. internal commitments are based on the treaty on european union and were confirmed in the treaty of amsterdam and the eu charter of fundamental rights and the european instrument for democratization and human rights ( ). according to the international human rights network, “human rights are central to eu development cooperation matching similar commitments to its humanitarian aid and common foreign and security policy. the policies flow from the legal obligations of its member states, as well as from eu treaty provisions which recognize human rights as com- mon values underpinning eu partnership and dialogue with third countries.” see http:// www.ihrnetwork.org/eu-development-policies_ .htm. article of the cotonou agreement provides: essential elements and fundamental element . cooperation shall be directed towards sustainable development centered on the hu- man person, who is the main protagonist and beneficiary of development; this entails http://www.ihrnetwork.org/eu-development-policies_ .htm http://www.ihrnetwork.org/eu-development-policies_ .htm http://www.ihrnetwork.org/eu-development-policies_ .htm the world bank legal review the centrality of human rights treaties is similarly reflected in the eu european instrument for democracy and human rights. this instrument establishes a mechanism under which the community provides assistance within the framework of the community’s policy on development coopera- tion and economic, financial, and technical cooperation with third countries, consistent with eu foreign policy as a whole, contributing to the develop- ment and consolidation of democracy and the rule of law and of respect for all human rights and fundamental freedoms. the instrument draws directly from international and regional human rights legal frameworks, and its aims are squarely based on human rights and the international and regional legal frameworks that enforce them. other developments in the eu con- text reveal the increasing relevance of international human rights standards respect for and promotion of all human rights. respect for all human rights and fun- damental freedoms, including respect for fundamental social rights, democracy based on the rule of law and transparent and accountable governance are an integral part of sustainable development. . the parties refer to their international obligations and commitments concerning re- spect for human rights. they reiterate their deep attachment to human dignity and human rights, which are legitimate aspirations of individuals and peoples. human rights are universal, indivisible and inter-related. the parties undertake to promote and protect all fundamental freedoms and human rights, be they civil and political, or economic, social and cultural. in this context, the parties reaffirm the equality of men and women. . . . respect for human rights, democratic principles and the rule of law, which underpin the acp-eu partnership, shall underpin the domestic and interna- tional policies of the parties and constitute the essential elements of this agreement. . . . these areas will also be a focus of support for development strategies. the community shall provide support for political, institutional and legal reforms and for building the capacity of public and private actors and civil society in the framework of strategies agreed jointly between the state concerned and the community. regulation (ec) no. / of the european parliament and of the council of december , , on establishing a financing instrument for the promotion of democracy and human rights worldwide, . . en official j. of the european union l. / . paragraph provides: “the community’s contribution to the development and consolida- tion of democracy and the rule of law, and of respect for human rights and fundamental freedoms is rooted in the general principles established by the international bill of human rights, and any other human rights instrument adopted within the framework of the united nations, as well as relevant regional human rights instruments.” paragraph (a) provides: “such assistance shall aim in particular at (a) enhancing the re- spect for and observance of human rights and fundamental freedoms, as proclaimed in the universal declaration of human rights and other international and regional human rights instruments.” paragraph (b) provides: “such assistance shall aim in particular at (a) enhancing the re- spect for and observance of human rights and fundamental freedoms, as proclaimed in the universal declaration of human rights and other international and regional human rights instruments.” however, it is worth noting that the recent eu communication on the mdgs does not highlight the role of human rights frameworks in any significant way, other than to mention that “[mdgs] emphasize the importance of a human rights based approach to development.” european commisssion, a twelve-point eu action plan in support of the mil- lennium development goals, communication from the commission to the european parliament, the council, the european economic and social committee and the regions, ( ). see also annual action programme for the european instrument for the promotion of democracy and human rights worldwide (eu commission mar. , ). human rights and development in fostering sustainable development in eu trade policy. examples include the european parliament resolution that encourages greater cooperation at the multinational level between the world trade organization (wto) and the main un institutions in the human rights field. this resolution states that the parliament considers that closer links with the office of the united nations high commissioner for human rights via special procedures would be par- ticularly useful to provide a multilateral trade framework that would enhance respect for human rights and considers, similarly, that the high commission’s expertise could be taken into account by wto panels and the appeals body when cases of serious breaches of human rights are observed. in addition, the parliament’s resolution considers that the human rights council’s universal periodic review should be a useful tool to monitor compliance with human rights provisions in international trade agreements and supports the practice of including legally binding human rights clauses in the eu’s international agreements. the eu development policy landscape was further defined by new poli- cies on the future of development policy and the instrument of budget support in october . increasing the impact of eu development policy: an agenda for change seeks to focus aid on fewer countries and fewer sectors while prioritiz- ing human rights, democracy, and other key elements of good governance. the eu commission’s position on budget support to third countries reiterates the linkage between human rights and development, indicating that its proposed approach “would lead to enhanced importance of human rights, democracy and good governance trends in determining the mix of instru- ments and aid modalities at country level.” the european investment bank (eib) provides another example of broad legal and policy commitment to human rights. as an eu institution, eib is bound by the eu charter of fundamental rights and takes the charter as a point of departure. eib policy integrates an approach to human rights focused on respect for environmental, social, and economic rights and takes european parliament resolution of november , , on human rights and social and en- vironmental standards in international trade agreements ( / [ini]). for a critical view of the traditional models on the value added of human rights in trade, see a. lang, the role of the human rights movement in trade policy-making: human rights as a trigger for policy learning, new zealand j. pub. intl. law. – ( ). european commission, increasing the impact of eu development policy: an agenda for change (eu commission oct. , ), available at http://ec.europa.eu/europeaid/what/devel opment-policies/documents/agenda_for_change_en.pdf. european commission, the future approach to eu budget support to third countries (eu commission oct. , ). the policy provides that “the eu should assess whether pre-conditions exist to entrust good governance and development contracts to a partner country, i.e.; whether fundamental values of human rights, democracy and rule of law or a clear path towards international standards exist and whether such a contract could clearly act as a driver to accelerate this movement.” http://www.eib.org/about/news/business-and-human-rights.htm. http://ec.europa.eu/europeaid/what/development-policies/documents/agenda_for_change_en.pdf http://www.eib.org/about/news/business-and-human-rights.htm http://ec.europa.eu/europeaid/what/development-policies/documents/agenda_for_change_en.pdf the world bank legal review human rights considerations into account in its project evaluations. the eib is reviewing its existing project social performance standards in light of the prin- ciples of the un respect, protect, and remedy framework and will update existing project guidelines and operational practices based on the outcome of that review. the direct links between human rights and development frameworks are evident in the framework document of the new economic partnership for africa’s development (nepad), which contains several references to hu- man rights as a foundation, objective, and responsibility of the mechanism. it recognizes that “development is impossible in the absence of true demo- cracy, respect for human rights, peace, and good governance.” the african peer review mechanism (aprm), which operates as part of the nepad, links the final stage of its review to existing human rights mechanisms such as the african commission on human rights. in this, the african-led policy is an example of a framework that explicitly links development with human rights and human rights obligations as well as the regional institutional mech- anism that monitors them. some donors specify that human rights obligations operate as minimum legal standards against which their development activities are judged for con- sistency. in these instances, human rights treaty obligations are operationally connected with the core of development cooperation policies and activities. an example of this is canada’s official development assistance account- ability act, which contains a human rights clause requiring development op- erations financed by canada to be consistent with international human rights standards. see infra note . http://www.nepad.org/home/lang/en. id., paragraph . the nepad has, as one of its foundations, the expansion of democratic frontiers and the deepening of the culture of human rights. a democratic africa will become a pillar of world democracy, human rights, and tolerance. the resources of the world cur- rently dedicated to resolving civil and interstate conflict could therefore be freed for more rewarding endeavors. id., paragraph . an important accountability-related mechanism to the nepad, the aprm is an instru- ment voluntarily acceded to by member states of the african union (au) as an african self- monitoring mechanism. the aprm is central to the nepad process for the socioeconomic development of africa. the aprm base document, available at http://www.chr.up.ac.za/hr_docs/aprm/docs /book .pdf, article , states: “six months after the report has been considered by the heads of state and government of the participating member countries, it should be formally and publicly tabled in key regional and sub-regional structures such as the pan-african parliament, the african commission on human and peoples’ rights, the envisaged peace and security council and the economic, social and cultural council (ecosocc) of the african union.” see analogies with the idb policy linkages to the inter-american court of human rights discussed in the subsection references to human rights. canada, official development assistance accountability act, which came into force on june , , states in section ( ): “official development assistance may be provided only if http://www.chr.up.ac.za/hr_docs/aprm/docs/book .pdf http://www.nepad.org/home/lang/en http://www.chr.up.ac.za/hr_docs/aprm/docs/book .pdf human rights and development the european bank for reconstruction and development (ebrd) adopts a similar approach, establishing direct operational implications for human rights obligations in development activities. unlike other multilateral devel- opment banks (mdbs), the agreement establishing the ebrd sets forth a po- litical mandate for the ebrd to further the transition to multiparty democracy and to encourage a respect for human rights, making an explicit provision for human rights in its preamble. thus, “the preamble and the phrasing of ar- ticle seem to imply that the founding members expected that the ebrd in its operations would be sensitive to the human rights of residents in the countries of its operation.” building on its foundational agreement, the ebrd’s environmental and social policy incorporates human rights as a minimum standard defined in accordance with human rights instruments. “the ebrd will not knowingly finance projects that would contravene obligations under international treaties and agreements related to environmental protection, human rights and sustainable development as identified through project appraisal.” the fact that the baseline underpinning this policy is rooted in human rights treaties has not insulated the ebrd from ngo criticism that the bank’s commitment to human rights is weak in practice. a similar example is found in the council of europe development bank (ceb), administered under the authority of the council of europe, which has the protection and promotion of human rights as one of its principal aims. the competent minister is of the opinion that it (a) contributes to poverty reduction; (b) takes into account the perspectives of the poor; and (c) is consistent with international human rights standards.” the preamble of the agreement establishing the ebrd provides that contracting parties are: [c]ommitted to the fundamental principles of multiparty democracy, the rule of law, re- spect for human rights and market economics; . . . welcoming the intent of central and eastern european countries to further the practical implementation of multiparty de- mocracy, strengthening democratic institutions, the rule of law and respect for human rights and their willingness to implement reforms in order to evolve towards market- oriented economies. article provides: purpose in contributing to economic progress and reconstruction, the purpose of the bank shall be to foster the transition towards open market-oriented economies and to promote private and entrepreneurial initiative in the central and eastern european countries committed to and applying the principles of multiparty democracy, pluralism and mar- ket economics. a. mcauley, european bank for reconstruction and development, in oxford encyclopedia of human rights vol. , , (d. forsythe ed., oxford u. press ). ebrd, environmental and social policy, paragraph . paragraph specifies that ebrd’s country and sector strategies should summarize the principal environmental, human rights, gender equality, and other social issues in the relevant country or sector and sets out the ebrd’s proposals for taking these issues into account in its operations, where appropriate. see http://www.ebrd.org/pages/about/principles/sustainability/policy.shtml. for a brief discussion of such critiques, see a. mcauley, the european bank for reconstruction and development, in oxford encyclopedia of human rights (d. forsythe ed., oxford u. press ). http://www.ebrd.org/pages/about/principles/sustainability/policy.shtml the world bank legal review the ceb is institutionally grounded in human rights, and the secretary gen- eral of the council of europe is required to review all project applications to assess whether they conform to the political and social aims of the council of europe. thus, the ceb’s human rights framework includes loan regula- tions that require projects to conform to provisions of the convention for the protection of human rights and fundamental freedoms and the european social charter. in addition, the ceb environmental policy, which describes the environmental and social principles that guide its project-related opera- tions, connects socially and environmentally sustainable development to hu- man rights and mandates that “the ceb will not knowingly finance projects which are identified as undermining human rights.” in a similar vein, albeit domestically rather than externally focused, the council of europe parliamen- tary assembly adopted a resolution inviting its member states to be guided by ohchr’s principles and guidelines on a human rights approach to poverty reduction in their policymaking and budget decisions. human rights and development: initial observations on regime interaction as the foregoing review illustrates, the interaction of human rights and de- velopment regimes is significant and increasing but widely divergent. it is difficult, however, to discern an automatic consequence from the mere men- tion of human rights (or even human rights obligations) in a development pol- icy framework. even the adoption of a human rights policy or human rights mainstreaming approach does not necessarily have immediate or concrete op- erational consequences. not every such policy or provision requires particular forms of assessments or analyses, nor will each generate specific guidelines or parameters in financing decisions or dialogues. the review reveals the limited engagement of most development policy frameworks with human rights as binding legal obligations. in many instances, human rights are referred to in general or preambular terms; in others, they receive mention as principles or cross-cutting themes—none of which has a clear legally binding underpinning. moreover, more explicit and elaborate ar- ticulations of the links between human rights and development, such as in ceb, policy for loan and project financing, adopted june under administrative council resolution , council of europe, paris, available at http://www.coebank.org /upload/legal/en/ppfp_english.pdf. these ceb contractual covenants are a unique fea- ture: ceb can suspend, cancel, and/or demand early reimbursement of a loan if a project’s implementation leads to a human rights violation. (see, for example, article . (g)(iii) of the ceb loan regulations.) ceb, environmental policy, available at http://www.coebank.org/upload/infocentre /brochure/en/environmental_policy.pdf#search=% environmental% . council of europe parliamentary report and draft resolution, doc. , combating pov- erty (mar. , ), paragraph , provides: “the assembly strongly supports the principles and guidelines for a human rights approach to poverty reduction strategies proposed by the office of the united nations high commissioner for human rights (unhchr) and invites member states to take due account of the guidelines in their public policymaking and relevant budgetary decisions.” http://www.coebank.org/upload/legal/en/ppfp_english.pdf http://www.coebank.org/upload/infocentre/brochure/en/environmental_policy.pdf#search=% environmental% http://www.coebank.org/upload/legal/en/ppfp_english.pdf http://www.coebank.org/upload/infocentre/brochure/en/environmental_policy.pdf#search=% environmental% human rights and development the declaration of the right to development and the various resolutions built upon it, are not legally binding. most of the policy examples that integrate hu- man rights obligations do so in ways confined to particular policies, themes, or groups, or in a manner so general that their specific impacts are hard to identify. the operational impacts of human rights legal obligations are only beginning to be explored in policies like those of the european union or can- ada, where human rights obligations are operative in a direct legal and policy sense and they trigger some immediate consequence or action. in addition, although the trend in both political statements and develop- ment policies appears to be greater integration of human rights in develop- ment policy and a gradual recognition of the potential relevance of human rights obligations in development contexts, the majority of development pol- icy frameworks evidence the separability of human rights and development and the fragmentation of international law. human rights, development, and the fragmentation of international law fragmentation of international law: causes and consequences why are there such significant divergences and disconnects between human rights and development? why do these disconnects persist when the same countries are parties to the human rights treaties and members of develop- ment agencies and banks? the reasons are similar to those underpinning the fragmentation of law in general. some practitioners opine that not only has there never been a single global legislature or appellate court to mold a unified body of law, but there has never been a uniform will for such a sys- tem. instead, states have implicitly or explicitly conceived of particular issues and problems and responded by agreeing to new laws and supporting inter- national organizations. some observers go further and argue that the “un- wieldy and intransigent nature of regimes is often intentional and may reflect a wish by powerful states to protect their dominance.” other reasons for fragmentation and impediments to coherent regime interaction include lack of coordination at the domestic level, states adopting inconsistent national po- sitions across different international fora, and a lack of transparency within particular regimes. on the diversity of policy formulations that emanate from international organizations, see alston, supra note , at – , who argues that diversity can be explained by “a desire to maintain as much policy flexibility as possible. this helps to accommodate a broad array of approaches on the part of different governments, gives the organization itself considerable leeway to define or redefine its priorities, and makes it easier to move away from failed poli- cies towards new ones” ( ). m. young, introduction, in young, supra note , at . id., at . young, supra note , at . the world bank legal review the specific reasons for the divergences between human rights and de- velopment regimes are thus complex and multifaceted, varying across institu- tions and over time. they are often connected with historically entrenched understandings of institutional roles and mandates and linked to the pre- dominance of different disciplines, evidence bases, premises, and values within those different regimes. “functional differentiation leads to path de- pendency, higher transaction costs, ‘tunnel vision’ and even solipsistic and imperial tendencies within regimes.” the separateness may be rooted in legal factors, such as the emergence of the relevant frameworks at different times; the fact that laws (treaties) are implemented by different institutions with different powers of enforcement and relative strengths; the absence of a uniform ratification of the laws (treaties) by all member states; and the fact that the laws aim to fulfill particular sets of preferences within the interna- tional legal system that may not be in harmony. in the case of development agencies, these factors are underscored by es- tablished legal interpretations of constitutive instruments, which in some cases include strong political prohibitions that have special relevance for human rights. governments take very different positions on human rights, even more so when human rights are connected with development interventions or aid resource allocations. indeed, the reluctance to connect development co- operation policies and activities with human rights legal obligations may be attributable to the clarity, enforceability, and lack of flexibility such obligations impose. they may also be reinforced by perceptions of human rights obliga- tions as less amenable to measurement or less empirically based. what are the consequences of such fragmentation? what practical prob- lems or risks does it generate, and how do these translate for human rights in the context of development? s. mcinerney-lankford, human rights and development: some institutional perspectives, ( ) netherlands q. hum. rights ( ). y. yokata, non-political character of the world bank, japanese ann. intl. l. ( ). see d. seymour & j. pincus, human rights and economics: the conceptual basis for their com- plementarity, dev. pol. rev. – ( ). young, introduction, in young, supra note , at . see discussion of parallel membership below. young, supra note , at – . see, for example, in relation to the ibrd, i. shihata, political activity prohibited, in world bank legal papers – (martinus nijhoff ); i. shihata, the exclusion of political consideration in the bank’s articles—its meaning and scope in the context of the institutional evolution, in the world bank in a changing world: selected essays – (martinus nijhoff ). also relevant in this context is i. shihata, human rights, development and international financial institutions, in the world bank in a changing world: selected essays and lectures volume ii – (martinus nijhoff ), to be contrasted with ebrd, political aspects of the mandate of the european bank for reconstruction and development ( ), available at http://www.ebrd.org/pages /research/publications/institutional/procedures.shtml, and political aspects of the mandate of the european bank for reconstruction and development in relation to ethnic minorities ( ), available at http://www.ebrd.org/pages/research/publications/institutional/ethnic.shtml. http://www.ebrd.org/pages/research/publications/institutional/procedures.shtml http://www.ebrd.org/pages/research/publications/institutional/ethnic.shtml http://www.ebrd.org/pages/research/publications/institutional/procedures.shtml human rights and development although some commentators have argued that fragmentation is inevi- table and endemic to international law, and others note the ways in which it may benefit specialized regimes, many point to the risks of systemic ambi- guity and incoherence. the first and most obvious consequence of fragmenta- tion is the undermining of coherence in international law in general and in- ternational policy coherence in particular. policy coherence aims to prevent duplication and avoid contradiction in government policy actions by promot- ing consistency across related subject matters and assessing the impacts of di- verse areas of international policy on one another. it operates both vertically —ensuring that states implement treaty obligations through laws, policies, and processes—and horizontally—ensuring that state policies across sectors, departments, or ministries are consistent or compatible with one another. promoting international policy coherence is an objective of growing im- portance for international development agencies and organizations. in the context of development, this objective aims to “ensure that government poli- cies are mutually supportive of the countries’ development goals.” it implies “strengthening synergies and weeding out inconsistencies between non-aid policies and development objectives.” the eu has made policy coherence a point of emphasis in development, particularly since the lisbon treaty; in a growing body of literature is emerging on global administrative law that addresses, among other themes, the constraints and enduring reasons for “nonconvergence” and assesses the normative case for and against the promotion of a unified field of global administrative law; see, for example, b. kingsbury, n. krisch, & r. stewart, the emergence of global administrative law, l. & contem. probs. ( ); and b. kingsbury, introduction: global administrative law in the institutional practice of global regulatory governance, in world bank legal review international financial institutions and global legal governance – (world bank ). s. humphreys, technology transfer in three regimes, in young, supra note , at , citing the ilc study group, supra note . b. simma, fragmentation in a positive light, mich. j. intl. l. ( ). see, for example, m. salomon, global responsibility for human rights (oxford u. press ). http://www.oecd.org/document/ / , ,en_ _ _ _ _ _ _ , .html. this idea has relevance to efforts in the un human rights mechanisms to enhance coherence and harmonization among treaty bodies; see un report of the working group on harmonisa- tion of working methods of treaty bodies ( jan. , ); report on working methods of the hu- man rights treaty bodies relating to state party reporting processes: note by the secretariat, hri /mc/ / ( jun. , ); and report on the implementation of recommendations of the th intercommittee meeting and the th meeting of chair persons, note by the secretariat, hri /mc/ / (may , ). oecd, declaration on policy coherence for development, c/min( ) /final ( jun. , ). european commission, eu report on policy coherence for development, commission staff working paper (dec. , ). article of the lisbon treaty requires that “[t]he union shall take account of the objec- tives of development cooperation in the policies that it implements which are likely to affect developing countries.” some observers have voiced criticism of the implementation of this objective, including in relation to human rights. see http://coherence.concordeurope.org /pdf/concord_report_ _aw_lores.pdf. see also eu report on policy coherence for devel- opment ( ), available at http://ec.europa.eu/development/icenter/repository/publica tion_coherence_def_en.pdf. http://www.oecd.org/document/ / , ,en_ _ _ _ _ _ _ , .html http://coherence.concordeurope.org/pdf/concord_report_ _aw_lores.pdf http://ec.europa.eu/development/icenter/repository/publication_coherence_def_en.pdf http://coherence.concordeurope.org/pdf/concord_report_ _aw_lores.pdf http://ec.europa.eu/development/icenter/repository/publication_coherence_def_en.pdf the world bank legal review may , the european parliament created the standing rapporteur on policy coherence for development, responsible for facilitating interaction between the parliamentary committee on development and other committees. policy coherence for development focal points have also been appointed within the european commission directorates-general and the external action service. in , the ministers of organization for economic cooperation and development (oecd) countries issued a declaration on policy coherence for development, which acknowledges the increased economic interdepen- dence among countries, as well as between development policies and oth- er areas of public policy. although it does not mention human rights, the declaration stresses the importance of policy coherence in achieving interna- tionally agreed-upon development goals, including those contained in the millennium declaration, which includes commitments related to human rights. the oecd launched an international platform for policy coherence in development: “oecd countries recognize the need for greater coherence in policies across sectors that affect developing countries. aid alone cannot address the needs of the developing world. policies in areas like agriculture, trade, investment, migration and others have a profound impact on develop- ing countries, yet they often work at cross-purposes.” fragmentation and policy incoherence are apposite in the context of hu- man rights, including threats to “the quality and coherence of international law as a whole and resulting in serious conflicts and tensions between pro- grammes and principles.” such fragmentation has potential impacts on the levels of protection afforded by international human rights law through the emergence of “special normative regimes in various areas of technical cooper- ation described as ‘self contained’ in order to highlight their operation outside the general international law.” this in turn potentially leads to “the erosion of international law, conflicting jurisprudence, forum shopping and the loss of legal security”; some argue that it undermines the international rule of law. it is not inconceivable that development and human rights regimes yield different interpretations of the same rule of international law, which risks gen- oecd, policy coherence for development. for example, paragraph . paragraph contains states’ pledge to “ensure the implementa- tion, by states parties, of treaties in areas such as arms control and disarmament and of international humanitarian law and human rights law.” see also paragraphs – and . http://www.oecd.org/department/ , ,en_ _ _ _ _ _ _ , .html. i. brownlie, the rights of peoples in modern international law, in the rights of peoples , ( j. crawford ed., clarendon press ). b. simma, self contained regimes, netherlands yearbook intl. l. , ( ); kosken- niemi & leino, infra note , at . ilc study group, supra note , paragraph . m. scheinin, human rights treaties and the vienna convention on the law of treaties—conflicts or harmony, in the status of international treaties on human rights – (venice commission ed., council of european publishing ). http://www.oecd.org/department/ , ,en_ _ _ _ _ _ _ , .html human rights and development erating confusion and even injustice. this has led some observers to point to the risk of a lower standard of protection due to a special regime not tak- ing into account more detailed guidance or robust protection provided for in general law or by other organizations. others point to the failure to assess human rights impacts of policy measures, noting the potentially detrimental consequences for human rights in developing countries. the growth of development law or policy-making processes alongside the proliferation of human rights law and standards exemplifies the phenomenon of the fragmentation of international law. the growing reach of development policy and transgovernmental regulation into areas governed by human rights treaties increases the likelihood of regime interaction between human rights and development, as evidenced in the substantive and policy overlaps described above. the potential for norm conflict is a growing problem inher- ent in the fragmentation of international law due to the partial and poorly un- derstood points of convergence between human rights and development re- gimes and the lack of clarity around operational implications of human rights provisions in development frameworks. this situation is heightened by the neglect of human rights obligations and the absence of a clear, governing legal baseline where regimes do interact and their norms conflict. the fragmentation in general and these specific consequences in particu- lar generate a risk of accountability gaps for human rights in development processes and outcomes. although rights and accountability interact in complex ways in any setting, and although they play an especially complex and dynamic role in development, the point here is that neglecting rights m. koskenniemi & p. leino, fragmentation of international law? postmodern anxieties, leiden j. intl. l. ( ), discuss a range of views on the various risks of fragmentation. as in the case of van alphen v. the netherlands, where the partially dissenting judges inquired as to whether it was “permissible today for the europe convention on human rights to provide a lower level of protection than that which is recognized and accepted in other orga- nizations.” m. salomon, global responsibility for human rights (oxford u. press ). see also her related discussion of disparate and contradictory trends in of international legal regimes and the need for international policy coherence; id., , . kingsbury et al., supra note , at . there is a growing body of literature on the theme of accountability in the context of global governance and constitutionalism; see g. de búrca & j. scott ed., law and new governance in the eu and the us (hart publishing ). on this theme as applied to the world bank, see d. clark, the world bank and human rights: the need for greater accountability, harv. hum. rights j. ( ); s. skogly, the hu- man rights obligations of the world bank and the international monetary fund (cavendish press ); d. bradlow, the world bank, the imf and human rights, transnatl. l. & contemp. probs. – ( ); d. bradlow & c. grossman, limited mandates and intertwined problems: a new challenge for the world bank and the imf, hum. rights q. ( ); d. bradlow, the world bank, the imf and human rights, ( ) transnatl. l. & contemp. probs ( ); m. darrow, between light and shadow: the world bank, the imf and international human rights law (hart publishing ); w. van genugten, p. hunt, & s. mathews, world bank, imf and human rights (wolf legal publishers ). newell & wheeler, supra note , at . the world bank legal review altogether in development will significantly undermine accountability. that is, the potential to advance accountability for development or access to re- sources or basic services is difficult to advance in a context in which rights are not explicitly acknowledged. the identification of such gaps is symptom- atic of broader concerns that exist about accountability and legitimacy in the context of globalization, the expansion and scope of authority of multilateral organizations, and the increase in numbers of ngos. thus, human rights accountability may be difficult to locate and uphold where human rights law obligations are not integrated into development policies in a way that states—as donors or clients—can pursue development activities without sys- tematic assessments of the human rights consequences of these and without formal legal recourse where those consequences are negative in respect to both process and outcomes. arguing for coherence based on human rights obligations the trend of increasingly explicit recognition of human rights obligations and instruments may have positive potential for human rights protection in development. this suggestion is supported by the increased emphasis on in- ternational policy coherence, in particular, coherence based on states’ human rights obligations. indeed, the un guiding principles on business and hu- man rights, adopted by states in the un human rights council, include a principle on ensuring policy coherence: “ . states should ensure that govern- mental departments, agencies, and other state-based institutions that shape business practices are aware of and observe the state’s human rights obliga- tions when fulfilling their respective mandates, including by providing them with relevant information, training and support.” this section assesses the value of coherence and regime interaction in international law in relation to human rights and development. it focuses on international human rights trea- ties to suggest how the pursuit of international legal coherence could be approached and why it might benefit development regimes. r. grant & r. keohane, accountability and abuses of power in world politics, ( ) am. pol. science rev. (feb. ). this point does not, however, ignore other important forms of accountability, such as social accountability. nor does it assume that legal accountability mechanisms are the sole or most effective means of ensuring that people can claim and realize their rights. on this theme, see p. twomey, human rights–based approaches to development: towards accountability, in economic, social and cultural rights in action – (m. a. baderin & r. mccorquodale ed., oxford u. press ). john ruggie, report of the special representative of the secretary-general on the issue of human rights and transnational corporations and other business enterprises: guiding principles on busi- ness and human rights: implementing the united nations “protect, respect and remedy” frame- work, a/hrc/ / (mar. ). in this it does not disregard the potential source of obligations in custom or general prin- ciples of law, but focuses on treaties as the most visible and clear source of such obligations for the purposes of the present discussion. for a more elaborate discussion of this argument, see s. mcinerney-lankford, international financial institutions and human rights: select per- spectives on legal obligations, in international financial institutions and international law human rights and development principle of the un guiding principles on business and human rights elaborates on the importance of both vertical and horizontal policy coherence based on government’s human rights obligations. “vertical policy coherence entails states having the necessary policies, laws and processes to implement their international human rights law obligations. horizontal policy coher- ence means supporting and equipping departments and agencies, at both the national and sub-national levels, that shape business practices . . . to be informed of and act in a manner compatible with the governments’ human rights obligations.” principles of international law may promote strategic regime interaction and advance policy coherence between human rights and development in rel- evant ways. for instance, the principle of systemic integration, derived from article ( )(c) of the vienna convention on the law of treaties, states that in addition to the treaty’s context, “any relevant rules of international law ap- plicable in relations between parties” should be taken into account under the general rule of interpretation of treaties. this principle is, according to some, “the most influential principle in terms of reception of international law,” and one that could be used more generally to argue for taking relevant bind- ing human rights obligations into account in certain development contexts. in particular, this principle might support the integration of relevant human rights obligations at the levels of strategies, programs, processes, or projects as “relevant rules of international law applicable between the parties.” this (d. bradlow & d. hunter ed., kluwer international ). guiding principles, supra note , at – . c. mclachlan, the principle of systemic integration and article ( )(c) of the vienna convention, iclq – ( ). vienna convention on the law of treaties (vclt), unts vol. (entered into force jan. , ). forowicz, . vienna convention on the law of treaties (vclt), article : general rule of interpretation: . a treaty shall be interpreted in good faith in accordance with the ordinary meaning to be given to the terms of the treaty in their context and in the light of its object and purpose. . the context for the purpose of the interpretation of a treaty shall comprise, in addi- tion to the text, including its preamble and annexes: a. any agreement relating to the treaty which was made between all the parties in con- nexion with the conclusion of the treaty; b. any instrument which was made by one or more parties in connexion with the conclu- sion of the treaty and accepted by the other parties as an instrument related to the treaty. . there shall be taken into account, together with the context: a. any subsequent agreement between the parties regarding the interpretation of the treaty or the application of its provisions; b. any subsequent practice in the application of the treaty which establishes the agree- ment of the parties regarding its interpretation; c. any relevant rules of international law applicable in the relations between the parties. . a special meaning shall be given to a term if it is established that the parties so intended. the world bank legal review would apply only when the human rights treaty in question was ratified by the state involved and would be delimited also by subject matter relevance. countries are both parties to human rights treaties and members of devel- opment organizations, and what they do in each realm has potential relevance to the other. without arguing for this principle as a prerequisite for regime interaction, the existence of parallel membership between the regimes gov- erning human rights and development is a factor in assessing the relevance of human rights to development and the relationship between their norms. binding human rights treaty obligations could be relied upon substantively and in the interpretation of a range of development measures in areas cov- ered by a particular human rights treaty provision. in the case of ambiguity or conflict, a human rights treaty obligation and its accompanying interpretation and elaboration by the relevant expert treaty body could provide policy guid- ance grounded in the law. human rights offer an established legal foundation upon which to base international policy coherence: the fact that both donors and partner countries have ratified the international human rights treaties provides a uniquely valuable reference point for harmonisation efforts. a mutually agreed, uni- versal normative framework already exists, supported not only by political commitment, but also by the force of legal obligation. as well, at the operational level, there is growing convergence in the integration of human rights in development. the foregoing does not deny the influence of cultural relativism, diver- gent interpretations of human rights norms, and differences among the social orders across countries and regions, which can be accentuated with respect to rights. in “a pluralist international society in which human rights are not pro- tected at all or only minimally protected the social basis for global administra- tive law based on individual rights is largely absent.” what is contended here is that the legal basis for integrating human rights into development, and possibly other spheres of international regulation, does exist in the shared hu- man rights treaty obligations of states. what are the practical benefits of such integration for development? on the related question of the law binding international organization as subjects of inter- national law, the international court of justice (icj) has long established that such organiza- tions are “bound by any obligations incumbent upon them under general rules of interna- tional law, under their constitutions or under international agreements to which they are parties.” interpretation of the agreement of march between who and egypt, advisory opinion, icj reports, at – . young, supra note , at – . oecd dac human rights task team, human rights and aid effectiveness, dac update (apr. ). kingsbury et al., supra note , at . human rights and development coherence and legal accountability some might argue that coherence is a benefit in and of itself and that it un- derpins the international rule of law and legal certainty upon which every specialized body of international law depends. this chapter suggests that pursuing such coherence based on the principle of systemic integration could ensure the consideration of human rights treaty obligations and thereby pro- mote legal accountability for human rights in development processes and outcomes. strengthening accountability by framing development in terms of legal entitlements would help ensure that development benefits the poor- est and most vulnerable, thereby promoting poverty reduction goals too. an- choring relevant aspects of development regimes in applicable human rights treaty obligations could mitigate incoherence by providing a relatively clear legal and normative baseline for assessment. thus, coherence around binding human rights treaty obligations would support states parties (whether as donors, partners, or merely members of development agencies and banks) upholding their human rights obligations and ensure accountability for human rights in development processes and outcomes. such a renewed consideration of applicable legal norms could strengthen accountability more generally by reinforcing legal accountability in frameworks that are more usually the purview of broad policy commit- ments, programs, and processes than of treaties. do no harm/do good a more strategic engagement of development and human rights regimes might ensure that development policies and activities adapt to evolving in- ternational norms such as human rights. in particular, it would help ensure that states “do no harm” and that, at a minimum, states engaged in develop- ment bilaterally or through multilateral agencies consider their obligations and endeavor not to undermine human rights standards. that is, the in- tegration of relevant human rights standards based on international human rights law obligations could support the prevention and mitigation of undue see supra notes and . p. gready, rights-based approaches to development: what is the value-added?, ( ) dev. in practice (nov. ). on the theme of accountability in globalized lawmaking and the emerging principles and requirements of global administrative law, see kingsbury et al., supra note , at – and – . international trade agreements and environmental treaties do feature somewhat more prom- inently in development policies; see world bank op . —environmental assessment ( jan. ), available at http://go.worldbank.org/rueqvwd . sureda, supra note , at . this point is eloquently made by andres rigo sureda, former deputy general counsel of the world bank: “the ibrd is rightly concerned with its borrowers respecting the treaties that bind them in the course of its operations. in its work, there should not be any question that the ibrd is bound to respect them. [it] itself should not be instrumental in creating opportu- nities for the violation of human rights.” supra note , at . http://go.worldbank.org/rueqvwd the world bank legal review harm, especially of a social and environmental nature. in this, human rights obligations, such as the obligation to respect, would serve as a minimum stan- dard against which development policies and activities could be assessed to ensure against harm in both processes and outcomes. an apposite example of such a standard emerges in the un guiding prin- ciples on business and human rights. principle states: the responsibility to respect human rights requires that business enterprises: a. avoid causing or contributing to adverse human rights impacts through their own activities, and address such impacts when they occur; b. seek to prevent or mitigate adverse human rights impacts that are directly linked to their operations, products or services by their business relationships, even if they have not contributed to those impacts. although the principles are primarily an elaboration of business enter- prises’ responsibilities rather than state legal obligations, they offer concep- tual and practical guidance by analogy. the different regimes might benefit from interaction and mutual defini- tion. there may be potential for mutual reinforcement among norms derived from human rights and development regimes such that human rights ob- ligations of donors and partners could inform development policy and its monitoring and evaluation frameworks, or development cooperation activi- ties could advance the realization of human rights (particularly economic and social rights). for instance, one could argue that a state party’s obligations under article of the icescr, protecting the right to health, might be rele- see guiding principles on business and human rights, supra note ; and un ohchr, corpo- rate responsibility to respect human rights: an interpretative guide – (advance unedited version, nov. ). see m. robinson & p. alston, the challenges of ensuring the mutuality of human rights and development endeavours, in human rights and development: towards mutual reinforcement (m. robinson & p. alston ed., oxford u. press ). the fact that the monitoring and internal reviews of the un development programme (undp), world bank, and international monetary fund (imf) do not take the established system of international human rights monitoring into account is noted as a concern by p. alston, ships passing in the night: the current state of the human rights and development de- bate seen through the lens of the millennium development goals, ( ) hum. rights q. , ( ). see an analogous argument on the potential for a positive role for a development agency (world bank) to support the realization of the right to food. g. van hoof & b. g. tahzib, supervision with respect to the right to food and the role of the world bank, in international law and development (paul de waart, paul peters, & eric denters ed., martinus nijhoff ). article of the icescr provides: . the states parties to the present covenant recognize the right of everyone to the en- joyment of the highest attainable standard of physical and mental health. . the steps human rights and development vant to the design and implementation of a development project, program, or strategy in the health sector. in particular, article could inform both mini- mum standards for process and outcomes by reference to the core obligation to ensure minimum essential levels of the right to health. one could argue further that general comment , issued in by the committee on eco- nomic, social, and cultural rights on the right to the highest attainable stan- dard of health, could provide relevant guidance to a state party engaged in development cooperation activities in the health sector. for instance, guid- ance could be drawn from the four dimensions established by the committee: availability, accessibility, acceptability, and quality. the right to health might inform a program’s focus on nondiscrimination and equality and the rights of the most vulnerable groups. it might also provide specificity in terms of both freedoms and entitlements, as well as precision in terms of more particular entitlements implied by the right, such as maternal and reproductive health; water; prevention, treatment, and control of diseases; and a healthy workplace and environment. one outcome of the regime interaction described above would be to facili- tate the adaptation of development to evolving international norms such as human rights. this would help “transform development priorities from being measured in macroeconomic terms by focusing on the needs and interests of specific human groups.” or, to argue this point further, this would move development from a matter of needs and trade-offs to one of rights and obli- gations. in this way, a more explicit integration of rights would focus on poor people’s ability to realize the rights to resources and enhance accountability in development. at a less formal legal level, it can be argued that human rights to be taken by the states parties to the present covenant to achieve the full realization of this right shall include those necessary for: (a) the provision for the reduction of the stillbirth-rate and of infant mortality and for the healthy development of the child; (b) the improvement of all aspects of environ- mental and industrial hygiene; (c) the prevention, treatment and control of epidemic, endemic, occupational and other diseases; (d) the creation of conditions which would assure to all medical service and medical attention in the event of sickness. grover, supra note , paragraphs , . id., paragraph . see committee on economic, social and cultural rights, general comment no. , sub- stantive issues arising in the implementation of the international covenant on economic, social and cultural rights, the right to the highest attainable standard of health (article of the international covenant on economic, social and cultural rights), e/c. / / (aug. , ). see also e. reidel, the human right to health: conceptual foundations, in realizing the right to health vol. , – (m. robinson & a. clapham ed., swiss human rights ). paul hunt, report of the special rapporteur on the right of everyone to the enjoyment of the highest attainable standard of physical and mental health, e/cn. / / , paragraph (feb. , ). m. koskenniemi, hegemonic regimes, in young, supra note , at . newell & wheeler, supra note , at , place accountability at the intersection between rights and resources. the world bank legal review principles such as participation, inclusion, and transparency in respect to regime interaction and in the structures and processes that govern develop- ment can promote accountability within it. specificity and technical guidance in the context of development as a shared, stable, bounded structure of trea- ties with substantial and in some cases near-universal ratification, the human rights law framework includes a number of key strengths. these offer a le- gitimate and delimited legal and normative baseline founded on the volun- tarily undertaken commitments of states that bind them under international law. human rights treaties are binding international agreements, and, like trade agreements or environment treaties, human rights treaties generate le- gally binding norms and enjoy high levels of ratification. however, human rights treaties predate many of these other treaties and have well-established bodies of interpretation and jurisprudence to support them. beyond their nor- mative power and legally binding nature, such treaties introduce a measure of specificity with regard to substantive and procedural standards—their provi- sions have been the subject of extensive commentary through the interpreta- tions of treaty monitoring bodies, the individual complaints brought under those treaties, and, in the case of the regional human rights bodies, binding court rulings. in recent years, the un human rights treaty bodies have enhanced the accuracy and consistency of interpretation by supporting the development of human rights indicators by the office of the high commissioner for human rights (ohchr). the framework adopted by the ohchr offers method- see, for example, young, supra note , at . aopp, principle , paragraph ( ). see, for example, the convention on the rights of the child, which is ratified by all but three countries in the world (the united states, somalia, and south sudan); of those nonstate parties, the united states has signed the treaty and is, according to article of the vclt, therefore obliged not to act against the object and purpose of the treaty. on the role and strengths of international human rights treaties, see b. simma & p. alston, the sources of hu- man rights law: custom, jus cogens and general principles, australian yearbook of intl. l. – ( ). grant & keohane note that the standards of legitimacy against which power wielders can be held accountable derive from different sets of norms, and that legitimacy derives from conformity with human rights norms; supra note , at . http://www .ohchr.org/english/bodies/ratification/index.htm. un human rights treaty bodies, http://www .ohchr.org/english/bodies/treaty/index.htm. http://www .ohchr.org/english/bodies/petitions/index.htm. five of the human rights treaty bodies (ccpr, cerd, cat, cedaw, and crpd) may, under particular circum- stances, consider individual complaints or communications from individuals. this work was initiated in at the request of the intercommittee meeting of un human rights treaty bodies to help it assess the use of statistical information in states parties’ reports in assessing the implementation of human rights. see report on indicators for monitoring com- pliance with international human rights instruments, hri/mc/ / ; a report was issued in that applied the analysis to economic, social, and cultural rights (report of the un high com- http://www .ohchr.org/english/bodies/treaty/index.htm http://www .ohchr.org/english/bodies/petitions/index.htm http://www .ohchr.org/english/bodies/ratification/index.htm human rights and development ological, institutional, and practical considerations for the effective use of hu- man rights indicators. the ohchr has developed a series of indicators for approximately human rights, covering economic, social, and cultural rights as well as civil and political rights. these indicators may be of particular use for development in supporting the measurement of economic, social, and cultural rights by charting progress, stagnation, and retrogression, as well as patterns of discrimination and marginalization. indeed, beyond being posi- tively received and used within the un system, other agencies and human rights bodies, and ngos, the indicators have been employed by certain governments in national development plans. connected with the advances in empirical approaches and measurement methodology on human rights indicators and benchmarks, there is a grow- ing body of work on human rights impact assessment (hria). hrias have been developed across a range of sectors, supporting the case for both the feasibility of bringing human rights law to bear in other areas of law and the possibility of generating concreteness and specificity to back the normative underpinning of human rights. in particular, such assessments advance the possibility of identifying rights and duties in a range of contexts and help specify both the human rights claims of rights holders and the corresponding human rights obligations of duty bearers. such assessment can also identify the immediate, underlying, and structural causes of nonrealization of human rights, as well as offer recommendations on mitigation and approaches for redress, monitoring, and evaluation. conclusions as suggested above, the fragmentation of international law may be as en- demic as it is pervasive, and it may even constitute a semideliberate state of affairs. the specificity of roles of different international regimes and their in- stitutions should be respected for legal, technical, and political reasons; this may be required to afford institutions a necessary measure of flexibility and allow them to leverage their comparative advantages in their respective fields of competence. a host of legal challenges attendant on a project of pursuing missioner on human rights, e/ / ). see http://www.ohchr.org/en/issues/indicators /pages/documents.aspx. report on monitoring and promoting the implementation of human rights, hri/mc/ / . report of the un high commissioner on human rights, e/ / , paragraphs – . for example, the european union fundamental rights agency. also relevant is the work on human rights benchmarks commissioned by the eu parliament subcommittee, briefing paper: human rights benchmarks for eu external policy, expo/b/droi/ / , available at http://www.europarl.europa.eu/committees/fr/studiesdownload.html?languagedocume nt=en&file= . see, for example, s. walker, the future of human rights impact assessments of trade agreements (intersentia ). grover, supra note , paragraph . http://www.ohchr.org/en/issues/indicators/pages/documents.aspx http://www.ohchr.org/en/issues/indicators/pages/documents.aspx http://www.europarl.europa.eu/committees/fr/studiesdownload.html?languagedocument=en&file= http://www.europarl.europa.eu/committees/fr/studiesdownload.html?languagedocument=en&file= the world bank legal review coherence have been expertly documented by the ilc study group, among others. these include the absence of a hierarchy among norms; the fact that the vienna convention on the law of treaties does not provide clear guidance on the meaning of “systemic integration” or on how to reconcile conflicting norms; and the lack of an international legislature or appeals court to resolve conflicts around norms and their interpretation. the questions and challenges arising from international bodies reviewing the actions of other international organizations are myriad, and their complexity is evident in the eu-europe- an convention on human rights context, with no sense that they would be any less fractious or challenging in the context of human rights agencies and development organizations. the general limits on competences and resourc- es of various international agencies may be heightened in respect to human rights obligations when institutions operate subject to political prohibitions that have historically been interpreted to bar human rights considerations. at a technical level, the body of knowledge on human rights measure- ment methodology, although growing, is incomplete despite significant prog- ress in areas such as human rights impact assessments and human rights indi- cators. human rights assessment itself is controversial: it is attended by risks of politicization, annexation, and externalization and, many argue, impossible to undertake in a completely neutral or objective manner. resources are a relevant consideration here as well: hrias are costly and time-consuming, and monitoring and implementation require substantial institutional commit- ments and large amounts of data. for development agencies that do not operate from a normative base and do not fulfill an enforcement role with respect to human rights norms, the fact that the instrumental case for human rights in development has yet to be per- suasively established presents an additional challenge. that is, although risk- based arguments related to “do no harm” can be made, the empirical basis for arguing that integrating human rights increases development effectiveness is less clear. this is compounded by the relatively small number of quality hu- man rights indicators developed, the dearth of human rights data (especially ilc study group, supra note , at paragraph . kingsbury et al., supra note , at . see, for example, c. costello, the bosphorus ruling of the european court of human rights: fundamental rights and blurred boundaries in europe, ( ) hum. rights l. rev. – ( ); t. lock, eu accession to the echr: implications for the judicial review in strasbourg, euro- pean l. rev. ( ). for example, irbd articles of agreement, article iv, section , and article iii, section (dec. , ), available at http://siteresources.worldbank.org/extaboutus/resources /ibrd-articlesofagreement.pdf. similar provisions exist in the constituent instruments of a number of other development banks, such as the inter-american development bank and the african development bank. ibrahim shihata, the world bank and human rights, in the world bank in a changing world selected essays and lectures vol. , (martinus nijhoff ); similarly, see ibrahim shihata, human rights and international financial institutions, in id., . http://siteresources.worldbank.org/extaboutus/resources/ibrd-articlesofagreement.pdf http://siteresources.worldbank.org/extaboutus/resources/ibrd-articlesofagreement.pdf human rights and development in developing countries), and the difficulty of establishing causation or attri- bution between human rights requirements and development outcomes. nevertheless, despite the legal, political, and practical challenges of argu- ing for the integration of human rights obligations into development regimes, and despite the elusive nature of coherence in the international legal system, the core relevance of human rights to development must be recognized, and the legal treaty obligations underpinning human rights are one reason to do so. these treaty obligations form part of the body of evolving international norms that have practical relevance and legal pertinence for development re- gimes such that the latter should interact with, and adapt to, them. interaction between human rights and development regimes could be mutually benefi- cial, potentially strengthening aspects of each regime. at the very least, hu- man rights should not be ignored in development frameworks, in respect of a minimum no-harm threshold. the overall benefit of such interaction and systemic integration would be enhanced by accountability for human rights in development, at least at the macrolevel of regimes, through a more formal type of “hierarchical, supervisory, accountability” system and through alter- native accountability models based on a more “dynamic experimentalist vision of benchmarking, borrowing, innovating, monitoring and mutual learning.” human rights and development are inextricably interwoven, but their governing frameworks and regimes have remained largely separate. a grow- ing, but as yet uneven, integration of human rights into development re- gimes is occurring, and there is some evidence of growing recognition of the relevance of human rights treaty obligations in development regimes. this trend signals—despite the prevailing distinctions, fragmentation, and poten- tial conflict—evidence of the possibility for strategic links between human rights and development regimes and the political will to forge them. the trend also augurs well for the possibility of mutually beneficial norm defini- tion through regime interaction at the formal legal level in ways that both avoid harm and do good. kingsbury et al., supra note , at , drawing on grant & keohane, accountability and abuses of power in world politics, iilj working paper / , at . kingsbury et al., supra note , at , drawing on grant & keohane, supra note . legal transplantation and legal development in transitional china chenguang wang china claims that its legal system and the rule of law it intends to build have strong chinese characteristics distinct from those in the western world and closely associated with the chinese socialist political system and social envi- ronment. there is no doubt that china’s legal system and its commitment to building a rule of law have had a great effect on the nation’s social and economic development; the chinese economic boom could not have been achieved without a functional legal system compatible with international and foreign legal practices. in this regard, legal transplantation was a useful tool in the establishment of the chinese legal system. this chapter does not examine the credibility of china’s legal system, but rather proposes that the chinese legal system has borrowed elements from other legal systems in order to pro- mote its unique market economy reform and social transition in the context of globalization. legal transplantation is a typical aspect of legal development a function of comparative law is to better understand and improve national legislative work through comparison with foreign and internal legal systems. comparison of different legal systems and the adoption of foreign law on the basis of such comparison or military occupation are established practices in the author is grateful for dr. ju chengwei’s assistance in collecting materials and offering valuable comments on the draft and also for mr. hassane cissé’s insightful comments on the paper. wu bangguo, chairman of the national people’s congress of china, has emphasized that the chinese legal system embodies chinese socialist characteristics. in , he announced that “china has established a legal system with chinese characteristics” and that “we do not use the legal systems in some western countries as models to cast china’s legal system with chinese characteristics.” he further indicated that “we are not going to make those laws which exist in foreign systems but do not fit into the chinese social environment and reality.” wu bangguo, annual report of the national people’s congress’ work of , available at http:// english.gov.cn/ - / /content_ .htm. wu bangguo has said that “we should also learn from foreign experiences in the law making process and adopt those experiences useful to us.” id. shen zongling, on comparative law – (peking u. press ); konrad zweigert & kein kötz, introduction to comparative law (oxford u. press ); alan watson, society & legal change (scottish academic press ); rudolf b. schlesinger, hans w. baade, peter e. herzog, & mirjan r. damaska, comparative law: cases-text-materials ( th ed., west press ). http://english.gov.cn/ - / /content_ .htm http://english.gov.cn/ - / /content_ .htm the world bank legal review history. legal transplantation—the movement of laws and legal institutions from one state to another—is central to the study of comparative and inter- national law. in the midst of globalization, legal transplantation has become more frequent and common. the purposes of legal transplantation are not confined to better understanding and improving national legal systems; le- gal transplantation also promotes the convergence, at least in some fields of law, of different national laws in the global arena. legal transplantation can be used to improve a national legal system and to promote a uniform global legal framework in the areas of international trade, environmental protection, antiterrorism, international peace, and the protection of human rights. the concept of legal transplantation is an ancient one. solon of athens studied laws of other greek city-states as a basis for social reform. aristotle studied more than constitutions of other cities to compose politics. it is said that the xii tables, the first roman code, incorporated references to ancient greek city-states. while the roman empire declined, the conquering german tribes retained the roman legal tradition. during the renaissance and the industrial revolution, the use of comparative law became increasingly signifi- cant in the rising nation-states. even the “original” western legal systems were affected by foreign law: french and german legal systems are based on the roman legal tradition; anglo-american law is also influenced by civil law. in the th and early th centuries, the emergence of the global market and colonization brought these legal systems to africa, asia, and latin america. after world war ii, globalization engulfed the world. the us model of law and development introduced “ideal” legal models to the newly indepen- dent states. despite the failure of the first law and development movement, jonathan m. miller, a typology of legal transplants: using sociology, legal history and argentine examples to explain the transplant process, am. j. comp. l. ( ). rené david & john e. c. brierley, major legal systems in the world today: an introduction to the comparative study of law – ( d ed., stevens & sons, ); andrew borkowski, textbook on roman law (blackstone press limited ). alan watson, the evolution of law – ( johns hopkins u. press ); m. h. hoeflich, law, society and reception: the vision of alan watson mich. l. rev. ( ). john henry merryman, the civil law tradition: an introduction to the legal systems of western europe and latin america ( d ed., stanford u. press ). watson demonstrates that commentaries on the laws of england, by william blackstone, the founder of english law, was based on a reference to dutch scholar dionysius gothofredus’s ( – ) interpretation of the institutes of justinian. english and american conflicts of law referred to praelectines iuris vivilis et hodienrni by ulrich huber, a dutch scholar. see alan watson, legal transplants: an approach to comparative law , – (u. georgia press ). jerome frank points out that “[c]ivil law tradition has many impacts on common law.” he expounds on the far-reaching but often neglected impacts of civil law tradition on ameri- can common law in the areas of the constitution, conflicts of law, legal interpretation, and judicial procedure: “the influences of civil law on common law are legion. many of them doubtlessly can’t be detected.” jerome frank, civil law influences on the common law: some reflections on “comparative” and “contrastive” law, u. penn. l. rev. ( ). david & brierley, supra note , at – ; and shen, supra note , at – . daniel berkowitz, katharina pistor, & jean-francois richard, the transplant effect, am. j. comp. l. ( ). legal transplantation and legal development in transitional china subsequent movements emerged with different theoretical foundations and strategic emphases. the collapse of the former soviet union and the social- ist bloc encouraged the transplantation of the european and american legal model to east european and former soviet union countries as they tried to restructure their legal systems. in today’s world, no national legal system can be separated entirely from foreign and international law. many comparative law scholars emphasize the importance of legal trans- plantation in legal and social development. orucu states that “the movement of legal institutions and ideas is trans-border and such transmigration is a natural phase in legal development. this is both a historical and present fact and the future will see more of it.” he further asserts, “it is a truism that the amount of innovation in law is small and borrowing and imitation is of central importance in understanding the course of legal change.” sacco holds that “borrowing and imitation is therefore of central importance to understanding the course of legal change.” watson points out that direct transplants of legal systems have proliferated in human history and constitute the most important forces for legal development. watson questions savigny’s volksgeist (popu- lar consciousness), the marxist theory of economic determinacy, and jhering’s and pound’s theory of the sociology of law. he contends that the relation between law and society is more remote than people think and that legal rules are not designed for the particular society in which they operate. not all scholars recognize the important role of legal transplantation in legal development. montesquieu asserts that “the political and civil laws of each nation ought to be only the particular cases in which this human rea- son is applied. they should be adapted in such a manner to the people for whom they are framed that it should be a great chance if those of one nation david m. trubek, law and development in a time of multiple visions: the challenge of the new developmental state, presentation at renmin university law school, available at http:// www.law.ruc.edu.cn/article/showaritcle.asp?articleid= . trubek states, “in the first moment, law was seen as a strong tool to be used by the state to shape and guide behavior. in the second it was promoted as a shield against state intervention and a framework for pri- vate transactions.” the third moment is a new type of law and development in developing countries, exemplified by china and brazil, which show “signs of wanting to move beyond neo-liberalism without simply trying to return to the developmental state of the s and s. . . . the new theories stress the idea that policies must be constructed through experi- mentation and public-private collaboration and tailored to the needs of specific industries and regions, . . . [and] suggest the need for variation within each nation as well as among them.” daniel berkowitz, katharina pistor, & jean-francois richard, economic development, legality and the transplant effect, european eco. rev. ( ). esin orucu, law as transposition, intl. comp. l. q. (apr. ). id., at . rodolfo sacco, legal formants: a dynamic approach to comparative law, am. j. comp. l. ( ). watson, supra note , at . watson, supra note at . http://www.law.ruc.edu.cn/article/showaritcle.asp?articleid= http://www.law.ruc.edu.cn/article/showaritcle.asp?articleid= the world bank legal review suit another.” savigny advocates volksgeist and theoretically rules out the feasibility of legal transplantation. in the contemporary field of comparative law, kahn-freund and legrand represent the opposite theory, which objects to the possibility of legal transplantation. they hold that transplantation is impossible due to ingrained differences in the systems involved—transplan- tation does not occur at all: the product of moving a rule elsewhere is always something else, “not the same rule.” in recent years, both these absolutist visions have long collapsed into a middle ground, densely populated by authors who reject both the sunny aspects of watson’s world of ever-flourishing transplants and le- grand’s rejection of that vision. much of the study has followed a culturalist path, under which outmoded legal formalism was re- placed by realist, socio-politico-cultural theories that consider law as a living social construct. here, legal culture was offered as a key determinant of the viability of transplantation; complete isolation- ism and hermeneutical closeness were replaced by a vision of law as rooted in its cultural/social frameworks, but also amenable to vari- ous influences, among them foreign ones. even those who assert that legal transplantation is the normal path of le- gal development, such as watson, cannot refute the effects of national spirit, domestic economic and social foundations, and distinct culture, religion, and political factors on legal development. watson quotes engels’ statement that “in a modern state, law must not only correspond to the general economic position and be its expression, but must also be an expression which is consis- tent in itself, and which does not, owing to inner contradictions, look glaringly inconsistent.” watson believes that these social factors are the cause of the transplantation of various forms of legal rules. in the post–cold war world, ideological barriers for legal transplantation may seem insignificant and legal transplantation may appear to be a common phenomenon. but legal systems are based on the foundation of democracy, human rights, and a market economy and have enforced the impulse for ex- portation or transportation. developing and transitional countries with newly developed market economies have introduced foreign laws in response to the pressures of economic development, democratization, and globalization. “to be in line with international conventions” is the accepted practice in the process of globalization, which encourages convergence or harmonization of legal systems in the areas of economic transactions, cultural exchanges, en- baron de montesquieu, the spirit of laws vol. , (cosimo inc. ). margit cohn, legal transplant chronicles: the evolution of unreasonableness and proportionality review of the administration in the united kingdom, am. j. comp. l. ( ). id., at – . watson, supra note . watson, supra note , at . legal transplantation and legal development in transitional china vironmental protection, international peace, and some public law fields. the formation of a common market and the wide acceptance of universal values provide a solid foundation for legal convergence and harmonization. the world bank, the asian development bank, and various foundations that sup- port economic and social development in developing and transitional coun- tries often require the reform of legal systems and the establishment of the rule of law as prerequisites for providing funds and other assistance. this obliga- tion further promotes legal transplants from developed countries to develop- ing countries. “however, the economic development, democratization, and globalization have today so sharply increased the number of legal transplants that at least in developing countries, most major legislation now has a foreign component.” the common trajectory of legal transplants is from developed and international legal regimes to developing countries. thus, from both historical and practical perspectives, legal transplants are a common form of legal development. with the irresistible trend of globaliza- tion, the role of legal transplantation becomes ever more significant. typology of legal transplants the transplantation debate continues, on issues of form, basic conditions, ef- fects, function, compatibility, and implementation. there is little true consen- sus on the typology of and basic conditions for legal transplantation. in practice, governments of different countries adopt different approaches toward legal transplantation because of practical concerns about national sov- ereignty, culture, history, ideology, and social system. support or disapproval, toleration or rejection, wholesale or selective acceptance, uncritical or flexible adoption of different types of law—legal transplantation takes diversified and multidimensional forms. moreover, the social, economic, and institutional con- texts often differ remarkably between the countries of origin and of transplant, creating fundamentally different conditions for effectuating the imported le- gal order in the latter. transplant countries therefore are likely to suffer from the transplant effect, that is, the mismatch between preexisting conditions and institutions and transplanted law, which weakens the effectiveness of the im- ported legal order. although su li’s concept of “indigenous legal resources” explains the mismatch problems from the chinese perspective, an examina- tion of the typology of and basic conditions for legal transplantation is in order. watson divides voluntary legal transplantation into different types: • the transplantation of original law into an uncivilized area by massive immigration miller, supra note . berkowitz, pistor, & richard, supra note , at . su li, the rule of law and its indigenous resources (china u. of political science & law press ). the world bank legal review • the transplantation of original law into a civilized area • the voluntary acceptance of another nation’s law by the native people in addition, there are other types, such as imposed acceptance, selective adoption, intrusion, filtration, and tacit acceptance. watson believes that both the type and scale of transplantation vary and that, without specific study of individual cases, categorization has little value and cannot bring new ideas to comparative study. although legal transplantation is a normal form of legal development, it is by no means the only form. a particular social environment and country-specific factors are the major determinants of the development of a legal system. the necessity for and inevitability of revision, adaption, and natu- ralization of transplanted rules by the recipient country cannot be overlooked. miller uses motives of legal transplantation to categorize its types. this categorization helps explain the internal impetus for legal transplantation in china. miller believes that there are four types of legal transplantation: • the cost-saving transplant • the externally dictated transplant • the entrepreneurial transplant • the legitimacy-generating transplant this typology shifts the focus of transplantation from the donor’s per- spective to the recipient’s perspective. in practice, “many transplants are a mix of the four types, and one rarely encounters a type in pure form.” the cost-saving transplant implemented to save time and costly experimentation, a cost-saving trans- plantation “involves a drafter who when confronted with a new problem pulls a solution from elsewhere off the shelf of the library to save having to think up an original solution.” this type of transplantation has the benefit of speed, convenience, and direct application. however, it must be supplemented by a functional and systematic approach that is “the starting point and basis of all comparative law and that different legal systems can be compared only if they solve the same factual problem, satisfying the requirement in adequate legal regulation.” in the cost-saving approach, the prospective laws and mechan- ics to be transplanted are analyzed and selected after it has been determined watson, supra note , at – . miller, supra note , at . id. miller, supra note , at . zweigert & kötz, supra note , at ; see also jeffrey l. dunoff & joel p. trachtman, ruling the world? constitutionalism, international law, and global governance, in constitutionalism, in- ternational law and global governance ( jeffrey dunoff ed., cambridge u. press ); djalil kiekbaev, comparative law: method, science or educational discipline? . electronic j. comp. l. (sep. ), available at http://www.ejcl.org/ /art - .html. http://www.ejcl.org/ /art - .html legal transplantation and legal development in transitional china that both the donor and the recipient face similar social problems capable of being solved by the transplanted rules, and that the transplanted rules and mechanics will function in the same manner in both countries. basing the de- cision purely on function is not sufficient because social environments may differ substantially, rendering the transplant a failure. this approach poses difficulties that make a complete checklist for comprehensive analysis of func- tion and social factors unrealistic. china adopted this approach. it “pays attention to draw ‘international ex- perience’ in the process [of] drafting important laws and regulations, namely, comparing with the relevant foreign and international laws.” for example, in the initial stage of “opening to the outside,” china had no experience in the area of foreign investment. to attract foreign investment and cooperation, the chinese legislature reviewed laws relating to joint ventures and foreign investment from more than countries. it borrowed directly from foreign and international experience in drafting its first law, the sino-foreign equity joint venture law, and thus laid the legal foundation for attracting foreign investment. to meet the needs of the increasing volume of foreign trade, the legislature has applied the united nations convention on contracts for the international sale of goods to cases of international trade involving chi- nese parties. in the areas relating to market formation and transaction, such as property, intellectual property rights, securities, companies, and bankruptcy, the legislature has also borrowed from foreign experience. this practice has become a conventional and regular step in china’s legislative process—the legislature sends staff and experts to other countries for field study or to col- lect similar laws for further research and adoption. by using this cost-saving transplant model, china has implemented laws based on foreign and interna- tional laws and mechanics to foster economic development. the externally dictated transplant “externally dictated transplants have become ubiquitous, particularly in developing countries. this kind of transplantation may involve a foreign individual, entity, or government that indicates the adoption of a legal model as a condition for doing business or for allowing the country a measure of political autonomy.” in the era of colonialism, a typical way to effect legal dunoff & trachtman, id. shen, supra note , at . zhao xin & zhang li, deng xiaoping on sino-foreign equity joint venture laws: a political declaration, procuratorial daily (sep. , ). li lin, thirty years of reform & open policy and china’s legislative development, ( ) beijing union u. rev.—social science, – ( ). see also the civil law section of comparison of ar- ticles of contract law of the prc with relevant foreign contract rules (legislative affairs com- mission of the national people’s congress ed., law press ). this detailed comparison indicates clearly that, in the process of drafting this statute, the legislative body conducted systematic and detailed comparisons and borrowed from successful foreign practices. miller, supra note , at . the world bank legal review transplantation was to dictate acceptance of foreign law. in the contempo- rary world, adoption dictated by military occupation or colonization is rare, although adoption in developing counties dictated by other means, such as economic or diplomatic pressure, is not uncommon. china accepted certain unfavorable rules and conditions imposed by powerful trading partners in the process of negotiating for its membership in international organizations. facing an established international market and regulatory regimes, china had to comply with externally imposed requirements and standards, includ- ing inspections and reviews by foreign agencies. to participate in the global market and export china-made products, china had little choice. because of the pressure of this model, a recipient country often becomes the victim of economic, political, ideological, and diplomatic confrontation while reflecting the intrinsic demand for globalization and harmonization of the international legal framework; this type of legal transplantation is very common. the entrepreneurial transplant this model refers to individuals and groups who reap benefits from investing in, learning about, and encouraging local adoption of a foreign legal system. its success depends on an exporter willing to provide capital and an importer interested in the import, each side guided by what it might gain domestically by operating internationally. in tandem with china’s opening to the outside and economic development, economic entities ranging from large state-owned enterprises to small private companies want to participate in international in- vestment and trade, resulting in direct contact with foreign companies and acceptance of foreign rules. for example, all chinese companies (both state owned and private) must follow foreign rules when they intend to participate in a foreign securities market. some enterprises directly apply foreign com- modity standards or labor standards in order to export their products to par- ticular countries. products with quality below the standards of the importing country have no chance of entering the market; labor safety standards (such as safety protection and work environment) below a legal requirement in the importing country may result in the blockade and boycott of the exported products. some scholars claim that legal transplantation through private ac- tors, by borrowing law through private contracting, has formed another type of transplantation. through the channel of contracting, private transactors “smuggle” law across borders. as a large export-oriented trading country, pitman b. potter, globalization and economic regulation in china: selective adaptation of global- ized norms and practices, wash. u. global studies l. rev. – ( ). potter analyzes the demands for china to adopt the principles of transparency, uniformity, national treatment, nondiscrimination, and compatibility with wto rules, as well as the demands for certain rules and mechanics in the areas of trade, service, intellectual property rights, foreign ex- changes, customs, independent courts, and dispute settlement. miller, supra note , at – . li-wen lin, legal transplants through private contracting: codes of vendor conduct in global supply chains as an example, am. j. comp. l. – ( ). legal transplantation and legal development in transitional china china has implemented this model of legal transplantation through private economic and cultural exchanges. the legitimacy-generating transplant this model refers to the process of consciously emulating the most prestigious foreign legal systems. developing countries tend to regard the legal orders in developed countries as models to be copied. the wide acceptance in develop- ing countries of the doctrine and mechanics of the separation of powers and an independent judiciary, which are deemed as legitimate legal orders by the people just coming out of dictatorship, is an example. different legal systems have their respective levels of prestige. “a country’s legal family is a significant determinant of the effectiveness of its legal system. countries belonging to the english common law family have the most investor- friendly laws, french and german civil law countries have the least investor- friendly laws, and the scandinavian countries fall somewhere between.” the us securities market is widely regarded as a prestigious legal regime because of its efficiency, flexibility, and security. in the process of drafting its securities laws and building its securities market, china turned to the us model. similar borrowing and acceptance occurred in the areas of companies, insurance, an- titrust, banking, and accounting. despite the fact that the us securities market was hit hard by the worldwide financial crisis, because of its critical role and function in the international securities market, its legal regime is still regarded by many countries as the most prestigious legal model, even though this model may harbor potential risks, such as financial bubbles and speculation. these four models focus on the motives and purposes of legal transplan- tation. a pure form of any one model is rare in practice, and a mix of the four is common. this mix will take different forms. for example, although china employs all these transplantation models, its incremental approach, the stability required by social transition, the national independence asserted by china in the international community, and its unique historical and social backgrounds constitute a unique chinese environment of legal development that is distinct from those in other transitional and developing countries. legal transplantation in china may have created a new model, positioned within a legal framework underpinned by socialism, based on the chinese so- cial environment, and developed to explore the possibilities of a chinese social- ist market economy and the chinese socialist rule of law. legal transplantation is an effective instrument to promote a legal system with chinese characteris- tics that mixes transplantation models based on rational and active selection. id. berkowitz, pistor, & richard, supra note , at . miller, supra note , at . the world bank legal review conditions for a successful legal transplant simply establishing a typology of transplantation does not, of course, guaran- tee the success of legal transplantation. no matter what type of transplantation is employed, the process may end in failure or with setbacks. the failure of the first law-and-development movement triggered reexamination of the concept. trubek and galanter offered the first critique. in , they asserted that the movement was dead because of excessive dependence on the governments of newly independent states and the one-sided intention of american schol- ars and lawyers to bring the legal order of developed countries to new states without considering the social conditions of the recipient countries. the sec- ond wave of the law-and-development movement was initiated by neoliberal- ism and the free market doctrine espoused by ronald reagan and margaret thatcher. this new round took the rule of law as its banner; democracy, free market doctrine, and liberalism as its theoretical foundation; and the wash- ington consensus as its guiding principle. the collapse of the socialist bloc headed by the soviet union cleared the way for the introduction of american and european legal systems into russia and east european countries. but to a great extent, the results have not been satisfactory. the global financial crisis delivered a heavy blow to the theory and strategy of law and development. as a result, scholars question the credibility of the legal transplants in this mode and wonder how to guarantee the success of a legal transplantation, and how to use legal transplantation to achieve positive social effects. the success of a legal transplant does not depend exclusively on the choices of laws to transplant, on the system selected as the model, or on the faithful introduction of an entire system. no less important to success are the conditions for transplants in the recipient country. these conditions may already exist or may have to be created to ensure that a transplant is ac- cepted. these conditions include internal demand for the transplant and the local environment, such as relevant institutions, procedures, and social factors that promote and implement the transplanted laws and systems. a friendly environment for transplanted laws is one in which social and popular atti- tudes favor acceptance of the transplant, and in which there exists the capacity to absorb the transplant and the ability to resolve possible conflicts between the transplanted law and indigenous law and customs. if these conditions are absent or incomplete, no matter how magnificent the intention behind the transplant or how well designed it is, its final result will be disappointing. in the past years, as china has faced numerous challenges in the tran- sition from a planned economy to a market economy, it has experienced an astonishing economic boom and rapid changes in its social structure. the david trubek & marc galanter, scholars in self-estrangement: some reflections on the crisis in law and development studies in the united states, wis. l. rev. ( ). berkowitz, pistor, & richard, supra note , at . zhang jianyuan, symptoms and diagnosis of legal transplantation—taking hiv legal policy as a case for study, ideological front ( ). legal transplantation and legal development in transitional china decisive factor for such change has been the strong desire, embraced by the populace, the government, and the party in power, to build a “strong mod- ernized country” and to elevate living standards. the cultural revolution brought the chinese economy to the edge of bankruptcy; under the planned economy commodities were in short supply and living standards remained at a very low level. the populace concluded that in the wake of the cultural revolution there was a need to “shift the working focus to socialist modern- ization and economic construction” and to improve living standards. based on a strong consensus, the policy and practice of borrowing, introducing, and transplanting foreign and international law and legal systems triumphed. de- spite different views regarding choices and modes of transplantation, consen- sus to borrow foreign and international laws was achieved and maintained. by rationally borrowing and transplanting foreign laws to constitute a new legal system that pushes social reform and maintains the open-door policy, china has turned onto a new road. in regard to basic conditions for a successful transplant, china faces a complicated situation. first, as to the institutions and mechanisms that could facilitate transplantation, the existing apparatus, such as law enforcement agencies and judicial organs, has traditional ways of operating that are rife with defects and loopholes and often incompatible with newly transplanted law or mechanisms. when china introduced contracts as a means for market transactions, for example, organs such as the state administration for indus- try and commerce still had the mind-set of a planned economy and exercised their control over business contracts by requiring them to be registered with the administration. second, legal consciousness in china may still lag behind the laws that are being introduced. although china has made an effort to build a legal system and promote the rule of law, the law is not regarded as the predominant norm in chinese society, and the legal system and apparatus are not considered the primary means for constructing a new social structure or solving social problems. the communist party and state policies (or even the decisions of individual leaders) continue to play more significant roles than the law. in the areas of rural economic reform and state-owned enter- prise reform, policy is more effective and timely than law. law is often used to enforce or institutionalize policy. in this regard, social and legal conditions are not sufficient for newly introduced laws that cannot have immediate le- gal effects without policy support. finally, an inadequate legal consciousness creates hurdles to acceptance and implementation of introduced laws and mechanisms. the communiqué of the third plenary session of the eleventh central committee of the communist party of china (dec. , ). the chinese communist party’s policy is usually carried out in party documents. for ex- ample, to promote rural reform in china, every year’s first party document states major rural reform policies from to and from to . thus, the “first party document” is the nickname of rural reform policy. these policies often introduce new reform measures that do not have sound legal grounds and will push law in new directions. the world bank legal review china is in the long process of learning how to march to the rule of law. there are bound to be defects, problems, and loopholes in the legal system and in society as this process unfolds. for example, after drafting securities laws and regulations based on foreign models (introducing foreign law), listed companies with state assets are habitually interfered with by the state organs exercising power over them as state-owned enterprises. based on these kinds of conditions, securities law and regulations operate differently than does the original model and their functions are very much restricted. traits and effects of legal transplantation in china at this point, china has a relatively comprehensive legal system. although the legal system needs to be developed and perfected, its role in promoting economic and social development and constructing a new legal and social structure is widely recognized. the system has borrowed and transplanted many foreign laws and legal mechanisms that have been integrated into the system and play a significant role in providing readily gained experience and shortening the process of lawmaking. why have these transplants been suc- cessfully integrated into the chinese system? integration of transplanted and aboriginal concepts the modern chinese legal system is built on western legal patterns that have been transplanted on a grand scale. the traditional chinese legal system (such as the tang and qing royal codes and legal apparatus) no longer exists in china. nevertheless, the legal system has maintained certain traits, including strong nationalist and socialist characteristics. the traditional chinese legal system, which lasted for more than , years, is an aboriginal legal system. the system was fundamentally trans- formed due to the formation of international markets and the effects of glo- balization. although the legal culture and ideology of the system maintain a strong influence (both positive and negative), the chinese structure and system have been entirely taken over. this transformation took place in the late qing dynasty and early nationalist republic, when the royal “ancestor’s law and the traditional legal system” were abandoned and replaced by the western legal system. transplantation has since become a significant feature of the chinese legal system. after the establishment of the people’s republic of china in , the new government of china abandoned the western legal pattern and introduced the legal system of the soviet union. this massive process of transplantation ended in the early s, when china broke away from the soviet union. during the disaster of the cultural revolution, the legal system modeled on the soviet example was dismantled. with the ending of the cultural revolution, the chinese government led by deng xiaoping zhou shaoyuan, chinese legal changes and legal transplantation in the th century, chinese and foreign legal science ( ). legal transplantation and legal development in transitional china decided to initiate structural reforms and open china’s door to the world. a policy of strengthening the legal system was begun to rebuild the ruined legal system. since then, china has borrowed and introduced many foreign and international laws and mechanisms. nevertheless, the dominant ideas in the process of transplantation are either “insisting on chinese learning as the foundation and western learning for practical use,” as introduced in the late qing period, or “chinese characteristics” (socialism under chinese con- ditions), used currently, in which the transplanted laws and mechanisms are organically combined with traditional chinese culture, popular ideology, and local environments. therefore, china’s legal development is unlike that in asia, africa, and latin america during the law-and-development movement of the s, when foreign experts espoused the wholesale transplantation of the western legal system. in the process of transplantation, china has emphasized the following concepts: • an insistence on the nationalistic and socialist nature of legal develop- ment, by which china tries to integrate transplanted laws and mecha- nisms into the framework of the legal regime embedded in chinese cul- ture, particularly ideology and the dominant political doctrine. • an insistence on facing and solving real chinese problems, by which china adopts a functional approach to set up clear targets for the trans- planted laws and mechanisms in order to combine the transplanted laws with chinese social reality. • an insistence on national sovereignty and the principle of “taking facts as basis,” by which china’s legislative, administrative, and judicial agen- cies, after carefully analyzing the chinese social environment and interna- tional needs, have maintained their authority of initiation and renovation and never blindly borrowed. • an insistence on integration within the national legal system, in which transplanting goes through careful study and adaptation in order to make individual transplants compatible with other laws and mechanisms. this type of transplantation might be described as “selective transplan- tation”—china has built its legal system with its own needs and purposes in mind. although there are debates over the concepts of “chinese charac- teristics” and socialism, and these concepts do need further explanation and substantiation, the concepts emphasized by china have the de facto effect of guaranteeing the independence of the chinese legal system and maintaining its distinctive traits, and therefore integrating the introduced laws and me- chanics into the social environment and the existing chinese legal framework. the unique approach taken by china to incorporating foreign elements into gu ang’ran, significance of contract law legislation, in legislative materials on contract law of china, (law publishing house ). see also li peichuan, theory and practice of chinese socialist legislation – (china legality press ). the world bank legal review its legal system represents a major innovation and has directly advanced the country’s economic development. as a result, china has been successful in avoiding an unhappy marriage of the transplanted and aboriginal systems as evidenced in other developing countries. this particular way of integration has also avoided the result of “rejection reaction” and guaranteed the natu- ralization of transplanted laws while maintaining their vitality. if legal trans- plants have played an important role in promoting social transition and reform in china, the above-mentioned general approaches, unique models, and tactics of legal transplantations were preconditions for success. selective transplantation “selective adoption is the process of interplay by and mixing of the interna- tional rules and local cultural norms.” this concept, proposed by potter, relates to the application of international rules and foreign laws in different countries, particularly in developing countries in today’s environment of glo- balization. china’s legal transplantation is by no means a blind or wholesale form of transplantation; to a great extent, it is a transplantation based on “self- need.” it requires that recipients scrutinize the target laws to be transplanted, the problems to be solved by transplanted laws, the possible social effects of transplantation, and the differences and similarities of the social environments of exporting and importing countries in order to come up with an active, pur- poseful, and selective legal transplant. in the current development wave, international institutions such as the world bank and the international monetary fund often make the rule of law a prerequisite of financial support and ask recipient countries to implement overall or fundamental legal reform. facing such requirements, many recipi- ent countries have no other recourse but to accept. there is nothing wrong with such requests, but they often overlook the internal environment of the recipient countries, making the countries passive in the process of reform and transplantation. therefore, the transplanted laws often appear aimless or mis- matched to local needs or environments. in contrast, china, in its social transition and legal development, has adopted selective borrowing and transplantation rather than wholesale ab- sorption. in economic law, china adopted a series of foreign investment and trade laws and regulations when it opened the door to attract foreign wang chenguang, inter borrowing and absorption of legal systems of different countries—an important topic in comparative law, china legal science ( ). pitman potter, selective adoption and institutional capacity building: methods of applying in- ternational rules under the impacts of globalization, in the hypothesis of “selective application” and china’s legal practice (pitman potter & gu xiaorong ed., shanghai academy of social sciences press ). pitman potter, selective adaptation of economic governance norms in china: transparency and autonomy in local context, in pitman & gu xiaorong, id., at . chen yun, on the approaches of china’s rule of law resources, in legal transplantation and legal naturalization (he qinhua ed., law publishing house ). legal transplantation and legal development in transitional china investors and businesses. at the same time, china made a number of rules in the areas of foreign currency exchange, choices of laws, and management of joint ventures in order to maintain autonomy in conducting foreign trade. in the political field, china emphasizes its socialist nature and the communist party’s leading role and rejects the doctrine of separation of powers while it explores efficient means of restricting power, actively borrows and intro- duces foreign laws of legal supervision and control of governmental power, and sets up anticorruption bureaus in the procuratorial organs. in the process of judicial reform, china has pushed for adjudicative reform based on the ad- versarial model of common law while hesitating to adopt fully the principle of judicial independence; it introduced the reform of evidence rules based on the foreign evidence structure; and it actively promoted china’s guiding case system, based on the pattern of case law. these selective and adapted trans- plants play effective and practical roles with clear purposes in the incremental process of reform. openness and tolerance for transplanted laws chinese reform has another characteristic: to allow a “bold charge” (da dan chuang), even new methods may be incompatible with the current rules. generally speaking, chinese reform adopts an incremental approach and fol- lows a piecemeal path, but it also encourages bold experiments and tolerates failures, including in the process of legal transplantation. in the aspects of structure and legal framework, particularly in the area of reforming concrete rules and institutes, the bold introduction and transplanta- tion of foreign effective laws and mechanisms have been a regular practice in pushing legal reform. theoretically, there is a consensus that “borrowing and absorbing foreign laws cannot take the distinction of capitalism and socialism as a standard for borrowing and absorbing, but take the functional approach as standards to test whether the borrowing and absorbing is conducive to so- cial reform and economic development or not.” transplants of concrete rules and mechanisms have affected many areas of the law. in the field of civil law, transplants have included the right to privacy, spiritual damages, and the principle of changing situations; in the criminal field, presumption of innocence, exclusion of illegal evidence, and evidence rules; in the administrative law field, administrative litigation, ad- ministrative permission, and protection of private information; and in the detailed reform is demonstrated in supreme people’s court, the third five-year reform pro- gram of the people’s courts (mar. ). see also xia jinwen, contemporary chinese judicial re- form: achievements, problems and future—an analysis of people’s courts, china legal science ( ); huang zaizai, on legal transplantation and establishment of china’s case law system, shanghai carders management college of pol. & l. rev. ( ). the phrase “bold charge” was used by deng xiaoping when he made his famous visit to shenzhen and encouraged further reforms in . cao ying & hu liguo ed., xiaoping’s centenary – ( jinghua press ). wang, supra note . the world bank legal review commercial and economic law field, company law, anti-unfair competition, protection of consumer rights, intellectual property rights, and the stock market. in the social protection field, a social security and social insurance system is garnering attention. the chinese model of legal transplantation has had significant impacts on social transition and economic development. it facilitates the integration of the existing system with the transplanted system by reducing the conflicts be- tween them; at the same time, it exerts enormous momentum for social transi- tion. a good example is in the field of foreign investment: china has success- fully introduced many foreign laws and at the same time kept transplanted laws compatible with society. thus, the transplanted laws and mechanisms maintain their vitality and effectiveness in the chinese environment while promoting the transformation of the old legal and social systems. this model creates a vital framework that is capable of accommodating the contradictions of innovation and status quo and of reform and stability. the chinese model promotes a mixed legal system. china’s current legal system is an open system that has absorbed positive experience from many foreign and international systems. it is based on a continental legal tradi- tion and actively borrows from the common law tradition, for example, in the fields of commercial law and banking law. this mode of transplantation implements the cost-effective formation of a modern legal system in line with international practice and development in other countries. legal transplanta- tion has the advantage of providing legal rules more advanced than existing ones in developing countries. rather than following the conventional method of going through all the developmental stages, legal transplantation may help a developing country effectively and efficiently upgrade its old-fashioned system. when china started to foster social reform and economic develop- ment, it could not wait for slow autogenous development but looked at more advanced systems with experience in the market economy; nor could it ac- cept the wholesale transplantation of foreign legal systems. by using this new innovative method of legal transplantation, china adopted market rules and mechanisms that have proved successful in other countries and successfully built a new market system and developed new market behavior patterns. the chinese model pushes social reform and development. chinese legal transplantation is never made without a clear purpose; therefore, legal trans- plantation is always directed toward tackling particular problems or issues. this problem-oriented approach is based on social reality and effectively see chen xiaojun, on contract law evolution in china, commercial l. research ( ); yu guohua, on comparative study of china’s contract law, exploration ( ); li xiaoming, on the presumption of innocence principle and its legislation, china prosecutor ( ); wu weishan, calling for legislative efforts for presumption of innocence, people’s forum ( ); wei zong, major points of administrative litigation law, china legal science ( ); ren erxin, economic analysis of commercial legislation in china, gansu college of pol. & l. rev. ( ); chen yadong, several important issues in social insurance law making, social protec- tion research ( ). legal transplantation and legal development in transitional china plants the transplanted rules in chinese soil. the function and potential effect of facilitating social development are embedded at the beginning of any process of transplantation. conclusion although some scholars claim that “the amount of innovation in law is small and borrowing and imitation is of central importance in understanding the course of legal change,” china’s experience shows that legal transplantation as a means of legal reform and development requires innovation: innovation in the methods and ways of transplantation, and innovation in the content of transplanted laws and mechanisms to ensure that they fit into the recipient le- gal system. legal transplantation is conducted not for the transplantation per se but for social development. the chinese approach toward legal transplan- tation and the selective strategy of transplantation constitute an innovative model that enables the recipient legal system to be reformed and revitalized, which in return empowers society to accept successful experience from other countries and to rise to the challenges of social transition, modernization, and globalization. orucu, supra note . rule of law as a watermark china’s legal and judicial challenges stéphanie balme because the law and legal systems are crucial in promoting business interac- tions in the course of globalization, one might well ask, what is the status of the law and the legal system in china, the world’s second-biggest economy? this chapter answers that question by examining the major turning points in chinese legal theory and legal practices since the s, when china be- came a global economic and political actor. it covers some of the major ac- complishments of the people’s republic of china (prc) since the end of the mao era and the beginning of deng xiaoping’s “open door policy” in and after china’s accession to the world trade organization (wto) in . under deng xiaoping, law reforms legitimized the process of economic change. the legal framework affected business growth, while china’s wealth helped build a modern court system. generally, access to justice for ordinary citizens is bet- ter today than ever before in chinese history. after three decades, reform objectives have evolved from quantitative reforms to more qualitative reforms. this chapter explores some of the key constraints and challenges facing china today in terms of legal and judicial practices. the lack of guarantee to a fair trial is a recurring concern. one might well ask if chinese law is inherently unfair because it denies due process or be- cause of deficient enforcement mechanisms. reform of china’s legal and judi- cial systems relies on a balance among the country’s ruling party and various legal groups with diverging opinions and standards. supremacy of the con- stitution, the law in action rather than in statutes, and legal certainty are fun- damental challenges in building a rule of law in china. legal certainty refers to clarity, predictability, and fairness in the implementation of legal rules. new to china’s legal tradition, this western standard has been translated into chinese ( falü quedingxing) even though it does not yet have a legal recognition. the author wishes to thank professor wang chenguang (tsinghua university), ms. marina lou, and m. can zhao (sciences po paris) for their comments on an earlier version of this chapter. the author is entirely responsible for its final content. world bank, doing business (world bank ). the world bank legal review from laws of power to the power of the law? the difficulty in establishing a genuine and innovative rule of law in china can be explained by the fact that, at the conceptual level, traditional law has been repeatedly rejected by china’s own lawmakers. the modern law that exists is a combination of a system influenced by western legality, the maoist legacy (a combination of stalinist theories with chinese characteristics), and traditional legal reasoning as well as modern court practices. after the establishment of the prc in october by mao zedong, a soviet-style revolutionary regime of criminal justice was implemented. the new government regarded the existing system of law as a straitjacket that aided criminal suspects and in turn restricted its own prosecutorial powers. the anti- rightist movement in , which witnessed the persecution of hundreds of thousands of people, further marginalized the role of law in society. in , the ministry of justice was abolished. during the cultural revolution, from to , the poorly shaped legal system, which lacked fundamental stat- utes such as criminal law, civil law, and administrative law, was almost entirely abolished. only after the disastrous cultural revolution did reformist leader deng xiaoping use law to promote his policies: legal changes in china in were a technical response as well as a political answer to the fragmentation of the state under mao. this is the point at which china began to take the role of law seriously and to embark on the current process of legal construction. in assessing china’s main achievements in terms of legal and judicial developments since , this chapter focuses on two areas: the legislative arena and access to justice. compared to the anarchical and rigorous charis- matic rule of the maoist period, modern law has become, at least in theory, a legitimate instrument of public action both for authorities and for civil soci- ety. to use max weber ’s typology, china has moved from a charismatic type of authority to a more rational-legal authority where legitimacy derives from the existence of a legal order. however, as shown in this chapter, the rheto- ric of the rule of law is often confined to a formula of legal positivism, or pure theory. important new regulatory policies the development of china’s current legal system dates to the late s. the founding text is a speech given by deng xiaoping on december , , an- nouncing the “policy of opening up,” as well as the official communiqué of december , , published at the end of the third plenary session of the th central committee of the chinese communist party (ccp). this com- muniqué formally abolished the dominant party policy of class struggle and philip c. huang, chinese civil justice: past and present (rowman & littlefield ). see wang zhenmin & li zhenghui, the rule of law history, theory and criticism, ( ) l. & phil. lib. – ( ). rule of law as a watermark the orthodox marxist conception of law, according to which law is an instru- ment of bourgeois or proletarian dictatorship. the period between and marked a transition in terms of the chinese legal system. the ccp clearly controlled the legal reform agenda. with the trial of the gang of four (november to january ), the new regime demonstrated its willingness to use legal instruments for dispute reso- lution (despite clear flaws in the trial, such as insufficient legal representa- tion, evidence errors, and political instruction to the special court). the work carried out since then has been considerable: restoration of the ministry of justice, rehabilitation of victims of the cultural revolution and the antiright- ist movement, and enactment of a new constitution, followed by a decade referred to by some western academics as “legal bulimia.” the struggle between two philosophies: rule by law and rule of law the idea of “rule by law” gradually emerged as the nation transformed from a planned economy to a state market economy. the fifth national people’s con- gress (npc) adopted the current constitution of the prc on december , . comprising articles, the constitution reflects a major change that shifts the primary task of the state from a class struggle to economic development and social reform. it stipulates the objectives of the state, the fundamental po- litical and economic systems of the country, a list of basic citizens’ rights, and the structure and power of the political regime. in june , the first of a series of educational campaigns on the “popular- ization of the law” (pufa) was launched with the idea of creating a chinese “so- ciety governed by law” ( fazhi shehui) and not “rule by men” (renzhi). the main slogan was a call to “reinforce the legal system and improve legislative qual- ity” ( jianquan de lifa zhidu yu hao de lifa zhiliang). in the s, china adapted many international economic and trade laws with a view to the country’s ac- cession to the wto. over a period of more than years, a genuine system of economic and trade laws was thus instituted. until , constitutional amendments were concerned almost exclusively with changing the orthodoxy of economic matters: namely, the diversification of property rights ( ), the establishment of a socialist market economy ( ), the acceptance or recogni- tion of the individual and semiprivate economy ( ), and the recognition of private property rights ( ). moreover, based on previously existing contract laws, the economic contract law (symbolically promulgated on october , the date of the found- ing of the prc) further validated the principles of autonomy, freedom, and equality of contracting parties. the law is voluminous (more than arti- cles) and was rapidly disseminated in consideration of investors, particularly see also donald clarke, peter murrell, & susan whiting, the role of law in china’s economic de- velopment, available at http://econweb.umd.edu/~murrell/articles/chinainstitutions.pdf. http://econweb.umd.edu/~murrell/articles/chinainstitutions.pdf the world bank legal review foreigners. contract law is now involved in almost every commercial transac- tion in china. article gives contracting parties the right to request adjust- ment or even rescission of a valid contract but also sets up strict precedents. it aims to bring more certainty to an uncertain economic situation, stating: after a contract is legally formed, in view of objective circumstances not anticipated by the parties when the contract was formed, caused neither by force majeure nor commercial risks, and significant changes occur such that continuing the performance of the contract is unfair and inequitable to one party or the objective of the con- tract cannot be fulfilled, then a party or both parties may request the people’s court to modify or rescind this contract. ten years later, in the aftermath of the international economic crisis, the supreme people’s court (spc) issued a judicial interpretation of the eco- nomic contract law to provide guidance on the right to rescind or modify a contract when a “fundamental change of circumstances” has occurred. a new objective: “an administration based on law” between the mid- s and china’s entry into the wto in december , the government focused on enhancing the administrative law system to control governmental authority, which had previously been unlimited, and on adapt- ing the legal system to comply with international norms. this period saw the re-emergence of administrative law and use of the slogan “an administration based on law” ( yifa xingzheng). by the mid- s, theories on administrative law were said to be “exploding,” with the appointment of more administra- tive law professors and the founding of the national school of administration (now called the chinese academy of governance). in april , a new administrative litigation law allowed citizens and all legal persons to bring legal challenges against “specific administrative actions.” through the mid- s, various regulations were passed to allow administrative sanctions, such as the regulations on public security manage- ment and sanctions (zhi’an guanli chufa tiaoli), and to restrict the power of administrative organs. passed in the mid- s, the state compensation law (article ) states: where state organs or state functionaries, in violation of the law, abuse their functions and powers infringing upon the lawful rights and interests of the citizens, legal persons and other organizations, thereby causing damage to them, the victims shall have the right to state compensation in accordance with this law. available at http://www.law-lib.com/law/. see zhang li, le contrôle juridictionnel de la légalité des actes administratifs en chine: eléments d’analyse comparée des contentieux administratifs chinois et français (bruylant ). http://en.chinacourt.org/public/detail.php?id= . http://en.chinacourt.org/public/detail.php?id= http://www.law-lib.com/law/ rule of law as a watermark other notable laws were the law on administrative punishments ( ), the law on administrative supervision ( ), the implementation regula- tions ( ), and the administrative licensing law ( ). in ancient china, people beat a drum outside the government offices ( ya- men) to start litigation, to petition a visiting imperial envoy, or “to appeal to the emperor” ( gao yu zhuang). as recently as a few decades ago, the petition system had not been standardized. under mao, the government developed a comprehensive network of agencies, the xinfang (letters and visits) offices, throughout the county, as well as a petition system (shangfang). these mecha- nisms were “to petition the government for a redress of grievances by means of letters (xin) or visits ( fang),” according to isabelle thireau and hua linshan. the xinfang system today looks different. under mao, only people defined as “legitimate” could express grievances. nowadays, the xinfang offices must, in principle, allow anyone to exercise his or her constitutional rights. also, under mao, the petition system mostly involved the denunciation of enemies and counterrevolutionaries. now, it aims to maintain social stability by com- pensating people and solving people’s problems. in may , a principle of “solving problems at the grassroots level” (ba xinfang wenti jiejue zai jiceng) was adopted. for the first time, an individual or organization could not retaliate against petitioners; if it did, it would face legal action. although there has been an increase in the number of petitioners ( . million letters, calls, or visits in , for example) and a growing number of visits, the success rate (in terms of petitioners’ cases being accepted) for these visits has always been low, less than percent, according to unofficial statements. in the wake of li maorun v. langzhong police station in , citizens can sue local governments for actions in violation of their rights, including ad- ministrative punishments, administrative coercive measures, interference with the operation of enterprises, refusal to take action or perform an obli- gation, unlawful demands for performance of duties, and violations of indi- vidual rights or property rights. cases commonly involve encroachment by the government on the interests and rights of ordinary citizens, inadequate compensation for land appropriation, illegal land seizures, and expropriation or house demolition. since the mid- s, administrative litigation and land- mark cases involving the government have increased as citizens become more comfortable using legal measures to protect their property from government violation. the relationship between the xinfang system and the judicial system re- mains unclear. in , it is still difficult for the judiciary to give transparent and consistent judgments or efficient enforcement. judicial review of government action is not permitted in situations of “national defense,” a loosely interpret- ed concept, or foreign affairs. in addition, judicial review is not permitted for see chen jianfu, chinese law: context and transformation – (martinus nijhoff, brill academic ). isabelle thireau & hua linshan, les ruses de la démocratie: protester en chine (le seuil ). the world bank legal review “abstract administrative action,” which refers to rule and policy-making activ- ities. the relationship between the state and citizens in public administration is still problematic in terms of not being regulated by due process. a growing recognition of labor and economic rights by the late s, restructuring of state-owned enterprises (soes) had led to the closure, merger, or privatization of underperforming soes and the laying off of more than million workers (xiagang zhigong). although various ar- rangements were made for the laid-off workers (for example, buying out em- ployment, reducing salaries, and providing assistance for self-employment), the smashing of the “iron rice bowl” (i.e., job security and guaranteed ben- efits) triggered massive labor disputes and unrest. scholars and think tanks developed a five-year program ( – ) for the government with the objective of developing labor protection laws in the new market situation. the labor law of (laodong fa) states that it will “protect the legitimate rights and interests of laborers, re-adjust labor rela- tionship, establish and safeguard the labor system compatible to the socialist market economy, and promote economic development and social progress” (article ). it further states that laborers have the right to equal treatment, choose occupations, ob- tain remunerations, take rests, have holidays and leaves, receive labor safety and sanitation protection, get training in professional skills, enjoy social insurance and welfare treatment, and submit ap- plications for settlement of labor disputes, and other labor rights stipulated by law. (article ) china’s labor law of january , , requires that labor contracts be in writing and limits the use of term contracts and probationary periods for em- ployees. their length of probationary periods is limited based on the terms of the employment contract, with a maximum of six months. “virtually every violation of the law gives the employee the right to sue the employer for pen- alties and damages in the local employment arbitration bureau or in the local courts,” explains lawyer steve dickinson. in march , china ratified the international covenant on economic, social, and cultural rights, but it still places a reservation on obligations re- garding article , which guarantees trade union rights and the right to free- dom of association. legislative activity in this area developed rapidly as the workers’ movement intensified in and . four important laws were adopted to face this new legal challenge: the law on prevention and treat- ment of occupational diseases, the employment promotion law, the law on labor dispute mediation and arbitration, and the social insurance law. steve dickinson, china’s new labor law: power to the people, china international business magazine ( ), available at http://www.chinalawblog.com. http://www.chinalawblog.com rule of law as a watermark legal empowerment at the local level according to zhu jingwen’s quantitative measure of rule of law reforms in china, in , there were laws, administrative regulations, and local regulations. in , there were laws, national administrative regula- tions, and , local regulations. thus, between and , the average annual growth of national laws and national administrative regulations was around percent, compared with more than percent for local regulations. these figures reveal that there was a massive legislative effort over years, particularly at the local level. this situation contributed to a growing deficit of legal visibility and accessibility of regulations and laws in china. with china’s integration into the international economy through the wto and the increasing development of the internet, the decade of – was characterized by new and multiple interactions between authorities and civil society in defining the legal reform agenda. the law on legislation (lifa fa), enacted in march , was designed to rationalize the system and regu- late legislative processes. it also set up procedures for public participation, such as publication of legislative drafts and public hearings (tingzheng). in march , the chairman of the standing committee of the national people’s congress, wu bangguo, controversially announced that a socialist le- gal system with chinese characteristics had been fundamentally accomplished. “there are laws to cover basically every area of economic, political, cultural and social activities in the country,” he stated in a report on china’s assembly. table . number of laws and regulations in china, - year law administrative regulation local regulation amount , , , , , , , , , , average annual rate of growth . % . % . % . % source: zhu jingwen, report on china law development: database and indicators (ruc press ). translation s. balme. zhu jingwen, report on china law development: database and indicators (ruc press ). id. the world bank legal review toward better access to justice china’s judicial system resumed in , after the chaotic events of the cultural revolution. the reform of the judiciary must be assessed through the lens of judicial transformation under the maoist regime. during successive maoist campaigns, particularly in – , – , – , and – , the num- ber of cases registered as criminal cases exceeded the number of civil cases. post-mao china’s legal and judicial reforms were characterized by stop-and- go cycles. for example, the last historical period, after mao’s death, when the number of criminal cases almost reached the number of civil cases was during the “strike hard” ( yanda) campaign against criminal suspects. in , deng xiaoping used the trial of the gang of four to display the regime’s intentions to govern with reference to the law instead of by indi- vidual political decisions. since then, ordinary, daily justice has been largely depoliticized and professionalized. according to professor zhu jingwen, the percentage of judgments made through formal procedures increased from . percent to . percent between the mid- s and the mid- s. ac- cording to the china national bureau of statistics, recent growth in the num- ber of civil disputes has been irregular: from , , in to , , in and , , in . altogether, between and , chinese juris- dictions received and adjudicated , , cases. the number of marriage and heritage disputes ( , , cases in ; , , cases in ) and the number of contract disputes ( , , cases in ; , , cases in ) also increased during this period. in years, successive reform plans have evolved from quantitative re- forms (reestablishing a judiciary, building courts, hiring judges, and training lawyers) to more qualitative reforms such as enhancing the quality of judi- cial training, improving access to justice, and creating alternative dispute- resolution techniques. for litigants who have access to the internet, judi- cial services are increasingly available in china, and, according to author bi shaofeng, legal aid services are more developed than in the past in coastal areas and in remote places. however, few legal aid offices or legal clinics (falü yuanzhusuo, falü zhensuo) exist in rural areas or for nonprivileged categories of the population such as the migrant workers or disabled persons. an emerging country with an emerging judiciary china is a centralized state with a decentralized judicial administration that is largely funded and supervised by local governments. all civil servants in the judicial organs are appointed by local people’s congresses. the spc, not the ministry of justice, supervises the judiciary at various levels through a hierar- zhu jingwen, judicial transformation and legal sociology in china ( ). http://www.stats.gov.cn. bi shaofeng, rural legal clinics: an educational handbook (china law press ). http://www.stats.gov.cn rule of law as a watermark chical system of more than , courts. politics and law committees (zhengfa wei) of the ccp at various levels are in charge of the direction and cooperation of courts, procuratorates, and police. the committees ensure the ccp’s leader- ship over judicial issues in every tribunal. the public security organs ( gong’an jiguan) represent the principal police authority, which is responsible for con- ducting criminal investigations and, with the authorization of procuratorates (except under certain circumstances), arresting suspects. the committee also ensures the ccp’s leadership over judicial issues in every tribunal. lawyers are kept under control by both the legislative and the judicial branches. since , anyone with a university degree can take the unified judicial exam (tongyi sifa kaoshi), which is common to all legal professions, including lawyers, judges, and prosecutors. every year, approximately , candi- dates ( percent of whom are from provinces, although the largest por- tion are from beijing and guangdong) take this competitive exam. since , the passing rate has been slightly above percent. among the percent of undergraduates who take the exam, only a minority are law students who specialize in law. however, overall, the number of graduates from law schools or legal institutes in china increased from around , in to more than , in . there are more than “real” law schools around the coun- try, and the legal education market is booming. in , among the , candidates who registered to take the exam in order to obtain a certificate of legal practice, the success rate was percent, in- cluding a very small proportion of candidates from the remote western regions. in , the provisional law on lawyering in the prc defined lawyers as “state legal workers” and law offices as “legal counseling services” ( falü gu- wenchu). in , the chinese national lawyer’s association was established in beijing, with branches throughout the country. by , a lawyer was de- fined as “a professional who legally obtains a lawyer’s certificate and pro- vides the society with legal services.” the lawyers law (lüshi fa), as amended in october , recognized the specificity of the lawyers as a legal profession. however, judges and prosecutors still greatly outnumber lawyers. except in the biggest cities and along the coastal provinces, the total num- ber of lawyers per habitant in china is very low. in addition, the distribution of lawyers in china is uneven. in , , people were “employed as attorneys” (this number refers to all categories of personnel working in a law firm; lüshi gongzuo renyuan); in , this number was , . this category can be divided between full-time attorneys ( , ; zhuanzhi lüshi), part-time attorneys ( , ; jianzhi lüshi), and legal workers ( falü gongzuozhe). from to , the number of people employed as “lawyers” increased from , to , . the number of full-time attorneys increased dramatically (from , to , ), while the number of so-called nonprofessional lawyers (not employed on a full-time basis) decreased from , to , . in , after http://www.stats.gov.cn. http://www.stats.gov.cn the world bank legal review introduction of the unified judicial exam for the professions of lawyers, judges, and procuratorates, the number of nonprofessional lawyers (or legal workers) decreased considerably. a majority of lawyers are now on full-time status and are supposedly fully qualified. according to sida liu and ethan michelson’s studies on the development of the legal profession in china, the economic and institutional “vulnerabili- ties” of chinese lawyers constitute a difficult issue. lawyers in medium-size cities often have to rely on state judicial agencies to find business and guaran- tee the annual renewal of their license. lawyers have to contend with “dead- beat clients who fail to pay their legal fees, exploitative employers who fail to support their professional work and to protect their social security,” and insti- tutional actors “who interfere with and obstruct [the lawyers’] work.” this situation weakens the role of lawyers in courts and constrains their capacity to represent clients. china’s judges law (faguan fa) was adopted in and amended in after the establishment of the unified judicial exam. theoretically and legally, all judges in china have passed the exam. their status is somewhat ambiguous: they are called “judge” ( faguan) in everyday life and “adjudica- tor” (shenpanyuan) in court. article of the judges law states that “judges are the judicial personnel who exercise the judicial authority of the state.” they shall “faithfully implement the constitution and laws, and serve the people whole-heartedly” (article ). the functions and duties of judges in china are different from those of their counterparts in the west; chinese judges must “take part in a trial as a member of a collegial panel or try a case alone accord- ing to law” as well as perform all other functions and duties as provided by law (article ). in addition, they must accept legal supervision and “supervi- sion by the masses” (article ). in , the spc published its first guiding instrument for enhancing the judiciary: the five-year reform program for people’s courts. this document aimed to enhance the efficiency and fairness of adjudication by reforming the courts’ “inquisitorial” trial pattern to a more “adversarial” trial pattern. since then, the main slogan of the spc has been “judicial efficiency and judicial fairness” (sifa xiaolü yu sifa gongzheng). in , measures on the management of the publication of judgment documents and several opinions of the supreme people’s court on strengthening the work on judicial openness in people’s courts were published, completing the transition. a second five-year reform program for people’s courts ( – ) stressed the importance of bringing greater professionalism and integrity to the judi- ciary. the reform program called for courts to begin “exploring within a certain geographic area the implementation of a system of uniform recruitment and see ethan michelson & sida liu, what do chinese lawyers want? political values and legal practice (brookings institution ), available at http://www.indiana.edu/~emsoc/publi- cations/chapter _michelson_liu.pdf. see also local reports such as those found at http:// www.fabang.com/a/ / .html. http://www.indiana.edu/~emsoc/publi�cations/chapter _michelson_liu.pdf http://www.indiana.edu/~emsoc/publi�cations/chapter _michelson_liu.pdf http://www.fabang.com/a/ / .html http://www.fabang.com/a/ / .html rule of law as a watermark uniform assignment of judges for duties in the basic-level courts.” the spc also explored the establishment of guaranteed national funding for local courts by inserting provisions in central and provincial government budgets. conflict of governance (budget, nomination, management, and judicial inde- pendence) between central and local judicial authorities remains a subject of concern for some judicial authorities. a network of modern courts, inspired by western architectural styles (greek temple or us supreme court–style), affects citizens’ and litigants’ per- ception of the judiciary. to that end, the spc developed a policy of erecting new court buildings and investing in hardware and access to justice. many older court buildings have been demolished. in , the litigation fees’ man- agement system was reformed, separating the collection of litigation fees from courts’ expenditures. litigation fees are no longer directly handed to courts but are paid instead by litigants through designated banks that are often directly located within the courts. in april , a regulation from the state council (the chinese government) unified charging standards and promoted lower litigation fees for civil and administrative disputes. this regulation to reduce litigation fees “to diminish ordinary people’s burden and facilitate access to justice” had a direct and immediate impact on the chinese courts’ source of income. in september , an article in the legal daily explained that courts lost an average of . percent of their rev- enues due to this change. consequently, . billion renminbi was allocated to compensate local tribunals for the losses in budgets. in and , the situation improved. most courts have received partial or total compensation for losses and have implemented the regulation forbidding arbitrary fees. in march , the spc promulgated a third five-year program for the reform of people’s courts ( – ), initiating a new round of court modern- ization. this program was formulated with a view to maintaining social fair- ness and justice and satisfying the new demands and new expectations of the general public regarding the judiciary. much attention was paid to aspects of “judicial efficiency” such as the cost and speed of judicial procedures as well as the enforcement of judicial decisions. these qualities are crucial in the effort to build trust and confidence among litigants. since the mid- s, mediation has been given great significance by the chinese communist party and therefore by all judicial organs. in , the spc, in its annual report on the work of people’s courts, put forward the policy of mediation first, followed by a combination of mediation and adjudica- tion. the same year, the spc promulgated the opinion on the establishment see also the report on the implementation of the central and local budgets for and on the draft central and local budgets for , (ministry of finance ), which states that in , the central authorities supported the strengthening of government authority at the county and township levels. funds were set aside in the central budget in to help lower-level procuratorial, judicial, and public security departments to improve conditions for process- ing cases. available at http://www.chinaview.cn. http://www.chinaview.cn the world bank legal review and improvement of dispute-settlement mechanisms with coordination between litigious and non-litigious means. this opinion was a major step in the pro- motion of the development of multiple dispute-settlement mechanisms, including arbitration and administrative and civil mediation, to avoid the danger of forced, or imposed mediation. in june , the spc revealed a detailed working guide to improve judicial efficiency (tigaosifa xiaolu gongzuo zhinan). the guide’s emphasis is on the quality and the effectiveness of justice to enhance judicial efficiency, which refers to a sense of providing accessible, professional, and fair dispute-settlement services. this implies incentive mechanisms for judges, the simplification of complicated dispute settlement procedures, the professionalization of the judicial manage- ment system, and the reinforcement of a variety of dispute resolution mecha- nisms, including some alternative or nonlitigation procedures. the guide is the product of an innovative international collaboration with the european union, the un development programme (undp), and the supreme people’s court. it will provide a benchmark for local courts to use to evaluate their efficiency. china has stated its intention to undertake certain reforms, such as promot- ing open, publicly accessible courtroom proceedings, more media interaction and public outreach, and more public access to written judgments including judges’ rationale. thus far, these reforms have been uneven and limited in terms of both their substance and their geographic scope. although several reforms have been designed to strengthen the professionalism of the judiciary and to ad- dress judicial corruption and build public confidence, such as the passage of an ethics code for judges, they still need to be institutionalized and fairly, uni- formly, and effectively enforced. the improvement of the “hardware” of the legal and judicial systems has largely benefited plaintiffs and citizens in china. civil justice in china has been overhauled. a broad range of reforms have been adopted, covering in- stitutional as well as procedural aspects. although the general context is dif- ferent, the global aim of the reforms has been much the same as elsewhere in europe where civil justice is being reformed: to ensure fair justice with greater efficiency in terms of both time and costs, in response to an increasing demand from the public at large. the status of human rights vs human rights in action in the late s, the term fazhi (legal system) was gradually abandoned in favor of its homonym fazhi (rule of law), which implies the necessity of the establishment of a formal system to guarantee people’s rights and to check governmental power. in december , a notion similar to the concept of see stéphanie balme, review of efforts to improve judicial efficiency and costs (governance for equitable development aug. ). rule of law as a watermark rule of law but not yet due process was incorporated into china’s constitution. article states: no law or administrative or local rule and regulation shall con- travene the constitution. all state organs, the armed forces, all political parties and public organizations and all enterprises and undertakings must abide by the constitution and the law. all acts in violation of the constitution and the law must be investigated. no organization or individual may enjoy the privilege of being above the constitution and the law. another major step toward reforming the post-mao state is the progres- sive integration of human rights into chinese law. until the s, human rights discourses were ignored or attacked. today, marxist critics of human rights still exist among some ccp leaders who con- tinue to advocate historical materialism, deny the notion of jus naturalism, em- phasize collective rights over individual rights, advocate equality rather than liberty, and prefer “real rights” (the right of subsistence, for example) over so-called formal rights, such as freedom of expression. however, beijing has signed—if not ratified—most of the existing inter- national treaties or conventions related to human rights, including the inter- national convention on the elimination of all forms of racial discrimination (march ), the convention on the elimination of all forms of discrimina- tion against women (december ), the international convention against torture and other cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment (of december ; although china does not yet recognize the competence of the committee against torture); the convention on the rights of the child (no- vember ), the international covenant on economic, social, and cultural rights (icesc; ) and the international covenant on civil and political rights (iccpr; ). in , the chinese government published its first white paper on human rights. in , a national action plan on human rights was officially launched, demonstrating a general yet genuine recognition of the morality of human rights as described by michael perry: “each and every born human being has inherent dignity which is inviolable.” the criminal procedure law (cpl) recognizes the “principle of pre- sumption of innocence” (wuzui tuiding) of innocence without adopting the actual words, which are similar to those found in article of the universal declaration of human rights. article ( ) of the cpl states that, “if michael j. perry, toward a theory of human rights (cambridge u. press ). according to the law, everyone charged with a penal offense has the right to be presumed innocent until proved guilty in a public trial at which he or she has had all the guarantees necessary for his or her defense. stéphanie balme, la justice pénale en chine: son évolution et son avenir; analyse du projet de réformes de la loi de procédure pénale (institut des hautes etudes sur la justice ); available at http://www.ihej.org/la-justice-penale-en-chine-son -evolution-et-son-avenir/. http://www.ihej.org/la-justice-penale-en-chine-son-evolution-et-son-avenir/ http://www.ihej.org/la-justice-penale-en-chine-son-evolution-et-son-avenir/ the world bank legal review the evidence is insufficient and thus the defendant cannot be found guilty, he/she shall be pronounced innocent accordingly on account of the fact that the evidence is insufficient and the accusation unfounded.” the right to life and the protection against cruel, inhuman, and degrading punishments (international covenant on civil and political rights, article , paragraph ) restricts the use of the death penalty to the most serious crimes. china’s criminal law, article , stipulates: “the death penalty should only be applied to criminals who have committed extremely serious crimes and be restricted and excluded for juveniles, pregnant women, mothers and the insane.” a penalty of death must be based on clear and convincing evidence, leaving no room for other explanations of the facts. the maximum term for concurrently applied sentences was raised from to years (article ), and individuals originally sentenced to life imprison- ment will be obliged to serve longer prison terms before they can be released through sentence reduction (article ). the most serious offenders will not be offered sentence reduction. however, the law requires lenient treatment of offenders aged and older, and judges have been given more specific in- structions about how “lenient punishment” should be applied in sentencing (articles and ). additionally, in , crimes (among a total of ) were removed from death penalty eligibility under criminal law. the official contestation, in the s—following the tiananmen square incident—of the principle of the universality of human rights came not so much from a supposed confucian tradition, but rather from a marxist cri- tique. human rights still are sometimes considered a threat to the political status quo. finally, this contestation is paradoxically growing at a time when a new generation of human rights (e.g., animal rights and rights to reputation) are emerging in china. both a developing country and an emerging power, chinese authorities question the path of contemporary developed societies on human rights and the rule of law. however, it seems that china’s authorities also do not want their performance to be subjected to international scrutiny. the diversity of voices in china makes the judicial and legal systems more difficult to change now than immediately after the cultural revolution. open debates, the vitality of public opinion, reflections on publicized trials, and ju- dicial cases are also assets as china’s rule of law faces new challenges. rule of law in china: current challenges and future perspectives although the framework of law that has evolved since the end of the cultural revolution provides a foundation for rule of law, a more determined and sus- tained effort is necessary to reform china’s legal regime in depth. experts observed a significant regression of the rule of law in the s, under the guise of preserving social harmony. wang shengjun, the president rule of law as a watermark of the spc, publicly advocated the policy of the “three supremes”: first, the supremacy of the party, then of the people, and finally of the constitution and the law. the many legal and judicial challenges faced by china can be sum- marized by the increasingly urgent need to create a systematic legal frame- work and a hierarchy of norms respectful of both collective and individual rights. areas of potential reform include legal sources, legal writing and rea- soning, due process, the stability of legal institutions, the predictability of the judicial process, and legal certainty. chinese judges are civil servants with no real power. the ministry of pub- lic security, the principal police authority, holds the power to conduct inves- tigations and arrest suspects in criminal cases; a politics and law committee (zhengfa wei) is in charge of the direction and cooperation of people’s courts, people’s procuratorates, and the police. the committee also ensures the ccp’s leadership over judicial issues in every tribunal. lawyers are kept under strict control by both the legislative and the executive branches. conflicts of norms after more than three decades of reforms, china’s legal developments are not immune from defects; some are serious, such as a lack of hierarchy of norms and inconsistency among rules, the absence of a transparent and comprehen- sive constitutional review system (weixian shencha), and a lack of harmoni- zation of law and judgments. also, the ccp charter and regulations are de facto full-fledged laws. what, then, is china’s grundnorm? to show the complexity of the situation in china, this section focuses on the evolution of three domains of law: criminal procedure, property, and an- tidiscrimination. in criminal procedure and property law, abuses and legal uncertainty are mainly a consequence of unlawful behaviors, which are fa- cilitated by the vagueness and ambiguities of the law. in antidiscrimination regulations, legal discrimination leads to behavioral abuses against the basic principles of rule of law. the criminal procedure law (cpl; ) and its amendments ( ) typ- ify how the inconsistencies among laws at different levels generate an opposi- tion to judicial discretion and foster a sense of arbitrariness. ambiguities of and inconsistences among legal norms affect their credibility and reveal that the court system, which is not even charged with interpreting the law, is not a powerful institution. chinese courts play very few roles in supervising the police during criminal investigations. another example: the system of reha- bilitation through labor (rtl) (laojiao) is an administrative sanction taken by the police and the rtl committee without interference from the procuratorate or the tribunal. under the rtl system, a person can be deprived of liberty without having interacted with any judicial authority. although the cpl was revised in , many ambiguities remain both with and within the lawyers law. amended in october , the lawyers law the world bank legal review allows lawyers to meet with clients without the presence of police officers. lawyers have an obligation of confidentiality but are limited by the fact that theycannot keep certain information secret (article of the lawyers law). in addition, a lawyer can be condemned if he or she influences a client not to con- fess to a crime (article of the cpl). in china, the absence of a guarantee to the right to a fair trial is a serious issue, especially because the right to remain silent is not clearly established. the cpl stipulates that evidence obtained through torture cannot be used as grounds for a verdict. however, the law emphasizes that accused persons must give “truthful answers” (rushi huida) and that “resistance to answer will be treated severely” (kangju congya). the march revision of the cpl ex- hibits a punitive philosophy, mainly based on the traditional marxist notion of crime, and the goal of maintaining public order. (there are more than references to the terms “raison d’etat” or “state secrets” in the revision.) a lack of empowerment by the judges within the judicial system, in contradistinction to the role played by the public security forces, emphasizes the effectiveness of exceptional police procedures on ordinary judicial procedures. legal guarantee of ownership rights is a fundamental characteristic of a state that has rule of law. china’s legal system does not provide legal certainty in this regard for the following reasons: the system of ownership is extremely complex in china and public ownership often trumps private ownership; the lack of legal quality (precise rules) leads to legal uncertainty; and the judicial system does not have a strong authority to regulate chaotic legal norms. in , civil codes enacted under the previous, nationalist, regime were abolished. land reform policies in resulted in massive and violent land expropriations and the abolishment of the notion of private property and own- ership rights. the land collectivization that took place during the maoist pe- riod led to the replacement of the notion of property rights (suoyou quan) with “a system of property” (suoyou zhi). after the cultural revolution, the aboli- tion of the people’s communes allowed a growing recognition of the notion of “real rights,” espoused by administrative regulations specifying rules of transfer and the attribution of rights. in , the general principles of civil law (minfa tongze) defined, for the first time since the kuomintang’s codes, the notion of property rights. the rural land contracting law of (nongcun tudi chengbao fa) clari- fied the rights and obligations of the rural household and the agricultural col- lective based on a contractual system (chengbao zhi). in , after a decade of consultations and debates, a property law was adopted by . percent of the , legislators of the npc, with delegates opposing and abstaining. in , a constitutional amendment specified that “the lawful private property of citizens is inviolable” (article ). yet, according to the property law of , “the state may in the public interest [ gonggong liyi] expropriate or take over land for its use in accordance with the law and provide compat- ible compensation [xiangying buchang]” (article , paragraph ). because the rule of law as a watermark notion of public interest is vague and the judiciary has almost no independent authority, the law does not provide protection or legal certainty to the people whose land is being expropriated. the legal system has improved in recent years in that access to property rights is now guaranteed. still, because urban lands belong to the state and rural lands belong to collective organizations, owners’ rights are limited when expropriations are deemed justified by public authorities. for rural lands, each farmer must be allocated a land parcel based on a contractual system of to years, depending on the status of the land (cultivated land, forest land, etc.). as for nonrural lands, rights are delegated by the state, which can trans- fer, use, and exchange the land (the notion of sûreté in european systems). to fight against the many abusive expropriations that took place in china between and , new local and administrative regulations have been passed, creating a chaotic legal structure. this lack of legal quality has led to increasing legal uncertainty. for example, a law on planification of urban and rural zones (articles – ) was enacted in , as was a resolution amend- ing the land management law (tudi guanli fa). these texts present two major amendments to the existing system: “according to the needs of public inter- est, the state can expropriate [zhengshou] or requisition [zhengyong] land and provide adequate compensation.” in other words, the state can expropriate collectively owned land for the purposes of national projects such as dams, railroads, and highways through a transfer of land from collective owner- ship to state ownership, and requisition does not entail a change in owner- ship. the state can also temporarily lease land from a collective for public benefit, but in theory, it must return the land once the lease is over. these provisions include the rights to use and profit from contracted land, to profit from the transmission of the land’s management authority, and to organize and manage one’s own production. judges review disputes on compensation for expropriated land based on the administrative law on urban land and real estate property. according to article of that law, only the central government (some- times in coordination with provincial governments) can expropriate lands with the precondition of obtaining a “demolishing license.” lands can be expropriated only for public service construction, not for commercial use, and transformation of farmlands into “industrial land” is limited. however, the distinction is primarily administrative, and courts seldom take expropria- tion cases. in most cases, local governments decide expropriations. persistence of legal discrimination when he was working as a consultant to the world bank on china’s labor legislation in the late s, ronald brown noticed a job advertisement that li bin, droit de la propriété et expropriation en droit chinois (université paris i ). the world bank legal review read, “seeking an office clerk. female, decent height and appearance. ‘all five facial organs must be in the right place’ [wu guan duanzheng].” in china, discrimination based on physical appearance is common. although general antidiscrimination provisions are included in various laws, administrative regulations and local regulations remain discriminatory. the constitution recognizes that “all citizens are equal before the law” (article ). women enjoy equal rights with men in all spheres of life— political, economic, cultural, and social—including family life (guaranteed by article of the constitution and the law on the protection of the rights and interests of women). the labor law of states that employees must not be discriminated against on the basis of nationality, gender, or religious belief (article ). the disabled persons protection law, amended in , protects “the lawful rights and interests of people with disabilities.” professor li dun, a scholar at the chinese academy of social sciences, showed that the civil servants recruitment health check-up standard (gongwuyuan pinyong tijian biaozhun) issued by the ministry of health and the ministry of human resources and social security was unconstitutional. this “standard” prevents people with various physical conditions, includ- ing hiv/aids, from taking civil service jobs. it also violates many norms that have superior legal authority, including the employment promotion law and the international labor organization convention on nondiscrimination in employment. although the number of lawsuits against discrimination is increasing, there is little sanction for violations. the first landmark case was that of zhang xianzhu in . zhang was a -year-old college graduate who received the highest score on the wuhu city (anhui province) civil service qualification exam but was rejected by the civil service because he tested positive for the hepatitis b virus (hbv). zhang filed an administrative suit against the local per- sonnel bureau alleging that the rejection of hbv carriers was a discriminatory practice, which violated his fundamental constitutional rights. on april , , the wuhu court issued its judgment, affirming the validity of the gov- ernment regulation while ruling that the decision by the defendant to refuse to ronald brown, china’s employment discrimination laws during economic transition, columbia j. asian l. (spring ). investigation report on hepatitis b discrimination in china’s higher education system (oct. ) by the yirenping center (a chinese ngo operating in beijing), and investigation report on hepatitis b discrimination in multinational corporations based in china (feb. ). for further information, see legal protection against employment discrimination handbook (sep. ), and investigation report on employment discrimination in shenzhen (may ). see also lin yanling ed., report on non-discrimination in employment: legal systems and practices in asia (social sciences academic press ). professor li dun was invited by the ministry of health to participate in the drafting of the regulations on hiv prevention and treatment. interview with the author. rule of law as a watermark hire the plaintiff based on his hbv status lacked sufficient evidence. the court refused to grant zhang’s request to enter the civil service on the ground that the recruitment period was over. however, the court failed to invalidate the discriminatory government regulation on constitutional grounds. a decade later, the judicial decision has not been enforced, but the trend in recent regu- lations regarding public hiring and university admission has mandated that physical tests for employment screening not include testing for hbv. a weak constitutional system in china, the lack of respect for the constitution is explained by the de facto absence of a hierarchy of norms (despite a clear theoretical definition of the “sources of the law” [ fa yuan]), resulting in confusion both in the organization and in the legal texts, administrative regulations, and decrees. it can also be explained by the lack of a clear conception of the position of the constitution in the hierarchy of the normative system, despite unambiguous terms used to designate it, such as the “fundamental law” ( genben dafa) or the “mother of all laws” (mufa). the constitution in truth is an abstract political document remote from people’s daily life and social operation. the government and the ccp have a long history of using policy rather than law to steer social development. every change or amendment of the constitution is initiated by ccp policy changes. this practice results in pay- ing lip service to the constitution and marginalizing its legal function. the constitution then serves as a footnote to party policy and governmental prac- tice. there are numerous examples of liberties taken with the text of the con- stitution and of legal deadlock arising from social complexity and confusion of the legal system due to the absense of consensus on the effective sources of the law. the lack of respect for the constitution testifies to the historical lack of respect for the hierarchy of norms in general, due to their nonexistence in both practical and conceptual terms. however, since the law on legislation in established a principle of unity of the legislative system and initiated a hierarchy of norms, the constitution is theoretically at its highest position. the next challenge lies in the political courage of the government and the ccp to respect the constitution not only in words but in action. another means is to entrust the supreme people’s court with a role that is neither recognized in the political system as a whole nor compatible with its present organization, given that the existing system is one of an a posteriori and legislative review of the constitution through the work of the national people’s congress. while debate on constitutionalism is very rich, it has not yet been fol- lowed by any official call for open debate or adoption. probably in may , the law and regulation filing office (fagui shencha bei’an shi) was created see cai dingjian & wang chenguang, china’s journey toward the rule of law: legal reform, – (brill ). the world bank legal review within the commission for legal affairs (fazhi gongzuo weiyuanhui) of the standing committee of the npc. constitutional experts have been critical of this new body whose activities and structure have remained secret. chinese scholars hold the view that a legal apparatus is a common good through which citizens and organizations may achieve justice. they also believe in the theoretical supremacy of the constitution as a means to effec- tively check and control governmental and political power by establishing a constitutional review system. the western concept of constitutionalism is ac- cepted academically but the political conception of a constitution as a substan- tive legal norm is not. indeed, in western rule of law democracies, the constitutionality of the law is intended to give rise to precise and rigorous examination. the constitu- tionality of the law is a matter of legal certainty and judicial consistency, of the practical reliability of legislative arrangements, and of democratic guarantees. addressing the role of judges within the judicial system since , judicial reform in china has been more piecemeal than systemic. it also has been oriented more toward access to justice for citizens than toward reform of the system and its actors. as in the rest of the world, litigants in china ask for much better legal services and have higher expectations than in the past. litigants, via social networks, demand that their disputes be han- dled with greater transparency and uniformity in applying substantive and procedure law. the growing call in china that alternative dispute resolutions and mediation be viewed as intertwined with formal litigation procedures expresses a movement toward “informalizing” legal institutions. in this context, the legal profession faces many challenges in china. one is uneven geographical distribution: in , there were more lawyers in shang- hai than in the whole of shaanxi province, and more lawyers in the city of shenzhen than in fujian province. in , there were , lawyers in bei- jing, out of a total estimated , lawyers nationwide. other problems include an uneven level of professionalization and an accompanying lack of specialization (the number of defense lawyers trained every year in the coun- try is low); an absence of legal recognition of the unique capacity of lawyers to act as agents ad litem; and an inadequate representation of lawyers in courts compared to the number of judges and procuratorates. also, lawyers’ fees re- main far too high for most litigants. many non-lawyer legal experts act as agents ad litem in litigation procedures and lawsuits in china. experts have shown that in china, lawyers face competition from a variety of alternative legal service providers, includ- beijing bar association, interviews with the author in january and may . rule of law as a watermark ing legal workers at grassroots levels and other practitioners, presenting a challenge to the government on how to regulate these competing groups. lack of trust and credibility regarding the court system are among the most pressing issues the government faces. it is important to build trust among judges and all the actors involved in courts’ management; to remain flexible with planned new reforms; and to create mechanisms for institution- alizing changes and build the conditions for achieving sustainable reforms within the judiciary. one of the main weaknesses of the chinese judiciary system is the ex- tremely decentralized administration of a centralized legal system where na- tional laws tend to be abstract and local specificities are given short shrift. the role of people’s courts in the harmonization and convergence (if not unification) of legal practices must be encouraged. the main goal is to cre- ate better cooperation between and consistency of the lawmaking and judi- cial-making process to achieve a greater uniformity in the application of law and to protect citizens. people’s courts should ensure that rules are interpreted consistently throughout the country. this interpretation can be achieved only if courts are given real power and a specific status and specific tasks within the judicial system. both legal harmonization and consistency of law enforcement require that the judicial body play both legal and moral roles. reforms need to be oriented toward the reform of the judges’ status. conclusion during recent decades, the chinese legal system has undergone a fascinat- ing transformation from barely any law to a relatively comprehensive and complicated network of laws and norms. the foundations of the legal-rational state are undergoing rapid change. the law has been not only an instrument of post-socialist transition, social control, and governance but also a means of social transition and market reform in china. the concept of law is perceived as a modern means of regulation, a tool in the service of this objective. in years, the rule of law rhetoric in china has moved from a concept focused on economic considerations (the deng xiaoping era) to one focused on maintaining stability within society and the control of the ccp (during the hu jintao–wen jiabao era). yet, the rapid legal development cannot hide the defects in china’s legal system. besides those mentioned above, the biggest see terence halliday, ethan michelson, & sida liu, china’s emerging middle class: beyond economic transformation, ch. (cheng li ed., brookings institution press ). see randall peerenboom, economic and social rights: the role of courts in china (oct. , ), available at http://ssrn.com/abstract=http://papers.ssrn.com/sol /papers.cfm?abstract _id= . http://ssrn.com/abstract=http://papers.ssrn.com/sol /papers.cfm?abstract _id= http://ssrn.com/abstract=http://papers.ssrn.com/sol /papers.cfm?abstract _id= the world bank legal review problem is that the notion of due process of law is underdeveloped because of the lack of constitutional review and the low predictability of legal outcomes. despite ideological transformations, social changes, and radical economic reforms, the world’s second-biggest economy is not yet governed by the rule of law. many observers in and outside china question whether rule of law is necessary for a rich, emerging country such as china. the lack of legal cer- tainty affects leadership succession processes as well as governance on a large scale and confidence in business. demands for rule of law changes by public and legal professionals have been unprecedented. what china can achieve depends on how the legal system develops and whether the concept of the rule of law can be translated into judicial practices. what china can achieve depends largely on what china wants. achieving development through innovative constitutionalism a china story zhenmin wang and yuan tao constitutions are created to balance political powers, to regulate the behavior of political institutions and individuals, and to protect citizens’ rights. the interplay between constitutionalism and reality constantly changes, with the evolution of a constitution the most obvious proof of that transformation. traditionally, constitutionalism has been correlated with separation of pow- ers, limited government, and democracy. today, however, a constitution is no longer seen as a purely political and legal document; it is also viewed as a document incorporating guiding economic principles, and growing attention is being given to the economic functions of a constitution and how consti- tutions might be used to promote economic development. most transitional and developing nations face the challenge of proper allocation of available economic and financial resources as well as the compatibility of economic de- cisions with the constitutional framework and the limitations created by that framework. the economic function of the constitution can be used to narrow the gap between practical enforcement of the economic, social, and political rights granted by the constitution and the economic policy, budget legislation, and administrative policies conducted by the national government. constitutions in the th and th centuries were purely political docu- ments. they had little to do with economy. the first constitution to introduce economic provisions was the weimar constitution of germany. as con- stitutions have evolved, some are more focused on citizens’ rights vis-à-vis the government and private property ownership, while others provide for both political and economic affairs in a comprehensive fashion. a key challenge for modern constitutionalists, especially in developing countries, is how to use constitutional provisions to facilitate economic advancement and the devel- opment of a market economy. if a constitution can be defined as a framework of fundamental rules and principles according to which a state is governed, the locus of constitutional- ism lies at the intersection of law and politics. every theory of constitutional- ism must take both law and policy into account and apply them in a way that is open to country-specific variations. the purpose of a constitution should be multifold: the balanced and rational allocation of governmental powers among various branches and levels; the assurance that government behavior is sub- ject to supervision and constraints; the obligation that government agencies or the world bank legal review executive officials, whether appointed or elected, be bound by the constitution, abstain from abuse of power and corruption, and be held accountable to the people; and the protection of basic human rights and freedom. based on this definition of a constitution, economic constitutionalism en- compasses and addresses several issues: first, what economic freedoms and rights can the constitution provide for the people; second, to what extent may the government intervene in economic affairs; and third, where does the boundary lie for government intervention in the economic arena—in other words, how does the government redistribute resources and social wealth among members of the society. the evolution of china’s constitution is an example of the changing and multifaceted nature of economic constitutionalism. the first national people’s congress (npc) adopted china’s first constitution in . in , the consti- tution was completely revised to become the second constitution. three years later, it was rewritten and adopted as the constitution. in , the chi- nese authorities established the high-profile constitution revising committee with the mandate to thoroughly review the constitution and make a new one. after two years’ consultation and deliberation, the new constitution was passed by the fifth npc in . the constitution has been amended four times: in , , , and . most of the amendments are related to economic freedoms, especially the constitutional and legal status of private economy. as such, not only is the constitution, and its amendments, a document for legal and political affairs, but it also provides a foundation for economic development and economic justice. the constitution was adopted shortly after deng xiaoping took pow- er and initiated china’s “opening and reform” policy. law played a vital role in deng’s administration as he sought to provide greater institutional order to support china’s development. the constitution puts the constitution above all organizations in the country, including the communist party of chi- na (cpc). post-deng leaders have modified the constitution through amend- ment, rather than replacement, preserving the continuity of economic reform ideology ushered in by deng. amendments have been used to constitutional- ize ideological landmarks of unfolding economic developments. for example, the constitution was revised in to make reference to a private sector to complement the “socialist public economy.” the amendments added the phrase “socialism with chinese characteristics” to the preamble and intro- duced the “socialist market economy,” thus incorporating deng’s economic theory into the document. a reference to the recently deceased deng was added to the preamble in . the constitution was amended in to guar- antee private property rights and provide for compensation for expropriated land, an important signal for both foreign investors and china’s own busi- ness sector. in addition, in keeping with the tradition of each chinese leader leaving his imprint on the constitution, president jiang zemin introduced his theory of the “three represents” into the preamble. this provided ideological coverage for inclusion of the business class (“bourgeoisie”). achieving development through innovative constitutionalism china has been the fastest-growing major economy in the world for years, with an average annual growth rate above percent. by , as the second-largest economy in the world, china could claim that per capita income had grown at an average annual rate of more than percent over the previous three decades, increasing from yuan, or us$ . , in to about us$ , (us$ , purchasing power parity, or ppp) in , according to the international monetary fund (imf). according to the world bank, china’s economic growth fueled a decline in the poverty rate from percent in to percent in (poverty being defined in as the number of people living on less than us$ . per day). there are many reasons for such an economic achievement, and the con- stitution and its amendments have played a crucial role in this development. this chapter examines how a developing country such as china made such remarkable progress by enacting a new constitutional system, in particular, a new economic constitutionalism. this chapter shows how china’s economy exemplifies the development of a more traditional constitution into one that reflects many of the advantages of economic constitutionalism. the following pages trace china’s constitutional history to show this development, noting major changes that reflect innovative policies in china’s particular historical context. the basic economic system established by the constitution the political revolution that aimed to build china into a socialist country re- sulted in the founding of the people’s republic of china in . however, the constitution characterized the country as “neodemocratic” because private ownership and property rights were allowed to exist and were in fact protected. but the constitution was short-lived—it was cast aside for years, including during the -year “cultural revolution” ( – ). although socialist reform was completed in the late s, the constitution remained unchanged until . reflecting the ultra-leftist ideology of the cul- tural revolution, the constitution declared that china was a “pure social- ist country.” the constitutional protection of private economy that appeared in the constitution was abolished. the constitution incorporates the protection of public ownership, eliminating all elements of private economy. as a result of the paradigm shift that took place after the cultural rev- olution, during the constitution-making process, a main consideration was how to build an economy-friendly constitutional system and establish a rational economic system. in its preamble, the constitution stipulates “the basic task of the nation in the years to come is to concentrate its effort on [socialist] modernization.” http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/economy_of_the_people% s_republic_of_china. shauna chen & martin ravallion, “the developing world is poorer than we thought, but no less successful in the fight against poverty (world bank aug. ). http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/economy_of_the_people% s_republic_of_china the world bank legal review public ownership of the means of production and distribution principles article of the constitution stipulates that “the basis of the socialist eco- nomic system of the people’s republic of china is socialist public ownership of the means of production, namely, ownership by the whole people and col- lective ownership by the working people.” article also provides for distribution principles: the system of socialist public ownership supersedes the system of exploitation of person by person; it applies the principles of “from each according to his ability” and “to each according to his work.” there are two forms of socialist public ownership mandated in the constitution. first, ownership by the whole people: article states that “the state economy is the sector of socialist economy under ownership by the whole people; it is the leading force in the national economy. the state ensures the consolidation and growth of the state economy.” second, collective ownership by the “working people”: article provides that rural people’s communes, agricultural producers’ co-operatives, and other forms of cooperative economy such as producers’ supply and marketing, credit and consumers co-operatives, belong to the sector of socialist economy under collective ownership by the work- ing people. working people who are members of rural economic col- lectives have the right, within the limits prescribed by law, to farm private plots of cropland and hilly land, engage in household side- line production and raise privately owned livestock. the various forms of co-operative economy in cities and towns, such as those in the handicraft, industrial, building, transport, commercial and ser- vice trades, all belong to the sector of socialist economy under collec- tive ownership by the working people. the state protects the lawful rights and interests of the urban and rural economic collectives and encourages, guides and helps the growth of the collective economy. the constitution allows for the individual economy of urban and ru- ral working people, but only as a complement to the socialist public economy. the official policy toward individual economy is that the state protects the lawful rights and interests of the individual economy. the state guides, helps, and supervises individual economy through administrative control. these provisions stem from the then-prevailing ideology that emphasized “socialist ownership” and tended to marginalize private ownership. although the constitution does not permit chinese citizens to run private companies, it does permit foreign enterprises, other foreign economic organizations, and individual foreigners to invest in china and to enter into various forms of economic cooperation with chinese enterprises and other eco- nomic organizations in accordance with chinese law. all foreign enterprises and foreign economic organizations in china, as well as joint ventures with chinese and foreign investment located in china, must abide by the laws of china. their lawful rights and interests are protected by the law (article ). achieving development through innovative constitutionalism property rights according to article of the constitution, mineral resources, waters, forests, mountains, grassland, unreclaimed land, beaches, and other natural resources are owned by the state, that is, by the whole people, with the excep- tion of the forests, mountains, grassland, unreclaimed land, and beaches that are owned by collectives in accordance with the law. the state ensures the rational use of natural resources and protects rare animals and plants. the ap- propriation or damage of natural resources by any organization or individual by whatever means is prohibited. this provision is important for the state to maintain economic stability. urban land is owned by the state. land in rural and suburban areas is owned by collectives, except for those portions that belong to the state in ac- cordance with the law. house sites and private plots of cropland and hilly land are owned by collectives. the state may in the public interest take land over for its use in accordance with the law. no organization or individual may appropriate, buy, sell, or lease land or unlawfully transfer land in other ways. all organizations and individuals who use land must make rational use of the land (article ). the constitution emphasizes that socialist public property is sacred and inviolable (article ). the state protects socialist public property. ap- propriation or damage of state or collective property by any organization or individual by whatever means is strictly prohibited. as for private ownership, article stipulates that “the state protects the right of citizens to own lawfully earned income, savings, houses, and other lawful property. the state protects by law the right of citizens to inherit pri- vate property.” therefore, the constitution seems to suggest that citizens cannot have large-scale property such as factories or companies. management of economic affairs according to the constitution, china practices economic planning on the basis of socialist public ownership, with a view to a proportionate and coor- dinated growth of the national economy by balancing economic planning and market regulation. disruption of the state economic plan by any organization or individual is legally prohibited. constitutions in many countries do not stipulate how to manage the econ- omy. yet, china’s constitution has very detailed provisions on economic af- fairs. for example, article states that the state continuously raises labor productivity, improves economic re- sults and develops the productive forces by enhancing the enthusi- asm of the working people, raising the level of their technical skill, disseminating advanced science and technology, improving the sys- tems of economic administration and enterprise operation and man- agement, instituting the socialist system of responsibility in various forms, and improving organization of work. the state practices strict the world bank legal review economy and combats waste. the state properly apportions accu- mulation and consumption, pays attention to the interests of the col- lective and the individual as well as of the state, and, on the basis of expanded production, gradually improves the material and cultural life of the people. the constitution also provides that state-owned enterprises have decision- making power in operation and management within the limits prescribed by law, on the condition that they respect the centralized leadership of the state and fulfill all their obligations under the state plan. state-owned enterprises practice democratic management through congresses of workers and staff. collective economic organizations also enjoy decision-making power in conducting independent economic activities, on the condition that they accept the guidance of the state plan and abide by the relevant laws. collective eco- nomic organizations practice democratic management in accordance with the law, with the entire body of their members electing or removing management and deciding on major issues concerning the operations and management of their community. economic freedoms and rights the constitution provides for a wide range of freedoms and rights related to economic affairs. all citizens are equal before the law. every citizen enjoys these rights and at the same time must perform the duties prescribed by the constitution and the law (article ). the constitution also recognizes that the freedom of individual citi- zens is inviolable. no citizen may be arrested except with the approval or by decision of a people’s procuratorate or by decision of a people’s court, and arrests must be made by a public security organ. unlawful deprivation or restriction of a citizen’s freedom by detention or other means is prohibited; unlawful search of the person of citizens is also prohibited (article ). the in- dividual dignity of citizens is inviolable. insult, libel, false charge, or frame-up directed against citizens by any means is prohibited (article ). the home of a citizen is inviolable. unlawful search of, or intrusion into, a citizen’s home is prohibited (article ). the freedom and privacy of correspondence of citizens are protected by law (article ). in addition to the above political rights, citizens have the right as well as the duty to work. using various channels, the state creates conditions for em- ployment, strengthens labor protection, improves working conditions, and, on the basis of expanded production, increases remuneration for work and social benefits. work is a duty of every able-bodied citizen. the state provides necessary vocational training to citizens before they are employed (article ). working people have the right to rest (article ). social security is provided for under the constitution. the state pre- scribes the system of retirement for workers and staff in enterprises and un- dertakings and for functionaries of organs of the state. the livelihood of re- achieving development through innovative constitutionalism tired personnel is ensured by the state and society (article ). citizens have the right to material assistance from the state and society when they are old, ill, or disabled (article ). citizens have the duty as well as the right to re- ceive education (article ). citizens have the freedom to engage in scientific research, literary and artistic creation, and other cultural pursuits. the state encourages and assists creative endeavors conducive to the engagement in education, science, tech- nology, literature, art, and other cultural activities (article ). the exercise by citizens of their freedoms and rights may not infringe upon the interests of the state, society, or the collective, or upon the lawful freedoms and rights of other citizens (article ). economic reforms and constitutional amendments in , , and when the constitution was enacted in , china was embarking on large- scale and wide-ranging economic reform. during the pilot phase of the re- form, various restrictions were placed on economic autonomy. for example, the original constitution did not permit citizens to own and run private companies, although it did permit foreign citizens to do so in china. a sig- nificant portion of china’s economy was still based on the state plan. the re- strictions imposed by the constitution became obstacles to economic reform. since , china has amended the constitution four times, all in the interest of further liberalizing its economy and promoting greater economic freedom. constitutional amendments on april , , the seventh npc made two constitutional amendments. one concerns private economy. it reads: the state permits the private sector of the economy to exist and de- velop within the limits prescribed by law. the private sector of the economy is a complement to the socialist public economy. the state protects the lawful rights and interests of the private sector of the economy, and exercises guidance, supervision and control over the private sector of the economy. thus, owning and operating private businesses is legitimized, whereas some citizens were penalized before simply for owning a factory that employed seven or more employees. if a private business owner employed six or fewer helpers under the original constitution, it could fall under the “individual economy,” or sole proprietorship, which was protected by ar- ticle . therefore, this amendment, which decriminalized private economy, opened the door for the development of a market economy. the other amendment also relates to economic development. article was amended from “no organization or individual may appropriate, buy, sell, or lease land or otherwise engage in the transfer of land by unlawful means” the world bank legal review to “no organization or individual may appropriate, buy, sell, or otherwise en- gage in the transfer of land by unlawful means. the right to the use of land may be transferred according to law.” this amendment laid out a constitu- tional foundation for the development of the real estate industry. constitutional amendments on march , , the eighth npc made more amendments to the con- stitution. one amendment states that “china is at the primary stage of socialism” and introduces “the theory of building socialism with chinese characteristics.” this amendment provides a rationale for promoting a private and market- oriented economy. a more fundamental change was introduced with another amendment. article was amended from the state practices economic planning on the basis of socialist public ownership. it ensures the proportionate and coordinated growth of the national economy through overall balancing by economic plan- ning and the supplementary role of regulation by the market. dis- turbance of the orderly functioning of the social economy or disrup- tion of the state economic plan by any organization or individual is prohibited to the state has put into practice a socialist market economy. the state strengthens formulating economic laws, improves macro adjust- ment and control and forbids according to law any units or indi- viduals from interfering with the social economic order. according to this amendment, the economy in china is no longer a planned economy but a market-oriented one, even though many western countries still do not recognize the market economy status of china. constitutional amendments on march , , china again proposed a sweeping set of constitutional amendments. seven amendments were passed altogether. important changes to the economic system include the following. • deng xiaoping theory was incorporated into the constitution as state guidance, in addition to marxism-leninism and mao zedong thought. • it was acknowledged that “china will stay in the primary stage of social- ism for a long period of time.” • rule of law was officially introduced for the first time. article was added: “the people’s republic of china practices ruling the country in accor- dance with the law and building a socialist country under rule of law.” achieving development through innovative constitutionalism • article , which covers the economic system, was amended from the basis of the socialist economic system of the people’s republic of china is socialist public ownership of the means of production, namely, ownership by the whole people and collective ownership by the working people. . . . the system of socialist public ownership supersedes the system of exploitation of man by man; it applies the principle of “from each according to his ability, to each according to his work.” to the basis of the socialist economic system of the people’s republic of china is socialist public ownership of the means of production, namely, ownership by the whole people and collective ownership by the working people. the system of socialist public ownership su- persedes the system of exploitation of man by man; it applies the principle of “from each according to his ability, to each according to his work.” . . . during the primary stage of socialism, the state adheres to the basic economic system with the public ownership remaining dominant and diverse sectors of the economy developing side by side, and to the distribution system with the distribution according to work remaining dominant and the coexistence of a variety of modes of distribution. • article , on private economy, was amended from the individual economy of urban and rural working people, oper- ating within the limits prescribed by law, is a complement to the socialist public economy. the state protects the lawful rights and interests of the individual economy. . . . the state guides, helps and supervises the individual economy by exercising administrative control. . . . the state permits the private economy to exist and de- velop within the limits prescribed by law. the private economy is a complement to the socialist public economy. the state protects the lawful rights and interests of the private economy, and guides, su- pervises and administers the private economy. to individual, private, and other nonpublic economies that exist within the limits prescribed by law are major components of the socialist market economy. . . . the state protects the lawful rights and inter- ests of individual and private economies, and guides, supervises, and administers individual and private economies. thus, the status of the nonpublic economy was endorsed by official con- stitutional amendments. the world bank legal review constitutional amendments the constitutional amendments are significant. from “socialism with chinese characteristics” to “chinese-style socialism” in the preamble, “along the road of building socialism with chinese character- istics” was revised to “along the road of chinese-style socialism.” this seem- ingly editorial change means that the socialism in china is “made in china,” not imported from another country or copied from textbooks. this change has been widely interpreted to mean that the development model in china is unique in nature, neither capitalist nor conventionally socialist. both capitalist and traditional socialist models have their merits and demerits. in this amend- ment, china recognizes the value of both systems. how china develops its own model will be based on chinese circumstances and the current world sit- uation, rather than on transplanting economic systems from other countries. the three represents in the preamble, “under the guidance of marxism-leninism, mao zedong thought, and deng xiaoping theory” was revised to “under the guidance of marxism-leninism, mao zedong thought, deng xiaoping theory, and the im- portant thought of ‘three represents.’ ” this change is more than merely political window dressing. since , when a constitutional amendment first green-lighted private economy, the private sector has undergone substantial development. by , the private sector dominated the local economy in many coastal provinces. historically, however, according to the constitution, china was a country for workers and farmers, not the bourgeoisie. the chinese government constitutionally did not represent nonpublic sectors. the “three represents” means that the party and the state (government) must always represent the development trend of china’s advanced productive forces, the orientation of china’s advanced culture, and the fundamental interests of the majority of the chinese people. thus, the chinese communist party and the government also represent the private sector and the business class. according to this amendment, china is not only a country for workers and farmers but also a country for the emerging private sector. this ideology will guide the party and the government for years. state compensation for land expropriated or requisitioned article was amended from “the state may, in the public interest, requisition land for its use in accordance with the law” to “the state may, in the public interest and in accordance with the provisions of law, expropriate or requisi- tion land for its use and shall make compensation for the land expropriated or requisitioned.” achieving development through innovative constitutionalism protection of lawful rights and interests of the nonpublic sectors article was amended from “the state protects the lawful rights and inter- ests of the individual and private sectors of the economy, and exercises guid- ance, supervision, and control over individual and the private sectors of the economy” to the state protects the lawful rights and interests of the nonpublic sectors of the economy such as the individual and private sectors of the economy. the state encourages, supports, and guides the devel- opment of the nonpublic sectors of the economy and, in accordance with law, exercises supervision and control over the nonpublic sec- tors of the economy. citizens’ lawful private property is inviolable article was amended from “the state protects the right of citizens to own lawfully earned income, savings, houses, and other lawful property” and “the state protects according to law the right of citizens to inherit private property” to “citizens’ lawful private property is inviolable”; “the state, in accordance with law, protects the rights of citizens to private property and to its inheritance”; and “the state may, in the public interest and in accordance with law, expropriate or requisition private property for its use and shall make compensation for the private property expropriated or requisitioned.” for the first time, a socialist constitution explicitly provides for the protec- tion of private property. social security system in , china added to article : “the state establishes a sound social secu- rity system compatible with the level of economic development.” human rights china added article : “the state respects and preserves human rights.” this is the first time that the chinese constitution has formally recognized the val- ue of human rights. conclusion the multifarious nature of constitutionalism has inspired different under- standings of the meaning of “constitutionalism.” adding to this confusion is the inevitable disparity between what is contained in the text of a constitu- tion and how those provisions are implemented. by all accounts, however, progressive economic constitutionalism has contributed to china’s change in one generation from a poverty-stricken country to one of the world’s largest economies. while china has been learning from the rest of the world, it has established its own way of development based on its unique circumstances. the world bank legal review china’s experience shows that constitutional changes and economic re- forms are intertwined and that they should be coordinated in a gradual and pragmatic manner. it took many years for china to recognize and accept con- cepts such as private economy, market economy, private property rights, hu- man rights, and rule of law. there is no statically ideal constitution in any dynamically changing society; constitutionalism does not mean that there must be a perfect constitution before its practice. perhaps there is no perfect constitution—constitutional development is a never-ending process. ultimately, a constitution resides in the particular historical and circum- stantial settings of its country. one country can draw experiences from other countries, but it is impossible to transplant a constitutional system completely. to achieve national modernization, democracy alone is not adequate; it must be governed by constitutionalism and rule of law. the presence or ab- sence of constitutionalism and rule of law is crucial to the success or failure of democracy. the development of democracy and constitutionalism can be cate- gorized into two models: the success of the british-american model lies in the establishment of constitutionalism and rule of law in the first place, followed by democracy under a ready and stable constitutional and legal framework; while the french model aimed to introduce full democracy first and establish constitutionalism and rule of law later. either way, to emphasize constitution- alism does not mean to ignore the development of democracy, or vice versa. a synergetic coordination of constitutionalism and rule of law is the ultimate goal for china. the past and current financial crises have proved that a free market economy is not omnipotent. government involvement and redistribution of resources and social wealth are not always counterproductive. early consti- tutions in western countries established a completely free market economy system, which was suspicious and hostile toward government intervention. as the recent crisis has shown, however, a modern constitution should give the government reasonable powers to regulate the market economy and al- locate social resources. this has nothing to do with ideology—it is a matter of distributive justice and social administration. daniel webster wrote, “one country, one constitution, one destiny.” to a great extent, the nature of a country’s constitution determines the destiny of the country. from the chinese legal perspective, a constitution not only reflects the country’s economic base but also contributes to the economic base. as such, the constitution in china is not only the supreme law of the state but also an active social, economic, and political program for social transforma- tion and development. from a speech of march , ; reported in edward everett ed., the works of daniel webster (little, brown ). the role of laws and institutions in expanding women’s voice, agency, and empowerment jeni klugman and sarah twigg “voice, agency, and empowerment” refers to the ability of individuals and groups to make effective choices. across all countries, the ability of women and men to exercise voice and agency differs—and women are usually at a disadvantage. the world development report : gender equality and devel- opment (wdr ) highlights the vital importance of women’s voice and agency in both the household and society in general. this report—a landmark for the world bank because it recognizes both the intrinsic and instrumental values of women’s voice, agency, and empowerment—identifies shrinking gender differences in voice and agency as a policy priority for future action. voice, agency, and empowerment have intrinsic value for women’s in- dividual well-being and quality of life; they are valuable ends in their own right. this concept is in line with amartya sen’s view of development as the process of enlarging a person’s ‘‘functionings and capabilities to function, the range of things that a person could do and be in her life.” but the wdr also shows that these goals are instrumental in achieving sustainable social and economic development. when women and men have equal voice and participation in public life, significant societal benefits result. for example, public health spending in the united states increased dramatically in the early s after women won the right to vote. women’s participation in politics led to an intensive scaling up of hygiene campaigns and a sharp decline in child mortality. it is estimated that roughly , child deaths were averted every year because women won the right to vote, which explains about percent of the reduction in child mortality in the united states between and . what roles do laws play in fostering women’s voice, agency, and empower- ment? laws formalize individual and collective rights and provide the frame- work within which people are empowered to exercise their voice and agency. laws and their effective implementation and enforcement can be especially the views expressed in this article are solely those of the authors and do not reflect those of the world bank or its executive directors. the authors are grateful to humay gulyieva for assistance and tazeen hasan for comments. world bank, world development report : gender equality and development (world bank ) (hereinafter, wdr ). a. sen, development as capability expansion, j. of dev. planning – ( ). grant miller, women’s suffrage, political responsiveness, and child survival in american history (stanford medical school & nber ). the world bank legal review important for disadvantaged individuals and groups as they try to overcome underlying discrimination and structural inequalities—although laws some- times serve to further entrench disadvantage and existing inequalities. the interaction between laws on the one hand and voice and agency on the other is mutually reinforcing. changes in agency, patriarchal attitudes, and social norms can be important triggers for changes in laws, as evidenced by the significant role played by women’s collective movements since in promoting more egalitarian family laws in countries around the world. at the same time, the very act of bestowing the stamp of legality, or illegality, has been a catalyst for increasing agency and transforming attitudes when intro- duced as part of a multisectoral package. as martin luther king declared, “it may be true that the law cannot make a man love me. . . . but if it keeps him from lynching me, i think that’s pretty important also.” there has been some progress in recognizing women’s equality and wom- en’s rights at the international level. the convention to eliminate all forms of discrimination against women (cedaw), agreed upon in mexico in , has been a pioneering instrument of human rights for women. it addressed for the first time discrimination in the private sphere, including the extension of protection to women against family violence, and sought to tackle substantive inequalities. to this end, cedaw recognized the centrality of eliminating all forms of discrimination in order to achieve equality for women; it articulated the need to eliminate prejudices, customary practices, social norms, and ste- reotyped roles for men and women; and it focused on achieving equality of outcomes, that is, equality in real terms. there are many examples of cedaw helping to win tangible gains for girls and women, as in india, where the supreme court in relied on cedaw to draw up a set of guidelines and norms for the processing of sexual harassment complaints. this chapter, building on the evidence and insights presented in the wdr , reviews the potential power of laws to expand women’s voice and agency. the analysis follows the framework set out in the wdr , which finds that limited progress in women’s agency is explained by mutually reinforcing con- straints in markets, formal institutions, and informal institutions (see figure ). this points to the need to systematically analyze the interplay of these sectors. the focus of this chapter is confined to the role of formal and informal laws. mala htun and s. laurel weldon, communism, colonialism and clerical power: historical lega- cies and feminist activism in the struggle over family law (harvard u. ). dr. martin luther king, jr. towards freedom, speech given at dartmouth college (may , ). for broader discussion of the significance of cedaw for women’s rights and gender equal- ity see richard jolly, louis emmerij, & thomas g. weiss, un ideas that changed the world (united nations ). vishaka and others v. state of rajasthan and others (air supreme court ) j.s. verma c.j.i., mrs. sujata v. manohar, & b.n. kirpal, jj. expanding women’s voice, agency, and empowerment figure . limited progress in women’s agency is explained by mutually reinforcing constraints in markets, formal institutions, and informal institutions source: wdr , . the chapter begins by outlining the pathways through which laws affect women’s empowerment and their ability to exercise voice and agency, fol- lowed by a review of the role of plural legal systems and customary and reli- gious laws. it then investigates the reality of laws in practice, which includes looking at issues such as access to justice and enforcement of laws, and closes with a discussion of the role of social norms in shaping or constraining the application of laws. pathways through which laws enhance women’s ability to exercise voice and agency laws formalize individual and collective rights and provide the framework within which people exercise agency. progress has been made globally in re- forming legislative and constitutional frameworks to advance gender equal- ity and women’s rights. a nondiscrimination clause covering gender now appears in the constitutions of countries, and countries have constitu- tional guarantees of equality before the law. yet many countries still have legal provisions that overtly discriminate against women in both statutory and customary law, sometimes in the consti- tution and sometimes despite what the constitution requires. indeed, in of the countries with constitutional equality provisions, legislation on access to institutions means women are less able than men to interact with public au- thorities and the private sector. this includes restrictions on a woman’s ability to get a job, sign a contract, register a business, open a bank account, be the the world bank legal review head of the household, or choose where to live. according to women, busi- ness, and the law, of the countries studied that formally recognize custom- ary or religious law as valid sources of law under the constitution, more than half exempt such laws from constitutional provisions on nondiscrimination or equality. this discrepancy reveals a disconnect between constitutionally pro- tected rights and statutory and customary law, which affects what plays out in practice. in the democratic republic of congo, for example, the constitution expressly prohibits discrimination on the basis of gender and provides for equality before the law; yet married women cannot get a job, sign a contract, register a business, or be the head of a household in the same way as men. the constitution does not invalidate customary law that is discriminatory or in conflict with constitutional provisions of equality. family laws, laws related to gender-based violence, and laws related to economic opportunities are among the domains of law most likely to limit women’s empowerment; these are discussed briefly below. in some countries, women’s citizenship rights are limited—a woman cannot confer citizenship on a foreign spouse in the same way as a man in countries, and in of those, women cannot confer citizenship on their children. restrictions can limit women’s mobility and access to work. countries such as the islamic republic of iran, saudi arabia, sudan, and the republic of yemen, where married women are required to have male permission to travel or to work outside the home, show how the law itself can restrict wom- en’s agency. one result of this restriction is very low rates of female labor force participation—ranging from as low as percent (yemen) to percent (iran)—compared with male labor force participation of percent (iran) to percent (saudi arabia). legal disparities can reduce women’s ability to participate on an equal footing with men in the economy. women, business, and the law finds that greater lack of legal gender parity in business and institutional laws is associ- ated with lower labor force participation by women (both in absolute terms and relative to men) and lower levels of women’s entrepreneurship. this is supported by a study in africa that found that gender gaps in legal capacity and property rights limited women’s roles as entrepreneurs. the gap between the share of women and men who are employers is percent higher in coun- tries where there are larger gender disparities in economic rights. world bank, women, business, and the law : removing barriers to economic inclusion (international bank for reconstruction and development/the world bank ) (herein- after, wbl). twenty-seven countries do not consider customary or personal law as invalid if the law violates constitutional provisions on nondiscrimination or equality; id. wbl, supra note . m. hallward-driemeier & t. hasan, empowering women: legal rights and opportunities in africa, world bank africa development forum series ( ). expanding women’s voice, agency, and empowerment women’s collective voice in society is a critical component of the full ex- ercise of empowerment and agency. there are many examples of women’s groups at the local level and movements at the national and global level en- abling voice and affecting change. perhaps one of the better-known examples is the self-employed women’s association in india (sewa), which represents the interests of a large number of informal sector workers and entrepreneurs. sewa provides information, support, and training services to its members; offers a platform for voicing concerns; and has created space for public action through which women workers have actively challenged their employers and the state. a major campaign in in support of better wages for incense stick rollers resulted in around half of all workers ( , women) receiving an increase in pay; another , were able to restart working after having re- ceived training in new techniques. in situations like this, the legal framework is key—in ethiopia, where the framework for civil society has been tightened since , civil society organizations are unable to receive foreign funding if they engage in any work pertaining to human rights. the ethiopian women lawyers association (ewla) is one civil society organization whose work has been affected. ewla provided free legal aid to more than , women in and supported other activities that tens of thousands of participants benefited from. as a result of the legislation passed in , ewla cut back services, which now are restricted to limited legal aid for women provided by volunteers. for their voices to be transformative, women need to be present when and where decisions are made—in parliament, legal institutions, formal pro- fessional institutions, and local and state governments. yet, women make up only percent of parliamentarians worldwide, and in some regions their presence is even lower. in the middle east and north africa, women are only in parliamentarians, and in papua new guinea there is only female parliamentarian. quotas, while sometimes controversial, can be an effective means of im- proving women’s representation. more than half of the countries in the world have implemented some type of political quota, in the form of voluntary quo- tas by parties on electoral lists, reservation of a certain share of candidate po- sitions for women, or reservation of a share of legislative slots. the use of such quotas has led to a dramatic increase in female leaders across the globe. voluntary party quotas, for example, currently in place in countries, can both reflect and fuel changes in public attitudes and signify a commitment wdr , supra note . j. blaxall, india’s self-employed women’s association (sewa). empowerment through mobiliza- tion of poor women on a large scale: a case study from reducing poverty, sustaining growth; what works, what doesn’t, and why: a global exchange for scaling up success (world bank ). amnesty international (mar. , ), available at http://www.amnestyusa.org/news /news-item/ethiopia-human-rights-work-crippled-by-restrictive-law. inter parliamentary union, available at http://www.ipu.org/wmn-e/world.htm. http://www.amnestyusa.org/news/news-item/ethiopia-human-rights-work-crippled-by-restrictive-law http://www.ipu.org/wmn-e/world.htm http://www.amnestyusa.org/news/news-item/ethiopia-human-rights-work-crippled-by-restrictive-law the world bank legal review to gender equality, which also contributes to higher levels of female partici- pation. mandatory quotas in the form of reserved legislative seats have had positive results for women’s representation and participation in south asia and parts of africa. in rwanda, where the constitution stipulates a percent quota for women members of parliament, this number has been far exceeded: women now make up percent of the lower house and percent of the up- per house. this change has translated into legislative gains for women in the form of revised family and inheritance laws, for example, and women report increased respect from family and community members, enhanced capacity to speak and be heard in public forums, greater autonomy in decision making in the family, and increased access to education. the same is true in the private sector. women have low representation on the boards of large firms (around percent in europe, percent in the americas, percent in asia and the pacific, and percent in the middle east and north africa). quotas can be one way to tackle that representation. nor- way was the first country to introduce legislated corporate quotas in , prior to which female representation had increased slowly. female board rep- resentation jumped rapidly from around percent in to the mandated percent in . in australia, the prospect of reform had a positive effect on women’s participation. in , the australian stock exchange (asx) corpo- rate governance council implemented a diversity policy requiring all publicly listed companies in australia to set gender-diversity targets. anticipation of the reforms had a positive impact on women in asx leadership—which saw a percent increase in new women board appointees between and (increasing from percent to percent). yet there have been some unexpected negative consequences of quotas. reports from rwanda suggest there has been some withdrawal of men from politics, increased marital discord, and a perception that marriage as an in- stitution has been disrupted by the upheaval of gender roles. in pakistan, quotas that violated strong social norms have been associated with increased discrimination of women. we now turn to look more closely at three key domains of law that af- fect women’s voice and agency: family law, which is an underlying building block; laws regulating domestic and gender-based violence; and laws regulat- ing women’s economic rights. international parliamentary union, available at http://www.ipu.org/wmn-e/classif.htm. j. burnet, women have found respect: gender quotas, symbolic representation and female em- powerment in rwanda, ( ) politics and gender – ( ). australian human rights commission, available at http://www.hreoc.gov.au/sex_dis crimination/programs/women_leadership.html. burnet, supra note . mona lina krook, the diffusion of electoral reform: gender quotas in global perspective, paper presented at the european consortium for political research, lisbon ( ). http://www.hreoc.gov.au/sex_discrimination/programs/women_leadership.html http://www.ipu.org/wmn-e/classif.htm http://www.hreoc.gov.au/sex_discrimination/programs/women_leadership.html expanding women’s voice, agency, and empowerment family law laws that regulate relations within the household play a significant role in fos- tering or restricting women’s empowerment and agency. legislation directed at domestic relations between men and women can lead the way in chang- ing social attitudes. but change on this front has been slow. according to the wdr , progress in law reform has been the slowest in areas that regulate household relations (family laws). major inequalities still exist in inheritance rights; countries have statutory inheritance laws that differentiate between women and men. these inequalities have serious negative consequences for women’s empowerment because inheritance is often a key way to accumulate assets. they can also have serious consequences in terms of impoverishment of widows. land laws and laws around land titling are important for access to assets, especially for female farmers and entrepreneurs. joint ownership in marriage, for example, increases women’s ability to use land in accessing economic op- portunities, while mandatory joint land titling has the added benefit of pro- tecting a wife’s rights to land in the event of her husband’s death. evaluations are under way to help document how much difference these policies make in practice. in many countries, women and girls still have fewer inheritance rights than men and boys. all organization for economic cooperation and devel- opment (oecd) countries, the former soviet union, and latin america re- formed their inheritance laws more than years ago to reflect more equal distribution, while in other regions the picture is mixed. all countries from the middle east and north africa included in women, business, and the law have differential inheritance rights for women as compared to men, as well as in sub-saharan africa, in south asia, and in east asia and the pacific. in majority-muslim countries, important doctrinal differences affect the extent to which females and males inherit equally. in turkey, for example, inheritance rights for girls and boys have long been equal in law and in practice, while in bangladesh, the law provides for unequal inheritance rights, albeit with the option for families to agree on more equal distribution. law reform to improve women’s inheritance rights could provide an ef- fective means to reduce gender discrimination and improve a wide range of socioeconomic outcomes for women. there are some solid examples of re- form. in rwanda, following reforms to inheritance laws in that provided for women’s equal inheritance rights with men, land tenure reform was passed in to ensure that rwandan men and women have secure title for countries included in women, business, and the law with gender-unequal inheritance laws are bangladesh, burundi, the arab republic of egypt, guinea, indonesia, the islamic repub- lic of iran, kuwait, lebanon, malaysia, mali, mauritania, morocco, nepal, oman, pakistan, saudi arabia, senegal, sudan, the syrian arab republic, tanzania, tunisia, the united arab emirates, west bank and gaza, and the republic of yemen. see wbl, supra note . see d. van de walle, welfare effects of widowhood in a poor country (world bank ). the world bank legal review their land. the law provides that new land titles for couples include the names of both the husband and the wife and that girls are able to inherit land from their parents in the same way as boys. in india, law reforms at the state level that eliminated gender discrimination in inheritance rights resulted in delays in the age of marriage for girls and improvements in girls’ education—girls’ mean years of schooling increased by between and percent following the reforms in . un women’s – progress of the world’s women report notes that, his- torically, legal jurisdiction was divided between public and private matters, leaving the private sphere of the family and intimate relationships outside formal justice systems. the seeming resistance by governments to step into the private sphere to regulate personal relations is reflected in the reservations demonstrated by many countries in signing on to cedaw. out of the coun- tries that have ratified cedaw, have registered reservations to article , which calls for the elimination of all forms of discrimination in all matters relating to family and marriage relations. in many cases, reservations exist because family laws are subject to discriminatory plural legal provisions—an issue discussed in greater detail below. in a number of countries, the act of marriage weakens a woman’s legal and property rights—married women cannot legally choose where to live in countries, married women do not have the same legal ownership rights to movable and immovable property as men (or unmarried women) in coun- tries, and married women cannot apply for a passport in the same way as men (or unmarried women) in countries. marital property regimes that allow a woman to leave a marriage with a significant or equal share of household assets can increase her bargaining power, even if she never exercises that right. conversely, laws restricting a woman’s options for exiting a marriage, such as those that leave her finan- cially insecure in cases of divorce, can limit her agency and bargaining power within the family. changing these laws can have a dramatic impact, as seen in the united states: domestic violence fell about percent between and after equitable divorce laws were introduced. laws that constrain a woman’s mobility limit options for extended social and support networks and restrict her ability to leave in the case of disagreement, violence, or abuse. in countries covered by women, business, and the law, married women cannot apply for a passport in the same way as a man; and in countries, a married oecd, women’s economic empowerment issues (dac network on gender equality ). klaus deininger, aparajita goyal, & hari naharajan, inheritance law reform and women’s access to capital: evidence from india’s hindu succession act, policy research working paper no. (world bank ). wbl, supra note . wdr , supra note . betsey stevenson & justin wolfers, bargaining in the shadow of the law: divorce laws and family distress, quarterly journal of economics – (feb. ). expanding women’s voice, agency, and empowerment woman legally cannot travel outside her home or outside the country in the same way as a man. yet, these numbers capture only formal statutory restric- tions; the numbers are much larger when one considers customary laws. laws that set a minimum age for marriage are important. yet in countries, the minimum legal age of marriage is lower for females than for males —as low as years in mexico, mozambique, and venezuela. early marriage exposes girls to early pregnancy and childbirth, increases their risk of contracting hiv/aids, and can limit opportunities for education. for ex- ample, only percent of married girls between the ages of and in nigeria attend school, compared with percent of their unmarried female peers. figure . discrimination in social institutions impedes women’s education and literacy source: oecd sigi, . the oecd’s social institutions and gender index (sigi) captures criti- cal societal norms and institutions that affect how women fare—using family code, physical integrity, son preference, civil liberties, and ownership rights— and is applied to developing countries. figure shows that countries with high levels of discrimination in social institutions have a lower ratio of un statistics division ( ), “undata,” http://data.un.org, as cited in un women ( – ). http://data.un.org/data.aspx?d=genderstat&f=inid: (accessed apr. , ). s. clark, protecting young women from hiv/aids: the case against child and adolescent mar- riage (international family planning perspectives jun. ). gordon and sarah brown foundation, out of wedlock into school: a review by gordon brown (office of gordon and sarah brown ). http://data.un.org http://data.un.org/data.aspx?d=genderstat&f=inid: the world bank legal review female to male literacy rates; that is, women are less literate compared to men in countries with high levels of social institutional discrimination, while those countries where discrimination is lower are closer to parity in education. the causality can run in both directions. evidence from turkey shows that extending compulsory education age by three years reduced the proportion of -year-old girls who were married by percent, and those who had given birth by age by percent. yet, even when countries reform their laws toward more equal treatment of men and women, differences can persist. the amendment of inheritance law reform in india resulted in a range of benefits for girls, as noted above, but it did not fully eliminate the underlying inequality in girls’ access to inherited land. this discrepancy may be due in part to a lack of dissemination of infor- mation on the changed legal provisions. laws are also sometimes ignored or weakly enforced, or they may be circumvented. laws regulating domestic and gender-based violence gender-based violence both reflects and reinforces inequities between men and women and damages the health, dignity, security, and autonomy of its vic- tims. it is inextricably linked to gender inequality and perpetuates male power and control, in particular when it takes place within the home. paragraph of the beijing declaration and platform for action codifies this message, stating: “violence against women both violates and impairs or nullifies the enjoyment by women of their human rights and fundamental freedoms.” violence against women, much of which occurs in the private domain, has not been widely legislated against until recently. but significant progress has been made—as of april , countries had passed legislation on domestic violence, and almost two-thirds of countries, in efforts to make workplaces and public spaces safer for women, had passed laws on sexual harassment. the protocol to the african charter on human and peoples’ rights on the rights of women in africa reflects progress in this area. the protocol states that “parties shall prohibit and condemn all forms of harmful practices which negatively affect the human rights of women and which are contrary to recog- nized international standards.” the sigi is calculated based on the following indicators: early marriage, polygamy, parental authority, inheritance, female genital mutilation, violence against women, freedom of move- ment, freedom of dress, access to land, access to credit, and access to property other than land. murat g. kirdar, meltem dayıoğlu tayfur, & İsmet koç, the effect of compulsory schooling laws on teenage marriage and births in turkey, institute for the study of labor discussion paper no. ( july ). deininger, goyal, & naharajan, supra note . un women ( – ), supra note , at annex . african union, protocol to the african charter on human and people’s rights on the rights of women in africa, paragraph ( ). expanding women’s voice, agency, and empowerment yet, many penal and civil law codes fail to criminalize certain kinds of physical, sexual, or emotional violence. as a result, domestic violence sta- tistics around the world are horrifying: at least of every ever-partnered women is physically or sexually assaulted by an intimate partner or someone she knows at some point in her life. progress in legislating to prevent vio- lence against women has been uneven across regions. the middle east and north africa in particular lag behind in legislating against all forms of vio- lence against women—no country in the region has legislation criminalizing marital rape, less than percent of the region has legislation against domestic violence, and just over percent of countries have legislation against sexual harassment. other regions are more varied—less than percent of countries in east asia and the pacific have legislation against sexual harassment, and wdr , supra note . world bank efforts to improve women’s land rights foster empowerment and agency in recognition of the importance of property rights in fostering women’s empow- erment and agency, the world bank has been working with local authorities in some areas to facilitate more equal property ownership. in aceh, indonesia, where the tsunami affected kilometers of coast- line and destroyed close to , parcels of land, the bank integrated gender into its post-tsunami reconstruction efforts. the land administration system sus- tained significant damage—documentation of land ownership was washed away, one-third of the national land agency’s staff were killed, and physical boundary markers disappeared. the impact on women was particularly grave, because the tsunami deprived them of the safety nets offered by families, especially spouses and parents. in aceh, land issues are traditionally considered to be the “natural” dominion of men, and this norm is reinforced by the lack of female representation on local committees and the absence of gender-disaggregated data. the reconstruction of aceh land administration system (ralas) project integrated a well-functioning and gender-informed approach to land and prop- erty rights by introducing joint titling and recording gender in the official register. neither of these practices existed before. considering that more than , land parcels have been registered during ralas, the recording of gender is a signifi- cant step forward. in addition, ralas has been engaged in the promotion of women’s land rights by advocacy and policy dissemination with the study gender impacts of land titling in aceh. the experience in aceh has informed the work of reconstruction teams in haiti, who recognize that taking gender-related factors into account in land administration can diffuse tensions over identity, status, and power that may threaten peace and security in postconflict situations. the world bank legal review just over percent of countries in south asia and sub-saharan africa have legislation against domestic violence. violence against women and girls perpetrated by family members also remains largely outside the law. rape within marriage is illegal in only one- third of all countries. even where legislation exists, societal norms may result in persistently high rates of domestic violence. these norms may be widely shared by women and men. in too many countries—including burkina faso, ethiopia, guinea, mali, morocco, and sierra leone—more than half of women think it is acceptable for a man to beat his wife when they argue. laws regulating women’s participation in the economy women make up only percent of the total workforce in the formal sector and tend to be concentrated in lower-paid and lower-status jobs. evidence suggests that laws explain part of this disparity. laws can restrict a woman’s participation in the economy, including restrictions on working hours, the sec- tors in which a woman can work, and mandates requiring lower retirement ages for women. women, business, and the law documents countries that restrict the working hours of women and that limit the industries in which women can work relative to men. these restrictions are evident across all in- come levels and all regions of the world—this is not just a developing-country phenomenon. statutory provision for child care and maternity leave and benefits, along- side the recognition of flexi-time or part-time work, can improve women’s participation in the labor force. in latin america, of the countries in- cluded in women, business, and the law legally require the state to provide or subsidize child care. these mandates can translate into available and afford- able child care, as in colombia, where the government’s hogares comuni- tarios program pays women a small fee to take care of other women’s children and provides the caregiver food to feed the children three times a day. yet, in guatemala and mexico, notwithstanding the legal obligation of the state to provide or subsidize child care, the lack of available care often pushes women into informal employment, and in peru, percent of working mothers take their children to work. the availability of part-time or flexible work can increase women’s partici- pation in the labor force, particularly women with young children. in argen- un women ( – ), supra note , at annex . wdr , supra note . wdr , supra note . wbl, supra note . orazio attanasio and marcos vera-hernandez, medium and long-run effects of nutrition and child care: evaluation of a community nursery programme in rural colombia (centre for the evaluation of development policies, institute for fiscal studies ewp / ). wdr , supra note . expanding women’s voice, agency, and empowerment tina, as a result of the availability of part-time employment contracts, partici- pation by married women with children in formal employment increased percent and self-employment was reduced by percent as compared to that by married women without children. in countries, employees with chil- dren who are minors have additional legal rights to flexible or part-time work schedules, whereas in many countries, part-time work is not legally recog- nized at all. there has been progress toward equal rights in the workplace, at least on the statutory side. more than countries now have laws on nondiscrimina- tion in hiring, and have laws requiring equal pay for equal work. laws against sexual harassment in the workplace are lagging, however, with only countries having formal sexual harassment laws in place. this may be a reflection of underlying social norms that permit such behavior, as touched on above and discussed further below. legal pluralism and its impact on women’s agency many countries have plural legal systems that formally recognize religious or customary laws alongside statutes. today, countries recognize customary and religious law as valid sources of law under constitutions. this is most common in sub-saharan africa, where countries formally recognize at least one religious or customary law, followed by the middle east and north africa, where countries constitutionally recognize alternative sources of law. the recognition of legal pluralism is generally welcome—reflecting the right of all communities to their own cultures and for indigenous communities the right to determine their own systems of law and justice. plural legal systems are not inherently good or bad for women’s agency; the value depends on the extent to which such systems (both statutory and customary) are nondiscriminatory. in practice, as documented below, plu- ral legal systems can create barriers for women’s rights and access to justice. the plurality may affect both the content of the law—in indonesia, there are six official religions and the state recognizes different provisions regulating marriage and divorce for each—and the process—in the united kingdom, the arbitration act allows for private religious arbitration by jewish and muslim organizations on some disputes between spouses. wdr , supra note . wbl, supra note . wbl, supra note . un general assembly, united nations declaration on the rights of indigenous peoples, un ga res. / ( ). sandra fredman, anti-discrimination laws and work in the developing world: a thematic over- view (forthcoming). un women ( – ), supra note . the world bank legal review legal pluralism matters for the exercise of women’s agency because the scope of customary or religious laws often pertains to marriage, divorce, assets and land ownership, inheritance, or other “personal” laws. legal pluralism can give rise to gender discrimination in family laws, gender-based violence, and procedural bias. in at least countries, parallel legal systems are exempt from meeting constitutional standards, such as nondiscrimination or equal protection pro- visions. among these countries, differentiate between men and women in areas covering access to institutions and differentiate between men’s and women’s legal capacity to own, manage, control, and inherit property. formal and informal customary and religious laws sometimes contra- dict constitutional or statutory gender parity. the constitution of botswana expressly exempts laws pertaining to divorce, adoption, marriage, and de- volution of property and other personal and customary laws from the con- stitutional equality guarantee. this exemption has permitted continuing dis- crimination against women in customary law and practice, including early marriage, polygamy, and the continued practice of legal guardianship by men of unmarried women. in the philippines, despite the constitutional guaran- tee of equality before the law, the code of muslim personal laws permits polygamy and the marriage of girls under . forced marriages are also still tolerated under this system. in other countries, including kenya and south africa, the constitution overrides such laws in cases of inconsistency, subordinating them to the over- riding principle of equality. in south africa, the bill of rights has enabled women to challenge discriminatory elements of customary law on the basis of their unconstitutionality. plural legal systems can create barriers to women accessing justice. mul- tiple systems can lead to a complex web of overlapping systems, which can in turn generate gaps and exacerbate the challenges women already face in real- izing their legal rights. multiple legal systems can mean that issues such as do- mestic violence are dealt with by alternative dispute-resolution mechanisms, often with the effect of decriminalizing the offense or allowing scope for the male perpetrator or his family to influence the victim. in brazil, special crimi- nal courts were set up as a form of alternative dispute resolution mechanisms for minor offenses. in practice, to percent of plaintiffs were women, mainly bringing complaints of physical abuse and threats. reportedly, wbl, supra note . s. , constitution of botswana, as discussed in fredman, supra note . fredman, supra note . there is a limited exception for the khadis courts, applying muslim law; see wbl, supra note . apart from that, no other customary or personal-status law is exempt, as made explicit in article ( ) and article ( )(f) of the constitution of kenya. south africa constitution, section ( ). expanding women’s voice, agency, and empowerment percent of domestic violence cases ended at the first stage of conciliation, either because of intimidation by the accused or because the judge pressed for the case to be closed. recognizing the negative impact of the trivialization of these crimes, brazil passed a new law on domestic and family violence in , ending the practice. laws in practice—barriers to access and enforcement the expansion of economic opportunities, the adoption of progressive laws, and the evolution of legal systems are all critical to—indeed, necessary for— translating women’s rights into the true exercise of agency, but they are not sufficient on their own. lack of access to justice for women in many parts of the world persists. this can be explained in part by the unaffordable costs of justice or the lack of awareness of rights. women can be more adversely af- fected by lack of access due to lower incomes, lower literacy, less mobility, and more restricted social networks. lack of mobility and time, as well as social stigma and psychological trauma involved in bringing claims, often impedes women from seeking justice. when combined with rigid social norms, these factors can prevent women from seeking and receiving justice according to the rights they already have. the vast majority of countries formally grant equal access to the court system for men and women. however, in countries (the islamic republic of iran, kuwait, malaysia, oman, pakistan, saudi arabia, sudan, the syrian arab republic, the united arab emirates, the west bank and gaza, and the republic of yemen), the testimony of a woman carries less evidentiary weight than that of a man in family law cases. in the democratic republic of congo, married women need the permission of their husbands to initiate legal pro- ceedings in court. women face a range of social barriers to accessing the justice system. these can include a lack of knowledge about legal rights, dependence on male rela- tives, and restriction of mobility, as well as the threat of social stigma outlined above. in uganda, statutory land reform resulted in more ownership rights for women than traditional practices had accorded them, yet many women were unaware of these new rights or were precluded in practice due to the high cost of legal procedures and/or loyalty to customary practices. in some communities, social norms dictate that women cannot approach the justice system without the assistance of a male relative. this is the case in timor-leste, where percent of timorese, both men and women, disapproved see un women ( – ), supra note , for discussion. wbl, supra note . debbie budlender & eileen alma, in focus: women and land, securing rights for better lives (international development research centre ). the world bank legal review of women speaking on their own behalf in local disputes. a lack of voice in household decisionmaking can also impede women from being sufficiently empowered to bring a claim before the justice system. a woman’s limited con- trol over household property and assets can make her less likely to bring a claim of domestic violence, for example, because the case is likely to be taken against a family member upon whom she may be financially reliant. social stigma in the case of sexual and domestic violence is a significant barrier in both developed and developing countries. in haiti, fear of social stigmatiza- tion and retribution, as well as distrust in the ability of the judicial system to protect them, causes many female victims of sexual violence to remain silent. it may also prevent victims from seeking medical attention. institutional barriers pose a significant challenge. courtrooms may be dis- tant and costs may be unaffordable. in kenya, a formal claim for land in an inheritance case can involve up to different legal steps, which translates into legal fees of as much as us$ . service providers, including police, law- yers, and court officials, may not be versed in or responsive to women’s needs. data on sexual violence and robbery demonstrate that underreporting of of- fenses by women results from the interaction of these various factors. across countries, percent of women say they have experienced sexual assault, but among those victims, only percent reported the assault. and where women lack access to or control over financial resources or independent in- come, the financial costs of pursuing legal recourse in the absence of free legal aid can be prohibitive. police, court staff, and even judges often reflect the discriminatory atti- tudes of wider society, and in some cases they may not be fully aware of the rights pertaining to women. this situation provides an additional barrier to women’s access to justice and results in women facing hostility or push-back from the very people who are supposed to uphold their rights. the first step in overcoming this barrier is better representation of women in the organizations charged with implementing and enforcing the law. quotas have been used in ethiopia, where one member on each land committee must be a woman. the benefits of this representation have been twofold—it has helped raise aware- ness about land issues among local women, and it has increased their partici- pation in the land registration process. the cedaw committee expressed concern about bias in judicial deci- sionmaking that stemmed from a complaint lodged by a rape survivor in the philippines, which alleged that societal misconceptions about rape—such as the idea that rape victims are timid or easily cowed and that when a woman asia foundation ( ), as reported in un women ( – ), supra note . lisa davis & blaine bookey, respecting the right to health of haitian women and girls, ( ) health & hum. rights ( ). lovett & kelly ( ), as reported in un women ( – ), supra note . n. kumar & a. quisumbing, policy reform towards gender equality in ethiopia: little by little the egg begins to walk (institute for food policy research ). expanding women’s voice, agency, and empowerment knows her attacker, consent is implied—were relied on by the judge in ac- quitting her alleged rapist. a report of the world bank workshop on the development implications of gender-based violence demonstrates that women’s access to justice in the context of gender-based violence needs to be improved. in particular, the report notes that many judges and other legal pro- fessionals lack the necessary knowledge about gender-based violence to apply international conventions on women’s rights, and that empowering ministries for women’s affairs is essential because they can play a central role in creat- ing the political space needed for this issue to be included more frequently in policy dialogue. there are some promising cases of reform in this area. women in indone- sia identified high court fees as an obstacle to obtaining divorce certificates, which are required to access social assistance programs such as free health care, cash transfers, and subsidized rice. in response, the world bank, in col- laboration with pekka—an indonesian ngo that works with more than , female heads of household across villages to raise awareness of women’s legal rights and to improve women’s access to justice through for- mal legal processes—encouraged the supreme court to waive court fees for poor women and to hold circuit courts in rural areas. this quadrupled the number of people in remote areas who have been able to access the courts for family law matters. the bank also worked with pekka to provide training for village paralegals on issues related to family law and domestic violence. to promote greater understanding among government officials, a world bank project in kosovo is working with municipal cadastre offices (land management offices) to implement more accurate procedures for registering land transactions, in part by ensuring that their practices are fully following the law, including the gender equity and family law, in all areas related to inheritance, purchasing, or the sale of property and mortgages. the goal is to help ensure that women receive their inheritance rights, that married wom- en’s rights are properly registered, and that married women actually agree to the transactions made by their husbands. world bank projects have unintended, yet positive, effects on increasing women’s agency through access to justice a project in jordan aimed to enhance community-driven legal aid services to the poor. the project was housed within offices of an ngo providing social welfare services, which allowed women to seek advice without attracting at- tention or hostility from their community. during a two-year period between un women ( – ), supra note . world bank, report on the outcomes of the workshop: the development implications of gender- based violence (gender and development group, prem ). world bank, mainstreaming methods to improve property rights in the kosovo real estate cadas- tre and registration project (world bank ). the world bank legal review and , it provided free or reduced-cost legal counseling for peo- ple; more than percent of its clients were women. inspired by the example, the jordan center for legal aid, with the jordan bar association, created the first pro bono lawyers’ association. the association provides a system of “one- stop shops” for legal aid and counseling and improves access to and quality of service. the ministry of social welfare agreed to refer poor women in need of assistance to the justice center for legal aid. in vietnam, the world bank has provided ongoing support to the govern- ment to foster effective implementation of the law on gender equal- ity and the national strategy on gender equality. the national strategy on gender equality set out objectives and quantitative targets to eliminate discrimination and ensure women’s equal rights in the fields of labor employ- ment, education, and health care; to improve the quality of women’s partici- pation in economic, political, and social fields; and to enhance the capacity of national machinery for the advancement of women. to further these goals, the world bank supported awareness raising and capacity building within relevant ministries, and worked with these ministries to build systems of ac- countability, including through a series of development policy loans. social and cultural norms interact with laws the persistence of patriarchal attitudes and deep-rooted gender stereotypes in relation to women’s roles and responsibilities perpetuates gender inequality and limits the extent to which formally recognized women’s rights can be real- ized in practice. as eloquently noted by devaki jain in her review of the united nations’ -year quest for equality and justice, “many cultural traditions have embargoes on many dimensions of women’s concerns and freedom. it is here that culture clashes with women’s access to the universality of human rights; often traditions and religious practices hurt and discriminate.” in this sense, disequalizing social norms and values can prevent laws from removing con- straints to agency. a stark example of the impact norms can have on women’s empower- ment, voice, and agency is the restriction on women’s mobility. legal restric- tions on mobility are present in certain countries: of the countries in- cluded in women, business, and the law legally restrict married women from leaving the home in the same way as a man; countries restrict married women from getting a job in the same way as a man; and in countries, married women cannot apply for a passport in the same way as a man. social norms in many more countries dictate what is acceptable behavior for women. in all countries included in the wdr qualitative study on gender and economic choice, for example, social norms were the most frequently cited constraint on women’s physical mobility. in malawi, social norms deterred devaki jain, women, development and the un: a sixty-year quest for equality and justice, united nations intellectual history project (indiana u. press ). expanding women’s voice, agency, and empowerment pregnant women from using a bicycle ambulance that was set up to improve emergency obstetric care. social norms can interact with formal laws to dictate the extent to which women’s higher personal incomes translate into greater voice and bargaining power within the household. about percent of the participants in the wdr qualitative study said that husbands have complete control over their wives’ income. participants also reported that when women do not retain con- trol over their earnings, the potential empowering role of those earnings is limited. high rates of domestic or gender-based violence can be traced to prevail- ing norms. several countries with serious problems of violence against women have passed legislation relating to domestic and other violence—bangladesh, brazil, nepal, the philippines, and zambia—yet patterns of violence contin- ue. a world health organization multicountry study revealed that to percent of women experience physical violence in their lifetime, while more than percent of women in bangladesh experience some form of domes- tic abuse during their lifetime. thus, although legislation protecting against such behavior is critical, so is the effective implementation of laws and revised cultural perspectives about the acceptability of violence. because prevailing social norms in a number of areas can limit the effect of laws to the detriment of gender equality, concerted efforts on this front are needed. gender norms can be persistent and resilient to change. this is par- ticularly true when an increase in women’s empowerment and agency threat- ens the balance of power within households and communities. the good news is that change is possible. in india, increased female leadership influenced adolescent girls’ career aspirations and educational attainment. following a law that reserved female leadership positions for women in randomly selected village councils, the gender gap in career aspirations closed by per- cent in villages that were assigned a female leader for two election cycles, and the gender gap in adolescent educational attainment was erased completely, with girls spending less time on household chores. k. lungu et al., are bicycle ambulances and community transport plans effective in strengthen- ing obstetric referral systems in southern mali? ( ) malawi med. j. – ( ). world health organization, who multi-country study on women’s health and domestic vio- lence against women (who ). l. m. bates et al., socioeconomic factors and processes associated with domestic violence in rural bangladesh, ( ) intl. family planning perspectives – ( ). lori beaman et al., female leadership raises aspirations and educational attainment for girls: a policy experiment in india ( ), available at http://www.sciencexpress.org/ january /page / . /science. . http://www.sciencexpress.org/ the world bank legal review conclusions this chapter has considered how laws can enhance or limit women’s voice and agency. there are several highlights. first, discrimination persists in many formal statutory legal systems, especially for married women. second, many countries have plural systems of law related to marriage, divorce, succession, or other “personal” issues that limit rights that may exist. third, the enforce- ment of rights and the ability for women to seek redress are critical if rights are to encourage the exercise of voice and agency. finally, and also related to enforceability, social and cultural norms interact with laws to limit or enhance their effectiveness. although there has been much progress on the front of enhancing wom- en’s voice, agency, and empowerment, the challenges that remain are signifi- cant. the dearth of gender-disaggregated data is also a limiting factor, imped- ing the policy and advocacy work necessary to reform laws. the priorities now are twofold: legal reform is critical. but legal reform alone is insufficient. it must be combined with changes in accessibility and enforceability of laws and changes in social norms around gender roles and women’s abilities. such norms can limit the effect of laws, services, or incomes to the detriment of women’s voice, agency, and empowerment. by employing innovative approaches, legal structures have the potential to significantly in- crease women’s agency. the world bank has a strong track record in working in partnership to promote women’s voice, agency, and empowerment through financing, innovation and learning, and investing in data and knowledge to help better understand and address the underlying inequalities. “we want what the ok tedi women have!” guidance from papua new guinea on women’s engagement in mining deals nicholas menzies and georgia harley despite global gender equality gains in education, life expectancy, and labor force participation, two areas of persistent inequality remain: asset gaps and women’s agency. in many developing countries, including papua new guinea (png), natural resources are citizens’ key asset. women’s agency over these assets—their ability to make choices and transform those choices into actions and outcomes (or more simply, the ability to define goals and act on them)—is commonly weak. this is especially so when the resources are accessed for capital-intensive development. empowering women to exercise agency and control over natural resources and the revenues that flow from them is thus an important contemporary focus for engagements related to gender equality and economic development. the mining regulatory regime in png provides a relatively strong posi- tion for communities. agreements between the state, companies, and impact- ed communities commonly include significant community benefits, such as a share of royalties and an equity stake in the mine. however, significant gender inequality, both locally and at the national level, means that women’s voices are rarely represented in agreement making. women end up with control of the authors would like to thank belden dasa, musje werror, nigel parker, ian middleton, jamila abassi, almah tararia, patricia kassman, nicole haley, adriana eftimie, waafas ofosu- amaah, lwanzo amani, sakuntala akmeemana, laura bailey, and phillipa carr, who were closely involved in the design, implementation, and write-up of this work. even so, errors of fact and interpretation are those of the authors, as are the views expressed in this paper, which should not be attributed to the world bank, its executive directors, or the countries they represent. world bank, world development report gender equality and development. strengthen- ing the role of women in household and community decision making has been shown to have positive development impacts, as women tend to prioritize productive expenditures for their families and communities (including for food, health, and education) over unpro- ductive consumption (such as of alcohol, cigarettes, and gambling). prior to the election, when three women were elected at once, only three women had ever been elected in the -year history of png’s parliament. moreover, roughly two-thirds of women experience gender-based violence in their lifetimes, and maternal mortality rates are some of the highest in the region. the world bank legal review few, if any, benefits, while bearing a disproportionate burden of the social and environmental costs of mining. the ok tedi mine, located in the northern corner of png’s western prov- ince, is an exception, albeit qualified, to this general state of affairs. the prov- ince receives a significant share of mining revenues, yet service delivery in the area remains weak. on top of provincial government revenues, impacted communities have received benefits totaling more than billion png kina (us$ million) over the past decade. revised compensation agreements at the ok tedi mine, called community mine continuation agreements (cmcas), concluded in are an encouraging innovation. women had a seat at the negotiating table and secured an agreement giving them percent of all benefits, percent of all scholarships, cash payments into family bank accounts (to which women are cosignatories), and mandated seats on the gov- erning bodies implementing the agreement (including future reviews of the agreement). women’s entitlements are elevated to legally enforceable rights at the heart of the mining company’s license to operate. such an arrangement is unprecedented anywhere in the world. at the women in mining conference in the town of madang, women from mining communities across png exclaimed, “we want what the ok tedi women have!” this chapter is based on research in the north fly (one of three areas impacted by the agreement). it explores the process of negotiation and progress in implementation of the agreement, examining how the agree- ment came about, assessing whether its promise is being realized in practice, see, for example, m. macintyre, modernity, gender and mining: experiences from papua new guinea, in gendering the field: towards sustainable livelihoods for mining communities (anu e- press ). see also m. macintyre, petztorme women: responding to change in lihir, papua new guinea, women’s groups and everyday modernity in melanesia, ( – ) oceania (special issue) – ( ). the experience of some indigenous communities in australia and canada provides examples of women playing key roles. see c. o’faircheallaigh, women’s absence, women’s power: indigenous women and negotiations with mining companies in australia and canada, ethnic and racial studies – ( ). mine operator, ok tedi mining limited (otml) data. the five main benefit streams under the cmcas are cash (the mine operator disburses cash into a mix of family and some clan bank accounts with an annual payment per person); vil- lage projects (each village submits applications for small-scale projects and goods, such as water tanks, outboard motors, and animal husbandry); investments (the foundation invests funds in projects to earn an ongoing return, such as passenger and cargo vessels on the fly river, housing in kiunga, and passenger planes); school scholarships (primary, secondary, and tertiary); and the women and children’s fund ( percent of all benefits are set aside for women, whose use is to be decided upon by women’s groups). the third in a series of meetings focused on communities and women in mine-affected areas, sponsored by gopng and the world bank as part of the ongoing sectoral program of techni- cal assistance financed by the bank in png. villages visited for this research were mine villages (finalbin); river villages (atkamba, moian, and yogi); and road villages (ningerum, where people came from other road villages to participate in focus group discussions). all villages were in north fly district (except for moian, which is in middle fly). impacts and conditions in middle and south fly districts are known to be different and are not covered in this study. “we want what the ok tedi women have!” and providing guidance for mining and gender practitioners hoping to use mining agreements to improve development outcomes for women, both in png and farther afield. underpinning the approach to assessing the implementation of the agree- ment are two widely held tenets of contemporary development practice: • community-driven development (cdd) has played an increasingly im- portant role in fragile institutional contexts. rather than treating poor and marginalized people as the target of poverty-reduction efforts, cdd gives control over planning decisions and investment of resources to community groups and local governments—it operates on principles of empowerment, community ownership, participatory governance, greater downward accountability, and enhanced local capacity. complexity of- ten undermines accountability and transparency, and thus key principles, such as clear and simple rules of the game and access to information, are crucial to the premise of cdd. • a political economy approach to delivering development programs is one that is designed to mitigate some key risks (such as elite capture and leakage) through a better understanding of existing power structures and patronage systems and by working actively to overcome constraints. implementation is an ongoing process of measuring progress against ar- ticulated development objectives and adjusting delivery of the program accordingly. background of the ok tedi mining negotiations the history, ownership structure, and importance of ok tedi to png’s economy have been critical in shaping the negotiation process and outcomes. the mine and affected communities have been engaged in long-running disputes that primarily concern significant environmental damage from the disposal of tailings and mine waste into the ok tedi and fly river systems. the disputes occur in the historical context of tension over the impacts of the panguna mine on bougainville, which led to conflict and the creation of an au- tonomous region with a pathway to independence from png. issues of con- cern regarding the ok tedi mine include loss of fish stocks and water sources, increased flooding leading to the destruction of forests and food gardens, and increased mosquito-borne diseases. residents along the road between the experience has shown that given clear rules of the game, access to information, and appro- priate capacity and financial support, poor men and women can effectively organize in order to address local problems by working in partnership with other state and nonstate develop- ment actors. ok tedi website, http://www.oktedi.com/community-and-environment/the-environment /impacts-of-mining. the original project design included a tailings dam, but the dam’s foun- dations were washed away in a landslide early in construction in and were not rebuilt. the national government and otml agreed to allow the tailings to discharge directly into the river. http://www.oktedi.com/community-and-environment/the-environment/impacts-of-mining http://www.oktedi.com/community-and-environment/the-environment/impacts-of-mining the world bank legal review figure . map of western province, png source: world bank. “we want what the ok tedi women have!” mine and the river port in kiunga also complain about dust from passing con- voys. according to an independent environment expert, the riverine impacts are likely to be felt for “several hundred years” and are borne more heavily by women, who are traditionally responsible for crop production, than by men. in , affected communities mounted a class action lawsuit against the mine’s then major shareholder, bhp pty ltd, in the supreme court of victoria, australia, (where bhp is registered). the case was settled with a us$ mil- lion payout and a commitment to contain tailings and mine waste disposal. the case drew international interest at the time for its use of tort law to secure the accountability of a multinational company for environmental damages. in , due to community complaints about the mine’s continued use of riverine tailings disposal and the mine’s concern about ongoing environ- mental liability, bhp queried whether the mine should close. the mine is the single largest contributor to the png economy, and thus the state had, and still has, a strong interest in its continued operation. to allow operations to continue, the mine’s majority shareholding was divested to a development trust, the png sustainable development program limited (pngsdp), beneficially owned by the people of png and registered in singapore to ensure relative independence from day-to-day politics. the alan tingay, letter of endorsement from the independent scientist appointed to the cmca / review process (apr. , ) (attachment b to cmcas). g. banks & c. ballard, the ok tedi settlement: issues, outcomes, and implications (asia pacific press ). since the ok tedi case, class actions have become increasingly prevalent, including actions taken against freeport-mcmoran’s grasberg mine in west papua, indonesia; exxon-mobil’s natural gas installation in aceh, indonesia; unocal’s oil pipeline in burma; shell’s petroleum operations in the nigerian delta; rio tinto’s copper mine on bougainville; texaco’s petro- leum operations in the ecuadorian amazon; and thor chemical’s use of mercury-based chemicals in south africa. see banks & ballard, supra note . see also peter newell, access to environmental justice? litigation against tncs in the south ( ) r. crook and p. houtzager, making law matter: rules, rights and security in the lives of the poor, ids bulletin – ( ); halina ward, securing transnational corporate accountability through national courts: implica- tions and policy options, hastings int. & comp. l. rev. – ( ). bhp reported that, even if mining stopped immediately, downstream environmental im- pacts would continue to increase and would likely persist for at least years. parame- trix, inc. and urs greiner woodward clyde, draft executive summary: assessment of human health and ecological risks for proposed mine waste mitigation options at the ok tedi mine, papua new guinea; screening level risk assessment, prepared for ok tedi mining, ltd., – (aug. , ), available at http://www.oktedi.com. in , export earnings represented percent of the country’s gdp, and taxes and divi- dends to the national government represented percent of tax revenue and percent of government domestic revenue. the pngsdp comprises a long-term fund and a development fund. the long-term fund in- vests two-thirds of the net income received from otml in low-risk investments for the future benefit of the people of png after the mine’s closure. it has a balance of more than us$ . billion. the development fund invests one-third of net income received from otml in sus- tainable development projects. two-thirds of those projects are national and one-third are focused in western province. for a full description of bhp’s exit strategy and the pngsdp, see http://www-wds.worldbank.org/external/default/wdscontentserver/wdsp/ib/ http://www.oktedi.com http://www-wds.worldbank.org/external/default/wdscontentserver/wdsp/ib/ / / / _ /rendered/pdf/ nwp p ns trusts and funds.pdf the world bank legal review pngsdp invests significant amounts in western province, including in com- munities affected by the ok tedi mine, which, with other mine-related and government sources, creates a complex web of real and potential benefits for communities. the mine was required under law to enter into legally enforce- able consent agreements with affected landowners and users. these became known as community mine continuation agreements (cmcas). in , the first cmcas were negotiated. in accordance with a five-year review period, a revised set of cmcas was negotiated in and . the revised set of cmcas now covers more than , people in villages stretching from the villages in the highlands around the mine site near tabubil, along the ok tedi and fly rivers, to the mouth of the fly (see figure ). negotiation of the agreement negotiations between mining companies, the state, and landowners are in- variably subject to extreme asymmetries of information and power. these characteristics reduce the likelihood of equitable agreements and limit the po- tential of mining investment to contribute to development outcomes. over time, entrenched asymmetries can build tension between the parties and un- dermine the durability of mining investment. the cmca review process at the ok tedi mine addressed these challenges to some extent. for the cmcas, the experience with bougainville’s panguna mine; the long history of dispute, litigation, and engagement around ok tedi; the mine’s beneficial ownership; and the advanced stage of the mine’s life were key factors resulting in a more positive consultation process being established. for the – review, with over years of experience in the area and pro- duction ongoing during negotiations, the mine operator suffered fewer of the time pressures that mining companies often face when negotiating agreements prior to the commencement of operations. mine management also responded to the international pressure (from ngos and multilateral organizations) that the environmental damage and litigation had brought, with a desire to leave an improved legacy. although not without its challenges, the – cmca review process was in many ways a model one, and the quality of the process was impor- tant to women’s ability to secure the deal they did. the broadly consultative process, significant time taken, and independent facilitation and advice all helped to ameliorate asymmetries and build trust. the review process lasted / / / _ /rendered/pdf/ nwp p ns trusts and funds.pdf. in addition to five main sources under the cmcas, other sources of local projects include the alice river trust (set up after the class action suit), mine charitable projects, mine- implemented tax-credit projects, member-of-parliament-controlled constituency develop- ment fund projects, and local government projects. the number of villages has increased over time because some communities that were origi- nally opposed to the agreements have since joined. http://www-wds.worldbank.org/external/default/wdscontentserver/wdsp/ib/ / / / _ /rendered/pdf/ nwp p ns trusts and funds.pdf http://www-wds.worldbank.org/external/default/wdscontentserver/wdsp/ib/ / / / _ /rendered/pdf/ nwp p ns trusts and funds.pdf “we want what the ok tedi women have!” months and cost k million (us$ . million), paid for by the mine. see the box below for a summary of the negotiating process. cmca negotiations: an innovation independent international (the keystone center) and local (the tanorama network) facilitators were selected jointly by the mine and cmca community leaders to design, support, and guide the process. independent legal, environmental, and accounting advice was engaged for communities at no cost to them. prominent former chief justice of the png supreme court, sir arnold amet, was ap- pointed as the independent legal observer; he became an adviser to the affected communities. the top-level negotiations were held in tabubil, the township at the base of the mine. regional-level meet- ings were held in each of three impacted subregions, and village meetings in almost all the impacted villages. delegates to regional meetings were directly elected by their village constituencies, and the representatives at the top-level negotiating table in tabubil were elected from the regional meetings. women’s engagement in the negotiations the quality of the overall process provided a positive environment for women to exercise agency. yet initially, women were not included at all. in the nego- tiation’s early stages, all community representatives were men. in deference to their understanding of local custom, the independent facilitators did not challenge this situation. as one facilitator noted, “we had to be very careful not to be perceived as undermining local authority or customs.” instead, fa- cilitators asked the male representatives to ensure that they represented the views of their entire group, including women and children. the on-site nature of the discussions meant that, at least for the regional meetings, some women were able to sit outside the negotiations and listen, even though they were not seated at the negotiating table. as negotiations continued, it became apparent that women’s views were not being represented. the mining company’s management understood that the cmcas would be more likely to achieve development outcomes if women were involved. one senior company representative reflected that “there would be a payout at the end, and there was some concern that the men may drink that away, or buy jeeps, cigarettes etc.” a delegate noted that “the women were so involved in health and education, they would end up being respon- sible for implementing social projects in the region.” improved development outcomes could foster community support in favor of the mine and reduce the chances of mining-related complaints. and so it was recognized that women’s voices should be heard in the negotiations. the combined support of the com- pany and independent facilitators was critical in convincing the male benefi- the world bank legal review ciaries and the state that women should have a seat at the main negotiating table. with negotiations at midpoint, a women’s delegation was established. as one facilitator noted, “the women were so happy that they had a seat at the table—they felt they had won something already.” women’s involvement was structured around a single delegate at the cen- tral negotiating table and a separate women’s caucus that gathered outside of the main meeting to formulate negotiating positions. there were also consulta- tions with women in impacted villages. the facilitators worked closely with the mine’s gender desk, which had received prior support from a national-level women in mining project and had assessed women’s development needs. ume wainetti was identified as the women’s delegate. mrs. wainetti is from the impacted region yet also has a national profile as former chair of the national council of women and current convener of the national family and sexual violence action committee. in negotiations, wainetti used cul- tural cues and tactics, describing herself to other delegates as a “sister and aunty.” coming from the impacted area, wainetti could both be more asser- tive and employ a range of emotions with the male village representatives more freely than an outsider. wainetti ensured that she sat next to the mining company managing director at key moments. presentations of health statis- tics for women and children, combined with emotive personal stories, helped to influence the men at the table. one facilitator observed that wainetti was “one of the best negotiators at the table.” her competence in this regard likely stemmed from a combination of tertiary education (when most of the other delegates had only primary level), a combination of national status and local roots, and substantial leadership and negotiation skills acquired in national and international settings. in support of wainetti as the women’s delegate, a caucus of about women constituted an important forum for both education and developing an informed negotiating position that wainetti would take to the main nego- tiating table. the caucus brought together at least two women from each of nine impacted areas, along with the provincial government’s women’s officer and female facilitators. a side workshop held over several days included in- formation sessions from mine staff and independent experts about the overall mining operation, environmental impacts, and the benefit envelope. wainetti, the facilitators, and the mine outreach team also visited women in mine- affected villages, exchanging views and developing a shared negotiating posi- tion. as one facilitator put it, “they [the women’s caucus] were great because they were great leaders, great negotiators, not just because they were women.” launched in , the women in mining and petroleum project (funded by the world bank– managed japan social development fund) has included the drafting of women in mining action plans for affected communities, three national conferences leading to a cabinet- endorsed five-year national action plan, and capacity building (including in basic literacy, numeracy, and economic development skills) to allow women to manage and benefit from the resources that accrue as a result of extractives industries. “we want what the ok tedi women have!” initially, the women’s key proposal was that a minimum of percent of all funds be specifically set aside (that is, ring-fenced) for the benefit of women and children. wainetti described how women “wanted a separate pot to make sure that women and kids were not forgotten as usual.” the proposal was not intended to exclude women from the remainder of the benefits, nor was it intended to be a maximum amount that women would receive—rather, it was to be a separate minimum amount prioritized for specific initiatives for women and children. drawing on personal relationships and networks, the women’s caucus approached influential players out of session to seek their support for the proposal. one such participant was sir arnold amet, a well- respected statesman. he was supportive, and suggested that they raise the figure. the delegation also secured the support of the mine’s senior manage- ment. the figure of percent was ultimately chosen on the basis that the male beneficiaries would be unlikely to accept more and that percent might fly “under the radar” at the negotiating table. in tabling the proposal at the main negotiating session, the women’s del- egate emphasized the complementary roles of women and men in the com- munity and stressed that “we are not asking for much, only percent.” following a silence, amet spoke in support of the proposal, followed by the mining company representative. one facilitator described how “the back- ing of prestigious people was critical to the proposal being supported in the room.” no questions or concerns were raised, and the proposal was adopted unanimously. the women secured additional provisions on an ad hoc basis throughout the negotiation, including • cash compensation payments deposited into family bank accounts, to which women were encouraged by the mine to be signatories. (previously, cash was transferred to clan accounts, which were controlled by men and subject to persistent concerns regarding misuse and leakage.) • fifty percent of all educational scholarships awarded to women and girls, and women would make up half of the membership of the scholarship selection panels. • women represented in the cmca’s key local governance bodies, village planning committees. each committee would include two women repre- sentatives out of the five members (or three women representatives out of a maximum of eight members). • women represented on each of nine regional trusts and on the board of directors of the ok tedi fly river development program, the foundation responsible for the agreement’s implementation. village planning committees engage in a participatory process to identify, plan, and allocate village-level cmca projects. committee members are elected every three years in a process supervised by the foundation. the world bank legal review to address what was seen by communities as poor implementation up to that point, key tenets of the agreement were new structures to ensure “a high level of ownership and decision-making power over resources, pro- grams, and projects” by impacted communities. the agreement provides more explicit entitlements for women than any other mining agreement in png or, as far as can be discerned, globally. it thus represents an innovation in efforts to empower women to exercise agen- cy over natural resources. however, the deal alone is not necessarily a suc- cess for women. ring-fencing can be seen as “both a victory for women and a failure.” on the one hand, it promises to improve the status of women by of- fering control over a specific allocation of funds. indeed, effects could be even greater if the women taking up decision-making roles over the ring-fenced funds are able to generate positive spillover effects for women in other areas, such as stronger household decision making, greater participation in political life, and economic empowerment. on the other hand, it is hard to argue on its face that control of percent of all benefits for more than two-thirds of the population (once children are included) is fair. further, if ring-fencing en- trenches norms that women are somehow undeserving of equal participation and equal benefit sharing and excludes women from the remaining percent of benefits, then its effectiveness should be questioned. some of these issues can be addressed only in the context of implementation. implementation of the agreement the novelty of the deal secured for women in the agreement raised high expectations; experience during implementation has been mixed. informed awareness of the women’s deal is low research reveals that in many villages, a wide cross-section of women and men had heard about “the women’s percent,” but no beneficiaries were able to explain how much money was available, the process by which projects were selected, or what had been approved to date. several women complained that they have not received guidance or training on how to access the benefits. “how do we get the money? . . . it is very hard. . . . since the launching, no- body knows what has happened with the percent. there are no courses on how to apply for the money. mothers are in a complete blackout.” more posi- tively, male residents did not express any resentment or complaints about the women’s percent other than a critique that the women weren’t using their see b. sharp, renegotiating a papua new guinea compensation agreement: applying an informed consensus approach, resource management in the asia pacific, working paper no. ( ). see, for example, the impact of reserved seats for women in indian village councils on at- titudes toward women, investment priorities, and reporting of crimes against women. for a summary of the results and links to the literature, see http://blogs.worldbank.org/impact evaluations/when-women-are-in-charge. http://blogs.worldbank.org/impactevaluations/when-women-are-in-charge http://blogs.worldbank.org/impactevaluations/when-women-are-in-charge “we want what the ok tedi women have!” money. this may suggest a “normalization” of women having control over some portion of resources. this lack of understanding of the women’s percent echoes broader con- fusion among communities about the cmcas in general, mipela no clia (“we don’t understand/we’re not clear”) being the most common refrain when asked about the agreement. few people (beyond those serving on the village planning committees), could explain the process for cmca project approval. even members of the committees did not appear to understand how much money was available for cmca projects in their village or region. benefi- ciaries repeatedly expressed a desire for written information—“in black and white”—to dispel misinformation, build awareness, and foster accountability. representatives of the foundation note the information problem but state that “we can’t get information to , people”: indeed, the geographical challenges are considerable. the foundation relies on village planning com- mittee chairs to be conduits to the rest of their committee and the village at large. minutes of meetings, notices, and verbal updates are sent to the chairs for dissemination. one mine representative explained low levels of beneficiary awareness as a function of community “backwardness,” perhaps reflecting an assumption that communities with little exposure to sophisticated finan- cial topics are not able to understand the arrangements. this conclusion—that awareness is inherently and permanently constrained by the exotic novelty of trust funds and financial flows—is not uncommon on the part of community development technocrats and resource company staff. but global experience shows that targeted and skillful discussions at the community level can indeed empower village people to understand and engage effectively quite quickly. the ring-fenced women’s fund is operational, but impacts are not widely felt in accordance with the agreement, a separate process was established to make decisions about the women’s ring-fenced benefits, governed by all-women groups elected by women from the beneficiary villages. from to , k . million (us$ million) was set aside for the women and children’s fund. as of , the major spending decision was to invest in three learn- ing centers. this decision is in line with the intent of the cmca, which fore- shadowed initial investments in capacity building to allow women to actively engage in development processes—including the informed use of their funds. one learning center is open, and construction of the remaining two centers is yet to commence. of the money that has been allocated, it is likely that much of it remains unspent. in one region (covering villages), approximately us$ million of general funds (that is, not the percent women and children’s fund) remained unspent as of september , and figures show up to half this comprises k . million from otml, k . million from the pngsdp, and k million from the state. the payment from otml has been made regularly, and pngsdp funds have been forthcoming for women’s projects. state funding has been more difficult to access. the world bank legal review of individual village funds have not been spent. one trustee attributed the underspending to the failure of villagers to submit project proposals. under- spending seems unlikely to be a consequence of lack of need for community improvements in the face of basic service failures and profound development challenges. a targeted effort to improve, simplify, and streamline the proposal process could yield results. in the villages, however, very few women have heard of the training centers, and neither women nor men report feeling any benefits from the percent deal. women in the villages often express concern that they are not being faithfully represented in the women’s bodies to decide on use of the percent. many of the women in these groups are the wives of local ward councilors or village planning committee chairmen, suggesting that elite divides may compound existing gender inequality. in one village, women complained that their representative on the regional women’s group had moved and was no longer resident in the village and did not provide feedback from meetings. such an impression is reflected more broadly in the function- ing of village planning committees, which appear beset by challenges related to information, coordination, and representation. communities report that committees do not faithfully represent community interests, “hoarding infor- mation and keeping benefits” for personal or family gain. committee chairs are frequently reported to no longer reside in the village they represent (hav- ing moved into towns), limiting their ability to identify community needs, convey information, and be held accountable for decisions made. family bank accounts show promise the introduction of family bank accounts for disbursing the cash compen- sation component of the agreement appears to be having a positive impact, improving access to resources by both women and youth. unlike with the project component, there is general understanding of the entitlements and the timing of the payments, including among women and youth. in most of the villages visited for this research, male and female beneficiaries reported that women are cosignatories to bank accounts. women reported much greater access to money than under the previous system of clan accounts. they also claim to spend more productively than men, though this has not been inde- pendently verified. some youth also reported receiving their entitlements in cash from their parents. the compensation amount varies per village but is in the order of k (us$ ) per person per year, including for children. the exception to this was reported by communities in and around ningerum. prior to , most families did not have bank accounts, so the mine and foundation undertook a process to provide bank accounts through two operators, bsp and png microcredit. bank repre- sentatives traveled to each of the cmca villages with the requisite paperwork and opened accounts for most families. the mine and foundation encouraged male and female cosigna- tories to the accounts. “we want what the ok tedi women have!” even so, villagers face high transaction costs in accessing the cash com- pensation. as in many parts of png, access to banking facilities in the cmca area is extremely limited. beneficiaries must travel to one of three bank loca- tions, and travel costs are high. in one example, the cost of return boat-and- bus travel from atkamba village, on the lower ok tedi, to the nearest branch in kiunga is k (us$ ). for two parents (as account cosignatories) to ac- cess funds for a family of five, the cost of transport alone would be more than percent of the annual compensation payment. initial plans to provide bank- ing in boats along the river were shelved due to security concerns of traveling with large amounts of cash. mobile phone-facilitated payments have yet to reach the cmca area, although the rollout of mobile towers offers promise in this regard. family bank accounts appear not to have increased family savings. the foundation, mine, and villagers report that beneficiaries routinely withdraw the annual cash compensation amount in full. monthly account-keeping fees of k (us$ . ) reduce the incentive for families to save money through the banking system. the full withdrawal of funds also poses administrative bur- dens because this action automatically closes the account, which needs to be reopened to receive the following year’s payment. implementation of the scholarship scheme has been partially successful the implementation of the scholarship program has occurred in accordance with the cmca. women currently make up half of the members on the scholar- ship selection panel. however, the selection process requires little discretion— in practice, supply exceeds demand and the money set aside for scholarships each year exceeds the money demanded from all applicants. the selection panel simply identifies whether an applicant is from a cmca village. schol- arships have been awarded for primary, secondary, and tertiary education in png. full scholarships are awarded to younger students; for older students, the amount is dependent on the student’s scholastic achievement the previous year. this rubric is widely understood by beneficiaries and supported. in practice, fewer than percent of the scholarships are awarded to girls because fewer girls apply. boys are often preferred for educational opportuni- ties, because a girl’s productive capacity and eventual bride price payment regularly factor into the decision on whether to send her long-distance for formal education. furthermore, few schools have boarding facilities, and parents have expressed a reluctance to send young girls to stay with relatives for long periods in light of security and financial concerns. for example, according to personal communications from the foundation, the highway (tutuwe trust) has allocated from k million to k . million per year; ok tedi region (waitri trust), k , ; and nupmo trust (ningerum), k , per year. thanks to a peer reviewer for these insights. the world bank legal review more broadly, villagers expressed concern about the lack of economic op- portunities in the region for scholarship recipients (and others) after gradua- tion. few graduates return to the cmca area, raising concern for future local economic development. decision-making structures do not reflect the levels of women’s representation mandated by the agreement in all the villages visited for this research, the village planning committee included only one woman, rather than the two or three required under the agreement. in most cases, the women’s representative is the wife or a family member of a ward councilor, village planning committee chairman, or other elite male. no committee chairs were women. in the villages visited, few women reported being aware of what the village planning committee does and few women participate in planning for cmca village projects. three women have not been appointed to the board of the overarching foundation as required by the agreement. indeed, there are no voting ben- eficiary representatives—male or female—on the board. the overarching foundation continues to be controlled by the mine, which continues to hold percent of the foundation’s shares. the mine is assisting the impacted communities to set up an association (ok tedi mine impact area association) that could then take a shareholding in the foundation. the mine reports that it has taken longer than planned to build the capacity of the association and its members, and the foundation is working with the executive of the association to achieve this. yet, two out of four seats on the foundation’s board are re- served for mine company representatives, and the mine’s managing director chairs the board. furthermore, the cmca requirement for the mine to transfer equity in the mine to the foundation (for the benefit of the impacted communi- ties) has not occurred. these missed opportunities mean that the foundation has not yet been able to make the transition to a “high level of community ownership,” as called for in the agreement. lack of community ownership affects development outcomes the failure to transfer ownership and control to beneficiaries affects the de- velopment approach adopted by the foundation and ultimately development outcomes. there is a sharp divergence between the views of those implement- ing the agreement (primarily mine and foundation representatives) and the beneficiaries (the villagers) regarding the success of implementation. this is perhaps not surprising, not least because it is difficult for the foundation to visit every village frequently. implementation could benefit from a structured mechanism through which valuable information about community needs, implementation challenges, and grievances—direct from beneficiaries—is fed back to the foundation to facilitate continuous improvement. the reliance on the service standard for was one visit to each village each year; for , it was an over- night stay. “we want what the ok tedi women have!” village planning committee representatives overlooks intracommunity equity issues that often arise in community development. it is hard for mining companies to “do” community driven development. the ethos of mining companies tends to be technocratic, linear, output focused, grounded in the scientific method, and focused on engineering solutions in often-difficult physical environments. community development, on the other hand, routinely revolves around political dynamics, privileging process as much as outcomes and balancing competing interests and versions of the truth. although the forms for inclusive community development have been put in place by the agreement, their function currently falls short of community- driven development. this observation is exemplified in moian village, where the mine arrived to install a water pump. mine technicians selected a site easily accessible from the village health clinic, but – meters away from the village’s custom- ary burial grounds. residents expressed concern that the site was too close to their burial site and suggested an alternative location for the well farther away from the village, with a pipe to bring the water in. the technicians explained to the villagers that this would be more costly and the pipe would be likely to break—thus limiting the villagers’ access to water. they built the pump in the originally proposed location, which was a logical technical choice. the villag- ers do not use the well, which is an equally logical sociocultural choice. the result is an unsatisfying development outcome. the foundation is taking some steps to improve the participation of vil- lagers in project implementation. a skills census has been undertaken in each village to identify resident capacity to assist with projects. however, a focus on local labor is unlikely to result in greater community empowerment in the absence of specific actions that embed community ownership and control. the lack of community ownership is also demonstrated by another situation in moian village, where neatly erected house poles dot the village. the poles were erected as part of a housing scheme decided on for all villages in the middle fly area. each village received poles (cemented into place) and zinc roofing to connect to water tanks (delivered to the villages). the villages were asked to supply “local content” in the form of bush material for the floors and walls of houses. in addition to the poles and roofing, moian also received a saw for villagers to cut the bush material. the saw reportedly broke. land- owners were unwilling to allow a broader group of villagers to cut trees for timber. the sets of poles remain unused, as does most of the zinc. lopsided tanks dot the village collecting stagnant water. the broader impacts of the deal have not yet accrued the strong leadership demonstrated by women during the early negotiation phase has not been present in the implementation phase. after a change in women’s leadership, there is no identifiable cadre of women who demonstrate a similar rigor and collective agency in implementation—a challenge given the dispersed nature of the population and poor communication. there are the world bank legal review a few positive spillovers for women from the cmcas, with representatives of the mine and foundation reporting increased attendance and assertiveness of women in community consultations. however, village women report few changes in their own material circumstances, and there are few, if any, signs of greater entrepreneurship, participation in broader political life, or increased bargaining power for women. the anticipated empowerment gains appear not to have accrued. this lack of spillovers is reflected in overall implementation of the agree- ment. since the original agreements were reached in , more than k bil- lion (almost us$ million at today’s rates) has accrued to cmca communi- ties (with another k billion to the six villages immediately surrounding the mine site). regional coordinators for the foundation report being “treated like the mp” given the amounts of money they oversee. despite the signifi- cant financial flows associated with the mine, there are few visible projects in cmca villages, basic infrastructure and service delivery are severely limited, rates of poverty are high, and health and education indicators are poor—with women tending to be worse off than men. some reasons for the lack of de- velopment include slow rollout of the foundation and underspending, intra- village divisions, poor village-level decision making, and elite capture. there are, however, very few observable projects funded from other sources, such as local government or from mp-controlled constituency development funds. the topographical and institutional landscape makes this an extremely chal- lenging development context. the largely parallel cmca governance struc- tures are not linked to government: village planning committees do not coor- dinate with ward development committees, and relations between the mine, the foundation, the pngsdp, and the provincial government are a topic of continuing concern. looking ahead: guidance for strengthening women’s engagement in mining agreements the png government is considering changes to policy and law to apply the basic tenets of the ok tedi agreements to mining contexts across png. from the government’s perspective, the agreement is an innovation worth model- ing. such policy reform is widely popular among women in other impacted communities, even though the details and shortcomings of the ok tedi deal over the next two years of the mine’s current phase, another k million is projected to be received, and further extension of the mine’s life is being considered. as chair of a joint district planning and budget priorities committee for each constituency, mps have significant control over sizable resources (k million in ; k million in ), which provides the potential for strong visibility and influence of mps at the village level. cmca census report appendix: basic statistical tables. see also d. cammack, chronic poverty in papua new guinea (chronic poverty research center ). there are efforts to address this through a project matrix that captures all the government, foundation, and pngsdp projects to guide decisions on implementation and funding. “we want what the ok tedi women have!” are not well understood. acknowledging the unique history and context of the mine, the cmca process provides insights for other png resource projects as well as for stakeholders in other resource-rich countries that have “wealth” in the form of resources but suffer regular elite capture of rents, severe gender inequality, collective action problems, and chronic development challenges. with a view to informing future policy and practice in both png and else- where and to improving empowerment outcomes for women, the following broad guidance is provided to mining and gender practitioners engaging in these kinds of deals. guidance for the negotiation phase of mining agreements • mine operators can be powerful allies for women vis-à-vis male benefi- ciaries if the business case for women’s inclusion is made. in mining areas, stronger roles for women—including as mine employees—may be associ- ated with reduced risk of conflict and increased stability of production. women should focus on highlighting how their participation increases efficiency in the use of funds and fosters opportunities to generate posi- tive development outcomes while also reducing the risks of complaint, conflict, and disruption of production. • the characteristics of the individual women who participate in negotia- tions can make a real difference to the negotiated outcome. representatives who combine both local ties with national or international skills and experience can be particularly effective. • separate caucusing sessions for women, alongside the primary negotiating stream, allow information to be shared, capacity to be built, and negotiat- ing strategy to be developed. • independent facilitators and advisers (environmental, legal, financial) help overcome asymmetries of information and power, build trust, and ulti- mately construct more equitable and thus durable deals. this is of benefit for all stakeholders, but a transparent, open, and informed process also provides space for capable women. the png mineral resources author- ity has an officer (who was involved in the cmca negotiations) who now advises women in negotiation processes across the country. although this is a step forward, it cannot be the only mechanism, because the state is also a party to these agreements and thus faces possible conflicts of inter- est. similar tensions can arise for staff of mine gender desks, thus high- lighting the importance of independent advice in improving negotiated outcomes. • a complex web of benefit streams undermines accountability, making it diffi- cult for beneficiaries to understand their entitlements and know who is responsible for delivering what, let alone demanding performance if it why gender matters: a resource guide for integrating gender considerations into communi- ties work at rio tinto (rio tinto ), available at http://www.riotinto.com/documents /reportspublications/rio_tinto_gender_guide.pdf (accessed feb. ). http://www.riotinto.com/documents/reportspublications/rio_tinto_gender_guide.pdf http://www.riotinto.com/documents/reportspublications/rio_tinto_gender_guide.pdf the world bank legal review is not delivered. complexity provides space for a small elite to exploit community benefits for personal gain; over time, confusion and capture can breed tension and conflict. it is better to deliver resources through a small number of channels that are easy for beneficiaries to understand and transparent in their delivery. this also enhances accountability while minimizing administrative overheads. guidance for the implementation of mining agreements • family bank accounts (with women as cosignatories) enhance women’s control of cash compensation payments. mobile banking could further enhance ac- cessibility of funds in remote areas and strengthen women’s control over funds. opportunities exist to incentivize savings, for instance, by lowering account-keeping fees, providing returns on investments, and instituting a “bonus” compensation payment or matching grant to accounts that retain an operating balance. in countries like png that have an increasingly in- terested banking sector keen to exploit rapidly increasing teledensity and a regulator focused on financial inclusion (the png central bank), the potential for pilot programs that address the constraints outlined here is significant. • setting aside scholarships for girls, and having women on scholarship selection panels, may not be enough to overcome cultural and logistical barriers. further incentives could be built in to enhance gender equality of ed- ucational opportunities, such as a requirement that boys’ scholarships are conditional on a matching number of girls’ scholarships, and supplemen- tary financing for special provisions for girls’ safety and security while attending school away from home. • public written information reinforces accountability, even in communities with low literacy. basic information about benefit procedures, amounts, dates, and feedback/grievance channels should be posted in public places, such as community halls, health clinics, schools, and churches, and posters and pamphlets should be distributed widely, summarizing information in lay terms. mobile phones can also be used to convey information. • the responsiveness and accountability of village representatives to ben- eficiary communities are undermined when representatives do not live in the village—often moving away using the fruits of their newfound status. consideration should be given to instituting a residency requirement for vil- lage representatives in the village they represent. • structured feedback and grievance processes increase accountability and ensure that those responsible for project implementation have better information on activity performance and challenges and increase accountability. these procedures should allow beneficiaries to bypass their local representatives, who may be the subject of complaints, and to register mobile numbers to receive periodic texts asking for feedback on local issues. “we want what the ok tedi women have!” conclusion the – ok tedi negotiation process and the resulting cmca agreements are innovative in that they secured enhanced rights for women in legally en- forceable mining agreements, even in the context of severe gender inequality. however, legal rights are not sufficient in and of themselves to produce bet- ter development outcomes. implementation has faced many of the challenges facing other development efforts in png: logistical constraints, low adminis- trative capacity, and elite capture. nevertheless, the prevailing gender asset gaps in the context of the current global extractives boom highlight the need to engage women more proactively in mining agreements and support them in exercising greater agency over those resources. more attention to the princi- ples and experiences of community-driven development, as well as more local political analysis, will likely benefit women’s engagement and outcomes. the particular guidance for enhancing women’s agency—in both the negotiation and the implementation phases—laid out above offers further opportunities to promote women’s equality and, through this, to achieve better develop- ment outcomes. innovation in asset recovery the swiss perspective rita adam recent international studies have strikingly illustrated the enormous chal- lenges that corruption and similar crimes pose to developing and emerging economies. the world bank has played a vital role in bringing these prob- lems to light. according to world bank estimates, developing countries lose between us$ billion and us$ billion each year through bribery, misap- propriation of funds, and other corrupt practices. this amount represents percent to percent of the total international development aid received by these countries. against this backdrop, the importance of efficiently recov- ering assets illicitly acquired by politically exposed persons (pep) has been increasingly recognized. over the course of years, switzerland has become a world leader in the field of recovery of illegal assets held by former heads of state and other pep. the expansion of expertise in and commitment to asset recovery issues was prompted by the events that followed the overthrow of philippine dictator ferdinand marcos in . the swiss government reacted to the news within hours by invoking emergency constitutional powers to freeze all assets held by members of the marcos regime with swiss financial intermediaries. this immediate and determined action laid the foundation for the subsequent res- titution, via official mutual assistance channels, of more than us$ million to the new and democratically elected philippine authorities. in switzerland today, there is broad political consensus about determined and proactive action on the part of the authorities against illicit assets held by former heads of state and other peps. switzerland has no interest in its finan- cial sector being abused to conceal assets of dubious provenance that should be used to benefit local populations in the form of state-run programs and projects. questions of reputation and integrity have become key factors in the global competition among financial centers. switzerland has proven its com- mitment to tackling the underlying problems not only by its active participa- tion in international initiatives but also in the number of cases that have been resolved worldwide. over the past years, switzerland has returned to their countries of origin a total of us$ . billion in assets acquired unlawfully by peps. the world bank puts the total value of pep assets returned during the same time period at us$ – billion. as the world’s seventh-largest financial center, switzerland is thus well ahead of other countries in terms of the resti- tution of unlawfully acquired assets. the swiss authorities have acquired a great deal of experience in the restitution of pep assets since . one of the main lessons learned is the the world bank legal review importance of creativity and innovation in resolving cases successfully. no two asset recovery cases are exactly alike. as the example of the former ni- gerian head of state sani abacha underscores—at us$ million, the largest sum of money ever returned worldwide—such cases are extremely complex because a large number of banks, countries, and third parties are usually in- volved. because mutual legal assistance (mla) procedures often stretch over periods of many years, the interaction between internal and international in- struments in each specific case is of the utmost importance. following a brief general overview of the swiss legal framework for asset recovery, this chapter highlights two specific areas that have seen considerable progress and developments in recent years. first, the chapter addresses the creation of new legal provisions tailored specifically to cases in which the state structures in the country of origin are so weak that the restitution of unlaw- fully acquired assets by international mla channels is impossible. second, the chapter turns to the arab spring and switzerland’s initial findings on implica- tions for asset recovery. overview of the swiss institutional and legal framework to combat and return assets illicitly acquired by pep switzerland has a comprehensive range of legal instruments and measures in place for turning away assets of criminal origin and for identifying, blocking, and returning them if they nonetheless find their way into the local financial center. swiss banking secrecy law does not apply to assets of criminal origin and therefore does not impede existing protective and preventive measures in any way. the swiss legal framework rests on five pillars comparable to the provi- sions familiar in many other states. the various elements are outlined below. prevention of corruption the first pillar aims to prevent high-ranking foreign officials from illegally en- riching themselves in the first place. promoting good governance and tackling the root causes of corruption rate highly in switzerland’s foreign policy. in its development cooperation, switzerland gives priority to combining measures at the governmental level through institutional reforms and activities involv- ing civil society, such as awareness raising, participative approaches, social audits, and investigative journalism. due diligence/know your customer another pillar is due diligence; switzerland takes the necessary measures to prevent illicit assets of peps from being transferred to switzerland or laun- for more information, see http://www.eda.admin.ch/eda/en/home/topics/finec/intcr /poexp.html. http://www.eda.admin.ch/eda/en/home/topics/finec/intcr/poexp.html http://www.eda.admin.ch/eda/en/home/topics/finec/intcr/poexp.html innovation in asset recovery dered via the swiss banking system and thus being brought into legal eco- nomic circulation. switzerland does not want to function as a safe haven for illicit assets of peps. stringent “know your customer” rules oblige providers of financial services in switzerland to identify their clients and ascertain the origin of their assets. to comply with these rules, financial intermediaries are required to identify the beneficial owner of assets. when dealing with peps, switzerland’s legislation also stipulates, in conformity with internationally recognized standards, special clarification requirements (enhanced due dili- gence) and requires that business relations with peps be considered as involv- ing increased risks. obligation to report all financial intermediaries operating in switzerland are subject to a legal reporting obligation if they become aware, or have reasonable grounds to suspect, that the assets involved in a given business relationship are, or may be, associated with money laundering or terrorism financing, originate from criminal activities, or are connected with a criminal organization. in such cases, financial intermediaries are required to block assets immediately and to notify the swiss financial intelligence unit, the money laundering reporting office switzerland (mros), without delay. if there is reason to believe that this may be a case of corruption, mros will alert the criminal prosecution au- thorities, who will conduct a preliminary inquiry into the origin of the assets. if suspicions persist, the competent authorities will initiate criminal proceed- ings for money laundering. international mutual legal assistance under international standards, the unlawful acquisition of the assets in ques- tion must be proven in judicial proceedings before they can be returned. inter- national mla in criminal matters is a central instrument in this examination. the swiss federal act on international mutual assistance in criminal matters entered into effect on january , . it empowers switzerland to grant legal assistance to countries with which it has not concluded a bilateral agreement. swiss authorities take care, wherever possible, to apply the provi- sions of the law with the flexibility needed to respond to the specific circum- stances of individual asset recovery cases and to develop creative approaches to resolving them. this approach makes it possible to actively support states that have encountered difficulties in their recovery efforts. this support may be necessary when the state in question is unable to provide all the evidence required or to comply with the formalities necessary in the context of mla. in such cases, switzerland can help the state complete the request for interna- tional mla and might even pay for the translation of such a request so that it can be submitted to the competent swiss authorities in one of the national languages, as required by the act. in some cases, switzerland has exception- ally paid lawyers’ fees to enable requesting states to benefit from counseling, thus increasing their chances of recovering embezzled funds. the world bank legal review in parallel with the establishment of international mla where there are sufficient suspicions to justify it, swiss authorities will instigate criminal in- vestigations into money laundering, organized crime, or similar offenses. the primary channel for any restitution of assets nonetheless remains the interna- tional mla process, in combination with the associated criminal proceedings in the state of origin, because it is there that the evidence can generally be found that will determine whether the assets were acquired as the result of a criminal act. if the unlawful origin of the assets is evident, switzerland may under certain conditions return the assets without any legally enforceable forfeiture order from the state concerned, as in the abacha case, mentioned above. restitution switzerland has made it a priority to return unlawfully acquired pep assets rapidly and in full to their country of origin. as soon as it is established that assets located and frozen in switzerland originate from a criminal act, authori- ties will determine which form of restitution best takes into account the cir- cumstances of the individual case. experience over years shows that there is no one-size-fits-all solution. hence, switzerland finds an ad hoc solution to ensure that the assets in question will indeed benefit the population of the country of origin. furthermore, restitution can be a delicate matter if corrup- tion is endemic in the country of origin of the assets. in such cases, finding a way to ensure that the assets in question will not simply be recycled into criminal activities is crucial. possible approaches in such cases include setting up an independent monitoring mechanism, returning assets via an interna- tional organization that runs projects and programs in the country of origin, or cooperation with ngos. in the sharing act (the federal act pertaining to the sharing of confis- cated assets), switzerland has a legal foundation on which it can enter into international asset-sharing agreements in cases of organized crime and money laundering. the act provides for the waiver of any share of assets forfeited in switzerland so that the entire amount is repaid to the country of origin. it is a standing policy of switzerland to return in their entirety to the state concerned any confiscated illicit assets of peps originating from bribery or misappropria- tion of funds, without insisting on asset sharing. lessons learned from the mobutu and duvalier cases the federal act on the restitution of assets of politically exposed persons obtained by unlawful means (restitution of illicit assets act, or riaa) is a significant enhancement to switzerland’s legal arsenal in the field of asset recovery. the riaa, in force since , contains legal provisions tailored see http://www.admin.ch/ch/e/rs/c _ .html; for more information, see also http:// www.eda.admin.ch/eda/en/home/topics/finec/intcr/poexp/faqria.html. http://www.admin.ch/ch/e/rs/c _ .html http://www.eda.admin.ch/eda/en/home/topics/finec/intcr/poexp/faqria.html http://www.eda.admin.ch/eda/en/home/topics/finec/intcr/poexp/faqria.html innovation in asset recovery specifically to cases in which the state structures in the country of origin are so weak that the restitution of kleptocrat funds via international mla channels faces insurmountable barriers. the drafting of the act was prompted basically by switzerland’s experiences in the cases of mobutu (the democratic republic of the congo, drc) and duvalier (haiti). in the first case, the swiss government made use of its emergency powers anchored in the swiss federal constitution to freeze any mobutu assets locat- ed in switzerland immediately after the fall of the dictator in . in doing so, the federal council intended to make it possible for the new government, headed by laurent kabila, to submit a request for international mla within the necessary time frame. unfortunately, due to the inactivity of the congo- lese authorities, who failed to supply the information required and to initiate proceedings against mobutu, the first international mla procedure had to be stopped in . the federal council, confronted with the imminent risk that the frozen assets would become available again to the members of the mobutu family, felt it was necessary to act. indeed, in view of mobutu’s universally acknowledged kleptocracy, the return of this money to the mobutu family was as unacceptable to switzerland as it was to the drc. the federal council mandated the swiss federal department of foreign affairs to make contact with the congolese authorities in an effort to find a solution that would al- low restitution of the assets. this collaboration made it possible, after several years of negotiations, to obtain the agreement of the drc authorities to al- low a geneva lawyer, paid for by the swiss confederation, to begin criminal proceedings in an effort to recover these assets. a lawsuit filed in switzerland against the mobutu family on behalf of the drc alleging the establishment of a criminal organization was not pursued by the swiss attorney general’s office. it decided not to commence investigations because the statute of limi- tations on the alleged acts had already expired. unfortunately, the congolese government instructed its lawyer not to contest the decision of the attorney general’s office and, in doing so, destroyed all hope that the frozen assets would be returned to the congolese people. hence, the procedure was termi- nated, and switzerland had no other choice but to unfreeze the mobutu assets after twelve years of relentless efforts to avoid exactly that. switzerland regards such an outcome as extremely unsatisfactory. it is all the more objectionable that a despot continues to profit from the result of his poor governance even after he has been overthrown—it is precisely his years or decades of dictatorship that weakened state structures to the point that ren- ders the new authorities incapable of successfully conducting mla proceed- ings with a partner state. the result is that assets that are frozen in foreign fi- nancial centers, such as switzerland, are ultimately unfrozen and placed back in the hands of the overthrown dictator. see discussion in the section of this chapter entitled “the arab spring and its implications for asset recovery.” the world bank legal review it seemed that the duvalier case would have a similar outcome. begin- ning in , the duvalier case went through a period involving mla. fol- lowing the difficulties of haiti to sufficiently substantiate their mla request, this procedure was terminated in . again, the federal council decided to intervene, given the manifestly illicit nature of the assets in question. after an asset freeze was ordered on the basis of swiss constitutional powers, ne- gotiations for a settlement were conducted with the government of haiti, and with the duvalier family, but without results until . president rené préval indicated his desire to combat the impunity of the duvalier family and to take possession of the assets with the help of another mla procedure, which made its way to the swiss federal supreme court. in early , the court ruled that restitution in accordance with current swiss law was no longer possible due to the statute of limitations. at the same time, however, the court confirmed that the assets were of illicit origin. while regretting the need to apply the statute of limitations, the court expressed its view that the conditions imposed by the federal act on international mutual assistance in criminal matters “seem too strict for this type of affair.” in making this observation, the court invited swiss lawmakers to take into consideration the nature of fragile states and to try to increase their chances of benefiting from the restitution of assets. fortunately the authorities—prompted by experience gained in the mobutu case—had already embarked on the corresponding legislative work. in an ef- fort to safeguard the duvalier assets, the government decided to freeze them while awaiting completion of the parliamentary procedure. work on new draft legislation was driven forward with the highest priority. the federal act on the restitution of assets of politically exposed persons obtained by unlawful means (restitution of illicit assets act, riaa) entered into force in february , just one year after the supreme court’s ruling. it makes switzerland the first nation in the world to have a law enabling the state to overcome the difficulties involved when dealing with another state that is no longer able to meet the requirements of an mla procedure due to the collapse of all or a substantial part of its judicial apparatus or judicial dysfunction. the riaa’s innovative approach attracted worldwide attention. stuart levey, the former undersecretary for terrorism and financial intelligence at the us department of the treasury, described the riaa as “arguably the world’s toughest law for repatriating the ill-gotten gains of corrupt politicians.” the riaa came into existence as a result of the difficulties encountered by the swiss authorities in returning assets frozen in switzerland to such states following the failure of the international mla process to produce a satisfac- tory result. the aim of the act is to prevent such situations from recurring and to resolve cases of assets that have been frozen on the orders of the federal council’s constitutional powers. the riaa is a subsidiary solution to the fed- eral act on international mutual assistance in criminal matters. in contrast see stuart levey, fighting corruption after the arab spring, foreign affairs (online edition, june , ), http://www.foreignaffairs.com/articles/ /stuart-levey/corruption -and-the-arab-spring. http://www.foreignaffairs.com/articles/ /stuart-levey/corruption-and-the-arab-spring http://www.foreignaffairs.com/articles/ /stuart-levey/corruption-and-the-arab-spring innovation in asset recovery to criminal law, the riaa makes the distinction between the conduct of peps and the unlawful origin of their assets. in this way, it provides for a different approach to the criminal prosecution of the pep concerned and enables the forfeiture of assets that clearly have been obtained by unlawful means with- out the need for a criminal conviction against the pep in question. there are three stages to the repatriation of misappropriated assets under the terms of the riaa: • to prevent an outflow of suspicious assets, the federal council may, un- der the conditions outlined in the riaa, take the first step of ordering that assets be frozen to secure them. • this is followed by the forfeiture of the assets in proceedings under ad- ministrative law. here, the state appears as plaintiff against the holder of the disputed assets. • once a forfeiture ruling has attained legal effect, the assets are repatriated to their state of origin in a transparent process. a major innovation of the riaa is the reversal of the burden of proof in re- spect to the unlawful origin of frozen pep assets. with the mobutu and duva- lier cases in mind, the law provides for a reversal of the burden of proof with regard to the assets’ illicit origin. in other words, forfeiture is justified under the riaa if the current owner of these assets is unable to prove that the assets are, in all probability, of lawful origin. this concept rests on the assumption that if a notoriously corrupt pep or associates hold powers of disposal over an amount of assets that are out of proportion to the pep’s official salary, these assets are, in all probability, unlawful in origin. the riaa stipulates that the unlawful origin of assets may be presumed if both of the following two conditions are met: • the wealth of the person who has powers of disposal over the assets has been subject to an extraordinary increase during the pep’s period of of- fice. this provision is intended to cover two cases: one in which peps hold powers of disposal, and one in which the person who holds powers of disposal is not the same person who exercised a public office but is one of their associates. an “extraordinary increase” means that there is a significant discrepancy between the income derived from the public office and that generated by the assets concerned that cannot be explained by normal empirical patterns and the country’s overall situation. a similar provision exists in the un convention against corruption, which talks of a significant increase in the assets of a public official that he or she cannot reasonably explain in relation to his or her lawful income. concrete evi- dence, to be introduced by the swiss authorities as plaintiff, must prove that the concerned assets have increased extraordinarily over the relevant period. this would be true, for example, of a minister who became a mil- lionaire while in office, despite not previously having had any wealth. another example is a person associated with a pep whose construction or service company generated very high profits from public contracts in con- the world bank legal review nection with the office in question. the extraordinary increase condition does not, however, apply to assets that have grown as a result of skilled portfolio management on the part of the bank with which the assets are lodged. • there is a notoriously high level of corruption of the state or pep in ques- tion during the pep’s period of office. whether or not the level of cor- ruption is “notoriously high” is determined in a status analysis based on reports from organizations, such as the world bank or transparency international, that conduct research work and analyses on corruption is- sues. typical cases include those of suharto, mobutu, and duvalier. dur- ing their periods in office, the level of corruption was recognized as high in respect to the persons themselves and the country as a whole. criminal acts that are not necessarily classified as corruption under swiss law but that constitute the improper conduct of a public official in other respects (for example, misappropriation of funds, embezzlement, or another un- lawful use of funds) must also be taken into account in this evaluation. the persons concerned can invalidate the presumption of unlawful origin of the assets by presenting a convincing case for their lawful enrichment. in other words, the presumption ceases to apply if it can be demonstrated that, in all probability, the assets were acquired by lawful means, specifically by presenting suitable evidence and explaining suspicious transactions. the swiss authorities are confident that the innovative approach of the riaa is a significant enhancement to the legal framework for asset recovery. the first case of application of the riaa is pending: the planned forfeiture or- der for the duvalier assets. the corresponding legal action was brought before the competent federal administrative court by the swiss authorities in april , just two months after the riaa went into effect. the arab spring and its implications for asset recovery general remarks the upheavals in the arab world in brought the discussion on the freez- ing and recovery of illicit assets attributed to peps to the forefront. in view of the historic dimension of the events taking place, the swiss government decided to act very swiftly. only a few days after the overthrow of presidents zine el abidine ben ali (tunisia) and hosni mubarak (egypt), the federal council invoked its emergency constitutional powers to make switzerland the first country in the world to freeze all the assets held with its financial in- termediaries by ben ali, mubarak, and their associates. the federal council’s aims were twofold. first, it wished to avoid the movement of any unlawfully acquired assets to other financial centers, thereby evading justice—at least in for more information, see http://www.eda.admin.ch/eda/en/home/topics/finec/intcr /poexp/sperr.html. http://www.eda.admin.ch/eda/en/home/topics/finec/intcr/poexp/sperr.html http://www.eda.admin.ch/eda/en/home/topics/finec/intcr/poexp/sperr.html innovation in asset recovery the short term. second, its swift action sent a clear signal to the states of origin that switzerland was willing to accept requests for international mla so that misappropriated assets could be returned in full as quickly as possible. there were soon signs that this signal had been understood. just a few weeks after the freeze was imposed, switzerland received the first requests for mla from tunisia and egypt. a further unilateral freeze on the assets of muammar gad- dafi (libya) and his associates was replaced by a regime of sanctions following the adoption of the corresponding un sanctions in march . in parallel with the efforts moving through international mla channels, the swiss crimi- nal prosecution authorities began their own investigations into associates of ben ali and mubarak on suspicion of money laundering and membership in a criminal organization. the legal foundation for the preventive freezing of assets is given by a specific provision in the federal constitution. article , paragraph , reads, “where safeguarding the interests of the country so require, the federal coun- cil may issue ordinances and rulings. ordinances must be of limited dura- tion.” the swiss government has made use of this option in several excep- tional cases, starting with the marcos funds in , to freeze assets. this tactic is a swiss specialty: no other country practices such “constitutional freezing.” three months after the freezes with regard to tunisia and egypt were ordered, the government conducted an initial review of its action and decided to create a legal basis for the freezing of pep assets for the purpose of securing them. this resolution represents a clear commitment to maintaining the practice de- veloped over more than years, that is, that switzerland is willing to freeze assets as a preventive step in extraordinary cases to prevent their flight else- where and to create the best possible conditions for successful international mla proceedings for the state of origin. the planned legal basis is intended to set out the conditions for a freeze in greater detail and to determine the basic parameters for its implementation. as a next step following the riaa, it will complete the swiss legal framework on asset recovery. the successful restitution of unlawfully acquired assets via international mla channels is a complex undertaking that demands political will, persis- tence, and creativity. switzerland knows from experience that a close partner- ship between the requesting and the requested states is a key factor. indeed, as the term “mutual” implies, mla procedures cannot be successfully achieved by the requesting or the requested state alone. furthermore, effective imple- mentation of existing norms can sometimes be challenging. mla proceed- ings are by nature rather static. hence, in order to successfully address asset recovery, one of the main questions is how best to make dynamic use of the legal framework. this means, for example, that requests for mla that do not satisfy all the formal requirements are not simply returned without comment or even ignored by the requested state. it is preferable in such situations ac- tively to seek dialogue with the authorities of the requesting state to resolve possible problems such as those that might arise in connection with expert- level meetings. it can also be helpful for the requested state to make an expert in mla and asset-tracing issues available to the authorities of the requesting the world bank legal review state to provide targeted support and address any outstanding questions. to date, switzerland’s experience with this approach—which was applied to the requests for international mla from tunisia and egypt—has been positive. to take the tunisian example, the local prosecutorial authorities are professional and competent, but they have handled few corruption cases in tunisia, for ob- vious reasons. however, thanks to switzerland’s providing an expert in mla and asset tracing, by the end of the tunisian authorities were able to sub- mit several formally complete requests for mla to switzerland. these were passed directly on to the swiss judicial authorities for a substantive review. possibilities for future action complex asset recovery proceedings generally involve several jurisdictions. to resolve the issues that this causes, a close partnership between the request- ing and the requested state is required, as is intensive communication be- tween the various states to which requests for international mla have been addressed when it is suspected that unlawfully acquired assets are being held within their financial sectors. therefore, since , the lausanne seminars have provided a forum in which experts from requesting and requested states, as well as those from international organizations (including the world bank) are able, at switzerland’s invitation, to discuss the practical problems of asset recovery. one year after the beginning of the arab spring, the purpose of the sixth edition of the seminar, held in january , was to take stock of progress made and to identify challenges with a view to examining possibilities for fu- ture action. centered on the experiences of requesting and requested states in the wake of the events in north africa, representatives from egypt, libya, and tunisia voiced their observations and concerns, followed by remarks from re- questing states and third actors, such as the world bank, the un office on drugs and crime (unodc), the european commission, and the international centre for asset recovery, and an in-depth discussion. while acknowledging the existence and possible added value of domestic criminal investigations con- ducted in requested states, participants agreed that international cooperation through mla is the prime vehicle for achieving the recovery of such assets. they identified the following key actions for accelerating pending procedures: • build and deepen effective mla partnerships based on dialogue and trust between requesting and requested states through the following actions: • strengthen trust and mutual understanding by developing personal contacts between the competent authorities and persons in charge in requesting and requested states. • increase dialogue through institutionalized communication channels, for example, regular meetings between experts from both sides, to address issues directly and to ensure consistent follow-up to pending procedures. innovation in asset recovery • ensure continuity with the competent authorities and persons in charge by avoiding “wandering files.” • improve the quality of communication; for example, no mla request remains unanswered. if not all formal requirements are met or other problems exist from the point of view of the requested state, the re- questing state is rapidly informed. • deepen the partnership between requesting and requested states through the joint determination of possible fields for technical coop- eration, for example, by dispatching mla experts from the requested state. • improve coordination mechanisms, at both international and domestic levels, with a view to making relevant information more rapidly and ef- fectively available through the following actions: • improve coordination at the domestic level by, for example, creating focal points and/or task forces in charge of pending asset recovery cas- es, with clearly attributed responsibilities for each task force member. • use existing international practitioners’ networks more consistently, for example, in the framework of interpol, eurojust, egmont, and the like, to increase the flow of information. • create, if needed, new, tailor-made networks and communication platforms or international task forces to share information more ef- fectively. • explore ways to increase cooperation with financial intelligence units (fius) with a view to exploiting more effectively the information and intelligence available in fiu networks. • collect facts on the ongoing measures of financial centers to sup- port requesting states; for example, develop a matrix of assets frozen, seized, and finally repatriated by (and for) each state in question. • customize the approach that best fits a specific case, with particular at- tention to creativity and complementarity, through the following actions: • combine the available instruments, such as mla proceedings, do- mestic criminal proceedings (for example, for money laundering or for participation in a criminal organization), and civil forfeiture. • within the existing legal framework, make use of one’s own mla requests to substantiate partner states’ mla requests by providing relevant information. • increase cooperation with third actors such as the world bank/ star, unodc, and nongovernmental service providers such as the international centre for asset recovery, bearing in mind the impor- tant role they can play in capacity building, as well as with “match- makers” to bridge information gaps. the world bank legal review • explore the possibility of establishing international standard prac- tices in mla proceedings and asset recovery as a blueprint for action in current and upcoming cases (typical sequencing, main legal chal- lenges to be addressed, and the like). • actively search for innovative and creative solutions, bearing in mind that in asset recovery, there are no one-size-fits-all solutions. participants concluded their discussions by expressing the wish for a follow-up to take stock of progress and to keep the momentum developed at the seminar. conclusions experience has shown that asset recovery cases raise complex legal issues across several jurisdictions. resolving these issues demands close and un- wavering partnerships between the states involved, including the states of origin, as well as a considerable degree of tenacity and perseverance. the dy- namic application of the existing legal framework can go a long way toward simplifying efforts via international mutual assistance channels and speeding up restitution. in most cases, innovation and creativity play a decisive role in asset recovery. by its very definition, however, innovation is a process. each case that is resolved offers new insights that allow the authorities concerned to review their procedures, amend them as necessary, and develop new ap- proaches for the future. switzerland has a fundamental interest in ensuring that its financial sector is not used as a hiding place for assets of unlawful origin. since the marcos case in , switzerland has gathered a great deal of experience in the field of asset recovery and has refined its national legal framework accordingly. regular contact with the competent authorities of partner states has been an important part of this development. switzerland plans to continue this dia- logue through knowledge and experience sharing and will maintain its com- mitment in this area. international asset sharing a multipurpose tool for development karyn kenny the ability of governments across the globe to work effectively together to identify, seize, and forfeit illicit gains and combat the money laundering and the corruption that stem from these illicit gains is a critical component of in- ternational development. “taking the profit out of crime” is an important goal within the international asset forfeiture (af) and anti-money-laundering (aml) community. the need to strengthen af/aml cooperation on a glob- al level is even more important. as the us attorney general pointed out in march , “[i]n an era where crime is not limited by physical boundaries, our international partnerships are more critical than ever in the work of bring- ing criminals to justice.” one such tool for development that strengthens in- ternational cooperation, builds domestic capacity, and combats transnational economic crime is international asset-sharing programs (iasps). iasps are agreements that permit the sharing country to recognize case-related assis- tance received from other countries during a domestically prosecuted forfei- ture and/or money-laundering case. this chapter outlines the components of an iasp and examines iasps as a mechanism to aid economic and legal development. the chapter first examines the topic of international asset sharing from the perspective of an international organization, specifically, the united nations (un). the analysis then turns to a discussion of countries participating in asset-sharing agreements, such as the bahamas and canada. then it explores the us department of justice’s (doj) iasp program in detail, focusing first on the us legislative framework regarding forfeiture and the doj’s management model for forfeited property and funds and then on the manner in which doj international sharing agree- ments are structured. the chapter concludes with an overview of the benefits of implementing a transparent and accountable iasp. interwoven throughout the discussion are the developmental benefits that can be realized by implementing an iasp. tangible benefits include building international cooperation among justice and financial agencies (for example, any opinions expressed in the chapter are the author’s own and do not, in any way, reflect the official position or views of the us doj. the author would like to thank hassane cissé, thomas dougherty, agustin flah, jenifer preston, matthew moorhead, milena sanchez de boado, and linda samuel for their support. remarks by the attorney general of the united states eric j. holder, jr. (mar. , ), avail- able at http://www.gsnmagazine.com/node/ (accessed mar. , ). mark rock- well, u. s., mexico to split millions in seized assets to cripple drug gangs, government security news (mar. , ). http://www.gsnmagazine.com/node/ the world bank legal review financial intelligence units and prosecution and law enforcement agencies), building capacity in domestic af/aml sectors, and taking money out of the pockets of criminals. un support for asset sharing support for international asset sharing can be found in a number of un con- ventions, including the un convention against illicit traffic in narcotic drugs and psychotropic substances of (commonly referred to as the vienna convention), the un convention against transnational organized crime (commonly referred to as the palermo convention), and the international convention for the suppression of the financing of terrorism. pursuant to un resolution / , the economic and social council, determined to strengthen interna- tional cooperation in the confiscation and disposal of the proceeds of crime covered by the organized crime convention and the united nations convention against illicit traffic in narcotic drugs and psy- chotropic substances of , and recognizing that a model bilateral agreement on sharing confiscated proceeds of crime could facili- tate greater international cooperation in that matter, requested the secretary-general to convene an open-ended intergovernmental ex- pert group to prepare such a draft model bilateral agreement. the group met from to january . as a result of these meetings, the un office on drugs and crime suc- cessfully developed a model agreement on international asset sharing. the un crime commission endorsed this agreement in may , and the un general assembly endorsed it in december . the model provides a use- ful framework for countries needing an asset-sharing agreement to facilitate international forfeiture cooperation. article (a) provides that “proceeds or property confiscated by a party . . . shall be disposed of by that party according to its domestic law and administrative procedures.” article (b) (ii) encourages the sharing of such confiscated assets with other parties “on a regular or case- by-case basis” in accordance with domestic law or any applicable bilateral or multilateral agreements.” available at http://www.unodc.org/pdf/convention_ _en.pdf (accessed mar. , ). article calls for forfeited assets to be disposed of pursuant to domestic law, but “if so requested” the country should “give priority consideration to returning the confiscated pro- ceeds of crime or property to the requesting state party so that it can give compensation to the victims of the crime or return such proceeds of crime or property to their legitimate own- ers.” see http://www.unodc.org/unodc/en/treaties/ctoc (accessed mar. , ). this convention recommends, but does not mandate, sharing. see http://www.un.org/law /cod/finterr.htm (accessed mar. , ). see eleventh united nations congress on crime prevention and criminal justice, bangkok (apr. ). see also http://www.un.org/events/ thcongress/docs/programme.pdf (accessed mar. , ). http://www.unodc.org/pdf/convention_ _en.pdf http://www.unodc.org/unodc/en/treaties/ctoc http://www.un.org/law/cod/finterr.htm http://www.un.org/events/ thcongress/docs/programme.pdf http://www.un.org/law/cod/finterr.htm international asset sharing in addition to the un conventions, recommendation of the financial action task force (fatf) advocates international asset sharing. specifically, this recommendation states that [t]here should be authority to take expeditious action in response to requests by foreign countries to identify, freeze, seize and confiscate property laundered, proceeds from money laundering or predicate offences, instrumentalities used in or intended for use in the com- mission of these offences, or property of corresponding value. there should also be arrangements for co-ordinating seizure and confis- cation proceedings, which may include the sharing of confiscated assets. in addition to un support for international asset-sharing agreements, many nations, recognizing the benefits of such agreements, have established their own iasps. the us attorney general states, “it is the policy of the unit- ed states to encourage international asset sharing and to recognize all foreign assistance that facilitates us forfeitures so far as consistent with us law.” this chapter examines in detail the components of one such iasp —that of the doj. bermuda and canada—international asset-sharing agreements bermuda and canada are two countries that have entered into formal asset- sharing agreements. in march , officials from the bahamian and canadian governments signed an asset-sharing agreement that reinforced their shared commitment to confiscate the proceeds of drug trafficking and money laun- dering, among other criminal acts. prior to the agreement, the bahamas and canada had relied primarily on the mutual legal assistance in criminal matters treaty to exchange information and confiscate illegal assets. a mutual legal assistance treaty facilitates the gathering of evidence and intelligence in the inves- tigation and prosecution of criminal offences. it also enhances the capabilities in the confiscation of the proceeds of crime. mutual legal assistance treaties are concluded between two countries for the pur- “the financial action task force (fatf) is an inter-governmental body established in by the ministers of its member jurisdictions. the objectives of the fatf are to set standards and promote effective implementation of legal, regulatory and operational measures for combating money laundering, terrorist financing and other related threats to the integrity of the international financial system. the fatf is therefore a ‘policy-making body’ which works to generate the necessary political will to bring about national legislative and regu- latory reforms in these areas.” see http://www.fatf-gafi.org/pages/aboutus/ (accessed mar. , ). see http://www.fatf-gafi.org/media/fatf/documents/ % recommendations.pdf, at (accessed mar. , ). us attorneys manual, chapter - . , equitable sharing and federal adoption, - . , in- ternational sharing of forfeited assets ( ). the us department of treasury maintains its own iasp for cases handled by the agencies that fall within the treasury’s domain, such as the internal revenue service. http://www.fatf-gafi.org/pages/aboutus/ http://www.fatf-gafi.org/media/fatf/documents/ % recommendations.pdf the world bank legal review pose of gathering and exchanging information in an effort to enforce criminal laws and confiscate the ill-gotten gains of criminal activity. then, in , “[p]ursuant to the united nations convention against the illicit traffic in narcotic drugs and psychotropic substances, the government of the bahamas implemented the proceeds of crime act (act), where sections and provide[d] for the establishment and administration of the confiscated assets fund.” following the passage of the act, the government of the bahamas expressed a desire to formalize their existing cooperation ef- forts with the government of canada. in , both countries participated in negotiations that resulted in an agreement to enter into a formal asset-sharing agreement. in , officials representing the governments signed an asset- sharing agreement. with this agreement, bahamian and canadian officials were able to strengthen their mutual cooperation efforts in combating interna- tional money-laundering offenders while facilitating bilateral confiscation of illicitly obtained assets. asset forfeiture framework—us federal statutes the fundamental building block for any iasp is a strong and comprehensive legal framework. the statutory authority that enables the doj to enter into international asset-sharing agreements is found in statute us code (usc) section (i), statute usc section (e)( )(e), and statute usc sec- tion (h)( ). statute usc section (i) sets forth the conditions under see http://www.thebahamasweekly.com/publish/bis-news updates/bahamas_and_canada _sign_asset_ sharing_agreement .shtml (accessed jul. , ). id. statute usc section —civil forfeiture, section (i), reads, in part: “( ) whenever prop- erty is civilly or criminally forfeited under this chapter, the attorney general or the sec- retary of the treasury, as the case may be, may transfer the forfeited personal property or the proceeds of the sale of any forfeited personal or real property to any foreign country which participated directly or indirectly in the seizure or forfeiture of the property, if such a transfer (a) has been agreed to by the secretary of state; (b) is authorized in an international agreement between the united states and the foreign country; and (c) is made to a country which, if applicable, has been certified under section (h) [ ] of the foreign assistance act of . a decision by the attorney general or the secretary of the treasury pursuant to this paragraph shall not be subject to review. the foreign country shall, in the event of a transfer of property or proceeds of sale of property under this subsection, bear all expenses incurred by the united states in the seizure, maintenance, inventory, storage, forfeiture, and disposition of the property, and all transfer costs. the payment of all such expenses, and the transfer of assets pursuant to this paragraph, shall be upon such terms and conditions as the attorney general or the secretary of the treasury may, in his discretion, set. ( ) the provi- sions of this section shall not be construed as limiting or superseding any other authority of the united states to provide assistance to a foreign country in obtaining property related to a crime committed in the foreign country, including property which is sought as evidence of a crime committed in the foreign country. ( ) a certified order or judgment of forfeiture by a court of competent jurisdiction of a foreign country concerning property which is the subject of forfeiture under this section and was determined by such court to be the type of property described in subsection (a)( )(b) of this section, and any certified recordings or transcripts of testimony taken in a foreign judicial proceeding concerning such order or judgment of forfeiture, shall be admissible in evidence in a proceeding brought pursuant to this section. http://www.thebahamasweekly.com/publish/bis-newsupdates/bahamas_and_canada_sign_asset_sharing_agreement .shtml http://www.thebahamasweekly.com/publish/bis-newsupdates/bahamas_and_canada_sign_asset_sharing_agreement .shtml international asset sharing which the us attorney general may transfer personal property, or the pro- ceeds from the sale of any personal or real property, that has been civilly or criminally forfeited to a foreign country. the critical component of this statute is that it grants the attorney general discretionary authority regarding sharing agreements. forfeiture statutes forfeiture is the taking, by the government, of property derived from a crime, involved in a crime, or that facilitates a crime, without compensating the owner. many countries have enacted forfeiture laws in both their civil and their criminal codes. in the us federal system, there are two types of forfei- ture: administrative and judicial. judicial forfeiture, which requires a pros- ecutor to start a case in court, is further subdivided into criminal and civil forfeiture. each of these types of forfeiture is briefly discussed below. administrative forfeiture administrative forfeiture is a nonjudicial matter handled by a law enforce- ment agency; the majority of all forfeitures are administrative. in this process, the seizing agency declares the property forfeited without a judicial proceed- ing; this status is reserved for uncontested cases. an administrative forfeiture typically begins with a law enforcement agent making a seizure based on probable cause. each step of the administrative forfeiture process includes procedural and constitutional protections for owners. following the initial seizure, the law enforcement agency commences the administrative forfeiture process by sending a notice to the party informing it of its right to file a claim for the return of the seized property within a certain period of time. after the period of time has lapsed, and if no claim is filed, the property may be declared forfeited by the federal agency. however, if a claim is filed, the case is referred to a prosecutor for judicial forfeiture, a process in which the party may challenge the forfeiture. pursuant to us federal law, the seizing or adopting law enforcement agency may proceed to administratively forfeit a defined category of items. for example, the following may be forfeited: monetary instruments, such as cash, checks, stocks, and bonds; or conveyances, such as vehicles, vessels, such certified order or judgment of forfeiture.” “[p]robable cause is a flexible, common-sense standard. it merely requires that the facts available to the officer would ‘warrant a man of reasonable caution in the belief,’ carroll v. united states, u.s. , [ s.ct. , , l.ed. ] ( ), that certain items may be contraband or stolen property or useful as evidence of a crime; it does not demand any showing that such a belief be correct or more likely true than false.” united states v. dunn, f. d , ( th cir. ), cert. denied, u.s. ( ). under us federal law, a state or local law enforcement agency may request that a federal agency “adopt” a seizure if certain conditions are met, including if the underlying act sup- porting the seizure was a violation of us federal law. the world bank legal review and/or aircraft that have been used to commit or facilitate a crime. in regard to other property, such as bank accounts and jewelry, only items valued at us$ , or less may be seized. although most property can be forfeited administratively, an important exception is real property. judicial forfeiture judicial forfeiture “is the process by which property is declared forfeited to the united states by a court. this status is required for any property other than monetary instruments and hauling conveyances if the value of the other property exceeds us$ , ; a valid, timely claim has been filed in an admin- istrative forfeiture; or if the property is real estate.” once a property claim enters into a judicial forfeiture procedure, it will proceed as either a criminal or a civil case, depending on the circumstances regarding the seizure. criminal forfeiture because it is in personam, that is, forfeiture against the person, only property that the defendant in a criminal case has an interest in, and that does not be- long to a third party, can be forfeited in a criminal case. in criminal forfeitures, the forfeiture allegation is contained within the criminal indictment. if the defendant is convicted, the jury or court hears additional evidence and/or argument on the forfeiture matter. if applicable, the court may also hold a post-trial ancillary hearing to address any third-party interests. civil forfeiture civil forfeiture, also referred to as non-conviction-based forfeiture, is a civil action in-rem, that is, against the property itself, and forfeiture is limited to specific property involved in the crime. in this type of forfeiture action, the government must prove that the property, not the person, was derived from, or was used to, commit a crime. in a civil judicial forfeiture case, the case moves through a civil discovery process, with motions practice and trial stages. in terms of burden of proof, the government bears the initial burden of establishing the forfeitability of the property by a preponderance of the us department of justice, criminal division, guide to equitable sharing for state and local law enforcement agencies (apr. ). id. criminal indictment is defined by the merriam-webster dictionary as a formal written state- ment framed by a prosecuting authority and found by a jury (as a grand jury) charging a person with an offense. in the recovery of “criminal” assets in new zealand, ireland and england, victoria u. of wel- lington l. rev. ( ), liz campbell observes that “[i]n the same way that a civil action for misappropriation of property seeks to restore the injured party to the position he was in prior to the commission of the tort, it is arguable that civil forfeiture also seeks to return the state of affairs to that before the alleged criminal offence.” international asset sharing evidence, and the innocent owner defense may be asserted. if forfeitability is proved and the innocent owner defense fails, the court will order judgment for the government. countries that have incorporated forfeiture laws into their legal frame- work often have a version of the types of forfeiture discussed above. re- gardless of the approach, the key is a strong legal framework to support the government’s ability to seize and forfeit property in accordance with constitu- tional and due process rights. in the united states, pursuant to statute usc section (b)( ), regardless of where the assets are physically located, the government may bring a civil forfeiture action before a federal court. how- ever, a “us court’s jurisdiction over international property is a legal fiction without the cooperation of the foreign country where the property is located. if the foreign country does not agree to enforce a us district court’s civil forfei- ture order, the us government would be unable to seize the property.” in addition to a strong statutory-based framework, an effective iasp re- quires the establishment of an agency or office that is tasked with an oversight role regarding the maintenance and accountability of seized and forfeited property and any resulting funds. in the us federal system, these responsibili- ties fall under the doj’s asset forfeiture program. the doj’s asset forfeiture program the need to efficiently preserve, manage, and (if the forfeiture process is final- ized) dispose of forfeited assets is an important component of any success- ful iasp and requires the presence of an agency or a specialized division. such an agency can work to ensure that seized assets are properly maintained, which guarantees that their value is retained during the pendency of the sei- zure process—an important responsibility—regardless of whether the assets are returned to the original owner or ultimately forfeited to the government. in the united states, this function is carried out for the doj by the us marshals service. the us marshals service “has primary responsibility for holding and maintaining real and tangible personal property seized by “a preponderance of evidence is described as just enough evidence to make it more likely than not that the fact the claimant seeks to prove is true . . . the definition serves as a helpful guide to judges and juries in determining whether a claimant has carried his or her burden of proof.” see http://legal-dictionary.thefreedictionary.com. jorene soto, show me the money part ii, – oregon review of intl. l. , ( ), quoting, in part, “see, us v. meza, f. supp. (e.d.n.y/ , aff’d, f. d ( nd. cir. ).” agencies participating in the asset forfeiture program must also ensure that data in the property and financial management systems of the program are updated in a timely manner. “the [us] attorney general is authorized to use the assets forfeiture fund to pay any nec- essary expenses associated with forfeiture operations such as property seizure, detention, management, forfeiture, and disposal. the fund may also be used to finance certain general investigative expenses. these authorized uses are enumerated in usc. section (c).” http://legal-dictionary.thefreedictionary.com the world bank legal review participating agencies for disposition. seized property can be either returned to the owner or forfeited to the government. forfeited property is subsequent- ly sold, placed into official use, destroyed, or transferred to another agency.” moreover, funds that are forfeited to the government must also be managed in a transparent, accountable, and efficient manner. in cases where the seizing agency participates in the doj’s iasp, the re- sponsibility for oversight of the funds and program management falls under the power of the doj’s asset forfeiture program: the comprehensive crime control act of established the de- partment of justice’s assets forfeiture fund to receive the proceeds of forfeiture and to pay the costs associated with such forfeitures, in- cluding the costs of managing and disposing of property, satisfying valid liens, mortgages, and other innocent owner claims, and costs associated with accomplishing the legal forfeiture of the property. the asset forfeiture program operates at the federal level and manages the individual doj components that are “charged with lawfully, effectively, and efficiently supporting law enforcement authorities in the application of specified forfeiture statutes.” the program was designed to support law en- forcement initiatives across the united states and around the globe to “re- move the tools of crime from criminal organizations, deprive wrongdoers of the proceeds of their crimes, recover property that may be used to compensate victims, and deter crime.” the doj’s asset forfeiture program comprises two financial funds. funds involving seized and forfeited property are managed in the united states by the assets forfeiture fund (aff), which works in conjunction with the seized asset deposit fund (sadf) to create a single financial reporting entity for the doj. these funds include the “specified funds, property seized for forfeiture, and the transactions and program activities of the doj forfeiture program components and other participating agencies.” see assets forfeiture fund and seized asset deposit fund annual financial statements fiscal year , available at http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/ /a .pdf (accessed mar. , ). statute usc section (c). see http://www.justice.gov/jmd/afp/ fundreport/ _ .html (accessed feb. , ). see assets forfeiture fund and seized asset deposit fund annual financial statements fiscal year , available at http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/ /a .pdf (accessed mar. , ). us doj, criminal division, guide to equitable sharing for state and local law enforcement agencies (apr. ). see assets forfeiture fund and seized asset deposit fund annual financial statements fiscal year , at , available at http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/ /a .pdf (accessed apr. , ). id. http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/ /a .pdf http://www.justice.gov/jmd/afp/ fundreport/ _ .html http://www.justice.gov/jmd/afp/ fundreport/ _ .html http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/ /a .pdf http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/ /a .pdf international asset sharing the asset forfeiture program invests cash balances from both the aff and the sadf in government securities. “all amounts earned from the investment of aff and sadf balances are deposited into the aff. the interest earned on the aff balances is the property of the united states government.” the aff and sadf accounts are maintained at the us federal reserve bank in new york. in accord with statutory requirements, the aff managers must file an an- nual report with the us congress detailing areas such as the total net deposits to the fund and the total expenses paid from the fund by category of expense, including equitable-sharing payments. the statute also sets forth the limita- tions governing use of the aff, and the statutory authority is further con- trolled by policy guidelines. in total assets, the aff (which present as of a specific time the amounts of future economic benefits owned or managed by the aff/sadf), increased in fy . . . . percent . . . [s]pecifically, in fy , ten major fraud cases re- sulted in extraordinary forfeiture income of $ . million compared to the nine fy fraud cases that resulted in extraordinary forfei- ture income of $ . million. the term extraordinary is considered nonrecurring forfeiture income greater than $ million. the management and disbursement of forfeited funds must be carried out in a transparent manner. this transparency is necessary not only to preserve the viability of the iasp itself but also to ensure public and global trust in international asset sharing as an effective and accountable tool for reaching development goals. the doj’s international sharing program the doj’s international sharing program is “guided by standing interna- tional sharing agreements or [by] the subject of a future case-specific forfeiture sharing arrangement to be negotiated by afmls [asset forfeiture and money laundering section of the us department of justice] and approved by the see assets forfeiture fund and seized asset deposit fund annual financial statements fiscal year , available at http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/ /a .pdf (accessed mar. , ). see attorney general’s guidelines on seized and forfeited property (jul. ). see assets forfeiture fund and seized asset deposit fund annual financial statements fiscal year , at , available at http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/ /a .pdf (accessed mar. , ). although not the focus of this chapter, the doj also maintains a domestic equitable-sharing program, which as of , had “shared over $ . billion in forfeited assets with more than , state and local law enforcement agencies.” see us department of justice, criminal division, guide to equitable sharing for state and local law enforcement agencies (apr. ). http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/ /a .pdf http://www.justice.gov/oig/reports/ /a .pdf the world bank legal review department of state.” when entering into sharing agreements, the doj and the recipient country must agree that the funds will be used to strengthen im- portant development goals, such as building capacity in the recipient’s af/ aml sector. the preference is for shared funds to be used to support af/aml reform and development; however, with some exceptions, shared funds can be used to support a wide variety of domestic development needs. regard- less of the ultimate manner in which the funds are spent, each case-specific forfeiture-sharing arrangement is negotiated in a manner designed to ensure that it meets the needs of the recipient country. between and , the doj, through its international asset-sharing program, shared more than us$ , , with more than countries. case-specific sharing agreements countries can enter into case-specific sharing agreements (cssas). a cssa is used when forfeited funds are shared as a result of a specific case. typically, a cssa is an official written agreement, entered into between two or more coun- tries after a series of negotiations. the cssa sets forth the percentage of total seized proceeds to be shared, memorializes the mutual understanding of how those proceeds will be used by the recipient country (preferably to enhance its af/aml regimes), and addresses accountability and transparency issues regarding expenditures. the doj’s afmls negotiates the terms of the cssa, with the us depart- ment of treasury’s concurrence and the us department of state’s authoriza- tion. through this process, the doj, often viewed as a domestically focused agency, can exercise a degree of assistance in the international development process. the process for requesting a cssa an assisting country may request a cssa for doj sharing in the following ways: • a request pursuant to a treaty between the united states and the assisting c ountry • a request made within the diplomatic arena • the submission of an official, signed letter by a country’s appropriate rep- resentative addressed to the us law enforcement agency that the country assisted in the investigation us attorneys manual, chapter - . , equitable sharing and federal adoption, - . , international sharing of forfeited assets ( ). in addition to cssas, related tools for international asset-sharing agreements are global asset-sharing agreements, which serve the same function as cssas, but the terms of which apply to all sharing between two countries, and agreements not limited to a single case agreement (as is a cssa). international asset sharing the reviewing process once the initial request has been received, the appropriate agency in the doj will begin the first in a series of reviews to determine if an international as- set-sharing agreement is an appropriate action. the review process normally includes the prosecution office(s) and law enforcement agency (or agencies) that received the foreign assistance and additional divisions within the doj. during the review process, the following factors are considered: • whether the foreign country directly or indirectly participated in the sei- zure or the forfeiture of property • whether the transfer is authorized in an international agreement (that is, a mutual legal assistance treaty or an asset-sharing agreement) between the united states and the recipient country • whether the underlying forfeiture has been finalized • whether the country has been certified under section (h) of the us foreign assistance act the decision regarding whether to enter into negotiations for a cssa is not reviewable. however, if the above factors have all been satisfied, the pro- cess continues, with additional factors reviewed: • whether the country provided the information that led to the seizure(s) of property that was ultimately forfeited • whether the country provided unique and indispensable assistance dur- ing the investigation and prosecution of the case by the doj • whether the country initially identified the assets for seizure • whether the country seized one or more assets that were forfeited in non- federal proceedings during the same investigation • whether the country could have pursued forfeiture under domestic law but instead joined forces with the united states to conduct a more effec- tive investigation or prosecution because individual factors may vary, the review process attempts to take into account the totality of circumstances regarding the underlying case, in- cluding recognizing any unique challenges that were present in the investiga- tion and prosecution. chapter , section (h) of the foreign assistance act, known as the certification law, serves as a link between foreign aid and positive drug-control performance. see http:// www.usaid.gov/policy/ads/faa.pdf (accessed apr. , ). the doj also shares forfeited proceeds domestically, among us federal, state, and local agencies. as with the global cssa approach, domestically and pursuant to the equitable sharing program conditions, the percentage of shared funds is based on participation and assistance in the underlying case. us doj, criminal division, guide to equitable sharing for state and local law enforcement agencies (apr. ). http://www.usaid.gov/policy/ads/faa.pdf http://www.usaid.gov/policy/ads/faa.pdf the world bank legal review how is the percentage of shared funds determined? if the doj determines that the case is appropriate for international sharing, the next stage is the determination of what percentage of the total amount of forfeited funds will be shared with the assisting country. this determination is at the discretion of the doj and typically reflects the degree of assistance provided by the foreign country, which falls into one of three categories: es- sential assistance (ea), major assistance (ma), and facilitating assistance (fa). essential assistance the highest level of sharing funds is ea. cases falling into this category may enter into cssas in which to percent of the total forfeited funds can be shared. in deciding what cases fall in the ea category, the doj examines fac- tors such as whether the case involved victims or if the assisting country was the victim. in addition, the doj considers additional factors such as whether the as- sisting country waived its own forfeiture actions and provided all necessary evidence to us authorities and whether the country initiated defending litiga- tion or agreed to repatriate funds without an account signatory letter. in es- sence, the greater the amount of bilateral cooperation in a case, the greater the percentage of funds shared. major assistance in cases deemed to be ma, sharing percentages typically involve to per- cent of the total forfeited amount. in determining whether a case falls into the ma category, the doj considers several factors, such as whether the as- sisting country enforced a final forfeiture order from a us court or assisted in repatriating the assets to the united states. other factors include whether the assisting country aided the us case by freezing or lifting a freeze over as- sets, whether the assisting country repatriated defendants via an extradition request, or whether their law enforcement agents were put at physical risk by assisting in the case. equally important is whether the assisting country ex- pended substantial prosecutorial and law enforcement resources on the case. a recent example of ma sharing is the march signing of a letter of intent between the united states and the government of mexico to share percent, approximately us$ million. according to a doj press release: on march , , u.s. attorney general eric holder and mexican attorney general marisela morales ibáñez signed a letter of intent for the united states to share approximately $ million in forfeited funds with the office of the attorney general of the republic of mexico (pgr) to support mexican efforts to combat the financial in- frastructure of organized criminal groups and to enhance bilateral cooperation between the two countries in forfeiture matters. the letter of intent and anticipated fund sharing recognized the pgr’s valuable cooperation in the investigation and resolution of the us government’s case against the sigue corporation for viola- international asset sharing tions of the bank secrecy act. in january , sigue entered into a deferred prosecution agreement with the department of justice on charges of failing to maintain an effective anti-money laundering program. as a result, sigue forfeited $ million to the united states and agreed to commit an additional $ . million to improving its anti-money laundering program. facilitating assistance in fa cases, up to percent of the total forfeited funds may be shared. cases are categorized as fa when the assisting country provided critical informa- tion regarding an investigative lead, assisted the united states by obtaining and sharing extensive bank documentation, provided other financial records, and/or assisted in ensuring that foreign banks repatriated assets. once the decision regarding the percentage to be shared has been determined, the pro- cess continues to the negotiation stage. negotiation of cssa terms no other us government officer or agency may bind the doj to terms of a cssa, which are negotiated by the afmls of the doj. for the assisting coun- try, negotiations are typically handled by the corresponding attorney gener- al, minister of justice, or minster of foreign affairs or a representative. the negotiation process includes a series of meetings to discuss how the shared funds will be targeted and addresses mechanisms to ensure accountability and transparency regarding the shared funds. these decisions are arrived at via a process of mutual agreement, and discretion is granted to the assisting country depending on individual circumstances. in discussing areas in which shared funds may be targeted, the domestic af/aml sector will receive particular attention. the preference is for shared funds to target af/aml issues; examples include • support for establishing an af/aml division with the recipient country’s prosecution office • funding of joint investigations, programs to identify emerging trends in domestic and regional economic crime sectors, and to strengthen the over- all anti-money-laundering mission of the assisting country • funding to explore ways to strengthen financial data mining and analysis capacity and to improve the tracking of suspicious bank transactions • funding initiatives to increase bilateral asset forfeiture cases typically, the target areas are written into the terms of the cssa. although there are some notable exceptions in which shared funds should not be target- ed (such as paying for salaries for prosecutors), the process allows for a great deal of flexibility in determining how funds should be expended. us department of justice press release (march , ). the world bank legal review iasps as a tool for development development has been defined as “the process which facilitates for every hu- man and all persons the enjoyment of economic, social, cultural and political development.” this definition includes the critical need to ensure that citi- zens around the globe have both access to and faith in a functioning and trans- parent justice sector. the primary question posed here is exactly how does the adoption and implementation of an iasp contribute to international develop- ment? the answer lies in the ability of the iasp to, if properly implemented, act as a mechanism to support domestic capacity building in a number of dif- ferent areas, including the af/aml sector, to foster international cooperation, and to provide a means to combat transnational crime. in resolution / , the united nations recognized that the laundering of the proceeds of crime ha[s] spread internationally and ha[s] become a worldwide threat to the stability and security of financial and commercial systems [and] urged member states that had not yet done so to strengthen their capacity to prevent, control, investigate and suppress serious crimes related to money-laundering, including money-laundering related to the financing of terrorism. an iasp can adapt and respond to the specific needs of both the recipient and the sharing country in various ways. first, an iasp can address development needs often encountered in frag- ile or weak states. the ability to target shared funds to specific areas of need can assist fragile states transitioning from postconflict to stable societies. for example, a transparent iasp can assist in the design and implementation of development projects in fragile states by using the shared funds to target key economic and justice sector reforms. it can also effectively address identified constraints that businesses and officials in weak states cite as limitations to growth, such as weak banking and court sectors. in these cases, shared mon- ies can provide funding for the establishment of a strong financial intelligence unit, an anticorruption office, or prosecutor and judicial training academies. second, an effective iasp can provide fragile states with the opportunity to establish or strengthen their af/aml sectors while also developing key partnerships that enable future capacity-building programs. third, iasps can be an effective tool in addressing unique challenges in justice sector growth—such as the absorption challenges that new member article of the declaration on the right to development (adopted by general assembly resolution / of dec. , ), as quoted in a. h. qureshi & a. r. ziegler, international economic law ( nd ed., thomson/sweet & maxwell ). see also http://labspace.open .ac.uk/course/view.php?name=pub_ _ . (accessed feb. , ). see th united nations congress on crime prevention and criminal justice, bangkok, (apr. ) (a/conf. / ). see also http://www.un.org/events/ thcongress/docs /programme.pdf (accessed mar. , ). see http://www.cgdev.org/content/publications/detail/ (accessed jul. , ). http://labspace.open.ac.uk/course/view.php?name=pub_ _ . http://labspace.open.ac.uk/course/view.php?name=pub_ _ . http://www.un.org/events/ thcongress/docs/programme.pdf http://www.cgdev.org/content/publications/detail/ http://www.un.org/events/ thcongress/docs/programme.pdf international asset sharing states of the european union must confront. for example, shared funds can be focused on assisting new member states in their efforts to address economic, institutional, and justice sector absorption challenges, such as the need to im- prove fiscal management practices and to strengthen anticorruption capaci- ties. in these areas, an iasp can act as a mechanism to assist new member states in overcoming obstacles while continuing to foster key partnerships and encourage innovative planning initiatives. fourth, iasps can serve overall global development goals by strengthen- ing international cooperation efforts among countries, regardless of the eco- nomic or legal differences that may separate them. by serving as a mechanism that encourages countries to work together, iasps create global partnerships to prevent, control, investigate, and suppress transnational economic crime. finally, an accountable and transparent iasp demonstrates, at a very pub- lic and visible level, the ability of governments to work globally to take profits away from criminals and redirect them back to the very agencies and offices tasked with combating economic crimes. in a related manner, the successful completion of a bilateral cssa represents an opportunity to share, domesti- cally and internationally, the message that international cooperation in fight- ing economic crime not only occurs but, more important, succeeds. conclusion the ever-increasing globalization of transnational criminal groups not only endangers global economic systems but also undermines rule of law and good governance practices. encouraged by the united nations and domestic gov- ernments alike, asset sharing at an international level is an effective and pow- erful tool for development. it can assist in disrupting and dismantling trans- national criminal organizations while strengthening international cooperation on af/aml issues. the ability of countries to cooperate on a bilateral scale and enter into mutually beneficial asset-sharing agreements serves a number of goals, including “taking the profit out of crime.” doj equitable sharing applies only to sharing of assets that were seized by the doj and that were “forfeited judicially or administratively to the united states by the united states attorney’s offices or forfeiture program participants.” the participants include the asset forfeiture and money laundering section, criminal division (afmls); organized crime drug enforcement task force (ocdetf); asset forfeiture management staff, justice man- agement division (afms); bureau of alcohol, tobacco, firearms and explosives (atf); defense criminal investigative service (dcis); drug enforcement administration (dea); bureau of diplomatic security, department of state (ds); executive office for united states attorneys (eousa); federal bureau of investigation (fbi); food and drug administration (fda), united states department of agriculture (usda); united states marshals service (usms); and united states postal service (usps). see us doj, criminal division, guide to equitable sharing for state and local law enforcement agencies (apr. ). toward a new law and development new state activism in brazil and the challenge for legal institutions david m. trubek, diogo r. coutinho, and mario g. schapiro at the intersection of law, economics, and the practices of states and devel- opment agencies, the field of law and development undergoes continuous realignment. as economic policies, legal theories, and institutional practices change, the salient issues in law and development change as well. the st century has ushered in a new era. development theories are being challenged and new practices are emerging. law and development scholars need to un- derstand the new trends and explore their implications for legal studies and practice. in the past couple of decades, development policy and practice have shift- ed in many regions, but nowhere more clearly than in latin america. after a long period when neoliberal policies prevailed and the state’s role in the economy was curtailed, many countries in the region have begun to explore new forms of state activism. brazil has been a leader in the formation of new development policies and in the creation of a new development discourse. starting with the election of lula da silva in and gaining momentum during lula’s second term in , brazil has instituted new forms of indus- trial and social policy, experienced a surge in growth, and seen a reduction in economic inequality. this trend has led scholars to begin to talk about a “new developmen- talism” and speculate about the emergence of a new kind of developmental state in which the government plays an active role in mobilizing resources, stimulating investment, and promoting innovation but does not command or this article draws on david m. trubek, diogo r. coutinho, and mario g. schapiro, new state activism in brazil and the challenge for law, in law and the new developmental state: the bra- zilian experience in latin american context (david m. trubek et al. ed., cambridge u. press, forthcoming) (hereinafter, trubek et. al). an earlier version of the article was discussed at the iglp workshop at harvard law school and the conference on global governance: critical legal perspectives at the european university institute (july, ). the authors are grateful to peter houtzager, willy forbath, alvaro santos, david kennedy, duncan ken- nedy, helena alviar, jeremy perelman, lucie white, mushtaq kahn, shunko rojas, and yves dezalay for comments and suggestions. the authors also received useful comments from professor wang chenguang of the tsinghua university school of law. for a discussion of the history of law and development, see david m. trubek and alvaro san- tos, the new law and economic development: a critical appraisal (cambridge u. press ). the world bank legal review control the economy. in this approach, the state employs an open-economy industrial policy to restructure production and increase international compe- tiveness while simultaneously using an active social policy to eliminate pov- erty, reduce inequality, and stimulate domestic demand. unlike the old para- digm, in this new model, such a state seeks to benefit from participation in the global economy while avoiding the dangers of free trade fundamentalism, and it tries to stimulate, not replace, the private sector. this chapter explores shifts in government policy in brazil since , showing how these changes are influencing developments in the law. after a limited experience with neoliberalism, the country has embraced new forms of state engagement in the economy and social relations. because these chang- es are recent and have not yet been fully consolidated, the resulting constella- tion can be viewed as new state activism (nsa), a term that suggests neither a return to the past nor a clearly consolidated alternative “model.” the chapter covers the emergence of nsa; identifies its salient features, noting how it dif- fers from prior forms of state intervention; explores some of the forces that have shaped this new form of state action; and provides a preliminary assess- ment of the significance and challenge of these developments for the law. introduction: from the “long s” ( – ) to nsa the evolution of nsa in brazil was preceded by a series of policy changes that dismantled some of the institutions of the old developmental state and embraced some aspects of the washington consensus. like several other developing latin american countries, brazil had a classic developmentalist phase in the twentieth century: from until the end of the s, economic policies consisted of state-led initiatives to promote import substitution indus- trialization, and growth through state-owned enterprises, economic planning, price control, regulatory and administrative authorities in key sectors, and the use of tax and financial incentives. for a discussion of new developmentalism and the idea of a new development state, see david m. trubek, law, state and the new developmentalism: an introduction, in trubek et. al, supra note . see glauco arbix & scott b. martin, beyond developmentalism and market fundamental- ism in brazil: inclusionary state activism without statism, paper presented at the workshop on “states, development, and global governance,” global legal studies center and the center for world affairs and the global economy (wage), university of wisconsin, , available at http://www.law.wisc.edu/gls/documents/paper_arbix.pdf (accessed jul. , ); and renato boschi, estado desenvolvimentista no brasil: continuidades e incertidumbres ( ), ponto de vista, available at http://neic.iesp.uerj.br/pontodevista/pdf/ponto_de_ vista_ fev .pdf (accessed oct. , ). for an account of “new developmentalism” in brazil, see luiz carlos bresser-pereira, from old to new developmentalism in latin america, in textos para discussão–escola de economia de são paulo ( ). see also eli diniz, É possível um novo modelo de estado desenvolvimentista no brasil? ipea – boletim de análise político- instiutional ( ). http://www.law.wisc.edu/gls/documents/paper_arbix.pdf http://neic.iesp.uerj.br/pontodevista/pdf/ponto_de_vista_ fev .pdf http://neic.iesp.uerj.br/pontodevista/pdf/ponto_de_vista_ fev .pdf toward a new law and development between and , known as the “long s,” brazil partially dis- mantled these structures and policies and shifted to more market-oriented ap- proaches. in , after years of military dictatorship and in a context of a threat of hyperinflation, brazil passed a new constitution that has influenced and shaped policy ever since. the constitution is a social democratic doc- ument that created a vibrant democratic polity and includes civil, political, and social rights and a number of policy goals such as building a free, just, and socially integrated society; fostering national development; acquiring tech- nological autonomy; eradicating poverty and marginalization; and reducing economic and social inequalities. many of the constitution’s provisions have had a direct effect on government policy and budgetary allocations. president collor de mello was elected in , immediately after the new constitution came into force. stressing the need for “modernization,” col- lor de mello rapidly liberalized the economy using drastic tariff reductions, privatization, and flawed attempts to control inflation. under itamar franco, who replaced collor de mello after he was impeached, a stabilization plan (the plano real) was successfully adopted and inflation was controlled. new legislation on social assistance and welfare for the poor was also passed. franco’s minister of finance, fernando henrique cardoso (known as fhc), became the next president in . during cardoso’s eight years in of- fice, brazil continued to move away from the dirigiste policies of the develop- mentalist period, embracing many of the neoliberal prescriptions favored by the washington consensus. in the cardoso period, state owned-enterprises were privatized, direct subsidies for certain industries were scaled back, areas of the economy were deregulated, import barriers were reduced, competition was fostered and enforced, intellectual property rights were tightened, bilat- eral investment treaties protecting foreign investors were signed, and fiscal responsibility was enhanced. also, the currency (the real) was constantly kept overvalued as monetary stability was pursued and attained. under cardoso, the bureaucracy was partially modernized, regulatory agencies were created, public-private partnerships were designed, and new in january , inflation in brazil reached percent per month, raising to percent in february and peaking at percent in march; see luiz carlos bresser-pereira and yoshiaki nakano, hiperinflação e estabilização no brasil: o primeiro plano collor, revista de economia política ( ). during the same period, economic inequality reached its worse level since it had been measured (the gini coefficient peaked at . , according to the brazilian office of statistics). “despite that, a period of strong deterioration of the balance of payments began, which led the current-account deficit to achieve . % of the gdp in .” antonio barros de castro, from semi-stagnation to growth in a sino-centric market, brazilian j. of pol. eco. – ( ). cardoso has always rejected the neoliberal label and claimed that his goal simply was to modernize the economy. “[t]he goal of price stability has remained sacrosanct and the instruments for achieving this goal have been in line with the latest international fashions: central bank independence and inflation targeting.” cornel ban, brazil’s liberal neo-developmentalism: new paradigm or edited orthodoxy? rev. intl. of pol. eco. (forthcoming). the world bank legal review social policies were adopted. to carry out privatization and encourage foreign investment, congress made several changes in the constitution. but although the country adopted some ideas from the washington consensus, it did not wholeheartedly embrace neoliberalism. privatizations were limited; banco do brasil, bndes (the brazilian development bank), and petrobrás, three major state-owned enterprises, remained under government control. none of the bilateral investment treaties signed in the s was ratified. institutional and political background: the new democratic constitution of and the cardoso administration political parties and social movements had been repressed during military rule ( – ). when the constitution-making process started in the late s, an eruption of social-political demands had to be accommodated. not surpris- ingly, the resulting constitution was nicknamed “the citizen’s constitution.” not only did it create democratic institutions, it also included an extensive charter of civil-political and social rights and reframed public-private rela- tionships. the constitution incorporates provisions guaranteeing the rule of law, protecting individual rights, and guarding against arbitrary state action. it also created positive—and justiciable—rights that could impose policy ob- ligations. the constitution includes rights to health, education, housing, social protection, and pensions. these guarantees have shaped a new and complex welfare system, including a massive universal public health system and a system of universal pensions. the new system in turn has had a ma- jor impact on the role of the state and on patterns of government spending. instead of cutting back on social spending as many countries did during the s, brazil increased the percentage of gdp devoted to social protection during that period. besides facilitating political mobilization and participation, instituting so- cial rights and shaping social policies, the new constitution facilitated modern- ization of the state apparatus and reframed public-private relationships with consequences for the business environment. the constitution initiated a slow process of professionalizing state administration. until the s, public employees were hired through the “spoils system” of political appointments. a partial reform under getulio vargas had instituted meritocratic selection for some key agencies such as bndes and the foreign ministry, but left most gov- ernment jobs subject to political appointment. the constitution carried see jorge abrahão de castro & josé celso cardoso jr., políticas sociais no brasil: gasto social do governo federal de a , in questão social e políticas sociais no brasil contemporâneo (luciana jacoud et. al. ed., ipea ). see kleber pacheco de castro & josé roberto afonso, gasto social no brasil pós : uma análise sob a Ótica da descentralização fiscal, revista de política, planejamento e gestão da saúde – ( ). the first initiative to reform the public sector to create a more professional public staff was un- der taken by president getulio vargas ( – ), whose government created the department toward a new law and development the reform further, requiring that all public employees be selected through meritocratic processes and capping state salaries. the constitution significantly affected relations between the state and business. it required competitive bidding for all state purchases and made the process more transparent. the special federal prosecutors (ministério público) were authorized to combat corruption and enforce laws protecting consumers and the environment. the constitution also protected individuals and busi- nesses against regulatory takings and expropriation without compensation. although the new constitution embraced social-democratic values and norms and some developmentalist ideas, during the s, brazil flirted with neoliberal policies. in , president itamar franco and minister of finance fernando henrique cardoso launched the plano real, a macroeconomic sta- bilization effort that eventually managed to control inflation in brazil. one of cardoso’s first acts as president was to get congress to remove some provi- sions in the constitution that enshrined “old developmentalist” policies such as state monopolies and restrictions on foreign investment. under cardoso, brazil experienced a strong devaluation of the real as a result of a harsh international crisis (particularly in mexico, russia, and asia). the government raised the interest rate to a very high level, which severely hindered growth. at the same time, the cardoso government managed to embed brazil in the world economy through trade liberalization. in , it ensured fiscal austerity by passing a fiscal responsibility act, and it sought to modernize public administration by adopting tenets of a “new public admin- istration” that allowed outsourcing of certain functions to the private sector. under cardoso, brazil accelerated privatizations initiated by collor and itamar franco: in , vale do rio doce, a major state-owned mining and steelmaking company, and sistema telebrás, the public-owned telecommu- nication conglomerate, were sold. in the same year, several electricity and gas distribution companies, as well as some state-level banks, were trans- ferred to private owners. during his eight years as president, cardoso raised of public service management (dasp), a preliminary attempt at establishing a public career path in brazil. in , brazil officially adopted an inflation target system (the target in is . percent per year). joão paulo m. peixoto, the brazilian states since vargas, in the brazilian state: debate and agenda (mauricio font & laura randall ed., lexington books, ). the strategy segregated core activities that should be performed by politicians and senior officials, including conducting support activities that may be outsourced, separating policy formulation from policy execution, and granting more autonomy and accountability to ser- vices performed by the state, which would take the form of either “executive agencies” or of “social organizations” that are a special type of nonprofit. see luiz carlos bresser-pereira, the public management reform in brazil: reflections of a reformer, in reinventing leviathan: the politics of administrative reform in developing countries (ben ross schneider & blanca heredia, ed., north-south center press, ). franco privatized cns, an important steel company, in . the world bank legal review approximately us$ billion through privatization. however, like petrobrás, the brazilian state oil and gas company, the three large federal banks—banco do brasil, caixa econômica federal, and bndes—were not privatized. in- deed, bndes played an important role in facilitating privatization by offering credit to both domestic and international buyers. table lists the state-owned enterprises that were privatized in the s. table . state-owned enterprises privatized usiminas . . csn . . usimec . . fem . . celma . . ultrafÉrtil . . mafersa . . cosipa . . cosinor . . aÇominas . . cosinor dist. . . eac . . snbp . . eai . . afp . . pqu . . petroflex . . caraÍba . . copesul . . embraer . . can . . neiva . . alcanorte . . escelsa . . cst . . light . . fosfÉrtil . . vale . . goiasfÉrtil . . meridional . . acesita . . telebrÁs . . energÉtica . . gerasul . . fasa . . datamec . . source: ministério do planejamento, orçamento e gestão (brazil) brazil adapted the us model of regulatory agencies to supervise and en- force post-privatization rules and to introduce competition in natural monop- olies. as a result, electrical distribution, fixed telecommunication networks, and transportation (railways, highways, waterways) were subject to a new legal and institutional framework that substantively changed the patterns of administrative law. new licensing and concession agreements were signed. for a list of areas subjected to regulation see table . toward a new law and development table . activity regulated activity regulated commission foundation law competition cade . / electric power aneel . / oil & gas anp . / telecommunication anatel . / health surveillance anvisa . / health insurance ans . / water ana . / water transport antaq . / land transport antt . / aviation anac . / the cardoso administration rejected the idea of industrial policy, long a mainstay of brazil’s developmental state. finance minister pedro malan said that “the best industrial policy you can have is not to have one.” bndes, which for decades had provided financing to targeted sectors and supported many state-owned enterprises, shifted to support of privatization. rather than trying to support priority sectors, the government focused on increasing the efficiency of government services and reforming credit markets. for example, starting with cardoso and continuing into lula’s first term, the central bank sought to reduce the cost of credit. among the microeconomic measures un- dertaken were improvements in bankruptcy procedures and debt collection. the cardoso administration’s opposition to industrial policy did not de- ter it from stimulating selected sectors in order to promote competiveness and innovation. thus, in , new sectorial funds were charged with fostering innovation in strategic areas such as oil and gas, telecommunications, biotech- nology, and agribusiness. the cardoso period also saw important changes in social policy. traditionally, the brazilian welfare state has been regressive, cli- entelistic, and opaque. between and , the federal government took a number of measures aimed at transforming this system, including add- ing poverty-alleviation programs aimed at specific populations; introduc- ing noncontributory social protection programs; decentralizing social policy implementation; and tackling some of the regressive features of the pension according to fabiani, during the – period, the law behind the government’s micro- economic agenda was seen as an instrument to protect creditors and ultimately to promote economic efficiency. see emerson ribeiro fabiani, direito e crédito bancário no brasil (saraiva, fgv, ). the world bank legal review scheme. the cardoso government initiated the use of conditional cash trans- fers; for example, the bolsa escola program, implemented , aimed to in- crease access to education, reduce poverty in the short term by transferring cash to impoverished households, reduce child labor, and serve as a social protection network. another important development in this period was loas (the social as- sistance act). enacted under itamar franco and implemented by cardoso, loas seeks to guarantee “minimum social standards.” the noncontributory multilevel federal, state, and local program is designed to protect households, mothers, children, adolescents, and the elderly; to assist underprivileged chil- dren and adolescents; to promote labor market integration; and to train and rehabilitate persons with disabilities and promote their integration into com- munity life. nsa emerges luiz inácio lula da silva was elected president in . for two four-year terms, his government preserved some cardoso policies such as inflation control and openness to foreign investment while changing others by adopt- ing state-activist initiatives, including an active industrial policy and a mas- sive poverty-fighting program. dilma roussef, elected president in , has maintained lula’s priorities but expanded state activism in key areas. lula’s inauguration instigated a decade of experimentation. develop- mentalist institutions have been reinvented, neoliberal policies were modi- fied, new institutions were created, and a new form of state activism is emerg- ing. changes have occurred gradually. some of cardoso’s policies, such as almeida explains that during cardoso’s first term, some changes in universal social polices confronted the regressive feature of the brazilian pension system (a constitutional amend- ment changed the minimum age and the period of contribution for retirement), although the problematic topic of public servants’ pensions—a major source of inequality in the coun- try—remained untouched. see maria hermínia tavares de almeida, a política social no go- verno lula, novos estudos - cebrap – ( ). inspired by successful experiences at the local level, the federal bolsa escola program reached more than million families. other conditional cash transfer programs widened the scope of protection and helped build a multilevel public-private network of providers. the federal government is assigned the task of coordinating and promoting loas and pro- viding technical advice and financial incentives to states, cities, and welfare entities and organizations. states must transfer certain funds to municipalities, provide them with tech- nical support, and stimulate the collective rendering of social services. municipalities must, among other things, execute social assistance and poverty-fighting policies, which includes the possibility of establishing partnerships with civil society organizations. see alfredo saad filho, neo-developmentalism and the challenges of economic policy-making under dilma rousseff, critical sociology ( ), available at http://crs.sagepub.com/con- tent/early/ / / / .abstract?rss= (accessed oct. , ). to win the election, lula stated that debt agreements would be honored. talking about the gradual manner through which changes would take place, lula said in his “letter to bra- zilians” in : “the premise of this transition will naturally be the respect to contracts http://crs.sagepub.com/content/early/ / / / .abstract?rss= http://crs.sagepub.com/content/early/ / / / .abstract?rss= toward a new law and development macroeconomic stabilization, have been preserved, and some of his social policy innovations have been improved and substantially expanded. institu- tions like bndes that survived from the period of state developmentalism have been reinvigorated and redirected. other developmentalist institutions, such as industrial policy, that were rejected during the neoliberal period have been revived, albeit in different form. finally, new institutions have been added to increase coordination between the public and private sectors. macroeconomic continuity scarred by decades of high and damaging inflation, brazil adopted policies in the s to preserve monetary stability. the plano real used various mea- sures to control public spending and regulate the money supply. this has kept the inflation rate low (by brazilian standards) for more than years and en- shrined monetary stability as a cornerstone of economic policy. during the first lula administration, emphasis was placed on instituting, developing, and strengthening political and economic credibility using fiscally responsible macroeconomic policy, a floating exchange rate, and inflation targeting. in gen- eral terms, the dilma administration has continued these policies. however, this emphasis has come at a price: the main tools of macroeconomic policy are restrictions on government spending and a relatively high interest rate, putting a brake on public investment and increasing the cost of credit, thus possibly hampering growth. to offset these effects, lula introduced several growth-inducing microeconomic policies, including a new form of industrial policy and social policies that helped spur domestic growth while relieving poverty and reducing economic inequality. industrial policy in , after a decade in which brazil had explicitly rejected industrial policy, the government introduced measures designed to foster selected in- dustries. lula’s first try at industrial policy was limited and focused primarily on innovation. at the time, there was strong opposition to industrial policy in policy making circles and academic opinion. it was thought that governments were not able to strategically identify targets and that trying to do so would divert resources from horizontal structural measures such as tax reform and infrastructure investment that would benefit the entire economy. however, some people were prepared to accept a limited role for govern- ment in overcoming market failures and reducing the coordination and sys- temic problems that hampered innovation; the cardoso administration had taken modest steps in this direction. lula’s first foray into industrial policy and obligations enforceable in the country.” available at http://www .fpa.org.br/carta-ao- povo-brasileiro-por-luiz-inacio-lula-da-silva. a notable example is the public-private partnership federal act of . for a history of the rejection of industrial policy see wilson suzigan & a. v. villela, industrial policy in brazil (editora da unicamp ). http://www .fpa.org.br/carta-ao-povo-brasileiro-por-luiz-inacio-lula-da-silva http://www .fpa.org.br/carta-ao-povo-brasileiro-por-luiz-inacio-lula-da-silva the world bank legal review —called pitce—stressed a combination of general measures to improve the business environment and financial support in four sectors in which one could argue innovation was essential: semiconductors, software, capital goods, and medicines. pitce included substantial legislative activity, including the innova- tion law (designed to facilitate partnerships and synergy among universi- ties, companies, and research institutes) and the foundation law (which fa- cilitated government support for university research). at the same time, the government started building institutions designed to improve coordination within government and between government and the private sector. these in- cluded the council of economic and social development (cdes), designed to help foster inclusive growth; the national council of industrial development (cndi), a public-private body charged with defining directives for industrial development; and the brazilian agency for industrial development (abdi), which coordinates implementation of industrial policy by bringing together government, industry, labor, and universities. arbix and martin describe abdi as a “networked institution, formally under the ministry of develop- ment, industry, and trade. abdi has played an important role in seeking to develop an industrial policy and helps identify and guides investment deci- sions in technological research, innovation and industrial development.” in , during lula’s second term, the government launched the pro- gram for productive development (pdp). pdp replaced pitce and was much more ambitious and complex. it included both horizontal measures designed to increase the overall efficiency of the economy and vertical pro- grams for targeted sectors. reflecting the scope and complexity of the brazil- ian economy, pdp covered a wide range of industries. the program set goals, established a complex governance regime, and placed special emphasis on collaboration between the public and the private sectors. it called for industry- specific competiveness councils instituted by cardoso and expanded under lula. pdp relied on policy instruments such as financing, tax, public procure- ment, public-private alliances, coordination and consultation, and regulation. horizontal measures in pdp included improvements in infrastructure and education, increased investments in science, reductions in interest rates for investment, tax relief, and improvements in the legal environment, including these include legal measures to improve incentives for innovation and to facilitate better relations between universities and business, as well as tax relief. the innovation law allowed the government to invest directly in private companies as a mi- nority shareholder in order to create new products and processes, and provides for sharing of any resulting intellectual property. the foundation law facilitated support from finep and the national fund for scientific and technological development for university-based research-support foundations. arbix & martin, supra note . the discussion in this section draws heavily on luciano coutinho et al., “industrial policy and economic transformation,” in the oxford handbook of latin american political economy, – (javier santiso & jeff dayton-johnson ed., oxford u. press, ). toward a new law and development modernizing the rules governing foreign trade. vertical measures, which dealt with specific industries, were designed to meet three basic challenges. for each, there were different governance mechanisms and a different mix of policies and measures. measures that might be employed included subsidized credit from bndes and other public financial sources, tax incentives, technical as- sistance, advantages in public procurement rules, favorable trade policy, and supportive regulation. the first challenge identified by pdp was to consolidate and expand lead- ership in sectors in which brazil was deemed to have a competitive edge. the goal was to support brazilian firms that could be world leaders or heavy- weights in their industry. sectors included aviation, mining, steel, cellulose, oil and gas/petrochemical, bioethanol, and meat. the second challenge was to foster and occasionally induce mergers and alliances (sometimes with bndes holding a minority stake) to build up industries that had competitive potential but were not yet at the global frontier. these included capital goods, the auto- motive complex, wood and furniture, pharmaceutical, meatpacking, personal hygiene, perfumery and cosmetics, construction, various service industries, coastal and marine industry, leather, footwear and artifacts, the agro-industri- al system, and plastics. the third challenge was to strengthen high-tech “van- guard” sectors that had both growth potential and whose growth could im- prove the technological capacity of the entire economy. these strategic areas included health, biotechnology, defense, nuclear energy, nanotechnology, and information and communication technology. the governance of pdp was complex. a system of public management brings representatives of appropriate ministries and agencies together for each of the major tasks and links them to the private sector through a variety of coordination devices. observers of pdp point to the importance of public- private coordination at every level, from setting overall priorities to working out packages of effective measures for each sector. pdp was overtaken by the global financial crisis before it got off the ground. but even if there had been no recession, a program like this, which en- visions major structural changes, must be considered in a long-term context. although the government can point to some real achievements, critics have questioned whether the plan truly shifted resources from traditional sectors to high-tech industries or if did enough for small and medium industry, which often is a major source of innovation. in , the new administration, led by dilma rouseff, introduced an updated version of pdp called brasil maior (greater brazil) with the motto according to information available from the bndes, in , out of the beneficiary companies, were listed in bovespa (a brazilian stock exchange). in , out of the beneficiary companies, were listed in bovespa. available at http://www.bndes.gov.br /sitebndes/bndes/bndes_pt/institucional/bndes_transparente/consulta_as_operacoes _do_bndes (accessed may , ). http://www.bndes.gov.br/sitebndes/bndes/bndes_pt/institucional/bndes_transparente/consulta_as_operacoes_do_bndes http://www.bndes.gov.br/sitebndes/bndes/bndes_pt/institucional/bndes_transparente/consulta_as_operacoes_do_bndes http://www.bndes.gov.br/sitebndes/bndes/bndes_pt/institucional/bndes_transparente/consulta_as_operacoes_do_bndes the world bank legal review “innovate to compete; compete to grow.” this plan continued many of the same objectives and policies of pdp. but reflecting rising concerns about “dein- dustrialization,” the plan emphasizes efforts to protect domestic industries hit hard by global competition, an overvalued currency, and low-cost imports. taxes on manufacturing have been reduced, attention is paid to antidump- ing measures, and substantial preferences for local producers in government procurement have been introduced. at the same time, funding from bndes and finep, the financiadora de estudos e projetos, were increased and efforts were made to channel more funding to innovative firms and sectors. abdi identifies three major strategic areas for development and explains how brasil maior addresses each area. to increase investment and spur inno- vation, brasil maior offers tax relief, increased financing for investment and innovation, and further improvements in the legal framework. to promote ex- ports and protect domestic industry from unfair trade, the plan offers tax re- lief, export financing and guarantees, trade promotion, and enhanced defense thorough antidumping and other trade remedies. to protect hard-hit domestic firms, the plan includes exemptions from payroll tax for selected industries and a percent margin of preference for local firms in government procurement. an important part of the brasil maior plan is the system of public-private coordination that builds on structures created for pdp: the national industrial development council (cndi), sectorial executive committees, and sectorial competiveness councils. cndi is a peak institution that includes ministers, the president of bndes, and representatives of industry, labor, and the public. its role is to set strategic guidelines. the brasil maior plan identifies priority sectors: petroleum, gas and marine construction, chemicals, health, renewable energy, furniture, automotive, mining, civil construction, defense, aviation and aerospace, agro-industry, capital goods, metallurgy, logistics ser- vices, electronics, personal hygiene, fragrances and cosmetics (hppc), servic- es, retail, shoes, textiles, candy and jewelry, cellulose and paper. there is an ex- ecutive committee and a competiveness council for each sector. the executive committee consists of government officials charged with developing an action plan for the sector. these representatives meet with the sectorial competive- ness councils to refine the action plans and explore implementation issues. social policy in addition to reviving industrial policy, the governments of lula and dilma have expanded brazil’s social protection system and antipoverty programs. the result is a significant decline in the poverty rate, a reduction in inequality, substantial growth of the middle class, and stimulus for the domestic mar- ket. between and , incomes of the wealthy grew at a moderate pace, while the income of the poor increased substantively. approximately mil- lion people moved out of poverty and a “new” middle class has emerged— between and approximately . million brazilians became part of available at http://www.brasilmaior.mdic.gov.br/. http://www.brasilmaior.mdic.gov.br/ toward a new law and development the middle class, which now includes percent of the population. the bra- zilian social pyramid is now diamond shaped, with more citizens classified as middle class than as poor. the distributive gains achieved in brazil during the past decade are the result of a combination of economic and institutional reforms. these reforms include the reintroduction of previous efforts such as inflation control and changes in labor markets that include unemployment reduction and increases in the minimum wage, pensions, and social security improvements, as well as a new generation of social assistance policies, especially the bolsa família program (bfp), created in as a result of a consolidation of previously existing initiatives. health and education spending as a share of gdp has grown considerably in recent years, magnifying the impacts of institutional reforms instituted in the late s. in another recent development, in , the brazilian unified social assistance system (suas) was institutionalized and formalized by a federal statute. in june , president dilma rousseff launched the brasil sem miséria program, designed to rescue . million people from extreme poverty, percent of whom live in the northeast region. brasil sem miséria has been presented as a combination of complementary rural and urban sectorial ac- tions—in the areas of income transfer, labor market integration, access to public services, education, health, social assistance, water, and sewage—and involves the creation of new initiatives and the reconceptualization of exist- ing ones. this program aims to find and register extremely poor families and integrate them into different programs. brasil sem miséria is also supposed to help those who graduate from bfp enter the labor market. the changes in social policy seem to be working: poverty has been cut drastically and income inequality has been reduced. although brazil still is one of the most economically unequal countries in the world, the decline in pov- erty and the reduction of inequality in brazil in recent years have been remark- able. thanks to a wide range of policies—including universal, targeted, and decentralized programs—the brazilian welfare state is becoming stronger. see marcelo nery, a nova classe média – o lado brilhante da base da pirâmide (saraiva ). since its inception, bfp has reached more than million families as beneficiaries. if one as- sumes that each family has four people on average, the total figure for individuals who have benefited from bfp reaches million people, or approximately percent of the brazilian population. half of its budget has been spent in the northeast part of brazil, where millions of very poor families live. considering its gigantic scale, the targeting of bfp (defined as the share of total benefits received by specific groups of the population) has been considered ex- emplary, outperforming other social assistance programs in both brazil and internationally. translation: “brazil without indigence.” brasil sem miséria also changed the number of children and adolescents who can obtain the bfp benefit—as of , up to five (it used to be three). the brazilian gini coefficient in was . ; it was . in ; and in , it was still very high ( . ). see nery, supra note at . as put by arbix & martin, supra note : “while brazil’s ‘welfare state’ still has segmented the world bank legal review brazil’s nsa: something new under the sun? the emerging profile of state activism differs from state action in both the developmentalist period and the neoliberal phase of the s. in the devel- opmentalist period, from the s to the s, the brazilian government not only set priorities for industrialization in a top-down fashion, it also was a primary actor in industry. the state bureaucracy set goals; state-owned enter- prises played a central role in many sectors, including steel, mining, aircraft, automobiles, and banking; and the state development bank provided funding for areas deemed priority by government planners. emphasis was on “catch- ing up” by building domestic industries. the new industries used imported technology and paid little or no attention to innovation. the state created tar- iffs and multiple exchange rates to control imports. social policy was not fo- cused on redistribution or poverty reduction; social protection programs were elitist, designed to keep the industrial working class and the small middle class happy and managed in a clientelistic fashion. the s saw a partial reversal of the developmentalist model with privatization, liberalization, dismantling of the instruments of industrial pol- icy, and tentative steps toward poverty alleviation. but when it took office, the lula government decided the state needed to resume a more active role in industrial development and to take more aggressive steps to relieve poverty and reduce inequality. the lula administration recognized that markets were necessary but not sufficient for inclusive growth. the state could do more to promote growth with equity, and it started to act more selectively and aggressively in the econ- omy. this shift away from neoliberalism was as notable for what it did not do as for what it did. when brazil began to develop new forms of state activism, it did not renationalize former state-owned enterprises, impose price controls, create a top-down development plan, discourage foreign investment, default on international obligations, engage in deficit spending, or close its markets to foreign goods. rather, it sought to maintain and benefit from openness by ensuring the competiveness of the domestic industry. efforts focused on qualities, benefiting the better organized and remunerated in the formal and public sectors disproportionately, this segmentation is now much less acute than it has been for decades, and perhaps since the creation of the country’s first social benefits many decades ago. in inequality in brazil reached its lowest level since measurement started in .” during the import substitution period, brazil copied technology from developed countries. this was often manifested in the form of factories owned by foreign companies that located r&d and innovation outside brazil with no obligations to transfer technology. that meant that brazilian industry had a very low level of capacity for innovation. see ignácio josé go- dinho delgado, “desenvolvimento, empresariado e política industrial no brasil,” in estado, empre- sariado e desenvolvimento no brasil: novas teorias, novas trajetórias, – (m. a. leopoldi, w. p. mancuso, & w. iglecias ed., editora de cultura, ). arbix & martin, supra note observe that “over the course of several decades, the statist model shifted resources from consumption to investment, limiting real wages and social spending and directing social spending in clientelistic fashion toward more organized seg- ments of society with an eye toward political stability and control.” toward a new law and development constructing new forms of industrial policy that emphasized innovation and partnership with industry. at the same time, an emphasis was placed on social policy and redistribution and the combination of social policy with industrial growth strategies. the rise and shape of nsa what explains nsa and why did it take the shape that it did in brazil? what impelled the lula government to reintroduce industrial policy? why did it choose to emphasize innovation, engage with the private sector, and structure the program in a more bottom-up fashion? why did nsa link industrial and social policy and refocus social policy toward poverty alleviation and reduc- tion of inequality? no one would claim that brazil’s new form of state activism was planned from the start or that a clear or completely stable model has emerged. no mas- ter plan ever emanated from a government think tank or planning ministry. these policies evolved in a piecemeal fashion and are still changing. the bra- zilian government has been feeling the stones as it crosses the river—recalling deng xaoping’s phrase—not following an existing blueprint. however, look- ing back over a decade of experimentation and policy evolution, one can see several factors that explain the decision to resume an active role for the state as well as the forces that affected the form this role would take. this section considers three of these factors: political opportunity, structural impediments to growth, and international and domestic constraints. taken together, they exemplify the profile of what arbix and martin call “new state activism with- out dominance.” a political moment when lula was elected in , growth had slowed and unemployment was very high. the effects of globalization and liberalization were being felt, and brazilian companies were losing ground. it is not hard to understand why a government led by the brazilian workers party (pt), predisposed to state activism, would want to increase the role of the state in the economy. but the pt was not alone—this view was shared by at least part of the wider business community. business in general and many industrialists in particular wanted a more activist state and more voice in government policy. although the pt was ideologically committed to state activism, the busi- ness community looked to the state as a force that could reignite growth. dis- satisfied by the effects of liberalization in the s, powerful industrial groups (including the federation of industries of são paulo, or fiesp) involved them- selves in the electoral process in with the objective of “opening space for shunko rojas suggests that changes in the leadership of the federation of industries in são paulo led to fiesp support for an expanded state role well before the election. private communication with the authors, aug., . the world bank legal review developmentalist ideas.” industry had played an important role in the old development state, so at least some industrialists were comfortable with an increased role for the state as long as they had a voice in state policy. although lula’s first administration took cautious steps toward state ac- tivism, interest in a stronger role for the state grew during lula’s second term ( – ). in this period, nsa gained appeal, importance, and political sup- port from industrialists, unions, intellectuals, and academics. brazilian econo- mist antonio barros de castro suggests that the brazilian elite realized that it needed to “deal with china.” he notes that trade liberalization and the rise of china led much of latin america to abandon industry and refocus on natural resources. due to the large size and central importance of its industrial sector, brazil could not and did not want to take this route. despite the mod- ernization of brazil’s industry that had made it globally competitive in some fields, once china came on the scene, brazil was no longer as competitive. at the same time, chinese demand for natural resources drove up the value of the real, thus further handicapping brazilian industry by increasing the cost of exports and lowering the cost of imported manufactured goods. the situa- tion worsened, leading to a slowdown in and a public outcry about the economic situation that generated calls for more action by the state. the turning point came around . as a result of a political scandal, antonio palocci, lula’s finance minister, was replaced by guido mantega, a heterodox economist and academic closely linked to lula. palocci was also closely linked to the pt, had maintained an orthodox approach to economic policy, and was closer to the financial sector than to industry. his replacement opened a window of opportunity for the industrialists represented by insti- tutions such as the national industry confederation (cni), fiesp, and the economic institute for industrial development (iedi), a business think thank, to push for policies that would allow them to recover and protect industrial chains dismantled during the s, foster international competitiveness, and channel more state funds into infrastructure investments. business support for neoliberalism, never so robust, declined, and its acceptance of state activ- ism increased. jackson de toni suggests that “brazilian industrialists partly conceded in their unconditional defense of a minimalist agenda for the state in exchange for a political economy that would maintain the inherited stability and defend them against external competition, but would also revive public investments in infrastructure.” they “correctly understood lula’s election as a mandate for a pro-growth strategy,” says james martin cypher. brazil’s development strategy: maintaining the industrial base, side step- ping the staples trap? paper presented at at the congress of the latin american studies association, san francisco, california, , . see de castro, supra note . jackson de toni, estado e empresários na política industrial brasileira recente: processos de coopera- ção e mudança institucional, paper presented at ipea code ( ), available at http://www. ipea.gov.br/code/chamada /pdf/area /area -artigo .pdf (accessed jul. , ). http://www.ipea.gov.br/code/chamada /pdf/area /area -artigo .pdf http://www.ipea.gov.br/code/chamada /pdf/area /area -artigo .pdf toward a new law and development in this context, continues de toni, the lula government created some new “arenas” for public-private coordination (including councils such as cdes, cndi, and the so-called competitiveness fora) and new agencies (such as abdi) in an attempt to ensure legitimacy while controlling the increasing de- mands of industrial entrepreneurs. at the same time it launched the growth acceleration program (pac) in . pac was designed to restart investment using the strength of public companies like petrobrás to lead the process. another factor that helped cement political support for state activism was the global financial crisis. the pervasive and worldwide failure of markets, which were deeply affected by financial disorganization, epitomized the crisis of deregulated capitalism and legitimized the adoption of alternative policies. this gave more support for the expansion of industrial policy and the grow- ing role of bndes. the government adopted a rhetoric that stressed that the crisis was an opportunity for brazil to gain comparative advantages, requiring proactive state action. when the financial crisis broke out in , the brazilian economy was seriously challenged by the lack of credit. like many institutions in the united states and europe, brazilian financial institutions halted the supply of credit. this led to more pressure by the industrial coalition for action by the brazil- ian state. as a result, bndes was heavily capitalized so that it could play a countercyclical role in the economy. bndes sharply raised its disbursements, thus galvanizing a national industrial sector already suffering from reduced competitiveness and an unfavorable exchange rate and now also buffeted by credit stringency. in general, because of the worldwide crisis, the brazilian government was able to become more active in shaping the trajectory of eco- nomic development. structural elements what problems did policy makers face and respond to as they shaped nsa? three structural features were important: • major market failures that impeded economic activity, including a low level of investment in infrastructure and a lack of innovation • long-standing brazilian social concerns • the international embeddedness of the brazilian economy and its need to spur competitiveness market failures: innovation, infrastructure, financial sector, and competitiveness major domestic market failures forced policy makers to face the low level of innovation in brazilian industry. by the early s, they had recognized that brazilian industry had slowed down and believed that markets alone could not restart the growth process and that state intervention was called for. the national economy had had its last impetus of vitality in the s, during the the world bank legal review apogee of “old” development state policies. in that decade, brazil underwent a second industrial revolution, acquiring a diversified industrial base. but the economy started to stagnate due to external and internal factors, and begin- ning in the early s, the economy endured a long period of stagnation, in which growth slowed and brazil fell behind the rapidly growing asian tigers. one external factor was changing global capitalist accumulation patterns and the consolidation of a knowledge-based economy, which made indus- trial innovation essential for economic competitiveness. the internal reasons included brazil’s failure to reshape the political economy and the legal- institutional structure that underpinned the old developmentalism based on an alliance among the state, foreign capital, and national capital. the state provided infrastructure, organized key sectors of the economy through state- owned enterprises, generated savings that could be used for new investment, and created regulations and incentives to protect and promote the private sec- tor. foreign capital helped develop local industry using technology that had been created and perfected in advanced markets; sometimes this included bringing in equipment that had become obsolete at home. one effect of this arrangement was that the brazilian economy was largely insulated from in- ternational competition. this, in turn, reduced the pressure for national inno- vation and the development of new technology: brazil was limited to buying externally-generated technology. this helped slow the pace of development. suzigan and villela conclude: it was necessary to change not only to correct these problems, but also because there was [an awareness] that the country had reached the zenith of a historical development process (which many errone- ously described simply as import substitution). once an ample and diversified industrial basis [had been built], it was necessary to make it efficient and competitive. it was also necessary to incorporate sectors and industries representing new technologies, particularly informatics and telecommunications, and to develop innovation ability, a crucial element in competition. during this time, asian countries, noticeably south korea and taiwan, were on a brisk developmental pace, giving rise to a new round of growth based on knowledge, innovation, and reduction of poverty and inequality. brazil and its latin american counterparts lost vitality. one indicator is the see michael j. piore & charles f. sabel, the second industrial divide: possibilities for prosperity (basic books, ); and david harvey, the condition of postmodernity: an enquiry into the origins of cultural change (wiley-blackwell, ). peter evans, embedded autonomy: states and industrial transformation (princeton u. press, ). see lincoln gordon & englebert l. grommers, united states manufacturing investment in brazil: the impact of brazilian government policies – (division of research, graduate school of business administration, harvard u., ). suzigan & villela, supra note . toward a new law and development relative success in patenting: asians far surpassed latin americans in patents issued in the united states. brazilian policy makers took steps to increase the rate of innovation in in- dustrial activity. modest efforts to stimulate innovation began as early as , but with the reintroduction of industrial policy in , substantial resources were devoted to improving the overall climate for innovation; supporting re- structuring in targeted industries; and fostering the development of new areas of specialization considered relevant and potentially able to consolidate key industrial chains. another structural barrier to growth was the low level of investment in infrastructure. the private sector was unwilling to invest in needed infra- structure expansion, and the state had not compensated for this deficiency. although brazil has one of the highest tax burdens in the world, public sector investment was relatively low, even by latin american standards. the private financial sector played a large role in the structural economic failure in brazil. although it had grown in size and importance, the private sector still funded industrial expansion in only limited amounts. state banks, which date to the developmental period, filled the gap. when the lula gov- ernment decided to implement a broader industrial policy, it looked to the state banks, especially to bndes, to prove the capital and expertise needed for growth, innovation, and competiveness and to buffer the effects of the fi- nancial crises. unlike other developing countries, brazil did not dismantle its development bank in the s, so that institution was available when the government decided to intervene more actively in the economy. today, the state bank is the main source of long-term financing in brazil and a key actor in the conception and implementation of industrial policy. the fourth structural problem that affected the emergence of state activ- ism is the side effect of the plano real. undeniably, the plano real achieved its goal of ending runaway inflation. since , when the plan was im- plemented, inflation has been kept in check at around percent per year. the problem, however, is that this plan is anchored in the interplay of two josé roberto rodrigues afonso, erika amorim araújo, & geraldo biasoto júnior, fiscal space and public sector investments in infrastructure: a brazilian case-study, textos para dis- cussão ipea ( ). commenting on the infrastructure deficit in brazil, daniel perrotti notes: “although several factors were involved (such as high macroeconomic volatility, the lack of comprehensive policies and regulatory and financing issues), the effects of these physi- cal constraints are obvious and seriously threaten future development.” see the economic infrastructure gap in latin america and the caribbean, fal bulletin ( ), available at http://www.cepal.org/usi/noticias/bolfall/ / /fal- -web-eng- .pdf (accessed jul., , ). bndes and the other major state banks have access to public (pension and treasury) funds, so their cost of capital is well below that of the private sector. bndes also makes profits and raises funds in the capital market, besides offering substantial expertise; the bank has been financing the brazilian industrial sector for years and has developed detailed knowledge of many important sectors and close ties to industry that add to its advantages over the pri- vate sector. http://www.cepal.org/usi/noticias/bolfall/ / /fal- -web-eng- .pdf the world bank legal review macroeconomic variables: interest rate and exchange rate. whereas the in- terest rate is the main control against inflation, the exchange rate is directly influenced by the interest rate: if the interest rate is high, it attracts foreign investment, which results in an appreciation of the exchange rate. this has two direct consequences. first, the regulation of inflation by management of the interest rate creates side effects in the financial markets, inasmuch as appreciation of the value of the currency encourages investors—including foreign investors—to buy government bonds. this means that less money is available for the private sector. second, the resulting appreciation of the ex- change rate affects domestic industry because it makes imports cheaper and exports less competitive. this situation put pressure on policy makers: in- dustry pressed for solutions that would lower the cost of finance and guard against deindustrialization. industrial policy seemed like a way to handle both concerns. social concerns social concerns shaped the development of nsa in brazil, in particular four issues: poverty, social inequality, unemployment; and the tendency of wages to lag behind productivity. in , percent of the brazilian population was living on less than us$ per day. other social indicators were negative: child mortality was high, life expectancy at birth was only years, illiteracy was widespread, and many people had no regular access to sanitation and potable water. econom- ic inequality was extreme. brazil has been profoundly unequal and unjust for a long time: in , the gini coefficient was . . the degree of inequality is further aggravated when considering race and gender. unemployment was also high: the rate of unemployment reached percent in the early s, and from the s to , unemployment was a crucial political issue. educa- tion was also a problem: the education system did not produce the number of skilled people needed by a growing and competitive economy. industrial poli- cies designed to spur technological upgrading were hampered by the lack of adequate human resources; people did not have the skills needed in a chang- ing labor market. the government recognized the need for job creation and skills upgrading in connection with social and welfare initiatives. wage lag is another social issue in brazil. because of the large rural popula- tion in most latin american countries including brazil, a huge pool of under- employed workers depresses wage levels. as a result, domestic demand does not grow as fast as domestic production, thus hindering growth of the data in this section is taken from mauricio font & laura randall, the brazilian state: debate and agenda (lexington books, ). id. some observers put the effective rate as high as percent. this is what w. arthur lewis called development with “unlimited supplies of labor.” toward a new law and development domestic market. economists stress the need for government action to offset this with an income policy that will bring wages up to optimal levels. international embeddedness and the need to spur competitiveness a third structural feature affecting the emergence of nsa was lula’s decision to liberalize the economy and maintain openness. although export promo- tion had been a development target since the s, domestic industrialization dominated the governmental agenda until the s. this situation changed with globalization and liberalization. in the s, brazil opened itself to in- ternational competition and began to actively pursue export markets, forcing the state to pay more attention to competitiveness. when lula’s government took office, one of its first moves was to em- phasize the need for state action to encourage the solutions needed to main- tain competitiveness. this decision, brought about by the commitment to open economy policies, explains both the revival of industrial policy and the government emphasis on innovation. from pitce through brasil maior, policies have focused on boosting the international competitiveness of bra- zilian companies, including bndes’s support for the internationalization of brazil’s most competitive industries and various mechanisms to subsidize exports. although the government has recognized the importance of com- petiveness and that maintaining openness to foreign goods is necessary to preserve competiveness, it has also taken measures to provide protection for domestic industries. structural elements: conditioning factors the stage was set for the government, led by the brazilian workers party, to increase the role of the state in the economy. but why did brazil’s role as a development state take the shape that it did? why did brazil opt for an in- novation-focused and collaborative public-private form of industrial policy rather than, say, renationalization as did venezuela, argentina, ecuador, and bolivia? why was brazil supportive of foreign investment in most sectors? this section discusses factors that influenced the choices brazil has made in its search to help the economy regain dynamism and promote inclusive growth. among these factors, four are especially important: • constitutional considerations • the strength and scope of the private sector • international economic law and policy • global financial markets bresser-pereira, supra note at . the world bank legal review constitutional considerations the constitution influenced the choice of strategies and measures by mak- ing direct state control of industry both more expensive and less important than in the past. the new constitution protected property rights and regula- tory commitments, thus making renationalization of privatized industries an expensive proposition. it reduced the possibilities for corruption and for pri- vate capture of state power, thus increasing the government’s capacity to steer the private sector and provide control and accountability mechanisms for the public sector. this made state ownership seem less necessary. finally, by creat- ing an open and democratic political structure, the constitution enhanced the power and participation of civil society, including industry, vis-à-vis the state. the private sector the size, complexity, and sophistication of the private sector in brazil influ- enced the path of collaborative innovation-oriented industrial policy. the bra- zilian economy includes many well-developed sectors and a growing capital market. many firms are either at the global competitive frontier or close to it. others have incipient capabilities. many sectors accept the need for restructur- ing and continuous improvement. many firms have the kind of deep knowl- edge essential for effective innovation even though they may not be able fully to utilize this knowledge without public incentives and support. it must have seemed much easier to create incentives for these firms to innovate and provide support for new private start-ups than to try to replace them with state-owned enterprises. at the same time, the size and scope of the private sector meant that once democracy was restored, the private sec- tor gained an important voice in public affairs. the private sector was eager to support an expanded role for the state as long as this support was offered in collaboration with industry and was appropriate to resume growth. thus, cypher notes: given the many endemic macroeconomic problems that had made the s a period of slow growth in spite of the restructuring of industry, powerful industrial groups (including the federation of industries of são paulo) involved themselves in the electoral process in with the objective of “opening space for developmentalist ideas” (delgado : ) . . . the business federations—the organi- zations representing the interests of brazil’s vast and diversified in- dustrial base—correctly understood lula’s election as a mandate for a pro-growth strategy and as an indication that a structural change would occur opening-up channels of direct intermediation between the industrial sector and the new administration. . . . in short, there was a consensus between the pt and important fractions of indus- trial capital to reverse “the loss of the centrality of the state as an agent of accumulation.” see supra note . toward a new law and development international economic law and policy world trade organization (wto) law places restrictions on policies like ex- port subsidies and weak enforcement of intellectual property that had been used by the east asian states, so brazil had to work around these restraints or find ways to defend them. the lula administration did a little of both by de- fending some heterodox policies and modifying others. because it never rati- fied the bilateral investment treaties (bits) signed in the s, brazil did not encounter similar restrictions in international investment law. nonetheless, because the government recognized that foreign investment was important for its innovation strategy and sought to encourage its own firms to invest in foreign markets, it followed many of the principles of the investment regime. similarly, while brazil’s export surpluses and growing reserves have made it less dependent on international financial institutions, brazil has been influ- enced by the world bank and other international financial institutions that promote market solutions but accept industrial policy as long as it respects comparative advantage and focuses on innovation. global financial markets the lula government decided to rely on foreign investment to help it reach and maintain international competiveness. it realized that classic protection- ism would threaten the availability of such investment, while an innovation- oriented and collaborative industrial policy offering selected benefits and in- centives to both foreign and domestic firms would be acceptable to investors. other influences on the emergence of nsa several other factors help explain the profile of brazil’s nsa, including the in- creased professionalism of the state apparatus and bureaucracy, which made it possible to carry out industrial policy, and the rise of alternative economic theories that legitimized state activism. the macroinstitutional arrangement provided by the constitution contributed to upgrading state capacity and played an important role in nsa. in the past few decades, the brazilian state has enhanced internal coordination, increased public-private collaboration, and learned how to better define policy mandates. thus, nsa is partly the re- sult of institutional learning, through which the brazilian state progressively acquired greater administrative capacity and the expertise needed to imple- ment complex and ambitious development policies. until recently, the vast majority of public employees was appointed po- litically, weakening the public service ethos necessary to build a professional bureaucracy staffed by people with technical expertise who can administer see alvaro santos, carving out policy autonomy for developing countries in the world trade organization: the experience of brazil and mexico; and michelle ratton sanchez badin, devel- opmental responses to the international trade legal game: cases of intellectual property and export credit law reforms in brazil, in trubek et al., supra note . the world bank legal review policies rationally and efficiently. there were some islands of excellence in public administration: some key institutions of developmental coordina- tion, such as bndes, petrobrás, embraer, embrapa, ipea, and the central bank, were professionalized. but these cases were in stark contrast to the rest of public administration, which compromised state capability. this lack of professionalism changed with the constitution, which mandated the re- cruitment of public employees through public and official exams (concursos públicos). as a result, there has been a substantial increase in the percentage of public employees selected meritocratically. the constitution also regulates the ceiling of earnings, determining that the maximum wage should be no higher than that one received by members of the supreme court (supremo tribunal federal). this rule was designed to limit public expense and curb discretionary distortions in the level of salaries. although both meritocratic recruitment and wage policy face problems of en- forcement, they represent an improvement in terms of governmental quality. when the lula administration began to expand the state’s role, it could count on a more professional workforce in government. other measures helped enhance state capacity, making it easier to carry out the direction called for by nsa. the constitutional framework estab- lished in gave rise to policy initiatives designed to “implement rights” and “modernize” the state. new ministries were created, several others were reorganized, subministerial entities were added, and councils and commit- tees were formed to increase participation by business and labor. in addition, bndes has played an increasingly important role in industrial policy. changes in the world of ideas also facilitated nsa. with the turn to a more robust role for the state in the economy, and its particular profile in bra- zil, there have been corresponding changes on the intellectual scene. inter- nationally, more attention is paid to the positive role industrial policy might play, and the world bank has endorsed certain types of industrial policy. similar developments are occurring within brazil as brazilian economists seek to explain and guide the evolving new configuration. brazil has also attracted the attention of theorists around the world who hope to create a new political economy of development. the academic focus has resulted in analytical tools and offers intellectual justifications that can help sustain policy experimentation. some observers have labeled the emerging set of ideas “new developmentalism.” james cypher describes this approach: on the one hand, new developmentalism [rejects] prevailing ideas of neoclassical economics regarding a passive reliance on an export- justin yifu lin, new structural economics: a framework for rethinking development (world bank, ), available at http://siteresources.worldbank.org/intvietnam/resources/ jtin.pdf. for a detailed discussion of brazil and new developmentalism, see david m. trubek, law, state, and the new developmentalism: an introduction, in trubek et al., supra note . http://siteresources.worldbank.org/intvietnam/resources/jtin.pdf http://siteresources.worldbank.org/intvietnam/resources/jtin.pdf toward a new law and development led, resource-based economy [and agrees with]. . . . the original de- velopmentalist economists such as rosenstein-rodan, hirschman, and nurkse, and their emphasis on the centrality of a developmen- talist state. . . . on the other hand, new developmentalism stresses a “growth with equity” approach along with an emphasis on indus- trial policy, highlighting public, growth-supporting, infrastructure spending, and a “neoschumpeterian” emphasis on building a na- tional innovation system through deep public-private cooperative programs that will drive investment expenditures toward produc- tivity-enhancing science and technology applications throughout the national industrial base of the economy. in brazil, after the relative theoretical hegemony of liberal ideas associ- ated with the washington consensus in the s, a burgeoning literature has lent support for nsa. this can be seen in two different fields: economics (both macroeconomics and microeconomics) and political science. in econom- ics, an important contribution has been research on the exchange rate and its effect on industrialization. according to the argument developed by bresser- pereira, there has been appreciation of the value of the real, leading to a “dutch disease” effect that promotes deindustrialization. due to the floods of dollars that have been reaching the brazilian economy, the currency has be- come overvalued, with a negative effect on national industry. by showing that free market policies can lead to these negative effects, bresser-pereira and his colleagues created a rationale for an aggressive industrial policy. this criticism was accompanied by microeconomic studies that challenge the market-orient- ed model. these studies include sectorial and market analyses and document specific and pervasive market failures that require active industrial policies. in addition, microeconomists and political scientists have been providing inputs to social policy. studies have demonstrated how economic inequality itself is a problem, detaching this problem from poverty. this sort of consid- eration has given impulse to the formulation of two different sets of social measures: poverty alleviation measures and instruments intended to reduce economic inequality more generally. cypher, supra note , comments that “as yet, new developmentalism has not been rigor- ously defined. some find that trial and error rather than the adoption of a coherent ‘model’ such as ‘new-developmentalism’ better describes the current conjuncture,” citing arbix & martin, supra note . the “dutch disease” refers to the effect of a commodities boom on industry. increased de- mand for commodities leads to appreciation of the currency, which makes industrial exports less competitive. this occurred in the netherlands with the discovery of natural gas. see luiz carlos bresser-pereira, the dutch disease and its neutralization: a ricardian approach, brazilian j. of pol. eco. – ( ). two issues have been highlighted: failures in the market for innovation and gaps in the industrial chain. studies conducted by arbix & pacheco and the institute for economic ap- plied research show the need for innovation policies, while erber, cassiolato, & kupfer highlight gaps in supply chains that require government action. the world bank legal review challenge for law what does the emergence of nsa mean for law, and vice versa? as the role of the state in the economy and social protection changes, there will be corre- sponding changes in law. and it seems possible that law will shape and chan- nel the path for policy innovation, as well as providing room for adaptation. this section outlines some general considerations about nsa’s challenges for law. although it is easy to say that law and nsa must in some way be mutu- ally constitutive, it is another matter to say how nsa affects law and vice versa. part of the problem derives from the complexity of the situation, and part from the paucity of empirical studies. although abstract models of po- litical economy such as neoliberalism and new developmentalism suggest clear delineations, in the real world, policies are a mix of the old and the new, layered on top of one another, and sometimes contradictory. this complex- ity and contradiction at the policy level carries over into the legal domain: key legal variables are difficult to define and causalities involving changes in the law and in policy outcomes are blurred. as a result, studies on rela- tionships between the law and development policy present methodological challenges. this section focuses on methods for understanding these relationships, outlines some functionalities that nsa seems to demand, and provides a few examples of how law has responded to these functional needs. new roles, new frameworks of analysis, new functionalities nsa will generate pressures for new laws and new roles for law. much will be straightforward: statutes will change, procedures will be altered. this has been occurring in brazil for years. laws created abdi, mds, cadastro unico, and other institutions that are central to brazil’s nsa. laws aiming at specific goals such as innovation and competiveness are also important. although recognizing the importance of these legal changes, this section focuses on “new functionalities”—roles for law that have not been as important (or did not exist in brazil) in the past and take on new importance with the emer- gence of nsa. three sources were used to identify new functionalities and legal respons- es: research done by the project on law and the new developmental state (lands), of which this study is a part; other research on law and develop- lands, the project on law and the new developmental state, is coordinated by the global legal studies center at the university of wisconsin, madison with assistance from cebrap (the brazilian center for analysis and planning), and los andes university. funding for lands was provided by the university of wisconsin school of law, the university of wis- consin’s center for world affairs and the global economy (wage), and the ford foundation. toward a new law and development ment polices conducted in brazil; and “reverse engineering.” reverse engi- neering means starting with policies and programs, describing the functions associated with them, and seeing if law has contributed, or could contribute, to those functions. for nsa to be successful and new development policies to work, the government must maintain flexibility, orchestrate the relations among public actors and between them and the private sector, create conditions that will maximize synergy between actors, and preserve legitimacy. these functional needs point to new roles for law: if one isolates the role law can play in these new functionalities, one can identify four roles the legal system could play in nsa in brazil: safeguard flexibility, stimulate orchestration, frame synergy, and ensure legitimacy. safeguard flexibility means to use legal norms to allow room for experimen- tation, to promote innovation, and to facilitate feedback from experiments to policy. nsa demands legal regimes that permit learning by doing and that encourage path correction. different from import substitution and neoliberal- ism, nsa requires the assurance of some degree of flexibility and learning to implement initiatives that in most cases do not resemble preexisting recipes or strategies; this is one reason why nsa employs “new governance” tools. stimulate orchestration means to use law to structure state activities for ef- fective industrial and social policy. this means facilitating coordination and articulation within the state—both horizontally (that is, between entities that belong to the same bureaucratic state level) and vertically (that is, between entities that are subject to hierarchies or belong to different state levels). diogo r. coutinho & paulo t. l. mattos, “law and the new developmental state: brazil pilot project,” paper presented at the workshop “law and the new developmental state: lat- in america and beyond,” global legal studies center—center for world affairs and the global economy (wage), university of wisconsin, madison ( ); fabiani, supra note ; roberto pires, promoting sustainable compliance: styles of labour inspection and compliance outcomes in brazil, intl. lab. rev. – ( ); mariana mota prado & ana carolina da matta chasin, how innovative was the poupatempo experience in brazil? institutional bypass as a new form of institutional change, brazilian pol. sci. rev. ( ); mario gomes schapiro, development bank, law and innovation financing in a new brazilian economy, l. & dev. rev.; gregory c. shaffer, michelle ratton sanchez, & barbara rosenberg, the trials of win- ning at the wto: what lies behind brazil’s success, cornell intl. j. ( ). the idea of reverse engineering appears in david kennedy, the rule of law, political choices, and development common sense, in the new law and development—a critical appraisal (david trubek & alvaro santos ed., cambridge u. press ), in the context of a discussion of the postwar consensus ( – ). kennedy reckons that although there was a clear demand for instrumental law during this period, the legal theory was implicit. in order to reveal it, he proposes, “we need to reverse engineer the legal theory of mainstream development profes- sionals from their economic and political projects, and from the attitudes toward law they manifested in managing developing policies within national administration. a great deal of law was required to translate the leading economic theories of development economic policy.” for a thorough account of new governance and its legal functions and tools, see orly lobel, the renew deal: the fall of regulation and the rise of governance in contemporary legal thought, minn. l. rev. ( ). the world bank legal review orchestration can consist of norms and procedures that assign institutional tasks and foster cooperative (rather than competitive) governance regimes, including rules that encourage government to work with the private sector. also, it can mean supporting policy networks that share tasks and interact in a complementary way to implement policies; this can include defining pol- icy hubs. finally, orchestration can mean using norms that harmonize new policies with preexisting ones to ensure coherence. norms and processes playing these roles are crucial in nsa because it relies on the integration of different fields. frame synergy involves using the law to frame public-private partnerships and ensure that they are more effective than purely public or private solu- tions. such modalities include collaborative governance regimes that create incentives for public-private cooperation (through incentive alignment and/ or the use of private contracts by public entities), risk sharing, and hybrid instances in which public and private players regularly meet to interact and exchange opinions on regulatory and contractual instruments that bring pri- vate expertise and public financial capacity together. ensure legitimacy means to keep government transparent and ensure ad- equate participation. nsa requires a regime in which it is easy for new ideas to percolate upward and be widely shared. this makes older authoritarian mod- els obsolete and increases the importance of democracy. legal regimes must ensure accountability, transparency, and participation in development policies, which requires norms for disclosure, frameworks for participation, methods to hold policy makers accountable for results, and ways to avoid industry capture of government at the same time public-private dialogue is fostered. developments in industrial and social policy illustrate how brazil is deal- ing with these new needs and functionalities. flexibility and synergy in industrial policy the industrial policy promoted by nsa in brazil is as much process as policy. it is part of a joint public-private discovery process, a collaboration through which partners experiment with different trajectories to identify products and processes that are optimal for individual firms and sectors as a whole. ef- forts to encourage innovation through a full-scale partnership with the private sector move the state into new territory. for example, instead of traditional arms-length lending with well-defined goals set in advance, internationaliza- tion strategies for brazilian companies and innovation financing call for sub- stantial flexibility, risk sharing, and alliances—this requires legal innovation. one area in which this is occurring is bndes’s program to foster inno- vation that replaced its traditional form of fixed obligation loan agreements with a variety of flexible devices that support collaboration and experimen- tation. the tools developed for this purpose represent a break in bndes’s coutinho & mattos, supra note . toward a new law and development legal pattern: the bank relies on flexible legal structures that, formally or in- formally, support a financial relationship that permits changes of trajectory and adaptation of plans. these legal tools include partnerships with techno- logical institutes and grants to promote the development of new products; relational loan contracts that include nonbinding performance criteria, staged disbursements, and constant bndes monitoring through shared governance mechanisms; equity investments coupled with shared governance established through shareholder agreements that give bndes a seat on the board and that subject certain corporate decisions to its approval; and arrangements by which bndes participates on the investment committee of venture capital funds that it assists. other new legal mechanisms connected with industrial policy include risk sharing with the private sector, soft law, and special public-private part- nerships. risk-sharing agreements are designed to encourage private inves- tors to increase investments in technological research and innovation, expand industry capacity and exports, and acquire assets abroad in order to exploit comparative advantage in sectors where brazil is a global leader. soft law has also been used to induce investment. for example, governmental letters of intent communicate public investment strategies and serve as signals for the private sector, inducing private investment decisions. other tools that create incentives for private companies to innovate include public-private partner- ship contracts, cooperation agreements between government and research centers, and flexible private law contracts (credit contracts, shareholder and investors agreements) between government and corporations. orchestration and decentralization in social policy brazil has sought to strengthen its welfare state through cooperation among the several levels of government in the federation. it also brings together dif- ferent types of social policies to deal with major problems. this requires a continuous orchestration of different levels and types of policies (universal and targeted, federal and local, contributive and noncontributive). thus, the government has found new uses for old administrative law tools and created new instruments. this strategy can be seen in bfp, which uses a registry for all social programs (cadastro Único) and a decentralized management index (igd) to coordinate the work of several ministries, local administrators, and other public actors and to encourage policy innovation. bfp uses conditionali- ties—obligations of recipients for child education and health—that it enforces through revisable regulatory rules such as ordinances. it employs the cadas- tro Único to gather data and reduce asymmetric information with the purpose of expanding education and health coverage. it also adopted a carrot-based mario schapiro, rediscovering the developmental path? development bank, law and innovation financing in the brazilian economy, in trubek et al., supra note . although the bank’s inno- vation funding clearly represents a new form of state activism and new approaches to law, schapiro emphasizes that the program represents a tiny portion of the bank’s total portfolio, and it is unclear whether this segment of the program will expand in the future. the world bank legal review federal arrangement through the use of financial incentives such as igd to get municipalities to gather data on very poor families. in addition, igd aims to encourage brazilian cities to deliver effective performance, employing funds to reward those who provide dependable and quality information, maintaining updated data in the cadastro Único, and providing information on the effect of the health and education conditionali- ties. bfp uses contractual arrangements with cities to ensure that they set up local agencies of social control and participation. these agencies receive igd funding to support the bfp management and develop activities with recipi- ent households, including managing conditionalities and benefits, monitoring recipient households, registering new households, updating and reviewing data, implementing complementary programs for basic adult literacy, provid- ing occupational training, creating jobs and income, stimulating regional de- velopment, and strengthening bfp’s social control. this system has led to a more collaborative (rather than imposed) and flex- ible (rather than based on rigid rules and sanctions) relationship between the federal and local levels. such an articulation fosters decentralization (with federal guidance, steering, and expertise) and is the result of a broader picture in which, although universal programs remain central, “targeting within uni- versalism” has been fostering development outcomes. experimentation and synergy in labor law in a study of new approaches to the enforcement of labor laws in brazil, rober- to pires shows that labor inspectors using flexible and reflexive experimental- ist governance approaches had more success than their peers who employed more traditional management tools. the study compares two different styles of enforcement: one, drawn from the theories of the new public management stresses, specific targets and quotas ; the other, which draws more on the ex- perimentalist governance literature, stresses public-private cooperation, dia- logue, exploration of options for compliance, careful analysis of the causes of violations, and revision of goals and standards as mutual learning progresses. pires shows that through a system of hybrid governance that employs exper- imentalist methods while keeping sanctions in the background, health and safety inspectors in pernambuco are able to significantly reduce the incidence of industrial accidents. the key to this success, pires suggests, is creating institutions that allow interaction among government, business, and labor; encourage the search for diogo r. coutinho, decentralization and coordination in social law and policy: the bolsa familia program, in trubek et al., supra note . roberto pires, promoting sustainable compliance: styles of labour inspection and compliance outcomes in brazil ( – ) intl. lab. rev. – (jun./sep. ). new public management refers to the idea, and consequent policy prescriptions, that market- oriented management of the public sector will lead to greater cost efficiency for govern- ments. it gained its momentum during the s. toward a new law and development ways companies could revise their business plans to comply with the law and still prosper; and facilitate experimentation with new technologies that might reduce risks of accidents at low cost. he notes that because of the success of these methods, the experimentalist model has been scaled up to the federal level. although pires does not relate his study and the growth of experimen- talism in governance directly to the new political economy of development or how the brazilian government is redefining its role in that development, the affinity between the development literature and changes in public administra- tion seems clear. building legal capacity for development: trade law in addition to adapting law to deal with functionalities demanded by nsa, brazil has built the legal capacity needed to shield the new industrial and so- cial policies from restrictions that might be imposed by international law and policy. built into nsa are policies that challenge some orthodox prescriptions backed by international economic law, including restraints on export subsi- dies and stricter protection of intellectual property. the clearest example of this kind of legal response is in the field of trade law. when it initially joined the wto in , brazil accepted the full package of wto agreements without first determining to what extent they might clash with domestic policies and priorities. but as neoliberal enthusiasm waned, successive administrations protected domestic policy space by challenging restrictive interpretations of global trade rules. this growing willingness to challenge wto-based restrictions is a result of changes in development policy and in the way trade policy is formulated in brazil. as the state began to play a more robust role in the promotion of economic growth and social protec- tion, trade policy making became more closely integrated with overall devel- opment policy, and brazil invested in the legal and related skills needed for success in trade disputes. at the same time, the arena for discussion of trade policy expanded as more government agencies began to participate and the private sector and a flourishing civil society movement entered the debate. as a result, brazil has been able to use trade law as a shield for policy innovation. in the case of intellectual property, brazil was able to carve out space within the regime for the agreement on trade-related aspects of intellectual property rights (trips) that allowed it to negotiate better prices for antiviral drugs. although initially it seemed that trips would preclude this kind of ac- tion, a number of changes in law, politics, and government organization at the domestic level, as well as action in the international arena, strengthened the brazilian government’s capacity to shape domestic health policy in the face of international constraints. the judiciary entered the arena to enforce a see alvaro santos, carving out policy autonomy for developing countries in the world trade organization: the experience of brazil and mexico; and michelle ratton sanchez badin, devel- opmental responses to the international trade legal game: cases of intellectual property and export credit law reforms in brazil, in trubek et al., supra note . the world bank legal review constitutional right to health, administrative changes were made that opened trade policy discussions to a range of interests, and the legislature was mobilized. specific legal changes at the domestic level included reforms of the legal system in order to eliminate trips-plus provisions; authorization for use of flexibilities such as compulsory licenses; the approval of new mechanisms im- plicitly authorized by the international system that favor access to technology; and the creation of new government institutions that could serve as counter- vailing powers to industry interests in the patent approval process. brazil and other developing countries carried on a campaign at the international level that led the wto and the world intellectual property organization (wipo) to take a more supportive stance toward the use of policy in this field. brazil has been able to legally protect domestic trade policy from wto restrictions. as part of its new industrial policy, brazil sought to build embraer into a national champion and facilitate efforts to develop market share in the global regional jet market. government financing is an essential part of any deal for aircraft manufacturers, and embraer had been hampered by the high cost of finance available to brazilian companies. the government decided to provide a subsidy to the institutions that provided finance for embraer sales. canada’s bombardier challenged this practice as a violation of the wto sub- sidies code. after a long and drawn out litigation, brazil was forced to make changes in its subsidies. but through a partially successful campaign that drew on the growing capacity of government and industry working together in the trade law field, brazil was able to preserve part of the subsidy program and shift the issue of aircraft financing terms into the organization for economic cooperation and development (oecd). by moving the issue to the oecd, brazil gained a voice in the main forum affecting global rules for aircraft fi- nance. this meant it has a say in the terms affecting its competitors and thus more bargaining leverage in the continuing dispute with bombardier. conclusion: assessing the brazilian experience in development policy and law the brazilian foray into nsa is a work in progress. policies are altered as domestic and international conditions change. industrial policy seems to be working and is helping the country both weather the storms from the global financial crisis and resume economic dynamism. world markets have accept- ed this trend, and foreign investment has soared. significant gains have been made in poverty alleviation and the reduction of economic inequality. yet questions remain. is a coherent model of a new development state emerging, and is brazil’s new state activism likely to become consolidated? does the government have the capacity to manage and implement the ambi- tious set of processes and policies that have been put in place? can brazilian institutions develop and sustain the new roles demanded by nsa? finally, is the brazilian experience unique to that country, or can it be replicated? toward a new law and development a new development state? although the current situation in brazil is described here as nsa, a discussion of a “new brazil model” in the sense of a coherent and stable configuration of state, law, and political economy would be premature. brazil is experimenting with a variety of new policies and procedures. many of them have yet to stand the test of time. but the trends show continuous movement toward a set of policies that could cohere into a sustainable model. a new form of industrial policy stressing state assistance for innovation and competitiveness in the pri- vate and public sectors is in place and has been combined with a robust social policy. the commitment to nsa has lasted for more than a decade, through two presidential elections. president dilma rousseff has deepened the gov- ernment’s commitment to the new industrial and social policies. does brazil have the capacity to manage and implement the new policies? nsa places great demands on the state, which must be able to assist the private sector without stifling it. it must make choices among sectors, industries, and firms in the public interest. complicated decisions involving massive sums of money require both technical expertise and distance from special interests. through a series of reforms, the brazilian state bureaucracy is more profes- sional today than it was in the past. but this is not true everywhere, and in many areas inefficiency, bureaucratic rigidity, or both, persist. finally, the risk of corruption and capture is always present. some measures have been taken to limit corruption; although new anticorruption laws and agencies have been created, corruption remains a problem in brazil as elsewhere. can the brazilian legal system meet the needs of nsa? brazilian law can contribute to the operation of the new policies and proce- dures under nsa. in at least a few cases and a few areas, new legal tools are being created and old ones are being put to new use. the legal system has the capacity for innovation that new developmentalism demands. but it is not clear that this is happening—or will happen—in all the areas where change is needed. the cases that have been studied suggest it is possible, but they are too limited to warrant a conclusion. for that to happen, many rigidities and obstacles in the brazil legal system must be overcome. is the brazilian experience unique, or can it be replicated? there is no question that other nations can learn from the brazilian experi- ence in development policy. the approach to industrial policy that assists the private sector and fosters structural changes needed for competiveness can be followed in other countries. the potential for using a state development bank as an engine of innovation and growth also provides lessons that can be replicated. brazil’s successful merger of industrial policy and social policy is worth further study. the same can be said for the brazilian experience in law and development. to the extent that countries adopt aspects of nsa, they will the world bank legal review need to adapt their legal system to new functionalities and can learn from the way brazil has developed legal institutions that address these needs. that does not mean, however, that the brazilian experience has resulted in a template that can be followed by everyone, everywhere. the account pre- sented in this chapter has stressed the contextual features that explain brazil’s turn to nsa, such as a large, well-developed industrial sector, advanced re- search centers, a huge domestic market, a democratic constitution, a profes- sionalized bureaucracy in key agencies, a long history of state involvement in the economy, and some transformative capacity in legal institutions. because the development of nsa in brazil is based on these contextual features, nsa in the brazilian form will not be easily replicated in countries that lack any or all of these features. the role of the public ministry in the defense of the environment hydrogeographical regions and attitudes for coping with socioenvironmental conflicts luciano badini and luciano alvarenga the brazilian constitution of , the first constitutional text since the fall of the brazilian military dictatorship, devotes significant attention to the idea of democracy. the constitution entrusts the public ministry, a permanent institu- tion that is crucial to the jurisdictional function of the state, with the defense of the legal order, the democratic regime, and so-called metaindividual interests and rights—rights belonging to society as a whole. the protection of the en- vironment, claimed as a common possession for use by the people and recog- nized as essential to a healthy quality of life for current and future generations (article ), is a metaindividual right. the defense of rights fits into the larger scope of implementing the essen- tial principles of the federative republic of brazil. as marcelo goulart reflects: the strategic goal of the public ministry is to defend the project of participative, economic and social democracy outlined in the constitution through achievement of crucial objectives for the re- public, synthesized in article , from section i to iv (construction of a free, fair and solidary society in which cultural and socio-economic development should be directed towards the eradication of poverty and marginalization, thus reducing social and regional inequalities and promoting the welfare of all). in order for the public ministry to fulfill this task, the brazilian constitu- tion gives it legitimacy to adopt measures of civil and criminal liability against the violators of environmental rules. the authors would like to thank mr. matt moorhead, the editors of this volume, dr. nigel quinney, gustavo abreu, and alessandra de souza santos, who collaborated on the techni- cal revision and translation of this text. m. goulart, princípios institucionais do ministério público: a necessária revisão conceitual da unidade institucional e da independência funcional mpmg jurídico, belo horizonte (oct./ dec. ). the world bank legal review the expansion of the power of the public ministry and other public agen- cies to protect the environment is vital in a country undergoing intense eco- nomic development. the use of law as a means of environmental protection is a way to compensate for the negative impacts of the increasing demand for natural resources. in this sense, the constitution of established “state activism” in regard to ecological matters in brazil. according to the constitution, the public ministry’s functions are to promote, on an exclusive basis, public criminal action and to institute civil in- vestigations and public civil actions for the protection of the environment and other metaindividual interests. as the legitimate defender of these interests, the public ministry plays the role of “society’s attorney” even against the state itself, because, in the brazilian legal system, the public ministry is assured of operational independence. thus, the public ministry is a public institution, attached to the state, but, as constitutional defender of society’s interests, it is independent from the state. this feature guards against any forms of viola- tion of metaindividual rights, including violations committed by agents of the state. goulart notes that the operational independence of the public ministry “is a social guarantee because it was created to give people security of having a political agent which, while acting for the defense of social interests, can work independently, immune to the pressures of power.” this chapter looks at the ways in which the public ministry, and espe- cially the public ministry of the state of minas gerais, has used innovative legal mechanisms to address and resolve environmental and social conflicts. the chapter focuses in particular on a successful initiative to reorganize the ministry’s environmental work so that it corresponds to natural, rather than administrative, boundaries. the problem-solving public ministry: the extrajudicial activities of the public ministry the public ministry has the power to resolve environmental conflicts without demanding the intervention of the judiciary. this power is exercised via two instruments: • a recommendation, through which the public ministry sends the state guidelines to improve the provision of a service of public interest • a “conduct adjustment,” a type of out-of-court settlement through which a person or company that has put at risk or has caused damage to the public interest (for example, environmental quality) assumes obligations this chapter is based on a draft of a chapter from a forthcoming book tentatively titled law, state, and development: new state activism in brazil in comparative perspective and edited by david trubek, helena alviar, diogo coutinho, and alvaro santos. goulart, supra note , at . the role of the public ministry in the defense of the environment to cease the illegal activity, to conform conduct to legislation, and to repair damage done the out-of-court settlement, known as a term of conduct adjustment (tca), has helped remove red tape from the processes of environmental con- flict resolution, which are frequently complex, thereby avoiding court dis- putes that could drag on for years. the public ministry thus plays a problem- solving role: it offers quick responses consistent with the socioenvironmental demands of the society. the drainage basin as a territorial unit for analysis, planning, and action an analysis of socioenvironmental processes and planning strategies cannot be isolated from the context of the natural systems in which they occur. in this context, the drainage basin is suitable for an investigation that aims to integrate physical, biotic, social, cultural, and economic aspects, providing an understanding of the ways in which different environmental aspects—such as vegetation cover, geology, and agricultural production systems—interact. drainage basins are multilevel systems that encompass political, economic, and cultural practices and as such are an important environmental and social area for analysis and planning. as francisco barbosa, joão antônio de paula, and roberto monte-mor comment: [a] “basin” has considerable merit as a physical and economic unit for analysis. actions or policies external to the “basins” (pricing policies, for example) can have important effects within a system defined in them, and an economic analysis, even incorporating the issue of welfare, can capture only a part of the relevant interactions within the system. appropriate management requires, therefore, that the basins be considered as “multilevel” systems that include water, soil, and sociopolitical components, internal and external. thus, a typical “basin” would consist in the overlap of natural and social systems. the natural system would be defined on aquatic and terrestrial (fauna, flora, water resources, and minerals) bases. the social system would determine how these bases are used. govern- ment policies as an extension of social and institutional organization influence local patterns of using natural resources. r. g. m. botelho, planejamento ambiental em microbacia hidrográfica, in erosão e conservação dos solos: conceitos, temas e aplicações – (a. j. t. guerra, a. s. silva, & r. g. m. botelho ed., bertrand brasil ); and f. v. f. castro, l. j. alvarenga, & a. p. a. magalhães jr., a política nacional de recursos hídricos e a gestão de conflitos em uma nova territorialidade, ( ) geografias, belo horizonte – ( ). f. a. r. barbosa, j. a. paula, & r. l. m. monte-mor, a bacia hidrográfica como unidade de análise e realidade de integração disciplina, in biodiversidade, população e economia: uma região de mata atlântica ( j. a. paula coord., ufmg/cedeplar/ecmxc/padct/ciamb ). the world bank legal review brazilian law recognizes the drainage basin as the territorial unit for envi- ronmental planning, management, and analysis. law , / , which con- cerns agricultural policy in brazil, states, “the drainage basins constitute the basic units for planning [for] the use, conservation, and recovery of natural resources” (article ). law , / , known as the water law because it established the national policy of water resources, also focuses on the drain- age basin as the territorial unit (article , section v). although the water law presents several innovations, such as the adop- tion of socioenvironmental parameters, its application, like the application of environmental laws in general, has been marked by conflicts. some of them derive from the coexistence of territorial units corresponding to the adminis- trative units of brazil’s federation (union, member states, municipalities, and federal district) with the natural divisions of drainage basins and ecosystems that they encompass. in other words, the geographic areas covered by the ad- ministrative units do not correspond to the geographic area of drainage ba- sins. as jorge thierry calasans et al. point out: [b]ecause the implementation of water resources management by basin does not coincide with the political-administrative division of the country, it creates a potential conflict between the entities that are part of singreh [national system of hydric resources man- agement]. the so-called water resources management agencies must now give up their administrative autonomy over the management of water resources in the state’s territory to share their autonomy with the new deliberative body represented by the basin committees. similar conflicts have been identified regarding the environmental protec- tion provided by the public ministry. the public ministry is organized, like the judiciary, by counties, which creates several obstacles to prosecutors’ work to protect environmental and water resources. these obstacles are identified by antônio herman benjamin and include • “county likeness,” the concept that environmental and water resources can be safeguarded using the geographic and legal organization into counties, despite the fact that this method of organization is incompatible with the natural division of the natural systems. • “spontaneism,” which prevents proactive and prospective action by the public ministry, whose work is reactive and retrospective. thus, ministe- rial intervention is “always hostage to the degradation which has already occurred or is just about to occur, subjugating the institution to the fait accompli dictatorship.” • “lack of specific techniques for the correct interpretation of environ- mental issues,” which substantially restricts activities by the prosecution offices in defense of the environment. lacking technical and scientific j. t. calasans et al., a política nacional de recursos hídricos: uma avaliação crítica, in congresso internacional de direito ambiental °, anais – (imprensa oficial ). the role of the public ministry in the defense of the environment resources, the prosecution offices have problems identifying and measur- ing complex environmental problems. • “generalism,” which hinders the expertise of prosecutors with regard to knowledge of environmental law, “hampering the implementation of en- vironmental legislation and providing an inadequate service to our cus- tomers, the community, and the future generations.” • “isolationism,” which precludes the “efficient use of the institution’s ener- gies, leading to a shortsighted implementation, if not devoid of any real practical results, because it lacks the overall vision,” that is, the view on the drainage basin to be protected as a whole. benjamin is convinced that “environmental problems recognize neither the historic strength of the criterion of administration of the jurisdictional rules that guide the division of the state into counties, nor the political frag- mentation of the territory.” proposals for the territorial reorganization of the public ministry in the interest of environmental protection are gaining ac- ceptance. the idea that ministerial action should have drainage basins as a basis—that action should be taken not on the basis of political units (coun- ties) but on the basis of hydrogeographical regions (drainage basins)—would foster, in geographical and socioenvironmental terms, a more comprehensive view of ecological problems and their socioeconomic and cultural constraints and implications. it would also encourage the development of ecologically ef- fective solutions that are socially appropriate. the public ministry of minas gerais state (mpmg) pioneered the imple- mentation of a drainage basin approach. in , with the support of the federal government, mpmg created the prosecution office of the rio sao francisco drainage basin and started planning and enforcing actions to pro- tect natural and water resources associated with rio sao francisco, consid- ering the drainage basin as a whole. before that, mpmg actions occurred in a fragmented way throughout the several counties (administrative geo- graphical divisions, as opposed to natural ones) in the state. the prosecution office of rio sao francisco is subdivided into five regions devoted to the preservation and restoration of natural and water resources from the drain- age basin. in , this working model was extended to all other basins and sub-basins within the territory of minas gerais state, effectively coordinat- ing regional prosecution offices in their work to defend the environment. this reorganization of mpmg received social and institutional recognition in brazil when it was awarded the innovare prize in in the public min- istry award category. a. h. benjamin, um novo modelo para o ministério público na proteção do meio ambiente, re- vista de direito ambiental – (apr./jun. ). the quoted material is from page . id., . the world bank legal review conflict resolution and the promotion of environmental quality using the drainage basins of minas gerais as its basis and applying a problem- solving approach, the reorganized mpmg has been effective in resolving environmental conflicts in the state, as evidenced by a number of programs. between november and november , prosecutors considered a total of , cases but submitted only , of them—that is, just percent —to the courts. conflict resolution through the formalization of out-of-court settlements, employing tca, was used in percent of cases ( , proce- dures). mpmg was involved in the defense of protected areas ( percent of tcas), the repair of environmental damage ( percent), pollution control ( percent), the protection of wildlife ( percent), and the control of irregular mining ( percent). mpmg thus expanded its conflict-resolution role by implementing a set of extrajudicial techniques geared specifically toward the negotiation of environ- mental conflicts involving the protection of metaindividual and unavailable rights. in parallel, it instituted environmental damage valuation as a refer- ence for the evaluation of “ecological compensation”—in other words, for an evaluation of procedures aimed at the improvement of environmental well- being according to the provisions of the brazilian constitution (article , paragraph , sections i, ii, and vii) and the national environmental policy (federal law , / , article , sections i, ii, iv, viii, and ix, and article , section vi). it is difficult to translate into monetary terms the damage that environ- mental degradation can cause. such degradation has multiple, cumulative, and synergistic impacts. many valuation methods exist, but none can cope with the diversity and variety of the damage caused. the inability to predict the value of compensation for environmental degradation hinders the adop- tion of agreements. for this reason, ecological compensation has become the most appropri- ate way to solve many socioenvironmental conflicts, especially in regard to the need to restore the damaged area. ecological compensation also helps the company responsible for the damage to determine how to conduct its future activities so that it abides by the law, in the sense that by being held respon- sible for ecological damage, the company will be reeducated in environmen- tally friendly ideals. serra da moeda an example of the success of this approach can be seen in the serra da moeda (mountain of money) case. as a result of the decisions made in this case, a mining company whose activities could have caused serious damage to the environment stopped extracting ore in areas relevant to biological diversity conservation. these areas were turned into “conservation units”—that is, areas given special protection by environmental legislation. the role of the public ministry in the defense of the environment in the serra da moeda, a mining company sought to carry out activities in an area believed to have high environmental value. the ensuing debate revolved around the question of how one can reconcile environmental preser- vation with the generation of jobs and income, considering the socioeconomic development of the region, in accordance with federal law , / , ar- ticle , section i. mpmg defined the area that would be crucial to environmental preserva- tion. no mining activities—indeed, no human activities that cause environ- mental damage—would henceforth be allowed in this area. following careful studies, the company identified other areas in which it wanted to mine and presented an initial schedule for the extraction of ore. subsequently, the com- pany submitted to a regular environmental licensing process, carried out by minas gerais state, obtaining an authorization for mining in the areas defined as exploitable in the agreement signed by the public ministry. oasis the oasis project is another example of mpmg’s role as a protector of the environment. this project was implemented through an agreement signed in by the public ministry and a mining company from the town of bru- madinho. in the course of a civil investigation, mpmg found evidence of en- vironmental damage and quantified the environmental compensation. the compensation consisted of payments to small producers around the min- ing venture whose farms included permanent preservation areas (ppas)— for example, river banks and hilltops—and legal reserve areas—portions of property deemed necessary for the sustainable use of natural resources, biodi- versity conservation, shelter, the protection of native flora and fauna, and the preservation of the quality, amount, and circulation of water resources in the environment. in partnership with the foundation o boticario, mpmg developed a methodology to specify the monthly amount to be paid to each farmer, as well as an efficient system of inspection that demonstrated whether benefi- ciaries were afforded adequate funds to maintain the legal reserve and the ppas. the partnership between mpmg and the foundation is innovative: this is one of the first projects in this state based on payment for environmental services (pes). it also contributes to social and environmental justice because it remunerates farmers who contribute to the implementation of environmen- tal legislation. belo horizonte a third example of mpmg’s expanded role involves the protection of the quality of life in the urban environment. in , entrepreneurs from the real estate market in the southern section of the minas gerais capital, belo ho- rizonte, signed a breakthrough agreement with mpmg. the civil building sector has a number of negative consequences with regard to the quality of urban environment, especially for urban mobility, and it increases demand the world bank legal review for public services. again, environmental compensation was the solution: entrepreneurs committed themselves to a road construction project in the neighborhood, considered a priority by the associations of local residents. the agreement with mpmg was made with input from minas gerais state and the consent of the city of belo horizonte, representing the local commu- nity. thus, there was a widespread effort to improve the quality of life in the urban environment. conclusion the public ministry, notably in minas gerais state, has distinguished itself as an institutional defender of brazil’s environment. it enhances the effectiveness of the state’s response to various types of socioenvironmental conflicts in two major ways: it prioritizes conflict-resolution work—that is, work that does not require the intervention of the courts; and it recognizes the need to reconfigure the territorial organization of institutions so that they are consistent with the organizational pattern of the natural systems. the public ministry has thus been able to expand access to justice and to implement the laws that protect natural and water resources in brazil. ohada nears the twenty-year mark an assessment renaud beauchard on october , , in port louis, mauritius, african heads of state signed a treaty creating the organization for the harmonization of business law in africa, or organisation pour l’harmonisation en afrique du droit des affaires (ohada). the treaty came into force on september , , and its signato- ries now number member states. designed to modernize and harmonize business laws with the ultimate goal of increasing domestic and foreign trade and investment, ohada constitutes a unique experiment involving the legal integration of states participating in different economic, trade, and monetary unions. almost two decades after the port louis treaty was signed, this chap- ter evaluates the initiative. that task is not made easier by the fact that little empirical evidence sug- gests that ohada has had a beneficial effect on the economies of the member states, all of which are lower-tier countries crippled by structural problems and most of which have experienced numerous calamities since the creation of ohada, including humanitarian crises, military coups, and the collapse of democratic governments. the main issues analyzed here are whether any cor- relation can be identified between the good and bad fortunes of the ohada member states and ohada itself and whether ohada can provide a work- able basis for attracting investment in its member states. ohada was first conceived of during a meeting of finance ministers of the members of the communauté financière africaine held in ouagadou- in order of ratification, the ohada member states are guinea-bissau ( jan. , ), senegal ( jun. , ), central african republic ( jan. , ), mali (feb. , ), the comoros (feb. , ), burkina faso (mar. , ), benin (mar. , ), niger ( jun. , ), côte d’ivoire (sep. , ), cameroon (oct. , ), togo (oct. , ), chad (apr. , ), the republic of congo (may , ), gabon (feb. , ), equatorial guinea (apr. , ), guinea (may , ), and democratic republic of congo ( july , ). see http://www .ohada.org/etats-parties.html. the economic community of west african states (ecowas), the west african economic and monetary union (uemoa), and the monetary and economic community of central africa (cemac). parts of this chapter draw significantly on r. beauchard & j. kodo, can ohada increase legal certainty in africa, justice and development working paper no. / (world bank ), available at http://siteresources.worldbank.org/extlawjustinst/resources/ - canohadaincrease.pdf?resourceurlname= - canohadaincrease.pdf. including the events in guinea-bissau and mali unfolding at the time of writing. the communauté financière africaine (cfa) franc is the name of two currencies used in africa that are guaranteed by the french treasury: the west african cfa franc (xof) and http://www.ohada.org/etats-parties.html http://siteresources.worldbank.org/extlawjustinst/resources/ - canohadaincrease.pdf?resourceurlname= - canohadaincrease.pdf http://www.ohada.org/etats-parties.html http://siteresources.worldbank.org/extlawjustinst/resources/ - canohadaincrease.pdf?resourceurlname= - canohadaincrease.pdf the world bank legal review gou, burkina faso, in april . this group of experts, led by justice keba mbaye from senegal, was appointed to conduct a feasibility study on a form of legal collaboration designed to promote economic integration and attract investments. integration could be attempted via several methods. it could take the shape of a common frame of reference or a model law, which the states could then use as a point of reference, without any obligation. another, more con- straining, approach would be to establish objectives to be pursued and let the states determine how to implement them. a still deeper form of integration could be attained through unification, that is, by replacing preexisting national laws with uniform laws. unification would substitute new legislation for current domestic laws in relevant areas of business. in the end, ohada framers chose the path of unification, although the treaty expressed this goal by using the all-encompassing—though perhaps more ambiguous—word “harmonization.” as part of the process, a new set of unified laws was created that preempted all conflicting domestic provisions. the treaty was opened to all african states, whether or not they were mem- bers of the african union. a fully fledged international organization, ohada has an institutional framework that consists of the council of ministers (conseil des ministres), the permanent secretariat (secrétariat permanent), the common court of justice and arbitration (cour commune de justice et d’arbitrage, or ccja), and the regional training center for legal officers (ecole régionale supéri- eure de la magistrature, or ersuma). the treaty revisions signed in québec on october , , completed the institutional framework with a fifth the central african cfa franc (xaf). although theoretically separate, the currencies are ef- fectively interchangeable. keba mbaye died in after having occupied the offices of chief justice of the senegalese supreme court, chief justice of the senegalese constitutional council, and vice president of the international court of justice. martin kirsch, historique de l’ohada, revue penant ( ); barry walsh, in search of success: case studies in justice sector development in sub-saharan africa (world bank ). for example, us model codes or the association capitant and société de législation com- parée’s draft common frame of reference on european contract law. for example, european commission (ec) directives. comp. eu regulations are the most direct form of eu law—as soon as they are passed, they have binding legal force throughout every member state, on a par with national laws. national governments do not have to take action themselves to implement eu regulations; see http://ec.europa.eu/eu_law/introduction/what_regulation_en.htm. for more details, see j. a. yakubu, community laws in international business transactions, in unified business law for africa: common law perspectives on ohada (claire moore-dickerson ed., gmb publishing ). although harmonization is mentioned in the treaty, ohada in fact uni- fies business law, but the (french) word “harmonisation” was used instead of “unification” consciously and for political reasons. see keba mbaye, l’histoire et les objectifs de l’ohada, les petites affiches ( ). http://ec.europa.eu/eu_law/introduction/what_regulation_en.htm ohada nears the twenty-year mark component, the conference of heads of state and government. the revised treaty came into force on march , . the main accomplishment of ohada has been the production of a series of standardized pieces of legislation on business law, known as uniform acts, which are directly applicable in the member states and preempt any relevant domestic legislation. thus far, nine uniform acts are in force. with most uniform acts in force for more than a decade, it is legitimate to ask whether ohada has produced the desired effects identified in the port louis treaty’s preamble, which proclaims the aim of “making progress toward african uni- ty and creating a climate of trust in the economic systems of the contracting states with a view to creating a new center of development in africa.” who are ohada’s constituents and what can ohada bring them? a preliminary matter in assessing ohada is to identify its constituents. al- though this should be an easy task, in fact, the political elites in ohada coun- tries tend to think of ohada constituents as judges, lawyers, notaries, and bailiffs, all of whom like to participate in donor-funded seminars on more or less theoretical subjects. but while these are indeed essential actors, ohada constituents must be more broadly defined. geographically, the best place to locate ohada constituents is in the many marketplaces that characterize africa. for the purpose of this chapter, the dantokpa market in cotonou (benin), one of the largest marketplaces in west africa, is the focus. a fascinating place, it is a complex, multilayered, pyramidal structure. the base consists of minor transactions in local goods, usually perishable and cheap. the next level is fabrics, jewelry, and arts and crafts, more expensive and often transported from far away. at the very top of the pyramid is the active money market. what is most important in places like dantokpa is not what appears at first sight. it is the credit, rather than the commodities. the dantokpa market is where accounts are settled, where debts meet and cancel each other out. the complex structure operates almost entirely outside the realm of formal law and ignores ohada. therefore, when considering ohada, one should think about the small merchants at the dantokpa market as ohada’s con- stituents. what precise innovations can ohada bring its constituents to empower them and promote their welfare? ohada offers the business community of the ohada member states some essential “institutions” (in the neo-institu- tionalist sense of the “humanly devised constraints that structure political, the uniform acts cover general commercial law, companies, secured transactions, bank- ruptcy, arbitration, simplified debt collection and enforcement measures, accounting, carriage of goods by road, and cooperative companies. the world bank legal review economic and social interactions”) that can transform uncertainty, which is characterized by imprecise knowledge, into risk, which relates to events that can be assessed with some degree of certainty and can therefore be hedged against. it can provide universal mechanisms that ensure that its constitu- ents are not liable for percent of their losses. it can give its constituents institutions such as pledges without dispossession, which allow them to use their stock as collateral for a loan. it can help the moneylending observed in places like the dantokpa market ascend to the next level, that of commercial moneylending. the drafters of ohada had small merchants in mind when they defined ohada’s ambitious policy goals. but somewhere along the way, ohada’s lofty objectives came into conflict with the entrenched economic logic of autocracy and rentseeking at play in the member states, which typically sup- port contract or property rights enforcement only for regime insiders. legal certainty: the fundamental standard achievement of the ohada policy goals should be the ultimate measure of ohada’s success. the port louis treaty aims at “making progress toward african unity and creating a climate of trust in the economic systems of the contracting states with a view to creating a new center of development in af- rica.” the important word here is “trust,” which french anthropologist marcel mauss describes as “the very foundation of all collective action.” the economies of the ohada member states are mostly informal and broken into a mosaic of local markets; trust is precisely the engine that could help achieve the aim of ohada to transform member economies from ones based on a material life focused on survival to an economic life focused on ex- change. this goal can be achieved only through larger-scale, more integrated markets, which require two pillars of trust: property protection and contract enforcement. more fundamentally, trust points to and underlines another central concept articulated in the port louis treaty: legal certainty. because legal certainty connotes more than a simple evaluation of a law’s formulation but encompasses the issues of enforcement and observance, this chapter evalu- ates ohada against the critically important objective of legal certainty. the standard of legal certainty must be clearly defined, however, which is not necessarily an easy task. taking into account that a definition must be see douglass north, institutions, j. of econ. persp. ( ). see h. root, capital and collusion: the political logic of global economic development – (prince- ton ). rentseeking is a culture in which the principal route to wealth is not creating wealth but taking possession of or benefiting from wealth created by others. financial time lexicon, available at http://lexicon.ft.com/term?term=rent_seeking. http://lexicon.ft.com/term?term=rent_seeking ohada nears the twenty-year mark comprehensive but not too far-reaching, this chapter first uses an operational a contrario definition of what legal certainty is not. and there is no better ex- ample of what legal certainty is not than the situation found in the member states in pre-ohada days. at that time, outdated business laws existed on the books, but without implementing regulation and often in contradiction to existing or prior nonabrogated norms. having no equivalent of specialized commercial courts and with negligible business litigation, business law was largely an abstraction in those countries. what is more, judges had no codes and little if no access to legal reports or periodicals, and they often ignored the issue of which laws applied to which economic activity. without effec- tive risk management, legal innovations, such as limited liability companies or secured transactions, which are so essential to the successful advance of industrial revolutions, were doomed to remain at the margin of economic de- velopment. this situation was among the ills ohada hoped to redress. is it possible to propose a formulation of the legal certainty standard relative to ohada’s ambitions? keep in mind that ohada unifies busi- ness laws, the main objective of which is the protection of modern property rights and contract enforcement—and here is a useful limit to the definition of legal certainty that also limits the scope of the investigation. the protection of property rights and contract enforcement requires, in the words of oliver wendell holmes, that “people . . . know under what circumstances and how far they will run the risk of coming against what is so much stronger than themselves[,]” which meant “the incidence of the public force through the instrumentality of the courts.” that knowledge presupposes “that all law be sufficiently precise to allow the person—if need be, with appropriate advice— to foresee, to a degree that is reasonable in the circumstances, what a given action may entail.” this means that with respect to harmonized business laws: • laws and decisions must be public and publicly available; • laws and decisions must be definite and clear in their applicability; • decisions of courts must be enforced and, to the greatest extent possible, reasoned, so as to provide relevant information on the compliance of con- duct with law; and • persons or officials associated with the application and enforcement of those laws must be easily identifiable and properly trained and equipped to accomplish their duty. see, e.g., the dismal description made by xavier forneris, harmonizing commercial law in africa, juris périodique , ( ), available at http://www.ohada.com/doctrine /titre/ /harmonising-commercial-law-in-africa-the-ohada.html. francis fukuyama’s definition of modern property rights is used here, understood as “rights held by individuals, who are free to buy and sell their property without restrictions imposed by kin groups, religious authorities, or the state.” francis fukuyama, the origins of political order (farrar, strauss & giroux ). oliver wendell holmes, the path of the law, harv. l. rev. ( ). http://www.ohada.com/doctrine/titre/ /harmonising-commercial-law-in-africa-the-ohada.html http://www.ohada.com/doctrine/titre/ /harmonising-commercial-law-in-africa-the-ohada.html the world bank legal review assessment of ohada in regard to legal certainty the goal here is to assess ohada’s innovations and claim of empowering member states’ populations against the standard of legal certainty, as artic- ulated above. to promote legal certainty, ohada is based on two pillars: the norms it produces and the institutions designed to produce and apply those norms. ohada has largely been successful in terms of the production of norms. there are undeniable achievements, mostly concerned with the innovations contained in the formulation of ohada law and centered on the supranational level, which are detailed here. however, ohada has en- countered serious challenges regarding the application and the reception of the uniform acts. ohada has an achilles’ heel: the way it is implemented at the state level. only if the focus is on effective implementation can ohada deliver results; this, however, does not seem to be the case. achievements in a remarkably short period of time, ohada has created a new suprana- tional organization—no small feat. the principal achievement of ohada is that it has largely fulfilled its aim in the production of uniform law. thus far, ohada has delivered nine uniform acts that form an innovative, comprehen- sive, definite, and coherent framework focused primarily on the microlevel, the level of the productive unit. for example: • the general commercial law act provides the fundamental rules of business activity: merchant status, commercial leases, commercial sale of goods, agency, businesses and movables registry (registre du commerce et du crédit mobilier, or rccm), and microbusiness. • the companies act provides for various limited liability structures that protect business operators. • the secured transactions act provides for various securities protecting creditors against the risk of defaults of their debtors and sets the condi- tions for the development of commercial lending. • the accountancy act provides for uniform accounting standards based on the true and fair view standard. • the simplified debt collection procedures and enforcement measures provides operators with modern legal remedies, such as seizures and garnishments, that are available to unpaid judgment creditors to compel judgment debtors to pay up, if need be with the assistance of the police. the ohada drafters opted for a uniform law rather than a harmonized one. ohada is not a model code, which the member states are free to adapt. it is a uniform set of legislation that must be applied with consistency in the member states. on one hand, this uniformity makes implementation less dependent on the governments of the member states, although that is largely theoretical. on the other hand, the policy choice of a uniform law makes it ap- pear more distant from its ultimate constituents and more difficult to reform to respond to local circumstances. ohada nears the twenty-year mark but uniformity means nothing without coherence. in this respect, the co- herence of ohada law rests primarily on article of the treaty, which pro- vides that the uniform acts preempt all domestic statutes for the subject matter they cover, whether enacted before or after the acts’ entry into force. and there cannot be coherence without uniformity of interpretation. thus, to guarantee uniformity of interpretation, the ohada framers created the court of justice, the ccja. some examples of innovations that, if properly applied, could have an important impact on ohada’s constituents, include the following: • the entreprenant status: the general commercial law act, revised in , introduced a status of entreprenant, inspired by the auto-entrepreneur status in france, which is credited with leading more than , persons to register an activity in less than a year after its introduction in . • the registre du commerce et du crédit mobilier (rccm): the general commercial law act created a three-tiered registry of businesses and movables, the rccm. this registry, by recording businesses and movable securities, is an important and essential innovation designed to ensure protection for creditors. as such, it is a key institution to favor the devel- opment of moneylending. • pledges without dispossession on tangible assets: the secured transac- tions act, revised in , instituted pledges without dispossession on tangible assets. provided it becomes a practical reality, this is a welcome innovation designed to use stock or any other means of production as col- lateral without depriving the grantor of the use of the pledged asset. a few design flaws even though the formal law created by ohada was well conceived, it is not flawless. for example, why did the drafters consider a bankruptcy act to be a priority in countries with no significant commercial moneylending? as one author put it, “bankruptcy is the unwanted handmaiden of commercial debt.” without significant commercial lending, there is no practical use for a bankruptcy act. this act should have been implemented farther down the road. the choice of arbitration as the sole alternative dispute resolution method was introduced in ohada to the detriment of mediation, which would cor- respond better with the traditional method of conflict resolution known as pa- labre. arbitration is a hard sell in ohada countries. perceived as expensive, the payment of fees up front is often dissuasive, except for very sophisticated businesses. mediation and conciliation, which, compared with adjudication, see wade channell, lessons not learned about legal reforms, in promoting the rule of law abroad, in search of knowledge (thomas carothers ed., carnegie ). see j.-g. bidima, la palabre, une juridiction de la parole (michalon ). the world bank legal review are costless alternatives and centered on consensus building, would be easier to sell. finally, only two uniform acts (the general commercial law act and the commonly owned businesses act), and one only very partially, acknowledge the existence of an informal sector, which accounts for to percent of the gdp of the member states. but these challenges are easy to address in comparison to implementation challenges. implementation challenges diligent application of the existing uniform acts should be the priority of ohada policy makers. except for employment law—and not everybody agrees on that—the ohada institutions should stop legislating activity and dedicate attention to the enforcement of the existing uniform acts. the legislation of risks generates conflicts with norms produced by other regional organizations. thus, the more legislation there is, the more oppor- tunities there are for conflicts with other regulatory ensembles, because all ohada member states are also members of monetary unions, such as the union economique et monétaire ouest africaine (uemoa), and trade and customs unions, such as the economic community of west african states (ecowas). these groups produce regulations, especially in the banking sec- tor. only once markets become more concentrated should ohada legislate further. regarding proper implementation, ohada faces various challenges, beginning with the institutional challenges of ohada itself. ohada must transform itself into an integrated judicial space in which final judgments on subject matters covered by ohada are given full faith and credit. finally, and this is certainly the most difficult challenge, ohada can succeed only if member states demonstrate the requisite level of political will and dedication to implement ohada laws. institutional challenges at the regional level, ohada institutions are well established. however, they still face budgetary constraints. for example, the total budget of ohada in was roughly us$ . million, which seems low, especially considering that ohada must organize an annual conference of heads of states. more important, there seem to be structural problems (not least the use of bud- see prosper backiny-yetna, secteur informel, fiscalité et équité, l’exemple du cameroun, sta- téco ( ); mireille razafindrakoto, françois roubaud, & constance torelli, la mesure de l’emploi et du secteur informel: leçons des enquêtes - - en afrique, statéco ( ). see minutes of the council of ministers (dec. & , ), available at http://www.ohada .org/actualite-cm/en/cmfj/actualite/ -compte-rendu-de-la-reunion-du-conseil-des -ministres-de-lohada-des- -et- -decembre- -a-bissau.html. http://www.ohada.org/actualite-cm/en/cmfj/actualite/ -compte-rendu-de-la-reunion-du-conseil-des-ministres-de-lohada-des- -et- -decembre- -a-bissau.html http://www.ohada.org/actualite-cm/en/cmfj/actualite/ -compte-rendu-de-la-reunion-du-conseil-des-ministres-de-lohada-des- -et- -decembre- -a-bissau.html http://www.ohada.org/actualite-cm/en/cmfj/actualite/ -compte-rendu-de-la-reunion-du-conseil-des-ministres-de-lohada-des- -et- -decembre- -a-bissau.html ohada nears the twenty-year mark get) that indicate that simply injecting money won’t do the trick. among all ohada institutions, the one that seems to be suffering the most is the ccja, which has backlogs despite a rather modest caseload. one structural problem can be traced to the treaty itself, which provides that all matters of interpretation of an ohada provision as a matter of law can be deferred only to the ccja, which cannot refuse to hear the case if it deems that the matter does not raise any matter of uniform interpretation at the regional level. although this tenet may appear sound in theory, it has led to difficulties in administrative manageability and has made backlogs unavoid- able. although this provision does remove the final interpretation of ohada law from the national judiciaries, which are often accused of cooptation by political forces and extractive interests and of solving conflicts of interpreta- tion of ohada provisions even before states review the matters, it also risks causing jurisdictional conflict with domestic supreme courts and hampers the ccja’s manageability, a critical problem given the scarcity of resources in the member states. to make matters worse, the rules of procedure (réglement de procédure) contain no provision for filtering appeals such as those existing before the us supreme court, which grants plenary review to an average of only percent of the cases on its docket, or for fast-track proceedings such as those insti- tuted before the french cour de cassation in . such proceedings would give the ccja the ability to refuse to hear a case by a nonreasoned decision if it deemed that the appeal, which is limited to a matter of legal interpreta- tion, does not raise interpretative issues requiring a ccja decision. instead, article of the rules of procedure requires that as soon as an appeal is lodged, the ccja chief justice must appoint a judge to follow up the case management and report to the court. this is the same procedure used by the french cour de cassation before the institution of the fast-track option in , a reform motivated by the buildup of large backlogs. no integrated judicial space there is no real judicial space in ohada, that is to say, a space where final and enforceable decisions of the national judiciary on ohada matters receive full faith and credit in ohada member states applying the same law based on a simple recognition and enforcement procedure. although the treaty pro- vides that ccja judgments are directly enforceable in the territory of mem- ber states under the same conditions as domestic judgments (article of the rules of procedure), it does not contain any jurisdictional provision for transnational matters, nor does it regulate how final domestic judgments that apply uniform law can be applied in other member states. it is difficult to understand how a court with nine judges can have backlogs with a docket of a few hundred cases, as compared, for example, with the us supreme court, which has the same number of judges and an annual docket of , cases but little backlog. known as procedure de non admission du pourvoi. the world bank legal review because of this shortcoming, issues of jurisdiction, recognition, and en- forcement within the ohada judicial space tend to follow national rules, which suffer from the same problems as the laws ohada replaced: they are frequently outdated, unavailable, unenforced, and/or nonexistent. challenges at the state level perhaps the most prominent example of ohada’s enforcement weakness is the business and movable securities registry (rccm). the rccm operates at three levels: local, national, and regional. a creation of the general commercial law that entered into force in , the rccm is largely a virtual registry. most discussions have been centered on computerization, viewed as the remedy of all ills. computerization suffers from its own problems, not least the lack of coordination among actors involved in the process, but the issue has much deeper roots than that. first, the initial filings are made at the local level, then at the national level, and finally at the regional level and little progress can be attained if the focus goes the other way around, that is, from the regional to the local. second, and this is the more important problem, a registry of collat- eral cannot be feasible without a proper vital records registry, which none of the member states has managed to create. another implementation issue is the articulation of the uniform acts and domestic laws the ohada acts are intended to replace. in domestic circum- stances, new text replacing another indicates that the provisions of older in- struments are repealed. that is called express abrogation. express abrogation is difficult with a supranational law, such as ohada laws; article of the treaty provides that the uniform acts are “directly ap- plicable and mandatory . . . against any contrary provision in domestic law.” thus, ohada is an example of tacit abrogation. to make ohada work, the member states should have inventoried all texts repealed by ohada and enacted express abrogation statutes. yet, not a single country has done that. at best, a proper inventory was made, but no statute has been enacted to repeal preempted instruments. at worst, nothing has been done. in most cases, hefty fees have been paid to consultants to make insufficient inventories. as a result, ohada provisions coexist with tacitly repealed domestic rules, not a tenable situation regarding legal certainty. these are just some of the implementation challenges that call for the in- tervention of the governments of the member states. but these are nothing in comparison to the challenges caused by the necessity to ensure that ohada becomes a concrete reality for its constituents. in this respect, a reconsidera- tion of the dantokpa market is in order. the constituents of ohada are not the judiciary and the various legal professions (attorneys, bailiffs, notaries, and the like) of ohada member states, but rather the business community, comprising mostly informal actors. to reach their true constituents and be effective, ohada’s laws must be implemented and applied by a myriad of intermediary players, including ohada nears the twenty-year mark accountants, moneylenders, court registries, chambers of commerce, business registration units, microfinance institutions, banks, insurance companies, ar- bitration and mediation chambers, and all sorts of government officials in- volved in activities connected with the constitution of capital and the protec- tion of property for business. but ohada remains largely an abstraction for those actors. to guarantee the integration of ohada into domestic legal systems, a first and logical step would have been to carry out an inventory of all agents affect- ed by ohada and to ensure that these actors are familiar with ohada and comply with it. to provide one example: the websites of most business regis- tration centers say nothing about the status of entreprenant or microbusiness. in the ohada member states, the status of entreprenant exists only virtually. similarly, formalization cannot take hold without the cooperation of tra- ditional leaders in rural communities. nothing was done to familiarize tradi- tional authorities with the advantages of mechanisms such as those promoted by ohada to transform uncertainty into risk management. conclusion ohada has come a long way since the treaty of port louis. few ob- servers would have expected that a group of states whose track record on coordination was decidedly wanting would be able to achieve the goal of stan- dardizing business laws. the framers of ohada and international donors as- sumed that the appropriate social and political institutions required for the ex- periment to succeed already existed. in retrospect, it was overly optimistic to assume that a set of uniform business laws would be self-enforcing and gener- ate trust toward and among countries in which rent seeking is so entrenched and whose judiciaries are crippled by backlogs, corruption, lack of planning, and limited accountability. twenty years after the port louis treaty, it is time to reintroduce those exogenous parameters into the debate on ohada. legal innovation for development the ohada experience marc frilet in the years following the independence of the french african colonies, inter- national investors and the african business community faced many difficul- ties in ascertaining the applicable principles of company law in the region. at that time, company law was based on the french company act of , which ceased to be in force in france in . interpretation of the law by local courts was often hazardous, and few reliable precedents existed. this uncertainty was the source of numerous disputes that triggered often unpredictable deci- sions by local courts, which in turn caused yet more uncertainty and discour- aged international investment in these countries. this volatile situation presented an opportunity for french law firms to develop a practice in africa providing “authoritative interpretations” of com- pany law. these interpretations were often based on documentation that was not available in africa. the firms’ comparatively easy access to french case law gave them lucrative opportunities in africa. it took years to figure out how to overcome this problem. in , profes- sor rené david, a leading scholar in comparative law, organized a confer- ence with the ministries of justice of the former french african colonies to assess the need to harmonize the legal system in the interest of economic de- velopment. this meeting set the stage for the emergence of the economic and custom union of west africa in and the economic community of west african states in . subsequent enlargement of the scope of these organi- zations included their extension into the insurance sector during the african conference on insurance markets in . the african and mauritius office for law research and studies (bureau africain et mauritien de recherches et d’etudes législatives, bamrel) was created in . the purpose of bamrel was to help signatory states develop their legislation in a harmonized manner. although bamrel was not imple- mented due to a lack of funding, its conception represents the true beginning of the harmonization of business law in the region. the ohada region comprises states: benin, burkina faso, cameroon, the central african republic, chad, the comoros, the democratic republic of congo, the republic of congo, equa- torial guinea, gabon, guinea, guinea-bissau, ivory coast, mali, niger, senegal, and togo. see also georges meissonnier & jean-claude gautron, analyse de la législation africaine en matière de droit des sociétés, rjpic ( ). see alhousseini mouloul, comprendre l’organisation pour l’harmonisation en afrique du droit des affaires, nd ed., working paper ( ). the world bank legal review the desire of the business community (both in africa and farther afield) to develop a secure legal system for economic transactions was increasingly expressed, particularly by private operators and the french council for inves- tors in africa (cian). in april , during the conference of ouagadougou (burkina faso), which included all the ministries of finance of the franc zone, the decision to progress toward the harmonization of african francophone countries was made. the ministries of finance gave a mandate to a high-level panel of seven members, made up of eminent jurists and specialists in busi- ness law, to propose an action plan. the panel was chaired by keba mbaye, a senegalese judge and a former vice-chair of the international court of justice. in october , in a meeting of the heads of state in libreville (gabon), the report of the panel was presented and endorsed by president abdou diouf. the next step was to appoint a directoire, made up of three members, to coordi- nate and prepare a treaty creating the organisation pour l’harmonisation en afrique du droit des affaires (ohada, also known as the organization for the harmonization of business law in africa). the directoire was chaired by mbaye and included martin kirsch, honorary counselor of the french cour de cassation, and michel gentot, chair of the dispute department of the french conseil d’etat. after preparation of the draft treaty and several meetings with experts, judges, and specialists, states signed the treaty in port louis (mau- ritius) on october , ; the treaty was revised in quebec (canada) on october , . many of the exchanges were organized under the leadership of keba mbaye, especially during the conference in abidjan in , where techniques for preparing to harmonize business law were presented and tested (inter alia, through the organization of national committees in each country). a key objective of ohada, as reported by seydou bâ, former chair of the senegalese court de cassation and former president of the ohada regional supreme court (the common court of justice and arbitration, or ccja), is to progressively unify the legal framework in the area of business law and to organize a set of legal procedures promoting harmonized and sustainable development in all the member states. harmoniza- the final communiqué is as follows: the heads of states “approved the project of harmoni- zation of business law elaborated by the ministries of finance of the franc zone, decided its immediate implementation, and requested to the ministries of finance and justice of all interested states to treat this matter as a priority.” henri tchantchou, la supranationalité judiciare dans le cadre de i’ohada: etude à la luminère du système des communautés européennes (l’harmattan ). the signatory states are benin, burkina faso, cameroon, the central african republic, chad, the comoros, equatorial guinea, gabon, ivory coast, mali, niger, the republic of congo, senegal, and togo. see http://www.ohada.com/traite.html. see http://www.ohada.com/traite-revise.html. http://www.ohada.com/traite.html http://www.ohada.com/traite-revise.html legal innovation for development tion of business law is a real trigger of growth and should facilitate the implementation of the rule of law. legal integration is intended to mirror progress in economic integration at the regional level between central african and western african states. to this end, the ohada member states designed a set of uniform acts on business law matters. the nine ohada uniform acts cover three broad areas: • commercial relationships and related transactions (general commercial law, security law, transport of goods by roads) • establishment and operation of commercial entities (company law and economic interested groups, accounting law) • settlement of disputes and regulation of commercial default (arbitration, bankruptcy law, recovery procedures) additional acts are in the pipeline for contract law and labor law. the acts are currently under review on the basis of a reform program or- ganized by the world bank group’s multidonor investment climate advisory service (fias). the overall project objective is to improve the quality and ef- fectiveness of the legal and institutional framework created by ohada and therefore help the member countries increase their attractiveness for do- mestic and foreign private investment. ohada is a major legal innovation, unique in the modern world. there is much to be learned by assessing it. this chapter looks at its impact from a private sector perspective. the positive features of ohada several ohada uniform acts replaced old business regulations in partici- pating countries. this move has generally been welcomed by international and local businesses that wish to develop their operations in a secure frame- work and with good governance. the best features of ohada include the following: seydou bâ, speech, in fourth international conference on law and economy: la convergence du droit – (ordre des avocats de paris, edition lamy nov. ). the uniform acts relate to general commercial law, commercial companies and economic interest groups, securities, recovery procedures and measures of execution, proceedings for wiping out debts, arbitration, undertakings’ accounting systems in the signatory states to ohada, carriage of goods by road, and cooperative credit banks. the reform’s program has three components: , institutional strengthening of the ohada secretariat and project implementation support: to strengthen the institutional capacity of the permanent secretariat; , institutional strengthening of the joint court of justice and arbitration (ccja) and the regional superior magistrate school (ersuma); , improving corporate financial reporting: to improve and strengthen corporate financial reporting, accounting standards, professional standards and practices, regional professional qualifica- tions, and so on. the world bank legal review • the process of drafting, developing, and promulgating the uniform acts is efficient by all modern standards. • problems often found in other countries or regions for drafting and adopt- ing new pieces of legislation are minimized in the ohada countries. • the problem of striking an appropriate balance between general prin- ciples and concepts and specific language is satisfactorily resolved. the uniform acts are worded in plain language that is easy to understand, with a minimum of cross-references and definitions. credit must be given in this respect to the innovative method for the initial drafting of the uni- form act, which was to invite international law firms to participate. • the uniform acts are limited to key areas of business laws and as such are not particularly politically sensitive. for instance, the uniform acts do not cover areas that are often considered sovereign privileges, such as mining, taxation, and criminal penalties. the uniform acts are conducive to good governance and economic devel- opment. in this respect, some were designed to educate the users (members of the business community, especially the local business community). this is par- ticularly relevant for the ohada company law system. as noted by professor guyon, the ohada company law system—as is the case in many civil law countries—is more institutional than contractual in character. he reminded his audience that a role of law is to protect third parties, and the uniform act relating to commercial companies and economic interest groups does just that. in his view, ohada company law could become more contractual in the future as the economy and the capacity of the players develop. article of the uniform act relating to commercial companies and eco- nomic interest groups states: “the provisions of this uniform act are manda- tory, except in cases where the act explicitly authorizes a sole partner or the partners of a company to substitute contractual provisions between them for those of this uniform act or to supplement the provisions of this uniform act with their own provisions.” iba conference on ohada, yaoundé (cameroon), december . some international experts and scholars who view this act more from a common law per- spective may consider it too rigid and not conducive to the facilitation of business activities. if this is true for some sophisticated players, it is not the case for most of the african busi- nesses that need strong guidance and strict boundaries to develop their businesses with legal certainty before reaching the stage of sophisticated techniques. this is an important point to take into account in a “doing business exercise” sponsored by the world bank. for instance, the obligation to have articles of association drafted or recorded with a public notary has raised debate. for most of the new players in the ohada region, this obligation is perceived as an element of facilitation of business and governance, and in particular legal certainty for third parties. for some others, it may be considered an unnecessary hurdle limiting the pos- sibility of easily creating a company. another debate has been raised concerning the benefits or pitfalls of having a minimum paid-up capital as provided for in the ohada uniform acts. in the ohada region, this provision is perceived less as a constraint to creating business than as a facilitation of sus- legal innovation for development some uniform acts induce the informal sector of the economy to develop activities in the formal sector by providing for the following: • registration of commerce and movable credit (rccm) • disclosure of corporate documentation • accounting: the uniform act on accounting is generally recognized as a compromise in this respect, taking into account the real situation in the region • progressive access to lines of credit through mortgages and pledges • simplified forms of company structure, including mandatory provisions for their organization and operation the response of the business community in africa to ohada has gener- ally been positive. the international legal community also has responded positively. an american bar association panel made a thorough evaluation of the uniform acts and in proposed useful guidance in various areas. the implementation challenges of ohada as with any new legal system, understanding of and compliance with the new regime can be a challenge, especially in africa because of the overall low level of income, the poor state of the judiciary, the size of the informal sector, and deficiencies in governance. this section discusses some key implementation challenges of ohada for the business community and for investors. the interpretation and enforcement of the uniform acts by the region’s judiciaries is and will remain a significant problem. at the highest level, the ccja renders authoritative judgments concerning the interpretation of the uniform acts and has an impressive track record. however, many decisions concern procedure and jurisdiction, and relatively few concern the substance tainable business activities, because there is no sophisticated banking system and traditional security is difficult to organize and implement. professor pérochon, famous for his manual assisting small businesses and owner-managers, was the author of this act. he was a practitioner of both the french system of accounting rules and international accounting standards. the ifeji/ubifrance survey was conducted in with the support of the local business community, conférence permanente des chambres consulaires africaines et francophones (cpccaf), and the syndicat des entrepreneurs français à l’international (sefi). the answers to the survey questions are a useful reference for appraising issues faced by the business community and proposed actions. a team of us lawyers and judges had reviewed each uniform act (four to eight experts for each uniform act) . other reviews were prepared by members of the section of international law and practice of the american bar association (aba) and the international judicial rela- tions committee of the united states judicial conference under the leadership of william hannay (ohada project chair and chairman of the section of international law and prac- tice of the aba), together with two rapporteurs. paul gerard pougoué & sylvain sorel kuate tameghe, les grandes décisions de la cour com- mune de justice et d’arbitrage de l’ohada (l’harmattan ). the world bank legal review of the law. the ccja also provides advice to national governments and judi- ciaries that is authoritative but limited. the greatest challenges facing the ccja are its location, resources, and relationship with national judiciaries. because of its location in abidjan and its limited resources, the ccja cannot perform its functions in an optimum man- ner. the problem of distance is a major issue for most of the ohada states, and one that is negatively seen by practitioners in various countries and the international community. the superior courts in member states have resisted acknowledging that the ccja possesses ultimate jurisdiction. furthermore, many judges have only limited knowledge of ohada. ohada also includes a comprehensive and unique system of arbitration. yet, the ccja also has the authority to conduct arbitration and to rule on ad- ministrative issues. however, because this function is not well understood by the private sector and is underused, the number of authoritative awards is limited. the ohada arbitration rules are modern and in accord with interna- tional standards, but they need to be implemented by administrative services provided by the secretary of the arbitration court. so far, the track record of implementation is limited. promoting the arbitration system has proved to be a challenge. the system requires improvement in several aspects. another challenge relates to the enforcement of the uniform acts in terms of criminal sanctions. without appropriate criminal sanctions, compliance with legislative provisions is haphazard. the ohada approach to criminal penalties is interesting in this respect. article , paragraph , of the treaty pro- vides that “[t]he uniform acts may include provisions to give rise to criminal liabilities.” article provides that “uniform acts are directly applicable and overriding in the contracting states notwithstanding any conflict they may give rise to in respect of previous or subsequent enactment of municipal laws.” because the uniform acts are directly enforceable in each member state, criminal offenses should also directly be sanctioned in each member state. however, article , paragraph , provides that “contracting states commit themselves to enforce sentences of offences.” thus, the sanction for criminal offenses is in fact determined by each state. this situation entails enforcement problems and discrimination, because the member states are not harmonizing penalties. this conundrum occurs not only with prison sentences and fines but also with surety provisions and other procedures for enforcement. improvements could include, for instance, the introduction of more prescriptive procedural rules and guidelines governing the appointment and performance of the arbitrators, clarifi- cation of foreseeable costs depending on various procedural aspects and organization of the proceedings, and decentralization of the arbitration’s administration. aude-marie cartron & boris martor, eclairage sur la révision du traité de l’ohada, cahier du droit de l’entreprise no. ( jan.–feb. ). legal innovation for development this situation is compounded by the fact that it is not always easy to iden- tify in the uniform acts the definition and scope of a criminal offense. some of the acts, such as the uniform act on recovery procedures and measures of execution, are particularly complex in this regard. legal or regulatory areas not regulated many key areas of interest to investors are not covered by the ohada uni- form acts, including • taxation and issues of tax certainty and conditions of implementation • parafiscality • customs and related tariffs • exchange control and currency fluctuation issues • private contract law content and interpretation • public contract law content and interpretation • permitting risks (risks deriving from governmental or bureaucracy atti- tude for clearances, nonobjection, approval, and other permits) • land availability and land use risks, including the expropriation process and related issues • environmental impact studies and related permits • administrative or judicial review of adverse bureaucratic decisions • public-private partnership issues • employment law risks michel mahouve, le système pénal ohada ou l’uniformisation à mi chemin, recueil penant – ( jan.–mar. ). parafiscality is recognized as a major risk for the business community and investors. it is broadly defined as the fees, royalties, local and sundry taxes, and levies not directly listed and not defined in tax code or legislation, mostly payable at the local level or with line min- istry organizations, for supporting particular activities or services of such administration and/or public bodies. in most states, parafiscality charges are numerous and in constant development. several drafts of uniform acts are in circulation, but little progress has been made on an avant-projet of uniform acts since february . one reason is that this avant-projet is too close to the unidroit principles. various meetings have been held on the subject since september , including exchanges between the french institute of international legal ex- perts (ifeji) and the african professors issah-saygeh, pougoué, and sawadogo on septem- ber (as part of the activities of the international working group set forth by ifeji with the support of the world bank and various stakeholders in march : “legal reform in developing countries—evaluation of the ohada model”). a comparative analysis has been made on the drafting process and through benchmarking with the european union effort to assess the benefits of a common european contract law. in europe, this uniform contract law is progressively taking shape after the publication of a common frame of reference for its harmonization and a tentative draft of an optional legal instrument for international sales published in . the world bank legal review at this point, large international investment projects can realize only limited benefits of ohada because ohada does not regulate most major risks. yet these kinds of projects are essential for development in areas such as infrastructure, public utilities, and mining. business community expectations the business community expects that ohada will contribute to the legal formalization of day-to-day activities, including relationships with states, ministries, public entities, subsovereign entities, and the like. this business community is represented at different levels, particularly with the chambers of commerce. french investors, who are very active in francophone africa, have devel- oped a french business community in africa, represented by the conseil fran- çais des investisseurs en afrique (cian) and the mouvement des entreprises de france (medef). members of these organizations are in close contact with african and international lawyers. in the eyes of the international business community, better and more effi- cient implementation of the existing uniform acts is needed. three tasks need particular attention: • reinforce the program run by the ersuma school in benin (see below) to train the judiciary. • design a user-friendly system that encompasses the issues of a particu- lar region and the capacity of the players and then promote arbitration through this system. this means, inter alia, doing the following: • guarantee the appointment of an arbitration tribunal that is indepen- dent, professional, and efficient. • guarantee simple and well-understood proceedings in line with local traditions for dispute resolutions. • guarantee a fair and enforceable award within a reasonable time. in areas that necessitate major up-front investments and with a very long recovery capacity (often over several decades), it is interesting to analyze the risk matrix developed by the industry leaders and that led to a due diligence ending at limiting the risks at a reasonable level to finance the project. for instance, in large mining projects, the risk matrix identifies to key chapters in which several key issues are generally identified. some chapters can be well appraised in appropriate regulations, procedures, and reasonable perspectives of good implementation. examples are expropriation, land use, compensation, resettlement, environmental permits and environmental and social management plans, and sovereign in- terference. several chambers have developed an integrated system of exchanges and created entities such as the conférence permanente des chambres consulaires africaines et francophones (cpccaf). in particular, the french institute of international legal experts (ifeji), created by the paris bar, and the french ministry of foreign affairs select french practitioners (on average, practitioners) with day-to-day expertise in international business law matters. legal innovation for development • guarantee an arbitration administration center that is efficient, re- sponsive, fair, and cheap. • allow the possibility of evaluating in advance costs and duration of proceedings. • promote the development of uniform “implementing regulations,” guide- lines, and procedures for the uniform acts. in considering additional uniform acts, two actions may do most to help foster international investments in africa: • design an institutional framework that will facilitate long-term public- private relationships in the core public service sector with appropriate guarantees for the stakeholders and a limited impact on state budgets and development aid. • design principles of public contract law and procedures that facilitate transactions involving the public sector. these should include improve- ment in the procurement of public contracts of all kinds and the provision of reasonable guarantees of fair implementation of the various types of contracts between the private and the public sectors, together with effi- cient procedures in areas such as mining contracts, urban development, forestry, lease of public land, and agriculture projects. capacity building and empowerment issues the international community has been actively building capacity in the ohada region. for example, the ersuma school in porto-novo (benin), which conducts training for the judiciary, provides support to ohada in- stitutions such as the ohada national committees. yet, it is clear that much remains to be done in terms of capacity building and empowerment in regard to ohada. the ohada model has been assessed with a view to further improving the lawmaking process and the legal certainty for the business community. sev- eral international working groups with that focus were established in the mid- s, particularly in the wake of two conferences organized by the paris bar inviting african experts and practitioners, as well as world bank specialists, in washington ( ) and in paris ( ). these exchanges led to the creation of a joint working group on legal reforms in developing countries, which has as its objectives the evaluation of ohada and the dissemination of lessons learnt. the world bank group is playing an important role in funding programs to evaluate the content and implementation of the uniform acts through the world bank group’s multidonor investment climate advisory service see http://web.ohada.org/ersuma.html. the world bank was represented by robert danino, senior vice president and general coun- sel of the world bank, and michael klein, chief economist of the ifc (world bank). http://web.ohada.org/ersuma.html the world bank legal review (fias). this effort has resulted in a useful revision and improvement of some uniform acts (relating to securities and general commercial law), and other acts are in the pipeline (relating to competition law, banking law, intellectual property law, civil societies law, and evidence). the international donor com- munity is also supporting the ohada institutions. more work is needed to build capacity in ohada institutions and to imple- ment provisions on the ground. specific areas that require attention include • the efficient implementation of the trade and personal property credit register, an instrument for securing transactions and developing the economy • the organization and selection of the judiciary • the organization of efficient and user-friendly arbitration centers • the process of designing and implementing in various states regulations that further develop and adapt the ohada uniform acts at various lev- els, including the clear abrogation of national regulations that conflict with the uniform acts josette nguebou, professor of law at the university of yaoundé (camer- oon), explored the sensitive relationships between the uniform acts and the national laws of the member states. she found that “although national law not conflicting with the acts remained applicable, nothing prevents the mem- ber states from maintaining and expending regulations which could narrow down its scope or even prevent its effective implementation.” capacity building and empowerment should also be oriented toward • fostering exchanges between scholars and practitioners on the implemen- tation of the uniform acts and authoritative case law. • training the legal profession in the international business law system. • training senior civil servants to engage with the international business community in order to permit them to be on an equal footing with expe- rienced international players when negotiating, implementing, and moni- toring their relationships. this would apply, for example, to projects in the oil and gas sector, the mining sector, the infrastructure sector, the utility sector, the agricultural sector, and the forestry sector. • enabling more extensive exchanges between the local administrations and the administrations of other countries and regions. • implementing more proactive programs in e-learning. well-prepared pro- grams of e-learning, including appropriate documentation transmitted in see the harmonization agenda adopted by the council of ministers of the ohada region during the bangui meeting of march . see ohada treaty, les actes uniformes commentés et annotés, juriscope ( ). on this matter, see also marc frilet, implementing the rule of law in sub-sarahan africa: appraisal of the ohada after a decade, ( ) bus. l. intl., – (nov. ). legal innovation for development advance by electronic means and used as background material for work- shops or specialized classes, can be effective at building capacity. the programs should be monitored by teachers or facilitators who have been trained to teach in an e-learning manner, including, when appropriate, direct online contact with authoritative scholars in other countries. • fostering new relationships between the public and private sectors to ease the transfer of investment. this was identified as a top priority by multi- laterals and by the g business summit in cannes (also referred to as the b of cannes) in november . infrastructure development is seen as essential to achieving the millennium development goals, and to that end the business community has been urged to develop a framework for better projects. proposals have been made to design a new act on ppp; in june , the council of ministers of ohada decided to explore that option. perfecting a system of equitable public contract law based on concepts and case law should be a priority, especially because some ohada countries have started to experience the benefits of equitable public contract law for both the private sector and the public sector in landmark and long-term public infrastructure and utility projects. conclusions ohada has many positive features, and lessons learned from its implemen- tation can be instructional for organizations considering business activities not only in that region but also in other regions of the world. improved understanding of the uniform acts will help strengthen the in- vestment climate and make it easier to do business in the region. particular attention should be given to a clearer definition of criminal offenses (including the nature and scope of the criminal penalties). one solution might be to pro- mulgate a uniform act on this matter. e-learning conducted by faculties of law deserves to be taken into account; see, for instance, development of e-learning under the auspices of the international bar association (iba). see g /b , final report of the business summit in cannes, (nov. ). in relation to pub- lic-private partnerships, the g report (p. a- ) says, “without appropriate institutional and legal framework, most of the public-private partnership (ppp) projects proposed for developing countries have a high likelihood of failure.” an international working group made of international lawyers with expertise in concession and other ppps worldwide and representatives of the construction industry has been working on the matter with various agencies for a few years. this group, after reviewing many projects with governments and local authorities, identified issues that need to be addressed in an inclusive manner for the success of long-term concessions and other ppp projects. the publication of a handbook on the conditions of success of concessions and other ppps, together with an evaluation matrix for concession on other ppp projects, individually or at an institutional, regulatory, or con- tractual level, is expected in . see cica website, http://www.cicanet.com/. see achille ngwanza, ohada, entre adolescence et âge adulte, une crise existentielle, rapport général de l’université d’été de cercle horizon, club ohada d’orléans ( jul. – ). http://www.cicanet.com/ the world bank legal review the greater problem is that regulatory sectors essential for the economic development of africa, which are not well controlled by national laws or re- gional organizations, are not yet regulated by uniform acts. looking ahead, it is important to consider new uniform acts in key areas where a good regula- tory framework already exists. it is also essential to launch an innovative pro- cess of capacity building and empowerment in the various directions outlined above, such as developing exchanges between scholars and practitioners, and training members of the legal profession and senior civil servants. greater participation of legal practitioners experienced in providing advice in africa may be the key to this process. laurent esso, minister of justice of cameroon and president of ohada, reported on the collateral benefit of ohada in terms of legal innovation. in his view, ohada is a conduit for convergence between civil law and common law in business law matters. he believes that cameroon could be a laboratory for facilitating the implementation and interpretation of the ohada uniform acts due to its unique civil law/common law regimes. professor barthélemy mercadal, a specialist in international business law, followed this path by pro- moting convergence in the interpretation of legal concepts worldwide (inter alia, between the civil law and the common law worlds) based on the same or similar legal provisions and using the ohada uniform acts as a background. mercadal’s extraordinary effort, which led to a publication of code idef annoté de l’ohada, will contribute to encouraging business players at both the na- tional and the international levels to use the uniform acts on a regular basis. ohada is an advanced and inclusive example of legal innovation for development. as such, the ohada uniform acts are an excellent ground on which to test the benefits of an emerging field focusing on the optimization of legal frameworks and products. although the contribution of ohada to this field is already significant, much more can be done to apply lessons for further legal innovation. business community and legal practitioners active in this area include unida, cian, medef, ifeji, and iba, which have conducted several conferences. uniform commercial law infrastructure and project finance in africa, intl. bus. l. (may ). http://www.institut-idef.org/-code-ohada-annote-.html. see also marc frilet, le raisonnement juridique du monde anglo-saxon: quelques considérations élémentaires et quelques recettes pour éviter les malentendus contractuels, in la revue des entreprises (medef jan. ). for information on this emerging field, known as l’art de la légistique, see carine gilberg, l’art de la légistique, gazette de palais – ( jan. – , ); alexander flückiger & christine guy-ecabert, guider les parlements et les gouvernements pour mieux légiférer—le rôle des guides de légistique (schulthess ); guide pour l’élaboration des textes législatifs et réglementaire, avail- able at http://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/html/guide_legistique_ /accueil_guide_leg.htm; catherine bergeal, savoir rédiger un texte normatif (berger-levrault ); marc frilet, le code civil, une source d’inspiration inégalée pour améliorer la sécurité juridique en matière internationale, revue de l’avocat conseil d’entreprise (dec. ). http://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/html/guide_legistique_ /accueil_guide_leg.htm http://www.institut-idef.org/-code-ohada-annote-.html page numbers in italics refer to figures and tables. access to justice, , – , – , , accra agenda for action, administrative forfeiture procedure, – administrative law, – administrative law on urban land and real estate property ( ; china), administrative reform, – africa, – , – , – african and mauritius office for law research and studies (bamrel), african peer review mechanism, agreement on trade-related aspects of intellectual property rights (trips), , – , – aids. see hiv/aids ain o salish kendra (ask), , – , gender and social justice program, albright, madeline, americans with disabilities act, amet, arnold, , antidiscrimination law, – antimoney laundering programs, international, , appeals system (china). see petition system (china) arab spring, – arbitration, , – , , – arbitration act ( ; united kingdom), asset forfeiture. see asset recovery and international asset sharing programs asset recovery, – . see also asset sharing arab spring and implications for, – conditions for, – due diligence in, – mutual legal assistance procedures and, – prevention of corruption in, three stages of, asset sharing, – . see also asset recovery and international asset sharing programs australian agency for international development (ausaid), austrian development cooperation, – bâ, seydou, banchte shekha, , bangladesh, bangladesh legal aid and services trust, bangladesh national women lawyers association, bangladesh rural advancement committee, , , beijing declaration and platform for action, belo horizonte agreement, – ben ali, zine el abidine, – bermuda (iasp agreement), – bhp pty ltd, , bill & melinda gates foundation, bio ventures for global health (firm), blue law international, , bmz (germany), bndes (brazilian development bank), , – , , – , , , , , , – bolsa escola program, bolsa familia program, , – brain drain, brasil maior program, – brasil sem miséria program, brazil, – , bureaucracy, , , , constitution ( ), – , – , developmentalism, – , – , – , – , – , , , – economic policy, – competitiveness and, , , , – , – , , , , inflation and, , , – , , – liberalization and, , – , privatization and, – , , , , stabilization and, , , economic sector financial sector, – private sector, , , – , , – , – public sector, , , , – , , foreign investment, – , , , – , immunization program, – industrial policy, – , – , – infrastructure, – , – , minas gerais, – belo horizonte, – neoliberalism, – , – , , , – , new developmentalism, – , , , index index , – , , – new state activism, – , – , – poverty alleviation, – , – , – , , , , , public administration, – public-private partnerships, – , – , , , , , – social policy, , – , – , , – , state-owned enterprises, , – , , , , , trade policy, , – welfare system, – , – , , , brazilian agency for industrial development, , , , brazilian development bank. see bndes burton blatt institute, business law, – , – cadastro Único (brazil), – canada, canada (iasp agreement), – cardoso, fernando henrique, – career development fellowship on clinical research & development, child care laws, china, – , , as a developing country, constitution ( ), – constitution ( ), – constitution ( ), – collective ownership in, – compensation for requisitioned land in, decision-making power in, distribution principles in, “duty to work” in, economic freedom in, – economic planning in, – economic reforms and amendments in, – economic system of, – , foreign investment in, gender equality in, human rights in, , private ownership in, , property rights in, , – public ownership in, – socialist rule of law and, – cultural revolution, – economic growth, economic reform, opening up policy, – , petition system, – private economy legitimized, – rule of law, social change, , , , – social reform, , , – social security, – , “three supremes” policy, – chinese academy of governance, chinese communist party (ccp), – , , , , civil law codes, civil society, – civil society organizations, code of muslim personal laws, collor de mello, fernando affonso, , common court of justice and arbitration, , , communist party (china), community development, community legal services program (bangladesh), , community mine continuation agreements (cmcas), , – , – community ownership, – family back accounts, – implementation of, – negotiations for, – scholarships, – women’s representation in decision- making, community-based organizations, – , community-based services, , – community-driven development (cdd), , , – company-community disputes, – comparative law, – , , , conflict resolution, , – , , – , – , – , – , – , – conflict types, – , , constitutionalism, , – , – democracy and, economic, , modernization and, constitutions, , – , , – . see also china: constitution and state activism, as a means of environmental protection, , defined, – discrimination clauses, – , economic functions of, contract law, – convention on the rights of persons with disabilities (cprd), antidiscrimination litigation, – conference of state parties, conflict resolution, index content, – economic development, – framework for legal empowerment and innovation, – implementation, reasonable accommodation, structure, – cotonou agreement, – n council for investors in africa, council of economic and social development (brazil), , council of europe development bank, criminal justice systems, – criminal procedure law ( , china), – cultural revolution (china), – , , , , customary justice systems. see traditional justice systems dantokpa market, , david, rené, de soto, hernando, , death penalty, declaration on the right to development. see under united nations democratic republic of the congo, – deng xiaoping, – , , , , , department for international development (united kingdom), – , , develoment as freedom (sen), development policy, , – coherence, – , – human rights and, – legal accountability and, frameworks for, – disability (definition), disability rights, – accessibility in virtual spaces, – awareness of, , – budget analysis, – enforcing, – facilitating, – monitoring, – policy models for, – strengthening, – disabled people’s organizations (dpos), , , , , – dispute resolution. see conflict resolution drainage basins. see hydrogeographical regions drugs for neglected diseases initiative (dndi), , due diligence, in asset recovery, – duvalier, jean-claude, – e-court, ecological compensation, – economic institute for industrial development (brazil), economic integration, – economic liberalism, economic liberalization, economic rights, – egypt, – eisai, embraer (firm; brazil), , , empowerment. see legal empowerment entitlements as legally enforceable right, family bank accounts, – scholarships, – environmental laws, – environmental protection, , – legal obstacles to, – urban, – equal rights law, enforcement of, – , – esso, laurent, ethiopian women lawyers association, european bank for reconstruction and development, – european convention on human rights, european investment bank. see under european union european union approaches to development cooperation, – , charter of fundamental rights, , cotonou agreement, – n development policy coherence, european investment bank, parliament, , , family court of australia, family law, fatwas, – federal act on the restitution of assets. see switzerland: return of illicit assets act (riaa) federal ministry for economic cooperation and development (germany). see bmz federation of industries of sao paulo (fiesp), – , financial crisis of , , , financial markets, international, fiocruz. see oswaldo cruz foundation foundation law (brazil), franco, itamar, , , gaddafi, muammar, index gender discrimination (private sector), gender equality, , gender equality and family law (kosovo), gender-disaggregated data, gentot, michel, glaxosmithkline (gsk), – global forum on law, justice and development. see under world bank global initiative for inclusive icts, global legal empowerment network, globalization, , governance reform, , – , – , , government regulation, , , , – , – , , growth acceleration program (brazil), gsk. see glaxosmithkline gurry, francis, haiti, – harvard law school project on disability, , hepatitus b virus, – high level forum on aid effectiveness ( th), hiv/aids, – , hogares comunitarios program (colombia), hu jintao, human rights, , – , , – , approaches to development, – as general principles, – disability rights, – , impact assessments, – in treaty frameworks, – , international standards, – human rights protection committee (bangladesh), hydrogeographical regions, as a territorial unit for public planning, , – iasps. see international asset sharing programs (iasps) igd (management index; brazil), – indonesia, , – , industrial policy, – , – , – inflation policy, , , – , , – information and communication technologies (icts), – inheritance rights, – innovation law (brazil), innovative constitutionalism. see constitutionalism, innovative institutional reform, – institutions access to, gender discrimination in education and, women’s agency and, , intellectual property, – intellectual property rights brain drain, enforcement, , pharmaceutical industry, – protection, – technological development, inter-american development bank operational policy on indigenous peoples, international aid and development agency (new zealand), international asset sharing programs (iasps) as development mechanisms, – international bank for reconstruction and development (ibrd), n international centre for asset recovery, – international covenant on civil and political rights, international covenant on economic, social and cultural rights, , international development association (ida), n international finance corporation, international law, – , and disability rights, – , fragmentation of, – , – international mutual legal assistance. see mutual legal assistance internet, – japan, – jiang zemin, job accommodation network (organization), jordan, – judges law (china), judicial administration, – judicial reform, – judicial systems access to, – , – , , – centralized, sentencing, justice innovation challenges, – defined, – monitoring mechanisms, power relations, – research and development, – justice sector, funding capacity, index leadership articulating goals, – building trust, considering long-term business models, effecting procedural change, – fostering competition, – fostering innovation, – funding development, – , – managing risk, – recognizing disruptive innovations, legal reform, , orthodoxy, – justice systems and economic development, , , – , , , kabila, laurent, kim, jim yong, kirsch, martin, labor law, – , – , – land expropriation, – land laws and rights, , – land reform, – law and development, scholarship on, – , – law and regulation filing office (china), law and the new developmental state project, law enforcement agencies, – law on gender equality (vietnam), law on legislation ( ; china), law on planification ( ; china), lawyers law ( ; china), , – legal accountability, , legal aid, – , – , , legal certainty (concept), , – , – legal development, , – legal empowerment, – , of persons with disabilities, , – , , – legislative reform and, – , – , policy reform and, – , of the poor, – “four pillars” of, – access to justice, – , – business rights, – community-based methods, – concept, – criticism of, – , gender equality, – health care, – labor rights, – movement, – networks, – resistance to, by elites, legal exclusion. see rule of law, exclusion from legal expenses, legal fees, , legal harmonization, – legal innovation, , , , – legal integration, – legal liberalism, legal obligations, – as a human rights policy frame, – , – legal pluralism, – legal profession, , – , – legal reform, and sociocultural norms, legal systems, – , . see also justice systems equal access to, formal, – plural, western, – , – with chinese characteristics, , , – legal transplantation, as a typical form of legal development, – conditions for success, – history of, – process of, in china, – traits and effects of, in china, – aboriginal concepts, – cost-saving approach, entrepreneurialism, innovation, , – selective adoption, – , – , socialism, , – tolerance, – typology, – cost-saving, – entrepreneurial, externally dictated, – legitimacy-generating, legislative reform, , – li maorun v. langzhong police station ( ), liberia, – libya, limberg principles on the implementation of economic, social, and cultural rights, – local politics, – lula da silva, luiz inácio, , – , , – , , – madaripur legal aid association, – , , , index malan, pedro, mantega, guido, maoism, – , , , . see also marxism, in china marcos, ferdinand, , markets, marriage, – marxism, in china, , – . see also maoism maternity leave laws, mbaye, keba, , mediation, – , , – , mercadal, barthélemy, mexico (iasp agreement), – middle class, growth of, – millennium development goals, , – , n , mining industry, – , , – ministry of justice (china), – , – mla. see mutual legal assistance mobutu sese seko, – money laundering reporting office (switzerland), mubarak, hosni, – mutual legal assistance (mla), – , – nagorik uddyog, – , – community organisers, namati, , – national council of industrial development (brazil), , , national industry confederation (brazil), national people’s congress (npc; china), , , , , , national policy of water resources. see water law national strategy on gender equality (vietnam), natural resources as a public asset, neglected tropical diseases. see ntds negotiations, – between state, companies, and communities at ok tedi mine, – justice innovation and, neoliberalism, – , – , , , – , nepal, netherlands, new economic partnership for africa’s development (nepad), – new state activism, , – , – ngos, – , – accountability, – authority, shalish and, – nongovernmental organizations. see ngos ntds (neglected tropical diseases), – oasis project, official development accountability act (canada), ohada, – achievements, – arbitration system, common court of justice and arbitration, , , , – , – constituents, – directoire, economic development, – , empowerment programs, – establishment, – implementation, – institutional framework, – , international community and, – international investment projects, , , – judicial integration, – legal certainty, – legal innovations, – , , regulatory functions, – , structural flaws, – uniform acts, – uniform law, , – ok tedi mine, – , – organisation for economic co-operation and development (oecd), , , social institututions/gender index, – organization for the harmonization of business law in africa. see ohada organizational representation quotas, – oswaldo cruz foundation (fiocruz), , – immunobiological technology institute, out-of-court settlements, – , ownership rights, palocci, antonio, panguna mine, , papua new guinea, – western province, , , papua new guinea sustainable development program (pngsdp), paralegals, , – paris declaration on aid effectiveness, – patents, , pekka, – , people’s courts, , – , people’s republic of china. see china index permanent preservation areas (brazil), petition system. see china: petition system petrobrás, , , , pfizer drugs for neglected diseases initiative and, global health fellows program, – health care initiatives, – joint venture with gsk, – joint venture with viiv healthcare, – research on ntds, – tdr program, pharmaceutical industry, – , – hiv/aids research, – licensing, – patents, , regulation of, – research and development, – , – technology transfer and, – vaccine development, – philippines, pitce, , plano real, , , , – policy making innovation, , – , , – , – structural elements, – political corruption, , political economy, , , , – , , political economy approach (in agreement implementation), political leaders. see politically exposed persons (peps) political leadership, – political representation quotas, political statements (international), – politically exposed persons (peps), – politics and law committees (china), , port louis treaty. see ohada poverty alleviation, , , , – , – , – , , , , , préval, rené, privatization, program for productive development (brazil), – property law ( ; china), property rights, , , – , – , – , , , – , – private, , – , public health law, – public ministry (brazil), , – extrajudicial activities, – prosecution office of rio sao francisco, public-private partnerships, – , , – , – , , , , , – reconstruction of aceh land administration system, – , – regulations. see government regulation rehabilitation through labor system (china), research and development, – revised compensation agreements. see community mine continuation agreements riaa. see switzerland: return of illicit assets act (riaa) roussef, dilma, – , – , rule of law, , , , , – , , , and development, – and empowerment of the poor, – and justice innovation, – as a measure of legal development, – assistance programs, exclusion from, – innovative, orthodoxy, , , , – plan, politicization, rural land contracting law ( ; china), rural poor, – , – , – , samata. see banchte shekha sanctions. see world bank: sanctions system self-employed women’s association (india), serra da moeda, – shalish, arbitration, , – defined, ngo-organized, – , sharia law, , – sierra leone, – , – social assistance act (loas; brazil), social conflict, – social control, – , social justice, – social policy, socialism, primary stage of (concept), socialist legal system with chinese characteristics, socialist market economy, , , sociocultural norms, – soft law, – state-owned enterprises, , – , , , , supreme people’s court (spc), , , – , , swedish international development cooperation agency, – index switzerland federal act on international mutual assistance in criminal matters, – , federal act pertaining to the sharing of confiscated assets, federal council, – institutional structure, – lausanne seminars, legal structure, – return of illicit assets act (riaa), – synflorix, tdr (training in tropical diseases) program, technological innovation, – technology transfer, – , , – term of conduct adjustments (tcas). see out- of-court settlements thailand, – three represents (concept), , traditional justice systems, and international development, – obstacles to, – research on, – training in tropical diseases program. see tdr transparency international, trips. see agreement on trade-related aspects of intellectual property rights (trips) tunisia, – , – unicef convention on the rights of the child, – unified judicial exam, – unified social assistance system (brazil), uniform law, , – , – . see also ohada: uniform acts union parishads, – , , – , united nations commission on legal empowerment of the poor (clep), , – , convention against illicit traffic in narcotic drugs, , convention against transnational organized crime, convention on the rights of persons with disabilities (see under convention) convention to eliminate all forms of discrimination against women, , declaration on the right to development, – delivering justice program, financial action task force, guiding principles on business and human rights, – , human rights treaties, – , office of the high commissioner for human rights, , , office on drugs and crime, respect, protect, and remedy framework, , n support for asset sharing, – tdr program, universal declaration of human rights, , – united nations development group, united nations development programme (undp), , , , , us department of justice administrative forfeiture procedure, – asset forfeiture program, – civil judicial forfeiture procedure, – iasps, – international sharing program, – case-specific agreements (cssas), – determining percentage shared, – negotiation process, – reviewing process, judicial forfeiture procedure, statutory authority for asset forfeiture, – vargas, getulio, – vienna convention on the law of treaties, – , vienna declaration and programme of action, vietnam, viiv healthcare, – village courts act ( ; bangladesh), violence against women legal pluralism on, – legislation on, , – sociocultural norms and, wainetti, ume, – wang shenjun, washington consensus, – , water law ( ; brazil), water resources management, – watson, alan, – weimar constitution (germany; ), welfare state, – , – , , , index wen jiabao, western cultural influences on chinese legal thought, – , , wipo (world intellectual property organization), , , wipo re:search, – women in mining (conference), women’s legal empowerment program, – women’s rights, , – , – , – , – economic participation, – , , employment, , – entitlements as legally enforceable right, family bank accounts, – scholarships, – guidance for negotiating agreements, – legal pluralism and, – markets and, marriage laws and, – mobility, – ok tedi agreement negotiations, , – property rights, – world bank policies and, – world bank projects and, – women, business, and the law , , – , , workers party (brazil), – , – working group on trade and transfer of technology, world bank, , , , , , – , and international organizations, , , articles of agreement, – ecuador judicial reform project, global forum on law, justice and development, , integrity vice presidency (int), investment climate advisory service, , justice for the poor program, – legal empowerment of the poor, , – open society justice initiative, sanctions board, – sanctions board law digest, sanctions system, , – and “legalism,” – and innovation, – , and multilateral development banks, , and transparency, – debarment, – expansion of, – legal orientation of, – tdr program, women in mining and petroleum project, women’s land rights and, – women’s rights and, – , workshop on the development implications of gender-based violence, – world bank inspection panel, – world development report : gender equality and development, – , world health organization (who), , career development fellowship program, world intellectual property organization. see wipo world trade organization (wto), , , n , , , – , , , , – wu bangguo, nn – , xinfang system. see china: petition system zambia, zhang xianzhu, – cover contents foreword preface contributors empowerment and innovation strategies for law, justice, and development the justice innovation approach: how justice sector leaders in development contexts can promote innovation legal empowerment of the poor: past, present, future beyond the orthodoxy of rule of law and justice sector reform: a framework for legal empowerment and innovation through the convention on the rights of persons with disabilities the political economy of improving traditional justice systems: a case study of ngo engagement with shalish in bangladesh intellectual property: facilitating technology transfer for development transforming through transparency: opening up the world bank’s sanctions regime human rights and development: regime interaction and the fragmentation of international law legal transplantation and legal development in transitional china rule of law as a watermark: china’s legal and judicial challenges achieving development through innovative constitutionalism: a china story the role of laws and institutions in expanding women’s voice, agency, and empowerment “we want what the ok tedi women have!” guidance from papua new guinea on women’s engagement in mining deals innovation in asset recovery: the swiss perspective international asset sharing: a multipurpose tool for development toward a new law and development: new state activism in brazil and the challenge for legal institutions the role of the public ministry in the defense of the environment: hydrogeographical regions and attitudes for coping with socioenvironmental conflicts ohada nears the twenty-year mark: an assessment legal innovation for development: the ohada experience index a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p r s t u v w x z nqhr - .indb netherlands quarterly of human rights, vol. / , – , . © netherlands institute of human rights (sim), printed in the netherlands. foregrounding socio-economic rights in transitional justice: realising justice for violations of economic and social rights amanda cahill-ripley* abstract: transitional justice has traditionally ignored or sidelined violations of economic and social rights, focussing on violations of civil and political rights as the primary grave human rights violations to be addressed when seeking justice for past atrocities. th is paper explores the omission of these rights from the fi eld and uncovers the shortcomings of such an approach. it will argue that there is a need for transitional justice to address both deliberate violations of economic and social rights resulting from confl ict or repression, but also structural violations which have acted as root causes of confl ict within the state. it is submitted that past experiences of prosecutorial and restorative justice illustrate that violations of economic and social rights have been acknowledged as background information rather than primary concerns for transitional justice. in conclusion it is contended that economic and social rights need to be brought to the foreground of transitional justice processes in order to ensure eff ective transitional justice which refl ects the needs and rights of the local population, and addresses the root causes of confl ict, thus preventing confl ict reoccurring around the same sources. th e inclusion of economic and social rights concerns within transitional justice mechanisms will therefore contribute to a more holistic and inclusive transitional justice process. keywords: confl ict; economic, social and cultural rights; international criminal law; peacebuilding; social justice; structural violence; transitional justice; truth commissions * amanda cahill-ripley is lecturer in law at lancaster university, uk and visiting lecturer in human rights law at the university of bergen, norway. contact a.cahill@lancaster.ac.uk. amanda cahill-ripley intersentia . introduction transitional justice has traditionally ignored or sidelined violations of economic and social rights, focussing almost entirely on violations of civil and political rights as the primary grave human rights violations to be addressed when seeking justice for past atrocities. whilst selected authors have addressed the at times confl icting aims of ‘justice’ and ‘peace’, very little attention has been given to the consequences for peace and justice if violations of economic and social rights are either completely ignored, are relegated to secondary concerns or are presented as ‘background’ information, that is information which is setting the context for what are perceived as more serious violations of civil and political rights. whilst violations of economic and social rights may seem to be of a lesser gravity than those of civil and political rights (such as the right to life and freedom from torture), socio-economic rights violations can constitute gross human rights violations. some examples may include the burning and destruction of homes and crops; the poisoning of water; forced evictions; deliberately induced starvation and displacement leading to lack of housing, water and food, subsequent ill health and disease, lack of education and employment and in the worst cases human deaths. moreover, such violations may be more widespread and systematic. for instance, in the confl ict in timor-leste it was noted that far more people were aff ected by economic and social rights violations than civil and political rights violations. th e displacement of people from their villages, farms and traditional settlements resulted in severe violations of the rights to food, health, housing, education, self-determination offi ce of the high commissioner for human rights, analytical study on human rights and transitional justice (united nations ) a/hrc/ / para ; international council on human rights policy, negotiating justice? human rights and peace agreements (international council on human rights policy ) ; lisa laplante, ‘transitional justice and peace building: diagnosing and addressing the socioeconomic roots of violence through a human rights framework ’ ( ) th e international journal of transitional justice , ; l. waldorf, ‘anticipating the past: transitional justice and socio-economic wrongs’ ( ) ( ) social and legal studies , . hurst hannum, ‘peace versus justice: creating rights as well as order out of chaos’ ( ) ( ) international peacekeeping ; n. roht-arriaza and j. mariezcurrena (eds), transitional justice in the st century – beyond truth versus justice (cambridge university press ); i. zartman and v. kremeniuk (eds), peace versus justice: negotiating forward- and backward-looking outcomes (rowman and littlefi eld ); ellen l. lutz, eileen f. babbitt, and hurst hannum, ‘human rights and confl ict resolution from the practitioners’ perspectives’ ( ) ( ) th e fletcher forum of world aff airs ; c. lekha sriram and s. pillay (eds) peace versus justice?: th e dilemmas of transitional justice in africa (james currey publishers ); p. schulz, peace versus justice?: th e international criminal court (icc) in africa (vdm publishing ). th e commission for reception, truth and reconciliation in timor-leste, chega! th e report of the commission for reception, truth and reconciliation in timor-leste (cavr) (commission for reception, truth and reconciliation   october ) executive summary ; ch . : economic and social rights. foregrounding socio-economic rights in transitional justice netherlands quarterly of human rights, vol. / ( ) of resources and freedom of movement. th ese economic and social rights violations were directly attributable to the confl ict. in addition, violations of economic and social rights can act as confl ict triggers. as the international council on human rights policy notes, ‘[…] socio-economic issues oft en lie at the core of confl icts, and are particularly implicated in the transitional period, when reconstruction of war-torn societies must take place’. as such, ignoring violations of such rights is a risk both to the peace process and the eff ectiveness of justice mechanisms during transition. th e editors of th e international journal of transitional justice note, our preoccupation with justice aft er civil upheaval seems to outstrip our attention to preventing or attending to the systematic injustices – economic, social and political – that fuel the causes that erupt into paroxysms of violence. we have an international criminal court to prosecute war criminals, yet millions of civilians are deprived of adequate water, nutrition and healthcare […]. th ere is a conspicuous absence of international accountability for these injustices. th is paper will explore this omission of economic and social rights from transitional justice. it will examine possible reasons for the limited attention or indeed exclusion of these rights and uncover the shortcomings of such an approach. it will investigate whether there is a need to redefi ne transitional justice, to embrace a holistic conception of justice inclusive of ideas of social justice including therefore justice for violations of economic, social and cultural rights. it will argue that the recognition of these rights within transitional justice mechanisms will make transitional justice more eff ective in responding to the needs of the people, fi rstly by seeking remedy for deliberate and direct violations of economic and social rights but also by addressing violations of these rights which have acted as root causes of confl ict, thus helping to prevent confl ict reoccurring around the same sources. further, if human rights are truly indivisible and interdependent violations of civil and political rights cannot be addressed eff ectively in times of transition unless corresponding and related violations of economic and social rights are also addressed. th e inclusion of economic and social rights concerns within transitional justice mechanisms will therefore contribute to a more holistic and inclusive transitional justice process. ibid. offi ce of the high commissioner for human rights (n  ); e. schmid, ‘liberia’s truth commission report: economic, social and cultural rights in transitional justice’ ( ) xxiv praxis – th e fletcher journal of human security , ; s.c. agbakwa, ‘a path least taken: economic and social rights and the prospects of confl ict prevention and peacebuilding in africa’ ( ) ( ) journal of african law , ; laplante (n ) – . international council on human rights policy (n ) . editorial, ( ) ( ) international journal of transitional justice (ijtj) . a. boraine, ‘transitional justice: a holistic interpretation’ ( ) ( ) journal of international aff airs , . amanda cahill-ripley intersentia th e defi nition of transitional justice is contested: one frequently quoted defi nition is provided by roht-arriaza, who defi nes transitional justice as ‘a set of practices, mechanisms and concerns that arise following a period of confl ict, civil strife or repression, and that are aimed directly at confronting and dealing with past violations of human rights and humanitarian law’. however, as arbour argues, transitional justice must have the ambition to assist the transformation of oppressed societies into free ones by addressing the injustices of the past through measures that will procure an equitable future. it must reach to – but also beyond – the crimes and abuses committed during the confl ict that led to the transition, and it must address the human rights violations that pre-dated the confl ict and caused or contributed to it. with these aims so broadly defi ned, transitional justice practitioners will very likely expose a great number of discriminatory practices and violations of economic, social, and cultural rights. with such variety in the interpretation of what transitional justice is, the fi rst section of the paper will examine current defi nitions of transitional justice and explore the reasons why economic and social rights have been largely excluded from the fi eld. th is will include an investigation of the notion of justice inherent in transitional practices. second, the author will examine previous examples of transitional justice mechanisms to explore how they have dealt with violations of economic and social rights. th is will include consideration of prosecutorial methods such as international tribunals and the international criminal court (icc) and an investigation of restorative methods such as truth and reconciliation commissions. cases explored include south africa, liberia, sierra leone and timor-leste. th ese particular cases have been selected as limited examples where the commissions have considered economic and social rights in some way. finally there will be a discussion on how to expand and develop the concept and practice of transitional justice to incorporate these rights, including off ering proposals for improvement drawn from good practice and identifying continuing challenges to this process. . why is there a lack of economic and social rights within ‘traditional’ transitional justice? . . the ‘narrow’ definition of transitional justice it is submitted that ‘traditional’ transitional justice consists of prosecutorial justice, such as tribunals and trials, where the focus is on establishing accountability, roht-arriaza and mariezcurrena (n ) . l. arbour, ‘economic and social justice for societies in transition’ ( ) ( ) international law and politics , . foregrounding socio-economic rights in transitional justice netherlands quarterly of human rights, vol. / ( ) responsibility and punishment for crimes. it also consists of mechanisms of restorative justice, although the concept of ‘restorative justice’ is limited in this discussion to truth and reconciliation commissions. th is mechanism focuses on the idea of ‘truth telling’ as allowing reconciliation. th e above mechanisms are judicial or quasi- judicial and their primary mandate is to deal with mass and grave violations that have occurred during the confl ict in question. however, very little consideration has been given to economic and social rights within these mechanisms. th ere are several reasons for this. one reason for the omission (or very limited consideration) of such rights to date is simply because economic and social rights are not seen as within the remit of transitional justice. th is argument is dependent on how transitional justice is defi ned and what the role of transitional justice is believed to be. transitional justice has many defi nitions, and arguments have been put forward for it to include, for instance, justice for economic crimes, development concerns and local and community-based approaches to justice and reconciliation. however, it remains overwhelmingly concerned with criminal prosecutions and truth commissions in relation to civil and political rights violations. olsen defi nes transitional justice as ‘the array of processes designed to address past human rights violations following periods of political turmoil, state repression, or armed confl ict’. olsen notes ‘human rights violations are defi ned as extrajudicial killings, disappearances, torture and arbitrary arrest and imprisonment’ only. two signifi cant factors are apparent with this defi nition. first, the focus is purely on past violations, and, second, on violations of civil and political rights alone – not economic and social rights. th is defi nition could be considered illustrative of the prevalent traditional concept of transitional justice which has dominated the fi eld until recently. . . economic and social rights – not legal rights a further reason why transitional justice both in theory and in practice has tended to omit or severely limit consideration of economic and social rights is the familiar other mechanisms such as reparations and institutional reform can be considered a part of restorative justice. for example see t. olsen, l. payne and a. reiter, transitional justice in balance – comparing processes, weighing effi cacy (us institute of peace press ) . however, in terms of traditional transitional justice, the focus has been very much on truth commissions. for example see international centre for transitional justice (ictj), fact sheet ‘what is transitional justice?’ (ictj ) at , last accessed   june ; p. arthur, ‘how transitions reshaped human rights: a conceptual history of transitional justice’ ( ) ( ) human rights quarterly ; c. bell, ‘transitional justice, interdisciplinarity and the state of the “field” or “non-field”’ ( ) ( ) international journal of transitional justice ; r. teitel, ‘th eoretical and international frameworks – transitional justice in a new era’ ( ) fordham international law journal ; arbour (n ); and olsen et al (n ). editorial (n ) – . olsen et al, (n ) . ibid, original footnote . editorial (n ) . amanda cahill-ripley intersentia argument that these rights are not ‘real’ or ‘legal’ rights or at best constitute secondary rights – general aims to be achieved progressively as the ideal standard. th is view contributes to the argument that economic and social rights are also non-justiciable. th e traditional conception of transitional justice has focussed upon grave violations of civil and political rights as the only justiciable rights that can be tried in a court of law. th erefore, if economic and social rights are not viewed as justiciable rights they cannot be incorporated within this traditional model of transitional justice. th is argument is also a consequence of the dependence within the fi eld on a criminal justice model (see below). moreover, there remains a general lack of understanding on the part of scholars and practitioners within the fi eld of transitional justice as to what economic and social rights are. for example, scholars have equated such rights with economic policy or development plans rather than comprehending them as distinct and discrete legal entitlements with a legally defi ned scope and normative content. . . the idea of criminal justice v other notions of justice a third and related argument is that socio-economic rights have been omitted from transitional justice mechanisms because of the focus on criminal justice. th ese mechanisms have relied on defi nitions of justice based in criminal law rather than utilising diff erent conceptions of justice, for example, social justice. th is is also due to the dominance of prosecutorial forms of justice. arbour has noted, ‘as transitional justice is heavily inspired by mainstream justice and criminal law, its neglect of economic, social, and cultural rights is merely symptomatic of a deep ambivalence within justice systems about social justice’. one explanation for this ambivalence towards social justice is the plethora of defi nitions surrounding the concept. social justice has been defi ned as anything from distributive justice to equality of opportunity. consequently, the idea of social justice has been largely excluded from the law as either an empty concept with little substance (for example, equality of opportunity) or as a radical concept such as redistributive justice, which can confl ict with liberal ideals of human rights and is ideologically and fi nancially unacceptable to many states. however, it is not necessarily undesirable to utilise the concept of social arbour (n ) ; d. sharp, ‘addressing economic violence in times of transition: toward a positive- peace paradigm for transitional justice’ ( ) fordham international law journal , . r. carranza, ‘plunder and pain: should transitional justice engage with corruption and economic crimes?’( ) th e international journal of transitional justice , . for an example of such an approach see waldorf (n ). waldorf (n ) . olsen et al (n ) . arbour (n ) . ibid, original footnote . foregrounding socio-economic rights in transitional justice netherlands quarterly of human rights, vol. / ( ) justice as a basis for expanding our ideas of what transitional justice should include, namely economic and social rights, but that in order to do so we need to defi ne what we mean by social justice. th e following defi nition put forward by louise arbour is useful: social justice refers to minimum legal standards guaranteeing substantive equality (as refl ected in international human rights instruments prohibiting discrimination and protecting economic, social, and cultural rights) in the fulfi lment of the idea of freedom from want. substantive equality is important to social justice, as equality with no qualifi cation may be misinterpreted as formal equality or equality of opportunities only. th is conception of social justice can be defi ned as ‘substantive social justice’, where violations of economic and social rights can be seen as an element of social injustice. th erefore, acknowledging and seeking remedy for these violations can be seen as a form of achieving substantive social justice which could be incorporated into transitional justice. moreover, the link between such rights and social justice is not a new idea. indeed, in the context of poverty alleviation, williams notes that poverty is ‘the absence of basic justice for a specifi c person or groups of persons as a condition of severe material deprivation’ where justice is the ‘formal, impartial and consistent application of specifi c rules in relation to rights such as the rights to equality, human dignity, […] housing, healthcare, food, water, social security, [and] education […]. th e protection and enforcement of these rights would constitute substantive justice’. it is evident that violations of economic and social rights have been ignored or sidelined within transitional justice as they are not viewed as a legitimate concern for prosecutorial justice or are deemed too diffi cult an issue for criminal accountability. rather they can be viewed as an element of social justice which has been excluded from the fi eld. th e dependency of transitional justice on criminal justice models has also been critiqued in terms of a general lack of eff ectiveness. bell notes, ‘the demands of communities do not start and end with the punishment of individuals […] mechanisms for dealing with the past respond also to demands for truth which cannot be delivered by traditional criminal models’. arbour (n ). see a. sen, th e idea of justice (penguin ); j. rawls, a th eory of justice (belknap press reprint ); m. nussbaum, ‘capabilities as fundamental entitlements: sen and social justice’ ( ) ( – ) feminist economics ; and k. kallen, social inequality and social injustice – a human rights perspective (palgrave macmillan ). j. williams, ‘poverty: a human rights violation in post-apartheid south africa’ in t. pogge (ed), freedom from poverty as a human right – th eory and politics (vol. ) (unesco ) , . c. bell, peace agreements and human rights (oxford university press ) . amanda cahill-ripley intersentia . . economic and social rights as background information th e overwhelming focus on notions of criminal justice coupled with the argument that socio-economic rights are not legal justiciable rights has resulted in an omission of these rights from the traditional remit of prosecutorial justice. however, how have restorative justice mechanisms such as truth commissions dealt with economic and social rights? it is fi rst important to consider what the purpose of a truth commission is. olsen states that a truth commission should ‘attempt to bring justice by working toward a new inclusive society that addresses the fundamental needs of the population’. th ere is a clear development in remit from prosecutorial justice in that a truth commission should attempt to look to the future, not just deal with past abuses in isolation (if this is indeed possible). however, how can the ‘fundamental needs of the population’ be addressed without addressing economic and social needs (rights) as well as civil and political rights? attempting to address violations of civil and political rights without addressing related violations of economic and social rights undermines the indivisibility of human rights and does not take into account their interdependence. for example, if someone has been forcibly displaced, their home burnt down and their access to food denied and they subsequently die from starvation and exposure, this would constitute a violation not just of the right to life but also the rights to food, housing and health. moreover, the failure to address violations of economic and social rights impacts upon the remedy for violations of civil and political rights. for instance, if someone has been subjected to inhumane treatment and is off ered rehabilitation as one form of reparation this will be of limited eff ect if they have no home or no long term sustainable means to support themselves to enjoy an adequate standard of living. th erefore, for a truth commission to fulfi l this wider mandate it will need to consider economic and social rights as well as civil and political rights. evidence to date suggests that traditionally truth commissions have also limited their consideration of human rights abuses to violations of civil and political rights. where truth and reconciliation commissions have considered socio-economic rights they have tended to consider them as evidence of the wider context of the confl ict. deliberate and direct grave violations have been presented as secondary information, either as supporting evidence of wider conditions of confl ict-induced poverty or as background information to explain the context in which civil and political rights’ violations have taken place. exceptionally, a very small number of truth commissions have attempted to address socio-economic rights in a limited manner noting for example that they can be causal factors of confl ict. th ese few cases are examined olsen et al (n ) . see also international council on human rights policy, ‘aim of a truth commission’, (n ) . lisa laplante, ‘on the indivisibility of rights: truth commissions, reparations and the right to development’ ( ) yale human rights and development law journal , . sharp (n ) – . foregrounding socio-economic rights in transitional justice netherlands quarterly of human rights, vol. / ( ) shortly but an illustrative example can be seen in the case of south africa, where economic and social problems have been a major consequence of the apartheid system. during the mandate of the south african truth and reconciliation commission (satrc) violations of economic and social rights were seen purely as contextual information for narrowly defi ned gross human rights violations. hence, these violations remained in the background of the satrc rather than being a central concern of the body. . . the nature and scope of economic and social rights violations th e idea of economic and social rights as contextual information can be seen as closely linked to the problematic issue of dealing with transition in countries which prior to the confl ict had pre-existing violations of economic and social rights or, at the very least economic and social conditions which threatened the enjoyment of such rights by sectors of society (due to discrimination and inequality). whilst in some cases it will be easy to identify specifi c acts of violence against individuals and communities that constitute grave violations of economic and social rights, in other cases these violations will be a result of structural and endemic violence and repression by the state, for example the former apartheid system in south africa. th is raises the question of whether transitional justice should include consideration of historical injustices within a state or consider only limited episodes of violence. if the latter is true this may have an impact on economic and social rights violations that are a result of structural violence and structural injustices that pre-date the confl ict or which may have helped instigate it. structural violence exists when the structures of the state support the unequal distribution of power (and agency) which is reinforced through unequal distribution of resources. th us structural violence based upon this ‘unequal distribution of power then systematically disadvantages those who do not hold as much if any power at all’. examples of such structural violence can include racial inequality, poverty and institutionalised discrimination. moreover, the link between structural violence and violations of economic and social rights is clear. ho notes that ‘when economic and social structures conspire to limit one’s agency to ibid. south african truth and reconciliation commission, truth and reconciliation commission of south africa report vol. , chapter analysis of gross violations of human rights (south african truth and reconciliation commission ) , para . editorial (n  ) . sharp (n ) . for a defi nition and discussion of the meaning of structural and or institutional and indirect violence see j. galtung, ‘violence, peace, and peace research’ ( ) ( ) journal of peace research , . see also p. farmer, pathologies of power (university of california press ). k. ho, ‘structural violence as a human rights violation’ ( ) ( ) essex human rights review , . amanda cahill-ripley intersentia the extent that fundamental human needs cannot be met then structural violence becomes a structural violation of human rights’. th us, the perceived diffi culty with outlining the scope and nature of socio- economic rights violations to be considered by transitional justice bodies is a further reason why such violations have been sidelined within the discipline. nevertheless, these structural socio-economic violations can cause both frustration and unrest which in turn can drive confl ict. if there is no attempt to address these structural and societal inequalities then the risk is that confl ict will resurface despite eff orts to address more direct violations of economic and social rights within transitional justice mechanisms. as such, there is a question to be answered as to how these mechanisms can address not only grave violations of such rights that have taken place as a deliberate and direct result of the confl ict, but also systematic and structural violations of economic and social rights that act as an ongoing source of injustice and root cause of the confl ict itself. laplante notes, ‘presenting socioeconomic root causes of confl ict as historical context leaves policy change to the discretion of political leaders, while presenting them as rights violations makes redress and reform a political imperative’. . wider and deeper transitional justice as previously stated, in the past, dominant thinking and practice in transitional justice has focussed on addressing civil and political rights violations that have occurred during the confl ict and measures to deal with the past. th is can be deemed ‘traditional’ transitional justice. however, the international centre for transitional justice provides a more progressive defi nition of transitional justice: ‘transitional justice is a response to systematic or widespread violations of human rights. it seeks recognition for the victims and to promote possibilities for peace, reconciliation and democracy […]’. th e focus remains on ‘systematic and widespread’ violations of human rights, but the nature of violations is not defi ned. as such, in theory it does not exclude violations of economic and social rights. furthermore, the defi nition clearly characterises transitional justice as responsive to past events (as in the previous defi nition) but also as having a positive role in the future with the phrase: ‘promote possibilities for peace, reconciliation and democracy […]’. one could argue that clearly transitional justice must include responding to grave violations of economic and social rights (as well as civil and political rights violations) that have occurred in the past but also that promoting possibilities for peace needs to include measures ibid . laplante (n ) . hereinaft er referred to as ictj. international centre for transitional justice (n ). foregrounding socio-economic rights in transitional justice netherlands quarterly of human rights, vol. / ( ) to prevent further violations of economic and social rights, including addressing underlying inequality, discrimination and poverty. boraine has called for a ‘holistic interpretation’ of transitional justice; while not detracting from criminal justice, this approach ‘off ers a deeper, richer and broader vision of justice’. mcevoy and mcgregor also argue for ‘thicker transitional justice’ – a move away from strict legalism to include other aspects of justice necessary for transition to peace. consequently, a broader and more holistic defi nition of transitional justice can be envisaged, which would include traditional mechanisms with a mandate to investigate and seek remedy for grave violations of both economic and social rights and civil and political rights. th is would bring economic and social rights fi rmly to the foreground of traditional mechanisms and would constitute the fi rst step in the development of a wider and deeper remit for transitional justice. furthermore, wider and deeper transitional justice should be considered an integral element of peacebuilding. such transitional justice might encompass measures (some of which may have previously been seen as a concern for peacebuilding) that are less legalistic and look to the future as well as deal with the past. th ese could include, for example, recommendations for legal reforms and protections such as bills of rights and other constitutional guarantees, as well as a rights-based approach to development, institutional reform and institution building, including the establishment of new institutions to monitor economic and social rights such as a national human rights institution. such an approach to transitional justice has been seen as ‘shift ing the paradigm’ from one of transition to one of transformation (transformative justice). conversely, this wider and deeper approach to transitional justice has been challenged. waldorf notes that whilst transitional justice is struggling to deliver on its ‘original promises of truth, justice and reconciliation’ more demands are being boraine (n ). ibid . k. mcevoy and l. mcgregor, (eds), transitional justice from below: grassroots activism and the struggle for change (hart ). ohchr (n ) para. . mcevoy and mcgregor (n ) – ; see also p. de greiff and r. duthie (eds), transitional justice and development – making connections (social science research council ); r. mani, ‘editorial – dilemmas of expanding transitional justice, or forging the nexus between transitional justice and development’ ( ) th e international journal of transitional justice . c. sandoval villalba, transitional justice: key concepts, processes and challenges, institute for democracy and confl ict resolution briefi ng paper (idcr-bp- / ) (idcr/university of essex ). see also offi ce of the high commissioner for human rights, rule of law tools for post- confl ict states: truth commissions, (united nations ). see a. cahill-ripley, from peace agreements to post-confl ict reconstruction: economic and social rights and peacebuilding (forthcoming article, on fi le with author). see sharp (n ) . see also m. evans, ‘land, socio-economic rights and transformative justice’, paper presented at land divided: land and south african society in , in comparative perspective conference (university of cape town, –  march ). amanda cahill-ripley intersentia placed on it. moreover, mani states that it is diffi cult to see how remedy for such broadly encountered social injustice could be incorporated into ‘targeted’ transitional justice measures. waldorf argues that despite increasing calls for a broadening of the remit for transitional justice, it should be ‘short-term, legalistic and corrective’ and, as such, should focus on gross violations of civil and political rights alone. practical diffi culties, he notes, include infl ating public expectations of transitional justice mechanisms, the existing limited fi nancial capacity of mechanisms and the long-term nature of dealing with economic and social rights violations. however, it is argued that the limited fi nancial capacity of any transitional justice mechanism is relevant to investigation and remedy of any human rights violations whether civil and political rights or economic and social rights. for example, it may take many years for a functioning tribunal to bring war criminals to justice whether they have committed grave violations of civil and political rights or economic and social rights. in terms of fi nancial costs of reparations programmes, a reparations programme for individual victims of torture may cost just as much as communal reparations to provide adequate housing. th e decision as to how best to limit the capacity and funding of a transitional justice mechanism should be based upon the nature and scope of the violations encountered as well as ‘a careful analysis of the drivers of confl ict’, not on an arbitrary distinction between civil and political rights violations and socio-economic rights violations. questions of time, money and expertise are relevant for all human rights considerations. further, as schmid notes, the challenges of competing demands, resource constraints and high expectations are not unique to the inclusion of economic and social rights within transitional justice but are challenges encountered more widely in the entire process of peacebuilding within post-confl ict reconstruction of a state. waldorf argues that the remedy for violations of economic and social rights should be a matter for ‘democratic politics and distributive justice’. however, this view of economic and social rights perceives them not as legal entitlements but as social aims or policy goals and supports the view previously presented that such rights have been ignored precisely because they are not conceived of as legal rights. th is illustrates a fundamental misunderstanding of what economic and social rights are. economic and social rights cannot be equated with development or broad economic policies. th ey are discrete and justicable legal entitlements with a legally defi ned scope, normative content and correlative obligations. waldorf (n ) . r. mani (n ) . waldorf (n ) . sharp (n ) . schmid (n ) – . waldorf (n ) ; schmid (n ) – . th ere are many sources which provide for economic, social and cultural rights within international human rights law, constitutional provisions and national legislation. however, the main foregrounding socio-economic rights in transitional justice netherlands quarterly of human rights, vol. / ( ) moreover, waldorf ignores the fact that violations of such rights are oft en a result of deliberate violent acts carried out during confl ict seeming to suggest instead that socio-economic rights violations are solely due to poverty and/or inequality. th is is clearly not the case. many direct and deliberate violations of economic and social rights take place within confl ict as noted previously. furthermore, even if certain violations of economic and social rights are a result of inequality and discrimination, this is likely to have been exacerbated by the confl ict and needs to be addressed. both structural violations of economic and social rights and direct violations of economic and social rights are human rights violations – they are not simply ‘under development’ as suggested. moreover, he argues that the ‘reduction of longstanding inequality is necessarily post-transitional’ but it is not clear when the transitional period ends and the post-transitional period begins. if, as waldorf seems to suggest, inequality is left unchecked whilst in transition, it is diffi cult to see how this would contribute to the goal of justice. without tackling inequality there can only be partial or limited justice and the seeds of future confl ict remain. as sharp argues, transitional justice cannot be just and meaningful if a ‘signifi cant portion of the drivers of confl ict and resulting violations of international law are pushed to the side’. waldorf argues that to include economic and social rights within the remit of transitional justice is casting the net too wide. however, the argument that diversifying the remit of transitional justice results in a weakening of these mechanisms is not borne out in practice. in fact, the opposite may be true. carranza argues that the effi cacy of these mechanisms is actually enhanced by the inclusion of economic and social rights as the process is more holistic and with less room for gaps in addressing the needs of the population. another challenge to the inclusion of economic and social rights within transitional processes is the implicit assumption that if we include these rights then we ‘dilute’ the seriousness of grave violations of civil and political rights, that is, by recognising violations of economic and social rights it would somehow diminish the gravity of mass violations and severe crimes such as genocide. th is assumption may be based on the historical view of economic and social rights as secondary rights of a lesser importance or not real rights, as mentioned previously. it is not suggested, for example, that lack of housing due to confl ict can be equated with genocide. however, starving people to death through deliberate blocking of food aid as seen in zimbabwe, or forced displacement as experienced in timor-leste, can be as international instrument is the un international covenant on economic, social and cultural rights (adopted dec , entered into force jan ) unts (icescr). waldorf (n ) . sharp (n ) . waldorf (n ) . carranza (n ) . rhoda howard-hassmann, ‘mugabe’s zimbabwe, – : massive human rights violations and the failure to protect’ ( ) ( ) human rights quarterly . th e commission for reception, truth and reconciliation in timor-leste, forced displacement and famine, national public hearing, –  july (cavr ). amanda cahill-ripley intersentia severe as crimes against humanity or war crimes of direct violence. moreover, they may constitute such crimes in and of themselves. it is evident therefore that in the fi rst instance transitional justice mechanisms need to recognise that gross violations of human rights include severe and systematic violations of economic and social rights and that such bodies establish a mandate for dealing with such violations. in addition, transitional justice mechanisms also need to recognise that some economic and social rights violations may be the result of more structural violence endemic in the state and/or region. . experiences to date – what can we learn from past practice? within academia researchers have begun to explore a broader mandate for transitional justice; some authors have considered the role of ‘economic crimes’, others the link between transitional justice and development. in practice, however, states in transition from confl ict or repression continue to choose criminal prosecutions and truth commissions as the primary methods for seeking justice for human rights abuses. th erefore, the fi rst step to foregrounding economic and social rights within transitional justice is for these violations to be considered as genuine breaches of the relevant law and as legitimate concerns for traditional mechanisms, both prosecutorial and restorative. it is therefore important to examine the past practice of both prosecutorial justice mechanisms and restorative justice mechanisms to assess how they have dealt with economic and social rights violations and to draw upon any examples of good practice for future integration of such rights within these processes. see l. van den herik, ‘economic, social and cultural rights – international criminal law’s blind spot’ ( ) grotius centre working paper / -icl (university of leiden ). offi ce of the high commissioner for human rights, commission on human rights, study concerning the right to restitution, compensation and rehabilitation for victims of gross violations of human rights and fundamental freedoms, final report submitted by mr. th eo van boven, special rapporteur (  july ) e/cn. /sub. / / para notes that gross violations of human rights ‘frequently eff ect’ economic, social and cultural rights. i. muvingi, ‘sitting on powder kegs: socioeconomic rights in transitional societies’ ( ) international journal of transitional justice ; waldorf (n ); arbour (n ). z. miller, ‘eff ects of indivisibility: in search of the “economic” in transitional justice’ ( ) international journal transitional justice ; carranza (n ). for example see de greiff and duthie (n ); mani (n ); and laplante (n ) – . see editorial (n ) . whether deemed a crime or a human rights violation under international human rights law, international criminal law, international humanitarian law, refugee law and relevant domestic provisions. foregrounding socio-economic rights in transitional justice netherlands quarterly of human rights, vol. / ( ) . . prosecutorial forms of justice and economic and social rights th e focus of prosecutorial forms of transitional justice within international law has been on mechanisms based upon the framework of international criminal law. th ese measures usually take the form of an international court such as the international criminal court (icc) or a tribunal set up for a specifi c state / confl ict such as the international criminal tribunal for the former yugoslavia (icty). although the legal basis for such courts and tribunals includes provisions which can be applied to violations of economic and social rights it is evident that in the majority of these processes there has been little or no consideration of such rights violations as a part of wider gross human rights violations or as crimes in their own right. when considering the law there are clearly international criminal law provisions which could apply to such gross violations of socio-economic rights, but very little attention has been given to exploring the potential or limitations of this area of the law to deal with such violations. th e offi ce of the high commissioner for human rights’ analytical study on human rights and transitional justice states that ‘international criminal tribunals have investigated and prosecuted cases of violations of economic, social and cultural rights, stating that, the icty has recognized that the widespread destruction of homes and property may constitute a crime against humanity’. furthermore, they note the case of prosecutor v. kupreskic et al., where the trial chamber found that […] attacks on property can constitute persecution. […] comprehensive destruction of homes and property. such an attack on property in fact constitutes a destruction of the livelihood of a certain population. th is may have the same inhumane consequences as a forced transfer or deportation. moreover, the burning of a residential property may oft en be committed with recklessness towards the lives of its inhabitants. th e trial chamber therefore concludes that this act may constitute a gross or blatant denial of fundamental human rights, and, if committed on discriminatory grounds, it may constitute persecution. in this instance i do not discuss other mechanisms such as national courts established for transitional justice purposes. for example, under the international criminal court rome statute, art ( ) (b) (xxv) starvation as a weapon of war is a specifi c crime, however to date no one has been indicted on this charge. other possible provisions include icc rome statute, article  ( ) (b) crime against humanity of extermination; article  ( ) (h) crime against humanity of persecution, article  ( ) (a) (iii) war crime of wilfully causing great suff ering; article  ( ) (a) (iv) war crime of destruction and appropriation of property; article  ( ) (b) (ii) war crime of attacking civilian objects; icc rome statute, article  (c) by deliberately infl icting conditions of life calculated to bring about physical destruction. van den herik (n ). offi ce of the high commissioner for human rights (n ) para. . prosecutor v kupreskic et al (judgment) icty, it- – -t (  january ) paras – . ibid para. . see also prosecutor v stanislav galić (judgment) icty, it- – -t (   december ) para. and prosecutor v blaskić (judgment) icty, it- – -t (  march ) where damage amanda cahill-ripley intersentia however, despite this acknowledgement that economic and social rights violations can constitute crimes under international criminal law, these violations are not explicitly recognised as violations of economic and social rights. rather, ‘the broad crime defi nitions of persecution and crimes against humanity off er some leeway to “import” socio-economic human rights notions’ into a criminal law framework. although this illustrates a positive development in that such violations are explicitly addressed as possible of constituting gross violations of human rights under international criminal law, it remains disappointing that the explicit identifi cation of such crimes as economic and social rights violations remains an omission. as van den herik notes ‘there is no direct criminalisation of socio-economic rights, but rather a pronounced appreciation of the socio-economic dimensions of crimes’. it is also the case that in other trials at the icty, despite evidence of severe economic and social rights violations, these acts were relegated to the role of background contextual information for civil and political rights violations as constitutive of international crimes. for example, in prosecutor v. dragomir milošević, the trial chamber held that the siege of sarajevo was ‘characterised by a persistent attack or campaign over a period of fourteen months, during which the civilian population was denied regular access to food, water, medicine and other essential supplies, and deprived of its right to leave the city freely at its own will and pace’. however, the trial did not note any violations of economic and social rights as an element of either crimes against humanity or unlawful attacks against civilians. more generally, the deliberate starvation of civilians and burning and destruction of homes was widely documented as evidence to form a picture of the wider context in which violations of personal integrity rights took place. th ese violations of economic and social rights have not been acknowledged as such nor has anyone been indicted for these violations as constituting an element of a crime against humanity or a war crime. likewise, the icc has not explicitly referred to economic and social rights violations as elements of relevant crimes despite evidence and indictments noting what amounts to severe violations of such rights. for example, in the fi rst warrant to civilian property was seen as an element of an attack on civilians as a violation of the laws or customs of war as set forth in article  of additional protocol i and article  of additional protocol ii to the geneva conventions of ) punishable under article  of the statute of the tribunal. van den herik (n ) . ibid. prosecutor v dragomir milošević (judgment) international criminal tribunal for the former yugoslavia (icty) it- – / -t (  december ). ibid para . th ere is no specifi c provision under icty for a crime of starvation as weapon of war as there is in the rome statute of the international criminal court art icc art ( )(b)xxv. however the defi nition of crimes against humanity could encompass deliberate starvation. foregrounding socio-economic rights in transitional justice netherlands quarterly of human rights, vol. / ( ) of arrest in prosecutor v. omar hassan ahmad al bashir (omar al bashir), the prosecution submits that gos (government of sudan) forces systematically destroyed the means of survival – including food, shelter, crops, livestock and, in particular, wells and water pumps – of the fur, masalit and zaghawa civilian population in darfur because “[t]he aim was to ensure that those inhabitants not killed outright would be unable to survive without assistance”. in this regard, the prosecution submits that: given darfur’s hostile desert environment and lack of infrastructure, livelihood strategies historically have centred on the village. it is diffi cult to survive outside the communal setting. as an example, ensuring adequate access to water has long been an essential component of livelihood strategies. to facilitate access to water by both humans and animals, many villagers dug communal wells or maintained other communal water sources. militia/janjaweed and the armed forces repeatedly destroyed, polluted or poisoned these wells so as to deprive the villagers of water needed for survival. in a number of cases, water installations were bombed. th is can clearly be viewed as a severe violation of the rights to food, water and housing as well as constituting elements of crimes against humanity, and war crimes. skogly argues that crimes against humanity should include severe violations of economic and social rights. further examples of such economic and social rights violations include deliberate blockage of food aid as seen in the prosecutor v omar hassan ahmad al bashir (“omar al bashir”) (international criminal court pre- trial chamber i, decision on the prosecution’s application for a warrant of arrest against omar hassan ahmad al bashir) icc- / – / (  march ). th e prosecution application, para (footnote in original document). prosecutor v omar hassan ahmad al bashir (“omar al bashir”) (international criminal court pre- trial chamber i, decision on the prosecution’s application for a warrant of arrest against omar hassan ahmad al bashir) icc- / – / (  march ) para . original footnote omitted. see also para  .however, it was also noted that ‘there are no reasonable grounds to believe that such a contamination was a core feature of their attacks,’ . in particular, rome statute of the icc, th e elements of crimes, (reproduced from the offi cial records of the assembly of states parties to the rome statute of the international criminal court, first session, new york, –   september , , article  ( )(b) crime against humanity of extermination; elements ‘ . th e perpetrator killed one or more persons, including by infl icting conditions of life calculated to bring about the destruction of part of a population,’ directly or indirectly and including through depriving access to food and medicines and article  ( )(h) crime against humanity of persecution, elements, ‘ . th e perpetrator severely deprived, contrary to international law, one or more persons of fundamental rights.’ specifi cally rome statute of the icc article  ( )(a)(iii) war crime of wilfully causing great suff ering; article  ( )(a)(iv) war crime of destruction and appropriation of property (icc elements of crimes page ); article  ( )(b)(ii) war crime of attacking civilian objects (icc elements of crimes, page  ) and article  ( )(b)(xxv) war crime of starvation as a method of warfare (icc elements of crimes, page ). s.i. skogly, ‘crimes against humanity – revisited: is th ere a role for economic and social rights?’ ( ) ( ) th e international journal of human rights , . ibid – . amanda cahill-ripley intersentia sudan or deliberate state-induced famine as seen in zimbabwe. th e president of zimbabwe, robert mugabe, deliberately denied international agencies permission to bring food into zimbabwe to feed the starving. despite unprecedented food shortages he distributed state-owned grain to his supporters whilst withholding it from opposition supporters. th us, in the period from to , the policies of the zimbabwean government can be considered as state-induced famine and as such constitute a crime against humanity under international criminal law. th eir actions can also be viewed as deliberate violations of the right to food, health and housing. yet, mugabe has never been indicted for these crimes at the icc, despite calls for his indictment. it is also the case that gross violations of economic and social rights can constitute genocide. for example, in the second warrant of arrest prosecutor v omar hassan ahmad al bashir, bashir has been indicted on the count of genocide by deliberately infl icting conditions of life calculated to bring about physical destruction, within the meaning of article  (c) of the statute. th is includes […] reasonable grounds to believe that in furtherance of the genocidal policy, as part of the gos’s unlawful attack on the above-mentioned part of the civilian population of darfur and with knowledge of such attack, gos forces throughout the darfur region (i) at times, contaminated the wells and water pumps of the towns and villages primarily inhabited by members of the fur, masalit and zaghawa groups that they attacked. clearly these acts amount to a violation of the right to water as well as the right to life. th ese examples illustrate the marginalisation of economic and social rights violations within prosecutorial transitional justice mechanisms and more broadly within international criminal law. van den herik argues that international criminal law has the potential to capture such large-scale and deliberate socio-economic rights violations but that the ‘rigid legal requirements’ of criminal law results in a marginal role for international criminal processes in addressing such violations. for example, the focus upon commission of acts rather than omission and the strict defi nition of a. de waal, famine crimes: politics and the disaster relief industry in africa (th e international african institute, in association with james currey, oxford and indiana university press ). howard-hassmann (n ). ibid ; . rome statute of the icc, art ( )(k). howard-hassmann (n ) . rome statute of the icc, article  (c) by deliberately infl icting conditions of life calculated to bring about physical destruction. prosecutor v omar hassan ahmad al bashir (“omar al bashir”) (second warrant of arrest against omar hassan ahmad al bashir) icc- / – / (   july ) . see also footnote in original, physicians for human rights, report, darfur assault on survival, a call for security, justice, and restitution (anx j ) dar-otp- – at which mentions three incidents of destruction of water sources). foregrounding socio-economic rights in transitional justice netherlands quarterly of human rights, vol. / ( ) crimes and legality principle of the icc leave ‘less space for direct recourse to human rights in the realm of substantive criminal law’. however, despite these diffi culties there are, as illustrated, provisions that can accommodate such violations. it is clear that systematic and large scale abuse of such rights can meet the threshold required to constitute a crime against humanity, war crimes or even genocide. furthermore, to limit such crimes to violations of civil and political rights ‘is an arbitrary limitation that should be challenged’. violations of economic and social rights that are of a severe nature and can be considered under the relevant international criminal law should be the subject of established prosecutorial mechanisms such as international courts and tribunals, just as gross violations of civil and political rights are. such international courts and tribunals clearly have the capacity to consider economic and social rights violations within existing international criminal law and international humanitarian law, helping to increase the visibility of socio-economic abuses. as schmid argues, there are no legal obstacles in doing so. . . restorative justice and economic and social rights (truth and reconciliation commissions) if violations of economic and social rights do not reach the threshold required by international criminal law to be considered under the above noted provisions there is a need for mechanisms to address violations of a less severe nature. a truth commission, for example, can incorporate within their mandate international human rights standards that do not necessarily require such a high threshold to be reached before violations can be considered. with this in mind it may be that restorative justice mechanisms are more appropriate in certain cases for dealing with economic and social rights violations as they can encompass severe and systematic violations of economic and social rights but also those of a lesser gravity. further, they are not subject to the same strict legal modalities of international criminal law. in terms of assessing and examining previous practice, however, there are few examples of truth commissions who have fully engaged with economic and social rights. as stated above, exceptionally a small number have addressed such rights in a limited and incomplete manner. accordingly, this paper will focus upon the limited cases where the commission have engaged in some way with economic and social rights or have encountered such rights violations as a signifi cant element of the confl ict. rome statute of the icc, article  ( ). see also art ( ). van den herik (n ) . skogly (n ) . van den herik (n ) . e. schmid, ‘war crimes related to violations of economic, social and cultural rights’ ( ) ( ) heidelberg journal of international law , . offi ce of the high commissioner for human rights (n ) para  . amanda cahill-ripley intersentia . . . south africa th e south african truth and reconciliation commission is probably the most well- known and researched truth and reconciliation commission in the world. however, very little attention has been given to analysing how it dealt with economic and social rights within the transitional justice process. th e commission was limited in its mandate by the defi nition of gross human rights violations provided for in the founding legislation which stated, “gross violation of human rights” means the violation of human rights through – (a) the killing, abduction, torture or severe ill treatment of any person; or (b) any attempt, conspiracy, incitement, instigation, command or procurement to commit an act referred to in paragraph (a), which emanated from confl icts of the past and which was committed during the period  march to  may within or outside the republic, and the commission of which was advised, planned, directed, commanded or ordered, by any person acting with a political motive. th is defi nition limited the attention of the commission to events which emanated from the confl icts of the past, rather than from the policies of apartheid. whilst it is understandable that the commission felt it could not undertake responsibility for investigating the entire and extensive aff ects of apartheid, this does not mean that deliberate and gross violations of socio-economic rights could not have been deemed ‘severe ill treatment’ under the existing mandate. furthermore, the narrow defi nition of human rights violations was not in line with public expectations of the commission, which was asked to investigate forced evictions and displacement and discrimination in education, work and other economic and social rights violations, especially those faced by women. th e commission did hold ‘institutional and special hearings’ relating to inter alia business, the healthcare system and women. th ese hearings noted the structural violence and associated violations as a result of the apartheid system. however, it is disappointing that in its fi nal report the commission noted that ‘these issues formed part of the broader context within which the specifi cally defi ned gross human rights violations had taken place’. th us, economic and social rights violations were positioned fi rmly in the background, as contextual information. (south africa) promotion of national unity and reconciliation act of , section ( )(ix) [defi nition of ‘gross violation of human rights’ amended by s. (a) of act of ]. see also south african truth and reconciliation commission, truth and reconciliation commission of south africa report , vol. chapter , defi ning gross violations of human rights (south african truth and reconciliation commission ) – , paras – . south african truth and reconciliation commission (n ) para . south african truth and reconciliation commission, truth and reconciliation commission of south africa report , vol. institutional and special hearings (south african truth and reconciliation commission ). south african truth and reconciliation commission (n ) paras and . foregrounding socio-economic rights in transitional justice netherlands quarterly of human rights, vol. / ( ) individuals who were a subject of these violations were excluded from recognition as victims and from reparations. . . . liberia th e republic of liberia truth and reconciliation commission had a broad mandate to address all gross violations of human rights, including an explicit reference to economic and social rights but this was qualifi ed by a statement linking these violations to ‘economic crimes’. although the commission recognised that such violations were a major root cause of the confl ict, noting that poverty, corruption, limited access to education, economic, social, civil and political inequalities and land tenure and distribution, were all contributing factors, the commission failed to translate this recognition of economic and social rights violations into a primary concern for the truth and reconciliation commission. as schmid notes there is a signifi cant gap between the fi ndings of the commission in relation to the causes of confl ict and the legal analysis of abuses committed. th e focus instead was on economic crimes – that is on crimes related to corruption that had economic impacts rather than on a rights- based analysis of violations. th is raises the issue of the diff erences between economic and social rights violations and the concept of economic crimes. in some cases they have been treated as synonymous with one another, however, it is argued that this is not the case. sharp refers to the concept of ‘economic violence’ but acknowledges that this is a broader concept than purely violations of economic and social rights also including corruption and plunder of natural resources within the defi nition. although the latter have also been sidelined within transitional justice it is important to diff erentiate between economic and social rights violations under international law and the wider crimes which can lead to such violations. . . . sierra leone similarly, the sierra leone truth and reconciliation commission had a mandate to consider ‘violations of economic, social and cultural rights as well as of civil and ibid. republic of liberia truth and reconciliation commission, final report volume one preliminary findings and determinations (th e truth and reconciliation commission of liberia ) section ii, . ibid , note. . for the commission’s defi nition of economic crimes and further discussion see republic of liberia truth and reconciliation commission final report volume th ree: appendices, title iii: economic crimes and the confl ict, exploitation and abuse (th e truth and reconciliation commission of liberia ) , para  . schmid (n ) . sharp (n ) . ibid . further research is required on the relationship between economic crimes such as corruption and esr. notable publications include carranza (n ); and schmid (n ) . amanda cahill-ripley intersentia political rights, as well as other categories of rights such as the right to development and the right to peace’. th e report acknowledges that, in any event, human rights violations and abuses will oft en have both civil or political, and economic, social and cultural dimensions. […] indeed, although wartime atrocities usually involve the “core” human rights, like the right to life and the protection against cruel and inhuman treatment, the confl ict in sierra leone may also have involved, and have been caused by, “violations of such economic and social rights as the right to food, to housing and to medical care”. in the resulting investigation, the commission did investigate and report on aspects of economic and social rights such as education and health especially in relation to children and women. in a move to be commended it held a special hearing for women and girls. th e commission found that women bore the brunt of economic and social rights violations such as destruction of property, forced evictions and displacement, but the legal analysis never explicitly framed these abuses as human rights violations (right to housing, food and water for example). in terms of reparations, the programme was necessarily limited due to resources. th e priority entitlement was defi ned not by the type of violations suff ered but by identifying the most vulnerable. as such, the commission prioritised reparations for widows, children and in the areas of health, education, pensions and community reparations. despite the fact that the reparations programme did address some issues which remedied economic and social rights violations these reparations were not recognised as remedies for violations of such rights and therefore were not framed as legal entitlements. rather, these issues were addressed because they were deemed important policy issues and priorities for the identifi ed vulnerable groups. in sum, the above cases of liberia and sierra leone illustrate that even if economic and social rights are explicitly provided for in the mandate and acknowledged as a causal factor of the confl ict, it does not necessarily follow that truth and reconciliation sierra leone truth and reconciliation commission, witness to truth – report of the sierra leone truth and reconciliation commission vol.  (sierra leone truth and reconciliation commission ) , para  . ibid para . see sierra leone truth and reconciliation commission witness to truth – report of the sierra leone truth and reconciliation commission vol. , chapter findings (sierra leone truth and reconciliation commission ) para ; para  . sierra leone truth and reconciliation commission, witness to truth – report of the sierra leone truth and reconciliation commission vol. b, chapter th ree women and the armed confl ict in sierra leone (sierra leone truth and reconciliation commission ) , para ; see also vol. , chapter findings: women, para ; para . sierra leone truth and reconciliation commission (n ) para . ibid paras and . such as lack of access to land; training and education; see sierra leone truth and reconciliation commission (n ) para  ; (n  ) para  . foregrounding socio-economic rights in transitional justice netherlands quarterly of human rights, vol. / ( ) commissions will apply a rights based framework to such violations or highlight them as a priority for the said commission. . . . timor – leste (east timor) in the case of th e commission for reception, truth and reconciliation in timor- leste, (cavr) the commission also acknowledged and investigated violations of economic and social rights violations. th e commission’s mandate stated that they would enquire into ‘violations of a broad range of human rights standards’ including rights and freedoms within, inter alia, the un international covenant on economic, social and cultural rights . th e cavr was also important in that it highlighted and recognised within its mandate the interdependence of rights. for example, a disappearance constitutes a violation not only of personal integrity rights (civil and political rights) but also where a family was economically dependent on the disappeared person may violate economic and social rights such as the right to an adequate standard of living. th e commission chose to focus on an examination of the most serious violations of fundamental rights and focused in particular on inter alia, ‘th e range of rights relevant to displacement, resettlement and famine (the right to food, freedom from hunger, water and adequate housing, freedom of movement, freedom to choose a residence)’ and ‘social and economic rights’. th e result was an in-depth report detailing extensive violations in relation to the rights to food, water, health, housing and education. th e deliberate policy of forced displacement led to famine, ‘hunger and deprivation of the means of making a livelihood through the destruction of or th e commission for reception, truth and reconciliation in timor-leste, chega! th e report of the commission for reception, truth and reconciliation in timor-leste (cavr) (commission for reception, truth and reconciliation  october ) part – th e mandate of the commission, , para . other sources used include international human rights law but also international criminal law (such as crimes against humanity art ( )(b) rome statute on extermination through deprivation of food) and international humanitarian law (for example, starvation as a weapon of war under grave breaches of the laws of war), as well as national law (for example, poisoning of water sources under indonesian law). as did the sierra leone truth and reconciliation commission: see sierra leone truth and reconciliation commission (n ) – . th e commission for reception, truth and reconciliation in timor-leste (n ) para , page . see also the offi ce of the united nations high commissioner for human rights, fact sheet /rev. , enforced or involuntary disappearances, geneva: united nations, july , – . th e commission for reception, truth and reconciliation in timor-leste (n  ) para  ( ). ibid para ( ). see also paras – , page and paras – , pages – . th e commission for reception, truth and reconciliation in timor-leste, chega! th e report of the commission for reception, truth and reconciliation in timor-leste (cavr), section . forced displacement and famine (commission for reception, truth and reconciliation  october ). see also cavr, forced displacement and famine, national public hearing, –  july , cavr, . amanda cahill-ripley intersentia loss of access to food crops, livestock, housing, agricultural implements and land’. for others it resulted in death. in its detailed report on the fi ndings in relation to famine and displacement the commission found that, death was caused by famine, famine-related diseases, vulnerability to sickness from hunger, fear or exhaustion and a lack of access to medical care. it is likely that more people died from the eff ects of displacement than from any other violation, while the actual number of deaths is incalculable. unfortunately, despite the severe, systematic and extensive nature of these socio-economic rights violations they were not remedied under the reparations programme. rather, the cavr felt it had pushed the scope of its mandate as far as was possible in the circumstances and stopped short of seeking remedy for these violations, due to the ‘principles of feasibility and prioritisation based on need’. th e result was a reparations programme focused upon and limited to victims of torture, people with mental and physical disabilities and victims of sexual violence. however, the reparations programme also identifi ed recipients on the basis of vulnerability. th erefore widows and children were targeted. th is also meant that for some victims of economic and social rights violations reparations of some kind were given. th e approach though was not one which prioritised victims of economic and social rights violations. many people who had been made homeless, had suff ered starvation, malnutrition and a lack of education were excluded from the programme. what is signifi cant about the transitional justice process in this case was the explicit human rights framework applied to the economic and social rights violations. in this process these rights violations were framed as such and reference was made to international human rights law. consequently, socio-economic rights violations were brought in some way to the foreground of transitional justice concerns, although ultimately they were not treated on an equal footing with violations of civil and political rights. despite an explicit and specifi c mandate to investigate economic and social rights violations, priority was given in the end to reparations for civil and political rights violations. of course there are many reasons why this might have been th e commission for reception, truth and reconciliation in timor-leste (n ) section . . , para ( ). ibid. th e commission for reception, truth and reconciliation in timor-leste (n ) para ( ). th e commission for reception, truth and reconciliation in timor-leste, chega! th e report of the commission for reception, truth and reconciliation in timor-leste (cavr), recommendations part , . guiding principles for a reparations programme in timor-leste (commission for reception, truth and reconciliation  october ) – . ibid. reparations can take many forms. in this case for example, school fees were paid, access to rehabilitation and healthcare was given as well as skills training for women. see th e commission for reception, truth and reconciliation in timor-leste (n ) . methods, pages – . foregrounding socio-economic rights in transitional justice netherlands quarterly of human rights, vol. / ( ) the case, not least the capacity of the cavr to act and enforce any reparations for such rights violations. however, as sharp notes, this served to promote a ‘hierarchy of rights’ and granted de facto impunity to those responsible for ‘economic violence’. on a positive note though, the experiences of the cavr represent a clear development in mandate of a truth and reconciliation process regarding investigation and reporting of fi ndings of economic and social rights violations. overall, the evidence illustrates that truth and reconciliation commissions have the potential to address both direct grave violations of economic and social rights and more structural ongoing violations of these rights, if they are brought to the foreground of the mandate and crucially the focus remains throughout the process. th ere is a need to build upon the past experiences to date. if we look at the experience of south africa today it is evident that the legacy of structural injustice still exists. racial and social divisions remain (although not legally sanctioned), for instance in healthcare, education and housing. th is situation remains despite the enshrinement of economic and social rights in the south african constitution and substantial jurisprudence concerning socio-economic rights within the constitutional court. an interesting and important question to ask is if violations of economic and social rights had been brought to the foreground of the satrc, then would the outcome and the impact upon long-term peace and reconciliation in south africa have been any diff erent? th e experience of the cavr in timor-leste is arguably a more positive development in terms of the recognition of economic and social rights violations as genuine crimes with legal standing which can be investigated and examined within the main body of work of a truth commission and with eff ective fi ndings. th e cavr process marks the beginning of foregrounding of such rights, even if not seen through to specifi c remedy or reparations. it signifi es a move away from economic and social rights violations as background or contextual information. as such, the work of the cavr is to be commended and built upon for the future as an example of good practice. in addition, the specialised hearings of the satrc and the sierra leone truth and reconciliation commission are useful in drawing attention to the structural injustices and endemic economic and social rights violations within a regime. both these methods (and a combination of the two) are markedly useful in documenting evidence of economic and social rights violations during confl ict and transition. sharp (n ) . although black people are ‘free’ to access all services and goods that white people are, economically and socially black people remain marginalised. race and class remain inextricably linked. see wale. k, confronting exclusion: time for radical reconciliation, sa reconciliation barometer survey: report (institute for justice and reconciliation ) ; bertelsmann stift ung, bti – south africa country report (gütersloh: bertelsmann stift ung ) , . amanda cahill-ripley intersentia . how to move forward – developing transitional justice and addressing remaining challenges one of the most diffi cult challenges facing incorporation of economic and social rights within transitional justice mechanisms is how to design and implement a meaningful and eff ective reparations programme and the wider question of what should be considered remedy. is the right to be heard remedy enough? as noted above reparations for violations of socio-economic rights have been lacking, even where transitional justice mechanisms have engaged with such violations as a part of their mandate. th e question of reparations goes beyond the remit of this article. suffi ce to say that further research is required in this area to explore the nature and form of reparations for economic and social rights violations, including the notion of community rather than individual reparations; non-fi nancial reparations and the relationship between community reparations and the right to development. a second and related challenge is which transitional justice mechanism to choose and how to delineate boundaries for the scope of the investigation into economic and social rights violations. of course the choice of mechanism and scope of investigation will be partly subjective to each transition in question and the drivers of that particular confl ict, but these choices have implications for the consideration (or not) of such rights violations. th e choice of mechanism could limit the extent to which economic and social rights violations are a part of the mandate. th e choice of mechanism is also signifi cant in relation to the needs of the local population and grassroots demands for justice (and peace and reconciliation). local communities oft en feel that international and legalistic transitional justice mechanisms result in their exclusion or marginalisation from the process. international eff orts are oft en led by the agenda of external actors rather than by local priorities for justice. an interesting example of local demands for transitional justice in relation to violations of economic and social rights can be seen in colombia, where local communities have called for a reparations programme to specifi cally address economic and social rights l. magarrell, reparations in th eory and practice, reparative justice series (international center for transitional justice ) at ; lisa laplante (n ); c. sandoval villalba, for redress, rehabilitation as a form of reparation under international law (th e redress trust ); l. mcgregor and c. sandoval villalba (eds) th e law and practice of reparations as a form of rehabilitation (forthcoming ); naomi roht-arriaza, reparations and economic, social, and cultural rights (  november ) available at ssrn: ; th eo van boven, th e united nations basic principles and guidelines on th e right to a remedy and reparation for victims of gross violations of international human rights law and serious violations of international humanitarian law ( dec ) (united nations audio visual library ) at (last accessed  june ). mcevoy and mcgregor (n ). foregrounding socio-economic rights in transitional justice netherlands quarterly of human rights, vol. / ( ) violations including the right to social services and land restitution. one argument for the inclusion of economic and social rights within transitional justice is therefore, ‘where it refl ects the needs and priorities of victims’. when establishing the parameters for economic and social rights violations that will be considered as part of the transitional justice process, the question is how does one diff erentiate between violations that pre-dated the confl ict and those that are a consequence of the confl ict? as noted, it is questionable that this is even possible or desirable but certainly direct and deliberate grave violations of economic and social rights must be considered. where possible, existing structural violence in the form of socio-economic violations should also be identifi ed and addressed, especially where these violations are root causes of confl ict. as carranza notes ‘gains could be unmade if the conditions that led to or aggravated repression and confl ict are left to fester, allowing repression to re-emerge and confl ict to reoccur’. another priority is to recognise the need for inclusion of economic and social rights in order to address violations suff ered by women during confl ict and transition. th e lack of engagement with economic and social rights violations continues to have negative repercussions for the understanding of the abuses suff ered by women and girls during confl ict, as well as underestimating the prevalence of economic and social rights violations encountered during confl ict. to illustrate, the satrc recognised and admitted that their limited defi nition of gross human rights violations ‘resulted in a blindness to the types of abuse predominantly experienced by women’. commonly women and children are disproportionately aff ected by violations of socio-economic rights both in peacetime and confl ict and as such transitional justice mechanisms need to account for these rights violations if they are to suffi ciently address justice for women. moreover, this neglect of the experiences of women and other vulnerable groups could result in the transitional justice process actually reasserting the subordination of disadvantaged groups that existed before and during the confl ict. th e chosen mechanisms are at risk of echoing previously unjust distributions of economic and social rights, for example, where property and land is vested in men, and consolidating pre-existing inequalities ‘at personal, social and structural levels’. where transitional justice procedures do make special provision for women, such as the special hearings in south africa and sierra leone, the focus tends to be solely on sexual violence rather than on economic and social rights violations aff ecting n. summers, ‘colombia’s victims’ law: transitional justice in a time of violent confl ict?’ ( ) harvard human rights journal ; c. diaz, ‘challenging impunity from below: th e contested ownership of transitional justice in colombia’ in mcevoy and mcgregor (n ) – . waldorf (n ) . see also carranza (n ) . carranza (n ) . south african truth and reconciliation commission (n ) and para  . e. stanley, ‘th e political economy of transitional justice in timor-leste’, in mcevoy and mcgregor (n ) – , . amanda cahill-ripley intersentia women. hearing the accounts of all types of violations endured by women would result in a more truthful account of confl ict and reveal underlying gender dimensions of confl icts. th erefore the inclusion of economic and social rights concerns within transitional justice mechanisms will also contribute to a more holistic and inclusive transitional justice process. moreover, women are commonly aff ected by land issues during transitions. for example, they are oft en excluded from owning land under local custom, which impacts upon their ability to seek restitution following displacement. transitional justice mechanisms have not adequately considered how to deal with violations related to land, such as displacement and destruction of property, resulting in violations of the rights to food, health, water, housing and work and in the worst cases loss of life. th e issue of land sits at the intersection between economic and social rights, civil and political rights, international criminal law, international humanitarian law and local custom and domestic law. as such, further research, both theoretical and empirical, is required as to how best to address land issues in transition. as a further issue to explore, an examination and further discussion of how to address violations of economic and social rights both within transitional justice mechanisms but also in relation to wider peacebuilding is required. th is will necessarily entail examining the broader idea of transitional justice. where do the boundaries lie between transitional justice and peacebuilding? certainly, transitional justice is oft en perceived as a pillar or component of peacebuilding and  post-confl ict reconciliation. what are the aims of transitional justice and should a shift from transitional justice to an inclusive process of transformative schmid (n ) and . further reading on transitional justice and gender see s. buckly-zistel and r. stanley, gender in transitional justice (palgrave macmillan ); e. zinsstag and m. fineman (eds), feminist perspectives on transitional justice: from international and criminal to alternative forms of justice (series on transitional justice, intersentia ); c. o’rourke, gender politics in transitional justice (routledge ). l. hovil, ‘th e nexus between displacement and transitional justice: a gender-justice dimension’ in r. duthie (ed), transitional justice and displacement (international center for transitional justice/social science research council ) , . as previously noted the commission for reception, truth and reconciliation in timor-leste, experience is a good starting point regarding land and displacement and esr. recent articles which examine land and transitional justice include, m. evans, ‘land, socio- economic rights and transformative justice’ paper presented at land divided: land and south african society in , in comparative perspective conference, university of cape town, –  march ; o. zenker, land restitution and transitional justice in post-apartheid south africa, max planck institute for social anthropology working paper no. (max planck institute for social anthropology ). th ere is a question as to whether there is a way to distinguish between economic and social rights violations that should be considered as an element of transitional justice as opposed to being a concern for post-confl ict reconstruction. see t. pasipanodya, ‘a deeper justice: economic and social justice as transitional justice in nepal’ ( ) international journal of transitional justice , . schmid (n ) ; laplante (n ) ; van zyl in laplante (n ) note ; sharp (n ) . foregrounding socio-economic rights in transitional justice netherlands quarterly of human rights, vol. / ( ) justice be considered? whether transitional justice and peacebuilding is viewed as part of the same process or as parallel developments, it is clear that there is potential for impact stemming from the decisions of transitional justice bodies, in terms of remedy and reparations for violations of economic and social rights, upon the future realisation and enjoyment of these rights at both a legal and practical level. experiences in liberia, nepal and timor-leste all support the thesis that transitional justice and peacebuilding need to be elements of an integral process. if a peace agreement and/or constitution incorporates economic and social rights then the transitional justice mechanisms that follow need to consider economic and social rights and the transitional justice body in turn can make recommendations that then seek to promote a framework for the realisation of these rights (both legal and structural). without this continuity – if all the processes are seen as separate entities then gaps in eff ectiveness will continue. of course, it does not necessarily follow that one step will follow from the next. for example, in the case of nepal, despite adopting a peace agreement with a deep commitment to address economic and social rights there has been no explicit inclusion to date of these rights in the transitional justice mechanisms set up by the nepalese government. conversely, the recommendations of the liberian truth and reconciliation commission did call for reform of public institutions to promote good governance and human rights; to reduce poverty; to alleviate illiteracy and to provide equal access to public services. although they did not address economic and social rights violations within a human rights framework, these recommendations should have a positive impact upon the enjoyment of these rights in the future. th ese cases illustrate that the process needs to be looked at as a whole to ensure the optimal protection of economic and social rights. . concluding remarks both prosecutorial justice and restorative justice mechanisms have failed to include economic and social rights as a core concern. as noted, this is in part due to the focus within transitional justice on criminal justice, the historical discourse on the nature of economic and social rights themselves and the non-justiciability arguments regarding them. it is evident that there is a need to redefi ne ideas of th e ohchr note that ‘constitutions and peace agreements off er further entry points for enshrining protections for economic, social and cultural rights in post-confl ict societies’ (ohchr (n ) para  ). see the comprehensive peace agreement concluded between the government of nepal and the communist party of nepal (maoist), november , , sections . . and . economic and social rights including the right to food, health, education, social security. see also th e interim constitution of nepal, ( ). pasipanodya (n ) ; schmid (n ) . republic of liberia truth and reconciliation commission (n ) – . amanda cahill-ripley intersentia transitional justice to include a broader conception of justice, which includes both criminal justice and wider social justice. th e inclusion of economic and social rights resulting in a more holistic process should make transitional justice mechanisms more eff ective to the needs of the people. ‘demands for truth’ must also include the truth regarding past and existing violations of socio-economic rights. evidently by bringing such rights violations to the foreground of a truth and reconciliation commission process rather than relegating economic and social rights violations to contextual or background information results in a more ‘truthful’ account of the confl ict and therefore more eff ective justice, truth and reconciliation. moreover, transitional justice bodies need to hold those responsible for violations of economic and social rights to account just as it does for violations of civil and political rights. th is will include seeking remedy for direct and deliberate acts of violence which violate economic and social rights but also seeking remedy where appropriate for more structural endemic violations which are a result of the ongoing confl ict and/or those that act as confl ict triggers. furthermore, as schmid notes ‘incorporating economic and social rights violations makes the rhetoric of the indivisibility and interdependence of rights a reality’. th e following proposals formulate a minimum starting point for the development of a transitional justice process which addresses economic and social rights violations. in the fi rst instance, the body appointed to deal with transitional justice in a particular state should include members with expertise in the area of economic and social rights. th is will improve their capacity to deal with violations of such rights. furthermore, truth and reconciliation commissions and international courts and tribunals should include within their mandate a defi nition of human rights violations which includes socio-economic rights. th eir mandate should include a capacity to investigate, examine and remedy these violations, including reparations (of some kind). as noted above, the issue of reparations for economic and social rights violations represents a challenge that requires further research. moreover, if a state has not ratifi ed international treaties regarding economic and social rights the transitional justice body should recommend that they do so. furthermore, the bodies should also consider recommendations for wider peacebuilding measures that could assist in the remedy and further protection of economic and social rights, both normative legal measures and practical measures for implementation of such rights. finally, those involved in transitional justice both practice based and academic researchers should seek to p. gready, th e era of transitional justice – th e aft ermath of the truth and reconciliation commission in south africa and beyond (routledge glasshouse ) . schmid (n ) . inter alia, un international covenant on economic, social and cultural rights (n ) and optional protocol to the international covenant on economic, social and cultural rights (adopted   december , entered into force   may ) a/ / ; c.n. . .treaties- of  december . foregrounding socio-economic rights in transitional justice netherlands quarterly of human rights, vol. / ( ) gather evidence of best practice and to undertake further research on all aspects of economic and social rights, transitional justice and wider peacebuilding. if violations of economic and social rights continue to be omitted from or pushed to the background of transitional justice mechanisms, transitional justice cannot and will not be truly eff ective. progress can be made if those working in the fi eld begin by accepting the premise that if the aim of transitional justice is to achieve justice for human rights violations as an element of sustainable peace, there is a need to address grave and deliberate violations of both economic and social rights and civil and political rights. th ere is also a need to address where possible violations of economic and social rights which are systematic and structural. as a starting point it is evident that for transitional justice to be eff ective it needs to take into account any violations of economic and social rights that are prevalent during the time period established by the transitional justice mechanism as within their mandate. moreover, it is important to note that the wider process of peacebuilding will also need to address these structural violations if peace is to be achieved. human rights cannot make people trust one another or even like one another – this is the process of reconciliation. however, human rights can set minimum standards of humanity to follow in societies that are in transition from confl ict and repression to peace – protections to ensure people feel secure and safe and to allow them that security to start the process of reconciliation. holding to account those who are responsible for grave violations of economic and social rights and realising these rights as a part of transitional justice and wider peacebuilding are therefore essential to any eff ective reconciliation process. transitional justice should be concerned with aiding transition from violence to peace not solely through criminal justice but also through realisation of substantive social justice. ultimately, there is a need to foreground violations of economic and social rights within transitional justice. only then can it be truly eff ective. for example further comparative analysis could be undertaken looking at the practice of truth commissions with regards to economic and social rights. likewise, further research on the links between economic and social rights, transitional justice and peacebuilding is required. sharp (n ) notes that this will include consideration and reorientation of the ‘transition’ in transitional justice from a narrow concern with transition to democracy to a broader concern with transition to positive peace and freedom from structural violence. see un human rights council, report of the special rapporteur on the promotion of truth, justice, reparation and guarantees of non-recurrence, pablo de greiff (  august ) a/hrc/ / paras – . environmental justice grantee orientation meeting ~m ml lial --"i t~ ~ ~s b' r aura tobo~~~~~~~~~~r ?s | _fiber * _ ._x|~~e what goes where? the eaac information board tells employees what materials can be recycled. university environmental graduate pro- gram. the students, as part of their class- room studies, have characterized the ecosystem of the niehs campus, provid- ing a better understanding of the plant and animal life on the site. their final report details three separate guidance plans that could be followed to achieve various man- agement levels for the institute's acres. the management plan favored by eeac would create a more natural appear- ance on the institute grounds. the plan would prohibit mowing and landscaping activities around trees, allow for an un- mown buffer zone near the institute lake, and provide for the planting of trees and shrubs whose bloom and fruit periods would be distributed throughout the year. in keeping with the educational out- reach program being pursued by niehs, eeac is interfacing with project wild, a nationally recognized, interdisciplinary program that integrates wildlife principles into environmental and conservation efforts. project wild stresses the impor- tance of wildlife as an environmental health indicator and as a measure of the quality of life in general. this fall, niehs will serve as host for project wild work- shops on terrestrial and aquatic wildlife. according to eaac chair robert chapin, successful implementation of these programs should pave the way for other ventures. "we will continue to push for a reduction in our use of natural resources, more efficient strategies for nec- essary resource use, and a more environ- mentally responsible management of the institute grounds," says chapin. some of the new proposals are exten- sions of current programs. the committee is recommending that niehs significantly increase its procurement of recycled-con- tent materials to reduce pressure on virgin resources and to stimulate markets for recy- cled materials. "if you're not buy- ing recycled," says ir ! chapin, "you're not recycling." the pro- posal also calls for increased use of envi- ronmentally friendly products, such as nontoxic inks and low-bleach paper, whose manufactur- ing generates less harmful chlorina- tion by-products like pcbs. one of the eeac's immediate goals is to fos- ter more efficient use of available trans- portation to and from the institute. "of all our employees, fewer than use alterna- tives to private automobiles to get to work," says chapin. "since automobile exhaust is the major source of air pollution in the research triangle area, promoting more efficient means of local transport would have immediate benefits." some of the alternatives being dis- cussed by committee members include promoting the institute's new carpool pro- gram, encouraging employee participation in mass transit and shuttle pick-up at bus drop-off points, and working with local planners to build public bikeways. chapin says he's learned a valuable les- son from his committee's relentless com- mitment to environmental goals. "if you unleash the creative power of the employ- ees, a lot of great things are going to hap- pen. our efforts clearly demonstrate that management and employees can work together to bring about beneficial changes in areas where they are needed." ntp announces bioassay results the national toxicology program has pre- sented six more technical reports in its ongoing series of toxicology and carcino- genesis studies. all six reports were approved by the ntp's board of scientific counselors' technical reports sub- committee in a public review held november at niehs. each report involves a series of long-term studies in which male and female rats and mice were given a range of doses of test chemical fol- lowed by extensive histopathologic exami- nation. . nickel oxide, nickel sulfate, and nickel subsulfide. three separate studies were per- formed to evaluate and compare the toxici- ty and carcinogenicity of three nickel com- pounds prominent in nickel mining and refining. these studies involved inhalation exposure to atmospheres containing parti- cles of nickel oxide, nickel sulfate hexahy- drate, or nickel subsulfide. the three nickel compounds all caused chronic lung infla- mation in male and female rats and mice, but the carcinogenic responses varied. nickel subsulfide exhibited clear evi- dence of carcinogenic activity in male and female rats, but not in mice, based on the occurrence of neoplasms in the lung and adrenal gland. nickel oxide also caused neoplasms at these two sites in male and female rats and also showed equivocal evi- dence of carcinogenicity in female mice based on a marginal increase in lung tumors. in contrast, the water-soluble nickel sulfate hexahydrate exhibited no evi- dence of carcinogenic activity in either rats or mice. isobutyl nitrite. isobutyl nitrite is used in fragrances and is also abused as a euphoric. it was nominated for study to investigate a possible association with the higher incidence of kaposi's sarcoma among male homosexual aids patients (see haverkos et al., ehp : - ). when animals were exposed to this chemi- cal via inhalation exposure, male and female rats exhibited clear evidence of car- cinogenic activity, and male and female mice exhibited some evidence of carcino- genicity, based on increased incidences of lung neoplasms in all four sex/species groups. triethanolamine. triethanolamine is used as a surfactant in a wide variety of industrial and household products, includ- ing cosmetics and detergents. when administered by dermal application to rodents, triethanolamine was associated with increased incidences of liver tumors in female mice. marginal increases in the incidences of liver tumors in male mice and kidney tumors in male rats were judged equivocal. , -bis(bromomethyl)- , -propane- diol. , -bis(bromomethyl)- , -propane- diol is a brominated fire retardant (trade name fr- ) used to treat molded plas- tics and polyurethane foam. when given in feed, this chemical was clearly carcino- genic to a variety of organs in male and female rats and mice, including at least distinct tissue sites in male rats. environmental justice grantee orientation meeting on december , new grantees in the niehs environmental justice research grant program met at the institute for an orientation session. the primary objective of this grant program is to bridge the com- munication gap among members of com- munities affected by environmental pollu- volume , number , february ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~z > ' f xz inr r i l | ( x w;~~~~~~~~~~~ gate met ne eniromna jusic reeac gatee nld lf orgt ineqil caeo pora kas coo, ndmihal eliau tants, health care providers, and environ- mental health researchers. the program seeks to ensure that the communities involved have a demonstrable role in iden- tifying and defining problems and risks related to environmental health and in shaping future research approaches to such problems. the purposes of this orientation meet- ing were to share information among grantees and niehs staff, to allow grantees to learn of common or similar approaches in their projects, and to begin developing a communication network. following a welcome and introduction by anne sassaman, director of extramural research and training, and allen dearry, program administrator, the principal inves- tigator of each grant described his or her project, including its history, objectives, and methods. dianne quigley at clark university, in worcester, massachusetts, in collaboration with native americans for a clean environment and citizen alert native american program, is working to increase the awareness of native american commu- nities exposed to radiation contamination in their environment. they are designing and implementing a plan for risk manage- ment and prevention at the western shoshone nation near the department of energy's nevada test site and at the cherokee nation at sequoyah fuels, oklahoma, a uranium processing facility that was in operation for years. education modules of two types will be implemented: community modules, creat- ed exclusively by native american collabo- rators; and health education modules, cre- ated by scientists and health care provider trainers. relevant materials and strategies will be shared with other native american communities. katsi cook at the state university of new york, albany, in collaboration with st. regis mohawk health services, is designing community-based strategies for environmental health education, outreach, and training in the akwesasne mohawk community, which is adjacent to a sup- erfund site in the great lakes basin-st. lawrence river watershed. environmental hazards have resulted from the rapid transi- tion from an agricultural to an industrial environment. cook is a nurse midwife and a member of the mohawk community, and the project is implemented, evaluated, and disseminated explicitly through com- munity members. michael belliveau and carlos porras from citizens for a better environment, in collaboration with the labor occupational safety and health program and the center for occupational and environmental health at ucla and the community health foundation, aim to educate com- munity members and health care providers, promote adoption of pollution prevention measures, and establish a com- munity-based strategy for reducing com- munity and worker exposure to environ- mental pollutants in southeast los angeles, a highly industrialized area home to a low- income population, which is approximate- ly % hispanic and latino. a major objective of this project is to analyze data to confirm the list of environmental pollu- tants already known and to determine whether gaps exist in the data. environ- mental health issues will be determined and addressed. education of community members and medical care providers will be emphasized. sources of health hazards will be identified, and strategies will be developed to attempt exposure reduction. grant writing workshop for environmental justice an instructional workshop for writing a grant application in response to request for applications (rfa) es - , "environmental justice: partnerships for communication," was held at niehs on december . this rfa is a reannounce- ment of the initiative that resulted in three awards earlier this year (see previous story). at this workshop, niehs staff discussed the fundamentals of how to write an nih grant application. open to the public, the workshop attracted participants, who spent the day learning about this rfa and the nih grant process. allen dearry, program administrator, explained the mission of niehs, particu- larly as it relates to environmental justice, and then addressed this rfa specifically. the objectives, eligibility criteria, and review process were described. the three current grantees, dianne quigley, katsi cook, and michael belliveau, then present- ed their projects and discussed how they put together successful applications for the first round of competition. they discussed personnel interactions among community members, health care providers, and researchers, and provided the audience with some helpful hints on how to bring people together for successful collaborations. diane becker, director of the center for health promotion at johns hopkins university, and a member of the special review committee that evaluated the applications submitted in the first competi- tion, explained her impressions of the review process. the review committee is composed of a : : ratio of community representatives, health care providers, and environmental health scientists. after the presentations dearry led the group through a lesson in filling out a phs , the offi- cial nih grant application form. carolyn winters, grants management specialist, reviewed budgetary considerations and needed assurances and certifications. general questions and answers and individ- ual discussions rounded out the session. environmental health perspectives this is the post-print of archer, a. . designing multimodal classrooms for social justice. classroom discourse. ( ): - . doi: . / . . . it is made available according to the terms of agreement between the author and the journal, and in accordance with uct’s open access policy available: http://www.openuct.uct.ac.za/sites/default/files/uctopenaccesspolicy.pdf, for the purposes of research, teaching and private study. e-mail: arlene.archer@uct.ac.za designing multimodal classrooms for social justice arlene archer writing centre, centre for higher education development, university of cape town abstract this paper explores the ways in which multimodal classroom discourse could inform a social justice agenda through broadening the base for representation in the classroom. it identifies some of the challenges and opportunities of designing multimodal classrooms in diverse and developing contexts, where there are vast differentials in terms of access to resources. it focuses on the ways in which multimodal classrooms could recognize a range of student resources, whilst at the same time enabling access to dominant forms. this includes access to the discourses and knowledges of official curricula, and formal methods of assessment, as well as the creation of dispositions towards meaning-making outside of the classroom. formal education often closes down access to a range of semiotic resources and multimodal classrooms can potentially recover ‘recognition’ of these. this paper explores ways of designing multimodal classrooms for social justice in order to surface the range of students’ resources which are often not noticed or valued in formal educational settings. it proposes the following: the questioning of boundaries between domains, harnessing students’ representational resources, developing metalanguages for reflection, and creating less regulated classroom spaces. key words multimodality, access, recognition, social justice mailto:arlene.archer@uct.ac.za e-mail: arlene.archer@uct.ac.za introduction this paper explores ways of designing multimodal classrooms for social justice, looking at examples from some south african classrooms. it showcases interventions in a range of disciplinary domains, including pharmacology, communication studies, civil engineering, and english. the challenge is to facilitate recognition of students’ diverse resources, whilst at the same time enabling access to the content and discourses of official curricula and formal methods of assessment. multimodal classrooms go beyond written and spoken language to overtly encourage classroom tasks that require multiple forms of representation, such as writing, image, speech, gesture and music. this paper argues that broader conceptions of semiotic resources and ways of communicating could allow for reconceptualising which textual practices count and for whom, thus highlighting relations of power, inequality and social boundaries. in south africa, teachers and theorists drawing on multimodal approaches have tended to interrogate power differentials and social justice (archer ; harrop-allin ; newfield ; stein ; stein and newfield ; thesen , ). resources like local languages and indigenous knowledge practices were undervalued under the previous political regime, and many teachers and researchers have attempted to recognize a range of students’ resources which are often not valued in formal classroom settings, including cultural forms and knowledges. in educational contexts in south africa there is still differential access to education and to resources such as textbooks, computers, teachers. the medium of instruction remains predominantly english. however, students have multiple language systems to draw on, and there is often a degree of fluidity and movement between languages and language varieties. in order to recognize the resources that marginalized south africans have developed, it is necessary to focus on student agency in textual design. recognition, agency and choice an approach that takes into account the full range of semiotic resources has the potential to make classrooms more democratic and inclusive. such an approach could enable marginalized students’ histories, identities, languages and discourses to emerge through “broadening the base for representation” (stein and newfield : ). ‘recognition’ of resources is an important feature of designing multimodal classrooms for social justice. ‘recognition’ is about noticing resources in terms of some existing framework and integrating these in a range of contexts. the use of modes in classrooms is always “the effect of the work of culture, history and power in shaping materials into resources for meaning- mailto:arlene.archer@uct.ac.za e-mail: arlene.archer@uct.ac.za making” (stein , ). so, recognition of resources also entails recognition of how power is operating in varying social practices. by resources, i mean both students’ resources, as well as semiotic resources, such as colour. people choose how to represent meaning from a range of possible options which are crucially shaped within a particular context. this may mean drawing on resources that were previously devalued and marginalized to the extent that they were deemed inappropriate in an educational setting. the meaning-maker can, however, choose to re-evaluate these resources, to assess their value for the immediate contexts and to select according to criteria, context and design. recognition thus also entails self-reflexivity and the ability to understand this notion of semiotic choice. as an example of how choice operates, i will look at a student’s text that combines writing and information graphics. the example in figure below is taken from a phd thesis in medical virology in the health sciences. the aim of the phd is to investigate the therapeutic role of two vaccinations (the ‘humanized recombinant vaccinia virus complement control protein’ (hrvcp) and the ‘vaccinia infected mammalian cell derived authentic vcp’) in ischemia/reperfusion (i/r) injury of the kidney in rats. the choice of information graphic and how to configure it is important in order to construct an argument in this particular context. in this graphic, the argument is that the injured and treated (vcp/hrvcp) group of rats recovered better than the injured and untreated (pbs) group. the confidence interval information, using the standard error of the mean (sem) in the chart, allows for the comparison of the three groups. the three groups include the treated rats, untreated rats and the sham or control group which comprises rats which have not been injured or treated. the label on the horizontal axis is ‘groups’. the subjects, namely rats, are removed in this label, resulting in abstraction of the chart from a particular context, which is characteristic of scientific discourse. the student has chosen a bar chart with confidence intervals to represent his data. he could have chosen a table format, which would have impacted on the type of information it is possible to display. for instance, displaying the sample size would have been more likely in a table, whereas its absence in the bar chart is not so obvious. the chart comprises blue bars on a grey background which is the default design in excel. there are a host of other design choices that the student could have made, such as using different colours, different spacing between bars, a more finely calibrated vertical axis for ease of comparison. however, the mailto:arlene.archer@uct.ac.za e-mail: arlene.archer@uct.ac.za bulky size and shape of the bar does give more visual weight to the argument than a single point would and the wide spacing between the bars creates a clear distinction between the different groups. figure . extract from a phd thesis in medical virology in the health sciences as a counterpoint to these ‘safe’ representational choices, it is worth thinking about information graphics which are composed somewhat differently. by calling his book information is beautiful, mccandless ( ) draws overt attention to the ‘aesthetic’ potential of information graphics. there are design choices to be made here in terms of size, shape, colour, and composition in order to represent an argument to a particular audience in the most apt way. the representation in figure is also a comparison. mccandless compares tons of carbon emitted annually and uses iconic shapes for comparison rather than rectangular ones. however, these shapes have not been scaled to size, indicating a rhetorical decision rather than a statistical one. because the representation is organized in spatial rather than linear terms, one could tell many stories from the information, not necessarily in any particular order. however, by placing the tree in the upper left corner, the relationship of it to the other mailto:arlene.archer@uct.ac.za e-mail: arlene.archer@uct.ac.za figure . tonnes of carbon emitted annually (mccandless , ) reproduced with permission from david mccandless (c) . categories or objects is encouraged. the choice of items to compare (individual house, car, air travel and large human) reflects the argument which the author wishes to make, namely that individual and excessive consumption cause carbon emissions and have a harmful effect on the environment. whilst recognizing that this information graphic is embedded in particular socio-political discourses and realized in journalistic genres, it is useful in mailto:arlene.archer@uct.ac.za e-mail: arlene.archer@uct.ac.za demonstrating a different kind of authorial agency and power-differential than the student- produced graphic. the representational choices made here may not be appropriate in an academic environment, whereas they may function well in the social domain where form and readability need not be as closely aligned. how and why people choose to represent from a range of options points to the notion of design; the process of giving shape to the interests of the sign-maker for an assumed audience using the available semiotic resources (bezemer and kress : ). these choices are always expressions of ideology and power – what choices were made and for what purposes? multimodal classroom discourse as sign production, reception and transformation, can thus be understood as student’s active engagement with the semiotic resources available to them at a particular moment in a specific socio-cultural context (kress ). bearing this in mind, i will now focus on exploring some ways of designing multimodal classrooms for social justice, looking at examples from different educational sites in south africa. the examples refer to a number of contexts in higher education and a high school poetry project, yet the principles could be applied to classrooms in other contexts, spanning different age ranges. burring boundaries between domains. one way of creating more semiotically open classrooms is to set tasks that work across disciplines and defined domains of knowledge, as well as across a range of modes, media and genres. bernstein ( ) points out that power is maintained and relayed through the creation of boundaries between practices, and it is often in ‘mixed’ forms where power is played out. questioning or reinterpreting some standard generic conventions can signal an encounter of diverse knowledges and differently organized social worlds. an interesting example of this kind of blurring of boundaries between disciplinary, professional, private and public domains is a project in a fourth year pharmacology course (weiss, forthcoming). in the project, students produce a pamphlet or other health promotion materials, get feedback from a patient and write a reflective critique on the process, including their design, content and ethical considerations. the aim is to enable medical students to learn how to adapt and personalize clinical information for individual patients from diverse educational, language, economic and socio-cultural backgrounds. producing health promotion materials requires students to draw on resources from a range of domains, mailto:arlene.archer@uct.ac.za e-mail: arlene.archer@uct.ac.za including clinical environments which provide access to academic knowledge about disease as well as professional environments that construct ‘ways of being a doctor’. weiss argues that a social semiotic analysis of the student-produced texts is useful to identify underlying assumptions (in this case, assumptions about sexual behaviour). recognizing these assumptions is important in order to feed back into the design of the medical curriculum. she looks at how the student pamphlets on contraception construct views on reproductive responsibility, male-female relationships, doctor-patient relationships, disease, morality. this is done by pushing the boundaries of the pamphlet genre which is realized through images, layout, writing, as well as ‘interactivity’. for example, one pamphlet requires the reader to ‘unbuckle the belt’ in order to open the pamphlet, which has a tag on the front, ‘ready for sex?’ these views on contraception often co-exist alongside contemporary discourses of the market place. the students thus draw on semiotic and discursive resources in professional, private and public domains for meaning-making. in the above project, recognition is linked to development and ‘transformed practice’ (new london group ). student resources are validated and are used to provide access to the professional discourses valued in academic educational contexts as well as the medical profession. weiss argues that the process of ‘conscious design’ within a framework of social semiotics represents a way of developing patient-centered communication practices amongst medical students, as well as preparing the students for the challenges of a multicultural and socially diverse working environment. we can see that this multimodal classroom stresses the making and production of meaning, rather than the acquisition of received knowledge or critique of received knowledge. fundamental to the notion of multimodality employed in a social justice agenda is the concept of transformation, that meaning-making does not so much involve use of a system, as the transformation of available resources. harnessing students’ resources in designing multimodal classrooms for access and social justice, the discourse and knowledge of the discipline should be made available, whilst students’ resources are simultaneously utilized and validated. projects are not simply springboards for students, but are a serious interrogation and utilization of students’ representational resources. this enables a shift in power relations in the classroom from top-down imposition to negotiation and discussion. also, discursive and generic conventions are brought into focus in order to show mailto:arlene.archer@uct.ac.za e-mail: arlene.archer@uct.ac.za what kinds of social situations produce them, and what the meanings of these social situations are. only resources which are visible can become available as elements in conscious design processes. in this way, different ways of thinking and practice in representation become available as resources for students and there is an expansion of the repertoire of resources in order to create semiotically open classrooms. this includes multilingualism, indigenous and local cultural and semiotic practices. some of my own work explores ways of harnessing students’ resources in different disciplinary sites in higher education. i have looked at ways of establishing a dialogue between less regulated spaces in the curriculum and the texts that emerge from them, and the more regulated genres of the curriculum so that students’ representational resources can be utilized in innovative ways. an example of this is a symbolic object project in a first year communication course in an engineering foundation programme. in the project, students identify everyday objects that have symbolic meanings and examine these in a range of physical, cultural and communicational contexts. the aim of this pedagogical intervention was to use objects and symbolism in order to engage with questions of diversity and identity. objects are seen as a way of eliciting student narratives, exploring dynamic and conflicting cultural practices, highlighting notions of change and focusing on recontextualization of meaning in new contexts (archer ). the objects the students identified were often aspirational like a microwave in a community without electricity, and the steps at jameson hall, a popular place to hang out on our campus, but also the place where you graduate. various religious objects were identified, and a number of animals, including a goat and the rituals around slaughtering. many of these objects indexed change in one way or another, and highlighted shifts and contradictions in certain cultural practices. for instance, beer in south african society has different meanings for different contexts. according to the students, it highlights issues of generation, class, cultural groupings, economics and crime. in terms of generational aspects, traditional beer is not drunk by young people because it symbolises ‘manhood’. on the other hand, ‘modern’ beer is drunk more by young people. the students highlighted that beer drinking culture differs across groups in our society: whites drink beer to celebrate something … black people especially the zulus, use beer (traditional beer) when they have feasts ... to communicate with their ancestors. mailto:arlene.archer@uct.ac.za e-mail: arlene.archer@uct.ac.za this example shows how a project like the symbolic object intervention could draw on students’ socio-cultural resources in order to raise questions around diversity and identity in the classroom. the students produced a short research project around these issues, drawing on multimodal semiotic resources to do so. by advocating a curriculum that sets up a dialogue with students’ resources in order to ‘harnesses’ them, i do not mean simply using these resources, but encouraging students to critically interrogate them. i have examined the ways in which the resources used in less regulated curriculum spaces can be utilized in more formal, high-stakes assessment curriculum tasks, and looked at how underlying systems of classification transfer across contexts, for instance from the ‘mythical’ to the ‘scientific’ where part-whole structures and transformative processes operate (see archer for an argument that mystical knowledge may have the same function as science in particular communities, as both are about constructing relations between elements in the natural world). the notions of convention and change that a pedagogical intervention such as the symbolic object project raises are important to explore. ‘change’ need not necessarily mean ‘loss’, but needs to be conceived of as additive. we need to be aware of and respect cultural norms and values, but at the same time, begin to look at these critically and with constructive lenses. developing metalanguages of reflection in order to development an environment of recognition, it is useful to be able to theorize and understand resources using a metalanguage. a metalanguage can “identify and explain difference between texts, and relate these to the contexts of culture and situation in which they seem to work” (nlg , ). metalanguages are thus important in achieving conscious awareness of the nature of the resources being used and for this reason, they can feed into assessment criteria. however, complex metalanguages can be daunting for many students and could hinder rather than enhance the learning experience. thesen ( ) suggests that rather than propose an entirely new vocabulary and new ways of understanding the world, a metalanguage should serve as “an index of discourse – ways of verbalising what you know in relation to other ways of knowing” ( ). in a study on technical drawing in a civil engineering diploma, simpson (forthcoming) stages a two part argument involving metalanguage and access. he argues that the semiotic domain mailto:arlene.archer@uct.ac.za e-mail: arlene.archer@uct.ac.za of civil engineering drawing is particularly stable, and thus governed by sometimes invisible rules and conventions. some students may be less familiar with these ‘taken-for-granted’ ways of drawing than others, which could disadvantage them in the classroom. firstly, he identifies and makes explicit key resources which are used in drawing, including line thickness, line continuity, the type of lead used, conventions governing the representation of particular materials such as screed or concrete or stone. secondly, he develops a way of talking about drawing in order to highlight the often unconscious norms and conventions that students become socialized into. this includes aspects like modality or the credibility of the drawing which he defines in terms of criterial partiality, composition, framing and abstraction. it also includes conventional practices such as labelling, dimensioning, framing and accuracy. here, the metalanguage developed provides a way of making explicit the norms and conventions operating in the tightly regulated domain of engineering drawing. this may be useful in enabling student access into this domain. i have argued elsewhere (archer ) that we need to expand the notion of a ‘metalanguage’ to that of ‘metaforms’. by ‘metaform’, i refer to a means of description and analysis that can work across modes. although it is more common to use the written mode to reflect on the visual, it is possible for an image to reflect on another image or on writing (as in satirical cartoons and various kinds of culture jamming). using these kinds of ‘metaforms’ for reflection in the classroom could ignite critical thought and dialogue. teaching students how to do textual analysis can draw attention to social boundaries and inequality. textual analysis enables access to understanding and debunking of dominant discourses, rather than seeing these as fixed and natural. texts reflect and recycle different discourses. some of these discourses may complement each other, and others may compete with each other or represent conflicting interests or ideologies. this is bakhtin’s ( ) notion of dialogism, the recognition of the polyvocality of any sign. in culture jamming, for example, the tension between these competing discourses is foregrounded in order to pass critical commentary on a social issue. multimodal classrooms can open up spaces for interrogating which texts are valued and why, thus highlighting relations of power. creating less regulated curriculum spaces in designing multimodal classrooms for social justice, it is important to include less regulated spaces in order to increase students’ choices and allow scope for reflection. these include mailto:arlene.archer@uct.ac.za e-mail: arlene.archer@uct.ac.za physical as well as virtual spaces, such as online chats. in these spaces, students can experiment with multimodal representation, draw on a range of discourses and employ humour or irony. they can draw on primary discourses as well as secondary discourses to create metalanguages to make sense of the curriculum. by way of illustrating the power of these less regulated spaces, i will briefly look at a project which drew on african popular culture to revitalize the poetry curriculum at a high school in soweto (newfield and maugedzo ). newfield’s work on language and literacy and literature education in south africa has combined multimodal classroom and textual practices with social justice education. the mainstream approach to the teaching and learning of poetry in south africa is ‘analysis’. in this project, newfield and maugedzo shifted the curriculum focus from analysis to composition, which enabled the students to produce poetry in different ways – as a spoken form, as performance, and even as embroidered cloth. changing the audience, meant the students could write poetry to friends, and, finally, even produce an alternative poetry anthology to the school anthology. it was the ‘freeing up’ of poetry in a low stakes informal environment using multimodal means that made this particular pedagogical intervention such a success. here hegemonic language and pedagogic practices were challenged, whilst simultaneously providing access to dominant language practices. this example illustrates how less regulated curriculum spaces can enable students to draw on and experiment with a range of genres and modes. this can open up opportunities for exchange of cultural and personal knowledge, and create opportunities for students who may have been marginalized in the classroom to find a legitimate voice. challenges in designing multimodal classrooms although there are many instances of multimodal pedagogical interventions and research projects that have resulted in social change, i would also like to sound a cautionary note. for instance, when some student teachers at a south african university were asked how they would employ the ideas around multimodal pedagogies in the classroom, they evidenced confusion around underlying notions of culture. for instance, the following ‘learning outcomes’ were listed by one student teacher for an activity around symbolic objects in the classroom: • the learners will be able to use materials and objects to show how they have grown/changed. mailto:arlene.archer@uct.ac.za e-mail: arlene.archer@uct.ac.za • learners will be able to identify different clothes for different cultures. these are very different orders of outcome revealing conflicting views on culture. the first outcome is about culture as change, and the second about culture as stasis. the notion of culture as static and not about change and flux was common amongst this group of student teachers and is reflected in the following statement: this classroom activity can be introduced by asking learners to tell us more about their cultures. they can also wear different cultural clothes on a certain day, to learn more about cultural differences. so that they can appreciate the diversity of culture. they can also bring different food used in their cultures. the tragedy of this proposed classroom activity is that it lapses into a crude multiculturalism where clothes and food signify ‘culture’ which is seen as having distinct boundaries. even if student-teachers ostensibly talked of culture as a ‘resource’ (thornton ), rather than as a ‘thing’, their thinking often lapsed into basic forms of compartmentalization, essentialism and stereotyping, which has proved to be so dangerous in our past history. i think what this exercise revealed to me is how carefully this subject matter needs to be handled in the classroom, and also, how deeply entrenched stereotypical thinking is in south african society which continues to be polarized. it is clear that simply including a range of modes and text types in the curriculum, does not necessarily enable student access. this kind of ‘mode determinism’ could lead to instrumentalism and the kind of crude multiculturalism demonstrated above. it is worth noting that the classroom is always multimodal. what i am proposing here is a broader social semiotic approach that sees modes in a particular way. i am not proposing that the use of different modes necessarily generates the ideological and epistemological shifts in the classroom. it is not the broadening out of modes that has these effects, but rather the deeper ideological issues that underpin their uses in these ways. other challenges could include harnessing the energy and emotions that are sometimes unleashed in these kinds of less regulated spaces. for instance, in stein’s ( ) olifantsvlei fresh stories project the children gave horrifying accounts of violent incidents from the impoverished, politicized and violent environments in which they lived. containing and framing those experiences is vital for students to process them both individually and collectively. this is important in terms of recognizing and harnessing students’ resources in order to ultimately produce critical and humane citizens. mailto:arlene.archer@uct.ac.za e-mail: arlene.archer@uct.ac.za final comments this paper has reflected on ways of designing multimodal classrooms in relation to power and social justice. i have argued for the importance of this as there is still differential access to economic, educational and cultural resources in our society and institutional discursive practices in education can serve to exclude particular groups. my main argument is that we need to see recognition in relation to access in the broadest sense and not just access to existing norms. if we understand recognition as simply noticing or theorizing resources, this runs the risk of institutionalizing situated practice. while it is educationally sound to validate local practices and resources, access to dominant practices has to be provided at the same time (janks ). thinking of classroom discourse as socio-historically situated, draws attention to the contested nature of dominant conventions. of particular interest in terms of social justice is the extent to which we can create unregulated spaces in order to enable a range of student resources to emerge, as well as the ways in which we can enable access to dominant forms in multimodal ways. equally important, is the development and use of accessible metalanguages of “reflective generalization that describe the form, content and function of the discourses of practice” (new london group : ) to enable students to discuss and critique texts across contexts. the interventions described in this paper acknowledge “learners as agentive, resourceful and creative meaning-makers” (stein and newfield : ). they place a strong emphasis on student ‘interest’ and agency. classrooms which both draw on and validate students’ practices, resources and discourses are invaluable, as they enable students to interrogate their past situations and aspirations, to reflect on dominant norms and practices, whilst providing access to these at the same time. references archer, a. . writing as design. enabling access to academic discourse in a multimodal environment. south african journal of higher education , : – . archer, a. . shamanism and science: reciprocal curriculum as transformative. education as change. , . – . mailto:arlene.archer@uct.ac.za e-mail: arlene.archer@uct.ac.za archer, a. . ‘no goats in the mother city’: using symbolic objects to help students talk about diversity and change. english in education , : – . archer, a. . a multimodal approach to academic ‘literacies’: problematizing the visual/verbal divide. language and education , : – . bakhtin, m. . discourse in the novel. (m. holquist ed. and trans). the dialogic imagination. four essays by m. bakhtin. austin: university of texas press. bernstein, b. . pedagogy, symbolic control and identity. theory, research, critique. london: taylor and francis. bezemer, j. and kress, g. . writing in multimodal texts. a social semiotic account of designs for learning. written communication , : – . harrop-allin, s. . playing with barbie: exploring south african township children’s games as resources for pedagogy. in l. green. (ed.) learning, teaching and musical identity: voices across cultures. bloomington: university of indiana press. – . janks, h. . domination, access, diversity and design: a synthesis for critical literacy education. educational review , : – . mccandless, d. . information is beautiful. london: collins. newfield, d. . multimodality, social justice and becoming a really south african democracy: case studies from language classrooms. in social justice language teacher education, ed. m. hawkins. – . bristol, uk: multilingual matters. – . newfield, d. and maungedzo, r. . moblising and modalising poetry in a soweto classroom. english studies in africa , : - . mailto:arlene.archer@uct.ac.za e-mail: arlene.archer@uct.ac.za new london group. . a pedagogy of multiliteracies: designing social futures. in multiliteracies. literacy learning and the design of social futures, eds b. cope and m. kalantzis. london and new york: routledge. simpson, z. (forthcoming) resources, representation and regulation in civil engineering drawing: an autoethnographic perspective. in multimodal approaches to research and pedagogy: recognition, resources and access, eds. a. archer and d. newfield. routledge. stein, p. . multimodal pedagogies in diverse classrooms, representation, right and resources. london, new york: routledge. stein, p. and newfield, d. . multiliteracies and multimodality in english in education in africa: mapping the terrain. english studies in africa . : – . thesen, l. . modes, literacies and power: a university case study. in language and education , and . – . thesen, l. . breaking the frame: lectures, ritual and academic literacies. journal of applied linguistics , : – . thornton, r. . culture: a contemporary definition. in the uses and abuses of political concepts, eds. e. boonzaier and j. sharp. cape town and johannesburg: david phillip. weiss, r. (forthcoming). multimodality and medicine. in multimodal approaches to research and pedagogy: recognition, resources and access, eds. a. archer and d. newfield. routledge. mailto:arlene.archer@uct.ac.za uar .qxd minority empowerment and environmental justice stefanie chambers trinity college, hartford, connecticut in hartford, connecticut, environmental health problems disproportionately affect poor and minority residents of the city. minority group activists in hartford have created a multiracial organization composed of urban and sub- urban residents to fight for environmental justice. the organization has achieved a measure of success in terms of governmental responsiveness to their concerns. this article highlights the strategies used by the organization to advance its interests. these strategies are framed within the minority empowerment and environmental justice literature to develop a theoretical explanation for the organization’s success. additionally, this article provides a model for other communities fighting for environmental justice. keywords: environmental justice; minority empowerment; public health the hartford environmental justice network (hejn) is an organizationcomprised largely of minorities from impoverished neighborhoods in hartford, connecticut. the initial formation of hejn stemmed from com- munity concerns about the negative effects of industrial facilities sited near residential areas. an additional catalyst and a continuing focus for the orga- nization is the perception that racial minorities and low-income residents of hartford are disproportionately burdened by the negative environmental and health consequences of industrial facilities. today, the organization includes approximately , individual grassroots members as well as approximately member organizations. hejn is now a powerful and active organization that has attracted the attention and respect of other stakeholders including local, state, and federal government officials. through an examination of hejn’s organizational structure and strate- gies, this article presents a case study of a successful minority-led, yet mul- tiracial environmental organization. success is operationalized in this study as the organization’s ability to achieve a response by public officials to the issues on hejn’s agenda. a key determinant of success is the ability of the urban affairs review volume number september - © sage publications . / http://uar.sagepub.com hosted at http://online.sagepub.com author’s note: i would like to thank diana evans, jerry watts, the uar editors, and several anonymous reviewers for their helpful comments. distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com group to maintain an ongoing organizational structure that continuously pushes for environmental policies that benefit the community. to accom- plish this, the group utilizes a combination of strategies including main- taining a racially and ethnically diverse membership, providing members with technical training, building coalitions with existing community orga- nizations in the greater hartford area, fostering leadership skills among members, and moving toward institutionalized forms of political participa- tion now that they are viewed as legitimate actors in the policy arena. these tactics have not only made hejn effective, but have also mobilized members in unique ways and led to considerable minority empowerment. by examining the organizational structure and strategies of a multiracial environmental justice group, this case study builds upon the minority empowerment and environmental justice literature by providing a model of a stable multiracial coalition that achieves policy responsiveness. in the sections that follow, i first present an overview of the relevant environmental justice and minority empowerment literature. the next sec- tion provides an overview of hartford demographics and the environmen- tal challenges faced by the greater hartford region. i then discuss the creation of hejn and their policy focus, followed by a section on the pol- icy responsiveness achieved by the organization. next, i outline the organi- zational strategy used by the organization to maintain sustained mobilization. the final section reconnects the environmental justice and minority empow- erment literature to the hejn model: a sustained multiracial coalition in the environmental justice policy arena. literature review: environmental justice and minority empowerment scholars of minority empowerment examine the ways in which minor- ity political participation can become more effective and institutionalized (bobo and gilliam ; browning, marshall, and tabb , ; eisinger ; fung ). however, most of the minority empowerment literature focuses on protest and electoral strategies that contribute to the political incorporation of minorities into the political structures of their communities. environmental justice groups, by contrast, are concerned with electoral outcomes as a strategy for affecting environmental policy. although they frequently participate in protest activities to advance their short-term agenda, their larger goals are more comprehensive: they seek to influence the policy process long-term and overcome their own marginaliza- tion in the political system. this study explores the nonelectoral strategies chambers / minority empowerment and environmental justice distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com and organizational structure of a multiracial environmental justice organi- zation to gain insight into how such organizations can maintain coalitional stability and achieve long-term policy goals. neither the minority empow- erment nor the environmental justice literature indicates how these things could occur. examining hejn in this light provides instructive findings for similar organizations and makes an important contribution to these two bodies of scholarship. the environmental justice literature offers many examples of successful struggles for environmental justice by poor people and minorities (bullard , , ; bullard and johnson ; capek ; checker ; mohai and bryant ; taylor ). survey research documents the fact that blacks (and other minority groups) share with whites a deep concern about the environment (bullard, warren, and johnson ; jones ; taylor ; mohai ). the only difference is that blacks express greater concern with pollution in neighborhoods and other aspects of local environmental quality. it is this difference that makes blacks more likely to engage in the environmental justice movement. although the environmental justice scholarship is best known for provid- ing case studies of specific mobilization by coalitions that rise and fall with a given issue, there are also theoretical models for ongoing environmental jus- tice activism within this research. one case study, by anthropologist melissa checker ( ), examines how a multiethnic group in brooklyn, new york, mobilized around environmental justice in their city by creating a shared identity focused primarily on discrimination while retaining rich ethnic diver- sity among group members. in another theoretical model, dorchetta taylor ( , ) argues that to increase black environmental activism, several pre- requisites must be met including group solidarity, resources (money, knowl- edge, morale), and psychological factors (ideology and discontent). even with these important studies, it is unclear whether long-term environmental activism will occur or whether responsive governmental policies will result from this activism. nevertheless, in commenting on the environmental justice literature, robert bullard ( , ) points out, “very little is known about . . . the factors that propel or impede black mobilization against environmental threats. this article builds upon the existing literature by demonstrating how a multiracial environmental justice organization can maintain institutional stability, particularly by uniting city and suburban residents, to achieve policy objectives. within the minority empowerment literature, rufus p. browning, dale rogers marshall, and david h. tabb (bmt) ( ) create a theoretical framework that is useful for examining how multiracial coalitions can urban affairs review distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com chambers / minority empowerment and environmental justice advance minority interests. in fact, their findings with regard to multiracial coalitions are relevant to the experiences of hejn. the authors identify ways that minorities can become a significant political force and achieve substantive gains from local government. by examining the struggles for political access and responsive policies of minority groups in california cities, they find that mobilization (protest, electoral participation, or a combination of the two) can lead to minority political incorporation in city government (elective or appointed positions), and ultimately policies that are responsive to minority concerns. however, policy responsiveness to the interests of the minority community is the ultimate measure of suc- cess because the minority community is affected by policy decisions. the authors also argue that biracial or multiracial coalitions are a way for blacks and latinos to gain political power provided that group resources and other conditions are favorable. these group resources and conditions include factors such as group size, concentration, cohesion, and organizational strength. bmt also argue that mobilization of resources alone is not usually enough to propel minority groups into political power, but that to achieve success, minorities need to acquire the support of other minorities and/or liberal whites. in other words, biracial or multiracial coalitions are a way for blacks and latinos to gain political power and policy responsiveness. at the same time that bmt place emphasis on multiracial coalitions, other scholars argue that these coalitions frequently encounter problems in terms of coalitional stability (deleon ; hero and clarke ; mollenkopf ; orr ; owens and rich ; perry ; pinderhughes ). these coalitions are often short-lived; even in situations where minorities are able to elect minority mayors, the mayors often face fiscal situations that force them to turn their back on minority interests in favor of business interests. furthermore, even in nonelectoral situations, multiracial coalitions are often limited because racial groups have different overall interests that frequently interfere with overarching and stable coalitions. another relevant finding from the bmt framework is the idea that action by the federal government has the potential to enhance the impact of minority political empowerment ( , ). specifically, bmt examined federal social programs from the s aimed at eradicating poverty in urban areas. minority respondents in their study indicated that these federal programs provided more opportunities for minority mobilization, minority incorporation in the policy process, and policies that reflected the interests of the minority populations. distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com the notion that federal intervention helps to advance the interests of minority groups is apparent if we look at both federal antipoverty programs and civil rights legislation, as do bmt. action by the federal government is typically the result of intense pressure by the oppressed group. one need only to think of the civil rights movement and the enforcement of voting rights for an example. this is not to say that the federal government is always sympathetic to the situation of racial and ethnic minorities, but that social movements in the united states have frequently established the objective of changing federal policy to reach the ideals of democratic inclu- sion. at times, this has meant pushing for the fulfillment of constitutional rights such as the right to vote. at other times, it has meant convincing pol- icy makers to enact laws to guarantee equal treatment of an oppressed group. executive orders and laws dealing with affirmative action or envi- ronmental equality fall under this category. archon fung ( ), another contributor to the minority empowerment literature, argues that democratic participation not only empowers minori- ties, but also makes public institutions more effective and capable of pro- ducing social change. more important, he believes that democracy requires individuals to “have substantial and equal opportunities to participate directly in decisions that affect them” ( , ). by examining the ways in which community members in several chicago neighborhoods united to create more effective schools and to reduce crime, he demonstrates that when previously disempowered groups organize they can become players in the policy process and make municipal agencies more effective. his research also suggests that without the democratic empowerment of under- represented groups, municipal governments are less effective and useful for minorities. the common themes present in both the environmental justice and minority empowerment literature provide an ideal theoretical backdrop to an analysis of hejn and the organization’s ability to create a sustainable and multiracial organization. both bodies of scholarship discuss the impor- tance of group resources (such as size, cohesion, solidarity, organizational strength) and racial/ethnic diversity as factors for success. it is also clear that shared experiences, particularly as they relate to group marginalization, help mobilize groups to take action. at the same time that the literature in these fields provides some direction for organizational success, we are left with a dilemma: how can effective minority coalitions be sustained over time? this study presents the organizational strategies used by an environ- mental justice organization to create a sustained organization that achieves policy responsiveness. urban affairs review distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com hartford: diversity and environmental challenges formerly known as the insurance capitol of the world, hartford is attempt- ing to recast its image as “new england’s rising star.” despite this slogan and some recent high-profile development projects in the core downtown area, the city continues to struggle. in , the new york times character- ized hartford as “the most destitute square miles in the nation’s wealthi- est state” because of racial isolation and poverty within hartford as compared to the city’s suburbs (zielbauer, , a ). since the late s, this capitol city has struggled as insurance companies moved to suburbs or outside the state and as the region experienced a decline in defense industry production. within the city’s . square miles there are approximately , resi- dents. for the past years, the non-hispanic white population in the city has been steadily decreasing. in the past decade, there has been a % decline among these residents. according to the u.s. census, the largest racial/ethnic groups in the city are hispanics ( %), followed by blacks ( %). interestingly, hartford’s hispanics are overwhelmingly puerto rican ( %), and among blacks, one in four is of west indian descent. poverty has been a persistent problem in hartford. in , a staggering % of city residents lived in poverty for part of the year (kuzyk , ). this figure makes hartford the poorest city in the state. another indicator of poverty is the percentage of students eligible for free school lunches. in , . % of hartford’s public school students were eligible for this program, in comparison to % of students statewide. the u.s. census reported the median household income in hartford in at $ , , which was approximately half of the median household income among the city’s inner ring suburbs. hartford also has the lowest home ownership rate in the nation at . %, compared to the statewide average of % ( u.s. census). hartford is not the only city in connecticut facing challenges. the u.s. census revealed that although the state is one of the wealthiest in the nation, it also includes some of the nation’s poorest cities such as hartford, bridgeport, new haven, and waterbury. at the same time, these impoverished cities are also home to the state’s most polluted sites. the toxics map in figure illustrates the strong relationship between minority communities and the location of toxic pollutants and waste in the state. areas with the highest concentration of toxins happen to be located in connecticut’s poorest cities where large numbers of minority residents live. these findings are not unusual. many scholars have identi- fied a correlation between communities of color and the location of haz- ardous waste facilities (bullard and wright ; myers ; walker, chambers / minority empowerment and environmental justice distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com urban affairs review mays, and warren ; wright ). figure also reflects the research by timothy black and john a. stewart ( ) on the concentration of regional waste disposal incinerators and landfills in the state of connecticut. black and stewart found that these facilities tend to be near neighborhoods with higher concentrations of poor and minority residents. in fact, when they controlled for other factors, race and ethnicity remained the single best predictor of siting decisions in the state. although there has not been a comprehensive study of hartford regard- ing whether minorities bear a disproportionate burden of environmental haz- ards, given the large number of minorities in the city and the numerous toxic industrial facilities located near predominately minority neighborhoods, it is quite likely that hartford mirrors the findings of black and stewart. indeed, the areas of hartford with the greatest concentration of environmentally haz- ardous facilities are located within minority neighborhoods. these facilities figure toxics map source: department of environmental protection and u.s. census distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com chambers / minority empowerment and environmental justice include a trash to energy plant and a regional landfill that serve the trash disposal needs of approximately neighboring towns—most of which have far lower percentages of minority residents than does hartford. hejn: origins and policy focus mobilization of hartford’s minority community around environmental justice began in the early s when one chane, one of hartford’s north end neighborhood organizations, initiated protests against a local landfill. this landfill is located in the north end of hartford in a predomi- nately black and impoverished neighborhood. it was not the fact that it was located in this community per se that convinced people to fight the landfill. rather, it was the rising rate of health problems of local residents, who became convinced that there was a relationship between their declining health and the odors from the landfill. as one resident commented, the smell was awful. birds were dropping from the sky and dogs were dying. people were getting sick. we knew it was from the landfill (activist interview, february , ). concerned community members reported the situation to the city health department. the health commissioner at the time, an african-american public health physician named mark mitchell, became convinced that the gasses emitted from the landfill were related to the complaints of local res- idents. dr. mitchell explained: i started getting involved due to the complaints about the odors at the land- fill. the landfill operator, connecticut resources recovery authority (crra), and the dep (connecticut department of environmental protection) were unresponsive. i knew that a well run landfill should not have odors and i knew that dep and the city had enforcement power over the landfill (presi- dent of hejn, interview, march , ). dr. mitchell merged his scientific training and his concern for the health of north hartford residents with his understanding of the legal oversight of the landfill. since , the landfill has been operated by the crra, a quasi-governmental organization. the city’s contract with crra for trash disposal includes no date for the closure of the landfill, no requirements for negotiating trash disposal agreements with other cities and states, and vague language on the health and safety regulations for the landfill. as one distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com community activist explained, these made it impossible for local residents to influence a policy with enormous health ramifications, and prompted dr. mitchell to begin to address the problem (activist interview, march , ). dr. mitchell began to work closely with the minority community to pressure crra and the city of hartford to hold crra more accountable for their practices; as a result, he was forced to resign in as the city’s health commissioner (activist interview, march , ; hartford’s environmental public health educator, interview, april , ). dr. mitchell subsequently established mitchell health consultants, an organization that wrote grants to fund local environmental justice efforts. one chane began working with mitchell health consultants in to close the landfill. in , one chane filed a federal lawsuit, claiming that the current landfill arrangements violated title vi of the civil rights act by virtue of the burden it placed on the minority community. that same year, one chane formed a coalition with the national association for the advancement of colored people (naacp) legal defense fund, the nrdc (natural resource defense council), and the connecticut fund for the environment; the coalition accused crra of environmental racism as evidenced by the siting of environmentally risky facilities in predominately african-american communities (activist interview, february , ). as a result of mounting pressure, crra initiated a major cleanup effort of the landfill to eliminate odors and resolve the disputes that were beginning to tarnish its reputation. by the end of the organization had spent roughly $ million to clean up the landfill (activist interview, february , , b). in , one chane and crra negotiated an agreement whereby one chane would stop protesting the landfill in exchange for the cleanup of the landfill. members of one chane used traditional strategies and practices to protest the landfill. during , members staged protests outside of crra’s headquarters, held marches that attracted media attention, and conducted door-to-door recruitment of neighborhood residents. interestingly, the strategy adopted by one chane, with the help of dr. mitchell, was to emphasize the odors of the landfill as the primary focus of their protests. many residents were concerned with increases in cancer and other health ailments. because these health problems would have been difficult to link directly to the landfill, the odor issue was emphasized. this was a wise choice given that the odor issue was ultimately resolved. this choice also reflects the “symbolic framing” that stella capek ( ) identifies in her work as a key to environmental justice organizing among people who do not possess scientific knowledge. urban affairs review distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com in , dr. mitchell founded the hejn which adopted a broader agenda than that originally pursued by one chane. from its inception, this organization has been devoted to protecting urban environments in connecticut through educating our community, through promoting changes in state policy, and through promoting individual, corporate, and governmental responsibility towards our environment (hejn mission statement). although one of the organization’s primary goals is improving air qual- ity in the city, it is also concerned with all siting decisions that place an undue burden on communities of color. the organization is composed of about member organizations, has approximately , individual members, and is roughly % minority (president of hejn, interview, march , ). building coalitions between groups is common among environ- mental justice groups. hejn followed this strategy by creating an initial organization and then tapping into existing organizations to recruit repre- sentatives from other groups. this method was used so that the original organization would possess the capacity to exist independently as it brought in new groups with a similar interest in environmental justice. hejn relies on financial support from local and national foundations and small contri- butions from members. one noteworthy difference between hejn and other multiracial environ- mental justice organizations is that the organization is not ad hoc. hejn has been a sustained force in hartford’s environmental justice activism since . other studies of multiracial environmental justice coalitions show that these organizations typically rise and fall around a particular issue (capek ). environmental justice scholars have documented the success of a multiracial environmental justice group in alabama, which succeeded in closing down a hazardous waste landfill (bailey and faupel ). mark moberg ( ) also found that a different multiracial environmental justice organization in mobile, alabama, was able to prevent the construction of a hazardous phenol plant in the area. in that case, upper class whites began working with african-americans when their attempts to prevent the build- ing of the plant failed. as a secondary strategy, they decided to reach out to african-americans so they could file an environmental racism claim. again, the key to these and other studies of multiracial environmental justice orga- nizations is that they are frequently ad hoc groups in the sense that once the issue at hand is resolved, they dissolve. this is especially the case when the organization begins as a white-dominated organization, as seen chambers / minority empowerment and environmental justice distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com in the mobile case. hejn does not suffer from this weakness. on the con- trary, it has been able to maintain a solid minority base. achieving policy responsiveness like one chane, hejn initially engaged in protest tactics to advance its interests. the use of slogans such as “hartford is the region’s dumping ground” and “we have the highest rates of asthma” were utilized to raise awareness and interest in hejn’s mission (activist interview, february , ). protests have been staged outside of city council meetings to push for recognition of issues such as what has been called the “asthma emergency.” hejn has also protested at landfills and at the headquarters of companies that are engaged in environmentally haz- ardous activities. their use of semantics is similar to the original use of the term environmental racism by dr. ben chavis of the united church of christ in (crj ). in both situations, the terminology res- onated with the public, who were then moved to action. however, hejn quickly moved from traditional protest strategies to more institutionalized forms of political participation, including lobbying the city council and the connecticut state legislature on issues dealing with connecticut’s landfills, closing the coal-burning power plants in the state, and reducing diesel school bus emissions in the state. electoral strategy during interviews, hejn members elaborated on the organization’s pri- mary accomplishments. one of the group’s earliest electoral accomplish- ments was its role in the election of elizabeth horton sheff to the hartford city council. horton sheff, an african-american woman, was a green party representative with a strong commitment to environmental jus- tice. members of hejn reported that they actively participated in her cam- paign and ultimate election. horton sheff has been extraordinarily responsive to the interests of hejn. lobbying for policy change another accomplishment was the “asthma emergency” declared by the city council in . members of hejn lobbied members of the city coun- cil for roughly three years prior to this declaration. the asthma emergency urban affairs review distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com chambers / minority empowerment and environmental justice has raised awareness of the problem and contributed to the commitment on the part of the city’s health department to improve environmental quality and public health with regard to respiratory illness (activist interview, february , ). the election of horton sheff solidified the passage of the asthma emergency because she cosponsored the resolution on the city council (hall ). in addition to lobbying for the asthma emergency, hejn lobbied the city health department to hire an environmental health educator. in response, according to activist interviews, the city did so in . the creation of this position was a milestone because it was the first time that the city had des- ignated a specific individual to deal with the issue of environmental justice for the people of hartford (hartford’s environmental public health educator, interview, april , ). in interviews, all members of hejn reported a good working relationship with this city employee. the environmental health educator has been very responsive to the community and worked with community members to gain more political power in the city (activist interview, february , ). in , the organization also succeeded in convincing the city council to reject a proposal that would have allowed a medical waste facility to locate in the city. had the facility opened, the company would have shred- ded medical waste and sterilized the remaining waste, something that would have been hazardous to the health of city residents (mason ). the success in preventing this facility from opening was the result of protests at the offices of the company that wanted to open the waste facil- ity and lobbying efforts with the city council (activist interview, february , ). interestingly, horton sheff, the newly elected city council member, played a key role in this decision. members of hejn provided her with the necessary research to persuade a majority on the city council to change their minds and vote against permitting the medical waste facility to locate in hartford (president of hejn, interview, june , ). finally, one of the most recent accomplishments according to members and nonmembers of hejn, was the city’s agreement to renegotiate their contract with crra. hejn members lobbied since the inception of the group to amend the contract with the landfill operator. ultimately, in , they pressured the city council to renegotiate their contract with crra, a contract that previously included no expiration date, as well as a gag rule on city employees (elected and appointed), which prevented them from opposing crra facilities and services (activist interview, march , ; activist interview, march , ). distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com statewide focus the stability of the organization has allowed for it to expand its focus statewide. efforts are now under way to improve environmental health in the state. the organization works effectively with the connecticut legisla- ture and with bureaucratic agencies at the state and federal level, particu- larly the dep and the u.s. environmental protection agency (epa). these activities are evidence that hejn is an active and institutionalized player in the political and policy-making process. in partnership with activists from other connecticut cities, hejn is par- ticipating in the fight to shut down five power plants, known as the “filthy five,” located primarily in connecticut’s poorest cities. during the time of this study, members of hejn were lobbying state legislators around this issue and testifying at hearings about these power plants and the public health problems they cause. another statewide issue, the campaign to reduce diesel emissions from school buses, is finally gaining momentum throughout connecticut largely as a result of minority activists fighting for environmental justice in hartford. the new england regional office of the epa, the state department of health, and the hartford health department are all persuaded that this is a pressing issue, at least in part because of hejn’s lobbying and outreach (connecticut’s urban program manager, interview, april , ; hartford environmental health educator, inter- view, april , ). organizational strategy: a formula for effective and sustained mobilization although hejn has achieved some remarkable successes in the policy arena, perhaps its most important achievement to date has been the imple- mentation of an organizational strategy to overcome the substantial diffi- culties inherent in minority mobilization. the minority empowerment literature demonstrates that marginalized groups such as racial and ethnic minorities often experience numerous hurdles when trying to organize to influence the policy process (bobo and gilliam ; browning, marshall, and tabb , ; eisinger ; fung ). in the environmental context, bullard ( , ) has observed that “the task of mobilizing local citizens on an environmental issue is enhanced when the community has the leadership, knowledge, tactical skills, and communication networks to challenge the system of domination, including giant corporations”. hejn urban affairs review distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com demonstrates that effective organizational strategies can overcome a com- munity’s obstacles to facilitate mobilization. the following discussion identifies and examines hejn’s key organizational strategies for mobiliz- ing a poor and undereducated minority constituency. not only have these strategies led to mobilization of hejn members, they have transformed the organization into a key stakeholder that has enjoyed significant successes in the policy-making arena. racial/ethnic composition as noted in the minority empowerment and environmental justice litera- ture, racial/ethnic diversity is important for organizational success. hejn was founded by minorities and continues to be minority led. unlike many other multiethnic organizations, it has withstood changing organizational goals, and it attracts members from the greater hartford area. the organiza- tion has succeeded in creating a multiracial and diverse membership base. for example, hejn’s steering committee is % black, % latino, and % white. seventy five percent of the steering committee members are also low-income individuals. of the people who regularly attend the organization’s monthly meetings, approximately % are white, % are black, and % are latino (president of hejn, interview, december , ). another important characteristic is the involvement of whites in hejn’s mostly minority coalition. whites became involved for several rea- sons. first, traditional environmentalists are typically middle-class whites who are broadly concerned with preservation of ecosystems and individual species, reduction of environmental harm caused by industrialization, and the protection of human health and aesthetic values. in contrast, environ- mental justice activists are concerned with discriminatory siting decisions that place an undue environmental burden on specific communities based on race, class, or some other distinguishing characteristic (bullard , ). for some whites who joined hejn, the messages about environmental problems that disproportionately affected poor minorities in hartford res- onated; thus they broadened their environmental activism beyond the tradi- tional sphere of the environmentalists. other white members (reportedly the majority) are members of white suburban churches concerned about social justice (activist interview, february , ). hejn’s goals and mission allow them to work locally on important issues related to social justice. for others, it is the fact that air quality is relevant to urban and suburban resi- dents. according to the work of bullard, rueben, and johnson ( ), asthma and air quality are issues that make multiracial coalitions feasible chambers / minority empowerment and environmental justice distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com because the impact extends beyond poor and minority residential areas that are typically closer to pollution sources. therefore, beyond broad environ- mental concerns and a commitment to social justice, white members have self-interest because pollution extends outside the city limits of hartford. the guiding philosophy for hejn is that as long as minorities remain the majority of the organization, minority members will have a sense of ownership and will help the organization flourish. whereas firsthand expe- riences with environmental and health problems motivate many individuals to join hejn, the organization strives to ensure that their participation will continue over the long term. as dr. mitchell explains: there is a formula that we use. one of the keys is that it [the organization] has to be minority led. it has to start off with a good minority base. and also, it has to have the staff resources. low-income people generally need a lot more assistance with transportation, child care, with food. we opened a food bank here and we also have nice dinners at our monthly meetings. some of the members tell me that the meal at the monthly meeting is the best meal their family has. we also arrange for child care during the meetings and for transportation. this is how we help to keep the organization minority based. (president of hejn, interview, march , ). in contrast to hejn’s strategies, a sister organization in new haven, connecticut emerged in as an attempt to spread the message about environmental justice statewide. a key difference is that the new haven branch was an existing organization that sought an affiliation with hejn because of hejn’s reputation as the leading environmental justice organi- zation in the state (president of hejn, interview, june , ). whereas the hartford branch is minority founded and led, the new haven organiza- tion was primarily middle class, white environmentalists; thus it has expe- rienced some noteworthy challenges. as dr. mitchell pointed out, the problem we’re having in new haven is getting people of color to partic- ipate. it’s much easier to talk to people who already know about the issues. so, our base in new haven is mainly middle-class whites who belonged to other environmental organizations. when we started to point out urban issues, it was very easy for them to catch on and do the moving and shaking that needed to be done. we tried to form a minority-based group affiliated with the new haven branch called “concerned parents for environmental justice.” we were only able to meet once a month and they needed a lot more educa- tion, support, practice, and guidance between meetings. we don’t have that kind of staff in new haven and so that portion of the organization didn’t move forward (president of hejn, interview, december , ). urban affairs review distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com chambers / minority empowerment and environmental justice overall, mitchell characterizes the new haven branch as “not as friendly” to less educated, low-income people of color with limited access to technical information. mitchell claims that because new haven branch members have constant access to technology (internet), that they are far less patient regarding time-intensive training sessions. many of the new haven members conduct their own research and work independently (pres- ident of hejn, interview, june , ). the hartford branch is able to attract members from the city and the surrounding suburbs, most of whom are white. although there are exam- ples of multiracial groups focused on environmental justice, it is more common to find members living in the same neighborhood and forging multiracial coalitions based on a shared sense of discrimination (checker ). hejn is unique because the membership base is spread throughout the greater hartford area. altogether, hejn has been able to create a viable and stable multiracial organization. a support staff with the responsibility for general organiza- tion ensures that members’ needs are met so that they can participate con- sistently in the organization. these efforts enable hejn to maintain its minority base and thus its permanence as an organization. technical training hejn places great emphasis on the technical training and education of its members. this ongoing educational training is pursued by members and is critically important to the organization. members are sophisticated in their understanding of the scientific aspects of environmental justice. this knowledge, along with their firsthand familiarity with environmental dis- parities, is a key component in their legitimacy among policy makers (connecticut’s urban program manager, interview, april , ). despite the limited level of formal education among members, many members can thoroughly explain issues such as the effects of particulate matter from diesel emissions on respiratory illness, and the health impacts of dioxins and other toxic chemicals. as one member noted, our people are very interested in learning very complex things, and they’ve been able to use their knowledge. at first the politicians wouldn’t listen to us at all. and then they’d say, “you’ve got these grandmothers talking this language that we don’t even understand so it must be something really important.” and whenever someone does research to find out if what we’re saying is true, they find out that it is true. and that’s very different from other groups. members’ legitimacy and comfort are important. the politicians trust distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com urban affairs review what we say. it’s been amazing that people who are not even involved with our organization are getting our message and carrying it forward (activist interview, march , ). knowledge regarding environmental pollutants and public health prob- lems enhances the ability of members to engage in highly organized commu- nity outreach. one hejn member who represents a local parent organization in hartford is a jamaican immigrant. she explained: one of our greatest accomplishments is the level of education we have and our ability to educate the community on environmental issues (activist interview, february , ). hejn members regularly conduct “hartford toxics tours” for people in the community as a way of raising awareness about local sources of pollution. these tours include trips to solid waste incinerators, power plants, and landfills. the hejn tour guides provide background informa- tion about each facility and how it affects the health of the community. the guides also discuss hejn’s efforts to eliminate or clean up the facil- ities. an interesting characteristic of hejn’s educational strategy is that members are instructed by the group’s president, dr. mitchell, and then teach others what they have learned. dr. mitchell is a public health physician who was trained at johns hopkins university. the fact that the group is self-reliant for its scientific education is distinctive. a different approach is followed by a boston-based environmental justice organiza- tion, alternatives for community and environment (ace); that group, which is primarily focused on asthma prevention, forged a coalition with local universities for its scientific information (brown et al. ). by contrast, hejn had to develop its own group resources for technical and educational training. interviews with hejn activists indicate that in addition to the sophisti- cated technical knowledge possessed by many members, another factor in hejn’s ability to accomplish its goals and appear credible to other stake- holders is the fact that several of its members have legal or political exper- tise. one of the founding members of the organization, attorney cynthia jennings, is among the most active environmental justice attorneys in the state. attorney jennings was originally a member of one chane who decided to pursue a legal education to work for environmental justice (activist interview, february , ). several suburban members of the organization have also provided political guidance to the group. according to one member, distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com chambers / minority empowerment and environmental justice we’ve been really fortunate because some of our white suburban members bring some political knowledge that’s very helpful. they’ve been wonderful about hanging back and letting members from hartford take the lead (activist interview, february , ). according to members interviewed in this study, the scientific, legal, and political knowledge collectively possessed by members are key factors in the organization’s successes. in fact, it was reported in multiple interviews that the scientific knowledge that members possess has impressed policy makers, especially when members testify before the city council or the state legislature, and when they contact government agency stakeholders. the epa has tagged hejn as one of the two most active environmental justice organizations in new england (activist interview, march , ; connecticut’s urban program manager, interview, april , ). in inter- views, policy elites indicate that members are highly informed on public health matters. their education has empowered them politically and pro- vided the skills to educate additional activists. from the successes at the local level noted earlier, to the move toward working on statewide initia- tives, to the recognition hejn has received from government officials and organizations, there is considerable evidence that the organization is suc- ceeding in achieving substantive policy change and policies that are ulti- mately responsive to the minority community. in addition, as one hejn member pointed out, for the most part, our members don’t have the money to make contributions to politicians. they aren’t friends with the governor. they don’t have the resources to hire lobbyists. but, they’ve learned how to work within the polit- ical system to get results. this is new for many members (activist interview, march , ). given that environmental justice was not a major issue in hartford prior to the early s, the accomplishments since the inception of hejn are considerable. community networking and coalition building a strategy hejn employs is to reach out to preexisting nonenvironmental organizations, which is apparent in their extensive organizational member- ship list. broadly centered on environmental justice concerns, hejn unites approximately grassroots, religious, and community organizations in distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com urban affairs review the city. to accomplish this, hejn seeks out members of local organizations with a concern about environmental justice. as one member explained, we go and do outreach to other groups and instead of trying to snatch their leadership and take them from their organization to ours, we really look for the one person who may not be one of the most active leaders, but for whom asthma is a real touchstone. and we try to energize them at a higher level in their own organization through their action in ours (activist interview, february , ). the environmental representatives from the various community organi- zations regularly attend hejn events. as dr. mitchell explained, “these environmental representatives are a source of direct communication between the member organizations and hejn” (president of hejn, interview, december , ). interestingly, since the inception of hejn, many of the member community organizations have created environmental positions on their boards of directors. although there is no concrete evidence that hejn is the cause of this trend, it is interesting that many of hejn’s orga- nizations have created these posts after their members became involved with hejn. the results of hejn’s outreach efforts are apparent at their monthly meetings. meetings begin with introductions of all those in attendance. during the time of this research project, meetings consistently included grassroots members of hejn and representatives from to of its member organizations. the purpose of monthly meetings is to raise aware- ness of important environmental justice issues, to schedule subcommittee meetings, and to devise strategies to advance group interests. many of hartford’s senior citizens are the organization’s most active individual members. many of these seniors are also members of grass- roots senior citizen organizations in hartford. in addition, many other racially and ethnically based grassroots organizations are hejn members. the black church, a foundation of the civil rights movement, continues to be an important component of hejn. however, the religious commu- nity in hejn extends beyond the black church, including members of several predominantly white suburban churches with highly educated members who have a commitment to environmental equality. although white membership remains the minority of hejn’s membership, the organization has achieved a level of success as a multiracial and multi- ethnic organization. distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com chambers / minority empowerment and environmental justice leadership development the importance of minority leadership has been documented in the minority politics literature (tate ); however, the way to develop leaders remains an unanswered question. for communities of color, having repre- sentatives or leaders who share demographic experiences can contribute to political knowledge and greater satisfaction with their elected representa- tives (tate ). as an african-american leader who shares similar pas- sions about social justice and the plight of minorities in hartford, mitchell embodies effective leadership. by using his scientific background, mitchell educates hejn members who use their newly acquired knowledge to become lay experts in their communities. one of hejn’s long-standing goals is to empower members so that they may improve their local environment and increase opportunities in their own lives. leadership training is a means to attain this goal. monthly meet- ings serve as the primary place where this early leadership training begins. members rotate as monthly meeting leaders, timekeepers, and reporters on the activities of member organizations and the government. this rotation of leadership has given members a wide range of leadership experience. moreover, this has expanded members’ involvement in environmental jus- tice outside of the monthly meetings. in addition, the organization holds roughly five leadership development training sessions each year. finally, the organization presents leadership awards to grassroots members who have shown exceptional leadership and commitment to the cause of envi- ronmental justice. dr. mitchell explained: leadership development is something you really have to do in low-income communities. and it pays off. it’s amazing to see what these folks do once they’re empowered. they start going back to school, they start getting better jobs, doing things to continue to develop themselves and their children. (pres- ident of hejn, interview, december , ). bullard ( ) indicates that black environmental justice activists often develop their decision-making skills in indigenous community institutions ( ). interestingly, hejn is not reliant upon preexisting structures, such as other community organizations, for leadership. rather, they take it upon themselves to train and cultivate a large and diverse group of members who have not acquired leadership skills elsewhere. thus the organization uses a blend of leadership and technical training discussed earlier to improve the effectiveness of the organization itself and to expand opportunities for its members. in this way, they empower their own members to become the leaders within hejn and other organizations. distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com ongoing challenges even with evidence of policy responsiveness on the part of public officials, hejn faces many of the challenges associated with nonprofit, community organizations. according to dr. mitchell, the organization struggles to find resources. retaining a staff, offering training sessions, writing reports, writ- ing grants, and educating the public are resource intensive. the majority of the organization’s funding comes from regional and national foundations. however, many of the available funding sources do not fund controversial organizations such as hejn, particularly those that challenge the actions of public sector entities. limited resources pose challenges in the face of a myriad of new and recurring issues that emerge every few months, such as the new negotiation with the trash authority. finally, dr. mitchell also contends that the organization does not do a very good job of publi- cizing their major accomplishments, which probably limits hejn’s ability to raise funds. despite these areas of weakness, the organization has man- aged to achieve a measure of success on the issues they do pursue (presi- dent of hejn, interview, june , ). hejn’s place in the minority empowerment and environmental justice literature the minority empowerment literature offers some instructive perspec- tives on the organizational strategies embraced by hejn. this literature addresses the challenges minorities often face in the political process and possible ways to overcome these hurdles. emphasis is placed rather nar- rowly on protest and electoral strategies to increase minority incorporation in policy making. in addition, the scholars in this field have not specifically addressed the prerequisites for sustaining such coalitions. hejn is multira- cial, has remained active over time, and has focused on a number of differ- ent environmental justice and health-related issues. examining hejn also demonstrates how an organization can use federal policy to advance its interests. hejn has capitalized on federal policies enacted by the clinton administration to strengthen its case for public health disparities. the organization has also succeeded in increasing demo- cratic participation by bringing previously underrepresented groups to the policy-making table. beyond the idealistic goal of full participation in a democracy, there is evidence that this involvement reflects a permanent shift in political participation for members of hejn. urban affairs review distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com chambers / minority empowerment and environmental justice multiracial coalition with minority leadership much of the previous empirical research finds that multiracial coalitions are difficult to maintain over time (deleon ; hero and clarke ; mollenkopf ; orr ; owens and rich ; perry ; pinderhughes ). however, as bullard, warren, and johnson ( ) have indicated, air quality and other health-related issues that extend beyond poor and minority communities might be the policy area that unites geographically separated and racially diverse communities over the long-term because in many cases pollution knows no boundaries. in many ways, the shared health risks across geographic areas are a key component in hejn’s multiracial coalition. in other policy arenas such as poverty policy, it is more difficult to keep a diverse coalition together because the policy only has an effect on the less empowered members of the coalition. therefore, long-term multiracial coali- tions may be uniquely feasible in the environmental justice arena because the public health consequences are shared widely. in turn, sustained mobilization of the group contributes to its perceived legitimacy. this is especially evident in news stories from the hartford courant. articles in the city’s major paper not only cover the issues hejn supports and their activities, but integrate members’ perspectives when covering any issue the organization has adopted. this can be seen as increasing the visibility of the organization and the perception that the organization is a legitimate actor in local politics. hejn’s enduring coali- tion has also led to the perception among policy makers that the organiza- tion and its -plus member organizations are a permanent force in the local environmental policy-making process (connecticut’s urban program manager, interview, april , ; hartford’s environmental public health educator, interview, april , ). the findings of this case study demonstrate that policy responsiveness can occur without significant levels of minority incorporation in the formal polit- ical structure. the coalition in this study did not seek to take control of the formal operations of government, but to help create public policy that addresses the concerns of the minority community. essentially, hejn has made considerable strides to transcend its status as a second-tier player in the political process despite the fact that it does not follow an electoral strategy. federal policy the importance of federal involvement in policies of interest to minori- ties is reflected in the experiences of hejn. the organization has capital- ized on the federal environmental policies implemented under the clinton distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com urban affairs review administration such as executive order and the urban environmental initiative (uei). this executive order requires all federal agencies to include the achievement of environmental justice as a part of their mission. essentially, it gave environmental justice activists the legal backing they long desired. in addition to the executive order, in the clinton administration also launched uei under the epa in region , new england (urban environmental program ). this program is aimed at improving environmental and public health in hartford, providence, and boston by working cooperatively with community organizations. although these new policies were not often mentioned in interviews for this study, it is evident that they contribute to state and local governmental attention to environmental justice. it also seems that the executive order and uei have made the government more receptive to environmental justice. this has undoubtedly enhanced the legitimacy of its dealings with the government. increasing democratic participation as the organizational umbrella for minority mobilization around envi- ronmental justice issues in hartford, hejn is the major vehicle for demo- cratic participation in this important policy area. the organizational strategies embraced by hejn and its resulting policy achievements have brought underrepresented groups to the governmental decision-making table. hejn has raised the awareness of public health issues in the city, which has clearly made the government more responsive and effective in this policy area. the strategic efforts of hejn to move from protest to insti- tutionalized participation have successfully advanced its concerns. in terms of the environmental justice literature, this case study offers a template for how minorities can affect the urban environmental policy process. hejn’s organizational formula of maintaining a multiracial organi- zation, encouraging the policy training of its members, building coalitions with existing community organizations, engaging in leadership training, hav- ing a dynamic and scientifically trained leader, and moving from protest activities to institutionalized participation in local politics all contribute to its stability and success. these organizational strategies have led to sustained and effective minority involvement in environmental justice policy. the template that hejn presents for creating a sustainable multiracial organization that achieves policy responsiveness is particularly useful for racial and ethnic minorities fighting for environmental equality in urban america. environmental justice activists would be wise to consider the fac- tors leading to environmental justice success in hartford as measured by distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com chambers / minority empowerment and environmental justice responsive policy making. beyond environmental justice, this study presents a new approach to analyzing the potential for multiracial coalitions. although environmental concerns might be different from other policy areas because the environment can negatively affect people regardless of race, ethnicity, or class, this case study sheds light on the circumstances for sustainable minority coalitions, the importance of developing minority leaders to guarantee that minority interests will be top priority for the coali- tion, and demonstrates how federal policy can be used to advance coali- tional interests. finally, this study demonstrates how multiracial coalitions like hejn may increase democratic participation in our political system. notes . the research for this paper includes a thorough review of local newspapers and in- depth interviews with community activists with ongoing commitments to environmental justice in hartford. most, but not all, are members of hejn. i selected respondents by identi- fying some of the most active environmental justice community leaders from newspaper arti- cles on the issue and through participant observation at hejn monthly meetings. respondents were asked to identify others who have been active over time and when an individual was men- tioned by more than one respondent i tried to interview that person. participant observation is also incorporated in this study. from november of through november of , i regu- larly attended monthly meetings with the hartford environmental justice network (hejn), attended state legislative hearings with hejn members, attended grassroots planning sessions, and participated in tours of toxic sites conducted by members of the organization. i also inter- viewed a representative from the hartford department of health and a representative from the environmental protection agency in new england in order to include the perspective of elite policy makers. . http://www.csde.state.ct.us/public/der/ssp/dist /dist .pdf . i created figure by combining u.s. census tract information and the location of municipal solid waste facilities and other point source pollutants. . one chane was created in when two neighborhood organizations merged into one organization. one chane members are some of the poorest residents with limited options for political power or mobility (simmons , ). . crra recently lost $ million dollars to enron when that corporation declared bankruptcy. the contract with enron stated that enron would purchase power from crra for years in exchange for $ million from crra. . interviews with community activists revealed that some people believe that there might still be some health problems with the landfill despite the fact that the odors are gone. . in , dr. mitchell also created the connecticut coalition of environmental justice in an effort to unite more organizations in the state with concerns about environmental justice. . the list of member organizations: organizational members of hartford environmental justice network, first baptist church of west hartford, black men’s society, inc., building parent power, capitol region conference of churches, christian activities council, coalition to strengthen the sheldon/charter oak neighborhood (css/con), connecticut citizen distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com urban affairs review action group, connecticut college holleran center for community action, connecticut council on occupational safety and health (connecticosh), connecticut public interest research group (connpirg), ecological health organization (echo), endometriosis association, fair haven management team environmental subcommittee, the green party—hartford, hartford areas rally together (hart), hartford federation of teachers, healthy homes program/lead safe houses, hispanic health council, institute for community research, men’s club of hartford, north hartford seniors in action, organized northeasterners/ clay hill and north end (one-chane), first presbyterian church of hartford, south arsenal neighborhood development (sand), south end neighborhood action project (snap), south end nrz of hartford, south end residents and merchants inc. of east hartford, sierra club—hartford, toxics action center, urban league of greater hartford, vecinos unidos, warriors for real welfare reform, and working lands alliance—hartford food system. . horton sheff left the green party in and is now a democratic member of the city council. . environmental justice is also commonly referred to as environmental discrimination and environmental racism. . urban environmental program. http://www.epa.gov/region /eco/uep/ (accessed may ). references bailey, c., and c. e. faupel. . environmentalism and civil rights in sumter county, alabama. in race and the incidence of environmental hazards, edited by p. mohai, and b. bryant, – . boulder: westview press. black, t., and j. a. stewart. . burning and burying in connecticut: are regional solutions to solid waste disposal equitable? the new england journal of public policy : – . bobo, l. d., and f. d. gilliam. . race, sociopolitical participation and black empowerment. american political science review : – . brown, p., b. mayer, s. zavestoski, t. webke, and j. mandelbaum. . the health politics of asthma: environmental justice and collective illness experience in the united states. social science and medicine : – . browning, r. p., d. r. marshall, and d. h. tabb. . protest is not enough. berkeley: university of california books. ———, eds. . racial politics in american cities. rd ed. new york: longman. bullard, r. d., ed. . confronting environmental racism. boston: south end press. ———. . unequal protection. san francisco: sierra club books. ———. . dumping in dixie. rd ed. boulder: westview press. bullard, r. d., and g. s. johnson. . environmental justice: grassroots activism and its impact on public policy decision making. journal of social issues ( ): – . bullard, r. d., r. c. warren, and g. s. johnson. . the quest for environmental justice. in health issues in the black community. d ed., edited by r. l. braithwaite and s. e. taylor, – . san francisco: jossey-bass. bullard, r. d., and b. h. wright. . environmental racism and the politics of equity: emergent trends in the black community. mid-american review of sociology ( ): – . distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com chambers / minority empowerment and environmental justice capek, s. . the environmental justice frame: a conceptual discussion and an application. social problems : – . checker, m. . “like nixon coming to china”: finding common ground in a multi-ethnic coalition for environmental justice. anthropological quarterly ( ): – . crj: commission for racial justice, united church of christ. . toxic wastes and race in the united states: a national report on the racial and socioeconomic characteristics of communities with hazardous waste sites. new york: united church of christ. deleon, r. . san francisco: the politics of race, land use, and ideology. in racial poli- tics in american cities, rd ed., edited by r. p. browning, d. r. marshall, and d. h. tabb, – . new york: longman. eisinger, p. k. . black empowerment in municipal jobs: the impact of black political power. american political science review : – . fung, a. . empowered participation. princeton, nj: princeton univ. press. hall, l. . residents call for city action on asthma. hartford courant, june , p. b . hejn mission statement. http:/www.environmental-justice.org/ may . hero, r. e., and s. e. clarke. . latinos, blacks, and multiethnic politics in denver: realigning power and influence in the struggle for equality. in racial politics in american cities, rd ed., edited by r. p. browning, d. r. marshall, and d. h. tabb, – . new york: longman. jones, r. e. . black concern for the environment: myth versus reality. society and natural resources : – . kuzyk, i. . a hartford primer and field guide. hartford, ct: trinity college. mason, j. . group celebrates blocking of waste facility. hartford courant, february , p. b . myers, s. r. . public and environmental health concerns in the st century. sustain: a journal of environmental and sustainability issues, fall/winter: – . moberg, m. . co-opting justice: transformation of a multiracial environmental coalition in southern alabama. human organization ( ): – . mohai, p. . african american concern for the environment. environment ( ): – . mohai, p., and b. bryant, eds. . race and the incidence of environmental hazards. boulder: westview press. mollenkopf, j. . new york: still the great anomaly. in racial politics in american cities, rd ed., edited by r. p. browning, d. r. marshall, and d. h. tabb, – . new york: longman. orr, m. . the struggle for black empowerment in baltimore. in racial politics in american cities, rd ed., edited by r. p. browning, d. r. marshall, and d. h. tabb, – . new york: longman. owens, m. l., and w. j. rich. . is strong incorporation enough? black empowerment and the fate of atlanta’s low-income blacks. in racial politics in american cities, rd ed., edited by r. p. browning, d. r. marshall, and d. h. tabb, – . new york: longman. perry, h. l. . the evolution and impact of biracial coalitions and black mayors in birmingham and new orleans. in racial politics in american cities, rd ed., edited by r. p. browning, d. r. marshall, and d. h. tabb, – . new york: longman. pinderhughes, d. . chicago politics: political incorporation and restoration. in racial politics in american cities, rd ed., edited by r. p. browning, d. r. marshall, and d. h. tabb, – . new york: longman. simmons, l. b. . organizing in hard times. philadelphia: temple. tate, k. . black faces in the mirror. princeton, nj: princeton univ. press. distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com taylor, b. r. . ecological resistance movements. albany: state univ. of new york press. taylor, d. e. . blacks and the environment: toward an explanation of the concern and action gap between blacks and whites. environment and behavior ( ): – . walker, b., v. m. mays, and r. warren. . the changing landscape for the elimination of racial/ethnic health status disparities. journal of health care for the poor and underserved : – . wright, b. . endangered communities: the struggle for environmental justice in the louisiana chemical corridor. journal of public management and social policy ( ): – . zielbauer, p. . poverty in a land of plenty: can hartford ever recover. new york times, august , p. a . stefanie chambers is an associate professor at trinity college in hartford, connecticut. she earned her phd from ohio state university in . her research interests include urban politics, environmental justice, urban education policy, and racial and ethnic politics. she is the author of mayors and schools: minority voices and democratic tensions in urban education, temple university press. her research also appears in political science quarterly, the new england journal of political science, and mayors in the middle (princeton university press; henig and rich, eds.). urban affairs review distribution. © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized at suny at buffalo on august , http://uar.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://uar.sagepub.com << /ascii encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain %) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec - . ) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \ swop\ v ) /srgbprofile (srgb iec - . ) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel . /compressobjects /off /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjdffile false /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel /emitdscwarnings false /endpage - /imagememory /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct /optimize false /opm /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preserveepsinfo true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /remove /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true /acaslon-ornaments /agaramond-boldscaps /agaramond-italic /agaramond-regular /agaramond-romanscaps /agaramond-semibold /agaramond-semibolditalic /agar-special /akzidenzgroteskbe-bold /akzidenzgroteskbe-boldit /akzidenzgroteskbe-it /akzidenzgroteskbe-light /akzidenzgroteskbe-lightosf /akzidenzgroteskbe-md /akzidenzgroteskbe-mdit /akzidenzgroteskbe-regular /akzidenzgroteskbe-super /albertusmt /albertusmt-italic /albertusmt-light /aldine bt-bolda /aldine bt-bolditalica /aldine bt-italica /aldine bt-romana /aldine btspl-romana /aldine bt-bold /aldine bt-bolditalic /aldine bt-italic /aldine bt-light /aldine bt-lightitalic /aldine bt-roman /aldus-italic /aldus-roman /alternategothicno bt-regular /anna /antiqueolive-bold /antiqueolive-compact /antiqueolive-italic /antiqueolive-roman /arcadia /arcadia-a /arkona-medium /arkona-regular /assemblylightssk /avantgarde-book /avantgarde-bookoblique /avantgarde-demi /avantgarde-demioblique /bakersignetbt-roman /baskervillebe-italic /baskervillebe-medium /baskervillebe-mediumitalic /baskervillebe-regular /baskervillebook-italic /baskervillebook-meditalic /baskervillebook-medium /baskervillebook-regular /baskervillebt-bold /baskervillebt-bolditalic /baskervillebt-italic /baskervillebt-roman /baskervillemt /baskervillemt-bold /baskervillemt-bolditalic /baskervillemt-italic /baskervillemt-semibold /baskervillemt-semibolditalic /baskervilleno bt-bold /baskervilleno bt-bolditalic /baskervilleno bt-italic /baskervilleno bt-roman /bauhaus-bold /bauhaus-demi /bauhaus-heavy /bauhausitcbybt-bold /bauhausitcbybt-medium /bauhaus-light /bauhaus-medium /bellcentennial-address /bellgothic-black /bellgothic-bold /bell-gothicbolditalicbt /bellgothicbt-bold /bellgothicbt-roman /bellgothic-light /bembo /bembo-bold /bembo-boldexpert /bembo-bolditalic /bembo-bolditalicexpert /bembo-expert /bembo-extrabolditalic /bembo-italic /bembo-italicexpert /bembo-semibold /bembo-semibolditalic /berkeley-black /berkeley-blackitalic /berkeley-bold /berkeley-bolditalic /berkeley-book /berkeley-bookitalic /berkeley-italic /berkeley-medium /berling-bold /berling-bolditalic /berling-italic /berling-roman /bernhardmodernbt-bold /bernhardmodernbt-bolditalic /bernhardmodernbt-italic /bernhardmodernbt-roman /bodoni /bodoni-bold /bodoni-bolditalic /bodoni-italic /bodoni-poster /bodoni-postercompressed /bookman-demi /bookman-demiitalic /bookman-light /bookman-lightitalic /boton-italic /boton-medium /boton-mediumitalic /boton-regular /boulevard /bremenbt-black /bremenbt-bold /caflischscript-bold /caflischscript-regular /carta /caslon itcbybt-bold /caslon itcbybt-bolditalic /caslon itcbybt-book /caslon itcbybt-bookitalic /caslon bt-italic /caslon bt-roman /caslonbt-bold /caslonbt-bolditalic /caslontwotwentyfour-black /caslontwotwentyfour-blackit /caslontwotwentyfour-bold /caslontwotwentyfour-boldit /caslontwotwentyfour-book /caslontwotwentyfour-bookit /caslontwotwentyfour-medium /caslontwotwentyfour-mediumit /castlet-bold /castlet-book /caxton-bold /caxton-bolditalic /caxton-book /caxton-bookitalic /caxton-light /caxton-lightitalic /celestiaantiqua-ornaments /centennial-blackitalicosf /centennial-blackosf /centennial-bolditalicosf /centennial-boldosf /centennial-italicosf /centennial-lightitalicosf /centennial-lightsc /centennial-romansc /centuryoldstyle-bold /centuryoldstyle-italic /centuryoldstyle-regular /cheltenhambt-bold /cheltenhambt-bolditalic /cheltenhambt-italic /cheltenhambt-roman /christiana-bold /christiana-bolditalic /christiana-italic /christiana-medium /christiana-mediumitalic /christiana-regular /christiana-regularexpert /christiana-regularsc /clarendon /clarendon-bold /clarendon-light /classicalgaramondbt-bold /classicalgaramondbt-bolditalic /classicalgaramondbt-italic /classicalgaramondbt-roman /cmti /commonbullets /conduititc-bold /conduititc-bolditalic /conduititc-light /conduititc-lightitalic /conduititc-medium /conduititc-mediumitalic /cooperblack /cooperblack-italic /copperplategothicbt-bold /copperplategothicbt-boldcond /copperplategothicbt-heavy /copperplategothicbt-roman /copperplategothicbt-romancond /copperplate-thirtythreebc /copperplate-thirtytwobc /coronet-regular /courier /courier-bold /courier-boldoblique /courier-oblique /critter /cs-special-font /dextord /dextoroutd /didotlh-ornamentsone /didotlh-ornamentstwo /dinengschrift /dinengschrift-alternate /dinmittelschrift /dinmittelschrift-alternate /dinneuzeitgrotesk-boldcond /dinneuzeitgrotesk-light /dom-casitalic /dom-casualbt /ehrhard-italic /ehrhard-regular /ehrhardsemi-italic /ehrhardtmt /ehrhardtmt-italic /ehrhardtmt-semibold /ehrhardtmt-semibolditalic /ehrharsemi /electralh-bold /electralh-boldcursive /electralh-cursive /electralh-regular /englischescht-bold /englischescht-regu /erascontour /erasitcbybt-bold /erasitcbybt-book /erasitcbybt-demi /erasitcbybt-light /erasitcbybt-medium /erasitcbybt-ultra /euex /eufb /eufb /eufb /eufm /eufm /eufm /eurb /eurb /eurb /eurm /eurm /eurm /europeanpi-four /europeanpi-one /europeanpi-three /europeanpi-two /eurostile /eurostile-bold /eurostile-boldextendedtwo /eurostile-extendedtwo /eusb /eusb /eusb /eusm /eusm /eusm /exponto-regular /fenice-bold /fenice-boldoblique /feniceitcbybt-bold /feniceitcbybt-bolditalic /feniceitcbybt-regular /feniceitcbybt-regularitalic /fenice-light /fenice-lightoblique /fenice-regular /fenice-regularoblique /fenice-ultra /fenice-ultraoblique /flashd-ligh /folio-bold /folio-boldcondensed /folio-extrabold /folio-light /folio-medium /fontanandeeosf /fontanandeeosf-semibold /formalscript bt-regular /formata-bold /formata-mediumcondensed /fourniermt-ornaments /frakturbt-regular /franklingothic-book /franklingothic-bookital /franklingothic-bookoblique /franklingothic-condensed /franklingothic-demi /franklingothic-demiital /franklingothic-demioblique /franklingothic-heavy /franklingothic-heavyital /franklingothic-heavyoblique /franklingothic-medium /franklingothic-mediumital /franklingothic-roman /frizquadrataitcbybt-bold /frizquadrataitcbybt-roman /frutiger-black /frutiger-blackcn /frutiger-blackitalic /frutiger-bold /frutiger-boldcn /frutiger-bolditalic /frutiger-cn /frutiger-extrablackcn /frutiger-italic /frutiger-light /frutiger-lightcn /frutiger-lightitalic /frutiger-roman /frutiger-ultrablack /futura /futurablackbt-regular /futura-bold /futura-boldoblique /futura-book /futura-bookoblique /futurabt-bold /futurabt-boldcondensed /futurabt-boldcondenseditalic /futurabt-bolditalic /futurabt-book /futurabt-bookitalic /futurabt-extrablack /futurabt-extrablackcondensed /futurabt-extrablackconditalic /futurabt-extrablackitalic /futurabt-heavy /futurabt-heavyitalic /futurabt-light /futurabt-lightcondensed /futurabt-lightitalic /futurabt-medium /futurabt-mediumcondensed /futurabt-mediumitalic /futura-extrabold /futura-extraboldoblique /futura-heavy /futura-heavyoblique /futura-light /futura-lightoblique /futura-oblique /galliarditcbybt-italic /galliarditcbybt-roman /garamond-antiqua /garamond-boldcondensed /garamond-boldcondenseditalic /garamond-bookcondensed /garamond-bookcondenseditalic /garamond-halbfett /garamonditcbybt-bold /garamonditcbybt-boldcondensed /garamonditcbybt-boldconditalic /garamonditcbybt-bolditalic /garamonditcbybt-boldnarrow /garamonditcbybt-boldnarrowital /garamonditcbybt-book /garamonditcbybt-bookcondensed /garamonditcbybt-bookconditalic /garamonditcbybt-bookitalic /garamonditcbybt-light /garamonditcbybt-lightcondensed /garamonditcbybt-lightconditalic /garamonditcbybt-lightitalic /garamonditcbybt-lightnarrow /garamonditcbybt-lightnarrowital /garamonditcbybt-ultra /garamonditcbybt-ultracondensed /garamonditcbybt-ultraconditalic /garamonditcbybt-ultraitalic /garamond-kursiv /garamond-kursivhalbfett /garamond-lightcondensed /garamond-lightcondenseditalic /garamondthree /garamondthree-bold /garamondthree-bolditalic /garamondthree-italic /garamondthreesmsspl /garamondthreespl /garamondthreespl-bold /garamondthreespl-italic /garthgraphic /garthgraphic-black /garthgraphic-bold /garthgraphic-boldcondensed /garthgraphic-bolditalic /garthgraphic-condensed /garthgraphic-extrabold /garthgraphic-italic /geometric bt-heavyc /geometricslab bt-bolda /geometricslab bt-extrabolda /geometricslab bt-lighta /geometricslab bt-lightitalica /geometricslab bt-mediuma /geometricslab bt-mediumitala /giddyup /giddyup-thangs /gillsans /gillsans-bold /gillsans-boldcondensed /gillsans-bolditalic /gillsans-condensed /gillsans-extrabold /gillsans-italic /gillsans-light /gillsans-lightitalic /gillsans-ultrabold /gillsans-ultraboldcondensed /gill-special /giovanni-bold /giovanni-bolditalic /giovanni-book /giovanni-bookitalic /glypha /glypha-bold /glypha-boldoblique /glypha-oblique /goudy /goudy-bold /goudy-bolditalic /goudy-extrabold /goudy-italic /goudyoldstylebt-bold /goudyoldstylebt-bolditalic /goudyoldstylebt-extrabold /goudyoldstylebt-italic /goudyoldstylebt-roman /goudysans-bold /goudysans-bolditalic /goudysansitcbybt-bold /goudysansitcbybt-bolditalic /goudysansitcbybt-medium /goudysansitcbybt-mediumitalic /goudysans-medium /goudysans-mediumitalic /granjon /granjon-bold /granjon-boldosf /granjon-italic /granjon-italicosf /granjon-sc /greymantlemvb-ornaments /helvetica /helvetica-black /helvetica-blackoblique /helvetica-black-semibold /helvetica-bold /helvetica-boldoblique /helvetica-condensed /helvetica-condensed-black /helvetica-condensed-blackobl /helvetica-condensed-bold /helvetica-condensed-boldobl /helvetica-condensed-light /helvetica-condensed-lightobl /helvetica-condensed-oblique /helvetica-light /helvetica-lightoblique /helvetica-narrow /helvetica-narrow-bold /helvetica-narrow-boldoblique /helvetica-narrow-oblique /helveticaneue-blackcond /helveticaneue-blackcondobl /helveticaneue-bold /helveticaneue-boldcond /helveticaneue-boldcondobl /helveticaneue-boldext /helveticaneue-boldextobl /helveticaneue-bolditalic /helveticaneue-condensed /helveticaneue-condensedobl /helveticaneue-extblackcond /helveticaneue-extblackcondobl /helveticaneue-extended /helveticaneue-extendedobl /helveticaneue-heavy /helveticaneue-heavycond /helveticaneue-heavycondobl /helveticaneue-heavyext /helveticaneue-heavyextobl /helveticaneue-heavyitalic /helveticaneue-italic /helveticaneue-light /helveticaneue-lightcond /helveticaneue-lightcondobl /helveticaneue-lightitalic /helveticaneueltstd-md /helveticaneueltstd-mdit /helveticaneue-medium /helveticaneue-mediumcond /helveticaneue-mediumcondobl /helveticaneue-mediumext /helveticaneue-mediumextobl /helveticaneue-mediumitalic /helveticaneue-roman /helveticaneue-thincond /helveticaneue-thincondobl /helveticaneue-ultraligcond /helveticaneue-ultraligcondobl /helvetica-oblique /helvlight /humanist bt-bold /humanist bt-boldcondensed /humanist bt-bolditalic /humanist bt-extrabold /humanist bt-italic /humanist bt-light /humanist bt-lightitalic /humanist bt-roman /humanist bt-romancondensed /humanist bt-ultrabold /humanist bt-xtraboldcondensed /humanist bt-blackb /humanist bt-blackitalicb /humanist bt-boldb /humanist bt-bolditalicb /humanist bt-italicb /humanist bt-lightb /humanist bt-lightitalicb /humanist bt-romanb /icmex /icmmi /icmsy /icmtt /ilasy /ilcmss /ilcmssb /ilcmssi /imago-book /imago-bookitalic /imago-extrabold /imago-extrabolditalic /imago-medium /imago-mediumitalic /industria-inline /industria-inlinea /industria-solid /industria-solida /insignia /insignia-a /ipaextras /ipahighlow /ipakiel /ipakielseven /ipasans /joannamt /joannamt-bold /joannamt-bolditalic /joannamt-italic /klangmt /kuenstler bt-black /kuenstler bt-bold /kuenstler bt-bolditalic /kuenstler bt-italic /kuenstler bt-roman /kunstlerschreibschd-bold /kunstlerschreibschd-medi /lapidary bt-black /lapidary bt-bold /lapidary bt-bolditalic /lapidary bt-italic /lapidary bt-roman /lasy /lasy /lasy /lasy /lasy /lasy /lasyb /latinmt-condensed /lcircle /lcirclew /lcmss /lcmssb /lcmssi /ldecorationpi-one /ldecorationpi-two /leawood-black /leawood-blackitalic /leawood-bold /leawood-bolditalic /leawood-book /leawood-bookitalic /leawood-medium /leawood-mediumitalic /legacysans-bold /legacysans-bolditalic /legacysans-book /legacysans-bookitalic /legacysans-medium /legacysans-mediumitalic /legacysans-ultra /legacyserif-bold /legacyserif-bolditalic /legacyserif-book /legacyserif-bookitalic /legacyserif-medium /legacyserif-mediumitalic /legacyserif-ultra /lettergothic /lettergothic-bold /lettergothic-boldslanted /lettergothic-slanted /life-bold /life-italic /life-roman /line /linew /lithos-black /lithos-regular /logo /logo /logo /logobf /logosl /lomd-normal /lubalingraph-book /lubalingraph-bookoblique /lubalingraph-demi /lubalingraph-demioblique /lucidamath-symbol /lydianbt-bold /lydianbt-bolditalic /lydianbt-italic /lydianbt-roman /lydiancursivebt-regular /marigold /mathematicalpi-five /mathematicalpi-four /mathematicalpi-one /mathematicalpi-six /mathematicalpi-three /mathematicalpi-two /melior /melior-bold /melior-bolditalic /melior-italic /mercuriusct-black /mercuriusct-blackitalic /mercuriusct-light /mercuriusct-lightitalic /mercuriusct-medium /mercuriusct-mediumitalic /mercuriusmt-boldscript /meridien-medium /meridien-mediumitalic /meridien-roman /minion-black /minion-bold /minion-boldcondensed /minion-boldcondenseditalic /minion-bolditalic /minion-condensed /minion-condenseditalic /minionexp-italic /minionexp-semibold /minionexp-semibolditalic /minion-italic /minion-ornaments /minion-regular /minion-semibold /minion-semibolditalic /monalisa-recut /msam /msam a /msam /msam /msam /msam /msam /msbm /msbm a /msbm /msbm /msbm /msbm /msbm /mtex /mtexb /mtexh /mtgu /mtgub /mtmi /mtmib /mtmih /mtms /mtmsb /mtmub /mtmuh /mtsy /mtsyb /mtsyh /mtsyn /musicalsymbols-normal /myriad-bold /myriad-bolditalic /myriad-cnbold /myriad-cnbolditalic /myriad-cnitalic /myriad-cnsemibold /myriad-cnsemibolditalic /myriad-condensed /myriad-italic /myriad-roman /myriad-sketch /myriad-tilt /neuzeits-book ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution /colorimagedepth - /colorimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /jpeg coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /jpeg colorimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /antialiasgrayimages false /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution /grayimagedepth - /grayimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /jpeg grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /jpeg grayimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /antialiasmonoimages false /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution /monoimagedepth - /monoimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k - >> /allowpsxobjects false /pdfx acheck false /pdfx check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ . . . . ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox false /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ . . . . ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (u.s. web coated \ swop\ v ) /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /syntheticboldness . /description << /fra /jpn /deu /ptb /dan /nld /esp /suo /ita /nor /sve /enu >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [ ] /pagesize [ . . ] >> setpagedevice g. maglione ( ) the political rationality of restorative justice, ​theoretical criminology (forthcoming) abstract this paper investigates the political conditions which have enabled the development of restorative justice, in england and wales, over the last years. the rise of restorative justice is considered integral to the emergence of a (rather incoherent) range of political problematics, addressed by a panoply of governmental technologies, and informed by competing political rationalities. by applying a governmentality approach, the work aims to shed light on the assemblage of ambivalent principles and values which constitute restorative justice by linking them to context-specific political contingencies. this could have implications in understanding both the fragmentary growth of restorative justice in england and wales, and, more generally, the political dimension of restorative practices, beyond the british borders. keywords​: restorative justice, ethopolitics, michel foucault, governmentality introduction the political context of rj has been extensively explored by both rj advocates (braithwaite, ; marshall, ; wright, ) and scholars (dignan, ; hoyle and cunneen, ; johnstone, ; newburn and crawford, ). the present work can be located within the limited province of the literature on the political background of rj applying a governmentality mode of analysis (lippens, ; o’malley, ; pavlich, ; richards, ). the paper revolves around the idea that the spreading of legal/policy measures, as well as practical and theoretical interest around rj, in england and wales, over the last years, has been possible due to the parallel rise of a combination of political rationalities – that is, ​ethopolitics (rose b, a) – informing the governmental practice in the relevant geo-historical setting. to think in terms of ‘political rationalities’ (foucault, , , ) helps to offer an inclusive, productive and politically engaged approach which connects social, cultural and ethical dimensions of the practice of government with penal discourses, institutions and practices. the paper starts by describing the methodological and theoretical orientations which drive this work. after drawing a working definition of rj, the research maps out a number of context-specific political problematics and technologies relevant to the rise of rj. the paper finally distills the political rationalities which inform this landscape, and their subjectivating effects. some final reflections are also offered. this works aims to be helpful to those interested in deepening their understanding of the development of rj by linking this to specific political mentalities. this could have implications both in terms of reframing the steady but patchy growth of rj in england and wales and of re-thinking the political drive and effects of restorative practices, beyond the british borders. . methodological and theoretical considerations governmentality is an analytical grid which aims to reconstruct the ‘reasoned way of governing best and, at the same time, [the] reflection on the best possible way of governing’ (foucault, : ). this framework is solely concerned with how the governmental practice (i.e. process of conducting others’ conduct (foucault, : )), is conceptualised and rationalised by a multiplicity of social and individual actors (foucault, : ). the focus is posited on the rationales of government: how ends and means, moral justifications, problems and solutions of government are generated, problematised and conveyed. from this perspective, the primary feature of the governmental practice are ​problematics of government, a fluid set of predicaments and the possible responses to them, contingently ​elaborated by a plurality of actors (rose and miller, : ). the deployment of responses to political problems is operated by ​political ​technologies ​which ‘shape, normalize and instrumentalize the conduct, thought, decisions and aspirations of others in order to achieve the objects they consider desirable’ (miller and rose, : ). from the examination of these two dimensions it is possible to infer the ​political rationalities which, often through ​strategic combinations (rose, o’malley and valverde, : ), drive the art of government (rose and miller, : ). the main advantages of this approach are its inclusivity (by subjecting to political analysis a domain much broader than state juridical operations), productivity (by connecting politics with epistemological, moral and ontological issues) and political engagement (by opening up new spaces of political contestation, beyond the critique of state politics). the paper advances the hypothesis that the development of rj is a possible response to specific political problematics, enacted by certain technologies and permeated by a combination of competing political rationalities (that is ‘​ethopolitics​’ (rose b, a)). problematics, technologies and rationalities are conceived of as discourses (miller and rose, : ), that is, cultural formations produced by contextual actors in order ‘to structure the possible field of action of others’ (foucault, : ). these discourses are reconstructed by piecing together scientific knowledges, ethical doctrines and legal/policy narratives on the matters (problematics), modes (technologies) and logics (rationalities) of government, circulating in the relevant context and encoded in a plurality of texts. by intersecting, competing and conflicting, they provide scholars, practitioners and policymakers with particular vocabularies and ways of making sense of public and individual issues, including crime and crime responses, thus shaping distinctive needs, ambitions and interests. rj emerges when marginal justice practices reach a certain epistemological/political threshold, that is, when their language, assumptions and justifications become consistent with those needs and interests, as part of a contingent transformation involving the art of government. such an ‘emergence’ is not a historical end-point but an ongoing process concerning a plethora of actors, whereby unexpected clashes and alliances, drawbacks and advances seem to alternate. governmentality-oriented explorations of rj have been available since the early s (lippens, ; o’malley, ; pavlich ; richards, ). compared to this extant literature, this work is original in a number of interconnected ways. firstly, it targets a specific geo-historical domain (england and wales, – ) with a long-lasting history of reparative practices and a steady growth, over the last three decades, of policy/legal regulations, administrative bodies, fundings and services in the field of rj. to date, governmentality-focussed investigations of rj in this context are not available. additionally, the paper uses the relatively under-exploited concept of ‘ethopolitics’ (rose b, a), purposely re-elaborated (garland, ; o’malley, ), as analytical scheme to understand rj’s political “roots”. there are three main limitations to the research. firstly, discourses are articulated in practices and institutions, and this likely alters their political rationales. however, the conceptualisation of the governmental practice is still a significant research object, since it constitutes one dimension of the actual government. from this perspective, the paper aims to develop historically-grounded critical insights on the political background of rj, integral to a deliberately incomplete genealogical work (garland, ). secondly, this study is a theoretical investigation of a long-term historical dynamic, and as such tends to be abstract and over-generalising. yet, the primary goal is to map out certain kinds of power/knowledge which underpin the development of rj. from this angle, abstraction and generalisation are useful heuristic instruments (garland, : ). finally, the following analyses apply only to rj in criminal justice settings, and practised by victim-offender mediation and conferencing. . ​restorative justice: a working meta-definition the paper understands rj as a field of discourses on why and how to deal with crimes, which has developed in western countries since the early s. from the variety of rj approaches it is possible to elaborate three ideal-typical discourses, which cover much of that field: ‘encounter’, ‘reparative’ and ‘transformative’ (johnstone and van ness, : ). the encounter discourse highlights the active participation of relevant crime stakeholders (‘victim’, ‘offender’ and ‘community’) in order to manage the consequences of the criminal behaviour (zehr, ). the restorative conference makes possible the expression and discussion of the emotional, social, symbolic and material issues at stake, aiming to restore the relationships among the relevant stakeholders. the reparative discourse refers to an understanding of how to deal with crimes and their consequences, based on the idea of repairing harms (wright, , ). this view is critical to the retributive idea to coerce the offender to endure pain proportionate to the gravity of the crime committed, emphasising instead community-based reparation of the crime’s harmful consequences. finally, in the transformative discourse, rj is understood as an overall worldview which can lead people to perceive and act upon the world and themselves in a restorative way, i.e. relying on peacebuilding through dialogue and agreement (sullivan and tifft, ). the premise of this view is a relational understanding of humans (johnstone and van ness, : ), their “natural” interconnectedness which can be hindered by destructive and antisocial behaviours. these three main discourses work as repertoires from which values, aims, goals, metaphors, storylines and stakeholders’ images can be mobilised, with intersections and tensions (anonymised), by policy-makers, practitioners, reformers. in england and wales, actual rj programmes (davis, ; shapland et al., ), regulatory bodies’ documents (restorative justice consortium, ; restorative justice council, , ) and policy and legal texts (no more excuses white paper ; crime and disorder act ; youth justice and criminal evidence act ; justice for all white paper ; criminal justice act ; criminal justice and immigration act ; restorative justice action plan ) apply and combine these discourses in several ways. additionally, due the diversity of values underpinning the different discourses, rj appears also as an ambivalent assemblage of aspirations, aims and goals. the reasons for such an entanglement are multiple. historically, the development of local reparative programs since the late s, variously promoted by both victim and offender’s “movements” (davis, : ), combined with the influence of theoretical developments from the usa and with exchanges with scholars and practitioners from australia and new zealand (marshall, : ), has likely contributed toward the complexity of rj in england and wales. however, being the way societies envision and enact responses to crimes a constitutively political matter (foucault, ), it should be considered the political dimension of such a dynamic entanglement, in order to understand the development of the rj field. the political dimension of restorative justice in england and wales: a governmentality perspective from a governmentality viewpoint, rj can be conceptualised as an effect of certain political technologies, i.e. a response to heterogeneous problematics of government, informed by a rather incoherent, contingent and strategic combination of political rationalities (i.e. ‘​ethopolitics​’ (rose b, a)). the actors of this dynamic are individuals, groups and agencies engaged in daily meaning-making, problem-generating and problem-solving activities which aim to make people amenable to direction, in order to achieve desirable objectives. however, this process is not a perfected and rational one. due to the changing composition of the governmental actors and their context, it is likely that unexpected convergences and conflicts will be engendered (rose, o’malley and valverde, : ). as a consequence, political technologies deploy unfinished and inconsistent responses to the problematics at stake (o’malley, : ). as the paper will argue, the emergence (and inner structure) of rj is an instance of these fragmentary responses. . political problematics everyday youth offenders and the end of the ‘excuse culture’ over the last three decades, the political configuration of the youth crime “problem” has resulted in specific ways of thinking and doing. the ‘juvenile delinquent’, once understood as a transient condition addressed by needs-based tools, during the s becomes a distinctively harmful criminal type (pitts, ). juvenile delinquents are now working class muggers who do not grow out of crime, whose actions are often highly harmful (pitts, : ) and require restrictive measures. as muncie ( : ) notices, as a consequence of this understanding, from the late s, the welfare principle came to be “counterbalanced” by an authoritarian approach, linked to conservative political preferences and exemplified by the criminal justice act and . from the second half of s a further shift occurs, in terms of both political rendering of the juvenile delinquent (or youth offender) and of responses to this problematic. the image of “welfarist” juvenile delinquents, although sedimented in the practice of penal institutions, such as probation services, loses grip on media and political discourses. working class muggers become “alien” criminals, whilst parallelly a new representation of “everyday” youth offenders gradually surfaces public debates (garland, ). this latter category, particularly relevant for the development of rj, consists of de-responsibilised youths who breach the interpersonal trust which ties them and the victim together, within a shared community (anonymised). their actions require formal consequences which involve also parents and the community at large. to respond to these youth ‘ideal offenders’ a new strategy slowly emerges, whereby authoritarian instruments are combined with a community-based re-moralizing ethos (muncie, ; newburn and crawford, ) and informed by the ambiguous rhetoric of ending the ‘excuse culture’ (home office, ). measures contained in the crime and disorder act and youth justice and criminal evidence act such as the abolishment of the ​doli incapax and curfew measures (for the incorrigible youth delinquents), parenting orders, reparation orders, youth offenders panels (for the everyday youth offenders), represent the “solution” to the youth problem. the (incoherent) goals pursued are to responsibilise in the community, strengthening controls but also promoting alternatives to custody, as well as to diffuse a culture of early prevention and support for everyday youth offenders (home office, ). the production of such an web of narratives, overlapping yet opposing, is the effect of the combined activities of third sector agencies, criminal justice and social policy scholars, reformers and practitioners, as well as governmental bodies. these actors and their discourses around youth offenders, have played a critical role for the emergence of rj. for example, the ‘three rs’ (responsibility, restoration and reintegration) policy which will inform new labour plans on (everyday) youth offenders ( , b), was originally elaborated by a third sector agency, the national association for the care & resettlement of offenders (nacro ) (green, ). this approach (echoing rj’s basic tenets) establishes the youth’s acceptance of responsibility for the harm, the reparation of its consequences and then the reintegration in the community as the pillars of justice interventions, at least for everyday youth offenders. in a similar vein, probation services’ (welfarist) emphasis on diversion, mitigation and offender education, combined with the ideas of penal minimalism and ‘civilising’ criminal justice (christie, ; harding, ; wright, ) are injected at the heart of reparative initiatives for minor youth criminals in the s (liebman, : ) and will remain as a constant component of rj as a diversionary intervention with youth offenders (davis, ). finally, cultural exchanges with youth justice practitioners and scholars from usa, australia and new zealand, often mediated by religious groups (mainly quaker and mennonite), since the s, have fostered interest around reparative practices (liebman, : ) or theories like ‘reintegrative shaming’, which will contribute toward the development of rj programs in the uk, especially for less serious crimes committed by (everyday) youth offenders. reinventing the crime victim (again) a second problematic is represented by the “marginalisation” of the crime victim within the criminal justice system. this is a topic widely discussed within the rj literature (johnstone, : ; wright, : ) and that is analysed here from the perspective of its political construction in the relevant geo-historical context. the development of this discourse is (once again) the contingent result of the action of several players: political parties, media, voluntary/third sector agencies, academic scholars. it is well known how political parties (from both conservative and labour backgrounds) initiate an instrumental re-definition of the crime victim in the early s (kearon and godfrey, ), both in terms of political use of victimisation surveys (mayhew and hough, ) and of political re-coding the crime victims’ dissatisfaction toward the criminal justice responses. the victim re-enters the political agenda as a symbolic actor able to appeal to the wide public, by catalysing sympathy and generating emotionally loaded responses to crime (garland, : ), as a disempowered subject with idealised characteristics, “asking for” expressive punishments. the emphasis on specific crime victims, considered discrete entities, ontologically distinguished from the offender, increasingly features mass-media dramatised accounts on crime since the s and reaches a critical peak in the s (jewkes, ). this account is partly challenged by third-sector organisations coalescing around an initial british grassroot “victims’ movement” (rock, ). here the victim is characterised by specific socio-demographic features (women and children), personal qualities (vulnerability, disempowerment, marginalisation) and advances specific demands: involvement, compensation, restitution, punishment. reparation, in this context, is a contentious topic due to its perceived ambivalent status. although the early british victims’ movement (and namely the national association of victim support schemes (navss)) contributed to the creation of relevant services, conferences and other initiatives (including the launch in of the forum for initiatives in reparation and mediation), the perceived tight links between reparation and offender-centered diversionary programs advanced by nacro ( ) ​ rs: responsibility, restoration & reintegration. a new three rs for young offenders.​ london: nacro. probation services, was a deterrent to a complete acceptance of the reparative option (reeves, : ). in the s, the fragmentary victims’ movement (led by navss’s successor, i.e. victim support) reaches further visibility through the consolidation of practical initiatives (e.g. victim support schemes), in a situation of increasing media attention toward crime victims (walklate, : ), and so it does the relevant victim’s image. this growth intertwines with the development of a “new” victimology, which advocates for a shift from an “old” to a “new” way of understanding and supporting crime victims (focussing on their needs and not only rights) (maguire, ; mawby, ; shapland et al., ), a perspective which also progressively contributes toward the home office way of thinking about victims (home office, , a). the overarching theme across these entangled yet conflicting representations of the victim’s problematic, is a critique of the current criminal justice, though without questioning its structural issues (davis, : ), as well as the response to it: the creation of a “victim-centered” criminal justice (garland, : ). this translates into a wide range of policy documents (home office, b, , ), legal initiatives (victim’s charter , ; code of practice for victims of crime ( ); crime and disorder act ), and actual interventions (e.g. victim support’s witness services or reparation programs (liebman, : )). a ‘victim-centered criminal justice’ here does not entail investing on reparation but strengthening victim participation in criminal proceedings (which resonates with rj claims of empowering victims though) and enhancing responsibility on local authorities to adopt a multi-agency line of action when working with victims of crime. eclipsing communities and third way solutions the discourse on the “eclipsing” of moral communities (etzioni, ; giddens, ), as effect of the combined action of conservative individualism and post-war social democracy (drivel and martell, : ), penetrates into the uk politics of law and order in the s, contributing toward new labour’s communitarian social, criminal and penal policies. community here is fundamentally a “lack” (of order, morality, responsibility, localism) generated by political liberalism through promotion of individualistic tendencies as well as by the left by depriving local communities of power, whilst strengthening state organisations (home office, a, ). the emphasis on parental responsibility and anti-social behaviour (muncie : ), for instance, appears linked to the broader issue of the weakening of micro-community ties and their moral foundations, raised by moral communitarianists. more generally, this understanding opens the way for the investment (symbolic and material) in the community/neighbourhood as a site of the fight against both crimes and actions which embody lack of respect/responsibility (acpo, : ). this investment is also bolstered by two different criminological stances, which emerge between s and s. the first is the notorious ‘broken window’ speculation which had a documented impact on british policy (home office, b; labour party, ), in terms of justifying (muscular) early-intervention programs (exemplified by anti-social behaviour orders). a further (more inclusive) support is offered by the ​“third way” criminologies (hughes, : ; o’malley, ) based on the idea of crime as a “real” effect of the progressive erosion of micro-moral ties localised in discrete communities (braithwaite, , ; duff, ; lea and young, ). the focus is posited on the promotion of partnerships between the public, private and voluntary sectors to identify and implement community-based crime prevention measures (hoyle and noguera, ; hughes, : ). this narrative encourages people, communities and organisations to partake in crime prevention activities, as well as to reduce certain types of crime and the fear of crime (morgan report, ). in the same vein, are advanced ideas of citizens as ‘partners against crime’ and of state agencies’ devolving ‘power’ and sharing the work ‘of social [and crime] control with local organizations and communities’ (garland, : ) which will be vital symbolic resources for the development of the representation of the community as a crime stakeholder in rj (anonymised). lack of efficiency and the managerial state the rise of widespread managerial concerns in the delivery of public services, including criminal justice, is a problematic with deep historical roots, mainly linked to the neoliberal and neoconservative portrayals of post-war welfare regimes’ crisis. this is framed in the s as both economic, financial and ideological crisis, whose main effects are the hypertrophic bureaucracy and the de-responsibilisation of individuals and communities, resulting, ​inter alia, in idleness, crime and disorder (newman and clarke, : ). the ‘more and better management’ formula is presented as one of the solutions to the problems of the welfare state in britain (newman and clarke, ), inspiring the creation of new forms of political regulation. especially the idea of ‘reinventing government’ (osborne and gaebler, in newman and clarke, : ), i.e. the importing in the public sector of private companies’ categories of thought, is deemed as strategic to respond to the problematic at stake, including the rise of crime and disorder. in this area, the criminal justice system’s lack of performance is described as one of the main causes of crime (home office, b). the “crisis” of traditional penal institutions is framed in terms of failing to reach relevant targets, absence of professionalism and cost-effectiveness, or more in general lack of an economic-minded steer (cavadino and dignan, : ). the political rejoinder to this, is to empower the private sector to pursue innovation by prompting new ways of regulating offenders’ behaviours. this is the case of high-tech controls (nellis, : ), and more broadly, of strategies toward the privatisation and modernisation of criminal justice (auld report, ; glidewell report, ). the growth of measures relying on an assumed ‘contractual capacity’ of the offender/deviant, including youth offenders (crawford, : ), based on a moral ground but expressed in language drawn from the private enterprising vocabulary, is a further example of this cultural climate. rj, especially as a policing option, is promoted as a “less paperwork” intervention and as such an appealing “street justice” instrument (acpo, ; home office, ; restorative justice council, : ). rj also resonates with the ideas of satisfying the consumers (of justice) and of community-based governance which complement the ‘more and better management’ strategy (osborne and gaebler, in o’malley, : ). the problematics sketched out above, intersect and conflict at multiple levels. managerial issues such as slow prosecution and lack of coordination are considered key weaknesses of the youth justice system, to be tackled with by speeding up the process, as well as by (third way) multi-agency strategies (audit commission, ). multi-agency responses are also integral to a victim-centered criminal justice, as seen above. reparation programs and payback to victims are often justified in terms of ‘value for money’ and ‘payment by result’ (ministry of justice, : - ). however, contractual responses to everyday youth offenders may be perceived as a disappointing “soft option” by victims’ movements (davis, : ) and managerial constraints may have de-responsibilising effects and contribute towards the eclipse of moral communities. these intricate relations generate an assemblage of predicaments/responses which represents a condition of possibility for the development of rj. the transformation of disparate reparative practices, at the margins of the british criminal justice, into rj (i.e. an ensemble of discourses underpinning laws, services, policy bodies, funds, scholarly works), becomes possible firstly due to an epistemological shift. when those practices can be configured, at the same time, as an instrument to responsibilise everyday youth offenders, a response to politicised victims’ needs, a “third way” strategy of revitalising dying communities as well as a less costly justice option, then, rj becomes possible. yet, the tensions between and within problematics migrate into rj whereby themes such as empowering and shaming, rethinking of crime and acceptance of criminalisation, satisfying victims and safeguarding offenders, uneasily cohabitate. the further shift from possible to “real” (but ambivalent) response to crime, is related to the inscription of rj into the social body through governmental technologies. . political technologies securitisation this technology consists of the range of strategies, techniques and procedures which have enacted, over the last years, in the uk and the western world broadly, the securitisation of personal safety (schuilenburg, : ) and the distribution of responsibility for its delivery (garland, : ). such devices respond to the “need” of controlling everyday offenders, empowering communities and victims, relying less on state interventions and more on the same users’ participation. the moral communitarianism, the political re-invention of the victim as well as the new managerialism, have played the role (along with other factors) of the cultural justification of the material production of this form of security – forward-looking, plural, responsibilising. community safety measures can be considered an instance of this technology, insofar as they aim to prevent assumed future (anti-social) behaviour (crawford, : ). more broadly, the widespread trend (invoked by the morgan report in ), of distribution responsibility across an array of actors in delivering this negative/private security is an example of the technology at stake (bayley and shearing, : ; crawford, : ). while the state remains a relevant subject in the provision of negative security (especially for persistent or “alien” offenders), it is not the only player, and under certain circumstances, it may not even be the most important one. this means that community-based actors complement state agencies in providing security. individuals and groups are invited to take responsibility for their own security; they are encouraged to distribute among themselves the concern to create ‘livable’ spaces by reducing crime opportunities (garland, : ). the creation of youth offender panels or measures such as youth offender contracts and parental orders, that is, the legal supports of rj programmes in england and wales, are further examples of this technology. in rj, in fact, individuals and communities are at the same time providers and users of security services (pavlich, : ). from this perspective, rj makes sense as a de-centralised strategy of providing negative security, by relying on (and indirectly promoting) the users’ capability to take care of themselves. in rj, the overarching claim is to invest on interventions on crimes which emphasise the direct involvement (i.e. responsibilisation) of a plurality of stakeholders (‘victims’, ‘offenders’ and ‘communities’). the state, here, plays a “low profile”, but still relevant, role. this is evident in england and wales, whereby rj practices are often state-sponsored, led by state representatives (police officers, probation officers etc.) and re-enact the state-based criminal justice language and mindset (dichotomy victim/offender, offender’s admission of guilt as a condition to enter rj programs etc.) (davis, : ). hybridisation the second technology includes devices which perform a “hybrid” (i.e. beyond the public/private divide) way of control over a wide set of social issues, including crime and deviance (rose, a). this technology appears intertwined with the knowledge produced and promoted by the “third way” sciences and consistent with the community-based ‘more and better management’, with their drive toward the identification of new spaces/ways (e.g. the community) for ​doing social control. this can be seen, for instance, in respect of policing policy (‘community policing’), penal policy (‘punishment in the community’), justice policy (‘community mediation’) (crawford, ), and also of rj, whereby the role of efficient and pro-social communities is strongly emphasised (anonymised). the community is posited as ‘the ideal territory for the administration of individual and collective existence, the plane or surface upon which micro-moral relations among persons are conceptualized and administered’ (rose, a: ). the concept of ‘community’ here represents a singular hybrid between the notion of ‘civil society’ offered by the ‘left’ – as the alternative to centralised statism and to the free market doctrine (rose, a: ) – the moral communitarian insistence on traditional values and the idea championed by contemporary civic republicanism of community as a means by which to arrest liberal individualism (rose, a: ). the development of hybrid technologies of government can be thought of as a supposed alternative to both free market individualism and state-centred collectivism, not only within social and economic policy, but also in criminal and penal policy. this appears to be the case of rj: a third way of penal control, rooted in a perfected moral community, whose epistemic basis lies beyond the criminologies of ‘the self’ and of ‘the other’, and whose instruments are apparently alternative to both expressive punishments and welfarist interventions (garland, : ). rj is ​par excellence about imaging participatory decision-making processes to deal with crimes, by empowering ‘victims’ and ‘offenders’ within and through their ‘communities’ to address the harm experienced. de-politicisation here the focus is on methods and processes which aim to neutralise the moral, political, social, and economic character of public issues (rose, : ), in two different (and to some extent opposite) ways. firstly through programs, practices and policies which “managerialise” the production of order. the political, ethical and social character of decision-making is neutralised and superseded by the regulating principles of effectiveness, efficiency and economy. the production of order relies on a “neutral” expertise which generates evidence-based support, distancing decision-makers from the moral and political substance of their decisions (burnham, : ), reshaping popular perceptions of who is to blame for policy failures and reducing the operational liability of public institutions (diamond, : ). the growth of policies and practices of risk-assessment, accountability, transparency and external validation in the criminal justice sector exemplify these technologies. such mentality is characteristic of the new labour’s style of government: on one hand devolution to private actors on the other strategic ‘strengthening of the core executive [...] over policy-making and implementation process’ (diamond, : ). this is clearly expressed by new labour criminal and penal policy whereby multi-agency partnerships are paralleled by authoritarian instruments, like in the crime and disorder act , and where managerial concerns are a non-negotiable guiding principle of reform. furthermore, the development of problem-solving, fast-track and low-cost justice approaches, like rj (acpo, : ; marshall, : ), resonates with managerial devices of control. whilst the first range of techniques ends up limiting people’s individual responsibility by de-activating the political/social content of a variety of problematics, the second set of devices of de-politicisation works by installing a concept of the human subject as an ‘autonomous, individualized, self-directing, decision-making agent’ (rose, b: ). here the goal is to offer individuals and groups new opportunities to participate actively in various arenas of action ‘to resolve the kind of issues hitherto held to be the responsibility of authorized governmental agencies’ (burchell, : ). operationally, this is possible in different ways, for instance through the popularisation of what rose calls ‘psy-complex’ ( ). this expression refers to an array of techniques for the incorporation of psychological ideas about human resources and group dynamics into an increasing number of social domains, as well as to the nature and implications of the proliferation of psychotherapies (rose, ). from a criminal and penal control viewpoint, these second set of devices emphasises individual agency, at the expenses of socio-structural factors, as far as the “causes” of crimes and the ways to address them and their consequences are concerned. rj embodies this perspective, whereby crime is fundamentally a matter of interpersonal conflict to be dealt with by the same conflicting parties; the role of social determinants or macro-relations of power, is neglected if not denied. rj reaches the threshold of a ‘practicable’ penal discourse (gordon, : ) when its language, moral justifications and epistemic forms become integral to political strategies of securitisation, hybridisation and depoliticisation. this is possible insofar as, during the second half on the s, rj interventions are incorporated into apparatuses of negative security for responsible users/providers, located within ‘ideal’ communities. additionally, the inscription of rj into the social body requires the de-politicisation of both rj’s matter (from public offences to interpersonal conflicts) and goals (from punishment to personal healing/empowerment). this is not a smooth process, since the technologies’ aims are not easily compatible. there are tensions between individual responsibilisation and community involvement, as much as between managerial order and healing/empowerment or between distribution of responsibility and the leviathan’s “informal” support. this affects rj’s structure, stretched across multiple and ambivalent aspirations (e.g. satisfying victims’ need of negative security and healing, enabling offenders’ empowerment and reducing re-offending, investing in individual agency through communities). the analysis of the competing political rationalities which drive problematics and technologies can further clarify reasons and consequences of this genetic ambivalence. . political rationalities political rationalities are the discursive patterns of ends, means, justifications and limitations formulated by multiple actors and driving the process of government (rose and miller, : ). neoliberal and neoconservative rationalities, strategically opposed to the ​welfarist mentality, seem to inform the problematics and technologies charted above​. ​this combination manifests itself in different ways, depending on several contextual factors. here it is heuristically useful the ‘inclusive’ side of this political assemblage (o’malley, : ), conceptualised, following rose ( b, b), as ‘ethopolitics’, though a further refinement of this interpretive scheme is necessary (garland, ; o’malley, ). whilst in fact rose considers ethopolitics as a specific advanced-liberal political rationality, in this paper this concept is used to encapsulate only one possible way of expressing the fluid relations between the political mentalities mentioned above as well as their inconsistent synthesis and effects. from a governmentality perspective, neoliberalism is a self-limiting political mentality, based on the superimposition of the market rationality on the entire reality (foucault, ). the ‘market’, as smooth space of contractual relations and ‘site of veridiction’ of policies and practices (foucault, : ), is a distinctive product of neoliberalism. the marketisation of public agencies, including the managerialisation of criminal justice services, is driven by this mentality of government. the development of a ‘contractual’ culture, the rise of victims-as-consumers, the abdication of thinking in terms of ‘social causes’ of crime, the focus on responsibilisation instantiated by technologies of plural security and hybrid governance, are all expressions of the neoliberal way of thinking. in the relevant context, this rationality enters in a mobile alliance (o’malley, : ) with the neoconservative mentality, i.e. with a ‘social authoritarian’ mode of governing built around problematics such as the weakening of the nation, the breakdown of the nuclear family and the lack of moral community. discipline, cultivation of the virtues of law and order and respect for the traditions are the responses to these issues. here the object of government is a range “natural” communities, united by moral and traditional ties, coalescing around exclusive identities. the (partly) converging elements of this alliance are the ideas of a sovereign state as law and order enforcer and the centrality of the market (o’malley, : ), whilst the tensions lie around concepts of social contract, self-interest and morality (o’malley, : ). ​this inconsistent combination, is glued by a strategic “foreclosure” of the welfarist mode of social government, portrayed as spreading culture of dependency, individual de-responsibilisation, lack of morality and uncontrolled growth of bureaucracy. around these issues the alliance at stake emerges as a strategic response. the welfarist rationale is “included by exclusion” in this alliance, since it connects neoliberal and neoconservative mentalities as a constant danger to be continuously evoked and exorcised. the rather contradictory pathway to freedom/morality is the alternative to the ‘road to serfdom’. the welfarist mentality, clearly is not only an imaginary common enemy. this is actually present, as political rationale, in multiple penal discourses, including some of those relevant for the historical emergence of rj. this is the case of the idea of rj initially elaborated within the probation context as a rehabilitative technique (davis, : ), as well as by third sector organisations (e.g. nacro), even though their proposals came to be articulated in “serendipitous” ways by political parties (e.g. new labour). this combination of political rationalities configures a compounded style of government not reducible to a particular political philosophy or economy, but, as argued above, rather characterised by its type of problematics and technologies, that is, ‘ethopolitics’. the main feature of ethopolitics is to shift government from questions of rational administration of population to those of individual everyday morality and ethics, from taking care of collectivity to the controlled empowerment of individual responsibilities of self-government, in order to make people governable ‘at a distance’ (miller and rose, : ). the securitisation and the de-politicisation of social matters, connected to the spreading of hybrid arenas of governance, result in a sustained investment on individual agency, at the expenses of structural constraints which are “replaced” by morally cohesive communitarian ties (pathak, : – ). the neoliberal ​choice (emphasised in rj practices) becomes a crucial site of political intervention: individuals must become free, must enjoy a specific form of freedom linked to a particular idea of responsibility, rooted in a moral (neoconservative) community (that is, the “setting” of rj interventions). the combination between freedom to choose and morally cohesive communities elicits a reciprocal alteration, resulting in the superimposition of a “centripetal” freedom, since ‘the choice’ is filtered and enabled by the community’s moral fabric. the proliferation of themes such as local autonomy, victims’ participation, community empowerment, as well as reparation, seems informed by the ethopolitical tension toward the re-definition of people’s relation with themselves, in terms of open-ended futures, transforming the individual ethos (constituted by shared sentiments, beliefs, values) in a crucial political matter. in rj, the encounter, reparation of harm and personal transformation are all moral choices which aim to mend a wounded relation of trust and interdependency. this choice is mediated by discrete communities (rose, a: ) which make possible to match the emphasis on the individual responsibility with shared norms of civility. . subjectivation a distinctive type of subjectivation of individuals is integral to the deployment of ethopolitical responses to problematics of government. on one hand, ‘intensely subjective’ beings (i.e. responsible for their destiny) (rose, : ) are shaped by processes of de-socialisation of security and of hybridisation of governance. on the other, these subjectivities are constrained by managerial limitations as well as by the tight moral ties of cohesive communities. rj embodies such a janus-faced subjectivation process, insofar as participants to restorative programs are hailed by a plurality of inconsistent discourses. rj, in fact, emphasises at the same time, both the critical role of communal networks in supporting ‘victims’ and ‘offenders’ and the agentic responsibility of individual actors. ‘victims’ and ‘offenders’ are deemed to have the necessary psychological, moral and practical resources to engage in ‘restoration’, which is the outcome of their deliberate decisions. they are the only ones who can repair, compensate or apologise for what happened. the impact on crimes of any form of socio-structural factor is not taken into account, relying on individual agency as a necessary and sufficient site for the regulation of crimes. rj actors appear as ‘responsible subject[s] of moral community guided – or misguided – by ethical self-steering mechanisms’ (rose, : ). yet, rj is not a (pure neoliberal) form of privatisation of conflict. the ‘restoration’ can happen only against the backdrop of a community-as-moral-stabiliser and under the auspices of a managerial state, which regulates the effects of restorative encounters on “conventional” criminal justice. such an ambivalent subjectivation process is related to the constitutive tensions and contradictions which characterise ethopolitics. neoliberal, neoconservative and welfarist rationalities are overlapping yet opposing in many respects and at multiple levels. if, in fact, mobile alliances make possible the actual government, they also carry a load of discordant representations, claims and responses. this generates tensions and contradictions at level of both political programs and technologies, which translate into penal options, ‘volatile and contradictory’ in turn (o’malley, ). however, the incoherent nature of ethopolitics is also the very condition for the development of resistance to it. it is in the “cracks”, “gaps” and “holes” engendered by those tensions that spaces of contestations (and active subjectivation) will likely arise as possibilities to be seized upon by individuals and groups (rose and miller, : ). . conclusions this paper aims to insert the development of rj into a specific socio-political milieu, and to bring to the fore some historical contingencies which rj is tied to. the transformation of sparse reparative practices, with limited social, political and cultural traction, in a practicable penal policy option, is possible due to the development of competing political problematics and technologies informed by a strategic convergence of rationalities, that is, ethopolitics. this is not an orderly combination of political mentalities, being actually replete with constitutive tensions, expressed by contradictions at level of political programs and technologies, which produce, ​inter alia​, conflicting penal policies. it is not only the emergence but also the inner structure of rj which suffers of the same fragmentation which characterises the political milieu within which it arises. rj imports into the penal policy arena an ambivalent vocabulary which emphasises individual responsibility in and through cohesive communities, empowering through shaming, rethinking of crime but not of criminalisation, critique of punishment but not of the “penal”, priority of victims’ needs but also of offenders’ rights. a question which could be raised now, is whether the political conditions for the emergence of rj are also its destiny​: is it possible to envisage a rj which runs counter to ethopolitical imperatives, whereby the ‘subject gives itself the right to question truth concerning its power effects and to question power about its discourse of truth’ (foucault, : )? the constitutive incoherence of political mentalities (and of derivative penal policies) is the theoretical condition for contestation to arise. furthermore, spaces of resistance likely occur when technologies are crystallised in practices and institutions (that is, at level of the ‘real governmental practice’ (foucault, : )), due to e.g. professional rivalries, lack of technical conditions, communication short-circuits and so on. a theoretical and empirical investigation of these spaces, is a desirable challenge ahead for a critical rj scholarship as well as for a rj movement which aims to be not only successful (by gaining more funds, services and regulations) but also self-critical​ ​(by becoming more aware of its history, limitations and risks). references association of chief police officers (acpo) ( ) ​restorative justice guidance and minimum standards. available at: https://www.restorativejustice.org.uk/sites/default/files/resources/files/acpo% restorative% justice % guidance% and% minimum% standards.pdf​ (accessed . . ) audit commission ( ) ​misspent youth. young people and crime​. london: audit commission. auld r ( ) ​review of the criminal courts of england and wales: report ​(the auld report). london: home office. bayley d and shearing c ( ) the future of policing.​ law and society review​ ( ): – . braithwaite j ( ) ​crime, shame and reintegration​. cambridge: university of cambridge press. braithwaite j ( ) restorative justice: assessing optimistic and pessimistic accounts. ​crime and justice: a review of research​ ( ): – . braithwaite j ( ) ​restorative justice and responsive regulation​. new york: oxford university press. burchell g ( ) liberal government and techniques of the self. in: barry a, osborne t and rose n (eds) ​foucault and political reason​. london: ucl press, pp. – . burnham p ( ) new labour and the politics of depoliticisation. ​british journal of politics and international relations​ ( ): – . cavadino m and dignan j ( ) ​the penal system: an introduction​. london: sage. christie n ( ) conflicts as property. ​british journal of criminology​ ( ): – . crawford a ( ) questioning appeals to community within crime prevention and control. european journal on criminal policy and research​ ( ): – . crawford a ( ) contractual governance of deviant behaviour. ​journal of law and society ( ): – . crawford a ( ) restorative justice and anti-social behavior interventions as contractual governance: constructing the citizen-consumer. in: knepper p, doak j and shapland j (eds) ​urban crime prevention, surveillance and restorative justice: effects of social technologies​. boca raton: crc press, pp. – . https://www.restorativejustice.org.uk/sites/default/files/resources/files/acpo% restorative% justice% guidance% and% minimum% standards.pdf https://www.restorativejustice.org.uk/sites/default/files/resources/files/acpo% restorative% justice% guidance% and% minimum% standards.pdf davis g ( ) ​making amends: mediation and reparation in criminal justice​. london and new york: routledge. diamond p ( ) ​new labour and the politics of depoliticisation: the delivery agenda in britain’s public services - ​. available at: http://www.bristol.ac.uk/media-library/sites/sps/migrated/documents/patrickdiamond.pdf (accessed . . ) dignan j ( ) ​understanding victims and restorative justice​. maidenhead: open university press. driver s and martell l ( ) new labour’s communitarianisms. ​critical social policy ( ): – . duff ra ( ) ​punishment, communication and community​. new york: oxford university press. etzioni a ( ) ​the spirit of community​. new york: crown books. foucault m ( ) ​discipline and punish: the birth of the prison. ​new york: random house foucault m ( ) the subject and power. in: dreyfus h and rabinow p (eds) ​michel foucault: beyond structuralism and hermeneutics,​ nd ed. chicago: university of chicago press, pp. – . foucault m ( ) governmentality. in: burchell g, gordon c and miller p (eds) ​the foucault effect: studies in governmentality​. chicago: university of chicago press, pp. – . foucault m ( ) what is critique? in: schmidt j (ed) ​what is enlightenment? eighteenth-century answers and twentieth-century questions​. berkeley: university of california press, pp. – . foucault m ( ) ​the birth of biopolitics. lectures at the collège de france, – ​. basingstoke: palgrave macmillan. green s ( ) ​crime, community and morality.​ abington: routledge. garland d ( ) ‘governmentality’ and the problem of crime: foucault, criminology, sociology. theoretical criminology​ ( ): – . garland d ( ) ​the culture of control: crime and social order in contemporary society​. oxford: oxford university press. giddens a ( ) ​the ​third way: the renewal of social democracy​. cambridge: cambridge university press. gordon c ( ) governmental rationality. in: burchell g, gordon c and miller p (eds) ​the foucault effect: studies in governmentality​. chicago: university of chicago press, pp. – . glidewell i ( ) ​review of the crown prosecution service (the glidewell report). london: home office. harding j ( ) ​victims and offenders​. london: bedford square press. home office ( ) ​victim’s charter. standards of service for victims of crime ​(first published in ). london: home office. home office ( ) ​no more excuses: a new approach to tackling youth crime in england and wales​. london: home office. home office ( a) ​building cohesive communities: a report of the ministerial group on public order and community cohesion​. london: home office. home office ( b) ​criminal justice: the way ahead​. london: home office. home office ( ) ​justice for all white paper​. london: home office. home office ( a) ​restorative justice: the government’s strategy. a consultation document on the government’s strategy on restorative justice​. london: home office. home office ( b) ​respect and responsibility - taking a stand against anti-social behaviour. london: home office. home office ( ) ​rebuilding lives: supporting victims of crime. ​london: home office. http://www.bristol.ac.uk/media-library/sites/sps/migrated/documents/patrickdiamond.pdf home office ( ) c​ode of practice for victims of crime ​(victims’ code). london: home office home office ( ) ​reducing bureaucracy in policing​. london: home office. home office ( ) ​safe and confident neighbourhoods strategy: next steps in neighbourhood policing​. london: home office. hoyle c and cunneen c ( ) ​debating restorative justice​. oxford: hart. hoyle c and noguera s ( ) supporting young offenders through restorative justice: parents as (in)appropriate adults. ​british journal of community justice​ ( ): – . hughes g ( ) ​the politics of crime and community​. basingstoke: palgrave macmillan. jewkes y ( ) ​media and crime​. london: sage. johnstone g ( ) ​restorative justice: ideas, values, debates. ​london and new york: routledge. johnstone g and van ness d ( ) the meaning of restorative justice. in: johnstone g and van ness d (eds) ​handbook of restorative justice​. london: willan, pp. – . kearon t and godfrey bs ( ) setting the scene: a question of history. in: walklate s (ed) handbook of victims and victimology. ​london: routledge, pp. – . labour party ( ) ​a quiet life: tough action on criminal neighbours​. london: labour party. lea j and young j ( ) ​what is to be done about law and order – crisis in the eighties​. harmondsworth: penguin. liebmann m ( ) ​restorative justice: how it works​. london: jessica kingsley publishers. lippens r ( ) ambivalent sovereigns and restorative justice: exploring conditions of possibility and impossibility for restorative justice in a post-communicative age. ​critical criminology : – . maguire m ( ) victims’ needs and victim services: indications from research. ​victimology: an international journal ​ ( - ): – . marshall t ( ) the evolution of restorative justice in britain. ​european journal on criminal policy and research ​ ( ): – . marshall t ( ) ​restorative justice: an overview​. london: home office. mawby ri ( ) victims’ needs or victims’ rights: alternative approaches to policy-making. in: mayhew p and hough m ( ) british crime survey: origins and impact. in: maguire m and pointing j (eds) ​victims of crime: a new deal? ​milton keynes: open university press, pp. – . miller p and rose n ( ) governing economic life. ​economy and society​, ( ): – . ministry of justice ( ) ​breaking the cycle: effective punishment, rehabilitation and sentencing of offenders​. available at: http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/ /http:/www.justice.gov.uk/consultations/do cs/breaking-the-cycle.pdf​ (accessed . . ) ministry of justice ( ) ​restorative justice action plan for the criminal justice system in england and wale​s. morgan j ( ) ​safer communities: the local delivery of crime prevention through the partnership approach ​(the morgan report). london: home office. muncie j ( ) institutionalized intolerance: youth justice and the crime and disorder act. critical social policy ​ ( ): – . muncie j ( ) governing young people: coherence and contradiction in contemporary youth justice. critical social policy ​ ( ): – . nellis m ( ) electronically monitoring offenders and penal innovation in a telematic society. in: knepper p, doak j and shapland j (eds) ​urban crime prevention, surveillance and restorative justice: effects of social technologies​. boca raton: crc press, pp. – . http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/ /http:/www.justice.gov.uk/consultations/docs/breaking-the-cycle.pdf http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/ /http:/www.justice.gov.uk/consultations/docs/breaking-the-cycle.pdf newburn t and crawford a ( ) y​outh offending and restorative justice: implementing reform in youth justice​. cullompton: willan. newman j and clarke j ( ) ​the managerial state: power, politics and ideology in the remaking of social welfare​. london: sage. o’malley p ( ) post-social criminologies: some implications of current political trends for criminological theory and practice. ​current issues in criminal justice​ ( ): – . o’malley p ( ) volatile and contradictory punishment. ​theoretical criminology​ ( ): – . o’malley p ( ) ​risk and restorative justice: governing through the democratic minimization of harms. available at http://www.researchgate.net/profile/pat_omalley/publication/ _risk_and_restorative_justic e_governing_through_the_democratic_minimisation_of_harms/links/ b d d a . pdf​ (accessed . . ) pathak p ( ) ethopolitics and the financial citizen. ​sociological review​ ( ): – . pavlich g ( ) ​governing paradoxes of restorative justice​. london: glasshouse press. pitts j ( ) ​the new politics of youth crime. discipline or solidarity?​ basingstoke: palgrave reeves h ( ) the victim support perspective. in: wright m and galaway b (eds) ​mediation and criminal justice​. london: sage, pp. – . restorative justice consortium ( ) ​principle of restorative processes. ​available at: http://www.iirp.edu/pdf/beth _davey .pdf​ (accessed . . ) restorative justice council ( ) ​best practice guidance for restorative practice​. available at: https://www.restorativejustice.org.uk/sites/default/files/resources/files/best% practice% guidance% for% restorative% practice% .pdf​ (accessed . . ) restorative justice council ( ) ​restorative justice and policing information pack. ​available at: https://www.restorativejustice.org.uk/sites/default/files/resources/files/ z _info_packs% % % % police.pdf​ (accessed . . ) restorative justice council ( ) ​principles of restorative justice​. available at: https://www.restorativejustice.org.uk/resources/rjc-principles-restorative-practice-results- -consulta tion​ (accessed . . ) richards k ( ) restorative justice and ‘‘empowerment’’: producing and governing active subjects through ‘‘empowering’’ practices. ​critical criminology​ ( ): – . rose n ( ) ​the psychological complex: psychology, politics and society in england, - ​. london: routledge. rose n ( ) ​governing the soul: the shaping of the private self​. london: routledge. rose n ( a) the death of the social? refiguring the territory of government. ​economy and society ( ): – . rose n ( b) governing “advanced” liberal democracies. in: barry a, osborne t and rose n (eds) foucault and political reason​. london: ucl press, pp. – . rose n ( ) ​inventing our selves: psychology, power, and personhood​. cambridge: cambridge university press. rose n ( a) ​powers of freedom: reframing political thought​. cambridge: cambridge university press. rose n ( b) inventiveness in politics: review of anthony giddens, the third way. ​economy and society​ ( ): – . rose n ( a) community, citizenship, and the third way. in: denise m and minson j (eds) citizenship and cultural policy​. london: sage, pp. – . https://www.restorativejustice.org.uk/resources/rjc-principles-restorative-practice-results- -consultation http://www.researchgate.net/profile/pat_omalley/publication/ _risk_and_restorative_justice_governing_through_the_democratic_minimisation_of_harms/links/ b d d a .pdf http://www.researchgate.net/profile/pat_omalley/publication/ _risk_and_restorative_justice_governing_through_the_democratic_minimisation_of_harms/links/ b d d a .pdf https://www.restorativejustice.org.uk/sites/default/files/resources/files/best% practice% guidance% for% restorative% practice% .pdf https://www.restorativejustice.org.uk/sites/default/files/resources/files/best% practice% guidance% for% restorative% practice% .pdf https://www.restorativejustice.org.uk/sites/default/files/resources/files/ z _info_packs% % % % police.pdf http://www.iirp.edu/pdf/beth _davey .pdf https://www.restorativejustice.org.uk/sites/default/files/resources/files/ z _info_packs% % % % police.pdf https://www.restorativejustice.org.uk/resources/rjc-principles-restorative-practice-results- -consultation http://www.researchgate.net/profile/pat_omalley/publication/ _risk_and_restorative_justice_governing_through_the_democratic_minimisation_of_harms/links/ b d d a .pdf rose n ( b) the politics of life itself. ​theory, culture and society​ ( ): – . rose n and miller p ( ) political power beyond the state: problematics of government. ​the british journal of sociology​ ( ): – . rose n, o’malley p and valverde m ( ) governmentality. ​annual review of law and social science​ : - schuilenburg m ( ) the securitisation of society: on the rise of quasi-criminal law and selective exclusion. ​social justice​ ( / ): – . shapland j et al. ( ) ​victims and the criminal justice system​. aldershot: gower. shapland j et al. ( ) ​restorative justice in practice. the second report from the evaluation of three schemes. available at: https://www.sheffield.ac.uk/polopoly_fs/ . !/file/restorativejustice ndreport.pdf (accessed . . ) sullivan d and tifft l ( ) ​restorative justice: healing the foundations of our everyday lives​. monsey: willow tree press. walklate s (ed) ​handbook of victims and victimology. ​london: routledge. wright m ( ) ​making good: prisons, punishment, and beyond​. london: burnett books. wright m ( ) ​justice for victims and offenders. ​winchester: waterside press. young a ( ) ​imagining crime​. london: sage. zehr h ( )​ changing lenses: a new focus for crime and justice​. scottdale: herald press. legislation ministry of justice, criminal justice act ministry of justice, criminal justice act ministry of justice, crime and disorder act ministry of justice, youth justice and criminal evidence act ministry of justice, criminal justice act ministry of justice, criminal justice and immigration act ministry of justice, restorative justice action plan https://www.sheffield.ac.uk/polopoly_fs/ . !/file/restorativejustice ndreport.pdf invited speaker presentation open access global health and global justice norman daniels from th postgraduate forum on health systems and policies phitsanulok, thailand. - june most people are concerned about international health inequalities and find them unjust. at the same time, we lack global institutions that can effectively act to reduce these health inequalities, which have various sources. accordingly, the concern about health inequalities does not by itself support some one of the competing theories of global justice. yet, many people believe that specific problems increase injustice globally and might be addressed by various measures: the brain drain of health workers from poorer to richer countries, the lack of devel- opment and dissemination of drugs that address the global burden of disease, the high rates of mortality (and morbid- ity) that reflect obvious weaknesses in health systems (e.g. maternal mortality rates), the lack of universal coverage for important health services, the lack of effective global public goods, such as better surveillance systems. i recom- mend an approach to developing an account of global jus- tice that builds on promising solutions to such specific issues, where these solutions build sustainable institutions that address the problems. published: january doi: . / - - -s -i cite this article as: daniels: global health and global justice. bmc public health (suppl ):i . submit your next manuscript to biomed central and take full advantage of: • convenient online submission • thorough peer review • no space constraints or color figure charges • immediate publication on acceptance • inclusion in pubmed, cas, scopus and google scholar • research which is freely available for redistribution submit your manuscript at www.biomedcentral.com/submitcorrespondence: ndaniels@hsph.harvard.edu harvard university, cambridge, ma, usa daniels bmc public health , (suppl ):i http://www.biomedcentral.com/ - / /s /i © daniels; licensee biomed central ltd. this is an open access article distributed under the terms of the creative commons attribution license (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . ), which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited. the creative commons public domain dedication waiver (http:// creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/ . /) applies to the data made available in this article, unless otherwise stated. mailto:ndaniels@hsph.harvard.edu http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . http://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/ . / http://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/ . / powerpoint-präsentation using factorial surveys to study justice perceptions: five methodological problems of attitudinal justice research sfb working paper series ○ no. ○ january dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities http://www.sfb .uni-bielefeld.de/ stefan liebig carsten sauer stefan friedhoff stefan liebig, carsten sauer and stefan friedhoff using factorial surveys to study justice perceptions: five methodological problems of attitudinal justice research sfb working paper series, no. dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities research project a bielefeld, january sfb working paper series general editors: martin diewald, thomas faist and stefan liebig issn - this publication has been funded by the german research foundation (dfg). sfb working papers are refereed scholarly papers. submissions are reviewed by peers in a two-stage sfb internal and external refereeing process before a final decision on publication is made. the working paper series is a forum for presenting works in progress. readers should communicate comments on the manuscript directly to the author(s). the papers can be downloaded from the sfb website http://www.sfb .uni-bielefeld.de/ sfb “from heterogeneities to inequalities” university of bielefeld faculty of sociology po box d- bielefeld germany phone: + -( ) - - or + -( ) - - email: office.sfb @uni-bielefeld.de web: http://www.sfb .uni-bielefeld.de/ dfg research center (sfb) “from heterogeneities to inequalities” whether fat or thin, male or female, young or old – people are different. alongside their physi- cal features, they also differ in terms of nationality and ethnicity; in their cultural preferences, lifestyles, attitudes, orientations, and philosophies; in their competencies, qualifications, and traits; and in their professions. but how do such heterogeneities lead to social inequalities? what are the social mechanisms that underlie this process? these are the questions pursued by the dfg research center (sonderforschungsbereich (sfb)) “from heterogeneities to inequalities” at bielefeld university, which was approved by the german research foundation (dfg) as “sfb ” on may , . in the social sciences, research on inequality is dispersed across different research fields such as education, the labor market, equality, migration, health, or gender. one goal of the sfb is to integrate these fields, searching for common mechanisms in the emergence of inequality that can be compiled into a typology. more than fifty senior and junior researchers and the bielefeld university library are involved in the sfb. along with sociologists, it brings together scholars from the bielefeld university faculties of business administration and economics, educational science, health science, and law, as well as from the german institute for economic research (diw) in berlin and the university of erlangen-nuremberg. in addition to carrying out research, the sfb is concerned to nurture new academic talent, and therefore provides doctoral training in its own integrated research training group. a data infrastructure project has also been launched to archive, prepare, and disseminate the data gathered. research project a “the legitimation of inequalities – structural conditions of justice attitudes over the life-span” this project investigates (a) the conditions under which inequalities are perceived as problems of justice and (b) how embedment in different social contexts influences the formation of attitudes to justice across the life course. we assume that individuals evaluate inequalities in terms of whether they consider them just, and that they hold particular attitudes toward justice because, and as long as, these help them to attain their fundamental goals and to solve, especially, the problems that arise through cooperation with other people (cooperative relations). as a result, attitudes on justice are not viewed either as rigidly stable orientations across the life span or as “sunday best beliefs” i.e. short-lived opinions that are adjusted continuously to fit situational interests. instead, they are regarded as being shaped by the opportunities for learning and making comparisons in different phases of the life course and different social contexts. the goal of the project is to use longitudinal survey data to explain why individuals have particular notions of justice. the key aspect is taken to be changes in the social context – particularly households, social networks, or workplaces – in which individuals are embedded across their life course. this is because social contexts offer opportunities to make social comparisons and engage in social learning, processes that are decisive in the formation of particular attitudes to justice. the project will test this empirically by setting up a special longitudinal panel in which the same individuals will be interviewed three times over an - year period. the results of the project will permit conclusions to be drawn on the consequences of changes in a society's social and economic structure for its members' ideas about justice. the project therefore supplements the analysis of the mechanisms that produce inequality, which is the focus of sfb as a whole, by looking at subjective evaluations, and it complements that focus by addressing the mechanisms of attitude formation. research goals ( ) analysis of the conditions in which justice is used as a criterion for evaluating inequalities. ( ) explanation of attitudes toward justice as the outcome of comparison and learning processes mediated by the social context. ( ) longitudinal observation of the individual development of attitudes to justice over the life course. research design ( ) continuation and expansion of the longitudinal survey of evaluations of justice conducted by the german socio-economic panel study (soep). ( ) commencement of an independent longitudinal panel with ties to the process-generated individual data of the german institute for employment research (iab) and information on companies and households (the plan is to carry out three survey waves over an -year period). the authors stefan liebig is professor of sociology with a special focus on social inequality and social stratification at the faculty of sociology, bielefeld university, and principal investigator of the collaborative research centre (sfb) research project a , “the legitimation of inequalities – structural conditions of justice attitudes over the life-span”. his research interests are empirical justice research, organizations and social inequality, and methods of empirical research. recent publications are “the justice of earnings in dual-earner households”, in: research in social stratification and mobility ( ): - (with c. sauer and j. schupp); “gerechtigkeit”, in: s. mau & n. m. schöneck (eds.), handwörterbuch zur gesellschaft deutschlands ( ), springer vs: - (with c. sauer and p. valet); “the application of factorial surveys in general population samples: the effects of respondent age and education on response times and response consistency”, in: survey research methods ( ): - (with c. sauer, k. auspurg and t. hinz). contact: stefan.liebig@uni-bielefeld.de carsten sauer is a postdoctoral research fellow in the sfb , project a at bielefeld university. his research interests include the explanation of behavior, social inequality and justice and quantitative research methods (especially factorial surveys). among his recent publications are: “the factorial survey as a method for measuring sensitive issues”, in: u. engel, b. jann, p. lynn, a. scherpenzeel, p. sturgis, (eds.), improving survey methods. lessons from recent research ( ), routledge: - (with k. auspurg, t. hinz, s. liebig); “incentives and inhibitors of abusing academic positions: analysing university students' decisions about bribing academic staff”, in: european sociological review ( ): - (with p. graeff, s. satter, g. mehlkop); “less is sometimes more: consequences of overpayment on job satisfaction and absenteeism”, in: social justice research ( ): - (with p. valet); “when decisions should be shared: a study of social norms in medical decision making using a factorial survey approach”, in: medical decision making ( ): - (with m. müller-engelmann et al.). contact: carsten.sauer@uni-bielefeld.de stefan friedhoff is a member of the sfb project “information and data infrastructure” (inf) and phd candidate at the bielefeld graduate school in history and sociology (bghs). in the inf project he assists researchers with problems of everyday documentation and improves documentation practices. his research interests focus on data management, survey methodology, social inequalities and factorial survey research. contact: stefan.friedhoff@uni-bielefeld.de using factorial surveys to study justice perceptions: five methodological problems of attitudinal justice research stefan liebig, carsten sauer, and stefan friedhoff summary: this article provides an overview of how factorial surveys have been used in justice research in the past. it addresses the question of why this method is particularly useful to survey attitudes toward justice. this question is discussed with reference to five problems of empirical justice research. for each of these problems, findings are presented from recent justice research that has used the factorial survey method, with a focus on assessing the allocation and distribution of goods (earnings/income, transfer payments, pensions) and burdens (taxes). the paper concludes with a discussion of future developments and possible applications in this research field. introduction for a long time, the question of what is just and what is not was regarded as a purely normative problem and, thus, as a subject of philosophy, legal theory, or theology. the aim of this normative justice research is to provide answers to kant’s question “what ought i to do?”, and to do so has to identify principles or rules of justice that ensure that, from a moral point of view, the allocation and distribution of goods and burdens can be regarded as just (e.g., rawls, ). starting around the middle of the last century, a descriptive, or empirical, line of research on justice began to establish itself, first in psychology, and later in the social sciences and in economics (adams, ; deutsch, ; jasso, ; runciman, ; törnblom, ). this steadily growing line of research examines what individuals and societies consider to be a just distribution of goods and burdens; why a state of justice is regarded as something worth achieving; and what consequences can be observed in a society when something is perceived as just or injust. most of this empirical research has focused on the study of attitudes toward procedural and distributive justice (cf. liebig & sauer, , ). while questions of procedural justice involve an evaluation of decision-making processes regarding the allocation and distribution of goods or burdens (deutsch, ; jasso, ; törnblom, ; wegener, ), questions of distributive justice involve an evaluation of the outcomes of such processes. the main finding of this research is that attitudes toward or beliefs about justice, as well as evaluations of concrete outcomes, not only depend on individual characteristics—and thus do not have the status of personal traits—but are affected by the social situation in which an individual is embedded and the type of resource that is allocated. a specific allocation amount can therefore only be assessed on the basis of contextual information (hegtvedt, ). this is why judgments concerning distributive justice are always complex, context- dependent, and context-related attitudes. at least five methodological problems result from this complexity which are partially known from other areas of attitude research but are particularly important in justice research. first, the high degree of context dependency of judgments implies that a lack of contextualization can lead to systematically biased measurements of attitudes toward justice, particularly in survey-based justice research, but also in experimental behavioral economics, where researchers deduce individual attitudes toward justice from behavior in very abstract and artificial distribution situations. second, since attitudes toward justice appear to be determined by a variety of very different factors, the actual importance and, especially, the relative importance of these factors must be determined (for example, to draw conclusions about their role in the generation of distributive injustices). this leads this paper is an outcome of the research project “the legitimation of inequalities – structural conditions of justice attitudes over the lifespan,” which is funded by the german research foundation (dfg) within the collaborative research center “from heterogeneities to inequalities” at bielefeld university, germany. us to a third problem: in order to investigate the causes and influencing factors of individual perceptions of justice, in some fields of justice research, experimental studies are conducted in the laboratory, with only a certain group of individuals—usually students—participating (henrich et al., ). as a result, the findings are often based on the study of convenience samples which include students and in which the external validity is usually not sufficiently clarified. this is particularly problematic in justice research because there is evidence that individual attitudes toward justice are influenced by sociostructural position and previous individual experiences, among other things. the fourth problem, the problem of social-desirability bias in response behavior (paulhus, ), is particularly important when measuring attitudes toward justice because attitudes are sometimes not measured appropriately, so that the findings obtained lead to erroneous conclusions. the fifth problem is the problem of measuring and identifying causal relationships; this problem is particularly relevant when conducting research on the causes of certain attitudes, whether toward justice or other factors. in this article, we will show how factorial surveys can be used, if not to overcome, then at least to reduce, the risk and impact of these five problems in empirical research on justice. we will review studies that analyze attitudes toward distributive justice and report problems in relation to the illustrated key results. the article concludes with a discussion of future developments and possible applications. factorial surveys in empirical justice research factorial surveys have been used in empirical justice research for over years to determine what ideas exist about the fair allocation of goods or burdens (e.g., beck & opp, ; jasso, ; rossi & anderson, ; wallander, ). generally speaking, respondents in these studies are asked to evaluate short descriptions (“vignettes”) of recipients (e.g., employees, households), in which the individual or situational characteristics (“dimensions”) used to describe the case are varied systematically in their levels. since these levels are simultaneously changed among vignettes, the procedure is also referred to as “multifactorial.” figure shows a vignette that is used to measure attitudes toward the distributive justice of income. the description consists of five dimensions, four of which are characteristics describing the individual (age, gender, vocational training, occupation), with the fifth dimension indicating the individual’s gross earnings. the specific values of these characteristics are varied from vignette to vignette. respondents are then asked to rate the justice of the gross earnings presented on an -point scale. in the analysis, these ratings are treated as dependent variables, and the five dimensions are treated as independent variables. by systematically varying these dimensions, their importance for justice evaluations can be estimated through statistical analysis and conclusions about justice can be drawn, with questions that can be addressed in this way including: should earnings increase with age? should women receive the same income as men? should individuals with vocational training earn more than individuals without training? the following illustration is based on a literature review that involved two steps. the first step was to search for articles in google scholar and the social science citation index which use any combination of the german and english keywords “justice” or “fairness” [“gerechtigkeit”] and “factorial survey” [“faktorieller survey”] or “vignette(s)” [“vignette(n)”]. following the procedure described by wallander ( ), the results were then complemented by publications citing the article “who should get what? fairness judgments of the distribution of earnings” by alves and rossi ( ), because it is one of the first and most frequently cited articles in justice research that use factorial surveys. articles in german and english were identified in this way. an overview of the studies used here can be found in the appendix. figure . example vignette with five dimensions a -year-old woman with occupational training works as a social-worker. her gross monthly earnings are € , (before taxes and transfers). in your opinion, are her monthly gross earnings just, unjustly high, or unjustly low? unjustly low just unjustly high - - - - - + + + + +            source: sauer et al. ( ) in the past, factorial surveys have been used in justice research primarily to examine attitudes toward the allocation of monetary rewards (individual earnings, household income, welfare-state transfer payments) or burdens (taxes). compared with the use of vignettes in other fields of research (e.g., wallander, ), the proportion of factorial surveys used in population surveys is larger in justice research, and there are also more international comparative studies (auspurg et al., ; hysom & fişek, ; jasso & meyersson milgrom, ; schrenker, ). recent applications of factorial surveys in justice research show two methodological peculiarities. ( ) as regards the decisive advantage of factorial surveys, which is to provide the respondents with contextualizing information, studies differ in the number of dimensions (information content) and vignettes per respondent. the numbers of dimensions used per vignette range from three (jann, ) to ten (auspurg et al., ; gatskova, ; sauer et al., ). the number of vignettes to be evaluated varies much more. this is due to a methodological peculiarity. especially in the early days of using factorial surveys, a very large number of vignettes were presented; the studies of jasso, rossi, and their colleagues used between and vignettes per respondent (alves & rossi, ; jasso, ; jasso & meyersson milgrom, ; jasso & rossi, ; jasso & webster, ). they did so because they wanted to obtain as many data points as possible for each subject to improve the estimation of individual judgment behavior (within-analysis) and to make comparisons among respondents based on their judgments (between-analysis). this procedure involves a two-step process. in the first step, individual regressions are estimated to measure the influence of the dimensions on the justice judgments of a single respondent (within-estimation). in the second step, these coefficients are used as individual traits to analyze correlations or differences among groups of respondents or other attitude measurements (between-estimation). ( ) the second methodological peculiarity has to do with the use of open and magnitude response scales, which are used to avoid direct measurement. when asked the direct question, respondents state what they think would be a just reward the individual described in the vignette should receive (hysom & fişek, ; shepelak & alwin, ). when the respondents are asked the indirect question, the justice evaluation (amount of injustice) is measured, but the respondents are not asked to specify the reward (e.g., earnings). the actual amount is determined ex-post using a two-step estimation procedure. a classic application is the determination of the just amount of earnings (for details, see jasso, ; jasso & meyersson milgrom, ; jasso & wegener, ). this procedure is based on the theory of jasso ( , ), according to which the justice evaluation j is the product of the logarithmic ratio of the actual earnings (a) and the just earnings (c), as well as an individual constant (θ) (jiv = θi × ln (av / civ), with i = judging individual and v = vignette). both c and θ are unknown and must be estimated. to calculate the just reward c, it is necessary to transform jasso’s equation (civ = av × exp (–jiv / θi)) and estimate θ as the slope coefficient of individual regression equations. the estimation is done by regressing individual-specific bivariate regressions of all judgments of an individual (j) on the actual earnings given in the vignettes. the estimated slope coefficient then provides the individual constant θ, which is used to calculate the just earnings for each vignette. this procedure makes it possible to express the attitudes toward justice in the reward units (see figure ). it is obvious that in this procedure at least an interval scale level of the justice judgment j is needed. for this reason in particular, open scales or magnitude scales are used (jasso & meyersson milgrom, ; jasso & webster, ; liebig & mau, , ) in addition to conventional - or -point rating scales (alves & rossi, ; jasso, ; jasso & rossi, ; jasso & webster, ; schrenker, ). the rationale for using these indirect measures of attitudes toward justice is that certain groups of respondents might find it too difficult to state specific rewards or burdens. more important, respondents do not express their own perceptions when asked about just rewards, because they are too heavily influenced by the given rewards (jasso, ; for arguments to the contrary, see markovsky & eriksson, ). however, this method has been critically discussed (auspurg & hinz ), and the use of open or magnitude scales has been considered to be particularly problematic (sauer et al., , ). but how might factorial surveys be used to reduce the methodological problems of empirical research on justice? in the following, we will provide a detailed description of the five problems mentioned and explain how factorial surveys might be used to reduce these problems in justice research. issues of empirical justice research and findings from studies involving factorial surveys contextual information: complexity of distribution processes the first problem of analytical justice attitude research is rooted in the very subject itself. in most cases, the question of whether or not the allocation of certain rewards or burdens is just can be answered only on the basis of contextual information (hegtvedt, ). this is because the actual allocation of rewards and burdens itself depends on a combination of individual and structural characteristics. the amount of actual earnings is determined by various factors, including individual performance, human capital, age, gender, occupation, industrial sector, and company size. the questions that arise when the justice of earnings is assessed are which of these factors the respondents think determine the amount of fair earnings and what relative importance each dimension has. previous research shows that individuals judge allocation and distribution results on the basis of very general rules or principles of distribution, which also specify which dimensions the respondents will consider to what extent. the most important principles besides the principle of equality are the proportionality or equity principle (rewards should be proportional to an individual’s current expenses and efforts), the principle of need (individual requirements in terms of minimum social standards and non-self-inflicted disadvantages should be considered in the allocation), and the principle of entitlement (an individual’s position and status in the hierarchical structure of a society or a group should be taken into consideration) (liebig & sauer, , ). the respondents’ decision as to which of these principles should guide the allocation or distribution process depends on the situation and on the type of goods or burdens to be distributed (e.g., income, the equation is solved using the following conversion and slutsky’s theorem: j = θ × ln a – θ × ln c = a + θ × ln a (cf. jasso, ; jasso & wegener, ). when the magnitude scale is used, respondents are asked to express the degree of their feeling of injustice by giving a random number or by drawing a line. to ensure the comparability of judgments, the respondents are first presented with a vignette (anchor vignette), which is similar for all respondents. medical assistance). in making such decisions, respondents might also use a combination of any of these principles. it is important to note that there is no way any of these principles could be “simply” applied, because it is impossible to make generalized statements about what “individual performance” actually is, which of the criteria required are legitimate, or which status characteristics of an individual should be rewarded and with what amounts. this more precise determination of the conditions and their links to specific reward amounts in turn depends on the context, and is the result, of social-comparison processes. only by comparing themselves with other individuals or groups (individual reference individuals or “generalized others”) can respondents develop concrete ideas about what might constitute a just reward or burden. thus, information on the recipients and the situational conditions is needed to decide which principles of justice should apply in a given case and what reward or burden is just or unjust. survey-based justice research in particular relies primarily on item-based measurement instruments, which provide respondents with little contextual information and measure attitudes toward justice on a very general and abstract level. the aim of these measurements is to identify cross-context preferences or general normative orientations. item-based measurements are useful, generally speaking, but can also lead to a systematic distortion of response behavior. since item-based instruments are designed to evoke a response behavior that favors equal distributions of goods and burdens, their exclusive use could lead to an overestimation of equality preferences. studies on empirical justice research show that respondents always rely on “equality heuristics” if there is too little information about distributive decisions. a similar behavior is observed when the respondents want to or can invest only little cognitive capacity in processing the instruments used because the instruments are too abstract, too difficult to comprehend, or not concise enough (keller et al., ; messick, ; roch et al., ). the use of the equality principle can be understood as a “rule of thumb or an intuitive rule of sharing” (keller et al., , p. ) and as what might be called the “default” attitude in resolving allocation and distribution conflicts in “ambiguous, novel, or complex social situations” (messick, , p. ). the advantage is that when using the equality principle, no information is needed about the recipients of the allocation or distribution or about any other situational parameters. nor are there any complex cognitive processes required of the respondents to be able to make a more differentiated allocation and distribution (messick, ). by exclusively using item-based questions it is possible to favor this use of a simple equality-oriented heuristic. factorial surveys allow researchers to avoid this problem. the first reason is that it requires respondents to make greater cognitive efforts than do item-based attitude measurements (sauer et al., , ). the vignettes presented have a more complex structure (several dimensions), and in most cases respondents are asked to evaluate several vignettes. second, in a factorial survey respondents are provided with more information. the contexts of the evaluation can be compared in a way that is more appropriate to the subject; for example, when asked to evaluate the justice of earnings, individual factors such as performance and job experience may be complemented with contextual dimensions such as the economic situation of the company or the situation of the family (sauer et al., , ). in addition, it is likely that the use of realistic vignettes helps the respondents to imagine the situation better and thus enables them to make appropriate decisions that go beyond simple heuristics. for the measurement of income inequality this means that measurements that use factorial surveys should show significantly lower “inequality aversion” compared with classic item-based questions. this is suggested by the results of a population survey conducted in germany in (sauer et al., ). of the , respondents recruited for an item- experimental behavioral economics operates in a similar way when distribution behavior in highly artificial game situations is used to draw conclusions about the justice preferences of participants, most of whom are students (cf. fehr & schmidt, ). one example is an item respondents in the german general social survey (allbus) are asked about on a regular basis to determine whether they agree with the statement “income inequality in germany is too high” (allbus , item a), in order to draw conclusions about preferences of income inequalities in society. based measurement, percent stated that income inequality in germany was “too high” or “far too high.” from these responses a clear equality preference can be derived. the same questionnaire also asked respondents to evaluate the justice of earnings of vignette persons. as figure shows, respondents clearly differentiated between just earnings depending on the occupation of the vignette individuals (sauer et al., ), thus creating inequality with their judgments. figure . earnings rated as just and actual earnings by occupation of vignette individuals in germany in source: attitudes toward justice from sauer et al. ( ), actual earnings by occupation (mean of full-time-employed in a given occupation), calculated on the basis of soep the triangles connected by the continuous line in figure show the just earnings for each of the ten occupations (mean values), which were estimated on the basis of the respondents’ judgments, while the squares connected by the dashed line show the actual earnings of each of the occupations as given in the data set of the german socio-economic panel (averages of full-time employees in each occupation [isco four-digit code]). the two lines run fairly parallel, which suggests that the respondents’ judgments were not arbitrary and that the estimations of just earnings based on the justice judgments provide meaningful values. on the whole, the respondents would slightly increase the earnings of individuals in lower-status occupations (manufacturing laborers, hairdressers) and lower the earnings of high-status occupations (medical doctors). however, the existing variation of earnings across occupations is still considered to be just. a uniform distribution of earnings—as could be derived as favored based on the item-based measurement—is not considered to be just. in addition, there is no statistically significant correlation between the inequality preference expressed in the vignette judgments and the preference for smaller inequalities in the item-based measurement. this means that if more detailed information about the potential recipients and their situation is available, the assessment of what constitutes just earnings is more differentiated, and that if this and other contextual information is not available, respondents use the “rule of thumb” just gross earnings actual gross earnings appropriate to the given situation and regard greater equality as just. this pattern is consistent with the findings on the use of the “equality heuristics” (see messick, ; roch et al., ). the potential of this method to allow for differentiated judgments of justice by using appropriate “contextualizations” has also been shown by two studies that do not focus explicitly on earnings. the first of these studies, schaffer ( ), examined what criteria respondents used to determine what they thought would be fair child support payments the parent not living in the same household as their child should make. the results clearly showed a tendency toward justice judgments based on actual needs, with respondents stating that child support payments should be proportional to the income of the persons liable for child support. in other words, the higher the income of the parent liable for child support, the higher the child support payment should be to be considered just. the second study, liebig and mau ( ), focused on minimum social security and examined the attitudes toward a minimum income provided by the state. their finding was that the respondents were generally in favor of a minimum level of social security that would ensure the recipients’ existence, which is consistent with the results of item-based measurements. however, their results also show that respondents think that the actual amount of welfare benefits should depend on whether the individuals described in the vignettes had put themselves in a state of welfare dependency. the general consensus what that those who are in financial distress through their own fault should receive less welfare state support than those who were in financial distress through no fault of their own. thus, the preference for a uniform distribution is lower if additional information is provided on the potential recipients of an allocation. the above discussion suggests that factorial surveys are more useful in measuring attitudes toward justice that are not the result of routinized behavior in the form of applying an equality heuristic. relative importance: the different relevance of individual allocation criteria the allocation criteria that underlie factual distribution processes often have different and, more important, competing normative implications. normative conflicts therefore arise only as a result of the relative weighting of individual criteria, such as when considering the question of whether individuals’ formal education should be given more weight in determining their income than their seniority, their experience, or their actual job performance. traditional item-based survey methods cannot clearly distinguish between individual determinants. factorial surveys can make this distinction because the multifactorial design requires respondents to make “trade-offs” among various different dimensions and thus to weigh up individual characteristics against one another. this makes it possible to determine the influence of each named and varied attribute on the respondents’ response or judgment, as well as the relative importance of individual vignette dimensions. this may be done by considering standardized coefficients (shepelak & alwin, ) or by decomposing into the respective semi-partial explanation of variance (cf. auspurg et al., ; auspurg & jäckle, ; gatskova, ). most of the existing research has investigated the relative importance of individual allocation criteria for individual incomes and household incomes, with a focus on two central questions. the first question is: which of the individual characteristics of the income earners described in the vignettes and which of the situational factors are relevant for the justice evaluation? here, the individual and situational characteristics are regarded as indicators of the general principles of justice described. the other central question is: is it possible to identify differences among societies or among social groups? generally speaking, the results of this research show that respondents actually weigh up several individual and situational factors against one another, and that they give the greatest relative weight to vignette dimensions that are directly related to employment (e.g., auspurg et al., ). key factors in the decision making include occupation, human capital (education and experience), and individual performance: respondents believe that it would be just if the vignette individuals in more prestigious occupations who have more experience, a higher level of education, and above-average performance in the workplace earned more than others (sauer et al., ). thus, two distribution principles dominate in justice evaluations of earnings: first, the principle of proportionality as described in equity theory (adams, ), because individual performance is seen as a central reward principle. justice of earnings is constituted not by absolute equality but by proportional equality, that is, by the principle of equal pay for equal performance and unequal pay for unequal performance. thus, contrary to the findings obtained by using the theoretical models advocated in behavioral economics (fehr & schmidt, ), individuals do not show “inequality aversion” when it comes to earnings; rather, it would be more accurate to say that they show “inequity aversion,” meaning that injustice is experienced, and is to be avoided, when individuals who have equal expenses achieve unequal outcomes or when individuals achieve equal outcomes with unequal expenses. however, because similar weight is given to the allocation category “occupation,” or prestige of the occupation, it is expected that for earnings to be considered just, they must also reflect differences in status. the results for germany are shown in figure ; respondents make a clear differentiation of earnings by occupation (with factors such as level of education, performance, and experience used as control variables). a key observation in this respect is that respondents clearly expect that individuals in occupations with a higher social status and greater prestige should be entitled to a higher income, regardless of their current expenses and benefits. thus, respondents believe that the allocation of income should be based on the principle of entitlement as well as on the proportionality principle. this finding is consistent with the results of a study hermkens and boerman ( ) conducted in the netherlands which found that occupational prestige is the most important determinant for the level of just household income. to compare the weight of individual dimensions in order to determine their relative weight, beta-coefficients (alves & rossi, ; hermkens & boerman, ), semi-partial explained variance (auspurg et al., ; gatskova, ), and t-values are considered (liebig et al., ). incidentally, this inequity aversion has also been observed in non-human primates (see brosnan, ). the term “education” does not allow for a clear distinction because it can be understood not only as an indicator of individual productivity (proportionality principle) but also as a status characteristic (principle of entitlement). figure . a comparison of the relative importance of dimensions in vignette-based and item-based measurements source: liebig et al. ( ). the relative weight of the dimensions was measured using t-values. the fact that the studies considered here found that “status criteria” play an equally important role in the just allocation of income as “performance criteria” certainly also has to do with the differentiated form of the attitude measurement used in factorial surveys. if we compare the ranking of the different income criteria obtained directly using item-based survey with the ranking obtained indirectly using a factorial survey, the survey conducted in germany in reveals significant differences. while the item-based survey leads to the conclusion that the proportionality principle is the most important criterion, factorial surveys show that the principle of entitlement (occupation) is the most important principle. the results also indicate that individual need is another important allocation criterion besides the two central principles of proportionality and entitlement: the number of children to be supported or marital status also constitute legitimate claims. respondents think that individuals should be allocated a higher income if they have more family responsibilities, if they are the sole breadwinner, or if they have to support children. the above clearly shows that the evaluation of earnings is based on a combination and weighting of different principles of justice. this was the key assumption of the model proposed by leventhal ( ): the justice of the earnings is evaluated on the basis of a combination of actual expenses (equity principle), position in the status and/or prestige structure of a society (principle of entitlement), and individual need (needs principle), with the last-mentioned principle given the least weight of all. the relative importance of the principles varies among different societies and among different social groups. this is not necessarily true of the role of the proportionality principle in the allocation of earnings (auspurg et al., ; cohn et al., ; hysom & fişek, ; jasso & meyersson milgrom, ). a comparative study of eastern european countries (bulgaria, hungary, poland, russia) and western countries (france, spain, united states) conducted by cohn and colleagues ( ) found a clear preference for the equity principle in all of the countries under study. this finding is consistent with the results of a study of american and turkish students conducted by hysom and fişek ( ) and with those of a comparative study conducted by jasso and meyersson milgrom ( ) in the united states and sweden. both of these studies showed that the preference for the equity principle was more pronounced among american respondents, whereas the swedish respondents gave more weight to operational context conditions (industry, capital, location) in the allocation of earnings. auspurg et al.’s ( ) comparative study of perceptions of income equity in western germany, eastern germany, and ukraine found that age had a significant effect on performance orientation. older respondents in germany gave more weight to status criteria (principle of entitlement), whereas in ukraine, older respondents gave more weight to the needs principle and younger respondents gave more weight to the performance principle. this serves to illustrate the third problem of attitudinal justice research, namely that different attitudes toward justice may be the result of different conditions of socialization (e.g., east vs. west) and different experiences with the processing of distributional conflicts. this will be the focus of the following section. experience-based attitudes: attitudes toward justice and the problem of selective sampling many studies in the area of empirical justice research are based on laboratory experiments that use small and very homogeneous samples. these experiments involve surveys among students of psychology, economics, or the social sciences (e.g., greenberg, ; markovsky, ), which means that the results of these experiments are not necessarily generalizable. the same criticism leveled against all experimental studies—namely the problem of the external validity of results (henrich et al., ; jones, )—can also be leveled against these experiments. however, in the field of justice attitude research, such criticism is much more problematic. there are theoretical reasons to believe (liebig & sauer, ; vanberg, ), and there is empirical evidence that indicates (almås et al., ; keller et al., ; meulemann & birkelbach, ), that attitudes toward justice are not personality traits that remain stable and persistent through an individual’s life course. thus, attitudes toward justice, and judgments of what is just, are “position effects” (boudon, ) in that they reflect not only the specific interests but also the experiences individuals “accumulate” in different occupational and social positions over the life course (liebig & sauer, , ). the local justice approach developed by jon elster in the s (elster, a, b, ) is explicitly based on this assumption. owing to their experience in solving distribution problems, certain population groups have attitudes toward justice that are different from those of individuals who cannot draw on such experiences (keller et al., ). this is particularly true of students because they are at a specific stage of their life course, have very similar sociostructural characteristics and social backgrounds, and little experience with social distribution conflicts and possible ways to resolve such conflicts. experimental studies involving surveys among students thus capture only a small range of the spectrum of possible attitudes toward justice, namely the range of attitudes that are not based on working life experience and experience with the resolution of distribution conflicts. thus, more than many other areas of research, justice research is faced with the challenge of finding ways to benefit from the advantages of experimental methods outside the laboratory and to examine heterogeneous populations. this is another problem factorial surveys can help overcome. since they can be used to combine experimental methods and standardized surveys, factorial surveys can be embedded in traditional survey methods such as interviewer-based, online, or mail-based surveys (sauer et al., , , ). one possible application is the determination of the weight of individual dimensions by individual groups of respondents. such “cross-level interactions” have been observed by schrenker ( ), who found that respondents with a high income gave significantly more weight to the income that vignette individuals had before reaching pension entitlement age when deciding what constitutes a just pension than did respondents with a low income. auspurg et al. ( ) found that respondents with a higher level of education gave more weight to occupational prestige when allocating earnings than did respondents with a lower level of education. both of these examples show that justice judgments also reflect respondents’ personal interests and that experience with the resolution of distributional conflicts (or lack of it) plays a crucial role. this is supported by buzea et al. ( ) and gatskova ( ). buzea et al. ( ) found significant differences between students and the rest of the population, with the former leaning more toward the equal-distribution principle. on the whole, the results reported here show that when larger segments of a population are to be surveyed, factorial surveys can help to overcome the problems that result from selective sampling and small sample size. social desirability: justice as a normative concept justice as a normative concept is always a part of normative discourses and of social conflicts that are covered by the media, especially when it comes to social problems of distribution (brettschneider, ; leisering, ; volkmann, ). attitudes toward justice that are related to such discourses are faced with the problem of socially desirable response behavior (paulhus, ), meaning that respondents do not express what they really think or believe but instead respond in accordance with what they anticipate as the majority opinion or existing norms. researchers find that this problem is particularly pronounced when conducting item-based surveys (king & bruner, ) or relying on self-reports by individuals (fisher & katz, ). it is also one of the main problems in justice research. one example is the question of the pay gap between men and women. the general observation is that in item-based surveys, an individual’s gender should not be of any importance. thus the general consensus is that gender-based wage discrimination— the so-called gender wage gap—is to be regarded as unjust. however, studies that use factorial surveys indicate that respondents do allocate different earnings to male and female workers and that they believe that men should earn more than women with otherwise identical characteristics. this finding was reported in one of the first studies to have used a factorial survey (i.e., jasso & rossi, ) and has been confirmed several times since (auspurg et al., ; jann, ; jasso, ; jasso & webster, , ; sauer, ). the conclusion that can be drawn is that if several judgment-relevant dimensions are presented simultaneously, the tendency to give socially desirable responses—in this case, gender should not matter—is suppressed in the vignettes (alexander & becker, ; mutz, ). another example of the suppression of social-desirability effects by using factorial surveys is provided by a study on just taxation conducted by liebig and mau ( ), who used a regional sample in germany to examine attitudes toward criteria of what respondents believed constituted a just tax system. they concluded that “most of the applicable principles of the current tax system are regarded as legitimate” (liebig & mau, , p. , transl. from the german), that the principle of progressive taxation is generally regarded as just, but that “flat-tax” models were not consistent with the german respondents’ attitudes toward justice at the time the study was conducted. however, in the context of our own study, the difference between item-based and vignette-based surveys is more relevant. respondents in an item-based survey were asked which of the dimensions presented should be relevant for taxation. “marital status: married” was one of the dimensions. the majority of respondents did not think that marital status should be considered as a dimension of taxation. the respondents were then asked to evaluate the rates of taxation of the fictitious taxpayers presented. “married” was a level of the dimension “marital status”—besides “cohabiting.” the results showed that the respondents thought it would be just to allocate a lower tax burden to the married fictitious taxpayers. unlike in the item-based survey, which disregarded traditional ideas of marriage and family, in the vignette-based survey, the respondents lowered the tax burden on married vignette individuals. as before, there is good reason to believe that item- based surveys tend to reflect a more socially desirable opinion. this is more evidence that factorial surveys are likely to help to avoid socially desirable response behavior (auspurg et al., ). causality: scientific explanation and empirical testing empirical justice research that intends to provide not only mere descriptions of collective opinions and attitudes but also explanations on the basis of theoretically derived statements on causal connections is confronted with the same problem that all empirical social research has, namely that of modeling causal relationships and of sufficiently testing these relationships using empirical methods (gangl, ; opp, ). traditional survey-based research, which uses cross-sectional data, is practically incapable of reliably identifying possible causal relationships, since correlations between two variables might just as well be caused by other variables that have not been measured. due to the simultaneous measurement of theoretically assumed causes and effects, and due to the problem of unobserved heterogeneity, complex methods are needed to identify causal relationships post hoc (gangl, ). although longitudinal studies can be used to measure causes and effects separately in time, and appropriate methods (fixed-effects models) can be used to exclude the time- constant unobserved heterogeneity (allison, ; brüderl, ), the best way to test causal relationships is to use experimental methods (falk & heckman, ). the first reason is that the researcher can control the central independent variables (with causal effect) and that the experimental manipulations are randomly distributed among the participants (“randomization”). the second reason is that the laboratory allows for most confounding factors to be ruled out and thus for the isolated measurement of causal effects (webster & sell, ). however, it should be noted that the problems described above occur when specific populations are surveyed. once again, factorial surveys can provide a way out of this dilemma. ceteris paribus modeling of hypotheses enables direct testing of theoretical relationships, and the randomized assignment of vignettes to respondents ensures independence of vignette and respondent characteristics. this rules out third-variable effects. in the specific case of justice research this means that the survey instrument takes the context dependence of attitudes toward justice into consideration, given that the respondents are provided with an appropriate description of the allocation and distribution situation. in addition, random assignment makes it possible to test models that explain causal relationships (liebig & sauer, , ). as this article has shown, factorial surveys can be used, if not to overcome the five key conceptual and methodological problems of attitude-based empirical research on justice entirely, then at least to reduce these problems to a certain extent. conclusion in this paper, we discussed the reasons why factorial surveys are used in justice research, the specific methodological features of studies that use these surveys, and the key results such studies have provided in the past. our findings confirm that an individual’s decision whether goods and burdens are allocated justly does indeed depend on certain characteristics of the recipients of such goods and burdens, as well as on situational conditions. factorial surveys can help to reveal how respondents differentiate when judging whether something is just or not. factorial survey studies also reveal consensus structures that relate to the application of the norms and principles that there are some longitudinal studies in the area of justice research which use fixed-effect models, among others (cf. liebig et al., ; sauer & valet, ; schunck et al., ). underlie them and in which not only specific cultural features but also specific sociopositional features play a role. a particular advantage of using factorial surveys is that they enable the determination of the exact amounts of specific rewards and burdens recipients would allocate. the studies on just earnings or household income, socially just welfare benefits, or fair taxation allow researchers to derive conclusions as to what a given society believes are equitable rewards and burdens. factorial surveys thus have benefits that far exceed those of item-based surveys. recent years have seen an increasing use of factorial surveys in empirical social research, as well as a growing number of studies that focus on the methodological issues of and the questions that arise in connection with this method. to the extent that the experiences and insights derived in this way will inform the practice of conducting factorial surveys, the conceptual and methodological approaches can be expected to be optimized further in the future. as regards justice research, the use of factorial surveys in international comparative studies appears to be particularly promising (e.g., auspurg et al., ; hysom & fişek, ; jasso & meyersson milgrom, ) because most of the research in this area has been descriptive in nature (cf. liebig & sauer, , ) and for precisely this reason is incapable of identifying the causal mechanisms that underlie judgments in different societies and thus cannot clearly differentiate between cultural and positional influences. we also think that it would be worthwhile to continue to explore the potential of interactive survey methods. one question in justice research that has yet to be answered is what influence the distribution of earnings in a given society has on respondents’ assessments of their own earnings. does the actual degree of income inequality have any influence at all, or do individuals usually evaluate their earnings without regard to societal distribution parameters? factorial surveys may help to answer these questions because they offer the opportunity to vary distribution contexts and to test the causal effects of “structural” parameters on individual justice judgments. however, a question that remains largely unresolved is whether factorial surveys enable more reliable behavior predictions in the context of justice research (cf. eifler, ). this is where we see the greatest potential for development in this research field. references adams, j. s. ( ). inequity in social exchange. advances in experimental social psychology, , – . alexander, c. s., & becker, h. j. ( ). the use of vignettes in survey research. public opinion quarterly, ( ), – . allison, p. d. ( ). fixed effects regression models. thousand oaks, ca; london; new delhi; singapore: sage. almås, i., cappelen, a. w., sørensen, e. Ø., & tungodden, b. ( ). fairness and the development of inequality acceptance. science, ( ), – . alves, w. m., & rossi, p. h. ( ). who should get what? fairness judgments of the distribution of earnings. american journal of sociology, ( ), – . auspurg, k., & jäckle, a. ( ). first equals most important? order effects in vignette-based measurement. iser working paper series, no. - . colchester: institute for social and economic research. auspurg, k., gatskova, k., & hinz, t. ( ). vorstellungen von lohngerechtigkeit in west- und ostdeutschland und in der ukraine. wsi-mitteilungen, ( ), – . auspurg, k., hinz, t., & sauer, c. ( ). status construction or statistical discrimination? new insights on fair earnings from a factorial survey study. paper presented at the th annual meeting of the american sociological association, new york, ny. auspurg, k., hinz, t., liebig, s., & sauer, c. ( ). the factorial survey as a method for measuring sensitive issues. in u. engel, b. jann, p. lynn, a. scherpenzeel, & p. sturgis (eds.), improving survey methods: lessons from recent research (pp. – ). new york, ny; hove: routledge. beck, m., & opp, k.-d. ( ). der faktorielle survey und die messung von normen. kölner zeitschrift für soziologie und sozialpsychologie, ( ), – . boudon, r. ( ). subjektive rationalität und die theorie der ideologie. in h. haferkamp (ed.), sozialstruktur und kultur (pp. – ). frankfurt am main: suhrkamp. brettschneider, a. ( ). jenseits von leistung und bedarf: zur systematisierung sozialpolitischer gerechtigkeitsdiskurse. zeitschrift für sozialreform, ( ), – . brosnan, s. f. ( ). nonhuman species’ reactions to inequity and their implications for fairness. social justice research, ( ), – . brüderl, j. ( ). kausalanalyse mit paneldaten. in c. wolf, & h. best (eds.), handbuch der sozialwissenschaftlichen datenanalyse (pp. – ). wiesbaden: vs verlag für sozialwissenschaften/springer fachmedien. buzea, c., mesesan-schmitz, l., & van de vijver, f. j. r. ( ). reward-allocation judgments in romania: a factorial survey approach. revista de cercetare şi intervenţie socială, , – . cohn, e. s., white, s. o., & sanders, j. ( ). distributive and procedural justice in seven nations. law and human behavior, ( ), – . deutsch, m. ( ). distributive justice: a social-psychological perspective. new haven, ct: yale university press. eifler, s. ( ). validity of a factorial survey approach to the analysis of criminal behavior. methodology: european journal of research methods for the behavioral and social sciences, ( ), – . elster, j. ( a). local justice and interpersonal comparisons. in j. elster, & j. e. roemer (eds.), interpersonal comparisons of well-being (pp. – ). cambridge; new york, ny; melbourne: cambridge university press. elster, j. ( b). local justice: how institutions allocate scarce goods and necessary burdens. european economic review, ( – ), – . elster, j. ( ). local justice: how institutions allocate scarce goods and necessary burdens. new york, ny: russell sage foundation. falk, a., & heckman, j. j. ( ). lab experiments are a major source of knowledge in the social sciences. science, ( ), – . fehr, e., & schmidt, k. m. ( ). the economics of fairness, reciprocity and altruism – experimental evidence and new theories. in s.-c. kolm, & j. m. ythier (eds.), handbook of the economics of giving, altruism and reciprocity: volume : foundations (pp. – ). amsterdam; oxford: north-holland. fisher, r. j., & katz, j. e. ( ). social-desirability bias and the validity of self-reported values. psychology and marketing, ( ), – . gangl, m. ( ). causal inference in sociological research. annual review of sociology, ( ), – . gatskova, k. ( ). distributive justice attitudes in ukraine: need, desert or social minimum? communist and post-communist studies, ( ), – . greenberg, j. ( ). stealing in the name of justice: informational and interpersonal moderators of theft reactions to underpayment inequity. organizational behavior and human decision processes, ( ), – . hegtvedt, k. a. ( ). justice frameworks. in p. j. burke (ed.), contemporary social psychological theories (pp. – ). stanford, ca: stanford university press. henrich, j., heine, s. j., & norenzayan, a. ( ). the weirdest people in the world? behavioral and brain sciences, ( – ), – . hermkens, p. j., & boerman, f. ( ). consensus with respect to the fairness of incomes: differences between social groups. social justice research, ( ), – . hysom, s. j., & fişek, m. h. ( ). situational determinants of reward allocation: the equity– equality equilibrium model. social science research, ( ), – . jann, b. ( ). lohngerechtigkeit und geschlechterdiskriminierung: evidenz aus einem vignetten-experiment. in b. jann (ed.), erwerbsarbeit, einkommen und geschlecht: studien zum schweizer arbeitsmarkt (pp. – ). wiesbaden: vs verlag für sozialwissenschaften. jasso, g. ( ). on the justice of earnings: a new specification of the justice evaluation function. american journal of sociology, ( ), – . jasso, g. ( ). a new theory of distributive justice. american sociological review, ( ), – . jasso, g. ( ). assessing individual and group differences in the sense of justice: framework and application to gender differences in the justice of earnings. social science research, ( ), – . jasso, g. ( ). factorial survey methods for studying beliefs and judgments. sociological methods & research, ( ), – . jasso, g. ( ). studying justice: measurement, estimation, and analysis of the actual reward and the just reward. in k. törnblom, & r. vermunt (eds.), distributive and procedural justice: research and social applications (pp. – ). london; burlington, vt: ashgate. jasso, g., & meyersson milgrom, e. m. ( ). distributive justice and ceo compensation. acta sociologica, ( ), – . jasso, g., & rossi, p. h. ( ). distributive justice and earned income. american sociological review, ( ), – . jasso, g., & webster, m. j. ( ). double standards in just earnings for male and female workers. social psychology quarterly, ( ), – . jasso, g., & webster, m. j. ( ). assessing the gender gap in just earnings and its underlying mechanisms. social psychology quarterly, ( ), – . jasso, g., & wegener, b. ( ). methods for empirical justice analysis: part . framework, models, and quantities. social justice research, ( ), – . jones, d. ( ). a weird view of human nature skews psychologists’ studies. science, ( ), . keller, m., gummerum, m., canz, t., gigerenzer, g., & takezawa, m. ( ). the is and ought of sharing: the equality heuristic across the lifespan. in r. hertwig, u. hoffrage, & abc research group (eds.), simple heuristics in a social world (pp. – ). new york, ny: oxford university press. king, m. f., & bruner, g. c. ( ). social desirability bias: a neglected aspect of validity testing. psychology and marketing, ( ), – . leisering, l. ( ). paradigmen sozialer gerechtigkeit: normative diskurse im umbau des sozialstaats. in s. liebig, h. lengfeld & s. mau (eds.), verteilungsprobleme und gerechtigkeit in modernen gesellschaften (pp. – ). frankfurt am main: campus. leventhal, g. s. ( ). what should be done with equity theory? new approaches to the study of fairness in social relationships. in k. j. gergen, m. s. greenberg, & r. h. willis (eds.), social exchange: advances in theory and research (pp. – ). new york, ny: plenum press. liebig, s., & mau, s. ( ). einstellungen zur sozialen mindestsicherung: ein vorschlag zur differenzierten erfassung normativer urteile. kölner zeitschrift für soziologie und sozialpsychologie, ( ), – . liebig, s., & mau, s. ( ). wann ist ein steuersystem gerecht? einstellungen zu allgemeinen prinzipien der besteuerung und zur gerechtigkeit der eigenen steuerlast. zeitschrift für soziologie, ( ), – . liebig, s., & sauer, c. ( ). soziologische gerechtigkeitsanalyse: Überlegungen zur theoretischen fundierung eines forschungsfeldes. analyse und kritik, ( ), – . liebig, s., & sauer, c. ( ). sociology of justice. in c. sabbagh & m. schmitt (eds.), handbook of social justice theory and research. new york: springer. liebig, s., sauer, c., & schupp, j. ( ). the justice of earnings in dual-earner households. research in social stratification and mobility, ( ), – . liebig, s., sauer, c., may, m., hinz, t., auspurg, k., joos, a., & schwarz, j. ( ). bericht zur studie einkommensgerechtigkeit in deutschland. bielefeld: bielefeld university/konstanz: university of konstanz. markovsky, b. ( ). injustice and arousal. social justice research, ( ), – . markovsky, b., & eriksson, k. ( ). comparing direct and indirect measures of just rewards. sociological methods & research, ( ), – . messick, d. m. ( ). equality as a decision heuristic. in b. a. mellers, & j. baron (eds.), psychological perspectives on justice: theory and applications (pp. – ). cambridge; new york, ny; oakleigh, vic.: cambridge university press. meulemann, h., & birkelbach, k. ( ). biographische erfahrungen und politische einstellungen zwischen jugend und lebensmitte: die entwicklung von wertansprüchen an die politik bei ehemaligen gymnasiasten im ., . und . lebensjahr zwischen – . politische vierteljahresschrift, ( ), – . mutz, d. c. ( ). population-based survey experiments. princeton, nj: princeton university press. opp, k.-d. ( ). kausalität als gegenstand der sozialwissenschaften und der multivariaten statistik. in c. wolf, & h. best (eds.), handbuch der sozialwissenschaftlichen datenanalyse (pp. – ). wiesbaden: vs verlag für sozialwissenschaften/springer fachmedien. paulhus, d. l. ( ). two-component models of socially desirable responding. journal of personality and social psychology, ( ), – . rawls, j. ( ). eine theorie der gerechtigkeit. frankfurt am main: suhrkamp. roch, s. g., lane, j. a. s., samuelson, c. d., allison, s. t., & dent, j. l. ( ). cognitive load and the equality heuristic: a two-stage model of resource overconsumption in small groups. organizational behavior and human decision processes, ( ), – . rossi, p. h., & anderson, b. ( ). the factorial survey approach: an introduction. in p. h. rossi, & s. l. nock (eds.), measuring social judgements: the factorial survey approach (pp. – ). beverly hills, ca: sage. runciman, w. g. ( ). relative deprivation and social justice: a study of attitudes to social inequality in twentieth-century england. london: routledge. sauer, c. ( ). a just gender pay gap? three factorial survey studies on justice evaluations of earnings for male and female employees. sfb working paper series, no. . bielefeld: dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities. sauer, c., auspurg, k., hinz, t., & liebig, s. ( ). the application of factorial surveys in general population samples: the effects of respondent age and education on response times and response consistency. survey research methods, ( ), – . sauer, c., auspurg, k., hinz, t., liebig, s., & schupp, j. ( ). die bewertung von erwerbseinkommen – methodische und inhaltliche analysen zu einer vignettenstudie im rahmen des soep-pretest . soeppapers on multidisciplinary panel data research, no. . berlin: diw berlin, the german socio-economic panel (soep). sauer, c., auspurg, k., hinz, t., liebig, s., & schupp, j. ( ). method effects in factorial surveys: an analysis of respondents’ comments, interviewers’ assessments, and response behavior. soeppapers on multidisciplinary panel data research, no. berlin: diw berlin, the german socio-economic panel (soep). sauer, c., & valet, p. ( ). less is sometimes more: consequences of overpayment on job satisfaction and absenteeism. social justice research, ( ), – . schaeffer, n. c. ( ). principles of justice in judgments about child support. social forces, ( ), – . schrenker, m. ( ). warum fast alle das deutsche rentensystem ungerecht finden, aber trotzdem nichts daran ändern möchten: die wahrnehmung gerechter renten und die akzeptanz von rentenreformen. kölner zeitschrift für soziologie und sozialpsychologie, ( ), – . schunck, r., sauer, c., & valet, p. ( ). macht ungerechtigkeit krank? gesundheitliche folgen von einkommens(un)gerechtigkeit. wsi-mitteilungen, ( ), – . shepelak, n. j., & alwin, d. f. ( ). beliefs about inequality and perceptions of distributive justice. american sociological review, ( ), – . törnblom, k. y. ( ). the social psychology of distributive justice. in k. r. scherer (ed.), justice: interdisciplinary perspectives (pp. – ). cambridge; new york, ny: cambridge university press. vanberg, v. j. ( ). marktwirtschaft und gerechtigkeit – idee und kritik der sozialen gerechtigkeit im konzept der sozialen marktwirtschaft. in s. empter, & r. b. vehrkamp (eds.), soziale gerechtigkeit – eine bestandsaufnahme (pp. – ). gütersloh: bertelsmann-stiftung. volkmann, u. ( ). die journalistische konstruktion gerechter ungleichheiten. in s. liebig, h. lengfeld, & s. mau (eds.), verteilungsprobleme und gerechtigkeit in modernen gesellschaften (pp. – ). frankfurt am main: campus. wallander, l. ( ). years of factorial surveys in sociology: a review. social science research, ( ), – . webster, m., & sell, j. ( ). theory and experimentation in the social sciences. in w. outhwaite, & s. turner (eds.), the sage handbook of social science methodology (pp. – ). london; thousand oaks, ca; new delhi; singapore: sage. wegener, b. ( ). the illusion of distributive justice. european sociological review, ( ), – . appendix table . distributive justice: an overview of factorial surveys note: publications have been selected on the basis of the procedure described in footnote . jasso and rossi ( ), jasso ( ), and jasso & webster ( ) are based on the same sample. nv = number of vignettes used; nb = number of respondents; nv/nb = number of vignettes per respondent; ? = exact number not reported. the column “dimensions” is read as follows: e.g., ( × ) means dimensions with × levels and × levels. sorted by topic and year. characteristics that were used as dependent variables, had no influence, or were not examined in the article are given in brackets. reference object of investigation relevant characteristics dimensions (levels) nb nv nv/nb answering scale vignette sampling respondent population analysis countries alves & rossi ( ) earned income (individual) earned income, occupational status, marital status, number of children, education, taxation; [gender], [ethnicity] ( × × × × ? × ? × ? × ?) ? -point scale random general population ols regression usa jasso ( ) earned income (individual) gender; [relational status], [earned income], [education], [number of children], [occupational status] ( ² × × × × ) -point scale random general population two-stage estimation procedure usa jasso &webster ( ) earned income (individual) gender; [relational status], [earned income], [education], [number of children], [occupational status] ( ² × × × × ) -point scale random general population ols regression usa jasso & webster ( ) earned income (individual) age, education, gender, earned income; [occupational status] ( × ² × × ) magnitude scale random students robust regression, respondent- specific regression, and vignette-specific regression usa cohn et al. ( ) earned income (individual) effort (certificate of employment, willingness to accept occupational changes/salary cuts), need (labor market situation, marital status); [voice], [impartiality of the company] ( ); ( ²) ; ; ; ; ; ; ; -point scale complete design; random general population ols regression bulgaria, hungary, poland, russia, france, spain, usa jann ( ) earned income (individual) gender, need (single parent, narrow finances), effort (engagement, complies with performance requirements) ( ³) -point scale complete design general population ols regression switzerland jasso & meyersson milgrom ( ) earned income (individual) age, gender, job experience, company site, industrial sector, education, financial assets of the company; [earned income] ( × × × × × × ) ; magnitude scale random students multilevel models and respondent- specific regression usa, sweden sauer et al. ( ) earned income (individual) earned income, occupational status, education, effort, marital status, number of children, gender, situation of the company, company size; [age] ( × × × × ²) magnitude scale fractionalized design general population robust regression germany hysom & fişek ( ) earned income (individual) kind of task, co-worker relations, kind of occupation; [gender], [occupational status], [age], [education], [occupational experience], [group size] ( × ) ; allocation of relative proportion of the reward selective choice of vignette dimensions on the basis of pretests students ols regression usa, turkey auspurg et al. ( ) earned income (individual) germany (west): occupational status, effort, education, marital status, gender, age, number of children; [situation of the company], [form of company], [earned income] germany (east): occupational status, effort, education, marital status, number of children, age, gender; [situation of the company], [form of company], [earned income] ukraine: number of children, effort, occupational status, marital status, gender, education, age; [situation of the company], [form of the company], [earned income] (germany: × × × ² × ; ukraine: × ² × × ² × ) ; -point scale fractionalized design general population robust regression germany, ukraine buzea et al. ( ) earned income (individual) contribution, occupational experience, familiarity with the task, need (number of children), future interactions, age; [gender] ( × × ) percentage pay increase random students multilevel models romania gatskova ( ) earned income (individual) older generation: number of children, effort, occupational status, relational status, gender, form of the company, age; [education], [earned income], [financial situation of the company] younger generation: number of children, effort, occupational status, gender, relational status, form of the company, age; [education], [earned income], [financial situation of the company] ( × × × ²) -point scale fractionalized design general population robust regression ukraine jasso & rossi ( ) earned income (household) multiple person households: education (husband), occupational status (husband & wife), marital status, family income; [education (wife)], [number of children] multiple person households: gender, relational status, earned income, education, number of children, occupational status ( ² × × × × ) -point scale random general population ols regression usa shepelak & alwin ( ) earned income (household) single households: ethnicity, education, size of family, vocational training, gender, occupational prestige family household: education (husband & wife), vocational training, gender, occupational status of husband & wife; [family size] monetary units selective choice general population ols regression usa hermkens & boerman ( ) earned income (household) occupational status, number of employed persons in household, number of children, occupational effort; [gender], [age] ( ² × × × ? × ?) ; ; monetary units random general population ols regression netherlands schaeffer ( ) child support earned income father, earned income mother, marital status father, marital status mother, ( × × ) monetary units random general population tobit regression usa number of children [occupational status father] liebig & mau ( ) minimum collateral number of children, occupational status, age, occupational position, amount of state transfers; [reason for lay-off], [amount of income supplement], [gender] ( × × × × × ) magnitude scale random general population robust regression germany liebig & mau ( ) taxes earned income, number of children, amount of inheritance, marital status; [social engagement], [age], [gender], [occupational status] ( ² × × ² × × × ) magnitude scale random general population robust regression germany schrenker ( ) pensions amount of last income, years of professional experience, number of children, combined supply of partner, gender; [amount of monthly pension] ( × × × × ) monetary units and - point scale random general population random coefficient models and ols models (including beta- values and t- values) germany previously published sfb working papers: diewald, martin / faist, thomas ( ): from heterogeneities to inequalities: looking at social mechanisms as an explanatory approach to the generation of social inequalities, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, bielefeld. busch, anne ( ): determinants of occupational gender segregation: work values and gender (a)typical occupational preferences of adolescents, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. faist, thomas ( ): multiculturalism: from heterogeneities to social (in)equalities, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. amelina, anna ( ): jenseits des homogenitätsmodells der kultur: zur analyse von transnationalität und kulturellen interferenzen auf der grundlage der hermeneutischen wissenssoziologie, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. osmanowski, magdalena / cardona, andrés ( ): resource dilution or resource augmentation? number of siblings, birth order, sex of the child and frequency of mother’s activities with preschool children, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. amelina, anna / bilecen, başak / barglowski, karolina / faist, thomas ( ): ties that protect? the significance of transnationality for the distribution of informal social protection in migrant networks, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. alemann, annette von / beaufaÿs, sandra / reimer, thordis ( ): gaining access to the field of work organizations with the issue of “work-family-life balance” for fathers, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project b , bielefeld. kaiser, till ( ): haben gebildetere mütter gewissenhaftere kinder? soziale herkunft und persönlichkeitsentwicklung im frühkindlichen alter, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. gusy, christoph / müller, sebastian ( ): social construction of heterogeneity indicators and their relationship to law. the example of guiding principles in immigration law, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. liebig, stefan / may, meike / sauer, carsten / schneider, simone / valet, peter ( ): inequality preferences in interviewer- and self-administered interviews, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. fauser, margit / voigtländer, sven / tuncer, hidayet / liebau, elisabeth / faist, thomas / razum, oliver ( ): transnationality and social inequalities of migrants in germany, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. freistein, katja / koch, martin ( ): global inequality and development. textual representations of the world bank and undp, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. golsch, katrin ( ): shall i help you my dear? examining variations in social support for career advancement within partnerships, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. bröckel, miriam / busch, anne / golsch, katrin ( ): headwind or tailwind – do partner’s resources support or restrict a promotion to a leadership position in germany?, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. cardona, andrés ( ): closing the group or the market? the two sides of weber’s concept of closure and their relevance for the study of intergroup inequality, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. friedhoff, stefan / meier zu verl, christian / pietsch, christian / meyer, christian / vompras, johanna / liebig, stefan ( ): social research data. documentation, management, and technical implementation at sfb , sfb working paper series, no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, project “information and data infrastructure” (inf), bielefeld. reinecke, jost / stemmler, mark / sünkel, zara / schepers, deborah / weiss, maren / arnis, maria / meinert, julia / kucur-uysal, burcu / pöge, andreas / wallner, susanne / wittenberg, jochen ( ): the development of deviant and delinquent behavior over the life course in the context of processes of social inequalities, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. hense, andrea / edler, susanne / liebig, stefan ( ): individual determinants of recalls, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project b , bielefeld. bilecen, başak ( ): analyzing informal social protection across borders: synthesizing social network analysis with qualitative interviews, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. schunck, reinhard / abendroth, anja-kristin / diewald, martin / melzer, silvia maja / pausch, stephanie ( ): what do women and men want? investigating and measuring preference heterogeneity for life outcomes using a factorial survey, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project b , bielefeld. sauer, carsten / valet, peter / liebig, stefan ( ): the impact of within and between occupational inequalities on people’s justice perceptions towards their own earnings, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. schneider, simone / valet, peter ( ): social comparison orientations and their consequences for justice perceptions of earnings, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. cardona, andrés ( ): the programmatic bias in the discussion on social mechanisms in sociology, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. hille, adrian / schupp, jürgen ( ): how learning a musical instrument affects the development of skills, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. faist, thomas ( ): "we are all transnationals now": the relevance of transnationality for understanding social inequalities, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. lohmann, henning / ferger, florian ( ): educational poverty in a comparative perspective: theoretical and empirical implications, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. freistein, katja / koch, martin ( ): the effects of measuring poverty – indicators of the world bank, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. andernach, björn / schunck, reinhard ( ): investigating the feasibility of a factorial survey in a cati, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project b , bielefeld. sauer, carsten ( ): a just gender pay gap? three factorial survey studies on justice evaluations of earnings for male and female employees, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. berger, johannes ( ): dringend erforderlich: eine stärker vereinheitlichte soziologische ungleichheitsforschung, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project z, bielefeld. karsch, anna ( ): geschlechtstypische unterschiede in den berufspräferenzen deutscher jugendlicher, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. barglowski, karolina ( ): social classifications and inequalities: ideologies of mobility, care and work in transnational families, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. sauer, carsten / valet, peter / liebig, stefan ( ): ungleichheiten am arbeitsmarkt und die gerechtigkeitswahrnehmung von erwerbseinkommen, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. dawid, herbert / harting, philipp / neugart, michael ( ): cohesion policy and inequality dynamics: insights from a heterogeneous agents macroeconomic model, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. liebig, stefan / may, meike / sauer, carsten / schneider, simone / peter valet ( ): the effect of interviewer presence on inequality preferences, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. cardona, andrés / diewald, martin ( ): opening the black box of primary effects: relative risk aversion and maternal time investments in preschool children, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. fehl, caroline / freistein, katja ( ): institutional mechanisms of global inequality reproduction, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. freistein, katja ( ): are there any global imaginaries of equality and democracy in discussions about inequality? sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. meinert, julia ( ): selection into criminogenic contexts by personal heterogeneity and its effects on delinquency, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. schepers, debbie ( ): social inequalities as causes of the causes of juvenile delinquency. heterogeneities in the context of situational action theory, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. abendroth, anja-kristin / pausch, stephanie / böhm, sebastian ( ): german fathers and their preference to reduce working hours to care for their children, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. bürmann, marvin: determinanten beruflichen aufstiegs ( ): der einfluss von unterstützung durch kollegen und vorgesetzte. eine sekundäranalyse anhand der daten des sozio-oekonomischen panels. sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. rosenbohm, sophie / gebel, tobias / hense, andrea ( ): potenziale und voraussetzungen für die sekundäranalyse qualitativer interviewdaten in der organisationsforschung. sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project b /inf, bielefeld. schneider, simone / shamon, hawal ( ): how others' earnings influence our justice perceptions. studying the effects of income distribution and social position on reflexive justice evaluations among german employees. sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. kruphölter, sonja / sauer, carsten / valet, peter ( ): occupational gender segregation and gender differences in justice evaluations. sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. liebig, stefan / sauer, carsten / hülle, sebastian ( ): why is justice regarded as so important? theoretical considerations and an empirical test of a fundamental question. sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. foliennummer liebig-sauer-friedhoff- .pdf introduction contextual information: complexity of distribution processes conclusion references appendix -point scale no job name restorative justice and reparations margaret urban walker in her book between vengeance and forgiveness, martha minow begins a chapter on reparations with a brief discussion of restorative justice. she charac- terizes restorative justice as seeking “repair of social connections and peace rather than retribution against offenders;” she describes it as “building connections and enhancing communication between perpetrators and those they victimized, and forging ties across the community. . . .” later in the same chapter, however, when talking about monetary reparations, minow says the “core idea” behind repara- tions is compensatory justice, the view that “wrongdoers should pay victims for losses” to wipe the slate clean. several recent discussions of reparations for historical injustice and mass political violence reject the idea that compensatory or, as i will call it, corrective justice is the relevant or primary category for reparations involving groups or large numbers of individual victims of injustice. roy brooks considers the “tort model” of pursuing compensation from institutions and private parties through legal action, a secondary, morally deficient and relatively unpromising avenue. he advances an “atonement model” of reparations premised on “the post-holocaust vision of heightened morality, victim-perpetrator identity, egalitarianism, and restorative justice.” although brooks does not define restorative justice, his account of atonement makes apology central and sees monetary and other repa- rations as necessary to make apologies believable. janna thompson situates her argument for historical obligations to repair past wrongs, such as the theft of lands from indigenous people or the injustice of slavery, in a conception of “reparation as reconciliation” in contrast to a “legalistic” one of “reparation as restoration.” the aim of reparations on this view is “to repair relations damaged by injustice— not to return to a state of affairs that existed before the injustice was done.” ruti teitel, in her extensive study of transitional justice practice, finds that “reparatory practices have become the leading response in the contemporary wave of political transformation,” but that reparatory practices in political transition “defy categorization as either criminal or corrective justice” by both redressing individual rights violations and signifying responsibility for criminal wrongdo- ing. naomi roht-arriaza appeals to “a basic maxim of law that harms should be remedied” in a discussion of reparations for mass violence, but argues that indi- vidual court-ordered reparations are both impractical in cases where there are many victims and inadequate to address collective elements of harm in situations of mass conflict or repression where communities are targeted for violence and are journal of social philosophy, vol. no. , fall , – . © blackwell publishing, inc. sometimes made complicit in atrocities. she advocates collective reparations, like community development, community participatory adjudication or preferential access to services, while recognizing that such collective measures may fail to adequately address or protect victims of political violence. discussing cases of mass violence and repression, pablo de greiff makes the most extensive and pointed argument against a “juridical” approach to reparations that aims to re-establish the status quo ante by proportionate compensation for harms. com- pensating for harms on this legalistic conception entails problems of quantification and generalization of harms, as well as interpersonal comparisons of suffering, creating divisive hierarchies of victims and clouding the relationship of repara- tions programs to other justice measures. he proposes an expressly “political” conception of reparations programs that measures their effectiveness in terms of social justice; reparations programs should express and create conditions for recognition, civic trust, and social solidarity between victims and others in soci- eties undergoing political transition. the field of application for reparations is broad, comprising cases where wrongs are discretely episodic and the concrete means of repair (for example, monetary compensation) are fairly straightforward, cases of gross and murderous violation of massive numbers of human beings during a specific period of political repression or persecution, and group histories of destruction, dispossession, sub- jugation, and degradation of status that span centuries. the nature and background of particular cases of injury, as well as the foreground of current social relation- ships and practical political possibilities, matter decisively for how injury and responsibility are apt to be understood, and what measures of repair are apt to be available and meaningful. i do not wish to deny that what many writers call a “legalistic” or “juridical” understanding of reparations—basically, reparation as an exercise of corrective justice—might be usefully applied in some cases. nor do i attempt to draw a single line of demarcation between cases where corrective justice will serve adequately as a model for reparation and those to which it is wholly inapt. i propose to explore an alternative to corrective justice as a frame- work for reparations in certain kinds of cases. although there is no consensus on even a formal characterization of correc- tive justice, conceptions of corrective justice as a moral ideal suppose a moral baseline of acceptable conduct or due care and regard for the security, dignity, or well-being of others. corrective justice demands “correction” of what are presumed to be discrete lapses from that prior or standing moral baseline in particular interpersonal or institutional transactions with individuals, or unaccept- able impacts of the action or omission of some individuals upon others. for this reason, corrective justice may be at least artificial and perhaps incoherent in addressing histories, acts, or forms of injustice that consist in radical denial of moral standing or in relentless enforcement of degraded moral status of individu- als, especially when these are systemic conditions and persist over extended periods of time. conditions of moral exclusion and degradation, typically embod- ied either in legal exclusion from certain standings, the absence of political rights margaret urban walker or the enforcement of diminished political and civil status, are invariably based on group membership defined either by putatively natural or elective attributes (race, gender, ethnicity, religious creed, disability, sexuality) or by proscribed political activity or membership. these conditions may endure for centuries (histories of dispossession and cultural and physical destruction visited on indigenous people by european colonization) or be relatively transient (political persecutions under particular regimes). the “problem of the baseline” is not adequately comprehended by corrective justice. rather, i will argue, it is the construction of morally adequate relations in and through the establishment of defensible and shared moral baselines that is a requirement of justice in certain cases, along with reparation for the manifold effects of the absence or unacceptability of such baselines and the usually repeti- tive failure to recognize, admit, or correct this. restorative justice, i will argue, is a more adequate framing ideal for reparative practice where there is a need to establish a governing understanding of “right relationship” and to approach its realization, rather than to intervene episodically to correct deviations from an existing standard. i will explore some ways that restorative justice is more instruc- tive concerning what injuries of denial and degradation involve, and so what it means to address and redress them, as well as whose responsibility it might be to do so. i will argue that restorative justice accommodates and perhaps requires bottom-up and incremental attempts at repair as a social and political process, a process that may be signified but is not exhausted by a particular reparations program or reparative gesture like a public apology. i identify six core values of restorative justice and explain its guiding aim of “restoring relationships.” i examine a distinctive orientation within restorative justice to compensation as one among many means to repair, to articulating wrongs and harms fully, to processes that “leverage” responsibility, and to the active role of communities of varying types in doing justice. the case i address briefly in conclusion is that of african- american reparations. corrective justice and the moral baseline critics of a corrective justice model of reparations—whether they call it “legalistic,” “compensatory,” “juridical,” or “reparatory”—find conceptual, prac- tical, political, and moral grounds for criticism. conceptually, it is fair to say, as de greiff does, that corrective justice tends to focus on mechanisms of restitution or compensation and to emphasize some representative relationship, usually “pro- portionality,” between compensation and injury. it is not easy to pry corrective justice thinking away from legal paradigms of compensating for undue loss and injury, although often compensation in political or historical cases is apt to be, and perhaps in the interests of political feasibility and social solidarity must be, symbolic. practically, dealing with compensation for very large numbers of victims of political violence or oppression poses financial burdens and political snares in many transitional contexts where reparations compete for limited restorative justice and reparations resources. administrative arrangements for implementing reparations mecha- nisms can become costly, divisive, and demoralizing if they are too fine-grained in vetting eligibility. in some cases, like histories of chattel slavery, sexual enslave- ment, or genocide, the meaning of compensation is powerfully shaped by the larger frame: other gestures of recognition, acknowledgment, atonement, memo- rializing, social support and guarantees of prevention determine whether financial compensation sends an acceptable and dignifying message to victims and perpe- trators, as well as to society generally. it may often be these other nonmonetary measures that are possible, valuable, and necessary, whether or not monetary compensation is likely or wise. reparations policies must be politically feasible, but neither can they appear as cheap buyouts or fail to address victims directly and to validate their experience of suffering and specific experience of injustice, lest they add further moral insult to moral and material injury. the balance of indi- vidual and collective reparative measures, and delicate matters of fit among monetary, service, and rehabilitation packages and more symbolic gestures, can seem to outstrip the rather basic idea of a “give back” that has dominated correc- tive justice thinking since aristotle. these problems are real and pressing, but they might be understood as symptoms of a deeper issue. the framework of corrective justice strains, because it has never been meant to deal with either a massive scale of serious mayhem or a protracted and brutal subjugation and mutually ramifying indignities and atrocities that characterize oppressive and violently repressive systems. but what is the “framework of corrective justice”? there is no canonical formal characterization of the kind of justice that sets right wrongful or undue losses and injuries any more than there is a single accepted terminology. some writers emphasize a right to reasonable security from undue losses imposed even by others’ nonculpable acts while others delimit the occasions for corrective justice to cases of wrongdoing or the violation of rights. some see corrective justice as a remedial mechanism to restore just distributions, while others see corrective justice as more autonomous and directed to maintain- ing a basis for stable expectations that facilitate social cooperation in various interactions, at least to some extent independently of the justice of underlying distributions. a common function of corrective justice in numerous accounts, however, is that there is a standard of moral acceptability for the impact we have on each other through our actions and interactions, and that corrective justice responds to correct those impacts of action and interaction that fall outside of that standard of moral acceptability, however it is characterized. this is the standard i call the moral baseline, and it may be set in terms of just distribution, a kind of right or rights, a norm of fairness, standards of due care and attentiveness, or the dignity and respect-worthiness of persons. unsurprisingly, contemporary authors are inclined to characterize the moral baseline of corrective justice in the language of moral equality. gerald gaus describes compensatory justice as aiming at restoration of “moral equality.” bernard boxill’s early piece on black reparations sees justice as requiring equal consideration between equals, and so an acknowledgment of the error of treatment margaret urban walker that fails to respect equality and a reaffirmation of belief in equality of the injured party. it seems possible, however, for corrective justice to function as a principle in societies with differentiated and even hierarchically organized statuses with reciprocal but not symmetrical obligations and responsibilities; there, too, will be due and undue treatment and recognition, and so a need for redressing interactions and impacts that deprive some parties of what they rightfully claim. hammurabi’s laws, for example, include many specific rules not only for punishing prohibited acts but also for correcting transactions involving slaves and masters, husbands and wives, parents and children, who are not supposed to enjoy equality of status in the modern sense. there is, then, a duality within corrective justice. its moral function might be described as defining and preserving reciprocity and responsibility between indi- viduals (or groups) for their actions and impacts on each other in certain respects (identified by particular norms) in a social order defining proper places and allowing stable interpersonal expectations. yet the norms that set the baselines for acceptable treatment and due care and attention that give corrective justice its specific content—what actions or impacts it is a requirement of justice to correct, and what reparative actions will constitute correction—may themselves be morally indefensible; at the extreme, an assumption of reciprocity may be absent. when norms define unequal statuses based on bogus forms of innate superiority, fabricated natural hierarchies of authority or natural divisions of talent and inter- est, or when they opportunistically deny rights or effective protection and rem- edies to powerless, despised or stigmatized groups, then indefensible moral baselines of corrective justice, or the absence of moral baselines with respect to members of some despised group, become part of that for which justice requires a remedy. corrective justice is only as morally legitimate as the baselines it treats as morally compelling. the legitimacy of baselines becomes an issue in cases of gross or systemic mistreatment or deprivation of rights characteristic of oppressive social structures and, in somewhat different ways, in political episodes where states, often with some legal basis (“emergency powers”), terrorize or mistreat segments of their own population. societies over time may come to adopt more justifiable baselines that move toward more uniform recognition of equal worth and dignity of all members. this recognition of equal dignity sets the stage for addressing the problem of faulty baselines that both license unjust treatment and are a cause of it. it does not, however, solve this problem, although measures that acknowledge precisely that situation we might expect to be part of what corrective justice demands. corrective justice uses its moral baseline to identify and attach obligations of repair to faulty performance under the standards, not to faulty standards. further- more, corrective justice, if it is to be a basis for reparations, requires principles that can span cultural and national communities. while international and humanitarian law and evolving best practices purport to set a universal standard of moral equality, it is an aspirational standard that does not and in many instances cannot define stable expectations for those whose more local communities and cultures, restorative justice and reparations legal and social, play by very different rules. thus, the framework of corrective justice seems to predicate the normal operation of legitimate standards of conduct and impact in order to secure performance or repair for failure in, or untoward outcomes due to, the performance of actors. it is not accidental that one analysis that clearly identifies the problem of the baseline is andrew sharp’s study of the search for justice between maori and pakeha people of new zealand. sharp adopts a legalistic conception of restitution and compensation, but incorporates not only the idea of “reciprocal exchange between two equal parties” in his definition of reparative justice, but also the proviso that the parties recognize “the same standards of right.” sharp’s focus on justice claims in an intercultural, historical, and post-colonization context brings the problem of a shared baseline to the fore. it is also one reason for sharp’s sobering conclusion that “in conditions of biculturalism, strict justice is actually impossible.” strict justice may well be impossible in any case of gross violence or systemic degradation, yet the question of how best to conceive the measure of justice remains. discussions of reparation continue to invoke the ideal of corrective (or compensatory or reparative) justice, which in turn is pulled inevitably toward legal models of responsibility to compensate for wrongful harm. the basic idea of “compensating” for harm is stretched in various practical, symbolic, or moral directions, or is assimilated to the compensatory framework by referring to the “remedies” and “satisfaction” due to victims of serious wrong, staying with the fundamental idea of “giving back” in order to set right. given the limitations of the framework of corrective justice, i explore the potential of another less philo- sophically familiar picture of justice. restorative justice: a conception and its values restorative justice is not yet part of the shared philosophical language of justice theory. nor does restorative justice sit easily with the priority of “ideal theory” that has controlled much thinking about justice in the late twentieth century. ideal theory was identified by rawls as the necessary starting point of justice theory. ideal theory assumes a “well-ordered society” in which “everyone is presumed to act justly and to do his part in upholding just institutions.” within the rawlsian framework, compensatory justice is essentially part of “partial com- pliance theory” that deals with injustice. restorative justice begins from and defines itself in terms of the reality of violation, alienation, and disregard among human beings. its central concept of “restoring relationships” supposes that it is disregard or violation of acceptable human relationships that stands at the core of its agenda, practically and philosophically. restorative justice was introduced to many for the first time when it was invoked as the guiding conception of south africa’s truth and reconciliation commission. the theory and practice of restorative justice, however, began two decades earlier in criminal justice applications with experiments such as victim- offender mediation programs and forms of family or community conferences. i margaret urban walker suggest that six central restorative justice values repeat throughout an extensive and growing literature. . restorative justice aims above all to repair the harm caused by wrong, crime, and violence. . restorative justice makes central the experiences and needs (material, emo- tional, and moral) of victims. . restorative justice insists on genuine accountability and responsibility-taking from those who are responsible for harm, ideally directly to those who have suffered the harm. . restorative justice seeks to return ownership of the resolution of wrong, crime, and harm to those primarily affected and those who can in turn effect meaningful repair: to those who have done wrong or are responsible for harm, to victims, to immediate communities of care of victims and offenders, and to larger affected or interested communities. . restorative justice aims at offering those responsible for wrong and harm the opportunity through accountability and repair to earn self-respect and to be reintegrated without stigma into their communities. . restorative justice seeks to build and strengthen individuals’ and communi- ties’ capacities to do justice actively, and not to surrender the role of doing justice to experts, professionals, or “the state,” which should play facilitating roles. these core values serve the ultimate aim and guiding norm of restorative justice, “restoring relationships.” in restorative justice, what demands repair is a state of relationship between the victim and the wrongdoer, and among each and his or her community, that has been distorted, damaged, or destroyed. serious harm to individuals creates a relationship charged with powerful negative feelings and burdened with losses that can continue to mar a victim’s life. restorative justice targets a situation of negative connection or disconnection that might be an ongoing source of threat, insult, anger, fear, and grief. it is not always possible, nor is it always desirable, to restore relationship between those who have done or allowed harm and those who have suffered at their hands or by their indifference or carelessness. in some cases where restoration between victims and offending persons is possible, it can nevertheless mean only a wary coexistence. in any case, however, it is necessary to attempt to restore morally habitable conditions for those wronged within their supporting network of relationships and in their communities. at a minimum, others must acknowledge the wrong and harm done to victims and accept the legitimacy of victims’ demands for recognition and redress. where some bear responsibility (in any of several ways) for the wrong done to others, apology, combining acknowledgment of wrong, responsibility for wrong, and repudiation of wrong, is in order. resentment of victims’ claims to repair, victim-blaming or indifference to a victim’s violation and suffering is the restorative justice and reparations antithesis of restoration: it tells the victim that the wrong is denied or that he or she does not matter. the terminology of “restoration” is sometimes criticized because it implies return to a condition of relationship that either did not exist or was unacceptable. i propose that we understand “restoration” in all contexts as normative: “restora- tion” refers to repairs that move relationships in the direction of becoming morally adequate, without assuming a morally adequate status quo ante. morally adequate relations are ones in which three conditions obtain. in them, people are confident that they share some basic standards for the treatment of each other. people are able to trust each other to abide by those standards or at least to acknowledge fault if they (or others) do not abide by them. and so, finally, people are entitled to be hopeful that unacceptable treatment will not prevail, that unacceptable behavior will not be defended or ignored where it occurs, and that victims will not be abandoned in their reliance on our shared commitment to our standards and to each other. the ideal of restorative justice is that its values should be expressed both in the structure of processes of dealing with violence and injustice and in the outcomes of doing so. paradigmatic restorative justice practices, such as victim- offender dialogue, group conferences, truth commissions, or apologies (personal or public), not only aim at adequate forms of relationship as an outcome but require participants to act out the morally adequate relationships at which they aim. the practices involve responsive and respectful forms of encounter, interac- tion, and expression, such as offenders directly facing and hearing victims; victims being able to confront offenders and to seek information directly from offenders about what happened and why they were targeted, information that is often critical to victims’ own understanding, peace of mind, and sense of blame- lessness. offenders, too, are able to represent themselves, and in doing so may be able to represent their own human vulnerabilities and their regret or shame as well as their willingness to apologize and make amends, affirming their competence and self-respect as moral agents. in some formats, other participants encourage more honest, responsive, and responsible interaction between victim and offender, and they can exert pressure as well as provide support for plans of restitution, compensation, or service that aim at repair. a corrective justice framework tends to make compensation—making good a victim’s loss—central, with pressures toward defining a metric of loss and, ideally, compensation in some proportion to loss. there are familiar challenges for this approach, including the obscurity of counterfactual claims about what victims “would have” had, and puzzles about how much of what they might have had they now deserve to receive. many serious harms and injustices, such as the murder of a loved one or the expropriation of a people’s land and destruction of their language and culture due to genocidal practices of colonization, create losses that are not literally compensable at all. restorative justice, too, emphasizes material and practical amends that address victims’ losses and needs, but restitution and compensation in a restorative framework play instrumental and symbolic roles in margaret urban walker repairing relationships, including the role of adding weight to expressive inter- personal gestures such as apology and expressions of sorrow, shame, guilt, or desire to relieve the victims’ pain and anger. the direct concern of restorative justice is the moral quality of future relations between those who have done, allowed, or benefited from wrong and those harmed, deprived, or insulted by it. in some cases, compensation or restitution will be indispensable to signify full recognition, respect, and concern to victims. in other contexts, material reparation might be unnecessary, and in no cases is it, by itself, sufficient for signaling appropriate moral regard. compensation by itself need not signal responsibility for injury, much less regret or atonement by those responsible. without a sur- rounding framework of respectful acknowledgment, responsibility, and concern, compensation can take on insulting, condescending, or dismissive meanings. the nature and meaning of restitution or compensation in restorative justice should emerge from a practice of communication centered on the needs and understand- ings of victims as well as wrongdoers’ deepened understanding of the nature and meaning of the victims’ loss and of the nature and extent of their own responsibility. a second difference between restorative justice and corrective justice approaches concerns the common phenomenon of denial, evasion, or minimizing of responsibility by those implicated in wrongdoing. corrective justice, like retributive justice, requires that responsibility of particular parties be established in order to determine who must or should “pay” for wrong, through punishment or compensation. ironically, this almost guarantees that the “bigger” the injustice the more contested will be the antecedent premises of responsibility. the more massive, collectively supported or tolerated, or historically extended an injustice is, the easier it will be to argue that assignments of responsibility are unclear, incoherent, or unfair, and so that arguments for large-scale redress cannot get started, or measures of redress are narrowly targeted to a few parties. restorative justice practices by contrast typically create the conditions to leverage responsi- bility, that is, to move people from a minimal or peripheral sense of connection and responsibility to a richer and more demanding perception of what harms the wrong does and how they might be related to it. in restorative justice practices that address ordinary crime, such as victim- offender mediation, conferences, or peacemaking circles, once offenders and other responsible or concerned parties are willing to engage in restorative justice practice, it is common for this movement toward greater and broader acceptance of responsibility to occur. those who have already assumed some responsibility come to a deepened sense of the reality, extent, and consequences of what they have done to another human being. it is also common for others concerned, such as families or communities, to begin to see themselves as implicated, either by connections they have not before examined or admitted, or by a realization that they can make a difference by contributing to or assisting with some form of repair. victims along with others may want to take an active role in the restorative outcome or in a continuing process of repair. restorative practice is thus dynamic restorative justice and reparations with respect to responsibility. it may not be necessary to establish responsibility extensively, exclusively, or certainly in order to engage in restorative justice; restorative justice practice may be the way to discover, induce, deepen, extend, and clarify responsibilities that are unnoticed, resisted, or denied at the outset of a process, or have been reassuringly assigned to some small number of target individuals. institutional, governmental, and community exercises in restorative justice, including projects of finding and telling truths, create the opportunity and the medium for apparent responsibilities to be acknowledged, but also for addi- tional responsibilities, both backward- and forward-looking, to be discerned and accepted. a third feature of restorative justice lies in its fostering a full exploration of the nature and impact of the wrong and of the rupture in relationship that explains it or results from it. communicative interaction and voice for victims, whether in the form of a face-to-face conference or in the form of an official truth process after political violence, aim to create an adequate description of the wrong, which is essential to assessing the requirements of repair. trudy govier points to research that shows a substantial “magnitude gap” between victims and perpetrators (and sometimes, we might note, between either and third parties) in evaluating the seriousness of harms. as injustices grow in magnitude, violence, and historical duration, the reality, nature, intent, and seriousness of violations become predict- ably contested, and the need for a careful and detailed articulation of the full story of violence, oppression, terror, or subjugation becomes both a reparative activity and a measure of the adequacy of other measures of repair. finally, restorative justice makes communities of varying sizes and descrip- tions central in several ways. communities may be harmed, materially and morally, by wrongs to their members and to their resources, including their moral resources of trust and hopefulness. communities can also serve as actors or as guarantors of repair and restoration of relationships. when individuals primarily responsible for wrongs and harms are unavailable or are unwilling to accept responsibility and to seek to redress their wrongs, restoration may devolve to communities or networks within communities. indeed, the emphasis in restorative justice on catalyzing and strengthening the capacity of individuals and commu- nities to do justice in the wake of wrongdoing suggests that official actors in the legal system or government are by no means the only actors and should not always be the principal actors in attempting to bring justice to bear. restorative justice encourages “bottom-up” efforts at justice, while not excluding official roles or responsibilities. restorative justice supports not a zero-sum but a “both-and” approach to responsibility for restoration of relations. the idea of “community” is used very flexibly in restorative justice, but there is a practical basis for allowing the identification of the relevant community in context. the harmed community and the community that can effectively respond to support repair need not be the same collectivity. it might be that neither community possesses an organizational structure and executive function to under- take actions corporately and representatively; the relevant collectivities might be margaret urban walker relatively unstructured or informal, like a locality or neighborhood. the commu- nity that can effectively respond need not do so, or even be able to do so, corporately; it might be that its members or some groups of members act out of it, or on its behalf, or in its name. and there might also be multiple responsible communities, some institutionally embodied and represented, and others not, that can and should play roles in addressing and redressing injustice. in some restor- ative justice practices in the criminal context, like forms of conferencing or peacemaking circles, the community or communities can encompass individuals and groups that see themselves as harmed by the crime, others that have reason for concern, and others still who are potential sources of support and guarantee of plans for repair in which they themselves might or might not participate. in a restorative justice perspective, communities that matter can be multiple and dif- ferently situated with respect to a crime or injustice. relevant communities might not be given in advance, but rather formed in response to the demands of doing justice in the wake of specific wrongs. black redress and a restorative justice perspective i want to illustrate very briefly the productive nature of a restorative justice perspective for one kind of case where a shared moral baseline has never been firmly and reliably in effect. the case is the failure of “black redress,” to use roy brooks’s succinct phrase for the need in the united states to address and redress several hundred years of enslavement, legal subjugation and exclusion and legally tolerated exposure to violence extending from the seventeenth to the mid- twentieth century. this history of injustice arguably continues today in society’s acquiescence in persisting and repeatedly documented inequalities of wealth, health, freedom, civic respect, and life prospects for african americans, and in widespread resistance to and resentment of the topic of reparations for slavery and its sequels in the general—majority white—public. i do not undertake here to repeat the history of cruel and profound injustice punctuated by opportunities and failures to repair that others have ably provided. what i add here is that restor- ative justice identifies the problem and the path to reparation in a way better suited to this kind of case than does the corrective model. restorative justice targets the damage or distortion in relationship that is both a cause and an effect of wrongs. a problem that lies at the heart of the continuous and continuing sequence of enslavement, legal subjugation, and persisting expo- sure to violence, discrimination, and neglect of enslaved africans in american and african-american citizens is the profound distortion of relationship, socially and emotionally, between the still rigid and polarized raced groups, “black” and “white,” that are constituted by this very distortion. a deep and unexamined contempt of whites for blacks is the most salient and disturbing symptom of the distortion. the attitude of contempt ranges from the benign contempt of indiffer- ence to the history, current condition, and future of african americans to the angry contempt of defensive hostility and overt racism of many whites toward blacks, restorative justice and reparations especially when asked to pay attention to the history or present conditions of injustice. focusing on whites’ attitudes toward blacks, however, is both incom- plete and deceptive; the legacy of race and white supremacist racism also deci- sively shapes the self-understanding of whites. the contempt or indifference allows whites not to feel that they are part of an urgent present problem and allows them to be ill-informed and uncurious, or complacently but often mistakenly confident, in what they know about the history and legacies of racial oppression. it allows whites to think of the history of race in america as something that happened to african americans and not what happened to whites. part of the self-understanding of whites, as decades of critical race theory reveals, is not to know what whiteness means; to think that race and racial oppression have to do with blacks and other non-white people; and to feel right-minded in condemning unconscionable things that were done to african americans “long ago,” even though legally enforced segregation is within the memory of many living indi- viduals who have never received reparation. for african americans, the basis for earned trust in whites is lacking; worse, its emergence is undermined by continu- ing evidence of racism and the persistence of the denial or minimization of the reality of racism still common in white america, as well as indifference or hostility to appeals for reparation that reappear punctually throughout american history from slavery times. deeper lies the assault on the hopefulness of many african americans who face reduced life chances and the reality that their chil- dren may for another generation contend with the insults and obstacles of racism, and the results of poverty, poor education, crime, and incarceration, that others blithely ignore or deny. a telling symptom of a disconnected, evasive, or hostile attitude of white americans to the unredressed history of injustice to african americans is reported opposition among white americans toward a u.s. government apology for slavery or that larger history. polls continue to show heavy white opposition to—and black support for—an official national apology for slavery. apology is the most minimal but unambiguous and foundational gesture of repair. not to apologize is to fail to accept, and refusal to apologize is to deny, the fact of the wrong, the seriousness of the wrong, responsibility for the wrong, repudiation of the wrong, or all of these. official apologies, furthermore, not only acknowledge and accept responsibility for a past wrong, but typically serve to signal a recognized need to re-establish institutional moral credibility, an intent to establish a certain version of events as the official story, and a public resolve to accept a correct moral standard for future conduct. to resist an official apology reveals opposition to this definitive public correction of course. another dimension of apology, often crucial to its effect but not always adequately noted, is the empathetic function of apology. apologies are often inadequate or disappointing to the one harmed if they do not manage to convey appreciation of the suffering, anger, mistrust, or grief the victim experiences as a result of the wrong. to refuse apology can mean refusing to acknowledge that these universal human responses to injury and disrespect are fitting. margaret urban walker there are compelling arguments for the u.s. government as a continuing institution that bears responsibility for its roles in accepting and protecting slavery and then in legitimating the degraded jim crow citizenship that currently living individuals and communities have endured. i agree that the federal gov- ernment is an appropriate and important locus of responsibility for apology and further reparative measures. yet restorative justice, while not rejecting the impor- tance of moral responsibilities of government, offers a distinctive perspective: justice is done both in and by restoring moral relationship and so affirming, perhaps for the first time, a truly shared moral baseline of reciprocal responsi- bility and equal dignity. governmental actions alone are not adequate to that task, and government action on more local—state and municipal—levels might represent in a more immediate way communities with which people identify, especially if those communities address their own local histories of racial vio- lence, exploitation, or exclusion. institutions like corporations, churches, and universities are other localities for the identification and exploration of unre- dressed racial wrongs. at the same time, the “restoration of relationship” sought within restorative justice terms, pursued on local levels by governmental, institutional, and civic initiatives, could create better conditions for the pursuit of national reparations, material and symbolic, for african americans. putting a priority on historical inquiry, dialogue, and voice of those concerned or affected, and inviting active engagement in the present with the past, open opportunities that restorative justice distinctively seeks. there can be fuller articulation of wrongs, discovery of their consequences and space for acknowledgment of responsibilities of various kinds, including past involvement or acquiescence in unacceptable practices, recognition of benefits from racial inequality, irresponsible or defensive ignorance of facts, or the ability to contribute to changing the future. legacies of racial violence and oppression will predictably have affected african americans in immediate ways (including incidents of violence and victimization that may have remained unknown in families and communities), but may also have affected whites and other racial minorities negatively. past cooperative efforts across racial lines might also come into focus alongside practices that used race to stigmatize and humiliate citizens. local initiatives can explore forms of reparation—memorials, celebra- tions, history projects, museums, educational programs, genealogy projects, public art, dramatic performance, and others—that meaningfully address the nature of wrongs and moments of constructive change in particular communities whose identities and boundaries might be reconfigured by such initiatives. conclusion: untangling relations and incubating reparations i have described restorative justice as an approach to reparations that could be adopted, but i was prompted to think about the restorative justice and reparations by reflecting on an actual surge in local initiatives to deal with unredressed racial injustice and violence against african americans in the past ten to fifteen years. restorative justice and reparations the greensboro truth and reconciliation commission, america’s first self- named truth commission, is a privately financed project to examine the shootings of five anti-racist community activists by klansmen and neo-nazis that will release its final report in may, . a -page report released in was commissioned by the general assembly of north carolina to explore the overthrow by whites of the government of the town of wilmington in , ending black participation in local government until the civil rights era. the state of florida passed a compensation program in for survivors of a white race riot that destroyed the town of rosewood in . an investigation of the tulsa race riot of in which whites destroyed the prosperous black com- munity of greenwood published its report in , recommending reparations for survivors and descendants; reparations have so far not been enacted. the state of virginia recently matched private funds to provide scholarships for state residents who were unable to continue their education when prince edward county and other locales shut down public schools in the s rather than desegregate them. several cities, including chicago, philadelphia, and los angeles, have passed ordinances requiring disclosure of links to slavery by cor- porations receiving municipal business. charleston, south carolina, is preparing to open the old slave mart museum in an original building where slave auc- tions were held until . in , on the occasion of the university’s th anniversary, three doctoral candidates at yale university researched yale’s use of slave-trade money and choices to honor slave-traders and defenders of slavery in the naming of its colleges. ruth simmons, brown university’s first african- american president, formed a university steering committee on slavery and justice in to research brown’s historical ties to slavery. prosecutors have reopened notorious civil rights era murder cases in which indictments or con- victions were impossible to secure at the time, in what are appropriately named “atonement trials,” while states have begun to consider mass or individual pardons for thousands of people who violated segregation laws or were con- victed due to racial bias. these developments might be seen as fragmentary justice or alternative remedies where justice has failed. i suggest we see them instead as multiple, local initiatives that might be better understood under the rubric of restorative justice. these initiatives arise from or address communities and institutions, in some cases through government and law and in others through the effort or the leadership of individuals. they aim to address victims or descendants, to acknowledge buried or unredressed injustices, to create accountability, to offer gestures or repair, to respond to the needs of living victims, and to memorialize victims who are beyond the reach of justice. placed within the framework of restorative justice, these efforts are parts of a decentralized and incremental work of restoration and reparation that seems fitted to the historical length, breadth, and complexity of the injustice in question. these actions might also build momentum toward the passage of representative john conyers’s h.r. proposal for a national com- mission to examine the history and effects of slavery and its sequels to the present margaret urban walker day, to explore ways to educate the american public and to study the question of reparations, itself a measure in the spirit of restorative justice, inviting public dialogue and seeking a fuller accounting of wrongs. whether or not a national apology or reparations are achieved in the near or the longer term, diverse and dispersed initiatives at different levels are particularly fitting in a case of deeply distorted relations, mystifying and incomplete histories, and transgenerationally entrenched alienation within and between groups. a strik- ing model for what is needed in such a case is provided in manu meyer’s discussion of ho’oponopono, a traditional hawaiian peacemaking practice that addresses troubled family relations. the practice aims at “examining one layer at a time, of inching toward the source of trouble to untangle emotion, actions, and motivations, which will, in turn, uncover yet another, deeper layer of the same.” it requires a clear view of the problem and a disciplined and guided work of “untangling” thoughts and emotions that stand between people and in the way of understanding and addressing the wrong or conflict. could there really be a shortcut through a process like this, given centuries of distorted and violent racialized relations in the united states? i have argued that restorative justice provides a more adequate way to con- ceptualize injustice and its compounding causes and effects over generations in a case such as the relationship between white americans and african americans. restorative justice outlines a more varied menu of mutually supporting ways of addressing such injustice than does corrective justice as usually understood. my brief for the superiority of restorative justice as an approach to reparations in certain cases, however, need not be seen as completely excluding the relevance of corrective justice. conceptually, corrective justice might be seen as a limit case of restorative justice where there has been a local violation of a standing norm in the context of mutually authoritative standards; in fact, the theory of restorative justice has been developed largely within a criminal justice context as a way to address victims’ rights to a direct and constructive response of accountability and repair from offenders who have harmed them in a particular criminal act. practically, corrective justice and its idea of compensation as an expression of responsibility may well be one effective and familiar (and effective because familiar) concrete format for signifying and sealing between parties an understanding of right rela- tionship, or a decisive step in the direction of such an understanding, that had been lacking previously. symbolically, corrective justice may convey counterfactually the “restoration” of what should have existed but in reality did not previously obtain. this symbolism—of equal parties settling a debt required by their recip- rocal recognition under shared norms—might be particularly apt at a certain point in cases where reparation, including acknowledgments of and apologies for a history of varied and gross mistreatment, comes very late: after a brutally oppressed, viciously stigmatized, and persistently disadvantaged group has sur- vived and struggled its way to recent formal equality, as is true of african americans. in order to perform this symbolic function, however, it will likely have to consolidate a more varied and complex process of historical accounting, restorative justice and reparations acknowledgment, cultivating trust and making amends for which restorative justice provides the rationale. thanks to editors kok-chor tan and rahul kumar for suggestions on the final draft of this essay. notes martha minow, between vengeance and forgiveness (boston: beacon press, ), . ibid., . the systematic treatment of reparations has only recently emerged as a philosophical topic and there is no uniform terminology for the species of justice that imposes obligations to repair wrongful losses; writers speak variously of compensatory justice, corrective justice, reparative justice, reparatory justice, and rectificatory justice. in contrast to the concept of “distributive justice,” which is widely viewed as justice in the distribution of socially produced benefits and burdens, varied terminology surrounding justice in repair also reflects a lack of consensus about the moral function of corrective justice, whatever it may be called. i will use the terminology of “corrective” justice and return later to the question of how to characterize its basic moral function. roy l. brooks, atonement and forgiveness: a new model for black reparations (berkeley and los angeles: university of california press, ), xv, xvi, , , , , and . janna thompson, taking responsibility for the past: reparation and historical injustice (cam- bridge: polity press, ), xix. ruti teitel, transitional justice (new york: oxford university press, ), – . naomi roht-arriaza, “reparations in the aftermath of repression and mass violence,” in my neighbor, my enemy: justice and community in the aftermath of mass atrocity, eds. eric stover and harvey m. weinstein (cambridge: cambridge university press, ), – . pablo de greiff, “justice and reparations,” in the handbook of reparations, ed. pablo de greiff (new york: oxford university press, ), – . no doubt contemporary discussions of corrective or compensatory justice in the anglo-american literature are heavily influenced by anglo-american legal practices concerning tort and contract. see the opening of cass r. sunstein, “the limits of compensatory justice,” in compensatory justice, ed. john w. chapman (new york and london: new york university press, ) on “five basic principles” of compensatory justice in this legal tradition. on a right to security of person or possession from lapses of care, even if not culpable, as the moral basis of corrective justice, see d. n. maccormick, “the obligation of reparation,” proceedings of the aristotelian society ( – ): – ; on corrective (or “rectificatory”) justice as applying to violations of rights, see rodney roberts, “justice and rectification: a taxonomy of justice,” in injustice and rectification, ed. rodney roberts (new york: peter lang, ), – . jules coleman considers nonculpable infringement of rights as well as culpable rights violation and other wrongdoing as requiring recognition of the victims’ loss and the worthiness of repair, in jules coleman, “corrective justice and property rights,” in injustice and rectification, ed. rodney roberts (new york: peter lang, ), – . james w. nickel, “justice in compensation,” william and mary law review , no. ( ): – , considers the purpose of compensatory justice the protection of just distribution by both preventing and undoing acts that disturb such distributions. it is fair to say that corrective justice is more typically not seen as reducible to, or essentially a means to, just distributions. gerald f. gaus, “does compensation restore equality?” in injustice and rectification, ed. rodney roberts (new york: peter lang, ), – . bernard boxill, “the morality of reparation,” in injustice and rectification, ed. rodney roberts (new york: peter lang, ), . aristotle’s original account of corrective justice in margaret urban walker nichomachean ethics, “treats the parties as equal” in rectifying unjust gains and losses between parties even when, in aristotle’s hierarchical view of human worth, they clearly are not so. see coleman, “corrective justice and property rights,” on the “local” character of corrective justice that “has to do with the baseline or background norms governing wrongdoing within a particular community, and with ‘local understandings’ of more general norms,” p. . andrew sharp, justice and the maori (auckland: oxford university press, ), . ibid., . current standards for reparations are defined by the united nations commission on human rights, “revised set of basic principles and guidelines on the right to reparation for victims of gross violations of human rights and humanitarian law / prepared by theo van boven pursuant to sub-commission decision / ,” united nations document e/cn. /sub. / / . john rawls, the theory of justice (cambridge, ma: the belknap press, ), . south africa’s truth and reconciliation commission said restorative justice: seeks to redefine crime from offense against the state to any injury to and violation of particular human beings; is based on reparation as the healing and restoration of victims, offenders, families, and the larger com- munity; encourages all stakeholders to be directly involved in resolving conflict, with the state and legal profession in facilitating roles; and aims at offender accountability and full participation of victims and offenders in putting things right. see “concepts and principles,” truth and recon- ciliation commission of south africa report (london: palgrave macmillan, ), vol. , chap. , par. . essays in robert i. rotberg and dennis thompson, truth v. justice: the morality of truth commissions (princeton, nj: princeton university press, ) discuss restorative justice in the trc. sources include howard zehr, changing lenses: a new focus for crime and justice (scottsdale, pa: herald press, ); dennis sullivan and larry tifft, restorative justice: healing the foundations of our everyday lives (monsey, ny: willow tree press, ); gordon bazemore and mara schiff, eds., restorative community justice: repairing harm and transforming com- munities (cincinnati, oh: anderson publishing, ); heather strang and john braithwaite, restorative justice and civil society (cambridge: cambridge university press, ). john braithwaite, restorative justice and responsive regulation is most comprehensive in its theo- retical scope and review of empirical studies. gerry johnstone, ed., a restorative justice reader: texts, sources, context (portland, or: willan publishing, ) provides a full overview of the field. a usefully brief summary discussion of current restorative justice practices is provided by gordon bazemore and mark umbreit, “a comparison of four restorative conferencing models,” in a restorative justice reader: texts, sources, context, ed. gerry johnstone (portland, or: willan publishing, ), – . a related literature on peacemaking with emphasis on tradi- tional or adapted indigenous practices includes: kay pranis, barry stuart, and mark wedge, peacemaking circles: from crime to community (st. paul, mn: living justice press, ); robert yazzie, “ ‘life comes from it,’: navajo justice concepts,” new mexico law review , no. ( ): – ; barbara e. wall, “navajo conceptions of justice in the peacemaker court,” journal of social philosophy , no. ( ): – ; and manu meyer, “to set right— ho’oponopono: a native hawaiian way of peacemaking,” the compleat lawyer , no. ( ): – . on the complexity of victims’ responses, and the predictable needs for voice, validation of the reality of their violation and suffering, and vindication in experiencing some form of proper redress, see margaret urban walker, “the cycle of violence,” journal of human rights , no. ( ): – . one recent account of varied forms of “accountability” for harms is christopher kutz, complicity: ethics and law for a collective age (cambridge: cambridge university press, ). harvey m. weinstein and eric stover propose “reclamation” as a more fitting term for retrieving a social and moral situation from barbarity or disorder. see their “introduction: conflict, justice, and reclamation,” in my neighbor, my enemy: justice and community in the aftermath of mass restorative justice and reparations atrocity, eds. eric stover and harvey m. weinstein (cambridge: cambridge university press, ), . see margaret urban walker, moral repair: reconstructing moral relations after wrongdoing (new york: cambridge university press, ) for a defense of these constitutive conditions of moral relationship. two discussions that explore these problems in cases of long-running and still continuing historical injustices are george sher, “ancient wrongs and modern rights,” philosophy and public affairs , no. ( ): – , and jeremy waldron, “superseding historic injustice,” ethics , no. ( ): – . see marc forget, “crime as interpersonal conflict: reconciliation between victim and offender,” in dilemmas of reconciliation: cases and concepts, ed. carol a. l. prager and trudy govier, (waterloo, on: wilfrid laurier university press, ) on the dynamic quality of restorative justice. trudy govier, forgiveness and revenge (london: routledge, ), . paul mccold and benjamin wachtel refer to “micro-communities created by the incident of a crime” as the “means through which healing and re-integration is possible,” in paul mccold and ben- jamin wachtel, “community is not a place: a new look at community justice initiatives,” in a restorative justice reader: texts, sources, context, ed. gerry johnstone (portland, or: willan publishing, ), . see also howard zehr, changing lenses: a new focus for crime and justice (scottsdale, pa: herald press, ) on the relation between restorative and community justice. see brooks, atonement and forgiveness and andrew valls, “racial justice as transitional justice,” polity , no. ( ): – , on the continuity and failure to repair. ronald p. salzberger and mary c. turck, reparations for slavery: a reader is a useful compendium of the repeated proposals for reparation and the issues raised. robert sparrow, “history and collective respon- sibility,” australasian journal of philosophy , no. ( ): – , presents a thoughtful and moving discussion of the historical continuity of injustice to australia’s aboriginal people, with implications for historically continuous and continuing injustices to other groups. charles mills, the racial contract (ithaca, ny: cornell university press, ) characterizes white racial consciousness as an “epistemology of ignorance.” brooks, atonement and forgiveness, – , provides a summary of this history. see also david lyons, “corrective justice, equal opportunity, and the legacy of slavery and jim crow,” boston university law review , no. ( ): – . danielle allen’s talking to strangers: anxieties of citizenship since brown v. board of education (chicago: university of chicago, ) sees race relations in the united states as exposing a more general problem of “trust- generating citizenship” that is acute in the case of relations between blacks and whites in america. see walker, moral repair, chap. , for a fuller discussion of the structure of contempt. joe r. feagin and eileen o’brien, “the growing movement for reparations,” in when sorry isn’t enough: the controversy over apologies and reparations for human injustice, ed. roy brooks (new york: new york university press, ), – , cites a abc news poll that reports two-thirds of white americans resist the idea of an apology from the federal government for slavery, and percent rejected reparations. ellis cose, bone to pick: of forgiveness, reconcili- ation, reparation, and revenge (new york: atria books, ), , reports a more recent september, poll finding thirty percent of whites (compared with seventy-nine percent of blacks) believe blacks are due an apology for slavery, and four percent of whites were in favor of compensation for slavery, compared with sixty-seven percent of blacks. the united states senate, however, recently passed by voice vote an apology for failing to enact federal legislation against lynching decades ago. see sheryl gay stolberg, “senate issues apology over failure on lynching law,” new york times, june , . a most helpful recent account of apology is aaron lazare, on apology (new york: oxford univer- sity press, ). on official apology see also trudy govier and wilhelm verwoerd, “the promise and pitfalls of apology,” journal of social philosophy , no. ( ): – . margaret urban walker kathleen a. gill, “the moral functions of an apology,” in injustice and rectification, ed. rodney roberts (new york: peter lang, ), – . ibid., ; govier and verwoerd, “the promise and pitfalls,” ; and lazare, on apology, . discussions include: brooks, atonement and forgiveness; robert fullinwider, “the case for repa- rations,” report of the institute for philosophy and public policy , no. / ( ), in the university of maryland institute for philosophy and public policy website, http://www.puaf. umd.edu/ippp/reports/vol sum /case.html (accessed april , ), reprinted in salzberger and turck, reparations for slavery, – ; and rahul kumar and david silver, “the legacy of injustice: wronging the future, responsibility for the past,” in justice in time: responding to historical injustice, ed. lukas h. meyer (baden-baden: nomos verlagsgesellschaft, ), – . meyer, “to set right—ho’oponopono,” . restorative justice and reparations http://www.puaf grant writing workshop for environmental justice ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~z > ' f xz inr r i l | ( x w;~~~~~~~~~~~ gate met ne eniromna jusic reeac gatee nld lf orgt ineqil caeo pora kas coo, ndmihal eliau tants, health care providers, and environ- mental health researchers. the program seeks to ensure that the communities involved have a demonstrable role in iden- tifying and defining problems and risks related to environmental health and in shaping future research approaches to such problems. the purposes of this orientation meet- ing were to share information among grantees and niehs staff, to allow grantees to learn of common or similar approaches in their projects, and to begin developing a communication network. following a welcome and introduction by anne sassaman, director of extramural research and training, and allen dearry, program administrator, the principal inves- tigator of each grant described his or her project, including its history, objectives, and methods. dianne quigley at clark university, in worcester, massachusetts, in collaboration with native americans for a clean environment and citizen alert native american program, is working to increase the awareness of native american commu- nities exposed to radiation contamination in their environment. they are designing and implementing a plan for risk manage- ment and prevention at the western shoshone nation near the department of energy's nevada test site and at the cherokee nation at sequoyah fuels, oklahoma, a uranium processing facility that was in operation for years. education modules of two types will be implemented: community modules, creat- ed exclusively by native american collabo- rators; and health education modules, cre- ated by scientists and health care provider trainers. relevant materials and strategies will be shared with other native american communities. katsi cook at the state university of new york, albany, in collaboration with st. regis mohawk health services, is designing community-based strategies for environmental health education, outreach, and training in the akwesasne mohawk community, which is adjacent to a sup- erfund site in the great lakes basin-st. lawrence river watershed. environmental hazards have resulted from the rapid transi- tion from an agricultural to an industrial environment. cook is a nurse midwife and a member of the mohawk community, and the project is implemented, evaluated, and disseminated explicitly through com- munity members. michael belliveau and carlos porras from citizens for a better environment, in collaboration with the labor occupational safety and health program and the center for occupational and environmental health at ucla and the community health foundation, aim to educate com- munity members and health care providers, promote adoption of pollution prevention measures, and establish a com- munity-based strategy for reducing com- munity and worker exposure to environ- mental pollutants in southeast los angeles, a highly industrialized area home to a low- income population, which is approximate- ly % hispanic and latino. a major objective of this project is to analyze data to confirm the list of environmental pollu- tants already known and to determine whether gaps exist in the data. environ- mental health issues will be determined and addressed. education of community members and medical care providers will be emphasized. sources of health hazards will be identified, and strategies will be developed to attempt exposure reduction. grant writing workshop for environmental justice an instructional workshop for writing a grant application in response to request for applications (rfa) es - , "environmental justice: partnerships for communication," was held at niehs on december . this rfa is a reannounce- ment of the initiative that resulted in three awards earlier this year (see previous story). at this workshop, niehs staff discussed the fundamentals of how to write an nih grant application. open to the public, the workshop attracted participants, who spent the day learning about this rfa and the nih grant process. allen dearry, program administrator, explained the mission of niehs, particu- larly as it relates to environmental justice, and then addressed this rfa specifically. the objectives, eligibility criteria, and review process were described. the three current grantees, dianne quigley, katsi cook, and michael belliveau, then present- ed their projects and discussed how they put together successful applications for the first round of competition. they discussed personnel interactions among community members, health care providers, and researchers, and provided the audience with some helpful hints on how to bring people together for successful collaborations. diane becker, director of the center for health promotion at johns hopkins university, and a member of the special review committee that evaluated the applications submitted in the first competi- tion, explained her impressions of the review process. the review committee is composed of a : : ratio of community representatives, health care providers, and environmental health scientists. after the presentations dearry led the group through a lesson in filling out a phs , the offi- cial nih grant application form. carolyn winters, grants management specialist, reviewed budgetary considerations and needed assurances and certifications. general questions and answers and individ- ual discussions rounded out the session. environmental health perspectives are transcendental theories of justice redundant are transcendental theories of justice redundant? forthcoming in a booksymposium in the journal of economic methodology, with a reply by amartya sen. ingrid robeyns  (robeyns < at> fwb.eur.nl) final pre-publication version november amartya sen’s the idea of justice is a very rich book, with many aspects worth discussing. i will limit myself here to one major claim that sen makes, namely that transcendental theories of justice are redundant. i will argue that this ‘redundancy claim’ is mistaken, since for justice- enhancing actions we need both transcendental and non-transcendental theorising of justice. nevertheless i endorse an implication of the redundancy claim, namely that theorists of justice should shift their focus from transcendental theorizing towards thinking about justice- enhancing change, thereby restoring the balance between transcendental and non-transcendental theorizing. i will argue that this ‘rebalancing claim’ not only follows from the (mistaken) redundancy claim, but also from another argument which sen advances about the current practice of philosophers of justice. i will conclude that the redundancy claim has to be rejected, but that this is not a big loss, since what is really important is the rebalancing claim, which is vindicated. transcendental theories and the redundancy claim how does sen understand transcendental theories of justice? transcendental theories of justice are theories that describe a perfectly just situation: no further justice-improvements are possible. transcendental theory “concentrates its attention on what it identifies as perfect justice, rather than on relative comparisons of justice and injustice. it tries only to identify social characteristics that cannot be transcended in terms of justice, and its focus is thus not on comparing feasible societies, all of which may fall short of the ideals of perfection. the inquiry is aimed at identifying the nature of ‘the just’, rather than finding some criteria for an alternative being ‘less unjust’ than another.” (p. - ). sen argues that transcendental theories are redundant if our aim is to actually make choices that advance justice: “if a theory of justice is to guide reasoned choice of policies, strategies or institutions, then the identification of fully just social arrangements is neither necessary nor sufficient” (p. ). call this the redundancy claim. i agree with one part of the redundancy claim, namely that transcendental theory is not sufficient for guidance, and will therefore only focus on the claim that it is not necessary. this latter part of the redundancy claim i believe to be mistaken. sen argues that a number of basic injustices don’t need transcendental theory in order for us to understand and agree that they concern gross injustices (xi-xii). indeed, all theories of justice would agree that corruption in politics, power abuse by economic actors, or the training of child soldiers are blatant cases of injustice, and that we don’t need a transcendental theory of justice to spell that out. yet we cannot extrapolate from this particular subset of injustices (i.e. manifest and clearly remediable cases of injustice) to the entire set of injustices. my belief is that the usefulness of transcendental theory is limited and currently enjoys a too high status among academic philosophers, but that we are mistaken if we believe that we can entirely do without. two arguments against the redundancy claim i will offer two arguments against the redundancy claim. the first argument is that many cases of injustice are complex and often subtle, and therefore more difficult to identify and analyse as cases of injustice than cases of basic injustice. take the case of gender justice in liberal societies, which have seen many decades of feminist activism, and where most citizens explicitly support equal rights for men and women. in those societies, many citizens believe that gender justice is fully realised. but how do we judge a claim of full or perfect justice? if we want to analyse a claim of perfect gender justice, we need transcendental principles of justice. we need to specify which conditions have to be met before we consider a certain state of affairs as perfectly just. in order to assess such a claim of gender justice, one needs principles that tell us when a society is gender just. these principles are transcendental principles of justice (even though they are only transcendental in one domain, namely gender relations). often the most effective way to argue for a claim of an injustice that is not blatant, is by arguing for ideals of justice, that is, arguing for principles of transcendental justice (in general, or in a particular domain), and empirically showing that these principles are not met. again, social activists make ample use of such transcendental principles of justice and of this kind of public reasoning, for example when they invoke an ideal of substantive equality of opportunity. summing up, judgments about the comparison of complex cases of injustice implicitly or explicitly do refer to ideals of justice. not just in academic work, but also in real-life public discussions. the second argument for the non-redundancy of transcendental theories stems from the nature of the non-transcendental theorising of justice, which is the theorising that guides our justice-enhancing actions and policies. non-transcendental theorising of justice entails but is not limited to the comparative approach to justice, the approach that sen champions in the idea of justice. for example, non-transcendental theorising of justice also includes theorising on how to weigh different principles of justice, or theorising on what to do if in the long run we can achieve a more just state, but whereby this requires sacrificing one generation for the sake of the following generations. i believe that non-transcendental theories of justice require transcendental theories. non- transcendental theories of justice give us a chain of changes that are needed in order to reach the most just social state among all feasible social states. we need to have a complete ‘navigation map’, a clear vision of how to go from where we are to where we want to be. we need an entire path of justice-enhancing actions, not only a comparison between two states which comparative justice offers us. if we limit ourselves to the comparative approach, we may choose for an injustice-reducing action that may benefit us in the short run, but may lead us to a suboptimal situation (from the point of view of justice) in the long run, due to the path- dependency of our actions. suppose that we can represent the degree of justice of a certain situation with a number, on a scale where represents the fully just social state. the initial social state a has a justice- value of . from a we can move to either b or s, with b corresponding to a justice value of and s of . if we are in a, and only compare b and s, then the conclusion is easy: we have to take action so that we end up in social state b. but our possibilities for further action are not independent of this first choice. suppose that in the best-case scenario we can move from b to c, with c having a justice value of . from s, however, we will be able to move to t where we can realize a justice value of . we cannot move from b to t. it then becomes clear that in order to make a reasoned decision between b and s, we need to know the ‘paths of change’ that b and s are on, and those paths are directing us towards an ideal, that is, a transcendental theory. clearly the comparative approach is an important element of this more complete story of how to decide what to do – but that complete story also needs a vision of the ultimate goal, that is, a transcendental theory of justice. thus, i conclude that transcendental theory is in non- basic cases necessary for justice-enhancing change, and that therefore the redundancy claim is mistaken. note that my arguments against the general validity of the redundancy claim do not require that there is an agreement on the transcendental principles of justice, or that these principles are completely spelled out in each and every detail. if there is no agreement, then each disagreeing party will need its own transcendental principles in order to make up their own minds about which injustice-reducing actions to defend. similarly, completeness is not required for transcendental theories to be useful; in fact, many transcendental principles of justice are plural and often somewhat vague and thus require further interpretation before they can be put into practice. but even if a transcendental account of justice is incomplete, or even if it consists of a plurality of principles which need to be weighted by public reasoning or by intuition, it does give us a set of standards or ideals against which to judge different possible paths of social change. the ‘navigation maps’ which we require to guide reasoned choice of policies, strategies and institutions for questions of non-blatant injustices must include a specification of our ultimate goal, that is, transcendental principles of justice. vindicating the rebalancing claim so far i have advanced two arguments for why i believe that the redundancy claim is not correct. yet suppose the redundancy claim were correct: what would have been its implications? a weak implication would be that theorists of justice devote too much attention and energy to transcendental theory, since it is neither necessary nor sufficient for our ultimate goal, which is to reduce injustices. still, transcendental theory would play some other useful role, and we therefore shouldn’t abolish it entirely. rather, we should restore the balance between the attention we devote to transcendental theory and non-transcendental theory. a stronger implication would be that theorists of justice should stop conducting all transcendental theorising, since it does not contribute anything towards that goal or any other valuable goal. i don’t think sen would endorse the strong implication, given how important he judges john rawls’s theory of justice to be, which sen believes to be a transcendental theory. i read sen’s work, both in the idea of justice and other work, as supporting the weak implication. sen’s concern is that theories of justice should ultimately be ‘practical’. sen describes the aim of the theory of justice as “to clarify how we can proceed to address questions of enhancing justice and removing injustice, rather than to offer resolutions of questions about the nature of perfect injustice” (p. ix). not all philosophers espouse this view: some believe that the proper role of political philosophy is not to answer the question what to do, but rather to seek the truth, whether or not the truth makes any difference to what we should do. of course, the truth-seeking and the practical need not be mutually exclusive. indeed, the practical approach to justice needs to be based on true knowledge about the world and about justice, since otherwise the guidance that the philosopher harvests from her reasoning may be misleading. yet we don’t necessarily need to know the full truth, and all possible details of the truth: at some point the added value to practice of further truth-seeking knowledge becomes infinitesimally small, and may therefore not be the best use of our scarce time. there is a growing feeling among some political philosophers that we have reached that point, and that the status incentives in (anglo-american) academic philosophy departments are biased in favour of those seeking further details regarding the truth of justice, even if the added practical value has become tiny, and despite the fact that enormous amounts of work need to be done in non-transcendental theory. if we really care about justice, and not merely enjoy the intellectual stimulation that political philosophy offers, we should be doing something about it, for example by collaborating with policy scholars in figuring out how to design philosophically-sound justice-enhancing policies, or collaborating with critical citizens or social activists in thinking about how to effectively analyse cases of gross injustice, including those that are caused by the state. yet that kind of ‘applied’ or ‘interdisciplinary’ work, which is often muddy and not elegant at all, doesn’t enjoy high status in anglo-american political philosophy. are we having our priorities right? sen argues in the idea of justice that mainstream theorists of justice have their priorities wrong: “importance must be attached to the starting point, in particular the selection of some question to be answered (for example, ‘how would justice be advanced?’), rather than others (for example, ‘what would be perfectly just institutions?’). … given the present balance of emphases in contemporary political philosophy, this will require a radical change in the formulation of the theory of justice” ( ). let me call the argument that we need to shift the nature of contemporary theorizing about justice away from the transcendental truth-seeking, towards the practical, and thereby also rearrange and rebalance the status that we allocate to different types of philosophical enquiry, the rebalancing claim. the rebalancing claim is a weak implication of the redundancy claim, and this may perhaps explain sen’s insistence on the redundancy claim. yet the rebalancing claim also follows from sen’s general argument about the present dominant practice of contemporary theories of justice. in fact, i believe that many philosophers working on specific cases of injustice, such as global justice, gender justice, or environmental justice, reject the redundancy claim but endorse the rebalancing claim. that particular position acknowledges that transcendental theory does have a role to play, but that it currently enjoys too much status and receives too much attention in academia, and that therefore its role should be much more limited than is currently the case. if the redundancy claim is mistaken but the rebalancing claim can be convincingly argued for, then i believe that nothing important is lost, and that the claim that is really important is vindicated. yet while i agree with the rebalancing claim, i do have one qualification to add. in one respect i think sen is too pessimistic in his characterisation of contemporary theorising about justice, since much of the kind of work that he is advocating is already being conducted. for example, there is a huge literature on particular aspects of global injustices, ranging from iris marion young’s analysis of individual and collective responsibilities for the employment conditions of workers in sweatshops, to leif weinar’s analysis of why the sale of oil by dictators in oil-rich african countries to oil companies in europe and the us is a severe property rights violation of the afflicted african populations. these are examples of excellent pieces of theorizing about concrete cases of injustice. if one looks carefully, and not only in the most prestigious journals, there is a huge literature out there that does analyse such cases of injustices, though it may not always attract the spotlights to the same degree as the universal theories of rawls, nozick, dworkin, and others. in my reading of the contemporary literature on justice and injustices, the problem is not so much that this kind of research is not taking place, but rather that among too many philosophers it doesn’t enjoy high status and is not considered ‘theorising about justice’ but rather classified as applied ethics or case studies on injustices. such attitude underestimates the importance of this type of analysis. thus, my assessment of the situation differs from sen’s assessment in so far as i think that the kind of work he is advocating does happen; i rather think the problem lies in the limited status and the non-canonical position of this work compared to more abstract, universal, general theorising about justice. i am grateful to martijn boot, pablo gilabert, anca gheaus, anders schinkel and commentators at crooked timber for very helpful comments and illuminating discussions, and to the netherlands organisation for scientific research (nwo) for research funding. iris marion young ( ) ‘responsibility and global labour justice’, journal of political philosophy, ( ), pp. - ; leif weinar ( ) ‘property rights and the resource curse’, philosophy and public affairs, ( ), pp. - . ethics & global politics: vol , no log in  |  register cart home all journals ethics & global politics list of issues volume , issue ethics & global politics an open access journal publishes research on ethics and global politics, exploring environmental protection, policy development, poverty, technology and knowledge, migration and more. search in: this journal anywhere advanced search submit an article new content alerts rss citation search citation search current issue browse list of issues explore top about this journal journal metrics aims and scope instructions for authors journal information editorial board news & offers editorial policies latest articles see all volumes and issues volume , vol , vol , vol , vol , vol , vol , vol , vol , vol , - vol , vol , vol , vol , login or register to access this feature have an account? login nowdon't have an account? register for free register a free taylor & francis online account today to boost your research and gain these benefits: download multiple pdfs directly from your searches and from tables of contents easy remote access to your institution's subscriptions on any device, from any location save your searches and schedule alerts to send you new results choose new content alerts to be informed about new research of interest to you export your search results into a .csv file to support your research register now or learn more download citations choose format ris (procit, reference manager) bibtex refworks direct export download citations download citations download pdfs browse by section (all) display order (default) published online date page number section a-z most read most cited ethics & global politics, volume , issue ( ) issue in progress original article article what kind of functionings matter for global justice for children? gottfried schweiger article: published online: jan abstract | full text | references | pdf ( kb) | permissions  views crossref citations altmetric review article review article beyond lockdown? the ethics of global movement in a new era guy aitchison published online: mar abstract | full text | references | pdf ( kb) | permissions  views crossref citations altmetric explore most read articles most cited articles multimedia information for authors editors librarians societies open access overview open journals open select cogent oa dove medical press f research help and info help & contact newsroom commercial services advertising information all journals books keep up to date register to receive personalised research and resources by email sign me up taylor and francis group facebook page taylor and francis group twitter page taylor and francis group linkedin page taylor and francis group youtube page taylor and francis group weibo page copyright © informa uk limited privacy policy cookies terms & conditions accessibility registered in england & wales no. howick place | london | sw p wg accept we use cookies to improve your website experience. to learn about our use of cookies and how you can manage your cookie settings, please see our cookie policy. by closing this message, you are consenting to our use of cookies. microsoft word - justice comm vs indus cjls_serval article accepté aux fins de publication. il sera présenté sous une forme révisée, à la suite de l’évaluation des pairs ou de suggestions rédactionnelles de la part de cambridge university press, dans la revue canadienne droit et société/canadian journal of law &society publiée par cambridge university press, et sera accompagné d’un avis de droit d’auteur au nom du détenteur de ce droit (cambridge university press ou l’organisme parrain, le cas échéant). renseignements bibliographiques : firstview article/ september , pp - doi: . /cls. . , published online: september link to this article: http://journals.cambridge.org/abstract_s une justice plus commerciale qu’industrielle ? - comparaison des attentes d’une « bonne justice » en suisse . introduction : l’administration de la sphère judiciaire est indissociable de ses activités juridiques . en effet, les modes de gestion de la justice en tant qu’organisation influencent inévitablement le travail des différents acteurs du tribunal , et in fine la qualité de la justice. il est donc essentiel d’étudier l’introduction de logiques et d’instruments managériaux au sein du ème pouvoir, marqué par une forte présence de professionnels (juges, juristes plus généralement) qui ne sont pas forcément ouverts à ces méthodes . de plus, les techniques managériales ont tendance à « déspécifier » la justice, la faisant passer d’une institution dont le fonctionnement était « distancié », « à part » à une organisation qui est censée tenir des délais ou encore être prévisible , avec comme corollaire un impact profond sur les attentes auxquelles le pouvoir judiciaire doit faire face de la part de ses différentes parties prenantes (citoyens, justiciables, avocats, médias, etc.). s’il est vrai que la célérité et les délais constituent une préoccupation judiciaire depuis le début de la modernité , il y a aujourd’hui une volonté d’accélérer le temps par des procédures plus rapides et plus simples suite au nombre croissant d’affaires que doit traiter l’institution. en outre, on observe une emprise managériale croissante sur le ème pouvoir, l’attention portée à la gestion, ainsi que la légitimité qui en découle, ayant énormément cru ces dernières années. ce mouvement de fond risque de fortement transformer cet article est une contribution du projet « justizforschung » soutenu par le fonds national suisse de la recherche scientifique (fns). pour plus d’informations, veuillez consulter : www.justizforschung.ch les termes “administration”, “gestion” et “management” de la justice seront utilisés comme des synonymes et s’entendent, à distinguo des activités juridiques du tribunal, comme l’ensemble des méthodes et techniques touchant la conduite stratégique des tribunaux (stratégie, objectifs, systèmes d’évaluation et controlling), l’organisation (structure, répartition des tâches, définition des responsabilités, charge de travail, système qualité), la gestion des ressources supportant l’activité juridique (ressources humaines, financières, informations, bâtiments, etc.) ainsi que l’administration opérationnelle des activités d’un tribunal (par ex. convocation, organisation des audiences, etc.) -lienhard, a., d. kettiger and d. winkler ( ). "status of court management in switzerland." international journal for court administration(special issue): - . philip langbroek, «towards a socially responsive judiciary? judicial independence and accountability in the constitutional contexts of italy, the usa and netherlands», in benoît frydman et emmanuel jeuland, le nouveau management de la justice et l'indépendance des juges, paris: dailloz, , p. - . Évelyne serverin, «comment l'esprit du management est venu à l'administration de la justice», in benoît frydman et emmanuel jeuland, le nouveau management de la justice et l'indépendance des juges, paris: dalloz, , p. - . loïc cadiet, «la théorie du procès et le nouveau management de la justice: processus et procédure», in benoît frydman et eammanuel jeuland, op.cit., p. - . -bezes, p., d. demazière, t. le bianic, c. paradeise, r. normand, d. benamouzig, f. pierru and j. evetts ( ). "new public management et professions dans l’État: au-delà des oppositions, quelles recompositions?" sociologie du travail ( ): - . -jean, j.-p. ( ). justice. quels modes d'administration et d'évaluation pour un service public complexe qui doit rendre des décisions en toute indépendance? deveoping a public administration perspective on judicial systems in europe. m. fabri and p. langbroek. amsterdam, ios press. : - . cécile vigour, «justice : l'introduction d'une rationalité managériale comme euphémisation des enjeux politiques», droit et société, , ( ), , p. - . soraya amrani-mekki, «le principe de célérité», revue française d’administration publique, , ( ), , p. - . -beccaria, c. ( ). dei delitti e delle pene ( ), ens editions. tchakaloff, christophe cité par -fabri, m. and p. langbroek ( ). deveoping a public administration perspective on judicial systems in europe. the challenge of change for judicial systems: developing a public administration perspective. m. fabri and p. langbroek. amsterdam, ios press. : - . la culture du pouvoir judiciaire, jusqu’ici peu étudiée et d’entrainer une complexification des valeurs de ce dernier. de plus, l’hyper-bureaucratisation du droit et l’exacerbation de sa « rationalité formelle » au sens de weber pourrait compromettre le respect de certaines valeurs fondamentales pour le droit moderne. la nouvelle manière de penser en termes de coûts, performance et résultats a même fait dire à knoepfel en -soit au début de l’introduction de la nouvelle gestion publique (ngp) en suisse- que la tradition démocratique helvétique serait ébranlée si la (ngp) était introduite dans tous les secteurs de l’administration. au sein du pouvoir judiciaire, où les magistrats sont en règle générale élus par le parlement cantonal ou par le peuple, on peut raisonnablement penser que ces derniers adapteront leurs comportements afin de mieux répondre aux attentes de ceux qui les élisent, tout en défendant leurs valeurs professionnelles. selon fabri et langbroek ( ), les professionnels de la justice au niveau européen sont confrontés à l’introduction de nouvelles valeurs organisationnelles suite à l’arrivée de la ngp, des valeurs que les politiciens sont prêts à soutenir si elles contribuent à une efficacité accrue de l’appareil judiciaire (« value for money) . si ces nouvelles valeurs et modalités de gestion n’ont pas pour vocation de changer les finalités de la justice, elles peuvent influencer les fondements de sa légitimité et les qualités attendues d’une « bonne justice », en déplaçant par exemple le centre de l’attention (des professionnels) vers des notions telles que l’efficacité et l’efficience jusqu’ici peu usuelles dans les tribunaux. tout un pan de la littérature disserte d’ailleurs sur le trade off entre les valeurs constitutionnelles d’indépendance et d’impartialité d’une part, et leur obligation d’ « accountability » et d’efficience d’autre part, mises en avant par la ngp. d’autres auteurs soulignent le risque de déplacement des buts d’une organisation, lorsque des outils (par ex. informatiques) permettant d’implémenter les principes de la ngp sont introduits . des juges estiment même que la pression liée à la productivité serait incompatible avec nous comprenons ici la culture organisationnelle comme'un système de perceptions, de significations et de croyances au sujet de l'organisation qui facilite la création de sens commun parmi un groupe de personnes partageant des expériences communes et qui guide le comportement individuel au travail » : -bloor, g. and p. dawson ( ). "understanding professional culture in organizational context." organization studies ( ): - ., p. . hormis certaines études principalement américaines: -church, t. w. ( ). "examining local legal culture." american bar foundation research journal ( ): - , -ostrom, b., c. ostrom, r. hanson and m. kleiman ( ). the mosaic of institutional culture and performance: trial courts as organizations. philadelphia, temple university press, -brown, k. j. ( ). court culture: measuring and analysing the impact of judicial/administrative culture in the th judicial circuit court. kansas city, missouri, institute for court management, -lepore, l., c. metallo and r. agrifoglio ( ). court management in the justice system: a performance evaluation model. egpa. bergen, norway. -weber, m. ( ). economie et société ( ). paris, pocket. -knoepfel, p. ( ). new public management: vorprogrammierte enttäuschungen oder politische flurschäden?–eine kritik aus der sicht der politikanalyse. umbruch in politik und verwaltung. ansichten und erfahrungen zum new public management in der schweiz. t. hablützel, t. haldemann, k. schedler and k. schwaar. bern, haupt: - . -fabri, m. and p. langbroek ( ). deveoping a public administration perspective on judicial systems in europe. the challenge of change for judicial systems: developing a public administration perspective. m. fabri and p. langbroek. amsterdam, ios press. : - . (schmitt, ; kägi, ; vile, ; shapiro, ) -conseil de l’europe ( ). "recommandation cm/rec( ) du comité des ministres aux etats membres sur les juges : indépendance, efficacité et responsabilités ". -contini, f. ( ). reinventing the docket, discovering the database. the divergent adoption of information technology in the italian judicial offices. deveoping a public administration perspective on judicial systems in europe. m. fabri and p. langbroek. amsterdam, ios press. : - . la fonction de juger une affaire complexe et parlent de « sous-justice à la chaîne » en évoquant certaines pratiques pénales simplifiées. avant d’analyser l’étendue des phénomènes ci-dessus au sein de la justice suisse par l’entremise de la notion de « bonne justice » , il convient de définir succinctement la ngp et la place que celle-ci occupe au sein du pouvoir judiciaire helvétique. depuis le début des années , le courant de la ngp a beaucoup influencé les pratiques de management au sein de l’administration, au niveau international. les idées essentielles caractérisant ce mouvement, largement importées du monde commercial, et destinées à améliorer l’efficience et l’efficacité des administrations publiques comprennent entre autres : les contrats de prestations, l’orientation client et les systèmes qualité, ainsi qu’une gestion des ressources humaines tournée vers la performance et le développement des compétences. cette déferlante a également fini par atteindre les organisations judiciaires helvétiques (ainsi qu’au canada d’ailleurs) , avec un retard d’une décennie environ par rapport aux premières expérimentations menées dans les autres services de l’etat . le point de départ des récentes réformes de la justice date de la modification de la constitution de . le but était alors d’unifier les procédures civile et pénale, et de par l’obligation faite aux cantons d’instituer des autorités de recours, d’alléger la charge du tribunal fédéral (tf), ultime instance de recours. l’arrêté fédéral du octobre prévoit par exemple de limiter la possibilité de faire appel au tf à une valeur litigieuse minimale ainsi qu’ « une procédure simplifiée pour les recours manifestement infondés ». des mesures ont également été prises dans le but de diminuer les dépenses des cantons liées à la justice, comme la possibilité d’instituer des autorités judiciaires communes , tout en laissant à ces derniers le soin d’organiser et d’administrer la justice comme ils l’entendent. jusqu’à présent, les principes de la nouvelle gestion publique ont été testés dans les tribunaux bernois mais il s’agit plus d’une exception, la grande majorité des cours du pays ayant décidé de ne pas appliquer de tels préceptes , indiquant une première résistance à cette approche. a bien des égards, la ngp s’est développée comme une critique des principes de l’administration bureaucratique ). elle propose des instruments et techniques qui véhiculent des nouvelles valeurs et peuvent engendrer un véritable chamboulement culturel : si l’on suit sa logique, les tribunaux devraient adopter une culture plus commerciale, axée sur le leadership, la prise de risque, l’orientation -jean, j.-p. ibid.justice. quels modes d'administration et d'évaluation pour un service public complexe qui doit rendre des décisions en toute indépendance?: - . nous utilisons la notion de « bonne justice » afin d’estimer l’importance que les valeurs managériales prennent au sein de la justice suisse de nos jours. cela ne signifie pas que la ngp changera inévitablement les finalités de la justice. par contre, nous pensons qu’une analyse de la proportion que les arguments liés au management prennent dans le discours des acteurs de la justice quand ils sont interrogés sur la finalité de celle-ci nous donne un bon aperçu de la prégnance de la ngp dans la justice. david giauque et yves emery, repenser la gestion publique, lausanne: presses polytechniques et universitaires romandes, «coll. le savoir suisse», . -fortier, i. ( ). "la modernisation de l’État québécois : la gouvernance démocratique à l’épreuve des enjeux du managérialisme." nouvelles pratiques sociales ( ): - . daniel kettiger, wirkungsorientierte verwaltungsführung in der justiz, bern: société suisse des sciences administratives, . art. , assemblÉe federale, «arrêté fédéral relatif à la réforme de la justice», assemblée fédérale de la confédération suisse, , p. - . art. b, al. , ibid. andreas lienhard, daniel kettiger et daniela winkler, «status of court management in switzerland», op.cit. -bezes, p. ( ). "construire des bureaucraties wébériennes à l'ère du new public management?" critique internationale ( ): - . vers les résultats et la concurrence comme sources d’innovations organisationnelles . a priori, ces nouvelles tendances ne correspondent pas vraiment au fonctionnement des tribunaux, posant la question fondamentale de leur cohabitation avec les principes et valeurs qui sont les fondements du pouvoir judiciaire et des professionnels qui y œuvrent, la ngp cherchant à « susciter l’adhésion des professionnels aux cultures internes des organisations » . ceci d’autant plus que la résistance au changement de la part des magistrats se renforce lorsque les réformes sont orientées vers des questions managériales qui leurs échappent . néanmoins, ce ne sont pas uniquement les juges qui sont affectés par les méthodes managériales mais bien l’ensemble des acteurs du pouvoir judiciaire. ainsi, le but de cet article est d’identifier les qualités d’une bonne justice en suisse, telles que définies par les différents acteurs qui forment le tribunal au sens large (juges, gestionnaires de tribunaux, avocats, journalistes, politiciens) et de vérifier si ces qualités peuvent coexister avec les valeurs véhiculées par le monde managérial (ngp), le cas échéant d’évaluer la manière dont elles cohabitent (hybridation, dominance des unes sur les autres etc.). ce questionnement se justifie d’autant plus que les politiques qui tentent d’implanter des réformes liées aux doctrines et philosophies de la ngp font l’objet de contestations et de mobilisations collectives dans de nombreux secteurs dont la justice . pour ce faire, nous avons défini trois questions de recherche : • quelles sont les attentes principales auxquelles se réfèrent différents groupes d’acteurs lorsqu’ils évoquent ce que représente pour eux une bonne justice ? • les juges avec responsabilité managériale ont-ils les mêmes attentes envers une bonne justice que leurs collègues exempts de tâches de gestion ? • a quels univers valoriels ces juges font-ils appel lorsqu’ils décrivent la notion de bonne justice? tout d’abord nous abordons les relations entre justice et société, avant de nous concentrer sur le rapport relation entre justice et management. nous présentons ensuite les arguments évoqués par les acteurs de la justice suisse lors d’un programme d’interviews réalisés au cours de l’année , afin d’en extraire les attentes principales pouvant être associées à la notion de bonne justice ainsi que leur compatibilité éventuelle avec un management « moderne » des tribunaux. janet v. denhardt et robert b. denhardt, the new public service : serving, not steering, armonk, ny: m.e.sharpe, . -bezes, p., d. demazière, t. le bianic, c. paradeise, r. normand, d. benamouzig, f. pierru and j. evetts ( ). "new public management et professions dans l’État: au-delà des oppositions, quelles recompositions?" sociologie du travail ( ): - ., p. nadia carboni, «il new public management nel settore giudiziario», , p. - . -bezes, p., d. demazière, t. le bianic, c. paradeise, r. normand, d. benamouzig, f. pierru and j. evetts ( ). "new public management et professions dans l’État: au-delà des oppositions, quelles recompositions?" sociologie du travail ( ): - . le juge est considéré comme ayant une responsabilité managériale s’il avait des responsabilités de gestion dans le poste qu’il occupait lorsque l’entretien a été mené, ou dans une précédente fonction. par responsabilités de gestion, on entend toute responsabilité autre que juridique assumée par un juge au sein du tribunal. il s’agit principalement des premiers présidents qui assument la direction générale du tribunal ou les juges qui siègent dans les diverses commissions d’administration/gestion des autorités judiciaires. parmi les rôles attribués à ces commissions: l’affectation des juges suppléants aux différentes cours, l’adoption du projet de budget et des comptes, l’engagement de greffiers, la gestion de la formation continue du personnel etc. . revue de littérature . société et attentes vis-à-vis de la justice le droit est inextricablement lié à la société dans laquelle il évolue puisqu’il découle du politique et confère une légitimité « aux aspirations et aux valeurs de la société » . de plus, les jugements sont l’un des moyens qu’un système gouvernemental, et par extension la société dans laquelle il évolue, possèdent pour affirmer leurs valeurs centrales . ce lien entre droit et société impacte certainement le fonctionnement de la justice. il est donc utile de s’intéresser aux différentes conceptions sociétales de la qualité d’une bonne justice même s’il paraît extrêmement difficile d’arriver à un consensus concernant les objectifs assignés au système judiciaire ou les facteurs qui déterminent sa performance . bien que l’importance croissante du juridique soit vue comme « un des événements marquants de la vie de toutes les sociétés démocratiques ces dernières années » , un manque de recherche se fait sentir en suisse, mais aussi à l’étranger, au sujet de l’interaction entre le fonctionnement du système judiciaire et la société. ce vide n’est pas anodin car la légitimité du management de la justice est mise en doute puisque celui-ci ne se préoccupe pas de principes fondamentaux des ordres juridiques tels que la liberté, l’égalité et la solidarité et prolifère sans contrôle démocratique . de nouvelles approches basées sur des évaluations qualitatives ou systémiques apparaissent donc pour éviter les excès de la rationalité managériale , l’application stricte des règles d’économie de marché au système judiciaire pâtissant déjà d’un certain désenchantement . de nos jours, les citoyens estiment avoir droit non seulement à une bonne justice mais également à son bon fonctionnement , la bonne justice étant associée autant à sa finalité stricto-sensu qu’à son bon fonctionnement. la justice doit dorénavant conquérir une certaine légitimité car l’opinion publique ne considère plus l’autorité et les institutions judiciaires traditionnelles comme allant de soi . l’accentuation de l’attention médiatique portée à la justice a par exemple rendu le juge publiquement responsable de son travail, ce dernier devant parfois justifier son éthique et sa performance . une « bonne » justice semble ainsi devoir montrer un certain nombre de qualités. des travaux de recherche de la première moitié du ème siècle font déjà ressortir une tendance à propos luzius mader, «introduction», in andreas ladner, jean-loup chappelet, yves emery, peter knoepfel, luzius mader, nils soguel et frédéric varone, manuel d'administration publique suisse, lausanne: presses polytechniques et universitaires romandes, , p. . james spigelman, «judicial accountability and performance indicators», civil justice quarterly, , , p. . eric alt et marie-astrid le theule, «la justice aux prises avec l'éthique et la performance», pyramides, , , p. - . antoine garapon, bien juger. essai sur le rituel judiciaire, paris: odile jacob, , p. . benoît frydman, «le management comme alternative à la procédure», in benoît frydman et emmanuel jeuland, le nouveau management et l'indépendance des juges, paris: dailloz, , p. - . alt et le theule, op.cit. philip langbroek, «la réorganisation du système judiciaire des pays-bas», revue française d’administration publique, , ( ), , p. - . vigour, op.cit. ibid. arie-jan kwak, «legal professionals under pressure: legal professional ideology and new public management», in mirko noordergraaf et bram steijn, professionals under pressure: the reconfiguration of professional work in changing public services, amsterdam: amsterdam university press, «care & welfare», , p. - . antoine vauchez, «le chiffre dans le "gouvernement" de la justice», revue française d’administration publique, , ( ), , p. - ; philip langbroek, «towards a socially responsive judiciary? judicial independence and accountability in the constitutional contexts of italy, the usa and netherlands», in benoît frydman et emmanuel jeuland, op.cit., p. - . alt et le theule, op.cit. des préoccupations concernant la justice suisse qui semble assez proche de celle que nous connaissons aujourd’hui, particulièrement au sujet de son activité juridique . ainsi, en , chessex parle d’un « état désastreux » du système judiciaire et du désir de réforme de certains, car une bonne organisation de la justice est « pour un pays un élément essentiel de vitalité ». en termes de compétences, il ne réclame pas de capacités managériales mais demande que l’on rende obligatoires les « connaissances juridiques » pour tous les juges. il parle aussi du pouvoir d’appréciation dont les tribunaux ne devraient pas abuser car « un code doit poser des règles fixes, afin que les justiciables y trouvent les renseignements désirés et que les tribunaux ne soient pas tentés de dépasser leurs compétences » . l’auteur dit plus loin que, suite au développement du canton (de vaud), les moyens à disposition pour régler les différends ne suffisent plus car « vu la complexité des faits, la variété des procès, les juges et les parties demandent à être mieux renseignés » . un autre exemple nous est fourni en par hofmann qui affirme, en parlant du système de recours « qu’il convient d’une part d’assurer aux justiciables un maximum de garanties contre les erreurs et les irrégularités du juge » mais aussi qu’il est « pratiquement nécessaire d’autre part, de ne pas surcharger de travail les tribunaux de seconde instance » . la différence majeure avec les demandes faites de nos jours au système judiciaire est l’absence de référence directe à l’efficience et à une justice orientée vers les résultats ou les clients alors que ces principes sont aujourd’hui à la base de la légitimité de l’etat et doivent même être « ancrés expressément au niveau constitutionnel » . mais qu’en est-il de la réaction des juges face à cette évolution ? de manière générale, les magistrats suisses estiment que leur liberté s’est vue renforcée ces dernières années grâce à une plus grande autonomie dans la gestion administrative des tribunaux , alors que normalement la tradition suisse accorde une souveraineté minimale au pouvoir judiciaire dans l’administration de la justice . cependant, la récession économique a transféré l’attention vers l’efficience de la justice, la simplification des procédures en est un exemple criant . dans cette optique, les organisations du pouvoir judiciaire introduisent un peu partout différents systèmes de management, en partant de l’idée qu’elles sont des fournisseurs de service . toutefois, le travail des juges n’est pour l’instant évalué que de manière informelle en suisse . andré vallotton, «excès de pouvoir et déni de justice: etude comparative de la jurisprudence du conseil d'etat français et du tribunal fédéral suisse», université de lausanne, thèse de licence et de doctorat, . lucien chessex, «du recours en réforme en droit vaudois», université de lausanne, thèse de doctorat, , p. . id., p. . id., p. . id., p. . pierre hofmann, «le recours en nullité de la procédure civile vaudoise: étude théorique et pratique», université de lausanne, thèse de doctorat, , p. . nous entendons dans cet article la notion d’efficience et d’efficacité comme « une justice qui doit utiliser ses ressources avec parcimonie et en retirer le plus grand bénéfice possible », voir annexe . andreas lienhard, «droit constitutionnel et administratif», in andreas ladner, jean-loup chappelet, yves emery, peter knoepfel, luzius mader, nils soguel et frédéric varone, manuel d'administration publique suisse, lausanne: presses polytechniques et universitaires romandes, , p. . regina kiener, «judicial independence in switzerland», in anja seibert-fohr, judicial independence in transition, heidelberg: springer, «beiträge zum ausländischen öffentlichen recht und völkerrecht», , p. - . etienne poltier, «l'organisation et le fonctionnement interne de l'ordre judiciaire et des tribunaux», pratique juridique actuelle, , p. - . frans van dijk et horatius dumbrava, «judiciary in times of scarcity: retrenchment and reform», international journal for court administration, , ( ), , p. - . a. lienhard, «oberaufsicht und justizmanagement», justice, ( ), , p. - . -(ccje), c. c. d. j. e. ( ). avis no ( ) sur l'évaluation du travail des juges, la qualité de la justice et le respect de l'indépendance judiciaire. strasbourg, conseil de l'europe. . le management peut-il être au service de la justice ? le management pourrait contribuer à la légitimité des juges, et par extension à celle de la justice. il est même considéré par certains comme un des éléments les plus prometteurs parmi les efforts entrepris pour donner une nouvelle orientation de la justice envers la société , les bons jugements n’étant plus suffisants à légitimer le système judiciaire . pour autant, il ne doit pas être appliqué uniquement pour répondre à des impératifs financiers . on observe malgré tout une importance croissante des chiffres dans la justice. les tribunaux publient régulièrement des résultats de performance car ils se doivent d’être des organisations « ouvertes », orientées vers l’extérieur et totalement transparentes envers les médias . a genève par exemple, le procureur général, qui est également le président de la commission de gestion du pouvoir judiciaire, rend compte chaque année de la situation de ce dernier à la presse en articulant, entre autres, des chiffres concernant l’évolution des charges de fonctionnement, les revenus, le nombre d’affaires traitées et les postes permanents . ceci fait dire à marti qu’ «avec une mentalité commerciale, le pouvoir judiciaire se sent obligé de démontrer qu’il ne coûte rien au contribuable, mais qu’il rapporte à la collectivité autant qu’il coûte » poussé à son paroxysme, le managérialisme consiste à introduire des outils de management « pour eux-mêmes en en perdant précisément le sens » , alors que le but de la managérialisation des organisations publiques devrait être, au contraire, de re-légitimer ces dernières . le résultat de la maximisation de l’efficience, qui tente de satisfaire le justiciable-utilisateur, en focalisant trop sur la manière d’atteindre les résultats au dépend de l’efficacité, serait une perte de crédibilité vis-à-vis des citoyens pour qui la « caractéristique fondamentale de l’action publique (est) la défense de l’intérêt public » . il faudrait donc se concentrer sur l’efficacité, soit satisfaire les besoins du citoyen en termes d’accès aux tribunaux par exemple, au lieu de se centrer sur l’efficience, ce qui apporterait une légitimité supplémentaire à la justice . actuellement, il semble que la tendance soit à l’inverse dans la justice , l’efficacité étant trop difficile à mesurer, ce qui entraîne une « perte de pouvoir des professionnels vis-à-vis de l’administration » . aux etats-unis par exemple, le juge est évalué tant sur la qualité de sa décision que sur les modalités c. tchakaloff cité par -fabri, m. and p. langbroek ( ). deveoping a public administration perspective on judicial systems in europe. the challenge of change for judicial systems: developing a public administration perspective. m. fabri and p. langbroek. amsterdam, ios press. : - . -langbroek, p. ibid.reinventing the least dangerous branch of government: judicial independence and the accountability for the administration of justice, courts and judges in the netherlands: - . catherine labrusse-riou, «management et statuts d'indépendance: d'un service public - la justice - à d'autres - les hôpitaux et l'université», in benoît frydman et emmanuel jeuland, le nouveau management et l'indépendance des juges, paris: dalloz, , p. - . national center for state courts, «the international framework for court excellence, nd edition», journal, , . garapon, op.cit. -derouand, v. ( . . ). communiqué de presse de la commission de gestion: compte rendu d'activité du pouvoir judiciaire en . disponible sur http://ge.ch/justice/publications, dernier accès le . . . -marti, a. ( ). histoire de l'organisation judiciaire - . genève, copymédia., p. . bernard, drumaux et mattijs, op.cit, p. . ibid. david giauque et daniel j. caron, «l'identité des agents publics à la croisée des chemins : de nouveaux défis pour les administrations publiques», reforming the public sector : what about the citizens ?, bern, . / . , p. . laurence dumoulin, «le recours aux experts, un mode de rationalisation des pratiques judiciaires?», politique et management public, , ( ), , p. - . bien qu’efficacité et efficience peuvent se concevoir comme étant imbriquées, les utilisateurs de la justice exigeant son efficience afin d’être satisfaits selon -fierro, h. f. ( ). courts, justice and efficiency: a socio-legal study of economic rationality in adjudication. portland, hart publishing. serverin, op.cit., p. - . cécile vigour, «ethos et légitimité professionnels à l’épreuve d’une approche managériale: le cas de la justice belge», sociologie du travail, , ( ), , p. . avec lesquelles il conduit l’affaire . au pays-bas, la pression des résultats serait à la base du phénomène qui voit des magistrats négliger la formation continue . piraux et bernard pensent même que des dérives sont inévitables, certains juges essayant de « plaire » aux gestionnaires d’une manière ou d’une autre , leur travail étant souvent évalué sur des critères quantitatifs uniquement. la légitimité de la justice ne dépend donc plus de critères purement juridiques mais bien d’un arbitrage permanent entre ces derniers et un souci d’efficacité . la nouvelle gestion des tribunaux n’a d’ailleurs plus seulement comme ambition d’améliorer le rendement mais aussi la qualité des services et prestations fournis. le management dans la justice va donc au-delà d’une simple technique, c’est une nouvelle logique qui véhicule une culture portée par de nouvelles valeurs et attentes, voire de nouvelles sphères de légitimation au sens de boltanski & thévenot comme nous le verrons plus loin. on en veut pour preuve la fréquente substitution du terme justiciable par celui de client . toutefois, si l’on décide d’administrer la justice par les normes et les indicateurs, cela risque de modifier le rapport homme-travail, voire l’éthique même du travail juridique . il y aurait une dichotomie entre une manière d’évaluer la justice en fonction de sa mission de service public (accessibilité , impartialité, célérité, égalité des armes) et en fonction de logiques managériales issues de la ngp qui la considère comme un processus de production (où on mesurera les coûts, les moyens, l’activité, la performance) . dans le premier cas, on prend en compte principalement le « processus » juridique, alors que dans le second c’est plutôt le travail des magistrats qui est analysé. le problème est qu’il est impossible d’estimer correctement la qualité d’un processus de production sans évaluer son résultat en fonction de son but premier : en l’occurrence la mission de service public. ces deux logiques sont donc indissociables l’une de l’autre, mais sont-elles vraiment compatibles ? certains auteurs parlent d’ « aspects fondamentaux » lorsqu’ils évoquent des valeurs civiques comme l’indépendance de la justice, alors qu’ils relèguent les aspects managériaux des cours, comme l’efficience dans le traitement des affaires, au titre d’ « aspects secondaires » . en effet, des paramètres tels que la productivité, l’efficience, le retour sur investissement etc., ne sont pas courants dans la logique judiciaire. il sera donc pertinent de vérifier si la rencontre de ces aspects provoquera un choc culturel comme ce fut le cas dans d’autres services publics , et/ou la transformation de l’éthos des professionnels de la justice . certains parlent même d’antagonisme entre efficience et justice, carboni, op.cit. langbroek, «la réorganisation du système judiciaire des pays-bas», op.cit. alexandre piraux et benoît bernard, «peut-on gérer la justice? entre responsabilité et indépendance», pyramides, , , p. - . jan mattijs, «implications managériales de l'indépendance de la justice», pyramides, , , p. - . cadiet, op.cit., p. - . frydman, op.cit., p. - . luc boltanski et laurent thÉvenot, de la justification. les économies de la grandeur, paris: gallimard, . joël hubin, «entre efficience et efficacité. mesures et démesures de la charge de travail des juges. commentaires de l'article bis du code judiciaire.», pyramides, , , p. - . frydman, op.cit., p. - . il faut comprendre la notion d’accessibilité de la justice tant du point de vue financier que géographique, il s’agit que les tribunaux soient situés à proximité des citoyens qui en ont besoin et soient abordables financièrement, voir annexe . dumoulin, op.cit; serverin, op.cit., p. - . lienhard, kettiger et winkler, «status of court management in switzerland», op.cit, p. . giauque et emery, «repenser la gestion publique», op.cit ; giseline rondeaux, «identification organisationnelle et changement : le new public management à l'épreuve des logiques identitaires », université de liège, hec, thèse de doctorat, . vigour, «justice : l'introduction d'une rationalité managériale comme euphémisation des enjeux politiques», op.cit. arguant que la vie judiciaire est maintenant plus centrée sur l’efficience que sur la manière dont les organisations et les relations sociales en son sein fonctionnent . les résistances culturelles à la managérialisation des tribunaux risquent en effet de créer des tensions, particulièrement si les changements sont imposés de l’extérieur en faisant peu de cas des valeurs de l’institution, ce qui pourrait créer des dilemmes moraux et augmenter le stress professionnel . afin d’évaluer cela, il faut se demander si les qualités recherchées d’une bonne justice peuvent cohabiter avec les approches managériales décrites plus haut. nous allons analyser ce phénomène à l’exemple du pouvoir judiciaire suisse. . méthode la présente étude fait partie d’un plus large projet sur le management de la justice helvétique conduit au niveau national depuis . pour cet article, nous avons analysé une série d’entretiens ( ) semi-structurés menés dans des tribunaux de première et seconde instance dans des cours civiles, administratives et criminelles de neuf cantons , dans les trois régions linguistiques du pays. nous nous sommes entretenus tant avec des acteurs internes au tribunal ( ) (juges ( ) et managers ( )), qu’avec leurs pendants externes ( ) (politiciens ( ), avocats ( ), journalistes ( )) . l’échantillon comprend un nombre identique de juges avec et sans responsabilité managériale. les interviews, d’une durée d’environ une heure chacun, ont été conduits selon la méthodologie inductive dans le but de découvrir les principales attentes d’une bonne justice, jusqu’à saturation des arguments . l’idée centrale était de laisser s’exprimer nos interlocuteurs sur l’idée qu’ils se font de la bonne justice afin de faire émerger les arguments qui sous-tendent selon eux cette notion. les enregistrements des interviews ont été retranscrits et codés à l’aide du logiciel nvivo . nous avons classé des passages d’entretiens dans nœuds différents , chacun correspondant à un argument défini comme important pour une bonne justice par un répondant. certaines attentes émises par le même participant peuvent être complémentaires ou contradictoires, car chacun a d’abord dû décrire ce qu’était une bonne justice pour soi, avant d’expliquer ce que cela signifiait, selon lui, pour les autres parties prenantes. un interviewé pouvait mentionner divers arguments, mais un argument répété à plusieurs reprises par la même personne n’a été comptabilisé qu’une seule fois. par contre, certains paragraphes qui expriment des idées diverses peuvent être codés dans plusieurs nœuds. nous avons ensuite classé les différents nœuds selon la fréquence avec laquelle ils étaient labrusse-riou, op.cit., p. - . revital ludewig et juan lallave, «professional stress, discrimination and coping strategies: similarities and differences between female and male judges in switzerland», in ulrike schultz et gisela shaw, gender and judging, oxford: hart publishing, «oñati international series in law and society», , p. - . voir www.justizforschung.ch les cantons latins (fribourg, genève, jura, neuchâtel, tessin, vaud et valais) sont l’objet central de la recherche, pour des raisons linguistiques principalement. les cantons alémaniques de lucerne et schaffhouse ont été considérés à des fins de comparaison. des entretiens ont été conduits avec d’autres acteurs (greffiers, personnel administratif, procureurs, juges non-professionnels, chercheur) mais nous avons décidé de ne pas les considérer ici, tant parce que les acteurs sélectionnés nous semblent être les plus représentatifs que pour des raisons pratiques (longueur de l’analyse). parmi les limites de l’étude on citera la non-représentativité de l’échantillon et l’unicité des entretiens, nous privant ainsi d’une analyse temporelle de l’évolution des attentes. anselm strauss et juliet corbin, les fondements de la recherche qualitative: techniques et procédures de développement de la théorie enracinée, fribourg: academic press fribourg, . stéphane martineau, «l'observation en situation: enjeux, possibilités et limites», recherches qualitatives, hors série, ( ), , p. - . a l’origine, nous avions défini nœuds mais seuls ceux qui ont été mentionnés par au moins deux types d’acteurs, dont les juges, ont été retenus. en sus, contrairement à un précédent article basé sur la même étude, nous n’avons pas retenu le nœud « qualité », ce dernier faisant appel à une notion trop vague dont la définition variait considérablement entre les différents acteurs. signalés par les participants (plus un nœud est cité par un groupe d’acteur, plus il obtient de + proportionnellement au nombre d’acteurs présents dans le groupe, voir tableau ). nous utilisons donc la récurrence des arguments comme proxy de leur importance pour les groupes d’acteurs. en d’autres termes, plus un argument est cité par un groupe d’acteurs plus il est considéré comme important pour ce dernier. etant donné le nombre de répondants ( ), il semble qu’une classification en cinq différents groupes soit adéquate. le terme choisi pour chaque nœud n’a pas forcément été cité verbatim par les interviewés, l’exercice consistant à coder les idées similaires dans le même nœud selon la méthode de l’analyse de contenu . nous avons ensuite élaboré une définition de chaque nœud, en nous inspirant des citations des participants . nous savons que certaines attentes se recoupent, mais nous avons préféré les aborder individuellement pour pouvoir analyser les discours de la meilleure manière qui soit. dans une étape ultérieure de la recherche, nous utiliserons l’analyse factorielle pour identifier les valeurs similaires ou contradictoires. nous avons choisi d’analyser des discours et basons donc nos observations sur ce qui est dit et non sur ce qui est passé sous silence. il est cependant possible que certains arguments trop évidents pour être énoncés ne soient pas mentionnés par les participants et que ces éléments appartiennent principalement au registre civique. les arguments commerciaux étant les plus récents et controversés apparaitraient donc comme surreprésentés dans nos réponses. pour éviter cela, nous n’avons pas précisé à nos interlocuteurs que nous étudiions le management de la justice en particulier. de plus, les résultats nous montrent que les arguments les plus évoqués restent ceux du monde civique (voir définition ci-après), ce qui rend peu probable la possibilité d’une trop forte représentation des éléments commerciaux. finalement, nous n’avons comptabilisé qu’une seule fois chaque argument dans le tableau qui nous permet de définir à quels mondes les acteurs de la justice suisse font le plus souvent appel quand ils évoquent la bonne justice. pour appréhender les valeurs sous-jacentes à ces attentes, nous avons utilisé la typologie des mondes développée par boltanski and thévenot , laquelle consiste en des univers idéal-typiques de référence auxquels font appel les acteurs lorsqu’ils justifient leurs agissements dans un contexte collectif. nous avons retenus ici quatre mondes qui nous semblent pertinents afin de classer nos résultats : ) le monde industriel est basé sur les notions d’efficacité, de rendement et de performance. il s’agit de l’univers des manufactures, centré sur la bonne organisation, le professionnalisme et l’optimisation des ressources. ici, tout ou presque est mesurable, y compris l’homme. on se situe dans un monde scientifique, rationnel et modélisable. pour ce qui est de la justice en particulier on se réfèrera principalement aux notions qualitatives que l’on tente de mesurer par des indicateurs (rapidité, efficience et efficacité etc.). ) le monde civique est celui de l’union de tous dans la formation de la volonté générale. les organes collectifs et représentatifs (syndicats, partis politiques, collectivité publique) sont placés au centre. c’est le monde de l’expression de l’action démocratique, justifié par la législation et fondé sur la figure emblématique du citoyen. ici les êtres s’équivalent en ce que la volonté générale peut se manifester en chacun d’eux. cette volonté générale surmonte ce qui est particulier et lie les êtres dans une action collective. c’est le monde « classique » de la justice car la volonté collective doit s’exprimer dans des formes officielles (arrêtés, décrets, ordonnances, dispositions, jugements etc.) afin d’assurer sa validité et sa stabilité. c’est aussi cf. tableau . satu elo et helvi kyngÄs, «the qualitative content analysis process», journal of advanced nursing, , ( ), , p. - . voir annexe . boltanski et thÉvenot, op.cit. cf. tableau , § . le monde où la justice est subordonnée au citoyen et se doit de lui rendre des comptes, d’être à son service et de lui garantir les prérogatives traditionnelles de la justice (impartialité, égalité de traitement, prévisibilité etc.). ) le monde commercial est celui du marché, de la rivalité entre les personnes physiques ou morales, du bien (produit), de l’argent et de la concurrence entourant les clients potentiels. les valeurs centrales sont la valeur marchande, la possession, le profit et la rétribution. c’est l’univers sur lequel se fonde la théorie économique libérale où les personnes agissent de manière égoïste afin de satisfaire un besoin ou un désir. ici le justiciable est un « client » que la justice se doit de satisfaire dans une relation d’ « affaire ». elle doit non seulement proposer un service de qualité à ses clients (proximité, simplicité, personnalisation etc.) mais elle doit aussi assouvir certains désirs (avoir raison, résoudre un conflit) et ce à un prix attractif. ) l’univers domestique est le monde des relations personnelles, inspiré par la famille et centré sur les relations bienveillantes qui animent une entité collective, un milieu. les valeurs centrales sont ici la hiérarchie et la tradition. on rejette l’égoïsme et adoube les notions d’autorité, de responsabilité, de supériorité et de subordination. en ce qui concerne la justice, nous apparentons la notion de bienveillance à la justice humaine et à la recherche de conciliation alors que la sévérité et la confiance trouvent leur place dans la relation entre la justice (le supérieur) qui juge le justiciable (subordonné). les réformes qui font écho à la ngp ont été analysées par plusieurs scientifiques utilisant cette approche comme une confrontation directe entre le monde civique (monde bureaucratique wébérien) et le monde commercial, ce dernier étant le reflet d’une logique managériale . il est cependant possible de concilier ces deux mondes grâce au processus que les auteurs appellent le « compromis » selon lequel les acteurs se mettent d’accord pour « composer…en recherchant l’intérêt général, c’est- à-dire non seulement l’intérêt des parties prenantes mais aussi l’intérêt de ceux qui ne sont pas directement touchés par l’accord » . le compromis se réalise grâce à un « principe de rang supérieur » capable de rapprocher des mondes qui paraissent en opposition. l’équipe de recherche a longuement débattu et passé en revue les travaux comparables dans la littérature actuelle et étudié les caractéristiques des univers proposés afin d’attribuer les attentes révélées par les entretiens aux différents mondes . cette classification nous aidera à déterminer si les sphères de légitimation auxquelles les participants se réfèrent lorsqu’ils définissent une bonne justice varient en fonction de leur rôle et si les valeurs associées à cette bonne justice empruntent à l’univers managérial. . résultats et discussion . résultats globaux le tableau présente la fréquence avec laquelle les différents acteurs (juges, gestionnaires de tribunaux, politiciens, avocats et journalistes) mentionnent les vingt-six attentes qui sont selon eux les plus importantes concernant une « bonne justice ». en général, on remarque une assez forte congruence entre les attentes des divers acteurs interrogés, comme le montrent les deux notions (rapide et communicative) citées le plus fréquemment (++++) par tous les types d’acteurs, sans exception : « la décision doit tout d’abord être rapide, et le plus juste possible » (juge , canton ). néanmoins, certains tribunaux ont encore du retard dans ces domaines comme l’explique un magistrat (no , canton ): «on a des carences à tous les niveaux de la communication, tant interne qu’externe» voir à ce sujet : giauque et caron, «l'identité des agents publics à la croisée des chemins : de nouveaux défis pour les administrations publiques», op.cit; rondeaux, op.cit. -boltanski, l. and l. thévenot ( ). les économies de la grandeur. gap, presses universitaires de france. , p. - . le classement de certains items a été et reste évidemment sujet à controverse. on considère ici les juges avec et sans responsabilité managériale comme un seul groupe. ou encore « on travaille sur des recours d’il y a ans, c’est insupportable pour le justiciable » (juge , canton ). de plus, on observe que les neuf attentes les plus citées par les juges sont aussi mentionnées par tous les autres types de répondants. au total, ce ne sont pas moins de attentes ( %) qui sont évoquées par l’ensemble des acteurs. en ce qui concerne les différences, il n’est pas surprenant que les gestionnaires des tribunaux soient ceux qui attachent le plus d’importance à l’orientation client : « c’est clair que ça doit aller vite en ère instance mais on ne veut pas attendre non plus des lustres pour obtenir le résultat de notre recours, ça doit aller vite partout. le client veut savoir si il a gagné ou pas » (gestionnaire de tribunal , canton ) mais ne mentionnent que très rarement une caractéristique fondamentale pour les juges : l’indépendance. sans surprise, les avocats plaident pour une justice simple et pragmatique , particulièrement lorsqu’il s’agit de la procédure. ces derniers, tout comme les politiciens et les journalistes mentionnent aussi des items tels que la transparence ou une justice humaine et proche des gens, plus fréquemment que ceux qui officient au sein des tribunaux : «il faudrait une justice plus humaine, qu'elle soit moins intransigeante sur le côté « à la lettre » de la procédure» (politique , canton ). la notion de justice efficace et efficiente est citée plus souvent par des acteurs externes comme les avocats et les journalistes, ce qui peut surprendre car elle est une source de légitimité pour les magistrats . « soit on se dote d’une justice qui est capable d’être efficace à tous les niveaux soit on traite les affaires prioritaires et les autres, on dit : vous vous faîtes justice vous-même » (avocat , canton ). les journalistes se font le relais de l’opinion publique en mentionnant plus fréquemment que les autres des attentes telles que la sévérité : « ah, oui, la population à mon avis, elle est plus beaucoup plus dure que la justice, de loin » (journaliste , canton ), ou la légitimité d’une justice rendue par des non- professionnels. insérer tableau ici . les juges qui exercent des responsabilités de gestion ont-ils des attentes différentes des autres ? si l’on ne considère pas la fréquence, on constate qu’environ % des attentes ( / ) sont mentionnées par les deux groupes de juges démontrant une forte congruence des attentes entre ces deux classes de magistrats. cela semble indiquer que les juges avec responsabilité de gestion n’ont pas d’attentes fondamentalement différentes de leurs collègues qui dédient l’entièreté de leur activité professionnelle au droit, même si certaines divergences ont été relevées. nous pensons que cela pourrait être dû à la notion de surdétermination de la culture professionnelle sur la culture managériale; les juges étant des spécialistes particulièrement attachés à leur fonction, celle-ci prendrait le pas sur l’exercice ou non d’une activité de gestion. nous nous intéressons maintenant aux univers de référence auxquels font appel les magistrats, respectivement sans et avec, responsabilité managériale lorsqu’ils évoquent la notion de bonne justice. pour ce faire, nous utilisons la grille d’analyse des mondes communs développées par boltanski il faut comprendre l’orientation client de la justice comme étant un rapport d’ « affaire » dans lequel l’institution se doit de rendre un service (public) au justiciable. voir aussi la définition du monde commercial dans la section méthodologique ou -villeneuve, j.-p. ( ). "citoyen-clients et administrations: acteurs confus et organisations entêtées, typologie et analyse des rôles." revue économique et sociale : - . nous définissions une justice simple, pragmatique, pas trop formaliste comme « une justice qui n’est pas trop à cheval sur les règles. elle doit être intelligente et adapter ses procédures si nécessaire », voir annexe . vigour, «ethos et légitimité professionnels à l’épreuve d’une approche managériale: le cas de la justice belge», op.cit. voir annexe pour une brève définition des différents mondes. mark exworthy et susan halford, professionals and the new managerialism in the public sector, buckingham: open university press, . et thévenot . nous discutons d’abord les attentes invoquées par tous les juges avant de nous concentrer sur celles qui ne sont mentionnées que par un groupe de juges alors que l’autre ne les cite jamais, afin de déterminer si la présence d’une activité managériale dans le cahier des charges des magistrats a une influence sur les mondes auxquels ils se réfèrent. insérer tableau ici parmi les onze attentes les plus citées par l’ensemble des juges, la majorité d’entre elles ( ) appartient au monde civique, traditionnellement le monde de l’administration publique dont le citoyen est l’acteur principal, suivi des mondes commercial ( ), industriel ( ) et domestique ( ). ces résultats confirment la première partie de l’enquête où les deux mondes les plus représentés chez les managers de tribunaux et les juges étaient justement ceux-ci . cela renforce aussi l’idée que la culture hybride post-bureaucratique est bien présente chez les juges de première et seconde instance en suisse, mais contredit des recherches similaires menées dans d’autres services publics helvétiques où les mondes les plus cités étaient les mondes industriel et civique. les attentes mentionnées uniquement par les juges sans expérience de gestion sont personnalisée, impartiale, donne raison, non-corrompue, prévisible : un mélange d’éléments se rapportant aux mondes civique (impartiale, non-corrompue, prévisible) et commercial (personnalisée, donne raison ) avec une prédominance pour le premier. a l’inverse, trois attentes (sévère, égalité de traitement, inspirer confiance) ont été signalées seulement par des juges ayant une activité managériale. le monde domestique (sévère, inspire confiance) est ici mieux représenté que le monde civique (égalité de traitement). nous en concluons que les juges avec expérience managériale ne font pas plus souvent appel au monde commercial lorsqu’ils définissent une bonne justice que leurs homologues sans responsabilité de gestion, contrairement à ce qui avait été observé dans une première partie de l’étude entre ces derniers et les secrétaires généraux. si l’on excepte l’attente liée à l’indépendance de la justice, nous remarquons, dans le tableau , que les six attentes auxquelles les juges font le plus fréquemment référence lorsqu’ils évoquent l’idée de bonne justice (rapide, communicative, indépendante, accessible, simple et pragmatique, transparente) sont compatibles avec les principes de la ngp et sous-tendent l’existence d’une culture judiciaire qui n’est pas incompatible avec l’idée d’une gestion moderne de la justice. un magistrat (no , canton ) nous affirmait par exemple: « on est vraiment au service du client, du justiciable. on doit répondre à des attentes, on ne doit pas rendre la justice pour la gloire…». boltanski et thÉvenot, op.cit. voir tableau , dans lequel nous avons classifié toutes les attentes répertoriées. article publié. yves emery, «gestion publique des ressources humaines. introduction», in andreas ladner, jean-loup chappelet, yves emery, peter knoepfel, luzius mader, nils soguel et frédéric varone, manuel d'administration publique suisse, lausanne: presses polytechniques et universitaires romandes, , p. - . yves emery, carole wyser, noemi martin et joelle sanchez, «swiss public servants' perceptions of performance in a fast-changing environment», international review of administrative sciences, , ( ), , p. - ; yves emery et noemi martin, le service public au xxième siècle. identités et motivations au sein de l'après-fonctionnariat, paris: l'harmattan & schulthess editions, . voir tableau . personnalisée : la justice doit tenir compte, autant que possible, des spécificités de chaque cas/situation. elle ne peut pas appliquer les règles aveuglement de la même manière à tout un chacun. donne raison : les justiciables veulent que la justice leurs donne raison, peu importe ce qu’ils demandent. voir la définition du monde commercial dans la section méthodologique pour plus de précisions. voir la définition du monde domestique pour plus de précisions. hans-jakob mosimann, «wege zum qualitätsmanagement an gerichten: grundlagen und konkretisierung am beispiel des sozialversicherungsgerichts des kantons zürich», zbl, , p. - ; christopher pollitt, «performance management in practice: a comparative study of executive agencies», journal of public administration research and theory, , ( ), , p. - . toutefois, le monde le plus fréquemment cité par l’ensemble des personnes interviewées lors de la présente étude reste le monde civique ( attentes) qui est le monde wébérien « classique » dans lequel la « promotion et la défense du bien public prime » , suivi par le monde commercial ( attentes). les acteurs de la justice helvétique que nous avons rencontrés semblent apparemment plus proches des modèles de l’administration publique canadienne (québec) ou belge qui évoquent, eux aussi, les mondes marchand et civique en premier lieu , que des autres services de l’administration publique suisse. même si des recherches plus approfondies sont nécessaires avant de pouvoir conclure que le monde juridique est vraiment distinct des autres services publics du pays, force est de constater que ses membres recourent majoritairement aux mondes civique et commercial lorsqu’ils évoquent l’image qu’ils se font d’une bonne justice. ce constat ne remet évidemment pas en question l’hypothèse selon laquelle « une hybridation entre des valeurs bureaucratiques et fonctionnelles et des valeurs démocratiques » , serait une particularité suisse mais pose la question de la spécificité de la justice. cette nouvelle forme de légitimité hybride associée au service au client se doit d’être rapide, mais aussi humaine à l’image de l’artisan ou de l’entreprise qui place la satisfaction de ses clients au centre de sa stratégie commerciale. certains parlent d’ailleurs de l’importance de délivrer des décisions « rapides, motivées, de manière claire (…) » (juge , canton ) et qu’il « il faudrait se demander si ce que l’on écrit aux gens est compréhensible (juge , canton ). . conclusion il existe une volonté claire de répondre au mieux aux attentes des justiciables, qui se reflète dans l’importance donnée au monde commercial par les différents acteurs interrogés. cependant, réduire ces derniers à de simples consommateurs-utilisateurs dans un contexte où celui qui procure le service ne contrôle pas ce qu’il offre et où le bénéficiaire ne peut généralement pas choisir son fournisseur, lorsqu’il n’est pas carrément contraint de participer à une procédure, serait trop simplificateur ; le citoyen faisant face aux obligations imposées par l’administration est clairement distinct du client en position de force par rapport à un etat qui se doit de lui fournir un service . afin de dépasser ces oppositions, boltanski et thévenot font référence à la notion d’ « usager », intégrant à la fois le concept de « client » et celui de « citoyen » par exemple. il ne faut pas minimiser les efforts qui seront nécessaires pour faire cohabiter les valeurs des univers civique et commercial, particulièrement dans une justice qui se « détraditionnalise » , et où l’éthos professionnel de ses acteurs est de plus en plus chamboulé. une hybridation de ces mondes via des giauque et caron, «l'identité des agents publics à la croisée des chemins : de nouveaux défis pour les administrations publiques», op.cit, p. . ceci se confirme si l’on considère l’occurrence avec laquelle les attentes citées sont mentionnées par chacun des acteurs. le monde civique arrive en tête ( ), devant le monde commercial ( ), le monde industriel ( ) et le monde domestique ( ). giauque et caron, «l'identité des agents publics à la croisée des chemins : de nouveaux défis pour les administrations publiques», op.cit. yves emery et noemi martin, «quelle identité d'agent public aujourd'hui? représentations et valeurs au sein du service public suisse», revue française d’administration publique, , , p. - . emery et martin, «le service public au xxième siècle. identités et motivations au sein de l'après- fonctionnariat», op.cit, p. . jean-patrick villeneuve, «citoyen-clients et administrations: acteurs confus et organisations entêtées, typologie et analyse des rôles», revue économique et sociale, , , p. - . -boltanski, l. and l. thévenot ( ). les économies de la grandeur. gap, presses universitaires de france., p. . bernard, drumaux et mattijs, op.cit, p. . conventions au sens d’amblard et al. , et l’apparition subséquente d’une culture judiciaire hybride, relevée dans d’autres services publics occidentaux , ne paraît guère incongrue. cela paraît plausible dans la mesure où le rythme des réformes managériales en suisse n’est pas effréné et les divergences fondamentales entre les différents groupes interrogés au regard de leur idée de bonne justice, notamment les juges avec ou sans responsabilité de gestion, peu nombreuses. le chemin entrepris semble donc celui d’une gestionnarisation douce et incrémentale dans la tradition des réformes helvétiques. l’importance du management de la justice va grandissante et impacte fortement sa légitimité et sa réputation . il est donc crucial que la collaboration entre les présidents de cour et les gestionnaires des tribunaux soit optimisée, particulièrement dans la zone d’intersection où leurs activités s’interpénètrent . etant donné l’effacement des frontières entre ces dernières , une « colonisation » des nouveaux instruments gestionnaires par les juges est envisageable. il n’est également pas exclu que les valeurs du monde commercial colonisent celles du monde civique à l’avenir, celles-ci étant considérées par certains comme quelque peu dépassées à l’heure actuelle . mais pour produire quelle justice ? la convention est définie par henri amblard, philippe bernoux, gilles herreros et yves-frédéric livian, les nouvelles approches sociologiques des organisations, paris: le seuil, , comme « une forme de coordination des actions que les personnes s’entendent à reconnaître comme juste au moins provisoirement », p. . -bezes, p. ( ). "construire des bureaucraties wébériennes à l'ère du new public management?" critique internationale ( ): - . yves emery et david giauque, motivations et valeurs des agents publics à l'épreuve des réformes, laval: pul, «gouvernance et gestion publique», . langbroek, «towards a socially responsive judiciary? judicial independence and accountability in the constitutional contexts of italy, the usa and netherlands», in benoît frydman et emmanuel jeuland, op.cit., p. - . mina-claire prigioni, «le management de juridiction: analyse comparative de l'organisation et du fonctionnement managérial de cinq juridictions du pouvoir judiciaire genevois», institut des hautes études en administration publique (idheap), mémoire de mastère en administration publique (mpa), . etienne poltier, «le pouvoir judiciaire "s'administre lui-même"», justice - justiz - giustizia, / . -bezes, p., d. demazière, t. le bianic, c. paradeise, r. normand, d. benamouzig, f. pierru and j. evetts ( ). "new public management et professions dans l’État: au-delà des oppositions, quelles recompositions?" sociologie du travail ( ): - . emery et giauque, «motivations et valeurs des agents publics à l'épreuve des réformes», op.cit. . tableaux et annexes attentes principales d’une “bonne justice” acteurs internes au tribunal, n= acteurs externes au tribunal, n= j u g e s ( to u s ) j u g e s ( a v e c e x p é ri e n c e m a n a g é ri a le ) j u g e s ( s a n s e x p é ri e n c e m a n a g é ri a le ) g e s ti o n n a ir e s d u t ri b u n a l p o li ti c ie n s a v o c a ts j o u rn a li s te s rapide ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ communicative ++++ ++++ +++ ++++ ++++ ++++ ++++ indépendante +++ +++ ++ + ++++ ++++ ++ accessible (financièrement et géographiquement) ++ ++ +++ +++ +++ +++ +++ simple, pragmatique, pas trop formaliste ++ +++ ++ + ++ ++++ ++ transparente ++ ++ ++ + +++ +++ ++++ humaine, proche des gens ++ ++ ++ + +++ +++ +++ orientation client ++ ++ ++ +++ ++ ++ ++ a l’écoute ++ ++ ++ + + + + juste ++ + ++ + + ++ / service public + ++ + / ++ / ++ efficiente et efficace + + + + + ++ ++ recherche la conciliation + + + / ++ ++ / doit rendre des comptes + + + + / + + légitime, crédible + + + / / + ++ non-juristes doivent aussi participer + + + + ++ + +++ personnalisée + / + + ++ / + respecte les procédures + + + + + / / sévère + + / / ++ / ++++ egalité de traitement + + / + + + / impartiale + / + / / + / résout tous les cas/conflits + + + + ++ ++ + inspire confiance + + / + / ++ + donner raison + / + + + + + non corrompue + / + + + / / prévisible + / + / ++ ++ / tableau : attentes d’une bonne justice en suisse de différents acteurs ++++: thème mentionné extrêmement fréquemment (par au moins deux tiers des interviewés) +++: thème mentionné fréquemment (par au moins la moitié des interviewés) ++: thème mentionné quelques fois (par au moins un quart des interviewés) +: thème mentionné au moins une fois /: thème non mentionné par ce groupe d’ acteur tableau : attentes d’une bonne justice (évoquées par les acteurs du tableau ) classées selon la méthodologie de boltanski & thévenot monde industriel monde civique monde commercial monde domestique rapide communicative accessible (financièrement & géographiquement) humaine, proche des gens efficiente & efficace indépendante simple, pragmatique, pas formaliste recherche la conciliation transparente orientation client sévère juste a l’écoute inspire confiance service public personnalisée doit rendre des comptes résout tous les cas/conflits légitime, crédible donne raison non-juristes doivent aussi participer respecte les procédures egalité de traitement prévisible impartiale non corrompue annexe : lexique des attentes ) rapide : la justice doit résoudre les problèmes aussi rapidement que possible pour éviter les conséquences néfastes que la lenteur peut faire peser sur les parties. ) communicative : la justice doit expliquer ce qu’elle fait de manière compréhensible au public via les médias et/ou améliorer sa communication externe et/ou interne. ) indépendante : la justice doit être indépendante de toute sorte de pression, particulièrement politique. ) accessible (financièrement et géographiquement) : les tribunaux doivent être situés à proximité des citoyens qui en ont besoin et être abordables financièrement. ) simple, pragmatique, pas trop formaliste : la justice ne doit pas être trop à cheval sur les règles. elle doit être intelligente et adapter ses procédures si nécessaire. ) transparente : la justice doit être transparente à propos de son fonctionnement. cacher des choses aux citoyens n’est pas concevable. ) humaine, proche des gens : la justice n’est pas simplement synonyme d’application stricte de la loi. elle doit réaliser que sa matière première est l’être humain et qu’elle peut avoir des répercussions profondes sur l’existence de celui-ci. elle est donc tenue de prendre en considération ce que vit l’homme de la rue et de jouer son rôle social. ) orientée client : la justice est un service public orienté client dont l’objectif doit être de servir le justiciable. ) a l’écoute : la justice doit être à l’écoute des justiciables, il ne suffit pas de les entendre, de les considérer comme des numéros. ) juste : la justice doit être équitable et la décision rendue correcte. ) service public : la justice est considérée comme un service public. ) efficace et efficiente : la justice doit utiliser ses ressources avec parcimonie et en retirer le plus grand bénéfice possible. ) recherche la conciliation : la justice doit tenter de réconcilier les parties et non favoriser systématiquement l’ouverture d’un procès. ) doit rendre des comptes : une justice dans sa tour d’ivoire n’est plus acceptée. elle doit s’expliquer tant au sujet de son travail judiciaire que de la façon dont elle dépense/gère l’argent public. ) légitime, crédible : pour gagner/conserver la confiance des justiciables, la justice doit être crédible et légitime. ) les non-juristes doivent aussi participer : même le citoyen lambda doit pouvoir rendre la justice car il personnifie la volonté du peuple autant que les juristes. ) personnalisée : la justice doit tenir compte, autant que possible, des spécificités de chaque cas/situation. elle ne peut pas appliquer les règles aveuglement de la même manière à tout un chacun. ) respecte les procédures : les procédures doivent être scrupuleusement respectées dans toutes les affaires pour une question d’uniformité de la justice. ) sévère : il y a souvent un écart entre le jugement populaire et celui des tribunaux. le public veut une justice plus sévère que ce qu’elle n’est. ) egalité de traitement : dans la mesure du possible, la justice doit traiter tous les citoyens de la même manière. ) impartiale : la justice ne doit subir aucune pression des parties. elle doit pouvoir juger chaque justiciable selon les mêmes critères objectifs. ) résout tous les cas/conflits : la justice doit résoudre toutes les sortes de conflits, elle doit donner une réponse claire dans toutes les situations. ) inspire confiance : l’institution judiciaire doit inspirer confiance, elle doit être perçue comme fiable par les citoyens et les parties. ) donne raison : les justiciables veulent que la justice leurs donne raison, peu importe ce qu’ils demandent. ) non-corrompue : la corruption doit être bannie du monde judiciaire. ) prévisible : les procédures doivent être connues et clairement expliquées aux justiciables. ils ont le droit de savoir en avance ce qu’il va leur arriver. disability: a justice-based account disability: a justice-based account jessica begon published online: may � the author(s) abstract most people have a clear sense of what they mean by disability, and have little trouble identifying conditions they consider disabling. yet providing a clear and consistent definition of disability is far from straightforward. standardly, dis- ability is understood as the restriction in our abilities to perform tasks, as a result of an impairment of normal physical or cognitive human functioning (in combination with our social, political, and environmental context, and our resource share). however, which inabilities matter? we are all restricted by our bodies, and are all incapable of performing some tasks, but most of these inabilities are not considered disabilities. if, then, we are to avoid the category of disability becoming overly broad—and thus politically and practically useless—we need some way of picking out the specific inabilities that are disabling. i argue that our answer should be informed by an account of the opportunities individuals are entitled to be able to perform as a matter of justice. thus, to be disabled is to have these opportunities restricted, and not to deviate from the species norm or lack any ability that might improve our well-being. keywords disability � impairment � distributive justice � well-being � species functioning & jessica begon jessica.e.begon@durham.ac.uk school of government and international affairs, durham university, the al-qasimi building, elvet hill rd, durham dh tu, uk philos stud ( ) : – https://doi.org/ . /s - - - http://orcid.org/ - - - http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi= . /s - - - &domain=pdf https://doi.org/ . /s - - - the problem of defining disability my goal is to defend a new account of disability: one that is indexed to an account of distributive justice, or what individuals are entitled to. yet it may seem that determining how disability should be defined needs no further investigation. most people have a clear sense of which conditions they consider disabling. further, there is broad philosophical consensus on some central features of an account of disability. first, there is a widely accepted distinction between impairment as physical or cognitive features that cause deviation from a biological or statistical norm of species functioning, and disability as a restriction in our ability to perform tasks. there is considerable agreement, too, that disability is caused in part by impairment, and in part by an individual’s social and political context, and the resources they have access to. i do not intend to challenge the consensus on either point. rather, i ask: if disability is the restriction in our ability to perform tasks, then which inabilities matter? in other words, which of the limitations that result from individuals’ impairments, in combination with their context and resources, should be considered disabling? we are all restricted by our bodies, and are all incapable of performing some tasks, but most of these inabilities are not considered disabilities. an account of disability is an essential prerequisite to formulating public policies that safeguard the just treatment of disabled individuals, and an account cannot form the basis of such policy if it simply concludes that ‘everyone is disabled’. if, then, we are to avoid the category of disability becoming overly broad—and thus politically and practically useless—we need some way of picking out which inabilities are relevant to defining disability. only then can we identify and respond to the injustice, discrimination, and mistreatment to which so many disabled individuals are subject. i begin, in sect. , by considering and rejecting alternative accounts of which inabilities are disabling: those entailed by ‘normal’ species functioning (buchanan et al. ; daniels ), those that undermine well-being (kahane and savulescu ; savulescu and kahane ), and those considered relevant by disability activists (barnes a). i demonstrate that the latter approach leaves disability underspecified, whilst on the former two approaches disability will be ubiquitous. as such, all of these alternatives prove an inadequate basis for public policy, political campaigning, or activist movements. i argue, instead, that the relevant opportunity losses involve restrictions of individuals’ entitlements (sect. ). thus, i define disability as the restriction in the ability to perform those tasks human beings for example: terzi ( ), nussbaum ( ), shakespeare ( ), smith ( ), buchanan et al. ( ), oliver ( ). though some recent work questions this distinction (barnes , a). in other words, we should reject both a strict medical model of disability (according to which disability is straightforwardly caused by individual impairment), and a strict social model (which denies this causal relationship, insisting instead that disability is solely the result of unjust social structures). whilst social structures can certainly be disabling, it is also clear that disability could not be eliminated by social changes alone (barclay : ; shakespeare : ; terzi ). hence, we should adopt a hybrid account, which acknowledges the influence of social factors, without ignoring the impact of impairment (for example, wolff a; kahane and savulescu ; shakespeare ; terzi ; daniels et al. ). j. begon are entitled to be able to perform as a matter of justice, as the result of the interaction between an individual’s impairment, their social and political context, and the resources they have available to them. this provides a framework account of disability. to determine whether an impairment is actually disabling will require an account of our distributive entitlements, but this is not a prerequisite to accepting the general claim that individuals are disabled when their access to these entitlements is restricted (as a result of their impairment and context). (as subsequent discussions will illustrate, the case of disability does give us some reason to favour particular accounts of distributive justice over others, but i will not attempt to mount a definitive defence of one particular approach here.) in sect. i consider some possible objections to the definition i have sketched. first, it may seem that if being disabled means lacking what we are entitled to, then in cases where this cannot be rectified, this cannot be unjust. this implies individuals with serious impairments would not be considered disabled on my account. second, in part to avoid the former objection, i adopt a broadly-specified and multiply-realisable conception of entitlements: for example, as opportunities for mobility, communication, or forming relationships. this leaves me vulnerable to the further worry that individuals will not be considered disabled, or entitled to assistance, even when unable to perform important functionings (walking, hearing, easily reading social cues) if they have more general capabilities in these domains. i respond to these objections in sects. and . i finish, in sect. , by considering the revisionary and counterintuitive implications of my account. it will, for example, imply that individuals with significant and visible impairments may not be disabled by them, that individuals with apparently minor or invisible impairments may be disabled, and that individuals’ status as disabled may change across time and context. however, i argue that far from giving us a reason to reject my approach, this is one its key benefits. the intuitions with which this approach may clash ought to be challenged: our understanding of disability should no longer focus on bodily difference or deviation from what we take to be the norm, and should instead reflect a concern with the opportunities that all individuals ought to have access to, and which are closed to so many. what disability is not . disability and impairment in this section i outline and critique alternative accounts of disability. however, i do not challenge the distinction between disability and impairment, or the consensus that the cause of disability involves both individual impairment and wider context. this terminology is worth clarifying. impairment can be understood as ‘‘departure from human normality’’ (terzi : ) or atypical forms of physical or cognitive functioning, and might include blindness, deafness, and mobility impairments, as well as non-standard cognitive functionings experienced by individuals with autistic spectrum conditions (ascs), down’s syndrome, or alzheimer’s. disabilities are the disability: a justice-based account ‘‘activity limitations, and participation restrictions’’ that may result (who ). there are various views on which such limitations are disabling. for example, those who subscribe to a species norm approach deem the relevant functioning restrictions to be those ‘‘that individuals in someone’s reference group (e.g. adults) are ordinarily able to do’’ (buchanan et al. : ). the goal of the paper is to defend a different approach. distinguishing disability and impairment draws attention to the contingency of the connection between bodily and cognitive difference and having a disability, which also depends on context, resources, and personal features. indeed, highlighting this contingency was a major motivation behind the development of the social model by the disability rights movement. further, as we will see, this distinction both allows us to campaign against disability, as restriction, without suggesting that we should seek to normalise human bodies and minds by eliminating impairments, and enables us to describe the shared experience of atypical functioning of those who have an impairment, whether they are disabled by it or not. nonetheless, objections may be raised against this terminology. first, whilst common among disability scholars and activists, outside this community this language might strike some as clumsy and counterintuitive. we are very used to calling people with impairments—of vision, mobility, cognitive function—disabled, without paying much attention to the restrictions in activity or participation they may or may not face. it may seem awkward to insist that an individual in a wheelchair—often the literal poster-child of disability—is merely impaired, and that this might not translate into a disability. yet this discomfort is often grounded in the unexamined assumption that differences in physical and cognitive functionings must manifest themselves in restrictions of ability, and the associated belief that the impaired body or mind is, itself, the problem. these intuitions, however strong, ought to be questioned, as the disability rights movement has long argued. a second, more serious worry concerns the potential normative implications of labelling individuals ‘impaired’. this is not intended to be an evaluative concept. it simply provides a way of distinguishing disability, which (partially) results from impairment, from other forms of disadvantage, such as that associated with some racial or gender identities, or sexual orientation. further, (almost) everyone in some way deviates from the norm; hence, has an impairment. nonetheless, this term has connotations of deficiency, defect, and imperfection. it may, therefore, seem more the social model not only drew a conceptual distinction between impairment and disability, but, in some iterations, disputed the causal connection between them (see fn. ). this is in addition to the other noted benefits: highlighting both the contingency of the connection between impairment and disadvantage, and the shared experience of atypical functioning. a further reason to accept this distinction is that i am not convinced by the arguments of its primary opponent— barnes ( a: – , )—for its rejection. briefly, these are: first, that our judgements about who is impaired rely on our intuitions about disability, and that there is no distinct explanatorily and extensionally adequate account of impairment; and, second, that this will lead to an overly disembodied view of disability focussing merely on social exclusion and ignoring the ‘‘messy reality’’ of having a disabled body (barnes : ). i believe these claims can best be refuted with a neutral account of impairment, though i cannot rehearse these arguments here (see begon (unpublished).) for further critiques of barnes’s view of impairment, see howard and aas ( ) and francis ( ). j. begon apt to refer to ‘difference’, ‘diversity’, or ‘heterogeneity’. i do not do so only to avoid the proliferation of competing terminology. however, to emphasise, impairment is synonymous with difference rather than deficiency. yet this neutral account of impairment may seem to leave my approach vulnerable to a third objection: that it will render the category of disability over- inclusive. as noted, part of the reason to accept the standard distinction between disability and impairment is that this helps to distinguish disability from other forms of socially-mediated disadvantage. however, if impairment implies mere atypicality (rather than deficiency) then it may still seem to include almost everyone: even individuals with better than normal functioning may count as impaired, in obvious tension with its usual meaning. the most straightforward response here is to note that accepting my general account of disability does not hang on accepting this view of impairment. it is possible to agree that individuals are disabled when they lack the opportunities they are entitled to, though to focus on cases in which this results from functioning in a ‘deficient’ or ‘unhealthy’ way. more substantively, i believe both that there are positive reasons to adopt a neutral account of impairment, and that this will not render disability problemat- ically over-inclusive, though i lack the space to fully defend either claim here. to briefly tackle the over-inclusiveness worry: first, it is true that better functioning individuals will count as impaired (assuming functionings can meaningfully be described as simply ‘better’, as opposed to better suited to a particular context). however, describing michael phelps (to take barnes’s ( a: – ) oft-cited example) as impaired is hardly implausible if this just means he functions atypically. the important question is whether he is disabled—whether he lacks opportunities he is entitled to—and it is clear that he is not. a broad account of impairment does not necessitate a broad account of disability, then. second, racial identity and sexual orientation will not count as impairments insofar as racial see begon (unpublished). in brief support of the neutral approach: first, it avoids the implication that the appropriate response to impairment must be to cure or eliminate it, which seems to follow if impairment is taken to imply deficiency or ill-health. second, it avoids the difficult task of determining which ways of functioning are non-contextually worse: whilst certain forms of physical and cognitive functioning do not fit well with some environmental contexts it is far from straightforward to identify a principle that determines which deviations from the norm are simply negative. finally, the neutral approach provides a means of responding to a worry that might be raised about under-inclusiveness: if impairment is deficiency then those whose functioning cannot plausibly be described as deficient, such as some autistic persons, will not be considered disabled. one means of avoiding such exclusion is to allow that individuals may be disabled if they are merely perceived as, or treated as if, they are impaired [indeed, the ada has taken this approach (see francis for discussion), and for a defence of this position see aas ( ) and howard and aas ( )]. this move is unnecessary if impairment merely implies difference: these individuals straightforwardly count as impaired insofar as their functioning is atypical, and are disabled if they lack opportunities they are entitled to. no claim about deficiency is necessary. thus, we need not attempt the thorny challenge of formulating an account of deficiency. nor need we distinguish those in the disabled community who are ‘really’ impaired (i.e. defective) and those who are wrongly perceived as such. for further arguments against this approach see begon (unpublished). however, it is worth emphasising that accepting the central claim of this paper does not demand acceptance of these arguments: perhaps individuals are disabled when they lack the opportunities they are entitled to as a result of being perceived to function in a deficient (or, indeed, merely atypical) way. disability: a justice-based account phenotypes and preferences cannot plausibly be described as functionings. sex- based differences may seem to present a harder case since there do seem to be differences in the functional capacities of average male and female-bodied persons, most obviously (though not only) relating to differences in their reproductive capacities. we do not need to accept the existence of a strict binary, or a metaphysically deep reason to appeal to reference classes based on sex categories, to allow that our assessment of typical functionings can be indexed to the capacities of biological females and males. thus, a male is not impaired by their inability to bear young. a neutral account of impairment, then, need not lead to the inclusion of other forms of disadvantage in the category of disability. . species norm accounts i therefore accept the distinction between disability and impairment, where the latter concept will make some reference to normal species functioning, but nonetheless reject accounts where disability itself comprises the loss of species-normal abilities. the most obvious worry is that these accounts will be over-inclusive since individuals depart from the species norm in many trivial (or even beneficial) ways. raising an eyebrow might be a species-normal ability, but those who lack it surely are not disabled. allen buchanan et al. ( : ) attempt to avoid this problem by distinguishing ‘‘impairment of normal species functioning’’ from disability as the resulting inability to perform a significant range of tasks. to illustrate, they consider someone who cannot hear sound at a particular range of frequencies, yet in whose environment nothing ‘‘she is likely to be required to do or would benefit from doing’’ requires hearing sound in this range (buchanan et al. : ). this individual thus has an impairment, but this does not translate into a disability. i assume that preferences and appearance do not constitute ways of functioning though they may be functional, but i lack the space to defend this view. thanks to an anonymous reviewer for raising this point. it might seem that trans persons are a difficult case to accommodate here. whilst i cannot attempt a full account of this complex and controversial topic, it is not immediately obvious that this must be so. roughly i would suggest, first, that either conforming to, or subverting, socially-constructed gendered behaviours should not be considered a form of physical or cognitive functioning, but a preference about how to live our lives. thus, individuals whose gender presentation is non-binary or does not conform to their assigned sex should not be understood as having an atypical functioning capacity. second, individuals who change their sex identity or change their body to corresponded to their true sex might be impaired if they are unable to perform functionings that are typical for this sex. for example, trans women who are unable to bear young or menstruate could be said to function atypically, and could potentially be disabled too, depending on the consequences of such restrictions, just as natal women who cannot so function might be. this does not imply that there is anything pathological about mere possession of a trans identity, thus following the dsm- ( ) in accepting that ‘‘gender nonconformity is not itself a mental disorder’’. {i leave aside, here, the question of whether there may nonetheless be reasons for trans persons to choose to adopt a disabled status if this is the only way to ensure their rights are protected [as wahlert and gill ( ) argue]}. this would not hold true if we do not believe individuals can choose or change their sex, in which case these trans women would be normal functioning male-bodied persons with female gender identity and presentation—and thus not impaired. i take no view on which approach is correct, but merely sketch how they may be accommodated. for further discussion of these issues see, for example, bettcher ( a, b), dembroff (forthcoming), jenkins ( ). j. begon however, this distinction between inabilities to perform species-normal functionings and species-normal tasks is difficult to draw—at least, without some additional account of which of these tasks are ‘significant’. indeed, in describing their example, buchanan et al. ( : ) make reference to what we might ‘‘be required’’ to do or ‘‘would benefit’’ from doing. by (implicitly) drawing on these ideas they can avoid the inclusion of trivial inabilities. however, this also suggests that their means of identifying relevant restrictions is not purely based on a species norm, and so is no longer a species norm approach. furthermore, this approach’s focus on ‘tasks’ may mean it is under-inclusive. consider, for example, individuals who suffer from chronic pain, anxiety, or depression, but who are nonetheless high-functioning and able to perform all species-normal tasks (or those they are required to do, or that benefit them). these cases are analogous to the individual who cannot hear particular sound frequencies: they may not function as normal, but this does not translate into a restriction in their abilities. yet it is implausible to suggest that individuals who struggle with pain, anxiety, and depression are not disabled until this manifests in an inability to perform tasks. buchanan et al. could respond by adopting a more expansive understanding of tasks, and thus of disability. they might point out that performing tasks whilst suffering is not species-normal: we should not focus just on what people can achieve but on whether their method of achievement is normal. this response would, indeed, allow them to include individuals with chronic pain, depression, and so on, but would seem to come at the cost of also including their hearing-impaired person, and other trivial cases. after all, the species-normal way of performing the task of hearing includes, inter alia, not being in pain and hearing sound frequencies within a certain range. this fully inclusive approach is both implausible and contrary to their stated view. the route out would involve an appeal to which of the atypical ways of achieving a task are relevant or significant and this, as noted, takes us beyond the appeal to mere species norms. (as sect. will consider, this route is open to me since i am explicitly committed to a principle that identifies which of the various ways of performing atypical functionings are disabling.) accepting an account of impairment grounded in species norms does not raise the problems that plague this approach to disability. first, impairment should be an expansive category. thus, we need not resist the inclusion of the individual with the mild hearing impairment, and those with anxiety, depression, and chronic pain—and even those who cannot raise an eyebrow, or michael phelps. this does not imply that disability must be similarly all-encompassing since, unlike buchanan et al., i explicitly offer a criterion to identify which of the associated restrictions are disabling. second, if impairment is normatively neutral—synonymous with difference, not defect—it is not vulnerable to a final objection often raised against species norm accounts of disability. this is the worry that focussing on an idealised conception of normal species functioning entails a corresponding disrespect of, and insult to, those who fail to meet this ideal. for example: the whole ideology of normal functioning is seen as primarily constructed…to control and exclude disabled people from active and full participation in social disability: a justice-based account and institutional arrangements which have no interest in accommodating them. (terzi : ) an account of impairment that is indexed to species norms merely acknowledges that many (or all) of us are not ‘normal’ in various ways and, whilst not problematic in itself, this can, in some circumstances, prevent us from having the opportunities we are entitled to. the same can be said of gender and racial identities and sexual orientation without implying any such identity is deficient. . welfarist accounts the second account of disability i will consider is the welfarist approach. this is most clearly and explicitly defined and defended by kahane and savulescu ( : ), according to whom disability is a: stable physical or psychological property of subject s that tends to reduce s’s level of well-being in circumstances c, when contrasted with a realistic alternative, excluding the effect that this condition has on well-being that is due to prejudice against s. thus, the relevant inabilities, on this view, are those that reduce welfare. perhaps the most obvious problem with this account concerns the difficulties in developing an account of welfare. whilst kahane and savulescu aim to remain neutral between alternative accounts, there are problems with any that might be incorporated. this reflects the more general difficulties with formulating a clear and satisfactory account of welfare, which cannot be rehearsed here. however, in brief: first, a subjective account of welfare, relying on the individuals’ self-assessment, will inevitably raise reliability concerns. the various ways in which self-reported levels of happiness, contentment, or preference-satisfaction, can be misleading have been well-documented. yet moving toward a more objective understanding of welfare brings its own problems. for example, the difficulty of finding a non- arbitrary way of compiling a list of basic goods, or the worry that this list will entail the paternalist imposition of a perfectionist conception of the good, or that it will be elitist and exclusionary. further, we may be sceptical about the implication that something can be considered good for someone independently of their attitudes towards it, and indeed, despite their own insistence to the contrary. a further problem in the social justice context is the epistemic difficulty of assessing welfare in many cases. for example, kahane and savulescu ( ) discuss the ‘ashley treatment’, named after a child with severe cognitive impairments who was given treatment to restrict her further growth and prevent puberty. they argue that though this treatment moved ashley further from the species norm, it lessened her disability since it improved her welfare. this stands in stark contrast to, for example, eva feder kittay’s discussion of the case, in part some of the many contributions to this debate include: scanlon ( , ), griffin ( ), crisp ( ), sumner ( ), parfit ( ). for example, kahneman et al. ( ), elster ( ), khader ( ). j. begon because kittay employs a different understanding of ashley’s welfare. she contends that ‘‘[w]e take pleasure and pride in our bodies as they grow and mature because…we do. full stop. it needs no further justification. it is constitutive of a thriving life’’ (kittay : ). yet evidently kahane and savluescu do not recognise this value. these epistemic difficulties are especially intractable in cases such as ashley’s where it can be hard to ascertain the view of the individual concerned, and far from clear that those who have not experienced this condition can understand what would be required for her to thrive. thus, kahane and savulescu’s definition does not determine who is disabled, but simply moves the debate to a new context: finding a satisfactory account of welfare. this is an important gap in their approach. however, the fact they have not filled it does not mean it cannot be satisfactorily filled (though given how long this debate has raged, scepticism regarding its speedy resolution seems justified). further, a welfarist might respond that disability should not be easy to define, and that my own approach will face similar worries—there is, of course, no consensus on what justice demands. however, these epistemic worries are, perhaps, deeper for welfarist approaches—at least for those that include an element of subjectivity in their account of welfare—since they necessarily require a direct reliance on first person testimony. moreover, whilst we may not have reached agreement on a complete theory of justice, it might be easier to agree on basic entitlements and so basic injustices than it is to identify core instances of welfare deficit. further, we may need to agree on certain essentials of a theory of justice, unlike welfare, if we are to determine how the benefits and burdens of social cooperation are to be distributed (rawls : ). for example, it is, perhaps, easier to agree that individuals are entitled to equal political participation, opportunities for mobility, and the ability to form relationships than it is to show that all these capabilities will make all individuals better-off, given the existence of the idiosyncratic preferences of the politically apathetic, sedentary, and misanthropic. thus, disagreements about what makes life go well may be harder to settle even in apparently core cases, as examples like ashley illustrate. yet welfarists could doubtless disagree. as such, noting the lack of a widely-accepted account of welfare raises a worry that demands a response, rather than providing a decisive refutation of the welfarist view. the deeper problem for this view is that, whatever account of welfare is used, disability will be ubiquitous, and this will prove problematic from the perspective of justice and public policy. as kahane and savulescu ( : ) openly acknowl- edge, disability will be a degree rather than a threshold concept. thus, ‘‘everyone has disabilities of one kind or another’’. i agree that there can be a degree of arguably, terzi’s ( , ) approach could also be included as welfarist. terzi adopts a capability approach to disability, and so understands impairments as disabling insofar as they cause a loss of, or restriction in, capabilities. however, she understands the capability approach as an account of subjective well-being, and so considers the loss of capabilities to entail the loss of components of well-being. thus, individuals are disabled by capability loss because this renders them worse off. for example, she suggests that whether a wheelchair user has a capability depends on her ‘‘most valuable ends’’ and her ‘‘attitude’’ (terzi : ): if these are such that she cannot fulfil her goals as the result of being in a wheelchair ‘‘her well-being appears to be restricted…and hence the full set of capabilities available to this person is diminished’’ (terzi : ). if we interpret terzi as implying individuals are disabled whenever their disability: a justice-based account arbitrariness in determining the boundaries of disability. i agree, too, that we have reasons to expand this category (as sect. discusses). nonetheless, we should be cautious of expanding it so far that it becomes meaningless, as it will be if it is a category in which everyone is included. if every stable physical or psychological property that lowers our welfare counts as disabling, then this definition does not seem to pick out the right cases—or, not only the right cases. at least, not in the context of social justice, where our concern is identifying disadvantage and determining how the state should appropriately respond. it is certainly worth emphasising that disability is a continuum, and that we are all restricted by the limitations of our bodies and minds. nonetheless, when fighting against ableism and injustice, simply concluding that ‘we are all disabled’ is unhelpful. similarly, we may wish to reject binaries of sexual orientation and gender identity, and deny that racial categorisation is possible, yet nonetheless find it useful to refer to ‘women’, and ‘gay people’, and ‘black people’ as a means of identifying, and fighting against, injustices against these groups. ‘disability’, i contend, has value and meaning as a way of identifying, and responding to, disadvantage. the term has little function if entirely ubiquitous. . barnes’s social constructionist approach barnes, like many others, rejects the social model’s exclusive focus on external causes of disability, and emphasises that our understanding of disability should be grounded in an assessment of individuals’ physical features—or, ‘‘what their body is (really) like’’ (barnes a: ). however, she also emphasises that particular qualities are considered significant not because of their objective features, but because of how we think about them. barnes further argues that those best placed to determine which features should be considered disabling are disability activists. thus, ‘‘disability just is whatever the disability rights movement is promoting justice for’’ (barnes a: ). inclusion in the category of disability therefore depends on ‘‘rule-based solidarity among people with certain kinds of bodies’’ (barnes a: ). however, there may be problems with relying on such rules. first, we should not unquestioningly accept the content of these rules. whilst disabled individuals’ testimony should undoubtedly play an important role in developing an account of disability, it does not follow that the rules adopted by the disability rights movement will be free of bias. individuals who already ‘count’ as disabled may have vested interests in excluding others from entering this group, and perhaps diluting the strength of their claims with the accretion of many others. this need not be a footnote continued well-being is restricted and capabilities diminished as a result of an impairment, then disability would also be ubiquitous on her account. further, though we do not want to replicate a common-sense understanding of disability, it should not be entirely divorced from our intuitions. indeed, kahane and savluescu ( : ) themselves object to the species norm approach on this basis. barnes discusses only physical, and not cognitive, disabilities. j. begon conscious process of exclusion. individuals may simply tend to see their own impairments as the paradigm, and be less inclined to include those they are less familiar with. thus, we should not assume that disabled individuals’ epistemically privileged position regarding their own experience extends to understanding the diverse experiences of all disabled people. nor can we assume that a group fighting against injustice will never unjustly exclude others. consider, for example, the exclusion of asexual individuals by some in the lgbtq ? community, or the exclusion of trans women by some feminists. the point is not that such exclusion is unjust, but that the question is not resolved by observing that existing members of the community determined these boundaries. a related worry is that, given the heterogeneity that exists between and within such groups, disagreement about the content and application of the rules of inclusion seems likely, and difficult to resolve. barnes ( a: ) acknowledges the diversity of disability rights movements, and allows that it may be ‘‘simply vague or indeterminate which social group is referred to…[as] ‘the disability rights movement’’’. her response is to insist that ‘‘this entire domain…is riddled with indeterminacy’’ (barnes a: ), and that it would be ‘‘deeply implausible’’ if it turned out that ‘‘any aspect of our complex, multifaceted social reality had fully determinate boundaries’’ (barnes a: ). it is true that any definition will likely include borderline cases. indeed, an account that provides a firm and unequivocal distinction seems to have missed something important about the category of disability. yet even if the boundaries are somewhat indeterminate, we still need some sense of where they lie, and i am sceptical that the implicit rules used by disability rights movements will be sufficient for this task. further, i believe there are deeper flaws in barnes’s approach, which can be seen by considering two criteria barnes ( a: – ) sets out for a successful account of disability: first, that it should not prejudge normative issues and, second, that it should deliver the correct verdict about paradigm cases. these criteria will not be met by my account, but i contend that an account of disability need not—and, indeed, should not attempt to—fulfil these criteria. considering the latter first, it is not clear why it would be a virtue of an account to be ‘correct’ about paradigm cases. whilst we may worry about an approach that bears no relation to our understanding of disability—for example, an account that includes homosexuality— we should also be aware that our sense of the ‘paradigm’ is often informed by intuitions that are based on prejudice about, and misunderstanding of, disabled lives. as noted, these worries may not be solved by allowing those who are already considered part of this ‘paradigm’ to be the arbiters of who else will be included. for a discussion of the impact of restricted information on the reliability of individuals’ choices and preferences see begon ( a). similar worries are raised by campbell and stramondo ( ), wasserman ( ), and howard and aas ( : ). also see: wasserman ( : ), howard and aas ( : ), francis ( ). as sect. considers and barnes ( a: – , ) herself has pointed out. disability: a justice-based account next, barnes ( a: ) insists that ‘‘[i]t should not be built into the very definition of disability that disability is something that’s bad or suboptimal’’. however, it is only important that disability be value-neutral if we follow barnes in rejecting the distinction between impairment and disability. if we accept this distinction, we can allow that disability is necessarily disadvantageous and still maintain a normatively neutral account of impairment, capturing the heterogeneity of human bodies and capacities, which may be disadvantageous in some contexts but need not be so. this does not undermine the possibility of being proud of our diverse bodies and minds. however, conflating these terms makes it near impossible to achieve the twin goals of recognising that diversity need not be negative, and that it can be correlated with disadvantage, which must be identified to be rectified. barnes meets her own criteria, and so argues that disability is a ‘mere difference’. yet this does not mean it has no effect on individuals’ lives. on the contrary, it ‘‘may be good for you, it may be bad for you, it may be utterly indifferent for you’’ (barnes a: ). indeed, barnes allows that being disabled may sometimes lower overall well-being, that some aspects of some disabilities are bad-differences (barnes a: ), and even that some specific disabilities are bad simpliciter [something that makes ‘‘your life go worse in virtue of it specifically’’ (barnes a: ; )]. by including diverse conditions within this wider category, it becomes true that disability is not necessarily a bad-difference, but this category still encompasses conditions (whether few or many) that are bad-differences. clearly, then, barnes does not believe that ‘‘the positive effects [of disability] have to balance the negative ones’’, and accepts that ‘‘in the world we inhabit, disability tends to significantly reduce one’s good options’’—contra the claims of some of her critics (kahane and savulescu : , ). nonetheless, espousing a ‘value-neutral model’ or ‘mere-difference view’ of disability can be importantly misleading, especially if this is used to ground general claims about the kinds of policies that should be pursued with regards to disability. certainly we should acknowledge that it is ‘‘simply untrue that, as a general rule, disabilities are bad for those who have them’’ (campbell and stramondo : ). thus, claims rooted in the general assumption that someone’s life will be worse simply because they have ‘a disability’ are unjustified. however, we should also avoid grounding claims about policy on the assumption that all disabilities should be treated as neutral simply because this category incorporates conditions with good, bad, and neutral effects. for example, we may accept that disability is a mere-difference in barnes’s sense, but still believe, contra barnes ( , a), that it is sometimes wrong simpliciter to cause some disabilities. amalgamating all disability into a see begon (unpublished) and sect. . for a defence of this distinction. in other words, barnes’s conception of neutrality is very weak (see wasserman : – ; hawkins : – ; dougherty ). for barnes’s response, see barnes ( b). more precisely, since unlike barnes i distinguish impairment and disability: because they have an impairment widely assumed to be disabling. see begon ( b); wasserman ( : ). j. begon general ‘value-neutral model’, then, can obscure the disadvantage that can be associated with impairment. how problematic this is may depend on the context in which our account of disability is employed. my focus here is relatively narrow: aiming to develop an account that can guide theory and policy that aims to identify and mitigate the disadvantage associated with physical and cognitive difference. such policies should be nuanced and individualised, as i will argue. they must acknowledge that some impairments, for some people, in some contexts, are not neutral—or merely ‘‘a minority body’’ (barnes a: )—and should not be treated as such. thus, in this context, at least, it seems unwise to remain committed to a unified category of disability so broadly construed. like the welfarist account, then, barnes’s approach shifts the focus of the debate rather than settling it: determining how to respond to disability will require identifying which aspects of which disabilities are bad differences. neither approach settles the question of when disability is a disadvantage of the kind the state should mitigate. thus, neither approach can form the basis of public policy or political activism. whilst we must have a value-neutral account of physical and cognitive difference (which i call impairment), we also need a concept that can play a role in political debates about when difference is disadvantageous, what constitutes injustice towards disabled individuals, and the policies that should be pursued to respond to this. which inabilities matter? not all restrictions in individuals’ capacity for activity and participation are disabilities: we are not disabled if we cannot sing, cannot stand on one leg, or cannot raise an eyebrow. this is so even if these abilities are species normal, and even if restrictions in them decrease our welfare. i argue that the relevant restrictions are in abilities that individuals are entitled to be able to perform. i will begin by considering a specific application of this approach: the case of deafness. the impairment here is the inability to hear, whilst the disability is the reduction in relevant opportunities that may arise when most people communicate via speech, such as difficulties in political participation, access to appropriate education, and forming meaningful relationships. deaf individuals are not disabled on the basis that they are unable to hear music, or the voices of their loved ones. however, this need not be because opportunities for aesthetic experience or forming relationships are as such, campbell and stramondo’s ( : – ) suggestion that disabilities are intrinsically neutral, but not instrumentally, comparatively, or overridingly neutral, seems a more plausible and nuanced view. nonetheless, there may be reasons to worry that their account could also be employed in a way that obscures disadvantages associated with impairments insofar as they tend to consider disabilities ‘‘in isolation from their effects’’ (campbell and stramondo’s : ), where this is usually taken to mean those that are most obviously detrimental to well-being. it is not clear that uncontroversially harmful elements of impairments such as pain, fatigue, or disturbed or depressed emotional states can be meaningfully isolated from these conditions. however, i lack the space to defend this claim here (see begon (unpublished)). disability: a justice-based account not considered central entitlements. on the contrary, they may well be central—we simply do not need to hear music or voices to have them. being entitled to opportunities in a domain need not require having every opportunity. thus, if deaf individuals have access to other aesthetic experiences, their inability to hear music is not a concern of justice. indeed, if deaf individuals have all the opportunities they are entitled to, they are not disabled. my claim, then, is that individuals are disadvantaged when their access to their entitlements is restricted, and disabled when this results from an impairment (in combination with context, resources, and personal characteristics). thus, individuals with the same impairments may not be identically disabled, and individuals’ status as disabled may change over time even if their impairment does not alter. rightly, then, we cannot know whether an individual is disabled merely from information about their impairment. the account is intended to be a framework into which various theories of distributive justice can be incorporated. accepting the general claim that individuals are disabled when their impairments restrict their access to forms of activity and participation they are entitled to does not require accepting a particular conception of entitlements. however, there is (at least) one approach to distributive justice that cannot be incorporated. my account distinguishes what individuals are entitled to from what merely decreases their welfare. as such, it cannot accommodate those welfarist approaches that consider anything that lowers individuals’ welfare—whether state oppression or stubbing our toe—to constitute a relevant disadvantage. subjective accounts, which do not distinguish the different reasons for a decrease in hedonic state or the different sorts of preferences individuals may care to have satisfied, would collapse into the welfarist accounts discussed in sect. . and so face the same worries about over-inclusiveness and the ubiquity of disability raised there. my approach relies on the general anti-welfarist intuition that ‘‘[s]ome deprivations of capabilities [or resources] express greater disrespect than others, in ways any reasonable person can recognize’’ (anderson : ). this distinction is employed widely in the distributive justice literature, by theorists who disagree on this approach may seem similar to haslangerian models of disability (see haslanger ; barnes a: – ; howard and aas ), and certainly shares the goals of her ameliorative project. on one plausible iteration of a haslangerian account, to be disabled is to be in a bodily or psychological state assumed to be an impairment in the prevailing ideology, where this marks one out for pity, stigma and exclusion, and where the fact one is in this state plays a role in one’s systematic disadvantage (howard and aas : , – ). unlike the account i defend here, this approach is focused not on the specific ‘‘valuable activities’’ individuals are excluded from howard and aas ( : ), but with the cause of this exclusion: that it results from possession of a feature that, within the dominant ideology, marks one for this exclusion. as such, this view will be more and less inclusive than my own. individuals may be disabled though they face very little actual disadvantage [for example, oscar pistorius (howard and aas : )]. further, individuals may not be deemed disabled though they face a restriction in opportunities they are entitled to due to atypical bodily or cognitive functioning, if this atypicality is not assumed to be an impairment in the prevailing ideology (for example, the case of obesity discussed in sect. , which though clearly stigmatised is not generally pathologised as an impairment in howard and aas’s sense). it is worth noting that it is both implausible that individuals are disabled by anything that lowers their subjective welfare, and implausible that such individuals lack what they are entitled to as a matter of justice, though i cannot defend this stronger claim here. j. begon much else, and has strong intuitive pull. it is the suggestion that individuals should be entitled to vote in elections, to be mobile, and to access educational opportunities, but are not entitled to access every ride in an amusement park, or a sports car, or an expensive musical instrument—and that this is so even if they would prefer these latter opportunities, and they would have a greater positive impact on their welfare. in other words, this is the claim that only some domains of life are the concern of justice, and that the scope of these domains is not determined by individuals’ preferences. beyond this restriction, then, adopting a specific theory of justice is not a prerequisite to accepting my account of disability. however, it is difficult to defend this account in the abstract, and cumbersome to run through every possible way to cash out individual entitlements. thus, i will talk in specific terms, employing an approach with three key features. first, i will assume individuals are entitled to capabilities, understood as control over certain domains of their life, rather than merely access to resources (begon ). second, our conception of entitlements should be relatively thick: not merely entailing the fulfilment of basic needs, but including access to opportunities such as forming social relationships, engaging in leisure activities, and enjoying aesthetic experiences. finally, i assume that individuals are entitled to broadly specified opportunities, and not particular or identical functionings: for example, opportunities for aesthetic experiences, mobility, or communication, and not hearing music, walking, or talking. these features have not been selected at random. i believe there are good reasons to opt for an account of distributive justice with these features, and that reflection on disability can help demonstrate why this is so, as much of the subsequent discussion will illustrate. however, i certainly cannot definitively refute all alternative understand- ings of entitlements here, so will leave it to their adherents to demonstrate how they can navigate the issues disability raises. feasibility, levelling-down, and thinning-out i will now outline some possible objections to the account i have sketched, and in responding to them in subsequent sections will elucidate my account. first, it may be objected that if being disabled means lacking opportunities we are entitled to, then impairments that result in the loss of significant opportunities will not be considered disabling if we cannot prevent this loss, since we cannot be entitled to an opportunity it is impossible to provide. thus, if, due to lack of medical or technological knowledge, or merely lack of resources, we cannot prevent for example, anderson ( ), dworkin ( : ), carter ( : – ). i will not defend this distinction here (see begon ). approaches that accept some version of the second criterion but not the third—i.e. an expansive, but narrowly specified set of entitlements—are common (arguably including: dworkin ; nussbaum ; cohen ; rawls ; anderson ). i have defended the third criteria elsewhere (begon ). also see asch and wasserman ( ) for an argument that individuals need not have access to every opportunity. disability: a justice-based account individuals being rendered immobile, unable to communicate, or to form relationships, then they cannot be entitled to these opportunities, and cannot be considered disabled by their absence. if this were so, serious impairments—perhaps the most serious impairments—would not be considered disabling on my account. clearly, this would be very counterintuitive. further, this understanding of our entitlements presents a dilemma. on the one hand, this may lead us to conclude that individuals with serious impairments should simply have different entitlements. that is, if some individuals can only be provided with a restricted set of opportunities, then their entitlements are correspondingly diminished. on the other hand, we may wish to resist this tiered, non-universal approach to entitlements, and insist instead that all humans are entitled to the same opportunities (though not, of course, to the same outcomes). yet this seems to imply that the content of everyone’s entitlements should reflect the unavoidable constraints on some individuals’ functioning. in other words, that we can be entitled only to what can be provided to all. if we grasp this latter horn, the content of our entitlements might start to look rather thin. this is implausible in itself and will generate an implausible account of disability if my approach is employed. for example, if we cannot currently enable everyone to control their mobility then no one can be entitled to this opportunity, and individuals whose control over their mobility is impaired are not disabled by their inability. however, this is an artificial dichotomy. if we reject an implausibly strict egalitarian view, according to which everyone must be enabled to perform an identical set of functionings, and instead consider individuals to be entitled to generalised opportunities—for example, mobility, not walking (i.e. the third criterion outlined above)—then it may seem that everyone can have the same entitlements. thus, we can avoid a tiered approach without levelling-down our entitlements to include only those capabilities to function that can be universally provided. that is, we should recognise that capabilities are multiply-realisable, and treat different functionings as interchangeable and equally valuable. this will mean that many individuals with impairments can have the opportunities they are entitled to even if there are some functionings they cannot perform. thus, even if we were to limit our entitlements to those that could be provided universally, this might eliminate less than it initially seems. nonetheless, this response will not prove fully satisfactory. first, even if the opportunities individuals are entitled to are generalised and multiply-realisable there will still be some cases in which they cannot be provided. staying with the example of mobility: though individuals with many mobility impairments can be enabled to control their mobility, this may not be possible for individuals with locked-in syndrome. further, the very focus on multiply-realisable capabilities may generate a further objection about the ‘thinning-out’ of individuals’ entitlements. it might seem that if those who use a wheelchair have sufficient opportunity to be mobile, then they have all they are entitled to. thus, if, for example, it were possible to restore functioning to a paraplegic person’s legs, even at very little cost, they would neither be entitled to demand this from the state nor considered disabled if the treatment were not provided. this is an instance of the more general worry that sufficientarian approaches, by only ensuring individuals reach some threshold of achievement, may j. begon fail to eliminate radical, and potentially unjust, inequalities above this threshold. if capabilities can be experienced in various ways, then individuals are neither considered disabled by their inability to perform specific functionings (walking, talking, hearing, seeing) nor entitled to be enabled to perform them, just as long as they have more general capabilities (for mobility, communication, leisure, aesthetic experiences) at some appropriate level. i will now respond to these objections. identifying distributive entitlements i turn, first, to the objection that individuals with serious impairments will not be considered disabled if the opportunity loss associated with their condition cannot be avoided; and, further, that we will therefore face the dilemma of either decreasing entitlements for this subset of individuals or levelling-down entitlements generally. this is based on the assumption that the demands of distributive justice must be realisable: that if an individual is entitled to something, it must be feasible to provide it to them. however, we need not accept this assumption. it is quite plausible to suggest that we are currently unable to rectify some instances of injustice. thus, some individuals may not be able to access opportunities that justice requires they have. if a just state of affairs is not currently realisable then they cannot have a claim that anyone now provides these opportunities, though they do have a claim that we work towards a situation in which their provision is feasible. if, for example, we believe all humans are entitled to control over their mobility, then this cannot mean the state has an obligation to provide this to someone with locked- in syndrome if this is impossible. however, they do have an obligation to enable them to have such control if it were, and to work towards releasing this state of affairs. further, the individual with locked-in syndrome is disabled because they cannot be provided with an opportunity that they should have access to: that they should be enabled to perform if this were possible. a situation in which some individuals lack opportunities that everyone should be entitled to may be unjust, then, even if no one is guilty of causing this injustice and no one has a direct duty to rectify it. some may find the suggestion that entitlements should be conditional in this sense implausible: how can we be entitled to something no one has a duty to provide? it is worth noting, first, that the alternative approach has similarly unappealing implications: if we want a universal list of entitlements and can only include items on this list when they can currently be provided to every individual, then we may not even have a general right to nourishment, say, if it is currently logistically impossible to ensure everyone has this opportunity. we may, therefore, accept that some entitlements should lack a feasibility constraint, but believe these conditional or proto-entitlements should be distinguished from entitlements proper, where the former are what all individuals are (conditionally) owed as a matter of justice and the latter are those claims that we can press against a i cannot attempt to conclusively refute the feasibility constraint on justice here, but for an excellent argument for its rejection, see gheaus ( ). disability: a justice-based account specific duty-bearer. the former constitute part of the content of a theory of distributive justice: the list of capabilities (or primary goods or human rights) to which all individuals have a (conditional) entitlement, even if they temporarily cannot be provided with every item on this list. indeed, this captures what seems so objectionable about situations in which individuals do not have the opportunities (or resources, or rights) we think they ought to: individuals may not be wronged when they cannot be mobile, or nourished, and so on, but they should have these opportunities if it were possible and we should work to make this so. the important point is not the choice of terminology, but the general claim that the set of entitlements specified by a theory of distributive justice are, in a sense, owed to all, even when this obligation cannot feasibly be met. the sense in which they are owed is that these opportunities (resources, rights) should be provided if they can be, and that the state (or other relevant body) should not artificially limit the boundaries of the possible. this means that not all disability will be the result of unjust behaviour—though, of course, some will be. sometimes the state may fail to fund research to develop technologies that increase impaired individuals’ function- ing capacity, or design material infrastructure in avoidably exclusionary ways. yet sometimes the restrictions to individuals’ entitlements may be ineliminable and unavoidable: perhaps due to natural obstacles, perhaps due to competing claims on a limited pool of resources, or to conflicts between different forms of accommodation (certain policies may render some impairments non-disabling (indeed, may be the only way to do so) whilst at the same time exacerbating others). thus, the content of our (conditional) universal distributive entitlements should not be determined by what it is feasible to provide universally. understanding entitlements in this way means we need not grasp either horn of the above dilemma: we can have a universal set of entitlements that is not levelled- down to include only those opportunities that can be achieved by all. however, this does not imply that the content of our entitlements can or should take no account of feasibility whatsoever. we could, for example, take the view that humans should be entitled to the opportunities necessary for a decent life, where this will be informed by our reasonable expectations of what such a life entails. on this view, controlling our mobility might be central to such a life; the ability to fly would not be. further, the content of our reasonable expectations for a decent life can be predicted to change over time, as technology improves. the point, here, is not to identify the specific content of our distributive entitlements, nor even to outline the method by which they would be determined. rather, it is to note that this might depend on what it is possible for humans to do, and on what we think humans ought to be able to do, without implying that all these entitlements must currently be achievable for every human. in other words, entitlements can be indexed to what is feasible for most, without requiring that they can be provided to all (though we should strive to achieve this). two further objections may be raised against this response. first, if our entitlements depend to some extent on our reasonable expectations about a decent (or dignified, or flourishing) human life, and our expectations are informed by what humans, as a species, can generally do, then this might seem to collapse into a species norm approach. that is, our entitlements are simply identical to species- j. begon normal functionings. yet this is not the case. even without specifying the content of our entitlements we can see that they will be both narrower and broader than species-normal functionings. they will be narrower, first, because on any plausible view trivial human capabilities will not be central entitlements (the ability to roll our tongue, sing, or stand on one leg). individuals who thus deviate from the species norm do not lack opportunities they are entitled to. our entitlements are narrower, too, if understood as general opportunities, rather than the performance of specific functionings. an individual can have what they are entitled to (the capability for mobility, say), even if there is a species-normal functioning they cannot perform (walking using their own legs). additionally, our entitlements will be broader, since we may be entitled to more opportunities than those that are ‘natural’ or normal for our species. as medical, social, and technological progress expands the scope of human capacities, our reasonable expectations of a decent life and the opportunities we should be entitled to will surely reflect this. a second objection concerns the potential ambiguity regarding when it is ‘feasible’ to provide an opportunity, given that this may require radical expense of time or resources. there are two forms of this worry. first, if we could all be enabled to fly, say—if the government were to divert all research funding to this project—then should this opportunity be an entitlement, which we are disabled in the absence of? clearly the answer is no. when this is a mere abstract possibility, such a functioning is unlikely to feature in our reasonable conception of a decent life, or what we can reasonably expect from the state. however, i would concede that if a way of enabling humans to fly were discovered and made available to the majority, then we might expand our conception of our entitlements to include this. in this imagined scenario this is no more a reduction ad absurdum of my approach than acknowledging that individuals’ capacity for mobility should take account of modern transportation and that, as such, someone who could only get around at the speed and distance walking and running would usually allow may not have what they are entitled to in this domain. to emphasise: insisting that we can be entitled to opportunities it is infeasible to provide universally does not mean our entitlements must be entirely unmoored from what is feasible for most. second, and perhaps more troubling, are cases in which an opportunity is available to most individuals, but can only be provided to a minority at great expense. for example, if an individual with locked-in syndrome can control their mobility only with an extremely expensive piece of equipment, are they entitled to it? no doubt there will be many difficult cases, but our approach to such questions must involve weighing up the capabilities provided to the minority against those lost by the majority. thus, if the cost of providing this equipment meant others suffered premature death or significant impairment then the individual surely cannot be entitled to their mobility in the face of these costs. in this case, we can continue to the species norm approach will be restricted to ‘natural’ human abilities if we follow daniels ( : ) and derive it from the ‘‘design of the organism’’, rather than ‘‘merely a statistical notion’’. thanks to paul billingham for pushing me to clarify this point. disability: a justice-based account say that it is impossible for the individual to be mobile and they are unavoidably disabled, since their entitlements cannot be provided at a reasonable cost. beyond minimal functionings i now turn to the worry that understanding entitlements as general, multiply- realisable opportunities will mean that individuals will not be considered disabled even when they lack important opportunities. first, i consider anita silvers’s objection to what she takes to be capability theorists’ approach to educational provision for individuals with impairments. this, she claims, would only provide ‘‘educational opportunity adequate for a dignified life, which…may not even…rise to the level of average educational attainment’’ (silvers : ). silvers discusses a child with a hearing impairment, who struggles to catch all the information imparted in class due to the difficulty of lip-reading in this context. nonetheless, she is denied a translator since her educational attainment is already above average (silvers : – ). silvers objects that it is unfair that children with impairments are unable to fulfil their potential simply because their educational environment is not designed to support them. further, it might seem that, on my view, these children would (implausibly) not be considered disabled by this restriction in their access to education, because ‘they already have what they’re entitled to’. however, contra silvers, a decent education surely requires more than the opportunity for some minimal educative outcome, such as passing grades. more plausibly, this requires something like ‘the opportunity to develop our potential to a similar degree as our peers’. this must be at least part of the goal of education, and we would fail to show individuals equal concern and respect if we provided this to some and not others. this does not mean that there will not be difficult cases, where the needs and requirements of different children pull in different directions, and limitations of resources mean that an ideal learning environment cannot be provided for everyone. however, as discussed, the fact that something cannot this does not imply scarcity is wholly irrelevant to our entitlements. again, my claim is only that the possibility of universal provision is not a prerequisite to something being an entitlement. feasibility, including considerations of scarcity, may play a role in determining where the boundaries of our entitlements lie: for example, as discussed, via informing our reasonable expectations about the shape of a decent life. returning to the above example, if individual jet-pack technology were created but was prohibitively expensive and/or relied on a resource too scarce for it to be made available to all, then this is not likely to feature amongst our reasonable expectations and thus our entitlements. in contrast, if this could be provided near-universally, became the dominant mode of transport and a prerequisite for participation in various aspects of social and political life, then this may be amongst our (conditional) entitlements. the same is true if we focus on other criteria to identify entitlements, such as leading a dignified or flourishing life. indeed, if a criterion did not have this implication, this would surely count as a reason against its adoption. see terzi ( ) for a capability approach to education for children with impairments. j. begon currently be universally provided does not mean that we cannot reasonably include this amongst our entitlements. yet it may be objected that education is a special case. whilst the very goal of education involves enabling individuals to develop their talents and abilities, having opportunities for mobility, communication, or leisure surely does not require being able to fulfil our potential in these domains. it seems much more plausible to suggest that we are here entitled to something like acceptable options and the capacity to meaningfully choose between them. as such, individuals who achieve mobility with a wheelchair rather than by walking, or communicate using sign rather than speech, or look at art because they are unable to listen to music, are not considered disabled by this restriction in their ability to function; nor would they be entitled to an operation to restore the use of their legs, or cochlear implants to restore their hearing, even if this would not be costly. in these cases, i would bite the bullet—though with some important caveats. i would accept, then, that if we lived in circumstances in which individuals with impairments had all the opportunities they are entitled to then they should neither be considered disabled nor necessarily entitled to state assistance. for example, if an individual with a mobility impairment could control their mobility without being dependent on others, then they may not be entitled to be enabled to walk. similarly, a deaf individual who had access to leisure activities and aesthetic experiences (and every other capability they are entitled to) would not be entitled to cochlear implants to allow them to hear music. nor would these individuals be considered disabled. the caveats, though, are to point out, first, that often individuals with impairments do not have what they are entitled to. in many cases the restrictions in their capabilities are avoidable, and could be eliminated by changing social infrastructure and norms. however, this is not always so. in some instances, this is because we lack the technology or resources to prevent some impairments from restricting individuals’ opportunities. in others, this is because individuals’ needs conflict, and there is no way to structure the external environment that would eliminate all restrictions. for example, ‘‘[p]eople with mobility issues who do not use wheelchairs may find that steps are safer and easier for them than ramps…[w]heelchair users may have problems with tactile paving which gives locational cues to visually impaired people’’, and so on (shakespeare : ). these cases can prove as intractable as those in which we simply lack the ability to institute the relevant change. as such, the appropriate way to mitigate the disadvantage associated with an impairment may not be to change the environment, and this might be so even when the disadvantage is a result of that environment. thus, to conclude that if an impairment were not disabling (did not result in relevant restrictions) an individual would not be entitled to state assistance does not imply that now, or in the near future, treatments that mitigate impairments would not be provided. exactly how much of their environment would have to be inaccessible to conclude that an individual lacks control over their mobility is ambiguous, and i will not attempt to settle this question here. disability: a justice-based account the second caveat is to note that suggesting that such treatments may not be a matter of entitlement does not imply that they are banned or restricted. any liberal approach to distributive justice will aim to ensure both fairness in distribution, and individuals’ freedom to form and pursue their own conception of the good. thus, if an individual desires to walk, or hear, or see, they will not be prevented from pursuing these goals. indeed, in a situation in which individuals had access to all the central capabilities (or primary goods, or equality of dworkinian resources) there would be sufficient resource equality that individuals would have the ability to achieve these goals (especially on the above assumption that these treatments are inexpensive). indeed, my account does not even rule out state provision or subsidy of these options on the grounds of public choice, if the decision is procedurally just and does not divert resources from the satisfaction of actual entitlements. one final sense in which our entitlements might seem too minimal on my approach relates to an objection earlier raised against the species norm approach. this is, that by focussing on what individuals are able to do, i take insufficient account of how much more difficult this may be when we have an impairment. someone who uses a wheelchair, for example, may have the capability for mobility, but this will often be restricted by both the built and natural environment. thus, they may find travelling much more physically demanding than, for example, walking a similar distance. or, an individual in chronic pain may be able to perform all the functionings that a person without this condition can, yet they must struggle against the pain that accompanies every functioning they perform. i certainly want to resist the implication that the difficulty of performing tasks would not be considered a relevant dimension of disadvantage, and that individuals who experience such difficulty would not be considered disabled, nor entitled to assistance to mitigate it. whether this is indeed an implication of my approach depends on the sensitivity of our conception of distributive entitlements not just to what we can do, but also to the pain and effort that must be expended to do it. i would contend that such concerns should feature in our understanding of individuals’ entitlements. although i cannot provide an independent defence of this here, it is important to note that insisting that a theory of distributive justice is sensitive to these considerations is not merely a post hoc modification to ensure that my definition of disability remains plausible. on the contrary, the above examples give us reason to think that individuals should be entitled not just to the mere capacity to perform some functionings, but to be able to do so without associated pain, and without having to expend massively more energy than others to achieve the same outcome. thus, the point is not that an account of our entitlements that ignored the pain and effort required to achieve them would generate an implausible account of disability if my framework is employed, but that this would be an independently implausible account of our entitlements. thanks to carl fox for helping me clarify this point. for approaches that do so, see wolff and de-shalit ( ), wolff ( a, b), cohen ( ), anderson ( ). it may be a problem with nussbaum’s ( , ) and sen’s ( , ) approaches that they do not clearly incorporate such concerns. j. begon what counts, who’s disabled? i will finish by considering whether my account will prove to be too revisionary. certainly, the impairments that would be considered disabling do not neatly cohere with our intuitions in a number of cases. as emphasised from the outset, my account will imply that individuals with visible impairments may not be disabled by them, that individuals with seemingly minor or invisible impairments may be disabled, and that individuals’ status as disabled may change across time and context. however, far from giving us reason to reject this approach, this is one of its key benefits. as sect. . discussed, there is little point in devising a definition that captures all paradigm case when we have good reason to think the paradigm is informed by prejudice and misinformation. first, many paradigm impairments, such as deafness, blindness, paraplegia, achondroplasia (a common form of dwarfism), ascs, and down’s syndrome need not be disabling on my account. if individuals have the opportunities they are entitled to—perhaps as a result of adequate infrastructure, access to resources, and lack of bias—they will not be considered disabled merely on the basis of their impairment. disability does not consist in bodily or cognitive difference, but in specific opportunity losses that might result. this does not imply that we cannot campaign for the better treatment of individuals with impairments, or for their access to their entitlements. however, we should not assume that having an impairment, especially a visible impairment, must be disadvantageous. we should, instead, focus on the specifics of each case and determine whether an impairment is actually associated with restrictions in individuals’ activity and participation. the reality often will not accord with our unexamined intuitions. my approach will also produce deviations from the paradigm in the other direction: many non-paradigm cases, such as depression and anxiety, and even obesity or shyness, might be disabling. further, individuals who have body integrity identity disorder (the strong desire to amputate a healthy limb) may be disabled by being prevented from undergoing this amputation, insofar as living with a limb they disassociate from disrupts their access to capabilities: for example, making social interaction difficult. i will consider perhaps the most controversial of these examples: obesity. i am aware that both disabled and obese individuals will likely object to this implication, given the unjustified stigma attached to both labels. it is worth emphasising, then, that though i consider an obese body an impairment (after all, it is a deviation from the species norm), i am not suggesting that it worse, or as noted in sect. . , part of the motive behind the introduction of the social model, and the rhetoric of claiming that ‘‘disablement is nothing to do with the body’’ (oliver : ), was to resist the medicalisation of disability and to highlight the contingency of the connection between impairment and disadvantage. for discussion of these cases, see bayne and levy ( ), müller ( ). disability: a justice-based account necessarily disadvantageous, to have such a body. however, this is a dimension of difference, like many others, that may be associated with disadvantage. my focus is not the possible (and sometimes controversial) correlation between obesity and health conditions such as high blood pressure, diabetes, heart attack, or stroke. even leaving these aside merely having an obese body can be disabling. our built environment is made for human bodies of a particular size and weight. as gay ( : ) says, ‘‘[t]here are very few spaces where bodies like mine fit’’. one simple and important example is chairs: aeroplane seats, restaurant booths, lecture theatres, cinema seats. if these cannot accommodate individuals with larger bodies, this can be hugely restrictive to those who possess them, limiting opportunities to be mobile, to access education, or to engage in many leisure activities. in addition, an obese body may be restrictive independently of the design of material infrastructure, rendering ‘‘impossible’’ activities like standing for long periods or walking a mile uphill (gay : ). finally, the bias, stigma, and abuse obese individuals are often subject to, the commentaries on their bodies by friends, family, medical professionals, and strangers, and the assumptions made about their capacities may further limit their capabilities. options may be closed to them because others assume they are incapable of exercising them (for example, not being offered certain jobs), or they may lack internal capabilities (for example, not feeling qualified to apply for these jobs in the first place). in all these ways, obesity—like other forms of physical and cognitive difference—can be disabling. the final counterintuitive implication is that what counts as a disability on my view will be contextualised, and may change over time. this can happen in at least three ways. first, as society becomes better able to accommodate impairments, and enable different forms of functioning, then these impairments will cease to be disabling. this is not because these impairments are ‘cured’, but because their link with disadvantage is severed. for example, if the oft-discussed examples of deafness and mobility impairments no longer lead to capability loss, then individuals with these impairments may not be disabled, though they still cannot hear or walk unaided. whilst this may seem counterintuitive to some, it accords with the experience of many disabled individuals, who do not regret, or demand compensation for, the different ways they function. consider, for example, harriet mcbryde johnson’s ( ) account of the pleasures of wheelchair use, and the misperceptions of those who do not use one: i used to try to explain the fact that i enjoy my life, that it’s a great sensual pleasure to zoom by power chair on these delicious muggy streets, that i have no more reason to kill myself than most people. but it gets tedious…they don’t want to know. they think they know everything there is to know just by there are, of course, some differences correlated with disadvantage that we would not want to describe as disabilities, such as our gender or racial identity, or sexual orientation. as sect. . considered, this need not be an implication of my view. in nussbaum’s ( : ) terminology, internal capabilities are ‘‘developed states of the person herself that are…sufficient conditions for the exercise of requisite functions’’. whether restrictions in internal capabilities constitute a loss of entitlements depend on the conception of entitlements we employ. again, such examples may give us reason to incorporate them. j. begon looking at me. that’s how stereotypes work. they don’t know that they’re confused. second, as our capacity to provide opportunities changes, individuals may be entitled to more if the content of our entitlements depends on our reasonable expectations. for example, we now expect leisure time, aesthetic experiences, and a longer life than previously. impairments that restrict access to these new entitlements will then count as disabling, though individuals’ actual abilities have not changed. one example here might be (some forms of) dyslexia. in a context in which many are illiterate, this is unlikely to be disabling. in a context in which a grasp of the written word is a prerequisite for many other opportunities, it would be. thus, dyslexic individuals may become disabled over time, or by moving. consider, for example, a dyslexic girl who emigrates from rural gambia, where illiteracy is rife and educational infrastructure underdeveloped, to the uk, where she has better access to education, though her dyslexia is not fully accommodated. whilst she is now less disadvantaged (she now has access to education), she may also become disabled insofar as it is now her impairment that restricts her access to education (where previously it may have been poverty or sexism). again, this seems to be the right way to understand such cases. lastly, individuals who have impairments that involve periodic and perhaps unpredictable flare-ups, such as fatigue and pain conditions, may have a changeable disability status. some will be disabled only during a flare-up, some may be disabled during periods when flare-ups are common, and for some the mere possibility of a flare-up may render them consistently disabled. for example, an individual with epilepsy may never be able to drive a car, or an individual with me may struggle to retain employment if their impairment necessitates frequent absences. conclusion it is a consequence of my approach that individuals are not categorised as disabled in the way we might expect, and that who is included in this category may change. yet surely it is right to set aside our preconceptions about how bad some impairment must be and focus instead on the actual restrictions individuals face, and on which of these should be the focus of our concern. what matters—what is disabling—is that individuals are rendered (often contingently) unable to be mobile, unable to communicate or form social relationships, or unable to access education or meaningful work as a result of their impairments. not that they are unable to walk, unable to listen to music, or unable to read emotional cues easily. whatever account of distributive justice is used, then, my approach to disability will be revisionary and contrary to many common-sense intuitions about who is disabled. however, these implications constitute a feature, not a bug. our present intuitions concerning what constitutes disability often reflect prejudice and bias, and should be altered. further, our account of disability should change over time, and reflect what individuals are able to do, and what we think they ought to be able to do. the problem of disability is the problem of losing significant opportunities—and not the ‘problem’ of disability: a justice-based account deviation from the species norm, or the loss of our irrelevant opportunities—and our understanding of disability should be reoriented to reflect this. acknowledgements for helpful comments and discussion of earlier drafts, i would like to thank alice baderin, ian carroll, cécile fabre, carl fox, katherine jenkins, and audiences at the royal institute of philosophy seminar at the university of nottingham, the nuffield political theory workshop, the pri- ority in practice conference at the university of oxford, the association of social and political philosophy conference at the university of sheffield, and the political philosophy seminar at the university of newcastle, as well as an anonymous referee. open access this article is licensed under a creative commons attribution . international license, which permits use, sharing, adaptation, distribution and reproduction in any medium or format, as long as you give appropriate credit to the original author(s) and the source, provide a link to the creative commons licence, and indicate if changes were made. the images or other third party material in this article are included in the article’s creative commons licence, unless indicated otherwise in a credit line to the material. if material is not included in the article’s creative commons licence and your intended use is not permitted by statutory regulation or exceeds the permitted use, you will need to obtain permission directly from the copyright holder. to view a copy of this licence, visit http:// creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . /. references aas, s. ( ). disabled—therefore, unhealthy? ethical theory and moral practice, , – . american psychiatric association: diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, fifth edition (dsm- ). ( ). arlington, va.: american psychiatric association. anderson, e. ( ). what is the point of equality? ethics, , – . asch, a., & wasserman, d. ( ). where is the sin in synecdoche? in d. wasserman, j. bickenbach, & r. wachbroit (eds.), quality of life and human difference: genetic testing, health care (pp. – ). new york: cambridge university press. barclay, l. ( ). disability, respect and justice. journal of applied philosophy, , – . barnes, e. ( ). disability and adaptive preference. philosophical perspectives, , – . barnes, e. ( ). valuing disability, causing disability. ethics, , – . barnes, e. ( a). the minority body: a theory of disability. oxford: oxford university press. barnes, e. ( b). reply to kahane and savulescu. research philosophica, , – . barnes, e. ( ). against impairment: replies to aas, howard, and francis. philosophical studies, , – . bayne, t., & levy, n. ( ). amputees by choice: body integrity identity disorder and the ethics of amputation. journal of applied philosophy, , – . begon, j. ( ). athletic policy, passive well-being: defending freedom in the capability approach. economics and philosophy, , – . begon, j. ( ). capabilities for all? from capabilities to function, to capabilities to control. social theory and practice, , – . begon, j. ( a). disability, rationality, and justice: disambiguating adaptive preferences. in d. wasserman & a. cureton (eds.), the oxford handbook of philosophy and disability. oxford: oxford university press. begon, j. ( b). book review: elizabeth barnes, the minority body: a theory of disability. journal of moral philosophy, , – . begon, j. (unpublished). neutral impairment, disadvantageous disability. bettcher, t. m. ( a). feminist perspectives on trans issues. in e. zalta (ed.), the stanford encyclopaedia of philosophy. retrieved may , from https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/ spr /entries/feminism-trans/. bettcher, t. m. ( b). trapped in the wrong theory: rethinking trans oppression and resistance. signs, , – . j. begon http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . / http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . / https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/spr /entries/feminism-trans/ https://plato.stanford.edu/archives/spr /entries/feminism-trans/ buchanan, a., brock, d. w., daniels, n., & wikler, d. ( ). from chance to choice: genetics and justice. cambridge: cambridge university press. campbell, s. m., & stramondo, j. a. ( ). review: the minority body by elizabeth barnes. notre dame philosophical reviews. retrieved may , from https://ndpr.nd.edu/news/the-minority- body-a-theory-of-disability/. campbell, s. m., & stramondo, j. a. ( ). the complicated relationship of disability and well-being. kennedy institute of ethics journal, , – . carter, i. ( ). is the capability approach paternalist? economics and philosophy, , – . cohen, g. a. ( ). on the currency of egalitarian justice. in m. otsuka (ed.), on the currency of egalitarian justice and other essays in political philosophy (pp. – ). princeton: princeton university press. crisp, r. ( ). reasons and the good. oxford: oxford university press. daniels, n. ( ). just health care. cambridge: cambridge university press. daniels, n., rose, s., & daniels zide, e. ( ). disability, adaptation, and inclusion. in k. brownlee & a. cureton (eds.), disability and disadvantage (pp. – ). oxford: oxford university press. dembroff, r. (forthcoming). real talk on the metaphysics of gender. philosophical topics. dougherty, t. ( ). ethics discussion at pea soup: elizabeth barnes’ ‘‘valuing disability, causing disability’’. pea soup. available at: https://peasoup.typepad.com/peasoup/ / /ethics- discussion-at-pea-soup-elizabeth-barnes-valuing-disability-causing-disability-with-critical-p.html. dworkin, r. ( ). sovereign virtue. cambridge, ma: harvard university press. elster, j. ( ). sour grapes: studies in the subversion of rationality. cambridge: cambridge university press. francis, l. ( ). understanding disability civil rights non-categorically: the minority body and the americans with disabilities act. philosophical studies, , – . gay, r. ( ). hunger: a memoir of (my) body. london: corsair. gheaus, a. ( ). the feasibility constraint on the concept of justice. the philosophical quarterly, , – . griffin, j. ( ). well-being: its meaning, measurement, and moral importance. oxford: oxford university press. haslanger, s. ( ). gender and race: (what) are they? (what) do we want them to be? nous, , – . hawkins, j. ( ). book review: elizabeth barnes, the minority body: a theory of disability. ethics, , – . howard, d., & aas, s. ( ). on valuing impairment. philosophical studies, , – . jenkins, k. ( ). amelioration and inclusion: gender identity and the concept of woman. ethics, , – . kahane, g., & savulescu, j. ( ). the welfarist account of disability. in k. brownlee & a. cureton (eds.), disability and disadvantage (pp. – ). oxford: oxford university press. kahane, g., & savulescu, j. ( ). disability and mere difference. ethics, , – . kahneman, d., slovic, p., & tversky, a. (eds.). ( ). judgement under uncertainty: heuristics and biases. cambridge: cambridge university press. khader, s. ( ). adaptive preferences and women’s empowerment. oxford: oxford university press. kittay, e. f. ( ). forever small: the strange case of ashley x. hypatia, , – . mcbryde johnson, h. ( ). unspeakable conversations. the new york times magazine. http://www. nytimes.com/ / / /magazine/unspeakable-conversations.html. retrieved from june . müller, s. ( ). body integrity identity disorder (biid)—is the amputation of healthy limbs ethically justified? the american journal of bioethics, , – . nussbaum, m. c. ( ). women and human development. cambridge: cambridge university press. nussbaum, m. c. ( ). frontiers of justice. cambridge, ma: harvard university press. oliver, m. ( ). understanding disability: from theory to practice. basingstoke: palgrave. parfit, d. ( ). reasons and persons. oxford: oxford university press. rawls, j. ( ). a theory of justice. cambridge, ma: harvard university press. savulescu, j., & kahane, g. ( ). the moral obligation to create children with the best chance of the best life. bioethics, , – . scanlon, t. m. ( ). preference and urgency. the journal of philosophy, , – . scanlon, t. m. ( ). what we owe to each other. harvard: belknap press. sen, a. ( ). development as freedom. oxford: oxford university press. sen, a. ( ). the idea of justice. london: penguin. shakespeare, t. ( ). disability rights and wrongs: revisited. new york: routledge. disability: a justice-based account https://ndpr.nd.edu/news/the-minority-body-a-theory-of-disability/ https://ndpr.nd.edu/news/the-minority-body-a-theory-of-disability/ https://peasoup.typepad.com/peasoup/ / /ethics-discussion-at-pea-soup-elizabeth-barnes-valuing-disability-causing-disability-with-critical-p.html https://peasoup.typepad.com/peasoup/ / /ethics-discussion-at-pea-soup-elizabeth-barnes-valuing-disability-causing-disability-with-critical-p.html http://www.nytimes.com/ / / /magazine/unspeakable-conversations.html http://www.nytimes.com/ / / /magazine/unspeakable-conversations.html silvers, a. ( ). no talent? beyond the worst off! a diverse theory of justice for disability. in k. brownlee & a. cureton (eds.), disability and disadvantage (pp. – ). oxford: oxford university press. smith, s. r. ( ). the social construction of talent: a defence of justice as reciprocity. journal of political philosophy, , – . sumner, w. ( ). welfare, happiness, and ethics. oxford: oxford university press. terzi, l. ( ). ‘the social model of disability: a philosophical critique. journal of applied philosophy, , – . terzi, l. ( ). justice and equality in education: a capability perspective on disability and special educational needs. london: continuum. terzi, l. ( ). vagaries of the natural lottery? human diversity, disability, and justice: a capability perspective. in k. brownlee & a. cureton (eds.), disability and disadvantage (pp. – ). oxford: oxford university press. wahlert, l., & gill, s. ( ). pathological, disabled, transgender: the ethics, history, laws, and contradictions in models that best serve transgender rights. kennedy institute of ethics journal, , – . wasserman, d. ( ). book review: the minority body: a theory of disability, elizabeth barnes. the philosophical review, , – . who. ( ). health topics: disability. geneva: world health organisation. retrieved from june . wolff, j. ( a). disability among equals. in k. brownlee & a. cureton (eds.), disability and disadvantage (pp. – ). oxford: oxford university press. wolff, j. ( b). disability, status enhancement, personal enhancement, and resource allocation. economics and philosophy, , – . wolff, j., & de-shalit, a. ( ). disadvantage. oxford: oxford university press. publisher’s note springer nature remains neutral with regard to jurisdictional claims in published maps and institutional affiliations. j. begon disability: a justice-based account abstract the problem of defining disability what disability is not disability and impairment species norm accounts welfarist accounts barnes’s social constructionist approach which inabilities matter? feasibility, levelling-down, and thinning-out identifying distributive entitlements beyond minimal functionings what counts, who’s disabled? conclusion acknowledgements references correspondence inner-city general practice population with schizophrenia sir: blair & deaney (psychiatric bulletin. april , . - ) give an enlightening view of the care of people with schizophrenia within primary care. they speculate on the difficulties of coordination of care and suggest realigning services so that community mental health teams(cmhts) became "more practice sensitive". we have adopted this approach within path finder mental health trust in wandsworth and merton for some time now. initially introduced in wimbledon in , it proved invaluable in setting up a time efficient and durable monthly liaison meeting between team and practices (midgley et al. , burns & bale, ). as a result of this experience (and of a survey ofgeneral practitioners' (gps') view of our services conducted in ) 'practice alignment' was introduced across all nine of the general adult teams in . the result is easier and more effective communication, better mutual under standing of strengths and weaknesses and a range of shared care that reflects the individual competencies of those involved. a further review of gp opinion in early indicated signifi cantly improved satisfaction with our services. achieving gp alignment is not easy, nor is it problem-free. the transfer of care took over a year and was disruptive for many patients and their keyworkers. the complexity of some of the arrangements (three way swaps, etc.) has to be experienced to be believed and not all teams or practices could move at the same pace. sensible policies for exceptions such as patients with no gp, are in transit between gps (often a sign that something dramatic is on the go) or who are living with their mother and consulting one gp while being registered with another etc. require tolerance and some ingenuity. patients served by each cmht are now more widespread, noticeably increasing travelling time. we experimented with one group practice to include patients resident in the neighbouring borough and the results were not good. problems consistently arose both in coordination of long- term health and social care and in emergency procedures. after several months of trying, both the gps and cmht agreed that it is not a sensible option. would it be so outrageous to suggest in our new primary care-led national health service that the time has come for gps to change on this one? in urban settings surely primary care should start to move towards co- terminosity with health authorities and social services.blair & deaney's considerations of the opti mum integration of gps with cmhts (and social services) are particularly important and timely as we approach the planning for primary care commissioning groups. burns.t. & bale. r. ( ) establishing a mental health liaison attachment with primary care. advances m psy chiatric treatment. . - . midgley,s.. burns. t. & garland,c. ( ) what do mental health teams and general practitioners talk about? descriptive analysis of liaison meetings in general practice. british journal of general practice, . - . tom burns, clinical director of adult services, pathfinder mental health (nhs) trust. spring field hospital. london sw dj proposed reforms to civil justice sir: psychiatrists offering their services as expert witnesses must be aware of the proposed reforms to civil justice. if these reforms, which suggest fundamental changes to the very structure of civil litigation, succeed experts will face greatly changed demands. for example, legal aid looks set to become alicensed service with only 'franchised' firms permitted to undertake legal aid work by jan uary . those experts wishing to work on the much-reduced volume of legal aid cases will need to be listed as 'approved' by franchised firms. experts may well be asked to agree to lower ormuch-delayed payment for this 'privilege'. furthermore, the government's proposal to control legal aid costs by removing monetary claims from legal aid is contingent upon success fully increasing the scope of conditional fee arrangements (cfas). this means expert wit nesses will face increasing pressure from somesolicitors to accept work on a "no-win", 'no-fee' basis. some practising solicitors believe the only feasible way for them to undertake work on a no- win, no-fee basis is if experts agree to share the risks. however, most individual experts, the society of expert witnesses and the law society are united in their rejection of contingent payment terms for experts because they wouldfatally wound the expert's claim to impartiality. however. cfas may also mean more work for experts, who can expect to be asked for advice in the early stages of risk assessment undertaken psychiatric bulletin ( ), . - correspondence by solicitors contemplating a cfa. in these cases, accurate risk assessment is essential to the solicitor, particularly because after-the-event insurance is currently available for only a very specific category of personal injury cases. at this stage, insurers are unclear about how they can expand the existing system to cover other types of case, meaning that solicitors who choose to accept those cases must run them bare of insurance. given the problems potential litigants now face with the court system, alternative dispute reso lution (adr) methods are increasing in popular ity. adr offers several alternatives to traditional court methods and a number of opportunities for expert involvement. within the scope of adr. experts can act as advisors or offer expert appraisal of a technical issue. parties may alsoagree to an 'expert determination', where an expert rules conclusively on the issue for them, or ask the experts to take on the role of mediator. experts interested in obtaining further details can contact the society of expert witnesses on ( ) or write to po box , new market cb tu. vanessalumpkin,professional liaison, society of expert witnesses, po box , newmarket cb tu health of the nation outcome scales for people with learning disabilities sir: further to the publication of the originalpaper 'honos in long-stay patients with learning disabilities' (psychiatric bulletin, may . . - ), we are writing to keep you informed of recent developments with regard to the piloting of the health of the nation outcome scales for people with learning disabilities (honos-ld). honos-ld is the result of a collaboration between the department of health, the royal college of psychiatrists and the centre for out comes, research and clinical effectiveness (core) at the british psychological society, university college london. like the generic honos, honos-ld is a set of scales designed to measure outcomes in a population of people with mental health needs. it retains the five-point scale of severity of problems, but has greater context reliability with regard to the associated needs of the client group. honos-ld has items, is designed for people irrespective of their degree of learning disability and should be used by trained professionals. north warwickshire national health service (nhs) trust has allocated resources for the post of regional clinical audit coordinator who has responsibility for training, data analysis and dissemination in an area north of a line from the wash to the bristol channel, while core have employed a researcher to take responsi bility for the same in participating trusts in the south. following a training day, agreement was reached that honos-ld would need to be tested rigorously for interrater reliability and sensitivity to change. version is currently being piloted at over sites (all nhs trusts) throughout the united kingdom. it is expected that data analysis will have been completed in autumn this year and, if the instrument is demonstrated to have acceptable reliability, will be made available by the depart ment of health for use in routine clinical practice for people with learning disabilities and mental health needs. davidmartin,regional clinical audit co ordinator, and ashokroy,consultant psychia trist, honos-ld, brooklands. coleshill road. marston green, birmingham b hl the practice of evidence-based journal clubs sir: geddes (psychiatric bulletin, june . , - ) states that an evidence-based journal club (ebjc) presentation can be prepared in two hours. this may be the case at the centre for evidence-based mental health in oxford, but here in britain's most northerly department of academic psychiatry we struggle to believe it. perhaps our remoteness from such a centre of excellence slows our thinking, but we do not see how the process can be effected in such a brief time. in aberdeen we recently introduced an ebjc linked to the weekly case conference and we encourage junior staff to present. we find the preparation process takes considerably longer than geddes allows, for several reasons. many presenters lack experience in critical appraisal and require individual mentorship, not always available through their weekly educational supervision. the authors act as mentors, taking particular responsibility for helping trainees develop the required skills. the clinical question is set three weeks ahead of the session by the consultant presenting the case and it is helpful for a mentor to be involved. the presenter requires guidance in the process of searching the literature databases and deciding which papers to select. obtaining papers not held locally may take some weeks. critical review may involve the trainee having to ask others for assistance in assessment of study methods, particularly statistics. finally, the presenter needs to prepare materials and may wish to rehearse their presentation. correspondence this is the author’s version of a work that was submitted/accepted for pub- lication in the following source: mills, martin, mcgregor, glenda, baroutsis, aspa, te riele, kitty, & hayes, debra ( ) alternative education and social justice: considering issues of affective and contributive justice. critical studies in education, ( ), pp. - . this file was downloaded from: https://eprints.qut.edu.au/ / c© taylor & francis notice: changes introduced as a result of publishing processes such as copy-editing and formatting may not be reflected in this document. for a definitive version of this work, please refer to the published source: https://doi.org/ . / . . https://eprints.qut.edu.au/view/person/baroutsis,_aspa.html https://eprints.qut.edu.au/ / https://doi.org/ . / . . alternative education and social justice: considering issues of affective and contributive justice martin millsa, glenda mcgregorb, aspa baroutsisa, kitty te rielec and debra hayesd aschool of education, the university of queensland, brisbane, australia; bschool of education and professional studies, griffith university, brisbane, australia; c the victoria institute of education, victoria university, melbourne, australia; dfaculty of education and social work, sydney university, sydney, australia. corresponding author: m.mills@uq.edu.au this paper considers the ways in which three alternative education sites in australia support socially just education for their students and how injustice is addressed within these schools. the paper begins with recognition of the importance of nancy fraser’s work to understandings of social justice. it then goes on to argue that her framework is insufficient for understanding the particularly complex set of injustices that are faced by many highly marginalised young people who have rejected or been rejected by mainstream education systems. we argue here for the need to consider the importance of ‘affective’ and ‘contributive’ aspects of justice in schools. using interview data from the alternative schools we highlight issues of affective justice raised by students in relation to their educational journeys, as well as foregrounding teachers’ affective work in schools. we also consider curricular choices and pedagogical practices in respect of matters of contributive justice. our contention is that the affective and contributive fields are central to the achievement of social justice for the young people attending these sites. whilst mainstream schools are not the focus of this paper, we suggest that the lessons here have salience for all forms of schooling. keywords: social justice, affective justice, contributive justice, alternative education, youth studies acknowledgements: this work was supported by the australian research council under grant dp . introduction this paper has evolved from a project exploring the types of learning occurring in flexible learning sites/alternative education in australia during the period - . the project was concerned with the ways in which such sites supported a socially just education for their students. our concerns were framed around nancy fraser’s ( ; ) conceptions of social justice in that we were interested in the ways in which such schools took account of: issues of distribution, or the economic injustices faced by the young people attending the schools; issues of recognition, that is, the cultural injustices faced by these young people; and issues of representation, with regards to the political injustices experienced by young people. in the main we have been impressed by what these schools do in relation to addressing all of these forms of injustice (see for example, mcgregor et al. ; mills et al., ). however, to us there was something missing in the analysis when it came to describing the types of relationships that support young people’s engagement in schooling, as well as those that disrupt this engagement. we have come to the conclusion that social justice is a complex and multi- faceted concept that is inadequately explained by nancy fraser’s framework and we suggest here that there are other elements that need to be considered when addressing issues to do with socially just education. in so doing we are drawn to both the work of kathleen lynch ( ) and andrew sayer ( , ). lynch ( ) in her critique of fraser’s theory suggests that ‘it does not recognize the affective domain of life as a discrete site of social practice’ (p. ). in terms of schooling, the affective sphere is concerned with the quality of relationships, care and support available to students. interrelated with this is sayer’s qualitative understanding of ‘contributive in this paper, we have used the terms flexible learning centre and alternative school somewhat interchangeably. we note, as do mills & mcgregor ( ) that there is no agreed-upon definition and much contestation regarding what constitutes ‘alternative education’. the schools involved here are those that cater to marginalised young people and are also often referred to as ‘second chance’ schools. justice’ and its relationship to meaningful work. based on our own observations of multiple alternative schooling sites in australia and england (see for example, baroutsis et al. (in press); hayes, ; mcgregor et al., ; mills & mcgregor, , ; mills et al., ; mills et al., ; te riele, , ; te riele, davies & baker, ), and drawing on notions of contributive justice we suggest, that ‘care’ needs to be taken in the provision of flexible education to ensure students do not receive a watered down curriculum that fails to engage them intellectually and that damages their sense of self-respect. the paper begins with an outline of the research project and its relationship to the work of nancy fraser; we then move on to discuss concepts of affective justice and contributive justice and their relevance to schooling, contextualising our theories with interview data collected from teachers and students in flexible learning sites situated in three different australian jurisdictions. we highlight those issues of affective justice raised by students both in relation to their former and current schools, and we foreground teachers’ affective work in schools. a consideration of the types of curricula and pedagogical practices present in these schools and their relationship to contributive justice support our contention that such approaches are central to the achievement of social justice for the young people attending these sites. whilst our focus is on young people in alternative forms of education, we suggest that the lessons here have salience for all forms of schooling. flexible learning and social justice we, like others (see for example, cribb & gewirtz, ; lipman, ; power & frandji, ; keddie a, b), have found the work of nancy fraser useful in considering what a socially just school might look like. her work has focussed on considering how the sometimes competing demands of economic justice and cultural justice can be worked together to provide a comprehensive theory of justice. in more recent times she has embedded a concern with political justice into her theoretical framework. within fraser’s framework economic injustice refers to an inequitable distribution of resources and the damaging effects of this ‘maldistribution’. cultural injustice refers to the ways in which various groups are have become ‘despised’, for example, on the grounds of sexuality, gender, or race/ethnicity. this ‘misrecognition’ occurs when people are forced to suppress their own cultural ways of being and communicating to the (often hostile) norms of the dominant culture, are rendered invisible or are disrespected as a result of belonging to a particular cultural group. political injustice, which fraser refers to as ‘misrepresentation’, occurs in those instances when people are denied an opportunity to make justice claims when they are experiencing economic or cultural injustice or when they are unable to contribute to the decisions that impact upon their lives. she contends that misrepresentation can occur (although unlikely) in the absence of economic and cultural injustices. fraser argues that all such aspects of injustice have to be attended to in order to achieve a socially just society where there is ‘parity of participation’. her work has not been without its critics (see for example, olsen, ). however, we have found this framework a useful device for considering how economic, cultural and political injustices, and their respective solutions of distribution, recognition and representation, relate to contemporary schooling, both in the mainstream and alternative sectors (see for example, mcgregor et al. ; mills et al., ). mainstream schools have a long history of not serving particular groups of young people well. students who come from low socioeconomic backgrounds are disproportionately represented in the lower bands of achievement and attendance data and in the upper bands of data on exclusion, suspension and ‘special needs’(see for example, abrams, ; evans et al., ; gale & densmore, ; kane ; mills & gale, ; mosen-lowe, vidovich & chapman, ). multiple reasons for this have been suggested to us by participants in our study. these include, students’ access to particular forms of cultural capital, lack of fit between the middle class expectations of schooling and (non)working class culture, teacher prejudices, lack of resources, and even diet. whilst we have very definite understandings of our own as to why this is the case, we would also suggest that whatever the reason, there is no doubt that an injustice is being perpetrated against the children of the poor. this economic injustice works to ensure that the benefits of schooling are unfairly distributed amongst young people according to their family’s economic circumstances, and given the strong relationship between educational success and social mobility (oecd, ) reproduces existing patterns of wealth and poverty. in many of the schools we have visited, this injustice has been addressed through, for example, the provision of food, accommodation support for homeless young people, transportation, basic services (for example, showers) and free excursions (see for example, mills & mcgregor, ). defining ‘culture’ in its broadest sense to include gender, sexuality, race/ethnicity, religion, language background and so on, it is clear that young people who belong to marginalized ‘cultures’ often encounter schooling as a less than positive experience. this ‘cultural injustice’ can be shaped by a lack of academic reward, but also by harassment and violence, by being ignored, silenced or having one’s existence denied, by active and hidden discrimination at multiple levels, and it can be perpetrated by teachers and students alike (smyth, ). in many of the flexible schools we have visited, this injustice has been addressed by a strong commitment to recognising and valuing difference. this has been demonstrated through, for example, seeking input from local indigenous elders into organisational and curriculum content, the provision of crèches for those students who have children, ensuring that homophobia or racism are never ignored and providing support around domestic violence issues. it is also apparent that many young people experience schooling as oppressive because they have no forum in which to express their opinions or challenge the injustices they have experienced (black, ). the importance of student voice in schools has been well documented (see dewey ; beane & apple ; fielding & moss ), however its presence is often lacking. an absence of voice, or political injustice, may be apparent in the ways in which students, especially those from marginalized backgrounds, can be summarily suspended from school, given detentions and other forms of punishment without options to challenge those decisions. it is apparent in dress codes, in timetabling restrictions, in the appointment of teachers and in curriculum decisions. it is perhaps not surprising, as teese and polesel ( ) indicate, that for many young people who are not achieving well at school, their most common descriptor of school is as a prison. in the schools that we have visited as part of this project we have seen attempts to give students a voice through regular community meetings (baroutsis, mcgregor & mills, in press), through consultations on renovations, even in one case working closely with architects to design new premises, and by including them on teacher interview panels. whilst in the main we have been highly supportive of these alternative schools and the various ways in which they have worked to challenge injustice (see for example, hayes, ; mills & mcgregor, ; te riele, ; ; ), we are of the view that as a matter of social justice these schools also have to consider the types of learning that students do in the classroom. it has been noted in many studies, and compounded by an era of high stakes testing (darling-hammond, ; lingard, martino & rezai-rashti, ; hardy, ; lingard & sellar, ), that many classrooms in mainstream schools are devoid of curriculum, pedagogy and assessment that inspire, challenge and provoke all students (hayes et al., ; smyth, mcinerney & fish, ). however, whilst concerned about this current state of affairs, we are of the view that such an absence in flexible learning centres is particularly damaging to those students who have already been disenfranchised from learning. we are not alone here. there have been some concerns raised about the alternative education sector being constructed as a dumping ground for students ‘unwanted’ by the education system where there is then little academic challenge (mills, renshaw, & zipin, ; kim & taylor, ; kim, ; smyth, mcinerney and fish, ). de jong and griffiths ( ), for instance, have expressed concerns that the increased use of alternative education programs for younger and younger students can lead to them being separated from the mainstream and its benefits, and that ‘poorly constructed and resourced’ programs will reinforce students’ poor outcomes from schooling (p. ). thus, in highlighting the necessity for elements of affective justice and contributive justice to be significant considerations when working with disenfranchised young people, we are not suggesting that ‘care’ by itself is sufficient to address all their needs. our intention is to tease out the complexity inherent in notions of a ‘socially just’ education as explained in the following sections. multi-sited ethnography this study represents a ‘multi-sited ethnography’ of alternative schools (falzon, ; marcus, ; pierides, ; kraftl, ). marcus ( ) explains that this mode of ethnographic research ‘moves out from the single sites and local situations of conventional ethnographic research designs to examine the circulation of cultural meanings, objects, and identities in diffuse time-space’ (p. ). the strength of multi-sited ethnography is that it enables the researchers to ‘make connections between sites’ (pierides, , p. ) in a ‘spatially dispersed field through which the ethnographer moves’ (falzon, , p. ). in this research project, we used ethnographic observations and semi-structured interviews with students, teachers and other workers in three flexible learning schools across three australian states and one territory during multiple visits over a period of months in and . we sought to explore a range of themes that included the following broad areas, as relevant to teachers, workers and students: previous experiences; pathway into the alternative site; reasons for staying; what works (relational, material, pedagogical and curricular elements) and why; and, resourcing and sustainability issues. in this paper we draw upon data from three of these sites, identified using the pseudonyms: elkhorn community college in queensland; banksia college in the australian capital territory; and boronia flexi school in victoria, in order to explore concepts of affective and contributive justice that emerged as significant concerns within these schools. elkhorn community college is a non-government and non-fee paying school providing educational programs for young people in years , and , the final three years of secondary education in australia. at the time the researchers were at the college, there was an enrolment of approximately young people and five staff, comprising a principal, two teachers, and two youth and community development workers (one of whom was completing teaching qualifications). banksia college is a mainstream government senior high school in a major australian city that runs two alternative programs (now both operating out of the main campus) for students who have difficulties fitting into the mainstream and usually come from very difficult personal circumstances: one is a flexible learning centre for approximately pregnant girls and young parents (mostly mothers) who attended both part and full-time; the other is a ‘big picture’ inspired offering with a focus on flexibility of delivery and project-work for approximately students. staffed by small teams of dedicated teachers, both programs provide significant levels of material and personal support to the young people in their care. boronia flexi school is a metropolitan year – alternative school and is part of the edmund rice education australia (erea) youth+ network, which ‘seeks to respond to the needs of young people disenfranchised and disengaged from education. this non-fee paying school caters to approximately students, and as with elkhorn and banksia, their life experiences have been challenging – including poverty, mental illness, out-of-home care, drug dependency, juvenile justice and settlement as recent migrants. boronia flexi school offers year – formal junior and senior secondary credentials. in the following sections of the paper, we consider affective and contributive injustice. affective justice relates very much to the relationship and supportive structures that are in place within a school that indicate to young people that they are cared about. we would suggest that learning approaches which appear to have no purpose to the student and provide little by way of satisfaction and serve to demoralise them, not only represent an affective injustice, a lack of care, but also constitute a contributive injustice. such learning would include, for example, routinized test skilling, worksheets, and form filling with an emphasis on basic skills. this does not mean that some rote learning or the developing of skills have no place in the delivery of meaningful learning, but that they need to be part of a broader approach to learning not an end in themselves. we then provide examples of affective and contributive justice, where all students are engaged in the big picture model of schooling has its origins in the usa. its basic principles articulated on its australian website state: ‘highly personalised approach to education combines academic work with real world learning. it places the student, their passions and their interests, at the centre of the learning process’. (big picture education australia ) meaningful work in a caring and supportive environment. this has particular salience given the context of where these justice acts are taking place. the schools that form the basis of our case study sites are those whose students, in the most part, have not been previously engaged in learning, have been labelled as academically and socially deficit and yet are now willing to come to school. we would suggest that this emphasises the importance of all schools demonstrating a commitment to affective and contributive justice. affective justice and learning environments the relational and caring dimensions of schooling have been widely recognised (bingham & sidorkin, ; noddings, ) and these are arguably particularly important when working with students who have experienced marginalisation in school and society (beck & cassidy, ; smyth et al., ; te riele, ). additionally, many feminist writers have stressed the political importance of emotions and understandings of ‘affective justice’ (blackmore, , ; boler, ; hochschild, ). as lynch ( ), has indicated it is often feminist scholars who ‘have drawn attention to the salience of care and love as goods of public significance’ (p. ). her work informs our concern with social justice and alternative education. those schools deemed alternative, as all schools, are communities where their success in terms of being a place where both workers and students want to attend, is dependent upon the quality of relationships for all. as with lynch, we recognise that the care provided by members of that community to each other is a matter of social justice both in relation to who gives it and who receives it (lynch, , p. ). she argues that what she refers to as ‘affective equality’ is focussed on two issues: ‘securing equality in the distribution of the nurturing through love, care and solidarity relationships and securing equality in the doing of emotional and other work involved in creating love, care and solidarity relations’ (p. ). whilst we are concerned with the issue of who is responsible for ‘caring’, and recognise the mutuality of such caring, our focus here is on who gets the ‘caring’. many of the young people in our study, when asked to outline the strengths of their current schools suggested that it was the relationships that mattered, that they felt that the teachers and other workers cared for them. this was often contrasted with previous experiences of schooling, for example audrey, a boronia flexi school student said the following of her current school: they care, they care a lot about the students. no matter who you are they care ... because they’re so sweet, they do so much for the students here and more than what other schools would do because the way i’ve seen in other mainstream schools is you’re a teacher, you teach, that’s it. they’re more caring. like i say, it’s like a community, it’s like a family. so the teachers really care about the students and they’re also youth workers as well so they deal with the children. if you have something on your mind you talk to a teacher and they’re full open with you and they’re so nice, they’re just the most nicest people here. lynch outlines three sets of relations that constitute affective justice: love, care and solidarity. in the first instance, love is said to be related to relationships of high interdependency and intense engagement; she suggests that even when such relationships are absent they often have great significance (for example the parent-child relationship even in abusive situations). care relations are viewed as having a lower order of dependency and obligations, but are significant nonetheless; she suggest that friends, work colleagues and some distant relations fall into this category. solidarity relations do not involve intimacy, but are, lynch ( ) suggests, ‘the more political or public face of affective relations’ (p. ). here we can think of advocate groups (for example, refugee support groups), unions and government departments. lynch suggests that these three categories are not mutually exclusive and that they are interdependent. she also argues that these systems of ‘affective equality’ are all interrelated with fraser’s framework. she argues that ‘it is not possible to address problems of inequality or social justice in one social system therefore without addressing those in related social systems’ (p. ). we contend that it is the relational sets of ‘care’ and ‘solidarity’ that construct the affective domain within schools and that these elements are especially important for achieving socially just outcomes for marginalised young people. applying lynch’s ( ) conceptualisation of ‘relational care work’ (p. ) in alternative settings suggests that teachers play an important mediating role at the nexus of these relationships: supporting and working with students and their families or caregivers; developing flexible structures and processes that provide a caring schooling environment; and working in solidarity with students to resist their continued marginalisation in schooling and beyond. for example faye, who attended banksia college commented: i got kicked out of home and i came in and saw the counsellor and straight away she got me straight onto housing. they do that little bit extra all the teachers here. it’s more than just what a normal teacher does at a school. they look out for you in your entire life, not for just the six hours that i’m here for. additionally, many of the students we interviewed talked about how their prior schooling experiences contributed to the complexity of their lives, rather than providing a place of care and support. drew, a student from elkhorn community college provided us with an example: i was always ‘your bad student’. i wasn't bad. like, i was respectful in some ways but i couldn't concentrate on work and it was, like, hard, just coming from my old life … drugs, drinking and wrong people and violence and - yeah. leanne, a student at banksia college, contrasted her experiences with her former and current school. she said of the program at banksia: we get to come into school and you are not stressed. like, when you have got family issues and that, you can sit down and, like, talk to leigh and stuart (teacher and deputy principal) and they will, like, help you through the day and that. and then you can go and make yourself a cup of tea. it's more relaxed and chilled. like, you are not stressed about going into class and that. you are running a bit late on an assignments - they do help you out. irrespective of social class background, complex home environments can disrupt young people’s engagement with schooling because they may be called upon, as we have observed, to exercise independence at an early age, to care for younger siblings and disabled parents, to manage relationships with neighbours and service providers, and so on. while it is not the role of teachers to replace or substitute these primary relationships, even when complex, they can provide care and support that enhances young people’s capacity to sustain their engagement in schooling. at banksia college, for example, a teacher named leigh, came up constantly in our interviews with young people. we heard numerous stories of how she went beyond the role of ‘teacher’ in the ways she cared for her students. in one discussion with students callum and leanne, they joked: ‘leigh needs to clone herself!’ and leanne added ‘yeah – we need more leighs!’ evidence of her high level of care was threaded through all the data from banksia college. for example, in a discussion about the food available at the site, the conversation indicated that packs of noodles were once provided for students but this is no longer the case. darren commented: ‘don't have them lately. if it was really bad, leigh would probably just give you some money to go to the canteen or something’. and robbie, i missed out on a lot of schoolwork because i was really sick, that was due last semester - not last semester, last term. and i have been allowed to catch up pretty much nearly all of it. in the last few days, i was supposed to get some other work done, but my mother is in hospital now. so leigh is supporting me and making sure that i can get to places easily … pretty much anything that she can do, like, transport - i believe she's done it for other people. it appeared that leigh’s approach was to develop modes of caring that were appropriate for the needs of individual students as summed up here by leanne: yes, she works - she has a different relationship - she has a relationship with everyone but it's different, which is really good. she sits there and knows everyone but she will have to change her, like, talking and that. she's like, ‘alright, i am talking to this student now, so i have got to talk to her in this way’, you know what i mean. yeah, she's really good. in the case of marginalised students, care and support is likely to involve solidarity expressed through curriculum and pedagogy that values, respects, and builds upon the knowledge and cultural backgrounds of students, while also supporting their capacity to engage with the kinds of knowledge that contribute to success at school and beyond. this is a challenge faced by teachers in both alternative and mainstream settings. however, for the former, it requires findings ways to engage young people in learning that do not involve repeating or reinforcing students’ prior experiences of failure (hayes, ). we contend that a concern with ‘affective equality’ is critical to the success of alternative schooling. this is achieved relationally and academically. we suggest that, as with the dimensions of justice outlined in fraser’s work, both types of affective equality are necessary, and neither is sufficient on its own for considering what makes up a socially just school. kim and taylor ( ), for example, examine one alternative school in the mid-west of the united states, attended by many young people who have not been served well by current educational practices, to explore the benefits or otherwise of this school for its students. their view was that the school was, indeed, a caring place; however, they were also of the view that it did little to break ‘the cycle of educational inequality’ (kim & taylor, , p. ). in this school, many of the students indicated that they wanted to go to college; however, the school’s focus on ‘credit recovery’,where students who have fallen behind on their grades or school work attempt to catch up with their peers in the mainstream school, did not facilitate this goal. however, as kim and taylor ( ) go on to say: ‘their dreams required a more rigorous college-bound curriculum and career counselling’ (p. ). echoing de jong and griffiths ( ), kim and taylor ( ) claim that: a school program is beneficial to students when it provides content, processes, rigor, and concepts that they need to develop and realize their future career goals. a school program that is beneficial to students engages them and leads them through varying processes to critical thinking and synthesis of the concepts and content. conversely, a school program that is not beneficial to students is behavioristic, positivistic, and reductive. that is, the focus of the program is primarily on an either–or dichotomy: it addresses only lower order thinking and processing skills and does not move students toward their future career goals. (p. ) others to critique the types of learning taking place in such settings include thomson and russell ( ) in the uk who suggest there was a tendency to assume that all young people in alternative learning environments need and want is vocational options, which limits scope of provision (p. viii). similarly, dovemark and beach ( ) in sweden demonstrated some of the ways in which deficit understandings of students in a program for non-academic, non-vocational students contributed to their already precarious existence. in such instances it is imperative that teachers and workers in alternative schools become advocates for young people, enacting lynch’s notion of ‘solidarity’ in caring for the long-term prospects of their students. we have also witnessed the absence of engaging, intellectually challenging and meaningful classroom practice in the alternative schools that formed part of our study, as illustrated here by anthony, a student at boronia flexi school, who commented about his english studies: the quality of work - for instance, if i was still going to [name of previous school] i’d be expected to do, in english say, a , -word essay. you’re not expected to do that in english here. both anthony and another student, colin, agreed that classes at the flexi school were ‘a lot easier’. when asked if they liked their current situation, anthony replied: yeah, it’s good because it’s a lot less workload, but bad because … i honestly don’t feel like i learn anything, like what i haven’t already learned. it just feels like i’m just repeating. the development of an appropriate and challenging curriculum for their students was clearly of great concern to the teachers in our case study schools. this kind of curriculum work is made even more complex in these settings because the students come from a variety of background learning experiences. teachers are required to assess each student’s learning needs and preferences, and map these to appropriate curriculum pathways. maddy, a teacher at elkhorn community college, for example, explained how she got to know her student as learners: i have just recently started trying to do, "what kind of learner am i?" that starts with a worksheet thing where they grade - put a scale, you know. they answer questions and then we have conversations, "why do you learn best in this way? what can we do in this setting to make it most beneficial for you, and the best way that i can support you in your learning?" we acknowledge that many of the students who attend alternative schools have significant educational gaps that need to be addressed. our concern is that rather than bridging the gaps and moving the learning forward, the ‘gaps’ will remain if learning is restricted to basic skills such as literacy and numeracy and ‘job readiness’. branson from elkhorn community college spoke about a class that is offered at his college called employment, education and training: we have got a class that we can go to, if we want to do our job searches, résumés, certificates, get work experience. yeah, i have got a couple so far. heaps of stuff. it's pretty good here. tafe is just down the road, so they take us down there in the bus, or they will come here; instead of finding your own way to tafe. in our experience, this state of affairs, as in lower streamed classes in mainstream schools, and lower expectations across whole schools located in low socioeconomic and marginalised communities, is justified often on the grounds of deficit understandings of students’ abilities and dispositions. the absence of student work premised on high expectations and engaging activities, and the justifications for this absence, would not be present in classrooms for ‘gifted and talented’ students or in schools proud of their academic reputations. such attitudes may signify a lack of intellectual care and respect for the young people, their current abilities and their future potential. in recognising that there is a need to go beyond care, and indeed solidarity, as with lynch, we have engaged with the work of sayer and the notion of contributive justice. we argue here that this understanding of justice is crucial in ensuring that alternative schools consolidate their ethos of care as a basis for ensuring that their students have access to meaningful learning. contributive justice and meaningful learning whilst affective justice has a focus upon care of and respect for the individual in terms of the material, relational and intellectual supports and opportunities provided, contributive justice (gomberg, ; sayer ; ) is overtly concerned with what a person actually gets to do. sayer ( ) states that: ‘contributive justice concerns what people are allowed, expected or required to do or contribute’ (p. ). as such it contrasts with, but complements justices concerned with what a person gets (economic), who a person is (cultural), how a person is heard (political) and how a person is cared for (affective). he goes on to argue that: what people are allowed to contribute, particularly in terms of work, is at least as important as what they get in terms of resources, because the type of work that they do has far-reaching effects on the kinds of people they become, on how they view themselves and are viewed by others, and hence on the quality of their lives. (sayer, , p. ) this is an echo of his distinction between contributive justice and economic justice, when he argues that: ‘what we do in life has at least as much influence on who we become and the quality of our lives, as does what we get’ (sayer, , p. ). for sayer, there are two aspects to contributive justice. the first has a quantitative element to it and is concerned with doing a ‘fair share’ of the workload. teachers, and indeed university academics, who set project work and group tasks are familiar with the complaints that others are not pulling their weight or are taking over – both relate to the notion of contributive justice. however, whilst important, we are more concerned here with the qualitative element of contributive justice. this relates to the type of work being done and the intrinsic and extrinsic rewards associated with this work. it also relates to the opportunities that people have to make a contribution to the conception and execution, and all stages in between, of a shared project. this form of injustice is also linked and works closely with those frames identified by fraser. for example, there are times when boring, repetitive, low skilled tasks are necessary to complete a project. however, how those tasks are distributed and rewarded is a matter of social justice. the unfair distribution of work occurs in both the formal economy and in domestic life. in the formal economy contributive injustice, according to sayer, occurs both within and between occupations and workplaces. sayer provides a set of arguments from murphy ( ) and gromberg ( ), to indicate why this state of affairs is unjust. these all relates to a person’s quality of life. the kind of work that a person does has an impact upon who they become and on their emotional, physical and intellectual well-being. people experience enjoyment in doing complex tasks that enable them to employ and extend their capacities (see griffiths, , for a discussion of social justice and ‘joy’). for example, lilly from banksia college who, after fleeing there from an abusive family relationship in another major city, had been homeless in the act, before finding her way to the college, excitedly told us about how she wanted to build her own computer and noted: ‘at the moment i am working towards getting an it apprenticeship – i would never been able to finish year without [this program]’. dignity is also enhanced when people have control over their labour in that they are trusted, understand their contribution to the larger project, and have an opportunity to question their and others’ roles throughout the process of conception and execution of a project. understanding the various links in a project and reasons for embarking on a particular task also ensures that even mundane tasks when shared around are meaningful. there is great resonance here with schooling and classroom work. this was evident when stuart, the teacher in charge of the alternative program at banksia college, was describing the types of projects they undertook in their program. a key aspect of their work involved students working on a range of tasks, including some menial ones, to develop a product that had real world impacts. stuart told us: [for our next project] we are going to aim to make some swags with an industrial sewing machine, roll them with toothpaste, toothbrushes, towel, whatever we find, soap, and then we will give them to one of our local homeless shelters for the winter because it's pretty harsh in [the city] - well, you know, it is not pleasant anyway. so wherever possible we take a leadership or a community service thing in addition…. we don't have too many students who wallow and they have - pretty much all have had difficult circumstances. in this case it was indicated that the students were proud of their achievements and developing a sense of contributing to their community. students who are deemed to be the most competent are often those most likely to be provided with opportunities to extend themselves and to receive diverse learning experiences (see for example, charlton et al., ). similar parallels can be found with a differentiated an australian colloquial term for a bedroll containing all one’s personal belongings. schooling system where certain schools specialize in academic learning and others have a more technical focus. the growing presence of flexible learning options points to a schooling system that is increasingly diversifying in ways that have the potential to exacerbate this situation (hayes, ; slee, ). the defence of such arrangements include arguments to the case that it is more efficient to have specialized or differentiated schools and classrooms that cater to differences in abilities, interests and behaviours. this, it is sometimes argued, helps to ensure that the schooling system is efficient, that it is stabilized in that disruptions and poor behaviours are minimized (at least to the extent that ‘good students’ do not have their work interfered with) and that this situation caters to different abilities, potential and dispositions. however, bardsley ( ) has argued that: where social stability and economic efficiency are valued above all else, the aim of education becomes the provision of basic skills to train citizens amongst the socioeconomically deprived classes to perform the menial tasks essential to keep society functioning, without disrupting established power structures (laberee, ; lynch & lodge, ). justice within education systems should be committed to the premise that all children must be adequately prepared for effective societal roles of their own choosing. (p. ) bardsley’s ( ) work also suggests that a socially just education has to provide young people with the skills and knowledge to engage with ‘emerging societal contexts’. this will entail school work engaging with technology, developing critical citizenship skills and understandings of contemporary society. it is our contention that contributive justice is present in a classroom when students are presented with learning opportunities that enable them to develop a sense of pride in the outcomes of that learning - in much the same way that a craftsperson feels pride in the construction of a product (sennet, ). this recount from stuart, a deputy and head of the alternative program at banksia college, exemplifies this contention: we have miriam who all of last year spent six months making polymers with one of our chemistry teachers and she explained it to me … and she's a pretty eclectic little thinker. … i missed the exhibition where her family came to the exhibition… and the family sees something that the kid is proud of and there is a moment where they do a little bit of readjustment. yeah, they settle back - there is that moment when the kid goes, ‘oh, you do actually see something good about me. i am making progress’, and that's transformative for both sides. we have got parents that were reviewed as part of that review process. they are some of our biggest fans. as i said, they have enrolled second kids in it. i think that what they like about it is the concept that the kid has to do something fairly rigorous. at boronia flexi school, the music teacher provided a similar example: the staff and the students see people walking out of this room with such big chests, you know. the pride is just visibly obvious to see when they have just had some success. that i think is, i am not saying it is all about music, but some sort of high level professional product that is in the digital domain i think every school would benefit from. what the data from our research indicate is that such learning occurs when it is has a purpose (whether personal or instrumental) and that that purpose is evident to the student. julian (a teacher at boronia flexi school) linked this to ‘a sense of empowerment for the young people to be who they feel as though they want to be’. it also has some connection to the world beyond the classroom and stretches and challenges all young people, not just those deemed to be of ‘high ability’. conclusion our concern with what a socially just schooling system might look like and, in particular, how schools can meet the needs of the most marginalised students, led us to explore ‘what works’ in those schools catering to students who have been excluded from mainstream schools or have themselves rejected what the mainstream has to offer. in many instance we have been impressed by these schools’ efforts to address economic, cultural and political injustices. in this paper, we have thus contended that a socially just education for students attends to fraser’s ( ; ) dimensions of social justice in respect of economic, cultural and political inequities. however, drawing upon the work of lynch ( ) and sayer ( , ), we have also argued that these dimensions are enhanced by the inclusion of affective and contributive forms of justice, which pay attention to inequities in relational care and individual potential for meaningful participation. the teacher participants in our study expressed a strong commitment to the social and emotional well-being of their students. affective justice (in the forms of significant support structures and respectful, caring relationships) was of primary concern to them. many of the students we interviewed indicated that its absence in their former school(s) had been a key factor in their departure from the mainstream sector. this concern with affective justice was thus critical to the success of such schools. however, we suggest that if it exists in isolation from other necessary elements, care is insufficient for ensuring the provision of socially just schooling. the quality of curriculum and pedagogy, which varied in some instances across the sites, is also of critical concern, and hence why we also argue that contributive justice needs to be incorporated into concerns about affective justice. in this paper we have indicated examples of where we have come across flexible learning arrangements that facilitated students' engagement in meaningful learning, demonstrating a commitment to contributive justice; however, there were sometimes reservations expressed. in some instances teachers indicated that in their alternative setting some students were not able to tackle challenging work and that this was why they were in the alternative school in the first place. because of the patchy nature of the educational backgrounds of young people in alternative education, there was often a focus on literacy, numeracy and vocational options. clearly these skills are necessary for economic participation in society; however, if such competencies and training are considered sufficient education for these, usually marginalized and disadvantaged, young people it could be argued that this may also condemn them to a lifetime of political and social marginalisation despite their ability to obtain employment. we thus argue that the quality of curricular choices and pedagogical approaches made available to young people in alternative education sites is fundamental to the achievement of contributive justice, and hence social justice. we are also of the view that concerns with affective justice and contributive justice should have occurred long before students such as those interviewed for this project found themselves in alternative education provision. references abrams, f. ( ). learning to fail: how society lets young people down. london, routledge.  bardsley, k. ( ). education for all in a global era? the social justice of australian secondary school education in a risk society. journal of education policy, ( ), - . baroutsis, a., mcgregor, g., & mills, m. (in press). pedagogic voice: student voice in teaching and engagement pedagogies. pedagogy, culture and society. accepted january, . beane, j. a. & apple, m.w. ( ). the case for democratic schools, in: m.w. apple & j.a. beane (eds.), democratic schools: lessons from the chalk face. buckingham: open university press. beck, k. & cassidy, w. ( ). embedding the ethics of care in school policies and practices, in: k. te riele (ed.). making schools different: alternative approaches to educating young people (pp. - ). london: sage bingham, c. & sidorkin, a. (eds.) ( ). no education without relation. new york: peter lang publishing black, r. ( ). student participation and disadvantage: limitations in policy and practice, journal of youth studies, ( ), - . blackmore, j. ( ). troubling women: feminism, leadership and educational change. buckingham: open university press. blackmore, j. ( ). social justice and the study and practice of leadership in education: a feminist history. journal of educational administration and history, ( ), - . boler, m. ( ). feeling power: emotions and education. new york: routledge. charlton, e., mills, m., martino, w., & beckett, l. ( ). sacrificial girls: a case study of the impact of streaming and setting on gender reform. british educational research journal, ( ), - . cribb, a. & gewirtz, s. ( ). towards a sociology of just practices, in: c. vincent (ed.) social justice education and identity (pp. - ). london: routledge. darling-hammond, l. ( ). the flat world and education: how america's commitment to equity will determine our future. new york: teachers college press. de jong, t. & griffiths, c. ( ). the role of alternative education programs in meeting the needs of adolescent students with challenging behaviour: characteristics of best practice. australian journal of guidance & counselling, ( ), - . dewey, j. ( ). democracy and education: an introduction to the philosophy of education. new york: macmillan. dovemark, m. & beach, d. ( ). academic work on a back-burner: habituating students in the upper-secondary school towards marginality and a life in the precariat. international journal of inclusive education, doi: . / . . . evans, j., meyer, d., pinney, a., & robinson, b. ( ). second chances: re-engaging young people in education and training. essex: barnardo's. falzon, m.-a. ( ). introduction, in: m.-a. falzon (ed.), multi-sited ethnography: theory, praxis and locality in contemporary research (pp. - ). surrey, england: ashgate. fielding, m., & moss, p. ( ). radical education and the common school: a democratic alternative. london: routledge. fraser, n. ( ). justice interruptus: critical reflections on the ‘postsocialist’ condition. new york: routledge. fraser, n. ( ). scales of justice: reimagining political space in a globalizing world. new york: columbia university press. gale, t. & densmore, k. ( ) engaging teachers: towards a radical democratic agenda for schooling. buckingham: open university press. gomberg, p. ( ). how to make opportunity equal: race and contributive justice. malden ma: blackwell publishing. griffiths, m. ( ). why joy in education is an issue for socially just policies. journal of education policy, ( ), - . hardy, i. ( ). a logic of appropriation: enacting national testing (naplan) in australia. journal of education policy, ( ), - . hayes, d. ( ). re-engaging marginalised young people in learning: the contribution of informal learning and community-based collaborations. journal of education policy, ( ), - . hayes, d. ( ). customization in schooling markets: the relationship between curriculum and pedagogy in a ‘pop-up’ learning project, and the epistemic opportunities afforded by students’ interests and backgrounds. international journal of school disaffection, ( ): - . hayes, d., mills, m., christie, p. and lingard, b. ( ). teachers and schooling making a difference: productive pedagogies, assessment and performance. crows nest, australia: allen & unwin. hochschild, a. ( ). the managed heart. berkeley, ca: university of california press. kane, j. ( ). social class, gender and exclusion from schools. london: routledge. keddie, a. ( a). schooling and social justice through the lenses of nancy fraser. critical studies in education, ( ), - . keddie. a. ( b). educating for diversity and social justice. new york: routledge. kim, j.-h. ( ). narrative inquiry into (re)imagining alternative schools: a case study of kevin gonzales. international journal of qualitative studies in education, ( ), – . kim, j-h & taylor, k. a. ( ). rethinking alternative education to break the cycle of educational inequality and inequity. the journal of educational research, ( ), - . kraftl, p. ( ). geographies of alternative education: diverse learning spaces for children and young people. bristol: policy press. lingard, b. & sellar, s. ( ). ‘catalyst data’: perverse systemic effects of audit and accountability in australian schooling. journal of education policy, ( ), - . lingard, b., martino, w. & rezai-rashti, g. ( ). testing regimes, accountabilities and education policy: commensurate global and national developments. journal of education policy, ( ), - . lipman, p. ( ). mixed-income schools and housing: advancing the neoliberal urban agenda. journal of education policy, ( ), – . lynch, k. ( ). affective equality as a key issue of justice: a comment on fraser’s - dimensiponal framework. social justice series, ( ), - . marcus, g.e. ( ). ethnography in/of the world system: the emergence of multi-sited ethnography. annual review of anthropology, , - . mcgregor, g., mills, m., te riele, k., & hayes, d. ( ). excluded from school: getting a second chance at a ‘meaningful’ education. international journal of inclusive education, ( ), - . mills, c. & gale, t. ( ). schooling in disadvantaged communities: playing the game from the back of the field. dordrecht, netherlands: springer. mills, m. & mcgregor, g. ( ). re-engaging young people in education: learning from alternative schools. london: routledge. mills, m. & mcgregor, g. ( ). re-engaging students in education: success factors in alternative schools. brisbane, australia: youth affairs network queensland. mills, m., mcgregor, g., hayes, d., & te riele, k. ( ). ‘schools are for us’: the importance of distribution, recognition and representation to creating socially just schools. in k. trimmer, a. black & s. riddle (eds.), researching mainstreams, margins and the spaces in-between (pp. - ), london: routledge. mills, m., mcgregor, g., martin, b., tomaszewski, w. & waters, r. ( ). engaging young people in education. brisbane, australia: department of education, training and education. mills, m. mcgregor, g. & muspratt, s. ( ). flexible learning options/centres in the australian capital territory (act). canberra, australia: act education and training directorate. mills, m., renshaw, p., & zipin, l. ( ). alternative education provision: a dumping ground for 'wasted lives' or a challenge to the mainstream? social alternatives, ( ), - . mosen-lowe, l. a. j., vidovich, l. & chapman, a. ( ). students ‘at-risk’ policy: competing social and economic discourses. journal of education policy, ( ), - . murphy, j.b. ( ). the moral economy of labor. new haven: yale. noddings, n. ( ). an ethic of caring and its implications for instructional arrangements. american journal of education, ( ), - . oecd. ( ). equity and quality in education: supporting disadvantaged students and schools. paris: oecd publishing.
available http://dx.doi.org/ . / -en (accessed may ). olsen, k. (ed.) ( ). adding insult to injury: nancy fraser debates her critics. london: verso. pierides, d. ( ). multi-sited ethnography and the field of educational research. critical studies in education, ( ), - . power, s. & frandji, d. ( ). education markets, the new politics of recognition and the increasing fatalism towards inequality. journal of education policy, ( ), – . sayer, a. ( ). contributive justice and meaningful work. res publica, , – . sayer, a. ( ). habitus, work and contributive justice. sociology, ( ), – . sennett, r. ( ). the craftsman. london: penguin books. slee, r. ( ). the irregular school: exclusion, schooling and inclusive education. london: routledge. smyth, j. ( ). educational leadership that fosters ‘student voice’. international journal of leadership in education: theory and practice, ( ), - . smyth, j., angus, l., down, b., & mcinerney, p. ( ). critically engaged learning: connecting to young lives. new york: peter lang publishers smyth, j., mcinerney, p., & fish, t. ( ). re-engagement to where? low ses students in alternative-education programs on the path to low-status destinations? research in post- compulsory education, ( - ), - . te riele, k. ( ). schooling practices for marginalized students – practice-with-hope. international journal of inclusive education, ( ), - . te riele, k. ( ). educational alternatives for marginalised youth. australian educational researcher, ( ), - . te riele, k. ( ). raising educational attainment: how young people's experiences speak back to the compact with young australians. critical studies in education, ( ), - . te riele, k. ( ). negotiating risk and hope: a case study of alternative education for marginalized youth in australia. in w. pink (ed). schools and marginalized youth: an international perspective (pp. - ). cresskill (nj): hampton press te riele, k. ( ). putting the jigsaw together: flexible learning programs in australia. final report. melbourne: the victoria institute for education, diversity and lifelong learning. available: http://dusseldorp.org.au/priorities/alternative-learning/jigsaw/ te riele, k., davies, m. & baker, a. ( ). passport to a positive future. evaluation of the melbourne academy. melbourne: the victoria institute for education, diversity and lifelong learning. available: http://www.vu.edu.au/sites/default/files/victoria- institute/pdfs/passport-to-a-positive-future-% web% .pdf teese, r. & polesel, j. ( ). undemocratic schooling: equity and quality in mass secondary schooling in australia. melbourne: melbourne university press. thomson, p., & l. russell, l. ( ). mapping the alternatives to permanent exclusion. york: joseph rowntree foundation. king’s research portal doi: . /ijtj/ijw document version peer reviewed version link to publication record in king's research portal citation for published version (apa): kerr, r. c. ( ). tyrannies of peace and justice? liberal peacebuilding and the politics and pragmatics of transitional justice. international journal of transitional justice, ( ), - . https://doi.org/ . /ijtj/ijw citing this paper please note that where the full-text provided on king's research portal is the author accepted manuscript or post-print version this may differ from the final published version. if citing, it is advised that you check and use the publisher's definitive version for pagination, volume/issue, and date of publication details. and where the final published version is provided on the research portal, if citing you are again advised to check the publisher's website for any subsequent corrections. general rights copyright and moral rights for the publications made accessible in the research portal are retained by the authors and/or other copyright owners and it is a condition of accessing publications that users recognize and abide by the legal requirements associated with these rights. •users may download and print one copy of any publication from the research portal for the purpose of private study or research. •you may not further distribute the material or use it for any profit-making activity or commercial gain •you may freely distribute the url identifying the publication in the research portal take down policy if you believe that this document breaches copyright please contact librarypure@kcl.ac.uk providing details, and we will remove access to the work immediately and investigate your claim. download date: . apr. https://doi.org/ . /ijtj/ijw https://kclpure.kcl.ac.uk/portal/en/publications/tyrannies-of-peace-and-justice-liberal-peacebuilding-and-the-politics-and-pragmatics-of-transitional-justice(ab f e - ce- e-ac - b d e b e c).html https://doi.org/ . /ijtj/ijw review essay: tyrannies of peace and justice? liberal peacebuilding and the politics and pragmatics of transitional justice rachel kerr, king’s college london mandy turner and florian p. kühn (eds), the politics of international intervention: the tyranny of peace. routledge studies in intervention and statebuilding. (abingdon: routledge, ). isbn: - - - - (hbk). pp. annie r. bird, us foreign policy on transitional justice (new york: oxford university press, ). isbn: - - - - (hbk). pp. laura davis, eu foreign policy, transitional justice and mediation: principle, policy and practice. routledge studies in european security and strategy. (abingdon: routledge, ). isbn: - - - - (hbk). pp. transitional justice has come to be regarded as a critical element of peacebuilding - a vital ‘tool’ in the united nations’ peacebuilding kit. over a decade ago, the then secretary-general, kofi annan, formally recognised peace, justice and democracy as ‘mutually reinforcing imperatives’, and argued that some form of transitional justice mechanism was crucial for societies emerging from violent conflict. the question was not whether to pursue tj, but rather how. his report on ‘the rule of law and transitional justice in conflict and post-conflict societies’, sought to put this into practice, focusing on the integration of tj with related development and peacebuilding activities, such as judicial and security sector reform and rule of law and human rights programming. tj in this context was not simply conceived of as a tool for addressing the past but to build a better future. in this context, some have argued that tj should address structural violence rather than focus exclusively on its legal and political manifestations. in a special issue of this journal, rama mani asked whether transitional justice could really afford not to concern itself with addressing patterns of social and economic injustice that are the root causes of conflict. similarly, wendy lambourne set out wider conception of the relationship between transitional justice and peacebuilding, and proposed a model of transformative ‘the rule of law and transitional justice in conflict and post-conflict societies’, report of the secretary general, s/ / , august . pablo de grieff, ‘transitional justice, security and development: security and justice thematic paper’, world development report background paper ( ). see also, ‘the rule of law and transitional justice in conflict and post-conflict societies’, report of the secretary general, s/ / , october . rosemary nagy, ‘transitional justice as a global project: critical reflections’, third world quarterly / ( ): - . rama mani, ‘editorial: dilemmas of expanding transitional justice, or forging the nexus between transitional justice and development’, international journal of transitional justice ( ): - . justice involving a ‘syncretic approach’ to restorative and retributive justice, recasting tj it as part of a long-term process of transformation in the political, psychosocial and economic realms. the integration of tj into the peacebuilding agenda is not without its critics, however. on the one hand, it has led to the expansion and recasting of the goals ascribed to tj mechanisms which, coupled with the extremely challenging contexts in which it has been implemented, in societies riven by decades of conflict and with urgent security and development needs, has led to a considerable ‘gap’ between expectations and reality. on the other, if transitional justice and peacebuilding are inextricably intertwined, so are its critiques. in , roland paris observed that the liberal peacebuilding project was at somewhat of a crossroads, having gone from ‘exuberance’ in the heady optimism of the early- to mid- s to its ‘denigration’ by ‘hyper-critical’ scholars who argue that it is fundamentally destructive and illegitimate, and has done more harm than good. transitional justice as a field of study and practice appears to be at a similar crossroads. rather than dogmatism, however, the debate has given space to fresh and critical voices – including recently in the pages of this journal – and reflection on the normative and political underpinnings of transitional justice embedded in both the liberal conception of human rights and liberal peacebuilding. to what extent does tj suffer from the same weaknesses as the liberal peacebuilding project with which it is associated? is there a ‘tyranny of justice’ embedded in the ‘tyranny of peace’, as some would have it? or, like critiques of liberal peacebuilding are those of transitional justice, while often warranted, also exaggerated? the three books under review address this question from very different vantage points. the politics of international intervention, edited by mandy turner and florian p. kühn, mounts a trenchant critique of the liberal ‘tyranny of peace’ whilst the other two volumes, by annie bird and laura davis, examine the tj policies of liberal states – bird’s focus is on us policy, while davis sets her target on the eu. what all three books have in common is that they illustrate, in different ways, is an essential dilemma for transitional justice interventions, which is that in spite of what most take to be laudable motives driven by normative and pragmatic concerns in pursuit of justice and peace, the fruits of those labours are not always (ever?) what was intended. rather, both tj and peacebuilding are processes of highly contingent and imperfect transition, in which, just as there can be no one-size-fits- all solution, our notions of what constitutes success and failure also need to be carefully calibrated and contextualised. transitional justice and the ‘tyranny’ of the liberal peace the politics of international intervention, edited by mandy turner and florian p. kühn, critically explores predominantly western practices of peacebuilding and the politics that drive them before turning the tables around and exploring how communities who are subject to the ‘tyranny of peace[building]’ respond to, and experience international intervention. what turner and kühn’s book seeks to understand is how something apparently so normatively desirable – peace – has turned out so badly. that this has lambourne, ‘transitional justice and peacebuilding after mass violence’. paris, roland, ‘saving liberal peacebuilding’, review of international studies / ( ): . see, for example, mutua, makau, ‘what is the future of transitional justice?’, international journal of transitional justice / ( ): - ; and robins, simon, ‘mapping a future for transitional justice by learning from its past’, international journal of transitional justice / ( ): - . paris, roland, ‘saving liberal peacebuilding’, review of international studies / ( ): - . flummoxed policy-makers is illustrated neatly in the opening page of the book, with a quote from tony blair, former uk prime minister and middle east quartet representative, reflecting on interventions in afghanistan, iraq and libya and support for the ‘arab spring’: ‘at first we jumped in to offer our support to those on the street. we are now bemused and bewildered that it hasn’t turned out quite how we expected.’ (p. ) whilst turner and kühn vehemently reject blair’s diagnosis, they share his assessment of the symptoms – the pursuit of peacebuilding has indeed turned out badly as the region continues to be wracked by instability, violence and extremism (p. ). however, whereas blair locates the reason for failure in the broader ‘titanic struggle’ between modernity and radical islam, turner and kühn plant the blame firmly at the feet of the interveners rather than the intervened. failure is cast not as a result of local inability to grasp what is traditionally cast as a benevolent project of liberal peacebuilding, but rather is located in the practices which, in contrast to its principles, reveal liberal peacebuilding to be a ‘hegemonic, tyrannical project’, engendering violent resistance (p. ). cast in this way, the liberal peace, like the colonial ‘mission civilisatrice’ (p. ) before, and the ‘war on terror’ after, is but one of a series of justifications for western violence in pursuit of the maintenance of power and position in the international system (p. ). the book is organised in two sections. the first, ‘exploring peace’ is more conceptual, focused on the origins and development of the idea of the ‘liberal peace’. the second, ‘imposing peace’ focuses on particular instances, or interventions. the book broadens the scope of ‘intervention’ to include a ‘full spectrum of tools and policies’, including military operations, blockades, sanctions, aid and economic policies, but, notably, it does not encompass international judicial intervention or transitional justice as an element of the peacebuilding ‘toolkit’, so it is for us to extrapolate. certainly, turner and kühn’s critique finds resonance in critiques of tj. for example, simon robins tied tj firmly to ‘liberal hegemony’, arguing that the goals of tj ‘align perfectly with the integration of transitional states into global markets’. moreover, like liberal peacebuilding, transitional justice interventions have been characterised by top-down approaches focused on the state and based on a checklist of tj ‘tools’. in contrast, robins calls for a ‘post-liberal, nonideological approach to addressing legacies of past violence’ that engages with the ‘everyday realities’ of those most affected by it. the challenge, however, is to find the right balance between, at one extreme, co-opting local actors through participation and consultation to embrace the values and mechanisms of tj as currently practiced, and at the other, allowing the politics of resistance to derail tj in the name of cultural relativism. in this context, turner and kühn’s work is important given that it explicitly rejects accounts that, in seeking to reverse the traditional privileging of the ‘international’, instead romanticise the ‘local’ as being somehow more ‘authentic’ (p. ). bruce charbonneu’s chapter, for example, problematizes the dichotomy of ‘local’ and see, for example, gready, paul and simon robins, ‘from transitional to transformative justice: a new agenda for practice’, international journal of transitional justice / ( ): - ; millar, g. m., an ethnographic approach to peacebuilding: understanding local experiences in transitional states (routledge, abingdon, ); hopgood, stephen, the endtimes of human rights (ithaca, ny: cornell university press, ). robins, simon, ‘mapping a future for transitional justice by learning from its past’, international journal of transitional justice / ( ): . sharp, d, ‘interrogating the peripheries: the preoccupations of fourth-generation transitional justice’, harvard human rights journal ( ) : - . robins, simon, ‘mapping a future for transitional justice by learning from its past’, international journal of transitional justice / ( ): . ‘international’ and ‘intervener’ and ‘intervened’ (chapter ). rather, liberal peacebuilding, and the practices of transitional justice embedded in it, ought to be seen in the context of broader historical and conceptual understandings of intervention, justice, peace and resistance, which constitute, and are constitutive of, the international and domestic politics of interventions. this historical understanding is developed in chapter , by florian kühn. for kühn, the liberal peace is essentially about the expansion and protection of capitalist social relations and institutions – a combination of liberal internationalism and neoliberalism that ‘renders alternative forms of peace unthinkable’ (chapter ). in chapter , scott kirsh and colin flint dismantle the war/peace dichotomy at the heart of the concept of ‘post-conflict reconstruction’, positing it as a continuation of violence through the imposition of a particular form of state, economy, culture and society. in chapters and , phillip cunliffe and michael pugh critique the practice of the un. cunliffe takes issue with the un’s claim to be implementing peacebuilding that consciously differs from practices of colonialism, demonstrating that colonialism remains the ‘spectre at the feast’ as un practices restrict the range of options available, forcing conformity with liberal political organisation and a market capitalist society. pugh’s chapter follows on by demonstrating that a un-mandated peace is an ‘aggressive peace’, characterised by militarised violence and a political economy of peacebulding. finally, in this part, heidi hudson, demonstrates how the appropriation of women as passive ‘victims’ (of sexual and gender-based violence) in the discourse of liberal peacebuilding perpetuates women’s disempowerment. this theme is emerging as an alternative narrative in the transitional justice literature, seeking to dismantle dominant gendered narratives of transitional justice interventions and to disengage the notion of women solely as passive ‘good’ victims and focus instead on structural inequalities and their role as agents. part comprises a set of eight case studies of international intervention, all in the post- cold war era of liberal peacebuilding. in chapter , caroline hughes analyses cambodia; in chapter mandy turner looks at palestine; chapter by astri surkhe examines the politics of international intervention in afghanistan; chapter by bruce charbonneau analyses the series of interventions leading to eventual regime change (and referral to the icc) in cote d’ivoire; in chapter , toby dodge dissects the intervention in iraq in the context of ideational understandings of the nature of saddam’s regime by policy makers in the west; chapter by nicolas pelham shows how the lessons learned from the process of de-ba’athification were mis-applied in libya, where the ‘old guard’ were integrated, alienating rebel groups in the process; chapter by bruno charbonnaeu and jonathan sears focuses on the french intervention in mali, where the discourse of global islamic terrorism overlay context-specific dynamics that ought to have been more fully addressed; and finally, in chapter , christopher phillips analyses international intervention (and non-intervention) in syria. these studies are detailed and instructive and, while they do not focus specifically on transitional justice policies and practices, they are nevertheless significant in contributing to understanding of the context in which transitional justice interventions are made, and in shedding light on an essential dilemma in transitional justice – in particular international criminal justice – which is that the outcomes are not always as one would hope or expect. an essentially campbell, kirsten, ‘the gender of transitional justice: law, sexual violence and the international criminal tribunal for the former yugoslavia’ international journal of transitional justice ( ) ( ): - ; and ramona vijeyarasa, ‘women at the margins of international law: reconceptualizing dominant discourses on gender and transitional justice’ international journal of transitional justice ( ) ( ): - . normative project to deliver justice and, with it, peace, often delivers neither to the satisfaction of the communities experiencing judicial intervention, or indeed to those intervening who do not see measurable ‘impact’. as the contributions to turner and kühn’s book make clear, in order to understand this, we need to take a much closer look at the politics and practices of the communities in question, and dissect the ways in which international actors influence particular contexts and interact with local actors in ways that are not always directly visible (p. ). in focusing on us and policy, respectively, bird and davis go some way toward this goal, showing how tj policy is formulated by liberal states with – arguably – shared liberal norms and cultures but different political and pragmatic concerns. what they do not engage with however, is the ‘domestic politics’ of transitional justice – the politics of resistance and co-optation. liberal tyranny in practice? us policy annie bird’s us foreign policy on transitional justice tells us what us policy on transitional justice looks like, how it is formulated and what informs it. as bird makes clear, the us is a key player in the field of transitional justice – and in particular international criminal justice. it is one of the largest donors and contributes ‘in kind’ technical expertise and political support at critical junctures. bird even goes so far as to say that without us sponsorship, many transitional justice measures would not have been established (p. ). bird attributes us policy to a mix of normative and pragmatic motives and concerns, casting it as ‘symbolic, retributive and strategic’ (p. ). symbolic, in that it resonates with the powerful role that the notion of ‘justice’ plays in american society; retributive, because retribution is generally preferred over other forms of transitional justice, which may have a more restorative function, such as truth commissions, which is also predicated in the american faith in the rule of law. and strategic because the normative drive for justice is tempered by a more pragmatic balancing of interests in the us foreign policy bureaucracy (p. ). the book’s major contribution is to detail how this balancing of interests and values plays out. the book’s strength is its detailed account of the three case studies – cambodia, liberia and columbia – and its account of the multiple sources that underpin us foreign policy (p. ). what all three cases have in common is a legacy of us interest and involvement, and the fact that the us was key stakeholder, influencing transitional justice policy and practice. these chapters are rich in detail regarding the formulation of us policy and the machinations of the us political apparatus. a really intriguing aspect is the role of individuals – a story that is less often told but nevertheless quite significant is the story not of epistemic communities, but rather what we might term ‘epistemic individuals’ in the world of international criminal justice. just as international judges have a uniquely privileged and powerful position from within international courts to influence the development of what has hitherto been a lightly adjudicated body of law, those involved at the legal-political interface, creating courts and drafting statutes have also had significant influence. as have, of course, the chief prosecutors of the various courts and tribunals, and bird points out similarities between jackson and crane, for example (p. ). other familiar figures are also in evidence, and many of these gave interviews to bird, offering considerable insight not only into the us policy-making process, but also into their own perceptions and role. this includes of course the schiff, benjamin, building the international criminal court (cambridge: cambridge university press, ), . testimonies of key players in us transitional justice policy as ambassadors at large for war crimes issues, david scheffer, pierre prosper, clint williamson, and stephen rapp (interview list, p. ). whilst in each case, there is a legacy of us interest and involvement; the contexts are of course otherwise quite different. in cambodia, the us, having opposed earlier efforts to seek accountability for the crimes committed by the khmer rouge, the us eventually lent their support to a un-brokered deal with the cambodian government to establish a tribunal. in liberia, the picture was complicated by the establishment of the special court for sierra leone, which while it did not have jurisdiction for liberia, did extend its jurisdiction to liberia’s president charles taylor for crimes committed in sierra leone. the story of justice in liberia that bird tells is largely concerned with the story of how taylor was eventually brought to trial by the special court, sitting in special session at the icc in the hague. finally, in colombia transitional justice policy was formulated in the context of a fragile negotiated end of years of civil war, at various times characterised by the colombian and us governments as a counter-narcotics, counter-terrorism or counter-insurgency (p. - ). all three cases involved compromise and careful balancing of interests of justice and peace. missing from her analysis, however, is a more historical and contextualised understanding of us engagement in liberia, that might have been better informed by applying the critique offered in turner and kühn’s book, which would cast us transitional justice policy in liberia, for example, as not simply a product of balancing of interests at play, but constituted by, and constitutive of, the quasi-colonial legacy of us involvement in liberia, and conditioned the relationship between international – in this case the us – and local politics. in all three cases, one could argue that not only were us interests directly involved, beyond a normative interest in justice and peace for the countries concerned; us policy was also conditioned by the historical legacy of us involvement and the policies and prejudices inherent in that legacy, some of which created the conditions for human rights abuses to be tolerated in the first place. the book’s primary focus is the story of us involvement in transitional justice, and it tells this story well in respect of the three cases, but the narrative approach somewhat precludes a more critical approach to us foreign policy formulation on a subject in which it had varying degrees of interest and involvement, and in the end, was also subject to the whim of others, in particular those more directly involved and implicated in the different cases, such as the governments of cambodia, liberia and columbia. it also precludes discussion of the constituencies at which transitional justice is aimed, as bird acknowledges in her conclusion, when she argues that the us approach needs to take better account of the preferences and needs of these (victims) populations (p. ). the overarching focus on the us as the driver of transitional justice interventions means that there is a tendency for bird to cast the results as products of shifts in us policy, rather than the complex mix of international and domestic dynamics, and the discussion tends to privilege the role of the us over other parties – states and international organisations. early on, for example, in discussing the adoption of a more robust policy on arresting icty indictees, bird makes no mention of the pivotal role played by the uk government in deciding to carry out the first detention operation by international forces in bosnia in july . and, in discussion of the negotiations leading to the adoption of the justice and peace law in colombia, and its implementation, no mention is made of the role of the icc prosecutor, who exerted influence by exerting its positive complementarity mandate – an aspect of the icc that merits close attention as it is here that it has the opportunity to make a difference by encouraging national level prosecutions, and also here that it operates at the nexus of law and politics, having carefully to balance political and legal considerations to determine the ‘interests of justice’. taking up turner and kühn’s critique, this book perpetuates an understanding of transitional justice as part of a project that can be implemented as part of the dissemination of liberal values, and in pursuit of a liberal peace, rather than an examination of how the values that inform us policy are mediated in implementation, not just by constraints and contradictions in the us political machinery, but also by politics on the ground. it is also uncritical of the values embedded in us policy, in particular the system of retributive justice which others have argued is at the centre of a degrading system of coercion and control that perpetuates racial divisions and inequality in the us. the book is disappointingly thin on the historical evolution of us foreign policy. it relies on gary bass’ earlier study of international justice policy, stay the hand of vengeance, although it does take his argument about legalism driving us policy and develop it into one about symbolism and retribution. it would have been interesting and worthwhile to delve a little deeper into the mechanics of foreign policy formulation around nuremberg and especially in the years between nuremberg and the manifestation of its legacy, with the establishment of the icty, in . this is a story that hasn’t properly been told, and would, i suspect, be informative. more attention might also have been given to the negotiations leading to the rome statute and establishment of the icc, and in particular the signing and un-signing of the rome statute. the period leading up to, and during the negotiations at rome is crucial to understanding the mix of legalism, politics and pragmatism that underpins us policy. opposition to the court was not simply a case of wanting to protect us citizens from its jurisdiction but predicated on a different conception of what the court should be – an instrument of international peace and security that could be wielded when appropriate for the interests of peace, rather than a separate instrument of international justice, with the power to act when it saw fit. a more niggling point is that the book repeats inaccuracies (the figure of , killed is cited for bosnia, whereas it was closer to , , p. ) and suffers from an uncritical repetition of familiar tropes attributed to ‘observers’ – that the icty was to relieve obligation to do more (p. ), that support for the scsl was part of opposition to the icc (p. ), and that the use of the word genocide by then secretary of state colin powell in respect of darfur was what led to the opening up on an inquiry (p. ). all of these points could be interrogated more closely, revealing greater nuance than is acknowledged here. bureaucratic politics and a pragmatic approach: the eu laura davis’, eu foreign policy, transitional justice and mediation, provides us with a detailed and nuanced account of the formulation of transitional justice policy in the eu in the context of a solid understanding of the complex and bureaucratic processes of foreign george nickolas fourlas, ‘no future without transition: a critique of the liberal peace’, ijtj ( ) / : - . kaufman, zachary, united states law and policy on transitional justice: principles, politics, and pragmatics (oxford university press ). see, kerr, rachel and eirin mobekk. peace and justice: seeking accountability after war (cambridge: polity, ). according to the bosnian book of the dead, complied by the sarajevo research and documentation centre, see: http://www.balkaninsight.com/en/article/justice-report-bosnia-s-book-of-the-dead. http://www.balkaninsight.com/en/article/justice-report-bosnia-s-book-of-the-dead policy formulation more broadly. viewed through a normative vs. pragmatism lens, eu foreign policy comes across as resolutely pragmatic. like us policy, it is underpinned by liberal principles at the core of the eu project – respect for human rights and the rule of law – but implemented in a more ad hoc and contextualised manner in response to changes on the ground rather than any broader strategic shifts. davis discusses eu foreign policy in the context of the transitional justice literature and shows how the eu is as muddled as the rest of us when it comes to determining what it is and how it should best be applied. as she demonstrates, tj is not embedded in a common foreign and security policy, but rather exists at the margins – so it is not an integral part of intervention but is nevertheless an important element. there is no overarching policy, but rather a piecemeal approach to transitional justice, which, davis argues, poses significant challenges to effective engagement (p. ). davis does not spend much time on the eu’s complementarity strategy for the western balkans, which is surprising, given that it was so significant in the story of transitional justice in that region. it was an innovative approach, born of both normative and pragmatic motives – to ensure accountability and, it was hoped, contribute to reconciliation, and also to foster political change and speed the transition to stable democracy. the outcome was mixed: it enabled the icty to function and forced some change, but there was also blowback, the results of which are now evident in the resurgence of nationalist parties, although that cannot entirely be laid at conditionality’s door. the major contribution this book makes, however, is its careful and detailed case study of eu involvement in transitional justice interventions, policy and practice in the drc. the drc makes an excellent case study because as davis makes clear, the eu was so intimately involved, and all of its crisis management and conflict prevention instruments were deployed (p. ). the drc also provided a testing ground for a range of transitional justice mechanisms – referral to the icc, domestic prosecutions, a limited amnesty regime, and a truth and reconciliation commission, and, as valerie arnould explains elsewhere, it was domestic rather than international actors who largely defined the transitional justice agenda in the drc, motivated by overlapping political and moral concerns about legitimacy, the desire to frame a particular historical narrative, the appeasement of inter-communal tensions, the denunciation of foreign aggression and pragmatic imperatives dictated by on-going violence in the east. davis expands the discussion of transitional justice mechanisms also to encompass reform of the security and justice systems, which adds another important dimension to our understanding, especially in the context of the role and function of tj in relation to peacebuilding or post-conflict reconstruction. the chapter on the drc provides a detailed account of all of the various interventions made by the eu, but the bigger picture supports the observation made earlier, that the lack of an overarching policy and the implementation of a piecemeal approach was exposed in the drc. gaps between principle and practice widened in respect of security sector reform, where the provision of technical assistance took precedence over engaging the congolese authorities on human rights issues (p. ). in other areas, there was a ‘policy vacuum’ (for example, on the question of amnesties in peace negotiations, p. ), but not an absence of arnould, valerie, the politics of transitional justice and peacebuilding: the case of the democratic republic of the congo (london: routledge, ). principle, so that in the absence of clear policy guidelines, the eu special representative followed a principled approach consistent with support for accountability (p. ). her conclusion is insightful. whilst overall, davis argues that eu policy is unevenly applied and implemented; on the other hand, it is consistently inconsistent (my emphasis) across the different pillars (p. ). arguably, this allows for greater flexibility, but equally davis argues that stronger coherence and better coordination not only internally between eu instruments, but also between the eu and other international actors might have enabled domestic actors who prioritised transitional justice to be more effective (p. ), and more broadly would enhance the eu’s credibility as an advocate of justice and peace (p. ). recalling the critiques of tj, however it shows that tj, as an element of a wider peacebuilding effort, was not applied uncritically, regardless of context, but it might nevertheless have been somewhat hampered by the constraints discussed above, of operating with a conception of tj as a ‘toolkit’ to be applied as and when different options become feasible. davis’ study of eu policy also begs the question of what the future role of the eu is vis- à-vis other actors in the transitional justice arena? does it have the normative power and influence of a few years ago, post economic crisis? is it too mired in its own problems, with migration and possible brexit? equally, for the us, an issue not discussed by bird is the extent to which the us has squandered its normative capital by flouting the law. guantanamo, and especially the revelations of abuse at abu ghraib undermined the us stance on the icc and its position as a soft power exporter of liberty, the rule of law and human rights. and, echoing bird, if we privilege strategic or pragmatic goals over the more normative or principled ones, are we really doing ‘justice’ to those for whom transitional justice is ostensibly for, or are we, circling back to turner and kühn, simply reinforcing the tyrannies of a liberal peace? whither tj? transitional justice is, in number of important respects, at a critical juncture. critiques of tj highlight the ways in which it is inextricably tied to the liberal peacebuilding project, which is predicated on preserving a ‘liberal hegemony’, and the ways in which it is challenged by resistance to the norms and values underpinning it. this manifests most visibly in resistance to the international criminal court. however, whilst both tj and liberal peacebuilding have their weaknesses, casting the tj ‘industry’ as a ‘decontextualised mantra’ seems a little overblown. as davis’ study of the eu demonstrates, context matters to at least some of the policy makers implementing tj. the challenge, as ever, is to navigate heavily contingent processes of transition, and carefully balance norms, values, politics and pragmatics, as well as to take account of the range of actors and interests involved. if we want to ‘save’ tj (in similar vein to roland paris’ quest to ‘save’ liberal peacebuilding), we need to be realistic about what it can achieve and honest about what it cannot. and we need to move away from the assumption of an institutional and state-based approach to one that recognises and accommodates the interaction of a range of international and domestic actors, cultures (norms), politics (resistance), and pragmatics. robins, simon, ‘mapping a future for transitional justice by learning from its past’, international journal of transitional justice / ( ): . paris, roland, ‘saving liberal peacebuilding’, review of international studies / ( ): - . race and the criminal justice system: an overview to the complete statistics – section criminal justice act race and the criminal justice system: an overview to the complete statistics – march section criminal justice act race and the criminal justice system: an overview to the complete statistics – march ii section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system ( ) the secretary of state shall in each year publish such information, as he considers expedient for the purpose of: (a) enabling persons engaged in the administration of justice to become aware of the financial implications of their decisions; or (b) facilitating the performance of such persons of their duty to avoid discriminating against any persons on the ground of race or sex or any other improper ground. ( ) publication under subsection ( ) above shall be effected in such a manner, as the secretary of state considers appropriate for the purpose of bringing the information to the attention of the persons concerned. this report was prepared by batool reza and christine magill and published by the criminal justice system race unit. further copies are available from: criminal justice system race unit marsham street london sw p df email: cjsrace@homeoffice.gsi.gov.uk this publication is available on the home office website http://www.homeoffice.gsi.gov.uk/rds © crown copyright isbn x xxxx xxxx criminal justice act section section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system iii we, the criminal justice ministers, are pleased to publish this update of the overview to the section and cjs statistics. this report summarises the most recent statistics available on race and criminal justice and seeks to put in context what this reveals about bme groups’ experiences across the cjs. we want to build a society where there are equal opportunities for all. an essential part of this is for all those organisations responsible for delivering criminal justice to make sure they promote equality; do not discriminate against anyone because of their race; that the people who work for them are representative of the population; and that the system is effective in tackling racism and racist crime. we have made enormous progress in recent years strengthening the legal framework against discrimination, improving diversity training and toughening up our recruitment processes to make sure racists cannot get into cjs agencies, making the cjs more representative of the communities it serves; and improving how we investigate and prosecute hate crime. however we are not complacent and realise we still have a lot to do. these statistics show people from bme communities continue to be over- represented in the criminal justice process and are less likely than white people to be confident that the cjs will treat them fairly. chapter six of this report outlines the variety of activities we are undertaking to continue to address inequalities. we believe the overview report and the section statistics are crucial measuring tools in moving towards an equitable criminal justice system. we will continue to encourage joint working between agencies and communities to deliver an impartial, fair and effective system to all. secretary of state for constitutional affairs attorney general home secretary foreword by ministers iv section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system this report provides an overview of the key findings from the detailed publication statistics on race and the criminal justice system – . it updates the summary of / statistics published in february , and looks specifically at what has changed and what has stayed the same. the data reported show that progress continues to be made in relation to the proportion of staff from black and minority ethnic (bme) groups working in the criminal justice system (cjs). however, other areas remain largely unchanged with bme groups continuing to be disproportionately represented in the cjs. when interpreting the data, it is important to note that people from bme groups are often disadvantaged in social and economic terms compared to the white population. this disadvantage relates to factors such as housing, education and employment; factors that are in part predictive of offending behaviour and general involvement in the criminal justice process. data concerning ethnicity and crime needs to be treated with extreme caution because the data may be inaccurate or missing altogether (as many crimes may be unreported or the ethnicity of the perpetrator unknown). however, evidence suggests that the imbalance is not simply the result of people from bme groups committing a disproportionate number of crimes. , there is not, as yet, sufficiently robust data and evidence from which to reach definite conclusions as to the cause, or causes, of the disproportionate representation of bme groups observed in the data described. what is clear from the data is that disproportionality continues to be a key issue meriting further investigation. main findings: experience as users of the cjs ● the / bcs shows that people from mixed ethnic groups face significantly higher risks of crime than white people. however, there were no other statistically significant differences between people from different ethnic backgrounds. ● the / bcs shows that people in bme groups were significantly more likely than white people to be worried about burglary, car crime and violent crime. summary barclay et al ( ) race and the criminal justice system: an overview to the complete statistics / . london. bowling, b. and phillips, c. ( ) racism, crime and justice. harlow: longman. sharp c. and budd t. ( ) minority ethnic groups and crime: findings from the offending crime and justice survey , home office online report / london: home office. aust, r, & smith, n. ( ). ethnicity and drug use: key findings from the / british crime survey. findings . london: home office ● racist incidents recorded by the police have continued to rise with nearly , incidents recorded in / , although the latest information from the bcs (self-reported crime) estimates that actual numbers of racist incidents fell from , in / to , in / . ● there were , racially aggravated offences recorded in / . just over a third of these offences were cleared up by the police – a similar proportion to previous years. ● in the three years / , / and / , the police recorded , homicides. wide disparities in risks exist for different ethnic groups. black people were . times more likely and asian people nearly twice as likely to be homicide victims as white people (excluding shipman cases). experience as suspects, defendants and prisoners ● there were , stop and searches recorded by the police under section of the police and criminal evidence act and other legislation in / . this is a % increase on the previous year. ● black people were six times more likely to be stopped and searched under section compared to white people, asian people were as twice as likely to be stopped and searched. these rates are similar to previous years. ● in / , , searches were recorded by the police under section of the criminal justice and public order act in police force areas. ● black people were times more likely to be stopped and searched under section compared to white people whereas asian people were six times more likely to be searched. ● in / , , searches were recorded by the police under section ( ) and section ( ) of the terrorism act . ● black people were . times as likely to be stopped and searched under the terrorism act when compared to white people in / (down from three times more likely in / ). asian people were twice as likely to be stopped and searched under these powers than white people; again down from three times in / . ● the police cautioned , persons for notifiable offences in . national cautioning rates were similar for asian, white and other ethnic groups, whereas the rate for black people was almost three times that for white people. ● bme groups were more likely than white people to be committed at magistrates’ court to be tried by a jury at the crown court ( % for black people, % for asians and % for white people). bme defendants were substantially more likely to be acquitted at the crown court than white defendants ( % for black people, % for asians and % for white people). ● black young offenders and those in the mixed ethnic group were more likely to receive a community sentence compared to white offenders but less likely to be discharged or given a referral order. ● black and asian offenders accounted for % and % of persons starting court order supervision, with % and % respectively accounting for by the mixed or ‘chinese and other’ ethnicity. ● excluding foreign nationals, the proportion of black prisoners on june relative to the population five times higher than for white people. similarly, people from mixed ethnic backgrounds were more than twice as likely to be in prison than their white counterparts. ● the number of deaths recorded for black people has continued to fall from people in / , in / to in / . section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system v working in the cjs ● the representation of bme groups working for the criminal justice agency has improved in recent years. in / the cps, police, prison and probation services all recorded an increase in the percentage of bme staff on the previous year. similarly, the percentage of bme staff also increased in the crown and magistrates courts. confidence in the cjs ● people from an asian or ‘other’ ethnic background were the most likely to rate the criminal justice agencies as doing a good or excellent job. ● relative to white people, people from bme groups reported higher levels of perceived discrimination within the criminal justice system. thirty-one per cent of people from minority ethnic groups feel that they would be treated worse than people of other races by one or more of the five criminal justice system organisations. this shows no significant change from ( %) or ( %). there has, however, been a statistically significant decrease in the percentage of people from minority ethnic groups who feel they would be treated worse than other races in four of the five organisations (the courts, cps, the police and the prison service). vi section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system vii page foreword iii summary iv chapter : introduction chapter : the experience of people from bme groups as users of the criminal justice system chapter : the experience of people from bme groups as suspects, defendants and prisoners chapter : the experience of people from bme groups working in the criminal justice system chapter : confidence in the criminal justice system among people from bme groups chapter : what is being done? references contents section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system since the home office has published statistical information to meet the requirement under section of the criminal justice act. the aim of these publications is to help those involved in the administration of justice to avoid discrimination on the grounds of race. an additional publication to the - statistics was published in july to present both an overview of the statistical information and also a more general assessment of the experience of black and minority ethnic (bme) groups within the criminal justice system in england and wales. the current document aims to highlight the main national changes that have taken place between - and - in both the statistical indicators and also in the development of policy and practice. the companion document statistics on race and the criminal justice system available on the home office rds website includes breakdowns by police force areas. this report presents summary data describing the experiences of bme groups not just as victims, suspects and offenders but also as employees within the criminal justice system. for the moment, ethnic monitoring data are collected using a broad classification system. as a consequence, we lack detailed information on the experiences of specific ethnic categories, and on the particular problems, within distinct geographical areas. the population figures used in this report were derived from the mid year population estimates produced by the office for national statistics and weighted using the census. this showed the proportions of the population aged years and over across england and wales as . % white; . % black; . % asian and . % ‘other’. when interpreting the data, it is worth noting that people from bme groups are often significantly disadvantaged in social and economic terms compared to the white population, although there is considerable variation between and within each ethnic group. for example, chinese and indian groups tend to suffer little or no economic disadvantage relative to white groups; black caribbean, bangladeshi and pakistani groups suffer a range of severe forms of disadvantage, as do black african groups, albeit to a lesser degree. this disadvantage relates to factors such as employment, housing and education; factors that are in part predictive of offending behaviour and general involvement in the criminal justice process. c h a p t e r : introduction hearnden, i., & hough, m. ( ). race and the criminal justice system: an overview to the complete statistics / . london: icpr. the home office has commissioned an independent review of how ethnic monitoring data are collected, which reported in .the root and branch review is due to be published shortly and once due cosideration has been given to the report’s recommendations, changes may be introduced in future years. the census was based on categories (including mixed). in order to make comparisons with the population where data was only collected for four groups (white, black, asian, other) the mixed category was divided between these categories as described in statistics on race and the criminal justice system – see appendix b. phillips, c. & bowling, b. ( ) racism, race and ethnicity: developing minority perspectives in criminology, british journal of criminology , no. , pp - . unemployment rates for people from bme groups are generally higher than those from white ethnic groups. there are differences within the bme group with unemployment among the economically active; rates are high for black caribbean, black african, bangladeshi, pakistani and mixed groups and low for indian and chinese groups. people from minority ethnic groups are also more likely than white people to live in low-income households. again, there is considerable variation among the different ethnic groups. pakistanis and bangladeshis are much more likely to be living on low incomes. in terms of education, chinese pupils are most likely to achieve five or more gsce grades a*-c with indian pupils achieving the next highest achievement levels. the lowest level of gcse attainment is amongst black caribbean pupils, particularly boys. black pupils are more likely to be excluded from schools than children from other ethnic groups. how ethnicity is monitored in the criminal justice system ethnic monitoring in criminal justice agencies relies on a variety of recording methods and classification systems. since april a standard system of recording has been introduced into all agencies based on self-classification into one of categories used in the census. this approach allows direct comparisons to be made between criminal justice data and census data. classification is based around five main groups: white, mixed, black, asian and ‘other’. the mixed group mainly includes those of black and white origin and asian and white origin. the change to self-classification has been particularly difficult for the police to implement since it has involved collecting data on ethnicity directly from a suspect on the street. as a consequence, a high proportion of data on ethnicity is missing. in view of this problem, the presentation of police data continues the previous practice of using visual assessments and the four groups asian, black,white and other. for other sources, e.g. household surveys (such as the british crime survey), prison receptions and the monitoring of those who work in criminal justice agencies, the census categories and self-classification have already been successfully introduced. the aim is to introduce use of the categories across the entire criminal justice system over the next - years. section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system white, a. ( ) social focus in brief: ethnicity , london: ons. section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system people seek the services of criminal justice agencies for various reasons. the most obvious is to notify the police of a crime but for many it may be as a witness, member of a jury or as a lay magistrate, prison visitor or victim support volunteer. experience as crime victims the british crime survey (bcs) is a large face-to-face household survey asking about people’s experience and perceptions of crime in the last months in england and wales. it also records whether or not a victim of crime perceived the crime to be racially motivated. in this chapter, results from the most recent bcs, that is / , are reported. relevant findings from the analysis of earlier surveys, such as the bcs / and / , are also reported. the / bcs shows that there has been a fall in bcs recorded crime in england and wales since its peak in (nicholas et al, ). against this background of declining crime, there are variations in the risks of victimisation experienced by different ethnic groups, as shown in figure . . the / bcs shows that people from mixed ethnic groups face significantly higher risks of crime than white people. however, there were no other statistically significant differences between people from different ethnic backgrounds. the levels of risk for people from white, mixed and asian ethnic groups fell substantially between / and / . it should be noted that differences in the risk of victimisation between ethnic groups may be at least partly attributable to factors other than ethnicity. previous analysis on the / bcs showed that people from bme groups were at greater risk of total bcs crime, i.e. household crime such as burglary and theft in a dwelling, and personal crime such as common assault and robbery, than white people. however, that was largely explained by the younger age profile of the bme population and the fact that younger people experience higher rates of victimisation. once age was controlled for the difference in risk between bme and white groups disappeared (salisbury and upson, ). the analysis of the / bcs also showed that people in bme groups were at greater risk of personal crime compared with white people but not of household crime. comparing risk across the individual groups, people from a mixed ethnic or asian backgrounds were at greater risk of victimisation than white people. after allowing for age the difference between asian and white people disappeared. however, this was not the case for those of the mixed ethnic group who continued to have higher risks of victimisation than all the other ethnic backgrounds even after controlling c h a p t e r : the experience of people from bme groups as users of the criminal justice system statistical significance means that an observed difference between variables is unlikely to have occurred by chance. the respondent answers on behalf of the whole household in the offence categories of: burglary; theft in a dwelling; thefts of and from vehicles; and vandalism to household property and vehicles. for personal offences, respondents report on their experience of: assault; sexual offences; robbery and theft from the person. the bsc does not cover personal crime against those aged under or against those living in institutions. factors such as age and area of residence. this analysis is currently being updated with data from the / and / bcs and will be published in a forthcoming home office research findings. figure . ( , ) risk of being the victim of a crime ( / bcs interviews) ( ) for household offences reported in the bcs, all members of the household can be regarded as victims. ( ) for personal offences, the respondent reports only on his/her experience to the bcs. worry about crime the / bcs shows that people in bme groups were significantly more likely than white people to be worried about burglary, car crime and violent crime. in addition, people from black, asian, and ‘chinese and other’ backgrounds were more likely to worry about burglary and car crime than people from the mixed ethnic group. worry about car crime had decreased among white people, and the worry about violent crime had increased among the ‘chinese and other’ group between / and / . chinese and otherblack or black britishasian or asian britishmixedwhite pe rc en ta ge v ic ti m s o nc e o r m o re section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system jansson, k (forthcoming) ethnicity and victimisation; findings from the / british crime survey. home office figure . worry about crime by ethnic group ( / bcs interviews) racist crimes the experience of crime for those in bme groups, either as a victim or a witness to a crime, will include some crimes that will have been racially motivated. the latest information from the bcs (self-reported crime) estimates that in / there were , racially motivated incidents (including those on white people), which is lower than the / estimate of , . such incidents include the use of racist language, criminal damage and physical assaults. the police record information on racist incidents using a similar definition to the bcs, that is “any incident which is perceived to be racist by the victim or any other person” (macpherson, ). police statistics show a different result. racist incidents recorded by the police increased from just over , in / to nearly , in / . as shown in figure . , the number of racist incidents has continued to rise steadily over the last five years with nearly , incidents recorded in / . the sharp rise is thought to be the result of encouragement by all agencies and community groups for better reporting by victims and better recording by the police rather than an actual rise in the number of incidents. although white people experience the highest number of incidents they are at a comparatively lower risk of racially motivated crime. violent crimecar crimeburglary pe rc en ta ge w o rr ie d chinese or otherblackasianmixedwhite section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system salisbury, h. and upson, a. ( ) ethnicity, victimisation and worry about crime: findings from the / and / british crime surveys. london: home office research findings no . figure . ( ) racist incidents recorded by police forces, percentage change on / totals to / ( ) this figure shows indexed trends. the / figure is indexed at . the numbers of racist incidents for each subsequent year are each expressed as a percentage of the / figures. the crime and disorder act identified certain offences of violence, harassment and criminal damage as racially aggravated; , such offences were recorded in / , of which, % were harassment, % crimes against the person such as wounding and common assault, and % criminal damage. the total number of offences was above that recorded in both / ( , ) and / ( , ). just over a third ( %) of racially aggravated offences were cleared up by the police – a similar proportion to previous years ( % in / and % in / ). this is better than the % clear up rate for non-racially aggravated offences. however, the difference between clear-up rates is largely the result of the difference between the number of racially aggravated and non-racially aggravated criminal damage offences. only for criminal damage offence was the clear-up rate for racially aggravated offences ( %) greater than for the non-aggravated equivalent ( %). for the other offences, that is, harassment, other wounding, and common assault, the reverse was true; the clear up rate was higher for non-aggravated offences than for aggravated offences. only a small number ( , offenders) were cautioned or convicted by the courts for racially aggravated offences. this finding may reflect the difficulty of proving racial aggravation in court. / / / / / / in de xe d tr en d section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system burnley, e. and rose, g ( ) racist offences – how is the law working?: the implementation of the legislation on racially aggravated offences in the crime and disorder act , research study no . london: home office. the crown prosecution service (cps) also monitors prosecution and outcomes in all cases identified by the police or cps as arising from a racial incident. it identified , of the cases they dealt with in / as being racist incidents, % higher than in / . the police identified % of these cases, whilst the cps identified the remaining % (the proportions for the previous year were % and %). figure . ( ) defendants received by the cps, percentage change on / totals to / ( ) this figure shows indexed trends. the // figure is indexed at . the numbers of defendants for each subsequent year are each expressed as a percentage of the / figure. homicides murder, manslaughter and infanticide (collectively referred to as homicide) are amongst the less frequent crimes in england and wales. in the three years – / , / and / , the police recorded , such offences. however, there are wide disparities in the risks for different ethnic groups. excluding the homicides of white people killed by harold shipman, black people were . times more likely and asian people . times as likely to be victims of a homicide as white people, the same as in the three years up to and including / . / / / / / in de xe d tr en d section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system cps ( ) racist incident monitoring: annual report / london: crown prosecution service. figure . ( ) homicides per , population, combined data for / to / ( ) number of victims: white , ; black ; asian ; other (excluding shipman cases) while the risk for white people was similar for males and females and all age groups, black victims were predominately young men and a third were the victims of firearms. figure . ( , ) apparent method of killing of currently recorded homicide victims by percentage, combined data for / , / , / ( ) those recorded as homicide as at november ( ) other category includes the individuals killed by harold shipman. sharp instrument % % % % % % % % % % % % white homicide victims black homicide victims blunt instrument hitting/kicking strangulation shooting other . . . . . . otherasianblackwhite . . . pe r , p o pu la ti o n section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system bullock, k. and tilley, n. ( ) shootings, gangs and violent incidents in manchester: developing a crime reduction strategy. crime reduction research series paper . london: home office. section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system evidence reviewed in this chapter shows quite clearly that people from bme groups are over-represented at each stage of the criminal justice process from initial contact to sentencing. evidence also suggests that it is not to be because people from bme groups are more likely to offend. , bme groups’ over- representation in the cjs is not unique to england and wales. international reviews suggest specific minority ethnic groups are more likely to have contact with the system than majority groups. figure . proportion (%) of ethnic groups at different stages of the criminal justice process / criminologists have suggested several factors that might lie at the root of this observed disproportionality, including discrimination on the part of the police , socio-demographic factors , the suggestion that black people spend more time on the streets than their white counterparts , or police recording practices. another possibility is that those in bme groups committing offences are detected to a greater extent by prison population prison receptions crown court young offenders cautions arrests stops & searches population over white black asian other/unknown c h a p t e r : the experience of people from bme groups as suspects, defendants and prisoners sharp c. and budd t. ( ) minority ethnic groups and crime: findings from the offending crime and justice survey , home office online report / london: home office. aust, r, & smith, n. ( ). ethnicity and drug use: key findings from the / british crime survey. findings . london: home office junger-tas, j. & marshall, i. h. ( ). the self-report methodology in crime research. in m. tonry (ed.), crime and justice. a review of research. vol . (pp. - ). chicago: the university of chicago. smith, d.j., & gray, j. ( ). police and the public. london: gower. fitzgerald, m. ( ). ethnic minorities and the criminal justice system. royal commission on criminal justice research study . london:hmso. fitzgerald, m. and sibbitt, r. ( ) ethnic monitoring in police forces: a beginning. home office research study . london: home office. fitzgerald, m. and sibbitt, r. ( ) ethnic monitoring in police forces: a beginning. home office research study . london: home office. the criminal justice system as proportionally more of those bme groups are likely to be known to the police. other authors have suggested that methodological and conceptual issues make it impossible to conclude that people from bme groups commit any more or less crime than white people. the current lack of robust ethnic monitoring data across the cjs, combined with the lack of unequivocal empirical evidence, make it impossible to provide a conclusive answer to the question of the root causes for this disproportionality. however, it is clear from the data that disproportionality continues to be a key issue meriting further investigation. offending behaviour there is no consistent picture of whether there are differences in offending behaviour between ethnic groups that could explain the over-representation of bme groups. the bcs has asked victims to give their description of the ethnicity of ‘their’ offender. these results show a slight under-representation of asian offenders, and a slight over-representation of black offenders. the exception was victims of personal robbery where a black person was said to be responsible for the attack in about a third of cases. alternative methods of measurement based on self-reported criminal behaviour have their own methodological limitations, so results have to be treated with caution. however, findings from a self-report survey published in suggested that black respondents had rates of self-reported offending that were either similar to or substantially lower than white respondents. it found that black and black british males in the general population aged to were no more or less likely to have committed an offence in their lifetime than white males of the same age. moreover, the figures for offending in the last year suggested that black male respondents in this age group were significantly less likely than white respondents to have committed an offence during this time period. the pattern for older male respondents aged and above differs slightly – the lifetime offending rate was significantly lower in black respondents compared with white, whilst the last year offending rate was similar across the two groups. stop and searches section pace an important ‘gateway’ for some offenders into the criminal justice system are the ‘stop and search’ powers granted under the terms of the police and criminal evidence act ( ) and other legislation. the disproportionate use of these powers on bme groups has been shown both by household surveys such as the british crime survey and also police statistics. although police statistics provide a measure of the risk of being searched, they only record the total number of searches carried out each year and not the number of persons searched. searches are carried out on only a small minority of the population, but one person may be searched many times in one year. there were , stop and searches recorded by the police under section of the police and criminal evidence act and other legislation in / . this is a % increase on the previous year. this increase is apparent across all ethnic groups. compared with / , there was a % increase in the number of searches on white people; a % increase for black people, % increase for asian people and % increase for people in the ‘other’ ethnic group. this contrasts with the / figures which recorded the first fall in the use of these stop and search powers since / . the trends in figure . section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system sharp c. and budd t. ( ) minority ethnic groups and crime: findings from the offending crime and justice survey , home office online report / london: home office. bowling, b. and phillips, c. ( ) racism, crime and justice. harlow: longman. kershaw, c., budd, t., kinshott, g., mattinson, j.,mayhew, p. and myhill, a. ( ) the british crime survey england and wales. home office statistical bulletin / . london: home office. sharp c. and budd t. ( ) minority ethnic groups and crime: findings from the offending crime and justice survey , home office online report / show that overall there has been a gradual decline in the number of white people stopped and searched since / . whereas, for black and asian people the numbers of stop and searches are broadly similar to levels recorded in / . figure . ( ) persons stopped and searched under s police & criminal evidence act , and other legislation, by ethnic group, percentage change on / totals to / ( ) this figure shows indexed trends. the / figure is indexed at . the numbers for each subsequent year are each expressed as a percentage of the / figures. figure . shows the number of searches carried out under section pace for the different ethnic groups expressed as a rate per , population. in / black people were six times more likely to be searched than white people. this is a similar rate to / and / . asian people, as in / and / , were twice as likely to be searched as white people. the pattern and level of disproportionality has historically remained fairly constant although, as shown in figure . , the number of searches carried out by police forces has varied over time. / / / / / / / / in de xe d tr en d white black asian other section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system figure . ( ) persons stopped and searched under s police & criminal evidence act , and other legislation, by ethnic group, per , population, / to / ( ) number of stop and searches under s in / : white , ; black , ; asian , ; other , number of stop and searches under s in / : white , ; black , asian , ; other , number of stop and searches under s in / : white , ; black , ; asian , ; other , figure . represents section statistics by individual police force areas. the grouping of areas adopts a similar approach to that used in hearnden & hough ( ). the areas have been grouped together into four bands on the basis of the total bme population in each police force area. for example, the city of london and metropolitan police have the greatest number of bme residents (over . million) and is the first police force area in band . in contrast, cumbria has the lowest number of bme residents (just over three thousand) and is the last area in band . the bands are: band – the six areas with the highest number of bme population band – the next forces with highest number of bme population band – the next forces band – the forces with the lowest bme population. patterns broken down by individual forces are important, as they provide local knowledge of patterns of disparity, but also illustrate more general patterns of what might be called ‘justice by geography’, whereby the system treats similar people differently in different places. for example, within band the disproportionality in the west midlands between search rates for black and white people is higher than the disproportionality seen in london. however, the overall volume of searches for both groups in the west midlands stand at around half of the london levels. outside of london, west yorkshire conducted the highest number of searches in band , however, the disproportionality amongst black and white people is the lowest amongst these areas. amongst all the police force areas northumbria has the least disproportionality between the different ethnic groups, with black and white people almost equally as likely to be stopped and searched by police. variations in recording practices in different forces may also play a part in these differences. other asian black white / number of searches per , population / / section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system hearnden, i. and hough, m. ( ) race and the criminal justice system: an overview to the complete statistics - , london: home office figure . persons stopped and searched under s police & criminal evidence act , and other legislation, by ethnic group, per , population, for band areas to , / band band england and wales south wales avon and somerset essex sussex surrey kent hampshire nottinghamshire south yorkshire hertfordshire bedfordshire lancashire white per , population black asian england and wales leicestershire thames valley greater manchester west yorkshire west midlands mps and city of london white per , population black asian section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system band band england and wales dyfed-powys cumbria north wales durham lincolnshire gwent north yorkshire norfolk dorset humberside wiltshire cleveland white per , population black asian england and wales gloucestershire cheshire suffolk devon and cornwall warwickshire west mercia northamptonshire staffordshire northumbria merseyside derbyshire cambridgeshire white per , population black asian section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system there are also wide variations in the reason why such searches are made. nationally % of all searches were for drugs, although in some forces, for example greater manchester and lancashire, the main reason given was for stolen property. few searches resulted in an arrest, with similar proportions recorded across all ethnic groups. nationally % of searches lead to an arrest for the white and black groups, % for the asian group and % for the ‘other’ ethnic group. in / , compared with / , searches resulting in an arrest decreased by % for both the black and white groups and decreased by % for both the asian and ‘other’ ethnic groups. section searches searches may also be made under section of the criminal justice and public order act . this legislation provides the police with additional powers to search persons and vehicles where it is believed that to do so would help prevent incidents involving violence or that persons are carrying dangerous instruments or offensive weapons. in / , a total of , searches were carried out under these powers in police force areas, , more than in / . the largest increases were in the black and minority ethnic (bme) groups (up % for asian, % for ‘other’ and % for black people) compared with a % fall for white people. figure . shows the number of searches carried out under section of the criminal justice and public order act in / for different ethnic groups expressed as a rate per , population. the rate for black people is times the rate for white people whilst for asian people the rate is six times higher. this may be due to the large numbers of s searches in areas with high bme populations, such as the west midlands, london and greater manchester. figure . ( , ) persons stopped and searched under s of the criminal justice and public order act per , population, / to / ( ) number of stop and searches under s in / : white , ; black , ; asian , ; other number of stop and searches under s in / : white , ; black , ; asian , ; other number of stop and searches under s in / : white , ; black , ; asian , ; other , ( ) figures exclude vehicle only searches (see ayres and murray, / ) other asian black white / per , population . . . . . . . . . . . / / section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system calculations based on figures taken to two decimal places section has been used extensively within the west midlands under operation safer streets. the proportion of stop and searches resulting in an arrest under section powers varied across forces; overall % led to an arrest in / compared with % in / , and % in / (see ayres and murray / ). section searches the terrorism act provides the police with further powers to carry out searches. these powers (under section ( ) for vehicle searches and section ( ) for pedestrians) were used to carry out about , searches in / , a % increase since / in police force areas. it should be noted that these figures cover the financial year / and therefore predate events in july . of these searches , were of white people, , of black people, , of asian people and , of ‘other’ ethnic groups. two fifths ( %) of all searches were in the metropolitan police district and % in the city of london. the use of the powers in london reflects the high level of police security as the powers help to deter and disrupt potential terrorist attacks. figure . shows black people were . times more likely to be stopped and searched under the terrorism act when compared to white people in / (down from three times more likely in / ). asian people were twice as likely to be stopped and searched under these powers than white people; again down from three times in / , whilst the ‘other’ group were almost four times as likely, similar to / . figure . ( , , ) persons stopped and searched under s ( ) or s ( ) of the terrorism act , per , population, / to / ( ) number of stop and searches under s ( ) or s ( ) in / : white , ; black , ; asian , ; other , . number of stop and searches under s ( ) or s ( ) in / : white , ; black , ; asian , ; other , . number of stop and searches under s ( ) or s ( ) in / : white , ; black , ; asian , ; other , . ( ) rates expressed as per , to accommodate the relative infrequency of the use of powers under s . ( ) analysis calculated using the population estimates for only those police force areas where powers were used. arrests seven per cent of all arrests for notifiable offences in / resulted from a ‘stop and search’, the same proportion as / . figure . shows the incidence of arrests per , population for / to other asian black white / number of searches per , population / / section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system / . a similar pattern is apparent in terms of disproportionality as is shown above for searches. however, the differences between ethnic groups are not as distinct. black people, for example, were six times more likely to be searched under section than white people whereas the arrest rate for black people is three times the rate for white people. figure . also shows that arrest rates for different ethnic groups have changed little over the three years. unlike stop and searches the level of total arrests has remained relatively constant for all bme groups over this time. the difference between the two trends can be explained by the recent fall in arrests for offences, for example drugs offences, that could follow a stop and search in contrast to a rise in arrests for other types of offences. figure . ( , ) persons arrested for notifiable offences per , population, by ethnic group / to / ( ) number of arrests / : white , , ; black , ; asian , ; other , number of arrests / : white , , ; black , ; asian , ; other , number of arrests / : white , , ; black , ; asian; , other , ( ) figures for merseyside estimated. the type of offences that led to an arrest has changed little over recent years. in / , black people remained over-represented for robbery offences ( % of all arrests for robbery) and black and asian people for fraud and forgery ( % and % respectively of those arrested for this offence). cautions once arrested, suspects may be charged, given a formal caution, written warning or have no further action taken. for those aged under , a caution is in the form of a reprimand or final warning. relative to population (figure . ), the cautioning rates per , population were similar for asian,white and other groups, whereas the rate for black people was almost three times that for white people in . there has been little change in cautioning rates and differences between groups since . looking at the percentage of arrests resulting in a caution, black people remained slightly less likely to be cautioned than other ethnic groups – only % of arrests resulting in a cautioned compared with % for asian and other asian black white / per , population / / section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system incidence describes the number of incidents in an area. % for white people. when compared with arrests black people were shown to be consistently more reluctant to be cautioned than white people. a caution or reprimand can be given only where an offender admits the offence, and this partly explains the lower rates of cautioning for ethnic minorities. figure . ( ) persons cautioned for notifiable offences, per , population, by ethnic group, to ( ) number of cautions / : white , ; black , ; asian , ; other , number of cautions / : white , , ; black , ; asian , ; other , number of cautions / : white , ; black , ; asian , ; other , court proceedings increasingly the police seek charging advice from the cps. this is under the provision of the new statutory charging scheme through which the cps prosecutor decides the charge in the majority of cases, with a few minor exceptions. statutory charging is currently being rolled out across the country and will be fully implemented in all parts of england and wales by . an initial race and gender impact assessment of charging decisions was undertaken in two parts of london in early and found no ethnic differential. the cps is currently undertaking an equality and diversity impact assessment on the impact of statutory charging to discover if charging decisions vary with the gender and ethnicity of the suspect. the report on this work is due to be published in the first quarter of the financial year / . at present there are no comprehensive ethnic data on proceedings at either magistrates’ courts or the crown court. for magistrates’ courts, ethnic data is only available for six police force areas where the level of missing data is below %. the crown court has recently introduced an ethnic monitoring system enabling the collection of the ethnicity of % of all suspects tried in (up from % in ). each year figures are published for only those police force areas with the most complete data, i.e. where the proportion unknown was % or less. in , there were such areas. this is an improvement on when figures were published for only five police force areas. at both courts, court staff extract the other asian black white / per , population / / section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system phillips and brown ( ) entry into the criminal justice system: a survey of police arrests and their outcomes, home office research study no. , london: home office. for complete breakdown of ethnicity data provided by the magistrates and crown court refer to statistics on race and the criminal justice system – . london: home office. ethnicity of a suspect from the charge sheet supplied by the police. the incompleteness of data means that the results must be treated with caution. however the mix of ethnic groups found for crown court trials is very similar to that for arrests, suggesting that the data is representative of the population as a whole. combined information for the magistrates’ courts in the six police force areas is consistent with earlier research and the hm crown prosecution service inspectorate report, which suggests that in bme groups were more likely than white people to be committed at magistrates’ court to be tried by a jury at the crown court ( % for black people, % for asians and % for white people). earlier research suggests that this may reflect the wish of bme defendants to be tried by a jury at the crown court. for the crown court: combining all available information for indicates that bme defendants were substantially more likely to be acquitted at the crown court than white defendants ( % for black people, % for asians and % for white people). research by the crown prosecution service suggests a tendency for the police to bring charges against black and asian defendants with weaker evidence. sentencing defendants convicted at either magistrates’ courts or the crown court will be sentenced after taking into account information from the pre-sentence report. a small number of defendants will be sent from the magistrates’ court to the crown court where magistrates feel their powers are insufficient. the sentencing decision is probably the most complex of all those that are made in the criminal process. sentences have to take into account the nature of the offence, the plea, the offender’s previous criminal history and other mitigating or aggravating circumstances relating to the offence and the offender. in these circumstances it is difficult to separate differences due to ethnicity against other factors. a major study conducted by hood ( ) attempted to differentiate ethnicity from such factors and covered decisions made in five crown court centres in the west midlands in . the study concluded that adult male black defendants were slightly more likely to be sentenced to custody than white defendants, and asian defendants slightly less likely. it also showed that substantially longer sentences were given to both black and asian offenders than white offenders. a more recent study of young offenders (aged from to ) showed no evidence of significant differences in the likelihood of black, mixed race or white male youths receiving a custodial sentence. asian males, however, were more likely to receive a custodial sentence. black males, if sentenced to custody, were more likely to get a longer sentence than their white counterparts. the data currently available from magistrates’ courts and the crown court partly supports the conclusions from this survey although as with the data on court proceedings the results must be treated with caution. it cannot, however, allow for the factors that the hood study was able to take into account since this would require a similar new study. section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system barclay, g. and mhlanga, b. ( ) ethnic differences in decisions on young defendants dealt with by the crown prosecution service. home office section findings no . london: home office. hm crown prosecution inspectorate ( ) report on the thematic review of casework having a minority ethnic dimension. london: hmcpsi. fitzgerald, m. ( ). ethnic minorities and the criminal justice system. royal commission on criminal justice research study . london:hmso. john, g. ( ) race for justice. a review of cps decision making for possible racial bias at each stage of the prosecution process. london cps. hood, r. ( ) race and sentencing. oxford: clarendon press. feilzer, m. & hood, r. ( ). differences or discrimination – minority ethnic young people in the youth justice system, london:youth justice board,. hood, r. ( ) race and sentencing. oxford: clarendon press at the magistrates’ court (for six areas) there was no difference in the use of custody between those from bme groups and white people. however, black offenders were more likely to be fined and less likely to be discharged compared with white offenders, although the overall use of community sentences was the same. in contrast asian offenders were less likely to be given community sentences compared with white offenders and more likely to be fined. community service orders mainly include community rehabilitation orders and community punishment orders. at the crown court (for areas) there was a distinct difference in the custody figures for fraud and forgery offences. forty nine per cent of white offenders were sentenced to custody compared to % for ‘other’ and % for black groups. in contrast there was no marked difference in the use of custody for bme groups and white people for violence, sex offences and burglary or robbery. however, overall black offenders were more likely to be sentenced to custody than both asian and white offenders with the highest differences found for drug offences. eighty per cent of black offenders were sentenced to custody for drug offences, % of asian and % of white offenders. young offenders youth offending teams (yots), produce the pre and post trial interventions for offenders under the age of . research has been carried out on the experiences of bme young people dealt with in this way. this showed that there were higher proportions of young black people committing some offences and receiving certain disposals than in the general population. in / , , offenders were dealt with in this way, of which, % were white, % black, % asian, % mixed and % ‘other’. the number of offences has risen by % since / with the proportion of young offenders in the different ethnic groups remaining largely unchanged. young black people were substantially over-represented compared with white people for robbery offences. bme suspects were more likely to be remanded in custody. this could reflect differences between groups in the severity of the charges faced or other factors such as the suspect’s accommodation, previous convictions, failure to appear, inference with a witness, mental health etc. the use of remand has fallen slightly for all ethnic groups since / apart from the ‘other’ ethnic group which showed an increase from % to %. black offenders and those of mixed origin were more likely to receive a community sentence compared to white offenders but less likely to be discharged or given a referral order. ten per cent of black and mixed offenders were sentenced to custody, compared with % for asian and % for white offenders. probation following the introduction of the census categories, information on the ethnicity of persons supervised by the national probation service became available. the data reveals that as with other parts of the criminal justice process there is an over-representation of black offenders. for example, % of persons starting court order supervision in the last quarter of were black compared to % for asians, % for mixed and % for ‘chinese and other’ ethnic group. section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system feilzer, m. & hood, r. ( ). differences or discrimination – minority ethnic young people in the youth justice system. london:youth justice board prison population on june , there were , people in prison establishments, of which , ( . %) were from bme groups . nearly two-fifths ( %) of bme prisoners were foreign nationals. figure . presents the prison population per , population for / . in march the prison service began to introduce new ethnic categories based on the census. due to these changes, comparisons between the figures presented here and those of previous years are not possible. figure . shows that, excluding foreign nationals, the proportion of black prisoners on june relative to the population was five times higher than for white people. similarly, people from mixed ethnic backgrounds were more than twice as likely to be in prison than their white counterparts. in contrast people from ‘chinese and other’ ethnic backgrounds were least likely to be in prison, . compared to . and . per , population for white and asian groups respectively. the disproportionate number of black people in prison was, therefore, higher than for arrests although this could be expected from the higher use of custody and the longer sentence lengths referred to in the hood ( ) study, as well as higher remand rates. figure . ( , , ) prison population per , population by ethnic group / ( ) based on data for uk nationals only. ( ) prison population on th june : white , ; mixed , ; black; , ; asian , ; other . ( ) proportion calculations based on census data for over population. no evidence has been found for any differential treatment of people from the bme group on release from prison. the rate at which prisoners were released on home detention curfew in have been found to be very similar for white, black, and asian prisoners while the rate for ‘chinese and other’ prisoners was higher. research on the decisions of the parole board found no evidence of differential treatment of bme prisoners other than those accounted for by other characteristics associated with release, such as the number of adjudications received during sentence and being housed in an open prison. other asian black mixed white per , population . . . . . section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system this figure includes foreign nationals; of the , in prison establishments on of june , , were not uk nationals. home office ( ) prison statistics england and wales . london: home office. moorthy, u.,cahalin, k. and howard , p. ( ) ethnicity and parole. home office research findings no . london: home office. reconviction a study of those released from prison in and reconvicted within two years showed lower reconviction rates for bme offenders. for example, for those discharged in , % of prisoners classified as white were reconvicted within two years of release. for black, south asian and ‘other’ ethnic group, the proportions were %, % and % respectively. however, this analysis included foreign nationals, who record a lower reconviction rate than british nationals as many leave the country after completing their sentence. restricting the analysis to british nationals reduces the differences found in reconviction rates – white ( %), black ( %), south asian ( %) and ‘other’ ( %). deaths in police custody in / there were deaths in police custody, an increase from the recorded in / (table . ). ninety-six deaths involved white people compared to in / . for minority ethnic groups the overall number ( ) of deaths remained the same as the previous year. in / , there were three deaths recorded for asian people and three from the ‘other’ group. in / , there were two deaths recorded for asian people and one in the ‘other’ ethnic group. in contrast, the number of deaths recorded for black people has continued to fall from people in / , in / , and in / . section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system home office ( ) offender management caseload statistics . london: home office. section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system this chapter provides information on the representation of black and minority ethnic (bme) groups working for the criminal justice system. the number of bme staff working in criminal justice agencies has traditionally been very low. there has, however, in recent years been a marked improvement in representation at all grades in line with targets set for each agency. targets have been set for agencies to reach full representation in relation to the proportion of their staff belonging to bme groups by . police service in / , . % of police officers were from bme groups, compared with . % in / . this figure is below the representation of bme groups in the population ( . %). in total % of police constables with less than one year’s service in / were from the bme groups. asian people formed the largest group making up % of all bme officers compared with % for black officers, % for those of mixed origin and % from ‘other’ bme groups. as figure . shows the highest increase in / compared with / has been in asian ( . %) and mixed ( . %) ethnic groups. figure . ( ) percentage increase in police officers by ethnic group / to / ( ) figures as at march and march . whitemixedblackasianother . . . . . pe rc en ta ge in cr ea se c h a p t e r : the experience of people from bme groups working in the criminal justice system home office ( ) race equality: home secretary’s employment targets, london: home office. the home secretary’s employment targets were laid down in and therefore used the labour force survey as their basis as this was best measure available at the time. in this report, the census figures on the percentage of the population in england and wales economically active and from bme groups are used as a comparison point for representation. among those ranked superintendent and above the proportion from bme groups has increased in recent years – from . % in to . % in / and to . % in / . for those bme police constables leaving the force during / the proportion resigning voluntarily was % (this was % less than / ) however, it remains higher than the % of voluntary resignations by white police constables. these differences may reflect the varied lengths of time some officers have been in post. in / , , community support officers were in post % of whom were from bme groups. this compares to , in / of whom % were bme officers. these proportions would have been affected by the large numbers of these officers recruited in / . there was a numerical increase in the number of bme community support officers from in / to in / . prison service the overall figure for bme prison officers in the prison service was . % in / compared with . % in / . this is below the . % representation of bme groups in the population as a whole. for governor grades, the equivalent figures are . % and . %. black people accounted for nearly one half ( %) of bme prison officers. eight percent of recruits in / were from bme groups. figure . ( ) percentage increase in prison officers by ethnic group / to / ( ) figures as at st march and st march otherasianblackwhite . . . pe rc en ta ge in cr ea se section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system probation service the probation service continues to have representation from bme groups above the . % in the general population. the overall proportion of bme officers was . % in / , up from . % in / . this change may have been affected by the decrease in the number of probation service staff where the ethnicity was unknown (the ethnicity of . % of probation service staff in / remained unknown). the largest percentage increase in the number of staff was found in the mixed and asian groups ( . % and % respectively). overall there was . % increase in the number of probation service staff from / to / . this increase is largely contributed to by a . % increase in the white group compared to a . % increase in bme groups. figure . percentage change in probation staff by ethnic group / to / crown prosecution service levels of employment in the crown prosecution service (cps) are also above the . % bme representation in the population. the proportion of bme staff in the cps was . % in / , up from . % in / . overall there was % increase in the number of cps staff from / to / . the largest percentage increase in the number of staff was found in the black and mixed groups ( . % and . % respectively). the other group was the only group to experience a decrease (the groups small sample size means that a fall in the number of chinese/other staff from in / to in / resulted in a decrease of . %). the cps annual equalities in employment report - states that there is continued progress in improving bme representation at all levels in the cps. for example, % of chief crown prosecutors are from bme groups. furthermore, % of scholars on the cps law scholarship scheme are from bme groups (a % increase from the previous year). - otherasianblackmixedwhite . . . - . pe rc en ta ge in cr ea se section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system these figures are based on calculations including the unknown category. cps ( ) annual equalities in employment report - . london: crown prosecution service figure . percentage change in cps staff by ethnic group / to / other criminal justice agencies the proportion of bme staff in the department of constitutional affairs was . % in / . mixed and bme groups continue to be underrepresented at the most senior levels. for example, for dca staff at span or above only . % were from minority ethnic groups. in contrast . % of span and below were from bme groups. the proportion of black and minority ethnic staff in the magistrates’ court was . % in / , up from . % in / . the proportion of bme staff in the crown court was % – below the bme representation in the population as a whole. - - chinese/otherasianblackmixedwhite . . . . - . pe rc en ta ge c ha ng e section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system this chapter summarises information about the confidence of bme groups in the criminal justice system. it draws on findings from two surveys: the british crime survey and the home office citizenship survey (hocs). there is limited evidence on drivers of bme confidence in the cjs. therefore, findings from recent smaller scale studies commissioned by the office for criminal justice reform (ojcr) and the department for constitutional affairs (dca) are also reported here. the bcs asks respondents their views on how good a job individual agencies in the cjs are doing. figure . shows the results from the most recent bcs ( / ). it found that, in general, asian people and those from ‘other’ ethnic groups were the most likely to rate the criminal justice agencies as doing a good or excellent job. for all ethnic groups levels of satisfaction were considerably higher for the police services and comparatively lower for the juvenile courts. figure . perception that the cjs agencies are doing a good or excellent job, by ethnic group / juvenile courts probation service prisonsmagistratesjudgescrown prosecution service the police % t hi nk in g go o d o r ex ce lle nt chinese or otherblackasianmixedwhite c h a p t e r : confidence in the criminal justice system among people from bme groups hocs is a biennial survey, asking a representative sample of , in england and wales for their views and experiences in relation to a range of issues, including racial prejudice. there is a minority ethnic boost sample of , to ensure that the views of this group are robustly represented. these studies are small scale and findings should not therefore be treated as representative. jansson, k. (forthcoming) ethnicity and victimisation: findings from the / british crime survey, london: home office however, the most recent hocs ( ) reported that bme groups have much higher levels of perceived discrimination when it comes to cjs agencies compared to the white population. in , % of the black population, % of the mixed and % of the asian group felt that the police would discriminate against them, compared to just % of the white population. similar views were held of the prison service, the courts, crown prosecution service and the probation service although to a lesser extent. hocs is used to measure the public service agreement target (psa (e)), that is to reduce the percentage of people from bme communities who believe they would be treated worse by one or more cjs agency. respondents are asked whether they think they would be treated differently than people of other races by the police, the prison service, the courts, the cps and the probation service. their responses for each organisation are then brought together into the composite measure, looking at discrimination by any of the five. the baseline for the target is . on the composite measure, % of people from minority ethnic groups feel that they would be treated worse than people of other races by one or more of the five criminal justice system organisations. this shows no significant change from ( %) or ( %). there has, however, been a statistically significant decrease in the percentage of people from minority ethnic groups who feel they would be treated worse than other races in four of the five organisations (the courts, cps, the police and the prison service) between and . change between the perceptions of bme and white people in and are illustrated in figure . . figure . percentage of bme and white people expecting cjs agencies to treat them worse than people of other races, home office citizenship survey , and . probation services cpscourtsprison service police % t hi nk in g go o d o r ex ce lle nt white white bme bme bme white section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system murphy, r. wedlock, e. and king, j. ( ) early findings from the home office citizenship survey, home office online report / . the cjs agencies are the police, the prison service, the courts, the cps and the probation service. recent analysis has shown that the percentage change from to is too small to be statistically significant. knowledge about the workings of the cjs is one of the factors which may affect bme confidence in the cjs organisations. findings from recent research commissioned by the dca suggest that awareness of the cjs activities is generally lower among ethnic minorities, particularly asians, than among the white population (based on self assessment of knowledge levels). similarly a recent mori study found awareness of the cjs agencies was low across bme groups. however, the dca research also found that black people were more likely than white and asian groups to show a strong interest in cjs activities and were also more willing to get involved. similarly, asians were more willing than white people to get involved with victim and witness support schemes. in general, bme groups were less likely to have reported a crime to the police and less likely to have any experience of court. section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system page, b., wake, r. & hill, r. (in press) confidence in the criminal justice system: explaining area variation in public confidence. home office findings . department for constitutional affairs ( ) consumer experience of the criminal justice system, volume a: consumer engagement. bme communities’ expectations of fair treatment by the criminal justice system ( ) section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system earlier chapters of this overview report highlighted that bme groups have different experiences and requirements of the criminal justice system both as offenders, defendants and victims of crime. the government is committed to building a society with opportunities for all. a key part of that is a cjs which treats all communities equally, is fair, representative and effective in tackling racist crime. this chapter describes the steps cjs agencies have undertaken to address the needs of bme communities and increase their confidence in the cjs. criminal justice system race unit bme trust and confidence the government’s public service agreements to ‘re-assure the public, reduce the fear of crime and anti-social behaviour, and build confidence in the criminal justice system (cjs) without compromising fairness” demonstrates its commitment to having a cjs that is fair and can demonstrate that it is fair to all communities. one of the targets contributing to this objective is ‘to reduce the % of people from bme communities who believe they would be treated worse by one or more cjs agencies.’ this target requires individual cjs agencies to work collectively to improve bme perception of the cjs by / . the cjs race unit is responsible for guiding and monitoring the work of cjs agencies at both national and local level to deliver this target. although the target deals with perceptions it will only be achieved if bme people’s experience of the cjs is improved. the work outlined by the cjs agencies in this chapter form part of the delivery strategy which concentrates on improving service delivery, providing information to bme communities and engaging with them to improve their experience of the cjs. working with lcjbs local criminal justice boards are at the heart of delivering improved services that will impact on bme people’s trust in the cjs. in december , the cjs race unit issued the fairness and equality in the cjs toolkit to provide lcjbs with a framework to identify and prioritise actions to deliver the target. this is being followed up by a series of regional seminars to help lcjbs review their current activities to improve delivery. throughout the coming year the unit will continue to support and assist lcjbs in working with bme communities and will identify and promulgate good practice. stop and search the stop and search action team (ssat) was created to provide a joined up response to the problem of disproportionality in the use of stop and search by the police. as a result of the team’s work in a number of pilot sites around the country, a guidance manual was issued in january . c h a p t e r : what is being done? the manual provides forces with a template to understand the causes of disproportionality and provides guidance and good practice to remove inappropriate disproportionality. this manual is being developed into practice guidance by the national centre for policing excellence (ncpe) with a view to publication in june . in addition her majesty’s inspectorate of constabulary (hmic) are now using the key points from the manual to inform inspections. the ultimate outcome of this work is a reduction in the levels of inappropriate, disproportionate stops and searches as well as increased bme community confidence in the use of the stop and search powers. it is disappointing that the activity to date has not generated a decrease in disproportionality however a number of new initiatives will be launched in including a publicity campaign and a community manual to accelerate progress. developing statistics that drive change if local criminal justice boards are to deliver a fair and effective system to bme service communities they need to understand bme groups’ experiences of the cjs in their area. the statistics presented in this report are one of the main sources of information available on bme perceptions across the cjs and are a potentially powerful tool in driving performance and race equality. the cjs race unit is currently taking forward a major programme of work to improve the collection and dissemination of these statistics. as part of this programme the unit distributed race information packs to all lcjbs in november . the packs presented a selection of race-related management information taken from section and were intended to provide boards with an idea of the range and types of information that is available to inform policy making and delivery. the unit will use the feedback received from boards to inform the content of future information packs. in addition to improving dissemination they will also be taking forward work to improve data collection. a key element of this will be developing a minimum dataset mapping out the race related information that needs to be collected across the cjs. this work will be undertaken in consultation with principal stakeholders including policy makers, practitioners and academics. home office police the report of the stephen lawrence inquiry highlighted that bme communities feel unfairly targeted by police stop and search powers. in april , the police and criminal evidence act was amended to include the recording of all stops (previously only searches were recorded). the implementation of this recommendation was supported by guidance produced by the home office, the association of chief police officers and the association of police authorities. a further recommendation of the report of the stephen lawrence inquiry was to improve services to victims. the police last year introduced a code of practice for the reporting and recording of the racist incidents. a home office evaluation of the code was produced in october . the response to its recommendations will be overseen by a racist incidents group set up by the home secretary. the national community safety plan - (incorporating the national policing plan) was published in november and confirms the continuation of a priority focus on delivering a citizen focused police service. the police are introducing dedicated, visible, accessible and responsive neighbourhood policing teams in all areas in england and wales by . these teams will forge a new relationship with local people section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system based on active cooperation and engagement. forces are also implementing a set of minimum service standards that every member of every community can expect from the police service. the police and home office have continued to focus efforts on improving bme representation in police officers, police staff and the special constabulary. prison service the prison service remains committed to providing equal opportunity, promoting diversity and eliminating racism and other forms of discrimination. good progress has been made with taking forward the action plan, implementing race equality in prisons – a shared agenda for change. the plan was agreed with the cre in , and sets out the work that the prison service will undertake to ensure full compliance with the race relations (amendment) act and embed the lessons learned from the cre formal investigation. this work now forms part of the prison service race equality scheme, which was revised during / . the scheme, which sets out how the service will meet its general statutory duty under the race relations (amendment) act duty, was published in may and may be viewed at www.prisonservice.gov.uk/abouttheservice/racediversity improvements in the it programs have enabled greater use of ethnic monitoring data by the race relations management team, who have developed race relations key performance targets for both staff and prisoners. race relations audits include: racist incident reporting; ethnic monitoring data; prisoner survey (measuring the quality of prison life); visitor survey; staff race equality audit; staff racial grievances and complaints; percentage of bme staff and percentage of bme staff in contact roles. since the introduction of the employment targets in , increasing bme representation remains critical to the prison service. the information, data and analysis produced by the quarterly ethnicity review the human resources planning team helps to highlight and pinpoint the areas where the service still has to work harder. it allows for the continuous tracking of progress and efforts made towards meeting the targets set. representation at senior officer level is not progressing as well, therefore the service has recently developed a senior operational managers’ programme, which encouraged applications into the management grades direct. the service is currently developing a positive action programme for its current bme managers and it continues to support bme staff through the respect network. implementation of the quarterly ethnicity review by the human resources planning team has enabled continuous tracking of progress and highlighted areas of need for bme focused activities. quarterly questionnaires on race equality are cross checked against her majesty’s chief inspector of prisons (hmcip) and independent monitoring board (imb) reports, as well as prison and probation ombudsman reports. probation the national probation service (nps) has exceeded the home secretary’s employment targets for bme staff and has a workforce where . % of the staff is from bme communities. however, minority ethnic groups are still under represented at the senior management level. to address the issue of the low representation of bme staff at senior management level, the nps has invested in a positive action leadership programme called accelerate which targets bme managers and provides a two-year personal development programme. the first cohort of this programme commenced in september with participants and is due to be completed in , % of this cohort has section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system already been successfully promoted to more senior roles within the criminal justice sector. the accelerate programme was short listed for the personnel today award ( ) for excellence in career development. a high priority for the national probation directorate (npd) has been to improve probation monitoring statistics on the ethnicity of staff and offenders. consequently, meaningful comparisons can now be made between ethnic groups to inform policy and determine the quality of service delivery to bme groups. a target of % monitoring for all offenders and staff was set in / and was almost achieved with an average total of % across the two groups. npd have incorporated ethnic monitoring into a weighted score card performance monitoring management system to ensure continuous improvement in ethnic monitoring statistics. to ensure that probation responds to the needs of bme offenders the npd has supported the nps in developing ‘pathfinder programmes’ for bme offenders. these are currently being evaluated. crown prosecution service the crown prosecution service adopted a new equality and diversity policy and strategy in may . as part of this strategy the cps has introduced key equalities measures into its area performance review system. these key measures focus on hate crime prosecutions and community engagement. alongside this a number of equalities themed reviews are being undertaken as part of its performance review systems, including one on workforce representation. a community engagement strategy was agreed in may . as part of implementing this strategy the service is running community engagement pilots in west yorkshire, durham, and thames valley. these pilots will be independently evaluated and the findings profiled at a national conference in the autumn of . good practice guidance will also be developed from these. alongside these initiatives the cps is also deepening engagement with a range of communities through a series of forthcoming regional information, reassurance and listening events with muslim communities. a number of initiatives are underway to further equalities in employment including active implementation of a departmental diversity delivery plan to help achieve senior civil service (scs) workforce diversity targets by . the cps is also committed to a programme of impact assessments of key employment processes including a recent impact assessment of performance appraisal box marks rating system. an improved electronic recording project for hate crime data will be launched in / and in due course this will be developed further to produce more accessible public reports on hate crime prosecutions. a comprehensive impact assessment of the ethnic and gender distribution of changing decisions is currently being undertaken and the cps aims to publish this assessment in / . this involves an assessment of , prosecutors changing decisions, and will be the largest scale assessment of prosecutor decision-making undertaken to date. the cps intends to review and update its racist and religious crimes policy in / in line with planned developments on incitement to religious hatred. alongside this the cps will keep its training programme for prosecutors on racist and religious crimes under review. section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system department for constitutional affairs the dca is examining whether and to what extent, the courts system deals fairly and justly with the needs of a diverse and multi-cultural society, and whether it is regarded as fair. two projects already completed are ethnic minority magistrates’ experience of their role and of the court environment, and ethnic diversity and the jury system. a targeted research project to examine the satisfaction of bme users has also been undertaken. the aim is to understand whether the causes of dissatisfaction are related to the service received or determined by other factors and influences such as their age, gender or the capacity in which they were using the court. the dca is working to increase the diversity of the judiciary through two key work streams: the magistrates national recruitment strategy (mnrs) and the programme of work that came from the consultation paper “increasing diversity in the judiciary” which was published in october . the judicial diversity programme focuses on three main areas; encouraging applications and raising awareness; removing barriers to appointment, and ensuring that the way the judicial office operates encourages and supports a more diverse judiciary. in addition, the diversity programme contains four projects of which three have now been delivered. for example, the developing policy project has been developed and is now implementing the dca’s diversity impact assessment tool. the purpose of the tool is to ensure that diversity impact assessments and race equality impact assessments are carried out on all policies to check whether the policy could have an adverse impact on different groups of people. diversity impact assessments (dias) are carried out on both internal and external policies. youth justice board in the light of the research by the university of oxford a priority of the youth justice board (yjb) has been to reduce the over-representation of young black offenders. to this end it has set itself the target of ensuring the all youth offending teams have action plans in place: ● to achieve equal treatment at local level for comparable offences by different ethnic groups; and ● to deliver targeted prevention activity that substantially reduces local differences by ethnicity in recorded conviction rates by march . to achieve this the yjb launched, in november , an audit and planning process to address the continued over-representation of bme groups in the youth justice system. this required yots’ and their partner agencies to assess the local pattern of bme disproportionality in pre-court and post-court disposals with data on the local bme population. in summer action plans were submitted from all yots, and yjb regional teams will monitor progress against their stated objectives. in addition, for yot’s that are struggling to make progress, support will be available from yjb performance improvement consultants. regional workshops will also take place to showcase and disseminate emerging practice. the yjb has also established a diversity board that will be chaired by the chief executive officer and will co-ordinate cross directorate activity to ensure effective co-ordination. section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system felizer, m. & hood, r. ( ). differences or discrimination – minority ethnic young people in the youth justice system. youth justice board. section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system aust, r. & smith, n. ( ), ethnicity and drug use: key findings from the / british crime survey. findings . london: home office. barclay, g. and mhlanga, b. ( ) ethnic differences in decisions on young defendants dealt with by the crown prosecution service. home office section findings no . london: home office. bibi, n., clegg, m. and pinto, r. ( ) police service strength, england & wales, march . home office statistical bulletin / . london: home office research development and statistics directorate. september . available at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs /hosb .pdf bowling, b. and phillips, c. ( ) racism, crime and justice. harlow: longman. bullock, k. and tilley, n. ( ) shootings, gangs and violent incidents in manchester: developing a crime reduction strategy. crime reduction research series paper . london: home office. burnley, e. and rose, g ( ) racist offences – how is the law working?: the implementation of the legislation on racially aggravated offences in the crime and disorder act . research study no . london: home office. councell, r. ( ) offender management caseload statistics , england and wales. home office statistical bulletin / . london: home office research development and statistics directorate. december . available at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs /hosb .pdf cjs ( ) bme communities’ expectations of fair treatment by the criminal justice system. london: office for criminal justice reform. cps ( ) racist incident monitoring: annual report / . london: crown prosecution service. cps ( ) racist incident monitoring: annual report / . london: crown prosecution service. cps ( ) annual equalities in employment report / . london: crown prosecution service. department for constitutional affairs ( ) consumer experience of the criminal justice system. volume a: consumer engagement. feilzer, m. & hood, r. ( ) differences or discrimination – minority ethnic young people in the youth justice system. youth justice board. fitzgerald, m. ( ) ethnic minorities and the criminal justice system. royal commission on criminal justice research study , london: hmso. references fitzgerald, m. and sibbitt, r. ( ) ethnic monitoring in police forces: a beginning. home office research study . london: home office. fitzgerald, m. and sibbitt, r. ( ) ethnic monitoring in police forces: a beginning. home office research study . london: home office. hearnden, i. & hough, m. ( ). race and the criminal justice system: an overview to the complete statistics / . london: criminal justice system (race unit). hm crown prosecution inspectorate ( ) report on the thematic review of casework having a minority ethnic dimension. london: hmcpsi. home office ( ) prison statistics england and wales . london: home office. home office ( ) offender management caseload statistics . london: home office. home office ( ) offender management caseload statistics . london: home office. home office ( ) race equality: home secretary’s employment targets. london: home office. hood, r. ( ) race and sentencing. oxford: clarendon press. jansson, k. (forthcoming). ethnicity and victimisation; findings from the / british crime survey. home office. john, g. ( ) race for justice. a review of cps decision making for possible racial bias at each stage of the prosecution process. london cps. junger-tas, j. & marshall, i. h. ( ) the self-report methodology in crime research. in m. tonry (ed.), crime and justice. a review of research. vol . (pp. – ). chicago: the university of chicago. kershaw, c., budd, t., kinshott, g., mattinson, j., mayhew, p. and myhill, a. ( ) the british crime survey england and wales. home office statistical bulletin / . london: home office. moorthy, u.,cahalin, k. and howard, p. ( ) ethnicity and parole. home office research findings no . london: home office. murphy, r. wedlock, e. and king, j. ( ) early findings from the home office citizenship survey. home office online report / . www.homeoffice.gsi.gov.uk/rds/citizensurvey.html murray, l. and ayres, m. ( ). arrests for notifiable offences and the operation of certain police powers under pace, england and wales, / . home office statistical bulletin / . london: home office research development and statistics directorate. available at: http://www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs /sb .pdf nicholas s. and walker a. (eds), crime in england and wales / : supplementary volume : crime, disorder and the criminal justice system – public attitudes and perceptions. home office statistical bulletin / . london: home office. page, b., wake, r., & hill, r. (in press) confidence in the criminal justice system: explaining area variation in public confidence. home office findings . phillips, c. and brown, d. ( ), entry into the criminal justice system: a survey of police arrests and their outcomes. home office research study no. , london: home office. section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system phillips, c. & bowling, b. ( ) racism, race and ethnicity: developing minority perspectives in criminology. british journal of criminology , no. . salisbury, h and upson, a. ( ) ethnicity, victimisation and worry about crime: findings from the / and / british crime surveys. london: home office research findings no . sharp, c. & budd, t. ( ) minority ethnic groups and crime: findings from the offending, crime and justice survey . home office online report / . smith, d.j. & gray, j. ( ). police and the public. london: gower. white, a. ( ) social focus in brief: ethnicity . london: ons. whitehead, e. ( ) witness satisfaction: findings from the witness satisfaction survey . london: home office research study no . section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system section statistics / on race and the criminal justice system this report has been prepared by the cjs race unit, and research, development and statistics in the office for criminal justice reform (rds-ocjr). further copies are available from: criminal justice system race unit marsham street london sw p df email: cjsrace@homeoffice.gsi.gov.uk this publication is available on the home office website http://www.homeoffice.gsi.gov.uk/rds contact points published by the office for criminal justice reform. march . ref: european criminal justice on the move era forum ( ) : – doi . /s - - - e d i t o r i a l european criminal justice on the move cornelia riehle published online: september © era a major change to the area of freedom, security and justice has been seen recently, especially since the end of . from the perspective of eu justice policy, the end of marked a turning point, with the conclusion of the european council’s five-year stockholm programme and the publication of the ‘eu justice agenda for ’, together with the new ‘strategic guidelines for legislative and operational planning for the coming years within the eu’s area of freedom, security and justice’, encouraging further action on issues such as the strengthening of the rights of accused and suspected persons in criminal proceedings; the protection of victims; enhancing mutual recognition of decisions in criminal matters; reinforcing the exchange of information between the authorities of the member states; and advancing negotiations regarding the european public prosecutor’s office (eppo). from an institutional perspective, the end of heralded the start of the period in which the lisbon treaty began to take full effect. as described in the article of dr. els de busser in this volume of the era forum, the transitional period for the lisbon treaty ended on december , making space for new voting rules, new compe- tences of the european commission and the cjeu, and a new position for the uk in the area of police and judicial cooperation in criminal matters in the eu. national eu justice agenda for —strengthening trust, mobility and growth within the union, com( ) final, strasbourg, . . . strategic guidelines for legislative and operational planning for the coming years within the eu’s area of freedom, security and justice, oj c / , . . . b c. riehle, m.a., deputy head of section european criminal law criehle@era.int academy of european law (era), metzer allee , trier, germany http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi= . /s - - - &domain=pdf mailto:criehle@era.int c. riehle courts from all eu member states may now look to the cjeu for the interpretation of eu law. furthermore, the european commission can now execute infringement procedures in the case of legal acts of police and judicial cooperation in criminal matters, which provides an exciting possibility, considering the many legal instru- ments that member states failed to implement. especially exciting in this regard will be the developments in the area of mutual recognition of judgements and probation decisions regarding the supervision of probation measures and alternative sanctions; alternatives to provisional detention; and judgements imposing custodial sentences or measures involving the deprivation of liberty. (member states were supposed to take the necessary measures to comply with the three respective framework decisions by the end of but the implementation of such measures is still pending in many member states). the european investigation order is a novelty in the field of mutual recognition instruments. after years of discussion and the failed establishment of the european evidence order (eio), directive / /eu could be adopted in april , allowing a judicial authority in one member state to request that specific crim- inal investigative measures be carried out by an authority in another member state in order to obtain evidence. the eio may also be issued for obtaining evidence that is already in the possession of the competent authorities of the executing state. antonio roma valdés’ article in this volume of the era forum outlines the problems that the principle of mutual recognition in criminal matters—once titled the ‘cornerstone’ of judicial cooperation in criminal matters in the eu—has revealed over the years. looking at the current state of european criminal justice, another big question is posed regarding the future role of the uk in the area of freedom, security and justice. as outlined in the article of david dickson, on may the uk exercised its opt out of all eu police and criminal justice measures, and on december opted back into measures. furthermore, considerable changes are also being seen currently with regard to the relevant eu agencies in the field of police and judicial cooperation in criminal matters, namely europol, eurojust, and olaf. regarding europol, a possible reform of its legal basis currently being discussed suggests transforming the europol decision into a regulation. under the draft reg- ulation, the obligations on member states to share law enforcement information with europol and to initiate a criminal investigation when requested by europol would be council framework decision / /jha of october on the application, between member states of the european union, of the principle of mutual recognition to decisions on supervision measures as an alternative to provisional detention, oj l / , . . . council framework decision / /jha on the application of the principle of mutual recognition to judgements and probation decisions with a view to the supervision of probation measures and alternative sanctions, oj l / , . . . council framework decision / /jha of november on the application of the princi- ple of mutual recognition to judgements in criminal matters imposing custodial sentences or measures involving deprivation of liberty for the purpose of their enforcement in the european union, oj l / , . . . directive / /eu of april regarding the european investigation order in criminal matters, oj l / , . . . proposal for a regulation on the european union agency for law enforcement cooperation and training (europol) and repealing decisions / /jha and / /jha, com( ) final, brussels, . . . european criminal justice on the move strengthened. the draft regulation also addresses issues of governance, the parlia- mentary scrutiny of europol and data protection. the idea of merging the functions of europol and the european police college (cepol) into a single european agency for law enforcement cooperation and training, as envisaged by the commission’s original proposal in , has however already been abandoned due to the opposition of the council and european parliament. hence, cepol remains an independent eu agency, with its seat however moved from bramshill in the uk to budapest in hungary. a similar discussion began with regard to eurojust in july when the com- mission published a proposal for a draft regulation, replacing the current eurojust decision. the draft regulation aims to improve the operational functions and powers of eurojust’s national members by, for instance, allowing them to issue and exe- cute requests and to order investigative measures in urgent cases. furthermore, it also addresses eurojust’s structure and governance, its data protection regime, and its cooperation with eu partners, third states and international organisations and bod- ies. a ground-breaking new development, however, is currently taking place through the discussions on the establishment of a european public prosecutor’s office (eppo). the eppo would have a major impact on eurojust as well as on olaf, the european anti-fraud office. the commission’s proposal for a regulation on the establishment of the eppo was published on july , together with the draft eurojust regulation. under the current draft of march , the eppo would have a collegial structure, and the eppo and national prosecution services would have concurrent competence to investigate offences against the financial interests of the union. corruption cases and the problems with asset recovery in germany are also dealt with in dr. markus rübenstahl’s article in this volume of the era fo- rum. in addition to all these institutional changes, european criminal law also faces new challenges with modern crime such as cybercrime and the jurisdictional prob- lems which arise. in his article in this volume of the era forum, dr. cristos ve- lascoanalyses the european instruments that address the issue of cybercrime juris- diction. a different perspective on policing online child sexual abuse is given by criminal psychologist jonathan taylor m.sc., explaining the common characteris- tics of paedophiles. another crime which is being comprehensively discussed at the moment is the trafficking in human beings (thb). the trends and challenges facing policy-makers regarding labour exploitation and trafficking for labour exploitation are discussed by mariyana radeva berket in this volume. furthermore, dr. gerrit huybreghts describes the challenges regarding the border policy of the eu and the evolution of the schengen zone upon its th anniversary. proposal for a regulation on the european union agency for criminal justice cooperation (eurojust), com( ) final, brussels, . . . proposal for a regulation on the establishment of the european public prosecutor’s office, com( ) final, brussels, . . . proposal for a regulation on the establishment of the european public prosecutor’s office—orientation debate/state of play, / / rev , march . c. riehle finally, the added value of establishing criminal offences for at least serious forms of market abuse is discussed by sarah wilson in this volume. finally, after a long pe- riod of disregard, the eu has also drawn its attention to the need for procedural rights. in , the swedish presidency published a roadmap for strengthening procedu- ral rights of suspected or accused persons in criminal proceedings, envisaging six measures to be taken to improve the rights of these persons in criminal proceedings, namely regarding: the right to translation and interpretation; the right to informa- tion on rights and information about the charges; legal advice and legal aid; com- munication with relatives, employers and consular authorities; special safeguards for suspected or accused persons who are vulnerable; and a green paper on pre-trial de- tention. until now, the development of procedural rights has progressed steadily, with three directives having been adopted. proposals to strengthen the presumption of innocence and the right to be present at trial in criminal proceedings; minimum standards for legal aid in criminal proceedings, and the provision of protection for children and other vulnerable groups have all been tabled and are currently in the legislative process. it will be exciting to see what the final directives will look like and how they will be implemented and applied in practice. resolution of november on a roadmap for strengthening procedural rights of suspected or accused persons in criminal proceedings, oj c / , . . . directive / /eu on the right to interpretation and translation in criminal proceedings, oj l / , . . ; directive / /eu on the right to information in criminal proceedings, oj l / , . . ; directive / /eu of october on the right of access to a lawyer in criminal proceedings and in european arrest warrant proceedings, and on the right to have a third party informed upon deprivation of liberty and to communicate with third persons and with consular authorities while deprived of liberty, oj l / , . . . proposal for a directive on the strengthening of certain aspects of the presumption of innocence and of the right to be present at trial in criminal proceedings, com( ) final, brussels, . . . proposal for a directive on provisional legal aid for suspects or accused persons deprived of liberty and legal aid in european arrest warrant proceedings, com( ) final, brussels, . . . proposal for a directive on procedural safeguards for children suspected or accused in criminal proceed- ings, com( ) final, brussels, . . . european criminal justice on the move creative commons attribution-sharealike . unported license. | public law .. - jan : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am cks_ _public_law_ .pdf kb may : : am electronic copy available at: https://ssrn.com/abstract= andreas follesdal tracking justice democratically approximately as appears in social epistemology http://dx.doi.org/ . / . . abstract: is international judicial human rights review anti-democratic and therefore illegitimate, and objectionably epistocratic to boot? or is such review compatible with – and even a recommended component of – an epistemic account of democracy? this article defends the latter position, laying out the case for the legitimacy, possibly democratic legitimacy of such judicial review of democratically enacted legislation and policy making. section offers a brief conceptual sketch of the kind of epistemic democracy and the kind of international human rights courts of concern – in particular the european court of human rights (ecthr). section develops some of the relevant aspects of democratic theory: components of an epistemic justification for democratic majority rule, namely to determine whether proposed policy and legislation bundles are just, and providing assurance thereof. several critical premises and scope conditions are noted in section . section considers the case(s) for international judicial review, arguing that such review helps secure those premises and scope conditions. the section goes on to consider the scope such review should have – and some objections to such an account. keywords: epistemic democracy, judicial review, international human rights, the european court of human rights, proceduralism, legitimacy, is international judicial human rights review ('review') anti-democratic and therefore illegitimate, and objectionably epistocratic to boot?  , or is such review compatible with – and even a valued component of – an epistemic account of democracy? this article defends the latter position, laying out the case for the democratic legitimacy of such review of democratically enacted legislation and policy making (see also santoro and liveriero [this issue]). of concern here are some of the principled arguments for and against review, with a focus on a hard case: the european court of human rights' (ecthr) review even of quite well functioning democratic  andreas follesdal, professor of political philosophy, faculty of law, university of oslo. principal investigator, european research council advanced grant multirights - , on the legitimacy of multi- level human rights judiciary; and co-director of pluricourts, a centre of excellence for the study of the legitimate roles of the judiciary in the global order. ph.d. in philosophy, harvard university. follesdal publishes in the field of political philosophy, mainly on issues of international political theory, globalisation/europeanisation, human rights, and socially responsible investing. this article was written under the auspices of erc advanced grant multirights —on the legitimacy of multi-level human rights judiciary; and partly supported by the research council of norway through its centres of excellence funding scheme, project number – pluricourts the legitimacy of the international judiciary, and the democracy programme of the university of oslo. i am grateful for comments at the conference on epistemic democracy, yale university october , ; and for very constructive and thorough suggestions from two anonymous reviewers. http://dx.doi.org/ . / . . electronic copy available at: https://ssrn.com/abstract= - - member states of the council of europe. to make this argument, we must consider in quite some detail the reasons we have for valuing democratic decision making, and under which conditions democracy promotes these values reliably. section therefore offers a brief sketch of epistemic democracy and one international human rights court - the european court of human rights (ecthr). section develops some of the relevant aspects of one particular theory of democracy. the argument requires that we consider in some depth both proceduralist and epistemic justification for democratic majority rule, namely to determine whether proposed policy and legislation bundles are just, and providing assurance thereof. section sums up several of the important premises and scope conditions. section argue the case for review consistent with that account of democracy, and the scope that such review should have in light of the epistemic account of democracy laid out above. judicial review can on the one hand help foster better epistemic majoritarian democratic decision making, and on the other hand identify and help to remedy errors or unjust outcomes of such democratic decisions. to further elaborate on the position, that section also considers some objections addressed to this sort of epistemic account of democracy drawing on the ecthr's practice. background: democracy and the european court of human rights the account of epistemic democracy laid out here holds that majoritarian democratic decision procedures are necessary but not sufficient to identify legitimate outcomes. for our purposes here cohen's canonical account of epistemic democracy should be elaborated to include several further features (cohen , , follesdal and hix ). 'democracy' refers to ) institutionally established procedures that regulate ) competition for control over political authority, ) on the basis of deliberation, ) where nearly all adult citizens are permitted to participate in ) an electoral mechanism where their expressed preferences over alternative candidates determine the outcome, ) in such ways that the government is responsive to the majority or to as many as possible. some general features of this theory merit mention before section explains in some detail why we have reason to value such democratic decision-making. firstly, note that the focus of assessment is institutional design, and this affects the relevance of particular policy outcomes. no institution is completely reliable in securing desired outcomes: its procedures must be designed to deal with standard cases and be less suited for extraordinary circumstances, and the procedures will not always be fully complied with out of accident, incompetence or ill will. thus the outcomes of - - institutions will sometimes miss such independent standard of correctness as may be (pace 'correctness theories of legitimacy' estlund ). this is important for the argument: when we assess democratic institutions against alternatives by normative standards it is not enough to consider some particular present, actual policy outcomes. instead we must compare the tendencies of alternative decision making arrangements, as regards how reliably sufficiently responsive they are over time. secondly, this approach shares chamber's 'systems-approach' (chambers [this issue]). the subject matter of normative assessment is the set of decision-making institutions as a whole, rather than e.g. an exclusive focus on electoral majoritarian aggregation as a decision procedure .this is important for discussions about the legitimacy of review as part of democratic decision making: such institutions may function in "non-democratic" ways yet be valuable components of a political and legal order which as a whole merits the label 'democratic.' so somewhat paradoxically, insofar as review is justifiable, this function by an unaccountable judiciary is a valuable component of a legitimate and democratic system of decision making. thirdly, the present account maintains that the domain over outcomes which is appropriately decided by majority rule is limited in various ways. in particular, our concern is with constitutional democracies with human rights constraints. majoritarian deliberation may help monitor such limits, but such monitoring cannot always be assured – opening up for one important contribution of review. the european court of human rights (ecthr) monitors the european convention on human rights (echr), and is among the most powerful treaty based courts. it exercises what is sometimes referred to as ‘weak’ review. that is: the ecthr can find a law or its application to be incompatible with the echr, but this does not directly affect the validity of that law in the domestic legal system. nor does the ecthr replace such laws with one of its own making, as would some forms of ‘strong’ judicial review. when the ecthr finds that the state is in violation of its international human rights obligations it is for the domestic bodies to decide how to secure consistency with echr. the major normative issue here is whether such international human rights review bodies are compatible with, and even to be recommended as supplements to - democratic decision making processes. which benefits does review provide, without imposing worse disadvantages or burdens on anybody – against a baseline of majoritarian democratic arrangements without such review? proceduralist, epistemic and other reasons for majoritarian democracy to defend review it is necessary to consider in some depth the justification for democratic majority rule. the main objective of this section is thus to lay out central features of an epistemic democratic theory (see also ebeling [this issue], landemore [this issue]. it values democratic decision making both for epistemic and procedural reasons, and has both deliberative and aggregative aspects. - - proceduralist values we may accord intrinsic value to democratic majoritarian rule after deliberation because such procedures express various aspects of fair distribution of influence or power. these aspects include - the expression of equal respect and “a measure of confidence in that person's moral capacities” (waldron , ) - giving each an equal chance to contribute their view (waldron, ibid), and/or - that majority rule treats all persons’ preferences equally (ackerman , - ) note that some such arguments for formally equal votes among persons may apply even if there is a large divergence between such equal voting 'weight' and the resultant influence over selection of the outcome (beitz , shapiro ). consequentialist reasons the present account holds that democracy has both intrinsic and instrumental value. thus democratic decision making is not the sole good: there are also outcome oriented reasons to value majority rule. one reason to value democracy is its instrumental role in preserving certain human rights and other important human interests (christiano , ). the current account thus holds that under certain conditions democratic procedures are better than the alternatives at identifying such somewhat procedure independent correct decisions (cf. landemore [this issue]; estlund , ; christiano ; anderson ; coleman and ferejohn ). consider also some of consequentialist reasons that are not specifically epistemic, but are rather due to the aggregative role of majoritarian voting. brian barry and others argued that majority rule is a fair mode of conflict resolution for the distribution of benefits and burdens of common decisions within certain constraints (barry ). there are at least two constraints of relevance here. the gains and losses must be roughly equally valuable: the 'stakes' for each individual must be of ‘medium’ importance (shapiro ). secondly, the chances for each person being in the majority are equal. thus there must be no permanent minorities, - if necessary by adjusting the voting weights. note that this condition needs not be satisfied for all proceduralist arguments canvassed above. both the proceduralist and consequentialist reasons to value majority rule accept voting as legitimately expressing self-oriented preferences. indeed, on many occasions voting according to one’s own interest may be unproblematic (barry, ; habermas , ). yet the voters' preferences should at least sometimes be constrained by or otherwise be guided by a concern for the common good, in the present account thus holds an intermediary position between "pure procedural" theories and "pure epistemic" theories. the former may deny that democratic procedures seek to track any "independent truth of the matter" but where the goodness or rightness of an outcome is wholly constituted by the fact of its having emerged in some procedurally correct manner. (list and goodin , cf. coleman and ferejohn , ). the latter may hold that there is always some fact of the matter, completely independent of the outcome of the actual decision procedure followed, as to what the best or right outcome is. - - particular concerns for basic justice and respect for the vital interests of others. individuals and political parties should constrain their promotion of own interests out of a sense of justice. a challenge arises under complex circumstances: it becomes important but often difficult to ascertain which outcomes - policies or pieces of legislation - are substantively just. democratic procedures serve important epistemic roles in this regard. a second task is how to decide on which of these just outcomes individuals should accept as authoritative. we turn to these two tasks now. epistemic arguments for democratic decision making procedures i venture that mechanisms of democratic politics can serve at least four valuable epistemic roles in discovering the correct outcomes and in assessing the effectiveness, feasibility and justice of various policies. a) creative and critical policy creation. a wide range of friends of deliberation agree that one of the major contributions of deliberation is to help discover and specify policies and pieces of legislation, and to assess their feasibility and expected effects (przeworski , elster b, ). this argument from creative policy creation holds better when the democratic deliberation has indeed fostered such a range of alternatives and prompted public scrutiny of their expected effects on affected parties. if these processes have been stifled the resulting vote is less likely to express citizens' self interest and sense of justice to the greatest extent, and the value of the process suffers as a result. b) change ultimate values or interests. many theorists will hold that democratic deliberation not only help individuals select the most rational means to their given ends, but that discussions also help us discover and even modify our ultimate values. importantly, through the exchange of opinions and arguments the parties may come to not only understand but also seek to prevent negative impacts of decisions on others. inclusive deliberation may allow many affected parties to voice their concerns about alternative policies, and this may trigger and enhance other citizens' sense of justice or fairness. this category includes john stuart mill’s argument about the educative value of democratic mechanisms that train participants toward democratic dispositions and behaviours (mill [ ], . goodin ). there is no claim that these deliberative processes of discovery and change will always lead voters to modify their preferences in a more just or fair direction, rather than foster unfortunate group think, xenophobia and the like. nor is there an assumption of reaching a consensus if this process only carries on long enough (przeworski ). the deliberative process may well leave the majority insufficiently respectful or aware of the interests of groups who find themselves in the minority. c) normative assessment of policies. discussions may help individuals discover i am grateful to an anonymous reviewer for this reminder. - - whether various policies or pieces of legislation – or packages thereof – are sufficiently just. sometimes such discoveries may lead individuals to modify or prune their self-interested plans, out of consideration for the interests of others. note that democratic deliberation does not guarantee such outcomes. to the contrary, insofar as the processes hinder some groups from getting attention to their plight, other citizens may easily overlook the impact of decisions on those groups. d) to make such findings public knowledge. publicity about the occurrence of such deliberations as mentioned above and their results has a further value. such public knowledge helps establish and sustain citizens' sense of a political obligation to comply with legislation and policies. not only must justice be done, but the institutions as a whole must also give assurance to citizens that there is general belief that this is indeed the case. democratic procedures can give evidence of such facts. this is especially important among actors who are ‘contingent compliers’ in the sense familiar from game theoretical discussions of assurance games (taylor , levi , kydd ). contingent compliers are prepared to, and prefer to, comply with common, fair rules as long as they believe that the rules are fair, - i. a. that c above is satisfied - and that most others, including the authorities, comply as well. acting from such a sense of justice does not entail that individuals are not also motivated by self- oriented interests, but that these self-oriented interests are constrained. one way this constraint is expressed is when a losing minority acquiesces in a majority decision. note that these epistemic benefits of democratic rule are not due to the institutions' ability to “mirror” (cohen , ) or be otherwise similar to the ‘ideal deliberative procedure’ eg an “ideal speech situation” of outstanding philosophy seminars. the epistemic benefits are instead largely due to the contestation among parties and the role of the opposition to government. the central challenge is thus not to reduce competition and 'politicking' in favour of consensus, but rather to foster better, genuine competition (shapiro , ). quasi-pure procedural justice a further important role of majoritarian democratic rule stems from the fact that standards of justice underdetermine policies. consider cases of ‘ideal theory’, where ex hypothesi the set of background social institutions such as the constitution and other 'rules of the game' are just. in such circumstances the legislature and the executive are often faced with a range of possible, substantively just policies and legislative outcomes to choose among. the domain of such just alternatives is limited by various normative standards: human rights constraints, concerns to avoid domination, and other requirements of distributive justice. so even under such fortuitous conditions, principles of justice as brought to bear by citizens with a well developed sense of justice underdetermine many aspects of the political and legal order. that is: several alternative laws, policies or institutions may be in rough accordance with justice. - - such underdetermination occurs for at least two reasons: a) few if any normative principles of justice are fine grained enough, and our information about the impact of alternatives too limited, to allow individuals to establish a strict ordering of all alternatives according to their effects on the distribution of benefits and burdens. considerations of justice can at most yield a partial ordering that is often indifferent among several alternative distributions (cf sen ). that is: several different distributions of goods or states may be equally just, and even completely just. b) many different institutions or policies may be compatible with the correct normative distributive standards. for instance, even strongly egalitarian principles of distributive justice may not differentiate amongst several forms of public safety nets and constraints on income differentials. similarly, freedom of religion and commitments to pluralism may allow both a sharp distinction between church and state, and various forms of weak established churches as found in various european states. i submit that these sources of underdetermination will occur even under ideal deliberative conditions - such that would foster habermas’ ideal speech situation. thus rationality constraints underdetermine many decisions about the common good. one important role for democratic decision making is to pick out one among such arrangements – which cannot be ranked as more or less just. by selecting one of these, the democratic decision thereby authoritatively makes this option the morally binding one. a game theoretical account may model this function of democratic rule as a mechanism to fairly resolve a battle of the sexes situation among substantively just outcomes (luce and raiffa , ch ). this role is elaborated by inter alia jeremy waldron (waldron , ); and philip pettit (pettit , ). this is an instance of what rawls labelled a quasi-pure procedure: if laws and policies are authorized appropriately, and lie within the permitted range, they are just and command obedience (rawls , , cf. beitz , ). it is only when the democratic procedure yields outcomes within the domain of substantively just policy or legislation packages, that the actual performance of the democratic procedure grants legitimacy to the result. the present account thus does not hold that the identification of binding institutions is completely independent of procedures, nor of the substantive outcome. both deliberative and aggregative the outline above should make clear that the present democratic theory values both deliberative and 'post-deliberative' aggregative elements. there is no reason to insist that one excludes the other: deliberation is not an alternative to voting, nor is voting merely a second best response to time constraints. to the contrary, deliberation and voting are two important components of legitimate democratic rule (bohman ; pace eriksen , ). note also that this insistence on the value of preference formation within deliberative democratic processes does not stem from a highly contested philosophically esoteric version of deliberative democracy (cf goodin ). rather, - - political competition is also an essential vehicle for opinion formation. competition fosters political debate, which in turn promotes the formation of public opinion on different policy options. policy debates among political parties, including deliberation about the best means and objectives of policies, are a cherished part of electoral competition. review may serve important functions in securing such competition. competitive elections are crucial to make policies and elected officials responsive to the preferences of citizens (cf. powell ). when well framed, electoral contests provide incentives for elites to develop rival policy ideas and propose rival candidates for political office. this identification of new alternatives is crucial: ‘the definition of the alternatives is the supreme instrument of power’ (schattschneider : ). competition among parties with different platform that express alternative, somewhat consistent, conceptions of what is in the public interest, and which public policies best achieve those objectives helps voters realize which choices may be made and give them some alternatives (manin : - ). an essential feature of the practice of democracy is an institutional design that allows for an opposition to the current leadership elites and policy status quo (e.g. dahl ). institutions must thus provide incentives and arenas for oppositions to organize and articulate their positions. this is important not least for citizens – and politicians – to understand the difference between the present government and the (democratic) political order (shapiro , shapiro ). this in turn is central to determine and partially order feasible institutional alternatives according to normative principles. and if citizens cannot identify alternative leaders or policy agendas it is difficult for them to determine whether leaders could have done better or to identify who is responsible for policies. the competition among political parties, further scrutinized by media, encourages them to develop more or less coherent and consistent bundles of policies which voters can in turn distinguish. without such debates, voters would not be able to form their preferences on complex policy issues. electoral contestation thus has a powerful formative effect, promoting a gradual evolution of political identities. these effects of political discourse for ‘identity formation’ are widely acknowledged, not only among ‘communicatively’ oriented deliberative democrats – though some of them ignore that much of this is a shared democratic heritage (weale : ). where different theorists disagree is instead in their assessment of the risks, possibilities and best institutions for regulating such preference formation and modification in a normatively preferred direction (cf. schumpeter ; riker ; follesdal ; shapiro ). with many other scholars, i deny that all such formation and modification is reliably for the better (e.g. przeworski : - ; elster a: - ; cf. follesdal ; elster : - ) – not least due to concerns about power and conflict dimensions (shapiro ). there is no reason to believe that more, and less constrained, deliberation always makes for better democracy. moreover, there may be good reasons for constitutional constraints on democratic decisions (dryzek ). - - we should thus consider checks and balances, drawing on the u.s. federalist tradition or the european consensus-democracy tradition (e.g. lijphart ). in particular, i shall argue that we have good reason to welcome international human rights judicial review over state decisions in order to protect individuals and minorities, rather than exposing them to avoidable risks of unfortunate deliberations and resultant policy mistakes. criticism considered in closing this brief sketch of an epistemic theory of democracy, note some criticisms and responses of particular relevance to our concern about international human rights review. one challenge to this and other epistemic accounts is that there is no procedure-independent standard of truth or correctness (shapiro , - ). in response, i maintain that there are some substantive components of normative standards that may be defensible candidates. they include a range of international human rights that warrant certain international expressions of concern, to protect individuals' vital interests against standard threats within complex, somewhat sovereign states. to be sure, some arguments for such human rights are highly controversial – e.g. based on esoteric religious views, or as ‘transcendental’ necessary preconditions for speech. but there are other arguments which may be endorsed from broader premises – e.g. based on some conception of vital interests and standard threats (cohen ; beitz ), and the benefits of democratic institutions (christiano ). secondly, note that the under-determination of policies accept that there are many important issues to which there is no unique correct policy or legislation, e.g. as regard property rights or democratic procedures. such identification is at most a matter of quasi-pure procedural justice. it then becomes important to ensure that the procedures are fair, and that they pick out policies within the permitted range. i shall suggest that review helps ensure this. a second set of objections concern the risk of epistocracy (see also holst and molander [this issue]). does the democratic theory sketched above support claims that certain experts should dominate the decision-making process? several epistocratic mechanisms might be feared, ranging from john stuart mill's suggestion of "assigning plurality of votes to authenticated superiority of education" (mill , mill ), to extensive de facto delegation of legislation to expert committees as practiced in the eu (follesdal ). in response, several have raised decisive objections to several of these proposals – including mill, who observed an important caveat to the suggestion of plurality of votes to the well educated (mill ( ), ). in response, note that the arguments canvassed above do not support such proposals. there are proceduralist reasons for close to universal voting rights, and several of the consequentialist arguments also counsel against epistocracy. a crucial issue concerns how to identify those who are most likely to track correct outcomes, for further objections and responses, cf. landemore - - by defensible procedures. there is reasonable disagreement about who is such an expert (estlund , ). the argument from creative and critical policy creation is similarly hampered. in particular, there are two weaknesses with such arguments. it seems implausible that a segment of the population will be able to undertake a correct and full normative assessment of policies – including their impact on individuals' interests – without ensuring voice to those affected (mill [ ]; young ). secondly, the epistocrats not only need to do this, but the population needs assurance that the epistocracy has indeed made such an assessment in good faith. the risk of suspicion of incompetence and or abuse is high. i thus submit that the present democratic theory is not particularly susceptible to supporting an epistocracy. in the following section we explore how the current account of democracy and why and when we should value it is compatible with international human rights judicial review by judges. such review may contribute to strengthen and correct democratic procedures. a first step is to consider when such democratic procedures may fail, and how review may prevent or reduce the risk of such failures. . vulnerabilities and scope conditions of proceduralist epistemic democracy the review above points to several conditions that must be secured to some extent, for democratic decisions to be legitimate. the following summary recalls several of these, before the next section argues that international judicial review can serve both to monitor and promote these processes and conditions, and thus enhance the value of democratic decision making. as regards the value of deliberation for creative and critical policy creation, the processes of discovery and specification of policies and pieces of legislation are crucial. if these processes have been stifled the resulting vote is less likely to reflect citizens' self interest and sense of justice, and the value of the democratic process suffers as a result. freedom of expression seems crucial to enable such policy creation. structured analysis of the impact of alternatives is also conducive to this role. the deliberative process may change citizens' ultimate values or interests. to prompt changes toward more other-regarding values, the deliberations should consider the impact on more of the affected individuals of alternative policies, to hopefully trigger and enhance other citizens' sense of justice or fairness. insofar as this does not occur, there is a risk that the majority decisions fail to heed the important concerns of those in the minority, reducing the value of the democratic process. indeed, decisions may sometimes be beyond the acceptable domain of just outcomes. genuine freedom of organization, free media and freedom of expression and opportunities for political opposition parties to voice their views may enable more inclusive deliberation. - - deliberative democratic processes can also help foster citizens' normative assessment of policies. a crucial condition is that individuals likely to suffer from some alternatives must be heard. important enabling conditions for this value of democratic deliberation thus seem to include freedom of association and expression, and political participation for all individuals likely to be affected by policies. the final epistemic value of deliberative democracy mentioned above is that it provides publicity about whether policies are normative justifiable, and to assure citizens that the majority has voted for outcomes that lie within the domain of the substantively just. recall that it is only then that the majority decision grants legitimacy to the result. such publicity is necessary to sustain citizens' political obligation. this value only arises when there is credible publicity about these claims, which in turns appear to require freedom of expression and scrutiny of policies, by media, opposition parties and by civil society. the upshot of this review of the values of deliberative democracy is that several rights and scope conditions must be secured for majoritarian, deliberative democratic decision making to be legitimate in the sense of creating political obligations among citizens. we now turn to consider how international human rights judicial review may foster such rights and scope conditions, necessary for the value of the democratic institutions themselves (ely ). the possible legitimate roles of international human rights review this section considers how the democratic theory laid out above is compatible with international judicial review of human rights ('review'), and indeed how such review may facilitate the conditions which make majoritarian decisions legitimate. the upshot is that we have good reasons to welcome review: review supports and reinforces several of the features of epistemic majoritarian democracy which give us reason to value such decision making. and review arguably helps prevent, identify and alleviate several shortcomings of epistemic majoritarian democracy. review both foster better epistemic majoritarian democratic decision making, and helps remedy those errors or unjust outcomes which nonetheless occur. review can thus help protect individuals and minorities against avoidable risks of unfortunate deliberations and resultant policy mistakes. such risks are especially high if freedom of association and expression is curtailed, or if some groups are denied political participation. to defend and clarify this position, the section concludes by addressing several objections. democracy has a long and uneasy relationship with domestic judicial review (waldron ; bellamy ). such concerns notwithstanding, international review may bolster the legitimacy of domestic majoritarian decision making. consider first the arguments in favour of this claim before turning to some of the most salient criticisms. for illustration and to fix ideas i refer where relevant to the european - - court of human rights (ecthr) established by the european convention on human rights ('echr', council of europe ). review to reduce the risk of failure of democratic procedures. epistemic benefits of democratic rule discussed above include to foster policy creation, provide information about the impact of alternative policies on various segments of the population, and to socialize citizens toward consideration of each other. such benefits require that the democratic procedures work well, in particular that they allow freedom of expression and association, broad political participation and so forth. a central value of review is as an added corrective device to supplement domestic political and judicial safeguards that help maintain these rights necessary for democratic procedures to work in valuable ways. review may ensure good deliberative procedures so as to include the perspectives of more individuals by ensuring freedom of assembly, of the press etc. (echr art , ). several defenders of judicial review in general may agree to such rights required for epistemic democratic processes of the kind worth valuing (ely ). review may thus promote epistemically better democratic deliberation. an international court can foster more thorough, impartial and reliable information gathering by the domestic bodies, due to the reporting and fact finding requirements of signatory states including the contributions of somewhat politically independent domestic courts. this information can feed into domestic democratic processes and enhance the epistemic quality of deliberation. review may serve as an independent umpire and safety valve when the democratic processes still fail. review can monitor whether the majoritarian decisions fall within the domain of outcomes among which majority decision making is authoritative. when democratic deliberation works well, legislators monitor and respect those limits on their own. but there may be situations where the debates fail for a variety of reasons, and impose undue burdens on some individuals. some such failures are stopped by review, namely those which violate the parameters defined by international human rights norms such as in the echr. when a majority decides on policies which violate the echr, the ecthr thus serves as a safety valve to give notice that these limits have been trespassed. review may thus be legitimate not only to ensure well functioning democratic processes, but also to protect some further substantive rights. the most obvious candidates are rights against torture and slavery (echr art , ); and rights of minorities which are at risk if the majority does not respect their urgent interests – such as respect for privacy, freedom of religion and freedom of expression, and prohibition against various forms of discrimination (art , , , ). these requirements help ensure that the majoritarian decisions do not subject any citizens to domination, but instead trigger political obligations to comply with the decisions. the margin of appreciation doctrine one aspect of the ecthr' practice of granting states a 'margin of appreciation' provides an illuminating illustration of how review can foster valuable epistemic - - democratic processes. the margin of appreciation doctrine is an invention by the ecthr, whereby it sometimes defers to the state's own judiciary about whether the echr has been violated. in particular, the margin may be applied for rights which permit restrictions – typically as "necessary in a democratic society, in the interests of national security, territorial integrity or public safety, for the prevention of disorder or crime, for the protection of health or morals…" (echr art . ). this margin of appreciation practice is highly contested, due to vagueness and risks of inconsistencies (hrlj , benvenisti , arai-takahashi ). such concerns notwithstanding, for our purposes an interesting feature is that as a condition for granting such a margin, the ecthr often requires that the accused state has undertaken a ‘proportionality test.’ domestic authorities must have checked whether the rights violation could have been avoided by other policies in pursuit of the same – legitimate - social objectives. such a test includes consideration of alternative policies to ensure that state authorities have not overlooked less invasive mean, and consideration of the impact of these alternatives on the echr rights of individuals. such deliberation about alternatives and their impact promotes several of the valuable epistemic contributions identified above. the proportionality test thus prompts the state authorities to be creative about its policy options, trace their likely impact on affected parties, and assess these according to the human rights standards of the echr. indeed, insofar as such proportionality testing has not occurred we may challenge whether there is much to value and respect about the "democratic" decision making in this particular case. the ecthr has often made clear in its judgments that it will not grant a margin of appreciation unless there is evidence that the domestic authorities have undertaken such a proportionality test (lindheim and others v. norway , ). this practice by the court may urge states into more careful proportionality testing. this is one way review by the ecthr in particular supports and strengthens the domestic epistemic democratic processes – including judicial review by an independent domestic judiciary. a further contribution by review, including this proportionality test, is to provide assurance to citizens that institutions and the authorities are sufficiently competent and trustworthy, and bolster citizens’ confidence that the domestic epistemic democratic mechanisms are indeed fair and likely to track the truth in particular case. insofar as review is carried out by independent and competent courts or tribunals, the review mechanism provides assurance to citizens that the democratic procedures create political obligations to comply. this is especially valuable insofar as citizens are ‘contingent compliers’ in assurance games, who comply but only when they have reason to believe that the practices are fair and that others do their part also (levi ). such review also allows governments in unstable democracies to 'lock in' democratic rule and deter a non-democratic opposition from seeking power (moravcsik ). these ‘costly signal’ by governments may also be important to establish and maintain the credibility of other states (kydd ). - - limits to review? a final point merit elaboration: what are the substantive limits of review? the account i have sketched allows review as a safety valve and umpire to ensure ‘procedural’ aspects necessary for epistemic democratic procedures to remain ‘truth tracking.’ in addition, review also checks several substantive aspects including whether the resulting policies or pieces of legislation comply with substantive human rights norms. this is a broader mandate than some other accounts of human rights. several of these limit human rights to 'democracy promoting' review (waldron , ), or ‘speech-act immanent obligations’ in some sense or other (cf baynes for review). to illustrate, the mandate is broader than ian shapiro’s defense of judicial review. his is a self-described middle-ground approach , in which courts or other second-guessing institutions should play a reactive, escape-valve, role in limiting the perverse consequences of democratic procedures when they produce results that foster domination. (shapiro , ) he furthermore claims that the legitimacy of courts “appropriately varies with the degree to which they act in democracy-sustaining ways" (shapiro , ). i suggest that review may also strike down human rights violations that have only a tenuous relationship to the maintenance of fair, truth tracking democratic procedures. cases in point may include various protections of minorities, including constraints on discrimination, beyond what fair deliberative practices would seem to entail. such a broader mandate for review than to improve democratic procedures does not prevent it from being a part of democratic decision procedures: review serves as an umpire to assure citizens that the majority decisions merit deference. still, i submit that the broader range of rights protected by review may be supported by theories concerned to prevent domination or other forms of injustice which regard democratic rule as one means for such objectives. i thus submit that shapiro’s defense of judicial review as democracy enhancing might be expanded to also include domination- preventing in other ways. non-majoritarian arrangements may clearly also serve such purposes – notwithstanding their constraints on the domain of decisions which may secure the intrinsic value of democratic participation. objections we finally consider some objections to the account presented here, with a focus on issues that pertain to features of the epistemic democratic theory laid out in section . waldron and several others will be wary of the risk of domination by review. there is an understandable fear that societies will suffer from the rule of lawyers – and from foreign lawyers, since that is how international courts are typically staffed. in response, first recall that many cases of review concern policies by the administration or the executive, rather than legislation. the former cases do not appear to raise concerns about the detrimental effects of review on democratic rule – to the contrary: here review arguably helps ensure consistency between the - - legislature and the executive. second, note that the gains and risks of review are different from the risks individuals are subject to from a legislature. two types of risks stemming from two sorts of malfunction may occur. the worry about domination by courts is mainly concerned with the risks of ‘false negatives.’ ‘false positives’ will occur when an international court or treaty body fails to flag normatively unacceptable policies or legislative acts. in these cases the human rights of some segment of the population are arguably violated, the existence of review notwithstanding. 'false negative' cases occur when an international court prompts domestic authorities to change normatively unobjectionable policies or legislative acts. but the impact would not appear to be a severe form of domination: the legislature must unnecessarily revise legislation to avoid the problems mistakenly characterized as such by the court. this damage is clearly regrettable, and waldron and others may insist that such review violates individuals' right to self-determination. leaving aside those concerns, the mistaken review does seem to entail less worrisome risks than the impact of legislation which itself violates individuals human rights. it is such ‘false negatives’ that must be heeded in the assessment of success and risks of a practice of judicial review contrasted with a practice of legislation without such review. thirdly, note that the mechanism of concern – even with the 'strongest' form of review, performed by the ecthr - is one of soft review. while the risks of domination are real, the stakes are not as large as with ‘strong’ review which annuls or even replaces old legislation with new. consider that the immediate effect of a ruling by the ecthr is that the offending state to take ‘general measures’ to prevent new violations. the weak judicial review does not replace legislative discussions and decisions. rather, review serves notice that legislatures and executives should reconsider, to change some laws that violate international human rights. states have wide discretion in finding the requisite means, which may include new or revised legislation, constitutional changes, policy changes or new administrative routines. the effect will often be public and parliamentary discussions about what means are best suited to the local circumstances and least intrusive of legitimate expectations and culture. the new deliberations will often be guided by a more keen awareness of the internationally protected needs of particular groups – whose concerns have previously been overlooked or overheard. this is not in conflict with the ideals of democratic deliberation that seeks non-domination – to the contrary, such widened awareness is one of the reasons to value such democratic deliberation. thus the result of a negative decision is that the domestic authorities must revise their policy or legislation, through the ordinary bodies under democratic control. such review can therefore not be criticized on the ground that 'what do they know’ about what the majority would have voted for under more fair conditions; the international court only assesses that this particular domestic policy violates the treaty. given the several forms of underdetermination, review cannot replace domestic democratic decision making fully. the judges performing review cannot reasonably be criticized for being epistocrats. they are not undertaking a full normative assessment of - - domestic policies and legislation, oblivious to the voices of those affected. rather, the judges of the ecthr are performing a much more limited task: assessing whether particular policies or legislation is consistent with a particular set of legal norms. one of the critics of the margin of appreciation therefore sets too high standards for the ecthr when he criticizes it: the court also relinquishes its duty to set universal standards from its unique position as a collective supranational voice of reason and morality. its decisions reflect a respect of sovereignty, of the notion of subsidiarity, and of national democracy. it stops short of fulfilling the crucial task of becoming the external guardian against the tyranny by majorities. (benvenisti , ) review is not properly described as a matter of reason and morality over the tyranny of domestic majorities: the judges are not members of such an epistocracy, but limited to legal interpretation, and with a subsidiary role of supporting the domestic democratic processes worth respect - albeit with important discretion in this regard. we may also consider the pre-emptive role of the ecthr’s decisions: they serve to shape and frame, rather than stifle, the political debates in parliaments and elsewhere. awareness among all that deeply dissatisfied citizens may appeal decisions to the ecthr may well promote the commitment to treat all fairly, and foster more careful proportionality tests – which arguably enhances the policy creativity, impact scrutiny and preference formation which gives us epistemic reasons to value deliberative democracy in the first place. a second criticism is that review overturns majoritarian democratic decisions, and is therefore anti-democratic – and hence illegitimate. a first response may be to challenge the final step. arguably, review may be regarded as an institution that is non-democratic yet a legitimate component of a political and legal order which has sufficient mechanisms of majoritarian decision making rules to warrant calling the order as a whole ‘democratic.’ i submit a stronger alternative: review may be regarded as part of the democratic decision-making procedures of a state. such bodies serve to bolster, ensure and give assurance that the majoritarian democratic decisions are within the domain of sufficiently just outcomes, and that the procedures are followed – so that the majoritarian decisions create political obligations to comply. the bodies that monitor the borders of the domain within which majority rule is authoritative should themselves be regarded as components of the institutions for democratic decision making - especially when they do not replace democratic procedures, but rather return the decision to the democratic process. still, what are we to make of the remaining concern: review undoubtedly seeks to undo domestic decisions made by a democratically accountable legislature. how can such practices at all be defended? in response, recall the reasons to value epistemic democracy, and hold them up against the practice of the ecthr – including in particular its margin of appreciation doctrine. recall that the court hardly grants any margin when certain rights are at risk under certain emergencies, regardless of what states claim, namely rights against - - torture or slavery. these would seem to be rights violations where the majoritarian process would not generate any democratic claim to deference to be overridden. the reasons to value democratic decisions are strongest when the results emerge from well functioning democratic mechanisms and the rule of law, where the population has deliberated about alternative policies and legislative proposals in light of their implications for all affected parties, so as to promote broadly shared interests whilst avoiding harm to anyone. when rights concerning political participation, freedom of expression and other rights required for well-functioning democratic decision making are violated, the reasons to defer to the decisions are much weakened. thus the challenge to democracy also seems weak when the ecthr overturns domestic decisions which violate such rights. furthermore, the majoritarian democratic mechanisms are not particularly reliable in securing the vital interests and equal respect for those who are likely to be in the minority when decisions are taken by majorities. in these cases, again, it seems difficult to maintain that the ecthr is a threat to the sort of democratic process and outcome we have reason to value. benvenisti puts the point clearly: one of the main justifications for an international system for the protection of human rights lies in the opportunity it provides for promoting the interests of minorities. this system is an external device to ameliorate some of the deficiencies of the democratic system. such external mechanisms are not susceptible to the concerns of domestic governments as much as internal decision-makers are. (benvenisti , ) finally, consider a third criticism relevant for the epistemic account laid out above. domestic organs may be in an epistemically better position than will an international court to determine whether there is a violation of an international human rights treaty. a related concern drawn from the epistemic arguments for democracy is that international judicial review reduces the chance of discovering the correct answers. the judges will be unfamiliar with the local mores, circumstances, traditions and expectations that are crucial for assessment. review runs against the ‘presumption for insiders’ wisdom’ (shapiro , ). in response, note firstly that the details of how such review operates mitigate against such worries. in the case of the ecthr at least two aspects are relevant. the court always includes ex officio a judge from the particular state charged with a violation, so as to be informed about relevant background culture, traditions etc. secondly, the ecthr often justifies the margin of appreciation doctrine precisely on such grounds, that domestic authorities are in principle better placed than an international court to evaluate local needs and conditions: “by reason of their direct and continuous contact with the vital forces of their countries, the national authorities are in principle better placed than an international court to evaluate local needs and conditions.”( fretté v. france , § ). thirdly, while this comparative advantage of local experts may hold in many - - circumstances, even democratic deliberative majoritarian decision making is not always well functioning. there is also a risk that domestic courts will not only be more familiar with the local circumstances, but that they will be too lenient in favour of the government’s claims that particular policies are necessary given the local history and conditions. domestic authorities are also at risk of having adopted the majority's perspectives, values and concerns – rather than those of vulnerable minorities. the need to check such risks of local domination or tyranny should not be overlooked out of fears about domination from the centre – as the federalist discussion remind us (brutus , madison ( )). human rights constraints can serve precisely to guide such ‘balancing’ between individuals’ rights and the interests and mores of a majority. the scrutiny of proclaimed arguments for how such balancing has been performed may reduce the risk of domination and other transgressions outside the domain of just outcomes. furthermore, domestic authorities may know more about the domestic setting, but not much about which alternative policies may serve such legitimate interests and values sufficiently well. the latter requires a comparative perspective which domestic authorities may be too myopic to discern. thus this epistemic case for deference by international courts is at its strongest when domestic organs have carried out a proportionality test when human rights are at stake, to give assurance that they have creatively considered less invasive alternatives and have not ignored the impact on some groups. such deliberation about alternatives and their impact is indeed what well-functioning democratic decision making should secure. insofar as such proportionality testing has not been carried out at all - in well-functioning democracies and elsewhere – the ecthr would appear to have no reason from deference for democratic decision making to refrain from reviewing a decision. when a good faith proportionality test has been carried out, however, the ecthr should more likely defer. and this does indeed match how the ecthr describes its own practice, as cited above. conclusion – contributions to a research agenda i have sought to argue that international judicial review of human rights constraints is compatible with epistemic and proceduralist reasons we can offer for democratic rule – which on this view should occur within a restricted domain. indeed, human rights constraints would even seem to be democratic, in that such constraints seem required by the best reasons we can offer for why citizens should defer to democratic, majority rule among equals – namely within a certain domain, on the basis of deliberation which promotes several epistemic objectives. review can strengthen several of the features of epistemic majoritarian democracy which make such decision making legitimate. review arguably prevent, identifies and alleviates some of the vulnerabilities of epistemic majoritarian democracy. review may ensure better deliberative procedures which include the perspectives of more affected parties, e.g. by safeguarding freedom of assembly, of - - the press etc. review also helps remedy those errors or unjust outcomes which nonetheless occur: review monitors that minorities' human rights are not violated by democratic majoritarian decision-making, as a safety valve if such limits are not identified and respected by the deliberations themselves. finally, review provides public assurance to citizens that their government does indeed respect these limitations to legitimate democratic majority rule. throughout the discussion the ecthr has been used as an illustration because the power of this court is the strongest challenge to sovereignty as traditionally conceived. but the concern here has not been to defend a specific set of precise human rights norms, nor the particular courts and treaty bodies currently performing such review. to conclude, consider several important research topics that should be addressed in pursuit of these lines of reasoning. several criticisms against the ecthr and other treaty bodies merit serious consideration (follesdal ). the case for review is comparative, thus it is important to seek to determine which domestic and international institutional mechanisms in combination are best at fostering the requisite public, political debate about the domain of just outcomes, including in particular human rights. such domestic mechanisms as parliamentary committees and ombudsmen may be strengthened, but are not necessarily alternatives to review – rather, the latter may serve to bolster domestic mechanisms and give further assurance of their well functioning. secondly, the procedures of the international courts – including their selection processes – merit closer scrutiny to assess their epistemic contributions. thirdly, an important design challenge is to how to institutionalize the proper insulation of such courts from parties to the conflict, while ensuring that they remain committed to the human rights to be protected – where the treaties must be interpreted 'dynamically' to ensure continued protection whilst circumstances change (follesdal ). – and not least: how can the system as a whole provide public assurance that these judges, whilst independent, remain accountable so that they contribute to a political and legal order which remains responsive to the best interests of all and hence merits obedience. references . fretté v. france in ehrr : european court on human rights. . lindheim and others v. norway [tomtefestesaken]. in series b / : ecthr. ackerman, bruce. . social justice in the liberal state. new haven: yale university press. anderson, elizabeth. . "the epistemology of democracy." episteme: a journal of social epistemology no. ( - ): - . arai-takahashi, yutaka. . the margin of appreciation doctrine and the principle of proportionality in the jurisprudence of the echr antwerpen: intersentia barry, brian. . "is democracy special?" in democracy and power, edited by brian barry, - . oxford: oxford university press. - - baynes, kenneth. . "discourse ethics and the political conception of human rights." ethics and global politics no. ( ): - . beitz, charles r. . political equality. princeton, n.j.: princeton university press. beitz, charles r. . the idea of human rights. oxford: oxford university press. bellamy, richard. . political constitutionalism: a republican defense of the constitutionality of democracy. cambridge: cambridge university press. benvenisti, eyal. . "margin of appreciation, consensus, and universal standards." international law and politics no. : - . bohman, james. . "the coming of age of deliberative democracy." journal of political philosophy no. ( ): - . brutus. . "letter of october ." new york journal. christiano, thomas. . "an instrumental argument for a human right to democracy." philosophy and public affairs no. ( ): - . cohen, joshua. . "an epistemic conception of democracy." ethics no. : - . cohen, joshua. . "deliberation and democratic legitimacy." in deliberative democracy: essays on reason and politics, edited by james bohman and william rehg, - . cambridge, mass.: mit press. cohen, joshua. . "minimalism about human rights: the most we can hope for?" journal of political philosophy no. ( ): - . doi: http://www.blackwell- synergy.com/doi/pdf/ . /j. - . . .x. coleman, jules, and john ferejohn. . "democracy and social choice." ethics no. : - . council of europe. . european convention for the protection of human rights and fundamental freedoms, as amended by protocols nos. and . entry into force september . in ets ; unts . dahl, robert a. . polyarchy: participation and opposition. new haven: yale university press. dryzek, john s. . discursive democracy: politics, policy, and political science. cambridge: cambridge university press. elster, jon. a. deliberative democracy. cambridge: cambridge university press. elster, jon. b. "introduction." in deliberative democracy, - . cambridge: cambridge university press. elster, jon. . "the market and the forum: three varieties of political theory." in philosophy and democracy, edited by thomas christiano, - . oxford: oxford university press. original edition, in elsten and hylland , - . ely, john hart. . democracy and distrust: a theory of judicial review. cambridge, mass.: harvard university press. eriksen, erik oddvar. . "deliberative supranationalism in the eu." in democracy in the european union: integration through deliberation?, edited by erik oddvar eriksen and john erik fossum, - . london: routledge. estlund, david. . democratic authority: a philosophical framework. princeton: princeton university press. follesdal, andreas. . theories of democracy for europe: multi-level challenges for multi-level governance. issei cd-rom, http://follesdal.net/ms/follesdal- -dem-eu-issei.rtf. http://www.blackwell-synergy.com/doi/pdf/ . /j. - . . .x http://www.blackwell-synergy.com/doi/pdf/ . /j. - . . .x http://follesdal.net/ms/follesdal- -dem-eu-issei.rtf - - follesdal, andreas. . "why the european court on human rights might be democratically legitimate – a modest defense." nordic journal of human rights no. ( ): - . follesdal, andreas. . "the legitimacy challenges for new modes of governance: trustworthy responsiveness." government and opposition no. ( ): - . doi: . /j. - . . .x. follesdal, andreas. . legitimacy challenges and what to do about them - accountability and authority of the european court of human rights. in proceedings of conference on the long-term future of the european court of human rights. follesdal, andreas, and simon hix. . "why there is a democratic deficit in the eu: a response to majone and moravcsik." journal of common market studies no. ( ): - . goodin, robert. . "input democracy." in power and democracy: critical interventions, edited by fredrik engelstad and Øivind Østerud, - . oslo: ashgate. habermas, jürgen. . justification and application: remarks on discourse ethics. cambridge, mass.: mit press. hrlj, human rights law journal. . "the doctrine of the margin of appreciation under the european convention on human rights: its legitimacy in theory and application in practice - special issue." human rights law journal no. ( ). kydd, andrew h. . trust and mistrust in international relations: princeton university press. landemore, hélène. . "beyond the fact of disagreement? the epistemic turn in deliberative democracy." this volume, xxx-xxx. levi, margaret. . consent, dissent and patriotism. new york: cambridge university press. lijphart, arend. . patterns of democracy: government forms and performance in thirty-six countries. new haven: yale university press. list, christian, and robert goodin. . "epistemic democracy: generalizing the condorcet jury theorem." journal of political philosophy. luce, r. duncan, and howard raiffa. . games and decisions. new york: wiley. madison, james. ( ). "the federalist no. ." in. new york: mentor. original edition, . manin, bernard. . "on legitimacy and political deliberation." political theory no. : - . mill, john stuart. . thought on parliamentary reform. mill, john stuart. . considerations on representative government. ( ) new york: liberal arts press. mill, john stuart. [ ]. considerations on representative government. edited by h. b. acton, j. s. mill: utilitarianism, on liberty and considerations on repreesentative government. london: j. m. dent. mill, john stuart. ( ). autobiography. boston: houghton mifflin. moravcsik, andrew. . "the origins of human rights regimes: democratic delegation in postwar europe." international organization no. ( ): - . - - pettit, philip. . "democracy: electoral and contestatory." in designing democratic institutions, edited by ian shapiro and stephen macedo, - . new york: new york university press. powell, g. bingham. . elections as instruments of democracy: majoritarian and proportional visions. new haven: yale university press. przeworski, adam. . "deliberation and ideological domination." in deliberative democracy, edited by jon elster, - . cambridge: cambridge university press. rawls, john. . a theory of justice. cambridge, mass.: harvard university press. riker, william h. . liberalism against populism. san francisco: w.h. freeman. schattschneider, e. e. . the semi-sovereign people: a realist's view of democracy in america. new york: holt, rinehart and winston. schumpeter, joseph a. . capitalism, socialism and democracy. london: allen and unwin. sen, amartya k. . "behaviour and the concept of preference." in choice, welfare and measurement, - . cambridge, mass.: mit press. shapiro, ian. . democracy's place. ithaca: cornell university press. shapiro, ian. . the state of democratic theory. princeton: princeton university press. taylor, michael. . the possibility of cooperation. cambridge: cambridge university press. waldron, jeremy. . "judicial review and the conditions of democracy." journal of political philosophy no. : - . waldron, jeremy. . the dignity of legislation. cambridge: cambridge university press. weale, albert. . democracy. new york: st. martin's press. young, iris marion. . "communication and the other: beyond deliberative democracy." in intersecting voices: dilemmas of gender, political philosophy, and policy. princeton, nj: princeton university press. fjhr .. full terms & conditions of access and use can be found at https://www.tandfonline.com/action/journalinformation?journalcode=fjhr the international journal of human rights issn: - (print) - x (online) journal homepage: https://www.tandfonline.com/loi/fjhr torture and the quest for justice sir emyr jones parry to cite this article: sir emyr jones parry ( ) torture and the quest for justice, the international journal of human rights, : , - , doi: . / . . to link to this article: https://doi.org/ . / . . published online: jun . submit your article to this journal article views: view related articles https://www.tandfonline.com/action/journalinformation?journalcode=fjhr https://www.tandfonline.com/loi/fjhr https://www.tandfonline.com/action/showcitformats?doi= . / . . https://doi.org/ . / . . https://www.tandfonline.com/action/authorsubmission?journalcode=fjhr &show=instructions https://www.tandfonline.com/action/authorsubmission?journalcode=fjhr &show=instructions https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/mlt/ . / . . https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/mlt/ . / . . introduction torture and the quest for justice sir emyr jones parry∗ chair of redress torture is recognised worldwide as one of the worst possible crimes. it is calculated extreme cruelty by those who are supposed to protect, and is meant to destroy the will of the indi- vidual and entire communities. torture has been recognised not only as a crime under the un convention against torture and related texts; the prohibition is recognised as a rule of customary international law that all states are bound to respect. it is morally wrong, under- mines the rule of law and justice, and manifestly does not work. yet, it is still prevalent in many countries, and even some with strong systems of law resort to it. the response of some countries to the arab spring and the actions of the syrian regime underlie this challenge. the lesson to me is simple. all countries need to recognise the illeg- ality of torture, to enact domestic legislation and procedures to prohibit it, and crucially to ensure compliance. the articles in this volume speak to the range of challenges facing torture survivors around the world: survivors are fighting to ensure that the horrific crimes they experienced are formally acknowledged, that the perpetrators are prosecuted and that they receive the remedies they deserve to move forward with their lives in dignity. none of these end goals should be beyond torture survivors’ reach; international law is clear on the obligations of states. yet the survivors continue to have to fight for their rights, and to push against the walls of indifference, misunderstanding and fear. as will be seen by the different articles, the challenges to access justice and obtain effec- tive remedies for the harm suffered do not only characterise the regimes where torture is endemic and where there is an absence of the rule of law. these challenges extend to countries which otherwise have strong legal systems and human rights protections but, in the name of national security or in other circumstances of exception, have failed to enable certain individuals or groups to avail themselves of their rights. they also extend to regional and international courts and tribunals, which themselves can suffer under the weight of their responsibilities and their procedures – too many applications, too many needy victims. in all this, the survivors can be standing alone, on the outside of systems not designed with them in mind and more concerned with the theory of justice than in its practical application. moreover, justice for survivors is a necessary element for creation of a peaceful, stable state. what drew me to redress and what i believe is the organisation’s strength is its com- mitment to stand alongside the survivor and champion their fight for justice, no matter how long or hard the battle. as the articles in this volume reveal, the battles are not easily won, issn - print/issn - x online # taylor & francis http://dx.doi.org/ . / . . http://www.tandfonline.com ∗email: emyrjonesparry@btinternet.com the international journal of human rights vol. , no. , june , – but when there is progress, it tends to be groundbreaking. after years of seeking justice for survivors of torture and working to eradicate the practice worldwide, how will redress move forward? by re-doubling its efforts in the fight against torture, and by con- tinuing to work, methodically, to break down each and every barrier that continues to impede access to justice. the job is not done, though we have come a long way. i am grateful to michael birnbaum qc, carla ferstman and lutz oette for their work in pulling this volume together. e. jones parry << /ascii encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain %) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec - . ) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \ swop\ v ) /srgbprofile (srgb iec - . ) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel . /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjdffile false /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves . /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel /emitdscwarnings false /endpage - /imagememory /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct /optimize false /opm /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage false /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo false /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /remove /ucrandbginfo /remove /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution /colorimagedepth - /colorimagemindownsampledepth /colorimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /jpeg coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /jpeg colorimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution /grayimagedepth - /grayimagemindownsampledepth /grayimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /jpeg grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /jpeg grayimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution /monoimagedepth - /monoimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k - >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx acheck false /pdfx check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ . . . . ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ . . . . ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /description << /chs /cht /dan /deu /esp /fra /ita /jpn /kor /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader . en hoger.) /nor /ptb /suo /sve /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader . and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) ( . ) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) ( . ) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) ( . ) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [ ] /pagesize [ . . ] >> setpagedevice s x x.indd du bois review, : ( ) – . © hutchins center for african and african american research - x/ $ . doi: . /s x x toward a critical environmental justice studies black lives matter as an environmental justice challenge david n. pellow department of environmental studies , university of california , santa barbara abstract in this paper i expand upon the recent use of the term “critical environmental justice studies.” this concept is meant to capture new developments in environmental justice (ej) studies that question assumptions and gaps in earlier work in the field. because this direction in scholarship is still in its formative stages, i take this opportunity to offer some guidance on what critical environmental justice (cej) studies might look like and what it could mean for theorizing the relationship between race (along with multiple additional social categories) and the environment. i do so by ( ) adopting a multi-disciplinary approach that draws on several bodies of literature, including critical race theory, political ecology, ecofeminist theory, and anarchist theory, and ( ) focusing on the case of black lives matter and the problem of state violence. keywords: environmental justice , black lives matter , state violence , racism , speciesism , scale , expendability , indispensability introduction black lives matter (blm) is a social movement centered on the problem of state- sanctioned racist violence. the movement began as a response to the acquittal of george zimmerman, a man who killed trayvon martin, a seventeen-year old african american boy in sanford, florida, in . from that moment on, social media, mainstream media, and the black lives matter movement would routinely inten- sify the national focus on racialized state-sanctioned violence when yet another video or testimony surfaced featuring an african american being shot, beaten, choked, and/or killed by police or white vigilantes. the role of social media tech- nology was pivotal. as one writer put it, “social media could serve as a source of live, raw information. it could summon people to the streets and coordinate their movements in real time. and it could swiftly push back against spurious media narratives . . .” (bijan ). blm co-founder alicia garza explained what the movement stands for: “black lives matter is an ideological and political intervention in a world where black lives are systematically and intentionally targeted for demise. it is an affirmation of black at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. https://doi.org/ . /s x x downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use, available https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms https://doi.org/ . /s x x https://www.cambridge.org/core david n. pellow du bois review: social science research on race : , folks’ contributions to this society, our humanity, and our resilience in the face of deadly oppression” (garza ). in this paper, i draw links between what i view as the most important insights and questions that emerge from the black lives matter movement and the strug- gle against environmental racism. this is a connection that many scholars might not make at first glance because police brutality and environmental politics would appear to be only tangentially related, but i argue they are in fact closely intertwined and that we must explore their myriad connections in order to excavate the roots of racist violence no matter the form it takes. the questions i explore here include: how can black lives matter’s emphasis on police violence against african american communities inform our understanding of the scourge of ecological burdens facing those same communities? conversely, what can the violation of black bodies and spaces by ecologically destructive agents produced by states and corporations tell us about the violation of those same bodies by police and law enforcement agents? i find that a “first-” and “second-generation” environmental justice studies frame- work can assist in this effort, but can only take us so far. therefore, i propose that a critical environmental justice studies framework can more fully address these pressing concerns. environmental justice studies the environmental justice (ej) movement is composed of people from communities of color, indigenous communities, and working-class communities who are focused on combating environmental injustice—the disproportionate burden of environmental harm facing these populations. for the ej movement, social justice is inseparable from environmental protection. in the early s, researchers in the united states found strong correlations between social class status and air quality in the united states. as a result of social movement activism, however, the focus began to broaden from social class to race and from air pollution to a range of environmental hazards (pulido ; walker ). for example, in , hundreds of civil rights leaders and community activists protested a toxic waste dump in the majority african american community of warren county, north carolina. that action sparked the discourse of environmental rac- ism and the growth of environmental justice studies, and since that time, scholars and other researchers have documented the reach of environmental racism/inequality in the united states and around the globe, as well as the social movement that has emerged to highlight and challenge this phenomenon (bullard ; cole and foster, ; pellow and brulle, ). thus, hundreds of studies have documented that people of color, people of lower socioeconomic status, indigenous and immigrant populations, and other marginalized communities are disproportionately affected by ecologically harmful infrastructures, such as landfills, mines, incinerators, polluting factories, and destructive transportation systems, as well as by the negative consequences of ecologically harmful practices, such as climate change/disruption and pesticide exposure (ringquist ). much of this work has documented the troubling depths and breadth of environmental injustice’s impact on the lives of people—including public health and mental health effects—and on how these communities make meaning out of these assaults while organizing for environmental justice. and while ej studies may have earlier focused on the united states, scholars are also documenting environmental inequalities and ej move- ments’ responses to them around the globe (agyeman et al., ; pellow ; at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. https://doi.org/ . /s x x downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use, available https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms https://doi.org/ . /s x x https://www.cambridge.org/core critical environmental justice studies du bois review: social science research on race : , roberts and parks, ). a small but growing group of researchers—including and especially environmental humanities scholars—have focused on the ways that gender, sexuality, citizenship, indigeneity, and nation shape the terrain of eco- logical inequalities, but those areas of scholarship remain in need of further devel- opment (adamson ; bell ; buckingham and kulcur, ; gaard ; smith ). toward a critical environmental justice studies recent scholarship divides ej studies into two phases: ( ) the “first-generation,” which was focused primarily on documenting environmental inequality through the lens of race and class; and ( ) “second-generation” studies that extend beyond questions of distribution to incorporate a deeper consideration of theory and the ways that gender, sexuality, and other categories of difference shape ej struggles (buckingham and kulcur, ; walker ). in our book power, justice, and the environment , robert brulle and i used the term “critical environmental justice studies” (pellow and brulle, ), which has since been adopted by other scholars working to expand the academic field and politics of environmental justice (adamson ; holifield et al., ). this concept is meant to build on recent scholarship in ej studies— “second-generation” writings—that questions assumptions and gaps in earlier work in the field by embracing interdisciplinarity and methodologies and epistemologies including and beyond the social sciences. as this direction in scholarship is still in its formative stages, i take this opportunity to offer some guidance for what a critical ej studies might look like. critical ej (cej) studies is a perspective intended to address a number of limita- tions and tensions within ej studies. these include, for example: ( ) questions con- cerning the degree to which scholars should place emphasis on one or more social categories of difference (e.g., race, class, gender, sexuality, species, etc.) versus a focus on multiple forms of inequality; ( ) the extent to which scholars studying ej issues should focus on single-scale versus multi-scalar analyses of the causes, consequences, and possible resolutions of ej struggles; ( ) the degree to which various forms of social inequality and power—including state power—are viewed as entrenched and embed- ded in society; and ( ) the largely unexamined question of the expendability of human and non-human populations facing socioecological threats from states, industries, and other political economic forces. on the first point above, ej scholars have a tendency to focus on only one or two forms of social inequality in studies of environmental injustice. for example, some scholars continue to debate the relative importance of race versus class in terms of which category is most important with respect to the distribution of environmental hazards, while only a small group of scholars have explored the role of gender and sexuality in ej studies (buckingham and kulcur, ; smith ). moreover, the key social category species remains, at best, at the margins of the field of ej studies, despite the fact that, generally, when and where humans suffer from environmental inequalities, so does the more-than-human world (and vice versa) and often as a result of ideological frameworks that link marginalized humans to “nature.” my point here is that since multiple forms of inequality drive and characterize the experi- ence of environmental injustice, the field would do well to expand in that direc- tion. thus cej studies brings greater attention to how multiple social categories of difference are entangled in the production of environmental injustice, from race, gender, sexuality, ability, and class to species, which would attend to the at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. https://doi.org/ . /s x x downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use, available https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms https://doi.org/ . /s x x https://www.cambridge.org/core david n. pellow du bois review: social science research on race : , ways that both the human and the more-than-human world are impacted by and respond to environmental injustice. with respect to the second point above concerning scale , the ej studies literature tends to be characterized by research at one scale or another, rather than a multi-scalar approach. in other words, most researchers focus on the local, regional, national, or sometimes transnational or global scale, but few studies attempt to grasp how ej struggles function at multiple scales, from the cellular and bodily level to the global level and back (herod ; sze ). some scholars have addressed this important question by exploring cases in which pollutants produced in one part of the world travel across national borders and impact human and ecological health in another hemisphere (sze ). scale is of critical importance because it allows us to under- stand how environmental injustices are facilitated by decision-makers who behave as if sites where hazards are produced “out of sight and out of mind” are somehow irrel- evant to the health of people and ecosystems at the original sites of decision-making power and consumption. attention to scale also assists us in observing how social movement responses to environmental injustices draw on spatial frameworks, networks, and knowledge to make the connections between hazards in one place and harm in another. cej studies thus advocates multi-scalar methodological and theoretical approaches to studying ej issues in order to better comprehend the complex spatial and temporal causes, consequences, and possible resolutions of ej struggles. regarding the third point above—the degree to which various forms of inequality and power are viewed as entrenched in society—this concern stems from my conclu- sion that the vision of change articulated by ej studies scholars and most ej activ- ists generally looks to the state and capital to accommodate demands via legislation, institutional reforms, and other policy concessions. the concern here is that such an approach leaves intact the very power structures that produced environmental injus- tice in the first place. yes, it names those institutions and structures as sources of the problems and seeks to reform them, but by working in collaboration with those entities, such efforts ultimately risk reinforcing their legitimacy. cej studies urges a deeper grasp of the entrenched and embedded character of social inequality—including speciesism and state power—in society and therefore a reckoning with the need for transforma- tive (rather than primarily reformist) approaches to realize environmental justice. in other words, critical ej studies seeks to push our analyses and actions beyond the human, the state, and capital via a broad anti-authoritarian perspective. regarding the fourth point above, ej studies suggests that various marginalized human populations are treated—if not viewed—as inferior, and less valuable, to society than others. this point is largely undertheorized in the literature (mills ; pulido ). critical ej studies makes this theme explicit by arguing that these populations are marked for erasure and early death, and that ideological and institutional other- ing is linked to the more-than-human world as well. moreover, cej counters that dominant perspective with a framework that contends that these threatened bodies, populations, and spaces are indispensable to building socially and environmentally just and resilient futures for us all. the above constitute what i call the four pillars of cej studies. cej studies draws from the work of scholars across numerous fields that only periodically inter- sect, such as environmental justice studies (adamson ; bell ; bullard ; cole and foster, ), critical race theory (goldberg ), critical race feminism (hong ; smith ), ethnic studies (márquez ), gender and sexuality studies and ecofeminism (buckingham and kulcur, ; gaard ), political ecology (bennett ), and anti-authoritarian/anarchist theory (scott ; smith ). furthermore, cej studies is interdisciplinary, multi-methodological, and at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. https://doi.org/ . /s x x downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use, available https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms https://doi.org/ . /s x x https://www.cambridge.org/core critical environmental justice studies du bois review: social science research on race : , is activist-scholar inspired in that it seeks to bridge and blur the boundaries and borders between the academy and community, theory and practice, analysis and action. critical ej studies is only intended to be one of many possible approaches to environmental justice scholarship and action. it is neither prescriptive, nor is it a declaration of where the field should be headed. in the following sections, i apply a cej studies framework to the black lives matter movement to demonstrate the importance of encouraging scholars and activists to think through linkages across theory and social change politics that might not usually emerge from “traditional” ej studies or from within many social change movements. critical ej studies and black lives matter in order to examine black lives matter as a cej case study, i gathered data from the blm website, archives, and social media, as well as major essays published in national and international media outlets by blm advocates and supporters. this selection of data is not intended to be strictly representative, but rather, as a purposive sample it speaks to the core blm frames and the four pillars of cej studies. the first pillar: intersectionality and the racial discourse of animality cej studies recognizes that social inequality and oppression in all forms intersect and that members of the more-than-human world are subjects of oppression and agents of social change. black lives matter is a social movement organized primarily around the social category of race, but extends the analysis to multiple categories of difference, reflecting an emphasis on intersectionality . intersectionality is a concept intended to explain the ways that many identities and social categories work together to produce advantages and disadvantages across bodies and space, and that inequalities do not act independently of one another (collins ; hong ). the founders of blm present a deeply intersectional approach to the problem of devalued black life that is inclusive of class, gender, sexuality, immigration status, citizenship, age, ability, and other differences and social categories. all three founders of blm are women of color. one of them—alicia garza—identifies as a queer woman of color, while another—opal tometi—is the daughter of nigerian immigrants and works for an organization focused on the human rights of black immigrants. the third founder—patrisse cullors—who also identifies as queer, organizes support for incar- cerated persons and their families, with a focus on mental health. thus their political and professional work itself is a study in intersectional theory and practice. as blm co-founder alicia garza writes, “black lives matter affirms the lives of black queer and trans folks, disabled folks, black-undocumented folks, folks with records, women, and all black lives along the gender spectrum” (garza ). critical ej studies speaks to the ways in which various social categories of dif- ference work to place particular bodies at risk of exclusion, marginalization, erasure, discrimination, violence, and othering. these insights are important for building an understanding of the ways that intra-human inequality and oppressions function and how they intersect with human-nonhuman oppression. as david nibert and michael fox put it, “[t]he oppression of various devalued groups in human societies is not independent and unrelated; rather, the arrangements that lead to various forms of oppression are integrated in such a way that the exploitation of one group frequently augments and compounds the mistreatment of others” (nibert and fox, , p. ). “various devalued groups in human societies” frequently include women, immigrants, at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. https://doi.org/ . /s x x downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use, available https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms https://doi.org/ . /s x x https://www.cambridge.org/core david n. pellow du bois review: social science research on race : , lgbtq persons, people of color, indigenous peoples, disabled persons, the elderly, low-income people, and nonhuman species. and while the experiences of these groups are qualitatively distinct (i.e., not equivalent), the logic of domination and othering as practiced by more powerful groups, the state, and capital provides the common thread of intersectionality through each of their oppressions. law enforcement personnel routinely engage in violent acts against humans and nonhumans, even when no threat is evident, thus revealing the ways that state violence produces intersecting oppressions. a baltimore sun investigation of the baltimore, maryland police department (the same town where freddie gray was murdered), detailed numerous incidents in which vulnerable people and nonhumans were the sub- jects of brutal and sometimes lethal force at the hands of police in that city. the report notes that young african american males were the targets of such violence, and so were elderly people, women, children, and nonhuman animals (friedersdorf ). the report discusses, for example, the use of a dead rat to intimidate a police officer working on a police brutality case and the murder of a dog by an officer to intimidate his girlfriend. the baltimore sun investigation appears to reflect what scholarly studies have long revealed: that there is a well-documented link between the use of violence against nonhuman animals and efforts to exert control over other humans, whether in the destruction of livestock and other food sources during wartime and conquests or through domestic violence directed primarily at women, children, and nonhuman companion animals or pets (adams ; ascione ; smits ). this brings us to what i call the racial discourse of animality , a term meant to capture the language that people use to describe human behavior using nonhuman references and analogies, signaling a set of assumptions surrounding what we view as acceptable “human” versus nonhuman behavior and how different bodies are valued. it reveals the means through which we discuss race, racism, and racial politics in more-than-human terms, as a way of defining the limits and boundaries of the human. this discourse is common in discussions around racial politics and flared up many times around blm protests against police brutality. what is fascinating is that people on all sides of the issues—activists, lawyers, and agents of the state—use this language. in other words, people deploy the racial discourse of animality in the service of white supremacy and in the service of racial justice. consider the following examples: lesley mcspadden, the mother of michael brown (an african american teenager killed by a police officer in ferguson, missouri) spoke to reporters at a public dem- onstration to call attention to the tragedy of her son’s death. she spoke to the bleak outlook of young african americans facing police brutality: “you took my son away from me! you know how hard it was for me to get him to stay in school and gradu- ate? you know how many black men graduate? not many! because you bring them down to this type of level where they feel they don’t got nothing to live for anyway!” while other protesters around mcspadden peacefully raised their hands in symbolic surrender, a police officer’s voice was heard and recorded yelling at them, calling them “animals” (fantz et al., ). in early , freddie gray, a twenty-five year old african american man was taken into police custody in baltimore, maryland, and, in the process, incurred severe spinal cord and neck injuries and died shortly afterward, sparking nationwide protests. in baltimore, the protests, led by african americans and many supporters of the blm movement, were mainly peaceful but were marred by property destruction, looting, and a number of police officers being injured. many whites took to social media— including baltimore county police officer jennifer lynne silver—and displayed their views on the matter referring to the people involved as “animals” and, in her words, a “disgrace to the human race” ( change.org ). at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. https://doi.org/ . /s x x downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use, available https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms https://doi.org/ . /s x x https://www.cambridge.org/core critical environmental justice studies du bois review: social science research on race : , the racial discourse of animality is also used to combat racism. an article in the guardian responded to jennifer silver’s epithets regarding protesters in baltimore by arguing that police and society often treat nonhuman animals better than african americans: but ‘animals’ is a misnomer. people—including police officers—are punished for killing or doing harm to domestic animals. baltimore has busted dog fighting rings and sent offenders to prison for animal cruelty. in , former baltimore city police officer alec taylor was sentenced to a year behind bars for killing a dog. that might not seem like much, but it is longer than the sentences given to the killers of michael brown, eric garner, trayvon martin, rekia boyd, or seven-year old aiyana stanley-jones (nichols ). in the spring of , a police officer shot walter scott, an unarmed african american man in north charleston, south carolina, after he fled his car during a traffic stop. malik shabazz, president of black lawyers for america and former chairman of the new black panther party, appeared on “cnn newsroom” and stated, “black men are being killed and hunted down like deer and like dogs” (griswold ). that same month, democratic congressman hank johnson of georgia took to the floor of the house of representatives to urge his colleagues to confront police brutality. drawing on a phrase usually reserved for hunting nonhuman animals, he stated, “it feels like open season on black men in america” (griswold , emphasis added). in these last examples, references to nonhumans are used to communicate the sentiment that african americans—like all human beings, presumably—should not be treated like nonhuman animals. the assumption here is also problematic because it is speciesist in that it implies that it is acceptable to wantonly hunt and slaughter nonhumans, even if the primary aim is to counter racist violence. my point is that we cannot understand racist violence, and the way we think, talk, and enact it, with- out paying attention to the relationship between humans and nonhumans, as these examples illustrate. finally, the role of agency is key to the first pillar of cej, since african americans and other marginalized populations are not just the targets of oppression but also regularly resist their subjugation. while traditional elements of what sociologists call “resource mobilization” (morris ) are on full display with the black lives matter movement—including the mobilization of human bodies, ideas, words, discourses, tactics, and strategies in protest—it is also the case that the urban built environment, information technology, and other forms of more-than-human objects and natures are also integral to that agency and therefore central to making this vision and practice of social change possible (bennett ). the second pillar: scale, race, and difference cej studies embraces multi-scalar methodological and theoretical approaches in order to better comprehend the complex spatial and temporal causes, consequences, and possible resolutions of ej struggles. scale is deeply racialized, gendered, and classed. the impacts of climate change offer a telling example of how environmental racism reflects this fact. while the conclusions of climate scientists are remarkably clear that anthropogenic climate change is occurring at a dramatic pace and with increasing intensity, this is also happening unevenly, with people of color, the poor, indigenous peoples, peoples of at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. https://doi.org/ . /s x x downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use, available https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms https://doi.org/ . /s x x https://www.cambridge.org/core david n. pellow du bois review: social science research on race : , the global south, and women suffering the most (harlan et al., ). thus, while climate change matters for all of us, it impacts people and nonhumans with dif- ferent levels of intensity. if one only pays attention to the global scale, it appears that the worst effects of climate change are not yet upon us. but if one examines what is occurring in neighborhoods, barrios , indigenous peoples’ lands, and much of the global south, the picture is quite different because the impacts are extensive and ongoing. as keith ellison and van jones ( ) put it, “[o]ur kids are being poisoned by the air they breathe. environmental injustices are taking black lives— that’s why our fight for equality has to include climate and environmental justice too.” social cognition studies find that “implicit bias” among white research sub- jects results in perceiving threats to their wellbeing when they see black and brown people when no such threat exists (kang ). while this research is highly con- sequential for everyday microsociological interactions across the racial spectrum (especially in the case of gun violence in the name of white “self defense”), it has major macrosociological implications as well. therefore i find that implicit bias is useful for thinking more deeply about the intersection of race and scale. in other words, if these studies find that people of color are implicitly viewed as threaten- ing, then their presence is perceived to be much larger in the social-cognitive terrain of whites. thus race and scale intertwine to reveal also that when black people respond to racism (whether by police or via environmental racism), their actions may be viewed as a threat that is disproportionate and outsized. we can see this, for example, in the militarized response by police departments when interacting with the black lives matter movement. many supporters of the black lives matter movement, and even military veterans, decried these practices when disturbing images of police and pro- testers clashing in ferguson, missouri, in response to the police killing of michael brown, seemed to be indistinguishable from media images of civilians being repressed by an occupying military force in some far away land. this fact begs for a scalar analy- sis that links militarized oppression of african americans to the u.s. military’s treat- ment of people of color elsewhere in the world—in afghanistan, iraq, syria, pakistan, yemen, palestine, and many other nations where the united states uses military force directly or by proxy to protect its interests. this is also an environmental justice issue because the u.s. military is one of the largest sources of pollution on earth (nazaryan ) and because militarism and masculinist politics tend to go hand in hand and both tend to result in socially and ecologically harmful practices. finally, blm’s work speaks to the myriad ways that scale can be thought of and articulated temporally . in fact, the entire point of the blm movement is, in some ways, an intervention to remind us that blatant acts of anti-black violence are not a thing of the past and are still quite rampant in what some observers had hoped would be a “postracial” era. blm co-founder alicia garza uses time as an indicator of the inter- section of race, sexuality, and scale’s intersections, but does so linking history to an imagined future: but what i can say to my child, just like my mom says to me, is that there was a time when it wasn’t ok for people to be out [about their sexuality]. there was a time when black people were being slaughtered. and i hope that the end to that story is, ‘and then we organized, and we built a vibrant international movement, and we really changed conditions for black people in this country, and for every- body.’ and i’m hoping that the story that i’m also able to tell is that our demands went beyond ‘stop killing us,’ to ensure the quality of life for everybody. and that we won that (brydum ). at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. https://doi.org/ . /s x x downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use, available https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms https://doi.org/ . /s x x https://www.cambridge.org/core critical environmental justice studies du bois review: social science research on race : , the third pillar: an anti-statist/anarchist reading of blm social inequalities—from racism to speciesism—are not aberrations, but rather are deeply embedded in society and reinforced by state power and market systems. there- fore, the current social order stands as a fundamental obstacle to social and environ- mental justice. a logical conclusion of this observation is that social change movements may be better off thinking and acting beyond the state and capital as targets of reform and/or as reliable partners. racism, for example, is a foundational component of the political, legal, economic, and cultural systems in the united states. african americans, for instance, enjoy fewer rights and significantly lower social value than whites, suffering deep economic, educa- tional, public health, and environmental inequalities; earning far less income and owning far less wealth and property than whites; and being more likely than whites to attend low quality, segregated schools and live in residentially segregated communities marked by financial disinvestment, a brutal occupying police force presence, and environmental racism (bullard ; cacho ; gilmore ; vargas ). public health dispari- ties impact african americans dramatically, as homicides, infant mortality, life expec- tancy, asthma, and a range of other illnesses and life events reveal a much lower statistical value of black life (williams and collins, ). and millions of african americans are either confined to prisons via mass incarceration or subjected to routine surveillance and control through the system of mass probation. thus, racism is, for black lives matter co-founder alicia garza, “a disease that this country has in our very dna” (garza ). in a statement posted on the black lives matter website, activists contend that the current state of racist violence against african americans is a core component of american life, a form of oppression that blacks have consistently challenged: “rooted in the experiences of black people in this country who actively resist our de-humanization, #blacklivesmatter is a call to action and a response to the virulent anti-black racism that permeates our society” ( blacklivesmatter.com ). debates often center on whether social movements should seek to reform or trans- form the legal system. blm is an important part of that conversation because it is a movement whose participants often embrace the state, but frequently do so in a critical fashion. for example, much of the chanting and protest calls at blm events include demands to “prosecute the police” and implement stronger laws against hate crimes and police brutality (furst ). the blm’s “national demands” document reads, in part, “we will help develop a network of organizations and advocates to form a national policy specifically aimed at redressing the systemic pattern of anti-black law enforcement violence in the u.s.” (moore and cullors, ). in november , after a group of white supremacists shot and wounded several activists who were pro- testing the police killing of an unarmed african american man named jamar clark in minneapolis, blm released a statement declaring, “the black lives matter network urgently calls upon the department of justice to investigate this shooting as a hate crime” ( blacklivesmatter.com ). finally, blm activists have regularly called for greater oversight over police and for increased presence of black people in govern- ment decision-making bodies. for example, in the wake of numerous police killings of african americans in recent years, the los angeles chapter of blm demanded that the mayor appoint activists from the black community to key city commissions, and a number of blm activists are running for political office. when blm demands inclusion in governmental bodies and invokes the language of hate crimes and terrorism, such efforts may appear to reflect the power of grass- roots movements to move state actors on important progressive issues, but it also indicates the movement’s willingness to expand troubling, controlling, authoritative, and at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. https://doi.org/ . /s x x downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use, available https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms https://doi.org/ . /s x x https://www.cambridge.org/core david n. pellow du bois review: social science research on race : , lethal state power. blm is therefore not asking how we might build safe communities beyond the state, but rather how we might do so with greater state intervention. blm co-founder patrice cullors’ vision of social change includes a plan to “divest from policing and divest from this prison system . . . and reinvest into poor communities, reinvest into allowing us to have access to healthy food, access to jobs, access to shelter” (cullors ). from a pluralist perspective, states are sites where citizens and other stakeholders converge to elect representatives and make their voices heard and shape public policy (dahl ). departing from that view, a power elite perspective casts states as sites of power struggles, where certain interest groups tend to dominate others, setting public policy agendas and unevenly shaping life chances for members of society (domhoff ). from women of color feminist, critical race theory, and anarchist per- spectives, states are also institutions that, by definition, practice exclusion, control, and violence (in addition to their other functions) (goldberg ; hong ; mills ; scott ; smith ). thus, the very purpose of a state is to exert dominance over populations, resources, and territory, among other things. if black lives matter was founded to challenge state-sanctioned violence then it makes sense to extend the reach of this movement’s analysis and action to the prob- lem of environmental racism. since environmental racism is often a form of state- sanctioned violence via the harm that state agencies and state-regulated companies perpetrate in communities of color, then blm might do well to pay greater attention to this issue. if we think of environmental racism as a form of violent control over bodies, space, and knowledge systems then we can more effectively theorize it as a form of state violence, a framework that is absent from most ej scholarship. more- over, as some blm activists urge us to think about how to make our communities safe “beyond policing” (tometi ), both blm and ej activists and scholars might begin to think about how to make our communities sites of ej and racial justice beyond the state . in fact, the blm movement, the ej movement, and ej scholarship generally look to the state and its legal systems to deliver justice and to regulate industry. thus far, however, the track record of state-based regulation and enforcement of racial and environmental justice policies in communities of color has been abysmal (cole and foster, ; gilmore ; lombardi et al., ). the fourth pillar: indispensability critical ej studies centers on the concepts of racial and socioecological indispensability . in black and brown solidarity ( ), john márquez introduces the concept “racial expendability” to argue that black and brown bodies are, in the eyes of the state and its constituent legal system, generally viewed as criminal, deficient, threatening, and deserving of violent discipline and even obliteration. márquez and other ethnic studies scholars contend that, in a white supremacist society, people of color are constructed as and rendered expendable (cacho ; márquez ; mills ; vargas ). ruth wilson gilmore speaks to this point in her book golden gulag ( ), in which she argues that the massive build up of prisons to warehouse people of color in the state of california and the united states nationally was a public policy deci- sion designed to contain and control populations whose very existence is viewed as troubling. extending this logic to the problem of environmental racism, philosopher and critical race theorist charles mills argues that people of african descent are con- sidered “trash” by policy makers and institutions promoting discriminatory envi- ronmental policies because these populations are associated with filth, waste, and uncleanliness in the popular imagination—thus locating pollution in their com- munities actually makes cultural common sense (mills ). at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. https://doi.org/ . /s x x downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use, available https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms https://doi.org/ . /s x x https://www.cambridge.org/core critical environmental justice studies du bois review: social science research on race : , critical ej studies builds on the work of these scholars by countering the ideology of white supremacy and human dominionism and articulating the perspective that excluded, marginalized, and othered populations, beings, and things—both human and more-than-human—must be viewed not as expendable but rather as indispensable to our collective futures. this is what i term racial indispensability (when referring to people of color) and socioecological indispensability (when referring to broader commu- nities within and across the human/more-than-human divide and their relationships to one another). racial indispensability is intended to challenge the logic of racial expendability and is the idea that institutions, policies, and practices that support and perpetrate anti-black racism suffer from the flawed assumption that the future of african americans is somehow de-linked from the future of white communities. people of color are members of our society, are core participants in our social systems, and are members of our socioecological systems, and are therefore key to ensuring the contin- ued functioning, sustainability, and resilience of our society and planet. the idea of indispensability is distinct from an assimilationist perspective, which seeks to (often involuntarily and violently) incorporate “others” into one’s own vision of a society (smith ). rather, indispensability honors key ej and ecological prin- ciples by seeing all communities (more-than-human and human) as interconnected, interdependent, but also sovereign and requiring the solidarity of others. indispens- ability should also not be confused with a functionalist view of society and socio- ecological relations as it recognizes that social roles, positions, and behaviors among various populations can and do conflict and change over time, and that the character of inequality and state and market power in most societies is highly unjust and must be confronted. functionalism, on the other hand, posits that whatever the character of inequality, social roles, and behaviors may be, it must be positive for society and there- fore is in no need of change (parsons ). indispensability argues against that logic because cej studies is fundamentally focused on securing justice and sustainability in a highly unjust and unsustainable system. thus indispensability demands dramatic change but does so from the perspective that all members of society and socioecologi- cal systems have something to contribute to that process and to our collective futures. socially, politically, philosophically, and ecologically, what this means is that we are all linked in webs of social interdependence, so that what happens to one group affects, in some way, all others. as dr. martin luther king, jr. famously wrote in his landmark “letter from birmingham jail” with regard to racism and the future of the united states: “injustice anywhere is injustice everywhere. . . . in a real sense all life is inter-related. all men are caught in an inescapable network of mutuality, tied in a single garment of destiny. whatever affects one directly, affects all indirectly. never again can we afford to live with the narrow, provincial ‘outside agitator’ idea . . .” (king ). thus the importance of cej studies here is to underscore that social systems predicated on the annihilation of black life reveal a self-defeating error. in other words, the idea that whiteness can only triumph and survive via the annihilation of black life commits the classic ecological error of dualism or separation . dualism is the idea that we see various categories of existence as separate and arranged in oppo- sitional hierarchies, such as culture/nature, man/woman, european/non-european, human/animal, white/black, heterosexual/homosexual, etc., when in fact these cate- gories are constantly blurred, transgressed, and revealed to be socially constructed and highly fluid and malleable. so cej studies facilitates an understanding that a vision of white supremacy premised on the destruction of people of color is as illogical and self-defeating as a vision of an economy and a nation-state premised on the destruc- tion of ecosystems. in a sense, this observation demonstrates a reality of social systems as ecosystems, and vice versa: that everything in the universe is hitched to everything at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. https://doi.org/ . /s x x downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use, available https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms https://doi.org/ . /s x x https://www.cambridge.org/core david n. pellow du bois review: social science research on race : , else, so that what affects one member or element affects all of them. the destruction of people of color harms white people and it harms the more-than-human world, and vice versa, so cej studies affirms that black lives, the lives of people of color, are indis- pensable . going further, the idea of socioecological indispensability reflects the cej studies perspective that the wellbeing of all people, species, and ecosystems is indispensible . this is both a socioecological reality and an affirmation of a politics of solidarity and coalition building that firmly states “all of us or none!” black lives matter activists routinely speak to this issue as well. in , blm issued a “state of the black union” in which they wrote, “none of us are free until all of us are free” ( declarationproject.org ). this is a variation on a quote that has been attributed to the likes of the poet emma lazarus, the reverend dr. martin luther king, jr., and many others. it is also articulated powerfully in the barry mann song “none of us are free,” which includes the chorus, “none of us are free, none of us are free, if one of us is chained, none of us are free.” expressing this view more than a century ago, african american historian anna julia cooper told a group of black clergymen in , “only the black woman can say ‘when and where i enter, in the quiet, undisputed dignity of my womanhood, without violence and without suing or special patronage, then and there the whole . . . race enters with me’” (bailey , p. ). a year later, making this claim even stronger, at the world’s congress of representative women, cooper stated: let woman’s claim be as broad in the concrete as the abstract. we take our stand on the solidarity of humanity, the oneness of life, and the unnaturalness and injus- tice of all special favoritism, whether of sex, race, country, or condition. if one link of the chain is broken, the chain is broken. a bridge is no stronger than its weakest part, and a cause is not worthier than its weakest element. least of all can woman’s cause afford to decry the weak. we want, then, as toilers for the universal triumph of justice and human rights, to go to our homes from this congress demanding an entrance not through a gateway for ourselves, our race, our sex, or our sect, but a grand highway for humanity (cooper ). blm co-founder alicia garza echoes and articulates this idea as follows: #blacklivesmatter doesn’t mean your life isn’t important—it means that black lives, which are seen as without value within white supremacy, are important to your liberation. given the disproportionate impact state violence has on black lives, we understand that when black people in this country get free, the benefits will be wide reaching and transformative for society as a whole. when we are able to end hyper-criminalization and sexualization of black people and end the poverty, control, and surveillance of black people, every single person in this world has a better shot at getting and staying free. when black people get free, everybody gets free . this is why we call on black people and our allies to take up the call that black lives matter. . . . our collective futures depend on it (garza , emphasis added). discussion and conclusion critical environmental justice studies seeks to expand the field of ej studies to move beyond its conceptual, theoretical, disciplinary, and methodological limitations. since that path is still very much in formation, this paper is an effort to chart one course in that direction with greater specificity. critical ej studies draws from numerous fields at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. https://doi.org/ . /s x x downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use, available https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms https://doi.org/ . /s x x https://www.cambridge.org/core critical environmental justice studies du bois review: social science research on race : , of scholarship in order to produce more robust accounts for why environmental injus- tices occur and persist, for how human and nonhuman forces shape and are shaped by them, and for what environmental justice might look like. that is, the promise of cej studies lies in its capacity to more fully explain the sources and consequences of our socioecological crises and develop more generative analyses of how social change efforts within and across species may meet those challenges. finally, cej studies can aid scholars and advocates in thinking through a redefi- nition of the concept of environmental justice itself . perhaps any discussion regarding the future of ej studies and the ej movement might begin by connecting early ej scholarship, which centers primarily around the intersection of social inequality and environmental harm, with the concept of ecological justice , which centers on the rela- tionship of human beings to the broader nonhuman world. by the term ecological justice, i mean to suggest a more respectful and egalitarian relationship of human beings to one another and to the greater more-than-human world. this model of analy- sis and politics begins with humans taking responsibility for practicing transforma- tive socioecological political work and extends to understanding inequalities within and across species and space to imagine and struggle for a more democratic multi- species world. nonhuman species and ecosystems may not engage in politics the way humans tend to, but they can and do exert influence and power over the world (bennett ): for example, consider the impacts of fossil fuels on the daily lives of human beings and on the political systems and economies of every nation on earth. ecological justice destabilizes the notion of the human as a biological category at the apex of a human/nature hierarchy and, instead, embraces it as a political cat- egory that engages with the broader ecological community. this model of politics also rejects the state as an arbiter of justice and inclusion. the state has managed, included, excluded, homogenized, and controlled humans and nonhuman natures for the benefit of a small elite. that should be reason enough to consider the merits of an anarchist or anti-authoritarian approach to socioecological change. curiously, this concept of ecological justice closely mirrors and parallels the principles of envi- ronmental justice—a sort of founding document of the u.s. ej movement, suggest- ing that, in many ways, the ej movement and ej studies have yet to catch up to the vision of the movement’s founding principles, which are largely aligned with a cej studies perspective. in this paper, i applied a critical environmental justice perspective to the phenomenon of the black lives matter movement, demonstrating how attention to multiple categories of difference and inequality (including more-than-human species and the built environment); an emphasis on the role of scale as a way of understanding the violence of racism and the promise of resistance movements; a focus on linking the entrenched character of social inequalities with transformative, anti-authoritarian and anarchist perspectives; and an application of the concepts of racial and socioecological indispensability can produce an enriched account of that movement’s core concerns, its limitations, and its possibilities. black lives matter challenges the scourge of state- sanctioned violence against diversely constituted communities of african descent, with a primary emphasis on police brutality and mass incarceration. i argue that if we think of environmental racism as an extension of those state-sanctioned practices—in other words a form of authoritarian control over bodies, space, and knowledge systems— then we can more effectively theorize it as a form of state violence, a framework that is absent from most ej scholarship. corresponding author : david n. pellow, environmental studies program, university of california santa barbara, bren hall, santa barbara, ca - . e-mail: pellow@es.ucsb.edu at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. https://doi.org/ . /s x x downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use, available https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms https://doi.org/ . /s x x https://www.cambridge.org/core david n. pellow du bois review: social science research on race : , notes . after the november police killing of jamar clark, an unarmed african american male in minneapolis, minnesota, black lives matter protesters demanded that the state prosecute the officers involved. the state declined to do so. . for exceptions, see, e.g., liam downey ( ) and andrea smith ( ). references adams , carol j . ( ). the sexual politics of meat: a feminist-vegetarian critical theory . london : bloomsbury academic . adamson , joni ( ). medicine food: critical environmental justice studies, native north american literature, and the movement for food sovereignty . environmental justice , ( ): – . agyeman , julian , peter cole , randy haluza-delay , and pat o’riley (eds). ( ). speaking for ourselves: environmental justice in canada . seattle, wa : university of washington press . ascione , frank ( ). battered women’s reports of their partners’ and their children’s cruelty to animals . journal of emotional abuse , ( ): – . bailey , cathryn ( ). anna julia cooper: ‘dedicated in the name of my slave mother to the education of colored working people.’ hypatia , ( ): – . bell , shannon elizabeth ( ). our roots run deep as ironweed: appalachian women and the fight for environmental justice . champaign, il : university of illinois press . bennett , jane ( ). vibrant matter: a political ecology of things . durham, nc : duke university press . bijan , stephen ( ). social media helps black lives matter fight the power. wired, november . < http://www.wired.com/ / /how-black-lives-matter-uses-social-media-to-fight- the-power/ > (accessed june , ). blacklivesmatter.com ( ). all #blacklivesmatter: this is not a moment, but a movement. < http://www.blacklivesmatter.com/about > (accessed june , ). blacklivesmatter.com ( ). doj: protect black activists from white vigilante violence. < https://www.facebook.com/blacklivesmatter/posts/ > (accessed june , ). brydum , sunnivie ( ). alicia garza taking black lives matter into another dimension. the advocate , december . < http://www.advocate.com/ -under- / / / /alicia-garza- taking-black-lives-matter-another-dimension > (accessed june , ). buckingham , susan and rakibe kulcur ( ). gendered geographies of environmental justice . in ryan holifield , michael porter , and gordon walker (eds.), spaces of environmental justice , pp. – . new york : wiley-blackwell . bullard , robert d . ( ). dumping in dixie: race, class, and environmental quality . boulder, co : westview press . cacho , lisa ( ). social death: racialized rightlessness and the criminalization of the unprotected . new york : new york university press . change.org ( ). terminate officer jennifer lynne silver. online petition to baltimore mayor stephanie rawlings-blake. april. < https://www.change.org/p/mayor-stephanie- rawlings-blake-commissioner-anthony-batts-captain-douglas-irwin-terminate-officer- jennifer-lynne-silver > (accessed june , ). cole , luke and sheila foster ( ). from the ground up: environmental racism and the rise of the environmental justice movement . new york : new york university press . collins , patricia hill ( ). black feminist thought . new york : routledge . cooper , ana julia ( ). a voice from the south . new york : aldine printing . cullors , patrisse ( ). interview on democracy now! july . < http://www.democracynow. org/ / / /part_ _blacklivesmatter_founders_on_immigration > (accessed june , ). dahl , robert ( ). who governs? democracy and power in an american city . new haven, ct : yale university press . declarationproject.org ( ). state of the black union. january . < http://www.declara- tionproject.org/?p= > (accessed june , ). domhoff , g. william ( ). who rules america? the triumph of the corporate rich . new york : mcgraw-hill education downey , liam ( ). inequality, democracy and the environment . new york : new york university press . at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. https://doi.org/ . /s x x downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use, available https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms https://doi.org/ . /s x x https://www.cambridge.org/core critical environmental justice studies du bois review: social science research on race : , ellison , keith and van jones ( ). pollution isn’t colorblind. the guardian , july . < http://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/ /jul/ /black-lives-matter-air-pollution > (accessed june , ). fantz , ashley , george howell , and catherine shoichet ( ). gunshots, tear gas in missouri town where police shot teen. cnn.com , august . < http://www.cnn.com/ / / / us/missouri-teen-shooting/ > (accessed june , ). friedersdorf , conor ( ). the brutality of police culture in baltimore. the atlantic , april . < http://www.theatlantic.com/politics/archive/ / /the-brutality-of-police-culture-in- baltimore/ / > (accessed june , ). furst , randy ( ). protesters demand prosecution of officers involved in jamar clark shooting. minneapolis star tribune , february . < http://m.startribune.com/protesters- demand-prosecution-of-officers-involved-in-jamar-clark-shooting/ / > (accessed june , ). gaard , greta ( ). toward a queer ecofeminism . in rachel stein (ed.), new perspectives on environmental justice , pp. – . new brunswick, nj : rutgers university press . garza , alicia ( ). a herstory of the #blacklivesmatter movement. the feminist wire , december . < http://www.thefeministwire.com/ / /blacklivesmatter- / > (accessed june , ). garza , alicia ( ). interview on democracy now! july . < http://www.democracynow. org/ / / /part_ _blacklivesmatter_founders_on_immigration > (accessed june , ). gilmore , ruth wilson ( ). golden gulag: prisons, surplus, crisis, and opposition in globalizing california . berkeley, ca : university of california press . goldberg , david theo ( ). the racial state . oxford, uk : blackwell publishers . griswold , alex ( ). cnn guest: black men ‘hunted down like deer and like dogs.’ the daily caller , april . < http://dailycaller.com/ / / /cnn-guest-black-men-in-america- hunted-down-like-deer-and-like-dogs-video/ > (accessed june , ). harlan , sharon , david n. pellow , and j. timmons roberts , with shannon elizabeth bell , william g. holt , and joane nagel ( ). climate justice and inequality . in riley dunlap and robert j. brulle (eds.), climate change and society: sociological perspectives , pp. – . oxford, uk : oxford university press . herod , andrew ( ). scale . london : routledge . holifield , ryan , michael porter , and gordon walker ( ). introduction—spaces of envi- ronmental justice—frameworks for critical engagement . in ryan holifield , michael porter , and gordon walker (eds.), spaces of environmental justice , pp. – . oxford, uk : wiley-blackwell . hong , grace kyungwon hong ( ). ruptures of american capital: women of color feminism and the culture of immigrant labor . minneapolis, mn : university of minnesota press . kang , jerry ( ). trojan horses of race . harvard law review , : – . king , martin luther , jr . ( ). letter from birmingham jail. < https://www.africa.upenn. edu/articles_gen/letter_birmingham.html > (accessed august , ). lombardi , kristen , talia buford , and ronnie greene ( ). environmental justice, denied. center for public integrity. august . < https://www.publicintegrity.org/environment/ environmental-justice-denied > (accessed march , ). márquez , john ( ). black-brown solidarity . austin, tx : university of texas press . mills , charles ( ). black trash . in laura westra and bill e. lawson (eds.), faces of environ- mental racism , pp. – . lanham, md : rowman & littlefield . moore , darnell and patrisse cullors ( ). ways to never forget ferguson—and deliver real justice for michael brown. the guardian.com , september . < https://www.theguardian. com/commentisfree/ /sep/ /never-forget-ferguson-justice-for-michael-brown > (accessed on june , ). morris , aldon ( ). origins of the civil rights movement . new york : free press . nazaryan , alexander ( ). the u.s. department of defense is one of the world’s biggest polluters. newsweek , july . < http://www.newsweek.com/ / / /us-department-defence- one-worlds-biggest-polluters- .html > (accessed march , ). nibert , david and michael w. fox ( ). animal rights/human rights . lanham, md : rowman and littlefield . nichols , jason ( ). black baltimore residents aren’t ‘animals.’ we punish people for killing ‘animals.’ the guardian , april . http://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/ / apr/ /black-baltimore-residents-arent-animals-we-punish-people-for-killing-animals > (accessed june , ). parsons , talcott ( ). essays in sociological theory . new york : the free press . at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. https://doi.org/ . /s x x downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use, available https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms https://doi.org/ . /s x x https://www.cambridge.org/core david n. pellow du bois review: social science research on race : , pellow , david n . ( ). resisting global toxics . cambridge, ma : the mit press . pellow , david n. and robert j. brulle (eds.) ( ). power, justice, and the environment . cambridge, ma : the mit press . pulido , laura ( ). a critical review of the methodology of environmental racism research . antipode , ( ): – . ringquist , e. j . ( ). assessing evidence of environmental inequities . journal of policy analysis and management , ( ): – . roberts , j. timmons and bradley parks ( ). a climate of injustice . cambridge, ma : the mit press . scott , james ( ). the art of not being governed . new haven, ct : yale university press . smith , andrea ( ). conquest: sexual violence and american indian genocide . boston, ma : south end press . smith , mick ( ). against ecological sovereignty . minneapolis, mn : university of minnesota press . smits , david ( ). the frontier army and the destruction of the buffalo: - . the western historical quarterly , ( ): – . sze , julie ( ). boundaries and border wars: des, technology, and environmental justice . american quarterly , ( ) – . sze , julie ( ). scale . in joni adamson , william gleason , and david n. pellow (eds.), keywords for environmental studies , pp. – . new york : new york university press . tometi , opal ( ). interview on democracy now! july . < http://www.democracynow. org/ / / /part_ _blacklivesmatter_founders_on_immigration > (accessed june , ). vargas , joao h. costa ( ). never meant to survive: genocide and utopias in black diaspora communities . lanham, md : rowman & littlefield . walker , gordon ( ). beyond distribution and proximity: exploring the multiple spatiali- ties of environmental justice . in ryan holifield , michael porter , and gordon walker (eds.), spaces of environmental justice , pp. – . oxford, uk : wiley-blackwell . williams , david r. and chiquita collins ( ). u.s. socioeconomic and racial differences in health: patterns and explanations . annual review of sociology , : – . at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. https://doi.org/ . /s x x downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use, available https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms https://doi.org/ . /s x x https://www.cambridge.org/core no job name justice and solidarity: the contractarian case against global justice david heyd the problem: bootstrapping charity begins at home, they say. but of course this does not mean that it ends there. it can and should extend way beyond home. the same might be said of respect for persons and their human rights. however, as i wish to argue in this article, justice begins at home and ends there. or to put it in more theoretical terms, some fundamental forms of justice, particularly distributive justice, are essentially domestic. if that proposition is correct, some recent attempts to estab- lish principles of global justice are conceptually misguided. theories of justice in the past have been relatively mute as to the identity and the scope of the groups to which the principles of justice apply. the subject groups were often simply presupposed as given. take classical greek principles of justice: they were typically meant to regulate the life of the citizens of the polis, a well-defined group of people, consisting mainly of adult, free, greek males. minors, slaves, “barbarians” and women were thus left out, beyond the reach of the benefits (and sometimes the burdens) of “just treatment.” all in all, there was hardly any attempt to theoretically justify the boundaries of the relevant group within which justice held sway. the urge to extrapolate the idea of justice to the international sphere is, as its intergenerational analogue, a modern phenomenon (with the possible exception of christian theology). both attempts are associated with historical developments regarding the unprecedented control human beings have gained over the welfare of other people living far away, either in location or in time. like birth control and environmental policies, which enable us to deeply affect the lives of future generations, mass movements of people, money, and ideas in our age of “global- ization” make us much more responsible than ever in the past for the conditions of people on the other side of the globe. however, such attempts at global and intergenerational extensions of justice face serious theoretical obstacles. in this article, i shall leave aside justice to future generations and focus on the international parallel, which has also received much attention, particularly since kant’s on perpetual peace. and i will do so from a contractarian approach, since individualism as a metaphysical assumption and the centrality of the will as a normative basis for political legitimation have become trademarks of liberalism and democracy. journal of social philosophy, vol. no. , spring , – . © blackwell publishing, inc. the problem is strikingly simple: who takes part in the contract that serves as the basis for either the legitimation of the state’s authority or the justification of the principles of justice? locke’s answer is that when any number of men have, by the consent of every individual, made a community, they have thereby made that community one body, with a power to act as one body, which is only by the will and determination of the majority. hobbes’s answer is similar to locke’s: a common-wealth is said to be instituted, when a multitude of men do agree, and covenant, every one, with every one, that to whatsoever man, or assembly of men, shall be given by the major part, the right to present the person of them all . . . locke and hobbes show how an indeterminate number of people can, through the very act of a covenant, become a cohesive group, referred to as “community” by locke and “commonwealth” by hobbes. the cohesion of the newly created group (as against the diffuse nature of “the multitude”) is expressed by the idea of the “body politick” in locke and that of the one person representing all others in hobbes. but both philosophers are completely silent about the process through which the individuals join each other to form that covenant. is there any basis for the grouping of “any number of people” or “a multitude of men”? in other words, why should an individual (in the state of nature, or in any other imaginary original position) join forces to create a political community with these individuals rather than those? even if the contract has the power to transform “a multitude of men” into a political community, what makes this multitude convene and make an agreement in the first place? hobbes and locke would surely respond that the question misses the purpose of the method of the social contract. individual human beings have never actually lived outside a social community and hence the question of their choice to assemble in this or that way has never arisen. that is to say, individuals are usually born into human societies rather than choose to form or join them. the whole point of the thought-experiment of the social contract is justificatory, namely, to normatively ground the authority of the state retrospectively, or to offer a “post factum” test for its legitimacy and the justice of its institutions. we may guess that for hobbes and locke, england was the framework of the social contract as imagined by englishmen, as was geneva or france for rousseau. as long as political communities were fairly homogeneous and relatively separated from each other, the issue of the scope of membership in the social contract could be left unaccounted for or assumed as given. thus, despite the search for peace and security, believed by hobbes to be the prime motivating force for the contract, the distinction between the national and international levels of political relations attests to hobbes’s view that the contract is ultimately “local” in essence. only in the “national” context is a contract possible; the international resembles the state justice and solidarity of nature. but circumstances have changed since the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries and today’s world is characterized by much more heterogeneity in political communities and by a growing interdependence of countries and states. the issues of the identity and number of the parties to the social contract can no longer be brushed aside. but the new awareness of the problem of the scope of the contract leaves us in a logical quandary. if the state’s legitimacy (hobbes and locke) and the justification of the principles of justice (rawls) are decided exclusively by a hypothetical contract and if the scope of the group within which this contract is formed cannot be simply taken for granted as given, it seems that the scope of the group must itself be decided by a contract. but the contours of the group engaged in a contract cannot be fixed by the contract itself. the fairness of inclusion or exclusion from the group of contracting parties cannot be determined by the contract, since it must precede it. this is merely a generalization of the well- known problems of real-life political decisions, like universal suffrage or seces- sion. who should have taken part in the decision in england in whether women should get the vote—men only, or men and women? or, who should vote on the proposal that quebec secede from the canadian federation—the quebecois alone, or the whole canadian electorate? consider the two radical solutions to the question about the scope of the group of participants in the social contract: everyone or, alternatively, just one. both are attempts to provide a universal basis to the contract, thus avoiding the pitfalls of controversial contingent restrictions on its range of application. however, if we say that everyone is a party to the contract, who exactly is included? all human beings in the world? adults only? are future people to be included in the group of “everyone”? actual future people, or also possible future people? should the group include also non-human rational beings as in kant’s kingdom of ends? clearly, these are substantive philosophical questions relating to the proper reference of “everyone” and they must be settled on a non- contractarian basis. universal suffrage is a noble ideal, but universality itself is always contextual, relating to persons (or entities) of a certain kind. and this “kind” must be specified prior to the contract. the alternative of taking each (one) person, singly, as the proper scope of the method of legitimation by consent is an interesting idea, which was proposed by rawls himself. the argument is well known: if we admit into the original position people who are all equally rational, mutually disinterested, free and under a veil of ignorance, the imaginary game of a contract among different people becomes superfluous, since all that is required is an individual’s acceptance of a set of principles of justice for society. there is no need for negotiation between identical individuals and hence there remains no point in a contract. however, the rawlsian introduction of the veil of ignorance shifts the methodology of justification from the principle of consent to the principle of impartiality, deviating from the tradition of the social contract. it thus obviates the issue of the scope of the relevant group within which the principles of justice (or the legitimacy of sovereign power) apply. david heyd i suggest that we return to the original idea of a contract between individuals—more than one but less than everyone. my argument is that even if fairness demands that the principles of justice be agreed upon under a veil of ignorance, we must assume an independent motive for people to enter the contract with those particular people rather than with others, a motive that cannot be hidden by that veil. note that the existence of such a motive belongs to the conditions or circumstances of justice, not to the justification of the principles of justice. the motive only describes the formal requirement for the applicability of the proce- dure of justifying the normative principles. i therefore suggest that we reverse locke’s and hobbes’s view: consent does not create a community; it arises out of a sense of community. in american language, “we the people” cannot be defined by the constitution, since it is this body of people that creates it. justice: a matter of truth or consent? before further examining the problem of global justice, we should emphasize that it arises only within a contractarian point of view. non-contractarian theories of justice have a long and venerable tradition. the fundamental issue separating the two approaches is whether justice is a matter of truth or a matter of consent; is it a property of the world or a human construction; or, whether it is “given” or a product of the will. the first, realist view of justice takes it as characterizing natural or metaphysical harmony, balance or order. it is associated with concepts such as desert, status, role, or proper functioning, and is accordingly grounded in specific descriptions of human essential nature as well as in social or normative ideals. the second, voluntaristic view of justice arises out of skepticism regarding the metaphysical assumptions about human nature and offers in their place a procedural account of justice as the product of the exercise of individual human will in concert with other individual wills under particular constraints (the ideal- ized conditions of the “state of nature,” or the fairness of the constructed “original position”). some forms of modern liberalism, being aligned with metaphysical skepti- cism, are naturally biased toward a consent-based analysis of justice. thus, in hobbes’s theory, there is no application of the concept of justice in the state of nature. it is only after the sovereign is instituted that by his will justice is created. for locke, even though moral norms exist in the state of nature, justice, in the sense of the actual distribution of property rights, is the outcome of contractual consent. and of course for rawls, justice is not given in any metaphysical or realistic way, but is a matter for construction, that is, constitution through human cooperative agreement. pre-socratic philosophers treated justice as a matter of natural, cosmic harmony. plato understood justice in terms of a grand scheme of proper function- ing and an ideal system of a division of labor, reflecting the essential nature of human beings and the realization of their potential. contract-based liberalism, however, treats justice as a matter of social cooperation, that is to say, a voluntary justice and solidarity form of interpersonal enterprise. justice is no more a given truth or principle, but a product of a negotiated deal. but of course, the characterization of the conditions of such negotiation, the so-called “circumstances of justice,” is crucial for exam- ining the possibility of extending justice to the global sphere. since hume, the list of the circumstances of justice has included moderate scarcity, limited sympathy, mutual vulnerability or interdependence, and rough equality. we cannot cooperate when extreme scarcity leads us into a life-and- death struggle; we do not have to cooperate when there is unlimited affluence of resources; we cooperate without having to create principles for cooperation when altruism and love serve as sufficient motives; we have reason to cooperate only when we are not self-sufficient but rather depend on each other, either to avoid harm or to create benefits; and if, as in sharply hierarchical societies, we are not more or less equal, our interpersonal behavior will be based on domi- nation rather than cooperation. these circumstances of justice are determined partly by universal human conditions and partly by historical factors. accord- ingly, the issue of global justice must be considered in the light of both the universal and historically determined factors that make social cooperation pos- sible and valuable. there seems to be no reason to believe that, at least in principle, the circum- stances of justice apply any less to the world as a whole than to domestic societies. there are indeed differences of degree in scarcity and equality on these two respective levels, and there is some debate on the extent of mutual vulnerability and interdependence on the global sphere. however, my concern is with the parameter of limited sympathy. limited sympathy has been traditionally inter- preted, from hume to rawls, in negative terms, namely, as self-interest, or at least as the mutual disinterest of the parties to the contract-based principles of just cooperation. but social contract theorists have neglected the corresponding posi- tive meaning of the idea of limited sympathy, namely, the degree of actual care for others which i would like to argue constitutes a necessary condition for the operation of justice and should be understood as one of the constitutive circum- stances of justice. the idea is the following. the principles of just distribution of a social cake are analytically connected with the conditions of cooperation which enable the production of the cake (on the assumption that such cakes cannot be made by a single individual). but the cooperation to bake a cake is not simply given, since the crucial question is with whom do we want to do the baking and the eating of the cake. social contract theories ignore a fundamental motive for cooperation, which goes beyond self-interest, utility, or survival: the wish to cooperate with a par- ticular set of individuals rather than with another. game theoretic approaches to justice typically take for granted the scope of the group within which “the game of justice” is played, referring to the players in thin (universal) terms as rational beings (or, to be loyal to rawls, rational and reasonable individuals constrained by the sense of fairness). but there are numerous schemes of cooperation for any given individual, differing from each other in the scope and the identity of the david heyd other individuals with whom cooperation takes place. utility or prudence cannot decide this scope or identity since at most it accounts for ad hoc forms of social cooperation (typically in economic enterprises or games) rather than for compre- hensive systems of social justice. and once we realize that the option of coop- erating with everybody is indeterminate, since, as we have shown, it can be interpreted in many ways, we have to decide on what basis the group within which the cooperative enterprise occurs is defined. in other words, cooperation is not just a given fact or condition of justice, but something to be chosen. this demonstrates the shortcoming of a lockean theory of justice. it takes “the cake” as given, namely, natural resources in the world as given by god to all humanity to share. this is also the ground for the lockean proviso, which takes all human beings as parties who deserve some share in the goods of nature. however, most issues of distributive justice involve the production of the goods (the baking of the cake) rather than just their consumption or use, which leaves open the question, with whom do we want to cooperate in the enterprise of production and related consumption. if god gave the natural world to humanity as a whole for its use, then we all have to share natural resources with each other, but, in the absence of such theological assumption, the fact that we happen to live on this planet does not in itself create a motive or a reason for sharing. sharing takes place when we feel special care for others, which arises out of either natural ties or cooperative commitments. before moving on to the positive grounding of the contractarian theory of justice, i would like to address an interesting and challenging objection to the “local” conception of the contract. any restricted group of individuals can engage in a contract which would generate universal principles of distributive justice, that is, principles that apply to all human beings in the world (rather than just to the contractors). thus, members of the group can agree to distribute the product of their common enterprise with all others, who are not members of the group, in various degrees: from a minimum that would secure international peace, through a more egalitarian sharing, to extreme forms of saintly altruism. in all these cases, the fact that the principles were agreed by a restricted group of people does not imply that their “reach” cannot be universal. maybe this is exactly the way we expect enlightened liberal states to fix their principles of justice, namely, to apply them globally, beyond their own borders. such a disparity between the scope of the consenting group and that of the beneficiaries of the principles agreed upon by the group is indeed possible (although, unfortunately, it tends to be of the less altruistic kind). but it does not undermine the theoretical claim made above, which was concerned merely with the way principles of justice are justified rather than with their content (or the identity of their beneficiaries). the point of contract-based principles is that they apply to the contractors only because they agreed to them (under certain idealized conditions). therefore, they create claims and counter-claims only within the group in which the contract was made. non-members of this group may be the beneficiaries of the contract, but have no claim or right against the contracting justice and solidarity members. an obvious indication for it is that non-members can share the benefits of a contractual agreement of a group of people, but cannot be expected to carry the burdens of such an agreement (to which they were not party). they can enjoy transfers of wealth to them but cannot be taxed. contract-based principles of distributive justice can therefore apply to non- members but only for some reason lying beyond the idea of pure consent. the contractors may believe, for instance, that non-members deserve some goods, a minimal standard of living, or the satisfaction of their needs. but these are substantive moral principles, which serve as the grounds for the distributive duties. all the contract does in this instance is to help decide the way the non-contractual duties of members toward non-members is to be distributed within the group of members. an obvious example would be duties of care toward animals (which are beneficiaries of these duties without being parties to the contract). a more con- troversial but still powerful example would be a society’s duties to future genera- tions. even if future people have rights (which i doubt), they can hardly be accounted for in contractarian terms, especially if we think of future people who are just possible and whose existence is subject to our own decisions. non- members can never be considered free riders by members of the contracting group since they are not bound by any duty of fairness. solidarity solidarity is a social force which contributes to the sustenance of the unity of a group of people. like the solidity of physical bodies, it is what keeps an entity from disintegrating. both its etymology and historical sources are french, leading back to the revolutionary idea of fraternité. it is intimately connected to coop- eration, that is, to intentional common enterprise, calling for a combined and coordinated action by many people. unlike natural bonding forces of the kind of family love and care, solidarity is mediated by a commitment to an idea or a cause. in that respect, solidarity is “ideological.” although we say that solidarity is something we feel toward or with others, this is not a raw feeling, but involves cognitive and reflective elements. solidarity is thus to be distinguished from both family love and the companionship of friends (camaraderie) in being based on the awareness of a common cause, a worthy social goal, a sense of shared past or future destiny. solidarity, like cooperation, is not simply given but rather chosen or constructed on the basis of certain beliefs. solidarity has a typically cohesive effect and is often considered necessary for the success of a social struggle. thus, solidarity is manifest in the struggle of the working class against oppression, the fight of trade unions for the amelioration of working conditions, or the effort of liberation movements of minorities to achieve recognition. solidarity typically involves the commitment of individuals to remain loyal to the collective cause even when it means ignoring their self-interest and potential personal gain. in that respect, solidarity does not come naturally to us but takes a conscious effort aimed at the achievement of an impersonal goal. solidarity has both descriptive david heyd and normative dimensions: it characterizes the “togetherness” of people and makes demands of loyalty to the group. since solidarity is created in the course of a struggle for a collective cause, it is necessarily exclusive, presupposing the existence of competing causes. unlike friendship, tribal community, and family, solidarity is a social bonding that is formed against, or at least in competition with, other groups. richard rorty, for example, speaks of “we” or “one of us” as the foundation of solidarity, when “we” is contrasted to “they” on the basis of a historically dependent construction rather than on any essential natural qualities. but this does not imply a schmittian friend/foe model. identification with a group is exclusionary in some sense, but not necessarily hostile. chantal mouffe appropriately describes solidarity as an “agonistic” (rather than “antagonistic”) basis for “we-identity.” solidarity is a relational concept which presupposes the existence of other groups that are rivals or adversaries. solidarity, i suggest, is a form of bonding, which is partly given, partly created by a group of people, on the basis of a shared past, a present interest, hopes for the future, or engagement in an enterprise directed to the realization of common values. shame is an interesting indicator of the limited scope of solidar- ity: we can feel ashamed of what our family members do, or of the behavior of our fellow citizens and even government. we do not feel shame for what other human beings as such have done, and if we do, this is only on the assumption that there is a higher order of beings before whom we feel this shame (god, imaginary extra-terrestrial beings). the sources of solidarity are often circumstantial and even forced upon people. thus, sharing a territory with people of a different culture or even “nation- ality” creates a powerful form of economic and psychological interdependence which, in turn, gives rise to a sense of solidarity or may create a normative reason for promoting solidarity. unlike friendship or tribal identification, national soli- darity is often shown among people who may be in many respects adversaries, like national and ethnic minorities. the state responsibility of justice toward minorities is exclusive, that is, does not include members of that minority group living outside the borders of the state. majority and minorities in a multicultural society share the same destiny in many respects, a fact that creates a sense of solidarity. note that the historically based formation of solidarity is fully compatible with the non-historical, hypothetical nature of the original position (or the classical “social contracts”): the historically contingent circumstances are the conditions for the operation and scope of the thought experiment of a hypothetical agreement. one important implication of the agonistic character of solidarity is that it cannot be universal. humanity might be the object of kantian respect but not of identification. we identify ourselves as human beings, but we do not identify with human beings as such. the idea of a “human community” is as misleading as it is attractive. we could imagine indeed circumstances in which our planet is threat- ened by the invasion of a rival, non-human race, leading to the rise of “human solidarity.” but this only serves to confirm the relational analysis of the concept. solidarity is in its essence partial, in the sense of being opposite to both universal justice and solidarity and impartial, that is to say, it is local and biased. this does not in any way detract from the universality of moral duties or human rights. it only aims to distinguish between the universal level of morality and the local, solidarity-based level of certain forms of social justice. rorty is willing to extend the application of the concept of solidarity to the universal level of “all humanity,” arguing that we feel solidarity with any human being vulnerable to suffering and humiliation. but this extension, i believe, is artificial, since it does not involve any shared value or cause with which people actually identify, but only a universal revulsion from pain. furthermore, the extension goes against rorty’s own analysis of solidarity, since sympathy and compassion with people suffering pain is not a matter of construct- ing a group of “us” on the basis of contingent historically dependent conditions but a universal natural inclination of human beings (which, unlike solidarity, is often expressed also toward animals). solidarity, accordingly, is an interesting attitude, since it lies halfway between unmediated feelings like love or compassion and a pure rational kantian recog- nition of the moral standing of fellow human beings who have dignity and rights. one may describe solidarity as sympathy mediated by a belief in a common project. solidarity combines personal and impersonal components: the objects of solidarity are mostly anonymous in the sense that the subject does not personally know them. but they are also not considered as just human beings abstracted from all their individuating characteristics. we care for people with whom we feel solidarity, but do so on the basis of their belonging to “our” group fighting for a certain goal rather than as just individual human beings. the view i am proposing here is that just distribution is one such social goal and hence it both presupposes and reinforces solidarity. this combination of a historical “given” with a self- determined commitment to a cause is constitutive of solidarity. it should be noted that the justification of the particularistic aspect of distributive justice is not grounded in universal terms (such as the general efficiency of dividing the world into smaller units in the attempt to promote overall justice in the world). it is rather that the conditions of the applicability of contract-based justice are particularistic. durkheim’s work on solidarity can help us see this point. the modern phe- nomenon of the division of labor is (surprisingly) associated by durkheim with the development of social solidarity. for durkheim, division of labor is not merely a means for the promotion of individual welfare through increased production, but a moral value in itself. it touches upon the deep foundations of the very existence of social bonding, since it involves mutual complement rather than mere egoistic exchange. it is more similar to aristotelian friendship than to cooperation in game-theoretic contexts. mechanical solidarity, for durkheim, is created on the basis of likeness and is primarily expressed by the criminal law of society, its collective passionate reaction to crime, the common response of people sharing a common conscience. organic solidarity, in contrast, is grounded in the differences between people which call for cooperation and division of labor. it is the recog- nition of the importance of the different functioning of different parts of society, analogous to the harmonious functioning of parts of an organism. for our david heyd purposes, we should emphasize that durkheim contrasts modern society, based on the functional division of labor, to traditional society, based on kinship or natural tribal affinity. durkheim is convinced that modern, organic solidarity is no weaker than its traditional predecessor. furthermore, organic solidarity is expressed in institutions rather than in feelings, primarily in the laws of contract, family, property, and labor. the apparently impersonal structure of social relations creates the mutual commitment of solidarity. durkheim’s analysis of solidarity and the division of labor can be used to analyze the problem of the social contract raised at the beginning of this article. even if the terms of the contract itself are described as completely impersonal, self-interested, and impartial, the motive for entering the contract in the first place should be described in more particularistic terms, namely, the durkheimian drive to complement one another, to cooperate with others in achieving a morally valuable aim. the original position is not only the thought-experiment in which the prin- ciples of just social cooperation are articulated; it is itself a cooperative enterprise, and as such it must have a motive. as in any game, the rules are impersonal and impartial, but the motivation to play the game with particular people cannot be purely impersonal or abstract. solidarity is such a motivation and operates in a dialectical way: we engage in just cooperation with people about whom we care and, in turn, the cooperation itself reinforces our solidarity with them. this bidirectional operation of solidarity can be demonstrated in the cooperation of the “working class,” or in the mutual commitment of members of a trade union, in durkheim’s idea of division of labor, or—in my argument—in distributive justice. one should not be misled into thinking that solidarity is a communitarian idea which serves as a basis for a communitarian conception of justice. durkheim’s concept of solidarity relates to a modern gesellschaft rather than to a traditional gemeinschaft. it is accordingly expressed in institutional arrangements rather than in compassionate feelings or shared traditional practices. as chantal mouffe proposes, it assumes common values but no agreement on their ranking. the ranking is left for political negotiation within the group, but solidarity is the bonding of the group within which politics takes place. i may add that in social contract theory unanimity is a condition only in the agreement on the foundational terms of political legitimacy and the principles of justice; once political society is established, the rule of decision making is typically majoritarian and allows for pluralism and competing goals. solidarity does not necessarily generate an egalitarian system of justice, but it does explain the equal weight given to the parties in the initial contract. solidarity is, therefore, the bond which unites the partners to the contract in their commitment to decision-making procedures in conflict situations typical of heterogeneous societies. in other words, we must first decide the scope of the group within which we count heads and whose majority we follow. majority, like justice, cannot fix the size of the group within which it operates. so it seems that although liberalism in its universal view of moral relations must be suspicious of the idea of solidarity (and indeed this idea has been much justice and solidarity more popular in socialism, feminism, and communitarianism), it nevertheless presupposes solidarity as the condition for the social contract. this could also serve as an answer to brian barry’s query: how can rawls’s contract take place in a particular society if the contractors are supposed to be mutually disinter- ested? disinterest is one of the conditions in the original position, but it does not and cannot be a condition for entering the original position. the state it is no coincidence that the idea of contract-based legitimation of govern- ment, and hence of political justice, was developed more or less simultaneously with the rise of the modern state. the state is the most extensive social framework in which principles of distributive justice can be meaningfully applied. smaller- scale social associations have their own distributive norms, but they cover a more restricted scope of goods and burdens to be distributed. voluntary associations, like clubs and games, define the scope of distributions in a relatively precise way, but cover only little of the main goods and burdens of human life. natural associations, like families and tribal communities, control much wider systems of distributions and deserts, but the basis of these systems is not voluntary. the social contract is a device for generating principles of justice that are both voluntary and comprehensive in their content. the state is the natural locus for such principles since it enjoys sovereignty, that is, the power to enforce the contract in a wide array of social issues: it distributes the burdens of military service and taxation as well as the benefits of many public and private goods. it is the most effective framework for the division of labor. critics of the modern state, like habermas, argue that the state is an imagined community (in benedict anderson’s terms), a construction invented in order to create social solidarity where there is no cultural or ethnic basis for a common political identity. max pensky says that “ ‘nation’ consists of an imaginary soli- darity among strangers that cements the otherwise fragile bonds of reasonable cooperation.” furthermore, he adds, the difficulty of creating solidarity for the achievement of abstract republican ideas makes the nation-state “ ‘double coded’ or indeed janus faced.” on the one hand, the universalism associated with political and moral equality requires the rejection of all particularistic loyalties; on the other, national solidarity defines itself “against” the other. there is, in other words, an inner contradiction between what might be called inward universal egalitarianism and outward particularism. now, my approach to the relationship between justice and the state considers this tension between the exclusivism and inclusivism of the state as exactly its asset as the framework of distributive justice. for it embodies a form of solidarity that arises out of certain historical factors (like shared territory, common experience, sometimes a dominant language and culture), and it applies egalitarian principles and impartial concern to its own citizens. david heyd so david miller is right in claiming that “without a common national identity, there is nothing to hold citizens together, no reason for extending the role just to these people and not to others.” but this in no way entails a communitarian view of either the identity or the normative basis of the state. for these are at least partly derived from the very enterprise of instituting agreed-upon principles of justice. there is no circularity in such a characterization of the state, although it is dialectic in nature: it originates in some form of a historical process, but is then reinforced by the sense of the common endeavor to establish and maintain a just society. this is typically the case with the constitution-based identity of the american nation. even brian barry, a passionate advocate of cosmopolitanism, concedes that national identity requires more than a passport and that it is con- stituted by “civic nationality,” namely, the identification with society’s social institutions and the recognition of a common good. the problem with barry’s view is that it is not clear what he means by common good: is it a universal good (which would make “nationality” vacuous), or is it particular to the national group (which would weaken his argument that political entities have no moral value and are only instrumental in promoting universal values such as human rights)? solidarity-based justice does not exclusively express itself in the framework of the nation-state. but it should be noted that when it crosses national boundaries it is not constituted by a contract. thus, the solidarity of the working classes in the communist sense is the mutual commitment of people in different countries to the transformation of the social system into a more just one. but justice here means a substantive ideal scheme of power relations and distributions rather than a set of principles generated by an ideal contract. on the other hand, the call for social solidarity of the middle class with the unemployed and the poor within a given society is a hallmark of the welfare state. it is a demand for the special concern of people for their fellow citizens with whom they cooperate politically (in the democratic vote, in defending the country, in producing its wealth, in perpetuating its cultural heritage, and of course in sharing its territory). can justice be globalized? as i indicated at the beginning of this article, theoretical attempts to extend the scope of application of distributive justice across nations arose more or less simultaneously with attempts to extend it across generations. of the two extrapo- lations, it was believed that the intergenerational (“vertical”) is more intractable than the international because of the crucial difference between possible and actual people. duties of justice toward future people cannot be fully determined due to the indeterminate number of people who are going to be both subjects and objects of those duties. not only do we not know the relevant demographic data; the number of future people is to a large extent determined by the economic and demographic policies which stand to be chosen. this is a logical problem for which there is no coherent answer. on the other hand, global justice in the “horizontal” sense concerns actual people whose number and identity are both justice and solidarity given and known (not to speak of their needs and preferences which can only be guessed in the intergenerational case). in that respect, at least philosophically, the case for transnational justice is much easier to make. however, if my argument about the conceptual connection between justice and solidarity is persuasive, then it seems that the intergenerational application of justice is more natural than its global counterpart. for it is definitely the case that our concern for “our own” descendants (and respect for our predecessors) carries more weight than our concern for contemporary strangers. the former are conceived as partners to the social cooperation of our polity, for whose welfare we strive, and we expect them to contribute to a common enterprise that is transgenerational in nature. it is much more natural to view the state as extending in time than to see it as a global entity comprising all actual (present) human beings. we feel solidarity with our (future) children and grandchildren but not with our remote contemporaries. a single generational “slice” of a community is not self-sufficient in the sense that we cannot invest meaning in our private and collective life without the perspective of both the past and the future of the social project in which we are engaged. yet, the transgenerational continuous existence of a community makes perfect sense, even independently of other, contempora- neous communities. however, there are a few powerful philosophical voices which press the case for global justice no less than for intergenerational justice. impartiality means that we should take the geographical index as no less arbitrary than the temporal. much of the debate revolves around the possibility of applying rawls’s difference principle globally, and whether rawls himself is correct in insisting that it can be done only in a limited way. charles beitz is one of the first and most fervent advocates of global justice. he argues first against the hobbesian “realist” view that considers the international realm as lying beyond the grasp of moral judg- ment. rawls’s difference principle should be applied also globally, ideally on the individual level (i.e., not constrained by intra-national arrangements), or at least on the national level (constraining any deviation from international equality by concern for the worst-off country). beitz’s cosmopolitan approach grounds the duties of international redistribution not in the duty of assistance but in that of justice. for sovereignty, unlike autonomy, cannot serve as a defense against sharing a country’s resources with others. unlike natural talents, which are not subject to redistribution, being constitutive of our personal identity, natural resources do not constitute collective or national identities, and hence their actual distribution in the world should be considered morally arbitrary and consequently subject to redistribution on the basis of egalitarian justice. this appears to be a forceful argument, but we must remember that some important natural resources (even oil) are not like manna, simply there to be used, but have to be searched for and extracted from nature, that is to say, they have value only when a cooperative human activity transforms them into consumable goods. again, the cake, even when it looks “natural,” has to be baked before being eaten and hence its just distribution is a matter of deserts that accrue to the david heyd participants in its production. indeed, this might not apply to some primary goods like health, in which desert or right is not derived from the contribution to its “production.” but even in this case, we view the distribution of health services as part of an overall scheme of social cooperation in which the ability to provide these services is dependent on the productivity in a particular group of people and on their particular order of priorities. beitz also points out that sovereignty cannot be a morally relevant constraint on global distributions. the boundaries of a political sovereign entity cannot be left to individuals to decide, since—as was argued at the beginning of this article—who will decide the scope of the group of individuals who will make the decision? however, i think beitz draws the wrong cosmopolitan conclusion from this puzzle of bootstrapping: it cannot mean that all human beings should take part in deciding the principles of just distribution, since that already prejudges the issue of the correct extent of the contract and in any case leaves the range of “all” indeterminate. for this reason, beitz’s demand to leave the facts about national affiliation under the veil of ignorance when engaging in the thought-experiment of the original position undermines the very possibility or motive for a contractual agreement. for when i choose to enter the original position, i want at least to know with whom, with what kind of people i am going to hold justice relations. rawls, in his later writings, came to the conclusion that distributive justice, particularly the difference principle, applies only on the domestic level, in “bounded societies” which are self-sufficient transgenerational systems of coop- eration into which individuals are born and in which they usually die. although there are transnational principles of justice, they first apply only to “peoples” (rather than to individuals), and second they are limited in content to raising other societies (or peoples) to the threshold conditions of justice, that is, the ability to maintain just domestic institutions. there is, therefore, no duty of justice of equality toward either the worst-off societies or the worst-off individuals in the world. the main reason for this restriction of justice to the domestic sphere is that societies are to a large extent responsible for their own economic conditions, which are the function of free choice regarding demographic planning and other cultural values (such as the rate of savings for future generations, or religious arrangements of property and power distribution). i want to reinforce the rawlsian opposition to the globalization of justice. rawls points out that different societies might agree on different principles for domestic justice, for example, non-liberal (but “decent-hierarchical”) societies would not accept the difference principle. but even assuming that (ideally) all societies in the world agreed on the difference principle, this would not mean a global application of that principle. for each society is at best motivated by the idea of advancing the welfare of its worst off members, rather than the world’s. this can be illustrated by an analogy. if two societies adhere to the (same) majority principle, it does not mean that they wish to follow the joint majority of the two societies! even the other clause of rawls’s second principle of justice, the equality of opportunity, is social specific; it is artificial to think of giving every- justice and solidarity body in the world equal opportunity in the competition for jobs, education, or political participation. but of course, these analogous cases of distributive justice—majoritarianism and equal opportunity—should be distinguished from the commitment to human rights: two countries which sign the geneva conven- tion assume a universal responsibility to prevent war crimes in general, not just “their” war crimes. the same applies to natural duties like those of assistance to starving people. so the local character of justice does not derive solely from the culture-dependent nature of its principles, but more fundamentally from the local basis or motive of the cooperation which it is meant to regulate. it is interesting to note that while on the domestic level the contract includes everybody, regardless of his or her comprehensive moral views, on the interna- tional level a contract is made, according to rawls, only with peoples of a certain kind, namely, “liberal and decent,” and not with “outlaw and burdened” societies. this indicates that any contract must be motivated by some deep motive, such as solidarity, which operates in different ways in the domestic and the international contexts. in the domestic case, it is the motive of self-interested individuals to further their welfare by cooperating on a fair basis with people with whom they feel solidarity. in the international case, it is the motive of promoting justice, peace, and security which leads societies to principles of non-aggression, trade relations, and aid. indeed, states as such do not feel solidarity with each other, but peoples often do share such feelings (e.g., the united states and britain in world war ii). however, this kind of solidarity leads to alliances and agreements of mutual interest rather than to relations of distributive justice. these agreements, unlike the domestic social contract, are actual rather than hypothetical, and are binding like promises rather than as a matter of fairness. both the domestic and the global approaches to justice take the individual as the essential unit. although rawlsian contract theory is conceived as a mere political construction, the idea of justice as fairness must take the individual as a non-arbitrary, metaphysical foundation in the theory. it is only the scope of the group of contracting individuals, which is left contingent (depending on the kind of solidarity frameworks that happen to develop in history). in other words, individualism is a philosophically necessary assumption of contract-based justice. however, the international approach addresses relations between peoples, states, or societies, which are not metaphysically fixed units, but rather empirically determined entities, and worse, entities whose scope and bounds are themselves partly objects of normative decision. now, denying that justice applies globally does not mean that there are no moral principles governing international relations. there are natural duties which obligate both individuals and governments, primarily the duty of aid. people who lack the basic necessities, like food and water, immunization or shelter, have a legitimate expectation to be assisted. unlike the concern for the worst off in society on the domestic level which is based on equality, the concern for starving people in other societies is based on want, on deprivation of universal human means of survival. human rights and international law are also to be respected david heyd irrespective of national boundaries and cooperative agreements. so are the duties of compensation for past exploitation or oppression, which are measures of corrective justice. on the level of states, non-aggression and the respect for trade and other agreements are principles that must be respected. but these are all principles of a different sort than those of fair distribution (like the difference principle). their justification lies in human nature, rationality, or sympathy, rather than in ideal contractual agreement. indeed, there are also specifically distributive problems that call for global solutions, like the distribution of the burdens associated with fighting global warming, the ozone threat, the dwindling of the fish population in the oceans, the disappearing rain forests, world epidemics, and so on. there are goods which in their nature are global, that is, cannot be linked to any particular sovereign territory. these problems can only be addressed by sovereign states in the world through mutual agreement. but like international trade agreements or mutual disarmament treaties, these do not relate to “the basic structure of society,” but are of an ad hoc nature. they reflect the power relations and interests of the actual parties rather than the idea of fair distribution (although this does not mean that the agreements are free from moral constraints, like the prevention of exploitation or the use of force). unlike the “basic structure of domestic society,” world order is expected to achieve primarily peace, stability, and mutual advantage, rather than the fair distribution of primary goods. the aim of this article is modest. it does not intend to claim that human action on the global level is free from moral constraints. it does not purport to relieve either individuals or states from duties toward members of other societies. it only tries to show that one of the most powerful methods of justifying normative arrangements, that of the social contract, cannot account for the sphere of global moral relations. if we adhere to a liberal view of justice as a consent-based system of norms created under the strict methodology of a hypothetical contract, then we will have to view international relations and global distributions as deriving their justification from a different source than that of the contract. justice, particularly in its distributive sense, should be kept as a separate category from natural duties, rational ad hoc agreements, impartial solutions of conflicts, and respect for human rights. this article tries to show that the distinctive feature of contract-based justice is a prior sense or motive which makes the contract possible and defines its scope. this sense is here called solidarity. the answer to hobbes’s perplexity— how can a multitude of people institute a commonwealth through a covenant?—is quite simple: the covenanting people are not really a multitude to begin with. this article was written during my fellowship at the institute for advanced studies of the hebrew university of jerusalem. justice and solidarity notes alongside numerous philosophers following rawls, i have discussed that issue in some detail in my genethics: moral issues in the creation of people (berkeley: university of california press, ). john locke, two treatises of government, ed. peter laslett (cambridge: cambridge university press, ), . thomas hobbes, leviathan, ed. richard tuck (cambridge: cambridge university press, ), . for an early discussion in our period of democracy’s inability to determine its scope, see frederick g. whelan, “democratic theory and the boundary problem,” nomos ( ): – . cf. bernard yack, “popular sovereignty and nationalism,” political theory ( ): . sen strongly advocates this shift from the model of consent to that of impartial arbitration. and he is right in his belief that a model of impartial decision can avoid the logical problem of a contract with future people or with potential members of a given polity in deciding the scope of membership. however, i am not sure how the conditions for impartial decision can be speci- fied. the whole point of consent-based legitimation is that it avoids the interminable contro- versies about what constitutes impartiality by letting the parties to the conflict agree on the principles of justice. impartiality, like neutrality and the “ideal observer,” is hard to define without appealing to substantive values or positions, while the fairness of a process of agree- ment is less controversial. amartya sen, “justice across borders,” in global justice and tran- snational politics, eds. pablo de greiff and ciaran cronin (cambridge: cambridge university press, ), – . this seems to go against russell hardin’s view in his one for all: the logic of group conflict (princeton, nj: princeton university press, ), particularly chap. . i do not deny that self- interest and group identification are often “congruent” and that such identification may cease when costs to the individual become very high (p. ). however, this does not prove that self-interest can be the exclusive and exhaustive grounds for the formation of a political entity with its own system of justice (even if we include under “self-interest” altruistic motivations such as the interests of others). hardin’s main concerns with the rationality of identification are contexts of ethnic or national conflicts (where it is natural indeed to approach the issue of belonging from the instru- mental or self-interested point of view); but my focus here is on the context of distributive justice in which the promotion of interest within a fair system of binding rules (rather than pure self-interest) is sought. the objection was raised by one of the anonymous referees of this article. i am grateful in general to his or her detailed and incisive comments. it is interesting to note that most of the major philosophical literature on the subject of solidarity is french (and then german), rather than english and american: auguste comte, emile durkheim, and jürgen habermas, to name a few of the important writers on solidarity. rawls considers the difference principle as a manifestation of fraternity (a theory of justice [cambridge: harvard university press, ], ), but does not analyze its nature. loyalty is closely related to solidarity in its being “necessary to form a community of reciprocally caring people, committed to counting each other as equal in their common project.” george fletcher, loyalty (new york: oxford university press, ), . i follow fletcher in the idea that “loyalty is a critical element in a theory of justice; for we invariably need some basis for group cohesion, for caring about others, . . . as partners in a common venture” (p. ). however, soli- darity seems to me to better capture the conditions of justice than loyalty, since it is not a straightforward duty (sometimes even overriding other moral duties), but rather a presupposition of justice (though it has some weak normative force). solidarity is a less personal relation, and, unlike loyalty, does not apply to marital relations or to the relations between man and god. the opposite of solidarity is not treason or treachery, but simply indifference. it is essentially reciprocal (which is not the case with loyalty): i cannot feel solidarity with a group in which no one else feels solidarity, since the group is (partly) constituted by the sense of solidarity. this also explains why i can be loyal to my (true) self, but cannot be said to feel solidarity with myself. david heyd some philosophers distinguish between natural solidarity (of family or community members) and “project-related solidarity” (based on what i refer to as a common cause). see klaus peter rippe, “distinguishing solidarity,” ethical theory and moral practice ( ): – . my approach, however, involves features of both kinds of solidarity. as joel feinberg has noted, solidarity consists not only of the overlap of shared specialized interests (like in corporations), but also of a community of interests (like in a family or a nation). see joel feinberg, doing and deserving (princeton, nj: princeton university press, ), – . it is interesting that feinberg suggests an argument concerning retributive justice which runs parallel to the one outlined here concerning distributive justice: collective responsibility can be imposed on a group of people only when there is an “antecedent solidarity” between them (ibid., – ). richard rorty, contingency, irony, and solidarity (cambridge: cambridge university press, ), – . chantal mouffe, “politics, democratic action, and solidarity,” inquiry ( ): – . this very exceptional sense of shame was developed by karl jaspers in his moving, post-holocaust essay on german guilt. metaphysical guilt is felt by human beings for crimes other human beings have perpetrated. it is felt in the face of god and is close to the sense of shame in belonging to the same species as the perpetrators. karl jaspers, the question of german guilt, trans. e. b. ashton (new york: capricorn books, ). cf. feinberg, doing and deserving, – , where guilt and shame are presented as indicators of solidarity. avishai margalit has pointed out to me the deceptive and manipulative idea of “the family of man” (famously used as the title of a s exhibition of photography). richard miller, “cosmopolitan respect and patriotic concern,” philosophy and public affairs ( ): – . equal respect applies to all human beings as such; concern applies in more local groups, like peoples. rorty, contingency, . for a very close view, see véronique munoz-dardé, “fraternity and justice,” in solidarity, ed. kurt bayertz (dordrecht: kluwer, ), : “it may appear that the ‘spirit of fraternity and benevo- lence’ must already exist between citizens as a precondition of social justice, and that the difference principle depends upon a conception of the good that makes each member of the political community want to identify with and care for other citizens.” see also margaret canovan, nationhood and political theory (cheltenham: edward elgar, ), chap. , appropriately entitled “social justice: looking after our people.” emile durkheim, the division of labor in society, trans. george simpson (new york: free press, ), – . ibid., – . cf. ulrich k. preuss, “national, supernational and international solidarity,” in solidarity, ed. kurt bayertz (dordrecht: kluwer, ), . mouffe, “politics,” . according to craig mataresse, sartre’s idea of solidarity is based on the individual’s pledge not to betray or defect from society. being based on choice, it is contrasted to hegel’s communitarian and organicist view of political society, in which the social bonding is not mediated by a principle or a value. see craig mataresse, “solidarity and fear: hegel and sartre on the mediations of reciprocity,” philosophy today ( ): . i have dealt in detail with this two-tier structure of contract theory in the context of the majority principle. see david heyd, “counting heads or casting lots: the lottery challenge to majority rule,” iyyun ( ): – . charles taylor has argued that an egalitarian democratic regime requires a higher degree of citizen solidarity than a traditional hierarchical society in which the issue of the minority acceptance of the majority decision does not arise. kurt bayertz, “four uses of solidarity,” in solidarity, ed. bayertz (dordrecht: kluwer, ), – . this article is an important contribution to the taxonomy and analysis of the concept of solidarity. justice and solidarity brian barry, theories of justice (london: harvester, ), – . this resolves the tension pointed out by barry between rawls’s commitment to impartiality on the domestic level and his acceptance of mutual advantage as guiding international relations. max pensky, “cosmopolitanism and the solidarity problem: habermas on national and cultural identities,” constellations ( ): . david miller, “community and citizenship,” in communitarianism and individualism, ed. s. avineri and a. de-shalit (oxford: oxford university press, ), . see also on nationality (oxford: clarendon press, ), – . andrew mason takes issue with miller and claims that a weaker sense of belonging, not necessarily “national,” is a sufficient condition for distributive justice. andrew mason, community, solidarity, and belonging (cambridge: cambridge university press, ), – . craig calhoun, “constitutional patriotism and the public sphere,” in global justice and transna- tional politics, eds. pablo de greiff and ciaran cronin (cambridge: mit press, ), . calhoun argues that the public sphere is constructed through discourse, that is, it is a product of “solidarity and choice.” i am told that a major factor in contemporary swedish national identity is the commitment of its citizens to the swedish welfare system and their pride in it. this would be a perfect example of the way justice plays a role in the creation of national solidarity. brian barry, culture and inequality (cambridge, ma: harvard university press, ), ff. for a very compelling description of the multifarious ways in which citizens are united by “common sympathies,” see john rawls, the law of peoples (cambridge, ma: harvard university press, ), and particularly note in which he quotes extensively j. s. mill on “nationality” and its grounds. see lukas meyer, “justice, intergenerational,” in stanford encyclopedia of philosophy, ed. edward zalta. url: http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/justice-intergenerational. charles beitz, political theory and international relations (princeton, nj: princeton university press, ), . thomas nagel, in a recently published article, also wonders about the moral arbitrariness of local borderlines but ultimately sides with a form of non-universalistic, “associative” model of justice. see thomas nagel, “the problem of global justice,” philosophy and public affairs ( ): – . charles beitz, “international liberalism and distributive justice: a survey of recent thought,” world politics ( ): – . rawls, the law of peoples. david heyd http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/justice-intergenerational s .. compliance bias and environmental (in)justice david m. konisky georgetown university christopher reenock florida state university scholarship on race- and class-based disparities in regulatory outcomes has failed to provide a theoretically grounded account of this bias’ origin. we address this shortcoming by providing a microlevel explanation of how demographics influence compliance bias or the failure to detect noncompliant firms. we argue that regulatory compliance is best understood as a dual-agent—firm and regulatory officer—production function, and that community mobilization and agency decision-making authority shape bureaucrats’ incentives to report non- compliance. we test our argument with an original dataset on community mobilization and agency structure that delineates the political costs and benefits of state regulatory officers implementing the u.s. clean air act. using detection-controlled estimation, we find that while certain communities are vulnerable to compliance bias, such bias is mitigated in the presence of either politically mobilized communities or decentralized enforcement authority within the implementing agency. e qual protection under the law is a fundamental principle of democratic public policy. when governments fail to treat citizens equally, the very legitimacy of democracy is threatened. accord- ingly, the roots of equal protection extend deeply and broadly in the discipline. scholars recognize its impor- tance as a key component of the rule of law and the civil liberties protected in society (maravall and przeworski ). bureaucracy scholars refer to doctrines of admin- istrative fairness and representation (meier ) and judicial scholars to impartiality and neutrality (raz ). the core questions on equal protection turn on whether government is treating citizens differently, and, if so, what remedies might reduce such inequities? in approaching this question, scholars have inves- tigated policy domains that are ripe for violations of equal protection such as housing, pay, environment, education, and employment. of these areas, environ- mental protection is particularly salient because of the potential for adverse public health effects. advocates for ‘‘environmental justice’’ often allege that minority and low-income communities experience dispropor- tionate environmental hazards, in part, as a result of unequal enforcement of laws (e.g., bryant ; bullard, ; bullard & johnson ). some recent research investigating these claims has found that governments conduct fewer inspections and impose fewer punitive sanctions when firms are located in poor and minority areas, but other work has identified few such disparities (dion, lanoie & laplante ; gray and shadbegian ; helland b; konisky ; konisky and schario ; scholz and wang ). notwithstanding the mixed results, these studies share a common approach of establishing correlations between community demographics and regulatory enforcement outputs. however, while demonstrating these correlations helps to diagnose the presence of enforcement bias, prior research has not developed a strong theoretical account of the sources of this bias. enforcement actions rely upon initial determinations of firm compliance, which are generally ascertained through government detection efforts. as a result, ob- served correlations between community demographics and enforcement actions may be either evidence of bias originating in an agency’s decision to take that action or evidence of bias originating in the initial compliance determination. moreover, bias in regulatory outputs is generated from a process that involves the strategic interaction of both firms and regulatory officers. the journal of politics, vol. , no. , april , pp. – doi: . /s � southern political science association, issn - an online appendix for this article is available at http://journals.cambridge.org/jop containing supplemental analyses. data and supporting materials necessary to reproduce the numerical results in the article will be made available at http://mailer.fsu.edu/ ;creenock/ by january . observed correlations between community demo- graphics and regulatory outputs may reflect a firm’s decision to be compliant, an officer’s decision to accurately identify noncompliant firms, or both. when studying regulatory outputs alone, these sources of bias are observationally equivalent. we believe a more productive path for revealing the sources of bias is to focus on compliance. com- pliance is the foundation upon which other regulatory outputs are based, and for this reason, studying firm compliance is not vulnerable to the first problem noted above. in this sense, exploring environmental justice issues within a compliance framework high- lights the core process within which we believe bias is likely to originally arise. second, while compliance does entail dual-agent (firm and officer) production, we can explicitly model each data-generating process, allowing us to determine if the bias originates with firms and/or regulators. in this article, we develop a novel theoretical account of compliance bias, or the systematic non- detection of violations, in the context of environmental justice. building on past work (e.g., feinstein ; helland a, b; scholz and wang ), we argue that compliance bias is best characterized as a dual-agent production function of firms and regulatory officers. while pursuing different goals, both firms and bureaucrats attempt to minimize their costs. we argue that the costs associated with noncompliance (firms) and failure to detect noncompliance (bureaucrats) are lower in poor and minority communities because these communities have fewer resources with which to document and protest noncompliance. for this reason, firms in these areas are more likely to be noncompliant and less likely to be detected by regulatory officers. this dual-agent approach reveals two potential remedies for such bias. first, politically mobilized communities are better equipped to generate compli- ance costs for firms and political costs for bureaucrats, and, as a result, bias will diminish in poor and minority communities that have overcome the collective action problems necessary to exert political pressure. second, we argue that high-level agency managers have a strong incentive to overreport compliance rates in order to craft positive impressions of agency performance. for this reason, they are more likely to engage in what we refer to as motivated, nondetection of compliance when a firm is located in a poor or minority area, since these communities have fewer political resources and are therefore less likely to discover the bureaucrat’s behavior. the empirical setting for our analysis is firm-level compliance with the federal clean air act (caa). using an original dataset on both local mobilization and the decision-making authority of the state regu- latory officers largely responsible for implementing the caa, we employ detection-controlled estimation (dce) to model the effects of demographic character- istics on both individual firm and regulatory officer compliance decisions. we find that compliance bias is more likely in hispanic (but, not in african american) communities, but that such bias is mitigated in the presence of either politically mobilized communities or decentralized enforcement authority. our results sug- gest that compliance bias in policy implementation can be curbed not just by investing in the political capacity of communities but also by modifying agency decision- making structures. the article proceeds as follows. we begin by developing our theoretical expectations about the link- age between compliance bias and community demo- graphics. we then discuss our research design and explain the usefulness of using a dce approach to test these expectations. next we discuss our empirical analysis of compliance bias in the case of enforcement of the caa and then conclude with a discussion of the implications. theory and hypotheses models of regulatory compliance recognize two distinct processes: firms make decisions over compliance, and regulatory officers make decisions over compliance determination. strategic-deterrence models provide ba- sic expectations that are useful for our purposes. in such models, firms and bureaucrats base their behavior on an expected utility calculation in which each attempts to maximize their expected payoffs given their beliefs about the other’s action (braithwaite and makkai ; scholz ; winter and may ). of the many outcomes of this strategic interaction, we are interested in features of the policy environment that may increase the potential for ‘‘opportunistic’’ behavior—that is, when firms pursue noncompliance based on their lower expectations of being caught and/or punished by regulatory officers. the end result of this outcome is undetected noncompliance—the object of our study. we assume that firms choose whether to remain in compliance or to violate the law. in making this choice, firms are interested in maximizing their individual profit at the lowest cost of compliance. a few studies look at disparities in firm compliance with mixed findings (earnhart a, b; mennis ; scholz and wang ). compliance bias and environmental (in)justice the expected costs of compliance are related to various features of the market and to policy and political factors that shape the consequences of noncompliant behavior. expectations about the costs of compliance are also related to the detection efforts pursued by regulatory officers, and specifically, the likelihood that noncompliant behavior will not only be discovered but treated as violations. it is for this reason that one needs to conceptualize compliance outcomes as a dual-agent production function. when firms expect agency offi- cials to pursue less rigorous enforcement strategies, they have greater incentive to avoid full compliance. alternatively, when firms believe that agency officials are more likely to pursue a maximal deterrence strategy, they will have greater incentive to stay in compliance. we assume that bureaucrats choose whether to determine a given firm’s compliance status. this deci- sion is perhaps the most fundamental enforcement activity for a regulatory officer, since it is not only the first action in a long line of potential actions directed at an individual firm but also represents an important performance indicator for an agency at the aggregate level. in making this choice, officers are interested in maximizing the political benefits of successful detection (i.e., getting credit for making correct compliance determinations) while minimizing the political costs of errors (i.e., getting blamed for making incorrect com- pliance determinations). political benefits stem from being responsive to policy demands such as managing the aggregate consequences of noncompliance (e.g., pollution levels, accident rates) and political demands including the preferences of political principals and other stakeholders. as we argue below, an important element in being responsive is whether the agency is viewed as being ‘‘effective.’’ in addition to the various types of transaction costs involved for any given case (i.e., search and information costs, bargaining and decision costs, policing and enforcement costs), regu- latory officers must also consider the political costs of their decisions. specifically they must weigh the con- sequences of making wrong decisions, and we argue that they will allocate their effort to minimize the net costs of different incorrect compliance determinations. incorrect compliance decisions come in two forms. first, the officer could wrongly attempt detec- tion of a compliant firm (so called ‘‘harassment’’; scholz ). second, the officer could fail to detect a noncompliant firm. each of these errors generates different political costs from unique clientele. for the first error, business interests are more likely to gen- erate costs for officers, while environmental advocacy groups are more likely to generate costs for the second error. in the aggregate, at the level of a region or a community, officers attempting to minimize one set of errors necessarily increase the probability of the other (this is of course not the case at the individual firm level). on the whole, clientele generate cross-cutting incentives for officers, who attempt to minimize costs associated with making errors, offering officers a trade- off. a rational regulatory officer, seeking to be respon- sive to stakeholders, will attempt to minimize costs generated from relevant clientele. we are interested in how community demographics affect the second type of errors, or failures to detect noncompliance. as we will argue below, factors such as demographics alter the relative political costs of these errors, making one error more attractive than the other, ceteris paribus. in the context of firm compliance, officers are unable to fully and regularly assess the behavior of all regulated entities. even if bureaucrats are motivated primarily by functional or intrinsic preferences (brehm and gates ), they are still constrained by practical limits. for this reason, bureaucrats may engage in some satisficing behavior as a decision-making shortcut (simon ) or, alternatively, choose to strategically allocate more effort to accurately determine the com- pliance status of some firms more than others. this could take the form of directing agency efforts to easier cases (wilson ) or directing resources to cases depending on the estimation of the political costs of a wrong decision. we assume that firms are aware that officers face such limitations but are uncertain of precisely which officer type they are dealing with—one preferring less or more rigorous detection effort. given that firms and regulatory officers are un- certain about each other’s preferences, they develop beliefs using signals in the policy environment. these signals inform a firm’s (agency’s) expectations about an agency’s (firm’s) strategy, and they originate from political and policy task factors alike (potoski ; ringquist ; scholz and wei ; scholz, twombly and headrick ; wood ). when signals from the policy environment are sufficiently suggestive that regulatory officers may pursue less rigorous detection, firms will be more likely to risk noncompliance. community demographics, mobilization, and enforcement authority we posit that community characteristics shape firms’ and regulatory officers’ behavior by providing signals about each others’ preferences over compliance and en- forcement, respectively. for firms, demographics pro- vide informative signals about the expected costs of compliance. for reasons we specify below, bureaucrats are less likely to devote their limited resources to david m. konisky and christopher reenock correctly detecting noncompliance when the firms are located in less politically active areas. because large minority and poor communities tend to have fewer political resources with which to engage in advocacy, these communities as well as the regulatory officers who serve them will be less likely to employ aggressive detection efforts. strategic firms respond accordingly and should be more inclined to risk noncompliance, leading to our first hypothesis: h : firms in minority (or poor) neighborhoods are more likely to be in noncompliance. community demographics may generate costs for regulatory officers in several ways. first, failure to detect noncompliance, if uncovered, can lead to objections from interested stakeholders. rational bureaucrats seek- ing to minimize costs generated from a specific clientele over incorrect decisions will devote fewer resources to carefully determining compliance for cases where the costs associated with wrongful detections are lower. conversely, they will dedicate more attention to those cases where the costs of making incorrect decisions are higher. to be clear, officers cannot simply ignore these resource-intense cases to avoid the costs associated with them. doing so will generate either undetected non- compliance or detection against compliant firms, both of which generate costs, albeit from different clientele. in this sense, the costs that a regulator faces for failing to detect a noncompliant firm vary, depending on the probability that an incorrect determination will be re- vealed. community characteristics enter this decision- making equation because some communities have better capacity to identify and dispute an incorrect compliance decision. in particular, poor and minority communities tend to have fewer political resources to demand and secure accurate compliance decisions from bureaucrats. this raises the relative attractiveness of compliance bias in these communities. a second reason regards the identification of potential violations. in policy contexts where third- party monitoring assists bureaucrats in detecting problems, communities with reserve time, resources, and social capital are better equipped to serve in this role. poor and minority communities are less likely to possess this capacity. as a result, regulatory officers are more likely to mischaracterize noncompliant firms as compliant in these areas. whichever reason holds, the end result is the same—poor and minority neighborhoods are less likely to be able to generate political costs for regulatory officers. therefore, bureaucrats have less incentive to actively pursue noncompliant firms in these communities, leading to the following hypothesis: h : bureaucrats are less likely to code violating firms as noncompliant when they are located in minority (or poor) communities. the effect of community demographics on firm and regulatory officer behavior, however, should not be constant across all contexts. rather, we argue that the effect should be mediated by two contextual features— the ability of a community to generate political costs through effective mobilization and the vulnerability of a regulatory officer to these costs. we discuss each in turn. community mobilization. past work demonstrates that communities with higher political capacity are better able to influence firm decision making (hamilton , ; hamilton and viscusi ), and we argue that a similar dynamic exists with firm compliance. while community demographics provide signals to bureaucrats (and firms) about potential political mobilization, they do not account for the effects of actual mobilization. politically mobilized communities should alter the incentives of firms and bureaucrats in decisions regarding compliance. regard- ing firms, communities that overcome collective action problems and exercise their political voice can modify the costs of compliance through direct pressure, ‘‘sham- ing’’ poor performers, or litigation. well-organized communities should also increase the political costs to a bureaucrat of making an incorrect decision, since they can protest and publicize what they believe are any erroneous decisions. in turn, these higher costs should reduce the likelihood of officers wrongly classifying a firm violating the law as compliant and of firms being noncompliant. two specific political-mobilization hy- potheses follow from this logic: h a: firms in minority (or poor) communities are less likely to be noncompliant when they are located in politically mobilized communities. h b: bureaucrats are more likely to code violating firms in minority (or poor) communities as noncom- pliant when these communities are politically mobilized. enforcement authority. to this point, we have implic- itly assumed that all bureaucrats share similar incentive structures when it comes to determining firm compli- ance. yet, within an agency, different bureaucrats have varied tasks. front-line agents focus on the day-to-day activities of policy delivery, while high-level managers focus on achieving overall organizational goals and managing relationships with external stakeholders (hammond ). as a consequence, the incentives that influence bureaucrats’ compliance decisions may vary with their position in the agency. critically important for our purposes, not all states assign the compliance bias and environmental (in)justice same personnel final decisionmaking authority over compliance decisions. some states allow field officers wide discretion over compliance decisions, while others require final authorization from higher-level agency managers. we argue that there is strong reason to believe that, depending upon their position and task responsibilities, bureaucrats are not equally vulnerable to the political costs that a community may generate. specifically, we posit that compared to lower-level field officers (e.g., career civil servant front-line com- pliance officers), higher-level bureaucrats serving in agency management roles (e.g., department secretaries, deputy secretaries, division managers, or regional directors) have additional incentives to inaccurately characterize noncompliant firms as compliant. com- pliance rates are a key indicator by which stakeholders evaluate the performance of regulatory agencies, and they are often included in annual reports to state leg- islatures and to federal overseers. in many areas of policy, where it is difficult to precisely measure bureau- cratic performance, for reasons of both asymmetric information and causal ambiguity between agency action and policy outcomes, stakeholders rely on these types of metrics instead. the use of such performance indicators often results in goal displacement where agencies focus on producing metrics to satisfy external stakeholders, rather than achieving more relevant policy outcomes (blau and meyer ; bohte and meier ; downs ). knowing this, bureaucrats serving in high-level management positions responsible for crafting impressions of agency performance have a stronger incentive to deliver high compliance rates. high-level managers, faced with these incentives, may be tempted to overlook noncompliant firms in some circumstances. we refer to this behavior as motivated, nondetection of compliance, and it is analo- gous to bohte and meier’s ( ) idea of organizational cheating in public agencies. although bureaucrats enjoy informational advantages over many stakeholders, there are potentially adverse consequences to engaging in this behavior, and strategic bureaucrats are more likely to pursue motivated, nondetection of compliance when the risks of being caught are smaller. it is here again that we return to the important role of community characteristics. since there is a higher probability of the deception not being detected, bureaucrats will be more likely to deliberately mischaracterize a firm violating the law as compliant when the community in which the firm is located has fewer political resources (i.e., poor and minority communities). to be clear, this incentive is above and beyond the reasons stated previously regarding the political mobilization capacity of these communities, leading us to our final hypothesis: h : bureaucrats who are more likely to be held accountable for agency performance are more likely to mischaracterize violating firms as compliant when these firms are located in minority (or poor) communities. research design to test our expectations we employ dce, a statistical technique that enables us to jointly model the dual production of compliance. originally developed by feinstein ( ), dce statistically controls for the possibility that some portion of noncompliant firms may remain undiscovered by regulatory officers. as a result, facilities may be entered into a database as compliant when they are actually violating the law. dce estimates the likelihood of a firm being non- compliant, as well as the likelihood that a given entity was correctly coded as noncompliant by a regulatory officer. failure to account for the two reasons for observing compliance (actual compliance and the failure to detect noncompliance), which is implicitly done when compliance is modeled with a single-equation probit or logistic regression specification, can bias inferences. dce techniques have been utilized to correct for compliance bias in a variety of settings, including taxpayer compliance (feinstein ) and firm com- pliance with environmental (brehm and hamilton ; helland a, b; scholz and wang ), occupational health and safety, (feinstein ), and food and drug (olson ) regulation. the dce approach has two specific benefits for our purposes. first, it corrects for bias in estimating demographic effects in firm-compliance models. second, it enables us to explicitly account for the dual-agent production problem. with dce we can consider the sources of bias by separately testing whether demographics affect firm decisions on compliance and regulators’ determinations of facility compliance. specifically, we utilize feinstein’s ( ) dce estimator, which consists of two binary choice models: one that models the likelihood of a ‘‘true’’ violation and a second that models the likelihood of detection of ‘‘true’’ compliance. because the likelihood of a viola- tion and the likelihood of detection are separately unobservable, these likelihood functions are estimated to be clear, the mechanisms by which motivated nondetection occur are not necessarily nefarious. we do not necessarily envision managers explicitly manipulating compliance documents or turn- ing the other way to blatant violations—although we do not rule this out. rather, such motivations may translate into directing subordinates’ detection efforts either to or away from specific geographical areas of concern, based upon political demands. david m. konisky and christopher reenock jointly via maximum-likelihood estimation. the dce estimator is equivalent to a bivariate probit model with partial observability (abowd and farber ; poirier ). more formally, we model the observed dichotomous compliance variable, zi, as the product of two unobserved latent dichotomous variables, yi and yi , such that zi is only observed, where zi yi x yi . in our application, we assign the interpretations of firm noncompliance and agency detection to yi and yi , respectively, such that: zi ¼ ; yi and yi ¼ ; otherwise n thus, we expect to observe a firm being listed as noncompliant (zi ) when both the firm is non- compliant and the agency has detected this noncom- pliance. in all other combinations of firm and agency behavior, we observe a case of compliance (zi ), which highlights the fact that we cannot distinguish between true compliance and undetected violators. in this model the probabilities are jointly and simulta- neously determined with a correlated error term, r, pr z ¼ ð Þ¼ f x b ; x b ; rð Þ pr z ¼ ð Þ¼ � f x b ; x b ; rð Þ yielding the following likelihood to be estimated: lnl ¼+n i¼ fzilnf ðx b ; x b ; rÞ þ ð � ziÞ ln½ � f ðx b ; x b ; rÞ�g identification of this model requires an exclusion of at least one exogenous variable to ensure that the parameters being estimated in each model are not identical. moreover, identification is enhanced when the exogenous variable exhibits sufficient variation over the sample. this condition is likely to be met when the exogenous variable is continuous (poirier ). in our model, signature authority (which as we describe below is our measure of agency structure) is a continuous exogenous variable which we restrict to the detection equation based on our theoretical argument that the location of decision making in a state administrative agency creates different incentives for bureaucrats. we do not include signature authority in the firm model given what we think is a reasonable assumption that firms are largely unaware of this feature of administrative agencies, and, even if they were aware, it is unlikely to affect their compliance costs. the other variables not included in both equations are the firm-level indicators of past enforce- ment. because firms’ compliance costs are affected by the temptation to cheat, which is in turn a function of the likelihood of getting caught, we include measures of past government inspections in the firm equation. for their part, we argue that regulators will devote their time and effort to ‘‘bad actors,’’ so we include measures of whether recent violations resulted in a punitive action in the detection equation. the empirical setting for our analysis is the regulatory compliance of individual firms within the context of air pollution control across the u.s. states. we use an original dataset that combines firm- level compliance with the federal caa with data on community characteristics and contextual variables across county, state administrative region, and u.s. states. the federal government sets most standards under the caa, but the states have responsibility for enforcing many of its provisions. to best capture the policy and political demands on state regulatory officers, we use novel data on how each state agency divides enforcement responsibilities among bureau- crats internal to the agency. we discuss these data in greater detail below. our attention to the details of administrative program structure does, however, generate a trade-off. given the demands of gathering these data, we can only examine a limited time frame ( – ) for which we have compiled administra- tive data. however, we do not believe that this trade- off compromises our ability to draw valid inferences because our hypotheses only require cross-sectional variance. moreover, by limiting our analysis to a single presidential term, we can hold constant variations in national factors that might influence state enforcement patterns. of course, we must be cautious extending our inferences beyond this temporal domain. measuring compliance the dependent variable, hpv status, reflects whether a regulated facility was designated as a high priority violator (hpv) of the caa. an hpv facility is one that is failing to meet core caa obligations, usually pollu- tion performance standards. dissimilar to minor paper- work violations, noncompliance of this sort can trigger significant punitive sanctions including substantial monetary penalties. for this reason, designating a firm as hpv is of high political relevance for regulatory officers. hpv status is a dichotomous variable that takes a value of one for a facility designated as a hpv at any time during the year, and zero otherwise. the variable is it is possible that there could be ‘‘false’’ noncompliance, but this would be exceedingly rare in our context. hpv determinations represent cases of severe noncompliance and typically include major infractions of emissions standards, minimizing errors, even by overly zealous regulators. compliance bias and environmental (in)justice measured on annual basis from to , and we examine all federally reportable facilities under the caa. the result is a panel dataset that includes a total of , cases ( , firms per year), although the number of cases analyzed is slightly fewer due to missing data. table a. in the online appendix includes sources and descriptive statistics for all data. measuring community characteristics environmental justice concerns typically emerge with respect to race and class. we use two standard measures in the literature to assess the racial compo- sition of a community: percentage of african-american population and percentage of hispanic population. the literature is less consistent when accounting for class, with most using some combination of income, pov- erty, and education measures. rather than emphasize any one measure, we constructed a scale based on four standardized variables, median household income, percent below poverty line, percent college educated, and percent high school educated, each measured at the zip-code level. the resulting scale, class, obtained a cronbach’s alpha of . , and an investigation of the dimensionality of the scale revealed a single factor with an eigenvalue of . , accounting for % of the total variance. measuring community political mobilization to assess the degree of community political mobiliza- tion, we require a measure that captures whether citizens have overcome collective action costs and organized around environmental justice concerns. standard meas- ures of political mobilization, such as voter turnout and campaign donations, are too broad to capture our concept of interest. moreover, it is likely that it is precisely in communities where traditional political mobilization is low that the pressures for organization around equity issues are highest. as a result, we use a more direct measure: the presence of locally oriented environmental justice advocacy organizations. we assembled data from the people of color environmental groups directory (environmental justice resource center ), which publishes a list of organizations whose activities include advocating for environmental justice. specifically, we coded the presence of groups listed as ‘‘environmental justice resource groups’’ at the zip-code level, as well as information about the constituency served by each group and its geographic focus. using these data, we first aggregated this group information up to the three-digit zip-code level to take into account the positive spillovers from the presence of a group, under what we believe is a reasonable assumption that the reach of these groups extends beyond the specific mailing zip code of their main office. we then constructed a scale based on five standardized varia- bles, the total number of groups, the total number of groups focused on african americans, the total number of groups focused on hispanic groups, the total number of groups with a neighborhood focus, and the total number of groups with a local focus. the resulting scale, mobilization, obtained a cronbach’s alpha of . , and an investigation of the dimensionality of the scale revealed a single factor with an eigenvalue of . , which accounts for % of the total variance. section of the online appendix discusses the meas- urement of this variable in more detail. measuring regulatory officer incentives to test our hypothesis regarding motivated, nondetec- tion of compliance, we must know whether the author- ity to issue enforcement-related actions rests with field officers, is centralized in the hands of high-level agency officials, or lies somewhere in between. we believe that a reasonable proxy is the location within the agency where (or more precisely within whose hands) final signature authority to issue enforcement actions lies. we measure the locational authority over three sets of enforcement actions (reenock and gerber ). for each state air-pollution control agency, this measure divides (final authority— ) by (vertical depth— ), where final authority represents the location of final signature authority for a given action within the chain of command, and vertical depth represents the number of entities in the direct chain of command from the field officer up to and including the individual or committee at the top of the chain of command. tennessee, for example, has a very centralized authority structure. typically, enforcement actions are pushed up the agency’s chain of command all the way to the top, we correct for the panel structure of the data by including time dummy variables as well as estimating robust standard errors that are clustered in the firm. additional analysis is reported in the online appendix, table a. . about . % of our cases are missing demographic data at the zip-code level from the u.s. census (likely due to shifting zip codes). the missing zip codes have slightly lower hpv rates and likely possess higher than average incomes. given this pattern, we likely underestimate demographic effects on compliance bias. a detailed description of this measure and a robustness check, using five-digit zip codes (the results were substantively similar) is presented in the online appendix (section , table a. ). david m. konisky and christopher reenock eventually being signed off by the agency head. com- pare this to a state such as south carolina, where these actions are signed off by civil servants located five levels below the agency head. the resulting variable ranges between ( ) and ( ), where zero represents perfectly centralized decision-making authority, and one repre- sents authority decentralized to the field-officer level. this equation yields a measure of locational authority and is available for three levels of enforcement action across each state—level i actions (informal and formal notices that typically are reserved for the first step in a case of noncompliance), level ii actions (formal administrative actions, which may include penalties), and level iii actions (civil and criminal cases filed against a noncompliant entity). we standardized each of these measures and added them to construct an equally weighted scale of sign-off authority. the final measure, signature authority, has a mean of approx- imately zero and a standard deviation of . . control variables firms and regulatory officers rely on a host of signals to inform their decisions. given that these signals may be correlated with their compliance decisions as well as with the demographic composition of the relevant community, we include several controls to avoid drawing incorrect inferences. to account for relevant policy task factors, we include measures of problem severity and complexity in the local policy arena. we measure problem severity with nonattain- ment, a count of the number of caa ambient air- quality standards a county fails to meet on an annual basis. we also include policy entropy, a diversity index of state air-emissions sources in a county, where higher values represent a more complex implementa- tion environment (potoski ). last, many states have decentralized their caa compliance-monitoring activities to regional offices. to control for each office’s workload, we include regional scale, which is the total number of regulated firms in the region. firms’ and bureaucrats’ compliance decisions may also be influenced by economic and political condi- tions. to account for economic conditions, we use unemployment rate, measured at the county-level. in addition, we include a measure of industry salience as the percentage of a given county’s total nonfarm income that derives from air polluting industries (ringquist ). political factors at both the state and local level may also affect compliance decisions. a stronger democratic presence in state government has been associated with greater regulatory activity in general (scholz, twombly, and headrick ; scholz and wei ), and in enforcement of the caa in particular (konisky ; wood ). to account for state-level political influence, we include democratic governor, a dummy variable reflecting gubernatorial partisan control, and percentage democrats in state legislature, which is the total percentage of democrats in both state houses. past research has also shown that regulators are responsive to local political conditions (scholz, twombly, and headrick ; scholz and wei ; but see huber ). given that minorities tend to live in more democratic areas, and state governments led by democrats tend to pursue more enforcement, it is important to control for any local political effects, which we do with percent democratic vote, which is the county-level percentage of the presidential vote for the democratic candidate. last, we include a set of firm-level controls to account for heterogeneity in compliance costs across firm types and for variation in the political costs that officers face in handling cases for different types of firms. first, firms with a recent agency-inspection history are more likely to assign a higher cost to future noncompliance. therefore, we include two dichoto- mous inspection variables in the firm model that indicate whether it has been inspected in the prior year, state inspection and federal inspection. moreover, regulatory officers will be more likely to incur greater political costs for failing to detect a prior noncompliant firm. therefore, in the regulatory detection model, we include two dichotomous enforcement actions variables that indicate whether the firm has been punished with at least one enforcement action in the prior year, state enforcement action and federal enforcement action. we also include three firm-level dummy variables reflecting a facility’s industrial classification code: manufacturing, utilities, and transportation. last, we also included a firm-level variable reflecting the level of pollution generated by the regulated entity. this variable, major source, is a dummy variable that is coded one if the firm is classified as a major source of air pollution (generally greater than tons per year) and zero if it is not. empirical results before describing the results from estimating the dce model, it is important to recall that the model consists of two sets of estimated parameters. for the first set, the firm model, positive coefficients reflect an increase in the probability of a firm being an hpv. for the second set, the detection model, positive coeffi- cients reflect an increase in the probability of a firm compliance bias and environmental (in)justice being detected as an hpv. in addition, it is important to note that the mean of the group-mobilization and signature authority variables are essentially zero. ac- cordingly, the parameters on the constituent terms, percentage of african american population and percent- age of hispanic population, represent the effect of either community demographic when both mobilization and signature authority are at their respective means. the results are displayed in table . given space constraints, we focus our discussion on the variables of central theoretical interest. across both the firm and detection models, the results are generally con- sistent with our expectations. the estimates from the firm model suggest that community demographics have statistically significant associations with a firm’s hpv classification. specifically, firms located in his- panic communities and lower socioeconomic status communities are more likely to be noncompliant with the caa. firms located in african american commun- ities, however, are not more likely to be major violators—a finding that cuts against our expectations and claims made by many environmental justice advocates. it is also worth noting that the coefficients on the hispanic and class variables are of greater magnitude than those derived from a single-equation probit model, which highlights the problem of model- ing compliance without taking into account the com- pliance bias inherent in the data. (we present estimates from a probit model in section of the online appendix.) the estimates in the detection model suggest that community demographics are also systematically as- sociated with the likelihood of regulatory officers accurately detecting noncompliant firms. the percent- age of hispanics (but not african americans) in a community and a community’s socioeconomic class each have a statistically significant effect on regulatory officers’ reliably detecting noncompliance. the results suggest that, on average, regulators are less likely to detect hpvs in these communities. taking the results of both models together, we now have a clearer picture of the process behind disparities in environmental regulatory outputs. relative to those located in more upper-class, non-hispanic communities, firms are both more likely to be significant violators of the caa and less likely to be characterized as such as by bureaucrats. this supports our expectations in both hypothesis and hypothesis . what of the ability to mitigate this pattern of bias via political mobilization? recall that our expectation is that, in more mobilized communities, firms will face greater costs associated with noncompliance, and bureaucrats will face greater costs associated with failing to detect noncompliance. to the extent that discriminatory patterns exist across community dem- ographics, these patterns ought to be attenuated in the presence of actual political mobilization. the analysis is consistent with our expectations in hypothesis . the interaction terms in both the firm and detection models suggest a diminishment of bias—that is, in the presence of mobilized, hispanic communities, firms are less likely to be noncompliant, and bureaucrats are more likely to detect noncompliance. (we would have expected an analogous effect in african american communities, but as noted above, the coefficient on the initial percentage african american variable does not suggest any baseline bias to attenuate.) this finding lends additional support to a widely held belief among scholars that political mobilization can effec- tively counter environmental inequities. the novelty of our findings, however, lies in demonstrating that political mobilization can alter not only firms’ com- pliance decisions, but also regulatory officers’ detection decisions. it also appears that the ability of political mobi- lization to mitigate this bias does not extend to other standard indicators of mobilization. we gathered data on both voter turnout from the presiden- tial election at the county level and the number of campaign donations made to candidates annually ( – ) at the zip-code level. when we estimate the effect of these indicators of political mobilization, neither successfully attenuates the compliance bias present in hispanic neighborhoods—the coefficient on the interaction term is null in both cases. we suspect that voting and campaign donations repre- sent diffuse mobilization across policy issues—too diffuse to alter the incentives of firms or regulatory officers in hispanic communities. (these results are pro- vided in section , table a. in the online appendix.) finally, the parameter estimate on the signature authority interaction term is consistent with our last hypothesis that institutional structures alter regula- tory officers’ incentives to detect noncompliance. moreover, with a single equation, the analyst must decide whether to interpret an effect as influencing compliance or detection. our mobilization measure primarily reflects groups representing persons of color and may be a less valid measure of mobilization around class issues. including a multiplicative interaction term between mobilization and class yields a null coefficient. our results are also robust to alternative specifications of group mobilization. specifically, we used a simple count of environ- mental justice groups, and differentiated between groups focused on african american and hispanic issues when creating our interaction terms. these results are reported in the online appendix (section , table a. ). david m. konisky and christopher reenock ta b l e high priority violator status for individual regulated firms hpv status bivariate probit, with partial observability firm model pr(observing hpv) detection model pr(detection) b s.e. b b s.e. b environmental justice indicators % african american . . . . % hispanic . *** . - . *** . class - . ** . . ** . mobilization . ** . - . * . mobilization x african american - . . . . mobilization x hispanic - . *** . . ** . signature authority — — - . *** . sig. authority x african american — — . . sig. authority x hispanic — — . *** . policy task factor indicators regional scale . *** . - . . policy entropy - . . . ** . nonattainment . *** . - . . economic context indicators unemployment . . - . *** . % income air pollution industry . . - . . political context indicators democratic governor - . *** . . *** . % democratic in state legislature - . . . . % democratic vote - . *** . . *** . firm-level factors state inspection ( year lag) . *** . — — feb inspection ( year lag) - . . — — state enforcement action ( year lag) — — . *** . feb enforcement action ( year lag) — — . *** . manufacturing firm . . . * . utility firm . . - . . transportation firm . . - . . major source . *** . - . ** . year dummy ( ) - . *** . . *** . year dummy ( ) - . *** . . *** . year dummy ( ) - . *** . . *** . intercept - . *** . . * . rho - . ** log-likelihood - . x ( ) . *** number of cases note: *p , . , **p , . , ***p , . , two-tailed test. standard errors clustered on firm. compliance bias and environmental (in)justice the results suggest a statistically significant interaction between percentage of hispanic residents in a com- munity and the location of enforcement authority. when this authority rests with field officers, while a certain degree of failed detection still exists, field officers are less sensitive to whether a community is hispanic. in other words, the detection of noncompliance is relatively flat across levels of hispanic communities. however, when enforcement authority is centralized near the top of the agency’s chain of command, a different type of pressure arises. for these high-level managers, the detection of noncompliance wanes in the presence of an increasingly more hispanic community. this relationship is consistent with our argument that bureaucrats near the top of the agency’s structure feel greater pressure for their agency to perform well (i.e., produce high compliance) and as such are more sensitive to registering noncompliance in heavily hispanic communities. it is worth noting that this relationship is not conditional on party control of the governor’s office. in models not reported, we included a three-way interaction term—democratic governor x signature authority x % hispanic (and similarly for % african-american)—but the coefficient was not statistically significant, suggesting that high-level bu- reaucrats’ compliance determinations are not condi- tioned by executive political control. this is consistent with the idea that high-level managers, across political contexts, worry about maintaining a positive image of their agency. figure better demonstrates the substantive effects of these findings. each of the panels display the marginal effect of a % increase in the percent- age of the population that is hispanic in a zip code on the joint probability of observing a noncompliant, undetected firm. the top panel displays the mar- ginal effect of hispanic across the mobilization scale, while the lower panel displays the effect across the signature authority scale. the top panel of figure shows that regulatory officers respond to hispanic communities differently, conditioned on whether those communities are more mobilized around environmental justice concerns. in fact, the number of undetected noncompliant firms (nationwide) can decrease from a high of approx- imately in the absence of mobilized communities to nearly in the presence of highly mobilized ones. a decrease of hpvs nationally may appear to some to be a diminutive effect, but the presence of a single hpv can be quite impactful for the surround- ing community. direct mobilization of at-risk com- munities is not the only incentive mechanism that affects regulator decision making. the lower panel suggests that the location of signature authority within an agency is a powerful incentive device as well. while all agency bureaucrats engage in some amount of failed detection (i.e., the expected number fi gu r e effect of percent hispanic on undetected hpvs across mobilization and signature authority the substantive effect that we report is the change in the unconditional joint probability of observing a noncompliant firm, that is likely to have gone undetected, or pr y ¼ ;ð y ¼ Þ¼ f x b ð Þ� f x b ; x b ; rð Þ multiplies by the total number of firms for whom the condition is reasonable (see next note for explanation). the figures were created by estimating the mean expected probability and associated standard errors from , draws off of the variance-covariance matrix. to display a substantively interesting outcome, we multiplied the marginal probability for a given condition by the nationwide subset of the firm population for whom an additional % hispanic gain is reasonable (approximately %, or , firms for our data). this calcu- lation produced the expected change in the number of unde- tected noncompliant firms across the united states. david m. konisky and christopher reenock of undetected noncompliant firms is positive over the entire range of signature authority), those officers nearer the top of an agency’s chain of command succumb to an additional disincentive to code non- compliance. at the extreme, in the presence of a more hispanic community, when decision making over enforcement rests with high-level bureaucrats, nearly noncompliant hpvs will go undetected compared to when such authority rests with field officers. we believe that this is due to high-level bureaucrats being more likely to engage in organizational cheating in the presence of a community that is less politically mobi- lized and therefore less likely or able to engage in fire- alarm oversight. the relative impact of the mobilization and signature authority variables on the joint probability of observing an undetected violating firm compares reasonably well with other variables in the model. for example, having a democratic governor decreases the number of undetected violators by an estimated firms, nationally. this suggests that the greatest impact of mobilization or signature authority (; ) is nearly half the magnitude of changing the party of the governor’s office. another factor, local-level partisan representation, also motivates firms and regulators. an increase of a standard deviation (about points) above the average percent of the democratic county vote in the presidential election (around %), decreases the number of undetected violators by an estimated firms, nationally. these results are consistent with long-held findings in the literature that central and local partisan actors shape policy delivery (scholz and wei ). but, our analysis reveals two alternate and meaningful pathways to influence com- munity compliance bias—one emphasizing commun- ity empowerment and political mobilization and the other emphasizing regulatory officers’ incentives struc- tures via creative-agency design features. discussion and conclusion democratic governments continue to wrestle with shortfalls in equitable policy delivery. examining the occurrence of such shortfalls has been a central focus of scholars and practitioners alike. in this article, we focused on one area, environmental policy, for which research has failed to arrive at a consensus on the causal process that generates bias in regulatory out- comes. we have attempted to move this discussion in a different direction—one that considers the incen- tives of both firms and regulatory officers making decisions about compliance. our argument suggests that disparities in u.s. environmental policy outcomes are rooted in the incentives facing both firms and the bureaucrats tasked with implementation. although past research has recognized the dual production of compliance bias, we offered a novel theoretical account focusing on the incentives of bureaucrats to code firm com- pliance status. this approach enabled us to then show how decisions change in the presence of variation in these incentives. we demonstrated that when com- munities overcome collective action problems, bu- reaucrats will dedicate more resources to the firms in their areas. we also showed that agency design can accentuate bias in compliance decisions. high-ranking bureaucrats have an incentive to overreport compli- ance rates, since these rates are used as indicators of agency performance by external stakeholders. because these bureaucrats are less likely to get caught engaging in this behavior when communities have fewer polit- ical resources to detect it, the outcome is likely to further disadvantage poor and minority communities since they tend to lack these resources. an unanticipated finding is that the bias revealed from our analysis pertains to poor and hispanic communities, but not african american ones. it is worth noting that this result would have been masked had we just considered minorities collectively, which is often done in the literature. what might explain this pattern, and particularly the lack of bias in firm and regulatory compliance decisions toward firms located in african american communities? the simplest interpretation, of course, is that there is no systematic bias. although this runs counter to claims made in the literature (e.g., bryant ; bullard ), it would be welcome news for these communities which past work has found to be subject to disproportionate environ- mental burdens (ringquist ). it may also reflect the time period analyzed. our analysis was limited to – , and by this time, the environmental justice movement was quite mature in many african american communities, and firms and regulators alike may have factored in the costs of committing major violations and failing to detect noncompliance, re- spectively. in other words, advocacy in these com- munities may have paid considerable dividends by the time of our study. for hispanics, however, the results we also considered the possibility that mobilized groups might change the decision calculus for upper-level bureaucrats. we examined whether a three-way interaction was present between hispanic community, mobilization, and signature authority, but the coefficient was not statistically significant. compliance bias and environmental (in)justice suggest a more traditional story of environmental disparities. firms in these communities are not only more likely to be significant violators of their caa obligations, but they are less likely to be designated as such by regulatory officers. there are several additional implications of our study. while our findings suggest that substantial disparities in compliance outcomes exist, they also suggest the possibility that patterns of bias stem from the decision-making structures of regulatory officers, not necessarily from intentional discrimination. this by no means discounts the importance of the disparate outcomes, but it does suggest that the source of bias need not rest with deliberate prejudice, but with bureaucrats’ rational responses to their resource con- straints. in other words, biased outcomes are possible, indeed probable, even in the absence of explicit discrimination. our results also offer a cautionary note on goal displacement. political principals can use various performance measures to determine agency ‘‘suc- cess.’’ however, in certain contexts, indicators such as compliance rates may present perverse incentives to regulatory officers. our analysis suggests that when bureaucrats face such perverse incentives, they may substitute the appearance of successful policy delivery for equitable policy delivery. assessing the way in which such indicators incentivize regulatory officers is essential for any effort to reducing compliance bias. given the increasing prevalence of performance measurement at all levels of government, the poten- tial implications of this type of goal displacement on equitable policy implementation likely extends into many different areas of public policy. last, our study reveals evidence of multiple ways that class- and race-based disparities could be re- dressed. communities could be empowered through capacity-building efforts. such efforts designed to help poor and minority areas organize around issues of environmental protection will produce a demand for more equitable treatment from government and put direct pressure on firms to improve their perform- ance. second, our results suggest that changes to the institutional decision-making structure of the agencies responsible for implementing policy would also be effective. specifically, our analysis suggests that decen- tralizing authority to regulatory officers in agencies could result in fewer cases of deliberate nondetection of compliance. that is, moving the location of compliance determinations away from high-ranking officials with incentives to overreport compliance may result in fairer—although not necessarily fair— treatment of communities hosting regulated firms. acknowledgments we would like to thank don haider-markel, eliz- abeth rigby, and evan ringquist for helpful com- ments and discussion, as well as john mortara and kristen holder for their excellent research assistance. references abowd, john m., and henry s. farber. . ‘‘job queues and the union status of workers.’’ industrial and labor relations review ( ): – . blau, peter m., and marshall w. meyer. . bureaucracy in modern society. nd ed. new york: random house. bohte, john, and kenneth j. meier. . ‘‘goal displacement: assessing the motivation for organizational cheating.’’ public administration review ( ): – . braithwaite, john, and toni makkai. . ‘‘testing an expected utility model of corporate deterrence.’’ law & society review ( ): – . brehm, john, and scott gates. . working, shirking, and sabotage: bureaucratic response to a democratic public. ann arbor: the university of michigan press. brehm, john, and james t. hamilton. . ‘‘noncompliance in environmental reporting: are violators ignorant, or evasive, of the law?’’ american journal of political science ( ): – . bryant, bunyan. . environmental justice: issues, policies, and solutions. washington, dc: island press. bullard, robert d. . ‘‘anatomy of environmental racism and the environmental justice movement.’’ in confronting environmental racism: voices from the grassroots, ed. r. d. bullard. boston: south end press, – . bullard, robert d. and glenn s. johnson. . ‘‘environmental justice: grassroots activism and its impact on public policy decision making.’’ journal of social issues ( ): – . dion, catherine, paul lanoie, and benoit laplante. . ‘‘monitoring of pollution regulation: do local conditions matter?’’ journal of regulatory economics ( ): – . downs, anthony. . inside bureaucracy. boston: little, brown. earnhart, dietrich. a. ‘‘regulatory factors shaping environ- mental performance at publicly-owned treatment plants.’’ journal of environmental economics and management ( ): – . earnhart, dietrich. b. ‘‘the effects of community charac- teristics on polluter compliance levels.’’ land economics ( ): – . environmental justice resource center. . people of color environmental groups directory. atlanta: environmental jus- tice resource center. feinstein, jonathan s. . ‘‘detection controlled estimation.’’ journal of law & economics ( ): – . feinstein, jonathan s. . ‘‘approaches to estimating non- compliance: examples from federal taxation in the united states.’’ the economic journal ( ): – . gray, wayne b., and ronald j. shadbegian. . ‘‘‘optimal’ pollution abatement: whose benefits matter, and how much?’’ journal of environmental economics and management ( ): – . david m. konisky and christopher reenock hamilton, james t. . politics and social costs: estimating the impact of collective action on hazardous waste facility. the rand journal of economics ( ): – . hamilton, james t. . testing for environmental racism: prejudice, profits, political power? journal of policy analysis and management ( ): – . hamilton, james t., and w. kip viscusi. . calculating risks? the spatial and political dimensions of hazardous waste policy. cambridge, ma: mit press. hammond, thomas h. . ‘‘agenda control organizational structure and bureaucratic politics.’’ american journal of political science ( ): – . helland, eric, a, ‘‘environmental protection in the federalist system: the political economy of npdes inspections.’’ economic inquiry ( ): – . helland, eric, b, ‘‘the enforcement of pollution control laws: inspections, violations, and self-reporting.’’ the re- view of economics and statistics ( ): – . huber, gregory a. . the craft of bureaucratic neutrality: interests and influence in governmental regulation of occupa- tional safety. cambridge: cambridge university press. konisky, david m. . ‘‘inequities in enforcement? environ- mental justice and government performance.’’ journal of policy analysis and management ( ): – . konisky, david m., and tyler s. schario. . ‘‘examining environmental justice in facility-level regulatory enforce- ment.’’ social science quarterly ( ): – . maravall, josé marı́a, and adam przeworski. . democracy and the rule of law. cambridge: cambridge university press. meier, kenneth j. . ‘‘representative bureaucracy: a theo- retical and empirical exposition.’’ in james perry, ed., research in public administration. greenwich, ct: jai press. mennis, jeremy l. . ‘‘the distribution and enforcement of air polluting facilities in new jersey.’’ the professional geographer ( ): – . olson, mary k. . ‘‘regulatory agency discretion among competing industries: inside the fda.’’ journal of law, economics, & organization ( ): – . poirier, dale j. . ‘‘partial observability in bivariate probit models. journal of econometrics : – . potoski, matthew. . ‘‘managing uncertainty through bu- reaucratic design: administrative procedures and state air pollution control agencies.’’ journal of public administration research and theory ( ): – . raz, joseph. . ‘‘the rule of law and its virtue.’’ the law quarterly review : – . reenock, christopher m., and brian j. gerber. . ‘‘political insulation, information exchange, and interest group access to the bureaucracy.’’ journal of public administration research and theory ( ): – . ringquist, evan j. . environmental protection at the state level. armonk, ny: m.e. sharpe. ringquist, evan j. . ‘‘assessing evidence of environmental inequities: a meta-analysis.’’ journal of policy analysis and management ( ): – . scholz, john t. . ‘‘cooperative regulatory enforcement and the politics of administrative effectiveness.’’ american polit- ical science review ( ): – . scholz, john t., jim twombly, and barbara headrick. . ‘‘street-level political controls over federal bu- reaucracy.’’ american political science review ( ): – . scholz, john t., and wang cheng-lung. . ‘‘cooptation or transformation? local policy networks and federal regula- tory enforcement.’’ american journal of political science ( ): – . scholz, john t., and wei feng-heng. . ‘‘regulatory enforce- ment in a federalist system.’’ american political science review ( ): – . simon, herbert. . administrative behavior, rd edition. new york: the free press. wilson, james q. . bureaucracy: what government agencies do and why they do it. new york: basic books. winter, soren, and peter may. . ‘‘motivation for compli- ance with environmental regulation.’’ journal of policy analysis and management ( ): – . wood, b. dan. . ‘‘modeling federal implementation as a system: the clean air case.’’ american journal of political science ( ): – . david m. konisky is assistant professor at georgetown university, washington, dc . christopher reenock is associate professor at florida state university, tallahassee, fl . compliance bias and environmental (in)justice european journal of criminology ( ) – © the author(s) reprints and permissions: sagepub.co.uk/journalspermissions.nav doi: . / euc.sagepub.com deeper, broader, longer transitional justice ray nickson and john braithwaite australian national university, australia abstract transitional justice has an expectation management problem. international law imposes a right to justice and an obligation to defeat impunity from crimes against humanity. yet there has not been a war where a substantial proportion of criminals against humanity have been convicted. nor is one likely. the theoretical solution considered in this paper is to broaden, deepen, and lengthen our conception of justice so that more survivors might be vindicated by some kind of justice, even if a partial kind of justice. we broaden justice with a more holistic, yet multidimensional conception of what justice means, so that, for example, restorative justice, islamic justice and indigenous justice can be embraced among many alternatives to impunity. deepening justice means deeper survivor and citizen opportunities to shape a more responsive justice and to shape remedies through participation. lengthening justice means giving less priority to speedy trial and closure as transitional justice values. it might mean a permanent truth and reconciliation commission that keeps its doors open to victims decades on. keywords expectations, holism, restorative justice, transitional justice all legal systems fail to meet many of the expectations citizens have of them. the plan of this paper is first to suggest that a wide gap between hopes and expectations is particu- larly endemic to transitional justice. then the paper suggests that one step towards nar- rowing this gap could be to broaden our conception of justice, then deepen it, then lengthen it. the contribution aims simply to show what it might mean to broaden– deepen–lengthen our conception of justice. its only other contribution is then to argue that a deeper, broader, longer conception of justice could deliver a more meaningful kind of justice in transitions. the hope is that a broad–deep–long conception might be a more corresponding author: ray nickson, australian national university, australian capital territory, , australia. email: ray.nickson@anu.edu.au euc . / european journal of criminologynickson and braithwaite research-article article at australian national university on december , euc.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://euc.sagepub.com/ european journal of criminology ( ) serviceable foundation for peace with justice, for reconciling past conflicts in a way that prevents new cycles of violence and war. a foundation is all it could be, we argue in the conclusion, because praxis would also need to invent new paradigms of bottom-up expectation transformation as an alternative to extant ‘expectation management’ by tran- sitional justice practitioners. transitional justice’s expectation problem ray nickson recently completed research on stakeholder perceptions of the international tribunals established for crimes against humanity during the conflicts in cambodia and the former yugoslavia (nickson, ). although the normative and conceptual analysis of this paper does not depend on the validity of those results, they motivated this analysis and therefore are worth briefly summarizing. in interviews with practitioners who worked within and with the international criminal tribunal for the former yugoslavia and the extraordinary chambers in the courts of cambodia, a topic raised more than any other by respondents was the expectations held of international criminal trials. respondents were interviewed throughout in semi-structured, open-ended inter- views. they included judges, prosecutors, defence counsel, outreach staff, registry staff, court media officers, and staff from justice-oriented non-governmental organizations (ngos). for of the respondents, one major challenge facing the court was to man- age the unrealistically high expectations ordinary people, especially victims, have of what the court can accomplish. the dilemma was that a campaign to motivate the fund- ing of an international criminal tribunal succeeds partly because it does raise high expectations. once established, however, prosecutions of crimes against humanity always prove evidentially difficult and consume vast quantities of legal labour. over time, conse- quently, the rationing of cases to trial becomes progressively tighter. with cambodia, more than . million were killed in countless separate atrocities (kiernan, ). yet a tribunal for cambodia established in has so far seen only one conviction and two other defendants on trial (two others were also defendants in the same trial, during which the prosecution of one was suspended owing to their ill health and the other died). many cambodian victims were deeply dissatisfied with the prospect of just a few senior con- victions when the man they saw slaughter their family members still lives in their village. one reason the expectation gap could be even wider in the former yugoslavia is that victims universally felt that the prison terms that were handed down were far too short and many victims wanted nothing less than execution of serbian war criminals (ivkovic, ) – this when there was never any prospect that anyone would be executed by the international criminal tribunal. even in the now rare contexts in the contemporary world where this expectation can be attempted, angry, disempowered victims can still feel angry and disempowered: a prosecutor in the former yugoslavia prosecuted a multiple murderer at a time when the death penalty was available. after the conviction of the accused, the prosecutor successfully sought the death penalty. later, at a conference with the victims’ families, the prosecutor stated how he had sought the death penalty to satisfy their expectations of justice. the victims’ families were at australian national university on december , euc.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://euc.sagepub.com/ nickson and braithwaite outraged and responded that they were not satisfied. they wanted the murderer to spend life in prison so that he could really suffer. the prosecutor concluded that no matter the outcome, you would never satisfy victims. (tribunal media interview # ; nickson, ) an alternative interpretation could be that the key lies in a more empowering justice process for victims. this is the direction our investigation takes. the starting point in managing a widespread wish for a life for a life is a genuine national conversation among stakeholders on whether the peace that almost everyone wants more than anything else is possible unless people let go of the ‘life for a life’ expectation. the expectations of international criminal trials that were identified by stakeholders in interviews were varied. one unifying feature of these expectations is that most current manifestations of transitional justice – limited criminal trials employing retributive con- cepts of justice, or time-limited commissions of inquiry – are unlikely to satisfy them. expectations that seek truth, healing, reparations and an improvement to qualities of life that were diminished through conflict were mentioned frequently. in fact, expectations that criminal trials would provide answers to profound questions about conflict and atrocities, as well as intimate questions about the fate and location of loved ones, were almost universal, and were discussed in at least interviews. in addition, expectations that prosecutions would include the direct perpetrators of crimes were common. these demonstrated two problems with current transitional justice. the first is a disconnect between citizens and judicial institutions; the second, reliance on one form of justice that is ill equipped to adequately address people’s diverse hopes for justice. in interviews with judicial officers, court staff, and prosecutors at the tribunals for the former yugoslavia and cambodia, many respondents were aware of community expectations for truth and understood them. yet their own professional expectations were of due process and fair trials. indeed, many explicitly stated that an expectation of historical truth was an improper burden for judicial proceedings that could not be ful- filled. yet the expectation for answers and truth persists, partly because it was part of the rhetoric of the campaign to establish the tribunals. the international community also holds impossible expectations of transitional justice. the limited operation of most international tribunals perhaps best exemplifies an attitude that transitional justice can be achieved in a defined, usually short, period of time that brings closure at moderate cost. affected communities are expected to heal and reconcile when possibly only a few perpetrators have seen the inside of a courtroom. extending transitional justice time- frames is one element of the transformation we explore for giving adequate opportuni- ties for healing and reconciliation. observations of an ‘expectation problem’ have previously been highlighted in the transitional justice literature. at the very creation of the international criminal tribunal for the former yugoslavia in , the first international court to try war crimes since the second world war, theodor meron ( : ), who would later become president of the tribunal, recognized that there were ‘already fairly high expectations [of what the tribunal could provide]’. writing years later, former tribunal spokesperson refik hodzic ( : ) found that most victims he had interviewed felt ‘that early expectations of “transformative” justice had been exaggerated’. the disappointment of expectations by international tribunals is not limited to the tribunal for the former yugoslavia (hafner at australian national university on december , euc.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://euc.sagepub.com/ european journal of criminology ( ) and king, ). indeed, mcevoy ( : ) has observed that the ‘overselling’ of what legal institutions may provide has encouraged ‘unrealisable public expectations and ulti- mately an unfair assessment that such institutions have failed’. although a handful of researchers recognize this expectation problem, the literature does not suggest a theory of how to respond to expectation disconnects. this paper is not about developing a well-rounded understanding of how international justice officials’ need to ‘manage expectations’ comes about, or of how they set about the business of managing it. nor does it seek to summarize nickson’s ( ) empirical find- ings about which expectation gaps between transitional justice hopes and realities are widest. rather, it takes the expectations challenge as a given and advances just one pos- sible approach to a theory of how to manage it. this approach is to deliver more justice by broadening, deepening and lengthening the conception of justice in international criminal law jurisprudence. this response grows from valorizing the idea that interna- tional justice should have a more international, less narrowly western, character because it is international. the western criminal law tradition is myopically focused on punish- ment as hard treatment for culpable individuals delivered in speedy trials. some non-western traditions de-centre not only punitive individualism but also the idea that justice delayed is justice denied. islamic justice, for example, gives victims a presumptive right to punish the guilty and also encourages use of a right to forgive as a gift of community reconciliation and family reconciliation, underwritten by the belief that the sanction that matters will be god’s at a much later time. although we think an interesting case can be made to render international human rights law less european by incorporating a more islamic vision of the right of victim families to forgive from pun- ishment even their child’s murderer, and that this could have a practical relevance to managing expectations for justice after wars in which many thousands of civilians are slaughtered, we do not see law reform as the main game. indeed, we see extant interna- tional criminal law as reasonably well equipped to play its part in a transformed transi- tional justice that better realizes expectations. what international law needs, on our analysis, is more institutional humility. the hard sell for the myopically legal approach that preceded establishment of the international criminal court must now be put in its box. it follows that one reason it is desirable to broaden, deepen and lengthen our concep- tion of justice is that this allows transitional justice space to deliver non-western as well as western conceptions of virtuous justice. it can render international law a less didactic tradition that does more listening and learning from multiplicity in justice ethics. it also follows from cross-cultural pluralization of transitional justice in the process of broadening– deepening–lengthening that it must be more open to what cass sunstein ( ) in his tanner lectures called incompletely theorized agreement. courts confront disagreements among people on different sides of wars as to whether alleged criminality was politically evil, politically heroic, politically misguided, politically justified but using unjustified means, and so on. sunstein argues that, even within a unified, peaceful state, time con- straints upon courts, the need for people to be able to live together without ongoing conflict, and, most of all, heterogeneity of values and moral reasoning mean that adjudi- cation must deliver decisions that people can accept for incompatible ethical reasons. hence, there is often consensus that a court got a decision right, but for theoretically at australian national university on december , euc.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://euc.sagepub.com/ nickson and braithwaite utterly incompatible reasons among those who agree on the decision. courts therefore routinely put aside theoretical coherence in favour of bounded rationality towards out- comes that can mostly be accepted as legitimate for contradictory reasons, and can there- fore stick. sunstein argues that it is a good thing that legal agreements are incompletely theorized. we would add that a conscious broadening–deepening–lengthening of the meaning of justice creates a wider contract zone for the discovery of justice outcomes that are widely accepted by folk with opposed rationales for that acceptance. thereby, transitional justice outcomes that are incompletely theorized can unify the disunited to work together for a better future of peace with justice. let us make this practical with an example. the work of john braithwaite in muslim indonesia (braithwaite et al., a) and of ray nickson in buddhist cambodia (nickson, ) finds that muslims in the former case and buddhists in the latter can see deep justice relevance when enemies who have murdered villagers build, or help rebuild, a mosque or a stupa in the village of the victims. no international law reform is needed to allow the international criminal court, particularly its prosecutors, to listen to local victim communities who say that, because these perpetrators have built this mosque or stupa as an act of reconciliation and honour to our fallen, we forgive them; therefore we would wish you to concentrate your scarce prosecutorial resources on perpetrators who have not sought our forgiveness in a way that has meaning for us. no law reform is needed, but a transformed transitional justice mentality is needed to see such a way of thinking about the response of the international criminal court as the court playing a more humble part in broader, deeper justice. sunstein’s point here would be that some lawyers might justify taking account of the mosque or stupa in legal pluralist theoretical terms, others in terms of an international criminal law jurisprudence that considers rec- onciliation an important legal principle, others in terms of a theory of balance between international law principles and international peacebuilding policy. then sunstein argues that, so long as officers of the international court (for these theoretically contradictory reasons) converge on the practical response of empowering the voice of the victims who value the justice of the mosque or stupa, that is what matters. it matters because theoreti- cal humility is more important in international criminal law than in national law. broadening justice broadening justice means openness to a more holistic, yet multidimensional, conception of what justice means. the great south african criminologist clifford shearing concludes from his post-apartheid research that the justice most ordinary south africans want is ‘justice as a better future’ (shearing and froestad, ). this sense of justice was also prominent in both the south african and the timor-leste truth and reconciliation commissions (trcs) when they recommended that large corporations that benefited from apartheid or from the exploitation of timor should pay some kind of special tax for the benefit of the victims of crimes against humanity. the world’s first bilateral truth commission, between indonesia and timor-leste, was fairly criticized for its many limi- tations (braithwaite et al., ). yet one of the interesting things it prioritized was the concept of institutional as opposed to individual responsibility, particularly of the armed forces and intelligence agencies of indonesia, and a justice imperative for institutional at australian national university on december , euc.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://euc.sagepub.com/ european journal of criminology ( ) transformation. the commission’s conclusion was reached in circumstances where the citizens of both timor-leste and indonesia continued to live in fear of these security insti- tutions, in circumstances where their terror and torture are only partially reformed (hernawan, ). hence, the institutional transformation the commission proposed was a particular kind of ‘justice as a better future’. the idea of broadened justice is openness to listening to citizens about which of many kinds of better futures would allow them to feel that they live in a more just society. would that better future be that indonesian soci- ety eliminates torture as a threat to their children? would it be that south african society allows their children freedom of movement rather than pass laws? would it be radical redistribution of wealth or just equal educational opportunities for their children? justice, we will argue, is immanently holistic (luna, ). the holism of justice is a theme of the world’s most populous religions – christianity, islam, hinduism and buddhism. judaism and christianity have a hebrew word for holistic peace with justice – shalom (zehr, ). jennifer llewellyn and daniel philpott argue that the arabic word salam has a similar meaning in the quran and that, in the historical roots of islam, judaism and christianity, reconciliation and mercy are part of the essence of what holis- tic justice means (llewellyn and philpott, ). this brings in the restorative idea that, because crime hurts, justice should heal, and a justice that leaves wounds open will not seem like justice at all. there are resonances with shalom in the zulu, xhosa and now pan-african concept of ubuntu as motivating a holistic, relational justice in the post- conflict speeches of nelson mandela and in the south african trc report. justice colin lamont found no fewer than legally relevant dimensions of ubuntu’s holism in his ruling in the hate speech trial of julius malema (afri-forum and another vs. malema and others, ): ubuntu is recognised as being an important source of law within the context of strained or broken relationships amongst individuals or communities and as an aid for providing remedies which contribute towards more mutually acceptable remedies for the parties in such cases. ubuntu is a concept which: . is to be contrasted with vengeance; . dictates that a high value be placed on the life of a human being; . is inextricably linked to the values of and which places a high premium on dignity, compassion, humaneness and respect for humanity of another; . dictates a shift from confrontation to mediation and conciliation; . dictates good attitudes and shared concern; . favours the re-establishment of harmony in the relationship between parties and that such harmony should restore the dignity of the plaintiff without ruining the defendant; . favours restorative rather than retributive justice; . operates in a direction favouring reconciliation rather than estrangement of disputants; . works towards sensitising a disputant or a defendant in litigation to the hurtful impact of his actions to the other party and towards changing such conduct rather than merely punishing the disputant; . promotes mutual understanding rather than punishment; . favours face-to-face encounters of disputants with a view to facilitating differences being resolved rather than conflict and victory for the most powerful; . favours civility and civilised dialogue premised on mutual tolerance. at australian national university on december , euc.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://euc.sagepub.com/ nickson and braithwaite justice is only immanently holistic (luna, ), not totally holistic; otherwise there would be no point in distinguishing procedural justice from the justice of outcomes. procedural justice has been conceived in the literature as having a number of facets – including consistency, correctability, decision accuracy, impartiality, ethicality and pro- cess control – but these facets tend to be moderately highly intercorrelated (leventhal, ; lind and tyler, ). measures of citizen perceptions of procedural and distribu- tive justice also tend to be positively correlated and both are positively correlated with restorative justice (braithwaite, : – ). for example, colquitt et al. ( ) con- ducted a meta-analysis of studies and found an uncorrected population correlation between distributive and procedural justice. one of the empirical claims of restorative justice theorists has been that restorative justice, compared with existing justice prac- tices, contributes to procedural justice, perceived fairness of outcomes (distributive jus- tice) and indeed social justice (braithwaite, : – ). the intuition about the immanent holism of the shalom or ubuntu way of thinking about justice is that a restorative justice process that seeks to empower stakeholders to repair the harm of an injustice will produce outcomes that are more distributively satisfy- ing to stakeholders than a process that seeks to deliver equal punishments for equal wrongs. heather strang’s writing suggests one reason is that the narrower just deserts objective allows less leeway for a wider contract zone in which a win–win outcome can be crafted. this is why broadened justice produces outcomes that are more generally conceived as fair (strang, ). the greater control of process in the hands of stake- holders as opposed to justice professionals might also explain why restorative justice is perceived as more procedurally fair. we can also intuit why justice may be immanently holistic by going in the opposite direction in ways suggested by the writings of john rawls ( ) and indeed most other writers on justice. an unjust procedure will be more open to domination by the person with the most power, rather than the person with the best case, and so will lead both to less fair outcomes and to social injustice by virtue of domination of the powerful. the fact that justice is not fully holistic – that procedural and distributive justice often conflict, for example – means that it is rewarding and important to study the tensions among different versions of justice. extant formal law does this admirably in many ways. transitional justice can take advantage of the degree of pluralism that does exist in for- mal law; the fact that it is differentiated into procedures that allow compensation, punish- ment, truth-telling of a kind narrowed to individual guilt or innocence in criminal trials but opened to a wider vision of truth-telling in an inquest, for example. because justice is immanently holistic, a victim of crime whose perpetrator is never found might be dis- appointed by that impunity yet, when formal law pays them compensation, victims can feel that, in the circumstances, they have been vindicated and their justice claims have been acknowledged. innovation with broadened justice takes a different tack from exploring the tensions among different forms of justice, however. it says that, because there appears to be an immanent holism of justice, why not search for institutional ideas that maximize the synergy of holistic justice? restorative justice and ubuntu are just examples of such an institutional idea. searching for institutions that maximize the synergy of holistic justice is not a bad tack for transitional justice to consider, if the tradition aspires to be more permeable to plural legal traditions. at australian national university on december , euc.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://euc.sagepub.com/ european journal of criminology ( ) if this distinction between broader (like restorative justice) and narrower (like com- mon law) conceptions of justice does not seem practically meaningful, consider a nazi criminal who is apprehended for the first time in his old age. restorative justice advo- cates are opposed to doing nothing about the case because the man is so old. they want a restorative justice process to consider the just claims of all stakeholders. for example, they want a process in which families of holocaust victims have a voice in shaping what kind of justice should be delivered. certainly we expect restorative justice advocates to argue against starting a trial that might lead to imprisonment that would have no inca- pacitative value in light of the man’s advanced years, and in circumstances where the odds of the defendant dying before the trial is completed are high. but restorative justice advocates should push harder (than prosecutors imbued with a western criminal law tradition) for truth, apology, compensation, reforms that reverse and repair pan-european traditions of discrimination against roma communities, information about where bones of survivors might be found and much more because they have a broader view of the justice that is at stake than simply a good prosecutorial decision on whether to push for imprisonment. the literature on the comprehensive justice movement (daicoff, ), especially on the jurisprudence of restorative justice (braithwaite, ), problem-solving courts (see, for instance, berman and feinblatt, ; winick, – ), and therapeutic jurispru- dence (see wexler, , ; winick, ), is vast. we do not intend to say anything new about the jurisprudence of these alternative traditions in this paper. rather, our aim is to make a novel meta-jurisprudential point about international law acknowledging plural jurisprudential traditions in a way that can help transitional justice escape the rather narrow jurisprudential hole into which it has dug itself. in sum, broader justice: . acknowledges immanent holism, yet multidimensionality, in its conception of justice; . acknowledges legal, religious and cultural pluralism in what is accepted as con- tributing to justice; . is forward as well backward looking, refusing to be narrowed to punishing past crimes, and open to the possibility of ‘justice as a better future’; . takes restorative justice seriously, while not seeing it as master narrative that displaces extant legal narratives of what justice is; . allows incompletely theorized agreement on what makes for justice in a particu- lar context. deepening justice deepening justice means deeper survivor and citizen opportunities to shape justice and shape remedies through participation. it means justice that is more deeply responsive. deepening justice is a complementary ideal to broadening to a more holistic conception of justice. a problem with broadening justice is that, although it provides more options for giving survivors of injustice some sense of getting some kinds of justice, it also expands the list of ways people can feel dissatisfied at missing out on dimensions of at australian national university on december , euc.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://euc.sagepub.com/ nickson and braithwaite justice that matter to them. a solution to this problem can be to deepen participation in justice, whereby survivors participate directly in justice conversations about their case to which authorities listen. deep engagement, for example in a restorative justice circle, allows stakeholders to discover sources of satisfaction from different kinds of justice that they may not have realized could be satisfying to them (strang, ). no, says the engaged citizen in the circle, we cannot have an eye for our daughter’s eye, lest all our daughters be blind, but what if the new clinic in our village is named after our daughter? empowerment of stakeholders gives them permission to craft proactively a justice out- come tailored as a remedy to what matters to them. one of the most common personalized needs that survivor families have after crimes against humanity is to know particular things about the fate of their loved one, for exam- ple where her bones are buried. perpetrators or their associates often have that informa- tion. some survivors want apology; some do not. some want to tell perpetrators home truths; some do not. some want to hear a solemn judicial denunciation of the crime; others would rather do without that extra bit of process. some want an islamic, christian or buddhist gift of forgiveness; others want to keep religion out of justice. some want symbolic recognition of their loved one, such as naming a school or park after them; some do not. some want to push forward reforms that will prevent future generations from ever suffering similar crimes, and participate in their design. for others, this is too political for something so personal. responsiveness to the needs of stakeholders is a first step in deepening justice. whereas broadening justice is simply about broadening what counts as justice, deepen- ing justice is about responsiveness to stakeholder participation in deciding what counts as justice. in a recent interview conducted by ray nickson in cambodia (nickson, ) with a person working in victim support, the interviewee explained that identifying why witnesses came to testify is central to assisting them with their participation. the respond- ent noted four broad motivations for testifying: to speak for the dead; to inform the world of the truth; to seek a legal remedy that was just; and the hope that testimony will in some way help prevent future atrocities. identification of these motivations, which may not be exhaustive, meant that more focused support and assistance could be provided, particu- larly to manage witnesses’ expectations that were unlikely to be satisfied by the court process. for instance, the respondent had concluded that victim witnesses motivated by informing the world of the truth were quite unlikely to find that deep personal participa- tion in the discovery of truth was possible in a trial. the first step towards deepening justice is to incorporate and listen to the views and desires of affected communities in shaping transitional justice. this is needed at all stages, not simply as a remedial strategy once institutions have been imposed on local populaces. deeper justice means proactive engagement that enriches stakeholders’ understand- ing of the options available to them and gives them a genuine say in their design. in restorative justice processes, survivor families often receive briefings from experts on options they might consider in a restorative agreement. then the experts leave the room to allow the family to write out a list of demands to put to perpetrators or to the state. the idea is that justice has deeper meaning for citizens when their needs are articulated in their own voice to reflect the uniqueness of their needs rather than processed in standard- ized ways through the voice of a legal mouthpiece. at australian national university on december , euc.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://euc.sagepub.com/ european journal of criminology ( ) the empirical literature on the psychology of procedural justice is a strong clue to how deeper participation in justice can deliver a sense of having got justice even if citi- zens have not won their preferred outcomes. in fact, that literature suggests that satisfac- tion with justice is much more strongly driven by perceptions of procedural justice, particularly the opportunity to shape justice through being listened to, than by percep- tions of having secured preferred outcomes in a legal matter (tyler, ; tyler and blader, ; tyler and dawes, ; tyler and huo, ). it follows that, when survi- vors perceive themselves as enjoying deep procedural opportunities to influence justice, even if they miss out on most of the justice outcomes they would like, they can experi- ence fairness and move on. we do not have the same quality of evidence for justice after a war. yet it seems a good hypothesis here as well that, where citizens have opportunities for deep procedural justice through voice (even if only at one point in time), they may be more willing to commit to a peace in which they miss out on most of the outcomes they pursued in their war. lengthening justice lengthening justice means transitional justice that is no longer transitional because the justice institutions created in the aftermath of the conflict survive all victims of the conflict. lengthening justice means problematizing closure and speedy trial as justice virtues. speedy trial is a generally accepted justice virtue in the western legal tradition. truth commissions are often established with a requirement to report within two or three years. a problem with speedy reporting by truth commissions or speedy trials is that the most traumatized victims often take longest to be ready to participate in transitional justice. the experience of the civil war in bougainville, papua new guinea, demonstrates that it often takes many years of traditional reconciliation work before the perpetrators of the worst atrocities acquire the confidence that they can confess their crimes without fear of revenge (braithwaite et al., b). collective confessions (by military units) often preceded individual confessions of war crimes in bougainville. the individual confessions were many more years in coming because the perpetrators wanted to see if the response to the collective confession was recon- ciliation or revenge attacks. there is a case for trcs that are permanent institutions, keeping their doors open to assist with truth, reconciliation and justice at whatever point in time victims and perpetrators are emotionally ready. by the time all survivors have died, the trc may function as no more than a museum that stores their testimony and the artefacts of suffering, transmitting memories of tyranny and reconciliation to the next generation. a rather long lengthening is envisioned if it stretches beyond the lives of all survivors and perpetrators. one might then ask how much use is justice to the dead? quite a lot if, when they are alive, they grow to understand that their society has a long-term commit- ment to preserving the collective memory of their suffering, of lessons from the nation’s past, and to honouring the sacrifices of those who made them. for some survivors and their families, an important part of what ‘justice as a better future’ means is a future where collective memory is honoured. at australian national university on december , euc.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://euc.sagepub.com/ nickson and braithwaite a permanent trc could have the task of acting as a catalyst of the village-level tradi- tional reconciliation that was led more spontaneously from below in bougainville. some informants for our research in south africa in thought that a permanent commission might have better served the vast needs that the brief spectacle of the south african trc exposed but did not have time to meet. others felt that the local peace committee archi- tecture of the national peace accord that was shut down after the election of the mandela government might more usefully have been made permanent. this was because of their view that peace committees had more than a reconciliation function dur- ing the transition. they also doused sparks of future emerging conflicts and created very local spaces with settled local mediators who could reconcile old enemies at the point when they were ready to be reconciled. one respondent mentioned how the permanent national peace committee in ghana had defused emerging conflict during a close national election, persuading both national leaders contesting the election to announce publicly in advance that they would abide by the election commission’s call of the result. again, there can be complementarity among such options, with the truth commission catalysing and coordinating local peace committees and village-level rec- onciliations, rather as the timor-leste commission did. if truth is an expected basis for post-conflict justice and reconciliation, susanne karstedt’s ( ) research should be noted. in the s and s, reconciliation in europe was based on the german people believing that atrocities were the responsibility of only a small inner circle around hitler (karstedt, ). this lie, which was part of the legacy of the nuremberg trials, was corrected after war crimes trials from the s gave direct voice to the victims of concentration camps for the first time. if truth-telling is part of the justice people expect, criminal trials that settle for answering only guilty/not-guilty questions may not deliver much of it. on the other hand, the promising thing is that, although the nuremberg trials did not persuade the german people to acknowledge a truth that the rest of the world expected them to acknowledge, a sequence of trials over a period of a decade and a half did deliver this. keeping a flickering flame of reconciliation conversation going might be the basis for a new philosophy of permanent trcs comforting survivors with a societal commitment to never give up on truth, memory and justice as a project for the ‘longue durée’ (karstedt, ). the bougainville civil war experience of enduring reconciliation shows that most of the perpetrators and survivors of the worst atrocities were not ready for meaningful reconciliation in the first few years after the peace. they were not emotionally ready. more than that, after a civil war, people are too busy with rebuilding their homes, their churches and their schools and replanting devastated fields. a permanent trc that keeps its doors open for a century has the option of educating survivors that truth, justice and reconciliation are partial accomplishments of the longue durée. they can never be quick and easy is the educational message. the other message is that, whenever survivors are ready, they can walk through the trc’s doors to record their story, to request that perpetrators step forward for reconciliation or justice, or both. the ethos of the educative appeals to victims of a permanent commission is that survi- vors can put their trust in their children and grandchildren to preserve the memory of their suffering and never close the door on truth, justice and reconciliation. this is part at australian national university on december , euc.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://euc.sagepub.com/ european journal of criminology ( ) of why using the archives and artefacts of a permanent trc for a museum is important. it becomes a focus for educating future generations of schoolchildren about the sacri- fices of their forebears. indeed, as the institute for justice and reconciliation has done in south africa, children can be enrolled to the project of recording memories by film- ing the stories of their parents and grandparents who missed the opportunity to testify at the trc, stories of suffering and resilience. particularly in poor countries where capital city tourist attractions tend to be few, museums that commemorate recent wars often become drawcards that can charge tourists admission fees that offset costs. international peacekeepers and their families are often deeply interested later in life to visit such war museums in the countries where they served. a permanent commission might also edu- cate perpetrators who crave immediate forgiveness and closure that part of the suffering that it is their responsibility to bear is patience until their victims are ready for reconcili- ation, if ever. a permanent commission could monitor the accomplishment of ‘justice as a better future’ in a way a bounded commission could not. one method for a transitional con- stitutional moment could be to establish an interim trc with the mandate both to col- lect testimony towards an interim report and to build consensus towards a mandate for the permanent commission, which might be enshrined in the constitution. under this vision, the permanent commission could become an integral part of the separation of powers, an extra check and balance in the polity. hence, if the interim commission in a case such as post-apartheid south africa decided that ‘justice as a better future’ was fundamental to transitional justice, it might recommend to the drafters of the new constitution that the permanent commission be mandated to produce five-yearly com- prehensive reports evaluating the successes and failures of national institutions in reducing racial inequality, eliminating poverty, creating educational equality and pro- ducing less brutal security forces. regardless of how deepened participation decides to time different transitional justice institutions, it must solve what our data (braithwaite et al., b, c, ; nickson, ) suggest might be the biggest single challenge. this is the survivor who says, although it is good that a few big fish were prosecuted, although it is good a trc revealed hidden truths, neither heard my story and i suffer from seeing my perpetrator free to enjoy impunity in my village every day. lengthened justice is the key to that challenge because it means that one day a victim advocate can get behind the cause of that neglected survivor in that remote place and insist that her justice demands must finally be heard in a way that makes some sense to her, whether it is through traditional justice, a trial under state law, an international tribunal, or restorative justice that settles only a symbolic form of acknowledgment, reparation and truth-telling. this is critical because the most profound way that broad–deep–long justice can make things worse is when that neglected survivor sees so many different (broadened) ways that other survivors get justice, none of which apply to her. she sees so many ways that people in the city have been allowed to partici- pate in deciding how post-conflict justice can be deepened, while none of those participa- tion opportunities ever arrived in her village. she sees that there has been a longue durée of post-conflict justice that at every stage has turned away from the terrible crime she suffered. no transitional justice of any kind might be better than a broad–deep–long post- conflict justice that still averts its eyes from large numbers of people like her. at australian national university on december , euc.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://euc.sagepub.com/ nickson and braithwaite democracy’s work to be done we have presented the outline of a theory of justice radically reconfigured. more detailed, contextual and critical work is needed to fill that outline. the outline is of a conception of justice that broadens–deepens–lengthens the choices available to stakeholders in tran- sitional justice. we have attempted to show that broadening, deepening and lengthening ideas are commonly implicit in the utterances of victims and other commentators. our contribution has been to elevate these scattered thoughts into a more holistic vision of justice. when choices are broadened–deepened–lengthened, survivors who do not want to meet their perpetrator face to face will be taken seriously when they demand that she be prosecuted, or vice versa; survivors who want the deeper justice of participating in a root cause analysis of the culture of torture in a police agency are given voice for the possibility of a remedy crafted to include, for example, deep political engagement with police reform; survivors who were too traumatized to meet with their perpetrator when they were young can get support to do so if, in their old age, they then wish to meet their perpetrator. depth of justice is the key dimension for enabling this ambition. if there is a level of support for survivors (and recovering perpetrators) that empowers them, not with a veto (except over their own participation) but with an influential voice in the crafting of remedies that might meet their unique needs, then justice choices might be more jus- tice enhancing. this deepening of justice also involves a deepening of democracy. even in the most successful post-conflict democratizations, by the time citizens move into their second and third post-conflict elections, hype about how democracy will transform their lives seems hollow. their political leaders seem jaded compared with the heroic leaders of the struggle for democracy. they are seen as vote-grabbers and power-grabbers who listen to the wealthy elites who fund their campaigns, leaving ordinary folk with little voice. it has been part of the vision of restorative justice that it is in the judicial branch of govern- ance, rather than in the legislature or the executive, that there are richer opportunities to return substance to democracy in a world where state and business bureaucracies put such a large distance between citizens and decision-making (braithwaite, : – ). a large number of empirical studies from many countries show that victims, perpetrators and community stakeholders all come away from restorative circles with high levels of satisfaction (often over percent) with the justice and democratic participation they have enjoyed, levels of satisfaction never encountered for elected governments (braithwaite, : – ). not just adult voters but child stakeholders, child soldiers and child survivors can participate in broadened–deepened–lengthened transitional justice (gal, ). we are not born democratic. we learn to be democratic to the degree we enjoy deep participation in democratic processes. democracy will have deeper roots when we learn this as chil- dren. our expanded conception of transitional justice extends embrace of children in a deepened form of justice. one of the responsibilities of trcs under this widened con- ception of justice should be school programs that engage the opinions of children about terrible truths, welcome submissions from children on what should be done about certain things, publish their poems and paintings in commission reports, foster reconciliation encounters in schools between children from groups that have been killing one another, at australian national university on december , euc.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://euc.sagepub.com/ european journal of criminology ( ) foster gifts of kindness between children of the two groups in the course of the education experience, and so on. modest hopes for small spoonfuls of justice deepening of justice to include enriched opportunities for participation is the key to resolving the dilemma that, with so many dimensions of justice being enabled under our proposal, people will be dissatisfied that they miss out on most of them. there will just be more things that are talked up, more that they miss out on. this undoubtedly is a downside. nevertheless, our hypothesis is that the worst outcome is where survivors experience no kind of justice. they regularly see the man who raped and tortured them at the market wearing a watch he stole from them. there has been no calling him to account. unfortunately, this worst-case outcome is widespread in post-conflict societies. punitive criminal justice touches very few perpetrators because of the magnitude of the enforcement swamping problem, which is worst in the worst cases such as cambodia and the congo where there are millions of victims and but a few symbolic prosecutions. the crucial challenge is to expand the number of survivors who benefit from some kind of vindication of their suffering, some kind of opportunity to voice their condemnation and tell their truth and to get something back, which is a something that they have some participation rights in designing as a remedy tailored to the needs they articulate. when survivors are given participation rights alongside other survivors, they can be helped to transcend their own loss by seeing the greater suffering of others. often they learn that a good way to heal themselves is to help others. there is criminological evidence that this is true for perpetrators as well; ex-offenders are more successful at ‘going straight’ when they give something of themselves to help other criminals find a better path in their lives (maruna, ). more importantly, through transitional justice experiences that expose participants to the vastness of the unmet needs of so many survivors, people can become more realistic in what they can hope for themselves. they might be brought to say to themselves some- thing like the following: ‘with so many crimes and only six prosecutors, i can see that most of us are not going to see our perpetrators in the dock. but at least i can see that they are carefully recording my story for posterity, alongside all the others, to make sure their report tells a fuller truth. they have agreed to put in one of their reports that there is a need for rape trauma counselling. they have agreed to monitor the improved equality of access to education for our children that i and other victims from poor families have demanded. and, while i see that a court case is never likely to happen, i can see that a traditional justice hearing is a possibility in which i can decide the terms of my participation or non-participation in village justice.’ village by village, suburb by suburb, conversations convened by a permanent trc that embrace many in listening to one another’s stories have the potential to bring that kind of personalized but tiny spoonful of justice to all. it can be crafted in an engagement that educates about the impossibility of all survivors getting the bucketloads of justice or compensation they would ideally like. they get only a spoonful, but at least in the ritual at australian national university on december , euc.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://euc.sagepub.com/ nickson and braithwaite of delivering that spoonful of justice, they and their victimization can also be vindicated by appropriate representatives of the society who apologize that it is only a spoonful. one south african victim advocate in our peacebuilding compared research argued that, if it is impossible to give all victims a prosecution of those who victimized them, might it at least be possible to guarantee delivery of a memo to all victims that explains what the state has managed to find in relation to their case, what it has managed to do in inves- tigating it and assessing whether it is a case that can be prosecuted or dealt with in some other way. our qualification would be that it would be good to guarantee this for those who want it, but, for victims who do not want this but want something else, that would be an even better thing to be able to guarantee. conclusion there is a profound sense in which extant transitional justice works in quite the opposite way to what we have just described. there is no collective conversation about the diffi- culties of managing enforcement swamping problems after mass atrocity. instead, politi- cal leaders and transitional justice advocates build support for donor funding to end impunity by talking up the possibility of ending impunity. in a press release at the time of the destruction of east timor on september , un secretary-general kofi annan said ‘crimes against humanity’ would be punished. very few of them were. there was never a hope this would happen. it was doubtless well-intended rhetoric. in the event, it was damaging for hundreds of thousands of victims who saw nothing happen to their perpetrators. today it is time for a new political maturity about the expectations that leaders project for transitional justice. that involves acknowledging that, although the leaders and mas- terminds of the worst crimes will be prosecuted, the practice of international law in every country’s recovery from conflict (whatever the letter of international law says) is that there are never the justice system resources to prosecute every criminal against human- ity. all survivors, however, can be given an opportunity in their local area to tell their truth, which the society promises to record for posterity. all can get the opportunity to contribute their opinions on what the sentences of the lead perpetrators should contain, to contribute their wisdom on how the country should move forward to a more just future. they can get a chance to request a meeting with perpetrators that gives them an opportunity to say what they want to say to them and to make demands they want to discuss with them. most importantly, they can be given an opportunity to express their views to an interim trc as to how a permanent trc should be institutionalized. along these roads we can begin to see a way to transform expectations of transitional justice from below as an alternative to ‘managing expectations’ top-down (from the international criminal court, the security council, heads of states) (nickson, ). this is a tall order. but at least it is not an impossible expectation to deliver. although this broadening, deepening and lengthening of justice involves fewer legal resources than a policy of prosecution of all criminals against humanity in accordance with inter- national law, this alternative would still involve a much larger investment in transitional justice, including in lawyers’ salaries, over a longer transition than we currently manage. for that increased investment, more shattered people might be made whole; democracy at australian national university on december , euc.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://euc.sagepub.com/ european journal of criminology ( ) might be given greater participatory meaning; utter impunity would end; survivors would directly participate in crafting some gesture of justice that would have some meaning for them; they would receive public vindication of their suffering through the ritual of deliv- ering that restorative justice; justice could gain more legitimacy because citizen satisfac- tion with justice would increase and the symbolic value of the criminal law in egregious cases would be reinforced. it is a tall order with big benefits if we could be transforma- tive enough in how we expand our vision of justice. the benefits could still be worth- while if all the aspirations on this list were only very partially and falteringly accomplished and if the broadening–deepening–lengthening of justice were only gradually opened up. acknowledgements an earlier version of this paper was presented as the lynn weiss stuart lecture on psychology as a means of attaining peace through world law, american psychological association meeting, orlando, august . funding this research received no specific grant from any agency in the public, commercial, or not-for- profit-sectors, though funding from the australian research council supported the broader empiri- cal research program on which it draws. notes . however, we recognize that, in transitional justice endeavours, including trials, it may often be necessary and desirable to, in the language of sunstein, ‘introduce theory’ and revert to ‘high-level views’. one example could be the introduction of human rights theory when deciding an apartheid case. sunstein ( ) does allow space for this in his theory of incom- pletely theorized agreements. . on transformation, see balint ( ). . the recent solomon islands truth and reconciliation commission was required to report in one year, extendable to two (braithwaite et al., c: – ). hayner ( : ) states that a defining feature of truth commissions is their temporary nature, usually being required to operate in a ‘pre-defined period of time’. . this is a general issue with all forms of restorative justice and therapeutic jurisprudence (see braithwaite, : – ). . this argument should be distinguished from that of scharf ( : ), who argues in favour of a permanent international truth commission, as an adjunct to the permanent international criminal court. scharf’s arguments in favour of a permanent international truth commission are that there would be: ‘( ) superior sufficiency in funding; ( ) a greater perception of neu- trality; ( ) less susceptibility to domestic influences; and ( ) greater speed in launching investigations.’ . see john braithwaite’s website: http://www.anu.edu.au/fellows/jbraithwaite/>. . this would be in addition to the potential educative effects that time-limited truth commissions already possess (landsman, ). for a discussion of the importance of his- tory education in transitional justice more generally, see cole ( ). . often referred to as ‘dark tourism’, a fascinating literature exists on this emerging field (see, generally, causevic and lynch, ; lennon and foley, ; stone, ; stone and sharpley, , ; williams, ). at australian national university on december , euc.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://euc.sagepub.com/ nickson and braithwaite . in this hypothetical scenario, the semi-formal alternative to the available full criminal process is imagined as something like the traditional justice process used in tens of thousands of cases after the rwanda genocide, the gacaca. rwanda is an incipient illustration of how a formal approach to justice that fails for most victims and most perpetrators can be flipped in the longue durée into a broader and deeper justice that offers some, admittedly flawed, process to millions of stakeholders. references afri-forum and another vs. malema and others, no. / s.a. eq. ct. [ ] zaeqc [ – ]. balint j ( ) genocide, state crime and the law: in the name of the state. london: routledge. berman g and feinblatt j ( ) problem solving courts: a brief primer. law & policy ( ): – . braithwaite j ( ) restorative justice and responsive regulation. new york: oxford university press. braithwaite j ( ) partial truth and reconciliation in the longue durée. contemporary social sciences ( ): – . braithwaite j, charlesworth h and soares a ( ) networked governance of freedom and tyranny: peace in timor-leste. canberra: anu e press. braithwaite j, braithwaite v, cookson m and dunn l ( a) anomie and violence: non-truth and reconciliation in indonesian peacebuilding. canberra: anu e press. braithwaite j, charlesworth h, reddy p and dunn l ( b) reconciliation and architectures of commitment: sequencing peace in bougainville. canberra: anu e press. braithwaite j, dinnen s, allen m, braithwaite v and charlesworth h ( c) pillars and shadows: statebuilding as peacebuilding in solomon islands. canberra: anu e press. causevic s and lynch p ( ) phoenix tourism: post-conflict tourism role. annals of tourism research ( ): – . cole ea ( ) transitional justice and the reform of history education. international journal of transitional justice : – . colquitt ja, conlon de, wesson mj, porter co and ng k ( ) justice at the millennium: a meta-analytic review of years of organizational justice research. journal of applied psychology : – . daicoff s ( ) the role of therapeutic jurisprudence within the comprehensive law move- ment. in: wexler db, winick bj and stolle dp (eds) practicing therapeutic jurisprudence. durham, nc: carolina academic press. gal t ( ) child victims and restorative justice. new york: oxford university press. hafner dl and king ebl ( ) beyond restorative traditional notions of transitional justice: how trials, truth commissions and other tools for accountability can and should work together. boston college international and comparative law review ( ): – . hayner p ( ) fifteen truth commissions – : a comparative study. human rights quarterly : – . hernawan jb ( ) the practice of torture in aceh and papua, – , with an annex on the situation of human rights in timor-leste. jayapura, indonesia: office for justice and peace. hodzic r ( ) living the legacy of mass atrocities – victims’ perspectives on war crimes trials. journal of international criminal justice ( ): – . ivkovic s ( ) justice by the international criminal tribunal for the former yugoslavia. stanford journal of international law : – . at australian national university on december , euc.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://euc.sagepub.com/ european journal of criminology ( ) karstedt s ( ) the nuremberg tribunal and german society: international justice and local judgment in post-conflict reconstruction. in: blumenthal da and mccormack tlh (eds) the legacy of nuremberg: civilising influence or institutionalised vengeance. leiden: martinus nijhoff, – . kiernan b ( ) the pol pot regime: race, power, and genocide in cambodia under the khmer rouge – . new haven, ct: yale university press. landsman s ( ) alternative responses to serious human rights abuses: of prosecution and truth commissions. law contemporary problems : – . lennon jt and foley m ( ) dark tourism: the attraction of death and disaster. london: continuum. leventhal gs ( ) what should be done with equity theory? in: gergen kj, greenbarg ms and willis rh (eds) social exchange: advances in theory and research. new york: plenum press. lind ea and tyler tr ( ) the social psychology of procedural justice. new york: plenum press. llewellyn jj and philpott d ( ) restorative justice and reconciliation: twin frameworks for peacebuilding. in: llewellyn jj and philpott d (eds) restorative justice, reconciliation and peacebuilding. oxford: oxford university press (forthcoming). luna e ( ) punishment theory, holism, and the procedural conception of restorative justice. utah law review ( ): – . mcevoy k ( ) letting go of legalism: developing a ‘thicker’ version of transitional justice. in: mcevoy k and mcgregor l (eds) transitional justice from below: grassroots activism and the struggle for change. portland, or: hart publishing, – . maruna s ( ) making good: how ex-convicts reform and rebuild their lives. washington, dc: american psychological association. meron t ( ) the case for war crimes trials in yugoslavia: the need to assert international law. foreign affairs ( ): – . nickson r ( ) great expectations: managing realities of transitional justice. phd thesis, the australian national university. rawls j ( ) a theory of justice. cambridge, ma: belknap press. scharf mp ( ) the case for a permanent international truth commission. duke journal of comparative and international law : – . shearing c and froestad j ( ) beyond restorative justice – zwelethemba. a future-focused model using local capacity conflict resolution. in: mackay r, bosnjak m, deklerck j, pelikan c, van stokkom b and wright m (eds) images of restorative justice theory. frankfurt, germany: verlag für polizeiwissenschaft, – . stone p ( ) a dark tourism spectrum: towards a typology of death and macabre tourism sites, attractions and museums. tourism: an international interdisciplinary journal ( ): – . stone p and sharpley r ( ) consuming dark tourism: a thanatological perspective. annals of tourism research ( ): – . stone p and sharpley r (eds) ( ) the darker side of travel: the theory and practice of dark tourism. bristol, uk: channel view publications. strang h ( ) victim participation in a restorative justice process. oxford: oxford university press. sunstein cr ( ) incompletely theorized agreements. harvard law review ( ): – . sunstein cr ( ) legal reasoning and political conflict. new york: oxford university press. tyler t ( ) why people obey the law. new haven, ct: yale university press. at australian national university on december , euc.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://euc.sagepub.com/ nickson and braithwaite tyler t and blader s ( ) cooperation in groups: procedural justice, social identity, and behavioral engagement. philadelphia, pa: psychology press. tyler t and dawes rm ( ) fairness in groups: comparing the self-interest and social iden- tity perspectives. in: mellers ba and baron j (eds) psychological perspectives on justice: theory and applications. cambridge: cambridge university press, – . tyler t and huo yj ( ) trust and the rule of law: a law-abidingness model of social regulation. working paper. new york: russell sage. wexler db ( ) an orientation to therapeutic jurisprudence. new england journal on criminal and civil confinement : – . wexler db ( ) therapeutic jurisprudence: an overview. thomas m. cooley law review : – . williams p ( ) witnessing genocide: vigilance and remembrance at tuol sleng and choeung ek. holocaust & genocide studies ( ): – . winick bj ( ) the jurisprudence of therapeutic jurisprudence. psychology, public policy, and law ( ): – . winick bj ( – ) therapeutic jurisprudence and problem solving courts. fordham urban law review : – . zehr h ( ) changing lenses: a new focus for crime and justice. scottdale, pa: herald press. at australian national university on december , euc.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://euc.sagepub.com/ [pdf] justice under uncertainty | semantic scholar skip to search formskip to main content> semantic scholar's logo search sign increate free account you are currently offline. some features of the site may not work correctly. doi: . /mnsc. . corpus id: justice under uncertainty @article{cettolin justiceuu, title={justice under uncertainty}, author={e. cettolin and a. riedl}, journal={cesifo working paper series}, year={ } } e. cettolin, a. riedl published economics, computer science cesifo working paper series an important element for the public support of policies is their perceived justice. at the same time most policy choices have uncertain outcomes. we report the results of a first experiment investigating just allocations of resources when some recipients are exposed to uncertainty. although, under certainty almost all uninvolved participants distribute resources equally, they exhibit remarkable heterogeneity in just allocations under uncertainty. moreover, uninvolved participants allocate on… expand view on ssrn cris.maastrichtuniversity.nl save to library create alert cite launch research feed share this paper citationshighly influential citations background citations methods citations view all citations citation type citation type all types cites results cites methods cites background has pdf publication type author more filters more filters filters sort by relevance sort by most influenced papers sort by citation count sort by recency giving in the face of risk e. cettolin, a. riedl, giang tran economics, psychology pdf view excerpts, cites background save alert research feed tilburg university giving in the face of risk e. cettolin, a. riedl, giang tran pdf view excerpts, cites background save alert research feed fairness views and political preferences: evidence from a large and heterogeneous sample daniel muller, s. renes economics pdf save alert research feed fairness views and political preferences - evidence from a large online experiment daniel muller, s. renes political science pdf view excerpt, cites methods save alert research feed fairness views and political preferences - evidence from a representative sample m. daniel, s. renes economics pdf view excerpts, cites background save alert research feed risking other people's money: experimental evidence on the role of incentives and personality traits o. andersson, h. holm, j. tyran, e. wengström economics save alert research feed unequal chances: ex ante fairness and individual control leticia micheli, nickolas gagnon view excerpt, cites background save alert research feed a method to elicit beliefs as most likely intervals k. h. schlag, j. j. v. d. weele mathematics highly influenced pdf view excerpts, cites background and methods save alert research feed the role of ignorance in the emergence of redistribution a. gerber, a. nicklisch, s. voigt economics save alert research feed unequal chances: ex ante fairness and individual control leticia micheli, nickolas gagnon economics, medicine scientific reports pdf save alert research feed ... ... references showing - of references sort byrelevance most influenced papers recency what is fair? experimental evidence d. dickinson, jill tiefenthaler economics pdf view excerpt save alert research feed just luck: an experimental study of risk taking and fairness a. cappelen, james konow, erik Ø. sørensen, b. tungodden political science, economics highly influential pdf view excerpts, references background and methods save alert research feed which is the fairest one of all? a positive analysis of justice theories james konow economics view excerpts, references methods and background save alert research feed biased judgments of fairness in bargaining linda babcock, g. loewenstein, samuel issacharoff, colin camerer economics view excerpt, references background save alert research feed self-interest and fairness: self-serving choices of justice principles ismael rodríguez-lara, luis moreno-garrido economics view excerpt, references background save alert research feed fair shares: accountability and cognitive dissonance in allocation decisions james konow economics highly influential pdf view excerpts, references background and methods save alert research feed dictating the risk: experimental evidence on giving in risky environments j. m. brock, andreas lange, erkut y. ozbay economics pdf view excerpts, references background save alert research feed the pluralism of fairness ideals: an experimental approach alexander w. cappelen, astri drange hole, erik Ø. sørensen, b. tungodden economics highly influential pdf view excerpts, references results and background save alert research feed interindividual differences in opinions about distributive justice e. schokkaert, b. capéau economics view excerpts, references methods and background save alert research feed strategic choices for redistribution and the veil of ignorance: theory and experimental evidence a. gerber, a. nicklisch, s. voigt economics pdf view excerpts, references background save alert research feed ... ... related papers abstract citations references related papers stay connected with semantic scholar sign up about semantic scholar semantic scholar is a free, ai-powered research tool for scientific literature, based at the allen institute for ai. learn more → resources datasetssupp.aiapiopen corpus organization about usresearchpublishing partnersdata partners   faqcontact proudly built by ai with the help of our collaborators terms of service•privacy policy the allen institute for ai by clicking accept or continuing to use the site, you agree to the terms outlined in our privacy policy, terms of service, and dataset license accept & continue theoretical unification in justice and beyond iza dp no. theoretical unification in justice and beyond guillermina jasso d i s c u s s i o n p a p e r s e r i e s forschungsinstitut zur zukunft der arbeit institute for the study of labor february theoretical unification in justice and beyond guillermina jasso new york university and iza discussion paper no. february iza p.o. box bonn germany phone: + - - - fax: + - - - e-mail: iza@iza.org any opinions expressed here are those of the author(s) and not those of the institute. research disseminated by iza may include views on policy, but the institute itself takes no institutional policy positions. the institute for the study of labor (iza) in bonn is a local and virtual international research center and a place of communication between science, politics and business. iza is an independent nonprofit company supported by deutsche post world net. the center is associated with the university of bonn and offers a stimulating research environment through its research networks, research support, and visitors and doctoral programs. iza engages in (i) original and internationally competitive research in all fields of labor economics, (ii) development of policy concepts, and (iii) dissemination of research results and concepts to the interested public. iza discussion papers often represent preliminary work and are circulated to encourage discussion. citation of such a paper should account for its provisional character. a revised version may be available directly from the author. mailto:iza@iza.org iza discussion paper no. february abstract theoretical unification in justice and beyond* the goal of scientific work is to understand more and more by less and less. in this effort, theoretical unification plays a large part. there are two main types of theoretical unification – unification of different theories of the same field of phenomena and unification of theories of different fields of phenomena. both types are usually a surprise; even when vigorously pursued, their form, when they finally appear, may differ radically from preconceptions. this paper examines a series of twenty-one unification surprises in the study of justice and beyond, sixteen in the study of justice and five in the unification of three fundamental sociobehavioral forces – justice, status, and power – and the subsequent unification of the three sociobehavioral forces with identity and with happiness. jel classification: c , d , d , d , d , i , j keywords: fairness, comparison, status, power, identity, happiness, impartiality, inequality, loss aversion, inequality aversion corresponding author: guillermina jasso department of sociology new york university lafayette street, th floor new york, ny - usa e-mail: gj @nyu.edu * earlier versions of this paper were presented at the conference on social justice in a changing world, university of bremen, germany, march , and at the biennial meeting of the international society for justice research, berlin, germany, august . i am grateful to participants at those conferences and to peter burke, karen hegtvedt, samuel kotz, jui-chung allen li, stefan liebig, eva m. meyersson milgrom, dahlia moore, nura resh, clara sabbagh, jane sell, jan stets, jonathan turner, david wagner, murray webster, bernd wegener, and christopher winship for many valuable discussions, and to kjell törnblom and riel vermunt for a close reading of the paper and many valuable suggestions. this paper is forthcoming in social justice research. mailto:gj @nyu.edu the terms “theoretical integration” and “theoretical unification” are used interchangeably, as in most scientific and philosophical accounts in both the physical sciences (e.g., discussions of electromagnetism and of the electroweak theory) and the social sciences (e.g., fararo and skvoretz ). this paper, however, leans toward “theoretical unification”, given that “integration” is much used in at least two other important senses, the mathematical operation in calculus and the pivotal social process in the sociobehavioral sciences. . introduction the goal of scientific work is to understand more and more by less and less. in this effort, theoretical unification plays a large part. there are two main types of theoretical unification – unification of different theories of the same field of phenomena and unification of theories of different fields of phenomena. in both, the unification may be of entire theories or of elements of theories. both types are usually a surprise; even when vigorously pursued, their form, when they finally appear, may differ radically from preconceptions. in both types of unification, there are three main kinds of unification operations -- linking postulates from two or more theories, linking predictions from two or more theories, and linking postulates from one or more theories to predictions from a different theory or set of theories, as shown in figure . alternatively, the unification may involve new operations that do not fit neatly into the extant frameworks. indeed, the unification operations often have the character of surprises. – figure about here – this paper examines a series of twenty-one unification surprises in the study of justice and beyond, sixteen in the study of justice and five in the unification of three sociobehavioral forces – justice, status, and power – and the subsequent unification of the three fundamental sociobehavioral forces with identity and with happiness. the first set of unification surprises extended the scope of justice theory and the second set unified several theories, enlarging the field of phenomena covered by the one theoretical umbrella. the paper is organized as follows: section provides brief background material for the sixteen unification surprises in the study of justice, which are presented in section . similarly, section provides brief background material for the five further unification surprises beyond the world of justice, which are presented in section . the exposition mirrors the progressive enlargement of the scope of justice theory and the unification of justice, status, power, identity, and happiness. thus, we start with the most particular and proceed to the most general. . the world of justice to place the justice unification surprises in context, we provide a brief overview of justice analysis. the objective of justice analysis is to describe and understand the operation of the human sense of justice. to that end, justice researchers address four central questions (compiled by jasso and wegener ): . what do individuals and societies think is just, and why? . how do ideas of justice shape determination of actual situations? . what is the magnitude of the perceived injustice associated with departures from perfect justice? . what are the behavioral and social consequences of perceived injustice? the first and third questions focus on justice ideas and judgments, while the second and fourth questions focus on behaviors that are (partly) based on justice ideas and judgments. for example, activities which directly or indirectly shape actual incomes (wage-setting, consumption decisions) may be rooted, in part, in ideas of justice; and the experience of injustice may be among the determinants of participating in protest movements. the study of justice covers both meanings of the term “distribution”: ( ) the “proper- name” distribution of the reward amounts received by particular individuals; and ( ) the “anonymous” frequency distribution of reward amounts. as pointed out by chipman and moore ( : ), the english language unfortunately has a single term for both meanings, in contrast to the french (repartition and distribution, respectively). note that the “proper-name” distribution corresponds to the principles of microjustice – “who should get what, and why” – and the “anonymous” distribution corresponds to the principles of macrojustice – “what should the distribution look like” – following the distinction introduced by brickman et al. ( ) and elaborated in jasso ( a). sometimes there is a third actor – the allocator. in general, the allocator need not be a human person; it may be society or a deity. if human, the allocator need not be alive, as in the case of bequests and inheritance. traditionally, justice analysis has distinguished among the things that arouse the sense of justice, assigning distinct subfields to each: benefits and burdens and their distribution, the focus of distributive justice; punishments and their distribution, studied in retributive justice; and procedures, analyzed in procedural justice. a hallmark of distributive justice and of much of retributive justice is that the benefits, burdens, and punishments are quantitative variables, more specifically, personal quantitative characteristics – things of which there can be more or less or on whose hierarchies or distributions individuals can rank higher or lower. justice analysis identifies the key ingredients in justice processes and suggests that each of the four questions may be addressed by a system of generalized equations. thus, the framework for justice analysis provides the fundamental building blocks -- fundamental actors, quantities, matrices, distributions, and functions. for example, in the distributive-retributive domain, there are two fundamental actors -- the observer and the rewardee -- and three fundamental quantities -- the actual reward, the just reward, and the justice evaluation. in the distributive-retributive domain, the first question is addressed by the observer- specific just reward function (a formalization of the referential structure postulated by berger et ( ) al. ), which expresses (the observer’s idea of) the just reward as a function of reward- relevant characteristics, and the observer-specific just reward distribution, which represents (the observer’s idea of) the just distributional pattern. parameters of the just reward function provide estimates of the principles of microjustice; and parameters of the just reward distribution provide estimates of the principles of macrojustice. the just reward function is written: where c denotes the just reward, x denotes a vector of reward-relevant personal and situational characteristics, and g denotes a stochastic error. meanwhile, the answer to the third central question – the justice evaluation – is a spartan bridge that connects the rich and sometimes raucous and seemingly unruly worlds of the first and fourth questions: for example, in the realm of distributive justice the justice evaluation function (jef) represents the justice evaluation as a function of the comparison of the actual reward and the just reward (jasso , ), where è is the signature constant, whose sign is positive for goods and negative for bads and whose absolute value measures the observer’s expressiveness in turn, the justice evaluation is followed by a myriad individual and social phenomena, from emotions to revolution. as will be seen, many of the unification surprises in the field of justice center on the benefits and burdens, ( ) ( ) punishments, and procedures, and the justice evaluations about them, together with the train of consequences triggered by the justice evaluation. the logarithmic-ratio specification in ( ) possesses properties sufficiently appealing that jasso ( ) proposed it as a universal law of justice evaluation and quickly used it as the first postulate in a new theory (jasso ). some properties of the log-ratio specification of the justice evaluation function are: first, it provides an exact mapping from combinations of a and c to the justice evaluation j, with zero representing the point of perfect justice, positive numbers representing degrees of unjust overreward, and negative numbers representing degrees of unjust underreward. second, it embodies the property that deficiency is felt more keenly than comparable excess – deficiency aversion (and loss aversion, viz., losses are felt more keenly than gains). these properties were quickly discussed (e.g., wagner and berger ) and remain the most often cited (whitmeyer ). third, it is the only function which satisfies two other desirable conditions, additivity (the effect of a on j is independent of the magnitude of c, and the effect of c on j is independent of the magnitude of a) and scale invariance (expressing a and c in different units – say, yen instead of dollars – does not alter j). fourth, the function is symmetric; that is, if the actual holding a and the comparison holding c trade places, the outcome is the negative of j. two other properties are described below in unification surprises and (unification of rival conceptions of the justice evaluation as a ratio and as a difference, and unification of the logarithmic and power-function specifications of its functional form, respectively). recently, another (almost magical) property has come to light, linking the jef and the golden number, . further detail on these properties is found in jasso ( , , c). exposition of the derivation of these and other predictions is provided in the original articles. for example, derivation of the first example prediction is found in jasso ( b) and of the fourth in jasso ( a). for further detail on theoretical derivation, see also jasso ( , a, ). the new justice theory yields such predictions as: ( ) parents of nontwin children will spend more of their toy budget at an annual gift-giving occasion than at the children's birthdays; ( ) among world war ii veterans, american soldiers are more vulnerable to post-traumatic stress syndrome than are german soldiers; ( ) in epochs when wives predecease husbands, mothers are honored more than fathers, but in epochs when husbands predecease wives, fathers are honored more than mothers; ( ) interracial conflict is more severe when the overall income inequality is greater; and ( ) the just society has a mixed government. the justice evaluation also leads to several societal justice indexes, including: ji , defined as the arithmetic mean of the justice evaluations; ji *, defined as the arithmetic mean of a special case of the justice evaluation, the case in which the just reward equals the arithmetic mean of the actual rewards; and ji , defined as the arithmetic mean of the absolute values of the justice evaluations (jasso ). a key question pertains to the individual’s choice of reward to value (jasso , , ). of course, justice situations may involve several rewards simultaneously. for such situations jasso ( : , - , , ) proposed multiple-characteristic justice evaluations. the multiple rewards may be positively associated, negatively associated, or independent, and this shapes the resultant distribution of justice evaluations. jasso ( ) reported theoretical results for the independent case, and jasso ( b: ) for the negatively associated case. if the multiple rewards are identically distributed, the distribution of justice evaluations in the positively associated case remains the same as in the single-characteristic case. . unification surprises in the study of justice unification surprise unification of cardinal and ordinal goods in distributive justice the initial statement of the proposed new law of justice evaluation embodied in the justice evaluation function in ( ) was intended for cardinal goods (jasso ). in modern terms, quantitative characteristics are characteristics of which there can be more or less, or on which entities can rank higher or lower, and goods are quantitative characteristics of which more is preferred to less. quantitative characteristics span both cardinal things (like wealth and land) and ordinal things (like beauty and intelligence). it quickly became clear that the sense of justice is awakened by ordinal goods as well as cardinal goods. the question was how to treat ordinal goods in the justice evaluation function. as described in jasso ( ), the proposed solution was to measure ordinal goods by the individual’s relative rank within a specially selected comparison aggregate. accordingly, in situations involving ordinal characteristics, both the actual reward and the just reward are expressed as relative ranks; cardinal goods continue to be represented in their own units (for example, money or hectares of land). this solution became known as the measurement rule. unexpectedly, unification of cardinal and ordinal things was to generate an explosion of new predictions in the fledgling new theory of distributive justice. these include the prediction that the most beautiful or most intelligent person in a group experiences only modest overreward in contrast to the richest and the prediction that in a society that values ordinal goods, now known as a nonmaterialistic society, conflict between warring subgroups is a decreasing function of the proportion in the disadvantaged subgroup, while in a materialistic society the relation between subgroup conflict and the proportion in the bottom subgroup can be increasing, for a sampling of predictions for the effects of materialistic and nonmaterialistic regimes, see jasso ( a: - ). the distinction between qualitative and quantitative characteristics, long appreciated in mathematics (e.g., allen : - ) and in statistics and econometrics, has since the pioneering work of blau ( , ab) come to be seen as structuring behavioral and social phenomena in a fundamental way. decreasing, or nonmonotonic, depending on the form of the distribution of the valued material goods. unification surprise unification of quantitative and qualitative characteristics in distributive justice human characteristics include not only quantitative characteristics – such as the cardinal and ordinal goods of unification surprise – but also qualitative characteristics like sex, race, and nativity. at first it seemed that the justice evaluation function and justice theory ignored qualitative characteristics. such characteristics did not seem to be much in evidence, in contrast to quantitative characteristics like wealth, beauty, and athletic skill. but soon it became clear that qualitative characteristics play a powerful role in justice analysis, indeed were already playing a powerful role, albeit disguised as “aggregates” or “grouping characteristics” or “attributes” which are “categorical variables” and “ways of sorting people” (jasso , , b). first, in the just reward function shown in ( ), which addresses the first central question in the study of distributive justice – what do individuals and societies think is just, and why? – qualitative characteristics may operate as reward-relevant characteristics (jasso a). second, in the justice evaluation function qualitative characteristics may operate in two ways: ( ) categories of qualitative characteristics provide the group within which the relative ranks on ordinal goods are measured; and ( ) categories of qualitative characteristics provide the group within which to measure the just reward when it is specified as a parameter of a distribution (such as the mean, minimum, or median). third, in theoretical and empirical work involving distributions of justice evaluations, qualitative characteristics operate in two ways: ( ) categories of qualitative characteristics provide the collectivity within which the distribution is defined; and ( ) qualitative characteristics provide the subgroups discernible within a group. for example, in a study of japanese men and women, a category of the nationality variable provides the group, and the sex variable provides the subgroups. unification surprise unification of goods and bads in distributive justice goods are quantitative things of which more is preferred to less, and bads are quantitative things of which less is preferred to more. at least since berger, zelditch, anderson, and cohen ( : ), it had been understood that the things that awaken the sense of distributive justice include both goods and bads. now it came to be seen that the same theoretical and empirical apparatus of distributive justice, including the just reward function and the justice evaluation function, can be used for both goods and bads. the just reward function shown in expression ( ) can be used for both goods and bads. for example, c can as easily be earnings as time in prison (for illustrations, see rossi, simpson, and miller and jasso ). in the justice evaluation function in ( ), the unification surprise involved the operation of the signature constant è. a decade after the justice evaluation function was introduced, it became clear that the sign of è indicates whether the observer making the justice judgment regards the reward as a good or as a bad – positive è for goods, negative è for bads (jasso ). unification surprise partial unification of distributive and retributive justice an early insight was that many of the punishments covered by retributive justice are a special case of bads. examples include fines and time in prison. the same theoretical and empirical apparatus can be used for both the burdens of distributive justice and the punishments of retributive justice. exceptions include penalties which are not quantitative variables, such as a death sentence, loss of citizenship, and exile, and thus we label this unification a partial unification. the unification was led by rossi, simpson, and miller ( ), who studied time in prison using the empirical framework developed by jasso and rossi ( ) to study earnings, and törnblom and his associates (törnblom and jonsson ; törnblom ; and törnblom and vermunt ). further systematization of the unified framework came from jasso ( ), with many other scholars simultaneously reaching the same conclusion (see the many pertinent references in the special issue of social justice research edited by törnblom and vermunt in ). unification surprise unification of justice for self and justice for others since the early days of the scientific study of justice, justice researchers have studied both justice for self and justice for others. unification occurred almost without thinking. the thief in the night was the justice evaluation function, which though starting life in an empirical study of justice for others, was from the beginning conceptualized as pertaining to either self or other (jasso : ) and was quickly used in a new theory whose starting point was justice for self (jasso ). new vocabulary and notation soon followed (jasso ). the rewardee can be some readers have sought to relate this unification to the classical distinction between subjective things like ideas, attitudes, and judgments and objective behavior, supposing that perhaps ideas of justice are subjective and reactions to injustice are objective. but the justice process is considerably more intricate and more nuanced, for the reactions to injustice include both subjective and objective things. nonetheless, if we restrict attention to objective reactions to injustice (e.g., signing a petition, contributing time or money, participating in a strike), then we may describe this unification as involving two subjective things and two objective things. the subjective just reward, compared to the objective actual reward, generates the subjective justice evaluation, which in turn triggers the objective reactions to injustice. before the justice evaluation function was introduced, the links among the four terms – as shown in figure , the link between the actual reward and the justice evaluation, the link between the just reward and the justice evaluation, and the link between the justice evaluation and the reactions to injustice – were hidden from sight. the justice evaluation function brought to light the exact relations among the four terms and in so doing built a bridge between the two classical literatures on ideas of justice and on reactions to injustice. self or other; the first case is called reflexive, the second nonreflexive. the two cases can be joined in a single framework, where they are contrasted by a special subscript “r” which denotes the rewardee and has become part of the five fundamental subscripts representing the five fundamental contexts: brots – for benefit/burden, rewardee, observer, time period, and society. unification surprise unification of ideas of justice and reactions to injustice the justice evaluation forms a bridge between two classical literatures, the literature on ideas of justice and the literature on reactions to injustice. the justice evaluation, as shown in expressions ( ) and ( ), is produced by the comparison of the actual situation with the observer’s ideas of justice. in turn, the justice evaluation sets in motion a train of reactions to injustice. this unification was one of the immediate payoffs of introduction of the justice evaluation function in jasso ( ). before the justice evaluation function, going from ideas of justice to reactions to injustice required a leap. figure presents a diagrammatic view of the world of distributive justice, including both ideas of justice and reactions to injustice. – figure about here -- unification surprise partial unification of distributive/retributive and procedural justice some of the procedures studied in procedural justice are quantitative variables – for example, the number of persons consulted, the amount of time spent in deliberation, the weights given to different opinions. the same theoretical and empirical apparatus can be used for both distributive/retributive justice and this subset of procedural justice (jasso and wegener ; törnblom and vermunt ). in the case in which procedures are quantitative variables, the just reward function ( ), which addresses the first core question -- a function in which the just reward is a function of rewardee and situational characteristics (such as the just punishment is a function of the severity of the crime) – can be used as the just procedure function. for example, the just procedure is a function of the number of persons consulted, etc. similarly, whenever procedures are quantitative variables, the justice evaluation function can be used in procedural justice. further, predictions of distributive justice theory yield ideas about just procedures – for example, the prediction that the just society has a mixed government in which distribution of benefits is by the many and distribution of burdens by the few (jasso , b). unification surprise unification of ratio and difference conceptions of the justice evaluation by the early s, it had been long understood that what later came to be called the justice evaluation arises from the discrepancy between the actual situation and the observer’s idea of the just situation. there appear, however, to have been contradictory notions of the best way to represent the discrepancy. scholars led by homans ( , ) argued that it should be represented by a ratio and scholars led by berger (berger et al. ) that it should be represented by a difference. published discussions are few, but my experience in graduate school in the early s suggests a lively oral tradition. discovery of the logarithmic-ratio specification of the justice evaluation function showed a way to unify the opposing ratio and difference conceptions. this unification was achieved via the properties of logarithms: this unification was one of the first properties noticed in the new justice evaluation function (jasso : ). subsequently, this unification was described as an example of theoretical integration (wagner and berger ). unification surprise unification of logarithmic and power-function functional forms for the justice evaluation in classical psychophysics there is a long tradition of argument concerning the best and most faithful representation of sensation functions. the main alternatives are the logarithmic form introduced by daniel bernoulli ([ ] ) as a specification of the utility function and proposed by fechner ([ ] ) as a specification of the sensation function and the power function favored by s. s. stevens ( ) and his colleagues. stevens ( ) provides a lively account of this longstanding discussion. jasso’s ( ) introduction of the logarithmic-ratio specification of the justice evaluation function triggered similarly lively discussion of the correct form of the justice evaluation ( ) function, starting with so³tan ( ). as with the earlier discussion of ratio versus difference conceptions, this discussion was most intense outside the published record, in the discussion segments of sessions at professional meetings and lectures and in referee reports. it prompted a full-scale examination of the foundations of the justice evaluation function and a search for properties that a desirable function should satisfy, culminating in jasso’s ( ) compilation of desiderata and of plausible functional forms, together with a proof that the log-ratio form is the only functional form which simultaneously satisfies two of the desiderata, scale invariance and additivity. echoing the psychophysical tradition, one of the more appealing alternative forms is a difference between two power functions, a form which satisfies additivity (and symmetry) but not scale invariance. in a remarkable unification surprise, the logarithmic and power-function forms are linked via the following classical result in mathematics (jasso : - , ): where, as before, a denotes the actual reward and c denotes the just reward. jasso ( b: , - ) shows empirically the rapidity with which the difference between two log functions approaches the log of the ratio. this remarkable limit in ( ) not only unifies the logarithmic and power-function conceptions of the justice evaluation, but also it provides further support for the unification of the ratio and difference conceptions (unification surprise ). moreover, it shows that a function which is not scale-invariant can approach a scale-invariant form, and it underscores the universal and fundamental character of the logarithmic function, which, like its relative the transcendental number e, appears in the most unexpected places. ( ) ( ) unification surprise unification of micro and macro levels in justice theory there are three manifestations of the unification of micro and macro levels in justice theory. the first two involve the representation of micro and macro variables in the basic justice framework. the reward whose consideration generates a justice situation can be a characteristic of individuals or a property of groups. both of these classes of rewards can be straightforwardly accommodated in both the just reward function and the justice evaluation function. micro and macro levels in the just reward function. the just reward function can as easily describe the connection between a person’s schooling and just earnings as the connection between a province’s climatic features or vulnerability to terrorist attacks and its share of national revenues. other cases quickly come to mind; consider, for example, the link between a country’s health and demographic profile and its share of the world’s foreign aid. micro and macro levels in the justice evaluation function. the corresponding justice evaluation functions are natural extensions of the individual-level justice evaluation function (jasso ): micro and macro levels in theoretical predictions. the third manifestation of the unification of micro and macro levels comes from the predictions derived from justice theory, for these span all levels of analysis – from dyads to the largest populations -- as has been shown since the first statement of justice theory (jasso ) and continues to be shown year after year in new derivations. to illustrate, consider the following predictions: as noted earlier, full detail on derivation of these predictions is provided in the original articles presenting them. . the gain from theft is greater when stealing from a fellow group member than from an outsider; and this premium is larger in poor groups than in rich groups. . parents will spend more of their toy budget at an annual giftgiving occasion rather than at the children’s birthdays. . a thing changes value as it or its owner moves from group to group. . shifts in employment or earnings that increase marital cohesiveness increase the well- being of one spouse but decrease the other's. . vocations to the religious life are an increasing function of income inequality. . whether subgroup conflict increases or decreases with the proportion in the bottom subgroup depends on the distributional form of the valued good. . veterans of wars fought away from home have higher rates of posttraumatic stress syndrome than veterans of wars fought on home soil. . the proportions selfistas, subgroupistas, and groupistas in a society are a function of the societal valued goods and their distribution. note how the predictions pertain to individuals and to groups of all sizes, as well as to goods and bads. unification surprise unification of justice and inequality for all of recorded history, humans have linked justice and equality – as in the gorgias where plato has socrates say, “justice is equality” – and injustice and inequality – as in theodore roosevelt’s ( ) observation about “the inequality which means injustice.” the connection ( ) ( ) between justice and inequality seemed self-evident, an axiom perhaps or a primitive to be assumed without further concern. thus, it was a great surprise when it started to become clear that the link between justice and inequality can be established as a deduced consequence of justice theory. the connection between inequality and justice need no longer be asserted; rather, it is derived from the basic postulates of justice theory. the first glimpse of the explicit unification to come occurred in jasso ( , ), but the unification itself did not begin to receive systematic treatment until jasso ( ) and even now is not yet fully published. the link is made by connecting three distinct representations of inequality to terms derived from the justice evaluation function. in all cases, the links lead to the conclusion that “injustice is an increasing function of inequality.” justice and atkinson’s measure of inequality. atkinson ( , ) proposed a family of measures of inequality, one of whose members is defined as one minus the ratio of the geometric mean to the arithmetic mean. this measure, which we call the atkinson-inequality and denote by , can be shown to appear as a term in the justice index ji developed in jasso ( ). ji , which is the arithmetic mean of the justice evaluations, can be expressed as a function of four group-level terms, the actual and just mean and the actual and just atkinson- inequality: taking the first partial derivative of the justice index ji with respect to the inequality in the actual-reward distribution, ( ) given that atkinson's inequality lies between zero and one (being closed at zero and open at one), the derivative in ( ) is always negative. therefore, as atkinson's inequality increases, the justice index decreases. justice and theil’s second measure of inequality. theil ( : - )) proposed two measures of inequality, the famous theil’s measure and a second measure called variously “theil’s second measure” or the mean logarithmic deviation (mld), a measure somewhat neglected which has recently received renewed attention because of its additive decomposability. it is a great surprise that the mld turns out to be the negative of ji * – the negative, that is, of the arithmetic mean of the special justice evaluations defined with equality as the just reward. thus, as inequality increases, so does injustice. justice and the general inequality parameter in continuous two-parameter distributions. as proposed by jasso ( ) and jasso and kotz (unpubl), in two-parameter distributions one parameter is a location parameter and the second parameter operates as a general inequality parameter, a parameter which governs all measures of inequality, so that all measures of inequality are monotonic functions of the general inequality parameter. if the justice index is expressed in terms of the mean and the general inequality parameter of the continuous two- parameter distribution representing the actual reward distribution, then it can be shown that injustice is an increasing function of inequality. for example, in the case in which the actual reward is pareto-distributed, the justice index is written: taking the first partial derivative of the justice index (expression ) with respect to the inequality in the actual-reward distribution, represented by the general inequality parameter k, we ( ) ( ) ( ) find that the derivative is positive and hence the justice index is an increasing function of k. because in the pareto, inequality increases as k increases, we conclude that in the pareto, the justice index is a decreasing function of inequality. thus, justice theory predicts inequality aversion. unification surprise partial unification of poverty and inequality the arithmetic mean of the justice evaluations in distributive justice – the justice index ji – yields a decomposition of overall injustice into injustice due to poverty and injustice due to inequality (jasso ), expressed in terms of the arithmetic mean and the atkinson-inequality: and referred to as: the two components are known as the mean-component and the inequality-component. in words, the decomposition may be written: where f denotes an increasing function. unification surprise unification of justice and subgroup inequality when a group or population has a subgroup structure – for example, if the group or population consists of both males and females or persons of two or more races (as discussed in unification surprise ) – a set of subgroup inequality measures are generated. these depict the ( ) ( ) gap in some quantitative characteristic, such as income, between two subgroups. one common measure of the subgroup inequality is the ratio of one subgroup’s mean to the other subgroup’s mean (jasso and kotz, unpubl). thus, for example, empirical analysts have estimated the actual gender gap in earnings and, if data permit, compared it to the estimated just gender gap in earnings (e.g., jasso and wegener ). what might be the connection between overall injustice and the gender gaps? as in the other surprises, it was a surprise to discover that the log of the ratio of the actual subgroup inequality to the just subgroup inequality is equal to the signed difference between the mean-components of ji for the two subgroups (jasso : - ). to illustrate, in the case of gender-based subgroups, the exact relation is: note that the inequality components do not appear in this expression, showing that the usual way of measuring gender gaps is inattentive to within-gender inequality. unification surprise partial unification of reality and ideology the arithmetic mean of the justice evaluations in distributive justice – the justice index ji – yields a decomposition of overall injustice into a portion due to reality and a portion due to ideology (jasso ): or in words, ( ) unification surprise partial unification of justice and impartiality classical notions of impartiality highlight impartial assignment of just rewards or, equivalently, universalistic application of the just reward function and the principles of justice. recent work, however, yields two new types of impartiality which go beyond impartiality in the first central question of justice (highlighting just rewards) to impartiality in the third central question (highlighting justice evaluations). these two new types of impartiality are framing- impartiality and expressiveness-impartiality. framing-impartiality pertains to impartiality in framing a reward as a good or as a bad, assessing whether the observer frames a particular reward in the same way for all others and/or in the same way for a particular other and self. expressiveness-impartiality pertains to impartiality in the way the observer expresses the justice evaluation across self and other and across different others. framing-impartiality is tested by testing the sign of the signature constant in the justice evaluation function in ( ), and expressiveness-impartiality by testing the absolute magnitude of the signature constant. the first empirical assessment of framing-impartiality and expressiveness-impartiality is reported in jasso ( a). the theoretical and empirical apparatus of distributive justice enables assessment of impartiality in ideas of justice, framing, and expressiveness. further, this unification surprise opens the door to a systematic examination of impartiality with respect to each of the four central questions in the study of justice (section above). impartiality in the just reward (question ) is the classical kind of impartiality. impartiality with respect to framing and expressiveness (question ) is the new kind of impartiality brought to light in jasso ( a). remaining types of impartiality are impartiality in allocation (question ) and impartiality in reactions to injustice (question ). note how this unification surprise provides a framework, as it were, for classical notions of impartiality; it sharpens and specifies known types of impartiality even as it brings to light new types of impartiality, broadening the concept and enlarging its scope of operation. unification surprise unification of pre-existing subgroups and emergent subgroups it has long been noticed that some subgroup structures are pre-existing, that is, they pre- exist sociobehavioral operations, while other subgroup structures arise in the course of sociobehavioral operations. an early insight of justice theory is that in all groups – whether or not they have pre-existing subgroups – justice operations generate three emergent subgroups: the underrewarded, the justly rewarded, and the overrewarded (jasso ). subsequent justice analysis of groups with pre-existing subgroups – based on qualitative characteristics such as race or sex – enabled assessment of the joint structure of pre-existing and emergent subgroups and paved the way for study of “bridging” phenomena (jasso b). only recently, however, has the full potential of this unification started to become visible. a new analysis reported in jasso ( ) shows how, given a structure of pre-existing subgroups, justice operations generate a new structure of emergent subgroups, consisting of persons oriented to self (called selfistas), persons oriented to the pre-existing subgroup (called subgroupistas), and persons oriented to the entire group (called groupistas) because all the pre-existing subgroups may contain individuals in any of the emergent subgroups, the stage is set for analysis of boundary permeability and of bonding and bridging phenomena (briefly discussed below in unification surprise ). in mathematical vocabulary, the status variable is the dependent variable in the status function whose arguments are quantitative characteristics within a group defined by qualitative . the world beyond justice to this point the unification surprises have all been within the world of justice. now we move beyond justice. we begin with the partial unification of justice and the other comparison processes (also known as reference-point processes), and then continue to unification of the theories of comparison, status, and power, going on to a unification with identity theory and finally with happiness. in preparation for presentation of the unification surprises, we review briefly three theories – comparison theory, status theory, and identity theory. as will be seen, a key insight is that all the theories have at their heart a bundle of three elements, one from each of three sets: • personal quantitative characteristics • personal qualitative characteristics • primordial sociobehavioral outcomes personal quantitative and qualitative characteristics have already been introduced (unification surprise ). the primordial sociobehavioral outcomes (psos) are generated from quantitative characteristics within the groups formed by categories of qualitative characteristics. this is the fundamental template for a sociobehavioral force. the global process, including all three elements, is called by the name of the pso and characterized variously as a behavioral engine, a driver, a mechanism, or a motivational process. for example, the sociobehavioral force “status” subsumes the status pso, the distinctive mechanism associated with the status pso, the quantitative characteristics from which the status pso is generated, and the qualitative characteristics within whose categories the status pso is generated. importantly, each force has characteristics. a long reach and yields implications for farflung phenomena and associations. . . comparison theory comparison theory begins with the classic idea that humans compare their holdings of goods and bads (levels of ordinal characteristics or amounts of cardinal characteristics) to the levels or amounts they think just or appropriate for themselves, and thereby experience well- being, self-esteem, the sense of justice, and a variety of other outcomes. the key characteristic of comparison processes (also known as reference-point processes) is that the outcome depends on two inputs – an actual holding and a comparison holding – and that the two inputs have opposite effects. in the case of goods, the larger the actual holding of a good, holding constant the comparison holding (the just amount, say), the greater the self-esteem or other comparison outcome; and the larger the comparison holding, holding constant the actual holding, the lower the self-esteem or other comparison outcome. early formulations of the comparison family are found in william james ([ ] : ), marx ([ ] : - ), and durkheim ([ ] ). for example, william james, in the famous tenth chapter of principles of psychology, titled "the consciousness of the self," analyzes the production of self-esteem ([ ] : ) as follows: [our self-feeling] is determined by the ratio of our actualities to our supposed potentialities; a fraction of which our pretensions are the denominator and the numerator our success; thus, self-esteem = success/pretensions. such a fraction may be increased as well by notable contributions include baldwin ( - ), stouffer et al. ( ), merton and rossi ( ), festinger ( ), thibaut and kelley ( ), merton ([ , ] ), runciman ( ), homans ([ ] ), wright ( ), blau ( ), hyman ( ), lipset ( ), sherif ( ), zelditch ( ), and berger, zelditch, anderson, and cohen ( ). a brief history of comparison ideas is found in jasso ( ) and a summary in jasso ( a). ( ) diminishing the denominator as by increasing the numerator. to give up pretensions is as blessed a relief as to get them gratified. . . . in this passage, james isolates the effects of an individual's actual holding and comparison holding on self-esteem, thus arriving at the key characteristic of comparison processes, namely, that the comparison outcome – in this case, self-esteem – depends on two inputs, the actual holding and the comparison holding, and the two inputs have opposite effects, the actual holding increasing the comparison outcome and the comparison holding decreasing the comparison outcome. the early formulations were followed by progressively sharper and more precise analyses in the twentieth century. the basic comparison idea is now expressed mathematically: where z denotes the comparison outcome (say, self-esteem or the justice evaluation) and, as in the justice evaluation function from which the comparison function developed, a denotes the actual holding of a good or bad, c denotes the comparison holding, and is the signature constant, whose sign is positive for goods and negative for bads and whose absolute value measures the observer’s expressiveness. as discussed earlier, jasso ( ) introduced the log- ratio function as a specification of the justice evaluation function, and, as will be discussed in unification surprise , subsequently generalized it to the larger set of comparison processes (jasso ). the log-ratio comparison function inherits all the properties of the justice evaluation function. first, it provides an exact mapping from combinations of a and c to the comparison outcome z, with zero representing a neutral point, positive numbers representing positive self- esteem or overreward in the justice case, and negative numbers representing negative self-esteem or underreward in the justice case. second, it embodies the property that deficiency is felt more keenly than comparable excess, the vaunted deficiency aversion and loss aversion. third, the function is the only function which satisfies two other desirable conditions, additivity (the effect of a on z is independent of the magnitude of c, and the effect of c on z is independent of the magnitude of a) and scale invariance (expressing a and c in different units – say, yen instead of dollars – does not alter z). fourth, the function is symmetric; that is, if the actual holding a and the comparison holding c trade places, the outcome is the negative of z. fifth, the function integrates rival conceptions of comparison processes as a difference and as a ratio (unification surprise ). sixth, the log-ratio form is the limiting form of the difference between two power functions, integrating log and power approaches and further strengthening integration of difference and ratio approaches (unification surprise ). recently, as noted above, another (almost magical) property has come to light, linking the comparison function and the golden number, . further detail on these properties is found in jasso ( , , c). both quantitative and qualitative characteristics operate in comparison theory. personal quantitative characteristics provide the holdings of goods and bads about which comparison processes are experienced. for example, self-esteem may be derived from beauty, or from wealth, or from bravery, or from athletic skill. cardinal characteristics are measured in their own units, and ordinal characteristics are measured as relative ranks within a group. to illustrate, a given individual may regard skill in a musical instrument as a good and experience self-esteem about it; in this case, skill is an ordinal good and measured as a relative rank within a group. the same individual may regard taxes as a bad and experience a justice evaluation about it; in this case, taxes are a cardinal bad and measured in a monetary currency. qualitative characteristics operate in comparison theory in two major ways. first, qualitative characteristics provide the group within which a comparison process takes place. the group in turn is used in two ways: (a) to measure relative rank when the good (or bad) is an ordinal characteristic; and (b) to measure the comparison holding when it is specified as a parameter of a distribution. second, qualitative characteristics provide the subgroups within the main group or population. note that there is one case in comparison theory when a qualitative characteristic is not required – the case in which the good (or bad) is cardinal and the comparison holding is a directly selected amount. for example, in the illustration above in which taxes are the subject of the comparison, if the amount of taxes thought just is a particular amount of money, no group is required; however, if the amount of taxes thought just is a parameter of the tax distribution (such as the mean or the percentile), then a group is required to provide the context for the taxth distribution. thus, comparison theory has at its core the three elements of a sociobehavioral force: ( ) personal quantitative characteristics, about which comparison processes are experienced; ( ) personal qualitative characteristics, which provide the group within which comparison processes occur (required in every case save one) and give rise to subgroups within groups; and ( ) primordial sociobehavioral outcomes, such as self-esteem and the sense of justice. moreover, because comparison theory focuses exclusively on one pso – comparison, which gives the theory its name – it is in fact a theory of one sociobehavioral force. comparison theory also generates several new quantities and sets in motion a train of new processes. these include: ( ) a repertoire of goods and bads about which comparison processes are experienced; ( ) a repertoire of comparison holdings; ( ) a repertoire of groups for measuring ordinal goods and bads and, in some cases, for measuring comparison holdings of cardinal goods and bads; ( ) relative importance of goods and bads; ( ) the individual’s comparison profile (that is, a person’s time series of comparison outcomes); ( ) the cross-sectional distribution of a comparison outcome in a group; and ( ) subdistributions of a comparison outcome in subgroups, together with subgroup-specific parameters of the subdistributions as well as gaps across subgroups. . . status theory in status theory, persons accord to each other, and expect from each other, a given measure of status – or, as it is variously called, prestige, respect, deference, esteem, honor (zelditch ; sennett ). status is represented by positive numbers (the higher the number, the greater the status), and is thought to arise from individuals’ personal quantitative characteristics, such as beauty, intelligence, or wealth, where the individual’s standing on these quantitative characteristics is represented by his or her relative rank within a group or population defined by a qualitative characteristic. the mathematical foundation for studying status was laid by berger, cohen, and zelditch ( ), berger, fisek, norman, and zelditch ( ), goode ( ), and so/ rensen ( ). goode ( ) observed that status increases at an increasing rate, and so/ rensen ( ) proposed a specific mathematical function for studying the status of occupations. noting that the function relative rank is represented by the open interval between zero and one. thus, the lowest-ranking person has a relative rank which approaches zero from the right, and the highest- ranking person has a relative rank which approaches unity from the left. in small groups, relative rank is approximated by [i/(n+ )], where i denotes the absolute rank in ascending order from to the group size n. these approximated relative ranks have the property that the lowest and highest relative ranks are equidistant from . and that the distance between the lowest relative rank and zero equals the distance between the highest relative rank and . proposed by so/ rensen ( ) satisfies goode’s ( ) convexity condition, jasso ( c) applied it to the status of individuals: where s denotes status and r denotes the relative rank. ridgeway ( , b, ) introduced the distinction between cardinal characteristics and qualitative characteristics into the study of status – paralleling the unification surprise in the study of justice -- and webster and hysom ( ) extended her reasonings about cardinal characteristics to all quantitative characteristics, including ordinal characteristics – paralleling the unification surprise in the study of justice. as in justice and comparison, status may be produced by two or more characteristics simultaneously, and jasso ( c: - ) theorized that in this case the multiple-good status function is a weighted average of the single-good status functions, where the weights represent the importance of each good. earlier, berger, cohen, and zelditch ( : ), had noted that negatively associated characteristics would reduce status inequality (a relation subsequently established for small groups by humphreys and berger ( )), and berger, fisek, norman, and zelditch ( : - ) had proposed the principle of organized subsets for dealing with multiple negatively associated characteristics. as in justice theory, the form of the status ( ) other notable contributions to status theory include sampson and rossi ; nock and rossi ; bose and rossi ; turner , ; ridgeway and balkwell ; sennett . see jasso c for a brief overview of the several status literatures. distribution has been obtained for the case of perfectly positively associated goods, perfectly negatively associated goods, and independent goods (jasso c; jasso and kotz ). it is evident that status theory, like comparison theory, has at its core the three elements of a sociobehavioral force: ( ) personal quantitative characteristics, which form the basis for according (or receiving) status; ( ) personal qualitative characteristics, which provide the group within which status processes occur (and are required for calculating the relative ranks) and give rise to subgroups within groups; and ( ) the primordial sociobehavioral outcome, status. moreover, because status theory focuses exclusively on one pso – status, which gives the theory its name – it is in fact a theory of one sociobehavioral force. . . identity theory the concept of identity appears in all the sociobehavioral sciences, providing an appealing way to organize thinking about the self and about important social affiliations. social psychologists working in psychology pioneered what is called “social identity theory,” and social psychologists working in sociology pioneered what is called “identity theory,” which here we refer to as “sociological identity theory.” the simple phrase “identity theory” will be used to refer to all theories of identity. . . . sociological identity theory sociological identity theory consists of a set of general ideas about self and society and two main variant theories (stryker and burke ). sociological identity theory, in both variants, conceptualizes the self as a collection of identities. the identities each consist of a the variant associated with stryker highlights external aspects of a collection of identities, such as their relation to the social structure, while the variant associated with burke highlights internal dynamics of a single identity (stryker : ; stets and burke : ). complex of role-related phenomena, including expectations, performance, competence, enactment, behavior, and meanings. the identities are situated in networks of relationships among actors, for example, father and daughter, or teacher and student. each identity generates some of what is variously called self-evaluation, self-esteem, self-worth, self-efficacy, and so on. in the variant associated with stryker (stryker , , ; stryker and serpe ), the identities are arranged in a salience hierarchy, such that the greater the salience, “the greater the probability of behavioral choices in accord with the expectations attached to that identity” (stryker and burke : ). further, an identity’s salience is itself shaped by “commitment to the role relationships requiring that identity” (stryker and burke : ). salience in identity theory parallels development of the relative importance of goods and the individual’s choice of valued goods in justice theory and status theory (jasso , , , c). in the variant associated with burke (burke ; burke and reitzes ; burke and stets ), each identity is internalized, becoming a standard against which perceived self- meanings are compared; the outcome of the comparison process is “self-verification” and, depending on the sign and magnitude of the discrepancy between the identity standard and perceived self-meanings, leads both to emotion, which signals a discrepancy, and to behavior aimed at eliminating the discrepancy (stryker and burke : ). in this way, behavior is “goal-directed”, and the individual has agency (stryker and burke : ). both quantitative and qualitative characteristics operate in sociological identity theory. personal quantitative characteristics operate in two ways. first, some of the role-related phenomena at the heart of an identity – competence, skill, performance – are themselves personal quantitative characteristics. second, though the identities are largely role-related, sociological identity theory also accommodates the possibility that identities are based on more generalized quantitative characteristics, including both ordinal characteristics like “honesty” (stryker and burke : ) and cardinal characteristics like income, wealth, and other material resources (burke ; stets and burke ). personal qualitative characteristics operate in sociological identity theory in a variety of ways – for example, when a role is based on occupation, when an identity process is investigated in a particular group, or when in a commitment process individuals label themselves as belonging to a particular group or subgroup. finally, as noted, each identity generates some of what is variously called self-evaluation, self-esteem, self-worth, self-efficacy, etc. (stryker , ; stets and burke ). thus, sociological identity theory, in both its major variants, has at its core the three elements of a sociobehavioral force: ( ) personal quantitative characteristics, in the form of role- related skills, competence, performance, as well as other ordinal and cardinal characteristics such as honesty and wealth; ( ) personal qualitative characteristics, such as membership in groups or networks within which identity processes occur; and ( ) primordial sociobehavioral outcomes, such as self-esteem, self-efficacy, self-verification, self-worth, and status. stryker and burke ( : - ), building on stets and burke ( ) and stets ( ), also take several steps to explicitly link sociological identity theory to status theory. first, they observe that receiving status aids in self-verification, prompting the reciprocal according of status. second, they note that, absent information about particular individuals’ skills and competence (i.e., their identities), information about previous status allocations will be used, paralleling the inter-subgroup conflict mechanism proposed by jasso ( b, a), the status construction process proposed by ridgeway ( , b, ), the s status function proposed by jasso ( c), and the depersonalization mechanism of social identity theory (hogg, terry, and white ), which impute to individuals the characteristics of their subgroups. note that sociological identity theory, because it accommodates several psos, is compatible with operation of all three of the sociobehavioral forces. . . . social identity theory social identity theory, which here we take as encompassing the more recent development known as social categorization theory, focuses on group and intergroup processes and relations (tajfel ; tajfel and turner , ; turner , ; turner et al. ). as in sociological identity theory, the self is conceptualized as a collection of identities; however, in this case, the identities highlight membership in a social category: “the basic idea is that a social category (e.g., nationality, political affiliation, sports team) into which one falls, and to which one feels one belongs, provides a definition of who one is in terms of the defining characteristics of the category – a self-definition that is a part of the self-concept” (hogg et al. : ). each of these social identities confers self-enhancement (hogg et al. : ), contributes to self- conceptualization (hogg et al. : ), and generates self-esteem (hogg et al. : ), self- image (brown : ), and status (hornsey and hogg ). these social identities crucially shape a variety of further behavioral phenomena, in particular, intergroup behavior (hogg et al. ; hornsey and hogg ; ellemers et al. ) though the emphasis is on the qualitative characteristics which generate the subgroups or social categories with which social identities are associated – gender, race, religion, language, etc. – quantitative characteristics also play a part. quantitative characteristics are the characteristics with respect to which the subgroups or categories differ. for example, hogg et al. ( : ) provide an example in which men and women differ on aggressiveness; and spears et al. ( ) discuss intelligence and creativity. when two or more categories of a qualitative characteristic differ on a quantitative characteristic, several further processes are set in motion. the first is depersonalization (hogg et al. ); here an individual comes to be seen as a member of a subgroup rather than as an individual -- that is, he or she is characterized by the subgroup average rather than by his/her own magnitude of a quantitative characteristic – paralleling, as already noted, the inter-subgroup conflict mechanism proposed by jasso ( b, a), the status construction process proposed by ridgeway ( , b, ), and the s status function proposed by jasso ( c). a man may be seen as aggressive to the same magnitude as the average for all men, even though he may actually be a gandhi. closely related to depersonalization is a train of further behaviors, including the individual’s decision whether to seek to be seen as an individual or instead accept the subgroup- based characterization. there is a contest between personal identity and social identity (brown ; stets and burke ; ellemers, spears, and doosje ), paralleling the contest between personal status and subgroup status in jasso ( c) and the contest between the selfista, subgroupista, and groupista orientations in jasso ( , in press). even when the correlation between a quantitative characteristic and a qualitative characteristic is not perfect, the subgroups or categories come to be seen as disjoint, partly as a result of a new process, termed accentuation. as hogg et al. ( : ) put it, “the category- accentuation process . . . highlights intergroup discontinuities.” the accentuation mechanism of identity theory appears throughout the sociobehavioral sciences in a variety of guises – split labor markets (bonacich ), consolidation (blau : ), hierarchy and segmentation (hechter ), cleavage (jasso b, a), bifurcation (ridgeway , , ), nonoverlapping subgroups (jasso a, ; jasso and kotz unpubl), complete disjuncture (jasso ), as well as under the rubric of the associated mathematical and statistical operations, such as perfect association between a quantitative characteristic and a qualitative characteristic (jasso c) and censored subdistributions (jasso ; jasso and kotz unpubl). note that some terms are intimately linked with particular substantive topics; for example, “nonoverlapping subgroups” is the classical term in the decomposition operations of inequality analysis. note also that even when the association between the quantitative characteristic and the qualitative characteristic is not perfect, by the thomas theorem ( ) the sociobehavioral effects of the complete- disjuncture case are set in motion. when two or more categories of a qualitative characteristic differ on several quantitative characteristics, each category or subgroup comes to be characterized by the representative (say, average) magnitude on each characteristic. the category’s configuration of representative magnitudes on several quantitative characteristics is known as the prototype. there are important dynamics in social identity theory, including intertemporal change in the representative magnitudes of quantitative characteristics in subgroups as well as individuals negotiating the processes of depersonalization and self-categorization (hogg et al. : - ). meanwhile, the larger group also provides a social identity, sometimes termed the superordinate-level identity (hornsey and hogg ). accordingly, there can be a three-way contest between personal identity, subgroup-level social identity, and superordinate-level social identity, paralleling the contest between the selfista, subgroupista, and groupista orientations and emergent subgroups examined in jasso ( , in press). thus, social identity theory, like sociological identity theory, has at its core the three elements of a sociobehavioral force: ( ) personal quantitative characteristics, observed in subgroups and at the superordinate level; ( ) personal qualitative characteristics, which give rise to the subgroups or social categories which are the explicit focus; and ( ) primordial sociobehavioral outcomes, such as self-enhancement, self-conceptualization, and self-esteem. hogg et al. ( ) take several steps to explicitly link social identity theory to sociological identity theory, and below we build on their work and that of stets and burke ( ). they suggest, for example, the usefulness of confronting “self-categorization with social comparison processes specified by social identity theory and self-categorization with the cybernetic mechanism suggested by burke” (hogg et al. : ). moreover, they consider the links to status theory. finally, as already noted, depersonalization and accentuation parallel mechanisms in both justice theory and status theory, and the contest between personal identity and subgroup identity closely parallels the contest between personal status and subgroup status analyzed in jasso ( c) and the more general three-way contest between selfista, subgroupista, and groupista analyzed in jasso ( , in press). note that, like sociological identity theory, social identity theory, because it accommodates several psos, is compatible with operation of all three sociobehavioral forces. * * * the foregoing summaries of identity, comparison, and status theories suggest that they share a common core of three elements, the elements of a sociobehavioral force: first, each theory involves a primordial sociobehavioral outcome – such as self-esteem, status, or the sense of justice. second, in each theory the pso is generated with respect to personal quantitative characteristics – such as beauty, bravery, competence, or wealth. third, in each theory personal qualitative characteristics provide both the groups within which the psos are generated and the subgroups that become important when quantitative characteristics differ across categories of a qualitative characteristic. further, the summaries indicate that comparison theory and status theory are each theories of a sociobehavioral force, while identity theory is compatible with operation of all three sociobehavioral forces (comparison, status, power). to be sure, each theory emphasizes a different element or a different realization of an element. yet none of the theories could survive without all three elements. the processes they describe require all three elements (except in the special case of comparison theory mentioned above in which a qualitative characteristic is not required). of course, each theory may have a distinctive vocabulary, so that the elements and their realizations and the further processes go by different names. table i provides a partial list of the terms used in the theories, classified by the element to which they correspond. specificity varies across the cells of the table. for example, in some cells a generic term equivalent to the general element is provided – say, goods in the cells describing quantitative characteristics in comparison theory and status theory; other cells, however, contain the term for a realization of the general element – say, role competence in the cell describing quantitative characteristics in sociological identity theory. – table i about here – we emphasize that the list is partial. a complete list would require inclusion of every single term used in every single article based on each theory. nonetheless, the table makes vivid the presence of all three elements in all the theories. note that the cells corresponding to qualitative characteristics distinguish between subgroups, on the one hand, and groups, on the other hand, labeling groups “ " and subgroups “ ". this is an area where terminology has not settled; for example, what we call group and subgroup correspond to what some authors call superordinate group and group, respectively. finally, each of the theories generates new quantities and processes which can be seen to parallel each other. here we highlight five: first, the salience hierarchy in sociological identity theory echoes the relative importance of goods and bads and the individual’s choice of goods and bads in justice and comparison theory and in status theory. second, depersonalization in social identity theory parallels mechanisms in justice and comparison theory and in status theory which impute to individuals the characteristics of their subgroups (and groups, too, as in the groupista orientation). third, accentuation in social identity theory echoes similar processes in sociobehavioral theories, such as consolidation in blau ( : ), hierarchy and segmentation in hechter ( ), cleavage in jasso’s ( b, a) conflict model, and bifurcation in ridgeway’s ( , , ) status construction theory, complete disjuncture in jasso’s ( ) analysis of selfistas, subgroupistas, and groupistas, and censoring in jasso and kotz’ (unpubl) analysis of personal inequality and subgroup inequality. fourth, the ingroup-outgroup differential in social identity theory echoes the gap and distance between subgroups in comparison theory and status theory. fifth, in all the theories, a new competition arises between characterizing a person by individual characteristics or by subgroup representative characteristics or by whole-group representative characteristics. . unification surprises in the world beyond justice unification surprise partial unification of justice and other comparison processes the examination of the foundations of justice, mentioned briefly above (unification surprise ), led to the realization that justice is a special case of a larger set of comparison processes (jasso ). as noted in section . , the hallmark of a comparison process is that the outcome is produced by the comparison of an actual holding of a good or bad to a comparison holding of that good or bad – a holding expected, desired, envisioned, or thought just – and that the actual and comparison holdings have opposite effects on the outcome. in a comparison process involving a good, as the actual holding increases, holding constant the comparison holding, the outcome increases; and as the comparison holding increases, holding constant the actual holding, the outcome decreases. in a comparison process involving a bad, as the actual holding increases, holding constant the comparison holding, the outcome decreases; and as the comparison holding increases, holding constant the actual holding, the outcome increases. besides justice, other members of the class of comparison processes include self-esteem and relative deprivation. examples of pairs of actual and comparison holdings include: actual and just earnings; actual and desired wealth; actual and envisioned knowledge of greek. and an example of a comparison function, inspired by william james’ ( ) famous formulation of self-esteem, quoted above, and his reflections on learning greek, would be: self-esteem increases with knowledge of greek, and decreases with desired knowledge of greek. the unification is partial because justice extends to both self and other – ideas of justice and justice evaluations both about one’s own situation and the situation of others – while by symmetry, a pso which increases at a decreasing rate with a good will decrease at an increasing rate with a bad; a pso which increases at an increasing rate with a good will decrease at a decreasing rate with a bad; and a pso which increases at a constant rate with a good will decrease at a constant rate with a bad. processes like self-esteem cover only self. figure depicts the partial unification. fuller exposition is found in frequently asked question . in jasso ( a). – figure about here -- unification surprise partial unification of justice, status, and power this partial unification is achieved via two insights (jasso in press): first, in the operation of justice, status, and power, the key function is a function of a quantitative variable; in the case of goods, the function is always an increasing function – for example, status increases with wealth, and so does power, and so does the justice evaluation. second, there are in nature only three possible rates of change – increasing, decreasing, and constant. thus, what gives each of these primordial sociobehavioral forces their uniqueness and character is the magical second derivative, and if the three forces are really distinct (and not merely the same force with different names), then they must each have a distinctive rate of change. the literature suggests that the justice evaluation increases at a decreasing rate with the actual reward of a good and that status increases at an increasing rate. power, if truly distinct from justice and status, must therefore increase at a constant rate. in this unification, the three forces are members of a class in which a force increases with a good and decreases with a bad. figure provides diagrammatic representation of the new world of justice and beyond. – figure about here – a major payoff from this unification is that it enables assessment of the effects of note that the distinction between ideas of justice and judgments of injustice, embedded in the four central questions of justice analysis and in the two fundamental quantities – the just reward and the justice evaluation -- paves the way to precise understanding of the components of the human sense of justice and thus of individuals with limited fairness faculties, including the fully justice-insensitive, who may be attuned to status and power but deaf to justice. embracing one or another of the primordial sociobehavioral forces – comparison, status, power – thus generating a large new set of predictions not derivable from within any of the component theories. for example, within the component theories the key questions pertain to the individual’s choice of goods and groups (as in jasso , ), but now in the unified theory there is a third key question, concerning the individual’s choice of sociobehavioral force. to illustrate, in unification surprise we saw the prediction that in a nonmaterialistic society conflict between warring subgroups is a decreasing function of the proportion in the disadvantaged subgroup, while in a materialistic society the relation between subgroup conflict and the proportion in the bottom subgroup can be increasing, decreasing, or nonmonotonic, depending on the form of the distribution of the valued material goods. that prediction can now be understood as a prediction for a society dominated by justice and comparison concerns. if the society is dominated by status concerns, the derived prediction is quite different, namely, that, regardless of the valued good, conflict between warring subgroups is always an increasing function of the proportion in the disadvantaged subgroup. unification surprise partial unification of the three sociobehavioral forces and identity this unification arises from the insight that an identity contains the same three elements as each sociobehavioral force: a personal quantitative characteristic, a personal qualitative characteristic (such as race, gender, or nativity), and one of the three primordial sociobehavioral aristotle’s incisive formulation can be traced to plato’s (republic, book viii) insight that “governments vary as the dispositions of men vary.” outcomes which give each force its name (jasso in press). thus, the operation of each sociobehavioral force produces an identity; and the individual’s profile with the configuration of goods and groups and primordial sociobehavioral outcomes generates the collection of identities which gives each person a unique and distinctive personality. at group level, the configuration of the personal collections of identities gives the group its unique and distinctive culture. two payoffs of this unification are ( ) that it makes the component theories richer – to the theories of each of the three sociobehavioral forces, it gives the vocabulary and imagery of identity theory; and to identity theory it gives the mathematical structure of the theories of the sociobehavioral forces – and ( ) that it provides a new, theory-derived way to precisely conceptualize and measure identities, something previously lacking (brown : ). unification surprise partial unification of three-sociobehavioral-forces-cum-identity and happiness this unification is achieved because the operation of each sociobehavioral force also produces a magnitude of happiness or unhappiness (jasso in press). the new unified theory thus brings to life a key insight of plato and aristotle, in aristotle’s (politics, book , chapter ) words: "different men seek after happiness in different ways and by different means, and so make for themselves different modes of life and forms of government." the new theory formalizes the “different ways and ... different means” of seeking happiness by the operation of three sociobehavioral forces, in which the primordial sociobehavioral outcomes which give each force its name (status, power, or justice) are generated by distinctive mechanisms from personal quantitative characteristics (such as beauty and wealth) within groups formed by categories of personal qualitative characteristics (such as nativity, race, and gender). a payoff of this unification is that it clarifies previous discrepancies in specifications of happiness: all the specifications (as a comparison process or not; as concave, convex, or linear) are correct, each corresponding to one of the component psos, each with its own periods of salience and latency. the unification is partial because happiness is also produced outside the sociobehavioral world, for example, by a sunset or the nuts and figs on a tree. unification surprise partial unification of three-sociobehavioral-forces/identity/happiness and other terms and ideas this is an ongoing unification. with every passing week, new terms and ideas are brought under the umbrella of the new unified theory. to illustrate: . all the unification surprises display unification of classical and contemporary ideas, classical and contemporary theories. unification of justice and the other comparison processes would not have been possible without the work of marx, durkheim, and james. unification of the three sociobehavioral forces and happiness would not have been possible without the fundamental reasonings of plato and aristotle. . every process discussed in this paper, from the tiny elements embedded in subscripts to the large operation of the sociobehavioral forces, triggers emotion. the coming years will see links far more systematic than the ones currently visible. but already there are some challenges on the horizon. jasso ( a) argues that the valence of the triggered emotion must be the same as the sign of the pso or the change-in-pso – implying that, among other things, status alone never produces a negative emotion (only change in status can produce a negative emotion) and a justice evaluation of perfect justice is accompanied by completely neutral affect (rather than the positive affect often conjectured). turner ( ) seeks to find correspondence between exact, particular emotions and the source of each just reward – for example, plucked from a previous or envisioned self, or from a neighbor, or from a distribution. . the new unified theory enables explicit contrast between the three fundamental sociobehavioral forces – what each requires and what each forbids. for example, it can be shown that loss aversion is an exclusive property of the justice and comparison force; loss aversion arises only when the sociobehavioral force has a negative second derivative (with respect to the good which generates it) and thus individuals and societies motivated only be status or power will not experience loss aversion. similarly, inequality aversion (unification surprise ) may also be an exclusive property of the fairness force; in this case there is not yet a proof but eery sign points in that direction. it is straightforward to establish that inequality aversion cannot arise in status processes, given that status is a function of relative ranks alone and hence blind to inequality in the good’s distribution (while generating its own new inequality of status (jasso and kotz in press). further, it appears that power also cannot lead to inequality aversion, though there is not yet conclusive proof. if inequality aversion joins loss aversion as an exclusive property of the justice force, then the presence of loss aversion can be taken as evidence that the justice sociobehavioral force is at work. . the intriguing recent work on internalized oppression (bourdieu ; ridgeway a: ; stanton-salazar ) finds precise expression in the new unified theory – via developments in status theory (jasso c) -- and so does the equally intriguing recent work on group boundaries and their permeability (brubaker and cooper ; eder and giesen ; eisenstadt and giesen ( ); ellemers, spears, and doosje ; giesen ([ ] ); lamont and molnár ) and on bonding and bridging phenomena (putnam ) – via the new distinction between pre-existing subgroups and emergent subgroups (unification surprise ) and the contest between selfista, subgroupista, and groupista orientations (jasso , in press). the hallmark of the new unified theory is, in the words of samuel smiles ( ): “a place for everything, and everything in its place.” in the years ahead, unimaginable new surprises – not only in theoretical unification but also in empirical verification – will bring rich new understanding of the worlds of justice and beyond. references allen, r. g. d. ( ). mathematical analysis for economists. st. martin’s press, new york. aristotle. [ - bc] . the works of aristotle. volumes. translated by w. d. ross. britannica press, chicago. atkinson, a. b. ( ). on the measurement of inequality. journal of economic theory : - . atkinson, a. b. ( ). the economics of inequality. oxford university press, london. baldwin, j. m. ( - ). handbook of psychology. volumes. holt, new york. berger, j., cohen, b. p., and zelditch, jr. m. ( ). status characteristics and expectation states. in j. berger, m. zelditch, jr., and b. anderson (eds.), sociological theories in progress, volume , houghton mifflin, boston, pp. - . berger, j., fisek, h., norman, r., and zelditch jr. m. ( ). status characteristics and social interaction: an expectation states approach. elsevier, new york. berger, j., zelditch, jr. m., anderson, b., and cohen, b. p. ( ). structural aspects of distributive justice: a status-value formulation. in j. berger, m. zelditch, and b. anderson (eds.), sociological theories in progress, volume , houghton mifflin, boston, pp. - . bernoulli, d. [ ] ( ). exposition of a new theory on the measurement of risk. econometrica : - . from the latin, specimen theoriae novae de mensura sortis" blau, p. m. ( ). exchange and power in social life. wiley, new york. blau, p. ( ). presidential address: parameters of social structure. american sociological review : - . blau, p. ( a). inequality and heterogeneity. free press, new york. blau, p. ( b). a macrosociological theory of social structure. american journal of sociology : - . bonacich, e. ( ). “a theory of ethnic antagonism: the split labor market.” american sociological review : - . bose, ch. e., and rossi, p. h. ( ). gender and jobs: prestige standings of occupations as affected by gender. american sociological review : - . bourdieu, p. ( ). masculine domination revisited. the goffman prize lecture. translated and edited by loic wacquant. berkeley journal of sociology : - . brickman, ph., folger, r., goode, e., and schul, y. ( ). micro and macro justice. in m. j. lerner and s. c. lerner (eds.), the justice motive in social behavior, plenum, new york, pp. - . brown, r. ( ). social psychology: the second edition. free press, new york. brubaker, r., and cooper, f. ( ). beyond ‘identity’. theory and society : - . burke, p. j. ( ). identity processes and social stress. american sociological review : - . burke, p. j. ( ). an identity model for network exchange. american sociological review : - . burke, p. j., and reitzes, d. c. ( ). an identity theory approach to commitment. social psychology quarterly : - . burke, p. j., and stets, j. e. ( ). trust and commitment through self-verification. social psychology quarterly : - . chipman, j. s., and moore, j. c. ( ). real national income with homothetic preferences and a fixed distribution of income. econometrica : - . durkheim, É. ( ) ( ). the division of labor in society. translated by george simpson. free press, new york. eder, kl., and giesen, b. ( ). introduction and conclusion. in kl. eder and b. giesen (eds.), european citizenship: national legacies and transnational projects, oxford, london, uk. ellemers, n., spears, r., and doosje, b-j. ( ). self and social identity. annual review of psychology : - . eisenstadt, s. n., and giesen, b. ( ). the construction of collective identity. archive européenne de sociologie : - . fararo, th. j., and skvoretz, k. ( ). in j. berger and m. zelditch, jr. (eds.), new directions in contemporary sociological theory, rowman and littlefield press, boulder, co, pp. - . fechner, gustav theodor. [ ] ( ). elemente der psychophysik. two volumes. breitkopf and härte, leipzigl. festinger, leon. ( ). a theory of social comparison processes. human relations : - . giesen, b. [ ] ( ). intellectuals and the making of the german nation: collective identity in an axial age. translated from the german (die intellectuellen und die nation) by nicholas levis and amos weisz. cambridge, new york. goode, w. j. ( ). the celebration of heroes: prestige as a control system. university of california press, berkeley, ca. hechter, m. ( ). “group formation and the cultural division of labor.” american journal of sociology : - . hogg, m. a., terry, d.j., and white, k. m. ( ). a tale of two theories: a critical comparison of identity theory with social identity theory. social psychology quarterly : - . homans, g. c. ( ) ( ). social behavior: its elementary forms. revised edition. harcourt, brace, jovanovich, new york. homans, g. c. ( ). commentary. in l. berkowitz and e. walster (eds.), advances in experimental social psychology, vol. , academic press, new york, pp. - . hornsey, m. j., and. hogg, m. a.( ). the effects of status on subgroup relations. british journal of social psychology : - . humphreys, p., and berger, j. ( ). theoretical consequences of the status characteristics formulation. american journal of sociology : - . hyman, h. h. ( ). reference groups. in d. l. sills (ed.), international encyclopedia of the social sciences, volume , macmilla,: new york, pp. - . james, w. ( ) ( ). the principles of psychology. britannica, chicago. jasso, g., and ross, p. h. ( ). distributive justice and earned income. american sociological review : - . jasso, g. ( ). on the justice of earnings: a new specification of the justice evaluation function. american journal of sociology : - . jasso, g. ( ). a new theory of distributive justice. american sociological review : - . jasso, g. ( ). further notes on the theory of distributive justice (reply to sotan). american sociological review : - . jasso, g. ( ). measuring inequality by the ratio of the geometric mean to the arithmetic mean. sociological methods and research : - . jasso, g. ( a). fairness of individual rewards and fairness of the reward distribution: specifying the inconsistency between the micro and macro principles of justice. social psychology quarterly : - . jasso, g. ( b). social consequences of the sense of distributive justice: small-group applications. jasso, g. in d. m. messick and k. s. cook (eds.), theories of equity: psychological and sociological perspectives, praeger, new york, pp - . jasso, g. ( ). choosing a good: models based on the theory of the distributive-justice force. advances in group processes: theory and research : - . jasso, g. ( ). principles of theoretical analysis. sociological theory : - . jasso, g. ( ). the theory of the distributive-justice force in human affairs: analyzing the three central questions. in j. berger, m. zelditch, jr., and b. anderson (eds.), sociological theories in progress: new formulations, sage, nabberu park, ca, pp. - . jasso, g. ( ). methods for the theoretical and empirical analysis of comparison processes. sociological methodology : - . jasso, g. ( ). cloister and society: analyzing the public benefit of monastic and mendicant institutions. journal of mathematical sociology : - . jasso, g. ( a). analysing conflict severity: predictions of distributive-justice theory for the two-subgroup case. social justice research : - . jasso, g. ( b). choice and emotion in comparison theory. rationality and society : - . jasso, g. ( ). exploring the reciprocal relations between theoretical and empirical work: the case of the justice evaluation function (paper in honor of robert k. merton). sociological methods and research : - . jasso, g. ( ). exploring the justice of punishments: framing, expressiveness, and the just prison sentence. social justice research : - . jasso, g. ( ). how much injustice is there in the world? two new justice indexes. american sociological review : - . jasso, g. ( a). comparison theory. in j. h. turner (ed.), handbook of sociological theory, kluwer academic/plenum press, new york, pp. - . jasso, g. ( b). formal theory. in j. h. turner (ed.), handbook of sociological theory, kluwer academic/plenum press, new york, pp. - . jasso, g. ( c). studying status: an integrated framework. american sociological review : - . jasso, g. ( ). the tripartite structure of social science analysis. sociological theory : - . jasso, g. ( ). culture and the sense of justice: a comprehensive framework for analysis. journal of cross cultural psychology : - . jasso, g. ( a). emotion in justice processes. in j. e. stets and j. h. turner (eds.), handbook of the sociology of emotions, springer, new york, pp. - . jasso, g. ( b). factorial survey methods for studying beliefs and judgments. sociological methods and research : - . jasso, g. ( c). homans and the study of justice. in a. j. treviño (ed.), george c. homans: history, theory, and method, paradigm press, boulder, co, pp. - . jasso, g. (in press). a new unified theory of sociobehavioral forces. european sociological review . jasso, g, and kotz, s. ( ). a new continuous distribution and two new families of distributions based on the exponential. statistica neerlandica :. jasso, g, and kotz, s. (unpubl). two types of inequality: inequality between persons and inequality between subgroups. presented at the biennial meeting of the international society for justice research, berlin, germany, august . jasso, g, and wegener, b. ( ). methods for empirical justice analysis: part i. framework, models, and quantities. social justice research : - . jasso, g, and wegener, b. ( ). gender and country differences in the sense of justice: justice evaluation, gender earnings gap, and earnings functions in thirteen countries. international journal of comparative sociology : - . lamont, m., and molnár, v. ( ). the study of boundaries in social science. annual review of sociology : - . lipset, s. m. ( ). stratification, social: social class. in d. l. sills (ed.), international encyclopedia of the social sciences, volume , macmillan, new york. marx, k. ( ) ( ). wage labour and capital. in karl marx and frederick engels: selected works. international publishers, new york. merton, r. k. ( ). continuities in the theory of reference groups and social structure. in r. k. merton (ed.), social theory and social structure. second edition, revised and enlarged, free press, new york. merton, r. k., and rossi, a.s. ( ). contributions to the theory of reference group behavior. in r. k. merton and p. lazarsfeld (eds.), continuities in social research: studies in the scope and method of "the american soldier", free press, new york, pp. - . reprinted as p. - in r. k. merton, social theory and social structure. second edition, revised and enlarged. new york, free press. nock, s. l., and rossi, p. h. ( ). ascription versus achievement in the attribution of social status. american journal of sociology : - . plato. [c. - / bc] ( ). the dialogues of plato. translated by benjamin jowett. britannica: chicago. putnam, r. d. ( ). bowling alone: the collapse and revival of american community. simon and schuster, new york. ridgeway, c. l. ( ). the social construction of status value: gender and other nominal characteristics. social forces : - . ridgeway, c. l. ( a). the conservation of gender inequality. american sociological review : - . ridgeway, c. l. b. where do status-value beliefs come from? new developments. in j. szmatka, j. skvoretz, and j. berger (eds.), status, network, and structure, stanford university press, standfort, ca. ridgeway, c. l. ( ). inequality, status, and the construction of status beliefs. in j. h. turner (ed.), handbook of sociological theory, kluwer academic/plenum press, new york, pp. - . ridgeway, c. l., and balkwell, j. ( ). group processes and the diffusion of status-beliefs. social psychology quarterly : - . roosevelt, t. ( ). history as literature, and other essays. kennikat press, port washington, ny. rossi, p. h., simpson, j. h., and miller, j-a. ( ). beyond crime seriousness: fitting the punishment to the crime. journal of quantitative criminology : - . runciman, w. g. ( ). problems of research on relative deprivation. archives européennes de sociologie : - . sampson, w. a., and rossi, p. h. ( ). race and family social standing. american sociological review : - . sennett, r. ( ). respect in a world of inequality. norton, new york. sherif, m. ( ). self concept. in d. l. sills (ed.), international encyclopedia of the social sciences, volume , macmillan, new york. smiles, s. ( ). thrift. john murray, london, uk. soltan, k. e. ( ). jasso on distributive justice (comment on jasso, asr, february . american sociological review : - . sörensen, a. b. ( ). a model and a metric for the analysis of the intragenerational status attainment process. american journal of sociology : - . spears, r., doosje, b-j., and ellemers, n. ( ). self-stereotyping in the face of threats to group status and distinctiveness: the role of group identification. personality and social psychology bulletin : - . stanton-salazar, r. d. ( ). a social capital framework for understanding the socialization of racial minority children and youths. harvard educational review : - . stets, j. e. ( ). status and identity in marital interaction. social psychology quarterly : - . stets, j. e., and burke, p. j. ( ). gender, control, and interaction. social psychology quarterly : - . stets, j. e., and burke, p. j. ( ). identity theory and social identity theory. social psychology quarterly : - . stets, j. e., and burke,. p. j. ( ). a sociological approach to self and identity. in m. leary and j. tangney (eds.), handbook of self and identity, guilford press, new york, pp. - . stevens, s. s. ( ). psychophysics: an introduction to its perceptual, neural, and social prospects. wiley, new york. stouffer, s. a., et al. ( ). the american soldier. two volumes. studies in social psychology in world war ii. princeton university press, princeton. stryker, s. ( ). identity salience and role performance. journal of marriage and the family : - . stryker, s. ( ). symbolic interactionism: a social structural version. benjamin cummings, menlo park. stryker, s. ( ). traditional symbolic interactionism, role theory, and structural symbolic interactionism: the road to identity theory. in j. h. turner (ed.), handbook of sociological theory, kluwer academic/plenum press, new york, pp. - . stryker, s, and burke p. j. ( ). the past, present, and future of an identity theory. social psychology quarterly : - . stryker, s., and serpe, r. t. ( ). commitment, identity salience, and role behavior: a theory and research example. in w. ickes and e. s. knowles (eds.), personality, roles, and social behavior, springer-verlag, new york, pp. - . tajfel, h. ( ). social identity and intergroup behavior. social science information : - . tajfel, h., and turner, j. c. ( ). an integrative theory of intergroup conflict. in w. g. austin and s. worchel (eds.), the social psychology of intergroup relations, brooks-cole, monterey, pp. - . tajfel, h., and turner, j. c. ( ). the social identity theory of intergroup behavior. in s. worchel and w. g. austin (eds.), the psychology of intergroup relations, nelson-hall, new york, pp. - . theil, h. ( ). economics and information theory. amsterdam, north-holland. thibaut, j. w., and kelley, h. h. ( ). the social psychology of groups. wiley, new york. thomas, w. i., and d. s. thomas. ( ). the child in america: problems and programs. new york: knopf. törnblom, k. y. ( ). positive and negative allocations: a typology and a model for conflicting justice principles. advances in group processes : - . törnblom, k. y., and jonsson, d. r. ( ). subrules of the equality and contributions principles: their perceived fairness in distribution and retribution. social psychology quarterly, : - . törnblom, k. y., and vermunt, r. ( ). introduction: the relationship between positive and negative resource allocations and how they affect our justice conceptions. social justice research : - . törnblom, k. y., vermunt, r. (eds.) ( ). special issue on fairness conceptions in the contexts of positive and negative resource allocations: part i. social justice research : - törnblom, k. y., vermunt, r. ( ). an integrative perspective on social justice: distributive and procedural fairness evaluations of positive and negative outcome allocations. social justice research : - . turner, j. c. ( ). social categorization and the self-concept: a social cognitive theory of group behavior. advances in group processes : - . turner, j. c. ( ). some current issues in research on social identity and self-categorization theories. in n. ellemers, r. spears, and b. doosje (eds.), social identity: context, commitment, content, blackwell, oxford, uk, pp. - . turner, j. c., hogg, m. a., oakes, p. j., reicher, s. d., and wetherell, m. s. . rediscovering the social group: a self-categorization theory. oxford, uk, blackwell. turner, j. h. ( ). societal stratification: a theoretical analysis. columbia university press, new york. turner, j. h. ( ). macrodynamics: toward a theory on the organization of human populations. asa rose monograph series. rutgers university press, new brunswick, nj turner, j. h. ( ). justice, injustice, and emotional arousal. social justice research wagner, d., and berger, j. ( ). do sociological theories grow? american journal of sociology : - . webster, m. jr., and hysom, s. j. ( ). creating status characteristics. american sociological review : - . whitmeyer, j. m. ( ). past and future applications of jasso’s justice theory. sociological theory : - . wright, g. h. von ( ). the varieties of goodness. routledge and kegan paul, london. zelditch, m. jr. ( ). status, social. in d. l. sills (ed.), international encyclopedia of the social sciences, volume , macmillan, new york. table i. partial list of terms used in three sociobehavioral theories for elements in the common core elements in the common core theories identity comparison statussociological identity theory social identity theory quantitative characteristics resources role competence role enactment role performance attribute characteristic dimension goods cardinal ordinal goods cardinal ordinal qualitative characteristics . society . attribute group master status network social category . superordinate category/group . group social category subgroup . comparison aggregate group social aggregate . subgroup . group . subgroup primordial sociobehavioral outcomes (pso) self-concept self-efficacy self-esteem self-evaluation self-meaning self-verification self-worth status self-conceptualization self-enhancement self-esteem status justice evaluation self-esteem self-worth deference esteem honor prestige respect status notes: cell entries include some of the terms used in the theories to refer to the three elements in the common core. cell entries corresponding to qualitative characteristics include terms referring to both characteristics and subgroups and are subdivided into terms used to refer to the group (listed under “ ") and terms used to refer to the subgroups (listed under “ "). happiness terms – such as happiness, satisfaction, well-being – sometimes appear in the role of pso, consistent with the view in the unified theory that the three sets of psos – comparison, status, power – generate happiness. figure . unification links between theories theory theory postulates postulates _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ predictions predictions _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ _________________________________ fig . the world of distributive justice actual reward just reward justice evaluation reactions to injustice figure . justice is a special case of comparison processes, but, unlike the sibling comparison processes, it covers other as well as self justice comparison processes figure . the new world of justice and beyond justice power all domains of behavior status jasso-unification- - - -sjr-submission.pdf jasso-unification-powerpoint- .pdf fig . the world of distributive justice figure . justice is a special case of comparison processes,�but, unlike the sibling comparison processes, it covers other as figure . the new world�of justice and beyond egalitarian justice and chosen brute taste* knight, c. ( ) egalitarian justice and valuational judgment. journal of moral philosophy, ( ). pp. - . issn - http://eprints.gla.ac.uk/ / deposited on: march enlighten – research publications by members of the university of glasgow http://eprints.gla.ac.uk http://eprints.gla.ac.uk/view/author/ .html http://eprints.gla.ac.uk/view/journal_volume/journal_of_moral_philosophy.html http://eprints.gla.ac.uk/view/journal_volume/journal_of_moral_philosophy.html egalitarian justice and valuational judgment carl knight* adam smith research foundation and department of politics university of glasgow glasgow, uk contemporary discussions of egalitarian justice have often focused on the issue of expensive taste. g. a. cohen has recently abandoned the view that all chosen disadvantages are non-compensable, now maintaining that chosen expensive judgmental tastes – those endorsed by valuational judgment – are compensable as it is unreasonable to expect persons not to develop them. but chosen expensive brute taste – the main type of non-compensable expensive taste on the new scheme – cannot be described in such a way that there is a normative difference between it and chosen expensive judgmental taste. as there are related problems with denying compensation for the other kind of expensive taste that might remain non- compensable, cohen’s position on taste appears to be either implausible or virtually indistinguishable from that of equality of welfare. however, compensation for valuational judgment-based expensive taste might be justified on grounds of responsibility. keywords: choice, g. a. cohen, equality, justice, responsibility, expensive taste. i. introduction consider the following scenario: . (a) steve holds £ . (b) harry holds £ . . (a) steve’s taste is such that he would obtain unit of welfare (hereafter: unit) from consuming a hamburger. (b) steve’s taste is such that he would obtain units from consuming a steak. (c) harry’s taste is such that he would obtain units from consuming a hamburger. d) harry’s taste is such that he would obtain unit from consuming a steak. e) no change in the tastes of steve or harry is now possible. . (a) a hamburger now costs £ . (b) a steak now costs £ . . steve would now prefer to have harry’s taste. . (a) prior to t (=a point in the past) steve’s taste was that of harry’s. (b) harry has not deliberately cultivated his taste, nor could he ever have eliminated it. (c) steve deliberately cultivated his present taste at t. which of these facts is relevant to egalitarian distributive justice? a wealth egalitarian replies that alone is relevant, and that the existing distribution is perfectly just. a welfare egalitarian begs to differ: on her account, and also come into play. she views the distribution as unjust, on the grounds that steve is only able to secure units with his funds, whereas harry is able to secure units with his. steve has expensive taste, in the sense that he is only able to secure below average welfare with average income. the welfare egalitarian views steve’s expensive taste as a disadvantage that entitles him to compensation. in his highly influential article, ‘what is equality?’, ronald dworkin criticized the welfare egalitarian’s stance on ‘champagne tastes’ as counterintuitive.[ ] his favoured theory of equality of resources did not, however, agree with equality of wealth’s stance that is the only relevant fact. dworkin suggested that is also relevant, for on his scheme those with dispreferred tastes (or ‘cravings’) are entitled to compensation. another position was proposed in response to dworkin in g. a. cohen’s well-known paper ‘on the currency of egalitarian justice’.[ ] cohen urged that compensation for expensive tastes did not appear counterintuitive where those tastes were unchosen; on the contrary, such compensation was mandated by justice. on this account, which may be referred to as equality of opportunity for welfare,[ ] , , and all appear to be relevant. cohen has recently modified his account, suggesting that some tastes that are chosen are nevertheless compensable.[ ] the present article argues that the position that he now wants to occupy either makes distributive decisions on morally arbitrary grounds or comes close to collapsing into equality of welfare. nevertheless, he does highlight a possible source of injustice – harsh treatment of valuational judgment-based expensive taste – which the equality debate has thus far overlooked.[ ] this points to the need for renewed focus on the relationship between principles of distributive justice and the content of responsibility. the paper starts in earnest in section ii, which clarifies cohen’s position on responsibility. cohen is now clear that responsibility for possessing one’s taste is not itself important; it is rather responsibility for the expense of one’s taste that matters. section iii introduces cohen’s new distinction between judgmental and brute taste. here cohen’s additional condition for compensation for a taste – that it is based upon valuational judgment – is discussed, and the most plausible interpretation of this condition is put forward. in sections iv and v the difficulty of finding cases in which cohen may reasonably refuse compensation is demonstrated. this difficulty is due to the fact that, on the two available interpretations of cohen’s account, the non- compensable expensive taste – chosen brute taste – cannot be formulated in such a way that it is morally distinguishable from (compensable) chosen judgmental taste. in section vi one special type of case in which cohen might refuse to provide compensation is described, and a familiar kind of problem with such a refusal is identified. this puts cohen’s view uncomfortably close to equality of welfare. section vii notes that one might bite the bullet at this point, but only at the cost of facing dworkin’s expensive tastes objection. it is argued in section viii that a more promising strategy is to account for valuational judgment by construing it as an obstacle to full responsibility. we need not assume that valuational judgment is such an obstacle, but only that it might be. ii. responsibility and expense in ‘expensive taste rides again’, cohen states that he wishes to revise the following first sentence of the ‘flagship statement’ of his earlier essay: ‘i distinguish among expensive tastes according to whether or not their bearer can reasonably be held responsible for them’.[ ] cohen now says that this sentence (together with similar statements in ‘currency’) is poorly formulated. a suitable reformulation would replace ‘them’ with ‘the fact that her tastes are expensive’. he adds the following: ‘it is, as i made it abundantly clear elsewhere in “currency,” precisely that fact for which the question of responsibility is crucial’.[ ] without this clarification the first sentence of the flagship statement is at best ambiguous and at worst morally implausible. the original formulation may be read as suggesting that justice distinguishes between responsibility and lack of responsibility for the existence of tastes that now happen to be expensive. persons are entitled to compensation if they have what dworkin calls bad preference luck, ‘which is their bad luck in having the preferences that they do because these preferences are expensive’. [ ] on this account, the bare fact that steve chose to generate his taste (fact ) disqualifies his claim for compensation. but suppose that steve’s taste was not expensive when he cultivated his taste, and that he could not have predicted that it would become so in the future. he has been unlucky, not in having the taste that he does, but in that his taste has become expensive. he has an unchosen disadvantage (a taste for an expensive food) which would be overlooked by one concerned only with bad preference luck. this possibility suggests that responsibility for holding the taste does not matter in the absence of responsibility for its expensiveness. for this reason cohen now makes it clear that it is responsibility for the expensiveness of one’s taste that matters.[ ] people are entitled to compensation on this account where they have what dworkin describes as bad price luck, ‘which is bad luck in the high cost of the preferences they have’.[ ] this would be a relevant set of facts on such an account: . (a) at t a steak cost £ . (b) at t a hamburger cost £ . (c) steve could not reasonably have been expected to anticipate the rise in price of steaks from t to the present. cohen believes that it would be unfair to penalize steve for the unforeseen economic changes that have replaced the favourable circumstances depicted in with the unfavourable circumstances depicted in . no transfer would be due if steve knew such changes were likely to occur but gambled that they would not, or hoped that they would, maybe because he views expense as itself desirable.[ ] but this is not the case here. as it is, steve suffers from a welfare deficit for which he is not relevantly responsible; such deficits are compensable on cohen’s scheme, and the first element of the reformulation of his flagship statement reflects that. iii. brute taste and judgmental taste the second sentence of cohen’s original flagship statement reads thus: there are those [tastes] which he [an individual] could not have helped forming and/or could not now unform, and then there are those for which, by contrast, he can be held responsible, because he could have forestalled them and/or because he could now unlearn them.[ ] cohen believes that the failings of this second sentence are more substantial than those of the first. the problem is not merely that his position is poorly expressed: the position itself is at fault. while cohen still believes that some chosen tastes are non-compensable, he now maintains that others do give rise to valid claims for compensation. the former category are brute tastes, ‘which do not embody judgments of valuation’.[ ] cohen offers the example of ‘my own liking for diet coke, which embodies no particular approval of it’.[ ] judgmental tastes, by contrast, ‘are informed by valuational judgment’. cohen explains his change of stance as follows: i no longer think that the mere fact that people chose to develop and/or could now school themselves out of an expensive judgmental taste means that they should pick up the tab for it, and that is precisely because they did and do identify with it, and therefore cannot reasonably be expected to have not developed it or to rid themselves of it.[ ] the moral idea driving the distributive proposal is that some persons are disadvantaged by their identification with certain tastes which turn out to be expensive, since that identification leads them to develop those tastes. cohen observes that this takes his position even further away from dworkin’s: so what dworkin gives as a reason for withholding compensation – the subjects’ approving identification with their expensive tastes – is something that i regard as a reason for offering it, since, where identification is present, it is, standardly, the agents’ very bad luck that a preference with which they strongly identify happens to be expensive, and to expect them to forego or to restrict satisfaction of that preference (because it is expensive) is, therefore, to ask them to accept an alienation from what is deep in them.[ ] cohen’s move should not exactly be to turn dworkin on his head. one may recall that dworkin is interested in the presence or absence of identification with taste right now: hence, on his account, fact in the hamburger-and-steak case mentioned at the outset justifies compensation for steve (given fact ). here cohen, like dworkin, focuses on present (dis)identification: unfair disadvantage arises ‘where identification is present’. however, we have seen that elsewhere in the same paper he focuses on the history of identification as well: persons who did identify or who do identify with a taste ‘… cannot reasonably be expected to have not developed it or to rid themselves of it’. in other words, present (dis)identification matters for establishing whether it is reasonable to expect an expensive taste to be unlearned, while past (dis)identification matters for the key issue of establishing whether it is reasonable to hold someone accountable for their choice to develop a taste. so why should cohen maintain that history of identification matters? an answer becomes clear when we consider the case of someone who initially had no identification with an expensive taste, but nevertheless developed it, and subsequently came to identify with it. cohen has no reason for thinking that it would be unreasonable to ask such a person to bear the cost of their taste whether they can now be rid of it or not, for that cost has arisen directly from a choice that she was not predisposed to make. it is a history of identification that excuses an individual from bearing the cost of their expensive taste; present identification only tells us that an individual who has been so excused cannot be expected to dispose of their taste. iv. chosen expensive brute taste the discussion of the previous section indicates that the following would be an example of an additional relevant fact on cohen’s scheme: . prior to and at t, steve disidentified with the taste he then had and identified with the taste he now has. this embodies my stipulation, given as an interpretation of cohen, that the (dis)identification must not come after the possession of the taste – it must be what we might call pre(dis)identification. according to cohen, the presence of this fact diminishes steve’s liability for his present expensive taste. it shows that, even if steve is responsible for the fact that the taste he holds is expensive, it would be unreasonable to make him bear its cost.[ ] the implications of this revised account are no simple matter. to see them one must first try and establish what exactly a chosen expensive brute taste might look like. this is because they are (with one important exception to be mentioned in section vi) the only kind of expensive taste that cohen now refuses to provide compensation for, and as such they appear to be the only source of disagreement between cohen and equality of welfare. i will maintain that, from what little cohen says about chosen brute taste, it is not clear that they can exist in a form that is differentiated from chosen judgmental taste by any morally significant characteristic. on one of the two available interpretations, cohen’s account amounts to no more or less than equality of welfare,[ ] insofar as it is concerned with welfare;[ ] on the other, it amounts to something with (even) less justification. the feature that makes a taste brute in cohen’s sense is that it ‘does not embody judgments of valuation’. for reasons that should be obvious from the earlier discussion, the kind of judgments of valuation that they do not embody are those that are temporally prior to the taste itself. steve’s taste for steak does not go from being judgmental to being brute simply because he stops identifying with it some time after he has acquired it, for cohen’s question of whether steve could reasonably have been expected to turn down the opportunity to cultivate that taste, given the cost that would impose upon him, can obviously only apply before taste acquisition. the kind of taste we are looking for is one that is chosen and initially not supported by value judgments. how might the origins of cohen’s own taste for diet coke meet both of these criteria? were jerry (as i will call this character) brought up to have this taste or hypnotized into having it, it would fail to meet the criterion of being chosen.[ ] this would also be the case if his first sip had him hooked, and that sip resulted from, say, a bartending error or lack of alternative beverages. contrariwise, if jerry made a deliberate attempt to cultivate that taste it would fail to meet the non-judgmental criterion. that attempt must be based on some kind of value judgment, however sensible or fatuous it may be, for otherwise his behaviour is inexplicable. there are further possibilities that may appear to salvage chosen brute taste. first, suppose that jerry makes no deliberate attempt to cultivate a taste for diet coke and has no preidentification with it, but that he tries it anyway. perhaps he just wants to see what it tastes like. or maybe he has decided to live his life as a ‘free spirit’, which right now means trying some diet coke for no particular reason. either way, jerry’s first sip results in taste formation. for the moment, let us grant that the taste that is formed in a case like this is brute. although preidentification with taste is absent, other kinds of relevant value judgments are present. it seems to me that jerry could only have not taken his sip by acting in a fashion that contradicted his value judgment that he ought to find out what diet coke tastes like, or that he ought to drink it just because that’s what he wants to do. such contradiction is not directly related to taste. it is, however, obviously an incident of self-infliction of cost. were it identical in every regard except the structure of its relation to taste, cohen would say that it could not reasonably be expected of jerry. if this kind of self-infliction is unreasonable where the judgment endorses the taste i do not see any reason why it is less unreasonable where the judgment endorses something else that can only be realized by performing an action that may or will result in taste formation. there is a slight causal difference but no moral difference: in both types of case we require individuals ‘to accept an alienation from what is deep in them’ if they are not to suffer a welfare deficit. on this natural reading of cohen, he appears to base compensation on a morally arbitrary distinction. v. an alternative interpretation suppose, then, that we take a more liberal reading. here we describe a taste such as jerry’s – one that is not preidentified with, but that could only have been avoided at the cost of violating otherwise independent value judgments – as an indirect judgmental taste. the resulting broad sense of judgmental taste, encompassing both indirect judgmental taste and direct judgmental taste (instances of which are preidentified with), is somewhat strained as a construal of cohen, given that it includes ‘taste that does not track a judgment of the value of its object’.[ ] but it – and the corresponding narrow construal of brute taste – sits far more comfortably with cohen’s moral argument that it is unreasonable to expect persons to contradict their value judgments. in this case it looks like there is nothing morally arbitrary about compensating for chosen judgmental taste but not for chosen brute taste. but the revised position also radically limits the occurrence of chosen brute taste (that is, a chosen taste that could have been avoided at no self-inflicted cost). usually a taste must be either unchosen or endorsed, somewhere along the line, by valuational judgment; in the odd case where it is both unendorsed and, in some sense, chosen, compensation is still appropriate. this is shown in two more kinds of cases. we might suppose that jerry has no preidentification with diet coke but that he is a ‘diceman’ – one who makes his choices in a random fashion – and, when ordering his drinks, diet coke’s number comes up. or we might suppose that, while jerry’s action might look like it could be explained as either experimental or wilfully random, he is simply acting on impulse. in each case we again suppose that the first sip results in taste formation. when presented with cases like diceman jerry it is tempting to think that chosen narrow brute taste might ride in on the back of uncertainty about outcomes. the unexpected results of random but deliberate action may appear to be chosen without there having been any question of identification. it is therefore important to note that the actual likelihood of the taste arising from the action, and the individual’s perception of this likelihood, are quite irrelevant to the question of whether the taste is (indirectly) judgmental. all that matters is that the individual could not have performed otherwise without contradicting his own judgment. even if the individual thought there was no possibility of taste formation, and it was in fact a million to one shot, that taste would be fully judgmental on account of the clear causal link between it, the action, and the endorsement of the action. both this point and the more general point about the infrequency with which chosen narrow brute taste can occur is illustrated well in the diceman jerry case. diceman jerry’s taste is, i will allow, chosen and not itself preidentified with. but the endorsement of running one’s life on the roll of a dice is clearly a value judgment. that preidentification with randomizing is, in this instance, bound up with the taste. even though the link between diceman jerry’s taste and his judgment is indirect and fortuitous, his taste is judgmental, for he could have declined the option of drinking diet coke only by alienating himself from his own judgment. this causal relationship is all that is required to show that the taste is not brute in the narrow sense. the final, impulsive case faces the initial worry that no taste formed in this way could be chosen. but i am willing to grant, for the sake of argument, that choice may be present here. this issue aside, impulsive action appears to present the best opportunity for non-compensable chosen brute taste to arise. even so, jerry’s behaviour is presumably explainable in one of two ways, and neither of these will do. firstly, there may be a value judgment even further back in the causal chain than in the earlier two cases. this judgment may direct jerry to act spontaneously and without regard to consequences. this case is not relevantly different from that of the self-defined free spirit. as before, the taste can be treated as non-compensable only if we demand that jerry alienate himself from his judgment. on the alternative reading of cohen, the taste is, again, not brute. secondly, and more interestingly, jerry may be following no value judgment whatsoever. he may by nature be an extremely impetuous person. it may have never crossed his mind that acting in a more considered way is a viable option. this is the one kind of case where the more liberal reading of cohen can, like the more straightforward construal, identify chosen brute (i.e. unendorsed) taste. but the common denial of compensation in both instances is morally arbitrary. if it is unreasonable to expect someone to act against their valuational judgment, it is, if anything, more unreasonable to expect someone to act against their natural temperament, where no reasons for such behavioural modification have even been entertained. the complete absence of valuational judgment makes it inappropriate to punish (or reward) in this case as one might were a full moral agent involved. even if we allow that there is choice, there is not responsibility.[ ] vi. costlessly removable expensive taste the basic problem we have so far encountered is that one can generally choose to undergo a course of action that may inadvertently result in the acquisition of a taste only where one holds value judgments that recommend that course of action. a taste of this kind is an indirect judgmental taste. one can only avoid this conclusion by failing to acknowledge the cost involved in acting contrary to value judgments that are only indirectly linked to the acquisition of the taste (for example, ones recommending ‘taste testing’ or spontaneity). this is precisely what cohen does on the more natural reading mentioned above. but i can see no moral justification for such a position. indeed, it seems to run counter to the unreasonableness-of-expecting-self-imposed-costs justification that cohen attempts to support his stance with. if, on the other hand, we work with the more liberally interpreted senses of brute and judgmental taste, chosen brute taste can only be held by the very impulsive. so interpreted, cohen’s position is either, again, morally arbitrary (if we penalize purely impulsive behaviour) or virtually normatively identical with equality of welfare. in the latter case, it makes conceptual distinctions (between brute and judgmental taste, and between chosen and unchosen taste) that equality of welfare does not, but the only normatively relevant combination is all but impossible since non-purely impulsive chosen brute tastes are reclassified as indirect judgmental tastes. i say ‘all but impossible’ as there is one special case where it may appear that cohen could still reasonably deny compensation for expensive taste. this is the case of costlessly removable expensive taste. whether it was initially chosen or not, cohen denies compensation for expensive tastes that can be removed at no expense – which is to say not only that the tastes are not presently identified with, but also that there are no ‘incidental’ costs that are unrelated to identification. equality of welfare would even compensate in the case where an individual with such a taste obstinately refused to remove it. the absence of present identification marks these tastes as brute in the sense that was rejected in section iii above. the absence of incidental costs is much the more demanding of the two requirements mentioned in the previous paragraph. even where a taste is disidentified with, there will almost always be some financial expenditure, lost time or other inconvenience involved in schooling oneself out of it that results in a welfare loss. as costlessly removable expensive tastes are little more than a possibility, the space between the broad judgmental taste view and equality of welfare is barely a sliver. yet the rarity of costlessly removable expensive tastes is not the most substantial bar to their serving as an effective prop for cohen’s position. the refusal to compensate for these tastes is morally suspect for reasons that are very much parallel to those that applied to the natural reading of cohen (where judgmental taste was narrowly construed). a deliberate failure to remove a taste, even where there is no cost involved, presumably itself involves valuational judgment. we might again ask why it is unreasonable to ask people to act against their value judgments in some cases, but not in others. someone endorsing compensation for judgmental taste in either the narrow sense (admitting direct judgmental tastes only) or broad sense (admitting both direct and indirect judgmental tastes) faces an unpalatable choice. they could treat the value judgments that oppose costless removal of expensive tastes as the basis for compensation for those tastes (either because the judgments are necessarily tied up with judgmental taste or for independent reasons). or they could refuse compensation, in which case their moral consistency is in doubt, given the original justification for compensation for expensive judgmental tastes. vii. biting the bullet the argument that expensive judgmental taste should not be penalized has some intuitive support. but consistent endorsement of what appears to be its key premise – that it is wrong to penalize persons for choices that are required by their valuational judgment – commits cohen to more than he acknowledges. for the premise to be consistently endorsed, both the broad construal of judgmental taste and compensation for costlessly removable expensive tastes that are not removed is required. this treatment of tastes is identical to that of equality of welfare, even if the justification is different.[ ] it appears that cohen is still determined to put distance between his account and equality of welfare.[ ] if the arguments presented above have helped to clarify the size of that distance and, in particular, the normative difficulties that are involved in retaining it, they would for those reasons alone have some significance. but what if cohen, or someone endorsing similar premises, were to bite the bullet, and accept that something very close to equality of welfare is the correct account of egalitarian justice after all? this move faces the arguments against equality of welfare presented by dworkin, which could be applied to the new position with minimal revision. the objection to social allowance for expensive tastes is of course foremost amongst these. one question, then, is whether cohen’s focus on the (alleged) wrongness of penalizing acts required by valuational judgment suggests a new way around the objection. it seems quite clear that it does not. in dworkin’s original presentation, ‘someone (louis) sets out deliberately to cultivate some taste or ambition he does not now have’, for the specific purpose of ‘trying to make his life a better life in some way’.[ ] so it seems reasonable to assume that, from the outset, louis is characterized as acting on valuational judgment. but dworkin thinks that of no help to his cause: this does not make his claim for extra resources any more appealing or less counter- intuitive … . on the contrary, the fact that he is acting so deliberately in his own interests seems to make his claim, if anything, less appealing than the claim of someone who tries an expensive experience on a whim, for the pleasure of the moment, and then finds that he is hooked.[ ] whether one agrees with dworkin’s position or not is unlikely to be affected by cohen’s change of emphasis. as cohen acknowledges, dworkin always accounted for valuational judgment – he just did not think it mattered. takers of the bullet-biting strategy are squarely in dworkin’s sights. viii. valuational judgment as responsibility-diminishing it seems to me that there may be a less hazardous way of endorsing the premise that it is wrong for persons to be disadvantaged by valuational judgment-endorsed acts. on one prominent construal of equality of opportunity for welfare, which cohen has consistently endorsed, a disadvantage such as an expensive taste is non-compensable only where the holder has genuinely chosen it – that is, where she is responsible for it in a deep, metaphysically valid way. the appropriate distribution is dependent on both which account of free will and determinism is correct and facts particular to each case.[ ] the presence or absence of preidentification, or of other, less direct value judgments that have resulted in taste formation (such as those of dicemen), are candidates for relevant particular facts. it might be thought that, although a history of valuational judgment is not grounds for assuming full non-responsibility, it may diminish an individual’s responsibility for developing their taste. as the strength of the value judgments – and the degrees of difficulty and pain involved in acting contrary to them – increase, so responsibility decreases. we might, then, hold that cohen’s discomfort with the position he took in ‘currency’ is based on a failure to appreciate the full range of considerations that responsibility may take into account. the complaint is really with certain prevalent conceptions of responsibility and related concepts, such as choice, which fail to recognize the significant role of valuational judgment. that a person is acting on valuational judgment is not typically taken to be a factor in favour of their case for compensation – dworkin for one thinks quite the opposite. once the argument shifts to this level there appears to be little problem with the position cohen took in ‘currency’. one gets the outcome of compensating for valuational judgment-based tastes by combining conventional equality of opportunity for welfare with a particular account of responsibility. now it might be asked why this strategy should be preferred to the bullet-biting one. the answer is twofold. first is the way it accounts for the moral significance of variations in the ease with which preidentification and other relevant judgments can be contradicted. in some cases, an individual may only act against their valuational judgment at cost of considerable self- contradiction, but in others, while there is some cost involved, it is relatively minor. an agent who acts against their preidentification with an expensive taste for the theatre might consequently experience great inner-anguish or hardly anything at all – it just depends on the character of the preidentification. in light of this, the strategy suggested by the alternative reading of cohen, under which full compensation is to be provided in each case of valuational judgment-based taste, is insufficiently discriminating. a possible retort here is this: why not just adopt a further interpretation – or really, by this point, reinterpretation – of cohen, such that his position admits of degrees. the more promising version of this approach works with the alternative reading of cohen’s position, avoiding the moral arbitrariness of the natural interpretation, but placing all tastes somewhere on a continuum of valuational judgment strength. on other words, we accept that all tastes are judgmental (broad sense), but hold that those tastes whose cultivation could only have been avoided at great personal cost give entitlements to higher levels of compensation than those whose cultivation could have been avoided at a smaller price. this is certainly not the position that cohen takes, and not only because it relies on the alternative reading of cohen. for cohen also does not seem to consider the possibility of morally relevant variations in the strength of identification; indeed, his discussion of (direct) judgmental taste seems just to assume that there is strong identification. but it does at least retain cohen’s identification of valuational judgment and non-responsibility as two distinct grounds for compensation. there is, however, an additional argument for a subsumption of the first of these grounds under the second which points to a weakness common to both the bullet-biting strategy and the ‘sliding scale’ view of broad judgmental tastes. the argument is that both positions give hostages to fortune, in the sense that (direct or indirect) taste-creating value judgments are specified as grounds for compensation, be it full or partial, regardless of which account of responsibility happens to be correct. i do not see any reason for thinking that, whatever expensive taste- excusing properties valuational judgment has, they are independent of responsibility. if we take the most straightforward case, that of direct judgmental taste, i submit that the appropriate response to a particular instance of preidentification is very likely to depend on questions such as these: what is the causal history of the preidentification? was the agent aware of the costs of acting as suggested by the preidentification? how do other agents with similar levels of preidentification and information act? which general account of free will and determinism is correct? on this account, can acts based on preidentification be genuinely voluntary, or not? does this account, combined with an account of egalitarian justice, allow that some acts based on preidentification are compensable? if so, which acts, and how much compensation? these are questions of responsibility. i do not see how we can detach the moral significance of taste-creating value judgments from them, far less assume an overwhelming moral significance however we answer them. ix. concluding remarks the argument of this article suggests that egalitarians looking to occupy a position on expensive taste that falls between conventional equality of opportunity for welfare and equality of welfare cannot expect the brute taste/judgmental taste distinction to carry the justificatory load. nevertheless, the distinction serves a valuable role, in highlighting the possibility that egalitarian justice, especially as depicted by dworkin, treats the bearers of valuational judgment-based expensive tastes in unduly harsh fashion. i hope to have shown that the corrective to this state of affairs need not be at the level of distributive principle, as cohen proposes, since the role of valuational judgment in taste formation might be accounted for by the account of responsibility that is utilized by distributive principles. this underlines the importance for political philosophy of the contents of what susan hurley calls the ‘black box of responsibility’.[ ] the problems with the notion of compensating for valuational judgment-based acts reinforces hurley’s general contention that different accounts of responsibility have differing implications for accounts of distributive justice. if, as is fairly likely, valuational judgment bears on responsibility, and takes much (if not all) of its moral significance from that connection, it is a mistake to decide on its weight in distributive decisions quite independently of responsibility considerations. interestingly, this is one case where a ‘luck egalitarian’ – or more specifically, ‘thin luck egalitarian’[ ] – position may actually be reinforced by filling in the details of responsibility, since the non-luck egalitarian addition (compensation for judgmental taste) to a luck egalitarian position (equality of opportunity for welfare) may thereby be shown to be otiose. it might be objected that the conventional-equality-of-opportunity-for-welfare- plus-valuational-judgment-sensitive-account-of-responsibility strategy defended in the preceding two sections gives a hostage to fortune which, while different from that of the cohenian alternatives, is no less problematic. this is its commitment that valuational judgment is necessarily a condition – or even, on the strongest version of the view, the sole condition – for non- responsibility. the objection is sound. even so, to me this seems like the most plausible way of ensuring compensation for expensive taste-creating value judgments, for reasons already mentioned. since i am unconvinced that such compensation is demanded by justice (although it may well be) i would prefer to leave the question of exactly what responsibility is as open as possible. of course, in doing this, i face the further objection that i am myself trying to keep the lid on the black box of responsibility. in reply, i would point out that there seems to be no structural deficiency or superfluity with the thin luck egalitarian position that, like special compensation for valuational judgment-based expensive taste, would be exposed as such once a full account of responsibility was provided. it is quite compatible with responsibility, whatever role the latter gives to valuational judgment. i am not so much keeping the lid on the black box of responsibility as refusing to prejudge its contents. the strategy i propose replies to the dworkinian expensive taste objection in just the way that cohen intended in ‘currency’, arguing that, regardless of whether an expensive taste is presently identified with, compensation seems reasonable where the holder is not responsible for the expense of her taste. we allow for the possibility that a history of valuational judgment is responsibility-diminishing, but we do not insist that it is a responsibility-diminishing factor, irrespective of what else there is to know about responsibility, nor (as the bullet-biting and sliding scale cohen-derived positions suggest) that it is a compensation-entitling factor, irrespective of whether it diminishes responsibility. this is the right tack to take in the absence of overwhelmingly strong arguments for the distributive significance of valuational judgment. ------------------------------------ * i would like to thank richard arneson, hillel steiner, andrew williams, and an anonymous referee for their helpful comments. research for this article was supported by the arts and humanities research council and the worldwide universities network. [ ] ronald dworkin, ‘what is equality? part two: equality of resources’, philosophy and public affairs ( ), pp. - . reprinted as chapters and of ronald dworkin, sovereign virtue: the theory and practice of equality (cambridge, ma: harvard university press, ). [ ] g. a. cohen, ‘on the currency of egalitarian justice’, ethics ( ), pp. - . see also richard j. arneson, ‘equality and equal opportunity for welfare’, philosophical studies ( ), pp. - . john roemer, theories of distributive justice (cambridge, ma: harvard university press, ). [ ] cohen actually endorsed equal access to advantage, where advantage included both welfare and resources (‘currency’, pp. , - ). i will set this difference aside, as cohen allows (g. a. cohen, ‘expensive taste rides again’, in justine burley (ed.), dworkin and his critics (oxford: blackwell, ), p. . (cohen believes that ‘access’ and ‘opportunity’ are different concepts, but i can detect no difference between them on arneson’s definition of the latter [see arneson, ‘equal opportunity for welfare’, pp. - ].) [ ] cohen, ‘expensive taste rides again’. [ ] for an accessible account of the debate up to cohen’s latest contribution see jonathan wolff, ‘equality: the recent history of an idea’, journal of moral philosophy ( ), pp. - . [ ] cohen, ‘currency’, p. ; cf. p. . [ ] cohen, ‘expensive taste rides again’, p. . [ ] ronald dworkin, ‘replies’, in justine burley (ed.), dworkin and his critics, p. . [ ] this is also suggested on p. of ‘currency’. but note that cohen introduces this thought as one of a number of additional comments on dworkin’s position that come after his main argument against it. despite cohen’s protestations, it is far from ‘abundantly clear’ that his main concern was always with expensiveness of taste rather than taste itself, and the only textual support he offers is the passage cited above. [ ] dworkin, ‘replies’, p. . [ ] see cohen, ‘expensive taste rides again’, pp. , . [ ] cohen, ‘currency’, p. . [ ] cohen, ‘expensive taste rides again’, p. . [ ] cohen, ‘expensive taste rides again’, p. . [ ] cohen, ‘expensive taste rides again’, p. , original emphasis. see also terry price, ‘egalitarian justice, luck, and the costs of chosen ends’, american philosophical quarterly ( ), pp. - . [ ] cohen, ‘expensive taste rides again’, p. , original emphasis. a note makes it clear that by ‘standardly’ cohen means only ‘barring the special case where people welcome the fact that their taste is expensive’ (‘expensive taste rides again’, p. n. , original emphasis). [ ] cohen strongly hints that those who develop expensive tastes for snobbish reasons or who unsuccessfully gamble that they will be able to afford them should be denied compensation (‘expensive taste rides again’, pp. , , - ). but given that such tastes are patently based on valuational judgment, and that cohen mentions no reasons for denying compensation in these cases of judgmental taste but not others, i find this puzzling, as does dworkin (dworkin, ‘replies’, p. ). [ ] dworkin said something similar about the position cohen took in ‘currency’: ‘that supposedly different ideal (equality of opportunity for welfare) turns out to be equality of welfare under a different name’ (dworkin, sovereign virtue, p. ). this conclusion is based upon the thought that all tastes are unchosen (and therefore compensable on cohen’s scheme) as they are themselves the result of uncultivated second-order tastes; see dworkin, sovereign virtue, ch. ; ‘replies’, pp. - , n. . my conclusion, by contrast, is based on the argument that, on one understanding of cohen, some tastes can be chosen, but that all such tastes are nevertheless compensable for reasons of valuational judgment. [ ] see note above. [ ] see cohen, ‘expensive taste rides again’, p. . [ ] cohen, ‘expensive taste rides again, p. . [ ] see sections viii and xi below. [ ] cohen holds that, even if all expensive tastes were unchosen in the way dworkin suggests (see note above), and therefore compensable according to equality of opportunity for welfare, there would still remain a difference of principle between that account and equality of welfare; see ‘expensive taste rides again’, pp. - . it is worth noting that the present situation is very different from this, since cohen has given a reason for providing compensation for expensive tastes even if they are chosen. [ ] cohen, ‘expensive taste rides again’, pp. - . [ ] dworkin, ‘what is equality?’, pp. , . [ ] dworkin, ‘what is equality?’, p. . [ ] cohen, ‘expensive taste rides again’, p. ; cohen, ‘equality of what? on welfare, goods and capabilities’, in martha nussbaum and amartya sen (eds.), the quality of life (oxford: oxford university press, ), p. . see also arneson, ‘equal opportunity for welfare’, p. ; carl knight, ‘the metaphysical case for luck egalitarianism’, social theory and practice ( ), pp. - . [ ] see s. l. hurley, justice, luck, and knowledge (cambridge, ma: harvard university press, ). [ ] ‘thin luck’ is just the opposite correlate of responsibility; see hurley, justice, luck, and knowledge, ch. . citation_temp.pdf http://eprints.gla.ac.uk/ / untitled editorial disability and justice this special issue of the scandinavian journal of disability research addresses justice and the rule of law with regard to the situation for persons with disabilities. the inter- section between these two thematic fields has been made topical in the nordic countries in the implementation process for the un convention on the rights of persons with disabilities, as well as the aftermath of two well-documented examples of serious miscarriages of justice in criminal cases where people with disabilities were falsely convicted. the five articles in this volume discuss different aspects of how the criminal justice system is applied in cases involving persons with disabilities. one of the articles outlines a theoretical background and provides an overview of rel- evant research, and four articles discuss findings from recent empirical studies of cases where pivotal safeguarding principles are at stake. the articles have been produced with grants from the fritz moen research fund. the concept of criminal justice relates to the question of how the rule of law is applied in the functioning and practices of the criminal justice system, in both formal and informal practices. the concept of criminal justice also addresses different aspects of security and reassurance for victims and witnesses, as well as for defendants and those convicted. it also includes a series of basic principles, practices and insti- tutions used by governments with the aim of maintaining social control, reducing crime or sanctioning persons who break the law with criminal penalties and rehabili- tation. persons accused of crimes have legal protection against abuses of investigatory and prosecutorial powers. the united nations convention on the rights of persons with disabilities (uncrpd), adopted in ( ), contains several articles that specifically address the judicial systems in the states parties. the articles make specific demands on the states that ratify the convention. states parties are requested to take legislative, administrative and judicial measures to ensure that persons with disabilities are met and treated on an equal footing with other citizens. in particular, this applies to article (equal recognition before the law), article (access to justice), article (liberty and security of the person) and article (freedom from torture or cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment). these articles interfere both directly and indirectly with the practical functioning and application of the criminal justice system in the nordic countries. the judicial situation for persons with disabilities is of special interest in the nordic countries at the present time, as the process of ratification and implementation of the uncrpd is still ongoing in the nordic countries. at the time of writing, the three scandinavian countries (denmark, sweden and norway) have all ratified the conven- tion, while iceland and finland have signed the convention and are still in the process of ratifying it. the implementation processes for the uncrpd have undoubtedly © taylor & francis scandinavian journal of disability research, vol. , no. s , – , http://dx.doi.org/ . / . . caused a certain interest in, and focus on, questions regarding the functioning of the criminal justice system in the three countries that have signed. rule of law is basically a principle which expresses the individual’s possibility to estimate her/his legal status. this principle is a central feature of western democracies and regulates the relation between the state and citizens in several areas of life, such as schooling, health services, care, employment and housing – just to mention a few. when we concentrate on the situation in the criminal justice system in this special issue, this is however just one of several areas where predictability and access to justice is of fundamental importance. our hope is that this issue may contribute to broaden the research perspective on disability and different aspects of rights and justice matters, and that it may encourage further research into this field. the case of fritz moen, norway the situation in the nordic countries with regard to disability and justice is also some- what paradoxical. on the one hand, the nordic countries are usually among the top countries in international rankings of legal standards, such as the world justice project (agrast, botero and ponce ). on the other hand, norway and sweden are responsible for the two best-known and serious miscarriages of justice in modern european judicial history. in both these cases disabled people were victimized. this situation provides the sad context for this issue. we will briefly outline the rather complex developments in these two cases. it is now years since fritz moen ( – ), a deaf norwegian citizen, was convicted of the second of two murders that it was later proved he could not have comitted. moen was born during world war ii as the illegitimate child of a norwe- gian mother and a soldier from the german wehrmacht. his identity as a ‘german brat’ in the public view put him in a highly stigmatized category, implying biological, moral and intellectual deficiency (ericsson and simonsen a, b). as a ‘german brat’, he was abandoned by his family and relatives and raised in orphanages and boarding schools for the deaf, never experiencing ordinary family life. his deaf- ness was not detected until the age of – . in his early years, generally regarded signifi- cant years for a child’s language acquisition, moen apparently lived with restricted communicative opportunities. poverty is also an identity that applies to his case. the implications of these factors or multiple identities clearly made shifting impacts along his life trajectory within the changing societal contexts of his lifespan, leading up to his being convicted of two murders. in , fritz moen was convicted of killing a young woman in trondheim, norway. in , he was convicted again for the killing of another young girl in the same town. both killings bore the character of sexual murders. when moen confessed to the killings to police, there was no sign language interpreter present. the inquiries were completed under severe pressure from the police. viewed in retrospect, there were several serious problems with communication between moen and the police investi- gators. these problems also apply to the court case (nou : ). moen was sen- tenced to a total of years in prison and served a total of years under very severe conditions. as a result of outside pressure, from the norwegian journalist tore sandberg in particular, the two murder cases were reopened in (sandberg ). in and , fritz moen was acquitted of the two crimes. unfortunately, and very sadly, moen died in december and never got to experience the final acquittal. editorial after the final acquittal, the norwegian minister of justice issued an official apology on behalf of the norwegian state in memory of fritz moen for his wrongful conviction and for his sufferings. compensation from the norwegian government was paid to moen’s estate. a national committee was appointed by the norwegian min- istry of justice to examine the details of the two cases with a view to establishing what went wrong. the committee submitted its report to the norwegian ministry of justice in (nou : ). it should also be noted that, seven years after this report, it has still not been followed up by a white paper from the government to the norwegian parliament, which is the usual procedure in similar cases. the case of sture bergwall, sweden up until , fritz moen’s case was the only know case of a double miscarriage of justice per se, not just for people with disabilities, and not just in norway or the nordic countries, but in the whole of european judicial history since world war ii (sandberg ). it might have been argued that the miscarriage of justice committed in the case of fritz moen could only happen in that particular historical situation, never to be repeated, but the case of sture bergwall in sweden is a recent story that proves the opposite to be true. sture bergwall (b. ) grew up in a swedish lower-working-class family. he had a troubled adolescence, with mental problems that also affected his adult life. as a -year-old, he was convicted of sexually assaulting four underage boys and sentenced to sheltered psychiatric treatment with a diagnosis of antisocial personality disorder. in the years that followed, bergwall committed several serious crimes and went in and out of psychiatric treatment. this treatment also resulted in bergwall becoming addicted to strong medicinal drugs. in , bergwall was sentenced to sheltered psy- chiatric treatment for aggravated robbery. in treatment at säter hospital in , now calling himself thomas quick, he began confessing to a series of murders that he claimed to have committed in sweden, denmark, finland and norway during the years – . he confessed to more than killings during police interrogations and psychiatric treatment. between and , thomas quick was convicted of a total of eight killings. all of them were unsolved murder cases that had attracted a lot of media publicity at the time. quick confessed to the killings in treatment, with this being seen and treated as ‘repressed memories’ (josefsson ). there was no physical evidence to link quick to the killings. none of the court cases went before the appeal court. for the most part, the positions of prosecutor, interrogator and expert witness on repressed memories were held by the same key persons. quick was sentenced to sheltered psy- chiatric treatment, still at säter hospital. while the court cases were being held, critical voices were raised in public debate about the reliability of the court verdicts. in a tv documentary broadcast in sweden in , sture bergwall (having reverted to his birth name) withdrew his confessions. in the period – , eight requests for retrial were submitted and decisions were taken to reopen the cases. bergwall was acquitted of the last of the convictions in november . while in psychiatric care, bergwall became addicted to powerful drugs used in his treatment. in order to obtain these medicines, he seems to have learned to act in certain compliant ways. his behaviour matched well with the theories of suppressed memories that dominated treatment at the psychiatric institution where bergwall served his editorial sentences. an official committee was set up by the swedish ministry of justice in november to investigate this miscarriage of justice. the committee’s work, which will investigate both the psychiatric institutions and the criminal court verdicts, is expected to be published by . during spring , bergwall was transferred to psychiatric care with lower security. the articles in this issue the two serious miscarriages of justice victimizing persons with disabilities outlined above provide the point of departure for this issue of the scandinavian journal of disability research. the two cases illustrate the serious mistakes that criminal justice systems are in danger of making when inadequate precautions are taken in cases involving people with disabilities. to a large extent such failures seem to be the result of ignorance and a lack of interest among professionals working within the criminal justice system. several improvements have been made to these systems in sweden and norway since moen and bergwall were wrongly convicted (changes in forensic psychiatry, rou- tines for sign language translation, precautions in police interrogations, etc.). never- theless, these cases should serve as a constant reminder that these failures may be repeated if the necessary precautions are not taken. in our opinion, implementing the un convention would be a major step in the right direction. the first article, ‘disability in court: intersectionality and rule of law’ by camilla s. lundberg and eva simonsen, outlines the theoretical background in this field and provides an overview of recent nordic and international research literature. the article shows how the term intersectionality can serve as a theoretical approach to studying these issues. this approach allows process-oriented, empirical studies of how phenom- ena such as power/powerlessness, marginalization and discrimination are produced and reproduced in various forms. the article shows how the concept facilitates analysis of how disability and legal protection relate empirically to other relevant social cat- egories, such as gender, language and forms of knowledge. the next article, ‘sign language, translation and rule of law – deaf people’s experiences from encounters with the norwegian criminal justice system’ by terje olsen and patrick kermit, dis- cusses the different experiences deaf people have of interacting with various represen- tatives of the criminal justice system. examples include reporting a crime, giving evidence in police interrogations, testifying in court, and being prosecuted or convicted in a criminal case. the article shows how a number of uncertainties and errors occur in the interpretation processes in this respect – uncertainties that are only subjected to systematic consideration by the professional actors in the criminal justice system as an exception. the article ‘being deaf in court’, by ingrid rindal lundeberg and jan-kåre breivik, discusses aspects of language and power as they unfold in the court- room. using three specific cases involving deaf people, it studies how access to language – including spoken language, judicial language, body language and basic language comprehension – creates very specific conditions for interaction in court, conditions that usually remain tacit. the article also shows how access to courts and representation in court is unevenly distributed, and related to different forms of knowledge and resources. ‘sentencing disabled offenders’, by jane dullum, is an article based upon a study of how norwegian court sentencing unfolds in cases where people with disabilities have been convicted in criminal cases. the court takes into consideration a number of individual, social and contextual factors in editorial apportioning penalties. disability is one of several factors, and the article analyses how the court balances its understandings of the defendant and the crime by showing the court’s reasoning in specific cases. the last article in this issue, ‘punished and isolated: disabled prisoners in norway’ by hilde haualand, is a study of the situation for persons with sensory or physical disabilities serving sentences in norwegian prisons. the article shows how a lack of awareness of these prisoners’ situations causes iso- lation and a decline in physical and mental health. the prison authorities’ failure to develop knowledge systematically with regard to how prison conditions might be improved is in conflict with international law. although most of the cases presented in this issue are from the norwegian criminal justice system, the questions and dilemmas they raise are of a far more general nature. overall, this issue presents a picture of a criminal justice system with international obligations to strive for equal rights for all citizens, but with significant challenges to solve. input from different fields, such as disability studies, law studies and crimi- nology, can make a fruitful contribution to such development. in this context, inter- sectionality constitutes a key theoretical contribution to empirical studies of these processes. in memoriam all the articles presented in this issue are the result of research grants from the fritz moen research fund. on behalf of all the contributors, we would like to dedicate this special issue of the scandinavian journal of disability research to the memory of fritz moen. the guest editors terje olsen nordland research institute, po box , bodø norway patrick kermit department of social work and health science, ntnu, trondheim, norway and; ntnu social research, trondheim, norway notes . cf. http://criminologycareers.about.com/od/criminology_basics/a/what-is-criminal-justice. htm . http://www.un.org/disabilities/countries.asp?navid= &pid= . the presentation of the case of fritz moen was written by camilla lundberg and eva simonsen. see also their article in this issue. . http://worldjusticeproject.org/ . the description of this case is based on two monographs by råstam ( ) and josefsson ( ). . this explanation is based on josefsson ( ) and statements by psychologist and specialist in forensic medicine dåderman ( ). references agrast, m. d., j. c. botero, and a. ponce. . the wjp rule of law index . washington, dc: the world justice project. dåderman, a. . interview in psykologtidningen [the psychology paper]. stort focus på rättspsykiatrin [big focus on forensic psychiatry]. : – . editorial http://criminologycareers.about.com/od/criminology_basics/a/what-is-criminal-justice.htm http://criminologycareers.about.com/od/criminology_basics/a/what-is-criminal-justice.htm http://www.un.org/disabilities/countries.asp?navid= &pid= http://worldjusticeproject.org/ ericsson, k., and e. simonsen, eds. a. children of world war ii. the hidden enemy legacy. oxford: berg. ericsson, k. and e. simonsen. b. “introduction” in: k. ericsson and e. simonsen. (eds.) children of world war ii. the hidden enemy legacy. – . oxford: berg. josefsson, d. . mannen som slutade ljuga [the man who stopped lying.]. stockholm: lind & co. nou. : . fritz moen og norsk strafferettspleie. [fritz moen and norwegian criminal justice. report by a government-appointed commission.] oslo: departementenes servicescenter. råstam, h. . fallet thomas quick. att skapa en seriemördare [the thomas quick case. creating a serial killer.]. stockholm: ordfront förlag. sandberg, t. . overgrepet. justismordene på fritz moen. [violation. the miscarriage of justice in the fritz moen case.]. oslo: damm. united nations. . convention on the rights of persons with disabilities. adopted on december . new york: united nations. editorial the case of fritz moen, norway the case of sture bergwall, sweden the articles in this issue in memoriam notes references << /ascii encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /pagebypage /binding /left /calgrayprofile () /calrgbprofile (adobe rgb \ \ ) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \ swop\ v ) /srgbprofile (srgb iec - . ) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel . /compressobjects /off /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages false /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves . /colorconversionstrategy /srgb /dothumbnails true /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel /emitdscwarnings false /endpage - /imagememory /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct /optimize true /opm /parsedsccomments false /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo false /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings false /startpage /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /remove /ucrandbginfo /remove /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution /colorimagedepth - /colorimagemindownsampledepth /colorimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages false /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /jpeg coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /jpeg colorimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution /grayimagedepth - /grayimagemindownsampledepth /grayimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages false /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /jpeg grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /jpeg grayimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /average /monoimageresolution /monoimagedepth - /monoimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k - >> /allowpsxobjects true /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx acheck false /pdfx check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ . . . . ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ . . . . ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /description << /enu () >> >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [ ] /pagesize [ . . ] >> setpagedevice ethical theory and moral practice an international forum issn - volume number ethic theory moral prac ( ) : - doi . /s - - - burdened societies and transitional justice lisa l. fuller your article is protected by copyright and all rights are held exclusively by springer science+business media b.v.. this e-offprint is for personal use only and shall not be self- archived in electronic repositories. if you wish to self-archive your work, please use the accepted author’s version for posting to your own website or your institution’s repository. you may further deposit the accepted author’s version on a funder’s repository at a funder’s request, provided it is not made publicly available until months after publication. burdened societies and transitional justice lisa l. fuller accepted: june /published online: june # springer science+business media b.v. abstract following john rawls, nonideal theory is typically divided into: ( ) “partial- compliance theory” and ( ) “transitional theory." the former is concerned with those circumstances in which individuals and political regimes do not fully comply with the requirements of justice, such as when people break the law or some individuals do not do their fair share within a distributive scheme. the latter is concerned with circumstances in which background institutions may be unjust or may not exist at all. this paper focuses on issues arising in transitional theory. in particular, i am concerned with what rawls’ has called “burdened societies," that is, those societies that find themselves in unfavorable conditions, such that their historical, social or economic circumstances make it difficult to establish just institutions. the paper investigates exactly how such burdened societies should proceed towards a more just condition in an acceptable fashion. rawls himself tells us very little, except to suggest that societies in this condition should look for policies and courses of action that are morally permissible, politically possible and likely to be effective. in this paper i first try to anticipate what a rawlsian might say about the best way for burdened societies to handle transitional problems and so move towards the ideal of justice. next, i construct a model of transitional justice for burdened societies. ultimately, i argue for a model of transitional justice that makes use of a nonideal version of rawls’ notion of the worst-off representative person. keywords burdened societies . transitional theory. nonideal theory. development . human rights introduction john rawls famously divides political philosophy into ideal and nonideal theory. ideal theory “assumes strict compliance and works out the principles that characterize a well- ordered society under favorable circumstances,” while nonideal theory “is worked out after ethic theory moral prac ( ) : – doi . /s - - - l. l. fuller (*) department of philosophy, university at albany (suny), washington ave., albany, ny , usa e-mail: lfuller@albany.edu author's personal copy a conception of [ideal] justice has been chosen,” and “asks how this long-term goal might be achieved, or worked toward, usually in gradual steps” (rawls ( a) p. , hereafter “toj”; rawls ( b) p. , hereafter “lp”.) he further divides nonideal theory into two kinds: ( ) “partial-compliance theory” and ( ) “transitional theory” (rawls lp, pp. , ). partial-compliance theory is concerned with those circumstances in which individuals and political regimes do not fully comply with the requirements of (domestic or international) justice, such as when people break the law or when states engage in wars of aggression. transitional theory is concerned with circumstances in which background institutions are unjust or do not exist at all, due to the natural limitations of agents, historical contingencies, or unfavorable conditions such as extreme poverty (rawls toj, p. ; lp p. ). this paper focuses on issues arising in transitional theory. in particular, i am concerned with what rawls’ has called “burdened societies,” that is, those generally peaceable societies that “lack the political and cultural traditions, the human capital and know-how, and often, the material and technological resources needed to be well-ordered” (rawls lp, p. ). burdened societies find themselves in “historical, social or economic circumstances” that make it “difficult if not impossible” to establish just institutions. the purpose of this paper is to investigate how such burdened societies can reasonably proceed towards a more just condition. when facing problems in nonideal theory, rawls suggests that we must look for “policies and courses of action that are morally permissible and politically possible as well as likely to be effective [emphasis added]” (rawls lp, p. ). however, he offers little insight into how societies might go about meeting these requirements. this is not surprising, since his general approach does not depart sufficiently from the ideal to make these issues especially salient. i intend to “take up where he left off” so to speak, that is, to construct a model of transitional justice for burdened societies. the paper has four main sections. first, i outline the “terrain” and methodology appropriate to nonideal theory as i conceive it. next, i explain how burdened societies fit into rawls’ overall project, and how they ought to be understood. third, i try to anticipate what a rawlsian might say about the best way for them to handle transitional problems and so move towards the ideal of justice. finally, i argue for a model of transitional justice that makes use of a nonideal version of rawls’ notion of the worst-off representative person. notes on non-ideal theory recent work in nonideal theory contains persuasive arguments for expanding its scope beyond the original definition introduced by rawls. in addition, much of this work has specified in some detail both the subject matter and methods suitable to nonideal theorizing. rather than giving an exhaustive overview of these developments, in this section i simply aim to explain those features of nonideal theory that will be relevant to my later discussion. on the traditional picture, nonideal theory presupposes ideal theory. according to rawls, “until the ideal is identified … nonideal theory lacks an objective, an aim, by reference to which its queries can be answered” (rawls lp, p. ). further, existing arrangements are to be judged in light of our understanding of what is ideally just, and “held to be unjust to the extent that they depart from [the ideal] without sufficient reason” (rawls toj, p. ). ideal rawls, lp, p. . i leave aside cases of total impossibility, since if there are no possible reforms that a burdened society could implement that would lead to a more just condition, then i have nothing to discuss. however, given the ability of societies to change, especially with the input and assistance of other societies, it seems likely that these cases will be very few. l.l. fuller author's personal copy john simmons points out that in law of peoples rawls claims that ideal theory has two “parts” or “domains.” the first part of ideal theory “is an account of justice appropriate to liberal democratic societies,” that is, principles for a perfectly just society as laid out in a theory of justice. the other part “extends the same ideas to the international community, deriving principles for a ‘society of peoples’ … that can bring about and make stable (‘well-order’) a just international ‘society’” (simmons ( ), p. ). simmons identifies two corresponding parts of nonideal theory—one addressing failures of domestic institutions to live up to the ideal of justice, and the other addressing failures of societies to live up to the requirements of ideal international justice. finally, simmons, like others, notes “that there is third part of ideal theory [only briefly alluded to by rawls] plainly requiring a corresponding third kind of nonideal theory.” this third part of ideal theory will specify a set of ideal (moral) principles to govern individual conduct, and will have its counterpart in nonideal theory that will specify the requirements of individual conduct in nonideal conditions. in each “domain” the nonideal theorist will be confronted both by problems that arise from partial compliance and problems concerning the transition from a less-just to a more-just condition. some further clarification is warranted with respect to transitional theory in particular. perhaps most important is gopal sreenivasan’s observation that transitional justice, “as it emerges on the second branch of rawls’ division, means something quite different from what it means in the political science literature burgeoning under the same name” (sreenivasan (forthcoming)). basically, issues of “transitional justice” or “transitional theory” in the context of nonideal theory are distinct from discussions of the aftermath of regime change that often go by the same name. as i understand it, the main areas of concern within transitional theory are fourfold: ( ) costs ( ) unfavorable conditions ( ) feasibility and ( ) path-dependence. i take them up in turn. . colin farrelly rightly observes that in the nonideal world, protecting even the most basic negative rights costs money. this means that trade-offs between these and other primary goods will need to be made. sreenivasan notes that beyond the costs of merely maintaining the various agencies required to administer services in a just society—such as courts, police, environmental protection, social services, national defense, etc.—there will also be one-time start-up costs associated with making the the grievousness of an injustice is said to be a matter of the extent to which a given institution deviates from perfect justice. it is conceivable that a given reform my make a society more just right now, but will not be consistent with perfect justice-or may even impede its realization. rawls, toj, p. . for instance, sen ( ) criticizes this approach in great detail. sreenivasan ( ) also suggests an alternative conception of the relationship between ideal and nonideal theory. it is not my intention to present an unorthodox interpretation of rawls. instead, i try to work within established interpretations of rawls’ work as articulated by simmons ( ) and moellendorf ( ), among others. any errors in this regard are purely my own. see simmons ( ), p. , and also phillips ( ), p. . therefore, questions of retributive and restorative justice that are appropriate to this different notion will not be considered here. burdened societies and transitional justice theory, then, specifies the end-point or long-term goal to be achieved. the job of nonideal theory is to work toward the ultimate goal of achieving perfect (domestic or international) justice by identifying and proposing solutions to existing injustices, beginning with those that are “most grievous,”—keeping in mind that no single reform should ever prevent us from reaching the end goal. this picture has been criticized, but i will not dispute it here. instead, the traditional model will form the background for my discussion. for the sake of argument, i will also assume that a just society is one that approximates rawls’ conception of justice as fairness. author's personal copy transition from a society without the required institutions to one that has them. these are in addition to the personal cost to individuals of bringing their behavior, attitudes and expectations into line with what is required by the new institutions, when they have been socialized under vastly different conditions. transitional theorists must attempt to assess the costs of various alternative sets of improvements in terms of their efficiency, effectiveness and also in terms of the size and distribution of burdens that they impose, both over time and across various affected groups. . since ideal theory assumes reasonably “favorable” or “fortunate” conditions, we should expect that nonideal theory will take into account various types of human misfortune. these misfortunes are the types of occurrence which make it difficult for a given society to achieve justice. unfavorable conditions can be historical, economic, or social, and we can understand them as largely “inevitable” and “unfortunate” rather than as coming about as a result of deliberate or “clearly avoidable” acts or policies (simmons ( ), p. .) examples of unfavorable economic conditions might be extreme poverty (perhaps due to environmental disasters or lack of development), lack of natural resources, lack of technology or an unworkably low number of working-age citizens (perhaps caused by disease). social conditions that might be considered unfavorable are certain cultural or social attitudes or norms that make more just conditions undesirable to much of the population (for instance, racism, sexism, ethnic tensions or prejudices, adaptive preferences, a culture of corruption and bribery, or lack of political will). examples of unfavorable historical conditions might be: deep social or political divides that make cooperative and coordinated reforms very unlikely, or the negative after-effects of colonialism or war. while the precise combination of difficulties will be different for each society, and so no “one-size-fits-all” theoretical solution is possible, there is nevertheless a role for the nonideal theorist to play in developing principles by which we might better understand the most pervasive of these problems, and evaluate proposals for overcoming them. . when we theorize about the political feasibility of particular reforms we are essentially concerned with the obstacles that stand in the way of realizing a given ideal of justice. while non-compliance and unfavorable conditions are clearly related to feasibility, the focus here is on certain kinds of obstacles. pablo gilabert describes these obstacles as depending “not only on general facts about human psychology and social organization, but also on the specific ways these operate in different cultural and institutional settings” (gilabert ( ), pp. ). so, concerns about feasibility are, in large part, concerns about those obstacles to realizing justice that arise from human nature generally, as well as specific social contexts. gilabert notes that arguments about feasibility are highly uncertain and imprecise. he also observes that what is feasible in a given society is “a moving target” since [t]here are moments in which political agents (including, in particular, inspired leaders) reshape and correct perceptions of what is politically possible by pursuing ambitious projects which turn out to be realizable despite initial general dismissal (gilabert ( ), pp. – ). some reforms may be infeasible due to the kinds of unfavorable historical or social conditions mentioned earlier, or they may arise from brute facts about human nature, such as the desire for power and wealth, or instances of irrationality. worries about feasibility—when they are plausible—function as reasons why a given society may see farrelly ( ), p. , and also sreenivasan (forthcoming). l.l. fuller author's personal copy not be required to pursue a given course of reform toward a more just society. they act as a kind of excusing condition vis-à-vis certain desirable reforms. however, a plausible argument that a certain reform is infeasible must walk a difficult line, since treating too many elements of the status quo as fixed results in what gilabert calls “conservative narrowness” while taking too few elements to be fixed results in recommendations that are mere fantasies. . the term “path dependence” is sometimes used in reference to problems associated with “how to get there from here”, that is, the route a society should take from where it is now to a situation where it approximates the relevant ideal of justice. simmons notes that if we understand nonideal theory as fundamentally oriented toward achieving a particular end-point, we can see that the best path might in fact lead us to endorse a set of policies or actions that are less just than the status quo, in order to better facilitate arriving at the correct end-point. his basic argument is that we may need “to take one step back in order to take two steps forward,” and that this would be in line with rawls’ understanding of the role of nonideal theory (simmons ( ), p. ). upon reflection, we can see that not only is simmons correct that the route to a perfectly just society is not necessarily linear; it is also likely that there are multiple routes that could be taken to the same end-point. different routes will vary according to their costs, their general moral permissibility, the length of time they will take to implement, and the likelihood of their being realized (rather than thwarted mid-way). i take it to be a central task of nonideal theory to try to imagine and evaluate these routes. such an evaluation should take account not merely of the efficiency and certainty of a given set of policies in arriving at the end-point, but also the processes that would be utilized to arrive there. as ingrid robeyns points out, not all processes are created equal. we might prefer processes that “are respectful and democratic” for instance, over those that are not (robeyns ( ) p. ). burdened societies having outlined the key issues facing transitional theory more generally, i’ll now briefly outline rawls’ concept of a burdened society. rawls’ general objective in law of peoples is to specify an ideal conception of international justice, that is, rules that specify the proper conduct of domestically just states with respect to one another. he generates these rules through a version of the “original position” in which representatives of domestically just peoples come together to deliberate about fair and reasonable rules to regulate their interactions behind a “veil of ignorance.” the result of these deliberations, he claims, would yield eight principles of international justice—the details of which need not detain us here—except to note that the sixth and eighth principles require that “peoples are to honor human rights,” and already well-ordered peoples “have a duty to assist other peoples living under unfavorable conditions that prevent their having a just and decent political and social regime” (rawls lp, p. ). rawls also emphasizes that the “aim of the law of peoples will be achieved when all societies have been able to establish either a liberal or a decent regime, however unlikely in this version of the original position, “rational representatives” of peoples are “guided by appropriate reasons,” “situated symmetrically,” and do not know “the size of the territory, or the population, or the relative strength of the people … who they represent… the extent of their natural resources, or the level of their economic development.” rawls, lp, pp. – . burdened societies and transitional justice author's personal copy that may be” (rawls lp, p. ). as noted above, for the purposes of this paper, i take liberal societies to be those which approximate rawls’ model of justice as fairness. by contrast, “decent peoples” are considered well-ordered even though they depart from the ideal model of a liberal society. decent societies are organized around a particular (religious or secular) conception of the good, and place “duties and obligations on [their] members on the basis of this conception” (moellendorf ( ) p. ). john tasioulas nicely characterizes their additional characteristics as follows: a decent society “has no aggressive aims in foreign policy and respects the political independence of other societies,” “it has a ‘common good idea of justice’ that secures the human rights of all its members, though not necessarily as extensively or as equally as they would be in a liberal society; its legal system imposes bona fide moral duties, beyond those arising from human rights, on all persons within its territory,” and “it affords its members a level of political participation that, although not democratic, suffices to underwrite meaningful collective political self-determination” (tasioulas ( ), note , p. ). for simplicity i will assume that decent societies roughly resemble the example rawls discusses, that is, i will assume that they are “decent consultation hierarchies.” importantly, a decent society is only required to fulfill a minimal schedule of human rights, which includes an entitlement to the basic means of subsistence and physical security, a right to personal property, a right to “sufficient liberty of conscience to ensure freedom of religion and thought” and a right to formal equality understood as the requirement that like cases be treated alike (rawls lp, p. ). this minimal schedule does not include fully equal freedom of religion, freedom of speech, or the right to democratic participation. burdened societies must take steps towards becoming (at least) decent societies, where this is possible. however, they are not required to proceed unaided. in the final section of law of peoples, rawls explains that well-ordered societies have a duty to assist burdened societies so that they may become either liberal or decent. this duty is not an open-ended or ongoing duty of distributive justice. it is merely a duty to assist burdened societies up to the point where they become well-ordered. thus, the duty has a “cut-off point” after which assistance may be discontinued. rawls gives some general guidelines that should inform the way the duty of assistance is carried out. first he notes that, the levels of wealth and welfare among societies may vary, and presumably do so; but adjusting those levels is not the object of the duty of assistance. only burdened societies need help. furthermore, not all such societies are poor, any more than all well-ordered societies are wealthy. a society with few natural resources and little wealth can be well-ordered if its political traditions, law, property and class structure with their underlying religious and moral beliefs and culture are such as to sustain a liberal or decent society (rawls lp, p. ). next he notes that when carrying out the duty of assistance, well-ordered societies should realize that burdened societies really need help changing their “political and social cultures” rather than simply help amassing more funds (rawls, lp, p. ). he cites amartya sen’s work on famines as evidence that lack of access to the means subsistence usually results from a failure of political and social institutions rather than mere lack of food or funds. while rawls asserts that “money is often essential” he also maintains that merely technically not all liberal societies must endorse justice as fairness, and not all decent peoples will necessarily be decent consultation hierarchies. on rawls’ account, these are each merely one of the possibilities within each category. (i thank jon mandle for bringing this point to my attention). l.l. fuller author's personal copy “throwing funds” at the problem is “usually undesirable”, and that “there is no society anywhere in the world—except marginal cases—with resources so scarce that it could not, were it reasonably and rationally organized and governed, become well-ordered (rawls, lp, pp. – , , ). finally, well-ordered societies must not act paternalistically in carrying out their duty of assistance, since the goal is that burdened societies will become equals with other well-ordered societies and be able to freely manage their own affairs. rawls locates his discussion of burdened societies within nonideal theory. however, it has been observed by laura valentini that rawls only partially “enters” the nonideal world here. he gives up the assumption of favorable conditions but retains the assumption that there are some reasonably well-ordered societies in existence and that they will (at least sometimes) comply with their duties of assistance. he also seems to overlook the fact that the societies meant to be providing assistance might be implicated in worsening the condition of burdened societies in various ways, such as trading under an unjust international scheme of rules (valentini ( ), p. ). i agree with valentini that failing to bring in these types of real-world considerations “distorts the reality of contemporary international relations,” (valentini ( ), p. ). therefore, i will now attempt to describe the situation of burdened societies in a manner that reflects, at least to some extent, their characteristics and political position in the context of current international relations. it is my view that we will likely make more progress identifying satisfactory transitional principles if we at least try to describe burdened societies in a way that takes account of the kinds of injustices that commonly occur both within and between societies. basically, in order to develop an account of transitional justice, we need to have some sense of what burdened societies look like in real life. accordingly, for my purposes here burdened societies are to be understood as having (at least some of) the following sorts of difficulties and characteristics: & they are not aggressive toward other societies, and their governments do not deliberately violate or disregard the human rights of their people. nevertheless, they do not presently have the ability to fulfill the human rights specified as necessary for becoming even a decent society. & their economy, for various reasons having to do with technological expertise, lack of education, unfair international rules or agreements, etc., is not as strong as it could be. that is, they make some money but not enough to simply create government entitlements to fulfill the human rights that remain unfulfilled. & a good number of their citizens are very poor-they live at or below the $ -a-day international poverty line. members of the same group are often illiterate and have little formal education. & the society is highly stratified, since there are also very wealthy, educated and powerful individuals within it. (i take this to be true of almost all societies). & some (but not all) broadly liberal societies provide burdened societies with either bilateral, multilateral or ngo aid, which takes various forms: technical expertise on finance, governance and other policy issues, food, medical and educational programs, etc. however, these programs are only weakly regulated, and the terms are largely rawls, lp, p. . also note that the use of force as part of an effort to assist burdened societies is ruled out since the societies providing aid are well-ordered and so do not act aggressively towards other societies. the world bank estimates that , . million people lived below the $ a day poverty line in ; as such, it is not an unreasonable assumption that most burdened societies would have a substantial percentage of people living at or below this line. see world bank, “prospects for the global economy” ( ) at http:// siteresources.worldbank.org/intgep /resources/ _webpdf- chapter -w .pdf . burdened societies and transitional justice author's personal copy http://siteresources.worldbank.org/intgep /resources/ _webpdf- chapter -w .pdf http://siteresources.worldbank.org/intgep /resources/ _webpdf- chapter -w .pdf dictated by the donors. here we are assuming that only some percentage of well-ordered societies will comply with the duty to assist burdened societies. this is one of the unfavorable conditions in which they find themselves. & their society has its share of historically disadvantaged groups and so will have to contend with some (if not all of) sexism, racism, homophobia and discrimination against certain ethnicities or members of certain religions. & they may also have to contend with their members’ adaptive preferences, and/or corruption among civil servants, police officers and other people in a position to wield power over others. & they may have weak bargaining power in the international arena. & as in rawls, they may not already have in place a legal structure guaranteeing the full and equal civil and political liberties that are in place in most liberal democracies. they may be proto-democracies (that is, they officially have the form of democratic government but their elections and other practices are not up to par). alternatively, they could be proto-decent-consultation-hierarchies (in which they have a political system based on a particular conception of the good but that is also somewhat tainted by considerations of personal interest, say, among elites and the military). here then, is a significantly more detailed picture of burdened societies than the one given by rawls. what we now want to know is how such a society should approach the task of making itself more just. we shall suppose for the sake of argument that a particular society accepts that it must take steps toward becoming either liberal or decent (as set out by ideal theory). what should this society—including its government—do now? is there anything general we can say about the way it ought to proceed? it is to these questions that i now turn. what would rawls(ians) say? rawls himself says relatively little on the subject of how a society should handle the transition from a less-just to a more-just condition. much of what he does say appears in theory of justice, and so presupposes that the ideal to be reached is a liberal democratic society rather than merely a decent society. as we have seen, however, some burdened societies may only aim to become decent given their particular comprehensive doctrines. these considerations lead me to divide this section into two distinct parts. first, i will do my best to give a broadly rawlsian account of transitional justice where the goal is to become a perfectly just liberal democratic society. next, i attempt the same task where the goal is to become a decent society. in both cases i assume that the society begins as a burdened society, and so it has, roughly, the characteristics and difficulties described in the previous section. i do not mean to suggest that these questions are ones rawls either did, or should have, addressed. they are not his questions, since he was mainly concerned with outlining a duty of assistance on the part of well- ordered societies. however, note that the answers to these questions must be part of a complete transitional theory, especially given that the duty of assistance is meant to be non-paternalistic and so its content must be in large part concretely determined by burdened societies themselves. (many thanks to steve vanderheiden for this last observation). of course, transitions from a less-just to a more-just condition will be necessary for societies that are not “burdened” but are still unjust. whether a society is burdened or not depends on the extent of the unfavorable circumstances in which it finds itself, particularly economically. societies that are not burdened, but still have some injustices to correct, should be understood to be unjust societies in favorable conditions. l.l. fuller author's personal copy . transitioning to a liberal democratic society the rawlsian model of justice as fairness specifies that a perfectly just liberal democratic society is one where the basic structure is organized in conformity with the following two principles: . each person is to have an equal right to the most extensive total system of equal basic liberties compatible with a similar system for all [the liberty principle]. . social and economic inequalities are to be arranged so that they are both: (a) to the greatest benefit of the least advantaged … [the difference principle] and (b) attached to offices and positions open to all under conditions of fair equality of opportunity. the first principle is lexically prior to the second, and fair equality of opportunity is lexically prior to the difference principle. further, for rawls the “ranking of the principles of justice in ideal theory reflects back and guides the application of these principles to nonideal situations. it identifies which restrictions need to be dealt with first” (rawls toj, p. ). clearly he thinks that guaranteeing the basic liberties should be the first priority of unjust societies. reforms that restrict basic liberties are permissible, but only for the sake of liberty, which, on simmons view, means that “restrictions on liberty are acceptable only if they are part of a process aimed at achieving the fullest possible societal justice” (simmons ( ), p. ). for instance, liberties such as free speech or association can be limited or made unequal if this is needed for the general order of society and the security of citizens, provided that these are temporary measures, and are aimed at the end of perfect justice. on simmons’ interpretation, such temporary measures “do not really count as injustices” so long as they are “motivated by and directed toward” the correct end (simmons ( ), p. ). thus, the priority of liberty is the main principle of transitional justice that rawls spells out in theory of justice. however, rawls also notes that “in the more extreme and tangled instances of nonideal theory… [the] priority of rules will no doubt fail; and indeed, we may be able to find no satisfactory answer at all” (rawls toj, p. ). simmons comments that for those unlucky societies where social conditions are such that the basic liberties cannot be established, rawls favors a more piecemeal or “relaxed” approach to transitional issues. simmons observes, in this kind of case—rawls appears to be thinking, primarily at least, of cases involving severe societal poverty—“one can concede their [i.e. rights] limitations,” but only where this limitation is “necessary to prepare the way for a free society by “raising the level of civilization” … in this case, rawls suggests, society should be governed primarily by the general conception of justice, which lacks the lexically ordered principles of ideal theory, until it becomes reasonable, as a result of “improvement in economic well-being” to be guided by the two separate principles of ideal theory in their serial order. the general conception dictates that over the long run lesser liberties for all must benefit all, while unequal liberties must benefit those with lesser liberties (simmons ( ) pp. – ). rawls also allows that in such dire conditions, policies which violate fair equality of opportunity or depart from a system of equal basic liberties, “have the right form when they rawls, toj, p. . the basic liberties rawls lists as “important” are the right to vote and hold office, freedom of speech and assembly, the right to bodily integrity and freedom from psychological oppression, freedom from arbitrary arrest and seizure, freedom of conscience and thought, and the right to hold personal property. rawls, toj, p. . burdened societies and transitional justice author's personal copy claim … that the opportunities of the least favored sectors of the community would be still more limited if these inequalities were removed” (rawls toj, p. ). some inequalities can be tolerated in very unfavorable conditions, provided that it makes sense to leave them in place from the perspective of the worst-off. now, we might well think that on rawls’ account burdened societies are extreme cases in which the priority of the liberty principle does not apply, and/or societies in which the basic liberties are not realizable. the problem with conceiving of burdened societies on this more “relaxed” model is that, as we have seen, rawls thinks that virtually all existing societies have enough resources such that they can become well-ordered, and so must realize the most central liberties first where this is feasible (rawls toj, pp. – ). basically, while in theory of justice he admits the conceptual possibility of a society that could not effectively establish basic rights, in law of peoples he seems to suggest that there is no real society that is in so dire a condition. of course, whether or not any society is sufficiently impoverished that it cannot effectively establish the basic rights is an empirical question. from a theoretical perspective then, the more “relaxed” approach remains an option for societies in this predicament. so it looks like burdened societies still must assign lexical priority to the basic liberties, at least when this is not completely infeasible. presumably, where this is completely infeasible in a given set of circumstances, all possible “lateral moves” should be pursued that would put a burdened society in a position to apply the priority-of-liberty rule. this would mean that where a society can move from one unjust condition to another that is equally unjust but that opens up feasible reforms that would bring them closer to realizing the basic liberties, then they should do so. this is because the priority-of-liberty rule effectively establishes the “grievousness” of any particular injustice, and so the urgency with which a society should respond. beyond what can be extrapolated from rawls emphasis on the priority of the basic liberties, we are left with his three further requirements: that transitional policies and courses of action must be (i) morally permissible, (ii) politically possible, and (iii) effective. we are unfortunately left wondering both how we are to interpret each requirement, and how we are to weigh them against one another, since rawls does not tell us. of the three requirements, moral permissibility seems the most problematic to interpret. simmons provides three plausible understandings: a. policies are morally permissible when they do not require or condone clearly immoral acts by public officials in order to be instituted. b. policies are permissible when they do not require a more grievous injustice to be instituted in order to remedy a less grievous one. c. policies are permissible when they do not impose excessive costs or burdens on individual citizens in order to be instituted, as in the case where people suffer substantial losses because they have organized their affairs around the previous (less just) set of institutions and expectations (simmons ( ), p. ). it seems to me that a broadly rawlsian account might endorse any and perhaps all of these understandings depending on the circumstances, and i will adopt these requirements as part of my own approach. it also seems that if we combine rawls’ emphasis on the priority of liberty with the guidelines for assistance to burdened societies, we can infer that by lexically ordering the principles, rawls establishes that violations of the first principle are more grievous than violations of fair equality of opportunity or the difference principle, since the priority is based on the importance of liberties to deliberators in the original position. l.l. fuller author's personal copy burdened societies will accept aid that will help them guarantee basic liberties, except when the assistance is paternalistic in nature, since this can undermine the point of the assistance. the difficulty here is that in a genuinely nonideal world, much assistance is likely to be paternalistic in nature, or at least have some paternalistic conditions attached to it. thus, it looks like there is a tension between the requirement that a burdened society work to become more just domestically and the requirements of international justice. farrelly argues that there are deep difficulties with a model that assigns lexical priority to the liberty principle, and i tend to agree with him. his main argument is that rawls fails to take the fact of scarcity seriously. he notes that even in a reasonably well-off society, guaranteeing basic liberties could turn out to be “a never-ending aim” since it is possible for a society to allocate all their wealth to making streets and borders secure, ensuring food and drugs are safe, protecting citizens from police brutality, etc. (farrelly ( ), p. ff). in essence, farrelly observes that trade-offs will be necessary in every society, and so the lexical priority of basic liberties over opportunities and other social and economic entitlements is unhelpful. he also questions rawls’ contention that trade-offs between liberties and social and economic advantages are impermissible even when the advantages go to the same individuals whose liberties are restricted. it certainly seems plausible that citizens in burdened societies might sometimes choose to have fewer civil liberties in return for more economic advantages, if trade-offs must be made. and there is no distributive difficulty here when it is the same individuals who bear the burdens and obtain the benefits. the problem here is that people may prefer to guarantee fewer liberties, or leave them less secure, in order to allocate funds to other areas, even when total funds are sufficient to guarantee all the basic liberties but not much else in addition. for many burdened societies, scarcity is likely to be a much larger concern than for societies in more favorable conditions. this means that it is more likely that there will be situations in which guaranteeing civil liberties leaves very few resources left over to institute the difference principle and fair equality of opportunity. as such, opting for the lexical priority of the liberty principle seems to unfairly disadvantage those people most likely to desire trade-offs in favor of more economic advantages, namely, the very poorest in society. a more flexible approach to both the kind of protections and benefits that will be prioritized as well as who will receive them seems desirable, given that there is no choice but to make difficult trade-offs. as such, assigning lexical priority to basic liberties does not seem like a viable overall strategy for burdened societies—given their unfavorable conditions—even if the society in question did aspire to become a liberal democracy. . transitioning to a decent society as we have seen, some societies may not aspire to become liberal, but instead may merely aim to become decent, such that they may be admitted into the society of peoples. since those in a decent society do not embrace a liberal conception of justice, but instead organize their society on the basis of a particular comprehensive doctrine and a “common good idea of justice,” they are not required to institute the full range of basic liberties. hence, they also are not required to proceed towards their goal by prioritizing these liberties. instead, they to be fair, rawls allows that “the first principle covering the equal basic rights and liberties may easily be preceded by a lexically prior principle requiring that citizens’ basic needs be met, at least insofar as their being met is necessary for citizens to understand and to be able to fruitfully exercise those rights” (rawls ( ), p. ). rawls is not here recommending that people prioritize the protection of civil liberties over their very survival. burdened societies and transitional justice author's personal copy must work towards a situation in which they can guarantee the fulfillment of a minimal list of human rights (rights to subsistence and security, freedom from slavery, serfdom and forced occupation, freedom of worship, formal legal equality and the right to personal property), and are subject to the three requirements of moral permissibility, political possibility, and effectiveness (rawls lp, p. ). they must accept assistance in this effort, (when this assistance is not paternalistic), especially in changing their political and social culture, since rawls claims that “the causes of the wealth of a people and the forms it takes lie in their political culture and the religious, philosophical and moral traditions that support the basic structure of their political and social institutions, as well as the industriousness and cooperative talents of its members” (rawls lp, p. ). the specific elements of the political and social culture he describes as crucial to a society’s ability to become both wealthier and more decent are as follows: the political culture and civic society of the country, it members’ probity and industriousness, their talent for cooperation, their capacity for innovation, and their population policy. rawls admits that there is “no easy recipe” for providing assistance that will help a burdened society make the required changes, and so perhaps this is why he does not attempt to prescribe which human rights should rank highest in terms of priority. he also does not indicate how burdened societies should go about realizing their aims, although he observes approvingly that educating women has been shown to be a good, non-coercive way to institute population control (rawls lp, p. ). rawls also agrees with henry shue that subsistence rights are basic, in the sense that the “sensible and rational exercise of all liberties … as well as the intelligent use of property, always implies having general all-purpose economic means” (rawls lp, note , p. ). we might infer from this that guaranteeing subsistence rights should be the top priority for societies aspiring to become decent, which seems like a reasonable recommendation for burdened societies. this general approach to becoming a decent society can be summed up as follows: starting with subsistence rights, a burdened society should implement effective policies in morally permissible ways that are ultimately aimed at fulfilling a minimal schedule of human rights for its people. it also should accept non-paternalistic assistance in this effort from well-ordered societies. this approach looks more promising for burdened societies than the former one. however, it may be rawls’ position that beyond this point we simply have to employ our intuitions and arguments in reference to the concrete situation of each real society; perhaps he would assert that there is nothing more that we can say, in general, about how burdened societies should make the transition to decent or liberal societies. i disagree. in the next section, i attempt to modify and flesh out this second approach in more detail. my hope is that this modified approach will provide resources for both prescribing and evaluating the transitional efforts of actual societies approximating the condition of burdened societies. a central advantage of the approach is that it will be able to provide some direction to the well-ordered societies carrying out their duties of assistance with regard to which societies they ought to support. where not all burdened societies can be assisted (or at least not to the same degree), my account provides a guideline for identifying those societies that are not only moving in the right direction, but also doing so in the right way, and so are most worthy of outside assistance. transitional justice for burdened societies: a proposal the approach i sketch out here is arguably rawlsian “in spirit” since rawls’ notion of the “worst-off representative person” is key to the structure of the model. before i can describe l.l. fuller author's personal copy my approach in detail however, i need to explain how i think this notion should be understood in a nonideal context, and why. a difficulty for both accounts of transitional justice discussed above and also for many accounts of human rights is that they are too neat. no doubt for conceptual and explanatory purposes, they treat rights as distinct entities and assess injustice on the basis of the extent to which a society fails to fulfill each particular one. even when it is recognized that guaranteeing a right entails both “negative” and “positive” duties (such as setting up social institutions) this kind of approach leads us to think of rights as separate from one another in an artificial and misleading way. this merely conceptual separation, in turn, causes us to think in terms of fulfilling human rights by first completely fulfilling the most morally important right (or set of rights), and then the next most important, and then the next, and so on. the problem with this is that injustice is not typically experienced and embodied as a set of distinct rights violations or lack of rights fulfillment, each one having little influence on the others. instead, a victim of injustice is usually subject to a confluence of factors that produce a very particular condition of vulnerability. it is often observed that when human rights are fulfilled they are mutually reinforcing, and so it stands to reason that injustices are too. it is also not news that the way a black woman experiences poverty in a racist and sexist society is not the same as the way a white man experiences it. nevertheless, i think the significance of these observations for a theory of transitional justice has not been properly appreciated. paul farmer suggests that insofar as we are concerned with alleviating injustice, we need to “identify the forces conspiring to promote suffering, with the understanding that these are differentially weighted in different settings” (farmer ( ), p. ). he furthers asserts that if we can identify these forces, then “we stand a chance at discerning … the forces that put some at risk for human rights abuses, while others are shielded from risk” ” (farmer ( ), p. ). the notion of multiple, intersecting “vectors” of injustice is illuminating. the forces, or vectors that he specifically mentions are: race or ethnicity, gender, poverty, immigration status (such as refugees, illegal aliens or stateless people), and sexual orientation. he notes that being subject to more than one such vector increases a person’s overall vulnerability, and those people who are not subject to them have certain characteristics that serve a protective function. for instance, being white can protect a young male from being regularly stopped and searched (for largely opaque or spurious reasons) by the police in most us cities. even if a white man is identically placed with respect to other characteristics (such as income level) his whiteness serves to protect him from this particular sort of injustice. farmer argues that no single factor can fully capture the level of vulnerability of a particular person. poverty, for instance, might cancel out many of the protective effects of characteristics such as being of the dominant race, religion or sexual orientation in your society, but these factors are still relevant to where you are located within the social hierarchy. so how are these vectors of injustice relevant to issues of transitional justice? this understanding of how injustice manifests itself suggests that we need to alter the way we think about the worst-off person in a burdened society. what we need is a nonideal account of the “worst-off representative person.” first, we should recall that the society in question in his classic book basic rights: subsistence, affluence and us foreign policy ( ) henry shue argues persuasively that the distinction between negative and positive rights is neither sharp nor significant. clearly there are vectors other than these. also, “vector” is my terminology. farmer prefers the term “axis”. he also cites some material from liberation theology in this connection, but it should be understood that i am not invoking that tradition here. see farmer ( ), pp. – . burdened societies and transitional justice author's personal copy is already highly stratified, and so there are people highly placed in the social hierarchy whose human rights are already fulfilled due to the protective characteristics they possess, such as great wealth, political influence, a good education, etc. next, rather than understanding the worst-off representative person—as rawls does in theory of justice— as someone whose basic rights are, in large part, already guaranteed but who must authorize any departures from equality in the social and economic realms, instead we should understand the worst-off person as the person who is living at the intersection of the most numerous/weightiest vectors of injustice in her society. this is the person (or group of people) whose unfulfilled rights should structure efforts to make the society more just. by identifying this representative person, we identify the problems that should be prioritized, since these people are suffering the most from injustice. and in a society where trade-offs must be made, policies should be organized with a view to eliminating the difficulties that typically threaten the lives and livelihoods of the worst-off people. in particular, policies should be organized such that the common threats and difficulties that distinguish them from the next-worst-off group should be the first problems that are tackled in the context of very limited resources. my suggestion here is that transitional justice requires burdened societies to prioritize a group of people and their urgent, concrete vulnerabilities, rather than their “rights” in some abstract and comprehensive sense. clearly, much social scientific work will be needed in order for the relevant vectors in any particular society to be correctly identified and weighted. but once we see that groups of people within each burdened society can be ranked from the worst-off to the best-off on the basis of how they fare with respect to the vectors, then we can see whose lives are the most marred by adverse events that occur due to the mutually- reinforcing multiple injustices that they suffer. and we can propose solutions to their problems that take account of the fact that multiple rights violations are experienced by people as a single condition—a condition in which they are exposed to various harms and setbacks for a host of related reasons. consider the following example: “b” grows up in a rural area, where most people engage in subsistence farming for a living, but the yields are not adequate to support everyone in his family. once he is a teenager he moves to the city to find work and to relieve his family of the burden of providing for him. however, since he belongs to a minority group that is not universally accepted by employers of a different ethnicity, and because has no formal education, he is only able to secure a very low-paying job. this means he must live in a shantytown or slum outside the city center, where he does not have to pay rent. but since he is, legally-speaking, a squatter on the land where he lives, he is subject to repeated harassment and abuse by the police. this, in turn, causes him to miss work sometimes and to be unwell. he is then not always able to make enough money to purchase food that can provide adequate nutrition, which makes him worse-off still… assume for the sake of argument that b is part of the worst-off group in his society. we can see that there are many ways in which his life can be made more secure from physical abuse and injury, and his ability to provide for his own subsistence can also be improved (by for example, making his living arrangements legal). we can also see that solutions to those problems that are specific to people in the worst-off group are not going to require that the society institute a comprehensive system of protections against assault, hunger, sickness etc., since many people in his society are already protected from these threats anyhow. solutions to b’s specific set of vulnerabilities should be tailored to the risks that many of the global poor rank ending police brutality and harassment very highly on a list of improvements they would like to see in their lives. see narayan et al. ( ), pp. – and . l.l. fuller author's personal copy those in his group actually face. this means that these solutions will not necessarily require fully guaranteed rights in the sense set out by shue, in which a right is only guaranteed when the relevant agents have fulfill the following three kinds of corresponding duties: ( ) the duties to avoid depriving someone of their right, ( ) duties to protect from deprivation, and ( ) duties to aid those who have been deprived of the exercise or object of their right (shue ( ), p. ). instead, sometimes a given source of vulnerability can be most effectively, and/or most feasibly be eliminated or substantially diminished by instituting a policy that does only one (or two) of the three. this is the correct strategy in terms of effectiveness because the way to genuinely improve the circumstances of the worst-off representative person is by taking a holistic approach, that is, by instituting policies that are aimed at the set of factors which make him worse-off than the next-worse-off representative person. simply securing one right in full leaves this person open to it being sabotaged by the difficulties and adverse events correlated with other rights violations. for example, say a society-wide policy of improved policing and other measures are put in place to guarantee everyone’s security of the person, or freedom from physical assault. if someone cannot find work and must resort to illegal activities (prostitution, selling drugs, trafficking in stolen goods) in order to survive, then that person’s vulnerability to physical assault (from pimps, rivals, etc.) is simply “driven underground” rather than eliminated. this demonstrates why policy-makers should take a coordinated approach to making the worst-off group better off, which means doing what is necessary to bring the worst-off people up to the level of the next worst-off group. of course, once this has been accomplished, it will be necessary to begin addressing the problems of that group, since its members are now the worst-off (and so on up through the social hierarchy). i should emphasize at this point that when i suggest that policies should address the common threats and difficulties experienced by the worst-off group of people, i do not mean that they should somehow be protected from all possible threats and vulnerabilities. instead, i have in mind a notion similar to shue’s notion of “standard threats,” which he defines as “ordinary and serious but remediable” (shue ( , p. ). protecting someone from “standard threats” according to shue, is a matter of providing social guarantees (in the form of policies, legislation and social programs) that vastly reduces or eliminates their vulnerability to predictable difficulties that are susceptible to determinate (and not unreasonably costly) solutions. he rightly observes that no one is entitled to protection from “every conceivable threat,” or “ineradicable threats” such as untreatable serious illnesses, accidents, or death, since this would be impossible. what count as standard threats for any particular group will be determined by social scientific study, but these threats will no doubt show up in answer to questions such as: “what are the common causes of death in this group?” and “how do members of this group typically become deprived of the means of subsistence?” having set out the basic framework, i can now comment on its justification. if we consider rawls’ requirement that transitional reforms be morally permissible, we can see that prioritarian arguments give this approach a solid moral grounding. dennis mckerlie characterizes prioritarianism as follows: [prioritarianism] holds that, at least in general, badly off people have stronger claims than better off people. … it does not claim that as a general rule we can give the shue also notes that the “mixture of the analytic and the empirical in an element like standard threats is obviously difficult to characterize with any precision. …but which threats are pervasive, which are serious, and which can feasibly be resisted must be discovered from particular situations,” (shue note , p. ). burdened societies and transitional justice author's personal copy l.l. fuller badly off larger benefits, it claims that benefits for them are morally more important than benefits for better off people. so this view can say that it is more important to give a smaller benefit to someone badly off than a larger benefit to someone better off (mckerlie ( ), pp. – ). not only is it morally permissible on this view to help the worst-off, it is morally more important to do so. provided that the reforms do not call for the unjustified use of coercive force for their implementation, it is plausible to think that addressing direct harms to the worst-off that result from injustice is a morally sound method by which to tackle injustice generally, since inevitably some criterion must be used to prioritize reforms. for those not persuaded by a prioritarian view, there is an alternative justification to consider. we can imagine a kind of nonideal “original position” in which all the facts about a real burdened society are known to the deliberators, but they remain ignorant of the characteristics they will have once they join the society. if asked—before being transformed into the selves they will be in society—which injustices they would choose to remedy if they could not remedy them all, a maximin strategy would suggest that they would choose the injustices that affect the worst-off people, since they could turn out to be those people. even if the improved condition of those people is still not very good, they will probably prefer to minimize risk, since the risks to the worst-off people in a burdened society are very great, and they include many risks to survival itself. finally, this model conforms to the requirements of moral permissibility introduced earlier, since it starts with the most grievous injustices—understood as the condition of injustice the worst-off experience as a result of the intersecting vectors to which they are subject. in addition, the holistic nature of the approach allows for the worst-off to be “lifted up” to the level of the next-worst-off and so there is no danger of one group being subject to a more grievous injustice in order to rectify another group’s unjust condition. further, in this model the best-off members of society bear the greatest burden, in the sense that they will benefit the least from reforms and will wait the longest for reforms that benefit them to be instituted. this is as it should be, since members who are located near the bottom of the social hierarchy already bear the heavy burden of diminished welfare and liberty, relative to those at the top. by contrast, one might imagine a transitional process in which a burdened society becomes more just by first guaranteeing the rights it is easiest to guarantee, namely those of the middle and upper classes, after which they make slow incremental gains in securing some rights to the bottom economic quartile of society. such a society, even if it were to ultimately become just or decent by such a process, would not have arrived there in a transitionally just manner, since it placed the burdens of transition on those who were already the most vulnerable. the general justification for my approach is further supported by additional arguments pertaining to feasibility, cost and path dependence. clearly reforms need to be politically and practically feasible in order for them to be implemented. it wouldn’t make sense to require that a given society implement policies aimed at the difficulties of the worst-off, if these policies were genuinely impossible to implement at particular time. this situation could arise either because the reforms have no popular support or because political disagreement among factions has reached an impasse. however, it seems implausible that all available methods of addressing all the vulnerabilities of the worst-off group will be blocked by these kinds of circumstances. certainly creativity will be vital for generating political agreement and garnering support for programs from citizens. and in cases where a given author's personal copy problem cannot be addressed in the short-term, it must be considered an ongoing priority in the long term, and so should be addressed when better circumstances are in place. moving on to cost issues, the model requires that funds be directed first towards those difficulties that distinguish members of the worst-off group from the next-worst-off. clearly it makes the most sense to choose those that are also least costly to solve, since this is more efficient, but cheaper coercive measures should not be favored over non-coercive ones purely for this reason. policies that do not seek to coerce members of the worst-off group are to be strongly preferred because they are already so vulnerable to those who are more powerful that it is unreasonable to subject them to more risk of abuse. in any case, policies that require immoral conduct (such as unjustified coercion) on the part of officials are already ruled out. the question everyone wants answered when discussing the start-up and maintenance costs of transitional policies and programs is “where will all the money come from, when we are discussing a society that has a substantial group of very poor members?” this question often leads people to suggest that what is needed is a “growth-led” policy, in which growing the economy is made the priority, and transitional policies are put-off until a society is richer overall and so can afford to roll out large, expensive programs. this strategy typically also recommends de-regulating trade, labor standards, and offering other incentives in order to attract foreign investment. while there is some reason to think that it is not necessary to put-off reforms in order to first generate funds, even without resolving this controversy we can say that any foreign aid that a burdened society receives can be used in a manner consistent with the model. this would mean, however, that foreign aid which was offered with conditions that would cause additional difficulties for the worst-off group would have to be rejected or re-negotiated in order to accord with this notion of transitional justice. this is likely to be a “sticking point” for some well-ordered societies since they most likely do not wish simply to aid the burdened society but also to take advantage of the cheap labor or other conditions prevailing there in order to make money themselves. but such exploitative international practices would not help a given society to reach its goal of becoming decent, and so it is not morally permissible to accept such offers. additional funding for reforms could come from taxation of wealthy members of the society, and from ngos. this will require burdened societies to monitor ngos and approve the content of the work they seek to do before they do it. this monitoring will itself be a cost, but it will also allow the government of a given society to serve a coordinating function for ngos within its borders that is sorely lacking in the aid system overall. this lack of coordination is one reason that ngo aid has not historically been as effective as expected, and so taking a holistic approach to serving the worst-off may also create overall efficiency gains for ngo aid. finally, a note on path dependence: even someone well-disposed toward the general account i have put forward might wonder whether the path of reform it recommends will lead burdened societies towards either decency or liberal democracy in the long run. a critic might suggest that while my approach seems justifiable in the short-run, a piecemeal, bottom-up model of this kind is unlikely to result in anything approximating the standard of decency or the model of perfect justice. instead, it might result in a society getting “stuck” in a second-, or third-, or fourth-best condition with no further routes for improvement. in response to this concern, i will first observe that such claims are highly speculative and imprecise. i have difficulty conceiving of what it would mean for someone to “know for sure” that a given path of reform could never lead to the chosen end-point (whatever it is). it is also difficult to understand how we could know that of the very many routes that could lead to the chosen end-point, that not even one would approximate the model i have burdened societies and transitional justice author's personal copy endorsed. but supposing that we could know this, i think my approach might be defended on the grounds that one of the reasons we care about justice is that we care about how well- off people are, and this approach puts the right people first. in addition, it matters very much how close we could come to the desired end-point while at the same time prioritizing the worst-off. if we could come reasonably close, then this might well be better all things considered than achieving perfect justice or decency at the expense of those whose lives are already collapsing under the weight of multiple injustices. conclusion i have attempted two distinct tasks: (i) to re-construct rawls’ conception of transitional justice in both theory of justice and law of peoples, and (ii) to expand and modify the latter conception in order to apply it to burdened societies. i have also introduced the notion of multiple, intersecting “vectors” of injustice in order to generate an account of the worst- off representative person for nonideal theory. while this notion is no doubt relevant to all societies that are not perfectly just, it seems to me it is especially crucial for charting a defensible course towards a more just condition for those societies that must begin this process in unfavorable circumstances, such as extreme scarcity of resources, pervasive corruption, deeply rooted prejudice and discrimination, and severe social inequality. acknowledgements i am grateful to audiences at both the north american society for social philosophy conference (july ) and the rocky mountain ethics congress (august ) for their excellent feedback. i would also like to thank steve vanderheiden, helga varden and jon mandle for their detailed and insightful comments on earlier drafts of this article. references farmer p ( ) on suffering and structural violence: social and economic rights in the global era. in: saussy h (ed) partner to the poor: a paul farmer reader. university of california press, berkeley, pp – farrelly c ( ) justice in ideal theory: a refutation. polit stud : – gilabert p ( ) global justice and poverty relief in nonideal circumstances. soc theor pract : – mckerlie d ( ) equality and priority. utilitas : – moellendorf d ( ) constructing the law of peoples. pac phil q : – narayan d et al ( ) voices of the poor: crying out for change. oxford university press for the world bank, new york phillips m ( ) reflections on the transition from ideal to non-ideal theory. noûs : – rawls j ( ) political liberalism. columbia university press, new york rawls j ( a) theory of justice, revised edition. harvard university press, cambridge rawls j ( b) law of peoples. harvard university press, cambridge robeyns i ( ) ideal theory in theory and practice. soc theor pract : – sen a ( ) the idea of justice. belknap, cambridge shue h ( ) basic rights: subsistence, affluence and us foreign policy. princeton university press, princeton simmons aj ( ) ideal and nonideal theory. phil pub affairs : – sreenivasan g ( ) health and justice in our nonideal world. polit philos econ : – sreenivasan g (forthcoming) what is non-ideal theory? in: williams m, elster j (eds) transitional justice. new york university press, new york. tasioulas j ( ) global justice without end? metaphilosophy : – valentini l ( ) on the apparent paradox of ideal theory. j polit philos : – l.l. fuller author's personal copy burdened societies and transitional justice abstract introduction notes on non-ideal theory burdened societies what would rawls(ians) say? transitioning to a liberal democratic society transitioning to a decent society transitional justice for burdened societies: a proposal conclusion references wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk params is empty sys_ exception wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk no params is empty exception params is empty / / - : : if (typeof jquery === "undefined") document.write('[script type="text/javascript" src="/corehtml/pmc/jig/ . . /js/jig.min.js"][/script]'.replace(/\[/g,string.fromcharcode( )).replace(/\]/g,string.fromcharcode( ))); // // // window.name="mainwindow"; .pmc-wm {background:transparent repeat-y top left;background-image:url(/corehtml/pmc/pmcgifs/wm-nobrand.png);background-size: auto, contain} .print-view{display:block} page not available reason: the web page address (url) that you used may be incorrect. message id: (wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk) time: / / : : if you need further help, please send an email to pmc. include the information from the box above in your message. otherwise, click on one of the following links to continue using pmc: search the complete pmc archive. browse the contents of a specific journal in pmc. find a specific article by its citation (journal, date, volume, first page, author or article title). http://europepmc.org/abstract/med/ geogr. helv., , – , https://doi.org/ . /gh- - - © author(s) . this work is distributed under the creative commons attribution . license. su p p o rt e d b y b ook review book review: water justice thomas thaler institut für alpine naturgefahren, universität für bodenkultur, wien, Österreich correspondence: thomas thaler (thomas.thaler@boku.ac.at) published: march boelens, r., perreault, t., and vos, j.: water justice, cambridge university press, cambridge, p. , isbn - - - - , eur . , . wasser spielt eine wichtige rolle in unserer gesellschaft und deshalb waren und sind fragen zur ver- und entsorgung, zu gewässerschutz sowie des zugangs zu wasser immens wichtig und werden dementsprechend auch kontrovers dis- kutiert. im laufe der geschichte wurden sie immer wieder neu formuliert und beantwortet. diese existenziellen fragen nach sauberem und trinkbarem wasser, einer funktionieren- den abwasserentsorgung sowie dem schutz vor extremen hydrologischen wetterereignissen, wie z.b. hochwasser und dürre, werden immer intensiv innerhalb der gesellschaft dis- kutiert. eine erhebliche problematik betrifft das eigentums- verhältnis. soll oder darf die versorgung öffentlich bzw. pri- vat organisiert werden? das streitgespräch, wie das wertvol- le gut wasser geregelt werden soll, sowie die auseinander- setzungen, wer davon profitiert bzw. im gegensatz dazu ver- liert, findet nicht erst mit der ausbreitung des neoliberalis- mus statt, wurde aber erst in den letzten jahrzehnten in den wissenschaftlichen diskussionen wiederentdeckt und stärker untersucht. insbesondere die debatte über einen fairen zu- gang wurde innerhalb der wissenschaftlichen auseinander- setzung im bereich der umweltgerechtigkeit (environmental justice), die ihren ausgang in den vereinigten staaten von amerika in den er jahren nahm, geführt. die thema- tik über das recht auf sauberes trinkwasser sowie das recht auf schutz vor hochwasserereignissen wurde verstärkt dis- kutiert. der sammelband „water justice“, herausgegeben von rutgerd boelens, tom perreault und jeroen vos bei cam- bridge university press, greift die frage nach einem ge- rechten zugang zu wasser und damit einhergehenden kon- flikten auf, die vor allem durch die herausforderungen des . jahrhunderts und vor allem durch den klimawandel ge- prägt sind. es werden auch andere ökonomische und gesell- schaftliche entwicklungen thematisiert, so z.b. Änderungen in der landnutzung, wie die entstehung von megastädten global oder den wandel innerhalb der industrie, des berg- baus sowie der forst- und landwirtschaft, der grundsätzlich zukünftig vermehrte wassernutzung bedingen wird. folglich werden zukünftig verstärkt bestimmte personenkreise ihre interessen auf die vorhandenen verfügbaren oberflächen- und grundwasserreserven beanspruchen. der band umfasst insgesamt kapitel, wo anhand von verschiedenen beispielen rund um den globus wasserkon- flikte und das verständnis von wassergerechtigkeit aufge- zeigt werden. diese beinhalten exempel der städtischen trinkwasserversorgung, die ausschließung von personen- gruppen zum zugang von grundwasserreserven, hochwas- serschutz bzw. verschmutzung der wasserversorgung auf- grund von schwerindustrie bzw. durch den austritt von quecksilber aus bergwerken. der band beinhaltet unter- schiedliche kritische theoretische konzepte aus der politi- schen Ökologie und kritischen geografie, wie beispielsweise konzepte der hegemonie von antonio gramsci bzw. femi- nistische arbeiten wie das kapitel von lisa bossenbro- ek und margreet zwarteveen, wo die verteilung von was- serreserven und -vorräten von ländlichen gemeinden hin zu landwirtschaftlichen exportprodukten aus der sicht feminis- tischer theoriearbeit untersucht wird. anhand der vielzahl unterschiedlicher fallstudien aus dem globalen norden und süden werden historische sowie zeitgenössische konflikte und gerechtigkeitskonzepte dargestellt. der sammelband wird in vier themenschwerpunkte un- terteilt: ( ) re-politisierung der wasserversorgung (kapi- tel bis ), ( ) gestaltung der wasserinfrastruktur (kapi- tel bis ), ( ) konflikte im partizipationsprozess (kapi- tel bis ), sowie ( ) diskurse und imaginationen in der gouvernementalität (kapitel bis ). der erste schwerpunkt liegt auf der theoretischen grund- lage der politischen interventionen im bereich der wasser- published by copernicus publications for the geographisch-ethnographische gesellschaft zürich & association suisse de géographie. t. thaler: book review: water justice versorgung, wobei der diskurs um die wasserpolitik insbe- sondere in den vergangenen jahren verstärkt in einem unpo- litischen dialog geführt wurde. vorrangig die planung einer nachhaltigen wasserpolitik beinhaltet zahlreiche konflikte zwischen den konkurrierenden vorstellungen und ideen, wie man den zugang, die verteilung und den schutz in der was- serwirtschaft organisieren soll. hier spielt auch die frage nach der deutung, wie wassergerechtigkeit auszusehen hat, eine äußerst wichtige rolle. der zweite abschnitt beschäftigt sich mit den herausforderungen der wassergerechtigkeit in hinblick auf umstrittene entwicklungsparadigmen und fort- schrittsglauben in der vergangenheit. hierbei liegt der fokus darauf, wie der staat markt und ingenieurswissenschaft, ein- griffe in die wasserversorgung und hochwasserschutz für die gesellschaft nach deren gesichtspunkt und deutung gestal- tet. der dritte abschnitt befasst sich mit den mechanismen, die angewandt werden, um gezielt bestimmte menschen von wasserkonflikten auszuschließen und welche gegenmaßnah- men (u.a. durch gezielte zusammenarbeit mit anderen ak- teuren*innen) von den betroffenen personengruppen getrof- fen werden, um wieder wahrgenommen zu werden in der beanspruchung ihrer rechte und ziele um das gut wasser. der vierte und letzte abschnitt beschäftigt sich vorwiegend mit den aktuellen diskursen, wie z.b. virtuelles wasser oder konflikte von kulturellen identitäten, wie beispielsweise die kulturellen erinnerungen der menschen im huanuni-flusstal auf dem bolivianischen altiplano, die massiv von wasserver- schmutzungen durch den bergbau betroffen sind, der nicht immer im einklang mit dem schutz der wasserressource er- folgt war. in den vier abschnitten dieses sammelbands werden ins- gesamt fünf konfliktfelder untersucht, nämlich die intensive nutzung von wasser in der landwirtschaft, die im rahmen des land grabbing in den letzten jahren massiv zugenom- men hat. die folgen haben wiederum massive auswirkun- gen auf die lokale wasserversorgung (water grabbing), die dadurch die konflikte zwischen der agrarindustrie und den lokalen familien massiv verschärft haben. der zweite kon- flikt beschäftigt sich mit der wasserverschmutzung durch in- dustrie und bergbau, wie im beispiel von flint, michigan (vereinigte staaten von amerika). dort mussten einkom- mensschwächere haushalte im vergleich zur weißen mittel- schicht unter massiven wasserverschmutzungen leiden. die dritte problematik betrifft die auswirkung der errichtung von wasserkraftwerken, die meist in ländlichen, peripheren regionen unter der prämisse der nachzuholenden entwick- lung bzw. rückständigkeit der lokalen bevölkerung argu- mentiert wird, wie beispiele aus der türkei oder guatema- la zeigen. des weiteren werden konflikte im hochwasser- schutz, die häufig zu einem unterschiedlichen schutzniveau innerhalb der gemeinde führen können, betrachtet. ein vier- ter zentraler konflikt besteht in den herausforderungen mit der umleitung von wasser zwischen verschiedenen wasse- reinzugsgebieten, ländlichen und städtischen regionen bzw. innerhalb einer stadt, die nicht nur zur ungleichen verteilung führen kann, sondern auch eine massive auswirkung auf das Ökosystem haben kann. der letzte schwerpunkt liegt auf der privatisierung der wasserver- und abwasserentsorgung, wo informelle siedlungen keine möglichkeit zu sauberem was- ser oder einem funktionierenden abwassersystem haben, da die gebühren für die nutzung der lokalen bevölkerung weit über ihrem durchschnittlichen haushaltseinkommen liegen. der band stützt sich auf umfassende ansätze der um- weltgerechtigkeit aus der perspektive der politischen Öko- logie, wo wasser neben einer materiellen funktion vor al- lem aus der vorstellung der gesellschaft definiert wird und sich dadurch die konflikte das wasser betreffend auch über die jahrhunderte hinweg immer wieder verändert haben und neu formuliert werden mussten. dabei ändert sich eben auch die situation der konflikte, da immer wieder neue wett- bewerber bzw. entwicklungen, wie z.b. die industrialisie- rung der forst- und landwirtschaft, siedlungsentwicklun- gen etc., um die ressource wasser kämpfen. wassergerech- tigkeit schließt die frage nach der verteilung ein, berück- sichtigt aber auch fragen der kulturellen anerkennung und politischen beteiligung. hierbei ist ein wichtiger punkt die berücksichtigung der betrachtungsweise des menschlichen handelns auf das jeweilige Ökosystem in hinblick auf des- sen sozio-politischen rahmen. die große herausforderung besteht in einer verbindung der sich stetig verändernden politischen konzepte und ide- en mit gesellschaftlichen vorstellungen sowie technologi- schen entwicklungen mit einer immer wieder sich ändern- den wassergerechtigkeit. sokrates bemerkte, dass im antiken griechenland „sozial gerecht“ über die machthaber definiert wurde: was sie als gerecht empfanden, war gerecht. dieses verständnis veränderte sich immer wieder im laufe der ge- schichte – bis heute, wo wassergerechtigkeit immer stärker in zusammenhang mit der ungleichen verteilung und diskri- minierung von bestimmten personengruppen gebracht wird. durch die vielzahl der unterschiedlichen fallstudien und des empirischen materials rund um den globus zeigt der band nicht nur sehr gut die pluralität innerhalb des diskur- ses, wie man eigentlich wassergerechtigkeit definieren kann, sondern auch, was das ziel wäre und wie das ziel der was- sergerechtigkeit zu erreichen ist. dabei wird sehr gut dar- gestellt, dass es eben keine einheitliche definition gibt und sich diese über die jahrhunderte hinweg stetig geändert hat bzw. sich in der zukunft ändern wird. diese entwicklung wird auch durch neue wissenschaftliche fachgebiete und -kenntnisse sowie technologische entwicklungen gestärkt, wie beispielsweise die aktuelle debatte in der klimapolitik im zusammenhang mit extremen hydrologischen wetterer- eignissen belegt. darüber hinaus haben auch die politischen diskussionen des neoliberalismus in den letzten jahren da- zu geführt, dass der diskurs nach der nutzung der ressour- ce wasser nicht mehr ausschließlich der öffentlichen hand zugeschrieben wird, sondern eine verstärkte debatte in der marktwirtschaft ausgelöst hat; mit all seinen konsequenzen, herausforderungen und neuen konfliktfeldern. geogr. helv., , – , www.geogr-helv.net/ / / / t. thaler: book review: water justice der sammelband stellt einen wichtigen ansatz zur dis- kussion nach wassergerechtigkeit und eine wichtige lektüre für die leser*innen dar, die sich mit den herausforderungen der wassergerechtigkeit beschäftigen, wobei insbesondere auch die widersprüche und lösungsideen und -vorschläge in diesem themenfeld sehr gut aufgezeigt werden, da es keine one-fits-all-ergebnisse gibt. dies wird vor allem im hinblick auf die zukünftigen auswirkungen des klimawan- dels noch viel stärker diskutiert werden müssen. der band zeigt nicht nur, dass konflikte um das wasser allgegenwärtig sind, sondern auch sehr unterschiedlich sein können, womit auch die forderungen nach einem gerechten zugang, was- serschutz und -verteilung sehr unterschiedlich gesehen, in- terpretiert und diskutiert werden können. www.geogr-helv.net/ / / / geogr. helv., , – , justice for foxes n knight, c. ( ) justice for foxes. law and philosophy, ( ), pp. - . there may be differences between this version and the published version. you are advised to consult the publisher’s version if you wish to cite from it. http://eprints.gla.ac.uk/ / deposited on: june enlighten – research publications by members of the university of glasgow http://eprints.gla.ac.uk carl knight justice for foxes* abstract. ronald dworkin maintains that value is unitary, in the sense that different values do not conflict. this article resists this ‘hedgehog’ view with reference to the values of equality and utility. these appear to yield conflicting prescriptions in cases where one possible distribution gives different individuals the same amount of advantage, and the other contains an unequal distribution of a greater overall amount of advantage. hedgehogs might respond to such a case in two ways. first, they might claim that equality and utility are not truly in conflict. however, this claim seems implausible on our ordinary concepts of these values, and dworkin does not provide grounds for revising our concepts. second, they might deny that one of these values—utility—is a genuine value. however, one of the two aspects of dworkin’s fundamental principle of equal concern appears to be supportive of utility, and he offers no good arguments for his preferred strategy of accommodating this aspect of equal concern within the value of equality. furthermore, the alternative ‘fox’ view, which recognizes equality and utility as conflicting values, each accommodating one aspect of equal concern, has the advantage that it stays truer to familiar moral concepts. moral, political and legal decision-making is strongly responsive to value judgments. where an agent recognizes some action as furthering a value, they have a reason to perform that action. in considering which course of action to follow, an agent does then * this article is in press, as of june , at law and philosophy (http://www.springer.com/law/journal/ ). immediately face two questions. first, which things count as values? and second, can values conflict? fundamental disagreements about public policy are often grounded in contrasting answers to these questions (and the further question of how to resolve value conflicts if they do arise). addressing these conceptual questions may then have great practical importance, as a large literature in moral, political, and legal philosophy recognizes. in his last major work, justice for hedgehogs, ronald dworkin decisively answered the second question in the negative. his main claim is that value is unitary, in the sense that its different components complement each other rather than conflict. he endorses what he calls “full value holism—the hedgehog’s faith that all true values form an interlocking network, that each of our convictions about what is good or right or beautiful plays some role in supporting each of our other convictions in each of these domains of value.” this holism requires that “there are no genuine conflicts in value.” dworkin’s primary conceptual resource in support of the thesis of the unity of value is his account of values as being ‘interpretative concepts’. on this account, the meaning of any given value can only be established by examining other values. as dworkin puts it, a defense of some particular conception of a political value like equality or liberty must draw on values beyond itself. … we cannot defend a conception of any of ronald dworkin, justice for hedgehogs (cambridge, ma: harvard university press, ). dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . them without showing how our conception fits with and into appealing conceptions of the others. that fact provides an important part of the case for the unity of value. presumably dworkin does not here mean to say that conceptions of values must draw on other values in the specific sense that they must not conflict with them. were that the case, his interpretative concept view of values could not “be an important part of the case for the unity of value,” as it would include the unity of value among its premises. he must rather mean that we take into account other values when developing our conception of a particular value, and that it is only once we do this that it becomes apparent that values do not conflict. i broadly accept this interpretative concept approach to value. but as william edmundson has commented, “one might worry, is there any reason to assume that the best interpretation of something will render that thing as a unified whole, especially if the ‘package of purposes’ attributed to it is rich and diverse?” i argue that, once we consider how to describe each of two major distributive justice values, in light of the role of the other value, it becomes apparent that we can readily conceive of them as conflicting. that is, among values, there are (at least) two that conflict, given the role each plays in relation to the other. dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. ; see also ronald dworkin, law’s empire (harvard: harvard university press, ), chs - . william a. edmundson, “book review: ronald dworkin, justice for hedgehogs,” law and philosophy, ( ), - , p. . one of these values is equality. it is concerned with reducing differences in advantage levels between the well off and the badly off. i make no assumptions about the kind of advantage with which equality is concerned; candidates include welfare, resources, and capabilities. i also set aside choice and responsibility. those who find arguments for equality convincing only where individuals’ responsibility has been equivalently exercised can simply assume that it has been so exercised in my examples. the other value is concerned with social maximization, which may be interpreted as achieved by the highest total amount of advantage, by the highest average of advantage, or in some other way. dworkin refers to this value when mentioning the “familiar idea in political theory that a just society will make some compromise between efficiency and distribution.” elsewhere in this passage dworkin is explicit that he is describing a conflict between utilitarianism and egalitarianism, and efficiency is often used to refer to non-advantage maximizing concepts (such as pareto optimality), so i will refer to the value in question as utility. i will, however, interpret that value quite broadly. the typically greater marginal utility of benefits for the worse off compared to the better off will tend to make real world inequalities more pronounced when measured in welfare rather than resources. this has no bearing on the examples i use, which should be interpreted as referring only to whichever measure of advantage the reader favours. it should therefore not be complained that my value of equality would reward those who deliberately develop expensive tastes. see richard j. arneson, “equality and equal opportunity for welfare,” philosophical studies, ( ), - ; g. a. cohen, “on the currency of egalitarian justice,” ethics, ( ), - . dworkin inspired these ‘luck egalitarians’, but refuses to describe himself as a luck egalitarian; see “equality, luck and hierarchy,” philosophy and public affairs, ( ), - , p. . see derek parfit, reasons and persons (oxford: oxford university, ), part iv. ronald dworkin, sovereign virtue (cambridge, ma: harvard university press, ), p. . though my value of utility is characterized by its maximization of advantage, advantage need not be construed in welfarist terms, as the most familiar utilitarian theories interpret it. it might be welfare, or alternatively resources, capabilities, or whatever is thought to be important. i also do not, and need not, resolve a tricky internal interpretative issue for utilitarians: the difference between average and total utilitarianism is only felt where population size varies, and it is stable in my examples. in order to defeat the hedgehog’s thesis, and substantiate the rival ‘fox’ thesis that values, even on their best interpretations, can come into conflict with each other, we need only show that a rather weak kind of value conflict is possible. i have in mind conflicts of pro tanto reasons for action. one value provides us with a pro tanto reason for acting in one way, the other value provides us with a pro tanto reason for acting in a second way, and we cannot act in both ways. that such a conflict between equality and utility is possible seems obvious. consider this example: equality versus utility: two distributions are available, one of which secures two units of advantage for each half of the population, the other of which secures one hence those impressed by arguments to the effect that utilitarianism as usually conceived relies on some dubious conception of welfare (see, for instance, ronald dworkin, taking rights seriously (london: duckworth, ), pp. - ; sovereign virtue, ch. ) cannot object to my value of utility on that score. see susan hurley, natural reasons (oxford: oxford university press, ), ch. . one plausible basis for these conflicting pro tanto reasons are conflicting judgments of value, which are central to joseph raz’s definition of value conflict; see his the practice of value (oxford: oxford university press, ), p. ; cf. michael stocker, plural and conflicting values (oxford: oxford university press, ), pp. - unit of advantage for a worse-off half of the population and five units of advantage for the better-off half. assuming (as i do) that the population size is stable and that the advantages of the better off are not traceable to their choices, equality is uncontroversially best furthered by the first distribution, because it is equal. utility is uncontroversially best furthered by the second distribution, because it contains more advantage for society (and a higher average advantage level). as equality gives us a pro tanto reason for selecting one distribution, utility gives us a pro tanto reason for selecting the other, and we cannot have both, these values are in conflict. furthermore, when we are conceptualizing equality, the fact that its recommendation conflicts with utility’s gives us no obvious reason to revise our conceptualization. similarly, when we are conceptualizing utility, the fact that its recommendation conflicts with equality’s gives us no obvious reason to revise our conceptualization. as dworkin acknowledges, legal and political philosophers routinely treat these two interpretative concepts as conflicting. that this pro tanto conception of conflict is weak is brought out by comparison with two alternative conceptions. first, my sense does not imply that anyone who endorses conflicting values must face indeterminacy. dworkin understands indeterminacy as holding “not that some particular act is neither forbidden nor required, the first distribution is also better for the worst off in absolute terms. thus, any readers who might reject the value of equality, understood as a view concerned with relative advantage levels, in favour of a focus on the absolute advantage levels of the worst off, as rawls’ difference principle suggests, can nevertheless agree that there is a conflict in values in this and similar examples presented later in the article. but that there is no correct answer to the question whether it is forbidden or whether it is required.” my claim is not that, where equality and utility conflict, there is necessarily no correct answer as to what we should do. i make only the weaker claim that equality and utility give rise to mutually incompatible pro tanto reasons. as these are pro tanto reasons, there may be no problem with resolving the conflict determinately. a position intermediate between straightforward resolution and indeterminacy is what dworkin calls “uncertainty,” which applies where considerations on each side seem finely balanced and one takes “no view of the matter.” i do not take a stand on which of these three positions to take. whether or not value conflicts can be resolved, their existence would make trouble for the hedgehog. dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, pp. - . indeterminacy seems to be implied by what robert talisse refers to as metaphysical pluralism; see his pluralism and liberal politics (abingdon: routledge, ). there is a diversity of views about how this might be done. some, such as james griffin, see value pluralism as consistent with commensurability; see “incommensurability: what’s the problem?” in ruth chang (ed), incommensurability, incomparability, and practical reason (cambridge, ma: harvard university press, ). others, like william galston, argue that we can choose between even incommensurable values on reasonable grounds; see his liberal pluralism (cambridge: cambridge university press, ), p. ; see also stocker, plural and conflicting values, ch. . george crowder further distinguishes between particularist and universalist approaches to choosing between conflicting values; see liberalism and value pluralism (london: continuum), ch. . for discussion of trade-offs among reasons for action, see gerald gaus, the order of public reason (cambridge: cambridge university press, ), ch. . dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . dworkin’s ‘uncertainty’ roughly corresponds to talisse’s preferred epistemic pluralism. second, though i say equality and utility conflict, that does not mean that, whatever we do, we do some wrong. isaiah berlin, who brought the fox/hedgehog terminology to prominence, combines his foxy position with the view that the conflict of value leaves (in dworkin’s words) “an irredeemable moral stain” and that we must sometimes choose “not whether to wrong a group, but which group to wrong.” but though dworkin only discusses foxy views which have this ‘tragic’ character, it is evidently quite detachable from the recognition of value conflict itself. a non-tragic alternative suggests that, if we bring one of the distributions in equality versus utility about, after due consideration of the reasons presented by equality, utility, and any other relevant values, we can quite plausibly hold that we do no wrong, though we inevitably do not promote one value as it conflicts with another. our obligations extend only to the possible. i again take no stance here, and only mention this non-tragic view to show that, if the tragic view is indeed mistaken, we need not rush to accept dworkin’s value holism. but is there such a thing as value conflict? examples such as equality versus utility cannot be batted away by appeal to the fact that values are interpretative, as the conflict they present is familiar and fits with our wider conceptual scheme. dworkin must then appeal to conceptual resources other than, or in addition to, his main idea that values are interpretative concepts. he might take one of two strategies in order to preserve the thesis of the unity of value. first, he might deny that the conflict is genuine, by arguing ronald dworkin, justice in robes (cambridge, ma: harvard university press, ), p. ; see also isaiah berlin, liberty (oxford: oxford university press, ). this view seems to arise quite naturally from dworkin’s powerful objection to berlin that he would require that there is something wrong in preventing murder, as it is a restriction on berlin’s idea of liberty; see dworkin, justice in robes, pp. - . (for it cannot, on pain of circularity, be assumed) that values, qua interpretative concepts, respond to other values in such a way that value conflict is impossible. second, he might deny that one or other of the putatively conflicting values really is a value. the second of these strategies appears to be favoured by dworkin, as he does not appear to believe that utility is a value. given this, it is unsurprising that dworkin does not attempt to show that equality and utility are compatible, as the first strategy suggests; nevertheless, his comments regarding other values suggest the broad lines of a dworkinian defence of the compatibility of equality and utility. i treat the first strategy, which denies the conflict between equality and utility, in the first part of this article, and the second strategy, which denies the value of utility, in the second part. i argue that, as neither strategy succeeds, equality and utility conflict. in the final part i complement these mostly defensive arguments with the positive claim that the fox’s conceptual scheme has an advantage over the hedgehog’s. i. is there really a conflict? richard fallon suggests that, where your colleague solicits comments on a book manuscript, and you find it to be bad, you face a conflict between the values of honesty and kindness. this has at least a superficial similarity with my claimed conflict between equality and utility. it is therefore worth seeing whether dworkin’s response to fallon succeeds. richard fallon, “is moral reasoning conceptual interpretation?” boston university law review, ( ), - , p. . dworkin initially draws attention to the aforementioned distinction between uncertainty and indeterminacy. it could easily be the case that, say, honesty was the best policy in this case, but that it was just hard to know as much. as dworkin acknowledges, this point does nothing to resolve the apparent conflict, so we can quickly set it aside. though dworkin writes that “[i]t is … natural to say in a case like fallon’s that we are torn between kindness and honesty” he holds that “[w]e might disagree, however, as to why it seems natural.” in support of this suggestion he suggests that our concepts of honesty and kindness are, as interpretative concepts, works-in-progress. they can both be satisfied in most cases, but in others, like this case, they are in tension with each other, and so we understandably report a conflict. but this shows only that the concepts we have been working with are not the finished article. we arrive at further refinement by asking questions such as “whether it is really cruel to tell an author the truth” and “whether it is really dishonest to tell him what it is in his interests to hear and no one’s interests to suppress.” dworkin needs one more step of argument to establish the possibility of values not truly conflicting: he must offer reasons for thinking that our process of refining our values has the result that values do not conflict. but the suggestions dworkin makes dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, pp. - . dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . a referee comments that “dworkin might well hold that we, qua finite human beings with limited cognitive capacities, can never reach a level of insight in which all value conflicts are dissolved. however, counterfactually fully rational and well-informed agents might arrive at such a conclusion.” gerald gaus here are problematic. he first asserts that “[w]e reinterpret our concepts to resolve our dilemma: the direction of our thought is towards unity, not fragmentation.” on the one hand, it may be that progress in thinking tends towards unity in the sense of coherence or consistency, but there is nothing incoherent or inconsistent in the thought that honesty and kindness might conflict. so a tendency towards unity in that weak sense cannot be used to support a movement away from conflicting concepts of honesty and kindness. on the other hand, it is not at all obvious that progress in thinking tends towards unity in dworkin’s favoured ‘no inter-value conflict’ sense. indeed, that is roughly what the argument under consideration is supposed to demonstrate, so it cannot serve as a premise. the reference to a dilemma may be intended to support this strong claim, but the dilemma is not such a threat that we should rework our moral concepts to avoid it. situations in which we feel we can be honest or kind, but not both, are familiar parts of moral life. a non-conflicting conceptual scheme may, then, be unacceptably at odds similarly argues that “given the complexity of our belief systems, it is, other things equal, always plausible to conjecture that any given disagreement is an instance of inconclusive reasoning.” see his justificatory liberalism (oxford: oxford university press, ), pp. - . that may be so, but the assertion that rational beings would accept the unity of value is prima facie no more plausible than the assertion that fully rational beings would accept value conflict. dworkin would still need to offer reasons for thinking that fully rational beings would tend towards a unity rather than plurality of values. these reasons would take much the same shape as the reasons i consider later in this paragraph. dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . of course, the role of such intuitions in ethics is controversial; see, for instance, peter singer, “ethics and intuitions,” the journal of ethics, ( ), - ; folke tersman, “the reliability of moral intuitions,” australasian journal of philosophy, ( ), - . but dworkin himself aims to build theories that with our considered judgments. we might be suspicious that it overlooked something that mattered morally. the other way in which dworkin tries to bolster the view that refinement removes conflict is through critique of the rival view that “[m]oral conflict is real, and any theory that denies this is false to moral reality.” this rival holds that the conflict between honesty and kindness “is not an illusion produced by incomplete moral interpretation; it is a matter of plain fact.” dworkin objects that it is unclear what this plain fact could consist in, given that there are no moral particles to fix the content of value. but this objection relies on lumbering the rival view with unnecessary metaethical baggage. the relevant rival view need not take a stance on such issues and, as i have suggested, might even accept dworkin’s position that moral concepts are interpretative concepts, a matter for substantive moral philosophy which takes into account the role of other concepts. it just says that moral concepts are properly construed as in principle open to conflict. against this view dworkin claims that the concepts of honesty and kindness do not “have a precise and conflicting content just in virtue of linguistic practice.” he are compatible with ordinary people’s understanding of ethics; see, for instance, sovereign virtue, pp. - . william galston, the practice of liberal pluralism (cambridge: cambridge university press, ), p. . dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . the “radical pluralism” of g. a. cohen, which is “consistent with many views of the status of our fundamental convictions, including the view that they are noncognitive expressions of emotion or attitude,” is one form of the relevant view. see his rescuing justice and equality (cambridge, ma: harvard university press, ), p. n. . dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . contends that “[m]any people do believe that it would be an act of kindness to tell your colleague the truth. or that it would not be dishonest, in this circumstance, to trim.” the evidence dworkin cites is insufficient to establish even that refinement of our conflicts leads away from conflict. first, and to repeat, the task before dworkin is not to show that there are some cases in which an apparent value conflict dissolves under closer inspection. his claim is that values never conflict, so any case of genuine value conflict defeats his position. second, even supposing that dworkin’s claims about people’s beliefs were true, they would not really support even the possibility of honesty and kindness being in harmony. it is not enough just to observe what “[m]any people … believe” about values, as they might be mistaken about them. as dworkin himself emphasizes, the correct interpretation of such arguments is a matter of moral argument, not mere head- counting. finally, and bearing in mind the previous two points, dworkin does not consider really difficult (and hence, most relevant) counterexamples to his position, such as equality versus utility. in the kindness and honesty case there is vagueness about whether the colleague is really harmed by the truth, such that some people may hold that telling the truth is simply ‘being cruel to be kind’. but in equality versus utility, there is no such vagueness—no one could claim that the equal outcome promoted utility or that the unequal outcome promoted equality. dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . see, for example, dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, pp. - . what might one who is minded to deny this conflict say? i will now briefly revisit the points dworkin makes regarding honesty and kindness, to see if they fare any better as a way of resolving the equality and utility conflict. the starting point of a dworkinian attempt to reconcile equality and utility would be to treat our versions of these concepts as incomplete, and in need of refinement. we refine them by asking questions such as “is it really contrary to efficiency to favour four equally distributed units of welfare to six unequally distributed units?” or “is it really contrary to equality to prefer six unequally distributed units of welfare to four equally distributed units?” the problem for the dworkinian is that such questions seem, if anything, more obviously to give rise to answers that show value conflict than did the honesty/kindness questions. at least assuming, as any attempt to reconcile the values of equality and utility assumes, that equality and utility are separate values, it seems clear that equality will not favour (unchosen) inequality over an equal distribution, and utility will not favour less advantage rather than more. what about the suggestions that i earlier said dworkin offered for the refinement of values as a process that removes conflict? his initial assertion that “the direction of our thought is towards unity, not fragmentation” does, as before, either fail to challenge value conflict, assume rather than argue for its falsity, or argue for its falsity on the ground that we are so unsettled by the thought of two values pulling in different directions that we must revise one to fit with the other. this argument is no more plausible for equality and the thought here is that, if one of these values were not a value, we might try to broaden the other value in an otherwise counterintuitive way in order to accommodate considerations traditionally associated with the other value. but as we are here assuming that both values actually are values, there is no motivation for a counterintuitive broadening of meaning. that assumption is relaxed in the next section. utility than it was for honesty and kindness. it is routine to think that a distribution of benefits and burdens is good in one regard, but bad in another. if one country is rich, but unequal, and another country equal, but poor, it is natural to think that there is something good and something bad about both countries. if we reframed our concepts so that to say that a country was rich was to imply that it was equal, and vice versa, we would have lost clarity in our thinking. and, though it is harder to judge advantage levels empirically, the same conceptual point would follow from an attempt to say that an equal distribution was necessarily a distribution high in overall advantage, and vice versa. it is not value conflict but the absence of value conflict that is unsettling. we certainly have no reason to invent it, as dworkin urges. there is, finally, a quite different argument specific to the distributive sphere that dworkinians might offer for the unity of value. suppose we all face a particular risk— the risk of congenital disease, for example. this risk, when it materializes for some of us but not others, will cause an unchosen unequal distribution between us. dworkin has long argued that we should correct for that unchosen inequality only to the extent that we would have insured against it under the equal background conditions of equal risk and an equal ability to purchase insurance. under such equal background conditions, we may well decide that we would not want to purchase insurance that completely restores us to equality after risks materialize for us if that scheme would impose extreme costs on us in the form of insurance premiums. we may well prefer an insurance scheme that would compensate us to a lesser extent than what would be necessary to restore us to equality the remainder of this paragraph is attributable, with only one minor change, to an anonymous referee. dworkin, sovereign virtue, ch. . with others. if the hypothetical insurance model is a plausible guide to what the value of equality requires, then, contrary to what i have argued, an efficient but unchosen inequality can be compatible with the value of equality. a major problem with this argument is that, in at least some cases, the hypothetical insurance market cannot be a plausible account of what both equality and utility require. suppose that there is a one-in-a-hundred possibility of acquiring a congenital disease that requires expenditure of £ , per annum to secure basic mobility. this expenditure will not be retained or reinvested by society, though it does enable the income of the person with the disease to be increased from £ , per annum to £ , per annum as they will be able to work part time. average contributions of £ per year from those ninety-nine in a hundred who do not acquire the disability would then be required to provide the disease expenditure. average pre-contribution income is £ , per annum, usually enough for a welfare level of units, and post- contribution income would be £ , per annum, which is sufficient only for a welfare level of units. as it happens, the person who develops the disease will have a low ( unit) level of welfare even if they are mobile, as they will still be very ill, though that is five times their welfare level if they are not mobile. to keep matters simple, i assume that the options come down either to insuring at the level described above, or not insuring at all. any expenditure below the full £ , has no benefit for the person who develops the disease as, say, providing half of the cost of the yearly procedure necessary for another problem is that the argument is too limited in scope for the present task. it claims to show that equality and utility might be rendered consistent were equality of resources put into practice. but unity of value requires that values never conflict, even under unfavourable economic conditions. see galston, the practice of liberal pluralism, p. . mobility is no better than providing none of it—unless the full cost is met, the procedure will not go ahead. i can of course assume this, as any example of values conflicting disproves the dworkinian thesis of the unity of value. the question is, would people antecedently accept insurance? if they do, it is arguable that equality is satisfied, as inequality in resources and welfare is reduced. but it seems intuitively (and independently of my earlier description of utility) implausible to say that utility has been satisfied. after all, society has foregone £ , of income (divided between of its members) for the sake of £ , of income (concentrated on one of its members). it has similarly foregone units of welfare (divided between of its members) for the sake of units of welfare (concentrated in one of its members). whether or not insurance should be taken out, it is clear that doing so does not maximize the amount of advantage in the society. what, then, if insurance is not taken out? in that case, utility is probably satisfied—welfare and resources have been promoted. but it is then intuitively (and independently of my earlier description of equality) implausible to say that equality has been satisfied. society could have accepted the insurance increased the worst off’s income from £ , per annum to £ , per annum, and their welfare level from to , both massive improvements to their lives which would also decrease (relative) inequality. the insurance would also have been recommended by one of dworkin’s favoured measures of equality, the envy test. it can be assumed that the person with the disease would envy other people’s bundles of personal (e.g. money) and impersonal (e.g. dworkin, sovereign virtue, ch. . marketable talent) resources. the envy test therefore recommends that resources are transferred to the person with the disease. but instead of improving the position of the worst off, and reducing inequality, and respecting the envy test, people have chosen to increase the benefits of the already advantaged. whether or not insurance should be taken out, it is clear that not doing so is contrary to equality on any ordinary understanding. thus, there is no policy that satisfies both equality and utility. now dworkinians might respond that i have, in the foregoing analysis, relied on ‘ordinary’ understandings of equality and utility. the point, they may claim, is that we should revise these to fit with the results of hypothetical insurance markets. for instance, it might be claimed that equality should be measured by applying the envy test only ex ante to the distribution of diseases. but no reason to undertake such a revision of our ordinary view of equality is presented by considering hypothetical insurance markets. as i have already mentioned, there is nothing unsettling about equality and utility being in conflict, and that remains the case when we consider hypothetical insurance markets. nothing feels out of place in my analysis of the choice to insure being the choice between an equal or advantage-maximizing distribution. it is the dworkinian analysis of this result, which yields the conclusion that we can satisfy both equality and utility, that is problematic. it makes things easier than they can possibly be. here is one last argument in support of that view. consider this example: for the distinction see dworkin, sovereign virtue, pp. - . see ronald dworkin, “sovereign virtue revisited,” ethics, ( ), - ; “equality, luck and hierarchy.” insuredland and uninsuredland. at t there are two identical countries facing the insurance decision described above. at t insuredland insures and uninsuredland does not. neither of the possible unity of value analyses of insuredland and uninsuredland is plausible. it might be claimed that insuredland fully satisfies the demands of equality and utility. but if insuredland fully satisfied the demands of utility, then uninsuredland can be no better as regards utility. and it is absurd to claim that it is no better from the perspective of utility to favour £ , over £ , , and units of welfare over . alternatively, it might be claimed that uninsuredland fully satisfies the demands of equality and utility. but if uninsuredland fully satisfied the demands of utility, then insuredland can be no better as regards equality. and it is absurd to claim that it is no better from the perspective of equality to favour £ , of income for the worst off to £ , of income for the worst off, units of welfare for the worst off to unit of welfare for the worst off, and a distribution rejected by the envy test to one recommended by the envy test. the inescapable conclusion is that insuredland better realizes equality, and that uninsuredland better realizes utility. hypothetical insurance markets cannot salvage the dworkinian claim that equality and utility do not conflict. ii. is utility really a value? to fully satisfy a value is to realize its ends as far as is presently possible. unity of value requires that all values can be simultaneously fully satisfied. merely partially satisfying one value, when there is some alternative that would fully satisfy it at the cost of decreased satisfaction of the other value, would expose the values as conflicting. the above findings regarding equality and utility might be of little concern to dworkin. his position appears to be that utility is not really a value. thus dworkin might favour a version of the second strategy for defending the unity of value that i mentioned in the introduction. specifically, he might deny that there is a value conflict between equality and utility by saying that, though they conflict, utility is not a value. to see how he defends that view, i must first briefly set out his approach to appraising values. in dworkin’s view, a legitimate government must endorse two fundamental principles: “first, it must show equal concern for every person over whom it claims dominion. second, it must respect fully the responsibility and right of each person to decide for himself how to make something valuable of his life.” he even describes this as an “unchallengeable proposition.” i will not challenge the proposition here, so in that regard my critique of dworkin is internal. applied to distributive justice, this proposition requires the “simultaneous equation” of “find[ing] a solution that respects both the reigning principles of equal concern and personal responsibility.” even when satisfying equal concern, we must satisfy personal responsibility, and vice versa. on what basis, then, might dworkin deny that utility is a value? one line of argument considers a form of utilitarianism that is framed in putatively egalitarian the other version of the second strategy is obviously closed to dworkin, as he is committed to equality as a value; see the discussion below. dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . terms. on this view “we treat each person as an equal by valuing his pleasure (or happiness or welfare or success) equally in choosing policies that will increase the aggregate of pleasure (or one of those other commodities) in the community as a whole.” according to dworkin, this view “offers an unpersuasive interpretation of equal concern.” here is his argument for that conclusion in its entirety: parents would not show equal concern for all their children if they spent their entire available budget educating only those who were likely to earn heavily in the market. that would not treat the success of each child’s life as equally important. concern for a large group of persons is not the same as concern for its members one by one. yes, an aggregation strategy values happiness or welfare or some other interpretation of utility, no matter in which person it resides. but that is concern for a commodity, not for a person. the analogy with assigning a domestic educational budget seems to entirely miss the mark. happiness is obviously not equivalent to mere money. it is not typically a means to an end. you would clearly lack equal concern if you invested in your children’s education with the sole goal of maximizing their earning potential—when this might mean that the one potential investment banker gets all the investment and the potential see also will kymlicka, contemporary political philosophy, nd ed. (oxford: oxford university press, ), ch. . dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . teachers get nothing. but this says nothing about utilitarians, as they do not endorse this strange objective. the claim that “[c]oncern for a large group of persons is not the same as concern for its members one by one” might be true, but seems beside the point as the utilitarian does not claim only to show concern for the group. she claims also to show concern for each individual by, in dworkin’s own words, “treat[ing] each person as an equal by valuing his pleasure (or happiness or welfare or success) equally.” it is true that the concern for the group and the concern for the individual are two sides of the same coin for the utilitarian, but that seems also to be the case for dworkinian egalitarianism: its idea of showing equal concern to the group will just be respect for individual a, plus respect for b, plus respect for c, etc. dworkin is an individualist, so his objection here cannot be that the group has a moral life of its own that the utilitarian overlooks. he may mean to gesture at a separateness of persons objection to utilitarianism, but that objection is typically directed at what rawls calls “[t]he most natural way … of arriving at utilitarianism,” which “is to adopt for society as a whole the principle of rational choice for one man.” as dworkin has made no reference to individual rationality in describing utilitarianism, and characterizes it as attempting to treat each person as an equal, it is hard to see how this objection might be relevant. the final part of dworkin’s objection is more troubling for utilitarians and, by extension, those who endorse utility as a value. they might fairly complain that utility is not really a commodity. but while dworkin’s choice of words here could have been better, his objection does not rely upon making utility into something that matters only john rawls, a theory of justice, revised ed. (oxford: oxford university press, ), pp. - . instrumentally, like corn or oil. the utilitarian claim is essentially that equal concern consists in refusing to discriminate between persons when it comes to allocating utility. but the thing that is being maximized is utility itself, “no matter in which person it resides,” as dworkin puts it. and at least sometimes, the effects of this maximization, even if it is motivated by a particular idea of what equal concern consists in, seems substantively unequal. dworkin has mentioned a clear example of this in earlier work. utilitarians can argue with great plausibility that racial discrimination would usually fail to maximize happiness, but they cannot plausibly claim that utilitarianism displays opposition to discrimination in principle, and in all conceivable cases. we might grant that utilitarianism shows concern for persons—after all, utilitarianism counts the happiness of every individual, and that people are happy is a legitimate concern—but there is a case for saying that it does not show equal concern for persons. the same follows, mutatis mutandis, for utility. consider again the distributions in equality versus utility ( , ; , ). if the second, unequal distribution is selected, the worse off persons at least have an argument for saying that they have not been shown equal concern. though no truly canonical definition of equal concern is provided, in other contexts dworkin treats it in a way that suggests it might be inconsistent with the second distribution. it is described as showing “equal concern for fate,” which suggests a focus on a concern with how individuals end up, in contrast to the second, ‘full respect’ principle’s focus on the means taken to get there. in that vein, dworkin imagines the first principle being invoked in critique of dworkin, law’s empire, pp. - . dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. , see also p. . laissez-faire policies, with a member of the poor pointing out that “[t]here are other, more regulatory and redistributive, sets of laws that would put me in a better position. how can government claim that this system shows equal concern for me?” given the need to also take into account the second principle, the full complaint of “people with little market talent or bad luck” is that laissez-faire policy “does not show equal concern, because a different economic arrangement is available that also satisfies the requirements of individual responsibility and that shows more appropriate concern for them.” they might plausibly say the same if the second distribution is favoured in equality versus utility on utility grounds. i think that there is something to the worse off’s complaint here, but it is not the whole story about equal concern. there is a second aspect to equal concern. consider what those who would be better off in the second distribution might say were the first, equal distribution chosen. in what way does the selection of the first distribution show equal concern for their fate? it gives them two units, when they would have had five under the other available distribution. the justification for this is that it is necessary to give the other group an extra benefit, creating outcome equality. but the size of that benefit is only one unit, compared to the loss of three units of benefit that the first distribution imposes on one group. at least where the worse off group under a distribution containing much more advantage is not badly off in absolute terms, the better off can fairly ask why three units of advantage for them counts for less than one unit of dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . advantage for the others. they can claim, with some plausibility, that they have been discriminated against when it comes to assigning benefits. these considerations suggest the following claim: the second aspect of equal concern: equal concern is not satisfied where small benefits for some individuals (the worse off) are brought about at the cost of losing big benefits for others (the better off). equal concern, and even equal concern for fate, are ambiguous enough that they can be interpreted as praising the selection of less advantage more evenly distributed in one regard, as the first aspect of equal concern requires, and as criticising that selection in another regard, as the second aspect requires. the fox can accommodate both aspects of equal concern. his response to the objection that utilitarianism might conceivably have results, such as racial discrimination, which evidently do not show equal concern, is that it is more precise to say that it reflects only one aspect of equal concern. it is for that kind of reason that the best account does not endorse full-blown utilitarianism. my kind of fox, at least, endorses both equality and utility as conflicting values, each reflecting one aspect of equal concern. though they conflict, in the sense that sometimes one recommends one course of action, the other another course of action, they are complementary in the sense that they act as constraints on each others’ excesses. our concern with equality will ensure that there is no possibility of racial discrimination, just as our concern with utility ensures that the well- being of the would-be better off is not disregarded. the hedgehog may be appalled by this turn of events. the suggestion that equality and utility are values was bad enough, but now it is being claimed that this is because equal concern—a basis on which values are to be assessed—itself has two sides to it. what counterarguments might dworkin advance here? a first, and obvious, strategy, given his general hostility to utilitarianism, would be to show that the second aspect of equal concern, which underpins the utility strand of the foxy position outlined above, is false. this approach says that the only valid complaint under the heading of equal concern comes where the worst off (or representatives) say “[t]here are other, more regulatory and redistributive, sets of laws that would put me in a better position. how can government claim that this system shows equal concern for me?” this view of equal concern as just a matter of maximizing the position of the worst off (maximining) is implausible both in general and, especially, as a defence of dworkin’s position. even if the reader is still drawn to maximining when considering equality versus utility ( , ; ; ), it seems barely credible when considering ‘super equality versus utility’ cases (for instance, , ; . , ). here maximin would be willing to forego a massive benefit for one group, for the sake of a barely noticeable benefit for another. furthermore, dworkin himself is committed to rejecting this monistic interpretation of equal concern. this is both in the obvious sense that he does not give maximin an explicit expression in his final principles, as rawls famously does, were the ‘benefit’ merely instrumentally valuable, this might not seem unreasonable, as the benefit might then be subject to diminishing marginal returns, with the result that the transfer to the benefit of the worst off looks like better value. i should emphasize, then, that i use ‘benefit’ in a technical sense, as a placeholder for the reader’s favoured currency of justice—something which is presumably not merely instrumentally valuable and therefore not subject to diminishing marginal returns. and the less obvious sense that dworkin himself invokes a sense of equal concern which is relevantly similar to the second sense described above. in a discussion contrasting rawls’ theory and his own, dworkin argues that “a government that allows a much greater loss to fall on one citizen, in order to avert a much smaller loss for a second, would not be treating the former as an equal.” similarly, in developing his own equality of resources, dworkin asks whether this equality should be achieved ex post—that is, after the natural allocation of talents and disabilities, and the market allocation of resources and opportunities, have taken place. he objects that “the ex post approach, even so far as it is possible, is a very poor understanding of equal concern”. this is because “[a]ny community that undertook to spend all it could to improve the position of its blind or crippled members, for example, until further expenditure would not even marginally benefit them, would have nothing left to spend on anything else, and the lives of all other citizens would be miserable in consequence.” clearly, dworkin thinks that something other than how the worst off fare matters, as he objects to some expenditure that would benefit them. and the nature of his objection is very similar to that suggested by the second aspect of equal concern that i suggested above: a sole concern with the interests of the worst off will lead to disproportionate losses for the better off. his view seems, like mine, to say that equal concern is upset, in one regard, where small benefits for some individuals (the worse off) are brought about in favour of big benefits for others (the better off). dworkin, sovereign virtue, p. . dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . now it is obviously a further jump from there, and one which i need not make, to claim that there is a significantly utilitarian branch to dworkin’s thinking here. although dworkin may accept the general proposition of the second aspect of equal concern, he may say that, within his overall theory, some other aspect of equal concern— the first aspect, or something similarly non-aggregative—has much more weight. on this view, it is only where very disproportionately large losses for the better off follow from benefitting the worst off that the overall theory disapproves. this, and no more, is certainly what is suggested by his rather bluntly stated example of the “blind or crippled.” the utilitarian, by contrast, thinks that the second aspect of equal concern is the only aspect. she always objects when small benefits for some individuals are brought about in favour of big benefits for others, even if the difference in the size of the two sets of benefits is small. but while dworkin may invoke the second aspect of equal concern more cautiously than the utilitarian, that does not change the fact that he endorses the second aspect to some extent. and as he endorses the second aspect, it is not plausible that he can resist my foxy defence of equality and utility on the basis that this aspect is false. it might be thought that he could resist it by claiming that only his particular restricted form of the second aspect of equal concern is plausible, but this approach faces two problems. first, dworkin presents no arguments for it, and there is no obvious way of developing it. second, as i do not propose utilitarianism, but only an equality-utility hybrid, i need myself only endorse the second aspect of equal concern in a restricted form. having for dworkin’s rebuttals of a similar suggestion, see sovereign virtue, pp. , , - . granted that the bigness of benefits sometimes outweighs their distribution, dworkin grants too much for the first counterargument that we have been considering. i move on, then, to consider a second counterargument that dworkin might—and in this case, actually does—use to resist the idea that utility is a value as equality is. in earlier work he writes that a utilitarianism justified on grounds of equal concern “cannot coherently offer to compromise highest average welfare over a given population in the name of wealth equality or simple welfare equality.” this is on the basis that “[t]reating people as equals, on the utilitarian’s conception of equality, demands the highest aggregate welfare, and one cannot coherently treat people other than as equals in the name of some deeper conception of equality.” the wording of the final clause here is a little tricky. we should just set aside the notion that the non-utilitarian interpretation of equal concern is somehow ‘deeper’, as that is not part of the view i am defending—i treat equality and utility, and their respective supporting aspects of equal concern, as equally fundamental. i believe that the core of dworkin’s objection is that the ‘partial utilitarian’ is, qua utilitarian, committed to maximizing welfare on equal concern grounds, but also, qua non-utilitarian, committed to not maximizing welfare on equal concern grounds, which he thinks is incoherent. but that is only an incoherent thought as long as we treat the two conflicting thoughts as absolute imperatives. if we instead say just that we have a pro tanto reason of equal concern to act in one way, and another pro tanto reason of equal concern to act in another, there is no incoherence: we just acknowledge that some non-conclusive but ronald dworkin, a matter of principle (cambridge, ma: harvard university press, ), p. . dworkin, a matter of principle, p. . relevant considerations support one action and others support another, and try to balance them against each other to come up with a practical solution. to reiterate, that such a process may be difficult is, both logically and by dworkin’s own lights, no evidence that there is indeterminacy about what it is best to do. dworkin might reply that the incoherence here is not a general problem of conflict, but specifically to do with the fact that this is an alleged conflict within equal concern, which is impossible. but such a reply would both assume what needs to be shown (that conflict within values is impossible) and be inconsistent with the dualism of dworkin’s own interpretation of equal concern. this brings us on to a third counterargument. dworkin claims that “much energy has been wasted by the defeating assumption that liberty, equality and democracy are criterial concepts that can be explicated through some neutral analysis that makes no assumption about their value or importance.” it is this conception of equality that “encourages the dismissive view that equality means flat equality—everyone having the same wealth throughout their lives—because no other definition is plausible if we take equality to be criterial.” now clearly i have been assuming a fairly strict conception of equality. although i have allowed for the possibility of departures from equality on account of responsibility considerations, i have been committed to the notion that equality would not allow inequality for the sake of larger benefits for the better off. so dworkin might claim that it is only by making equality a very uncompromising doctrine, which does not value benefits unless they fall to the worse off, that i have been able to dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . show that equality needs a confederate such as utility. his ‘interpretative’ notion of equality, by contrast, builds in the full set of equal concern considerations. i can grant dworkin this particular argument. if it succeeds, it only establishes dworkin’s broader notion of equality as an alternative to an equality-utility combination. and establishing an alternative to a theory is not itself an argument against that theory. how might dworkin provide the further argument to show that his alternative is better? one way is by appealing to occam’s razor. dworkin has one value, and i have two, so it might look like we should break any tie in favour of his theory, as it is simpler. but this is far from the truth. though i have two values, they each have a relatively simple internal structure, while dworkin’s is much more complex. not only does he incorporate the same two kinds of considerations—corresponding to the two aspects of equal concern—that my overall theory appeals to in his one value, but his full theory has such complexities as hypothetical insurance markets, auctions, and the envy test, which do not have analogues in my theory. although i doubt that it is a weighty consideration, parsimony, if anything, tells in favour of a combination of equality and utility. another approach is to appeal to the fact that, on dworkin’s view, equality is a value that should always be promoted, while in my view, equality’s prescriptions, though they are taken into account, will sometimes be overridden in practice. (this is certainly so in the ‘super equality versus utility’ cases that i mentioned earlier.) as equality is one of the great values of contemporary philosophy, and more importantly of modern societies, it might be thought a significant advantage of dworkin’s theory that its allegiance to it is unconditional. see especially dworkin, sovereign virtue, ch. . but it is unclear why it would be a good thing that some notion that has wide acceptance can be rendered so that it never admits of exceptions. for the theorist, the really important questions when deciding which values to support, and how much support they should have, is how far true they are, and how much good they do. in trying to show that equality is worthy of unconditional support, a liberal such as dworkin cannot plausibly cite the status it happens to have in support of its truth and goodness. i cannot, then, detect any good argument for dworkin’s view to be preferable to my position on account of the former’s apparent denial of utility as a value. iii. procrustes i have defended the fox’s thesis that true values may conflict, with special reference to distributive justice. my specific claims are ( ) that equality and utility may conflict with each other, and ( ) that they both genuinely are values. the first part of the article considered the possibility of denying ( ), mostly using the materials dworkin provides when attempting to resolve another value conflict. the second part of the article considered dworkin’s apparent denial of ( ), specifically taking the form of the claim that utility is not a value. i found that the resistance to both of my claims can be overcome, and so the fox escapes unscathed. it is worth emphasizing that dworkin defends a strong version of value holism. weaker versions of hedgehoggery can accept my central claims. one such view accepts that there might be conflicts between values, but holds that these are resolved at a higher level of abstraction. for instance, a consequentialist might concede that the likes of honesty, kindness, and equality are genuine values that can conflict, while claiming that there is a master value of moorean good that conclusively resolves these conflicts. this view accepts my claims ( ) and ( ). the fox’s arguments against such a view would have to take a different form to those advanced here. though dworkin’s denial of value conflicts is a strong one, it retains some intuitive plausibility by retaining considerations typically associated with rival values. most relevantly, while my view accommodates the first and second aspects of equal concern under the banners of equality and utility, dworkin encompasses them under one expanded banner of equality. i will conclude by providing a brief sketch of a further argument that suggests that this position lacks a key advantage held by the fox. when we are confronted with a decision such as that of equality versus utility, we should be able to feel that we are pulled in two directions. there is something good about people on the whole faring better, and there is also something good about distributions being more equal. to deny that is to fail to recognize something that matters fundamentally. dworkin acknowledges as much by appealing to both aspects of equal concern. so when we can have more advantage in our distribution, or more equality, but not both, we should feel at least a little conflicted, and we should be able to specify the source of that as a conflict between things that matter to us. the fox can have all of this: he may recognize equality and utility as values, he may feel some disappointment see donald regan, “value, comparability, and choice,” in chang (ed), incommensurability, incomparability, and practical reason. a similar argument is powerfully presented in bernard williams, “liberalism and loss,” in mark lilla, ronald dworkin, and robert silvers (eds), the legacy of isaiah berlin (new york: new york review of books, ), pp. - . (though as i said, not blame) when he cannot have much of both, and he may know that this is because, on this occasion, his values pull in opposite directions. it is less clear how the hedgehog can tell a similar story. he does, of course, think that there is something good about distributions being more equal, and he also thinks there is, in some cases at least, something good about people on the whole faring better. but any explanation of what is happening in a situation where we can have one of these things, but not the other, must be strange. there is not a conflict between two values here, so what is there? minow and singer suggest that “[w]hat is at risk is sheer honesty about competing views and contrasting tugs on our perceptions and hearts.” this may slightly overstate the point. there can be a persisting conflict on the hedgehog’s view. but it must be within the value of equality. that is problematic in the first place because dworkin seems to claim that such a conflict is incoherent. but even granting that there is such a conflict, the framework within which dworkin must place it serves only to muddy the waters of moral discourse. for instance, if he wanted to give a principled explanation to congenitally disabled people of why it is that he is not going to give them a small benefit, because it comes at great cost to the rest of the community, what would he say? dworkin might prefer to provide an explanation in terms of mechanisms such as the hypothetical insurance market, but these are not plausibly themselves values: they are just ways of thinking about the implications of values. on dworkin’s view, such an explanation boils down to this: we are selecting a more unequal distribution rather than a more equal one martha minow and joseph william singer, “in favor of foxes: pluralism as fact and aid to the pursuit of justice,” boston university law review, ( ), - , p. . for the sake of equality. this adds insult to injury—the involuntarily worst off are not only denied resources, but in the name of the value on which they thought they could rely. imagine a disabled person trying to formulate a response. were the policy enacted by a fox, she could have said “you hold that equality has the weighting x and utility has the weighting y, but i propose that the justified weighting of utility is only z.” this is a clear and, as dworkin says, familiar picture. but to the hedgehog, she has to say something like “you hold that equality type has the weighting x and equality type has the weighting y, but i propose that the justified weighting of equality type is only z.” we should not rule out such revisionary treatment of concepts, but for them to be attractive we must first be shown that something was wrong with the more familiar conflict between equality and utility. we have not been shown that. these points are reinforced by revisiting insuredland and uninsuredland. on dworkin’s view (as opposed to the dworkinian view i considered earlier in relation to this case, which recognized utility as a value), one or other of insuredland and uninsuredland fully satisfies equality, and utility does not come into the picture. suppose that it is insuredland that satisfies dworkin’s equality. in that case, a member of society who does not develop the disease, and who opposes the insurance premiums, cannot claim, if she is to address questions of value, that utility has been unduly overlooked. she must rather claim that equality type has been unduly overlooked. but this seems were the disabilities in the example the result of choice, dworkin might have been able to appeal to the second fundamental principle—that of full respect for responsibility. but it is specified that the disabilities are congenital and as such involuntary. misleading as, intuitively, her claim does not seem to concern equality at all. she wants those who are better off already to be even better off. it seems much more intuitively sound to describe her objection as one from utility. if the person with the disease responds to her that the premiums should continue to be paid as equality should take precedence, that seems like a coherent response, not a category mistake as dworkin has it. dworkin anticipates the worry “that [y]ou might think me procrustes, stretching and lopping conceptions of the great political virtues so that they neatly fit each other. i would then be achieving unity on the cheap: a meaningless victory.” he assures us that he “mean[s] to submit each of the political conceptions i describe to the test of conviction. i will not rely on any assumption that a theory is sound just because it fits with other theories we also find agreeable.” this assurance notwithstanding, i suggest that, as regards equality, dworkin’s thought has this procrustean quality, which is attributable to his apparent denial of utility’s value. my combination of equality and utility may, then, be superior in one regard, and as we saw earlier, inferior in none. acknowledgments an earlier version of this article was discussed at a meeting of the theory group at the department of politics, university of glasgow. i would like to thank the participants on that occasion, as well as the editors of law and philosophy and the anonymous referees, dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . dworkin, justice for hedgehogs, p. . who provided valuable comments. i am also grateful to the british academy, who supported research for this article. politics university of glasgow, glasgow, united kingdom e-mail: carl.knight@glasgow.ac.uk politics university of johannesburg, auckland park, south africa criminal justice system of children: an overview restorative justice concept in indonesia and other countries loura hardjaloka bahar & partners e-mail: loura.hardjaloka@gmail.com/loura@baharandpartners.com abstract the pattern of repression in act no. of has been changed to a restorative justice through diversion in act no. of considering the repressive punishment does not reduce the number of juvenile criminal but increasing. the purpose of this research is to examine the concept of restorative justice in order to see the form of the application of the concept of restorative justice in indonesia and other countries. the method of this research is judicial normative with secondary data and analyzed based on content analysis. based on this research, the concept of restorative justice both in indonesia and other countries is applied through a diversion for the best interest of children (actor), which are implemented in the form of mediation so the children can take their responsibilities for their actions without court trial. keywords: juvenile justice system, comparative studies, restorative justice, diversion abstrak pola represif dalam undang-undang nomor tahun telah bergeser menjadi keadilan restoratif melalui diversi dalam undang-undang nomor tahun mengingat pemidanaan represif tidak me- nurunkan angka pidana anak tetapi justru meningkat. tujuan penulisan ialah mengkaji konsep keadilan restoratif sehingga dapat dilihat bentuk penerapan konsep keadilan restoratif di indonesia dan negara lain. metode penulisan yang digunakan ialah yuridis normatif dengan data sekunder dan dianalisis berdasarkan content analysis. berdasarkan hasil penelitian, konsep keadilan restoratif baik di indonesia dan negara lainnya dilakukan melalui diversi untuk kepentingan terbaik (pelaku) anak yang diimple- mentasikan dalam bentuk mediasi sehingga anak dapat mempertanggungjawabkan perbuatannya tanpa melalui pengadilan. kata kunci: sistem peradilan pidana anak, studi komparasi, restorative justice, diversi preface children criminal justice system (sppa) is basically aimed at the welfare of the child, as defined in the united nations standard minimum rules for the administration of juvenile justice. as a country that is part of the convention on the rights of the child (convention on the rights of the child), indonesia also provide special pro- tection to children in conflict with the law through the establishment of law no. of about juvenile court (law / ) and law no. of about child protection. vanessa coppins, sharon casey, dan allan campbell, “the child’s best interest: a review of australian juve- nile justice legislation”, the open criminology journal, vol. no. august , page . sppa in law / do not provide opti- mal protection for the child considering the law still using formal juridical approach by empha- sizing punishment (retributive) that could po- tentially restrict the freedom and independence depriving children. the concept of punishment contained in law / not make the number of juvenile criminal diminishing, but increasing from year to year, as can be seen in figure below. sufriadi pinim dan erasmus napitupulu, , studi atas praktik-praktik peradilan anak di jakarta, jakarta: insti- ture for criminal justice reform, page . yutirsa yunus, “analisis konsep restorative justice me- lalui sistem diversi dalam sistem peradilan pidana anak di indonesia”, jurnal rechts vinding, vol. no. nd au- mailto:loura.hardjaloka@gmail.com/loura@baharandpartners.com jurnal dinamika hukum vol. no. , january figure . number of child prisoners in - overcome the weaknesses of law / , was issued law no. of on juvenile jus- tice system (law / ), which uses the ap- proach of restorative justice through diversion system. diversion system is the transfer of the settlement of the child to outside the criminal justice process that involves a dialogue with victims, perpetrators, law enforcement offici- als, and the public. the concept of diversion gi- ven by law / which is different from the law / only allows versioned conducted by the investigator based on the discretionary au- thority by submitting the return of the child to the parent, guardian, or foster parents. imple- mentation of restorative justice is not only app- lied in indonesia, but also in different countries applied for criminal cases in children and adoles- cents as in illinois, germany, canada, austria, poland, and spain. problem based on background above, therefore this research is intended to answer the problem as follows: first, how is the concept of resto- rative justice for children in conflict with the law in law / ; and second, how is the con- cept of restorative justice for children in con- gust , jakarta: pusat penelitian dan pengembangan sistem hukum nasional badan pembinaan hukum nasio- nal, page . eva achjani zulfa, “keadilan restoratif dan revitalisasi lembaga adat di indonesia”, jurnal kriminologi indone- sia, vol. no. nd august , page kristine buffington, carly dierkhising, dan shawn marsh, “ten things every juvenile court should know about flict with the law in the regulations in other countries. research methods this research is using normative juridical approach. normative research is a legal research using secondary data including legislation, books, and research literature related to the re- search topic. furthermore, the data were ana- lyzed with content analysis to analyze the for- mulation of the problem and then made a con- clusion and suggestion. discussion the concept of restorative justice through di- version in law / in indonesia children facing conflict with the law in article point law / , is a children at least years old but not yet years old. con- cept and theories of punishment continues to develop. the goal is to address children in con- flict with the law. starting from the traditional theory of justice that includes retributive justi- ce, restitutive justice, to the modern theory of justice such as restorative justice. most of the criminal law experts, psycho- logists, and child behavior experts consider that the theory of restorative justice and a good right to be applied in the juvenile criminal justice sys- tem. the involvement of the parties is a major prerequisite to the implementation of the juve- nile criminal justice system based on restorative justice. the roles of the parties in criminal jus- tice-based subsidiary of restorative justice is as follows in table . law / , being passed on july , , has embraced the paradigm of restorative justice through diversion system. as for the substance of the changes in law / of the most fundamental is expressly settings on res- torative justice and diversion intended to avoid trauma and delinquency”, juvenile and family court journal, vol. no. rd agustus , page . gordon bazemore dan susan day, “restoring the ba- lance: juvenile and community justice”, journal of the office of juvenile justice and deliquency prevention, vol. no. st march , page . criminal justice system of children: an overview restorative justice concept... and keep children out of the judicial process so as to avoid stigmatization of children in conflict with the law and is expected child can return to the social environment reasonable. table : the differences between retributive justice, restitutive justice, and restorative justice retributive justice restitutive justice restorative justice  emphasizing justice to re- tailation;  children are in a position as an object;  settlement of legal issues imbalanced. emphasizes equity compen- sation  emphasizing justice in the repair/recovery state;  oriented to the victim;  provide opportunities for actors to express annoyance to the victim and responsible;  provide an opportunity for the offender and the victim to meet in order to reduce hostility and hatred;  restoring balance in society;  involving community members in an effort to elections. source: rosida table : role of parties in the restorative justice model for children criminalization through accountability rehabilitation through competence development improving public sector security actors contributing actively to recover losses suffered by the victim and the community and must meet the victims. actively involved as a human re- sources who should improve the quality of life in the community and have a stock of knowledge, ex- perience, and self-esteem as a pro- ductive human resources to carry out positive activities. involved in the development of self-competence and restorati- on activities; increasing self- control, to make new friends, and active in the organization. victim involved in the development of self-competence and restoration activities; increasing self-con- trol, to make new friends, and active in the organization. providing input to the process of rehabilitation; suggest the imple- menttation of social services for offenders; participate in associa- tion victim or victim awareness training to staff and actors. participating in creating sustai- nable security in the public sec- tor; support other victims. community acting as a mediator; developing social services and the opening of employment for offenders; assis- tance to victims and provide sup- port to the actors in carrying out its obligations. develop new employment oppor- tunities for young people to incre- ase productivity, competence, and a sense of belonging (self of belo- nging). provide protection to the per- petrators, mentoring, and pro- vide input to the child criminal system in order to provide se- curity to the perpetrator; over- come the problems that exist in the community related to kena- lana children. professionals facilitators of the mediation; en- suring restoration actions (by providing a way for actors to rai- se funds for restoration); deve- lop creative community/commu- nity social services; to educate the public in accordance with the role. developing new roles for actors so as to make them learn and demon- strate competencies learned; as- sess and build the strength of youth and the community; develop cooperation between communi- ties. accompanying the school and community to control and main- tain the offender in the com- munity; develop the ability to prevent repeat offenders ac- tions. source: bazemore and day the use of restorative justice approach in the juvenile criminal justice system defined in article paragraph ( ) of law / that the juvenile criminal justice system shall prioritize restorative justice approach. restorative justice is the completion of criminal cases involving per- petrators, victims, families’ perpetrator/victim, and other relevant parties to work together to find a fair settlement with emphasis on restoring nikmah rosidah, “pembaharuan ide diversi dalam imple- mentasi sistem peradilan anak di indonesia”, jurnal back to the original state, and not retaliation. restorative justice approach is then implemen- ted through a system of diversion. diversion is the transfer of the settlement of the child to the criminal justice process outside the criminal jus- tice process. philosophically, the concept of di- version based on the opinion that the court will give stigmatization of children for their actions as a child is considered evil, so it is better to masalah-masalah hukum, vol. no. april , page . jurnal dinamika hukum vol. no. , january avoid it out of the criminal justice system. di- version is granted because it fit with the philo- sophy of juvenile criminal justice system to pro- tect and rehabilitate child criminals. in addi- tion, the diversion is also performed as an actor prevention of child become adult criminals. child prevention efforts that brought law enfor- cement officers to take discretionary authority or in the united states is often referred to as deinstitutionalization of the formal criminal jus- tice system. diversion through the concept of resto- rative justice in law / is appropriate and consistent with the goals of diversion contained in the beijing rules namely: (i) in order to avoid arrest; (ii) to avoid stamp/stigmatized as cri- minals; (iii) to improve the skills of life for the child actors; (iv) that the perpetrators respon- sible for their actions; (v) to prevent the repe- tition of crime; (vi) to promote the necessary in- terventions for victims and perpetrators, with- out having to go through a formal process; (vii) the program will also prevent the diversion of children follow the justice system. further, in article paragraph ( ) of law / mentions, that the compulsory diver- sion system to be at the stage of investigation, prosecution, and trial. this liability is increa- singly defined through various provisions that oblige the law enforcement agencies include the investigator, the public investigator, and the judge to seek diversion, as follows: table : liability for diversion efforts law enforcement under law / provision law / liability for diversion efforts article start checking at all levels of investigation, prosecution, and examination of the matter in court is obliged to seek diversion. article the investigator is obliged to seek diversion within days after being found with the child. article the public prosecutor is obliged to seek diversion. article the judge is obliged to seek diversion. source: processed under law / under law / , the diversion is done through deliberations involving the child and the parent/guardian, the victim and/or parent/ guardian, the civic, and the supervising social worker professionals. in case necessary, the deliberations can also involve social welfare per- sonnel, and/or the community. as the process of diversion in a nutshell can be shown in figure . diversion can be carried out by the com- munity in a way to reconcile both parties i.e. victim and perpetrator. however, diversion can only be done with the permission of the victims and the families of the victim, as well as the willingness of the offender and his family. at- tempts to resolve the matter outside of court should take precedence, even the mediation process was still possible even though the mat- ter had been entered in court. the tribunal jud- ges who adjudicate must facilitate when reques- ted by the parties, and if the litigants agrees to terms the council immediately halted. here it is seen that the criminal law as a remedial abso- lutely ultimatum applied. robert john zagar, “delinquency best treatments: how to divert youths from violence while saving lives and detention costs”, behavioral sciences & the law, vol. no. rd june , page . douglas abrams, “a primer on juvenile protective le- gislation”, juvenile and family court journal, vol. no. rd september , page . shelly jackson, janet warren, dan jessica jones coburn, “a community-based model for remediating juveniles adjudicated incompetent to stand trial: feedback from youth, attorneys, and judges”, juvenile and family court journal, vol. no. nd january , page . john muncie, “international juvenile (in) justice: penal severity and rights compliance”, international journal for crime, justice and social democracy, vol. no. nd july , page . criminal justice system of children: an overview restorative justice concept... figure . diversion process under law / source: processed under law / the sppa concept of restorative justice in other countries the sppa concept of restorative justice in indonesia also set up in other countries like illi- nois, germany, canada, austria, poland, and spain. as for the age limit for children who are dealing with the law in those countries is as follows: table : limitation age of children dealing with law in other country age (years) country - germany, austria - illionois, united states - canada - spain - poland source: processed from several sources the sppa concept of restorative justice in illinois, united states provisions of the sppa in illinois, the uni- ted states set in the illinois juvenile court act of which amended through the juvenile justice reform provisions of . as for such a significant change is the adoption of restorative justice or negotiations (balanced or restorative korey wahwassuck, “the new face of justice: joint tri- bal-state jurisdiction”, juvenile and family court jour- nal, vol. no. st december , page . erna olafson dan julie kenniston, “obtaining informa- tion from children in the justice system”, juvenile and justice orientation). the implementation of res- torative justice through versioned also applied in areas in illinois but not yet in the entire region. the implementation of the principle of ba- lanced and restorative justice seeks to balance all the affected parties of any crimes committed by children, as victims, perpetrators, and com- munities. the purpose of the concept of resto- rative justice or negotiations (balanced or res- torative justice orientation) is as follows in tab- le . the prosecutor in children’s condem- nation will provide the opportunity for the de- fendant to undergo a program of restorative jus- tice through the system are versioned. as for restorative justice programs through the diver- sion system offered in illinois, among other com- munity mediation panels, negotiations between the victim and offender, social services pro- grams, restitution, and other programs that can provide opportunities for children to be respon- sible for his actions at once aimed at rehabili- tation and restoration without the need through the judiciary. community mediation panels family court journal, vol. no. th november , page . illinois criminal justice commission, , policies and procedures of the illinois juvenile justice system, chi- cago: illinois criminal justice information authority, pa- ge - . jurnal dinamika hukum vol. no. , january forms by the country’s lawyers to provide an op- portunity for members of the community to be involved in child delinquency which is through community involvement is expected to help the child understand the seriousness of the acts that he did, and the effects of his actions to the public. table . the purpose of restorative justice concept in illinois form as accountability security community development of competencies the concept of restorative justice or negotia- tions (balanced or restorative justice orien- tation) is intended to provide the opportu- nity for the child to being able the perpetra- tors responsible for the crimes that have been made and simultaneously provide the opportunity for players to improve his offen- se. the concept of restorative justice or negotiations (balanced or restorative justice orientation) is keep the security community. the security community can be created with this principle by means of building relationships and strengthening communities to take on the role for the welfare of its members. the concept of restorative justi- ce or negotiations (balanced or restorative justice orientation) seeks to improve the competen- cies of competence the princi- pals that can be useful for social life. sumber: olafson and kenniston the sppa concept of restorative justice in germany children’s condemnation in germany is re- gulated in the code of criminal law (article a), the code of criminal procedure (article a) and the juvenile justice act as amended youth court law amendment act . article and article of the juvenile justice act as amended youth court law amendment act makes it clear that the prosecutor and judge must consider measures of non-condemnation compared to the overthrow of the criminal. in brandenberg, the prosecutor must refer any case children toward good mediation out- side the courts or special case of children use a mediator to conduct mediation in juvenile court. if the mediation is successful, then the prosecutor will terminate the case in respect of crimes committed are not serious, while serious crime for which the perpetrators have signi- ficant criminal records then the public prose- cutor must still process such still pay attention to the results of mediation. the sppa concept of restorative justice in canada section criminal code and the young offenders act of set about restorative justice through versioned on children’s condem- nation. the existence of such provisions effect- ed because the police and the court considers criminal justice was not in accordance with the principle of the best interests of the child or the public. therefore, it takes a step outside the court that can encourage the involvement of families and communities in solving cases, i.e. through restorative justice programs. these are some programs restorative justice for criminal offenders, as follows: table : restorative justice programs for children in canada program description pre-charge restorative program a move made after a child caught doing the deed, but on condition that certain criminal police would not specify the perpetrators as a defendant. as for the conditions that must be met is that the offender must be willing to participate in the pre-charge restorative programs defined as a form of accountability. in addition, the police can also recommend family actors to participate in this program. post-charge restorative program a move made after the offender has children is officially designated as a defendant in a court procedure but has not started yet. arthur hartmann, “victim-offender-mediation in germa- ny”, british journal of community justice, vol. no. nd april , page . andrew becroft, “children and young people in conflict with the law: asking the hard questions”, juvenile and family court journal, vol. no. th september , page . criminal justice system of children: an overview restorative justice concept... post sentence program a move made after the offender has been sentenced by a juvenile court. in the verdict, the judge may decide that the offender participate in certain programs as part of the punishment, or in addition to punishment. youth justice committees juvenile court committee is one of the program’s implementation of the principles of restorative justice in the criminal process. in this case the members of the committee met with the victim, the defendant’s son, and parents (both the defendant and the victim) to negotiate the best course of action that can be performed by actors in order to improve his offense. in addition, the committee also takes care of the implementation program of pre-and post-charge given to the perpetrators. further, the committee will ensure there is community support to child abusers by means of involving actors in social activities and schedule of certain members of the public to provide mentoring and supervision. the committee will also assist coordination between child protection agencies by the sppa. restorative conferences restorative talks provided for in section -young offenders act . the talks are aimed at increasing the involvement of the victim and members of the community in the criminal case of the child. as for the negotiations are negotiations involving restorative principals, orban, and members of the community and produce a verdict which is to provide compensation to victims for acts committed by the offender. as for the kinds of negotiations can be restorative (i) family group conferences; (ii) youth justice committee, (iii) reconciliation between the victim and the offender; (iv) sentencing circles ; (v) community accountability panels ; and (vi) inter-agency case conferences. as for the purpose of these negotiations is to provide opinions on the type of the corresponding punishment that can be meted out to the perpetrators. source: becroft the sppa concept of restorative justice in austria children’s condemnation austria is regu- lates in article and article the juvenile act of . the implementation of restorative jus- tice in austria is carried out through the media- tion of the penal (victim-offender mediation) in which the final outcome of mediation was repor- ted to the public prosecutor. mediation can be done directly, where victims and perpetrators are present together, or indirectly, where the victim and the offender does not meet the facili- tated by the mediator (shuttle mediation). the sppa concept of restorative justice in po- land poland does not control the restorative justice expressly in the juvenile justice act, ho- wever indirectly steel penal mediation for crimi- nal offenders committed by juvenile court judge or by a registered mediator. mediation is done in the early stages of the trial in order to reach an agreement on how the offender can account for his actions. the results of the mediation will be strengthened in the judge’s ruling. results on mediation in general may include actions that can be performed by the offender accountable for his actions but still has elements of edu- cational, non-conditional, or returned to the pa- rents. the sppa concept of restorative justice in spain the application of the concept of restora- tive justice through versioned in system child- ren’s condemnation is regulated in law / as amended by law / regarding in criminal justice system for children. basically penal me- diation can be used in ways: in this case, victim, offender, family, and community members meet the judges, lawyers, and others to give recommendation for the judge about the kind of punish- ment that should be accepted by the offender. a negotiation which was attended by community leaders, perpetrators, victims (if wanted), and parents actors to reach an agreement fixes the error. gordon bazemore, jay zaslaw, dan danielle riester, “be- hind the walls and beyond: restorative justice, instru- mental communities, and effective residential treat- ment”, juvenile and family court journal, vol. no. january , page . anna mestitz, “organisational features of victim-of- fender mediation with youth offenders in europe”, bri- tish journal of community justice, vol. no. april , page . lindsay arthur, “tomorrow’s choices”, juvenile and fa- mily court journal, vol. no. july , page . jurnal dinamika hukum vol. no. , january table : limitation of children age dealing with law in other country as a form of diversion by prosecutors before the case is tried upon request of the public prosecutor or the other parties for delays condemnation by the court until the penal mediation completed the public prosecutors can refer to penal mediation implementation allows the perpetrator to fix or show his desire to improve his offense to the victim. in this case, the public prosecutor shall not take any action to force abusers as well as meet its stated in the mediation agreement. in this case, the judge will ask mediator of the initial report stated that the case deserves to do mediation. when the mediation has been completed and there has been agreement on a results agreement of mediation, the mediator shall submit a final report to the judge and the judge will consider the results of the mediation decision whether mediation is appropriate decision or need to be sentenced to another. source: arthur closing conclusion the enactment of law / , the sppa in indonesia has implemented the concept of restorative justice through versioned. this pro- vision simply accommodate the concept of res- torative justice through diversion system with thrust of things regarding: (a) the obligation to give precedence to the completion of the child through the process of criminal diversion; (b) the duty of every law enforcement agencies to seek diversion at every level examination; and (c) the existence and tasks of professional social workers, social welfare personnel, as well as the community supervisor. as for the diversion pro- cess is done through deliberations involving the child and the parent/guardian, the victim and/ or parent/guardian, the civic, and the super- vising social workers professionals. deliberation can involve social welfare personnel, and/or the community, in the event it is necessary. besides indonesia, many in other countries are first applied the concept of restorative jus- tice through versioned. in general, any other country done diversion for the best interests of the child (the perpetrators) are implemented in the form of mediation. children are expected to account for his actions without going through the courts. suggestion needed the support of the various parties in order to implement the concept of restorative justice through the system are versioned. the support, among others, as follows: makers of laws and regulation law enforcement officers community to speed up the formation of a go- vernment regulation that governs technically on the implementation process of the diversion, the proce- dures, the implementation and coor- dination of versioned, as mandated in article e of act / . in the future, the law enforcement agencies would also have to change the paradigm of retributive to resto- rative in the resolution of criminal cases. in addition, it would also in- crease the capacity and quality of the law enforcement officers throu- gh adequate education and training, in order that the process carried out in accordance with the diversion ap- proach the concept of restorative justice which is ideal. to improve the effectiveness of the imple- mentation of the concept of restorative jus- tice through versioned system then needed an increase in community awareness regar- ding the understanding of children’s rights and the process of diversion. so it can be created in common views and community participation in the protection of the right of the child through the process of diversion. in addition, it takes the cooperation with the community to provide support and accept the criminal perpetrators of the community again. bibliography abrams, douglas. “a primer on juvenile protec- tive legislation”. juvenile and family court journal. vol september ; arthur, lindsay. “tomorrow’s choices”. juveni- le and family court journal. vol. no. july ; bazemore, gordon, jay zaslaw, dan danielle riester. “behind the walls and beyond: restorative justice. instrumental commu- nities, and effective residential treat- ment”. juvenile and family court jour- nal. vol. no. january ; bazemore, gordon dan susan day. “restoring the balance: juvenile and community jus- criminal justice system of children: an overview restorative justice concept... tice”. journal of the office of juvenile justice and deliquency prevention. vol. no. march ; becroft, andrew. “children and young people in conflict with the law: asking the hard questions”. juvenile and family court journal. vol. no. september ; buffington, kristine carly dierkhising, and shawn marsh. “ten things every juvenile court should know about trauma and delinquency”. juvenile and family court journal. vol. no. august ; coppins, vanessa, sharon casey, dan allan cam- pbell. “the child’s best interest: a review of australian juvenile justice legisla- tion”. the open criminology journal. vol. no. august ; hartmann, arthur.“victim-offender-mediation in germany”. british journal of commu- nity justice. vol. no. april ; illinois criminal justice commission. . poli- cies and procedures of the illinois juve- nile justice system. chicago: illinois cri- minal justice information authority; jackson, shelly, janet warren, dan jessica jo- nes coburn. “a community-based model for remediating juveniles adjudicated in- competent to stand trial: feedback from youth, attorneys, and judges”. juvenile and family court journal. vol. no. january ; mestitz, anna. “organisational features of vic- tim-offender mediation with youth offen- ders in europe”. british journal of com- munity justice. vol. no. april ; muncie, john. “international juvenile (in) jus- tice: penal severity and rights complian- ce”. international journal for crime, jus- tice and social democracy. vol. no. july ; olafson, erna dan julie kenniston. “obtaining information from children in the justice system”. juvenile and family court jour- nal. vol. no. th november ; pinim, sufriadi dan erasmus napitupulu. . studi atas praktik-praktik peradilan anak di jakarta. jakarta: institure for criminal justice reform; rosidah, nikmah. “pembaharuan ide diversi da- lam implementasi sistem peradilan anak di indonesia”. jurnal masalah-masalah hukum. vol. no. april ; wahwassuck, korey. “the new face of justice: joint tribal-state jurisdiction”. juvenile and family court journal. vol. no. december ; yunus, yutirsa. “analisis konsep restorative jus- tice melalui sistem diversi dalam sistem peradilan pidana anak di indonesia”. jur- nal rechts vinding. vol. no. nd august . jakarta: pusat penelitian dan pe- ngembangan sistem hukum nasional ba- dan pembinaan hukum nasional; zagar, robert john. “delinquency best treat- ments: how to divert youths from violen- ce while saving lives and detention costs”. behavioral sciences & the law. vol. no. june ; zulfa, eva achjani. “keadilan restoratif dan revitalisasi lembaga adat di indonesia”. jurnal kriminologi indonesia. vol. no. nd august . middlesex university research repository an open access repository of middlesex university research http://eprints.mdx.ac.uk ruggiero, vincenzo orcid: https://orcid.org/ - - - x ( ) an abolitionist view of restorative justice. international journal of law, crime and justice, ( ) . pp. - . issn - [article] (doi: . /j.ijlcj. . . ) this version is available at: http://eprints.mdx.ac.uk/ / copyright: middlesex university research repository makes the university’s research available electronically. copyright and moral rights to this work are retained by the author and/or other copyright owners unless otherwise stated. the work is supplied on the understanding that any use for commercial gain is strictly forbidden. a copy may be downloaded for personal, non-commercial, research or study without prior permission and without charge. works, including theses and research projects, may not be reproduced in any format or medium, or extensive quotations taken from them, or their content changed in any way, without first obtaining permission in writing from the copyright holder(s). they may not be sold or exploited commercially in any format or medium without the prior written permission of the copyright holder(s). full bibliographic details must be given when referring to, or quoting from full items including the author’s name, the title of the work, publication details where relevant (place, publisher, date), pag- ination, and for theses or dissertations the awarding institution, the degree type awarded, and the date of the award. if you believe that any material held in the repository infringes copyright law, please contact the repository team at middlesex university via the following email address: eprints@mdx.ac.uk the item will be removed from the repository while any claim is being investigated. see also repository copyright: re-use policy: http://eprints.mdx.ac.uk/policies.html#copy http://eprints.mdx.ac.uk http://eprints.mdx.ac.uk/ / mailto:eprints@mdx.ac.uk http://eprints.mdx.ac.uk/policies.html#copy an abolitionist view of restorative justice vincenzo ruggiero professor of sociology, middlesex university, london abstract: penal abolitionism is known for its unconventional analysis of crime, the law and punishment. some critical views of restorative justice emerge when the alternatives to imprisonment advocated by abolitionists are examined. this paper discusses such views, highlighting their critique of professionalism and their emphasis on community conflict regulation. keywords: abolitionism; restorative justice; professionalism; conflict regulation. penal abolitionism is not merely a decarceration programme, but also an approach, a perspective, a methodology, and most of all a way of seeing. there is clearly an abolitionist element in the proposition that the state centralised administration of penal justice should be replaced by decentralised forms of autonomous conflict regulation. but in a general, concise, formulation it can be suggested that abolitionists advocate new ways of dealing with undesirable behaviour, and in doing so they situate themselves in an original position within the debate around restorative justice. if this is perhaps the major practical outcome, in terms of policy, with which abolitionist analysis can be associated, the specific components of their view on restorative justice need to be spelled out. this is the task of the present paper (bianchi, , , ; christie, , , a, b, c, , , ; hulsman, , , ; mathiesen, , , ; ruggiero, ). restitutive sanctions durkheim ( : ) associates restitutive sanctions to specific forms of social solidarity. what distinguishes such sanctions is that they are not expiatory, but consist, as he puts it, of means for reinstating the past. the social relationships regulated by the practice of restitution are quite different from those addressed by the repressive practices of the law. the former ‘unite the thing to the person’, while the latter ‘link persons among themselves’. durkheim notes, in other words, that reconciliation may re-establish the relationships of individuals with their property rather than those with society at large. the image of society underpinning reconciliation and restitution is one of ‘an immense constellation where each star moves in its orbit without concern for the movements of neighbouring stars’. in such constellation solidarity does not make its components act together and contributes very little to ‘the unity of the social body’ (ibid: - ). restitutive sanctions, therefore, do not ‘attach different parts of society to one another’; on the contrary, they clearly mark the barriers separating the different parts, doing nothing to create positive social links: ‘this is not a true solidarity’ (ibid: ). durkheim expresses views that echo some of the contemporary controversial concepts found in the debate around restorative justice. restorative justice may be essentially defined as a process bringing the actors and communities affected by a problematic situation back into the condition in which the problem arose. this model of justice implies that the parties involved decide how to deal with a conflict and how to neutralise its collective impact (marshall, ). restorative justice presents itself as an international network or movement, giving the impression that its tenets are diametrically opposed to those inspiring conventional retributive justice (casey, ; pollard, ; mclaughlin et al, ). against such claim abolitionists are not alone in maintaining a critical stance (williams, ). participatory disputes according to hulsman ( : ), if we want to make progress in the efforts to create alternatives to custody, we have to abandon the cultural and social organisation of criminal justice. ‘criminal justice is perpetrator-oriented, based on blame-allocation and on a last-judgement view on the world’. it therefore does not provide us with the necessary information relating to disputes, nor does it transform contexts in a way that emancipatory manners of dealing with disputes can be identified. first, an abolitionist approach is oriented towards those directly involved, namely persons or groups who directly experience unpleasant events, an approach leading to the discovery of the resources which could be mobilised to deal with such events and situations. second, abolitionism must radically critique the idea that the extremely diverse situations currently criminalised possess something in common. the label ‘crime’ is attached to all kinds of different problems, which should be tackled by a variety of preventive measures. ‘to use punishment on all of them is comparable to treating all kinds of illness with leeches’ (wright, : ). each problem or event is characterised by its own contours and features, and information about these is a precondition for different understandings of the acts observed and the practical responses to them. on the other hand, in order to design effective strategies of abolition and to project workable alternatives, hulsman ( : ) intimates that ‘we need to agree on what we are opposing’. what we face now, in most societies, is a state-run organisation possessing the monopoly to define criminal behaviour, to prosecute that behaviour and to keep chosen individuals in confinement. this organisation, which is intended to protect society from those individuals, in reality, fails to accomplish what it promises. there are several procedures that can be used in dealing with trouble. dumping is one of then, when the issue that gives rise to a disagreement is simply ignored and the relationship with the disagreeing person continues. exit is another, an option that consists of withdrawing from the unpleasant situation and terminating the relationship with the other party. then there may be negotiation, when the two parties attempt to settle the matter by identifying the rules that should govern their relationship. mediation is yet another option, which involves the participation of a third party asked to help find an agreement. with arbitration, instead, the parties appoint a third actor and agree in advance to accept her judgement. with adjudication, finally, a third authority intervenes whether or not the two parties require so (nader and todd, ; hulsman, ). among these procedures abolitionists opt for those in which participants in conflicts are not constrained by the requirements of organisations or professionals. flexibility, in this respect, is desirable, as it allows common meanings to emerge while giving the parties a possibility to learn about each other. hulsman argues that flexibility is exactly what is lacking in conventional criminal justice, because situations are dealt with in highly formalised contexts, where definitions of issues and responses to them are limited, and it is unlikely that they correspond to those the parties involved would elaborate. in brief, in his view, ‘trouble’ is to be turned into a participatory dispute by those experiencing it. crime itself is a participatory dispute, and in abolitionist thought has to be defined in terms of tort. according to bianchi ( : ), abolitionist purposes do not require that an entirely new system of rules be devised. ‘we already have one, waiting to be applied and adapted’. lawyers and jurists, in this sense, are natural allies of the abolitionists, since they are capable, and hopefully willing, ‘to develop new concepts of tort which would be suitable for the regulation of crime conflicts, and rules for the settlement of disputes arising from what we used to call crime’. bianchi appeals to psychologists, psychiatrists and social workers, calling for their skills to be adapted and rewritten in ways fit for conflict-regulation. ‘the new system would no longer be called criminal law but reparative law’, and would engage offenders in discussions around the harm caused and how it can be repaired (ibid). offenders would be debtors: ‘guilt and culpability should be replaced by debt, liability and responsibility’ (bianchi, : xi). it is among the contentions of abolitionists that an entirely different system of crime control, including restorative forms of justice, necessitates entirely new linguistic terms, in order to prevent conventional reasoning from creeping in. to make a new system of conflict resolution stand out against the conventional punitive system, bianchi introduces one such term, eunomic. this adjective is opposed to anomic and alienating which denote the nature of the official criminal justice system, and which frustrate the main participants in a conflict; the new system would be mainly composed of a set of integrative rules offering opportunities to all participants (bianchi, ). this argument takes inspiration from roman law, whose eunomic nature is epitomised by the central role played in it by restitution. the very latin word poena (from which both pain and punishment derive) refers less to the type or intensity of the punishment to be inflicted than to the obligation to compensate the victim. before its modern translation into physical pain, poena alludes to the penalty to be paid directly to the injured party, rather than to the vengeful sufferance inflicted by the state. even the original meaning of the latin verb punire is ‘see to it that the duty of poena be fulfilled’, for an offender could usually buy off revengeful punishment by settling the compensation. knowledge, proximity and dialogue if the official criminal justice system lacks libido sciendi, a passion for knowledge, the alternatives to punishment devised by abolitionism are designed with the purpose of producing that knowledge and collate information about actors involved in conflicts. consequently, the forms of restorative justice criticised by abolitionism are those which, physically and metaphorically, are distant from the settings where conflicts take place. professionalism attracts particularly vehement criticism. the enormous expansion in the number of professionals trained for dealing with other people’s behavioural problems has created a range of functionaries, ‘most of them working in bureaucracies, from nine to four, with short encounters with clients’. such professionals will not experience the consequences of their decisions; after work ‘they will drive home to the suburbs, to partners and children and dogs’ (christie, : - ). their power consists of their alleged capacity to respond to conflicts, reduce their effects and prevent future conflicts from erupting. in order to control that power, christie argues, those wielding it are to be made vulnerable, a task that can be achieved if they are denied the specificity of their qualifications and the peculiarity of their status, and ultimately if they are required to live emotionally and physically in proximity to the situations with which they deal. professionals who do not share the settings of conflicts seem to be convinced that all conflicts are to be solved or managed. abolitionism talks about conflict-handling, or ‘conflict participation’, regarded as more promising, in concrete social interactions, than solutions. ‘conflicts are not necessarily a bad thing. they can also be seen as something of value, a commodity not to be wasted. conflicts are not in abundance in a modern society: they are a scarcity. they are in danger of being lost, or often stolen. the victim in a criminal case is a sort of double loser: first vis-à-vis the offender, secondly vis-à-vis the state. he is excluded from any participation in his own conflict.’ (ibid: ). this appreciation of conflict reminds one of simmel’s ( ) argument that attraction and repulsion are the core elements of socialisation, and that degrees of both contribute to processes of unification. abolitionism translates this argument into a description of crime as a communicative act, expressive conduct, ‘a clumsy attempt to say something’. hence the suggestion that crime should ‘become a starting point for a real dialogue, and not for an equally clumsy answer in the form of a spoonful of pain’ (christie, : ). existing systems, with their professional division of roles, hamper dialogue, allowing for many acts to be perceived as crime. alternative systems, therefore, should be arranged so that the same acts are more easily seen as expressions of conflicting interests. ‘to reduce man-inflicted pain, one should encourage the construction of the latter type of systems’ (ibid). dialogue encouraged by proximity is a key strategy suggested by abolitionists with a view to producing knowledge about problematic situations. in this respect, it is worthwhile to follow christie’s argument in a clarifying example. let us imagine a computer deciding on guilt and delivering sentences. if correctly programmed, the computer will reach infallible decisions. ‘after guilt was decided, nobody would need to attend before the judge to listen to his decisions if they themselves had some mini- computers at their disposal. this means that chance is taken away from court- decisions’ (christie, : ). there is, however, another possibility, namely the re- programming of the computer, a circumstance which would show how imperfect the decision-making technology may be. what are the variables that would be given priority weight? and most importantly, who would decide exactly what input is to be inserted into the system? the following are some possibilities: ‘the un in the general assembly; the un in the crime committee; regional bodies such as the european council or the union of the arab states; national parliaments; regional authorities; a random sample of the population questioned through the telephone or personal interviews; a sample from the municipality of the victim or the offender; a totality of those close to the victim or the offender; or decisions could be made by the victim and the offender in cooperation’ (christie, : - ) proceeding from top to bottom, the various actors listed above, all hypothetically able to provide input to our sentencing computer, possess increasing familiarity and proximity with the parties involved in the conflict. with the last option, however, we are faced with the maximum degree of proximity, and it is with this option that our computer would become totally redundant, as the parties concerned could talk directly to each other. knowledge acquired by professionals differs from that informing interactions in lived experience, in the subterranean pattern of information shared within communities. it is plausible to assume that the quantity and nature of information held by members of a group will make sweeping concepts such as ‘crime’ needless to that group. this will be determined less by the size of the group than by the intensity of the common history the group shares. small societies with little shared history and limited mutual knowledge and information about members will express demands for behaviour uniformity. for example, ‘dormitory towns’ will tend to turn the lack of interactions among its inhabitants and the absence of a common history among them into simplistic definitions of the others and their actions. it is against such aggregations of strangers that powerful, distant, institutions deliver pain. ‘intentional infliction of pain is easier the further away the recipient is from the delivery-man’ (ibid: ). victims it has been suggested that restorative justice, by encouraging encounters between parties involved in conflict, benefits the victim’s mental health by reducing post- traumatic stress symptoms (strang, ; braithwaite, ). abolitionism holds a different view on the subject matter: victims can be victimised by conventional victimology itself. in other words, they can become the victims of the stereotypes imposed upon them. these stereotypes relate to their alleged incapacity to defend themselves, but also to their inability to define themselves as victims, the condition of victim being granted by others despite them. subsequently, those victimised by conventional victimology are regarded and treated as objects of tutelage, as ‘judicial goods’ who are required not to interfere with the situation in which they act. they are requested to entrust their inviolability to external agencies which are normally structured to reproduce principles of dependency and delegation, rather than principles of autonomy. while conventional victimology and conventional restorative justice, therefore, may use victims’ participation as a tool for the strengthening of the penal system, resulting in ‘increased fear of crime, daily demands for stiffer sentences, and a steep increase in levels of criminological nonsense’ (carlen, : ), abolitionism combines victims’ participation with non-penal measures, informality, negotiation and community involvement. compensation as devised by abolitionists, for example, is not based on abstract variables such as judicial truth, guilt or dangerousness, but on the responsibilities of the offenders, the victims, the community as a whole, and on their respective needs. in this exercise of justice there are no winning or losing contestants, as all are involved in a healing process aimed at satisfying the basic requirement for collective wellbeing and safety. the solution proposed by christie ( : - ) is that ‘those given the task of handling the conflict are not given power’, but play a mediatory role, like ‘the dwarf at the royal court’ who was so powerless and ‘small that he was unusually well suited as a go-between’; or as a child who can at times take on a similar role in a family conflict. in brief, such figures should act as independent third parties and would be ‘asked to help, but not given authority to enforce, and with no possibility of personal gain related to the outcome of the conflict’ (ibid). restorative justice in the abolitionist perspective is not aimed at ‘restoring’ the situation preceding the conflict, but at clarifying values during the course of its exercise: ‘the clarification of values is accomplished in the process itself. attention is moved away from the end-result to the process’ (ibid: ). we must concede that abolitionism occupies a highly original position within the influential victims’ movement which developed since the s. while victims of crime have long lamented the failure of the criminal justice system to keep them informed, and campaigns have targeted the arbitrary distinction between deserving and undeserving victims, institutional responses have been confined to the provision of governmentally centralised compensation schemes. in this way, victims become increasingly characterised as users, clients or consumers; and in some circumstances they are even given the privilege to attend the execution of those who victimised them (rock, ; williams, ). abolitionists reject such consumerist logic, regarding it as an aspect of ‘industrialised justice’ in which distant authorities keep playing a key role in responding to problems. the participatory model they advocate puts institutional agencies out of the limelight, in their reparatory as well as their adjudicative functions. on the other hand, the victims’ movement has also been concerned with forms of conflict resolution that, initially tailored for the needs of the victims, in practice have turned out to be mainly designed for the welfare of offenders. in this way, the discovery of the victims, in reality, is alleged to have provided a good pretext for reformers to espouse increasingly lenient treatment for victimisers. a ‘good deal for offenders’ is therefore assumed to be the outcome of victim-focused justice, ‘a back door to the introduction of more humane treatment of offenders in a predominantly retributive system’ (williams, : ). this controversial point leads us to another aspect of the debate around restorative justice, namely the extent to which this model of justice is victim-led or offender-led. it is the task of abolitionists to supersede this distinction. making amends one of the controversies surrounding restorative justice centres on the reluctance of victims to participate in schemes which they suspect are geared to the interests of other parties rather than their own. once they realise that an offender-approach is predominant, they comfortably return to the view that the only agency able to deal with offenders is the police force. abolitionists outflank this controversy by embracing a different informal justice philosophy and practice. for hulsman ( ), for example, the offender-victim dichotomy should be superseded by a view of crime as ‘natural disaster’, namely an event that requires solidarity mobilisation for those affected and efforts to prevent similar events from reoccurring. natural disasters, though in a smaller scale, are likened to ‘trouble’, defined as situations in which people do not share a sense of how life is and should be structured, and where the lack of common perceptions results in conflict over ways of thinking, feeling and acting (pfohl, ). in order to minimise conflicts, individuals may attempt to prevent trouble, through ‘rituals of primary ordering’, thus thwarting events which deviate from the order they see governing their lives. or they can enact ‘rituals of reordering’, when they manage to cope with trouble and come to terms with the fact that conflicts are part of life (hulsman, ). the controversy about offender-led or victim-led restorative justice is also examined against the background of other considerations. for example, it is stressed that some ‘alternative’ justice practices extend rather than reduce the prevailing justice system. in an overview offered by shonholtz ( ) an echo is found of abolitionist critique of professionalism: agency-mediation implies specific institutional actors such as prosecutors or the police applying specific mediation programmes and procedures. this model is built around the power and interests of institutional agencies: case referrals are generally coerced, while disputant participation is often involuntary. in other words, the parties would not attend the mediation session without the agency’s pressure. ‘since most, if not all, of these referrals represent matters that the justice agency would not pursue formally, the agency-mediation programme presents the classic “widening the net” phenomenon so often criticised by criminologists’ (ibid: ). in brief, agency-mediation programmes are promoted not because they handle criminal referrals, but precisely because those referrals are not seen as legitimate criminal cases. such programmes represent a direct extension of the justice system into the non-criminal, or civil, arenas, and stem from the recognition that traditional sources of social control (the family, the church, the neighbourhood) are declining: the state enters non-state areas. ‘there is no attempt by the state to improve the ability or capacity of communities to manage their own conflicts through non-state mechanisms…. thus the intention of agency-mediation programmes is to provide another layer of state-sponsored social control beyond the direct application of traditional justice theory or practice’ (ibid: ). on the contrary, mediation promoted by community boards, as advocated by abolitionists, follows a voluntary referral model and is characterised by a community- centred rationale. the model urges the commitment of social resources and the revival of collective responsibility. it aims less at the suppression of conflict than at its early expression and potential resolution. it links the justice process to community forums led by the residents’ need to organise local conflict-resolution mechanisms. it sees the development and maintenance of community justice forums as a democratic right and responsibility of citizens. moreover, this model relies on residents trained in value- building, communication, and conciliation skills; panel sessions are open so that all are given the opportunity to develop such skills. although institutional (or agency) mediation may help dilute the crime control system and act as a stimulant to local neighbourhoods, in the abolitionist perspective it may also lead to unwanted developments. for example, it may paradoxically revitalise the penal system, turning into ‘swift punishment without formalities’. it may increase control through the incorporation of a treatment ideology: punishment ends up becoming acceptable when disguised behind the notion of treatment (christie, ). or simply, it may weaken social competence, transferring problems to official actors. individuals are de-skilled and made dependent upon external, state-funded or state-licensed entities. this brings to light another moot point within the restorative justice debate. most programmes controlled by the state are regarded as suitable for co-option into the criminal justice status quo, with the community concerned taking on a subservient role. state intervention exacerbates the role of institutions as dumping ground for ‘people suffering from a wide range of human miseries’, it transfers to professionals the community ownership of miseries and problems (mcknight, ). in this way, ‘the criminal justice system compensates for the failings of economic, political, or social systems, which consequently deters the reform of these systems by removing people from open society who are its products’ (elliott, : ). the community, thus, becomes an amorphous ideal, an acquiescent aggregation of citizens perfectly aligned with state agencies (pavlich, ). restorative justice focused on community development, instead, ‘is less concerned with meeting the needs of institutions than it is with meeting the needs of the people involved in, and affected by, conflicts’ (elliott, : ). conflicts, therefore, should be seen as opportunities for establishing dialogue and seeking solutions, in a process leading to wider relationships and wider mutual knowledge. by placing the conflict within the skills and competency of trained community people, many of whom former disputants, mediation enacted by community forums or boards is able to place responsibility for the expression and resolution of the conflict on the disputants. ‘moreover, the forum is the community’s statement of its capacity and confidence to accept responsibility for handling conflicts at the neighbourhood level. the voluntary resolution of conflict between disputants is advanced as a positive value… voluntary resolutions are, first and foremost, a positive statement between the disputants about themselves, each other, and the situation’ (shonholtz, : - ). shaming and peace when abolitionists support voluntary resolution of conflict, they implicitly distance themselves from to the logic of reintegrative shaming, an ambivalent notion that raises enthusiasm and criticism in equal measure. according to braithwaite ( ), shaming is more effective than conventional punishment in that it is not administered by a specific agency or institution, but involves the participation of a whole community. for the conscience-building effects of shaming to be produced, in fact, community-wide mobilisation is necessary. children may learn about the evil of murder and theft in an abstract manner, ‘but the shaming of the local offender known personally to children in the neighbourhood is especially important, because the wrongdoing and the shaming are so vivid as to have a lasting impression’ (ibid: ). regarded as akin to etzioni’s ( ) communitarianism, this position has been the target of criticism for its implying a ‘monochrome society’ in which people identify one another with what they have in common rather than with what divides them. in such a society the loss of shared social and legal boundaries amounts to the decline of the policing force expressed by shame (massaro, ). the revival of shaming punishment ‘as a way of expressing and reinforcing shared moral values’ is therefore recommended (nussbaum, : ). like the branding of the criminals in previous epochs, the shaming of offenders might take the form of a sign worn on their property, clothes or face. ‘i am a thief’ printed on a teenager’s t-shirt could be one example of shaming, although its integrative function remains to be proven. there are, however, different ways of applying the concept of communitarianism to criminal justice issues. in a theory of social order expressed by cordella ( ), for example, conformity is determined by three distinct ‘unity patterns’ related to as many types of operational moralities. an ‘atomistic unity pattern’ guides individualism and opportunistic calculus, whereby those who conform do so for fear of retaliation. an ‘organic unity pattern’, which echoes durkheimian categories, is enacted when individuals develop feelings of reciprocity due to the role and social rewards they enjoy in relation to similarly satisfied individuals. finally, a ‘personal unity pattern’, which results from disinterested care for others and is engendered ‘by a common life and personal morality that is conciliatory with social harmony the primary goals’ (richards, : ). while one may concur that the prevailing pattern in contemporary societies is the ‘atomistic unity pattern’, disagreement arises as to the tools which may favour a shift from this to the other patterns. can institutional shaming contribute to such shift, or is communitarian shaming better equipped for the task? the evangelical enthusiasm with which shaming in general has been received prompts a qualifying distinction. we have reintegrative shaming and disintegrative shaming or stigmatisation. the former expresses collective disapproval, which may range from ‘mild rebuke to degradation ceremonies’ followed by ‘gestures of reacceptance into the community of law-abiding citizens’. the deviant is thus decertified or de-labelled. in contrast, disintegrative shaming divides the community by creating a class of outcasts, whose only source of respect will be other similarly ‘shamed’ individuals and groups. ‘much effort is directed at labelling deviance, while little attention is paid to de-labelling, to signifying forgiveness and reintegration, to ensuring that the deviance label is applied to the behaviour rather than the person, and that this is done under the assumption that the disapproved behaviour is transient, performed by an essentially good person’ (braithwaite, : ). there is no space for either integrative or disintegrative shaming in abolitionist analysis. integration, rather, is achieved through communal means with the involvement of actors who are devoid of the power to shame and do not supinely lend themselves to be shamed. for example, in his support of community boards, hulsman ( ) stresses the importance of the training of local residents in conflict resolution. local mediators, in his view, should listen to the parties separately, and prepare a resolution of compromise on the basis of what they have heard. this is then submitted to those concerned in the conflict and amended until it is eventually accepted by all. mediators, or conciliators, according to this model, are not required to resolve conflicts, rather, they are trained to help people acknowledge by themselves the nature of their conflicts, learn to listen to and understand one another. community boards have also a hidden merit: because any given person should not be allowed to sit on one such board for longer than two years, slowly the situation will be reached where most local residents have been mediators or conciliators. with time, the whole community will become more ‘conciliatory’. conclusion it is hard to establish to what extent abolitionist ideas have contributed to the increasing interest in non-penal measures. the timid and desultory processes of decarceration and decriminalisation that we have witnessed over the last decades may include abolitionist elements, particularly when accompanied by non institutional mediation, direct discussion between parties, and restitution or reparation of the damage caused. this, according to christie ( b: ), may have reduced the state monopoly in inflicting pain, helped circulate ‘a set of ideas intended to reduce suffering, and increased positive responses and basic trust in ordinary human beings’. however, abolitionists share the view, recorded above, that non penal measures run the risk of being co-opted back by institutional actors; for example, mediation boards may become bureaucratised and ‘board-administrators might be temped to take on cases of shoplifting: they are mostly easy to handle and look good in the statistics’. even compensation may turn into life-long debt for some offenders, while board members themselves may quite conventionally ‘share the common indignation when children and young people misbehave’. moreover, some offenders may find compensation more daunting than a traditional suspended sentence. finally, boards may be ‘under the ministry of justice, a ministry accustomed to thinking in categories of utility and efficiency’ (christie, : ). in this paper the view of abolitionists on restorative justice has been presented, and their emphasis on community, rather than agency, conflict resolution has been discussed. some forms of restorative justice, in the abolitionist critique, may discourage voluntary or lay members from joining mediation or reparation boards, because they may be viewed as mere ministerial emanations aimed at turning the initial community-led motivation of members into a profession. returning to durkheim’s concerns highlighted at the beginning, abolitionists seem aware that non-penal measures based on reparation and compensation may instil respect for the rules of the market rather than for other human beings. this, however, happens when abolitionist elements become institutionalised in official professional set ups. in such cases, members of mediation boards are converted into civil servants. the danger of institutionalisation, therefore, may be averted if the principles of ‘industrialised justice’ (as christie calls it) are rejected, and a peaceful reactivation of community dynamics is pursued through participation. this would imply a fourfold solidarity: ‘for the people being sentenced, for their victims, for the community as a whole, and for those who guarantee the functioning of the penal system, who would feel happily liberated if they could stop working for the survival of such a machinery’ (hulsman, : ). durkheim’s observation that restitution ‘is not true solidarity’, because it restores relationships between individuals and things rather than between individuals, certainly applies to the model of ‘industrialised justice’, where organic solidarity is based on abstract division of labour, distance between roles and anonymity of crowds. professionalism exacerbates all of this, hampering the development of mutual dependence among individuals, whose experience of conflict is translated into agency routine. response to crime, all too often, remains the remit of ‘experts in conflict’ rather than the arena for discussion among those experiencing it. experts, inevitably, feel that they have to bring salvation and that their profession consists of a ‘fight’; consequently they may be led to acquire skills suitable for ‘humanitarian wars’. by contrast, we should turn to experts on how to create peace. for criminologists in particular, peace researchers are probably some of the most valuable potential models, providing categories, methods, insights and organisational principles of great relevance’ (christie, c: ). references bianchi, h. ( ), ‘l’imagination prisonnière. l’agonie romantique de gianbattista piranesi: une des clefs pour mieux comprendre le surgissement de la grande incarcération’, déviance et société, viii : - . bianchi, h. ( ), ‘abolition: assensus and sanctuary’, in bianchi, h. and van swaaningen, r. (eds), abolitionism: towards a non-repressive approach to crime, amsterdam: free university press. bianchi, h. ( ), ‘abolitionism in the past, present and future’, in lasocik, z., platek, m. and rzeplinska, i. (eds), abolitionism in history: on another way of thinking, warsaw: institute of social prevention and resocialisation, university of warsaw. bianchi, h. ( ), justice as sanctuary: toward a new system of crime control, bloomington and indianapolis: indiana university press. braithwaite, j. ( ), crime, shame and reintegration, cambridge: cambridge university press. braithwaite, j. ( ), ‘encourage restorative justice’, criminology & public policy, ( ): - . carlen, p. ( ), jigsaw: a political criminology of youth homelessness, buckingham: open university press. casey, c. ( ), ‘restoring the faith’, policing today, march: - . christie, n. ( ), ‘conflicts as property’, the british journal of criminology, : - . christie, n. ( ), limits to pain, oxford: martin robertson. christie, n. ( a), ‘crime control as drama’, journal of law and society, ( ): - . christie, n. ( b), ‘images of man in modern penal law’, contemporary crises, ( ): - . christie, n. ( c), ‘suitable enemies’, in bianchi, h. and van swaaningen, r. (eds), abolitionism: towards a non-repressive approach to crime, amsterdam: free university press. christie, n. ( ), crime control as industry: towards gulags, western style?, london: routledge. christie, n. ( ), ‘the global village, the australian and new zealand journal of criminology, : - . christie, n. ( ), a suitable amount of crime, london and new york: routledge. durkheim, e. ( ), the division of labour in society, glencoe: the free press. elliott, l. ( ), ‘a geometry of its own: restorative justice, relationships and community in democracy, in ross, j.i. (ed), cutting the edge: current perspectives in radical/critical criminology and criminal justice (second edition), brunswick: transaction. etzioni, a. ( ), the monochrome society, princeton: princeton university press. hulsman, l. ( ), peines perdues: le système pénal en question, paris: le centurion (interview with j. bernat de célis). hulsman, l. ( ), ‘critical criminology and the concept of crime’, contemporary crises, ( ): - . hulsman, l. ( ), ‘alternatives to criminal justice: decriminalization and depenalization’, in lasocik, z., platek, m. and rzeplinska, i. (eds), abolitionism in history: on another way of thinking, warsaw: institute of social prevention and resocialization. marshall, t. ( ), ‘the evolution of restorative justice in britain’, european journal of criminal policy and research, ( ): - . massaro, t. ( ), ‘shame, culture and american criminal law’, michigan law review, : - . mathiesen, t. ( ), the politics of abolition: essays in political action theory, london: martin robertson. mathiesen, t. ( ), prison on trial, london: sage. mathiesen, t. ( ), ‘the abolitionist stance’, plenary paper at the xii international conference on penal abolition, kings college, london, july. mcknight, j. ( ), the careless society: community and its counterfeits, new york: basic books. mclaughlin, e., fergusson, r., hughes, g. and westmarland, l. (eds) ( ), restorative justice: critical issues, london: sage. nader, l. and todd, h.f. (eds) ( ), the disputing process: law in ten societies, new york: columbia university press. nussbaum, m. ( ), hiding from humanity: disgust, shame, and the law, princeton and oxford: princeton university press. pavlich, g. ( ), governing paradoxes of restorative justice, portland: glass house press. pfhol, s.j. ( ), ‘labelling criminals’, in ross, h.l. (ed), law and deviance, beverly hills: sage. pollard, c. ( ), ‘victims and the criminal justice system: a new vision’, criminal law review, : - . rock, p. ( ), constructing victims’ rights: the home office, new labour and victims, oxford: oxford university press. ruggiero, v. ( ), penal abolitionism, oxford: oxford university press. shonholtz, r. ( ), ‘new justice theories and practice’, in bianchi, h. and van swaaningen, r. (eds), abolitionism: towards a non-repressive approach to crime, amsterdam: free university press. simmel, g. ( ), the sociology of georg simmel, new york: the free press. strang, h. ( ), repair or revenge: victims and restorative justice, oxford: oxford university press. williams, b. ( ), victims of crime and community justice, london and philadelphia: jessica kingsley. wright, m. ( ), making good: prisons, punishment and beyond (second edition), hampshire: waterside press. feminist theory, crime, and justice* feminist theory, crime, and justice* sally s. simpson university of maryland feminist research has expanded beyond its origins in women’s studies to influence the more traditionally bounded academic disciplines. crimi- nology has not been immune to these excursions. this paper presents an overview of feminist theory/methods and its applications within select areas of crime and justice studies. points of intra-theoretical divergence as well as directions for future feminist contributions are noted. “why can’t a woman be more like a man?” one is tempted to respond to henry higgins’s familiar lament with a cyni- cal observation: criminological theory assumes a woman is like a man. as many feminist-criminologists have noted (early critics include heidensohn, ; klein, ; and smart, ), most middle-range and macro theories of crime generously assume that what is true for the gander is true for the goose (see also harris, ). as tempting as this simple assertion might be, however, a closer inspection reveals a more complicated picture. some feminist critics (daly and chesney-lind, ) suggest that criminol- ogy, like other social sciences, is androcentric, that is, study of crime and the justice process is shaped by male experiences and understandings of the social world. such studiedrealities form the core of “general” theories of crime/ deviance without taking female experience, as crime participant or victim, into account: [men] create the world from their own point of view, which then becomes the truth to be described . . . power to create the world from one’s point of view is power in its male form (mackinnon, : ). not all criminological research has ignored women, but all too often, pre- s research on female offenders and victims of crime fell prey to unreflect- ing sexism and, in its more extreme form, misogyny. females who deviated from expected roles were viewed as morally corrupt, hysterical, diseased, manipulative, and devious (glueck and glueck, ). law-violating and -conforming behaviors were believed to stem from the same etiological source-the female nature (edwards, ; klein, ). a woman, it * my thanks to kathleen daly, nicole hahn rafter, and n . craig smith for their insightful comments on a draft of this paper. i was assisted in my revisions by the criticisms of three anonymous reviewers. all of the above are to be commended for their assistance, but none is responsible for the ideas and arguments contained herein. . this is not to suggest that biological reductionism is absent in studiedtheories of male criminality. such explanations of male crime abound (e.g., wilson and herrnstein, ). however, with the demise of phrenology, social factors replaced biology as key criminology volume number simpson seemed-whether good or bad-could never be like a man. these observations are not new, but they reflect a different voice, a feminist voice, that has been added to the criminological discourse. the purpose of this review essay is to introduce feminist criminology and its intellectual par- ent, feminism, to the uninitiated reader. it would be presumptuous to suggest that all relevant studies and arguments about gender and crime are included here. such an extensive review is more appropriate for a book, and depend- ing on the topic, it has likely already been done and done well (e.g., eaton, ; freedman, ; heidensohn, ; mann, ; naffine, ; smart, ). instead, illustrative examples of different types of feminist thinking are presented to show how feminism has reframed our points of reference, underlying assumptions, and understandings about crime, victimization, and the justice process. to achieve these aims, the paper is organized into three sections. first, the perspectives and methods that constitute feminist analysis are sorted and dif- ferentiated. second, three areas of criminological study (the female offender, female victim, and criminal justice processing) are discussed because they are key areas in which feminist approaches have been incorporated. third, direc- tions for further integration are suggested. feminism: perspectives and methods feminism is best understood as both a world view and a social movement that encompasses assumptions and beliefs about the origins and consequences of gendered social organization as well as strategic directions and actions for social change. as such, feminism is both analytical and empirical. in its incipient form, feminist research almost exclusively focused on women-as a way of placing women at the center of inquiry and building a base of knowl- edge. as it has matured, feminism has become more encompassing, taking into account the gendered understanding of all aspects of human culture and relationships (stacey and thorne, : ). it would be a mistake, however, to think of feminism as a single theory. feminism has expanded into a diverse set of perspectives and agendas, each based on different definitions of the “problem,” competing conceptions of the origins and mechanisms of gender inequality/oppression, and divergent strat- egies for its eradication. collectively, these perspectives share a concern with identifying and representing women’s interests, interests judged to be insuffi- ciently represented and accommodated within the mainstream (oakley, : ). etiological forces. these explanations have not been seriously challenged. conversely, until the feminist critique of the os, biogenic/psychogenic models of female crime went, for the most part, unchallenged. feminist theory, crime, a n d justice liberal feminism liberal feminism was conceived within a liberal-bourgeois tradition that called for women’s equality of opportunity and freedom of choice (eisenstein, ). for the most part, liberal feminists see gender inequality emerging from the creation of separate and distinct spheres of influence and traditional attitudes about the appropriate role of men and women in society (pateman, ). such attitudes are reinforced by discrimination against women in edu- cation, the work place, politics, and other public arenas. liberals do not believe the system to be inherently unequal; discrimination is not systemic. rather, men and women can work together to “andro- gynize” gender roles (i.e., blend male and female traits and characteristics; bem, ) and eliminate outdated policies and practices that discriminate against women. affirmative action, the equal rights amendment, and other equal opportunity laws/policies are advocated as redistributive measures until a meritocratic gender restructuring of society occurs. socialist feminism for socialists, gender oppression is an obvious feature of capitalist societies. depending on whether one is a socialist woman (marxist-feminist) or a socialist-feminist, however, the weight that one gives to capitalism as a neces- sary and/or sufficient cause of that oppression will vary (eisenstein, ). if one is the former, gender (and race) oppression is seen as secondary to and reflective of class oppression. socialist-feminists attempt a synthesis between two systems of domination, class and patriarchy (male supremacy). both relations of production and reproduction are structured by capitalist patriarchy (beauvoir, ; hart- mann, ; mitchell, ). gender. difference, as a defining characteristic of power and privilege in a capitalist society can only be attacked by con- structing a completely different society, one that is free of gender and class stratification (oakley, ). radical feminism the origins of patriarchy, and the subordination of women therein, are seen by radical feminists to rest in male aggression and control of women’s sexuality. men are inherently more aggressive than women, who, because of phillips ( ) argues that the choice of terms describing gender relations imply particular views of what the problem is. so, inequality (a term favored by liberals and some women of color) suggests that women deserve what men and/or whites are granted. oppression (socialists and women of color) implies a complex combination of forces (ideo- logical, political, and economic) that keep woman in her place. subordination is a term favored by radical feminists and some women of color who identify the holder of power as the culprit (men and whites respectively). . simpson their relative size disadvantages and dependency on men during child-bearing years, are easy to dominate and control. the arguments of radical feminists (e.g., atkinson, ; barry, ; firestone, ; rich, ) bring sexual- ity to the analytical fore. the “personal” is “political” (millett, ). sex not gender is the crucial analytical category; male domination, not class, is the fundamental origin of female subordination. radical feminists’ political and social agendas encompass lesbian separatism (atkinson, ) and tech- nological control of reproduction (firestone, ). women of color in her eloquent “ain’t i a woman” speech, sojourner truth ( ) informed white suffragists of their myopia about race by highlighting how as a black woman her experience was different from theirs. joseph and lewis ( ) remind us that truth’s commentary is no less relevant today. many women of color see the women’s liberation movement as hopelessly white and middle class, immune to their concerns. as hooks ( : ) observed, most people in the united states think of feminism . . . as a movement that aims to make women the social equals of men. . . . since men are not equals in white supremacist, capitalist, patriarchal class structure, which men do women want to be equal to? the alternative frameworks developed by women of color heighten femi- nism’s sensitivity to the complex interplay of gender, class, and race oppres- sion. patriarchy permeates the lives of minority women, but it does not take the same form that it does for whites (brittan and maynard, ). though these contributions may not have coalesced yet into a coherent theoretical framework (at least according to jagger and rothenberg, ), radical (lorde, ), socialist (mullins, ), and marxist (davis, ) women of color have provided possible points of integration with theories of race oppression (e.g., joseph, a, b; wellman, ). in sum, feminist theory is not one perspective; it is a cacophony of com- ment and criticism “concerned with demystifying masculine knowledge as objective knowledge” (brittan and maynard, : ) and offering insights from a women’s perspective. feminist methods the male epistemological stance, which corresponds to the world it cre- ates, is objectivity; the ostensibly uninvolved stance, the view from a dis- tance and from no particular perspective, apparently transparent to its reality. it does not comprehend its own perspectivity, does not recognize what it sees as subject like itself, or that the way it apprehends its world is a form of its subjection and presupposes it (mackinnon ( : - ). concern over the nonobjective consequences of so-called objective normal feminist theory, crime, and justice science (kuhn, ) has led some feminists to challenge the scientific enter- prise. keller ( ) arranges these challenges on a political spectrum from slightly left of center (liberal feminists) to the more radical left. the liberal critique takes an equal employment opportunity approach by observing the relative absence of women from the scientific community. this view “in no way conflicts either with traditional conceptions of science or with current liberal, egalitarian politics” (p. ). from this point, however, the criticisms become increasingly fundamental to the way knowledge is produced; they range from charges of bias in select- ing research topics and interpreting results to rejecting rationality and objec- tivity as purely male products. more radical feminists have adopted a methodological strategy that is in direct opposition to the scientific method. in order to “see” women’s existence (which has been invisible to objective scientific methods) “feminist women must deliberately and courageously inte- grate . . . their own experiences of oppression and discrimination . . . into the research process” (miles, : ). feminist methods are necessarily subjec- tivist, transdisciplinary, nonhierarchical, and empowering. where one falls along keller’s feminist-political spectrum will determine one’s choice of methods (i.e., quantitative versus qualitative) and whether one sees methods and theory as interrelated as opposed to separate and distinct. thus, methods used by feminists are more diverse than typically credited (for examples, see jayarate, ; reinhartz, ; stacey and thorne, ). together, the above theoretical and methodological points form a feminist perspective. all have been incorporated into criminology, but some have had a greater impact than others. the goal in the next section is to identify the ways in which these approaches and methods have changed the way criminol- ogists address the problems of crime and justice. incorporating the frameworks t h e female offender the stirrings of feminist criminology are nearly two decades old. heiden- sohn ( : l), in a “pre-feminist” paper, bemoaned the state of knowledge about female deviance and called for a “crash programme of research which telescopes decades of comparable studies of males.” later, klein ( ) and smart ( ) were to bring explicitly feminist perspectives to their critiques of extant theoretical and empirical work on the female offender. klein, a marxist-feminist, noted the absence of economic and other social explana- tions for female crime. smart, working within more of a radical feminist per- spective, stressed the linkages among sexist theory, patriarchy, and sexism in practice-specifically identifying the relationship between stereotypical assumptions about the causes of female crime and how female offenders are controlled and treated. simpson both klein and smart set an agenda for a new feminist criminology, but their more radical approaches were derailed by the publication of simon’s women and crime and f. adler’s sisters in crime ( ). claiming that a “new” female offender was emerging (white collar and/or male like), simon and adler generated tremendous interest in female crime (a clear aim of incipient feminism). but, tying the female offender’s emergence to women’s liberation brought about a “moral panic” (smart, ), which was viewed by some as a blacklash to the women’s movement. in chesney-lind’s ( : ) words, it represented “another in a century long series of symbolic attempts to keep women subordinate to men by threatening those who aspire for equal- ity with the images of the witch, the bitch, and the whore.” as with many social problems of our day, female crime became interesting only when it transcended the expected boundaries of class, race, and gender. as a “quasi-theory,” the liberation-crime relationship had great appeal for nonfeminist crimino ogists.s but tests of the thesis were less than supportive. in fact most discredited it (austin, ; giordano et al., ), and others found evidence of a link between female crime and economic marginalization (datesman and scarpitti, ; gora, ; mukherjee and fitzgerald, ; steffensmeier, , ; steffensmeier and cobb, ). the new female offender identified by simon and adler was more myth than reality (steffen- smeier, ). these conclusions did not differ substantially from klein’s ( ), yet they came years after her original critique-a fact that dramati- cally illustrates the marginality of feminist criminology at the time. yet, sub- sequent research on the causes of female crime has clearly buttressed the economic/class perspectives of marxist/socialist feminists as well as the . the links between women’s liberation and changing patterns of female criminality were made before. bishop ( ) complained that women’s liberation during the s had three negative results: ( i ) more women were turning criminal; ( ) a “better” class of women were becoming criminal more often; and ( ) women were becoming sexually crimi- nal at a younger age (cited in rasche, ). t o be fair, both simon and adler had more to offer than mere speculation about the “dark side” of women’s liberation. simon’s research documents the basic inequities between male and female correctional facilities and treatments. by attributing these differ- ences to male chivalry toward women, she takes a liberal feminist approach to the problem of gender and justice, an approach that heavily influenced later works in this area. adler’s work, while more impressionistic than simon’s, attempted to explain differences in crime rates between white and black females. although her interpretations gave rise to more systematic examinations of intra-gender race differences in crime that are highly critical of her interpretations and methods, the issues she raised are of primary importance to most feminist criminologists today. a research focus on gender alone does not qualify one as a feminist just as a focus on class does not make one a marxist. rather, as part of their endeavor, feminist criminol- ogists must seriously consider the nature of gender relations and the peculiar brand of oppression that patriarchal relations bring (leonard, ). . . feminist theory, crime, a n d justice “opportunity” perspectives of the liberal feminists (ageton, ; box, ; box and hale, ; elliott and ageton, ; giordano et al., ). in retrospect, feminist criminology both gained and lost from the narrow focus on liberation and crime. on the plus side, we gained a better insight into the historical (mukherjee and fitzgerald, ) and cross-cultural (f. adler, ; plenska, ) patterns of female crime. but because the libera- tion thesis was so limited, it diverted attention from the material and struc- tural forces that shape women’s lives and experiences. it is in these areas that women of color and socialist and radical feminist criminologists are more apt to focus etiological attention (hagan et al., , ; lewis, ; miller, ; rafter and natalizia, ; wilson, ). women victims: t h e radical feminist critique liberal feminism has dominated studies of the female offender, but the same is not true of victimology (daly and chesney-lind, ). shifting away from analyses that blame the victim for her victimization (amir, ), radical feminists have constructed alternative interpretations of offender-victim relationships and victim experiences of criminal justice (chapman and gates, ; klein, ; wood, ). brownmiller’s ( ) historical and cross-cultural study of rape brought a radical feminist perspective to the center of public consciousness. building on the argument that rape is not a crime of sex but rather an act of power and dominance (greer, ), brownmiller concluded that rape is a tool in the arsenal of all men to control all women. radical feminists have reframed the ways in which rape is commonly understood in our society. rather than a crime of sex, it is more apt to be viewed as one of male power, control, and domination. brownmiller’s work, coupled with that of other radical feminists (e.g., griffin, ; riger and gordon, ), opened a floodgate of inquiry into rape and other types of victimizations that are “uniquely feminine” (wilson, : ), such as pornog- raphy (dworkin, ), battering (dobash and dobash, ; martin, ; straus et al., ), incest (finkelhor, ; moyer, ; stanko, ) and sexual harassment (mackinnon, ; stanko, ). guiding much of this research is the radical feminist critique of official conceptions and definitions of violence, which are viewed as male centered and incapable of incorporating the full range of female experiences of violence (i.e., from intimidation and coercion to physical violence and death). a woman-centered definition of violence is one that portrays violence as a form . precipitous behavior has ranged from dressing provacatively, saying no to sex while “meaning” yes, “nagging” a spouse, lolita-like seductiveness on the part of the vic- tim, and so on. simpson of social domination rather than a random and/or noninstrumental form of expression (hanmer, : ). radical feminists have dominated but not monopolized feminist perspec- tives in this area. socialist feminists, liberals, and women of color have also participated in the dialogue. gordon’s ( ) research of family violence is implicitly critical of some radical feminists’ overly deterministic conception of patriarchy. such an image, she argues, denies agency to women and can- not incorporate “the chronic conflict, unpredictability, and ambivalent emo- tions that have characterized relations between the sexes” (xi-xii). in another historical study, tomes ( ) links variations in spousal abuse to changes in the economic position of the working class generally and the male’s position within the family specifically. as the working class improved its economic position and males cemented greater power within their families, the official incidence of working-class battering decreased. based on her findings, tomes argues that feminists may need to reconcep- tualize the relationship among male power, female economic dependency, and battering. dependency is not necessarily tied to greater abuse; in fact, the opposite may be true. a wife’s economic independence may exert a greater challenge to male authority within the family, thus creating a climate in which husbands resort to battering as a means to reestablish their control. studies that find great variety in the cross-cultural prevalence and inci- dence of rape and battering (e.g., pagelow, ; sanday, ) have forced feminists to examine patriarchal relations across different societal and situa- tional arrangements (e.g., wilson, ). if female victimization is a function of changing the needs of a capitalist/patriarchal system, then male domina- tion and its relationship to female victimization need not be viewed as inevita- ble or immutable. around the themes of rape and control of sexuality, patriarchy and racism marry and divorce in intricate ways (davis, ). in the united states, white racism and fear gave rise to mythological constructions of black sexual- ity. black males are perceived as sexual threats and have been hunted and hanged for their “rape potential.” for black victims of rape, the justice pro- cess is not simply gendered-it is racially gendered. data indicate that black- on-black rapes are not taken as seriously by authorities as those that involve white victims (kleck, ; lafree, ). such findings have led one prom- inent black scholar (joseph, b: ) to comment, “it must be considered an impossibility for white men to rape black women in the eyes of justice and in the minds of many. black women apparently are considered as something other than ‘women.’ ” gender and justice processing a final area to be discussed in this literature review is gendered justice. feminist theory, crime, a n d justice comedian richard pryor once called attention to discrimination in the u.s. criminal justice system by defining justice as “just us.” his concern with differential sentencing practices is one shared by feminists who primarily study the conditions under which criminal justice is gendered and with what consequences. although liberal approaches typically dominate the gender- and-justice research, other feminist perspectives are gaining ground-spe- cially in research on courts and corrections. there are many stages in the criminal justice system at which gender may have an impact on decision making. the findings of some of the better- known studies of several strategic points in the decision-making process are summarized below. police arguments about whether and how justice is gendered must begin with police behavior. that police decisions to arrest can be influenced by extrale- gal factors such as the demeanor of the offender (black, ), has been established. it is less clear how gender, either alone or in conjunction with other characteristics, may consciously or inadvertently influence police behavior. in the liberal “equal treatment” tradition, moyer and white ( ) test police bias in response decisions under “probable” responses to hypothetical situations. neither gender nor race had an effect on police behavior once crime type, especially as it interacts with demeanor of the offender, was con- trolled. on the other hand, freyerhern’s ( ) comparison of juvenile male and female probabilities of transition from self-report incident to police con- tact and arrest, finds males to be more likely to incur police contact and arrest than females. both of these studies are methodologically problematic, how- ever. moyer and white cannot generalize their findings to real police encounters and freyerhern ( : ) does not calculate transition probabili- ties across individual offense categories, nor does he include status offenses. avoiding some of these methodological traps but still working within a lib- eral tradition, visher ( ) finds the interaction between race and gender to be a key factor influencing arrest decision. visher finds police chivalry only toward white females once “legal” factors are controlled. she hypothesizes that black females are treated more harshly than their white counterparts because they are less apt to display expected (i.e., traditional) gender behav- iors and characteristics when they encounter a mostly white and male police force. race and gender are also found to interact through victim characteristics (smith et al.. ). an analysis of police-citizen encounters, in which both a suspected offender and victim were present, revealed that white female victims received more preferential treatment from police than black female simpson victims. thus, although chivalry may be alive and well for white women, it appears to be dead (if it ever existed) for blacks. courts police contact is not the only point in justice processing at which discrimi- nation can occur. women have been found to receive more lenient treatment in the early stages of court processing (i.e., bail, release on own recognizance, and/or cash alternatives to bail; i. nagel, ) and further into the process, e.g., conviction and sentencing (bernstein et al., ; s. nagel and weitz- man, ; simon, ). other studies find no gender bias when controlling for crime seriousness and prior record (farrington and morris, ) or little effect from extralegal factors when legal factors and bench bias are controlled (i. nagel, ). variation in sentencing may be related to so-called counter- type offenses, that is, women are treated more harshly when processed for nontraditional female crimes, like assault (bernstein et al., ; s. nagel and weitzman, ), or when they violate female sexual norms (chesney-lind, ; schlossman and wallach, ). given variable-specification problems, however, some of these findings are potentially spurious. once again, race may confound these effects. spohn et al. ( ) address the issue of paternalism in sentencing, especially for black women. control- ling for prior record and attorney type, they found that black women are incarcerated significantly less often than black men, but about as often as white men. they conclude that the apparently lenient treatment of black women is not due to paternalism in their favor but rather to the racial dis- crimination against black vis-a-vis white men. studies of court processing are not entirely dominated by liberal perspec- tives. more critical perspectives emphasize social power and patriarchal con- trol as the primary mechanisms through which justice is gendered (kruttschnitt, , ). eaton ( : ) argues that magistrate courts in great britain (the lower courts) reinforce the dominant imagery of justice (i.e., courts are ostensibly fair and just) while they maintain the status quo: “it is in these courts that the formal rules of society-the laws-are endorsed; it is here, too, that the informal, unwritten rules regulating social relations [e.g., gender, class, and race] are re-enacted.’’ when are females apt to be subjected to formal mechanisms of control? when other, more informal, constraints are lacking or disrupted. kruttschnitt ( , ) suggests that sentencing outcomes are affected by a woman’s social status and/or her respectability. differential sentencing among women is tied to the degree to which women are subjected to formal versus informal social control in their everyday lives. daly ( a, b) and eaton ( , ) offer convincing evidence that the most important factor determining sentence outcome, once prior record feminist theory, crime, a n d justice and offense seriousness are controlled, is marital and/or familial status.’ marital status.has been found to matter for women (married receive more lenient sentences) but not for men (farrington and morris, ; i. nagel, ) or to be as important for both (daly, a, b). pretrial release and sentencing are seen to be both “familied” and “gendered.” they are familied in that court decisions regarding the removal of men and women from families “elicit different concerns from the court” (daly a: ). they are gendered in that women’s care of others and male economic support for families represent “different types of dependencies in family life” (p. ). men and women without family responsibilities are treated similarly, but more harshly than familied men and women. women with families, however, are treated with the greatest degree of leniency due to “the differing social costs arising from separating them from their families” (daly, b ). the economic role played by familied men can, more eas- ily, be covered by state entitlement programs, but it is putatively more diffi- cult to replace the functional role of familied women. judges rationalize such sentencing disparities as necessary for keeping families together (daly, b). as these latter studies suggest, much of the observed gender bias in processing may not be a case of overt discrimination for or against women relative to men. instead, judicial decisions may be influenced by broader soci- etal concerns about protecting nuclear families (daly, b) and the differ- ing roles and responsibilities contained therein (eaton, ). it is not clear that such forms of justice are overtly paternalistic, nor are they necessarily racist. rather, in a society that stratifies other rights and privileges by gen- der, race, and class, “equality” in sentencing may not be just (daly, a). eaton ( : - ) takes a somewhat different view of familied justice. in her opinion, the courts reflect the needs and interests of patriarchy and capi- talism, in which attendant inequities are reproduced. “family-based” justice is a visible manifestation of the patriarchal and capitalist need to maintain and protect the nuclear family-within which gender and productive/repro- ductive relations first emerge. corrections as it became clear that, compared with males, female prisoners were treated differently (in some cases more leniently and in others more harshly), liberal feminist perspectives came to dominate research questions and policy considerations (see, haft, ; heide, ; simon, ). the linkages between female incarceration and male control of female sex- uality are developed by radical feminists (chesney-lind, ; smart, ). rasche ( ), for example, describes how prostitutes with venereal disease these effects appear to be strongest for black defendants (daly, a). . simpson were prosecuted and institutionalized, with the “cure” as a condition of release. nondiseased prostitutes were less likely to go to jail or prison. cer- tain prison practices, such as checking for evidence of a hymen during forced physical examinations and vaginal contraband searches, have been used as techniques to control the sexuality of youthful offenders and to humiliate and degrade female inmates (burkhart, ; chesney-lind, ). socialist feminists emphasize how prison tenure and treatment vary by class and race (freedman, ; french, , ; lewis, ; rafter, ). in her historical accounting of the development of women’s prisons, rafter ( ) observes how race determined whether and where a woman was sent to prison. comparison of incarceration rates and in-prison treatment of black women and white women demonstrates that partiality was extended mainly to whites. chivalry filtered them out of the prison system, help- ing to create the even greater racial imbalances among female than male prisoner populations. and partiality toward whites contributed to the development of a bifurcated system, one track custodial and predomi- nantly black, the other reformatory and reserved mainly for whites. the bifurcated system of women’s corrections emerges in part from two competing images of female nature. in one view, women are seen as fragile and immature creatures, more childlike than adult. consequently, the female offender is perceived as a “fallen woman,” in need of guidance but not a true danger to society (rasche, ). the reformatory is perfectly suited to such an offender. primarily staffed by reform-minded middle-class women, reformatory training programs emphasized skills that would turn the white, working-class misdemeanants into proper (and class-appropriate) women, that is, good servants or wives (rafter, : ). in custodial prisons, however, a different archetype dominated. women’s “dark side,” their inherent evil and immorality (smart, ) shaped prison philosophy. here, the predominantly black felons (who were perceived as more masculine, more self-centered, volatile, and dangerous) were treated like men-only, given the conditions of their incarceration (i.e., fewness of numbers and at the mercy of violent male offenders), their equality was tanta- mount to brutal treatment and often death (rafter, : ). the degree to which prisons function as something other than just places of punishment and/or treatment is a popular theme in neo-marxist literature. extending this interpretation to women, marxist-feminists (e.g., wilson, ; hartz-karp, ) argue that prisons, like other institutions of social control (e.g., mental health facilities), retool deviant women for gender- appropriate roles in capitalist patriarchal societies: if deviant women are more frequently assigned to the mental health sys- tem for social control than to the criminal justice system, it is perhaps feminist theory, crime, a n d justice because of the superior ability of the mental health system to “re-tool” worn-out or rebellious domestic workers. (wilson, : ) societal control of female deviance serves the needs of capital. when those needs change, so too will the mechanisms and directions of social control. in this vein, carlen ( ) demonstrates how “down, out and disordered” women in scotland are disciplined through medical and judicial apparatuses. most of the imprisoned are poor women; many have histories of alcohol and drug abuse, and a large number come from violent homes. these life exper- iences combine, setting into motion a cycle of deviance, imprisonment, and patriarchal and class discipline that is tenacious and defeating: being seen as neither wholly mad nor wholly bad, [women] are treated to a disciplinary regime where they are actually infantalised at the same time as attempts are made to make them feel guilty about their double, triple, quadruple, or even quintuple refusal of family, work, gender, health, and reason (carlen, : ). where to go from here? in , carol smart suggested a number of topics for feminist research. a decade later, feminist criminology has amassed a considerable body of knowledge in most of these areas-so much so in fact that feminists now are more self-critical-especially in the areas of policy and legislative changes (see daly and chesney-lind, ). this is a positive step. it suggests not only that a feminist voice is being heard, but that it is loud enough to produce disagreement and intellectual exchange. nonetheless, certain areas in crimi- nology either have been underexposed or are resistant to feminist concerns. thus, some new directions for feminist criminology are discussed below. race and crime poorly conceived offender self-report surveys provided criminologists with the empirical justification to ignore the race-crime relationship, and the pre- vailing political climate reinforced our myopia. there is enormous risk in ignoring that relationship, however. first, based on more sophisticated crime cloward and piven ( ) and box ( ) assert that female deviance is handled by the medical community, in part, because women are more likely to direct their deviance inward (i.e., they privatize it into self-destructive behaviors, like depression and suicide). such behavior is conceptualized as sickness (like “hysteria” earlier) and is thus subject to the formal control of the psychiatric community. the relevant topics are the female offender and the attitudes of criminal justice personnel toward her; criminal justice processing; gender and corrections; and the structure and purpose of law. to suggest that feminists need to identify areas “appropriate” for feminist critique implies that knowledge, as currently constructed, is selectively androcentric. i would argue that criminology as a whole, like other academic disciplines, needs a feminist “overhaul.” . . . simpson measures (e.g., national youth survey, national crime survey, cohort stud- ies), it is clear that the race-crime relationship is an essential one. second, and not unlike the gender-crime relationship, such reticence leaves the inter- pretive door open to less critical perspectives. feminist criminologists have great potential in this area, but the data are sparse and problematic and the analytic contributions few. too often we rely on quantitative studies that dichotomize race into white and black, or the nonwhite category is broadened to include groups other than blacks (see, e.g., tracy et al., in press). in the former instance, other ethnichacia groups are ignored; in the latter, such inclusive categorizations assume etiological and historical/cultural invariance between groups. clearly, one of the first places for feminists to start is to target women of color for greater research. available data indicate that there are significant differences between black and white female crime rates (ageton, ; chilton and datesman, ; hindelang, ; laub and mcdermott, ; mann, ; young, ). simpson ( ), miller ( ), and lewis ( ) argue that the unique structural and cultural positioning of black women pro- duces complex cultural typescripts that exert push-pull pressures for crime, pressures that may not exist for white women. miller’s ( : - ) ethnography of lower-class deviant networks describes how certain types of male and female criminality (e.g., hustling, pimping, and other instrumental crimes) are interdependent in minority com- munities. female crime also appears to have a group-directed and -enacted dimension (see young, ). the collective nature of such minority offend- ing may stem from the fact that it emerges, in part, from the integrated and extended domestic networks of underclass blacks (miller, ) and from joint participation in gang activities (campbell, ). these observations do not imply, however, that patriarchy is absent from these communities. male dominance and control are reproduced within interpersonal relationships (not necessarily familial) and embodied in infor- mal organizations, like gangs (campbell, ) and state social service agen- cies. some female offending can be interpreted as challenging patriarchal control and asserting independence (campbell, : ); much can be attributed to both economic necessity and the pull and excitement of street life (campbell, ; miller, ). female participation in violent crime may stem from abusive relationships between men and women (browne, ; mann, ) and/or the frustration, alienation, and anger that are asso- ciated with racial and class oppression (simpson, ). research by hill and suva ( ) suggests that the causes of crime may differ for black and white women, which raises questions about whether cur- rent theories of female crime, including feminist perspectives, are white- female centered. given the paucity of data on how gender structures rela- tionships within minority communities and families, it is impossible to say. feminist theory, crime, and justice more quantitative research is needed on minority groups other than blacks (e.g., chicanos and other hispanics, asians, native americans) to establish a better knowledge base, but qualitative studies that probe culture and subjec- tive differences between women of color and whites are also essential (mul- lins, ). feminist criminologists are guilty of the “add race and stir” shortsightedness that pervades feminist thinking. we would do well t o heed spelman’s ( : ) reminder of how to understand and approach differ- ences among women: if we assume there are differences among women, but at the same time they are all the same as women, and if we assume the woman part is what we know from looking a t the case of white middle-class women, then we appear to be talking only about white middle-class women. this is how white middle-class privilege is maintained even as we purport to recognize the importance of women’s differences. elite crime in , harris admonished criminologists for their failure to use “the sex variable” as the empirical building block for all theories of criminal deviance. apparently (though not surprisingly) this was interpreted to apply only to street crime. the entire area of white-collar, corporate, and organizational crime has not been examined from a feminist perspective. officially, women are underrepresented in white-collar crime data although recent bureau of justice sfatistics ( ) data suggest that women have made inroads into this formerly male domain. similar claims are made regarding female penetration of the upper reaches of organized crime (simpson, ). yet, daly ( ) finds neither the crime types nor the offenders themselves to be particularly elite. much of our information on female participation in organized crime is anecdotal, derived from the nonsystematic observations of male crime partici- pants. consequently, there has been little systematic research on women’s penetration of and mobility within illicit markets. the official data on corpo- rate and other white-collar offending are equally problematic (see reiss and biderman, ). given that both the data and interpretation/theory in these areas are suspect, feminist researchers must first develop an empirical base with which to answer the following types of questions. is elite crime a male domain (steffensmeier, )? what are the motivations and character- istics of women who do participate (daly, ; zietz, )? how are they similar and different from male offenders (p. adler, ; block, ; simp- son, )? what explains the official increase in female participation in white-collar offenses? at this point, feminists have barely scratched the surface of the elite crime simpson area. daly ( ) is providing some direction, but much more needs to be done. deterrence gender confounds the anticipated relationship between objective sanction risks and criminal activity, that is, given that female sanction risks are low, women should have high rates of law breaking. yet, as virtually all measures of crime document, the exact opposite is true. this empirical relationship has left deterrence theorists scrambling to make sense of the inconsistency. richards and tittle ( : - ) argue that there are at least five lines of reasoning that would predict that women perceive higher levels of risk than do men. using measures derived from these hypotheses, they find two vari- ables, stakes in conformity and perceptions of visibility, to be highly associ- ated with gender differences in perceived chances of arrest: women may think that legal sanction is relatively certain because they are more likely to think of themselves as subject to surveillance and gen- eral social sanctions than are men. their greater relative stakes in con- formity may make deviance more threatening for them, and lead to high sanction risk estimates (p. ). the social control literature, in general, characterizes female conformity in a stereotypical manner. conforming females are seen as passive, compliant, and dependent. instead, naffine ( : ) suggests that the conforming women be seen as “involved and engrossed in conventional life. but . . . also actively concerned about the effects of her behavior on her loved ones, partic- ularly emotionally and financially dependent children.” (naffine is especially critical of hagan et al., , , .) naffine’s image of conformity is partially influenced by gilligan’s ( ) work in moral development theory. gilligan’s research discovers that men and women use “a different voice” when they talk about moral responsibility. if the moral calculus of reasoning about crime is different between men and women, gilligan may have identified a new way of conceptualizing gender differences in ( ) perceived threat of sanction and ( ) male-female crime rates. according to her theory, men often make moral decisions based on an “ethic of justice,” while women employ a model of decision making based on an “ethic of care.” the former is a more abstract model, expressed as a set of principles defining rights and rules (e.g., kohlberg, ). in the latter, deci- sions are governed by “a psychological logic of relationships, which contrasts with the formal logic of fairness that informs the justice approach” (gilligan, : ). a woman’s decision to violate the law will depend on her definition of the moral domain (i.e., how will my act affect those around me, those who count feminist theory, crime, a n d justice on me). it is not surprising that in some deterrence studies (finley and gras- mick, ) women score significantly higher than men on measures of inter- nalized guilt. because women are responsible for the care of relationships, any act that may result in their removal from that role is apt to produce a tremendous sense of guilt. guilt may be negated if the needs of the family (for food or other valued items) outweigh the “immorality” of breaking the law to obtain them or if others are available to take on the responsibilities of care. gilligan’s theory can be used to explain why most women do not violate the law and why they score higher on most measures of deterrence. it can also explain class and race differences in female crime rates. lower-class and minority women are more apt to find themselves in situations that require a renegotiation of the moral domain and, given their kinship networks, they have a greater chance of finding care substitutes (miller, ). not surpris- ingly, finley and grasmick ( ) report that blacks score lower on certainty and severity of guilt than their white counterparts. some critics suggest that gilligan’s findings are biased (she interviewed mostly middle-class students) or that they may be a function of subordinate female social position, not real differences in ethical philosophies (tronto, n.d.). these are important criticisms that must be addressed before we pro- ceed too enthusiastically. gilligan’s conceptualization of differences in gen- der-based moral reasoning, however, are an important contribution and warrant further research. conclusion feminist criminology has changed dramatically since klein ( ) and smart ( ) first called attention to it. replicating the same political and analytical development as the broader feminist movement, feminist contribu- tions to the study of crime and justice began with more liberal approaches and have recently been giving way to more radical critiques. liberal feminist dominance rests, in part, in ideological coherence-these approaches corre- spond closely with the ideas and beliefs embodied in most capitalist democra- cies. thus, liberalism in any form is less threatening and more acceptable than a feminism that questions white, male, and/or capitalist privilege. additionally, liberal feminists speak in the same voice as a majority of social scientists, that is, they are rational, objective, and (typically) quantitative. consequently, their data and interpretations carry more weight within the scientific community and among their peers. . stacey and thorne ( : ) argue that more radical feminist thinking has been marginalized-ghettoized within marxist sociology, which ensures that feminist thinking has less of a chance to influence mainstream sociological paradigms and research. simpson though iberavquantitative approaches offer important insights into gen- der as a “variable” problem (stacey and thorne, ), criminologists need to be more ecumenical in studying gendered society. if we emphasize qualita- tive (e.g., campbell, ; carlen, ; eaton, ; miller, ), historical (gordon, ; freedman, ; rafter, ), and subjectivist (stacey and thorne, ) approaches in addition to quantitative, the detail and texture of how crime and justice are gendered will lead to richer theory and better criminology. there are areas in criminology into which feminists have only marginally ventured or in which their contributions have been of little consequence. in their review of feminist criminology, daly and chesney-lind ( - ) discuss the problems that feminists have had building and developing theories of female crime. it is not coincidental that the areas targeted for further research in this paper (e.g., race and crime, elite crime, and deterrence) all focus on this problematic area. until we can better deal with the empirical complexities of criminal offending, it will be too easy for our critics to dismiss feminist contributions to the study of crime as facile, rhetorical, and/or atheoretical. references adler, freda sisters in crime: the rise of the new female criminal. new york: mcgraw-hill. the incidence of female criminality in the contemporary world. new york: new york university press. wheeling and dealing: an ethnography of an upper-level drug dealing and smuggling community. new york: columbia university press. the dynamics of female delinquency, - . criminology : - . victim precipitated forcible rape. journal of criminal law, criminology, and police science : - . adler, patricia ageton, suzanne s. amir, menachem atkinson, ti-grace radical feminism and love. i n amazon odyssey. new york: links books. women’s liberation and increases in minor, major, and occupational offenses. criminology : . austin, roy l. barry, kathleen beauvoir, simone de female sexual slavery. new york: avon books. the second sex. london: four square books. feminist theory, crime, a n d justice bem, sandra the measurement of psychological androgyny. journal of consulting and clinical psychology : - . charge reduction: an intermediary stage in the process of labelling criminal defendants. social forces : - . bernstein, ilene nagel, edward kick, jan leung, and barbara schulz bishop, cecil black, donald women and crime. london: chato and windus press. on the manners and customs of the police. new york: academic press. block, alan aw! your mother’s in the mafia: women criminals in progressive new york. contemporary crises - , box, steven box, steven and chris hale power, crime, and mystification. london: tavistock. liberation/emancipation, economic marginalization, or less chivalry: the relevance of three theoretical arguments to female crime patterns in england and wales, - . criminology : . sexism, racism and oppression. oxford: basil blackwell. brittan, arthur and mary maynard browne, angela brownmiller, susan when battered women kill. new york: free press. against our will: men, women, and rape. new york: simon & schuster. burkhart, kathryn watterson bureau of justice statistics women in prison. garden city, n.y.: doubleday. special report: white-collar crime. washington, d.c.: u.s. department of justice. campbell, anne the girls in the gang: a report from new york city. oxford: basil blackwell. women’s imprisonment: a study in social contol. london: routledge & kegan paul. carlen, pat chapman, jane roberts and margaret gates (eds.) chesney-lind, meda the victimization of women. beverly hills, calif.: sage. judicial enforcement of the female sex role. issues in criminology : - . rediscovering lilith: misogyny and the “new” female criminal. in curt taylor griffiths and margot nance (eds.), the female offender. criminol- ogy research centre. burnaby, b.c.: simon fraser university. women and crime: the female offender. signs : - . simpson chilton, roland and susan k. datesman gender, race, and crime: an analysis of urban arrest trends, - . gender and society : - . cloward, richard a. and frances fox piven hidden protest: the channeling of female innovation and resistance. signs : - . daly, kathleen a b discrimination in the criminal courts: family, gender and the problem of equal treatment. social forces : - . structure and practice of familial-based justice in a criminal court. law and society review : - . gender and varieties of white-collar crime. revised version of a paper presented at the annual meeting of the american society of criminology, atlanta. neither conflict nor labeling nor paternalism will suffice: intersections of race, ethnicity, gender, and family in criminal court decisions. crime and delinquency : - . rethinking judicial paternalism: gender, work-family relations, and sentenc- ing. gender and society : - . feminism and criminology. justice quarterly : - . women, crime, and justice. new york: oxford university press. a b daly, kathleen and meda chesney-lind. datesman, susan k. and frank r. scarpitti (eds.) davis, angela women, race, and class. new york: random house. dobash, r. emerson and russell dobash violence against wives: a case against the patriarchy. new york: free press. dworkin, andrea pornography: men possessing women. new york: perigee books. eaton, mary justice for women? family, court, and social control. philadelphia: open university press. the question of bail: magistrates’ responses to applications for bail on behalf of men and women defendants. i n pat carlen and anne worrall (eds.), gender, crime and justice. philadelphia: open university press. women on trial: a study of the female suspect, defendant, and offender in the criminal law and criminal justice system. manchester, n.h.: manchester university press. edwards, susan m. eisenstein, zillah the radical future of liberal feminism. new york: monthly review capitalist patriarchy and the case for socialist feminism. new york: monthly review press. press. feminist theory, crime, a n d justice elliott, delbert and suzanne s. ageton reconciling race and class differences in self-reported and official estimates of delinquency. american sociological review : - . sex, sentencing and reconviction. british journal of criminology farrington, david and allison morris ~ - . finkelhor, david finley, nancy j. and harold g. grasmick firestone, shulamith bantam. their sisters’ keepers: women’s prison reform in america, - . ann arbor: university of michigan press. an assessment of the black female prisoner in the south. signs : . the incarcerated black female: the case of social double jeopardy. journal of black studies : - . gender differences in delinquency quantity and quality. in lee h. bowker (ed.), women and crime in america. new york: macmillan. in a different voice: psychological theory and women’s development. cambridge, mass.: harvard university press. the economics of female criminality: an analysis of police blotters - . in lee h. bowker (ed.), women and crime in america. new york: macmillian. five hundred delinquent women. new york: alfred a. knopf. the new female criminal: empirical reality or social myth? new york: praeger. heroes of their own lives: the politics and history of family violence. new york: penguin. sexually victimized children. new york: free press. the dialectic of sex: the case for feminist revolution. new york: gender roles and social control. sociological spectrum : - . freedman, estelle french, laurence freyerhern, william gilligan, carol giordano, peggy, sandra kerbel, and sandra dudley glueck, sheldon and eleanor glueck gora, joann gennaro gordon, linda greer, germaine griffin, susan haft, marilyn g. the female eunuch. new york: mcgraw-hill. rape: the power of consciousness. san francisco: harper & row. women in prison: discriminary practices and some legal solutions. in susan datesman and frank r. scarpitti (eds.), women, crime, and justice. new york: oxford university press. simpson hagan, john, a.r. gillis, and john simpson the class structure of gender and delinquency: toward a power control theory of common delinquent behavior. american journal of sociology : - l . hagan, john, john simpson, and a.r. gillis the sexual stratification of social control: a gender-based perspective on crime and delinquency. british journal of sociology : - . class in the household: a power-control theory of gender and delinquency. american journal of sociology : - . violence and the social control of women. feminist issues : . hanmer, jalna harris, anthony r. sex and theories of deviance: toward a functional theory of deviant type- scripts. american sociological review : - . the unhappy marriage of marxism and feminism: toward a more progressive union. capital and class (summer): - . women in constraints. in s.k. mukherjee and jocelynne a. scutt (eds.), women and crime. sydney: australian institute of criminology with allen and unwin. hartman, heida hartz-karp, janette heide, wilma scott feminism and the “fallen woman”. criminal justice and behavior ~ - . heidensohn, frances women and crime. london: macmillan. the deviance of women: a critique and an enquiry. british journal of sociology : - . hill, gary d. and elizabeth m. suva women, race, and crime. a revised version of a paper presented at the annual meeting of the american society of criminology, chicago. hindelang, michael variations in sex-race-age-specific incidence rates of offending. american sociological review : - . feminism: a movement to end sexist oppression. in anne phillips (ed.), feminism and equality. oxford: basil blackwell. the value of quantitative methodology for feminist research. in gloria bowles and renate duelli klein (eds.), theories of women’s studies. boston: routledge & kegan paul. the incompatible menage a trois: marxism, feminism, and racism. in lydia sargent (ed.), women and revolution. boston: south end press. white promotion, black survival. in gloria i. joseph and jill lewis (eds.), common differences: conflicts in black and white feminist perspectives. boston: south end press. hooks, bell jayarate, toby epstein joseph, gloria i. a b feminist theory, crime, and justice joseph, gloria i. and jill lewis (eds.) common differences: conflicts in black and white feminist perspectives. boston: south end press. keller, evelyn fox feminism and science. in nannerl . keohane, michele z. rosaldo, and barbara c. gelpi (eds.), feminist theory. chicago: university of chicago press. klein, dorie the etiology of female crime: a review of the literature. issues in criminology : - . violence against women: some considerations regarding its causes and its elimination. crime and delinquency : - . the philosophy of moral development. san francisco: harper & row. respectable women and the law. the sociological quarterly : - . kohlberg, lawrence kruttschnitt, candace sex and criminal court dispositions: the unresolved controversy. journal of research in crime and delinquency : - . kuhn, thomas the structure of scientific revolutions. nd ed. chicago: university of chicago press. laub, john and m. joan mcdermott an analysis of serious crime by young black women. criminology : - . black women offenders and criminal justice: some theoretical considera- tions. in marguerite warren (ed.), comparing female and male offenders. beverly hills, calif.: sage. lewis, diane mackinnon, catherine a. the sexual harassment of working women. new haven: yale university press. feminism, marxism, method, and the state: an agenda for theory. in nannerl . keohane, michele z. rosaldo, and barbara c. gelpi (eds.), feminist theory, chicago: university of chicago press. female crime and delinquency. tuscaloosa: university of alabama press. black female homicide in the united states. paper presented at the conference on black homicide and public health, baltimore. mann, coramae richey martin, del miles, maria battered wives. new york: pocket books/simon & schuster. toward a methodology for feminist research. in gloria bowles and renate duelli klein (eds.), theories of women’s studies. boston: routledge & kegan paul. street woman. philadelphia: temple university press. miller, eleanor m. simpson millett, kate mitchell, juliet sexual politics. london: rupert hart-davis. woman’s estate. new york: random house. moyer, imogene l. the changing roles of women in the criminal justice system: offenders, victims, and professionals. prospect heights, ill.: waveland press. police processing of female offenders. i n lee h. bowker (ed.), women and crime in america. new york: macmillan. moyer, imogene l. and garland f. white mukherjee, s.k. and r.w. fitzgerald the myth of rising female crime. in s.k. mukherjee and jocelynne a. scutt (eds.), women and crime. sydney: australian institute of criminology with allen and unwin. mukherjee, s.k. and jocelynne a. scutt (eds.) women and crime. sydney: australian institute of criminology with allen and unwin. naffine, ngaire female crime: the construction of women in criminology. boston: allen and unwin. nagel, ilene h. sex differences in the processing of criminal defendants. in a. morris and l. gelsthorpe (eds.), women and crime. cambridge: cambridge institute of criminology. the legal/extra-legal controversy: judicial decisions in pretrial release. law and society review : - . double standard of american justice. society : - , - . nagel, stuart and lenore j. weitzman oakley, ann pagelow, mildred subject women. new york: pantheon. sex roles, power, and woman battering. in lee h. bowker (ed.), women and crime in america. new york: macmillan. pateman, carol feminist critiques of the public/private dichotomy. in anne phillips (ed.), feminism and equality. oxford: basil blackwell. feminism and equality. oxford: basil blackwell. phillips, anne (ed.) plenska, danuta women’s criminality in poland. in curt taylor griffiths and margot nance (eds.), the female offender. criminology research centre. burnaby, b.c.: simon fraser university. rafter, nicole hahn partial justice: women in state prisons, - . boston: northeastern university press. feminist theory, crime, and justice rafter, nicole hahn and elena natalizaia marxist feminist: implications for criminal justice. crime and delinquency : - . rasche, christine the female offender as an object of criminological research. criminal justice and behavior : - . experimental analysis: a contribution to feminist research. in gloria bowles and renate duelli klein (eds.), theories of women’s studies. boston: routledge & kegan paul. reinhartz, shulamit reiss, albert j., jr. and albert p. biderman data sources on white-collar law-breaking. national institute of justice. washington, d.c.: u.s. department of justice. compulsory heterosexual and lesbian existence. signs : - . gender and perceived chances of arrest. social forces : -i . the fear of rape: a study in social control. journal of social issues rich, adrienne richards, pamela and charles r. tittle riger, stephanie and margaret t. gordon : - . sanday, peggy reeves the socio-cultural context of rape: a cross-cultural study. the journal of social issues : - . the crime of precocious sexuality: female juvenile delinquency in the progressive era. harvard educational review : - . women in elite deviance: a grounded theory. paper presented at the annual meeting of the american society of criminology, montreal. caste, class, and crime: violence and the disenfranchised black female. revised version of a paper presented at the annual meeting of the american society of criminology, chicago. schlossman, steven and stephanie wallach simpson, sally s. simon, rita smart, carol women and crime. lexington, mass.: d.c. heath. women, crime and criminology: a feminist critique. london: routledge & kegan paul. equity and discretionary justice: the influence of race on police arrest decisions. journal of criminal law and criminology : - . inessential woman: problems of exclusion in feminist thought. boston: smith, douglas, christy visher, and laura davidson spelman, elizabeth v. beacon. the effect of race on sentencing: a re-examination of an unsettled question. law and society review : - . spohn, cassia, john gruhl, and susan welch simpson stacey, judith and barrie thorne stanko, elizabeth a. the missing feminist revolution in sociology. social problems : - . intimate intrusions: women’s experience of male violence. london: routledge & kegan paul. crime and the contemporary woman: an analysis of changing levels of female property crime, - . social forces : . patterns of female property crime, - : a postscript. in lee h. bowker (ed.), women and crime in america. new york: macmillan. organization properties and sex-segregation in the underworld: building a sociological theory of sex differences in crime. social forces : - . sex differences in urban arrest patterns, - . social problems : - . behind closed doors: violence in the american family. garden city, n.y.: anchor/doubleday. a “torrent of abuse”: crimes of violence between working-class men and women in london, - . journal of social history : - . steffensmeier, darrell j. steffensmeier, darrell j. and michael j. cobb straus, murray a., richard j. gelles, and suzanne k. steinmetz tomes, nancy tracy, paul e., marvin e. wolfgang, and robert m. figlio tronto, joan c. in press delinquent careers in two birth cohorts. new york: plenum publishing. n.d. “women’s morality”: beyond gender difference to a theory of care. unpublished paper, hunter college of the city university of new york. cited in gloria i. joseph and jill lewis (eds.), common differences: conflicts in black and white feminist perspectives. boston: south end press. truth, sojourner visher, christy gender, police arrest decisions, and notions of chivalry. criminology - , wellman, david portraits of white racism. new york: cambridge university press. wilson, james q. and richard j. herrnstein wilson, nanci koser crime and human nature. new york: simon & schuster. witches, hookers, and others: societal response to women criminals and victims. paper presented at the annual meeting of the american society of criminology, san diego. the victim in a forcible rape case: a feminist view. in lee h. bowker (ed.), women and crime in america. new york: macmillan. wood, pamela young, vernetta d. women, race, and crime. criminology : & . feminist theory, crime, a n d justice zietz, dorothy women who embezzle or defraud: a study of convicted felons. new york: praeger. sally s. simpson is an assistant professor of criminal justice and criminology at the university of maryland, college park. in addition to her interest in issues of gender and crime, she is currently involved in studies of organizational change and its effects on the ethical dimensions of decision-making. ethicsmath.dvi optimality conditions for distributive justice j. n. hooker carnegie mellon university john@hooker.tepper.cmu.edu abstract we analyze utilitarian and rawlsian criteria for distribution of limited resources by deriving optimality conditions for ap- propriate optimization problems. we assume that some indi- viduals are more productive than others, so that an inequitable distribution of resources creates greater overall utility. we de- rive conditions under which a distribution of wealth (a) max- imizes utility, (b) maximizes a utility function that accounts for the social cost of inequality, and (c) satisfies a lexmax criterion that reflects the rawlsian difference principle. we show that a utilitarian solution (a) can distribute resources equally only when all individuals have the same marginal pro- ductivity. equality is possible under (b) in a diverse popula- tion when the cost of inequality is sufficiently large. equality is possible under the rawlsian option (c) when no segment of society has a much greater average productivity than the rest. equality is more likely to be consistent with rawlsian justice when there are rapidly decreasing returns to greater investment in productivity, when the most productive indi- viduals are not much more productive than the average, and, ironically, when people are more interested in getting rich. introduction utilitarianism and the rawlsian difference principle imply different criteria for distributive justice, but both can be viewed as mathematical optimization problems. utilitari- anism maximizes a social utility function whose arguments represent wealth distributed to individuals. the rawlsian difference principle calls for a lexicographic maximum of the utilities allotted to individuals. this suggests that the theory of optimization might provide some insight into the conditions under which a distribution of wealth satisfies a utilitarian or a rawlsian criterion. in particular, we use classical optimality conditions to an- alyze distributions over nonidentical individuals. this is a departure from most axiomatic treatments of distributive justice, which assume that individuals are indistinguishable (blackorby, bossert, & donaldson ). this capability allows us to study one of the perennial issues of distribu- tive justice—the extent to which an efficient distribution of wealth requires inequality. it is sometimes argued that more utility is created when greater shares of wealth are alloted to the author retains the copyright for this article. individuals who are more talented, more productive, or work harder. we use the modeling device of assigning to each individ- ual i a productivity function ui(α) that measures the total utility eventually created when individual i is initially al- loted wealth α. we then find the distribution of initially available wealth that ultimately results in the greatest to- tal utility. we investigate the degree of inequality that is required to maximize utility, and well as conditions under which a completely egalitarian distribution maximizes util- ity. we perform a similar analysis when the calculation of utility accounts for the fact that excessive inequality may disrupt social harmony and ultimately reduce total utility. in particular, we determine when the cost of inequality is high enough so that an egalitarian distribution maximizes utility. the rawlsian difference principle states roughly that in- equality should be tolerated only when it is necessary and sufficient to result in greater utility for everyone. we follow the common practice of interpreting this as an imperative to find a lexmax distribution. to do so we suppose that indi- viduals have a common utility function v(α) that measures the personal utility that results when an individual is alloted wealth α. we further suppose that the fraction of the total utility that is eventually enjoyed by an individual is propor- tional to the utility of that individual’s initial wealth allo- cation. thus we view the initial allocation of resources to individuals as assigning social status and privilege. we de- rive conditions under which a distribution of wealth satisfies the lexmax criterion, as well as conditions under which the lexmax distribution is completely egalitarian. utilitarian distribution we first formulate the utilitarian problem. let the utility generated by person i from wealth xi be ui(xi). if the total resource budget is , the problem of distributing wealth to maximize utility is max n∑ i= ui(xi) (a) n∑ i= xi = (b) xi ≥ , all i (c) ( ) if we associate lagrange multiplier λ with the constraint ( b), any optimal solution of ( ) in which each xi > must satisfy u′i(xi) − λ = , i = , . . . , n eliminating λ yields u′ (x ) = · · · = u ′ n(xn) ( ) thus a wealth distribution is optimal only when the marginal productivity of wealth is the same for everyone. assume that individuals , . . ., n are indexed by increas- ing marginal productivity: u′i+ (α) ≥ u ′ i(α) for all α ≥ and i = , . . ., n − ( ) in this case, ( ) is satisfied only if x ≤ · · · ≤ xn. thus the less productive individuals receive less wealth, as one might expect. furthermore, a utilitarian distribution is completely egalitarian (x = · · · = xn = /n) only when the marginal productivities are equal: u′ ( /n) = · · · = u ′ n( /n) to obtain some idea of how skewed the wealth distribu- tion might be, it is helpful to assume a specific form ui(xi) = cix p i ( ) for the utility functions, where p ≥ and each ci ≥ . here ci indicates the productivity of person i. when p = , per- son i produces utility in proportion to the wealth received. when < p < , greater wealth has decreasing marginal utility, and p = indicates inability to use wealth to cre- ate utility. if individuals are indexed in order of marginal productivity, we have that c ≤ · · · ≤ cn. since an optimal solution of ( ) in which each xi > must satisfy ( b) and ( ), it is xi = c −p i   n∑ j= c −p j   − ( ) when ≤ p < . when p ≥ , it is clear on inspection that an optimal solution sets xn = and xi = for i = , . . . , n − . then the optimal distribution is completely unequal when utility generated is proportional to wealth ( p = ). the most productive member of society receives all the wealth. the distribution becomes increasingly egalitarian as p ap- proaches zero, reaching in the limit a distribution in which each person i receives wealth in proportion to ci. thus the most egalitarian distribution that is possible in this utilitarian model is one in which people receive wealth in proportion to their productivity. moreover, this occurs only in the limiting case when the utility generated is independent of the wealth received (p = ). when < p ≤ , a utilitarian distribution can be completely egalitarian (x = · · · = xn) only when c = · · · = cn. when p > , one individual must receive all the wealth even when c = · · · = cn. using this model, more egalitarian distributions are less efficient. in an optimal distribution with ≤ p < , the total utility is ( n∑ i= c −p i ) −p ( ) in a completely egalitarian distribution, each xj = /n, and the total utility is ( n )p n∑ i= ci ( ) the ratio ( )/( ) indicates the utility cost of an egalitarian distribution. cost of inequality the rudimentary utilitarian model above implies that a utili- tarian solution can result in considerable inequity when indi- viduals have different abilities. a classical defense of utili- tarianism, however, is that excessive inequity generates disu- tility by contributing to social disharmony. the model ( ) does not account for any such cost of inequality. a more adequate model may result in utilitarian wealth distributions that are more equitable. a simple way to try to capture the cost of inequity is to model it as a proportional to the total range of incomes. the model ( ) becomes max n∑ i= ui(xi) − β ( max i {xi} − min i {xi} ) n∑ i= xi = xi ≥ , all i ( ) presumably, a positive cost factor β could result in utilitarian solutions that distribute wealth more equally. it is also inter- esting to derive how large β must be to result in a completely egalitarian distribution. the analysis is easier if we linearize problem ( ) using the following lemma. we again assume that individuals are indexed by increasing marginal productivity, as in ( ). lemma if the utility functions ui satisfy ( ), and ( ) has an optimal solution, then the following problem has the same optimal value as ( ): max n∑ i= ui(xi) − β(xn − x ) (a) n∑ i= xi = (b) xi ≤ xi+ , i = , . . . , n − (c) xi ≥ , all i (d) ( ) proof. let x∗ be an optimal solution of ( ) with optimal value u ∗. if x∗j > x ∗ k for some j, k with j < k, then create a new solution x defined by x j = x ∗ k, x k = x ∗ j , and x i = x ∗ i for i = j, k. if u is the objective function value of solution x in ( ), then u = u ∗ + uj(x ∗ k) − uj (x ∗ j ) + uk(x ∗ j ) − uk(x ∗ k) ( ) but due to ( ), uk(x ∗ j ) − uk(x ∗ k) ≥ uj(x ∗ j ) − uj(x ∗ k) because j < k. this and ( ) imply that u ≥ u ∗. now if x j > x k for some j, k with j < k, create a new solution x in the same manner, and observe again that the objec- tive function of ( ) does not decrease. continue with the sequence x , . . . , xt until xt ≤ · · · ≤ xtn. then xt is feasi- ble in the problem max n∑ i= ui(xi) − β ( max i {xi} − min i {xi} ) n∑ i= xi = xi ≤ xi+ , i = , . . . , n − xi ≥ , all i ( ) and has an objective function optimal value no less than u ∗. but ( ) has an optimal value no greater than u ∗ because it is more highly constrained than ( ). thus ( ) and ( ) have the same optimal value. but ( ) is obviously equivalent to ( ), which implies that ( ) and ( ) have the same optimal value, as claimed. to characterize optimal solutions of ( ), we associate la- grange multiplier λ with ( b) and multipliers µ , . . . , µn− with the constraints in ( c). the karush-kuhn-tucker (kkt) optimality conditions imply that x is optimal in ( ) only if there are a value of λ and nonnegative values of µ , . . ., µn− such that u′ (x ) + β − λ − µ = u′i(xi) − λ + µi− − µi = , i = , . . . , n − u′n(xn) − β − λ + µn− = ( ) where µi = if xi < xi+ in the solution. we first examine the case in which each individual re- ceives a different wealth allotment xi. in this case each µi = , and we can eliminate λ from ( ) to obtain u′ (x ) = · · · = u′n− (xn− ) u′ (x ) = u ′ (x ) − β u′n(xn) = u ′ (x ) + β thus all individuals who are not at the extremes of the distri- bution have equal marginal productivity in a utilitarian dis- tribution, just as they do in the solution of the original model ( ). the individual at the bottom of the distribution, how- ever, has marginal productivity that is β smaller than that of those in the middle, while the individual at the top has marginal productivity that is β larger than that of those in the middle. this tends to result in somewhat larger allotment for the individual at the bottom, and a smaller allotment for the one at the top. since the remaining individuals are forced to lie between these extremes, the net result is a distribution that is less skewed than in the original model. equality in a utilitarian distribution we can also determine what value of β results in a com- pletely egalitarian model. in this case the multipliers µi can be nonzero. again eliminating λ from the kkt conditions ( ), we get µ − µ = d µ + µi − µi+ = di, i = , . . . n − µ + µn− = dn− ( ) where di = u′ (x ) − u ′ i+ (xi+ ) + β, i = , . . ., n − dn− = u′ (x ) − u ′ n(xn) + β ( ) it can be checked that the following solves ( ) µk = k n n− ∑ i=k di − ( − k n )k− ∑ i= di ( ) for k = , . . . , n − . substituting ( ) into ( ), we get µk = β + ( − k n ) k∑ i= u′i(xi) − k n m∑ i=k+ u′i(xi) ( ) for k = , . . . , n − . we now consider an egalitarian solution, in which each xi = /n. since each µi ≥ in an optimal solution, we obtain the following from ( ). theorem suppose that individuals are indexed in order of increasing marginal productivity. then an utilitarian dis- tribution in the model ( ) is egalitarian ( x = · · · = xn) only if β ≥ k n m∑ i=k+ u′i( /n) − ( − k n ) k∑ i= u′i( /n) ( ) for k = , . . . , n − . this may be easier to interpret for the specific productiv- ity functions defined earlier. corollary if the productivity function ui are given by ( ), a utilitarian distribution in the model ( ) is egalitarian only if β ≥ p np k(n − k) ( n − k n∑ i=k+ ci − k k∑ i= ci ) for k = , . . . , n − . thus to determine the minimum β required to ensure equality, we examine each group of k smallest coefficients c , . . . , ck. the value of β depends on the difference be- tween the average of these coefficients and the average of the remaining coefficients. thus if there is a group of individ- uals who are much less productive on the average than the remaining individuals, relative to the overall range of pro- ductivities, a larger β is required to ensure inequality. this could occur in a two-class society with a relatively homoge- neous underclass and relatively homogenous elites, for ex- ample. rawlsian distribution a lexmax (lexicographic maximum) model can be used to represent a wealth distribution that satisfies the rawlsian difference principle. as before we let ui(xi) be the social utility generated by a person i who initially receives wealth xi. we also suppose that the fraction of total utility received by person i is proportion to the personal utility v(xi) of per- son i’s initial wealth allocation. thus everyone has the same personal utility function, even though different people may have different productivity functions. if yi is the utility enjoyed by person i, any solution of the following problem is a rawlsian distribution: lexmax y (a) yi y = v(xi) v(x ) , i = , . . . , n (b) n∑ i= yi = n∑ i= ui(xi) (c) n∑ i= xi = (d) xi ≥ , i = , . . . , n (e) ( ) where y = (y , . . . , yn). by definition, y∗ solves ( ) if and only if y∗i solves problems l , . . . , ln, where lk is the problem max min {yk, . . . , yn} (y , . . ., yk− ) = (y∗ , . . ., y ∗ k− ) ( b)–( e) ( ) the lexmax solution is frequently defined with respect to a particular ordering y , . . . , yn of the variables, in which case l maximizes yk rather than min{yk, . . ., yn}. this is inappropriate for the rawlsian problem because we do not know in advance how the solution values y∗k will rank in size. suppose, however, that persons , . . . , n are indexed by increasing marginal productivity as in ( ). then we can assume without loss of generality that persons with less marginal productivity are nearer the bottom of the distribu- tion. lemma suppose that ( ) holds and that v(α) is monotone nondecreasing for α ≥ . then if ( ) has a solution, it has a solution in which y ≤ · · · ≤ yn. proof. since v is monotone, it suffices to show that ( ) has a solution (x̄, ȳ) in which x̄ ≤ · · · ≤ x̄n. for this it suffices to exhibit a solution (x̄, ȳ) that solves lk for k = , . . . , n and for which x̄ ≤ · · · ≤ x̄n. let (x∗, y∗) be a solution of ( ), and let (x , y ) = (x∗, y∗). if x ≤ x i for i = , . . . , n, then x solves l and we let x = x . otherwise we suppose x k = mini{x i } and define x by x = x k, x k = x , and x i = x i for i = , k. we define y to satisfy ( b)-( c). we can see as follows that (x , y ) solves l . if u = ∑ i ui(xi) is the total utility for solution (x , y ), then the total utility for solution (x , y ) is u = u + uk(x ) − uk(x k) + u (x k) − u (x ) but we have from ( ) that uk(x ) − u (x k) ≥ u (x ) − u (x k) thus u ≥ u , and x generates no less total utility than x . since utility is allotted to the y i s in proportion to v(x i ), and v is monotone nonincreasing, we get y ≤ y . thus (x , y ) solves l . now if x ≤ x i for i = , . . . , n, then (x , y ) solves l , l and we let (x , y ) = (x , y ). otherwise we sup- pose x k = mini≥ {x i } and define x by x = x k , x k = x , and x i = x i for i > and i = k. we can show as above that (x , y ) solves l , l . in this fashion we construct the sequence (x , y ), . . . , (xn, yn) and let (x̄, ȳ) = (xn, yn). by construction, x̄ ≤ · · · ≤ x̄n. since (x̄, ȳ) solves l , . . . , ln, it solves ( ). to analyze solutions of ( ), it is convenient to eliminate the variables yi from each lk . using constraints ( b)– ( c), we get yi = v(xi) n∑ i= ui(xi) n∑ i= v(xi) , i = , . . ., n using lemma , lk can be written max v(xk) n∑ i= ui(xi) n∑ i= v(xi) (a) (x , . . . , xk− ) = (x∗ , . . ., x ∗ k− ) (b) n∑ i= xi = (c) xk ≤ · · · ≤ xn (d) xk ≥ (e) ( ) where x∗ , . . . , x ∗ k− are previously computed solutions of l , . . . , lk− , respectively. we focus first on l . associating lagrange multipliers µ , . . . , µn− with the constraints in ( d), the kkt opti- mality conditions imply that a solution x with each xi > is optimal in ( ) only if there are nonnegative values of µ , . . . , µn− such that v′(x ) Σu Σv + v(x ) u′ (x )Σv − v′(x )Σu (Σv) − λ − µ = v(x ) u′i(xi)Σv − v′(xi)Σu (Σv) − λ + µi− − µi = , i = , . . . , n − v(x ) u′n(xn)Σv − v′(xn)Σu (Σv) − λ + µn− = ( ) where Σu = n∑ i= ciui(xi), Σv = n∑ i= v(xi) and where µi = if xi < xi+ in the solution. we begin by examining the case in which each individual receives a different allotment xi. here each µi = , and ( ) implies v′(x ) v(x ) + u′ (x ) Σu − v′ (x ) Σv = u′i(xi) Σu − v′i(xi) Σv for i = , . . . , n− , assuming v(x ) > . this says that the marginal difference between productivity and personal util- ity is the same for everyone except the lowest ranked indi- vidual, for whom the difference is somewhat less. this tends to increase the allotment to the lowest individual, reducing the gap between this person and the others. the optimal- ity conditions for l are similar and likewise move the sec- ond closest individual closer to those who are more highly ranked. thus in general, the lexmax solution results in a distribution that is more egalitarian than one in which the marginal difference between productivity and personal util- ity is the same for everyone. equality in a rawlsian distribution we now examine conditions under which a rawlsian dis- tribution can be egalitarian. we found earlier that a util- itarian distribution with utility functions ui(xi) = cix p i , v(xi) = x q i cannot be egalitarian unless individuals are iden- tical in their productivity. we will show that a rawlsian dis- tribution can, under certain conditions, be egalitarian in a more diverse population. in an egalitarian distribution any µi can be nonzero. we eliminate λ from the optimality conditions ( ) for l to obtain v′(x ) v(x ) + u′ (x ) Σu − v′(x ) Σv − v(x ) Σv Σu µ = u′i(xi) Σu − v′(xi) Σv + v(x ) Σv Σu (µi− − µi) ( ) ‘ for i = , . . ., n − , and v′(x ) v(x ) + u′ (x ) Σu − v′(x ) Σv − v(x ) Σv Σu µ = u′n(xn) Σu − v′(xn) Σv + v(x ) Σv Σu µn− ( ) this yields the following. theorem suppose the productivity functions are given by ui(α) = ciαp and the utility function by v(α) = αq. then l has an egalitarian solution ( x = · · · = xn) only if k k∑ i= ci ≥ n − k n∑ i=k+ ci − q p · n − k k n∑ i= ci ( ) or equivalently, k k∑ i= ( + q p · n − k k ) ci ≥ n − k n∑ i=k+ ( − q p · n − k k ) ci ( ) for k = , . . . , n − . proof. the equations ( )–( ) can be written as ( ) where di = v(x ) Σu Σv ( v′(x ) v(x ) − u′i+ (xi+ ) − u′ (x ) Σu + v′(xi+ ) − v′(x ) Σv ) for i = , . . . , n − . substituting x = · · · = xn = /n and the functions ui, v as given above, we obtain di = qn −p n∑ j= cj − pn−p (ci+ − c ) ( ) since ( ) solves ( ), we can substitute ( ) into ( ) and get µk = p k(n − k) n +p ( q pk n∑ i= ci + k k∑ i= ci − n − k n∑ i=k+ ci ) for k = , . . ., n − . the kkt conditions imply that xk = · · · = xn = /n can be an optimal solution only if µk ≥ for k = , . . . , n − , which implies ( ). an egalitarian solution (x = · · · = xn) solves l if and only if it solves the lexmax problem ( ). if it solves l , then a lexmax solution must have x = /n, which implies by ( d) that x = · · · = xn = /n. if an egalitarian solution does not solve l , then some distribution with x < /n solves l , which implies that x < /n in any lexmax solution. thus we have corollary if the productivity functions are given by ui(α) = ciαp and the utility function by v(α) = αq, then a lexmax distribution is egalitarian ( x = · · · = xn) only if ( ) and ( ) hold. thus a rawlsian distribution is completely egalitarian when the gap between the average productivity of the k least productive individuals and that of the remaining population is not too great for any k. the maximum gap is proportional to q/p and (n − k)/k. this means that a smaller gap is re- quired when the marginal utility of wealth decreases rapidly with the level of wealth (q is small), and when the opposite is true of marginal productivity ( p is large). thus an inegal- itarian distribution is more likely when individuals do not care very much about getting rich and are satisfied with a moderate level of prosperity. inequality is also more likely when allocating greater advantages to talented or industrious people reaps consistently greater rewards. an egalitarian distribution also requires a smaller produc- tivity gap between the highest class and the remaining pop- ulation (i.e., when k = n− ) than between the lowest class and the remaining population ( k = ). thus if the distribu- tion of talents and industry has a long tail at the upper end, as is commonly supposed, the condition for equality could be hard to meet. conclusion we find that a utilitarian distribution of wealth can result in substantial inequality when some individuals are more pro- ductive than others. the distribution is completely egali- tarian only when every individual has the same marginal productivity. when marginal productivities are unequal, the most egalitarian distribution that is possible is one in which individuals are allocated wealth in proportion to their marginal productivity, and this occurs only when there are rapidly decreasing marginal returns for greater allocations of wealth. a more egalitarian distribution results when the utility function includes a penalty to account for social dysfunc- tion that inequality may cause. in particular, if the penalty is proportional to the gap between the richest and poorest individuals, we can calculate a constant of proportionality that results in a completely egalitarian distribution. this constant tends to be larger when there is large gap in av- erage productivity between two segments of society. that is, there a group of individuals that have a much smaller average marginal productivity than the remaining individu- als, relative to the overal range of productivities. this may occur, for example, when elites and common people form fairly homogenous groups separated by a large gap in aver- age productivity. finally, the rawlsian difference principle can result in a completely egalitarian distribution when no two segments of society have a large gap in average productivity. equality is more likely to occur when there are decreasing returns for placing greater investment in talented and industrious people. somewhat surprisingly, equality is also more likely when people are nearly as concerned about getting rich as about living a minimally comfortable lifestyle. when people want riches more, a privileged class is less likely to be con- sistent with rawlsian justice. finally, equality is more likely when the most talented and industrious individuals are not much more productive than the average person, even though the least productive individuals may fall far below the mean. references blackorby, c.; bossert, w.; and donaldson, d. . util- itarianism and the theory of justice. in arrow, k.; sen, a.; and suzumura, k., eds., handbook of social choice and welfare, vol. , volume of handbooks in economics. amsterdam: elsevier. – . bouveret, s., and lemaitre. . finding leximin-optimal solutions using constraint programming: new algorithms and their application to combinatorial auctions. in endriss, u., and lang, j., eds., st international workshop on com- putational social choice . isermann, h. . linear lexicographic optimization. or spektrum : – . microsoft word - abc_cpsfinal   determinants of attitudes towards transitional justice: an empirical analysis of the spanish case paloma aguilar, laia balcells and héctor cebolla forthcoming: comparative political studies vol , issue (october ) abstract: much has been said about the institutional determinants of transitional justice (tj), yet we still know little about the determinants of citizens' attitudes towards restorative policies aimed at addressing human rights violations of the past. this paper draws on an original survey of a representative sample of spanish citizens conducted in . one year earlier, the spanish socialist government had approved the so-called "law of historical memory", aimed at providing restitution for victims of the spanish civil war ( - ) and the francoist dictatorship ( - ). we analyze individual-level attitudes towards a set of tj policies (i.e. truth commissions, trials, and symbolic reparations) in a comprehensive overview of the field. we study the effect of different sets of variables: individual socio-demographic and ideological factors, family and socialization variables, and context-related factors. individual ideology, family victimization during the dictatorship and regional context appear as highly relevant in explaining individual attitudes towards tj policies. keywords: transitional justice, spain, memory, victimization, socialization                                                              paloma aguilar is associate professor of political science at uned (spain); laia balcells is researcher at institute for economic analysis, csic (barcelona, spain); héctor cebolla is assistant professor of sociology, uned (spain). this paper has benefited from comments and suggestions made by juan linz, roger petersen, gemma sala, elisabeth wood, the members of the transitional justice panel at the midwest political science association meeting ( ), and the participants in the th mit-harvard-yale civil conflict conference ( ). we thank the cis for conducting the survey, as well as the people in the research department for giving us extremely valuable feedback. we also thank eudald lerga, ana arjona, david backer and pablo de greiff for their helpful comments and suggestions. the usual caveat applies.     . introduction the expression “transitional justice” (hereafter, tj) refers to a set of procedures that are predominantly adopted during democratization periods –but also sometimes when democracy has been consolidated (aguilar, a; thoms et al., )– in order to deal with atrocities committed by the former regime or during a violent conflict. tj procedures fall into three broad categories: ( ) justice measures aimed at punishing former perpetrators for human rights violations or depriving them of illegitimate privileges; ( ) policies aimed at providing material and/or symbolic reparation for victims; and ( ) truth revelation procedures. the study of tj policies is a burgeoning field of social research, but there are still a number of lacunae to be filled. for example, while the vast majority of the literature on tj has focused on explaining the institutional determinants of these policies or on the normative discussion about their desirability, there has been little research on public opinion regarding tj. in some existing works, the opinion of citizens has been inferred from the pressures exerted by social organizations (skaar, ). this is problematic, because it cannot be assumed that there is a direct relationship between the demands promoted by organizations or pressure groups and the general preferences of the citizenry. moreover, many of the existing scholarly contributions on bottom-up demands for tj draw on ethnographic research including interviews and/or observational participation (theidon, ; ferreira, ), interviews with specific focus groups (grodsky, ; martín beristain, ; strover and weinstein, ; ictj, ), or interviews with particular subgroups of the overall population, e.g. victims (espinoza cuevas, et al. ; ictj, ) or pressure groups (backer ). in short, barring very few exceptions, scholars have not relied on systematic generalizable evidence of individual attitudes towards tj policies. in this paper, we   make a two-fold empirical contribution to this literature: first, we explore data from a hitherto unexploited representative survey of the spanish population, which we designed and was implemented by the spanish centro de investigaciones sociológicas (hereafter, cis) in april ; second, this survey is a monographic study, which provides us with detailed information on different tj measures (i.e. commissions, trials and symbolic reparations), as well as on a number of independent and control variables. this type of fine-grained data is a valuable resource from which we gain empirical leverage. at the theoretical level, this paper contributes to a better understanding of tj by presenting a set of hypotheses on the determinants of individual-level attitudes to these policies, which are grounded in tj literature and also in the literature on victimization and intergenerational transmission of identities. the latter is particularly relevant for understanding the spanish case, where the most traumatic and violent events are not recent (the civil war ended years ago, the dictatorship more than years ago), and therefore a vast majority of the population did not experience the violations at first hand. even though we focus on the spanish case, we intend to generate implications for other transitional/post-transitional countries that share some basic characteristics with spain. this paper is organized as follows: in section , we introduce the spanish case and outline its importance for the study of transitional and post-transitional justice; in section , we present the theoretical framework and hypotheses, which we empirically test in section . to conclude, we discuss our findings and their implications for other cases.   . transitional justice in spain the spanish case is particularly appropriate for tj research: the severe brutality and prolonged violations perpetrated by the franco regime against those on the losing side in the civil war ( – ), and against all those who subsequently refused to comply with its dictates ( – ), are well-known. throughout the civil conflict, tens of thousands of people on both sides lost their lives as a result of both legal and extrajudicial executions. however, political violence continued during the early years of the postwar period; estimations suggest that the franco regime executed approximately , people, that the number of prisoners in concentration camps amounted to , , and that hundreds of thousands were forced into exile. throughout franco’s entire rule, tens of thousands of people who had been expelled from their jobs after the war as a result of their ideological leanings were systematically denied reinstatement. the regime also refused to offer pensions or any compensation whatsoever not only to war-disabled veterans and civilians, but also to the widows and orphans of defeated combatants. likewise, political parties, trade unions and private individuals had their assets seized simply for having sympathized with the second republic ( – ); meanwhile, those who had supported the victors enjoyed numerous perks and privileges. after franco’s death, the presence of the traumatic memory of the civil war and the obsessive desire to avoid its repetition encouraged the main political actors and the majority of spanish citizens to look to the future by putting aside the thorniest aspects of the past. it was firmly believed that this was the only way to ensure a peaceful transition to democracy (aguilar, , b). as in other cases –chile, uruguay and hungary–, political elites reached a tacit agreement to leave the dictatorial past out of the political debate. in this context, the parliament enacted the amnesty law of   october , whose purpose was to free political prisoners and to shield the dictatorial past from any judicial proceedings. among the myriad possible tj policies that could have been adopted during the transition to democracy, only material reparation measures targeting civil war losers were approved. these policies were limited and fragmented. tj measures such as official condemnation of the dictatorship, symbolic measures aimed at the reparation of all the victims of the dictatorship, the creation of a truth commission, or the quashing of francoist trials -not to mention bringing perpetrators of human rights violations to trial- were never implemented. nevertheless, when most spaniards thought that the most painful episodes of their history had been buried once and for all, the past erupted again: in a private association devoted to the task of locating and exhuming mass graves dating from the civil war (called the asociación para la recuperación de la memoria histórica) triggered a social and political debate about the shortcomings of previous tj policies. in this context, the conservative social and state-wide political forces (e.g. the partido popular) positioned themselves against “digging into the past”. in contrast, the most progressive political parties and social associations (e.g. the partido socialista obrero español and the political federation led by the former communists, izquierda unida) were in favor of them. the most important quantitative and qualitative leap forward in relation to tj legislation took place during the - legislative term, especially with the passing of “law / , of th december,” which “recognizes and broadens the rights and establishes measures in favor of those who suffered persecution or violence during the civil war and the dictatorship”. our survey was conducted in the immediate aftermath of the heated debate that accompanied the passing of this law. in this context, spaniards had diverging opinions   towards tj measures; we wonder on what explains them. firstly, one could argue that individual characteristics such as ideology influenced opinions on the issue: leftist sympathizers and militants were probably more supportive of a law that was being promoted by a left-wing party. secondly, personal experiences that proved relevant in explaining preferences towards tj in other contexts could only partially explain these attitudes; most of the spanish population in had not experienced the civil war at first hand, while people under the age of did not even have experience of the dictatorship. thirdly, since reparation policies in the “law of historical memory” did not focus on monetary compensations for victimized people, greed or self-interest were irrelevant in this context. finally, regional factors could also have been important: people living in particular regions may have had different perspectives on tj owing to their different collective histories during the civil war and the dictatorship, and also because of their current ethnic identities. . theoretical framework in this paper, we argue that attitudes to tj are determined by a combination of individual, family and context-related (i.e. regional) factors. over the following pages, we outline the theoretical significance of each of these factors, and the different mechanisms through which they are likely to have an impact on attitudes towards tj. individual factors individual characteristics are essential in explaining variation in political views; the list of relevant individual-level factors explaining variation in attitudes towards tj is potentially endless. therefore, we concentrate only on those we deem most relevant theoretically: the respondent’s age is an obvious factor in explaining differences in political views. with regard to tj on past events, one would expect older people to be more   reluctant to support reparation policies because of their personal proximity to traumatic events. the mechanism driving this is fear, which might be operating more or less specifically: on the one hand, people may have a specific fear of reprisal from those who would be negatively affected by these policies (i.e. ex-victimizers); on the other hand, people may have a more general fear of a return of the conflict or the authoritarian regime (nalepa ). while it could be argued that direct memories of traumatic events could also be stimulating a desire for reparations, we expect risk-aversion to prevail among those who witnessed the civil conflict or the ancien régime. furthermore, with regard to the specific fear of reprisal, we can expect it to have a differential impact on tj preferences depending on contextual factors such as the size of the locality where the individual lives: in larger municipalities, anonymity is greater than in smaller towns; in smaller settings, politics is more personal, and people are more likely to feel that reparation policies may have specific (i.e. negative) consequences for their own safety. the way individuals evaluate tj measures should be clearly determined by their ability to understand not only the past in general, but also key historical events. education is probably the single most important individual characteristic accounting for differentials in the extent to which individuals are able to do so, yet it may not be the only one: interest in politics might also play a role in their ability to evaluate these policies. for obvious reasons, individuals may have different views about tj depending on their self-placement on the ideological axis. the direction of the effect will depend on the country’s history, including the trajectory of its political parties. finally, religiosity and/or ethnicity are other individual characteristics to be considered insofar as victimization affects religious and/or ethnic groups unevenly.   socialization and family factors the traditional focus of sociologists on the impact of family views and values in the formation of individual perceptions about life is reasonably intuitive. the literature on intergenerational transmission of political views underwent rapid growth in the seventies when styskal and sullivan ( : - ) concluded: “parents - the most trusted and revered of individuals in a person's early years - are the single most important force in transmitting party identification […] that choice of party, the substantive meaning of the party for the individual and the individual's orientation toward issues are more the products of loyalties derived from parents early in one's life, when cognitive processes are relatively underdeveloped, than the result of reflective decisions about alternatives in the political arena.” indeed, despite the popular belief that during adolescence children will turn away from their parents in search of alternative guidance for value orientation, most empirical research reveals a striking concordance between the worldviews of parents and those of their (adult) children (acock and bengtson, ; beck and jennings, ; dalhouse and frideres, ; jennings and niemi, ; ; jennings, stoker and bowers, ; miller and glass, ). thus, individuals are expected to favor tj policies to the extent that their parents do so. moreover, we might argue that individuals will favor tj policies if they adopt the condition of “victim” from their ancestors. psychological effects of violence and other forms of victimization have been widely studied in the academic literature on conflict (e.g. the well-known “post traumatic stress disorder” or ptsd). however, the specific effects of traumatic experiences on individuals’ identities and behavior have generally been overlooked (balcells, ), partly due to a lack of appropriate data for conducting empirical analyses. although the recent development of surveys and experiments in postwar settings has prompted the development of empirical studies tackling these issues, the evidence is still quite fragmented and refers mainly to the short-term effects of   traumatic events (e.g. bellows and miguel, ). neither do we find a much better state of the art in the study of individual experiences of dictatorships, and their subsequent preferences and opinions, both during and after democratization processes. this literature has usually focused on the role of political activists or highly committed individuals (maravall, ; ferreira, ), with only some recent developments concerning rank and file individuals (wittenberg, ). thus, the existing literature cannot provide an answer to the question of whether victimization generates long-term consequences on attitudes towards tj measures. nevertheless, it can be argued that, given the positive impact of personal victimization on support for reparation policies on a short-term basis (nalepa, ; gibson, , a, b, ; biro et al. ), victimizing experiences of family ancestors should also lead to favorable attitudes regarding reparation policies. the mechanism leading towards an intergenerational transmission of these attitudes should be the same as that which explains intergenerational transmission of political identities. in short, we can formulate the conjecture that victimization is a condition that is transmitted to descendants through socialization processes. contextual factors the literature has nevertheless found that the family is not the only socialization source for individuals: adult re-socialization experiences (both individual -partner, friends- and contextual) can erode the primary socialization effects of the parents. thus, the broader context in which the individual lives, works and relates to other people can also have an influence on attitudes towards policies. contextual factors can be varied and complex, as are the mechanisms through which they operate; a clear contextual variable, albeit not the only one, is the individual’s political community, e.g. the locality or the region. within the community, the individual interacts according to a particular   set of cultural repertoires and discourses, and there is peer-reinforcement of these discourses. irrespective of individual and family factors, if the citizens of a particular region or locality perceive that they have been distinctively victimized, we may think that they will hold more favorable attitudes towards tj policies than elsewhere. [figure about here] figure summarizes the combination of factors which, according to our framework, should have an impact on individual preferences for tj, and which should explain variations in these preferences among individuals. while depicted as independently affecting preferences, these factors may also be intermingled: for instance, socialization within the family can be affected by contextual factors (i.e. socialization and transmission of victimization within families may vary across regions). however, given the endless list of connections that could be drawn, and the impossibility of generating clear-cut observable implications for each of these interactions, we treat them as independent factors. . empirical test in this section we will verify the explanatory power of each of the factors indicated above by examining data from the aforementioned cis survey, which sampled , respondents throughout the country and is representative of the over- spanish population. conducted over a -day period through face-to-face interviews lasting around minutes, this monographic survey on “historical memory” included questions about historical and political knowledge, political attitudes and behavior, and socio-demographic characteristics. following a common practice in the literature, we operationalized support for three different types of tj measures with different survey questions:   ) for attitudes to the creation of a truth commission to inquire into past abuses: “from your point of view, should an investigation commission (independent from the government) be created in order to clarify human rights violations that took place under francoism?” ) for attitudes towards trials to judge those responsible for past human rights violations: “should the authorities that violated human rights under francoism be brought to trial/judged?” ) for attitudes towards symbolic reparations, we used responses (agree/disagree) to the following statement: “symbols that pay tribute to franco and francoism should be withdrawn from public spaces.” to test our hypotheses, we include three subsets of independent and control variables in a set of step-wise binary and ordinal logistic regressions. we include a first set of independent variables measuring individual characteristics: ( ) age: we expect older respondents to be more reluctant to support tj measures; we also expect to find some sort of interaction between age and the size of the respondent’s locality due to the anonymity provided by large localities. ( ) interest in politics: we expect exposure to the public debate concerning the “law of historical memory” to promote clear-cut positions on the issue. we include this variable as a control. ( ) education: education increases the individual’s sophistication and thus her ability to formulate her own views about past events. ( ) religiosity: the religious division was a significant one in the context of the spanish civil war and the dictatorship -on the one hand, members of the clergy were victims of leftist violence during the conflict; and on the other, the catholic church sided with franco during the civil war and the dictatorship. thus, we expect religiosity to have a negative impact on support for tj measures. ( )   ideology: we expect a clear-cut negative effect of right-wing ideology on support for tj policies. we include a second set of variables proxying family characteristics and socialization: ( ) family identity during the civil war: those whose family identified with the nationalists during the civil war should be more negative towards tj policies, and vice-versa. ( ) family talked about politics: this variable is included to control for the extent to which politics being discussed at home may influence the intergenerational transmission of identities and victimization. ( ) father’s ideology: this variable captures the parents’ ideology: we expect a negative impact of right-wing parent ideology on support for tj. ( ) family/individual victimization: we take into account victimization both by the francoist side in the civil war and by the francoist dictatorship. the two variables included in the regressions are: ( .a) victimization during the civil war: dummy with value if the respondent argues that she or a member of her family was victimized by the francoist side during the civil war, and value if not. ( .b) victimization during the dictatorship: dummy with value if the respondent argues that she or any member of the family was victimized by the francoist dictatorship, and value if not. we expect people whose ancestors (or who themselves) have been victimized to be more supportive of tj. victimization experiences should also have a differential effect depending on the individual’s age: the older the person is, the more intensely she will feel the victimizing experience; we will test this with an interaction term in the regression models. a final set of variables is intended to measure contextual factors. as previously stated, we focus on the regional level. the francoist dictatorship strongly repressed cultural and linguistic minorities within spain; this led to a collective sense of victimization among these groups, which has persisted through time. given that our   survey has representative sub-samples for the basque country and catalonia -two territories with the most distinguishable ethnic identities and strongest sense of collective victimization in spain- we can easily incorporate a regional dummy variable into our regressions. in this respect, we expect the ( ) basque country and ( ) catalonia dummies to have a positive effect on support for all tj measures. figures - show the distribution of the responses in the different items constituting our three dependent variables: the creation of a truth commission to investigate human rights violations under francoism (truth commissions), the organization of trials to judge those responsible for human rights violations during francoism (trials), and the withdrawal from public spaces of symbols paying tribute to franco and francoism (symbols). [figures - about here] these graphs indicate that, except in the first case (truth commissions), spaniards are overtly supportive of tj policies. this is interesting, as the strong resistance to the “law of historical memory” displayed by the main right-wing party in spain (partido popular) and the conservative mass media would lead us to expect a greater degree of opposition to these policies. we also observe that people are more prone to agreeing to symbolic reparations (withdrawal of symbols) than to the other two tj measures (truth commission, trials). this is rather intuitive and consistent with patterns observed in other cases, e.g. the american south (sheridan, ). additionally, trials receive more support than truth commissions, and truth commissions elicit a greater number of hesitant answers than the other policies. table shows the results of the first logistic regression analyses for the dependent variable commissions, indicating the likelihood of supporting this particular reparatory measure. model incorporates an interaction term between age and size   of locality, which should allow us to capture the varying effect of age conditional on the degree of anonymity in which individuals live. we do not include this interaction in the remaining models. model includes only individual factors, models - add socialization and family factors, model includes an interaction between age and victimization, and model completes the specification with context-related variables. [table about here] model in table reveals an interesting result that confirms our expectations regarding the interaction between respondent’s age and size of locality: the main effect of age is negative, i.e. the older the respondent, the less likely she is to accept the creation of commissions. however, this main effect changes depending on whether the individual lives in a small town or a large city: older people in large cities are less reluctant to support the creation of commissions than those in small towns (regardless of age, the smaller the town, the more reluctant an individual will be). again, this can be explained by the fear of negative reactions in smaller (and less anonymous) locations. this interactive effect disappears when controlling for other individual level variables, especially self-placement on the left-right scale and religiosity.  our basic expectations about individual level variables are confirmed by model . the effect of age is again negative and statistically significant; religiosity and ideology are both negatively associated with the likelihood of accepting commissions, which means the more religious and more right-wing the person is, the more reluctant she is to support this measure. it is somewhat striking that education and interest in politics are not statistically significant. this could be due to the fact that the tj debate, far from being a transversal ideology-free debate, is intensively politicized. model tests the impact of family-level ideology factors. it suggests that individuals whose families sided with the francoists during the civil war are   significantly less prone to accept commissions than other individuals. there are no differences in the propensity of individuals whose families were on the republican side and those whose families were divided and fought on both sides. thus, with regard to their family histories, individuals are significantly less likely to accept commissions if they come from a homogeneous nationalist background; having had at least part of one’s family on the republican side increases acceptance of this measure. the ideology of the respondent’s father has no impact on the dependent variable, although the sign of this estimate is as predicted (i.e. negative). an interesting result drawn from this model is that individuals are more likely to support the creation of commissions when the family used to talk about politics. this could be taken as evidence confirming the importance of socialization in the formation of attitudes towards tj. interestingly, this effect decreases after controlling for the victimization variables. model tests the family victimization hypotheses. interestingly, victimization does not appear to be a homogeneous experience. being a victim of the francoist army in the civil war has no impact on our dependent variable. however, individuals reporting experiences of victimization during francoism are more likely to accept commissions than others; the magnitude of this effect is quite important and it is highly statistically significant. therefore, more recent victimization (i.e. during the dictatorship) appears to be more relevant than victimization during the civil war. this result is consistent with the fact that the truth commissions would focus on human rights violations committed under the dictatorship, and not during the civil war. we have tested for the interactive hypotheses between reported victimization and age (model ). our expectation was that the impact of victimization would decrease among younger respondents, yet we cannot fully confirm this conjecture as this   interaction is not statistically significant (although it has a positive sign). thus, victimization seems to be strongly transmitted to new generations: its impact, which is positive and highly statistically significant, does not change with the respondents’ age. note also that the main effect of age scarcely changes and remains negative in the victimization models; this means that, for those who report past experiences of family victimization, support for tj is independent of their age. finally, model indicates that catalan respondents do not differ from those from other regions in their propensity to accept commissions, whereas the basques are generally more likely to support this sort of reparation. [table about here] table depicts the results for the dependent variable trials. in this case, model cannot fully confirm our hypothesis regarding the differential effect of age conditional on town size: the interaction is not statistically significant. model is fairly consistent with its equivalent in table ; it confirms the relevance of individual-level explanatory variables: ideology, religiosity, and education (this was not statistically significant in table ). more educated people are less supportive of tj. model reveals additional differences with respect to what we observed in table : coming from a family who sided with the republicans during the civil war increases the likelihood of supporting trials. and the opposite is also true: respondents whose families sided with the francoists are significantly less supportive of trials. model rejects a general impact of victimization on the acceptance of past perpetrators being brought to trial: indeed, none of the victimization variables is significant. however, model reveals a significant interaction between age and reported victimization by the franco regime: older respondents reporting victimization are significantly more in favor of this measure than the rest of the sample. older   respondents who report no victimization clearly reject holding trials, and younger people reporting victimization also oppose this measure, which indicates that victimization experiences lead to different attitudes towards reparatory measures depending on the individual’s age. in model , both regional dummies are statistically significant. respondents in the basque country and catalonia are more likely to accept the holding of trials than respondents in other territories, and this effect is greater in the former territory than in the latter. [table about here] table tests the determinants of attitudes towards symbolic reparation measures; the dependent variable measures approval of the withdrawal of symbols of francoism. the first model (model ) suggests -as in table - that even though older respondents are generally more reluctant to support this symbolic reparation, those living in larger urban areas are less likely to be so. furthermore, as in table , the only significant socio-demographic variables are -in addition to respondent’s age- ideology and religiosity. in this case, the position of the respondents appears to be heavily dependent on family variables (model ). indeed: there is an almost linear association between family leanings in the civil conflict and respondent attitudes regarding this measure: whenever the respondent recalls a francoist past in her family, her likelihood of accepting this form of symbolic reparation significantly decreases, as compared to those who claim to have roots on both sides. and when the individual comes from a family that fought on the republican side, she is more likely to accept this reparation, as compared to those whose relatives were divided on both sides. victimization (model ) is more significantly related to our dependent variable than in the previous models (tables and ). both estimates of victimization (victimization by of francoism and bythe nationalist side during the civil war) are significant here. interestingly, the   interaction between victimization and respondent’s age (model ) is not significant, implying that this effect is equally important among respondents of all ages. our final model (model ) reconfirms the basque and catalan specificity; this regional effect is again stronger in the former region than in the latter. a caveat to our empirical results is that the observed effects of victimization on attitudes towards tj are an artifact of an endogenous relationship between reported victimization and ideology. it could be that those identified with the left are more prone to report past victimization experiences than those who identified with the right. a graphic inspection of the distribution of these two sub-samples along the ideological axis allows us to observe that these two subsamples have almost undistinguishable distributions. [figure about here] however, a kolmogorov-smirnov test performed on the distribution along the ideological axis (i.e. left-right) of the sub-samples of victimized/non-victimized individuals suggests that these samples are significantly different, non-victims being located further to the right than non-victims (table ). this indicates that endogeneity cannot be completely discarded. [table about here] unfortunately, we do not have an instrumental variable for ‘victimization’, or an experimental design, which would allow for a better identification strategy. we nevertheless believe that the fact that we have controlled for the effect of each of these variables (i.e. ideology and victimization) on the other by including them in the same regression model should give us some degree of methodological comfort.   to summarize, the general patterns identified in these results above are as follows: respondent’s ideology and religiosity are decisive determinants of support, more conservative and religious people being the most reluctant towards tj policies. the fact that the catholic church, in contrast to what happened in countries like argentina, has never shown any regret for its support of francoism (both during the civil war and the dictatorship), may help to explain why, still today, religiosity is negatively associated with support for tj measures. the effect of other individual-level variables is modest. age is a relevant predictor of support, older respondents being less likely to support tj. this variable appears to have a differential impact across town of residence; the effect of being older is stronger (more negative) in smaller towns, which tallies with the observed resistance to tj policies in small villages (aguilar b). education is only significant in one of our models although, interestingly enough, its coefficient has a negative sign in all models of the three tables. regarding the impact of family socialization, we find that, years after the civil war and more than years after the dictatorship, reported victimization -suffered by the respondent or their relatives- is crucial in explaining current attitudes towards tj. this conclusion suggests that more attention should be paid to personal and family experiences in the formation of political views and attitudes, especially if they are traumatic. in south africa, backer ( ) has found significant differences between direct victims of the apartheid and the rest of the population regarding satisfaction with the trc. in rwanda, a survey study of the ictj has also found that “personal experiences shaped respondents’ attitudes” (referred in thoms et al. : ). in general, the impact of victimization is unrelated to the respondent’s age, which confirms the decisive importance of intergenerational transmission of views about traumatic events. the only exception to this is the significant effect of the age   parameter on support for trials (table ); one explanation could be that reparatory aspects of justice are more likely to be transmitted across generations than retributive ones. this might also be indicative that the revenge impulse tends to fade over time, whereas the need to see the victims properly redressed may be more easily and frequently maintained. finally, we have found that contextual factors are relevant in explaining attitudes towards tj policies. in this paper we have focused on regional-level factors, which are intuitively very relevant in the spanish case, with the catalan and basque minorities. however, differences could also occur at other levels of aggregation. for example, arjona ( ) has emphasized the importance of the municipal level for reparation policies in colombia. the significance of these contextual differences will depend not only on the existence of different victimizing experiences, but also on a certain degree of collective self-awareness and mechanisms for its reproduction. . conclusions frequently starting from normative rather than empirically demonstrated assumptions, the tj literature has traditionally focused on the different political strategies developed by political actors either to promote or to oppose institutional arrangements aimed either at redressing victims or at bringing perpetrators to justice. in doing so, there has been a tendency to disregard public opinion towards tj policies. this is unfortunate, as the use of surveys gives us “a better sense of how pro- and anti- tj constituencies emerge” (thoms, : ; ). this paper, which has sought to explain determinants of popular attitudes towards tj in contemporary spain, represents a contribution to the specialized literature on the topic. we have analyzed tj as disaggregated in different types of measures, which can either be complementary or alternative to each other. we have observed that   variation in support for tj interventions issues from a combination of individual and family-level (socialization) variables. in general terms, those who are more likely to support these measures are people who are closer to the left, younger, and non-religious, but also people whose families sided with the republicans during the civil war and/or were victimized during the dictatorship. we have also identified some contextual (regional) differences, which make the likelihood of supporting tj greater in those parts of the country where strong and differentiated ethnic or national identities prevail. while the findings related to ideology, religiosity, age or town size may be dependent on the specificities of spain (even though some could be relevant in other cases), a lesson that transcends this case is that policies that are perceived as being less aggressive, such as withdrawing symbols of the past (something that does not entail digging into the past to identify human rights violations and perpetrators), are more widely supported by the citizenry. in contrast, measures perceived as more risky (i.e. creation of truth commissions and holding of trials) are less widely supported by citizens. the importance of differentiating between the more moderate and the more radical instruments, and even attempts to create an ordered scale or a “spectrum” of tj policies, has started to be considered in the literature (payne et al., ; grodsky, ). in other words, tj measures do not appear to be reducible to a single dimension; and, depending on their nature, different interventions are likely to generate different levels of popular support. the results illustrate the long-term relevance of victimization and socialization on political identities. on the one hand, individuals do not seem to be forgetful of their history, i.e. the mere passage of time does not necessarily contribute to oblivion. in spain, the lack of appropriate tj measures may have prevented victims and their relatives from leaving the past behind. on the other hand, the condition of victim, which   may be more or less specific (i.e. relating to the family or the political community), seems to travel from one generation to another and to have clear-cut political consequences. interestingly, carmil and breznitz ( ) reached a similar conclusion in their research on the effect of the trauma derived from the holocaust experience on both the survivors and their descendants. indeed, even if in this paper we have focused on attitudes towards tj policies, the effects of victimizing experiences are likely to be broader (e.g. on political identities) (balcells, ; wood, ). to conclude, our work underscores the importance of micro-level data for the study of tj, which can reveal unpredicted empirical patterns. for example, at the mere descriptive level, our study has clarified the views of spaniards regarding tj issues. our data demonstrate that, contrary to what has been commonly assumed, spaniards are reasonably supportive of the application of tj policies. in fact, the data indicates that the average spanish citizen would have endorsed a more ambitious legal application of tj principles than that provided for in the “law of historical memory”.   references acock, a. & bengtson, v. l. ( ). socialization and attribution: actual versus perceived similarity among parents and youth. journal of marriage and the family, , - . aguilar, p. ( ). memory and amnesia: the role of the spanish civil war in the transition to democracy. oxford & ny: berghahn books. aguilar, p. ( a). transitional or post-transitional justice? recent developments in the spanish case. south european society & politics ( ), - . aguilar, p. ( b). políticas de la memoria y memorias de la política. madrid: alianza editorial. arjona, a. ( ). one national war, multiple local orders: an inquiry into the unit of analysis of war and post-war interventions. in law in peace negotiations, edited by m. bergsmo and p. kalmanovitz. oslo: prio. balcells, l. ( ). the effects of wars on political identities: ideological change and continuity after the spanish civil war ( – ). paper presented at the annual meeting of the american political science association, chicago, il. barahona de brito, a., gonzález-enríquez, c., & aguilar, p. (eds.) ( ). the politics of memory. transitional justice in democratizing societies. oxford: oxford university press. backer, d. ( ). civil society and transitional justice: possibilities, patterns and prospects. journal of human rights , - . beck, p. a., & jennings, m.k. ( ). family traditions, political periods, and the development of partisan orientations. the journal of politics, ( ), - . bellows, j. & e. miguel ( ) war and collective action in sierra leone. working paper, university of california, berkeley.   biro, miklos et al. ( ). attitudes toward justice and social reconstruction in bosnia and herzegovina and croatia. in e. strover, & h. m. weinstein (eds.) my neighbor, my enemy. justice and community in the aftermath of mass atrocity (pp. - ). cambridge, n.y.: cambridge university press. carmil, d., & breznitz, s. ( ). personal trauma and world view –are extremely stressful experiences related to political attitudes, religious beliefs, and future orientation? journal of traumatic stress, ( ), - . dalhouse, m., & frideres, j.s. ( ). intergenerational congruency: the role of the family in political attitudes of youth. journal of family issues, , - . david, r. & choi, s.y. ( ). forgiveness and transitional justice in the czech republic. the journal of conflict resolution, ( ), - . davis, m. ( ). is spain recovering its memory? breaking the pacto del olvido. human rights quarterly, ( ), – . de greiff, pablo (not dated). theorizing transitional justice. unpublished paper. elster, j. ( ). coming to terms with the past. a framework for the study of justice in the transition to democracy. archives européennes de sociologie, xxxix( ), - . elster, j. ( ). closing the books. transitional justice in historical perspective. ny: cambridge university press. elster, j. ( ). (ed.) retribution and reparation in the transition to democracy. ny: cambridge university press. espinoza cuevas, v., ortiz rojas, m.l., & rojas baeza, p. ( ). comisiones de la verdad. ¿un camino incierto? chile: corporación de promoción y defensa de los derechos del pueblo.   ferreira, e. f. ( ). mujeres, memoria e identidad política. historia, antropología y fuente oral , - . gibson, j. l. ( ). truth, justice, and reconciliation: judging the fairness of amnesty in south africa. american journal of political science, ( ), - . gibson, j. l. ( a). does truth lead to reconciliation? testing the causal assumptions of the south african truth and reconciliation process. american journal of political science, ( ), - . gibson, j. l. ( b). overcoming apartheid: can truth reconcile a divided nation? ny: russell sage foundation. gibson, j. l. ( ). “truth” and “reconciliation” as social indicators. social indicators research, , - . grodsky, b. ( ). weighing the costs of accountability: the role of institutional incentives in pursuing transitional justice. journal of human rights, , - . grodsky, b. ( ). re-ordering justice: towards a new methodological approach to studying transitional justice. journal of peace research, ( ), - . ictj. (may ). iraqi voices: attitudes toward transitional justice and social reconstruction. ictj. (august ). living with fear: a population-based survey on attitudes about peace, justice and social reconstruction in eastern democratic republic of congo. jennings, m.k. & niemi, r. g. ( ). the political character of adolescence. princeton, nj: princeton university press. jennings, m.k. & niemi, r.g. ( ). generations and politics. princeton, nj: princeton university press.   jennings, m.k., stoker, j. & bowers, j. ( ). politics across generations: family transmission reexamined. the journal of politics ( ), - . juliá, s. (ed.) ( ). víctimas de la guerra civil. madrid: temas de hoy. kritz, n. j. (ed.) ( ). transitional justice: how emerging democracies reckon with former regimes. washington d.c.: united states institute of peace press. koonings, k., & kruijt, d. (ed). ( ). societies of fear: the legacy of civil war, violence and terror in latin america. london: zed books. longman, t., et al. ( ). connecting justice to human experience: attitudes toward accountability and reconciliation in rwanda, in e. strover & h. m. weinstein (eds.) my neighbor, my enemy. justice and community in the aftermath of mass atrocity, (pp. - ). cambridge, n.y.: cambridge university press. maravall, j. m. ( ). dictatorship and political dissent. workers and students in franco’s spain. london: tavistock. martin beristain, c. ( ). diálogos sobre la reparación. experiencias en el sistema interamericano de derechos humanos. costa rica: instituto interamericano de derechos humanos. mcadams, j. a. (ed.) ( ). transitional justice and the rule of law in new democracies. notre dame, ind.: university of notre dame press. miller, r.b., & glass, j. . parent-child attitude similarity across the life course. journal of marriage and the family, , - . montero, j. r., calvo, k., & martínez, a. ( ). el voto religioso en españa y portugal. revista internacional de sociología, , - nalepa, m. ( ). procedural fairness and demand for transitional justice: evidence from east central europe. paper presented at the annual meeting of the midwest political science association, chicago, il.   nalepa, m. ( ). to punish the guilty and protect the innocent. comparing truth revelation procedures. journal of theoretical politics, ( ), - . nalepa, m. ( ). skeletons in the closet: transitional justice in post- communist europe. ny: cambridge university press (forthcoming). payne, leigh et al. ( ). does transitional justice work? presented at the international studies association convention, san francisco. sheridan, e. ( ). transitional justice and the american south. presented at the annual meeting of the midwest political science association meeting, chicago, il. skaar, e. ( ). truth commissions, trials or nothing. third world quarterly, ( ), - . strover, e., & weinstein, h.m. (eds.) ( ). my neighbor, my enemy. justice and community in the aftermath of mass atrocity. cambridge, n.y.: cambridge university press. styskal, r. a., & sullivan, h. j. ( ). intergenerational continuity and congruence on political values. political research quarterly, , - . taylor, g., samii, c., & mvukiyehe, e. ( ). wartime and post-conflict experiences in burundi: an individual level survey. presented at september apsa meeting, philadelphia. available at: http://www.columbia.edu/~cds /burundisurvey tedin, k. l. ( ). the influence of parents on the political attitudes of adolescents. american political science review, , - . teitel, r. ( ). transitional justice. ny: oxford university press. theidon, k. ( ). the micropolitics of reconciliation in postwar peru. journal of conflict resolution, ( ), - .   thoms, o., ron, j., & paris, r. ( ). the effects of transitional justice mechanisms, cips working paper, university of ottawa. wittenberg, j. ( ). crucibles of political loyalty: church institutions and electoral continuity in hungary. ny: cambridge university press. wood, e. ( ). the social processes of civil war: the wartime transformation of social networks. annual review of political science, , - .   tables and figures table . logit regressions: creation of a truth commission for investigating human rights violations under francoism commissions m m m m m m age effect age - . *** - . ** - . - . *** - . *** - . *** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) town size - . * - . - . - . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) town size*age . * ( . ) individual level interest in politics . - . - . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) education - . - . - . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) religiosity - . *** - . *** - . *** - . *** - . *** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ideology - . *** - . *** - . *** - . *** - . *** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) socialization ( ) family on francoist side in civil war - . ** ( . ) - . * ( . ) - . * ( . ) - . * ( . ) family on republican side in cw . . . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) family talked about politics . *** . *** . ** . * ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) father’s ideology - . - . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) victim of francoism . *** . * . *** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) victim of francoists in the cw . ( . ) . ( . ) . ( . ) age*victimization . ( . ) regional differences ( ) catalonia - . ( . ) basque country . * ( . ) constant . . . . . *** . *** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) n chi . *** . *** . *** . *** . *** . *** akaike’s ic . . . . . . legend: * p<. ; ** p<. ; *** p<. ( ) the reference category comprises those who said their family fought on both sides during the civil war. ( ) the reference category comprises all other spaniards.   table . ordinal logit regressions: the authorities that violated human rights under francoism should be brought to trial trials m m m m m m age effect age - . *** - . *** - . *** - . *** - . *** - . *** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) town size - . . . . . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) town size*age . ( . ) individual level interest in politics - . - . - . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) education - . * - . - . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) religiosity - . *** - . ** - . *** - . ** - . ** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ideology - . *** - . *** - . *** - . *** - . *** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) socialization ( ) family on francoist side in civil war - . * - . * - . - . * ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) family on republican side in cw . *** . *** . *** . *** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) family talked about politics . . . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) father’s ideology - . - . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) victim of francoism . - . ** . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) victim of francoists in cw . . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) age*victimization . ** ( . ) regional catalonia . *** differences ( ) ( . ) basque country . *** ( . ) cut point - . - . - . - . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) cut point - . - . - . - . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) n chi . *** . *** . *** . *** . *** . *** akaike’s ic . . . . . . legend: * p<. ; ** p<. ; *** p<. ( ) the reference category comprises those who said their family fought on both sides during the civil war. ( ) the reference category comprises all other spaniards.   table . ordinal logit regressions: symbols paying tribute to francoism should be withdrawn from public spaces symbols m m m m m m age effect age - . *** . . - . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) town size - . *** - . - . - . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) town size*age . *** ( . ) individual level interest in politics . . . . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) education - . - . - . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) religiosity - . *** - . *** - . *** - . *** - . *** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ideology - . *** - . *** - . *** - . *** - . *** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) socialization ( ) family in francoist side in the civil war - . *** - . *** - . ** - . *** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) family in republican side in the civil war . ** . . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) family talked about politics - . - . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) father’s ideology . . . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) victim of francoism . *** . . *** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) victim of francoists in the civil war . * . * . * ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) age*victimization . ( . ) regional differences ( ) (ref. is other) catalonia . *** ( . ) basque country . *** ( . ) cut point - . *** - . *** - . *** - . *** - . *** - . *** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) cut point - . *** - . *** - . *** - . *** - . *** - . *** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) n chi . *** . *** . *** . *** . *** . *** akaike’s ic . . . . . . legend: * p<. ; ** p<. ; *** p<. ( ) the reference category comprises those who said their family fought on both sides during the civil war. ( ) the reference category comprises all other spaniards.      table . two-sample kolmogorov-smirnov test for equality of distribution functions smaller group d p.value non-victims . victims - . . combined k-s . .   figure . determinants of tj policies attitudes towards tj measures individual factors socialization parental ideology family victimization contextual factors   figure . support for the creation of a truth commission to investigate human rights violations under francoism   figure - support for trials against authorities that violated human rights under francoism   figure . support for the withdrawal of monuments paying tribute to francoism   figure . ideology self-placement for victims and non-victims extreme left extreme right no victimization  reported victimization  reported d en si ty ( % o f re sp o n d en ts )   appendix descriptive statistics variable name n mean std. dev. min max trials , . . symbols , . . monuments , . . commissions , . . age , . . town size , . . interest in politics , . . education , . . religiosity , . . ideology , . . victim of francoism , . . victim of francoists in cw , . . family on francoist side in cw , . . family on republican side in cw , . . family talked about politics , . . father’s ideology , . . catalonia , . . basque country , . .                                                                  endnotes the first category includes: trials; annulment of auto-amnesties approved by officials of the previous regime; legislation expropriating illegitimately acquired assets of former authoritarian parties; lustration or purging of individuals actively involved with the authoritarian regime. reparation ranges from various forms of material compensatory policies (e.g. restitution of confiscated property rights, or provision of pensions to the victims or their families) to symbolic measures (e.g. memorials to the victims, or official apologies). truth revelation procedures normally entail the creation of commissions and/or the declassification of secret police archives. see, among others, kritz ( ); mcadams ( ); teitel ( ); barahona de brito et al. ( ); elster ( ; ; ); nalepa ( ; ); de greiff (not dated). while the latter caveat applies to any policy, it is particularly relevant in the case of tj for a number of reasons: firstly, civil society is likely to be weakened in the aftermath of an authoritarian experience and/or a violent conflict, and organizational resources to lobby for tj are likely to be scarce. secondly, even if there is an underlying desire for these type of measures in society, people are not likely to openly request them for fear of political destabilization, residual power of the repressive actors, and the like. finally, pressures exerted by a number of social actors aimed at advancing tj may simply be representative of a few groups with highly intense preferences (i.e. victims and their relatives), and not of the society in general. a notable exception is gibson’s ( ; a; b) research in south africa. through representative surveys at national level, his research has focused on the reconciliatory effects of the truth and reconciliation commission (trc), as well as on the social perception of justice derived from this institution. nalepa ( ; ) has                                                                                                                                                                                  also implemented representative surveys in hungary, poland and czech republic on matters related to tj policies. other studies based on survey research are listed in thoms et. al. ( : - ). the estimated death toll during the civil war is , , of which around , are estimated to be civilian victims of intentional lethal violence –of these, , were victims of francoist violence, and , were victims of leftist violence (juliá ). aguilar ( a) argues that a crucial factor explaining the resurgence of this debate is the arrival in the public sphere of the “grandchildren of the war”, who were free from the fears and guilt of their parents. davis ( : ) has pointed to the importance of pinochet’s arrest in london -after an initiative by the spanish judge baltasar garzón- in understanding these changes. official state gazette nº , of th december , p. . it will be referred to in this article as the “law of historical memory”, the name it has been given in the mass media. see, for example, nalepa ( ) for poland, the czech republic and hungary; david and choi ( ) for the czech republic; theidon ( ) for peru; gibson ( , a, b, ) for south africa; biro et al. ( ) for bosnia and herzegovina and croatia. the effect of the perceived threat from members linked to the authoritarian regime is studied by nalepa ( ), who finds it to be a significant predictor of attitudes towards lustration in poland, czech republic and hungary. this factor was also found to be significant in south africa (gibson, b). on trauma and fear arising from repression in authoritarian regimes, see koonings and kruijt ( ).                                                                                                                                                                                  in spain, leftist ideology would be expected to be associated with support for tj policies. the opposite would apply in other contexts (i.e. post-communist settings). nonetheless, we will empirically explore a different set of interactions. the basque country and catalonia are over-represented, with and respondents, respectively. in our analyses, we take into account this over-representation so that the results are perfectly representative of the whole country. the response options are = yes; = no; = doesn’t know; = doesn’t answer; we built a dummy variable with values = yes; = no. responses are measured on a scale from to where = “completely disagree”; = “completely agree”; = “neither agree nor disagree.” the same scale as in applies. town size is entered as an ordinal variable (on a scale - ) following the usual coding in cis surveys. the categories are: = , or fewer inhabitants; = between , and , ; = between , and , ; = between , and , ; = between , and , ; = between , and , , ; = more than , , . “could you tell me if you are interested in politics in general?” possible responses are = very much; = quite a lot; = a little; = not at all. indeed, education and interest in politics are two mandatory controls in our estimation, since individuals scoring higher in one or both are much less likely to give a “does not know” type of answer. adding these controls helps to avoid sample bias. the variable has the values for primary education or less; for secondary education; for university degree.                                                                                                                                                                                  this is a scalar variable that goes from to , where is non-religious (i.e. the respondent identifies herself as atheist or non-religious) and highly religious (i.e. the respondent says that she goes to mass several days a week). while the impact of religion on spanish politics is not as strong as it used to be, it remains a significant factor explaining voting and electoral competition (montero et al., ). this variable measures the self-reported position on the left-right scale ranging from (extreme left) to (extreme right). we measure this with the question: “as far as you can remember, which of the two sides that fought the civil war did your family most identify with, the republicans or the nationalists?” [“nationalists” is the name that was given to franco’s supporters during the civil war]. possible responses are: = nationalist; = republicans; = both; = neither. this question has been used in previous surveys conducted by the cis. in our survey, the response rate to this question ( %) was higher than in any previous one. we include this variable in the regressions as two different dummies: family nationalist side, and family republican side. “when you were a child or adolescent, how much did they talk about politics at home?”: = very much; = quite a lot; = a little; = not at all. to be consistent with the traditional male preeminence in spanish culture we use father’s position on the ideological scale. the correlation between the father’s ideology and the mother’s is very high ( . ), so we cannot include both of them in the same regressions. using the mother’s ideology implies no change in our results (these are available upon request). since our indicator was reported by the respondent, some bias may exist (i.e. the respondent bringing her father closer to her ideological                                                                                                                                                                                  positions). yet, the correlation between the respondent’s ideology and her father’s is not dramatically high ( . ). we do not take into account victimization by the republican side during the civil war, as we would not expect this to have straightforward effects on attitudes towards tj. as we explained, victims of the republican side received reparations in the past. current tj measures are connected to reparation for francoist violations. victimization includes any of the following: death in combat; death in bombardment; homicide; death penalty; disappearance; imprisonment; flight from spain; was forced into hiding; was expelled from work. we label this variable “victim of nationalist side during cw”. this includes any of the following: arrest; imprisonment; was expelled from work; was fined; was forced to leave the country; was executed. we label this variable “victim of francoism”. due to the limited number of cases in the group of people with direct victimizing experiences, we include family and individual victimization experiences together. we have also run analyses without those with personal victimizing experiences, and the results are consistent. according to thoms et al. ( : ),”different regions (…) are likely to have quite different views on tj”, and they recommend “over-sampling”, as we have done in our study. the rate of “doesn’t know” responses is . % for truth commissions, . % for trials, and . % for symbols. we must bear in mind that the question about the creation of a truth commission had a different set of response categories than the others; in this case, the intermediate category of “indifferent” is absent, which may have pushed the respondents toward either one of the two extremes: agree-disagree.                                                                                                                                                                                  note that missing data implies a reduction in the size of the sample used for the estimations of models presented in tables , , and . re-estimating them using selection models that correct for potential selection bias in our dependent variables implies no changes to our conclusions. though we do not have enough space to develop on the differences between basques and catalans regarding their support of tj policies, one explanation could be that basque nationalism is more extreme than catalan. while in the basque country there is a significant tendency to consider spanish and basque identities as incompatible, in catalonia dual identities (people feeling simultaneously spanish and catalan) are more frequent (this can be seen in our survey: available upon request). given that francoism was characterized by the aggressive imposition of spanish identity and the repression of minority identities, a more extreme ethnic identity may be leaning towards a greater support for tj measures. similarly, in the south african case it has been confirmed that “young blacks are not more likely to be reconciled than older blacks” (gibson, b: ). this result ties in with gibson’s ( a) finding regarding the importance of racial identities in explaining the acceptance of tj measures in south africa. in most of the few existing studies based on survey data, support for tj measures shows to be more common than the opposite (thoms et al, : ).  book reviews equal justice eric rakowski, +xii pages, oxford, , clarendon press, £ . . professor rakowski begins his book with a quote from aristotle's politics: 'all hold that justice is some kind of equality'. his own account of an egalitarian conception of distributive justice in this outstanding book ranks alongside the pioneering work recently done in this area by writers such as john rawls and ronald dworkin. rakowski's answer to the question of how scarce resources are to be shared around he calls 'equality of fortune', and his defence of this notion takes up the first half of the book. like g a cohen, rakowski believes that the essence of egalitarianism lies in evening out the effects of 'brute' bad luck, that is, ill fortune which is not the result of risk incurred by the agent. inequalities arising from chance require a redistribution of resources, and 'resources' here include physical and mental capacities. ideally, each should start life with equally valuable resources, subject to two caveats: there is some presumption in favour of allowing gifts and bequests to children; and great sacrifices cannot be called for from the more fortunate. rakowski's is not merely a 'starting-gate' theory. equality of fortune as a general ideal - along with a stress on the importance of personal autonomy - requires the establishment of various insurance schemes, and the details of these are developed carefully in the book. theories of justice are often set in opposition to utilitarianism, and here rakowski's thesis looks particularly strong: why should someone who has already been dealt a bad hand by fate suffer yet more at the hands of morality on the ground that he or she will be an inefficient consumer of resources? like rawls, rakowski offers us a view of 'justice as fairness'. rakowski closes part i of the book with a chapter on whether transferable organs or blood should be seen as resources subject to redistribution. he argues that they should be, and that in certain circumstances compulsory extraction of, for example, blood might be justified. this would be unusual, however, if his recommendation that post mortem extractions be the norm were adopted. part ii of the book defends an account of strict liability which may be useful to those interested in medical negligence. in particular, rakowski's attack on the idea that tort law is to be understood in wealth maximising terms is such that this view must henceforth be consigned to the dustbin of philosophical history. in part iii, rakowski returns to the more straightforwardly medical ethical issue of the allocation of life-saving resources. he argues that numbers are relevant in life-saving decisions, but not because it is objectively better if, other things being equal, a larger group survives. rather, we are each required now to form an intention to save the larger group in any such case, since this is in the interest of all. rakowski dedicates a chapter to considering whether particular characteristics ofpersons, such as age or moral character, should influence choices between lives. his subtle discussion concludes that only (i) large differences in age and (ii) the individual's responsibility for his or her plight are relevant. he ends the book by defending a rights-based view against, in most circumstances, killing one being to benefit others. i disagree with some of rakowski's negative arguments, acute as they are; but his sophisticated and humane account of justice is among the most powerful and persuasive i have read. his discussions of medical ethical questions will be the starting point for those who address these questions in future. this is a book that deserves to be - and no doubt will be - taken very seriously indeed. roger crisp, fellow in philosophy, st anne's college, oxford. aids: an epidemic of ethical puzzles edited by the hastings center, usa, pages, dartmouth, , gower academic publishing group, £ . hc. the acquired immune deficiency syndrome, with its undertones of sexuality and a pervasive fear of contagion, has been the catalyst for a revolution in professional ethics. the issues of patient autonomy, the conduct of placebo control trials, the rights of confidentiality, informed consent, death with dignity, and the obligations to provide care for individual health care workers are all explored in this recent collection of papers from the hastings center. what struck me most forcibly, on reading this book, was the major shift in ethical perceptions during the aids epidemic. the early paternalistic pronouncements from professional bodies have been modified in the light ofexperience and have lost some oftheir lofty tone. it is helpful in the present difficulties of the national health service to recognise that in britain there has long been a consensus of an entitlement to health care by all and a less well expressed view of the obligation of individual health-care workers to provide such treatment. such a consensus does not exist in the united states where health care is not freely available to all and professional bodies jealously cherish the right of doctors to act as independent contractors and to refuse to provide health care. human immunodeficiency virus infection is slowly altering this perception with many states enacting anti-discriminatory legislation. the other fascinating aspect of this collection of papers is a thought- provoking review of the obligations and opportunities of researchers in the third world. the changes in ethics occurring in different social and cultural situations are clearly expounded. as a lay reader i am always left vaguely disappointed that this sort of book does not provide a few simple rules which would guide me in day-to- day ethical decisions. i am, however, reassured when i discover that people who have made the study of ethics their lifetime's work face the same difficulties. this book is a fascinating historical account of the ethical dilemmas produced by the aids epidemic and makes a thought- provoking change from the average textbook, although it is rather expensive at £ . brian gazzard, consultant physician and aids co-ordinator, westminster hospital, dean ryle street, horseferry road, london swip ap. family rights: family law and medical advance edited by elaine sutherland and alexander mccall smith, pages, edinburgh, , edinburgh press, £ . . o n a p ril , b y g u e st. p ro te cte d b y co p yrig h t. h ttp ://jm e .b m j.co m / j m e d e th ics: first p u b lish e d a s . /jm e . . . o n ju n e . d o w n lo a d e d fro m http://jme.bmj.com/ health care and global justice health care and global justice tenth world congress on bioethics singapore, july . the hon. michael kirby ac cmg tenth world congress on bioethics singapore, july health care and global justice*  the hon. michael kirby ac cmg  australia how i got here why am i here? an invitation from my old friend professor alastair campbell, director of the centre for biomedical ethics in singapore, and the provision of an air ticket secured my attendance but dig deeper? why did you come? because i am fascinated with the impact of internationalism on my own discipline, the law . law, in my youth, was unlike medicine, engineering, science and architecture. it was ever so local and, let‟s be frank, rather parochial or imperial. that feature was imposed by the constant need to find jurisdiction. now, law is awakening to the relevance and impact of ideas that are global, species-wide, concerned with the biosphere and even with the larger universe. all of this has happened in little more than years since the charter created the united nations out of the ashes and tears of war and from the suffering that destroyed mighty empires that required the world to start again.  address to the tenth world congress on bioethics, held in singapore, on july . * former justice of the high court of australia ( - ); former member of unesco international bioethics committee ( - ); member of the unaids reference panel on hiv and human rights ( -); member of the undp global commission on hiv and the law ( -); gruber justice prize . m.d. kirby, “international law – the impact on national constitutions”, american uni international l rev ( ). yes. we know all that. but what possible right do you have to be here? why do you have the presumption to think that bioethicists (who are philosophers, physicians, nurses, theologians, social scientists, policy analysts and other practitioners in a multi-disciplinary field ), will have the slightest interest in what you have to say? what, pray, is your value- added that justifies your space in the programme? well, as a judge, i decided many controversial cases: whether damages should be awarded for wrongful (unexpected) birth ? and for so-called “wrongful life” ? these and many other decisions demanded a judicial resolution of what were truly bioethical questions. not enough, i hear you say. who cares what a court, even a final national court, in australia decides on such matters? this is the world congress of bioethics, my friend. we just do not have the time to look at the variable judicial decisions of courts in every country under the sun. no. you need much more than that to grab our attention. well, there was my work in the australian law reform commission, so many years ago, that first introduced me to the issues of bioethics. what of the report we wrote so carefully on the dilemmas of the law on human tissue transplants? those proposals were adopted as law throughout australia. they dealt with the definition of „death‟. with consent. with opting out or opting in. payment for body parts, and so on. well, that is getting closer. but it is still hardly global. ruth macklin, “bioethics and public policy in the next millennium – presidential address” ( ) bioethics [no. ], . cattanach v mellchior ( ) clr . harriton v stephens ( ) clr . australian law reform commission, human tissue transplants (alrc , ). well, there was my work on the inaugural global commission on aids of the world health organisation (who), which proclaimed the aids paradox and the need to protect the vulnerable so as to change their behaviour and safeguard the majority? now, that‟s getting better, i hear you say. hiv/aids is truly a world problem. and there was also the later work on the unaids reference group on hiv and human rights. and last month, i was appointed to the new global commission on hiv and the law, established by the united nations development programme (undp). this will tackle the way the law can actually support the struggle against hiv. and also how the law can sometimes prove an obstacle to effective responses to the pandemic: the intellectual property laws that greatly enlarge the costs of anti-retrovirals. or the laws on women that render them specifically vulnerable and disempowered. or the laws on the vulnerable groups at greatest risk of hiv: injecting drug users; sex workers; men who have sex with men. this is all very well, comes your response. but it is still rather particular. remind yourself please that this is a general world congress on bioethics. if you want to talk about aids, you should have taken your paper to vienna last week and delivered it there. in desperation, i invoke the decade i served as a member of the international bioethics committee (ibc) of unesco, between and . during that time, i took part in the tail-end of the adoption of the universal declaration of the human genome and human rights and the international declaration on human genetic data . and then the clincher. i was part of the ibc when it accepted the challenge of unesco director-general, koichiro matsura and developed the universal declaration on bioethics and human rights (“the bioethics declaration”). surely it is useful to a world congress on bioethics to know something about the origins of that bold venture. to be aware of its objectives, course and achievements. and to be aware of some of the praise and criticism that has been voiced about it. i have more than the average reason to know about these things. the ibc elected me the chair of the drafting group that prepared the first text of the bioethics declaration, before it was sent off by the ibc to the intergovernmental bioethics committee (igbc) in preparation for its eventual submission to (and endorsement by) the general conference of unesco. alright, we give in. it looks as if we have got to listen to you. but please make your remarks relevant to the big themes of justice in our world. tell us exactly how this bioethics declaration can have the slightest value to the world‟s struggle to achieve the millennium development goals (mdgs) adopted by the leaders of member countries in the united nations . how will the bioethics declaration be any more than another paper document, like so many other paper documents that lie gathering dust in united nations offices in new york, geneva or paris? universal declaration on the human genome and human rights, unesco, th sess., c/resolution . see g.p. smith, “quality of life, sanctity of creation” nebraska l rev at ( ), and n lenoir, “universal declaration on the human genome and human rights: the first legal and ethical framework at the global level”, columbia human rts l rev ( ). international declaration on human genetic data, unesco, nd sess., c/resolution. the millennium development goals appear in undp, the mdgs through socio-economic rights: constitution making and implementation handbook ( ), undp, bangkok, . how did all that all that effort of the ibc make one iota of difference to the mdgs and the attainment of the stated common ideals of „justice‟ in our world: ) to eradicate extreme poverty and hunger; ) to achieve universal primary education; ) to promote gender equality and to empower women; ) to reduce child mortality; ) to improve maternal health; ) to combat hiv/aids, malaria and other diseases; ) to ensure environmental sustainability; and ) to develop a global partnership for development? and above all, remember that we are meeting in singapore. please do not just give us a purely western take on these issues. that is a risk of high level meetings held in western capitals. but not here. is it even really possible to talk about universal declarations? are there any truly universal values that can be invoked to achieve the mdgs? is this not another chimera by which western ethicists try to stamp their values on the poorer, post-colonial nations of asia, africa and latin america? did not a famous singaporean leader once assert the uniqueness of „asian values‟? if there are such regional values, is it not a pipe-dream to propound universal or global values? is the very idea of a world bioethics congress a kind of oxymoron? are we all wasting our time at this congress? should we not just pack up, listen no more and go out to do the shopping? the context: united nations and udhr in the law, as well as in moral philosophy, context is critical. we cannot understand the bioethics declaration of unesco without appreciating where it exists in the emerging new international legal order. that order, in turn, grew out of the second world war; the discovery of the mass genocide of citizen populations and the suffering that followed it; a reflection on the devastating weapons of mass destruction that accompanied and ultimately finished it; and an appreciation of the technology that spread this information to every corner of the world. the attempt was made in in the united nations charter (and in in the universal declaration of human rights ) to design a new world order for the safety of humanity, the more equitable sharing of its wealth and the defence of fundamental rights, efforts had been made in particular countries to express universal values that attach to being a member of the community. but earlier in the western world, similar attempts had included the magna carta of england in ; the bill of rights of great britain of ; the american declaration of independence of and the french declaration of the rights of man and of the citizen of . all of these instruments were greatly influential in the subsequent spread of the idea that human beings possess certain basic rights . even a powerful state or ruler could not take such rights away from them. the post-war images of the nazi and other death camps were a powerful stimulus to the notion that, inhering in human beings, was a basic dignity that they could not be robbed of, even by apparently lawful means of the nation state. adopted and proclaimed by the general-assembly of the united nations, resolution a(iii) of december . g. smith, “human rights and bioethics” vanderbilt j transnational law , ( ) referring to r. west, “human rights, the rule of law and american constitutionalism” in t. campbell et al. protecting human rights, instruments and institutions ( ), - . initially, it had been hoped that the united nations charter would itself contain a statement of fundamental rights. however, this proved impossible to draft in the time available . one of the obstacles was the insistence of the representative of [nationalist] china that the drafters of any such instrument should spend at least a couple of years in asia learning about asian perspectives of such things. in the end, this was not done. the economic and social council of the united nations established a commission on human rights. it was mandated to present “a recommendation and report regarding ... an international bill of rights” . the chair of that commission was eleanor roosevelt, widow of the wartime leader of the united states. the principal drafter of the universal declaration of human rights (udhr) was john p. humphrey, a canadian legal scholar. in the end, the udhr was adopted by the general assembly in december with no negative votes. there were, however, six abstentions. these were from the members of the soviet bloc, the union of south africa and saudi arabia. one reason for the high degree of consensus in the general assembly was the generality and textual simplicity of the language of the udhr. to this day, it remains a most powerful and influential document, expressing not just civil and political rights but also economic, social and cultural rights . the latter reflected the insistence of the socialist countries and of the still small collection of member states from the developing world for whom the right to work ; to a. deveraux, australia and the birth of the international bill of rights - , - ( ). j. morsink, the universal declaration of human rights: origin, drafting and intent (philadelphia, ) (quoting the united nations, economic and social council, resolution e/ ( )). h. hannum, the status of the universal declaration of human rights in national and international law, georgia journal of international and comparative law , - ( ). universal declaration of human rights, arts. - . have access to education ; and to enjoy basic health care were quite as important as the right of a fair trial, to free elections and protection from arbitrary state power. the udhr, and the important international treaties that have grown out of its concepts, were influential in promoting the idea of binding legal obligations on the part of member states of the united nations to respect the universal rights of their citizens and, indeed, of people everywhere. it is important to emphasise that the udhr represented a stream of legal authority, largely drafted by lawyers. in that sense, it was a stream different from bioethics. up to recent times, that field of discourse has grown around the practical experience and values of members of the health care professions, expressed by their practitioners and by philosophers and moralists. bioethics was viewed by its practitioners as much more ancient in its organised principles than the relatively recent invention of international human rights law. yet, so far as any organ of the united nations was concerned, it was that law, rather than pre- existing moral principles (including bioethics), that was binding on the united nations and its agencies. the united nations educational, scientific and cultural organisation (unesco) became involved in bioethics some time after the primary international instruments of human rights were adopted. unesco was not the only agency of the united nations at first to claim this responsibility. there were a number of tensions between the unesco initiative of the ibc and the interests of the who to protect what it saw universal declaration of human rights, art. . universal declaration of human rights, art. . as its own, largely medical, patch . that tension was to evidence itself in the work of the ibc and, specifically, of its working group preparing the bioethics declaration. the first initiative towards such a bioethics declaration arose in october . it occurred, in part, because of an expressed interest by the then president of the french republic, m. jacques chirac. a desperately short deadline of two years was offered to the ibc to prepare a new universal instrument on bioethics. the ibc reported that this timetable could be achieved . so, the drafting group was established. i was appointed its chairman. contrary to some of the past practices of the united nations, the group resolved to act in a transparent way. the successive drafts of the bioethics declaration were published on the unesco website. comments, criticism and input were invited, and received, from experts and laymen worldwide. governmental representatives attended, as observers. they followed the work of the drafting group that took place between april and january . so did representatives of the interested agencies of the united nations. successive drafts were taken by unesco to regional meetings for consultations. in august , a major public symposium was convened in paris to which representatives of civil society organisations, religious bodies, scientists and other experts were invited. the final draft of the bioethics declaration was adopted by the plenary ibc. it was, however, then amended in important respects by the igbc. as so amended, it was recommended by the director-general to the m.d. kirby, “human rights and bioethics: the universal declaration of human rights and unesco universal declaration of bioethics and human rights” journal of contemporary health law and policy at ( ). unesco, international bioethics committee, report of the international bioethics committee on the possibility of elaborating a universal instrument on bioethics (january , ). general conference of unesco, the agency‟s governing body. on october , that body unanimously (and without any contrary votes or recorded abstentions) adopted the bioethics declaration by acclamation . was the history of the udhr to be repeated? contents of the bioethics declaration the bioethics declaration set out to address “ethical issues relating to medicine, life sciences and associated technologies as applied to human beings, taking into account their social, legal and environmental dimensions” . it sought to provide a “universal framework of principles and procedures to guide states in the formulation of their legislation, policies or other instruments in the field of bioethics” . the central provisions of the bioethics declaration comprise basic rules, called “principles”, propounded to define the obligations and responsibilities of the relevant actors in the field of bioethics. the arrangement of the principles reflects a gradual widening of the objects being addressed. the initial principles relate to individual human rights (human dignity ; benefit and harm ; and autonomy and individual responsibility ). they then move to consider other relevant human rights (consent ; privacy ; equality : and non-discrimination ). the preliminary draft declaration on universal norms on bioethics shs/est/cib-extr/ /conf. / (feb , ) was transmitted with the recommendation that the final document be renamed universal declaration on bioethics and human rights. it was by that name that the resolution was approved by the general conference of unesco. see unesco press release, unesco general conference adopts universal declaration on bioethics and human rights (october , ). see smith, above n . bioethics declaration, art. ( ). bioethics declaration, art. (a). bioethics declaration, art. . bioethics declaration, art. . bioethics declaration, art. . bioethics declaration, arts. - . bioethics declaration, art. . bioethics declaration, art. . bioethics declaration, art. . broadening their focus still further, there is a principle requiring respect for cultural diversity and pluralism and for humanity as a whole (solidarity ; social responsibility ; and the sharing of benefits ). finally, broadest of all, principles are stated which address our ethical obligations to all living beings and their environment (protection of future generations ; and protection of the environment, the biosphere and biodiversity ). the most innovative features of the bioethics declaration include: ) the broadening of the focus of bioethics from the concerns of the human individual to the human community, to humanity generally and to the total environment ; ) the attempted synthesis of topics traditional to “medical” bioethics and concepts obviously derived from the now familiar language of international human rights law ; and ) the introduction of important new ideas into bioethics, most especially those concerned with notions of universal access to health care and notions of social responsibility, not just individual entitlements, in the framing of bioethical principles . probably the most innovative provision of the bioethics declaration was the proclamation in article of the principle of social responsibility and health. relevantly, this principle states: bioethics declaration, art. . bioethics declaration, art. . bioethics declaration, art. . bioethics declaration, arts. - . bioethics declaration, arts. , , . bioethics declaration, arts. , - . bioethics declaration, art. . bioethics declaration, preamble. bioethics declaration, preamble. the centrality of the social responsibility principle has been recognised by the subsequent work of the ibc. see unesco, international bioethics committee, report on social responsibility and health, paris, . “ (a) the promotion of health and social development for their people is a critical purpose of government that all sectors of society share. (b) taking into account that the enjoyment of the highest obtainable standard of health is one of the fundamental rights of every human being without distinction of race, religion, political belief, economic or social condition, progress in science and technology should advance: i. access to quality health care and essential medicines, including especially for the health of women and children ...; ii. access to adequate nutrition and water; iii. improvement of living conditions and the environment; iv. elimination of the marginalisation and exclusion of persons on the basis of any grounds; and v. reduction of poverty and illiteracy.” returning to the question of what possible influence the propounded principles might have to address the problems enumerated in the mdgs, it can be seen that the bioethics declaration shifts the ground of international public discourse on bioethics from a largely medical outlook to one that engages the individual, society and community, members of the human family, and all living beings and the biosphere. thus, the lens of bioethics has been opened by the bioethics declaration. the affirmative principle of health and social development is pronounced to be a duty. and virtually all of the eight mdgs are reflected in some way in the language of the bioethics declaration including poverty; hunger (lack of adequate nutrition and water); illiteracy; the health of women and children; the elimination of marginalisation that is so significant in combating hiv/aids; and attention to environmental sustainability that is such a feature of global thinking in the past decade. if the question is asked, does the bioethics declaration, of itself, alter the world so as to assure that we attain the mdgs, the answer must be given candidly that it does not. but neither did the udhr, of itself, ensure universal respect for human rights. still, its provisions have been greatly influential in the independence constitutions of virtually every post-colonial nation in the world. the principles of the udhr have spread widely to influence of international and local law and policy. the machinery of the united nations, however imperfect, now provides means to submit every country in the world to global scrutiny of its human rights record and to do so on a regular, rotational basis. special representatives of the secretary-general and special rapporteurs of the human rights council have provided leadership to the global community on difficult and sensitive ethical questions. i pay a particular tribute here to the special rapporteur on the right to health (mr. anand grover of india) for his valiant presentation, and defence, of his recent report before the united nations human rights council. he had to fend off critics who could not see the links between oppressive laws against women and minorities, and the shame, isolation and violence suffered by identified groups that provide the breeding ground for hiv infection. ordinarily, there are no armies to enforce the udhr or the bioethics declaration. but there are now strong defenders of human rights, and specifically of the right to health. in the field of hiv/aids, and for the repeal of the counter-productive laws on adult private sexual conduct that are now urgently needed (operating, astonishingly enough, even in modern singapore), the advocates include the secretary-general of the united nations himself (ban ki- moon) ; the administrator of undp (ms. helen clark) ; the high commissioner for human rights (ms. navi pillay) ; and the executive director of unaids (mr. michel sidibé) . as was intended, the new bioethics declarations makes a clear contribution to this global trend. it lifts the eyes of bioethicists from the patient‟s bedside and the hospital ward to a new insistence on the relevance to the bioethics discipline for society, the community, humanity, all living beings and the biosphere. this expansion of thinking is appropriate to the age of the internet and to the pressing global problems of hiv, malaria, nuclear proliferation and climate change, that present, with the challenge of the mdgs, the greatest bioethical issues of our time. response to the bioethics declaration the response to the bioethics declaration has been mixed. yet it has certainly included expressions of appreciation. thus, professor thomas faunce of the australian national university wrote : “the question of whether bioethics represents an independent, normative discourse from international human rights, enjoying its own unique more relationship-oriented non-rational and nuanced approach to norms, a distinctive history, institutional structures and continuing valuable functions has hardly been debated [until now], let alone resolved.” secretary-general ban ki-moon, speech at the international aids conference, mexico city, mexico, august quoted unaids, un guidance note on hiv and sex work ( ), geneva. it was ms. clark, as administrator, who established the new undp global commission on hiv and the law. see n. pillay, “human rights in the united nations: norms, institutions and leadership” ( ) ehrlr (issue ) at . in july , in geneva, he established the new unaids independent commission on prevention. t.a. faunce, the unesco bioethics declaration ‘social responsibility’ principle and cost-effectiveness price evaluations for essential medicines, monash bioethics review no , ( ). professor faunce has expressed the opinion that medical ethics (a traditional sub-set of bioethics) may eventually be subsumed under the discourse of international human rights law and hence that the bioethics declaration is a step on that inevitable path . other scholars have tended to similar conclusions, including professors george annas and george smith in the united states. in support of this view, professor faunce has explained why the harmonisation of bioethics with the advancing juggernaut of international human rights law is both timely and inevitable : “one of the main disadvantages of bioethics ... is that it is at risk of becoming an irrelevant normative discourse in the great social justice debates concerning access to essential medicines taking place in global fora such as the world trade organisation (wto). in that context, it is international human rights that have made the strongest inroads ... without instruments such as the [bioethics declaration], and in particular its „social responsibility‟ principle, bioethics may be less able to metaphorically „get its foot in the door‟ concerning many of the great public health debates associated with the process of corporate globalisation.” as against these words of praise, there have been critics. not without certain justification, some critics have lamented the lack of brevity, simplicity and elegance of the kind to be found in the udhr. in part, these defects may be blamed on the very severe timetable under which the ibc was required to work, being approximately half the time that it took to draft the udhr. in part, some obfuscation must be laid at the door of the igbc, and of the governmental representatives and so-called t.a. faunce, will human rights law subsume medical ethics? journal of medical ethics ( ). g.j. anna, american bioethics crossing human rights and health law boundaries (oup, ny, ). smith, above n . see also g.p. smith ii, “pathways to immortality in the new millennium: human responsibility, theological direction or legal mandate” st. louis uni pub l rev at ff ( ). faunce, supra note , at . governmental „experts‟ who played with the ibc text, after it had been concluded. this was their perfect right. thus, the intergovernmental representatives insisted on the inclusion in the bioethics declaration of a completely new so-called “principle” on the special case of “persons without the capacity to consent” . the result was the introduction into the declaration of a long, detailed and highly particular article of excessive specificity that was suitable for treatment (as the ibc itself originally proposed) either in a subordinate text or in editorial commentary. as well, the igbc imposed on the declaration a notion of “free and informed consent”. this failed to accord with what the past president, professor ruth macklin, has insisted is the proper direction of concepts of consent for contemporary bioethics. in the health care context, this is no longer a one-off agreement, signed by the subject as a formality. today, it is an ongoing principle to govern the relationship between the health care provider and the recipient. these changes, like others that the igbc has made in the past represent a typical instance of imposing political judgments on what was intended as a conceptual statement of broad ethical principles. there have been other critics. thus, professor george smith, not without justification, has been critical of the concept of “human dignity”. that notion is propounded in the preamble to the bioethics declaration as a kind of grundnorm and a foundation for its principles. professor smith has noted that the concept of human dignity is somewhat problematic. he suggests that “[it] is open to abuse and bioethics declaration, art. . such as the addition to the universal declaration on the human genome and human rights of the prohibition of reproductive cloning, which had not been specified by the ibc in its draft. misinterpretation” and that it “over-simplif[ies] a complex issue”. it can “encourage a form of paternalism, incompatible with the very spirit of self-determination” that lies at the heart of international human rights . professor cheryl macpherson has written in the journal of medical ethics complaining that the bioethics declaration lacks „academic rigour and credibility in the bioethics community‟. she expresses concern that there was insufficient evidence that its principles were either universal or possible to implement. she complains that such declarations need to be “responsive to the cultural and socio-economic realities of diverse stakeholders”, especially the poor and marginalised. she suggests that the drafters were unaware of the “complex interplay between culture, socio-economics, justice and human development”. she accepts that the bioethics declaration did a service by establishing the primacy of universal human rights in a volatile field and by insisting that “the interests and welfare of the individual should have priority over the sole interests of science or society”. she also acknowledges the value of emphasising the protection of individuals and groups experiencing special vulnerability. however, she pronounces disappointment in the final product. self-evidently, that product is but a step on the evolution of bioethics into a closer relationship with wider notions of human rights law and with other global concerns – including the justice concerns so prominently stated in the mdgs. smith, supra note , vanderbilt j transnational law at . id. (citing deryck heyleveld & roger brownsword, “human dignity, human rights and human genetics”, modern law review , . see c. macpherson, “global bioethics: did the universal declaration on bioethics and human rights miss the boat?” ( ) journal of medical ethics . although article of the bioethics declaration makes it clear that cultural diversity and pluralism have to be given “due regard”, it still insists that these considerations cannot infringe upon, or limit, the universal considerations of “human dignity, human rights and fundamental freedoms”. nor can they alter the other principles contained in the bioethics declaration. those who propose the inevitability of international and universal human principles, to apply to human beings everywhere because of their essential characteristics, need to respond to the criticisms of professor macpherson. and in those criticisms, she is by no means alone. what of asian values? what, for example, are we to make of the so-called “asian values” or “african values” that are sometimes propounded to justify departures and exceptions from human endeavours to pronounce universal principles such as are found in the bioethics declaration? cultural and value differences between asia and the west were suggested by several delegations at the vienna world conference on human rights, held in . at that conference, for example, the foreign minister of singapore warned that “universal recognition of the ideal of human rights can be harmful, if universalism is used to deny or mask the reality of diversity . at the same conference, the delegation of the peoples republic of china also emphasised regional differences. the speaker for the chinese foreign ministry stated that “individuals quoted w.s. wong, “the real world of human rights”, mimeo, quoted by amartya sen, “human rights and asian values” ( th morganthau memorial lecture on ethics and foreign policy), carnegie council, , at . must put state‟s rights before their own” . the former prime minister of singapore, lee kuan yew repeatedly defended the notion of “asian values”. he pointed to their suggested effectiveness in promoting economic success. he suggested that there is a “fundamental difference between western concepts of society and government and east-asian concepts”. he has explained: “when i say east-asians, i mean korea, japan, china, vietnam, as distinct from south east asia, which is a mix between the sinic and the indian, though indian culture also emphasises similar values” . these are interesting ideas. but they are by no means universally accepted by intellectual leaders of the asian region. nor by ordinary citizens, as i found when i served as special representative for the secretary-general for human rights in cambodia in the s. writing in on the subject “human rights and asian values”, the later nobel laureate amartya sen (india) contested both the concept of regional exceptionalism to universal human rights and the notion that this was inherent in confucian, and certainly indian, ethical traditions. he said : “[t]he reading of confucianism that is now standard among authoritarian champions of asian values does less than justice to the variety within confucius‟s own teachings, to which simon leys, has recently drawn attention . confucius did not recommend blind allegiance to the state. when zilu asks him „how to serve a prince‟, confucius replies, „tell him the truth even if it offends him‟. ... confucius is not averse to practical caution and tact, but quoted in john f. cooper, “peking’s post-tiananamin foreign policy and the human rights factor” (october ) issues and studies , quoted in sen, above n , . fareed zacaria, “culture is destiny: a conversation with lee kwan yew” ( ) foreign affairs . sen, above n , . s. leys, the analects of confucius (new york, norton, ). quoted sen, above n , . ii - , p . does not forego the recommendation to oppose a bad government. “when the [good] way prevails in the state, speak boldly and act boldly. when the state has lost the way, act boldly and speak softly”” . far from being silent, amartya sen points to the endless arguing over ethical questions that takes place in india. and today, he could also point to the astonishing growth of the indian economy which is occurring in the world‟s largest stable democracy, that regularly changes its government peacefully and which boasts of courts of high integrity that uphold basic human rights, as the delhi high court recently did in striking down as unconstitutional the inherited judeo-christian colonial law against homosexual conduct . in short, amartya sen acknowledges that the champions of „asian values‟ are often concerned with a need to resist western hegemony. but he insists that human rights and political liberties are important in every country, including in the countries of asia. and he concludes: “the so-called asian values that are invoked to justify authoritarianism are not especially asian in any significant sense. nor is it easy to see how they could be made into an asian cause against the west, by the mere force of rhetoric. the people whose rights are being disputed are asians, and no matter what the west‟s guilt may be (there are many skeletons in many cupboards across the world), the rights of asians can scarcely be compromised on those grounds. the case for liberty and political rights turns ultimately on their basic importance and on their instrumental role. this case is as strong in asia as it is elsewhere.” in essence, that was the reaction of the united nations vienna conference on human rights of to the claims for regional ii, . , p . naz foundation v delhi and ors [ ] lrc (delhi high court). sen, above n , p . exceptionalism. universal human rights, that congress insisted, are just that: universal, international, non-derogable, interchangeable. in our world, we do not always attain these ideals. achieving them sometimes takes much time. but that does not prove, or even suggest, that they do not exist. this is as true of my own country, australia, as it is of any other. we have not always been respectful of the universal human rights of our indigenous peoples; of women; of asian immigrants in the era of white australia; of refugee applicants today; of the disabled; of people living with hiv and aids; of homosexuals; or of the poor and homeless. but the discourse about these subjects (in the field of bioethics and everywhere else) has certainly changed in the past years. it is no longer a discourse about local history, culture and tradition. if it were, south africa would still be an apartheid state; australia would have a legally supported whites-only immigration policy; the united states would still have segregation and anti-miscegenation; china would still exclude entry by all people living with hiv or aids and india would still oppress its homosexual citizens with outdated criminal laws. increasingly, and correctly, human rights is a universal discourse about human beings everywhere and their claim to equal rights. nowhere is that claim more emphatic than in the assertion of the right to basic health care and in the general filed of bioethics. conclusion: steps in the journey therefore, for all its defects of content and drafting, the unesco universal declaration on bioethics and human rights was an important step in the right direction. bioethics can never again be divorced from the global concepts of human rights. that alone is a big step forward. it is also a step of reconciliation between the traditions of the health care professions and those of law. nothing less is acceptable in the organs of the united nations. all of them, without exception, are bound by international human rights law. nothing less is acceptable to the people of the world who today judge their governments and each other – sometimes quietly out of fear, often noisily out of assertion - against the criteria of universal human rights. including, in the health care and bioethical setting. progress has been made, step by step. it is the duty of this congress to take the mind of humanity further along the enlightening path of the universal human rights that we all share. ******** health tsars: more like peter the great than ivan the terrible in the department of health appointed the first of nine health tsars to help shape a variety of services from primary care to cancer, heart disease, and services for children and older people. this was the first time clinicians could direct change at a national level from a department of the government. five years down the line burke (p ) asked them to summarise their achievements and other people to assess their work. in an accompanying editorial burns (p ), the former cancer tsar for scotland, tells us what it takes to be a tsar: be open to ideas and have money to spend, but also be ready to take jealousy and hostility from some of your colleagues. editor’s choice doctors mangled by “justice” this morning i spent three hours in the chambers of a queen’s counsel. it was like a stage set. the open fire crackled. the view over the th century lawns was magnificent. the room was lined with leather bound reports from the appeal courts of the s. it was impossible not to be impressed by the forensic precision of the lawyers’ minds, and we all had a lovely time. but many doctors’ experiences of the law are nothing like this georgian arcadia but rather a brutal mangling. i’ve read of two such cases this week. the first was in jama and described the case of a family physician in an american academic centre who saw a year old man for the “routine physical” that is common in the united states but uncommon in britain ( ; : - ). the physician and patient discussed the possibility of measuring the man’s prostate specific antigen. the easy thing would have been to simply order the test. instead, the physician opted for the modern model of patient partnership. he explained the pluses and minuses of the test, and the fully informed patient decided against. three years later the physician was sued because the patient had developed metastatic prostate cancer and died. the physician was exonerated, but his academic programme is liable for a million dollars. this story is likely to strike terror into many doctors. “this could easily have happened to me,” might be the first thought. “it’s so unjust” might be a second: “the doctor goes to all this trouble, practising medicine in the way we teach now—and still gets screwed.” then there are the implications for practice across the united states. many patients—often prompted by the media—are asking to have their prostate specific antigen measured. will doctors discuss with them the risks and benefits of the procedure—or will they simply suggest that the patient has the test? the “villain” in my second story is less the law and more the media. the daily mail last week carried the headline “the killer doctor back working in hospital” with a picture of the doctor ( january, p ). the doctor had been found guilty of manslaughter for failing to diagnose a knee infection that complicated surgery and led to the death of a young man. “he escaped a jail term after his barrister pleaded that his career was in ruins,” reports the newspaper; and he was not struck off by the general medical council. the doctor has now been re-employed in a training position, greatly upsetting the father of the young man who died. “i don’t think,” says the father, “there is any normal human being in this country who would say this is right.” to suggest that anybody who thought it was right—including the courts, the gmc, and the employing authorities—are not “normal human being[s]” may be strong, but it’s understandable and excusable in a bereaved father. what is inexcusable is to report the story in a national newspaper. richard smith editor rsmith@bmj.com poem* earlier mobilisation improves pneumonia outcomes question does early mobilisation improve outcomes in patients with community-acquired pneumonia? synopsis everyone looks healthier sitting up, don’t they? previous studies of myocardial infarction and orthopaedic procedures have shown improved outcomes with early mobilisation. these researchers applied that thinking to hospitalised patients with community acquired pneumonia. patients (n = ) admitted to general medical units were randomised by medical unit to early mobilisation (encouraged to get into an upright position for at least minutes during the first hours of hospitalisation, with progressively increased mobilisation thereafter) or usual care. a large variety of variables and outcomes were measured, but the primary outcome was length of stay. groups were similar at baseline; approximately % were younger than years and % were older than years. most received their antibiotics within eight hours. the mean length of stay was lower for the early mobilisation group ( . v . days; % confidence interval to . ). the results were stratified by the pneumonia severity index (psi) score, where i is the lowest severity (what were they doing in the hospital in the first place?) and v is the highest severity. the greatest difference in length of stay occurred among the patients with an intermediate psi score of iii ( . v . days; . to . ), and the authors speculate that patients who were less sick were going to get better quickly whether they were lying down, sitting up, or standing on their head, while those who were most sick were less likely to benefit from this simple intervention. there was no difference between groups in the risk of death or readmission. bottom line early mobilisation, beginning by having patients sit up for at least minutes in the first hours after admission, reduces the length of stay for patients with community acquired pneumonia. level of evidence b (see www.infopoems.com/resources/ levels.html). individual randomised controlled trials (with narrow confidence intervals). mundy lm, leet tl, darst k, et al. early mobilization of patients hospitalized with community-acquired pneumonia. chest ; : - . ©infopoems - www.infopoems.com/informationmastery.cfm * patient-oriented evidence that matters. see editorial (bmj ; : ) t o p h a m p ic t u r e p o in t to receive editor’s choice by email each week subscribe via our website: bmj.com/cgi/customalert bmj volume january bmj.com o n a p ril b y g u e st. p ro te cte d b y co p yrig h t. h ttp ://w w w .b m j.co m / b m j: first p u b lish e d a s . /b m j. . . -g o n ja n u a ry . d o w n lo a d e d fro m http://www.bmj.com/ restorative justice: the real story restorative justice: the real story kathleen daly school of criminology and criminal justice mt gravatt campus griffith university brisbane, queensland australia + - (of); - (fax) - (ho) k.daly@mailbox.gu.edu.au version revised may paper revised from that presented to the scottish criminology conference, edinburgh, - september . [to add more on acknowledgments later] biographical note: kathleen daly is associate professor in the school of criminology and criminal justice at griffith university (brisbane). her interests are on gender and race in crime, justice, and criminology, and her current research is on restorative justice. key words: restorative justice, conferencing, retributive justice, myths about justice restorative justice: the real story abstract advocates' claims about restorative justice contain four myths: ( ) restorative justice is the opposite of retributive justice, ( ) restorative justice uses indigenous justice practices and was the dominant form of pre-modern justice, ( ) restorative justice is a 'care' (or feminine) response to crime in comparison to a 'justice' (or masculine) response, and ( ) restorative justice can be expected to produce major changes in people. drawing from research on conferencing in australia and new zealand, i show that the 'real story' of restorative justice differs greatly from advocates' mythical 'true story'. despite what advocates say, there are connections between retribution and restoration (or reparation), restorative justice should not be considered a pre-modern and 'feminine' justice, strong stories of repair and goodwill are uncommon, and the raw material for 'restorativeness' between victims and offenders may be in short supply. following engel ( ), myth refers to a true story; its truth deals with 'origins ... with how something came to be'. origin stories, in turn, 'encode a set of oppositions' such that when telling a true story, speakers transcend adversity. by comparing advocates' true story of restorative justice with the real story, i offer a critical and sympathetic reading of advocates' efforts to move the idea forward. i end by reflecting on whether the political future of restorative justice is better secured by telling the mythical true story or the real story. restorative justice: the real story introduction much has been written in recent years that damns and sings the praises of restorative justice. in contrast to the voluminous critical and advocacy literatures, there is a thin empirical record of what is happening on the ground. i the aim of this paper is to present the 'real story' of restorative justice, one that reflects what has been learned from research on conferencing ii in australia and new zealand. i am being mostly, although not entirely, ironic in proposing to tell the real story of restorative justice. there are many stories and no real one. i shall recount what i have learned on my journey in the field, which began in the early s (braithwaite and daly, ) and intensified in when i moved to australia to work with restorative justice researchers at the australian national university and to initiate my own program of research. it has taken me some time to understand and make sense of the idea of restorative justice. when i arrived in australia, my questions centred on what was happening in the conference process. what were victims, offenders, and their supporters saying to each other? how did they relate to one another? what did the professionals (the coordinators and police) think was going on? did the critiques of conferencing, especially by feminist and anti-racist analysts, have merit? i began to observe conferences in ; since then, i have observed close to of them; and as part of a major project on conferencing in south australia, members of my research group and i observed youth justice conferences and interviewed over young people (offenders) and victims associated with them, in and again, in (daly et al., ; daly, b). the more i observed and talked with those involved, attended professional meetings, and read about restorative justice, the more perplexed i became. i discovered that there was a substantial gap between what i observed in conferences and what both the advocates and critics were saying about restorative justice. this is what moves me to tell the real story, and i do so by analysing four myths that feature in advocates' stories and claims: . restorative justice is the opposite of retributive justice. . restorative justice uses indigenous justice practices and was the dominant form of pre-modern justice. . restorative justice is a 'care' (or feminine) response to crime in comparison to a 'justice' (or masculine) response. . restorative justice can be expected to produce major changes in people. although i focus on advocates' claims, there can be as much distortion by the critics, as well. moreover, there are debates among the advocates on the meaning and practice of restorative justice; thus, my characterisation of the advocacy position is somewhat of a caricature. i use the concept of myth in two ways. first, myth can be understood simply as a partial truth, a distorted characterisation that requires correction by historical or contemporary evidence. second, myth can be understood as a special form of narrative. following engel ( : - ), myth 'refers not to fantasy or fiction but to a "true story" ... which is sacred, exemplary, significant'. 'the "truth" of myth differs from the "truth" of historical or scientific accounts'. engel suggests that myths 'differ from other forms of storytelling' in that they 'deal with origins, with birth, with beginnings ... with "how something ... began to be"'. he discovers in his analysis of the 'origin stories' of parents of children with disabilities that they 'perceive the world in terms of a set of oppositions that originate in the diagnosis of their child' (p. ). a recurring origin story is that the professional (a doctor) is wrong about the initial diagnosis, and 'the parent's insights have ultimately triumphed over those of the professional' (p. ). as such, when parents retell their stories, 'the triumphant ending will be achieved again'. 'the very act of retelling is a way to ensure that ... values and outcomes in the myth will triumph over pain, opposition, and disorder'. engel says that this sense of triumph reveals the 'affirmative, creative power of myth', where myth 'abolishes time' and 'the work of myth [transcends adversity]' (pp. - ). when i began to write this paper, i used the concept of myth as partial truth, a foil against which i could write a more authoritative story. but as i began to analyse the myths, i began to see them in a different light, in engel's terms, as origin stories that 'encode a set of oppositions' (p. ). while i shall spend more analytical time telling the real story of restorative justice, using myth as partial truth, i also offer a sympathetic reading of advocates' true story of restorative justice by viewing myth as a creative device to transcend adversity. i end by reflecting on whether the political future of restorative justice is better secured by telling the real story or the mythical true story. the problem of definition restorative justice is not one thing, but an umbrella concept that refers to diverse practices to resolve disputes in schools and workplaces, to respond to crime, and to make decisions in the care and protection or child welfare areas. for juvenile and criminal cases, it is used primarily when people have admitted to an offence; it therefore focuses on the penalty, not fact-finding phase of the adjudication process. restorative justice can refer to diversion from formal court process, to actions taken in parallel with court decisions, and to meetings between victims and offenders at any stage of the criminal process, including an offender's release from prison. the word is now being applied after the fact to programs and policies that have been in place for some time. the idea of restorative justice has proved to be enormously popular with governments, who now wish to package a range of police responses and correctional programs as 'restorative' (e.g., laprairie, for canada; crawford, for england and wales). while it is not possible to have a precise definition that covers a diverse array of practices across a range of decision-making sites, both in and outside of institutions of criminal justice, a general definition might be this: those with a stake in a crime (typically a victim, an offender, and their supporters) come together to discuss the offence and its impact, and they decide what to do to 'repair the harm' to the victim and perhaps also to a larger collectivity. mccold ( / ) constructed a venn diagram to distinguish practices that he considers to be fully, mostly, or only partly restorative. iii he suggests that fully restorative practices occur at the intersection of the three circles of 'victim reparation', 'offender responsibility', and 'communities of care reconciliation'. at that intersection, there are peace circles (or sentencing circles) and conferences of various types. outside that intersection are other recent practices (e.g., truth and reconciliation commissions, reparative boards), as well as those that have been around for some time (e.g., youth aid panels and victim services). using mccold's definition, the research reviewed here and the jurisdictions i have studied use 'fully restorative' practices. myths about restorative justice myth . restorative justice is the opposite of retributive justice. when one first dips into the restorative justice literature, the first thing one 'learns' is that restorative justice differs sharply from retributive justice. it is said that  restorative justice focuses on repairing the harm caused by crime, whereas retributive justice focuses on punishing an offence;  restorative justice is characterised by dialogue and negotiation among the parties, whereas retributive justice is characterised by adversarial relations among the parties; and  restorative justice assumes that community members or organisations take a more active role, whereas for retributive justice, 'the community' is represented by the state. most striking is that all the elements associated with restorative justice are good, whereas all those associated with retributive justice are bad. the retributive-restorative oppositional contrast is not only made by restorative justice advocates, but increasingly one finds it canonised in criminology and juvenile justice textbooks. the question arises, is it right? on empirical and normative grounds, i suggest that in characterising justice aims and practices, it is neither accurate nor defensible. despite advocates' well-meaning intentions, the contrast is a simple sales pitch to market the superiority of their justice 'products'. to do that, definite boundaries are marked between the good (restorative), the bad (retributive), and the ugly (rehabilitative) types of justice. advocates seem to assume that an ideal justice system should be of one type only, that it should be pure and not 'contaminated' by or mixed with others. before demonstrating the problems with this position, i give a sympathetic reading of what i think advocates are trying to say. mead's ( - ) "the psychology of punitive justice" contrasts two methods of responding to crime. one he termed 'the attitude of hostility toward the lawbreaker' (p. ), which 'brings with it the attitudes of retribution, repression, and exclusion" (pp. - ) and which sees a lawbreaker as 'enemy'. the other, exemplified in the (then) emerging juvenile court, is the 'reconstructive attitude' (p. ), which tries to 'understand the causes of social and individual breakdown, to mend ... the defective situation', to determine responsibility 'not to place punishment but to obtain future results' (p. ). most restorative justice advocates see the justice world through this meadian lens; they reject the 'attitude of hostility toward the lawbreaker', do not wish to view him or her as 'enemy', and desire an alternative kind of justice. on that score, i concur, as most readers and researchers no doubt would. however, the 'attitude of hostility' is a caricature of criminal justice, which over the last century and a half has wavered between desires to 'treat' some and 'punish' others, and which surely cannot be encapsulated in the one term, 'retributive justice'. by framing justice aims (or principles) and practices in oppositional terms, restorative justice advocates not only do a disservice to history, they also give a restricted view of the present. they assume that restorative justice practices should exclude elements of retribution; and in rejecting an 'attitude of hostility', they assume that retribution as a justice principle must also be rejected. when observing conferences, i discovered that participants engaged in a flexible incorporation of multiple justice aims, which included:  some elements of retributive justice (that is, censure for past offences),  some elements of rehabilitative justice (for example, by asking, what shall we do to encourage future law-abiding behaviour?) and  some elements of restorative justice (for example, by asking, how can the offender make up for what he or she did to the victim?) when i related these findings to colleagues, one said, 'yes, this is a problem'. this speaker's concern was that as restorative justice was being incorporated into the regular justice system, it would turn out to be a set of 'simple techniques', rather than an 'ideal of justice ... in an ideal of society' (walgrave, : , ) and that its core values would be lost. another said (paraphrasing), 'retribution may well be present now in conferences, but you wouldn't want to make the argument that it should be present' (braithwaite, personal communication). these comments provoked me to consider the relationship between restorative and retributive justice, and the role of punishment in restorative justice, in normative terms. distilling from other papers (e.g., daly and immarigeon, : - ; daly, a, b) and arguments by duff ( , , ), hampton ( ), and zedner ( ), i have come to see that apparently contrary principles of retribution and reparation should be viewed as dependent on one another. retributive censure should ideally occur before reparative gestures (or a victim's interest or movement to negotiate these) are possible in an ethical or psychological sense. both censure and reparation may be experienced as 'punishment' by offenders (even if this is not the intent of decision-makers), and both censure and reparation need to occur before a victim or community can 'reintegrate' the offender into the community. these complex and contingent interactions are expressed in varied ways and should not be viewed as having to follow any one fixed sequence. moreover, one cannot assume that subsequent actions, such as the victim's forgiving the offender or a reconciliation of victim and offender (or others), should occur. in the advocacy literature, however, one finds that there is too quick a move to 'repair the harm', 'heal those injured by crime' or to 're-integrate offenders', passing over a crucial phase of 'holding offenders accountable', which is the retributive part of the process. a major block in communicating ideas about the relationship of retributive to restorative justice is that there is great variability in how people understand and use key terms such as punishment and retribution. some argue that incarceration and fines are punishments because they are intended deprivations, whereas probation or a reparative measure such as doing work for a crime victim are not punishment because they are intended to be constructive (wright, ). others define punishment more broadly to include anything that is unpleasant, a burden, or an imposition of some sort; the intentions of the decision-maker are less significant (duff, , ; davis, ). some use retribution to describe a justification for punishment (i.e., intended to be in proportion to the harm caused), whereas others use it to describe a form of punishment (i.e., intended to be of a type that is harsh or painful). iv on proportionality, restorative justice advocates take different positions: some (e.g., braithwaite and pettit, ) eschew retributivism, favouring instead a free-ranging consequentialist justification and highly individualised responses, while others wish to limit restorative justice responses to a desert-based, proportionate criteria (walgrave and aertsen, ; van ness, ). for the form of punishment, some use retribution in a neutral way to refer to a censuring of harms (e.g., duff, ), whereas most use the term to connote a punitive response, which is associated with emotions of revenge or intentions to inflict pain on wrong-doers (wright, ). i shall not attempt to adjudicate these competing claims; the sources of antagonism lie in varied definitions and the different images these definitions conjure in people's heads about justice relations and practices. however, one way to gain some clarity is to conceptualise punishment, retribution, and punitive (and their "non" counterparts) as separate dimensions, each having its own continuum of meaning, rather than to conflate them, as now typically occurs in the literature. because the terms 'retributive' and 'restorative' justice have such strong meanings and referents, and are used largely by advocates (and others) as metaphors for the bad and the good justice, perhaps they should be jettisoned in analysing current and future justice practices. instead, we might refer to 'older' and 'newer' justice forms. these terms do not provide a content to justice principles or practices, but they do offer a way to depict developments in the justice field with an eye to history and with an appreciation that any 'new' justice practice will have many bits of the 'old' in it. v the terms also permit description and explanation of a larger phenomenon, that is, of a profound transformation of justice forms and practices now occurring in most developed societies in the west, and certainly the english-speaking ones of which i am aware. restorative justice is only a part of that transformation. by the old justice, i refer to modern practices of courthouse justice, which permit no interaction between victim and offender, where legal actors and other experts do the talking and make decisions, and whose (stated) aim is to punish, or at times, reform an offender. by the new justice, vi i refer to a variety of recent practices, which normally bring victims and offenders (and others) together in a process in which both lay and legal actors make decisions, and whose (stated) aim is to repair the harm for victims, offenders, and perhaps other members of 'the community' in ways that matter to them. (while the stated aim of either justice form may be to 'punish the crime' or 'repair the harm', we should expect to see mixed justice aims in participants' justice talk and practices.) vii new justice practices are one of several developments in a larger justice field, which also includes the 'new penology' (feeley and simon, ) and 'unthinkable punishment policies' (tonry, ). the field is fragmented and moving in contradictory directions (crawford, ; garland, ; o'malley, ; pratt, ). myth . restorative justice uses indigenous justice practices and was the dominant form of pre-modern justice. a common theme in the restorative justice literature is that this reputedly 'new' justice form is 'really not new' (consedine, : ). as consedine puts it, biblical justice was restorative. so too was justice in most indigenous cultures. in pre-colonial new zealand, maori had a fully integrated system of restorative justice ... it was the traditional philosophy of pacific nations such as tonga, fiji and samoa. ... in pre-norman ireland, restorative justice was interwoven ... with the fabric of daily life ... (p. ). braithwaite ( : ) argues that restorative justice is 'ground[ed] in traditions of justice from the ancient arab, greek, and roman civilisations that accepted a restorative approach even to homicide'. he continues with a large sweep of human history, citing the 'public assemblies ... of the germanic peoples', 'indian hindu [traditions in] - b.c.', and 'ancient buddhist, taoist, and confucian traditions ...'; and he concludes that 'restorative justice has been the dominant model of criminal justice throughout most of human history for all the world's peoples' (p. , emphasis added). what an extraordinary claim! linked with the claim that restorative justice has been the dominant form of criminal justice throughout human history is the claim that present-day indigenous justice practices fall within the restorative justice rubric. thus, for example, consedine ( : ) says a new paradigm of justice is operating [in new zealand], which is very traditional in its philosophy, yet revolutionary in its effects. a restorative philosophy of justice has replaced a retributive one. ironically, years after the traditional maori restorative praxis was abolished in aotearoa, youth justice policy is once again operating from the same philosophy. reverence for and romanticisation of an indigenous past slides over practices that the modern 'civilised' western mind would object to, such as a variety of harsh physical (bodily) punishments and banishment. at the same time, the modern western mind may not be able to grasp how certain 'harsh punishments' have been sensible within the terms of a particular culture. weitekamp ( : ) combines 'ancient forms' of justice practice (as restorative) and indigenous groups' current practices (as restorative) when he says that some of the new[] ... programs are in fact very old. ... [a]ncient forms of restorative justice have been used in [non-state] societies and by early forms of humankind. [f]amily group conferences [and] ... circle hearings [have been used] by indigenous people such as the aboriginals, the inuit, and the native indians of north and south america. ... it is kind of ironic that we have at [the turn of this century] to go back to methods and forms of conflict resolution which were practiced some millennia ago by our ancestors ... i confess to a limited knowledge of justice practices and systems throughout the history of humankind. what i know is confined mainly to the past three centuries and to developments in the united states and several other countries. thus, in addressing this myth, i do so from a position of ignorance in knowing only a small portion of history. upon reflection, however, my lack of historical knowledge may not matter. all that is required is the realisation that advocates do not intend to write authoritative histories of justice. rather, they are constructing 'origin myths' about restorative justice. if the first form of human justice was restorative justice, then advocates can claim a need to recover it from a history of 'takeover' by state-sponsored retributive justice. and, by identifying current indigenous practices as restorative justice, advocates can claim a need to recover these practices from a history of 'takeover' by white colonial powers who instituted retributive justice. thus, the history of justice practices is re-written by advocates not only to authorise restorative justice as the first human form of justice, but also a form of justice that is congenial to modern-day indigenous and, as we shall see in myth , feminist social movements for justice. in the restorative justice field, most commentators focus specifically (and narrowly) on changes that occurred over a -year period ( th to th centuries) in england (and some european countries), where a system of largely kin-based dispute settlement gave way to a court system, in which feudal lords retained a portion of property forfeited by an offender. in england, this loose system was centralised and consolidated during the century following the norman invasion in , as the development of state (crown) law depended on the collection of revenues collected by judges for the king. for restorative justice advocates, the transformation of disputes as offences between individuals to offences against the state is one element that marked the end of pre-modern forms of restorative justice. a second element is the decline in compensation to the victim for the losses from a crime (weitekamp, ). advocates' constructions of the history of restorative justice, that is, the origin myth that a superior justice form prevailed before the imposition of retributive justice, is linked to their desire to maintain a strong oppositional contrast between retributive and restorative justice. that is to say, the origin myth and oppositional contrast are both required in telling the true story of restorative justice. i do not see bad faith at work here. rather, advocates are trying to move an idea into the political and policy arena, and this may necessitate having to utilise a simple contrast of the good and the bad justice, along with an origin myth of how it all began. what does concern me is a smoothing over and a lumping together in one justice form the specific histories and practices of justice in pre-modern societies. is it appropriate to refer to all of these justice practices 'restorative'? what, in fact, do they have in common? what is gained, and more importantly, what is lost by this homogenising move? efforts to write histories of restorative justice, where a pre-modern past is romantically (and selectively) invoked to justify a current justice practice, are not only in error, but also unwittingly reinscribe an ethnocentrism their authors wish to avoid. as blagg ( ) and cain ( ) point out, there has been an orientalist appropriation of indigenous justice practices, largely in the service of strengthening advocates' positions. a common, albeit erroneous, claim is that conferencing 'has its direct roots in maori culture' (shearing, : , note ; see also consedine, ). the real story is that conferencing emerged in the s, in the context of maori political challenges to white new zealanders and to their welfare and criminal justice system. investing decision-making practices with maori cultural values meant that family groups (whanau) should have a greater say in what happens, that venues should be culturally appropriate, and that processes should accommodate a mix of culturally appropriate practices. new zealand's minority group population includes not only the maori but also pacific island polynesians. therefore, with the introduction of conferencing, came awareness of the need to incorporate different elements of 'cultural appropriateness' into the conference process. but the devising of a (white, bureaucratic) justice practice that is flexible and accommodating toward cultural differences does not mean that conferencing is an indigenous justice practice. maxwell and morris ( : ), who know the new zealand situation well, are clear on this point: a distinction must be drawn between a system which attempts to re-establish the indigenous model of pre-european times and a system of justice which is culturally appropriate. the new zealand system is an attempt to establish the latter, not to replicate the former. as such, it seeks to incorporate many of the features apparent in whanau decision-making processes and seen in meetings on marae today, but it also contains elements quite alien to indigenous models. conferencing is better understood as a fragmented justice form: it splices white, bureaucratic forms of justice with elements of informal justice that may include non-white (or non-western) values or methods of judgment, with all the attendant dangers of such 'spliced justice' (daly, ; findlay, ; pavlich, ). with the flexibility of informal justice, practitioners, advocates, and members of minority groups may see the potential for introducing culturally sensible and responsive forms of justice. but to say that conferencing is an indigenous justice practice (or 'has its roots in indigenous justice') is to re-engage a white-centred view of the world. and, as blagg ( ) suggests, it may lead to a 'double failure' for members of indigenous groups: not only will they appear to have 'failed' to act in a law-abiding fashion, and but also they will appear to have 'failed' to act appropriately as indigenous people according to a white-centred justice script. myth . restorative justice is a 'care' (or feminine) response to crime in comparison to a 'justice' (or masculine) response. myths and have a similar oppositional logic, but play with different dichotomies. the following chart shows the terms that are often linked to restorative and retributive justice. restorative justice retributive justice pre-modern modern indigenous (informal) state (formal) feminine (care) masculine (justice) eastern (japan) western (us) superior justice inferior justice note here the power inversion, essential to the origin myth of restorative justice, where the subordinated or marginalised groups (pre-modern, indigenous, feminine) are aligned with the more superior justice form. many readers will be familiar with the 'care' and 'justice' dichotomy. it was put forward by carol gilligan in her hughly popular book, in a different voice ( ). for about a decade, it seemed that most feminist legal theory articles were organised around the 'difference' versus 'dominance' perspectives of gilligan and mackinnon, respectively. in criminology, heidensohn ( ) and harris ( ) attempted to apply the care/justice dichotomy to the criminal justice system. i came into this debate in , saying that we should challenge the association of justice and care reasoning with male/masculine and female/feminine voices, respectively (daly, ). i suggested that this gender-linked association was not accurate empirically, and argued that it would be misleading to think that an alternative to men's forms of criminal law and justice practices could be found by adding women's voice or reconstituting the system along the lines of an ethic of care. but the different voice is back! now the 'ethic of care' (persephone) is pitched as the alternative to retributive justice (portia). masters and smith ( ) attempt to demonstrate that persephone, the voice of caring, is evident in a variety of restorative responses to crime. their arguments confuse, however, because they argue that persephone is 'informed by an ethic of care as well as an ethic of justice' (p. ). and toward the end of the article, they say 'we cannot do without portia (ethic of justice), but neither can we do without persephone' (p. ). thus, it is not clear whether, within the terms of their argument, persephone stands for the feminine or includes both the masculine and feminine, or whether we need both portia and persephone. they apparently agree with all three positions. they also see little difference between a 'feminine' and a 'feminist approach', terms that they use interchangeably. in general, they normally credit 'relational justice as a distinctly feminine approach to crime and conflict' (p. ). they say that 'reintegrative shaming can be considered a feminine (or persephone) theory' and that there is a 'fit between reintegrative shaming practice and the feminist ethic of care' (p. , my italics since the authors have shifted from a feminine ethic to a feminist ethic). toward the end of the paper, they make the astonishing claim, one that i suspect my colleague john braithwaite would find difficult to accept, that 'reintegrative shaming is perhaps the first feminist criminological theory'. they argue this is so because the 'practice of reintegrative shaming can be interpreted as being grounded in a feminine, rather than a masculine understanding of the social world' (p. ). there is a lot to unpick here, and i shall not go point by point. nor do i wish to undermine the spirit of the paper since the authors' intentions are laudable, in particular, their desire to define a more progressive way to respond to crime. my concern is that using gender dichotomies, or any dichotomies for that matter, to describe principles and practices of justice will always fail us, will always lead to great disappointment. viii traditional courthouse justice works with the abstraction of criminal law, but must deal with the messy world of people's lives, and hence, must deal with context and relations. 'care' responses to some offenders can re-victimise some victims; they may be helpful in some cases or for some offenders or for some victims or they may also be oppressive and unjust for other offenders and victims. likewise, with so-called 'justice' responses. the set of terms lined up along the 'male/masculine' and 'female/feminine' poles is long and varied: some terms are about process, others with modes of response (e.g., repair the harm), and still others, with ways of thinking about culpability for the harm. ix i am struck by the frequency with which people use dichotomies such as the male and female voice, retributive and restorative justice, or west and east, to depict justice principles and practices. such dichotomies are also used to construct normative positions about justice, where it is assumed (i think wrongly) that the sensibility of one side of the dualism necessarily excludes (or is antithetical to) the sensibility of the other. increasingly, scholars are coming to see the value of theorising justice in hybrid terms, of seeing connections between apparent oppositions (see e.g., bottoms, ; daly, a; duff, ; hudson, ; zedner, ). like the advocates promoting myth , those promoting myth want to emphasise the importance of identifying a different response to crime than the one currently in use. i am certainly on the side of that aspiration. however, i cannot agree with the terms in which the position has been argued and sold to academic audiences and wider publics. there is a loss of credibility when analyses do not move beyond oppositional justice metaphors, when claims are imprecise, and when extraordinary tales of repair and goodwill are assumed to be typical of the restorative justice experience. myth . restorative justice can be expected to produce major changes in people. i have said that attention needs to be given to the 'reality on the ground', to what is actually happening in, and resulting from, practices termed 'restorative justice'. there are several levels to describe and analyse what is going on; first, what happens in the justice practice itself; second, the relationship between it and the broader justice system; and third, how restorative justice is located within the broader politics of crime control. i focus on the first level and present two forms of evidence: ( ) stories of dramatic transformations or moving accounts of reconciliation and ( ) aggregated information across a larger number of cases, drawing from research on conference observations and interviews with participants. stories of restorative justice consedine ( : ) opens his book by excerpting from a new zealand news story: the families of two south auckland boys killed by a car welcomed the accused driver yesterday with open arms and forgiveness. the young man, who gave himself up to the police yesterday morning, apologised to the families and was ceremonially reunited with the tongan and samoan communities at a special ser vice last night. the -year old samoan visited the tongan families after his court appearance to apologise for the deaths of the two children in mangere. the tongan and samoan communities of mangere later gathered at the tongan methodist church in a service of reconciliation. the young man sat at the feast table flanked by the mothers of the dead boys. consedine says further that this case provides 'ample evidence of the power that healing and forgiveness can play in our daily lives. ... the grieving tongan and samoan communities simply embraced the young driver ... and forgave him. his deep shame, his fear, his sorrow, his alienation from the community was resolved' (p. ). another example comes from umbreit ( : ). his book opens with the story of linda and bob jackson, whose house was broken into; they subsequently met with the offender as part of his sentencing disposition. the offender, allan, 'felt better after the mediation ... he was able to make amends to the jacksons'. moreover, 'linda and bob felt less vulnerable, were able to sleep better and received payment for their losses. all parties were able to put this event behind them'. later in the book, umbreit ( : - ) offers another case study of a second couple, bob and anne, after their house was burglarised a second time. he summarises the outcome this way: bob, anne, and jim [the offender] felt the mediation process and outcome was fair. all were very satisfied with participation in the program. rather than playing passive roles ... [they] actively participated in 'making things right'. during a subsequent conversation with bob, he commented that 'this was the first time (after several victimisations) that i ever felt any sense of fairness. the courts always ignored me before. they didn't care about my concerns. and jim isn't such a bad kid after all, was he?' jim also indicated that he felt better after the mediation and more aware of the impact the burglary had on bob and anne (p. ). lastly, there is the fable of sam, an adolescent offender who attended a diversionary conference, which was first related by braithwaite ( ) and retold by shearing ( : - ). braithwaite ( : ) says that his story is a 'composite of several sams i have seen'; thus, while he admits that it is not a real story of sam, it is said to show the 'essential features ... of restorative justice' (shearing : ). this is something like a building contractor saying to a potential home buyer, 'this is a composite of the house i can build for you; it's not the real house, but it's like many houses i have sold to happy buyers over the years'. what the composite gives and what the building contractor offers us is a vision of the possible, of the perfect house. whether the house can ever be built is less important than imagining its possibility and its perfection. this is the cornerstone of the true story of restorative justice, like many proposed justice innovations of the past. sam's story, as told by braithwaite, is longer than i give here, and thus, i leave out emotional details that make any story compelling. sam, who is homeless and says he was abused by his parents, has no one who really cares about him except his older sister, his former hockey coach at school, and his uncle george. these people attend the conference, along with the elderly female victim and her daughter. sam says he knocked over the victim and took her purse because he needed the money. his significant others rebuke him for doing this, but also remember that he had a good side before he started getting into trouble. the victim and daughter describe the effects of the robbery, but sam does not seem to be affected. after his apparent callous response to the victim, sam's sister cries, and during a break, she reveals that she too had been abused by their parents. when the conference reconvenes, sam's sister speaks directly to sam, and without mentioning details, says she understands what sam went through. the victim appreciates what is being said and begins to cry. sam's callous exterior begins to crumble. he says he wants to do something for the victim, but doesn't know what he can do without a home or job. his sister offers her place for him to stay, and the coach says he can offer some him work. at the end of the conference, the victim hugs sam and tearfully says good luck, sam apologises again, and uncle george says he will continue to help sam and his sister when needed. many questions arise in reading stories like these. how often do expressions of kindness and understanding, of movement toward repair and goodwill, actually occur? what are the typical 'effects' on participants? is the perfect house of restorative justice ever built? another kind of evidence, aggregated data across a larger number of cases, can provide some answers. statistical aggregates of restorative justice here are some highlights of what has been learned from research on youth justice conferences in australia and new zealand. x official data show that about - percent of conferences resulted in agreed outcomes, and percent of young people completed their agreements. from new zealand research in the early s (maxwell and morris ), conferences appeared to be largely offender-centred events. just half of victims attended conferences, and of all the groups involved, victims were the least satisfied with what happened. maxwell and morris ( : - ) also reported that 'the new system remains largely unresponsive to cultural differences' in handling maori cases, which they argue is a consequence, in part, of too few resources. the most robust finding across all the studies in the region is that conferences receive very high marks along dimensions of procedural justice, that is, victims and offenders view the process and the outcomes as fair. in the re-integrative shaming experiments (rise) in canberra, admitted offenders were randomly assigned to court and conference. strang et al. ( ) have reported the following findings to date. compared to those offenders who went to court, those going to conferences have higher levels of procedural justice, higher levels of restorative justice, and an increased respect for the police and law. compared to victims whose cases went to court, conference victims have higher levels of recovery from the offence. conference victims also had high levels of procedural justice, but they could not be compared to court victims, who rarely attended court proceedings. the rise findings are important because they give us an indication of the relative merits of a conference or court proceeding. few other projects can do this. like other studies, the south australia juvenile justice (sajj) research on conferencing project finds very high levels of procedural justice registered by offenders and victims at conferences. to items such as, were you treated fairly, were you treated with respect, did you have a say in the agreement, among others, to percent of victims and offenders said that they were treated fairly and had a say. in light of the procedural justice literature, these findings are of interest because, as the argument goes, when citizens perceive a legal process as fair, when they are listened to and treated with respect, there is an affirmation of the legitimacy of the legal order. compared to the high levels of perceived procedural justice, the sajj project finds relatively less evidence of restorativeness. the measures of restorativeness tapped the degree to which offenders and victims recognised the other and were affected by the other; they focused on the degree to which there was positive movement between the offender and victim and their supporters during the conference (the sajj measures are more concrete and relational measures of restorativeness than those used in rise). whereas very high proportions of victims and offenders ( to percent) said that the process was fair (among other variables taping procedural justice), 'restorativeness' was evident in to percent of conferences (depending on the item), and solidly in no more than about one-third. thus, in this jurisdiction where conferences are used routinely, xi fairness can more easily be achieved than restorativeness. as but one example, from the interviews we learned that from the victims' perspectives, less than percent of offenders were perceived as making genuine apologies, but from the offenders' perspectives, close to percent said their apology was genuine. these results lead me to think that young people (offenders) and victims orient themselves to a conference and what they hope to achieve in it in ways different that the advocacy literature imagines. the stance of empathy and openness to 'the other', the expectation of being able to speak and reflect on one's actions, and the presence of new justice norms (or language) emphasising 'repair' -- all of these are novel cultural elements for most participants. young people appear to be as, if not more, interested in repairing their own reputations than in repairing the harm to victims. among the most important things that the victims hoped would occur at the conference was for the offender to hear how the offence affected them, but half the offenders told us that the victim's story had no effect or only a little effect on them. how often, then, does the exceptional or 'nirvana' story of repair and goodwill occur? i devised a measure that combined the sajj observer's judgment of the degree to which a conference 'ended on a high, a positive note of repair and good will' with one that rated the conference on a -point scale from poor to exceptional. while the first tapped the degree to which there was movement between victims and offenders toward the 'other', the second tapped a more general feeling about the conference dynamics and how well the conference was managed by the coordinator. with this combined measure, percent of conferences were rated very highly, another percent, good; and the rest, a mixed or poor rating. if conferencing is used routinely (not just in a select set of cases), i suspect that the story of sam and uncle george will be infrequent; it may happen percent of the time, if that. assessing the 'effects' of conferences on participants is complex because such effects change over time and, for victims, they are contingent on whether offenders come through on promises made. i present findings on victims' sense of having 'recovered' from the offence and on young people's re-offending in the post-conference period. in the year ( ) interviews with victims, over percent said they had 'fully recovered' from the offence, that it was 'all behind' them. their recovery was more likely when offenders completed the agreement than when they did not, but recovery was only partly influenced by the conference and an offender's behaviour. as important, they said, was the 'passage of time' and 'self-resources' such as their own resilience. however, conferences can have positive 'effects' on reducing victims' anger toward and fear of offenders. drawing from the victim interviews in and , over percent of victims felt angry toward the offender before the conference, but this dropped to percent after the conference and was percent a year later. close to percent of victims were frightened of the offender before the conference, but this dropped to percent after the conference and was percent a year later. therefore, for victims, meeting offenders in the conference setting can have beneficial results. the conference effect everyone asks about is, does it reduce re-offending? proof (or disproof) of reductions in re-offending from conferences (compared not only to court, but to other interventions such as formal caution, other diversion approaches, or no legal action at all) will not be available for a long time, if ever. the honest answer to the re-offending question is 'we'll probably never know' because the amounts of money would be exorbitant and research methods using experimental designs judged too 'risky' in an ethical and political sense. to date, there have been three studies of conferencing and re-offending in australia and new zealand, one of which compares re-offending for a sample of offenders randomly assigned to conference and court and two that explore whether re-offending can be linked to things that occur in conferences. xii the rise project finds that for one of four major offence categories studied (violent offences compared to drink driving, property offences, shoplifting), those offenders who were assigned to a conference had a significantly reduced rate of re-offending than those who were assigned to court (sherman, strang, and woods, ). as others have said (abel, : ; levrant et al., : - ), there is a great faith placed on the conference process to change young offenders, when the conditions of their day to day lives, which may be conducive to getting into trouble, may not change at all. the sajj project asked if there were things that occurred in conferences that could predict re-offending, over and above those variables known to be conducive to lawbreaking (and its detection): past offending and social marginality (hayes and daly, ). in a regression analysis, we found that over and above the young person's race-ethnicity (aboriginal or non-aboriginal), sex, whether s/he offended prior to the offence that led to the sajj conference, and a measure of the young person's mobility and marginality, there were two conference elements associated with re-offending. when young people were remorseful and when outcomes were achieved by genuine consensus, they were less likely to re-offend during an - to -month period after the conference. these results are remarkably similar to those of maxwell and morris ( ) in their study of re-offending in new zealand. they found that what happens in conferences (e.g., a young person's expressions of remorse and agreeing [or not] with the outcome, among other variables) could distinguish those young people who were and were not 'persistently reconvicted' during a - / year follow up period. the real or the true story? advocates want to tell a particular kind of story, the mythical true story of restorative justice. this story asks people to develop their 'caring' sides and to 'resist tyranny with compassion' (braithwaite, : ). it suggests that amidst adversity, there is great potential 'for doing good' for self and others (paraphrasing eckel, ; cited by braithwaite, : ). it rewrites the history of justice practices by celebrating a return to pre-modern forms, and it re-colonises indigenous practices by identifying them as exemplars of restorative justice. the true story offers some hope, not only for a better way to do justice, but also for strengthening mechanisms of informal social control, and consequently, to minimise reliance on formal social control, the machinery and institutions of criminal justice. in order to sell the idea of restorative justice to a wide audience, advocates have painted a dichotomous, oppositional picture of different justice forms, with restorative justice trumping retributive justice as the superior one. there is a certain appeal to this framing of justice: it offers two choices, and it tells us which side is right. with this frame, who could possibly be on the side of retribution and retributive justice? only the bad guys, of course. when we move from the metaphors and slogans to the hard work of establishing the philosophical, legal, and organisational bases of this idea, and of documenting what actually occurs in these practices, the true story fails us. it lets us down because simple oppositional dualisms are inadequate in depicting criminal justice, even an ideal justice system, and no justice practice can be as extraordinary or successful most of the time, as the advocates would want us to think. the real story of restorative justice is a more qualified one. empirical evidence of conferencing in australia and new zealand suggests that very high proportions of people find the process fair; on many measures of procedural justice, it succeeds. however, it is relatively more difficult for victims and offenders to find common ground and to hear each other's stories, or for offenders to give sincere apologies and victims to understand that apologies are sincere. there are limits on 'repairing the harm' for offenders and victims, in part because the idea is novel and unfamiliar for most ordinary citizens. for youthful lawbreakers, the limits also inhere in the salience of any legal process or adult exhortations to 'stay out of trouble', and the problems that adolescents may have in 'recognising the other', an empathetic orientation that is assumed to be central to a restorative process. for victims, the limits reside in the capacity to be generous to lawbreakers and to see lawbreakers as capable of change. a variety of observational and interview items from the sajj project suggests that a minority of conferences have the necessary raw material for restorativeness to occur. (one needs to be careful in generalising: the frequency of restorativeness would depend greatly on whether a jurisdiction uses conferences selectively or routinely and what kinds of cases are in the sample.) overall, the real story of restorative justice has many positives and has much to commend, but the evidence is mixed. conferencing, or any new justice practice, is not nirvana and ought not to be sold in those terms. in the political arena, telling the mythical true story of restorative justice may be an effective means of reforming parts of the justice system. it may inspire legislatures to pass new laws and it may provide openings to experiment with alternative justice forms. all of this can be a good thing. perhaps, in fact, the politics of selling justice ideas may require people to tell mythical true stories. the real story attends to the murk and constraints of justice organisations, of people's experiences as offenders and victims and their capacities and desires to 'repair the harm'. it reveals a picture that is less sharp-edged and more equivocal. my reading of the evidence is that face-to-face encounters between victims and offenders and their supporters is a practice worth maintaining, and perhaps enlarging, although we should not expect it to deliver strong stories of repair and goodwill most of the time. if we want to avoid the cycle of optimism and pessimism (matthews, ) that so often attaches to any justice innovation, then we should be courageous and tell the real story of restorative justice. but, in telling the real story, there is some risk that a fledgling idea will meet a premature death. references abel, richard l. ( ) 'the contradictions of informal justice', in r. l. abel (ed.) the politics of informal justice, vol. , pp. - . new york: academic press. ashworth, andrew ( ) 'some doubts about restorative justice', criminal law forum : - . bargen, jenny ( ) 'kids, cops, courts, conferencing and children's rights: a note on perspectives', australian journal of human rights ( ): - . bazemore, gordon and mara schiff (eds.) ( ) restorative community justice. cincinnati: anderson publishing. bazemore, gordon and lode walgrave ( ) 'restorative juvenile justice: in search of fundamentals and an outline for systemic reform', in g. bazemore and l. walgrave (eds.) restorative juvenile justice: repairing the harm of youth crime, pp. - . monsey, ny: criminal justice press. blagg, harry ( ) 'a just measure of shame? aboriginal youth and conferencing in australia', british journal of criminology ( ): - . bottoms, anthony e. ( ) 'five puzzles in von hirsch's theory of punishment', in a. ashworth and m. wasik (eds.) fundamentals of sentencing theory: essays in honour of andrew von hirsch, pp. - . oxford: clarendon press. braithwaite, john ( ) 'restorative justice and a better future', dorothy j. killam memorial lecture, reprinted in dalhousie review ( ): - . [citation to lecture ms.] braithwaite, john ( ) 'restorative justice: assessing optimistic and pessimistic accounts', in m. tonry (ed.) crime and justice: a review of research : - . chicago: university of chicago press. braithwaite, john and kathleen daly ( ) 'masculinities, violence and communitarian control', in t. newburn and e. a. stanko (eds.) just boys doing business?, pp. - . new york: routledge. braithwaite, john and phillip pettit ( ) not just deserts: a republican theory of criminal justice. new york: oxford. cain, maureen ( ) 'orientalism, occidentalism and the sociology of crime', british journal of criminology ( ): - . consedine, jim. ( ) restorative justice: healing the effects of crime. lyttelton, new zealand: ploughshares publications. cottingham, john ( ) 'varieties of retribution', philosophical quarterly : - . crawford, adam ( ) the local governance of crime: appeals to community and partnerships. oxford: clarendon press. crawford, adam ( ) 'the prospects for restorative youth justice in england and wales: a tale of two acts', in k. mcevoy and t. newburn (eds.) criminology and conflict resolution, pp. xx-xx. london: macmillan. crawford, adam and jo goodey (eds.) ( ) integrating a victim perspective within criminal justice. aldershot: ashgate/dartmouth. daly, kathleen ( ) 'criminal justice ideologies and practices in different voices: some feminist questions about justice', international journal of the sociology of law ( ): - . daly, kathleen ( ) 'restorative justice: moving past the caricatures', paper presented to seminar on restorative justice, institute of criminology, university of sydney law school, sydney, april. daly, kathleen ( a) 'revisiting the relationship between retributive and restorative justice', in h. strang and j. braithwaite (eds.) restorative justice: from philosophy to practice, pp. - . aldershot: ashgate/dartmouth. daly, kathleen ( b) 'sexual assault and restorative justice', paper presented at restorative justice and family violence conference, australian national university, canberra, july. daly, kathleen ( a) 'conferencing in australia and new zealand: variations, research findings, and prospects', in a. morris and g. maxwell (eds.) restorative justice for juveniles: conferencing, mediation and circles, pp. - . oxford: hart publishing ltd. daly, kathleen ( b) south australia juvenile justice (sajj) research on conferencing, technical report no. : research instruments in year ( ) and background notes. school of criminology and criminal justice, griffith university, brisbane, queensland. daly, kathleen and hennessey hayes ( ) 'restorative justice and conferencing in australia', trends & issues in crime and criminal justice no. . canberra: australian institute of criminology. http://www.aic.gov.au/publications/tandi/tandi .html> daly, kathleen and russ immarigeon ( ) 'the past, present, and future of restorative justice: some critical reflections', contemporary justice review ( ): - . daly, kathleen, michele venables, mary mckenna, liz mumford, and jane christie- johnston ( ) south australia juvenile justice (sajj) research on conferencing, technical report no. : project overview and research instruments (year ), school of criminology and criminal justice, griffith university, brisbane, queensland. davis, gwynn ( ) making amends: mediation and reparation in criminal justice. london: routledge. delgado, richard ( ) 'prosecuting violence: a colloquy on race, community, and justice', stanford law review : - . duff, r. antony ( ) 'alternatives to punishment -- or alternative punishments?', in w. cragg (ed.) retributivism and its critics, pp. - . stuttgart: franz steiner. duff, r. antony ( ) 'penal communications: recent work in the philosophy of punishment', in m. tonry (ed.) crime and justice: a review of research : - . chicago: university of chicago press. duff, r. antony ( ) 'restoration and retribution', paper presented to cambridge seminar on restorative justice, toronto, may. eckel, m. ( ) 'a buddhist approach to repentance' in a. etzioni and d. carney (eds) repentance: a comparative perspective, pp. xx-xx. new york: rowman & littlefield. engel, david ( ) 'origin myths; narratives of authority, resistance, disability, and law', law & society review ( ): - . feeley, malcolm and jonathan simon ( ) 'the new penology; notes on the emerging strategy of corrections and its implications' criminology ( ): - . findlay, mark ( ) 'decolonising restoration and justice in transitional cultures' in h. strang and j. braithwaite (eds.) restorative justice: philosophy to practice, pp. - . aldershot: ashgate/dartmouth. garland, david ( ) 'the limits of the sovereign state', british journal of criminology ( ): - . gilligan, carol ( ) in a different voice. cambridge: harvard university press. hampton, jean ( ) 'correcting harms versus righting wrongs: the goal of retribution', ucla law review : - . harris, m. kay ( ) 'moving into the new millennium: toward a feminist vision of justice', the prison journal : - . hayes, hennessey and kathleen daly ( ) 'family conferencing in south australia and re- offending: preliminary results from the sajj project', paper presented to australian and new zealand society of criminology conference, melbourne, february. to appear heidensohn, frances ( ) 'models of justice: portia or persephone? some thoughts on equality, fairness and gender in the field of criminal justice', international journal of the sociology of law : - . hudson, barbara ( ) 'restorative justice: the challenge of sexual and racial violence', journal of law and society ( ): - . hudson, joe, allison. morris, gabrielle maxwell, and burt galaway (eds.) ( ) family group conferences: perspectives on policy and practice. monsey, ny: criminal justice press. la prairie, carol ( ) 'some reflections on new criminal justice policies in canada: restorative justice, alternative measures and conditional sentences', australian and new zealand journal of criminology ( ): - levrant, sharon, francis t. cullen, betsy fulton, and john f. wozniak ( ) 'reconsidering restorative justice: the corruption of benevolence revisited?', crime & delinquency ( ): - . masters, guy and david smith ( ) 'portia and persephone revisited: thinking about feeling in criminal justice', theoretical criminology ( ): - . matthews, roger. ( ) 'reassessing informal justice', in r. matthews (ed.) informal justice?, pp. - . newbury park, ca: sage. maxwell, gabrielle and allison morris ( ) family, victims and culture: youth justice in zealand. wellington: social policy agency and the institute of criminology, victoria university of wellington. maxwell, gabrielle and allison morris ( ) 'research on family group conferences with young offenders in new zealand', in j. hudson et al. (eds.) family group conferences: perspectives on policy & practice, pp. - . monsey, ny: willow tree press. mccold, paul ( / ) real justice forum, issue : ( ), which summarises the venn diagram. his paper and responses are to appear in contemporary justice review ( ), vol. ( ). morris, allison and gabrielle maxwell ( ) (eds.) restorative justice for juveniles: conferencing, mediation and circles. oxford: hart publishing ltd. mead, george herbert ( - ) 'the psychology of punitive justice', the american journal of sociology : - [reprinted in the sociology of punishment, dario melossi (ed.)]. o'malley, pat ( ) 'volatile and contradictory punishment', theoretical criminology ( ): - . pavlich, george c. ( ) justice fragmented: mediating community disputes under postmodern conditions. new york: routledge. pratt, john ( ) 'the return of the wheelbarrow men; or, the arrival of postmodern penality?', british journal of criminology : - . shearing, clifford ( ) 'punishment and the changing face of the governance', punishment & society ( ): - . strang, heather, lawrence w. sherman, geoffrey c. barnes, and john braithwaite ( ) experiments in restorative policing: a progress report to the national police research unit on the canberra reintegrative shaming experiments (rise). canberra: australian national university. snider, laureen ( ) 'toward safer societies: punishment, masculinities and violence against women', british journal of criminology ( ): - . tonry, michael ( ) 'rethinking unthinkable punishment policies in america', ucla law review ( ): - . umbreit, mark ( ) victim meets offender: the impact of restorative justice and mediation. monsey, ny: criminal justice press. van ness, daniel ( ) 'new wine and old wineskins: four challenges of restorative justice', criminal law forum : - . van ness, daniel and karen strong ( ) restoring justice. cincinnati: anderson publishing. walgrave, lode ( ) 'restorative justice for juveniles: just a technique or a fully fledged alternative?', the howard journal : - . walgrave, lode and ivo aertsen ( ) 'reintegrative shaming and restorative justice: interchangeable, complementary or different?', european journal on criminal policy and research : - . weitekamp, elmar ( ) 'the history of restorative justice', in g. bazemore and l. walgrave (eds.) restorative juvenile justice: repairing the harm of youth crime, pp. xx-xx. monsey, ny: criminal justice press. wright, martin ( ) justice for victims and offenders. philadelphia: open university press. zedner, lucia ( ) 'reparation and retribution: are they reconcilable?', modern law review : - . zehr, howard. ( ) 'justice paradigm shift? values and vision in the reform process', mediation quarterly ( ): - . notes i indicative examples of advocates are bazemore and walgrave ( ), braithwaite ( ), consedine ( ), van ness and strong ( ), umbreit ( ), and zehr ( ). among the skeptics/critics are ashworth ( ), blagg ( ), delgado ( ), hudson ( ), levrant et al. ( ), and pavlich ( ). because the modern idea of restorative justice is new, publications reporting research are few. among them are contributors in collections edited by bazemore and schiff ( ), crawford and goodey ( ), hudson et al. ( ), and morris and maxwell ( ). ii conferences are meetings where an admitted offender(s), his/her supporters, a victim(s), his/her supporters, and relevant other people come together to discuss the offence, its impact, and what sanction (or reparation) is appropriate. the conference, which is run by a coordinator and attended by a police officer, is typically used as diversion from court prosecution, but it may also be used to provide pre-sentencing advice to judges and magistrates. police-run diversionary conferencing is highly atypical of australian and new zealand conferencing, whereas it is more typical in uk and north american practices. see bargen ( ), daly and hayes ( ), and hudson et al. ( ) for overviews of jurisdiction variation in australia and new zealand. iii mccold's proposal is discussed and debated in contemporary justice review ( ); my reference is to his initial article in real justice forum ( ). iv drawing from cottingham's ( ) analysis of retribution's many meanings, restorative justice advocates tend to use retributivism to mean 'repayment' (to which they add a punitive kick) whereas desert theorists, such as von hirsch, use retributivism to mean 'deserved' and would argue for decoupling retribution from punitiveness. v it is important to emphasise that 'new justice' practices have not been applied to the fact-finding stage of the criminal process; they are used almost exclusively for the penalty phase. some comparative claims about restorative justice practices (e.g., they are not adversarial when retributive justice is) are misleading in that restorative justice attends only to the penalty phase when negotiation is possible. no one has yet sketched a restorative justice process for those who do not admit to an offence. vi i became aware of the term 'new justice' from laprairie's ( ) analysis of developments in canada. she defines 'new justice' initiatives as representing a 'shift away from a justice discourse of punitiveness and punishment toward one of reconciliation, healing, repair, atonement, and reintegration' (p. ), and she sees such developments as part of a new emphasis on 'community' and 'partnership' as analysed by crawford ( ). vii restorative justice advocates speak of the harm not of the crime, and in doing so, they elide a crucial distinction between a civil and criminal harm, the latter involving both a harm and a wrong (duff, ). viii in response to this point, one reader said there had to be some way to theorise varied justice forms (both in an empirical and normative sense), and thus, the 'disappointment' i speak of reflects a disenchantment with the theoretical enterprise to adequately reflect particularity and variation in the empirical social world. this is a longstanding problem in the sociological field. what troubles me is the construction of theoretical terms in the justice field, which use dualisms in adversarial and oppositional relation to one another. ix there are other, more sophisticated, analyses of the ethics of care and its applicability to criminal justice. for example, snider ( ) argues that we need to learn more about 'activities of caring ... or the implications of such an orientation, compared to those central to punishing' (pp. - ). x the major research studies in the region are maxwell and morris ( ) for new zealand, strang et al. ( ) for the act and the rise project, and the results reported here for the sajj project in south australia. see daly ( a) for a review of these and other studies. space limitations preclude a review of the methods of each study; rather, general findings are summarised. xi it is important to distinguish jurisdictions like south australia, new south wales, and new zealand, where conferences are used routinely from other jurisdictions (like victoria and queensland), where conferences are used selectively and in a relatively few number of cases. when conferences are used routinely, we should not expect to see 'restorativeness' emerging most of the time. xii space limitations preclude a review of the definitions and methods used in the re-offending studies; rather general findings are summarised. this is the author’s version of a work that was submitted/accepted for pub- lication in the following source: mcardle, felicity, knight, linda m., & stratigos, tina ( ) imagining social justice. contemporary issues in early childhood, ( ), pp. - . this file was downloaded from: http://eprints.qut.edu.au/ / c© copyright symposium journals notice: changes introduced as a result of publishing processes such as copy-editing and formatting may not be reflected in this document. for a definitive version of this work, please refer to the published source: http://dx.doi.org/ . /ciec. . . . core metadata, citation and similar papers at core.ac.uk provided by queensland university of technology eprints archive https://core.ac.uk/display/ ?utm_source=pdf&utm_medium=banner&utm_campaign=pdf-decoration-v http://eprints.qut.edu.au/view/person/mcardle,_felicity.html http://eprints.qut.edu.au/view/person/knight,_linda.html http://eprints.qut.edu.au/ / http://dx.doi.org/ . /ciec. . . .       special edition of ciec (issue , ) entitled social justice in early years education: practices and understandings   authors: felicity mcardle, linda knight, tina stratigos title: imagining social justice abstract: this paper examines how creativity and the arts can assist teachers who teach from a social justice perspective, and how knowledge built through meaningful experiences of difference can make a difference. just as imagining is central to visual arts practice, so too the capacity to imagine is a necessity for social justice. the authors ask what art can do, and how art can work, to bring about greater understandings and practices around social justice and the early years. a ‘recognitive justice’ (fraser, , ; cazden, ) requires the capacity to be sensitive to the multiple voices that need to be heard, and the ability to imagine how lives might be lived differently. the arts can provide powerful means for thinking social justice, and the experiences described in this paper can have application in addressing social justice in the professional preparation of prospective teachers. three teacher educators who teach from a social justice perspective apply a collective biography methodology to their stories of art activity. data were collected from three sites: transcripts, notes and digital images from a salon evening; ethnographic observations, field notes and artefacts from a school classroom; and a/r/tographic data generated in a university art classroom. data were analysed using foucault and the conceptual work of other post-structuralist philosophies, to explore how aesthetic and creative artistic activity could excite imaginations and open up multiple possibilities for richer forms of educational outcomes – for teacher educators, their students, and ultimately for young children.         title: imagining social justice the capacity to imagine is a necessity for social justice — imagining a future self, imagining how we might all live together, imagining different ways of doing and being. without this capacity, it is difficult for any preservice teachers to be prepared for teaching students from diverse backgrounds. in this contribution to the special edition, the proposal is that art is, and has always been, a crucial methodological and intellectual tool for engaging with social justice issues. this proposal reflects a possible pathway for conceptualising a recognitive element of social justice (fraser, , ; cazden, ). in their framework for exploring cultural pedagogies and indigenous cultural knowledges in australia, luke et. al. ( ) propose that rethinking marginalised cultural knowledges, practices and standpoints can lead to “new representations within previously monocultural and exclusionary knowledge systems” (p. ). rather than focussing on belief statements about race, gender, social justice and equity, the focus of the three stories shared in this paper reflects attempts at trying new ways of thinking, and at theorising by doing. for the three researchers, all of whom are teacher educators, arts practice is one of the most effective modes for implementing understandings around social justice in early years education and care. at a time when standards, measures, testing, evidence based, longitudinal studies are fast becoming the ‘only game in town’, this paper examines different readings of social justice practice through a methodology that enables new questions to be asked. there is no single homogenous view of best pedagogical practice for social justice, that can be applied across the diversity of people, places and curriculums. nevertheless, contemporary approaches to schooling that are increasingly and ‘obsessively measuring and managing the mundane’ (thomson, lingard & wrigley, , p. ) and ‘evidence–based’ practice may be ‘fundamentally undemocratic’ (vandenbroek, roets & roose, , p. ). standardisation produces high levels of standardness (mcwilliam, ), denying populations of children their capacities and their capabilities. at the same time, learning about social justice matters through experience may result in individual educators changing their beliefs and ideals, and yet may have little or no impact on the larger structural and institutional injustices experienced every day. failure in school might be the effect of globalisation, marketisation and the knowledge economy, but this ‘event’ is transformed into a problem of the individual, educators and/ the necessity for parental support (through pedagogization) ( vandenbroek, ). social problems are systematically translated into problems of the individual, or of education.       a collective biography methodology (davies & gannon, ) was applied as a means to think together and analyse the data generated for this study. davies’ method is a process whereby a group of researchers worked together on a particular topic, social justice, and drew on ‘their own memories relevant to that topic and through the shared work of telling, listening and writing’ (davies & gannon , p. ). the three researchers are members of a group who came together purposefully in order to methodologically seek out and present ‘moments where something else, something surprising, can come to the surface’ (davies & gannon , p. ). this method favours critical reflection and shared learning, and addresses some of the main tensions and paradoxes that exist today in studies based on interpretative-critical methods (suárez-ortega, ). each of these stories is instructive but not exhaustive. each of the three stories go some way to illuminate what art can do when it comes to social justice. the three researchers applied collective biography to share, trace and interrogate three stories of learning that collectively offer opportunities for thinking and performing the task of social justice work — the personal, the school classroom, and preparing quality teachers. collective biography facilitated the researchers’ interrogation of the topic of social justice through ‘storytelling and writing and analysis of those stories’ (davies & gannon , p. ). by bringing together a poststructural concern with power relationships and a deleuzian interest in engendering new synergies and possibilities (wyatt, gale, gannon & davies, ), this methodology led to some new connections on the question of difference. each story is distinct. taken together, they illustrate the importance of the cultivation of imagination, and how aesthetic approaches develop intellectual, social, cultural and personal identities (bates, ). ultimately, the collective process helped to develop motivation for implementing socially just practices. the stories are presented in this paper as partial accounts of arts practices in different contexts: (i) part of a doctoral study, (ii) a small-scale research project, and (iii) an assignment task with preservice teachers. through collective biography, the stories were brought together to enable questioning and brainstorming the topic of social justice, and to build understandings and concepts around the topic. bringing the stories together is not just about context and subjects of the stories, but also forces a visibility ‘in oneself and on oneself [to] become available for inspection’ (davies & gannon , p. ). this visibility extends to the ways that, through the work produced by their students and themselves, the teacher educators’ thoughts on social justice are made visible. the question of motivation to ‘do social justice’ in early childhood education and care carries history and emotion. through this       particular methodology, it becomes possible to ‘interrogate the discourses in which we have constituted others and have ourselves been constituted … as moral or immoral beings’ (davies & gannon , p. ). for instance, the difference between being an activist, an advocate, and a ‘do-gooder’, proved a strong provocation for this inquiry. in the history of the field of early childhood education and care, there are entrenched traditions around improving the chances of success for all children. contemporary shifts in social and cultural ways of being call for responsive modes for thinking about teaching and learning, and research — approaches that are inclusive and democratic. collective biography is a mechanism not for establishing empirical or statistical findings, but ‘local and situated truths …to interrogate the materiality of our lived experience’ (davies & gannon , p. ). the three narratives in this paper are partial accounts that emphasise the significance of place, people and communities in ways that can be overlooked in more conventional concepts of ways of knowing and find resonance, indirectly, with indigenous standpoint theories (smith, ; nakata, ). the question of what constitutes knowledge is particularly pertinent when it comes to matters such as post colonial approaches to learning and understanding. the history of privileging particular languages over ‘others’, the use of certain symbols and symbol systems and ignoring others, and the failure to recognise unfamiliar pastoral practices, are all part of australia’s sorry history of interaction between colonisers and indigenous australians. in this same sense, the focus on recognitive social justice challenges the hierarchy of curriculum and discipline subjects which marginalises art as non-essential, a frill only offered after the ‘work’ is complete. the focus of this paper is on what art can do, how art can work, and the proposal is that art provides the means for ‘the insurrection of subjugated knowledges’ (foucault , p. ). through creative activity and imagination, children and educators can place social justice at the heart of the curriculum. the collective biography presented in this paper investigated how artistic activity might open up multiple possibilities for richer forms of educational outcomes – for teacher educators, their students, and ultimately for young children. each of the three stories in different ways, tested ways in which aesthetic and creative artistic activity could excite imaginations, engage reasoning and emotions, and prompt the projection of self into possible futures (bates, , p. ). the stories in this paper are one way of starting a conversation about the ways in which art can do more than represent particular cultural practices. art can       work as teaching and learning and research – in the exchange of information, ideas, symbols, artefacts, performances, and stories. the three stories occurred in extraordinary spaces. firstly, there was a salon evening, where early childhood academics came together to have their ideas meet and collide, their talk was interrupted, stories overlapped, and thoughts were incomplete or tangential (for more on this, see sandra & spayde, ). second, a small team of researchers worked with recently arrived refugee students in a school classroom. the children arrived with disrupted educational backgrounds, and most had experienced and witnessed traumatic social and emotional events. the third space was a university art classroom with undergraduate early childhood education students enrolled in a storytelling elective unit of study. the stories are intensively remembered in relation to poststructural theories. the analysis took ‘the texts of foucault and other post-structural writers as rhizomatic, as open, in a deleuzian sense, to the work that we want to do with them’ (davies & gannon , p. ). the first story describes an embodied experience with deleuze and guattari’s ( ) smooth and striated space and the subversive possibilities of stitchery. the second describes working with disadvantaged young people who have come to australia in recent history, and explores how artistry prompted the researchers to ‘produce knowledge differently’ (st pierre, , p. ). possibilities for more socially just pedagogies emerged from this experience. the third story connects social justice matters with teacher education curriculum and pedagogies, and asks students to explore and rethink issues of diversity and identity through fantasy, metaphor, drawn imagery and sequential narrative. the stories build theory that connects creative activity, imagination, and social justice. they do this by focussing on ways in which claims and identities can be contained in symbols of belonging. first story: learning, the embodied experience, the personal tina is currently engaged in a doctoral study, researching with infants (since we are using the collective biography methodology, we use our own names when recounting the personal). this is a story about her own personal learning experience, and how an invitation to imagine, think and learn differently, enabled tina to arrive at a rich and robust understanding of complex theory. at the same time, this experience led to her producing a new, more satisfying and more confident version of self. in brief, the story is an illustration of how a textile/art process helped a student think her way through deleuze and guattari’s ( ) philosophical concept of striated and smooth space. the experience revealed       connections between the arts, social justice and education. the implications for young children and the connections we made between tina’s experience and some related contexts in the experiences of young children in ecec settings, form the conclusions to tina’s story in the account provided here in this paper. for a doctoral student, coming to grips with theory is often a major concern. for her research into the ways in which the politics of belonging operate for infants in family day care, tina had been drawn to work with concepts from the philosophers gilles deleuze and felix guattari. she had spent months reading, reflecting, discussing and writing about their work, and constantly making connections with her own research project. an invitation to attend a salon on deleuze, however, opened up the possibility of different ways of experiencing, understanding and sharing theoretical understandings. the purpose of the salon was to promote egalitarian engagement (author and other, in press) with deleuzian ideas and theories and attendees included researchers from phd students to professors and senior academics. the salon was to take place in the evening at a restaurant and each person was asked to share something such as an object, poem or artwork as a prompt for discussion. for someone who is not an artist, this was an exciting but unsettling opportunity. what to present? how would it be received? the salon evening provided the impetus for tina to engage with theory in an unexpected way: the creation of two objects through crochet. the process of creating, manipulating and sharing these objects provided a deeper understanding of difficult concepts and how they could be put to work. in addition, the creative activity led tina to recognise the value of other ways of learning and expressing. the language-based experiences she had become used to producing were more generally expected of her in the academy, and now the embodied, tactile and visual proved powerful tools for her thinking and communicating. leading up to the salon evening tina had been wrestling with deleuze and guattari’s ( ) concepts of smooth and striated space. deleuze and guattari used various types of fabric such as woven cloth, felt, patchwork, and in particular, knitting and crochet as models to present various characteristics of smooth and striated space. this struck a chord with tina, since, on a personal level she had long been interested in handicrafts. as deleuze and guattari ( ) point out, woven fabric and knitting create striated spaces made up of vertical and horizontal lines intersecting at right angles, and this space is closed in at the sides with a clear boundary. next, they look to felting, patchwork and crochet, and how this work       involves the creation of smooth spaces that may be prolonged in all directions, and have no predetermined boundaries or orientation. such theorising then can be applied in reading early childhood education, and thinkers such as lenz taguchi ( ) have pointed to striated space associated with classroom routines, pedagogical plans, and observation and assessment protocols which grid and structure the ways in which children and adults behave and interact. smooth and boundless space might involve the questioning of habitual ways of doing and thinking, in an effort to do or think differently (see lenz taguchi, ). in tina’s case, she went on to use smooth and striated space to think about the existing research in relation to her doctoral study with infants. through her knowledge of the artistry and processes of crochet, tina was led to delve deeper into the models of striated and smooth space discussed by deleuze and guattari ( ) and their discussion of mathematics, particularly riemannian spaces as a model of the smooth. the starting point for riemann’s thinking about space was non-euclidean geometry (plotnitsky, ). in taimina (henderson & taimina, ) discovered it was possible to crochet a form of non-euclidean geometry, a hyperbolic plane, thereby creating the first durable model of a hyperbolic plane on which the unusual properties of this geometry could be explored in a tactile manner. prior to this discovery, the hyperbolic plane had already inspired artworks by escher: the circle limit series of woodcuts (taimina, ). following taimina’s discovery the crochet coral reef was initiated, a project involving mathematics (hyperbolic geometry), marine biology, handicrafts (crochet) and community art practice (the institute for figuring). the crochet coral reef has been exhibited in art and science museums around the world. these connections between deleuze and guattari, mathematics, crochet, and striated and smooth space led tina to create her own crocheted hyperbolic plane, along with a flat, euclidean plane. she shared both at the deleuze salon. on reflection, it was clear to tina that through her engagement with the process of making and then seeing, manipulating and sharing the crochet objects, she came to a different understanding of smooth and striated space than would otherwise have been possible. when we consider knitting, or crochet, as a way of learning that “de-centers pedagogical practices”, then we come to think of bodies as “implicated in the processes of meaning making” (springgay, , p. ). this way of learning afforded tina a deeper connection with complex philosophical and mathematical concepts and made possible the connecting of disparate and unexpected knowledge, experiences and objects.       the understanding afforded by the crochet process was, for tina, an embodied one. for example, deleuze and guattari ( ) suggest that space can escape the limits of striation through the smallest of deviations. the process of crocheting the hyperbolic plane in which small deviations, made through a single stitch increase, allowed tina to see and feel this in action, as the hyperbolic plane grew exponentially and the ruffled edges appeared. the de-centering described by springgay ( ) is particularly relevant to the salon. for tina it was a moment of letting go of the ways in which she had been taught that a doctoral student should engage with theory. it meant taking a leap toward the possibility that crochet, something generally associated with grandmothers and booties, was an appropriate thing to do and share in relation to complex philosophical thinking. it also involved a certain loss of control, stepping away from the traditional structures and conventions that prescribe how the various actors should behave when researchers interact in more customary ways (such as powerpoint slides, lecture style arrangements and agendas). finally, to return to the introductory remarks in this paper about the imagination and constructions of self, it was not only connections between the philosophical and mathematical concepts that were enabled through the crochet activity. this way of learning also created a connection between what tina thinks of as her self as doctoral student and her personal self. tina: when i first became a phd student it was directly after a period of being a stay at home mother to my two young children. it seemed to me at the time that a schism was created in who i was. there was the personal me and there was the professional me, but at the same time, particularly as i was often working from home, these often came into contact and even conflicted with one another. bringing crochet to the phd process was a satisfying experience. i felt as if rather than the two selves being in conflict with each other, they were suddenly harmonious and complementary. for me, crocheting, knitting or sewing is something that i do for the people i love. it is something that i feel connects me with my family, with my mother, my aunty and my grandmother and their ways of creating things for their loved ones. the process of connecting crochet with theory provided a connection between where i come from, where i am and where i am going. tina’s story is situated particularly within the context of higher education, and can also serve to illustrate two key, interrelated ideas in relation to recognitive social justice, art and early childhood education. the first is the ability of the arts to create a bridge between       home and educational settings. evidence suggests that access and attendance to quality education and care programs is lower for children from marginalised families (graue, ), and the use of creative and artistic pedagogies has the potential to increase participation in quality early childhood services, by attending to the aesthetic components of children’s learning. the overall environment of the setting impacts on children’s attendance and engagement, and it is a powerful support, for young children especially, if they can make connections between home and their education and care setting. this bridge between home and education setting is critical in early childhood contexts (vandenbroeck, ). tina’s story illustrates a deeper understanding of this point, which leads beyond the clichés of including sofas and artefacts in the décor of the setting. the second is the value of the arts as an alternate way of knowing, learning and expressing. by valuing, indeed encouraging, a connection between tina’s home crochet practice and her phd student practice, the salon afforded not only a powerful learning experience, but a greater sense of belonging, of a place within the academic world that she had newly entered. while the bridge between home and school environments is crucial, so too are the less easily identifiable matters of difference — language use, everyday practices and routines, ways of knowing and being. evidence shows that indigenous children in australia are less likely to access early childhood education services. the same is true of children from economically disadvantaged families. however, culturally relevant programs have been shown to improve participation rates (harrison, goldfeld, metcalfe, & moore, ). one aspect of more culturally relevant programs may include educators reconsidering what counts as knowledge in early childhood classrooms (ballenger, , as cited in hyland, ). educational practices communicate strong messages about what is and is not valued with enormous consequences for children (hyland, ). by valuing the arts, as an alternate and powerful method of knowing, learning and expressing, as well as a cultural practice, early childhood settings contribute to children’s multiple and complex belongings. second story: research, agency, bordercrossings this second story is about art and research and social justice. it is a partial account of a research project that was designed as an inquiry into the needs of children who are from arguably the most disadvantaged group of young people in australia’s recent history. they are ‘horn of africa’ refugee migrant students who arrived in australia in recent years with       disrupted educational backgrounds, and traumatic social and emotional experiences. more detailed accounts of this project can be found elsewhere (see author & other, ), but the focus of this story is the use of art based methodology in the design and conduct of a part of the larger study. the aim was to investigate what these young children (in middle school) needed in order to be able to ‘do school’. the team of researchers, including the school personnel, knew that more was required beyond simply acquiring english language skills and levels of literacy. the teachers had become alarmed at how little these new arrivals seemed to have experienced about being a school student. power / knowledge relationships (foucault, ) would see them vulnerable as they transitioned to ‘mainstream’ schooling, and diminished their chances for success. here, the aims of the research commissioned by the school could be said to be driven by a redistributive concept of social justice (fraser, ; cazden, ). the teachers in the school were focussed on equitable distribution of mainstream forms of social, intellectual and educational capital (luke et al., ). with the inclusion of the arts component of the research undertaking, an element of recognitive social justice also came into play. the parallels with everyday issues encountered in ecec were always noticeable to the researchers. issues around acquisition of language, knowledge, and social and cultural capital are as relevant to young children’s successes with education, as they are with older children. in the absence of shared language, more traditional, word-centric methods for generating data (e.g. interviews, focus group discussions) were rendered deficit, although not entirely impossible, with the help of interpreters. the researchers introduced an artist to the classroom, and she worked with the children as a group, setting them the task of creating a ‘self-portrait’, through the use of digital photography. first, the artist showed the children examples of other artists’ work, and these included portraits, self-portraits, photography, pop art montages, bricolage, traditional, modernist, european and african artists, and some of the artist’s own personal attempts at representing herself. the children were engaged by the books and artefacts, and attended to the artist’s talk, even though she spoke entirely in english. it was her contention, based on previous experience, that this method had never failed her, and that the children appeared to understand her ‘message’ if not her words. traces of some of these works were later identified in the works the children produced. next, the children were each given a digital camera, and the researchers explained that they wanted the children to use the cameras to show them about their lives outside school. key words were written on the whiteboard, and these included suggestions about what the       children might capture on camera (e.g. your home, your family, where you go after school). before taking the cameras home, the researchers and the artist worked alongside the children, teaching them skills and terms such as: long shots, close-ups, texture, pattern, composition. when the children returned the cameras after the weekend, there was much excitement within the research team, and the feeling that they had been invited to peek through a window into the lives of the children was something that more than one researcher mentioned. similarly, when the children were assisted in downloading their shots, printing them out, and reassembling into montages and artist books, there were many cheerful exchanges between the children and the research team, interspersed with still and quiet times suggesting deep engagement with the task. the children’s teacher commented on their level of engagement, and her surprise at how well the children were working alongside each other. the invitation to engage in hands on learning through the artform of photography enabled the children to produce versions of themselves, whether real or/and imaginary, for sharing not only with the researchers, but also with each other. one way of ‘reading’ the images was to examine the content for objects and semiotic features that might indicate the children’s accumulating capital. for instance, many children chose to photograph plants and flowers growing in their gardens and in their homes. the literature points to the importance of gardens and flowers to refugees, because they indicate permanence and a level of affluence, previously unavailable to those who have travelled for extended periods of time (rutter, ). in this way, the children might be said to have used art as a language, as a means of expressing, when words were unavailable and/or inadequate. this multiliteracies view of art can and does serve its purpose, but is not the focus of discussion in this paper on social justice. perhaps the children were doing what bates ( ) refers to as employing and constructing aestheticised symbols of belonging, of status, of authority, of belief. however, it would be a mistake for a team of ‘white’ researchers to fall into the intellectually arrogant trap (aveling, ) of thinking that we know what it is like to be an ‘african’ student recently arrived in a new country. indeed, their ‘african-ness’ is a process of becoming that starts ‘out of africa’ – it is not a given. these young people find themselves constituted as ‘african’ for the first time in their lives after they enter australia (see author & other, ). instead of reifying cultures as immutable ‘ways of life’, invariant and unchanging, it is possible to think of the multiple and complex interactions the researchers were part of, and outside of, in the classroom. the children were engaged with a series of endless       bordercrossings, represented in images, but possible also in music, drama, literature, and dance. the use of the digital cameras made it possible for the researchers and the children to ‘imagine alternative ways of life, alternative ways of being’ (bates, , p. ). this was not just about adding to repertoire, but also letting things go, subtracting, ‘giving up some learned ways of being and thinking’ (bates, , p. ). here the engagement with arts practices provided a humanising space for the researched and the researchers. the inclusion of the art component into the language learning curriculum afforded opportunities for the children’s agency, shifting them from being the ‘described and imagined’ to the ‘describers and imaginers’ (aveling, , p. ). through the children’s creative and imaginative use of digital cameras, new understandings were produced, and the school staff and the researchers gained increased knowledge and representation of the children and their cultural knowledges. the everyday engagement with the children made a difference to how the researchers understood the range of cultural resources and influences that young people were bringing to the classroom. analysis led to a number of findings and recommendations about the research process and how social justice matters in approaches to pedagogy and research. the use of a methodology that bypassed the barriers created by the lack of a shared ‘language’ meant that the children were not positioned as deficit. they were enabled, at least to some degree, to make visible their knowledge, their feelings, their individual personalities. the shared understandings established between the researchers and the children meant that the encounters were pleasurable for all involved. the capacity to locate some power with the children had the effect of shaping a more reasonable understanding of the children, their needs, and also their interests and strengths. third story: teaching, empathy and emotion the third story overlaps, interrupts and disrupts the earlier two stories, and adds to this conversation about social justice by introducing possibilities for using art pedagogically, with a sense of responsibility for teaching a social justice standpoint as part of the process for preparing quality teachers. the salon evening prompted tina to discover ways in which a particular artform (crochet) worked as a tool for learning and thinking. linda’s story, the third in our collective biography, takes another view of the arts in relation to social justice. in january , linda began producing a research-based graphic novel to explore themes of social justice, within a critical theory context. graphic novels and picture books such as the arrival (tan, ), passionate journey (masereel, / ), and the sun (masereel, / ) explore aspects of       transience and diaspora. the central character in each novel conveys the challenge of being oblivious to the multiple meanings that spring forth from a new environment. the imagery of the central characters is not created in a vacuum but is read through external referents, which the artist pulls on during construction and the viewer draws on in reception. the image therefore relies upon any number of ‘retranscriptions’ (venn , p. ) in order to function and communicate. the characters and events in a graphic novel are not real, but neither are they totally fantastical. they can explore, through fiction and to some critical depth, the possible experiences of others. linda’s graphic novel project prompted her to initiate a small-scale project with a cohort of undergraduate students who were enrolled in a program of study, preparing to be early childhood educators. the task for them was to use arts-based methods to produce picture books about social justice issues. there were a number of drivers that influenced the design and conduct of the project. the perceptions about childhood, families, identities and education that most pre-service teachers bring with them to their studies are likely to travel with them into their professional careers – if unchallenged. visual works can provide alternative views about lives and experiences. traditionally, many cultures have understood the values in image making and storytelling for learning, and leland & harste ( ) found that engaging student teachers in studying picture books about refugee and asylum-seekers facilitated ‘conversations about power relationships and how they determine who wins and who loses in any situation’ (p. ). the arts can connect us with the world of others, and can stimulate connections in all directions. in their work of engaging pre-service teachers in critical thinking, via arts-based researching, leland and harste ( ) also noted the value in making ‘a difference in how graduates see themselves and how they judge their ability to succeed’ (p. ). they learn through the processes, that learning and achieving rely on persistence and resilience, and only they can reflect on what is needed for them to succeed (davis, ). the pre-service early childhood education teachers in linda’s project were required to each produce a picture book, and their work was assessed across two assignment tasks. for assignment students researched a social justice issue and developed a storyline around it. for assignment they were required to illustrate their original story in the style of a children’s picture book. they each created a complete ‘mock-up’ draft book and one completed double-page colour illustration. as the students conducted their research, at the       same time and with the students’ consent, linda had designed a study that ran parallel. her inquiry was an investigation into whether critical thinking, and in particular, her goal of encouraging the students to challenge existing beliefs and values about social justice in education, could be effected through arts-based educational researching. the project used drawing practices as arts based education research (aber) methodology. aber was developed by elliot eisner in the early ’s as an approach to research that enabled inquiring in the social sciences. in this methodology, imagery is not seen as simply data to be mined for interpretation or analysis. the work of producing the images can function as ‘a method of data analysis as well as a means of data representation’ (cahnmann-taylor & siegesmund , p. ). this medium is highly appropriate for research and teaching about social justice issues ‘precisely because they verbalize discrimination and then illustrate such practices in logical sequences for younger readers.’ (horn , p. )         aber not only enables critique and an unsettling of the politics of education, it unsettles the politics of research and its dissemination in the academy. but this story is about more than arts based research methods. linda’s cohort of pre- service teachers were introduced to a process of working that they could in turn take into their classrooms and, at the same time, their engagement with this artform has taught them about social justice issues. this interweaving of agendas is what irwin and springgay ( ) conceptualized as a/r/tography, in order ‘to explore the interstitial spaces of art making, researching, and teaching. process becomes intertextually and multiply located in the context of discursive operations’ (p. ). a/r/tography presented linda with opportunities to research her students’ learning and her teaching by multiple means. it is these in-between spaces that reflect the generative nature of the project. her process enabled a shifting between thoughts, action, reflection, and generation, of theory, information, production, and analysis as the research progressed. as part of the research cycle, data generated from the student’s results fed into the contents of linda’s graphic novel, via story development and sequence. while graphic novels exist within certain contexts (a politically charged fine art edition or a politically charged children’s picture book), graphic novel production can be seen to exemplify a/r/tographic research as it engages in ‘theory-as-practice-as-process-as- complication’ (irwin & springgay, , p. ). the production of a graphic novel is potentially of great value to contemporary teachers who work in increasingly, culturally- diverse classrooms. the experience of making a picture book enabled the preservice teachers to think about a societal group on an individual basis. this is a significant way to disrupt stereotyping and the dehumanization of vulnerable children. the process of constructing a character, in a particular context, and with a story, forces the picture book creator to think about many issues in great detail. this too works against homogenizing views about particular groups. and this characteristic is especially vital to address in the context of teacher beliefs. constructing picture books with pre-service teachers was not attached to the good literacy sources/practices for literacy skills agenda. rather, the intent was to guide the preservice teachers to connect with critical issues in education, and to help develop their empathy skills in thinking about the experiences of others on an individual basis. through this project, they explored issues of diversity and identity through fantasy, metaphor, drawn       imagery and sequential narrative. when teachers create and make a picture book, whether collaboratively or alone, the experience and the skills required can help teachers to deconstruct their assumptions and subsequently their responses to diverse identities and education contexts. concluding reflections each of the three accounts that shaped the collective biography in this paper produced certain versions of teaching and learning, and certain thinking about art and its effects, what art can do. in the conclusion to this paper, there is no declaration about what ‘needs to be done’. art is not the answer to the unequal distribution of wealth and resources. nevertheless, curriculum and pedagogies that aim to flatten or ignore differences are not fair. tests that measure narrow skill sets and ways of knowing do an injustice to those who depart from rigid ‘norms’, especially when chances for success are directly impacted by such test scores. there are any number of social issues, beyond the scope of the early years educator to address, that impact on the chances of success for all children. however, one of the essentials for a socially just childhood is access to education and opportunities to learn and develop knowledge. in this paper, we argue that all children learn through and with creative activity and imagination, and that these are not just options, frills, or cultural curiosities — they are requirements in any approach to education and care that aims for high equity, and success for all children. social justice work can at once require reflection and engagement with the personal, with others, and with the broader community and institutions that shape and are shaped by the work of education. the process of collective biography through reflections on three narratives worked to surface some of the dominant discourses embedded in early childhood learning, research and teaching. by troubling and contesting the ‘constitutive effects of dominant discourses’ (davies & gannon , p. ), it became possible to open both the biographers and the discourse ‘to the possibility of change’ (p. ). the capacity to be sensitive to the multiple voices that need to be heard, and the ability to imagine how lives might be lived differently – these are required ingredients in foucault’s ( ) ‘toolbox’ for thinking. art is a powerful and eloquent tool for imagining and expressing difference – not only for children, but for early childhood educators, parents and carers, and researchers. the capacity to look at things as if they could be otherwise (dewey, ) is what art can do. tina’s crocheted model and the children from africa who produced photomontages of themselves, imagined possibilities through the skills and knowledge brought about by       making art. the future teachers in linda’s class learned about social justice issues, as well as socially just approaches to pedagogy and curriculum. striving for childhood experiences that respect complex, diverse and uncertain worlds requires aesthetic imagination fundamental to the process of incorporating the new and strange into our consciousness, and fundamental to the negotiation of differences. this is a great challenge. if the current regimes of testing and measuring evident in education and care contexts are to work in ways that do not result in the reinforcing social inequalities, then perhaps it is time to link issues of aesthetic construction of the self with questions of power and social justice. art may not be the complete answer, but used as it is in this paper as a methodological tool, it can prompt different questions (abouet, ; delisle, ; satrapi, ). this paper is an attempt at articulating socially just educational inquiry that attempted to present a series of multiple realities, illustrated struggles and negotiations with others through the aesthetics of language, symbolism, performance and artifice (bates ). there are strong pressures to measure, classify and ‘treat’ differences, often times as a result of mistaking culture as an explanation rather than explaining culture (latour, ). the recent shift towards critical investigations of education offers opportunity, not only to consider pedagogical practices and their effectiveness in recognising differences, but also to utilize researching techniques that have capacities to authentically engage with differences, but that might be considered non-traditional in the field. the collective processes involved in interrogating issues of social justice required the researchers to wrestle with difficult and complex issues of identity, belonging and inclusion in ways that are unconventional but sophisticated. as a result, new possibilities became available for articulating and explaining the place of art in matters of social justice. the three stories make apparent how artforms and art processes are suited to the task of reimagining alternatives. in this case, the alternatives we were focussed on were the possibilities for better alternatives for young children, their families and the sites that provide them with education and care. our collective conversations inevitably led us to conclude that a quality learning programme for young children must include everyday opportunities for engagement through some form of art. in addition, our own experiential learning highlighted for us the rich possibilities for using the arts as research method, when inquiring into questions of social justice.             references abouet, m. & oubrerie, c. (illus.) ( ) aya. montreal: drawn & quarterly. aveling, n. ( ). ‘don’t talk about what you don’t know’: on (not) conducting research with/in indigenous contexts. bates, r. ( ). an anarchy of cultures: aesthetics and the changing school. critical studies in education, ( ). - . cahnmann-taylor, m. ( ). more than words can say, in m. cahnmann-taylor & r. siegesmund (eds.). arts-based research: foundations for practice. new york: routledge. cazden, c. ( ). a framework for social justice in education. international journal of educational psychology, ( ), - . doi: . /ijep. . davis, j.h. ( ). why our high schools need the arts. new york: teachers college press. davies, b. & gannon, s. ( ). doing collective biography: investigating the production of subjectivity. maidenhead, berks: open university press. deleuze, g., & guattari, f. ( ). a thousand plateaus: capitalism & schizophrenia. london: the athlone press. delisle, g. ( ). burma chronicles. montreal: drawn & quarterly. dewey, j. ( ). art as experience. new york : minton, balch & company. foucault, m. ( ). power/knowledge: selected interviews and other writings, - . new york: pantheon books, random house. fraser, n. ( ). justice interruptus: critical reflections on the “postsocialist” condition. new york, ny: routledge. fraser, n. ( ). rethinking recognition. new left review, (may- june), - . retrieved from http: http://newleftreview.org/ii/ /nancy-fraser-rethinking- recognition freire, p. ( ). pedagogy of the oppressed. new york: herder and herder. gonick, m., walsh, s. & brown, m. ( ). collective biography and the question of difference. qualitative inquiry, ( ), - .       graue, e. ( ). the answer is readiness - now what is the question? early education & development, ( ), - . harrison, l. j., goldfeld, s., metcalfe, e., & moore, t. ( ). early learning programs that promote children’s developmental and educational outcomes. resource sheet no. . closing the gap clearninghouse. australian government. australian institute for health and welfare. australian institute of family studies. henderson, d. w., & taimina, d. ( ). crocheting the hyperbolic plane. mathematical intelligencer, ( ), - . horn, t. ( ) the graphic novel as a choice of weapons, in s. e. tabachnick (ed.). teaching the graphic novel. new york: the modern language association of america. hyland, n. ( ). social justice in early childhood classrooms what the research tells us. young children, ( ), - . irwin, r. l. & springgay, s. ( ). a/r/tography as practice-based research, in m. cahnmann-taylor & r. siegesmund (eds.). arts-based research: foundations for practice. new york: routledge. leland, c. h. & harste, j. c. ( ). doing what we want to become: preparing new urban teachers. urban education, ( ), - . lenz taguchi, h. ( ). going beyond the theory/practice divide in early childhood education: introducing an intra-active pedagogy. london: routledge. luke, a., cazden, c.b., coopes, r., klenowski, v., ladwig, j., lester, j., macdonald, s., phillips, j., shield, p.g., theroux, p., tones, m. j., villegas, m., & woods, a. ( ). a summative evaluation of the stronger smarter learning communities project. report. brisbane/canberra: queensland university of technology and department of education, employment and workplace relations. author ( ) author and other ( ). author and other (in press) latour, b. ( ). reassembling the social: an introduction to actor-network theory. oxford, uk: oxford university press. mcwilliam, e. ( ). high standards or a high standard of standardness? presentation at slaq/iasl conference, convention centre, brisbane. september.       masereel, f. ( / ). passionate journey. bristol, uk: redstone press. masereel, f. ( / ). the sun. bristol, uk: redstone press. nakata, m. ( ). disciplining the savages - savaging the disciplines. canberra: aboriginal studies press. plotnitsky, a. ( ). manifolds: on the concept of space in riemann and deleuze. in s. duffy (ed.), virtual mathematics: the logic of difference (pp. - ). manchester: clinamen press. rutter, j. ( ). refugee children in the uk. maidenhead, uk: open university press. st. pierre, e. a. ( ). the call for intelligibility in postmodern educational research. educational researcher, vol. ( ), pp. - . article stable url: http://www.jstor.org.ezp .library.qut.edu.au/stable/ sandra, j. n. & spayde, j. ( ). salons: the joy of conversation. gabriola island, bc: new society publishers. satrapi, m. ( ). persepolis. london: jonathan cape. smith, l. t. ( ). on tricky ground: researching the native in the age of uncertainty. in n. k. denzin & y. s. lincoln (eds.) the sage handbook of qualitative research (pp. - ). thousand oaks, ca: sage publications. springgay, s. ( ). knitting as an aesthetic of civic engagement: re-conceptualizing feminist pedagogy through touch. feminist teacher, ( ), - . suárez-ortega, m. ( ). performance, reflexivity, and learning through biographical- narrative research. qualitative inquiry march, ( ), - . taimina, d. ( ). crocheting adventures with hyperbolic planes. natick, ma: a.k.peters, ltd. tan, s. ( ). the arrival. sydney: lothian. the institute for figuring. hyperbolic crochet coral reef retrieved january , from http://crochetcoralreef.org/ thomson, p., lingard, b. & wrigley, t. ( ). ideas for changing educational systems, educational policy and schools. critical studies in education, ( ), - . vandenbroeck, m., roets, g., & roose, r. ( ). why the evidence-based paradigm in       early childhood education and care is anything but evident. european early childhood education research journal, ( ), - . vandenbroeck, m. ( ). “let’s disagree”. keynote address, european early childhood education research association (eecera). strasbourg. vandenbroeck, m. ( ). beyond anti-bias education: changing conceptions of diversity and equity in european early childhood education. european early childhood education research journal, ( ), - . venn, c. ( ). aesthetics, politics, identity: diasporic problematisations. critical arts, ( ), - . wyatt, j., gale, k., gannon, s. & davies, b. ( ). complicated conversation: a book series of curriculum studies, vol. (book ). bern: peter lang.         open access to criminal justice scholarship: a matter of social justice open access to criminal justice scholarship: a matter of social justice authors: allan scherlen; matthew robinson published in: journal of criminal justice education, volume , issue march , pages - the original published version was published by taylor & francis and can be accessed at http://www.tandf.co.uk/journals/titles/ .asp. abstract the paper argues that criminal justice scholarship disseminated through the traditional journal subscription model is not consistent with social justice. adoption of "open access" principles in publishing benefits both authors and readers through broader and more egalitarian dissemination of criminal justice literature. moreover, when viewed in light of social justice theory, open access is a more just method of scholarly communication. after providing a brief outline of the history and basic aspects of open access, the paper uses the framework of the social justice theories of john rawls and david miller to argue why open access is more just than traditional subscription models of publishing and why criminal justice scholars and their associations must consider the importance of supporting open access initiatives and promoting the dissemination of scholarship as widely as possible if they are concerned about attaining justice for criminal justice scholarly literature. introduction the discipline of criminal justice concerns itself first and foremost with issues of "justice," but ironically the process for the dissemination of scholarship within the discipline of criminal justice is inconsistent with theories of social justice articulated by justice theorists, john rawls and david miller. currently, criminal justice societies, like those of most other academic disciplines, publish articles in journals that have been outsourced to large corporations which maintain a profit by limiting access to scholarship through ever-inflating subscription barriers. traditional models of disseminating knowledge through subscriptions served scholarship well through the twentieth century but are now limiting the potential for authors' impact and readers' access. since the advent of the internet, the ways scholars create and share academic research have rapidly changed. throughout the late s and into the st century, scholars in various fields began to realize that they could create an academic journal and distribute it on the web for a minimal cost, while others found that they could post their published http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/title% econtent=t % edb=all http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/title~content=t ~db=all~tab=issueslist~branches= #v http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/title% econtent=g % edb=all http://www.tandf.co.uk/journals/titles/ .asp papers on their own websites. meanwhile, commercial publishers discovered that the power of digital technologies allowed them to turn academic journal publishing into a profitable business. the traditional paper journal was rapidly becoming obsolete in the face of online innovations, while new methods for digitally sharing journal articles, research data, and other findings were promising to better serve the advancement of knowledge and to benefit both authors and readers more effectively. developments in new knowledge sharing technologies coupled with concern over the alarming inflation rate of journal subscription prices over the last years led to a variety of innovations that have come to be referred to as "open access." these initiatives have dealt in one way or another with freeing reader's access to academic research literature from financial obstacles of the traditional subscription model of journal publishing, so anyone who has access to the internet can access scholarship. three major manifestations of "open access" that have emerged are: free open access academic journals, free access to the back files of some subscription journals, and permissions by subscription journals for authors to self archive on a website or in an e-repository. many criminal justice scholars and practitioners may be unaware of this growing development in scholarly communication that is changing how we think about sharing research and revolutionizing our traditional notions of academic publishing. scholars, publishers, and organizations within criminal justice must now become aware and address the issues around open access for at least two reasons. first, it will benefit them with more online readers and more professional impact; second, it will benefit students, practitioners in the field and less fortunate researchers around the world who cannot afford to pay for subscription access to cutting edge, criminal justice journal literature. it is thus natural that, since justice is at the core of what criminal justice scholars pursue, they and their supporting associations address the justice of opening access to their own literature. in this paper, we introduce the open access movement and discuss its implications for social justice. after examining two contemporary statements by major social justice thinkers, we then argue that limiting access to information by criminal justice societies is inconsistent with these theories of social justice. conversely, we argue that the open access movement is consistent with social justice. what is open access? background - corporate journal publishing and the internet the origin of open access can be traced both to the advent of the internet providing the means of more easily and widely disseminating scholarly information and to a reaction to the rising cost of subscription journals, especially in the areas of science, technology, and medicine. since the s, the number of journals available for a given discipline has steadily increased. for example, in , the discipline of economics was served by approximately journals (almost all of which were produced by scholarly associations). by , there were titles (half of which were published by corporate publishers), and by the number had risen to over (two-thirds of which were corporate published) (willinsky ). today, a handful of corporate publishers produce a growing portion of academic literature. for example, as of december , three publishers - reed elsevier (with over , journal titles), taylor & francis (with over , titles) and springer (with over , ) - controlled about percent of the research indexed in isi web of science citation index (willinsky ). expanding the list of the largest journal publishers, we should add john wiley (which recently acquired blackwell for . billion dollars and can now boast a combined catalog of , journals). since the mid- s, subscription prices for journals published by corporate publishers, especially in the areas of science, technology, and medicine, have been inflating at alarming rates. for example, mccabe ( ) reports that between and , the subscription cost of biomedical journals published by corporate publishers increased by percent, compared to percent for journals from nonprofit publishers. from to , the consumer price index rose percent, while journal prices rose percent. thus, a typical research library spent percent more on journals in than in , but the number of titles purchased increased by only percent. journal inflation continues to increase at a rate of - percent annually, and this has to some degree been responsible for the percent decrease in the purchase of books by research libraries between and . a number of university libraries post the cost of their most expensive journals. cornell university did a study of the rising cost of journals back in and found that subscriptions to the research journals studied were as high as $ , a year. in , yale noted journal titles that cost over $ , . the following subscription prices were among the most expensive journals to which they subscribed: journal of physics at $ , , brain research at $ , , and comparative biochemistry and physiology at $ , . the average subscription price that a university library paid for an academic journal in was $ . . in criminal justice and criminology, respectively, the national associations of record are the academy of criminal justice sciences (acjs) and the american society of criminology (asc). each provides journals to their members as part of the cost of membership. for acjs, that cost is $ , and for asc, the cost is $ . acjs provides two journals through routledge journals - justice quarterly and the journal of criminal justice education. the institution subscription rate for justice quarterly was $ . the institution subscription rate for the journal of criminal justice education was $ . asc provides two journals through blackwell publishing - criminology and criminology & public policy. the institution subscription rate for criminology was $ , which includes a subscription to criminology & public policy. http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/section?content=a &fulltext= #fn http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/section?content=a &fulltext= #fn http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/section?content=a &fulltext= #fn one must keep in mind that though the cost of academic journals continues to inflate into the three, four, and even five digits, the cost of much of the research upon which the articles are based was born by grant funding agencies, authors' home institutions, and authors themselves. the labor for peer review of submitted articles is also generally done gratis by academicians in the field. there are over , peer-reviewed research journals in the world across the disciplines, publishing well over . million articles a year (harnad et al. ). but since library budgets are limited, they can afford only a small fraction of those journals each year. yet, harnad warns that we must be careful not to suggest open access as a solution to the problem of dealing with rapidly rising subscription costs, the so-called "serials crisis." there will continue to be a gap between the volume of literature available and the financial ability of libraries to acquire as much as they would like. as harnad and colleagues ( ) have noted, there is a difference between "the journal-affordability problem" and the "article-access/impact problem." the latter problem is a by-product of the proliferation of journal titles and the serials crisis. the article-access/impact problem states that since so few of the . million articles published every year can be accessed by many people, the impact of those articles is diminished. open access promises to provide more access to this growing body of literature to those who need immediate access to it. the evolution in scholarly publishing, in which a few corporate publishers have come to dominate the journal publishing world with ever inflating subscription prices, is further complicated by bundled deals where libraries are increasingly under pressure to contract for collections of publishers' titles rather than individual titles. this trend is becoming economically unsustainable. the result of such a corporate model ultimately is that library institutions' budgets are strained, library resources for other materials must be cut, and researchers and students have diminishing access to relevant scholarship. those who look to interlibrary loan (ill) as an alternative to the inflating cost of electronic journals are discovering this window in many cases to be closing. the decision by academic journal publishers to migrate from paper to electronic format has diminished the ability of institutions that cannot afford the cost of subscription to borrow them from other institutions through traditional ill mechanisms because many electronic journal license agreements can restrict subscribers' rights to lend copies to other institutions (chou and zhou ). defining and differentiating open access though open access has come to represent a spectrum of means to provide free access to scholarly literature, the basic principles were codified by definitive statements made by three influential proclamations: the budapest (february ), bethesda (june ) and berlin (october ) definitions. essentially, open access, paraphrasing the budapest statement, is defined as free availability of scholarly literature on the public internet, permitting anyone to read, download, copy, distribute, or print the full text without restrictions (other than to give authors control over the integrity of their work and the right to be properly acknowledged and cited). while the budapest definition of open access may represent the pure ideal, there are many variations on the theme. in addition to the growing list of peer-reviewed, freely available academic journals on the internet, other developments have occurred in the spirit of open access. these include, for example: the willingness of a growing number of publishers to provide free access to all or portions of their back issues; publications which provide selected articles of each issue for free; and publications which offer authors the option of paying a fee to make their scholarship open access in an otherwise subscription only journal. even initiatives to produce low cost, low priced journals - though not strictly open access - have been put forward as at least being in the spirit of "open access." discussions around open access are often fraught with fear and anger over what some perceive as attempts to destroy the peer review system, discard the protections of copyright or to make scholarship less rigorous. proponents of open access will argue that they are not asking for research literature to be placed in the public domain or even to reform copyright law. nor are they asking that all scholarship (e.g., books) be open access. they also are not appealing to do away with peer-review or academic associations. on the contrary, these could both be reinvigorated by the broad acceptance of, support for, and involvement in open access by academic associations. open access is instead based on the assertion that the traditional model of academic journal publishing be modified or augmented so that scholarship will be more accessible to wider audiences. the call for open access, it must be understood, is not a call to shun subscription publishers or for libraries to cancel their journals. in fact, ironically, it can be argued that one of the greatest contributors to open access is the giant publishing conglomerate, reed elsevier. not only does reed elsevier allow its authors to post the final versions of papers on websites and e-repositories, it also provides free electronic access to the citations and abstracts of its + journals. along with a number of other publishers, elsevier has also agreed to make its journals open access to a list of institutions and countries in some the most impoverished areas of the world. though this effort is to be lauded, only a fraction of those in developing countries in need of access to current scholarship, unfortunately, are reached through these assistance efforts. open access journals the most direct and purest form of open access is the so-called "gold path," scholarship published in an open access journal, freely available to readers on the internet. financial support for such journals may entirely come from an academic institution or a scholarly or professional association. in the case of science, technology, and medicine (stm) open access journals, funding often is also acquired by asking that a portion of the research grant funding be directed toward publishing costs. the goal of open access is to shift thinking away from charging readers toward considering the dissemination of scholarship as part of the cost of research that should be included in funding requests from research grant agencies and/or one's departmental funding requests similar to how professional travel funds are allocated. the public library of science journals, plos biology and plos medicine, are perhaps the most widely known open access journals, having quickly garnered respect in their disciplines along with a flurry of press coverage at their inception. more than , open- access journals in wide-ranging fields are currently listed in the directory of open access journals (doaj) which indexes open access journals on the web. a search of the doaj database, freely available online, will reveal that among the , open access journals indexed, a small but growing number of peer-reviewed open access journals in criminal justice have already become available on the web. open access journals perform peer-review and then make the resulting approved scholarship free to the world. new open access journal benefit from open source, journal management systems, such as open journal systems (ojs), and from organizations, such as sparc, that provide advisory service for new open access journals. open access archives since the early s, researchers in physics have shared their research freely online through arxiv.org before publication. open digital archives such as arxiv.org, pubmed central, and a rapidly growing number of institution-based e-repositories enable authors to ensure their works are available for fellow researchers and the public, and thus assure a free flow of scholarly communication. depositing one's scholarship in a properly designed e-repository rather than on a personal website assures that the scholarship will have a persistent address (url) over the long term and have searchable metadata (conforming to universal standards across repositories), and that the scholarship will be properly preserved and accessible to the entire world in the future. today, over percent of academic journal publishers permit authors some form of self-archiving. since the great majority of academic journals now permit self-archiving by their authors either on the author's website or in the author's institutional e-repository (ir), much of the responsibility for making journal literature open access has been shifted to the authors. by depositing a digital copy of scholarship on a website or in an ir, they can make the item accessible to anyone who searches the web using google or a special repository search engine such as oaister.org. the number of universities around the united states and in other countries implementing institutional repositories is rapidly growing every year. in a survey distributed to american research libraries (arl) members in january , percent of the respondents said they have an operational ir, and percent said they are planning to implement one by (bailey ). studies clearly show that authors' research impact (that is, the amount to which their scholarship is read, used, and cited by others in their own research and applications) is dramatically increased by making the scholarship open access through the act of depositing the research in an electronic institutional repository (harnad et al. ). the us national institutes of health (nih) public access policy in recent years has directed that its funded researchers deposit their final peer-reviewed manuscripts in pubmed central, nih's online digital archive. nih also permits grant funds to be used to pay journal publication fees. the us congress is also taking a growing interest in ensuring access to federally funded research. for example, on may , sen. john cornyn, r-texas, introduced the bipartisan federal research public access act of (frpaa) which would require that research supported by major government funding agencies (with research budgets of more than $ million) be made freely available online within months of publication. this legislation is pending as of this writing. there is a growing alliance of citizens in the united states seeking to have tax-funded research openly available to the public after publication. this access would primarily be accomplished though archiving the research in freely accessible e-repositories. open access and the public good in addition to citizen concern for access to taxpayer-funded research that is blocked by subscription tolls, there is a growing consensus among scholars across disciplines in favor of providing open access to as much scholarly communication as possible, not only because it is the best means of disseminating the knowledge of a discipline and advancing research but also because it benefits the public good. opening access to scholarship for users around the world promises to benefit people in numerous ways. open access, for example, permits a doctor doing research in malawi to find the latest medical research and for the rest of the world to read the research they publish in a journal of that region. open access allows a county official writing a proposal for a change in jail policies in a rural county in the united states to find current academic discussion on the topic. open access permits a professor who does not happen to work in a well-funded institution to have ready access to the scholarship they need now rather than waiting for an interlibrary loan or hoping an email to the author will result in a copy. open access results in better-informed citizens, better-informed patients, more currently informed scholars, and more academic equality for researchers around the world. thus, opening access to academic journal literature is key to promoting a more just system of scholarly communication in all the disciplines. we now turn to an examination of theories of justice and an application of these theories to the justice issue of opening access to criminal justice scholarship in particular. what is social justice? social justice is generally equated with the notion of equality or equal opportunity in society. although equality is undeniably part of social justice, the meaning of social justice is actually much broader. further, "equal opportunity" and similar phrases such as "personal responsibility" have been used to diminish the prospective for realizing social justice by justifying enormous inequalities in modern society (berry ). the most recent theories of and scholarly statements about social justice illustrate the complex nature of the concept. two of the most prominent statements about social justice, each of which posits its own theory of social justice, are john rawls' ( ) justice as fairness and david miller's ( ) principles of social justice. while neither of these theories can be considered an exhaustive treatment of the subject matter, each offers a complex theory of social justice that illustrates its broad meaning. both conceptions of social justice are similar, so there is significant overlap between the main ideas of the theorists; this is likely due to the fact that they are founded on like principles and based on previously posited theories from significant historical political philosophers (brighouse ). john rawls' "justice as fairness" beginning with john rawls, his theory of social justice is referred to as "justice as fairness." rawls ( ) set out to sketch a theory of social justice that would answer the questions: "once we view a democratic society as a fair system of social cooperation between citizens regarded as free and equal, what principles are most appropriate to it?" and " which principles are most appropriate for a democratic society that not only professes but wants to take seriously that citizens are free and equal, and tries to realize that idea in its main institutions?" rawls' theory of "justice as fairness," aimed at answering the above questions, can be summarized with two primary principles. they are: . each person has the same indefensible claim to a fully adequate scheme of equal basic liberties, which scheme is compatible with the same scheme of liberties for all ; and . social and economic inequalities are to satisfy two conditions: first, they are to be attached to offices and positions open to all under conditions of fair equality of opportunity ; and second, they are to be to the greatest benefit of the least- advantaged members of society (rawls : - ). according to rawls, these principles are ordered, meaning the first principle (the "equal liberties principle") should be achieved before efforts to achieve the second principle are attempted. further, the first part of the second principle (the "equal opportunity principle") precedes the second part (the "difference principle"). the ordering of the principles suggests that, to rawls, equality is the most important element of social justice. equality means a fair distribution of each of the capacities needed "to be normal and fully cooperating members of society over a complete life" (rawls : ). just because rawls' conception of social justice values equality, this does not mean that equal outcomes will be achieved in society, or that they even can be. in fact, rawls' second principle asserts that inequalities in society are acceptable as long as they meet two conditions. first, as per the "equal opportunity principle," inequalities are acceptable if every person in society has a reasonable chance of obtaining the positions that lead to the inequalities. an example would be equal opportunity to achieve any job. rawls ( : ) specifies that "fair equality of opportunity" requires "not merely that public offices and social positions open in the formal sense, but that all should have a fair chance to attain them." second, as per the "difference principle," inequalities in society must be organized so that they are to the greatest benefit of the least advantaged members of society. after explaining that today's economic inequalities are simply not acceptable, rawls ( : - ) explains the difference principle this way: "to say that inequalities in income and wealth are to be arranged for the greatest benefit of the least advantaged simply means that we are to compare schemes of cooperation by seeing how well off the least advantaged are under each scheme, and then to select the scheme under which the least advantaged are better off than they are under any other scheme." by the least advantaged, rawls is referring to those who lack what he calls "primary goods" (rawls : ). primary goods, according to rawls, include things needed and required by persons seen in the light of the political conception of persons, as citizens who are fully cooperating members of society, and not merely as human beings apart from any normative conception. these goods are things citizens need as free and equal persons living a complete life; they are not things it is simply rational to want or desire, or to prefer or even to crave. (rawls : ) such goods include: • the basic rights and liberties: freedom of thought and liberty of conscience, etc.; • freedom of movement and free choice of occupation against a background of diverse opportunities, which opportunities allow the pursuit of a variety of ends and give effect to decisions to revise and alter them; • powers and prerogatives of office and position of authority and responsibility; • income and wealth, understood as all-purpose means (having an exchange value) generally needed to achieve a wide range of ends whatever they may be; and • the social bases of self-respect, understood as those aspects of basic institutions normally essential if citizens are to have a lively sense of their worth as persons and to be able to advance their ends with self-confidence (rawls : - ). it should also be noted that rawls ( : ) acknowledges the importance of "human rights" as well. he writes: "a just world order is perhaps best seen as a society of peoples, each people maintaining a well-ordered and decent political (domestic) regime, not necessarily democratic but fully respecting basic human rights." human rights are expansive and include rights in the following areas: general freedom; dignity; life; liberty; security; equality before the law; fair and public hearings by independent and impartial tribunals; presumption of innocence until proven guilty; freedom of movement and residence; right to seek and gain asylum from persecution; right to a nationality; the right to marry and have a family; right to own property; freedom of thought, conscience and religion; freedom of opinion and expression; freedom of peaceful assembly and association; the right to participate in government; the right to social security; the right to work by free choice and to have protection against unemployment; the right to equal pay for equal work; the right to rest and leisure; the right to an adequate standard of living, including "food, clothing, housing and medical care and necessary social services, and the right to security in the event of unemployment, sickness, disability, widowhood, old age "; the right to education; the right to participate in the community and "to enjoy the arts and to share in scientific advancement and its benefits"; the right to the "protection of the moral and material interests resulting from any scientific, literary or artistic production of which [one] is the author." additionally, people enjoy freedom from slavery or servitude; torture or cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment; discrimination; arbitrary arrest, detention, or exile; arbitrary interference with privacy; among many others. those rights that we have emphasized relate to open access of knowledge and scholarship. since rawls emphasizes human rights in his theory of justice as fairness, and since some of the human rights relate to access to knowledge and benefits of scholarship, rawls' theory of justice as fairness is directly relevant to issues of open access. we can use rawls' theory of "justice as fairness" to determine if any process or outcome is consistent with social justice. when a process or outcome does not comport with any of rawls' principles, we can conclude that it is not consistent with social justice. that is, something is not consistent with rawls' conception of social justice if it interferes with any person's indefensible claims to equal basic liberties (the "equal liberties principle"); or if inequalities in society are not attached to offices and positions open to all under conditions of fair equality of opportunity (the "equal opportunity principle"); or if inequalities in society are not arranged to the greatest benefit of the least-advantaged members of society (the "difference principle"). david miller's "pluralistic theory of social justice" david miller's theory comprises a wider range of concepts than that of john rawls. the theory is pluralistic or circumstantial because different parts of his conception of social justice are more or less relevant depending on the circumstances (miller : - ). to miller, social justice deals with the distribution of good and bad in society, and more specifically with how these things should be distributed within society. miller ( : ) explains that when "we attack some policy or some state of affairs as socially unjust, we are claiming that a person, or more usually a category of persons, enjoys fewer advantages than that person or group of persons ought to enjoy (or bears more of the burdens than they ought to bear), given how other members of the society in question are fairing." given this conception of social justice, it is not surprising that miller's theory focuses on the concepts of need, desert, and equality. need is a claim that one is lacking is basic necessities and is being harmed or is in danger of being harmed and/or that one's capacity to function is being impeded (miller : , ). desert is a claim that one has earned reward based on performance, that superior performance should attract superior recognition (miller : , ). equality refers to the social ideal that society regards and treats its citizens as equals, and that benefits such as certain rights should be distributed equally (miller : ). miller's ( : ) theory asserts that whether need, desert, or equality takes precedence depends on which "mode of human relationship" is being considered. this is because "we can best understand which demands of justice someone can make of us by looking first at the particular nature of relationship." a "mode of human relationship" refers to the different kinds of relationships that people have with one another. miller ( : ) specifies three basic modes of human relationships, including the solidaristic community, instrumental associations, and citizenship. a solidaristic community "exists when people share a common identity as members of a relatively stable group with a common ethos" (e.g., family relations). in this mode of human relationships, the principle of distribution according to need is most relevant: each member is expected to contribute to relieving the needs of others in proportion to ability, the extent of liability depending upon how close the ties of community are in each case needs will be understood in terms of the general ethos of the community. each community embodies, implicitly or explicitly, a sense of the standards that an adequate human life must meet, and it is in terms of this benchmark that the much-contested distinction between needs, which are matters of justice, and mere wants is drawn. (miller : ) instrumental associations exist when "people relate to one another in a utilitarian manner; each has aims and purposes that can best be realized by collaboration with others" (e.g., economic relations). in this mode of human relationships, the principle of distribution according to desert is most relevant: each person comes to the association as a free agent with a set of skills and talents that he deploys to advance its goals. justice is done when he receives back by way of reward an equivalent to the contribution he makes. a person's deserts, in other words, are fixed by the aims and purposes of the association to which she belongs; these provide the measuring rod in terms of which relative contributions can be judged. (miller : ). finally, citizenship refers to "members of a political society" in "modern liberal democracies" who are related not just through their communities and their instrumental associations but also as fellow citizens. anyone who is a full member of such a society is understood to be the bearer of a set of rights and obligations that together define the status of citizen. in this mode of human relationship, the principle of distribution according to equality is most relevant because everyone in the society is deemed equal in terms of certain rights (miller : ). because of the citizenship mode, rights play a significant role in miller's theory of social justice as they also did in rawls' theory. miller ( : ) explains that a central element in any theory of justice will be an account of the basic rights of citizens, which will include rights to various concrete liberties, such as freedom of movement and freedom of speech an extensive sphere of basic liberty is built into the requirements of social justice itself. as noted in the discussion of john rawls, the meaning human rights is well understood, and includes rights in dozens of areas, including several related to open access to knowledge and scholarship. miller does not build a theory of social justice that requires one to emphasize either need, desert, or equality over the others; rather, he presents a theory whereby the three are in balance with one another. because people's views about justice are pluralistic and "very often people decide what a fair distribution consists of by balancing claims of one kind against claims of another," it follows that "the social context in which the distribution has to be made - or more precisely how that context is perceived by those making the judgment - will determine which principle stands out as the relevant principle of justice" (miller : ). a significant issue, though, is which should take precedence when there are conflicting demands and expectations for processes that aim to accommodate need, desert, and equality, as well as for outcomes that satisfy need, desert, and equality. miller prioritizes need above desert, and desert above equality, although he also points out that at times, desert can take precedence over need (as in the case where the needy are not seen as deserving) (miller : - ). miller is careful to point out that "[m]erit of any sort should only be allowed to govern the distribution of a certain range of goods and services, and in particular not those goods and services that people regard as necessities, such as health care" (miller : , emphasis added). to the degree that access to knowledge is such a necessity, claims based on need ought to take priority over claims based on desert. we can use miller's pluralistic theory of social justice to determine if any process or outcome is consistent with social justice. when a process or outcome does not comport with any of millers' principles, we can conclude that it is not consistent with social justice. that is, something is not consistent with miller's conception of social justice if it interferes with one's necessities or hurts one's capacity to function, if it interferes with claims based on desert, or if it impedes equal opportunity or treatment. how current criminal justice publishing is inconsistent with social justice in this section of the paper, we utilize rawls' and miller's theories to determine if current publishing agreements in criminal justice are consistent with social justice. here, we show how publishing in the criminal justice discipline is inconsistent with the rawls' equal liberties principle, equal opportunity principle, and difference principle. further, we illustrate how criminal justice publishing is inconsistent with miller's principles of need, desert, and equality. we conclude by showing how open access publishing is more consistent with social justice. equal liberties principle with regard to the relationship between open access and rawls' equal liberties principle, international law suggests that all human beings have a right to knowledge. further, human beings and societies have an equal right to benefit from advances in knowledge. and finally, all individuals have the right to benefit from their own work. some of these rights are stated in at least three separate documents: ( ) the universal declaration of human rights; ( ) the international covenant on civil and political rights; and ( ) the international covenant on economic, social, and cultural rights. starting with the universal declaration of human rights, article states: "everyone has the right to freedom of opinion and expression; this right includes freedom to hold opinions without interference and to seek, receive and impart information and ideas through any media and regardless of frontiers" (emphasis added). further, article . reads: "everyone has the right freely to participate in the cultural life of the community, to enjoy the arts and to share in scientific advancement and its benefits" (united nations c, emphasis added). similar wording is found in article . of the international covenant on civil and political rights. article . of that document shows clearly that restrictions on this right merely for economic gain are not acceptable: the exercise of the rights provided for in paragraph of this article carries with it special duties and responsibilities. it may therefore be subject to certain restrictions, but these shall only be such as are provided by law and are necessary: for respect of the rights or reputations of others; for the protection of national security or of public order, or of public health or morals. (united nations a, emphasis added) additionally, article . of the international covenant on economic, social, and cultural rights states: "the states parties to the present covenant recognize the right of everyone to education. they agree that education shall be directed to the full development of the human personality and the sense of its dignity, and shall strengthen the respect for human rights and fundamental freedoms. they further agree that education shall enable all persons to participate effectively in a free society, promote understanding, tolerance and friendship among all nations and all racial, ethnic or religious groups, and further the activities of the united nations for the maintenance of peace" (emphasis added). article . adds that education should be free to all and generally available and accessible to all (united nations b, emphasis added). another article, article . goes on to explain: the states parties to the present covenant recognize the right of everyone: to take part in cultural life; to enjoy the benefits of scientific progress and its applications; to benefit from the protection of the moral and material interests resulting from any scientific, literary or artistic production of which he is the author. (emphasis added). finally, articles . - . read: "the steps to be taken by the states parties to the present covenant to achieve the full realization of this right shall include those necessary for the conservation, the development and the diffusion of science and culture" (united nations b, emphasis added). from the above passages, it is clear the restricting access to knowledge is not consistent with the equal liberties principle. a more just arrangement would allow greater access to scholarship in order to assure the protection of the liberty of knowledge. equal opportunity principle similar to the argument above with regard to the equal liberties principle, all human beings are owed an equal opportunity to access scholarship. restricting access to knowledge by limiting access to scholarship interferes with the realization of rawls' principle of equal opportunity. the passages of international law cited above make it clear not only that do human beings enjoy the right to knowledge in all its forms, but also that this right is an equal right. the assertions found within the universal declaration of human rights as well as the international covenant on civil and political rights that everyone has the right to freedom of opinion and expression (including seeking, receiving and imparting information and ideas through any media and regardless of frontiers) and a right to equal education exemplifies the importance of equality. from the above passages, it is clear the restricting access to knowledge is not consistent with rawls' equal liberties principle. a more just arrangement would allow greater access to equal opportunities in order to assure the protection of equal rights to knowledge. difference principle with regard to rawls' difference principle, inequalities in access to information are clearly not to the benefit of the least advantaged. in fact, inequalities in access widen the gap between those who have access to information and those who do not, for the reason that some are permitted to further advance while some are not. this is true at the individual level, group level, community level, organization level, and society level. that is, differential access to information harms disadvantaged individuals, the groups and organizations to which they belong, the communities from which they come, and the societies of which they are members. the fact that publishing agreements benefit the well off - large, wealthy corporations - is not consistent with rawls' difference principle. nor is the inequality acceptable because the inequality is not explained by any differential claim based on merit or desert. large corporate journal publishers have not done anything to earn the right to distribute knowledge created by the scholarly pursuits of individual authors, who would seem to have the most sound merit- and desert-based claims to reward. additionally, large corporate journal publishers have not earned the right to limit access to this knowledge. finally, state and federal governments, who fund scholarship of individual authors through salaries, benefits, and grants, deserve access to the scholarship produced by authors. current publishing arrangements in criminal justice do the most harm to those who are already least advantaged. the least advantaged include those suffering from criminal victimization at the hands of common street criminals and elite individuals and corporations, as well as the mostly reactive and failing agencies of criminal justice (robinson ; shelden ). if criminologists and criminal justicians are to actually impact policy through their scientific work, it must be made accessible to all, especially to those who can most benefit from their work (e.g., policy-makers and the masses who elect them into power). the normal game and expectation of publishing for the sake of publishing must be challenged if our research is ever going to impact real-world policy. current criminal justice publishing arrangements are inconsistent with rawls' difference principle. need given the general purposes of science, access to knowledge assists people with their own personal and professional advancement and thus the ability to satisfy their basic needs. an example is higher education which allows its participants to better meet their own needs. differential access to education, which includes access to knowledge, interferes with people's basic abilities to satisfy their needs and is thus inconsistent with miller's principle of need. at the society level, with advancement of individual citizens comes a greater enjoyment of benefits by a larger segment of the population. thus, differential access to information harms societies by interfering with the ability of societies to advance. ultimately, this leads to the maintenance of significant gaps between first- and third-world countries. in terms of research into crime and responses to it, differential access to knowledge generated by experts assures that the needs of some will not be met as readily as others. restricting access to criminal justice scholarship interferes with the ability of criminal justice agencies and their employees to adjust, rethink, and retool their existing policies, as well as to create new and more effective ones. thus, current criminal justice publishing arrangements are inconsistent with miller's principle of need. desert as noted above, all human beings deserve access to knowledge. thus, any interference with this right is unjust. publishing arrangements that restrict access to information people deserve by way of being human beings as well as citizens is not consistent with social justice. criminal justice publishing agreements interfere with miller's principle of desert. further, international law shows that scholars in all fields (including criminal justice) have earned the right to access the knowledge they create as well as that being created by others in their fields. the current publication approach in criminal justice makes such access impossible, as authors often must assign copyrights to publishing giants that limits the use of and access to their own work. further, we all suffer from not being able to access articles and other works unless we subscribe to certain journals and pay fees to do so. none of this is consistent with social justice. scholars, as the creators of the knowledge published in our associations' journals, deserve the right to publish their work freely, to access it later without restriction, and to make their work as widely available as possible through self-archiving. beyond this, authors are not benefiting financially from their work by assigning copyrights to large corporations. instead, large corporations are benefiting - not because of claims rooted in differential desert or merit - but instead from their already prominent place in society. this is also inconsistent with miller's principle of desert. while large journals publishers assist with the dissemination of scholarship to large audiences - a practice beneficial to academic societies as well as society in general - any restrictions on the accessibility of this scholarship are inconsistent with social justice. equality as suggested above, access to knowledge in the current approach is arranged in an unequal fashion. subscription policies are unequal in terms of who benefits from them, and societal inequality is being widened by them. these are violations of miller's equality principle. people of the united states, as citizens, enjoy certain equal rights. and as human beings, we enjoy other rights as well, including those found in the international agreements discussed above. citizens in other countries have these same human rights. current criminal justice publishing rules and procedures violate these rights and are thus violations of miller's equality principle. finally, related to each of the above principles, limited access to knowledge assures that our work will have less influence on real-world policy. even those few journals that have been created in order to explicitly be policy-relevant are not widely read by policy- makers, in part because they are not accessible to them. one outcome of this limited access is a continuation of criminal justice policy being created for ideological and philosophical reasons rather than being impacted and directed by scientific evidence. this assures further suffering for members of society at the hands of both criminals and criminal justice agencies, for current criminal justice practices do not significantly reduce criminal victimization nor do they often achieve justice (reiman ; robinson ; shelden ). how open access is consistent with social justice the open access movement - online open access journals and author self-archiving - is more consistent with the conceptions of social justice by rawls and miller. because open access does not interfere with any person's indefensible claims to equal basic liberties (the "equal liberties principle"), it is consistent with social justice. further, open access does not violate the "equal opportunity principle" and in fact assures for greater equality of access to information. we also believe that open access is to the greatest benefit of the least-advantaged and thus is consistent with the "difference principle." that is, open access publishing aims to benefit all equally, which over time, will assist the least advantaged in catching up to the most well-off in society (who have long benefitted from greater access to knowledge in all areas of life). additionally, open access does not interfere with anyone's necessities and does not hurt anyone's capacity to function. open access also does not interfere with desert (but instead rewards it to a higher degree) and does not impede equal opportunity or treatment. therefore, open access is consistent with social justice. beyond not violating the principles of social justice posited by rawls and miller, open access advances the principles of justice found in these scholars' theories of social justice. it does this by promoting (in both theory and practice) liberty, opportunity, and equality of access to information for all, as well as proper reward for individuals who produce scholarship. it is also better able to meet the needs of citizens for information, as well as meet appropriate claims of merit by scholars who deserve it. open access also is consistent with the international laws the us has signed and to which it is bound. conclusion in this paper, we outlined the open access movement, introduced two main theories of social justice, and applied the main principles from the theories of social justice to the modus operandi of criminal justice publishing. by doing so, we determined the specific ways in which current criminal justice publishing practices are inconsistent with social justice. our main finding was that publishing in the criminal justice discipline is inconsistent with john rawls' equal liberties principle, equal opportunity principle, and difference principle, as well as david miller's principles of need, desert, and equality. finally, we concluded that open access publishing is more consistent with social justice. it is a crucial time in the evolution of publishing for criminal justice associations. we, as criminal justice scholars concerned with practicing justice ourselves, have the opportunity to set an example for other disciplines in the area of open access. this can entail moving toward opening access to our own journals as much as possible, educating association members on open access alternatives, and making articles already published in subscription-based journals open access by encouraging our members to self-archive them in e-repositories. references • . bailey, c. w. ( ) spec kit ; institutional repositories, july association of research libraries , washington, dc • . berry, b. ( ) why social justice matters polity press , cambridge, ma • . brighouse, h. ( ) justice (key concepts) polity press , cambridge, ma • . chou, m. and zhou, o. ( ) licensing: the impact of licenses on library collections.. the acquisitions librarian :( / ) , pp. - . • . davis, p. m. - revised december , . retrieved february , , from http://people.cornell.edu/pages/pmd /prices.pdf • . - "the economics of publishing," university of california office of scholarly communication website. retrieved february , from http://osc.universityofcalifornia.edu/facts/econ_of_publishing.html • . harnad, s. ( ) the access/impact problem and the green and gold roads to open access.. serials review , pp. - . • . harnad, s. and brody, t. ( ) comparing the impact of open access (oa) vs. non-oa articles in the same journal.. d-lib magazine :( june ) - retrieved february , from http://www.dlib.org/dlib/june /harnad/ harnad.html • . lenzini, r. ( ) - information today, posted on november . retrieved february from http://newsbreaks.infotoday.com/nbreader.asp?articleid= • . mccabe, m. j. ( ) - arl bimonthly report • . miller, d. ( ) principles of social justice harvard university press , boston • . rawls, j. ( ) justice as fairness: a restatement ( nd rev. ed.), belknap press , boston • . reiman, j. ( ) the rich get richer and the poor get prison: ideology, class, and criminal justice ( th ed.), allyn & bacon , boston • . robinson, m. ( ) justice blind? ideals and realities of american criminal justice ( nd ed.), prentice hall , upper saddle river, nj • . shelden, r. ( ) controlling the dangerous classes: a critical introduction to the history of criminal justice allyn & bacon , boston • . united nations ( a) - retrieved february , from http://www.hrweb.org/legal/undocs.html • . united nations ( b) - retrieved february , from http://www.hrweb.org/legal/undocs.html http://people.cornell.edu/pages/pmd /prices.pdf http://osc.universityofcalifornia.edu/facts/econ_of_publishing.html http://www.dlib.org/dlib/june /harnad/ harnad.html http://newsbreaks.infotoday.com/nbreader.asp?articleid= http://www.hrweb.org/legal/undocs.html http://www.hrweb.org/legal/undocs.html • . united nations ( c) - retrieved february , from http://www.hrweb.org/legal/undocs.html • . willinsky, j. ( ) the access principle; the case for open access to research and scholarship mit press , cambridge, ma notes . see lenzini . . see the "the economics of publishing," university of california office of scholarly communication website. retrieved february , from http://osc.universityofcalifornia.edu/facts/econ_of_publishing.html . see the american college and research libraries "scholarly communications toolkit" for more information on journal inflation. http://www.ala.org/ala/acrl/acrlissues/scholarlycomm/scholarlycommunicationtoolkit/fac ulty/facultyeconomics.cfm . "$ , -a-year journal subscriptions endanger major sources of research information, cornell panel says," cornell news. february , . retrieved february , , from http://www.news.cornell.edu/releases/feb /journalprices.bpf.html . kline science library most expensive journals. retrieved february , , from http://www.library.yale.edu/scilib/ksljrnlexp .html . ebsco information services, produced a chart that shows price fluctuations for - for typical library lists invoiced in us dollars. retrieved february , , from http://www-us.ebsco.com/home/printsubs/priceoverview.pdf . taylor & francis ( ). journal details, justice quarterly. retrieved february , from http://www.tandf.co.uk/journals/journal.asp?issn= - &linktype=rates . taylor & francis ( ). journal details, journal of criminal justice education. retrieved february , from http://www.tandf.co.uk/journals/journal.asp?issn= - &linktype=rates . blackwell publishing ( ). criminology. retrieved february , from http://www.blackwellpublishing.com/subs.asp?ref= - &site= . a key web-based reference source was created and is maintained by peter suber. it provides a thorough "guide to the terminology, acronyms, initiatives, standards, technologies, and players in the open-access or free online scholarship (fos) movement" is the guide to the open access movement (http://www.earlham.edu/peters/fos/guide.htm). for another excellent source of basic information on open access initiatives and changes in scholarly communication, see the "create change" website (http://www.createchange.org/)developed by the association of http://www.hrweb.org/legal/undocs.html http://osc.universityofcalifornia.edu/facts/econ_of_publishing.html http://www.ala.org/ala/acrl/acrlissues/scholarlycomm/scholarlycommunicationtoolkit/faculty/facultyeconomics.cfm http://www.ala.org/ala/acrl/acrlissues/scholarlycomm/scholarlycommunicationtoolkit/faculty/facultyeconomics.cfm http://www.news.cornell.edu/releases/feb /journalprices.bpf.html http://www.library.yale.edu/scilib/ksljrnlexp .html http://www-us.ebsco.com/home/printsubs/priceoverview.pdf http://www.tandf.co.uk/journals/journal.asp?issn= - &linktype=rates http://www.tandf.co.uk/journals/journal.asp?issn= - &linktype=rates http://www.blackwellpublishing.com/subs.asp?ref= - &site= http://www.informaworld.com/smpp/jump% ejumptype=exref% efrompagename=section% efrommainurifile=section% efromdb=all% efromtitle= % efromvnxs=v n s % econs= ?dropin=httpwwwearlhamedupet_ cpng&to_url=http% a% f% fwww% eearlham% eedu% f% % % bpeters% ffos% fguide% ehtm http://www.createchange.org/ research libraries (arl) and sparc (scholarly publishing and academic resources coalition) which is supported by the association of college and research libraries (acrl), all retrieved february . . the association of learned and professional society publishers reported that sixty percent of publishers participate in some form of assistance program to aid developing countries. willinsky : ). . the directory of open access journals (doaj) (http://www.doaj.org/)freely available on the web, is maintained by lund university libraries. it is the most important directory of open-access journals, and currently contains over , journals. the aim of the doaj is to "increase the visibility and ease of use of open access scientific and scholarly journals thereby promoting their increased usage and impact." it "aims to be comprehensive and cover all open access scientific and scholarly journals that use a quality control system to guarantee the content." . a keyword search in the directory of open access journals (doaj) for journals related to criminal justice excluding the term law conducted in january revealed the following open-access journals in criminal justice: ( ) african journal of criminology and justice studies, ( ) applied psychology in criminal justice, ( ) champ penal (french/english), ( ) edwardsville journal of sociology, ( ) erces online quarterly review, ( ) international journal of criminal justice sciences, ( ) journal for crime, conflict and media culture, ( ) journal of criminal justice and popular culture, ( ) law, social justice & global development, ( ) revista cenipec (spanish ( ) revista española de investigación criminológica (spanish), and ( ) war crimes, genocide and crimes against humanity. . sparc, the scholarly publishing and academic resources coalition, http://www.arl.org/sparc/ is "an alliance of universities, research libraries, and organizations. the coalition was an initiative of the association of research libraries (arl) started in to be a constructive response to market dysfunctions in the scholarly communication system" . see the sherpa database of individual publishers' policies on permissible self- archiving at http://romeo.eprints.org/ . see description of the federal research public access act of (frpaa) bill at http://cornyn.senate.gov/public/index.cfm?fuseaction=home.sitemap . a major organization is this struggle is the the alliance for taxpayer access which is described on their website as: "a diverse and growing alliance of organizations representing taxpayers, patients, physicians, researchers, and institutions that support open public access to taxpayer-funded research." see http://www.taxpayeraccess.org/ (retrieved february , ) http://www.doaj.org/ http://www.arl.org/sparc/ http://romeo.eprints.org/ http://cornyn.senate.gov/public/index.cfm?fuseaction=home.sitemap http://www.taxpayeraccess.org/ . rawls ( : - ) develops his theory for a democratic system of government, and he assumes that society comprises a fair system of social cooperation between free and equal citizens. he also assumes that society is well organized and regulated by a public perception of justice. further, he assumes that society is guided by rules and procedures that are publicly recognized and agreed to, that the rules specify fair terms of cooperation and are rooted in the notion of reciprocity or mutuality so that each person has a chance to promote their own advantage or good. thus, his theory is aimed at determining the "political conception of justice for specifying the fair terms of cooperation between citizens regarded as fair and equal and as both reasonable and rational (rawls, : - ). . this can be called the "equal liberties principle." . this can be called the "equal opportunity principle." . rawls calls this the "difference principle." . for other examples, see the universal declaration of human rights, covenant on civil and political rights, covenant on economic, social, and cultural rights, and other similar documents. "a summary of agreements on human rights." retrieved january , from http://www.hrweb.org/legal/undocs.html . miller ( : - ) develops his theory for a democratic system of government, and he assumes that society is a living organism comprised of individuals, groups, and so forth who believe in social justice because it specifies the institutional arrangements that allow for full contributions by and well-being of members of the society. further, his theory assumes a bounded society with members; that there are specific institutions to which the principles of social justice apply; and that the state is the agency capable of changing structures when necessary. http://www.hrweb.org/legal/undocs.html social bodies and social justice this is a repository copy of social bodies and social justice. white rose research online url for this paper: http://eprints.whiterose.ac.uk/ / version: accepted version article: lewis, s and thomson, m orcid.org/ - - - ( ) social bodies and social justice. international journal of law in context, ( ). pp. - . issn - https://doi.org/ . /s © cambridge university press . this article has been published in a revised form in international journal of law in context. this version is free to view and download for private research and study only. not for re-distribution, re-sale or use in derivative works. eprints@whiterose.ac.uk https://eprints.whiterose.ac.uk/ reuse items deposited in white rose research online are protected by copyright, with all rights reserved unless indicated otherwise. they may be downloaded and/or printed for private study, or other acts as permitted by national copyright laws. the publisher or other rights holders may allow further reproduction and re-use of the full text version. this is indicated by the licence information on the white rose research online record for the item. takedown if you consider content in white rose research online to be in breach of uk law, please notify us by emailing eprints@whiterose.ac.uk including the url of the record and the reason for the withdrawal request. mailto:eprints@whiterose.ac.uk https://eprints.whiterose.ac.uk/ page | social bodies & social justice sam lewis and michael thomson* abstract: this article identifies, and engages with, the social bodies emerging by virtue of the biosocial turn in the life sciences and the contemporaneous advent of embodied approaches to social justice. across diverse domains, then, bodies are increasingly understood as shaped by and dependent upon their environments. to explore this potentially important and productive iラミ┗wヴェwミiwが ┘w hヴキミェ m;ヴデエ; fキミwマ;ミげゲ ┗┌ノミwヴ;hキノキデ┞ デエwラヴ┞ キミデラ iラミ┗wヴゲ;デキラミ ┘キデエ developmental neuroscience and environmental epigenetics. we foreground significant intersecting concerns and argue that vulnerability theory is strengthened by engaging with a richer understanding of embodiment that attends to these new biosocial knowledge claims. this engagement can enhance the political traction of this and other embodied theories. these can, in turn, provide important alternatives to the neoliberal lens through which neuroscience and epigenetics have hitherto been translated into policy and practice. exploring this new terrain, we nevertheless acknowledge the limitations and dangers posed by current biopolitical governance practices. introduction the relationship between our bodily place in the world and social justice has long preoccupied feminist, critical race, and disability theorists. it has also provoked and shaped particular fields of study, such as epidemiology and public health. more recently, and the focus of this article, this relationship has become a more pervasive concern across the humanities, social and life sciences. in the humanities and social sciences, for example, the body features prominently in an increasing number of approaches to social justice. from the discourses of precariousness (butler ) and vulnerability (fineman , , , ) to the *the authors would like to thank joshua warburton for research assistance and catherine cruse-drew, cエヴキゲデラヮエwヴ dキwデ┣が m;ヴデエ; fキミwマ;ミが jwミミキawヴ hwミsヴ┞が iゲ;hwノ k;ヴヮキミが k;ヴwミ oげcラミミwノノが aミキデ; “デ┌エマニエwが mキデiエwノノ tヴ;┗キゲが ;ミs デエw テラ┌ヴミ;ノげゲ ヴw┗キw┘wヴゲ aラヴ デエwキヴ ェwnerous and thoughtful feedback on earlier drafts of this article. ww ┘ラ┌ノs ;ノゲラ ノキニw デラ デエ;ミニ ヮ;ヴデキiキヮ;ミデゲ ;デ デエw けv┌ノミwヴ;hキノキデ┞ ;ミs “ラiキ;ノ j┌ゲデキiwげ ┘ラヴニゲエラヮ エwノs ;デ デエw “iエララノ ラa law, university of leeds, - june . while feminist and critical race scholars (for example, donna haraway ( ) and dorothy roberts ( )) have done much to explore this terrain, it is perhaps disability scholars who have most acutely illustrated the social justice implications of the relationship between the body and the social context it is conceived within and moves through. this is reflected in the social model of disability which has shaped both disability studies and international civil society discourse (see, oliver ( , , )). the social justice concerns in these disciplines are most apparent in the work since the early s that has focused on the social determinants of health (for example, marmott ( ) and wilkinson and pickett ( )). page | capabilities approach (nussbaum , sen ), social flesh (beasley and bacchi ), and depletion (goldblatt and rai, ) the body has been positioned as a site for understanding and responding to our common humanity. within such models the embedded fleshiness of the human condition is foregrounded with the hope of leveraging a more responsive state (fineman, ); one that recognises not only common rights and state obligations but also our specificity and ethical individualism (sen, ). as these approaches to social justice have gained ground in the humanities and social sciences, there has been a contemporaneous turn to the social in the life sciences. here, what were once imagined as immutable facts of existence - hardwired biological codes, systems, and processes - have lost their indifference to the social world. in particular, bodies have become porous to and shaped by environments of abuse and disadvantage. neuroscience and epigenetics have been at the forefront of this profound shift in scientific thinking. as maurizio meloni writes, our ┌ミswヴゲデ;ミsキミェ ラa デエw hヴ;キミ エ;ゲ hwwミ ヴwキマ;ェキミws aヴラマ ;ミ けキゲラノ;デws s;デ; ヮヴラiwゲゲラヴ デラ デエw ┌ノデヴ;ゲラiキ;ノ ;ミs マ┌ノデキヮノ┞ iラミミwiデws ゲラiキ;ノ hヴ;キミげ (meloni, ). at the same time, epigenetics に the investigation of changes in gene expression that are not driven by alterations to the underlying dna sequence - has delivered us to a post-genetic world ┘エwヴw ェwミwゲ ;ヴw ミラ ノラミェwヴ け;hゲラノ┌デwノ┞ ゲラ┗wヴwキェミげ h┌デ ;ヴw けiラミデw┝デ┌;ノノ┞ swヮwミswミデ ふ;ミs wノ┌ゲキ┗wぶ wミデキデキwゲ デエ;デ iララヮwヴ;デw w┝デwミゲキ┗wノ┞ ┘キデエ ; ノ;ヴェw ┗;ヴキwデ┞ ラa ヮラゲデェwミラマキiげ environmental and social factors (meloni , ). importantly, both epigenetics and neuroscience have been identified as offering new ways to understand and address inequalities and disadvantage (loi, del savio and stupka , hair et al ). longstanding interest in the relationship between the body and the social is therefore being articulated in new ways at multiple disciplinary locations. across these contexts social bodies are emerging that may be implicated in overlapping social justice concerns. discussion across these disciplines has the potential to strengthen intersecting agendas that seek to understand and address inequalities that become embedded in, or understood through, the body. in this article we argue that bringing the social bodies invoked within embodied approaches to social justice ;ミs デエw ミw┘ けゲラiキ;ノ hキラノラェキwゲげ ふpキiニwヴゲェキノノが ヲヰヱヴぶ into conversation has the potential to invest social justice projects with new urgency, and greater political purchase, as we understand in new ways how opportunities and life chances may be limited by adversity and page | deprivation. this recognises the political and legal tヴ;iデキラミ ラa デエw けエ;ヴsげ ゲiキwミiwゲ ;ミs デエ┌ゲ デエw potential leverage afforded by デエキゲ けミw┘ マラノwcular landsc;ヮwげ ふpキiニwヴゲェキノノ wデ ;ノが ヲヰヱンぶく to develop this argument we focus on m;ヴデエ; fキミwマ;ミげゲ ヴwゲヮラミゲw デラ ┗┌ノミwヴ;hキノキデ┞ ;ゲ けthe ヮヴキマ;ノ エ┌マ;ミ iラミsキデキラミげ ( , ). fキミwマ;ミげゲ vulnerability theory is built on the twin pillars of our bodily place in the world and our embeddedness in social and institutional relationships. these foundations mirror the analytical focus of the new social biologies and fキミwマ;ミげゲ attention to institutional structures makes it particularly relevant for the analysis and development of law and policy. arguing for greater attention to what it means to talk of embodiment at this point in the development of the life sciences, we illustrate how these knowledge claims strengthen vulnerability theoryげゲ significant potential as an analytical framework and deliberative space for the formation of socially just law and policy. further, while developments in the life sciences have quickly become associated with stigmatising and punitive social policies, we posit vulnerability theory as a means of wresting these scientific models from neoliberal frameworks, enabling the science to be used to scaffold more progressive agendas. we contend that through this, vulnerability theory helps to reveal and iエ;ノノwミェw デエw ミ;ヴヴラ┘ iラミiwヮデキラミ ラa デエw けゲラiキ;ノげ デエ;デ キミエ;hキデゲ に and limits - contemporary science and policy. the article begins by articulating fキミwマ;ミげゲ theory of universal vulnerability. we then set out the fundamental propositions of neuroscience and epigenetics, focusing on how intergenerational processes have become an important locus for these two fields and the point at which they meet. having acknowledged the social bodies that populate these projects, we address how scientific claims from these fields have been mobilised in policy. the final section returns to vulnerability theory and demonstrates how the けミw┘ hキラゲラiキ;ノ デwヴヴ;キミげ ふmwノラミキ ヲヰヱヴが ヵΓヵぶ may provide further weight to a vulnerability analysis of government interventions and help to formulate alternative policy that is potentially both more effective and just. vulnerability theory the last two decades have seen the emergence of a new humanist discourse that centres embodiment - entwining ethics and ontology - to challenge and re-align existing ethical and page | political models of responsibility (murphy , ). while our argument has relevance across this rich and diverse field of embodied approaches, here we focus on the analytical framework that martha fineman has built upon the ontological fact of our embodied vulnerability. in this swiデキラミ ┘w ゲwデ ラ┌デ fキミwマ;ミげゲ analytical proposition which deploys embodied vulnerability to articulate a けマラヴw キミiノ┌ゲキ┗w ;ミs ヴw;ノキゲデキi ノwェ;ノ ゲ┌hテwiデ に one that makes it clear that injury and injustice does inevitably arise when the state remains ┌ミヴwゲヮラミゲキ┗w デラ エ┌マ;ミ ┗┌ノミwヴ;hキノキデ┞ ;ミs swヮwミswミi┞げ ふヲヰヱΑが ヱヴΓぶく for fineman, embodied vulnerability is the defining human condition: it is part of our shared humanity that we all age and may be struck down by illness and natural or man-made disaster. while embodied vulnerability is universal it is also particular, reflecting our different forms of embodiment and our positioning within webs of economic and institutional relationships. thus fineman brings together our embodied vulnerability and our social embeddedness to argue that vulnerability is けboth universal and particular; it is experienced uniquely by each of usげ ( , ). fキミwマ;ミげゲ approach is therefore distinct from the stigmatising vulnerability of social policy, which characterises individuals and groups who, by virtue of their circumstances, are more susceptible to harm than others. fineman regards the ascription of ┗┌ノミwヴ;hキノキデ┞ デラ ゲラマw ヮwラヮノw ;ミs ミラデ ラデエwヴゲ ;ゲ けマキゲノw;sキミェげ ;ミs けキミ;ii┌ヴ;デwげく it is also pernicious, as grouping キミsキ┗キs┌;ノゲ キミデラ け┗┌ノミwヴ;hノw ヮラヮ┌ノ;デキラミゲげ ;iiラヴsキミェ デラ ; ゲマ;ノノ ミ┌マhwヴ of shared characteristics may overstate their likeness while understating their likeness to members of the majority population, precipitating their stigmatization (fineman : ). fヴラマ デエキゲ けswゲiヴキヮデキ┗w ラヴ wマヮキヴキi;ノげ ゲデ;ヴデキミェ ヮラキミデが develops a theoretical framework for deliberating けthe just allocation of responsibility for individual and societal wellbeingげ ( , ). the universal vulnerable subject who sits at the heart of the theory is an alternative to the unencumbered liberal subject of contemporary law and policyぎ け;ミ キノノ┌ゲキラミ ラa キミ┗┌ノミwヴ;hキノキデ┞ ;ミs キミswヮwミswミiw マ;sw ヮラゲゲキhノw h┞ ;ミ ┌ミwケ┌;ノ sキゲデヴキh┌デキラミ ラa ヴwゲラ┌ヴiwゲげ (karpin , ). acknowledging universal vulnerability - and the universal vulnerable subject it implies に the focus becomes resilience and the duty of the state is to provide us with the assets or tools to be resilient when our vulnerability is made manifest. this political and ethical project can therefore be understood as one that aims to secure a more responsive state (fineman ); one obligated to address the differences in resilience that differentials in socio-economic, educational, environmental and other factors can create. page | for fineman, the state is けthe legitimate governing entity and is tasked with a responsibility to establish and monitor social institutions and relationships that facilitate the acquisition of キミsキ┗キs┌;ノ ;ミs ゲラiキ;ノ ヴwゲキノキwミiwげ ふヲヰヱΑが ヱンヴぶく this is essential as our position within this iラマヮノw┝ ミwデ┘ラヴニ ラa ヴwノ;デキラミゲエキヮゲ けヮヴラaラ┌ミsノ┞ ;aawiデ ラ┌ヴ swゲデキミキwゲ ;ミs aラヴデ┌ミwゲ, structuring キミsキ┗キs┌;ノ ラヮデキラミゲ ;ミs iヴw;デキミェ ラヴ キマヮwsキミェ ラヮヮラヴデ┌ミキデキwゲげ ふヲヰヱΑが ヱヴヵぶく for fineman then, a state けis responsive when it acts to monitor and adjust institutions and relationships when デエw┞ sラ ミラデ a┌ミiデキラミ キミ ; テ┌ゲデ マ;ミミwヴげ (fineman , ). we return to the question of an appropriately responsive state in the final section of this article. o┌ヴ けwマhラsキws ;ミs wマhwsswsげ ふfキミwマ;ミ ヲヰヱヵが ヲヰΓヱぶ ヮノ;iw キミ デエw ┘ラヴノs デエwヴwaラヴw ヮヴラ┗キswゲ the foundations for this humanist ethic (murphy , ). in this, as we shall articulate, there are clear similarities with the preoccupations of the new social biologies as environment shapes health outcomes, resilience, and opportunities. for fineman, however, embodied vulnerability is something of a term of art, a けヮヴovocation to express an alternative way of ゲデヴ┌iデ┌ヴキミェ ノ;┘げ ふk;ヴヮキミ ヲヰヱΒが ヱヱヲヰぶく her primary concern is our embeddedness; that is, our place in relation to the informal and formal structures and institutions of social life that enable ┌ゲ デラ hw ヴwゲキノキwミデぎ けa vulnerability approach is primarily focused on exploring the differences and dependencies that arise from the fact that we are embedded within society and its キミゲデキデ┌デキラミゲげ ふヲヰヱヴが ンヱΒぶ and ensuring that the state is responsive to those differences. our work here is not directed at detracデキミェ aヴラマ fキミwマ;ミげゲ デ┘キミ ヮキノノ;ヴs ラa ラ┌ヴ けwマhラsキws ;ミs wマhwsswsげ w┝ヮwヴキwミiw ふヲヰヱヵが ヲΓヱ). rather, our project is to return to the foundational concern with embodiment, recuperating it as something more than a means to get to the structural preoccupations of the theory. in this we seek recognition of embodied differences as more than just the けhラsキノ┞ sキaawヴwミiwゲ デエ;デ ;ヴw マ;ミキawゲデ ;iヴラゲゲ ┗;ヴキラ┌ゲ マwマhwヴゲ ラa ゲラiキwデ┞ ;デ ;ミ┞ ェキ┗wミ デキマwげ and variations due to the inevitable corporeal changes that occur as we けマ;デ┌ヴw ;ミs ェヴラ┘が ;ゲ ┘wノノ ;ゲ ;ェw ;ミs swiノキミwげ ふヲヰヱΑぎ ヱヴヴぶ, which fineman terms the けエラヴキ┣ラミデ;ノ ;ミs ┗wヴデキi;ノ sキマwミゲキラミゲ ラa sキaawヴwミiwげ ふヱヴΒぶく here we seek a rebalancing, an understanding that our embodiment and our social embeddedness are intertwined in ways that potentially impacts intergenerationally. we demonstrate that vulnerability theorists need to take embodiment seriously and engage with emergent evidence of the somatic effects of social and environmental embeddedness. page | our argument, then, is that as fキミwマ;ミげゲ デエwラヴ┞ ラa universal vulnerability is directed at securing a more responsive state に swaキミキミェ け; ヴラh┌ゲデ ゲwミゲw ラa ゲデ;デw ヴwゲヮラミゲキhキノキデ┞ aラヴ ゲラiキ;ノ キミゲデキデ┌デキラミゲ ;ミs ヴwノ;デキラミゲエキヮゲげ ふヲヰヱΑが ヱヴンぶ - the life sciences are articulating a body that may very directly animate this project. as jörg niewöhner observes: it is almost ironic that the deeper biologists delve into the human body and the more fine-grained and molecularised their analysis becomes, the less they are able to ignore the many ties that link the individual body and its molecules to the spatio-temporal iラミデw┝デゲ ┘キデエキミ ┘エキiエ キデ s┘wノノゲく tエw wマwヴェキミェ wマhwssws hラs┞ キゲ ; hラs┞ ぐ ラヮwミ デラ デエw world ( , ). the new social bodies of the life sciences may therefore help to compel the state obligations that vulnerability theory mandates as we understand the body as porous to the social world in which it is embedded. this porosity can biologically entrench inequalities and disadvantage, limiting our resilience and that of future generations. thus we wish to marshal this very overlap: fusing the recognition of our bodily place in the world that underpins embodied approaches to social justice and the knowledge claims of the new social biologies. both attend デラ デエw ゲラiキ;ノ テ┌ゲデキiw キマヮノキi;デキラミゲ ラa ラ┌ヴ けwマhラsキws ;ミs socially emhwsswsげ w┝ヮwヴキwミiw (fineman , ). having introduced vulnerability theory, the next section outlines the social bodies emerging within the biosocial landscape, focusing on developmental neuroscience and environmental epigenetics and, in particular, where these overlap with neuro-epigenetics. we approach the life sciences acknowledging that while bodies are けproduced through networks that fold and cut across science and other fieldsげ (roberts, , ) biomedicine is a particularly privileged site at which bodies are constituted and experienced. further, as bruno latour argues ( ), propositions are not simply claims or statements: they also articulate the body into new sets of arrangements or relations. these can be very concrete and structural arrangements, for example with the institutions of the state as illustrated below. but they also have more diffuse and potentially profound effects. biological facts are けtechnophenomenaげ that constitute one part of our individual and shared reality but also shape けエラ┘ デエw ゲwノa キゲ マ;sw さヴw;ノざげ (lock and nguyen, , , ). in the context of neuroscience we see this in the emergence of new brain-h;ゲws キswミデキデキwゲ ふけiwヴwhヴ;ノ ゲ┌hテwiデゲげ (ortega )) within medicine and policy, as well as in the support groups that embrace neuroscientific language to better articulate and page | legitimise understandings and experiences ラa sキ;ェミラゲキゲ ふけミw┌ヴラiエwマキi;ノ ゲwノ┗wゲげ (rose )). at the same time, claims from neuroscience and epigenetics are also easily embedded in the responsibilising discourses of neo-liberalism. indeed, plasticity and the (unrealistic) belief that sufficient work on the self can improve the epigenome to the benefit of current and future generations, can deflect attention from profound structural inequalities, resonating with l;┌ヴwミ bwヴノ;ミデげゲ けiヴ┌wノ ラヮデキマキゲマげ ふヲヰヱヱぶく further, plasticity and the focus on transforming the ゲwノa ヴwキミaラヴiwゲ デエw w┝キゲデキミェ ヮラノキデキi;ノ ラヴswヴ ;ミs マ;ニwゲ けミラヴマ;デキ┗w ヮ;ヴデキi┌ノ;ヴ ┘;┞ゲ ラa hwキミェげ (gillies et al., , ), particularly around obligations to optimise the self and parenting. while our engagement with these rich understandings of embodiment is necessarily limited here, the naturalisation of contextual and contingent understandings of the body makes engagement with socio-political embodiment all the more pressing (fox and thomson ; dietz ). the life-sciences & the new social body in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries, neuroscience and epigenetics have been part of ;ミ けwヮキゲデwマキi デヴ;ミゲaラヴマ;デキラミ キミ デエw ノキaw-ゲiキwミiwゲげ ふmwノラミキ ヲヰヱヴが ヵΓΑぶ ┘エwヴw デhere is growing acceptance that humans are shaped by both biological and social forces. in these fields, and elsewhere, we see デエw けマラノwi┌ノ;ヴキゲ;デキラミ ラa hキラェヴ;ヮエ┞げ ふnキw┘öhner ), where early disadvantage can shape the brainげs early development and in our postgenomic world the けゲラiキ;ノ ノキaw ラa ;ミ ラヴェ;ミキゲマ iラマwゲ デラ hw キマヮノキi;デws キミ ヮエwミラデ┞ヮキi w┝ヮressionげ (pickersgill , ). in other words, the socially unjust distribution of resources, precarity and resilience can have immediate somatic affects that are then (potentially) experienced for generations. in this section we introduce neuroscience and epigenetics. however, the aim is not to provide an account of these fields. both terms encompass a wide range of specialisms and sub- specialisms at different stages of emergence that are often contested and sometimes in conflict. rather, the aim is to introduce foundational propositions, acknowledging the limits of current knowledge, before proceeding to discuss the translation of neuroscience into public policy. whilst we appreciate that all knowledge production is social, we recognise that some knowledge is more social than others, and are acutely aware of the almost endemic けhヴ;キミ ラ┗wヴ-iノ;キマ ゲ┞ミsヴラマwげ ふmラヴゲw ヲヰヰヶぶ ;ミs けデヴ;ミゲノ;デキラミ aw┗wヴげ ふ‘ラゲw ;ミs ahキ-rached, ) that surrounds these fields. page | a) neuroscience since the s the brain has become the focus for unprecedented research funding and attention. a series ラa ミ;デキラミ;ノ ;ミs キミデwヴミ;デキラミ;ノ iラノノ;hラヴ;デキ┗w けhキェ ゲiキwミiwげ ヮヴラテwiデゲ エ;┗w ゲラ┌ェエデ デラ マ;ヮ ;ミs ┌ミswヴゲデ;ミs ラ┌ヴ ミw┌ヴ;ノ ゲwノ┗wゲく b┞ デエw ゲデ;ヴデ ラa デエキゲ iwミデ┌ヴ┞ デエwヴw w┝キゲデws け; デヴ┌ノ┞ ェノラh;ノ キミaヴ;ゲデヴ┌iデ┌ヴw aラヴ ミw┌ヴラゲiキwミiw ヴwゲw;ヴiエげ, and by the beginning of the current decade けneuroscience acquired the characteristics of expertiseげ (rose and abi-rached , ). rose and abi-‘;iエws sキゲデキミェ┌キゲエ aラ┌ヴ ヮ;デエ┘;┞ゲ ;ノラミェ ┘エキiエ ミw┌ヴラゲiキwミiw けhwi;マw wミデ;ミェノws ┘キデエ デエw ェラ┗wヴミマwミデ ラa デエw ノキ┗キミェげぎ ヮゲ┞iエラヮエ;ヴマ;iラノラェ┞が hヴ;キミ キマaging, neuroplasticity and genomics (rose and abi-rached , ). whilst we focus on the latter two に reflecting our subsequent concern with governing through children and families - it is worth briefly noting that the birth of neuropharmacology and its almost exponential development since the s enabled a neuromolecular vision of the brain to emerge. all mental states, events and processes became articulated at the molecular level. shortly thereafter, brain imaging technologies were deployed to make visible - and thus more intelligible - pathological and normal mental states and processes. mediagenic visual representations, whilst shaped by the technologies and human choices that generated them, were taken to be unmediated snapshots of the truth and were ; けニw┞ wノwマwミデ ┌ミswヴヮキミミキミェ デエw ェヴラ┘キミェ ヮラ┘wヴ ラa ミw┌ヴラゲiキwミiw キミ デエw w┗wヴ┞s;┞ ┘ラヴノsげ ふ‘ラゲw ;ミs ahキ-rached , ) including the public policy we will address. yet it is the advent of the plastic brain that perhaps best demonstrates how knowledge of the brain has been recalibrated and come to permeate popular, policy and legal cultures. for almost a century, the prevailing wisdom was that the adult brain is transmutable and aキ┝wsく tエキゲ けエ;ヴs┘キヴwsげ hヴ;キミ ┘;ゲ キミi;ヮ;hノw ラa ヴwゲデラヴキミェ ミw┌ヴラミゲ ラヴ ミw┌ヴ;ノ ミwデ┘ラrks lost or damaged through illness or injury (lowenstein and parent : ). understandings of brain plasticity emerged from experiments on the rehabilitation of humans following brain injury and stroke. these demonstrated that the damaged brain could remap itself and this could be accelerated by rehabilitation practices informed by neurobiology. such experiments transformed our understanding of the brain from a けゲwノa-iラミデ;キミwsが swiラミデw┝デ┌;ノキ┣ws wミデキデ┞げ (papadopoulos , ) デラ デエw hヴ;キミ け;ゲ ヮノ;ゲデキiが マ┌デ;hノwが ラヮwミ デラ デヴ;ミゲaラヴマ;デキラミぐ デエヴラ┌ェエラ┌デ ノキaw キミ ヴwゲヮラミゲw デラ w┝デwヴミ;ノ キミヮ┌デゲげ ふ‘ラゲw ;ミs ahキ-rached , ). plasticity was matched by the discovery of neurogenesis, the growth of new nerve cells in the brain. page | research by elizabeth gould and colleagues ( ), challenged the belief that neuron development only occurs early in life, and suggested that it may be stimulated or prevented by social and environmental factors (rose and abi-rached : ). this links neuroscience and epigenetics: as dimitris papadopoulos ┘ヴキデwゲ けぷヮへノ;ゲデキiキデ┞ ;ヮヮw;ヴゲ ┘エwミ wヮキェwミwデキiゲ キゲ ;デ work: the worldly making and remaking of the totality of an organism in the process of its sw┗wノラヮマwミデげ ( , ). b) environmental epigenetics epigenetics denotes the potentialノ┞ エwヴキデ;hノw ;ノデwヴ;デキラミゲ けキミ ェwミw w┝ヮヴwゲゲキラミゲ デエ;デ ラii┌ヴ キミ デエw ;hゲwミiw ラa iエ;ミェwゲ デラ デエw dna ゲwケ┌wミiw キデゲwノaげ ふdラノキミラ┞ ;ミs jキヴデノwが ヲヰヰΒぶく cヴ┌swノ┞が epigenetics concerns the mechanisms that switch genes on and off, or otherwise regulate gene expression. theゲw iエ;ミェwゲ i;ミ hw iエ;ヴ;iデwヴキゲws ;ゲ けsw┗wノラヮマwミデ;ノ ヮノ;ゲデキiキデ┞げが ; マw;ミゲ by which the static or fixed genome can respond more flexibly to a dynamic environment (meloni , ). within the diverse field of epigenetics, environmental epigenetics focuses on the impact of environmental factors on the epigenome, and therefore their impact on physiology に including brain form and function. in focusing on environmental impact, environmental epigenetics has its genealogical roots in the normative, scientific and theoretical foundations of epidemiology, although this is now pursued at the scale of the molecular (pickersgill et al., , ). several key studies underpin much epigenetic commentary and are taken to provide proof of principle. these studies track changes in methylation that result from nutritional or environmental factors, with chronic stress a concept that drives the field and provides a focus for experimental design (niewöhner, , ). methylation enables the activation and deactivation of genes and their associated proteins. if the genome is now best described as a け┗;ゲデ ヴw;iデキ┗w ゲ┞ゲデwマげ ふkwノノwヴ ヲヰヱヲぶが デエwミ マwデエ┞ノ;デキラミ キゲ ヮ;ヴデ ラa デエキゲが けヴwェ┌ノ;デキミェ デエw ヮヴラs┌iデキラミ of specific proteins in response to the constantly changing signals it receives from its wミ┗キヴラミマwミデげ ふkwノノwヴ ヲヰヱヴが ヲヴヲΑぶく tエw キマヮ;iデ ラa マwデエ┞ノ;デキラミ ラミ ヮエwミラデ┞ヮキi w┝ヮヴwゲゲキラミ i;ミ be seen clearly in nature. with honey bees, for example, feeding genetically identical larvae while four mechanisms of epigenetic control have been identified, most of the environmental epigenetic studies focus on dna methylation, see romani et al . page | differently produces different adult phenotypes as larvae fed on royal jelly become fertile queens, whilst those fed less nutritious food become sterile workers (kucharski et al. ). in this context, recourse is frequently made to key epidemiological observations, for example changes resulting from periods of famine. studies of the dutch hunger winter of - during german occupation, and the experience of malnutrition in overkalix in northern sweden, are taken to establish a connection between malnutrition in utero and early life, and subsequent metabolic disorders. these disorders persist for up to six decades, include the second generation, and are transmitted via the epigenome (painter wデ ;ノくが ヲヰヰΒぶく migラ┘;ミげゲ ( ) study of the level of methylation in post-mortem hippocampal tissue from two groups ラa ゲ┌キiキsw ┗キiデキマゲが ラミw ラa ┘エキiエ エ;s ; ニミラ┘ミ エキゲデラヴ┞ ラa ;h┌ゲwが キゲ ;ノゲラ ミラデ;hノwく migラ┘;ミげゲ work found a different methylation pattern in the abused group compared to the non-abused group. this has been interpreted as evidence of trauma becoming part of the genetic けマwマラヴ┞げが ┘エキiエ マ;┞ デエwミ ふヮラデwミデキ;ノノ┞ぶ hw デヴ;ミゲマキデデws キミデwヴ-generationally (meloni , ). in terms of laboratory science, the work of michael meaney, moshe szyf and colleagues on how variations in maternal behaviour of rats created epigenetic alterations in affected pups is central (meaney ). these and similar studies are taken to show that early life experiences (most often associated with maternal behaviour) can affect neural development, shape maternal behaviour in offspring, and hence affect gene expression in a third generation. significantly, interpretation of the evidence moves seamlessly from animal experiments to lessons for human behaviour where we must now attend to けshaping and reshaping our plastic brainsげ (rose and abi-rached , ). in the processes of translation, デエw aラi┌ゲ ラミ デエw wヮキェwミwデキi キマヮ;iデ ラミ iエキノsヴwミげゲ hヴ;キミゲ becomes gendered. here women can be framed as the けfirst environment for children, potentially activating and augmenting a range of moral discourses and subjecting them to ふキミiヴw;ゲwsぶ ゲiヴ┌デキミ┞げ ふpキiニwヴゲェキノノ wデ ;ノくが ヲヰヱンが ヴンΑぶく ywデ デエキゲ i;ミ hw デヴ;iニws h;iニ┘;ヴsゲ デラ mw;ミw┞げゲ ヴ;デゲ ;ゲ デエw けヮヴ;ェマ;デキi ヴws┌iデキラミキゲマげ ふbwiニ ;ミs niewöhner ) of the laboratory funnels us towards this particular experiment, which at this point and subsequently is freighted with common-sense and gendered understandings of parenting and responsibility. returning to our earlier statement regarding the importance of attending to the processes of socio-political embodiment, and before considering how this is extended when science is page | translated into policy, it is worth briefly detailing how meaney, szyf and colleagues started their work on northern hooded rats, choosing these animals because of their identifiable けマ;デwヴミ;ノげ hwエ;┗キラ┌ヴゲ ラa け;ヴiエws-h;iニ ミ┌ヴゲキミェげ ;ミs けノキiニキミェ ;ミs ェヴララマキミェげ (weaver et al )く “┌iエ hwエ;┗キラ┌ヴ キゲ ラhゲwヴ┗;hノw ;デ sキaawヴwミデ ノw┗wノゲ ラa キミデwミゲキデ┞ ゲラ デエ;デ ; けノwゲゲ マ;デwヴミ;ノげ group can be identified within any population. the experiments focused on the impact of these two types of behaviour on the methylation status of the stress relevant receptor in the エキヮヮラi;マヮ;ノ デキゲゲ┌w ふpキiニwヴゲェキノノ ヲヰヱンが ヴンヲぶく p┌ヮゲ デエ;デ エ;s けノラ┘ ミ┌ヴゲキミェげ マラデエwヴゲ エ;s significantly higher rates of methylation, taken to indicate a higher susceptibility to stress. as wノゲw┘エwヴw キミ デエw ノキaw ゲiキwミiwゲが けin epigenetics biomedical knowledge and the social structures of parenting, gender and family life mix in a range of waysげ (pickersgill , ). the epigenetic landscape remains defined by both hype and scepticism, with claims of intergenerational stability and transmission of epi-mutations proving particularly contentious. environmental epigenetics に including neuro-epigenetics に is a field in the making. while some in the social sciences draw parallels between environmental epigenetics and the socio-biologies of the past that were shaped by race, gender and class prejudices (gillies et al ), others express varying degrees of acceptance (rose and abi-rached , meloni ). while we have significant reservations about the scientific processes, claims, and their impact on policy-making, we share meloniげゲ view that epigenetic work in neuroscience and epidemiology in the last decade has けundermined any residual dualism of ミ;デ┌ヴw ;ミs ミ┌ヴデ┌ヴwが けhキラノラェキi;ノげ ;ミs けゲラiキ;ノげ i;┌ゲwゲ キミ sw┗wノラヮマwミデ;ノ ヮヴラiwゲゲwゲげ ふmwノラミキ ヲヰヱヴが ). this necessitates grappling with the implications for social justice at the level of theory, policy and practice. we would, however, make two further points about the science. first, the new claims bolster work that has long linked social, economic, and environmental disadvantage to poor health and other outcomes. environmental epigenetics has its genealogical origins in epidemiology, work on the social determinants of health, and the developmental origins of health and disease. it addresses hypotheses accepted as legitimate within these fields but now at a molecular level. second, even as we accept the degree to which the science is contested, these claims have a strategic value, able to underpin arguments for basic rights, welfare, and redistribution. these claims do not need to languish within the gendered and punitive policy discourse they are currently associated with. at the same time, we acknowledge the concerns page | of gillies et al ( , ) who argue that the context within which these sciences have emerged is so politically loaded that it ヮヴラ┗キswゲ ; けゲラマw┘エ;デ キswラノラェキi;ノノ┞ ゲラsswミ h;ゲw ┌ヮラミ which to pitch a big cross-sキゲiキヮノキミ;ヴ┞ デwミデげ. nevertheless, we believe that it is worth exploring whether デエw けswwヮノ┞ ヮヴラェヴwゲゲキ┗w キマヮノキi;デキラミゲげ ラa デエw ゲiキwミiw ふfキデ┣ェwヴ;ノs wデ ;ノく ヲヰヱヴぶ, when wrested from a neoliberal frame, can disrupt the narrow and gendered understanding of the けゲラiキ;ノげ デエ;デ キゲ マラhキノキゲws キミ hラデエ the science and policy to deliver positive outcomes for social justice. returning to vulnerability theory, neuroscientific and epigenetic claims can underscore the キマヮラヴデ;ミiw ラa ;デデwミsキミェ デラ ラ┌ヴ けwマhラsキws ;ミs wマhwsswsげ エ┌マ;ミ w┝ヮwヴキwミiwが ;ミs デエw indivisibility of these elements. thus there is merit in meaningfully exploring common ground. whether this is provoked by a belief in the scientific validity of current claims or merely recognition of their strategic potential, scientific evidence can けヮヴラマヮデ ; マラヴw swiキゲキ┗w ヴwゲヮラミゲwげ ふk;ヴヮin , ) in law and policy. as k;ヴwミ oげcラミミwノノ writes, when the brain is けconceptualised as an orェ;ミ ラa ヴwノ;デキラミゲエキヮ ;ミs iラミデw┝デげ - rather than a singular computational device - けsocial inequality is less easily overlookedげ ふoげcラミミwノノが ヲヰヱヶが Γヵぶく similarly, the けwヮキェwミwデキi hラs┞げ ェキ┗wゲ ゲデヴ;デwェキwゲ デラ ;マwノキラヴ;デw ゲラiキ;ノ ;ミs ゲデヴ┌iデ┌ヴ;ノ キミwケ┌;ノキデキwゲ ミw┘ キマヮwデ┌ゲが hwaラヴw デエw┞ けェwデ ┌ミswヴ デエw ゲニキミげ ;ミs エ;ヴマ i┌ヴヴwミデ ;ミs a┌デ┌ヴw ェwミwヴations (meloni, ). more pointedly, and as isabel karpin argues, the ability to translate concerns ;ヴラ┌ミs キミwケ┌;ノキデキwゲ ;ミs エ;ヴマ キミデラ ; けヮエ┞ゲキi;ノ ヴwェキゲデwヴげ ヮヴラ┗キswゲ デエw ゲラヴデ ラa けw┗キswミデキ;ヴ┞ デヴ;キノ デエ;デ キゲ ヮ;ヴデキi┌ノ;ヴノ┞ ;ヮヮw;ノキミェ デラ ノ;┘げ ふヲヰヱΒが ヱヱンンぶく tエキゲ increases the likelihood of leveraging a more responsive state. while we promote engagement with the science, we do so acknowledging the biopolitical context within which this argument sits and we finish with an additional note of caution with regard to the science and this project. the new social body of science and its life outside the laboratory in the twenty-first century the body that is emerging from neuroscience and epigenetics is embedded within and shaped by its milieu. this body is further shaped by its passage into public, legal and political spheres. here, actors with divergent motivations employ it to do different work in different contexts. in the public domain, the social body of neuroscience in particular has had notable reach. its penetration into public consciousness and policy is due to various factors that have already been acknowledged, particularly the translation of page | neuroscientific claims into visual, mediagenic formats. further, neuroscience has combined with a burgeoning desire for self-improvement, alongside a growing ethic of personal responsibility for biological wellbeing, to produce a conception of the brain/body as open to けゲwノa-a;ゲエキラミキミェげ ふ‘ラゲw ;ミs ahキ-rached : - ). in this context, conceptions of our corporeality pay little heed to the impact of structural factors such as poverty, deprivation and discrimination, emphasising personal responsibility for wellbeing and self-improvement. thus デエw┞ swヮキiデ ; hラs┞ デエ;デ けキゲ ラヮwミ aラヴ キミデwヴ┗wミデキラミ ;ミs キマヮヴラ┗wマwミデが マ;ノノw;hノe and ヮノ;ゲデキiが ;ミs aラヴ ┘エキiエ ┘w エ;┗w ヴwゲヮラミゲキhキノキデ┞ デラ ミ┌ヴデ┌ヴw ;ミs ラヮデキマキ┣wげ ふ‘ラゲw ;ミs ahキ-rached : ). this represents a particular understanding of the social body which is clearly entangled with the contemporary responsibilising discourses of neo-liberalism: as dimitri papadopolous observes, every けwヮラiエ エ;ゲ キデゲ hヴ;キミげ ふ , ). more relevant for our purposes, however, is a growing acceptance of brain-based explanations for human behaviour. this is evident in the legal domain where there is, for example, increased recourse to neuroscience in criminal trials (catley and claydon ). recognition of the relationship between brain development and behaviour has the potential to enhance social justice through law and policy. in the youth justice field, for example, american research has demonstrated the diminished cognitive capacity of juveniles compared to adults, which may increase the risk of poor decision-making at times of stress, and has relevance for legal and social policies which infer adult capacity on children and young people (cohen et al. ). mitigating evidence of the immaturity of the juvenile brain could ;aaラヴs ┞ラ┌ミェ ラaawミswヴゲ キミ eミェノ;ミs ;ミs w;ノwゲ ヮヴラデwiデキラミ aヴラマ デエw キミiヴw;ゲws け;s┌ノデwヴ;デキラミげ ラa youth justice practice (walsh ). notably, protection would be afforded if the age of criminal responsibility, which is currently ten years, was raised. this was proposed by the royal society in a report on neuroscience and the law, which stated けデエ;デ iエ;ミェwゲ キミ important neural circuits ┌ミswヴヮキミミキミェ hwエ;┗キラ┌ヴ iラミデキミ┌w ┌ミデキノ ;デ ノw;ゲデ ヲヰ ┞w;ヴゲ ラa ;ェwげ デラ challenge the current age of criminal liability (royal society : ). in the legal context, then, the application of neuroscience has the potential to promote social justice. however, many writers have warned that neuroscience may be used to justify actions that do the very opposite, a familiar dual-use dilemma (walsh, ) where the rhetoric of neuro-plasticity has ambivalent implicationsが けsキ┗キsws ;ゲ キデ キゲ hwデ┘wwミ ヴwゲラミ;ミiw ┘キデエ デエw neo-ノキhwヴ;ノ キマ;ェキミ;ヴ┞ ;ミs wマ;ミiキヮ;デラヴ┞ キミゲデ;ミiwゲげ ふmwノラミキ , ). recent years have page | seen the conflation of neuroscience with neo-liberal and neo-conservative political ideologies デラ iラミiwヮデ┌;ノキゲw けヴキゲニ┞げ ヮラヮ┌ノ;デキラミゲが キミsキ┗キs┌;ノキゲw ゲラiキ;ノ ヮヴラhノwマゲが ;ミs justify particular interventions. in this regard, broer and pickersgill ( ) document the use of neuroscience within british social policy. they detail how neuroscience narratives emphasize individual responsibility (for self and iラママ┌ミキデ┞ぶ ;ミsが けぷ┘へhile neuroscience may be leveraged by policymakers in ways that (potentially) reduce the target of their inデwヴ┗wミデキラミ デラ デエw ゲラマ;ぐ they do so in order to expand the outcome of the intervention デラ キミiノ┌sw ゲラiキwデ┞ ┘ヴキデ ノ;ヴェwげ ( ). whilst such interventions may be seen as attempts to build resilience, the ascription of vulnerability to individuals, alongside stigmatising strategies to promote personal responsibility regardless of the wider context, can have the opposite effect. as we proceed to demonstrate, a universal understanding of vulnerability contests this approach, articulating state responsibility for our shared vulnerability that necessitates monitoring and shaping the social landscape to promote resilience. our challenge, then, is to responses to our corporeality that invoke a liberal subject whose (unfortunate) circumstances stem from her own failure to make the right choices. this conception is likely to lever a particular response from the state, underpinned by an alternative vision of what will promote resilience に read as self-sufficiency - with potentially regressive effects. it is to this conception, and its role in the contemporary regulation of けヮヴラhノwマげ iエキノsヴwミ ;ミs a;マキノキwゲが デエ;デ ┘w ミラ┘ デ┌ヴミく these discourses and policy initiatives illustrate how the social biologies have not lead to responses that acknowledge the wider social context and environment. rather, ideas of the social are impoverished, as the family becomes the site at which dependency is framed and managed. in the final section we provide an alternative response framed through a vulnerability lens which mandates a different ethical starting point and generates different policy and practice outcomes. the biopolitics of brain-based public policy: the first three years movement and beyond michel foucault argued that public concern with childhood masturbation constituted for the first time the family as a site of surveillance overseen by medical science. he noted that けprecocious sexuality was presented from the eighteenth-century to the end of the nineteenth as an epidemic menace that risked compromising not only the future health of page | ;s┌ノデゲ h┌デ デエw a┌デ┌ヴw ラa デエw wミデキヴw ゲラiキwデ┞ ;ミs ゲヮwiキwゲげ ふヱΓΓヰが ヱヴヶぶく ‘waノwiデキミェ ┌ヮラミ this and the work of claire blencowe, steve garlick writes: [t]he discourses and techniques of the anti-masturbation campaigns were central to マラswヴミ hキラヮラノキデキi;ノ w┝ヮwヴキwミiw ┗キ; デエw ヮヴラs┌iデキラミ ラa けデヴ;ミゲ-ラヴェ;ミキi wマhラsキマwミデげく tエキゲ けデヴ;ミゲ-ラヴェ;ミキi hラs┞げ ノキミニws デエw hラsキwゲ ラa iエキノsヴwミ デラ デエラゲw ラa デエw a;マキノ┞ ;ミs ヮラヮ┌ノ;デキラミ ( , ). in rereading foucault, garlick recuperates the neglected place of security within his biopolitical framework. he argues that whilst anti-masturbation tracts were aimed ostensibly at banishing masturbation, in reality they were more concerned with enabling the マラhキノキゲ;デキラミ ラa マwiエ;ミキゲマゲ ラa ゲwi┌ヴキデ┞ぎ けfヴラマ デエキゲ ヮwヴゲヮwiデキ┗wが マ;ゲデ┌ヴh;デキミェ hラsキwゲ wマwヴェw as key sites for modern biopolitics, and as important figures in the genealogy of modern hラsキwゲげ ふヶぶく the contention that the (biopolitical) security of the nation rests on the physical and moral health of its young therefore has a long history and regulatory force. as the purported seat of child development has shifted over time, encompassing habits, instinct, free will and psychology, so the proposed target of intervention has changed (rose and abi-rached : ). in line with late twentieth and early twenty-first century preoccupationsが デラs;┞げゲ ノラi┌ゲ of attention is the developing infant brain. this brain and the social relationships it is configured within has had a long gestation, however. its origins are traceable to the early eighteenth-century, where growing prosperity in europe and america meant that women were no longer required to engage in agricultural or domestic hard labour (bruer : - ヰぶく aゲ デエw ゲラiキ;ノ ヴラノw ラa ┘ラマwミ iエ;ミェwsが ゲラ デエw┞ け;ゲゲ┌マwsが ラヴ ┘wヴw ェキ┗wミが デエw ヴラノw ラa ゲエ;ヮキミェ tエw a┌デ┌ヴwゲ ラa デエwキヴ キミa;ミデゲげ ふンヰぶ ;ミs デエw ┗キw┘ sw┗wノラヮws デエ;デ けラミiw キミa;ミi┞ エ;s ヮ;ゲゲwsが ミラ future experiences could reverse or change the course the mother set for her infant in those w;ヴノ┞ ┞w;ヴゲげ ふ ). over time, infant determinism acquired scientific status, as psychoanalysts including sigmund freud and john bowlby, and animal researchers, identified maternal behaviour as an explanatory variable in child development with lifelong effects ( - ). this focus on maternal behaviour and responsibility キゲ ヮ;ヴデ ラa デエw ェwミw;ノラェ┞ ラa mw;ミw┞げゲ ヴ;デゲく brain form and function was absent from these early accounts. it was not until the mid- s that neuroscience made real incursions into the realm of child development, when american and british policy makers employed a selective reading of neuroscience to argue for early page | intervention programmes with disadvantaged families (bruer ; ). john bruer ( ) identified the rapid synaptic development and peak levels of synaptic density that occur in w;ヴノ┞ iエキノsエララsが ミラデキラミゲ ラa けiヴキデキi;ノ ┘キミsラ┘ゲげ キミ hヴ;キミ sw┗wノラヮマwミデが ;ミs デエw キマヮラヴデ;ミiw ラa けwミヴキiエws wミ┗キヴラミマwミデゲげ as the three pillars ┌ヮラミ ┘エキiエ けデエw マ┞デエ ラa デエw aキヴゲデ デエヴww ┞w;ヴゲげ movement was built. on this conception, the brain displays time-bounded plasticity, such that デエw ┘キミsラ┘ゲ ラa ラヮヮラヴデ┌ミキデ┞ デエ;デ w┝キゲデ キミ キミa;ミi┞ ;ヴw ノキ;hノw デラ けゲノ;マ ゲエ┌デが ミw┗wヴ デラ hw ラヮwミws ;ェ;キミげ (bruer : ). whilst this narrative contradicts a cadre of research on the endurance of brain plasticity into adolescence and adulthood, it has maintained its purchase within the highest reaches of government. in , for example, at a white house conference on early childhood development and learning, first lady hilary clinton iラミデwミsws デエ;デ けiエキノsヴwミげゲ w;ヴノキwゲデ w┝ヮwヴキwミiwゲが ぷキミiノ┌sキミェへ デエwキヴ ヴwノ;デキラミゲエキヮゲ ┘キデエ ヮ;ヴwミデゲげ ┘キノノ swデwヴマキミw hラデエ けエラ┘ デエwキヴ brains are wキヴwsげ ;ミs けラ┌ヴ ミ;デキラミげゲ a┌デ┌ヴwげ. she also linked individual brain development to the healthy parenting of future generations and the overall security of society, suggesting that w┝ヮwヴキwミiwゲ s┌ヴキミェ けデエw aキヴゲデ デエヴww ┞w;ヴゲげ ラa ノキaw けi;ミ swデwヴマキミw ┘エwデエwヴ iエキノsヴwミ ┘キノノ ェヴラ┘ ┌ヮ to be peaceful or violent citizens, focused or undisciplined workers, attentive or detached ヮ;ヴwミデゲ デエwマゲwノ┗wゲげ (clinton ). as garlick notes ( , ), early responses to the マ;ゲデ┌ヴh;デキミェ iエキノsが ;ミs キミ ヮ;ヴデキi┌ノ;ヴ デエw ヮヴラs┌iデキラミ ラa けデヴ;ミゲ-ラヴェ;ミキi wマhラsキマwミデげが ヮヴラ┗キsw a genealogical context for modern bodies and biopolitical interventions. similar arguments have appeared elsewhere. in england and wales a cross-party report entitled early intervention: good parents, great kids, better citizens (allen and duncan smith ) and the subsequent early intervention: the next steps (allen a) made the case for w;ヴノ┞ キミデwヴ┗wミデキラミ けデラ hヴw;ニ デエw i┞iノw ラa ┌ミswヴ;iエキw┗wマwミデ ;ミs s┞ゲa┌ミiデキラミ ┘エキiエ hノキェエデゲ ゲラ マ;ミ┞ キミsキ┗キs┌;ノゲが a;マキノキwゲ ;ミs ミwキェエhラ┌ヴエララsゲげ ふaノノwミ ;ミs d┌ミi;ミ “マキデエ ヲヰヰΒぎ ヵぶく tエw ;┌デエラヴゲ ゲヮラニw ラa ;ミ w┝ヮ;ミsキミェ け┌ミswヴiノ;ゲゲげ ラヴ けs┞ゲa┌ミiデキラミ;ノ h;ゲwげ ┘キデエキミ ゲラiキwデ┞ characterised by benefit dependency, educational underachievement, family breakdown, alcohol and drug addiction, debt, violence and crime ( - ). whilst advocating both early intervention and remedial help across the early life course for children aged - , the authors deemed the first three years of life especially important, drawing upon neuroscience to ゲ┌ェェwゲデ デエ;デ ヮ;ヴwミデ;ノ hwエ;┗キラ┌ヴ けゲi┌ノヮデゲげ hヴ;キミ sw┗wノラヮマwミデ ふaラヴ ェララs ラヴ キノノぶ s┌ヴキミェ デエキゲ ヮwヴキラs キミ ヮ;ヴデキi┌ノ;ヴが け;aデwヴ ┘エキiエ デエw h;ゲキi ;ヴiエキデwiデ┌ヴw キゲ aラヴマws aラヴ ノキawげ ふaノノwミ ヲヰヱヱ;ぎ ヶぶく a dominant page | theme was the risk that けデエw キミデwヴェwミwヴ;デキラミ;ノ デヴ;ミゲマキゲゲキラミ ラa sキゲ;s┗;ミデ;ェw に the legacy that ;ノノ デララ ラaデwミ キゲ swゲデキミ┞げ - poses to society, and the associated social and financial costs (allan and duncan smith : ). the social and economic benefits of マw;ゲ┌ヴwゲ デラ ヮヴラマラデw けェララs ヮ;ヴwミデキミェげ ;ミs ゲ┌ヮヮラヴデ childrenげゲ social and emotional development, as mediated by the evolving brain, were the focus of a further report entitled early intervention: smart investment, massive savings (allen b). again, the risks posed by poor parenting were マ;sw iノw;ヴぎ けthe costs of educational underachievement, drink and drug abuse, teenage pregnancy, vandalism and criminality, court and police costs, academic underachievement, lack of aspiration to work and the bills from lifetimes wasted while claiming benefitsげ ふxiv). this (trans-ラヴェ;ミキiぶ ミ;ヴヴ;デキ┗w ノキミニキミェ ヮララヴ ヮ;ヴwミデキミェが iエキノsヴwミげゲ hヴ;キミ sw┗wノラヮマwミデ ;ミs societal security resurfaced in a speech by david cameron, in which he outlined the cラミゲwヴ┗;デキ┗w gラ┗wヴミマwミデげゲ ゲデヴ;デwェ┞ aラヴ w┝デwミsキミェ デエw life chances of children (cameron ヲヰヱヶぶく ‘wデ┌ヴミキミェ デラ g;ヴノキiニげゲ attention to ゲwi┌ヴキデ┞ キミ fラ┌i;┌ノデげゲ hキラヮラノキデキiゲが ヴ┌ミミキミェ throughout the speech was an appeal to security, which suggested that social and economic stability are intertwined. moreover, as before, neuroscience was employed to support the ミwws aラヴ w;ヴノ┞ キミデwヴ┗wミデキラミぎ け[w]hen neuroscience shows us the pivotal importance of the first few years of life in determining the adults we become, we must think much more radically about improving family ノキaw ;ミs デエw w;ヴノ┞ ┞w;ヴゲげ ( ). the threat posed by dysfunctional families デラ iエキノsヴwミげゲ sw┗wノラヮマwミデ ;ミs a┌デ┌ヴw ノキaw iエ;ミiwゲが ;ミs デラ ゲラiキ;ノ ;ミs wiラnomic security more broadly, appeared evident. in line with these policy pronouncements, recent years have seen increased recourse to early intervention with deprived children and families. with clear echoes of the past, many measures aim to regulate the behaviour of parents in order to address problematic behaviour in children, though now they invoke narratives about brain development as justification. eaaラヴデゲ デラ けヮラノキiw ヮヴwェミ;ミi┞げ provide an example of such brain-based early intervention (lowe wデ ;ノ ヲヰヱヵぎ ヱヶぶく tエw waawiデゲ ラa sラマwゲデキi ┗キラノwミiwが けヮゲ┞iエラゲラiキ;ノ ゲデヴwゲゲげ ;ミs マ;デwヴミ;ノ ;ノiラエラノ consumption during pregnancy on the foetal brain are all cited in policy documents as reasons デラ キミデwヴ┗wミw ┘キデエ けヴキゲニ┞げ マラデエwヴゲ (allen a). although efforts to support women during ヮヴwェミ;ミi┞ ;ヴw ┘wノiラマwが デエwヴw キゲ iラミiwヴミ ;hラ┌デ デエw iラミゲデヴ┌iデキラミ ラa けヴキゲニげ ┘キデエキミ デエwゲw narratives. whilst recent years have seen increased regulation of, and intrusion upon, pregnant women in general (lowe ), frederick ( : ) notes a particular focus on page | デエラゲw ┘エラが h┞ ┗キヴデ┌w ラa デエwキヴ ヮラ┗wヴデ┞が wデエミキiキデ┞が sキゲ;hキノキデ┞ ラヴ ゲw┝┌;ノキデ┞ け;ヴw ゲ┞ゲデwマ;デキi;ノノ┞ swaキミws ;ゲ さヴキゲニ┞ざ マラデエwヴゲ ┘エラ ;ヴw キミ;swケ┌;デw aラヴ デエw デ;ゲニ ラa キsw;ノ マラデエwヴキミェげく aミs ┘エキノゲデ concern for the foeデ;ノ hヴ;キミ マ;┞ hw デエw ゲデ;デws ヴ;デキラミ;ノwが ゲラマw ゲ┌ゲヮwiデ デエ;デ け┌ミswヴノ┞キミェ ヮラノキデキi;ノ iラミiwヴミゲ ;hラ┌デ ヮラデwミデキ;ノ ゲラiキwデ;ノ sキゲラヴswヴ aヴラマ ヮララヴ ┘ラマwミげゲ iエキノsヴwミ ぐ ぷ;ヴwへ ;デ デエw エw;ヴデ ラa デエwゲw ヮラノキiキwゲげ ふlラ┘w wデ ;ノ ヲヰヱヵぎ ヲヶぶく similar logics also appear to inform the recent increase in non-consensual adoption cases (wastell and white : - ). when asked in about the rise in children being taken キミデラ i;ヴwが デエw デエwミ pヴwゲキswミデ ラa デエw aゲゲラiキ;デキラミ ラa dキヴwiデラヴゲ ラa cエキノsヴwミげゲ “wヴ┗キiwゲ ;デデヴキh┌デws it (in part at ノw;ゲデぶ デラ hwデデwヴ ┌ミswヴゲデ;ミsキミェゲ ラa デエw ノキミニ hwデ┘wwミ けミwェノwiデa┌ノ ヮ;ヴwミデキミェ ぐ ;ミs デエw ヮエ┞ゲキi;ノ s;マ;ェw デラ hヴ;キミ sw┗wノラヮマwミデ キデ i;ミ sラ ┘キデエ ┗wヴ┞ ┞ラ┌ミェ iエキノsヴwミげ ふw;ゲデwノノ ;ミs white : ). section of the children and families act requires courts to process i;ヴw ヮヴラiwwsキミェゲ け┘キデエラ┌デ swノ;┞げ ;ミs けキミ ;ミ┞ w┗wミデ ┘キデエキミ デ┘wミデ┞-six weeks beginning with デエw s;┞ ラミ ┘エキiエ デエw ;ヮヮノキi;デキラミ ┘;ゲ キゲゲ┌wsげが ;ノデエラ┌ェエ w┝デwミゲキラミゲ ;ヴw ヮwヴマキデデws キミ exceptional cases. critics contest the scientific basis of these developments, suggesting that デエw iラミaノ;デキラミ ラa w;ヴノ┞ キミデwヴ┗wミデキラミ ;ミs iエキノs ヮヴラデwiデキラミ エ;ゲ iヴw;デws ; けヮwヴawiデ ゲデラヴマげ (featherstone et al. : ) that has driven the increase in applications for care orders, which must, on this narrative, occur quickly before the critical window of opportunity to support brain development closes. the concern is that this drives a policy of speedy removal, rather than sustained and meaningful efforts to support families to stay together. current debates around adverse childhood experiences (aces) as a potential indicator of later life outcomes provide the latest policy discourse to repeat this pattern. as the ace movement gains momentum globally, siキwミデキゲデゲ iラミデwミs デエ;デ aceゲ ゲ┌iエ ;ゲ け;h┌ゲwが ミwェノwiデが w┝ヮラゲ┌ヴw デラ domestic violence, alcohol and mental health problems, and having an incarcerated family マwマhwヴげ エ;┗w ゲキェミキaキi;ミデ キマヮノキi;デキラミゲ aラヴ ノ;デwヴ ノキaw ラ┌デiラマwゲ ふbwノノキゲが iキデws キミ hラ┌ゲw of commons , q. ). however, contemporary models construct aces as individual and family factors (bellis, cited in house of commons , q. ) thus again articulating a narrow view of the social environment (white, cited in house of commons , q. ) and targeting particular families for intervention. parsing garlick ( ), during the last three decades the developing infant brain has emerged ;ゲ ; ニw┞ ゲキデw aラヴ マラswヴミ hキラヮラノキデキiゲが ;ゲ デエw けデヴ;ミゲ-ラヴェ;ミキi hヴ;キミげ ノキミニゲ デエw ;iデキラミゲ ラa マラデエwヴゲ page | デラ iエキノsヴwミげゲ hヴ;キミ sw┗wノラヮマwミt and the wellbeing of the wider population. these developments, a form of biopolitical governing through the brain (rose and abi-rached ), continue a long tradition of governmental strategies to regulate children and families and are controversial for multiple reasons, not least the scientific basis underpinning many arguments (rose and abi-rached ; bruer , ; lowe et al. ; wastell and white ヲヰヱΑぶく nラデキラミゲ ラa けiヴキデキi;ノ ヮwヴキラsゲげ キミ hヴ;キミ sw┗wノラヮマwミデ エwノヮ デラ iラミゲデヴ┌iデ ; ノキhwヴ;ノ iラミiwヮデキラミ of parenthood characterised by personal responsibility, with little reflection upon the wider social context in which parenting takes place. moreover, these constructions are not gender neutral and particularly impact on marginalised women, whose actions are deemed to threaten not only the welfare of their children but also the security of wider society, as they incubate and parent the next generation of risky citizens. a vulnerability theory response to the young social brain policy responses to the claims of developmental neuroscience appear primarily directed at the family as the social environment of concern. embedded in a neoliberal logic, these policies suggest that the main threat to individual and societal security is inadequate parenting (gustafson ). thus contemporary readings of the embedded けbrain-bodyげ (papadopoulos ) reflect notions of personal and parental responsibility for behaviour and ignore broader social and structural factors. developmental ミw┌ヴラゲiキwミiw hwiラマwゲ ヮ;ヴデ ラa ; けデヴ;ミゲ-organic wマhラsキマwミデげ デエ;デ sヴ;┘ゲ デラェwデエwヴ w;ヴノ┞ iエキノsエララs sw┗wノラヮマwミデが けヮヴラhノwマげ a;マキノキwゲが ;ミs デエw future (social and economic) security of the population. further, biopolitics has always had political economy as its organising rationale and, as papadopoulos observes, every ┌ミswヴゲデ;ミsキミェ ラヴ iラミaキェ┌ヴ;デキラミ ラa デエw hヴ;キミ けキゲ デエw ヴwゲ┌ノデ ラa デエw iラミテラキミws ;iデキラミ ラa i;ヮキデ;ノ and technoscience in western capitalist societiesげ ふ , ). this translates in a number of ways, from the somewhat mundane policy level where packages offered by private sector players get bundled up in public policies around early intervention (rose and rose, , ), to the more complex mechanisms whereby our very understanding of brain physiology becomes inseparable from the logics of neoliberalism with significant biopolitical consequences for regulation of the self and families. in terms of the latter, while jan macvarish et al デ;ノニ ラa デエw けヮラノキデキiキゲ;デキラミ ラa ヮ;ヴwミデキミェげ ふヲヰヱヴぎ ΑΓヵぶ キデ マキェエデ hw マラヴw iラヴヴwiデ to デ;ノニ ラa けhキラノラェキゲws ヮ;ヴwミデキミェげ ふlowe et al. , )が ラヴ けミw┌ヴラヮ;ヴwミデキミェげ ふm;i┗;ヴキゲエ ヲヰヱヶぶ, page | ;ノhwキデ キミ ; iラミデw┝デ ┘エwヴw ┘w エ;┗w けヮラノキデキiゲ sキゲェ┌キゲws ;ゲ ゲiキwミiwげ ふbヴ┌wヴ ヲヰヱヱが ). yet, it is a particular science and a particular social body, and we contend that these policies engage an impoverished understanding of both デエw ノキaw ゲiキwミiwゲ ;ミs デエw けwマhラsキws ;ミs wマhwsswsげ child. martyn pickersgill argues that the complexity of contemporary developmental models directs ┌ゲ デラ ヴw┗キゲキデ けゲラiキ;ノ ゲiキwミデキaキi デエwラヴキwゲ ラa wマhラsキマwミデが エ;hキデ┌;ノキ┣;デキラミ ;ミs デエw ヴwヮヴラs┌iデキラミ ラa ゲラiキ;ノ キミwケ┌;ノキデ┞げ ふpキiニwヴゲェキノノ wデ ;ノくが ヲヰヱンが ヴヴヰぶく in an attempt to challenge social inequality, the universal vulner;hノw ゲ┌hテwiデ キゲ aキェ┌ヴws ;ゲ キミエ;hキデキミェ ;ミ けwマhwsswsげ hラs┞く iミ デエキゲ ゲwiデキラミ we illustrate how a vulnerability theory that takes embodiment seriously can provide an analytical and deliberative framework to facilitate the translation of contemporary life science claims into more effective and more just state responses. an important part of this is the way in which the theory challenges the current policy default to the family as a source of privatised responsibility. to begin, it is worth repeating that fineman identifies vulnerability as both universal and particular. the issue of particularity links to the state provision of resources that is responsive to individual circumstances and needs: [o]ur individual experience of vulnerability varies according to the quality and quantity of the resources we possess or can command. while society cannot eradicate our vulnerability, it can and does mediate, compensate, and lessen our vulnerability through programs, institutions and structures ( , ). fキミwマ;ミげゲ ┗ulnerability approach is therefore institutionally focused, identifying the responsibility of state institutions to provide assets to strengthen our resilience; that is, our ability to respond to what might befall us. fineman notes that these may be assets such as financial capital we are able to mobilise to mitigate harm, illness and so forth, but also assets understood in terms of human capital or capabilities that enhaniw ラ┌ヴ ;hキノキデ┞ デラ けhラ┌ミiw b;iニげ. however, the new social biologies deepen this idea of resilience as our biological け;ゲゲwデゲげ ;ヴw ゲエ;ヮws ;デ ; マラノwi┌ノ;ヴ ノw┗wノ and may be heritable by future generations. thus the social bodies of the life sciences afford another tool in the armoury of those calling for a responsive state, strengthening demands by illustrating the importance of social environment and its impact upon the (molecular) fabric of our lives. thus ┘w マ┌ゲデ ヴwiラェミキゲw デエw けマ;ミ┞ ways in which the state に through law に shapes institutions from their inception to their page | sキゲゲラノ┌デキラミが ;ミs デエw ┘;┞ゲ キミ ┘エキiエ デエラゲw キミゲデキデ┌デキラミゲ ヮヴラs┌iw ;ミs ヴwヮノキi;デw キミwケ┌;ノキデキwゲげ ( , ). this may shape not only personal circumstances but also the soma, with implications for the resilience of current and future generations. bringing science and theory together in this way can challenge impoverished understandings ラa デエw けゲラiキ;ノげ キミ hラデエ ゲiキwミiw ;ミs ヮラノキi┞, to contend the situation where け[t]he genetic determinism and reductionism of the past are replaced by a conception of early years ヮノ;ゲデキiキデ┞ デエヴラ┌ェエ デエw キミデwヴ;iデキラミ ラa hヴ;キミ ;ゲ hキラノラェ┞ ;ミs デエw ゲラiキ;ノ ;ゲ ヮ;ヴwミデキミェげ ふgキノノキwゲ wデ ;ノ , ). while fineman recognises the family as a source of nurturing and care it is also a political mechanism through which responsibilities are privatised and inequalities elided. the family is, she argues, けa very public institution, assigned an essential public role within society. the family is delegated primary responsibility for dependencyげ ( , ). in the policies noted above, the broad range of environments within which we are embedded and upon which future development may be dependent (both in terms of the individual and potential future generations) is reduced to the family and, frequently, the mother. this is, of course, an impoverished understanding of both the scientific claims and ideas of social responsibility. importantly, it also fails to account for the limited impact that individual families might make in the context of broader social environments of disadvantage and the fragility of families themselves. while the family may provide a source of shelter and resilience, it is itself a vulnerable structure and けゲ┌ゲiwヮデキhノw デラ エ;ヴマ ;ミs iエ;ミェwげ ( ). as such, under a vulnerability analysis both individuals and families require the state to (equitably) provide assets that enable resilience and flourishing. in terms of the social biologies, it is clear that government cannot privatise all responsibility for our dependency on our environments to families, but must be responsive to environments of poverty, stress and degradation. aゲ fキミwマ;ミ ミラデwゲが けiミwケ┌;ノキデキwゲ ;ヴw ヮヴラs┌iws ;ミs reproduced by society and its institutions. because neither inequalities nor the systems that ヮヴラs┌iw デエwマ ;ヴw キミw┗キデ;hノwが デエw┞ i;ミ ;ノゲラ hw ラhテwiデゲ ラa ヴwaラヴマげ ふヲヰヰΒが ヵぶく in the context of early development, デエキゲ ┘ラ┌ノs ヴwケ┌キヴw ┌ゲ デラ ;デデwミs デラ iエキノsヴwミげゲ けembodied and embeddedげ lives beyond the family, in the wider context of social welfare, health provision and the broader physical environment. this clearly requires a more responsive state, one that is responsibilised to secure our neural and epigenetic futures. this challenges much of the current approach, as lowe et al argue: page | [t]he mind of the child is reduced to the brain, and the brain comes to represent the child. it is argued that a highly reductionist and limiting construction of the child is produced, alongside the idea that parenting is the main factor in child devwノラヮマwミデぐく [t]his focus ラミ iエキノsヴwミげゲ hヴ;キミゲぐ ラ┗wヴノララニゲ iエキノsヴwミげゲ wマhラsキws ノキ┗wゲ ;ミs デエキゲ エ;ゲ implications for the design of iエキノsヴwミげゲ エw;ノデエ ;ミs ┘wノa;ヴw ゲwヴ┗キiwゲ ふヲヰヱヵが ヱΓΒぶく while our policy analysis has highlighted significant problems with how the science is responded to or mobilised, we note that the policy landscape is not without potentially positive examples. the new lahラ┌ヴ gラ┗wヴミマwミデげゲ “┌ヴw “デ;ヴデ キミキデキ;デキ┗w キゲ ラミw ;マhキ┗;ノwミデ example where the けノキaw iラ┌ヴゲwげ of the initiative provides an illustration of both the limitations and possibilities of social policy engagement with neuro-developmental claims. introduced in , the initial aim was to establish sure start local programmes to support parents in providing education and care for pre-school children in deprived areas (bate and foster : - ). subsequently, however, local programmes were combined with existing cエキノsヴwミげゲ ゲwヴ┗キiwゲ デラ iヴw;デw ラ┗wヴ ンがヶヰヰ “┌ヴw “デ;ヴデ cエキノsヴwミげゲ cwミデヴwげゲ h┞ マキs- (smith et al : ), representing a shift from targeted to universal provision. this shift reflected a concern that disadvantage was felt by families outside the first sure start areas and that targeted programmes were stigmatising (bate and foster : ). the move to universal provision can be characterised as providing a limited but important illustration of fキミwマ;ミげゲ conception of the responsive state; where institutions are monitored to ensure the fair and just distribution of resilience (fineman , ) views of sure start are mixed. karen clarke ( : ), for example, describes the scheme as focusing on parenting practices and the home environment rather than the wider ゲデヴ┌iデ┌ヴ;ノ iラミデw┝デ ┘エキiエ けヴキゲニゲ ゲノキsキミェ キミデラ ; マラヴ;ノ sキゲiラ┌ヴゲw ラa ゲラiキ;ノ w┝iノ┌ゲキラミ デエ;デ hノ;マwゲ ヮ;ヴwミデゲ aラヴ ヮララヴ ラ┌デiラマwゲげ, whilst macvarish ( : ) views the automatic birth ヴwェキゲデヴ;デキラミ ヮヴ;iデキiws h┞ ラミw “┌ヴw “デ;ヴデ cwミデヴw ;ゲ けキミiヴw;ゲキミェ デエw ミwデ of monitoring and ゲ┌ヴ┗wキノノ;ミiw デエ;デ ゲ┌ヴヴラ┌ミsゲ ヮ;ヴwミデゲ キミ ヮララヴwヴ ;ヴw;ゲげく aミ┞ iヴキデキケ┌w マ┌ゲデが エラ┘w┗wヴが ヴwiラェミキゲw that some schemes stretched beyond narrow constructions of the social: the development of iラママ┌ミキデ┞ ;ノノラデマwミデゲが ;ミs デエw ヮヴラ┗キゲキラミ ラa けゲ;aw ;ミs a┌ミげ ;iデキ┗キデキwゲ aラヴ a;デエwヴゲ ;ミs iエキノsヴwミ in a deprived, high-traffic area are examples of work to ameliorate poverty conducted under the auspices of sure start (featherstone et al. : ). the assertion in a select page | cラママキデデww ヴwヮラヴデ デエ;デ けぷキへデ キゲ iラママon for parents to describe the impact of their contact with ぷ“┌ヴw “デ;ヴデへ cエキノsヴwミげゲ cwミデヴwゲ ;ゲ さノキaw iエ;ミェキミェざげ is also salient (bate and foster : ). in the new tory-led coalition government resurrected a targeted model for sure start デエ;デ aラi┌ゲws ラミ けデエw ミwwsキwゲデ a;マキノキwゲげ ふiキデws キミ b;デw ;ミs fラゲデwヴ ヲヰヱΑぎ ヱヴぶく tエキゲ ヴwデ┌ヴミ デラ ; aラi┌ゲ ラミ け┗┌ノミwヴ;hノw ェヴラ┌ヮゲげ ;ミs ゲエヴキミニキミェ iラミiwヮデキラミ ラa デエw ゲラiキ;ノが ;ノラngside funding cuts under the coalition and subsequent conservative government, have precipitated a reduction in sure start provision: , centres have now closed or provide reduced services (smith et al. ). as austerity politics have taken hold some practitioners have employed neuroscience to promote their professional interests and contend that early intervention is more cost-effective than remedial action with risky families (gillies et al : - ). this appeal to a narrow, economic rationale chimes with a neoliberal, responsibilizing agenda, ignoring デエw けヴw;ノ-life ambiguities of culturwが sキ┗wヴゲキデ┞ ;ミs sキaawヴwミiwげ ふ ) that shape our embodied and embedded lives. when read together, the different chapters of the sure start story demonstrate how neuroscience may be used for progressive or regressive ends. our emphasis would be on the polic┞げゲ middle years, where a responsive state expanded coverage distributing benefits or assets across a population, thereby developing resilience in individuals and families. iミswwsが キデ キゲ ┘ラヴデエ ミラデキミェ fキミwマ;ミげゲ ふヲヰヱΑぎ ヱヴΒぶ ;ヮヮヴ;キゲ;ノ ラa デエw ヮラデwミデキ;ノ benefits of head start, the american precursor of sure start: ぐ sometimes privileges conferred in one system can compensate for or even cancel out disadvantages encountered in others. a solid, early start with regard to education, such as that provided by head start, an effective pre-school programme, may trump poverty as a predicator of success later in school. fineman is, of course, correct and our argument is that the life sciences can scaffold and propel such arguments forward, as science has the epistemological weight to provoke a more decisive political response (karpin ). before concluding, however, we wish to strike a note of caution. we have argued that the new social biologies may enhance the political purchase of social justice projects that are premised on our embodied and embedded place in the world. nevertheless, we must not forget that scientific knowledge is not severable from the contexts within which it is fabricated (latour, ). more specifically, the body of the page | social turn in the biological sciences is itself shaped by the social context within which knowledge of that body is generated. mw;ミw┞げゲ ヴ;デゲ ヮヴラ┗キsw a clear illustration, and we have already signalled our concerns in this regard, but we return now to these northern hood rats and the social structures they are interpolated and constructed within. in epigenetics, methylation has emerged as an identifiable and therefore measurable object. nevertheless, how it becomes embedded in - and activated through - particular experimental hypotheses and designs is open ended. this process has been eclectic. environmental epigenetics has relied on laboratory animal experiments where pregnant rats and the pups offer an observable world where confounding variables are limited; デエw けヮヴ;ェマ;デキi ヴws┌iデキラミキゲマげ ラa ノ;hラヴ;tory science (beck and niewöhner ). emerging from this, and part of the けstabilisatキラミ ラa ;ミ w┝ヮwヴキマwミデ;ノ ゲ┞ゲデwマげが early life adversity has surfaced as an epistemic object. this object provides both an interpretive frame and an established concept anchoring ongoing research in relevant pasts (niewöhner , ). again we can note the genealogical significance of the masturbating child of the victorian life sciences and their resulting parenting prescriptions. as such, scientific fact is propelled forward by the exigencies of the laboratory and its traction is increased as it dovetails with the longstanding biopolitical focus on early development in health and social policy discourses. thus, while the bodies of the new social biologies are understood as embedded in and affected by their social environments, claims can re-inscribe or rearticulate existing inequalities while simultaneously obscuring and individualising their social causes and contexts (karpin , ) as we see in the current debates around aces. these processes take place both in the laboratory and in the translation of scientific findings into policy. as fernando vidal argues in respect of the scientific focus of this article, the ideology of けbrainhoodげ に the pervasive idea that we are our brains に けキマヮwノノws ミw┌ヴラゲiキwミデキaキi キミ┗wゲデキェ;デキラミ マ┌iエ マラヴw デエ;ミ キデ ヴwゲ┌ノデws aヴラマ キデげ (vidal, ). while we argue for careful engagement with the science we acknowledge that others i;┌デキラミ デエ;デ キデ キゲ けh;s ゲiキwミiwげ (gillies et al ). nevertheless, we argue that at the very least a strategic mobilisation of underlying claims can support arguments that seek to provide a counter-narrative to the weight of discourses championing austerity and responsibilisation. conclusion this article seeks to provoke collaboration across the humanities, social and life sciences in the context of an increasingly visible population of social bodies. our starting point has been page | the corporeal humanisms which centre the body in new models of ethical responsibility. specifically, we have addressed fキミwマ;ミげゲ vulnerability theory, through the lens of the けゲラiキ;ノ デ┌ヴミげ キミ デエw life sciences. those engaging with vulnerability theory have primarily directed themselves towards the social and institutional structures within which bodies are embedded. however, acknowledging overlapping understandings of the social bodies that have been at the centre of our argument, we argue that we can employ investigations within デエw けミw┘ hキラゲラiキ;ノ デwヴヴ;キミげ (meloni , ) to more fully flesh out the embodied dimension of this framework. the body of environmental epigenetics, for instance, is: ぐ ; hラs┞ デエ;デ キゲ エw;┗キノ┞ キマヮヴwェミ;デws h┞ キデゲ ラ┘ミ ヮ;ゲデ ;ミs h┞ デエw ゲラiキ;ノ ;ミs マ;デwヴキ;ノ environment within which it dwells. it is a body imprinted by evolutionary and transgenerational time, by early-life and a body that is highly susceptible to changes in its social and material environment (niewöhner , ). both vulnerability theory and epigenetics thus depart from the body associated with the ノキhwヴ;ノ ゲ┌hテwiデが け┘キデエ キデゲ ミラデキラミ ラa ゲニキミ-bounded self and autonomy, steered through life by デエw キミsキ┗キs┌;ノ マキミs ;ミs hヴ;キミげが ;ミ キsw; けwミェヴ;キミws キミ wwゲデwヴミ iラゲマラノラェ┞げ ふniewöhner , ヲΓヰぶく tエw けマ┌ノデキヮノ┞ iラミミwiデws ゲラiキ;ノ hヴ;キミげ ふmwノラミキが ヲヰヱヴぶ ゲキマキノ;ヴノ┞ iエ;ノノwミェwゲ デエキゲ けゲニキミ- hラ┌ミsws ゲwノaげく these richer understandings of what it is to recognise デエw hラs┞ ;ゲ けwマhwsswsげ strengthens the theory, helping to articulate what a more responsive state would look like, and why it matters. in the context of the scientific claims and policies we address, it is notable that vulnerability theory directly problematizes and challenges the default to the family and the privatization of responsibility this entails. developments in the life sciences are being shaped not only by method and what is technically achievable (fujimura ), but also by dominant preoccupations and pre-existent logics. hwミiwが デエw マ;デwヴミ;ノ hラs┞ wマwヴェwゲ ;ゲ ;ミ けwヮキェwミwデキi ┗wiデラヴげ ふ‘キiエ;ヴsゲラミが ) and this extends to a regulatory focus on the child and her early years neurological development. the けsocialげ キゲ red┌iws デラ けミ┌ヴゲキミェげ ふケ┌; ヮ;ヴwミデキミェぶ キミ デエw ノ;hラヴ;デラヴ┞, ;ミs けゲラiキ;ノげ ヴwゲヮラミゲキhキノキデ┞ キゲ reduced to the family in policy (gillies et al, , ). vulnerability theory provides a framework where we are directed to consider, and expect, a more public and institutional grounding of responsibility. a circumspect engagement with the potentially profound shifts taking place in the life sciences may bolster this necessary challenge to our current politics while asking important questions of experimental practices in the laboratory. page | page | references allen g ( a) early intervention: the next steps. aミ iミswヮwミswミデ ‘wヮラヴデ デラ hwヴ m;テwゲデ┞げゲ government. london: cabinet office allen g ( b) early intervention: smart investment, massive savings. london: cabinet office allen g and duncan-smith i ( ) early intervention: good parents, great kids, better citizens. london: the centre for social justice/the smith institute. bate a and foster d ( ) sure start (england), house of commons library briefing paper no. . london: house of commons. beasley c, bacchi c ( ) envisaging a new politics for an ethical future: beyond trust, care and generosity に towards an ethic of social flesh feminist theory ( ), - beck s, niewöhner j ( ) somatographic investigations across levels of complexity. biosocieties ( ), - begley s ( ) the plastic mind. london: constable and robinson. belsey a ( ) けthe new right, social order and civil libertiesげ in: ruth levitas (ed), the ideology of the new right. cambridge: polity press. blum l m and fenton e r ( ) けmラデエwヴキミェ ┘キデエ ミw┌ヴラゲiキwミiw キミ ; ミwラノキhwヴ;ノ ;ェwぎ cエキノs sキゲラヴswヴゲ ;ミs wマhラsキws hヴ;キミゲげが キミぎ käll l folkmarson (ed) bodies, boundaries and vulnerabilities: interrogating social, cultural and political aspects of embodiment. springer. broer t ( ) targeting brains, producing responsibilities: the use of neuroscience within british social policy. social science & medicine , - page | bruer j t ( ) the myth of the first three years. new york: the free press. bruer j t ( ) revisiting けthe myth of the first three yearsげ briefing paper to a conference at the centre for parenting culture studies, university of kent, uk, - september . butler j ( ) precarious life: the powers of mourning and violence. verso. cameron d ( ) pヴキマw mキミキゲデwヴげゲ tヴラ┌hノws f;マキノキwゲ sヮwwiエく lラミsラミぎ pヴキマw mキミキゲデwヴげゲ office. cameron d ( ) pヴキマw mキミキゲデwヴげゲ sヮwwiエ ラミ lキaw cエ;ミiwゲく lラミsラミぎ pヴキマw mキミキゲデwヴげゲ oaaキiwく catley p and claydon l ( ) the use of neuroscientific evidence in the courtroom by those accused of criminal offenses in england and wales, journal of law and the biosciences ( ), に . clarke k ( ) けcエキノsエララsが ヮ;ヴwミデキミェ ;ミs w;ヴノ┞ キミデwヴ┗wミデキラミぎ a iヴキデキi;ノ w┝;マキミ;デキラミ of the “┌ヴw “デ;ヴデ ミ;デキラミ;ノ ヮヴラェヴ;ママwげが critical social policy, ( ): に . clinton h ふヱΓΓΑぶ け‘wマ;ヴニゲ h┞ デエw fキヴゲデ l;s┞げ, in: remarks by the president and first lady, white house conference on early childhood development and learning. washington: the white house. available at: https://clintonwhitehouse .archives.gov/wh/new/ecdc/remarks.html cohen o et al ( ) when is an adolescent an adult? assessing cognitive control in emotional and nonemotional contexts, psychological science, ( ), - . department for work and pensions ( ) social justice: transforming lives. london: the stationary office. dclg ( ) working with troubled families. london: dclg. page | dclg ( ) estimating the number of families eligible for the troubled families programme. london: dclg. dietz c ( ) governing legal embodiment feminist legal studies. doidge n ( ) tエw bヴ;キミげゲ w;┞ ラa hw;ノキミェぎ sデラヴキwゲ ラa ‘wマ;ヴニ;hノw ‘wiラ┗wヴキwゲ ;ミs discoveries. london: penguin. dolinoy d c and jirtle r l ( ) environmental epigenomics in human health and disease environmental and molecular mutagenesis ( ): - . falk r ( ) けthe gene に さa concept in tensionざげ in: peter j beurton, raphael falk, and hans- jrg reinberger, (eds), the concept of the gene in development and evolution. historical and epistemological perspectives (cambridge: cambridge university press) - . farahany n a ( ) neuroscience and behavioural genetics in us criminal law: an empirical analysis, journal of law and the biosciences ( ), - . featherstone b, kate m and white s ( ) a marriage made in hell: early intervention meets child protection, british journal of social work, ( ), - . featherstone b, white s and morris k ( ) re-imaging child protection: towards humane social work with families. bristol: policy press. fein e ( ) けinnocent machines: asperger's syndrome and the neurostructural selfげ, in: martyn pickersgill and ira van keulen (eds) sociological reflections on the neurosciences, advances in medical sociology, : に . page | fineman m ( ) cracking the foundational myths: independence, autonomy, and self sufficiency journal of gender, social policy and the law , . fineman m ( ) the vulnerable subject: anchoring equality in the human condition yale journal of law and feminism ( ), . fineman m ( ) the vulnerable subject and the responsive state emory law journal ( ), - . fineman m ふヲヰヱヲぶ ざeノswヴノ┞ざ ;ゲ v┌ノミwヴ;hノwぎ ‘wデエキミニキミェ デエw n;デ┌ヴw ラa iミsキ┗キs┌;ノ ;ミs “ラiキwデ;ノ responsibility elder law review , . fineman m ( ) equality, autonomy, and the vulnerable subject in law and politics, in: martha fineman and anna grear (eds) vulnerability: reflections on a new ethical foundation for law and politics. surrey: ashgate. fineman m ( ) vulnerability, resilience, and lgbt youth temple political & civil rights law review , fineman m ( ) vulnerability and the institution of marriage: the evolution of plural parentage: afterward emory law journal , fineman m ふヲヰヱΑぶ けiミデヴラs┌iデキラミげが キミぎ m;ヴデエ; fキミwマ;ミが uノヴキニ; aミswヴゲゲラミ ;ミs tキデデキ m;デデゲゲラミ (eds) privatization, vulnerability and social responsibility: a comparative perspective. abingdon: routledge. fineman m and grear a (eds) ( ) vulnerability: reflections on a new ethical foundation for law and politics, surrey: ashgate. fleck l ( ) genesis and development of a scientific fact, london: chicago university press page | forde r a ( ) risk assessment in parole decisions: a study of life sentence prisoners in england and wales. unpublished phd thesis available at: http://etheses.bham.ac.uk/ / /forde forenpsyd.pdf foucault m ( ) the history of sexuality. volume , an introduction. new york: vintage frederick a ( ) risky mothers and the normalcy project: women with disabilities negotiate scientific motherhood, gender and society, ( ), - . fujumura j ふヱΓΒΑぶ cラミゲデヴ┌iデキミェ けdラ-;hノwげ pヴラhノwマゲ キミ c;ミiwヴ ‘wゲw;ヴiエぎ aヴデキi┌ノ;デキミェ alignment. social studies of science ( ), - garlick s ( ) the biopolitics of masturbation: masculinity, complexity, and security, body & society ( ), - . garrett p ふヲヰヱヵぶ wラヴsゲ マ;デデwヴぎ swiラミゲデヴ┌iデキミェ さ┘wノa;ヴw swヮwミswミi┞ざ キミ デエw ukが critical and radical social work ( ), - . gillies v, edwards r and horsley n ( ) challenging the politics of early intervention: wエラげゲ けゲ;┗キミェげ iエキノsヴwミ ;ミs ┘エ┞い bristol: policy press. gillies v, edwards r and horsley n ( ) けbヴ;┗w ミw┘ hヴ;キミゲぎ “ラiキラノラェ┞が a;マキノ┞ ;ミs デエw ヮラノキデキiゲ ラa ニミラ┘ノwsェwげ - . gustafson k s ( ) cheating welfare: public assistance and the criminalization of poverty. new york: new york university. hair n l, hanson j l, wolfe b l and pollak s d ( ) association of child poverty, brain development, and academic achievement, jama pediatrics ( ), - . hall s ( ) the neoliberal revolution, soundings , - . http://etheses.bham.ac.uk/ / /forde forenpsyd.pdf page | hall w and carter a ふヲヰヱンぶ けhラ┘ m;┞ nw┌ヴラゲiキwミiw aaawiデ デエw w;┞ デエ;デ デエw cヴキマキミ;ノ cラ┌ヴデゲ dw;ノ ┘キデエ assキiデws oaawミswヴゲいげが キミぎ nicole a vincent, (ed.) neuroscience and legal responsibility. oxford: oxford university press. hansen k and johnson a ( ) the brain over binge recover guide. camellia publishing. haraway d ( ) the haraway reader london: routledge. hayes m ( ) the new right in britain. london: pluto press. helund m ( ), epigenetic responsibility medicine studies ( ), - . hood a and phillips d ( ) substantial cuts made, but biggest changes to the benefit system yet to come. london: institute for fiscal studies. hudson b ( ) justice in the risk society. london: sage. hughes d a and baylin j ( ) brain-based parenting: the neuroscience of caregiving for healthy attachment. new york: w. w. norton and company. karpin i ( ) regulatory responses to the gendering of transgenerational harm australian feminist studies ( ): - . karpin i ( ) vulnerability and the intergenerational transmission of psychosocial harm emory law journal. keller e f ( ) genes, genomes, and genomics biological theory , - . keller e f ( ) from gene action to reactive genomes journal of physiology ( ), - . kucharski r, maleszka, j, foret s, maleszka r ( ) nutritional control of reproductive status in honey bees via dna methylation, science , - . page | latour b ( ) science in action: how to follow scientists and engineers through society cambridge mt: harvard university press. levitas r ふヱΓΒヶぶ けiミデヴラs┌iデキラミぎ iswラノラェ┞ ;ミs デエw nw┘ ‘キェエデげが キミ ruth levitas, (ed) the ideology of the new right. cambridge: polity press. levitas r ( ) tエwヴw マ;┞ hw けデヴラ┌hノwげ ;エw;sぎ ┘エ;デ ┘w ニミラ┘ ;hラ┌デ デエラゲw ヱヲヰがヰヰヰ けデヴラ┌hノwsげ families. poverty and social exclusion in the uk, policy response series no. . levitas r ( ぶ tヴラ┌hノws f;マキノキwゲげ キミ ; “ヮキミく poverty [online] available at: http://www.poverty.ac.uk/sites/default/files/attachments/troubled% families% in% a % spin.pdf accessed april loi m, del savio l, stupka, e ( ) social epigenetics and equality of opportunity public health ethics ( ), - . lowe p, lee, e and macvarish, j ( ) growing better brains? pregnancy and neuroscience discourses in english social and welfare policies, health, risk and society ( ), - . lowe p ( ) reproductive health and maternal sacrifice. london: palgrave macmillan. lowenstein d h and parent, j p ( ) brain, heal thyself, science ( ), - . macvarish j ( ) neuroparenting: the expert invasion of family life. london: palgrave macmillan. macvarish j, lee e. and lowe p ふヲヰヱヴぶ tエw さfキヴゲデ tエヴww yw;ヴゲざ mラ┗wマwミデ ;ミs デエw iミa;ミデ bヴ;キミぎ a review of critiques, sociology compass / , - . manning e ( ) always more than one: the collectivity of a life, body and society ( ), - . marmott m ( ) the status syndrome, bloomsbury publishing. http://www.poverty.ac.uk/sites/default/files/attachments/troubled% families% in% a% spin.pdf http://www.poverty.ac.uk/sites/default/files/attachments/troubled% families% in% a% spin.pdf page | meaney m ( ) maternal care, gene expression, and the transmission of individual differences in stress reactivity across generations, annual review of neuroscience , - melhuish e and hall d ふヲヰヰΑぶ けtエw ヮラノキi┞ h;iニェヴラ┌ミs デラ “┌ヴw “デ;ヴデげが キミぎ j;┞ bwノゲニ┞が j;iケ┌wノキミw barnes and edwards melhuish (eds.) the national evaluation of sure start. bristol: policy press. meloni m ( ) how biology became social, and what it means for social theory the sociological review , - . meloni m ( ) epigenetics for the social sciences: justice, embodiment, and inheritance in the postgenomic age new genetics and society ( ), - . meurk c et al ( ) how is acceptance of the brain disease model of addiction related to a┌ゲデヴ;ノキ;ミゲげ ;デデキデ┌swゲ デラ┘;ヴsゲ ;ssキiデws キミsキ┗キs┌;ノゲ ;ミs デヴw;デマwミデゲ aラヴ ;ssキiデキラミい, bmc psychiatry, , - . morse s j ( ) brain overclaim syndrome: a diagnostic note, ohio state journal of criminal law , - . murphy a ( ) corporeal vulnerability and the new humanisms, hypatia ( ), - . niewöhner j ( ) epigenetics: embedded bodies and the molecularisation of biography and milieu biosocieties ( ), - . nussbaum m ( ) creating capabilities. harvard university press. oげcラミミwノノ k ( ) unequal brains: disability discrimination laws and children with challenging behaviour, medical law review ( ), - . oげm;ノノw┞ p ( ) risk, uncertainty and government. london: the glasshouse press. page | oliver m ふヱΓΒヱぶ けa nw┘ mラswノ キミ デエw “ラiキ;ノ wラヴニ ‘ラノw キミ ‘wノ;デキラミ デラ dキゲ;hキノキデ┞ろが キミ j c;マヮノキミェ (ed), the handicapped person: a new perspective for social workers. radar oliver m ( ) social work and disabled people. macmillan. oliver m ( ) the social model of disability: thirty years on, disability and society ( ), . ortega f ( ) the cerebral subject and the challenge of neurodiversity biosocieties ( ), - painter r, osmond c, gluckman p, hanson m, philips d, roseboom t j ( ) transgenerational effects of prenatal exposure to he dutch famine on neonatal adiposity and health in later life. british journal of obstetrics and gynaecology , - . papadopolous d ( ) the imaginary of plasticity: neural embodiment, epigenetics and ectommorphs. sociological review , . pease k and tseloni a ( ) using modelling to predict and prevent victimization. london: springer. peters e ( ) i blame the mother: educating parents and the gendered nature of parenting orders. gender and education ( ), - . pickersgill m et al ( ) mapping the new molecular landscape: social dimensions of epigenetics. new genetics and society ( ), - . pickersgill m ( ) けneuroscience, epigenetics and the intergenerational transmission of social life: exploring expectations and engagementsげ families, relationships and societies ( ), - . page | pitmann c m and karle e ( ) rewire your anxious brain: how to use the neuroscience of fear to end anxiety, panic and worry. oakland: new harbinger publications. richardson s ( ) けmaternal bodies in the postgenomic order: gender and the explanatory landscape of epigeneticsくげ iミ “;ヴah richards and hallam stevens (eds) postgenomics, perspectives on biology after the genome, duke university press. roberts r ふヲヰヱヰぶ けtエw “ラiキ;ノ iママラヴ;ノキデ┞ ラa hw;ノデエ キミ デエw gwミw aェwぎ ‘;iw dキゲ;hキノキデ┞ ;ミs inequalityげ iミ jラミ;デエ;ミ mwデ┣ノ ;ミs aミミ; kキヴニノ;ミs ふwsゲ) against health (nyu press) robbins r, mclaughlin, banks c, bellamy c and thackray d ふヲヰヱヴぶ けdラマwゲデキi ┗キラノwミiw ;ミs multi-;ェwミi┞ ヴキゲニ ;ゲゲwゲゲマwミデ iラミawヴwミiwゲ ふma‘acゲぶぎ ; ゲiラヮキミェ ヴw┗キw┘げが the journal of adult protection ( ), - . romani m, pistillo mp, banelli b ふヲヰヱヵぶ けeミ┗キヴラミマwミデ;ノ wヮキェwミwデキiゲぎ cヴラゲゲヴラ;s hwデ┘wwミ ヮ┌hノキi エw;ノデエが ノキawゲデ┞ノwが ;ミs i;ミiwヴ ヮヴw┗wミデキラミげ biomed research international doi: rose n ( ), the politics of life itself: biomedicine, power, and subjectivity in the twenty- first century. princeton: princeton university press. rose n ふヲヰヱヰぶ さ“iヴwwミ ;ミs キミデwヴ┗wミwざぎ ェラ┗wヴミキミェ ヴキゲニ┞ hヴ;キミゲ. history of the human sciences ( ), - . rose n and abi-rached j ( ) neuro: the new brain sciences and the management of the mind. princeton: princeton university press. rose n and abi-rached j ( ) governing through the brain: neuropolitics, neuroscience and subjectivity, cambridge anthropology ( ), - . rose h and rose s ( ) can neuroscience change our minds? cambridge: polity press. page | rose s ( ) けpゲ┞iエラiキ┗キノキゲwsげ ラヴ ; h;ミs ラa ミw┌ヴラiエwマキi;ノ ゲノ;┗wゲ times higher education [online] available at: https://www.timeshighereducation.com/features/psychocivilised-or-a- band-of-neurochemical-slaves/ .article accessed april royal society ( ) brain waves module : neurosciences and the law. london: the royal society. science and technology committee oral evidence: evidence-based early-years intervention, date. house of commons c . available at http://data.parliament.uk/writtenevidence/committeeevidence.svc/evidencedocument/sci ence-and-technology-committee/evidencebased-early-years-intervention/oral/ .html accessed august . sen a ふヱΓΒヰぶ けeケ┌;ノキデ┞ ラa wエ;デいげ iミ sterling mcmurrin, tanner lectures on human values, volume . cambridge: cambridge university press. smith g, sylva k, smith t, sammons p and omonigho a ( ) stop start. survival, decline ラヴ iノラゲ┌ヴwい cエキノsヴwミげゲ iwミデヴwゲ キミ eミェノ;ミsが ヲヰヱΒく london: the sutton trust. vidal f ( ) brainhood, anthropological figure of modernity. hist human sci , . wall ( )が iゲ yラ┌ヴ cエキノsげゲ bヴ;キミ pラデwミデキ;ノ m;┝キマキゲwsい mラデエwヴキミェ キミ ;ミ aェw ラa nw┘ bヴ;キミ research. atlantis ( ), - . walsh c ( ), youth justice and neuroscience: a dual-use dilemma. british journal of criminology , - . wastell d and white s ( ) blinded by neuroscience: social policy, the family and the infant brain, family, relationships and societies ( ), - . wastell d and white s ( ) blinded by science: the social implications of epigenetics and neuroscience. bristol: policy press. https://www.timeshighereducation.com/features/psychocivilised-or-a-band-of-neurochemical-slaves/ .article https://www.timeshighereducation.com/features/psychocivilised-or-a-band-of-neurochemical-slaves/ .article http://data.parliament.uk/writtenevidence/committeeevidence.svc/evidencedocument/science-and-technology-committee/evidencebased-early-years-intervention/oral/ .html http://data.parliament.uk/writtenevidence/committeeevidence.svc/evidencedocument/science-and-technology-committee/evidencebased-early-years-intervention/oral/ .html page | weaver i c g et al ( ) epigenetic programming by maternal behavior. nature neuroscience ( ), ぐい williams z ( ) けiゲ マキゲ┌ゲws ミw┌ヴラゲiキwミiw swaキミキミェ w;ヴノ┞ ┞w;ヴゲ ;ミs iエキノs ヮヴラデwiデキラミ ヮラノキi┞いげが the guardian th april . wilkinson and pickett k ( ), the spirit level: why equality is better for everyone, london: penguin. jss- - - - - -obioha-u-p-tt.pmd the nature of justice uwaezuoke precious obioha department of philosophy, faculty of arts, olabisi onabanjo university, p.m.b. , ago-iwoye, ogun state, nigeria telephone: + - - - , e-mail: unclepees@yahoo.com keywords rights. distributive. equality. fairness. difference principle. commutative abstract since the renaissance period in history initiated the act of free thinking and independent thought, there have existed and still exist various notions and perspectives over every single subject of human discourse. the concept of justice is a good example. there are shades of opinion and views concerning the nature of justice. consequent upon this, human relationships and co-existence have become precarious as a result of wrong or inadequate conceptions of justice. this is particularly true, i believe, because justice is a basic imperative for good human relationships and co-habitation. in this paper therefore, i have tried to analyze the various conceptions of justice and the implications of such conceptions to human quest for peaceful co-existence and the full realization of human potentials. at the end i argue that justice as fairness, better than every other conception of justice, provides answers to man’s quest for a global social order requisite for human flourishing any time and any day. introduction the need and the quest for justice in the mi- cro and macro societies and by extension the global world is increasingly becoming inevitab- le in the wake of all kinds of violence and orch- estrated social disorder and break down of law that characterize our world today. justice cuts across and assumes a high degree of importan- ce in every sphere of human endeavor such that it is a recurrent concept, an ideal in ethics, juris- prudence, governance and every other form of human undertaking that involve human rela- tionships, management and administration. at the intrapersonal and interpersonal levels, it is a cardinal virtue such that with it global peace is guaranteed and without it our world will re- main a place of horror and discomfort. as a re- sult of this, the concept of justice has become real and very topical in contemporary societies. verily, we do have an insight into the reality of justice whenever somebody cheats us or our group is marginalized in the share and distribu- tion of national resources and properties. how- ever, the concept of justice cuts across national boundaries and assumes a very important place in international politics, that is, politics between and among states. there is something anthropologically and ontologically common to man and objects, cre- atures and phenomena of the universe. this co- mmonness lies in the fact that all are parts that make up the universe whose origin is a mystery which man is one. the ‘life’ of one part may not be known by the other, yet each part obeys the rhythm of nature who has judiciously assigned the respective parts their respective purposes, agenda, mission and reasons for existence. the universe’s natural order is never an accident or a coincidence. it is not only teleological, but also a milieu of commitments and avoidances. each object of nature (both animate and inanimate) desires to herself a breathing place in the natu- ral space, herself being natural too, to fulfill her innate or natural callings, to avoid threats from other objects of nature and exercise the freedom necessary for her existence. against this background, the history of jus- tice is as old as the history of man. this follows, therefore, that justice is natural to man. man has never bothered himself with what justice means since it is a natural law. instead the problematic of natural justice has bordered on its hermeneu- tics. it borders on justice calculus – what natural justice is and what it is not (dukor ). although justice has taken the coloration of cultures, philosophies, individuals and sch- ools of thought, still the bottom line of this con- cept is that it is synchronically (a historical) in terms of definition. whatever differences there may be in the definition of justice by scholars, broadly speaking, the concept pictures integrity, impartiality, rightness and fairness as constitut- ing the notion of justice. however, more funda- mental to the concept of natural justice are nat- ural rights, which constitute the most original, inalienable and natural, form of justice. in rec- ognition to this, the ‘united nation’ charter on © kamla-raj j soc sci, ( ): - ( ) fundamental human rights and nigerian con- stitution chapter iv, outline the fundamental hu- man rights as follows: right to life, right to dignity of human person; right to personal liberty; right to fair hearing; right to private and family life; right to freedom of thought, conscience and religion; right to peaceful assembly and association, right to freedom of movement; right to freedom from discrimination; compulsory acquisition of property; restriction on and derogation from fundamental rights and special jurisdiction of high court and legal aid (nigerian consti- tution ). be that as it may, it is pertinent that we co- nceptualize justice for proper understanding and application. this we shall do through the optic of various philosophers and jurists across epochs and periods. hence, the concept and the meaning of justice. the concept of justice ogunmodede ( ) identifies justice as the oldest human virtues in the world. it is mentio- ned among the virtues of “negative confes- sions” called the book of the dead (hilliard ) by the ancient black egyptians. the egyp- tian term “maat” is the oldest word for justice and it means “truth, justice and righteousness” of life among men and before the gods. in view of the various meaning to the concept of justice, macquarrie ( ) in the “dictionary of ethics” opines that several meanings can be actually given to justice, namely: justice in the oldest se- nse; justice in the narrow sense; and justice in the proper sense. in the oldest sense, as contained in the an- cient egyptian wisdom literature and old te- stament, justice means moral “righteousness, re- ctitude or moral excellence, or perfection”. in order to be in communion with the spirit of the gods and to be found worthy on judgment day, man must live a righteous and perfect life. the oldest existing work in the world, the teachings of ptah hotep in this sense can be aptly describ- ed as the oldest document on past living among men. in the narrow sense, justice means conform- ity with the law. however, the limitation of this sense of justice is two-fold. one, an unjust law is no law at all. two, conforming to written or legal law without the spirit of justice shows the inadequacy and defects of justice in the narrow sense. while in the proper sense, justice is un- derstood as the “harmonious functioning of the constituent parts in the individual, or in the state. it is in this sense that plato understands and de- fines justice. plato accepts justice as the basis of society and goes on to emphasize another as- pect of it. “justice is keeping what is properly one’s own and doing one’s own job”. plato says: justice is the requirement we laid down at the beginning as of universal application when we founded our state, or else some form of it. we lay down; if you remember and have often repeated that in our state, one man was to do one job, he was naturally most suited for (plato ). it is obvious that plato dislikes amateurish- ness and meddlesomeness because this duo ch- aracterized the athenian city of his time which to him brought about its ruin and decay. plato therefore added, ‘justice consists in minding yo- ur own business and not interfering with oth- er people. before plato, ptah-hotep in his th instructions or, teachings defines maat (justice) as the basis of good governance. he says: if you are a man who leads, a man who controls the affairs of many, then, seek the most perfect way of performing your responsibility so that your conduct will be blameless. great is maat (truth, justice, righteousness). it is everlasting. maat has been unchanging since the time of asar. to create obstacle to the following of laws is to open a way to a condition of violence. the transgressor of laws is puni- shed; although the greedy person overlooks this. baseness may obtain riches; yet crime never lands its waves on the shore. in the end, only maat lasts. man says: maat is my father’s ground (hilliard ). in another place in the th instruction, he defines distributive justice as “rightness” or “straight line” which is an antidote for the vice of greed. greed is a grievous sickness that has no cure. there is no treatment for it. it is com- pound of all evil…. that person endures whose rule is rightness, who walks a straight line, for that person will live a legacy by such behavi- our (hilliard ). aristotle regards justice as the sovereign vi- rtue and the major purpose of the state. justice is treating equals equally and unequals unequal- ly and in proportion to their relevant differen- ces (aristotle ). he further maintains that uwaezuoke precious obioha “unjust means either lawless or unfair; therefo- re justice means either lawful or just”. howev- er, if positive law theory is anything to go by, then aristotle’s definition of justice as confor- mity to law reduced the concept of justice to le- gality. the implication is that the concept of ju- stice could as well be replaced by legality. on the contrary, we argue that justice is also appea- led to in matters where there is no positive law. more so, it is justice that supplies the criteria of law as well as judges its justification. there- fore, justice cannot be synonymous with lega- lity since it transcends it and gives it its justifi- cation. in plato’s republic, thrasymachus defines justice as “the interest of the stronger”. thrasy- machus is portrayed as the sophist who asserted that injustice is to be preferred to the life of ju- stice. he sees nothing wrong with injustice. he goes ahead to consider the unjust to be positi- vely superior in character and intelligence. he says, “injustice pays” not at the meager level of the pick pocket, although there is profit in that too, but especially in the case of those who car- ry injustice to perfection and make themselves masters of cities and nations. according to him, “justice is pursued by simpletons and leads to weakness. he held that people should aggres- sively pursue their own interests in a virtually unlimited form of self-assertion, and thus sees justice as the interest of the stronger having be- lieved “might to be right”. laws are made by the ruling party for its own interest and these laws define what is right meaning that what is right is the same everywhere. this reductionist concep- tion of justice goes without grave consequen- ces for human existence and global interaction. it reduces morality to brute and naked power. the effect of this in our global world is obvious and apparent. people rise against people; cities rise against cities; the powerful against the we- ak; the powerful nations always threaten the we- ak ones; dictate to them almost in all things in- cluding how they (the weak nation) should run their governments. they even (the stronger na- tions) go to the extent of choosing their rulers for them against their (the citizens of the weak nations) wish. the powerful nations do this with reckless abandon provided it serves their inter- ests-the interest of the mighty counts, that of the weak is a non issue. imagine the implications of this in our global world. it is that of rancor, war and violation. it consequently degenerates to the state of nature of thomas hobbes where life is solitary, nasty, poor, brutish and short. the influence of this thrasymachean view of justice was obvious on thomas hobbes who ev- en after coming out of the state of nature could not rise above “the interest of the stronger” in his civil society. his theory on what constitutes justice is contained in his major works as “de cive” (on the citizens) , “human nature” published together with “de corpore political” (republication of de cive in ) under the single title “eternal law”. for hobbes, the in- teraction of naturally free human beings, the push and pull of efficient cause (fear of death) and final cause (desire for happiness, or a more contended life) combined to bring “state of na- ture” to the point at which the transformatory social contract was made not between the ruler and the ruled but among the people who wanted to transcend the state of nature. hobbes’ con- tract theory confers power on one man or ass- embly of men, without which it can be enfor- ced. it is a contract made by the citizens with each other to obey such ruling power, as the majority shall choose. when they have chosen, the citizens lose all right except such as the gov- ernment may find it expedient to grant. “there is no right of rebellion, because the ruler is not bound by any contract, whereas the subjects are” (russell ). according to hobbes, the sovereign’s job is the procurement of safety for the people and by safety is meant not a bare preservation of li- fe but also all the other contentment of life wh- ich every man by lawful industry, without da- nger or hurt to the common wealth, shall acqu- ire to himself. his view of political authority makes the sovereignty of the ruler inviolable and thus his “leviathan” could be a tyrant who may choose not to recognize individual freed- om and aspiration. another philosopher or rather political the- orist who was greatly influenced by the thrasy- machean view on justice was niccolo machia- velli ( – ). though not explicitly wri- tten as a title, his thoughts on justice and the st- ate are contained in his two famous books, “the prince” and “discourses on the first decade on titus livinus”. he started the ‘the prince’ with a question asking how many kinds of principa- lities there are and the way in which they are acquired. what is principality? it is defined as sovereignty, territory of a prince or a prince hi- the nature of justice mself. in his works, he advocates the principle where the ruler must be firm and unyielding wh- ile feigning to be virtuous. to him, it is more im- portant to retain political power than to seek to take over one. it is better for the prince to be feared than to be loved. the prince should not bother himself about morality and religion but because man is pretentiously moral and religi- ous, the prince could exploit this quality in man to his own advantage. since morality and reli- gion make man susceptible to deceit, fickleness and feebleness, the prince can exploit this to en- hance his political gains. the prince must be ab- ove the law and outside morality in order to co- nveniently and successfully carry out his task of unification, consolidation and influence. to be able to do this, the prince must freely use as his tools perfidy, cruelty, murder and any other means acceptable to him. machiavelli despises morality because for him the first law of politics is expediency and not moral consideration. he rejects meekness, patience and true justice but in their place he enthrones vitality, energy, str- ength of character, ability to achieve one’s aim, desire for fame, courage, patriotism, ability to win power and preserve it. the goal achievab- le by these means is what matters to him irre- spective of the morality or immorality of the means, thus his famous dictum: “the end justi- fies the means”. an outright opposite to the thrasymachean view of justice is thomas aquinas conception of justice. aquinas defines justice as “a perpet- ual and constant will of giving everyone his due”. in this view, the angelic doctor st thomas aq- uinas recognizes justice as a moral virtue rooted in the will which includes other’s welfare. this is essential because since the will necessarily seeks the good whether the good in itself or the proximate good of the individual, it would need a virtue that will make it possible for the respect of the other. readen ( ) recognizes this con- ception of justice as one of the classical account of justice found in the institute of justinian. the other classical account of justice is the one pr- eferred by emmanuel kant which was offered by a celebrated jurists ulpian as “to live honor- ably, to injure nobody, to give every person his due”. in view of this, kant states that every ac- tion is just in itself or in its maxim if “the free- dom of the will of each can co-exist together with the freedom of everyone according to the universal laws” (readen ). spinoza ( ) also understand justice from the justinian view when he says, “justice is the ha- bitual rendering of everyman his lawful due, wh- ile injustice is depriving a man, under the pre- tence of legality, of what the law rightly inter- preted would allow him”. when hegel conce- ives of justice, he conceives of man as having dignity and respect. therefore, according to him, justice, in the sense of abstract right, is a kind of egalitarianism in which each person is respected because he is human, and exists in- dependent of the power of the state. although he sees the justice of the state to be supreme and above the justice of the individuals, how- ever, he advocates for civil disobedience in ca- ses of unjust laws. his reason is that not all sta- tes and all laws should command obedience. according to him, a despotic government vitia- tes the law and does not deserve obedience. to support this claim, he insists that “insofar, as the state is the synthesis of particularity and uni- versality, of the family and the individual, there ought to be the preservation by the state of in- dividual liberty which the individual possesses as a member of civil society” (stumph ). for hume ( ) the concept of distributi- ve justice is contingent upon the economic co- nditions and needs of man. this is because of the scarcity of resources, goods and services in view of the multiplicity of human needs and wa- nts that have arisen. if such goods and services were in abundance, the concept of justice in th- eir distribution would never have occurred to anyone. he says, “what purpose makes a par- tition of goods where everyone has already mo- re than enough?” however, if the scarcity of ne- eded goods or services were so extreme that the- re is no way to prevent the majority of the po- pulation from perishing and the remainder from suffering extreme deprivation and misery, then the strict laws of justice are suspended in such a pressing emergency and give place to the str- onger motives of necessity and self-preservati- on. and whenever we can imagine such condi- tions to have always obtained, there the concept of distributive justice would not have risen, co- ncluded ogunmodede ( ). from the foregoing, almost all the definitions of justice (in its proper sense) we have consid- ered point to the conclusion that justice is giving one his or her due. although, the concept of ‘giv- ing one his or her due’ raises a fundamental pro- blem here, for instance, what determines rights uwaezuoke precious obioha and dues or what justifies claims? is it not the individual alone that knows what is due to him or her? even when we claim through “public interest” to know what is in the best interest of a person, often times we have misunderstood a person’s interest and thus misrepresent it. if in- dividuals are the true representatives of their in- dividual interest, how then do we know what is due to people? however, it seems that the concept of right or natural right or what is commonly called the fundamental human right has answers to this question. the place of right in the understand- ing of justice and its application cannot be over- emphasized such that the notion of justice and its applications become a mere play on words, without recognition of the concept of right. ar- istotle is one of the outstanding proponents of natural right theory. this theory holds that na- tural right is the ultimate basis of justice. man has right not primarily because he has received them by society, but because his nature as a hu- man being confers right upon him. the rights that are to be respected by justice primarily de- rive from the laws inherent in nature itself. men and human communities have a natural right to well ordered existence, self-realization and pr- ogress. on a secondary level man’s rights also derive from the further determination of natur- al rights by the positive law of a community. the demands of natural right can usually be compli- ed with in different ways. for example property and inheritance rights and it is left to the comm- unity to determine in which concrete forms the- se demands shall be met with. however, posi- tive law must agree with demands of natural ri- ght as much as possible and may never contra- dict it, if it wants to be legitimate and binding. when plato sees justice as the greatest of all virtues arising from the harmonization of the th- ree classes of the state and the three aspects of human soul, little did he know that he was lay- ing down a monumental principle that will gui- de the actions of individuals and states in gen- erations to come. plato says: ‘justice in the state is the same as justice in the individual. it is the product of every one staying in his place and doing his task”. a proper understanding of pla- to’s concept of justice shows that his concept of justice is more in line with the theory of justice as fairness. from the perspective of rawls ( ), fair- ness ensures a just state. thus, to him justice as fairness is a surer way of achieving a just social order. according to him, man is placed at the initial position of equality. they have knowle- dge of the general laws of psychology, but they are ignorant of particular facts both about them- selves and about the society in which they live. they are conceived to be self interested and ra- tional. in coming together to form a society they must agree on principles for the distribution of benefits and burdens. this agreement rests on the principle of equality both of basic rights and duties. thus, rawls sees justice as emanating fr- om the contractual hypothesis and it connotes nothing but fairness or more generally rightness. curson corroborated this view when he defines justice as “the virtue which results in each per- son receiving his or her due. it is the quality of being right and fair (adeigbo ). according to rawls, to be fair in selecting the principles of justice, the possibility of bias must be removed. fairness in his theory requi- res the more favored to agree to the type of dis- tributive rule they would prefer if they were not more favored. rawls proposes that persons in an original position will or should agree that all social primary goods (for example, basic liber- ties such as political freedom and freedom of choice in occupations, opportunity, income, we- alth and the bases of self-respect) are to be dis- tributed equally unless an unequal distribution of any or all of these goods is to the advantage of the least favored (rawls ). for him ju- stice is an issue of fairness focusing on the dis- tribution of resources and permitting an uneq- ual distribution only to the extent that the weak- est members of society benefit from that inequ- ality. according to rawls, even if an inequality does not harm the least well off, it is unjust if it leaves them no better off than before. this em- phasizes a distributionist type of justice and a defensible presumption in favor of equality in distribution of primary goods such as wealth and income. according to younkins ( ), in rawls’ di- fference principle, an inequality can be advan- tageous to the person who gets the smaller sh- are because inequalities can constitute incenti- ves which increase the size of the pie to be sha- red, so that the smaller piece may be larger in absolute terms than an equal share of the smal- ler pie that would have existed in the absence of such incentives. the difference principle col- lapses to strict equality under conditions where the nature of justice differences in income and other rewards have no effect on the incentives of individuals. how- ever, in the real world currently and in the fore- seeable future, greater rewards bring forth grea- ter productive efforts, thus increasing the total wealth of the economy and under the difference principle, the wealth of the least advantaged. edwards younkins argues that rawls does not see the natural endowments of individuals as their making and therefore, his difference pr- inciple is an agreement to consider the distribu- tion of natural talents as a common asset and to share in the fruits of this distributions, no matter what it ends up being in this view an individual’s natural endowments are not considered to be his own property, but rather the property of society. according to gorr ( ), this is one of the fun- damental tenets of john rawls’ theory of justice, “that we should seek a conception of justice that nullifies the accidents of natural endowment…as counters in quest for political and economic ad- vantage…” now what makes rawls’ idea of ju- stice so important is that he systematically ex- presses a vision that had already underpinned a great deal of social policy, legal theory and even international relations. the goal of rawls’ con- ception of justice is to put certain segments of society in the position that they would have been in except for some underserved and unfortunate circumstances. furthermore, rawlsian idea that one’s own status, endowment, and wealth are unearned is especially potent when it is combined with ( ) the kantian notion that there is no vir- tue in pursuing one’s own personal flourishing and/or ( ) the guilt felt by those who are asham- ed to live in material abundance while others in the world suffer. kant advocates abject selfless- ness and held that an action is moral only if a person performs it out of a sense of duty without regard to any personal goal, desire, motive or in- terest (kant ). if a person acts to derive ben- efit, his action is amoral. furthermore, kant wo- uld even maintain that no moral credit would accrue to a person who gains pleasure from his charitable activities even though he did not se- ek such pleasure. in addition, so-called politic- al guilt can be defined as the belief that one be- longs to a group of people that has unjustly or unduly fortunate circumstances, endowments, or privileges. however, rawls’ theory of justice has come under heavy criticism. rawls has been criticiz- ed for focusing on how goods are distributed among person ‘representative’ of various posi- tions in society but ignore which individuals ha- ve which goods and how they gained possess- ion of them. critics of rawls argue that people hold an entitlement to what they produce or ha- ve legitimately acquired and therefore should be protected from rawls’ proposed redistribu- tionist policies (younkins ). to them the difference principle is an unacceptable infrin- gement on liberty in that redistributive taxation to the poor requires the immoral takings of just holdings. rawls’ opponents contend that the ju- stness or otherwise of income or wealth distri- bution depends only on the manner in which th- at distribution came about and not the pattern of the distribution itself. another criticism levied against rawls theory of justice is that fairness is not the proper stan- dard of justice because the world is inherently unfair and thus unjust. there is no equality in nature; some are smarter, more talented, better looking than others. people have the freewill to either use or not use the talents nature has en- dowed them with. therefore economic equality is a goal incompatible with nature. true justice is attained when people’s lives and property are secure and they are free to own property, order its direction, determine the purpose to which their bodies are put, engage in consensual transact- ions and relationship with others and freely pu- rsue their conception of happiness. further, his critics argue that rawls fail to recognize that tal- ents are not a common pool, that the aptitudes that one person enjoys in no way lessens the num- ber and magnitude of abilities that are available to another. my talent is not acquired at anybo- dy’s expense. thus, rawls is rebelling against reality, nature and the existence of human talent. the existence of one’s talents is neither just nor unjust – it just is. so why should those “favored by nature” be made to pay for what is not a mo- ral problem or an injustice and is not of his or her own making, his critics argue. but for the fact that whatever one acquires is not of his own making, is the more reason such acquisition should be freely distributed. for the fact that our world is already lopsided and imbalanced as a result of nature’s inequality, then there is a mo- ral burden on those so blessed to freely give to those who are not so favored. so to that extent rawls’ argument is tenable. even nozick’s ( ) entitlement theory and end state based on the principle that all human beings have uwaezuoke precious obioha absolute rights to their person and to the fruits of their labor could not provide the needed de- vastation of rawlsian justice which nozick in- tended. justice has been classified into commutati- ve, distributive, contributive or legal, vindictive and social justice. commutative justice demands that the exchange of goods and services should take place according to strict equality of values. this form of justice is also called contractual ju- stice because it is based on contract. and this is why it operates mainly in commercial exchange and just regulation of prices and wages. it leaves to everyone what is his or her own by right and attributes to him or her, what he or she really is. distributive justice regulates the relations of a community with its members. it stipulates th- at advantages and burdens be distributed in the community according to proportionate equali- ty. since individuals and groups are not equal in their qualification, resources and dedication to the common good, aids, burdens, honors must be distributed in proportion to needs, capabili- ties and merit, that is, according to proportion- ate equality. contributive or legal justice is concerned with the general good of the community. it requires the members of a community to comply with the just demands of law for example; social legis- lation, taxation, national youth service corps (nysc). legal justice obliges authorities to con- tribute to the common good by appropriate la- ws. since the common good takes precedence over private interest, legal justice demands that the common good should not be sacrificed for the private interest of the individual or for his or her convenience. another form of justice is vindictive (or re- tributive) justice. this is a meeting out of a pro- portionate punishment to an offender for the of- fence committed, with a view to correct such an offender. this is in response to the natural ten- dency in human beings that evil must be pun- ished and good rewarded. however, the offender should not be punished beyond what he or she deserves and he or she should not be punished as a means of vengeance. social justice on the other hand deals with the economic well-being of social groups. it de- als with the distribution of benefits and burd- ens throughout society. on the individual level, it demands a proportionate share of the benefits of economic endeavor of social partners, that is, proportionate distribution of the fruits of their labor so that no one is cheated in any manner. on the national level, every group demands a proportionate and equitable share of the nation’s wealth among various groups. it also demands that minority groups be not neglected. on the international level, social justice demands that the relationship between nations be guided by mutual respect of every nation. it imposes an obligation on developed nations of the world so that every nation will enjoy fruits of earth, and so, fully live as human beings. however, our interest lies more on distrib- utive and social justice for these forms of just- ice better exemplify what the relationship of in- dividuals to the state, and the state to the indi- viduals should be. it also establishes what the relationship between nations should be. the principles of justice as we have principles of physics within wh- ich the laws of nature guide all natural happen- ing in the world and in so doing prevent chaos in the order of nature, in no less, do we have prin- ciples guiding human conduct and the relation- ship existing between individuals on one hand and between individuals and the state on the other hand. in the same vein, there exist principles guiding the structuralization of the society. the later principle, we call principle of justice. den uyl and rasmnssen ( ) distinguish between meta normative justice and justice as a constituent virtue of one’s personal flourishing. while meta normative justice is concerned with the orderly and peaceful coordination of any pe- rson with any other, justice as a normative pri- nciples and constituent virtue of a person’s con- textual recognition and evaluation of others ba- sed on objective criteria. normative justice is concerned with selective relationships and re- quires practical reason and discernment of dif- ferences of both persons and situation. justice as a constituent virtue deals with individuals in more specific and personal ways than does jus- tice in a meta normative sense. the question of how persons ought to act (normative justice) and the question of how society ought to be struc- tured (meta normative justice) are separate and distinct investigation. nature has its own imperatives. as the wo- rld is governed by principles or laws that dictate how society ought to be structured in much the the nature of justice same way do natural laws dictate how bridges or buildings should be constructed. given the nature of man and the world, we should adopt and respect a social structure that accords each person a moral space over which he has freedom to act and within which no one else may right- fully interfere. such structure would enable per- sons to pursue happiness, peace and prosperi- ty while living with one another. younkins has argued that “the idea of natural rights can be used to create a legal system that makes it possible for individuals to pursue happiness and carry on a virtuous life”. from the foregoing, it suffices to argue that the fundamental principle of justice is respect for free and non-aggressive choice. both justice and morality require respect for individual free choice. a state that restricts freedom of choice violates the basic principle of justice. justice me- ans that a person must be accountable for his own actions, entitled to the reward of his labor and responsible for the consequences of his wrong-doing. any violation of man’s right and freedom is an act of injustice against such man (although we are aware that man’s right and free- dom are not absolute and therefore can be lim- ited). injustice therefore involves the violation of natural rights and includes murder, assault, theft, kidnapping, enslavement, rape, fraud, un- due interference, threat and intimidation etc. as this claim holds between states and individua- ls, so also it holds between nations at the inter- national level. on the normative justice, the relationship be- tween individuals and situation should reflect kant’s imperative that persons should be treated as an end in themselves and never as a means. it is therefore a fundamental principle and require- ment of justice that persons apart from having natural rights also have dignity, respect and self worth and should be thus treated. any act that disrespects their dignity, respect, self-worth and humanity is injustice against them. justice and social order social order refers to the social system as we- ll as a scheme of relations that defines the poli- tical, economic and social roles, rights and du- ties of a people in a society (messner : ). it is a state of harmonious relationship among individuals and groups that live in a society. so- cial order involves achieving co-operation for the common good of the members of a society through balancing of conflicts of interest amo- ng individuals and between individuals and the state, to this end, kordig ( ) stresses that so- cial order is the end result of human arrangem- ents, values, norms, regulations, ideologies and institutions that enhance the proper function- ing of the various parts of society or community. in the light of the above importance of social order to human sociality, aluko ( ) argues that the phenomenon of social order is an indis- pensable one to human existence. it is then safe to say that the attainment of peace, self and gro- up actualization as well as the general well-be- ing of all in a social system is a function of so- cial order. but what are the minimum requirements for the attainment and sustenance of social order? we consider these imperatives to be namely: co- mmon good, personality, solidarity, respect and subsidiarity. common good affirms society’s du- ty to ensure common justice and fairness in the relationships between individuals. personality affirms man’s dignity expressed through real pe- rsonal freedom, self actualization and respon- sibility and the accordance of necessary rights definitive of the person. solidarity affirms co- operative togetherness and communion of all human persons. it demands a sharing of our var- ious qualities, characteristics and talented pro- ductivities. such allows for man’s contribution to the common good. respect involves revere- ncing the being, life and activities of other per- sons so long as such activities are not anti-so- cial. subsidiarity holds that in the relationship between the individual and society, the subor- dinate group should have priority over the su- perior groups. one common factor however pervades these imperatives of social order. that factor is rela- tionships amongst individuals and between in- dividuals and society. but justice as fairness is necessary for cultivation and enduring of rela- tionships. without justice rancor, distrust and cynicism enter relationships and everything falls apart. therefore justice to me is the basic foun- dation for social order. every other thing neces- sary for social order can be built on it. except for the thrasymachean “might is ri- ght” and machiavellian “the end justifies the means”, justice as fairness in giving people their due or justice as fairness in treating human be- ings in their humanity; in respecting their dig- uwaezuoke precious obioha nity, right and freedom. justice as fairness in doing what one is naturally assigned to do; st- aying in one’s duty post without undue interfer- ence and meddlesomeness. justice as fairness in bridging the gap and the gulf between the too- powerful nations and the weak nations; justice as fairness in closing the intimidating gap be- tween the wealthy, the very wealthy nations of the world and the poor and very poor nations, is the answer for social order. when people are denied their due, the natural thing is to seek re- dress. when the redress is not achieved through dialogue and other peaceful means, they resort to violence which characterizes social disorder. the activities of the movement for the emanci- pation of niger delta of nigeria seem a good case in point. when the most powerful nations threaten and intimidate the weak ones for no just cause just to showcase their naked powers and tech- nology, just to show the weak nations that they (the too-powerful nations) are more powerful than them and therefore should be “feared and worshiped”, the result is for the weak to device means to free themselves over time, after all no- body is a monopoly of strength and violence. hobbes ( ) puts it more succinctly in the st- ate of nature when he said: nature hath made men so equal, in the faculties of the body, and mind; as that though there be found one man sometimes manifestly stronger in body, or quicker mind than another; yet when all is reckoned together, the difference between man, and man, is not so considerable, as that one man can there upon claim to himself any benefit to which another may not pretend as well as he for as to the strength of body, the weakest has strength enough to kill the strongest, either by secret machination, or by confederacy with other, that are in the same danger with himself. more so, when people experience undue in- terference in their territorial domain or even in their sovereignty as a state; and undue interfer- ence in their state policies and chosen way of governance by another state or power, experi- ence has shown that more often than not such activities have generated conflicts of interest which if not properly managed can and have led to various forms of social disorder. however, we do not claim to have exhaust- ed all there is in the nature of justice for the pe- aceful coexistence of humanity and the furth- erance of human happiness. be that as it may, the proper sense of justice as presented here can be debated, refined and reconceptualized for the correction of human and social ills in the global order. conclusion in this paper, we focused mainly on the na- ture of justice, concept of justice and the prin- ciples of justice. we saw that there is a rhythm in nature which both human and non- human ob- jects follow. we also saw that following from this rhythm, justice is natural to man and there- fore to deprive man justice is to deprive him of his humanity. although there are differences in the definition of justice by scholars, however, broadly speaking, we pictured impartiality, in- tegrity, rightness and fairness as constituting the right notion of justice. we also identified as more fundamental to the concept of natural justice, na- tural rights which constitutes the most original, inalienable and natural form of justice. on this note we concluded the paper by advocating th- at respect to these imperatives should guide the relationships between individuals and nations whether in terms of socio-political relationships and or economic ties. this constitutes justice and will help correct human and social ills in the global order. references adeigbo fa . readings in social and political philosophy. vol . ibadan: claverianum press. aluko ba . philosophy, culture and the quest for social order in africa. in: kolawole owolabi (ed.): issues and problems in philosophy. ibadan: grovacs network, pp. - aquinas thomas . summa theologiae. maryland: christian classics. aristotle ethics. trans. by jak thomson. england: penguin books ltd. bhandari dr plato’s concept of justice, an analysis. from (retrieved february , ). coplestone frederick . a history of philosophy. volume v, part ii. new york: image books. dukor maduabuchi . justice and the principle of necessity. in: maduabuchi dukor (ed.): philosophy and politics: discourse on values, politics and power in africa. lagos: malthouse press, pp. - . gorr michael . rawls on natural inequality. the philosophical quarterly, : - hilliard asa . the teachings of ptah hotep. egypt: blackwood press. hobbes thomas . the study of human nature. new york: oxford university press. kant immanuel . foundations of the metaphysics of the nature of justice morals. translated by lewis white beck. indianapolis: bobbs merrill. kordig r . a theory of rights. pacific philosophical quarterly, : - . macquarrie john . justice. in: john macquarrie (ed.): a dictionary of ethics. london: s.c.m press, pp. - . nozick robert . distributive justice. in: michael bayles, kenneth henley (eds.): right conduct: theories and applications. new york: random house, pp. - . ogunmodede francis . what is justice. in: pantaleon iroegbu (ed.): kpim of morality, ethics: general, special and professional. ibadan: heinemann educational books, pp. - . plato the republic. translated by desmond lee. england: penguin books ltd. rearden myles . law and justice. in: myles reardden (ed.): society and the rule of law. lagos: heinemann press, pp. - . russell bertrand . the history of western philosophy. london: george allen and unwin. spinoza b. . a theologico-political treatise. new york: penguin books. stumph enoch . philosophy: history and problems. new york: mcgraw-hill inc. rawls john . a theory of justice. cambridge, massachusetts: the belknap press of harvard university. uyl d, rasmnssen n . understanding justice. new york: random house. younkins edward . justice in a free society. from < h t t p : / / q u e b e c o i s l i b r e . o r g / y o u n k i n s . h t m > (retrieved june , ). uwaezuoke precious obioha bharati law review, oct. – dec.,     restorative justice: the new paradigm in the province of justice in india? dr. puranjoy ghosh∗ the ‘thoughts’ about justice are so divergent and equivocal that any attempt to design the panacea within the rubric of justice would be a perfect disharmony. the scholastic experiments so far being continued to achieve the utilitarianism in the province of justice are being concluded to the adage, ‘every justice brings an injustice’. hence, the intellectual bickering on diverse perspectives with the changing needs of the society make the evolutionary process to achieve justice dynamic. the present paper delves into the provinces or doctrines or ideas or concepts of ‘restorative justice’ not to figure out the flaws in the same rather to make a journey over the assumptions of restorative justice in criminal justice administration, particularly in india. the attempt of restorative justice, precisely, apart from the perpetrators and victims, is to accommodate within the fold of the legal frameworks to redress the harm or injury caused to the communities and with the view of reforming and reintegrating contributory role from the ends of communities in upholding social justice as well. telling incidents about restorative justice inspires more liberalization of civil liberties in the framework of administration of justice while variegated growing concern about public-order and safety irritates the comparison for effective administration between such liberalized approach and pragmatic approach. again, the attempt to establish peaceful relations among the members of the communities, social control, to ensure equality and cultural expectations or even to reduce recidivism have been mobilizing the disproportionate socio- economic or socio-cultural or even socio-political factors, like communal politics, casteism, etc., and perpetuate conflicts among different communities in any multicultural country like india. part – i introduction in the long history of the study of administration of criminal justice the question of attainability has typically been a central part of the inquiry. indeed, the question of whether particular goals are achievable by specified means or by any means is an elementary and                                                              ∗ assistant professor, school of law, kiit university, bhubaneswar, odisha, india. bharati law review, oct. – dec.,     unavoidable question about any concept or idea or theory of justice. human being, a composite of impulsion and reason reflects upon his conduct and observe disharmonies, correlates means and ends. acceptance or adaptation of a particular principle of conduct in directing one’s activities may be called as following of ‘norm’: an abstract pattern to set limits for behaviour in the society. the operative norm is one that is not merely entertained in the mind but is considered worthy of following in actual behaviour, thus, one feels that one ought to conform to it. hence, every society within the fold of its system permits its members some freedom to pursue self- interested goals within the permissible limits. many transactions, while quite legitimate, involve more or less latent conflicts of interests, and there must be mechanisms for counteracting such elements of conflict with some emphasis on solidarity or on interests that transcend the conflict. society is an aggregation of individual selves and basic social commitments of the members are to stay away of others’ way. any members being a free-willing agent of one’s self while engages oneself to trespass on the preserves of other(s) the question of ‘justice’ comes to the fore. and again, cry for ‘justice’ does not arise until the collective expectations of ‘demand-supply’ is severely imbalanced. inherently some members of the human society are not inclined towards the maintenance of social norms or orders and coercive force of punishment to maintain social norms and institutionalized order is but the effective alternative. the formulation of the doctrine of ‘justice’ and subsuming the total philosophy of life and ideals of socio-political or socio-economic existence under ‘justice’ is a peculiar characteristic and aspect of the purpose of law. the debate about ‘what is justice’ started in greek thought, is still burning issue without any precise definition. thought about ‘justice’ invokes diverse elements, like, social, political, economic, logical, psychological, and consequently any method or ideas or concepts emphasize one or some of them by ignoring other or others accomplished with the honest mischief of being insufficient or incomplete in its approach. the composite appearance of ‘justice’ has made it to be beyond any prefix. more than that it may be one’s own ideological construction, or intellectual preference or critical reflection or emotional reaction but its appeal to human beings is so great that no legal theory can ignore it without the risk of being incomplete and inadequate. though ‘justice’ is not amenable to logical and scientific approach as there is no unanimity about its settled content and meaning, yet it is a sort of ‘demand notice’ which the members of civil society direct against the established legal frameworks, social orders and political institutions and agencies. and again, the homogeneity bharati law review, oct. – dec.,     as well as heterogeneity of the bundle of demands of the members of the society necessitates streamlining of most predominant and efficacious legal framework. in brief, it is theory of expectation, the net result of human desires and demands–the ends or values of law which are assessed by objective determination in the light of the practical working of law. by ‘restorative justice’ meant one comprehensive mechanism within the fold of regular legal framework to accelerate the speedy disposal of the legal issues aiming at to achieve social peace and order as well as least grievances in processual justice. hence, it is one ancillary mechanism to dispel the social belief of ‘injustice’ to the victim, offender as well as the community. the provinces enfolded within the processes of restorative justice are: i. the ‘want’ of the survivors/victims from the existing system of justice; ii. responsiveness of the prevalent system of justice to the identified needs; iii. possibility of removal of the aberrations caused in the interpersonal relationship between the survivor/victim and offender through such restorative process; iv. experience perceived by the community at large in such reparation process; and v. impact on reformative process of justice as well. in short, providing the scope of restorative justice means introduction another subsidiary procedural mechanism in the legal framework of the country for, in order to make the restorative process of justice functional besides the fold of existing legal framework in india would require a different set of operating agents who are to play dual role like, to act as community service and social counseling also as being the members of ‘reparation body’ of the society to provide ‘justice’. the chief purpose of restorative justice is to restore peace and harmonious co-existence of conflicting interests in the society. in addition to it, it also promotes the concerned community to take effective observatory role in rehabilitation of the offender to the mainstream of the society. in such process what is deemed to have been changing is the pro-functional importance of the community/communities and to an extent the majority and minority role of the divided groups within the fold of that local community or between different communities. any society is composed of heterogeneous communities and in any community various categories of members like adult-children, men-women, literate-illiterate, rich- poor, powerful-improvised, etc., and again cultural diversity in india also makes the differences in the choices, habits, values, social bharati law review, oct. – dec.,     stigma, cultures, etc, from one local community to other. hence, to characterize a uniform social design applicable uniformly irrespective of cultural diversity would accentuate the intricacies in devising such reparation process. the efficiency and effectiveness of the traditional and customary systems of administration of justice was based on the cultures, religion, practices, consensus, aspirations, of the diverse communities of the society. in a dispute situation, familiarity with other members of one’s society helps to smoothen the edges for more cooperative and acceptable resolution of the dispute. ultimately close kinship, friendly, good neighbourly relationships would enable to promote peace, unity, harmony and progress of the society and by restorative process these social control techniques are tend to achieve with systemic perfection. intrusion of difference of opinions would evolve in that, that whatever rules and standard-norms are being set by the state in choosing the operative agents for constituting the local community group to ensure restorative process, an in-depth analysis in a case where victim-offender both lead hand-to-mouth standard of living or whatsoever social parameters as stated above would hardly involve any safe resolution of the social relationships in such reintegration conference of the harms so caused due to one or more of such factors. again, some other significant aspects, to be taken into account while devising such restorative process are: the presence of the key participants in such negotiation process to restore–because regard to be had about the privacies of the parties to such restorative process leading to determine about the presence of member(s) of the concerned localities or presence of the social activists or say from the ends of the state administration police or judges etc., are also significant. part – ii indigenous and pre-british legal system in india “in a world of responsive law, ……… law’s power does not stem from tradition or its formal pedigree alone, but also from its persuasiveness as good public policy. in a world of responsive law, legal institutions–courts, regulatory agencies, alternative dispute resolution bodies, police departments–are periodically studied and redesigned to improve their ability to fulfill public expectations.”                                                              nanso okafo, interdisciplinary research series in ethnic, gender and class relations: reconstructing justice in a post colony - (ashgate publishing ltd. ). robert a. kagan, introduction to philippe nonet’s & philip selznick, toward responsive law: law and society in transition xxiv–xxv (transaction publishers ). bharati law review, oct. – dec.,     by restorative justice what is being promoted is the responsive law. traditions, customs, indigenous principles of laws are sensibly and unpretentiously inculcate the indigenous essence of law and legal system and if any legal framework is made on such responses would undeniably accentuate the laws more efficacious and effective due to its inherent acquired aspirations in the process of law. in any country the utility and relevancy of law is tested and perceived through social internalization and cultural evolution of the populace in the societies. the choices of the communities to follow or continue to follow some habits would interpret the values in such practices of such communities and such components of social lives would form the compatibility and tradition in setting social norms, and adherence to such practices would set the legal tradition of the society to regulate the individual relations within on different facets of livelihood of members of these communities as well. the chequered history of evolution of the present legal system in india would clearly purport that the except in few areas of family laws the traditional components and system of dispute resolution has almost been amputated rather gradually customized with the rules of common law principles by precedents and analogy. thus in a country of multicultural complex societies like ours the living sources of governing rules of human relationships in the communities, the traditional consensual conciliatory character of dispute resolution have been swept from today’s adversarial character of official rules. the disintegrated political approaches of the rulers, however, encouraged several invaders to invade this country and to introduce their preferred dispute resolution systems for better administration and governance of the relations of their subjects resulting in loss of authoritative uniform social norms to evolve. the colonial economy tempted the colonial administrators to articulate and regulate the characters and practices of indigenous dispute resolution process by passing regulations to that effect. extension of judicial control in the better governance the colonial administration thus, limited legal administration and concept of limited jurisdiction and with the passage of time the traditional legal practices and sources of law became the flexible legal process. mostly the political features of a country influences in shaping the socio-economic, cultural and legal dimensions and developments of the country. thus, local practices in different local communities those having stronghold on its members and desired effect in governing the                                                              lauren a. benton, law and colonial cultures (cambridge university press ). id. mc leod, john, history of india (greenwood press, westport, ct, usa ). bharati law review, oct. – dec.,     individual relationship within those communities in the country at times boil down the established legal-norms and systems, e.g., different traditional tribunals, say, kangaroo courts or say khap panchayats and inspires the debate of popular legality of official rules. for instance, the incident of january in west bengal about the decision of rape in salishi sabha [say kangaroo court] where participation in community framework was self-styled for restorative process but the decision has undermined the public confidence in such restorative process of justice. again, the incident of april , the decision of such community led victim housewife to commit suicide setting herself ablaze as the victim was prevented from a filing a police complaint about the rape wherein the reason substantiated by such sabha was that the rapist has apologized to victim. fact that, the survivor’s family has been enjoying sufferance of deep psychological pressures of being ostracized as the decision of such salishi sabha has been defied by complaining to the police. on both counts the incidents are of tribal communities to who the kangaroo court is supreme. the points may be argued that they are not educated and don’t understand the normal system of law but the reflection of influential members of such community bodies in deliberative democracy and people’s choice on justice makes the difference about values of justice.                                                              a tribal woman, aged around years, was allegedly gang-raped at subalpur village under labhpur police station area on january by the accused as punishment for having an affair with a man from another community [commonly known as labhpur incident]. times of india, apr. , (malda): a mother of three committed suicide on wednesday after a kangaroo court questioned her character and let off the rapist lightly. the woman could not accept the humiliation. “she did not sleep all night and set herself on fire at dawn,” said her husband. she died in hospital late on wednesday. her children were at home on monday when neighbour, nabin mandal, , allegedly barged in and raped her. the woman's husband was incensed and attacked nabin but was held back by villagers who suggested they convene a village court to ‘settle the issue’. a kangaroo court was held that evening. the woman and her tormenter were brought face to face, intensifying her trauma. the sabha ‘decided’ that nabin would apologize to her by touching her feet and that in ‘future such cases’ the rapist would have to pay rs , to the survivor. the woman and her husband were shocked. they refused to accept the verdict. “how can a rapist be absolved of such a crime by touching the victim’s feet? we protested even in the meeting. it has only brought more humiliation to my wife. they used vulgar language and questioned my wife’s character,” said the husband. social welfare minister sabitri mitra, who is also the local mla, was quick to blame the opposition. “we got to know that cpm and congress men were present in the kangaroo court and connived to deny justice to the victim,” she said. district cpm secretary ambar mitra rubbished the allegation and said: “when will the government learn not to see political colour and ensure justice for rape victims?” malda sp said they hope to arrest the main accused soon. bharati law review, oct. – dec.,     the pro-functional approach of these local communities for settling disputes outside the existing legal systems highly influence the members of those communities and fewer cases are brought forth in official justice rendering system. in numerous cases, for example, where fatwas are issued by different boards established under the tutelage of all india muslim personal law board or similar agencies in different localities of union of india for the purpose of resolving the disputes alternatively, within the members of the communities in conformity with the religious mandates issues have been raised in a recent public interest litigation (pil) like, issuing of such fatwas are illegal, illegitimate and unconstitutional; resolving of the disputes in such alternative fashion strives to establish a parallel judicial system etc. union of india has pleaded on it appearance to such pil that these kind of boards act like arbitrator, mediator, negotiator, or conciliator in the matter of family disputes or civil disputes and not in criminal matters and categorized these as alternative dispute resolution mechanism for expeditious, amicable and inexpensive settlement of disputes outside the court. meanwhile all india muslim personal law board has stated it to be an informal justice delivery system. the supreme court of india viewed the status of fatwas from the perspective of objective requirements of a valid law and efficacy thereof and declared those fatwas as not legally binding as they are not made by competent authority like legislature. the court further observed that: “they are not part of the corpus juris of the state” but “an opinion, only an expert is expected to give.” the oddity in the observation is that the court has opined again that: “however, as the fatwa gets strength from the religion; it causes serious psychological impact on the person intending not to abide by that.” thus, the supreme court has felt the pulse of the psychological impact and the ordeal thereof likely to be enjoyed by the parties to such disputes in the event of such fatwas by such types of local boards or agencies in the respective local communities but the supreme court has not taken venture to recommend some mandatory guidelines which are to be complied with by such responsible local bodies or agencies for advancing the restorative justice in such alternative dispute resolution mechanism. predominantly, these types of fatwas are closely linked to the traditional practices evolved in due course of                                                              decision in writ petition (civil) no. of ; vishwa lochan madan v. union of india & ors., passed on july , in the bench of hon’ble justice mr. chandramauli kr. prasad and hon’ble justice pinaki chandra ghose, available at judis.nic.in/supremecourt/imgs .aspx?filename= . id. at . id. at . bharati law review, oct. – dec.,     times are like, non-cooperation and social ostracize from the communities, etc. in a restorative process of justice system such an alternative body or agency is required to be constituted for the reparation process but how far such bodies or agencies would satisfy the perceived goal in effectuating the restorative justice system is subject to repeated inquiries and evaluations as well. the underlying possessive character of such operating agents in capturing such power-steering in the guise of rendering restorative process within such local community would be to take a control on it and again may adversely affect the noble pursuits of justice and harmonious order in such restorative process. alternative dispute resolution (adr) system for rendering justice in india has been set up on the bedrock of subsidizing the operational extent of prescribed official rules for downsizing the delay in disposal of disputes. for example, for the realization of debts due of the banks the process of negotiation and mediation what are being encouraged in lok adalat is to pay the lesser amount and thus the disputes are being disposed of earmarking ‘realised on full satisfaction’, thus creating the loss of social wealth by those who are abusing the process of law of the land. the progressive move towards liberalism of the human civilization expands the ambit of basic needs and thus placing pressure upon the administrative machineries of the state to address varied unlimited demands for allocating the resources in a consistent manner. increasing population causes increased-demands within the limited pool of resources. thus, on the one hand the dilution of social wealth and on the other increasing pressure of demands developing the consistent pressure to find out the balancing legal mechanism and legal framework as well to harmonize and facilitate the balance of conflicting interests or say the competing interests in the society. similar opportunities of concessions are being enlarged in criminal proceedings of the country as well by introducing plea bargaining. the existence of section of the code of criminal procedure, (cr.p.c.) has earmarked the petty offences by furnishing a list of those offences what are compoundable and the introduction of plea bargaining in has created another segment by the strength what concession may be pleaded [or bargained?] before the court to absolve the rigour of the penalty. this mutual pre-trial negotiations or say deal between the victim and offenders through their agents [read advocates] requires judicial endorsement. restorative process is an additional procedural edition of legal system by enlarging the opportunities to the members of local community members in whose communities such offence/offences have been committed to bharati law review, oct. – dec.,     effectuate such mutual pre-trial deal. democratization of norms should be the be-all and end-all in the framework of such community participatory model of administration of justice and certainly to achieve the desired objects of speedy disposal of disputes as well as utilitarian approach in the administration of justice. but in reality it works out differently due to imperfect accountability of the cultural dimensions of such members of the localities or communities. by abusing the process of such legal provisions there is the erosion of social faith in adjudication of criminal proceedings. for example, the terrorists’ activities at mumbai in / , evaporated the confidence of the foreigners concerning the ‘public peace’ and ‘law and order’ in india–the primary tasks of the official machinery to maintain and loss of what affected the tourism industry of the country. therefore, the loss of public confidence in the official rules of a country affects the country in developing the social wealth as well as the values in the official norms. restoration process could not provide the restorative touch in case of certain offences like, the ordeal passed by a rape victim [children and women both inclusive], the child-labour, terrorism [both waged by militia and state sponsored], political vendetta, scam those erode the public and social wealth substantially etc., rather to follow the compensatory mechanism in affording the remedial appendages. what is well settled is that the relevancy of psychology on making the differences in socio-cultural dimensions of different communities of the societies has been well established in the context of i) their naïve metaphysical systems at a deep level; ii) their tacit epistemologies; and iii) even the nature of their cognitive processes– the ways by which they know the world. alike other attempts for crystallizing a universal psychology restorative process is one of such attempt, directed to promote the social relationship and people’s choices that are in consonance and consistence of the fundamental principles of justice of the country. problems underlies in the growing understanding of diverse opinions and values in shaping and giving effect to such fundamental principles in a country inhabited by multicultural diverse communities, say for example, the futility in                                                              r.e. nisbett, k. peng, i. choi, & a. noenzayan, culture and systems of thought: holistic versus analytic cognition, ( ) psychological review – ( ). indigenous psychologies: research and experience in cultural context (u. kim & j.w. berry eds., sage publication, new delhi ); u. kim & y.s. park, integrated analysis of indigenous psychologies: comments and extensions of ideas presented by shams, jackson, hewang & kashima, asian journal of social psychology , – ( ); psychology in india revisited–developments in the discipline, applied social and organizational psychology (j. pandey ed., sage, new delhi ). bharati law review, oct. – dec.,     giving the concrete shape of uniform civil code even after achieving independence after long years. the official rules and norms are not the organic growth of the society, it has not fully evolved out of spontaneous urge of the societies rather emphasis is given to officiate the rules introduced by british and the inhabitants are grown acclimatized with those official norms. basically, the systemic structural frameworks so far characterized in any community around the globe to develop human-behaviours’ regulatory mechanism have perceived the demands of the members of the community on the grounds of commonalities and greater values. scrutinizing the values of greater interests through rationalized self- interest of human being in the society the regulatory agencies and its frameworks coordinated the limitations and consequences in case of breach of those. hedonism in human behavioural patterns in society is no exception but increasing frequency of such behaviours in almost every walk of life stultify the values, both social and moral, and affects the legal system to confine the human behaviours and conducts in more efficient ways. the efficiency of law cannot only be achieved on its mere compliance rather the more it would uphold the values the more it becomes responsive to the society and secures the efficacy in the society. every member of the society is the stakeholder of the legal system of the society and preservation of such values, be it in law, legal systems or in human behaviours, would enhance the maximum in paying allegiance to such responsive law and legal system of the country. consultation with local stakeholders to instill confidence in public mindset about the social values of the public services tendered by the public bodies united kingdom has come up with the public services (social value) act, . this attempt has enveloped the aspirations of the exponential stakeholders of the society by dint of appreciating people’s perception for efficient performance of the public bodies in the long run in furtherance of administration of justice in democratic state. in our country in the guise of reformation and to curb down the ill-practices several committees like bodies are given a shape to preserve social values of the official rules and norms to make those more responsive to the citizens and ultimately ends in promoting more corruptions and mismanagement of social wealth. the transition shift of justice system, in particular in criminal administration of justice, from pragmatic rigourous legal system, e.g., infliction of injuries to the wrongdoer or to develop the fear-psychosis for achieving deterrence effect to more responsive legal system, i.e., to enquire into the detailed particulars of the social facts and causes, directing or tend to direct the behaviours of the wrongdoers to the pattern of wrongdoing and to comprehend the purpose of ends of law bharati law review, oct. – dec.,     ‘restorative justice’ is one of such dimensions in the chapter of administration of justice. but this is one additional procedural framework introduced and conscious effort of speedy disposal of disputes how far would be successful is significant and important. for example, at one point of time breathable ‘air’ had been considered to be available at a zero price and it was known as to be a free good. with the advancement of civilization good, quality, breathable air is not free and recent trends of the judiciary from ‘polluters pay’ principle to the prevention of eco-sensitive environment and ecology–denotes the economic value of ‘free air’. recently, the national green tribunal (principal bench) has observed: “……[r]ight to life includes the right to a decent environment. the right to a clean environment is a guaranteed fundamental right. the courts could even impose exemplary damages against the polluter. proper and healthy environment enables people to enjoy a quality of life which is the essence of the right guaranteed under article . the right to have congenial environment for human existence is the right to life. the state has a duty in that behalf and to shed its extravagant unbridled sovereign power and to forge in its policy to maintain ecological balance and hygienic environment.” deprivation of the elementary needs of a human being viz., food, water, health, education, job-opportunities, etc., in a welfare democratic state having welfare economy equates the unequal                                                              william boyes & michael melvin, textbook of economics (biztantra, an imprint of dreamtech press th ed. ). in fact, breathable air is becoming a luxury in many places. consider the opus hotel in vancouver, british columbia. it is the first north american hotel to offer hand-held oxygen dispensers in every room. these oxygen canisters are small enough to fit into a purse or briefcase and hold enough air for twelve minutes of breathing time. breathing oxygen is said to increase energy, improve cognitive performance, and reduce the effects of handovers. opus charges $ . for the use of the canisters. judgment dated feb. , , (swatanter kumar, j.) in court of its own motion v. state of h.p. & ors., application no. (thc)/ , cwpil no. of , ¶ ; court of its own motion v. union of india, jt vol. s.c. : the right to life is a right to live with dignity, safety and in a clean environment. again in m/s sterlite industries ltd. v. tamil nadu pollution control board, , vol. i all india ngt reporter, p. it is held: “article of the constitution of india which provides that no person shall be deprived of his right to life or personal liberty, except according to the procedure established by law, is interpreted by the indian courts to include in this right to life, the right to clean and decent environment. right to decent environment, as envisaged under article of the constitution of india also gives, by necessary implication, the right against environmental degradation. it is in the form of right to protect the environment, as by protecting environment alone can we provide a decent and clean environment to the citizenry. right to clean environment is a guaranteed fundamental right”. bharati law review, oct. – dec.,     treatment to the common citizenry has been well established. so, the scission between the demands for the basic needs and the supply through the interstices of government agencies encourages the miscarriage of justice and enervate the human resources of the country as well. fact that human life is composed of innumerable independent variables and dependent variable however, conglomeration of such homogeneous and heterogeneous demands musters towards the common choices in the society looking forward for the fulfillment of those. the interval between social choice and to the choice of the peoples’ representatives, steer the state machineries thus not only squandering the social wealth rather promoting scarcity of the resources and the appreciation of social costs of living thereof day by day. good governance creates long-term values. social and geo-political culture as well as the values play vital role in terms of sustainable development of a nation. the perceived consolidated democratic structure in india still hovers around the transition phase resulting in dwindling to collate the settled principles in macro- economic management of the natural resources, public administration and adequacy in institutionalized framework for better governance and its impact on the legal framework is no exception. weal of the people is the social choice in a ‘welfare state’. hence, in the event of improper distribution or restraint to equitable access to the elementary conditions of human life to its citizens squarely points out the disharmonious arrangements in distributive approaches of apparatus of the public agencies, committed to promote and cater out ‘justice–social, economic and political’. distribution of both the benefits as well as burdens to the members for harmonizing the conflicting interests of the society peacefully entreats efficient performance of the legal mechanism of the country. “by ‘equitable’ i do not necessarily mean ethical or moral, but that which a given society considers to be appropriate to the need, status, and contribution of its various members. appropriateness is shaped in part by principle and in part by precedent. it expresses what is reasonable and customary in a given distributive situation. to deviate from a rule that is founded on both reason and precedent would violate the stakeholders’ legitimate expectations, and this would be inequitable.” the close proximate relation between the good governance and economic performance for sustaining growth of the society is well established and becomes the growing understanding. the fast changing sustaining policies of the country have the impetus upon                                                              h. peyton young, equity: in theory and practice (princeton university press ). bharati law review, oct. – dec.,     the distribution of the chances of lives of its citizens and such changes for who and what degree of sustainability are befitting to the needs of the mass myriad become the play-grounds of those trustees of the society who are battling to upkeep their status on a regular intervals. the transactions of development confined in the papers and the focus of the same in reality are one perfect illusion to the mass myriad. hence, the noble approach ‘to encourage the peaceful expression of conflict, to promote tolerance and inclusiveness, build respect for diversity and promote responsible community practices.’                                                              handbook on restorative justice programmes (criminal justice handbook series, united nations, new york , sales no. e. .v. ). irqr _ _wyatt .. edinburgh research explorer doing justice citation for published version: wyatt, j & diversi, m , 'doing justice: an introduction to the special issue: "trump, brexit and the rise of the global right"', international review of qualitative research, vol. , no. , pp. - . https://doi.org/ . /irqr. . . . digital object identifier (doi): . /irqr. . . . link: link to publication record in edinburgh research explorer document version: publisher's pdf, also known as version of record published in: international review of qualitative research publisher rights statement: published as doing justice introduction to the special issue jonathan wyatt, marcelo diversi international review of qualitative research, vol. no. , spring ; (pp. - ) doi: . /irqr. . . . . © by the regents of the university of california/sponsoring society or association. copying and permissions notice: authorization to copy this content beyond fair use (as specified in sections and of the u. s. copyright law) for internal or personal use, or the internal or personal use of specific clients, is granted by [the regents of the university of california/on behalf of the sponsoring society] for libraries and other users, provided that they are registered with and pay the specified fee via rightslink® or directly with the copyright clearance center. general rights copyright for the publications made accessible via the edinburgh research explorer is retained by the author(s) and / or other copyright owners and it is a condition of accessing these publications that users recognise and abide by the legal requirements associated with these rights. take down policy the university of edinburgh has made every reasonable effort to ensure that edinburgh research explorer content complies with uk legislation. if you believe that the public display of this file breaches copyright please contact openaccess@ed.ac.uk providing details, and we will remove access to the work immediately and investigate your claim. download date: . apr. https://doi.org/ . /irqr. . . . https://doi.org/ . /irqr. . . . https://www.research.ed.ac.uk/portal/en/publications/doing-justice( b ac -bd - fba-b b - c a).html doing justice introduction to the special issue jonathan wyatt and marcelo diversi abstract in this article we argue that the contributions to this special issue are examples of the ‘acts of activism’ d. soyini madison ( ) speaks of. such acts, though always late, are necessary and urgent as qualitative researchers seek for their work to do justice. keywords: acts of activism, urgency, justice, qualitative we are always behind, always late. we are late, ontologically, as the ‘we’ we think we are notice ourselves in the break of the continuous (manning, ), and we are late, historically, as we look back. ‘moral lateness’, as mark freeman ( , p. ) argues, brings with it the risk as we consider ‘what happened’ that we may deceive ourselves or, perhaps worse, see our true culpability with the clarity we did not possess at the time. from either perspective, we can never keep up. this collection, in these senses, is late. the world has moved, is moving; we have moved, are moving. the political events the contributors to this collection engage with dominate the landscape we inhabit: gross apparitions, whose advent some, in some parts of the world, might have struggled to believe at first, rubbing their eyes when they first appeared, are now an undeniable, looming presence, even if shock and incredulity remain. for others, such happenings have always been there and what has changed is they are now being echoed in the privileged west. but lateness brings with it the invitation of urgency, an urgency that presses upon us, spurring us to respond, to catch up, calling us out of our inertia and despair and demanding, at the very least, that we pay more attention. those of us from nations and cultures destroyed and reinvented by colonization may have been less surprised by brexit or trump’s election in the united states than our colleagues from advan- taged segments of western societies. many continue to live and labour under author- itarian and populist regimes decades and centuries after independence, even where some nominal versions of democracy exist. still, we too were surprised by both brexit and trump’s election in . we did not think that such a (re)turn to mean-spirited international review of qualitative research, vol. , no. , spring , pp. – . issn - , eissn - . © international institute for qualitative research, university of illinois, urbana-champaign. all rights reserved. request permission to photocopy or reproduce article content at the university of california press’s reprints and permissions web page, https://www.ucpress.edu/journals/reprints-permissions. doi: https://doi.org/ . /irqr. . . . . https://www.ucpress.edu/journals/reprints-permissions https://doi.org/ . /irqr. . . . and exclusionary politics would happen again in the longest-lasting democracies in the world. perhaps too many of us took for granted that democracy and unconditional inclu- sion are natural destinations for human civilization, albeit arduous and slow to reach. the rise of the global right is now challenging such assumptions, hopes, and dreams. but perhaps this contemporary institutionalized turn to exclusion and malevolence can bring more of us together in resistance, love, courage, and collective imagination about how to reconcile, heal, and move forward as one large human and more-than-human family. we think every piece in this collection wrestles with how to move forward with greater care, attention, and compassion, even if the path is hard to see at the moment. we write this introduction over a year after the initial prompt for this special issue, a call from jonathan to qualitative researchers gathering for the inaugural european congress of qualitative inquiry in leuven, belgium, in february , followed by a similar call from him to those attending the international congress of qualitative inquiry (icqi) in urbana-champaign, illinois, usa, in may . the may call (the february call updated following the french presidential election) read as follows: in june , the uk voted, against most expectations, to leave the european union, following a divisive, threatening, unedifying referendum campaign. in november the us elected donald trump as president, also against expectations and also amidst hate-filled rhetoric. brexit, the election of trump, the rise of support for le front national in france’s presidential election this month, established authoritarian societies such as putin’s russia, erdoğan’s turkey and orbán’s hungary that maintain certain democratic trappings as a convenient front, and more, all speak to the spread of a global right-wing conservative authoritarian political movement. icqi delegates are in the thick of the impact of this movement. we have delegates from nations that have already experienced their version of trump and what this authoritarian turn means for critical inquiry, for the assault on democratic ideals, the war on dissent, attacks on young people, women, minorities, healthcare and the environment, the criminalization of social problems, and the militarization of everyday life. the politics may be local, but the power is global. what does all this mean for qualitative inquiry? what does this call forth from us? how does this rise of the right affect the way we think and write and carry ourselves within our institutions, amongst our scholarly communities and jonathan wyatt, marcelo diversi in relation to our work? how does it inform how we theorise and produce knowledge? how does it mobilise us? as rosi braidotti writes in the wake of trump’s election: ‘we need to compose together a plane of agreement about what our shared hopes and aspirations are. we need to agree on what we want to build together as an alternative. critique and creation work hand-in-hand’. (braidotti, ) this plenary invites scholars from around the globe to respond to the impact of trump, brexit, and the global rise of the right to find ways to articulate this impact and where we go from here. we will present for no more than minutes each in response to these three questions: . what impact is the ‘rise of the right’ having upon me? where is it leaving/ taking me? what is it evoking? . how am i thinking about, or rethinking, (my) inquiry as a consequence? . where do we go from here? what does this community do now? we will speak in turn, then pause and in the time remaining gather others’ thoughts, responses, echoes. this special issue brings the sets of contributions from both events together (bar one absentee), with the articles drawing from a range of perspectives, backgrounds, experiences, beliefs, disciplines, theoretical positions, and more. many contributors have expanded and/or revised their papers, each continuing to be prompted (differ- ently) by the three questions contained in the calls. and we were graced with authors who showed us new ways to move forward in hope, always responding to us with kindness and understanding in our many requests for revision, clarification, and elaboration of thought. we finalize this collection more hopeful than when the first calls for papers were made. throughout the process of putting this issue together, we, editors and contribu- tors alike, have been aware of our desire for our work to do justice. not with a sense of grandiosity but with a sense of responsibility: to do what we can; to do, perhaps, just a little justice. justice to our research, to qualitative inquiry, to ourselves, and to the wider import of the political events framing this collection. we have been aware, too, of the aforementioned sense of urgency, the aspiration to be on time. this collection can never be that, but it can feed into, generate, stimulate, fuel our conversations; it can speak from where it is to where we will doing justice become, in a ‘gesture of encounter . . . thinking collectively at its limit’ (manning, , p. ix) as together we strive towards the im/possibility of being able to look back and know we have neither deceived ourselves nor been culpable, rather know we were active not complacent, that we and others undertook – and continued to undertake, and continued and continued, persistent and relentless – the ‘acts of activism’ (madison, ) that called us. references braidotti, r. ( , november). don’t agonize, organize. e-flux conversations. retrieved from http://conversations.e-flux.com/t/rosi-braidotti-don-t-agonize-organize/ freeman, m. ( ). hindsight: the promise and peril of looking backward. oxford, england: oxford university press. madison, d. s. ( ). acts of activism: human rights as radical performance. new york, ny: cambridge university press. manning, e. ( ). always more than one: individuation’s dance. durham, nc: duke university press. manning, e. ( ). the minor gesture. durham, nc: duke university press. about the authors jonathan wyatt is professor of qualitative inquiry and director of the centre for creative- relational inquiry at the university of edinburgh. his current book, therapy, stand-up, and the gesture of writing: towards creative-relational inquiry, is published by routledge. marcelo diversi is professor of human development at washington state university vancouver, usa. he teaches and writes with the hope that critical inquiry matters enough to help us expand the circle of us around the globe. jonathan wyatt, marcelo diversi << /ascii encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (gray gamma . ) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec - . ) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \ swop\ v ) /srgbprofile (srgb iec - . ) /cannotembedfontpolicy /warning /compatibilitylevel . /compressobjects /off /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages false /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves . /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel /emitdscwarnings false /endpage - /imagememory /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct /optimize true /opm /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness false /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /remove /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages false /colorimageminresolution /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution /colorimagedepth - /colorimagemindownsampledepth /colorimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages false /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /jpeg coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /jpeg colorimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages false /grayimageminresolution /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution /grayimagedepth - /grayimagemindownsampledepth /grayimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages false /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /jpeg grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /jpeg grayimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages false /monoimageminresolution /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /average /monoimageresolution /monoimagedepth - /monoimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k - >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx acheck false /pdfx check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ . . . . ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox false /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ . . . . ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (u.s. web coated \ swop\ v ) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier (cgats tr ) /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname (http://www.color.org) /pdfxtrapped /unknown /createjdffile false /description << /enu >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) ( . ) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) ( . ) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /allowimagebreaks true /allowtablebreaks true /expandpage false /honorbaseurl true /honorrollovereffect false /ignorehtmlpagebreaks false /includeheaderfooter false /marginoffset [ ] /metadataauthor () /metadatakeywords () /metadatasubject () /metadatatitle () /metricpagesize [ ] /metricunit /inch /mobilecompatible /namespace [ (adobe) (golive) ( . ) ] /openzoomtohtmlfontsize false /pageorientation /portrait /removebackground false /shrinkcontent true /treatcolorsas /mainmonitorcolors /useembeddedprofiles false /usehtmltitleasmetadata true >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /bleedoffset [ ] /convertcolors /converttorgb /destinationprofilename (srgb iec - . ) /destinationprofileselector /usename /downsample bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /clipcomplexregions true /convertstrokestooutlines false /converttexttooutlines false /gradientresolution /linearttextresolution /presetname ([high resolution]) /presetselector /highresolution /rastervectorbalance >> /formelements true /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles true /marksoffset /marksweight . /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) ( . ) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /pagemarksfile /romandefault /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /usedocumentprofile /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] /syntheticboldness . >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [ ] /pagesize [ . . ] >> setpagedevice compendium of tribal crime data, u.s. department of justice office of justice programs bureau of justice statistics bjs mandatory p.l. states optional p.l. states indian reservations (u.s. census bureau) source: bureau of justice statistics overview tribal crime data collection activities duren banks, steven w. perry, and allina lee tribal law enforcement, brian reaves state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, steven w. perry, ron malega, and duren banks selected findings: jails in indian country, todd minton summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system mark motivans and howard snyder compendium of tribal crime data, june bureau of justice statistics james p. lynch director bjs website: www.bjs.gov for information contact: bjs clearinghouse - - - the bureau of justice statistics is the statistics agency of the u.s. department of justice. duren banks coordinated the development of this compendium. contributing authors include duren banks, allina lee, ron malega, todd minton, mark motivans, steven w. perry, brian reaves, and howard snyder. in addition to the authors, other bjs staff who contributed to verification include paul guerino, tracey kyckelhahn, and tracy l. snell. morgan young and jill thomas edited the report, barbara quinn designed and produced the report, and jayne robinson and tina dorsey prepared the report for final printing under the supervision of doris j. james. june , ncj compendium of tribal crime data, compendium of tribal crime data, bjs mandatory p.l. states optional p.l. states indian reservations (u.s. census bureau) source: bureau of justice statistics overview tribal crime data collection activities duren banks, steven w. perry, and allina lee tribal law enforcement, brian reaves state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, steven w. perry, ron malega, and duren banks selected findings: jails in indian country, todd minton summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system mark motivans and howard snyder june content s overview tribal crime data collection activities the tribal law and order act, (tloa; pub. l. no. - , stat. , section (b)) requires the bureau of justice statistics (bjs) to establish and implement a tribal data collection system and to support tribal participation in national records and information systems. this is the first bjs report on the status of tribal data collection activities as required by the act. it describes bjs’s activities between july and june to improve tribal law enforcement reporting to the fbi’s uniform crime reporting program (ucr) and bjs’s direct collaboration with tribal criminal justice systems to collect data about tribal court systems. it summarizes data published by bjs on jails in indian country, tribal law enforcement agencies, state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, tribal youth in the federal justice system, and reporting to the ucr. it describes activities and funding opportunities to improve tribal crime data collection through programs such as the national criminal history improvement program (nchip), the national instant criminal background check system (nics), byrne/jag funding, and ucr training. table . . tribes submitting crime data to the uniform crime reporting program (ucr) program and receiving byrne/justice assistance grant (jag) awards, fy - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . bureau of justice statistics planned program activities in response to the tribal law and order act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tribal law enforcement, presents data on tribal law enforcement agencies from the census of state and local law enforcement agencies. this report defines the number and locations of tribal law enforcement agencies, service populations, and the number of sworn and nonsworn employees. it describes agency participation in traditional law enforcement (routine patrol, criminal investigation, and dispatching calls for service), public safety functions (emergency management, animal control, and fire services), specialized functions (search and rescue, tactical operations, and underwater recovery), and court-related activities (executing arrest warrants, enforcing protection orders, and serving process). the report details participation in multiagency task forces involving drug and human trafficking, gangs, violent crime, and antiterrorism. it presents data on community outreach efforts, such as school resource officers and community policing officers. table . . tribally operated law enforcement agencies, by type of agency and number of full-time sworn personnel, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . the largest tribally operated law enforcement agencies, by the number of full-time sworn personnel, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . use of community policing and school resource officers by tribal police departments, and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . location of tribally operated law enforcement agencies, . figure . . selected law enforcement functions performed by tribal police departments, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . selected court-related functions performed by tribal police departments, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . selected special functions performed by tribal police departments, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . task force participation of tribal police departments, . . . state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, describes state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country under public law - (p.l. ). this report examines the activities of prosecutors’ offices in states affected by p.l. through either mandatory or optional jurisdiction. six states have mandatory jurisdiction under p.l. over crimes in indian country: alaska, california, minnesota (except the red lake reservation), nebraska, oregon (except the warm springs reservation), and wisconsin. the report also examines activities of prosecutors’ offices in the states that have an option to assume jurisdiction over crimes in indian country within their borders: arizona, florida, idaho, iowa, montana, nevada, north dakota, south dakota, utah, and washington. using data from the national census of state court prosecutors, this report describes the characteristics of state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction for crimes committed in indian country, including budgets, staffing, and caseload. it also examines the types of offenses committed in indian country that were prosecuted in . table . . number of tribes participating in the census of tribal justice agencies in indian country, by p.l. status, type of court systems, and state, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction for crimes committed in indian country, by p.l. status, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . type of state prosecutors’ offices in indian country, by p.l. status, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . budget, staffing, and caseload of state prosecutors’ offices, by p.l. status, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . state prosecutors’ offices reporting jurisdiction in indian country under p.l. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . state prosecutors’ offices reporting prosecution of specific crimes in indian country, by p.l. status, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compendium of tribal crime data, contents (continued) selected findings: jails in indian country, presents selected findings from the bulletin jails in indian country, , released in february (ncj ). data are based on an enumeration of jails, confinement facilities, detention centers, and other facilities operated by tribal authorities or the bureau of indian affairs (bia) reported to the annual survey of jails in indian country. the report includes data on the number of adults and juveniles held, type of offense, number of persons confined on the last weekday of each month, average daily population, peak population, and admissions in june . it also summarizes rated capacity, facility crowding, and jail staffing. table . . inmates, rated capacity, and percent of capacity occupied in indian country jails, and - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . jails in indian country that held the majority of inmates in compared to , by facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . number of indian country jails, by percent of rated capacity occupied, june . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . admissions and expected length of stay in indian country jails during june, by facility size, june . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . number of inmates confined in indian country jails, by demographic characteristics, conviction status, and offense, midyear , , , and - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . number of persons employed in indian country jails, by job function, june , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . inmates confined in indian country jails, at midyear - and - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . percent of rated capacity occupied, by type of inmate count, june . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system presents findings on tribal youth processed through the federal criminal justice system between and . findings are from a recent study conducted by the urban institute under the bureau of justice statistics’ federal justice statistics program (fjsp). this report describes the number of tribal youth in the federal system and examines how they are handled through the stages of the federal criminal case process, from arrest to confinement. it describes tribal youth demographic characteristics, offenses, and case outcomes, such as referrals for prosecution, dismissal rates, sentencing, and time served. table . . reason for matters declined for prosecution with tribal youth suspects, - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . federally recognized tribes and enrolled members, . . . . . table . . tribal and non-tribal youth admitted to the federal bureau of prisons, by offense type, - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . tribal youth referred to and prosecuted by u.s. attorneys, - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . case-related reasons for declination, - . . . . . . . . . figure . . tribal youth admitted to the custody of federal prison authorities, and five federal judicial districts that committed the majority of tribal youth, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . maximum time in federal custody of juveniles adjudicated delinquent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . tribal youth in the federal bureau of prisons, by status, at admission, - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . non-tribal youth admitted to the federal bureau of prisons, by status, at admission, - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . non-tribal youth admitted to the custody of federal prison authorities, and five federal judicial districts that committed the majority of tribal youth, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . highlights tribal crime data collection activities � the bureau of justice statistics (bjs) consulted with tribal leaders through a variety of forums in . � for the first time, the bureau of indian affairs’ (bia) submissions to the uniform crime reporting program (ucr) were disaggregated by tribe and reported in crime in the u.s., . � the number of tribes eligible for byrne/jag funding increased from to . � in , tribal law enforcement staff received ucr training. � bjs provided competitive funding opportunities for jurisdictions to improve criminal records. � bjs developed a multifaceted data collection system that both established new collections and enhanced current programs. june highlights (continued) tribal law enforcement, � tribally operated law enforcement agencies employed nearly , full-time personnel, including about , sworn officers. � the largest tribal law enforcement agency, the navajo police department, employed full-time sworn personnel in arizona, new mexico, and utah. � eleven of the largest tribal law enforcement agencies served jurisdictions covering more than , square miles. � overall, tribal police departments cost about $ per resident to operate during fiscal year . � in addition to law enforcement functions, nearly all tribal police departments performed court-related functions, such as court security and serving process. � more than half of tribal police departments used community policing officers, and more than a third used school resource officers. � about in tribal police departments participated in one or more multiagency task forces. state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, � ninety-three state court prosecutors’ offices in the p.l. states reported jurisdiction for felonies committed in indian country under p.l. . � seventy-three percent of offices with jurisdiction in indian country reported prosecuting at least one felony case committed in indian country. � most offices in p.l. states prosecuted at least one offense involving drugs ( %), domestic violence ( %), or aggravated assault ( %). � eighteen offices in mandatory p.l. states with jurisdiction for indian country prosecuted at least one rape, and offices prosecuted a homicide. � of state prosecutors’ offices that reported jurisdiction for felony cases in indian country under p.l. , % served judicial districts with populations of less than , residents. � offices with jurisdiction for felony crimes committed in indian country had an average operating budget of $ . million in . selected findings: jails in indian country, � the number of inmates confined in indian country jails increased by . % between midyear and , reaching , inmates. � between june and june , the average daily jail population in indian country increased by %, and the percentage of occupied bed space increased from . % to . %. � eleven jails ( % of all facilities) held % of inmates confined at midyear . � during june , the number of inmates admitted to indian country jails ( , ) was about times the size of the average daily population ( , ). � the expected average length of stay increased by a half day from . days during june to . days during june . � indian country jail authorities reported no deaths in custody between july , , and june , , down from reported deaths during the -month period ending june , . � attempted suicides by inmates declined from in to in . � indian country jails held fewer inmates for domestic violence at midyear ( ), continuing the downward trend in the number held for this offense since ( ). � the percentage of certified correctional officers working in indian country jails increased steadily, from % at midyear to % at midyear . summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system � in , relatively few juveniles were referred to federal prosecutors ( out of , suspects) or admitted to federal prison jurisdiction ( out , offenders). � tribal youth ( ) comprised nearly half of juveniles ( ) handled by the federal courts in . � federal judicial districts of arizona, montana, south dakota, new mexico, and north dakota accounted for % of tribal youth investigated, % of those prosecuted, and % of those admitted to federal prison jurisdiction in . � in , about % of tribal youth were investigated for violent offenses, including sexual abuse ( %), assault ( %), and murder ( %). � about % of matters involving tribal youth were declined by federal prosecutors in . � a greater share of cases involving tribal youth in u.s. district courts were terminated by conviction ( %) than by dismissal ( %). � from to , the lowest number of tribal ( ) and non-tribal youth ( ) admitted to the jurisdiction of federal prison authorities occurred in . � admissions to federal prison jurisdiction among tribal youth declined % per year from to , while non-tribal youth admissions declined % per year. � in , tribal youth served an average of months under federal jurisdiction, which was more than double the tribal justice system maximum sentence of months. compendium of tribal crime data, overview the tribal law and order act (tloa), enacted july , , requires the bureau of justice statistics (bjs) to ( ) establish and implement a tribal data collection system and ( ) support tribal participation in national records and information systems (p.l. - , stat. , § (b)). the act further requires the director of bjs to consult with indian tribes to establish and implement this data collection system. the bjs director is required to report to congress within one year of enactment, and annually thereafter, the data collected and analyzed in accordance with the act. this report describes activities in support of bjs’s tribal crime data collection system and summarizes findings published from that system between july and june . multifaceted data collection system criminal jurisdiction in indian country—federally recognized reservations, tribal communities, and identified trust lands—varies by the type of crime committed, whether the offender or victim was a tribal member, and the state in which the offense occurred. due to the sovereign status of federally recognized tribes in the united states, crimes committed in indian country are often subject to concurrent jurisdiction between multiple criminal justice agencies. public law - (p.l. ) gave select states legal jurisdiction over tribal members to prosecute crimes that occur on the reservation under existing state laws. these mandatory p.l. states include california, minnesota (except the red lake reservation), nebraska, oregon (except the warm springs reservation), wisconsin, and alaska. p.l. permitted other states to acquire jurisdiction over crimes committed in indian country at their option. these optional p.l. states assume jurisdiction, either in whole or in part, over indian country within their boundaries, and include arizona, florida, idaho, iowa, montana, nevada, north dakota, south dakota, utah, and washington. in the remaining states, where p.l. does not apply, federal and tribal governments maintain concurrent jurisdiction for major crimes committed in indian country (as defined in the major crimes act and subsequent amendments ( u.s.c. § )). tribal governments have jurisdiction for all other crimes committed in indian country that involve both an indian offender and indian victim. states retain jurisdiction for non-indian crimes committed in indian country—those in which neither the offender nor the victim is a tribal member. due in part to these jurisdictional complexities, existing tribal data systems are often limited in scope and applicable only to certain jurisdictions or states. an effective tribal data collection system will include data from federal, state, local, and tribal agencies. the information maintained in this system should further be considered in light of the concurrent jurisdictional roles multiple agencies maintain in indian country. recent findings from the tribal data collection system tribal law enforcement agencies operated in in september , american indian tribes operated law enforcement agencies. these agencies employed at least one full-time sworn officer with general arrest powers or the equivalent in part-time officers. the total includes general purpose tribal police departments and special jurisdiction agencies tasked with enforcing natural resources laws that pertain primarily to hunting and fishing on tribal lands. tribes operated law enforcement agencies in states and employed about , full-time sworn personnel. eleven of the largest tribal law enforcement agencies served jurisdictions of more than , square miles. (see tribal law enforcement, , page , for more information.) tribal law enforcement agencies provided data through the bureau of indian affairs (bia) that met the fbi’s guidelines for publication offenses known to tribal law enforcement agencies were reported by tribal agencies in the fbi’s crime in the united states, . eighty-three tribal law enforcement agencies met fbi guidelines for data publication in the report.* nearly , violent crimes and approximately , property crimes were known to *crimes known to tribal law enforcement agencies are submitted to the ucr through the bia. ucr data must be submitted by local law enforcement with a valid reporting number, and be complete for all months of the year. data submitted to the ucr must also meet fbi data quality guidelines for publication in crime in the u.s. june these selected tribal law enforcement agencies in . (see the fbi’s crime in the united states, , http:// www .fbi.gov/ucr/cius /data/ table_ .html, for more information.) state prosecutors’ offices in p.l. states reported jurisdiction for felonies committed in indian country in , state court prosecutors’ offices reported jurisdiction under p.l. for felonies committed in indian country. seventy-three percent of these offices reported prosecuting at least one felony case that arose from indian country in , including at least one offense that involved drugs ( %), domestic violence ( %), or aggravated assault ( %). most state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction under p.l. served districts with , or fewer residents. (see state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, , page , for more information.) jails in indian country housed , inmates in the number of inmates confined in indian country jails increased by . % between midyear and midyear , from , to , inmates. over the months ending june , the average daily jail population in indian country increased by %, and the percentage of occupied bed space increased from . % to . %. (see selected findings: jails in indian country, , page , for more information.) most tribal youth in the federal system were referred for violent offenses between and , % of tribal youth in criminal matters received by federal prosecutors were referred for a violent offense. sexual abuse was the most common violent offense, followed by assault and murder. in , federal prosecutors received tribal youth suspects in matters opened out of , total matters investigated. tribal youth admitted to the legal custody of federal prison authorities were mostly male ( %) and tended to be older teens; more than two-thirds were between the ages and . (see summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system, page , for more information.) tribal crime data collection activities, the bureau of justice statistics (bjs), in collaboration with other federal agencies and american indian tribes, conducted several activities to develop the tribal data collection system as of june . the data collection system establishes both new data collections and enhances current programs to carry out the requirements of the tribal law and order act (tloa), . bjs focused on improving tribal law enforcement reporting to the fbi’s uniform crime reporting program (ucr) and developed direct data collection from tribal criminal justice systems, such as collecting information about the nature and operation of tribal court systems. efforts also include activities and funding opportunities to improve tribal crime data collection through programs such as the national criminal history improvement program (nchip), the national instant criminal background check system (nics), byrne/jag funding, and ucr training. activities to support tribal crime data collection systems, july through june tribal consultations conducted in bjs consulted with tribal leaders through a variety of forums in . bjs developed and distributed an initial plan that responded to the tloa sections that directly referenced tribal crime data collection. this plan was presented to several stakeholder groups to invite feedback and input, including— � interdepartmental tribal justice safety and wellness consultation, session (december , palm springs, ca) � uniform crime reporting program (ucr) trainings for tribal law enforcement ( ) agencies � national congress of american indians, executive council winter meeting (march , washington, dc). for the first time, the bureau of indian affairs’ (bia) submissions to ucr were disaggregated by tribe and reported in the fbi’s crime in the u.s., working with the office of justice services in the bia, and the office of tribal justice and the fbi in the department of justice (doj), bjs developed a process to support tribal access to, and input in, regional and national criminal justice databases, including the national crime information center (ncic) and the uniform crime reporting program (ucr). as a result of this process, data provided to the fbi from the bia were able to be disaggregated by tribe. offenses known to tribal law enforcement agencies were reported by tribal agencies in the fbi’s crime in the united states, . eighty- three tribal law enforcement agencies met fbi guidelines for data to be published in the report. tribal crime data collection activities, duren banks, ph.d., and steven w. perry, bjs statisticians allina lee, bjs policy analyst u.s. department of justice office of justice programs bureau of justice statistics june , ncj highlights � the bureau of justice statistics (bjs) consulted with tribal leaders through a variety of forums in . � for the first time, the bureau of indian affairs’ (bia) submissions to the uniform crime reporting program (ucr) were disaggregated by tribe and reported in crime in the u.s., . � the number of tribes eligible for byrne/jag funding increased from in to in . � in , tribal law enforcement staff received ucr training. � bjs provided competitive funding opportunities for jurisdictions to improve criminal records in fiscal year . � bjs developed a multifaceted data collection system that both established new collections and enhanced current programs. compendium of tribal crime data, the number of tribes eligible for byrne/ jag funding increased from in fiscal year to in fiscal year collaborative efforts between the departments of justice and interior have increased the number of tribes reporting monthly crime data to the ucr, thereby increasing the number of tribes eligible to receive byrne/jag awards. byrne/jag funds can be used to support a range of activities in seven broad program areas, including law enforcement; prosecution and courts; crime prevention and education; corrections; drug treatment and enforcement; program planning, evaluation, and technology improvement; and crime victim and witness programs. most american indian tribes had been ineligible to receive byrne/jag funds because of gaps in indian country crime statistics and traditional methods for reporting data. prior to , bia provided an aggregate number of crimes known to tribal law enforcement to the ucr. since these data could not be disaggregated by tribe, tribal law enforcement agencies that did not submit information directly to the ucr were not eligible for byrne/jag awards. in fy , tribes submitted crime data directly to the fbi, with of the tribes eligible to receive byrne/jag awards totaling $ , . in fy , the number of tribes that submitted crime data increased to following collaborative efforts between agencies in the departments of justice and interior, with tribes eligible for byrne/jag awards totaling $ , (table . ). more than tribal law enforcement staff received ucr training through recovery act funds, bjs developed and implemented the tribal crime data project to further support the reporting of tribal crime to the ucr, and thereby establish eligibility for byrne/ jag funds. the project is also part of bjs’s larger effort to collect more reliable information on american indians in the criminal justice system and crimes committed in indian country. through the tribal crime data project, bjs conducted three training sessions in , with more than tribal members, on the use of the ucr systems. in the project provided training and technical assistance to tribes that did not meet fbi data quality guidelines or had not previously submitted complete crime data to bia. table . tribes submitting crime data to the uniform crime reporting program (ucr) and receiving justice assistance grant (jag) awards, fy – number of tribes— fiscal year reporting to ucr eligible for jag award eligible award amount $ , , , bjs, acting jointly with the office of justice services, bia (doi), and the fbi (doj), will work with tribes and tribal law enforcement to establish and implement tribal data collection systems (p.l. - § (b)). tribal crime data collection activities, funding for improving criminal records to improve criminal records, bjs provided outreach to agencies in tribal jurisdictions through two competitive funding opportunities: � national criminal history improvement program (nchip) solicitation, � national instant criminal background check system (nics) act record improvement program (narip) solicitation, . the tloa made federally recognized tribes eligible for awards under bjs’s nchip. state and tribal entities apply for nchip funds to enhance the crime fighting and criminal justice capabilities of governments by improving the accuracy, utility, and interstate accessibility of criminal history records. jurisdictions also apply for nchip funds to enhance records of protective orders that involve domestic violence and stalking, sex offender records, automated identification systems, and other state systems that support national records systems and their use for criminal history background checks. bjs released the fy nchip solicitation on january , , and collaborated with other ojp components to disseminate information about the nchip funding announcement as broadly as possible. tribal contacts were alerted via email to the funding opportunity, and the solicitation was posted to the bjs and doj tribal safety and justice websites. information about the nchip funding opportunity was also presented during several meetings and a consultation in the fall and winter of . additionally, bjs developed an addendum to the solicitation that identified priority funding areas and eligibility requirements for tribal applicants. the addendum outlined key tribal priority areas activities related to— � information technology systems to capture and transmit tribal issued domestic violence and stalking records to the fbi ncic protection order file � automation and transmission of existing qualifying domestic violence and stalking records to the fbi ncic protection order file. the narip implements the provisions of the nics improvement amendments act of , enacted in the wake of the shooting tragedy at virginia tech and includes tribes as eligible entities. the narip funds provide assistance to eligible states and tribes to improve the completeness, automation, and transmittal of records needed by the nics to identify persons prohibited from receiving or possessing a firearm. these records include prohibited mental health adjudications and commitments, felony convictions, felony indictments, fugitives from justice, drug arrests and convictions, domestic violence protection orders, and misdemeanor crimes of domestic violence. bjs will award fy narip funds to support efforts to improve the records used by nics, by providing assistance to states and tribes to improve the completeness, automation, and transmittal of records to state and federal systems. bjs released the fy narip solicitation on march , . the same process used to disseminate information about the nchip funding opportunity was followed to alert tribes to the narip solicitation. subject to the availability of appropriated funds and any modifications or additional requirements that may be imposed by law, bjs plans to competitively award nchip and narip funds in fy . eligible applications will be evaluated and scored by peer reviewers, and funding will be made based on the selection criteria outlined in the solicitations. bjs is authorized to provide for improvements in the accuracy, quality, timeliness, immediate accessibility, and integration of state and tribal criminal history and related records (p.l. - § (b)( )(h)). compendium of tribal crime data, bjs established new collections and enhanced current programs in addition to collaborating with other federal agencies to improve tribal law enforcement reporting to the ucr, bjs developed a plan to collect information about tribal criminal justice systems. this multipronged approach both established new collections and enhanced current programs that serve the purposes of the tloa. through its ongoing statistical projects, bjs provided information on ( ) suspects and defendants processed in the federal criminal justice system, including federal prosecutions of crimes committed in indian country, ( ) the incidence of crimes known to law enforcement that occur on tribal reservations or were reported by indian country law enforcement authorities, ( ) the characteristics of tribal law enforcement agencies, and ( ) the characteristics of jails in indian country. bjs plans to begin collecting information about the nature and operation of tribal court systems in (table . ). survey of tribal court systems bjs developed the survey of tribal court systems to build on bjs’s previous census of tribal justice agencies (see census of tribal justice agencies in indian country, , bjs web, december ). the survey will gather administrative and operational information from tribal courts, prosecutors’ offices, and indigent defense providers operating in the estimated federally recognized tribal justice systems in the u.s. subject to the availability of appropriated funds and any modifications or additional requirements that may be imposed by law, bjs plans to award the survey of tribal court systems in fy . bjs will work with the awardee and collaborating organizations to develop the data collection instrument and methodology. the instrument will include, at a minimum, measures of tribal court organization, court caseload, characteristics of prosecutors in tribal courts, and systems to provide indigent defense in tribal courts. based on the results of the initial data collection, bjs will devise a strategy for conducting a regular data collection program among indian country court systems. census of state and local law enforcement agencies the census of state and local law enforcement agencies provides data on staffing, functions, and expenditures. data collected include the number of sworn and civilian personnel by state and type of agency, and functions performed by each agency. bjs analyzed and published findings from data collected in , from the census of state and local law enforcement agencies program, including tribal law enforcement agencies. survey of jails in indian country the survey of jails in indian country data describe jails, confinement facilities, detention centers, and other facilities operated by tribal authorities or bia. the annual report from the survey of jails in indian country includes data on the number of adults and juveniles held, type of offense, number of persons confined on the last weekday of each month, average daily population, peak population, and admissions at midyear. it also summarizes rated capacity, facility crowding, and jail staffing. the most recent report that describes findings from the survey was released in february . national census of state court prosecutors in bjs conducted the national census of state prosecutors, which was the second complete enumeration of all chief prosecutors who tried felony cases in state courts of general jurisdiction. the census collected information about whether district the director of bjs will establish and implement a tribal data collection system (p.l. - § (b)). tribal crime data collection activities, table . bureau of justice statistics planned program activities in response to the tribal law and order act program objective timeline collaboration with doj components and bia to increase the number of tribes eligible to receive edward byrne memorial justice assistance grant (jag) program funds, ensure tribal access to regional and national databases, and develop comprehensive tribal crime data systems. ongoing. bjs recovery act program to support tribes to more accurately and consistently report tribal crime data to the bia and/or the fbi through technical assistance, training, and information sharing. crimes known to some tribal law enforcement agencies published in crime in the united states, and annually thereafter. grants to support tribal participation in regional and national databases to continue to include federally-recognized tribes as eligible entities for the national instant criminal background check system (nics) act record improvement program and add federally- recognized tribes as eligible entities to the national criminal history improvement program (nchip) grant awards. tribes are eligible for awards as of fy (nics) and fy (nchip). census of state and local law enforcement agencies to collect data from all state, local, and tribal law enforcement agencies on staffing, expenditures and functions. bjs will continue to implement strategies designed to accurately represent the work of tribal law enforcement agencies. periodically since . latest report: census census report in . survey of tribal court systems to gather administrative and operational information from tribal courts, prosecutors’ offices, and indigent defense providers. award: august . design and data collection: - . analysis and reporting: early . survey of jails in indian country the survey is an annual enumeration of jails, confinement facilities, detention centers, and other facilities operated by tribal authorities or the bia. data are collected intermittently via an addendum to the core survey on the physical conditions and operations of indian country facilities. the addendum requests information on inmate medical services, mental health services, suicide prevention procedures, substance dependency programs, domestic violence counseling, sex offender treatment, education programs, and inmate work assignments. annually since . latest report: survey survey report expected in . federal justice statistics program to compile comprehensive information describing suspects and defendants processed in the federal criminal justice system. ongoing since . annual data through available on the bjs website. bjs native american crime information website to provide users with easy-to-access and current information from existing and new data collection programs design and populate website: - . public release: late . compendium of tribal crime data, attorney offices have jurisdiction for prosecuting felony cases occurring in indian country under p.l. , and what types of crimes the office prosecuted. the findings from this data collection are in state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country on page . federal justice statistics program the federal justice statistics program (fjsp) provides comprehensive and detailed information about the federal justice system’s processing of criminal cases. the fjsp provides annual data on workload, activities, and outcomes associated with federal criminal cases. information is acquired on all aspects of processing in the federal justice system, including arrests, prosecution decisions, referrals to magistrates, court dispositions, sentencing outcomes, sentence length, and time served. the fjsp receives the source data from the u.s. marshals service, drug enforcement administration, executive office of u.s. attorneys, administrative office of the u.s. courts, u.s. sentencing commission, and the federal bureau of prisons. bjs is currently developing research projects that will examine american indian defendants who are processed in the federal justice system. findings from the first of these projects, describing characteristics of american indian youth who are processed in the federal criminal justice system, are in the summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system on page . references crime in the united states, , u.s. department of justice, federal bureau of investigation, september . jails in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, february . state prosecutors offices with jurisdiction in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, june . tribal law enforcement, . ncj , bjs web, june . summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system, ncj , bjs web, june . tribal law enforcement, tribal law enforcement, brian a. reaves, ph.d., bjs statistician in september , american indian tribes operated law enforcement agencies that employed at least one full-time sworn officer with general arrest powers or the equivalent in part-time officers. the total includes general purpose tribal police departments and special jurisdiction agencies tasked with enforcing natural resources laws that pertain primarily to hunting and fishing on tribal lands. collectively, tribes operated law enforcement agencies in states. washington ( ), arizona ( ), oklahoma ( ), and new mexico ( ) had the largest numbers of tribal law enforcement agencies (figure . ). these findings are based on the bureau of justice statistics’ (bjs) census of state and local law enforcement agencies. in addition to tribally operated agencies, the department of the interior’s (doi) bureau of indian affairs (bia) operated agencies that provided law enforcement highlights � tribally operated law enforcement agencies employed nearly , full-time personnel, including about , sworn officers. � the largest tribal law enforcement agency, the navajo police department, employed full-time sworn personnel in arizona, new mexico, and utah. � eleven of the largest tribal law enforcement agencies served jurisdictions covering more than , square miles. � overall, tribal police departments cost about $ per resident to operate during fy . � in addition to law enforcement functions, nearly all tribal police departments performed court-related functions, such as court security and serving process. � more than half of tribal police departments used community policing officers, and more than a third used school resource officers. � about in tribal police departments participated in one or more multiagency task forces. u.s. department of justice office of justice programs bureau of justice statistics june ncj no tribally operated le agencies under agencies - agencies or more agencies figure . location of tribally operated law enforcement agencies, source: bureau of justice statistics, census of state and local law enforcement agencies, compendium of tribal crime data, services in indian country. nationwide, bia employed full-time sworn personnel in . along with direct oversight of its own programs, bia also provided technical assistance and some oversight to tribally operated agencies. on the more than federal indian reservation areas in the u.s., police officers may be tribal, federal, state, county, or municipal employees. some areas may be served by more than one type of officer. commonly, tribal police department funding, administration, and employees are based on the indian self-determination and education assistance act of , (public law - or p.l. ). this law allowed tribes to assume responsibility for many programs previously administered by the federal government, including law enforcement. p.l. agencies operate with tribal employees under contract and with financial assistance from the bia. tribally operated agencies can also function under a self-governance compact with the bia. this arrangement provides block grant payments, allowing for more tribal control than the line item funding of p.l. contracts. full tribal control over law enforcement services exists where such services are entirely funded by the tribal government. jurisdiction over offenses in indian country may lie with federal, state, or tribal agencies, depending on the offense, offender, victim, and offense location. most tribes have cross- deputization agreements, often with neighboring nontribal agencies. these agreements allow law enforcement personnel from state, local, and tribal entities to cross jurisdictions in criminal cases, and can be used to enhance law enforcement capabilities in areas where state and tribal lands are contiguous and intermingled. in some instances, the number of agreements is large. for example, the cherokee nation marshal service is cross-deputized with municipal, county, state, and federal agencies. tribal police departments employed . full-time officers per , residents in september , the operating tribal law enforcement agencies employed more than , full- time personnel, including about , sworn officers (table . ). the general purpose tribal police departments employed , full-time personnel, including , sworn officers and , civilian personnel. these agencies employed an additional part-time personnel, including sworn officers (not shown in table). the natural resources agencies employed full-time personnel, including sworn officers and civilian employees. these natural resources agencies also employed part-time personnel, including sworn officers (not shown in table). general purpose tribal police departments had a combined service population of about . million residents.* this corresponds to about . full-time sworn officers per , residents, which was the national average for all local police departments as of . (see local police departments, , bjs web, december .) collectively, tribal police departments cost $ per resident to operate for (not shown in table). in the national average for all local police departments was $ per resident. *based on the american indian service population counts published in bia’s american indian population and labor force report, . the service population is the total number of enrolled tribal members and members from other tribes who live on or near the reservation and are eligible to use the bia- funded tribal services. the service population excludes any non-indian residents served by a tribally operated law enforcement agency and other persons using roads, stores, casinos, and other public places on tribal land. table . tribally operated law enforcement agencies, by type of agency and number of full-time sworn personnel, type of agency and number of full-time sworn personnel number of agencies number of full-time employees total sworn civilian all agencies , , , general purpose police departments total , , , or more , - - , - under natural resources agencies total - - under tribal law enforcement, of the largest tribal law enforcement agencies served jurisdictions of more than , square miles the largest tribally operated agencies employed at least full- time sworn personnel. the largest agency, the navajo police department, employed full-time officers to serve tribal lands in arizona, new mexico, and utah (table . ). the next largest were the seminole police department (florida) with officers, and the salt river police department (arizona) with officers. the bia service population for the largest agencies ranged from less than , to about , residents. although not all reservations are open to the public, many tribal law enforcement agencies deal with a significant number of daily visitors in addition to the resident population. the natural resources of tribal lands attract visitors, as do conference facilities and casinos. all of the largest agencies had at least one casino operating within their jurisdictional area. the amount of land area served by a tribal law enforcement agency can be quite large. for example, the navajo police department has jurisdiction over about , square miles, a larger land area than any county in the continental united states. ten other agencies among the largest had jurisdictional areas exceeding , square miles, a larger land area than any city in the continental united states. table . the largest tribally operated law enforcement agencies, by the number of full-time sworn personnel, name and location of agency number of full-time sworn personnel bia service population, full-time sworn personnel per , residents reservation land area (square miles) full-time sworn personnel per square miles navajo police department (az, nm, ut) , . , . seminole police department (fl) , . . salt river police department (az) , . . gila river indian community police department (az) , . . tohono o’odham police department (az) , . , . choctaw police department (ms) , . . oglala sioux tribe department of public safety (sd) , . , . cherokee indian police department (nc) , . . muscogee (creek) nation lighthorse tribal police (ok) , . , . miccosukee police department (fl) . . poarch creek tribal police department (al) , . . -- cherokee nation marshal service (ok) , . , . choctaw nation tribal police department (ok) , . , . colville tribal police department (wa) , . , . saginaw chippewa tribal police department (mi) , . . tulalip tribal police services (wa) , . . warm springs tribal police department (or) , . , . white mountain apache police department (az) , . , . isleta police department (nm) , . . yakama nation tribal police department (wa) , . , . pascua yaqui tribal police department (az) , . -- puyallup tribal police department (wa) , . . rosebud sioux tribal police department (sd) , . , . red lake tribal police department (mn) , . . oneida indian nation police (ny) . . -- note: land area data are from the u.s. census bureau, and include reservation land only. --reservation land area is less than square miles. compendium of tribal crime data, tribal law enforcement agencies were responsible for a broad range of services and functions during nearly all general purpose tribal police departments were responsible for traditional law enforcement functions, such as routine patrol ( %), responding to citizen requests for service ( %), special events and crowd control ( %), criminal investigation ( %), and traffic enforcement ( %) (figure . ). about in departments were responsible for parking enforcement ( %), and about in departments dispatched calls for service ( %). about in general purpose tribal police departments had full-time community policing officers a majority of tribal police departments used a community policing approach in their efforts to prevent crime and maintain partnerships with the communities they serve. about three-fifths ( %) of departments had full-time sworn personnel serving as community policing officers (table . ). as of september , about tribal police officers were designated as community policing officers. in , % of tribal agencies reported using community policing officers, with about designated as such. for more than a third ( %) of tribal police departments, community policing efforts extended into the schools, with full-time sworn personnel assigned as school resource officers. although the percentage of departments using school resource officers in was about the same as in ( %), the total number of officers was about half of levels. nearly all tribal police departments performed a variety of court-related functions in addition to law enforcement duties, nearly all tribal police departments were responsible for a variety of court-related functions (figure . ). the most common functions were executing arrest warrants ( %), enforcing protection orders ( %), serving process ( %), apprehending fugitives ( %), and providing court security ( %). table . use of community policing and school resource officers by tribal police departments, and community policing officers percent of agencies using % % number of officers school resource officers percent of agencies using % % number of officers percent of agencies dispatching calls parking enforcement accident investigation crime investigation tra�c law enforcement special events/crowd control responding to calls for service routine patrol type of function figure . selected law enforcement functions performed by tribal police departments, figure . selected court-related functions performed by tribal police departments, percent of agencies type of function enforcing child support orders serving eviction notices inmate transport court security apprehension of fugitives serving process enforcing protection orders executing arrest warrants tribal law enforcement, nearly half of tribal police departments were responsible for search and rescue operations nearly in tribal police departments performed one or more special public safety functions, the most common being emergency management ( %) and animal control ( %) (figure . ). about a third ( %) provided emergency medical services. nearly a fifth provided fire services ( %) and school crossing services ( %). more than half ( %) of tribal police departments performed at least one specialized function, such as search and rescue ( %), tactical operations ( %), or underwater recovery ( %). about in agencies operated at least one jail ( %), and about in agencies operated an overnight lockup facility separate from a jail ( %). (for more information, see jails in indian county, , bjs web, february .) the special jurisdiction agencies, whose primary focus was the enforcement of natural resources laws, performed a variety of functions as well. in addition to providing patrol and response services, a majority of these agencies performed the following functions: criminal investigation ( %), search and rescue ( %), apprehension of fugitives ( %), animal control ( %), traffic enforcement ( %), and dispatching calls for service ( %) (not shown in figure). about two-thirds of general purpose tribal police departments participated in a multiagency drug task force about in ( %) tribal police departments partnered with federal, state, and local agencies in multiagency task forces to combat crime problems in indian country during . these task forces allow participating agencies to share in pooled resources, information, and expertise across jurisdictional boundaries. tribal police departments were most likely to participate in task forces formed to combat drug trafficking ( % of agencies) (figure . ). about in ( %) departments participated in multiagency gang task forces, and about a third ( %) participated in violent crime task forces. smaller percentages of tribal police departments participated in anti- terrorism ( %) or human trafficking ( %) task forces. percent of agencies jail operation school crossing services fire services tactical operations (swat) emergency medical services search and rescue animal control emergency management type of function figure . selected special functions performed by tribal police departments, percent of agencies human tra�cking anti- terrorism violent crime gangsdrug tra�cking one or more types type of function figure . task force participation of tribal police departments, compendium of tribal crime data, methodology the bureau of justice statistics’ (bjs) census of state and local law enforcement agencies (csllea) is conducted every years to provide a complete enumeration of agencies and their employees. employment data are reported for sworn and nonsworn personnel and, within these categories, by full-time or part- time status. agencies also complete a checklist of functions they regularly perform, or for which they have primary responsibility. the csllea provides national data on the number of state and local law enforcement agencies and employees for general purpose local police departments (including tribal agencies), sheriffs’ offices, the primary state law enforcement agencies, and special jurisdiction (e.g., natural resources) agencies. it also serves as the sampling frame for bjs surveys of law enforcement agencies. the csllea form was mailed to approximately , agencies that were determined to potentially be operating on the reference date of september , . this master list was created by compiling information from the following sources: � the csllea � lists provided by peace officer standards and training offices, and other state agencies � an fbi list of agencies requesting new identifiers since the csllea. responding agencies were screened for eligibility and were excluded if any of the following conditions existed on the csllea reference date of september , : � the agency employed only part-time officers, and the total combined hours worked for these officers averaged less than hours per week. � the agency contracted or outsourced to another agency for performance of all services. � the agency was closed, a duplicate listing, or otherwise an invalid entry on the master list. � the agency did not employ personnel with general arrest powers. � the agency did not operate with funds from a state, local, special district, or tribal government. � all sworn officers volunteered their time on an unpaid basis. data on number and type of personnel were obtained from all eligible tribal agencies. for general purpose tribal police departments, the item response rates were as follows: community policing and school resource officers, %; agency functions, %; task force participation, %; and operating budget, %. references american indians and crime, ncj , bjs web, february . american indian population and labor force report, , u.s. department of the interior, bureau of indian affairs, office of indian services. census of state and local law enforcement agencies, , ncj , bjs web, june . census of tribal justice agencies in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, december . indian country law enforcement review, u.s. department of justice, december . jails in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, february . local police departments, , ncj , bjs web, december . policing on american indian reservations, u.s. department of justice, national institute of justice, ncj , september . tribal law enforcement, , ncj , bjs web, january . state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, steven w. perry, ron malega, ph.d., and duren banks, ph.d., bjs statisticians in , state court prosecutors’ offices reported jurisdiction under public law - (p.l. ) for felonies committed in indian country. seventy-three percent of these offices prosecuted at least one felony case that arose from indian country in , including at least one offense that involved drugs ( %), domestic violence ( %), or aggravated assault ( %). this report presents selected findings from the bureau of justice statistics’s (bjs) national census of state prosecutors. criminal jurisdiction in indian country is divided among federal, state, and tribal governments. jurisdiction in a specific incident depends on the nature of the offense, whether the offender or victim was a tribal member, and the state in which the crime occurred. crimes committed in indian country are often subject to concurrent jurisdiction between multiple criminal justice agencies. the major crimes act ( u.s.c. § ), as amended, grants concurrent federal jurisdiction for major crimes committed by native americans occurring in indian country. state jurisdiction for crimes committed in indian country is primarily provided for under p.l. . tribal courts maintain concurrent jurisdiction when federal or state jurisdiction is applied. state prosecutors’ offices generally do not have jurisdiction over crimes committed in indian country due to the sovereign status of federally recognized tribes in the united states. however, state prosecutors’ offices in states may exercise jurisdiction over crimes committed on tribal lands under p.l. . this law established state jurisdiction over offenses committed by or against american indians in indian country, including federally recognized reservations, tribal communities, and identified trust lands. p.l. is mandatory for states and optional for states. highlights � ninety-three state court prosecutors’ offices in the p.l. states reported jurisdiction for felonies committed in indian country under p.l. . � seventy-three percent of offices with jurisdiction in indian country reported prosecuting at least one felony case committed in indian country. � most offices in p.l. states prosecuted at least one offense involving drugs ( %), domestic violence ( %), or aggravated assault ( %). � eighteen offices in mandatory p.l. states with jurisdiction for indian country prosecuted at least one rape, and offices prosecuted a homicide. � of state prosecutors’ offices that reported jurisdiction for felony cases in indian country under p.l. , % served judicial districts with populations of less than , residents. � offices with jurisdiction for felony crimes committed in indian country had an average operating budget of $ . million in . criminal jurisdic tion in i ndian countr y tribal jurisdiction � crimes committed by native americans in indian country. sentences are limited to a maximum -year sentence of incarceration per count and years per case ( u.s.c. § (a) (b)). federal jurisdiction � pursuant to the major crimes act of . u.s.c. § and subsequent amendments state jurisdiction � all crimes on tribal lands specified under public law - . u.s.c. § � crimes committed on tribal lands in which neither the victim nor the offender is a tribal member. note: criminal jurisdiction in indian country depends on several factors, including the identity of the defendant, victim, type of offense, and where the crime was committed. u.s. department of justice office of justice programs bureau of justice statistics june , ncj compendium of tribal crime data, according to the census of tribal justice agencies, of the responding tribes in mandatory p.l. states relied on state courts. the census was limited to american indian tribes in the lower states, so tribes in alaska were excluded. the census also found that of reporting tribes in optional p.l. states relied on state courts (table . ). the federal government retains criminal jurisdiction for major crimes committed in indian country in the remaining states where p.l. does not apply. states retain jurisdiction for non-indian crimes (those in which neither the offender nor the victim is a tribal member) committed in indian country.* in , , state court prosecutors’ offices were in states not affected by p.l. and were excluded from this report. the state prosecutors’ offices reporting jurisdiction under p.l. in mandatory and optional states represent % of all state prosecutors’ offices in states affected by p.l. . nearly all of these served districts that overlapped with or were adjacent to tribal lands (figure . ). approximately a fifth of state prosecutors in mandatory p.l. states reported jurisdiction for crimes committed in indian country p.l. gave select states legal jurisdiction over tribal members to prosecute crimes occurring on the reservation under existing state laws. these mandatory p.l. states include california, minnesota (except the red lake reservation), nebraska, oregon (except the warm springs reservation), wisconsin, and alaska (table . ). *some tribes have been affected by states that have received a federal mandate to exercise jurisdiction outside of p.l. , e.g., through state-wide enactments, restoration acts, or land claims settlement acts (tribal court clearinghouse, , www.tribal-institute.org/ lists/jurisdiction.htm). table . number of tribes participating in the census of tribal justice agencies in indian country, by p.l. status, type of court systems, and state, number of tribes using— participating in census tribal justice systems indigenous courts cfr courtsa tribal courts relying on state courtsb mandatory states california minnesota nebraska oregon wisconsin optional states arizona florida idaho iowa montana nevada north dakota south dakota utah washington note: the census of tribal justice agencies was limited to american indian tribes in the lower states. source: table reproduced from census of tribal justice agencies in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, december . acourt of federal regulations (cfr) operated by the bureau of indian affairs (bia). btribes that rely on state court for jusidical services (e.g., felony courts, court-ordered treatment, and child support enforcement). table . state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction for crimes committed in indian country, by p.l. status and state, number of offices— all prosecutors’ offices in p.l. states* with jurisdiction for felony cases occurring in indian country under p.l. prosecuting at least one felony case all p.l. states mandatory states alaska -- california minnesota nebraska oregon wisconsin optional states arizona florida idaho iowa montana nevada north dakota south dakota utah washington note: the census of state court prosecutors included , offices, % ( , ) of which were located in states not affected by p.l. , and therefore were excluded from all analyses. --no information reported. *excludes data missing for offices. m an da to ry p .l . st at es op tio na l p .l . st at es in di an re se rv at io n (u .s . c en su s b ur ea u) pr os ec ut or s’ o� ce s r ep or tin g ju ris di ct io n in in di an co un try u nd er p .l . fi g u r e . st at e p ro se cu to rs ’ o ffi ce s re p o rt in g ju ri sd ic ti o n in in d ia n c o u n tr y u n d er p .l . , n ot e: p ro se cu to rs ’ o ffi ce s i n no n- p.l . st at es a re n ot sh ow n. so ur ce : b ur ea u of ju st ic e st at ist ic s compendium of tribal crime data, in , % of all state prosecutors’ offices in mandatory p.l. states reported jurisdiction for felony cases occurring in indian country. p.l. permitted other states to acquire either complete or partial jurisdiction over crimes committed in indian country at their option: arizona, florida, idaho, iowa, montana, nevada, north dakota, south dakota, utah, and washington. ten percent of all prosecutors’ offices in optional p.l. states reported jurisdiction for felony cases in indian country in . about three-quarters of offices with p.l. jurisdiction prosecuted a felony case from indian country in sixty-eight of the prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country reported prosecuting at least one felony case committed in indian country in . forty-seven offices in mandatory p.l. states reported prosecuting at least one offense committed in indian country, and offices in optional p.l. states reported prosecuting at least one offense committed in indian country in . most offices in mandatory p.l. states with jurisdiction for felony offenses in indian country also reported prosecuting at least one drug-related crime ( of offices), domestic violence offense ( ), aggravated assault ( ), parole or probation violation ( ), or a crime involving sexual assault or sexual abuse ( ) (figure . ). offices in mandatory p.l. states with jurisdiction for indian country also reported prosecuting serious felony offenses, including offices that prosecuted at least one rape committed in indian country and offices that prosecuted a homicide. prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country had an average of assistant prosecutors on staff the national census of state prosecutors collected operational and administrative information from state prosecutors’ offices, including budgets, staffing, and caseload. offices reporting jurisdiction for crimes committed under p.l. were not asked to disaggregate office resources or operations by whether they were directed toward crimes committed in indian country or elsewhere in the judicial district. the census asked respondents to provide or estimate the total number of felony cases closed in . the survey did not ask respondents to provide information on the number of cases that arose from crimes committed in indian country. this section describes the entire operations of the state prosecutors’ offices reporting jurisdiction under p.l. , not operations specific to crimes committed in indian country. homicide rape robbery sexual assault/abuse parole/probation violation aggravated assault domestic violence drug-related all felony cases prosecuted in indian country, under p.l. optional p.l. mandatory p.l. number of o�ces figure . state prosecutors’ offices reporting prosecution of specific crimes in indian country, by p.l. status, state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, most ( ) state prosecutors’ offices that reported jurisdiction for felony cases occurring in indian country under p.l. served judicial districts with populations of less than , residents or were part-time offices. in mandatory p.l. states, of the offices with jurisdiction in indian country served districts with , or more residents (table . ). offices with jurisdiction for felony crimes committed in indian country had an average budget of $ . million, or an expenditure of about $ per district resident. the median budget was $ , . the office staff included an average of assistant prosecutors, victim advocates, legal services staff, and support staff (table . ). offices in mandatory p.l. states reported an average of total staff, including assistant prosecutors, investigators, and support staff. offices in optional p.l. states reported an average of total staff, assistant prosecutors, investigator, and support staff. offices in mandatory p.l. states, reported closing a similar number of felony cases in compared to optional state offices. state prosecutors’ offices in optional p.l. states closed , felony cases in , while offices in mandatory p.l. states closed , felony cases. table . type of state prosecutors’ offices reporting jurisdiction in indian country, by p.l. status, total p.l. status population served mandatory optional all offices full-time offices serving a judicial district with— million or more residents , to , , to , , or fewer part-time offices* *part-time offices are defined as those that reported a part-time chief prosecutor in . table . budget, staffing, and caseload of state prosecutors’ offices, by p.l. status, total p.l. status mandatory optional mean median mean median mean median total resident population served , , , , , , total operating budget $ , , $ , $ , , $ , $ , , $ , budget per resident population served $ $ $ $ $ $ total staffa chief prosecutor assistant prosecutors civil prosecutors supervisors managers victim advocates legal services investigators support staff felony cases closedb , , , note: statistics include imputed data for some offices. data were missing for offices that did not provide total operating budget, office that did not provide staffing information, and offices that did not provide the number of felony cases closed. see methodology for more information. aall staff statistics are presented as full-time equivalent staff, calculated as the number of full-time staff plus % of the number of half time staff. bincludes all cases charged as a felony that had a judgment of conviction, acquittal, or dismissal, with or without prejudice, entered by the court. cases closed include all felony cases closed by the prosecutors’ offices and include an unknown number of cases committed in indian country. compendium of tribal crime data, methodology the national census of state court prosecutors (ncsp- ) surveyed , chief prosecutors in the united states who handled felony cases in state courts of general jurisdiction. the census did not include municipal attorneys or county attorneys who primarily operate in courts of limited jurisdiction. this report describes characteristics of offices that reported jurisdiction for crimes committed in indian country under p.l. in . most ( %) state court prosecutors’ offices included in the census were in states not affected by p.l. and are excluded from this report. the operational and administrative characteristics described in this report represent the functions of the entire office and are not restricted to those functions, staff, budget, or other resources specifically devoted to crimes committed in indian country, unless otherwise noted. data imputations bjs relied on previously reported data and valid office characteristics to impute values for critical variables where missing. these critical variables, found in table . , include the total operating budget, total staff, full- or part-time status of chief prosecutor, number of assistant prosecutors, and number of felony cases closed. critical variables that were missing in were imputed from the same office’s response to the census of state prosecutors wherever possible. for each jurisdiction with valid and data, an adjustment ratio was calculated as the ratio of the critical variable’s value to its value. all ratios greater than the th percentile were discarded for imputation purposes. for those offices missing data, a hot deck imputation procedure was employed to impute the adjustment ratio value from the office’s nearest neighbor in terms of state and population size. where there were no suitable donors in the same state, a donor of similar population size was used. the data were then adjusted using the imputed adjustment ratio to create the imputed value for the critical variable where missing. this procedure was followed for offices missing total operating budget, office missing staffing information, and offices missing the number of felony cases closed. reference census of tribal justice agencies in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, `december . selected findings: jails in indian country, selected findings: jails in indian country, todd d. minton, bjs statistician at midyear , a total of , inmates were confined in indian country jails, a . % increase from the , inmates confined at midyear (figure . ). this count was based on data from facilities, including jails, confinement facilities, detention centers, and other correctional facilities, that were in operation in indian country at midyear . for , the number of inmates was based on data for facilities in operation at midyear . the number of inmates held in indian country jails between and increased by % from , inmates to , . the number of jails in indian country has increased between and the bureau of justice statistics (bjs) collected data from correctional facilities in indian country in , from in , in , and in . the survey was not conducted in and . over the -year period, a number of facilities closed and new facilities became operational. eleven facilities permanently closed between and , and a total of facilities were newly highlights � the number of inmates confined in indian country jails increased by . % between midyear and , reaching , inmates. � between june and june , the average daily jail population in indian country increased by %, and the percentage of occupied bed space increased from . % to . %. � eleven jails ( % of all facilities) held % of inmates confined at midyear . � during june , the number of inmates admitted to indian country jails ( , ) was about times the size of the average daily population ( , ). � the expected average length of stay increased by a half day from . days during june to . days during june . � indian country jail authorities reported no deaths in custody between july , , and june , , down from reported deaths during the -month period ending june , . � attempted suicides by inmates declined from in to in . � indian country jails held fewer inmates for domestic violence at midyear ( ), continuing the downward trend in the number held for this offense since ( ). � the percentage of certified correctional officers working in indian country jails increased steadily, from % at midyear to % at midyear . u.s. department of justice office of justice programs bureau of justice statistics june , ncj , , , , number of inmates at midyear figure . inmates confined in indian country jails, midyear - and - note: the survey of jails in indian country was not conducted in and . midyear count is the number of inmates held on the last weekday in june. compendium of tribal crime data, constructed. bjs estimated inmate population counts for facilities in and facilities in that did not respond to the surveys. all known operating facilities responded to the and surveys. (see methodology for additional details on facility counts and participation in the surveys.) (see methodology in jails in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, february , for additional details on facility counts and participation in the surveys.) on an average day in june, the percentage of occupied bed space increased from . % to . % at midyear , the jail facilities in indian country were rated to hold , inmates, down from , in facilities during the same period in (table . ). the average daily population (adp) in june—the population measure used to calculate percent of capacity occupied—increased by nearly %, from , inmates (june ) to , (june ), while the capacity to hold inmates decreased by %. consequently, the percentage of rated capacity occupied in indian country jails increased from % to % during the period. on june , , the facilities held a total of , inmates and were operating at % of rated capacity, remaining relatively stable since . from june to june , the overall number of beds (or rated capacity) grew at a faster rate ( %) than the the inmate population ( %). small number of jails held more than half of the inmate population eleven jails held more than half ( %) of the total inmate population at midyear (table . ). between midyear and midyear , the population in these jails increased by inmates ( %). in , of the facilities held the majority of jail inmates in indian country. over the -day period, jails that held the majority of inmates in indian country in experienced large declines in their jail populations. the combined decrease in the size of the jail population in these facilities was % ( inmates) from midyear to midyear . among the facilities holding the majority of inmates in , the gila river department of rehabilitation and supervision - adult facility reported the largest decline ( inmates or %) in the number of jail inmates. the jail population in this facility has decreased by inmates ( %) from its peak of inmates reported at midyear . table . inmates, rated capacity, and percent of capacity occupied in indian country jails, and – number of inmates midyeara , , , , adpb , , , , rated capacity , , , , percent of capacity occupiedc midyear . % . % . % . % adp . . . . number of operating facilities amidyear count is the number of inmates held on the last weekday in june. baverage daily population (adp) is the sum of the number of inmates held on each day in june, divided by . cpopulation as a percent of capacity occupied is calculated by dividing the population count of a facility by its rated capacity and multiplying by . table . jails in indian country that held the majority of inmates in compared to , by facility custody population at midyear* change in population facility number percent total, facilities , % tohono o’odham adult detention center (az) % gila river department of rehabilitation and supervision - adult (az) - - san carlos department of corrections and rehabilitation - adult and juvenile detention (az) truxton canyon adult detention center (az) white mountain apache detention center (az) - - oglala sioux tribal offenders facility (sd) standing rock law enforcement and adult detention center (nd) nisqually adult corrections (wa) menominee tribal detention facility (wi) - - navajo department of corrections - shiprock police department and adult detention (nm) laguna tribal police and detention center (nm) note: based on facilities that held the most inmates on june , . *midyear count is the number of inmates held on the last weekday in june. selected findings: jails in indian country, two facilities, the truxton canyon adult detention center and the laguna tribal police and detention center, were among the facilities holding the majority of jail inmates in . these facilities were not among the facilities holding the majority of inmates in . (see jails in indian country, , bjs web, december .) the truxton canyon adult detention center reported the largest increase in the inmate population ( inmates or %) between midyear and midyear . the laguna tribal police and detention center increased by % ( inmates) between and . based on the facilities responding to the survey in both and , the overall change in the inmate population (up inmates) was relatively small. thirty-three facilities, which were mostly the larger facilities, accounted for this increase (not shown in table). change in the size of the jail population in indian country was varied. more than half of the jails experienced either a decline ( jails) or no change ( jails) in the size of their inmate population over the -month period ending midyear . overall, the % increase ( inmates) in the jail population in jails was offset by a % decline ( inmates) in jails. the use of jail space varied by facility size indian country jails rated to hold to inmates were operating at % of their rated capacity on june , , and at % on an average day in june. an average day in june was based on the adp, or the sum of the numbers held on each day in june divided by . in contrast, the lowest percentage of capacity occupied during june was among the small jails rated to hold fewer than inmates. these facilities were operating at % of rated capacity at midyear and at % of capacity on an average day in june (figure . ). compared to facilities in all other size categories, the large jails with a rated capacity of or more inmates reported the only increase in occupied bed space between and . the percentage of capacity occupied in these jails increased from % to % during the months ending at midyear , and from % to % on an average day in june and . the amount of bed space occupied was also measured based on a facility’s most crowded day in june. nearly half ( facilities) of the facilities in indian country were operating above rated capacity on the most crowded day in june (table . ). of those table . number of indian country jails, by percent of rated capacity occupied, june number of jails percent of capacity occupieda midyearb adpc peakd less than % - % - % - % more than % apopulation as a percent of capacity occupied is calculated by dividing the population count of a facility by its rated capacity and multiplying by . bmidyear count is the number of inmates held on the last weekday in june. caverage daily population (adp) is the sum of the number of inmates held on each day in june, divided by . dpeak population is the population held on the day in june in which the custody population of a facility was the largest. peak or more to to fewer than inmatestotal percent of capacity occupied adp midyear figure . rated capacity occupied, by type of inmate count, june note: rated capacity is the maximum number of beds or inmates assigned by a rating official. midyear count is the number of inmates held on the last weekday in june. average daily population (adp) is the sum of the number of inmates held on each day in june divided by . peak population is the population held on the day in june in which the custody population of a facility was the largest. compendium of tribal crime data, facilities, were operating above rated capacity on june , and were operating above rated capacity on an average day during june . high volumes of admissions of inmates were processed through indian country jails eighty indian country jails admitted , persons during june , up slightly from , admissions in facilities during june (table . ). the number of admissions grew by . % in the facilities that reported data on admissions in both june ( , ) and june ( , ) (not shown in table). admissions to facilities rated to hold between to inmates accounted for about % ( , ) of all admissions in june , down from % of all admissions in june . the largest indian country jails accounted for less than % of all facilities and reported a total increase of nearly % in the number of jail admissions during the -month period. admissions to the largest indian country jails increased from , inmates to , from june to june . the jails rated to hold or more inmates had the highest average number of admissions per month ( ), compared to jails in all other size categories (not shown in table). inmate deaths and attempted suicides in indian country jails declined indian country jail authorities reported no deaths in custody between july , , and june , , down from reported deaths during the -month period ending june , . attempted suicides by inmates declined from in to in . expected length of stay was . days for indian country jail inmates in june during june , the expected average length of stay for inmates confined in indian country jails was . days, up from . days during june . length of stay is the time held in custody from admission to release. the expected length of stay for inmates was the highest ( . days) table . admissions and expected length of stay in indian country jails during june, by facility size, june facility sizea number of facilities adpb estimated june admissions expected average length of stayc total , , . days fewer than inmates . to , . to , . or more , , . note: detail may not sum to total due to rounding. abased on the rated capacity, the maximum number of beds or inmates assigned by a rating official. baverage daily population (adp) is the sum of the number of inmates held on each day in june, divided by . cexpected length of stay was calculated by dividing the average daily population (adp) by the number of june admissions, and multiplying by . see methodology in jails in indian country, for details on estimating expected length of stay. selected findings: jails in indian country, table . number of inmates confined in indian country jails, by demographic characteristic, conviction status, and offense, midyear , , and – number of inmates held at midyeara percent of inmates held at midyear characteristic total , , , , , , % % % % % % sex male , , , , , , % % % % % % female age group/sex adults , , , , , , % % % % % % male , , , , , , female juveniles male female conviction status convicted , , , , , % % % % % % unconvicted type of offense domestic violence ... ...% % % % % % assault ... ... ... ... rape or sexual assault ... ... ... ... other violence ... ... ... ... dwi/duib drug law violation other ... ... ... ... offense not reported ... ... / / / / / / note: detailed characteristics may not be equal to the total number of confined inmates because of incomplete data. see appendix tables - in jails in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, february , for a list of all facilities and inmate characteristics. amidyear count is the number of inmates held on the last weekday in june. bincludes driving while intoxicated and driving while under the influence of drugs or alcohol. ...not collected. /not reported. in facilities that were rated to hold or more inmates, down from . days in june . inmates held in jails rated to hold less than inmates experienced the shortest expected length of stay ( . days). inmate characteristics remain relatively unchanged; the number held for domestic violence declined inmate characteristics by sex, age, and offense have changed in absolute numbers since (table . ). however, the distribution within most categories remained stable between and , with a change in the distribution of inmates by sex, conviction status, and offense type at midyear . adult males accounted for the largest portion of the inmate population in indian country jails during the decade. the female jail population had small but steady increases from midyear to , with a nearly % decrease in the size of this population between midyear and midyear . except for one juvenile female inmate, the decline was entirely among the adult female jail population. the percentage of convicted inmates increased from % in to % in . inmates confined for a violent offense made up about % of the jail population at midyear , down from % at midyear . most ( %) of this decline was among the population held for domestic violence. domestic violence ( %) and simple or aggravated assault ( %) accounted for the largest percentage of violent offenders held in , followed by unspecified violent offenses ( %) and rape or sexual assault ( %). since peaking at midyear , the percentage of inmates held for domestic violence has steadily declined, from % in to % in . the gila river department of rehabilitation and supervision - adult accounted for a large portion of the decline in domestic violence offenders between and . compendium of tribal crime data, it reported a % decrease in the confined inmate population between midyear ( ) and midyear ( ), and a % decline in the number of inmates held for a domestic violence (from inmates in to in ). the number of certified correctional officers and in-service training steadily increased seventy-nine indian country jails employed , persons at midyear (table . ). about % ( ) of all personnel were jail operations staff, including correctional officers and other staff who spent more than % of their time supervising inmates. the remaining jail personnel included administrative employees, educational staff, technical or professional staff, clerical, maintenance, or food service staff, and other job functions. overall, the ratio of inmates to jail operations employees was . inmates to employee at midyear , remaining relatively stable since ( . to ) and ( . to ). seventy-six facilities reported that ( %) correctional officers received basic detention officer certification, up from % in and % in (not shown). seventy-four facilities reported that ( %) correctional officers received hours of in-service training, up from % in and % in . table . persons employed in indian country jails, by job function, midyear job function number percent totala , % administrativeb . % jail operations . educational staff . technical/professional . clerical/maintenance/food service . number of inmates per jail operations staff . aincludes other persons with unspecified functions not shown in table. bincludes jail administrators, assistants, and other personnel who work in an administrative capacity more than % of the time. selected findings: jails in indian country, methodology the annual survey of jails in indian country (sjic) includes all known indian country correctional facilities operated by tribal authorities or the bureau of indian affairs (bia), u.s. department of the interior. the survey was conducted in june , and included the number of inmates and percent of capacity occupied based on the adp, midyear population, and peak population in facilities in june . (see table in jails in indian country, , bjs web, february .) through a cooperative agreement with the bureau of justice statistics (bjs), westat, inc. conducted the sjic to describe all adult and juvenile jail facilities and detention centers in indian country. for this report, indian country includes reservations, pueblos, rancherias, and other appropriate areas ( u.s.c.§ ). the reference date for the survey is june , . annually, bia provides bjs a list of indian country jail facilities, including detention centers, jails, and other correctional facilities operated by tribal authorities or bia. bjs uses this list to update its existing roster of jails in indian country. bjs obtains data from administrators of indian country jails by mailed questionnaires and through follow-up phone calls and facsimiles. in , bjs contacted administrators in facilities to participate in the survey. bjs received responses from facilities; did not respond, and facilities were non-operational. in , the bjs roster consisted of facilities. seventy-nine of the facility administrators responded to the survey; did not respond, and bjs found that facilities were non- operational. in , bjs’s roster of indian country jails consisted of facilities. bjs received responses from facility administrators; there were no nonrespondents, and facilities were non-operational. for , the bjs roster consisted of facilities. bjs received responses from facility administrators; there were no nonrespondents, and facilities were non-operational. for comparison over time, bjs estimated data on inmate populations for the facilities in and facilities in that did not respond to the surveys. expected length of stay the stock-flow ratio method was used to measure the expected average length of stay for inmates held during june in the indian country jails that responded to stock and flow items in the survey: stock—average daily population flow—inmate admissions during june stock-flow ratio in june ( , / , = . ) expected length of stay in days ( . × )—is the average number of days held in custody from admission to release. indian country is a statutory term that includes all lands within an indian reservation, dependent indian communities, and indian trust allotments ( u.s.c. § ). courts interpret section to include all lands held in trust for tribes or their members. (see united states v. roberts, f. d ( th cir. ).) tribal authority to imprison american indian offenders is limited to one year per offense by statute ( u.s.c. § ), a $ , fine, or both. tribal law enforcement agencies act as first responders to both felony and misdemeanor crimes. for most of indian country, the federal government provides felony law enforcement concerning crimes by or against indians. certain areas of indian country are under public law - , as amended. p.l. conferred jurisdiction on certain states over indian country and suspended enforcement of the major crimes act ( u.s.c. § ) and the general crimes act ( u.s.c. § ) in those areas. indian tribes retain concurrent jurisdiction to enforce laws in indian country where p.l. applies. compendium of tribal crime data, summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system mark motivans, ph.d., and howard snyder, ph.d., bjs statisticians the federal criminal justice response to tribal youth varies by the state in which the offense occurred, the nature of the offense, the availability of community- and confinement-based services, and discretionary decisions made by tribal, state, and federal justice agencies. cases involving tribal youth in the federal system may result in ) a delinquency adjudication and court-ordered supervision and out-of-home placement, or ) the youth being transferred to adult status and prosecuted and sentenced as an adult. this summary describes the federal response to tribal youth during the case-processing stages from investigation to corrections. in this report, a federal juvenile delinquent is a person who has committed an offense while under age , and the federal prosecutor has certified a federal basis for jurisdiction. juvenile and youth are used interchangeably in this report. the number of tribal youth in matters concluded by federal prosecutors and the total number of tribal youth prosecuted decreased from to (figure . ). tribal youth in matters concluded by federal prosecutors dropped to in , down from in . highlights � in , relatively few juveniles were referred to federal prosecutors ( out of , suspects) or admitted to federal prison jurisdiction ( out , offenders). � tribal youth ( ) comprised nearly half of juveniles ( ) handled by the federal courts in . � federal judicial districts of arizona, montana, south dakota, new mexico, and north dakota accounted for % of tribal youth investigated, % of those prosecuted, and % of those admitted to federal prison jurisdiction in . � in , about % of tribal youth were investigated for violent offenses, including sexual abuse ( %), assault ( %), and murder ( %). � about % of matters involving tribal youth were declined by federal prosecutors in . � a greater share of cases involving tribal youth in u.s. district courts were terminated by conviction ( %) than by dismissal ( %). � from to , the lowest number of tribal ( ) and non-tribal youth ( ) admitted to the jurisdiction of federal prison authorities occurred in . � admissions to federal prison jurisdiction among tribal youth declined % per year from to , while non-tribal youth admissions declined % per year. � in , tribal youth served an average of months under federal jurisdiction, which was more than double the tribal justice system maximum sentence of months. u.s. department of justice office of justice programs bureau of justice statistics june , ncj findings presented in this report are mostly from a recent study conducted by the urban institute under a cooperative agreement with the bureau of justice statistics (bjs). the study was also sponsored by the office of juvenile justice and delinquency prevention (ojjdp). see page for more information. figure . tribal youth in matters concluded and in matters prosecuted by u.s. attorneys, – number of tribal youth fiscal year suspects in matters prosecuted suspects in matters concluded source: urban institute analysis. see methodology for more information. compendium of tribal crime data, tracking tribal youth through the stages of the federal criminal case process the federal criminal justice system is not currently well- equipped to monitor how tribal juvenile offenders are processed across stages. there is a lack of unified, system-wide data standards in reporting how youth— especially tribal youth—are handled in the federal system. juveniles or offenses committed in indian country are not systematically tracked across the federal justice agencies. researchers have to devise analytic methods to identify tribal youth using administrative data from each criminal justice stage (arrest, sentencing, and corrections). how is federal jurisdic tion over tribal juvenile delinquents determined? the determination of jurisdiction over offenses occurring in indian country is first subject to whether state courts have jurisdiction based on public law (p.l. ). if a state has p. l. status, jurisdiction over offenses occurring in indian country lies with the state or tribal courts, not the federal courts. the determination of whether federal jurisdiction applies next depends on the offender and victim in the crime: � if the offender is a juvenile tribal member and the victim is also a tribal member, and the offense is of crimes covered by the major crimes act then jurisdiction is with both the tribal and federal courts. � if the offender is a juvenile tribal member and the victim is a non-tribal member, and the crime is covered by the major crimes act or federal enclave status, then federal and tribal courts have shared jurisdiction. the assimilative crimes act permits state law to be applied in federal court where the major crimes act does not apply but federal interest exists. � if the crime involves a non-tribal offender and a tribal member victim, then federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. once federal jurisdiction has been established, the federal juvenile delinquency act (fjda) provides the procedures to bring the tribal youth to federal court. a federal juvenile delinquent is defined as a person who has committed an offense while less than years old, but has not reached age at sentencing. juvenile and youth are used interchangeably in this report. how are juveniles handled in the federal justice system? most juveniles, or persons under age , in the united states are handled in state or local courts, which have a separate juvenile justice system, rather than in the federal courts. federal law permits handling of juveniles in the federal system only in limited circumstances. apart from those committing crimes in indian country or on military bases, juveniles that commit offenses as members of drug trafficking gangs, violent criminal gangs, or other federal offenses may be subject to federal jurisdiction. in these cases, the u.s. attorney for each district must certify to the district court that ( ) the juvenile court or court of a state does not have jurisdiction or refuses to assume jurisdiction; ) the state does not have available programs or services adequate for the needs of juveniles; or ) the offense charged is a felony crime of violence or specified drug offenses, and there is substantial federal interest in the case. i n what circumstances are tribal and non- tribal juveniles transferred to adult status (for prosecution and sentencing as an adult rather than a juvenile delinquent)? once federal jurisdiction has been determined and certification of delinquency established, a transfer hearing establishes the status of juveniles as to whether they will be transferred for prosecution as an adult. felony crimes of violence or drug or firearm offenses trigger eligibility for adult transfer with certain age restrictions. age thirteen is the minimum age for transfer to adult status for murder and assault, and for robbery, bank robbery, or aggravated sexual abuse with a firearm. an exception is crimes committed in indian country where the tribe has opted not to permit prosecution of juveniles age as adults. age fifteen is the minimum age for transfer to adult status for committing any crime of violence (including physical force against a person or property). a juvenile can be housed in a federal bureau of prisons (bop) institution at age if sentenced as an adult. bop does not operate its own facilities for juveniles; rather, they contract with private entities and state and local governments for both secure and non-secure (community- based) juvenile facilities to house tribal and non-tribal youth under their jurisdiction. congress passed public law in , which relinquishes the federal government of criminal and civil jurisdiction in certain states and places jurisdiction with those states. the major crimes act provides federal jurisdiction over certain offenses committed by tribal members. (see title u.s.c. §§ , .) summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system table . reason for matters declined for prosecution with tribal youth suspects, – reasons for declinations fiscal year matters concluded number of declinations case- relateda suspect- relatedb no crime referred to other authoritiesc othertotal % % % % % % % % % aincludes weak evidence, stale case, witness problems, or jurisdiction or venue problems. bincludes age of offender and offender ‘s criminal history and drug/alcohol use. cincludes pretrial alternative resolutions, such as pretrial diversion. source: urban institute analysis of executive office for u.s. attorneys, national lions data base, fiscal years – . investigation and prosecution tribal police are often the first to respond to a crime in indian country. offenses committed by tribal youth may be investigated by a combination of tribal police and federal law enforcement agencies. the federal bureau of investigation (fbi) and the bureau of indian affairs (bia) are the primary federal law enforcement agencies investigating tribal youth matters. tribal youth commonly enter the federal justice system with an arrest for a warrant issued on either a complaint or juvenile information (written accusation made by the prosecutor). for serious offenses that may indicate a federal crime, the u.s. attorney’s office in the district is notified as is the juvenile’s parent/guardian. the juvenile must be taken before a u.s. magistrate as soon as possible, where charges are read and the juvenile is informed of rights. federal prosecutors next determine if the matter should be adjudicated in federal courts, disposed by u.s. magistrate, or declined for prosecution. in , in matters involving a tribal youth were declined by federal prosecutors during , % of tribal youth in matters concluded were declined for further prosecution, which was lower than the % declination rate for non-tribal youth in . however, the average declination rate for tribal youth ( %) was higher than for non- tribal youth ( %) from to . the most common reason for declination of tribal youth matters in was case related ( %) (table . ). case-related reasons included weak evidence, stale case, witness problems, and jurisdiction or venue problems (figure . ). some declined matters involved tribal youth that were subsequently referred to other authorities for prosecution, such as to the tribe or the state where the tribe is located. the share of declinations for tribal youth that were referred to other authorities or received an alternative resolution increased from % of all declinations in to % in . among non-tribal youth, the most common reason for declination ( %) was that the suspect was a juvenile (not shown in table). most tribal youth in matters referred to u.s. attorneys were prosecuted by federal prosecutors in , % of tribal youth who were referred to federal prosecutors were prosecuted, which was higher than the % prosecution rate for non-tribal youth in (including matters disposed by u.s. magistrates). from to , the averageprosecution rate for tribal youth ( %) was comparable to that of non-tribal youth ( %). various factors go into the decision to prosecute a matter, including seriousness of the crime, strength of the evidence, youth’s criminal history and drug/alcohol use, tribal capacity to prosecute, and tribal preference. tribes having concurrent jurisdiction with federal jurisdiction may have limitations on available secure placement options and treatment resources. the potential penalty that could be received if a matter was handled in tribal or state venues may also be considered. the indian civil rights act (title u.s.c. § ( )), for example, limited tribes in sentencing persons convicted of serious crimes to a maximum of year in jail and a $ , fine. recently, the tribal law and order act extended the maximum sentence that a tribe can impose to three years. figure . case-related reasons for matters declined for prosecution with tribal youth suspects, – jurisdiction or venue problems stale case witness problems weak evidence percent of cases % % % % source: urban institute analysis of executive office for u.s. attorneys, national lions data base, fiscal years – . compendium of tribal crime data, nearly of tribal youth admitted to federal bureau of prisons jurisdiction from to came from five federal judicial districts from to , % of tribal youth admitted to the jurisdiction of the federal bureau of prisons (bop) were from these five federal judicial districts: arizona, montana, new mexico, north dakota, and south dakota (figure . ). the most recent tribal population data from the bureau of indian affairs ( ) showed that these five districts contained % of the federally recognized tribal entities and % of the more than . million total tribal enrollment population (table . ). thirty-four percent of the enrolled tribal population under age resided on or near reservations in these five federal judicial districts. table . federally recognized tribes and enrolled members, tribal entities tribal enrollment tribal population under age federal judicial district number percent number percent district rank number percent of total enrollment district rank total % , , % ~ , % ~ arizona . % , . % , . % new mexico . , . , . south dakota . , . , . montana . , . , north dakota , . , . all other districts . , , . ~ , . ~ ~not available. source: u.s. department of the interior, bureau of indian affairs. american indian population and labor force report, , available at: http://www.bia.gov/ whatwedo/knowledge/reports/index.htm, calendar year . – – – – – district of arizona ( %) district of new mexico ( %) district of montana ( %) district of north dakota ( %) district of south dakota ( %) number of tribal youth admitted figure . tribal youth admitted to the jurisdiction of the federal bureau of prisons, and five federal judicial districts that committed the majority of tribal youth, – source: bureau of justice statistics analysis of data from the federal bureau of prisons, sentry database, fiscal years – . summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system adjudication and sentencing federal statutes provide for a youth’s release pending trial to a parent/ guardian, unless it is determined that detention is necessary to ensure a timely appearance or to ensure safety of juveniles or others (title u.s.c. § ). the federal pretrial services agency oversees supervision of the youth on pretrial release. for juveniles detained, a foster home or community-based facility near the youth’s home community is sought. pretrial juveniles are not to be detained in facilities permitting regular contact with adult offenders nor with other juveniles who have been adjudicated. in , % of cases terminated in u.s. district court involving tribal youth resulted in conviction most ( %) tribal youth cases terminated ended in conviction in . most of the convictions were the result of a guilty plea ( %) than a determination of guilt at trial ( %). in comparison, % of non-tribal youth were convicted in , with % resulting from guilty pleas and % following trial. from to , the average conviction rate for tribal youth ( %) was higher than for non- tribal youth ( %). in juvenile adjudication proceedings, the judge has the discretion to impose an out-of-home placement, probation and conditions of probation, or restitution. the youth may also be transferred to adult status and prosecuted and sentenced as an adult. an adjudicated juvenile can receive up to years of probation. the duration of a sentence for youth adjudicated delinquent to the jurisdiction of federal prison authorities depends on the age of the juvenile at disposition (see text box below). juveniles under the age of are not allowed to be placed in an institution in which the youth has regular contact with incarcerated adults. a juvenile can be housed in a federal bureau of prisons (bop) institution at the age of if sentenced as a juvenile. the maximum time under federal jurisdiction of juveniles adjudicated delinquent depends on the age at disposition � if a juvenile was under years of age at time of disposition, detention may not extend beyond the juvenile reaching age (figure . ). � if a juvenile was between the ages of and at time of disposition, the maximum federal jurisdiction is years. � juveniles adjudicated delinquent and under the age of are not to be detained in facilities permitting regular contact with adult convicts. at age , however, an adjudicated delinquent can be placed in an adult facility. � the term that an adjudicated delinquent receives may not exceed the maximum period of imprisonment authorized had the juvenile been an adult. federal sentencing guidelines do not apply to adjudications of delinquency. or younger maximum age in federal jurisdiction is if age at disposition is under years age at disposition maximum age of federal jurisdiction for disposition between ages and , the maximum length of federal jurisdiction is years age of delinquent at disposition figure . maximum time under federal jurisdiction of juveniles adjudicated delinquent, by age at disposition compendium of tribal crime data, corrections the number of tribal youth admitted to bop jurisdiction increased from in to a peak of in — a % increase due exclusively to the growth in tribal youth handled as adjudicated delinquents (figure . ). the number of tribal youth admitted to the bop subsequently decreased from in to in . in , the number of tribal ( ) and non-tribal youth ( ) admitted to the jurisdiction of federal prison authorities was the lowest in the period from to . from to , the number of tribal youth admissions declined an annual average of %, and non-tribal admissions declined at an annual average of %. tribal youth peaked at admissions in , and non- tribal youth peaked at admissions in (figure . ). most ( %) of the decline in tribal youth from to was due to a decrease in youth who had been adjudicated delinquent. twelve percent of the decline was due to a decrease in tribal youth who had been transferred to adult status. in comparison, most of the decline for non-tribal youth admitted to the bop over this period was comprised of juveniles who had been transferred to adult status. in , % of tribal youth were admitted to bop jurisdiction for a violent offense, including sexual abuse ( %), assault ( %), and murder ( %) (table . ). tribal youth admitted for property offenses (mostly burglary) peaked in ( ) and began to decline in , dropping to admissions in . by , tribal youth admitted to bop jurisdiction for both property and violent offenses had declined to the lowest levels since . among non-tribal youth admitted to bop jurisdiction, violent and drug offenses comprised the majority of offense types (not shown in table). most tribal youth admitted to bop jurisdiction from to had been adjudicated delinquent ( %), while most non-tribal youth had been prosecuted as adults ( %). tribal-transferred as adult tribal-adjudicated delinquent number of tribal youth fiscal year figure . tribal youth admitted to the jurisdiction of the federal bureau of prisons, by status at admission, – note: data for fiscal years – based on urban institute analysis of federal bureau of prisons, sentry database. data for fiscal years – based on bjs analysis of sentry data. non-tribal-transferred as adult non-tribal-adjudicated delinquent number of non-tribal youth fiscal year figure . non-tribal youth admitted to the jurisdiction of the federal bureau of prisons, by status at admission, – note: data for fiscal years – based on urban institute analysis of federal bureau of prisons, sentry database. data for fiscal years – based on bjs analysis of sentry data. summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system at yearend , tribal youth were in bop facilities, including both juvenile contract and adult facilities in , % of tribal youth were housed under bop jurisdiction in minnesota, arizona, utah, the western district of texas, and colorado. bop facilities (including contract facilities) were not located in the states that contained large tribal populations and had committed a large number of indian country juveniles (south dakota, north dakota, montana, and new mexico). for example, tribal youth whose legal residence was south dakota comprised over half of the juveniles in bop facilities in minnesota. among tribal youth under bop jurisdiction in , most were committed for a violent felony offense, including homicide, manslaughter, serious sexual assault or abuse, and serious physical assault. in comparison, tribal juveniles were in custody in juvenile tribal facilities in . (see american indians and crime, bjs web, december .) these tribal youth were confined mostly for misdemeanor ( %) and status offenses ( %); % of the youth were confined in tribal juvenile facilities for felony offenses. table . tribal youth admitted to the jurisdiction of the federal bureau of prisons, – year of commitment to bop jurisdiction commitment offense total total , murder/negligent manslaughter* assault robbery sexual abuse embezzlement burglary larceny motor vehicle theft arson and explosives other property offenses other drug felonies weapon offenses nonviolent sex offenses traffic offenses note: total includes juveniles whose offenses were missing or unclassifiable. *includes attempted murder. source: urban institute analysis of federal bureau of prisons, sentry data base, fiscal years - . compendium of tribal crime data, tribal youth served a sentence in federal facilities that was twice as long as the maximum sentence tribal facilities can impose from to , the average time served by tribal youth tended to be longer (about months, on average) than the tribal justice system maximum sentence of months. the tribal law and order act of recently extended the maximum a tribal court can sentence to years for those courts meeting conditions placed on the legal process. the average time served by non-tribal youth in bop facilities more than doubled from months in to over months by . non-tribal youth admitted to the federal prison authorities were somewhat more dispersed than tribal youth with respect to district of commitment about % of non-tribal youth were committed from the five federal districts that committed the most tribal youth. thirty-six percent of non-tribal youth were committed to the bop from five federal judicial districts along the u.s.-mexico border: california-southern, arizona, new mexico, texas-western, and texas-southern. (figure . ). among juveniles admitted to the jurisdiction of the bop in , non- tribal youth were slightly older at age of offense than tribal youth the average of age tribal youth at time of offense was about years compared to years for non-tribal youth. most tribal youth were male ( %), american indian ( %), non- hispanic ( %), and united states citizens ( %). the majority of non- tribal youth were male ( %), white ( %), non-hispanic ( %), and united states citizens ( %). – – – – – – number of non-tribal youth admittednumber of non-tribal youth admitted district of arizona ( %) new mexico ( %) district of western texas ( %) district of eastern new york ( %)district of south dakota ( %) figure . non-tribal youth admitted to the jurisdiction of the federal bureau of prisons, and five federal judicial districts that committed the majority of non-tribal youth, – source: based on bjs analysis of data from the federal bureau of prisons, sentry database, fiscal years – . summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system methodology the primary source of data presented in this report is from the federal justice statistics program (fjsp). the methodology to identify tribal youth was developed by the urban institute, and primary findings reported here are drawn from their study, tribal youth in the federal justice system (http://ncjrs.gov). this report supplemented findings from the urban institute’s study with additional analyses based on bjs analysis of fjsp data. data from the federal bureau of prisons (bop), sentry database, which contains information on all federally sentenced offenders admitted to bop jurisdiction at fiscal yearend were analyzed for the years to . the source of the data in figure . is the urban institute analysis of executive office for u.s. attorneys, national lions database, fiscal years to . suspects in matters concluded include all matters which were concluded in each respective year. suspects in matters prosecuted include matters for which the u.s. attorneys in that district made the decision to prosecute the matter in each fiscal year. the unit of count for figure . is the suspect matter. a matter is a referral on which an attorney spends one hour or more investigating, and on which formal papers have not been filed with the court. if a decision is made not to continue with the investigation, it is disposed of in the lions database by declination and closed. references american indians and crime, ncj , bjs web, december . american indian population and labor force report. u.s. department of the interior, bureau of indian affairs, . the urban institute. tribal youth in the federal justice system, ncj , may . available at http://ncjrs.gov. researchers from the urban institute investigated how youth from indian country were processed by the federal criminal justice system. they used a combination of qualitative and quantitative information, including administrative data from the bjs-sponsored federal justice statistics program (fjsp) and information drawn from interviews with more than three dozen federal and tribal justice system personnel. staff at the urban institute who contributed to the study included— co-principal investigators william adams and julie samuels contextual analysis team janeen buck willison hannah dodd meredith dank quantitative analysis team barbara parthasarathy kamala mallik kane jessica kelly sybil mendonca kideuk kim office of justice programs innovation • partnerships • safer neighborhoods http://www.ojp.gov \\pi\pi\windows\desktop\scielo\ individual preferences and social justice* Álvaro de vita i what is the standard by which we are to evaluate and compare an individual’s quality of life? on what aspects of a person’s life are we to concentrate in order to assess the level of welfare that they enjoy or, compared to what is within reach of others (in the same society, but also in other societies), they ought to enjoy? one answer, which remains immensely influ- ential in the welfare economics and even in con- temporary political theory, is what john harsanyi has dubbed “principle of preference autonomy”: “in deciding what is good and what is bad for a given individual, the ultimate criterion can only be his own wants and his own preferences.” (harsanyi, , p. ). this is a disturbing answer for all those who, like me, believe that there ought to be a non- subjective basis for appraising and comparing levels of welfare for different individuals (and for different societies). it goes without saying that economic and social rights are included in the universal declara- tion of human rights on the basis of the implicit assumption that such a basis exists. one would be hard-pressed to demonstrate di- rectly the plausibility of an “objective” conception of welfare. what is possible, in the first place, is to dem- onstrate why the subjective conception (that is to say, the conception that understands welfare solely in terms of the preferences of the agents themselves) fails to offer a plausible interpretation of individual welfare and, above all, fails to enable an acceptable basis for the comparison of levels of welfare. second- ly, we must ask ourselves whether there isn’t a distinct way of dealing with the central issue (which i will set forth later) for which the subjective conception pre- sents itself as a proposed solution. these are the two points i shall address in this essay. and although it is not my specific concern, i believe that at least some of the arguments i propose to reject the notion of indi- vidual preference as a sufficient basis for judgments of social welfare can be extended to relativist concep- tions of welfare (that is, those that view their assess- ment as inseparable from local beliefs and moral tra- ditions). two clarifications are in order with regard to the present work. the discussion i carry out below concerns some of the issues connected with the * published originally in revista brasileira de ciências sociais, n. , october , pp. - . translated by christopher ballantines and revised by the author. brazilian review of social sciences, special issue, no. , october brazilian review of social sciences - special issue no. philosophy of welfare. if my argument is reason- ably successful, one might obtain from it an answer to the following question: why is it more justifiable to evaluate individual welfare in terms of the access people have to certain goods, resources and op- portunities (such as those laid forth in the social rights of the un charter) than to evaluate it (solely) in terms of the satisfaction of individual preferenc- es? the answer to this question might provide a moral basis for interpersonal comparisons of wel- fare. to know whether this allows for the deriva- tion of a precise measuring-stick to evaluate public policy constitutes a separate question altogether (which i shall not attempt to address, to the possible frustration of social scientists). as for the second clarification, i shall address herein the place that individual preferences ought to occupy in interpersonal comparisons of welfare, judgments from which we cannot shy in cases where it is necessary to assess the distribution (or to evaluate the distribution that effectively has been realized) of scarce social resources. this is a standpoint appropriate to a theory of social justice. another point of view by which one might consid- er individual preferences is to see them as inputs of the political process. from this standpoint, our foremost concern lies with the institutional mech- anisms for collective decision-making. among the kinds of questions to be asked along the way are these: should the collective decision-making pro- cess be organized to aggregate and express — as faithfully as possibly — the effective preferences of citizens; or should it be organized so as also to permit citizens to create or revise their own prefer- ences regarding public issues? these are questions that should occupy an important place in our reflections on democracy. strictly speaking, how- ever, they do not pertain to the domain of justice. what a theory of social justice ought to facilitate is the refinement of standards by which it would be possible to judge the moral quality of the results of the political process. ii we would like to know why judgements about social justice cannot be based merely on the satisfaction of individual preference; or, to state matters otherwise, what reasons are there to reject the idea that social utility can only be conceived of in terms of the aggregation of indi- vidual utilities. this is harsanyi’s ( , p. ) view: “the utilitarian theory i have proposed de- fines social utility in terms of individual utilities, and defines each person’s utility function in terms of his personal preferences. thus, in the end, social utility is defined in terms of people’s per- sonal preferences.” however, before critiquing this position, we must first determine the place from which the utilitarianism of preferences de- rives its plausibility. the first point to clarify is that harsanyi’s principle has no need to base itself on a benthamite hedonist psychology. hedonist and preferential utilitarianisms share only one point in common. both conceive of the individual’s welfare in a subjective manner: while the former envisions it in terms of the presence of certain conscious mental states, of pleasure or of pain, discernible through introspection, the latter conceives it in terms of the satisfaction or frustration of preference. (such mental states and preferences would belong to the person whose welfare is being assessed.) the similarities, nonetheless, end there. un- qualified hedonism offers a far too implausible explanation for individual welfare. we do a great many things independent of the subjective sensa- tions of pleasure or pain they may produce in us. there are cases of exceptional achievement, for instance, whether professional, scientific or artistic, that can only occur after considerable personal sacrifice to their authors — either because they impose suffering or because they require the for- bearance of things that produce conscious states of pleasure. this is not to mention examples of human experience which do not necessarily entail such lofty states of individual excellence. i can do things whose goal is to produce desirable states in others, or even to contribute to some objective state of things. if we feel forced to say that all of the foregoing occur at the expense of individual welfare we must then suspect that at least a part of the problem lies in the conception — a hedonist one, by the way — of welfare that we have adopted. individual preferences and social justice john stuart mill tried to escape these difficul- ties of the hedonist conception by discerning “high- er pleasures” from “lower pleasures” and postulat- ing that man, under normal conditions, draws greater utility from the higher pleasures and from the exercise of their higher capabilities. “it is better to be a human being dissatisfied, than a pig satis- fied; better to be a socrates dissatisfied, than a fool satisfied. and if the fool or the pig are of a different opinion, it is because they only know their own side of the question. the other party to the comparison knows both sides.” (mill, , p. ). through his doctrine of higher and lower pleasures, mill in fact is adopting an objective conception of human happi- ness on the assumption that the ingredients for this conception are the same as those producing desir- able conscious states, or those towards which indi- viduals develop the more intense preference. mill’s view (which we might designate as “objectivist utilitarianism”) is therefore removed from the sub- jective conceptions of welfare that i am confronting. on this point we can see where the appeal for preferential utilitarianism arises. for when po- sitioned against unqualified hedonism, the notion of utility ceases to have a necessary connection with the sensory states of the agent. an extreme example, observed by griffin and parfit, helps shed light on this. wracked by pain from an advanced cancer, freud, near the end of his life, saw himself facing a choice: to take painkillers, which would plunge him in a state of mental torpor, or not to take them and, although tormented by the pain, to retain the ability to think clearly. freud chose the second alternative. from the standpoint of unqual- ified hedonism, we would say that the satisfaction of this preference diminished freud’s level of welfare; according to preference utilitarianism, we would say that his choice was the best, all things considered, for his own welfare. this example illustrates the strength of harsa- nyi’s principle, which makes for a more frontal challenge to the “utilitarian objectivism” that i have attributed to mill. it is the ideal of neutrality: in our judgments of social justice (or “social utility”), we should avoid value judgments aimed at individ- ual preference and choice. the better to clarify what is at issue here, let us suppose that we are in a position to decide who gets what with regard to the distribution of a given scarce social resource. the neutrality ideal rejects the option to distribute resource x (or more of resource x) to person a, instead of distributing it to person b (or the option to give b less of x) because we believe that a’s preferences are more valuable (because we be- lieve that x will be used to satisfy preferences that we deem more valuable). let us say that the decision at hand is whether to distribute a basket of goods to a or to b (assuming that both are in similar circumstances). neutrality would prevent us from delivering the basket to a, and not to b, because we know — as a matter of fact — that b has a tendency to drink (and could also trade the basket for booze) and because we believe — as a value judgment — that the preference for temperance is better than the preference for drunkenness. the preference-autonomy principle requires that we find another basis for our decision. i will return to this point later. the plausibility on face value of the utilitari- anism of preferences results from the answers it provides — at first sight, in inarguable fashion — to the problem of neutrality (as it was characterized in the preceding paragraph) in comparisons of indi- vidual welfare. the power of this response lies in its rejection of paternalism (in the form of “i know what’s best for you”), especially in its connection with public policy decisions. we are not willing to concede to public authorities the discretionary powers to rule over the distribution of scarce resources — and over the use or forbearance of use of collective coercion in a general manner — on the basis of what they believe that each of us should want or do. and so it is paternalism that constitutes the problem to which preference utilitarianism avails itself as the answer. if we wish to arrive at a non- subjective understanding of individual welfare (and of the comparison of levels of welfare) and also reject the discretionary interference in individ- ual preferences and choices, then we cannot shrink from envisioning unique solutions to the problem of paternalism. before we address this task, however, it is time we saw where harsanyi’s principle fails. brazilian review of social sciences - special issue no. iii one point remains to be clarified in my comparison between hedonist and preference util- itarianisms. whereas hedonism (subjective or ob- jective) was held solely to be a conception of individual welfare — that is to say, a theory of what makes life good for whoever lives it — preference utilitarianism was viewed not only in this light, but also as a moral theory. to say that a thing is good for a person (that it is in their interest) because it produces in them a conscious state of pleasure fails to tell us anything at all about the kind of claim this interest presents to others. harsanyi’s principle, however, from the out- set is one of a distributive nature. what he propos- es is that the satisfaction of individual preferences ought to be erected on the ultimate criteria for the distribution of scarce resources (and, generally speaking, for any and all use of collective coer- cion). when making public policy decisions, or when assessing them from an impartial point of view, we should only take into account the inten- sity of individual preferences and their distribution in the community and abstain — as we have seen in the foregoing section — from judging these preferences on their intrinsic merits. the basis for our distributive decisions should be constituted solely from the force and the degree of diffusion of individual preferences. one can doubt whether it is at all possible to carry out interpersonal comparisons of welfare that take into account the intensity of individual prefer- ences. even if we agree that individual welfare should be assessed solely in terms of utility, and the latter solely in terms of the satisfaction of individual preferences, the problem would still remain as to which aggregate procedure we should adopt to calculate a “social function of utility”. the rule of the majority, a possible candidate to fulfill this role, is insensitive to the intensity of preferenc- es. however, at this point i do not wish to dwell on matters of practicality, for a principle may hold practical importance even though we lack an algorithm with which to apply it. the strongest objections to the utilitarianism of preferences are all related to the following question: on what basis — and without straying too far from the “principle of preference autonomy” — can we exclude certain preferences from our judg- ments of social justice? this question immediately raises another: what kinds of preferences can we reasonably exclude from these judgments? i shall examine three types of preferences that challenge any plausible conception of justice. the first cate- gory consists of offensive preferences; the second, of those preferences whose satisfaction imposes excessive claims upon others (the case of “expen- sive tastes”); and the third, of preferences whose satisfaction imposes claims that are more modest than would have been the case under different circumstances. to comment briefly on offensive preferenc- es, we understand them as being of a discriminato- ry nature and/or whose satisfaction (always bear- ing in mind public policy decisions) is harmful to life, to human dignity or to the freedom of others. are we willing to admit, for instance, that attitudes such as “prisoners are better off dead” may have unimpeded currency to determine how collective coercion is to be employed? of course not. the classical liberal strategy to deal with this sort of problem consists of protecting certain individual interests, protecting them from welfare-oriented calculations that contain an offensive component of this type by means of a constitutional charter of rights and even possibly by means of judicial review of laws approved by legislatures. harsanyi ( , p. ) confronts this problem by suggesting that human compassion, upon which utilitarian morals are founded, legitimizes the exclusion of “all clearly anti-social preferences, such as sadism, envy, resentment and malice” from the calculus of social utility. even if we accept this first qualification to the principle of preference autonomy, graver difficul- ties arise when we move to the second kind of preference mentioned above. subjective welfarism proposes to take into account variations in individ- ual preference. suppose we believe that a basic objective should be to make people as equal as possible in the degree of satisfaction they achieve from their own preferences. the problem that emerges is this: on what basis are we to arbitrate individual preferences and social justice the reasonableness of demands that the satisfaction of various preferences poses before others, indeed, before society? to adapt an example suggested by kenneth arrow ( , p. ), consider a case where one individual satisfies his gastronomic preferences with water and soybean flour while another feels terribly unhappy without fine meals and fine wines. if we adopt the intensity of prefer- ences as a standard to evaluate individual welfare and wish to equalize the level of welfare for both individuals we must then incline — however counter-intuitively — to propose that a greater portion of scarce social resources be targeted to the individual (in this case, the second) who is the more efficient consumer of resources — that is, the individual who is able to derive greater utility than the other from the consumption of the same basket of resources (scanlon, , p. ). it is counter-intuitive to maintain that a per- son who has developed “expensive tastes” ought to do justice to a greater parcel of scarce social resources in order to achieve the same level of satisfaction as that enjoyed by a person of more modest tastes and ambitions. nevertheless, it is not easy to see how subjective welfarism could stand up to this objection. as dworkin ( , pp. - ) forcefully argued, conceptions of welfare equality — conceptions, that is to say, that propose to equalize individual welfare according to the subjective appraisal that each individual makes of his own level of welfare — are in the end contra- dictory. in interpersonal comparisons of welfare, whatever the conception of equality we adopt, we are led inevitably to evaluate the point up to which the social claims arising from the satisfaction of certain preferences are reasonable. what is reason- able, however, cannot be discerned on the basis of the attributes of the preferences nor of their inten- sity — it is a pattern external to the preferences themselves. if we cannot avoid falling back to a notion of “reasonable claims” in interpersonal comparisons, then our concept of equality, al- though held to a subjective standard, already con- tains prior built-in assumptions about distributive equity. and these prior assumptions require justifi- cation independent of the individual interests to be compared. harsanyi does not ignore the objection of expensive tastes: “it would be absurd to assert that we have the same moral obligation to help other people in satisfying their utterly unreasonable wants as we have to help them in satisfying their very reasonable desires.” but he faces this objec- tion by invoking a distinction that cannot easily be squared with his own principle of preference autonomy: [...] all we have to do is to distinguish between a person’s manifest preferences and his true prefer- ences. his manifest preferences are his actual preferences as manifested by his observed behav- ior, including preferences possibly based on erro- neous factual beliefs, or on careless logical analy- sis, or on strong emotions that at the moment greatly hinder rational choice. in contrast, a per- son’s true preferences are the preferences he would have if he had all the relevant factual information, always reasoned with the greatest possible care, and were in a state of mind most conducive to rational choice. (harsanyi, , p. ) it is hard to imagine that this distinction between manifest preferences and true preferenc- es does not eventually constitute the thin end of the wedge precisely for that which the principle of preference autonomy above all rejects: paternal- ism. the temptation faced by the utilitarian policy- maker would be to start from his preferred social utility function and then to postulate that it is in accord with the individual utilities that derive from the satisfaction of the “right” preferences. the point dworkin emphasizes stands: when we com- pare individual interests, the standard we employ is not contained within those interests. and it would do very little good to replace the standard of satisfaction of individual preferences with the stan- dard of preferences held by those who make policy decisions. the third kind of preference i have laid forth above (and which might be grasped as an impor- tant subset of the second kind) remains to be considered. how can we evaluate preferences brazilian review of social sciences - special issue no. whose satisfaction requires less from others if institutional background circumstances were oth- erwise? this is the problem that elster ( , pp. - ) has called “sour grapes”. a person may attach little value to a good, a right or an opportu- nity; they may not even appear in his scale of preferences for the simple reason that he cannot easily develop a preference for something he cannot see — fairly realistically — as part of his circumstances in life. it is to ask for too much that somebody would have a preference for alterna- tives they cannot see included within their avail- able options. this applies above all when we attempt to evaluate the preferences of people in vulnerable positions. consider, for example, the case of a boy in northeastern brazil who, because he must work, cannot attend school. in his individual scale of utility, and in that of his parents, it is quite possible that “increasing income” ranks more highly than “attending school”. if we adopt a welfare-oriented standard to evaluate welfare, we would be induced to believe that it would be best to do whatever possible to increase the boy’s income. instead, however, we might raise the question: “what changes in the circumstances of the boy’s life are necessary so that education will figure as an impor- tant value in his (and his parents’) scale of prefer- ences?” i cannot see how this question might be raised from the standpoint of the utilitarianism of preferences. the objection we are raising to the welfarist perspective is this: the satisfaction of individual preferences is not an adequate guide for public policy decisions because what people prefer is itself the result, by and large, of the goods, resourc- es and rights with which they already have been provided through public action. cass sustein ( , p. ) remarks that there is solid empirical evidence in economics and social psychology for what can be termed “the endowment effect”, that is, the existence of a causal link between individual attitudes regarding certain goods and rights and the supply of the same goods and rights. “the endow- ment effect is the consequence, for preferences and willingness to pay, of the initial allocation of an entitlement.” the relevance of the endowment effect to the evaluation of the form in which individual prefer- ences should count in policy decisions is great. we could point to countless examples that refer to distinct areas of state intervention. the concession of labor rights to domestic workers strongly influ- ences the perception they have of their own activity and of what their employers can demand of them; the extension of pensions to rural workers affects their preferences regarding the value of the pensions system; attitudes of slum-dwellers toward the environment are heavily influenced by the provision (or non-provision) of what, in their view, are the essential public goods, such as potable water, waste-removal and public sanitation; the perception by residents in peripheral districts of são paulo of the importance of access to medical care can be affected by the supply of health services in those districts; and so on. let us admit that it is correct to argue that the supply of certain goods, resources, rights, legal norms or opportunities broadly conditions the attitudes individuals have in relation to each of these things. in this case, it is simply false to state that the distribution of these same goods, resourc- es, rights, legal norms or opportunities can be justified by the satisfaction of individual preferenc- es. the equity of a particular distribution cannot be justified by the preferences that individuals are induced to cultivate for this same distribution. once again, through the same mechanism we have already witnessed in the exercise of “expensive tastes”, the problem posed by the malleability of preferences pressures us to find a non-subjective basis for the assessment and comparison of levels of individual welfare. before we tackle this, how- ever, there is a final point to be elucidated. iv the malleability of preferences raises objec- tions not only for subjective welfarism (which places a full emphasis on interpersonal variations of preference). a similar objection applies to rela- tivist conceptions of social welfare (which place full emphasis on the intercultural variation of moral standards). individual preferences and social justice i have argued above that we have considerable reasons to reject a principle that advises for the satis- faction of individual preferences without taking into account the fact that they are conditioned by socio- economic background and by the mode of state in- tervention (or its absence). similarly, there are pow- erful reasons to reject conceptions that propose that a person’s welfare can only be evaluated according to the values and beliefs of the community to which he belongs, especially if: ( ) these values and beliefs perpetuate one’s situation of inferiority and oppres- sion within this community; and ( ) one’s life circum- stances hardly permit any option other than adher- ence to these values and, consequently, impart a positive value to one’s own oppression. moreover, in this case, the fact that a person “prefers” the situa- tion in which he is already placed is not a good rea- son — and even less a just reason — for guiding our judgment about what he is entitled to on the basis of his “preference”. to illustrate this point, consider the following example. the dominance of certain moral tradi- tions and certain conceptions of family life leads to the existence in many a poor country not only of an unjust social distribution of resources but — above and beyond this — an unjust intra-family distribu- tion of resources. among poor families, the distri- bution of food, medical attention, and educational opportunity generally benefits men and income- earning adults, firstly, as it privileges boys to the detriment of girls secondly (world bank, , p. ). suppose (quite plausibly) that the community beliefs and moral traditions that legitimize this state of affairs are beyond dispute, to the point where women themselves see no injustice in it. with this scenario in mind, how could policy decisions base themselves in the assessment these women make of their own situation? would we be willing to assert, for example, that to provide them with educational opportunities is not a pressing objec- tive (or not as pressing as it is for men) because their own way of life fails to valorize women’s education? this is a clear example, in my view, of how the adoption of individual attitudes — condi- tioned, in this case, by adherence to local custom — as the ultimate criterion for judgments of social welfare can lead to absurd distortions. let me add, in passing, that this kind of error in judgment, which easily could be committed by relativists, does not occur in the world devel- opment report. the report recommends that, in poor countries, the state invest directly in the improvement of quality of life for poor women (who are among the greatest victims of relativist conceptions of social justice). this recommenda- tion is consistent with the considerations pertain- ing to social justice that i mentioned in the preced- ing paragraph. it is grounded, moreover, in a fact of the utmost importance. comparing the way in which poor men and women spend their income, it is observable that a greater portion of women’s income is expended on the family’s welfare. the report’s conclusion is clear: to increase women’s income directly not only enhances their bargaining power within the family but also provides a sound means for benefiting their children (world bank, , p. ). there is something emphatically wrong with conceptions of social justice that weaken the posi- tion of those who are most vulnerable. this, in short, is the principal objection that should be raised before utilitarianism of preferences and relativist conceptions of social welfare. “any rela- tivism”, as onora o’neill ( , p. ) puts it, “tends to prejudicate the position of the weak, whose weakness is mirrored and partly constituted by their marginalization in received ways of thought and by their subordination and oppression in established orders.” what indeed remains be- yond comprehension is the fascination which rela- tivism seems to exercise over certain varieties of left-wing political thought. v so far i have argued that the two subjective theoretical perspectives for the evaluation and comparison of welfare levels — hedonism and the utilitarianism of preferences — are inherently con- tradictory. when we ask ourselves (always from the standpoint of decision-making in public policy) which conscious states ought to be produced in individuals, or which individual preferences ought to be satisfied, we are compelled to use — even if brazilian review of social sciences - special issue no. only implicitly — a non-subjective standard: that is, some standard by which we can judge the reason- ableness, in terms of the claims it poses on others, of the production of pleasurable states of con- sciousness and of the satisfaction of individual preferences. if we abandon the subjective standard, we enter into a field of conceptions of welfare that are affiliated to what derek parfit has called “objective list theory”. according to this view, there are certain things that are good or bad for human life, aside from people’s desire to pursue the good and to avoid the bad. “the good things might include moral goodness, rational activity, the development of one’s abilities, having children and being a good parent, knowledge and awareness of true beauty. the bad things might include being betrayed, manipulated, slandered, deceived, being deprived of liberty or dignity, and enjoying either sadistic pleasure, or aesthetic pleasure in what is in fact ugly.” (parfit, ). what we are considering, then, is a theory of individual welfare rather than one — just yet — of morality. nothing has been said, so far, about the duties these ingredients for a good life impose on others. (to be a good father or a good mother, for instance, however great their importance in indi- vidual welfare, is not a good with which others can provide us. ) wouldn’t such a theory — and this is the objection to consider from the outset — itself be based in an unabashed value judgment as to what comprises a good life? it is true that utilitarianism of preferences embraces the assumption that value judgments — if this perspective is adopted — are to be avoided whenever possible. for harsanyi, the identification and comparison of the intensity of human prefer- ences are judgments of fact. however, to adopt objective list theory does not mean that we must henceforth surrender to a value judgment. in this regard, it is pertinent to recall amartya sen’s remark to mollie orshansky that “poverty, like beauty, lies in the eye of the beholder”. what orshansky means is that our evaluation of poverty as something bad (and that certainly occupies a prominent place in the list of bad things mentioned above) itself consti- tutes a value judgment. but on this point there is some confusion surrounding two types of judg- ment. a direct and prescriptive judgment — “this is bad” — is one thing. but a judgment along the lines of “according to broadly held normative standards, this is bad” is quite a different thing indeed. al- though our values always interfere, one way or another, with the manner in which we evaluate the facts, we should bear in mind that “to describe a prevailing prescription is an act of description, not prescription” (sen, , p. ). if subjective wel- farism claims to be grounded in facts “as they are” (see, however, note ), objective list theory seeks its support through facts about values. it is no sinful excess of objectivity to maintain that certain things are valuable and others harmful to a variety of individual conceptions of the good (though not all of them) and to human life in a variety of cultural contexts (though not all of them). assumptions of this sort are present in all conceptions of welfare belonging to the family of the objective list theory. among its most prominent members are: rawls’ notion that individual welfare is to be assessed by reference to an index of “primary goods”; sen’s proposition that the focus be directed toward “a set of human functionings and capabilities”; and doyal and gough’s concep- tion (and others similar to it), which proposes to evaluate welfare in connection with certain basic human needs. all of these conceptions are non- subjective and anti-relativist; and all of them can be understood as interpretations of the conception of human welfare that lies at the foundation of the universal declaration of human rights. and so how are we to compare conflicting individual interests from the standpoint of objective list theory? when we raise this question, our con- ception of individual welfare becomes the keystone of a moral theory (a theory of distributive equality). the fundamental point to be stressed is this: unlike what subjective welfarism proposes, we do not judge the legitimacy of the claims which these interests pose regarding scarce social resources according to the force with which their parties defend it, nor by the intensity with which they are preferred, nor even by the degree of satisfaction that the fulfillment of these claims might bring about. our task is to inquire into the reasons for individual preferences and social justice which something is preferred (scanlon, , and ). if we wish to escape the dead-end into which subjective standards lead us, there is no way to avoid judgments regarding the content of prefer- ences in interpersonal comparisons. that someone (or some group) prefers something is not a good reason, in and of itself, for this interest to weigh in public policy decisions. we must still establish a judgment of the moral importance of the interest in question. and we do so by recourse to our concep- tion of individual welfare (“ours” in the sense of those who accept objective list theory). an interest will entail greater moral weight on the basis of its greater relationship to one or several goods that are perceived, by people with distinct values, as ingre- dients indispensable to a good human life. accord- ing to this view, it is not merely by being the object of preference that a thing is good or valuable. because it constitutes a good, we have a reason — intersubjective in nature — to prefer it. note that to judge the moral importance of individual interests in interpersonal comparisons does not involve judgment of the intrinsic value of these interests, nor determining the point at which the interested parties are able correctly to evaluate what is best for them. judgments of the moral urgency of an individual preference or interest are perfectly compatible with the benthamite formula that “the individual is the best judge of his own good”. if a person feels deeply unhappy for not being able to enjoy rare and sophisticated food and drink, we would not say that he or she has a preference for “inferior” pleasures. nor would we assert that such a preference reveals that he does not know what is best for him. the only thing we do judge are the claims that the satisfaction of this preference makes on scarce social resources. when we inquire, for the purposes of interpersonal com- parison, into the reasons why something is intense- ly desired, we are to bear in mind solely the social opportunity costs of satisfying this desire — a cost which is to be evaluated by reference to the desires, intense or otherwise, that will be frustrated. (i will return to this point in the following section.) leaving aside purely strategic consider- ations, objective list theory provides for a more plausible explanation of the basis of comparisons of individual interest that we frequently conduct. nor- mally we consider that preserving freedom of ex- pression is a more important good than satisfying the preferences (however intense they may be) of people who hate to see nudity or sex on television; that guaranteeing everyone sufficient opportunity to develop one’s basic capabilities is more pressing than satisfying the preferences of some for especial- ly costly forms of education or training; and that it is more important to assure proper nutrition for the hungry than it is to guarantee others the means to satisfy a given preference derived from religious belief (such as the construction of a temple). in all of these cases, we are implicitly resorting to a non- subjective standard for evaluating individual inter- ests, according to which some of these interests will be seen as private preferences (i.e., that they do not pose claims before society) while others will be recognized as rights (i.e., as aspects of individual welfare that impose responsibilities on others). vi suppose we agree on the existence of a non- subjective moral foundation, such as that proposed by objective list theory, for comparisons of inter- personal welfare. one question remains to be answered. is it possible, by resorting to this foun- dation, to envision another way of addressing the problem that the utilitarianism of preferences sets out to resolve: namely, the problem of neutrality (as it was characterized in section ii)? would it be unacceptably paternalistic to propose that the eval- uation of a person’s standard of living be conduct- ed not according to his own subjective assessment of his situation but rather by the access assured to him to certain goods, resources and opportunities — especially including, among others, the social rights recognized in the un charter — that we believe to be ingredients of a good life. might we thus be issuing a value judgment — that “what so- and-so wants is not in his best interest” — about individual preferences and attitudes? what role do we assign, after all, to individual responsibility in a person’s life? i shall sketch out the general line of argument adopted by all conceptions of individual welfare, brazilian review of social sciences - special issue no. to my knowledge, that accept objective list theory. for this purpose, i will start with an inconsistency that g.a. cohen purports to have detected in rawls’ political philosophy. according to cohen ( , pp. - ), the problem confronting egali- tarian and left thought, generally speaking, “is that the picture of the individual as responsibly guiding his own taste formation is hard to reconcile with claims rawls uses elsewhere in a fundamental way to support his egalitarianism.” let us better clarify the two things that seem irreconcilable. on the one hand are the assump- tions necessary for justifying egalitarianism. rawls (and left thought, broadly speaking) rejects the notion that the unequal distribution of resources and opportunities can be justified on the basis of individual merit. the argument is that personal merit — an attribute inseparable from highly per- sonal preferences, tastes and attitudes — is in- tensely conditioned by certain circumstances in an individual’s life that lie beyond the realm of choice. one cannot choose the country, region or commu- nity where one is born and raised, any more than one’s starting-position in society, family, or genetic baggage. and so to attribute a person’s unfavor- able situation to his own preference (to see this as his own shortcoming), when a more careful exam- ination of the situation would recommend attribut- ing it largely to circumstances outside one’s choice, amounts to a familiar and unacceptable instance of victim blaming. this position is a variation on the argument regarding the malleability of preferences that i used earlier to criticize subjective welfarism. on the other hand, there is the assumption that the individual should be responsible for culti- vating his own tastes, preferences and ends. rawls resorts to this assumption to explain why our conception of distributive equality need not preoccupy itself with the satisfaction of expensive tastes. it is worth recalling rawls’ passage on this point: [...] as moral persons citizens have some part in forming and cultivating their final ends and prefer- ences. it is not by itself an objection to the use of primary goods that it does not accommodate those with expensive tastes. one must argue in addition that it is unreasonable, if not unjust, to hold such persons responsible for their preferences and to require them to make out as best they can. but to argue this seems to presuppose that citizens’ preferences are beyond their control as propensi- ties or cravings which simply happen. citizens seem to be regarded as passive carriers of desires. the use of primary goods, however, relies on a capacity to assume responsibility for our ends. (rawls, , pp. - ). for cohen, these two components of rawls’ theory fail to mesh. individual preferences are seen in one manner when the task at hand is to disqualify merit as an egalitarian distributive principle for the basic structure of society; they are seen in a different light when the issue is to justify the non-satisfaction of expensive tastes. egalitarianism thus appears to run into the unpleasant failure to reconcile the assumptions underlying principles of distributive equality with those that underlie principles of indi- vidual autonomy. indeed, one can assume that the justification for egalitarian policies would always depend on judgments that oftentimes are not easily formed regarding the degree of autonomy/heteron- omy — or of individual responsibility/non-respon- sibility — in the formation of individual preferenc- es. the greater the heteronomy of the individual’s preferences that contribute to maintaining him in an unfavorable position, the more authoritatively can egalitarian policies afford to ignore them. the greater their autonomy, the less can public policy decisions afford to fail to take them into account. why is this problem relevant to the question of neutrality? if our conception of distributive equal- ity depends on judgments of the degree of autono- my of individual preference, we must then exercise value judgments about these preferences. prefer- ences generated in autonomous circumstances are “good” (from the standpoint of decisions on public policy), while those generated under non-autono- mous circumstances are “bad”. and to establish distinctions on the intrinsic value of individual interests and attitudes is precisely what the ideal of neutrality rejects. there is, nevertheless, a serious misunder- standing in cohen’s objection to rawls. we have individual preferences and social justice seen that one of the reasons for rejecting subjective welfarism derives from the problem of the mallea- bility — or the heteronomy — of preference. this is an objection that is raised to a theory that proposes that our judgments of social justice should be governed by the degree of satisfaction (realized or yet to be realized) of individual preferences. how- ever, along the same lines that i argued in the preceding section on the inquiry into the reasons why something is desired, interpersonal compari- sons of welfare grounded in the roster of primary goods set forth by rawls, or in other conceptions that adopt objective list theory, do not require any sort of judgment pertaining to the degree of autono- my/heteronomy of individual interests, ambitions or ends. this is not to say that individuals can only be compensated for their preferences, especially preferences that leave them in a disadvantageous position, in cases where it can be demonstrated that these preferences are due to factors or attributes outside the realm of individual choice. no judgment whatsoever is being emitted about what people deserve. what we are asserting is that the basic distribution of resources and opportunities in soci- ety should be independent of preference, whether the latter is constituted in heteronomous or autono- mous form. neither judgments about the degree of injus- tice in the societies in which we live, nor judgments about the social well-being that could be constitut- ed if we lived in a just society require a basis in evaluations of the degree of autonomy of their attendant individual preferences and conceptions of what is good. the object of justice, as rawls remarked, is the basic structure of society and not the constitution of moral adjudications of particular cases. what we assume is that there are goods, resources and opportunities that persons, however greatly they may diverge in their individually held attitudes and values, have reason to desire. the next assumption — adopted by all conceptions of welfare related to objective list theory — is that society’s basic institutions should be organized and should function in such a manner as to assure that an equitable portion of these goods and opportu- nities be assured to each person. whatever each individual makes of the opportunities thus offered to them — the preferences he will seek to cultivate, the goals he will seek to achieve — is no longer, as a rule, any of society’s business. assume that an equal measure of resources and opportunities was afforded to persons a and b. although a is dissatisfied with his situation be- cause certain preferences have been frustrated, and b looks upon his situation positively, we would still be compelled to assert that, in spite of their divergent subjective views, a and b enjoy equal levels of welfare. or yet, under the same conditions of distributive equality, that a invests all his effort in a costly career that promises financial reward or public prestige, while b prefers a life less driven by professional realization and more dedi- cated to family and friends. from a public stand- point, there is no reason to judge that a’s choices and preferences are more valuable than b’s. ac- cording to rawls, in the passage we quoted above, given an equitable distribution of primary goods or — as sen would have it — given institutional conditions that promote equally the development of each individual’s capabilities, we may assume that individuals are capable of taking responsibility for their own objectives. the conclusion at which we have arrived hardly supports the contradiction pointed out by cohen (namely, that between the assumptions necessary to justify distributive equality and the assumptions of individual autonomy). it is solely the assurance of distributive equality in the basic structure of society that enables us to avoid judg- ments of the intrinsic value of individual preferenc- es and choices. this is the stock answer that non- subjective conceptions of individual welfare can offer to problems arising from neutrality or pater- nalism in interpersonal comparisons of welfare — problems for which the utilitarianism of preferenc- es, at first sight, would appear to offer the most plausible solution. despite the fact that this formu- lation entails a high degree of abstraction, this response carries implications that are quite definite in nature. if we wish to avoid paternalistic stances in judgments of social justice, we had better not focus directly on individual preferences, attitudes and interests, and direct our attention instead to institutional conditions for the allocation of re- brazilian review of social sciences - special issue no. sources and opportunities of value to a variety of individual conceptions of what is good. in my view, this would be the best philosophical ap- proach to the social and economic rights contained in the universal declaration and in other un documents. vii one last point remains to be discussed. up to this point i have sought to elucidate what people are entitled to under the auspices of a non-subjec- tive standard for assessing welfare. however, the concept of neutrality and anti-paternalism assumed by this kind of standard can also be laid forth through the perspective of the responsibilities posed by the rights to social welfare. consider two opposite, if not extreme, points of view on the correlation between rights and responsibilities. at one extreme we find the “libertarian” view, accord- ing to which we are under no obligation, either in our individual conduct or in the collective deci- sions in which we participate, to recognize any negative responsibility for the unfavorable circum- stances of other people’s lives. from this stand- point, we are not responsible for the damages or privations that others might suffer because we have declined to do what was within our grasp to avoid the damages or to diminish the suffering. if we ourselves do not directly cause other people’s privations — if we are not positively responsible for them — we can then ignore them and nothing can justify society’s interference in our preferences and choices. at the other extreme, there is the view that there are no limits to the negative responsibil- ity that consideration for the life and the welfare of others might pose to us. we are responsible for any privations others might suffer (on an ever broader, planetary scale) whether we have caused them directly or not, if ever we failed to do what we could to diminish it. according to the latter view, there is no interference in personal conduct, prac- tically speaking, that cannot be justified on the grounds of an impartial compassion that we owe to other people’s lives and welfare. the conception of neutrality and anti-pater- nalism that i have set forth above combines a part of each of these views so as to give rise to a third. it shares the libertarian preoccupation with setting limits to the claims that others establish before personal preferences and choices. i suppose, nev- ertheless, that many among us do not consider it good to live in a world where even the satisfaction of one of our more mundane preferences — to eat a decent meal in a moderately expensive restaurant in são paulo — raises the issue of immorality, for our consumption of resources at one place and in one evening that would otherwise be sufficient to sustain an entire family of starving slum dwellers for a whole month. we are thus compelled to weigh the considerations that provide ballast for the second point of view. in our personal lives, we would like to do whatever we want, without this being judged (by others or by ourselves) as a show of indifference toward others. the only possible solution consists of transferring the burden of negative responsibil- ity, of which we would rather be free in our personal life, to society’s basic institutions. this is the third way between the two aforementioned extremes. thomas pogge ( ) refers to it as the “institutional focus” for the correlation between rights and responsibilities. collective recognition of negative responsibility is the precondition for ignoring it in personal conduct. collectively, we are responsible for what could be done to avoid the damage and privation that many of us must endure. this establishes the responsibility for sup- porting institutions whose goal is to assure equal levels for everyone’s welfare, assessed according to the non-subjective standard proposed above. where such institutions do not exist, our foremost duty is to create them, according to the institutional focus. the point about collective neg- ative responsibility is that the status quo ceases to be seen as a benchmark to judge the legitimacy of collective decisions and public policy. the critical trick about libertarian morality consists of assum- ing as given the distribution of social benefits and entitlements, and to place under suspicious gaze only those injustices for which the state might be held accountable (the indiscriminate massacre of “suspects” by the police in brazil’s major cities, for instance). the institutional focus on the correlation individual preferences and social justice between rights and responsibilities, meanwhile, proposes that we are collectively responsible for what the public authorities do in our name and what the common institutions under which we live are not capable of preventing (that many should suffer endemic malnutrition, or that the route to the development of their individual potential should remain blocked, for example). it is not hard to see that the establishment of collective responsibility for what has not been done is essential to the admission of economic and social rights — and not solely of civil and political rights — as genuine human rights. once negative collective responsibility is suf- ficiently recognized by the institutions under which we live, so the argument goes, we can then reclaim the right to live our personal lives accord- ing to the libertarian ethos of non-interference. and so we must strive to realize our preferences and choices without allowing that whosoever should question their intrinsic value. thomas na- gel ( , p. ) expresses it thus: “an acceptable moral framework for apportioning negative inter- personal responsibilities is a condition of the moral acceptability of strict limitations on negative re- sponsibility in the rules of individual conduct that govern personal relations within it.” the line of reasoning above reaffirms the conclusion of the preceding section. we set out from the idea that our judgments of social justice should embody an anti-paternalist concern. earli- er, we saw that the best way to satisfy this preoccu- pation was not to focus directly on the satisfaction of individual preference (which is what subjective welfarism proposes). and now we have seen that it is not resolved by encapsulating individuals within their own preferences and choices, denying them the existence of responsibilities of other people’s welfare (which is what libertarianism proposes). in the face of these two perspectives, i have argued that there is a non-subjective basis for interpersonal comparisons of welfare and that the institutional recognition of this groundwork af- fords a more appropriate interpretation for our concerns about neutrality and our intent to reject paternalism. to state matters more forcefully: it is quite possible that a more equal distribution not only of those resources and opportunities that are of value to different individual planes of being, to different ways of existence, but also of their corre- sponding negative interpersonal responsibilities, might be the only way of really taking the rejection of paternalism seriously. notes see, for example, elster ( , pp. - ) for a discus- sion of these issues. the question as to which democratic institutional devic- es are most likely to generate just results is, of course, of the utmost importance. in this connection, for example, see van parijs ( ). this viewpoint is known, in the literature, as “subjective welfarism”. harsanyi’s principle generally rejects all “perfectionist” moral theories, i.e., those that posit that individual welfare should not be evaluated according to the satis- faction of agents’ effective preferences but rather on the basis of the satisfaction of those preferences conducive to the ideal of a better human life. in the language of welfare economics, the rule of the majority is a decision-making procedure that allows for “ordinal” but not “cardinal” comparisons of utility. in the first case, it is only possible to state that alternative a is preferred over b, which in turn is preferred over c, and so on. in the second case, the order will take into account how strongly each of the alternatives is preferred. the ordering of preferences thus would take on the following form: alternative a, yielding units of utility, is preferred over b, which yields units of utility, which is preferred over c, with units of utility, and so on. along these lines, dworkin ( ) famously proposed to define individual rights as “trumps” which individuals can play against discriminatory utilitarian calculations; moreover, it is worth recalling samuel freeman’s ( ) defense — relevant not only for the us context — of the institution of judicial review this is one of the main objections rawls raises against utilitarianism of preferences. this particular example is empirically supported by research on popular health movements carried out by cedec (and coordinated by amelia cohn) in the s among residents of the eastern and southern districts of são paulo. in spite of the greater lack of health care facilities in the southern district, it was the residents of the eastern district who developed a more acute percep- tion of health care as priority problem and who demon- strated greater willingness to participate in collective actions aimed at redressing healthcare rights, precisely because there was greater public investment in health services in that area (cedec, ). brazilian review of social sciences - special issue no. the example discussed in the two preceding paragraphs is especially pertinent to a widening debate in brazil on poverty-reduction policy. in this connection, there seems to be a growing perception, in comparison to policies more intensely subject to clientelistic intermedi- ation (such as the distribution of food and the creation of subsidized employment) of the advantages of cash benefits. however, the considerations regarding intra- familiar distribution, which i have discussed above and which are applicable to the brazilian case, would lead us to prefer individual benefits (such as the negative income tax proposed by senator eduardo suplicy) to family benefits. individual benefits are the most direct and certain means of increasing poor women’s income. it would be worth examining, for instance, the contor- tions michael walzer ( ) must perform in order to reconcile the relativist approach with the particular aims of the social critique he is intent on pursuing. others, nevertheless, may provide us sufficient opportu- nities, that we may become a good parent. donald davidson emphatically challenges this assump- tion. for him, the attribution of interests and preferences to others already involves an appeal to a common, shared ground: “[...] the propositions i must use to interpret the attitudes of another are defined by the roles they play in my thought and feelings and behavior; therefore in interpretation they must play appropriately similar roles. it is a consequence of this fact that correct interpretation makes interpreter and interpreted share many strategically important beliefs and values.” (davidson, , p. ). such as income and wealth, and opportunities in educa- tion, occupation, enjoyment of leisure and self-respect. rawls, , pp. - and ch. , and ; sen, , a and b; doyal and gough, . the theory of justice does not take into account strategic considerations. situations propitious to just delibera- tion, such as rawls’ original position, are conceived precisely to neutralize inequalities in power. they are not to interfere with the formulation of principles. it is a separate issue to know how the application of a princi- ple of justice will affect these inequalities. this is valid as well, of course, for the utilitarianism of preferences, which would view as morally incorrect, for example, the decision to satisfy a weak preference of a small, power- ful group to the detriment of a strong preference held by a more numerous group of people lacking in the resources of power. for example: individual attitudes concerning work vs. non-work; immediate consumption vs. savings; the willingness to accept risks. “ours” in the sense of those accepting objective list theory. rawls’ conception, which proposes the distribu- tion of a set of primary goods according to the “principle of difference”, is itself but one among several members of larger family. consider the case of a poor person who prefers the realization of transport policies that mainly benefit the non-poor over policies for expansion and improvement of public services in education, health and mass transit that would benefit the underprivileged. the constitution of judgments concerning particular cases — i.e., what a particular individual is entitled to or liable for — is an object of legal justice. “as a rule”, because there are those cases of justifiable paternalist interference in individual choice, such as the subjection to appropriate treatment of an individual undergoing a psychotic episode, even though this ac- tion may be contrary, at the time, to their volition. but even this involves the judgment of particular cases. for the notion of negative responsibility, see nagel ( , pp. - ). the finest philosophical articulation of the libertarian perspective continues to be that of nozick ( ). references arrow, kenneth. ( ), “some ordinalist-utilitari- an notes on rawls’ theory of justice”. journal of philosophy, , : - . cedec. ( ), informações cedec, . cohen, gerald. ( ), “equality of what? on wel- fare, goods and capabilities”, in amartya sen and martha nussbaum (eds.), the quality of life, oxford, clarendon press. davidson, donald. ( ), “judging interpersonal interests”, in jon elster and aanund hylland, foundations of social choice theory, cam- bridge, cambridge university press. doyal, len and gough, ian. ( ), “o direito à satisfação das necessidades”. lua nova, . dworkin, ronald. ( ), “what is equality?” (part : “equality of welfare”). philosophy and pub- lic affairs, , . __________. ( ), “rights as trumps”, in jeremy waldron (ed.), theory of rights, oxford, ox- ford university press. elster, jon. ( ), sour grapes. cambridge, cam- bridge university press. freeman, samuel. ( ), “democracia e controle jurídico da constitucionalidade”. lua nova, . harsanyi, john. ( ), “morality and the theory of rational behaviour”, in a. sen and bernard williams (eds.), utilitarianism and beyond, cambridge, cambridge university press. individual preferences and social justice mill, john stuart. ( ), “utilitarianism”, in marshall cohen (ed.), the philosophy of john stuart mill, new york, the modern library. nagel, thomas. ( ), equality and partiality. ox- ford, oxford university press. nozick, robert. ( ), anarchy, state and utopia. new york, basic books. o’neill, onora. ( ), “justice, gender, and inter- national boundaries”, in a. sen and m. nuss- baum (eds.), the quality of life, oxford, clar- endon press. parfit, derek. ( ), reasons and persons. oxford, clarendon press. pogge, thomas. ( ), how should human rights be conceived? manuscript. rawls, john. ( ), a theory of justice. cambridge, harvard university press. __________. ( ), “social unity and primary goods”, in a. sen and b. williams, utilitarian- ism and beyond, cambridge, cambridge uni- versity press. scanlon, thomas. ( ), “preferences and ur- gence”. journal of philosophy, : - . __________. ( ), “the moral basis of interpersonal comparisons”, in jon elster and john roemer (eds.), interpersonal comparisons of well-be- ing, cambridge, cambridge university press. __________. ( ), “value, desire and quality of life”, in a. sen and m. nussbaum (eds.), the quality of life, oxford, clarendon press. sen, amartya. ( ), poverty and amine. oxford, clarendon press. __________. ( ), “well-being, agency, and free- dom”. the journal of philosophy, . __________. ( a), “o desenvolvimento como ex- pansão de capacidades”. lua nova, - . __________. ( b), “capability and well-being”, in a. sen and m. nussbaum (eds.), the quality of life, oxford, clarendon press. sen, amartya and nussbaum, martha (eds.). ( ), the quality of life. oxford, clarendon press. sen, amartya and williams, bernard (eds.). ( ), utilitarianism and beyond. cambridge, cam- bridge university press. sustein, cass. ( ), “preferences and politics”. philosophy and public affairs, , : - . van parijs. ( ), “a democracia e a justiça são incompatíveis?”. revista de estudos avança- dos, usp, . vita, Álvaro de. ( ), justiça liberal. argumentos liberais contra o neoliberalismo. são paulo, paz e terra. walzer, michael. ( ), spheres of justice. oxford, blackwell. world bank. ( ), world development report. procedural justice as autonomy regulation jan-willem van prooijen vu university amsterdam the present research investigated the relation between autonomy (i.e., freedom of choice) and procedural justice. three studies tested the hypothesis that people would be particularly sensitive to the fairness of decision-making procedures when they experience deprivation of autonomy needs. study indicated that procedural justice judgments indeed were influenced more strongly by variations in decision-making procedures among participants who experienced little autonomy in their life. in study , these findings were conceptually replicated by manipulating whether participants were provided with choice on an issue that was unrelated to the outcomes of the subsequent decision-making process. study revealed evidence for the hypothesis in a field setting. it is concluded that procedural justice is functional to regulate basic autonomy needs. keywords: procedural justice, autonomy, self-determination, fairness, basic psychological needs in contemporary democratic societies, freedom of choice is considered to be an invaluable aspect of human well-being. people desire a sense of freedom in virtually all life domains and resent the feeling of being pressured into unwanted thoughts or behav- iors. the extent to which people feel free to make their own choices and experience a sense of volition in their actions is referred to as people’s sense of autonomy. autonomy is a central construct in self-determination theory, which has emphasized the beneficial consequences of experiencing freedom of choice on various dimensions (deci & ryan, , ). this theory asserts that autonomy is one of the three most basic psychological needs, the other two needs being relatedness (cf. baumeister & leary, ) and competence (sheldon, ryan, & reis, ). these needs are defined as innate psychological necessities that must be satisfied to ensure ongoing mental health, psychological growth, and optimal functioning. in correspondence with this, autonomy has been argued and found to be associated with intrinsic motiva- tion (deci, koestner, & ryan, ; zuckerman, porac, lathin, smith, & deci, ), persistence (moller, deci, & ryan, ), goal attainment (sheldon & elliot, ), and a general increase in subjective well-being (reis, sheldon, gable, roscoe, & ryan, ; sheldon, ryan, deci, & kasser, ). likewise, depriva- tion of autonomy needs can have a variety of detrimental conse- quences such as apathy and alienation (for an overview, see deci & ryan, ). the extent to which people’s autonomy needs are satisfied depends in part on contextual factors such as the extent to which the direct social environment is supportive of autonomy. this implies that external factors can potentially thwart people’s auton- omy needs, and hence, it makes sense that people are concerned about the development of protective mechanisms that help to buffer against autonomy threats. one such protective mechanism that has been developed by society is the enforcement of moral norms, as moral norms regulate social behavior such that extreme threats to autonomy (e.g., imposing harm) are constrained (folger, ; cf. rozin, lowery, imada, & haidt, ). this autonomy- protective function of moral norms contains a paradox: moral norms constitute obligations of appropriate conduct, thereby de- creasing choice with regard to what behavior is considered accept- able. this paradox was already observed by classic philosophers such as jean-jacques rousseau ( ; cranston, ) and cesare beccaria ( ; paolucci, ), who noted that people desire a social contract in which they agree to give up some of their own individual freedoms by developing norms that prescribe what behaviors toward others are unacceptable in order to ensure overall security and happiness. likewise, folger ( ) noted that most people prefer a state of “bounded autonomy” in which people’s freedom of choice is protected, but at the same time also restricted, by moral obligations to respect other people’s autonomy and well-being. such collective autonomy protection either succeeds or fails depending on the extent to which others also take these moral obligations seriously. the expectation that others adhere to their moral obligations becomes particularly relevant when interacting with a more pow- erful individual who is in a position to legitimately exert influence on the autonomy that one experiences. for instance, decision- making authorities often develop policies and rules that dictate what kind of behaviors their subordinates are required to display, raising concerns about autonomy in interactions with these author- ities (cf. van den bos & lind, ; van den bos, wilke, & lind, ; van prooijen, van den bos, & wilke, ). likewise, it has been noted that leaders often are able to exploit followers, and hence, followers are more willing to accept leadership when they can exercise some form of control over leaders to minimize the potential for these autonomy threats (boehm, ; van vugt, i thank romy van der lee for her assistance in collecting the data of study and intan samsuria and marije bun for all their invaluable efforts in preparing and conducting study . furthermore, i thank caryl rusbult, paul van lange, catrin finkenauer, monique pollmann, joel vuolevi, francesca righetti, and kaska kubacka for their helpful comments on a previous draft of the manuscript. correspondence concerning this article should be addressed to jan- willem van prooijen, department of social psychology, vu university amsterdam, van der boechorststraat , bt amsterdam, the nether- lands. e-mail: jw.van.prooijen@psy.vu.nl journal of personality and social psychology © american psychological association , vol. , no. , – - / /$ . doi: . /a hogan, & kaiser, ). these considerations suggest that subor- dinates are concerned about the extent to which authorities will respect their basic autonomy needs. one possible way for author- ities to address these concerns is to adhere to their moral obliga- tions by implementing fair decision-making procedures that ensure the rights and dignity of subordinates. the extent to which people feel treated fairly by authorities during a decision-making process is referred to as procedural justice (thibaut & walker, ). accumulating research indicates that people assign much value to procedural justice, which is reflected in findings that fair decision- making procedures influence a wide range of human perceptions, emotions, and behaviors, and do so across diverse social settings. for instance, procedural justice has been found to increase feelings of being respected, the extent to which subordinates identify with the institutions that the authority represents, and subordinates’ willingness to voluntarily display behaviors that benefit these institutions (for overviews, see brockner & wiesenfeld, ; cropanzano, byrne, bobocel, & rupp, ; de cremer & tyler, ; folger & cropanzano, ; lind & tyler, ; tyler & blader, , ; tyler & lind, ; van den bos & lind, ). although such a relation between autonomy needs and proce- dural justice may seem plausible, empirical research hitherto has failed to investigate this assumed relation in a satisfactory way. in the present article, i examined the possibility that procedural justice is in fundamental ways related to people’s need for auton- omy. as such, i pursued two interrelated goals. first, the present work integrates insights derived from self-determination theory with existing knowledge on procedural justice. in particular, i investigate whether people try to regulate their basic autonomy needs by attending to the fairness of decision-making procedures. hence, the studies presented here were designed to make a novel contribution by investigating to what extent satisfaction or depri- vation of autonomy needs have implications for people’s fairness- based responses to decision-making procedures. second, the present research proffers a novel answer to the question of why people care about fair decision-making procedures. for the last three decades, scientists have stressed the importance of under- standing why procedural justice matters to people, but the role of autonomy needs has been largely ignored or overlooked in con- temporary procedural justice research (e.g., de cremer & tyler, ; folger & cropanzano, ; lind & tyler, ; thibaut & walker, ; tyler & blader, ; tyler & lind, ; van den bos & lind, ). i propose that the question of why procedural justice matters cannot be answered in full without taking human autonomy needs into account. in the following, i lay out my line of reasoning in more detail and introduce the specifics of the present research. procedural justice and autonomy to determine whether procedures are fair or unfair, people evaluate procedures by means of various criteria. leventhal ( ) summarized the most prominent of these criteria by postulating that for people to feel treated fairly during a decision-making process, the procedures should (for instance) be consistent between persons, should make accurate use of available information, should be compatible with fundamental moral and ethical values, and should be representative of the basic concerns and values of the parties affected by the decision. these criteria are related to a variety of procedural justice phenomena that have been studied extensively in empirical research. an illustration of a typical procedural justice phenomenon can be found in the effects of voice: people tend to feel that they have been treated fairer following decision-making procedures that allow them an oppor- tunity to voice their opinion as compared with procedures that deny them such an opportunity (folger, ; folger, rosenfield, grove, & corkran, ). opportunities for voice are considered important for various reasons: for instance, voice opportunities raise outcome expectancies (cf. houlden, latour, walker, & thibaut, ; thibaut & walker, ) and communicate posi- tive relational information, such as being respected and appreci- ated as a valuable member of one’s community (e.g., tyler, ; tyler & lind, ). voice effects are robust and generalize across methods and samples (brockner et al., ; folger et al., ; lind, kanfer, & earley, ; van den bos, ; van den bos et al., ; van prooijen, karremans, & van beest, ; van prooijen, van den bos, & wilke, , ). early interpretations of procedural justice phenomena such as the voice effect emphasized that fair procedures support a feeling of control over the decision-making process. in particular, a line of research instigated by thibaut and walker ( ) indicated that control over the outcome in a dispute resolution setting (decision control) and control over the way the evidence is presented (pro- cess control) exert independent effects on litigants’ reactions to the decision-making process (e.g., houlden et al., ; thibaut & walker, ). in everyday life, however, people often have to leave ultimate control over the final decision to decision-making authorities. it has therefore been assumed that people desire pro- cess control because this might enable them to influence the final decisions. this line of reasoning has been referred to as the “instrumental” perspective, in that its basic proposition is that people value fair procedures (such as voice procedures) because these procedures may enable them to influence the specific out- come of a decision-making process. given that instrumental per- spectives assign a central role to control in procedural justice judgments, it may well be that these perspectives are informative about the relation between autonomy and procedural justice. as such, it is important to note that classic instrumental perspectives are insufficient to fully appreciate the role of autonomy needs in the psychology of procedural justice. in particular, the core as- sumptions of instrumental perspectives restrict people’s desire for control to an attempt of influencing the specific outcome that happens to be at stake in the decision-making process. this focus on control over the immediate outcomes of procedures is concep- tually too narrow because it ignores the possibility that procedural justice judgments emerge from a more general desire to address basic autonomy needs. during interactions with decision-making authorities, people have reason to believe that their basic autonomy needs are at stake because authorities often are in the position to pressure recipients into a wide variety of unwanted outcomes, situations, or actions. such an asymmetrical interdependence structure between au- thority and recipients is related to a situation that has been referred to as the “fundamental social dilemma” (van den bos et al., ; cf. komorita & parks, ): people often are concerned about the question of whether they can trust others not to take advantage of them. this question is particularly salient when interacting with autonomy and procedural justice authorities, as these authorities often have the power to cause harm by exploiting a recipient or by excluding a recipient from valuable social relationships. hence, recipients are in many ways vulnerable to coercion exercised by the authority, potentially threatening basic autonomy needs. this fundamental social dilemma constitutes the basis of social-cognitive procedural justice theories such as fair- ness heuristic theory (lind, kulik, ambrose, & de vera-park, ; van den bos et al., ) and the related uncertainty management model (van den bos, ; van den bos & lind, ). according to these theories, people use procedural justice information to psychologically resolve the problems they have in their interactions with authorities because fair or unfair procedures are informative about the extent to which the authority’s intentions are benevolent. by derivation, it may therefore be argued that procedural justice is functional for people to gauge the extent to which their autonomy needs are threatened. if a decision-making authority treats recipients in a fair way, for instance by granting them the opportunity to voice an opinion, then recipients may infer that the authority has the intention to support their autonomy instead of forcing them into an unwanted situation through coer- cion. if an authority treats recipients in an unfair way, for instance by denying them an opportunity to voice an opinion, then recipi- ents may infer that the authority is not autonomy supportive but rather seeks to impose decisions upon them. in summary, recipi- ents are likely to interpret fair versus unfair decision-making procedures as evidence that the authority has the intention to support versus undermine their basic autonomy needs. the present research in the present research, i tested novel predictions that bridge insights from self-determination theory (deci & ryan, , ) and insights from procedural justice theories (lind et al., ; van den bos & lind, ). on the basis of the theoretical framework described above, it is assumed that autonomy and procedural justice are related in fundamental ways, as procedural justice is expected to be functional for the regulation of basic autonomy needs. my line of reasoning is rooted in self- determination theory’s core proposition that autonomy is a basic psychological need that is essential for optimal psychological functioning. traditionally, the majority of self-determination re- search focused on the consequences of autonomy need satisfaction for well-being, performance, and intrinsic motivation in goal pur- suit (e.g., deci et al., ; reis et al., ; sheldon et al., ). it has also been noted, however, that people actively seek satis- faction of autonomy needs when this need has been thwarted. notably, deci and ryan ( ) proposed that equifinality is a basic property of autonomy needs, which means that “people are persistent in their attempts to satisfy primary needs, devising new paths when old routes no longer work” (p. ). this notion corresponds to a related body of literature, in which it has been argued that people display reactance when they are deprived of autonomy: people try to regain a sense of freedom when their freedom has been threatened (brehm & brehm, ). as such, the need for autonomy is regarded as a psychological necessity that continuously needs to be maintained above a minimum level, and people actively seek opportunities in their social environment to compensate for autonomy deprivation. this compensatory response to autonomy deficiencies has im- plications for potential differences between people who experience deprivation of autonomy needs versus people whose autonomy needs are satisfied. people can experience deprivations of auton- omy both structurally (e.g., being low in trait autonomy; i.e., individual differences in the perception of freedom of choice) and situationally (e.g., being denied choice in a particular situation). it can be inferred that if individuals experience deprivation of au- tonomy, either structurally or situationally, then they are relatively sensitive to autonomy-related cues in their direct social environ- ment. such cues may provide opportunities for autonomy regula- tion: messages that support one’s autonomy help an individual to repair or reconfirm a satisfactory sense of volitional functioning, but messages that threaten one’s autonomy may instigate even further moral indignation as people are explicitly denied the op- portunity to compensate for autonomy deficiencies. if people’s autonomy needs are satisfied, however, then they are less likely to be sensitive to autonomy-related cues in their direct social envi- ronment, as there is no incentive to engage in compensation- seeking behavior. in other words, there is not much urgency to regulate the need for autonomy when this need is already fulfilled above a satisfactory level. such autonomy-related cues may be found in the quality of the decision-making procedures that are adopted by authorities. build- ing on the argument that the perceived fairness of decision-making procedures is informative about the extent to which an authority has the intention to behave in ways that are supportive of auton- omy (cf. lind et al., ; van den bos & lind, ; van den bos et al., ), i suggest that people attend to the fairness of decision-making procedures more strongly when they experience some deprivation of basic autonomy needs. importantly, the present line of reasoning would suggest that such increased sen- sitivity to procedural justice is likely to be found even when the source of autonomy deprivation is unrelated to the specific out- comes of the decision-making process. autonomy is assumed to be a basic psychological need that, when thwarted, may be replen- ished by providing people with a sense of volition in a seemingly unrelated domain (deci & ryan, ). furthermore, procedural justice is assumed to address basic autonomy needs beyond a sense of control over the specific outcomes of the decision-making process. combining these arguments leads to the prediction that fairness-based responses are increasingly sensitive to decision- making procedures to the extent that recipients (a) structurally experience little choice in their life or (b) recently have been denied choice in a domain that is unrelated to the expected outcomes of the decision-making process. thus, the general hypothesis to be tested in the present research is that people’s fairness-based responses are more sensitive to variations in decision-making procedures when they experience deprivation of autonomy as opposed to when their autonomy needs are fulfilled (hypothesis ). this hypothesis was tested in two laboratory experiments (studies and ) and one field study (study ). study the first study was a laboratory experiment in which trait autonomy was measured as an individual-difference variable: par- ticipants responded to a validated scale that is designed to assess the extent to which people experience a sense of choice in their life van prooijen (sheldon, ; sheldon et al., ). low scores on this scale reflect that participants feel structurally deprived of autonomy, in that participants do not experience much choice in their everyday activities. furthermore, participants encountered a manipulation of a decision-making procedure in the context of a validated exper- imental procedure in which variations in procedural justice phe- nomena are investigated. in this procedure, the experimenter either grants versus denies participants an opportunity to voice their opinions about the number of lottery tickets that should be as- signed to the participant (van den bos, ; van den bos & van prooijen, ; van den bos et al., ; van prooijen, karre- mans, & van beest, ; van prooijen et al., ). the main dependent variables constituted participants’ procedural justice judgments, that is, evaluations of how fairly they felt that they were treated by the experimenter. on the basis of the current line of reasoning, it was expected that procedural justice judgments would be influenced more strongly by the manipulation of voice versus no-voice procedures among participants who scored low as opposed to high in trait autonomy. method participants and design. a total of participants ( men, women; mean age � . , sd � . ) were recruited via flyers that were distributed in the vu university’s student cafeterias. the hypothesis was tested in a design in which trait autonomy was measured as a continuous independent variable, and procedure was manipulated by randomly assigning participants to voice versus no-voice conditions. the study was conducted simultaneously with two other unrelated studies. the studies lasted approximately min, and participants were paid euros (approximately $ . u.s.) for their participation. procedure. upon arrival at the laboratory, participants were seated in separate cubicles. inside the cubicles, participants found computer equipment that was used to present the stimulus infor- mation and to register the data. participants were informed that they would take part in several unrelated studies. participants then began with “experiment ,” which was presented as a study of life experiences. this study comprised various questionnaires. to measure trait autonomy, participants completed the choicefulness subscale of the self determination scale (sheldon, ; sheldon et al., ). this five-item scale is designed to measure the extent to which participants experience a sense of choice with respect to their behavior. each item of the scale presents participants with two opposing statements, and participants are asked to indicate which of the statements feels most true for them. an example item is “i always feel like i choose the things i do” (statement a) versus “i sometimes feel that it’s not really me choosing the things i do” (statement b) ( � only a feels true; � only b feels true). participants’ answers to the items were coded such that low scores indicate experienced choice deprivation, and high scores indicate a strong sense of choice. the items were averaged into a reliable autonomy scale (� � . ; m � . , sd � . ). after completion of the questionnaire, participants continued with “experiment ,” which was presented as an unrelated study concerning how people perform tasks. participants were led to believe that all computers in the lab were connected and that the experimenter (who was allegedly in one of the other cubicles) could send computer messages to all participants during the ex- periment (in reality, all stimulus information was preprogrammed). participants were informed that a lottery with a prize of euros (approximately $ u.s.) would take place among all participants and that following the tasks, the experimenter would allocate some number of lottery tickets to participants (e.g., van den bos, , ; van den bos et al., ; van prooijen, de cremer, et al., ; van prooijen, karremans, & van beest, ; van prooijen et al., , ). participants then continued with the tasks, which entailed count- ing squares within larger figures (for a detailed description of the tasks, see van den bos & van prooijen, ; van den bos et al., ; van prooijen, van den bos, & wilke, ). participants were instructed to complete as many tasks as possible within min. following the tasks, the procedure manipulation was induced. participants in the voice condition were informed that they were allowed an opportunity to voice their opinion about the number of lottery tickets that they thought should be allocated to them. these participants were then asked to type in the number of lottery tickets they believed they should receive. participants in the no-voice condition were informed that they were not allowed an opportunity to voice their opinion about the number of lottery tickets that they thought should be allocated to them. these participants were not asked to type in the number of lottery tickets they believed they should receive. all participants were then informed that they would receive their lottery tickets at the end of the experiment and that they first would be asked a number of questions. these questions pertained to the dependent variables and manipulation checks. to measure perceived procedural justice, participants were asked the following three questions: “how fair was the way you were treated by the experimenter?” ( � very unfair, � very fair), “how correct were you treated by the experimenter?” ( � very incorrect, � very correct), and “how respectful were you treated by the experimenter?” ( � not respectful, � very respectful). these three items were averaged into a reliable pro- cedural justice scale (� � . ). to check the procedure manipu- lation, participants responded to the following two questions ( � not at all, � very much): “to what extent did the experimenter allow you an opportunity to voice your opinion about the number there is an ongoing debate concerning terminology for the perceived fairness of interpersonal treatment. organizational justice scholars have argued that procedural justice should refer only to the perceived fairness of the formal decision-making structure and that the perceived fairness of treatment should be referred to as interactional justice (e.g., bies & moag, ; colquitt, ). other justice scholars, however, have argued that treatment quality is a necessary component of procedural justice judg- ments, as people attend to both formal decision-making procedures as well as to the quality of interpersonal treatment to evaluate procedural justice (e.g., tyler & blader, ). in the present article, i adopt the latter (more generalized) terminology. i believe that explicitly distinguishing between procedural and interactional justice makes sense only in organizational settings where there is a formalized decision-making structure and contin- uous interaction with authorities, enabling people to evaluate formal decision-making procedures separately from their interpersonal contact with the direct supervisor. in situations wherein people interact with a decision maker only once (as in studies and ), it is in all likelihood much more difficult for recipients to view the formal decision-making process (e.g., being granted vs. denied voice) separately from the quality of interpersonal treatment. autonomy and procedural justice of lottery tickets that should be allocated to you?” and “how much attention did the experimenter have for your opinion about the number of lottery tickets that should be allocated to you?” these two items were averaged into a reliable procedure check scale (� � . ). after this, participants were debriefed, thanked, and paid for their participation. results the results were analyzed with hierarchical regression analyses that specified the main effects of autonomy and procedure in step and the interaction in step . participants’ scores on the auton- omy scale were centered, and the conditions of the procedure manipulation were effect coded ( for the voice condition, � for the no-voice condition). the interaction term was based on the product of the centered autonomy scale and the effect-coded procedure manipulation (cohen, cohen, west, & aiken, ). manipulation check. the regression analysis on the procedure check scale indicated that only step accounted for a significant part of the variance (r � . ), f( , ) � . , p � . . results revealed a significant procedure main effect (� � . , p � . ). participants in the voice condition perceived more opportu- nities to voice their opinion (m � . , sd � . ) than partici- pants in the no-voice condition (m � . , sd � . ). these results suggest that participants perceived the procedure manipu- lation as intended. procedural justice judgments. the analysis of participants’ procedural justice judgments indicated that step accounted for a significant portion of the variance (r � . ), f( , ) � . , p � . . the procedure main effect was significant (� � . , p � . ), indicating that participants in the voice condition felt that they were treated more fairly by the experimenter (m � . , sd � . ) than were participants in the no-voice condition (m � . , sd � . ). more important was the finding that step was significant (�r � . ), f( , ) � . , p � . , yielding the predicted interaction term (� � �. , p � . ). the autonomy � procedure interaction is displayed graphically in figure . to examine the specific nature of this interaction, i conducted simple slopes analyses. in correspondence with the hypothesis, the procedure manipulation exerted a stronger effect among participants who scored low in trait autonomy (� � . , p � . ) than among participants who scored high in trait autonomy (� � . , p � . ). these findings support the predic- tion that people’s procedural justice judgments are more sensitive to variations in decision-making procedures to the extent that they feel less autonomous in life. in addition, it may be noted that trait autonomy did not predict procedural justice judgments among participants in the voice con- dition (� � �. , p � . ) or among participants in the no-voice condition (� � . , p � . ). these latter findings suggest that both the voice and no-voice conditions contributed to the emer- gence of an interaction and underscore that the interaction should be interpreted in terms of the influence of trait autonomy on the relative magnitude of the effects of voice versus no-voice proce- dures. discussion study provided preliminary evidence for the hypothesis that variations in decision-making procedures exert a stronger impact on procedural justice judgments among people who experience little as opposed to a lot of choice in their life. a remarkable aspect of this finding is that the trait autonomy scale (sheldon, ; sheldon et al., ) tapped experiences in participants’ lives in general, and hence, the scale was fully unrelated to the procedure manipulation and to the specific decision regarding the distribution of lottery tickets. this supports the assertion that autonomy depri- vation increases people’s sensitivity to decision-making proce- dures, even when the source of autonomy deprivation is unrelated to the expected outcomes of the decision-making process. the present findings are in correspondence with the idea that people regulate their basic autonomy needs by attending to the fairness of treatment by decision makers. although promising, the present findings need to be complemented and extended in a second experiment. instead of measuring autonomy as an individual- difference variable, in study autonomy was manipulated by providing versus not providing participants with choice regarding an issue that was unrelated to the outcome of the subsequent decision-making procedure. study by experimentally manipulating autonomy, study was de- signed to extend study by providing more conclusive evidence for the empirical relation that is under investigation here. partici- pants responded to a modification of the experimental paradigm of study . the study was again presented as a study on performing tasks. autonomy was manipulated by providing versus not pro- viding participants with a choice opportunity regarding what kind of task they would perform (cf. moller et al., ). in addition, a control condition was included in which participants were not made aware of choice possibilities. then, the procedure manipu- lation was induced orthogonally from the autonomy manipulation: participants were granted versus denied an opportunity to voice their opinion regarding a decision about how to divide lottery tickets. the main dependent variables again were participants’ procedural justice judgments. it was expected that procedural justice judgments would be influenced more strongly by the ma- nipulation of voice versus no-voice procedures among participants in the no-choice condition in comparison to participants in the choice condition. low high trait autonomy voice procedure no-voice procedure figure . participants’ procedural justice judgments as a function of trait autonomy and procedure in study . van prooijen method participants and design. the hypothesis was tested in a (autonomy: choice versus no choice versus control) � (proce- dure: voice versus no voice) factorial design. a total of participants ( men, women; mean age � . ; sd � . ) were recruited via flyers that were distributed in the vu univer- sity’s student cafeterias. participants were assigned randomly to one of the six experimental conditions. the study was followed by another unrelated study. together the studies lasted approximately min, and participants received . euros (approximately $ . u.s.) for their participation. procedure. the experiment took place in the same laboratory as in study . the introduction to the study was the same as the “experiment ” portion of study . before starting with the tasks, the autonomy manipulation was administered. in the choice con- dition, participants were informed that they would perform one out of two possible tasks: a “contrast sensitivity task” or an “intuitive decision task.” participants were informed that, in general, people tend to evaluate both tasks as equally positive. furthermore, both tasks were described as equally difficult and time-consuming. participants were then allowed to choose which task they would perform. in the no-choice condition, participants received the same introduction. however, these participants were informed that they would be assigned to the contrast sensitivity task. in the control condition, no mention of two tasks was made. participants in this condition were informed that all participants would be performing a contrast sensitivity task. this condition differed from the other two conditions in that no choice opportunities were made salient to the participants. participants then proceeded with the task. the actual task was the same for all participants. during the task, a checker-board figure appeared on the computer screen for s. each figure contained black and white squares that were arranged in a random pattern. after s, participants had to estimate whether there were more black or white squares in the figure (in reality, all figures contained black and white squares; de gilder & wilke, ). after participants had answered, the next figure appeared on the computer screen. participants completed eight such tasks. after completion of the tasks, participants were informed that their performance did not deviate much from the performance of most participants. participants were then asked how much fun and how boring (reverse scored) the tasks were ( � not at all, � very much). these two items were averaged into a reliable task evalu- ation scale (� � . ). following the tasks, the procedure manipulation was adminis- tered. this manipulation was the same as in study . participants then responded to the questions that pertained to the dependent variables and manipulation checks. to measure perceived proce- dural justice, the measure of experiment was extended with two additional questions. the resulting five-item scale consisted of the following questions: “how fair was the way you were treated by the experimenter?” ( � very unfair, � very fair), “how just was the way you were treated by the experimenter?” ( � very unjust, � very just), “how appropriate was the way you were treated by the experimenter? ( � very inappropriate, � very appropriate), “how correct were you treated by the experimenter?” ( � not correct, � very correct), and “how respectful were you treated by the experimenter? ( � not respectful, � very respectful). these five items were averaged into a reliable procedural justice scale (� � . ). the manipulation checks were assessed after the measurement of procedural justice. to check the autonomy manipulation, the following three questions were posed ( � not at all, � very much): “to what extent did you feel free to decide for yourself what task you wanted to do?” “to what extent could you choose yourself what task you wanted to do?” and “to what extent did you have the feeling that you could influence what task you would do?” these three items were averaged into a reliable autonomy manipulation check scale (� � . ). to check the procedure manipulation, the same two questions as in study were posed. again, these two items were averaged into a reliable procedure manipulation check scale (� � . ). after this, the experiment ended, and participants were fully debriefed, thanked, and paid for their participation. results manipulation checks. the manipulations were checked with � anovas. the analysis on the autonomy manipulation check scale revealed only a significant autonomy main effect, f( , ) � . , p � . . according to tukey’s honestly signif- icant difference (hsd) tests, all three conditions differed signifi- cantly from one another (all ps � . ). participants in the choice condition experienced more autonomy (m � . , sd � . ) than participants in the no-choice condition (m � . , sd � . ). participants in the control condition reported less experi- enced autonomy than participants in the choice condition, but more experienced autonomy than participants in the no-choice condition (m � . , sd � . ). as was intended, explicitly being denied choice (as was the case in the no-choice condition) caused a stronger decrease in experienced autonomy than not being made aware of choice possibilities (as was the case in the control condition). analysis of the procedure manipulation check scale revealed only a procedure main effect, f( , ) � . , p � . . participants in the voice condition perceived more opportunities for voicing their opinion (m � . , sd � . ) than did partic- ipants in the no-voice condition (m � . , sd � . ). these results indicated that participants perceived the two experimental manipulations as intended. furthermore, the fact that only the intended main effects were observed for the manipulation checks suggest that the attempt to orthogonally induce the autonomy and procedure manipulations was successful. choices for tasks. in the choice condition, participants chose the contrast sensitivity task, and participants chose the intuitive decision task. this distribution does not deviate signifi- cantly from the expected % distribution, ( , n � ) � . , p � . . this analysis ensured that participants did not structurally prefer one of the choice options. task evaluation. a � anova performed on the task evaluation scale yielded no significant effects. of particular im- the descriptions of the “contrast sensitivity task” and the “intuitive decision task” were brief and ambiguous. this ensured that the contingen- cies of the actual task were in correspondence with both options, enabling all participants in the choice condition to recognize their choice in the nature of the task. autonomy and procedural justice portance was the fact that the autonomy main effect was nonsig- nificant, f( , ) � . , p � . . participants in the various experimental conditions evaluated the task as equally positive or negative. experienced valence of the task can thus not explain the results reported here. procedural justice. the means and standard deviations are displayed in table . as a first analysis, i conducted a � anova on perceived procedural justice. this analysis revealed a significant procedure main effect, f( , ) � . , p � . , indicating that participants in the voice condition reported higher levels of perceived procedural justice (m � . , sd � . ) than participants in the no-voice condition (m � . , sd � . ). the main effect of autonomy was nonsignificant, f( , ) � . , p � . . more important was that this analysis indicated a signif- icant interaction, f( , ) � . , p � . . i then proceeded to more directly test the hypothesis by means of interaction contrast analyses. the most straightforward test of the hypothesis was the comparison of the procedure effect in the choice condition versus the procedure effect in the no-choice condition. this analysis indicated a significant interaction contrast, f( , ) � . , p � . . in correspondence with the hypothesis, the procedure simple main effect was significant in the no-choice condition, f( , ) � . , p � . , but was nonsignificant in the choice condition (f � ). that is, people respond more strongly to voice versus no-voice procedures when they previously had been denied choice in an unrelated domain than when they had been provided with choice in an unrelated domain. two other relevant interaction contrasts are the comparison of the procedure effect in the control condition with the procedure effect in (a) the choice condition and (b) the no-choice condition. the first interaction contrast is informative about whether provid- ing choice reduced the relative strength of the procedure manipu- lation, and the second interaction contrast is informative about whether denying choice magnified the relative strength of the procedure manipulation. the first interaction contrast was nonsig- nificant, f( , ) � . , p � . , as was the second interaction contrast, f( , ) � . , p � . . these analyses indicated that the procedure effect in the control condition was intermediate between the procedure effects in the choice and no-choice condi- tions. thus, the results suggest that both providing and not providing choice contributed to the differential impact of the procedure manipulation in the autonomy conditions. to investigate this pos- sibility further, i examined the effects of autonomy in both pro- cedure conditions. when observing the means displayed in table , it appears that in the no-choice condition, participants displayed an increase in the value that they assigned to voice opportunities when compared with the choice and control conditions. a contrast analysis among participants in the voice condition that pitted the no-choice condition against the choice and control conditions indeed was significant, f( , ) � . , p � . . furthermore, the pattern of means suggests that in the choice condition, partic- ipants may have responded less negatively to a no-voice procedure as compared with the other two conditions. indeed, a contrast analysis within the no-voice condition that pitted the choice con- dition against the no-choice and control conditions was significant, f( , ) � . , p � . . these analyses suggest that being denied choice causes people to respond more positively to voice procedures and that being provided with choice decreases the negative impact of no-voice procedures. discussion the results provided further support for the general hypothesis that the extent to which people’s autonomy needs are thwarted versus satisfied predicts their sensitivity to variations in procedural justice, as procedural justice judgments were influenced more strongly by the procedure manipulation when choice was denied than when choice was provided. furthermore, inclusion of the control condition suggested that both deprivation and satisfaction of autonomy may be associated with procedural justice: the rel- ative difference between the choice and no-choice conditions was attributable to both a relative decrease in sensitivity to procedural justice when choice had been provided and to a relative increase in sensitivity to procedural justice when choice had not been pro- vided. when deprived of autonomy (i.e., choice has not been provided), results suggested that people increasingly value proce- dural justice cues that are supportive of their autonomy (i.e., voice procedures). when autonomy has been supported (i.e., choice has been provided), results suggested that people become relatively less sensitive to procedural justice cues that could potentially threaten their autonomy (i.e., no-voice procedures). these latter findings are in correspondence with study , in which both the voice and no-voice conditions contributed to the interactive effect of autonomy and procedure on procedural justice judgments. taken together, the results obtained in studies and are consis- tent with the theoretical notion that people attend to the fairness of table means and standard deviations of participants’ procedural justice judgments as a function of autonomy and procedure in study procedure autonomy choice control no choice m sd m sd m sd voice . b,c . . b,c . . a . no voice . a,c . . b . . b,c . note. higher means indicate more positive procedural justice judgments. means with no subscript in common differ significantly at p � . . van prooijen decision-making procedures to regulate their basic autonomy needs. manipulating both choice and voice in the same experiment may raise questions about the orthogonality of the experimental manip- ulations. in the present experiment, however, i found empirical indications that the two manipulations were induced indepen- dently. first, the manipulation checks revealed that the autonomy manipulation did not influence the extent to which participants perceived voice opportunities, and the procedure manipulation did not influence the autonomy manipulation check. thus, both ma- nipulations only exerted the intended main effects on the manip- ulation checks, which suggests that the manipulations were per- ceived as independent by the participants. second, whereas the procedure manipulation exerted a main effect on procedural justice judgments, which is in correspondence with previous research (folger, ; cf. brockner et al., ; lind et al., ; tyler, ; van den bos, ; van prooijen et al., ), the auton- omy manipulation did not exert such a main effect on procedural justice judgments. these findings suggest that the two manipula- tions had different psychological implications for participants. in particular, the results were in correspondence with the theoretical notion that manipulating choice directly satisfies versus deprives autonomy needs (deci & ryan, ) but that procedural justice may serve as a heuristic cue that informs recipients about the extent to which a decision maker has the intention to behave in ways that are supportive of autonomy needs. study study was designed to extend studies and in three meaningful ways. first, the results of studies and are limited to the effects of voice versus no-voice procedures. although these variations in decision-making procedures have a strong and robust influence on justice-based responses and are central to the proce- dural justice literature, there are more criteria that determine whether people judge procedures to be fair versus unfair (lev- enthal, ). in addition, voice procedures give recipients a sense of agency, and hence, one might argue that voice procedures are more directly associated with autonomy needs than other proce- dural justice criteria. in study , i focused on general perceptions of procedural justice instead of specific manipulations of voice versus no-voice procedures. in particular, participants completed a procedural justice scale that was validated by colquitt ( ), which is designed to assess all of leventhal’s ( ) procedural justice criteria. as such, i examined in study whether the key hypothesis is corroborated using a broader operational definition of procedural justice. second, the results of studies and are limited to the psy- chological laboratory and to the specific population of university students. although laboratory experiments are well suited to in- vestigate the causal influence of theoretical constructs on depen- dent variables while assuring high internal validity, one may question whether the processes observed in the laboratory gener- alize to situations outside of the laboratory and to different popu- lations. to evaluate the generalizability of the present findings, i investigated whether further evidence for the present conclusions would be observed outside of the psychological laboratory. there- fore, i tested the present hypothesis among public employees of the government of a large dutch city, who reported on the extent to which they considered their work to be supportive of autonomy. study thus extended the previous studies by focusing on public employees rather than on university students and by assessing a real-life indicator of participants’ autonomy. as a third extension, study focused on the applied implica- tions of the present ideas for organizations. these implications were investigated by examining whether perceived procedural justice would interact with experienced work autonomy to influ- ence various perceptions and behaviors that are important for healthy organizational functioning. such pro-organizational re- sponses have been associated with both procedural justice (tyler & lind, ) as well as with organizational implications of self-determination theory (gagné & deci, ). as pro- organizational perceptions, i measured participants’ identification with the organization (huo, smith, tyler, & lind, ) and the extent to which they feel respected by their organization (de cremer & tyler, ; sleebos, ellemers, & de gilder, ). whereas identification refers to the extent to which people psy- chologically connect themselves to the group, respect refers to the extent people believe that the group values and appreciates them. previous research indeed indicates that identification and respect are empirically related, yet conceptually distinct constructs (e.g., simon & stürmer, ). as an indicator of pro-organizational behavior, i assessed the extent to which participants are inclined to report illegal or im- moral actions of their colleagues to their superiors. such “whistle blowing” is an important variable in research on organizational ethics because it facilitates the cessation of wrongdoing in orga- nizations, which may benefit employees, stockholders, and society in general (micelli, near, & schwenk, ). although whistle blowing intentions have been argued to be associated with proce- dural justice (near, dworkin, & micelli, ), the influence of procedural justice on this morality-based behavior is as yet not well documented by empirical social-psychological research. by including whistle blowing intentions as a dependent measure, the present study sought to (a) provide further evidence that proce- dural justice phenomena hold implications for this important morality-based behavior, and, more important for the present pur- poses, (b) test whether the relation between autonomy and proce- dural justice may generalize to pro-organizational behaviors. it is expected that the specified pro-organizational perceptions and behaviors are influenced more strongly by variations in procedural justice among public employees who experience low as opposed to high autonomy in their work. method participant sample. the study was conducted among public employees of the government of one of the largest cities in the netherlands. out of public employees who were initially contacted by means of a telephone call, public employees eventually completed and returned the questionnaire (a response rate of . %). the final sample included men, women, and participants who did not indicate their gender (mean age � . years, sd � . ). procedure. public employees were first approached by means of a telephone call to ask whether they were willing to participate in the study. public employees who agreed to participate would receive the questionnaire and a return envelope in the mail. par- autonomy and procedural justice ticipants could either send in the questionnaire by means of the return envelope or hand in the questionnaire to a research assistant who visited their department at an announced date. participation was on a voluntary basis, and participants’ answers to the ques- tions were treated as anonymous and confidential. questionnaire. the measures were part of a larger question- naire that also served applied purposes. to measure perceived procedural justice, the seven items developed by colquitt ( ) to assess procedural justice were administered to the participants. this scale is based on the procedural justice rules proposed by leventhal ( ). the questions started with “whenever decisions are taken at my department. . . . ”, followed by, for example “. . . i am able to express my thoughts and feelings” “. . . . the employed procedures are applied consistently” and “. . . the decisions are based on accurate information” ( � strongly disagree, � strongly agree). the seven items were averaged into a reliable procedural justice scale (� � . ). to measure the extent to which participants experienced a sense of autonomy in their work, they indicated to what extent their employment supported choice on a variety of dimensions. these dimensions included freedom in how to organize the various task demands, how to apply the skills one has acquired, and how to evaluate results. in particular, participants were asked to what extent their work contained the following characteristics ( � not at all, � very much): “freedom to choose your own work methods” “responsibility” “the opportunity to evaluate the qual- ity of your work yourself” “variation in the tasks” and “the opportunity to use your capabilities.” these five items were aver- aged into a reliable autonomy scale (� � . ). organizational identification was measured with three items ( � strongly disagree, � strongly agree): “at this moment, i identify with my department” “at this moment, i want to do my best for my department” and “at this moment, i feel connected to my department.” these measures were averaged into a reliable measure of organizational identification (� � . ). perceived respect from the organization was measured with three items ( � strongly disagree, � strongly agree): “the department appreciates my contribution” “the department shows consideration for my goals and values” and “the department genuinely cares about my well-being.” these three items were averaged into a reliable respect scale (� � . ). to measure whistle blowing, participants were presented with six brief hypothetical scenarios regarding integrity violations com- mitted by a public employee. to ensure realism, all scenarios were based on incidents that in previous years had actually been re- ported at the city government’s department of integrity. an example of an integrity violation scenario is the following: coincidently, a relative of the public employee who works at a service desk applies for a license. according to the rules, the relative is legally entitled to this license. but because the public employee privately is at odds with this particular relative, he refuses to grant the license. the other scenarios described sharing of classified information with unauthorized individuals, searching the government’s com- puter files for information concerning the financial situation of one’s ex-wife in order to gain advantage in a custody battle, smoking marijuana while on duty (and while driving a company car), a male public employee sexually harassing a female public employee, and a public employee who was bribed to falsify sig- natures on a wedding document. after each scenario, participants indicated their agreement to the following statement: “i would report this incident to this public employee’s direct supervisor” ( � strongly disagree, � strongly agree). consequently, six items measured the extent to which participants were inclined to “blow the whistle” in response to six diverse integrity violations. these six items were averaged into a reliable whistle blowing scale (� � . ). results exploratory factor analysis. to investigate whether the mea- surement of autonomy was distinct from the measurement of procedural justice, i first conducted an exploratory factor analysis (principal-axis factoring) on the items that formed the autonomy and procedural justice scales. given that measures of respect conceptually are closely related to procedural justice (de cremer & tyler, ), i also included the respect items in this analysis. a three-factor solution with oblimin rotation was imposed a priori according to the theoretical expectation that autonomy, procedural justice, and respect are empirically distinct constructs. these three factors (eigenvalues � . ) had pattern coefficients that sup- ported the notion that autonomy, procedural justice, and respect are empirically distinct. the five autonomy items all had high pattern coefficients (|fij| � . ) on the first factor but not on the second or third factor. this provides empirical evidence that the five autonomy items indeed all reflect the same underlying psy- chological construct. the three respect items had high pattern coefficients on the second factor but not on the first or third factor; and, out of seven procedural justice items, six had high pattern coefficients on the third but not on the first or second factor. the only deviating item in the procedural justice scale was the item whether the employed procedures are applied consistently; this item did not load well on any factor. to keep colquitt’s ( ) original procedural justice measure intact, i retained this item in the analyses below (results were similar when this item was excluded). hierarchical regression analyses. table displays the means, standard deviations, and intercorrelations for the variables that were assessed in study . in correspondence with study , the hypothesis was tested by means of hierarchical regression analy- ses. both the autonomy and procedural justice scales were cen- tered, and the interaction term was based on the product of these centered variables (cohen et al., ). step tested for main effects, and the interaction was added to the regression model in step . the results of the hierarchical regression analyses are displayed in table . step was nonsignificant for whistle blowing (r � . ), f( , ) � . , p � . , but step was significant for both identification (r � . ), f( , ) � . , p � . , and for one of the items in the procedural justice scale referred to voice opportunities, and another item referred to process control. it is noteworthy that when these two items (which are arguably most closely associated with autonomy concerns) were dropped from the scale, the analyses still re- vealed the predicted interactions on the dependent variables. i thank the department of integrity for granting my research assistants access to their files. no public employees of the department of integrity were included in the sample. van prooijen respect (r � . ), f( , ) � . , p � . . as can be seen in table , the main effect of perceived procedural justice was a significant predictor of perceived respect from the organization, but not of organizational identification. the main effect of auton- omy significantly predicted both identification and perceived re- spect. more important for the present purposes, the step inter- action term was significant for all three dependent variables: for identification (�r � . ), f( , ) � . , p � . ; for respect (�r � . ), f( , ) � . , p � . ; and for whistle blowing (�r � . ), f( , ) � . , p � . . the interactions on the three dependent variables are displayed graphically in figure . to examine the nature of these interac- tions, i conducted simple slopes analyses for all dependent vari- ables. among participants who scored low in autonomy, proce- dural justice was a strong and significant predictor of identification (� � . , p � . ), perceived respect (� � . , p � . ), and whistle blowing (� � . , p � . ). among participants who scored high in autonomy, procedural justice was not a significant predictor of identification (� � �. , p � . ), perceived respect (� � . , p � . ), or whistle blowing (� � . , p � . ). taken together, these results supported the hypothesis for all dependent variables, replicating and extending the laboratory findings of studies and in a field setting. finally, i tested whether the effects of autonomy were most pronounced following experiences of procedural justice or injus- tice. autonomy was not a significant predictor of any of the dependent variables among participants who scored high on the procedural justice scale (all ps � . ). among participants who scored low on the procedural justice scale, however, autonomy significantly predicted identification (� � . , p � . ), respect (� � . , p � . ), but not whistle blowing (� � . , p � . ). these different patterns for the dependent variables may be ex- plained by assuming that whistle blowing behaviors are associated with more complex psychological dynamics than perceptual re- sponses, given that whistle blowing behaviors can be costly in terms of potential retaliation (near et al., ). in addition, it can be noted that effects of autonomy on identification and respect are most pronounced in response to procedural injustice, which is inconsistent with the results of studies and . i return to this finding below. discussion study replicated and extended the findings of studies and . results supported the central hypothesis with a broader operation- alization of procedural justice, and in a population of public employees. furthermore, study suggested that the interactive effects of procedural justice with autonomy can have substantial implications for organizations. this was evidenced by the fact that the predicted interaction was observed for both pro-organizational perceptions (i.e., identification and respect) and behaviors (i.e., whistle blowing). these pro-organizational perceptions and behav- iors are important for healthy organizational functioning (de cre- mer & tyler, ; huo et al., ; micelli et al., ; near et al., ; sleebos et al., ). as such, study strengthens confidence in both the validity and the applicability of the theo- retical proposition that people attend to variations in procedural justice to regulate their basic autonomy needs. whereas in studies and the influence of autonomy on procedural justice judgments did not clearly differ for voice versus no-voice procedures, in study the influence of autonomy on identification and respect was most pronounced in response to procedural injustice. this differential finding is most likely caused by subtle differences between experimentally inducing a voice or no-voice procedure versus measuring procedural justice using colquitt’s ( ) procedural justice scale. as noted earlier, voice table means, standard deviations, and intercorrelations of the measures assessed in study measure m sd . procedural justice . . — . autonomy . . . ��� — . organizational identification . . . �� . ��� — . perceived respect . . . ��� . ��� . ��� — . whistle blowing . . . � . . �� . — �p � . . �� p � . . ��� p � . . table results from hierarchical regression analyses in study variable identification perceived respect whistle blowing � t( ) � t( ) � t( ) step procedural justice . . . . �� . . autonomy . . ��� . . � . . step t( ) t( ) t( ) procedural justice � autonomy �. � . � �. � . � �. � . � �p � . . �� p � . . ��� p � . . autonomy and procedural justice procedures may be more closely associated with autonomy than other procedural justice criteria, in that opportunities to voice one’s opinion create a sense of agency and active participation. as such, voice procedures may be of particular relevance in buffering oneself against deprivations of autonomy. these specific features of voice procedures are less relevant when measuring a broader range of procedural justice criteria (leventhal, ). across var- ious procedural justice criteria, people may be particularly sensi- tive to unfair procedures as a function of the extent to which autonomy needs are thwarted. this possibility is consistent with previous arguments that the negative impact of injustice on per- ception and behavior is stronger than is the positive impact of justice (folger, ; folger & cropanzano, ; van den bos & van prooijen, ; van prooijen, de cremer, et al., ; van prooijen, van den bos, lind, & wilke, ; cf. baumeister, bratlavsky, finkenauer, & vohs, ). be that as it may, such differential impact of fair versus unfair procedures does not com- promise the main conclusion of the present contribution, which is that people are more sensitive to variations in procedural justice when they experience low as opposed to high autonomy in various domains. general discussion the three studies reported herein provided consistent evidence for the proposition that deprivation versus gratification of auton- omy needs predicts people’s fairness-based responses to decision- making procedures. the general hypothesis was supported when autonomy was measured as an individual-difference variable (study ), when autonomy was experimentally manipulated (study ), and when autonomy was measured as a property of people’s employment (study ). furthermore, the results of the studies converged as a product of manipulations of voice versus no-voice procedures (studies and ) as well as assessments of global procedural justice in organizations (study ). the findings were replicated both in the laboratory and in a field setting, and the predicted interaction was evident for both procedural justice judg- ments and for various pro-organizational perceptions (identifica- tion and respect) and behaviors (whistle blowing). taken together, the findings of the three studies support the propositions that the extent to which autonomy needs are satisfied hold implications for people’s fairness-based responses to decision-making procedures and that a complete answer to the question of why procedural justice matters to people must take human autonomy needs into account. in particular, the results presented here are in strong agreement with the underlying theoretical claim that people attend to the fairness of decision-making procedures as a means of regulating their basic autonomy needs. the present findings have theoretical implications for the inte- gration of self-determination theory (deci & ryan, , ) and procedural justice theories (lind et al., ; tyler & blader, ; tyler & lind, ; van den bos & lind, ; van den bos et al., ). according to self-determination theory, people seek fulfillment of three basic psychological needs—autonomy, relatedness, and competence. the present research focused on autonomy needs by revealing that people’s fairness-based re- sponses are more sensitive to the way they are treated by authority figures when they are deprived of autonomy. in light of other findings in the procedural justice literature, it is noteworthy that relatedness and competence needs also are substantially related to procedural justice. for instance, researchers have found that pro- cedural justice is functional to regulate one’s sense of relatedness, in that fair versus unfair procedures are informative about the extent to which one is included in or excluded from social groups (e.g., de cremer, ; smith, tyler, huo, ortiz, & lind, ; tyler, ; van prooijen, gallucci, & toeset, ; van prooijen et al., ). likewise, empirical research has linked a concern for procedural justice with indicators of one’s competence, such as performance-based status (diekmann, sondak, & barsness, ; tyler & blader, ; van prooijen et al., , ). these previous findings, in conjunction with the findings of the present research, suggest that one of the main reasons why people might care about the fairness of decision-making procedures is because these procedures are functional to inform people about the extent to which the social environment supports versus undermines basic psychological needs. hence, procedural justice may be more closely associated with social motives and needs than has been recognized before. further empirical examination may inform dv: identification low autonomy high autonomy high pj low pj dv: respect low autonomy high autonomy high pj low pj dv: whistle blowing low autonomy high autonomy high pj low pj figure . the three dependent variables (dvs) as a function of autonomy and procedural justice (pj) in study . van prooijen scientists about the more general question of why people care about the fairness of decision-making procedures, and may inte- grate procedural justice theories with self-determination theory (deci & ryan, ) and with related theoretical perspectives on social motives and needs (e.g., fiske, ). the fact that the key hypothesis was tested by means of various research methods (i.e., laboratory experiments and a field study; various operationalizations of independent variables) has at least two noteworthy advantages. first, this variation in research pro- cedures ensures that the present findings are not an artifact of one or the other method, but rather that the present findings reflect a genuine and impactful phenomenon that can be observed in vari- ous ways and in a variety of social situations. as such, the observed support for the hypothesis is indicative for the robustness of the present findings. second, the limitations of one study are complemented by the strengths of other studies. for instance, one might argue that the laboratory setting of studies and is artificial, raising questions about the extent to which the relation between procedural justice and autonomy has any meaning in everyday life situations. this limitation, however, was addressed in study , which revealed that the present ideas can have far- reaching consequences in a real-life organizational setting. in a similar vein, one might argue that study rests on correlational findings and is thus subject to questions about causality and alternative explanations (e.g., constructs that may be correlated with the autonomy measure). for instance, public employees with more autonomy may also have more power, or be higher in the organizational hierarchy. these limitations were addressed in study , in which autonomy and procedure were orthogonally manipulated to reveal a causal influence on procedural justice judgments. furthermore, it seems unlikely that the measure of trait autonomy in study reflects differences in power or status. as such, the variety of methods that were used here helps to rule out alternative explanations and increases confidence in the validity and applicability of the present conclusions. although the present article proposed that autonomy and pro- cedural justice are closely related, it is important to note that a procedural justice manipulation cannot be equated with an auton- omy manipulation. being allowed voice does not automatically imply choice, as authorities do not have to listen to the concerns of subordinates (lind et al., ). indeed, in a complex social environment where opinions differ substantially among various subordinates, or where painful decisions are necessary for the collective interest, it may be unavoidable for decision makers to disregard the opinions of some or all of the subordinates. subor- dinates often are well aware of this, and, as such, it is plausible that subordinates interpret voice opportunities, or other indications that procedures were fair (leventhal, ), as evidence that decision makers are at least willing to make an effort to be supportive of autonomy. thus, whereas choice opportunities directly address autonomy needs (deci & ryan, , ; moller et al., ), opportunities to voice an opinion are more likely to be regarded as an indirect heuristic cue to estimate the extent to which a decision maker has the intention to behave in ways that are supportive of autonomy (lind et al., ; van den bos et al., ). empiri- cally, the results indeed suggested that autonomy and procedural justice were independent in the present studies. for instance, in study , manipulation checks indicated that the choice and voice manipulations were induced independently. furthermore, the fac- tor analysis in study revealed that the items measuring autonomy loaded on a different factor than the items measuring procedural justice. in future research, it would be interesting to find out to what extent procedural justice manipulations are effective in re- storing autonomy deficiencies. establishing such a relation would further refine the model of procedural justice as an autonomy- regulating tool that was presented in the present contribution. the theoretical rationale that underlies the present work was partly based on social-cognitive procedural justice theories, spe- cifically, fairness heuristic theory (lind et al., ; van den bos et al., ) and the related uncertainty management model (van den bos & lind, ). these theories assign a major role to human uncertainty to explain procedural justice effects, as indi- cated by findings that feelings of uncertainty increases people’s sensitivity to procedural justice manipulations (van den bos, ; see also de cremer & sedikides, ). although these insights contributed to the line of reasoning underlying the present hypothesis, it is important to note that measurements or manipu- lations of autonomy are not likely to simultaneously measure or manipulate uncertainty. for instance, many empirical studies re- vealed that low-trait or situational autonomy is associated with numerous detrimental life outcomes (deci et al., ; deci & ryan, , ; sheldon et al., ), but to the best of my knowledge, no evidence has yet documented that these detrimental effects are mediated by feelings of uncertainty. also, it does not seem plausible to assume that the effects of the autonomy manip- ulation in study are attributable to feelings of uncertainty. that is, feelings of uncertainty generally reflect a desire for meaning and structure in an unpredictable social environment (van den bos & lind, ). this does not apply to the autonomy conditions of study , as participants in all conditions knew for certain what task they would perform (in fact, all participants had completed the task before encountering the manipulation of voice versus no-voice procedure). taken together, it does not seem likely that the present findings can alternatively be explained by the assertion that low autonomy increases feelings of uncertainty. indeed, if there were a relation between uncertainty and choice, it would be plausible to argue that excessive choice is associated with increased uncertainty— high choice increases unpredictability in light of unclarity about what choice option would best serve one’s goals. as such, in study , i took care to limit individuals’ choice options to only two possibilities. such limitation in the number of choice options is in correspondence with previous research in which positive consequences of choice were studied (moller et al., ; zuckerman et al., ). in this regard, it is noteworthy that empirical research suggests that there indeed are limits to the amount of choice that people consider to be desirable, as people can experience “choice overload” when confronted with too many options. such choice overload has been found to be demotivating in a variety of situations (iyengar & lepper, ). these ideas point to interesting avenues for future research de- signed to further disentangle the relation between choice and procedural justice. for instance, whereas the present research revealed that a modest number of choice opportunities decreases people’s responsiveness to procedural justice, one might speculate that an excessive number of choice opportunities would increase people’s responsiveness to procedural justice. justice has been argued to provide structure and meaning to social situations (van den bos & lind, ), and hence people may feel a particular autonomy and procedural justice need for justice when they face a situation that is unpredictable given the necessity to choose between an excessive number of options. the present research may also have theoretical and practical implications for the question of which leaders are effective in coordinating a group toward a collective goal (van vugt et al., ). self-determination theory predicts that leaders who are supportive of autonomy will intrinsically motivate followers, thereby increasing team performance (deci et al., ; gagné & deci, ). this is consistent with research indicating that the unnecessary exercise of control by an external leader can lead to dissatisfaction among members of a self-managing team (morge- son, ). the insights presented here identified a tool that is functional for leaders to behave in an autonomy-supportive way. by implementing fair decision-making procedures—for instance, by listening to the concerns of subordinates, by being transparent, and by exerting efforts to be an unbiased and consistent decision maker—leaders may be able to elicit pro-organizational responses particularly from followers who do not feel very autonomous in their work or other life domains. this insight may be useful to corporate managers, given that pro-organizational responses, such as those investigated in study of the present contribution, are associated with healthy organizational functioning (cf. de cremer & tyler, ; huo et al., ; near et al., ). furthermore, future research may investigate the extent to which the present findings generalize to other social situations and mea- sures, to more tightly integrate the autonomy and procedural justice domains. in separate lines of research, autonomy and pro- cedural justice both have been shown to shape a variety of human responses in educational settings, health care situations, sports teams, friendships and intimate relationships, and numerous other important life domains (deci & ryan, , ; lind & tyler, ; tyler & lind, ). informed by the present findings, it seems likely that human perception and behavior in many different situations are influenced by the interplay between autonomy and justice concerns. furthermore, procedural justice research may start incorporating dependent variables that are typically associ- ated with the self-determination of behavior, such as persistence in goal pursuit, psychological adjustment, and intrinsic motivation. future research would do well to scrutinize these relations in a wide range of social settings. to conclude, the present research was initiated to establish an empirical relation between the fundamental human need for au- tonomy and people’s concern for procedural justice. the findings indeed suggest such a relation, supporting a model that predicts procedural justice to be functional for the regulation of autonomy needs. as such, the present research may be informative about broader questions surrounding human morality. for instance, one might speculate that the deprivation of basic psychological needs places people in a psychological state that causes them to evaluate behavior from a moral point of view. that is, deprivation of basic psychological needs (autonomy, belongingness) may be associated in fundamental ways with people’s concern for morality, as people may desire a fair decision-making structure that is likely to support these basic psychological needs. the present findings increase the empirical basis for such a fundamental relation between need fulfillment and human morality. it can be concluded that the need for autonomy is important to understand why the quality of decision-making procedures exerts such strong and pervasive ef- fects on fairness judgments and related perceptions and behaviors. references baumeister, r. f., bratlavsky, e., finkenauer, c., & vohs, k. d. ( ). bad is stronger than good. review of general psychology, , – . baumeister, r. f., & leary, m. r. ( ). the need to belong: desire for interpersonal attachments as a fundamental human motive. psychologi- cal bulletin, , – . bies, r. j., & moag, j. s. ( ). interactional justice. in r. j. lewicki, b. m. sheppard, & m. h. bazerman (eds.), research on negotiations in organizations (vol. , pp. – ). greenwich, ct: jai press. boehm, c. ( ). hierarchy in the forest: the evolution of egalitarian behavior. london: harvard university press. brehm, s. s., & brehm, j. w. ( ). psychological reactance: a theory of freedom and control. new york: academic press. brockner, j., heuer, l., siegel, p. a., wiesenfeld, b., martin, c., grover, s., et al. ( ). the moderating effect of self-esteem in reaction to voice: converging evidence from five studies. journal of personality and social psychology, , – . brockner, j., & wiesenfeld, b. m. ( ). an integrative framework for explaining reactions to decisions: interactive effects of outcomes and procedures. psychological bulletin, , – . cohen, j., cohen, p., west, s. g., & aiken, l. s. ( ). applied multiple regression/correlation analysis for the behavioral sciences ( rd ed.). mahwah, nj: erlbaum. colquitt, j. a. ( ). on the dimensionality of organizational justice: a construct validation of a measure. journal of applied psychology, , – . cranston, m. ( ). the social contract. harmondsworth, england: pen- guin books. (original work published ). cropanzano, r., byrne, z. s., bobocel, d. r., & rupp, d. e. ( ). moral virtues, fairness heuristics, social entities, and other denizens of organi- zational justice. journal of vocational behavior, , – . deci, e. l., koestner, r., & ryan, r. m. ( ). a meta-analytic review of experiments examining the effects of extrinsic rewards on intrinsic motivation. psychological bulletin, , – . deci, e. l., & ryan, r. m. ( ). intrinsic motivation and self- determination in human behavior. new york: plenum press. deci, e. l., & ryan, r. m. ( ). the “what” and “why” of goal pursuits: human needs and the self-determination of behavior. psychological inquiry, , – . deci, e. l., & ryan, r. m. ( ). handbook of self-determination research. rochester, ny: the university of rochester press. de cremer, d. ( ). respect and cooperation in social dilemmas: the importance of feeling included. personality and social psychology bul- letin, , – . de cremer, d., & sedikides, c. ( ). self-uncertainty and responsive- ness to procedural justice. journal of experimental social psychology, , – . de cremer, d., & tyler, t. r. ( ). managing group behavior: the interplay between fairness, self, and cooperation. in m. zanna (ed.), advances in experimental social psychology (pp. – ). new york: academic press. de gilder, d., & wilke, h. a. m. ( ). expectation states theory and the motivational determinants of social influence. in w. stroebe & m. hewstone (eds.), european review of social psychology (vol. , pp. – ). london: wiley. diekmann, k. a., sondak, h., & barsness, z. i. ( ). does fairness matter more to some than to others? the moderating role of workplace status on the relationship between procedural fairness perceptions and job satisfaction. social justice research, , – . fiske, s. t. ( ). social beings: a core motives approach to social psychology. new york: wiley. van prooijen folger, r. ( ). distributive and procedural justice: combined impact of “voice” and improvement on experienced inequity. journal of person- ality and social psychology, , – . folger, r. ( ). emerging issues in the social psychology of justice. in r. folger (ed.), the sense of injustice: social psychological perspectives (pp. – ). new york: plenum press. folger, r. ( ). fairness as deonance. in s. w. gilliland, d. d. steiner, & d. p. skarlicki (eds.), research in social issues in management (pp. – ). information age publishers. folger, r., & cropanzano, r. ( ). organizational justice and human resource management. thousand oaks, ca: sage. folger, r., rosenfield, d., grove, j., & corkran, l. ( ). effects of “voice” and peer opinions on responses to inequity. journal of person- ality and social psychology, , – . gagné, m., & deci, e. l. ( ). self-determination theory and work motivation. journal of organizational behavior, , – . houlden, p., latour, s., walker, l., & thibaut, j. ( ). preference for modes of dispute resolution as a function of process and decision control. journal of experimental social psychology, , – . huo, y. j., smith, h. j., tyler, t. r., & lind, e. a. ( ). superordinate identification, subgroup identification, and justice concerns: is separat- ism the problem; is assimilation the answer? psychological science, , – . iyengar, s. s., & lepper, m. r. ( ). when choice is demotivating: can one desire too much of a good thing? journal of personality and social psychology, , – . komorita, s. s., & parks, c. d. ( ). social dilemmas. boulder, co: westview press. leventhal, g. s. ( ). what should be done with equity theory? new approaches to the study of fairness in social relationships. in k. j. gergen, m. s. greenberg, & r. h. willis (eds.), social exchange: advances on theory and research (pp. – ). new york: plenum press. lind, e. a., kanfer, r., & earley, p. c. ( ). voice, control, and procedural justice: instrumental and noninstrumental concerns in fair- ness judgments. journal of personality and social psychology, , – . lind, e. a., kulik, c. t., ambrose, m., & de vera-park, m. v. ( ). individual and corporate dispute resolution: using procedural fairness as a decision heuristic. administrative science quarterly, , – . lind, e. a., & tyler, t. r. ( ). the social psychology of procedural justice. new york: plenum press. micelli, m. p., near, j. p., & schwenk, c. r. ( ). who blows the whistle and why? industrial & labor relations review, , – . moller, a. c., deci, e. l., & ryan, r. m. ( ). choice and ego- depletion: the moderating role of autonomy. personality and social psychology bulletin, , – . morgeson, f. p. ( ). the external leadership of self-managing teams: intervening in the context of novel and disruptive events. journal of applied psychology, , – . near, j. p., dworkin, t. m., & micelli, m. p. ( ). explaining the whistle-blowing process: suggestions from power theory and justice theory. organization science, , – . paolucci, h. ( ). on crimes and punishment. indianapolis, in: bobbs- merrill. (original work published ). reis, h. t., sheldon, k. m., gable, s. l., roscoe, j., & ryan, r. m. ( ). daily well-being: the role of autonomy, competence, and relat- edness. personality and social psychology bulletin, , – . rozin, p., lowery, l., imada, s., & haidt, j. ( ). the cad triad hypothesis: a mapping between three moral emotions (contempt, anger, disgust) and three moral codes (community, autonomy, divinity). jour- nal of personality and social psychology, , – . sheldon, k. m. ( ). creativity and self-determination in personality. creativity research journal, , – . sheldon, k. m., & elliot, a. j. ( ). not all personal goals are “per- sonal”: comparing autonomous and controlling goals on effort and attainment. personality and social psychology bulletin, , – . sheldon, k. m., ryan, r. m., deci, e. l., & kasser, t. ( ). the independent effects of goal contents and motives on well-being: it’s both what you pursue and why you pursue it. personality and social psy- chology bulletin, , – . sheldon, k. m., ryan, r. m., & reis, h. ( ). what makes for a good day? competence and autonomy in the day and in the person. person- ality and social psychology bulletin, , – . simon, b., & stürmer, s. ( ). respect for group members: intragroup determinants of collective identification and group-serving behavior. personality and social psychology bulletin, , – . sleebos, e., ellemers, n., & de gilder, d. ( ). the carrot and the stick: respected and disrespected group members’ motives to engage in group-serving efforts. personality and social psychology bulletin, , – . smith, h. j., tyler, t. r., huo, y. j., ortiz, d. j., & lind, e. a. ( ). the self-relevant implications of the group-value model: group membership, self-worth, and treatment quality. journal of experimental social psy- chology, , – . thibaut, j., & walker, l. ( ). procedural justice: a psychological analysis. hillsdale, nj: erlbaum. tyler, t. r. ( ). conditions leading to value expressive effects in judgments of procedural justice: a test of four models. journal of personality and social psychology, , – . tyler, t. r. ( ). psychological models of the justice motive: anteced- ents of distributive and procedural justice. journal of personality and social psychology, , – . tyler, t. r., & blader, s. l. ( ). cooperation in groups: procedural justice, social identity, and behavioral engagement. philadelphia: psy- chology press. tyler, t. r., & blader, s. l. ( ). autonomous vs. comparative status: must we be better than others to feel good about ourselves? organiza- tional behavior and human decision processes, , – . tyler, t. r., & blader, s. l. ( ). the group engagement model: procedural justice, social identity, and cooperative behavior. personality and social psychology review, , – . tyler, t. r., & lind, e. a. ( ). a relational model of authority in groups. in m. zanna (ed.), advances in experimental social psychology (vol. , pp. – ). san diego, ca: academic press. van den bos, k. ( ). uncertainty management: the influence of human uncertainty on reactions to perceived fairness. journal of personality and social psychology, , – . van den bos, k. ( ). on the subjective quality of social justice: the role of affect as information in the psychology of justice judgments. journal of personality and social psychology, , – . van den bos, k., & lind, e. a. ( ). uncertainty management by means of fairness judgments. in m. p. zanna (ed.), advances in experimental social psychology (vol. , pp. – ). san diego, ca: academic press. van den bos, k., & van prooijen, j.-w. ( ). referent cognitions theory: the psychology of voice depends on closeness of reference points. journal of personality and social psychology, , – . van den bos, k., wilke, h. a. m., & lind, e. a. ( ). when do we need procedural fairness? the role of trust in authority. journal of personality and social psychology, , – . van prooijen, j.-w., de cremer, d., van beest, i., ståhl, t., van dijke, m., & van lange, p. a. m. ( ). the egocentric nature of procedural justice: social value orientation as moderator of reactions to decision- making procedures. journal of experimental social psychology, , – . van prooijen, j.-w., gallucci, m., & toeset, g. ( ). procedural justice in punishment systems: inconsistent punishment procedures have detri- mental effects on cooperation. british journal of social psychology, , – . autonomy and procedural justice van prooijen, j.-w., & karremans, j. c., & van beest, i. ( ). proce- dural justice and the hedonic principle: how approach versus avoidance motivation influences the psychology of voice. journal of personality and social psychology, , – . van prooijen, j.-w., van den bos, k., lind, e. a., & wilke, h. a. m. ( ). how do people react to negative procedures? on the moderating role of authority’s biased attitudes. journal of experimental social psychology, , – . van prooijen, j.-w., van den bos, k., & wilke, h. a. m. ( ). procedural justice and status: status salience as antecedent of procedural fairness effects. journal of personality and social psychology, , – . van prooijen, j.-w., van den bos, k., & wilke, h. a. m. ( ). group belongingness and procedural justice: social inclusion and exclusion by peers affects the psychology of voice. journal of personality and social psychology, , – . van prooijen, j.-w., van den bos, k., & wilke, h. a. m. ( ). procedural justice and intragroup status: knowing where we stand in a group enhances reactions to procedural justice. journal of experimental social psychology, , – . van prooijen, j.-w., van den bos, k., & wilke, h. a. m. ( ). procedural justice in authority relations: the strength of outcome de- pendence influences people’s reactions to voice. european journal of social psychology, , – . van vugt, m., hogan, r., & kaiser, r. b. ( ). leadership, follower- ship, and evolution. american psychologist, , – . zuckerman, m., porac, j., lathin, d., smith, r., & deci, e. l. ( ). on the importance of self-determination for intrinsically motivated behav- ior. personality and social psychology bulletin, , – . received april , revision received september , accepted september , � van prooijen [pdf] shared and configural justice: a social network model of justice in teams | semantic scholar skip to search formskip to main content> semantic scholar's logo search sign increate free account you are currently offline. some features of the site may not work correctly. doi: . /amr. . corpus id: shared and configural justice: a social network model of justice in teams @article{roberson sharedac, title={shared and configural justice: a social network model of justice in teams}, author={quinetta roberson and j. colquitt}, journal={academy of management review}, year={ }, volume={ }, pages={ - } } quinetta roberson, j. colquitt published sociology academy of management review we propose a model of justice in teams that articulates the social influence processes through which shared perceptions of justice emerge and that explores the subsequent effects on team effectiveness outcomes. we also consider barriers to the emergence of shared team justice and introduce configural forms of justice that may result. theoretical and practical contributions of the model for understanding the meaning and operation of justice at the team level of analysis are discussed.  view via publisher media.terry.uga.edu save to library create alert cite launch research feed share this paper citationshighly influential citations background citations methods citations results citations view all figures from this paper figure figure citations citation type citation type all types cites results cites methods cites background has pdf publication type author more filters more filters filters sort by relevance sort by most influenced papers sort by citation count sort by recency justice in self-managing teams: the role of social networks in the emergence of procedural justice climates quinetta roberson, ian o. williamson sociology save alert research feed justice in teams : the activation and role of sensemaking in the emergence of justice climates quinetta roberson psychology save alert research feed examining justice from a social network perspective dan brass political science save alert research feed a multi-level analysis of organizational justice climate, structure, and employee mental health† c. spell, todd arnold psychology save alert research feed ethics, values, and organizational justice: individuals, organizations, and beyond marshall schminke, a. arnaud, r. taylor sociology save alert research feed the joint effects of justice climate, group moral identity, and corporate social responsibility on the prosocial and deviant behaviors of groups meghan a. thornton, d. rupp psychology save alert research feed chapter the fairness of difference: how team composition affects the emergence of justice climates quinetta roberson, ian o. williamson political science save alert research feed chapter from justice events to justice climate: a multi-level temporal model of information aggregation and judgment d. rupp, e. paddock political science save alert research feed an employee-centered model of organizational justice and social responsibility: d. rupp psychology save alert research feed an employee-centered model of organizational justice and social responsibility deborah e. rupp view excerpts, cites background save alert research feed ... ... references showing - of references sort byrelevance most influenced papers recency a case for procedural justice climate: development and test of a multilevel model stefanie e. naumann, nathan bennett psychology view excerpts, references background save alert research feed justice at the millennium: a meta-analytic review of years of organizational justice research. j. colquitt, d. e. conlon, m. j. wesson, c. o. porter, k. ng psychology, medicine the journal of applied psychology , pdf view excerpts, references background save alert research feed justice in teams: antecedents and consequences of procedural justice climate j. colquitt, r. noe, c. l. jackson psychology view excerpt save alert research feed a multilevel analysis of procedural justice context k. w. mossholder, nathan bennett, c. martin psychology save alert research feed understanding procedural justice and its impact on business organizations m. a. konovsky psychology view excerpt, references background save alert research feed retaliation in the workplace: the roles of distributive, procedural, and interactional justice d. skarlicki, r. folger psychology , pdf view excerpt, references background save alert research feed building commitment, attachment, and trust in strategic decision-making teams: the role of procedural justice m. korsgaard, d. m. schweiger, h. sapienza psychology view excerpt, references background save alert research feed understanding why the justice of group procedures matters: a test of the psychological dynamics of the group-value model. t. tyler, p. degoey, h. smith psychology save alert research feed collective restraint in social dilemmas: procedural justice and social identification effects on support for authorities. t. tyler, p. degoey psychology view excerpt, references background save alert research feed the social psychology of procedural justice e. lind, t. tyler political science , view excerpts, references background save alert research feed ... ... related papers abstract figures citations references related papers stay connected with semantic scholar sign up about semantic scholar semantic scholar is a free, ai-powered research tool for scientific literature, based at the allen institute for ai. learn more → resources datasetssupp.aiapiopen corpus organization about usresearchpublishing partnersdata partners   faqcontact proudly built by ai with the help of our collaborators terms of service•privacy policy the allen institute for ai by clicking accept or continuing to use the site, you agree to the terms outlined in our privacy policy, terms of service, and dataset license accept & continue lasse nielsen & david v. axelsen capabilitarian sufficiency: capabilities and social justice article (accepted version) (refereed) original citation: nielsen, lasse and axelsen, david v. ( ) capabilitarian sufficiency: capabilities and social justice. journal of human development and capabilities. issn - doi: . / . . © human development and capability association this version available at: http://eprints.lse.ac.uk/ / available in lse research online: march lse has developed lse research online so that users may access research output of the school. copyright © and moral rights for the papers on this site are retained by the individual authors and/or other copyright owners. users may download and/or print one copy of any article(s) in lse research online to facilitate their private study or for non-commercial research. you may not engage in further distribution of the material or use it for any profit-making activities or any commercial gain. you may freely distribute the url (http://eprints.lse.ac.uk) of the lse research online website. this document is the author’s final accepted version of the journal article. there may be differences between this version and the published version. you are advised to consult the publisher’s version if you wish to cite from it. http://www.tandfonline.com/loi/cjhd http://dx.doi.org/ . / . . https://hd-ca.org/ http://eprints.lse.ac.uk/ / capabilitarian sufficiency: capabilities and social justice abstract this paper suggests an account of sufficientarianism—i.e. that justice is fulfilled when everyone has enough—laid out within a general framework of the capability approach. in doing so, it seeks to show that sufficiency is especially plausible as an ideal of social justice when constructed around key capabilitarian insights such as freedom, pluralism, and attention to empirical interconnections between central capabilities. correspondingly, we elaborate on how a framework for evaluating social justice would look when constructed in this way and give reasons for why capabilitarians should embrace sufficientarianism. we do this by elaborating on how capabilitarian values underpin sufficiency. on this basis, we identify three categories of central capabilities; those related to biological and physical needs, those to fundamental interests of a human agent, and those to fundamental interests of a social being. in each category, we argue, achieving sufficiency requires different distributional patterns depending on how the capabilities themselves work and interrelate. this argument adds a new dimension to the way capabilitarians think about social justice and changes how we should target instances of social justice from social-political viewpoint. keywords: the capability approach; sufficiency; social justice; martha nussbaum; pluralism; positional goods. introduction the capability approach, in most instantiations, is not a theory of social justice setting out an ideal societal distribution of benefits and burdens toward which we should strive. rather, it is a broad normative space for the evaluation of people’s well-being and freedom with many possible applications (sen ; ; robeyns ). and while this ecumenical foundation and the cross-cultural applicability by which it is accompanied is one of the main strengths of the approach, it leaves open many important questions as well. not least, it does not tell us much about which capabilities we should seek to enhance, how much we should do so, and why this is important. on the other hand, while theories of social justice often provide relatively convincing and well-developed answers to these questions, they are often developed in a philosophical space somewhat isolated from actual processes of human development. this, many would argue, limits their potential for guiding concrete agents acting in the context of such processes. in this article, we attempt to bridge the gap between these two perspectives by proposing an ideal of social justice informed by the capability approach, which we shall term capabilitarian sufficiency. in a previous article, we have suggested that a sufficientarian ideal of social justice could be a good companion for the capability approach (axelsen & nielsen ), but here we wish to specify and elaborate on how and why this is the case. where our previous article suggested the potential for approximation between the two conceptual cores, this one actively pursues a fusion. to clarify, accounts of sufficiency entail both a positive thesis; that bringing people above some threshold is especially important, and a negative thesis; that above this threshold, inequalities are irrelevant or alternatively, a shift thesis; that inequalities above the threshold are significantly less important (see casal and shields , respectively). the positive thesis is fairly uncontentious – both within theories of social justice and in different forms of the capability approach. the negative thesis, on the other hand, would be rejected by many who find inequalities above the threshold very relevant to justice. the acceptance of the negative thesis and the involved potential inequalities at higher levels is, thus, distinctively sufficientarian. however, accepting the negative thesis is also, we shall claim, especially well-tuned to the insights of the capability approach – especially, if, as is the case here, the sufficiency threshold is built on a foundation of capabilitarian insights. some sufficientarian theorists such as harry frankfurt ( ) and robert huseby ( ) define the threshold of sufficiency level in terms of contentment (or reasonable contentment), thus suggesting a relatively high and subjective threshold. but although contentment gives us a plausible explanation to why we should accept the negative thesis—that is, being content seems in a relevant way to weaken ones claim for additional resources—it is less successful as a reason for accepting the positive thesis. in other words, it seems fair to challenge the claim that it is critically important from a justice point of view that no one must be discontent. as paula casal ( ) points out, this is a general issue when employing a high threshold, since this very often means compromising universal allegiance to the reasons underlying the positive thesis. capabilitarians have long been sceptical of relying on purely subjective evaluations when determining people’s wellbeing and relying on capabilitarian reasoning can help sufficientarians escape this danger. other sufficientarians suggest a fairly low threshold—e.g. basic needs or basic rights (miller ; shue )—but while these accounts do well in justifying what is so critically important about reaching the threshold, they face problems with explaining why inequalities above the threshold are unimportant to justice. thus, as casal ( ) notes their answer to the negative thesis is less plausible, as, for example, not being concerned by inequality between the super-rich and people who have barely enough seems problematic. although, capability theorists are less explicit about inequalities at this level, we will argue that the pluralist view about what is valuable in a human life can help ground the negative thesis – and do so in a way that makes both sufficientarianism and capability theory stronger. elsewhere, we have suggested and defended a sufficientarian ideal of social justice via the concept of freedom from duress, by which we mean “the freedom from significant pressure against succeeding in central areas of life” (axelsen & nielsen ). at the heart of this account is the three-step argument that: (a) justice is concerned only with people’s opportunities in central, as opposed to non-central, areas of life; (b) that a critical threshold of sufficiency exists in each particular central area; and (c) that what effectively determines sufficiency in a specific area depends on the distributional logic of the capabilities within that area. thus, we conclude, sufficiency as freedom from duress implies, “that justice is limited in scope, pluralist in nature, and variable in pattern” ( ). this account, we claim, does a better job than alternative sufficiency views in terms of justification of both the positive and the negative thesis. the account of sufficiency as freedom from duress is loosely informed by general insights from the capability approach, but importantly, it is not committed to it. in fact, our account is compatible with a wide range of measures that adopt an objective view of value. in this paper, we unfold a pluralist sufficientarian account of social justice explicitly within the capability approach. we do this by elaborating upon the capabilitarian notions of universally important aspects of human life and the pluralism of the human good, and their implications for sufficiency. we, then, identify three broad categories of central human capabilities that seem to be common to capability theorists: ) capabilities related to biological and physical human needs; ) capabilities related to fundamental interests of a human agent; and ) capabilities related to fundamental interests of a social being, and show how these relate to sufficiency. what sufficiency means with respect to these three categories differs greatly, as they are governed by different distributional logics. these logics are understood by unpacking the dynamics in play within the respective categories and how different holdings affect one’s overall level of capabilities. elaborating on ideas which are already present in capability theory and bolstering this by way of empirical insights and the concept of positional goods, we show why inequalities above the threshold can and should matter to capability theorists and sufficientarians alike - but because these create insufficiencies. first, however, we will outline the contours of sufficiency within the normative framework of the capability approach. sufficiency and capabilities according to capabilitarians, other theories of justice tend to overlook important aspects of human existence and differences between human lives. for example, the utilitarian focus on maximizing utility is thought to be insufficiently sensible to the societal distribution and the separateness of the individuals whose lives are at stake (nussbaum , - ). this point is, of course, not particular to capabilitarians, but is also held by many liberals. at the same time, theories that focus solely on the amount of resources available to a person are believed to overlook the important differences in people’s abilities to convert resources into functionings (sen ), while theories focusing on welfare overestimate the reliability of subjective preferences (nussbaum , - ). these latter points of criticism have mainly been directed against egalitarians, but of course they apply to resource or welfare sufficientarians, like the ones mentioned above, as well. these points of criticism spell out both how capability theory lends itself best to non-welfarist accounts of social justice and the problems we avoid by formulating sufficiency in capabilitarian terms. the tenet of the capability approach is that we should be concerned with securing individual people’s capabilities—opportunity to achieve valuable combinations of functionings, or, in other words, what people are actually able to do and to be (sen ; nussbaum , )—as opposed to, say, maximizing or equalizing preference satisfaction, welfare, or wealth. capabilitarians hold that these latter approaches simplify what is important in a human life, and that a theory of justice must necessarily be concerned with several aspects of the human reality that cannot be collapsed into one dimension without losing vital information. in martha nussbaum’s work, for example, the basis for this criticism lies in the notion that there is some central core to human life or, one might say, a shared base for humanity defined by central human capabilities. these different capabilities are implicitly believed to entail a threshold below which truly human functioning is not available. getting people above this point is therefore of special importance (nussbaum , ). in a similar vein, amartya sen ( , ) has pointed to some basic capabilities for which it is crucially important to secure functionings above a certain level. thus, capabilitarians, at least implicitly, subscribe to an unelaborated form of the positive thesis. that is, although they are unclear about its nature and content, they agree that some level of capabilities exists, below which no one should find themselves. we will try to broaden and clarify a capabilitarian basis for accepting this claim. as mentioned, the capability approach does not usually involve taking a clear stand on social justice. this is most plainly the case with respect to the negative thesis – that is, what justice requires above the threshold. one reason for not tackling this question explicitly seems to be that their main interest lies within the current world distribution, in which far too many have far too little with regards to their central capabilities (sen and nussbaum, especially, are mainly concerned with the world’s developing countries). another is that it is simply no easy task to come with a well-reflected answer. as nussbaum points out, “it is a difficult question how far adequacy of capability requires equality of capability. such a question can be answered only by detailed thought about each capability, by asking what respect for equal human dignity requires” (nussbaum , - ). we will pursue a more informed basis for answering this question by elaborating on reasons for why capabilitarians should accept the negative thesis explicitly, and why they can do so without giving up their special attention to injustices in the actual world. our account will take its point of departure in the idea that different types of capabilities are governed by different distributional logics, and thus, that what it means to have enough varies accordingly. in doing so, we will show how embracing a pluralist sufficientarian ideal of social justice can help overcome some of the shortcomings identified in the capability approach. central capability categories as mentioned, capability theorists hold that other theories of distributive justice are not sufficiently sensitive towards important differences between human lives (i.e. their ability to convert resources into functionings), and further, that they do not distinguish adequately between different aspects of human life. this is significant, according to capabilitarians, since the most important aspects of a human life are “not commensurable in terms of any single quantative standard” (nussbaum , ) and because some capabilities and the functionings they enable are more important than others, and should, thus, receive special attention. capability theorists differ on, which exact capabilities are the important ones, and on how a list of such might be made. nussbaum, most notably, has proposed an index of central human capabilities, which she claims are common to all human beings across cultures. the overall idea of nussbaum’s work is that there is some central core to the human life defined by central human capabilities. her list includes life; bodily health; bodily integrity; senses, imagination, and thought; emotions; practical reason; affiliation; other species; play; and control over one’s environment ( , - ; , - ; , - ). sen, on the other hand, maintains that the capability approach ought not commit to one singular theoretical list but should be deliberately underspecified so as to ensure people’s agency, not only in regards to their effective access to the relevant functionings, but also in terms of having democratic influence on the process of deciding which capabilities are relevant. in other words, influence through choice over the process of listing relevant capabilities is in itself a freedom that should be reflected in the capabilities that people ought to have (sen ; ; ; , ). consequently, as sen forcefully stresses, “to insist on a ‘fixed forever’ list of capabilities would deny the possibility of progress in social understanding, and also go against the productive role of public discussion, social agitation, and open debates” (sen , ). several other theorists have positioned themselves in relation to this distinction. in order to maintain the political impact and applicability stemming from formulations of objective lists, while at the same time safeguarding the individual agency-element that is so fundamental to the capability approach in sen’s original form, ingrid robeyns has suggested to move beyond a single universal list of capabilities, and focus on coming up with relevant criteria for creating lists of capabilities for each particular use of the capability approach to a specific field (robeyns ). in a similar vein, sabina alkire argues against nussbaum’s account, that there can be no singular list that applies for all purposes and, thus, the selection of relevant capabilities must be done repeatedly and be sensitive to its particular use in a specific field and place (alkire ; alkire , - ). we attempt to strike a balance between the two by not committing to a specific list of central capabilities, but instead delineating three broad categories which are distinguished not by their particular content but by their distributional logics. in other words, what sets the categories apart is what it takes to achieve sufficiency with respect to this type of capability. in doing so, we seek to avoid one line of criticism made against some capability accounts suggesting that they arbitrarily exclude certain valuable capabilities (vallentyne , - ) without succumbing to subjective welfarism. the categories are not fixed sets or bundles of capabilities, but should be understood as a typology of capabilities with the central purpose of classifying justice-relevant capabilities in terms of how they should be distributed. thus, the central claim here is that if we believe that there is a range of capabilities, which are all important in their own right, and that these are not commensurable, then the governing distributive principles should be informed by the particular distributional logics of the different types of capabilities. this is necessary to properly understand which level of the specific capability is required by justice – which level is sufficient. we shall proceed with the following typological categories of capabilities, which we believe any objective definition of social justice must include: . capabilities related to biological and physical human needs. these are the capabilities of enjoying commodities that every human being needs in order to ensure biological and physical wellbeing. obvious examples include the capabilities for nourishment, water, health, clean air, shelter, reproduction, sexual fulfilment, and physical security. these capabilities ensure the survival and bodily needs of members of the human species. . capabilities related to fundamental interests of a human agent. these are capabilities related to individual autonomy. in other words, they are those that are needed to form and reform valuable ends. they include the capabilities of rational reflection, imagination, critical thinking, normative evaluation, functional and technical skills, understanding the implications of choices and actions for one’s life, working, having the emotional capacities to feel an appropriate range of human emotions, and feeling emotional attachment with other human beings. . capabilities related to fundamental interests of a social being. these are capabilities needed for pursuing one’s valuable ends within a community and, more generally, for relating to fellow human beings in the appropriate way. these include the capabilities for political freedoms such as the freedom to vote, the freedom of assembly and association, and the freedom from discrimination and oppression, but also access to some form of market in which one can trade on fair terms with others, the capability of enjoying a sufficiently high societal status, not to be dominated by others, etc. the characterization given here is not to be interpreted as the final end goal of any human life. rather, they are three categories of capabilities that any human life must contain and thus that any plausible account of social justice needs to incorporate in a way that is sensible to the belief that the central capabilities are theoretically incommensurable — although very often in practice intertwined. this means that one cannot make simple trade-offs, and make up for a lack in one central capability by giving someone a larger amount of another (nussbaum , ). giving someone better capabilities for health and nourishment, for example, cannot justify curtailing their political rights, discriminating against them, or stunting their rational development. thus, the conclusion proceeds, if justice is concerned with capabilities, it must be concerned with sufficiency in the sense of pursuing adequacy of capability; and if concerned with sufficiency in this sense, we need to understand what it takes to reach an adequate level of capability in each central area of human life. thus, it follows that any theory, social assessment or political arrangement that adhere to justice would involve a suitable index of capabilities that revolves around a sufficiency threshold that is pluralist in nature and that this indexing procedure must take into account the distributional logics of the different types of central capabilities. in order to reach a more comprehensive understanding of the content of the kind of threshold by which capabilitarians are motivated, the following sections will unfold and defend the pluralist nature of the threshold and elaborate on distributional logics of the different types of capabilities. thresholds in plural as mentioned above, any sufficientarian theory of distributive justice must accept, and justify why we should accept, that bringing people above some critical threshold is especially important (the positive thesis). we are yet to establish, however, what is special about this threshold or, you might say, why the threshold should be given special importance. as reflected in the disagreement on which exact capabilities are most important, capabilitarians also describe the value that one obtains when getting above the threshold differently. nussbaum has given the most explicit account of what is at stake. leaning on aristotle’s theory of the human good, she describes her list of central human capabilities as enabling people to live a life in human dignity (nussbaum , - ; , - ; , - ). this entails being able to function in a truly human way, as opposed to, say, an animal way. thus, mere survival or the fulfillment of basic needs is not enough. for example, while eating just to survive might suffice for an animal, this is not enjoying food in a human way, nor, more clearly, is it a way to eat that is compatible with a life in human dignity. i for nussbaum, then, making people sufficiently well-off means giving them adequate capabilities for a life in human dignity. inversely, not having enough means not having these dignity-facilitating capabilities. regardless of specific variations in foci within the capabilitarian framework, any capability-based sufficiency account implies that whether or not one is sufficiently well-off cannot be determined solely by reference to one’s own preferences or level of resources; and that being sufficiently well-off does not necessarily mean being as well-off as everyone else in these areas. taken together, we claim, these insights and intuitions stemming from within the broad framework of the capabilities approach offer a plausible foundation on which to conceptualize the content of the positive thesis. this entails bringing people above a certain capability threshold. but, whereas sufficientarians usually hold that it is especially important to bring people above a certain threshold from the point of view of justice, we claim that several such thresholds exist. traditionally, sufficientarianism has been unfolded within the discourse of telic distributive theory and, thus, defined in relation to views of philosophers such as larry temkin ( ) and derek parfit ( ). but whereas these views all hold a one-dimensional monist view of value (such as welfarism), and, consequently, so does the sufficientarianism that defines itself in contrast with these views (such as frankfurt , crisp , and huseby ), the capability approach is fundamentally pluralist. it implies that the value of the human life is inevitably multidimensional—that is, it is concerned with various types of valuable functionings and capabilities (sen , ; nussbaum , ) and, moreover, it acknowledges that what social justice is, in general, concerned with is, “our ability to achieve various combinations of functionings that we can compare and judge against each other in terms of what we have reasons to value” (sen , ). moreover, because of the capabilitarian belief in incommensurability of the central capabilities, neither will it suffice to focus on some aggregate measure of capability. instead, we must ensure that she has an adequate level of capabilities in all the relevant spheres. while the positive thesis in casal’s original version entails that bringing people above some critical threshold (of well-being) is especially important from the point of view of justice, we argue, that such a critical threshold exists for all central capabilities. this does not require that any account of justice must, by itself, be able to identify which specific capabilities are relevant (as discussed above), but merely that, whatever these might be, the relevant threshold must be identified for every relevant capability. taken together, we claim that the universal concern of justice in an abstract sense is to ensure that everyone has sufficient capabilities in each relevant area of human life, and that differences between those that have achieved this are irrelevant (from the point of view of justice). again, however, it is important to note that what is required to reach the threshold and, thus, to have sufficient capabilities—that is to say, where the threshold lies—may differ among the varying capability categories. below, we will elaborate on this difference by linking capabilitarian sufficiency with empirical insights about inequality and with the notion of positional goods in order to illuminate and outline the distributional logics of the different categories of capabilities, and make it clearer why justice should not be concerned with inequalities above the threshold—that is, why we should accept the negative thesis. pluralism and positional goods as noted, the central capabilities must be taken as situated within distinct distributional categories, critically important in their own right, and hence a distributive scheme informed by capabilitarian sufficiency must incorporate pluralism as a fundamental component of distributive justice. this pluralism entails that the different capabilities cannot be measured on a single dimension and are also incommensurable. this may, at first glance, seem like a weakness since policy makers might be unsure about how to prioritize when unable to compare the different capabilities on a single dimension. capability theorists, however, emphasize how this more honestly than monist theories captures the complexity of human life, and that forcing fundamentally distinct capabilities unto a single dimension often simplifies, and thereby obscures, what is actually not simple. moreover, the entailed pluralism implies that each capability should be understood appropriately based on its distributional logic. in other words, the different central capabilities constitute fundamentally different dimensions of the human good, and this distinctness is reflected in how they should be distributed. although, this point has not been adequately elaborated within capability theory, the argumentative core is recognized within the framework. nussbaum, for example, states that: “it appears that all the political, religious, and civil liberties can be adequately secured only if they are equally secured. to give some groups of people unequal voting rights, or unequal religious liberty, is to set them up in a position of subordination and indignity vis-à-vis others. it is to fail to recognize their equal human dignity. on the other side, there are other capabilities, closely connected with the idea of property or instrumental goods, where what seems appropriate is enough” ( , - ). so, as nussbaum indicates, sufficiency or having enough entails different distributions for different goods or capabilities. thus, having an adequate amount of a certain capability sometimes means being above an absolute threshold that has no or little relation to what other people have, while it means having as much as or almost as much as others regarding the distribution of other capabilities. anderson affirms the same thought; “for some functionings, equal citizenship requires equal levels. […] but for other functionings, standing as an equal does not require equal levels of functioning” ( , - ). ii in other words, properly understanding the individual capabilities and how they empirically operate allows us to see how inequalities, when problematic, are actually best understood as insufficiencies. thus, the importance of being sensitive to the particular type of capability and its distributive logic is already inherent in capability-based theories of social justice. but it is yet to be more systematically addressed and discussed how this general insight affects capabilitarian principles of social justice. in this section, we will elaborate on this idea by coupling it with the notion of positional goods and empirical literature on inequality. we think that this pairing can help explain the reasoning behind nussbaum’s and anderson’s intuitions—and clarify our reasons for accepting the negative thesis, by showing why inequalities are sometimes important, since they can push people below the absolute threshold of sufficiency, and when this is (and is not) the case. importantly, using the capability framework to clarify this connection comes with a set of built-in advantages. thus, in a crucial way, constructing an account of sufficiency from within the framework of the capability approach means that one has already engaged with significant empirical insights on how different obstacles that people face may affect their opportunities to function in central areas of human life. this is because the capability approach, unlike other, less interdisciplinary frameworks for evaluating social justice, is to a large extent developed in connection with and evolves in constant interaction with empirical observations and measurements of the way in which capabilities interrelate and people’s opportunities are shaped. which specific empirical data are necessary for a capabilitarian evaluation are, as mentioned, dependent on the nature of the task at hand. when using the framework for development studies, for example, knowledge about how capabilities are shaped and affected by cultural norms, climate, political circumstances, and geography will be important. when using the framework for evaluating social justice, on the other hand, it will be especially important to know how the levels of central capabilities – those that are important from a justice point-of-view – are determined. especially, it will be important to know how the categories interrelate. and doing so, from within a capabilitarian framework, will entail looking at empirically informed literature that seeks to understand this link. with this perspective in mind, one might look to the literature on how health is affected by people’s social standing. michael marmot, for example, shows on the grounds of extensive studies that people’s health; their changes of succumbing to heart diseases, cancer, strokes, and several other health related issues, are to a significant degree influenced by their opportunities for social participation and autonomy compared to their co-citizens. in other words, inequalities in societal status and autonomy affect individuals’ absolute levels of health (marmot ). or in our terms, unequal levels of capabilities related to fundamental interests of a social being brings about insufficiencies in capabilities related to biological and physical human needs. in a similar spirit, richard wilkinson and kate pickett argue that economic inequalities – and especially, through their effect on individual perceptions of their place in the social hierarchy (“how inequality gets under the skin”) – affect a broad range of societal issues such as life expectancy, violence, and mental health negatively (wilkinson and pickett ). again, then, unequal levels of capabilities related to fundamental interests of a social being lead to people experiencing insufficiencies in other capability categories. if we care about people having enough of certain capabilities, then, there are still good reasons to worry about inequalities - but because inequalities in certain capabilities can lead to insufficiencies in others. and in other cases, because distributions are akin to zero-sum games, in which one person getting more of a certain capability necessarily means that the value of someone else’s holding decreases. in both cases, one can say that the capability has positional aspects (although, we will distinguish between the two manners in which they are positional below - as quasi-positional and positional, respectively). positional goods are ones for which the absolute value of the good is affected by how much one has relative to others (brighouse & swift , ). consequently, large inequalities in the distribution of a good which is entirely positional will result in the worst-off group being below the threshold of sufficiency with respect to its value, regardless of how much they have in absolute terms. in almost all cases, individual capabilities have some positional aspects meaning that an unequal distribution will somehow affect people’s absolute level of one or more other capabilities. the presence of positional aspects, therefore, matters greatly for how specific capability thresholds should be understood. to see how this works, we now turn to the three categories of central capabilities. generally, capabilities related to fundamental interests of a social being have strong positional aspects, meaning that one’s relative place in the distribution has a large impact on one’s absolute capabilities to succeed. this, as mentioned in the quote by nussbaum above, is the case for voting, but it also seems to be the case for other freedoms, whose value is indirectly determined by others. partly, this is due to the diminished capability in absolute terms of actually enjoying the freedom, but also it is because of the inherent symbolic value. thus, for example, giving one group better capabilities for practicing their religion freely or for non-discrimination inevitably carries a message of disrespect and inferiority of status towards those left behind. it leaves them with insufficient capabilities of the relevant kind. in the same vein, it seems plausible that societal status—also in itself—be understood as a capability with strong positional aspects. this seems to be anderson’s point when she claims that letting one group enjoy a higher level of capabilities for societal status than others necessarily leaves the lower placed individuals to “bow and scrape before others or represent themselves as inferior to others as a condition of having their claim heard” ( , ). in other words, the problem is that a lower status conveys a message of lesser worth in absolute terms. and this message is disrespectful, since treating one group as having less worth is failing to respond to their humanity with impartiality and failing to respond properly to the equal importance of the success of each human life (frankfurt ). finally, the feeling that accompanies it is, ceteris paribus, a serious threat to one’s self-respect. such circumstances would hinder any normal person severely in her pursuit of a flourishing life, and, thus, a relatively low status brings her below the absolute threshold. it is worth noting that this formulation avoids one line of criticism levelled against nussbaum’s list of central capabilities; namely that it cannot explain why we should aim for an equal set of basic liberties (richardson , - ). highlighting the positional aspect inherent in this type of capability, tells us why. as mentioned, most goods have some positional aspect, but capabilities related to the fundamental interests of a social being are special in this sense due to their intrinsically positional and relational qualities—they are essentially connected to people’s relations to others and their capabilities to participate in and influence collective projects. we shall therefore take the capabilities related to the fundamental interests of a social being to be positional capabilities. in these cases, what may seem like a problematic inequality above the threshold—and hence seemingly in accordance with the negative thesis—should actually be viewed as an instance of insufficiency due to the positional mechanisms involved, and thus would be condemned by the positive thesis accordingly, for everyone to have a sufficient level of capabilities within this category of capability, the distribution must be more or less equal. recall, however, that we are interested here only in central capabilities (regardless, as discussed, of how centrality is to be determined) and thus we should not worry about securing equality in non-central capabilities even when they have strong positional aspects. with respect to the other categories of capabilities, however, it seems more reasonable that distributional procedures ought to be designed so that everyone acquires a decent absolute level of the capability in question, and that relative positions do not matter. this is generally true for capabilities that are not intrinsically positional. neither of the two former categories of capabilities are intrinsically positional in the same sense as capabilities related to fundamental interests of a social being. capabilities in the first category—that is, capabilities related to biological and physical human needs—such as health, housing, or nutrition are like this. it is not in itself a concern of justice that someone is more capable than others in these areas as long as everyone fares well enough. certainly, everyone needs some level of these capabilities. but it seems wrong to say that people need equal levels of such capabilities to be able to lead dignified or reasonably successful lives. for example, one is not relevantly obstructed in a way that is problematic from the point of view of justice simply because one person has less perfectly enhanced health than others. everyone having an equal chance of a successful life surely entails that people must have the capabilities for obtaining a decent and sufficient level of health, but it seems far too demanding to claim that everyone needs equal capabilities in order for justice to be fulfilled. that is, although deficiencies in health are critical, relative differences in individual health-functioning need not be. we shall therefore call the capabilities in this category, non- positional capabilities. inequalities in health, for example, are often thought to be unjust and this may, one might think, serve as a counterexample to our account. however, our account of capabilitarian sufficiency can accommodate this in three ways. first, inequalities in health may affect people’s autonomy, social status, or self-respect and, thus, give rise to insufficiencies in other positional capabilities (if, for example, people of comparatively good health are met with a higher social status). second, even if inequalities in health do not necessarily lead to insufficiencies in positional capabilities, they will often coincide with and be general symptoms of such insufficiencies since social disadvantages tend to cluster (wolff and de-shalit , - ; marmot , - ). this grounds the importance of health functioning measures such as life-expectancy in the human development index and how it may play a significant role as a valid proxy for identifying the worse-off. perceived in this way, health inequalities are worrisome—although not necessarily incidences of insufficiencies in themselves—because they highlight some societal groups that are clearly insufficiently well-off. this is aptly illustrated by marmot’s famous account a subway ride from central washington d.c. to montgomery county, maryland, on which life-expectancy rises a year and a half for every mile (marmot , ). this leads to a third and final reason to care about health inequality. in some cases, what are seemingly examples of only inequalities in health are actually insufficiencies. often critics of sufficientarianism underestimate the demandingness of the relevant threshold of biological and physical needs. on our own account, as we put it elsewhere, “if some faces an average life span of years (as is the case, for example, in malawi), they are clearly insufficiently well-off and under duress—regardless of the quality of their relations to other people” (axelsen & nielsen , ). so, regarding health capabilities and other capabilities related to biological and physical human needs seen in isolation only a sufficient—and not equal—level is required by justice. equality, on the contrary, is merely instrumentally valuable due to the relational intertwinement between these capabilities and capabilities with strong positional aspects. in policy-making, then, these aspects must be kept apart if justice is to be attained. the second category of capabilities—related to fundamental interests of a human agent—is special. like the biological and physical capabilities, the capabilities in this category such as affiliation, educational competence, critical reflection and normative evaluation are not intrinsically positional. that is, in contrast to capabilities related to fundamental interest of a social being it is not true for these capabilities that whenever one person gets more capability, others are made worse off in an absolute sense. consequently, sufficiency of capabilities related to fundamental interests of a human agent does not per se require an equal distribution for justice to be fulfilled. it is perfectly legitimate, for example, to hold that a society is sufficiently just when all have some reasonable level of education, a decent ground for affiliation, critical reflection and evaluation and so forth. these capabilities revolve around the importance of individual human autonomy—the ability to think critically, to evaluate normatively, and to set and pursue valuable goals for oneself—and as defenders of the value of autonomy have rightfully argued, sufficiency is the most plausible distributive ideal for such a value (raz ; dworkin ; blake , nielsen ). on the other hand, the capabilities related to the fundamental interests of a human agent differ significantly from capabilities related to biological and physical needs in terms of the type of possible obstacles that may hinder the conversion of capability into achievement. these obstacles are recognized in the capability approach literature as conversion factors (robeyns ). the achievement of functionings related to biological and physical need capabilities are influenced by personal conversion factors that are, in a way, internal to the capability. this includes factors such as metabolism, physical condition, security etc. where having the capability (say for health functioning) basically includes these factors. on the other hand, the effective opportunity for converting human agent capabilities (such as critical reflection and affiliation) into the related achieved functionings is often potentially obstructed by external factors. for example, a person’s opportunity for getting a meaningful job that is appropriate to her level and type of education is not only dependent on her personal capacities and acquired skills but also on competition from other human agents and social norms. similarly, a person’s opportunity for affiliation is deeply dependent on the social milieu and cultural environment and not only her own personal capacities. in sum, although capabilities related to the fundamental interests of a human agent are not intrinsically positional, the obstacles which may delimit people’s opportunity to succeed in these areas is very often externally defined and rooted in the social context. in both examples, then, access to some of the important functionings to which these capabilities are key is determined by the capability levels of others, and are, thus, partly positional. in other words, their value is often (at least partly) determined by how they are linked to other capabilities. we shall therefore call these quasi-positional capabilities. based on this analysis of how to understand the distributional logics of the different types of capabilities, the question of how to obtain sufficientarian justice within this pluralist capabilitarian framework needs to be addressed. we suggest that justice as capabilitarian sufficiency entails the following requirements: (i) indexing process: any theory, social assessment or political arrangement that adhere to social justice should concentrate (only) on capabilities that are centrally important for people’s lives as opposed to maximizing or equalizing preference satisfaction, welfare, or wealth. although subjective preferences are in themselves not relevant for the selection of capabilities, any legitimate indexing should safeguard people’s influence over the selection process, due to the intrinsic importance of the capability of personal choice. (ii) capability typology: any index of capabilities relevant for social justice would include three distinct categories of central capabilities: ( ) capabilities related to biological and physical human needs; ( ) capabilities related to fundamental interests of a human agent; and ( ) capabilities related to fundamental interests of a social being. for justice to be fulfilled, a political arrangement must be sensitive to the different distributional logics of the distinct types of central capabilities. (iii) non-positional logic: the first category of capabilities are non-positional—their absolute value for a particular person is independent of what other people have—and thus justice requires (only) that everyone is secured a decent level of all such capabilities (health, housing, security etc.). importantly, however, their interconnection with capabilities with positional aspects may, nonetheless, require avoiding great inequalities in their distribution. (iv) positional logic: the third category is positional—that is, the absolute value of these capabilities depends on other people’s capabilities—and thus justice requires that everyone enjoys a more or less equal share of these capabilities (political influence, societal status etc.). (v) quasi-positional logic: the second category is quasi-positional—that is, these capabilities are not intrinsically positional, but important related functionings often involve obstacles from external social conversion factors with positional logics. in regards to these capabilities, justice requires that everyone is secured a sufficient level of all such capabilities (critical reflection, education, affiliation etc.). and, moreover, that no person is obstructed from converting these capabilities to their relevant achievements due to pressure from external factors. in the preceding sections, we have reformulated sufficientarian social justice enlightened by an overall typology of central capabilities. in this section, we have argued that bringing people above the threshold within a capability category may imply either an equal distribution or bringing everyone above an absolute threshold and ignoring inequalities beyond this threshold, depending on the type of capability. more specifically, it depends on the empirical interconnections in play and whether the distribution of the capability is governed by positional logics. if this is the case, a person’s relative capability level determines their absolute level, and, thus, dictates whether they are sufficiently well-off. in other words, we affirm the negative thesis; that once people have sufficient capabilities in all these areas, inequalities are irrelevant to social justice. this pluralist view, we claim, seems in tune with how the requirements for living a flourishing life are normally judged, and joining it with the notion of positional goods gives intuitively appealing reasons for accepting the negative thesis for capabilitarians who hold that the human good is multifaceted. conclusion although the capability approach encompasses several relatively comprehensive and innovative accounts of social justice, most are still either undecided or underdeveloped when it comes to the issue of distributive justice. in this paper, we have outlined the sufficiency principle within a capabilitarian framework of social justice revolving around a categorization of central human capabilities that we believe most capabilitarians would accept. we have shown how the sufficiency principle should be interpreted when informed by the inherent pluralism entailed in the capability approach and argued that this pluralism serves as an argument for sufficiency; not against it. furthermore, we have argued that what effectively determines the threshold of sufficiency varies according to the distributional logics within each category of capability, depending on the presence or absence of positional aspects for that particular capability. in other words, whereas social justice in regards to non-positional and quasi-positional capabilities requires securing an adequate level for everyone, and protecting people from external pressure on their opportunity to succeed, social justice in regard to positional capabilities requires an equal distribution, but for sufficientarian (not egalitarian) reasons. this reasoning grounds the acceptance of the negative thesis of sufficientarianism. we conclude that this account of capabilitarian sufficiency shows much promise towards closing one of the central gaps still remaining in the development of the capability approach within the field of social justice. references alkire, s. . valuing freedoms: sen's capability approach and poverty reduction. oxford: oxford university press. alkire, s. . ”why the capability approach?” journal of human development ( ): - . anderson, e. . “what is the point of equality?” ethics : - . axelsen, d. and l. nielsen . “sufficiency as freedom from duress.” the journal of political philosophy ( ): - . banerjee, a. v., and e. duflo. . poor economics: a radical rethinking of the way to fight global poverty. new york: public affairs. blake, m. . “distributive justice, state coercion, and autonomy”, philosophy & public affairs ( ): - . brighouse, h., and a. swift. . “equality, priority, and positional goods.” ethics ( ): - . casal, p. . “why sufficiency is not enough.” ethics ( ): - . crisp, r. . “equality, priority, and compassion.” ethics : - . dworkin, g. . the theory and practice pf autonomy. cambridge: cambridge university press. frankfurt, h. . ”equality as a moral ideal.” ethics : - . frankfurt, h. . “equality & respect.” social research ( ): - . huseby, r. . “sufficiency: restated and defended.” the journal of political philosophy ( ): - . marmot, m. . status syndrome. london: bloomsbury. miller, d. . national responsibility and global justice. oxford: oxford university press. nielsen, l. . “sufficiency grounded as sufficiently free: a reply to shlomi segall”, journal of applied philosophy, early online view, doi: . /japp. . nussbaum, m. c. . women and human development. new york: cambridge university press. nussbaum, m. c. . frontiers of justice. cambridge: the belknap press of harvard university press. nussbaum, m. c. . creating capabilities – the human development approach. cambridge: the belknap press of harvard university press. parfit, d. . “equality and priority.” ratio ( ): - . raz, j. . the morality of freedom. oxford: oxford university press. richardson, h. s. . “rawlsian social-contract theory and the severely disabled,” the journal of ethics : – . robeyns, i. . “the capability approach: a theoretical survey.” journal of human development ( ): - . robeyns, i. . “sen’s capability approach and gender inequality: selecting relevant capabilities.” feminist economics ( - ): - . sen, a. . inequality reexamined. oxford: oxford university press. sen, a. . “capability and well-being.” in nussbaum m. c., and sen a. (eds.), the quality of life. oxford: oxford university press, pp. - . sen, a. . “maximization and the act of choice.” econometrica ( ): - . sen, a. . development as freedom. oxford: oxford university press. sen, a. . “human rights and capabilities.” journal of human development ( ): - . sen, a. . the idea of justice. cambridge: belknap press of harvard university press. shields, l. . “the prospects for sufficientarianism.” utilitas ( ): - . shue, h. . basic rights: subsistence, affluence, and u.s. foreign policy – second edition. princeton: princeton university press. temkin, l. . “equality, priority, or what?” economics and philosophy : - . vallentyne, p. . “debate: capabilities versus opportunities for well-being.” journal of political philosophy ( ): - . wilkinson, r. and k. pickett. . the spirit level: why equality is better for everyone. london: penguin books. i and indeed, poor people often choose taste and variation over calories even when malnourished, and in desperate need of calories. see banerjee, and duflo ( , ch. ). ii although, anderson’s preferred ideal is egalitarian in the sense that it claims we should aim for a society of equals, this is entirely compatible with saying that everyone should have enough distributively and be treated with a high level of respect (although not necessarily be treated in the same way). axelsen_capabilitarian sufficiency_ _cover axelsen_capabilitarian sufficiency_ _author microsoft word - ajcd-social justice.doc final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. a university career service and social justice peter mcilveen, bradley everton, & john clarke university of southern queensland january for submission to: australian journal of career development special edition: career development and higher education in australia guest editor: dr anna lichtenberg final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. abstract this paper describes the social justice activities facilitated by a university careers service. the paper includes a discussion on the relationship between social justice and career development in higher education. working examples of the activities provided by the career service focus upon the delivery of career-related services to students who are represented by the major equity groups identified within the australian higher education sector. the importance of theoretically informed practice and collaboration between campus agencies is emphasised as a means of achieving social justice outcomes. final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. within the career development literature, social justice has been described as the actions that advance society and advocate for the equal access to resources for disempowered people (o’brien, ). career development and social justice are not historical strangers. hartung and blustein ( ) and o’brien ( ) described how one of the founders of the discipline of career development, frank parsons, was committed to connecting career decision-making and social justice in his work in the early part of the th century. the connection has not been ignored - major contemporary texts on career development, counselling and education routinely make reference to the needs of ‘special groups’ (e.g., herr, cramer & niles, ). despite the clear impact that career development can have on influencing social mobility and change, hartung and blustein ( ) asserted that the discipline of career development was in need of a new paradigm that clearly recognised the unequal distribution of societal resources. in order to fully account for social justice issues, they suggested that counsellors should expand their practices beyond the focus of the individual. in this vein, hansen ( ) and herr ( ) argued that (in the american context) career counselling practice should interact with public policy. careers industry standards vary throughout the world; however, most professional organisations make reference to the needs of all persons and emphasise the needs of those who are disadvantaged. for example, the international association for educational and vocational guidance (iaevg) declared that: • each person - regardless of gender, education, race, religion, age or occupational status - should have free and easy access to educational and vocational guidance so that their individual capabilities and skills can be identified and developed to enable them to undertake adequate education, vocational training and employment, to adapt to changing individual and final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. social life situations and to participate fully in the social and economic life of their community. • special target groups, eg, persons with disabilities and social disadvantages, should be provided with career counselling that uses appropriate methods and counselling that take into account their particular needs and communication requirement (iaevg, ). the united nations educational, scientific and cultural organisation (unesco) ( ) produced a handbook on career counselling specific to higher education. in that handbook, unesco declares a number of assumptions, including: • people have the ability and opportunity to make career choices for their lives. the amount of freedom in choices is partially dependent upon the social, economic, and cultural context of individuals. • opportunities and choices should be available for all people, regardless of sex, socio-economic class, religion, disability, sexual orientation, age, or cultural background (unesco, , p. ). these assumptions were established as key attitudes to be taken up by careers practitioners operating within the higher education sector. within the australian context, hughes ( ) was critical of career development practices within the school sector and suggested that there was a risk of maintaining social structures with inherent features of inequalities. patton and mcmahon ( , ) invigorated career development theory and practice within the australian social justice and equity context. their systems theory framework (stf) has emphasised a confluence of social, economic and environmental factors that transcends the intrapsychic factors that have been the traditional foci of major theories and practices of career development. for example, collett ( ) has used final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. the stf to explicate the problems of rurality and its impact upon the education of school children; and sarra ( ) likewise for indigenous persons; and taylor ( ) for the issue of socio-economic status and participation in higher education. as a result of the stf’s broader conceptualisation of career development, variables that induce or potentiate problems associated with social justice are readily accounted. australian higher education in describing a set of preferred principles for a higher education system in australia, the commonwealth minister for education stated that: there must be equality of opportunity in higher education to allow individuals to fulfil their potential, regardless of their personal circumstances and backgrounds. there should be no systemic barriers to participation. there should be provision for the varying needs of students from different backgrounds (nelson, , p. ). successive commonwealth governments have variously identified equity groups that represent individuals who fall into categories of social disadvantage. these equity- groups include: indigenous students; women studying in non-traditional areas; students with a disability; students from a rural or isolated region; students from language backgrounds other than english; and students from low socio-economic status backgrounds (dawkins, ). the equity groups have been broadly studied and reported upon with respect to individuals’ entry into, and progress through the higher education system in australia. fortunately there has been some progress in improving access, retention, and progress for many groups (e.g., abbott-chapman, hughes, & wyld, ; australian education council, ; department of education, training & youth final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. affairs, a; national board of employment, education and training, ; nelson, ; senate standing committee on employment, education and training, ; williams, long, carpenter & hayden, ). the commonwealth government has required universities to respond to the needs of these equity groups through the development and implementation of equity plans and indigenous education strategies (detya, b; c). furthermore, the government has monitored institutional performance as expressed through the performance of students in equity groups relative to the student population as a whole (martin, ). university of southern queensland (usq) usq is a multi-campus, non-elite, community-focused regional university, which developed from a background as a college of advanced education with a heavy emphasis on employing flexible modes of study. with this background it is not surprising that usq’s students come from a wide diversity of social, cultural and location backgrounds which include a high proportion of 'first generation' learners (i.e., students who are the first in their family to attend university), 'second chance' learners (i.e., students who come to university study for the first time as adults) and students from identified equity groups – particularly low ses students, students from rural and isolated areas and indigenous students. learning and teaching represents the usq’s core function. in this context, social justice at usq is most clearly embodied in the provision of opportunities for access with success to relevant career paths for a diverse student constituency. all of usq's social justice strategies emanate from this core theme. the development of linkages and networks with other educational providers serves as a basis for outreach, taster and articulation programs; access and transition strategies include recognition of final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. prior learning, scholarships programs, orientation and first-year programs; strategies promoting retention and progression centre on inclusive curriculum and assessment, and a wide range of student support services; and the successful transition into employment requires careers education that begins with the university's first contact with the student. early exposure to careers education is seen as a key social justice strategy that operates at a number of levels. it is well established that students with a stronger career focus are more likely to persist in their studies - hence early careers advice has been used for many years in us higher education as a basis persistence strategy (tinto, ). this effect is, in part, due to ensuring that students are pursuing a study route that is right for them – improving persistence through improving the fit between the student and the course of study. however, other factors also come into play. for example, by positioning students to gain a greater understanding of the value of the qualification which they are working towards, early careers education has been found to be particularly valuable for first generation and second chance learners who may otherwise be considered at high risk of dropping out, in part due to a tendency to doubt the value of a university education and/or their capacity to achieve it. factors such as choosing the optimal course program are also critical for these groups. careers education is also critical to improving the knowledge and confidence (and hence persistence) of particular disadvantaged groups who are prone to discrimination or particular hardship in the workforce, such as indigenous students, students from non-english speaking backgrounds and students with disabilities. overall, careers education empowers disadvantaged students through improving their knowledge base and confidence, and ensuring that they are maximally positioned to know what career they want and how they need to go about securing it. final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. by providing strategies that encourage a diverse range of students to persist and progress successfully in their studies, and through to employment, careers education provides a major plank in usq's overall social justice strategy. these strategies are of particular relevance to high-risk groups, such as first generation learners, second chance learners and learners from identified equity groups. usq careers employment & welfare usq careers employment & welfare (the service) is a unit within the university’s student services. the service provides individual career counselling, career education, campus employment services, financial services, and accommodation information. the two other units within student services are: counselling & health, which provides personal counselling, nursing, medical, and academic skills support; and international student support, which provides additional support for international students, such as arrival and departure, visa processing, cross-cultural counselling and education. organisational change the provision of welfare support, however, has not been a traditional component of careers and employment services. the welfare support provided by student services focussed mainly upon providing accommodation, financial support and crisis counselling support, and was an odd bedfellow for the careers and employment activities. the integration of welfare was crucial for the overall operation of the service. over the past three years the service has reviewed its core mission and has transmuted the welfare support. welfare is now integral to the mission of the overall final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. career development goals of the service, and represents a set of service activities that have influence the careers and employment elements of the service. this organisational revision was partly guided by application of the stf (patton and mcmahon, , ), which provided the theoretical validation and conceptualisation of the nexus between social and economic disadvantage and the career development services within the university context. a previous position of welfare counsellor provided the services of accommodation support, financial support and crisis counselling. through a process of consultation and realignment of service responsibilities, these activities were changed considerably. the position was retitled from welfare counsellor to psychologist, careers and equity or social worker, careers and equity (depending upon the profession of the incumbent). the use of careers and equity was specifically included to signal the nexus between career development and the provision of services to alleviate disadvantage. the position description mandates the incumbent to provide counselling and educational programs that facilitate students’ progress in university studies and overcomes career barriers related to socio-economic background. the bulk of accommodation activities were reduced and devolved to the administrative officer. crisis counselling was retained, but reduced in the number of allocated hours, and became a backup support for the other units of student services. financial support consisted of the assessment of students’ needs and the provision of short-term loans. this activity was retained, but modified. the assessment process was changed to include more emphasis upon the relationship of a loan to a particular student’s career and educational plans. this required a more comprehensive analysis of the presenting problem and included psychosocial assessment with respect to final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. career, studies and their relationship to financial competence and hardship. the position also took on a significant role in the assessment and management of scholarships, which are discussed later in this paper. providing support for casual employment was added into the position description. this entailed an educational perspective through which casual employment underpinned the acquisition of skills for students’ ultimate career and employment plans after university. furthermore, responsibility for the provision of career education programs to students from the major equity groups was included in the position description. moreover, these career education activities were to be integrated with the work of the psychologist, careers and industry, the position primarily responsible for the bulk of work relating to career counselling and education. integrated social justice activities what follows is a description of the service activities specific to the social justice agenda of the service. the ethos, development and implementation of these activities were guided by the stf and the aims and principles of the iaevg and unesco. essentially, the service is committed to the notion that university career services are powerful vehicles for social justice ideals and objectives (o’brien, ). rural school children and parents usq is a major provider of higher education to regional australians. rural students’ transition into and through higher education is a significant issue with respect to failure and retention. the service developed a career education program that has engaged rural high school students in an intensive, experiential process in which they final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. are immersed in university (mcilveen, ford & everton, in press). the residential experience included educational sessions on career exploration, the actual process of being a student at university (e.g., attending lectures, renting away from home), and the social experiences related to living in a city. the service has also maintained a program of visiting rural schools within the darling downs region. these visits include career education sessions with senior school children during the day and with parents at night. the visits are specifically designed for first-generation families, who have not been exposed to higher education. indigenous school children the university’s kumbari ngurpai lag higher education centre provides comprehensive academic support for indigenous students. part of its brief involves the provision of preparatory courses to students. the service collaborates with the kumbari ngurpai lag in providing a career education workshop to high school children who are brought to campus to discover university (similar to the program for rural students mentioned previously). students with disability the service conducted an employment forum for university students with a disability. the forum was founded upon the notion that the employment-related knowledge and self-confidence of students with a disability could be enhanced by linking students, with one another, employers, employment agencies, state and commonwealth government agencies, and with key staff of the university’s careers service. the forum allowed for intensive networking and contained presentations on specific skills final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. and knowledge required for entry (and re-entry) into the workforce (e.g., disclosure of disability). evaluation of the forum indicated its strengths in terms of content and process (mcilveen, cameron, mclachlan & gunn, in press). the counselling and health unit of student services, in collaboration with the regional disability liaison officer stationed at usq, has established the tertiary taster program for high school students with a disability. the service contributes a career education seminar to this residential program. the students learn about their career options and are guided in selecting tertiary education courses. females in non-traditional disciplines the university operates a successful program for high school girls that aims to immerse them in the career and educational possibilities of mathematics, science and technologies. the service collaborates with this program and provides a career education seminar that focuses upon expanding the girls’ view of their career potential and futures. gender issues are also sensitively considered within the scope of individual career counselling for women returning to the workforce or attempting to realign their career. financial assistance and scholarships students in general require considerable financial support and assistance in finding stable and manageable casual employment (long & hayden, ). to this end the service manages a loan scheme that provides small, short-term, interest-free loans to student on behalf of the university, for the purchase of educational materials or emergency items (e.g., medicine). the psychologist, careers and equity, administers these loans in conjunction with a review panel, consisting of the service manager and final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. the manager of the counselling and health unit of student services. the assessment process for a loan requires standardized financial information and a demonstrated capacity to repay the loan. moreover, the assessment interview takes a holistic view of a person’s circumstances, similar to the stf model, in order to determine the relevance of the financial support in context of the student’s overall career and educational status. the psychologist is also responsible for guiding the student’s who take a loan on the process of better financial management, through individual and group-based education, and on securing part-time or casual employment for future needs. the service manages eight undergraduate scholarships: the commonwealth learning scholarships (commonwealth education cost scholarship and commonwealth accommodation scholarship); chancellor’s scholarship; school- leaver scholarship; non-school leaver scholarship; indigenous student scholarship; distance education scholarship; and the robin yong scholarship. the majority of these scholarships have financial hardship, personal hardship, or membership of an equity group as selection criteria. the assessment process is conducted by a panel, which is convened by the manager of the service. the psychologist, careers and equity, takes a lead role in providing an expert opinion on the applicants’ situation as it relates to their needs and career and educational status. tertiary preparation program usq has been a leader in the provision of preparatory education for students who are unable to enter university via the standard pathway of high school and tertiary entrance score. the university’s tertiary preparation program (tpp) has demonstrated its efficacy in properly preparing students for undergraduate studies final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. (clarke, bull & clarke, a, b). an important feature of the tpp is a career educational module through which the individual studying the course completes a career assessment and develops educational pathways for their career success. this assignment work is completed under the instruction of the tpp career counsellor. the service and the academic unit that offers tpp collaboratively manage the position of tpp career counsellor. community career education career education is not widely available in the regional communities of the university. the service provides free career education seminars in collaborative arrangement with the university’s marketing and public relations unit. the content of the public seminars focuses upon the nature of university life, career information and assessment, and how to enter university. although supported by the marketing department, the career education work is provided as a professional community service and without bias toward usq. these seminars are focussed primarily upon non-school leavers and potential first-generation students who would not ordinarily consider higher education an option for their career. to support its work in assisting individuals who were unfamiliar with processes and occasional abstruse discourse of universities, the service published a community education booklet, the family guide to usq (ford & mcilveen, ). this product was firmly directed at the parents of first-generation students. its was produced through the support of key stakeholders (e.g., rural parents associations) that were able to specify which elements of higher education were in need of clarification for the new-comer. the booklet’s content ranges widely; from explaining the terminology of university, to possible career outcomes for particular programs, to the final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. pragmatics of renting and paying for textbooks. this guide complements other supportive information available on-line and in print. committees and organisational communication the service has embarked on a strategy of internal liaison and consultation in order to assure its goals of providing career services to students from disadvantaged backgrounds. this is an ongoing activity that requires considerable attention within a dynamic organisation replete with competing and evolving priorities. the manager of the service sits on the vice-chancellor’s committee on student support and equity. this committee provides the organisational forum through which the needs of disadvantaged students can be presented and through which relevant policy or recommendations can be developed. this committee also subsumes the disability advisory sub-committee. this committee provides an avenue through which career development issues can be raised. the service has relied heavily upon collaboration as a means of initiating and implementing social justice activities. this entails a commitment to working with other, sometimes disparate, organisational units. new and emerging activities the service has commenced negotiations to develop an indigenous student mentorship program through which senior students will mentor first-year students and high school students. this program aims to provide significant role modelling to encourage indigenous students from a local high school to consider higher education and to encourage current university students who feel discouraged in their studies. final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. toowoomba, and the university, has welcomed refugees into the city. as a multicultural education centre, the university provides an important source of support for refugees. there are considerable cultural issues that need to be addressed to better facilitate these new australians’ entry into the workforce; admission to a degree is not the only solution. they require support in learning and engaging with the discourse of career and employment within the australian context. the psychologist, careers and equity, commenced the first round of consultations with a pilot group of undergraduate students were holders of a humanitarian visa or were recently granted citizenship. the aim of the project is to enhance the students’ career development and their capacity to enter the workforce as graduates. the university has established a pro-vice chancellor portfolio for social justice and regional engagement. the creation of this pvc role opens up considerable opportunities for the service with respect to engaging with the university as a whole. it is envisaged the service will actively pursue the aims of this portfolio in an attempt to bring about best practice in social justice and further collaborate with university agencies. discussion there is neither a comprehensive nor definitive guide for the implementation of social justice ideas or strategies within the career development sector of australian higher education. nevertheless, we contend that the practice of career development within higher education should reflect theory and that it should be used to revise existing practices and to implement new practices. this paper describes a limited range of proactive professional services that are driven by the idea of linking career development and social justice within higher education. an important feature of the final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. work presented here is its implicit relationship with the systems theory framework and the aims and principles of the iaevg ( ) and unesco ( ). there are of course limitations to the amount and quality of social change work that can be done, given the exigencies of a busy career service. the extent to which an organisation can introduce social change work is constrained by resources and attitude, rather than by standards or ideals, as these are readily available (e.g., dest, ; iaevg, ; unesco, ). in terms of resources, the examples presented here are generally cost-efficient and can be readily established within other university settings and so mitigate against the perennial issue of limited resources. furthermore, it is our experience that collaboration with organisations that are not agents of social action can produce positive, cost-efficient outcomes. it is therefore imperative that that a university career service maintains links and networks with other internal and external agencies (e.g., employers) to develop a broad understanding of social justice issues within the community. our example of working with university marketing and public relations staff is indicative of this point. furthermore, we contend that it is the responsibility of the careers service to engage with university organisational dynamics to bring about social justice initiatives, rather than rely upon a top-down approach of waiting for direction and resources. career development practitioners are powerful gatekeepers and channels into the higher education system. we therefore encourage career development practitioners to learn about the key issues of equity and disadvantage that have a significant impact upon the career potentials and outcomes of students. there is a variety of equity-related resources that are of value to career practitioners. we recommend the commonwealth department of education, science and training ( ) website that contains resources pertaining to equity issues in higher education. final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. this site contains links to crucial documents that guide and underpin australian policies and practices pertaining to higher education. final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. references australian education council. ( ). young people’s participation in post- compulsory education & training. canberra: australian government publishing service. abbott-chapman, j., hughes, p., wyld, c. ( ). improving access of disadvantaged youth to higher education. evaluations and investigations program. department of employment, education and training. canberra: australian government publishing service. clarke, j. a., bull, d. d., & clarke, j. r. ( a). usq's tertiary preparation program (tpp): more than years of evolution in distance preparatory / bridging programs. manuscript submitted for publication. clarke, j. a., bull, d. d., & clarke, j. r. ( b). changes in the pedagogical and administrative approaches used in the usq tertiary preparation program, - . manuscript submitted for publication. collett, i. ( ). implications of rural location on career development. . in w. patton & m. mcmahon (eds.), career development in practice. a systems theory perspective (pp. - ). sydney: new hobsons press. dawkins, j. ( ) a fair chance for all: higher education that’s within everyone’s reach. canberra: department of employment, education and training. department of education, science and training. ( ). equity in higher education. retrieved february from http://www.dest.gov.au/highered/equity.htm. department of education, training & youth affairs. ( a). equity in higher education. occasional paper series, -a. canberra: commonwealth of australia. final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. department of education, training and youth affairs (detya) ( b). higher education equity plans for the - triennium. higher education division. canberra: author. department of education, training and youth affairs (detya) ( c). higher education indigenous education strategies - . higher education division. canberra: author ford, t., & mcilveen, p. ( ). family guide to usq. [brochure]. toowoomba: university of southern queensland. hansen, s. s. ( ). career counsellors as advocates and change agents for equality. career development quarterly, , - . hartung, p. j., & blustein, d. l. ( ). reason, intuition, and social justice: elaborating on parsons’s career decision-making model. journal of counseling and development, , - . herr, e. l. ( ). the future of career counselling as an instrument of public policy. career development quarterly, , - . herr, e. l., cramer, s. h., & niles, s. g. ( ). career guidance and counselling through the lifespan. systematic approaches. th ed. boston: pearson. hughes, c. ( ). career education and educating for social justice. australian journal of career development, , - . international association for educational and vocational guidance. ( ). the paris iaevg declaration on educational and vocational guidance. retrieved september from http://www.iaevg.org/iaevg/nav.cfm?lang= &menu= &submenu= . final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. long, m., & hayden, m. ( ). paying their way. a survey of australian undergraduate university student finances, . canberra: australian vice- chancellors’ committee. martin, l. m. ( ). equity and general performance indicators in higher education: volume . equity indicators. canberra: australian government publishing service. mcilveen, p., cameron, m., mclachlan, d. & gunn, j. (in press). the study-to-work transition of university students with a disability. australian journal of rehabilitation counselling. mcilveen, p. ford, t., & everton, b. (in press). facilitating transition from rural schools to university. australian journal of career development. national board of employment education and training. ( ). resource implications of the introduction of good strategies in higher education for disadvantaged students. commissioned report no. . canberra: australian government publishing service. nelson, b. ( ). higher education at the crossroads. ministerial discussion paper. canberra: commonwealth of australia. o’brien, k. m. ( ). the legacy of parsons: career counsellors and vocational psychologists as agents of social change. career development quarterly, , - . patton, w., & mcmahon, m. ( ). the systems theory framework. in w. patton & m. mcmahon (eds.), career development in practice. a systems theory perspective (pp. - ). sydney: new hobsons press. patton, w., & mcmahon, m. ( ). career development and systems theory. a new relationship. pacific grove, ca: brooks/cole publishing company. final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. sarra, c. ( ). systems theory and the aboriginal career decision maker. in w. patton & m. mcmahon (eds.), career development in practice. a systems theory perspective (pp. - ). sydney: new hobsons press. senate standing committee on employment, education and training. ( ). priorities for reform in higher education. canberra: australian government publishing service. taylor, r. ( ). career development, socio-economic disadvantage and participation in higher education. in w. patton & m. mcmahon (eds.), career development in practice. a systems theory perspective (pp. - ). sydney: new hobsons press. tinto, v. ( ). colleges as communities: taking research on student persistence seriously. the review of higher education, , - . united nations educational, scientific and cultural organisation. ( ). handbook on career counselling. a practical manual for developing, implementing and assessing career counselling services in higher education settings. paris: author. williams, t., long, m., carpenter, p., & hayden, m. ( ). entering higher education in the s. evaluations and investigations program. department of employment, education and training. canberra: australian government publishing service. final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. authors peter mcilveen is a psychologist and manager of the careers employment & welfare unit at the usq. bradley everton is the psychologist, careers and equity at the usq and has a brief to provide career counselling and education services to empower students from identified equity groups. john clarke is manager planning & quality and executive officer to the vice- chancellor at usq. he has wide experience in equity research and policy development in the australian higher education sector. final and authorised version first published in the australian journal of career development in  volume  , number  , published by the australian council for educational research.  copyright ©   australian council for educational research. theory and practice why is systems theory framework relevant to the issues of career development and social justice? answer - the stf embeds the individual’s career development within broad social, economic and environmental factors and thus induces consideration of variables that impact upon a person’s position and resources within society. what are some of the main equity groups that require the attention of career practitioner working within australian universities? answer - indigenous students; women studying in non-traditional areas; students with a disability; students from a rural or isolated region; students from language backgrounds other than english; and students from low socio-economic status backgrounds which commonwealth department provides a valuable website containing information on equity resources? answer – department of education, science and training. no job name e d i t o r i a l : e c o n o m i c l i b e r a l i s m a n d s o c i a l j u s t i c e ecaf_ .. john meadowcroft and gerard casey introduction economic liberalism and social justice have a somewhat paradoxical relationship: economic liberals tend to be extremely critical of the notion of social justice, yet economic liberalism has enabled the realisation of many of the goals of those who advocate social justice. the liberal institutions of free markets, the rule of law and secure private property rights have been the most successful mechanisms for the eradication of poverty and the empowerment of individual men and women that have ever been discovered. by contrast, attempts to deliberately achieve social justice have led to the immiserisation and disempowerment of many millions of people. social justice as an intellectual error the classical liberal or libertarian critique of social or distributive justice begins by highlighting the fact that the very idea of social or distributive justice implies a deliberate allocation of resources. it implies that someone or some group has deliberately decided what income and wealth each individual or family should receive and that outcome can then be evaluated as either just or unjust. in the words of nozick ( , p. ): ‘hearing the term “distribution”, most people presume that some thing or mechanism uses some principle or criterion to give out a supply of things’, and that, ‘into this process of distributing shares some error may have crept’. hence, the concept of social justice would seem to demand that a faulty distribution of resources is corrected by deliberate intervention. the error of this analysis, however, is that in a market economy, ‘we are not in the position of children who have been given portions of pie by someone who now makes last minute adjustments to rectify careless cutting’ (nozick, , p. ). the resources that would be reallocated in the name of social justice are not manna from heaven that could be divided in any number of ways between any number of people (although if such resources really were manna from heaven then some deliberative process for fairly distributing them would surely be appropriate). in reality, the resources that exist in a market economy are holdings that particular individuals are entitled to possess as a result of their actions in the creation of wealth and the exchange of goods and services. hence, in the memorable words of anthony de jasay, one of the contributors to this symposium, social or distributive justice involves ‘slicing the cake nobody baked’ (de jasay, , p. ). for classical liberals, then, the notion of social justice is first and foremost an intellectual error – a misunderstanding of how the world works. indeed, hayek ( , pp. – ) argued that the demand for social or distributive justice is an example of anthropomorphism, the attribution of conscious intelligence to self-ordering, spontaneous processes that are in fact beyond conscious control. social justice contra individual liberty not only is the notion of social justice fundamentally flawed, classical liberals argue that attempts to realise social justice inevitably infringe people’s basic rights and destroy the wealth that is to be redistributed. the incompatibility of social justice and rights, or material equality and liberty, was famously illustrated by nozick’s ( , pp. – ) account of the wealth acquired by the basketball player wilt chamberlain in a fictional scenario. taking as a starting point a distribution of resources that is considered just (which can be any distribution that the reader happens to prefer), nozick supposes that the basketball player wilt chamberlain signs a contract in which each spectator who watches him play pays a special fee of cents directly to chamberlain (in addition to the standard ticket price). the fans are happy to pay the extra fee – watching chamberlain play is worth more to them than cents. economic liberalism and social justice © the authors. journal compilation © institute of economic affairs . published by blackwell publishing, oxford supposing that one million people come through the turnstiles during the course of a season, chamberlain acquires additional personal wealth of $ , . as a consequence of many small and seemingly inconsequential exchanges, then, one individual has amassed a sizeable personal fortune and a new distribution of resources has emerged. nozick ( , pp. – ) argues that this new distribution of resources must be considered just because it meets the criteria of ‘justice in acquisition’ and ‘justice in transfer’. the theoretical starting point of nozick’s example was a distribution of resources that was considered just and from that point people voluntarily transferred their justly-held resources to chamberlain in return for a service (watching him play) that they considered more valuable than the cents each paid. in neither case can an injustice be said to have occurred, therefore the outcome of the transactions described must logically be considered just. nozick’s example of wilt chamberlain’s acquisition of wealth illustrates how ‘liberty upsets patterns [of distribution]’ and inevitably produces inequalities (nozick, , p. ; see also hayek, , p. ). where people are allowed to make free choices as to how they use their resources, deviations from any preferred pattern of distribution will inevitably arise. any attempt to achieve a ‘just’ distribution of income and wealth must encounter the problem that countless transactions like those engaged in by chamberlain and the basketball fans will take place and upset the ‘just’ distribution. hence, the only way for social justice to be achieved is to forbid what nozick calls ‘capitalist acts between consenting adults’ (nozick, , p. ). in other words, social or distributive justice can only be attained where people are forbidden from producing and consuming, buying and selling, as they wish. for this reason, social justice and the basic rights inherent to a free society are judged to be incompatible. social justice contra wealth creation attempts to create a ‘just’ distribution of resources not only infringe people’s liberties, they also destroy the wealth that is to be deliberately distributed. redistributing resources from those who engage in productive activity to those who do not engage in productive activity removes the incentives to wealth creation and the efficient use of resources. as buchanan ( , p. ) has written, ‘persons will care for, maintain and direct the use of productive resources properly only if there is a reciprocal relationship between effort expended and reward anticipated’. actions that distort the relationship between effort and reward remove the incentive to undertake such efforts that might bring individual reward and contribute value to the wider society. furthermore, the deliberate redistribution of resources distorts the information that is communicated by price signals in a market economy. as has been set out many times (for example hayek, ; mises, ), in a market economy prices provide knowledge of the relative costs and benefits of different courses of action. without market prices it is impossible to arrive at an accurate relative valuation of the many millions of different goods and services that may be provided, and the many millions of different factors of production that may be used to create those goods and services. such a monumental feat is beyond the comprehension of any single mind, group of minds working together, or even a super-computer, because the relevant knowledge is not only highly complex but is also inherently subjective, dispersed throughout the economy and frequently tacit. when prices are distorted by the deliberate allocation of income and wealth to particular individuals or groups, prices no longer correspond to people’s relative valuations of different goods and services and this prevents price signals from performing this essential co-ordinating function. consequently, an economy in which price signals bear little relation to the relative values that people attach to different goods and services will be unable to efficiently allocate resources between different uses and over time the population will become relatively impoverished (hayek, , ch. ; meadowcroft, , chs. and ). these are the underlying reasons why socialist and social democratic economies tend to be less efficient than market economies and therefore why attempts to achieve social justice tend to impoverish and disempower the very people such policies are intended to help. hence, if our aim is to ameliorate poverty and empower the least advantaged then a market economy is the most effective mechanism for so doing. social justice and economic liberalism these are the issues engaged with by the authors of the articles in this symposium. in the first article, anthony de jasay addresses the theoretical foundations of liberal justice and its corruption by supposedly liberal thinkers. jasay draws a distinction between rules that emerge spontaneously because they are to people’s mutual advantage and laws that are deliberately imposed on society by those with political authority. liberal justice is rooted in this first system of conventions that are ascertainable facts of history and anthropology, rather than government-made laws that by definition must have dubious lineage and therefore questionable legitimacy. unfortunately, jasay argues, this liberal order of rules and conventions has been undermined by many of its principal defenders. in particular, jasay argues that mill’s ( ) harm principle, rawls’ theory of justice ( ) and locke’s theory of property ( ) have all opened the way for the enemies of liberty to undermine the theoretical foundations of genuinely liberal justice, so that today people are deemed to be free to act only if their actions can be shown not to harm others (and almost any act can be judged to harm others), only if their actions can be shown to be within their explicitly stated rights (and such rights have been rendered meaningless by the extension of the notion of rights to include all manner of entitlements) and only if they utilise property the acquisition of which can be shown to have left enough and as good for others (and where resources are finite an individual’s possession of property can never leave enough and as good for others). jasay argues that the institutionalisation of these erroneous ‘liberal’ ideas of justice in the modern democratic state centred upon government-made law has led to the emasculation of individual liberty in contemporary societies: there are almost iea e c o n o m i c a f f a i r s m a r c h © the authors. journal compilation © institute of economic affairs . published by blackwell publishing, oxford no limits to the scope of collective choice and no means for the individual to protect their own private space from invasion by the state. nevertheless, jasay does offer some hope for a revival of liberal justice based upon conventions and rules given that contemporary democratic states were founded upon such rules and conventions; a restoration of freedom may still be possible if we are able to dig back to these foundations. any liberal theory of justice that aspires to be comprehensive must engage with the question of restitution. where it can be shown that property has been acquired illegitimately, perhaps over many generations, or many generations ago, then the long-term economic consequences of such wrongs must be addressed if the distribution of income and wealth in a given society is to be considered just. this is the challenge addressed by karol boudreaux of the mercatus center at george mason university in her contribution to this symposium. boudreaux’s article analyses restitution and economic liberalism in south africa, a country with a long history of legislation that discriminated against the black majority of the population. boudreaux examines the empirical example of the land reform legislation introduced in south africa after the transition from apartheid in . this legislation was in part a response to calls for greater social justice. boudreaux cites evidence that suggests that the land reform legislation has had little impact in righting the wrongs of the past, largely because only the wealthy and well-connected have the necessary resources (broadly defined) to navigate the judicial process. by contrast, the operation of market forces has had a much more dramatic impact, leading to the diversification of land ownership patterns, encouraging economic growth and promoting rural economic development. as has been the experience in other places and at other times, it is market mechanisms, not government diktat, that are able to realise the goals of widespread empowerment and poverty alleviation. in the third article of the symposium, thomas e. woods jr. of the ludwig von mises institute focuses on two misconceptions that he believes have added significantly to the confusion surrounding the relationship of economics and morality. advocates of social justice often take economics to task for failing to give ethics free play in their discipline. moreover, it is often implied that by following their prescriptions, we could bring about a world in which there need not to be any trade-offs between various human demands, claiming, in effect, that we could have a world without scarcity. woods argues that the first misconception involves a serious theoretical misunderstanding of the relation between the various sciences. economics as a science, which is the study of the market and its operations, has no moral dimension, anymore than chemistry or physics as sciences have moral dimensions. this is not to say, as social justice proponents often appear to claim, that such a view of economics commits us to the thesis that the marketplace has no moral dimension. of course it does. but the marketplace is one thing; the scientific study of the marketplace is another. the second misconception arises, woods contends, from a failure on the part of some social justice advocates to grasp the fundamental economic point that we live in a world where scarcity is the norm. even should every other resource be freely available, as mortal beings our time is an inherently scarce resource. an increase in the overall wealth of society, however desirable that may be, cannot be achieved just by wishing for it. the world doesn’t operate according to the laws of magic, and real wealth is a product of work applied to natural resources in the most productive manner. sometimes, the proponents of social justice give the impression that all manner of things would be well if only we had a just system of distribution. but this is an example of the garden-of-eden fallacy which regards the world as a paradise in which all that we need or want is freely available. the burden of william luckey’s article is to provide some suggestions for the construction of an authentic and authoritative body of catholic doctrine on social and economic matters. he begins by criticising a certain approach to church and papal documents which is both selective and textually naïve and, more significantly, which attributes an authoritative status to those documents that they do not, as a whole, possess. luckey is also critical of the attempt to collect and thematise the social teaching of the church, as exemplified by the compilation of the compendium of the social doctrine of the church. as he points out, social teachings are not, just as such, a matter of the discernment of revelation, but a prudential matter of applying ethical principles to concrete social and economic questions. while catholics accept that the church has authority in matters of faith and morals, it doesn’t follow from this that its prudential judgments are similarly authoritative nor, indeed, that the church has any particular competence in technical or scientific matters. the elements of authentic catholic social teaching should be based upon foundational catholic moral theology and an adequate philosophical anthropology. without a proper understanding of the human person, no social teaching can be developed. man is a creature possessing reason and free will, albeit that his intellect is darkened and his will weakened. human freedom has as its consequence the acceptance by man of his responsibility for his choices, including his economic choices and while respecting man’s freedom, the church has a duty to give him moral guidance. luckey contends that the implications of the second vatican council’s decree on religious freedom, dignitatis humanae, have not yet been adequately analysed and that this can be extended theologically to defend a free economy. luckey concludes with a brief analysis of the latest social encyclical, benedict xvi’s caritas in veritate, and claims that pope benedict’s thinking on these matters can be traced to a latter-day defender of the romantic school of economics. the final article in this symposium by elaine sternberg examines a recent argument for redistribution in the name of social justice. this argument, set out by gar alperovitz and lew daly in their recent book unjust deserts ( ), claims that since innovation depends far more on accumulated knowledge than on any single individual’s contribution, most of the resulting wealth is deserved equally by all members of society. it is an argument that implicitly invokes nozick’s entitlement theory of justice but argues that because wealth creation depends in some sense on the contributions of e c o n o m i c l i b e r a l i s m a n d s o c i a l j u s t i c e © the authors. journal compilation © institute of economic affairs . published by blackwell publishing, oxford countless people over untraceable time to the accumulated store of knowledge from which innovators then draw, such innovators cannot claim an entitlement to the wealth that is thereby created. in her article, sternberg sets out alperovitz’s and daly’s argument and then exposes its fallacies and errors. first, sternberg argues, alperovitz and daly apply the concept of distributive justice to a realm where such a concept does not logically apply. as noted above in this introduction, the distribution of income and wealth that exists in a market economy is not the result of a deliberate allocation by a central planner but is the result of the spontaneous operation of economic forces and hence cannot be properly considered either just or unjust. second, sternberg shows that alperovitz’s and daly’s claim that people have no right to that (for example, wealth) which they have not deliberately created is an unsubstantiated and ultimately dangerous claim which logically gives individuals no right over their own bodies (which they have not deliberately created) as well as their income and wealth. third, sternberg shows that alperovitz and daly have failed to properly take into account the role of individual freedom, individual achievement and free markets in the process of wealth creation that has benefited mankind during the last two centuries. conclusion the articles in this symposium show that the outcomes produced by a free-market economy cannot logically be considered just or unjust, in the same way that the operation of any natural forces, such as weather patterns or the spread of a virus, are similarly neither just nor unjust. rather, justice can only ever be procedural, concerning the neutral application of rules and/or conventions that establish the rule of law and protect private property rights (including people’s right to a property in their own person). paradoxically, perhaps, it is nevertheless the operation of free markets within the context of the rule of law and the protection of private property rights that create the conditions for wealth creation on a societal scale that enables the alleviation of poverty and the empowerment of the poorest members of society. in this way, the goals of those who advocate social justice are more likely to be achieved via the free market than via any deliberate intervention. references alperovitz, g. and l. daly ( ) unjust deserts: how the rich are taking our common inheritance and why we should take it back; wealth and inequality in the knowledge economy, new york: the new press. buchanan, j. m. ( [ ]) ‘reform without romance: first principles in political economy’, in volume of the collected works of james buchanan: ideas, persons, and events, indianapolis: liberty fund. hayek, f. a. ( ) ‘the use of knowledge in society’, in individualism and economic order, chicago: university of chicago press. hayek, f. a. ( ) the constitution of liberty, london: routledge. hayek, f. a. ( ) the mirage of social justice, london: routledge. jasay, a. de ( ) justice and its surroundings, indianapolis: liberty fund. locke, j. ( [ ]) two treatises on government, cambridge: cambridge university press. meadowcroft, j. ( ) the ethics of the market, basingstoke: palgrave. mill, j. s. ( [ ]) on liberty, london: penguin classics. mises, l. von ( [ ]) socialism, trans. j., kahane, indianapolis: liberty fund. nozick, r. ( ) anarchy, state, and utopia, oxford: blackwell. rawls, j. ( ) a theory of justice, cambridge, ma: harvard university press. john meadowcroft is a lecturer in public policy at king’s college london (john.meadowcroft@kcl.ac.uk). gerard casey is associate professor of philosophy at university college dublin (gerard.casey@ucd.ie). iea e c o n o m i c a f f a i r s m a r c h © the authors. journal compilation © institute of economic affairs . published by blackwell publishing, oxford c h a p t e r ................................................................................................................................................... r e pa r at i o n s , i n t e r n at i o n a l l aw, a n d g l o b a l j u s t i c e : a n e w f r o n t i e r ................................................................................................................................................... r i c h a r d f a l k . p o i n t s o f d e p a r t u r e ......................................................................................................................................................................................... it is only in the last decade or so that international law has moved significantly in the direction of providing the means to pursue global justice, that is, in global arenas or by reference to global standards and procedures, on behalf of the individual and collective victims of severe injustices of the sort associated with oppressive governing regimes. prior to that time this class of issues pertaining to global justice was treated as marginal, at best, to the endeavors of international law, although overseas economic interests of individuals from the north received periodic protection if encroached upon by governments in the south. but in the s the combination of the end of the cold war, the rise to prominence of international human rights, trends away from authoritarianism and toward con- stitutional democracy, and the partial eclipse of sovereignty in a globalizing world gave unexpected attention to the many facets of global justice, hitherto mainly neglected, including steps designed to rectify the harm endured by individuals at the hands of dictatorial and abusive governments. at the forefront of these moves was the reinvigoration of efforts to impose accountability on individuals associated with the perpetration of crimes of state, highlighted by such high-profile cases as those associated with the transnational pursuit of augusto pinochet and of slodoban milosevic. this emphasis on accountability by leaders was reinforced by institutional and procedural innov- ations enabling indictment and prosecution. of almost equal prominence was the temporarily increased acceptance of an international responsibility on the part of the organized international community to protect vulnerable populations facing catastrophic challenges, whether from an abusive government or from an inability to provide governing authority, giving rise to a series of humanitarian interventions as responses to chaos and oppression. this historical climate of concern reached its climax with the kosovo war under nato auspices in , and has subsequently declined markedly. here, the duty to protect an oppressed and endangered kosovar albanian majority in the province of kosovo was assumed by a regional security alliance to validate military action against a sovereign state, in this instance serbia, even without the benefit of a prior mandate from the united nations security council. such a use of force even if credibly undertaken for protective purposes was always controversial from the perspective of international law, and depends upon the presence of political factors that were selectively present in the s to a greater degree than at any other historical moment, and have subsequently almost disappeared. the inability to mobilize support for humanitarian intervention in the setting of ongoing, massive ethnic cleansing and genocidal tactics in western sudan during mid- is indicative of how restricted to context was the surge of humanitarian diplomacy in the s. and even then, without the presence of more strategic objectives of the sort present in kosovo, but absent in rwanda during the genocide of , the prospects for humanitarian intervention by either the un or a coalition of the willing are minimal. as part of this climate of global opinion that seemed in the s more sensitive to injustice than ever before, a new disposition to consider historic injustices endured by individuals and groups was evident in international relations. as elazar barkan, one of the more perceptive analysts of this welcome mutation in inter- national attitudes, notes, there was ‘the sudden appearance of restitution cases all over the world’, leading him to postulate the possible beginnings of ‘a potentially new international morality’. it is in this setting of a redress of historic grievances that the issue of reparations makes its appearance, especially in the setting of transitional justice arrangements, but not only. part of this incipient normative revolution of the s was a concern with rectifying harm previously done to individuals and groups, as well as punishing perpetrators and repudiating their documented wrongdoing in an authoritative forum. what accounted for this focus r e p a r a t i o n s , i n t e r n a t i o n a l l a w , a n d g l o b a l j u s t i c e on this redress agenda at such a historical moment is uncertain, but it undoubtedly reflected a loss of a guiding geopolitical purpose after the end of the cold war combined with the growing prominence of human rights and an impulse in leadership circles to overcome the chorus of criticisms directed at the amorality of neoliberal globalization. barkan and others, for entirely persuasive reasons, approach these issues of restitution and reparations as primarily matters of morality and politics rather than law, that is, treating these humanitarian initiatives as reflecting the impact of moral and political pressures, rather than exhibiting adherence to previously established or newly emerging legal standards and procedures. the sea changes in the s reflected almost exclusively a combination of special circumstances generating political pressures and a mysteriously supportive moral ‘window of opportunity’ in a global setting. but to the extent that morality and politics created new widely shared expectations about appropriate behavior by governments, international law was being generated, even if it did not assume in most instances the positivist formality of treaty arrangements or the specificity of a meaningful legal obligation that included measures designed to ensure consistent implemen- tation. throughout the history of international society, the evolution of inter- national law has been closely related to prevailing political currents, evolving moral standards, and dominant trends in religious thought. such a linkage has been particularly evident in the war/peace context, international law essentially em- bodying the just war tradition as evolved by theologians, but it is also true with respect to the recent prominence of a global justice agenda in which redress and restitution play such a large part. in one sense the role of international law has been generally one of codifying behavioral trends in state practice and shifting political attitudes on the part of governments with the intention of stabilizing and clarifying expectations about the future. it seems essential to distinguish three sets of circumstances: the first, the main preoccupation of international law and lawyers, involves disputes between states, and increasingly other actors, in which the complaining party seeks relief from alleged wrongs attributed to the defending party; the second involves war/peace settings in which the victorious side imposes obligations on the losing side, ‘victors’ justice, which may or may not correspond with justice as perceived from a more detached outlook; the third, achieving attention recently, involves transitions to democracy settings in which the prior governing authority is held accountable for alleged wrongs, and again reflect political outcomes of sustained struggle, but not international war. these three contexts should be kept distinct for both analytical and prescriptive purposes. in the first and second, there exists a more obvious role for international norms, procedures, and institutions than in the third, which is treated for most purposes as a matter of domestic discretion, although influenced by wider trends of national practice in comparable instances, and by wider global trends toward individual accountability for crimes against humanity. r i c h a r d f a l k to what extent these mainly encouraging developments involving the rendering of global justice have been stymied, the window closed, by the september attacks and the american-led response are matters of uncertainty and conjecture at the present. the refocusing of attention on global security issues seems to have remarginalized in general the pursuit of the global justice agenda, including the drive for reparations associated with various forms of historic redress other than those associated with transitional issues in a given country relating to the recent past. as developments in within argentina suggest, a change of governmental leadership at the national level can affect the approach taken to justice claims in a transition process, including those involving a renewed resolve related to individ- ual criminal accountability and compensation for past abuse. against this double background of an inchoate normative revolution in the s and the altered historical setting of the early twenty-first century, this chapter analyzes the rele- vance of international law to reparations, and especially whether and to what extent reparations have acquired an international obligatory character of any practical significance. such significance is difficult to assess, especially as its most tangible impact may be to encourage the provision by national legal systems of remedies for various categories of losses sustained due to prior abuses of human rights. to the extent that international law is relevant at all, it is to provide legal arguments or jurisprudential background useful for representatives and advocates of victims’ rights in domestic political arenas to the effect that victims are legally entitled to reparations, and that the domestic system is obliged to make this right tangible by providing meaningful procedures. . i n t e r n a t i o n a l l a w : a u t h o r i t y a n d i n s t r u m e n t s ......................................................................................................................................................................................... the fundamental norms of international law are contained in customary inter- national law, and reflect widely accepted basic ideas about the nature of law, its relation to legal wrongs, and the duty to provide recompense. the permanent court of justice, set up after world war i, gave the most authoritative renderings of this foundation for the legal obligation to provide reparations. this most general international law imperative was set forth most authoritatively, although without any equally general prospect of implementation, in the chorzow factory (jurisdic- tion) case: ‘it is a principle of international law that the breach of an engagement involves an obligation to make reparation in an adequate form.’ the advisory r e p a r a t i o n s , i n t e r n a t i o n a l l a w , a n d g l o b a l j u s t i c e opinion by the international court of justice involving the israeli security wall reaffirmed this cardinal principle in ruling that israel was under an obligation to provide reparations to the palestinians for damages sustained due to the illegal wall built on their territory. a second equally important idea embodied in customary international law had to do with the nationality of claims associated with wrongs done to individuals. in essence, this norm expressed the prevailing understanding that only states were subjects within the international legal order, and that wrongs done to foreign individuals were in actuality inflicted upon their state of nationality. accordingly, if the individual was stateless, a national of the wrongdoing state, or a national of a state unwilling to support the claim for reparations, there was no basis on which to proceed. this limiting notion was expressed succinctly by the permanent court of international justice in the mavrommatis palestine case: ‘[b]y taking up the case of one of its subjects and by resorting to diplomatic action or international judicial proceedings on his behalf, a state is in reality asserting its own rights—its right to ensure, in the person of its subjects, respect for the rules of international law.’ it is important to appreciate that these formulations were made before there existed any pretense of internationally protected human rights. a third important idea in customary international law, that has persisted, forbids a state to invoke national law as a legal defense in an international dispute involving allegations of wrongdoing by the injured state. such a principle pertains to the setting of international disputes, which is where the main prece- dents and doctrines of international law relative to reparations are fashioned. somewhat surprisingly, the international law commission (ilc) articles on state responsibility, despite years of work, clarified to some extent this earlier teaching, refining and codifying it conceptually more than changing it substan- tively. the ilc approach to remedial or corrective justice was based on distinguishing between restitution, compensation, and satisfaction. restitution is defined in article as the effort ‘to re-establish the situation which existed before the wrongful act was committed’. such a remedy is rather exceptional. it is usually illustrated by reference to the temple case before the international court of justice (icj) in which thailand was ordered to return religious relics taken from a buddhist temple located in cambodia. this primary reliance on restitution where practicable has been recently reaffirmed by the icj in its ruling on israel’s security wall, an important restatement of international law although contained in an advisory opinion, because it was endorsed by fourteen of the fifteen judges. the language of the advisory opinion expresses this viewpoint with clarity in para- graph : ‘israel is accordingly under an obligation to return the land, orchards, olive groves and other immovable property seized from any natural or legal person for purposes of construction of the wall in the occupied palestinian territory. in the event that such restitution should prove to be materially impos- sible, israel has an obligation to compensate the persons in question for the damage r i c h a r d f a l k suffered. the court considers that israel also has an obligation to compensate, in accordance with the applicable rules of international law, all natural or legal persons having suffered any form of material damage as a result of the wall’s construction.’ article (a) and (b) of the ilc draft articles indicates that restitution is not the appropriate form of reparations in circumstances where it is ‘materially impossible’ or would ‘involve a burden out of all proportion to the benefit deriving from restitution instead of compensation’. compensation, resting on the fungibility of money, is more widely used to overcome the adverse consequences caused by illegal acts. in the chorzow case it was declared that where restitution cannot be provided to the wronged state, then the wrongdoer should be required to compensate up to the level of the value attributed to whatever was lost, including loss of profits. articles and go along with this approach of full reimbursement, without qualifications based on capacity to pay. satisfaction is the third, and lesser known, manner of providing reparations. the ilc articles make it a residual category in relation to restitution and compensa- tion. as explained by du plessis, ‘[s]atisfaction provides reparation in particular for moral damage such as emotional injury, mental suffering, injury to reputation and similar damage suffered by nationals of the injured state’. customary international law, as well as the ilc draft articles of state respon- sibility, impose an undifferentiated burden, as stated in article , on the wrong- doing state ‘to make full reparation for the injury caused by the internationally wrongful act’. as such, it gives very little guidance in specific situations where a variety of considerations may make the grant of full reparation undesirable for various reasons, although commentary by the ilc on each article does go well beyond the statement of the abstract rule. international treaty law does no more than to restate these very general legal ideas in a variety of instruments, and without the benefit of commentary attached to the ilc articles. because property rights are of paramount concern, the language of reparation is not used, and the more common formulations emphasize com- pensation for the wrongs suffered. the basic direction of these treaty norms also derives from international customary law, especially legal doctrine associated with the confiscation of foreign-owned property. the legal formula for overcoming the legal wrong accepted in international law involved ‘prompt, adequate, and effective compensation’. discussion of ‘restitution’ and ‘satisfaction’ is abandoned as the wrongdoing states are acknowledged by the united nations to possess ‘permanent sovereignty’ over natural resources. the universal declaration of human rights shifts the locus of relief to national arenas and away from international disputes between sovereign states. individuals are endowed with competence, and the notion of wrongdoing is generalized to encompass the entirety of human rights. article reads: ‘everyone has the right r e p a r a t i o n s , i n t e r n a t i o n a l l a w , a n d g l o b a l j u s t i c e to an effective remedy by the competent national tribunals for acts violating the fundamental human rights granted him by the constitution or by the law.’ of course, such a right tends to be unavailable where it is needed most, although the existence of the right does provide a legal foundation for reparation in future circumstances when political conditions have changed. article of the american convention on human rights ( ) particularizes a ‘right of compensation’ in a limited and overly specific manner: ‘every person has the right to be compensated in accordance with the law in the event that he has been sentenced by a final judgment through a miscarriage of justice.’ it seems to refer exclusively to improper behavior of the state associated with criminal pros- ecution and punishment within the judicial system. it is available only on the basis of an individual initiative. article of the convention against torture and other cruel inhuman and other degrading treatment or punishment ( ) imposes on parties the obliga- tion to ‘ensure in its legal system that the victim of an act of torture obtains redress and has an enforceable right to fair and adequate compensation, including the means for as full rehabilitation as possible’. again, the emphasis is on the legal duty of the state to provide individuals who are victims with a remedy within the domestic system of laws. that is, victims are not dependent on governments of their nationality pursuing claims on their behalf, nor are nationals barred from relief by the obstacle of sovereign immunity. article of the inter-american convention to prevent and punish torture ( ) similarly obligates parties to ‘undertake to incorporate into their national laws regulations guaranteeing suitable compensation for victims of torture’. in the absence of case law it is difficult to know what this standard might mean in practice, and whether it is purely aspir- ational or represents a genuine effort to acknowledge the full spectrum of injury that often results from torture and severe abuse. beyond this duty of the state, article allows persons alleging torture to internationalize their claims for relief ‘[a]fter all the domestic legal procedures of the respective state . . . have been exhausted’ by submitting their case ‘to the international fora whose competence has been recognized by that state’. within the european regional system there is a right of an individual in article of the european convention for the protection of human rights and funda- mental freedoms ( ) to seek ‘just satisfaction’ in the event that national law provides ‘partial reparation’ due to injury sustained as a result of a violation of the convention. a proceeding of this nature would fall within the authority of the european court of human rights. here, too, the idea is to provide individuals with a remedy at the regional level beyond what is available within the national legal system. these international law developments over the last half century have several different important consequences for the wider interest in reparations as provided r i c h a r d f a l k to a victimized group, especially in the context of transition from authoritarian regimes: . first, there is the shift in the emphasis of international law from the protection of aliens abroad, and especially their property, to the protection of individuals who experience abuses of human rights; . second, there is a legal recognition that the state responsible for the abuse should legally empower those who claim to have been victimized to pursue relief by way of compensation through recourse to the national judicial system; . third, the national identity of the victim and the sovereign immunity of the state should not affect the availability of legal relief in the event of abuse; . fourth, in the event of frustration at the national level, then some further mechanism for providing relief is becoming available at either the regional or global level, or both. in summary, the importance of these international law developments is probably indirect, but the shift from a concern with dispute settlement to human rights does involve a major reorientation. the obligations embodied in legal instruments are vague and abstract, and are difficult and cumbersome to implement, but they do contribute to what might be called the formation of ‘a reparations ethos’ to the effect that individuals who have been wronged by applicable international human rights standards, especially in the setting of torture and kindred maltreat- ment, should be compensated as fully as possible. this ethos is a challenge to notions of sovereignty associated with earlier ideas that a state can do no wrong that is legally actionable, and that the wrong done to an individual is legally relevant only if understood as a wrong done to the state of which he or she is a national. at the same time, the most important circumstances of reparations, leaving aside postwar arrangements, are not really addressed directly by contemporary international law. in authoritarian political settings, by definition, there is an absence of judicial independence, and there is no prospect of relief even in extreme situations. in postauthoritarian political settings, where there is an impulse to achieve redress, the magnitude of the challenge requires some categorization of the victims as well as a recognition of severe limits on the capacity of the new government to provide anything approaching ‘adequate compensation’. in this sense, the contributions of international law at this stage must be mainly viewed as indirect, and the actual dynamics of reparations arrangements reflect a variety of specific circumstances that exist in particular states. these arrangements have an ad hoc character that makes it impossible to draw any firm conclusions about legal expectations, much less frame this practice in the form of legal doctrine. for this reason, among others, it is appropriate to view reparations as primarily an expres- sion of moral and political forces at work in particular contexts. r e p a r a t i o n s , i n t e r n a t i o n a l l a w , a n d g l o b a l j u s t i c e . s h a d o w s o f m i s u n d e r s t a n d i n g ......................................................................................................................................................................................... any broad consideration of the relevance of international law to the subject matter of reparations needs to be sensitive to several background factors that could invite misunderstanding if not addressed. such factors illuminate the tensions that have historically existed between considerations of global justice and political relation- ships shaped by hierarchical relations between the strong and the weak. for most people (other than specialists in international law concerned with international disputes about wrongdoing), the idea of ‘international reparations’ recalls the burdens imposed on germany at the end of world war i that were embodied in the versailles treaty. these burdens were widely interpreted as accentuating the hardships faced by german society in the s, and were viewed in retrospect as a damaging example of a ‘punitive peace’ that contributed to a surge of german ultranationalism, producing a political climate conducive to extremism of the sort represented by the nazi movement. from an international law perspective, the reparations imposed were perfectly legal, indeed specified in a peace treaty formally accepted by germany, but from a political perspective such reparations were viewed as imprudent, if not disastrous, and from a moral per- spective, they were widely viewed as ill-deserved, mainly exhibiting the vengeful appetite of the victors in the preceding war in which neither side could convin- cingly claim the moral high ground. this ‘lesson of versailles’ was heeded after world war ii, germany being assisted in economic recovery and political normal- ization despite the existence of a far stronger case for collective punishment of german society than existed in , given the multiple legacy of crime and tragedy generated by hitler’s regime. and the results are generally viewed as vindicating the soft approach, reinforcing the repudiation of versailles. and yet, somewhat surprisingly, the ‘peace’ imposed on iraq after the gulf war seems to have adopted the previously discredited versailles model of punitive peace, although the terminology of reparations was largely displaced in this instance by the language of sanctions and claims, perhaps to avoid evoking bad memories. at the same time, extensive assets and oil revenues were made available, along with a procedure within the un, to provide compensation to victims of iraqi harm arising out of its invasion of kuwait in , and so there was a justice dimension so far as individual victims of iraqi wrongdoing were concerned. thus, overall, an important ambiguity emerges: the iraqi people were punished collectively and severely despite being entrapped in a brutal dictatorship, while the various categories of victims arising from the international crimes of iraq as committed in kuwait were the recipient of substantial reparative efforts to com- pensate for losses sustained. in this respect, the positive side of reparations was present. this whole framework of ‘sanctions’, combining the punitive with the compensatory, was given legal stature in the form of unanimous un security r i c h a r d f a l k resolution , the harsh terms of which were accepted by a defeated and devas- tated iraq in the ceasefire that ratified the results of the gulf war. there are two observations to be made. first, in the sphere of interstate repar- ations, there is a confusing association of ‘reparations’ in language and policy both with a largely discredited process of imposing collective punishment upon a defeated state and its civilian population, and as seeking to give the victims of illegal and criminal conduct on behalf of a state a meaningful remedy for harm sustained in the form of substantial monetary compensation. second, there is a flexible capacity for international law to provide a legal imprimatur, either by treaty or security council decision that ratifies a mechanism for the award of ‘reparations’, and gives legal expression to the geopolitical relationship that exists at the end of a war, without regard to whether the motivations for reparations are punitive or compensatory, or a mixture of the two. if the outcome of the war is ‘just’, and the victors are ‘prudent’, then the reparations imposed may contribute to global justice, but if not, not. international law provides at this point no substan- tive guidelines as to these assessments, and its main role is to provide victorious powers with a flexible instrument by which to give a peace process in accord with their goals and values an authoritative status. the analogous dynamics of establishing reparations in the context of transi- tional societies also reflects power variables, although there is often not a clear dividing line between victory and defeat, but rather a political process that pro- duces a negotiated compromise that inhibits to varying degrees the redress of past injustices by the newly emerging constitutional leadership. the arrangement is formalized exclusively through a reliance on mechanisms provided by the govern- ing authorities enlisting the national legal system and establishing special admin- istrative procedures. there is no direct role for international law, except to the extent of taking account of past wrongdoing as instances of ‘crimes against humanity’, or indirectly, as responsive to international pressures associated with imposing national means to determine accountability and rectifying past wrongs to the extent possible, given the political and economic realities. in the context of the holocaust, and to some extent in relation to authoritarian antecedents to consti- tutional government, the goal of reparations is also a deterrent message to future leaders and a pledge of sorts by present leaders to repudiate the past and build a just constitutional order. certainly, in the background of the sort of moral and political pressures effect- ively brought to bear on swiss banks by holocaust survivors and their representa- tives during the s was the strong sense that these individuals, or in this case sometimes their descendants, had truly been victims of internationally criminal conduct and deserved some sort of redress even if belatedly. decades had passed since the occasions of wrongdoing, and it was only a change in global setting that abruptly lent political credibility to claims that always had been actionable from legal or moral perspectives. it was this credibility that overcame the impulse to r e p a r a t i o n s , i n t e r n a t i o n a l l a w , a n d g l o b a l j u s t i c e disregard old claims as stale, and allegedly avoid opening old wounds. such belated redress went against the traditional disposition of law to reach finality with respect to claims, both for the sake of stability and because evidence becomes less reliable and often unavailable with the passage of time. an additional source of misunderstanding pertaining to international law relates to its state-centric orientation and traditions, which have been increasingly chal- lenged in a variety of ways in the last few decades. the modern structure of international law was based on the idea that states were the only formal members of international society, and that the legal interests of individuals if associated with the actions of foreign governments were protected, if at all, by one’s country of nationality on a discretionary basis. international wrongs of aliens were thus treated as generating potential legal claims by a government on behalf of their aggrieved nationals, but purely as a matter of political and moral discretion, and under international law the wrong was done to the state, not to the individual who was harmed. the practice by states of reacting to such wrongs was described as ‘the diplomatic protection’ of nationals or aliens abroad, and was usually associated with the protection of foreign property rights. the individual beneficiary of such claims had no legal entitlement, and a government could ignore or waive the claims of its nationals. this statist pattern was further reinforced by ideas of nonaccount- ability with respect to wrongs inflicted on nations, both internationally and domestically. the doctrine of sovereign immunity meant that an individual suf- fering injury could not initiate any legal action in the courts of either the country where the harm took place or the country of his or her nationality. claims of allegedly injured aliens in third world settings were sometimes addressed by claims commissions assessing the merits of particular claims or by a lump sum settlement the funds of which were then allocated on some basis to the claimants. this background of international law is highly relevant to the circumstance of societies in the midst of transitions to democracy. there are three further obser- vations that are relevant to this inquiry. first, the political reality of such dynamics reflected the geopolitical and hierarchical structures of the colonial era. these claims made by governments in the north involved only losses sustained by western individuals in third world settings. there was no reciprocity or equality given the manner with which investment and property rights were dealt with in international law. a bit later these claims for compensation involved opposition to socialist approaches to both private investment and economic development, and resisted the legal effects, as far as possible, of the rise of economic nationalism in the decades following world war ii. the protection of nationals abroad was not at all in the spirit of ‘reparations’ (conceived as corrective justice) and reflected an opposite policy generally associated with protecting foreign investors who had characteristically been beneficiaries of ‘unjust enrichment’ in a variety of exploit- ative center–periphery relations. ideas of state responsibility were also formulated with an eye toward fashioning an international law instrument designed for the r i c h a r d f a l k protection of transnational private property interests, especially in the face of allegedly confiscatory forms of nationalization. even the most recent formulation of the law of state responsibility by the international law commission treats the state as the sole subject of wrongs whose victims are its nationals, and fails to address the existence of rights under international law of the victims if they are conceived of as individuals or groups. with moves toward neoliberal globalization since , there has emerged a widespread intergovernmental consensus support- ive of private sector autonomy, which has ended the widespread emphasis on balancing territorial rights against those of foreign investors in third world countries. in this regard, the capitalist ethos has prevailed, at least for the foresee- able future. second, the kind of concerns that have been associated with transitions to democracy were completely absent from these earlier concerns of international law with harm sustained by individuals. for one thing, victims within society were left completely vulnerable to abuse by their own governments due to ideas of territorial supremacy of sovereign states, and thus the abuses of oppressive gov- ernment toward their own citizenries remained outside the legal loop of potential responsibility. international law was completely silent as to state–society abuses so long as the victims were nationals. the emergence of international human rights, by way of the universal declaration of human rights in and the covenants were at first only politically feasible because there were no expectations of legal implementation, much less remedies for victims seeking reparations. the majority of governments were authoritarian, fully dedicated to traditional notions of sovereign rights, and would have opposed a legal structure that had explicit ambitions associated with implementation of individual rights. it is here where the emergence of transnational civil society actors changed the political equation, creating pressures to promote degrees of implementation for human rights that went far beyond what had been anticipated at intergovernmental levels. third, since international law failed to protect the human rights of individuals as a matter of law until after world war ii, there was little pressure on national legal procedures to do so. but in more than a half century since the adoption of the universal declaration of human rights there has been an extraordinary set of regional and global developments enhancing the position of the individual as the formal holder or subject of rights. what is important here is less the exceptional international initiative on behalf of the victims of human rights abuse, than the influence on the erosion of sovereign exemptions from accountability in domestic legal arenas. here the indirect impact of the human rights movement has been strongly felt. it includes the empowerment of civil society actors, creating intense perceptions of injustices endured by individuals, expectations of some sort of remedial process, and the importance of taking official steps toward corrective justice by a government in the struggle to renew an atmosphere of political legitimacy. this is the case with respect to its own citizens by means of a signal r e p a r a t i o n s , i n t e r n a t i o n a l l a w , a n d g l o b a l j u s t i c e of the repudiation in the past and also to aid efforts to acquire or reacquire legitimacy within international society. in effect, some of the traditional veils of sovereignty are lifted to facilitate transition, but this is overwhelmingly disguised directly by the adoption of a self-interested national political and moral discourse. but what seems national, even nationalistic, is undoubtedly influenced by varying degrees by what has been going on internationally, transnationally, and in other kindred states. what is most evident, particularly in latin america, which pro- vided the main experimental frontier, was the degree to which justice for victims was complementary to what often from the outside appeared to be a more strident insistence, effectively promoted by civil society actors, on combating what came to be described as ‘the culture of impunity’ toward past wrongdoing by leaders. more properly considered, this effort to impose accountability on leaders was integral to restoring the dignity of victims, constituting a direct repudiation of the past, and was thus an aspect of rendering justice to the victims, however retrospectively. there is also evidence of a mimetic element in which national dialogues listen to one another, while adapting to their own particularities, build- ing a trend that establishes a new pattern of expectations about justice in transi- tional circumstances. such a drive for corrective justice was tempered by resource constraints and by the search for normalcy or social peace, tending to produce compromise approaches, especially encouraging an approach to feasible levels of ‘satisfaction’ for victims by reliance on truth and reconciliation processes adapted to the particularities of a given country. the end result is an acknowledgment of the past, but without great efforts either to punish perpetrators or to compensate victims. symbolic forms of redress prevail, with both corrective and deterrent goals. such a historical process of innovative practice is somewhat puzzling from an interpretative perspective. whether we call such patterns ‘law’ or ‘international law’ is a matter of the jurisprudential outlook, either positivist or constructivist. it is also a question of what might be called the politics and epistemology of law. a positivist approach would not regard the existing rules of international law as sufficiently clarifying as to permissible behavior to qualify fully as law. a construct- ivist jurisprudence attributes to the interpreters of law, both judges and scholars, a dynamic role in imparting authoritative meaning, and proceeds from the belief that legal standards cannot be objectified by language and strict canons of inter- pretation. i favor such an acknowledgment of the uncertainty of law on the books as a means to encourage those with discretion to interpret, apply, and enforce the law to act responsibly, which i regard as meaning that ambiguities be resolved by opting for morally guided outcomes to decision-making. of course, discretion is not unlimited, but confined by rules of reason that identify the boundaries of interpretative reasonableness and thus accord with the idea that those interpreting the law are not free to give expression to private ideas of morality and political prudence. legality as a clarifying condition is left in abeyance until patterns of r i c h a r d f a l k expectations are shaped by interpretative trends and practice. such a prism of evaluation would seek to relate law to widely endorsed expectations about behavior that exist in society, but would not ‘legalize’ moral sentiments that lacked such backing, however appealing, by pretending that these sentiments qualified as ‘law’. from such a perspective, then, there is a greater relevance for international legal obligations in relation to reparations practice, and wider issues of corrective or remedial justice, than would seem to derive from a strictly positivist jurisprudence. the normative revolution that seemed to get underway in the s had a law- making potential if expectations of legality are created by influential institutional and societal actors. such expectations would acknowledge as valid specific claims and demands for justice, and thereby set precedents that shape perceptions as to the evolving character of ‘the law’. if victims’ rights become established legally, expectations of participants alter in circumstances of future victimization. . s o m e l i m i t i n g c o n d i t i o n s ......................................................................................................................................................................................... reparations, if conceived as central to corrective justice, pose difficulties from the perspective of international law, but these are encountered in analogous form in transitional justice settings. even more than efforts to impose individual account- ability, a reliance on reparations, especially as a means to address the various dimensions of harm endured by victims, is inevitably to be context-driven. and because context is so decisive, the guidance functions of international law tend to be minimal beyond affirming the existence of an underlying obligation as a generality. as the advisory opinion on the legal status of the israeli security wall clearly reaffirmed, there does exist in international law a well-established entitlement for the victim of legal wrongs to appropriate reparations. but between the affirmation of the legal right/duty and its satisfaction there exists a huge contextual gap. in this instance, israel, backed by the us government, immediately repudiated the world court decision, and the prospects of compliance are nil. the international legal standard is authoritative and context-free, but its implementa- tion is context-dependent. several dimensions of this unavoidable contextuality can be identified, but such a reality also pertains at least as much to reparations within national settings, where a wide measure of prosecutorial discretion has been an attribute of efforts to bring justice to perpetrators and victims in transitional situations. so what is set forth as applicable in international contexts is also relevant with some adjustments to national contexts. r e p a r a t i o n s , i n t e r n a t i o n a l l a w , a n d g l o b a l j u s t i c e unevenness of material circumstances to the extent that reparations attempt to compensate victims for losses endured, some assessment of an ability to pay needs to be made. this assessment should take account, as well, of the extent of victimization, and whether certain forms of vicitimization need to be excluded from the reparations program. but in the end, the question of fiscal capabilities at the disposal of the perpetrators, or their successors, is crucial. of course, this is true, as well, for prosecutorial efforts to impose accountability on perpetrators, which also reflects the unevenness of national capacities to sustain the ‘shock’ of prosecutions. iraq after the gulf war, with extensive oil revenues, and south africa, with an impoverished population, are at opposite ends of the spectrum in two respects: iraq was an instance of reparations doubling as sanctions, whereas in south africa any attempt to provide monetary reparations would involve a massive diversion from the priorities of the new leadership to promote economic growth and address the challenge of massive poverty. the case of south africa is significant for this inquiry. the new political order had repudiated its criminal past mainly by way of a truth and reconciliation process. it was deeply committed to the improvement of the material circumstan- ces of an extremely poor majority black population. of course, the new leadership could have taken greater account of the high degree of victimization, as well as the unjust enrichment of the white minority, by combining constitutionalism with a program for the redistribution of wealth based on past injustice. to have done so, however, would likely have doomed the political miracle of a bloodless transition from apartheid, and might have led to prolonged civil strife. the role of reparations in transitions to democracy is especially complicated, taking into consideration the entrenched interests of those associated to varying degrees with the old order, seeking to avoid overtaxing available capabilities to ensure the success of the newly emerging order, and yet providing some needs-based relief to those who suffered incapacitating harms due to prior wrongdoing. as well, in the setting of many african countries that are extremely poor, it seems unrealistic because of resource constraints to impose corrective burdens of a monetary character. this is espe- cially so for national settings where prolonged civil strife has victimized many, if not all, living in the society; many severely, if massive atrocities were committed on a large scale. normally more appropriate would be symbolic measures of acknow- ledgment (via truth and reconciliation) along with a needs-based conception of reparations that tries, at least, to enable those who have been disabled, or find themselves in acutely vulnerable circumstances, to be given the means by which to restore a modicum of dignity to their lives. r i c h a r d f a l k remoteness in time because some claims for redress of grievances arise from events that seem in the remote past, and their redress is of a magnitude that would be disruptive to present social and economic arrangements, there is a vigorous resistance to material forms of compensation. it is partly a matter of responsibility, the unwillingness of most members of a present generation to believe that they owe obligations to the ancestors of claimants. it is partly a matter of changed mores, a sense that ‘injustice’ needs to be measured within the historical setting of the contested behavior. it is partly a matter of scale and impact, the realization that restoring the rights of victims would be enormously expensive and subversive of currently vested prop- erty interests. and it is partly a refusal to treat those in the present as truly vicitimized by occurrences that took place long ago. the reality is complicated, as old wounds often have not healed despite the passage of many generations. at the same time, remoteness has not altogether stymied efforts to obtain redress in the form of reparations under certain conditions. the exemplary case is the pursuit of swiss bank deposits by holocaust survivors and their heirs, as well as claims on behalf of those who had been compelled to do forced labor in nazi times. swiss banks agreed to pay survivors $ . billion, and the german government agreed to pay compensation for slave labor. related efforts produced agreements with france to compensate for stolen assets during the vichy period, ‘truth’ com- missions have been set up in as many as twenty-three countries that are continuing to assess claims relating to looted works of art and unpaid insurance proceeds owed to relatives of holocaust victims. at the same time, beneficiaries are disappointed by the level of compensation received, and more than this, distressed by the monetiza- tion of their suffering that can never be compensated. when one survivor of auschwitz, roman kent, was asked whether he was happy about the results, his reply was typical: ‘why did it take the german nation years to engage the morals of the most brutal form of death, death through work?’ the pursuit of these claims on behalf of holocaust victims has produced mixed assessments from observers, but the main relevant point is that the process has been primarily driven by moral and political pressures, with law playing a facilitative role, although lawyers have played a rather controversial role by siphoning off a considerable proportion of negotiated settlements as legal fees. in a technical sense, the recovery of wrongfully taken property is an instance of reparations, but in its more unusual mode of restitution rather than as a means of providing compensation for injuries sustained. in some respects, the relative success of holocaust claimants has stimulated other categories of remote victims to be more assertive about seeking redress, although not necessarily in the form of reparations. to begin with, asian victims of imperial japan mounted pressures on behalf of survivors who had been engaged in forced labor, as did representatives of ‘comfort women’. asian claimants were r e p a r a t i o n s , i n t e r n a t i o n a l l a w , a n d g l o b a l j u s t i c e able to take advantage of national laws in the usa that had been drafted in response to pressures associated with the holocaust, although in the end were unable to proceed as potential claims had been waived in the peace treaty con- cluded with japan, an exemption from responsibility that the us state department continues to support in litigation brought before american courts. note here that the obligations to compensate written into american law do not pretend to be ‘international legal obligations’, but are instances of discretionary national legisla- tion that results from moral appeals and political leverage. yet remoteness has not inhibited certain categories of claims for reparative justice, especially those associated with indigenous peoples and the institutions of slavery and slave trading. these claims, building credibility in the wake of efforts on behalf of holocaust survivors, gained unprecedented visibility in the atmos- phere of the s. to the extent that symbolic reparations were pursued there were positive results in the form of acknowledgments, apologies, and media attentions to past injustices. remoteness definitely limited the capacity of such claimants to implement the very broad legal imperative to give victims remedies for harms endured, but it did not formally preclude relief. there was no statute of limitations applicable to bar claims. those with limited claims and a small constituency, most notably japanese- americans who had suffered enforced detention in world war ii, were recipients of nominal compensation payments. these payments were important to the victims as much, if not more so, as acknowledgments of past injustice, that is, as symbolic reparations in the sense of acknowledgment and apology even though a nominal payment was involved. in contrast, descendants of slaves, although receiving some satisfaction, including a legal affirmation in authoritative global settings that slavery constituted a crime against humanity, have not been able to gain satisfac- tion in the form of compensation. unlike the case of japanese-americans where compensation was not a huge financial tax on the present and unlike holocaust survivors who had formal american pressures behind them (which appeared to push the swiss banks and others into accommodating gestures), indigenous peoples and descendants of slaves found themselves without political leverage, despite generating significant moral pressures arising from the documentation of horrendous past atrocities. beyond this, redress in these latter instances would have been economically and politically disruptive, imposing a major and politically unacceptable burden on present public revenue flows. absence of individuation the magnitude of the harm done, especially when directed at a large class of victims, makes it impractical to evaluate individual claims on a case-by-case r i c h a r d f a l k basis in most instances, and therefore is not consistent with the international law approach based on the individual that is embedded in human rights. it has been historically possible under certain circumstances to create claims commissions to deal with efforts to achieve restitution of property and compensation arrange- ments, as was done in relation to the iranian revolution and the first gulf war. in both instances, there were large pools of resources available that belonged to the accused governments, as well as antagonistic international attitudes toward the government that was being charged with improper taking of private property rights. and redress for claimants did not impose any burdens on the states that established the reparations mechanism, which distinguishes the situation from those where payment of reparations would be imposed from within. that is, the geopolitical climate was supportive of efforts to implement reparations on an individuated basis in iran and iraq. but these instances are the exception rather than the rule. no such redress occurs when the accused government is victorious or beyond the reach of the international community, as has been the case in relation to the usa, considering the wrongs associated with its conduct of wars in vietnam, panama, afghanistan, and iraq in the course of the last forty years, as well as in relation to both world wars of the twentieth century. more common are those many circumstances in a wide range of countries where an oppressive past has been finally repudiated by a new political leadership, but not necessarily in a conclusive fashion. beyond this, there are neither the administrative nor financial capabilities to process claims on an individual basis, particularly if the abuses do not involve property rights that can be established by the claimants. in such circumstances, the dynamic of redress has tended to emphasize accountability for the main perpetrators of atrocities and a collective truth-telling procedure for the community of victims, especially reliance on truth and reconciliation commissions. reparations are certainly not excluded, but they have not been consistently part of the process, and rarely reach the majority of victims except in pitifully small amounts. in latin america several countries have implemented significant reparations programs, including argentina, chile, and brazil, others have made efforts that are more than token. reparations have received less attention than efforts at criminalizing the perpetrators of gross wrongs, but have been at least as significant an aspect of attempts at overall rectification. generality of obligation any attempt to evolve a law-centered approach to reparations must accept the frequent inability to specify the level of responsibility with the kind of precision that makes it more likely that equal circumstances will be treated equally. of r e p a r a t i o n s , i n t e r n a t i o n a l l a w , a n d g l o b a l j u s t i c e course, this difficulty with reparations should not be exaggerated, and it should be appreciated that the more demanding rules of evidence and standards of persua- sion that apply to criminal prosecution make problems of ascertaining responsi- bility and entitlement with respect to reparations somewhat manageable. the provision of reparations, however constructed, usually must depend in the end on a rule of reason, which accords those who administer the program, whether judicially or administratively, wide discretionary authority. only where the idea of full compensation for losses is sustained, as in kuwait after the gulf war, is there operational guidance for those making decisions. or where uniform payments are decreed, which overlook the unevenness of harm sustained, as with compensation accorded to japanese-americans detained during world war ii, is specificity attained. in other settings, the legal mandate to award reparations operates in a manner similar to other areas of the law where the specific and the general are only loosely connected, as when such standards as ‘due process’ or ‘the reasonable person’ are used to judge legal responsibility in particular circumstances. where the number of claimants is very large, there is a greater disposition to rely on administrative procedures that compensate victims by category of harm, and usually with no pretension that the level of reparations corresponds to the level of harm. again, the human rights approach based on individual rights challenges this flexibility. extreme selectivity to the extent that reparation claims are given support in national legal systems, there are present critical geopolitical factors that inhibit any kind of standardiza- tion of treatment. it is one thing to initiate litigation to give some remedial relief to holocaust victims, but it would be inconceivable that comparable relief, even of a symbolic character, were to be accorded to indochinese victims of the vietnam war or to palestinian victims of israeli abuses of international human rights and international humanitarian law during the period of extended occupation of the west bank and gaza. the victims require political leverage, and the target of remedial abuse must be discredited or defeated for such remedies to exist. when- ever geopolitical factors become relevant to the application of legal standards, the issue of legitimacy casts a shadow over discussions of legality, especially because selective implementation means that equals cannot be and are not treated as equals. should such a realization be allowed to taint those applications of law that can be explained by reference to geopolitical patterns of influence? r i c h a r d f a l k . w h a t i n t e r n a t i o n a l l a w c a n d o ......................................................................................................................................................................................... so far the emphasis has been placed on the limitations of international law in relation to the imposition of obligations to provide reparations to victims of past injustices and deprivations of rights, especially in the setting of transitions to democracy. but international law also has contributed to a generalized atmosphere of support, a reparations ethos, for compensating victims as part of its overall dedication to global justice and the enforcement of claims, and thus lends support to the domestic willingness to provide reparations when contextual factors are favorable. beyond this, international law is part of the normative context, giving a higher level of credence to victims and their supporters who insist on reparations as part of a new political regime of ‘fairness’. such a change in the climate of credibility with respect to claims of reparations for past wrongs is perhaps most evident in the greater seriousness accorded to the grievances associated with the descendants of slaves and the representatives of indigenous peoples. these claims had previously been hardly ever mentioned in influential settings, being treated as too frivolous to warrant attention, much less action. international law also helps by clarifying those forms of governmental abuse that constitute international crimes, and therefore cannot be shielded from legal ac- countability. certainly, the establishment of the international criminal court (icc) is a step in the direction of accountability for perpetrators, and by its provisions of funds for reparations of victims, there is an agreed-upon framework that should exert an indirect influence upon those transitions to democracy that occur against an established background of gross abuse and international crimin- ality. that is, by linking accountability for perpetrators to compensation for victims there is encoded in international law a conception of fairness and rectifi- cation of past harm that includes victims. this is a major conceptual step forward, with policy consequences, although disappointments also arise to the extent that compensatory steps are either trivial in relation to the quantum of harm endured or are never implemented beyond nominal awards. perhaps the most important impact of this level of generalized obligation is to influence the approach of national legal systems, which in any event have the most opportunity to actualize international standards, including those associated with human rights, in relation to the persons who endured the wrongs or their representatives. to the extent that national programs of reparations are enacted, there are expectations generated that a transition to democracy is incomplete if it does not include efforts to address as well as possible, given contextual constraints, the harms endured by victims of a prior oppressive regime. at the same time, there exists a margin of appreciation that allows a given national government a wide range of discretion in determining what it is reasonable to appropriate for the satisfaction of past claimants. r e p a r a t i o n s , i n t e r n a t i o n a l l a w , a n d g l o b a l j u s t i c e to the extent corrective justice is taken into account, then the pressure to overcome the culture of impunity relating to transitions to democracy is of at least symbolic benefit to the victims, as well as to their families and friends. the difficulties of providing material compensation are offset to some extent by publicly and officially acknowledging past abuses, documenting the record of wrongdoing associated with a prior regime, discrediting perpetrators while ex- pressing solidarity with a community of victims, issuing apologies, and challenging self-serving grants of amnesty. in this process, not only is the harm to those most victimized repudiated as wrong, but the general public is educated about the limits on permissible behavior by governments. given the degree to which transitions to democracy are carried on within national legal frameworks, where the contours of arrangements are determined exclusively by reference to domestic law, the role of international law is inherently limited. of course, to the extent that international human rights and criminal law are internalized, they push the national approach, in circumstances of transitional justice, in the direction of providing ‘just compensation’ for victims as determined contextually. beyond this, international law could impose obligations on states and other actors to provide financial capabilities via the icc, and elsewhere, to enable those countries with limited resources and very widespread claims of victimization to receive special credits and loans for the purpose of satisfying certain categories of victimization. whether such an undertaking could fit within the mandate of existing international financial institutions such as the world bank or imf is doubtful, but a special commission could be created within the un system to receive voluntary contributions earmarked for such purposes. the record to date is not encouraging if the un voluntary fund for victims of torture established by ga res. / on december , , is taken as indicative. the fund receives contributions from governments, nongovernmental organiza- tions, and individuals, but has managed to raise only $ million during its entire course since coming into existence in . another possibility, undoubtedly remote, would be to affix a ‘tobin tax’ on international currency transactions or on activities that pollute the commons, such as commercial jet international travel, thereby providing a pool of funds to be used to bolster the capabilities to realize the goals of corrective justice in transitional societies and other circumstan- ces where international victimization has occurred. this kind of mechanism could also be used to address categories of claimants on a group basis, thereby circumventing the extraordinary bureaucratic burdens associated with judicial and administrative approaches that are based on assessing the merits of individualized claims. r i c h a r d f a l k n o t e s . for review of this dynamic see falk, ‘reviving the s trend toward transnational justice: innovations and institutions’, journal of human development ( ) ( ): – . . see falk, ‘assessing the pinochet legislation: whither universal jurisdiction?’ and the reply by pablo de greiff, ‘universal jurisdiction and transitions to democracy’, in universal jurisdiction: national courts and the prosecution of serious crimes under international law, stephen macedo, ed. (philadelphia, pa: university of pennsylvania press, ). . the conclusion of the independent international commission on kosovo was that the action was ‘legitimate’ (as it prevented an imminent instance of ethnic cleansing), but ‘illegal’ (as it lacked a required unsc mandate). see the report of the commission, the kosovo report: conflict, international response, lessons learned (oxford: oxford uni- versity press, ); along similar lines, but with a more comprehensive approach, see the report of the international commission on intervention and state sovereignty, the responsibility to protect (ottawa, canada: international development research centre, ). . elazar barkan, the guilt of nations: restitution and negotiating historical injustices (new york: norton, ), ix. . in this collection, de greiff defends a nuanced position with respect to the issue of the relationship between reparations and international law: the main point is that what international law has to say about this issue is still mostly geared to the case-by-case resolution of claims, and that both this and the (related) adoption of restitutio in integrum as the criterion of justice in reparations, make the guidance provided by international law less than clear when the task is to create a massive program. see de greiff, ‘justice and reparations’ (chapter , this volume). . for a consideration of this dynamic of distraction see falk, the great terror war (northampton, ma: olive branch press, ); also, falk, ‘reviving global civil society after september ’, in traditions, values, and humanitarian action, kevin m. cahill, ed. (fordham, ny: fordham university press, ), – . . even in the aftermath of the afghanistan war and the iraq war there does not seem to be a disposition to set up a procedure to provide reparations for the numerous victims of these brutal regimes. unlike after world war ii or the gulf war, the main goals of the occupying powers, aside from selective criminal prosecution of the leaders of the former regime, seem to involve the establishment of stability and a sense of normalcy. . of course, there are a series of affirmations of a legal obligation to compensate victims of abuses that can be found in such influential documents as article of the universal declaration of human rights, articles ( ), ( ), of the international covenant on civil and political rights, article of the un convention against torture, and article of the international convention on the elimination of all forms of racial discrimin- ation, as well as the elaborate consideration of victims’ rights in the statute of the international criminal court. see also theo van boven, ‘basic principles and guide- lines’, e/cn. / / , january , . it is to be noted that most of the assertions of this right to compensation situate the remedy within national legal systems. with the r e p a r a t i o n s , i n t e r n a t i o n a l l a w , a n d g l o b a l j u s t i c e . exception of the icc approach there is no attempt at an international remedial option made available to a victim even in the event that there is no meaningful national remedy. the basic principles document, in principle , affirms the victim’s right to pursue a remedy in all legal arenas ‘under existing domestic laws as well as under international law’, but without any clarification as to how such rights can be upheld in concrete circumstances. states are obliged to ‘[m]ake available all appropriate diplo- matic and legal means to ensure that victims exercise their rights to a remedy and reparation for violations of international human rights or humanitarian law’. . case concerning the factory at chorzow, p.c.i.j. (ser. a) no. , at ; in explaining the bearing of international law i have adapted the framework clearly set forth by max du plessis, ‘historical injustice and international law: an exploratory discussion of reparation for slavery’, human rights quarterly ( ): – . . ‘on the legal consequences of the construction of a wall in the occupied palestinian territories’, icj reports, july , , para. . . mavrommatis palestine concessions case (greece v. uk), p.c.i.j. reports (ser. a) no. , at ; for fuller account see ian brownlie, principles of public international law, rd edn. (new york: oxford university press, ). . for the definitive account of the ilc treatment of reparations see james crawford, the international law commission’s articles on state responsibility: introduction, text and commentaries (cambridge: cambridge university press, ); for useful assessment see dinah shelton, ‘righting wrongs: reparations in the articles on state responsibilities’, american journal of international law ( ) ( ): – . professor shelton asserts that these draft articles, that is, not yet in the form of an international convention, combine persuasively the descriptive function of ‘codification’ with the prescriptive function of ‘progressive development’ in accord with the mission of the international law commission. she also confirms the influence of this statement of the law despite its lack of a formally obligatory character, including extensive reliance by the international court of justice in its decisions, and by parties in their submissions. . the temple case, , icj, . . see ‘on the legal consequences’, para. . . du plessis, op. cit., at . . see especially ga res. , december , , res. , december , ; also declaration on the right to development, december , . . for a careful study of reparations in the inter-american human rights system see carrillo (chapter , this volume). . which is one of the conclusions at which de greiff, segovia, and others in this volume arrive. . for a sense of the professional viewpoint on reparations associated with international law practice see shelton, op. cit. a typical view of the versailles approach, primarily because the reparations features were regarded as symbolically humiliating and substantively burdensome for germany and germans, and thereby leading to a backlash, is the following: ‘the treaty of versailles . . . represented a peace without justice. the desire of the first world war victors to seek revenge against the vanquished is widely believed to have contributed to conditions which led to the second world war.’ stuart rees, passion for peace (sydney: new south wales university press, ), . of course, it would be simplistic to explain the rise of hitler by reference only to an extremist reaction to versailles. see hannah arendt, the origins of totalitarianism r i c h a r d f a l k (london: allen and unwin, ). for a recent inquiry into the origins of ‘radical evil’ as a political reality see ira katznelson, desolation and enlightenment: political know- ledge after total war, totalitarianism, and the holocaust (new york: columbia uni- versity press, ). . the issue of punishment and responsibility was individualized after world war ii, as exemplified by the nuremberg trials. see the instructive account in gary jonathan bass, stay the hand of vengeance: the politics of war crimes tribunals (princeton, nj: princeton university press, ), esp. – . for the international law foundations of the nuremberg approach see richard falk, gabriel kolko, and robert jay lifton, eds., crimes of war (new york: random house, ), – . the lesson of versailles was reinforced by geopolitical considerations that regarded the reconstruction of germany (and japan) as an essential element in the containment of the soviet union as the cold war unfolded and came to dominate the political imagination of those shaping the policies of leading western states in the s and s. . see the study of the uncc by van houtte et al. (chapter , this volume); and david bederman, ‘the un compensation commission and the tradition of international claims assessment’, nyu journal of international law and politics ( ) ( ). . for a range of critical assessments of sanctions imposed on iraq see anthony arnove, ed., iraq under siege: the deadly impact of sanctions and war (cambridge, ma: south end press, ); a broader perspective is to be found in david cortright and george a. lopez, eds., the sanctions decade: assessing un strategies in the s (boulder, co: lynne rienner, ), esp. – . also, falk, ‘iraq, the united states, and international law: beyond the sanctions’, in iraq: the human cost of history, tareq ismail and william w. haddad, eds. (london: pluto press, ). . see michael j. bazyler, ‘nuremberg in america: litigating the holocaust in united states courts’, university of richmond law review ( ) ( ). for a general study see gregg j. richman, swiss banks and jewish souls (new brunswick, nj: transaction, ). . see richard b. lillich, international claims: their adjudication by national commis- sions (syracuse, ny: syracuse university press, ) on the nationality of claims, and their discretionary prosecution, as well as international practice; discussed earlier in this chapter. . the role of sovereignty in creating sanctuaries for state wrongs is impressively depicted in ken booth, ‘human wrongs and international relations’, international affairs ( ) ( ): – . . this argument is set forth in greater detail in falk, ‘the challenges of humane govern- ance’, in concepts and strategies in international human rights, george j. andreopoulos, ed. (new york: peter lang, ), – ; for scholarly treatment that fails to address this hypothesis of nonimplementation see johannes morsink, the universal declaration of human rights: origins, drafting, intent (philadelphia, pa: university of pennsylvania press, ). . for various aspects of this evolution see andreopoulos, op. cit.; also falk, human rights horizons: the prospect of justice in a globalizing world (new york: routledge, ); for theoretical inquiry into the expanding status of individual rights see jack donnelly, universal human rights: in theory & practice (ithaca, ny: cornell univer- sity press, ); the most comprehensive assessment of this trend can be found in henry j. steiner and philip alston, eds., international human rights in context, nd edn. (new york: oxford university press, ). r e p a r a t i o n s , i n t e r n a t i o n a l l a w , a n d g l o b a l j u s t i c e . donnelly makes this point strongly. . for a pioneering study of legitimacy see thomas m. franck, the power of legitimacy among nations (new york: oxford university press, ); further elaborated and explored in impressive detail in thomas m. franck, fairness in international law and institutions (new york: oxford university press, ). despite the sweep of coverage in this latter study, franck gives no attention whatsoever to issues of corrective justice, and limits his relevant coverage to issues of ‘fairness’ associated with alien property claims ( – ). . of course, from another perspective, germany after could be described in a similar manner, but germany was taking steps in the aftermath of a devastating military and political defeat, and in the midst of a foreign occupation, to restore its standing as a legitimate state. it seems like an antecedent case to that of victim-oriented reparations as conferred by latin american legal initiatives. see the studies on german reparations by ariel colonomos and andrea armstrong (chapter , this volume) and john authers (chapter , this volume). . although not so formulated, this jurisprudence derives from the work of the new haven school, especially myres mcdougal, harold lasswell, and michael reisman. for the most comprehensive overview see mcdougal and lasswell, jurisprudence for a free society: studies in law, science and policy (new haven, ct: yale university press, ). a constructivist account of political and conceptual reality is most explicitly set forth by alexander wendt in social theory of international politics (cambridge: cambridge university press, ). . reparations can also be conceived, in part, as punitive, or at least directed toward burdening perpetrators with obligations. for insightful discussion of some of these issues see martha minow, between vengeance and forgiveness: facing history after genocide and mass violence (boston, ma: beacon, ). . see the study of south african reparations by colvin (chapter , this volume). . for one such example, see the study of reparations in malawi by cammack (chapter , this volume). . a harm-based conception is more in accord with ideas of corrective justice, treating the victim as an autonomous subject entitled to compensation, at least to the extent otherwise feasible. . the issue of intertemporality is carefully considered by du plessis, op. cit., in relation to efforts to obtain reparations on behalf of descendants of slaves. interesting issues are posed as to the nature of victimization, and whether the grant of reparations, even in symbolic amounts, would not heal the inherited wounds of slavery and past forms of racial persecution and discrimination. . see study by authers (chapter , this volume). . quoted in ‘satisfaction not guaranteed’, a review of books on the holocaust dynamic by john authers, financial times, august , . . among the treatments of this process see stuart eizenstat, imperfect justice (new york: public affairs press, ); michael bazyler, holocaust justice (new york: new york university press, ); and for a skeptical account see norman finkelstein, the holocaust industry (london: verso, ). . these claims categories are included in barkan, op. cit., and du plessis, op. cit.; see also falk, ‘reviving the s trend toward transnational justice’, op. cit. r i c h a r d f a l k . see study on reparations for japanese-americans by yamamoto and ebesugawa (chap- ter , this volume). . for instance, in the declaration adopted at the durban un conference on racism and development. it is notable that the us government withdrew its delegation from the conference, partly to protest criticism of israel and partly because of reparation claims advanced in relation to the condemnation of slavery. on this issue generally see du plessis, op. cit., for extensive treatment. . de greiff spells out the possible consequences of a case-by-case approach (chapter , this volume). . for an admirable overview see priscilla b. hayner, unspeakable truths: confronting state terror and atrocity (new york: routledge, ). . it should be noted that this same selectivity applies in many crucial areas of inter- national law, including that of humanitarian intervention, regulation of nonprolifera- tion of weaponry of mass destruction, and enforcement of un security council resolutions. it is an aspect of the balancing act that conjoins law and power within any social order, but its influence is more salient and pronounced in relation to global policy concerns. . see a useful overview in geoffrey robertson, crimes against humanity: the struggle for global justice (new york: norton, ). . for an analysis of reparations and the icc see pablo de greiff and marieke wierda, ‘the trust fund for victims of the international criminal court: between possibilities and constraints’, in out of the ashes: reparation for victims of gross and systematic human rights violations, marc bossuyt, paul lemmens, koen de feyter, and stephan parmentier, eds. (antwerp: intersentia, ). . such nominal forms of satisfaction can be worse than nothing to the extent that the claimant continues to feel the anguish associated with harm while the impression is spread that reparative justice has been rendered, setting the stage for reconciliation. r e p a r a t i o n s , i n t e r n a t i o n a l l a w , a n d g l o b a l j u s t i c e -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf -grieff-reparations .pdf postmodernizm – co to i po co? teksty drugie , , s. - postmodernizm – co to i po co? zdzisław Łapiński http://rcin.org.pl zdzisław Łapiński postmodernizm — co to i po co? o zróżnicowaniu i tempie przemian literatury dwu- dziestowiecznej — szkoły, kierunki, orientacje! — pisano wiele. dawniej nieco częściej, teraz nieco rzadziej. dlaczego nie zaskakuje ciągłość tej literatury? oświecenie, romantyzm, a cóż dopiero pozytywizm, panowały u nas o wiele krócej. wystarczy położyć obok siebie dobry wiersz z lat trzydziestych, np. przybosia z równania serca ( ), i dobry wiersz współczesny, np. barańczaka z widokówki z tego świata ( ), aby odnieść wrażenie, że mimo odrębności poetyk, postaw i emocji są to utwory z tej samej epoki i można je opisywać za pomocą tych samych kategorii. zdumiewające. w ciągu stulecia przewaliły się przez świat dwie wojny powszechne, zagłada groziła całym narodom, wieloma społeczeństwami wstrząsnęły do samych podstaw totalitarne reżimy, a literacka estetyka trwa w głównych zarysach bez zmian. nie tylko „przyboś został, tak jak był, przybosiem". pozostała sobą także sztuka xx w., na przekór kazaniom o j e j końcu, po oświęcimiu. co więcej, literatura tego stulecia oddaje „ducha epoki" nie gorzej niż robiła to literatura dawniejsza, i to nie zawsze wtedy, gdy heroicznie przeciwstawia się złu lub gdy cynicznie mu się wysługuje. zachowując ciągłość, literatura ta zmienia jednak nieco swe zabarwienie, przesuwają się w niej akcenty, wyodrębniają dwie fazy. w a r t o te fazy http://rcin.org.pl p o s t m o d e r n i z m — co t o i po co? nazwać, nawet kosztem przetasowania ustalonej terminologii. choćby po to, aby łatwiej porozumiewać się z historykami innych niż nasza literatur. jak wiadomo, nowe nazwy są już w użyciu: modernizm i postmodernizm. ten pierwszy występuje w głównych językach europejskich w dwojakim sensie. w szerszym — obejmuje całą cywilizację nowożytną (ang. modernity). w węższym — nowoczesną wysoką kulturę (ang. moder- nism). nowożytność jest rozumiana dosyć tradycyjnie — od renesansu, choć chętnie podkreśla się znaczenie xvii w., ze względu na kartezjanizm i jego następstwa w filozofii i naukach przyrodniczych. natomiast nowoczesność to te zjawiska kultury, które wystąpiły w ostatnich dekadach xix w. i trwały mniej więcej do połowy xx w. na dwa sposoby bywa także rozumiany postmodernizm. albo jako przełom podobny do tego, który oddzielił nas od średniowiecza, a więc cezura byłaby bardzo głęboka i dotyczyła wszystkich dziedzin życia, albo też j a k o przezwyciężenie pewnych tylko dążeń, głównie intelek- tualnych i artystycznych, panujących w dobie nowoczesności. (dobrze służą temu w angielszczyźnie dwie odrębne formy rzeczownikowe: postmodernity i postmodernism, natomiast zamieszanie wprowadza przymiotnik postmodern, nie różnicujący owych znaczeń. ) przekonanie, że nowoczesność już się wyczerpała i że powstaje coś nowego, co trzeba nazwać, i że prowizorycznie można się posłużyć słowem postmodernism — pojawiło się w stanach na początku lat sześćdziesiątych. następnie słowo to zawędrowało do francji i niemiec, tam krzyżowało się często z pojęciem „po-nowożytności", a następnie wróciło do ameryki, wzbogacone o nowe, szersze konotacje filozoficzne i społeczne. modernizm (nowoczesność) w tym ujęciu to przede wszystkim dążenia wywodzące się z symbolizmu. kierunki radykalniejsze — futuryzm, ekspresjonizm, dada, surrealizm — schodzą wówczas na dalszy plan. takie spojrzenie wynika pewnie z faktu, że klasycy nowoczesności — proust, rilke, kafka, valéry, joyce, mann, eliot, bieły, mandelsztam, achmatowa — związani są z tym nurtem zachowawczym. gdybyśmy jednak skupili uwagę na różnych awangardzistach tego okresu, to z tych możliwości zawartych w angielszczyźnie jej użytkownicy korzystają jednak niechętnie: wielki słownik oksfordzki (oed), w wydaniu z r., wprawdzie uwzględnia hasło post-modern i odnotowuje formy post-modernism i post-modernist, ale nie zauważa post-modernity. http://rcin.org.pl zdzisŁaw ŁapiŃski postmodernizm okazałby się nie tyle zaprzeczeniem modernizmu, co próbą wskrzeszenia jego wyczerpanej już w europie witalności . kontrast między europą a stanami zjednoczonymi jest zresztą dla wielu krytyków kluczowy. np. według andreasa huyssena awangarda pierwszych dziesięcioleci naszego wieku dlatego nie mogła przyjąć się w stanach, że tradycyjna wysoka kultura nie zapuściła tam jeszcze korzeni dość głęboko. henry james, ezra pound i t. s. eliot stawiali sobie za cel europeizację sztuki amerykańskiej, czyli import wyszukanych form artystycznych. dopiero w latach sześćdziesiątych powstają w ameryce warunki dla kontrkultury i dla odnowionej awangardy, która pod nazwą postmodernizmu zacznie z kolei wpływać na myśl i sztukę europejską. istnieje chyba jednak jakaś alchemia, która sprawia, że podobne struk- tury artystyczne mogą występować w niepodobnych warunkach socjo- -politycznych. zaprojektowane w określonej sytuacji, powtarzane by- wają w sytuacji zupełnie innej, a mimo to doskonale spełniają tam nowe funkcje. i wszystkie one, oglądane z dystansu, stają się składnikiem wspólnej, nadrzędnej sytuacji mentalnej. aby nie poddawać się bez reszty deterministycznemu poglądowi, łączą- cemu w sposób jednoznaczny postmodernizm w sztuce z określonymi warunkami panującymi w społeczeństwach rozwiniętych, warto może przypomnieć, że wielkie nazwiska tej formacji literackiej — jorge luis borges (ur. ), samuel beckett (ur. ) oraz witold gombrowicz (ur. ), którego nie wahałbym się postawić na czele — to ludzie zupełnie inaczej interpretuje te związki włodzimierz bolecki (polowanie na postmoder- nistów). postmodernizm dla niego to negatywna reakcja na kierunki awangardowe. myślę, że zaciążył tu punkt widzenia teoretyków architektury. dla nich awangarda to nie żadne dadaizmy i surrealizmy, ale konstruktywizm, bauhaus, funkcjonalizm, styl między- narodowy, słowem — racjonalizacja sztuki. architekci, którzy już na początku dyskusji o postmodernizmie mieli w niej swój udział i spopularyzowali bardziej niż inni samą nazwę, wprowadzili jednocześnie sporo zamętu. nie sądzę, aby właśnie architektura, sztuka nieprzedstawiająca, mogła nam służyć za paradygmat. problematyka postmoder- nizmu dla historyka i teoretyka literatury, jak zresztą i dla filozofa, obraca się wokół pojęć takich jak „referencja", „reprezentacja" czy „podmiotowość", nie znajdujących dobrego odpowiednika w architekturze. aby uniknąć nieporozumień, dodam, że estetykę przybosia łączę z modernizmem. u nas istotnie dążenia postmodernistyczne skrystalizowały się m. in. w atakach na „awangar- dyzm" tego autora. por. a. huyssen after the great divide: modernism, mass culture and postmodernism, london . http://rcin.org.pl p o s t m o d e r n i z m — co to i po co? mniej więcej tego samego pokolenia, ukształtowani w latach, kiedy nikt postmodernizmie nie słyszał, i pochodzący z krajów o zacofanej gospodarce, patriarchalnej obyczajowości i katolickich tradycjach (ar- gentyna, irlandia, polska). wszyscy trzej zetknęli się natomiast dosyć wcześnie ze środowiskiem paryskiej bohemy w latach międzywojennych. to, co jest centrum (tak!) postmodernizmu, tzn. jego sztuka i filozofia, w swych najcenniejszych przejawach powstało mocą wewnętrznej logiki, z prób przezwyciężenia kanonu modernistycznego, z jednej strony, idealistycznej filozofii niemieckiej, z drugiej. próby te pobudzane były nową wrażliwością, ale wrażliwość tę wykazywali tylko nieliczni. do- piero pod wpływem nie dających się wcześniej przewidzieć procesów globalnych wypracowane przez małe grupki pięknoduchów techniki odczuwania i wyrażania odczuć, myślenia i nadawania myślom kształtu, zostały powszechnie zaakceptowane. punktem zwrotnym stało się przeszczepienie pewnej estetyki i praktyki artystycznej z literatury i innych sztuk na nowe dziedziny. postmoder- nizm jako zjawisko kompleksowe, obejmujące nie tylko sztukę, ale i całą humanistykę, także nauki społeczne, a nawet styl bycia, i pod- porządkowane (dosyć enigmatycznej) ideologii — zapanował dopiero dzięki francuskim myślicielom poststrukturalnym, głównie dekonstruk- cjonistom. najwdzięczniejszym terenem ekspansji w ciągu ostatnich dwudziestu lat okazała się ameryka. przyczółkami stały się uczelnie, a psychospołecznych przesłanek dostarczyła studencka rewolta z końca lat sześćdziesiątych. w debatach politycznych prowadzonych w kręgach radykalnych przez obrońców i przeciwników postmodernizmu daje się często słyszeć pewna fałszywa nuta. a to dlatego, że obie strony starają się zataić fakt (na szczęście, dobrze im znany!), że jedynie społeczeństwo postprzemysłowe, ustroju demokracji parlamentarnej, ze wszystkimi swymi najważniej- szymi instytucjami, takimi, jakie są, a nie takimi, jakie można sobie wymarzyć, potrafi zapewnić warunki życia umysłowego i życia w ogóle, do których intelektualiści przywykli i bez których nie mogliby się obyć. osławiona wywrotowość postmodernizmu podlega zwykle samokontroli — wbrew nadziejom jednych, a obawom drugich — nie stanowi zagrożenia dla systemu. tylko niewielka poprawka wniesiona do współrzędnych pozwoliłaby wprowadzić czwarte, i ostatnie, wielkie nazwisko — władimira n a b o k o v a (ur. ). http://rcin.org.pl zdzisŁaw ŁapiŃski tak więc w debatach tych jest nie tylko wiele zamieszania pojęciowego, ale i „świadomości fałszywej". a jak się rzecz gmatwa, gdy spróbujemy zastosować kategorię postmodernizmu do społeczeństw komunistycz- nych i postkomunistycznych! na pierwszy rzut oka żadnych tu zbieżności. warunki — polityczne, ekonomiczne, społeczne — były pod każdym względem tak różne, że jakiekolwiek próby objęcia zjawisk umysłowych tą samą siatką pojęcio- wą z góry powinny być skazane na niepowodzenie. a jednak. myślę, że bez naciągania rzeczywistości do gotowych formułek i schematów można zestawić pewne zdarzenia u nas i na zachodzie dzięki nie tylko powierzchownym podobieństwom formalnym, ale i podobieństwom funkcjonalnym. poczynając bowiem od drugiej połowy lat pięćdziesiątych wytworzyła się u nas sytuacja sprzyjająca temu, co nazywane teraz bywa „aurą postmodernistyczną". Życie umysłowe toczyło się wtedy w wyraźnie określonych ramach politycznych. panowała opinia, że choć można zmodyfikować ustrój, to nie można go obalić (przynajmniej w bliskiej przyszłości). nie można, ale i nie trzeba. ton bowiem nadawał marksistowski rewizjonizm. krytycyzm wobec wielu aspektów marksizmu jako teorii i chęć wyko- rzenienia praktyk stalinowskich szły w parze z nieufnością do gospodarki kapitalistycznej. mimo wszystkie śmiesznostki — i tragedie — tamtych lat, przemiana była potężna. znowu byliśmy w literackiej europie. chłonęliśmy nawet to, co tam dopiero pączkowało. stąd też dobre przyjęcie, jakie spotkało później — już w fazie świadomego siebie postmodernizmu — naszych twórców na zachodzie. mistrzem nad mistrzami tego okresu stał się gombrowicz. filozofem najbardziej wpływowym wśród młodych intelektualistów — kołakow- ski. najbardziej podziwianym eksperymentatorem w poezji — biało- szewski. równocześnie zaczynał się kult młodopolskiego z ducha prekur- sora postmodernizmu — witkacego. w recepcji dramatu europejskiego najtrwalej zapisała się sztuka becketta czekając na godota, wystawiona przez jerzego kreczmara we współczesnym. wtedy też uformował się teatr kantora i grotowskiego. a j a k o fenomen sztuki masowej objawił się „kabaret starszych panów". witkacy jest typowym pisarzem okresu przejściowego. tęsknotę do metafizyki łączy z poczuciem jej niemożliwości w świecie współczesnym. bezceremonialność, z jaką podchodzi on do sztuki, jej zasad i granic. http://rcin.org.pl p o s t m o d e r n i z m — co to i po co? podszyta jest żądzą sztuki absolutnej. nienawiść do kultury masowej przeplata się z fascynacją. zasada tragifarsy rządzi każdym rodzajem ekspresji witkacego, nie wyłączając spraw osobistych. pastisz i parodia to techniki stosowane przez niego bez opamiętania. podobnie auto- referencjalność oraz mieszanie fikcji i faktów. wreszcie to, co przez długi czas nie pozwalało zaakceptować witkacego tak, jak na to zasłużył — „bylejakość" jego sztuki, jakieś niespełnienie czy niedopełnienie — to antywartość, która dla postmodernistów staje się właśnie jakością poszukiwaną. jako ucieleśnienie postmodernizmu, w jego wczesnym, a przecie doj- rzałym kształcie, można traktować gombrowicza. nie będę śledził poszczególnych stron tej twórczości, to się samo narzuca. dotknę tylko dwu spraw ogólniejszych. otóż antysztuka, do jakiej dąży postmoder- nizm, wyłania z siebie wiele nieprzezwyciężonych aporii. witkacy był tyleż odkrywcą owych aporii, co ich ofiarą. gombrowicz natomiast umiał nad nimi zapanować i uczynić z nich skuteczny środek wyrazu. jego bunt przeciw arcydziełom i poszukiwanie sztuki zbrukanej, nie dbającej o swoją nieskazitelność, przyniósł nową formę, a z nią nową doskonałość, mniej ostentacyjną, za to organizującą sfery nie tknięte dotąd przez literaturę. niedbałość znajduje się pod ścisłym nadzorem estetycznym. podobnie stosunek do czytelnika. autor na pozór powierza mu beztrosko siebie i swoje kolejne utwory, naprawdę zaś stara się, w sposób niemal obsesyjny, zaaranżować każdy jego odruch. dezyn- woltura artystyczna gombrowicza to tylko zręczny chwyt iluzjonisty, mający ukryć jego jedyną wiarę, wiarę w sztukę, i jego całkowite oddanie tej sztuce. przełom lat pięćdziesiątych i sześćdziesiątych sprzyjał nastrojom postmo- dernistycznym. panowało przekonanie, że najgroźniejszy jest dogma- tyzm, absolutyzowanie zasad i reguł, podczas gdy żadnych z nich absolu- tyzować nie wolno. „dogmatyzm" w żargonie partyjnym był eufemisty- cznym określeniem zastępującym słowo „stalinizm". ale antydogmatyzm w sensie potocznym dobrze oddaje ówczesne nastroje (por. np. etykę bez kodeksu kołakowskiego). nie darmo też obok „dogmatyzmu" wykorzys- tywano inne pojęcia związane z instytucją religii, takie jak „inkwizycja". komunizm, swoista parodia teologii, obrzędu i organizacji kościelnej, był atakowany za pomocą bezpiecznych wówczas metafor z zakresu religii, rozrastających się często w alegoryczne fabuły (andrzejewskiego ciemności kryją ziemię, kołakowskiego klucz niebieski, brezy spiżowa http://rcin.org.pl zdzisŁaw ŁapiŃski brama). ale i samo myślenie metafizyczne nie budziło respektu. przewa- żał klimat agnostycyzmu. istniało też przekonanie, że skoro perspektyw na zasadniczą zmianę nie ma i trzeba się urządzić w obrębie zreformowanego świata dotych- czasowego, to najlepszą bronią w walce o większą swobodę jest ironia, szyderstwo, paradoks, poczucie relatywizmu, świadomość, że historią rządzi przypadek lub naga siła. ten zespół idei, postaw i praktyk pisarskich tworzył pewną wyczuwalną całość. nie ma co owijać w bawełnę — to gomułkowszczyzna zrodziła polski postmodernizm. kres temu położył marzec . losy wymienio- nych autorów potoczyły się rozmaicie. większość z nich kontynuowała swój projekt. znaleźli też epigonów i następców. ustalił się wówczas kanon — głównie dzięki sandauerowi — który można dzisiaj nazwać kanonem modernistycznych i postmodernistycznych mistrzów: leśmian, schulz, przyboś, gombrowicz, białoszewski. zaczynają jednak brać górę inne zainteresowania. wymowna była popularność poetyki wypracowanej przez autorów nowej fali, wyko- rzystujących składniki postmodernistyczne swoich poprzedników („poe- zja lingwistyczna"), ale instrumentalnie — w celu stworzenia sztuki perswazyjnej, z tezą, otwarcie zbuntowanej. w inny sposób, lecz także po to, aby zjadliwie komentować aktualia, posługiwał się postmoder- nistycznymi technikami prozatorskimi konwicki. bardziej dwuznaczny pod względem politycznym był tadeusz różewicz, z premedytacją odwołujący się w swoim „teatrze absurdu" do kontekstu europejskiej neoawangardy. najbardziej prawomyślną odmianę postmodernizmu uprawiali prozaicy spod znaku „twórczości". był to nurt podwójnie konformistyczny — wobec naśladowanych wzorów zachodnich i wobec oficjalnego życia instytucjonalnego. aby to nadrobić, autorzy ci uciekali się zwykle do ekstrawagancji formalnych i skandalizującej tematyki obyczajowej. nie mogło to się spotkać z życzliwością czytelników i do pewnego stopnia kompromitowało problematykę postmodernistów w oczach krytyki. może jestem stronniczy, ale sądzę, że rumieńców nabrała ta problema- tyka na łamach „tekstów". był to już okres poststrukturalizmu we francji i „teksty", nawiązując do niego wprost, choć nie bezkrytycznie, zaczęły rewidować panujące założenia metodologiczne oraz interpreto- wać na nowo — zgodnie z rozbudzoną wrażliwością polityczną — obraz naszej literatury powojennej. z brawurą wykonywał to janusz sławiń- http://rcin.org.pl p o s t m o d e r n i z m — co to i po co? ski, podważając solidną konstrukcję polskiego strukturalizmu, wznie- sioną nieco wcześniej przy jego walnym udziale i dalej zresztą wspieraną przez niego w pracach o charakterze akademickim (co dowodzi, jak dobrze pojął on lekcję dekonstrukcjonistów). ale mentalność postmodernistyczna — przeniknięta sceptycyzmem, komplikująca nasz stosunek do świata, przejęta własnym rzemiosłem, mimo swych kpin ze sztuki zakotwiczona w światopoglądzie do głębi estetycznym — nie mogła sprostać atmosferze czasów, w których dokonywała się rewolucja. wichura lat osiemdziesiątych rozwiała resztki „aury postmodernistycznej". paryskie doktryny i amerykańska praktyka krytyczna spotykały się u humanistów ze wzgardą. najsubtelniejsi historycy literatury jako przedmiot wiwisekcji wyżej cenili „trybunę ludu" niż leśmiana. wielu literatów przyjęło śluby ubóstwa artystycz- nego. następcy nowej fali zaczęli uprawiać publicystykę poetycką. wielkim uznaniem cieszyli się realiści: marek nowakowski, kazimierz orłoś. znamienna jest kariera pośmiertna józefa mackiewicza, pisarza, którego twórczość znajduje się na przeciwległym krańcu nie tylko post-, ale i modernizmu. miejsce gombrowicza jako żywego klasyka zajął miłosz, wsławiony swymi atakami na „nowoczesność". wprawdzie on sam dobrze przyswoił i przetrawił współczesne procesy rozkładowe, ale odczytywany był wówczas od strony budującego przesłania. prawdziwie bałwochwalczą reakcję wywoływały utwory herberta, poety, który pod osłoną ironii nadawał patetyczny krój postawom, decyzjom i konfliktom tych lat. dzisiaj jest to rozdział zamknięty. ale sytuacja bieżąca i perspektywy na przyszłość są dosyć mgliste. swego czasu u gombrowicza doszły do głosu wszystkie ważniejsze impulsy postmodernistyczne, a także prze- konanie, że ten styl myślenia nie tylko prowadzi do wewnętrznych sprzeczności (bo to było programowe i nie powinno stanowić zarzutu), ale może ponadto wywołać groźne następstwa praktyczne. udramaty- zowany obraz tego mamy w Ślubie, w dzienniku zaś znajdujemy uwagi o umiarze, prostocie i zdrowym rozsądku, jednak dopiero po wyczer- paniu wszystkich skrajności. wskazówki gombrowicza (za którymi sam autor nie poszedł) zrealizo- wał po latach białoszewski, nie w swoich wierszach, lecz w późnej prozie. proza ta to tylko nieśmiały zarys estetyki — j e d n e j z możliwych estetyk, jakie po przewartościowaniu doświadczeń postmodernistycz- nych mogłyby się przyjąć. ale czy późne dzieło białoszewskiego stanowi http://rcin.org.pl zdzisŁaw ŁapiŃski naprawdę zapowiedź owej estetyki przyszłości? wątpliwe. a bez tej nowej estetyki, sprawdzonej w utworach, o wiele trudniej będzie także pisać w nowy sposób o literaturze. impas, jaki nastał w badaniach literackich, jest dotkliwy. najsilniejszego bodźca teorii dostarczała zwykle sama sztuka. ostatecznie postmodernizm narodził się z na- tchnień, jakie dały wielkie dzieła wcześniejszej epoki. na pozór wszystko idzie jak najlepiej. badania literackie zagranicą bogatsze są niż kiedykolwiek w pomysły, szkoły, kierunki. najbardziej wpływowy jest dekonstrukcjonizm — i to on jest czymś w rodzaju samoświadomości epoki, ale jeszcze lepiej oddaje ową sytuację post- modernistyczna wielość orientacji. stosunki między tymi orientacjami — dekonstrukcjonizmem, hermeneutyką, neomarksizmem, feminizmem, psychoanalizą itd. — są ambiwalentne. toczy się zażarta polemika, padają najostrzejsze zarzuty, a równocześnie przenikają się idee i metody. wzmożonemu zainteresowaniu metodologią (czego dowodem inflacja dysertacji „meta-") bynajmniej nie towarzyszy postulat puryzmu, ani też troska o czystość zasad. przeciwnie, w cenie jest umiejętność kom- binowania ze sobą ujęć, traktowanych dotąd jako rozdzielne. cyrkulacja idei, teorii, hipotez i technik badawczych między konkuru- jącymi ze sobą orientacjami rozciąga się na dyscypliny leżące poza literaturoznawstwem. dawniej był to na ogół ruch jednokierunkowy, od innych dyscyplin ku wiedzy o literaturze. teraz mamy do czynienia z ruchem dwustronnym. najbardziej może uderzające są zmiany w nastawieniu filozofów. i to nie „humanistów", ale tych, co jeszcze niedawno wrzucali do jednego worka metafizykę, poezję i czystą ekspresję uczuć, jako rzeczy w tym samym stopniu nie zasługujące na ich uwagę. mowa tu o neopozytywis- tach, takich jak nelson goodman, i ich wychowankach, takich jak richard rorty. dzisiaj dla g o o d m a n a wszelkie poznanie jest arbitralną kreacją, nauka nie różni się w tym od sztuki, a swój dawny rynsztunek logika (jednego z najgłośniejszych w filozofii po wojnie) porzuca on dla metafory, paradoksu, gry słów. rorty zaś ze swej strony dodaje, iż funkcją filozofii jest nieustająca debata, a raczej rozmowa, dla której najlepszych wzorów dostarcza literatura. jeśli zaś chodzi o samoświa- ale por. szkice w pracy zbiorowej pisanie bialoszewskiego, warszawa . sugerują one, że estetyka bialoszewskiego jest jednak sygnałem nadchodzących zmian we wraż- liwości literackiej. http://rcin.org.pl p o s t m o d e r n i z m — co to i po co? domość metodologiczną, to filozofowie powinni uczyć się u krytyków literackich. w swojej pochwale wiedzy o literaturze rorty posuwa się zresztą jeszcze dalej. twierdzi, że w kulturze bogatych społeczeństw demokratycznych, a więc w kulturze postmodernistycznej, wiedza ta zaczyna stopniowo przejmować rolę, jaką dawniej odgrywały — religia, nauka, filozofia. a więc z jednej strony jesteśmy świadkami czegoś, co można nazwać rozdrobnieniem i dezorientacją badań literackich, ale z drugiej — ich ekspansji. jako członkowie światowej mafii zajmującej się zawodowo literaturą możemy wyrażać umiarkowane zadowolenie. interesują się nami, naśladują nas, rywalizują z nami — i to według naszych włas- nych reguł! zabawność położenia wynika z tego, że przedstawiciele nauk społecznych chcą naśladować humanistów, a ci — artystów; artyści zaś robią wszystko, aby usunąć sobie grunt spod nóg, kwes- tionując samo pojęcie sztuki. tak więc kryzys tożsamości daje się wszystkim we znaki. ożywienie intelektualne jest wyraźne, ale kierunek dążeń niejasny. myślę jednak, że wiele odrębnych tendencji da się wywieść z tendencji nadrzędnej. ideę prawdy wypiera idea wolności twórczej, a w związku z tym następuje estetyzacja wielu dziedzin traktowanych dotąd pod kątem poznawczym, etycznym, ideologicznym. z tej perspektywy cała retoryka wywrotowa i rewolucyjna rysuje się jako gest teatralny. dla ludzi uwięzionych w klasycznych systemach totalitarnych doj- mującym doznaniem było rozchwianie obiektywnej rzeczywistości, nie dający się pokonać rozdźwięk między bezpośrednim doświadczeniem a powtarzaną przez wszystkich oficjalną wykładnią. ta schizofrenia społeczna, z taką intuicją i wiedzą oddana przez orwella, groziła osobistemu zdrowiu psychicznemu. wiara w obiektywną prawdę dla każdego myślącego człowieka stanowiła artykuł pierwszej potrzeby. u nas zbiorowa pamięć wydarzeń sprzed lat czterdziestu jest jeszcze dość silna, by relatywizm poznawczy mógł nie wywołać niepokoju. ze wszystkich cech postmodernistycznych ów relatywizm jest chyba naj- bardziej drażniący. dlatego właśnie chciałbym udzielić głosu jego obrończyni, barbarze herrnstein smith. zdaniem tej autorki, traktuje por. n. g o o d m a n ways of worldmaking, indianapolis . i of mind and other matters, cambridge, mass. , oraz r. rorty contingency, irony, and solidarity, cambridge (england) . http://rcin.org.pl zdzisŁaw ŁapiŃski się go zwykle jak postawiony na głowie obiektywizm. bo obiektywista nie dopuszcza do siebie myśli, że można poważnie brać pod uwagę inną perspektywę, zakładającą całkiem odrębną konceptualizację świata, a więc i inny sens kluczowych słów, inny tryb rozumowania, inną postawę — nie dające się określić przez odwrócenie jego własnych poglądów. jak sugestywnie pisze ta apologetka nie-obiektywnej filozofii, większość zarzutów formułowana jest w języku, który podlega właśnie zakwestionowaniu. polemika prowadzona za pomocą tradycyjnych oskarżeń — oskarżeń o wewnętrzną sprzeczność, o brak kryteriów pozwalających odróżnić prawdę od fałszu, dobro od zła i piękno od brzydoty oraz o nieuniknione ponoć skutki społeczne tych poglądów — otóż tego rodzaju polemika, według herrnstein smith, może przeko- nać tylko tych, którzy już wcześniej zaakceptowali obiektywistyczne rozumienie takich słów jak „prawda", „rzeczywistość", „wartość", „znaczenie", „referencja" itd. herrnstein smith pisze: „relatywizm" — w sensie koncepcji świata j a k o zjawiska, które stale się zmienia, jest zróżnicowane w sposób nieodwracalny i daje się rozmaicie porządkować — nie uznaje siebie za dedukcyjny wywód logiczny lub nieuniknioną konkluzję wyprowadzoną z do- świadczenia osobistego czy eksperymentu naukowego, albo za wgląd w ukrytą naturę rzeczy lub transcendentalne objawienie. własną koncepecję świata traktuje raczej j a k o przygodny wytwór wielu faktów. p r z y g o d n y w tym znaczeniu, iż koncepcja ta nie jest funkcją sposobu, w jaki świat istnieje, ale stanu, w jakim znajdują się poszczególne systemy oddziaływające wzajemnie na siebie w określonym czasie i miejscu. koncepcja ta wymaga, aby istniało „coś" innego niż ona sama, innego niż sam proces pojmowania świata, ale nie pozwala ona o tym „czymś" niczego więcej powiedzieć czy pomyśleć — ani jednej cechy, którą można by wymienić, i żadnego sposobu, aby opisać, zanalizować lub wykorzystać jakąkolwiek jego właściwość — niczego, co byłoby niezależne od owego procesu pojmowania świata. herrnstein smith wątpi, aby wyznawany przez nią relatywizm mógł szerzej oddziaływać. w tej wyrafinowanej formie — z pewnością. ale w formie zwulgaryzowanej przenika nie od dziś do kultury masowej i wpływa na potoczne zachowania ludzi i na styl życia. może zresztą takie kreatywne rozumienie prawdy, nawet w odmianie uproszczonej, stanie się jeszcze jedną siłą napędową rozwiniętej cywilizacji. ale czy w społeczeństwach dopiero wyzwalających się od zakłamanej rzeczywis- b. herrnstein smith contingencies of value: alternative perspectives for critical theory, cambridge, mass. , s. . http://rcin.org.pl p o s t m o d e r n i z m — co to i po co? tości relatywizm nie powiększy istniejącego chaosu norm i nie zakłóci elementarnego porządku myślowego? i oto dylemat: jeśli wierzę, że prawda jest nierelatywna, a jako wartość stoi na pierwszym miejscu, to muszę dążyć do niej nie bacząc na nic; ale jeśli idąc jej śladem przekonam się, że jest ona inna niż sądziłem, mniej nierelatywna, to czy dalej mam o tym mówić za wszelką cenę? czy może powinienem kierować się potrzebami taktyki społecznej? w krajach autorytarnych instytucje odpowiedzialne za ład publiczny i wychowanie młodych mają prostą odpowiedź: obywateli trzeba chronić przed miazmatami myśli nowoczesnej. oczywiście, odrzucamy to roz- wiązanie bez chwili wahania. ale co w zamian? richard rorty namawia, aby nie przejmować się zbytnio negatywnymi z punktu widzenia społecznego treściami współczesnej literatury i filo- zofii. chce, abyśmy z jednej strony kultywowali ekspresywne wartości osobowe, często nihilistyczne, a z drugiej pielęgnowali cnoty społeczne, zwłaszcza poczucie solidarności, i starali się chronić bliźnich przed cierpieniem. czy jednak ja, jako istota prywatna, mam umacniać w sobie dyspozycje, które ja, j a k o istota publiczna, zmuszony byłbym potępić? rozwiązanie rorty'ego jest, zdaniem wielu, nie tyle rozwiązaniem, co uchylaniem się od niego, myślową konstrukcją pozwalającą zawiesić decyzję. odnosząc się do pomysłu rorty'ego z rezerwą, nie umiem jednak dostrzec żadnej innej przekonującej próby przezwyciężenia owej dwois- tości norm, tak dokuczliwej dla czytelników współczesnego piśmien- nictwa. podejrzewam, że aby pogodzić te skłócone ze sobą wartości, potrzebna jest nie tyle teoria, co praktyka, zwłaszcza zaś to, co dawniej zwano roztropnością. i to zresztą wynika z książki rorty'ego. warto tu wspomnieć, dla równowagi, o jeszcze jednej autorce. martha c. nussbaum, filozof i filolog klasyczny, wychowana w tradycji filozofii analitycznej, od lat buduje swój program etyki w przekonaniu, że najlepszych wzorców percepcji moralnej dostarcza literatura. broniąc umiarkowanego „esencjalizmu", tj. poglądu, że istnieją powszechne cechy gatunkowe, czyli natura ludzka (por. human functioning and social justice: in defense of aristotelian essentializm, „political theory" vol. , no. , may ), zaczynała od teatru greckiego, później zajęła się także pisarzami nowszymi. wprawdzie przeprowadzana przez nią selekcja pozwalała omijać pisarzy najbardziej „niebezpiecz- nych", ale ostatnio udowodniła, że świetnie radzi sobie także z mistrzami postmodernizmu (por. narrative emotions: beckett's genealogy of love, w jej książce love's knowledge: essays on philosophy and literature, new york ). http://rcin.org.pl zdzisŁaw ŁapiŃski porównując stan humanistyki u nas i na zachodzie, musimy przyznać, że długo pozostawaliśmy w sytuacji uprzywilejowanej. humanistyka przez parę dziesięcioleci była polem, na którym rozgrywały się po- tyczki o całkiem wymiernych skutkach politycznych. te dni minęły. mamy poczucie, że nasze ręce krępuje sieć niewidzialnych nici. słowa nie ważą tyle, ile ważyły w podjazdowej walce ze starym porządkiem. a jednocześnie nastroje powszechne są takie, że nawet nieważkie słowa potrafią wywołać złowrogie skutki. można odnieść wrażenie, iż ludzie na trybunach mówią o prawdzie (swojej prawdzie) jako o czymś absolutnym, a swoim postępowaniem chcą nas przekonać, że prawda jest w ogóle pojęciem pustym. w tych okolicznościach szczypta świadomego siebie relatywizmu i jeszcze więk- sza dawka autoironii mogą działać z pożytkiem, jak trucizna zamieniona w szczepionkę. http://rcin.org.pl lapinski-postmod wa _ _p-i- _lapinski-postmodern political justice: levinas contra aristotle religions article political justice: levinas contra aristotle nathan bell school of political and social inquiry, monash university, clayton, vic , australia; nathan.bell@monash.edu received: january ; accepted: february ; published: february ���������� ������� abstract: in this paper, i argue that two radically different conceptions of political justice can be derived from the work of aristotle and emmanuel levinas—notions of justice that are indeed directly opposed. aristotle defines justice in terms of considerations of moderation, prudence, and measure, where the virtuous actor is supposed to demonstrate aspects of character and perform acts that are neither deficient nor excessive; yet the ethics of levinas, as instantiated in justice, is a demand that responding to the needs of others not be limited by moderate considerations, but can precisely be realized as an exorbitant and anarchic assumption of responsibility. it thus becomes of decisive importance for both a thinking of the political, and political praxis, in determining which conception of justice is found to be more compelling. i illustrate the stakes of this difference with reference to the politics of asylum, and in particular, a discussion of the historical case of the kindertransport. keywords: emmanuel levinas; aristotle; justice; politics; refugees; kindertransport . introduction: proper names for the value of a thought is measured by its distance from the continuity of the familiar. —theodor adorno, minima moralia to recall a ‘proper name’, for emmanuel levinas, was the evocation of an encounter with a singular other, an individual whose philosophical saying marks out a particular territory of meaning within philosophy. not just those who define a meaning or set of meanings, however, but who also provide an ability to ‘resist the dissolution of meaning and help us to speak’. the names that levinas lists in his book of that title—proper names (noms propres)—are for the most part his intellectual contemporaries of the twentieth century (with some exceptions, such as kierkegaard). this selection is made for good reason: on the first page of the foreword to the book, levinas, providing a catalogue of twentieth century horrors, remarks that ‘at no other time has historical experience weighed so heavily upon ideas.’ thus levinas rallies to his side those thinkers in whom he recognizes ‘a non-indifference of one toward the other!’ , who work to ensure that ethical meaning can be preserved against moral horror, and who recognize the seeming failure of an entire occidental philosophical and cultural tradition to prevent those horrors. these names—among them jacques derrida, paul celan, jean wahl, and martin buber—are largely thinkers with whom levinas had positive affinities, and whose work he was to some extent prepared to affirm or counter-sign, even while marking out important areas of difference and disagreement. (adorno , p. ). (levinas , p. ). as opposed to simply philosophical contemporaries—he includes poets and theologians, individuals who are not all sensu stricto philosophers. proper names, p. . proper names, p. . religions , , ; doi: . /rel www.mdpi.com/journal/religions http://www.mdpi.com/journal/religions http://www.mdpi.com https://orcid.org/ - - - http://www.mdpi.com/ - / / / ?type=check_update&version= http://dx.doi.org/ . /rel http://www.mdpi.com/journal/religions religions , , of there is, however, another list of proper names associated with levinas that could be collated, in a more agonistic vein. indeed, for a philosopher so profoundly associated with kind-sounding words like ‘peace’ and ‘ethics’, it is remarkable to consider that levinas has quite the ‘rogues gallery’ of villains, like a superhero—that is, other philosophers with whom he had serious disagreements (or like having a ‘beef in rap music, to mix metaphors). his thoughtful polemic against heidegger—arguably characteristic of almost the entirety of levinas’s œuvre—is well-known; given that levinas is a thinker concerned with disrupting ‘totality’ (in this effort, heavily influenced by franz rosenzweig), hegel can be seen as an implicit foe; his ethics, in not privileging reason, is certainly a disputation of kant; minor disagreements with contemporaries like martin buber and jacques derrida occurred during his life; as a thinker who affirmed, in his own unique register, the highly contested concept of ‘humanism’, one could add other figures who critiqued or rejected humanism, such as louis althusser and michel foucault, to this list ; and it would be possible for his readers to stage themselves a spectral, posthumous encounter between levinas and interlocutors such as alain badiou and slavoj Žižek, who often criticise levinas in order to better establish some of their own claims. each of these proper names represent the staging ground, the mise-en-scène, of a profound philosophical issue which was of concern to levinas. yet in this paper i want to isolate one name in particular, which is one of the defining proper names of western philosophy: aristotle. it goes without saying that aristotle ranks among the most influential philosophers of all history, with plato and socrates. criticizing aristotle is an extremely difficult, and one might suggest hubristic, task, given the enormity of this figure within philosophy and the practically unassimilable scope of the total critical literature—derrida’s remark that apropos of levinas’s large body of work, one can ‘no longer glimpse its edges’, applies exponentially to the legacy of aristotle. and yet, such a critique may be necessary, indeed unavoidable, from the perspective of taking levinas’s texts seriously. levinas himself did not make aristotle an explicit, extended focus of critique—though if one consults the index of most of levinas’s’ books, references to aristotle are to be found in most of them, and usually couched in a critical vein (i will examine some of his remarks on aristotle below). my argument is simple: levinas and aristotle are radically opposed over the question of the meaning of justice. however, while this difference between them may be simple, some difficulties are faced in establishing this claim; furthermore, the consequences for a philosophical conception of political justice, and how that might be understood in matters of praxis, are profound. at stake is the difference between the moderate and the excessive, where a thinking of the unconditioned or infinite comes to interrupt the conditional. pragmatic approaches to the political have no ground of judgment for the actualization of the good life, understood as justice, because they have no external criteria of judgment outside the calculable. aristotle recognized this problem but, i will argue, does not have a sufficiently robust answer to it. conversely, in the ethics of levinas, there is a recognition of an anarchic, infinite responsibility—‘an inexhaustible responsibility: for with the other our accounts are never settled.’ william simmons illustrates the meaning of this effectively with reference to the scene towards the end of schindler’s list, where oskar schindler (played by liam neeson), despite having saved so many people, nevertheless reproaches himself for not having done there is no systematic critique of hegel in levinas, but there are references to hegel throughout his texts; probably the closest to a systematic treatment occurs in the ‘death and time’ lectures collected in (levinas ). for a detailed comparison of kant and levinas, see (chalier ). proper names includes essays devoted to both thinkers. for levina’s response to derrida, at once affirmative and critical, see (levinas , pp. – ). for an example of levinas’s’ embrace of humanism, including the very title of his book, see (levinas ). see Žižek’s essay in (Žižek et al. ); badiou discusses what he sees as the limitations of levinas’s ethics in (badiou ), especially in chapter two. see derrida’s funeral address for levinas, ‘adieu’, in (derrida , p. ). (levinas , p. ). religions , , of more. such are also the stakes in the present argument; the horrors of the shoah, which preoccupied levinas and inform, i would argue, the entirety of his post-war work, will provide the historical context and a case study intended to illustrate the implications of what follows. the theoretical task is difficult, in part due to the following considerations. firstly, there is the problem of the nunc pro tunc fallacy, of ‘presentism’—the imposition of current opinions or judgments upon the past. to criticize aristotle for his well-known justification of slavery by seeing it as an anti-humanist stance seems terribly redundant; similarly, the applicability of his conception of the political, generated from the exigencies of the life-world of the athenian polis, may also seem highly circumscribed. as alasdair macintyre observed in after virtue, ‘aristotle takes himself not to be inventing an account of the virtues, but to be articulating an account that is implicit in the thought, utterance and action of an educated athenian . . . for he holds that the city-state is the unique political form in which alone the virtues of human life can be genuinely and fully exhibited.’ thus, to the extent that aristotle’s views on justice are shaped by a specific historico-political context, comparisons between these thinkers may seem ostensibly difficult to draw. secondly, the potential field of comparison is very large—one could engage their relative thinking on epistemology; on metaphysics; and on ethics, justice, and politics, and do so situated in a wider philosophical context where other proper names would become pertinent (for example, the extent to which heidegger can be seen as an aristotlean, and how levinas’s critique of heidegger thus is in some way an implicit critique of the latter). such a treatment would be beyond the scope of one paper. and yet despite these difficulties, i am convinced that such a comparison is necessary. in thinking of moderation as it relates to politics, an important question arises as to the legacy of aristotle: to what extent do his writings and the influence of the philosophemes that fall under his proper name—such as conceiving of justice as moderation, which will be a key focus of my critique—continue to hold widespread currency in the contemporary world? adorno comments on this wryly in minima moralia when he writes of the enduring influence of ‘the doctrine inculcated since aristotle that moderation is the virtue appropriate to reasonable people’. it is this concern about aristotle’s version of justice, and its possible effects, that i want to explore in what follows. it is even possible to question the problem of the fallacy of presentism, and to ask whether the world as aristotle understood it is so unrecognizably different to ours, such that the thinking of questions of political justice would be inapplicable, depending on the epoch. political violence of the kind discussed in thucydides’ history of the peloponnesian war continues in similar forms in contemporary history, including the history that was so decisive for levinas’s own experiences, and which marked his philosophical work; as jean amèry noted in at the mind’s limits: yes, the ss could carry on just as it did: there are no natural rights, and moral categories come and go like the fashions. a germany existed that drove jews and political opponents to their death, since it believed that only in this way could it become a full reality. and what of it? greek civilization was built on slavery and an athenian army had run wild on the island of melos as had the ss in ukraine. amèry’s comments on the continuity of history as it rhymes, if not repeats (to cite mark twain’s apocryphal phrase), makes one think that the applicability of past thinking to the present and vice-versa may not necessarily be ill-conceived, if the implications of political decisions can be equally horrific. and yet concomitant to this is a counter-thought of rupture: that, following the thinking of levinas (and see (simmons ). (macintyre , p. ). for more on this question, see (fagenblat ), especially chapter three. minima moralia, p. . (amèry , p. ). religions , , of adorno could be said to underscore the thinking of levinas throughout what follows), it is necessary to put into question (and possibly, into the dock) the continued influence of the ancients and an entire tradition of western philosophy in the post-auschwitz world, where that tradition and culture failed to stop the horror. here, adorno’s quote, which i have selected for the epigraph above, is apposite: it may be that radical departures are needed from the canonical tradition of philosophy, requiring new thoughts which, to quote the poetic and moving ending of minima moralia, ‘contemplate all things as they would present themselves from the standpoint of redemption . . . perspectives must be fashioned that displace and estrange the world, reveal it to be, with its rifts and crevices, as indigent and distorted as it will appear one day in the messianic light.’ if anything in philosophy is so ‘familiar’ that may require ‘distancing’, it is certainly the thought of aristotle. before i am misunderstood, let me emphasize that this is not at all to lay the violence of melos, the ss, or other political calamities, at the feet of aristotle; such would be an absurd proposition. it is about a distancing or displacing of canonical philosophical axioms, in order that urgent ethico-political questions be thought anew; it is to worry not that aristotlean justice will directly lead to the perpetration of horror, but to worry that it will fail to produce adequate responses to horror (and thus perhaps, indirectly exacerbate it). further, what may come into sharper relief through the staging of this encounter between aristotle and levinas is the familiar theme of an oscillation in western thinking and politics between ‘athens’ and ‘jerusalem’—proper names often taken to signify different perspectives, which nevertheless find themselves imbricated in european culture and philosophy. it may be that the more ‘exorbitant’ ethics, leading to an exorbitant justice, which i argue is found in levinas, finds its provenance in the judaic tradition that was so important to him, which certainly influenced his philosophical thinking (even if he also took care to mark out a differentiation between his talmudic and philosophic writings). a thinking from that tradition may radicalize a more hellenic preference for measure and moderation, with important consequences for matters of political praxis. this is another enormous set of questions that i cannot adequately address here, but should be understood as an important consideration informing the arguments that follow at every turn. in order to illustrate the differences as i perceive them between aristotle and levinas, i am going to apply the stakes of this disputation of the meaning of justice to a question of pressing contemporary political concern: the plight of asylum-seekers and refugees. according the unhcr, there are . million displaced persons in the world—asylum-seekers, refugees, and internally displaced persons—the greatest at any point since records began. aristotle is silent on the question of asylum—aside from worrying in the politics about foreigners becoming citizens if a society becomes too large to monitor them, which i discuss below—but the question i want to focus upon here is what implications might aristotle’s thinking of justice, as a form of virtue, and conceived as moderation, have for the way in which asylum politics is understood and practiced? additionally, how might levinas offer a different, more radical or even excessive orientation to the same considerations? after first examining the meanings of justice to be found in both thinkers, i apply their thought to this question, and in particular, the historical case of the kindertransport, which will illustrate the distinction i am drawing: ten thousand children were saved under this scheme, itself an exemplary act in many ways, but possibly bounded by a prudential, moderate vision of justice, itself inadequate when one realizes that the total number of children destroyed in the holocaust was . million. thus, an exorbitant, seemingly impossible hospitality, on the part of the uk at the time, might have saved so many more from calamity. furthermore, while the responsibility was not solely on the uk—other states in or minima moralia, p. . derrida made this the theme of his first essay on levinas: ‘are we jews? are we greeks? we live in the difference between the jew and the greek, which is perhaps the unity of what is called history’. see (derrida , pp. – ). levinas himself often made similar remarks: ‘europe, then, is the bible and the greeks.’ see (robbins , p. ). (unchr global trends report ). (harris and oppenheimer , p. xii). religions , , of outside europe might have played a similar role—the focus on a single state taking such responsibility will serve to illustrate another important point where aristotle and levinas part company: on the question of reciprocity. as i will explain further below, aristotle sees a positive role for generous reciprocity in the functioning of a political community, whereas levinas will repeatedly insist that ethics should not be generated from reciprocal considerations. . aristotle and justice as is well-known, aristotle’s conception of the good is that of happiness, but a happiness, eudaimonia, understood as realized via the pursuit of a virtuous life. the happy person acts in accordance with virtue, and one of the qualities of the virtuous person is to be just. justice, then, is related to aristotle’s conception of what is good both for the individual and the political community of which they are a part. the meaning of justice is, to be sure, a dominant theme of philosophy going back to the pre-socratics, and famously, the major topic of plato’s republic. a particularly influential account of the meaning of justice, however, is that given by aristotle in his nicomachean ethics (hereafter ne). there are multiple interpretations of justice given in book five of the ne, from justice as respect for the law, to justice as complete virtue, as distributive or reciprocal, as corrective or equitable; the distinctions are not always clear, which may be due to the ne being a set of lecture notes rather than a completed text which aristotle had fully elaborated. yet across the different meanings of justice, there is a particular theme that i wish to isolate (while also being attentive to some other aspects): that of moderation. he wrote that justice is a ‘sort of proportion’ , and that ‘injustice, on the contrary, is concerned with what is unjust, that is, a disproportionate excess or deficiency of what is beneficial or harmful; so injustice is an excess and a deficiency, because it is concerned with excess and deficiency.’ in this account, justice itself is the avoidance of excess, a keeping within bounds of proportion, of measure, of moderation. to be just is not to go too far, nor to do too little—one might call it, a little tongue-in-cheek, the goldilocks principle of justice. meden agan, µηδὲνἄγαν—nothing too much—was the inscription on the temple of apollo at delphi, and was a leitmotif of the athenian polis. while it is difficult to quantify in any kind of absolute way—one can only sense its influence, for the most part, by reading between the lines of arguments—it is arguable that this concept of justice continues to dominate philosophical thinking through to the present day. thus, the task of the present section is to understand just what is meant by justice in aristotle, how it relates to virtue, and the implications for politics—particularly for questions of foreigners and the politics of asylum. as i will elaborate further on, my argument is that an integrated reading of aristotle’s reflections on justice with his reflections on politics, demonstrates a commitment to a bounded polis that seeks to delimit the number of foreign arrivants, based on considerations of numbers; thus, an aristotlean conception of justice is problematic for those seeking a compassionate and more open approach by sovereign states to refugees where the question of numbers is at issue. a part of the difficulty, and ambiguity, of establishing what aristotle means by justice—and then thinking this specifically in relation to political justice—concerns the problems of integrating what he writes about justice with his writings on virtue (where justice is itself one of the virtues), and at the same time his writings on politics (and one could add metaphysics, rhetoric, and so on). a particularly important question in this context is: if justice is a virtue, does that mean that the just act does not have to do with the result, the thing in itself, but rather the character disposition of the actor? is this the only way to measure political justice? (aristotle , p. viii). all references to the nicomachean ethics are drawn from this edition. nicomachean ethics, a, p. . nicomachean ethics, a, p. . see, for example, ‘protagoras’ in (plato , p. ). religions , , of an important distinction here is between mesotēs and meson—between a mean state (mesotēs) and the mean (meson), neither excessive nor deficient, the virtue relative to the self. aristotle intends for us to understand virtue as a state of character, as opposed to a feeling or a capacity, as famously outlined in book two of the ne. however, a key question is whether establishing what is meant by a virtuous character can be accomplished by reference to the responses of the actor. scholars disagree on this point, but will often acknowledge the inherent ambiguity in aristotle’s text. lesley brown argues that aristotle is wrongly understood as a precursor to modern theories of virtue ethics, in asserting the primacy of the virtuous character of the actor prior to engaging in acts—as brown notes, aristotle acknowledges that some just acts are committed by people who are themselves not yet just (that is, just in that they are virtuous). however, this is disputed by other scholars, such as david bostock, who writes that ‘the best suggestion seems to be that it is not the virtuous action, on each occasion, that has something middling about it, but rather the general disposition from which it flows.’ i want to take up this problem concerning virtue as it relates to justice. aristotle writes that justice is ‘complete virtue; virtue, however, not without qualification but in relation to another person.’ this explains why aristotle considers justice the greatest and most complete virtue (what he also refers to as ‘general justice’) because it refers to another person. (in passing, i would note an affinity here with levinas’s definition of justice in totality and infinity: ‘the relation with the other, that is, to justice’—a conception of justice that has to do primarily with a relation to another human being, rather than, for example, a formal definition of justice as simply fairness). is justice, then, as a virtue, related to the disposition of character of the actor, or does it have to do with the nature of the act performed by the actor? in book five of the ne, aristotle writes the following about justice: ‘so the just is a sort of proportion. being proportionate is not a property peculiar to abstract number, but belongs to number in general’. this is explained by reference to geometric proportion, wherein a just distribution can be established. and yet, aristotle was not ignorant of the problematic nature of referring to justice with reference to numbers; in his eudemian ethics, he criticizes unnamed opponents for doing just this: they ought in fact to demonstrate (the existence of) the good itself in the opposite way to that in which they do now. as things are, beginning with objects not agreed to possess the good, they demonstrate what are agreed to be goods; starting with numbers, (they prove) that justice is a good, and health, on the grounds that they are forms of order and numbers, good belonging to numbers and monads because the one is the good-itself. they ought to start with agreed (goods), such as health, strength, and temperance, (in order to show) that the fine is present even more in unchanging things. as stephen menn observes: ‘ . . . aristotle thinks that the reduction of forms to numbers and of philosophy to mathematics . . . means that our explanations in fact have nothing to do with goodness.’ despite this awareness, aristotle’s own conception of justice seems to undermine this distinction. this picture becomes more problematic when we link these considerations to what aristotle says about justice and political communities, in both ne and the politics. in ne, in reference to justice as obeyance of the law, he writes, ‘so, in one sense, we call anything just that tends to produce or to (brown , pp. – ). see the discussion, for example, in (brown , p. ). (brown , p. ). (bostock , pp. – ). nicomachean ethics, b, p. . nicomachean ethics, p. xxi. (levinas , p. ). nicomachean ethics, a, p. . (aristotle , p. , a). (menn , p. ). religions , , of preserve happiness and its constituents for the community of a city. ; in the politics, he writes, ‘in the state, the good aimed at is justice; and that means what is for the benefit of the whole community.’ justice as lawfulness is here linked to eudaimonia, the happiness or good-fated-ness of polis dwellers; and happiness, as defined in book one of ne, relates not to simple pleasure or contentment, but rather to being in conformity with virtue: ‘happiness is a certain kind of activity of the soul in accordance with complete virtue’, and complete virtue pertains to justice. there would seem to be a function for justice in keeping political communities happy, and doing so by conforming to justice-as-virtue. however, it can be asked what this means when it comes to the relationship of a political community to foreigners who arrive at it? i repeat that aristotle is silent on the question of political asylum (despite himself being for a time an exile, and his familiarity with themes of exile and hospitality from the greek tragedies which he wrote about), but he does address the issue of foreigners in the politics. in chapter seven, he writes that in considering the size of the state, ‘one ought to look not at numbers but at capacity’, possibly an implicit critique of plato’s bizarrely specific ideal citizenry figure of citizen farmers and their dependents in the laws. he continues, ‘ . . . even granting that we must have regard to numbers, we must not do so without discrimination: although we must allow for the necessary presence in states of many slaves and foreigners (residents or visitors), our real concern is only with those who form part of the state, ie. with those elements of which a state properly consists.’ thus, there is a distinction drawn here between numbers and capacity—that the number of people only matters to the extent that it affects the proper functioning of the polis: ‘in order to give decisions on matters of justice . . . it is necessary that the citizens should know each other and know what kind of people they are.’ if this is no longer the case, ‘it becomes easy for foreigners, and aliens resident in the country, to become possessed of citizenship, because the excessive size of the population makes detection difficult.’ in the nicomachean ethics, he quotes hesiod approvingly: ‘on the subject of hospitality, “neither let many share thy board, nor none”’, and observes that ‘one cannot have a city with ten people and with , it would no longer be a city. presumably there is no one correct number, but anything between certain limits.’ in the move to political justice, then, numbers are indeed an explicit consideration—because capacity, as aristotle seems to acknowledge (‘even granting that we must have regard to numbers’ . . . ), cannot but be figured as an issue of numbers in this context, and he gives a numerical range within which moderation is to be achieved, without specifying the number. excess in relation to the number of foreigners entering a political community is precisely figured as a question of numbers—not as a disposition of character by polis-dwellers. there is a capacity beyond which it would be necessary to limit the intake of outsiders, in order that the proper functioning of the state be maintained. in other words, what emerges in aristotle’s thinking about political justice as it pertains to outsiders, is a consideration of justice, figured as a question of capacity, understood as numbers, which is both affirmed and denied in different places in his writings (affirmed in ne, denied in eudemian ethics). the account of virtue-as-justice which provides the shared conception of eudaimonia, which defines and informs the life of the polis, pertains to the good of the members of that polis, and on that nicomachean ethics, b, p. . (aristotle , b , p. ). nicomachean ethics, a, p. . the politics, b , pp. – . the politics, b , p. . the politics, b , p. . nicomachean ethics, b, pp. – . i will not dwell here upon aristotle’s disparaging remarks about the inferiority of foreigners relative to athenians, except to note with interest that it has been argued that aristotle understands human nature as changeable and shaped by political membership. my criticisms of aristotle are not simply about how he sees foreigners, but the implications for foreigners—specifically, those in need of asylum—of his conceptualisation of justice and politics. see (frank ). religions , , of basis, delimits membership and eschews excess, including excess figured as capacity (which i argue, must necessarily mean a question of numbers), as the above-quoted remarks in politics reveal. i will make some critical comments on this conception of justice, before turning to levinas. firstly, as i have indicated (aware that i have only briefly touched on a vast field), there is a certain ambiguity and extant disagreement amongst aristotlean scholars as to the meaning of virtue; there is also ambiguity about the meaning of justice in aristotle’s writings as to whether it should be understood as pertaining to the nature of acts (figured as calculation, including with reference to numbers) or as pertaining to dispositions of character. secondly, referring back to the issue i raised concerning aristotle’s discourse and its reception through to the present: on one level, there may simply be a rhetorical effect of the repeated recourse to moderation, measure, produce, geometric proportion, and so on—an ethics of temperance and calculation, whether understood properly or perhaps misused in modern political discourse and reasoning. perhaps it is necessary to be attentive to this rhetoric of moderation and calculation, and to ask what justifies a ‘moderate’ position on political questions, and what results such a position would generate for political praxis. aristotle’s own vagueness on the numbers proper to the size of a political community is precisely echoed in the vague talk of limits propounded by modern politicians when discussing the politics of asylum—there is a number that is too much, and we do not know what it is, but will assert the givenness of this logic nevertheless. whether this is from aristotle or not, the thought is identical, even if the motivation is perhaps less noble (a modern politician using an aristotlean-sounding argument as a fig-leaf for xenophobia, political pandering, or avoidance of responsibility). thirdly, a comment on the prudential ethos that informs the ethics of aristotle—the need for communities to be healthy and sustaining. as roger crisp observes in his introduction to ne, ‘nowhere in aristotle is there a recommendation of any kind of genuine self-sacrifice’. it may be that following from levinas, what we understand by ethics, and also crucially, in the move from ethics to justice (more on this below), should preserve at least the possibility of sacrifice, and of going to excess, in order to safeguard the welfare of others. one thinks in this context of states like jordan and lebanon, chad and ethiopia, who host enormous populations of stateless persons, at a very high ratio to their own populations: one in four people in lebanon is a refugee, a ratio that would make western policy-makers’ heads explode. that is to say that justice as understood by levinas would not pertain to the good-functioning of the political community alone, but have a different telos—that of responsibility for others. it would, of course, be possible to construct an aristotlean argument about natural political justice that might do the work of a universal guarantee of human dignity, in modern parlance; though this is a complicated idea, if one understands physis to entail a human being that is already a being-in-place as a polis-dweller, and if this should be understood as pertaining only to members of organized political communities. additionally, while it is possible to construct such an account in neo-aristotlean terms, such as in the work of martha nussbaum and her ‘capabilities’ approach, where recognition of human dignity becomes possible, something is clearly lacking in these terms in that refugees continue to go unrecognized. as hannah levinson observes apropos of nussbaum’s approach: on nussbaum’s account, the “moral concept of the human” drives us toward “recognition,” or moral acknowledgment and thus accession to capability-oriented rights claims. how, then, are refugees relegated to their statelessness by another conscious moral being, or set of conscious moral beings? how are they left languishing under the effete jurisdiction of international law, unprotected by the state, banished from her birthplace, former residence, nicomachean ethics, p. xi. https://www.bbc.com/news/av/world-middle-east- /lebanon-one-in-four-a-refugee, retrieved february . on this question, see (benjamin ). https://www.bbc.com/news/av/world-middle-east- /lebanon-one-in-four-a-refugee religions , , of and former community? if nussbaum stands by her argument, these questions which pertain specifically to the situations and traumas of the refugee cannot be answered adequately by the capabilities approach as i read it. the normative ideal nussbaum purports has not, and perhaps cannot, account for the treatment of the stateless, rightless bodies of refugees. finally, a comment on the role that reciprocity plays in aristotle’s thinking of justice. aristotle distinguishes reciprocity from distributive or equitable forms of justice (as not all reciprocity can be equitable—he gives the example of an official having the right to employ violence, where it is not proper to extend to the citizen a right to strike back). he does see a role for reciprocity, however, in getting citizens to requite good acts with good acts in a virtuous circle of reciprocity: ‘this is why they erect a temple of the graces in a conspicuous place, so that benefits might be repaid. this is the special characteristic of grace, because one ought both to perform a return service to someone who has been gracious, and another time to make the first move by being gracious oneself.’ thus, a political community is well-served, on this account, when its members requite good acts with good acts. this is important to note because as will be seen, it marks out another crucial point of difference with levinas, who is at pains to deny the importance of reciprocity in his understanding of ethics (and, i will argue, the move from ethics to justice). . levinas and justice my argument in this section is that levinas shifts the meaning of justice from an avoidance of excess, to the necessity of having to choose how one’s responsibility is enacted with the advent of the third. in other words—and this is the truly radical moment in levinas that offers an entirely different way of thinking about political justice—on my account, ethical excess survives the transmutation of ethics into justice; that is, responsibility for others becomes divided, but remains excessive. as stated above, levinas does not make of aristotle an especial focus for critique; there are, however, critical references to be found in his work. two interesting references to aristotle occur early in his career. the following is taken from on escape: therefore, the need for escape . . . leads us into the heart of philosophy. it allows us to renew the ancient problem of being qua being. what is the structure of this pure being? does it have the universality aristotle conferred on it? is it the ground and limit of our preoccupations, as certain modern philosophers would have it? on the contrary, is it nothing else than the mark of a certain civilization, firmly established in the fait accompli of being and incapable of getting out of it. and in these conditions, is excendence possible, and how would it be accomplished? what is the ideal of happiness and human dignity that it promises? and from existence and existents: western philosophy and civilization never gets out of “numbers and beings”, remaining conditioned by the secular world . . . the orekton of book of aristotle’s metaphysics is the supreme being, immobile, loved but never loving, terminus. the problem of the good is formulated as a problem of ends. here, there are two references to aristotle as associated with a society too bound up with the ‘fait accompli’ of beings, too preoccupied with numbers. that is, aristotle is decisively implicated in (levinas ). in her paper, levinson turns to judith butler’s thinking on precarity and a language of affect which can be appealed to in coalitional political pushes to achieve the recognition that is lacking. for nussbaum’s account, see (nussbaum ). nicomachean ethics, b, p. . nicomachean ethics, a, p. . (levinas , p. ). (levinas , p. ). religions , , of the overall critique of the history of philosophy that levinas pursues from an early stage of his career. aristotle prefers ends to excendence [climbing out of or escaping out of], numbers and beings to transcendence and the otherwise-than-being, reciprocity to unilateralism, moderation to excess, and eudaimonia to sacrifice. for levinas, ethics—and following from ethics, justice—has little, if anything, to do with happiness, reciprocity, or moderation. it is not bound to numbers or calculation, to moderation or reciprocity, or to the happiness of the responsible subject or their political community. as diane perpich observes, ‘never in the history of western philosophy has there been an ethical responsibility so severe: a responsibility that increases with my every attempt to discharge it: that does not depend on choice or voluntary action; that is a responsibility not just for the other but for all of his responsibility as well.’ the very excessiveness of levinas’s ethics means that ‘in this picture of responsible subjectivity, there seems to be no place for the complacencies of ordinary moral life, where obligations are met, duties attended to, and the ego has time afterward to attend to his own cares and concerns.’ responsibility is excessive and infinite, and the responsible subject is as if held hostage by the other whom they are responsible to. all of this is a long way from the account of justice which aristotle gives, discussed above, which pertains to the wellbeing of the members of a political community. in order to clarify the differences, before proceeding in the next section to give a practical example of what these differences might look like in situation, i will elaborate on some elements of levinas’s thought which i argue are opposed to that of aristotle. at a simple level, aristotle’s ethics is a virtue ethics, whereas levinas derives his ethics from the tradition of phenomenology and judaic influences (a thinking of god as the infinite, which one also finds in descartes). aristotle’s thinking of ethics is just that—a thinking, a working through of the source of eudaimonia in virtue and the description of its qualities—whereas for levinas, the ethical moment precedes its entering into the processes of intellection; ethics is manifest in the face of the other, the advent of which is a pre-phenomenal event, that is, prior to the signification that makes the other manifest in thought; ethics, then, is not a product of reason, but is prior to it. as michael fagenblat observes, ‘levinas sought to restore a new sense of an unconditional ethical imperative that could not be dismissed as merely abstract, formal, ahistorical, inauthentic, and ontologically inadequate. he did this by developing a phenomenology of the moral imperative that was derived not from the fact of reason but from the face of the other.’ for levinas, it is possible to be totally responsible for the other person, whose face calls me into question and places a demand upon me to exercise such a responsibility. in levinas, this ethical demand is excessive, even exorbitant—it is a delimiting of one’s own self in the name of the other, a tearing of the bread from one’s mouth to give to the other (more on the ethico-poetics of food below). levinas writes in a moving summary of the ethics of vladimir jankélévitch, which the context makes clear he is in full agreement with, that the ethical demand is . . . a spending without counting, a generosity, goodness, love, obligation toward others. a generosity without recompense, a love unconcerned with reciprocity; duty performed without the “salary” of a good-conscience-for-a-duty-performed, without even the good conscience of being the bad-conscience-of-the-duty-not performed! all duties are incumbent upon me, all rights first due to others . . . it is an ethics without eudemonism. the reference to ‘eudemonism’ and the anti-moderate language would seem to confirm this ethical thinking as a form of anti-aristotleanism, and indeed levinas links this passage to a thinking of ethics from a judaic context. to the extent that eudaimonia is to be understood as a good-fatedness (perpich , p. xiii). the ethics of emmanuel levinas, p. xiii. a covenant of creatures, p. xix. ‘vladimir jankélevitch’, in outside the subject, p. . religions , , of that is linked to happiness, levinas is unconcerned with the effect of happiness engendered by the ethical response—what matters is the response itself, ‘a generosity without recompense’. ethics in the thinking of levinas, is excessive, a result of the transcendence of the other of which one is never freed—held hostage by the demand placed upon oneself by them. this responsibility is not a matter of measuring out appropriate duties: as raoul moati explains, for levinas, ‘to welcome the other in its excess is no longer to measure it.’ and yet as soon as there is more than one other other—that is to say, with the advent or arrival of the third—there may arise a need to start making choices between them. levinas explains the point in ethics and infinity: how is it that there is justice? i answer that it is the fact of the multiplicity of men [sic] and the presence of someone else next to the other, which condition the laws and establish justice. if i am alone with the other, i owe him everything; but there is someone else . . . it is consequently necessary to weigh, to think, to judge, in comparing the incomparable. the interpersonal relation i establish with the other, i must also establish with other men; there is thus a necessity to moderate this privilege of the other; from whence comes justice. justice, exercise through institutions, which are inevitable, must always be held in check by the initial interpersonal relation.’ note the use of the word moderate here, which, i am arguing, represents a key difference between levinas and aristotle. the reference to moderation, for levinas, is not an avoidance of excess, but the inability to no longer simply give everything to or be entirely responsible for a singular other, as there is now a third who also places a demand upon the subject: ‘one must, then [with the advent of the third] compare the incomparable. for me, this is the greek moment in our civilisation . . . the importance of knowing, the importance of comparing, stems from them; everything economic is posed by them, and we then come to something other than love.’ in other words, justice, in levinas’s account, retains the excessive quality found in ethics, rather than retreating into a moderation that would precisely delimit excess. as richard cohen writes, ‘justice, then, has a source and a guide: the moral transcendence of the other.’ the key passage which makes this point occurs towards the end of otherwise than being. levinas writes, in no way is justice a degradation of obsession, a degeneration of the for-the-other, a diminution, a limitation of anarchic responsibility, a neutralization of the glory of the infinite, a degeneration that would be produced in the measure that for empirical reasons the initial duo would become a trio. but the contemporaneousness of the multiple is tied about the diachrony of two: justice remains justice only, in a society where there is no distinction between those close and those far off, but in which there also remains the impossibility of passing by the closest. the equality of all is borne by my inequality, the surplus of my duties over my rights. the forgetting of self moves justice. justice, then, according to levinas, is ‘in no way’ a ‘limitation of anarchic responsibility’. the excess he attributes to ethics is retained in the move to justice following the advent of the third. this is the fundamental point. justice in levinas is no longer bound to the moderate, but rather to the inevitable limitation of responsibility for a singular other by the presence of the third, where decisions will have to be made, and justice-as-politics begins. one other phrase from this passage needs to be remarked: the reference to those near and far off, a quotation from isaiah : , which he refers to repeatedly in his work. thought in the context of (moati , p. ). (levinas , pp. – ). is it righteous to be?, p. . (cohen , p. ). (levinas , p. ). religions , , of the politics of the asylum, this reference to peace between both those near and distant might trouble or undermine the privilege granted only to those who are near, that is, to the extant constituents of a political society, the limit problem of the demos—who counts in and who counts out in the considerations of a political community? while i cannot develop the thought here, this could also be linked to levinas’s thinking of the ‘fraternité’ element of the famous french motto and his reflections upon the rights of ‘man’. another key point in considering the difference between levinas and aristotle concerns reciprocity. in ne, aristotle refers to the temple of the graces, which encourages the citizenry to requite good acts with good acts in a kind of virtuous circle of reciprocal generosity. however, levinas is actively opposed to limiting ethics to reciprocity, as emerges in his engagement with, and critique of, martin buber. his issue with buber’s ‘i and thou’ is the symmetry and equality that he sees in this relationship. for levinas, ethics is not delimited to the reciprocal, but is rather asymmetrical—the other comes from a dimension of a height, and commands me—and he is at pains to emphasise that the other’s responsibility for me is not my concern. if space permitted, these reflections could also be extended into other interesting areas between levinas and aristotle, such as their accounts of the experience of eating and the use of dietic imperatives as illustrative of ethics. for aristotle, excess would be doing that which damages one’s own health, such as an excess of consumption of food; for levinas, eating can be compared ‘with loving, which occurs beyond economic activity and the world’ , and belongs to the realm of permanent desire, but which also constitutes enjoyment—in this they may not be so far apart. yet, levinas often refers to food to illustrate the possibility of self-sacrifice as a meaning of the ethical and indeed the human interruption of being’s persistence in being, which he even links to hospitality: ‘it is not a gift of the heart, but of the bread from one’s mouth, of one’s own mouthful of bread. it is the openness, not only of one’s pocketbook, but of the doors of one’s home, a “sharing of your bread with the famished”, a “welcoming of the wretched into your house” (isiash ).’ while aristotle refers to beneficence towards others, it is not a logic of sacrifice of oneself, of giving to and even dying for the other. in summary, justice for levinas is anarchical, excessive, and one might say intemperate, aneconomic; as howard caygill writes of levinas’s ethics, ‘the experience of the other is one of excess and so does not figure in economy, or at least is not reducible to it.’ for levinas, politics must be able to be checked against ethical demands, and is not bound to reciprocity: diane perpich observes, ‘the relation to the other is an asymmetrical relationship that cannot be made reciprocal or symmetrical because the others’ alterity is not a relative quality but rather the very content of her being’. such an asymmetrical relationship may lead to the possibility of sacrifice—even, ‘hardly possible, but holiness demands it—to die for the other.’ but what does all this mean? what implications might it have for political justice, which is the specific register in which i wish to think about levinas’s ideas concerning justice? in order to provide an illustration of how i think such a reconceptualization of political justice might have profound consequences for worldly affairs, i turn to a case-study of a specific political question—the politics of asylum. see ‘the rights of man and the rights of the other’ in outside the subject, and the two essays on the rights of man in (levinas ). see ‘dialogue with martin buber’, in proper names, p. . existence and existents, p. . otherwise than being, p. . (caygill , p. ). ethics and infinity, p. . the ethics of emmanuel levinas, p. . is it righteous to be?, p. . religions , , of . why moderation is a vice, or the problem with the kindertransport in order to clarify the difference that i am arguing separates levinas from aristotle concerning political justice, i will recapitulate this gigantomachy in a context where implications for praxis might be made manifest: specifically, concerning the politics of asylum. in particular, i will focus upon the case of the kindertransport—the transport of approximately ten thousand jewish children from central europe to safety in the united kingdom in the late s—and what i think is wrong with it. it may strike the reader as indecent to suggest that something is ‘wrong’ with saving ten thousand children from calamity. however, the failure is not contained within the nature of the act itself—the admirable refuge proffered to the vulnerable—but to its scope—ten thousand children , when a total of around . million jewish children ultimately perished in the shoah. given this stark disparity between those saved and those killed, and who might have been saved, the moral stakes of how one conceives of political justice are brought into stark relief. here is where the differences that distinguish levinas from aristotle become vitally important. i noted above a certain ambiguity regarding aristotle and the figuring of excess and the size of political communities as a question of capacity and perhaps numbers, despite aristotle’s critique of reckoning virtue as a set of numbers. for the aristotle of the politics, as noted above, it is permissible to limit the intake of foreigners if their number becomes too large to manage. the emphasis on moderation and the avoidance of excess—if this pertains to the nature of acts and not just dispositions of character, as discussed above—would already prepare the way, both philosophically and rhetorically, for a delimitation of the limits of welcome to foreigners. while it is true that in ne aristotle refers to ‘magnificence’ and large-scale generosity, the question is how to reconcile this with the counsel against excess, on the one hand, and the limitation of the size of the polis, on the other, in determining what an appropriate aristotlean response to the plight of vulnerable suppliants should be, where the question of numbers becomes ineluctably engaged. it is difficult to establish exactly how we should see aristotle’s thinking of moderation, of numbers, of justice-as-virtue, and of the political, in order to form political judgments on questions of this sort. however, the question of the foreigner, their treatment and status, was not unknown in aristotle’s day; thus my critique is not simply an unfair imposition of modern sentiments upon the past. my concern is how the philosophy of aristotlean moderation may influence how these questions are taken up, and given the preceding observations, one has cause to be concerned about this influence, from the perspective of seeking to safeguard the human dignity of large numbers of persons in need, which might challenge and strain the ability of a state to cope with their arrival and integration. one could also be concerned about the aristotlean emphasis on reciprocity as a safeguarding of just outcomes, in that good acts are involved in a reciprocal cycle of good acts committed by others; in terms of political asylum, this would manifest in a state refusing to take in refugees unless others agree to do the same, and eschewing unilateralism. in short, to the extent that an aristotlean conception of the political lacks an element of self-limiting or even self-harming sacrifice, as noted above, which fails to give the other person priority and to accept that priority is the orienting focus of one’s political responsibility, then outcomes like that noted above concerning the child jewry of europe are possible and remain probable. a radically different conception of political justice becomes possible when thinking about levinas in relation to politics (given that he is not himself ostensibly a political theorist, and treated political questions somewhat indirectly or at a level of abstraction that did not necessarily provide concrete (fast , pp. – ). https://encyclopedia.ushmm.org/content/en/article/children-during-the-holocaust, retrieved january . in work i am developing elsewhere, i take up this issue of the memory of the disappeared in relation to derrida’s notion of ‘hauntology’, as an important founding ethical principle of political communities—remembrance of the disappeared as informing responses to those who newly arrive—which could be linked to the argument i am making here concerning levinas. https://encyclopedia.ushmm.org/content/en/article/children-during-the-holocaust religions , , of suggestions for praxis). what would have been the consequences for the united kingdom if they had accepted one and a half million child refugees, eschewing moderation or prudence, acting unilaterally without regard for reciprocity on the part of other states, for the safeguarding of those ‘far off’, taking the bread from their own mouths to give (or at least, to share) with the other, the possibility of sacrificing for the other, demanded by ‘holiness’? is this an impossible, ‘pure’ hospitality, to speak in derrida’s language? but there are examples of this; as mentioned above, one thinks of all the non-western states who put the west to shame in their hosting of the vast majority of stateless people in the world, from jordan and lebanon to chad and ethiopia to bangladesh and colombia; on a lower scale, but still significant, is the possibility of western states acting in a similarly exemplary fashion, as in the german decision to accept close to a million refugees in one year, or italy’s now defunct program ‘mare nostrum’, which rescued thousands of people from the sea who otherwise might have disappeared completely. such a politics is not impossible, it is just mostly not done; most politics tacks toward aristotlean moderation, if not outright mean-spiritedness and cruelty, and opts for what is best for the flourishing of the extant political community. things are even going backwards on this point in western states: one might argue (as i have) that the kindertransport was terribly inadequate, but within its limits, it was still highly noble; more recently, the united kingdom was willing to take less than syrian children under the dubs amendment established by lord dubs, himself a child of the kindertransport, who received little support. one should be attentive to the disappeared as the very meaning of political responsibility and justice: peace to those now gone who will never come back, peace to those not yet born, who have already disappeared because of ‘moderate’ considerations which they are fatefully moving towards. . conclusions should political justice be delimited to the moderate? what are the implications of this for political praxis? is it not the case that, in the words of thomas paine, ‘moderation in principle is a species of vice’? if, for example, in the context of the politics of asylum, moderation demands that one not go too far, has regard to the flourishing or even survival of the extant political community, and that therefore one not be excessive in the welcome proffered to the vulnerable other, become acceptable as an ethical politics? is justice itself, ethical in this case? additonally, how much of all this is aristotle’s fault? in my view, it is somewhat undecidable (and debated in the critical literature, as discussed above) whether aristotle is guilty of the things that levinas (and myself) accuse him of—a thinking that ‘never gets out of numbers and beings’, that emphasises moderation indeed (and not just in the comportment of the virtuous person), and that may be itself deforming of political consequence. it is impossible to rigorously draw a straight line from the profound, if sometimes contradictory or unclear, teachings of ne and the politics, to the pronouncements of ostensibly prudent (and mostly, western) politicians giving fine reasons why there is only so much that can be done. just recently, emmanuel macron repeated michel rocard’s nonsensical hyperbolic line that france ‘cannot welcome all the misery in the world’ (as if someone had asked them to). these attitudes obtain, and appeal to, a sense of the moderate, the prudent, and the cautious. perhaps this is no more than a misuse of the legacy of the philosopheme of moderation. however, i have argued that it is nevertheless necessary to question whether it is the case that aristotle, and more specifically, the concept of justice as it permeates in multiform fashion throughout philosophical and political life, is responsible for harmful delimitations of political action as i have described above in relation to the kindertransport. it may be that those who insist that moderation pertains to the virtuous actor and not the action are correct, in which case, https://www.independent.co.uk/news/uk/home-news/dubs-child-refugees-home-office-immigration-home-office- supreme-court-a .html, retrieved january . (paine , p. ). https://www.newstatesman.com/world/europe/ / /macron-s-visit-calais-shines-light-his-theresa-may- immigration-policies, retrieved january . https://www.independent.co.uk/news/uk/home-news/dubs-child-refugees-home-office-immigration-home-office-supreme-court-a .html https://www.independent.co.uk/news/uk/home-news/dubs-child-refugees-home-office-immigration-home-office-supreme-court-a .html https://www.newstatesman.com/world/europe/ / /macron-s-visit-calais-shines-light-his-theresa-may-immigration-policies https://www.newstatesman.com/world/europe/ / /macron-s-visit-calais-shines-light-his-theresa-may-immigration-policies religions , , of prudential or mean-spirited attempts to not go to excess in times of moral urgency are not acts of fidelity, but rather betrayals of the ethos that aristotle promulgated. perhaps. however, i am not convinced, based upon the insistence in his writings on the need for measure as a leitmotif of justice itself (and not simply the virtuous actor), or the need to keep political communities from admitting too many foreigners; nor does this also resolve the problem about a demand for reciprocity that one also finds in aristotle, which is also directly contrary to the seminal thrust of levinas’s ethics: ‘here [in ethics] there is no “human commerce”, not a simple swapping of responsibilities!’ a wonderful illustration of the levinasian excessive figuration of justice which i have sought to articulate, can be found in martin luther king jr’s profound ‘letter from birmingham prison’. in responding to the criticisms he faced from white pastors in alabama—why, king, are you stirring up this trouble and not being patient?—king critiques the attitudes of what he calls ‘white moderates’, who, he writes, ‘are more devoted to ‘order’ than to justice; who prefers a negative peace which is the absence of tension to a positive peace which is the presence of justice’. in distinguishing justice from the law, king insists that justice is not moderate or prudential, but rather can or even should be disruptive and extreme; he embraces the word ‘extremist’ as it applies to a seeking of justice in the name of love, and calls for ‘creative extremists’ to fight for justice. king even rejects the argument that such action is irresponsible in that it may provoke a backlash, and that he should take the counsel of white moderates and ‘wait for ‘a more convenient season”. what matters (and here king sounds exactly like levinas) is not what happens to me, but what happens to the other person ; to refuse to disrupt a social order in order to preserve one’s own harmony or the existing harmony of a political community, preferring this to the justice of responding to the needs of others (where justice is figured as justice for that community itself, the justice it does for itself even at the expense of others, where the weighing of the interests of those near counts for more than those far off), is, to king, irresponsible. again, i must emphasize that i do not read aristotle as in agreement with this, despite what his defenders might want to say about how his account of virtue covers every ethical decision we might want to take, as proper to the virtue of that person; a reading of the politics, as discussed above, makes it clear that the flourishing of the extant political community is of primary concern for aristotle. in the context of the politics of asylum, which i have used to illustrate the differing conceptions of political justice at play, this latter point is of paramount importance. very recently, former presidential candidate hillary clinton counselled european decision-makers to limit migration in order to avoid provoking the extreme right. in this, she is not far from right wing ideologues like jean raspail, who, in his execrable book the camp of the saints, depicts a france overwhelmed by a million migrants (a fear belied by germany’s recent and fairly painless absorption of a similar number of refugees). what justifies this appeal to prudence, polemically, we might call nietzsche’s tepidity: the ‘tepid temperature which is the presupposition upon which every calculation of prudence or expediency is always based’. ten thousand children went on trains going west and were saved; other children went on other trains going east, and one and half million children ultimately lost their lives in the shoah. one direction or the other in a political decision can mean a great deal—to borrow from primo levi’s the periodic table, ‘the differences may be small but can lead to radically diverse results, like railroad switches’ . it is necessary to remember that we do not live in the world as it would have been; (levinas , p. ). (king , p. ). letter from birmingham jail, pp. – . letter from birmingham jail, p. . letter from birmingham jail, p. . https://www.theguardian.com/world/ /nov/ /hillary-clinton-europe-must-curb-immigration-stop-populists- trump-brexit, retrieved january . (nietzsche , p. ). (levi , p. ). https://www.theguardian.com/world/ /nov/ /hillary-clinton-europe-must-curb-immigration-stop-populists-trump-brexit https://www.theguardian.com/world/ /nov/ /hillary-clinton-europe-must-curb-immigration-stop-populists-trump-brexit religions , , of we live in the other world, where the . million children were not saved, but only ten thousand. one example in an endless catalogue of horrors, in the benjaminian pile of disasters that rises to the sky, but one that effectively makes the point about limits and numbers, and the dangers of moderation. to emphasize a prudential consideration and say that it would have been impossible to take them in and required too great a sacrifice, is to posthumously condemn them to death once more, and to condemn to death or immiseration those tens of millions of people—almost seventy million as noted in the introduction—currently without membership in a political community that will guarantee their rights, who are denied, as hannah arendt termed it, their ‘right to have rights’. prudence and moderation are morally suspect, and even, in some circumstances, morally bankrupt. what levinas—and king—invite us to do is to consider the possibility that justice can be radical and excessive, not prudent and moderate: ‘the possibility of sacrifice as a meaning of the human adventure!’ —a responsibility that is infinite and not bound to the calculative or the moderate, which, figured as political justice, looks a lot different to contemporary politics, including the politics of asylum, as the international community drifts along in a state of moral torpor, with failed refugee conferences stretching from evian in to new york in . adorno, who i began by quoting and who put into question the influence of aristotlean moderation on modern sensibilities (and in part inspired the preceding reflections), observed with horkheimer that it may be necessary to ‘scorn logic if it is against humanity’. this is among the vital themes bequeathed to our understanding of the ethical by levinas: ‘and all i have done is to find a relation that is not an adding up.’ funding: this research received no external funding. acknowledgments: my thanks to richard cohen and jolanta saldukaityte for welcoming me to their levinas seminar in paris in july , where the reading of levinas presented in this paper was first conceived. conflicts of interest: the author declares no conflict of interest. references adorno, theodor. . minima moralia: reflections from damaged life. london and new york: verso. adorno, theodor, and max horkheimer. . dialectic of enlightenment: philosophical fragments. stanford: stanford university press. amèry, jean. . at the mind’s limits: contemplations by a survivor on auschwitz and its realities. bloomington: indiana university press. aristotle. . the politics. translated by thomas alan sinclair and trevor saunders. london: penguin books. aristotle. . nicomachean ethics. edited by r. crisp. cambridge: cambridge university press. aristotle. . the eudemian ethics books i-ii-viii, nd ed. oxford: clarendon press. badiou, alain. . ethics: an essay on the understanding of evil. london and new york: verso. benjamin, a. . the problem of authority in arendt and aristotle. philosophy today : . [crossref] bostock, david. . aristotle’s ethics. oxford: clarendon press. brown, lesley. . why is aristotle’s virtue of character a mean? taking aristotle at his word ne ii . in the cambridge companion to aristotle’s nicomachean ethics. edited by ronald polanksy. new york: cambridge university press. caygill, howard. . levinas and the political. oxon and new york: routledge. chalier, catherine. . what ought i to do? morality in kant and levinas. translated by jane todd. ithaca: cornell university press. the phrase originally appears in her origins of totalitarianism; for a recent in-depth discussion of this concept, see (degooyer et al. ). is it righteous to be?, p. . (adorno and horkheimer , p. ). is it righteous to be?, p. . http://dx.doi.org/ . /philtoday religions , , of cohen, richard. . buber and levinas—and heidegger. in levinasian meditations. pittsburgh: duquesne university press. degooyer, stephanie, alastair hunt, lida maxwell, samuel moyn, and astra taylor. . the right to have rights. new york: verso. derrida, jacques. . adieu to emmanuel levinas. translated by pascale-anne brault, and michael naas. stanford: stanford university press. derrida, jacques. . violence and metaphysics: an essay on the thought of emmanuel levinas. in writing and difference. london: routledge. fagenblat, michael. . a covenant of creatures: levinas’s philosophy of judaism. stanford: stanford university press. fast, vera. . children’s exodus: a history of the kindertransport – . london and new york: ib taurus. frank, jill. . citizens, slaves and foreigners: aristotle on human nature. american political science review : – . [crossref] harris, mark jonathan, and deborah oppenheimer. . into the arms of strangers: stories of the kindertransport. london: bloomsbury publishing. king, martin luther, jr. . letter from birmingham jail. london: penguin. levi, primo. . the periodic table. in the complete works of primo levi volume two. edited by ann goldstein. new york and london: liverlight publishing corporation. levinas, emmanuel. . totality and infinity: an essay on exteriority. translated by alphonso lingis. pittsburgh: duquesne university press. levinas, emmanuel. . ethics and infinity: conversations with phillipe nemo. translated by richard cohen. pittsburgh: duquesne university press. levinas, emmanuel. . wholly otherwise. in re-reading levinas. edited by robert bernasconi and simon critchley. bloomington and indianapolis: indiana university press. levinas, emmanuel. . the rights of man and the rights of the other. in outside the subject. stanford: stanford university press. levinas, emmanuel. . proper names. stanford: stanford university press. levinas, emmanuel. . alterity & transcendence. translated by michael smith. new york: columbia university press. levinas, emmanuel. . god death and time. stanford: stanford university press. levinas, emmanuel. . existence and existents. translated by alphonso lingis. pittsburgh: duquesne university press. levinas, emmanuel. . on escape. translated by bettina bergo. stanford: stanford university press. levinas, emmanuel. . humanism of the other. translated by nidra poller. chicago: university of illinois press. levinas, emmanuel. . otherwise than being or beyond essence. translated by alphonso lingis. pittsburgh: duquesne university press. levinas, emmanuel. . refocusing the refugee regime: from vagrancy to value. res cogitans : . macintyre, alasdair. . after virtue: a study in moral theory. london and new york: bloomsbury. menn, stephen. . aristotle’s theology. in the oxford handbook of aristotle. edited by christopher shields. oxford: oxford university press. moati, raoul. . levinas and the night of being: a guide to totality and infinity. new york: fordham university press. nietzsche, friedrich. . on the genealogy of morals: a polemic. london: penguin, p. . nussbaum, martha. . social justice and universalism: in defense of an aristotelian account of human functioning. modern philology : s – . [crossref] paine, t. . rights of man, common sense and other political writings. edited by mark philip. oxford: oxford university press. perpich, diane. . the ethics of emmanuel levinas. stanford: stanford university press. plato. . protagoras and meno. london: penguin. robbins, jill, ed. . is it righteous to be?: interviews with emmanuel levinas. stanford: stanford university press. simmons, william. . the third: levinas’s theoretical move from an-archical ethics to the realm of justice and politics. philosophy and social criticism : – . [crossref] http://dx.doi.org/ . /s http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . / religions , , of unchr global trends report . available online: https://www.unhcr.org/ b be .pdf (accessed on december ). Žižek, s., eric santner, and kenneth reinhard. . the neighbor: three inquiries in political theology. chicago: university of chicago press. © by the author. licensee mdpi, basel, switzerland. this article is an open access article distributed under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by) license (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . /). https://www.unhcr.org/ b be .pdf http://creativecommons.org/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . /. introduction: proper names aristotle and justice levinas and justice why moderation is a vice, or the problem with the kindertransport conclusions references social position, ideology, and distributive justice social justice research, vol. , no. , social position, ideolo , and distributive justice l e o d ' a n j o u , ~ a b r a m steijn, i a n d d r i e s van a a r s e n this paper addresses two important questions regarding distributive justice. first we ask whether people use standards or principles o f distributive justice regarding the allocation o f income. the study confirms our expectation that there are at least two principles, viz., the merit and the need principle. our data show that there is no generally held consensus about the applicability o f these two principles. second, we looked for explanations to explain variations in adherence to these principles. the literature suggests five different theses: . self-interest; . ideology; . enlightenment; . historical shift; and . gender. results provide qualified support for the theses , and . class, ideology, and age affect the preferences for the principles o f justice. further elaboration suggests the data point to a specific version o f the self-interest thesis, viz., the underdog thesis. theses and are not confirmed. implications o f these findings are discussed. key words: distributive justice; merit; need; class; ideology. introduction "justice is a central moral standard in social life...the issues it ad- dresses are fundamental to social life" (cohen, ). one of the central issues in the discussion on justice concerns the distribution of the benefits and burdens of living together. in this distribution people expect to get what their equals get (homans, , ) or in the words of berger et al. ( , p. ): "the essential idea [of distributive justice] is that actors who are erasmus universiteit, rotterdam, the netherlands. all correspondence should be sent to l. j. m. d'anjou, sociale faculteit, m - , erasmus universiteit, postbus , dr rotterdam, the netherlands. - / / - . / � plenum publishing corporation d'anjou, steijn, and van aarsen similar in terms o f socially defined and valued characteristics expect to be similar in their rewards." for this expectation they compare what they p u t into social l i f e - - i n homans's words: their investments and costs--with w h a t t h e y get o u t o f i t - - t h e i r rewards. these input--outcome comparisons are based on referential structures (berger et al, ) which contain informa- tion on w h a t is regarded as an input and what as an outcome and w h a t the social value o f those inputs and outcomes is. these structures function as standards o f entitlement (lerner, ). they define what people in certain situations o r with certain characteristics are entitled to or deserve. research on distributive justice shows that people actually use consen- sually held referential structures or justice rules (cook, ) in evaluating the distribution of valued resources, such as love, status, and different kinds o f goods (t rnblom and foa, ). such rules are also used when the dis- tribution o f income is evaluated (jasso and rossi, ; alves a n d rossi, ; h e r m k e n s and boerman, ). although in the "income-justice" stud- ies references are often made to underlying principles of justice, such as n e e d or merit, the existence of such principles is only assumed, not assessed. in this paper we look into the question of whether people use principles like merit or n e e d regarding the distribution or allocation of income. t h e second question in this study concerns consensus itself. is there a consensus o n the applicability o f these justice principles or are there dif- ferences in this respect between individuals o r groups in society? e a r l i e r research (alves and rossi, ; berting et al., ) indicated t h a t indi- viduals with a higher income are more inclined to allocate income on the basis o f criteria reflecting merit considerations while those with a lower i n c o m e o p t for n e e d criteria. h e r m k e n s a n d b o e r m a n ( ), however, f o u n d a less clear division in preferences for allocation criteria. all in all, it seems t h a t the position of individuals in society m a y affect the p r e f e r e n c e for justice criteria and principles. a problem with the a f o r e m e n t i o n e d stud- ies is t h a t societal position is m e a s u r e d only by income. in this p a p e r we also take class as a measure for assessing the location o f individuals in the societal structure because class still seems to be i m p o r t a n t as a d e t e r m i n a n t o f attitudes a n d preferences (marshall et al, ). a t the same time we acknowledge that class and income explain only a limited p a r t o f the variation in preference for justice rules and principles. i n research o n distributive justice, therefore, o t h e r d e t e r m i n a n t s are p u t we refer here also to studies on the question how people justify existing inequalities, because judging these as just and fair is another way of expressing opinions and judgments on the fairness or justice of the distribution of economic resources. in other words, economic equality is the mirror image of social justice or as rytina ( ) stated: "the dominant problematic of justice in sociology is an interplay of inequality and sentiment that supports or undermines it." social position, ideology, and distributive justice forward. as shepelak ( ) shows, ideological beliefs play a role as well. beliefs connect background variables, such as occupation, income, and edu- cation, with the evaluation of inequality. robinson and bell ( ) came to the same conclusion. they, moreover, took enlightenment (measured by education) and a historical shift to egalitarianism (measured by age) as i n d e p e n d e n t variables into their analysis. finally, the work of gilligan ( ) suggests that men and women differ in their judgments of justice questions. the foregoing suggests that there might not be a consensus re- garding the application of justice criteria. in this paper we assess whether this is the case and, if there is no consensus, we look into an explanation for this lack of consensus. in summary, this paper addresses the following questions: (i) do people use standards or principles of justice regarding the allocation of income? (ii) is there a consensus regarding the applica- bility of these principles and, if not, which explanations of this lack of con- sensus are the most promising? theoretical framework this section on theory is divided into two subsections following the two questions above. first, we elaborate the concept "distributive justice principle" and the two principles, merit and need, that we use in our study. second, we develop five theses, each of which puts forward a (partial) ex- planation of why people differ in their preferences for the merit and the n e e d principles of justice. finally, we bring these five theses together in a conceptual model. distributive justice principles: merit and need specific justice principles are part of a more encompassing concept o f justice. one of the problems in the literature on justice, however, is the lack o f conceptual clarity and theoretical unity (cook, ). bell and schokkaert ( ), e.g., point out that the concept of equity has a different meaning in psychology, economics, and law. as there are also important terminological confusions (see footnote ), it is necessary that we make clear what we mean by "justice principle" and so clarify the topic of this paper. justice is a container concept and "seems to mean different things to different people and in different circumstances" (t rnblom, , p. ). as t rnblom contends, it lacks a distinctive or "true" meaning. the concept "distributive justice" is, however, less indistinct and refers, in gen- d'anjou, steijn, and van aarsen eral, to a just state of affairs concerning the distribution of benefits and burdens (miller, ; rawls, ). such a distribution is perceived as just or fair if it is regulated by accepted rules. at this point, distributive justice is often equated with equality; a usage that, as hochschild ( ) rightly remarks, "blurs concepts that should be kept separate." in the sphere of distributive justice equality is either absolute or strict equality, i.e., the gen- eral rule that "all people may legitimately make the same claims on social resources" (p. ), or relative or bounded equality, i.e., the general rule that "equals must be treated equally and unequals unequally" (aristoteles, citated in cullen, , p. ). the latter means that making differences o f some kind does not turn a particular distribution into an unjust one. hochschild, moreover, pointed out that people accept some form of dif- ferentiation as the guiding rule in economic affairs. distributive justice regarding the allocation o f income, primarily an economic affair, thus concerns the specific rules or norms that make an allocation a just one. there are two sets of these rules, viz., substantive and formal ones (cohen and greenberg, ; buchanan and mathieu, ). the first set contains the rules that state which differences (acts or attributes) between people are deemed relevant for the allocation o f in- come. it represents, in hamilton and rytina's ( ) words, the domain of inputs. the second set consists of the rules that state the way in which these differences are translated into differences in income; in hamilton and rytina's terminology, the linkage rules. homans's notion of proportionality between investments and profits which "lies at the heart of distributive justice" points to the formal side of distributive justice ( , ). proportionality is a formal rule that in a quantitative way links the domain of inputs to the domain of outcomes, in our case income. markovsky ( ) made the same distinction in this re- spect, viz., between scales of rewards and investments and a referential rule such as proportionality (see also schaeffer's distinction between material and procedural operands and a referential rule such as proportionality which is, however, not the only possible linkage rule; schaeffer, ). pro- portionality can be formulated as y(x), where y is the outcome, e.g., income, and x an input, i.e., an attribute, such as education, which justifies a dif- outcomes inputs outcomes inputs person a ~ person a person b m person b person b [ k b person a i ka i inputs j inputs fig. . the "walster" equity formula. social position, ideology, and distributive justice ferent outcome. this proportionality rule is elaborated in the equity tradi- tion within social justice research and formalized in equity formulas, such as the one devised by walster and walster ( ) (fig. ). in this paper, however, we are not concerned with the formal prin- ciple of proportionality but with the substantive side of distributive justice or with the differences that people think may legitimately lead to differ- ences in income; in homans's ( ) words: "[people's] ideas of what le- gitimately constitutes investment, reward, and cost, and how these are to be ranked" (p. ). above, we have referred to these ideas as distributive justice rules. the acceptance or rejection of each of these rules is, as stated in o u r introduction, not based on strictly individual preferences but is guided by consensually held principles or referential standards. these dis- tributive justice principles underlie the choice or preferment of specific rules out of a multitude of rules regarding the attributes and acts of people that are considered to be relevant for the distribution o f income. more specifically, the choice concerns social status characteristics, such as sex and occupation; investments, like education or initiative; and need considera- tions, like being handicapped or number of dependent children. this paper, now, regards these substantive principles of distributive justice. generally, three of these substantive principles of justice are stated, viz., equality, merit, and need (homans, ; tornblom and foa, ). equality is, however, a problematic concept because like justice, it has no clear meaning. it is sometimes formulated as the preference for a more egalitarian distribution of resources (see, e.g., ritzman and tomaskovic- devey, ). others refer to equality as an end that must be reached as is the case with equality of opportunity. regarding the allocation of income, equality means, as we have stated above, relative equality or differentiation between people according to accepted differences between them. it, thus, means that people may legitimately state varying claims on the amount of i n c o m e t h e y (ought to) receive based on d i f f e r e n c e s b e t w e e n t h e m the terminology on the input side of distributive justice is rather confusing. deutsch ( ), for instance, discerns values of justice, such as equity, equality, and need, and rules or criteria for defining the values. berger et al ( ) refer to these values as referential structures (referential standards in the terms of alwin, ) which provide the basis for defining the meaning of relevant characteristics. others make the same distinction while using other terms. cook ( ): distribution rules and dimensions of evaluation, such as seniority, skill, level of need, age, etc.; hochschild ( ): norms of justice which form the basis for specific allocation decisions; homans ( , , ): rule or rules of distributive justice and criteria such as investments and costs; jasso and rossi ( ) and alves and rossi ( ): principles and criteria of justice, etc. in this paper we will use "criteria" when we refer to the characteristics o f people or of the situation in which they find themselves that are relevant for allocation o f income, criteria such as education, initiative, seniority, age, or number o f dependent children. the term "principle" is used when we refer to the dimension underlying the choice or preferment of these criteria. d'anjou, steijn, and van aarsen (hochschild, ). following hochschild, we try to avoid terminological confusion and use the term "equality" for denoting strict equality. this implies in our case that equality is not a suitable substantive principle of justice; only "differentiation" principles count. there are, in view of the allocation of income, two kinds of differ- ences that may be accepted as the foundation of varying amounts of in- come. first, there are differences in social contributions which ought to be rewarded, leading to allocation of income "to each according to his deserts" (miller, ). we call this the "merit" principle. second, there are differ- ences that ought to be compensated because all human beings have a right to exist "regardless of their inputs" (schwartz, ). this leads to alloca- tion of income "to each according to his needs" (miller, )--the " n e e d " principle. allocation: to each according to his deserts--the merit principle. this justice principle justifies differences in income by pointing to the different contributions people make (or are perceived to make) in producing goods, services, and other valued things. central to this concept of justice is the notion of contribution or merit, which means that differences in contribu- tion to the social product ought to be rewarded. the merit principle depicts which of the different attributes or characteristics of people should be seen as relevant differences in contribution and should therefore be considered when allocating income. this concerns among other things differences in education, initiative, or taking responsibility. together, all those things that are assumed to enhance productivity. allocation: to each according to his needs-- the need principle. t h e need concept of justice acknowledges that people differ in their abilities to earn an income that will allow them and their family to live in a decent way. these differences in ability ought to be compensated for by giving those people more than they would receive in a completely free market situation. the allocation is thus based on the needs people have. important in this respect are considerations regarding the level of social security bene- fits, the importance of being employed for the entitlement to an income, o r the higher costs of being ill or disabled. distributive justice: five theses in the foregoing subsection we have stated that the allocation of in- come is evaluated as being fair if in this allocation accepted rules are used. in this subsection we begin by assuming that people differ with regard to the question which rules are acceptable and that these differences reflect differences in preference for the merit and the need principles o f distribu- social position, ideology, and distributive justice tive justice. the question is then what determines these different prefer- ences. in the literature five theses are suggested that explain why people differ in their preferences for the merit and the need principles. these are ( ) the self-interest thesis; ( ) the ideology thesis; ( ) the enlightenment thesis; ( ) the historical shift thesis; and ( ) the gender thesis. these theses are elaborated below. two of these theses, i.e., self-interest and ideology, require more attention because they employ class and ideology concepts that are widely disputed. self-interest thesis this thesis states a direct relationship between one's position in the social structure and one's attitudes. as such it originates in the work of marx and engels ( ) and weber ( ) and is studied, among others, by goldthorpe et al. ( ), huber and form ( ), mackenzie ( , ), lockwood ( ), robinson and bell ( ), kluegel and smith ( ), marshall et al. ( ), grimes ( ), svallfors ( ), evans ( ). the thesis is also known as the structural theory (mackenzie) or the underdog principle (robinson and bell). robinson and bell ( , p. ) who studied social judgments about the fairness or unfairness of in- equality, state the essence of this thesis as follows: "individuals who objec- tively benefit from the stratification system in comparison with others are more likely to judge its inequalities to be just. conversely, people who are objectively less well off are more likely to judge equality to be fair, since [this]...would result in their receiving more societal goods." this means that people have interests following from their location in the social struc- ture and that these interests affect the way in which people justify allocation rules (or criteria). they accept a rule as legitimate and just if the rule con- curs with their interests. the locations in the societal structure, the social positions, are often conceptualized as class positions. as class is a disputed concept, we further elaborate this concept. a more straightforward way of assessing one's social position is taking income as the indicator of this position. research (alves and rossi, ; berting et al., ; shepelak. ) indicates that this may even reflect interests with respect to the allocation of income more clearly than class and thus we also use income as an indicator of social position. according to an important study, class is still a very important factor in shaping people's attitudes. marshall et al ( , p. ) explicitly state that "social class is to the fore among conceptions of collective identity. it js still the case that important differences in shared beliefs and values d'anjou, steijn, and van aarsen are structured more obviously by class than by other sources o f social cleavage." t h e precise relationship between class and the p r e f e r e n c e for the merit or n e e d principle is, however, less clear. t~vo reasons explain this: o n e is that although there is abundant research into the relationship between class and images of society, class is not often studied in relation to distributive justice. the second reason is the difficulty to p r o d u c e a class concept that is generally accepted in the scientific community. according to wright ( ) there are three main class concepts: the american class concept based on gradation in the status of occupations; the marxist class concept based on different relations in the sphere of pro- duction; and the weberian concept of class based on different life chances in the economic (market) domain. the m a n n e r in which the stratification system of m o d e m society has developed poses two important problems for each of these concepts. the first problem concerns what wright ( ) calls "the embarrassment of the middle classes." a class concept has to accom- modate both the quantitative growth of the middle classes and its diversi- fication. the second problem is a consequence o f how class position is commonly measured, viz., by occupation. as drudy ( , p. ) states: "this obviously becomes increasingly a problem in an era of mass unem- ployment." a n appropriate class concept must also accommodate the grow- ing group of social security benefit recipients. weber's work on class in our view gives ample opportunity for devis- ing a class concept that meets these problems. first, weber ( ) speaks o f a class situation when a number of people have in common a specific causal component of their life chances (the capability to dispose of material property or the possession of marketable skills) in the sphere of economic market relations. weber's extension of the marxist class concept with its emphasis on property relations with the skill component may lead to a class concept especially suited for the incorporation of the so-called new middle classes. second, it is not very difficult to apply weber's class concept to the existence of those who do not derive their position from a place in the domain o f production, i.e., the recipients o f social security benefits. this would simply mean adding a third causal component, viz., a legal right to income--reich's ( ) new property. although, it would not be impossible to incorporate this "new" class position in either the american class con- cept or in a marxist one, this would mean bending these concepts more than is necessary with weber's class concept. summarized, the self-interest thesis is based on the idea of different interests deriving from positions in the social structure each with it own justification. some assets, such as property or marketable skills, give their possessors better life chances in the form of higher incomes "and other so- cial rewards. they tend to justify their advantages by pointing to the con- social position, ideology, and distributive justice tributions to society they provide with these assets (the merit principle of justice). it is in their interest that the rewarding of their assets and the related justification remain as they are. those who are less f o r t u n a t e - - t h e underdogs--will self-evidently tend to disagree. they will put other char- acteristics, theirs, forward as the basis for differences in social rewards and propose another justification. as the underdogs are less able to make a living with their assets they will benefit by emphasizing compensations for their deficits (the need principle). more specifically, the self-interest thesis predicts that the better one's class position in terms of life chances the more one will prefer the merit principle and the worse one's class position in this respect the more one will prefer the need principle. (class is further elaborated and operationalized in the methods section below.) the thesis also predicts that those with a higher income will prefer the merit principle and those with a lower income the need principle. ideology thesis this thesis is in fact a refinement of the self-interest thesis. some researchers have pointed out that the supposed direct relationship between social position and attitudes is far to simple (davis, ; graetz, ). this assumed direct linkage ignores the fact that in daily life people use beliefs to interpret and evaluate reality and guide their actions. beliefs function as cognitive frameworks (smith and stone, ) which provide rationales for people to cope with the situations in which they find them- selves (robinson and bell, ). beliefs can either be conceived as a broad concept encompassing values, perceptions, and attitudes, as kluegel and smith ( ) do, or as a more limited concept in which the use of the term belief is restricted to elements on the more general or abstract level of a culture, the ideological level. in the latter case these generalized ideo- logical beliefs convince people that what exists is right and hence shape and organize their attitudes and preferences which are related to specific and concrete phenomena (shepelak, ), i.e., the more mundane level of daily existence. in this paper we opt for the limited concept in which a distinction is m a d e between ideological beliefs on a general level and specific attitudes and preferences. there is an important difference between the two levels. beliefs affect attitudes and preferences, but they do not determine them because ideological beliefs--as weakliem ( ) points o u t - - o n l y affect "the probabilities of holding different opinions [and attitudes and prefer- ences] by making some choices seem more plausible and natural than oth- e r s " (p. ). a g r e e m e n t with s o m e a b s t r a c t idea d o e s n o t imply d'anjou, steijn, and van aarsen c o m m i t m e n t to specific concurring outcomes or policies (rafferty and hasenfeld, ). we, thus, discern on the one hand a set of beliefs con- cerning the way the economic system works (and which is judged as right) and on the other the guidelines people use in evaluating the allocation of income. the first we call--following h u b e r and form ( )--ideology and the second the principles of distributive justice. ideology is in turn affected by the structural position of people, indi- cated by other variables such as income, class, gender, and race ( h u b e r rytina et al, ; h u b e r and form, ; robinson and bell, ; kluegel and smith, , shepelak, ). through this double relationship (i.e., social position - - - - > ideology; and ideology - - - - > justice principle) ideo- logical beliefs connect people's social position to specific attitudes concern- ing inequality (see robinson and bell, ; shepelak, ). as rafferty and hasenfeld ( ) state: "there is evidence that one's economic and social position accounts for one's beliefs and endorsement of government responsibility in solving social problems and commitment to the more spe- cific principle that individuals are entitled to a basic standard of living" (p. ). we assume that ideology plays the same connecting role with respect to justice principles. concerning the way the economic system works and how it affects the allocation of income (and ought to) there are several sets of ideologi- cal beliefs. robinson and bell ( ), e.g., find that in england the belief in a just society and in the united states the belief in monetary success dominates. hasenfeld and rafferty ( ), on the other hand, contend that in western welfare states two contrasting sets of ideological beliefs are in competition with each other. on the one hand, there is the belief in t h e a b u n d a n c e o f o p p o r t u n i t y and in the virtue o f individualistic achievement ( h u b e r and form, ; kluegel and smith, ) and on the o t h e r hand the belief in solidaristic sharing as a way to get a more equal and fair allocation of society's resources (parkin, ; shepelak, ). in this study we have chosen to explore the role of one of these sets, especially with a view to the development of an instrument which ade- quately measures the ideological stance of people. hereto, we have taken the lead of h u b e r and form and of kluegel and smith and have taken as a starting point the view that our society is characterized by the openness of its structure of abundant opportunities. to make such a structure work about the same contrasting sets of beliefs can be inferred from the study of ritzman and tomaskovic-devey ( ) if their equity and equality distribution rules are considered as ideological beliefs. in view of the way they have measured these rules this seems to be the case; at least they differ in level of generality and abstraction considerably from the justice principles we discern in this study. social position, ideology, and distributive justice people have to be as free as possible and government has to intervene as little as possible. we have here the ideology based on adam smith's hidden hand and we refer to it as the free market ideology. the outcome of this structure of opportunities, i.e., the allocation of income, is the responsibility of individuals and thus depends on their efforts. it is only logical that those who adhere to this ideology tend to favor allocation of income on grounds of merit and that those who disagree tend to be in favor of need consid- erations. with regard to income, we predict that the higher the income the higher the adherence to the free market ideology and the lower the income the lower this adherence will be. we also predict that the better one's class position the more one will adhere to the free market ideology and the worse this position is the lower this adherence will be. finally, we predict that the more one adheres to the free market ideology the more one will prefer the merit principle and the less one adheres to the free market ide- ology the more one will prefer the need principle (for the predictions with respect to the other variables see below). enlightenment thesis this thesis is formulated by robinson and bell ( ). in their re- search they assume that through education people become more familiar with the major values and themes of western civilization upon which the enlightenment has left a heavy mark. as they put it: "the history of demo- cratic revolutions--and evolutions--implies equality in a variety of ways, remains a charter myth of these societies, and is taught the young as sacred past" (p. ). this led them to suppose that the higher educated will be m o r e in favor of equality than the lower educated. they find confirmation for this assumption in england but not in the united states. if this research finding is valid, it means in our case that the more education people have the less they will prefer the free market ideology and the merit principle o f justice and the more they will be in favor of the need principle. historical shift thesis robinson and bell ( ) also assume that there has been a historical shift toward an egalitarian zeitgeist. they derive this assumption from a p a p e r by beteille on the decline of social inequality and substantiate it with instances from england and the united states indicating such a decline. accordingly, robinson and bell predict that younger people are more in support of equality. in their study, their hypothesis was supported by the d'anjou, steijn, and van aarsen data in the u n i t e d states, but not in england. in our case this thesis pre- dicts that the younger people are the more they will disagree with the free m a r k e t ideology and the related merit principle and the more they will prefer the n e e d principle of justice. gender thesis according to some research findings m e n and w o m e n are assumed to differ with respect to the ethic they use w h e n judging justice questions (gilligan, ). men use an "ethic of justice" which leans m o r e to the free m a r k e t ideology and the merit principle and w o m e n use an "ethic of care" which is less in agreement with the this ideology and m o r e in ac- cordance with the need principle of justice. d i s t r i b u t i v e j u s t i c e : t h e c o n c e p t u a l m o d e l in the foregoing we elaborated five theses that state the relationships between class, income, education, age, and g e n d e r - - t h e i n d e p e n d e n t vari- a b l e s - o n the one hand and the preferences for the merit and n e e d prin- ciples of j u s t i c e - - t h e dependent variables--on the other. we have also gone into the role that ideology, the free market ideology in o u r case, may play in this set o f relationships. we came to the conclusion that the free m a r k e t ideology is to be expected to affect the preference for one o f the two justice principles and is probably at its turn affected by the i n d e p e n d e n t variables. class i n c o m e ~ . . ideology ~" justlce ~ principle education age gender fig. . conceptual model. social position, ideology, and distributive justice this m e a n s it functions in the conceptual model as an i n t e r m e d i a t e vari- able. in fig. we depict the relationship m e n t i o n e d above in the form of a conceptual model which use as the theoretical model for o u r path analy- sis. m e t h o d d a t a d a t a for this study come f r o m a larger study into the conditions for a municipal policy of societal renewal (bons, ) c o n d u c t e d in by g r a d u a t e students in sociology as part o f a research training program. t h e survey was designed by the staff o f the p r o g r a m (of which the second a n d t h e third a u t h o r were members) w h o also executed the sampling proce- dure. t h e d a t a were g a t h e r e d in a survey in which the r e s p o n d e n t s were selected by means of a random-digit dialing p r o c e d u r e f r o m the g r e a t e r r o t t e r d a m area, a metropolitan area. this p r o c e d u r e resulted in a prob- ability sample of respondents o f which r e s p o n d e n t s were inter- viewed. respondents ( %) could n o t be reached at their h o m e or r e f u s e d to participate. we have restricted the sample for analysis in this study to r e s p o n d e n t s w h o are currently employed or who are receiving a social security benefit. this is a consequence of the way in which the class variable in this study is conceptualized and operationalized (see also below). we have, therefore, excluded the following categories from the original sample: (i) housewives ( ) because they do not occupy a position in the class scheme we used in this study (see below); (ii) full-time students ( ) who receive a govern- m e n t a l grant; and (iii) pensioners ( ) over . in the n e t h e r l a n d s their i n c o m e consists (wholly or partly) o f a special governmental r e t i r e m e n t benefit (a.o.w.). although both students and pensioners receive some kind o f social security benefit, their situation is n o t comparable to the situation o f those who are forced out of the work force because o f lack o f jobs or illness. this resulted in a sample o f respondents o f which were with a n d without a job. this area consists of rotterdam, schiedam, vlaardingen, hock of holland, and capelle a/d llssel which are part of the same telephone district. the random generation of the telephone numbers which all begin with a and consist of seven digits was based on a specially developed random number generating computer program. this program was devised by another member of the staff, j. braster. d'anjou, steijn, and van aarsen measures in the survey the respondents were asked which criterion they pre- ferred regarding the allocation of income. the interview also contained questions about occupation, ideology, and background variables such as age, sex, education, and income. the measures used in this study are pre- sented below. class position we mentioned before that class can be measured in several ways. o n theoretical grounds we prefer a measurement along weberian lines but we find weber's class concept too indefinite for fruitful use in research. one o f t h e b e s t - k n o w n e l a b o r a t i o n s o f this class c o n c e p t is t h e o n e by goldthorpe ( ) which is, according to marshall et al ( ), on theo- retical, methodological, and empirical grounds to be preferred to o t h e r - - r i v a l - - c o n c e p t u a l i z a t i o n s o f class. we t h e r e f o r e - - w i t h a s l i g h t modification--use goldthorpe's conceptualization. goldthorpe's premise is the same a s weber's, viz., people differ with regard to the possibilities they have in securing their life chances on the market. goldthorpe discerns the following differences: the source and level o f income, security of employment, chances on promotion, location within systems of authority and control, and degree of autonomy in performing the work tasks. on the basis of these differences goldthorpe arrives at seven classes. we use his classification which we complement with an eighth category, the class o f social security recipients. gotdthorpe and payne ( ) did the same. they added a comparable category at the bottom of the goldthorpe seven-class scheme, viz., the category of the unemployed, a class category which in their view contains positions lower than working-class positions. this gives us the following classification scheme: i. higher-grade professionals, administrators, and officials; managers in large es- tablishments; large proprietors. these occupations give high and secure incomes, prospect of promotion, authority, control and autonomy. ii. lower grade professionals, administrators, and officials, higher-grade technicians; managers in small establishments; supervisors of nonmanual employees. these oc- cupations score lower--but still relatively h i g h - - o n the above-mentioned criteria than the class i occupations. iii. routine nonmanual employees in administration and commerce and personal service workers. the so-called routine white collar workers. these occupations are relatively low in income, but relatively secure, and offer some chances of promotion. they derive some status from the association with the class i and ii occupations. they are, however, low in authority, control and autonomy. iv. small proprietors, artisans, farmers, fishermen, etc. together these categories social position, ideology, and distributive justice form the petit bourgeoisie. the market situation, i.e., income and economic security, of these occupations is variable and may easily change due to economic circum- stances. at the same time, however, people in this class have a high degree of autonomy. v. lower-grade technicians; supervisors of manual workers. the "blue-collar elite." their incomes are relatively high and secure and their chances of promotion limited. they have some degree of authority, control and autonomy although this is re- stricted by the supervision exercised by people in higher hierarchical positions. vi. skilled manual workers. they have higher incomes than class vii workers but few chances of promotion, and not much authority, control, and autonomy. vii. semiskilled and unskilled manual workers; agricultural workers. these occu- pations score the lowest on all criteria of all the occupations in society. viii. social security recipients. they generally have a low income which proves to be insecure due to government policies of budget cuts and they have few prospects of escaping from their marginal position. goldthorpe's scheme is adopted to the dutch situation by ganze- b o o m et al. ( ) and requires information on the occupation o f the re- spondent and on his or her employment status: i.e., self-employed (and in that case how many employees); wage earning (and in that case h o w many subordinates); or social security benefit recipient (and in that case what kind o f benefit). table i gives the distribution of the respondents across the eight class categories. the use of goldthorpe's class scheme poses an important problem for our predictions regarding the effect o f class on the principles o f dis- tributive justice and ideology. these predictions assume some kind of hi- erarchy in the distribution o f life chances. goldthorpe ( ), however, made clear that his "class schema should not be regarded as having a con- sistently hierarchical form" (p. ) mainly because the life chances o f the members of the classes iii, iv, and v are difficult to compare with each other. on the other hand, he shows that there is a hierarchy in the distri- bution o f life chances running from "good" to "poor" if classes are taken together, e.g., class positions i and ii are comparable in terms o f life table i. frequency of respondents by class position class no. of position occupational title incumbents % i managing/administrative elite ii middle management/supervisors iii routine white collar iv small proprietors v supervisors manual vi skilled manual vii semi- & unskilled manual viii social security recipients total d'anjou, steijn, and van aarsen chances--relatively g o o d - - a n d the same applies for class positions vi and vii whose chances are relatively poor. following goldthorpe's lead, we have put the eight classes in a more global hierarchical order and are thus able to formulate our predictions more precisely. respondents in class i and ii will be most in favor o f the merit principle and the free market ideology and less in favor of the need principle; conversely, the respondents in class viii will favor the need prin- ciple most. they are less in favor of the merit principle and the free market ideology. the incumbents of class positions iii, iv, and v, on the one hand, and those of class positions vi and vii, on the other, will show preferences that lie between these extremes. more precisely, respondents in class iii, iv, v will show preferences that resemble more those o f class i and ii respondents, while respondents in class vi and vii will show preferences that resemble those of class viii. income. this independent positional variable is operationalized as net income in dutch guilders per month. it is measured in intervals o f guilders. education. the third independent variable is operationalized as the level of education. in the dutch situation, this means that each level of education represents the number of years a respondent has spent in the educational system. the variable was measured as follows: elementary school not finished, score ; elementary school, ; lower vocational educa- tion, ; secondary school (lower level), ; secondary school (higher level), ; intermediate vocational education, ; higher vocational education, ; and university, . age is operationalized as the year of birth and recorded so that the older the respondent is, the higher the score. gender is operationalized as a dummy variable in which female = score . there is also a methodological problem arising from the fact that the classes do not form an explicit hierarchy. it is now impossible to simply use one variable "class position" in the analysis. we, therefore, use dummy variables. the dummies represent seven o f the eight categories of class; class i is omitted and serves as the reference category. in the path analysis the dummy variables are replaced by a quantitative variable which is the linear combination of the dummies representing class position. we follow here the procedure as described by rossi and anderson ( , p. ). in this procedure, also called "coding proportional to effect," the mean o f the deleted class category becomes the constant and every other category receives the scale value o f b o + bkx k cok -- the partial regression coefficient attached to each of the k categories). the explained variance (r ) o f the combined variable remains the same as that o f the dummy variables. the raw regression coefficient becomes . and the beta coefficient o f the combined variable is used to measure the proportion of the variation in the dependent variable accounted for by all class categories. this way the effect o f class is comparable to the effects o f the other variables in the analysis. the sign o f the beta coefficient has no substantive meaning as it is positive by definition. social position, ideology, and distributive justice ideology. f r e e m a r k e t ideology is s e e n as an i n t e r m e d i a t e variable in t h e c o n c e p t u a l model. this variable is designed as a scale. as we did n o t h a v e an example o f such a scale we h a d to devise a scale ourselves. t h e scale we use h e r e is t h e r e f o r e a provisional o n e. we h av e u sed l i k e r t - t y p e s t a t e m e n t s to measure this variable. t h e s e items w e r e s u m m e d t o f o r m a scale, which was not entirely satisfactory, with a c r o n b a e h ' s al p h a o f . . justice principle. this variable is c o n c e p t u a l i z e d as t h e dimension u n - derlying allocation criteria. t h e s e criteria are o p e r a t i o n a l i z e d in li k ert - type questions each representing e i t h e r a m e r i t o r a n e e d criterion. n i n e o f t h e s e questions c o n c e r n e d t h e criteria p e o p l e p r e f e r r e g a r d i n g t h e allo- c a t i o n o f income and the o t h ers c o n c e r n e d t h e sufficiency o f welfare benefits. (see a p p e n d i x a f o r the questions.) r e s u l t s j u s t i c e p r i n c i p l e s we started this p a p e r by asking w h e t h e r p e o p l e use principles o f dis- tributive justice regarding the allocation o f i n co m e. we st at ed t h a t we view justice principles as the dimensions u n d erl y i n g t h e criteria p e o p l e co n si d er r e l e v a n t f o r the allocation o f income. we m e a s u r e d these criteria by m e a n s o f a questionnaire (appendi x a ) with six m e r i t an d six n e e d items. we e x c l u d e d o n e o f the merit items, responsibility, f r o m t h e analysis b ecau se t h e responses on this item did n o t show e n o u g h variation, i.e., only two r e s p o n d e n t s disagreed with this st at em en t . t h e o t h e r i t em s w e r e analyzed by m e a n s o f factor analysis which resu l t ed in a r o t a t e d v ari m ax solution o f f o u r factors with an eigenvalue > . . o n t h e basis o f cattell's scree test ( ) we decided to drop the f o u r t h factor. this m e a n t d r o p p i n g o n e o f t h e n e e d items, viz., the family item, as this i t e m l o a d e d only o n t h e f o u r t h factor. t h e result is an extraction o f t h r e e factors which explain % o f t h e total variance in the items (see table ii in which f a c t o r loadings <. a r e omitted). t h e first f a c t o r represen t s t h e n e e d principle o f justice a n d contains five o f the six n e e d items. t h e s e five items f o r m a scale with a c r o n b a c h ' s sthe statements were ( ) it is very possible to rise to a higher position in the netherlands. this is true for people from the lower classes of society as well; ( ) private enterprise should be obstructed as little as possible; ( ) bigger differences in income are necessary, because these motivate people to take on responsibility; ( ) people should initially take care of themselves and not put all their problems in the hands of the government. the possible answers were: strongly agree; agree; neither agree, neither disagree; disagree; strongly disagree. d'anjou, steijn, and van a a r s e n table h. f a c t o r analysis o f items measuring justice preference (varimax r o t a t i o n ) i t e m f a c t o r f a c t o r f a c t o r welfare benefit too low f o r a single person . - - - - welfare benefit too low for a single m o t h e r . - - - - w e l f a r e benefit too low for a couple . - - - - having a job o r being unemployed not relevant f o r income . - - - - physically handicapped are entitled to m o r e income . - - - - b e t t e r results o n the job, m o r e income - - . - - m o r e initiative, m o r e income - - . - - m o r e experience with the job, m o r e income - - . . m o r e expertise/professional knowledge, m o r e income - - . . h i g h e r education, m o r e income - - - - . eigenvalue . . . v a r i a n c e explained . . . c r o n b a c h ' s a . . . alpha of . which we consider satisfactory. the principle centers on the notion that people at the very least need enough income to live on. the emphasis lies on the welfare questions and the notion that one's employ- ment status should not determine one's fight to income. the need principle we found corresponds to boulding's principle of disalienation (u and smith, ). the second factor we have found can be seen as the merit principle of justice. it consists of four of the six merit items. these items form a scale (cronbach's a . ). the principle reflects the preference for reward- ing differences which are related to job activities (see for a comparable result gartrell, ). bouckaert ( ) is right in stating that the relation between the effort put in and the result of performing one's job forms the kernel of the merit conception. the third factor we have found indicates that there might be another merit principle. the education item loads on this factor as do experience and expertise. these last items load, however, on the second factor as well. the three items form a relatively weak scale with a cronbach's alpha of . . this is considerably lower than the alpha for the four items o f the second factor and warrants maintaining the second factor as the merit prin- ciple and dropping the third from the analysis. still, the education item, as an important item in this third factor, suggests that there is reason to assume that this factor might reflect a social position, ideology, and distributive justice preference for rewarding more general kinds o f investments. education is probably the most outstanding example of these kinds o f investments. the fact that experience and expertise load on this factor as well supports the idea of a second merit principle. accepting a second merit principle would, moreover, correspond with the distinction hochschild ( ) made regard- ing her norms (principles in our terminology) o f distributive justice. she distinguished alongside ascription and strict equality--both of which fall outside our study--need, investments, and results as norms or principles o f justice. the way she described "results" concurs with the four items in o u r first merit principle and her "investments" norm--conceived as a dif- ferentiation n o r m - - h a s like the suggested second merit principle educa, tion at its core. the conclusions that there might be more than one merit or contri- bution principle of distributive justice--each reflecting different kinds of contributions--also corresponds to the contention of t rnblom ( ) that there are several contribution principles (subrules in his terminology). at this point, we can do no more than conclude that people might use three different principles of distributive justice regarding the allocation of in- come: the first reflecting allocation according to n e e d s - - t h e need principle of distributive justice; the second according to efforts--the merit principle; and the third according to investments. this last principle reflects different kinds of contributions and could be depicted as the "achievement" princi- ple. the suggestion of the existence of such a principle is reason enough to include more (and probably more precisely formulated) items regarding these kinds of general investments in future research. the theses the first step in the analysis of the theses is to look for consensus. we added up the scores on the items, respectively, forming the need and the merit principle. the lowest possible aggregate score on the five need items (i.e., strongly agree with each of them) is and the highest (i.e., strongly disagree) . the actual mean score is . --well above the theo- retical mean of . --with a standard deviation of . . the possible aggre- gate scores for the four merit items range from to . the mean score is . (theoretical mean ) and the standard deviation . . the actual mean scores compared with the theoretical ones show that the preference for the merit principle is relatively high and for the need principle of justice less high but still considerable. this corresponds with the results of dutch research into distributive justice (berting et al., ; hermkens and van wijngaarden, ; steijn and de witte, ) and with that of american d'anjou, steijn, and van aarsen research on the same topic (see e.g., the compilation by kluegel and smith, ). both standard deviations, however, point out that alongside the rela- tively widespread adherence to both principles of distributive justice there is a considerable variation in this adherence. this shows that the consensus is not generally held. we have stated five explanations in the form of theses regarding the variations in consensus and assumed a set of variables that could (partly) account for these variations. these variables are class, income, free market ideology, education, age, and gender. the theses are first investigated by means of a path analysis in which these variables and the principles of justice are included. thereafter each of the theses is examined more spe- cifically. finally, we review social position, ideology, and justice principles as the main factors in our study more closely. class ....... "'"', " .................. � ",, ............. free market . ........ "~ ,it i d e o l o g y - . / / / / / ~ - . age fig. . path model merit principle of justice. merit p r i n c i p l e c l a s s ~ . , f , , , f r e e m a ~ n e e d ,~ i d e o l o g y p r i n c i p l e / / / -. // //// age fig. . path model need principle of justice. social position, ideology, and distributive justice o ~ -= [-, � i" i" " i" i" i" " " i i i � i ' " " " i" " i" " " " ' ' " " " i ' i ' i . . . . . i ' " " " ..= e-, ~ . ~ -~ v v ,.~ o ~ ~ . - ~ ~ ~ ~, ~ o o '~ .o d'anjou, steijn, and van aarsen the path analysis the descriptive statistics for the variables in the path analysis and the intercorrelations among them are given in table b (appendix b). the effects o f the independent variables on the intermediate ones and the effects o f both the independent and the intermediate variables on the d e p e n d e n t ones are given in table iii. figures and present the path models regarding the merit and the need principle of justice, re- spectively. in this analysis we use two levels o f significance, viz., % (the solid lines in figs. and ) and % (the dotted lines). in view o f o u r limited sample compared to the much larger samples in most o f the stud- ies we refer to, a higher level than the customary % level seems to us to be warranted. w h e n we look at the merit path model (fig. ) we see that the vari- ables collectively explain % of the variance in the preference of respon- dents for the merit principle of justice. the ideological variable, i.e., the free market ideology, mediates the effect of class position and of age on the d e p e n d e n t variable, the merit principle. the explained variance in the second path model (fig. ) is the same, viz., %. the ideological variable is related to the need principle in a way which we expected, i.e., adherence to the free market ideology is nega- tively related to this justice principle. ideology mediates the influence of class and age on the need principle. class also has a direct effect on the need principle of justice; age does not have such an effect. the other independent variables income, education, and gender do not have a statistically significant effect on either the ideology variables or the justice principles. the self-interest thesis this thesis predicts a relationship between class and income, on the one hand, and the merit and need principle, on the other. figures and show that class is directly related to both principles while income is not. this finding suggests that class is a better indicator of social position in relation to allocation preferences and related attitudes than income. the same may be inferred from table b (appendix b). the zero-order cor- relations between income and both justice principles, which are all statis- tically significant and in the expected direction, disappear when controlled for class and the other variables in the analysis. as we have stated before, the sign of the path coefficient of class does not have a meaning of its own and thus does not show whether the rela- social position, ideology, and distributive justice tionship between class and both principles of justice are as expected. to see whether this is the case we have looked into the unstandardized regression coefficients of the dummy variables and have executed a bivariate analysis. the results in tables b and b (appendix b) show a confusing pattern. all cases agree--as expected--less with the merit principle of justice than class i. the opposite is found with the need principle. here all classes (class v and somewhat class ii expected) agree more than class i with principle which is as we predicted. in both cases, however, the expected pattern holds true only for the opposite position of class i (and in a certain degree also class ii) and class viii. the preferences of these classes fit in with their interests. the preferences of the other classes does not follow the predicted sequences, i.e., it is not consistently so that the preferences of the incum- bents of class iii, im, and v resemble those of class i and ii and that those o f class vi and vii resemble those of class viii. the ideology thesis this thesis predicts first a relationship between social position--class and income--and the free market ideology. as was the case with the justice principles, the prediction holds for class but not for income. when we look at the unstandardized regression coefficients of the dummy variables and at the results of the bivariate analysis, we find a pattern that is even more confusing. all classes--class vii excepted--agree less than incumbents of class position i with the free market ideology, as was predicted. there is again the polarity of class i and class viii but the pattern is now less clearly marked. the preferences of the incumbents of the other class po- sitions do not follow the predicted pattern. the deviation of class v i i - - t h e lower manual workers--is especially notable in this respect. the second prediction concerns the relationship between ideology and the justice principles. as expected, the free market ideology is posi- tively related to the merit principle and negatively related to the need prin- c i p l e , a l t h o u g h t h e e x p l a i n e d v a r i a n c e is r a t h e r small. i d e o l o g y connects--also as expected--a social structural variable like class with the p r e f e r e n c e for the two principles of justice. the precise relationship be- tween class, ideology and the justice principles is, however, r a t h e r vague. the enlightenment thesis this thesis proposed by robinson and bell ( ) predicts that those with higher education would be less in favor of the free market ideology and the merit principle and more in favor of the need principle. as can d'a~ou, steijn, and van aarsen be inferred from the foregoing path analysis, our results do not confirm this thesis. in this respect, the result fits in with the study of robinson and bell who got the same result for the united states. the historical shift thesis although, age is not related to the need principle of justice--which is contrary to the prediction of this thesis--it is (negatively) related to the free market ideology and the merit principle o f justice. this (partially) con- firms the predictions of the thesis which means that the older one is the more one adheres to this ideology and the more one prefers this principle. the result supports the idea that there is a shift over time in the direction of more support of equality. kluegel and smith, however, point to an al- ternative explanation, viz., that the preferences o f people may change when they grow older. they find the same relationship and explain it as an effect of growing older. older people appear to "attach more importance to in- dividualistic factors as causes of poverty and wealth and [to] emphasize individual equity over equality or need as a basis for a just distribution of rewards" ( , p. ). their explanation is, moreover, supported by the fact that the predicted relationship between age and the need principle is not present. the gender thesis our results indicate no relationship between gender, ideology, and both principles of justice. this means that gilligan's ( ) thesis regarding the affinity o f women for an "ethic of care" does not seem to hold for w o m e n with an income of their own. their beliefs regarding the structure of opportunities as well as their preferences for rewarding contributions and for compensating disabilities do not differ from those of men in the same situation. whether there is a split between "earning" women and " n o n e a r n i n g " w o m e n with regard to these beliefs and preferences and whether giuigan's thesis has to be qualified accordingly are questions that await further research. again, social position, ideolog~ and justice principles when we look more closely at class as the indicator of social position, free market ideology, and both justice principles and their interrelations, four results catch the eye. social position, ideology, and distributive justice first, we found that our prediction regarding the relationship between class, ideology, and the justice principles is valid only for the incumbents of class i and class viii positions whose preferences are clearly opposed to each other. when we look into the zero-order correlations ('lhble b , appendix b) we see that the incumbents of class i and v i i i positions differ in other respects, as well. class i position holders have in significantly more cases a higher education and a higher income than class viii respondents. the same difference can be seen in regard to descent. class i position holders have clearly in more cases a class i and not a class vii father ( vs. %). in the case of class viii respondents on the other hand there is a far greater chance that their father is a member of the working class, i.e.,, class vii, than of class i ( vs. %). this suggests that there is a rather big difference between the class i and class viii positions, reflected among other things in the ideology to which the incumbents of those po- sitions adhere and in the preference for a particular principle of justice. the self-interest thesis we put forward is less general than we ex- pected. it may be renamed the "underdog" thesis following robinson and bell who have put the underdog principle forward in their pioneering pa- per. the incumbents of class viii positions, especially, are the new un- derdogs who least agree with the dominant ideas about society and the just allocation of income. the dissent of the social security recipients in this respect is striking. in the words of robinson and bell: they do not accept the invitation of the dominant ideology "to accept and condone ex- isting inequality as generally just and reasonable" ( , p. ); a result which concurs with the study of kluegel and smith who found that respon- dents "at the top and the bottom of the stratification order" differ in the support they gave to the dominant ideology ( , p. ). the study of ritzman and tomaskovic-devey ( ), moreover, strongly suggests that this difference between top and bottom is even more pronounced regarding the contrasting set of beliefs--egalitarianism--which we did not include in our study. such a variable needs a place in further studies into distributive justice. second, the confusing pattern regarding the preferences of the in- cumbents of the other class positions demands further explanation. table b (appendix b) shows that the incumbents of class positions ii to vii differ less markedly from each other in respect of education, income, and descent. the effect of these differences can be seen in the diversity of the ideological positions of these classes. it is also reflected in their preferences for the merit and the need principles of justice. the confusing results in- dicate, moreover, that suggestions in the literature about a fragmentation of the class structure seem to be warranted (roberts et al., ; steijn and de witte, ). a consequence of this fragmentation is that the pre- d'anjou, steijn, and van aarsen cise distribution of assets is no longer clear and it is therefore difficult to discern the different "intermediate," i.e., the former middle and lower class, class positions from each other. this is a problem for social scientists whose instrument--the class scheme--does not correspond any longer precisely enough with the diversity of the class positions in society. it could also be a problem for the people concerned for whom the ongoing fragmentation process may make it difficult to recognize their interests. third, ideology connects class as a social structure variable with pref- erences for the justice principles. this confirms the findings of robinson and bell ( ), shepelak ( ), and hasenfeld and rafferty ( ). the way we have operationalized the ideological variable as free market ideol- ogy seems promising, but more work has to be done to arrive at a satis- factory m e a s u r e of this ideology. as most of the variance of ideology remains unaccounted for, it seems necessary to take other beliefs into ac- count, e.g., those concerning egalitarianism and fair sharing, and to look for other independent variables as well. finally, we notice that the ideology of the free market is clearly domi- nant in society. it is an ideology for which there is--just as kluegel & smith ( ) assessed--widespread support (see also ritzman and tomaskovic- devey, ). the overall mean score and the mean scores of each class lie well below the theoretical mean score of . on this variable (a low score means agree; see table b , appendix b). as the effect of self-interest seems to be limited--as the relatively weak effect of class position on free market ideology shows--it is probable that socialization, especially through the media, plays an important role in producing and maintaining the domi- nance of this ideology? especially in the s, the message of the supe- riority of the free market, the virtue of individualistic achievement, and the belief in the abundance of opportunity the market brings with, it has--ex- plicitly and implicitly--been broadcast by television and radio and printed in newspapers and magazines. as the results of the study of allen and kuo ( ) suggest, exposure to these media may well affect the kinds o f beliefs, opinions, and preferences we study. discussion this p a p e r addresses two questions. the first asks whether people use principles of justice regarding the allocation of income. our analysis the basic social-psychological processes which according to kluegel and smith ( ) may be important determinants of this ideology are not included in this study so that nothing can be said about the importance of these processes. social position, ideology, and distributive justice confirms our theoretical expectation that at least two of these principles can be discerned, viz., a merit and a need principle of distributive justice. the merit principle reflects the preference for rewarding differences that are related to job activities, especially the effort put in and the results of performing one's job. the need principle, on the other hand, reflects the view that people need enough money to live on. this result means that the widespread use of both notions of justice in the literature on distributive justice is empirically warranted. our empirical material indicates that there might be two merit principles (or subprinciples), i.e., one that prefers al- location based on contributions according to effort and result and one that prefers allocation based on contributions according to investment. as this second merit principle is only weakly represented in our data, more re- search is needed to find out whether people actually use these two different merit principles. although the adherence to both the merit and the n e e d principle is widespread, there is also a considerable variation in this adherence. a consensus is this lacking. our second research questions deals with the explanations for this lack of consensus. a multivariate analysis shows that o u t of five different theses suggested in the literature that could explain these differences, three were (partly) confirmed by the data. the first thesis--self-interest--predicts that both income and class affect the adherence to the merit and the need principle of justice. this prediction, however, only holds for class, as there is no relation between income and the preference for the two principles. moreover, the precise relationship between class and justice principles differs from what we ex- pected. in fact, there is only a clear marked difference in adherence be- tween the incumbents of the highest and of the lowest class positions, i.e., between higher management (who are more in favor of the merit and less in favor of the need principle) and the social security recipients (who are, conversely, less in favor of the merit and more in favor of the n e e d principle). the preferences of the incumbents of the other class positions are not in line with our predictions and, all in all, the data regarding these preferences reflect a confusing pattern. the second thesis--ideology--is also supported by our results. this thesis is a refinement of the self-interest thesis as ideology mediates in part the effect of class on justice principles. we found, however, that the way the self-interest and the ideology theses are formulated is problematic be- cause the predictions regarding the relationship between class, ideology and justice principles are only really confirmed with respect to the incumbents o f class i and class viii positions. as stated above, this situation concurs m o r e with the underdog principle of robinson and bell ( ). further research is needed, particularly with respect to more precise measurements d'anjou, steijn, and van aarsen o f social position and to extension of ways of measuring the ideology vari- ables. the third thesis--historical shift--is partially supported by our data. older people show more preference for the free market ideology and the merit principle o f justice than younger people. at this point, further re- search is n e e d e d to find out whether this represents only the effect o f grow- ing older o r is a genuine historical shift. finally, we found no support for the enlightenment and for the gen- d e r theses; the more educated do not differ from the lower educated in their adherence to the free market ideology and the two justice principles, neither did men and women. although, three out of five theses are partially supported by the data, the total effect (in terms of explained variance) of our independent and intermediate variables on the dependent variables is limited. this suggests that we have to look at other variables, such as the functioning of media or the activities of left-wing political parties, which may help to explain the support for specific ideologies and justice princi- ples. acknowledgments we t h a n k piet h e r m k e n s , dick h o u t m a n , j a n koster, and t h e a n o n y m o u s reviewers for their t h o r o u g h and helpful c o m m e n t s and brigitte d'anjou and michael krass for their efforts to transform the text into english. appendix a questions concerning the criteria people prefer in allocating income a i would like to discuss with you the allocation of income in the neth- erlands. as you know, one's income depends on a large number of things, such as the level of pay or social security benefit, children's allowance, rent subsidies, etc. [interviewer shows card] on this card you will find a n u m b e r of things which affect the level of income. i would like to learn from y o u - - b a s e d on the statements formulated on this card--which things, according to you, ought to have an effect on one's income. the possible a questions , , , , , and concern merit criteria and questions , , , , , and need criteria. social position, ideology, and distributive justice answers are strongly agree; agree; neither agree; neither disagree; dis- agree; strongly disagree. . a person with a higher education than another person should receive a higher income. . a person who obtains better results in his job than another person should receive a higher income. . it should not really matter for one's income whether one is employed or unemployed. your expenditures remain about the same anyway. . a person who shows initiative should have a higher income than a person who does not do more at his job than is required. . a p e r s o n with a physical handicap which gives him h i g h e r financial burdens than others have should receive a higher income. . a person who has a job that carries with it more responsibility, should receive a higher income. . t h e household situation ( h a v i n g small c h i l d r e n , h a v i n g a partner with a job) ough not to have effect on the level of income. . a person who is more experienced in his job should receive a higher income than someone with less experience. . a p e r s o n who has m u c h expertise or p r o f e s s i o n a l k n o w l e d g e a t his d i s p o s a l s h o u l d r e c e i v e a h i g h e r i n c o m e t h a n s o m e o n e who has less o f such e x p e r t i s e or k n o w l e d g e at his disposal. i would like to know now what your opinion is regarding the level of the benefit people receive when they are on welfare. the possible an- swers are that the amount should be much higher; should be higher; is about right; ought to be lower; ought to be much lower. . the welfare benefit for a single person i s f . , ~a net a month at the moment. what do you think of that amount? . the welfare benefit for a single m o t h e r with one child is f . , net a month at the moment. what do you think of that amount? . the welfare benefit for a married couple without children is f . , net a month at the moment. what do you think of that amount? a dutch guilders. d'anjou, steijn, a n d v a n aarsen = z: ~j ~ + t ~ i i , - . ~ % % i ~ ~'=".+"'p"~ r " r , ~ m " r " r r o , ~ i ' ' i ' i ' i ' i ' ~ � . . ~ . o . o . o . ~ i i i i ~::, ,~, t" t . . . . r " " , ~ i ' l ' l ' ' ' l ' ' l ' l ' ~ d : o r ~ . . . . . . i ' ~ i ' l ' l ' l ' l . . . . i ' ' ' ~ f . . . . i . . . . . . t ' l ' ~ , ~ ~ +~ +~ i' " " i . . . . . l" " i' ' i' ~ i ' ' r t ' ' ' i . . . . i ' ' i ' i ' ~ m o v v ~ . , . . ~ , social position, ideology, and distributive justice table b . regression results of dummy variables of class position on merit principle/need principle/free market ideology a free market merit principle need principle ideology class b / s e t b / s e t b / s e t ii . / . . . / . . . / . . iii . / . . - . / . - - . . / . . iv . / . . - . / . - . . / . . v . / . . . / . . . / . . vi . / . . - . / . - . . / . . vii . / . . - . / . - . - . / . - . viii . / . . - . / . - . . / . . aclass i omitted. coefficient significant if twice its standard error. table b . mean scores on ideology by class position class position x merit .~ need x free market i . . . ii . . . iii . . . iv . . . v . . . vi . . . vii . . . viii . . . total . . . era > . < . > . . . t . r e f e r e n c e s allen, r. l , and kuo, c. ( ). communication and beliefs about racial equality. discourse soc. : - . alves, w. m., and rossi, p. h. ( ). who should get what? fairness judgments or the distribution of earnings. a m . j. sociol. : - . alwin, d. f. ( ). distributive justice and satisfaction with material well-being. a m . sociol. rev. : - . bell, j., and schokkaert, e. ( ). interdisciplinary theory and research on justice. in scberer, ic r. (ed.), justice: interdisciplinary perspectives, cambridge university press, cambridge, u.k., pp. - . d'anjou, steijn, and van aarsen berger, j., zclditch jr., m., anderson, b., and cohen, b. p. ( ). structural aspects of distributive justice: a status value formulation. in berger, j., zelditch jr., m., and anderson, b. (eds.), sociological theories in progress, vol , houghton-mifflin, new york, pp. - . bcrting, j., steijn, a. j., and de witte, m. j. ( ). rotterdammers over sociale ongelikheid. verslag van een onderzoek naar rechtvaardigheidsoordelen, maatshcappijbeelden en beoordeling van beroepsgroepen [people of rotterdam on social inequality. a study into justice judgments, visions on society and judgment of occupational categories], erasmus university, rotterdam. boris, c. ( ). het dmagvlak voor de sociale vemiewing in rotterdam [the conditions for societal renewal in rotterdam], erasmus university, rotterdam. bouckaert, l ( ). rechtvaardigheid: opinies en morele intuities [justice: opinions and moral intuitions]. in bouckaert, l., de witte, h., lagrou, l., ovcrlaet, b., and schokkaert, e. (eds.), w'te verdient meet? een opinieonderzoek naar de p, echtvaardigheid van inkomensverschillen [who earns more? an opinion study into the justice of income differences], acco, leuven/amersfoort, pp. - . buchanan, a., and mathieu, d. ( ). philosophy and justice. in cohen, r. l. (ed.), justice: l/tews from the social sciences, plenum press, new york, pp. - . cattell, r. b. ( ). the meaning and strategic use of factor analysis. in cattell, r. b. (ed.), handbook o f multivariate experimental psychology, rand mcnally, chicago, pp. - . cohen, r. l. ( ). introduction. in cohen, r. l. (ed.), justice: views from the social sciences, plenum press, new york, pp. - . cohen, r. l., and greenberg, j. ( ). the justice concept in social psychology. in greenberg, j., and cohen, r. l (eds.), equity and justice in social behavior, academic press, new york, pp. - . cook, ic s. ( ). expectations, evaluations and equity. am. sociol. rev. : - . cook, k. s. ( ). toward a more interdisciplinary research agenda: the potential contributions of sociology. soc. justice ices. : - . cullen, b. ( ). philosophical theories of justice. in soberer, k. r. (ed.), justice: interdisciplinary perspectives, cambridge university press, cambridge, u.k., pp. - . davis, h. h. ( ). beyond class images, croom helm, london. deutsch, m. ( ). the social psychology of justic~ yale university press, new haven, ct. drudy, s. ( ). the classification of social class in sociological research. br. z sociol. : - . evans, g. ( ). the decline of class divisions in britain? class and ideological preferences in the s and the s. br. z sociol : - . ganzeboom, h., luijkx, r., dessens, j., de gram, p., de gram, n. d., jansen, w., and ultee, w. ( ). intergenerationele klassenmobiliteit in nederland tussen en [intergenerational class mobility in the netherlands between and ]. mens maatschappij : - . gartrell, c. d. ( ). relational and distributional models of collective justice sentiments. soc. forces : - . gilligan, c. ( ). in a different voice: psychological theory and women's development, harvard university press, cambridge, ma. goldthorpe, j. h. ( ). social mobili~ and class structure in modern britain, clarendon press, oxford. goldthorpe, j. h., lockwood, d , bechhofer, f., and platt, j. ( ). the affluent worker in the class structure, cambridge university press, cambridge, u.k. goldthorpe, j. h., and payne, c. ( ). trends in intergenerational class mobility in england and wales, - . sociology : - . graetz, b. ( ). social structure and class consciousness: facts, fictions and fantasies. aust. n. z. j. sociol : - . grimes, m. d. ( ). class and attitudes toward structural inequalities: an empirical comparison of key variables in neo- and post-marxist scholarship. sociol quart. : - . social position, ideology, and distributive justice hamilton, v. l , and rytina, s. ( ). social consensus on norms of justice: should the punishment fit the crime? am. z sociol : - . hasenfeld, y., and rafferty, j. a. ( ). the determinants of public attitudes toward the welfare state. soc. forces : - . hermkens, p. l j., and boerman, f. a. ( ). consensus with respect to the fairness of incomes: differences between social groups. soc. res. : - . h e r m k e n s , p. j. l., and v a n w i j n g a a r d e n , p. j. ( ). rechtvaardigingscriteria en inkomensongelijkheid: onderloek uit herhaald [justification criteria and income inequality: study replicated], ministerie van sociale zaken, d e n haag, the netherlands. hochschild, j. l. ( ). what's fair; american beliefs about distributive justice, harvard university press, cambridge, ma. homans, g. c. ( ). social behaviour. its elementary forms, routledge & kegan paul, london. homans, g. c. ( ). social behaviour. its elementary forms (rev. ed.), harcourt, brace & jovanovich, new york. homans, g. c. ( ). foreword. in greenbcrg, j., and cohen, r. l (ed.), equity and justice in social behavior, academic press, new york, pp. xi-xviii. huber, j., and form, w. h. ( ). income and ideology: an analysis of the american political formula, free press, new york. h u b e r rytina, j., form, w. h., and pease, j. ( ). income and stratification ideology: beliefs about the american opportunity structure. am. z sociol. : - . jasso, g., and rossi, p. h. ( ). distributive justice and earned income. arrl sociol. rev. : - . kluegel, j. r., and smith, e. r. ( ). beliefs about stratification.ann. rev. sociol. : - . kluegel, j. r., and smith, e. r. ( ). beliefs about inequality: americans" flews of what is and what ought to b~ aldine de gruyter, new york. lcrner, m. j. ( ). integrating societal and psychological rules of entitlement: the basic task of each social actor and fundamental problem for the social sciences. soc. justice res. : - . lockwood, d. ( ). sources in variation in working class images of society. in bulmer, m. (ed.), working class images of society, routledge & kegan paul, london, pp. - . mackenzie, g. ( ). the aristocracy of labor. the position of skilled craftsman in the american class structure, cambridge university press, cambridge, u.k. mackenzie, g. ( ). the 'affluent worker' study: an evaluation and critique. in parkin, f. (ed.), the social analysis of class structur~ tavistock, london, pp. - . markovsky, b. ( ). toward a multilevel distributive justice theory. am. sociol. rev. : - . marshall, g., newby, h., rose, d., and vogler, c. ( ). social class in modem britain, hutchinson, london. marx, k., and engels, f. ( ). the german ideology: part on~ (edited and with introduction by c. j. arthur), international publishers, new york. miller, d. ( ). social justic~ clarendon press, oxford. parkin, f. ( ). strategies of social closure. in parkin, f. (ed.), the sociaiana~ysis of class structur~ tavistock, london, pp. - . rafferty, j. a., and hasenfeld, y. ( ). a response to emerson and van buren. soc. forces : - . rawls, j. ( ). a theory of yusticg oxford university press, london. reich, c. a. ( ). the new property. yale z : - . ritzmart, l l., and tomaskovic-devey, d. ( ). life chances and support for equality and equity as normative and counternormative distribution rules. soc. forces ." - . roberts, k., cook, f. g., clark, s. c., and semeonoff, e. ( ). the fragmentary class structurr heinemann, london. robinson, r. v., and bell, w. ( ). equality, success, and social justice in england and the united states. am. sociol. rev. : - . d'anjou, steijn, and van aarsen rossi, p. h., and anderson, a. b. ( ). the factorial survey approach: an introduction. in rossi, p. h., and nock, s. l (eels.), measuring social judgments: the factorial survey approach, sage, beverly hills, pp. - . rytina, s. ( ). sociology and justice. in cohen, r. l. (ed.), justice: views from the social sciences, plenum press, new york, pp. - . schaeffer, n. c., ( ). principles of justice in judgments about child support. soc. forces : - . schwartz, s. ( ). the justice of need and the activation of humanitarian norms, d. soc. issues ( ): - . shepelak, n. j. ( ). ideological stratification: american beliefs about economic justice. soc justice res. : - . smith, k. b., and stone, l h. ( ). rags, riches, and bootstraps: beliefs about the causes of wealth and poverty. soc quart : - . steijn, a. j., and de witte, m. ( ). de januskop van de [ndustriele samenleving: technologic, arbeid, en kzassen aan her begin van de jaren negentig [the janushead of the industrial society: technology, work, and classes at the beginning of the nineties], samson, alphen a/d rijrg the netherlands. steijn, a. j., and de witte, m. ( ). class and image of society of dutch workers. inl d. group tensions : - . svallfors, s. ( ). the politics of welfare policy in sweden: structural determinants and attitudinal cleavages. br. j. sociol : - . ttrnblom, k. ( ). the social psychology of distributive justice. in scherer, k. r. (ed.), justice" interd~ciplinary perspectives, cambridge university press, cambridge, u.k., pp. - . ttrnblom, k. y., and foa, u. g. ( ). choice of a distribution principle: crosscultural evidence on the effects of resources. acta socio!. : - . walster, e., and walster, g. w. ( ). equity and social justice. ]. soc. issues : - . weakiiem, d. ( ). class consciousness and political change: voting and political attitudes in the british working class, to . am. sociol rev. : - . weber, m. ( ). in roth, g., and wittich, c. (eds.), economy and society. a n outline o f interpretive sociolog),, bedminster press, new york. wright, e. o. ( ). class structure and income determination, academic press, new york. wright, e. o. ( ). the comparative project on class structure and class consciousness: an overview. acta sociol : - . energy justice towards racial justice editorial energy justice towards racial justice black and african american people face systematic disadvantages in energy costs and limited access to renewable energy benefits. addressing these disparities is an important part of achieving racial justice. the covid- pandemic and racial protests in response to the murder of george floyd have highlighted systemic inequities affecting ethnic and racial minority populations. for example, in the us, black and latinx people have an increased risk of contracting the virus, and of experiencing severe illness in the case of infection . the disproportionate impacts of covid- for communities of colour are not limited to the illness itself. covid- is expected to increase the prevalence of energy poverty as households face higher energy bills from being at home more, particularly during the summer months, and unemployment that makes these bills more difficult to afford . in this way, too, african american households are at greater risk, as they already face higher rates of energy poverty than other racial groups (they account for nearly half of energy-poor households in the us ) and they are more likely to receive disconnection notices and experience utility shut-offs . the higher rate of energy poverty among african americans has been attributed to a history of racist housing policies that have segregated african americans in low-resource neighbourhoods . consequently, african americans are more likely to live in older homes with structural deficiencies and poorly functioning energy infrastructure . these energy inefficient homes require more energy to heat or cool to comfortable living conditions, resulting in a higher energy burden. as examined by dominic bednar and tony reames in a review in our may issue, the us has federally-funded energy programmes that ostensibly address energy poverty . however, funding for the weatherization assistance program (wap), which provides eligible low-income families with cost-effective energy efficiency upgrades, pales in comparison to that for the low income home energy assistance program (liheap), which provides energy bill assistance to subsidize high energy expenditures. this indicates a preference for short-term solutions based on a narrow definition of energy poverty focused on affordability (liheap) over programmes such as wap, which aim to provide a more sustainable, long-term solution with a broader range of benefits, including for public health . notably, it is programmes like wap that would go toward addressing the consequences of structural racism — in the form of residential segregation policies — that have led to higher rates of energy poverty among african americans . in fact, it has been argued that weatherization and energy efficiency initiatives could be a form of restorative justice for this community . as sanya carley and david konisky describe in a review in this issue, the disproportionate prevalence of energy poverty within communities of colour is one of the inequities that could be perpetuated by the clean energy transition, assuming it increases the near-term costs of energy. however, justice considerations for energy transitions are not just about disproportionate burdens, but also disparity in the distribution of benefits, such as access to employment opportunities in the clean energy economy. here, too, there is evidence of systematic disadvantage on the basis of race; only % of the us energy efficiency workforce is black or african american, compared to the national average for the overall labour force of % . there is also evidence of racial disparity in access to the benefits afforded by low-carbon technologies. for example, black- and hispanic-majority neighbourhoods in the us have significantly fewer rooftop solar photovoltaics (pv) installed, even after accounting for differences in household income and home ownership .this suggests the possible influence of systematic racial and ethnic biases, such as less initial deployment of pv in minority neighbourhoods, which limits processes of social dispersion that promote more widespread pv adoption. this uneven distribution in deployment may in turn reflect a lack of diverse representation in decision-making at solar firms. african americans are not the only vulnerable group that must be considered to ensure just and equitable energy transitions. indeed, many of the issues described above also apply to low-income groups, the elderly, those with disabilities, women and other minorities. nor are energy justice and equity issues unique to the us. but vulnerable groups differ in the root causes of their vulnerability, which result in different susceptibility to adverse impacts and necessitate different solutions and protections. for instance, a study in the southwestern us found that elderly people and those with disabilities had greater bill increases than non-vulnerable counterparts when moved to time-of-use electricity rates, whereas other vulnerable groups included in the study — low-income, hispanic, african american or households with young children — did not. meanwhile, hispanic households and those with disabilities experienced worse health outcomes on time-of-use rates . understanding how different forms of vulnerability manifest and interact with energy policies and programmes in different contexts is essential to avoid exacerbating existing injustices. a clean energy transition will require innovation in renewable energy technologies, but for these to achieve their transformative potential the institutions and systems that support existing fossil fuel regimes must be dismantled, a process known as exnovation . similar exnovation is needed to pave the way for change to other societal systems currently under scrutiny. the covid- pandemic may prove to be the kind of large-scale disruption that expedites this process. racial justice considerations must be front and centre as society starts to imagine what the new normal will look like, in the energy sector and beyond. ❐ published online: august https://doi.org/ . /s - - -w references . oppel jr., r. a., gebeloff, r., lai, k. k. r., wright, w. & smith, m. the fullest look yet at the racial inequity of coronavirus. the new york times ( july ); (https://www.nytimes.com/interactive/ / / /us/ coronavirus-latinos-african-americans-cdc-data.html . graff, m. & carley, s. nat. energy , – ( ). . drehobl, a. & ross, l. lifting the high energy burden in america’s largest cities: how energy efficiency can improve low income and underserved communities (american council for an energy-efficient economy, ); https://www.aceee.org/sites/ default/files/publications/researchreports/u .pdf . lewis, j., hernandez, d. & geronimus, a. t. energy effic. , – ( ). . bednar, d. j. & reames, t. g. nat. energy , – ( ). . us energy employment report (us department of energy, ); https://www.usenergyjobs.org/ https://static .squarespace. com/static/ a cf ec eb c cd c /t/ ee c fcc e b / /useer+ + .pdf . sunter, d. a., castellanos, s. & kammen, d. m. nat sustain , – ( ). . white, l. v. & sintov, n. d. nat. energy , – ( ). . davidson, d. j. nat. energy , – ( ). nature energy | vol | august | | www.nature.com/natureenergy http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi= . /s - - -w&domain=pdf https://doi.org/ . /s - - - https://doi.org/ . /s - - - https://doi.org/ . /s - - -w https://www.nytimes.com/interactive/ / / /us/coronavirus-latinos-african-americans-cdc-data.html https://www.nytimes.com/interactive/ / / /us/coronavirus-latinos-african-americans-cdc-data.html https://www.aceee.org/sites/default/files/publications/researchreports/u .pdf https://www.aceee.org/sites/default/files/publications/researchreports/u .pdf https://www.usenergyjobs.org/ https://static .squarespace.com/static/ a cf ec eb c cd c /t/ ee c fcc e b / /useer+ + .pdf https://static .squarespace.com/static/ a cf ec eb c cd c /t/ ee c fcc e b / /useer+ + .pdf https://static .squarespace.com/static/ a cf ec eb c cd c /t/ ee c fcc e b / /useer+ + .pdf http://www.nature.com/natureenergy energy justice towards racial justice accessibility for justice: accessibility as a tool for promoting justice in librarianship – in the library with the lead pipe skip to main content chat .webcam open menu home about awards & good words contact editorial board denisse solis ian beilin jaena rae cabrera kellee warren nicole cooke ryan randall emeritus announcements authors archives conduct submission guidelines lead pipe publication process style guide search home about awards & good words contact editorial board denisse solis ian beilin jaena rae cabrera kellee warren nicole cooke ryan randall emeritus announcements authors archives conduct submission guidelines lead pipe publication process style guide search nov stephanie rosen / comments accessibility for justice: accessibility as a tool for promoting justice in librarianship in brief recent critiques of diversity in higher education and librarianship by stewart ( ), hudson ( ), and hathcock ( ) have encouraged a critical shift away from diversity talk and initiatives, towards attention to equity, anti-racism, and whiteness. they point out that diversity initiatives often fail to address deeper power imbalances, and they offer new language for the effort to make our institutions more just. this essay offers another term for that effort: accessibility. linked to legal discourses of compliance on the one hand and to library values of access on the other, accessibility is rhetorically very useful. it is also historically complex and politically powerful. the americans with disabilities act ( ) was achieved through coalitional activism that reflects the intersectional nature of disability and, because the law prohibits discrimination by design, it demands active design agendas that stand to benefit people with and without disabilities—and marginalized people in particular. librarians committed to justice can use accessibility as a starting point to change our institutions. by stephanie rosen introduction recent critiques of diversity initiatives in higher education have encouraged a shift: away from individual acts of inclusion and celebrations of difference, towards transforming the policies, cultures, and conditions of our institutions. writers from the library to the professoriate have shown how current efforts make minor changes but maintain larger, structural barriers, and several of these writers have suggested a way out of this problem by offering a change in language. stewart ( ), hudson ( ), and hathcock ( ) argue for a critical shift away from conversations and initiatives about diversity and towards interventions focused on equity, anti-racism, and whiteness, respectively. all point out the paradoxical ways in which diversity (and sometimes inclusion) initiatives actually require the deeper power imbalances they fail to address, and each writer provides a new, alternate term to replace diversity. all of them are right. in the effort to make academic institutions more equitable and just, we need all the language we can get, just as we need a range of strategies. we ought to use all the rhetorics at our disposal. yet a change in language will not solve our challenges once and for all. the work we do in the name of diversity and inclusion, or did in the name of equal opportunity and affirmative action, is always evolving and always greater than the terms we use, each of which have unique strengths—rhetorical, historical, and political—to offer our efforts. in this essay i’d like to offer another term for use in this work: accessibility. like diversity, accessibility is unique in that people often agree on its value (accessibility is good, we are committed to accessibility) but may disagree on its meaning (is this accessible? how do i make that accessible?). this quality, as well as its links to legal and technical discourses of compliance on the one hand and to library values of access on the other, makes accessibility rhetorically very useful. promoting access is a core value in librarianship, and many in the profession are aware that we are supposed to promote accessibility. in addition to its rhetorical usefulness, accessibility has a more complex history and politics than at first glance. the americans with disabilities act of (ada), which mandates accessibility, was achieved only through coalitional activism that reflects the intersectional nature of disability. even today, while disability is said to “affect everyone,” it still disproportionately affects people of marginalized racial, socioeconomic, and gender identities. centering the needs and experiences of people with disabilities can therefore be a way of practicing social justice. and because the ada prohibits discrimination by design, it requires active design agendas that stand to benefit people with and without disabilities, and marginalized people in particular. accessibility is not the only term we need in making academic institutions more equitable and just. yet its enormous potential becomes apparent when we consider the wide reaching consequences of accessibility, the intersectional nature of disability, and the coalitional history of disability activism. what’s wrong with diversity? recent critiques of diversity in higher education and librarianship by stewart ( ), hudson ( ), and hathcock ( ) have encouraged a critical shift away from diversity talk and initiatives, and towards attention to justice, anti-racism, and whiteness. while none of these writers opposes the basic aims of diversity—“to diversify and thereby enrich the [library] profession” (ala) or to create “responsible and all-inclusive [library] spaces that serve and represent the entire community” (acrl)—all of them explain that the basic methods of diversity often maintain the status quo. stewart ( ), writing about institutions of higher education in general, cautions that diversity and inclusion have too successfully appeased powerful donors and student protesters alike, fooling us all with a false sense of progress while avoiding real transformative change. a shift to equity and justice, stewart explains, would realign campus efforts with the original “goals of the student activists of the s through the s.” stewart puts faith in equity and justice to ask tougher questions and push more radical agendas: diversity asks, “who’s in the room?” equity responds: “who is trying to get in the room but can’t? whose presence in the room is under constant threat of erasure?” inclusion asks, “has everyone’s ideas been heard?” justice responds, “whose ideas won’t be taken as seriously because they aren’t in the majority?” (stewart, ) the warning here is that mere attempts to “include diverse perspectives” will not lead to questions about why certain perspectives are dominant, or why certain people are in power. without the impetus to question dominant perspectives, there is little opportunity to change them. hudson ( ) offers a critique of diversity and inclusion initiatives in lis degree programs and professional library associations. in spite of decades of research on “race as a historically contingent phenomenon” (p. ), hudson points out that lis diversity discourses rely on a relatively simple and stable version of race. degree programs are often preoccupied with identifying and counting racial minorities among their student body. programs are therefore less attuned to questions of how racial formations are produced in the first place, and how lis as a field may participate in this production. furthermore, a focus on individual cultural competence—overcoming “individual attitudes and (mis)understandings through education” (hudson, p. )—precludes more structural approaches to reform. hudson wishes to inject the limited anti-racism of library diversity initiatives with the power of critical race theory so that the profession can participate in a broader “inquiry into the specific ways in which race is constructed” and more effectively reform itself (p. ). hathcock ( ) focuses on whiteness, not only of the profession itself (which is over % percent white [bourg, ]), but even of the diversity initiatives ostensibly designed to alter the demographics of the profession. for hathcock, drawing on galvan ( ) and hall ( ), “whiteness refers not only to racial and ethnic categorizations but a complete system of exclusion based on hegemony.” whiteness is what’s “at work when a librarian of color is mistaken for a library assistant by white colleagues at a professional conference”; whiteness is why lis diversity initiatives have onerous application requirements; and whiteness is what is recruited, promoted and retained as a result (hathcock). hathcock argues that lis recruitment for diversity is not working because the conditions of our recruitment select for only those “diverse” candidates who can “play at whiteness.” all librarians, regardless of their bodies or their backgrounds, are expected to conform to social, political, and professional norms traditionally associated with whiteness, all of which leads to the reproduction of the same librarians and library cultures and the attrition of librarians who are different. these critiques of diversity probably ring most true for those of us most committed to diversity. ahmed ( ) has shown that “diversity practitioners” are already aware that writing institutional diversity statements, policies, and documents can often get in the way of changing the institutions. even worse, exemplary diversity policies may lead to false assumptions of exemplary conditions for diverse people, even causing institutions to ignore or underestimate evidence to the contrary (chapter ). yet ahmed’s interview subjects also explain that although the term may be “an empty container” (p. ), it can be used strategically in multiple ways “to get people to the table” (p. ) . in what follows, i look at what’s inside the term accessibility and how it may likewise be used. what is accessible? legal definitions and political potential when someone asks you if a library is accessible, you may begin to think about entrance ramps and elevators, or screen magnifiers and large print, or video captions and asl programming. in short, you may begin to think about whether the library’s spaces, collections, and services are “readily accessible and usable to people with disabilities” (ada, ). this phrase appears repeatedly throughout the text of the americans with disabilities act. it can serve as a preliminary definition of accessibility, but it also introduces a slew of questions. for example: . what does “readily accessible and usable” mean in different contexts? what might it mean for physical spaces, online resources, interactive events? . who are “persons with disabilities” and what specific needs do they/we bring to library contexts? the first question is addressed by a body of literature and documentation known as standards. we have the ada standards for accessible design, which describes architectural requirements for physical access. in the digital realm, we have the web content accessibility guidelines . , which describes principles and criteria for accessible digital content and links to associated standards that describe criteria for interactive web applications, digital authoring tools, and electronic publications (aria, atag, epub). beyond these two most important documents, there are many other relevant standards—including perhaps the section guidelines and the st century communications and video accessibility act—as well as softer guidelines, in the form of best practices and recommendations, that cover everything from teaching practices to exhibit design. when we have a specific question about how to make a specific context accessible, there are many places to look for an answer. the second question is addressed by the ada itself, which offers a broad definition of disability. according to the ada, a person with disabilities is any person who: has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activity or has a record of such impairment or is regarded as having such impairment (§ ) the question is further addressed by the us census bureau, which reports that nearly in people in this country have a disability (brault, ), and the world health organization, which reports that in people globally have a disability ( ). but these numbers and definitions do little to describe who people with disabilities really are, how they/we are unique, and how they/we are distributed among the total population. to begin to answer this question, people with disabilities are an extremely diverse group in every possible way. first, they/we are diverse in terms of ability. extrapolating from the ada definition, people with disabilities may include: people with mobility impairment or differences in motor control people with visual impairments, blindness, or differences in vision people who are deaf or hard of hearing people with cognitive or emotional differences, autism, ptsd, learning disabilities, depression people perceived as having a disability or a stigmatizing medical condition: diabetes, epilepsy, obesity people with previous disability: cancer survivors, people recovering from addiction furthermore, there is of course a great diversity in ability among people with disabilities in general and within any specific disability category. for example, the spectrum of visual acuity among people with so-called low vision is just as broad and varied as the spectrum of visual acuity among people with so-called typical vision. second, people with disabilities are diverse in terms of every other aspect of identity. people with disabilities are people of every background, race, gender, sexuality, ethnicity, economic status, nationality, and religion. and yet, people with disabilities are not evenly or randomly distributed among the total population. they/we overlap in striking ways with specific identities. for example: among americans over the age of , % of people experience disability (brault, , p. ). lgbtq americans are two times more likely to experience a mental health condition (nami). among americans with disabilities of working age, over % are unemployed (brault, , p. ). among americans with disabilities of working age, over % live in poverty (brault, , p. ). among the world’s approximately one billion people with disabilities, % are located in the global south (grech, , p. ). these overlaps have complex social, political, and biological backstories. for example, the high incidence of unemployment and poverty among people with disabilities is not only because disability may keep some people out of the work force and therefore at risk for poverty. poverty itself increases the risk of developing disability because it often corresponds with lack of resources and exposure to environmental hazards (pokempner & roberts, ). as a corollary, because in this country poverty and wealth correspond to racial differences, this means that disability is not equally distributed across all races. for example, in the us among people age to , severe disability is about times more common among black people than among white people (pokempner & roberts, , p. ). people with disabilities are extremely diverse, but not randomly diverse. they/we intersect in significant ways with other marginalized groups. the latest thinking in disability studies and adjacent fields addresses these realities with more expansive frameworks—for example, debilities and capacities (puar, ), infrastructural neglect and environmental injustice (kim, ), and the uneven distribution of life chances (spade, ). these frameworks describe the conditions that produce disability among some populations and not others, in some places and not others. they point out that some people can claim disability—along with disability rights and disability pride—but many more people experience disability and debilitating conditions. all of these emerging frameworks from trans, queer, critical race, and postcolonial studies suggest that a focus on disability alone is not enough to understand disability for what it is: always an intersectional identity. fortunately, accessibility as a practice has the potential to affect the many identities that intersect with disability. what is accessibility? design philosophy and coalitional history accessibility is a design philosophy that centers the needs and experiences of people with disabilities. i have developed this working definition over several years of thinking back and forth across accessibility discourses and disability studies. it emphasizes the open and adaptable nature of accessibility, its accountability to people with disabilities, and its far-reaching consequences. by centering the needs of people with disabilities, accessibility puts those needs first, not to the exclusion of other users’ needs, but rather to the benefit of the overall design. by centering the needs and experiences of people with disabilities, accessibility is accountable to the embodied knowledge of real people even as their/our needs change, rather than wed to often outdated standards. as a design philosophy, accessibility is a system of values and goals we can bring to everything we do, from collections to services to hiring. accessibility as a design philosophy also brings us back to the ada, its uniqueness as legislation, and the coalitional history that led to its passing. the ada, signed into law in , drew very significantly on the legacy of civil rights activism and civil rights legal theory. for example, in , disability rights activists occupied the san francisco federal building to force the us government to sign section of the rehabilitation act (the first piece of us legislation to prohibit discrimination against people with disabilities), clearly using tactics of civil disobedience developed in us black civil rights struggles (longmore). indeed, some of the activists, like black panther party member bradley lomax, were involved in both struggles (schweik, ). following the occupation, some of the same disability rights activists went to washington and made connections with prominent civil rights activists, lawyers, and politicians (davis, ). this eventually led to a summit in which people involved in passing the civil rights act of helped disability rights activists think through applying a civil rights framework to disability. this work eventually led to the ada as we know it (davis, ). the ada was made possible by earlier civil rights activism and legislation. and yet the ada is also different from that earlier legislation. the civil rights act ( ) prohibited “discrimination or segregation on the ground of race, color, religion, or national origin.” it outlawed the kind of active discrimination that was previously enforced through behaviors like segregation, intimidation, and denial of service. the ada ( ) also prohibits discrimination. but that discrimination was previously enforced largely through inaccessible design. to prohibit this kind of discrimination, the ada implies a proactive requirement to design things differently, such that people with disabilities are not segregated or denied service just because of the way things are made. this proactive requirement is extremely powerful, as it gives accessibility the ability to promote active design agendas that stand to benefit many people with and without disabilities. for example, accessible web design benefits people accessing the web with assistive technology as well as older technology, slower connections, and mobile devices. closed captions for the hearing impaired benefit people with varying levels of familiarity with the topic and the language. single stall locking restrooms serve people who use wheelchairs as well as people who are transgender or gender nonconforming. these illustrations of resonant design—cases where different groups have coinciding needs and preferences in a particular context—show that accessibility benefits not just people with disabilities, and not just “everybody” (as is often said). accessibility, when used consciously as a tool for justice, can benefit people with disabilities and people with debilities, and people subject to infrastructural neglect, and people with limited life chances. that is, accessibility can be used consciously to impact, for example, people with less fluency in a dominant language, less access to computing and communications technology, or less safety moving through public space—people who may or may not claim disability. from access to accessibility in libraries as kumbier and starkey ( ) have recently pointed out, accessibility can and should be positioned as a natural extension of the library profession’s commitment to access. the statement from the american library association (ala) lists the core values of librarianship, beginning with access: “all information resources…regardless of technology, format, or methods of delivery, should be readily, equally, and equitably accessible to all library users.” this access statement rings of accessibility and universal design, stressing that access must be for all, and that it is our responsibility to understand and eliminate barriers to access. the values statement elaborates that access should be free, without cost and without legislative restriction. kumbier and starkey explain how this original commitment to access and equity might be updated with recent thinking about disability justice. they advocate for a more transformative approach, beyond “access to information” and beyond “access as problem solving.” access as problem solving is a way of thinking that assumes that some people have access and some people have access problems (p. ). kumbier and starkey want to think instead about a library in which no one is treated as an access problem and to suggest several avenues towards making our libraries accessible “in ways that exceed access to information” and would “contribute to the enactment of values like diversity and social responsibility” (p. ). indeed, accessibility can help promote values of diversity and social responsibility, and can serve us in the work of making our workplaces and profession more equitable and just. as a tool for justice in librarianship, accessibility is inadequate on its own—just like diversity—and also necessary. its rhetorical usefulness in a profession explicitly committed to access should not be overlooked. neither should its historical particularities and its political potential. accessibility may help librarians interrogate the exclusions built into the design of our institutions. beyond achieving compliance with standards and making accommodations for people with disabilities, a lens of accessibility has the potential to transform many aspects of what we do. accessibility in hiring can be a starting point for addressing bias in job descriptions and search practices. accessibility in meetings can be a starting point for shifting power dynamics among working groups. accessibility in the classroom can be a starting point for inclusive teaching and engaged pedagogy. accessibility in scholarship can be a starting point for open access and community-accountable projects. accessibility in space design can be a starting point for built environments that invite and sustain more kinds of bodies and ways of moving or being. because disability is always intersectional and accessibility has more radical potential than at first glance, accessibility can be a powerful tool for justice, especially in a profession already committed to access. in centering the needs of people with disabilities, accessibility can impact a range of people with and without disabilities who are marginalized in library and other institutions. in altering the soft systems and physical infrastructures of our institutions, accessibility can affect how libraries work, and for whom, now and into the future. acknowledgements this essay distills thoughts that have developed over many years and reflects the input of many brilliant people. thank you to alana kumbier and amy koester for working to make this essay ready for publication. thank you to meghan sitar for directing me to kumbier’s article and lead pipe. thank you to jeff witt and mark puente for inviting me to present these arguments at the national diversity in libraries pre-conference. thank you to jasbir puar for the thinking that made this essay possible. thank you to kei kaimana for reading terrorist assemblages with me. references acrl diversity alliance. (n.d.). [statement of] purpose. retrieved october , , from http://www.ala.org/acrl/issues/diversityalliance ahmed, s. ( ). on being included: racism and diversity in institutional life. durham, nc: duke university press. ala office for diversity, literacy, and outreach services. (n.d.). mission statement. retrieved october , , from http://www.ala.org/aboutala/offices/diversity american library association. ( , june ). core values of librarianship. retrieved from http://www.ala.org/advocacy/intfreedom/corevalues americans with disabilities act of , pub. l. no. – , ( ). bourg, c. ( , march ). the unbearable whiteness of librarianship [blog]. retrieved october , , from https://chrisbourg.wordpress.com/ / / /the-unbearable-whiteness-of-librarianship/ brault, m. w. ( ). americans with disabilities: . washington, dc: u.s. census bureau. civil rights act of , pub. l. no. – , ( ). davis, l. j. ( ). enabling acts: the hidden story of how the americans with disabilities act gave the largest us minority its rights. boston: beacon press. galvan, a. ( ). soliciting performance, hiding bias: whiteness and librarianship. in the library with the lead pipe. grech, s., & soldatic, k. ( ). disability in the global south: the critical handbook. cham, switzerland: springer international publishing. hathcock, a. ( ). white librarianship in blackface: diversity initiatives in lis. in the library with the lead pipe. hudson, d. j. ( ). on “diversity” as anti-racism in library and information studies: a critique. journal of critical library and information studies. kim, j. b. ( ). anatomy of the city: race, infrastructure, and u.s. fictions of dependency. university of michigan, ann arbor. kumbier, a., & starkey, j. ( ). access is not problem solving: disability justice and libraries. library trends, ( ), – . longmore institute on disability. (n.d.). patient no more: people with disabilities securing civil rights. retrieved october , , from http://longmoreinstitute.sfsu.edu/patient-no-more national alliance on mental wellness. (n.d.). mental health by the numbers. retrieved october , , from https://www.nami.org/learn-more/mental-health-by-the-numbers pokempner, j., & roberts, d. e. ( ). poverty, welfare reform, and the meaning of disability. ohio state law journal, , . puar, j. k. ( ). the right to maim: debility, capacity, disability. durham: duke university press. schweik, s. m. ( ). lomax’s matrix: disability, solidarity, and the black power of . disability studies quarterly, ( ). spade, d. ( ). normal life: administrative violence, critical trans politics, and the limits of law (revised and expanded edition). durham, [north carolina]: duke university press. stewart, d.-l. ( , march ). language of appeasement. inside higher ed. retrieved from https://www.insidehighered.com/views/ / / /colleges-need-language-shift-not-one-you-think-essay united states department of justice. ( ). ada standards for accessible design. washington, dc: dept. of justice. w c world wide web consortium. ( , december ). web content accessibility guidelines . . retrieved from http://www.w .org/tr/wcag / world health organization. ( ). world report on disability. geneva, switzerland: world health organization. ahmed’s study ( ) draws from twenty-one interviews with diversity practitioners working in higher education institutions in australia and the uk. [↩] this information is supplemented in the ala policy manual b. . . economic barriers to information access. [↩] accessibility, disability, intersectionality, justice patron-driven subject access: how librarians can mitigate that “power to name” editorial: harassment in scholarship is unacceptable–and requires action this work is licensed under a cc attribution . license. issn - about this journal | archives | submissions | conduct \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : karen j. alter,* laurence r. helfer** & osvaldo saldías*** transplanting the european court of justice: the experience of the andean tribunal of justice† although there is an extensive literature on domestic legal trans- plants, far less is known about the transplantation of supranational judicial bodies. the andean tribunal of justice (atj) is one of nearly a dozen copies of the european court of justice (ecj), and the third most active international court. this article considers the origins and evolution of the atj as a transplanted judicial institution. it first re- views the literatures on legal transplants, neofunctionalist theory, and the spread of european ideas and institutions, explaining how the in- tersection of these literatures informs the study of supranational judicial transplants. the article next explains why the andean pact’s member states decided to add a court to their regional integration ini- tiative, why they adapted the european community model, and how the ecj’s existence has shaped the evolution of andean legal doctrine and the political space within which the atj operates. we conclude by analyzing how the atj’s experience informs the study of suprana- tional transplants and theories of supranational legal integration more generally. in the s, in the wake of a devastating world war, european countries began a process of pooling sovereignty to collectively re- build their security and economies. this process—which involved the creation of supranational institutions to promote economic, legal and political integration—soon attracted new adherents. beginning in the s, other governments around the world emulated europe’s model of regional integration, proposing common markets and copying the institutions of the european community (ec). from its inception, the ec included a court of justice, but early replications of european integration did not. although these re- * professor of political science and law, northwestern university. ** harry r. chadwick, sr. professor of law, duke university. *** senior research fellow, humboldt university of berlin. † doi http://dx.doi.org/ . /ajcl. . . see infra note . the benelux system is a partial exception. belgium, the netherlands and luxembourg created a customs union in , without a court. when all three countries joined the ec, they continued their union to coordinate regu- lations in areas not covered by the ec. in member states adopted the treaty \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : the american journal of comparative law [vol. gional integration projects did not live up to the aspirations of their proponents, few attributed their failure to the lack of supranational judicial bodies. rather, scholars stressed the absence of economic and political preconditions required for regional integration to succeed. the inattention given to supranational judicial systems in the s and early s reflected the limited role that the european court of justice (ecj) played in advancing european integration. the ecj made doctrinally important rulings during these years, but it refrained from applying those rulings in ways that provoked con- troversy. as a result, ecj case law was of greater doctrinal than political significance. politicians, practitioners, and scholars began to pay more atten- tion to the ecj in the late s, when the court began to dismantle national barriers to the free movement of goods, capital, labor, and services. these actors came to view the ecj as an engine to help overcome political blockages and build integration through law. ob- servers also credited the ecj’s alliance with national courts with increasing member states’ respect for ec rules and with coordinating interpretations of common ec rules across borders. when critics be- gan to question the ec’s political accountability and democratic legitimacy, proponents of integration responded by citing the ecj’s key role in upholding the rule of law. the court ensured that europe’s supranational administrative institutions faced legal checks, just as did domestic administrative actors. and the court’s review of the va- lidity of ec legislation further bolstered the accountability of establishing a benelux court of justice, although the court was not created until . today, the court is an adjunct to the ecj. it reviews benelux rules in areas not regulated by the ec. . for an analysis of the problems of early integration efforts, see joseph s. nye, comparing common markets: a revised neofunctionalist model, international organization ( ); walter mattli, the logic of regional integration ( ); philippe schmitter, a revised theory of european integration, interna- tional organization ( ). . eric stein, lawyers, judges and the making of a transnational constitution, am. j. int’l l. ( ). joseph weiler considers the s and s to be a “foun- dational period” during which the ecj transformed the treaty of rome into a constitution and closed state “exit” from ec law. joseph weiler, the transformation of europe, yale l.j. , - ( ). . karen j. alter, who are the masters of the treaty?: european governments and the european court of justice, international organization , - ( ). . weiler, supra note ; alec stone sweet, the judicial construction of eu- r rope ( ); rachel cichowski, the european court and civil society: litigation, mobilization and governance ( ); miguel poiares maduro, we the court: the european court of justice and the european economic consti- tution: a critical reading of article of the ec treaty ( ). . see weiler, supra note , at - ; see also alter, supra note . r . karen j. alter, establishing the supremacy of european law: the mak- ing of an international rule of law in europe - ( ). \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : ] transplanting the european court of justice european institutions, even if some claimed that the ecj was biased in favor of community over state interests. the ecj’s increasingly important role in promoting european in- tegration eventually led other regional integration systems to establish their own supranational courts. the andean pact (later renamed the andean community) was one of the first such systems to create a court. in , five countries on the western edge of south america imported from europe the idea of building a re- gional common market. the andean pact adopted community legislation that was directly applicable within member states, but it lacked a judicial body to interpret or help enforce those rules. by the late s, member governments began to draft a treaty to create a supranational court. in they created the andean tribunal of justice (atj or the tribunal), explicitly modeling its design on the ecj. initially the tribunal received few cases. over time, however, its docket has grown to the point that the atj is the third most active international court today (after the ecj and the european court of human rights). in the s, the end of the cold war, the rise of the washington consensus, and the creation of the world trade organization spawned a new wave of regional integration. this wave incorporated supranational judicial institutions that had proven so important to . trevor hartley, the european court, judicial objectivity and the constitu- tion of the european union, law quarterly rev. ( ). . see infra note . . the composition of the andean integration project has shifted over time. the five founding members of the andean pact in were bolivia, chile, colombia, ecuador, and peru. venezuela joined the group as a sixth member in . chile withdrew in after the coup by augusto pinochet. in , venezuela withdrew from the andean community and chile rejoined the group as an associate member. . the number of legally binding decisions in contentious cases issued by inter- national courts through include: ecj ( , ), european court of human rights ( , ), atj ( , ), gatt/wto ( , including gatt and wto panel rul- ings and appellate body decisions); organization for the harmonization of african law ( ); and inter-american court of human rights ( ). see karen j. alter, the new terrain of international law courts, politics, rights (forthcoming ). for earlier statistics, see karen j. alter, the new international courts: a bird’s eye view, ( ), available at http://www.cics.northwestern.edu/publications/ workingpapers/buffett.html. in comparison, a recent review of the icj’s docket using a more expansive measure finds that “the icj has heard contentious cases and has considered [ ] requests for advisory opinions.” this source also notes, however, that “these figures likely overstate the number of true cases . . . by approximately percent” due to “multiple filings in single disputes and . . . filings that were not ac- cepted.” gary born, a new generation of international adjudication, duke l.j. , & n. ( ). . the “washington consensus” was the term coined by john williamson to en- compass a package of reforms advocated by a set of washington based institutions (e.g., the u.s. treasury and the international monetary fund). originally the term applied to a specific set of policies, but now it is used to denote the neoliberal economic reform agenda of pro-market economists and policy-makers. see john williamson, what washington means by policy reform, in latin american adjustment: how much has happened (john williamson ed., ). \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : the american journal of comparative law [vol. advancing integration in europe. there are now ten operational copies of the ecj, each of which replicates two key features that com- mentators agree have been critical to the ecj’s success: a noncompliance procedure that authorizes the secretariat, member states, and sometimes private litigants to challenge national policies that conflict with community rules; and a preliminary reference mechanism that allows, and sometimes requires, national courts to suspend legal proceedings and send questions of interpretation of community law to the supranational court. transplanting european laws and legal institutions to other areas around the world is hardly a new phenomenon. many legal sys- tems incorporate transplants from france, britain, germany, spain, and the scandinavian countries. this paper explores a different and understudied issue—the consequences of copying a european su- pranational judicial institution. specifically, we ask two related questions: how did the existence of the ecj influence the founding of the atj, and how, if at all, has the ecj’s experience—its doctrinal innovations and the responses of litigants and governments to water- shed rulings—shaped the atj’s trajectory? section i summarizes and synthesizes the literature on legal transplants, regional integration, and the diffusion of ideas to provide a framework to examine how transplanting supranational judicial in- stitutions shapes the trajectory of the transplanted copies. section ii explains why andean community member states decided to emulate the ecj, and it investigates adaptations that andean leaders made as they considered the ecj’s track record. section iii builds upon a previous study of atj preliminary rulings to develop insights about how the ecj’s experience did and did not influence the development of andean legal doctrine and the political space within which the atj . cesare romano, the proliferation of international judicial bodies: the pieces of the puzzle, n.y.u. j. int’l l. & pol. ( ); karen j. alter, the evolving international judiciary, annual review of law and social science ( ). . ten international courts copy both design features from the ecj, albeit with some variations: the benelux court, the andean tribunal of justice, the european free trade area court, the west african economic and monetary union court, the common market for east african states court, the central african monetary com- munity court, the east african community court, the caribbean court of justice, the court of justice of the community of west african states, and the southern afri- can development community court. the common court of justice and arbitration of the organization for the harmonization of african law and the central american court of justice have preliminary ruling mechanisms. there are proposals to restruc- ture the caribbean court of justice and the economic court of the commonwealth of independent states into ecj-style international courts. and the proposed but not yet created court of the african mahgreb is modeled on the ecj. for additional informa- tion, see karen j. alter, the global spread of european style international courts, west european politics ( ). . see, e.g., daniel berkowitz et al., the transplant effect, am. j. comp. l. , - ( ); wade jacoby, imitation and politics: redesigning modern germany ( ). \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : ] transplanting the european court of justice operates. section iv investigates what the atj’s experience tells us about supranational courts and regional integration efforts more generally. our analysis reveals several key findings: first, that mimicry is the principal mode through which the ecj model is diffused. second, that copying the ecj is selective rather than wholesale, which sug- gests that adapting a court to local legal and political contexts may be necessary for successful transplantation. third, that copying brings many benefits in the form of expertise and material assistance from exporting countries. fourth, that importing a supranational judicial institution does not necessarily copy the institution’s politics. specifi- cally, we find that states can import an ecj-style court without replicating its penchant for judicial activism. i. transplanting, emulating, appropriating: the diffusion of supranational legal institutions how do institutions diffuse around the world? when do borrowed institutions thrive in new contexts? these questions have long inter- ested practitioners and scholars. this section summarizes and synthesizes three distinct lines of scholarship that focus on the legal dimensions of the diffusion question—literatures on legal trans- plants, neofunctionalist theory, and the spread of european ideas and institutions—whose previously unexplored intersection helps to understand the ecj’s influence on the design and operation of the atj. a. insights from the literature on legal transplants legal transplants have a long lineage dating back at least as far as the roman empire. the concept of a “legal transplant” is primarily a metaphor. in medicine, transplants replace damaged body parts, with the hope that the body will be fooled into thinking the trans- plant is original. for legal transplants, in contrast, the foreign nature of the transplant is often precisely the attraction. legal transplants are designed to emulate best practices or to import “foreignness” into a context where actors who favor importation have lost confidence in existing laws and institutions. . the literature is vast. according to one study, over articles on policy diffu- sion were published between and in the discipline of political science alone. for stock taking on this literature, see erin graham et al., the diffusion of policy diffusion research ( ); wade jacoby, inspiration, coalition and substitution: external influences on postcommunist transformations, world politics ( ). . david nelken, towards a sociology of legal adaptation, in adapting legal cultures (johannes feest & david nelken eds., ). \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : the american journal of comparative law [vol. scholars who study transplants recognize that the transplant analogy is flawed in another way. nearly all contemporary legal systems consist of some amalgam of indigenously generated laws, im- ported legal traditions, and laws and institutions that emulate global practices or practices in other countries. as a result, it is increasingly difficult to distinguish transplanted from homegrown laws and legal systems. commentators are also troubled by the claim that transplanting foreign institutions improves local practices, an idea that tends to be associated with colonialism and imperialism. in the nineteenth cen- tury, european governments transplanted their institutions to help “civilize” the populations they colonized. following world war ii, the united states transplanted its own institutions around the world, including constitutional review, elections, and business associa- tions. the end of the cold war ushered in a period of economic liberalism and a renewed enthusiasm for legal transplants by inter- national institutions. this latest penchant for exporting model laws and institutions was especially controversial to the extent that its proponents asserted the superiority of the western industrial model of market regulation and the common law model of national legal systems. notwithstanding persistent critiques, scholars and policymakers continue to explore when and how transplanting laws and legal insti- tutions changes the behavior and politics of the actors at the site of the transplant. their studies suggest a number of conclusions. first, transplants are more likely to succeed when law is transplanted within the same legal family because, as alan watson explains, the success of a transplant will depend on its ability to graft onto existing legal norms and practices. second, transplants not adapted to local contexts are unlikely to be effective. daniel berkowitz, katharnia pistor and jean-francois richard argue that legal transplants succeed only where they re- spond to local demand and where they are adapted to local needs. in . pierre legrand, what “legal transplants?,” in adapting legal cultures, id. . napoleon is said to have regarded his expanding civil code as the only accom- plishment that would outlive him. see emmanuel-auguste-dieudonné comte de las cases, mémorial de sainte hélène: journal of the private life and conver- sations of the emperor napoleon at saint helena (m.c. carey, i. lea, & a. small. ). . jacoby, supra note . r . berkowitz et al., supra note , at - . r . rafael la porta et al., legal determinants of external finance, the jour- nal of finance ( ); rafael la porta et al., law and finance, journal of political economy ( ). these studies suggested that common law systems generated better economic outcomes as compared to civil law systems. . alan watson, legal transplants and law reform, law quarterly rev. ( ). watson finds that transplants are more likely to be embraced by legal systems that share similar roots and traditions. \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : ] transplanting the european court of justice the absence of these conditions, the authors observe a “transplant ef- fect”—a formal copying of rules that creates a “mismatch between preexisting conditions and institutions and the transplanted law, which weakens the effectiveness of the imported legal order.” their key insight is that, in the absence of local demand and adaptation, transplanted legal rules and institutions that look the same on paper are often ignored in practice. third, the act of creating and diffusing transplants may itself shape understandings of the transplant such that what is actually transplanted is not a true copy but instead reflects the normative preferences of transplant advocates. original laws and institutions are revised through conversations about the rationales for and objec- tives of the transplant. as a result, imported legal rules are recast through selected invocations and stylized interpretations of the original. these insights apply to supranational transplants in distinctive ways. for example, the finding about legal families helps to explain why common market legal systems are especially likely to emulate the ecj. architects of these systems select from a menu of existing laws and institutions. for international economic law, there are two dominant models: the dispute resolution system of the general agreement on tariffs and trade (gatt), later subsumed by the world trade organization (wto), and the ec’s supranational judi- cial system. the wto model relies on states to file complaints, which are re- viewed by ad hoc panels whose decisions can be appealed to a standing appellate body. the wto also uses a system of reciprocal sanctions to enforce these decisions. complaining states that prove violations of wto obligations can raise tariffs on imports from violat- ing countries as a form of compensation and to induce their compliance. in contrast, the ec model has four distinctive features not found in the wto system: . directly applicable community legal rules. supranational leg- islative bodies adopt legal rules that are directly applicable in domestic legal orders. . berkowitz et al., supra note , at . others have found that the same holds r regarding transplanted political institutions. see, e.g., jacoby, supra note . r . michele graziadei, legal transplants and the frontiers of legal knowledge, theoretical inquiries in law , ( ). frances foster argues that conver- sations about transplants end up being informative for exporting as well as importing countries, since they serve as a “mirror” that the exporting state can hold up for self- scrutiny. frances h. foster, american trust law in a chinese mirror, minn. l. rev. , ( ). \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : the american journal of comparative law [vol. . a preliminary ruling mechanism. national judges can refer to the supranational court questions of interpretation regarding community rules. . challenges to the validity of decisions and actions of suprana- tional institutions. both private actors and states can challenge the validity of supranational legal rules, and private actors can challenge administrative decisions that directly af- fect them. . noncompliance procedures allow nonstate actors to challenge state actions that violate community rules. a supranational body is empowered to investigate allegations of noncompli- ance and file complaints with the supranational court. ecj transplants need not copy all four of these design features. they can also selectively choose features from both the ecj and wto models. most ecj emulators in fact copy at least three of these features, albeit with some variations. as we explain below, the atj includes all four features, adds a wto-like system of recip- rocal sanctions, and includes other adaptations of the ecj’s design. we take from this literature the following lines of inquiry. first, we focus on the channels, agents, and mechanisms involved in dif- fusing the ecj model. second, we explain how the ecj’s experience shaped adaptations of the model in the andean context. third, we build upon this analysis to explore the limitations and challenges of supranational legal transplants in general. before turning to this analysis, we first review how the legal transplants literature inter- sects with theoretical debates about the dynamics of legal integration and the literature on the diffusion of european ideas. b. insights from the literature on neofunctionalist theory and supranational integration the success of european integration led early supporters to de- velop neofunctionalism, an institution-based political process theory, to predict the evolution of all regional integration projects. propo- nents believed that supranational institutions would forge alliances with sub-state actors to address common functional problems whose solution would propel integration forward. in the s, adherents of neofunctionalism predicted that regional integration would become a . initially, private litigants could file complaints with the ecj to challenge de- cisions of the ec commission. today, such suits are heard by the general court, which was previously known as the tribunal of first instance. . the notion that importers “order from a menu” comes from wade jacoby, the enlargement of the european union and nato: ordering from the menu in cen- tral europe ( ). . for example, some ecj emulators have adapted the ecj model to protect national sovereignty or to increase international oversight of domestic actors. see al- ter, supra note . r \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : ] transplanting the european court of justice global phenomenon. ernst haas, the theory’s most prominent advo- cate, recognized that the success of european integration was unusual, in that ec member countries were economically advanced and ideologically similar. but he and other neofunctionalist scholars nonetheless expected regional integration processes to develop else- where in the world and yield similar economic and political outcomes. by the s, however, neofunctionalists had thoroughly repudi- ated the theory and candidly acknowledged its many shortcomings. first, the theory failed to predict the trajectory of regional integra- tion in other locales. second, even in europe the theory did not apply as expected. the dynamism of the integration process proved to be fragile and subject to political turbulences that slowed forward mo- mentum. the sharp discrepancies between theoretical predictions and empirical reality led haas to declare neofunctionalism to be “ob- solescent.” ever since, most political scientists have shied away from invoking the theory. neofunctionalism is, however, very much alive as a theory of le- gal integration. the theory was resurrected by anne-marie slaughter (then burley) and walter mattli, who argued that haas had accu- rately predicted how legal (rather than political) integration evolves. slaughter and mattli observed that the structure of the european system allowed legal integration to proceed via alliances between supranational and sub-national actors who worked together to promote their mutual self-interest. the authors predicted that ec law would inevitably spill into new legal domains as litigants realized that ecj precedents could apply to a broad range of issues. slaughter and mattli also argued that law could more easily be shielded from political opposition, and they observed that the ecj frequently sought to “upgrade the common interest” by linking individual cases to larger community objectives. in short, the expansion and penetra- tion of supranational law into national legal orders followed the political dynamics haas expected: alliances between supranational and subnational actors, spillovers, and the enhancement of common interests. . ernst haas, international integration: the european and the universal pro- cess, international organization ( ); ernst haas, the study of regional integration, international organization ( ). . ernst haas, the obsolescence of regional integration theory ( ). . for a discussion of the rise and fall of neofunctionalist theory, see james cap- oraso & john keeler, the european union and regional integration theory, in the state of the european union (carolyn rhodes & sonia mazey eds., ). a new introduction added to haas’ re-released beyond the nation state explores how haas’ neofunctionlist theory inspired contemporary political science theories. see ernst b. haas, beyond the nation state functionalism and international organization ( ). . anne-marie burley & walter mattli, europe before the court, interna- tional organization ( ). \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : the american journal of comparative law [vol. alec stone sweet later extended these insights, linking neofunc- tionalism to a theory of how international courts contribute to the creation of law. stone sweet argued that a general dynamic emerges in the presence of economic rules that promote intra-community trade and of a legal system open to self-interested actors. where these conditions exist, economic self-interest leads litigants to invoke international economic law before supranational judicial bodies. since law is inevitably incomplete, courts will be drawn into develop- ing it. the result is the construction of new legal rules, which lead to new cases, which create additional opportunities for litigation and ex- pansion of the law. stone sweet’s theory does not require embracing the teleology advanced by haas; it accepts that politicians can revise legal rules and thereby redirect the integration trajectory. but the theory suggests that such interventions will be rare and that courts will, over time, expand the scope and reach of the law. stone sweet views law, trade, and litigation as creating virtuous circles of law generation. but the relationship among these three ele- ments is underspecified. in particular, it is unclear whether bottom- up economic interests generate demand for international legal rules—so that both governments and courts primarily respond to the self-interest of firms—or, conversely, whether a top-down political commitment to integration drives firms to invest in cross-border pro- duction and trade and to litigate when rules are ambiguous. the issue of whether bottom-up demand or top-down policy choices drive legal integration goes to the heart of the debates about legal trans- plants. the transplant literature suggests that importing foreign laws and institutions is insufficient to stimulate local demand, to sig- nal a credible commitment by governments, or to give domestic actors a stake in implementing or enforcing legal rules. to the contrary, the transplanted nature of foreign laws and institutions—especially . alec stone sweet, judicialization and the construction of governance, comparative political studies ( ). stone sweet further developed his the- ory in alec stone sweet, the judicial construction of europe ( ) [hereinafter stone sweet, the judicial construction of europe] and later focused on the commission’s role as part of the neofunctionalist legal dynamic. see alec stone sweet, how the european legal system works and does not work (social science research network, ). . stone sweet’s work includes a number of caveats, i.e., factors that limit judi- cial discretion. stone sweet, the judicial construction of europe, supra note , r - . but he is ultimately unable to untangle the relationship between laws, trade and litigation, since in europe they rose in tandem with each other. id. at - . pitarakis and tridimas reanalyze stone sweet’s data, finding support for the conclu- sion that international legal rules lead to trade, suggesting that political factors drive economic decisions, rather than visa versa. studies of the wto also reach this conclu- sion. jean-yves pitarakis & george tridimas, joint dynamics of legal and economic integration in the european union, european journal of law and economics ( ); judith h. goldstein et al., institutions in international relations: under- standing the effects of gatt and wto on world trade, international organization ( ). \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : ] transplanting the european court of justice those seen as externally imposed—may signal that national political commitment is lacking. the legal transplants literature thus hones in on a key challenge that derailed haas’ neofunctionalist theory: how to create local de- mand for transplanted institutions and laws. neofunctionalism cannot answer this question because it is premised on the same con- tested assumptions that guided policy-oriented enthusiasts of legal transplants during the period of the washington consensus. even if one sheds the teleology of early neofunctionalism, the theory retains an expectation that transplanted free market rules and institutions will trigger economic actors to trade, invest, and litigate. mattli, slaughter, and stone sweet added a legal dimension to this equation, drawing attention to the importance of litigation as a tool for spur- ring market-integrating lawmaking and judicial precedent as a mechanism of policy spillover. yet self-interest remains the under- specified engine of the theoretical apparatus. it is far from clear, however, why local litigants, scholars, and judges would embrace transplanted rules, let alone view their respective self-interests as aligning with regional integration initiatives. c. insights from the literature on the diffusion of european ideas supranational transplants also provide evidence to assess theo- ries of how ideas, policies, and institutions diffuse across borders. scholars who advance such theories are interested in the mecha- nisms of diffusion and the resulting transformation of politics and identities. tanja börzel and thomas risse identify five such mecha- nisms: ( ) exporters of ideas and institutions can use legal, economic or physical coercion; ( ) exporters can manipulate the utility calcula- tions of political elites, for example by conferring or withholding inducements; ( ) exporters can socialize importers, dispersing their ideas and institutions using normative pressure such that local ac- tors internalize a foreign model; ( ) supporters of external ideas and institutions can use persuasion, providing reasoned arguments that convince local actors to accept exported models; and ( ) adopters may emulate, either by drawing lessons for themselves or by mimicking foreign models to reap benefits or send signals to external and inter- nal actors. risse and börzel are primarily interested in the mechanisms of diffusing european union ideas. they also suggest, however, that each mechanism shapes the extent to which a foreign import becomes domestically entrenched. for example, börzel and risse expect per- . the transformative power of europe: the european union and the dif- fusion of ideas (tanja a. börzel & thomas risse eds., ). . the mechanisms are also relevant to testing the claims of neofunctionalist theory. for example, if mimicry were the dominant mode of transplantation, it would \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : the american journal of comparative law [vol. suasion and socialization to have the greatest potential to transform the identities and interests of recipients. they see mimicry as reflect- ing an indirect influence by the ideational exporter and assert that political scientists know very little about how emulation works in practice. the legal transplants literature offers insights that help to refine these expectations. berkowitz, pistor, and richard argue that the way in which local recipients receive the law will determine the suc- cess of the legal transplant. they expect that “a voluntary transplant increases its own receptivity when it makes a significant adaptation of the foreign [model] to initial conditions, in particular to the preex- isting formal and informal legal order. changes in the transplanted rules or legal institutions indicate that the appropriateness of these rules has been considered and modifications were made to take into account domestic legal practice or other initial conditions.” in other words, blind mimicry, or copying inspired by coercion and induce- ment, is likely to generate a “transplant effect” in which local actors resist transplanted ideas and institutions. in contrast, the exis- tence of local adaptations may indicate that importers are considering local needs and making adjustments that increase the likelihood of the transplant’s success. there is no evidence that ec officials used coercion or induce- ments to influence other regional integration projects to adopt a supranational court. this leaves three potential mechanisms of diffu- sion—socialization, persuasion, and emulation. if a community legal system is a product of socialization of local elites, then we should ob- serve a higher incidence of emulation among those actors who have more contact with their european counterparts. the question then becomes whether this socialization penetrates the local context, or whether institutional diffusion via socialization of elites gives rise to a transplant effect. alternatively, if persuasion is the mechanism of diffusion, we should observe importers invoking the persuasive value of european law exports in promoting integration through law. to the extent that local actors are also persuaded, we might not observe a transplant effect. finally, emulation has multiple forms that yield contrasting expectations. blind mimicry, where there is no effort to adapt the model to the local context, is likely to give rise to a trans- plant effect. lesson drawing and its associated adaptations, in contrast, are more likely to lead to successful engrafting of the transplant. cast doubt on whether there is any inherent logic of integration that arises when other regions copy the european model. . berkowitz et al., supra note , at . r . id. at - . \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : ] transplanting the european court of justice ii. copying the ecj: creating the andean tribunal of justice this section describes the transplantation of the european inte- gration model to the andes. in chile, bolivia, colombia, ecuador, and peru agreed to create a common market to spur re- gional economic growth. the five andean member countries did not trade extensively with each other. but they hoped that a regional market would attract foreign capital, increase each state’s negotiat- ing leverage with other nations, and induce investors to keep profits in the region. the andean leaders adopted the european integra- tion model, but used it to achieve different substantive goals. whereas europe initially focused on market liberalization and sup- port for the agriculture, coal and steel industries, andean governments promoted a policy of import substitution, which sought to lesson dependency on foreign markets, build manufacturing sec- tors to take advantage of local capabilities, and diminish economic disparities across the region. the andean pact’s founding treaty, the cartagena agreement, largely copied the ec’s institutions. it established a supranational governance structure that included a “commission” of national exec- utives to adopt andean secondary legislation (referred to in spanish as “decisions”) and a regional administrative body (the “junta”) that supervised their implementation. the original andean pact did not include a court, and decisions did not have direct domestic effect. according to david padilla, most latin american trade agreements in the s lacked legalized dispute resolution bodies. padilla attrib- utes this omission to the fact that economists—the chief negotiators of these treaties—were wary of “legalism” and feared that formal ad- judication mechanisms would engender litigation by politically . the bogota agreement that launched the andean integration project en- visioned broader integration, building a regional infrastructure and coordinating monetary policy so that the entire region would be one large common market. f.v. garcía amador, the andean legal order: a new community law ( ). . william p. avery & james d. cochraine, innovation in latin american re- gionalism: the andean common market, international organization , - ( ). . scott horton, peru and ancom: a study in the disintegration of a common market, tex. int’l l.j. , - ( ). the philosophy underpinning the andean approach followed closely the approach of raúl prebish. see raúl prebisch and in- ter-american development bank, change and development—latin america’s great task; report submitted to the inter-american development bank ( ). . andean subregional integration agreement, may , , i.l.m. [car- tagena agreement]. . the original junta had three decision-makers, and thus it was meant to be a more nimble leadership body than the commission. for more on the andean pact, see thomas andrew o’keefe, latin american trade agreements ( ); miguel s. wionczek, the rise and the decline of latin america economic integration, jour- nal of common market studies , - ( ). . horton, supra note , at . r \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : the american journal of comparative law [vol. conservative lawyers. why, then, did andean governments eventu- ally decide to create the atj? a. the decision to create the andean tribunal of justice from the andean pact’s inception, governments believed that they possessed the authority to implement the cartagena agreement via presidential decrees, and they used such decrees to bring the treaty into force. this route had the advantage of avoiding national parliaments, in which fractious political parties might attempt to block or revise implementing legislation. but the approach also en- gendered opposition from business elites, who disliked the andean pact’s import substitution policies and invoked the failure to submit the treaty to national parliaments to challenge its validity. as we ex- plain below, these efforts ultimately failed. but the manner in which domestic actors responded to these challenges suggested that andean decisions would not be given domestic effect—a prospect that acted as a catalyst to create a supranational court. business elites filed a key lawsuit in colombia. in , that country’s supreme court dismissed the suit, invoking a longstand- ing doctrine that disallows invalidation on procedural grounds of treaties adopted in good faith. but the ruling applied only to the cartagena agreement itself, implicitly suggesting that andean deci- sions needed parliamentary approval to be valid in colombia. the court’s ruling also included an integration-friendly dissenting opinion which intimated that the court’s concerns about andean secondary legislation would be alleviated if there were an andean tribunal to hear challenges to that legislation. . david padilla, the judicial resolution of legal disputes in the integration movements of the hemisphere, lawyers of the americas , ( ). . see declaración de bogotá, august, and declaración de los pre- sidentes de américa, april . . in colombia, decree no. of august ; in chile, decree no. of july ; in peru, decree no. . of october ; in ecuador, decree no. , october ; and bolivia decree no. , november . . avery & cochraine, supra note , at . larry w. thomas, the colombian r supreme court decision on the andean foreign investment code and its implications for the law of treaties, journal of international law and economics , ( ). . colombian supreme court, ruling of july , , published in derecho de la integración no. , at - . . id. at (section discussing teorı́a del acto complejo). . id. at . for a discussion of this point, see francisco orrego vicuña, la incorporación del ordenamiento jurı́dico subregional al derecho interno: análisis de la práctica y jurisprudencia de colombia, derecho de la integración ( ). the same legal arguments were used in a legislative debate in chile, where legislators sought to undermine the andean investment code that had been implemented via presidential decree. . dissenting opinion of judge luis sarmiento buitrago, colombian supreme court, ruling of july , , supra note , at . r \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : ] transplanting the european court of justice one year later, businesses opposed to the andean pact filed a second suit in the colombian supreme court. this time, they chal- lenged the andean investment code, a centerpiece of the integration process and a lightning rod of contestation. the code’s strict limits on repatriation of profits galled pro-free market businesses and poli- ticians in the region. the lawsuit argued that the colombian constitution prohibited implementing the investment code by presi- dential decree. applying the logic of its earlier ruling, the supreme court agreed, holding that the code could only be implemented by the parliament. the colombian rulings made clear the cost of not having a supra- national court. the heart of the problem was that political leaders had agreed to a controversial andean law limiting the repatriation of profits by foreign investors, which they implemented by means of presidential decrees. if national courts could render these decrees in- valid, andean rules and the andean integration process could be undermined by rearguard domestic litigation. the solution the lead- ers later adopted—making andean rules supreme and directly applicable, but also reviewable by an andean tribunal—was intended to avoid this problem by providing a designated judicial venue for challenging andean laws, thereby helping national executives achieve their collective goals despite political opposition at home. proponents of an andean tribunal regularly invoked the two co- lombian rulings when advocating for the creation of a supranational judicial review mechanism. the junta itself also referred to the co- lombian rulings when discussing the benefits of revising the andean legal system. in , six months after the second colombian rul- ing, the commission announced its support for a tribunal. the commission directed the junta to produce a report on the “necessity to create a court” for the region. the question of what type of court remained open, however. . thomas andrew o’keefe, how the andean pact transformed itself into a friend of foreign enterprise, international lawyer ( ). . thomas, supra note , at . venezuela delayed joining the andean pact r until because the code was more stringent than local investment rules, and chile withdrew from the pact in despite the member states’ begrudging assent to that country’s request to raise the percentage of profits that could be repatriated. horton, supra note , at . david e. hojman, the andean pact: failure of a model r of integration?, journal of common market studies , - ( ). . see, e.g., amador, supra note , at ; orrego vicuña, supra note ; fran- r cisco orrego vicuña, la creación de un tribunal de justicia en el grupo andino, derecho de la integración ( ). . see junta del acuerdo de cartagena junac, informe de la junta sobre el establecimiento de órgano jursidiccional del acuerdo de cartagena (grupo andino ed., ) [junac recommendation]. . sexto perı́odo de sesiones extraordinarias, acta final, - december, , lima, peru. in the same period, another challenge from the chilean senate worried andean governments and officials. that challenge also questioned the legitimacy of andean secondary laws that did not have formal parliamentary approval. see osvaldo \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : the american journal of comparative law [vol. b. the choice of the ecj model when andean officials discussed the creation of a supranational court, several potential models were available for their consideration. the officials could have emulated an early regional tribunal, the cen- tral american court of justice, which heard ten cases between and before its founding treaty expired. or they could have em- braced the gatt dispute settlement system, although at the time member states could block cases from proceeding. in addition, emu- lating the gatt would not have established the direct effect of andean decisions nor created a mechanism for supranational judicial review of andean institutions and their decisions. without such re- view, national courts might challenge the authority of community law or interpret andean rules in inconsistent ways. a third alterna- tive—the ecj model—was the most obvious fit given the preexisting similarities between other andean and european institutions. the selection of the ecj model was virtually guaranteed when the junta asked the institute for the integration of latin america and the car- ibbean (intal) to evaluate the best model for the andean pact. intal is a research center established by the inter-american development bank in with the mission of promoting and consol- idating regional integration. its network of consultants—many of whom are part-time scholars—provides technical assistance to imple- ment and enforce integration policies. intal served as a conveyer belt for the transmission of european ideas into conversations about integration in latin america. at the time, many intal consultants had been educated and trained in european universities, and they continued to attend pro-integration academic events in europe. a few had even worked with major european integration scholars such saldias, networks, courts and regional integration: explaining the establishment of the andean court of justice, working paper of the kfg ( ). . jean allain, a century of international adjudication: the rule of law and its limits - ( ). . the gatt system entered a period of relative disuse between and . see robert e. hudec, enforcing international trade law: evolution of the modern gatt system - ( ). . for a retrospective made by intal in in regard to its contribution to regional integration in latin america, see intal, el intal y la integración lati- noamericana durante , integración latinoamericana ( ). . for example, in march , felix peña, head of intal’s legal department, and francisco orrego vicuña, a chilean law professor associated to intal, partici- pated in a colloquium on the “legal aspects of economic integration” organized by the hague academy of international law. also attending this event were ecj judge rob- ert monaco and eric stein from the university of michigan, one of the first american scholars to analyze ecj doctrine. cf. rideau, j. (ed.) : les aspects juridiques de l’integration economique. académie de droit international de la haye, colloque , sijthoff, leiden.; see also editorial in derecho de la integración, no. , octubre at . \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : ] transplanting the european court of justice as ernst haas. through these connections, intal members were arguably socialized to support integration initiatives. and they dis- tributed pro-integration ideas in latin american through three publications—revista integración latinoamericana, derecho de la integración, and serie publicaciones intal. the intal network recommended bundling the creation of an ecj-style tribunal with foundational ecj doctrines establishing the direct effect and supremacy of community law in national legal or- ders. by incorporating these legal doctrines into its recommendation for an ecj-style court, intal also implicitly endorsed the ecj’s view that the treaty of rome is a constitutional document that pri- vate actors can draw upon to promote regional integration. the unstated inference was that the cartagena agreement should be im- bued with a similar constitutional status. intal’s recommendations were an important influence on the creation of the atj. in june , the junta convened a meeting of experts that included intal consultants, professor gerard olivier (the assistant director general of ec legal services), and ecj judge pierre pescatore. following this meeting, the junta prepared a draft of a treaty establishing the atj. member state representatives discussed the draft in november , and in december a joint junta-intal working group presented a proposal to the commis- sion. the proposal focused on two key requirements: the doctrines of supremacy and direct effect, and a supranational mechanism to review the legality of community acts. copying the ecj’s preliminary reference procedure achieved both of these goals. it created an an- dean judicial body to review andean rules, to ensure their uniform interpretation by national judges, and to “reduce unnecessary and . the head of intal’s legal department, felix peña, was an assistant to ernst haas. see http://www.felixpena.com.ar/index.php?contenido=trayectoria. . most of the published articles advocated bolstering the integration process. for example, between and derecho de la integración published translated articles by some of the key promoters of european legal integration, including mau- rice lagrange (avocate general at the ecj) and pierre pescatore (ecj judge). see maurice lagrange, la interpretación unitaria del derecho de las comunidades europeas: aspectos de interpretación prejudicial., derecho de la integración ( ); pierre pescatore, distribución de competencia y de poderes entre los es- tados miembros de las comunidades europeas: estudio de las relaciones entre las comunidads y los estaods miembros, derecho de la integración ( ). . the junta’s final report did consider alternatives, but found problems with the gatt, lafta, the central american common market, and the east african community models. see junac recommendation, supra note , at ; intal, es- r tudio sobre procedimientos para solucionar conflictos, derecho de la integración ( ); felipe paolillo & carlos ons-indart, estudios de los procedimientos de hecho utilizados para la solución de conflictos en la alalc, derecho de la integración ( ). . amador, supra note , at . r \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : the american journal of comparative law [vol. sometimes disproportionate political tensions” with those judges—an implicit reference to the colombian supreme court rulings. applying the transplants literature reviewed above, one can say that the junta and intal chose the ecj model based on a combina- tion of persuasion and socialization. the individuals involved genuinely favored creating a supranational tribunal to address the widely recognized problem of noncompliance with andean decisions and to further regional integration. but they reached this conclu- sion after repeated interactions with european officials and judges who may have wanted to spread the ecj model to other regions. c. emulating europe: implementing the junta’s recommendation for an andean tribunal enthusiasm for creating an andean judicial body seems to have been strongest among the members of the junta and the intal net- work. political and business leaders were less convinced. in elizabeth ferris interviewed seventy-five policymakers, technocrats, and private sector representatives in six andean countries, asking their opinions about various initiatives including the junta’s propo- sal to create an andean court. those interviewed by ferris saw little need for a supranational court. as noted above, the andean junta first presented the proposal for a court in december of . in and again in , the junta presented statements about the proposal to meetings of the heads of the member states, arguing for the drafting of a treaty to establish a court. the heads of state do not appear to have been overtly hostile to the proposal. to the contrary, they authorized the junta to proceed with drafting a treaty. still, no definitive action was taken for five and a half years. we found no conclusive explanation for this lengthy period of in- action. perhaps the member states were distracted by the andean pact’s larger political difficulties, such as venezuela’s accession to the andean pact in and the pinochet coup in the same year, which ultimately led to chile’s withdrawal from the pact in . in addi- tion, the andean investment code continued to be extremely . the report explicitly referenced the colombian supreme court’s decisions, and the minority opinion in the ruling. see junac recommendation, supra note , at . r . see, e.g., rafael vargas-hidalgo, the crisis of the andean pact: lessons for integration among developing countries, journal of common market studies , ( ). . elizabeth g. ferris, national political support for regional integration: the andean pact, international organization , - ( ). . amador, supra note , at - . r . the treaty was presented for adoption on august , . \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : ] transplanting the european court of justice controversial, and one could reasonably ask whether a supranational legal body would have helped defuse that issue. the andean pact’s difficulties in the s underscored that something fundamental needed to change if the member states were to move the integration process forward. yet even during this troub- led period, the ec continued to serve as a model for andean integration. europe also faced significant challenges to integration in the s. in response it adopted several institutional innovations. in the ec launched the european political cooperation initiative to coordinate member states’ foreign policies, and in it formal- ized the system of councils of heads of states to adopt major decisions related to integration. in the ec replaced a regional legislative body comprised of national parliamentarians with a system of direct elections to a new european parliament. when integration advocates later revived the andean integration project, they tracked these developments. the re-launch also pro- vided the impetus for creating the atj. in the member states agreed to create an andean parliament and a council of foreign min- isters. and in the same year they finally adopted the treaty establishing the tribunal of justice of the cartagena agreement, accepting nearly in toto the text drafted by intal in , which the junta had incorporated into its recommendation. d. adapting the ecj model the atj replicated the ecj’s main design features—a noncom- pliance procedure that authorized the junta to challenge member state violations of andean law; a preliminary reference mechanism for national courts to send questions involving the interpretation of andean law to the tribunal; and a nullification procedure that al- lowed states and private actors to challenge the legality of andean acts. although the atj treaty does not refer to the supremacy of . desmond dinan, europe recast: a history of the european union chs. & ( ). . luis carlos sáchica, introducción al derecho comunitario (colección de estudios del tribunal de justicia del acuerdo de cartagena, ). . see treaty establishing the court of justice of the cartagena agreement, int’l legal materials ( ) [original atj treaty]. . the only difference concerned the nullification procedure. the junta’s draft allowed individuals to file nullification suits as long as the infringing act was applica- ble to them. the final version required that the suing individuals show that the infringement caused harm to them. compare original atj treaty, article with bases de un tratado para la creación del tribunal de justicia del acuerdo de carta- gena, article , in junac recommendation, supra note , at . andean r commission : décimo perı́odo de sesiones extraordinarias de la comisión, com/ xe-acta final. . the original atj treaty authorized states to challenge decisions they had not voted for, and it allowed private litigants to challenge acts that caused them in- jury. original atj treaty, supra note , articles - . r \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : the american journal of comparative law [vol. community law, supremacy was a key component of the junta’s pro- posal, together with the doctrine of direct effect, which the treaty does expressly mention. although the members of intal appear to have been persuaded of the benefits of the ecj model, the group’s proposal also made a number of adaptations to the model, modifications that reflected their learning from the ecj’s experience. for example, the atj treaty explicitly directed national courts to implement the tribunal’s preliminary rulings interpreting andean law, a requirement that the treaty of rome does not mention but that had become part of ecj doctrine. the treaty also includes more detail about the timing of judicial proceedings and the length of the judges’ terms in office. other alterations of the ecj model appear to protect national sovereignty. as noted above, the atj noncompliance procedure em- powered the junta to challenge member state violations of andean law. but unlike in europe, only states, not private actors, could com- plain to the junta about such violations. in addition, the absence of a supranational procedure to challenge “omissions” by andean officials meant that private actors could not contest the junta’s refusal to pur- sue a noncompliance suit. an observer of the time suggested that the lack of an omissions procedure was part of a tacit “gentlemen’s agree- ment” among member states to prevent private actors from seizing the tribunal in such cases, which might be especially sensitive po- litically. these concerns may have been informed by the experiences of the ecj, which had adjudicated complaints raised by private par- ties that member states would have preferred to ignore. . junac recommendation, supra note , at and . r . article of the original treaty establishing the atj. mancini and keeling discuss how the ecj’s cilfit doctrine tries to limit the discretion of national judges with respect to referring cases and implementing ecj rulings. federico mancini & david keeling, from cilfit to erta: the constitutional challenge facing the european court, yearbook of european law ( ). . for example, article requires the junta to respond within two months. the terms of the atj’s offices are slightly shorter and there are small differences in proce- dure. for a comparison between the atj and the ecj’s founding documents, see e. barlow keener, the andean common market court of justice: its purpose, structure, and future, emory journal of international dispute resolution ( ). . on july , , manuél josé cárdenas, columnist of the colombian newspa- per el tiempo, wrote: la solución estaba, por lo tanto, en presentar las demandas [de incum- plimiento] correspondientes. pero como ésta acción está reservada a los gobiernos y éstos acordaron un pacto de caballeros de no presentar ninguna demanda hasta que no se modifique el acuerdo de cartagena, la acción cor- rectiva del tribunal fue esterilizada totalmente. cited in eduardo hurtado larrea, los incumplimientos y la acción asignada a la competencia del tribunal, in el tribunal de justicia del acuerdo de cartagena (bid-intal ed., ). . for example, german officials were upset that the ecj’s questioning of turno- ver equalization taxes ended up inundating german courts with legal challenges. the french were unhappy with the ecj’s charmasson decision, which found that france \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : ] transplanting the european court of justice although barred from pursuing noncompliance complaints at the supranational level, private actors were free to file suits in national courts. in principle, national judges could then refer questions of an- dean law to the tribunal. however, the atj treaty suggested that the tribunal should exercise restraint in responding to these refer- ences. article directed the atj to “restrict its interpretation to defining the content and scope of the norms of the juridical structure of the cartagena agreement. the [tribunal] may neither interpret the contents and scope of national law, nor judge the facts in dis- pute.” this language plausibly reflects an awareness of the ecj’s well-known practice of broadly interpreting questions posed by na- tional courts, analyzing the facts of the case (a task nominally reserved to national judges), and suggesting pro-integration interpre- tations of domestic rules. the atj faithfully adhered to these limitations on its authority. the first noncompliance proceeding involved a private litigant who attempted to file suit directly with the tribunal rather than with a national court. the atj dismissed the suit, citing the treaty provi- sion barring private actors from raising noncompliance cases. when the same legal issue later arose in preliminary references involving challenges to a colombian tariff on venezuelan aluminum imports, the atj adhered to its limited role of interpreting andean law in the abstract and not addressing the facts of the case. one should not, however, overstate these adaptations of the ecj model. the architects of the andean legal system expected that pri- vate actors would challenge noncompliance with andean rules in national courts. moreover, the drafters adopted an innovation in- tended to enhance state adherence to andean rules. unlike the ec, which did not then include a procedure for penalizing noncompliance with ecj rulings, the atj treaty adopted a gatt-like system that authorized retaliatory trade sanctions if a state refused to follow an atj judgment against it. this addition suggests that states sought to create a supranational legal system capable of inducing respect for had ceded its authority to make trade arrangements. see alter, establishing the supremacy of european law, supra note , at - , - . r . see original atj treaty, supra note . r . federico mancini, the making of a constitution for europe, common mar- ket law review , ( ). the benelux court—another ecj copy—was also authorized to respond only to the questions posed. treaty establishing the benelux court, march , art. ; modified by protocols of june and november , available at http://www.courbeneluxhof.be/fr/basisdocumenten.asp. . atj decision -ai- . . we discuss these cases later, when we explain how the atj did not follow the ecj’s approach in van gend en loos case. see infra text accompanying notes - . r . in rejecting the private litigant’s noncompliance suit in -ai- , the atj sug- gested that private litigants should instead raise such challenges in national courts. . original atj treaty, supra note , article . \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : the american journal of comparative law [vol. andean rules. in sum, the design of the atj on paper was a close copy of its european cousin. when the tribunal began operations in , however, it faced a slew of practical challenges that the ecj had not experienced. most notably, the funds that member states had pledged to the atj were delayed, the tribunal lacked a permanent building to house its oper- ations, and the junta, member states, and national courts filed only a handful of cases. the paucity of substantive work was partly an artifact of the political stalemate that impeded the creation of a com- mon market. in the s, the andean investment code remained controversial, member countries clung to rules that exempted most products traded within the region, and governments were preoccu- pied by economic and political crises related to high levels of foreign debt. by the early s, however, the member states sought to rein- vigorate the andean integration project. they began in by laying the groundwork for a common external tariff. over the next five years, they amended the cartagena agreement, replaced the im- port-substitution policy with a free trade model, and rechristened the new integration project as the andean community. in the member states also replaced the mostly ineffectual junta with a gen- eral secretariat, increased the size of its budget, and appointed a cadre of young lawyers eager to use the secretariat’s enhanced re- sources to promote regional integration. reforming the andean legal system was part of this wider insti- tutional overhaul. the reforms reflected what andean leaders had learned about that system over the previous decade. notwithstand- ing the atj treaty’s unambiguous text, member states often opposed the junta’s attempts to file noncompliance suits with the tribunal. in addition, private litigants rarely used the preliminary reference mechanism to challenge national policies contrary to community . during this decade, national courts filed only thirty-two preliminary refer- ences requests, private parties filed only three nullification complaints, and national executives refrained from filing any noncompliance suits. atj judges spent most of their time locating a permanent building for the court and resolving labor disputes with staff members. interview with ugarte del pino, peruvian judge of the atj, - , lima, peru, june , . . hojman, supra note . r . o’keefe, supra note , at , (describing how andean governments r “reformulate[ed] the entire philosophical underpinnings of the andean pact” and pro- moted “the adoption of free-market oriented policies by all member states”). . in december of andean presidents approved the act of barahona, which ordered the creation of a four-tiered common external tariff. this policy was imple- mented by decision , adopted on november , . . the changes are discussed in o’keefe, supra note . r . interviews with monica rosell, former legal secretary of the atj and attor- ney in the legal advisor’s office of the secretariat general, quito, ecuador, mar. , & chicago, il apr. , . \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : ] transplanting the european court of justice rules. the reforms of the andean legal system were intended to ad- dress these shortcomings. the cochabamba protocol, adopted in , brought the tribu- nal even closer to the ecj model. it repealed the ban on private actors filing complaints with the general secretariat alleging viola- tions of andean law. the protocol also implicitly recognized that private litigants were not raising noncompliance challenges in na- tional courts, or that national judges were not referring those challenges to the atj. to remedy the dearth of cases, the protocol went beyond the ecj’s noncompliance procedure by authorizing pri- vate actors to appeal directly to the atj if they disagreed with the secretariat’s disposition of a noncompliance complaint against a member state. another reform facilitated suits seeking to nullify an- dean acts by eliminating a requirement that private litigants show direct injury from those acts. the protocol also added an “omis- sions” procedure to enable litigants to challenge an andean institution’s failure to act. lastly, the protocol relaxed restrictions on preliminary references by indicating that atj judges could now ad- dress how andean rules applied to the facts of cases when doing so was necessary for their rulings. the end result of these reforms was an andean legal system that—much like the ec—provided private parties with multiple avenues to challenge state noncompliance. the cochabamba protocol reforms also reflected learning by an- dean actors. the individuals who drafted the atj treaty incorporated ecj doctrines on the direct effect and supremacy of community law and required national judges to follow the tribunal’s . treaty creating the court of justice of the cartagena agreement, as amended by the protocol of cochabamba (may , ), www.comunidadandina.org/ ingles/treaties/trea/ande_trie .htm, art. [hereinafter revised atj treaty]. the general secretariat advocated these reforms so that it could credibly argue that its own failure to initiate a noncompliance suit would trigger private actors to file their own noncompliance actions. interview with alfonso vidales olviedo, former head of the secretariat general legal advisor’s office, june , , lima, peru. . differences persisted, however, especially in light of changes to the european legal system in , when the ecj gained a tribunal of first instance and a system to sanction states that ignored ecj rulings. the ecj also created doctrines that al- lowed national courts to sanction states that failed to implement community rules in a timely fashion. the atj has not followed the ecj in creating decentralized enforce- ment mechanisms. on expansions to the european legal system, see jonas tallberg, european governance and supranational institutions: making states comply - ( ). . revised atj treaty, supra note , art. . r . id. art. , adding instead, that the challenged act should affect the individ- ual’s “legitimate interests.” . id. art. (amending atj treaty to authorize the atj to “refer to th[e] facts [in dispute] when essential for the requested interpretation”). the cochabamba pro- tocol also authorizes the atj to hear three other types of cases: complaints against a community body that “abstain[s] from carrying out an activity for which it is ex- pressly responsible”; arbitrations; and community labor disputes. id. arts. - . the atj has only rarely exercised these functions. \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : the american journal of comparative law [vol. rulings. but they also adapted the ecj model to protect national sov- ereignty, for example by authorizing private actors to bring noncompliance suits in national courts but not to the general secre- tariat. the next generation of andean leaders recognized that this adaptation had in fact undermined the system’s ability to induce ad- herence to andean rules. their solution was to incorporate the institutional features of the ec legal system that the founders had originally rejected, and to enhance those features by allowing private actors to bring noncompliance cases directly to the atj. iii. charting its own course: atj jurisprudence from - having compared the design of the atj and ecj, we now con- sider whether the two supranational courts have operated in similar ways. the atj exhibited an early willingness to copy foundational ecj doctrines even when they lacked an explicit textual basis in an- dean law. when it came to applying these doctrines, however, the tribunal diverged from its european counterpart in several signifi- cant respects. like the ecj, the tribunal exercised its power to assess the validity of andean rules and to find states in noncompli- ance with unambiguous andean laws. but unlike european judges, the members of the atj generally rejected the pleas of private liti- gants to construe andean laws expansively and to adopt unwritten legal obligations that might have advanced integration, especially when doing so was likely to trigger objections from national actors. a. importing foundational ecj doctrines early atj decisions embraced key ecj doctrines. when the tri- bunal issued its first preliminary ruling in , it used the opportunity to explain how the andean legal system worked. the case did not involve the supremacy of andean law. but the atj none- theless noted that member states had declared the “full validity” of the following principles: a) the legal system of the cartagena agreement has its own identity and autonomy, constitutes a common law and is part of the national legal systems, b) the legal system of the agreement prevails within the framework of its compe- tences, over the national norms, without unilateral acts or . this section adapts material previously published in karen j. alter & lau- rence r. helfer, legal integration in the andes: lawmaking by the andean tribunal of justice, european law journal ( ) [hereinafter alter & helfer, legal integration], and karen alter & laurence helfer, nature or nurture: judicial law- making in the european court of justice and the andean tribunal of justice, international organization ( ) [hereinafter alter & helfer, nature or nurture]. \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : ] transplanting the european court of justice measures from the member countries being able to oppose this legal system, c) the decisions implying obligations for the member countries come into effect on the date indicated. the atj thus confirmed the founders’ belief that transplanting the ecj model also brought along with it two foundational doctrines of european law—the supremacy of community rules and their direct effect within national legal orders. in its second preliminary ruling, the atj incorporated additional ecj innovations. the case raised the question of the status of na- tional laws that conflicted with andean rules but that nevertheless remained on the books. the atj reasoned as follows: as far as the effect of the norms of integration on national norms, the doctrine and jurisprudence indicate that, in the case of conflict, the internal rule will be superseded by the community one, which will be applied preferentially, since the competence in such a case corresponds to the commu- nity. in other words, the internal norm becomes inapplicable, to the benefit of the community norm. the [ecj] has repeatedly given this indication (see principally the costa/enel decision of june , , and the sim- menthal decision of march , ) in agreement on this point with the spirit of the norms of the andean integration. this effect of supersession of the national norm as a result of the application of preference is especially clear when the later law – which must have priority over the prior one, in accordance with universal principles of law – is precisely the community norm. . . . the [ecj], in the previously cited decisions, has affirmed the absolute preeminence of community law over internal law, an argument that is also applicable to the judicial system of the andean integration, in accordance with what was previ- ously indicated. taken together, these two early rulings revealed that the atj shared with the ecj the fundamental premise that community law is different from other types of international law. the two rulings . -ip- p. . . -ip- point , p. - . . the atj reiterated this point in a later decision, in which it held that commu- nity law creates a “direct application effect” which transforms “states and citizens into subjects of a new system in which they both possess rights and obligations.” this reality “distinguishes community law from international law.” -ip- , section iii. \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : the american journal of comparative law [vol. also appeared to set the stage for the tribunal to follow in the auda- cious footsteps of its european predecessor. b. deviating from the ecj over its nearly thirty year existence, the atj has faced several opportunities to emulate the ecj’s practice of promoting integration through law. it has responded by charting a course that deviates from the ecj model. we discuss three examples of this divergence and suggest that they reflect weak local demand for andean integra- tion by governments and private actors. . are community treaties constitutional documents? the best known and most audacious of the ecj’s achievements is its transformation of the treaty of rome into a supranational consti- tution for europe. the atj has not followed the ecj’s bold strategy. instead, it has allowed member states to amend the andean community’s founding treaty—the cartagena agreement—with rel- ative ease and thereby to control the pace and scope of andean integration. two decisions from the early s illustrate this divergence. the cases were closely analogous to the famous van gend en loos case, in which the ecj proclaimed the direct effect of the treaty of rome’s free trade rules within national legal orders. as in van gend en loos, the plaintiffs claimed that the cartagena agreement imposed immediate constraints on member state actions and thus prohibited colombia from imposing new duties on imports from ven- ezuela. unlike in europe, however, andean governments had previously adopted a free trade program that permitted states to adopt broad exemptions from regional free trade rules. the plaintiff nevertheless argued that the cartagena agreement should be inter- preted as freezing tariffs for exempted products. colombia countered that the agreement must be interpreted in conjunction with the free trade program, which, it argued, had the effect of revising the treaty. the atj agreed with the government, reasoning that the program afforded member states free reign to exempt goods notwith- . proponents of this claim note how the ecj made the treaty of rome directly effective within national legal orders, and supreme to national law. they also cite the ecj’s human rights jurisprudence. see stein, supra note ; weiler, supra note . r . see -ip- and -ip- . these cases were later iterations of the com- plaint that the atj rejected because private actors were at the time barred from raising noncompliance cases. see -ai- . . van gend en loos v. nederlandse administratie der belastingen, c- / , [ ] e.c.r. , . . osvaldo saldias, supranational courts as engines of disintegration, berlin working paper on european integration no. , at ( ). \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : ] transplanting the european court of justice standing the eventual adoption of broader free trade rules envisioned by the treaty. in a later case, the atj clarified its views regarding how member states could amend the cartagena agreement. the ruling involved a challenge to a decision authorizing peru—then undergoing major structural adjustments to its economy—to derogate from certain pro- visions of andean law. the junta filed suit to nullify the decision in november , when andean governments were actively discuss- ing peru’s situation. a few months later, the member states adopted the sucre protocol, one provision of which affirmed the derogation. but the junta’s nullification suit was still on the atj’s docket, and the tribunal refused to dismiss the case. in its ruling on the mer- its, the atj found that the decision granting a derogation to peru was procedurally improper, but that this illegality had been “purged” by the sucre protocol. in other words, the atj did not need to nullify the decision because a valid andean law had already superseded it. the tribunal also distinguished between decisions—which are sec- ondary legislation adopted by member states—and protocols which are treaty amendments agreed to during a “conference of plenipoten- tiaries” (reunión de plenipotenciarios). this distinction suggests that the procedure for adopting proto- cols is more onerous than that for adopting decisions. formally speaking, the process of amending the cartagena agreement is the same as that for amending the ec’s founding charter: the heads of member states must meet to adopt the amendments, which must then be ratified by each state. in reality, however, convening a re- union de plenipotenciarios does not appear to be very difficult. there are fewer member states in the andean community, no evidence of a . -ip- , conclusion point . . the s were a time of significant unrest in peru. the most noteworthy event was the autogolpe (self-coup) in which president alberto fujimori, with the sup- port of the military, suspended the constitution, dissolved the congress, and purged the judiciary. . sucre protocol of july , , available at http://www.comunidadandina. org/ingles/normativa/ande_trie .htm. the protocol was much like the single euro- pean act that re-launched european integration by advancing the ec’s longstanding goal of developing a common market. the protocol contained a “transitory provisional chapter” stating that the andean free trade area would become operational by the end of , and it allowed peru to negotiate with the commission its entry into the common external tariff system. for a summary of the protocol’s key achievements, see http://www.comunidadandina.org/ingles/press/press/np - - b.htm. . the tribunal reasoned that decisions were “public acts” and that there was a general interest in ensuring the validity of such acts notwithstanding the junta’s re- quest to dismiss the case. point . . of atj ruling -an- . . points . & . of atj ruling -an- . . it isn’t entirely clear what qualifies as a reunión de plenipotenciarios. would a meeting of heads of states suffice? one difficulty in answering this question is that “decisions” are the formal label attached to all andean laws, and it often isn’t clear whether a “decision” was adopted at a reunion de plenipotenciarios, or in a commis- sion meeting. \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : the american journal of comparative law [vol. reluctance to convene intergovernmental conferences, and no larger acquis of normative commitments that national governments view as inviolable. in addition, the existence of powerful executives means that domestic ratification of treaty amendments is usually assured. . does the community possess implied powers to preempt national laws? another question that both the atj and ecj faced was whether the creation of community rules in particular policy domains implic- itly precluded member states from enacting national laws in those domains even in the absence of regional legislation that expressly preempted national law. the founding treaties, which primarily fo- cused on creating supranational institutions and setting collective goals, did not answer this question. as compared to the ecj, the atj has given governments significantly greater leeway to adopt national laws in areas of community competence and has refused to imply powers for andean institutions. the ecj addressed the issue of implied powers in the erta de- cision. as joseph weiler has explained, the ecj conferred on ec institutions the authority to adopt treaties binding on the member states—a power not mentioned in the treaty of rome. to achieve this result, the court “sidestep[ped] the presumptive rule of interpretation typical in international law, that treaties must be interpreted in a manner that minimises encroachment on state sovereignty.” instead, it “favored a teleological, purposive rule drawn from the book of con- stitutional interpretation.” the ecj later barred states from enacting any national legislation on issues within the community’s exclusive competence. weiler aptly summarized the consequences of the ecj’s doctrinal moves: in a number of fields, most importantly in common commer- cial policy, the [ecj] held that the powers of the community were exclusive. member states were precluded from taking any action per se, whether or not their action conflicted with a positive measure of community law. in other fields, the exclusivity was not an a priori notion. instead, only positive community legislation in these fields triggered a preemptive effect, barring member states from any action, whether or not in actual conflict with community law, according to spe- cific criteria developed by the court. exclusivity and pre- emption not only constitute an additional constitutional layer on those already mentioned but also have had a profound effect on community decisionmaking. where a . case / , commission v. council (erta) [ ] ecr . . weiler, supra note , at (discussing the erta decision). r \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : ] transplanting the european court of justice field has been preempted or is exclusive and action is needed, the member states are pushed to act jointly. the atj, although aware of the ecj’s experience, chose a different path—the principle of complemento indispensable. according to this doctrine, first espoused in a ruling, member states may enact domestic laws necessary to implement a community measure pro- vided that those laws do not obstruct or nullify the community rule. in a decision, the atj further cabined the preemptive force of andean law. it stressed that integration is a gradual, incre- mental process that limits the extent to which community rules preempt national authority even in areas, such as intellectual prop- erty, where andean law clearly governs: “[i]t seems logical that many of these diverse issues, even if they have to be a matter of com- mon regulation, are still within the competence of the national legislator for an indefinite time until they are effectively covered by community norms.” . how much deference is appropriate when national judges apply community law? both supranational tribunals have considered how to define their relationships with national judges at the boundary between commu- nity law and domestic law. in simmenthal, the ecj articulated a doctrine that includes an obligation for “every national court [to] ap- ply community law in its entirety and . . . accordingly set aside any provision of national law which may conflict with it, whether prior or subsequent to the community rule.” in later cases, the ecj set stringent limitations on national judges’ ability to interpret ec law without first seeking the court’s guidance. although the atj referred to the simmenthal decision in early preliminary rulings, it subsequently refused to endorse the full im- plications of the case and its progeny. the key dispute involved . id. at - . . atj decision -ip- , point . . the atj has been given greater preemptive force to andean intellectual prop- erty rules than to other areas of andean law. the tribunal has relied on the extensive and detailed secondary legislation on patents, trademarks, and copyrights as an indi- cation that the member states had “sovereignly transferred” their “exclusive authority” over intellectual property issues to the community level. -ip- , section iii (holding that, in the area of intellectual property, member states cannot deviate from “the common interests” of the community except by acting through andean institutions). . -ip- , point . . amministrazione delle finanze dello stato v. simmenthal spa (ii), ecj case / ( ) ecr , [ ] cmlr , . . srl cilfit v. ministry of health (i), ecj case / , [ ] ecr . for an explanation of how the ecj used this ruling to constrain national judges, see man- cini and keeling, supra note . r . see discussion of -ip- , supra note and accompanying text. r \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : the american journal of comparative law [vol. various challenges to municipal alcohol regulations in colombia. in one suit, opponents argued before the colombian constitutional court that the licenses violated andean law. the court rejected the suit, concluding that community law did not supplant colombian law. unlike human rights treaties, which have quasi-constitutional status in colombia, andean law was, according to the court, equivalent to domestic legislation. because such laws “and the constitution do not share the same hierarchy, nor are [they] an intermediate legal source between the constitution and ordinary domestic laws, . . . contradic- tions between a domestic law and andean community law will not have as a consequence the non-execution of the [domestic] law.” the colombian court adopted somewhat abstruse reasoning, stating that community law has “primacy” over conflicting national law, but sug- gesting that primacy means that community law “displaces but does not abrogate or render non-executable” conflicting national legislation. a later iteration of the dispute involved a preliminary reference from another colombian court, the consejo de estado, which arose after the atj upheld a separate noncompliance challenge to the regu- lations by two other member states. had the tribunal followed simmenthal, it would have directed the national judges to invalidate the licenses as contrary to andean law. instead, the atj merely re- peated its finding from the earlier noncompliance suit without indicating whether the consejo de estado was required to give effect to that finding. this deference is consistent with the atj’s broader understand- ing of the division of authority between itself and domestic courts. our review of all preliminary rulings through disclosed only one case, decided in , where the atj considered how its interpreta- tion of andean law might apply to the facts presented. in all other . the licenses were also successfully challenged in an atj noncompliance suit. see -ai- . . the constitutional court ruling notes that international human rights agree- ments ratified by colombia are part of a “bloque de constitucionalidad” which gives them a status superior to than national law. article of colombia’s constitu- tion states: “international treaties and agreements ratified by the congress that recognize human rights and that prohibit their limitation in states of emergency have priority domestically.” colombian constitutional court, sentencia c- / of may , section . . . id. section . . . the case concerned venezuela’s implementation of a common andean policy that aimed to strengthen the competitiveness of the andean shipping industry. the atj found the facts provided to be insufficient, thus it added to the information provided by the venezuelan court. the atj chronicled naviera pacı́fico’s efforts to get the venezuelan government to create domestic incentives that might help it weather economic hard times, and to exclude the brazilian company norsul from transport- ing cargo from the route assigned to naviera pacı́fico, since brazil excluded shipping companies from the andean region. although the atj did not direct the venezuelan court to grant subsidies, the clear implication was that venezuela must exclude ac- \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : ] transplanting the european court of justice preliminary rulings, the atj explicated the meaning of andean law in the abstract without suggesting how national judges should re- solve the dispute. this deferential approach continued even after the reforms to the atj treaty, discussed previously, in which mem- ber states indicated that the tribunal could consider the facts of preliminary references and thus, implicitly, guide domestic courts in the application of andean law. . why diverge? when atj judges considered each of the three legal issues dis- cussed above, they were unquestionably aware of the analogous ecj precedents. they nonetheless chose to diverge from the path that their european colleagues had previous trod. given the very similar design of the two supranational tribunals and the repeated refer- ences to ecj doctrine by the drafters of the atj treaty, one might have expected an andean “copy” of a european “model” to adhere more closely to the doctrines of its parent. what explains the dis- tinctive evolution of atj jurisprudence and the broad leeway that the atj has given to the member states? the cases themselves do not answer this question, but the broader political context into which a supranational court was transplanted suggests a number of plausible explanations. one is that many andean pact programs from the s and s predated the atj’s existence. it would have been too controversial for the tribunal to overturn these longstanding policies. a second possibility relates to the basic premise of the region’s early integration agenda. as previously discussed, the andean pact’s import substitution policy and regional industrial programs de- pended heavily on foreign investment, which never materialized. the lack of progress regarding andean industrial development created a conundrum: should a state be held to the community’s market liberal- ization goals if it had not received the quid pro quo of industrial development assistance? andean law resolved this problem by creat- ing a free trade program that allowed member states to exempt politically sensitive products. this resolution was in tension with the cartagena agreement, which prohibited imposing new trade bar- riers and required their progressive removal. but it was a plausible cess to ships from countries that do not grant reciprocal access to ships from other andean community member states. the application of these principles to the facts at hand was thus obvious. see -ip- . . see supra notes - and text accompanying (discussing changes made by r cochabamba protocol to preliminary reference procedures). . for one issue—the primacy of community law over other international agree- ments such as the wto—the atj has been more willing than the ecj to extend its authority. over time, however, the ecj has interpreted ec rules so as to constrain member states from undermining those rules through multilateral treaties. see alter & helfer, legal integration, supra note . r . hojman, supra note . r \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : the american journal of comparative law [vol. political compromise, one that was arguably necessary to keep the troubled integration project afloat, and one that the atj may have been unwilling to undermine without a clear textual basis in the treaty. a third possibility is that the judges’ interpretation of andean law reflects a belief that the tribunal lacks the deep political support needed to promote legal integration more aggressively. since member states can easily amend the cartagena agreement, the atj may have been reticent to construe the treaty as a constitutional charter that limits national power and discretion, as the ecj has done for the treaty of rome. also unlike in europe, national judges in the andes have generally refrained from setting aside national laws that con- flict with community law, leading the atj to back-peddle from its early embrace of the ecj’s simmenthal doctrine. however, in those few areas where greater legal and political support for integration exists—in particular, intellectual property law—the tribunal has been willing to be bolder, especially when the general secretariat or member states as a group have expressed support for its efforts. iv. supranational transplants: lessons from the andean tribunal of justice a critical issue that emerges from the literature on the diffusion of legal transplants is the existence and extent of local demand for transplanted laws and institutions. neofunctionalist theory assumes that private litigants who stand to benefit from regional integration will raise claims before supranational courts and thereby help to de- velop community rules. studies of the export of ideas offer a range of other reasons why local actors may either embrace or reject trans- plants. the literature on legal transplants suggests that laws and institutions copied in response to coercive external pressure or unre- flective mimicry are likely to be resisted or remain unused. in contrast, transplants that local actors embrace voluntarily, and transplants that are adapted to local needs, are more likely to be effective. how, then, did the existence of the ecj shape the atj’s founding and its subsequent doctrinal trajectory? andean leaders, aware of the ecj’s well-known activism, included safeguards in the original atj treaty to limit the ability of private actors to challenge national laws. perhaps most importantly, private actors were barred from filing noncompliance suits with the junta or the tribunal. instead, they were limited to requesting national judges—most of whom were una- . for a more detailed discussion of the atj’s intellectual property jurispru- dence, see laurence r. helfer, karen j. alter & m. florencia guerzovich, islands of effective international adjudication: constructing an intellectual property rule of law in the andean community, am. j. int’l l. ( ). \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : ] transplanting the european court of justice ware of, or unsympathetic to, andean law—to refer cases to the atj. only a handful of such referrals were ever made outside of the excep- tional area of intellectual property. and in those cases that reached the tribunal, the atj treaty deterred the tribunal from applying andean laws to the facts, thus limiting the guidance the tribunal could give to national courts. the member states relaxed these structural constraints in when they adopted a package of institutional reforms that were in- tended to increase the effectiveness of the andean legal system and expand the tribunal’s docket. these adaptations suggest lesson drawing, both from the atj’s first twelve years and from the ec legal system. but despite these changes, the atj has continued to issue mostly narrow, technical rulings and to avoid the expansionist law- making of its european cousin. one reason for the tribunal’s circumspect approach is that the atj has confronted the same basic challenge that all supranational transplants face: how to enlist the support of key domestic interlocu- tors and compliance constituencies. in europe, the ecj cultivated national judges as key allies in promoting legal integration. in copy- ing the ecj’s preliminary ruling system, and in authorizing private litigants to bring suit invoking andean rules in domestic courts, an- dean officials opened the door for the atj to forge its own alliances with domestic judges. but these judges have declined to become the tribunal’s active partners. as we explain elsewhere, once the initial barriers to referrals were surmounted, national judges have been willing to refer cases when andean rules unambiguously require them to do so. but they do not work in tandem with the atj to develop community law. they do not send expansive questions to the tribunal, and display little appetite for defying governments by set- ting aside domestic laws or decrees that conflict with andean law. the atj has, however, forged a different set of alliances—with domestic administrative agencies responsible for protecting intellec- tual property. these agencies apply andean decisions to determine whether to register the thousands of applications for trademarks and patents that they receive from private firms. the agencies were thus logical interlocutors for atj judges. agency officials repeatedly sought the tribunal’s guidance to clarify ambiguities and lacunae in andean law, and they have habitually applied those rulings even when doing so challenges national executive or legislative decisions. over time, the atj and the agencies have developed a symbiotic rela- tionship that has helped to establish intellectual property as a . for an account of how litigants overcame domestic judicial barriers, see lau- rence r. helfer & karen j. alter, the andean tribunal of justice and its interlocutors: understanding the preliminary ruling reference patterns in the an- dean community, n.y.u. j. int’l l. & pol. , - ( ). \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : the american journal of comparative law [vol. distinctive “island of effective international adjudication” in the an- dean community legal system. these findings have important implications for neofunctional- ism, including its recent revival as a theory of legal integration. neofunctionalism predicts that an alignment between the demands of private litigants and the interests of supranational judges will pro- mote regional integration. our study indicates that it is insufficient for litigants to challenge domestic rules. a supranational court must also provide a hospitable venue for using community law to disman- tle conflicting national policies. the atj’s refusal to interpret andean law purposively to help litigants further their economic in- terests created a vicious circle that inhibited the filing of additional cases and diminished the domestic influence of andean law. the only exception to this pattern is in the area of intellectual property, where the atj enjoys the support of a specialized advocacy network whose branches extend both within the state (the administrative agencies that apply andean laws when reviewing patent and trade- mark applications) and outside of it (the private firms that utilize intellectual property and the attorneys that defend their interests). in sum, the atj’s experience suggests—contrary to the expecta- tions of neofunctionist theory—that transplanting supranational laws and legal institutions is insufficient in itself to stimulate local demand for those laws and institutions. this is so even where a hand- ful of entrepreneurial litigants present a supranational court with opportunities to embed the transplants, and even where at least some supranational actors are interested in promoting integration. at the level of legal doctrine, the atj’s selective emulation of ecj jurisprudence offers insights for ideational diffusion theory. the ecj is widely viewed as authoritative by judicial and legal communi- ties around the world. this exalted stature offered a ready blueprint for andean judges: slavishly follow the ecj’s doctrinal innovations and defend that decision by referencing the many design similarities that the two courts share. but the atj chose not to chart this course, suggesting that socialization is not the mechanism through which the ecj model has diffused. instead, the tribunal’s à la carte approach suggests lesson-drawing—a type of emulation in which the judges recognized that legal doctrines that served salutary functions in eu- rope might not work well in the andes, where the pace and scope of . helfer, alter & guerzovich, supra note , at - . r . this is also true for the ecj, where ecj rulings can either increase or de- crease litigation on specific issues. see karen j. alter, the european legal system and domestic policy: spillover or backlash, international organization - ( ). . karen j. alter, jurist advocacy movements in europe: the role of euro-law associations in european integration ( - ), in the european court’s politi- cal power (karen j. alter ed., ). \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : ] transplanting the european court of justice integration were far more modest. this lesson-drawing, as opposed to blind mimicry—another type of emulation—gave atj judges the dis- cretion to pick and choose which ec legal doctrines were germane to the andean context and consonant with local political realities. some legal scholars have argued that the european experience is sui generis in ways that preclude the ecj from serving as a template for other international courts and tribunals. the extent to which the atj has selectively copied from the ecj reveals, however, that a supranational court can be a model in some respects but not in others. in particular, the atj’s refusal to emulate the ecj’s penchant for expansionist lawmaking suggests that transplanting key design features and legal doctrines does not necessarily result in transplanting judicial activism in the interpretation of key legal texts. there are several reasons to expect that the ecj will remain an influential model for other international courts and tribunals. the ecj has developed extensive and well-reasoned legal doctrines that have benefitted from a large and stable secretariat, a cadre of profes- sional clerks (known as referendaires), and an active and ongoing dialogue with critics including law faculty and national high court judges. ecj rulings are also translated into multiple languages and posted on the internet, making it easy for judges around the world to access and review them. the ecj will also continue to serve as a model because the euro- pean union is interested in spreading supranational courts to other regions and in helping them flourish. europe provides free consulta- tions, encourages judicial networks, and gives in-kind and financial support to resource-starved governments and supranational judges. european universities also invite students from around the world to study european integration, generating pro-integration scholarship by local actors. officials provide these forms of aid with . the ecj also relies on persuasion to influence public and private actors to follow its lead. we explore how the european and andean environments differed in alter & helfer, nature or nurture, supra note . r . jose alvarez, the new dispute settlers: (half) truths and consequences, tex. int’l l.j. , - ( ); eric a. posner & john c. yoo, a theory of interna- tional adjudication, cal. l. rev. , - ( ). . alter & helfer, nature or nurture, supra note . r . in the andean context, this support took a variety of forms. as previously noted, intal consulted with ecj judges during conversations about creating an an- dean tribunal. the ec later negotiated an associate agreement with the andean community to bolster andean integration efforts. the ec and its member states also provided financial support for the work of the comisión andina de juristas, which undertook initiatives to promote andean legal integration, including disseminating rulings on the atj’s website and facilitating the tribunal’s outreach to national judges. telephone interviews with the asesor jurı́dico at the comisión andina de juristas, may , and dec. , . \\jciprod \productn\c\com\ - \com .txt unknown seq: -jul- : the american journal of comparative law [vol. no overt strings attached because they believe the european model is worth emulating. for these and other reasons, the judges who serve on interna- tional tribunals, and the scholars who write about these tribunals, continue to invoke ecj rulings. this may mislead observers to con- clude that judicial practices around the world are more alike than they actually are. in this respect, the atj’s significant deviations from the ecj model are noteworthy. while we expect supranational courts to consider how the ecj has handled analogous legal issues, ecj transplants may ultimately find that they have more in common with each other than with their common parent. seen from this per- spective, the atj—which has close to thirty years of experience— may in fact be a better guide for other ecj transplants to consult and possibly emulate. . alter, supra note ; tobias lenz, spurred emulation: the eu and regional r integration in mercosur and sadc, w. eur. pol. ( ). microsoft word - the extradition of julian assange final chair report- .docx forum: international court of justice issue: the extradition of julian assange (united kingdom v. ecuador) student officer: anas soliman (icj president), zeina gohar (icj chair) i- introduction since june of , julian assange’s extradition case has been notorious for being one of the most controversial legal and political disputes, given the nature of the numerous parties involved. julian assange is an australian journalist and publisher, mostly renowned for being the founder and editor of wikileaks , a non-profit organization that facilitates the anonymous leakage of information and the exposition of wrongdoing . in , during his trip to sweden, it was reported that julian assange sexually assaulted two swedish women . after his return to the uk, swedish prosecutors issued a european arrest warrant, which was certified by the serious organized crime agency, the soca, demanding assange’s extradition and return to sweden in order to proceed with the investigations . since the establishment of wikileaks, the organization has been releasing secret and classified documents belonging or pertaining to the united states government , which have caused it great embarrassment. subsequently, the us government initiated a criminal investigation, which targeted assange with espionage charges . moreover, the us military has officially labeled julian assange as a wanted individual and an “enemy of the united states” . the united states and sweden share an extradition treaty, which means that assange is under the threat of extradition to the united states if he is extradited to sweden . escaping a threat of eventual extradition to the united states, assange sought political asylum in the embassy of ecuador in the uk, which he was granted finding that he “could at any moment find himself in a situation likely to endanger life, safety or personal integrity” . through its application to the icj, the united kingdom seeks to confirm that assange is not a political refugee and that his political asylum has no legal foundations, thus authorizing his extradition to sweden. on the other hand, ecuador aims to confirm that assange’s human rights are severely threatened, therefore justifying his blatant recognition as a political refugee, in order facilitate his safe passage out of the uk. ii- definition of key terms refugee: a refugee is someone who "owing to a well-founded fear of being persecuted for reasons of race, religion, nationality, membership of a particular social group or political opinion, is outside the country of his nationality, and is unable to, or owing to such fear, is unwilling to avail himself of the protection of that country." european arrest warrant: the european arrest warrant is a judicial decision valid throughout all member states of the european union “issued by a member state with a view to the arrest and surrender by another member state of a requested person, for the purposes of conducting a criminal prosecution or executing a custodial sentence or detention order.”                                                                                                                 "extraditing assange." justice for assange. justice assange.com, web. july "about wikileaks." wikileaks. wikileaks.org, july . web. july dorling, philip. "us calls assange 'enemy of state'" the sydney morning herald. web. july baker, scott, david perry, and anand doobay. "a review of the united kingdom's extradition arrangements." n. pag. gov.uk. sept. . web. july "refugees." unhcr. web. july   "law no. / of august." portuguese legislation in english. gddc, web. july wikileaks: wikileaks is a non-profit organization, which has a “goal to bring important news and information to the public”, and provides an “innovative, secure and anonymous way for sources to leak information to the organization’s journalists.” extradition: “the surrender of an alleged criminal usually under the provisions of a treaty or statute by one authority (as a state) to another having jurisdiction to try the charge.” journalist: “a person engaged in journalism, who is a writer or editor for a news medium and aims at a mass audience.” political asylum: the protection granted by a nation to someone who has left their native country as a political refugee. iii- background information julian assange is an australian journalist and activist that has aroused great concern among numerous governments since he initiated the wikileaks organization in . wikileaks is an international, online, non profit organization dedicated to bringing “important news and information to the public”. the wikileaks organization has disclosed hundreds of classified information and published thousands of secret government documents in order to achieve its purpose of bringing truth and information to the public. the wikileaks website has published more than . million documents just within a year of its initiation . assange’s organization met hostile responses from governments all around the world. in , the australian communications and media authority added wikileaks to the list of sites to be banned after the implementation of its mandatory internet filtering scheme . the united states government openly condemned the actions of wikileaks and the obama administration along with the u.s. army, federal bureau of investigation and the u.s. department of justice have pursued personal legal actions towards assange. the obama administration is attempting to bring him to court on grounds that his organization “encourages the theft of government property” . the us government has reportedly asked other parties such as the uk, germany and australia to limit his travel across international borders and consider bringing him to international court. wikileaks and its founder did however gain much support from other countries and even the united nations. following assange’s arrest in the uk in , brazil’s president, luiz inacio lula da silva, expressed his solidarity with assange and his organization, and went on to state that an attack on assange or any volunteers or employees of his organization is an “attack on freedom of expression” . later that year, the government of ecuador offered assange residency in ecuador so he may freely publish the information his organization possesses with no fear of arrest or surveillance, according to                                                                                                                 "about wikileaks." wikileaks. wikileaks.org, july . web. july "definition of extradition." merriam webster. web. july "definition of journalist." merriam webster. web. july "about wikileaks." wikileaks. wikileaks.org, july . web. july "wikileaks introduction." wikileaks.org. web. july "australia secretly censors wikileaks press release." wikileaks.org. web. july freeman, colin. "rape claim against wikileaks founder julian assange withdrawn." telegraph.co.uk. aug. . web. july "president lula shows support for wikileaks (english/español/italiano subtitles)." youtube. web. july ecuador’s deputy foreign minister, kinto lucas. however, president rafael correa later forfeited the offer to assange and refuted lucas’s statements . the united nations special rapporteur for freedom of opinion and expression, frank larue, agreed that assange was a “martyr of free speech” and he later expressed that neither assange nor his respective coworkers should be held accountable for any of the disclosed information, rather it is the sources that leaked the information that should be held accountable by the entities to which they pertain to . in mid august , assange was charged by the swedish authorities for the sexual assault of two swedish women . swedish authorities issued a european arrest warrant, requesting that the journalist returns to sweden immediately for questioning regarding the sexual assault allegations. this arrest warrant was later certified by the united kingdom serious crime agency. the following day, assange peacefully surrendered to british police, pleading innocence. in february , a hearing took place before the chief magistrate of england and wales. the european arrest warrant was labeled as valid and after two unsuccessful appeals the supreme court of the united kingdom released a statement in admitting the united kingdom’s legal obligation to extradite assange to sweden for questioning . on june , assange sought diplomatic asylum in the ecuadorian embassy in london, where he has remained since. uk government officials have stated that assange will be arrested and immediately extradited to sweden once he steps foot outside the doors of the embassy . in late november , wikileaks released a total of , diplomatic cables. subsequently, the united states department of justice launched a full-scale criminal investigation on assange . the publication of the government documents unleashed great chaos and outrage in america. in december michael huckabee, the th governor of arkansas and formal presidential candidate, called for the assassination of julian assange . the united states seeks to prosecute assange in american court under the espionage act of for colluding with chelsea manning , the us military official that illegally extracted the , documents that were published by wikileaks. if found guilty, assange could face conviction or even a death penalty. however, the grounds on which the us wishes to prosecute assange are still debated and they might not be enough for the court to find the accused guilty. furthermore, the united states has not yet submitted an official extradition request, nor is it clear in the extradition treaty it has with sweden. whether sweden would have the rights to extradite assange to the us under the extradition treaty also remains unclear. in order to bring an end to the case of the internationally wanted julian assange, the united kingdom has applied to the united nation’s international court of justice to determine whether ecuador’s diplomatic                                                                                                                 "ecuador offers asylum to wikileaks founder." the jerusalem post. nov. . web. july hall, eleanor. "the world today with eleanor hall." the world today. web. july davies, nick. " days in sweden: the full allegations against julian assange." the guardian. guardian news and media, dec. . web. july green, david a. "the legal mythology of the extradition of julian assange."new statesman. sept. . web. july davies, lizzy, and jo adetunji. "julian assange granted asylum by ecuador - as it happened." theguardian.com. guardian news and media, aug. . web. july "extraditing assange." justice for assange. justice assange.com, web. july collins, nick. "wikileaks: guilty parties 'should face death penalty'"telegraph.co.uk. dec. . web. july kohn, stephen m. "a sad day for the us if the espionage act is used against wikileaks." theguardian.com. guardian news and media, dec. . web. july asylum has proper legal foundations, in reference to the convention and protocol on the status of refugees, thus determining if ecuador is under a legal obligation to surrender assange to british custody in order to facilitate the uk’s obligation of extraditing him to sweden. iv- major parties involved the united kingdom the united kingdom serious crime agency validated the european arrest warrant issued by sweden and admitted its obligation to turn assange over to swedish authorities in december . the following day, london police arrested the accused after he peacefully turned himself over to a local police station, pleading his innocence . in february of the european arrest warrant was officially certified at a hearing before the chief magistrate of england and wales. the judgment was unsuccessfully appealed twice. in june of , the supreme court of the united kingdom released a statement admitting the united kingdom’s duty to hand assange over to swedish authorities. on the th of june , julian assange sought asylum in the embassy of ecuador in london, where he has remained until today. london metropolitan police forces surrounded the embassy and have also remained stationed there ever since. british authorities could state no clearer that police will arrest assange once he steps foot outside the premises of the embassy. shortly before the ecuadorian embassy granted the wanted man safe asylum, british authorities threatened to invade the embassy’s premises to arrest assange, violating the terms of the vienna conventions and dismissing the building’s diplomatic status. this threat was however withdrawn after it met great international condemnation and disapproval . the republic of ecuador ecuador, upholding its duty to protect individuals’ “freedom of expression” as explained by foreign minister ricardo patino , continues to grant julian assange political asylum. assange entered the ecuadorian embassy, located on british territory, on the th of june , seeking asylum, given his fears of persecution by the united states government and swedish authorities. on the following august the th, ecuador announced that assange’s fears of persecution were well-founded, thus officially granting him political and diplomatic asylum. ecuador cited that assange’s indictment for crimes of a political nature is the basis of his request, and that ecuador finds that he, as a result of his dedicated defense of freedom of expression and press, is facing a situation involving an imminent danger of political persecution, which could eventually violate his rights, integrity and could become a risk to his personal safety. the constitution of the republic of ecuador clearly recognizes the right of asylum and its “extradition laws prevent the extradition of any person whose life or safety could suffer as a result of the extradition” . thus, ecuador maintains that it is not in violation of the extradition treaty between the uk and itself, given that it regards assange as a political refugee whom is no longer eligible for extradition. ecuador continues its efforts to protect assange’s rights by not allowing him to be extradited to sweden “without adequate safeguards against us threat” . as long as sweden continues its refusal to provide such safeguards, ecuador finds itself obligated to shelter assange as a political victim and refugee, thus refusing to hand him in to the british authorities.                                                                                                                 "wikileaks' assange refused bail." bbc news. dec. . web. july "extraditing assange." justice for assange. justice assange.com, web. july "ecuador to continue assange asylum." bbc news. june . web. july "extraditing assange." justice for assange. justice assange.com, web. july "ecuador grants asylum to julian assange. (press conference)."wikileaks.org. aug. . web. july kingdom of sweden in , swedish authorities came across evidence proving that the founder of wikileaks had sexually assaulted two swedish citizens. an investigation was launched and authorities issued a european arrest warrant, demanding the accused’s immediate return to sweden for questioning . the investigation is forcibly put on hold, as swedish authorities await assange’s return until today. sweden shares extradition treaties with both the united kingdom and the united states of america. under the terms of the treaty with the united kingdom, it is clearly nonnegotiable that the uk is legally obligated to extradite assange to sweden, as under the terms of the european arrest warrant . sweden’s extradition treaty with the united states however is what sparks controversy. under the terms of the treaty, the assertion that sweden is under legal and international obligation to extradite assange to the us is doubted . this is due to many reasons that are clearly presented within the clauses of the treaty. united states of america since the establishment of julian assange’s non-profit organization, wikileaks, secret and classified documents belonging or pertaining to the united states government have been released , causing it great embarrassment. in , assange oversaw the largest publication of over half a million documents from the pentagon and us state department, which included precise details elucidating the deaths of thousands in iraq and afghanistan. consequently, the us government initiated a criminal investigation, which targeted assange and his associates with espionage charges . the united states government openly condemned the actions of wikileaks, and the obama administration along with the u.s. army, fbi and the u.s. department of justice have pursued personal legal actions towards assange. moreover, the us military has officially labeled julian assange as a wanted individual and an “enemy of the united states” . even though the united states has not yet issued an extradition request, assange fears his eventual extradition to the united states. assange is in danger of facing charges including espionage under the espionage act, which could eventually result in a death penalty, if it is within jurisdiction. also, the united states and sweden share an extradition treaty, which means that assange is under the threat of extradition to the united states if he is extradited to sweden . however, no official charges or extradition requests have been filed by the united states against assange.                                                                                                                 davies, nick. " days in sweden: the full allegations against julian assange." the guardian. guardian news and media, dec. . web. july green, david a. "the legal mythology of the extradition of julian assange."new statesman. sept. . web. july "extradition for criminal offences." swedish government. web. july "extraditing assange." justice for assange. justice assange.com, web. july dorling, philip. "us calls assange 'enemy of state'" the sydney morning herald. web. july baker, scott, david perry, and anand doobay. "a review of the united kingdom's extradition arrangements." n. pag. gov.uk. sept. . web. july v- important events & chronology date (day/month/year) event october julian assange launches wikileaks in iceland. august following reports of rape and molestation, swedish prosecutors order the arrest of assange. august the prosecutor pursuant to the council of the european union issues a european arrest warrant. august wikileaks issues more than , us diplomatic cables, which is regarded as a “serious damage to national us security”. october the uk serious organized crime agency certifies the european arrest warrant. june assange enters the ecuador’s embassy in london. june british police forces surround the ecuadorian embassy, where they have remained since. august ecuadorian government officially grants assange political and diplomatic asylum granted by the ecuadorian embassy vi- related documents vienna convention on diplomatic relations the vienna convention on diplomatic relations provides an overview of the structure for diplomatic relations between sovereign countries and it encompasses the certain freedoms of a diplomatic mission. this document preserves the concept of diplomatic immunity. states are parties to this convention. organization of american states (oas) convention of diplomatic asylum as the right to diplomatic asylum is not established in international law, the organization of american states convention on diplomatic asylum is regarded as the only treaty in the world that addresses the concept of diplomatic asylum. the convention was an attempt in by latin american countries to recognize the right to diplomatic asylum as a principle of international law. ecuador is one of signatories of this treaty, and this treaty heavily influences its foreign and diplomatic affairs. the fact that neither the united kingdom nor sweden is bound to this treaty, questions either party’s legal obligation to respect or even recognize ecuador’s grant of asylum to subjects such as julian assange. convention and protocol relating to the status of refugees the convention relating to the status of refugees (crsr) is a united nations multilateral treaty that defines a refugee, the rights of a refugee that is granted asylum and the responsibilities of any nation that provides asylum. bilateral extradition treaty of between uk and ecuador the extradition treaty the uk and ecuador are dually bound to outlines the foundation of extradition between the two entities. the treaty respects the oas convention of diplomatic asylum and its terms that the united kingdom is not bound to, which causes controversy between the two parties. it is also noteworthy that the treaty denotes that ecuador is one of few nations that do not extradite their own nationals. convention on extradition between the united states of america and sweden this document provides the terms of the extradition treaty between the united states and sweden. it is a document that causes debate regarding the duty of sweden to extradite julian assange to the united states, as it is argued that the terms of the convention exclude the case of julian assange. council framework decision on the european arrest warrant and the surrender procedures between member states this council framework decision of june, provides an encompassing understanding of the european arrest warrant including the definition, scope, and obligation to execute the warrant. it also includes the grounds for optional and mandatory non-execution of the warrant as well as the procedures to be taken during the surrender of an extradited individual from one entity to another. this document specifies the basis on which the united kingdom should extradite individuals to nations part of the european union. vii- useful links . http://www.government.se/sb/d/ /a/ . https://www.gov.uk/extradition-processes-and-review . http://www.unog.ch/ edd b /(httpassets)/ f da aae fc f b /$file/vienna% convention% ( )% -% e.pdf . http://www.oas.org/juridico/english/treaties/a- .html . http://www.unhcr.org/ b c aa .html . http://internationalextraditionblog.files.wordpress.com/ / /us-sweden-extradition-treaty- -ust- .pdf . https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/ /european -arrest-warrant.pdf . http://justice assange.com/extraditing-assange.html#ukveto viii- bibliography "about wikileaks." wikileaks. wikileaks.org, july . web. july "australia secretly censors wikileaks press release." wikileaks.org. web. july baker, scott, david perry, and anand doobay. "a review of the united kingdom's extradition arrangements." n. pag. gov.uk. sept. . web. july collins, nick. "wikileaks: guilty parties 'should face death penalty'" telegraph.co.uk. dec. . web. july davies, lizzy, and jo adetunji. "julian assange granted asylum by ecuador - as it happened." theguardian.com. guardian news and media, aug. . web. july davies, nick. " days in sweden: the full allegations against julian assange." the guardian. guardian news and media, dec. . web. july "definition of extradition." merriam webster. web. july "definition of journalist." merriam webster. web. july dorling, philip. "us calls assange 'enemy of state'" the sydney morning herald. web. july "ecuador grants asylum to julian assange. (press conference)." wikileaks.org. aug. . web. july "ecuador offers asylum to wikileaks founder." the jerusalem post. nov. . web. july "ecuador to continue assange asylum." bbc news. june . web. july "extraditing assange." justice for assange. justice assange.com, web. july "extradition for criminal offences." swedish government. web. july freeman, colin. "rape claim against wikileaks founder julian assange withdrawn." telegraph.co.uk. aug. . web. july green, david a. "the legal mythology of the extradition of julian assange." new statesman. sept. . web. july hall, eleanor. "the world today with eleanor hall." the world today. web. july kohn, stephen m. "a sad day for the us if the espionage act is used against wikileaks." theguardian.com. guardian news and media, dec. . web. july "law no. / of august." portuguese legislation in english. gddc, web. july "president lula shows support for wikileaks (english/español/italiano subtitles)." youtube. web. july "refugees." unhcr. web. july "wikileaks' assange refused bail." bbc news., dec. . web. july "wikileaks introduction." wikileaks.org. web. july .   assessment of patient nondisclosures to clinicians of experiencing imminent threats original investigation | medical education assessment of patient nondisclosures to clinicians of experiencing imminent threats andrea gurmankin levy, phd, mbe; aaron m. scherer, phd; brian j. zikmund-fisher, phd; knoll larkin, mph; geoffrey d. barnes, md, msc; angela fagerlin, phd abstract importance patient disclosure to their clinician about experiencing an imminent threat is a critical step toward receiving support or assistance. objective to examine the frequency of patients not disclosing their experience of imminent threats to their clinician and their reasons for doing so. design, setting, and participants survey study incorporating results from national, nonprobability samples of us adults recruited from amazon’s mechanical turk (mturk) from march to , , and recruited from survey sampling international (ssi) from november to , . data analysis was conducted from december to , . main outcomes and measures self-reported nondisclosure of types of imminent threats (depression, suicidality, abuse, and sexual assault) to their clinician and reasons for nondisclosure. results there were participants in the mturk sample ( [ . %] female; [ . %] white; mean [sd] age, . [ . ] years; age range, - years) and participants ( [ . %] female; [ . %] white; mean [sd] age, . [ . ] years; age range, - years) in the ssi sample. among those who reported experiencing at least of the imminent threats, of mturk participants ( . %) and of ssi participants ( . %) withheld information from their clinician. the most commonly endorsed reasons for withholding this information included being embarrassed (mturk: . %; ssi: . %), not wanting to be judged or lectured (mturk: . %; ssi: . %), and not wanting to engage in a difficult follow-up behavior (mturk: . %; ssi: . %). respondents who experienced at least of the imminent threats had significantly higher odds of nondisclosure in both samples if they were female (mturk: odds ratio [or], . [ % ci, . - . ]; and ssi: or, . [ % ci, . - . ]) or younger (mturk: or, . [ % ci, . - . ]; and ssi: or, . [ % ci, . - . ]). worse self-rated health was also associated with nondisclosure, but only in the ssi sample (or, . [ % ci, . - . ]). conclusions and relevance this study suggests that many people withhold information from their clinicians about imminent health threats that they face. a better understanding of how to increase patients’ comfort with reporting this information is critical to allowing clinicians to help patients mitigate these potentially life-threatening risks. jama network open. ; ( ):e . doi: . /jamanetworkopen. . key points question how common is it for patients to withhold information from clinicians about imminent threats that they face (depression, suicidality, abuse, or sexual assault), and what are common reasons for nondisclosure? findings this survey study, incorporating national, nonprobability, online surveys of a total of us adults, found that at least one-quarter of participants who experienced each imminent threat reported withholding this information from their clinician. the most commonly endorsed reasons for nondisclosure included potential embarrassment, being judged, or difficult follow-up behavior. meaning these findings suggest that concerns about potential negative repercussions may lead many patients who experience imminent threats to avoid disclosing this information to their clinician. + supplemental content author affiliations and article information are listed at the end of this article. open access. this is an open access article distributed under the terms of the cc-by license. jama network open. ; ( ):e . doi: . /jamanetworkopen. . (reprinted) august , / downloaded from: https://jamanetwork.com/ by a carnegie mellon university user on / / https://jama.jamanetwork.com/article.aspx?doi= . /jamanetworkopen. . &utm_campaign=articlepdf% utm_medium=articlepdflink% utm_source=articlepdf% utm_content=jamanetworkopen. . https://jama.jamanetwork.com/article.aspx?doi= . /jamanetworkopen. . &utm_campaign=articlepdf% utm_medium=articlepdflink% utm_source=articlepdf% utm_content=jamanetworkopen. . introduction gathering information from patients is essential to clinicians’ ability to help promote, maintain, and restore patients’ health. previous research has demonstrated that patients frequently withhold relatively mundane, non–life-threatening information (eg, lack of exercise) from clinicians, , but little is known about patient nondisclosure of information about experiencing an imminent threat to their lives (eg, being abused or suicidal). prior research in this area has primarily been conducted outside of the united states and has a number of limitations: the study samples were constrained to a specific age range, sex, or geographic area; only imminent threat was examined; and/or the scenarios were hypothetical. - in this study, we examined the prevalence of us patients’ self-reported nondisclosure of information to their clinician about imminent threats and their reasons for nondisclosure. methods the data for this study were collected as part of a larger survey study on patient nondisclosure to clinicians about medically relevant information, such as smoking, not understanding the clinician’s instructions, and not taking medication as prescribed. the study was initially conducted with a national, nonprobability sample of us adults aged years and older recruited from amazon’s mechanical turk (mturk) from march to , . owing to the generally younger skew of the mturk sample, we recruited a second national, nonprobability sample of us adults aged years and older from survey sampling international (ssi) from november to , . sampling quotas were set with the ssi sample so that our sample matched the distribution of sex, age, and race/ethnicity in the us population for this age range. additional methods for sampling and data collection are described elsewhere. data analysis was conducted from december to , . in this analysis, we focused on imminent threats that patients did not disclose to clinicians; participants were asked whether they had ever avoided telling a clinician (defined in the survey as any medical caregiver, such as a doctor, physician’s assistant, or nurse) that they were depressed, had suicidal thoughts, had been abused, or had been sexually assaulted. participants who did not indicate nondisclosure for a given threat were routed to a page asking whether they had experienced the threat before moving on to the next topic. participants who indicated nondisclosure were routed to a page where they could select any of the reasons that were applicable for their nondisclosure before moving onto the next threat. the survey is included in the eappendix in the supplement. the study was reviewed by the institutional review board of the university of michigan medical school. the mturk survey was approved and the ssi survey was deemed exempt. consent to participate was indicated electronically immediately prior to being routed to the webpage with the start of the survey. the study followed the american association for public opinion research (aapor) reporting guideline. statistical analysis we recoded race and ethnicity into a dichotomous variable, with participants selecting white race/ ethnicity being coded as and participants not selecting white race/ethnicity being coded as . health was reverse-coded so that higher values indicate better self-reported health. among the participants who experienced at least of the threats, we report descriptive statistics, the percentage who reported ever having avoided telling a clinician about each of the threats, and the reasons they endorsed for doing so. we used multiple logistic regression to examine the demographic characteristics that were associated with whether or not the participant reported avoiding telling a clinician about any of the imminent threats. to assess how often each reason for nondisclosure was endorsed, an aggregate measure for each reason was created by dividing the number of times a reason was endorsed by the total number of nondisclosures (eg, indicating “not jama network open | medical education assessment of patient nondisclosures to clinicians of experiencing imminent threats jama network open. ; ( ):e . doi: . /jamanetworkopen. . (reprinted) august , / downloaded from: https://jamanetwork.com/ by a carnegie mellon university user on / / https://jama.jamanetwork.com/article.aspx?doi= . /jamanetworkopen. . &utm_campaign=articlepdf% utm_medium=articlepdflink% utm_source=articlepdf% utm_content=jamanetworkopen. . http://www.aapor.org/publications-media/aapor-journals/standard-definitions.aspx wanting to be lectured or judged” for of the types of information a respondent reported not disclosing would yield a value of . %). a statistical significance level of -sided p < . was used. all analyses were conducted using spss statistical software version (ibm) or stata statistical software version stata se (statacorp). results participant characteristics full demographic information for the full mturk sample of participants ( [ . %] female; [ . %] white; mean [sd] age, . [ . ] years; age range, - years) and ssi sample of participants ( [ . %] female; [ . %] white; mean [sd] age, . [ . ] years; age range, - years) can be found in the etable in the supplement and in our earlier publication. in the mturk sample, the respondents who experienced at least of the imminent threats had a mean (sd) age of ( . ) years (range, - years) and were predominantly female ( . %) and white ( . %). in this sample, . % had a bachelor’s degree or a higher degree, . % rated their health as good to excellent, and . % reported having a chronic illness. the respondents in the ssi sample who experienced at least of the imminent threats had a mean (sd) age of ( . ) years (range, - years) and were predominantly female ( . %) and white ( . %). in this sample, . % had a bachelor’s degree or a higher degree, . % rated their health as good to excellent, and . % reported having a chronic illness. frequency of and reasons for patient nondisclosure to clinicians of participants who reported experiencing at least of the threats ( . % for mturk and . % for ssi), of mturk participants ( . %) and of ssi participants ( . %) withheld at least of the threats from their clinician. figure shows the frequencies of mturk and ssi participants who reported having withheld information about each individual threat among those having experienced the individual corresponding threat. in the mturk sample, abuse had the highest rate of nondisclosure ( . %), followed by depression ( . %), suicidality ( . %), and sexual assault ( . %). in the ssi sample, abuse had the highest rate of nondisclosure ( . %), followed by sexual assault ( . %), suicidality ( . %), and depression ( . %). among participants who withheld information, the most commonly indicated reasons included being embarrassed (mturk: . % [ % ci, . %- . %]; and ssi: . % [ % ci, . %- . %]), not wanting to be judged or lectured (mturk: . % [ % ci, . %- . %]; and ssi: . % [ % ci, . %- . %]), not wanting to have to engage in a difficult follow-up behavior (eg, “taking antidepressant medication or seeing a therapist” for suicidal thoughts) (mturk: . % [ % ci, . %- . %]; ssi: . % [ % ci, . %- . %]), and not wanting the information in their medical record (mturk: . % [ % ci, . %- . %]; and ssi: . % [ % ci, . %- . %]) (figure ). figure . nondisclosure and disclosure frequencies among respondents who experienced each imminent threat r es po nd en ts , n o. depression suicidality abuse sexual assault amazon’s mechanical turka experienced, disclosed experienced, no disclosure imminent threat r es po nd en ts , n o. depression suicidality abuse sexual assault survey sampling internationalb imminent threat sample size was for amazon’s mechanical turk (a) and for survey sampling international (b). jama network open | medical education assessment of patient nondisclosures to clinicians of experiencing imminent threats jama network open. ; ( ):e . doi: . /jamanetworkopen. . (reprinted) august , / downloaded from: https://jamanetwork.com/ by a carnegie mellon university user on / / https://jama.jamanetwork.com/article.aspx?doi= . /jamanetworkopen. . &utm_campaign=articlepdf% utm_medium=articlepdflink% utm_source=articlepdf% utm_content=jamanetworkopen. . risk factors associated with nondisclosure to clinicians as shown in figure , in both samples, those who were female (mturk: odds ratio [or], . [ % ci, . - . ]; and ssi: or, . [ % ci, . - . ]) and younger (mturk: or, . [ % ci, . - . ]; and ssi: or, . [ % ci, . - . ]) had significantly higher odds of nondisclosure of their experience to a clinician. poorer self-reported health was also associated with significantly higher odds of nondisclosure in the ssi sample (or, . [ % ci, . - . ]). race/ethnicity and education were not significantly associated with nondisclosure in either sample. figure . percentage of times a reason was endorsed for nondisclosure across types of information avoid embarrassment avoid judgment or lecture avoid difficult follow-up behaviora did not want in medical record did not think clinician could help concern about appearing weakb concern about family finding out did not seem relevant did not want to be perceived as a difficult patient bad prior experience wanted clinician to like them r ea so ns fo r n on di sc lo su re frequency, % mturk sample ssi sample denominators were the total number of reasons for nondisclosure selected for each threat. column totals may exceed % because participants could check multiple reasons. error bars indicate % confidence intervals; mturk, amazon’s mechanical turk; and ssi, survey sampling international. a examples of potentially difficult behaviors were provided in this response option for each threat (eg, “take antidepressants or see a therapist” for suicidal thoughts). b reason only offered for nondisclosure of depression. figure . odds of nondisclosure of imminent threats age sex (male or female) race/ethnicity (white or nonwhite) education self-reported health chronic conditions or ( % ci) . a ( . - . ) . b ( . - . ) . ( . - . ) . ( . - . ) . ( . - . ) . ( . - . ) log or ( % ci) . . . log or ( % ci) . . . . . age sex (male or female) race/ethnicity (white or nonwhite) education self-reported health chronic conditions or ( % ci) . b ( . - . ) . ( . - . ) . ( . - . ) . ( . - . ) . b ( . - . ) . ( . - . ) amazon’s mechanial turka survey sampling internationalb the graphs show adjusted log odds ratios (ors) for nondisclosure and the columns show ors for nondisclosure in participants from the amazon mechanical turk sample (a) and participants from the survey sampling international sample (b). a p < . . b p < . . jama network open | medical education assessment of patient nondisclosures to clinicians of experiencing imminent threats jama network open. ; ( ):e . doi: . /jamanetworkopen. . (reprinted) august , / downloaded from: https://jamanetwork.com/ by a carnegie mellon university user on / / discussion our findings indicate that clinicians do not receive information from a relatively high percentage of patients facing potentially life-threatening situations, which obviously precludes clinicians from helping patients to mitigate those risks. women (who are significantly more likely to experience depression, suicide attempts, abuse, and sexual assault ) and those with poorer health (based on self-report) were significantly more likely to withhold this information from their clinician. thus, consistent with our findings with less acute health risks (eg, lack of exercise), the patients who are in greatest need of assistance from their clinicians may be more likely to compromise their care by withholding critical information. the most commonly reported reasons for nondisclosure include concerns related to stigmatization (ie, being embarrassed, not wanting to be judged or lectured, not wanting the information in their medical record) and not wanting to have to engage in a difficult follow-up behavior. limitations this study has several limitations. a key limitation of our study is the use of online samples, which are not fully representative of the us population, but allowed us to obtain more demographically diverse samples than in-person convenience samples. the similarity in results between the samples, despite their demographic differences, provides support for the validity of our findings. in addition, our study cannot speak to the degree of nondisclosure of these imminent threats (eg, whether a patient who is actively planning suicide said they are mildly suicidal or not suicidal at all) or the frequency of nondisclosure. conclusions this study reveals an important concern about clinician-patient communication: if patients commonly withhold information from clinicians about significant threats that they face, then clinicians are unable to identify and attempt to mitigate these threats. thus, these results highlight the continued need to develop effective interventions that improve the trust and communication between patients and their clinicians, particularly for sensitive, potentially life-threatening topics. article information accepted for publication: june , . published: august , . doi: . /jamanetworkopen. . open access: this is an open access article distributed under the terms of the cc-by license. © levy ag et al. jama network open. corresponding author: andrea gurmankin levy, phd, mbe, middlesex community college, training hill rd, middletown, ct (alevy@mxcc.edu). author affiliations: department of social science, middlesex community college, middletown, connecticut (levy); department of internal medicine, university of iowa, iowa city (scherer); school of public health, university of michigan, ann arbor (zikmund-fisher); department of oncology, wayne state university school of medicine, detroit, michigan (larkin); university of michigan health system, cardiovascular medicine and vascular medicine, ann arbor (barnes); department of population health sciences, university of utah, salt lake city (fagerlin); va salt lake city health care system, salt lake city, utah (fagerlin). author contributions: drs levy and scherer had full access to all of the data in the study and take responsibility for the integrity of the data and the accuracy of the data analysis. concept and design: levy, fagerlin. acquisition, analysis, or interpretation of data: all authors. drafting of the manuscript: levy. critical revision of the manuscript for important intellectual content: all authors. jama network open | medical education assessment of patient nondisclosures to clinicians of experiencing imminent threats jama network open. ; ( ):e . doi: . /jamanetworkopen. . (reprinted) august , / downloaded from: https://jamanetwork.com/ by a carnegie mellon university user on / / https://jama.jamanetwork.com/article.aspx?doi= . /jamanetworkopen. . &utm_campaign=articlepdf% utm_medium=articlepdflink% utm_source=articlepdf% utm_content=jamanetworkopen. . https://jamanetwork.com/journals/jamanetworkopen/pages/instructions-for-authors#secopenaccess/?utm_campaign=articlepdf% utm_medium=articlepdflink% utm_source=articlepdf% utm_content=jamanetworkopen. . mailto:alevy@mxcc.edu statistical analysis: levy, scherer, larkin. obtained funding: fagerlin. administrative, technical, or material support: levy, barnes. supervision: barnes, fagerlin. conflict of interest disclosures: dr barnes reported grants and personal fees from pfizer and bristol-myers squibb; personal fees from janssen, portola, and amag pharmaceuticals; and grants from the national heart, lung, and blood institute and blue cross-blue shield of michigan outside the submitted work. no other disclosures were reported. funding/support: this work was funded by dr fagerlin’s faculty research funds, which were provided by the university of michigan division of general medicine. role of the funder/sponsor: the funder had no role in the design and conduct of the study; collection, management, analysis, and interpretation of the data; preparation, review, or approval of the manuscript; and decision to submit the manuscript for publication. references . levy ag, scherer am, zikmund-fisher bj, larkin k, barnes gd, fagerlin a. prevalence of and factors associated with patient nondisclosure of medically relevant information to clinicians. jama netw open. ; ( ):e . doi: . /jamanetworkopen. . . davis el, oh b, butow pn, mullan ba, clarke s. cancer patient disclosure and patient-doctor communication of complementary and alternative medicine use: a systematic review. oncologist. ; ( ): - . doi: . / theoncologist. - . churchill r, allen j, denman s, williams d, fielding k, von fragstein m. do the attitudes and beliefs of young teenagers towards general practice influence actual consultation behaviour? br j gen pract. ; ( ): - . . bushnell j, mcleod d, dowell a, et al; mental health and general practice investigation research group. do patients want to disclose psychological problems to gps? fam pract. ; ( ): - . doi: . /fampra/ cmi . meyer wj, morrison p, lombardero a, swingle k, campbell dg. college students’ reasons for depression nondisclosure in primary care. j coll stud psychother. ; ( ): - . doi: . / . . . keller ao, valdez cr, schwei rj, jacobs ea. disclosure of depression in primary care: a qualitative study of women’s perceptions. womens health issues. ; ( ): - . doi: . /j.whi. . . . husky mm, zablith i, alvarez fernandez v, kovess-masfety v. factors associated with suicidal ideation disclosure: results from a large population-based study. j affect disord. ; : - . doi: . /j.jad. . . . hegarty kl, taft aj. overcoming the barriers to disclosure and inquiry of partner abuse for women attending general practice. aust n z j public health. ; ( ): - . doi: . /j. - x. .tb .x . rodríguez ma, sheldon wr, bauer hm, pérez-stable ej. the factors associated with disclosure of intimate partner abuse to clinicians. j fam pract. ; ( ): - . . centers for disease control and prevention. morbidity and mortality weekly report: quickstats: prevalence of current depression among persons aged � years, by age group and sex—united states, national health and nutrition examination survey, - . https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/mm a .htm. published january , . accessed january , . . american foundation for suicide prevention. suicide statistics. https://afsp.org/about-suicide/suicide-statistics. accessed january , . . whitaker dj, haileyesus t, swahn m, saltzman ls. differences in frequency of violence and reported injury between relationships with reciprocal and nonreciprocal intimate partner violence. am j public health. ; ( ): - . doi: . /ajph. . supplement. eappendix. survey questions etable. demographics of full samples jama network open | medical education assessment of patient nondisclosures to clinicians of experiencing imminent threats jama network open. ; ( ):e . doi: . /jamanetworkopen. . (reprinted) august , / downloaded from: https://jamanetwork.com/ by a carnegie mellon university user on / / https://jama.jamanetwork.com/article.aspx?doi= . /jamanetworkopen. . &utm_campaign=articlepdf% utm_medium=articlepdflink% utm_source=articlepdf% utm_content=jamanetworkopen. . https://dx.doi.org/ . /theoncologist. - https://dx.doi.org/ . /theoncologist. - https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ https://dx.doi.org/ . /fampra/cmi https://dx.doi.org/ . /fampra/cmi https://dx.doi.org/ . / . . https://dx.doi.org/ . /j.whi. . . https://dx.doi.org/ . /j.jad. . . https://dx.doi.org/ . /j.jad. . . https://dx.doi.org/ . /j. - x. .tb .x https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/mm a .htm https://afsp.org/about-suicide/suicide-statistics https://dx.doi.org/ . /ajph. . patrick tomlin* distributive justice for aggressors (accepted december ) abstract. the individualist nature of much contemporary just war theory means that we often discuss cases with single attackers. but even if war is best understood in this individualist way, in war combatants often have to make decisions about how to distribute harms among a plurality of aggressors: they must decide whom and how many to harm, and how much to harm them. in this paper, i look at simultaneous multiple aggressor cases in which more than one distribution of harm among aggressors is available. i show how such cases pose deep questions concerning the nature, role, and scope of the necessity principle, and its relationship to both liability and narrow proportionality. i argue that a hitherto unrecognised measure – ‘narrow proportionality shortfall’ – and its dis- tribution is relevant in choosing how to distribute harms across aggressors. i then extend this analysis to show how this may help us with a puzzle concerning sequential attacks. i. introduction the literature on the ethics of war and self-defence will often employ cases in which one attacker threatens one victim. there is much that we can learn from such cases. but war involves many people attacking many people, and so there are some questions, including those concerning distributing harms among culpable or responsible threats, that do not arise in these single-aggressor cases. here i investigate cases involving more than one aggressor, focusing on cases of multiple simultaneous threats in which more than one distribution of harm is available. our central question is this: how should we distribute harm among aggressors? * i am grateful to the oxford war group, the elac conference in oslo, and benjamin matheson in particular, for useful comments and discussion. i am especially grateful to helen frowe, kieran oberman, kim ferzan and an anonymous referee for extensive written comments. law and philosophy ( ) : – � the author(s). this article is an open access publication https://doi.org/ . /s - - - http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi= . /s - - - &domain=pdf the paper is an exploration of this topic. several different issues will be investigated, and some new ideas floated. what draws these different issues and ideas together is that i try to show how con- sideration of this question about distributing harm among aggressors can raise deeper questions about, and help us to clarify our views concerning, the relationships between some key concepts. most importantly, since it is usually thought to be the necessity principle’s job to compare our defensive options, this topic poses some important, and under-investigated, questions about the necessity principle. these include important questions about necessity’s rela- tionship to liability and narrow proportionality, and the scope of the necessity principle’s application, which is possibly a lot more expansive than has been traditionally thought. having explored these issues through simultaneous-aggressor cases, i then show how the positions reached potentially have implications for a puzzle gener- ated by sequential threat cases. the article proceeds as follows. in section ii, i introduce some key concepts. in section iii, i introduce two key claims about lia- bility – that necessity is internal to liability, and that liability is a one- to-one relation. in section iv, through considering multiple-aggres- sor cases, i seek to show that at least one of these claims is false. sections v and vi investigate the scope of the necessity principle. once we accept some seemingly uncontroversial claims about necessity’s role in distributing harms across attackers, it becomes very difficult to cordon off necessity from having radical implica- tions. section vii concerns the relationship between narrow pro- portionality and necessity. i argue that necessity ought to take account of something i call ‘narrow proportionality shortfall’. this analysis is extended by section viii in which i argue that necessity must take account of distributive concerns, including the distribution of narrow proportionality shortfall. section ix takes some key les- sons from simultaneous-aggressor cases and applies them to a puzzle concerning sequential aggressors. section x concludes. ii. liability, narrow proportionality, and necessity: the basic model there are, broadly speaking, two categories of people we might subject to defensive harm: those who are innocent (at least with p. tomlin regard to the present situation) and those who are not. there are, of course, many finer distinctions we could make, and there are, of course, disputes about how and where to draw the line. neverthe- less, the line is an important one – whether we are harming an innocent bystander or a liable party makes a big moral difference. in this paper, i focus on harms to culpable and responsible aggressors: people who pose an unjustified threat, and bear enough responsi- bility for that threat to be considered potentially liable to harm. three key concepts will be referred to throughout – liability, narrow proportionality, and necessity. the paper is in part an investigation of the relationships between these concepts, particularly in contexts in which we face a plurality of potentially liable aggressors. when someone is responsible for an unjustified threat, they are standardly thought to have forfeited some of their rights against harm. this means that they are potentially liable to some defensive harm. when we are liable to harm, we have no complaint against it, and are not wronged by it. however, as jonathan quong puts it, ‘a person is never liable to defensive harm generally; rather, a person can only be liable to some particular proportionate level of defensive harm.’ narrow proportionality concerns the proportionality of harms with a liability justification. it sets a maximum limit to the harm that may be done to someone under that justification, and is based on a variety of factors, including the level of harm threatened and the aggressor’s level of responsibility. narrow proportionality contrasts with wide proportionality, which concerns the proportionality of harms done to the innocent with a lesser-evil justification. some people think that, at least in some contexts, when people forfeit their rights they forfeit their rights all the way up to the maximum set by narrow proportionality. for example, kit wellman distinguishes between strong and weak rights forfeiture, and en- dorses strong rights forfeiture in the context of punishment. according to this view, a criminal may be punished up to the nar- jonathan quong, ‘proportionality, liability, and defensive harm,’ philosophy & public affairs ( ): – , at pp. – . jeff mcmahan, killing in war (oxford: oxford university press, ), pp. – ; david rodin, ‘justifying harm,’ ethics ( ): – . quong denies that responsibility is a factor (‘proportion- ality, liability, and defensive harm’). mcmahan, killing in war, pp. – . christopher heath wellman, ‘the rights forfeiture theory of punishment,’ ethics ( ): – , at p. . distributive justice for aggressors rowly proportionate maximum, regardless of whether this punish- ment achieves some further good. however, most, perhaps all, philosophers working on self-defence and war believe in a principle of necessity. this means that they do not endorse strong forfeiture (in wellman’s sense) in those defensive contexts. in their eyes, narrowly proportionate defensive harms can be impermissible, even when they do no harm to anyone but the responsible threat. in order to be permissible, defensive harm must also be necessary as part of the defensive action. the necessity principle applies most clearly in this kind of case: imagine i can only fend off an attacker with units of harm. this is narrowly pro- portionate, and it is thus permissible. but now imagine that a new option becomes available, and i can also fend off the attacker with only units of harm. in that case, the -unit option includes unnecessary harm, and is thus impermissible. since using the -unit option would involve more harm to the same person to achieve the same end, we can say that this is a case of gratuitous harm. necessity and proportionality, as i understand them here, perform two distinct tasks. options that would require excessive force given the threat faced are ruled out as disproportionate. proportionality therefore compares our defensive options with allowing the threat to eventuate. necessity selects from among our proportionate defen- sive options: options that would require excessive force given our other proportionate defensive options are ruled out as unnecessary. necessity therefore compares our defensive options with one an- other. the principle of necessity is not only a principle that limits lia- bility-justified harms. it also limits lesser-evil-justified harms. while i will focus on the relationship between liability and necessity here, it is worth remembering that our account of necessity must suitably limit harmful actions under both justifications. while there is widespread agreement on the requirements of necessity in cases of gratuitous harm, like the one above, there are nevertheless philosophical controversies concerning the principle. for example, there are more complex cases in which it is less easy to determine whether necessity applies and what it requires – the necessity principle is potentially a lot more complex than we might i am grateful to kim ferzan and an anonymous referee here. p. tomlin think from cases of gratuitous harm, and, as we shall see, its rela- tionship to liability is also a matter of controversy. iii. two claims about liability in this section i want to outline two claims about liability. in short form, they are as follows: claim : necessity is internal to liability claim : liability is a one-to-one relation i’ll explain each in turn. the first claim, that necessity is internal to liability, is essentially the claim that aggressors are wronged by unnecessary harms, since they are not liable to unnecessary harms. crucially, this means that what harm one is liable to is in part a matter of what harm is necessary. others believe that necessity is external to liability. that is, aggressors are liable to narrowly proportionate though unnecessary harms, but it is nevertheless impermissible to impose them. therefore, while the defensive agent who imposes unnecessary harm acts impermissibly, she does not wrong her aggressor, and the unnecessary harm does not give rise to a complaint. the second claim is that liability is a ‘one-to-one relation.’ this is a claim that liability is only concerned with the attacker and their attack. for example, jeff mcmahan states that ‘liability justifications appear to work by ‘‘pairwise comparisons’’ – that is, by considering each choice between harmings [that is, whether the attacker or the victim is harmed] on its own and determining which of the parties the unavoidable harm ought, as a matter of justice, to be imposed. (this is part of the explanation of why narrow proportionality does not take account of numbers).’ david rodin claims that ‘liability is seth lazar, ‘necessity in self-defense and war,’ philosophy & public affairs ( ): – ; jeff mcmahan, ‘the limits of self-defense’ in christian coons and michael weber, eds., the ethics of self- defense (new york: oxford university press, ). for overviews of these issues, see: helen frowe, defensive killing (oxford: oxford university press, ), ch. ; joseph bowen, ‘necessity and liability: on an honour-based justification for defensive harming,’ journal of practical ethics ( ): – . jeff mcmahan, ‘liability, proportionality, and the number of aggressors,’ in saba bazargan and samuel rickless, eds., the ethics of war (new york: oxford university press, ). distributive justice for aggressors a localized comparison between persons in a situation of con- flict…values outside that relationship are irrelevant.’ here, then, is a commonly accepted claim about liability – it is a one-to-one relation. however, consideration of multiple aggressor cases should lead us, i will argue, to either reject this claim or to downgrade its importance. iv. necessity and liability consider this simultaneous threat case: case : victim is attacked by two unconnected persons simultaneously, who both intend to kill her, and will do so unless she defends herself. both are equally responsible. repelling either attack will cause the other attacker to abandon their attack. attacker can be repelled with units of harm. attacker can be repelled with units of harm. both amounts of harm would be narrowly proportionate. proponents of strong rights-forfeiture would appear to be committed to the idea that it is permissible to harm attacker , attacker , or both. since both have forfeited their rights, and there is no necessity condition, both are liable to be harmed up to the proportionate maximum. most will not accept this conclusion. most will argue that victim may harm attacker and only attacker . why? because this minimizes harm. since the instruction to harm attacker is an instruction to minimize harm from within the proportionate options, it seems to be the necessity condition that requires victim to harm attacker and not attacker . this is not a case of gratuitous harm, since the two potential harms are to two different people. it is a case of how to distribute harm between two liable parties. but it seems that necessity nev- ertheless has something to say (and most would accept that it is necessity that applies here – after all, if necessity had nothing to say whenever harms might befall different persons, it would hardly apply at all in the context of war). yet, if necessity does apply here, this case tells us something very important about necessity and its rela- tionship to liability. recall that it is often thought that necessity is internal to liability (claim ), and that liability is a one-to-one relation (claim ). but if it david rodin, ‘justifying harm,’ p. . rodin doesn’t here use the language of one-to-one rela- tionships, but i think it is a plausible way to read this claim, given his other work, especially on bloodless invasions. however, even if rodin has a wider definition of ‘situation of conflict’ in mind, we will need an account of what is within and what is outside that situation – something which, as i will show, is tricky to provide. p. tomlin is necessity that tells us that we ought to harm attacker and not attacker in case , then at least one of these two claims must be false. we have a trilemma, in that we cannot, i argue, endorse the claim that necessity tells us to harm attacker , and claim , and claim . in case , if our judgment that attacker ought to be harmed is based upon necessity, that judgment can only be reached by com- paring harms across attackers. the harm to attacker is unnecessary, and that level of harm is unnecessary due to the option of inflicting less harm on somebody else. therefore, necessity is not simply about pairwise comparisons. since necessity is not simply about pairwise comparisons, then if necessity, in part, determines what harm we’re liable to (i.e., if claim is true) then liability is not simply a one-to- one relation (i.e., claim is false). if, on the other hand, claim is true, and liability can only be established by pairwise comparisons between each attacker and victim, then claim must be rejected – necessity is not internal to liability. we could claim that attackers and form a ‘unit’, and so this is a single attack, not two separate attacks. therefore, liability is not quite a one-to-one relation, but it is still limited to those involved in the ‘situation of conflict’. in order to claim this, a defender of this view will need to give us an account of how to demark ‘situations of conflict’. but even if they were able to do so, the conjunction of claims and would still be in trouble. consider this case: case : attacker attacks victim threatening to kill her. victim can defend herself by killing attacker, or scratching bystander. it seems that necessity would require us to harm bystander. all else equal we might think victim is required to harm attacker, or let herself be harmed, over harming bystander. but all else is not equal here. either victim or attacker will end up dead, or victim can very mildly harm bystander. bystander is clearly not part of the ‘situation of conflict’ (she is, after all, a bystander) and yet necessity seems to be telling us that she must be harmed. so we again see that necessity looks across the various harmful options, singling one out. and again, not all of these harmful options will harm people involved in the attack. if necessity helps to determine liability, we must reject the claim that liability is a one-to-one relationship. if liability is a one-to- one relationship (or involves only those who are part of the situation distributive justice for aggressors of conflict) we must deny that necessity helps to determine liability. we could keep claims and by denying that it is necessity that tells us who to harm in case and case . on this picture, necessity is more limited, focusing simply on what is necessary to stop this attack (or perhaps it is even more limited, and restricted to ruling out gratuitous harm only). we might then reason through case as follows. the -units harm to attacker is proportionate and nec- essary. the -units harm to attacker is also proportionate and necessary. and so both attackers are liable to those amounts of harm, since necessity and liability both, on this picture, concern this attacker and the threat that they pose. however, we might think, there is some further principle, external to liability, which states that, of the two necessary harms, one is to be chosen over another. this might be a more general ‘minimizing harm’ principle. one thing to note here is that by postulating two separate prin- ciples – necessity, which is internal to liability, and a minimizing harm principle, which adjudicates between harms to which persons are liable – this view proposes what seems to be a radical revision to defensive morality. the job that the minimizing harm principle is supposed to do is one that necessity has standardly been thought to do – i.e., selecting the minimally harmful option from among our proportionate defensive options. perhaps they are parts of the same principle – in the way that mcmahan has carefully and usefully distinguished between narrow and wide proportionality, perhaps there is a difference between narrow and wide necessity. narrow necessity is internal to liability, while wide necessity adjudicates between harms to which persons are liable (and, perhaps, other harms too). here is one potentially attractive entailment of this type of ‘split necessity’ view: since both attacker and attacker are liable, it allows us to say that if victim chooses to harm attacker , she acts impermissibly, but she does not wrong attacker . on this view, you wrong someone when you do more harm than is necessary to them to stop their attack, but you do not wrong them when you fail to minimize harm more generally. however, this view, as currently stated, cannot save the con- junction of claims and . to see this, consider case again. the position explored above relies on each of the two attackers being p. tomlin liable to harm. but, according to this new view, neither attacker is, in fact, liable to harm. if necessity is internal to liability, and liability is a one-to-one relation, then we must look only at the threat each at- tacker poses, and whether the harm to him is necessary to prevent it. on this measure, neither harm is narrowly necessary. there is a way to stop attacker without harming him at all – namely, harming attacker – and there is a way to stop attacker without harming him at all – namely, harming attacker . therefore, to harm either is to harm him more than is necessary. the view could be amended, however, to fix this problem. if narrow necessity rules out comparison with options that harm third parties, then both options in case are narrowly necessary. in considering whether it is narrowly necessary to harm attacker , i cannot appeal to the fact that i could harm attacker , since attacker is a third party insofar as the threat posed by attacker is con- cerned. this reformulated view, however, also has some concerning implications. first, consider a case in which i can either kill my attacker or run away. killing the attacker would be impermissible and would wrong the attacker, since it would be narrowly unnec- essary. but now imagine that my running away would very mildly harm a bystander. i would still be morally required to run away, but now i would not wrong the attacker by killing him. it seems odd to say that in both cases i am required not to kill the attacker, but i only wrong him in one case. second, now consider a case in which i could kill my attacker, or mildly harm a bystander, but that harming the bystander would have enormous benefits (for example, it would save my life and five further lives). i would be required to harm the bystander, but, on this view, would not wrong my attacker if i chose to kill him, since killing him would be narrowly necessary. now add an option to run away without harming anyone. according to the view under consideration, the addition of this impermissible option, an option i would be morally required to ignore, would make it the case that i now would wrong my attacker if i chose to kill him, since killing him is now not narrowly necessary. a further general effect of separating necessity into narrow and wide necessity – with wide necessity operating external to liability – i am grateful to an anonymous referee for comments here. distributive justice for aggressors is that, as with having an external necessity principle more generally, this limits the significance of liability: showing someone is liable, and that nobody else will be harmed, is not enough to justify harming them. there are further worries with the idea that narrow necessity is internal to liability and that liability is a one-to-one relation. consider this case with one attacker and two victims: case : attacker attacks victim and victim . individually, each attack would license self- defence up to the narrowly proportionate limit of units of harm. only shooting the attacker in the legs, imposing units of harm, will prevent attacker from completing his attacks. bystander must decide whether to impose units of harm. now, this case may seem unproblematic. intuitively, we clearly ought to handle the case as follows. first, the narrowly proportion- ate limit for the combined attacks is units. second, the necessary force is fifteen units. therefore, the attacker is liable to units of force. but recall that we are investigating the conjunction of the claims that necessity is internal to liability, and that liability is a one-to-one relation. the above, intuitive response relies on combining the attacks to establish liability. however, if claims and are correct, then liability for each attack must be established independently (because liability is one-to-one) and we must establish whether the harm necessary to stop each attack is narrowly proportionate given the aim of stopping that attack (since narrow necessity is internal to liability). so, we first ask whether units is necessary and proportionate for preventing attack . it is necessary, but not proportionate. and so attacker is not liable to that harm in order to prevent attack . the same is true of attack . and so he is not liable to that harm either. since he is not liable to units in order to prevent attack , nor units to prevent attack , he is not liable to units in order to prevent both attacks. to be clear, this counter-intuitive outcome is not generated by assuming that liabilities cannot be aggregated. if, for example, bys- tander could prevent the attack by inflicting units that would prevent attack , and, separately, units that would prevent attack , this would be permissible, since both these harms would be i came to realise this problem with the one-to-one conception of necessity through engaging with kimberly kessler ferzan’s exploration of liability and desert, ‘defense and desert: when reasons don’t share,’ san diego law review ( ): – . ferzan’s work in turn engages with uwe steinhoff’s work. p. tomlin necessary and proportionate to preventing the particular attack, and so attacker would be liable to both. (for example, if bystander could shoot attacker in both arms, independently causing him to drop the guns that threatens each victim.) the trouble comes because of the conjunction of claims and . if necessity were external to liability (i.e., if claim were rejected), we could do things in this way: attacker is liable to units for attack , and units for attack . therefore, he is liable overall to units of harm. a separate prin- ciple, external to questions of liability, namely necessity, confirms that the necessary harm of units falls below the total amount of harm to which he is liable. however, if we reject claim , and instead seek to establish attacker’s joint liability for both attacks, then attacker is potentially liable to up to o units of harm (combined narrow proportionality) and actually liable to units (the harm necessary to prevent both attacks). liability is established by joining the two attacks together. consider, again, what combining claims and together seems to require of us. since we must establish liability on a one-to-one basis, and since we must keep necessity internal to liability, then liability must be established on a one-to-one basis. thus, we are forced to say that units of harm is too much to impose in order to stop attack and so is disproportionate. and the same is true of imposing units in order to stop attack . however, two separate harms – of units each – would be allowed if they independently stopped each attack. so, if claims and are true, then we would be allowed to impose units of harm on attacker, but not . this is an odd result, for surely necessity should require us to inflict units of harm over units of harm in order to achieve the same end. our consideration of the above cases reveals the following. first, necessity (or something like it) must surely consider various harmful options that spread across attacks. second, it follows from this that one of the following is true: ( ) liability is not a one-to-one relation, ( ) that necessity is external to liability, or ( ) necessity is not the only principle that helps us to adjudicate between proportionate defensive options. third, if ( ) or ( ) is the case, then there are external limits on one-to-one liability which seek to limit harm across attacks. if this is true, the claim that liability is a one-to-one relation is i am grateful to helen frowe for useful discussion here. distributive justice for aggressors less powerful than we initially might be tempted to think. for lia- bility is not, then, enough to grant us permission to harm, even if nobody who is not liable is in the frame. although i have speculated here that what we call ‘necessity’ may actually be an amalgamation of concerns or principles, i will largely leave that speculation behind from this point on. whatever we call it, we are morally required to minimize harms among liable attackers, and this goes beyond the instruction to avoid gratuitous harm. i want to investigate this requirement further, and will call it ‘necessity’ for ease. v. separate attacks it is tempting to see narrow proportionality and necessity as two limits on defensive harm, with the main difference between them being that narrow proportionality is concerned with features of the threat (‘what you did was out of proportion given the threat i posed!’) while necessity is concerned with the comparative merits of the options available to the defensive agent (‘you didn’t need to do that, you could have done this!’). we now see, however, that, regardless of whether they are internal or external to liability, narrow proportionality and necessity appear to work quite differently in other ways. narrow propor- tionality looks at the one-to-one relation between attacker and vic- tim (though it can be aggregated, as in case ), while necessity seeks to minimize harm across narrowly proportionate defensive options, sometimes directing us to harm one attacker rather than another (as in case ), or a bystander over an attacker (as in case ). thus far we have considered cases in which the attacks were in some senses separate, giving rise to different one-to-one relations, but the defensive options were linked by producing the same effects. however, if we extend the analysis thus far, we get some potentially controversial results. consider cases and . case : attacker attacks victim, threatening units of harm. the attack can be prevented by inflicting units of harm on attacker . attacker also attacks victim, also threatening units of harm. the attack can be prevented by inflicting units of harm on attacker . victim can only prevent one of the attacks. case : attacker attacks victim , threatening units of harm. the attack can be prevented by inflicting units of harm on attacker . attacker attacks victim , also threatening units of harm. the attack can be prevented by inflicting units of harm on attacker . neither victim can prevent the attack against herself or the other, but bystander can prevent one. p. tomlin the analysis thus far suggests that the requirement to minimize harm stretches across attacks, and attackers. thus, it would seem to instruct victim in case to inflict units of harm on attacker . she is going to suffer units of harm either way, and so the requirement to minimize harm states that she must inflict units of harm rather than units of harm in order to avoid an additional units of harm to herself. some may find this counter-intuitive. they may think both responses are both narrowly proportionate and necessary, and that victim can choose as she wishes whom to harm. both attackers have made themselves liable and may be harmed. but the problem with such a view is that it seems to rely on an account of necessity that was rejected in the previous cases. cases – show that necessity, or something like it, gives us guidance that we ought to minimize harm across attackers. this expansive understanding of necessity seems even more controversial when the attacks are fully separate, as in case . in this case, our analysis thus far suggests that bystander ought to save victim , since doing so minimizes harm and all else is equal. if we transport this expansive view of necessity to war, we will generate some very controversial conclusions. on this view of necessity, if we have two wars we might enter in defence of others, both of which will do the same amount of good, we would be required to enter the war which would do the least harm to culpable aggressors, even though both wars, considered independently, are necessary and proportionate. this is controversial. especially since there is no principled reason to restrict our options to war. scholars have noted a controversy about proportionality and what counter- factual is involved: when states decide to go to war, they need to compare ‘going to war’ with ‘not going to war’. how, several philosophers have asked, should we fill out ‘not going to war’? it could be a very demanding standard: a war might be proportionate only if the good it achieves compared with the very best options available to the state is worth the death and destruction involved. but david mellow, ‘counterfactuals and the proportionality criterion,’ ethics and international affairs ( ): – ; thomas hurka, ‘proportionality and necessity’ in larry may and emily crookston eds., war: essays in political philosophy (cambridge: cambridge university press, ); kieran ober- man, ‘war and poverty,’ philosophical studies (forthcoming: https://link.springer.com/article/ . / s - - - ). distributive justice for aggressors philosophers have been slower to notice that there is also a similar issue related to necessity. necessity requires us to compare options, but how should we construct our option set? on the expansive view currently under discussion, a war might be necessary only if there is no other way to achieve a comparable level of good or prevention of harm without causing as much harm. therefore, necessity demands that we should, for example, alleviate poverty over going to war. this may seem overly demanding. we can avoid these demanding entailments if we allow that necessity can apply across persons, but demand that it be restricted to a particular ‘situation’. if we can cordon necessity off in some way, we can say that necessity only applies to the choice between some options, and not to, for example, the choice between a war and alleviating poverty. we might then appeal to some independent ‘minimizing harm’ principle that advises us (or requires us) to minimize harm, but is not related to liability. this proposal is attractive. indeed, some seem to think it is obviously the way to handle the cases discussed in this paper. i am attracted to this view, but, as i am going to explain, i think it is hard to get it to work. vi. limiting necessity’s reach? necessity rules on which of our available options we should take. if we are to cordon off necessity, preventing it from applying to a choice between war and alleviating poverty but allowing it to apply to choices about whether to harm an attacker more or less, we must have a principled way of determining the scope of the options to which the necessity principle applies. i think a necessity principle with a limited scope intuitively offers us the best picture, but finding the right way to restrict necessity’s reach is difficult. that is what i want to show in this section. the idea of this section is to lay down a challenge to anyone who denies that necessity dictates that we ought to alleviate poverty rather than go to war: how do we restrict necessity’s reach? the most obvious way to try to delineate a ‘situation’ or set of options to which necessity applies is to do with the people involved. the clearest examples of the necessity principle being breached in- a notable exception here is kieran oberman, ‘war and poverty’; and ‘killing and rescuing,’ philosophical review ( ). in these papers oberman argues for a very expansive view of necessity. p. tomlin volve harming someone more than we need to. if individuals are wronged by being harmed unnecessarily, we might try to limit necessity’s reach by restricting its application to options that harm the same people. for example, we might try this principle: limiting principle : necessity applies only to options which harm the same persons. this principle is obviously flawed. first, necessity would not apply in this case: case : attackers and attack victim. they can be stopped by killing attacker , or by killing both attackers. according to limiting principle , killing both attackers would not be condemned by the necessity principle, since the two options available harm different sets of people, and so the necessity principle would not apply across these two options. here’s another principle: limiting principle : necessity applies only to options in which some of the same persons will be harmed. this principle has four problems. first, necessity would not apply to the decision in case . second, this principle would render the jus in bello necessity condition next-to-toothless. consider this case: case : platoon needs to capture an enemy base. if they attack from the south, they will need to kill one sentry, sentry . if they attack from the north, they will need to kill sentries - . this is a clear case of where we would expect the jus in bello necessity principle to apply. according to limiting principle , it does not. so long as killing enemy soldiers is proportionate, then platoon should feel free to attack from the north or the south. we might try to set aside case by claiming that since the enemy soldiers all fight for the same army, this is a special case, and that necessity can apply to groups of people. but, first, this would fly in the face of much contemporary just war theory. and, second, we would no longer be able to compare harms to our own soldiers and civilians with harms to enemy soldiers and civilians. third, the necessity condition would not apply to this case: case : country a is threated by countries b and c. defending a from either b or c will cause the other to back off. country d can defeat b with a loss of of b’s soldiers, or c with a loss of , of c’s soldiers. the third problem with limiting principle is that necessity should clearly condemn killing when the same objective can be achieved distributive justice for aggressors without killing anyone. limiting principle only seems to apply to choices between options in which someone is going to be harmed. and if we extend it to options in which nobody will be harmed, the principle will then apply to the choice between killing in war and not killing and alleviating poverty. the fourth problem with limiting principle is that it is open to what i will call ‘overlapping problems’. since i discuss these in more depth below (concerning overlapping populations of who is to be saved), i will not detail these issues here. an alternative to focusing on the parties to be harmed is to limit necessity’s reach by focusing on the people to be saved. as kieran oberman observes, when we ask whether harm is necessary, it can only be necessary or unnecessary to achieving some goal. since, in cases of both self-defence and other-defence, our goal is to save people, we might try limiting necessity by looking at options which save the same people. for example, in case , victim aims to save herself. how much harm, she might ask, is necessary to achieve this aim? therefore, we might use this principle: limiting principle : necessity applies only to options in which the same people are to be saved. this principle implies that if we could kill ted to save people, or kill nobody and save the same plus bill, necessity would not dictate that we choose the latter option, since the same people are not saved in both options. we could amend limiting principle to avoid this implication if we allowed necessity to apply only to options in which at least the same people are saved (i.e., to options which save some core group and options pareto superior to those). however, even under this revised reading, in a war context, necessity would have no bearing on this choice: case : country a aims to save country b from country c. this involves sending troops into country b. a is confident it will win the war, but there will be civilian casualties. if a’s army enters b from the east, civilians from the eastern district will be killed. if a enters b from the west, , civilians from the western district will be killed. here, since different people will be killed, different people will be saved. if a chooses to enter from the east, the , westerners who would be killed under the alternative plan will instead be saved. we could instead try this principle: oberman, ‘war and poverty’; ‘killing and rescuing’. for related discussion, see oberman, ‘war and poverty’, section . p. tomlin limiting principle : necessity applies only to options in which some of the same people are saved. here is my worry with this principle. consider the following ‘overlap case’: case : aggressor attacks victims , , and . option saves victims and , at a cost of units of harm to aggressor. option saves victims and at a cost of units. option saves victims and at a cost of units. now, compared pairwise under limiting principle , necessity says we must choose option over option , option over option , but that we have a free choice between options and , since necessity doesn’t apply to that choice. so, necessity doesn’t necessarily tell us to do anything regarding the choice between options , and . perhaps this is not a problem: perhaps necessity is not an issue of pairwise comparisons, but of comparing a full range of options. provided that option saves some of the same people as option , and option saves some of the same people as option , perhaps necessity applies to the choice between all three options. however, if we view necessity in that way, then two new worries arise. the first is that necessity faces a difficulty from the ‘principle of irrelevant alternatives’. according to limiting principle , provided there is a ‘chain’ of options in which at least some of the same people are saved in adjacent options, then necessity applies across the whole range of options. so, in case , you should select option , since > > . let’s now remove option . removing option which you weren’t going to choose anyway, means that you now have a free choice between options and . more importantly, limiting principle does not necessarily mean that necessity would not apply to a choice between war and allevi- ating poverty. often a choice between a war and alleviating poverty will involve saving at least one person in common. but even if not, we simply need to be able to construct a ‘chain’ of options (however morally implausible some of them may be) and the options of war and alleviating poverty will then become subject to the necessity constraint. for example, imagine that we are deciding whether to militarily intervene in country a or alleviate poverty in country b. provided we also have the (morally implausible) option of devoting all of our resources to saving only lukas from country a and only distributive justice for aggressors max from country b, then necessity applies, according to limiting principle , to the choice between war and alleviating poverty. i don’t have any answers here. my intuitions tell me that, at least when it comes to harming the potentially liable, necessity is re- stricted to particular defensive situations. however, it is very hard to find a principled way of restricting necessity. vii. necessity and narrow proportionality necessity and narrow proportionality are usually thought of as independent tests. narrow proportionality establishes upper limits on harm, necessity tells us to minimize harm. our job as defensive agents is to check that they coincide: that the option which mini- mizes harm is below the threshold set by (aggregated) narrow pro- portionality. in this section, i want to argue that the relationship between narrow proportionality and necessity is potentially more complicated than this. i will argue that whether a harmful action can be deemed nec- essary involves looking at something i call ‘narrow proportionality shortfall’. if i am right, this shows two things. first, even if necessity is external to liability, the relationships between the various concepts remain complex. we cannot simply say that narrow proportionality sets an internal limit based on pairwise comparisons, whilst necessity sets a fully independent external limit that is concerned with aggregate harm, since narrow proportionality is an important con- cept in deciding the permissible distribution of harms across a plu- rality of responsible threats. second, since necessity is sensitive to narrow proportionality, this shows that they are two distinct criteria. this is in contrast to some recent scholarship that has sought to show that necessity and proportionality are but two sides of the same coin. consider this case: case : victim is attacked by two unconnected persons simultaneously. it is narrowly pro- portionate to impose units of harm on attacker , and units of harm on attacker . repelling either attack will cause the other attacker to abandon their attack. attacker can be repelled with units of harm. attacker can be repelled with units of harm. in this case, it is more harmful to repel attacker than attacker . lazar, ‘necessity in self-defense and war,’ pp. – ; thomas hurka, ‘proportionality in the morality of war,’ philosophy & public affairs ( ): – , at pp. – . p. tomlin so, any view under which necessity merely requires us to minimize harm, or to minimize priority-weighted harm, would instruct victim to harm attacker . but, in my view, necessity instructs victim to harm attacker . seth lazar and jeff mcmahan argue that necessity does not demand that we minimize harm (all else equal) but rather that we minimize morally-weighted harm (all else equal). that is because when we must choose, for example, between a harm to an attacker and a slightly lesser harm to an innocent bystander, we should harm the attacker who has created the situation in which someone must be harmed. my claim here is that harms to culpable aggressors can also have different moral weightings. narrow proportionality represents the maximum possible harm that can be justified under a liability justification for achieving some specific good. in case , harming attacker involves inflicting roughly one-tenth of the harm to which he is potentially liable. repelling attacker involves inflicting all of the harm to which he is potentially liable. necessity should take account of this. just as necessity should distinguish between harms done to the innocent and those done to the liable, so it should distinguish within harms done to the liable. it can do this if the moral weighting of harm takes account of what i call the ‘narrow proportionality shortfall’ – that is, how far short of the maximum potential liability, or narrowly pro- portionate limit, a harmful action is. in case , the narrow pro- portionality shortfall of harming attacker with units is . the narrow proportionality shortfall of harming attacker with units is zero. this huge discrepancy in narrow proportionality shortfall explains why we should harm attacker , even though this does more harm. case shows that necessity is concerned with narrow propor- tionality shortfall. there are several ways that we might incorporate this concern with narrow proportionality shortfall into a theory of necessity. here are three. first is the extreme view, in which this concern for narrow proportionality shortfall is the only concern when considering harms to potentially liable parties. in other words, there is no concern with absolute levels of harm, and a concern only with narrow proportionality shortfall. according to this view, nar- row proportionality sets a baseline against which to measure harm. lazar, ‘necessity in self-defense and war,’ p. ; mcmahan, ‘the limits of self-defense’. distributive justice for aggressors here is how this view would handle case . since attacker is potentially liable to units of harm, the ‘baseline’ against which we measure harms to him becomes - units. essentially, that means that we will prefer units of harm to him over a single unit of harm to an innocent person (whose baseline remains at ). only once we have filled the full quota of harms to which you are potentially liable will we look at harming an innocent person. since attacker is potentially liable to units of harm, his baseline becomes - units. therefore, any distribution of harm in which attacker has fewer than units of harm is to be preferred to any distribution in which attacker is harmed at all, because only once attacker has received units of harm will the two be on equal footing. i think this view has a compelling logic, though it is counter-intuitive. should we prefer units of harm to attacker over one unit of harm to attacker ? second is the proportion view. in case , units of harm is roughly percent of what attacker is potentially liable to, while units of harm is percent of what attacker is potentially liable to. we might think necessity dictates that we should prefer which- ever harm is a lesser proportion of the harm to which the attacker is potentially liable. however, this again could generate cases in which we should prefer hundreds of units of harm to one potentially liable attacker over a single unit of harm to another. third is the mixed view. on this view, the concerns outlined in either or both of the extreme view and the proportion view are coupled with a concern to minimize absolute levels of harm. i prefer this view. but the central point is that, whichever of these we choose, if we accept that narrow proportionality shortfall matters to necessity, then the following three things follow. first, this is further evidence that, if necessity is internal to liability, then liability is not a one-to-one relation – necessity (and thus liability) chooses which of the potentially liable persons we should harm, based on facts about other persons. second, it shows that necessity and narrow propor- tionality are independent concepts, one of which informs the other. third, it shows that a moral consideration (namely, necessity) prefers harms that are further away from narrow proportionality thresholds to those that are close to the maximum liability. if, all else equal, necessity demands that we maximize narrow proportionality short- p. tomlin fall, then it shows morality to be sensitive to how close harms get to the narrow proportionality threshold. this final point will become important when we consider sequential aggressor cases. viii. necessity and distribution thus far we have largely considered cases in which we must choose which of multiple simultaneous aggressors we ought to harm. however, sometimes we might also have choices of harming more than one aggressor, and different distributions of harm may be available. for example, consider this case: case : victim is attacked by attacker and attacker . it will be narrowly proportionate to inflict units of harm on either. victim has three defensive options: units of harm to attacker ; units of harm to attacker ; and units of harm to both. in my view, victim ought to harm both with units, even though this is more harm overall. this cannot be because we must minimize harm. it also cannot be because of maximizing narrow proportion- ality shortfall – the total narrow proportionality shortfall of harming one of the attackers is , the total narrow proportionality shortfall of harming both is . most straightforwardly, this case shows that we should be con- cerned not only with harm, but with the distribution of harm. before we delve into what this distributive concern is, if we accept that in case victim ought to inflict units of harm on both attackers, then we face a conceptual choice. one is to fold this distributive concern (whatever it may be) into necessity – allowing distributive concerns to affect the moral weighting of harm. another is to introduce such concerns as an independent desideratum. the cost of this position, however, is that necessity is relegated from hard side-constraint to defeasible desideratum, since this independent distributive concern would allow us to depart from necessity’s rec- ommendations. therefore, i think it makes more sense to fold this concern into necessity. so, some kind of distributive concern should be added to the moral weighting of harm. but this doesn’t show that we must be concerned with (say) an equal distribution of harm. this distributive concern might itself be sensitive to narrow proportionality shortfall. consider the following case: lars christie suggested this to me. distributive justice for aggressors case : victim is attacked by two unconnected persons simultaneously. it would be narrowly proportionate to harm attacker with units of harm, and attacker with units of harm. the following defensive options are available. option a: both attackers are harmed with units of harm. option b: attacker receives units of harm, and attacker receives units of harm. in this case, the total amount of harm ( units) and the total narrow proportionality shortfall ( units) remain constant between the two options. all that changes is the distribution of harm (in option a - , in option b - ), and the distribution of the narrow proportionality shortfall (in option a - , in option b - ). my own view is that necessity requires option b in this case. were necessity focused on minimizing narrowly proportionate harm, we’d expect it to be indifferent between options a and b. if necessity cared about minimizing harm and distributing that harm as equally as possible, we’d expect it to prefer option a. here are two views which would account for preferring option b. equality of narrow proportionality shortfall: all else equal, fairness between attackers requires equalizing the distance from the narrowly proportionate limit of harm to which they are potentially liable. shifted-baseline prioritarianism: units of harm are not equally bad – they get worse the more harm there is. when someone is potentially liable to some harm, this shifts the ‘baseline’ against which we measure how bad the harm is. for example, the st unit of harm to somebody who is potentially liable to units of harm should be considered of equal badness to the st unit of harm to someone who is liable to units of harm, and to the first unit of harm to someone who is not liable to any harm. the first unit of harm to someone who is potentially liable to units of harm equally weighted to the st unit to someone who is potentially liable to units. the idea with shifted-baseline prioritarianism is that harm gets progressively worse, as in standard prioritarianism, but narrowly proportionate harms are discounted. importantly, though, not all units of narrowly proportionate harm are given the same discount: those closest to the narrowly proportionate limit are given very little discount. those further away are given progressively more and more discount. this position would give us the advantage of caring both about total harm, and about total narrow proportionality shortfall (the view that i found most attractive in the previous section) with one underlying explanation – we care about total morally weighted and priority-weighted harm, and the priority-weight- derek parfit, equality or priority? (kansas: university of kansas, ). this may, therefore, be a specification of richard arneson’s ‘responsibility-catering prioritari- anism.’ richard j. arneson, ‘luck egalitarianism and prioritarianism,’ ethics ( ): – . p. tomlin ing baseline is shifted by narrow proportionality. i will not investigate further which of these two options we should endorse. it may be that which is preferable turns on deeper questions concerning distributive ethics that i cannot venture into here, although it may be that narrowly proportionate harms are sui generis, and we can, say, endorse prioritarianism within the limits of narrow proportionality while rejecting it outside. similarly, we may endorse equality under normal circumstances, but find the idea of having to make sure we treat attackers fairly unpersuasive. instead, i want to draw out several implications of the views suggested. it seems that both counsel that harms closer to the nar- row proportionality limit are, in some sense, something to be additionally wary of, or harder to justify. they are not the same as harms further from the narrow proportionality limit. in equality of narrow proportionality shortfall, this commitment manifests itself in a concern to fairly distribute the avoidance of these harms, rather than the harms themselves. in shifted-baseline prioritarianism, this mani- fests itself in weighting harms closer to the limit more heavily than those further away. one implication of this concerns some cases that are, conceptu- ally and normatively, difficult. the most clear cases for the principle of necessity – both in terms of whether it applies as a principle, and in terms of what it recommends – are those in which the exact same good can be achieved by more or less harm to the same person (i.e., what we have called gratuitous harm cases). but there are also cases in which our options vary both in terms of how much harm and how much good we will do. for example, consider this case: case : attacker threatens victim with units of harm. victim can prevent units of harm by imposing units of harm on attacker, or she can prevent all units by imposing units of harm on attacker. the narrow proportionality limit is units. in some ways, choosing between these options is clearly an issue for the principle of necessity. both options are narrowly proportionate, so we have a choice between narrowly proportionate options, and it is necessity’s job to select between such options. but in another way, it is more like a proportionality calculation. that is because, in essence, victim’s decision is whether ten units of additional harm to distributive justice for aggressors attacker can be justified to prevent one unit of additional harm to herself. my point here is simply this. if we allow that narrowly propor- tionate harms are harder to justify the closer to the narrowly pro- portionate limit they get, this will impact on how we treat such cases: this isn’t a case of weighing one unit of harm to an innocent person against ten units of harm to an aggressor, which is how such cases are usually discussed. it is a case of weighing one unit of harm to an innocent (which may itself be priority-weighted) against ten units which range from to in terms of narrow proportionality shortfall. keeping the unit of harm to the victim constant, such a unit may justify ten units of harm to an additional aggressor who hasn’t yet been harmed, but may not justify ten units of additional harm to an aggressor who is already going to receive units from a limit of . ix. sequential attacks thus far, i have focussed on simultaneous threat cases: cases in which a plurality of aggressors poses threats at the same time. in closing, i’d like to apply some of the lessons that we have drawn from simultaneous-threat cases to sequential-threat cases. there is an important puzzle concerning sequential-threat cases. according to frances kamm, there is no limit to the number of aggressors whom i could kill in order to save my own life. since killing in order to fend off each attack, taken on its own, is necessary and narrowly proportionate, kamm reasons that there can be no objection to the collection of defensive actions: ‘one compares the wrong to be avoided with what would have to be done to each wrongdoer one at a time, and if there is no violation of propor- tionality in any individual comparison then there is no violation tout court.’ yet many of us are deeply troubled by the idea that, provided we can kill one aggressor in order to achieve some goal, we can kill an infinite number of aggressors in order to achieve that goal. is there some way to avoid this implication? there is, of course. since the implication arises from the picture of self-defence and war that has lazar, ‘necessity in self-defense and war’; mcmahan, ‘the limits of self-defense’. f.m. kamm, ethics for enemies (new york: oxford university press, ), pp. – . p. tomlin emerged from both ancient and recent scholarship on this issue, we could rip up this picture and start again, making sure that the new picture doesn’t have the unpalatable implication that we can kill infinite aggressors. this is too hasty – this model serves us well in general, and so we should do all we can to preserve its core con- ceptual and normative commitments. ripping it up would be to throw the baby out with the bathwater. alternatively, we could stipulate that one cannot kill an infinite number of aggressors. but this response is ad hoc. to forewarn: i do not claim to solve this puzzle in what follows. but i do think that what we have learned about liability and necessity in simultaneous-attack cases might help us with this puzzle. first, it is important to understand that necessity applies across attacks and is a moral concern for minimizing harm not just within a one-to-one relationship but across such relationships. several philosophers have suggested that there may be some countervailing reasons against harming those whom it would be individually nar- rowly proportionate to harm, but which derive from aggregation of narrowly proportionate harms. for example, david rodin argues that wide proportionality is concerned with the way that harms to the liable add up, while jeff mcmahan proposes an additional form of proportionality – proportionality in the aggregate. mcmahan’s proposal in particular may seem somewhat mysterious. in defence of the existence of proportionality in the aggregate, mcmahan is unable to point toward much other than that it gets the intuitively right answers – in other words, it sails a little too close to the ad hoc response to the puzzle. what we have discovered in the present paper is perhaps partial evidence for the existence of something like proportionality in the aggregate – there are other elements of defensive morality that work in similar ways. they constrain harms and dictate choices of harms between multiple aggressors, even when each harm, were it the only option, would be proportionate, necessary, and permissible. neces- sity reveals a concern for the comparative lessening of such harms. but wouldn’t it be odd if morality were keen to limit such harm i am grateful to victor tadros for discussion which helped me to see these twin dangers. mcmahan, ‘liability, proportionality, and the number of aggressors’; rodin, ‘justifying harm’. distributive justice for aggressors comparatively but not absolutely? if so, proportionality in the aggregate would seem to be on a somewhat firmer basis. relatedly, mcmahan in particular takes the apparent one-to-one nature of liability to be what generates the puzzle. but we now see that either liability is not one-to-one (if necessity is internal to lia- bility), or that liability is subject to external checks (if necessity is external to liability). therefore, there are other parts of defensive morality that already operate in ways that are similar to propor- tionality in the aggregate. this makes mcmahan’s response to kamm’s puzzle less mysterious. second, in addition to these general points about necessity, we have found a more direct link between necessity and narrow pro- portionality. necessity takes account of narrow proportionality. it is concerned with maximizing narrow proportionality shortfall, and with its distribution. here, i think there is potentially the beginnings of a justification and understanding of the way in which narrowly proportionate actions can add up to a disproportionate course of action. necessity seems to prefer harms further away from the narrow proportionality threshold than those nearer to it. this sug- gests that harms close to the narrow proportionality threshold can be justified, but are worse, harder to justify, or to be avoided more, than those further away. my tentative view is that these observations can provide a firmer backing for the kinds of restrictions on harming responsible threats articulated by mcmahan and rodin. mcmahan’s proportionality in the aggregate could, i think, be understood as the way in which narrow proportionality shortfall can aggregate. we have seen that necessity prefers harms that are a greater distance below the narrow proportionality line, even if those just under the line could be jus- tified in a single attacker case. if a series of harms are close to the line, then the same concerns that motivate necessity’s preference for harms further away from the line could motivate a concern with the aggregation of harms close to the line. the thought here is simple: necessity is concerned with minimizing ‘only just’ proportionate harms. if there are differentiations within narrowly proportionate harms, such that we are concerned with how close to the line harms get, we might also be concerned with how these harms aggregate. p. tomlin in particular, the shifted-baseline priority view would seem to lessen the gap between narrow and wide proportionality. it doesn’t eliminate the difference, but it does mean that the two kinds of proportionality are not as different as may first appear. what narrow proportionality does, on this view, is (differentially) discount harms to the potentially liable. these harms still count though – they’re not morally free shots – and so many harms that are right on the narrow proportionality threshold can aggregate just as harms to the innocent can aggregate. this view of narrow proportionality as a progressive discounting mechanism might therefore provide some backing for rodin’s view. this also would explain why proportionality in the aggregate can differentiate between culpable and responsible threats. responsible and culpable threats are both liable to be killed in order to save a life. however, we should differentiate between de facto limits to liability and de jure limits to liability. de facto, the limit will often be the same – killing is just about the worst thing you can do to a person, and both are liable to be killed. but culpable aggressors can be liable to far greater harms than those they threaten to impose on others – for example, it is proportionate to kill a culpable aggressor to avoid being paralyzed, even if one will have many good years as a para- lyzed person. therefore, the de jure limit to avoid being killed by a culpable aggressor is far higher than death, and far higher than the de jure limit on a responsible threat. therefore, when we kill many responsible threats, we impart many harms very close to the narrow proportionality threshold. this is not the case when we kill many culpable aggressors (if the good at stake is a person’s life). it may be that there is some limit to the number of culpable aggressors we can kill to save a single life (i think there is) but it will be far higher than the number of responsible threats. i won’t pretend that what i have said in this section is any more than a sketch of a defence of mcmahan’s and rodin’s responses to kamm’s view. but thinking through simultaneous-aggressor cases, and what we learn about liability, necessity, and narrow propor- tionality from such cases, certainly makes kamm’s logic seem less compelling. in particular, i would now reject the thought that lia- bility is simply a one-to-one relation, and kamm’s view seem com- pelling in part because of that assumption. distributive justice for aggressors x. concluding thoughts this paper has covered a lot of ground. the common thread throughout has been thinking about cases involving more than one attacker, and how we should distribute harms between those attackers. consideration of these cases raise major issues in terms of how to understand the principle of necessity, its relationship to lia- bility and narrow proportionality, and its scope. in particular, i have argued for the following: . necessity ought to tell us which of two potentially liable parties to harm. it follows from this that (a) necessity is either not internal to liability, or liability is not a one-to-one relation; and (b) if necessity is external to liability, then necessity, as an external principle, takes ac- count of the distribution of harms across attackers. . necessity possibly has different components or concerns, or is possibly an amalgam of distinct principles (for example, avoiding gratuitous harm, minimizing morally-weighted harm, distributing morally- weighted harm). some of these concerns or principles may be internal to liability (narrow necessity), some external (wide necessity). . once we realise that necessity applies across individuals, it becomes very difficult to cordon off necessity so that it applies to the choice between some options and not others. we must either supply a principled way of restricting necessity’s scope, or accept that it has a far greater reach than traditionally supposed, not only directing us in how and whether we go to war to pursue some end, but whether we pursue that end or another. . necessity should be sensitive to ‘narrow proportionality shortfall’ – that is, how closely the various harms one is deciding between are to the narrow proportionality threshold. . necessity should take account of distributive concerns, including the distribution of narrow proportionality shortfall. i articulated two principles for doing so, equality of narrow proportionality shortfall and shifted-baseline prioritarianism. . these findings may help us in thinking about sequential attacks. that (a) liability is not a one-to-one relation, or morality allows external checks on liable harms that seek to limit them, and (b) necessity cares about the distribution of harm and narrow proportionality shortfall, may provide some support for the idea of ‘proportionality in the p. tomlin aggregate’ in sequential-attacker cases, a notion which suggests that you cannot kill an infinite number of liable aggressors if your cause would allow you to kill one. open access this article is licensed under a creative commons attribution . inter- national license, which permits use, sharing, adaptation, distribution and reproduction in any medium or format, as long as you give appropriate credit to the original author(s) and the source, provide a link to the creative commons licence, and indicate if changes were made. the images or other third party material in this article are included in the article’s creative commons licence, unless indicated otherwise in a credit line to the material. if material is not included in the article’s creative commons licence and your intended use is not permitted by statutory regulation or exceeds the permitted use, you will need to obtain permission directly from the copyright holder. to view a copy of this licence, visit http:// creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . /. department of philosophy university of warwick, coventry, uk e-mail: patrick.tomlin@warwick.ac.uk publisher’s note springer nature remains neutral with regard to jurisdictional claims in published maps and institutional affiliations. distributive justice for aggressors http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . / http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . / distributive justice for aggressors abstract introduction liability, narrow proportionality, and necessity: the basic model two claims about liability necessity and liability separate attacks limiting necessity’s reach? necessity and narrow proportionality necessity and distribution sequential attacks concluding thoughts open access chapt kiernan.p human rights review, april-june bringing the khmer rouge to justice ben kiernan in , i began a quarter century of research on the khmer rouge move- ment. as an undergraduate i wrote an empirical study of their insurgency against the sihanouk regime in the late s and soon published several shorter articles. at first i was relatively sympathetic to their purported reforms and nationalism, but when i commenced ph.d. research in , i acknowl- edged my error and began a two-decade project of documenting the crimes of the khmer rouge regime. by i had interviewed hundreds of cambo- dian survivors and had begun to publish their accounts. in australia during the s, i translated most of my interviews, as well as key khmer rouge documents, and wrote detailed accounts of specific aspects of the genocide. i also published historical analyses of the khmer rouge rise to power. at yale university in , i established the cambodian genocide program, to continue this work with a grant from the u.s. department of state. in janu- ary , we opened the documentation center of cambodia in phnom penh. four years later, the united nations group of experts completed its report to un secretary-general kofi annan on the legal ramifications of the cambo- dian genocide. in march , this report was published by the secretary- general. it stated: over the last years, various attempts have been made to gather evidence of khmer rouge atrocities to build a historical record of these acts. for nearly years, scholars have been accumulating such evidence by talking with survivors and par- ticipants in the terror and reviewing documents, photographs, and gravesites. the most impressive and organized effort in this regard is the documentation center of cambodia, located in phnom penh. originally set up by yale university through a grant from the government of the united states of america, the center now func- tions as an independent research institute with funding from several governments and foundations. it has conducted a documentation project to collect, catalogue and store documents of democratic kampuchea, as well as a mapping project to locate sites of execution centres and mass graves. the report went on to recommend the creation of an international tribunal to judge the crimes of the khmer rouge leadership. cambodia is now study- ing the establishment of a “mixed” national and international tribunal. this kiernan success was achieved under fire, not only from the khmer rouge, but also a sustained barrage from the west’s most powerful newspaper. the cambodian genocide program, – “the only research operation in the world that focuses on khmer rouge atrocities, apart from yale’s genocide program.” this is how the editor-at-large of the the asian wall street journal described the documentation center of cambodia in . despite this, the wall street journal led a campaign against yale’s cambodian genocide program (cgp) throughout the two-year period in which the cgp created the documentation center. april , , marked the twentieth anniversary of the seizure of power by the genocidal khmer rouge regime. the wall street journal chose the occasion for a long editorial-page article appealing to the u.s. state department and congress to revoke the department’s inaugurating grant to the cgp, labeling its director (me) a “communist” with khmer rouge sympathies. the appeal failed after the journal published responses, but the paper followed with further ad hom- inem barrages, again directed at the cgp’s source of funds. fortunately, this pro- voked an encouraging display of support, including letters from twenty-nine leading international cambodia specialists and various other scholars in my defense. the khmer rouge, meanwhile, “indicted” me as an “arch-war criminal” and an “ac- cessory executioner of the u.s. imperialists.” despite attacks from two sides, we pursued our mandate to establish a comprehensive, publicly accessible archive and documentation database on the khmer rouge genocide, and to train cambodian scholars and archivists to manage and enhance it. the next year, the asian wall street journal fired another volley at the cgp, this time chastising us for not giving priority to the search for u.s. servicemen missing in action from the - cambodian war—before the khmer rouge takeover. to discourage further funding for the cgp, the article described me as “the grant world’s equivalent of box office poison.” the wall street jour- nal republished this piece and proclaimed to readers in an accompanying edi- torial that the cgp was closing down the next month. none of this was true—though the journal now declined to print responses or corrections. in that three-month period, the cgp in fact raised $ . million, quadrupling its original grant. the cgp and the documentation center of cambodia were now assured of funding for the next five years, a prospect beyond our wildest hopes in . the documentation center, with the massive archive of khmer rouge internal documents we assembled in - , has now become cambodia’s first independent research institute on the history of pol pot’s khmer rouge regime, known as “democratic kampuchea” (dk), which pre- sided over the deaths of . million people. why did the wall street journal launch such a campaign in ? why the attempt to scuttle the world’s only research operation on the cambodian geno- human rights review, april-june cide? why did the journal choose the same target as the khmer rouge did? why did it fail? what is the nexus between denial of genocide and attempts to foreclose its investigation? in this case, as we shall see, there is a complex relationship between assertion and suppression. i will discuss two forms of denial of the cambodian genocide and one of suppression. first, the outright attempt to deny that anything serious oc- curred. in , bunroeun thach, then of the university of syracuse’s po- litical science department, took this position. he praised “democratic kampuchea political leaders” for having successfully “buried the past,” at- tacked what he called hanoi’s campaign “to discredit the communist party of kampuchea,” and argued for including the khmer rouge in cambodia’s future. thach won few scholarly converts, but another cambodian with similar views was sorpong peou, who opposed legal accountability for the khmer rouge geno- cide. as late as march , peou proclaimed: “punishing pol pot will not solve the problem.” he added: “prosecution in a condition of anarchy is wishful thinking and may hinder national reconciliation.” the journalist who interviewed him re- ported that peou “says he is willing to forgive for the sake of breaking the cycle of deception and pre-emptive violence.” the reporter also wrote: “sorpong supports reconciliation with the khmer rouge rather than punishment for past crimes [and] supports the pragmatic strategy of incorporating khmer rouge defectors into the government structure in the hope that the movement will die a natural death.” peou’s apologetics for the khmer rouge was more influential than bunroeun thach’s. holocaust and genocide studies published his review of my book the pol pot regime. in his review, poeu called the khmer rouge leaders “so- called ‘genocidists.’” he linked what he called “the pre-emptive nature of the violence” to “pol pot’s egalitarianism,” his “prudence,” “insecurity,” and “vulnerability,” and “the fickleness of popular support.” extraordinarily, peou claimed, “from to , the cham muslims were not perse- cuted at all.” when he did acknowledge massacres of chams, he denied they were premeditated, despite overwhelming evidence. he then claimed that “the pol pot group made several—unsuccessful—attempts to limit the killing.” it is extraordinary to read such assertions in the journal of the u.s. holocaust memorial museum. few authors have shown such boldness in defending the khmer rouge genocidists. a colleague of peou’s, stephen r. heder, in , described most of the top-level khmer rouge leaders as “dissidents” who were “suspect in the eyes of pol pot.” these alleged “dissidents” even included son sen, deputy prime minister and cpk security chief, chhit choeun alias ta mok, the khmer rouge military commander, ke pauk, the deputy military com- mander, and deuch, the chief of the notorious tuol sleng prison. heder wrote that “such surviving dissidents as son sen and kae pok and perhaps even ta mok and deuch have been wrongly depicted as ‘pol pot loyalists.’” kiernan heder went on to assert that “there were only two prominent kampuchean communists who were not suspect in the eyes of pol pot and nuon chea. they were ieng sary...and khiev samphan....both ieng sary and khiev samphan were apparently considered completely loyal and lacking the domestic political strength with which to challenge pol pot and nuon chea in any way.” however, when ieng sary and khieu samphan came within reach of legal action, heder backpedalled. in , ieng sary defected to the cambodian government. heder now described ieng sary as having shown signs of “dis- sent and deviation” from pol pot’s policies. in ieng sary’s zone in the s, “it was possible for peasants to accumulate small amounts of wealth,” heder said, adding that “china would have seen ieng sary as more reasonable” than pol pot. moreover, heder reportedly went on, “those differences may have existed” under the pol pot regime from to , “with ieng sary advocating a more tolerant attitude toward intellectuals and being accused in the communist inner circle of wanting to coddle the bourgeois elite.” heder added, “there’s no evidence to suggest that ieng sary was ever no. , or that he had the kind of power base to allow him to enforce his will.” (sary was in fact no. to pol pot. hypocritically, heder branded the cambodian genocide program as soft on sary!) a khmer rouge aide to ieng sary even quoted heder’s statements on radio france-internationale that, “according to the documents i have re- ferred to, mr. ieng sary is the only one, among khmer rouge leaders, about whom i have so far been unable to gather tangible evidence showing that he initiated or applied purges against intellectuals.” khieu samphan was certainly not in that category. in another paper, heder had concluded: “khieu samphan’s political star rose literally on heaps of corpses. he continued to rise in importance as he helped pol pot purge other communists….” samphan, according to heder, was “one of the key ac- complices in the political execution machine that pol pot created” and “one of pol pot’s chief servitors, second perhaps only to nuon chea.” but again, in , after khieu samphan surrendered with nuon chea, heder suddenly began to state that the case against samphan was inadequate: “there are cases to be answered by khieu samphan and ieng sary, but on the avail- able documentary evidence you have to be less confident they would ever be convicted....there is other evidence against khieu samphan that implicates him in the purge process but little or no documentary evidence that would stand up in court. but that’s not to say we won’t suddenly dig up such a docu- ment tomorrow.” indeed, heder has now dug up evidence to convict those he had described in as anti-pol pot “dissidents.” mok and ke pauk, as well as nuon chea, could be indicted on the basis of transcripts of messages between these cen- tral leaders and zone commanders relating to arrests and killings. but in an interview with a reporter, “heder said the weakness of the cases against khieu human rights review, april-june samphan and ieng sary related to ‘indirect command responsibility,’ a con- tentious issue under international law.” this is false. war crimes cases do require proof of “command responsibility,” but in cases of crimes against humanity and genocide, what is needed is proof of a conspiracy. international lawyer dr. gregory stanton writes: heder is wrong about khieu samphan and ieng sary’s culpability for crimes against humanity and genocide. all one needs to show for those crimes is participation in a conspiracy. to prove their attendance at meetings of the central committee where decisions were made to eradicate chams or to uproot everybody in the eastern zone would be enough. ieng sary’s diary evidently shows that he was well aware of the plans to exterminate the enemies of the party. khieu samphan can probably be shown to have been equally aware of the party’s policies. he was. we have complete copies of the minutes of fifteen meetings of the most powerful body in democratic kampuchea—the standing committee of the central committee of the ruling communist party of kampuchea. these crucial standing committee meetings were held between october , and may , . khieu samphan is recorded in the minutes (under his revolu- tionary name hem) as having attended twelve of these fifteen meetings. the minutes of two of the meetings do not record who was present, but it is likely that samphan was there as well, totaling fourteen out of the fifteen meetings for which we have evidence. at the meeting of october , , the standing committee put samphan “in charge of the front and the royal government; [and of] the accountancy and pricing aspects of commerce.” samphan was also made president of the state presidium (i.e., head of state of democratic kampuchea) by a decision of the central committee on march , . in - , he also headed the powerful office of the cpk central committee (“office ”). in april , soon after he assumed this post, samphan de- clared publicly, “we must wipe out the enemy [and] suppress all stripes of enemy at all times.” the diary of an aide to ieng sary reveals the following view: “in our country, one percent to five percent are traitors, boring in....[t]he enemies are on our body, among the military, the workers, in the cooperatives and even in our ranks....these enemies must be progressively wiped out.” more common than heder’s mental gymnastics is a consistent view that what occurred under the khmer rouge, though murderous, was not genocide. two historians of cambodia, michael vickery of the university sains malaysia and monash university’s david p. chandler, both take this position. they op- pose the khmer rouge, but they have categorized the regime’s crimes as other than genocidal. vickery, who considers the khmer rouge guilty of “intolerable violence” and “mass murder,” argues that in cambodia, unlike china and vietnam, “na- tionalism, populism and peasantism really won out over communism.” “the violence of dk was first of all because it was such a complete peasant revolu- tion, with the victorious peasant revolutionaries doing what peasant rebels kiernan have always wanted to do to their urban enemies.” vickery believes an or- thodox marxist regime would have been preferable. chandler, by contrast, holds marxism responsible for the violence, downplaying other factors like racist or genocidal policies. he argues, “under the regime of democratic kampuchea (dk), a million cambodians, or one in eight, died from warfare, starvation, overwork, misdiagnosed diseases, and executions. most of these deaths, how- ever, were never intended by dk. instead, one cambodian in eight fell victim to the government’s utopian program of total and rapid social transformation, which its leaders had expected would succeed at far less cost.” this technical denial of genocide, though in my view incorrect, is quite le- gitimate. vickery and chandler do not fit into the category of holocaust revisionists like serge thion, who deny the very concept and the plausibility of genocide. thion indefensibly prefers the term “deportation” for the fate of jews in nazi-occupied europe, and casts doubt on the evidence for the gas cham- bers. (in the cambodian case, thion argues that the khmer rouge’s crimes should be tried in a cambodian court, rather than an international one.) by contrast, arguments that the cambodian people suffered not genocide but “a peasantist revolution of the purest sort” (vickery) or “the purest and most thoroughgoing marxist-leninist revolution” (chandler), have a defensible intellectual basis. the analyses of vickery and chandler are also more honest than a third position which consists, in the style of the wall street journal editorial page, in noting that genocide occurred, while attempting to block investigation of it. i shall now examine various attempts to suppress the cgp’s historical account- ing of the cambodian genocide, in the hope of uncovering a lesson for future chroniclers of crimes against humanity. in conclusion, i shall weigh the argu- ments of those who reject use of the term “genocide” in the cambodian case, against the actions of those who have tried either to turn public inquiry to other issues, or simply to suppress the facts of the case. the first attempt to derail the cgp came from a man describing himself as “a poor chilean, a citizen of the third world.” julio a. jeldres had left chile before the coup, and subsequently moved to australia and then cambo- dia. in the s, jeldres not only was a supporter of the pinochet military dictatorship in chile, but was also a member of a khmer rouge international front organization. within weeks of our launching the cambodian geno- cide program, in jeldres published an article entitled “genocide investi- gation off on the wrong foot.” in reply, i noted jeldres’ support for the pinochet regime. jeldres quickly denied “doing work for the regime” of general pinochet, claiming he was “a member of the chilean folk dance group, a non-political, cultural associa- tion.” but a statement jeldres published in , which he signed as “presi- dent of the chilean club,” made no mention of folk dance. in it, jeldres expressed his sympathies with pinochet’s chile, which he called a victim of human rights review, april-june “the australian government’s attitude to my country.” he praised pinochet’s coup for ensuring merely that “marxism was ousted.” instead of protest- ing the destruction of chilean democracy, jeldres denounced the international outcry over it. like pinochet, he equated democracy with communism, and complained that the chilean dictatorship was “the ‘target’ of a communist international campaign against us.” so it was not surprising to find jeldres later attempting to block action against another murderous regime, this time in cambodia—especially because for at least five years, he had been an “honorary member” of the khmer rouge front organization known as funk. in , he had privately boasted of this con- tinued “honorary” status. in , at the height of the genocide, jeldres sided with the khmer rouge against their vietnamese opponents, and even claimed that the pol pot regime told him all he needed to know. as he then put it, “i am kept fully informed by the cambodian embassy in peking.” in , cam- paigning against the cgp’s investigation of the khmer rouge period, jeldres continued to claim that in , pol pot’s embassy “was the only source of information on what was going on in cambodia.” he was alone in exclud- ing consideration of information from refugees and victims of the genocide. in the s, jeldres was associated with another khmer rouge front, the exiled coalition government of democratic kampuchea. in the early s, he joined the magazine khmer conscience, which published the writings of bunroeun thach (see earlier reference). in cambodia’s english-language press in and , jeldres continued to denounce the cgp’s investiga- tion of the khmer rouge regime. attempts by such people to suppress the only research program to docu- ment khmer rouge crimes comprise a new variation on the politics of geno- cide “denial.” longtime allies and even members of khmer rouge organizations have portrayed themselves as opponents of the genocide, thus seeking cred- ibility for their demand that its investigation be cut short. this political chica- nery should not, however, be confused with differing definitions of genocide, or with other scholarly debate about the nature of the tragedy. the wall street journal attack on the cgp was begun by stephen j. morris, who had met julio jeldres in bangkok a decade earlier. throughout the s, morris, like jeldres and bunroeun thach, devoted himself to political activism in support of cambodian factions who were allied to the communist khmer rouge, but whom morris praised as “anti-communist.” in , morris com- plained that the democratic government of thailand was selling out the khmer rouge. “it has now gone so far that thai commanders have provided phnom penh’s artillery commanders with precise intelligence on the location of khmer rouge units.” in the winter of , morris addressed a meeting of cambo- dians in brighton, massachusetts. according to witnesses, morris “took the floor and in an impassioned speech warned cambodians in the room that they should not do anything that would appear to support the vietnamese kiernan backed government of cambodia, including bringing attention to khmer rouge atrocities. he did not support a trial of the khmer rouge and attributed his inside information about the cambodian situation to having dined with khmer rouge leaders.” morris wrote, “the real khmer rouge military aim...is to force phnom penh to accept a comprehensive political settlement such as the un peace plan.” his attack on the cgp’s investigation of the khmer rouge was predictable. so was morris’ praise for stephen heder, whose “pro-khmer rouge views” morris had once noted. more surprising was the wall street journal’s readiness to give space to a writer who had embarrassed it once before. in morris attacked lesley cockburn, an american broadcasting company producer, for her feature on cambodia. objecting to the feature’s accurate portrayal of the united states’ diplomatic support for the khmer rouge in the s, morris also pilloried what he called “ms. cockburn’s pbs documentary, ‘murder on the rio san juan.’” cockburn had had nothing to do with that program, and the journal’s editor conceded that morris had made “an error.” the journal’s assault on the cgp attracted the attention of the reader’s di- gest, which investigated reprinting it. a digest research editor called me on may , , to ask, among other things, if i had ever used marxist terms. he then called the head of my department at yale and asked if i was a communist. more confidently, he questioned another senior member of the department, “did you know kiernan was a communist?” but when my reply to morris’ second attack appeared in the wall street journal on may , the digest de- cided not to republish his article. the journal gave morris a third opportunity to repeat his allegations. the last word came when twenty-nine international cambodia scholars wrote that “kiernan has been an outspoken and untiring opponent of the khmer rouge for years,” while “morris supported a coalition government-in-exile which was dominated by the khmer rouge.” these scholars, who included vickery and chandler, despite their differences with the cgp on the issue of geno- cide, added: “we have full confidence in professor kiernan’s integrity, profes- sional scholarship, and ability to carry out the important work of the cambodian genocide program.” thus, a phase of the campaign ended. having lost the debate in the aca- demic world and the media, morris moved to the realm of raw power. ron marks, a cia officer seconded as special assistant to then senator bob dole, drafted a letter repeating morris’ charges against me. six senior republican senators—dole, senate majority leader trent lott, senate foreign relations committee head jesse helms, and three others—sent the letter to the u.s. secretary of state on august , . two of the signatories, trent lott and jesse helms, were associated with the council of conservative citizens, which claims, among other things, that interracial marriage “amounts to white geno- cide,” that jews have “turned spite into welfare billions for themselves,” and human rights review, april-june that african americans and latinos suffer from “high crime and low intelli- gence.” in , senator trent lott had given the keynote speech to a national board meeting of the council. “the people in this room stand for the right principles and the right philosophy,” he said (six years later lott falsely claimed that he had “no firsthand knowledge” of the council’s views). as the letter went off to albright, a morris backer from the conservative heritage foundation approached alphonse laporta, head of the state department’s office of cambodian genocide investigations, and said, “if you don’t get rid of kiernan, we’ll go after you.” laporta concluded that if i did not step down, the senate would revoke the grant to the cgp, ending our investigation of the khmer rouge regime. i held my ground, with strong sup- port from yale university. on october , new support arrived. an editorial in the conservative washington times praised the cgp’s achievements and de- scribed the morris and dole campaign against me as “lunacy.” the issue blew over with the cgp’s congressional backing enhanced. on september , , nancy dewolf smith of the asian wall street jour- nal called me from hong kong. she said something “is becoming an issue.” this was that the previous month the pentagon had not gained immediate access to the archives of the khmer rouge secret police, which cgp staff from the documentation center had discovered in phnom penh in march . smith had the impression, which we could not confirm, that these - documents contained information on the fate of americans missing in cambodia from the - war. i explained that the pentagon had not consulted me before send- ing its contract researchers directly to cambodia the previous month. they had arrived at the documentation center saying, “it’s all settled.” they wanted to start work then and there, before the files had been catalogued. on september , i invited them to return in january, after we had com- pleted our documentation of the khmer rouge genocide for the state depart- ment. the documentation center, with cgp funding, would then be free to serve the pentagon’s different needs. on october , james w. wold of the pentagon’s mia office accepted my offer. i responded on october , recon- firming to general wold that his researcher david chandler was welcome to work in the documentation center’s archives in january-february . wold’s office called that afternoon to thank me. the state department fol- lowed suit, as did chandler. three days later, on october , in the asian wall street journal, smith falsely accused me of withholding cooperation from pentagon researchers. i re- plied by fax on november , but smith’s newspaper held back my reply, pass- ing it on to the wall street journal in new york. on december , mr. george melloan, the journal’s deputy editor (international), requested a copy of “the letter you received from general wold.” i faxed it to melloan immediately. this letter confirms my september offer to the pentagon. however, on de- cember , the journal republished smith’s october piece, alongside an edito- kiernan rial stating: “mr. kiernan refused the pentagon researchers access to the docu- ments. he continues to do so to this day, and will continue to do so until his project closes.” two weeks earlier, melloan had received irrefutable evi- dence that we had scheduled the pentagon’s visit for the following month. this dishonest editorial appeared simultaneously in the asian wall street journal. both newspapers also finally printed my short letter of novem- ber , but refused to publish corrections to their new editorial. mr. terrill e. lautz, vice-president of the henry luce foundation, wrote that i had re- ceived a $ , grant from his foundation—in october , just as smith was describing me as “the grant world’s equivalent of box office poison.” the journal declined to print this letter, yale’s own reply, or even a letter from the pentagon. the paper left readers, potential funders, and the khmer rouge with the false impression that the cgp was to “close” in january . on the contrary, in january the cgp launched a new world wide web site, including four large databases documenting the crimes of the khmer rouge regime. chandler worked in the documentation center’s archives in febru- ary as arranged, and returned in may. though neither he nor his penta- gon employers have yet announced whether he has found any information on american mias, chandler again thanked us for our cooperation. we have seen no such acknowledgement from the wall street journal. but the editor-at-large of the asian wall street journal reports our continued existence as “the only research operation in the world that focuses on khmer rouge atrocities.” in a turnaround paralleling that in the u.s. senate, the readers’ digest praised the cgp and the documentation center: “even today, project workers are uncov- ering masses of files that point to pol pot’s ‘bureaucracy of death.’ moreover, yale won a commitment from the cambodian government to endorse initia- tives that would bring the evidence—and khmer rouge leaders—to a crimi- nal trial.” meanwhile, the khmer rouge split, with one faction led by ieng sary launch- ing its own “research and documentation center” to defend itself. in june , the two cambodian prime ministers appealed to the united nations to establish a tribunal to judge the crimes of the khmer rouge period. in early , the un assembled a group of distinguished legal experts to report on this issue. they visited the documentation center of cambodia in november and examined the evidence in detail. their report, delivered to the un secretary-general in february , recommended the establishment of an ad hoc international criminal tribunal to pass judgement on the khmer rouge leaders, and a truth commission to be held in cambodia to allow the surviving victims to air their grievances more fully. pol pot died in his sleep in april , less than a year after murdering his former security chief, son sen, whom he suspected of attempting to follow ieng sary’s defection to the government. but the mutiny and defection of human rights review, april-june former khmer rouge deputy commander ke pauk and the surrender of khieu samphan and nuon chea mean that three of the last khmer rouge leaders at large are now capable of being apprehended. the lone, one-legged military com- mander chhit choeun, alias mok, did not last long in the jungle. he was captured in march and sent before a cambodian military court. meanwhile, four of the five permanent members of the un security council made strong statements in support of the establishment of an international tribunal. in this period, new attempts were made to stymie the work of the cambo- dian genocide program. in may , congressman tom campbell (r-cali- fornia) wrote another letter to the u.s. secretary of state, supported by vietnam veteran and former reagan appointee john parsons wheeler iii. this time the allegation was mismanagement of the cgp’s state department grant. after a six-month inquiry, the office of investigations of the u.s. inspector-general found “no evidence of wrongdoing” and closed its investigation. meanwhile campbell’s colleague, congressman dana rohrabacher (r-california) and senator jesse helms of north carolina proposed a resolution (h.res. ) that would try cambodian prime minister hun sen as a “war criminal”—rather than pursue what rohrabacher called the “obsession with a handful of geriat- ric khmer rouge leaders.” when two of the geriatric genocidists, nuon chea and khieu samphan, surrendered to the cambodian government and the u.s. government called for them to be sent before an international tribunal, stephen morris made a final attempt to prevent a genocide trial. he wrote a short piece for commen- tary criticizing the “useless genocide warning center” which the u.s. gov- ernment had established the previous month. morris now pronounced that “genocide is extremely rare” and that “the only unambiguous example of genocide to have occurred since the nazi holocaust” was the rwandan case. in morris’s view, cambodians did not suffer a genocide, because “the persecution of ethnic minorities was only a relatively minor aspect of policy” in the khmer rouge period. morris’s colleague, adam garfinkle, writing in the los angeles times, took up the case against an international tribunal for cambodia. firstly, he agreed that “the atrocities of cambodia repre- sented a nearly pure political and ideological madness, not an ethnic or religious one. for this reason, the application of the term genocide to what happened in cambodia between and is improper.” secondly, garfinkle added, “what business is the fate of two aged and defeated kill- ers—khieu samphan and nuon chea—to the u.s. government? did any american perish at the hands of these deranged thugs?” and thirdly, he con- cluded, a tribunal “is liable to dredge up no little amount of embarrassment about the american role in recent cambodian history....[w]e were indeed there at the creation of cambodia’s troubles. for purely prudential reasons, then, a u.s. initiative aimed at exhuming our own policy ancestor, so to speak, seems very ill-advised.” kiernan this close look at the failed efforts to impede the task of the cgp enables us to see firsthand how denial and suppression of information about genocide work. both the creation of historical memory and its erasure depend upon contemporary politics as much as history itself. bunroeun thach, julio jeldres, stephen morris, congressional republicans, and the wall street journal edito- rial page all considered their own political agenda more important than docu- menting the crimes of the khmer rouge and bringing the criminals to trial for genocide. this agenda reflected the anti-soviet alliance between the united states and china during the later stages of the cold war, an alliance which often brought together conservative anti-communists and maoist radicals. we see such a combination in this case. priorities for members of this coalition usually included disguising their own past support for the khmer rouge, bury- ing the history of the vietnam war, and yet refighting it by both covering for the khmer rouge and fanning the flames of the mia issue. justice for the victims of the khmer rouge was not among their priorities. those who sought it were often attacked from two sides. neither congressional republicans nor the wall street journal denied that the cambodian genocide occurred. rather, they took extraordinary measures to prevent or divert investigation of that genocide. a determined campaign by some of the united states’ most powerful politicians and one of the world’s most powerful newspapers failed. but it posed a larger obstacle to a historical accounting for the genocide than did scholars preferring to use their own con- cepts, or explanations beyond the wording of the genocide convention. most scholars reflexively welcome further research and documentation. by contrast, political pressure is the greatest threat to honest inquiry. and the best defense is a deeper exchange of ideas, further scholarship, and more determination. pol pot is dead, and the khmer rouge army has collapsed in division and defeat. all surviving khmer rouge leaders have surrendered, defected, or been captured. the first trials, of pol pot’s military commander, chhit choeun (alias mok), and of the khmer rouge security chief, kang khek iev (alias deuch), may begin soon in phnom penh. charges of genocide have also been pre- pared against nuon chea and khieu samphan. in spite of all of the politics involved in the documentation of events in cambodia, it appears that getting history right has proceeded hand in hand with the quest for justice. notes . ben kiernan, the samlaut rebellion and its aftermath, - : the origins of cambodia’s liberation movement, parts i and ii (monash university, centre of southeast asian stud- ies, ). . ben kiernan, “why’s kampuchea gone to pot?,” nation review, november , . . “kampuchea: a refugee’s account,” journal of contemporary asia : ( ): - . see also ben kiernan, “people heng in against pol pot,” nation review, april , ; “kampuchea: thai neutrality a farce,” nation review, may , ; “die erfahrungen der frau hong var in kampuchea der jahre - ,” kursbuch (october ): - human rights review, april-june (with chanthou boua); “motsattningarna inom den kommunistiska rorelsen i kampuchea,” kommentar ( ): - ; “pol pots uppgång och fall,” kommentar ( ): - ; “flyktingintervjuer om mat, arbete, halsa samre - ?” vietnam nu ( ): - (with chanthou boua); “het verhal van hok sarun: het level van een arme boer onder pol pot,” vietnam bulletin (november , ): - (with chanthou boua); “background to a tragedy,” new straits times, december , ; “why the slaughter?” nation review, january : ; “bureaucracy of death: documents from inside pol pot’s torture ma- chine,” new statesman, may , : - (with c. boua and a. barnett); “students killed in kampuchea,” sydney tribune, may , . . ben kiernan, “genocide in de oostelijke zone,” vietnam bulletin (june , ): - ; “wild chickens, farm chickens, and cormorants: kampuchea’s eastern zone under pol pot,” in david chandler and ben kiernan (eds.), revolution and its aftermath in kampuchea (new haven, ct: yale university southeast asia council, ), - ; “kampuchea and stalinism,” in marxism in asia, ed. c. mackerras et al. (london: croom helm, ), - ; cambodia: the eastern zone massacres (columbia university center for the study of human rights, ); “kampuchea’s ethnic chinese under pol pot,” journal of contem- porary asia : ( ): - ; “orphans of genocide: the cham muslims of kampuchea under pol pot,” bulletin of concerned asian scholars : ( ): - ; chanthou boua, david chandler, and ben kiernan, eds., pol pot plans the future: confidential leadership documents from democratic kampuchea, - (new haven, ct: yale southeast asia council, ); “the genocide in cambodia, - ,” bulletin of concerned asian scholars : ( ): - . . ben kiernan, “conflict in the kampuchean communist movement,” journal of contempo- rary asia : - ( ): - ; peasants and politics in kampuchea, - (london: zed, ) (with chanthou boua); how pol pot came to power: a history of communism in kampuchea, - (london: verso, ). . united nations, as, general assembly, security council, a/ / , s/ / , march , , annex, report of the group of experts for cambodia established pursuant to general assembly resolution / , . . barry wain, “pol pot’s paper trail,” asian wall street journal, may - , . . i refer specifically to the wall street journal editorial page, with its tradition of hamfisted ideological campaigning. see “the big lie theory of the country’s biggest newspaper,” in extra!, the journal of fairness and accuracy in reporting (fair), : (september/october ): - . . stephen j. morris, “the wrong man to investigate cambodia,” wall street journal, april , ; “scholars speak out on cambodian holocaust,” wall street journal, july , . other attacks and responses appeared on april , may and , june , and july , . for a description and correction of my views on the khmer rouge before , see kiernan, “vietnam and the governments and people of kampuchea,” bulletin of concerned asian scholars : ( ): - ; : ( ): . . khmer rouge radio broadcast, august , . u.s. cia, foreign broadcast information service, eas- - , august , : . the khmer rouge also described me as “a protégé of the united states.” . “america’s cambodian coda,” asian wall street journal, october , . . “will yale deliver?” wall street journal, december , . for a different view of the cgp, see “cambodia’s blinding genocide: a website exhumes the faces of the dead,” new york times editorial notebook, april , . . unpublished letters to the wall street journal in response to its december , , article and editorial on the cgp can be found at its world wide web site (www.yale.edu/cgp), under “more findings”: “cgp assistance to the search for us mia’s.” . on academic suppression, see for instance brian martin et al., eds., intellectual suppres- sion: australian case histories, analysis, and responses (sydney: angus and robertson, ). . letter to the editor, far eastern economic review (feer), july , . bunroeun thach later moved to the university of hawaii; see his “two eggs in the same baskets,” khmer conscience (winter ), my reply, “bunroeun thach’s basket case,” and the subsequent exchange (spring-summer ): - . thach later became acting director of the preah kiernan sihanouk raj academy in phnom penh, but his incompetence and racism created internal strife and controversy. in king sihanouk withdrew his endorsement for the acad- emy. thach was dismissed and left cambodia, and the academy re-formed as the center for advanced study. . steve sharp, “sites of genocide,” good weekend, march , : - , . . holocaust and genocide studies (winter ): - ; the quotations appear on pp. , , , , respectively. . for contrary evidence which sorpong peou deliberately ignored in his review, see the pol pot regime, - , - , and , respectively; and my response, holocaust and genocide studies (summer ). . stephen r. heder, “khmer rouge opposition to pol pot,” in reflections on cambodian po- litical history, australian national university, strategic and defence studies center, working paper no. , : . . keith richburg, “timing of khmer rouge defections suggests possible role by china,” washington post, august , : a . . phnom penh post, october and november , . . former khmer rouge official suong sikoeun, phnom penh post, november - , , quoting stephen heder on radio france-internationale, august and october , . . stephen r. heder, pol pot and khieu samphan, monash university, centre of southeast asian studies, working paper no. : - . . “evidence against k. rouge leaders varies—researcher,” news america digital publish- ing, phnom penh, january , , wire report distributed on camnews, january , . . gregory stanton, personal communication. . pol pot plans the future, . . khieu samphan, speech broadcast on phnom penh radio, april , , extract in new statesman, may , : . . see ieng sary’s regime: a diary of the khmer rouge foreign ministry, - , full transla- tion by phat kosal and ben kiernan available on the cambodian genocide program website (www.yale.edu/cgp). . see michael vickery, cambodia - (boston: south end press, ); david p. chan- dler, the tragedy of cambodian history (new haven, ct: yale university press, ), ; david chandler, brother number one (boulder, co: westview, ), - , and journal of asian studies : (november ): - . . michael vickery, “violence in democratic kampuchea,” paper distributed at a conference on state-organized terror, michigan state university, november : ; and vickery, cambodia - , - . he correctly adds: “dk theory had multiple origins, one of which was ‘thanhism’ and another of which was marxism. it is not easy to say which became of greater importance in the synthesis” (p. ). . vickery, “violence in democratic kampuchea,” . . chandler, the tragedy of cambodian history, . he correctly adds: “this does nothing to alleviate the horror or their responsibility for it.” . for my critique of vickery’s and chandler’s views, see ben kiernan, the pol pot regime: race, power, and genocide in cambodia under the khmer rouge, - , (new haven, ct: yale university press, ), and my review in the journal of asian studies : (november ): - . . see serge thion, vérité historique ou vérité politique: affaire faurisson (paris: la vieille taupe, ). . for instance, serge thion, “genocide as a political commodity,” in genocide and democracy in cambodia: the khmer rouge, the united nations, and the international caommunity, ed. ben kiernan (new haven, ct: yale council on southeast asia studies, ), esp. : “we should first clean our own house....who are we to give moral lessons to others?” thion’s premise is that all westerners are responsible for u.s. or french government war crimes, an immobilizing notion of caucasian collective guilt. a harsher view is that he also had no expectations of his appeal for a cambodian domestic tribunal. (for my critique of thion’s view of the cambodian genocide itself, see p. .) . vickery, cambodia - , ; chandler, brother number one, . human rights review, april-june . julio a. jeldres, “a response to michael vickery,” distributed by hann so, camnews internet discussion list, june , . . see private eye (london), may and july , ; phnom penh post, november , ; and below. . julio a. jeldres, “genocide investigation off on the wrong foot,” cambodia daily, january , . . ben kiernan, “jeldres wrong to point finger at alleged ‘pol pot apologists,’” cambodia daily, february , . i added that in less than a year (in - ) jeldres had received three invitations to visit the chilean consulate in sydney, australia. i was aware of this because jeldres had written to me at the time (on march , ), revealing also that “the programmes were rather heavy and i did not have a minute to spare.” these three invita- tions followed jeldres’ earlier visit to the chilean consulate in may . . “jeldres vs. kiernan,” cambodia daily, february , , and rosanna barbero, “jeldres falls into his own trap,” cambodia daily, february , . . australia, jeldres went on, “has now joined the communist countries and the so-called non-aligned ones in their attacks against chile. we are getting sanctions because we did not want a communist government. the change of government in chile is our problem and not australia’s.” julio a. jeldres, “insult to chile,” melbourne age, january , . for the wall street journal editorial page’s defense of pinochet, see extra! : (september/ october ): , ; and of mass murder in el salvador, - . . in a letter to the author dated july , , jeldres revealed that, “in , i was made honorary member of funk”; copy in my possession. funk was the front uni national du kampuchéa, a coalition of sihanoukists and khmer rouge dominated by the latter. . jeldres, letter to the author dated march , ; copy in my possession. . cambodia daily, february , . . far eastern economic review, may , . see my reply to jeldres of june , . . william shawcross denied jeldres’ association with khmer conscience (see private eye, july and , ), but its editor hann so continued to distribute jeldres’ writings. see jeldres, “a response to michael vickery,” distributed by hann so, camnews discussion list, june , , copy in my possession. . see, for instance, jeldres’ articles in cambodia daily, february , , and phnom penh post, july , and september , ; also jeldres’ statements on radio australia, september , . . in jeldres revealed: “i met stephen morris twice in bangkok in / ....i have since spoken to him three times on the phone” (jeldres, “response to michael vickery,” distrib- uted by hann so, camnews discussion list, june , ). . “thailand’s separate peace in indochina,” asian wall street journal, september , . . mary scully, r.n.c.s., and theanvy kuoch, unpublished letter to the wall street journal, may , . . morris argued further that the khmer rouge were not the problem: “the danger lies in the vietnamese communists’ determination to subvert such an agreement.” stephen j. mor- ris, “skeletons in the closet,” new republic, june , . morris labeled critics of the un plan, and of its inclusion of the khmer rouge, as proponents of “an immoral, lost cause” beholden to hanoi. the un plan, he asserted, “is morally right, and offers real hope of success.” it gave the khmer rouge, morris wrongly predicted, an “incentive to lay down its arms,” which “will end the war.” morris, “us choice in cambodia,” boston globe, august , . . morris had once described cornell university’s southeast asia program (america’s most distinguished such institution) as “a comfortable milieu for those fond of totalitarian dic- tatorship.” morris attacked heder, a former cornell student, for his “pro-khmer rouge views” and for “propounding the moral virtue” of communism (stephen j. morris, “ho chi minh, pol pot, and cornell,” national interest (summer ): ). but in , morris shamelessly recommended heder as one of a team he suggested should have been awarded the state department grant that i received to document the crimes of the khmer rouge (asian wall street journal, april , ). in one of his own attacks on my work, heder cited an unpublished draft by morris (southeast asia research : (july ): , n. ). kiernan though françois ponchaud also described heder as “un américain pro-khmers rouges” (le point, april , ), henri locard has cited heder’s work to attack mine. locard asserted inter alia that the khmer rouge were “sincere idealistic leaders” and had not massacred cambodia’s vietnamese minority, but had expelled and “spared” them (le monde, april , ). see my response (le monde, may , ), and my article, “le communisme racial des khmer rouges,” esprit (may ): - . . morris, “abc flacks for hanoi,” wall street journal, april , . . wall street journal, june , . morris has a history of mccarthyist witch-hunting. once affiliated with harvard’s russian research center, morris fell out with its associate direc- tor, professor marshall goldman, whom morris calls an “ally” of “the pro-hanoi left” (wash- ington times, september , ). neil sheehan, author of the pulitzer prize-winning work, a bright shining lie: john paul vann and the americans in vietnam, is dismissed by morris as someone who “holds a benign view of the vietnamese communist party” (wash- ington times, september , ). john mcauliff and eileen blumenthal, organizers of a cambodian dancers’ tour of the united states, were attacked by morris for possible “criminal” activity (boston globe, october , ) and for holding dancers as “prison- ers.” morris’s charges were investigated and proved to be totally unfounded by both the state department and the immigration and naturalization service. mcauliff’s and blumenthal’s alleged victims, in both cambodia and the u.s., remain their colleagues and friends (letter to the wall street journal, april , ). . “scholars speak out on cambodia holocaust,” wall street journal, july , . see also washington post, july , . . see john kifner, “lott, and shadow of a pro-white group,” new york times, january , : a ; frank rich, “scandals sans bimbos need not apply,” new york times, december , : a ; people for the american way, pfaw news (winter ): . . alphonse la porta, personal communication, august , . . “the academic killing fields,” washington times, october , . . see for instance, eyal press, “unforgiven,” lingua franca (april/may ): . a letter to the secretary of state from rep. martin hoke of ohio, backing morris’ charges and circu- lated to the members of congress, drew only one signatory, that of robert k. dornan of california (june , ). . copies of wold’s and my letters can be found at the cgp’s world wide web site (www.yale.edu/cgp), under more findings: “cgp assistance to the search for us mia’s.” . chandler e-mailed me on november , : “thanks for your supportive response to the mia people, with whom i’ll be working in phnom penh in jan.-feb.” . nancy dewolf smith, “america’s cambodian coda,” asian wall street journal, october , . . for evidence of melloan’s mccarthyist false charges against journalist raymond bonner on el salvador, see extra! : (september-october ): . . “will yale deliver?” wall street journal, december , . . “will yale deliver?” asian wall street journal, december , . . for the facts, see the unpublished letters posted on the cgp’s website (www.yale.edu/ cgp). . the cambodian genocide data base and other materials on the khmer rouge can be found at www.yale.edu/cgp. . peter michelmore, “legacy of the killing fields,” reader’s digest (may ): . see also chanthou boua and ben kiernan, “bureaucracy of death: documents from inside pol pot’s torture machine,” new statesman, may , . . see cambodia daily, september - , . . letter to the author from the inspector-general, jacquelyn l. williams-bridgers, dated november , . . statement by rep. dana rohrabacher (r-ca) on the house floor, october , , quoted in indochina interchange : (winter ): . . stephen j. morris, “clinton’s genocide confusion,” commentary, january , . . adam garfinkle, “be careful which graves we exhume,” los angeles times, january , . human rights review, april-june . h. bruce franklin, m.i.a. or mythmaking in america (new york, lawrence hill, ). stephen morris’ claimed “find” of an alleged russian document on u.s. pows in vietnam was quickly shown to be full of errors (nayan chanda, “research and destroy,” far eastern economic review, may , ), and was reported to be a cia fake (susan katz keating, prisoners of hope, ). criminal justice in malawi journal of african law vol. xi autumn no. notes and news criminal justice in malawi introduction on the last day of october, , the president of the republic of malawi, dr. h. kamuzu banda, appointed a commission to enquire into criminal justice in malawi. the commission was asked to enquire into the existing practice, procedure and rules of evidence followed both in the high court and under local customary law. recommendations were asked for so as to simplify practice, procedure and the rules of evidence in the courts of malawi with a view to achieving a more expeditious, efficient and uniform administration of justice, without undue regard to techni- calities. the commission was also invited to make such other recommendations for the better administration ofjustice as it thought desirable. the terms of reference in each case confined the commis- sion to the field of criminal justice. the president appointed a very strong, experienced and distin- guished commission. the chiefjustice was chairman, and the other members were the attorney-general, the leader of the nominated members of parliament (who is also the chairman of the malawi law society), three chiefs, one from each of the three regions of the country, and the chairman of the blantyre local court. the commission completed its enquiries and submitted its report to the president within four months of being appointed. during the early part of this period the three chiefs and the chairman of the blantyre local court toured the country and prepared an exposition of customary law relating to criminal matters. the president's instructions to this committee were "that they should go all over the country and find out from the people the way things were done in the old days and at the same time how things are done now, and compare the two". the report of the presidential commission was laid before parliament and a motion to accept it was unanimously carried on april rd, . the substance of the report may conveniently be divided into four parts: the investigation and prosecution of cases, the courts of justice, procedure and evidence, and miscellaneous recommendations. report of the presidential commission on criminal justice, february, . hansard, malawi parliament, fourth session, fourth meeting. april rd, . https://doi.org/ . /s cambridge core terms of use, available at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the https://doi.org/ . /s https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms https://www.cambridge.org/core notes and news [ig ]j.a.l. the investigation and prosecution of gases the commission recognised that a shortage of police officers sufficiently trained and experienced in criminal investigation and in prosecution was leading to delay and to defective and incomplete investigation. magistrates complained of the inexperience of some police officers in presenting evidence and in knowing which points to emphasise and which to ignore. the commission therefore recommended the appointment of a suitably qualified criminal investigation department training officer, and the setting up of a specialised fraud squad within the c.i.d., with a director, an accountant and supporting staff. they also recommended the securing of the services of an officer qualified to speak as an expert in both ballistics and hand-writing, and of a police surgeon so as to reduce calls on the time of other medical officers. to avoid the dangers of loss of capable officers because promotion appointments lie only within the general promotion structure of the police force, the commission recommended that a special prosecu- tion branch be established within the police force with its own promotion structure. the director of public prosecutions is to organise training courses for police officers serving within the prosecution branch. these officers are to serve a pupillage in the director of public prosecutions' department, and are, wherever practicable, to have direct access to state counsel. the report emphasised the need to avoid delay in bringing cases to trial, the need to recruit from outside malawi counsel with adequate experience, and the need to continue the training of local state counsel after they have been appointed. comment was also made on the fact that the courts "were leaning over backwards so that there should be no suggestion that they were being unduly hard on junior counsel", and the courts, especially the high court, are encouraged to be at pains to point out errors and defects in the presentation of cases by legal practitioners. it was particularly emphasised that once a point in the prosecution's case has been sufficiently covered, no useful purpose is served by calling additional evidence to testify further to it. the courts of justice (a) the high court.—with a view to avoiding delay in the admini- stration of criminal justice, the report recommended that a division of the high court be established in the central region, at lilongwe, the site of the proposed new capital of malawi, and that fixed assizes should be held at blantyre, lilongwe, and in the northern region. the commission considered that judgments in the high court should be re-served only in exceptional cases, and that normally judgment should be pronounced immediately at the conclusion of the hearing; that judgments of the supreme court of appeal should be embodied in a single majority judgment, dissenting judgments not being recorded; that appeal from a revision order or from a summary dismissal of a first appeal should be only by leave of the https://doi.org/ . /s cambridge core terms of use, available at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the https://doi.org/ . /s https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms https://www.cambridge.org/core vol. i i . no. notes and news high court or the supreme court of appeal; and that every effort should be made to expedite the hearing of appeals in capital cases. it was emphasised that a conviction ought not to be set aside on appeal unless the court of appeal is satisfied that, irrespective of technical defects or omissions, the appellant was wrongly convicted; when a conviction is set aside the appeal court must in all cases consider whether a new trial should be ordered. while realising that not all fraud cases can be dealt with by the high court, the commission recommended that all those of serious complexity should be prosecuted by state counsel and tried by the high court. (b) the magistrates' courts.—in the magistrates' courts the commis- sion recommended that vacancies in the establishment of resident magistrates be filled as quickly as possible and that only those with adequate experience of magisterial work be appointed. it was felt that local officers should have a practical grounding in the work of local courts, in prosecuting and defending in the magistrates' courts and in the high court, before being appointed as resident magistrates. the senior resident magistrate is to be relieved of much of his court work in order to supervise the work of other magistrates. magistrates and local court chairmen are reminded of the virtues of punctuality in attendance in court. (c) the local courts.—having studied the exposition of customary law prepared by some of its members, the commission concluded that defilement, indecent assault, and rape are matters which lie peculiarly within the scope of local law and custom, and that the jurisdiction of the local courts in these matters should be extended. the possibility of a remand for sentence in more serious cases to a superior court could be considered. (d) other courts.—-in order to relieve other courts of the routine work of dealing with small debts and minor traffic offences so that magistrates and local court chairmen may give their time to the trial of more serious offences, it was suggested that a new small debts court and a new traffic court be established by the city council of blantyre, the largest urban centre in the country. procedure and evidence guided by the overriding principle that substantial justice should be done without undue regard to technicalities, the commission recommended the redrafting and simplification of the criminal procedure code, and particular reference was made to the view that local courts should be empowered to dispense with cross-examina- tion by parties when no legal practitioner appears, but that the local court chairmen themselves should carry out the requisite examination. it was also suggested that the accused, on a case to answer being found, should be a compellable witness required to give an account of his conduct and to answer relevant questions put to him by the court, complainant or prosecutor. another suggestion was that magistrates https://doi.org/ . /s cambridge core terms of use, available at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the https://doi.org/ . /s https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms https://www.cambridge.org/core notes and news [ ] j.a.l. should not be required to record reasons for their verdicts in minor cases. a major recommendation was that a short code setting out the rules of evidence in criminal cases should be drafted, providing that the admissibility of extra-judicial confessions shall be part of the general issue; that formal admissions by an accused person in court of facts in issue shall be permitted in criminal cases; and that documentary reports of medical officers purporting on the face of them to be authentic shall be admitted in evidence in all cases in which their contents are not in dispute. miscellaneous recommendations a number of miscellaneous observations and recommendations were made in the report. in dealing with prisons it was felt that the standard of subsistence provided in the prisons should be made reasonably to accord with the general measure of subsistence prevailing in the country. it was also recommended that the quantum and hours of work being performed by hard-labour prisoners should be reviewed so as to avoid prisoners being treated with undue leniency. the commission advised that no account of periods spent in prison awaiting trial should be taken into account in assessing sentence unless remand prisoners opted for hard labour, remand prisoners to have the right so to opt. it was recommended that district commissioners and local court commissioners should join chairmen and members of local courts, magistrates and judges as prison visitors, but that only complaints from convicted prisoners should be heard; judges should not hear complaints from appellants whose appeal to the high court or supreme court of appeal are still pending. the commission recommended the introduction of legal educa- tion in the university of malawi so as to make possible effective research into local law, practice and procedure, and so as to enable malawians to qualify in the law inside malawi. the commission was made aware of a dissatisfaction with the normal measure of sentence in manslaughter cases, and advised, in order to ascertain, as is desirable, the feelings of the deceased person's community in this matter, that before awarding sentence judges should seek the opinion of assessors as to the appropriate measure of sentence. under local law and custom in malawi the question of compensa- tion in homicide cases is of prime importance, and the commission was of the opinion that local courts are the tribunals most suited to adjudicate on this matter, and that in each case of homicide the registrar of the high court should bring the case to the notice of the district commissioner in whose district the family of the deceased person lives, with a view to the district commissioner investigating the circumstances and advising as to the seeking of compensation through the local court. conclusion it is clear from the report of the commission, and from state- ments made in parliament, that there have been undoubted delays https://doi.org/ . /s cambridge core terms of use, available at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the https://doi.org/ . /s https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms https://www.cambridge.org/core vol. i i . no. notes and news and defects in the investigation, prosecution and trial of criminal cases in malawi, and that these delays and defects were causing widespread dissatisfaction in the country. this dissatisfaction is not attributed to a single cause, but is the result of a combination of circumstances, particularly those stem- ming from a shortage of appropriately qualified and experienced personnel, and those resulting from a "spate of technicalities" which "proliferated out of all sense of proportion". the shortage of staff led to a failure of proper cooperation between the courts, counsel and police, and the position was one of "everybody in the court at the time all learning together". behind all the recommendations made, the commission empha- sised "the need for a sound legal and judicial system, and a magis- tracy and judiciary that command respect and confidence", the need for a "system of criminal justice as simple and uncomplicated as possible, directed at enforcing the criminal law against guilty persons speedily and decisively, without unnecessary regard for technicalities". the recommendations were made to achieve this, "that the guilty shall be convicted speedily and properly punished (and) . . . the innocent shall be set free and that they shall also be set free quickly". colin baker t h e african law reports a new law-reporting organisation has been established for the countries of english-speaking africa. the african law reports will operate under an editorial grant from the ford foundation, adminis- tered by the sailer project of the international legal center, new york, and will be published by oceana publications inc., dobbs ferry, n.y. the organisation is under the direction of dr. alan milner, fellow of trinity college, oxford and formerly the dean of the faculty of law, ahmadu bello university, zaria, nigeria. the existing law reporting systems although law reports are one of the basic tools of any common law system, many of the common law jurisdictions of africa suffer the disadvantage of inadequate law reporting. with the exception of commercially operated series in east, south and until recently central africa, african law reports have normally been published under the aegis of individual colonial or independent governments. almost without exception, they have been highly selective in their coverage, of variable editorial quality, and sporadic in their publication. at an early stage of colonial rule, the british government sponsored the publication of individual series of reports for many of its african territories. some ended almost before they began, as in the case of the old sierra leone reports ( - , volume); others filled only a few slender volumes over several decades (e.g. northern rhodesia - , volumes; nyasaland - , volumes; zanzibar principal, institute of public administration, university of malawi. https://doi.org/ . /s cambridge core terms of use, available at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the https://doi.org/ . /s https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms https://www.cambridge.org/core                 Δόξα / Докса.–  . – Вип.   ( ).            Δόξα / Докса.–  . – Вип.   ( ).                Псевдо-Платон ПРО  СПРАВЕДЛИВЕ (вступне слово, переклад з давньогрецької та коментарі Іллі Бєя) Перший  переклад  українською    мовою    безпосередньо  з  грецької короткого сократичного діалогу невідомого автора «Про справедливе». Тут Сократ зі своїм співбесідником намагаються відшукати відповідь на  питання,  що  є  справедливим.  Вміння  визначати  справедливе порівнюється з іншими вміннями. Ключові  слова:  справедливе,  Псевдо-Платон,  Сократ,  сократичний, діалог. Псевдо-платонівський  сократичний  діалог  невідомого  автора  Про справедливе здебільшого складається з аргументів, запозичених з діалогів справжнього  Платона.  Єдина  оригінальна  ідея  твору  ( c–e):  Сократ заявляє, що судді розсуджують  щодо справедливого та несправедливого, говорячи, тобто використовуючи слово, так само, як зважувачі користуються вагою, а вимірювачі – мірою. Устами Сократа автор задає питання, котре залишає без відповіді: «Якщо мова, суддівське вміння та суддя розрізняють справедливе та несправедливе, що ж тоді справедливе та несправедливе?». В платонівських діалогах питання справедливості піднімається вельми часто.  Найбільший  твір  Платона  навіть  називається  Держава,  або  Про справедливість, він весь присвячений пошуку відповіді на питання, чим справедливість власне є. Цією темою займались й такі сучасники та учні Платона як Спевсіпп, Ксенократ Халкідонський та Гераклід Понтійський, втім, їхні твори до нас не дійшли. Під час роботи над українським перекладом були використані: – англійський переклад: the works of plato. a new and literal translation / by george burges, m. a., trinity, cambridge.– london: henry g. bohn, york street, covent garden,  .  - чеський переклад: platón. epinomis. minós. kleitofón. pseudoplatonika. epigramy / preklad frantiska novotného.– praha: oikoymanh,  . – російський переклад: Платон. Диалоги / Пер. с древнегреч.; Сост., ред. и авт. вступит. статьи А. Ф. Лосев; авт. примеч. А. А. Тахо-Годи.– М.: Мысль,  . Грецький текст наводиться за виданням: plato. platonis oper / ed. john burnet.– vol.  , oxford.  . Пагінація за стефанівським виданням. < a, bis> – Чи ти можеш сказати нам, що таке справедливе? Чи ти не вважаєш це вартим того, щоб поговорити про це? Розділ  ПЕРЕКЛАДИ                 Δόξα / Докса.–  . – Вип.   ( ).            Δόξα / Докса.–  . – Вип.   ( ).                 - Так.  - А щодо < c> справедливого та несправедливого? Відповідай!  - Не  можу.  - Скажи, [що про них] говорять.  - Так.  - Отже судді, коли розсуджують між нами, судять про справедливе та несправедливе?  - Так.  - А вимірювачі про мале та велике, вимірюючи, оскільки міра є  те, чим [такі речі] розрізняють.  - Авжеж.  - Отже, і зважувачі про важке та легке, зважуючи, оскільки вага є те, чим [такі речі] розрізняють.  - Так, є.  - І обчислювачі  про велике та  мале, обчислюючи, оскільки  число є тим, чим [такі речі] розрізняють.  - Авжеж.  - Отже,  судді,  говорячи , як  ми  щойно визнали, розсуджують про справедливе  та  несправедливе,  оскільки  мова  є  те,  чим  [такі  речі] розрізняють.  - Добре говориш, Сократе.  - Тобто це – правда. І саме мова, як здається, є те, чим розрізняються справедливе та несправедливе.  - Виявляється, що так.  - Що ж таке справедливе та несправедливе? Нехай нас хтось спитає, якщо міра, вміння вимірювати та вимірювач розрізняють більше та менше, то що ж таке більше та менше. Ми відповімо, що більше перевищує, а менше є перевищене. Якщо тоді вага, вміння зважувати та зважувач перевіряють важке та легке, що ж таке важке та легке? Ми відповімо, що вниз на терезах схиляє важке, а вгору [підіймається] легке. Нехай нас хтось спитає, якщо мова, суддівське вміння та суддя розрізняють справедливе та несправедливе, що ж тоді справедливе та несправедливе? Чи зможемо ми відповісти? Чи ще цього не можемо сказати?  - Не  можемо.  - Як  ти  вважаєш,  самовільно  чи  несамовільно  мають  люди  це несправедливе? Я ж уважаю так. Як ти вважаєш, самовільно чи несамовільно вони чинять несправедливе та є несправедливими?  - Як на мене, самовільно, Сократе, бо вони лихі.  - Отже, ти вважаєш, що люди самовільно лихі та несправедливі?  - Авжеж. А чи ти ні?  - Як на мене, то навіть дуже [варте].  - То що ж воно таке?  - Чи не інше ніж те, що вважається справедливим?  - Не [відповідай] мені так; але якщо ти спитаєш мене, що таке око, я відповів би, що це те, чим ми дивимось, а якщо ти мене нукатимеш показати, я покажу тобі, і якщо спитаєш мене про ім’я душі, я скажу тобі, що нею ми пізнаємо; якщо ж ти знову спитаєш мене, що таке голос, я скажу тобі, що ним ми розмовляємо. Отже, і ти мені поясни, що таке справедливе, для чого воно використовується, так само як і те, про що я щойно запитував.  - Звісно, я не можу тобі так відповісти.  - Але оскільки ти не можеш цього, можливо, це буде легше знайти так: нуж бо, споглядаючи більше та менше, чим ми їх визначаємо, чи не мірою?  - Так.  - А  за  допомогою  міри  кот рим  уміння м?  Ч и  не  < a> вимірювальним?  - Вимірювальним.  - А щодо легкого та важкого? Чи не вагою?  - Так.  - А за допомогою ваги котрим умінням? Чи не зважувальним ?  - Звісно ж.  - Нуж  бо,  споглядаючи  справедливе  та  несправедливе,  котрим знаряддям  ми  це  визначаємо,  а  за  допомогою  цього  знаряддя  котрим головно умінням? Чи і так тобі це неясне?  - Ні.  - Тоді знову звідси. Якщо ми сперечатимемось про більше та менше, хто нас розсудить? Чи не вимірювачі?  - Так.  - А  про  те,  чого  багато  і  < b>  мало,  хто  розсудить?  Чи  не обчислювачі?  - Хто ж інший?  - Якщо  ж  ми  сперечатимемось  один  з  одним  про  справедливе  та несправедливе, до кого підемо, хто нас щоразу розсуджуватиме? Скажи!  - Чи ти про суддю  говориш, Сократе?  - Ти  правильно  зрозумів.  Тоді  давай-но,  спробуй  сказати,  що  саме роблять вимірювачі, розсуджуючи про велике та мале, чи не вимірюють?  - Так.  - А про важке та легке, чи їх не зважують?  - Звісно, зважують.  - А про те, чого більше і менше, чи їх не обчислюють?                 Δόξα / Докса.–  . – Вип.   ( ).            Δόξα / Докса.–  . – Вип.   ( ).                і несправедливе.  - Так.  - А  т акож  не  обдурюват и  т а  обд урю ват и  –  і  справед ливе,  і несправедливе.  - Здається.  - І шкодити та допомагати і справедливе, і несправедливе?  - Так.  - Таким  чином,  як  здається,  всі  < e>  ці  речі  і  справедливі,  і несправедливі.  - Мені це так уявляється.  - Послухай-но. Я маю одне око праве та одне ліве, як і інші люди?  - Так.  - Одну праву ніздрю та одну ліву?  - Так і є.  - Одну праву руку і одну ліву?  - Так.  - Тоді, називаючи одні [частини] мого [тіла] правими, а інші – лівими, якби я спитав тебе про них, ти би сказав мені, що одні є з правого боку, а інші – з лівого?  - Так.  - Нуж-бо,  оскільки  ти  одне  і  т е  ж  назвав  і  справедливим,  і несправедливим,  скажи,  < a>  що  саме  є  справедливе,  а  що  – несправедливе?  - Тоді мені здається, що кожна [річ], що відбувається по-належному й у слушний час є справедлива, а що не по-належному – несправедлива.  - Добрий маєш погляд. Отже, той, хто по-належному чинить кожне з цього, той чинить справедливо, а хто не по-належному – несправедливо?  - Так.  - Отож,  той,  хто  чинить  справедливе,  є  справедливим,  а  той,  хто несправедливе,– несправедливим?  - Так і є.  - Хто  ж  той,  що  по-належному  й  у  слушний  час  є  вправним,  аби різати, припікати та викликати схуднення?  - Лікар.  - Бо володіє < b> вмінням, чи через щось інше?  - Бо володіє вмінням.  - Хто ж той, що по-належному є вправним, аби підпушувати, орати та садовити?  - Рільник.  - Бо володіє вмінням, чи через щось інше?  - Ні, якщо вірити в чомусь віршотворцеві.  - Котрому віршотворцеві?  - Котрий сказав: «Ніхто своєю волею не є лихим, і ніхто проти волі – блаженним» . Але, Сократе, добре говорить давня приказка, що піснярі багато оманюють .  - Я  б  здивувався,  якби  цей  пісняр  оманював.  Тож,  як  маєш  час , поміркуймо, чи він говорить правду, чи брехню.  - Так, маю час.  - Тож, ти вважаєш за справедливе брехати чи говорити правду?  - Звісно, правду.  - Отже, брехати – несправедливо.  - Так.  - А обдурювати чи не обдурювати?  - Вочевидь, не обдурювати.  - Отже, обдурювати – несправедливо.  - Так.  - Що ж далі, справедливо шкодити чи допомагати?  - Допомагати.  - Отже, шкодити – несправедливо?  - Так.  - < c>  Тобто  справедливо  говорити  правду,  не  обдурювати  та допомагати, а брехати, шкодити та обдурювати несправедливо.  - Зевсом присягаюся, так і є.  - І навіть ворогів?  - Аж ніяк.  - Навпаки,  шкод ит и  ворогам  справедливо,  а  д опомаг ат и  – несправедливо.  - Так.  - Тобто і, обдурюючи, справедливо шкодити ворогам?  - Як би ні?  - А брехати, аби обдурити їх та нашкодити їм? Чи це не справедливе?  - < d> Так.  - Що ж, а допомагати друзям справедливе, чи не так?  - Авжеж.  - А чи обдурюючи, чи не обдурюючи на їхню користь?  - І обдурюючи, заради Зевса!  - Тобто і, обдурюючи, допомагати справедливо, але не брешучи? Чи навіть брешучи?  - І брешучи, справедливо.  - Отже виходить, як здається, брехати та говорити правду і справедливе,                 Δόξα / Докса.–  . – Вип.   ( ).            Δόξα / Докса.–  . – Вип.   ( ).                 - А  вчинення  несправедливог о  виникає  через  існування несправедливого.  - Так.  - А несправедливість ненавмисна.  - Ненавмисна.  - От же,  несамовіль но  [люди]  чинять  несправедливість,  т а  є несправедливими й лихими.  - Несамовільно, це ж зрозуміло.  - Отже, пісняр не збрехав.  - Здається, що ні.  - Примитки Приклад цього уміння Сократ наводить і в діалозі Хармід   та нижче. В грецькій мові слово dikastes (суддя), є однокорінним зі словом dike, первісне  значення  котрого  –  «звичай,  побут,  уклад»,  але  серед  його значень  є  і  «право,  закон»,  і  «справедливість»,  і  «вирок»,  і  «судова справа», і навіть «покарання». Прикметник dikaios має в першу чергу значення «чесний, справедливий» і «справжній». Можна перекласти і як «вживаючи слово», «словом». Можливо,  це  вірш  Солона.  Його  наводять  також  Аристотель  в «Нікомаховій етиці» iii,   ( b,  - ) , що Віктор Ставнюк переклав як «Ніхто по своїй волі не поганий (підлий) і проти волі не блаженний», та Епіхарм (dk  b ). Аза Тахо-Годі в примітках до російського перекладу цього діалогу, що його виконала Сесіль Шейнман-Топштейн, помилково вказує, що цей вірш не зустрічається ніде інде. Авторство цієї приказки схоліастом приписується Філохорові (Аттида І), Солону (Елегії) чи Платону. Див. plato. dialogi / ed. c. fr. hermann.– lipase,  , t. vi, p.  . Цікаво,  що  перше  значення  слова  skole,  від  якого  походить  і  наше «школа», – це саме «дозвілля», «вільний час». Пізніше цим словом почали назвати те, чим цей час заповнюється, тобто «вчені бесіди» та «учбові заняття», аж поки виникло й сучасне значення, діаметрально протилежне первісному. Псевдо-Платон О СПРАВЕДЛИВОМ (вступительное слово, перевод с древнегреческого и комментарии Ильи Бея) Первый перевод на украинский язык непосредственно с греческого кра ткого  со кр ат ич еско го   д иа ло га   неи зв естного  ав то ра   « О  - Бо володіє вмінням.  - А чи не так і з рештою речей? Хто володіє вмінням, той вправний, та потрібне чинить по-належному й у слушний час, а хто не володіє вмінням – ні.  - Так є.  - Отже, щоб і брехати, і обдурювати, і допомагати той є вправним, хто володіє вмінням, та кожну з цих речей чинить по-належному й у слушний час, а хто не володіє вмінням – ні?  - < c> Маєш рацію.  - А той, хто чинить по-належному, і є справедливий?  - Так.  - І чинить це все через уміння.  - А як інакше?  - Тобто справедливий є справедливим через володіння вмінням.  - Так.  - Тож,  не спр аведливий  є  несправедливим  ч ере з  протилежне справедливому?  - Звісно.  - А справедливий – справедливим через мудрість.  - Так.  - Отже, через невігластво несправедливий є несправедливим.  - Виходить, так.  - Здається, пращури залишили нам, що мудрість – це справедливість, а невігластво – < d> несправедливість.  - Схоже на те.  - Але ж чи люди є невігласами самовільно чи несамовільно?  - Несамовільно.  - Тоді і несправедливі вони несамовільно?  - Звісно.  - А несправедливі – лихі?  - Так.  - Отже, вони несамовільно лихі та несправедливі?  - В усьому так.  - Чинять несправедливість через те, що вони несправедливі?  - Так.  - Тож,  ненавмисно?  - Авжеж.  - Але навмисне не виникає через навмисне.  - Звісно, ні.                 Δόξα / Докса.–  . – Вип.   ( ).            Δόξα / Докса.–  . – Вип.   ( ).                Розділ  ПОЕЗІЇ справедливом». Здесь Сократ со своим собеседником пытаются найти ответ  на  вопрос,  что  является  справедливым.  Умение  определять справедливое сравнивается с другими умениями. Ключевые  слова:   сп раведлив ое,  Псев до-П лато н,  Сокра т, сократический,  диалог. pseudo plato about justice (foreword, translation from old greek language and commentaries by illya bey) first ukrainian translation directly from old greek of the short socratic dialogue  about  justice   by  an  unknown  author.  here  socrates  and  his companion trying  to find  the answer to  what is justice.  the ability  to deter- mine the justice compared  with other skills.  keywords: fair, pseudo-plato, socrates, socratic, dialogue. eschatological justice and the cross: violence and penal substitution boersma, hans abstract: recent objections to penal substitutionary views of the atonement argue that they valorize violence. this essay argues that, to the contrary, penal substitution may be viewed as a warrant of eschatological justice that offers hope both to victims and perpetrators of violence. a rejection of all penal justice would contribute to the cycle of violence. penal justice is a last resort for the sake of god's future eschatological justice. christ's voluntary self-sacrifice also entails that god takes the punishment for sin upon himself, thus offering the hope of eschatological justice to all. that the cross is the church's central symbol is unlikely to be disputed. whether this symbol is positive or negative, however, is a question that tends to generate more discussion. to many christians, the cross is the primary symbol that brings hope for the forgiveness of sins and so for the possibility of new life: christ's death on the cross means that one's sins have been dealt with and that god's forgiveness is forthcoming. many have drawn such comfort from the symbol of the cross that they will find it hard to imagine that it could function in any other way. others, however, point out that the cross has functioned in violent and oppressive ways throughout the history of the church: from constantine's vision of the cross at the eve of the battle at the milvian bridge in the fourth century, to the crusades in the middle ages, to the conquistadors in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, christians have used the cross as an excuse for the use of military power, oppression, and other forms of violence. indeed, many are asking whether the cross is perhaps an inherently violent and oppressive symbol, responsible for abuse and violence not only in the wider military and political realms but also in personal relationships and even in the intimacy of family life. the focus for apprehension about the cross is usually the idea that jesus christ suffered punishment for the sake of sinners. a number of feminist scholars, in particular, are of the opinion that the notion of the cross as a form of penal justice is problematic. in her recent book, embracing travail, cynthia crysdale, for instance, insists: redemption comes to be understood (under anselm's influence) as the requirement of a distant, omnipotent god for the satisfaction of his honor. god's mercy gets lost in the idealization of punishment and suffering, and god is seen as sadistic and bloodthirsty. such a god and the acceptance of our deserved punishment become necessary in order for the message of salvation to mean anything. punishment on the cross, crysdale asserts, implies a bloodthirsty god. she is not alone in this criticism of the anselmian tradition's emphasis on penal substitution. rita nakashima brock also criticizes traditional atonement models, saying, "such doctrines of salvation reflect by analogy, i believe, images of the neglect of children or, even worse, child abuse, making it acceptable as divine behavior-cosmic child abuse, as it were." there appears to be a growing concern about an unholy alliance between penal substitution and violence. critics object that penal substitution valorizes unjust violence at both the divine and the human level: god inflicts suffering, while humans are encouraged to accept it. if these objections can be sustained, penal substitution can hardly hold out hope of reconciliation and peace, either with god or among human beings. i am not convinced, however, that the objections are particularly persuasive. on the contrary, i will argue that we may look at divine penal substitution on the cross as an instance of eschatological justice that furthers peace and reconciliation and, as such, offers hope to both victims and perpetrators of violence. i readily grant that not all methods of construing a theory of penal substitution are equally hopeful. it may well be that certain ways of understanding this theory have contributed to a judgmental mindset and even to violence. for example, when theories of penal substitution separate god's justice and mercy, perhaps even valorizing the former over the latter, the picture of a "bloodthirsty" god becomes understandable. likewise, the designation of atonement as "satisfaction," focusing solely on divine wrath, obscures the all- encompassing love of god. the counsel of nietzsche's zarathustra is certainly to the point: "mistrust all in whom the impulse to punish is powerful. they are people of a low sort and stock; the hangman and the bloodhound look out of their faces. mistrust all who talk much of their justice!" finally, a penal substitution model that construes the punishment of jesus as inflicted by the father on an innocent third party cannot avoid charges of abusive violence and injustice. it is fair to say that popular explanations of the atonement have at times fallen prey to such unfortunate misconceptions, and the church needs to be vigilant that it does not become the cause or the occasion of abusive violence. when arguing that penal substitution offers hope, i am saying that this is the case only for the theory as i am outlining it in this essay. crime, punishment, and justice to begin, it may be helpful to make some general comments on the nature of punishment. first, punishment assumes an authority structure. if i punish someone, i must be in a legal position to do so; it is not enough simply for me to have the power to take away certain rights or to inflict a certain kind of injury. the same act may be called a punishment in one instance and a crime in another, depending on whether the act is performed with or without the legal authority to inflict punishment. in other words, there is a difference between crime and punishment. this distinction is significant for the topic under consideration. the gospel accounts inform us that jesus died at the hands of jewish and roman authorities. this brings us into the realm of punishment rather than the realm of crime. theologically speaking, penal substitution assumes that jesus' crucifixion was not only a human punishment but also a divine punishment. either way, whether considered from the historical or the theological perspective, the cross is a form of punishment enacted by an authority in a legal position to execute it. penal substitution, therefore, takes us into the realm of punishment, not into the realm of crime. to justify violent crimes by appealing to divine penal justice thus involves a serious category mistake. suffering as the result of crime is simply a different kind of suffering than christ's suffering on the cross. the notions of crime and punishment are not the same, and human criminal behavior cannot properly be modeled on an understanding of the cross as penal substitution. to be sure, it is possible to imagine a person rationalizing forms of criminal violence by means of an appeal to the cross. it is also possible to imagine that people make such a link subconsciously. nonetheless, when an individual draws wrong inferences from a penal theory of the atonement, the error lies not with the penal theory but with the person drawing the mistaken conclusion. admittedly, the difference between crime and punishment does not legitimize just any punishment, merely because someone who is in a legal position to do so enacts it. jacques derrida reminds us of the important distinction between law and justice. the law never captures justice in its entirety, and justice always needs to do more than calculate mere statistical evidence. some laws may be patently unjust, implying that some punishments may be entirely misplaced. the injustices of historical, positive laws mean that they are always subject to revision or deconstruction, whereas the notion of justice itself cannot be deconstructed. as derrida puts it: the structure i am describing here is a structure in which law (droit) is essentially deconstructible . . . . the fact that law is deconstructible is not bad news. we may even see in this a stroke of luck for politics, for all historical progress. but the paradox that i'd like to submit for discussion is the following: it is this deconstructible structure of law (droit), or if you prefer of justice as droit, that also insures the possibility of deconstruction. justice in itself, if such a thing exists, outside or beyond law, is not deconstructible. no more than deconstruction itself, if such a thing exists. deconstruction is justice. justice does not blindly apply the law but looks at the particular situation and so comes to a particular decision. john d. caputo rightly comments, therefore: "whenever a legal system has been good, whenever it has been something more than a blind and flexible tyrant, whenever laws have protected the weak against the strong and prevented the winds of injustice from sweeping across the land, then the law has been deconstructible." these derridean reflections on justice help clarify questions concerning divine justice in connection with the cross. is divine punishment on the cross a response to transgressions of a law that has little or no resemblance to eschatological justice? is this punishment perhaps out of proportion to the transgression that it intends to penalize? is substitution so out of joint with standards of justice that it obstructs messianic justice? in short, does the divine punishment of christ on the cross serve or impede the coming of eschatological justice? the answers to these questions determine whether god condones arbitrary violence and whether the cross perpetuates human victimization. the notion of eschatological justice is also helpful because it allows us to consider questions of mercy and forgiveness in dealing with justice. if justice always means strict retribution ("an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth"), then little room is left for mercy and forgiveness. if, on the other hand, justice looks beyond historically constituted laws, then it is not primarily interested in an uncompromising enforcement of the law. the application of justice, in that case, will take considerations of a higher order into account. it seems obvious that strict retribution does not always encourage the overall well-being of the community. no judicial system prosecutes each and every violation of the law. various social and economic considerations (financial costs of enforcement, the risk of crime going underground, personal extenuating circumstances, and so on) may lead to leniency in either enforcement of the law or punishment. why, then, does god punish at all? why does he not simply forgive? can god not restore the divine- human relationship without resorting to something that may strike us as offensive and unworthy of god? similar questions are often asked in connection with the north american system of criminal justice: why punitive justice? is punishment really necessary if the purpose is ultimately eschatological justice and communal peace? does punishment not stand in the way of such an eschatological vision? in light of the variety of views on the atonement, this question certainly has its place. if any and all divine punishment would be unjust and abusive in character, then penal substitution would obviously justify the fears of violence and perpetuation of suffering. how, specifically, does punishment in connection with human relationships serve the interests of messianic justice? punishments can serve different goals: prevention, rehabilitation, deterrence, retribution, or some combination of these four. the first three purposes of punishment in some way or other have the effect of protecting society. even though the rehabilitative purpose is primarily focused on the cure of the criminal, it also indirectly benefits society since, if the criminal is truly cured, society will not be attacked again. the retributive purpose of punishment is aimed at something greater than society, justice itself, and thus is independent of the good (or, for that matter, the evil) that is brought to others by the execution of the punishment. let us assume for a moment that we do away with all punishment. it seems to me that this would have profound consequences for both the victim and the perpetrator of the crime. it would do away not only with retribution (which aims at satisfying a perceived need for revenge, apart from considerations about the future well-being of the community), but also with the other three goals of punishment, all of which aim at eschatological justice. in terms of prevention and deterrence, an unequivocal rejection of punishment means, at the very least, that the external incentives to stop criminal behavior are being reduced. why would people stop their criminal behavior unless they expected a legal penalty for engaging in that behavior? "cheap grace," argues l. gregory jones, "denies any real need for deliverance from sin since it justifies the sin instead of the sinner. as such, cheap grace offers consolation without any change of life, without any sense of either dying or rising with christ. indeed, cheap grace does not require any embodiment ... ." abolishing all external punishment eliminates a much-needed incentive for the perpetrator to stop the cycle of victimization and so removes the perpetrator's as well as the victim's hope of peace and justice. for the victim, a nonpenal understanding of justice carries a further consequence: there is no recourse for the offence. regardless how little remorse an offender may show, the victim is forced to accept that society refuses to deal with the crime. the result may well be that "the world will remain forever awry, the blood of the innocent will eternally cry out to heaven." even if the victim of violence is obligated to extend forgiveness, experience dictates that forgiveness is long and arduous, oftentimes not forthcoming at all. if it is to be adapted to real life, the judicial system needs to take into account the victim's difficulty in extending forgiveness to the perpetrator. the strong human propensity to harbor feelings of revenge is a reality in a sinful world: where victimizing others is not punished, this omission may aggravate the damage done by the criminal, further diminishing prospects for reconciliation. without punishment, it becomes more difficult to mend the tears in the social fabric and achieve justice. an entirely nonpenal understanding of justice is not just, simply because it does not serve eschatological justice. interestingly, old testament law (without which we cannot comprehend our contemporary sense of justice) corroborates the observation that punishment may assist in reconciliation and in the flourishing of the community's justice. the old testament also has the peace and reconciliation of the covenant community as its ultimate concern. judgment (mis pat) must accord with covenant faithfulness or righteousness (s^sup e^daqa).[ advocates of contemporary restorative justice initiatives rightly draw attention to the relational connotations of faithfulness and protection that are tied up with the concept of "righteousness." hebrew law removes us far from the blindfolded roman goddess, justitia. or, as miroslav volf puts it: "if justitia is just, then yahweh is patently unjust." punishment in the old testament intends to restore severed relationships and, with this, victims' as well as perpetrators' hopes for peace and justice within the covenant community. it seems clear, therefore, that, under certain conditions, punishment can play a positive role. rehabilitation, deterrence, and prevention may make punishment a helpful thing, ultimately, the purpose of punishment is the community's well-being: the crime has affected the community's relationships, which need healing. punishment can restore hope. to be sure, this apologia for punishment does not settle the question of when to punish. it dees not settle the question of the appropriate degree of punishment in particular situations. the answers to these questions will always depend on ad hoc decisions regarding particular laws and particular people in particular circumstances. monotheism, justice, and punishment we can now apply to justice and forgiveness some of our observations regarding the role of punishment. the positive effects of punishments apply not only within human relationships, but also within the divine- human relationship. first, the threat of divine punishment may serve as a deterrent, inclining people to live more virtuous lives, divine punishment may mitigate the cycle of violence and victimization, thereby offering hope to perpetrator and victim alike. second, when crime victims are aware that god punishes the criminal, it may assist them in dealing with the consequences of the crime, it may persuade them not to take revenge but to "leave room for god's wrath" (rom : ), knowing that the world will not remain awry forever. again, this knowledge of god's justice may help the victim come to terms with the injustice that has occurred and prevent the perpetrator from being victimized in revenge, thus breaking the cycle of crime and victimization. of course, the hypothetical justifiability of some form of divine punishment does not mean that the specific punishment of christ on the cross necessarily was appropriate; nor does it imply that the substitutionary character of this punishment is appropriate. this leads us, then, to the particularities of the law that led to christ's death and to the historical circumstances surrounding it. do the particular historical structures that enabled christ's death and their theological appropriation as penal substitution offer hope of reconciliation for both victims and perpetrators? to answer this question, we need to look at the biblical narrative within which the death of christ occurs. what law is applied in penal substitutionary atonement? and how is this law applied in the crucifixion of jesus christ? the "shema" of deuteronomy : - is the heart of jewish worship: "hear, o israel: the lord our god, the lord is one. love the lord your god with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your strength." the particularities of deuteronomic law all have their place in relationship to the confession of the shema, so that transgression is to some degree a rejection of god, to whom the israelites owe exclusive loyalty. this confession is also the ultimate standard of eschatological justice. divine punishment thus is closely connected to the rejection of the covenant relationship between god and his people and of god as the only true god. if the israelites consistently reject the shema by worshipping idols, god will curse the people and inflict punishment on them: "but if your heart turns away and you are not obedient, and if you are drawn away to bow down to other gods and worship them, i declare to you this day that you will certainly be destroyed" (deut : - ). not every transgression of the law would lead to punishment. according to old testament law, israelites could atone for their sins by means of repentance and sacrifice, thereby restoring fellowship. the deuteronomic law suggests, however, that israel consistently rejected the very aim of repentance and sacrifice: restoration of, and growth in, its relationship with god. the book of deuteronomy leads up to god's prediction of the rebellion of israel, its rejection of the shema, and thus to exile as the curse of the law. the books of joshua through kings trace israel's apostasy leading up to the exilic curse. significantly, exile is god's last option. god resorts to this climactic punishment only when it becomes clear that israel as a nation has consistently refused to repent and so to obtain forgiveness from god. in other words, exile as punishment for sin salvages monotheistic worship as the very heart of the law. this punishment serves justice: the worship of god, which alone constitutes complete justice. justice, peace, and worship of the only true god are, at least in the deuteronomic view, eschatological. questions about the compatibility of divine forgiveness and punishment thus lead us deeper into the biblical narrative. it is certainly true that god would rather forgive than punish, often does forgive rather than punish, and that not every transgression necessitates divine punishment. but the biblical narrative highlights israel's consistent rejection of god's plans for justice. exile seeks to subvert this constant pattern. israel's lack of repentance, in the end, leads to divine punishment only after israel has consistently rejected its confession of monotheism. penal justice and recapitulation punishment is eminently understandable if the very fabric of justice is at stake and if the punishment serves to advance this justice. this is exactly the role of the punishment of exile according to the biblical narrative. the old testament never viewed exile as the final act of abandonment. the exile served the restoration of community. both deuteronomy ( : - ) and the prophets (jer : - ; ezek : - ) looked forward to a new covenant in which the relationship with god would once again be restored. pauline theology proceeds on the assumption that not only is the exile a consequence of israel's rejection of god, but that, at least in principle, the restoration of israel also has occurred. paul refers to the exilic curse of deuteronomy as "the curse of the law" (gal : ; compare deut : ). according to some recent interpretations of paul, jesus recapitulated israel's history, leading up to its exile (as the deuteronomic curse). the return from this exile ultimately could be attained only by means of a resurrection from the dead, an adamic re-creation (ezek : - ). in christ's resurrection, israel as a whole experiences return from exile and the human race-at least in principle-experiences its restoration and re-creation ( cor : ). this narrative implies penal substitution-but substitution of a particular kind, one more or less in line with the theology of irenaeus (c. -c. ad). in his struggle against gnosticism, irenaeus takes the incarnation of the word seriously. only if the word has truly become flesh is it possible for humans to be redeemed and taken up into the divine life: "for in what way could we be partakers of the adoption of sons," irenaeus asks, "unless we had received from him through the son that fellowship which refers to himself, unless his word, having been made flesh, had entered into communion with us?" the incarnation, in irenaeus's view, ultimately leads to the vision of god and thus to fellowship with god. the way irenaeus connects incarnation and eschatological justice is intriguing. he uses the concept of recapitulation, which he understands as a retracing of the pattern of adam's creation, life, and death that effects the restoration and renewal of humanity. the incarnation serves the victory of christ over satan and reveals to human beings what the father is like, so that by imitating the word, people may be restored to the image and likeness of god. these ideas contain the seeds of the later christus victor theme and of a moral influence theory of the atonement. but irenaeus refuses to privilege these approaches at the expense of notions of sacrifice and propitiation. opposing a marcionite reading of the old testament, irenaeus comments that jesus "did not make void, but fulfilled the law, by performing the offices of the high priest, propitiating god for men, and cleansing the lepers, healing the sick, and himself suffering death, that exiled man might go forth from condemnation, and might return without fear to his own inheritance." irenaeus views christ's sacrificial death as integral to recapitulation-a process initiated by the incarnation that leads to immortality and incorruptibility and thus to the ultimate fruition of eschatological justice. in a number of ways, then, the death of christ as the penalty for human sin-whether a recapitulation of the exile of humanity from the garden of eden or the exile of israel from the promised land-serves the purposes of god's eschatological justice. first, the punishment that christ bears is not simply punishment against this or that particular legal construct. christ bears the punishment for the rejection of justice itself, of fellowship and life with the only true god. second, christ's punishment rehabilitates human beings to fellowship with god. in other words, god wants to give people justice even though they abandon it, so the cross means hope not only for the victim but even for the perpetrator. god does not leave people in the brokenness of injustice but allows christ to retrace the life and death of israel (and the life and death of adam) for the sake of his eschatological justice. christ's penal substitution needs to be understood in light of the goal of the punishment-restoration of justice and human fellowship with god and each other. one way of articulating the importance of this goal is by means of richard mouw's "important distinction between redemptive and masochistic suffering." we all can imagine situations in which we would give up something of ourselves in the interest of others. as a parent, i gladly do certain things for my children, even if there is a personal cost attached. i like to think that i would even be willing to die, if that were necessary to save my children's lives. we all view self-sacrifice-the giving of oneself for the sake of others-as appropriate in certain circumstances. this principle is reflected in jesus' words, "no one has greater love than this, to lay down one's life for one's friends" (john : ). though not all self-sacrifice is appropriate (and it is important not to lose sight of this fact), in certain circumstances it may be a perfectly right thing to do. christ's sacrifice on the cross was voluntary. from the time of his temptation in the wilderness, he refused to assume the messianic kingship in a way that would subvert justice, even if that meant he could not avoid suffering. the "kingdoms of the world and their splendor," to which satan alluded, would be his-but he would receive them only by way of suffering and death. this decision implies a significant difference between christ's suffering and the suffering that results from abuse. coercion on the part of the perpetrator and involuntary suffering on the part of the victim characterize abusive relationships. neither coercion nor involuntary suffering can be attributed to christ's atoning death on the cross. any attempt to maintain abusive power structures by appealing to the cross is theologically incoherent and morally insidious. anselm already drew attention to the voluntary character of christ's suffering and death: "god, therefore, did not force christ to die, there being no sin in him. rather, he underwent death of his own accord, not out of an obedience consisting in the abandonment of his life, but out of an obedience consisting in his upholding of righteousness so bravely and pertinaciously that as a result he incurred death." the consistent biblical witness is that jesus voluntarily took suffering upon himself as part of his messianic vocation to restore communal justice and peace for israel and humanity. by retracing the steps of israel and adam, jesus vicariously bore the suffering of abandonment and exile. the picture of an angry father venting his fury on his child is an unbalanced caricature. it does not take into account the utter rejection of god's justice and the consistent refusal of divine forgiveness and restoration-and so it fails to acknowledge god's mercy in dealing with human rejection once and for all. it also neglects to inculcate the aim of penal substitution, namely, restoration of community and eternal peace. finally, it ignores the voluntary character of christ's suffering in the interest of this eschatological justice. penal substitution and the suffering of god for irenaeus, the incarnation is an indispensable precondition for redemption and for maturation into full communion with god. irenaeus regards the incarnation as the climax of god's progressive self-revelation, something the bishop of lyons traces throughout the old testament. indeed, the biblical witness suggests that god does not remain aloof from the human condition. god enters time and space and is affected by them. the old testament portrays god as longing and hoping for the restoration of fellowship with israel. terence e. fretheim draws attention to a number of passages in the old testament that express god's hope for the return and restoration of the people. the opening words of isaiah provide a striking example: "i was ready to be sought out by those who did not ask, to be found by those who did not seek me. i said, 'here i am, here i am,' to a nation that did not call on my name. i held out my hands all day long to a rebellious people, who walk in a way that is not good, following their own devices . . . ." god yearns for a relationship with the people. this divine hope results in god's suffering emotionally for the sins of the people. in fact, god's hopes for them run so deep that, to sustain them, god bears their suffering. god even carries their burdens and sins. god's hope for, and commitment to, reconciliation and fellowship lead to self-giving in the incarnation, which is the climax of god's entry into the material and temporal conditions of life. in the mystery of the incarnation, god takes on human flesh and becomes subject to the conditions of human life, including violence, pain, and suffering. if the incarnation is the ultimate self-revelation of god (heb : - ), then jesus' compassion and self- sacrifice reflect god's compassionate self-sacrifice. irenaeus takes god's involvement with time and matter so seriously that he sees "the impassible becoming capable of suffering." the reality of the incarnation, with its intimate connection between the human and the divine natures, means for irenaeus that god suffers on the cross. if the cross is indeed an instance of divine self-sacrifice, it means that in christ god has taken the punishment onto himself and that, in the words of karl earth, the judge is judged in our place. god's self-donation in the crucifixion of christ speaks strongly to both objections against penal substitution. first, it counters the notion that penal substitution is god's unjust infliction of suffering on an innocent third party. since god assumes the penalty rather than punishing a third party, god can no longer be construed as a "bloodthirsty" god who punishes the innocent. rather, by absorbing the punishment and thus enabling humankind to obtain forgiveness, god offers hope for the attainment of ultimate justice. second, the objection that penal substitution glorifies suffering and so perpetuates victimization is also affected. not all divine actions are to be imitated: we are not called upon to create the world or to pour out the holy spirit. neither are we in a position to deal with israel's and humanity's rejection of god's justice. it is god alone who through self-sacrifice opens the way for final justice. not everyone may find the symbol of the cross hopeful. a careful exploration of penal substitution, however, puts to rest fears of an arbitrary and abusive god and the idea that a christian doctrine of the atonement need perpetuate human suffering. first, since punishment and crime belong to different categories, the former may not be used to justify the latter. second, in our sinful world, rejection of all penal justice would only contribute to the cycle of violence and therefore would not serve the hope of eschatological justice. third, the justification of penal justice in the particular instance of the crucifixion is rooted in the divine determination to uphold the vision of eschatological justice despite the people's consistent rejection of it. penal justice is thus a last resort that god enacts not for its own sake but for the sake of the future of his eschatological justice. in light of this unique purpose, christ's voluntary self- donation is not a recipe for the perpetuation of human suffering but a beacon of hope for an end to all victimization. finally, the mystery of the incarnation implies that god takes the punishment for sin upon himself, thereby offering to perpetrator and victim alike the hope of eschatological justice. cynthia s. w. crysdale, embracing travail: retrieving the cross today (new york: continuum, ), . rita nakashima brock, journeys by heart: a christology of erotic power (new york: crossroad, ), . see also joanne carlson brown and rebecca parker, "for god so loved the world?" in christianity, patriarchy and abuse, ed. joanne carlson brown and carole r. bonn (new york: pilgrim, ), - ; timothy gorringe, god's just vengeance: crime, violence, and the rhetoric of salvation (cambridge: cambridge university press, ); aaron milavec, "is god arbitrary and sadistic? anselm's atonement theory reconsidered," schola ( ): - ; craig l. nessan, "violence and atonement," dialog ( ): - ; darby kathleen ray, deceiving the devil: atonement, abuse, and ransom (cleveland: pilgrim, ). joel green and mark baker also accept the link between violence and penal substitution in recovering the scandal of the cross: atonement in new testament and contemporary contexts (downers grove: intervarsity, ). in discussing penal substitution, i am aware that i am not dealing with atonement theology in its full breadth. by arguing that penal justice offers hope, i am therefore not saying that this is the only hope that the cross offers in the struggle against violence. friedrich nietzsche, "on the tarantulas," in thus spoke zarathustra (new york: modern library, ), . compare t. richard snyder, the protestant ethic and the spirit of punishment (grand rapids: eerdmans, ), . jacques derrida, "force of law: the 'mystical foundation of authority,'" in deconstruction and the possibility of justice, ed. drucilla cornell, michel rosenfeld, and david gray carlson (london: routledge, ), - . jacques derrida, deconstruction in a nutshell: a conversation with jacques derrida, ed. john d. caputo (new york: fordham university press, ), . see nicholas wolterstorff, "the contours of justice: an ancient call for shalom," in god and the victim: theological reflections on evil, victimization, justice, and forgiveness, ed. lisa barnes lampman with michelle d. shattuck (grand rapids/washington: eerdmans/neighbors who care, ), - . christopher d. marshall, "the jabs of justice: towards a christian understanding of punishment," in living in the lamblight: christianity and contemporary challenges to the gospel, ed. hans boersma (vancouver: regent college publishing, ), - . donald x. burt, friendship and society: an introduction to augustine's practical philosophy (grand rapids: eerdmans, ), - . l. gregory jones, embodying forgiveness: a theological analysis (grand rapids: eerdmans, ), . miroslav volf, exclusion and embrace: a theological exploration of identity, otherness, and reconciliation (nashville: abingdon, ), . of course, one might argue that if the perpetrator repents, forgiveness rather than punishment should be forthcoming. the question is, however: whose forgiveness? a third party extending forgiveness on behalf of the victim is usually problematic, and it is hardly the judge's right to forgive a crime. b. johnson points out that msspat not only refers to the verdict of the judge, but can also have the connotation of saving or punishing righteousness, so that the word is at times used in parallel to the word .fdaqa. "tssiift mispat" in theological dictionary of the old testament, vol. , ed. g. johannes botterweok, helmer ringgren, and heinz-josef fabry (grand rapids: eerdmans, ), . the pauline notion of dikaiosune tou theou likewise refers to god's covenant faithfulness, compare n. t. weight, what saint paul really said: was paul of tarsus the real founder of christianity? (grand rapids; eerdmans, ), - . herrrwn bianehi, ethiek van het straffen (nijkerk: callenhach, ), - ; daniel w. van ness, crime and its victims (downers grove: intervarsity, ), - ; christopher d. marshall, beyond retribution: a new testament vision for justice, crime, and punishment (grand rapids/auckland: eerdmans/lime grove, )), - . volf, exclusion and embrace, . compare john h. hayes, "atonement in the book of leviticus," interpretation ( ): - ; e. p. sanders, paul and palestinian judaism: a comparison of patterns of religion (philadelphia: fortress, ), - . deut : , - , - , - ; : ; : - , . the song of moses that the israelites are to sing (deut ) is to function as a self-indictment. gordon mcconville, grace in the end: a study in deuteronomic theology (grand rapids: zondervan, ), - . compare joseph p. braswell, "the blessing of abraham' versus 'the curse of the law': another look at gal : - ," westminster theological journal ( ): - ; n. t. wright, the climax of the covenant: christ and the law in pauline theology (minneapolis: fortress, ), - . the notion that on the cross jesus took israel's exile onto himself can be argued from ( ) the fact that people in second temple judaism commonly looked at themselves as still being in exile, ( ) the lack of fulfilment of prophetic promises of restoration, and ( ) the narrative logic of pauline theology. compare craig a. evans, "jesus and the continuing exile of israel," in jesus and the restoration of israel: a critical assessment of n. t. wright's jesus and the victory of god (downers grove, il/carlisle, uk: intervarsity/paternoster, ), - ; n. t. wright, the new testament and the people of god (minneapolis: fortress, ), - ; n. t. wright, jesus and the victory of god (minneapolis: fortress, ), - . irenaeus, adversus haereses [ah] iii. . , in ante-nicene fathers, vol. , ed. alexander roberts and james donaldson (peabody: hendrickson, ), . compare ah iii. . - ; v. . , . . see mary ann donovan, "insights on ministry: irenaeus," toronto journal of theology ( ): - . on irenaeus's understanding of recapitulation, see my "redemptive hospitality in irenaeus: a model for ecumenicity in a violent world, pro ecclesia ( ): - ; terrence l. tiessen, irenaeus on the salvation of the unevangelized (metuchen, nj: scarecrow, ), - ; gustaf wingren, man and the incarnation: a study in the biblical theology of irenaeus (edinburgh: oliver and boyd, ). see, e.g., ah iii. . ; v. . . andrew j. bandstra, "paul and an ancient interpreter: a comparison of the teaching of redemption in paul and irenaeus," calvin theological journal ( ): - . irenaeus, ah iv. . . by using the irenaean notion of recapitulation, i am arguing that substitution docs not mean that christ suffered instead of others, but suffered on their behalf, as their corporate representative. compare marshall, beyond retribution, . i argue the case for representative punishment more comprehensively in my forthcoming book, hospitality, violence, and the cross: contemporary explorations in atonement theology (grand rapids: baker, ). richard j. mouw, "violence and the atonement," books & culture (jan./feb. ), . ray attempts to overturn this argument by saying that many battered women return to increasingly dangerous relationships and that the notion of christ's freely chosen obedience makes self-sacrifice normative for christians. deceiving the devil, - . but this argument proceeds on the assumption that battered women freely choose their dangerous relationships. freely chosen relationships naturally imply moral responsibility. ray's argument, therefore, cannot avoid assigning blame to the victim. the wrong attribution of free choice to the victim inadvertently revictimizes her. anselm, cur deus homo . , translated in the major works, ed. brian davies and g. r. evans (oxford: oxford university press, ). g. c. berkouwer cites these passages as indicating the voluntary character of christ's suffering: isa : , - ; mark : ; : , ; luke : ; john : , , - ; : . het werk van christus (kampen: kok, ), - . irenaeus, ah iv. . . compare irenaeus, proof of the apostolic preaching (new york: paulist, ), , , - ; tiessen, irenaeus, - . gerhard sauter comments on the relation between god's hope and our hope: "there is even god's hope: we are his hope because we are expected, like the prodigal son (luke : - ). god waits patiently and tirelessly for the transfiguration of human expectations to the confidence in god's promise and creative acting. god expects us to leave room for god's redeeming activity. on this hope rests our hope." "our reasons for hope," in the end of the world and the ends of god: science and theology on eschatology, ed. john polkinghorne and michael welker (harrisburg, pa: trinity, ), . fretheim also refers to the "desiderative particles" in passages of lament (ps : ; isa : ; deut : ) and to the pain of god's dashed hopes for a relationship with god's people (isa : , ; : , ; : ; : ; : ; mic : ). the suffering of god: an old testament perspective (philadelphia: fortress, ), . compare isa : ; jer : . irenaeus, ah iii. . . compare ah iii. . ; iv. . . karl earth, church dogmatics (edinburgh: t&t clark, ), iv/ , - . compare john stott, the cross of christ (downer's grove: intervarsity, ), - ; miroslav volf, "the trinity is our social program': the doctrine of the trinity and the shape of social engagement," modem theology ( ): - . i want to thank dr. miroslav volf and the other members of the seminar on "modernity, postmodernity, and the future of hope" for their helpful comments on an earlier draft of this paper. the research for this paper was made possible through financial support of the pew charitable trusts. i especially extend ray appreciation to anna mae bush and the other staff of the seminars in christian scholarship for the hospitality that they offered during my stay at calvin college. hans boersma holds the geneva chair in reformational worldview studies at trinity western university (langley, bc). he is the author of several books, including a hot pepper corn: richard baxter's doctrine of justification in its seventeenth-century context of controversy ( ). copyright theology today jul provided by proquest information and learning company. all rights reserved international journal of recent technology and engineering (ijrte) international journal of recent technology and engineering (ijrte) issn: - , volume- issue- s , september published by: blue eyes intelligence engineering & sciences publication retrieval number: b s / ©beiesp doi: . /ijrte.b . s  abstract: perceptions of organizational justice constitute an important heuristic in organizational decision-making, as research relates it to job satisfaction, turnover, leadership, organizational citizenship, organizational commitment, trust, customer satisfaction, job performance, employee theft, role breadth, alienation, and leader-member exchange. the public sector in uae is the focus of this paper. applying the concept of organizational justice (distributive justice, procedural justice, interactional justice) to examine the effect of it on employees’ satisfaction. the data was collected from officers from sectors in the ministry of interior in uae and analysed using structural equation modelling via smartpls . . there were three main results: first, distributive justice has a positive impact on job satisfaction; second, procedural justice is significantly predicting job satisfaction; third, interactional justice has a significant impact on job satisfaction. the proposed model explained . % of the variance in job satisfaction. theoretical and practical implications are also provided. keywords: organizational justice; distributive justice; procedural justice; interactional justice; job satisfaction. i. introduction the effects of globalization, and competition on an international level, have rendered the recruitment, maintenance, and organization of resources, decisive factors for success in the public sector domain. in the services sector, it is acknowledged that the management of human resources, in particular, is a crucial factor. this is attributed to the fact that the services offered, and the supplier of these services, are, to a large extent, interconnected. in this regard, enhancing an employee’s job satisfaction, dedication to the organization and motivation, will serve to promote his/her extra-role behaviour, by way of organizational citizenship behaviour. this, in turn, will contribute towards an improved standing of the public sector organization concerned, in terms of competitiveness. the close relationship between job satisfaction, and performance, is particularly evident in the service industry. revised manuscript received on september , rashed alneyadi, faculty of business and accountancy, lincoln university college, selangor, malaysia mohammed nusari, faculty of business and accountancy, lincoln university college, selangor, malaysia ali ameen, faculty of business and accountancy, lincoln university college, selangor, malaysia amiya bhaumik, faculty of business and accountancy, lincoln university college, selangor, malaysia in the field of organizational research, justice perceptions are viewed as explanatory variables. organizational justice defines the perspective of individuals (or groups), with regards to the impartiality of an organization’s conduct towards them, and the behavioural response of these individuals (or groups) towards this perspective. the extant literature classifies the three aspects of justice perceptions as distributive justice, procedural justice and interactional justice. it has been established that perceived organizational justice is a significant antecedent to organizational citizenship behaviour. while the impact of justice perceptions on work attitude and work behaviour is well-documented in western literature, the same cannot be said for the situation in the united arab emirates (uae). here, studies focusing on this subject matter have, unfortunately, been rather few and far between. ii. literature review a. job satisfaction (js) job satisfaction has to do with the attitudes or opinions of employees regarding their work specifically or their work setting as a whole, and their general sentiment as regards to their job requirements. the origins of the job satisfaction concept can be traced to an investigation conducted in the s, which came to be known as the hawthorne studies. the outcomes from this endeavour revealed that the emotions of a worker, has a significant effect on his/her behaviour at work. the job satisfaction and productivity levels of an employee are determined principally by his/her social and psychological circumstances. job satisfaction refers to an individual’s response to his/her working situation. this response arises from a comparison between the real situation, and the situation that is anticipated, craved and required. personal in nature, this response is indicative of the degree of contentment an employee experiences with regards to his/her job. b. organizational justice (oj) distributive justice has its roots in the equity theory. this theory focuses on the perception of a worker concerning his/her treatment, in comparison to other workers. the equity theory asserts that the contributions of employees towards the organization come in the form of education, effort and experience, among others. impact of organizational justice (distributive justice, procedural justice, and interactional justice) on job satisfaction rashed alneyadi, mohammed nusari, ali ameen, amiya bhaumik impact of organizational justice (distributive justice, procedural justice, and interactional justice) on job satisfaction published by: blue eyes intelligence engineering & sciences publication retrieval number: b s / ©beiesp doi: . /ijrte.b . s in view of these contributions, employees are entitled to returns in the way of salaries and promotions. the perceived ratio of what an employee receives as a result of his/her work, in comparison to the degree of effort put into the said work, serves to ascertain whether the situation is one of equity, or inequity. put plainly, workers anticipate a response from the management that commensurate with their level of contribution in terms of work. procedural justice represents another route towards the assessment of impartiality with regards to decisions concerning remunerations, or decisions related to administrative issues. this concept contemplates the approach employed to arrive at these decisions. procedural justice emphasizes on the perceived fairness, of the course adopted to decide on the severity of the penalty, or the scale of the remuneration doled out. thus, the approach adopted to realize the results, may turn out to be of more significance, than the results themselves. interactional justice defines the degree of perceived fairness regarding the manner in which an employee is cared for by the establishment. unlike procedural justice, the interaction occurring in interactional justice is of a more informal nature. it has to do with the level of integrity, compassion and respect displayed by management, during communications with employees. procedural justice differs from interactional justice in that with the latter, the emphasis is on perceived justice, or injustice. several investigations have delved into the connection between the abovementioned modes of organizational justice, and their impact on work issues such as turnover intention, organizational commitment, organizational citizenship behaviour and job satisfaction. this led to proposal of the hypotheses as below: h . distributive justice significantly has a positive impact on job satisfaction. h . procedural justice significantly has a positive impact on job satisfaction. h . interactional justice significantly has a positive impact on job satisfaction. figure shows the proposed study model which was derived from the social exchange theory and contains three independent variables (distributive justice, procedural justice, and interactional justice) and one dependent variable (job satisfaction). fig. the proposed model iii. research design and methodology a. instrument development equipped with information available in relevant literature, we applied a multi-item likert scale for a -item questionnaire. as recommended in previous investigations, the constructs were gauged with the use of a -point likert scale [ - ], with signifying ‘strongly agree’ and signifying ‘strongly disagree’. taking into consideration the fully arab-speaking composition of respondents, the items in the questionnaire were accurately translated from english to arabic. back translation, a procedure frequently applied in cross-cultural surveys, was employed for this purpose. we referred to previous studies for the gauging of the variables (appendix a). b. data collection between april, and august, , self-administered questionnaires were handed out to government workers. of these, were returned, and were considered for our survey. this sample size is similar to that used by krejcie & morgan ( ) [ ] for their study in this area. our realized response rate of . % can be deemed excellent, when compared to those of previous investigations, documented in relevant literature. of the removed questionnaires, were found to have omitted answers to more than % of the questions, three were outliers, and came with a straight lining. iv. data analysis and results the smartpls . software was used to examine our model through partial least squares (pls) variance-based structural equation modelling (vb-sem). a two-stage analytical procedure was utilized for (a) evaluating the measurement model (validity and reliability), and (b) evaluating the structural model (hypothesized relationships analysis). a. descriptive analysis job satisfaction score the highest with mean . out of . , with a standard deviation of . . distributive justice score the lowest with mean . out of . , with a standard deviation of . , as table shows. b. measurement model assessment the measurement model was assessed for construct reliability and validity. the values of every single cronbach’s alpha surpassed the targeted value of . [ ]. additionally, the test for construct reliability revealed that every composite reliability (cr) value, also went beyond . [ ]. factor loadings were used to evaluate indicator reliability. except for ij and ij , the values recorded exceeded the sought after value of . . ij and ij were subsequently discarded from the scale, due to depleted loading values. convergent validity was evaluated by way of average variance extracted (ave). the values attained topped the objective value of . . these evaluation results are exhibited in table . table : measurement assessment results international journal of recent technology and engineering (ijrte) issn: - , volume- issue- s , september published by: blue eyes intelligence engineering & sciences publication retrieval number: b s / ©beiesp doi: . /ijrte.b . s constructs item loading (> . ) m sd α (> . ) cr (> . ) ave (> . ) distributive justice (dj) dj dj dj dj dj . . . . . . . . . . procedural justice (pj) pj pj pj pj pj pj . . . . . . . . . . . interactional justice (ij) ij ij ij ij ij ij ij ij ij . . . . deleted deleted . . . . . . . . job satisfaction (js) js js js . . . . . . . . note: m=mean; sd=standard deviation, α= cronbach’s alpha; cr = composite reliability, ave = average variance extracted. key: dj: distributive justice, pj: procedural justice, ij: interactional justice, js: job satisfaction the discriminant validity of the measurement model was assessed through cross-loadings and the fornell-larcker criterion. cross-loadings are typically the initial step for tests on the discriminant validity of indicators. the requirements for discriminant validity in our model were considered met, as the indicators’ outer loadings on a construct, surpassed its cross-loadings with other constructs. the evaluation results for discriminant validity through cross-loadings are displayed in table . table : results of discriminant validity by the cross loading dj pj ij js dj . . . . dj . . . . dj . . . . dj . . . . dj . . . . pj . . . . pj . . . . pj . . . . pj . . . . pj . . . . pj . . . . ij . . . . ij . . . . ij . . . . ij . . . . ij . . . . ij . . . . ij . . . . js . . . . impact of organizational justice (distributive justice, procedural justice, and interactional justice) on job satisfaction published by: blue eyes intelligence engineering & sciences publication retrieval number: b s / ©beiesp doi: . /ijrte.b . s js . . . . js . . . . key: dj: distributive justice, pj: procedural justice, ij: interactional justice, js: job satisfaction . table shows the results for discriminant validity acquired through the fornell-larcker criterion. as can be gathered from this table, the square root of the aves on the diagonals (portrayed in bold) are higher than the correlations between constructs (matching row and column values). this indicates a clearer linkage between the constructs and their individual indicators, as compared to the other constructs in the model. a similar outcome was seen in which it was indicative of superior discriminant validity. the correlation of the exogenous constructs in our study was observed to be below . (awang, ). in view of the above, the discriminant validity for all the constructs in our investigation can be deemed adequately met. table : results of discriminant validity by fornell-larcker criterion dj ij js pj dj . ij . . js . . . pj . . . . note: diagonals represent the square root of the average variance extracted while the other entries represent the correlation s. key: dj: distributive justice, pj: procedural justice, ij: interactional justice, js: job satisfaction c. structural model assessment the structural model can be tested by computing beta (β), r², and the corresponding t-values via a bootstrapping procedure with a resample of , . key: dj: distributive justice, pj: procedural justice, ij: interactional justice, js: job satisfaction fig : pls algorithm results figure and table depict the structural model assessment, showing the results of the hypothesis tests, with out of the hypotheses are supported. distributive justice, procedural justice, and interactional justice significantly predict job satisfaction. hence, h , h , and h are accepted with (tp < . ), (tp < . ), and (tp < . ) respectively. the strength of the relationship between exogenous and endogenous constructs are measured by the standardised path coefficients, which in this case show that the direct effects of procedural justice on job satisfaction is much stronger than the influence of other variables. thirty-four percent of the variance in job satisfaction is explained by distributive justice, procedural justice, and interactional justice. the values of r² have an acceptable level of explanatory power, indicating a substantial model. international journal of recent technology and engineering (ijrte) issn: - , volume- issue- s , september published by: blue eyes intelligence engineering & sciences publication retrieval number: b s / ©beiesp doi: . /ijrte.b . s table : structural assessment results hypothesis relationship std beta std error t-value p-value decision r² h dj→js . . . . supported . h pj→js . . . . supported h ij→ js . . . . supported key: dj: distributive justice, pj: procedural justice, ij: interactional justice, js: job satisfaction v. discussion based on the proposed model, this study improves the understanding of the role played by organizational justice in terms of distributive justice, procedural justice, and interactional justice in predicting job satisfaction among employees in government sector in uae, and highlights relevant implications. the discussions are further detailed in the following. the study found that distributive justice positively affects job satisfaction among employees in government sector in uae, this is supported by previous studies [ ]. it is explained by the fact that the more the employee receive fair rewards with regard to responsibilities, education level, efforts, stress and the tension created by the job, and with regard to the fulfilled responsibilities. the more the employees are satisfied with the job and with the work he/she is doing. furtherm the results revealed that procedural justice has a significant influence on job satisfaction among employees in government sector in uae which is also supported by previous studies [ ]. it is explained by the fact that the more the supervisors are neutral about decision making, listening to others before decision making, gather the right information related to the topic of decision making, give additional information when necessary, have their decisions implemented to everyone consistently, and they have the right to deny or accept the decision. the more the employees is satisfied with the job and with the work he/she is doing. lastly, it was also found that interactional justice significantly predicts job satisfaction among employees in government sector in uae, this is supported by previous studies. it is explained by the fact that the more the supervisors are polite and concerned for decisions about employee’s job, respectful and careful about decisions about employee’s job, sensitive to personal needs, give importance to personal rights, inform the employee about the implications of the decisions, have logical explanations for decisions. the more the employees is satisfied with the job and with the work he/she is doing. vi. implications, limitations and future directions the results highlighted that organizational justice a strong impact on its employees' overall job satisfaction because the organizational justice provides a fair treatment of the employees. given that each individual highly receives the organizational justice they will be ensured that they will take his/her right in the salary, career development, compensation, job security, respect, and appreciation. as all the organization's resources have been distributed fairly as well as these resourced must be distributed based on proper and fair procedures and the interactional justice - including respect and appreciation - is essential to be achieved, admittedly, their employees are highly likely to develop great job satisfaction. given that the employees' job satisfaction is greatly associated with the organizational justice, the top management in the organization has to measure the employees' perceptions of the organizational justice. the managers can evaluate these perceptions by using the current study's questionnaire. if the managers find the employees' feelings of the organizational justice are low, however, they developed high-quality distributive justice, procedural justice, and interactional justice. they should find the reasons of low perceptions of the organizational justice, perhaps the implications of these practices are not achieved properly. despite its strengths, this study has a limitation that also suggest areas for future research. this study was limited by police officers of the interior ministry in uae. in the future research, the researcher suggests to investigate the study hypotheses in other geographical areas, as well as, the sample should include public and private sector to increase the generalization. vii. conclusion by way of conclusion, the main objective of this study was to deepen our understanding of the relationship between distributive justice, procedural justice and interactional justice, and job satisfaction. the perspectives of social exchange theory were applied to further develop our understanding of the link between the study variables. it has provided evidence from leading scholars in the field on the notion of ‘organizational justice’ and how it is essential to build the employees satisfaction. regardless of various constraints to the study, the results have been encouraging, as it has managed to throw some lights on organizational justice in the public sector in the uae. the results revealed that the three hypotheses are significant. the independent variables significantly explain . % of job satisfaction. the implications of this study have been deliberated, some directions for future research have been suggested. impact of organizational justice (distributive justice, procedural justice, and interactional justice) on job satisfaction published by: blue eyes intelligence engineering & sciences publication retrieval number: b s / ©beiesp doi: . /ijrte.b . s appendix appendix a instrument for varibles varible measure source distributive justice (dj) dj : i receive fair rewards with regard to responsibilities in my organization. dj : i receive fair rewards with regard to education level in my organization. dj : i receive fair rewards with regard to the efforts in my organization dj : i receive fair rewards with regard to stress and the tension created by the job. dj : i receive fair rewards with regard to the fulfilled responsibilities in my organization. procedural justice (pj) pj : my supervisor is neutral about decision making. pj : my supervisor is listening to others before decision making. pj : my supervisor is collecting the right information related to the topic of decision making. pj : my supervisor is giving additional information when necessary pj : my supervisor’s decisions are implemented to everyone consistently. pj : my supervisor has the right to deny or accept the decision. [ ] interactional justice (ij) ij : my supervisor is polite and concerned for decisions about my job. ij : my supervisor is respectful and careful about decisions about my job. ij : my supervisor is sensitive to personal needs for decisions about my job. ij : my supervisor is sincere for decisions about my job. ij : my supervisor gives importance to personal rights for decisions about my job. ij : my supervisor’s implications of the decisions about my job is told to me. ij : my supervisor’s explanation for the decisions related to my job. ij : my supervisor has logic explanations for decisions taken about my job. ij : my supervisor has a clear explanation for decisions related to my job. [ ] job satisfaction (js) js : all things considered, i am satisfied with my job. js : i like my job. js : i am generally satisfied with the work i do in this job. references . o. isaac, z. abdullah, t. ramayah & m. mutahar ahmed, ( ). examining the relationship between overall quality, user satisfaction and internet usage: an integrated individual, technological, organizational and social perspective. asian journal of information technology, ( ), pp. – . . o. isaac, z. abdullah, t. ramayah, a. m. mutahar & i. alrajawy, ( ). towards a better understanding of internet technology usage by yemeni employees in the public sector: an extension of the task-technology fit (ttf) model. research journal of applied sciences, ( ), pp. – . . o. isaac, z. abdullah, t. ramayah, & a. m. mutahar, ( ). internet usage, user satisfaction, task-technology fit, and performance impact among public sector employees in yemen. the international journal of information and learning technology, ( ), pp. – . . r. v krejcie & d. w. morgan, ( ). determining sample size for research activities. educational and psychological measurement, , pp. – . . v. r. kannana & k. c. tan, ( ). just in time, total quality management, and supply chain management: understanding their linkages and impact on business performance. omega: the international journal of management science, ( ), pp. – . . r. b. kline, ( ). principles and practice of structural equation modeling ( rd ed.). new york: the guilford press. . wolfe, s. e., rojek, j., manjarrez, v. m., jr., & rojek, a. ( ). why does organizational justice matter? uncertainty management among law enforcement officers. journal of criminal justice, , - . . middelkamp-hup ma, pathak ma, parrado c, goukassian d, rius-diaz f, mihm mc, et al. oral polypodium leucotomos extract decreases ultraviolet-induced damage of human skin. j am acad dermatol. ; , pp. – . . m. abdulrab, a. r. zumrah, q. almaamari, a. n. al-tahitah, o. isaac, & a. ameen, ( ). the role of psychological empowerment as a mediating variable between perceived organizational support and organizational citizenship behaviour in malaysian higher education institutions. international journal of management and human science (ijmhs) vol. . . palaiologos, anastasios & papazekos, panagiotis & panayotopoulou, leda. ( ). organizational justice and employee satisfaction in performance appraisal. journal of european industrial training. . - . distributive justice and ceo compensation econstor make your publications visible. a service of zbw leibniz-informationszentrum wirtschaft leibniz information centre for economics jasso, guillermina; meyersson milgrom, eva m. working paper distributive justice and ceo compensation iza discussion papers, no. provided in cooperation with: iza – institute of labor economics suggested citation: jasso, guillermina; meyersson milgrom, eva m. ( ) : distributive justice and ceo compensation, iza discussion papers, no. , institute for the study of labor (iza), bonn this version is available at: http://hdl.handle.net/ / standard-nutzungsbedingungen: die dokumente auf econstor dürfen zu eigenen wissenschaftlichen zwecken und zum privatgebrauch gespeichert und kopiert werden. sie dürfen die dokumente nicht für öffentliche oder kommerzielle zwecke vervielfältigen, öffentlich ausstellen, öffentlich zugänglich machen, vertreiben oder anderweitig nutzen. sofern die verfasser die dokumente unter open-content-lizenzen (insbesondere cc-lizenzen) zur verfügung gestellt haben sollten, gelten abweichend von diesen nutzungsbedingungen die in der dort genannten lizenz gewährten nutzungsrechte. terms of use: documents in econstor may be saved and copied for your personal and scholarly purposes. you are not to copy documents for public or commercial purposes, to exhibit the documents publicly, to make them publicly available on the internet, or to distribute or otherwise use the documents in public. if the documents have been made available under an open content licence (especially creative commons licences), you may exercise further usage rights as specified in the indicated licence. www.econstor.eu iza dp no. distributive justice and ceo compensation guillermina jasso eva m. meyersson milgrom d i s c u s s i o n p a p e r s e r i e s forschungsinstitut zur zukunft der arbeit institute for the study of labor december distributive justice and ceo compensation guillermina jasso new york university and iza eva m. meyersson milgrom stanford university discussion paper no. december iza p.o. box bonn germany phone: + - - - fax: + - - - e-mail: iza@iza.org any opinions expressed here are those of the author(s) and not those of the institute. research disseminated by iza may include views on policy, but the institute itself takes no institutional policy positions. the institute for the study of labor (iza) in bonn is a local and virtual international research center and a place of communication between science, politics and business. iza is an independent nonprofit company supported by deutsche post world net. the center is associated with the university of bonn and offers a stimulating research environment through its research networks, research support, and visitors and doctoral programs. iza engages in (i) original and internationally competitive research in all fields of labor economics, (ii) development of policy concepts, and (iii) dissemination of research results and concepts to the interested public. iza discussion papers often represent preliminary work and are circulated to encourage discussion. citation of such a paper should account for its provisional character. a revised version may be available directly from the author. mailto:iza@iza.org iza discussion paper no. december abstract distributive justice and ceo compensation* this paper develops a framework for studying individuals’ ideas about what constitutes just compensation for chief executive officers (ceos) and reports estimates of just ceo pay and the principles guiding ideas of justice. the sample consists of students pursuing a master of business administration (mba) degree in sweden and the united states. the framework, based on justice theory and making use of rossi’s factorial survey method, enables assessment of ideas of fairness in ceo compensation, including ( ) the just ceo compensation, in the eyes of each observer; ( ) the principles of microjustice – observers’ ideas about “who should get what” based on characteristics of ceos and their firms; and ( ) principles of macrojustice – ideas about the just level and dispersion in compensation across all ceos. our estimates yield the following main results: first, there is broad agreement on the median just ceo compensation but substantial inter-individual variation in the principles of microjustice and the other principles of macrojustice. second, there is remarkable similarity in the distributions of the principles of microjustice and macrojustice across the mba groups. other important results include a pervasive gender attentiveness among mba students and tolerance for large variability in ceo pay. jel classification: d , d , d , g , i , j , j , j , m , m keywords: justice theory, fairness, ceo compensation, factorial survey method, mba students, gender, inequality, gini coefficient, atkinson measure, theil’s inequality measures corresponding author: guillermina jasso department of sociology new york university lafayette street, th floor new york, ny - usa e-mail: gj @nyu.edu * authors listed in alphabetical order. earlier versions of portions of this paper were presented at the harvard-mit economic sociology workshop, sloan school of management, ; the sociology department colloquium, stanford university, ; the management colloquium, city university of hong kong, ; symposium on human capital and labour markets, zhejiang university, hangzhou, china, ; the annual meeting of the society for the advancement of socio-economics, washington, dc, ; the annual meeting of the american sociological association, san francisco, california, ; the economics department at stockholm university, ; and the biennial meeting of the international society for justice research, berlin, germany, . we are grateful to participants at those meetings and to colleagues at iza for many valuable comments and suggestions. we also gratefully acknowledge the intellectual and financial support of the bechtel foundation, new york university, the sloan school of management at mit, the stockholm institute of business, and stanford university. this paper is forthcoming in acta sociologica. mailto:gj @nyu.edu . introduction recent increases in inequality in many countries of the world appear due to the increasing concentration of wealth at the top; and the increasing concentration of wealth at the top is in turn widely attributed to a new phenomenon in economic life, namely, very high-earning salaried workers, in particular, chief executive officers (atkinson and piketty ; piketty and saez ; roine and waldenström ). wealth and inequality awaken justice concerns. substantial gaps between what people think is just and what they see around them generate judgments of injustice, setting in motion a train of negative consequences for individual and society (bok ). of course, ideas of justice may differ across individuals and across societies and their subgroups. elites constitute one potentially important segment of the population, not only because of their decisionmaking activities but also because they may share a global common culture. students pursuing a master of business administration (mba) degree are a special group of interest. the mba students of today are the future ceos, board members, entrepreneurs, and investors. thus, their ideas about what is fair compensation, their views of the relevant factors in setting ceo compensation, and their tolerance or intolerance of inequality provide an important glimpse into the societal conversation on matters of compensation and inequality in the years to come. moreover, to the extent that students come from all over the world, variability within university may reflect the diversity of their origins; across universities and countries, commonality may reflect the emerging global common culture while variability may reflect persistent distinctive ideas of justice and tolerance for inequality (bok ; kelley and evans ; master ; söderström et al. ; svallfors ; wegener ). in this paper we focus on ceo compensation as viewed by mba students at two universities, one in sweden, the other in the united states, asking three main questions: first, what are mba students’ ideas about fairness in ceo compensation – including not only ideas of the just amounts of pay but also ideas about the just returns to personal and firm characteristics (microjustice) and about the just level and dispersion in ceo pay (macrojustice)? second, do the words “justice” and “fairness” and their cognates are used interchangeably. mba students within a university have a common view about what constitutes just ceo pay, just returns, and just level and dispersion? third, are these ideas of justice similar across the two universities? to address these questions, we develop a framework which is based on justice theory and makes use of rossi’s factorial survey method, building on early studies of the justice of earnings (jasso and rossi ) and of elites (berk and rossi ; jasso ). the framework links observers’ ideas of justice, principles of microjustice, and principles of macrojustice, enabling estimation of these observer-specific quantities and assessment of the mix of agreements and disagreements across respondents. the paper is organized as follows: in section we describe the framework and its theoretical and empirical background. the method used in the present study is developed in section . section reports the results. a short discussion concludes the paper. . justice judgments of ceo compensation: theoretical and empirical background the work reported in this paper builds on and contributes to two research traditions, the first focused on large questions of increasing income inequality and attendant dynamics and the second on fairness concerns. both converge on executive compensation and elites. the fairness literature suggests that two distinct kinds of principles operate to produce ideas of the just reward: ( ) principles of microjustice – ideas about “who should get what” -- and ( ) principles of macrojustice – ideas about what the overall distribution should look like (arts et al. ; berger et al. ; brickman et al. ; jasso ). that literature also suggests that ideas of justice are “in the eyes of the beholder” (walster et al. : ) and thus shaped by the observer’s own characteristics, social location, and societal characteristics (kelley and evans ; svallfors ; verwiebe and wegener ). both literatures highlight the income domain succinct summary of the larger inequality framework is found in piketty and saez ( ) and of the justice framework in jasso and wegener ( ) and jasso ( , ). ( ) (arts et al. ; atkinson and piketty ; bok ; jasso and rossi ; kelley and evans ; piketty and saez ). . . justice justice theory identifies four main elements in justice processes. first, individuals and societies form ideas of justice; in the distributive-retributive domain these are ideas about what constitutes the just reward for specified rewardees, who can be self or other. second, these ideas of justice may be used to help shape actual situations; for example, ideas of the just reward may play a part in salary decisions. third, individuals judge the justice or injustice of actual situations, generating the justice evaluation; for example, they may judge that one person is overpaid and another underpaid and/or that the pay structure in a firm has unjustly too much inequality. fourth, the justice evaluations become important determinants of further behaviors, such as lobbying for policies or candidates. this paper is chiefly concerned with ideas of the just reward for ceos. however, the method used to estimate the just reward is an indirect method that utilizes the justice evaluation function. accordingly, we provide a brief background not only on the just reward but also on the justice evaluation and their associated functions. just reward function and the principles of microjustice. the just reward is the observer’s idea of the just reward for a particular rewardee. it can be expressed as a function of characteristics of the rewardee and the rewardee’s situation. this representation of the just reward function is owed to berger, zelditch, anderson, and cohen ( ), as shown in jasso ( ), and is thus called the bzac function. of course, observers may disagree as to which worker/situational characteristics are relevant for just earnings or about the worth of such characteristics. accordingly, we write a general just reward function: where c denotes the just reward and x denotes a vector of rewardee and situational ( ) characteristics. to illustrate, in the earnings realm, c represents just earnings, and the x vector contains both worker characteristics and situational characteristics, such as geographic region and industrial sector; some of the characteristics in the x vector may be salient to some observers and ignored by others. the parameters of the bzac just reward function (e.g., intercept and slope coefficients) represent just rates of return – for example, just rate of return to schooling and just rate of return to experience, as well as a just gender multiplier, and so on. following brickman et al. ( ), these quantities, which guide determination of the just reward in the observer’s head, are collectively called the principles of microjustice. just reward distribution and the principles of macrojustice. when an observer forms ideas about the just reward for a set of rewardees, these ideas are also guided by distributional considerations, and these considerations are visible in the distribution formed by the set of just rewards. following brickman et al. ( ), parameters of the observer-specific just reward distribution – such as its mean and inequality – are called the principles of macrojustice. justice evaluation function. the justice evaluation is the observer’s assessment that a rewardee (self or other) is fairly or unfairly rewarded and, if unfairly rewarded, whether underrewarded or overrewarded, and to what degree. the justice evaluation, denoted j, arises from the comparison between an actual reward and a just reward. it is usually specified as the logarithm of the ratio of the actual reward, denoted a, to the just reward, denoted, as before, c (jasso , , ): where denotes the signature constant. the sign of is called the framing coefficient, because it embodies the observer’s framing of the reward as a good or as a bad (negative for a bad, positive for a good); and the absolute value of is called the expressiveness coefficient, because it transforms the observer’s experience of justice into the expression thereof. the log-ratio form for fuller discussion of properties of the justice evaluation function, see jasso ( ). in the behavioral model in ( ), the justice evaluation function appears in its theoretical form, i.e., without an error term. below it will be transformed into an empirically estimable form, including an error term. ( ) of the justice evaluation function has many appealing properties, and has been shown to be the only functional form which simultaneously satisfies two important conditions, scale invariance and additivity (jasso ). note that the justice evaluation serves to link the twin pillars of the justice literature: ideas of justice and reactions to injustice. ideas of justice, as seen in equation ( ), are one of the two arguments of the justice evaluation function; and reactions to injustice are the consequences of the justice evaluation. thus, the justice evaluation connects the two foundational themes in the study of justice. two-equation model. the method we use for estimating the just rewards is based on a design in which each observer judges the justice or injustice of the actual reward associated with each rewardee in a set of rewardees (jasso and rossi ; jasso , ). thus, the underlying model is a two-equation model consisting of the justice evaluation function and the just reward function (here written for a single observer): where the justice evaluation, actual reward, just reward, and reward-relevant characteristics are denoted by lower-case letters, r indexes the rewardee, ð denotes the parameters of the just reward function, and is a classical error distributed independently with zero mean and constant variance (within the respondent-specific equation). as will be described in section . , estimation of the observer-specific justice evaluation equation (the first equation in expression ( )), in which the just rewards are unobserved, yields an estimate of the signature constant , which is then used to calculate the true observer- specific/rewardee-specific just reward . these estimated just rewards become the dependent variable in the observer-specific just reward equation (the second equation in expression ( )), which in turn yields estimates of the observer-specific principles of microjustice. concomitantly, calculation of the mean and inequality measures in the observer-specific just reward distribution yields estimates of the observer-specific principles of macrojustice. . . justice of ceo compensation people make justice judgments about a wide variety of rewardees, including self and others, the latter both known and unknown to them. it is a commonplace – and much expressed in private conversations, letters to the editor of newspapers and periodicals, radio talk shows, and, now, web logs – that this or that athlete is overpaid and this or that actor is underpaid, etc. ceos are among the rewardees the justice of whose rewards is much evaluated. several themes are discernible in public discussion of ceo compensation. first, the levels of ceo compensation are perceived as high; for example, the median ceo compensation in was $ . million, and the distribution is highly positively skewed (söderström et al. ). second, compensation differentials – say, between a nurse and a ceo – appear to many to be disproportionate. third, ceo compensation increased dramatically in the last two decades of the twentieth century – for example, in the united states averaging % per year in the period – and outpacing not only compensation increases for rank and file workers but also the pay growth of . % per year among the wealthiest americans (hall and liebman ; piketty and saez ). fourth, ceos appear to have lost the trust of the general population; the prevailing image is that of a ceo negotiating large compensation packages while fraudulently and criminally misrepresenting corporate performance for personal gain (meyer ). fifth, the system of corporate governance, in particular the set of checks and balances, has become a focus of criticism. of course, not all justice evaluations conclude with a verdict of overreward. for example, crystal’s ( ) analysis of executive compensation in companies with revenue of $ billion or more concluded that three of the ceos are underpaid – including warren buffet because the target ceos in our study are newly hired as a ceo, we do not explicitly examine performance pay sensitivity, as is typical in the research literature (e.g., murphy ). of berkshire hathaway, whose business acumen is matched by his sense of ethics and fair play. the scholarly literature on the justice of ceo compensation is anchored by two pioneering data collection efforts – the international social survey programme (issp) and the international justice research project (isjp) – which have obtained information concerning what respondents regard as the just pay for “chairman of a large national corporation” and “chairman of a large company,” respectively (jasso ). however, these data do not lend themselves to estimating just pay for a broader range of ceos – such as ceos of small firms or multinational corporations. moreover, they do not permit nuanced judgments that take into account personal characteristics of the ceo such as age or gender or other firm characteristics such as industry – that is, they do not permit estimation of just reward functions and the principles of microjustice. accordingly, we use the factorial-survey justice design developed by jasso and rossi ( ) in order to achieve greater specificity. we specify a just compensation function that parallels the actual compensation functions discussed in the literature. the just compensation function includes characteristics of ceos and of their firms which figure in both the actual compensation literature and in justice discussions, such characteristics as the age, gender, schooling, and experience of the ceo and the size and location of the firm (baker and hall ; boxman et al. ; conyon and murphy ; meyersson ; murphy ; o’reilly and o’neill ; rosen ). in the first application of the framework developed in this paper, we focus on ceos newly hired as a ceo. . . mba students and the justice of ceo compensation mba students occupy a crossroads in the justice and ceo landscape. like their fellows from high school and in common with the broader population, they judge the justice of ceo compensation. but unlike the broader population, they may have aspirations to become a ceo or take on other positions within the corporate world. and they have taken a significant step in the direction of casting their lot with business. discerning their ideas of justice about ceo compensation provides a glimpse into the mindset of future entrepreneurs, ceos, and board members. note that to the extent that mba students are drawn from around the world, they represent an international elite and thus their views may reflect both their national origins and their common global culture. . method: factorial survey analysis and justice judgments of ceo compensation to learn what mba students regard as just compensation for ceos and to estimate the justice principles guiding their judgments, we use rossi’s factorial survey method (rossi ; rossi and anderson ; rossi and berk ; jasso ), which has proved especially useful in studies of distributive justice, making it possible to obtain justice judgments about large sets of richly described fictitious rewardees (berk and rossi ; jasso and rossi ; jasso ). the general factorial survey method provides several avenues for obtaining respondents’ ideas of the just reward, including a direct method and (two versions of) an indirect method (jasso ). the research reported here used the one-reward-per-rewardee version of the indirect method, in which a hypothetical actual reward is randomly attached to each rewardee, and respondents assess the fairness or unfairness of the actual rewards. the indirect method yields estimates of the just reward that are uncontaminated by socialization, rhetorical, political-correctness, or other disclosure mechanisms. briefly, we presented to respondents a set of hypothetical ceos, described in terms of own and firm characteristics, including a random compensation amount, and we asked the respondents to rate the justice or relative injustice of the hypothetical earnings. we used the obtained justice evaluations to estimate for each respondent the amount he or she thinks just for each of the hypothetical ceos (the method involves a two-step procedure, described below). next we used the estimated just compensation amounts to estimate for each respondent the principles of microjustice and macrojustice guiding his/her judgments. . . data collection in the factorial survey analysis of ceo compensation the design of the data collection has three main ingredients: a sample of respondents, a population of hypothetical ceos (the “vignettes”) from which random samples are drawn and randomly assigned to respondents, and a rating task. . . . vignette samples vignette characteristics. the vignettes include ceo and firm characteristics, plus a hypothetical amount of total direct compensation proposed for the ceo’s first year as ceo of this firm. total direct compensation consists of base salary, bonus, restricted stock and long- term incentives -- everything except stock option grants. mba students would be familiar with these components of executive compensation. levels/values of vignette characteristics. table presents the vignette characteristics, together with their levels and values. as shown, age varies from years to years, schooling from completion of sixth grade to a doctoral degree, ceo compensation from fifty thousand to sixty million dollars. of course, the real world is sufficiently diverse that most of the values in the vignettes have real-world counterparts. for example, in , excluding those ceos who at their request received total compensation of one dollar, ceo compensation in the top u.s. companies ranged from $ , to $ , , (www.forbes.com). – table about here – firm headquarters is specified as being in one of three locations -- the united states, europe, and asia. the vignettes describe the ceo’s firm as being in one of four major industries – manufacturing, finance and insurance, information, and wholesale trade. population of vignettes and drawing vignette samples. to obtain the random samples of vignettes to present to respondents, we followed these procedures: first, we fully crossed all characteristics except sex. the number of possible vignettes (cartesian product) is: × × × × × × = , , . second, we eliminated logically impossible combinations, following the specifications given in the note to table ; for example, age and experience as a ceo could not yield a ceo who became a ceo before age . third, we drew http://www.forbes.com). two random samples, each of size (called decks and ). fourth, each of the two random samples was used to generate two mirror-image samples with respect to sex, one describing men, the other women (e.g., deck gives rise to two decks, the all-female deck a and the all-male deck b). finally, two superdecks of size were constructed by taking the male version of one sample and the female version of the other sample, and vice-versa (e.g., deck a and deck b form one superdeck). thus, each respondent received a pack with vignettes. though the male and female ceos in each respondent’s pack are not mirror images of each other, across all respondents the male and female ceos are indeed mirror images of each other. . . . rating task the respondent was asked to rate the justice or injustice of the hypothetical salary randomly attached to each ceo. the rating task used a number-matching technique developed by s. s. stevens ( ), which gives respondents maximal freedom to map the subjective justice continuum onto numbers. the number zero is used to represent perfect justice, negative numbers to represent unjust underpayment, and positive numbers to represent unjust overpayment. the usual protocol for factorial survey studies was followed (jasso , ). the instructions were read aloud, examples provided, questions answered. the instructions, besides describing the justice evaluation rating task, highlight the randomness of the attached hypothetical actual earnings and, to activate the full real-number line, make explicit mention of fractions and decimals; as well, to preserve independence of the ratings, the instructions say that respondents may change any of their ratings. facsimiles of the instructions and of a vignette appear in jasso ( : , ). the rating provided by the respondent for each rewardee is the justice evaluation described above (equation ( )) and produced by a comparison of the actual reward included in the vignette with the respondent’s own idea of the just reward for the particular rewardee. . . . respondent samples we selected two samples of mba students, one from a swedish institution, the other ( ) ( ) ( ) from a u.s. institution. the two institutions have similar curriculums, and the courses have similar content. both institutions have a diverse student body drawing both from different domestic ethnicities and different origin countries. the proportion women is low to moderate in the two institutions, approximately % in the swedish institution and % in the u.s. institution. in both institutions, we conducted the survey in the largest core course. . . estimating the just ceo compensation as noted, we use the one-reward-per-rewardee version of the indirect method to estimate the amount of compensation that each respondent regards as just for each fictitious ceo. the first step is to estimate the justice evaluation equation in the two-equation model (expression ( )), written, as before, for a single respondent: to begin, we transform the theoretical justice evaluation equation in ( ), which has no error and in which the true just reward is unobserved, into an estimable empirical form, re-writing it as a simple regression equation with a stochastic term , where obeys the classical assumptions. because the respondent’s ideas of the just reward for each fictitious rewardee are unobserved, they are absorbed into the regression intercept , which can be shown, by properties of linear regression, to amalgamate all the unobserved true just rewards: this means that great care must be exercised in the estimation of ( ) to guard against omitted- variables bias, which would arise if there is a correlation between the actual rewards and the unobserved just rewards. the steps taken to guard against such error are, first, ensure that the correlation of the actual reward and the reward-relevant characteristics (the ceo and firm characteristics) is zero in the vignette population, and, second, make clear to the respondents that the actual reward is random, stating this explicitly (“each ceo has been randomly assigned a hypothetical total compensation for the first year.”). ( ) accordingly, estimation, for each respondent separately, of the empirical justice evaluation function in ( ) yields an estimate of the signature constant , from which the framing and expressiveness coefficients are immediately obtained. because in the factorial survey the descriptions of the rewardees are designed by the investigator and the actual reward is uncorrelated with the reward-relevant characteristics, the regressor is fixed in the statistical sense and uncorrelated with the error, and, hence, the estimate of the signature constant has the desirable properties of unbiasedness and consistency. to estimate the true just reward, we re-arrange the terms in the justice evaluation equation in expression ( ), obtaining the formula for estimating the true just reward: where denotes the exponential function. accordingly, when the justice evaluation equation is combined with the factorial survey design developed by jasso and rossi ( ), the factorial survey justice design provides the actual reward, the justice evaluation is obtained from the respondent, and the signature constant is estimated via statistical estimation of the equation (as shown above), leaving only one unknown – the just reward – which is easily solved for. the just rewards obtained by this method, being nonlinear transformations of an unbiased and consistent estimate -- of the signature constant -- lose unbiasedness but, by slutsky's theorem, remain consistent. thus, estimates obtained by the one-reward-per-rewardee version of the indirect method have the desirable properties that they are free of disclosure bias and that they are consistent but the undesirable property that they are biased. to mitigate bias and achieve the benefits of consistency, sample size is important. though more research is needed to gauge optimal sample sizes, an initial rule is that vignettes number at least forty. . . estimating the principles of microjustice and macrojustice: just reward functions and just reward distributions to estimate the respondent-specific just reward functions, we regress, separately for each respondent, the natural logarithm of just ceo compensation (estimated via formula ( )) on the ceo and firm characteristics. the obtained estimates, or transformations thereof, constitute the three models are labeled as in johnston and dinardo ( : - ). estimates of the respondent-specific principles of microjustice. to illustrate, the coefficient of schooling provides an estimate of the just earnings return to investment in an additional year of schooling. age and experience are each represented by a quadratic form (i.e., by two regressors, such as age and age-squared), so that the just return to age or to experience is estimated by the two coefficients jointly. the exponential of the coefficient of the binary sex variable, measures the gender multiplier; women are coded “ " and thus the multiplier is applied to the earnings of females, so that subtracting one yields the tax (if negative) or bonus (if positive) on women's earnings, relative to the earnings of comparable men, in percentage points. the gender multiplier has a natural interpretation as the ratio of female to male earnings; a gender multiplier of . would indicate the view that the just earnings for a woman is % of the just earnings for a comparable man. to test homogeneity of the respondent-specific just reward equations, we estimate three models and perform three tests contrasting them. model i specifies a pooled equation in which all respondents have the same intercept and the same slopes. model ii retains common slopes but allows each respondent to have a unique intercept. model iii is the set of respondent-specific equations in which each respondent has both a unique intercept and unique slopes. test contrasts model i with model ii. test contrasts model ii with model iii. test contrasts model i with model iii. the observer-specific just rewards form the just reward distribution. to estimate the principles of macrojustice, we calculate, for each respondent-specific distribution, the mean, median, and four measures of inequality. . results . . preliminaries of the respondents in the swedish study, provided numerical nonconstant ratings, factorial survey justice studies since the earliest days have found evidence of “contrarian” individuals, e.g., persons who regard earnings as a bad or time in prison as a good – exemplifying the old adage that one person’s meat is another’s poison. deleting contrarians removes one source of variability, producing more conservative homogeneity tests. and of these, provided information on gender ( males and females). twenty-six of the men and of the women rated all vignettes; only vignettes were left unrated, and the fewest number rated was . estimation of the justice evaluation equations indicated that one male and one female each regarded earnings as a bad. these two respondents were dropped, leaving a usable swedish sample of males and females. in the u.s. sample, all respondents provided numerical nonconstant ratings as well as gender information ( males and females). however, there are too few female respondents to constitute a female sample. moreover, one of the men rated fewer than vignettes and was eliminated, leaving a usable u.s. male sample of size . twenty-four of the men rated all vignettes; one each rated , , and vignettes, and rated vignettes. accordingly, the data to be analyzed include three subsamples and enable a contrast between male mba students in sweden and in the united states and a second contrast between male and female mba students in sweden. . . estimates of just ceo compensation using the procedure described above, we estimated for each respondent the amount of compensation he/she thought just for each of the ceos. the estimates are arrayed in a just reward matrix. to illustrate, table reports a portion of the just earnings matrix, showing the just earnings amounts for a quarter of the vignettes, namely ten each from two mirror-image decks. our focus in this paper is on the rows of the matrix – namely, the respondent-specific just reward distributions to which we return in section . below. of course, the rewardee-specific just reward distributions in the columns can also be usefully investigated – table about here -- . . principles of microjustice we begin by estimating the respondent-specific just reward equations. for each respondent, the forty logged just earnings amounts are regressed on the ceo and firm characteristics. next, we carry out the homogeneity tests described in section . , separately within each of the three samples. in all three samples, all three tests reject homogeneity at very high levels of statistical significance (beyond the . level). we conclude that in forming their ideas of just compensation respondents differ in the weights they attach to ceo and firm characteristics. as a brief illustration, consider the results for the swedish male sample (table ); corresponding tables for the other two samples are available from the authors. the value of r- squared in the model i equation, which constrains all respondents to have the same intercept and the same slopes, is a meager . . model ii, which allows respondents to have unique intercepts, attains a value of r-squared of . , or triple that in model i. model iii, which permits respondents to have their own intercepts and slopes, reaches an r-squared of . , which almost doubles that in model ii and is over times that in model i. – table about here – thus, the homogeneity tests yield the first important result: mba students, even within country and within gender, do not agree with each other on the just bases for ceo compensation. as will be discussed, this may reflect the students’ international origins and/or their independence of mind. to assess the extent of agreements and disagreements, we examine the respondent- specific equation estimates. for each respondent, we have estimates of twelve coefficients, one intercept, and one value of r-squared. the thirteen parameter estimates satisfy the conditions for unbiasedness. we summarize the results in two ways. first, we present in panel a of table summary characteristics of all the coefficients plus r-squared. second, we present graphs of the sample-specific quantile functions associated with several of the measures. the quantile function plots the value of a variable on its cumulative relative frequency, so that it is visually evident what proportion of respondents have values smaller than the plotted values. these plots permit immediate assessment of interrespondent disagreements and of similarity or dissimilarity such a common weltanschauung should not be too surprising, given that mba students the world over have a similar curriculum. moreover, asked about their major sources of business information, mba students at both institutions mentioned the same three periodicals: the wall street journal, the financial times, and the economist. further, both institutions draw students from all over the world. in the graph, the upper extreme values are interpolated for the swedish women and the u.s. men. of the distributions across the three samples. – table about here -- before discussing the estimates of the respondent-specific just ceo compensation equations, we inspect their values of r-squared (panel a of table and figure ). as shown, the values of r-squared range from . to . . the means and medians in all three samples hover between . and . . these are substantial magnitudes, indicating that, although the respondents may disagree with each other on the importance associated with particular ceo and firm characteristics, they have coherent and orderly views concerning the effects of ceo and firm characteristics on just ceo compensation. as well, the values of r-squared indicate that the particular set of ceo and firm characteristics included in the vignettes are indeed relevant to the just pay for ceos, in the respondents’ eyes. – figure about here – figure tells an additional story. notice how close together the three sample-specific distributions lie. although there is considerable variability within sample, the three samples are very similar. these results suggest a common weltanschauung among mba students in both the swedish and the u.s. institutions. the effect of ceo gender on just compensation is represented by the gender multiplier (table , panel b, and figure , panel a). as shown, the medians are in the range . -. , indicating that the median respondent regards as just an amount for women that is % to % that of otherwise identical male ceos. again, the three distributions are very similar to each other, parting company only at the extremes, especially the upper extreme. – figure about here – the quintessential example of entrepreneurial college dropouts is bill gates, founder of microsoft. another well-known example is michael dell, founder of dell computer (dell ). the plots omit a total of three values (from the graphs but not from the underlying distributions) – one each at the bottom and top in the swedish male sample, and one at the top in the swedish female sample. the respondent-specific estimates for the just rate of return to schooling (table , panels a and b, figure , panel b) indicate not only the large individual differences already expected but also somewhat less similarity across the three samples, especially in the bottom half of the distributions. the median just rate of return to schooling is substantially higher among the swedish men ( . %) than among the swedish women and u.s. men ( . % and . %, respectively). swedish women also have the bottom third of the distribution with lower just returns than u.s. men. these results echo currents in the compensation literature, including the glory stories of entrepreneurial college dropouts, the view of schooling as a credentialing device, and the notion that schooling may be consumption as well as investment. the parabolas representing operation of experience as a ceo are concave downwards in a majority of each sample ( %, %, and %, respectively, among swedish men, swedish women, and u.s. men). for these subsets, we show the quantile function of the sample-specific distributions of the years of experience at which just compensation peaks (figure , panel c). thus, these respondents judge as just a starting compensation for newly-hired ceos that notices previous experience as a ceo but that peaks at a median experience of - years. the firm location variables give rise to six possible orderings. the two orderings in which the united states is thought to provide larger just compensation characterize a plurality of respondents in all three samples, although the two orderings in which asia has the larger coefficient is a strong contender among the u.s. male sample. among the two swedish samples, the two orderings with asia at the top characterize the fewest number of respondents. these results suggest that in forming ideas of just compensation for ceos, our respondents take into account the location of the firm headquarters but they disagree concerning which locations make as suggested by inspection of the graphs and tabulated figures, there is one omitted value at the bottom of the range (among the u.s. men) and several at the top (one among swedish men, three among swedish women, and four among u.s. men). high earnings more appropriate. the firm industry variables give rise to possible orderings. all but one of the possible orderings were used by at least one respondent. in each sample, the largest number of respondents associated with a single ordering are , , and among swedish men, swedish women, and u.s. men, respectively. the estimates for the effect of firm capitalization on just ceo compensation (table , panel a, and figure , panel d) show the now familiar pattern associated with the effects of quantitative characteristics – variability across individuals, similarity across samples. the medians lie in the range . -. . thus, on average, respondents regard as just a ceo compensation that increases by approximately . % for a % increase in firm capitalization. in the vocabulary of economics, the estimated elasticity of ceo just compensation with respect to firm capitalization is in the range of . to . – a range consistent with rosen’s ( ) estimated range of . to . . interestingly, the estimates in the two men’s samples are even more similar to rosen’s estimates – a mean and median of the estimated elasticities of . -. and . -. , respectively. . . principles of macrojustice table reports in panel c summary characteristics for the median and for the four inequality measures calculated on the respondent-specific just reward distributions. graphs of the sample-specific quantile functions associated with the median and with the inequality measures are presented in figures and . – figures and about here – the plots for the medians of the respondent-specific just reward distributions (figure ) indicate interrespondent similarity over most of the region. moreover, the three plots are very similar, indicating similarity across the three samples. this pattern differs from the pattern observed in the principles of microjustice of within-sample variability combined with cross- sample similarity; here we observe similarity both within and across samples. the graphs of the inequality measures (table ), however, display the same pattern as the principles of microjustice – great variability across respondents, great similarity across samples. substantively, respondents regard as fair very high levels of inequality in ceo compensation. most of the minimums are quite high – for example, the smallest values of the gini index among swedish men and women are . and . , respectively, values higher than in the broader u.s. income distribution. the means and medians are in the range of . -. . at the upper extremes of the distributions, the magnitudes approach unity, the theoretical upper limit of the gini index. in the mld, however, there is some dissimilarity across the three samples, albeit confined to the top half of the distribution. swedish women appear tolerant of greater inequality (higher mld). in sum, the levels of inequality in ceo compensation that respondents regard as just are quite high. . summary and discussion in this paper we developed a framework for studying individuals’ ideas about what constitutes just compensation for chief executive officers (ceos), and we reported the results of the first application of the framework, assessing mba students’ ideas about just ceo pay, focusing on three samples: swedish men, swedish women, and u.s. men. our main results are: first, we obtained estimates of each respondent’s ideas of the just pay for each of fictitious ceos, of each respondent’s just reward equation and the principles of microjustice, and of each respondent’s just reward distribution and the principles of macrojustice. these results make it possible to construct characterizations of respondents and ceos, for example, that one respondent regards as just a return to schooling of percent and another a return to schooling of percent, that one respondent regards as just a gini of . and another a gini of . , and so on. second, within each of the three samples, there is substantial inter-individual variation in the principles of microjustice; that is, in forming ideas of just ceo pay, people differ in the weights they place on ceo and firm characteristics. third, there is remarkable similarity in the distributions of the principles of microjustice across the three samples. fourth, within each sample, there is broad agreement on the median just ceo compensation but substantial inter-individual variation in the inequality subset of the principles of macrojustice; that is, people differ in their tolerance for inequality. fifth, there is remarkable similarity in the distributions of the principles of macrojustice across the three samples. the estimates of the principles of justice provide an array of useful and suggestive results. for example, the distributions of observer-specific elasticity of just ceo compensation with respect to firm capitalization have medians in the range of . -. – similar to the range of . -. found by rosen ( ). further, the median respondents regard as just an amount of pay for women ceos that is % to % that of otherwise identical male ceos. with respect to variability in just ceo compensation, estimates of the principles of macrojustice indicate that the mba students regard as just rather high levels of inequality in ceo compensation (e.g., median gini index values of . -. ), possibly dulling the senses to economic inequality in the larger population, where a gini of . would be considered too high by most observers. the findings of substantial inter-respondent differences on the principles of justice and of remarkable similarity in the distributions of principles of justice across the three samples jointly provide evidence for the existence of a global business culture, but one which, consistent with ideals of risk, innovation, and individualism, and possibly diverse origins, accommodates wide individual differences. of course, the similarity we found between mba students in sweden and the united states may not extend to the general populations of the two countries. it is important to monitor views of ceo pay both inside and outside the business world, for a global business culture at odds with the general population would be a source of political tension both within and between national cultures. the findings on the effects of ceo gender on ideas of just pay suggest substantial gender attentiveness on the part of mba students. the factorial survey method makes it possible to retrieve ideas of fairness that respondents might otherwise be reluctant to express. whether gender attentiveness among mba students persists, increases, or diminishes is a question for future research. recent studies carried out in college samples in the united states (e.g., jasso and webster ) indicate that gender attentiveness is shifting. while u.s. college students increasingly assign equal just pay to otherwise identical male and female workers, they are not completely blind to gender, for the mechanisms by which they generate ideas of just earnings remain gender-attentive (for example, noticing gender in assigning just base pay or just returns to schooling). it will be important to monitor such shifts among mba students. the factorial survey design is uniquely suited for this purpose. there are several important directions for future research. we highlight three. methodologically, an important task is to systematically contrast direct and indirect methods for measuring just pay, in order to understand the precise nature of the differences between them, to calibrate results across studies, and to help in research design. a second methodological task, building on jasso ( : - ), is to examine sensitivity of indirect methods to alternate specifications of the justice evaluation function, assessing, for example, families of functions that share major properties with the logarithmic-ratio function. substantively, an important question for future research is to document ideas of just ceo pay among the general population as well as among other special target samples, such as workers, union members, regulators, legislators, business school faculty, faculty and students in other disciplines, and ceos themselves, doing so not only in sweden and the united states but also in additional countries around the world and repeating such studies periodically. whether the world as a whole is becoming more similar in its views, whether, alternatively, pockets of the world’s population are becoming internally more similar but polarized vis-a-vis each other – these are vital questions for social, economic, and political development and for the well-being of the world’s people. references arts, wil, piet hermkens, and peter van wijck. . “income and the idea of justice: principles, judgments, and their framing.” journal of economic psychology : - . atkinson, anthony b., and thomas piketty. . top incomes over the twentieth century. oxford: oxford university press. baker, george p., and brian j. hall. . “ceo incentives and firm size.” journal of labor economics : - berger, joseph, morris zelditch, bo anderson, and bernard p. cohen. . "structural aspects of distributive justice: a status-value formulation." pp. - in joseph berger, morris zelditch, and bo anderson (eds.), sociological theories in progress, volume . boston: houghton mifflin. berk, richard a., and peter h. rossi. . prison reform and state elites . cambridge, ma: ballinger. bok, derek. . the cost of talent: how executives and professionals are paid and how it affects america. new york: free press. boxman, ed a. w., paul m. de graaf, and hendrik d. flap. . “the impact of social and human capital on the income attainment of dutch managers.” social networks : - . brickman, philip, r. folger, e. goode, and y. schul. . “micro and macro justice.” pp. - in m. j. lerner and s. c. lerner (eds.), the justice motive in social behavior. new york: plenum. conyon, martin, and kevin murphy. . “the prince and the pauper? ceo pay in the united states and the united kingdom.” the economic journal : - . crystal, graef. . “no accounting for ceo pay gap.” www.bloomberg.com . dell, michael s. (with patricia r. olsen). . “more fun than school.” the new york times, business section, march . http://www.bloomberg.com hall, brian j., and jeffrey b. liebman. . “are ceos really paid like bureaucrats?” quarterly journal of economics : - . jasso, guillermina. . "on the justice of earnings: a new specification of the justice evaluation function." american journal of sociology : - . ______. . "fairness of individual rewards and fairness of the reward distribution: specifying the inconsistency between the micro and macro principles of justice." social psychology quarterly : - . ______. . "whom shall we welcome? elite judgments of the criteria for the selection of immigrants." american sociological review : - . ______. . "methods for the theoretical and empirical analysis of comparison processes." sociological methodology : - . ______. . “factorial survey methods for studying beliefs and judgments.” sociological methods and research : - . ______. . “studying justice: measurement, estimation, and analysis of the actual reward and the just reward.” pp. - in kjell törnblom and riel vermunt (eds.), distributive and procedural justice: research and social applications. london, uk: ashgate. manuscript available as iza discussion paper no. at www.iza.org. ______, and peter h. rossi. . "distributive justice and earned income." american sociological review : - . ______, and murray webster, jr. . "assessing the gender gap in just earnings and its underlying mechanisms." social psychology quarterly : - . ______, and bernd wegener. . "methods for empirical justice analysis: part i. framework, models, and quantities." social justice research : - . johnston, jack, and john dinardo. . econometric methods. fourth edition. new york, ny: mcgraw-hill. kelley, jonathan, and m. d. r. evans. . “the legitimation of inequality: occupational earnings in nine countries.” american journal of sociology : - . http://www.iza.org. master, melissa. . “how much should a ceo make?” across the board (november/december). website of the conference board (www.conference-board.org ). mcgeehan, patrick. . “executive pay: a special report.” the new york times, april . meyer, pearl. . “from halos to horns: demonizing the american ceo.” paper available at www.execpay.com . meyersson, eva m. . kompensations kontrakt i börsnoterade företag. stockholm, sweden: almqvist & wiksell international. murphy, kevin j. . “executive compensation.” handbook of labor economics b: - . o’reilly iii, charles a., and olivia a. o’neill. . “women’s careers: the impact of sex and gender identity on career attainment.” unpublished paper. piketty, thomas, and emmanuel saez. . “the evolution of top incomes: a historical and international perspective.” american economic review : - . roine, jesper, and daniel waldenström. . “the evolution of top incomes in an egalitarian society: sweden - .” ifn working paper number . rosen, sherwin. . “contracts and the market for executives.” pp. - in lars wein and hans wijkander (eds.), contract economics. cambridge, ma, and oxford, uk: blackwell. rossi, peter h. . "vignette analysis: uncovering the normative structure of complex judgments." pp. - in qualitative and quantitative social research: papers in honor of paul f. lazarsfeld, edited by robert k. merton, james s. coleman, and peter h. rossi. new york: free press. _____, and andy b. anderson. . "the factorial survey approach: an introduction." pp. - in measuring social judgments: the factorial survey approach, edited by peter h. rossi and steven l. nock. beverly hills: sage. http://www.conference-board.org http://www.execpay.com söderström, hans tson, erik berglöf, bengt holmström, peter högfeldt, and eva m. meyersson milgrom. . corporate governance and structural change: european challenges. stockholm, sweden: sns förlag. stevens, s. s. . psychophysics: an introduction to its perceptual, neural, and social prospects. edited by geraldine stevens. new york: wiley. svallfors, stefan. . “worlds of welfare and attitudes to redistribution: a comparison of eight western nations.” european sociological review : - . verwiebe, roland, and bernd wegener. . “social inequality and the perceived income justice gap.” social justice research : - . wall street journal. . “special report: executive pay.” april , . walster, elaine, ellen berscheid, and g. william walster. . “new directions in equity research.” pp. - in leonard berkowitz and elaine walster (eds.), equity theory: toward a general theory of social interaction. new york: academic. wegener, bernd. . “relative deprivation and social mobility: structural constraints on distributive justice judgements.” european sociological review : - . table . characteristics of the fictitious ceos described in the vignettes . age eleven levels, in increments of five years, from to years. . sex ( ) male ( ) female . years of schooling completed fifteen levels, in increments of one year, from completion of sixth grade to a doctoral degree. . years as ceo sixteen levels, in increments of one year, from to years. . firm headquarters ( ) united states ( ) europe ( ) asia . industry of this firm ( ) manufacturing ( ) finance and insurance ( ) information ( ) wholesale trade . size of firm – capitalization twenty-seven levels, from $ million to $ billion. [ m, m, m, m, m, m, m, m, m, m, m, m, m, b, b, b, b, b, b, b, b, b, b, b, b, b, b] . ceo total compensation (salary, signing bonus, value of restricted stock, savings and thrift plans, and other benefits, but excluding options) twenty-seven levels, from $ thousand to $ million. [ t, t, t, t, t, t, t, t, t, t, t, t, t, m, m, m, m, m, m, m, m, m, m, m, m, m, m] note: the population of fictitious ceos (called "vignettes") consists of all the logically possible combinations of characteristics. logically impossible combinations are deleted. these are defined as meeting one of the following conditions: (i) age minus schooling lt ; (ii) age minus years as ceo lt ; and (iii) capitalization/compensation lt . random samples are drawn from the adjusted population for presentation to respondents. table . estimated ceo just earnings matrix: just earnings (in thousands of $) for ceos, as judged by mba students, sweden ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- resp | ceo id, deck a id | ----------+------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- resp | ceo id, deck b id | ----------+------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | | . e+ . e+ | | | | | | | . | | | | | | | | | | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- notes: each respondent rated two twenty-vignette decks, either deck a and deck b or deck b and deck a. the ten ceos shown are from decks a and b (see text). ceos with the same id number are identical across these decks except for sex; the ceos in deck a are women and those in deck b are men. table . summary of estimated ceo just earnings functions and hypothesis tests: male mba students, sweden , respondents and ratings model/test f-ratio (df) model i: common intercept and common slopes ( parameters) . . ( , ) model ii: differential intercepts and common slopes ( parameters) . . ( , ) model iii: differential intercepts and differential slopes ( parameters) . . ( , ) test of differential intercepts, conditional on common slopes: model i vs. model ii . ( , ) test of differential slopes, conditional on differential intercepts: model ii vs. model iii . ( , ) test of differential just earnings functions: model i vs. model iii . ( , ) table . summary characteristics of respondents’ model iii equations and selected principles of microjustice and macrojustice: mba students, sweden ( ) and the united states ( ) swedish men swedish women u.s. men mean s.d. median mean s.d. median mean s.d. median a. respondents’ model iii equations gender ( = female) -. . -. . . -. -. . -. age . . . . . . . . . age-squared -. . -. -. . -. -. . -. years of schooling . . . . . . . . . years as ceo . . . . . . . . . years as ceo - squared -. . -. -. . -. -. . -. firm in europe -. . -. -. . -. -. . -. firm in asia -. . -. -. . -. . . -. firm in finance/insurance . . . . . . -. . -. firm in information -. . . . . . . . . firm in wholesale trade -. . -. . . -. . . . firm capitalization (log mil) . . . . . . . . . constant -. . -. . . . - . . . , just reward equation . . . . . . . . . b. principles of microjustice just rate of return to school. . . . . . . . . . just male base wage ( k$) . . . . . . . just gender multiplier . . . . . . . . . c. principles of macrojustice just median ceo pay ( k $ ) . . . . . . . . . just gini’s ratio . . . . . . . . . just theil’s ratio . . . . . . . . . just atkinson’s ratio . . . . . . . . . just mld . . . . . . . . . figure . respondent-specific principles of microjustice figure . respondent-specific principles of macrojustice: just inequality ceo-text- - - -iza.pdf ceo-tabs&figs- - - -port.pdf artigojosecarlosricardo justiça de transição e poder judiciário brasileiro - a barreira da lei de anistia para a responsabilização dos crimes da ditadura civil-militar no brasil ricardo silveira castro∗ josé carlos moreira da silva filho∗∗ . introdução justiça de transição é o termo que designa o conjunto de práticas e mecanismos que devem ser adotados pelos estados que passam por períodos de conflito (ditaduras, guerras civis e outras situações de prática de violência massiva) e precisam se reestruturar para possibilitar a consolidação da democracia. a atuação das ações transicionais costumam ser divididas em quatro dimensões: as que buscam atender o direito à verdade e à memória, as que pretendem reparar as vítimas dos atos de exceção, as que visam a reforma das instituições e as que objetivam a punição dos agentes estatais que violaram normas de direitos humanos . o foco desse trabalho é a dimensão ∗ acadêmico do curso de direito na pontifícia universidade católica do rio grande do sul. bolsista de iniciação científica pibic/cnpq. membro do grupo de pesquisa cnpq direito à verdade e à memória e justiça de transição. e-mail: silveiraricardocastro@gmail.com ∗∗doutor em direito das relações sociais pela universidade federal do paraná - ufpr; mestre em teoria e filosofia do direito pela universidade federal de santa catarina - ufsc; bacharel em direito pela universidade de brasília - unb; professor da faculdade de direito da pontifícia universidade católica do rio grande do sul - pucrs (programa de pós-graduação em ciências criminais – mestrado e doutorado - e graduação em direito); bolsista produtividade em pesquisa do cnpq - nível ; vice- presidente da comissão de anistia do ministério da justiça; coordenador do grupo de pesquisa cnpq direito à verdade e à memória e justiça de transição; membro-diretor do grupo de estudos sobre internacionalização do direito e justiça de transição – idejust. e-mail: josecarlosfilho@terra.com.br diante da limitação do espaço não pretendemos adentrar aqui na problemática da definição do termo "justiça de transição", tema explorado por diferentes estudos, tais como: arthur, paige. como as 'transições' reconfiguraram os direitos humanos: uma história conceitual da justiça de transição. in: reÁtegui, félix (org.). justiça de transição - manual para a américa latina. brasília: comissão de anisita, ministério da justiça; new york: international center for transitional justice, . p. - ; teitel, ruti. transitional justice. new york: oxford university, ; winter, stephen. towards a unified theory of transitional justice. in: the international journal of transitional justice, oxford university press, v. , n. , p. - , julho ; iverson, jens. transitional justice, jus post bellum and international criminal law: differentiating the usages, history and dynamics. in: the international journal of transitional justice, oxford university press, v. , n. , p. - , novembro ; ambos, kai. the legal framework of transitional justice. in: ambos, kai; large, j.; wierda, m. (eds). building a future on peace and justice: studies on transitional justice, conflict resolution and development, berlim, p. - , . disponível em: http://ssrn.com/abstract= or http://dx.doi.org/ . /ssrn. (acesso em / / ); quinalha, renan honório. justiça de transição - contornos do conceito. são paulo: outras expressões; dobra editorial, ; revista anistia política e justiça de transição, brasília, n. , jan.- jun. . como patamar introdutório suficiente para os fins deste artigo, enunciamos a definição adotada em documento produzido pelo conselho de segurança da onu: “a noção de ‘justiça de transição’ que costuma ser a mais problemática da justiça transicional, isto é, a responsabilização. a importância do estudo a respeito da possibilidade jurídica de haver julgamentos voltados à atribuição de responsabilidade criminal aos agentes do regime militar de está relacionada com a necessidade de se construir uma cultura de respeito e fortalecimento aos direitos humanos pelas forças de segurança pública do estado democrático de direito brasileiro. na primeira parte do presente trabalho, buscar-se-á apresentar – a partir do contexto político de limitação da transição brasileira – a dificuldade encontrada pelos perseguidos políticos e seus familiares em responsabilizar os agentes do estado envolvidos em crimes comuns durante a repressão política do regime militar de . num segundo momento, serão analisados os rumos que a transição brasileira tomou, inclinando-se mais à dimensão da reparação às vítimas da ditadura e menos à responsabilização dos agentes estatais. mais adiante serão tecidas algumas considerações a respeito da contrariedade existente entre os principais precedentes do supremo tribunal federal que discutiram o tema das transições políticas relacionadas às ditaduras civis-militares que assolaram o cone sul na segunda metade do século xx. por fim, será trazido à baila o tema da vinculação do brasil e das suas decisões judiciais aos termos da convenção americana de direitos humanos e à jurisprudência da corte interamericana de direitos humanos. . os crimes da ditadura brasileira e a anistia de : tentativas frustradas de responsabilização durante as décadas de e , no contexto da guerra fria, ocorreram diversos golpes de estado em países da américa latina, dentre os quais, está o brasil. a ditadura civil-militar que golpeou a constituição de - democraticamente discutida no presente relatório compreende o conjunto de processos e mecanismos associados às tentativas da sociedade em chegar a um acordo quanto ao grande legado de abusos cometidos no passado, a fim de assegurar que os responsáveis prestem contas de seus atos, que seja feita a justiça e se conquiste a reconciliação. tais mecanismos podem ser judiciais e extrajudiciais, com diferentes níveis de envolvimento internacional (ou nenhum), bem como abarcar o juízo de processos individuais, reparações, busca da verdade, reforma institucional, investigação de antecedentes, a destruição de um cargo ou a combinação de todos esses procedimentos” (naÇÕes unidas – conselho de segurança. o estado de direito e a justiça de transição em sociedades em conflito ou pós-conflito. relatório do secretário geral s/ / . in: revista anistia política e justiça de transição, brasília, n. , p. - , jan.-jun. . p. ). sobre o tema da justiça de transição, conferir: abrÃo, paulo. (org.) ; vieira, jose ribas (org.) ; lopes, j. r. l. (org.) ; torelly, m. d. (org.). dossiê: o que é justiça de transição? in: revista anistia política e justiça de transição, brasília, n. , p. - , jan.-jun. . promulgada - marcou esse período histórico pela cultura do terror instaurada. a perseguição promovida contra os opositores do regime autoritário logo em seguida do golpe revelou a impossibilidade de diálogo democrático e sepultou a liberdade de expressão. o regime militar utilizou-se da estrutura estatal para cometer crimes de lesa- humanidade. o estado de exceção criou técnicas de neutralização que visavam inverter o cenário decorrente da prática de seus crimes: os agentes policiais e militares passavam de criminosos a defensores da ordem e da lei. É característica do crime de estado a pretensão de sempre estar justificado. no caso brasileiro, as marcas deixadas pelas técnicas de neutralização são tão profundas que continuam contaminando o entendimento de muitos cidadãos, inclusive com a negação do direito de resistência dos que se opuseram ao plano de poder imposto em . o fenômeno da legalidade autoritária relacionado especificamente à ditadura civil-militar é fruto de uma grande preocupação dos golpistas em legitimar suas ações através do campo jurídico. É preciso reconhecer que o poder judiciário brasileiro, em geral, foi importante aliado das forças armadas na construção do projeto militar autoritário. essa aliança foi desenvolvida ao longo do período ditatorial, quando o poder judiciário reconheceu como “subversivos” os opositores políticos do regime militar, aplicando-lhes penas estabelecidas em leis draconianas. a transição política controlada pelos militares e pelos setores da sociedade que os apoiavam teve início ainda na década de e foi marcada pela ameaça de um autoritarismo ressurgente. mesmo assim, a promessa de liberdade em um regime democrático guiou as lutas dos comitês brasileiros pela anistia, que colocaram em o conceito de "técnicas de neutralização" advém dos estudos de sykes & matza desenvolvido nos anos a respeito da delinquência juvenil (sykes, gresham m.; matza, david. techniques of neutralization: a theory of delinquency. in: american sociological review, n. , , p. - ) e apontam para a ideia de que a sua utilização neutraliza em determinadas circunstâncias o caráter reprovável do ato violento. zaffaroni faz uso desses conceitos para analisar os crimes do estado. a esse respeito, ver: zaffaroni, eugenio raul. la palabra de los muertos - conferencias de criminologia cautelar. buenos aires: ediar, . p. - e silva filho, josé carlos moreira da . crimes do estado e justiça de transição. sistema penal & violência, v. , p. - , . o conceito está presente no importante estudo de anthony w. pereira acerca da judicialização e legalização da repressão no chile, na argentina e no brasil e pode ser estendido não somente para o período autoritário iniciado em , mas também para outros momentos marcantes da história do brasil nos quais o bacharelismo legalista serviu para dar preferência a tecnicalidades pontuais em detrimento das orientações principiológicas voltadas ao aprofundamento democrático e ao fortalecimento dos direitos humanos. ver: pereira, anthony w. ditadura e repressão: o autoritarismo e o estado de direito no brasil, no chile e na argentina. são paulo: paz e terra, . discussão na sociedade civil a importância da anistia para a retomada do exercício de direitos fundamentais pelos brasileiros perseguidos pelo regime de exceção. a anistia reclamada veio em , com a promulgação da lei nº . . repleta de distorções, a lei de anistia registrava, a grosso modo, um “perdão” recíproco: opressores e oprimidos estariam anistiados. É necessário enfatizar que tal instrumento normativo surge no contexto de uma ditadura militar que seguia comandada por um general e que havia recebido das mãos do seu antecessor, também um general, um congresso nacional desfigurado pelo pacote de abril, instituído em com base no mais virulento dos atos institucionais, o ai- . o congresso foi fechado por dias e a forma da sua composição foi alterada, aumentando a base de sustentação parlamentar da ditadura e criando, inclusive, a figura do “senador biônico”. tal esclarecimento é fundamental para que se compreenda a inviabilidade de quaisquer ações naquele momento que buscassem contestar a extensão da anistia aos agentes da repressão estatal. a visualização dessa realidade mostra-se importante na medida em que não é incomum encontrar-se o argumento de que a lei de anistia deveria ter sido questionada no seu tempo e não depois. ocorre que, embora houvesse um processo de abertura política em andamento, em , ainda era muito marcante o controle do regime ditatorial. contudo, os magistrados do supremo tribunal federal - durante o julgamento da arguição de descumprimento de preceito fundamental nº - ignoraram o contexto político existente no período posterior à promulgação da lei de anistia para corroborar o argumento de que uma discussão atual daquele instrumento normativo representaria uma “revisão da história” que afrontaria os valores constitucionais vigentes desde . argumentou-se, em linhas gerais, que se antes não houve possibilidade de enfrentamento da anistia aos agentes da ditadura porque se vivia uma incipiente abertura democrática, hoje esse caminho restou obstaculizado por conta do longo período de tempo (mais de trinta anos) que se passou desde o fim do estado ditatorial. em que pese a ameaça do governo militar ter restringido consideravelmente a ação dos perseguidos e de seus familiares na busca pelo esclarecimento de crimes e abusos de autoridade, o fato é que houve algumas tentativas de acionamento do poder judiciário após a edição da lei de anistia que visavam a defesa dos direitos fundamentais escrachados pelo império da força. na seara criminal, destacam-se duas batalhas jurídicas travadas antes de : a primeira na justiça estadual do rio grande do sul por conta do assassinato do sargento do exército manoel raymundo soares; e a segunda no superior tribunal militar pela tortura do perseguido político milton coelho de carvalho. o militar manoel raymundo soares foi encontrado boiando com as mãos amarradas no rio do jacuí no dia de agosto de . conforme consta no inquérito policial militar que investigou os fatos, manoel desertou e foi expulso do exército em , a partir de quando passou a viver na clandestinidade. no ano de o sargento foi recolhido à prisão na ilha do presídio por ter sido abordado com panfletos que veiculavam críticas ao governo militar. mesmo diante do conjunto probatório que apontava para a responsabilidade de agentes do dops e da polícia pela prática de tortura e pelo homicídio, o delegado concluiu o procedimento de investigação preliminar sem indiciar ninguém. o caso ganhou repercussão depois que o promotor de justiça paulo cláudio tovo decidiu denunciar três policiais pelo homicídio, contrariando a conclusão duvidosa do inquérito . o juiz de primeiro grau decidiu negar o pedido de pronúncia dos envolvidos por considerar as provas insuficientes ; tempos depois, em , o tribunal confirmaria esse entendimento para inviabilizar a punição dos agentes denunciados . de igual modo, milton coelho de carvalho, a época aposentado da petrobras, foi preso no dia de fevereiro de em aracajú (sergipe) acusado de ser ligado ao partido comunista brasileiro. a prisão arbitrária fazia parte da “operação cajueiro” que foi fruto dos esforços do doi-codi, do dops e da polícia federal. no cárcere, por causa dos procedimentos adotados na tortura, milton perdeu a visão. o processo para averiguação da responsabilidade dos agentes do estado e sua respectiva punição ver o famoso "relatório tovo" em publicação especial organizada pelo tribunal regional federal da a. região em : assumpÇÃo, eliane maria salgado (org.). o direito na história: o caso das mãos amarradas. porto alegre: trf a. região, . cópia dos originais da denúncia oferecida pelo ministério público podem ser visualizadas no site: http://digital.canaleletronico.net/maosamarradas/denuncia/index.html (acesso em / / ). ver também a descrição do caso no relatório da comissão de mortos e desaparecidos políticos: brasil. secretaria especial dos direitos humanos. comissão especial sobre mortos e desaparecidos políticos. direito à verdade e à memória. brasília: secretaria especial dos direitos humanos, . p. - . rio grande do sul. tribunal de justiça. câmara criminal especial. recurso crime n. . . negado provimento em / / . relator: cristovam daiello moreira. os autos do processo estão arquivados no memorial do judiciário do rio grande do sul - tjrs, e para consultá-los é preciso marcar hora e comparecer pessoalmente ao arquivo. transcorreu, em , no superior tribunal militar e na ocasião representou a primeira aplicação da lei de anistia como “perdão recíproco”: aqueles que cegaram milton estavam perdoados . além desses dois casos que provocaram o poder judiciário a se manifestar antes de (durante o regime de exceção, portanto), é preciso mencionar outras duas situações que – mesmo ocorrendo após a vigência da constituição cidadã – demonstram uma continuidade da ordem estabelecida em : a tentativa do ministério público de são paulo de abrir um inquérito civil para apurar, em , a morte do jornalista vladimir herzog e a tentativa de reabrir a investigação do caso riocentro, em , no superior tribunal militar. em ambos os casos houve o indeferimento dos pleitos pela mesma razão: incidência da anistia “bilateral” de . o curioso é que, no segundo caso, referente ao atentado ocorrido em no riocentro, mesmo reconhecendo indícios de autoria de militares no crime, os ministros do stm – agindo em desacordo com a própria lei nº . / – justificaram o arquivamento do procedimento pela incidência da anistia a crimes cometidos após . a construção de uma “anistia pra frente” representou um verdadeiro estelionato jurídico que contribuiu para fortalecer a noção de que – no brasil – não haveria responsabilização dos agentes do estado de exceção: como pensar em punir os crimes de tortura, sequestro e homicídio ocorridos antes de se sobre aqueles que ocorreram depois (como o atentado ao riocentro) também incidia – legitimamente, conforme o poder judiciário – a malfadada causa de extinção da punibilidade? assim, seja antes, seja depois do estabelecimento da ordem democrática pela constituição de a tentativa de se construir o pilar da “responsabilização” no josÉ, otto. os torturadores anistiados – como está sendo aplicada a lei de anistia. movimento, são paulo, abr. apud teles, janaína de almeida. as disputas pela interpretação da lei de anistia de . in: idéias. são paulo, n. , jan./jun., . p. . disponível em:http://www.ifch.unicamp.br/ojs/index.php/ideias/issue/view/ /showtoc (acesso em / / ). a decisão de trancar o inquérito policial do caso herzog veio da quarta câmara do tribunal de justiça de são paulo (sÃo paulo. tribunal de justiça. habeas corpus n. . - / . relator péricles piza) e foi mantida pelo superior tribunal de justiça (superior tribunal de justiÇa. recurso especial n. . - -sp, j. / / , a turma, unânime, relator ministro josé dantas). já a decisão de trancar as investigações do caso riocentro com base na lei de anistia foi tomada pelo superior tribunal militar em , quando declarou de ofício a extinção da punibilidade dos autores (representação n. . - /df) e quando negou em novo pedido de abertura da investigação (representação criminal n. - /df). maiores detalhes sobre ambos os casos podem ser vistos em: santos, roberto lima; brega filho, vladimir. os reflexos da "judicialização" da repressão política no brasil no seu engajamento com os postulados da justiça de transição. in: revista anistia política e justiça de transição. brasília, n. , p. - , jan./jun. . processo transicional brasileiro sempre esteve presente como reivindicação dos que sofreram com os atos de exceção. no entanto, como se constatou, os termos da interpretação dada ao instituto da anistia impediram qualquer análise de mérito que viabilizasse alguma providência no sentido da investigação e da responsabilização. somente após a virada do século, a partir de , é que houve uma nova mobilização, por parte de organismos da sociedade civil e de órgãos vinculados ao estado, que buscou questionar a validade da interpretação da anistia como “acordo bilateral” perante o supremo tribunal federal . o foco deste artigo é justamente averiguar as contradições da postura do supremo tribunal federal – enquanto órgão máximo do poder judiciário – acerca dos temas envolvendo a justiça de transição, precipuamente no que tange ao aspecto da possibilidade de persecução criminal dos crimes de lesa-humanidade cometidos pelos agentes do estado ditatorial. para tanto, serão analisadas as contradições existentes em cinco precedentes do egrégio tribunal: a adpf nº. , a adpf nº , a extradição nº , a extradição nº . e a extradição nº . . na sequência, o foco recairá sobre a contradição da suprema corte quanto à interpretação da convenção americana de direitos humanos e dos precedentes da corte interamericana de direitos humanos. antes disso, no entanto, a fim de melhor esclarecer o contexto que deu oportunidade a essas discussões, se fará no próximo item uma breve reflexão acerca do caminho no dia de julho de a comissão de anistia organizou uma audiência pública no prédio sede do ministério da justiça em brasília para discutir as possibilidades jurídicas de julgamento dos torturadores que atuaram em prol do governo ditatorial. a reação da imprensa foi imediata e incessante, e, apesar da tentativa inicial de desqualificar o debate, pautou o tema com elevada frequência em jornais, revistas e outros meios de massa. artigos a favor e contra a possibilidade do julgamento eram publicados e não paravam de surgir nas páginas dos principais jornais do país. até então este parecia um assunto proibido. o então presidente do conselho federal da oab, cezar britto, compareceu à audiência e meses depois, sob a influência da discussão, mobilizou o conselho e propôs, com a assinatura de fábio konder comparato, a argüição de descumprimento de preceito fundamental nº no stf. importante também mencionar a corajosa e importante sentença do juiz gustavo santini teodoro, de outubro de , confirmada pelo tribunal de justiça paulista em agosto de , e que, embora só tenha efeitos declarativos, foi a primeira manifestação judicial que reconheceu explicitamente um ex-agente público brasileiro como torturador: o coronel carlos alberto brilhante ustra, apontado em dezenas de relatos de ex-perseguidos como torturador e que foi comandante da temida operação bandeirante em são paulo na década de . esquentando ainda mais o ambiente para o julgamento da adpf nº no stf, em janeiro de a secretaria especial de direitos humanos lança o iii plano nacional de direitos humanos, inaugurando uma diretriz inexistente nos planos anteriores, aquela que cuida do direito à memória e à verdade. entre outras deliberações, o plano propugnou a instituição de uma comissão nacional da verdade, que veio a ser constituída em , e uma série de outras políticas públicas em torno da memória, dano espaço para as opiniões desfavoráveis ao bloqueio da lei de anistia quanto à investigação e responsabilização dos crimes de lesa humanidade praticados pelos agentes da ditadura. adotado pelo brasil em sua transição política, mostrando que o motor desse processo foi a preocupação em reparar as vítimas dos atos de exceção. . mais reparação, menos responsabilização a constituição federal de representou uma conquista para o processo de democratização iniciado após a lei de anistia de , mas isso não fez dela um instrumento capaz de romper com a cultura autoritária impregnada nas instituições estatais durante os vinte e um anos de vigência do estado de exceção . aliás, para criar possibilidades reais de rompimento com a estrutura autoritária é que os mecanismos transicionais atuam em quatro frentes de combate ao legado de repressão: a busca pela verdade e pela memória, a reforma das instituições, a reparação às vítimas e a responsabilização dos crimes cometidos com a violação de direitos humanos. É preciso dizer que no enfrentamento desse legado autoritário não há um percurso “certo” ou “errado”, pois cada país possui suas peculiaridades que necessariamente resultarão em uma postura própria diante da necessidade de se optar pelos meios que serão utilizados para o enfrentamento do legado autoritário. no caso específico do brasil, é possível perceber que grande parte dos esforços dispensados voltaram-se para a promoção da reparação às vítimas. o próprio texto constitucional que instaurou o estado democrático de direito elencou – no art. º do ato das disposições constitucionais transitórias (adct) - a reparação aos atingidos pelos atos de exceção como imperativo necessário para o restabelecimento de uma ordem legítima. a execução desse mandamento constitucional operacionalizou-se pelo trabalho organizado de duas comissões de reparação: a comissão especial de mortos e desaparecidos políticos, vinculada à secretaria especial de direitos humanos da presidência da república e a comissão de anistia, vinculada ao ministério da justiça. a comissão especial de mortos e desaparecidos políticos foi criada pela lei nº. . / e recebeu a incumbência de reconhecer as pessoas desaparecidas, envidar esforços para localizar os restos mortais dos perseguidos políticos desaparecidos e como destaca de modo perspicaz cristiano paixão (paixÃo, cristiano. a constituição em disputa: transição ou ruptura? in: seelaender, airton (org.) história do direito e construção do estado. são paulo: quartier latin, . no prelo), a partir das eleições de e mais intensamente com a instalação da constituinte tornou-se nítida a disputa em torno do significado da constituição, seja no conflito em torno dos procedimentos adotados pelos constituintes para elaborarem o texto, seja nos esforços de defini-la como o resultado de uma ruptura ou de uma continuidade com o regime de força. também emitir pareceres quanto aos pedidos de indenização formulados pelos familiares, orientando suas ações pelo “princípio de reconciliação e de pacificação nacional”. enfatize-se que foi por meio desse instrumento normativo que o ordenamento jurídico pátrio reconheceu, pela primeira vez, a responsabilidade objetiva do estado pela morte e pelo desaparecimento forçado de opositores políticos, durante o regime militar . já a comissão de anistia foi criada pela mp nº . / , depois convertida na lei nº . / e sua função é reparar os perseguidos políticos pelas várias circunstâncias que lhes geraram prejuízos (patrimoniais e extra-patrimoniais): torturas, prisões arbitrárias, demissões, transferências de serviço por razões políticas, sequestros, compelimentos à clandestinidade e ao exílio, banimentos, expurgos estudantis, monitoramentos ilícitos, etc. a reparação aos perseguidos políticos prevista na lei nº . inclui: direito à declaração de condição de anistiado político; direito à reparação econômica; direito à contagem – para todos os efeitos – do tempo em que o perseguido político foi obrigado a afastar-se de suas atividades profissionais, devido à punição ou ameaça de punição; direito à conclusão de curso interrompido por punição ou ao registro de diploma obtido em instituição de ensino fora do país; e direito à reintegração dos servidores públicos civis e dos empregados públicos. como se pode notar, a lei procurou trazer meios capazes de restabelecer as condições dos perseguidos políticos, tanto economicamente quanto simbolicamente . aliás, no campo da reparação o resultado do trabalho da comissão foi publicado no livro brasil. secretaria especial dos direitos humanos. comissão especial sobre mortos e desaparecidos políticos. direito à verdade e à memória. brasília: secretaria especial dos direitos humanos, . a publicação e o lançamento deste livro no ano de , em uma grande solenidade ocorrida no palácio do planalto, com as presenças do presidente da república, luis inácio lula da silva, o ministro da defesa, nelson jobim, a ministra-chefe da casa civil, dilma roussef e o ministro da secretaria especial dos direitos humanos da presidência da república, paulo vannuchi, representou um avanço significativo do brasil no resgate da sua memória política. a obra, que demarca a conclusão dos trabalhos da comissão especial dobre mortos e desaparecidos políticos pode ser consultada no seguinte endereço eletrônico: http://www.presidencia.gov.br/estrutura_presidencia/sedh/.arquivos/livrodireitomemoriaeverdadeid.pdf ampliando a reparação e evidenciando o cuidado e a preocupação com o olhar das vítimas da repressão ditatorial, a comissão de anistia lançou em março de o projeto clínicas do testemunho, que pretende fornecer assistência psicológica aos que foram atingidos pela repressão política. o projeto contou em sua preparação com o auxílio de especialistas da área e prevê a sua execução em parceria com instituições aprovadas em edital público com verba, apoio e estrutura para dar conta de prover essa assistência. o projeto prevê a sua execução primeiramente nas cidades de são paulo, porto alegre, recife e rio de janeiro, com a expectativa de ampliação para outras cidades em uma segunda fase. para maiores informações ver: http://blog.justica.gov.br/inicio/tag/clinicas-do-testemunho/ (acesso em / / ). outro aspecto digno de nota é que a experiência das clínicas do testemunho poderá ser aproveitada para que se efetive um projeto semelhante para o tratamento de vítimas das atuais práticas criminosas de agentes públicos, especialmente, da tortura, ainda numerosa no país. simbólica, a partir de , a comissão da anistia passou a formalmente, em cada caso de deferimento do pedido de reparação fomulado, pedir desculpas pelos erros cometidos pelo estado. tal pedido de desculpas traduz um ato de reconhecimento da legitimidade do direito de resistência dos opositores do regime militar. cabe registrar ainda a importância que as caravanas da anistia assumiram nesse contexto, já que durante essas ocasiões – quando ocorrem julgamentos públicos de requerimentos feitos por perseguidos políticos em diferentes cidades e espaços comunitários do país – é dado espaço de fala para as vítimas. durante esses momentos, aqueles que tiveram desrespeitados seus direitos fundamentais de livre expressão e consciência podem testemunhar e oferecer a sua versão dos acontecimentos – quebrando-se, assim, a lógica do silêncio das vítimas e da “verdade oficial” . a opção do brasil em priorizar a efetivação do direito à reparação acabou influenciando diretamente na dimensão da busca pela verdade. isso porque o trabalho das comissões de reparação, em boa medida, promoveu um questionamento da versão dos fatos oferecida pelos órgãos do estado ditatorial. para conceder indenização pecuniária, por exemplo, as comissões investigaram a circunstância da morte dos desaparecidos e das perseguições de milhares de perseguidos políticos, reconhecendo a participação do poder público e desqualificando versões esdrúxulas oficializadas pelo regime militar (como as mortes supostamente ocorridas por suicídio, conforme registro oficial, ou por mirabolantes e fantasiosos acidentes, como se registrou em inúmeras investigações policiais do período). as atenções atualmente voltam-se à comissão nacional da verdade que busca estender e consolidar as conquistas obtidas até a sua há ainda que se mencionar, no campo da reparação simbólica a iniciativa do edital marcas da memória. divulgado anualmente desde o edital marcas da memória faz parte das políticas de memória executadas pela comissão de anistia e tem por objetivo destinar verba pública a projetos culturais, artísticos e científicos voltados ao resgate da memória política brasileira. ver: baggio, roberta camineiro. marcas da memória: a atuação da comissão de anistia no campo das políticas públicas de transição no brasil. in: ciências sociais unisinos, são leopoldo, vol. , n. , p. - , mai/ago . até agosto de , caravanas foram realizadas em todo o brasil. em recente publicação, apoiada pelo projeto marcas da memória, está o detalhamento das primeiras caravanas realizadas acompanhado de diversos textos escritos sobre o significado das caravanas, escritos por diversas personalidades dentre artistas, intelectuais, pesquisadores, ex-perseguidos políticos, juristas, jornalistas, entre outros. ver: coelho, maria josé h.; rotta, vera (orgs.). caravanas da anistia: o brasil pede perdão. brasília: ministério da justiça; florianópolis: comunicação, estudos e consultoria, . uma descrição mais sucinta de todas as caravanas realizadas de a pode ser vista em: ações educativas da comissão de anistia - relatório de gestão - . brasília: ministério da justiça, . para as caravanas mais recentes, inclusive com vídeos, entrevistas e transcrição de depoimentos, ver o blog do ministério da justiça no site: http://blog.justica.gov.br instalação, em em compensação, pouco tem-se progredido no que tange à reforma das instituições e à responsabilização dos agentes policiais e militares que violaram normas de direitos humanos. em que pese as instituições (tais como o serviço nacional de informações, as divisões de segurança institucional, o departamento de operações de informações - centro de operações de defesa interna e os departamentos de ordem política e social) responsáveis pela repressão organizada do regime de exceção terem sido extintas, o fato é que a cultura de desrespeito e desvalorização dos direitos humanos tem ganhado espaço perante as forças de segurança pública do país. se é verdade que a reparação das vítimas está intimamente ligada ao direito à verdade, é preciso reconhecer a relação que a reforma das instituições possui com o campo da responsabilização . não é difícil de entender o porquê: os agentes estatais que estiveram envolvidos em crimes de lesa- humanidade, além de não terem sido responsabilizados, foram realocados nos quadros da administração pública e levam consigo os métodos utilizados na abordagem dos que outrora eram denominados de “subversivos”. a lógica do direito penal do inimigo assume uma nova veste (já que o inimigo muda de denominação), mas a sua essência – que é a negação da esfera de direitos do outro – segue intocável, assim como a forma de atacá-lo . esta relação é apontada na pesquisa de kathryn sikkink. ver: sikkink, kathryn. the justice cascade - how human rights procesutions are changing world politics. new york, london: w.w. norton & company, . ver também o artigo: sikkink, kathryn. walling, carrie booth. the impact of human rights trials in latin america. journal of peace research, los angeles, london, new delhi, singapore, vol. , n. , , p. - . importa esclarecer que não se ignora ser a violência policial uma característica tradicional das forças de segurança pública brasileiras, desde antes do advento do golpe de estado de , desde as práticas escravistas até a era vargas, contudo, a ditadura então instalada contribuiu significativamente não apenas para dar continuidade a esta macabra tradição como aprofundá-la dentro das corporações e das instituições brasileiras ligadas à segurança pública. nesse sentido, ver o interessante estudo de martha huggins: huggins, martha knisely; zimbardo, philip g.; haritos-fatouros, mika. operários da violência – policiais torturadores e assassinos reconstroem as atrocidades brasileiras. brasília: unb, . ver também: jesus, maria gorete marques de. o crime de tortura e a justiça criminal: um estudo dos processos de tortura na cidade de são paulo. são paulo: ibccrim, . (monografias, ). corroborando o elevado índice de mortes e torturas praticadas pelas forças policiais brasileiras, ver os relatórios: nucleo de estudos de cidadania, conflito e violÊncia (ufrj). “autos de" resistência: uma análise dos homicídios cometidos por policiais na cidade do rio de janeiro ( - ). disponível em: http://www.necvu.ifcs.ufrj.br/images/relatorio% final% autos% de% resist%c %aancia.pdf acesso em: / / ; human rights watch. lethal force. police violence and public security in rio de janeiro and são paulo. disponível em: http://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/brazil webwcover.pdf . acesso em / / ; justiÇa global. segurança, tráfico e milícias no rio de janeiro. disponível em: http://global.org.br/wp-content/uploads/ / /relatorio_milicias_completo.pdf . acesso em a responsabilização é, das quatro dimensões da justiça de transição, a única que segue ainda estagnada. como já foi exposto, a busca pela responsabilização dos agentes que utilizaram a estrutura do estado para perseguir, torturar e assassinar sempre foi posta em pauta diante do judiciário, mas tem esbarrado na anistia “ampla, geral e irrestrita” de . uma análise superficial poderia resultar na conclusão de que a lei de anistia é um empecilho, um “erro” no percurso das transições políticas. ocorre que, a anistia de trouxe a estabilidade política necessária para que os militares se sentissem seguros o suficiente para, se não auxiliar, ao menos não dificultar o processo de abertura política. assim, é preciso reconhecer o papel de destaque que o instituto da anistia desempenhou para que a democracia ganhasse espaço diante do aparelho autoritário de poder. a função desse mecanismo, contudo, não pode ser impossibilitar eternamente a responsabilização. o prejuízo que haveria para a sociedade brasileira se houvesse julgamentos tão logo o regime de exceção tivesse se encerrado equipara-se ao dano causado pelo bloqueio perene das vias de responsabilização defendido atualmente. estudos na área da justiça transicional concluem que “a responsabilização (julgamento) deve ser equilibrada com a estabilidade (anistia) para obter êxito” . explicando a relação responsabilização-estabilidade, os pesquisadores referem que “em alguns casos, anistias fornecem a estabilidade que mais tarde permite que democracias fortes processem os perpetradores e estabeleçam a proteção dos direitos humanos. (…) nesse cenário, o equilíbrio envolve dar sequência à responsabilização após a anistia ter favorecido a estabilidade política” . foi justamente por compartilhar dessa compreensão que o ministério da justiça, em , organizou a audiência pública “limites e possibilidades para a responsabilização jurídica dos agentes violadores de / / ; justiÇa global. execuções sumárias, arbitrárias e extrajudiciais. uma aproximação da realidade brasileira. disponível em: http://dhnet.org.br/dados/relatorios/r_jglobal/r_jg_exec_extra_judiciais .pdf. acesso em / / ; amnistia internacional brasil. “entrán disparando”: la actuación policial em las comunidades socialmente excluidas. disponível em: http://www.amnesty.org/es/library/asset/amr / / /es/d c d -d c- dd- a - d a c d /amr pt.html. acesso em / / . olsen, tricia d.; payne, leigh; reiter, andrew g. as implicações políticas dos processos de anistia. in: abrÃo, paulo; payne, leigh; torelly, marcelo. a anistia na era da responsabilização: o brasil em perspectiva internacional e comparada. brasília: ministério da justiça, p. . ver também dos mesmo autores: olsen, tricia d.; payne, leigh; reiter, andrew g. transitional justice in balance - comparing processes, weighing efficacy. washington, d.c.: united states institute of peace press, . ibidem, p. . direitos humanos durante o estado de exceção no brasil”. o tabu da anistia bilateral estava prestes a ser enfrentado, pela primeira vez, diante de um estado democraticamente constituído e organizado. foram as ideias veiculadas durante essa audiência pública, que contou com a participação da sociedade civil e de agentes políticos do poder legislativo, do poder executivo e do ministério público, que embasaram a pretensão do conselho federal da ordem dos advogados do brasil de questionar, perante o supremo tribunal federal via arguição de descumprimento de preceito fundamental, a interpretação da lei de anistia de . também podem ser identificados como fatores que contribuíram para a iniciativa do conselho federal da oab as reviravoltas ocorridas nos países do cone sul onde foram reconhecidos como nulos os indultos oferecidos pelos regimes ditatoriais, passando-se para promoção de julgamentos e punições dos agentes estatais. cabe destacar as três principais teses de fundamentação que, na provocação do poder judiciário, poderiam ser defendidas para questionar a extensão da anistia: a primeira, de que a lei nº . / não poderia representar um empecilho à responsabilização dos agentes do estado porque isso seria contrariar a jurisprudência da corte interamericana de direitos humanos que considera como nulo o instituto da auto- anistia; a segunda, de que os crimes cometidos pelo estado, por meio de seus agentes, não podem ser entendidos como “conexos” aos crimes políticos de modo que, embora essa tenha sido a intenção do governo militar, a anistia não incidia sobre eles; e por fim, a terceira, de que embora seja possível válida a anistia bilateral, é inadmissível aplicá-la a crimes permanentes (sequestro e ocultação de cadáver, por exemplo) e aos que ocorreram depois de . tanto a primeira quanto a segunda tese de fundamentação foram sustentadas na petição inicial da adpf nº . no entanto, durante o julgamento, o stf afastou esses argumentos adotando a seguinte postura: quanto ao primeiro posicionou-se no sentido de qualificar como legítima a anistia de , com base no fato de ela ter sido resultado do trabalho do congresso nacional e consequentemente não se enquadrar no perfil de uma auto-anistia; e quanto ao segundo, compreendeu que, embora os crimes dos agentes do estado não se enquadrem no brasil. supremo tribunal federal. ação de descumprimento de preceito fundamental nº /df. arguente: conselho federal da ordem dos advogados do brasil. arguidos: presidente da república e congresso nacional. relator ministro luis fux. brasília/df: de abril de . disponível em:. acesso em ago. . conceito de crimes políticos, a “conexão” criada pela lei nº . é sui generis (não se trata da conexão conhecida no processo penal) e representa o expoente do acordo bilateral firmado entre governo militar e oposição. a terceira tese surgiu nos embargos de declaração interpostos pelo conselho federal da oab contra a decisão do supremo na adpf nº , que, no momento da redação deste artigo, ainda aguardava julgamento. a decisão do stf na adpf nº assume a importância de ser o precedente jurisprudencial da suprema corte brasileira que mais diretamente se debruçou sobre o tema da transição política pátria no aspecto da responsabilização. nesse julgamento, os ministros do stf puderam manifestar o seu entendimento a respeito da validade e do alcance da lei de anistia de . com base no que ficou registrado na adpf nº serão confrontadas algumas premissas assumidas em sede de outras decisões proferidas por esse mesmo órgão jurisdicional, quais sejam: a adpf nº , a extradição nº , a extradição nº . e a extradição nº . . o partido democrático trabalhista - pdt ajuizou a adpf nº questionando a recepção da lei nº . / (conhecida como lei de imprensa) pela ordem constitucional estabelecida em . conforme o defendido na petição inicial, a norma atacada era incompatível com os tempos democráticos por restringir a liberdade de expressão e cercear a liberdade de imprensa. no dia de abril de o stf, por maioria, reconheceu a procedência da ação para negar a recepção da lei de imprensa – aprovada pelo congresso nacional e promulgada durante o regime militar – pela constituição cidadã. a ext nº envolveu o pedido de extradição formulado pelo governo argentino em relação ao cidadão uruguaio manuel cordeiro piacentini. o major do exército uruguaio foi acusado de participar de crimes de associação ilícita voltada à prática de crimes durante a operação condor nos países do cone sul. no dia de brasil. supremo tribunal federal. ação de descumprimento de preceito fundamental nº /df. arguente: partido democrático trabalhista. arguidos: presidente da república, congresso nacional, federação nacional dos jornalistas profissionais, associação brasileira de imprensa e artigo brasil. relator ministro carlos ayres britto. brasília/df: de abril de . disponível em: . acesso em ago. . brasil. supremo tribunal federal. extradição nº . requerente: governo da república argentina. extraditando: manoel cordeiro piacentini. relator ministro marco aurélio mello; relator p/ acórdão ministro ricardo lewandowski. brasília/df: de agosto de . disponível em . acesso em ago. . agosto de o stf, por maioria, deferiu o pedido de extradição, reconhecendo a possibilidade do uruguaio ser punido pelos crimes cometidos durante o regime de exceção. de igual modo, o governo da argentina requisitou a extradição dos cidadãos argentinos norberto raul tozzo (ext nº . ) e cláudio vallejos (ext nº . ) pela prática de crimes de desaparecimentos forçados durante o regime militar argentino. o resultado desses dois julgamentos seguiram o decidido no precedente da ext nº , e o stf atendeu ao pedido de extradição dos dois nacionais argentinos para que houvesse a devida persecução criminal. . a suprema corte brasileira enfrentando a responsabilização inicialmente, revela-se importante a constatação de que as premissas assumidas pelos ministros do stf nos julgamentos da adpf nº e da adpf nº são diametralmente opostas. quando analisaram a primeira, precisamente um ano antes da segunda, os ministros reconheceram o conteúdo autoritário da lei de imprensa que tinha o objetivo principal de impedir a difusão de ideias e críticas que pudessem levar à mobilização social em face do regime vigente à época. por conta disso, entendendo que o conteúdo dessa lei contraria frontalmente os valores que foram elevados à hierarquia de norma constitucional, o stf fez prevalecer a constituição de e fulminou o ato normativo autoritário atacado. nesse caso, o egrégio tribunal assumiu o papel de defensor da constituição, afastando do ordenamento jurídico uma norma que, embora promulgada pelo parlamento em , carregava um sentido autoritário. postura adversa foi adotada durante a análise da adpf nº . na ocasião do julgamento que discutia a interpretação da lei de anistia de , o stf descumpriu a sua missão constitucional de fortalecer e tornar efetivas as disposições da carta magna. houve inclusive a sustentação de que o poder judiciário não está autorizado a alterar o texto normativo ou a dar outra redação, diversa da nele contemplada. a explicação para brasil. supremo tribunal federal. extradição nº . requerente: governo da república argentina. extraditando: norberto raul tozzo. relatora ministra carmem lúcia. brasília/df: de maio de . disponível em . acesso em ago. . brasil. supremo tribunal federal. extradição nº . requerente: governo da república argentina. extraditando: claudio vallejos. relator ministro gilmar mendes. brasília/df: de setembro de . disponível em . acesso em ago. . essa fundamentação foi a classificação das leis de anistia como “leis medida”. segundo o ministro eros grau, defensor desse posicionamento, a anistia de veicula uma decisão política assumida naquele momento, não podendo ser entendida como uma “regra para o futuro” . uma segunda constatação, a partir do estudo dos acórdãos selecionados, é a contradição existente no âmbito da suprema corte a respeito da prescrição dos crimes dos agentes estatais que violaram normas de direitos humanos. É importante não esquecer que a anistia e a prescrição são causas de extinção da punibilidade que não se confundem. para que haja, portanto, a possibilidade de persecução criminal desses crimes é necessário afastar tanto a incidência da anistia, quanto a incidência da prescrição. em outras palavras, o afastamento de um instituto não implicará o do outro. foi por isso, inclusive, que alguns ministros do stf desqualificaram a discussão a no seu voto, que foi acompanhado pela maioria dos demais ministros, eros grau registrou que: "a lei n. . é uma lei-medida, não uma regra para o futuro, dotada de abstração e generalidade. há de ser interpretada a partir da realidade no momento em que foi conquistada. (...) a constituição não recebe, certamente, leis em sentido material, abstratas e gerais, mas não afeta, também certamente, leis-medida que a tenham precedido". (brasil. supremo tribunal federal. ação de descumprimento de preceito fundamental nº /df. arguente: conselho federal da ordem dos advogados do brasil. arguidos: presidente da república e congresso nacional. relator ministro luis fux. brasília/df: de abril de . disponível em: . acesso em ago. ). como anota em sua obra emilio peluso neder meyer, o coneito de "lei- medida" foi importado de erns fortshoff, que o produziu no contexto da alemanha pós-primeira guerra mundial, querendo com ele indicar a necessidade da edição de leis com caráter administativo e concreto, ou seja, despidas das características normalmente associadas às "leis-norma", quais sejam a generalidade e a abstração. conforme salienta meyer a invocação do conceito pelo relator eros grau é inadequada por três razões: ) por pretender dar um tratamento não normativo à violação de direitos fundamentais causada pela anistia aos agentes da ditadura que praticaram crimes de lesa-humanidade (afetando neste caso os direitos das vítimas), o que quer dizer que mesmo que a categoria lei-medida pudesse se manter de pé, ela certamente não poderia ser aplicada a uma lei de anistia; ) pelo fato de que mesmo que se pudesse admitir como correta a existência de uma "lei-medida" ela não poderia ficar à margem do controle de constitucionalidade das leis em geral (o que ficou consignado na própria jurisprudência do stf na mc-adi nº . - /df, julgada em de maio de , em voto majoritário do ministro gilmar mendes e que foi, inclusive, seguido pelo ministro eros grau); ) por restar superado pelos avanços teóricos no campo da hermenêutica e da filosofia da linguagem, especialmente quando busca contrapor uma esfera concreta a outra abstrata da norma. a própria noção gadameriana de applicatio, invocada constantemente pelo ministro eros grau para fundamentar a sua afirmação de que a norma só existe quando interpretada e de que não se deve separar o momento da interpretação do momento da aplicação, já é suficiente para mostrar o desacerto do conceito de "lei-medida", como também serve para evidenciar o contra-senso argumentativo do ministro em voltar-se contra suas próprias teses ao recomendar que uma lei seja interpretada não com os olhos do presente mas com os olhos da época, como se fosse possível abstrair do que se sabe hoje e contemplar os fatos como se estivéssemos postados em um momento e local já ultrapassados por nossas próprias experiências. ver: meyer, emilio peluso neder. ditadura e responsabilização - elementos para uma justiça de transição no brasil. belo horizonte: arraes, . p. - ; e também: silva filho, josé carlos moreira da . o julgamento da adpf pelo supremo tribunal federal e a inacabada transição democrática brasileira. in: wilson ramos filho. (org.). trabalho e regulação - as lutas sociais e as condições materiais da democracia. belo horizonte- mg: fórum, , v. , p. - . respeito do alcance da anistia, sustentando a inequívoca incidência da prescrição. o ministro marco aurélio fez constar em seu voto que a discussão trazida pela adpf nº era estritamente acadêmica e serviria apenas para ficar nos anais do tribunal. na análise dos julgamentos das extradições, é possível perceber que o stf manifestou-se no sentido de reconhecer a não incidência da prescrição nos crimes de sequestro (desaparecimento forçado) praticados pelos estrangeiros manuel cordeiro piacentini, norberto raul tozzo e cláudio vallejos. nesses casos, como não estava ainda previsto na legislação penal brasileira o crime de desaparecimento forçado, o stf entendeu que a conduta criminosa imputada aos extraditandos era análoga à figura do sequestro, esta sim já prevista na legislação brasileira, e que, portanto, como até os dias presentes não se revelou o paradeiro das vítimas, o crime é permanente, não tendo havido ainda o início da contagem do prazo prescricional. o precedente deu embasamento aos embargos declaratórios interpostos contra a decisão proferida na adpf nº , já que raciocínio semelhante foi adotado pela própria corte interamericana de direitos humanos na condenação do brasil no caso gomes lund, na qual aceitou-se a ingerência da corte sobre a responsabilidade dos crimes praticados pelos agentes da ditadura na guerrilha do araguaia, visto que embora a jurisdição da corte só tenha sido aceita pelo brasil em , quase anos após a guerrilha do araguaia, ela incide sobre crimes que embora iniciados no passado ainda continuam sendo praticados após a data da adesão, ou seja, são crimes permanentes . a tese levantada nos embargos declaratórios é a de que sobre crimes permanentes no momento da redação deste artigo, os embargos declaratórios seguem pendentes de apreciação. de todo modo, é interessante identificar a breve manifestação na ext nº , cujo julgamento ocorreu após o da adpf nº , do novo relator, ministro luis fux, que substituiu o ministro eros grau após a sua aposentadoria. está ela a indicar alguma possível reviravolta na decisão do stf diante da adpf nº ? só o futuro dirá. disse o ministro luis fux no início do seu voto: "(...) esse é um momento importante para a minha geração, porque esse massacre de margarita belén foi exatamente um evento político que marcou muito a minha juventude, assim como também a bomba do riocentro e todos esses eventos que se encaixam bem na advertência de um poeta latino de que 'quando não lembramos o que nos aconteceu, pode vir a acontecer tudo outra vez'" (brasil. supremo tribunal federal. extradição nº . requerente: governo da república argentina. extraditando: norberto raul tozzo. relatora ministra carmem lúcia. brasília/df: de maio de . disponível em . acesso em ago. ). o ex-major argentino norberto raul tozzo, o extraditando em questão, foi acusado na argentina de ter comandado o conhecido massacre de margarita belén, no qual jovens peronistas foram torturados e fuzilados. essa também tem sido a tese adotada pelo ministério público federal após a condenação do brasil pela corte interamericana de direitos humanos, o que tem rendido um conjunto de acões interpostas pelo mpf que visam a responsabilização de agentes da ditadura responsáveis por desaparecimentos forçados, tais como sebastião curió, carlos alberto brilhatne ustra, dirceu gravina, lício maciel, entre outros. não incide a prescrição, logo, haveria possibilidade de haver julgamentos no brasil pelos sequestros e ocultações de cadáveres cometidos pelos agentes militares. ocorre que o afastamento da prescrição, como também já foi apontado, não é o suficiente: é preciso afastar a anistia. aliás, nos julgamentos das extradições referidas no presente estudo, o stf só reconheceu a não incidência da prescrição nos crimes de caráter permanente depois de considerar o afastamento dos indultos dos quais tinham se beneficiado os extraditandos. assim, revela-se imprescindível – no caso brasileiro – afastar a incidência da anistia de . o argumento que tem recebido acolhida por grande parte dos que lutam pela responsabilização dos agentes que cometeram crimes de lesa-humanidade durante o regime militar é o de que o caráter permanente de alguns crimes inviabilizaria a sua anistia. concretamente, observando a realidade brasileira, essa construção pretende questionar a possibilidade de uma lei de anistia (que traz determinado um período certo de tempo dentro do qual ocorreram as condutas criminosas anistiadas) atingir crimes de caráter permanente, que continuam acontecendo – já que sua consumação se prolonga no tempo – até os dias de hoje. diante dos argumentos utilizados pelo stf para negar o pedido constante da adpf , é possível que a tese dos crimes permanentes não seja acolhida . por fim, vale apontar a inverossimilhança de três teses veiculadas pelos ministros do stf no julgamento da adpf . em primeiro lugar, destaque-se a sustentação do ministro cezar peluso de que não houve tentativas de responsabilização dos agentes da ditadura. procurou-se mostrar no início desse trabalho que nas ocasiões em que o estado brasileiro, via provocação do poder judiciário, foi chamado a promover a responsabilização desses crimes, a anistia de representou um obstáculo intransponível. aliás, como foi possível constatar, a lei de anistia inviabilizou inclusive a persecução de crimes cometidos após . não faltou oportunidade para que o poder judiciário promovesse a punição dos crimes de lesa-humanidade, faltaram órgãos jurisdicionais suficientemente comprometidos nesses casos com os valores da constituição de e o com os compromissos assumidos perante o direito ainda que possa parecer estranho considerar anistiado um crime que continua a ocorrer, o que seria uma hipótese curiosa de anistia para o futuro, é possível que o stf adote a tese de que como a anistia teria excluído a ilicitude do ato inicial, não caberia arguir a ilicitude da sua continuidade, daí a importância em realmente se afastar a incidência da lei de anistia para os crimes de lesa-humanidade, em geral, praticados pelos agentes ditatoriais. internacional, aos quais o país está legalmente submetido. um outro ponto que merece atenção é a convalidação, pelo stf, de um suposto acordo bilateral que teria sido firmado entre o regime autoritário e a sua oposição. nos termos desse acordo, aqueles que golpearam a constituição de e tomaram o poder pela força permitiriam que os civis reassumissem o governo desde que os crimes cometidos pelos primeiros (crimes de lesa-humanidade) fossem perdoados. a declaração da ministra ellen gracie em seu voto na adpf nº não deixa dúvidas: não se faz transição, ao menos não se faz transição pacífica, entre um regime autoritário e uma democracia plena, sem concessões recíprocas. por incômodo que seja reconhecê-lo hoje, quando vivemos outro e mais virtuoso momento histórico, a anistia inclusive daqueles que cometeram crimes nos porões da ditadura, foi o preço que a sociedade brasileira pagou para acelerar o processo pacífico de redemocratização(...)” . assim, o stf confirmou a legitimidade da pretensão dos que vislumbraram uma troca: entrega-se a democracia desde que se desconsidere alguns direitos fundamentais. para além desse questionamento envolvendo a matéria desse acordo – que, data venia, é inaceitável – é preciso lembrar a disparidade de forças existente durante o regime de exceção, que inviabiliza a compreensão de que houve um “acordo”. o pressuposto básico de um acordo – que é a existência de partes minimamente equiparadas - não existiu . a análise dos acórdãos selecionados neste estudo revela de um lado uma flagrante contradição na jurisprudência da própria corte, ora realizando o controle de adequação de leis autoritárias anteriores diante da constituição, como o fez no julgamento da adpf nº , ora fazendo prevalecer a legislação autoritária anterior, como ocorreu no julgamento da adpf nº . este último julgamento, por sua vez, denota uma continuidade no que se refere ao lastro autoritário deixado pelo golpe militar de . brasil. supremo tribunal federal. ação de descumprimento de preceito fundamental nº /df. arguente: conselho federal da ordem dos advogados do brasil. arguidos: presidente da república e congresso nacional. relator ministro luis fux. brasília/df: de abril de . disponível em: . acesso em ago. . explorando mais amiúde os motivos para a inexistência do alegado acordo, ver: silva filho, josé carlos moreira da . o julgamento da adpf pelo supremo tribunal federal e a inacabada transição democrática brasileira. in: wilson ramos filho. (org.). trabalho e regulação - as lutas sociais e as condições materiais da democracia. belo horizonte-mg: fórum, , v. , p. - . se a constituição de representou uma ruptura de paradigmas no que diz respeito a muitos assuntos tratados pelos constituintes, o mesmo impacto não ocorreu em matéria de justiça de transição – sobretudo no que se refere ao campo da responsabilização. para chegar a essa conclusão basta identificar que houve o acolhimento do argumento, por alguns ministros, de que a emenda constitucional nº de selava a anistia bilateral, sem que a constituição de pudesse romper com ela. o entendimento, portanto, foi de que o poder constituinte originário que deu origem à constituição de estava limitado por normas pré-constitucionais, como se verá com mais detalhes no próximo item. . o stf e a vinculação do brasil à convenção americana de direitos humanos há outro aspecto crucial no qual o stf demonstra flagrante contradição quando se compara a decisão tomada na adpf nº com decisões anteriores que tomou. tal aspecto é o que sinaliza para a vinculação do brasil ao pacto de san jose da costa rica e a sua submissão à jurisdição da corte interamericana de direitos humanos. em de setembro de o brasil depositou sua carta de adesão à convenção americana de direitos humanos (pacto de san josé da costa rica). posteriormente, em de dezembro de o brasil reconheceu a competência da corte interamericana de direitos humanos, a ela se submetendo soberanamente. este fato gerou uma discussão acerca da estatura hierárquica das normas garantidoras de direitos humanos presentes na convenção mas não explicitadas no texto constitucional. de de outubro de até a emenda constitucional nº , promulgada em de dezembro de , o art. º da constituição de trazia apenas dois parágrafos após a enumeração dos incisos definidores de direitos e garantias fundamentais. o § º estabeleceu a aplicabilidade imediata e o § º estabeleceu o princípio da abertura do catálogo de direitos fundamentais demarcando que os "direitos e garantias expressos nesta constituição não excluem outros decorrentes do regime e dos princípios por ela adotados, ou dos tratados internacionais em que a república federativa do brasil seja parte". a presença solitária desses parágrafos, ainda sem o acréscimo do º e º , que viriam somente com a ec nº , criou a dúvida a respeito da o parágrafo º do art. º, criado pela ec nº / , estabelece que "os tratados e convenções internacionais sobre direitos humanos que forem aprovados, em cada casa do congresso nacional, em estatura hierárquica dos direitos e garantias expressos nos tratados internacionais de direitos humanos aos quais o brasil havia aderido após a promulgação da constituição, isto porque até então a jurisprudência consolidada do stf era de que os tratados de direitos humanos teriam o status de lei ordinária. foi em de dezembro de , com a decisão do leading case que discutiu a prisão civil do depositário infiel (hc . /to e re . /sp) que o posicionamento do stf atingiu um novo patamar sobre o tema do status dos tratados de direitos humanos. a constituição de previu em seu art. º, lxvii que "não haverá prisão civil por dívida, salvo a do responsável pelo inadimplemento voluntário e inescusável de obrigação alimentícia e a do depositário infiel". por outro lado, a convenção americana de direitos humanos estabeleceu em seu art. º que "ninguém deve ser detido por dívidas", excepcionando apenas o caso do devedor alimentar. a solução encontrada pelo stf para dirimir a antinomia clara entre a convenção e a própria constituição brasileira tanto nos casos citados acima como em outros que se seguiram foi estabelecer duas importantes inovações. a primeira delas significou a mudança da jurisprudência que delimitava a estatura de mera lei ordinária aos tratados de direitos humanos. vingou na opinião majoritária de ministros a tese da supralegalidade dos tratados de direitos humanos, isto é, são superiores às leis ordinárias mas inferiores à constituição, ainda que façam parte de um bloco de constitucionalidade por especificarem direitos fundamentais referidos no texto constitucional. registre-se que os outros votos demarcavam a teoria do status constitucional dos tratados internacionais de direitos humanos, mesmo no caso de dois turnos, por três quintos dos votos dos respectivos membros, serão equivalentes às emendas constitucionais". com isto, firmou-se o entendimento de que para um direito ou garantia expresso em um tratado ou convenção internacional de direitos humanos, firmado pelo país após a entrada em vigor da ec nº , possa gozar do status constitucional ele deve passar pelo mesmo processo legislativo pelo qual passa uma emenda constitucional. já o parágrafo º estabelece que "o brasil se submete à jurisdição de tribunal penal internacional a cuja criação tenha manifestado adesão". brasil. supremo tribunal federal. habeas corpus nº . /to. paciente: alberto de ribamar ramos costa. coator: superior tribunal de justiça. relator ministro marco aurélio mello. brasília/df: de dezembro de . disponível em: . acesso em ago. ; brasil. supremo tribunal federal. habeas corpus nº . /sp. recorrente: banco bradesco s/a. recorrido: luciano cardoso santos. relator ministro cézar peluso. brasília/df: de dezembro de . disponível em: . acesso em ago. . o posicionamento adotado acabou por gerar a súmula , a qual prevê que "é ilícita a prisão civil do depositário infiel, qualquer que seja a modalidade de depósito". tratados incorporados antes da ec nº e, portanto, sem a utilização do rito que passou a ser previsto no art. º, § º. muito embora sejam mais aceitáveis sob o ponto de vista da coerência na busca de uma ordem jurídica cada vez mais forte na promoção e proteção dos direitos humanos tanto a tese do status constitucional quanto a da supraconstitucionalidade (os tratados de direitos humanos valem mais do que a própria constituição), o stf optou pela via da supralegalidade. ao menos avançou em relação à jurisprudência anterior. de todo modo, a adoção da supralegalidade dos tratados de direitos humanos não impediu no caso da prisão do depositário infiel que se desse preferência à convenção americana de direitos humanos em relação à constituição brasileira. e esta é a segunda inovação. o fundamento adotado para tanto foi o princípio da aplicação da norma mais favorável em direitos humanos, ainda que em um engenho de argumentação se tenha estabelecido que tal predomínio não necessariamente revoga a norma constitucional restritiva mas impede que norma infraconstitucional lhe dê eficácia. desse modo, ao mesmo tempo em que o stf afirmou que a constituição vale mais que o tratado, assegurou que o tratado valesse mais do que qualquer lei ordinária e que no caso de norma mais favorável impedisse a regulamentação de dispositivo constitucional restritivo, prevalecendo inclusive sobre norma constitucional originária. tal posicionamento causa espécie quando se vislumbra a decisão do stf sobre o status da lei de anistia de . a suprema corte brasileira, embora não o declare explicitamente na decisão da adpf nº , conferiu prevalência à lei nº / , especialmente em seu art. º, § º, dispositivo que trata dos "crimes conexos" e que em interpretação predominante até aqui anistia agentes da ditadura que praticaram crimes de lesa humanidade, tanto sobre a constituição de como sobre a convenção americana e a jurisprudência da corte interamericana sobre ela. e corre o risco de fazê- lo também em relação à decisão tomada pela corte interamericana de direitos humanos no caso gomes lund, a depender da apreciação dos embargos declaratórios interpostos pela oab na adpf nº , e que até a redação deste artigo seguiam pendentes de decisão. tratando primeiramente da constituição republicana de , deve ser repudiada qualquer tentativa de vincular a soberania da constituinte a uma norma construída na ordem jurídica anterior, de perfil autoritário e ditatorial, mesmo que tenha sido uma norma que serviu para iniciar o processo constituinte como o foi a ec nº / . além da lei nº / , a referida emenda, em seu art. , § º, também estabeleceu a anistia aos crimes conexos . É preciso ter claro, contudo, que esta última norma emendou a constituição anterior, a de , instituída de modo autoritário em plena ditadura, pertencendo portanto à ordem jurídica instaurada de modo ilegítimo pelo golpe de . ao contrário do que defenderam o ministro eros grau e o ministro gilmar mendes em seus respectivos votos na adpf , quaisquer condições impostas pela ordem constitucional anterior não podem ser tomadas como efetivas e limitadoras do poder constituinte originário, especialmente quando essa ordem anterior é autoritária. assim, as disposições sobre anistia que constam na ec nº / , bem como as que estão na lei nº / só devem vincular a nova ordem naquilo que não sejam com ela incompatíveis. ao contrário, a constituição de deixou bem claros os seus pressupostos axiológicos e principiológicos quanto ao tema. em seu art. º, iii estabelece a dignidade da pessoa humana como fundamento da república; em seu art. º, ii estabelece que a república rege-se nas suas relações internacionais pelo princípio da prevalência dos direitos humanos; em seu art. º, xliii prevê que a tortura é crime inafiançável e insuscetível de graça ou anistia ; e, finalmente, no ato das disposições constitucionais transitórias em seu art. º menciona que "é concedida anistia aos que, no período de de setembro de até a data da promulgação da constituição, foram atingidos, em decorrência de motivação exclusivamente política, por atos de exceção, institucionais ou complementares", ou seja, nenhuma palavra em toda a longa extensão do texto constitucional sobre anistia a crimes conexos ou de qualquer natureza. veja-se que quando se fala em anistia na constituição de ela é direcionada para os que foram perseguidos políticos e não para os que realizaram esta perseguição, sem falar importante salientar que na ec nº / não foi reproduzida a enigmática definição do que seriam crimes conexos e que consta no art. º, § º da lei nº / , a saber: "consideram-se conexos, para efeito deste artigo, os crimes de qualquer natureza relacionados com crimes políticos ou praticados por motivação política". É verdade que o crime de terrorismo também é mencionado no mesmo dispositivo, mas antes que alguma análise mais apressada sugira que os participantes da luta armada contra a ditadura possam ser aí enquadrados, é preciso reconhecer dois fatos: que não há até os dias atuais qualquer tipificação do crime de terrorismo, seja na ordem jurídica interna, seja na ordem internacional, e que aqueles que pegaram em armas contra a ditadura não praticaram terrorismo mas sim exerceram o seu legítimo direito de resistência, colocado em prática exatamente para combater o terrorismo de estado (sobre isto ver: silva filho, josé carlos moreira da. o terrorismo de estado e a ditadura civil-militar no brasil: direito de resistência não é terrorismo. revista anistia política e justiça de transição, ministério da justiça, n. , jan/jul , brasília, p. - ). que é explicitamente vedada no caso de crimes de tortura. É verdade que esta última previsão se volta aos casos posteriores a , mas indica de todo modo o repúdio da nova ordem a atos de anistia voltados para este tipo de crime. quanto à prevalência dos direitos humanos na ordem internacional, prevista no art. º, ii da constituição, depreende-se daí que a orientação a ser tomada deveria ser a mesma adotada no caso da vedação da prisão do depositário infiel, ou seja a de que os tratados de direitos humanos prevaleçam sobre qualquer norma da ordem jurídica interna que restrinjam os direitos e garantias ali previstos, ainda mais quando a norma colidente seja uma lei ordinária editada na ordem constitucional anterior. em trecho didático da sentença prolatada pela corte internacional de direitos humanos no caso gomes lund, que condenou o brasil em relação aos crimes praticados pela ditadura durante a guerrilha do araguaia apresentam-se as violações dos artigos da convenção que restam existentes enquanto a lei de anistia representar um obstáculo para a apuração e a responsabilização desses crimes: . a corte interamericana considera que a forma na qual foi interpretada e aplicada a lei de anistia aprovada pelo brasil (...) afetou o dever internacional do estado de investigar e punir as graves violações de direitos humanos, ao impedir que os familiares das vítimas no presente caso fossem ouvidos por um juiz, conforme estabelece o artigo . da convenção americana, e violou o direito à proteção judicial consagrado no artigo do mesmo instrumento, precisamente pela falta de investigação, persecução, captura, julgamento e punição dos responsáveis pelos fatos, descumprindo também o artigo . da convenção. adicionalmente, ao aplicar a lei de anistia impedindo a investigação dos fatos e a identificação, julgamento e eventual sanção dos possíveis responsáveis por violações continuadas e permanentes, como os desaparecimentos forçados, o estado descumpriu sua obrigação de adequar seu direito interno, consagrada no artigo da convenção americana. . a corte considera necessário enfatizar que, à luz das obrigações gerais consagradas nos artigos . e da convenção americana, os estados parte têm o dever de adotar as providências de toda índole, para que ninguém seja privado da proteção judicial e do exercício do direito a um recurso simples e eficaz, nos termos dos artigos e da convenção. em um caso como o presente, uma vez ratificada a convenção americana, corresponde ao estado, em conformidade com a audiência pública foi realizada nos dias e de maio de e a sentença condenatória, com data de de novembro de , só foi divulgada no dia de dezembro de . importante registrar que foi somente após o anúncio da data aproximada da audiência pública na corte idh é que o stf colocou em pauta a adpf . o artigo desse instrumento, adotar todas as medidas para deixar sem efeito as disposições legais que poderiam contrariá-lo, como são as que impedem a investigação de graves violações de direitos humanos, uma vez que conduzem à falta de proteção das vítimas e à perpetuação da impunidade, além de impedir que as vítimas e seus familiares conheçam a verdade dos fatos. e de modo categórico, conclui a sentença: . dada sua manifesta incompatibilidade com a convenção americana, as disposições da lei de anistia brasileira que impedem a investigação e sanção de graves violações de direitos humanos carecem de efeitos jurídicos. em consequência, não podem continuar a representar um obstáculo para a investigação dos fatos do presente caso, nem para identificação e punição dos responsáveis, nem podem ter igual ou similar impacto sobre outros casos de graves violações de direitos humanos consagrados na convenção americana ocorridos no brasil. como se não bastasse a difícil convivência entre o art. º, § º da lei nº / , quando interpretado como anistia a crimes de lesa humanidade, com a constituição de e a convenção americana, há também o choque com a jurisprudência consolidada da corte interamericana de direitos humanos. nos casos barrios altos e la cantuta (peru) e almonacid arelliano e outros (chile) a corte deixa patente que as anistias são incompatíveis com a convenção americana em casos de graves violações de direitos humanos, independentemente, inclusive, de se tratar ou não de auto-anistia ou de se ter ou não algum tipo de acordo neste sentido . corte interamericana de direitos humanos. caso gomes lund e outros ("guerrilha do araguaia") vs. brasil. sentença de de novembro de . disponível em: . acesso em de ago. de . corte interamericana de direitos humanos. caso barrios alto vs. peru. sentença de de março de . disponível em: . acesso em de ago. de . corte interamericana de direitos humanos. caso la cantuta vs. peru. sentença de de novembro de . disponível em: . acesso em de ago. de . corte interamericana de direitos humanos. caso almonacid arellano y otros vs. chile. sentença de de setembro de . disponível em: . acesso em de ago. de . em outro texto procurou-se assinalar que no caso brasileiro o fato de a anistia ter se voltado tanto para perseguidos políticos como para perseguidores não elimina o caráter de auto-anistia da lei nº / , visto que a anistia aos agentes da ditadura era algo imposto pela ditadura e inegociável. além disso, argumentou-se igualmente que, para o bem da história, não houve nenhum acordo digno deste nome. ver: silva filho, josé carlos moreira da . o julgamento da adpf pelo supremo tribunal federal e a inacabada transição democrática brasileira. in: wilson ramos filho. (org.). trabalho e regulação - as lutas sociais e as condições materiais da democracia. belo horizonte-mg: fórum, , v. , p. - ao se submeter à competência da corte interamericana de direitos humanos em , portanto antes do julgamento da adpf , que se deu apenas em , o estado brasileiro reconheceu "como obrigatória, de pleno direito e sem convenção especial, a competência da corte em todos os casos relativos à interpretação ou aplicação desta convenção" (art. , da convenção). complementando, preconiza o art. , da convenção que a corte é o órgão competente para "conhecer de qualquer caso, relativo à interpretação e aplicação das disposições desta convenção, que lhe seja submetido". ainda, no art. , da convenção está consignado que os "estados-partes na convenção comprometem-se a cumprir a decisão da corte em todo caso em que forem partes". surge daí o questionamento sobre o grau de vinculação do stf à jurisprudência da corte idh. há quem afirme que esta vinculação só seria obrigatória caso estivesse expressamente prevista na constituição ou na convenção . ora, na constituição de , além do princípio da abertura do catálogo de direitos fundamentais no art. º, § º, há o art. º do adct que prevê que "o brasil propugnará pela formação de um tribunal internacional dos direitos humanos". diante disto, é lógico pressupor que uma vez consolidada a submissão do país à jurisdição da corte, ele deva respeito à sua jurisprudência ou ao menos a leve em consideração, especialmente quando ela está consolidada e representa interpretação mais favorável aos direitos humanos. afinal o próprio stf já construiu e consolidou jurisprudência interna no sentido da prevalência da norma mais favorável aos direitos humanos. por que este raciocínio vale para o caso da prisão do depositário infiel e não vale para o caso da anistia aos crimes de lesa humanidade? importante também lembrar que a convenção americana, norma que vincula o brasil, estabelece que a corte é o órgão competente para interpretá-la (art. , da convenção). talvez a única hipótese escusável de não alinhamento à jurisprudência da corte seja quando ela não indique a interpretação ou norma mais favorável, quando o atendimento do princípio pro homine se dê a partir de interpretação divergente do stf, o que não é o caso, visto que se trata de não estender a anistia a crimes de lesa É a posição sustentada em: vasconcelos, eneas romero de. o conflito entre direito nacional e internacional: a jurisprudência da corte interamericana de direitos humanos vs. a jurisprudência do supremo tribunal federal. revista anistia política e justiça de transição, ministério da justiça, n. , jan./jun , brasília, p. - . humanidade. na adpf o voto do ministro celso de mello, praticamente o único que menciona a jurisprudência da corte idh e a ela dá alguma atenção, tenta justificar a sua decisão favorável à validade da lei de anistia para casos de grave violação de direitos humanos diante da jurisprudência da corte interamericana. o seu argumento é que como a lei de anistia foi bilateral não se trata de auto-anistia, o que não resiste a um exame de lógica, pois como já se afirmou, o fato de que a anistia tenha alcançado perseguidos e perseguidores não elimina o fato de que a anistia a esses últimos foi fruto de uma imposição do governo ditatorial. vê-se nitidamente, porém, que o ministro não explorou a jurisprudência da corte e não aprofundou a sua análise à luz do direito internacional dos direitos humanos, não se sabe porque razão, especialmente quando se aprecia seu rico voto no leading case da ilicitude da prisão do depositário infiel . e, como já se assinalou acima, em acordo com a jurisprudência da corte idh, mesmo que não se tratasse de auto-anistia não seria lícito que ela alcançasse crimes de lesa humanidade. É como restou consignado na sentença da corte idh no caso gomes lund: . este tribunal estabeleceu em sua jurisprudência que é consciente de que as autoridades internas estão sujeitas ao império da lei e, por esse motivo, estão obrigadas a aplicar as disposições vigentes no ordenamento jurídico. no entanto, quando um estado é parte de um tratado internacional, como a convenção americana, todos os seus órgãos, inclusive seus juízes, também estão submetidos àquele, o que os obriga a zelar para que os efeitos das disposições da convenção não se vejam enfraquecidos pela aplicação das normas contrárias a seu objeto e finalidade, e que desde o início carecem de efeitos jurídicos. o poder judiciário, nesse sentido, está internacionalmente obrigado a exercer um "controle de convencionalidade" ex officio entre as normas afirmou o ministro em seu voto no hc . que "a relação de eventual antinomia entre os tratados internacionais em geral (que não versem o tema dos direitos humanos) e a constituição da república impõe que se atribua, dentro do sistema de direito positivo vigente no brasil, irrestrita precedência hierárquica à ordem normativa consubstanciada no texto constitucional, ressalvadas as hipóteses excepcionais previstas nos §§ º e º do art. º da própria lei fundamental, que conferem hierarquia constitucional aos tratados internacionais de direitos humanos. (...) É preciso ressalvar, no entanto, como precedentemente já enfatizado, as convenções internacionais de direitos humanos celebradas antes do advento da ec nº / , pois, quanto a elas incide o § º do art. º da constituição, que lhes confere natureza materialmente constitucional, promovendo sua integração e fazendo com que se subsumam à noção mesma de bloco de constitucionalidade" (brasil. supremo tribunal federal. habeas corpus nº . /to. paciente: alberto de ribamar ramos costa. coator: superior tribunal de justiça. relator ministro marco aurélio mello. brasília/df: de dezembro de . disponível em: . acesso em ago. ). internas e a convenção americana, evidentemente no marco de suas respectivas competências e das regulamentações processuais correspondentes. nessa tarefa, o poder judiciário deve levar em conta não somente o tratado, mas também a interpretação que a ele conferiu a corte interamericana, intérprete última da convenção americana. . no presente caso, o tribunal observa que não foi exercido o controle de convencionalidade pelas autoridades jurisdicionais do estado e que, pelo contrário, a decisão do supremo tribunal federal confirmou a validade da interpretação da lei de anistia, sem considerar as obrigações internacionais do brasil derivadas do direito internacional (...)". a sentença da corte idh no caso araguaia, ainda que se queira arguir que a jurisprudência da corte não vincule o judiciário brasileiro ou que não imponha a ele ao menos uma obrigação de ser levada em consideração, revela uma vinculação indiscutível desse mesmo judiciário aos termos que condena o estado do qual faz parte. qual seria o propósito de o brasil acatar a jurisdição da corte se ele pudesse simplesmente desobedecer suas decisões se o seu judiciário assim entendesse? o poder judiciário não compõem o estado? não está consignado na convenção que as decisões da corte devem ser acatadas pelo estado contra o qual ela se volta? a decisão do stf na adpf , ainda não transitada em julgado, visto que sobre ela ainda pairam embargos declaratórios terá de ser revista e o bloqueio da lei de anistia afastado. não há, à luz do direito internacional e dos princípios que amparam o estado democrático de direito da república federativa do brasil, outra conclusão possível. . considerações finais: a transição política no brasil ainda está inacabada, mesmo já tendo passado vinte e cinco anos da promulgação da constituição de . a análise das ações do estado brasileiro – principalmente no que diz respeito às dimensões da reforma das instituições e da responsabilização – revelam-se insuficientes para que seja possível reconhecer uma ruptura com os paradigmas autoritários instaurados em . a pesquisa sobre as oportunidades que o stf teve de se pronunciar a respeito de temas envolvendo o tema da justiça de transição revela o papel de destaque que assume corte interamericana de direitos humanos. caso gomes lund e outros ("guerrilha do araguaia") vs. brasil. sentença de de novembro de . disponível em: . acesso em de ago. de . o julgamento da adpf nº . a análise das contradições existentes entre a decisão desse julgamento e dos demais precedentes analisados demonstra que o egrégio tribunal proferiu – na ocasião do julgamento da adpf nº – uma decisão predominantemente política, com fracos fundamentos jurídicos, que contraria os valores constitucionais vigentes. certo está que toda decisão de um órgão jurisdicional é – também – uma decisão política. no entanto, a constituição federal – que apresenta as escolhas e diretrizes políticas construídas pela assembleia constituinte – limita a decisão dos órgãos dos poderes da república, inclusive do judiciário. É com base naqueles valores elencados na carta de que os magistrados devem encontrar a solução para os conflitos trazidos aos tribunais. quando houve o julgamento da adpf nº , o stf deu força aos paradigmas que vigoravam no período anterior à instauração do estado democrático de direito, retirando a força imperativa do texto constitucional. a posição adotada pelo stf, é preciso enfatizar, corrobora o entendimento de que a aliança existente durante o regime militar e os órgãos do poder judiciário permanece condicionando os avanços dos mecanismos de justiça transicional. se por um lado a judicialização da repressão política no brasil – materializada na busca do regime militar em levar a julgamento os seus opositores políticos – diminuiu a ocorrência de penalizações extrajudiciais (em comparação com as ditaduras do cone sul) durante o estado de exceção, por outro ainda se sofre com a convalidação, por parte de muitos magistrados, do simulacro de legalidade forjado pela ditadura civil-militar brasileira. a responsabilização dos crimes da ditadura sofreu, no julgamento da adpf nº , substancial prejuízo já que a decisão proferida tem efeito vinculante e eficácia erga omnes. além disso, o próprio recurso de embargos declaratórios que aguarda julgamento já possui a sua esfera de abrangência limitada, uma vez que questiona a possibilidade de persecução criminal apenas dos crimes permanentes – homicídios, torturas, estupros e todos os outros crimes estão, conforme a lógica do “acordo bilateral” - anistiados. os efeitos dessa postura do estado brasileiro revelam-se ainda mais perversos: a cultura de impunidade dos crimes de lesa-humanidade faz aumentar – por parte das forças de segurança pública do país – o desrespeito pelos direitos humanos. a lógica do direito penal do inimigo segue fazendo suas vítimas no estado democrático de direito . há, ainda nesse cenário, a necessidade de se considerar o fato de que o brasil deve encontrar um modo de cumprir a condenação que sofreu na corte interamericana de direitos humanos após o julgamento da adpf nº no caso gomes lund. a corte interamericana foi taxativa ao reconhecer a nulidade da anistia brasileira e que ela não pode impedir a responsabilização de crimes de lesa-humanidade. embora alguns ministros já tenham se pronunciado informalmente defendendo que a corte interamericana não é órgão revisor das decisões do stf, o fato é que a questão segue sem solução. o descumprimento da sentença da corte interamericana pelo brasil, em tese, poderia gerar sanções de direito internacional. não parece que isso seja uma preocupação dos agentes políticos brasileiros. aliás, tomando como referência os próprios ministros do stf, a análise dos votos da adpf nº revela um grande desprezo por toda a construção acerca do jus cogens, característico das normas de direito internacional, atitude contraditória com o próprio posicionamento anterior da suprema corte, o que situa a lei nº . / como um grande "tabu jurídico" para o judiciário brasileiro. . referências bibliográficas: abrÃo, paulo; torelly, marcelo d. as dimensões da justiça de transição no brasil, a eficácia da lei de anistia e as alternativas para a verdade e a justiça. in: abrÃo, paulo; payne, leigh; torelly, marcelo. a anistia na era da responsabilização: o brasil em perspectiva internacional e comparada. brasília: ministério da justiça, . abrÃo, paulo. (org.) ; vieira, jose ribas (org.) ; lopes, j. r. l. (org.) ; torelly, m. d. (org.). dossiê: o que é justiça de transição? in: revista anistia política e justiça de transição, brasília, n. , p. - , jan.-jun. . ações educativas da comissão de anistia - relatório de gestão - . brasília: ministério da justiça, . amnistia internacional brasil. “entrán disparando”: la actuación policial em las afirma relatório da human rights watch que, “segundo dados oficiais, as polícias dos estados do rio de janeiro e de são paulo mataram juntas um total de mais de . pessoas desde . em quase todos esses casos, a polícia relatou que as mortes teriam sido atos de legítima defesa em tiroteios com supostos criminosos. em são paulo esses casos são designados por 'resistência seguida de morte' e no rio conhecidos como 'autos de resistência'. no entanto, uma análise detalhada dos autos, das declarações das autoridades e dados estatísticos sugere de forma contundente que uma parte significativa desses casos são na realidade execuções extrajudiciais” (human rights wacth. força letal: violência policial e segurança pública no rio de janeiro e em são paulo. . p. . disponível em: http://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/brazil ptwebwcover.pdf . acesso em de ago. de ). comunidades socialmente excluidas. disponível em: http://www.amnesty.org/es/library/asset/amr / / /es/d c d -d c- dd- a - d a c d /amr pt.html. acesso em / / . assumpÇÃo, eliane maria salgado (org.). o direito na história: o caso das mãos amarradas. porto alegre: trf a. região, . baggio, roberta camineiro. marcas da memória: a atuação da comissão de anistia no campo das políticas públicas de transição no brasil. in: ciências sociais unisinos, são leopoldo, vol. , n. , p. - , mai/ago . brasil. secretaria especial dos direitos humanos. comissão especial sobre mortos e desaparecidos políticos. direito à verdade e à memória. brasília: secretaria especial dos direitos humanos, . brasil. supremo tribunal federal. ação de descumprimento de preceito fundamental nº /df. arguente: conselho federal da ordem dos advogados do brasil. arguidos: presidente da república e congresso nacional. relator ministro luis fux. brasília/df: de abril de . disponível em:. acesso em ago. . brasil. supremo tribunal federal. ação de descumprimento de preceito fundamental nº /df. arguente: partido democrático trabalhista. arguidos: presidente da república, congresso nacional, federação nacional dos jornalistas profissionais, associação brasileira de imprensa e artigo brasil. relator ministro carlos ayres britto. brasília/df: de abril de . disponível em: . acesso em ago. . brasil. supremo tribunal federal. extradição nº . requerente: governo da república argentina. extraditando: manoel cordeiro piacentini. relator ministro marco aurélio mello; relator p/ acórdão ministro ricardo lewandowski. brasília/df: de agosto de . disponível em . acesso em ago. . brasil. supremo tribunal federal. extradição nº . requerente: governo da república argentina. extraditando: norberto raul tozzo. relatora ministra carmem lúcia. brasília/df: de maio de . disponível em . acesso em ago. . brasil. supremo tribunal federal. extradição nº . requerente: governo da república argentina. extraditando: claudio vallejos. relator ministro gilmar mendes. brasília/df: de setembro de . disponível em . acesso em ago. . brasil. supremo tribunal federal. habeas corpus nº . /to. paciente: alberto de ribamar ramos costa. coator: superior tribunal de justiça. relator ministro marco aurélio mello. brasília/df: de dezembro de . disponível em: . acesso em ago. . brasil. supremo tribunal federal. habeas corpus nº . /sp. recorrente: banco bradesco s/a. recorrido: luciano cardoso santos. relator ministro cézar peluso. brasília/df: de dezembro de . disponível em: . acesso em ago. . coelho, maria josé h.; rotta, vera (orgs.). caravanas da anistia: o brasil pede perdão. brasília: ministério da justiça; florianópolis: comunicação, estudos e consultoria, . corte interamericana de direitos humanos. caso gomes lund e outros ("guerrilha do araguaia") vs. brasil. sentença de de novembro de . disponível em: . acesso em de ago. de . corte interamericana de direitos humanos. caso barrios alto vs. peru. sentença de de março de . disponível em: . acesso em de ago. de . corte interamericana de direitos humanos. caso la cantuta vs. peru. sentença de de novembro de . disponível em: . acesso em de ago. de . corte interamericana de direitos humanos. caso almonacid arellano y otros vs. chile. sentença de de setembro de . disponível em: . acesso em de ago. de . faoro, raymundo. a república inacabada. são paulo: globo, . filho, vladimir brega; santos, roberto lima. os reflexos da “judicialização” da repressão política no brasil no seu engajamento com os postulados da justiça de transição. in: revista anistia política e justiça de transição. brasília: ministério da justiça, n. , jan-jun, . huggins, martha knisely; zimbardo, philip g.; haritos-fatouros, mika. operários da violência – policiais torturadores e assassinos reconstroem as atrocidades brasileiras. brasília: unb, . human rights wacth. força letal: violência policial e segurança pública no rio de janeiro e em são paulo. . disponível em: http://www.hrw.org/sites/default/files/reports/brazil ptwebwcover.pdf . acesso em / / . international center for transitional justice, ictj. parecer tácnico sobre a natureza dos crimes de lesa-humanidade, a imprescritibilidade de alguns delitos e a proibição de anistias. in: revista anistia política e justiça de transição. brasília: ministério da justiça, n. , jan-jun, . jesus, maria gorete marques de. o crime de tortura e a justiça criminal: um estudo dos processos de tortura na cidade de são paulo. são paulo: ibccrim, . (monografias, ). josÉ, otto. os torturadores anistiados – como está sendo aplicada a lei de anistia. movimento, são paulo, abr. apud teles, janaína de almeida. as disputas pela interpretação da lei de anistia de . in: idéias. são paulo, n. , jan./jun., . justiÇa global. execuções sumárias, arbitrárias e extrajudiciais. uma aproximação da realidade brasileira. disponível em: http://dhnet.org.br/dados/relatorios/r_jglobal/r_jg_exec_extra_judiciais .pdf. acesso em / / justiÇa global. segurança, tráfico e milícias no rio de janeiro. disponível em: http://global.org.br/wp-content/uploads/ / /relatorio_milicias_completo.pdf . acesso em / / . meyer, emilio peluso neder. ditadura e responsabilização - elementos para uma justiça de transição no brasil. belo horizonte: arraes, . p. - . naÇÕes unidas – conselho de segurança. o estado de direito e a justiça de transição em sociedades em conflito ou pós-conflito. relatório do secretário geral s/ / . in: revista anistia política e justiça de transição, brasília, n. , p. - , jan.-jun. . p. . nucleo de estudos de cidadania, conflito e violÊncia (ufrj). “autos de" resistência: uma análise dos homicídios cometidos por policiais na cidade do rio de janeiro ( - ). disponível em: http://www.necvu.ifcs.ufrj.br/images/relatorio% final% autos% de% resist%c %aan cia.pdf acesso em: / / olsen, tricia d.; payne, leigh; reiter, andrew g. as implicações políticas dos processos de anistia. in: abÃo, paulo; payne, leigh; torelly, marcelo. a anistia na era da responsabilização: o brasil em perspectiva internacional e comparada. brasília: ministério da justiça, . olsen, tricia d.; payne, leigh; reiter, andrew g. transitional justice in balance - comparing processes, weighing efficacy. washington, d.c.: united states institute of peace press, . paixÃo, cristiano. a constituição em disputa: transição ou ruptura? in: seelaender, airton (org.) história do direito e construção do estado. são paulo: quartier latin, . no prelo. pereira, antrhony w. ditadura e repressão: o autoritarismo e o estado de direito no brasil, no chile e na argentina. são paulo: paz e terra, . rio grande do sul. tribunal de justiça. câmara criminal especial. recurso crime n. . . negado provimento em / / . relator: cristovam daiello moreira. santos, roberto lima; brega filho, vladimir. os reflexos da "judicialização" da repressão política no brasil no seu engajamento com os postulados da justiça de transição. in: revista anistia política e justiça de transição. brasília, n. , p. - , jan./jun. . sikkink, kathryn. the justice cascade - how human rights procesutions are changing world politics. new york, london: w.w. norton & company, . sikkink, kathryn. walling, carrie booth. the impact of human rights trials in latin america. journal of peace research, los angeles, london, new delhi, singapore, vol. , n. , , p. - . silva filho, josé carlos moreira da . o julgamento da adpf pelo supremo tribunal federal e a inacabada transição democrática brasileira. in: wilson ramos filho. (org.). trabalho e regulação - as lutas sociais e as condições materiais da democracia. belo horizonte-mg: fórum, , v. , p. - . silva filho, josé carlos moreira da. o terrorismo de estado e a ditadura civil-militar no brasil: direito de resistência não é terrorismo. revista anistia política e justiça de transição, ministério da justiça, n. , jan/jul , brasília, p. - . silva filho, josé carlos moreira da . crimes do estado e justiça de transição. sistema penal & violência, v. , p. - , . soares, inês virgínia prado; kishi, sandra akemi shimada (coords.). memória e verdade – a justiça de transição no estado democrático de direito. são paulo: fórum, . sykes, gresham m.; matza, david. techniques of neutralization: a theory of delinquency. in: american sociological review, n. , , p. - . vasconcelos, eneas romero de. o conflito entre direito nacional e internacional: a jurisprudência da corte interamericana de direitos humanos vs. a jurisprudência do supremo tribunal federal. revista anistia política e justiça de transição, ministério da justiça, n. , jan./jun , brasília, p. - . zaffaroni, eugenio raul. la palabra de los muertos - conferencias de criminologia cautelar. buenos aires: ediar, . beri .pdf  prof. dr. manfred schmitt fachbereich i - psychologie universität trier d- trier telefon: / - e-mail: schmittm@uni-trier.de manfred schmitt, mario gollwitzer & dima arbach justice sensitivity: assessment and location in the personality space issn - we thank jane thompson for helpful comments on an earlier version of the paper. correspondence regarding this article should be addressed to manfred schmitt, department of psychology, university of trier, trier, germany. e-mail address: schmittm@uni- trier.de. contents study method sample design and measurement instruments justice sensitivity scales results descritptive statistics and factorial structure of the justice sensitivity scales simultaneous latent state-trait analysis of the justice sensititvity scales discussion study method samples procedure assessment of justice sensitivity assessment of self-centered concerns assessment of other-centered concerns assessment of other justice constructs assessment of personality factors assessment of social desirability results discussion general discussion references bisher erschienene arbeiten dieser reihe andernorts erschienene arbeiten aus der arbeitsgruppe abstract scales for justice sensitivity from three perspectives (victim, observer, perpetrator) were developed. a latent state-trait analysis revealed high reliabilities (≈ . ). trait consistencies (≈ . ) were twice as large as occasion specificities (≈ . ). the correlation between observer and perpetrator sensitivity was much higher than the correlation between either two and victim sensitivity. self-related concerns (machiavellianism, paranoia, suspiciousness, vengeance, jealousy, interpersonal trust) correlated more highly with victim sensitivity than with observer and perpetrator sensitivity. other-related concerns (role taking, empathy, social responsibility) correlated more highly with observer and perpetrator sensitivity than with victim sensitivity. low correlations between justice sensitivity and just world belief system were found. few correlations between justice sensitivity and broad personality traits were significant. victim sensitivity correlates with neuroticism (≈ . ). perpetrator sensitivity correlates with agreeableness (≈ . ). observer and perpetrator sensitivity reflect high moral standards. victim sensitivity is a mixture of self-protective motives and moral concerns. key words: prosocial orientation, self-related concerns, other-related concerns, moral rigor sensitivity, tolerance and reactivity are central concepts in various psychological theories and research fields. many studies in psychophysics and perception have shown that perceptual thresholds differ between individuals (stevens, ). for example, some individuals feel pain when they are exposed to mild electric stimuli whereas others feel no pain even when exposed to strong electric shock (rollman & harris, ). similar individual differences in sensitivity have been found in other psychological domains. research in aggression has revealed individual differences in frustration tolerance (rosenzweig, ). people also differ in their tolerance of ambiguity (frenkel-brunswik, ). gray ( ) has proposed a personality theory, which assumes individual differences in sensitivity to reward and in sensitivity to punishment. davis ( ) assumed that people differ in their interpersonal reactivity. finally, the concepts of physiological reactivity (manuck, kasprowicz, monroe, larkin & kaplan, ), emotional reactivity (strelau, ), and affect intensity (larsen & diener, ) have been offered to explain that individuals differ in how easily and how strongly they can be affected by a wide range of emotion arousing events. during the last two decades, social psychologists have adopted the reactivity concept and proposed that individuals may not only differ in their tolerance versus sensitivity to physical stimuli, frustration, ambiguity, reward, and punishment, but also in their tolerance of moral norm violation and injustice (dar & resh, , ; huseman, hatfield & miles, , ; lovas, ; lovas & pirhacova, ; lovas & wolt, ; schmitt, ; van den bos, maas, waldring & semin, ). based on their research findings, these authors have argued that personality differences in justice sensitivity may be no less important than are situational (törnblom, ) and societal (gurr, ) factors for understanding why individuals feel treated unfairly when they encounter certain procedures and outcomes of social interaction. thorough empirical investigation of this conclusion requires reliable and valid instruments for the assessment of justice sensitivity. a systematic approach towards this end was initiated by schmitt, neumann and montada ( ). these authors developed a questionnaire, which employs four types of justice sensitivity indicators: ( ) the first indicator, the frequency of experienced injustice, was directly derived from the threshold concept. having a low threshold for injustice will make justice sensitive individuals detect more cases of injustice (higher alarm rates) than insensitive individuals. additionally, sensitive individuals will judge ambiguous situations, in which unfavorable outcomes occurred, more often as unjust than will insensitive individuals. consequently, sensitive individuals will remember and report more cases of experienced injustice compared to insensitive individuals. ( ) the second indicator, the intensity of anger, was based on research showing that anger is the most typical emotional reaction to injustice (mikula, scherer & athenstaedt, ; törestad, ). assuming that justice sensitive individuals react more passionately toward injustice, they will experience more anger than insensitive individuals. ( ) the third indicator, intrusiveness, was inspired by emotion and coping research demonstrating that strong emotions tend to preoccupy the mind and often lead to enduring rumination (rime, philippot, boca & mesquita, ). assuming that emotional reactions to unjust events are stronger for sensitive individuals than for insensitive individuals, sensitive individuals should experience unjust events as more intrusive and ruminate longer about such events than do insensitive individuals. ( ) the fourth indicator, punitivity, follows from theory and research on interactional justice implying that retribution is considered a legitimate reaction of victims if the harm-doer is considered guilty according to moral standards (miller, ). assuming that justice sensitive individuals have more rigorous moral standards than insensitive individuals, the former should be more inclined to punish the perpetrator than the latter. schmitt et al. ( ) generated items for their questionnaire by combining these four indicators with types of unjust situations such as "performing better than others without getting any appreciation or reward." several studies were conducted to explore the construct validity of the justice sensitivity questionnaire. schmitt et al. ( ) tested the convergent and discriminant validity of the four indicators successfully against indicators for theoretically related constructs (frustration tolerance, trait anger, anger in, anger out, life satisfaction, centrality of justice, interpersonal trust, need for control). schmitt and mohiyeddini ( ) found that individuals high in justice sensitivity reacted with stronger resentment to a natural deprivation of a desired outcome than subjects low in justice sensitivity. mohiyeddini and schmitt ( ) replicated this result for students who participated in an unfair achievement contest in the laboratory. in both studies, reactions of the disadvantaged participants could be better predicted from justice sensitivity than from measures for self assertiveness, trait anger, anger in, anger control, and anger out. in a field study by schmitt and dörfel ( ), justice sensitivity (measured with the intrusiveness scale) moderated the effect of procedural unfairness at work on job satisfaction and psychosomatic well-being. in line with theoretical expectations and supporting the construct validity of the intrusiveness scale, procedural fairness had a higher impact on the outcome variables for justice sensitive workers than for justice insensitive workers. the current research follows up on these investigations and extends them in several regards. more specifically, the studies that will be reported in this paper were aimed at five related research goals: ( ) the questionnaire developed by schmitt et al. ( ) is rather long and lacks efficiency. therefore, a short scale was designed which contains only items. item selection occurred on the basis of results obtained in the schmitt et al. ( ) study and the validation studies reported earlier. schmitt et al. ( ) performed a confirmatory factor analysis with test halves of the four indicator scales. this analysis revealed that anger and intrusiveness had higher loadings on the common justice sensitivity factor than frequency and punitivity. based on this result, items were selected which pertain (a) to the intensity of general and anger specific emotional reaction to unfair events and (b) to the intrusiveness of such events. the quality of this short scale will be investigated in study . ( ) unfair events often imply the participation of three parties or roles. in cases of distributive injustice, for instance, a person a (victim) usually feels unfairly deprived of a desired outcome compared to another person b who either took passive advantage of the unfair distribution or actively contributed to it. for reasons of terminological simplicity, we will call person b the perpetrator. this term is meant to include both actively exploiting a victim or taking advantage passively of unfair advantages. research on relative privilege has revealed that people tend to feel guilty (and thus consider themselves as victimizers) when they are advantaged compared to others and when they cannot justify their privileged situation (harvey & oswald, ; montada, schmitt & dalbert, ). finally, unfair events are often perceived by persons who are not directly involved in the interaction but who are nevertheless aware of it. we call such a person the observer. reactions toward injustice from an observer's perspective can be as passionate as reactions from the victim's perspective (miller, ; vidmar, ). however, research on role and perspective effects in aggression (mummendey, linneweber & löschper, ) and justice behavior (mikula, ) confirms everyday experience that the same unpleasant event will often be judged quite differently depending on the perspective from which it is viewed. we propose that this principle can be transferred to the justice sensitivity construct. it seems reasonable to assume that individuals differ, not only in how sensitively they react as victims to unfair events, but also in how sensitive they are when involved in an unjust episode as perpetrators or as observers. in fact, studies on existential guilt have shown that some advantaged individuals are more likely to react with feelings of guilt to undeserved privilege than are others (montada et al., ; montada & schneider, ; schmitt, behner, montada, müller & müller-fohrbrodt, ). similarly, the literature on moral judgment suggests that people differ substantially in their moral rigor and thus in their proneness to condemn unfair acts and to intervene when they observe someone being victimized (hoffman, ). in order to explore the suggestion that individuals differ not only in their sensitivity to injustice from the perspective of victims but also in their sensitivity from the perspective of perpetrators and observers, scales for measuring these two types of sensitivity were designed. items were phrased as closely as possible to the items of the victim sensitivity scale to avoid confounding perspective and item content. however, anger had to be replaced as an indicator because anger is the typical emotion of a victim, whereas perpetrators feel guilty when they admit to having acted unjustly or to being better off than others without deserving to. further, observers have been assumed and found to feel moral outrage when they witness someone being exploited (montada, ; solomon, ). in addition to exploring the quality of the short victim justice sensitivity scale, study was also devoted to determining the quality of the perpetrator justice sensitivity scale and the observer justice sensitivity scale. ( ) a third goal of study was to investigate the extent to which individual differences in justice sensitivity are generalized across perspectives. determining the covariation among the three sensitivit y perspectives is important from a theoretical point of view, for the efficient and precise assessment of justice sensitivity and for obtaining evidence on the construct validity of the scales. research on role and perspective effects on justice behavior (mikula, ) suggests that sensitivity perspectives will converge to some degree but not entirely. a very high correlation among the sensitivity perspectives seems unlikely because the psychological consequences of a perceived injustice differ depending on the role a person plays in the interaction. however, complete independence of the three sensitivity perspectives also seems unlikely because the moral wrongfulness of an unfair event does not depend on the role someone plays in it. we assume that moral rigor is a common source of variance of all three sensitivity perspectives and makes them converge to some extent. although the exact amount of convergence cannot be predicted, there is reason to assume a larger convergence among the perpetrator and the observer perspectives than among each of these two perspectives and the victim perspective. unlike the victim, both perpetrators and observers do not suffer directly from unfairness. whereas the victim is clearly powerless in the situation, this is not necessarily true for the perpetrator and the observer. perpetrators are powerful because their role implies a maximization of their own advantages at the expense of the victim. observers are potentially powerful because their neutrality bestows them with moral authority. therefore, we assume that encountering injustice from a victim's perspective is qualitatively different than from an observer's or a perpetrator's perspective. furthermore, we assume for two reasons that the victim's perspective has more in commo n with the observer's than with the perpetrator's perspective: (a) observers will more likely identify with victims than with perpetrators (miller, ; vidmar, ). (b) having experienced injustice as a victim will render people more sensitive to justice as an observer. for both reasons, we expect a larger correlation between victim sensitivity and observer sensitivity than between victim sensitivity and perpetrator sensitivity. ( ) a fourth goal of study was to determine the stability versus occasion-specificity of the three types of justice sensitivity. if they are, as we assume, personality traits, they should display considerable stability across time. however, previous research has shown that even measures for stable personality traits are not perfectly stable. they vary reliably across time due to systematic factors that affect indicators of these traits either at the occasion of measurement or between occasions of measurement such that a residual impact is still observable when the trait measure is taken (steyer, schmitt & eid, ). regarding justice sensitivity, the experience of injustice may elevate a person’s sensitivity temporarily, albeit not permanently. similarly, if a person does not encounter any unfairness during a certain period of time, his or her justice sensitivity may decrease and be lower at the end of this period than at its beginning. in line with this reasoning, mohiyeddini ( ) found for his justice sensitivity questionnaire (victim perspective) that it measured predominantly stable individual differences but also unstable factors. using a much larger sample than mohiyeddini ( ), study will perform a simultaneous latent state-trait analysis on all three perspectives and explore the size of occasion specific effects and to what extent they generalize across perspectives. ( ) a fifth goal of this research was pursued in study . as part of the construct validation of the first justice sensitivity questionnaire, schmitt et al. ( ) determined correlations between the indicator scales and some other personality traits (frustration tolerance, trait anger, anger in, anger out, life satisfaction, centrality of justice, interpersonal trust, need for control). lovas and wolt ( ) extended the schmitt et al. ( ) study and obtained correlations between justice sensitivity and the personality factors measured by the “freiburger persönlichkeitsinventar” (fpi; fahrenberg, hampel and selg, ), a widely used german personality inventory. study goes beyond the schmitt et al. ( ) and the lovas and wolt ( ) studies in two important regards: it includes all three sensitivity perspectives and a much larger set of referent constructs both on the level of broad personality factors and on the level of more specific traits that can be linked theoretically to justice sensitivity. both supplements will allow us, better than it was previously possible, to understand the psychology of justice sensitivity, to locate justice sensitivity in the multivariate personality space, and to explore in considerable depth the convergent and discriminant construct validity of the three justice sensitivity scales. study study aimed to investigate the quality of the short justice sensitivity scales (victim, observer, perpetrator), the degree to which the three sensitivity perspectives correlate, the amount of longitudinal stability of individual differences in justice sensitivity, the extent of systematic intraindividual change in justice sensitivity and the degree to which intraindividual change occurs synchronously across perspectives versus independently for each perspective. data were collected as part of a large longitudinal study on the psychological consequences of the german unification (e.g., schmitt & maes, ). method sample in order to maximize the demographic heterogeneity and representativeness of the sample, participants were recruited on the basis of a geographical division of germany into cells (east/west x north/middle/south x large cities/medium sized cities/small cities). registration offices of two communities in each cell provided random samples from the population of all inhabitants between and years of age. additional respondents were drawn randomly from electronic telephone directories. a total of citizens agreed to participate in the study and were sent questionnaires. the present analysis is based on a sub- sample of participants who provided complete data on all items of the sensitivity scales at two occasions of measurement (n = , ). at occasion , mean age of this sub-sample was m = . years (sd = . ; min = ; max = ). the proportion of males was %. the sample was representative according to many, but not all demographic variables. men and participants with higher education are over-represented. design and measurement instruments data were collected in spring and spring . questionnaires were sent by mail and answered anonymously. the main focus of the survey was on life quality in united germany. the justice sensitivity scales were embedded in other sets of items measuring variables that are not of interest here. justice sensitivity scales the wording of the items of the three justice sensitivity scales appears in table . the scales were presented as a unit in the questionnaire booklet. the title was: “how do you react in unfair situations?” perspectives were separated from each other by short instructions. the instruction for the victim perspective was: “people react differently to unfair situations. how about you? first, we will consider cases where you are disadvantaged.” the instruction for the observer scales was: “now consider situations in which you observe that someone else is disadvantaged or being exploited.” the instruction for the perpetrator scale was: “finally, consider situations in which you are advantaged and someone else is disadvantaged.” items had to be answered on six-point rating scales ranging from =not at all to =exactly. results descriptive statistics and factorial structure of the justice sensitivity scales using the large sample from occasion , the sensitivity items were submitted to an exploratory common factor (principal axes) analysis. five eigenvalues of the correlation matrix were larger than ( . ; . ; . ; . ; . ). the scree-test suggested either two or three common factors explaining % and % of the item variance, respectively. when three factors were extracted and rotated, they reflected roughly the three perspectives. this was true for orthogonal (varimax) and oblique solutions (oblimin) alike. however, the simple structure of the three factor solution was poor and this was independent of the type of rotation used. table gives the factor loadings of the varimax solution. factor predominantly loads observer items. also, two perpetrator items ( , ) have higher loadings on this factor than on factor . three additional perpetrator items ( , , ) load almost as highly on factor as on factor . factor represents the victim perspective. table descriptive statistics of the justice sensitivity items and scale rit m sd λ λ λ h v o p victim . it bothers me when others receive something that ought to be mine. . . -. . . . . . it makes me angry when others receive an award which i have earned. . . -. . . . . . i can’t easily bear when others profit unilaterally from me. . . . . . . . . i can’t forget for a long time when i have to others’ carelessness. . . . . . . . . it me down when i get opportunities than others to develop my skills. . . . . . . . . it makes me angry when others are undeservingly better off than me. . . . . -. . . . it worries me when i have to hard for things that come to others. . . . . -. . . . i ruminate a long time when other people are being treated better than me. . . . . . . . . it burdens me to be criticized for things that are being overlooked with others. . . . . . . . . it makes me angry when i am treated worse than others. . . . . . . . observer . it bothers me when someone gets something they don’t deserve. . . . . . . . . i am upset when someone does not get a reward he/she has earned. . . . . . . . . i cannot easily bear it when someone unilaterally profits from others. . . . . . . . . i can’t forget for a long time when someone else has to others carelessness. . . . . . . . . it disturbs me when someone receives opportunities to develop his/her skills than others. . . . . . . . . i am upset when someone is undeservingly worse off than others. . . . . . . . table continued . it worries me when someone has to hard for things that easily come to others. . . . . . . . . i ponder? a long time when someone is being treated nicer than others for no reason. . . . . . . . . it me down to see someone criticized for things that are overlooked with others. . . . . . . . . i am upset when someone is being treated worse than others. . . . . . . . perpetrator . it disturbs me when i receive what others ought to have. . . . . . . . . i have a bad conscience when i receive a reward that someone else has earned. . . . . . . . . i cannot easily bear to unilaterally profit from others. . . . . . . . . it worries me for a long time when others have to my carelessness. . . . . . . . . it makes me sad when i receive more opportunities than others to develop my skills. . . . . . . . . i feel guilty when i am better off than others for no reason. . . . . . . . . it bothers me when things come to me that others have to toil for. . . . -. . . . . i mull? for a long time about being treated nicer than others for no reason. . . . . . . . . it bothers me when someone tolerates things with me that other people are being criticized for. . . . . . . . . i feel guilty when i receive better treatment than others. . . . -. . . . proportion of variance explained by factor after rotation . . . internal consistency alpha of scale . . . mean correlation among items of scale . . . note. means (m), standard deviations (sd), factor loadings (λ) and item communalities (h ) of the three factor varimax solution, item-total-correlations of the items (rit), proportions of item variance explained by the factors, internal consistencies alpha of the victim (v), observer (o) and perpetrator (p) scales and mean item correlations within scales (n = , list-wise deletion of missing values) however, some victim items also have secondary loadings on the first factor (observer). factor loads primarily the ten perpetrator items. however, five perpetrator items also have high loadings on the first factor (see above). it can be expected from this pattern that in a two factor solution, the first and the third factors will merge. this was indeed the case. for theoretical reasons, however, the three factor solution was preferred for the moment. table also contains item means, standard deviations, item-total correlations, internal consistencies of the scales and mean inter-item-correlations within scales. the item means suggest that no item has to be excluded from a scale because of extreme item difficulty. the standard deviations are substantial compared to the six-point range of the response scale and imply that individuals differ considerably in their reactions to unfair events. more importantly, the standard deviations of the items are rather similar in size. the same is true for the item-total correlations: they also vary little across items. both results suggest that the items differ little in how well they discriminate individuals in terms of their justice sensitivity. furthermore, the item-total correlations, the mean inter-item correlations and the internal consistency values allow the conclusion that the three scales are homogeneous and reliable. simultaneous latent state-trait analysis of the justice sensitivity scales in order to explore in more depth the correlational structure among the three perspectives, their temporal stability and their occasion specificity, the longitudinal data set was used for a simultaneous latent state-trait analysis according to steyer, ferring and schmitt ( ; steyer et al., ). odd-eventesthalves were used as indicators. latent state-trait theory is a generalization of classical test theory (lord & novick, ). like classical test theory, it decomposes an observed variable into a true score variable and an error variable. however, whereas classical test theory interprets the true score variable as a latent trait, latent state-trait theory interprets it as a latent state. latent states are decomposed into latent traits and occasion specific factors. occasion specific factors reflect systematic effects of the situation of measurement and person x situation interactions. by definition, occasion specific factors are independent (perfectly unstable) across time. testable models can be derived from latentstate state-trait theory. model tests require at least two occasions of measurement and at least two indictors for each construct at each occasion of measurement. latent state-trait research has shown that in many applications, method factors or indicator specific factors need to be specified in addition to latent traits and latent occasion specific factors. this is true because two indicators of the same construct are almost never fully equivalent. rather, they have unique factors in addition to the common factor they are supposed to measure. four coefficients are defined in latent state-trait theory (when method factors are included) and determined from the parameter estimates of the model (variances of the manifest variables and the latent variables): consistency is defined as the proportion of variance of a manifest variable that can be accounted for by individual differences in the latent trait. occasion specificity is defined as the proportion of variance of a manifest variable that it is due to systematic but unstable individual differences at an occasion of measurement. method specificity is defined as the proportion of variance of a manifest variable that is due to the nonequivalence among indicators. like in classical test theory, reliability is defined as the proportion of systematic variance of a manifest variable. it is the sum of consistency, occasion specificity, and method specificity. figure displays the latent state-trait model for the present application. two indicators (test-halves) are available for each construct (v = victim sensitivity, o = observer sensitivity, p = perpetrator sensitivity) at each occasion of measurement. the first index of the manifest variables denotes the test-half, the second index indicates the occasion of measurement. the index of the latent state variables denotes the occasion of measurement. latent traits have no index because they are, by definition, stable across time and unspecific regarding their indicators. occasion specific factors are modeled as latent state residuals (lsr). figure latent state-trait model for three justice sensitivity constructs (v = victim, o = observer, p = perpetrator) measured with two indicators at two occasions of measurement (lsr = latent state residual, half = second test half). their index denotes the occasion of measurement. the latent factor “half ” in figure represents a method factor. because the items of the three scales are parallel in substance and similar in wording across perspectives, appear in the same order, and were divided into test- halves according to the same odd-even rule, one common factor may be sufficient for accounting for the lack of perfect equivalence of first and second test halves (cf. eid, ). . state v . state v . state o . state o . state p . state p v v v v o o o o p p p p . . . trait v trait o trait p lsr v lsr v lsr o lsr o lsr p lsr p . half justice sensitivity given the small number of indicators and occasions, the model in figure can be identified only when restrictions are imposed on parameters. all factor loadings were set equal to . furthermore, the variances of the two latent state residuals of the same construct were constrained to be equal [e.g., var(lsr v ) = var(lsr v )]. given unit loadings of the traits, this restriction implies equal variances of the latent states of a construct [e.g., var(state v ) = var(state v )]. further, the covariances among the latent state residuals of the same construct were constrained to be identical across time [e.g., cov(lsr v and lsr o ) = cov(lsr v and lsr o )]. given these restrictions, parameters were left to be estimated: three trait variances, three covariances among the traits, three variances of the latent state residuals, three covariances among the latent state residuals, one variance of the method factor and measurement error variances. using the covariance matrix of the twelve indicator variables, an acceptable fit was obtained for the model (χ = . ; p < . ; rmsea = . ; cfi = . ). table correlations among the justice sensitivity traits and the latent state residuals as estimated according to the latent state-trait model according to figure (v = victim, o = observer, p = perpetrator) trait v trait o lsr v lsr v lsr o lsr o trait o . trait p . . lsr o . lsr o . lsr p . . lsr p . . justice sensitivity table contains the correlations among the three latent sensitivity traits and the three sensitivity latent state residuals. the pattern of these correlations is consistent with the results that were obtained from the exploratory factor analysis of the items. the highest correlation, both for traits and occasion specific factors, was obtained between the observer and the perpetrator perspective. the lowest correlation was obtained between victim sensitivity and perpetrator sensitivity. table displays the average coefficients for the three perspective scales. coefficients differed slightly across test halves and occasions because the measurement error variances differed slightly and so did, as a consequence, the estimated variances of the manifest variables. because these differences were trivial, they are not reported in table . method specificity accounts for only a small percentage of individual differences in the manifest variables. test halves measure predominantly the same common factor and come close to the ideal of perfectly congeneric tests. trait consistency is similarly high for all three perspective scales. this means that the scales measure predominantly justice sensitivity differences between individuals that were stable across the two-year time span considered in our design. occasion specific effects account for about half as much manifest variable variance as traits do. table coefficients of the sensitivity scales as determined from the parameter estimates of the latent- state trait model victim obsever perpetrator trait consistency . . . occasion specificity . . . method specificity . . . reliability . . . justice sensitivity this is large (or quite substantial) compared to other personality domains (cf. deinzer et al., ; steyer et al, ). finally, the estimated reliability of the scales is very high: at least % of the manifest variable variance is due to systematic sources of variance and only at most % of the variance of the scales cannot be explained by the latent variables of our longitudinal measurement model. discussion our first research goal was successfully accomplished: the short scale for measuring justice sensitivity from the victim perspective is both efficient and reliable. results regarding our second research goal are more complex. whereas we succeeded in designing reliable scales for observer sensitivity and perpetrator sensitivity, these scales lack discriminant validity. items for measuring observer sensitivity and perpetrator sensitivity did not load consistently on separate factors. instead, some perpetrator items tended to have high secondary loadings or even primary loadings on the observer factor. a closer look at the loading matrix (table ) reveals that perpetrator items with high loadings on the observer factor did not state a direct link between own advantages and disadvantages of other people (items through ). by contrast, perpetrator items with high loadings on the perpetrator factor and lower loadings on the observer factor described a situation where the target person’s advantage was linked directly to the disadvantage of another person (items through ). this loading pattern suggests that being sensitive to disadvantages of others is largely independent from whether these disadvantages appear in contrast to one’s own advantages (perpetrator items) or in contrast to advantages of third persons (observer items). without a direct link between one’s own advantages and others’ disadvantages, the advantaged person does not bear a personal responsibility for the unfair situation. not being confronted with a direct link between one’s own advantages and disadvantages of others resembles the situation of an observer. by contrast, observer and perpetrator roles are more distinct in cases where advantages of the target person are directly linked to disadvantages of justice sensitivity victims. in such a situation of negative interdependence (perpetrator items through ), the advantages of the target person appear as causes for the disadvantages of others. consequently, the target will feel some personal responsibility for the situation of the victim (shaver, ). consistent with this reasoning, research on the existential guilt reaction has found that privileged people’s sense of moral responsibility depends on whether or not they perceive a causal interdependence between their living conditions and those of disadvantaged groups (schmitt et al., ). our interpretation implies that the first four items of the perpetrator scale tend to be somewhat more valid indicators of the perpetrator sensitivity construct than the items through . despite this divergence between the first four and the last six perpetrator items, the perpetrator scale is no less internally consistent than the remaining two scales. all perpetrator items converge substantially and have similar item-total correlations. furthermore, even though the loadings of the perpetrator items through on the observer factor are lower than the loadings of items through , they still load substantially on this factor. consistent with this pattern, a high correlation between the two perspectives was found at the level of traits. this correlation speaks to our third research goal and suggests that observer and perpetrator sensitivity have much in common. we had anticipated this communality based on the notion that the experience of injustice from a victim's perspective is qualitatively different than it is from a perpetrator's or an observer's perspective. one might argue that this difference was simply due to the fact that victims are more emotionally involved in the aversive aspects of injustice than observers and perpetrators. however, this interpretation would be based on the questionable assumption that justice sensitivity is more validly tapped by the victim scale than by the observer and the perpetrator scales. contrary to this interpretation, we submit another possibility that will be tested in study . we propose that justice sensitivity from a victim's perspective is not only an indicator of truly moral concerns but also an indicator of deprivation justice sensitivity fear. findings from evolutionary psychology suggest that humans have evolved sensitive perceptual tools for detecting loss and disadvantage (cosmides & tooby, ). also, some studies have found that even a single instance of betrayal can alter a person's preferred strategy in social interaction: the probability of trustworthy, altruistic and fair behavior decreases, whereas self-protective and egoistic strategies become dominant (axelrod, ). given that individuals differ in how often they experience loss, disadvantage and betrayal, victim sensitivity might not only originate from genuine moral concerns but in addition reflect people’s alertness to deprivation and their willingness to employ self-protective and egoistic interpersonal strategies to prevent disadvantage. this conjecture implies that observer and perpetrator sensitivity reflect genuine moral concerns more purely than victim sensitivity does. study will test this interpretation. the results of the latent state-trait analysis are also consistent with our assumption that victim sensitivity is more closely related to observer sensitivity than to perpetrator sensitivity. taken together, the predicted order of correlations among the sensitivity perspectives was confirmed both on the level of latent traits as well as on the level of latent state residuals. it was our fourth research goal to explore whether and how much occasion specific effects generalize across the three sensitivity perspectives. the latent state-trait analysis of our longitudinal data revealed that the degree of generalization is indeed substantial. the density and severity of unjust episodes a person encounters in any of the three possible roles seem to affect not only the person’s role congruent justice sensitivity but also his or her justice sensitivity from the remaining two perspectives. consistent with the correlations among the sensitivity traits, the correlation of the latent stateresiduals was higher between the observer and perpetrator perspectives than between the victim and perpetrator perspectives. this pattern suggests, for example, that unjust events encountered in the observer role augment the person’s observer sensitivity and also his or her perpetrator sensitivity, but to a lesser extent than that person’s justice sensitivity victim sensitivity. however, victim sensitivity does not seem to remain unaffected if the person has encountered justice-related events either as an observer or as a perpetrator. this pattern is consistent with the correlations among the traits and again suggests that all three perspectives reflect moral rigor, albeit to different degrees. whereas observer and perpetrator sensitivity seem to reflect primarily moral consciousness, victim sensitivity seems to reflect both moral values and self-protective or perhaps even selfish concerns. study study was aimed at testing this interpretation by correlating the three justice sensitivity scales with personality traits that reflect self-related concerns (machiavellianism, paranoia, suspiciousness, vengeance, jealousy, interpersonal trust) versus other-related and prosocial concerns (role taking, empathy, social responsibility). if our “fear of betrayal” interpretation is correct, victim sensitivity should correlate positively with self-related concerns but not with prosocial concerns, whereas observer and perpetrator sensitivity should correlate positively with prosocial concerns but not with self-related concerns. in addition to testing these hypotheses, study also served to explore the discriminant validity of the three justice sensitivity scales vis à vis measures for other justice-related constructs. this seems important for the sake of scientific parsimony and for avoiding an inflation of scales that have only little discriminant (or incremental) validity. finally, study was conducted to explore where the three justice sensitivity dispositions are located in the multivariate personality space. method samples the assessment of reference constructs occurred in three samples. some constructs were measured in one sample only, others were assessed in two samples thus providing evidence on justice sensitivity the replicability of correlations. furthermore, some constructs were measured with different instruments in different samples thus providing evidence for the stability of correlations across samples and instruments. sample . the first sample is identical with the sample used in study . data from the first occasion of measurement were taken because the sample was larger at occasion than at occasion . sample . a demographically heterogeneous sample of participants was recruited by using a snowball strategy. of the participants, were university students of various majors (no advanced psychology students), were high-school students, were adult citizens from various professions and participants did not indicate their professional status. of all participants, were male and female. two participants did not indicate their gender. ages ranged from to (m = . , sd = . ). sample . a third group of participants consisted of first-year psychology students from the university of trier. questionnaires were administered in introductory lectures within the first four weeks of the students' first university term. this was done three years in a row ( , , ). by accumulating questionnaires over these three years, a total of cases are available for data analyses. a personal code was used to ensure that questionnaires were not answered twice by the same person. of the cases, were male and were female. four-hundred seventy-two reported that psychology was their main subject. ages ranged from to years (m = . ; sd = . ). procedure the two measurement occasions of study were themselves short-term panels. the number of constructs included in the research project was so large that questionnaires had to be spread across time. as a consequence, some reference constructs that are of interest in the present context were measured at a later time than justice sensitivity. more specifically, role justice sensitivity taking and empathy were measured one month later, machiavellianism two months later and social desirability four months later. due to this procedure and different amounts of missing data, sample size varies across the correlations in table . cross-sectional designs were employed for the assessment of constructs in the second and third sample (all constructs were measured at the same time). as in study , data collection was entirely anonymous in the second and third samples. in the first and third samples, the scales were presented in a fixed order. in the second sample, the order of scales varied randomly across individuals. due to an omission error in the randomized composition of scales, the scale for one reference construct was answered by only instead of participants (sense of injustice; trier integrated personality inventory; becker, ). in sample (student sample), some scales were not administered in all three years. for example, empathy was only included in the survey, whereas just world scales were always included. for this reason, sample size varies across constructs (table ). assessment of justice sensitivity justice sensitivity was measured in the second and third samples with the same scales that had been used in study . assessment of self-centered concerns machiavellianism. machiavellianism was measured with a short scale of seven items that were adopted from two german machiavellianism scales (cloetta, ; henning & six, ). items were selected and modified according to face validity criteria (example: “if it helps in attaining a goal, one should not reveal one’s true motives.”). paranoia. paranoia was measured with a german translation of the fenigstein and vanable ( ) questionnaire. the scale contains items (example: “i believe that i have often been punished without cause.”). justice sensitivity vengeance. vengeance was measured with a german translation of the stuckless and goranson ( ) questionnaire. the scale contains items (example: “revenge is sweet.”). jealousy. jealousy was measured with a german translation of the bringle, roach, andier and evenbeck ( ) self-report jealousy scale and a jealousy scale which had been developed by b. bauer in collaboration with our research group (schmitt, falkenau and montada, ). this bringle et al. scale consists of four subscales pertaining to romantic or sexual jealousy (partner having an affair), envious jealousy (good friend being successful), justice related jealousy (someone getting something target deserves) and jealousy among siblings (sibling gets more parental attention). the bauer scale was used because one of its subscales (jealousy towards family members of partner and jealousy towards good friends of partner) was found to have a higher construct validity as a measure of the generalized jealousy disposition than had the romantic/sexual jealousy subscale. suspiciousness. this construct was measured with a german translation of the browne and howarth ( ) scale. it contains five items (example: “i often wonder what hidden reason another person may have for doing something nice for me.”). interpersonal trust. a german adaptation (krampen, viebig & walter, ) of rotter’s ( ) interpersonal trust scale was used. the german version contains items (example: “most salesmen are honest when they describe products.”). justice sensitivity assessment of other-centered concerns role taking. role taking was measured with a german subscale of davis’ ( ) interpersonal reactivity index. the scale contains nine items (example: “i sometimes find it difficult to see things from the ’other guy’s‘ point of view ”[r].). empathy. empathy was also measured with a german subscale of the davis ( ) inventory. the scale contains nine items (example: “other people’s misfortunes do not usually disturb me a great deal ”[r].). social responsibility. this construct was assessed with a german translation of berkowitz and daniels' ( ) social responsibility scale developed by bierhoff ( ). although a short scale is also available, the entire -item scale was used here (examples: “it is always important to finish anything that you have started.” “i would never let a friend down when he expects something of me.”). assessment of other justice constructs belief in a just world. belief in a just world was measured with the dalbert, montada and schmitt ( ) scale. the scale contains six items (example: “basically the world is a just place.”). belief in immanent justice. belief in immanent justice is a specific facet of believing in justice (maes, ). immanent justice means that good deeds are rewarded and bad deeds punished rather immediately by powerful others or by fate. the scale contains six items (example: “good character is rewarded by good fortune.”). belief in ultimate justice (victims compensated and perpetrators punished). belief in ultimate justice is another specific facet of believing in justice (maes, ). ultimate justice means that victims will not be compensated immediately for an injustice they suffer but will eventually be compensated. two sub-facets have been identified in previous research, belief that victims will eventually be compensated and belief that perpetrators will eventually be punished. justice sensitivity each scale contains six items (examples: “the day will come where all victims will be compensated.” “every crime will eventually be punished.”). belief in an unjust world. belief in an unjust world was identified in previous research as a dimension which is independent from the belief in a just world (dalbert, lipkus, sallay & goch, ). our scale contains six items (example: “many people suffer a bad fate they have not deserved.”). sense of injustice. sense of injustice is a first order factor in becker’s ( ) theory of personality and a facet of neuroticism. sense of injustice was measured with becker’s scale which contains six items (example: “if things go wrong i feel that everybody is against me.”). assessment of personality factors big five personality factors. the constructs of the five factor model of personality were measured with two inventories, the german neo-ffi (borkenau & ostendorf, ) and the german bfi (lang, lüdtke & asendorpf, ). in addition, modesty and trust as two facets of the agreeableness factor were measured with the german neo-pi-r (ostendorf & angleitner, in press). eysenck personality factors. the three factors of the eysenck personality model were measured with the german version of the epq-r (ruch, in press). assessment of social desirability social desirability was measured with a german version of the crowne and marlowe social desirability scale (lück & timaeus, ) and the lie scale of the epq-r (ruch, in press). justice sensitivity results table contains the correlations among the three justice sensitivity scales and the scales for measuring the reference constructs. table also contains the internal consistency coefficients alpha of the reference scales. results will be discussed in the order in which the reference constructs were introduced and appear in table (top down). table correlations between the justice sensitivity constructs and reference constructs (significant correlations (p < . ) in bold letters. critical values differ due to differences in sample size among the three samples) justice sensitivity sample (n) validation construct alpha victim observer perpetrator self-related concerns ( ) machiavellianism . . . -. ( ) machiavellianism . . -. -. ( ) paranoia . . . . ( ) vengeance . . . -. ( ) jealousy (bringle, total score) . . . . ( ) jealousy (bringle, romantic jealousy) . . . . ( ) jealousy (bringle, envious jealousy) . . . . ( ) jealousy (bringle, justice related jealousy) . . . . ( ) jealousy (bringle, jealousy towards sibling) . . . . ( ) jealousy (bauer) . . . . ( ) suspiciousness . . . . ( ) interpersonal trust . -. -. -. other-related concerns ( ) role taking . . . . ( ) role taking . -. . . ( ) empathy . . . . ( ) empathy . . . . ( ) social responsibility . . . . justice sensitivity other justice constructs ( ) belief in a just world . . . . ( ) belief in a just world . -. -. -. ( ) belief in immanent justice . . . . ( ) belief in immanent justice . . . . ( ) belief in ultimate justice (victims compensated) . . . . ( ) belief in ultimate justice (victims compensated) . -. . . ( ) belief in ultimate justice (perpetrators punished) . . . . ( ) belief in ultimate justice (perpetrators punished) . . . . ( ) belief in an unjust world . . . . ( ) belief in an unjust world . . . . ( ) sense of injustice . . . . five personality factors (bfi) ( ) extraversion . -. . . ( ) neuroticism . . . . ( ) conscientiousness . . . . ( ) agreeableness . -. . . ( ) openness . -. . . five personality factors (neo-ffi) ( ) extraversion . -. . . ( ) neuroticism . . . . ( ) conscientiousness . -. -. -. ( ) agreeableness . -. . . ( ) openness . . . . facets of the five personality factors (neo-pi-r) ( ) modesty . -. . . ( ) trust . -. . . eysenck personality factors (epq-r) ( ) extraversion . -. . -. ( ) neuroticism . . . . ( ) psychoticism . -. -. -. social desirability ( ) social desirability . -. . . ( ) lie scale (epq-r) . . . . justice sensitivity discussion self-related concerns. in line with our prediction, victim sensitivity correlates significantly with all self-concern constructs in the predicted direction. correlations of these constructs with observer and perpetrator sensitivity are lower, or even negative, and mostly nonsignificant. vengeance and machiavellianism have significant correlations with perpetrator sensitivity indicating that perpetrator sensitive individuals tend to not take revenge when they were attacked or harmed by someone else. they also tend not to manipulate others when such a manipulation would help in reaching their own goals. the high correlation between victim sensitivity and the bringle et al. jealousy inventory raises concerns about the discriminant validity of the victim sensitivity scale. a closer look at the correlations between the jealousy subscales and justice sensitivity reveals a meaningful profile, however. high correlations were obtained for envious jealousy, justice related jealousy and jealousy toward siblings. romantic jealousy and the bauer scale correlate considerably lower with victim sensitivity. this pattern means that the overlap between jealousy and victim sensitivity is due to jealousy proneness in social comparison situations that give rise to justice considerations either indirectly (envy, siblings) or directly (justice related jealousy). if this interpretation of the correlation pattern is correct, doubts about the discriminant construct validity of the victim sensitivity scale do not seem justified. other-related concerns. again, consistent with our expectations, all prosocial orientations we included as validation constructs in study correlate in the predicted direction with observer and perpetrator sensitivity and higher than with victim sensitivity. the high correlations that were obtained for empathy are due to overlap in item content. three of the empathy items describe reactions that are equivalent to those that we expect for justice sensitive individuals (“i often have tender, concerned feelings for people less fortunate than me.” “when i see someone being taken advantage of, i feel kind of protective towards them.” “when i see someone being justice sensitivity treated unfairly, i sometimes don’t feel very much pity from them.” [r]). consequently, the high correlations between empathy and justice sensitivity (observer, perpetrator) raise less doubt about the discriminant validity of the justice sensitivity scales than about the discriminant construct validity of the empathy measure. other justice constructs. the correlations between the justice sensitivity scales and the belief in a just world measures are mostly low with the notable exception of belief in an unjust world. this component of the just world belief system correlates substantially with justice sensitivity and especially so with victim sensitivity. the pattern makes sense because individuals who are justice sensitive perceive more incidents of injustice and should therefore have a more pronounced belief in an unjust world than justice insensitive individuals. nevertheless, even the correlations between justice sensitivity and belief in an unjust world are not high enough to suggest that justice sensitivity and belief in an unjust world are identical or very similar psychological phenomena. most importantly, belief in a just world as a motivated perception (lerner, ) overlaps only trivially with how strictly a person tends to be when judging the justice of events. the sense of injustice construct from becker’s ( ) personality theory has a high correlation with victim sensitivity and a substantial correlation with observer sensitivity. these correlations speak to the convergent validity of the victim scale and to the differential validity of the three sensitivity scales in comparison to each other. becker’s ( ) construct is most similar theoretically to our victim sensitivity construct. however, unlike our victim sensitivity construct, becker’s sense of injustice construct does not contain the notion of moral rigor. rather, it is focused both theoretically and in the way it is measured on the threatening and harmful implications of injustice and the person’s fear of these implications. the fact that the becker scale correlates more highly with victim sensitivity than with observer sensitivity is consistent with our assumption that only victim sensitivity contains a self-defensive component whereas justice sensitivity observer sensitivity does not. broad personality factors. the interpretations we have offered so far are supported by the pattern of correlations between justice sensitivity and broad personality factors. table shows that only one correlation among the three justice sensitivity perspectives and scales for broad personality factors is consistent across all samples and instruments: the correlation between victim sensitivity and neuroticism. victim sensitive individuals are emotionally vulnerable and this vulnerability makes them monitor their environment carefully for threats to their emotional integrity. unfair treatment is such a threat. however, the correlation between neuroticism and victim sensitivity is not large enough to imply that both dispositions are psychologically identical or highly similar. rather, the size of the correlation suggests in combination with the correlation of victim sensitivity with observer and perpetrator sensitivity that victim sensitivity has two components, a self-defensive component and a genuine moral component. a second correlation between justice sensitivity and the big five personality factors deserves attention: the correlation between perpetrator sensitivity and agreeableness. this correlation is positive and means that perpetrator sensitive individuals are considerate in social interaction and less unlikely to provoke conflicts than perpetrator insensitive individuals. on the contrary, the negative correlation between agreeableness and victim sensitivity found in sample suggests that those who feel exploited easily tend to complain and thereby strain the quality of social relations. altogether, the correlations between justice sensitivity and the broad personality factors that we measured are small and raise no concerns whatsoever about the discriminant validity of our justice sensitivity scales. this finding is not surprising, however, because victim, observer and perpetrator sensitivity are small traits. it might be, therefore, that they are more closely associated with some lower order factors of the big five system. big five facets. this possibility was explored by including modesty and trust as those two justice sensitivity facets of the big five personality model that we consider theoretically most similar to observer and perpetrator sensitivity. table confirms this assumption for modesty but not for trust. although the pattern of correlations that was obtained for trust is descriptively meaningful, none of the correlations differed significantly from zero. by contrast, significant correlations were obtained for modesty. the negative correlation with victim sensitivity points to the self-interest component of this type of sensitivity. the positive correlation between modesty and perpetrator sensitivity may mean that perpetrator sensitive individuals have a low self-interest orientation in comparison to their high prosocial orientation. social desirability. table reveals two significant correlations between social desirability and self-reported justice sensitivity. consistent with the social undesirability of complaining, a negative correlation between victim sensitivity and social desirability was obtained. this correlation may mean that victim sensitive individuals put more weight on avoiding unfair disadvantage than on being socially approved. the contrary seems to be the case for perpetrator sensitive individuals. a small part of their motivation to stay away from exploiting others is their desire for social approval. however, both correlations are not large enough to raise concerns about the construct validity of our justice sensitivity scales. general discussion short scales for the assessment of justice sensitivity from three perspectives were developed. high reliabilities, substantial trait consistencies, considerable occasion specificities and very low method specificities were found for all three scales by means of a latent state-trait analysis in study . despite the high convergence among the items within each scale, observer items and perpetrator items could not be discriminated well in an exploratory factor analysis. consistent with this result, observer and perpetrator traits were highly correlated and the same was true for their latent state residuals. the large overlap among observer sensitivity and justice sensitivity perpetrator sensitivity can be interpreted as evidence that moral concerns and moral rigor are the common factor of both sensitivities. this interpretation received support from the pattern of correlations that were obtained in study between the justice sensitivity scales and the scales for the reference constructs. whereas observer and perpetrator sensitivity were highly correlated with other-related concerns, victim sensitivity was more closely associated with self-related concerns. furthermore, only victim sensitivity correlated with neuroticism. the entire correlational pattern suggests that observer and perpetrator sensitivity reflect justice concerns more purely than does victim sensitivity. victim sensitivity seems to be a mixture of moral concerns and self-protective or even egoistic motivation. this conclusion is not only consistent with the results of the present research, it also supports the results of a study conducted by fetchenhauer and huang (in press). these authors measured their participants’ justice sensitivity with our scales and later involved them in an ultimatum game, a dictator game, and a mixture of both games (güth, schmittberger & schwarze, ). in line with the correlational pattern of our research, fetchenhauer and huang (in press) found that fair behavior correlated positively with observer and perpetrator sensitivity. by contrast, victim sensitive individuals tended to make unequal offers in the role of a and were more inclined to opportunistic behavior (e.g., offering less to b in the dictator than in the ultimatum game) than were victim insensitive participants. given the substantial correlational overlap between observer sensitivity and perpetrator sensitivity and the very similar pattern of their correlations with reference constructs, the question arises as to whether both types of sensitivity are distinct at all. from a pragmatic point of view, it is certainly justified to merge both constructs on a higher level of abstractness and merge the scales as well. nevertheless, the results from the present research and from the fetchenhauer and huang (in press) research provide considerable evidence that both traits are not identical and their scales not interchangeable. this conclusion is based on several justice sensitivity observations. first, the correlation among the observer and perpetrator sensitivity traits and their latent state residuals correlated highly but not perfectly in the latent state-trait analysis of study . constraining either of these two correlations to decreases model fit significantly. second, the correlations of the two sensitivity scales differ significantly regarding modesty, vengeance and sense of injustice. third, although observer and perpetrator sensitivity had similar correlations with participants’ behavior in ultimatum and dictator games, some correlations differed significantly, and these differences were meaningful (fetchenhauer and huang, in press). taken together, considerable evidence on the construct validity of our justice sensitivity scales has been obtained in previous research and the present studies. it seems justified to use the scales in future research. several research projects have been initiated. first, we are interested in understanding the mediating cognitive processes that connect justice sensitivity with behavior. one study will look at personality congruent attention as a mediator. we assume that unjust events have, like all negative events, attention grabbing power and that justice sensitive individuals will be attracted more easily by justice related information due to the chronic activation of the justice concept. a second study will explore a personality congruent information search. we assume that injustice is the default hypothesis of justice sensitive individuals when they encounter situations that are ambiguous with regard to justice. due to the general confirmation bias (nickerson, ), justice sensitive individuals will therefore actively collect more information that confirms their hypothesis than information that would disprove it. second, we want to provide more evidence that justice sensitivity predicts behavior. so far, this evidence has been provided almost exclusively for the victim perspective (schmitt, ). only scattered evidence is available regarding effects of observer and perpetrator sensitivity on behavior (fetchenhauer & huang, in press; montada et al., ; montada & schneider, ). in one study, we will measure support for refugees as a criterion behavior. we assume that this justice sensitivity type of prosocial action can be predicted better from observer and perpetrator sensitivity than from victim sensitivity. in a second study, we want to explore links between justice sensitivity and retaliation. because victim sensitivity correlates with vengeance it would be interesting to explore whether victim-sensitive individuals engage more easily in vengeful actions than insensitive individuals. this question will be addressed in a standardized game paradigm. a third study will test whether justice sensitivity predicts resistance to temptation. this study will be a vignette study aimed at scrutinizing the difference in predictive validity between the observer and the perpetrator scale: we assume that the perpetrator score of justice sensitivity can actually predict refraining from an enticing, but unlawful action better than does the observer score, and that this behavior can be traced back to moral concerns about the rightfulness of the action. third, we want to explore in more depth how the three sensitivity traits correlate with emotional reactions to unjust events. using films as stimuli, we want to find out whether anger, moral outrage and guilt as perspective congruent emotions can indeed be predicted best by the corresponding type of sensitivity. films will differ in the role the core protagonist – with whom many perceivers tend to identify – plays in a justice episode. more specifically, we will present films in which protagonists are portrayed as victims, as observers or as perpetrators. we expect that observing the films will activate the role congruent sense of injustice and that this activation will covary more with the corresponding justice sensitivity than with the remaining two sensitivities. finally, we would like to invite international readers to translate our scales into their native languages and cooperate with us in cross-cultural research. at this point, we do not have specific hypotheses on cultural differences, but some readers might. testing these hypotheses might shed light on the origins of individual differences in justice sensitivity. justice sensitivity references axelrod, r. ( ). the evolution of cooperation. new york: basic books. becker, p. ( ). trierer integriertes persönlichkeitsinventar. göttingen: hogrefe. berkowitz, l., & daniels, l. r. ( ). affecting the salience of the social responsibility norm: effects of past help on the response to dependency relationships. journal of abnormal and social psychology, , - . bierhoff, h. w. ( ). skala der sozialen verantwortung nach berkowitz und daniels: entwicklung und validierung [the berkowitz and daniels social responsibility scale: development and validation]. diagnostica, , - . borkenau, p., & ostendorf, f. ( ). neo-fünf-faktoren-inventar nach costa und mccrae – deutsche fassung [neo-five-factor-inventory – german version]. göttingen: hogrefe. bringle, r. g., roach, s., andier, c., & evenbeck, s. ( ). measuring the intensity of jealous reactions. catalog of selected documents in psychology, , - . browne, j. a., & howarth, e. ( ). a comprehensive factor analysis of personality questionnaire items: a test of twenty putative factor hypotheses. multivariate behavioral research, , - . cloetta, b. ( ). der fragebogen zur erfassung von machiavellismus und konservatismus [machiavellianism and conservatism scales]. schweizerische zeitschrift für psychologie, , - . cosmides, l., & tooby, j. ( ). cognitive adaptations for social exchange. in j. barkow, l. cosmides & j. tooby (eds.). the adapted mind (pp. - ). new york: oxford university press. dalbert, c., lipkus, i. m., sallay, h., & goch, i. ( ). a just and an unjust world: structure and validity of different world beliefs. personality and individual differences, , - . justice sensitivity dalbert, c., montada, l., & schmitt, m. ( ). glaube an eine gerechte welt als motiv: validierungskorrelate zweier skalen [belief in a just world as a motive: validity correlates of two scales]. psychologische beiträge, , - . dar, y., & resh, n. ( ). exploring the multifaceted structure of sense of deprivation. european journal of social psychology, , - . dar, y., & resh, n. ( ). social disadvantage and students’ perceived injustice in socially integrated schools in israel. social justice research, , - . davis, m. h. ( ). measuring individual differences in empathy: evidence for a multidimensional approach. journal of personality and social psychology, , - . deinzer, r., steyer, r., eid, m., notz, p., schwenkmezger, p., ostendorf, f., & neubauer, a. ( ). situational effects in trait assessment: the fpi, neoffi and epi questionnaires. european journal of personality, , - . eid, m. ( ). a multitrait-mulitmethod model with minimal assumptions. psychometrika, , - . fahrenberg, j., hampel, r., & selg, h. ( ). das freiburger persönlichkeitsinventar fpi ( ., ergänzte auflage) [freiburg personality inventory, th edition]. göttingen: hogrefe. fenigstein, a., & vanable, p. a. ( ). paranoia and self-consciousness. journal of personality and social psychology, , - . fetchenhauer, d., & huang, x. (in press). justice sensitivity and behavior in experimental games. personality and individual differences. frenkel-brunswik, e. ( ). intolerance of ambiguity as an emotional and perceptional personality variable. journal of personality, , - . gray, j. a. ( ). the psychophysiological basis of introversion-extraversion. behavior research and therapy, , - . güth, w., schmittberger, r., & schwarze, b. ( ). an experimental analysis of ultimatum justice sensitivity games. journal of economic behavior and organization, , - . gurr, t. r. ( ). why men rebel. princeton, nj: princeton university press. harvey, r. d., & oswald, d. l. ( ). collective guilt and shame as motivation for white support of black programs. journal of applied social psychology, , - . henning, h. j., & six, b. ( ). konstruktion einer machiavellismus-skala [construction of a machiavellianism scale]. zeitschrift für sozialpsychologie, , - . hoffman, m. l. ( ). empathy and moral development: implications for caring and justice. new york, ny: cambridge university press. huseman, r. c., hatfield, j. d., & miles, e. w. ( ). a new perspective on equity theory: the equity sensitivity construct. academy of management review, , - . huseman, r. c., hatfield, j. d., & miles, e. w. ( ). test for individual perceptions of job equity: some preliminary findings. perceptual and motor skills, , - . krampen, g., viebig, j., & walter, w. ( ). entwicklung einer skala zur erfassung dreier aspekte von sozialem vertrauen [construction of a scale for measuring three components of interpersonal trust]. diagnostica, , - . lang , f. r., lüdtke, o., & asendorpf, j. b. ( ). testgüte und psychometrische Äquivalenz der deutschen version des big five inventory (bfi) bei jungen, mittelalten und alten erwachsenen [quality and psychometric equivalence of a german version of the big five inventory in young, middle, and old adults]. diagnostica, , - . larsen, r. j., & diener, d. ( ). affect intensity as an individual difference characteristic: a review. journal of research in personality, , - . lerner, m. j. ( ). the belief in a just world. a fundamental delusion. new york: plenum press. lord, f. m., & novick, m. r. ( ). statistical theories of mental test scores. reading, ma: addison-wesley. justice sensitivity lovas, l. ( ). nespravodlivost v interpersonalnych vztahoch [injustice in interpersonal relations]. ceskoslovenska psychologie, , - . lovas l., & pirhacova, i. ( ). anxieta, hnevlivost a senzitivita voci nespravodlivosti [anxiety, anger, and sensitivity to injustice]. ceskoslovenska psychologie, , - . lovas, l., & wolt, r. ( ). sensitivity to injustice in the context of some personality traits. studia psychologica, , - . lück, h. e., & timaeus, e. ( ). skalen zur messung manifester angst (mas) und sozialer wünschbarkeit (sds-e und sds-cm) [manifest anxiety and social desirabiliy scales]. diagnostica, , - . maes, j. ( ). immanent justice and ultimate justice: two ways of believing in justice. in l. montada & m. j. lerner (eds.), responses to victimization and belief in a just world (pp. - ). new york: plenum press. manuck, s. b., kasprowicz, a. l., monroe, s. m., larkin, k. t., & kaplan, j. r. ( ). psychophysiologic reactivity as a dimension of individual differences. in n. schneiderman, s. m. weiss, & p. g. kaufmann (eds.), handbook of research methods in cardiovascular behavioral medicine (pp. - ). new york: plenum press. mikula, g. ( ). perspective-related differences in interpretations of injustice by victims and victimizers: a test with close relationships. in m. j. lerner & g. mikula (eds.), entitlement and the affectional bond (pp. - ). new york: plenum. mikula, g., scherer, k. r., & athenstaedt, u. ( ). the role of injustice in the elicitation of differential emotional reactions. personality and social psychology bulletin, , - . miller, d. t. ( ). disrespect and the experience of injustice. annual review of psychology, , - . mohiyeddini, c. ( ). sensibilität für widerfahrene ungerechtigkeit als persönlichkeitseigenschaft [justice sensitivity (victim) as a personality trait]. in b. reichle justice sensitivity & m. schmitt (hrsg.), verantwortung, gerechtigkeit und moral [responsibility, justice, and morality] (s. - ). weinheim: juventa. mohiyeddini, c., & schmitt, m. ( ). sensitivity to befallen injustice and reactions to unfair treatment in a laboratory situation. social justice research, , - . montada, l. ( ). understanding oughts by assessing moral reasoning or moral emotions. in g. noam & t. wren (eds.), the moral self (pp. - ). boston: mit-press. montada, l., schmitt, m., & dalbert, c. ( ). thinking about justice and dealing with one's own privileges: a study of existential guilt. in h. w. bierhoff, r. l. cohen, & j. greenberg (eds.), justice in social relations (pp. - ). new york: plenum press. montada, l., & schneider, a. ( ). justice and emotional reactions to the disadvantaged. social justice research, , - . mummendey, a., linneweber, v., & löschper, g. ( ). actor or victim of aggression: divergent perspectives - divergent evaluations. european journal of social psychology, , - . nickerson, r. s. ( ). confirmation bias: a ubiquitous phenomenon in many guises. review of general psychology, , - . ostendorf, f., & angleitner, a. (in press). neo-pi-r. neo persönlichkeitsinventar, revidierte form [neo-pi-r – revised german version]. göttingen: hogrefe. rime, b., philippot, p., boca, s., & mesquita, b. ( ). long-lasting cognitive and social consequences of emotion: social sharing and rumination. in w. stroebe & m. hewstone (eds.), european review of social psychology (vol. ., pp. - ). chichester: wiley. rollman, g. b., & harris, g. ( ). the detectability, discriminability, and perceived magnitude of painful electrical shock. perception and psychophysics, , - . rosenzweig, s. ( ). aggressive behavior and the rosenzweig picture-frustration study. new york: praeger. justice sensitivity rotter, j. b. ( ). a new scale for the measurement of interpersonal trust. journal of personality, , - . ruch, w. (in press). eysenck personality questionnaire form r (epq-r). göttingen: hogrefe. schmitt, m. ( ). individual differences in sensitivity to befallen injustice. personality and individual differences, , - . schmitt, m., bäuerle, c., dohmke, e., eckmann, j., ganseforth, a., gartelmann, a., mosthaf, u., siebert, g., & wiedemann, r. ( ). zur differenzierung von existentieller schuld und mitleid über verantwortlichkeitsinduktion: ein filmexperiment [differentiating existential guilt and pity via responsibility attribution: a film experiment]. zeitschrift für experimentelle und angewandte psychologie, , - . schmitt, m., behner, r., montada, l., müller, l., & müller-fohrbrodt, g. ( ). gender, ethnicity, and education as privileges: exploring the generalizability of the existential guilt reaction. social justice research, , - . schmitt, m., & dörfel, m. ( ). procedural injustice at work, justice sensitivity, job satisfaction and psychosomatic well-being. european journal of social psychology, , - . schmitt, m., falkenau, k., & montada, l. ( ). zur messung von eifersucht über stellvertretende emotionsbegriffe und zur bereichsspezifizität der eifersuchtsneigung [domain specificity and measurement of jealousy via vicarious emotions]. diagnostica, , - . schmitt, m., & maes, j. ( ). stereotypic ingroup bias as self-defense against relative deprivation: evidence from a longitudinal study of the german unification process. european journal of social psychology, , - . schmitt, m., & mohiyeddini, c. ( ). sensitivity to befallen injustice and reactions to a real life disadvantage. social justice research, , - . justice sensitivity schmitt, m., neumann, r., & montada, l. ( ). dispositional sensitivity to befallen injustice. social justice research, , - . shaver, k. g. ( ). the attribution of blame. causality, responsibility, and blameworthiness. new york: springer. solomon, r. c. ( ). the passions. new york: anchor. stevens, s. s. ( ). psychophysics: introduction to its perceptual, neural, and social prospects. new york: wiley. steyer, r., ferring, d., & schmitt, m. ( ). states and traits in psychological assessment. european journal of psychological assessment, , - . steyer, r., schmitt, m., & eid, m. ( ). latent state-trait theory and research in personality and individual differences. european journal of personality, , - . strelau, j. ( ). the regulative theory of temperament: current status. personality and individual differences, , - . stuckless, n., & goranson, r. ( ). the vengeance scale: development of a measure of attitudes toward revenge. journal of social behavior and personality, , - . törestad, b. ( ). what is anger provoking? a psychophysical study of perceived causes of anger. aggressive behavior, , - . törnblom, k. y. ( ). the social psychology of distributive justice. in k. scherer (ed.), justice: interdisciplinary perspectives (pp. - ). cambridge: cambridge university press. van den bos, k., maas, m., waldring, i., & semin, g. p. ( ). toward understanding the psychology of reactions to perceived fairness: the role of affect intensity. social justice research, , - . vidmar, n. ( ). retribution and revenge. in j. sanders & v. l. hamilton (eds.), handbook of justice research in law (pp. - ). new york: kluwer academic/plenum publishers. justice sensitivity bisher erschienene arbeiten dieser reihe montada, l. ( ). schuld als schicksal? zur psychologie des erlebens moralischer verantwortung (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. doenges, d. ( ). die fähigkeitskonzeption der persönlichkeit und ihre bedeutung für die moralerziehung (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l. ( ). moralerziehung und die konsistenzproblematik in der differentiellen psychologie (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l. ( ). spannungen zwischen formellen und informellen ordnungen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. dalbert, c. ( ). verantwortlichkeit und handeln (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m. ( ). person, situation oder interaktion? eine zeitlose streitfrage diskutiert aus der sicht der gerechtigkeitsforschung (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m. & montada, l. ( ). entscheidungsgegenstand, sozialkontext und verfahrensregel als determinanten des gerechtigkeitsurteils (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l. ( ). entwicklung interpersonaler verantwortlichkeit und interpersonaler schuld. projektantrag an die stiftung volkswagenwerk (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m. ( ). empathie: konzepte, entwicklung, quantifizierung (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. dalbert, c. ( ). der glaube an die gerechte welt: zur güte einer deutschen version der skala von rubin & peplau (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m. ( ). zur erfassung des moralischen urteils: zwei standardisierte objektive verfahren im vergleich (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m. ( ). Über die angemessenheit verschiedener analyse-modelle zur prüfung dreier typen von hypothesen über multivariate zusammenhänge in handlungsmodellen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. dalbert, c. ( ). ein strukturmodell interpersonaler verantwortlichkeit erwachsener töchter ihren müttern gegenüber (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. justice sensitivity schmitt, m., dalbert, c. & montada, l. ( ). interpersonale verantwortlichkeit erwachsener töchter ihren müttern gegenüber: rekrutierung der ausgangsstichprobe, erhebungsinstrumente in erster version und untersuchungsplan (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l., dalbert, c. & schmitt, m. ( ). interpersonale verantwortlichkeit erwachsener töchter ihren müttern gegenüber: hypothesen über zusammenhänge innerhalb der kernvariablen und zwischen kernvariablen und kovariaten (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. dalbert, c., schmitt, m. & montada, l. ( ). Überlegungen zu möglichkeiten der erfassung von schuldkognitionen und schuldgefühlen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m. & gehle, h. ( ). interpersonale verantwortlichkeit erwachsener töchter ihren müttern gegenüber: verantwortlichkeitsnormen, hilfeleistungen und ihre korrelate - ein Überblick über die literatur (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l. & reichle, b. ( ). existentielle schuld: explikation eines konzeptes (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. reichle, b. & dalbert, c. ( ). kontrolle: konzepte und ausgewählte bezüge zu existentieller schuld (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l., schmitt, m. & dalbert, c. ( ). existentielle schuld: rekrutierung der untersuchungsstichprobe, erhebungsinstrumente und untersuchungsplan (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. dalbert, c., schmitt, m. & montada, l. ( ). existentielle schuld: ausgewählte untersuchungshypothesen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. kreuzer, c. & montada, l. ( ). vorhersage der befriedigung wahrgenommener bedürfnisse der eigenen eltern: ergebnisse einer pilotstudie (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m., dalbert, c. & montada, l. ( ). interpersonale verantwortlichkeit erwachsener töchter ihren müttern gegenüber: ergebnisse der item- und skalenanalysen (erster untersuchungszeitraum) (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. dalbert, c., montada, l., schmitt, m. & schneider, a. ( ). existentielle schuld: ergebnisse der item- und skalenanalysen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m., montada, l. & dalbert, c. ( ). erste befunde zur validität des konstruktes existentielle schuld (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. justice sensitivity montada, l. ( ). feindseligkeit - friedfertigkeit (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l. & boll, t. ( ). moralisches urteil und moralisches handeln (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. dalbert, c. & schmitt, m. ( ). einige anmerkungen und beispiele zur formulierung und prüfung von moderatorhypothesen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m., dalbert, c. & montada, l. ( ). drei wege zu mehr konsistenz: theoriepräzisierung, korrespondenzbildung und datenaggregierung (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. dalbert, c., montada, l. & schmitt, m. ( ). bereichsspezifischer und allgemeiner glaube an die gerechte welt: kennwerte und erste befunde zur validität zweier skalen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m., dalbert, c. & montada, l. ( ). beabsichtigung und ausführung prosozialen handelns: merkmals- versus handlungstheorie? (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l., schmitt, m. & dalbert, c. ( ). thinking about justice and dealing with one's own privileges: a study on existential guilt (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m., dalbert, c. & montada, l. ( ). personale normen und prosoziales handeln: kritische anmerkungen und eine empirische untersuchung zum modell von s.h. schwartz (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. dalbert, c., schmitt, m. & montada, l. ( ). disdain of the disadvantaged: the role of responsibility denial and belief in a just world (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. reichle, b., montada, l. & schneider, a. ( ). existentielle schuld: differenzierung eines konstrukts (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schneider, a., reichle, b. & montada, l. ( ). existentielle schuld: stichprobenrekrutierung, erhebungsinstrumente und untersuchungsplan (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schneider, a., montada, l., reichle, b. & meissner, a. ( ). auseinandersetzung mit privilegunterschieden und existentieller schuld: item- und skalenanalysen i (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. justice sensitivity montada, l. ( ). life stress, injustice, and the question "who is responsible?" (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. dalbert, c. ( ). einige anmerkungen zur verwendung unterschiedlicher veränderungskriterien (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l. ( ). die bewältigung von "schicksalsschlägen" - erlebte ungerechtigkeit und wahrgenommene verantwortlichkeit (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schneider, a., meissner, a., montada, l. & reichle, b. ( ). validierung von selbstberichten über fremdratings (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. dalbert, c., steyer, r. & montada, l. ( ). die konzeptuelle differenzierung zwischen emotionen mit hilfe von strukturgleichungsmodellen: existentielle schuld und mitleid (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l. ( ). schuld wegen wohlstand? (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schneider, a. ( ). glaube an die gerechte welt: replikation der validierungskorrelate zweier skalen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l. ( ). schuld und sühne in strafrechtlicher und psychologischer beurteilung (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. dalbert, c., montada, l. & schmitt, m. ( ). intention and ability as predictors of change in adult daughters' prosocial behavior towards their mothers (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l. & schneider, a. ( ). justice and emotional reactions to victims (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m., bäuerle, c., dohmke, e., eckmann, j., ganseforth, a., gartelmann, a., mosthaf, u., siebert, g. & wiedemann, r. ( ). existentielle schuld und mitleid: ein experimenteller differenzierungsversuch anhand der schadensverantwortlichkeit (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l., schneider, a. & meissner, a. ( ). blaming the victim: schuldvorwürfe und abwertung (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l. & figura, e. ( ). some psychological factors underlying the request for social isolation of aids victims (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l. ( ). möglichkeiten der kontrolle von Ärger im polizeidienst (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. justice sensitivity montada, l. & schneider, a. ( ). coping mit problemen sozial schwacher: annotierte ergebnistabellen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l., dalbert, c. & schneider, a. ( ). coping mit problemen sozial schwacher menschen. ergebnisse der längsschnittuntersuchung (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe „verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral“ nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i – psychologie. elbers, k. & montada, l. ( ). schutz vor aids in neuen partnerschaften. dokumentation der untersuchung und untersuchungsergebnisse (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l., hermes, h. & schmal, a. ( ). ausgrenzung von aids-opfern: erkrankungsängste oder vorurteile gegenüber risikogruppen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe „verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral“ nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i – psychologie. gehri, u. & montada, l. ( ). schutz vor aids: thematisierung in neuen partnerschaften (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l. & albs, b. ( ). emozionale bewertung von verlusten und erfolgreiche bewältigung bei unfallopfern (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe “verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral” nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i – psychologie. schmitt, m., kilders, m., mösle, a., müller, l., pfrengle, a., rabenberg, h., schott, f., stolz, j., suda, u., williams, m. & zimmermann, g. ( ). validierung der skala allgemeiner gerechte-welt-glaube über ein glücksspielexperiment (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m., bräunling, s., burkard, p., jakobi, f., kobel, m., krämer, e., michel, k., nickel, c., orth, m., schaaf, s. & sonntag, t. ( ). schicksal, gerechte-welt-glaube, verteilungsgerechtigkeit und personbewertung (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m., montada, l. & dalbert, c. ( ). struktur und funktion der verantwortlichkeitsabwehr (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m., hoser, k. & schwenkmezger, p. ( ). Ärgerintensität und Ärgerausdruck infolge zugeschriebener verantwortlichkeit für eine anspruchsverletzung (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l. ( ). grundlagen der anwendungspraxis (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j. ( ). abwertung von krebskranken - der einfluß von gerechte-welt- und kontrollüberzeugungen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. justice sensitivity maes, j. ( ). konstruktion und analyse eines mehrdimensionalen gerechte-welt- fragebogens (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j. ( ). attributsverknüpfungen - eine neue art der erfassung von gerechtigkeitsüberzeugungen? (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. janetzko, e. & schmitt, m. ( ). verantwortlichkeits- und schuldzuschreibungen bei ost- und westdeutschen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m., neumann, r. & montada, l. ( ). sensitivity to experienced injustice: structural equation measurement and validation models (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m., behner, r., müller, l. & montada, l. ( ). werte, existentielle schuld und hilfsbereitschaft gegenüber indios und landlosen bauern in paraguay (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m., janetzko, e., große, k., haas, j., jöhren, b., lachenmeir, k., menninger, p., nechvatal, a., ostner, j., rauch, p., roth, e. & stifter, r. ( ). verantwortlichkeits- und schuldzuschreibungen: auto- und heterostereotype ost- und westdeutscher (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m. ( ). abriß der gerechtigkeitspsychologie (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m. j., montada, l. & falkenau, k. ( ). modellierung der generalisierten und bereichsspezifischen eifersuchtsneigung mittels strukturgleichungen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l. & kals, e. ( ). perceived justice of ecological policy and proenvironmental commitments (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. kals, e. & becker, r. ( ). zusammenschau von drei umweltpsychologischen untersuchungen zur erklärung verkehrsbezogener verbotsforderungen, engagementbereitschaften und handlungsentscheidungen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j. ( ). korrelate des gerechte-welt-glaubens: ergebnisse aus einer untersuchung zur wahrnehmung von krebskrankheiten und krebskranken (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m., maes, j. & neumann, r. ( ). gerechtigkeit als innerdeutsches problem: skizze eines forschungsvorhabens (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j. ( ). psychologische Überlegungen zu rache (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. justice sensitivity schmitt, m., barbacsy, r., binz, s., buttgereit, c., heinz, j., hesse, j., kraft, s., kuhlmann, n., lischetzke, t., nisslmüller, k. & wunsch, u. ( ). distributive justice research from an interactionist perspective (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j. ( ). drakonität als personmerkmal: entwicklung und erste erprobung eines fragebogens zur erfassung von urteilsstrenge (drakonität) versus milde (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j. ( ). kontrollieren und kontrolliert werden: konstruktion und analyse eines zwei- wege-fragebogens zur erfassung von kontrollüberzeugungen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m., maes, j. & schmal, a. ( ). gerechtigkeit als innerdeutsches problem: auswahl von indikatoren seelischer gesundheit (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j. ( b). befunde zur unterscheidung von immanenter und ultimativer gerechtigkeit: . ergebnisse aus einer untersuchung zur wahrnehmung von krebskrankheiten und krebskranken (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m., maes, j. & schmal, a. ( a). gerechtigkeit als innerdeutsches problem: einstellungen zu verteilungsprinzipien, ungerechtigkeitssensibilität und glaube an eine gerechte welt als kovariate (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m., maes, j. & schmal, a. ( b). gerechtigkeit als innerdeutsches problem: kernvariablen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j. ( ). freiheit oder determinismus - ein kurzfragebogen zur erfassung individueller unterschiede (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j., schmitt, m. & schmal, a. ( ). gerechtigkeit als innerdeutsches problem: werthaltungen, kontrollüberzeugungen, freiheitsüberzeugungen, drakonität, soziale einstellungen, empathie und protestantische arbeitsethik als kovariate (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. dalbert, c. & schneider, a. ( ). die allgemeine gerechte-welt-skala: dimensionalität, stabilität & fremdurteiler-validität (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l. ( ). beschäftigungspolitik zwischen effizienz und gerechtigkeit (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe “verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral” nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i – psychologie. montada, l. & kals, e. ( ). motivvergleich umwelt- und gesundheitsrelevanten verhaltens: beschreibung eines projekts (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. kals, e. & becker, r. ( ). item- und skalenanalyse umwelt- und gesundheitsbezogener meßinstrumente (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. justice sensitivity schmitt, m. & mohiyeddini, c. ( ). sensitivity to befallen injustice and reactions to a real life disadvantage (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l. ( ). kategorien der angst und möglichkeiten der angstbewältigung (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l. ( ). ein modell der eifersucht (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe „verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral“ nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i – psychologie. schmitt, m., boße, a., eggers, t., finke, i., glöcklhofer, g., hönen, w., kunnig, a., mensching, m., ott, j., plewe, i., wagensohn, g. & ziegler, b. ( ). distributive justice research from an interactionist perspective ii: the effects of reducing social control and reducing subject's responsibility (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. mohiyeddini, c. & schmitt, m. ( ) sensitivity to befallen injustice and reactions to unfair treatment in the laboratory (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. kals, e. & odenthal, d. ( ). skalen zur erfassung ernährungsbezogener einstellungen und entscheidungen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmal, a., maes, j. & schmitt, m. ( ). gerechtigkeit als innerdeutsches problem: untersuchungsplan und stichprobe (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j., schmitt, m. & schmal, a. ( a). gerechtigkeit als innerdeutsches problem: haltungen zur nation als kovariate (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j., schmitt, m. & schmal, a. ( ). gerechtigkeit als innerdeutsches problem: machiavellismus, dogmatismus, ambiguitätstoleranz, toleranz und autoritarismus als kovariate (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j., schmitt, m. & schmal, a. ( ). gerechtigkeit als innerdeutsches problem: politische grundhaltungen (konservatismus, liberalismus, sozialismus, anarchismus, faschismus, Ökologismus) als kovariate (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j., schmitt, m. & schmal, a. ( ). gerechtigkeit als innerdeutsches problem: demographische kovariate (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j. ( ). fragebogeninventar zur erfassung von einstellungen zu krebskrankheiten und krebskranken - dokumentation der item- und skalenanalysen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m., dombrowsky, c., kühn, w. larro-jacob, a., puchnus, m., thiex, d., wichern, t., wiest, a. & wimmer, a. ( ). distributive justice research from an interactionist per- spective iii: when and why do attitudes interact synergetically with functionally equivalent situation factors? (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. justice sensitivity dörfel, m. & schmitt, m. ( ). procedural injustice in the workplace, sensitivity to befallen injustice, and job satisfaction (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m., maes, j. & schmal, a. ( a). gerechtigkeit als innerdeutsches problem: analyse der meßeigenschaften von indikatoren der seelischen gesundheit (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m., maes, j. & schmal, a. ( b). gerechtigkeit als innerdeutsches problem: analyse der meßeigenschaften von meßinstrumenten für einstellungen zu verteilungsprinzipien, ungerechtigkeitssensibilität und glaube an eine gerechte welt (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. kals, e., becker, r. & montada, l. ( ). skalen zur validierung umwelt- und gesundheitsbezogener bereitschaftsmaße (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m. ( ). challenges to the construct validity of belief in a just world scales (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. reichle, b. ( ). eins und eins wird drei. ein kurs zur vorbereitung von paaren auf die erste elternschaft (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. kals, e. & montada, l. ( ). Über gemeinsame motive von krebspräventiven und umweltschützenden bereitschaften und entscheidungen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j., schmitt, m., lischetzke, t. & schmiedemann, v. ( ). effects of experienced injustice in unified germany on well-being and mental health (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j., schmitt, m. & seiler, u. ( ). die geschichte der gerechte-welt-forschung: eine entwicklung in acht stufen? (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j. ( ). befunde zur unterscheidung von immanenter und ultimativer gerechtigkeit: . ergebnisse aus einer untersuchung zur verantwortungsübernahme für den aufbau an ostdeutschen hochschulen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j., schmitt, m. & seiler, u. ( ). befunde zur unterscheidung von immanenter und ultimativer gerechtigkeit: . ergebnisse aus dem forschungsprojekt "gerechtigkeit als innerdeutsches problem" (gip) (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l. & kals, e. ( ). a theory of "willingness for continued responsible commitment": research examples from the fields of pollution control and health protection (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. justice sensitivity montada, l. ( ). ethical issues in communicating with participants (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. seiler, u., schmitt, m. & maes, j. ( ). gerechtigkeit als innerdeutsches problem: analyse der meßeigenschaften von meßinstrumenten für kernvariablen des lebensbereichs arbeit und beruf (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j. ( ). zuschreibungen von verantwortung für krebskrankheiten: der einfluß von generalisierten einstellungen und Überzeugungssystemen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j. ( ). hilfestellung für krebskranke - hypothesen aus der gerechte-welt-forschung und ihre Überprüfung (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. reichle, b. ( ). entwicklungsberatung für familien in Übergangsphasen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j. ( ). glaube an eine ungerechte welt? (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j. ( ). eine kurzfassung des existentielle-schuld-inventars – erprobung einer sparsamen erhebungsvariante. (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j. ( ). gerechte-welt-Überzeugungen, kontrollüberzeugungen und präferenzen für prinzipien distributiver gerechtigkeit – zur differenzierbarkeit verwandt konstrukte. (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j. ( ). aufbau an ostdeutschen hochschulen – existentielle schuld und hilfsbereitschaft westdeutscher studierender zugunsten von ostdeutschen studierenden. (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j. ( ). lebenslanges lernen und gerechtigkeit – dokumentation einer untersuchung in einrichtungen der erwachsenenbildung. (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l., schneider, a. & seiler, s. ( ). bewältigung emotionaler belastungen durch querschnittslähmung mittels relativierung von verantwortlichkeitsattributionen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. mohiyeddini, c. & montada, l. ( ). neue skalen zur psychologie der gerechtigkeit (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe “verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral” nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i – psychologie. wehr, t. & bräutigam, m. ( ). physiologische erregung und kognitionen in der emotionsgenese und -differenzierung (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i – psychologie. montada, l. ( ). lebensspende von organen: motive, freiwilligkeit und weitere psychologische aspekte (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. justice sensitivity kals, e. ( ). gerechtigkeitspsychologische analyse und mediation von konflikten: ein interkultureller vergleich am beispiel lokaler umweltkonflikte (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. montada, l. & kirchhoff, s. ( ). bitte um verzeihung, rechtfertigungen und ausreden: ihre wirkungen auf soziale beziehungen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe „verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral“ nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i – psychologie. montada, l., kals, e. & niegot, f. ( ). fragebogen zur erklärung verkehrspolitischen handelns lokaler entscheidungsträger (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m., montada, l. & maes, j. ( ). gerechtigkeit als innerdeutsches problem: abschlussbericht an die dfg (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. lohmann, j. ( ). handlungspsychologische beratung. ein modell praktisch psychologischen handelns. (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. kals, e., ittner, h. & müller, m. ( ). gerechtigkeitspsychologische analyse und mediation von konflikten: fragebogen zu einem verkehrspolitischen trierer konflikt (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. bernhardt, k. ( ). "tendenz zum assertorischen bzw. revisionsbereiten urteilen" die validierung zweier neuer konstrukte (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. schmitt, m. & maes, j. ( ). gerechtigkeit als innerdeutsches problem: gesamtes erhebungsinstrumentarium (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. hangarter, m. & schmitt, m. ( ). sensibilität für beobachtete ungerechtigkeit als disposition: Überprüfung der konstruktvalidität mittels eines modifizierten stroop-tests (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. gollwitzer, m. ( ). vergeltung und genugtuung: validierung eines experimentellen spielparadigmas (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j. ( ). attraktivität − eine gerechtigkeitspsychologische frage (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. gollwitzer, m., schmitt, m., förster, n. & montada, l. ( ). additive and joint effects of account components on reactions towards interactional injustice (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. gollwitzer, m. ( ). zur beeinflussung kognitiver prozesse durch die bedrohung des glaubens an eine gerechte welt (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. hangarter, m., schmitt, m. & ebert, d. ( ). aufmerksamkeits- und gedächtnisindikatoren zur konstruktvalidierung von sozial- und persönlichkeitspsychologischen eigenschafts- und zustandsmaßen (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. justice sensitivity maes, j. & kals, e. ( ). funktion und bedeutung des gerechte-welt-glaubens in der schule (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j. & delahaye, m. ( ). in den augen des betrachters - eine fragebogenstudie zum umgang mit attraktivität. dokumentation des erhebungsinstrumentariums und der darin gemessenen konstrukte. (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j. & delahaye, m. ( ). in den augen des betrachters - eine fragebogenstudie zum umgang mit attraktivität. dokumentation der item- und skalenanalytischen untersuchungen. (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. maes, j. & schmitt, m. ( ). protestantische-ethik-skala (pes): messeigenschaften und konstruktvalidität (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. gollwitzer, m. ( ). wave goodbye the scapegoat – moral decisions and their effects on harshness of penalty. (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe "verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral" nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. cohrs, c., kielmann, s. o., moschner, b. & maes, j. ( ). befragung zum . september und den folgen: grundideen, operationalisierungen und deskriptive ergebnisse der ersten erhebungsphase (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe „verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral“ nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i –psychologie. cohrs, c., kielmann, s. o., maes, j. & moschner, b. ( ). befragung zum . september und den folgen: bericht über die zweite erhebungsphase (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe „verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral“ nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i – psychologie. maes, j. & schmitt, m. ( ). krieg und frieden – gerechtigkeitspsychologische aspekte (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe „verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral“ nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i – psychologie. maes, j. ( ). grundzüge einer fragebogenuntersuchung zur erfassung von einstellungen zu krebskrankheiten – konzeption, variablennetz und stichprobe (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe „verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral“ nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i – psychologie. maes, j. ( ). defensivattributionshypothese – review und konzeptuelle kritik (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe „verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral“ nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i – psychologie. maes, j. ( ). zur differenzierbarkeit von gerechte-welt- und kontrollüberzeugungen – konzeptuelle und empirische argumente (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe „verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral“ nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i – psychologie. schmitt, m., maes, j. & widaman, k. ( ). longitudinal effects of fraternal deprivation on life satisfaction and mental health. (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe “verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral“ nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i – psychologie. ittner, h. & ohl, c. ( ). strategie entscheidungskalküle und gerechtigkeitsurteile bei der lösung globaler kooperationsaufgaben zum klimaschutz – eine projektskizze. (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe “verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral“ nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i – psychologie. justice sensitivity hofmann, w., gschwendner, t. & schmitt, m. ( ). on the moderation of the implicit-explicit consistency: the role of introspection and adjustment. (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe “verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral“ nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i – psychologie. barth, s., kerp, e.-m. & müller, m. ( ). trauer. (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe “verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral“ nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i – psychologie. hofmann, w., gawronski, b., gschwendner, t., le, h. & schmitt, m. ( ). a meta-analysis on the correlation between the implicit association test and explicit self-report measures. (berichte aus der arbeitsgruppe “verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral” nr. ). trier: universität trier, fachbereich i – psychologie. justice sensitivity andernorts publizierte arbeiten aus dieser arbeitsgruppe montada, l. ( ). moralisches verhalten. in t. herrmann, p.r. hofstätter, h. huber & f.e. weinert (hrsg.), handbuch psychologischer grundbegriffe (s. - ). münchen: kösel. montada, l. ( ). gerechtigkeit im wandel der entwicklung. in g. mikula (hrsg.), gerechtigkeit und soziale interaktion (s. - ). bern: huber. montada, l. ( ). moralische kompetenz: aufbau und aktualisierung. in l.h. eckensberger & r.k. silbereisen (hrsg.), entwicklung sozialer kognitionen: modelle, theorien, methoden, anwendungen (s. - ). stuttgart: klett-cotta. montada, l. ( ). gedanken zur psychologie moralischer verantwortung. in v. zsifkovits & r. weiler (hrsg.), erfahrungsbezogene ethik (s. - ). berlin: duncker & humblot. montada, l. ( ). voreingenommenheiten im urteil über schuld und verantwortlichkeit. trierer psychologische berichte, , heft . dahl, u., montada, l. & schmitt, m. ( ). hilfsbereitschaft als personmerkmal. trierer psychologische berichte, , heft . dalbert, c. & montada, l. ( ). vorurteile und gerechtigkeit in der beurteilung von straftaten. eine untersuchung zur verantwortlichkeitsattribution. trierer psychologische berichte, , heft . montada, l. ( ). entwicklung moralischer urteilsstrukturen und aufbau von werthaltungen. in r. oerter, l. montada u.a. entwicklungspsychologie (s. - ). münchen: urban & schwarzenberg. schmitt, m. & montada, l. ( ). determinanten erlebter gerechtigkeit. zeitschrift für sozialpsychologie, , - . schmitt, m. ( ). schuldgefühle erwachsener töchter gegenüber ihren müttern: zwei modelle. bremer beiträge zur psychologie, , - . montada, l. ( ). delinquenz. in r.k. silbereisen & l. montada (hrsg.), entwicklungspsychologie. ein handbuch in schlüsselbegriffen (s. - ). münchen: urban & schwarzenberg. montada, l. ( ). moralisches urteil und moralisches handeln - gutachten über die fruchtbarkeit des kohlberg-ansatzes. bonn: bundesministerium der verteidigung (hrsg.), wehrpsychologische untersuchungen, ,( ). montada, l. ( ). verantwortlichkeit und das menschenbild in der psychologie. in g. jüttemann (hrsg.), psychologie in der veränderung (s. - ). weinheim: beltz. montada, l. ( ). voreingenommenheiten im urteilen über schuld und verantwortlichkeit. in l. montada, k. reusser & g. steiner (hrsg.), kognition und handeln (s. - ). stuttgart: klett-cotta. schmitt, m., dalbert, c. & montada, l. ( ). drei wege zu mehr konsistenz in der selbstbeschreibung: theoriepräzisierung, korrespondenzbildung und datenaggregierung. zeitschrift für differentielle und diagnostische psychologie, , - . schmitt, m., montada, l. & dalbert, c. ( ). zur vorhersage von hilfeleistungen erwachsener töchter ihren müttern gegenüber. in d. albert (hrsg.), bericht über den . justice sensitivity kongreß der deutschen gesellschaft für psychologie in wien (band , s. - ). göttingen: hogrefe. bartussek, d. & schmitt, m. ( ). die abhängigkeit des evozierten eeg-potentials von reizbedeutung, extraversion und neurotizismus. eine untersuchung zur extraversionstheorie von j.a. gray. trierer psychologische berichte, , heft . dalbert, c. & schmitt, m. ( ). einige anmerkungen und beispiele zur formulierung und prüfung von moderatorhypothesen. zeitschrift für differentielle und diagnostische psychologie, , - . montada, l. ( ). vom werden der moral. wann wir wissen, was gut und böse ist. in p. fischer & f. kubli (hrsg.), das erwachen der intelligenz (s. - ). berlin: schering. montada, l., dalbert, c., reichle, b. & schmitt, m. ( ). urteile über gerechtigkeit, "existentielle schuld" und strategien der schuldabwehr. in f. oser, w. althof & d. garz (hrsg.), moralische zugänge zum menschen - zugänge zum moralischen menschen (s. - ). münchen: peter kindt verlag. montada, l., schmitt, m. & dalbert, c. ( ). thinking about justice and dealing with one's own privileges: a study of existential guilt. in h.w. bierhoff, r. cohen, & j. greenberg (eds.), justice in social relations (s. - ). new york: plenum press. schmitt, m., dalbert, c. & montada, l. ( ). personale normen und prosoziales handeln: kritische anmerkungen und eine empirische untersuchung zum modell von s.h. schwartz. zeitschrift für sozialpsychologie, , - . schmitt, m., dalbert, c. & montada, l. ( ). prosoziale leistungen erwachsener töchter gegenüber ihren müttern: unterschiede in den bedingungen von absicht und ausführung. psychologische beiträge, , - . dalbert, c. ( ). ein veränderungsmodell prosozialer handlungen. leistungen erwachsener töchter für ihre mütter. regensburg: roderer. dalbert, c. ( ). einige anmerkungen zur verwendung unterschiedlicher veränderungskriterien. psychologische beiträge, , - . dalbert, c., montada, l. & schmitt, m. ( ). glaube an eine gerechte welt als motiv: validierungskorrelate zweier skalen. psychologische beiträge, , - . steyer, r. & schmitt, m.j. ( ). psychometric theory of persons-in-situations: definitions of consistency, specifity and reliability, and the effects of aggregation. trierer psychologische berichte, , heft . montada, l. & boll, t. ( ). auflösung und dämpfung von feindseligkeit. untersuchungen des psychologischen dienstes der bundeswehr, , - . montada, l. ( ). die bewältigung von 'schicksalsschlägen' - erlebte ungerechtigkeit und wahrgenommene verantwortlichkeit. schweizerische zeitschrift für psychologie, , - . montada, l. ( ). verantwortlichkeitsattribution und ihre wirkung im sport. psychologie und sport, , - . montada, l., dalbert, c. & schmitt, m. ( ). ist prosoziales handeln im kontext familie abhängig von situationalen, personalen oder systemischen faktoren? in h.w. bierhoff & l. montada (hrsg.), altruismus - bedingungen der hilfsbereitschaft (s. - ). göttingen: hogrefe. justice sensitivity montada, l., dalbert, c. & schmitt, m. ( ). wahrgenommener handlungsspielraum und emotionale reaktionen gegenüber benachteiligten. in g. krampen (hrsg.), diagnostik von kausalattributionen und kontrollüberzeugungen (s. - ). göttingen: hogrefe. montada, l., dalbert, c. & steyer, r. ( ). die konzeptuelle differenzierung zwischen emotionen mit hilfe von strukturgleichungsmodellen: existentielle schuld und mitleid. psychologische beiträge, , - . montada, l., schneider, a. & reichle, b. ( ). emotionen und hilfsbereitschaft. in h.w. bierhoff & l. montada (hrsg.), altruismus - bedingungen der hilfsbereitschaft (s. - ). göttingen: hogrefe. maes, j. & montada, l. ( ). verantwortlichkeit für "schicksalsschläge": eine pilotstudie. psychologische beiträge, , - . montada, l. & schneider, a. ( ). justice and emotional reactions to the disadvantaged. social justice research, , - . montada, l. ( ). bildung der gefühle? zeitschrift für pädagogik, , - . montada, l. ( ). sozialisation zu pflicht und gehorsam. politicum, , - . montada, l. ( ). strafzwecküberlegungen aus psychologischer sicht. in c. pfeiffer & m. oswald (hrsg.), strafzumessung - empirische forschung und strafrechtsdogmatik im dialog (s. - ). stuttgart: enke-verlag. schmitt, m. ( ). ipsative konsistenz (kohärenz) als profilähnlichkeit. trierer psychologische berichte, , heft . schmitt, m., bäuerle, c., dohmke, e., eckmann, j., ganseforth, a., gartelmann, a., mosthaf, u., siebert, g. & wiedemann, r. ( ). zur differenzierung von existentieller schuld und mitleid über verantwortlichkeitsinduktion: ein filmexperiment. zeitschrift für experimentelle und angewandte psychologie, , - . schmitt, m. ( ). further evidence on the invalidity of self-reported consistency. in p.j.d. drenth, j.a. sergeant & r.j. takens (eds.), european perspectives in psychology (vol. , s. - ). new york: wiley. schmitt, m. ( ). konsistenz als persönlichkeitseigenschaft? moderatorvariablen in der persönlichkeits- und einstellungsforschung. berlin: springer. schmitt, m. ( ). zur (mangelnden) konstruktvalidität von konsistenz-selbsteinschätzungen. zeitschrift für differentielle und diagnostische psychologie, , - . schmitt, m. & steyer, r. ( ). beyond intuition and classical test theory: a reply to epstein. methodika, , - . steyer, r. & schmitt, m. ( ). latent state-trait models in attitude research. quality and quantity, , - . steyer, r. & schmitt, m. ( ). the effects of aggregation across and within occasions on consistency, specificity, and reliability. methodika, , - . montada, l. ( ). life stress, injustice, and the question "who is responsible?". in: h. steensma & r. vermunt (eds.), social justice in human relations (vol. , p. - ). new york: plenum press. montada, l., schmitt, m. & dalbert, c. ( ). prosocial commitments in the family: situational, personality, and systemic factors. in l. montada & h.w. bierhoff (eds.), altruism in social systems (s. - ). toronto: hogrefe. justice sensitivity montada, l. & schneider, a. ( ). justice and prosocial commitments. in l. montada & h.w. bierhoff (eds.), altruism in social systems (p. - ). toronto: hogrefe. schmitt, m. ( ). beauty is not always talent: untersuchungen zum verschwinden des halo- effekts. trierer psychologische berichte, , heft . schmitt, m. ( ). differentielle differentielle psychologie: ursachen individueller konsistenzunterschiede und probleme der moderatorforschung. trierer psychologische berichte, , heft . schmitt, m. ( ). ungerechtes schicksal und personbewertung. zeitschrift für sozialpsychologie, , - . schmitt, m. ( ). zur differenzierung des eigenschaftsmodells durch moderatorkonstrukte: bestandsaufnahme, probleme, perspektiven. in d. frey (hrsg.), bericht über den . kongreß der deutschen gesellschaft für psychologie in kiel (band , s. - ). göttingen: hogrefe. schmitt, m., hoser, k. & schwenkmezger, p. ( ). schadensverantwortlichkeit und Ärger. zeitschrift für experimentelle und angewandte psychologie, , - . schmitt, m., kilders, m., mösle, a., müller, l., prengle, a., rabenberg, h., schott, f., stolz, j., suda, u., williams, m. & zimmermann, g. ( ). gerechte-welt-glaube, gewinn und verlust: rechtfertigung oder ausgleichende gerechtigkeit? zeitschrift für sozialpsychologie, , - . schmitt, m., montada, l. & dalbert, c. ( ). struktur und funktion der verantwortlichkeitsabwehr. zeitschrift für differentielle und diagnostische psychologie, , - . dalbert, c., fisch, u. & montada, l. ( ). is inequality unjust? evaluating women's career chances. european review of applied psychology, , - . hoser, k., schmitt, m. & schwenkmezger, p. ( ). verantwortlichkeit und Ärger. in v. hodapp & p. schwenkmezger (hrsg.), Ärger und Ärgerausdruck (s. - ). bern: huber. kaiser, a., lüken, a., maes, j., schmillen, a., winkels, r. & kaiser, r. ( ). schulversuch "begabtenförderung am gymnasium mit verkürzung der schulzeit" des ministeriums für bildung und kultur rheinland-pfalz. zwischenbericht der wissenschaftlichen begleitung. trier: forschungsstelle begys. kann, h.j. & maes, j. ( ). die kulturtouristischen angebote der stadt trier - vermittelt in einem stadtrundgang. in c. becker & a. steinecke (hrsg.), kulturtourismus in europa: wachstum ohne grenzen? (eti-studien, band ), (s. - ). trier: europäisches tourismus institut. lüken, a., kaiser, a., maes, j., schmillen, a. & winkels, r. ( ). begabtenförderung am gymnasium mit schulzeitverkürzung. ein schulversuch des landes rheinland-pfalz zur förderung leistungsfähiger und lernwilliger schüler und schülerinnen. in h. drewelow & k. urban (hrsg.), besondere begabungen - spezielle schulen? beiträge zur wissenschaftlichen arbeitstagung vom .- . april in rostock (s. - ). rostock: universität rostock. montada, l. ( ). attribution of responsibility for losses and perceived injustice. in l. montada, s.-h. filipp & m.j. lerner (eds.), life crises and the experience of loss in adulthood (s. - ). hillsdale, nj: lawrence erlbaum. montada, l. ( ). eine pädagogische psychologie der gefühle. kognitionen und die steuerung erlebter emotionen. in h. mandl, m. dreher & h.-j. kornadt (hrsg.), entwicklung und denken im kulturellen kontext (s. - ). göttingen: hogrefe. montada, l. ( ). moralische gefühle. in w. edelstein, g. nunner-winkler & g. noam (hrsg.), moral und person (s. - ). frankfurt: suhrkamp. justice sensitivity montada, l. ( ). predicting prosocial commitment in different social contexts. in p.m. oliner, s.p. oliner, l. baron, l.a. blum, d.l. krebs & m.z. smolenska (eds.), embracing the other: philosophical, psychological and historical perspectives (s. - ). new york: new york university press. schmitt, m. ( ). interindividuelle konsistenzunterschiede als herausforderung für die differentielle psychologie. psychologische rundschau, , - . schmitt, m. ( ). schönheit und talent: untersuchungen zum verschwinden des halo- effekts. zeitschrift für experimentelle und angewandte psychologie, , - . schmitt, m. & baltes-götz, b. ( ). common and uncommon moderator concepts: comment on wermuth's “moderating effects in multivariate normal distributions”. methodika, , - . schmitt, m. & borkenau, p. ( ). the consistency of personality. in g.-v. caprara & g.l. van heck (eds.), modern personality psychology. critical reviews and new directions (s. - ). new york: harvester-wheatsheaf. steyer, r., ferring, d. & schmitt, m. ( ). on the definition of states and traits. trierer psychologische berichte, , heft . steyer, r., ferring, d. & schmitt, m. ( ). states and traits in psychological assessment. european journal of psychological assessment, , - . bartussek, d. & schmitt, m. ( ). persönlichkeit. in a. schorr (hrsg.), handwörterbuch der angewandten psychologie (s. - ). bonn: deutscher psychologen verlag. dalbert, c. & schmitt, m. ( ). kriterien, perspektiven und konsequenzen von gerechtigkeitsurteilen. in l. montada (hrsg.), bericht über den . kongreß der deutschen gesellschaft für psychologie in trier (band , s. - ). göttingen: hogrefe. janetzko, e. & schmitt, m. ( ). verantwortlichkeits- und schuldzuschreibungen bei ost- und westdeutschen. report psychologie, ( ), - . kals, e. ( ). Ökologisch relevante verbotsforderungen, engagement- und verzichtbereitschaften am beispiel der luftqualität. microfiche. dissertation. trier: universität trier, fachbereich i - psychologie. kals, e. ( ). psychological science in the western world: a guide, or not a guide to solving human problems? journal of university of science and technology beijing, , - . maes, j. ( ). bibliotherapie: wirksam und erforschbar. fremde verse, ( ), - . montada, l. ( ). fallen der gerechtigkeit: probleme der umverteilung von west nach ost. in l. montada (hrsg.), bericht über den . kongreß der deutschen gesellschaft für psychologie in trier (band , s. - ). göttingen: hogrefe. montada, l. ( ). umverteilungen nach der vereinigung: Über den bedarf an psychologie nach dem beitritt der ehemaligen ddr zur bundesrepublik. in g. trommsdorf (hrsg.), psychologische aspekte des sozio-politischen wandels in ostdeutschland (s. - ). berlin: de gruyter. montada, l. ( ). understanding oughts by assessing moral reasoning or moral emotions. in g. noam & t. wren (eds.), the moral self (s. - ). boston: mit-press. montada, l. ( ). victimization by critical life events. in w. bilsky, c. pfeiffer, & p. wetzels (eds.), fear of crime and criminal victimization (s. - ). stuttgart: enke. schmal, a. ( ). problemgruppen oder reserven für den arbeitsmarkt. Ältere arbeitnehmer, ausländische jugendliche, berufsrückkehrerinnen und arbeitslose akademiker. frankfurt: campus. justice sensitivity schmitt, m. ( ). handlung als synthese von person und situation: lehren aus der konsistenzkontroverse. zeitschrift für sozialpsychologie, , - [rezension von: krahé, b. ( ). personality and social psychology. towards a synthesis. london: sage.]. schmitt, m. & dalbert, c. ( ). gerechtigkeitsbedrohliche lebensereignisse. in l. montada (hrsg.), bericht über den . kongreß der deutschen gesellschaft für psychologie in trier (band , s. - ). göttingen: hogrefe. schmitt, m. & janetzko, e. ( ). verantwortlichkeitsüberzeugungen bei ost- und westdeutschen. in g. trommsdorff (hrsg.), psychologische aspekte des sozio-politischen wandels in ostdeutschland (s. - ). berlin: de gruyter. schmitt, m. & steyer, r. ( ). a latent state-trait model (not only) for social desirability. personality and individual differences, , - . schmitt, m. & steyer, r. ( ). a latent state-trait model for social desirability. in r. steyer, k.f. wender, & k.f. widaman (eds.), proceedings of the th european meeting of the psychometric society in trier (s. - ). stuttgart: gustav fischer verlag. schmitt, m., schwartz, s.h., steyer, r., & schmitt, t. ( ). measurement models for the schwartz values inventory. european journal of psychological assessment, , - . kaiser, a., lüken, a., maes, j. & winkels, r. ( ). schulzeitverkürzung - auf der suche nach dem bildungspolitischen kompromiß. grundlagen der weiterbildung. zeitschrift für weiterbildung und bildungspolitik im in- und ausland, , - . kals, e. ( ). Ökologisch relevante verbotsforderungen, engagement- und verzichtbereitschaften am beispiel der luftqualität. dissertation abstracts international, ( ), -c. kals, e. ( ). straßenverkehr und umweltschutz: die ökologische verantwortung des bürgers. in a. flade (hrsg.), mobilitätsverhalten - bedingungen und veränderungsmöglichkeiten aus umweltpsychologischer sicht (s. - ). weinheim: psychologie verlags union. kals, e. & montada, l. ( ). umweltschutz und die verantwortung der bürger. zeitschrift für sozialpsychologie, , - . maes, j. ( ). blaming the victim - belief in control or belief in justice? social justice research, , - . montada, l. ( ). arbeitslosigkeit ein gerechtigkeitsproblem? in l. montada (hrsg.), arbeitslosigkeit und soziale gerechtigkeit (s. - ). frankfurt: campus. montada, l. ( ). die sozialisation von moral. in k.a. schneewind (hrsg.), enzyklopädie der psychologie. psychologie der erziehung und sozialisation (s. - ). göttingen: hogrefe. montada, l. ( ). injustice in harm and loss. social justice research, , - . montada, l. ( ). maßnahmen gegen arbeitslosigkeit: bewertungen unter gerechtigkeitsaspekten. in l. montada (hrsg.), arbeitslosigkeit und soziale gerechtigkeit (s. - ). frankfurt: campus. montada, l. ( ). problems and crises in human development. in t. husén & t.n. postlethwaite (eds.), international encyclopedia of education (vol. ), p. - . london: pergamon. montada, l. (hrsg.) ( ). arbeitslosigkeit und soziale gerechtigkeit. frankfurt: campus. reichle, b. ( ). die geburt des ersten kindes - eine herausforderung für die partnerschaft. verarbeitung und folgen einer einschneidenden lebensveränderung. bielefeld: kleine. justice sensitivity reichle, b. ( ). die zuschreibung von verantwortlichkeit für negative ereignisse in partnerschaften: ein modell und erste empirische befunde. zeitschrift für sozialpsychologie, , - . reichle, b. & montada, l. ( ). problems with the transition to parenthood: perceived responsibility for restrictions and losses and the experience of injustice. in m.j. lerner & g. mikula (eds.), entitlement and the affectional bond. justice in close relationships (s. - ). new york: plenum press. schmal, a. ( ). ungleichheiten auf dem arbeitsmarkt zwischen bevölkerungsgruppen und regionen. in l. montada (hrsg.), arbeitslosigkeit und soziale gerechtigkeit (s. - ). frankfurt: campus. schmitt, m. ( ). gerechtigkeit. in m. hockel, w. molt & l. von rosenstiel (hrsg.), handbuch der angewandten psychologie (kapitel vii - ). münchen: ecomed. baltes, m.m. & montada, l. (hrsg.). ( ). produktives leben im alter. frankfurt: campus. dalbert, c. & schmitt, m. ( ). antezedenzien und konsequenzen gerechtigkeitsthematischer kognitionen. in k. pawlik (hrsg.), bericht über den . kongreß der deutschen gesellschaft für psychologie in hamburg (s. - ). göttingen: hogrefe. kals, e. ( ). promotion of proecological behavior to enhance quality of life. in j. rodiguez- marin (ed.), health psychology and quality of life research (s. - ). alicante: university of alicante & sociedad valenciana de psicologia social. kals, e. ( ). umwelt- und gesundheitsrelevantes verhalten: ein vergleich der motivationalen grundlagen. in a. keul (hrsg.), menschliches wohlbefinden in der stadt (s. - ). weinheim: psychologie verlags union. kals, e. ( ). wird umweltschutz als schutz der eigenen gesundheit verstanden? zeitschrift für gesundheitspsychologie, , - . maes, j. ( ). to control and to be controlled - presentation of a two-ways-questionnaire for the assessment of beliefs in control. european journal of psychological assessment, , supplement, no. , - . montada, l. ( ). applying social psychology: the case of redistributions in unified germany. social justice research, , - . montada, l. ( ). bewältigung von ungerechtigkeiten in erlittenen verlusten. report psychologie, ( ), - . montada, l. ( ). delinquenz. in r. oerter & l. montada (hrsg.), entwicklungspsychologie (s. - ). weinheim: psychologie verlags union. montada, l. ( ). die geistige entwicklung aus der sicht jean piagets. in r. oerter & l. montada (hrsg.), entwicklungspsychologie (s. - ). weinheim: psychologie verlags union. montada, l. ( ). empirische gerechtigkeitsforschung. in berlin-brandenburgische akademie der wissenschaften (hrsg.), berichte und abhandlungen (bd. , s. - ). berlin: akademie verlag. montada, l. ( ). entwicklungspsychologie und anwendungspraxis. in r. oerter & l. montada (hrsg.), entwicklungspsychologie (s. - ). weinheim: psychologie verlags union. montada, l. ( ). fragen, konzepte, perspektiven. in r. oerter & l. montada (hrsg.), entwicklungspsychologie (s. - ). weinheim: psychologie verlags union. montada, l. ( ). gerechtigkeitsprobleme bei umverteilungen im vereinigten deutschland. in h.-p. müller & b. wegener (hrsg.), soziale ungleichheit und soziale gerechtigkeit (s. - ). opladen: leske & budrich. justice sensitivity montada, l. ( ). machen gebrechlichkeit und chronische krankheit produktives altern unmöglich? in m.m. baltes & l. montada (hrsg.). ( ). produktives leben im alter (s. - ). frankfurt: campus. montada, l. ( ). moralische entwicklung und moralische sozialisation. in r. oerter & l. montada (hrsg.), entwicklungspsychologie (s. - ). weinheim: psychologie verlags union. montada, l., becker, j., schoepflin, u. & baltes, p.b. ( ). die internationale rezeption der deutschen psychologie. psychologische rundschau, , - . montada, l. & kals, e. ( ). perceived justice of ecological policy and proenvironmental commitments. social justice research, , - . montada, l. & oerter, r. (hrsg.). ( ). entwicklungspsychologie. weinheim: psychologie verlags union. montada, l. & reichle, b. ( ). kritische lebensereignisse: wirkungen und bewältigungsversuche bei erlebter ungerechtigkeit. in k. pawlik (hrsg.), bericht über den . kongreß der deutschen gesellschaft für psychologie in hamburg (s. - ). göttingen: hogrefe. reichle, b. ( ). lastenverteilung als gerechtigkeitsproblem: umverteilungen nach der geburt des ersten kindes und ihre folgen. in zentrum für gerechtigkeitsforschung an der universität potsdam (hrsg.), auseinandersetzung mit verlusterfahrungen (s. - ). potsdam: zentrum fuer gerechtigkeitsforschung an der universität potsdam. schick, a., schmitt, m., & becker, j.h. ( ). subjektive beurteilung der qualität von laufschuhen. psychologie und sport, , - . schmitt, m. ( ). politische legitimation und kollektives selbstwertgefühl durch propaganda. zeitschrift für sozialpsychologie, , - [rezension von: gibas, m. & schindelbeck, d. (hrsg.) ( ). "die heimat hat sich schön gemacht ..." (comparativ - leipziger beiträge zur universalgeschichte und vergleichenden gesellschaftsforschung, band , heft ). leipzig: leipziger universitätsverlag.]. schmitt, m., falkenau, k. & montada, l. ( ). zur messung von eifersucht über stellvertretende emotionsbegriffe und zur bereichsspezifizität der eifersuchtsneigung. diagnostica, , - . schmitt, m., neumann, r. & montada, l. ( ). dispositional sensitivity to befallen injustice. social justice research, , - . schmitt, m., schick, a. & becker, j.h. ( ). subjective quality and subjective wearing comfort of running shoes. trierer psychologische berichte, , heft . kals, e. & odenthal, d. ( ). Über die motive von entscheidungen für konventionelle oder kontrolliert-biologische nahrungsmittel. zeitschrift für gesundheitspsychologie, , - . kals, e. ( ). are proenvironmental commitments motivated by health concerns or by perceived justice? in l. montada & m. lerner (eds.), current societal concerns about justice (s. - ). new york: plenum press. kals, e. ( ). motieven voor preventief en riskant gezondheidsgedrag ten aanzien van kanker (motives of cancer preventive and health risk behaviors). gedrag & gezondheid, , - . kals, e. ( ). umweltschutz und potentiell konkurrierende werte. in m. zimmer (hrsg.), von der kunst, umweltgerecht zu planen und zu handeln (tagungsband, s. - ). tübingen: internationale erich-fromm gesellschaft. kals, e. ( ). verantwortliches umweltverhalten. weinheim: psychologie verlags union. montada, l. & lerner, m.j. ( ). societal concerns about justice. new york: plenum. justice sensitivity niehaus, m. & montada, l. ( ). behinderte in der arbeitswelt: wege aus dem abseits. frankfurt/m.: campus. reichle, b. ( ). der traditionalisierungseffekt beim Übergang zur elternschaft. zeitschrift für frauenforschung, ( ), - . reichle, b. ( ). from is to ought and the kitchen sink: on the justice of distributions in close relationships. in l. montada & m.j. lerner (eds.), current societal concerns about justice (s. - ). new york: plenum. schmitt, m. & mohiyeddini, c. ( ). sensitivity to befallen injustice and reactions to a real life disadvantage. social justice research, , - . schmitt, m. ( ). individual differences in sensitivity to befallen injustice. personality and individual differences, , - . becker, r. & kals, e. ( ). verkehrsbezogene entscheidungen und urteile: Über die vorhersage von umwelt- und gesundheitsbezogenen verbotsforderungen und verkehrsmittelwahlen. zeitschrift für sozialpsychologie, , - . kaiser, a., & maes, j. ( ). situation in regel- und projektklassen. in ministerium für bildung, wissenschaft und weiterbildung rheinland-pfalz (hrsg.), entwicklung und erprobung von modellen der begabtenförderung am gymnasium mit verkürzung der schulzeit: abschlußbericht (s. - ). mainz: hase & koehler. kals, e. & becker, r. ( ). umweltschutz im spannungsfeld konkurrierender interessen. eine verkehrsstudie zu mobilitätsentscheidungen. in e. giese (hrsg.), psychologie für die verkehrswende (s. - ). tübingen: dgvt-verlag. kals, e. & montada, l. ( ). motive politischer engagements für den globalen oder lokalen umweltschutz am beispiel konkurrierender städtebaulicher interessen. zeitschrift für politische psychologie, , - . maes, j. ( ). fees - die fragebögen zur erfassung der einstellung zum schulversuch. in ministerium für bildung, wissenschaft und weiterbildung rheinland-pfalz (hrsg.), entwicklung und erprobung von modellen der begabtenförderung am gymnasium mit verkürzung der schulzeit: abschlußbericht (s. - ). mainz: hase & koehler. maes, j. ( ). gerechtigkeit: ein kriterium zur bewertung des modellversuchs. in ministerium für bildung, wissenschaft und weiterbildung rheinland-pfalz (hrsg.), entwicklung und erprobung von modellen der begabtenförderung am gymnasium mit verkürzung der schulzeit: abschlußbericht (s. - ). mainz: hase & koehler. maes, j. ( ). nicht-kognitive persönlichkeitsmerkmale. in ministerium für bildung, wissenschaft und weiterbildung rheinland-pfalz (hrsg.), entwicklung und erprobung von modellen der begabtenförderung am gymnasium mit verkürzung der schulzeit: abschlußbericht (s. - ). mainz: hase & koehler. maes, j. ( ). gerechtigkeit als innerdeutsches problem – umrisse eines forschungsprojekts. ipu-rundbrief, , - . mohiyeddini, c. & schmitt, m. ( ). sensitivity to befallen injustice and reactions to unfair treatment in a laboratory situation. social justice research, , - . montada, l. ( ). gerechtigkeitsansprüche und ungerechtigkeitserleben in den neuen bundesländern. in: w.r. heinz & s.e. hormuth (hrsg.), arbeit und gerechtigkeit im ostdeutschen transformationsprozeß (s. - ). opladen: leske + budrich. schmitt, m. ( ). interaktionistische gerechtigkeitsforschung. in h. mandl (hrsg.), bericht über den . kongreß der deutschen gesellschaft für psychologie in münchen (s. - ). göttingen: hogrefe. justice sensitivity schmitt, m., barbacsy, r. & wunsch, u. ( ). selbstbeteiligung bei versicherungsfällen - gerechtigkeitspsychologisch betrachtet. report psychologie, ( ), - . albs, b. ( ). ein beitrag zur messung moralischer emotionen: das state-trait- schuldgefühle-ausdrucksinventar. in b. reichle & m. schmitt (hrsg.), verantwortung, gerechtigkeit und moral (s. - ). weinheim: juventa. becker, r. ( ).verantwortlichkeits- und wertekonflikte bei der verkehrsmittelwahl. in b. reichle & m. schmitt (hrsg.), verantwortung, gerechtigkeit und moral (s. - ). weinheim: juventa. boll, t. ( ). intentionalitätstheoretische forschungsstrategie für moralische emotionen. in b. reichle & m. schmitt (hrsg.), verantwortung, gerechtigkeit und moral (s. - ). weinheim: juventa. dalbert, c. ( ). das gerechtigkeitsmotiv und die seelische gesundheit. in b. reichle & m. schmitt (hrsg.), verantwortung, gerechtigkeit und moral (s. - ). weinheim: juventa. kals, e. ( ). moralische motive des ökologischen schutzes globaler und lokaler allmenden. in b. reichle & m. schmitt (hrsg.), verantwortung, gerechtigkeit und moral (s. - ). weinheim: juventa. kals, e. ( ). Übernahme von verantwortung für den schutz von umwelt und gesundheit. in e. kals (hrsg.), umwelt und gesundheit: verknüpfung ökologischer und gesundheitlicher ansätze (s. - ). weinheim: psychologie verlags union. kals, e. (hrsg.). ( ). umwelt und gesundheit: verknüpfung ökologischer und gesundheitlicher ansätze. weinheim: psychologie verlags union. kals, e. & montada, l. ( ). persönlicher gesundheitsschutz im spiegel sozialer verantwortung. zeitschrift für gesundheitspsychologie, , - . kals, e., montada, l., becker, r. & ittner, h. ( ). verantwortung für den schutz von allmenden. gaia, ( ), - . kals, e., schumacher, d. & montada, l. ( ). naturerfahrungen, verbundenheit mit der natur und ökologische verantwortung als determinanten naturschützenden verhaltens. zeitschrift für sozialpsychologie, , - . maes, j. ( ). belief in a just world and experiences in school. in european association for research on adolescence (ed.), the th biennial conference of the eara in budapest, hungary. scientific programme. maes, j. ( ). eight stages in the development of research on the construct of belief in a just world. in l. montada & m.j. lerner (eds.), responses to victimizations and belief in a just world (s. - ). new york: plenum. maes, j. ( ). existentielle schuld und verantwortung für den aufbau an ostdeutschen hochschulen. in b. reichle & m. schmitt (hrsg.), verantwortung, gerechtigkeit und moral (s. - ). weinheim: juventa. maes, j. ( ). geht es in der schule gerecht zu? - Überzeugungen der schülerinnen und schüler und deren folgen. in a. kaiser & r. kaiser (hrsg.), entwicklung und erprobung von modellen der begabtenförderung am gymnasium mit verkürzung der schulzeit. abschlussuntersuchung in der gymnasialen oberstufe (mss), (s. - ) [= schulversuche und bildungsforschung, /ii]. mainz: v. hase & koehler. maes, j. ( ). immanent and ultimate justice: two ways of believing in justice. in l. montada & m.j. lerner (eds.), responses to victimizations and belief in a just world (s. - ). new york: plenum. maes, j. ( ). kontrollüberzeugungen: schülerinnen und schüler im spannungsfeld zwischen vielfältigen beeinflussungen und eigenen handlungsmöglichkeiten. in a. kaiser & r. kaiser justice sensitivity (hrsg.), entwicklung und erprobung von modellen der begabtenförderung am gymnasium mit verkürzung der schulzeit. abschlussuntersuchung in der gymnasialen oberstufe (mss), (s. - ) [= schulversuche und bildungsforschung, /ii]. mainz: v. hase & koehler. maes, j., seiler, u. & schmitt, m. ( ). politische einstellungen bei ost- und westdeutschen. zeitschrift für politische psychologie, sonderausgabe "sozialisation und identitäten", . mohiyeddini, c. ( ). sensibilität für widerfahrene ungerechtigkeit als persönlichkeitseigenschaft. in b. reichle & m. schmitt (hrsg.), verantwortung, gerechtigkeit und moral (s. - ). weinheim: juventa. mohiyeddini, c. & montada, l. ( ) belief in a just world and self-efficacy in coping with observed victimization: results from a study about unemployment. in l. montada & m.j. lerner (eds.), responses to victimizations and belief in a just world (s. - ). new york: plenum. montada, l. ( ). belief in a just world: a hybrid of justice motive and self-interest? in l. montada & m.j. lerner (eds.), responses to victimizations and belief in a just world (s. - ). new york: plenum. montada, l. ( ). gerechtigkeitsmotiv und eigeninteresse. zeitschrift für erziehungswissenschaften, , - . montada, l. ( ). justice: just a rational choice? social justice research, , - . montada, l. & lerner, m.j. ( ). an overview: advances in belief in a just world theory and methods. in l. montada & m.j. lerner (eds.), responses to victimizations and belief in a just world (s. - ). new york: plenum. montada, l. & lerner, m.j. (eds.) ( ). responses to victimizations and belief in a just world. new york: plenum. moschner, b. ( ). ehrenamtliches engagement und soziale verantwortung. in b. reichle & m. schmitt (hrsg.), verantwortung, gerechtigkeit und moral (s. - ). weinheim: juventa. reichle, b. & gefke, m. ( ). justice of conjugal divisions of labor - you can't always get what you want. social justice research, , - . reichle, b. & schmitt, m. ( ). verantwortung, gerechtigkeit, moral: einführung in ausgewählte untersuchungen aus der arbeitsgruppe leo montadas. in b. reichle & m. schmitt (hrsg.), verantwortung, gerechtigkeit und moral (s. - ). weinheim: juventa. reichle, b. & schmitt, m. (hrsg.) ( ). verantwortung, gerechtigkeit und moral. weinheim: juventa. reichle, b. ( ).verantwortlichkeitszuschreibungen und ungerechtigkeitserfahrungen in partnerschaftlichen bewältigungsprozessen. in b. reichle & m. schmitt (hrsg.), verantwortung, gerechtigkeit und moral (s. - ). weinheim: juventa. reichle, b., schneider, a. & montada, l. ( ). how do observers of victimization preserve their belief in a just world - cognitively or actionally? finding from a longitudinal study. in l. montada & m.j. lerner (eds.), responses to victimizations and belief in a just world (s. - ). new york: plenum. sabbagh, c. & schmitt, m. ( ). exploring the structure of positive and negative justice judgments. social justice research, , - . schmal, a. ( ). zur bedeutung von sozialen und temporalen vergleichsprozessen sowie gerechtigkeitsurteilen für die arbeitszufriedenheit. in b. reichle & m. schmitt (hrsg.), verantwortung, gerechtigkeit und moral (s. - ). weinheim: juventa. schmitt, m. ( ). gerechtigkeit und solidarität im wiedervereinigten deutschland. in b. reichle & m. schmitt (hrsg.), verantwortung, gerechtigkeit und moral (s. - ). weinheim: juventa. justice sensitivity schmitt, m. ( ). methodogical strategies in research to validate measures of belief in a just world. in l. montada & m.j. lerner (eds.), responses to victimizations and belief in a just world (s. - ). new york: plenum. schmitt, m. & maes, j. ( ). perceived injustice in unified germany and mental health. social justice research, , - . schneider, a. ( ). verantwortlichkeit im prozess der meisterung unfallbedingter querschnittlähmung. in b. reichle & m. schmitt (hrsg.), verantwortung, gerechtigkeit und moral (s. - ). weinheim: juventa. seiler, u. ( ). bilder über projekt- und regelklassen. in a. kaiser & r. kaiser (hrsg.), entwicklung und erprobung von modellen der begabtenförderung am gymnasium mit verkürzung der schulzeit. abschlussuntersuchung in der gymnasialen oberstufe (mss), (s. - ) [= schulversuche und bildungsforschung, /ii]. mainz: v. hase & koehler. seiler, u. ( ). freizeitverhalten von jugendlichen in projekt- und regelklassen. in a. kaiser & r. kaiser (hrsg.), entwicklung und erprobung von modellen der begabtenförderung am gymnasium mit verkürzung der schulzeit. abschlussuntersuchung in der gymnasialen oberstufe (mss), (s. - ) [= schulversuche und bildungsforschung, /ii]. mainz: v. hase & koehler. seiler, u., maes, j. & schmitt, m. ( ). nationalgefühle bei ost- und westdeutschen. zeitschrift für politische psychologie, sonderausgabe "sozialisation und identitäten", , anhang. steyer, r. ( ). eigenschafts- und zustandskomponenten im moralischen urteil und verhalten. in b. reichle & m. schmitt (hrsg.), verantwortung, gerechtigkeit und moral (s. - ). weinheim: juventa. wahner, u. ( ). neid: wie wichtig sind selbstwertbedrohung und ungerechtigkeitserleben? in b. reichle & m. schmitt (hrsg.), verantwortung, gerechtigkeit und moral (s. - ). weinheim: juventa. kals, e. ( ). der mensch nur ein zweckrationaler entscheider? zeitschrift für politische psychologie, , - . kals, e. ( ). "warum schaden wir unserer eigenen gesundheit, auch wenn wir es besser wissen?" ein interview mit der gesundheitspsychologin pd dr. elisabeth kals, geführt von dr. ute ritterfeld. l.o.g.o.s. interdisziplinär, ( ), - . kals, e. & montada, l. (submitted). cancer prevention and reduction of cancer risks: reconstructed as a personal as well as a societal task. kals, e. & montada, l. ( ). kooperatives handeln aus psychologischer sicht. in vereinigung für Ökologische Ökonomie e.v. (hrsg.), theorie und praxis des kollektiven handelns: das beispiel der lokalen agenda (schriftenreihe zur politischen Ökologie, bd. , s. - ). münchen: Ökom verlag. kals, e., becker, r., montada, l., & ittner, h. ( ). trierer skalensystem zum umweltschutz (tsu). in a. glöckner-rist & p. schmidt (hrsg.), zuma-informationssystem. ein elektronisches handbuch sozialwissenschaftlicher erhebungsinstrumente, version . . mannheim: zentrum für umfragen, methoden und analysen. kals, e., becker, r. & rieder, d. ( ). förderung natur- und umweltschützenden handelns bei kindern und jugendlichen. in v. linneweber & e. kals (hrsg.), umweltgerechtes handeln: barrieren und brücken. heidelberg: springer. kals, e., held, e. & montada, l. ( ). fleischkonsum und gesellschaftspolitische engagements mit folgen für die allgemeine fleischproduktion: ein vergleich ihrer motivationalen grundlagen. zeitschrift für gesundheitspsychologie, ( ), - . justice sensitivity kals, e., schumacher, d. & montada, l. ( ). emotional affinity toward nature as a motivational basis to protect nature. environment & behavior, ( ), - . krampen, g., montada, l. & burkard, p. ( ). evaluationskriterien für forschung und lehre an psychologischen universitätsinstituten mit hauptfachausbildung: befunde einer expertenbefragung in eigener sache. in g. krampen, h. zayer, w. schönpflug & g. richardt (hrsg.), beiträge zur angewandten psychologie (s. - ). bonn: deutscher psychologen verlag. krampen, g., montada, l. & burkard, p. ( ). internationalität und internationalisierung der deutschsprachigen psychologie in der expertenbeurteilung. report psychologie, , - . linneweber, v. & kals, e. (hrsg.) ( ). umweltgerechtes handeln: barrieren und brücken.. heidelberg: springer. maes, j. ( ). gerechtigkeitsempfinden und lernen. der glaube an eine gerechte welt im kontext von schule und weiterbildung. grundlagen der weiterbildung. zeitschrift für weiterbildung und bildungspolitik im in- und ausland, , - . maes, j. & schmitt, m. ( ). more on ultimate and immanent justice: results from the research project "justice as a problem within reunified germany". social justice research, , - . maes, j., schmitt, m. & seiler, u. ( ). ungerechtigkeit im wiedervereinigten deutschland und psychosomatisches wohlbefinden. in a. hessel, m. geyer & e. brähler (hrsg.), gewinne und verluste sozialen wandels. globaisierung und deutsche wiedervereinigung aus psychosozialer sicht (s. - ). stuttgart: enke. maes, j., schmitt, m. & seiler, u. ( ). zukunft mensch im vereinigten deutschland aus der sicht von ostdeutschen und westdeutschen. in g. krampen, h. zayer, w. schönpflug & g. richardt (hrsg.), beiträge zur angewandten psychologie : zukunft mensch - die republik im umbruch (s. - ). bonn: deutscher psychologen-verlag. maes, j., schmitt, m. & seiler, u. ( ). wer wünscht die mauer zurück? das menschliche klima in deutschland und seine folgen. in h. berth & e. brähler (hrsg.), deutsch-deutsche vergleiche (s. - ). berlin: verlag wissenschaft und forschung. montada, l. ( ). gerechtigkeit als gegenstand der politischen psychologie. zeitschrift für politische psychologie, ( ), sonderheft, - . montada, l. ( ). mediation bei gerechtigkeitskonflikten. in a. dieter, l. montada & a. schulze (hrsg.), konfliktmanagement und gerechtigkeit. frankfurt: campus. montada, l. ( ). solidarität als norm für soziales handeln. ethik und sozialwissenschaften, ( ) , - . montada, l. ( ). umwelt und gerechtigkeit. in v. linneweber & e. kals (hrsg.), umweltgerechtes handeln: barrieren und brücken ( - ). heidelberg: springer. montada, l. ( ). psychologie der mediation iii. in fernuniversität hagen, fachbereich rechtswissenschaft. weiterbildendes studium mediation. montada, l. & dieter, a. ( ). gewinn- und verlusterfahrungen in den neuen bundesländern nach der wiedervereinigung. in m. schmitt & l. montada (hrsg.), gerechtigkeitserleben und befindlichkeiten im wiedervereinigten deutschland (s. - ). opladen: leske + budrich. montada, l., kals, e., & becker, r. ( ). trierer bereitschaftsskalen zum umwelt- und gesundheitsschutz (tbug). in a. glöckner-rist & p. schmidt (hrsg.), zuma- informationssystem. ein elektronisches handbuch sozialwissenschaftlicher erhebungsinstrumente, version . . mannheim: zentrum für umfragen, methoden und analysen. montada, l., krampen, g. & burkard, p. ( ). persönliche und soziale orientierungslagen von hochschullehrern/innen der psychologie zu evaluationskriterien über eigene berufliche leistungen - befunde einer expertenbefragung bei professoren/innen und privat- justice sensitivity dozenten/innen der psychologischen institute mit hauptfachausbildung in der bundesrepublik deutschland. psychologische rundschau, , - . reichle, b. ( ). wir werden familie. ein kurs zur vorbereitung auf die erste elternschaft. weinheim: juventa. reichle, b. & montada, l. ( ). Übergang zur elternschaft und folgen: der umgang mit veränderungen macht unterschiede. in b. reichle & h. werneck (hrsg.), Übergang zur elternschaft. aktuelle studien zur bewältigung eines unterschätzten ereignisses (s. - ). stuttgart: enke. reichle, b. & werneck, h. ( ). geburt des ersten kindes und partnerschaftsentwicklung: ein Überblick. in b. reichle & h. werneck (hrsg.). Übergang zur elternschaft. aktuelle studien zur bewältigung eines unterschätzten lebensereignisses (der mensch als soziales und personales wesen, bd. ; s. - ). stuttgart: enke. reichle, b. & werneck, h. (hrsg.) ( ). Übergang zur elternschaft. aktuelle studien zur bewältigung eines unterschätzten lebensereignisses (der mensch als soziales und personales wesen, bd. ). stuttgart: enke. schmitt, m. ( ). psychologische personalauswahl. zeitschrift für arbeits- und organisationspsychologie, , - [rezension von: schuler, h. ( ). psychologische personalauswahl ( ., unveränderte auflage). göttingen: verlag für angewandte psychologie.]. schmitt, m. ( ). mother-daughter attachment and family cohesion: single and multi construct latent state-trait models of current and retrospective perceptions. magdeburger arbeiten zur psychologie, heft , . schmitt, m. & dörfel, m. ( ). procedural injustice at work, justice sensitivity, job satisfaction and psychosomatic well-being. european journal of social psychology, , - . schmitt, m. & maes, j. ( ). vorschlag zur vereinfachung des beck-depressions-inventars (bdi). magdeburger arbeiten zur psychologie, heft , . schmitt, m. & montada, l. (hrsg.) ( ). gerechtigkeitserleben im wiedervereinigten deutschland. opladen: leske + budrich. schmitt, m. & montada, l. ( ). psychologische, soziologische und arbeitswissenschaftliche analysen der transformation nach der deutschen wiedervereinigung. in m. schmitt & l. montada (hrsg.), gerechtigkeitserleben im wiedervereinigten deutschland (s. - ). opladen: leske + budrich. schmitt, m., maes, j. & schmal, a. ( ). ungerechtigkeitserleben im vereinigungsprozess: folgen für das emotionale befinden und die seelische gesundheit. in m. schmitt & l. montada (hrsg.), gerechtigkeitserleben im wiedervereinigten deutschland (s. - ). opladen: leske + budrich. schmitt, m., maes, j. & seiler, u. ( ). theoretische Überlegungen und empirische befunde zur meßäquivalenz und strukturellen invarianz von indikatoren der seelischen gesundheit bei ost- und westdeutschen. magdeburger arbeiten zur psychologie, heft , . schmitt, m., maes, j. & seiler, u. ( ). fällt die mauer in den köpfen der deutschen? eine längsschnittuntersuchung zum wandel der sozialen identität ost- und westdeutscher. in g. krampen, h. zayer, w. schönpflug & g. richardt (hrsg.), beiträge zur angewandten psychologie : zukunft mensch – die republik im umbruch (s. - ). bonn: deutscher psychologen-verlag. schmitt, m., maes, j. & seiler, u. ( ). selbstabgrenzungen – wandel und funktion im transformationsprozess. report psychologie, ( - ), - . schmitt, m., maes, j. & seiler, u. ( ). soziale identität als gradmesser der menschlichen annäherung im wiedervereinigten deutschland. in h. berth & e. brähler (hrsg.), deutsch- deutsche vergleiche (s. - ). berlin: verlag wissenschaft und forschung. justice sensitivity seiler, u., maes, j. & schmitt, m. ( ). korrelate und facetten des nationalgefühls. zeitschrift für politische psychologie, , sonderheft "sozialisation und identitäten – politische kultur im umbruch?", - . seiler, u., maes, j. & schmitt, m. ( ). unterschiedliche freizeitmuster in den alten und neuen bundesländern. in g. krampen, h. zayer, w. schönpflug & g. richardt (hrsg.), beiträge zur angewandten psychologie : zukunft mensch – die republik im umbruch (s. - ). bonn: deutscher psychologen-verlag. steyer, r., schmitt, m. & eid, m. ( ). latent state-trait theory and research in personality and individual differences. european journal of personality, , - . dieter, a., montada, l. & schulze, a. (hrsg.). ( ). gerechtigkeit im konfliktmanagement und in der mediation. frankfurt/m.: campus. kals, e. ( ). gefühle, die unser umweltbezogenes handeln steuern. in e. kals, n. platz & r. wimmer (hrsg.), emotionen in der umweltdiskussion (s. - ). wiesbaden: deutscher universitätsverlag. kals, e. & ittner, h. ( ). Ökologisch relevante lebensqualitäten: vom singular zum plural. in m. bullinger, j. siegrist & u. ravens-sieberer (hrsg.), lebensqualitätsforschung. jahrbuch medizinische psychologie, (s. - ). göttingen: hogrefe. kals, e. & russell, y. ( ). umweltschützendes handeln: eine rationale entscheidung für den gesundheitsschutz? umweltpsychologie, ( ), - . kals, e., platz, n. & wimmer, r. (hrsg.). ( ). emotionen in der umweltdiskussion. wiesbaden: deutscher universitätsverlag. kals, e., russell, y. & homburg, a. ( ). die überwindbare kluft umwelt- und gesundheitspsychologischer forschung. umweltpsychologie, ( ), - . krampen, g. & montada, l. ( ). zum entwicklungsstand der gesundheitspsychologie im kontext der grundlagen- und anwendungsfächer der psychologie. zeitschrift für gesundheitspsychologie, ( ), - . maes, j. & schmitt, m. ( ). psychosoziales problemverhalten und vergangenheitsverklärung im wiedervereinigten deutschland. psychosozial, ( ), - . maes, j., schmitt, m. & seiler, u. ( ). politischer konservatismus und der glaube an gerechtigkeit. zeitschrift für politische psychologie, , - . montada, l. ( ). mediation bei gerechtigkeitskonflikten. in a. dieter, l. montada & a. schulze (hrsg.), konfliktmanagement und gerechtigkeit. frankfurt: campus. montada, l. ( ). psychologie der gefühle und umweltpsychologie. in e. kals, n. platz & r. wimmer (hrsg.), emotionen in der umweltdiskussion (s. - ). wiesbaden: deutscher universitätsverlag. montada, l. ( ). psychologie der mediation i – eine psychologische konzeption der mediation. eine psychologische kritik von mythen in der mediation. soziale konflikte als probleme und als entwicklungschancen. in fernuniversität hagen, fachbereich rechtswissenschaft. weiterbildendes studium mediation. montada, l. ( ). psychologie der mediation ii – fragen, ziele und probleme in einzelnen phasen des mediationsprozesses. in fernuniversität hagen, fachbereich rechtswissenschaft. weiterbildendes studium mediation. montada, l. ( ). rechtssoziologische aspekte der wiedervereinigung. in h. dreier (hrsg.), rechtssoziologie am ende des . jahrhunderts (s. - ). tübingen: mohr-siebeck. montada, l. & kals, e. ( ). political implications of psychological research on ecological justice and proenvironmental behaviors. international journal of psychology, , - . justice sensitivity reichle, b. ( ). nonsupport in partnerschaften: die negative seite sozialer unterstützung. in e. witte & c. bleich (hrsg.), stress und soziale unterstützung – sozialpsychologische perspektiven (s. - ). lengerich: pabst. schmitt, m. ( ). mother-daughter attachment and family cohesion: single and multi construct latent state-trait models of current and retrospective perceptions. european journal of psychological assessment, , - . schmitt, m. & maes, j. ( ). vorschlag zur vereinfachung des beck-depressions-inventars (bdi). diagnostica, , - . steyer, r., schmitt, m. & eid, m. ( ). latent state-trait theory and research in personality and individual differences. magdeburger arbeiten zur psychologie, heft , . schmitt, m., behner, r., montada, l., müller, l. & müller-fohrbrodt, g. ( ). gender, ethnicity, and education as privileges: exploring the generalizability of the existential guilt reaction. social justice research, , - . syme, g., kals, e., nancarrow, b. & montada, l. ( ). ecological risks and community perceptions of fairness and justice: a cross-cultural model. risk analysis, ( ), - . kals, e. ( ). responsibility appraisals of health protection. in h.-w. bierhoff & a.e. auhagen (eds.), responsibility - the many faces of a social phenomenon (pp. - ). london/new york: routledge. kals, e. & kärcher, j. ( ). mythen in der wirtschaftsmediation. wirtschaftspsychologie, , - . kals, e. & maes, j. ( ). umweltmediation: geschichte, besonderheiten und zukunftspotential. forum mediation, ( ), - . kals, e. & montada, l. ( ). health behavior: an interlocking personal and social task. journal of health psychology, ( ), - . kals, e. & russell, y. ( ). individual conceptions of justice and their potential for explaining proenvironmental decision making. social justice research. special issue: applying social justice research to environmental decision making, ( ), - . kals, e. & webers, t. ( ). wirtschaftsmediation als alternative konfliktlösung. wirtschaftspsychologie, , - . kals, e., ittner, h. & montada, l. ( ). wahrgenommene gerechtigkeit restriktiver umweltpolitiken. in umweltbundesamt (hrsg.), perspektiven für die verankerung des nachhaltigkeitsleitbildes in der umweltkommunikation (s, - ). berlin: erich schmidt verlag. kals, e., maes, j. & becker, r. ( ). the overestimated impact of self-interest and the underestimated impact of justice motives. trames. journal of humanities and social scienes ( ), - . maes, j. & schmitt, m. ( ). last und lust der multikulturellen gesellschaft - ausländerfeindlichkeit und ausländerfreundlichkeit in deutschland. in deutsche psychologen akademie (hrsg.), psychologie am puls der zeit (s. - ). bonn: deutscher psychologen-verlag. maes, j., montada, l. & schmitt, m. ( ). wie erfahrungen mit ungerechtigkeit und mobbing in schule und beruf die bereitschaft zum lebenslangen lernen beeinflussen können. in deutsche psychologen akademie (hrsg.), psychologie am puls der zeit (s. - ). bonn: deutscher psychologen-verlag. maes, j., schmal, a. & schmitt, m. ( ). arbeitslosigkeit aus einer gerechtigkeitspsychologischen perspektive. in j. zempel, j. bacher & k. moser (hrsg.), justice sensitivity erwerbslosigkeit – ursachen, auswirkungen und interventionen (s. - ). opladen: leske + budrich. maes, j., schmitt, m. & montada, l. ( ). lifelong learning and past experiences in school and on the job. in european association of work and organizational psychology (ed.), th european congress on work and organizational psychology in prag. globalization – opportunities and threats. book of abstracts (p. ). prag: eawop. maes, j. ( ). solidarität – eine frage der persönlichkeit? das beispiel der solidarität westdeutscher mit ostdeutschen. in h.-w. bierhoff & d. fetchenhauer (hrsg.), solidarität, konflikt, umwelt und dritte welt (s. - ). opladen: leske + budrich. maes, j. & schmitt, m. ( ). protestantische-ethik-skala (pes): messeigenschaften und konstruktvalidität. in b. b. seiwald, j. guthke, h. petermann, j. f. beckmann & m. roth (hrsg.), . arbeitstagung der fachgruppe für differentielle psychologie, persönlichkeitspsychologie und psychologische diagnostik der deutschen gesellschaft für psychologie: abstracts & programm (s. - ). leipzig: leipziger universitätsverlag. maes, j. & delahaye, m. ( ). umgang mit dem schönheitskult – aufriss einer attraktivitätsforschung unter gerechtigkeitspsychologischer perspektive. in deutsche psychologen akademie (hrsg.), psychologie am puls der zeit – beiträge zum psychologentag / . kongress für angewandte psychologie des bdp in bonn (s. - ). bonn: deutscher psychologen-verlag. maes, j. & kals, e. ( ). attributionen für schulischen (miss)-erfolg – ein plädoyer zur beachtung der vielfalt erlebter ursachen. in deutsche psychologen akademie (hrsg.), psychologie am puls der zeit – beiträge zum psychologentag / . kongress für angewandte psychologie des bdp in bonn (s. - ). bonn: deutscher psychologen- verlag. maes, j. ( ). tourismus als vernachlässigtes anwendungsfeld und zukunftsaufgabe für psychologinnen im neuen jahrhundert. in deutsche psychologen akademie (hrsg.), psychologie am puls der zeit – beiträge zum psychologentag / . kongress für angewandte psychologie des bdp in bonn (s. - ). bonn: deutscher psychologen- verlag. maes, j. & jessen, k. ( ). animation im urlaub – defizite und desiderata im meinungsbild von flugreisenden. in deutsche psychologen akademie (hrsg.), psychologie am puls der zeit – beiträge zum psychologentag / . kongress für angewandte psychologie des bdp in bonn (s. - ). bonn: deutscher psychologen-verlag. maes, j. ( ). rezension von „wolfgang mertens & bruno waldvogel (hrsg.), handbuch psychoanalytischer grundbegriffe“. psychologische revue , - . montada, l. ( ). gerechtigkeit und sozialneid. in berliner debatte initial, , neid und gerechtigkeit, - montada, l. ( ). solidarität mit der dritten welt. in: bierhoff, h.-w. & fetchenhauer, d. (hrsg.), solidarität: konflikt, umwelt, dritte welt, (s. - ). opladen: leske und budrich. montada, l. ( ). denial of responsibility. in a.e. auhagen & h.w. bierhoff, responsibility – the many faces of a social phenomenon (s. - ). london: routledge. montada, l. ( ). justice to the justice motive. in m. ross & d.t. miller (eds.), the justice motive in everyday life. new york: cambridge university press. montada, l. ( ). the many faces of justice. in international encyclopedia of social and behavioral sciences. london: elsevier. montada, l. & kals, e. ( ). mediation. ein lehrbuch für psychologen und juristen. weinheim: pvu. justice sensitivity müller, m. & kals, e. ( ). gesundheit im spiegel der umwelt. in bundesvereinigung für gesundheit e.v. (hrsg.), gesundheit (loseblattsammlung vi , s. - ). neuwied: luchterhand. schimmelpfeng, a. & maes, j. ( ). psychologische imageforschung im tourismusbereich – eine studie zum image der insel sylt. in deutsche psychologen akademie (hrsg.), psychologie am puls der zeit – beiträge zum psychologentag / . kongress für angewandte psychologie des bdp in bonn (s. - ). bonn: deutscher psychologen- verlag. schmiedecke, c. & maes, j. ( ). online-/offline-kundenmanagement in der reisebranche: eine psychologische analyse. in deutsche psychologen akademie (hrsg.), psychologie am puls der zeit – beiträge zum psychologentag / . kongress für angewandte psychologie des bdp in bonn (s. - ). bonn: deutscher psychologen-verlag. schmitt, m. ( ). plädoyer für eine moralische bildungsinitiative. zeitschrift für soziologie der erziehung und sozialisation, , - [rezension von: lind, g. ( ). ist moral lehrbar? berlin: logos.]. schmitt, m., maes, j. & seiler, u. ( ). messäquivalenz und strukturellen invarianz von indikatoren der seelischen gesundheit bei ost- und westdeutschen. zeitschrift für differentielle und diagnostische psychologie, , – . schmitt, m., reichle, b. & maes, j. ( ). responsibility and attitudes towards the disadvantaged. in h.w. bierhoff & a.e. auhagen (eds.), responsibility – the many faces of a social phenomenon (pp. - ). london: routledge. schmitt, m. & jores, h. ( ). erbschaftskonflikte: welche rolle spielt das gerechtigkeitsempfinden? in deutsche psychologen akademie (hrsg.), psychologie am puls der zeit (s. - ). bonn: deutscher psychologen-verlag. wallerius, a. & maes, j. ( ). psychologische marktforschung im tourismus – sind reisemotive „im feld“ untersuchbar? in deutsche psychologen akademie (hrsg.), psychologie am puls der zeit – beiträge zum psychologentag / . kongress für angewandte psychologie des bdp in bonn (s. - ). bonn: deutscher psychologen- verlag. becker, r., russell, y. & kals, e. ( ). wege aus der allemde-klemme: ein interventionsansatz zur förderung ökologischer verantwortung. umweltpsychologie, ( ), - . dalbert, c. & maes, j. ( ). belief in a just world as a personal resource in school. in m. ross & d. t. miller (ed.), the justice motive in everyday life (pp. - ). cambridge: cambridge university press. kals, e. ( ). umweltpsychologie. in w. dott, h.f. merk, j. neuser & r. osieka (hrsg.), lehrbuch der umweltmedizin (s. - ). stuttgart: wissenschaftliche verlagsgesellschaft. kals, e. ( ). emotionen in der umweltbildung. fernstudium an der universität hagen. hagen: gesamthochschule. ( seiten). kals, e. ( ). mediation ökologischer konflikte. in k.-h. erdmann & c. schell (hrsg.), naturschutz und gesellschaftliches handeln (s. - ). bonn: bundesamt für naturschutz (bfn). kals, e. & maes, j. ( ). sustainable behavior and emotions. in p. schmuck & w. schultz (eds.), psychology of sustainable development (pp. - ). norwell: kluwer academic publishers. kals, e., leyendecker, a. & ittner, h. ( ). politische mediation: ein gerechtigkeitspsychologischer ansatz. in e. riehle (hrsg.), stadtentwicklung, gemeinwesen und mediation (s. - ). münster/london: lit verlag. kals, e., müller, m. & maes, j. ( ). aufklärung hilft! – mediation kommunalpolitischer justice sensitivity konflikte. psychologie in Österreich , - . kals, e., becker, r., montada, l., russell, y. & ittner, h. ( ). wie lassen sich umweltpsychologische befunde für die praxis nutzbar machen? umweltpsychologie ( ), - . krampen, g. & reichle, b. ( ). frühes erwachsenenalter. in r. oerter & l. montada (hrsg.), entwicklungspsychologie. ein lehrbuch (kapitel ; . völlig überarbeitete auflage; s. - ). weinheim: psychologieverlagsunion. maes, j. & schmitt, m. ( ). die förderung von solidarität in der politischen bildung aus sozialpsychologischer sicht. erwachsenenbildung / , - . maes, j. ( ). ein weites feld – Über den bedarf an und möglichkeiten von tourismuspsychologie. report psychologie ( ), - . maes, j., kielmann, s., cohrs, c. & moschner, b. ( ). der . september und die folgen – interkulturelle begegnungen und tourismus. report psychologie ( ), - . maes, j. & wallerius, a. ( ). ...zum beispiel reisemotive: psychologische aufgaben in der touristischen marktforschung. wirtschaftspsychologie ( ), - . maes, j. & kals, e. ( ). justice beliefs in school: distinguishing ultimate and immanent justice. social justice research , - . montada, l. ( ). doing justice to the justice motive. in: m. ross & d.t. miller (eds.), the justice motive in everyday life, (pp. - ) new york: cambridge university press. montada, l. ( ). justice, fairness and equity in social relations. in weiner, j. (ed.) encyclopedia of psychology. new york: wiley. montada, l. ( ). kapitel : fragen, konzepte, perspektiven. in r. oerter & l. montada (hrsg.), entwicklungspsychologie ( . auflage). weinheim: psychologie verlags union. montada, l. ( ). kapitel : die geistige entwicklung aus der sicht jean piagets. in r. oerter & l. montada (hrsg.), entwicklungspsychologie ( . auflage). weinheim: psychologie verlags union. montada, l. ( ). kapitel : moralische entwicklung und moralische sozialisation. in r. oerter & l. montada (hrsg.), entwicklungspsychologie ( . auflage). weinheim: psychologie verlags union. montada, l. ( ). kapitel : delinquenz. in r. oerter & l. montada (hrsg.), entwicklungspsychologie ( . auflage). weinheim: psychologie verlags union. oerter, r., montada, l. (hrsg.) ( ). entwicklungspsychologie ( . auflage). weinheim: psychologie verlags union. reichle, b. ( ). partnerschaftsentwicklung junger eltern: wie sich aus der bewältigung von lebensveränderungen probleme entwickeln. zeitschrift für familienforschung, sonderheft „elternschaft heute“ (hrsg. n. f. schneider & h. matthias-bleck), - . reichle, b. ( ). entwicklungsberatung für familien in Übergangsphasen. in b. rollett & h. werneck (hrsg.), klinische entwicklungspsychologie der familie (s. - ). göttingen: hogrefe. reichle, b. & schmitt, m. ( ). helping and rationalization as alternative strategies for restoring the belief in a just world: evidence from longitudinal change analyses. in m. ross & d.t. miller (eds.), the justice motive in everyday life (pp. - ). new york: cambridge university press. schmitt, m. & maes, j. ( ). stereotypic ingroup bias as self-defense against relative deprivation: evidence from a longitudinal study of the german unification process. european journal of social psychology, , - . justice sensitivity stumm, r., schmitt, m. & gollwitzer, m. ( ). persönlichkeit und synkopenperformanz. zeitschrift für differentielle und diagnostische psychologie , - . montada, l. ( ). justice, equity, and fairness in human relations. in j. weiner (ed.), handbook of psychology, vol. (volume editors: th. millon & m.j. lerner)( pp. – ). hoboken, nj: wiley. montada, l. ( ). die (vergessene) gerechtigkeit in der mediation. in g. mehta & k. rückert (hrsg.), mediation und demokratie (s. - ). heidelberg: carl-auer-systeme verlag. montada, l. ( ). mediation in personalkonflikten. in g. arentewicz & a. fleissner (hrsg.), arbeitsplatzkonflikte (s. - ). frankfurt am main: peter lang gmbh, europäischer verlag der wissenschaften. montada, l. ( ) gerechtigkeit: nur eine rationale wahl? jahrbuch der deutschen akademie der naturforscher leopoldina, , - . müller, m., kals, e. & müller, f. h. ( ). lernverhalten und eigennutz. grundlagen der weiterbildung. zeitschrift für weiterbildung und bildungspolitik im in- und ausland . müller, m. ( ). bedingungen der konfliktlösung: eine gerechtigkeitspsychologische untersuchung am beispiel eines lokalen umweltkonflikts. hamburg: verlag dr. kovac. reichle, b. ( ). hochbegabt und dennoch Ärger in der schule. warum manchen gymnasiasten höchste intelligenz eher schadet als nützt. pädagogik , - . russell, y., kals, e. & montada, l. ( ). generationengerechtigkeit im allgemeinen bewusstsein? in stiftung für die rechte zukünftiger generationen (hrsg.), handbuch generationengerechtigkeit? Ökom-verlag. schmitt, m., eid, m. & maes, j. ( ). synergistic person x situation interaction in distributive justice behavior. personality and social psychology bulletin , - . in druck ittner, h., kals e. & müller, m. (in druck). umwelt in der gesundheitspsychologie. in e.-d. lantermann & v. linneweber (hrsg.), grundlagen, paradigmen und methoden der umweltpsychologie. göttingen: hogrefe. kals, e. (in druck). umweltpsychologie und umweltschutzverhalten. in dott, merk, neuser & osieka (hrsg.), lehrbuch der umweltmedizin. stuttgart: wissenschaftliche verlagsgesellschaft. kals, e. (in druck). mediation ökologischer konflikte. in g. hübner, k.-h. erdmann & c. schell (hrsg.), soziales marketing und naturschutz. münster: landwirtschaftsverlag. kals, e. (in vorb.). emotionen in der umweltbildung. fernstudium an der universität hagen. hagen: gesamthochschule. kals, e. & ittner, h. (in press). children's environmental identity: indicators and behavioral impacts. in s. clayton & s. opotow (eds.), identity and the natural environment. kals, e. & russell, y. (in druck). umweltschützendes handeln: eine rationale entscheidung für den gesundheitsschutz? umweltpsychologie. kals, e., müller, f. & müller, m. (in druck). gesunde umwelt. in d. frey & c. graf hoyos (hrsg.), angewandte psychologie. band iii: gesellschaft, kultur, umwelt. weinheim: psychologieverlagsunion. kals, e., syme, g., müller, m., kärcher, j. & nancarrow, b. (submitted). perceived justice matters! cross-cultural investigations of planning political problems. krampen, g., miller, m. & montada, l. (in druck). bibliometrische untersuchungsbefunde zur geschichte der klinischen psychologie und psychotherapie im . jahrhundert. zeitschrift für klinische psychologie. justice sensitivity maes, j. & kals, e. (in press). justice beliefs in school: distinguishing ultimate and immanent justice. social justice research. müller, f. h., louw, j. & müller, m. (submitted). why do they study? study motives and study goals of south african psychology students. a theory of justice? p h i l i p p e t t i t a t h e o r y o f j u s t i c e ? * abstract. this is a critical analysis o f j o h n rawls's a theory o f justice. rawls offers a theoretical justification o f social democratic principles o f justice. h e argues that they are the principles which rational men would choose, under defined constraints, in an original position o f social contract. the author criticises rawls's assumption that men o f any background, o f any socialisation, would choose these principles in the original position. h e argues that the choice which rawls imputes to his contractors reflects a specific s o c i a l i s a t i o n - one dominant in western democracies. the theory is useful because it systematises a particular sense o f justice; it is in no sense however a universal theory. my intention is to show that the contractual theory o f justice defended by john rawls does not have the status of a universal theory (john rawls, a theory o f justice, oxford - henceforth 'j'). by a universal theory, i mean a theory which people in different circumstances, particularly people in different cultures, would have equal reason to accept - granted that they could all understand the argument for it. i intend to show that the most rawls can claim is that his theory explicates the sense of justice of people in a particular society. the paper has two subsidiary goals. the first is to suggest that the society for which rawls provides a theory of justice is western democracy, particularly in its twentieth century form - wd, for short. rawls appeals to our intuition when w d nicely sums up what we have in common. also he takes as natural attitudes which, if not exclusive to wd, are at least characteristic of it. the second subsidiary goal is to suggest that at the specific level o f rawls's argument only a particular theory of justice is possible; a universal theory would be something quite distinct. rawls is concerned mainly with the principles of social justice: "they provide a way o f assigning rights and duties in the basic institutions of society and they define the appropriate distribution of the benefits and burdens of social cooperation" (j ). the basic institutions are "the polit- ical constitution and the principal economic and social arrangements" (j ). the particular principles for which rawls argues are: first, "each theory and decision ( ) - . all rights reserved copyright � by d. reidel publishing company, dordrecht-holland p h i l i p p e t t i t person is to have an equal right to the most extensive total system of equal basic liberties compatible with a similar system of liberty for all" ); second, "social and economic inequalities are to be arranged so that they are both (a) to the greatest benefit of the least advantaged and (b) attached to otfices and positions open to all under conditions of fair equality of opportunity" (j ; for a later reading see j ). these princi- ples are interpreted under the constraints of two priority rules: roughly, that the first principle may never be compromised out of consideration for the second and that, in the case of the second, fair equality of oppor- tunity may never be restricted out of consideration for the greatest benefit o f the least advantaged - ). rawls argues for these principles of justice by a version of the contrac- tual theory. "they are the principles that free and rational persons con- cerned to further their own interests would accept in an initial position of equality as defining the fundamental terms of their association" (j ; see also jl - ). rawls does not resort to a quasi-historical myth of a state of nature to give substance to his idea of the original position. it is a purely hypothetical situation defined by certain constraints and, taking account o f the constraints, we are meant to be able to simulate the reflec- tions of the imaginary contractors ). the constraints which define the original position include constraints on the parties - they are to be rational, representative of possible social positions, mutually disinterested, reliable when it comes to complying with the principles and so on; these, and constraints on the task in hand - the principles to be chosen are principles of social justice, the society in which they are to apply is one o f moderate scarcity, the principles are to satisfy such formal constraints as generality and publicity, etc. - ). the central constraint however, is that of the veil of ignorance. this requires that the parties to the contract be in ignorance o f their particular talents and fortunes in the society for which they are choosing principles, and indeed be in ignorance of the particular historical circumstances of that society - their knowledge extends only to general facts of politics, economics and psychology (j ). the original position, by the present argument, is not a device which enables the theorist to step outside the limits of his place and time in history. it does not give him a voice to speak for men o f cultures far removed from his own. this its inventor fails to appreciate: " t o see our a t h e o r y of j u s t i c e ? place in society from the peispective of this position is to see it sub specie aeternitatis: it is to regard the h u m a n situation n o t only from all social but also from all temporal points o f view" (j ). i i there are two lines which my argument might take. the first i will mention but not develop. it is the argument t h a t the very idea o f the original position makes sense only against the background o f a certain social experience. it presupposes the experience o f a society where the distri- bution o f social and economic goods is regarded as something subject to h u m a n agency ( ). more deeply perhaps, it presupposes the experience o f social mobility and the uncertainty t h a t this brings with it; otherwise the veil of ignorance constraint would seem quite outlandish. the point i a m making is reminiscent o f c. b. macpherson's claim t h a t the state o f nature o f which locke (or hobbes) spoke reflected a society in which market relations are d o m i n a n t so that " t h e individual with which he starts has already been created in the image o f market m a n " (possessive individualism, oxford , p. ). i am arguing t h a t the contractors with which rawls starts also show signs o f socially specific modelling: they are limit cases o f socially mobile individuals considering a problem characteristic o f a society t h a t allows some economic inter- vention by the state. i f this is so then some d o u b t is cast on the universal status o f rawlsian theory. i do no more t h a n mention this point because i do n o t think t h a t it can be pressed home. the contractual theorist can say t h a t t h o u g h the original position is modelled on a situation specific to a certain society, there is no logical reason why it should n o t make sense in other societies. it is true t h a t there is no reason in logic w h y it should n o t do so - but there is every psychological reason why it should not. the idea o f the original position is t o o m u c h the flower of one society - as i see it, w d - to have m u c h chance o f blooming in others, at least in some others. in the f o u r t h section i shall mention a further consideration which suggests this view. the line o f argument which i prefer to follow n o w concentrates on the details o f the choice attributed to the contractors. the choice is t h a t o f the two principles o f justice and it is presented as " t h e unique solution to the problem set by the original position" (j ). i wish to argue t h a t p h i l i p p e t t i t rawls makes a case for this conclusion which there is no reason to think would carry equal weight in all societies. rawls's b o o k falls into three parts: on 'theory', 'institutions' and 'ends'. in each of these parts he provides a description which is meant to justify the choice he attributes to the original contractors. in the first part he describes the choice as the implementation of the maximin decision proce- dure, in the second as the adoption o f principles in reflective equilibrium with our considered judgments of justice and in the third as the rational choice in view o f the contractors' conception of goodness. the three descriptions recur in the book, but each is defended in its respective part. i i i the maximin procedure is defined by a conservative rule for choice under uncertainty. "the maximin rule tells us to rank alternatives by their worst possible outcomes: we are to adopt the alternative the worst outcome of which is superior to the worst outcomes of the others" (j - ). what rawls wishes to argue is (a) that the choice of his two principles o f justice by the parties in the original position is a maximin procedure and (b) that as such it is the appropriate procedure in the original position. he puts some faith in this argument: "if the original position has been described so that it is rational for the parties to adopt the conservative attitude expressed by this rule a conclusive argument can indeed be con- structed for these principles" (j ). a b o u t (a): rawls can show that choice o f his principles would be a maximin procedure only by comparing those principles with alternatives. he finds the alternatives in " a short list of traditional conceptions of justice" (j ). the conceptions he considers are mainly variants of utilitarianism: in particular he considers the principle that average utility- which, unlike aggregate utility, is insensitive to size of population - should be maximised. here it is already clear that the reflections with which the contractors are credited are not very radical anthropologically: they are reflections traditional in wd. but perhaps the difficulty of the task does excuse these "rough and ready methods" (j ). rawls now has to show that choice of the two principles represents the maximin procedure, that the worst outcome o f these two principles is better than the worst outcome of alternative procedures. his case has a t h e o r y of j u s t i c e ? some plausibility. a high average utility might m a r k a society which tolerated slavery and the worst outcome for an individual in such a society - being a slave - would seem to be worse t h a n anything allowed in a society ordered by the two principles o f justice; the criteria for this assessment o f slavery certainly reflect a specific social experience, b u t i a m willing to grant t h a t they might be accepted by people o f any back- ground. the straight principle of average utility however is n o t the only utilitarian alternative to rawls' principles. j. e. j. a l t h a m has suggested this further alternative to me: "maximise average utility, subject to first having satisfied needs". it is n o t at all clear t h a t the worst outcome of this would be worse t h a n the worst outcome o f the two principles o f justice. i am n o t anxious however to get stuck on this point. let us grant t h a t choice o f the two principles does represent the maximin procedure. the second point which rawls has to establish is t h a t in the original position, the maximin procedure is indeed the rational one. he draws on economic decision theory a n d argues t h a t in any situation there are three features which we must obtain if 'maximining' is to be the rational course. they are, t h a t the situation be one o f uncertainty within which probabili- ties c a n n o t be assigned to the possible outcomes o f any plan; t h a t the m i n i m u m outcome promised by the maximin rule be satisfactory; and t h a t some o f the outcomes o f alternative plans be unacceptable ). the a l t h a m alternative does n o t involve any unacceptable outcomes b u t again i put this aside. let us assume t h a t these three conditions are realised in the original position. this brings us to the central question. g r a n t e d t h a t maximinning does m e a n choosing the two principles o f justice, granted too t h a t the original position satisfies the conditions which normally make maximinning the rational course, would choice o f the two principles necessarily seem the rational choice for the contractors to m a k e ? h o w would it seem to someone o f an aristocratic society for example, someone w h o f o u n d duelling regrettable perhaps but on m a n y occasions the only reasonable course? n o n e o f us can say for sure. a n d t h a t is precisely the point. it is only i f we presuppose in the contractors a certain attitude to risk - one which contrasts the p r u d e n t a n d the imprudent, n o t the mean and the m a n l y - t h a t the maximin rule will seem the rational procedure for them to adopt. we readily make t h a t presupposition because in w d we are generally disposed to take a conservative attitude to risk. p h i l i p p e t t i t rawls claims, contrary to this objection, t h a t his argument does n o t rest directly on the assumption o f an aversion to risk a m o n g the contrac- tors. " w h a t must be shown is that choosing as i f one h a d such an aversion is rational given the unique features o f t h a t situation irrespective o f any special attitudes to risk" (j ). this begs the question as it supposes t h a t there is some independent test o f the rational. a t this stage, the only test is whether we can simulate the reflections o f the parties in adopting the maximin procedure and feel their weight. this we can do with ease but only because o f our characteristic attitude to risk. a little historical imagination enables us to see t h a t others might find a very different rule o f choice the natural one for the contractors to follow. there is only one situation - one version o f the original position - in which it is h a r d to imagine that people o f a n y society would find the conservative rule o f choice unnatural. this would arise i f each contractor h a d to assume, n o t t h a t he might, but t h a t he definitely would be in the least advantaged position in the society to come. in this case the principle 'i cut, y o u choose' would apply ( ). it would leave the choice o f the maximin alternative contingent, n o t on a particular attitude to risk, but on an attitude to coming out worst. this would be an advantage insofar as aversion to coming out worst seems to be a more natural and universal h u m a n attitude t h a n aversion to risk-taking. it would undermine the idea o f a contract however: a contractor could not assume t h a t he would be in the least advantaged position i f he recognised t h a t every other contractor made the same assumption. i v the second description which rawls gives o f the choice which he imputes to the contractors presents the principles chosen as principles in reflective equilibrium with our considered judgments o f justice. they are in equilib- rium because the conclusions which they yield a b o u t h o w to organise the basic institutions o f a society are in line with our intuitive j u d g m e n t s ; the equilibrium is described as reflective because it gives us a view o f the grounds and mode o f derivation o f those judgments (j ). rawls does n o t say t h a t the principles must in every case generate con- clusions in line with our judgments. in central cases they will. in marginal cases where we are n o t sure o f our judgments they m a y not: here the con- clusions m a y shift our intuitive judgments somewhat, providing us with a t h e o r y of j u s t i c e . independent theoretical guidance (j - ). the theory of justice is socratic: "we m a y want to change our present considered judgments once their regulative principles are brought to light" (j ). the i m p o r t a n t point however is t h a t in the main, the t h e o r y fits our considered judg- ments. this fit is invoked by rawls to justify the two principles which he takes the contractors to choose. " o n e can work out their consequences for institutions and note their implications for fundamental social policy. in this way they are tested by a comparision with our considered judgments o f justice" ). i do n o t intend to go into the consequences which rawls draws f r o m his principles: they are consequences which describe w d in fair outline. w h a t i want to point out is t h a t the test o f reflective equilibrium is inconsistent with a 'universalist' view o f the theory o f justice. this test ensures t h a t what rawls' theory does is explicate the sense o f justice d o m i n a n t a m o n g those whose judgments are taken into account, system- atise the principles t h a t they find natural and attractive. there is no more reason to believe t h a t one theory o f justice would satisfy all cultures t h a n there is to believe t h a t all cultures share the same judgments o f justice. rawls provides a theory which answers only to our judgments, a theory o f justice for wd. ( ) rawls does try to give scientific status to the test o f reflective equilib- rium, and this m a y seem to do something for the status of his theory o f justice. he points out - rightly, i think - t h a t such a test also appears in linguistics, at least as described by n o a m chomsky. " i n this case the aim is to characterise the ability to recognise well-formed sentences by formulating clearly expressed principles which m a k e the same discrimina- tions as the native speaker" (j ). here too the theory is socratic, the principles m a y influence our intuitive j u d g m e n t s : "while we m a y n o t expect a substantial revision o f our sense o f correct g r a m m a r in view o f a linguistic theory the principles o f which seem especially natural to us, such a change is n o t inconceivable, and no d o u b t our sense o f grammati- calness m a y be affected to some degree anyway by this knowledge" (j ). the analogy with linguistics however is a give-away. the analogy rawls draws is with a particular grammar, the g r a m m a r o f a particular language. it suggests t h a t what he offers himself is a particular t h e o r y o f justice, the theory which explicates a particular sense o f justice. he might have f o u n d a less embarrassing analogue in universal grammar, the theory o f p h i l i p p e t t i t the constraints under which all particular grammars must work. the trouble is that his theory does not have the required similarities with that grammar. it just is not a universal theory of justice. a further interesting point is suggested by the linguistic analogy: it links up with the argument mentioned in the second section but not developed. in chomsky's linguistics, the descriptive adequacy of a gram- mar is its capacity to generate all and only the grammatical sentences of a language - the fact that it is in reflective equilibrium with our sense of grammaticalness. the drawback with descriptive adequacy as a criterion of a grammar however is that there may be two grammars which are capable of generating the grammatical sentences of a language. chomsky finds a further criterion, a procedure for evaluating two descriptively adequate grammars, in universal grammar: the one which fits in better with the universal theory of language is the better grammar. it now has explanatory adequacy as well as descriptive (aspects of the theory of syntax, cambridge, mass. , pp. - ). the question is, does rawls have any corresponding procedure for choosing between two theories of justice? he needs such a procedure, for it is at least conceivable that another theory of justice should also meet the test of reflective equilibrium. why should a theory not be possible which set up a divine legislator and gave him such attributes that his imagined judgments on justice would be in reflective equilibrium with our own? h o w would rawls decide then be- tween such a theory and that which he defends himself? clearly he would decide for his own; so, i suspect, would all of us. but why? the only reason i can see, in the absence of a universal theory of justice which would do the work of chomsky's universal theory, is that rawls' theory is a native flower in wd, the alternative an exotic growth; here i return to the argu- ment of the second section. a myth of rational contractors in an original position is a more plausible myth to our minds than the myth of a divine legislator. v the third description which rawls gives of the choice of the two principles o f justice presents it as the rational choice for the contractors in view of their conception of goodness. does this description do any more than the others to give universal status to the rawlsian theory of justice? i am a t h e o r y of j u s t i c e ? going to argue that it does not because i do not think that rams estab- lishes the validity of this description. first, what does he mean by 'rational'? he takes his cue from the economic theory of decision-making. "thus, in the usual way, a rational person is thought to have a coherent set of preferences between the op- tions open to him. he ranks these options according to how well they further his purposes; he follows the plan which will satisfy more of his desires rather than less, and which has the greater chance of being success- fully executed" (j ). here rams gives us the three main principles that he thinks of as guiding rational choice: the principles of effective means, inclusiveness and greater likelihood (j - ). the principles are useful because they enable us to compare different plans; they may even be allowed a universal appeal and validity. what they do not do however is mark out one plan as the rational one in a situation of choice - at least not necessarily. hence they cannot in themselves determine the choice of the original contractors. what more is necessary in a situation of choice if one plan is to stand out as the rational plan ? first, rawls says, that the requirement of delib- erative rationality is met. a plan is chosen with deliberative rationality when all its consequences have been clearly foreseen and balanced against the consequence of alternative plans (j ). even when this requirement is met, however, it is not possible to say what is the rational plan for an individual in a situation of choice; that plan has only been specified formally. what it is also necessary to know is the desires which weigh with that individual. thus if we are to be convinced that the rational plan for the original contractors to choose is represented by the two principles of justice we must be told something about their desires, their conception of the good. the distinctive thing however about the choice which faces the contrac- tors is that they do not, and in simulating their reflections we do not, know anything of their particular desires; this, by the veil of ignorance condition. the contractors are to choose principles of social organisation, not out of concern for such individually variable desires, but out of con- cern for desires to which they are bound, regardless of who they are. these are described as "general desires" (j ) or desires for "primary goods" (j ): they are meant to be desires for conditions required for the pursuit of any particular goals. p h i l i p p e t t i t rawls maintains, that these conditions, the primary goods, are certain rights and liberties, opportunities and powers, income and wealth and - something supposed to be made possible in the pursuit of these - self- respect (j ). he also maintains that these are ordered so that liberty is prior to socio-economic advantage and equality of opportunity to econ- omic welfare (j - ); other motivational assumptions, e.g. that in- centive requires inequality, i leave unexamined. if his claims are allowed, then it certainly follows that rawls's third description is a fair account of the choice which he imputes to the contractors; this is indeed the rational choice for them to make in view of their desires, their conception o f the good. does rawls justify his claims, does he establish his list of the primary goods? he certainly sets out a strategy for doing so. they are meant to be the goods to which the contractors are directed in view of certain "general facts" about human beings ). these include facts about human desires and wants, capacities and abilities, and social interdepen- dence: they are not discussed - on the grounds that they are matters of "common sense knowledge" (j ). the only fact discussed is described as a "deep psychological fact" (j ). "it says only that we prefer, other things equal, activities that depend upon a larger repertoire of realized capacities and that are more complex" (j - ). rawls calls it the aristotelian principle. it is worth noting one reason why rawls may feel free to pass so quietly over facts that play a crucial role in his theory. it is that he shows a not unexpected faith in psychology, an optimism about the invariability of the facts which this discipline may be presumed to catalogue. thus he speaks of general psychological principles of which he allows his contrac- tors to be aware (j , ), principles which include "laws of motivation" ). in doing so he backs up his assumption that men of any society would attribute to the contractors in the original position the same psychology that he gives them. his positivism on this issue begs the question of whether the original position makes possible a theory to explicate a universal sense of justice. but even if we grant rawls his general facts - and what they are is not at all clear - we find that he fails to clinch his argument that they would lead the contractors to recognise the primary goods that he lists. at the point where we expect to have the argument clinched he falls back on a t h e o r y of j u s t i c e . self-evidence. " w e must assume, then, t h a t the list o f p r i m a r y goods can be accounted f o r b y the c o n c e p t i o n o f goodness as rationality in con- nection with the general facts a b o u t h u m a n wants an d abilities, their characteristic phases and requirements o f nurture, the aristotelian prin- ciple, and the necessities o f social interdependence .... i shall n o t argue the case for the list o f p r i m a r y goods here, since their claims seem evident e n o u g h " ). rawls's failure to argue this case means his failure t o establish the validity o f his third description o f the choice at t ri b u t ed t o the contractors. it means that t h a t description does n o m o r e t h a n the others to establish the universal status o f his t h e o r y o f justice. vi but in fairness: r a m s does offer an argument f o r the necessity o f one p r i m a r y g o o d - t h a t o f self-respect. h e defines self-respect as (a) having a sense o f the value o f one's plan in life and (b) having confidence in one's ability to carry it out. he appeals to intuition in defence o f the idea t h at this is a p r i m a r y good. " w i t h o u t it n o t h i n g m a y seem w o r t h doing, or i f some things have value for us, we lack the will t o strive f o r t h e m " ). one can see the force o f this appeal in some cases, t h a t o f a profes- sional m a n in w d for instance, b u t one asks whether it applies in all. r a m s thinks t h a t it does and argues that each p erso n must find something he is g o o d at - and, to satisfy the aristotelian principle, it had b et t er be o f some complexity - and f o r which he earns the respect o f some g r o u p o f people, respect which encourages him in self-respect. " t h u s w h at is necessary is t h a t there should be for each perso n at least one c o m m u n i t y o f shared interests to which he belongs and where he finds his endeavours confirmed by his associates" (j ; see also j - ). this definition o f self-respect is tied in one obvious respect t o a n o n - universal p a t t e r n o f social experience, a p a t t e r n characteristically exem- plified in w d . it is individualist. i suggest that fo r societies in which the category o f the individual received less emphasis, fo r societies where social facts were n o t presumed in the n o r m t o be the o u t c o m e o f free individual actions, this definition would n o t do. th e definition does n o t m a k e it a condition o f self-respect that one should see oneself as p a r t o f a larger entity - the g r o u p - in which one believes. this might well a p p e a r to be a condition o f self-respect to s o m e b o d y socialised in a m o r e tightly philip p e t t i t integrated society t h a n wd. but rawls leaves no r o o m for such a person in his original position. his very definition o f society - " a cooperative venture for m u t u a l a d v a n t a g e " (j ) - must alienate anyone of a collec- tivist mentality f r o m the t h o u g h t experiment o f the original position. to get contractors into the original position in the hope o f simulating their reflections, it appears t h a t we are to bring t h e m t h r o u g h the p u r g a t o r y of wd. rawls' concept of self-respect is i m p o r t a n t because he tries to derive an a r g u m e n t f r o m it for the priority - and indeed the basic appeal - o f liberty. 'liberty' includes a variety o f freedoms: the freedom to vote and stand for public office, the freedom of thought, speech and assembly, the freedom o f person and (personal) property, freedom f r o m arbitrary arrest (j ); these, and also apparently " t h e i m p o r t a n t liberty of free choice o f occupation" (:i ). rawls does n o t comment on the heterogeneous appearance o f the list. in general, liberty is something generated by institutional arrangements - a " p a t t e r n o f social f o r m s " (:i ) - and it has the merit o f p r o m o t i n g self-respect. rawls argues t h a t in the society which the contractors foresee equal liberty is a sure basis for self-respect, one which n o b o d y would want to compromise, even in the hope o f material advantage. it is a basis o f self- respect because o f what it allows: " t h e full and diverse internal life o f the m a n y free communities o f interests" (j ; see also j ). a n d also, apparently, by a shift in the concept o f self-respect, it is meant to provide such a basis in its own right. " t h e basis for self-esteem in a just society is n o t then one's income share but the publicly affirmed distribution o f f u n d a m e n t a l rights and liberties. a n d this distribution being equal, every- one has a similar a n d secure status when they meet to conduct the c o m m o n affairs o f the wider society" (:i ). against this it must be said t h a t the connection between liberty and self-respect cannot be p u t up as one t h a t must c o m m a n d universal assent, even when self-respect is defined in an individualistic way. there can be m a n y communities o f interest, enough to give everybody a chance o f self- expression, in a society which we would n o t regard as free. a n d there m a y also be sufficient matter for self-respect at the general political level. one might argue t h a t in a society terrorised by a dictatorial power, one would n o t have much r o o m for self-respect o f a n y kind. but the argument can hardly go to show the need for full political liberty in the rawlsian sense - a t h e o r y o f j u s t i c e . certainly n o t something like liberty o f occupation. liberty f r o m arbitrary arrest m a y be p u t in the same list as other 'liberties', but this does n o t make it o f a kind with them. rawls himself mentions the possibility o f a feudal or caste society in which individuals find a source o f self-respect in the role given them in the order o f things. he says that this is an acceptable guarantee o f self-respect only because o f the assumption t h a t the order o f things is n o t subject to h u m a n choice, an assumption which is ruled out by the nature o f the enterprise on h a n d (j ). on the contrary: the only assumption necessary is t h a t the order of things in question has the most to be said for it in view o f the primary goods recognised by the contractors. only by begging the question can equal liberty be taken to be one o f those goods. v i i the conclusion i draw is that rawls does n o t establish that universal status which he assumes belongs to his theory o f justice. the contractual device gives the principles o f justice as o u t p u t only because the input is a socially specific mentality - the mentality, i suggest, o f people in wd. it will n o t do to say that the device gives even the general outline o f a "finally adequate t h e o r y " (j ). it can only give the outline o f a t h e o r y adequate to a particular sense of justice. the reason for this should n o w be clear. it is not any dialectical inca- pacity in rawls but a reason in principle. i f a theory o f justice is meant to generate judgments o f justice satisfying the test o f reflective equilibrium then it is going to be relative to the set o f judgments, the particular sense o f justice, with which it tries to achieve equilibrium. a theory o f this kind c a n n o t assume universal status. but there is no scandal here. i do n o t see what is wrong with saying t h a t the sense o f justice by which we order - or at least criticise - our society reflects the image o f m a n we have created and n o t an eternal h u m a n essence. i do n o t see w h y theory should give itself the task o f rescuing t h a t sense o f justice from history. the t h e o r y o f justice is the means by which we explicate and examine our sense o f justice, it is n o t a means o f providing it with metaphysical foundations. the linguistic analogy suggests t h a t we should have a universal t h e o r y o f justice as well as a particular; this would describe the constraints which a n y theory of justice must meet. the best candidate for the title o f uni- p h i l i p p e t t i t v e r s a l t h e o r y is t h e t r a d i t i o n a l p h i l o s o p h y o f j u s t i c e - t h e m e t a t h e o r y o f m o r a l s a n d politics. w h a t prescriptivists a n d descriptivists d o f o r i n s t a n c e c a n b e d e s c r i b e d i n this w a y : t h e y f o r m u l a t e c o n d i t i o n s - o f f o r m a n d c o n t e n t - w h i c h e v e r y sense o f j u s t i c e - a n d , m o r e generally, e v e r y m o r a l sense - m u s t meet, c o n d i t i o n s w h i c h a n y p a r t i c u l a r t h e o r y o f justice m u s t respect. i n r e c e n t w o r k o n justice a n d m o r a l i t y , it is fair t o s a y t h a t w e h a v e h a d e n o u g h o f u n i v e r s a l t h e o r y . t h a t is w h y r a w l s ' s w o r k is so i n t e r e s t i n g a n d so c h a l l e n g i n g ; it offers a p a r t i c u l a r t h e o r y o f o u r sense o f justice. i t is o n l y a p i t y t h a t r a w l s h i m s e l f s h o u l d h a v e c o n f u s e d it w i t h t h e o t h e r s o r t o f t h e o r y a n d tried t o c r e d i t it w i t h u n i v e r s a l status. trinity hall, cambridge n o t e s * my warm thanks go to jimmy altham, harry bracken, stefan collini, martin hollis, steven lukes, quentin skinner and denys turner. without their comments this paper would certainly have been a poorer effort. i am also grateful to professor rawls for a useful correspondence about his position. i owe this point to jimmy altham. i owe this point to elizabeth anscombe. in wd there is wide disagreement on particular judgments of justice between politi- cally defined groups. i take it, with rawls, that there is equally wide agreement on more general judgments, when the judgments are considered out of a political context. training police for procedural justice wesley g. skogan & maarten van craen & cari hennessy # springer science+business media dordrecht abstract objectives this paper reports the findings of an evaluation of a police training program on the principles of procedural justice. this training was part of a larger organizational change strategy aimed at improving the relationship between the police and the public in chicago. methods the paper reports on the findings of two studies. the short-term effects study was a quasi-experimental test of the immediate effectiveness of the training conducted at the police academy. a longer-term effects study examined the subsequent views of trainees and a comparison group, officers who had not yet been to training. statistical controls were used to increase confidence in the findings of the second study, which was based on observational data. results in the short term, training increased officer support for all of the procedural justice dimensions included in the experiment. post-training, officers were more likely to endorse the importance of giving citizens a voice, granting them dignity and respect, demonstrating neutrality, and (with the least enthusiasm) trusting them to do the right thing. all of the effects of training were strong, with standardized effect sizes ranging from . to . . longer-term, officers who had attended the procedural justice work- shop continued to be more supportive of three of the four procedural justice principles introduced in training; the effect of training on trust was not statistically significant. conclusions there has been little systematic research on police training. this paper concludes that it can play a role in improving police–community relations. it also presents a discussion of some of the limitations of a training-based organizational change strategy. j exp criminol doi . /s - - - w. g. skogan (*): c. hennessy institute for policy research, northwestern university, sheridan road, evanston, il, usa e-mail: skogan@northwestern.edu c. hennessy e-mail: cari.hennessy@northwestern.edu m. van craen leuven institute of criminology (linc), university of leuven, hooverplein , leuven, belgium e-mail: maarten.vancraen@law.kuleuven.be author's personal copy keywords quasi-experiment . survey. police training . procedural justice . neutrality. respect . voice . trust a very large body of research has demonstrated the importance of procedural justice in shaping the legitimacy of police in the eyes of the public. we know that the public is concerned that police decisions are made fairly and evenhandedly, that citizens are treated respectfully and given a chance to voice their views, and that officers are thought to abide by the rules that govern their behavior (for reports of research and reviews see jackson et al. ; mazerolle et al. a; murphy et al. ; tyler and jackson ). however, there has been almost no research at all regarding how the police can be encouraged to incorporate the principles of procedural justice in their routine interactions with the public. this project examined an initiative by the chicago police department to reshape its relationship with the community by training officers in the principles of procedural justice. training began in mid- and concluded in september . in total, about , serving officers, new recruits, many of the department’s civilian employees, and some community members involved in policing issues were trained. the research team conducted two studies evaluating this effort. the shorter-term effects study was a quasi-experimental test of the immediate effectiveness of the training conducted at the academy. a longer-term effects study followed, with inter- views of trainees and a comparison group, officers who had not yet been to training. statistical controls were used to increase confidence in the findings of the long-term effects study. in addition, we monitored training sessions and interviewed trainers, trainees, and program developers. in the shorter term, training increased officer support for all of the procedural justice dimensions included in the experiment. post-training, they were more likely to endorse the importance of giving citizens a voice, granting them dignity and respect, demon- strating neutrality, and (with the least enthusiasm) trusting them to do the right thing. all of the effects of training were strong, based on standardized effect size measures. longer-term, officers who had attended the procedural justice workshop continued to be more supportive of three of the four procedural justice principles introduced in training, compared to officers who had not yet been sent to training. background on police training we know virtually nothing about the short- or long-term effects associated with police training of any type. a committee established by the national research council to evaluate the state of policing in the united states found that there were “scarcely more than a handful of studies” on the effects of training, and that police training and education were being offered without scientific evidence of their likely effects. the panel concluded “[t]he committee cannot overstate the importance of developing a comprehensive and scientifically rigorous program to learn what is and is not effective in the education and training of police officers” (skogan and frydl : ). there has not been much progress in the decade since that report appeared. police depart- ments themselves often distribute post-training questionnaires that evaluate practical w.g. skogan et al. author's personal copy aspects of the class and the capabilities of the trainers, and they occasionally report “before-and-after” studies of a training class. external researchers have done a bit better, but the volume, quality, and generality of evaluation work on police training has been low. wheller and morris’ ( ) review of research on training for the uk national police improvement agency casts a very wide net, incorporating systematic studies of training for “professionals” of all kinds, but did not find much outside the domain of clinical training for health professionals. they located no published exper- imental studies of police training; however, they missed rosenbaum’s ( ) experi- mental study of training police recruits in how to better handle crime victims. he randomized new recruits into training or an alternative control activity and later assessed their attitudes and behavioral intentions. virtually no research of any flavor has been done on procedural justice training, despite this being a necessary precursor to turning the theory into practice. the mazerolle et al. ( a) systematic review of procedural justice and police legitimacy alludes to the important role that training could play, but did not report a single training study. however, since that time, wheller et al. ( ) released the findings of an experimental study of procedural justice training. officers from the greater manchester police service were randomly assigned to treatment or control groups in order to determine the impact of training on the perceived quality of interactions between the police and crime victims. the training program incorporated elements of procedural justice theory. the evaluation identified positive shifts on four of eight police attitudinal outcomes, and positive effects on trained officers’ scores in role-playing exercises. the perceptions of crime victims who later were served by trained and control-group officers also differed on some measures. in addition, a randomized trial involving police breath-testing roadblocks conducted by mazerolle et al. ( b) can be viewed as a test of the ability of officers to follow scripts that activate perceptions of procedural justice during encounters with the public, when they are briefed on how to do so. chicago’s training program the training program was developed internally, by sworn members of the department’s training staff. the impetus for this effort came from the top of the organization, when a new chief of police arrived with a commitment to imbue his department with the principles of procedural justice. at his initiative, members of the training staff worked with academics (at another university) to develop an outline for a training program. based on this preliminary plan, the staff identified concepts and findings from the research literature that they could translate into training units. they used the internet to locate video clips and images that would illustrate key points. their goal was to present procedural justice principles to officers as tactics that would encourage the public to recognize the police as a legitimate source of authority, resulting in improved officer safety, more compliance with their instructions, and greater cooperation from the public. the training involved officers from every unit of the department. as it progressed, the units sent just a few officers to training each day, so participants trickled into the academy rather than arriving in related batches. classes of at most officers met with training police for procedural justice author's personal copy rotating teams of three trainers for day-long sessions. unusually for this organization, the classes mixed employees of various ranks, although they attended in civilian clothing to soften the impact of this heterogeneity. multiple classes were conducted on two shifts; morning watch officers began at : am, and afternoon and evening watch officers at : pm, mondays through thursdays. the trainers came from diverse backgrounds, and many were working in the field when they were recruited for the job. they had the credible street experience that they needed to convince officers that they knew what they were talking about, and to overcome resistance from those suspecting that the trainers had grown out of touch while working at the academy. the training modules the training day was divided into five modules. each featured lectures accompanied by powerpoint slides, video clips, and group exercises. module introduced the ideas of procedural justice and legitimacy, and how they intersect with the goals of policing. in the ensuing slides and discussion (which the trainers noted were based on research), procedural justice was defined as treating citizens fairly and with respect as human beings. legitimacy was described as what the police receive in return: a public that views them as entitled to exercise authority in order to maintain order, manage conflicts, and resolve problems in the community. module featured a discussion of cynicism. this was added to the curriculum in response to issues that arose during the first month of training. a discussion topic was whether cynicism is actually “realism,” or if it exaggerates the actual situation facing officers and serves to drive a wedge between them and the public. during this module, half of the table groups discussed and recorded their views on the question, “what does the community expect from police officers?” the other half of the table groups considered the question, “what do police officers expect from the community?” module included a more in-depth discussion of procedural justice, and featured research findings from chicago as well as other cities that supported trainers’ claims about the importance of the components of procedural justice. most slides also stressed one of the major selling points of the training day, which was that following these principles would ultimately benefit police officers by increasing citizen cooperation, encouraging the public to comply with police instruc- tions, and maximizing officer safety. module began with a discussion of race and policing in historical context, both in chicago and around the country. in interviews, the trainers indicated that discussing the role of race in policing proved to be the second hardest “sell” in the curriculum, following only having to convince officers that “legitimacy” should be one of their personal concerns. one trainer described this experience: on the [course] evaluation, somebody said the only thing that i did was show white officers beating up on black people. and i thought that i failed, because if that’s the only thing you remember in h, then i did something wrong. near the end of module the trainers introduced the idea that there can be a “balance of trade” between police and the community. they argued that good encounters with w.g. skogan et al. author's personal copy the police are “deposits” and bad encounters are “withdrawals” from the account balance that they have developed with the community. the final module was a wrapping-up exercise. participants viewed and discussed a video of a drug arrest in which the officer calmly, politely, and successfully took both a street dealer and his customer into custody. then, going around the room, each table made a statement about what they had learned in the class. the short-term effects of training the short-term training study introduced a modest quasi-experiment into the routine of the academy. it contrasted the views of officers who took the survey before they began their training with the attitudes of officers who completed the survey at the conclusion of their session. the calendar date was used to assign classes to treatment (after) or control (before) status. questionnaires were distributed before the class began on odd- numbered days (for example, december ), and at the end of the class on even- numbered days. the odd-day and even-day questionnaires were identical except for their colors (blue or white), which helped the instructors track their proper administra- tion. as an implementation check, a question on the survey asked trainees if they had completed the questionnaire before or after the session. to enhance compliance with procedures, we ensured that, from the beginning, trainers understood that this was an evaluation of training and not trainers. the study materials did not identify which trainers had conducted a class. one class was misassigned to take the survey after training instead of before, but it was retained in its improper category for this intention- to-treat analysis. because assignment was by classroom, we examined differences between “be- fore” classes and “after” classes at the classroom level. over the study period december to may the odd-even approach to allocating classrooms created groups that were very similar in terms of their measured characteristics. table describes some features of the data. in total, , officers completed the survey (another . % chose not to participate); they participated in classes, with surveyed before training and after training. the participants split – % between the two groups. the survey questioned respondents about just two personal factors, their age and the unit in the department to which they were assigned; these questions were included in order to confirm that the treatment and control groups were similar. table presents the mean and median ages of the treatment and control groups, and the percentage of each group that was assigned to the agency’s patrol division, which is by far the largest. differences between them proved to be very small and they were not statistically significant. table participation in the classroom experiment number of officers number of classrooms mean age median age percent in patrol treatment , . . . control , . . . training police for procedural justice author's personal copy measuring procedural justice the survey included questions regarding officers’ views of their relationship with the public. because of time constraints the questionnaires had to be very short; we promised the training academy that it would be one extended page in length. a section at the beginning described the survey and its purpose, and reminded trainees of their rights as human subjects. officers indicated their assent by continuing on to complete the questionnaire, but they were not required to do so (this section was approved by the university’s human subjects committee). the survey next presented officers with statements to which they could respond, using four point response scales that ranged from “agree strongly” and “agree” to “disagree” and “disagree strongly.” the statements were designed to reflect four procedural justice concepts that were emphasized at training (for an extensive discus- sion of these dimensions see hinds and murphy , and bradford ). how to address them in this study was an open question. most procedural justice research has focused on the public’s view of the police, and almost all procedural justice research involving the police has asked how they are being treated by their own organizations and leaders (see, for example, tyler et al. ). by contrast, measuring officers’ views of how they should be treating members of the public, using questions reflecting the dimensions of procedural justice theory, was unexplored territory. the lack of a research tradition in this area required the evaluation team to craft new questions that promised to address the components of the theory. the questions had to be phrased in ways that generated variance in officers’ responses. some of the assertions were stated in such a way that agreement indicated support for procedural justice principles, while others called for disagreement by those who supported this view. this strategy was used to keep them alert to the content of the questions. the questions assigned to each dimension were also scattered throughout the survey, to discourage inattentive responses. the study team had to wait until the survey was complete to set the item responses that were measuring the attitudinal dimension. responses to multiple questions were combined to create scale scores when they were single factored, and these factors explained a large proportion of the variance in the combined items. neutrality calls for consistency and even-handedness in decision making across persons (equal treatment for all) and across time (the same procedures are followed every time). neutral decisions are reasoned, objective and factually driven, and they respect rules and legal principles. in training, officers were encouraged to make it clear to those they encountered that they were acting in this way. neutrality was measured by responses to four statements: “it is important to give everyone a good reason why we are stopping them, even if there is no need,” “if people ask why we are treating them as we are, we should stop and explain,” “when dealing with citizens’ concerns, officers need to explain what will happen next, when they are done at the scene,” and “it is very important that officers appear neutral in their application of legal rules.” responses to these statements were correlated an average of +. . the alpha reliability for this scale was . . voice (sometimes this is referred to as “participation”) involves giving citizens an opportunity to describe their situation and express their opinions about a problem (to “tell their side of the story”) while officers are deciding what to do. voice was measured w.g. skogan et al. author's personal copy by responses to two statements: “listening and talking to people is a good way to take charge of situations,” and “officers need to show an honest interest in what people have to say, even if it is not going to change anything.” the items in the summary voice scale were correlated an average of +. , and the alpha reliability for the resulting scale was . . respect encompasses treating citizens with dignity, acting politely, and granting them other routine interactional signs of respect. because they are police officers, it is also important that they evidence concern about respecting people’s rights, respect was measured by responses to three statements: “people should be treated with respect regardless of their attitude,” “officers should at all times treat people they encounter with dignity and respect,” and “it is important that we remind people they have rights and that we appear to follow them.” the items in the summary respect scale were correlated an average of +. . the alpha reliability for this scale was . . trust is evidenced when officers treat citizens as if they can be trusted to do the right thing and demonstrate that they are acting on behalf of the best interests of the people they are dealing with. trust was measured by responses to: “police have enough trust in the public for them to work together effectively,” and “officers should treat citizens as if they can be trusted to do the right thing.” responses to these statements were correlated +. . the alpha reliability for this scale was . . results of study the statistical findings are summarized in table . the results were positive; there were substantial differences between the treatment and control classrooms for all four dimensions of procedural justice. table presents mean scale scores and their standard deviations for all four measures, for both treatment conditions. all of the differences described there were statistically significant. the table presents standardized effect sizes (cohen’s d) that ranged from . to . . effect sizes in this range were classified as “strong” by cohen ( : and table . . ). lipsey ( ) seconded this classification, based on his meta-analysis of meta-analyses of intervention studies. the table also reports correlations between treatment and outcome (eta squared); these ranged from . to . , which cohen translated as signaling a “large” effect. finally, table also summarizes the results of a multi-level analysis—the percentage of the variance in the outcome measures that was explained by classroom-level treatment or control status. these ranged from to %, and all were statistically significant. the effects of training can also be seen in the data. figure compares treatment and control classrooms on the scores created by combining responses to the questions measuring each procedural justice concept. each symbol in fig. represents the data for a classroom in the study, divided into treatment and control groups. the “before” dots illustrate average scores for the classrooms surveyed before training, while the “after” dots identify averages for the post-training classes. the dots have been randomly “jittered” to the left and right, in order to visually expose any overlapping class scores. the regression lines presented in fig. pass through the means of each cluster, highlighting differences between the groups. officers were most supportive of citizens’ right to exercise voice. they gave the highest endorsement to the view that “listening and talking to people is a good way training police for procedural justice author's personal copy to take charge of situations”; % agreed strongly with this statement. this position reflects very practical police wisdom regarding how they can get through their day safely, and the trainers frequently reminded officers of the safety benefits of adopting procedural justice approaches to dealing with the public. classroom scores on the composite measure of participation are presented at the right of fig. , and they were the highest both before and after training. as fig. illustrates, support for citizen participation went up, on average, following training. table summary of experimental findings mean standard deviation significance cohen’s d eta squared classroom level r-sq neutrality treatment . . . . . % control . . respect treatment . . . . . % control . . trust treatment . . . . . % control . . voice treatment . . . . . % control . . treatment and control classrooms in every comparison fig. four dimensions of procedural justice, before and after training w.g. skogan et al. author's personal copy in class, officers expressed the least enthusiasm for the procedural justice concept of “trust.” the classroom-level trust scores presented in fig. are visibly lower than support for the other procedural justice concepts in this group. officers were most supportive of the view that “officers should treat citizens as if they can be trusted to do the right thing”; % agreed strongly with this statement. on the other hand, % disagreed with the view that “police have enough trust in the public for them to work together effectively.” however, before-after differences in trust resembled those for the other dimensions of procedural justice, and the average difference between the two groups was statistically significant. notably, the largest gain scores (the differences between the treatment and control groups) were for trust; this can also be seen in the more sharply sloping regression line linking the before and after means for trust. reflecting this, the standardized measure of treatment effect was the largest for trust. officers’ views of trust may have increased the most because they were relatively low to start with, lending more room for improvement. between trust and voice lay measures of neutrality and respect. for neutrality, officers gave the most support to the view that “it is very important that officers appear neutral in their application of legal rules”; % agreed with this statement. on the other hand, only % agreed strongly with the view that “when dealing with citizens’ concerns, officers need to explain what will happen next, when they are done at the scene.” however, the correspondence between officers’ reactions to all four statements measuring neutrality was strong; the correlation between the most and least supported views was +. . the effect of training on officers’ views of neutrality was the second strongest in this set, based on the cohen’s d reported in table . when it came to support for the concept of treating citizens with respect, only % agreed strongly that “people should be treated with respect regardless of their attitude.” in contrast, % endorsed strongly the idea that “officers should at all times treat people they encounter with dignity and respect.” although these were the most divergent items, these responses were correlated +. . the composite respect measure also shifted significantly between experimental and control classrooms, in response to training. in summary, we found that training increased officer support for all of the procedural justice dimensions measured in the experiment. post-training they were more likely to endorse the importance of giving citizens a voice, granting them dignity and respect, demonstrating their neutrality and placing some trust in the good intentions of the public. the longer-term effects of training the next question was, did the effects of training persist post-classroom? studies conducted in police training academies have tracked officers’ views of community policing, and they do not portend well in this regard. in a typical tracking study, haarr ( ) distributed questionnaires to police recruits over the course of their early career. she found they grew more positive about community policing and problem solving during their stay at the training academy, but that this support began to dissipate during their field training. their views grew less positive still during their subsequent proba- tionary period. training police for procedural justice author's personal copy to probe the persistence question, the longer-term effects of training were examined in a survey of randomly selected officers. this survey began well into the training period, so that some responding officers would have attended training but others would have not yet been sent. a question in the survey identified those who had already participated in the procedural justice workshop and those who had not yet attended. this measure was used, along with statistical adjustments, to examine training-related differences in officers’ views of procedural justice. the survey the survey was conducted in each of the city’s police district stations. at each station we randomly selected police officers (the bottom rank) and sergeants in fixed proportions from the current duty roster. they were also spread proportion- ally across shifts. sampled employees were notified of their opportunity to participate in the survey through an administrative sergeant. roll call presenta- tions, flyers, and wall posters, and an offer of coffee and donuts were used to promote participation by those selected, who remained anonymous to the research team until (and if) they appeared. the survey was presented to respondents on laptop computers that the research team set up in stationhouse conference rooms. this ensured that no one could hear their responses to the questions, and that they could proceed at their own pace. the survey included questions, and took at average of min to complete. the survey team made repeat visits to each district, around the clock, until the number of interviews targeted there was completed. the overall response rate was about %. a total of police officers and sergeants were interviewed. the results could be weighted to ensure that the distribution of respondents matched that of the universe of officers serving in the districts, but doing so did not change any of the results presented here. therefore, the original, unweighted results are presented. assessing the impact of training in the district survey, % of those interviewed indicated that they had attended “the all-day training workshop on procedural justice and legitimacy at the acad- emy.” because of the timing of the district survey, officers could have participated in the workshop as long as months in the past, or as recently as the week before; the timing of their involvement is unknown. this raises the possibility that factors having to do with how early in the queue officers were sent to training could be confounded with any effects of the training itself on their views. this is a real possibility in any non-randomized research on training, if trainees are volun- teers, chosen for their special characteristics, or even selected for their presumed readiness for training. if this is the case, factors related to their selection, rather than the training they received, could account for their later enthusiasm for the topic. however, there are reasons not to fear this kind of contamination here. officers in the control group identified in the district survey differed because they had not yet been trained; instead, they were further back in the queue. they were not volunteers; the goal of the process was to train everyone, especially in the patrol division. the bureaucratic process that sent daily quotas of officers to w.g. skogan et al. author's personal copy training was quite indifferent to their personal characteristics. by design, each district was instructed to send just a few officers to training each day, so partic- ipants trickled into the academy rather than arriving in related batches. officers whose turn was to come later, after the follow-up study was completed, were serving in the same districts and working the same shifts as those somewhat closer to the head of the line. as an additional precaution, we also used propensity score adjustment to further control for possible measured sources of selection bias. they all were factors that could not have been affected by training. the list of potential selection factors included personal background factors such as race, gender, education, age, prior military service, rank, and watch assignment. the selection model also included crime and workload measures and community characteristics for the areas where they worked (we knew this from the survey). interactions between these factors were also explored, in order to enhance the fit of the selection model. any influences of dummy variables representing the police districts were included in calculating the propensity score as well. a wald test and examination of the residuals indicated that a complementary log-log link logistic model pro- vided the best fit to the data. the model fitting was done in r, using glm. the result was a propensity score reflecting the likelihood that each respondent had attended training because of their personal characteristics and features of where they worked. it summarizes the apparent effects of all of the likely measured correlates of attending training in one control variable. this score was included in the regression analysis presented below, as one of the control factors accounting for measured differences among the officers that potentially were related to their views of procedural justice and participation in training. measuring procedural justice the district officer survey included questions that were similar to those employed in the training academy questionnaires. trust was measured by questions about whether citizens could be trusted to do the right thing, if they have good intentions, and (in a reversed item) if it is naïve to trust citizens. responses to these questions were correlated at average of +. , and the scale had an alpha reliability of . . voice was measured by responses to the statements “officers need to show an honest interest in what people have to say, even if it is not going to change anything,” and “listening and talking to people is a good way to take charge of situations.” responses to these questions were correlated +. , and as a combined scale had an alpha reliability of . . the importance of treating people with respect was measured by responses to the statements “people should be treated with respect regardless of their respect for the police,” and “people who break the law do not deserve to be treated with respect.” responses to these questions were correlated +. , and had a scale reliability of . . efforts to demonstrate neutrality were assessed by responses to the statements “it is necessary to give everyone a good reason why they are being stopped, even if it is not required,” and “if people ask why they are being treated like they are, it is necessary to stop and explain.” responses to these were correlated +. , and the scale had an alpha reliability of . . these positively and negatively worded items were mingled among questions on many other topics, to encourage respondents to pay attention to each. training police for procedural justice author's personal copy results of study the results of the analysis of the long-term impact of training on officers’ views of procedural justice are summarized in table . the unstandardized regression coefficient associated with participation in training is presented at the top of each column. as noted earlier, it could be important to control for measured selection variables using the propensity score, and the effects of this are taken into account in table as well; the measure is labeled “selection.” in addition, table controls for a list of factors that potentially were related to support for procedural justice directly, and not just through any influence they may have had on participation in training. the most important of them was race. regardless of training, african american officers were more supportive of procedural justice principles than were their white peers. chicago’s procedural justice training appears to have had a relatively enduring impact on three of the four dimensions of procedural justice included in the short- term experiment. the coefficients associated with training in the first row of table can be compared in magnitude, and the biggest effect of training was on respect. the propensity score used to model the selection process was not significantly related to any dimension of procedural justice. this reflects the fact that there was not a strong correlation between having attended training and having a high propensity score, because there was no strong measured selection process. in addition, african american officers and officers over age were significantly more likely than others to be supportive of the principle of respect they heard about in training. training also had significant, positive effects on support for neutrality and voice. compared to white and hispanic officers, african americans were also more likely to endorse evidencing neutrality, and the table summary of long-term effects findings trust voice respect neutrality b sigf b sigf b sigf b sigf training . (. ) . (. )** . (. )** . (. )* selection − . (. ) − . (. ) − . (. ) − . (. ) white . (. ) − . (. ) − . (. ) − . (. ) black . (. )** . (. ) . (. )** . (. )** latino . (. ) . (. ) . (. ) . (. ) age . (. )** . (. ) . (. )* . (. ) college − . (. ) − . (. ) − . (. ) − . (. )* female − . (. ) . (. )* . (. ) − . (. ) intercept . (. )** . (. )** . (. )** . (. )** r-squared . . . . *p<. **p<. w.g. skogan et al. author's personal copy principle of voice was also endorsed distinctively by female officers. the coeffi- cient associated with having a college degree was negative in every case, but significantly so in only one comparison. however, in the long run, training does not appear to have had an impact on the willingness of chicago officers to trust the public. the sign associated with the coefficient estimating the impact of training on trust was in a positive direction, but it was not statistically different from zero. recall that trust was also the dimension of procedural justice that received the lowest level of support in the short-term training study. the trainers reported that trust was a difficult topic for them to address. as one trainer put it, we’ve been taught to trust nobody, to show less emotion. . . .we come to see everything as bullshit – going to another domestic, going to a beat meeting, going to training. we come to see people as assholes. but in reality, there’s a big population we never come in contact with. it’s the rest of the world. in training, trust was discussed around a slide labeled “us versus them.” it proclaimed that “ – % of the public is law abiding,” and the lecture and discussion revolved around why police too often believe that most members of the community are troublemakers who do not support the police. in this study, however, the influence of training proved least enduring when it came to trust. the analysis examined other hypotheses that were recommended by our col- laborators at the training academy. one common conjecture was that officers with higher-risk assignments might be less interested in extending the civilities of procedural justice to people they encounter. however, neither a two-question measure of perceived job risk from the survey, nor recorded crime or calls-for- service data for the beats and districts in which our respondents worked, influ- enced their views of procedural justice or interacted with the effects of training. we also heard that officers in high-workload areas might not have the time to listen to what people have to say or to explain things to them, perhaps even if they thought it would be a good idea. but to the contrary, three workload questions on the survey and workload statistics from the city’s emergency call center were also unrelated to officers’ views of procedural justice or to any effect of training. a key finding was the importance of the credibility of training. the trainers were concerned about this. a trainer reported, “one of the biggest criticisms [of training] is, ‘this won’t work in my beat. this won’t work in my district.’” on the other hand, trainers reported that many officers found that the class reflected their experience on the street. a trainer told us, “i’ll get a lot of participants coming to me after class and saying, ‘this is great. this reinforces what i do every day. it’s a refresher. it reminds me what i do on the job.’” the survey captured this concern with questions asking trainees “how practical was the training for working officers?” and “how realistic was the training in reflecting the realities of life on the street?” overall, about % of trained officers were to some extent positive about these aspects of their training experience. a separate statistical analysis (not detailed here) found that the more credible the training was on either rating dimension, the more impact training had on their views. training police for procedural justice author's personal copy limits of the study there were, of course, many limitations to the studies reported here. both the experiment and the survey assessed only attitudes or opinions. there was no possibility of matching the survey data to the personnel records of participating respondents, so we did not have the ability to track the influence of training on other measures of their on-the-job behavior. this was one of the great contributions of the wheller et al. ( ) experiment in greater manchester. rosenbaum’s ( ) findings in this regard provide an important reality check. in a randomized study, he found a shift in the attitudes and behavioral intentions expressed by newly trained police officers concerning how to better handle victims. however, an ensuing telephone survey of actual victims whose responses could be linked to the treatment or control status of their responding officer found that this training had no notable impact on measures of victims’ emotional state, fear, feeling of vulnerability, or crime prevention behavior. the evidentiary contributions of training evaluations will be greatly enhanced when linkages like this can be pursued. because we found little guidance in past research, the measurement process for these studies necessarily had to involve exploratory scaling of officers’ responses. as a result, some scales—which were already constrained by the required brevity of the training academy questionnaire—did not include many items. the reliability measure cronbach’s alpha counts the number of items heavily in its calculations, so it was often relatively low. however, all of the items in the scales were substantially correlated and (when there were more than two) single factored, and—as the discussion of example questions for each scale illustrated—responses to them displayed considerable variation between officers. a limitation of the long-term survey study is that it involved only police officers and sergeants with district assignments. officers serving in other units, including detectives, organized crime, the narcotics bureau, the traffic division, and other branches of the department were trained at the police academy, but they were not included in the follow-up survey. however, the bureau of patrol includes about % of all department personnel, and those currently serving in other units all once served in patrol as well. as a result, findings based on patrol officers could be reflective of chicago policing in general. another limitation of the long-term survey project is that—in contrast to the quasi- experimental training study—it used propensity scores and other control variables to adjust for measured differences between trained and untrained district officers. how- ever, the study had the significant advantage of using as a control group not-yet-trained officers serving in the same areas and jobs as those who had already passed through training. as a result, there were no strong measured selection-related differences among them. this, along with the general consistency of the long-term findings with the results of the short-term experiment, increases our confidence in the regression analyses. nonetheless, there could remain unmeasured differences between trained and not-yet- trained officers that were not accounted for by the selection model. discussion the first study reported here found that, in the short-term, training increased officer support for all of the procedural justice dimensions included in the experiment. these w.g. skogan et al. author's personal copy were voice, respect, neutrality and trust. by our measures, training “moved the needle” among officers, and many held different views when they left the building. the second study explored whether these effects persisted once officers returned to their duties. in a follow-up survey we found that post-training, officers who reported participating were more supportive of three of these dimensions, but were not statistically more likely to endorse the principle of trust. however, training is certainly not the only strategy for redirecting police behavior. even staff members of the training academy were not sanguine about relying on one day of training to change the organization. in their view, change would at least require follow-up, reinforcement training. at the time of writing this project was still in development. evaluations of the effectiveness of such new training regimes are required if policing is to claim to be evidence-based with regard to one of its most fundamental organizational processes. however, in the long term, monitoring, supervision, and discipline also have to be part of the behavior change mix. call centers and help desks listen in on their call takers’ encounters with customers; foremen pace the assembly line; university students complete course-and-teacher evaluation forms. the difficulty is that everything about policing makes officers’ actions on the street hard to penetrate, and police organizations have always struggled to maintain control of their field force. to fill this lacuna, supervisors need to do their jobs: allocating the workload correctly, staying alert for problems, and managing the needs of both employees and the organization. it is probable that supervi- sors need procedural justice training as much as anyone in the organization, but with an eye toward exercising its principles internally rather than externally. supervisors and their managers set the tone of the work environment, and studies of the effectiveness of training suggest that it is in combination with effective management that training works best. likewise, randomized experiments in responding to domestic violence demonstrated that careful training and monitoring can control how officers handle cases. in this multi-site project, officers successfully alternated between arrest, counseling and other strategies in handling domestic violence, following assignment rules given to them by researchers (garner et al. ). research by mastrofski and richard ritti ( ) touching on the effectiveness of training officers to make drunk driving arrests concluded that it depended upon the organizational environment. the training worked better in agencies that mon- itored the arrest practices of their officers and had policies and practices in place that supported and rewarded focusing on dui cases. in organizations that were not aligned in support of what they said they wanted their officers to do, the amount of training officers received had no influence on their behavior. in chicago, one mechanism for aligning leadership in the districts with the priorities of top management is compstat. at compstat sessions, various administrative statis- tics flash on giant lcd screens as unit commanders are questioned about the short- comings they reveal. there has been discussion about incorporating evidence of the units’ performance in delivering procedurally just service, but to date it has proven difficult to figure out how to do this in any practical way. a central problem with compstat is the “measuring what matters” issue. there are valued things that we want police to do that are not reflected in the data flow that drives compstat, and building legitimacy in the community is high on that list. holding officers to account for the procedural justice they do or do not deliver, and rewarding good service, could be the ultimate key to moving an agency in that direction, but—in chicago, at least—it is unclear how this could happen. training police for procedural justice author's personal copy acknowledgments this research was supported in part by the john d. and catherine t. macarthur foundation and the joyce foundation. the opinions expressed are those of the authors and do not represent the views of northwestern university or the supporting foundations. many thanks for the support of the staff of the chicago police education and training academy, especially lt. bruce lipman and sgt. mark sedevic. readers wishing to review the training materials described here should directly contact the commander of the chicago police training division, w jackson blvd, chicago, il , telephone + . . . . references bradford, b. ( ). voice, neutrality and respect: use of victim support services, procedural fairness and confidence in the criminal justice system. criminology & criminal justice, , – . cohen, j. ( ). statistical power analysis for the behavioral sciences ( nd ed.). hillsdale: lawrence erlbaum. garner, j., fagan, j., & maxwell, c. d. ( ). published findings from the nij spouse assault replication program: a critical review. journal of quantitative criminology, , – . haarr, r. n. ( ). the making of a community policing officer: the impact of basic training and occupational socialization on police recruits. police quarterly, , – . hinds, l., & murphy, k. ( ). public satisfaction with police: using procedural justice to improve police legitimacy. the australian and new zealand journal of criminology, , – . jackson, j., bradford, b., stanko, b., & hohl, k. ( ). just authority: trust in the police in england and wales. london: routledge. lipsey, m. w. ( ). design sensitivity: statistical power for experimental research. newbury park: sage. mastrofski, s. d., & richard ritti, r. ( ). police training and the effects of organization on drunk driving enforcement. justice quarterly, , – . mazerolle, l., bennett, s., davis, j., sargeant, e., & manning, m. ( a). procedural justice and police legitimacy: a systematic review of the research evidence. journal of experimental criminology, , – . mazerolle, l., antrobus, e., bennett, s., & tyler, t. r. ( b). shaping citizen perceptions of police legitimacy: a randomized field trial of procedural justice. criminology, , – . murphy, k., hinds, l., & fleming, j. ( ). encouraging public cooperation and support for police. policing & society, , – . rosenbaum, d. p. ( ). coping with victimization: the effects of police intervention on victims’ psycho- logical readjustment. crime & delinquency, , – . skogan, w. g., & frydl, k. ( ). fairness and effectiveness in policing: the evidence. washington, dc: national academies press. tyler, t. r., & jackson, j. ( ). future challenges in the study of legitimacy and criminal justice. in j. tankebe & a. liebling (eds.), legitimacy and criminal justice: an international exploration (pp. – ). oxford: oxford university press. tyler, t. r., callahan, p. e., & frost, j. ( ). armed, and dangerous (?): motivating rule adherence among agents of social control. law & society review, , – . wheller, l., & morris, j. ( ). evidence reviews: what works in training, behaviour change and implementing guidance. london: national police improvement agency. wheller, l., quinton, p., fildes, a., & mills, a. ( ). the greater manchester police procedural justice training experiment: technical report. london: the college of policing. wesley g. skogan is a professor of political science and the institute for policy research, northwestern university. his research focuses on the relationship between police and the community. maarten van craen is postdoctoral researcher at the leuven institute of criminology (universityof leuven). his research is supported by the research foundation - flanders (fwo). van craen’s research interests include citizens-police relationships and work relationships within police organizations. he published articles in international journals on majority and minority group members’ attitudes toward the police. currently, he is involved in a comparative research on police attitudes and behavior. cari hennessy postdoctoral research associate at the institute for policy research, whereshe studies chicago’s community policing program. she received her phd in political science from northwestern university in . w.g. skogan et al. author's personal copy training police for procedural justice abstract abstract abstract abstract abstract background on police training chicago’s training program the training modules the short-term effects of training measuring procedural justice results of study the longer-term effects of training the survey assessing the impact of training measuring procedural justice results of study limits of the study discussion references labor market and access to justice hal id: halshs- https://halshs.archives-ouvertes.fr/halshs- submitted on nov hal is a multi-disciplinary open access archive for the deposit and dissemination of sci- entific research documents, whether they are pub- lished or not. the documents may come from teaching and research institutions in france or abroad, or from public or private research centers. l’archive ouverte pluridisciplinaire hal, est destinée au dépôt et à la diffusion de documents scientifiques de niveau recherche, publiés ou non, émanant des établissements d’enseignement et de recherche français ou étrangers, des laboratoires publics ou privés. labor market and access to justice romain espinosa, claudine desrieux, marc ferracci to cite this version: romain espinosa, claudine desrieux, marc ferracci. labor market and access to justice. interna- tional review of law and economics, elsevier, , , pp. - . � . /j.irle. . . �. �halshs- � https://halshs.archives-ouvertes.fr/halshs- https://hal.archives-ouvertes.fr labor market & access to justice romain espinosa∗, claudine desrieux†and marc ferracci‡ september abstract in , the french government enacted a reform that reduced the number of labor courts by one quarter. this led to significant changes in access to labor courts for many workers and employers who had to travel further to proceed with conflict litigation. we use this reform to evaluate how access to labor courts affects the labor market. our empirical approach mainly re- lies on regression-adjusted conditional differences-in-differences estimations. we find that cities that experienced an increase in the distance to their associated labor court suffered from a lower growth rate of job creation (- percentage points), job destruction (- . pp) and firm creation (- . pp) between and compared to unaffected cities. we find opposite but insignif- icant effects for cities that experienced a fall in the distance to the labor court. these results emphasize the central role of labor courts for the good functioning of the labor market. jel codes: k , k . keywords: job creation; job destruction; firm creation; labor courts; judicial reform. introduction the rationalization of the court system has become a popular proposal in order to cut public expenditure in european countries. the vilnius declaration, issued by the european network of councils for the judiciary, urged european countries to reform their judicial framework and, more specifically, to rationalize and reorganize their court system. as a consequence, many european countries reduced the number of their courts, such as france and portugal in , croatia in , ∗cred (tepp), university paris ii, place du panthéon, paris, france. e-mail: romain.espinosa@u- paris .fr †corresponding author. cred (tepp), university paris ii, place du panthéon, paris, france. tel.: + ( ) . e-mail: claudine.desrieux@u-paris .fr ‡cred (tepp), university paris ii, place du panthéon, paris, france., & liepp sciences po, rue saint-guillaumme, paris, france, & crest. e-mail: marc.ferracci@ensae.fr italy in , and belgium and the netherlands in . similar reforms have been implemented or debated in norway, sweden and germany. the costs and benefits associated with these reforms are usually difficult to establish. on the one side, public decision-makers hope to cut public expenditure by reducing the number of public facilities and public employees. on the other hand, these reforms entail reorganizational costs, and are likely to hinder access to justice as the geographical distance between courts and litigants increases. institutions, and especially judicial institutions, are known to be key determinants of economic and financial outcomes (acemoglu and johnson ( )). reducing the effective access to justice services can therefore potentially inflict great damage on economic activity, therefore making the reforms less attractive. in this paper, we consider the french reform that closed almost one quarter of labor courts. the purpose of this reduction was to cut public expenditure. the number of labor courts dropped from to , although the number of judges remained constant. some courts increased their levels of activity with a wider geographical jurisdiction. however, the reform sparked off great debate, both before and after its implementation. opponents feared that some litigants would be prevented from going to court, were the distance to their new local court to rise (sénat ( )). the evaluations of the global costs and benefits of the reform are still being discussed (ministère de la justice ( ); sénat ( ); cour des comptes ( )). given the challenge many european countries currently face with respect to employment, we here propose to evaluate the impact of this reform on the labor market. we use panel data on labor-market conditions at the city level to estimate the effects of the removal of labor courts. after the reform, areas that were previously under the jurisdiction of the removed courts were reallocated to unaffected courts. the reform thus changed the distance between some cities and their associated labor courts. the distance rose for many cities, and fell in some others. this situation allows us to establish how geographical access to courts affects job creation, job destruction, unemployment and firm creation. our main empirical challenge is to separate the causal impact of the reform from a possible selection effect reflecting the government’s choice of which courts to remove (espinosa, desrieux and wan, ). we address this in two ways. first, we run panel regressions using a differences- in-differences approach and assess the validity of the common trend assumption. second, we rely on matching methods to increase the comparability of the cities that were affected and unaffected by the reform, and run conditional differences-in-differences estimations. we find strong evidence for a negative effect of labor-court removal on the labor market when the reform increased the distance to the labor court. the growth rate between and in job creation was percentage points lower for cities with a rise in distance compared to unaffected cities; the analogous figures for job destruction and firm creation are . and . percentage points respectively. the labor market has thus become less fluid and less dynamic. we find the opposite results for cities which experienced a fall in the distance to their labor court following the reform, although the effects are not statistically significant. this is the first piece of academic research to document the effect of the rationalization of the judiciary on economic activity. it provides public decision-makers with empirical information see also the debates reported in newspapers, such as that in le monde dated / / : http: //www.lemonde.fr/societe/article/ / / /la-reforme-de-la-carte-judiciaire-une-occasion- manquee-selon-la-commission-des-lois-du-senat_ _ .html. http://www.lemonde.fr/societe/article/ / / /la-reforme-de-la-carte-judiciaire-une-occasion-manquee-selon-la-commission-des-lois-du-senat_ _ .html http://www.lemonde.fr/societe/article/ / / /la-reforme-de-la-carte-judiciaire-une-occasion-manquee-selon-la-commission-des-lois-du-senat_ _ .html http://www.lemonde.fr/societe/article/ / / /la-reforme-de-la-carte-judiciaire-une-occasion-manquee-selon-la-commission-des-lois-du-senat_ _ .html to better anticipate the impact of similar reforms in other countries. our results call for careful reflection regarding these reforms, as justice accessibility is shown to affect economic outcomes. in the light of the french experience, the reduction in the number of labor courts has made the labor market less flexible. the remainder of the paper is structured as follows. section relates our work to the previous economic literature. section presents the french reform and its economic and institutional context. section then describes our data, and the empirical analysis appears in section . last, section discusses our results and concludes. literature the empirical literature on the impact of the judiciary on economic activity has continued to grow over the years. from the seminal contributions of djankov et al. ( ) and acemoglu and johnson ( ), the role and design of judicial institutions have been analyzed to better understand their economic effects and provide practical recommendations for public decision-makers. for instance, chemin ( ) considers a reform carried out by the pakistani government in to provide judges with more training. the results show that judges took care of a quarter more cases and the entry rate of new firms increased by one half due to the reform. using indian data, chemin ( ) shows that reforms in the organization of the judiciary to speed up the resolution of civil suits led to fewer breaches of contract, encouraged investment, and facilitated access to finance. more related to court organization, visaria ( ) and von lilienfeld-toal et al. ( ) analyze the introduction of debt-recovery tribunals in india to speed up debt-recovery claims. they show that this reform reduced delinquency for the average loan and lowered the interest rates charged on larger loans, holding borrower quality constant. the reform reduced credit access for small borrowers, and expanded it for wealthy borrowers. these papers have mainly exploited spatial variations in reform implementation in order to identify its effects. our paper is related to the above work by investigating how changes in the judiciary feed through to economic outcomes. however, we differ in a number of ways. first, we focus on a reduction in the number of courts, while the above work focused on changes in procedural rules or the creation of new courts. governments and international organizations (world bank ( ); sénat ( ); encj ( )) recommend the rationalization of courts, yet there is little empirical evaluation of the judicial map. second, we rely on french data, while the previous work has used data from de- veloping countries. since many developed countries are debating whether to reduce the number of courts, the evaluation of a reform in a developed country seems apposite. third, we focus on labor- market outcomes, which are currently one of the biggest challenges faced by public decision-makers. last, our empirical strategy relies on differences-in-differences and matching regressions instead of spatial variation, as the reform was implemented over the whole territory at the same time but did not affect all cities. this is a common phenomenon, so that our methodological techniques can be replicated in further work. to date, legal scholars (gomes ( ); mak ( ); van djik and horatius ( )) and interna- tional institutions have expressed concern about access to courts and their geographical allocation. these topics have however received less attention in the economic literature. chappe and obidzinski ( ) model how the distance to court affects both the demand for litigation and the probability of accidents via the level of care chosen by individuals. when the probability of accidents depends on the level of care chosen by the parties, increased distance to court may bring about higher levels of care: parties want to avoid accidents that lead to potentially costly litigation. espinosa et al. ( ) empirically analyze how the french reform that reduced the number of labor courts by almost a quarter affected the demand for litigation and average case duration in the remaining courts. case duration rose, and the demand for litigation fell more significantly in areas where courts had to deal with a higher level of new claims coming from the removed courts. we here go one step further to determine whether the reform influenced the labor market. by changing the distance to labor courts, the reform may have changed employers’ decisions to hire and fire employees or create new firms. to a lesser extent, our paper is also related to the literature on firing costs. changing access to courts can be perceived as a change in litigation costs, and so firing costs, for the parties concerned. most work suggests that higher firing costs reduce employment. for instance, kugler and pica ( ) use italian panel data to consider the impact of a reform increasing unjust dismissal costs for businesses with fewer than employees, while not changing these costs for larger businesses. the higher dismissal costs reduced job creation and destruction in small relative to large firms, especially in sectors with greater employment volatility. they also find some evidence that the reform reduced firm entry rates and employment adjustments, but had no effect on exit rates. similar results have been replicated in different institutional environments (kugler and saint-paul ( ), hernanz et al. ( ), behaghel et al. ( )). in a different set-up, gianfreda and vallanti ( ) investigate the effect of the duration of labor litigation on the composition of employment. they find that longer litigation increases job creation for women and young people in both temporary and permanent jobs, while it produces a switch from permanent to temporary jobs for workers in the middle age range. the closest paper to ours is fraisse et al. ( ), who analyze the french judicial process and its effect on the labor market. they use lawyer density as a proxy for judicial fees, and find that greater density leads to more litigation. this increased filing rate, and thus increased firing costs, brings about a large fall in employment fluctuations, especially for shrinking or exiting firms. however, it also leads to a small positive effect on net employment growth. we depart from this work by using a different identification strategy to measure the impact of litigation costs on employment decisions, namely the reform of the judicial map of labor courts. the institutional context . the french labor market according to the french national statistical institute (insee), . million people in france were working in . about three out of four jobs are in the service sector, and almost nine out of other work has shown that the proportion of firms with under employees was reduced after the reform (garibaldi et al. ( ); schivardi and torrini ( )). two other contributions, bauer et al. ( ) and von below and thoursie ( ), suggest that lower firing costs that may be applied to small firms have no significant impact on job creation and job destruction. the employment rate of people between and years of age is at the european union average, i.e. around %. ten workers are salaried. in this respect, proper enforcement of labor contracts is a real concern for french workers. more precisely, in , . % of these salaried workers held an open-ended contract (permanent/regular/long-term jobs, called contrats à durée indéterminée: cdi), and . % had a fixed-term contract (temporary/short-term job). the good functioning of the labor market then reflects the appropriate regulation of the contractual employment relationship. as for many european countries, france suffers from a high level of unemployment ( % of the labor force according to the ilo definition, i.e. . million people). regional disparities are large: some cities have unemployment rates over % while for others this figure is below %. in addition, , firms were created in france in . around % of these were “auto- entrepreneurs”, i.e. firms with a special status (enacted in ) for individual activity with limited sales revenue (self-employment). the other creations were public limited-liability companies ( %) and individual enterprises other than “auto-entrepreneurs” ( %). overall, there are . million firms in france (excluding the self-employed) and % of these are small, employing fewer than employees. by enforcing labor contracts, labor courts are key institutions for employment protection. ac- cording to the oecd indicators, employment protection legislation (epl) in france is fairly high: on a scale from zero (fewest restrictions) to six (most restrictions), the overall epl indicator for france is . , whereas the oecd average is . . one side effect of this stringent epl is “to produce a large amount of legal procedures related to labor disputes” (le barbanchon and malherbet ( )). those disputes are brought to the french labor courts, called “conseils des prud’hommes”. . french labor courts labor courts are first-level tribunals, dealing with individual disputes affecting labor relationships in the private sector only (e.g. the validity of employment contracts, canceling dismissals, monetary compensation and the level of severance payments). there are currently courts spread out all over france, each of which has jurisdiction over a certain geographical area determined by the law. the territorial jurisdiction for a claim is determined by the location of the establishment in which the work takes place and, if the work is not carried out in an establishment, by the residence of the employee. each court is divided into five sections by activity (agriculture, commerce, industry, executives and diverse activities). the judges in labor courts are not professional but are rather elected representatives (on a parity basis in each section) of employees and employers. source: https://www.insee.fr/fr/statistiques/ (last access: april ). source: https://www.insee.fr/fr/statistiques/ #consulter (last access: april ). these figures relate to the indicator “strictness of employment protection - individual and collective dismissals (regular contracts)” and come from the oecd website: http://stats.oecd.org/index.aspx?datasetcode=epl_r (last access: october ). note that the indicator for the strictness of employment protection regarding temporary contracts was . for france in , and . on average in oecd countries. appeals are brought before the “cour d’appel” (“chambre sociale”), and appeals against the “cour d’appel”’s decisions are lodged with the “cour de cassation” (“chambre sociale”). these courts only deal with individual disputes, as disputes affecting collective labor relationships (such as strikes) are dealt with by ordinary civil courts (“tribunal de grande instance”). however, if people individually challenge their dismissal that is part of a collective dismissal, they do so in the labor courts. the last election was held in . from , the nomination conditions of the lay judges will change, according to the law no. − of december th . https://www.insee.fr/fr/statistiques/ https://www.insee.fr/fr/statistiques/ #consulter http://stats.oecd.org/index.aspx?datasetcode=epl_r between and , around , cases were brought to labor courts each year in france (guilloneau and serverin ( )). cases suffer from long delays and take about months to be resolved, whereas civil and commercial courts make decisions in half the time (respectively . and . months on average). labor courts mainly deal with dismissals. in , out of plaintiffs’ claims asserted the breach of their employment contract (guilloneau and serverin ( )), with % of claims contesting dismissals for personal reasons. since july th , firms have to provide a real and serious cause of termination (“cause réelle et sérieuse”) to dismiss a worker. the french labor code does not provide any definition of real and serious causes, nor a list of situations considered as such. the content and scope of this notion has instead been defined by french case law, leading to many difficulties in interpretation that help explain the large number of litigated cases. . overview of the reform the reform to reduce the number of french courts was discussed and implemented in . this reform aimed to (i) reduce the gap between demographics and the allocation of courts in the country, and (ii) rationalize the court network. in , the total cost of this reform was evaluated at me, and the savings on administrative expenditures at . me per year (cour des comptes ( )). before the reform, there were , courts in france, of which were first-level labor courts. access to courts was very unequal: some départements had up to labor courts, while others had only one (sénat ( )). the reform was enacted by decree n - of may th , and removed labor courts, i.e. over % of the initial labor courts. one court was created, so that the total number of labor courts fell to after the reform. the judicial map was redrawn: areas with removed courts were reassigned to the other remaining labor courts. this reform was introduced on december rd . there were two main criteria for removal. first, public authorities were willing to maintain at least one labor court per “département”. second, public decision-makers primarily targeted low-activity courts (fewer than new cases each year). appendix shows the judicial map of french labor courts before and after the reform. around % of dismissals are challenged in court (tresor-eco ( )), and one out of four dismissals for personal reasons is brought to court. pursuant to article l. - of the french labor code, a dismissal can only be considered as economically grounded if it is based on a reason unrelated to the employee and caused by economic difficulties or technical changes. on the contrary, dismissals for personal reasons may reflect disciplinary problems (e.g. refusal to follow work instructions) or other case-to-case issues (professional inability or repeated errors, for instance). the last general reform regarding the number of courts in france dated back to . another smaller reform targeting only labor courts was implemented in : labor courts were removed. these figures come from the institution in charge of evaluating the public organizations and public services in france (the cour des comptes). they cover the entire reform. note that this reform concerned not only labor courts but also civil and commercial courts. overall, courts were removed, of which were labor courts. départements are french administrative subdivisions of the territory. metropolitan france is made up of départements that are themselves divided up into “cantons” that serve as constituencies for the election of the members of the representative assembly in each department. each labor court covers a number of “cantons” defined by the law (decree no. - of may th and decree no. - of august th .) the judges in removed labor courts were reallocated to other courts. some civil servants were working in removed labor courts: most of them were reallocated to other jurisdictions, with positions being removed between and (sénat ( )). the exact criterion was to keep one labor court per “département”, and one in the geographical area of each civil court. these two geographical areas are more or less the same. the reduction of the number of courts led to a redefinition of the jurisdiction of some remaining courts. following decree no. - , we distinguish between four types of courts: • courts that were removed at the end of (removed courts); • courts that took on the claims of the removed courts after (receiving courts). the jurisdiction of these courts was extended at the end of to cover the geographical areas of the removed courts. all future and already-opened claims from a removed court were transferred to one and only one receiving court within the same département; • courts that could not be removed during the reform because they were the unique court of their département before (non-treatable courts); and • courts that were not affected by the reform but that could have been selected (unaffected courts). . potential impacts of the reform the reform may affect job creation and destruction on the labor market by changing the cost of litigation to challenge dismissals. we briefly discuss here the different channels via which this reform may operate. first, courts were more concentrated after the reform. the distance to court increased for some parties, and case delays may also rise as more cases are brought to courts whose geographical jurisdiction has been widened. both lead to higher litigation costs. this may affect the employees’ decision to open claims. anticipating this, employers could predict lower firing costs as the likelihood of going to court falls. this could increase job destruction and creation on the labor market. however, the reverse can also come about: firing costs also increase for employers in the case of litigation, especially for small and medium-sized firms, which can make them more reluctant to hire and fire. overall, the net theoretical effect of the reform on job creation and destruction is difficult to determine. there are also other effects. if litigation costs increase, the parties’ incentives to settle before going to court will rise. however, this can also change the required settlement amount as the outside option in case of settlement failure is more costly. here again, the net effect on the pre- court settlement (and ultimately on firing costs) is ambiguous. the nature of claims sent to court may also be affected by the reform. as litigation costs increase, pre-court settlements may become more attractive for "simple" cases (those whose probability to win or lose at court is easy to predict). more complex claims can continue to be sent to court. they may require a number of hearings to be decided, which makes the delays at court longer. this will raise litigation costs for the parties. more broadly, business creation (or destruction) can also be affected: if fewer jobs are opened, individuals may have a greater incentive to open their own business. the procedure for most claims is as follows. first, there is the “conciliation” stage: parties are invited to find a settled solution to their conflict. if there is no agreement they go to a ruling panel, comprising two employer lay-judges and two employee lay-judges. if the ruling panel does not make the decision (split votes inside the ruling panel, difficulties in interpreting the law etc.), then a professional judge is added to the jury (in another hearing) to decide the vote. this short discussion illustrates that it is difficult to determine the final impact of the reform on the labor market. we require empirical analysis to identify the consequences of court access on employment. data . information and units of observation we construct our dataset from information at the city and court levels. we first collect annual data on court activity from the website of the french ministry of justice, including average case duration, the number of new cases, the plaintiffs’ winning rate, and the départage rate. second, we collect information on the economic and demographic dynamics of french metropolitan municipalities between (two years prior to the reform) and (four years after the reform) from two french administrative sources (the pôle emploi and insee). data on economic activity include annual information on job creation, job destruction, unemployment, and the creation of new firms. socio-economic variables cover population characteristics (size, population of working age, and socio- economic categories). third, we retrieve information on the courts affected by the reform from the decree that implemented it. last, we obtain the correspondence between each municipality and its associated labor court from the ministry of justice, and we developed a web-scraping script (javascript) to compute the driving distance between the two. . descriptive statistics using the distinction between removed, receiving, unaffected and non-treatable courts in section . , we define four categories of cities: • cities whose labor court was removed and that were assigned to a new labor court (removed- treated cities); • cities whose labor court has expanded its geographical jurisdiction (receiving-treated cities); • cities whose labor court was potentially removable but was not removed (unaffected cities); and • cities that were precluded from treatment as there was only one labor court prior to the reform in the département (non-treatable cities). table shows the summary statistics in of our set of variables for these four categories. as can be seen, groups are relatively heterogeneous. removed-treated cities were the least-populated, their working-age groups were among the smallest, and they had the shortest distance to the labor court. their labor courts were very different from the other courts: they dealt with far fewer cases and départage is a special procedure in french labor courts in which a professional judge assists the lay judges in charge when they are not able to reach a majority decision. it is associated with longer delays decree no. - of may th . the script was executed in june . it generated individual requests to google maps about the driving distance between the city at stake and the municipality where the labor court is located. had low départage rates and shorter delays. these findings are consistent with the previous results in espinosa et al. ( ) that the government targeted low-activity courts in high-unemployment areas when deciding to remove courts. on the contrary, receiving-treated cities were more similar to the untreated cities: they are comparable in terms of population, the creation of new firms, and are more similar (but still statistically different) in terms of court activity and the distance to the labor court. regarding labor-market conditions, cities whose distance to the labor court was changed by the reform had statistically different market conditions, with lower unemployment, less job destruction and creation and fewer new firms. this is not surprising given that these cities were significantly smaller than the cities which were not affected by the reform. to compare these subsamples, we normalize these outcomes to for all cities and focus on growth rates compared to this benchmark for the remainder of the paper. figure shows the evolution of these normalized values over time. overall, we see an increase in job destruction and unemployment, and less job creation and fewer new firms between and . the global deterioration in the labor market reflects the financial crisis that greatly affected france, and whose long-term effects were still being felt in . the large fall in the number of new firms between and mainly comes from a reform that created a simplified legal status for the self-employed (auto-entrepreneurs). many people starting a business used this new status instead of creating a new firm (see section . ). for each of the four outcomes, removed-treated and untreated cities have similar trends over the years. cities experiencing a change in the distance to their labor court had a smaller rise in job destruction and a sharper fall in job creation compared to cities that were not targeted by the reform. moreover, entrepreneurs appear to have created fewer firms in the areas affected by the reform compared to those in unaffected areas. on the contrary, unemployment does not seem to be related to the change in distance to the labor court. last, figure illustrates the distribution of the changes in distances after the reform for removal- treated cities. workers in most of the “removed-treated cities” had to travel kilometers further on average to get to their labor court. also the change in distance is negative for some workers, so that the new labor court is closer than the older removed court. this can occur case when individuals work in cities located at the frontier of a zone. we then have the interesting situation of an exogenous shock (the reform) that rendered the distance to court either shorter, longer or unchanged. in other words, we focus here on the creation of firms other than self-employment. since the creation of self- employment status is free of charge, many were opened but without a real professional activity (or the activity was abandoned a few weeks later). including self-employment would not then paint a realistic picture of professional occupations. figure : the evolution of labor-market conditions by type of city (scores normalized to in ). year job destructions removed not treated year job creations year unemployed workers year new enterprises empirical analysis we wish to assess the effect of the removal of labor courts on city-level economic activity. as cities were treated in different ways, we propose to estimate two kinds of effects: first the average treatment on the treated (att), i.e. the reform’s average effect on cities where the labor court was removed, and second the effect conditional on the change in distance to the labor court. estimation method the evaluation of public policies in non-randomized experiments is usually carried out either by propensity-score matching (psm) or differences-in-differences (did) estima- tion. these methods estimate the average reaction of treated units to a particular treatment. the two techniques differ, however, in their assumptions about reaction functions and treatment assignment. the main assumption behind did is that treated and non-treated units would have had similar trends were the treated units not to have been treated (the common trend assumption, cta). they further assume that treatment does not produce any general-equilibrium effects (the stable unit figure : the distribution of changes in distance after the reform for removed cities. − density of changes in distance treatment value assumption, sutva). if these two assumptions hold, did estimation successfully assesses the treatment effect by comparing the change over time between the treated and non-treated units once the treatment is introduced. alternatively, psm estimation relies on two assumptions. first, the conditional independence assumption (cia) requires that a treated unit would have had the same outcome as non-treated units were it not to have been treated, conditional on the observables. this assumption ensures that the outcomes of similar untreated units can be used as counterfactuals for the treated units. did estimation makes a stronger assumption since they assume that both treated and non-treated units have the same reaction function (un)conditional on the observables (depending on whether the did are regression-adjusted). the second assumption, called the common support assumption, states that units used to estimate the att should all have a positive probability of being treated and untreated. regarding the reform, espinosa et al. ( ) have shown that the removal decisions were not random. nevertheless, the graphical discussion of the outcome variables in the previous section suggests that the cta is likely to hold: the changes between and were similar in the treated and control groups. we thus proceed in two steps. we first estimate a did model including the treatment effect together with covariates that might also affect the outcome considered (regression adjustment: see rosenbaum and rubin ( ); morgan and harding ( ); marcus ( )). given this first set of results, we discuss the likelihood of the cta. second, we use matching methods on the trends of the outcomes to generate control and treated samples that had common trends prior to the reform. removed courts dealt with fewer cases and were closer to other labor courts. in appendix , we present a few elements showing that it was indeed the case, and, more importantly, that these decisions were independent from the labor market situation. we show that the cta is more likely to hold once the correction is applied, and then discuss the new set of results. . differences-in-differences . . method we first exploit the panel structure of the data to estimate the reform’s effects in a differences- in-differences framework with regression adjustment. to estimate the att we use the following specification on the sample including cities that could have been affected by the reform and cities that were affected by the reform. the general specification is: yit = βxit + µt + αi + ∑ s = φs(di × s=t) + uit ( ) where x is the set of covariates discussed in the descriptive statistics, µt is the set of year fixed- effects, αi is the set of city fixed-effects, and uit is a random term. the variable di is for removed treated cities and for non-treated cities (excluding non-treatable courts). the set of coefficients φ = {φ ,φ ,φ ,φ ,φ ,φ } represents the att for each year. the reform was dis- cussed, voted and ratified in . we deal with anticipation effects by taking as the reference year. an insignificant estimate of φ implies that the treated and untreated cities had similar trends between and , making the cta more likely to hold. the outcomes yit considered here are the normalized scores of job creation, job destruction, unemployment and new firm cre- ation introduced in section . . given the normalization, the marginal effects are the differences in growth rates between the treated and non-treated cities between and year t. second, we explore the reform’s effect conditional on the change in distance to the new labor court. to do so, we estimate the above model for two subsets of treated cities: those for which the distance to the labor court rose (φi) and those for which it fell (φd). . . results table in the appendix shows the estimated coefficients from equation . cities that were af- fected by the reform had significantly lower job destruction, job creation and creation of new firms. however, this first estimation also shows a significantly higher trend of firm creation in treated cities prior to the reform (φ > ). this casts some doubt on the validity of the cta for firm creation. on the one hand, it might be that the estimated negative coefficients associated with the reform after underestimate the impact: treated cities benefited from a higher trend in firm creation that was so strongly affected that it turned negative after the reform. on the other hand, it is possible that the effect is overestimated: the boom in firm creation between and we exclude the duration of cases at the court level since this is missing in . the results including this variable are qualitatively equivalent and are presented as a robustness check. we change the composition of the control group by including the non-treatable cities as a robustness check: see below. would have potentially been offset by a negative trend after , even in the absence of reform. second, we estimate our econometric model separately for cities that experienced rises and falls in distance to the labor court . the results appear in tables and respectively, and are depicted in figures and . a number of comments can be made in the light of this new set of estimates. for cities with a rise in distance to the labor court, we have similar but stronger effects compared to the average effect over the entire set of treated cities: job creation, job destruction and new firm creation all fall significantly compared to cities that were unaffected by the reform. job destruction between and was about percentage points (pp) lower in cities with an increased distance to the labor court; the analogous figures for job creation and the creation of new firms are . pp and . pp respectively. in other words, labor-market functioning there was significantly degraded by the reform. employers were less likely to hire new employees, fire existing employees and create new firms. the overall effect on unemployment is not statistically significant, but the coefficient is positive. for cities with a fall in the distance to the labor court, the results are opposite but insignificant (i.e. higher job destruction and creation). the lack of significance might reflect two technical considerations, as figure shows. first, only relatively few cities experienced a fall in distance ( ) compared to the number with a rise ( , ), which reduces statistical power. second, the average fall in distance is relatively small (- . km) compared to the average increase in distance (+ . km). the smaller sample size and weaker treatment are likely behind the lack of significance for cities with a fall in distance. robustness we explore the sensitivity of our findings to changes in the control group and esti- mation method. we first re-estimate the above specifications including the untreatable cities in the control group. the results in tables a to a in the online appendix are similar. second, we reconsider the above specifications for the two types of treated cities using a multilevel mixed effects model. we introduce random effects at the city and court × year level (φc(i),t). the vector of covariates xit is decomposed into covariates that are defined at the city level (x ,it) and those that are defined at the court level (x ,c(i)t) the multilevel model is: yit = βx ,it + µt + αi + φc(i),t + ∑ s = φs(di × s=t) + uit ( ) αi = γ + ei φc(i),t = λx ,c(i)t + �c(i),t where λ includes an intercept, uit is a random term at the city × year level, ei a random term at the city level, and �c(i),t a random term at the court × year level. the estimates from this model for the two separate samples (e.g. rising or falling distance) appear in tables a and a in the online appendix and are similar to those shown previously, i.e. a significant fall in job destruction, job creation and new firms in cities that had a rise in distance to the labor court, and insignificant rises in job destruction and creation for cities with a smaller distance. cta two variables may be suspected of violating the common trend assumption in the above regressions. first, the number of new firms seems to have grown faster between and in treated compared to control cities (table ). this effect is mainly due to cities whose distance to the labor court increased (table ). second, unemployment rose significantly more in cities where the distance to the labor court fell compared to the control group (table ). we now turn to matching methods to correct the control group sample and ensure the validity of the common trend assumption. figure : the marginal effects of the reform in cities that experienced a rise in the distance to the labor court. (differences-in-differences) − − − year job destructions − − year job creations − year unemployed workers − − year new enterprises note: the confidence intervals are at the % confidence level. the outcomes are normalized to in . these are regression-adjusted differences-in-differences, with standard errors clustered at the court level. . conditional differences-in-differences the results above reveal the potential violation of cta is for some of our outcomes. we therefore propose to correct our estimations by weighting the sample control to produce a sample of untreated cities with a pre-reform trend similar to that in treated cities. we first estimate a propensity score and then run the above regressions with the weights derived from a matching algorithm. . . matching to obtain similar pre-reform trends, we estimate the propensity score at the city level, i.e. the probability that a city have its associated court removed, based on the change between and figure : the marginal effects of the reform in cities that experienced a fall in the distance to the labor court. (differences-in-differences) − − year job destructions − year job creations − − year unemployed workers − − year new enterprises note: the confidence intervals are at the % confidence level. the outcomes are normalized to in . these are regression-adjusted differences-in-differences, with standard errors clustered at the court level. of the variables of interest (job creation, job destruction, unemployment and new firms). this matching on pre-reform trends aims to correct for any pre-trend differences in the did estimation. the removal decision is defined as: removal∗i = γ∆yi + ui ( ) where removal∗ is the latent variable associated with removal (which is set to if the labor court associated with city i was removed and if not). ∆yi are the changes in labor-market outcomes between and . we consider a number of matching algorithms to calculate weights based on the propensity score from the above equation. we consider in turn the epanechnikov kernel (ek), gaussian ker- nel (gk), and three-nearest neighbor algorithm (n ). we further use a fourth matching algorithm, the covariate balancing propensity score (cbps) method. this technique relies on gmm estima- tion, and jointly estimates the propensity score and the associated weights so as to minimize the matching is effected on the changes between and rather than between and to avoid potential anticipation effects, as the reform was discussed, voted and ratified in . ex-post bias between the treated and control groups. comparing matching techniques table presents the average standardized bias (asb) in each matching model. it also shows, for each estimation, the number of variables with standardized bias above %. we present two sets of results: on the left-hand side we show the asb for the matching procedure in cities whose distance to the labor court rose; the right-hand side shows the analogous results for cities whose distance fell. first of all, the data reveal relatively little heterogeneity in the pre-reform trends: the asb figure is below the % threshold for cities with increased distance and below the % threshold for cities with lower distance. we note however that half of the labor-market outcomes can be considered as biased, i.e. as having statistically different trends between and . this justifies the use of matching to produce a control group with pre-reform trends similar to those in treated cities. second, regarding the matching algorithm, the cbps seems to be the most efficient way of reducing the asb, with the values of the latter falling from . (resp. . ) in the unmatched sample to . (resp. . ) in the matched sample for cities with greater (lower) distance. the cbps algorithm also minimizes the number of biased variables. the nearest neighbor algorithm (n ) is the second-best matching algorithm in terms of the asb. . . the results of conditional differences-in-differences we now estimate equation with the weights from the cbps matching algorithm. given that the reform seems to have had different effects according to the change in distance (higher or lower), we estimate an att separately by type of affected city. table and figure display the results of this new estimation for cities with greater distance to the labor court. we first note a substantial improvement in the cta, which now holds for all outcomes. second, this new set of results confirms the original findings: cities with greater distance to the labor court suffered from lower job destruction (about - . percentage points between and ), job creation (- . pp) and new-firm creation (- . pp). the results for cities with a fall in distance (table and figure ) reveal no significant effects of the reform. however, as in the did framework, the results by city type are mirror images of each other, with increased job creation and destruction in this second set of cities. here again, insignificance likely reflects the less-pronounced treatment in these cities, and the relatively small number of cities with lower distance. robustness we explore additional specifications to test the robustness of the above results. we first include non-treatable cities in the control group, i.e. cities whose labor court could not have been removed by the reform (online appendix, tables a and a ). second, we add the average duration of terminated cases in the associated labor court to the control variables (online appendix, tables a and a ). for this latter, we exclude observations in for which the ministry of the % threshold is usually used in the literature following the original paper of heckman et al. ( ). we use the stata xtreg package to estimate the model with weights, clustering observations at the pre-reform labor court level. justice data has many missing values. third, we estimate the above models using the second-best matching algorithm in terms of bias reduction (n : online appendix, tables a and a ) finally, we use the cbps scores with the multilevel mixed-effects model with the same specification as in the previous section (online appendix, tables a and a ). all of these alternative estimations yield the same results as in the main text above: the reform had no significant effect on cities with lower distance to the labor court, but a negative effect on job creation, job destruction and new-firm creation for cities where this distance rose. figure : marginal effects of the reform for cities that experienced a rise in the distance to the labor court. (conditional differences-in-differences) − − − year job destructions − − year job creations − year unemployed workers − − year new enterprises note: the confidence intervals are at the % confidence level. the outcomes are normalized to in . these are regression-adjusted differences-in-differences, with standard errors clustered at the court level. . linear impact of the distance the above sections have presented the overall impact of the reform for two groups of cities: those that experienced an increased in distance to their labor courts, and those that experienced a fall. we now propose to estimate a linear specification, which seeks to estimate the impact of one additional kilometer to the associated labor court. we assume here that distance has a linear impact on the labor market outcomes, and that an increase and a fall of distance have similar but opposite effects. the associated specification is: we prefer to drop data in rather than only the missing values, as the estimations are carried out using weights, which are calculated using the entire sample. dropping one year for every observation does not affect the validity of the matching process. figure : marginal effects of the reform for cities that experienced a fall in the distance to the labor court. (conditional differences-in-differences) − year job destructions − year job creations − year unemployed workers − − year new enterprises note: the confidence intervals are at the % confidence level. the outcomes are normalized to in . these are regression-adjusted differences-in-differences, with standard errors clustered at the court level. yit = βxit + µt + αi + ∑ s = φs s=t∆i + uit ( ) where ∆i represents the change of distance to the associated labor court. it is equal to zero for non-treated cities for all periods, and to the change of the distance for treated cities due to the reform. this specification allows us to estimate the impact of one additional kilometer for each year after the reform. results of this estimation are displayed in tables (without matching correction) and (with matching correction). first of all, one can observe that the coefficient associated to the reform change of distance is significant for new enterprises in in absence of matching correction (table ). this suggests that, prior to the reform, cities in the sample differ in the number of new entreprises according to the future change in distance. the matching correction successfully erases these differences, and no effect is significant in once we use a weighted specification (table ). results with the matching correction are graphically displayed on figure . as one can see, an increase of distance to the labor court significantly decreases job destructions, job creations and, eventually, the firm creations in the subsequent years. for an increase of kilometers, we estimate that the growth rate between and was lower by . percentage points for job destructions, by . percentage points for job creations, and by . percentage points for new firms. results including non-treatable cities, displayed in the online appendix (tables a and a ), lead to similar observations. figure : marginal effects of an increase of one kilometer in the distance to the labor court on affected cities. (linear specification, with matching-correction) − . − . − . . . year job destruction − . − . − . . year job creation − . − . . . . year unemployment − . − . − . . . year new firms note: the confidence intervals are at the % confidence level. the outcomes are normalized to in . standard errors clustered at the court level. . limitations our empirical investigation attempted to address most of the challenges public-policy evaluations generally face. however, two main issues were not tackled here, as the necessary econometric tools have not yet been developed. first, we are aware that the estimation of the propensity score might produce measurement errors, which are not taken into account here. abadie and imbens ( ) show that propensity-score estimation affects the large-sample distribution of the matching estimator. their contribution is however to date limited to the att without regression adjustment. further developments (especially in regression adjustment and conditional did) are required to correct for the potential biases in our case. second, the matching algorithm might generate a need for additional clustering between matched units. abadie and spiess ( ) derive results for the k-nearest neighbors matching technique without replacement. this is the simplest matching algorithm, as the clusters are exclusive, and we have no doubt that these results will be extended to more complex matching algorithms in the coming years. conclusion and discussion public decision-makers usually face a trade-off between two (opposite) policy goals: limiting public expenditure and ensuring the good functioning of the labor market. in recent years, this dual optimization problem has received increasing attention, with rising concern about national debt and the sharp increase in unemployment in developed countries. in june , the imf stated: "[the risks of stagnation] are particularly worrisome for the euro area, given the high level of unemployment and public and private debt in some member countries". public authorities have thus devoted particular attention to reductions in public expenditure that would have the smallest effect on the economy and, in particular, the labor market. one popular proposal among public decision-makers has been to rationalize public administra- tion in order to reduce its costs. a number of countries have thus sought to reduce their number of (labor) courts. however, the impact of such reforms on the labor market has received little attention from public authorities given the lack of associated empirical evidence. our paper is the first piece of empirical analysis to assess the impact of labor-court access on the labor market. we do so by exploiting the french reform that removed one quarter of the labor courts in france. we distinguish between two types of cities that were affected by the reform: those with increased and reduced distance to the labor court. the estimation of (conditional) differences-in-differences reveals that greater distance is associated with worse-performing labor markets: lower job destruction (- percentage points), job creation (- . pp) and new-firm creation (- . pp) between and for cities with a greater distance compared to unaffected cities. we also find opposite-signed but insignificant effects in cities where the distance to the labor court fell (i.e. higher job destruction and creation). these results cast some doubt on the net benefit of such reforms. there are multiple effects on both public spending and economic activity. labor courts are a key institution for the enforcement of labor contracts, and access to them affects economic behavior. our results suggest that greater distance brings about higher costs. our interpretation is that these latter can be particularly heavy for small-sized firms, which represent the majority of firms in france, as described in section . . employers in these firms are particularly affected by the changes in litigation costs resulting from court accessibility. the regions that were affected by the reform already had weaker labor markets prior to the reform. their economic network was mainly composed of smaller firms: these employers are particularly affected by the changes in litigation costs due to court access. the costs can be both direct (transportation costs) and indirect (opportunity cost of going to court). as the presence of both parties is mandatory at certain stages of the procedure (even though the party can be represented for others) the repeated costs of greater distance might translate into a substantial burden for employers. overall, our estimations show that the increased burden for both employees and employers leads to worse labor-market performance. https://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/fandd/ / /pdf/lin.pdf. https://www.imf.org/external/pubs/ft/fandd/ / /pdf/lin.pdf acknowledgements we are grateful to pierre cahuc, laurent davezies, xavier d’haultfoeuille and francis kramarz for discussions which led to improvements in the paper. we also thank participants at the crest seminar, the law & economics workshop (florence, ), the lagv conference (aix-en-provence, ), the eea conference (geneva, ), the afse conference (nancy, ) and the tepp winter school (aussois, ). references abadie, a. and imbens, g. w. ( ). matching on the estimated propensity score. econometrica, ( ): – . abadie, a. and spiess, j. ( ). robust post-matching inference. working paper. acemoglu, d. and johnson, s. ( ). unbundling institutions. journal of political economy, ( ): – . bauer, t. k., bender, s., and bonin, h. ( ). dismissal protection and worker flows in small establishments. economica, ( ): – . behaghel, l., crépon, b., and sédillot, b. ( ). the perverse effects of partial employment protection reform: the case of french older workers. journal of public economics, ( - ): – . chappe, n. and obidzinski, m. ( ). the impact of the number of courts on the demand for trials. international review of law and economics, : – . chemin, m. ( ). the impact of the judiciary on entrepreneurship: evaluation of pakistan’s access to justice programme. journal of public economics, ( - ): – . chemin, m. ( ). does court speed shape economic activity? evidence from a court reform in india. journal of law, economics and organization, ( ): – . cour des comptes ( ). rapport public annuel . technical report. djankov, s., la porta, r., lópez-de silanes, f., and shleifer, a. ( ). courts. the quarterly journal of economics, ( ): – . encj ( ). judicial reform in europe, - . technical report. espinosa, r., desrieux, c., and wan, h. ( ). fewer courts, less justice? evidence from the french reform of labour courts. european journal of law and economics, forthcoming. fraisse, h., kramarz, f., and prost, c. ( ). labor disputes and labor flows. industrial and labor relations review, forthcoming. garibaldi, p., borgarello, a., and pacelli, l. ( ). employment protection legislation and the size of firms: a close look at the italian case . giornale degli economisti e annali di economia, ( ): – . gianfreda, g. and vallanti, g. ( ). labour courts delays and the composition of employment: is labour encouraged or endangered by institutions? working papers luisslab, dipartimento di economia e finanza, luiss guido carli. gomes, c. ( ). the transformation of the portuguese judicial organization: between efficiency and democracy. utrecht law review, ( ): – . guilloneau, m. and serverin, e. ( ). les litiges individuels du travail de à : des actions moins nombreuses mais toujours plus contentieuses. technical report , infostat, ministère de la justice. heckman, j. j., ichimura, h., and todd, p. ( ). matching as an econometric evaluation estimator. review of economic studies, : – . hernanz, v., jimeno, j., and kugler, a. ( ). employment consequences of restrictive permanent contracts: evidence from spanish labour market reforms. cepr discussion paper no. . kugler, a. and pica, g. ( ). effects of employment protection on worker and job flows: evidence from the italian reform. labour economics, ( ): – . kugler, a. d. and saint-paul, g. ( ). how do firing costs affect worker flows in a world with adverse selection? journal of labor economics, ( ): – . le barbanchon, t. and malherbet, f. ( ). an anatomy of the french labor market. technical report employment working paper , international labour office. mak, e. ( ). balancing territoriality and functionality; specialization as a tool for reforming jurisdiction in the netherlands, france and germany. international journal for court adminis- tration, ( ): – . marcus, j. ( ). does job loss make you smoke and gain weight? economica, ( ): – . ministère de la justice ( ). la réforme de la carte judiciaire. technical report, l’actu justice. morgan, s. l. and harding, d. j. ( ). matching estimators of causal effects: prospects and pitfalls in theory and practice. sociological methods & research, ( ): – . rosenbaum, p. and rubin, d. ( ). the central role of the propensity score in observational studies for causal effects. biometrika, : – . schivardi, f. and torrini, r. ( ). identifying the effects of firing restrictions through size- contingent differences in regulation. labour economics, ( ): – . sénat ( ). la réforme de la carte judiciaire: une occasion manquée. technical report, rap- port d’information de mme nicole borvo cohen-seat et m. yves détraigne, fait au nom de la commission des lois. tresor-eco ( ). le traitement des litiges en droit du travail : constats et perspectives economiques. technical report , lettre du minsitere de l’economie, de l’industrie et du numerique. van djik, f. and horatius, d. ( ). judiciary in times of scarcity: retrenchment and reform. international journal for court administration, ( ): – . visaria, s. ( ). legal reform and loan repayment: the microeconomic impact of debt recov- ery tribunals in india. american economic journal: applied economics, ( ): – . von below, d. and thoursie, p. s. ( ). last in, first out?: estimating the effect of seniority rules in sweden. labour economics, ( ): – . von lilienfeld-toal, u., mookherjee, d., and visaria, s. ( ). the distributive impact of re- forms in credit enforcement: evidence from indian debt recovery tribunals. econometrica, ( ): – . world bank ( ). improving the performance of justice institutions. technical report. appendix : maps of judicial system figure : french courts before the reform and removals during the reform figure : french courts after the reform appendix : tables table : summary statistics in . variable label non-treatable removed receiving untreated unemployed number of unemployed workers . . *** . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) jobdest number of job destructions (registration for unemployment benefits) . . *** . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) jobcrea number of unemployed workers who left unemployment benefits after finding a job . . *** . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) newentr number of firms created per year . . *** . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) distance distance between the city and its labor court (km) . . *** . *** . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) pop population (log) . . *** . . (. ) (. ) (. ) (. ) popage working age population (log) . . *** . . (. ) (. ) (. ) (. ) propcs proportion of individuals in the st social category . . . *** . (. ) (. ) (. ) (. ) propcs proportion of individuals in the nd social category . . *** . *** . (. ) (. ) (. ) (. ) propcs proportion of individuals in the rd social category . . *** . *** . (. ) (. ) (. ) (. ) propcs proportion of individuals in the th social category . . *** . *** . (. ) (. ) (. ) (. ) propcs proportion of individuals in the th social category . . *** . ** . (. ) (. ) (. ) (. ) propcs proportion of individuals in the th social category . . *** . *** . (. ) (. ) (. ) (. ) propcs proportion of individuals in the th social category . . *** . ** . (. ) (. ) (. ) (. ) propcs proportion of individuals in the th social category . . . ** . (. ) (. ) (. ) (. ) newaff� number of new claims per year . . *** *** . ( . ) ( . ) ( ) ( . ) succrate� success rate for plaintiffs . . *** . *** . (. ) (. ) (. ) (. ) concrate� conciliation rate . . *** . *** . (. ) (. ) (. ) (. ) deprate� rate of départage . . *** . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) duraff� average duration of terminated cases in months (log) . . *** . ** . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) means and standard deviations (in parentheses). variables with � are reported at the labor-court level. stars indicate that the sample mean is statistically different from the untreated cities’ sample mean at the % (*), % (**) and % (***) levels. table : estimation of the difference between cities not affected by the reform and cities whose labor court was removed (differences-in-differences, regression-adjusted, excluding non-treatable cities). job destruction job creation unemployment new firms φ - . . - . - . ** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . - . . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . - . ** . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . - . ** . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . * - . . - . ** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . *** - . ** . - . *** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) city fe yes yes yes yes year fe yes yes yes yes covariates yes yes yes yes observations , , , , r-squared . . . . significance level: *** significant at the % level; ** significant at the % level; * significant at the % level. robust standard errors are clustered at the court level. table : estimation of the difference between cities not affected by the reform and cities that experienced a rise in the distance to the labor court (differences-in-differences, regression-adjusted, excluding non-treatable cities). job destruction job creation unemployment new firms φi, - . . . - . ** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . - . - . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . - . *** . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . * - . ** . - . * ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . ** - . . - . ** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . *** - . ** . - . *** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) city fe yes yes yes yes year fe yes yes yes yes covariates yes yes yes yes observations , , , , r-squared . . . . significance level: *** significant at the % level; ** significant at the % level; * significant at the % level. robust standard errors are clustered at the court level. table : estimation of the difference between cities not affected by the reform and cities that experienced a fall in the distance to the labor court (differences-in-differences, regression-adjusted, excluding non-treatable cities). job destruction job creation unemployment new firms φd, - . . - . ** - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, - . . . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, - . . * . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . - . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . . - . * ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) city fe yes yes yes yes year fe yes yes yes yes covariates yes yes yes yes observations , , , , r-squared . . . . significance level: *** significant at the % level; ** significant at the % level; * significant at the % level. robust standard errors are clustered at the court level. table : diagnosis of the matching process: average standardized bias and number of biased variables at % (excluding non-treatable cities). increased distance reduced distance algorithm average bias №. biased var. average bias №. biased var. before matching . . ek . . gk . . n . . cbps . . table : estimation of the difference between cities not affected by the reform and cities that expe- rienced a rise in the distance to the labor court (conditional differences-in-differences, regression- adjusted, excluding non-treatable cities). job destruction job creation unemployment new firms φi, - . - . - . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . - . ** - . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, . - . *** - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . - . *** . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . ** - . ** . - . * ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . *** - . *** . - . ** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) city fe yes yes yes yes year fe yes yes yes yes covariates yes yes yes yes observations , , , , r-squared . . . . significance level: *** significant at the % level; ** significant at the % level; * significant at the % level. robust standard errors are clustered at the court level. table : estimation of the difference between cities not affected by the reform and cities that ex- perienced a fall in the distance to the labor court (conditional differences-in-differences, regression- adjusted, excluding non-treatable cities). job destruction job creation unemployment new firms φd, . . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, - . . . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, - . . . ** . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) city fe yes yes yes yes year fe yes yes yes yes covariates yes yes yes yes observations , , , , r-squared . . . . significance level: *** significant at the % level; ** significant at the % level; * significant at the % level. robust standard errors are clustered at the court level. table : linear estimation of the effect of a change of distance. (no matching-correction, excluding non-treatable cities.) job destruction job creation unemployment new firms φ - . . . - . ** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . - . ** - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . - . *** - . - . * ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . *** - . *** - . - . * ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . *** - . * . - . ** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . *** - . ** . - . *** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) city fe yes yes yes yes year fe yes yes yes yes covariates yes yes yes yes observations , , , , r-squared . . . . significance level: *** significant at the % level; ** significant at the % level; * significant at the % level. robust standard errors are clustered at the court level. table : linear estimation of the effect of a change of distance. (with matching-correction, exclud- ing non-treatable cities.) job destruction job creation unemployment new firms φ - . . . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . - . *** - . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . - . *** - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . *** - . *** - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . *** - . *** . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . ** - . *** . - . *** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) city fe yes yes yes yes year fe yes yes yes yes covariates yes yes yes yes observations , , , , r-squared . . . . significance level: *** significant at the % level; ** significant at the % level; * significant at the % level. robust standard errors are clustered at the court level. appendix : decision to remove courts the decision to remove courts in mainly resulted from the government’s will to reduce public expenditures. in french history, reductions of the number of courts, and more broadly amendments of the judicial map, turn to be rare events. indeed, prior to , the last significant reform dated back to . in , the government had therefore a unique opportunity to substantially amend the judicial map. during the preliminary discussions, the government declared that the courts to be removed would be chosen in the light of their level of activity. we propose here a few elements to see whether (i) the government effectively based its choice on the court’s activity level, and (ii) whether some dimensions of the labor market under scrutiny affected its decision. to do so, we consider data of at the court level. the dependent variable is a dummy variable equal to if the court was removed and to otherwise. the independent variables include variables about the court (the number of new cases, the average delay to obtain a decision, the average winning rate for the plaintiffs, the average conciliation rate, and the average so-called dé- partage rate which accounts for a procedure specific to french labor courts), and average values of the job market outcomes considered in our study (job destructions, job creations, new enterprises, unemployed workers). table shows the results of probit estimation of the probability of a court to be removed. it excludes labor courts that were unique in their département, since the government refused to remove such courts. sample a includes removed courts and courts that were not affected by the reform. sample b also includes courts that took on the competency of removed courts. as one can see, the court’s activity, i.e. the number of new cases, has been the main criterion to determine the removal of courts. we observe indeed that this only criterion explains almost % of the removal decision. furthermore, it appears that the government did not consider issues related to the labor market conditions when deciding on the reform: none of the coefficients associated to these variables is significant in the regression. note that the averages of the outcome variables are weighted by the population in working age. table : probit regressions of the probability of being removed. (z-values in parentheses.) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( ) sample a sample b sample a sample b new cases - . *** - . *** - *** - . *** (- . ) (- . ) (- . ) (- . ) winning rate . . - . - . conciliation rate . . - . - . départage rate . . - . - . job destructions - . - . (- . ) (- . ) job creations . . - . - . new enterprises . . - . - . unemployed workers . . - . - . average duration - . ** - . ** (- . ) (- . ) observations pseudo r . . . . online appendix labor market & access to justice romain espinosa, claudine desrieux and marc ferracci differences-in-differences table a : estimation of the difference between cities not affected by the reform and cities whose labor court was removed (differences-in-differences, regression-adjusted, excluding non-treatable cities). job destruction job creation unemployment new firms φ - . . - . - . ** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . - . . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ . - . ** . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . - . ** . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . * - . . - . ** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . *** - . * . - . *** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) city fe yes yes yes yes year fe yes yes yes yes covariates yes yes yes yes observations , , , , r-squared . . . . significance level: *** significant at the % level; ** significant at the % level; * significant at the % level. robust standard errors are clustered at the court level. table a : estimation of the difference between cities not affected by the reform and cities that experienced a rise in the distance to the labor court (differences-in-differences, regression-adjusted, including non-treatable cities). job destruction job creation unemployment new firms φi, - . . . - . ** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . - . . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, . - . *** . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . - . ** . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . ** - . . - . * ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . *** - . ** . - . *** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) city fe yes yes yes yes year fe yes yes yes yes covariates yes yes yes yes observations , , , , r-squared . . . . significance level: *** significant at the % level; ** significant at the % level; * significant at the % level. robust standard errors are clustered at the court level. table a : estimation of the difference between cities not affected by the reform and cities that experienced a fall in the distance to the labor court (differences-in-differences, regression-adjusted, including non-treatable cities). job destruction job creation unemployment new firms φd, - . . - . ** - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, - . . . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, - . . * . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . - . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) city fe yes yes yes yes year fe yes yes yes yes covariates yes yes yes yes observations , , , , r-squared . . . . significance level: *** significant at the % level; ** significant at the % level; * significant at the % level. robust standard errors are clustered at the court level. table a : estimation of the difference between cities not affected by the reform and cities that experienced a rise in the distance to the labor court (differences-in-differences, regression-adjusted, excluding non-treatable cities, multilevel mixed effects). job destruction job creation unemployment new firms φi, - . . - . - . ** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . - . - . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . - . *** - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . *** - . *** - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . *** - . *** . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . *** - . *** . - . ** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) city re yes yes yes yes year fe yes yes yes yes court × year re yes yes yes yes covariates yes yes yes yes observations , , , , significance level: *** significant at the % level; ** significant at the % level; * significant at the % level. table a : estimation of the difference between cities not affected by the reform and cities that experienced a fall in the distance to the labor court (differences-in-differences, regression-adjusted, excluding non-treatable cities, multilevel mixed effects). job destruction job creation unemployment new firms φd, - . . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, - . . . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, - . . - . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . * - . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, - . . - . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) city re yes yes yes yes year fe yes yes yes yes court × year re yes yes yes yes covariates yes yes yes yes observations , , , , significance level: *** significant at the % level; ** significant at the % level; * significant at the % level. conditional differences-in-differences table a : diagnosis of the matching process: average standardized bias and number of biased variables at % (including non-treatable cities). increased distance reduced distance algorithm average bias №. biased var. average bias №. biased var. before matching . . ek . . gk . . n . . cbps . . table a : estimation of the difference between cities not affected by the reform and cities that ex- perienced a rise in the distance to the labor court (conditional differences-in-differences, regression- adjusted, including non-treatable cities). job destruction job creation unemployment new firms φi, - . - . - . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . - . ** - . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, . - . *** - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . - . *** . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . * - . * . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . *** - . *** . - . ** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) city fe yes yes yes yes year fe yes yes yes yes covariates yes yes yes yes observations , , , , r-squared . . . . significance level: *** significant at the % level; ** significant at the % level; * significant at the % level. robust standard errors are clustered at the court level. table a : estimation of the difference between cities not affected by the reform and cities that ex- perienced a fall in the distance to the labor court (conditional differences-in-differences, regression- adjusted, including non-treatable cities). job destruction job creation unemployment new firms φd, . - . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, - . . . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . . ** . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) city fe yes yes yes yes year fe yes yes yes yes covariates yes yes yes yes observations , , , , r-squared . . . . significance level: *** significant at the % level; ** significant at the % level; * significant at the % level. robust standard errors are clustered at the court level. table a : estimation of the difference between cities not affected by the reform and cities that ex- perienced a rise in the distance to the labor court (conditional differences-in-differences, regression- adjusted, excluding non-treatable cities, including delay in cases at the labor court). job destruction job creation unemployment new firms φi, - . - . - . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, . . . . φi, . - . *** . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . - . *** . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . ** - . ** . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . *** - . *** . - . ** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) delay in cases yes yes yes yes city fe yes yes yes yes year fe yes yes yes yes covariates yes yes yes yes observations , , , , r-squared . . . . significance level: *** significant at the % level; ** significant at the % level; * signifi- cant at the % level. robust standard errors are clustered at the court level. table a : estimation of the difference between cities not affected by the reform and cities that ex- perienced a fall in the distance to their labor court (conditional differences-in-differences, regression- adjusted, excluding non-treatable cities, including delay in cases at the labor court). job destruction job creation unemployment new firms φd, . . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . . . φd, - . . . ** . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) delay in cases yes yes yes yes city fe yes yes yes yes year fe yes yes yes yes covariates yes yes yes yes observations , , , , r-squared . . . . significance level: *** significant at the % level; ** significant at the % level; * signifi- cant at the % level. robust standard errors are clustered at the court level. table a : estimation of the difference between cities not affected by the reform and cities that ex- perienced a rise in the distance to the labor court (conditional differences-in-differences, regression- adjusted, excluding non-treatable cities, -nearest neighbor matching algorithm). job destruction job creation unemployment new firms φi, - . - . - . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . - . * . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . - . *** . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . * - . *** . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . *** - . ** . - . * ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . *** - . *** . - . ** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) city fe yes yes yes yes year fe yes yes yes yes covariates yes yes yes yes observations , , , , r-squared . . . . significance level: *** significant at the % level; ** significant at the % level; * significant at the % level. robust standard errors are clustered at the court level. table a : estimation of the difference between cities not affected by the reform and cities that ex- perienced a fall in the distance to the labor court (conditional differences-in-differences, regression- adjusted, excluding non-treatable cities, -nearest neighbor matching algorithm). job destruction job creation unemployment new firms φd, . - . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, - . . . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, - . . . ** - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . . - . * ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, - . . . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) city fe yes yes yes yes year fe yes yes yes yes covariates yes yes yes yes observations , , , , r-squared . . . . significance level: *** significant at the % level; ** significant at the % level; * significant at the % level. robust standard errors are clustered at the court level. table a : estimation of the difference between cities not affected by the reform and cities that ex- perienced a rise in the distance to the labor court (conditional differences-in-differences, regression- adjusted, excluding non-treatable cities, multilevel mixed effects). job destruction job creation unemployment new firms φi, . . - . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . - . ** - . ** . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . - . *** - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . * - . *** - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . ** - . *** . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φi, - . *** - . *** - . - . ** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) city re yes yes yes yes year fe yes yes yes yes court × year re yes yes yes yes covariates yes yes yes yes observations , , , , significance level: *** significant at the % level; ** significant at the % level; * significant at the % level. table a : estimation of the difference between cities not affected by the reform and cities that ex- perienced a fall in the distance to the labor court (conditional differences-in-differences, regression- adjusted, excluding non-treatable cities, multilevel mixed effects). job destruction job creation unemployment new firms φd, . . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, - . . - . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, - . . - . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . - . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φd, . . - . . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) city re yes yes yes yes year fe yes yes yes yes court × year re yes yes yes yes covariates yes yes yes yes observations , , , , significance level: *** significant at the % level; ** significant at the % level; * significant at the % level. table a : linear estimation of the effect of a change of distance. (no matching-correction, includ- ing non-treatable cities.) job destruction job creation unemployment new firms φ - . . . - . ** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . - . * - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . - . *** - . - . * ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . *** - . ** - . - . * ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . *** - . * . - . * ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . *** - . ** . - . *** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) city fe yes yes yes yes year fe yes yes yes yes covariates yes yes yes yes observations , , , , r-squared . . . . significance level: *** significant at the % level; ** significant at the % level; * significant at the % level. robust standard errors are clustered at the court level. table a : linear estimation of the effect of a change of distance. (with matching-correction, including non-treatable cities.) job destruction job creation unemployment new firms φ - . . . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . - . *** - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ . - . *** - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . *** - . *** - . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . *** - . *** . - . ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) φ - . ** - . *** . - . *** ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) ( . ) city fe yes yes yes yes year fe yes yes yes yes covariates yes yes yes yes observations , , , , r-squared . . . . significance level: *** significant at the % level; ** significant at the % level; * significant at the % level. robust standard errors are clustered at the court level. introduction literature the institutional context the french labor market french labor courts overview of the reform potential impacts of the reform data information and units of observation descriptive statistics empirical analysis differences-in-differences method results conditional differences-in-differences matching the results of conditional differences-in-differences linear impact of the distance limitations conclusion and discussion legal information management, ( ), pp. – © the author(s) . published by british and irish association of law librarians doi: . /s janus-faced justice? the role of legal technology in the provision of access to justice winner of the best in category, justis international writing competition for the category access to justice and technology (in partnership with the city law school), by eleanor de of city, university of london. the move towards digitisation is a growing global trend and an inescapable reality. but so too is the increasing chasm between rights in law and rights enforced. the advent of legal technology presents exciting opportunities to bridge this gap, but it would be imprudent to assume that this is a symbiotic relationship, or that digitisation necessarily improves access to justice. new technologies could be used to improve transpar- ency, disseminate legal information, provide access to court decisions and reduce court backlog and in some places this potential has been realised. in the netherlands, for instance, an online dispute resolution service (rechtwijzer) has been developed to help users identify whether their problem involves legal issues, guide them through their rights and explain how to enforce them. this informs the user, empowers them and pro- vides actionable solutions to their problems, whilst also decreasing the burden on the courts and providing ease of access. however, preoccupation with cost-cutting and effi- ciency is an enormous barrier to improving access to justice through legal technology. this manifests in several ways. . in situations where legal technology might be the best way to increase access and participation, it might not be the most cost-effective option the consultative council of european judges noted in an opinion on justice and information technologies that cost may be both an advantage and a disadvantage . costs are highly context-specific and it is a misconception that digitisation is necessarily cheaper. this sits at odds with the idea that technology, austerity and access to justice can happily co-exist, and may provide some explanation for the pattern of digitisation that has thus far emerged. by way of example, the highly lauded civil resolution tribunal in british columbia, canada, was borne out of a report that argued that ‘court processes…often do not make sense or work for litigants’ . the driving force behind the canadian reform, therefore, was concern for public access and although financial motivations were part of this, they played a subsidiary role. by contrast, smith and paterson note that ‘the english and welsh government…is driven much more overtly by a need for savings’ . this may explain why the uk has been slower to adapt to changes in technology and why the bulk of work to date has been on the growth of a paper- less system. other forms of innovation such as digitised public legal education or using technology to synchronise information sharing between services such as her majesty’s courts and tribunals service (hmcts), proba- tion and the nhs would require more investment and have, thus far, taken a back seat. . this can lead to a dichotomous approach earlier this year, hmcts launched a proposal for a number of court closures, justified on the basis that there is a need to invest in ‘wholly new, more convenient, fleeter routes to justice’ . this represents a risky binary approach, whereby governments assume that digitisation removes the requirement or demand for traditional face- to-face justice. in light of digital exclusion rates, it is imperative that digital services and traditional mediums are not seen as mutually exclusive. . the focus on costs results in a lack of consultation with service users which leads to provisions which are not shaped or informed by lived experience and user needs a common difficulty in the process of digitisation is a lack of consultation between state and citizen. moreover, con- sultation is often retrospective (conducted after policy drafting), and fails engage in the kind of iterative process necessary of such a dialogue. this leads to practical problems. for instance, there are few opportunities to correct the misconception that the only people who are digitally excluded are those ‘internet-deprived citizens [who are not] able or willing to use technology when it is first deployed’ . the most vulnerable people experience a multiplicity of issues including - but not limited to - homelessness, poverty, illiteracy and ill mental health. and it is these people who experience the most legal problems and do less about them. insensitivity to the nuance of digital exclusion then manifests itself in the execution of digital services. for example, more robust consultation with interest groups might have pre- vented hmcts from introducing an ‘opt-in’ system for the assisted digital programme (an inappropriate arrangement because many people are unable to make informed decisions about whether the online system is right for them) . this is also evident in situations where digital services are implemented without the necessary individualised or emotional support. an australian study reported that there is often an unhelpful focus on the mechanical dis- semination of information, regardless of how useful it might be . similarly, a uk government-produced info- graphic video on domestic violence was deemed patronis- ing and unhelpful by its intended audience . in the criminal context, the use of live video link has been con- tentious, and using it to provide an interpreter for vul- nerable people who require an appropriate adult has been heavily criticised for failing to address user needs . . the risk of a breakdown of trust between citizen and state people come into contact with legal services at times which are likely to be the most stressful in their lives. it is imperative, therefore, as tickle notes, that govern- ments remain aware of the possibility of losing the critical quality of human judgment and the ways in which digital pathways can be anonymising and alienating . after all, the legitimacy of the legal system hinges on the public’s trust and confidence in the system. in a civil setting, this may lead to further disengagement and in a criminal context, the misuse of technology could impact on recid- ivism rates; if there is perceived to be a dearth of proced- ural justice, trust may be eroded which can affect offenders’ cooperation with criminal justice institutions in the future. as long as cost-cutting remains the primary motivator for adopting new legal technologies it is impossible to guarantee improved access to justice. to enact meaningful change, it is essential that user needs are consulted throughout development and implementation, and that the increased drive towards digitisation does not diminish the procedural safeguards necessary for a fair hearing. footnotes julinda beqiraj and lawrence mcnamara “international access to justice: barriers and solutions”, bingham centre for the rule of law, october . https://www.biicl.org/documents/ _ _ibatokyo_beqirajmcnamara_internationalaccesstojusticebar- riersandsolutions.pdf?showdocument= (accessed th november ). dory reiling, “technology in courts in europe: opinions, practices and innovations”, international journal for court administration, june https://www.iacajournal.org/articles/ . /ijca. /galley/ /download/ (accessed th november ). action committee on access to justice in civil and family matters, “access to civil and family justice: a roadmap for change”, october . http://www.cfcj-fcjc.org/sites/default/files/docs/ /ac_report_english_final.pdf (accessed th november ). roger smith and alan paterson, “face to face legal services and their alternatives : global lessons from the digital revolution”, university of strathclyde prints, ,pg . https://www.publictechnology.net/articles/news/hmcts-consults-court-clo- sures-digitisation-programme-rolls (accessed th november ). ministry of justice and hmcts, “fit for the future: transforming the court and tribunal estate”, th january , https:// consult.justice.gov.uk/digital-communications/transforming-court-tribunal-estate/supporting_documents/hmctsstrategyapproach- consultation.pdf (accessed th november ). b r hough, “let’s not make it worse: issues to consider in adopting new technology”, harvard journal on law and technology, vol no , fall , p . paul anders, “transforming justice”, revolving doors agency, th february http://www.revolving-doors.org.uk/blog/trans- forming-justice (accessed th november ). eleanor de of city r hunter, c banks and j giddings, ‘technology is the answer … what was the question: services to regional, rural and remote clients’, p , in p pleasence, a buck, n balmer, “transforming lives: law and social process”, legal services commission, . roger smith and alan paterson, “face to face legal services and their alternatives : global lessons from the digital revolution”, . national appropriate adult network, “consultation response draft - revised pace code c (detention) interpreters”, naan policy, http://appropriateadult.org.uk/images/pdf/ _codec_interpreter_response.pdf (accessed th november ). louise tickle, “online justice: why courts should explore emerging digital possibilities”, the guardian, th january https://www.theguardian.com/public-leaders-network/ /jan/ /online-justice-courts-explore-digital-possibilities (accessed th november ). legal information management, ( ), pp. – © the author(s) . published by british and irish association of law librarians doi: . /s x blurred lines: social media in armed conflict winner of the best in category, justis international writing competition for the category social media, technology and the law (in partnership with the richmond journal of law & technology), by iphigenia fisentzou of bpp. technological advancements have revolutionised the social interactions of global society and in turn influenced the means and methods of warfare; increasing the involvement of civilians in hostilities, not only as victims but also as participants. together with the involvement of multiple state and non-state actors, civilian participa- tion makes these modern conflicts all the more unpre- dictable, challenging inter alia the traditional notion of direct participation in hostilities established under inter- national law. social media: a modern weapon the first ‘internet war’ in kosovo witnessed the utilisa- tion of the internet for the advancement of military operations. non-state actors, specifically terrorist organisations, were the first to harness social media net- works for the recruitment of followers, the dissemination of information and the gathering of intelligence. state and inter-state actors have also gradually embraced social media as platforms suited for military operations, effect- ively weaponising them through their adaptation and util- isation to ‘achieve “military” effects’. social networking platforms (facebook) and micro- blogging websites (twitter) are examples of ‘social media’ enabling social interaction through the creation, collec- tion, sharing and delivery of user-generated content such as photographs and written posts. information from social media sites has been used for cyber operations, as well as for the singling out and targeting of individuals believed to be linked with the opposing parties to a con- flict. “open source intelligence” has proven instrumental for parties with no boots on the ground of the conflict, blurred lines algorithmic justice in child protection: statistical fairness, social justice and the implications for practice $ € £ ¥ social sciences article algorithmic justice in child protection: statistical fairness, social justice and the implications for practice emily keddell social and community work programme, school of social science, university of otago, dunedin , aotearoa, new zealand; emily.keddell@otago.ac.nz received: august ; accepted: september ; published: october ���������� ������� abstract: algorithmic tools are increasingly used in child protection decision-making. fairness considerations of algorithmic tools usually focus on statistical fairness, but there are broader justice implications relating to the data used to construct source databases, and how algorithms are incorporated into complex sociotechnical decision-making contexts. this article explores how data that inform child protection algorithms are produced and relates this production to both traditional notions of statistical fairness and broader justice concepts. predictive tools have a number of challenging problems in the child protection context, as the data that predictive tools draw on do not represent child abuse incidence across the population and child abuse itself is difficult to define, making key decisions that become data variable and subjective. algorithms using these data have distorted feedback loops and can contain inequalities and biases. the challenge to justice concepts is that individual and group rights to non-discrimination become threatened as the algorithm itself becomes skewed, leading to inaccurate risk predictions drawing on spurious correlations. the right to be treated as an individual is threatened when statistical risk is based on a group categorisation, and the rights of families to understand and participate in the decisions made about them is difficult when they have not consented to data linkage, and the function of the algorithm is obscured by its complexity. the use of uninterpretable algorithmic tools may create ‘moral crumple zones’, where practitioners are held responsible for decisions even when they are partially determined by an algorithm. many of these criticisms can also be levelled at human decision makers in the child protection system, but the reification of these processes within algorithms render their articulation even more difficult, and can diminish other important relational and ethical aims of social work practice. keywords: child protection; predictive analytics; rights; social justice; algorithms; decision making . introduction this article takes a critical perspective on the debates occurring in many nations in relation to the use of algorithms to assist with risk judgements in child protection contexts. fundamental to discussions about the use of large, linked datasets to construct algorithms in this domain are the key ethical issues of fairness, transparency and accountability. given recent developments, some scholars suggest this framework does not go far enough: that justice and rights are more effective concepts to analyse predictive tools, as they go beyond technical solutions, to consider broader social justice consequences (gurses et al. ; naranayan ). these debates should be of much interest to social work, given the professional commitment to social justice ideals in social work as a discipline, and the sharp uptake of predictive tools in child protection contexts where many social workers practice. this article discusses how the data used to create algorithmic tools affect their usefulness and create soc. sci. , , ; doi: . /socsci www.mdpi.com/journal/socsci http://www.mdpi.com/journal/socsci http://www.mdpi.com https://orcid.org/ - - - http://www.mdpi.com/ - / / / ?type=check_update&version= http://dx.doi.org/ . /socsci http://www.mdpi.com/journal/socsci soc. sci. , , of important justice issues for both the families child protection systems work with and the social workers charged with their use. justice issues are discussed with reference to statistical data fairness aspects such as the sample frame, the malleability of data points, and the feedback loop. justice concepts are examined by connecting the potential for bias in algorithms with wider debates around rights for families in contact with child protection systems. implications for transparency and implementation within the special context of the child protection system are discussed. . setting the scene: algorithms in context the use of algorithms in child protection systems is expanding rapidly in the us and uk as well as other jurisdictions (dencik et al. ; whittaker et al. ). alongside these technical expansions are important ethical and political discussions regarding their use in this context (keddell b; dare and gambrill ; eubanks ). the child protection context is one already highly contested in terms of its aims, ideological underpinnings and institutional mechanisms. whether a child protection system is based on a child protection-, child welfare- or child-focussed policy orientation, for example, will shape its philosophical basis, broad institutional structures, preferred priorities and methods of social work practice (gilbert et al. ). in turn, these broad policy patterns intersect with political and economic structures, with a ‘child protection’ orientation finding an easy alliance with a neoliberal individualised approach to social problems and a residual state role (keddell a). notions of rights are also contested in child protection, as the rights of children and parents have areas of convergence, as well as divergence. consensus about the point at which they should diverge is often not clear in practice, as many studies of child protection decision making show (benbenishty et al. ). injecting algorithmic forms of decision making into this context adds a further dimension of complexity when considering justice and rights within a child protection system. as veale and brass ( ) note, the use of algorithms in public sector domains can brush over important political debates and the contested nature of policy aims. they note that “the literature on the governance of sociotechnical problems has similarly emphasised the intractability of ‘unstructured’ or ‘semi-structured’ problems where there is a lack of consensus around appropriate means and/or ends, and how participatory processes that open up rather than close down are required to socially reach more navigable issues” (p. ). it would be difficult to find a social policy area with less consensus than child protection, where competing ideologies relating to the proper role of the state in family life, cultural considerations, and children’s rights, needs and ‘best interests’ concepts are diverse and contested (keddell ; gilbert et al. ). implications for justice are made even more complex by the socio-technical context of use of algorithmic tools (green and chen ). there is not a single type of use, a single type of algorithm, uniform types of data, nor a single end user impacted by the use of algorithmic risk prediction tools in child protection. in terms of type of use, algorithmic tools can be used either to distribute preventive family support services, in child protection screening decision making, or in risk terrain profiling to predict spatially where child abuse reports might occur (cuccaro-alamin et al. ; daley et al. ; van der put et al. ). the type of algorithm selected categorises data in algorithm-specific ways to generate graded recommendations or binary flags and can include decision trees or regression methods amongst others, with varying levels of transparency or opacity. data provenance or sources are from varied places depending on the national and local context, and have differing levels of representativeness, consent for use, ability for accurate linkage, biases, and ‘explainability’. children and parents involved in the child protection system have a set of complex and at times divergent rights and needs, complicating just who is considered the ‘end user’ and therefore who the algorithmic tool should be fair to. finally, how an algorithm intersects with the multi-faceted social negotiations already underway in the child protection decision-making environment is important. how an algorithm is used determines its impact within the socio-technical institutional context that is a child protection organisation, yet discussions often focus on accuracy comparisons at the expense of considering the interacting nature of humans, social and institutional contexts, and algorithmic soc. sci. , , of tools (green and chen ). tools are seldom used to automate decisions, but more usually are as an aid to human decisions, and can be made available to all or only some decision makers along the child protection decision making continuum (allegheny county department of human services ; baumann et al. ). views on the use of algorithms in child protection can be polarised. as with any new technology or practice, there are important roles for both promoters and sceptics in the development of the debates. on the one hand, some argue predictive tools can contribute to the prevention of child abuse and neglect by efficient prediction of future service contact, substantiation or placement, through the triage of large linked datasets, drawing on more data than a human could rapidly and accurately appraise, and can select predictor variables based on predictive power in real-time (cuccaro-alamin et al. ). particularly at system intake, when human decision-makers have limited information and time (particularly poor conditions for optimum decision-making), algorithms can quickly compute risks of future system contact (cuccaro-alamin et al. ). on the other hand, issues relating to class and ethnic biases in the data used, other sources of variability in the decisions used as data, data privacy implications, the issue of false positives, limited service user consultation and the lack of transparency of algorithmic processes are cited as serious challenges to the use of algorithmic tools in child protection, particularly where the recipients of services experience high levels of social inequalities, marginalisation, and lack of power in the state–family relationship (keddell , a, ; munro ; eubanks ; dencik et al. ). while some tool developers have made inroads into responding to some of these criticisms, several issues remain unresolved (chouldechova et al. ; gurses et al. ). as gurses et al. ( ) note, “addressing societal problems embedded in such computing systems may require more holistic approaches . . . and they appeal to diverse theories, frameworks, and histories that challenge and expand the scope of fat* studies” (fairness, accountability and transparency). in what follows, i will discuss several aspects of these unresolved debates, specifically, the nature of the data used to construct such algorithms, the feedback loops algorithms rely on, and the contextual justice issues these create for both social workers and service users. . predictive tool development the use of number-based assessment tools in child protection contexts is not new. for some years, various actuarial tools (that are in fact simple algorithms) have been used in child protection practice. the key aims were to establish consistency and the correct inclusion and weighting of specific risk factors, derived either from research or professional consensus (gambrill ; shlonsky and wagner ). actuarial tools have been the subject of debate. key criticisms are that child abuse and neglect is inherently uncertain and is not directly amenable to prediction either by humans or statistically, as identified risk factors are neither necessary nor sufficient to predict abuse (munro et al. ). further critiques note that actuarial tools tend to reduce the professional discretion of social workers and do not include either the perspectives or cultural context of parents or children, nor the interpretive, social and relational elements of decision making (gillingham ; goddard et al. ; munro et al. ). however, their accuracy in some studies are better than clinical prediction, while meta-studies show the majority are more accurate, though not all (bartelink et al. ; van der put et al. ). algorithmic predictive tools build on the actuarial tradition, arguing that they can improve on actuarial tools in several ways. they are able to draw on more variables derived from large administrative datasets, and weight them directly in relation to the outcome of interest. they can be updated with data in real-time or near real-time; they do not rely on a human to input data; and derive the predictive variables from the data itself, rather than relying on research or professional consensus to identify them (cuccaro-alamin et al. ). they can then be used to both direct limited resources to the most needy/risky families, or triage notifications to child protection services, serving utilitarian ideals of both demand management in a context of limited resources, and distribute fairly soc. sci. , , of based on need rather than more arbitrary methods of referral or child protection worker decision maker. based on these logics, tools have been developed and are in use in numerous child protection contexts. one strand of development used linked administrative data to attempt to predict children at risk of future substantiation in the child protection system, originally for the purposes of selection for preventive, in-home visiting services in new zealand (vaithianathan ; vaithianathan et al. ; wilson et al. ). a later study in the same country trialled a similar tool at the intake centre of the national child protection service and compared the tool’s accuracy to human decision makers—social workers—in that context (rea and erasmus ). further research used a predictive tool to determine whether the predictions based on the child protection system data could also predict increased risk for hospital admissions and death by maltreatment (vaithianathan et al. ). in the us, allegheny county in pennsylvania introduced a predictive tool in child protection screening—the allegheny family safety tool (afst)—to triage referrals at the point of notification to the child protection system (vaithianathan et al. ). in florida, tools were introduced by eckerd connect and its for-profit partner, mindshare technology, to predict child abuse harm, which was then adopted in connecticut, louisiana, maine, oklahoma and tennessee and chicago. eckerd’s tool, the ‘rapid feedback safety program’ tool was axed after a short time due to its inaccurate predictions. this latter tool rated children’s risk of being killed or severely injured in the following two years, but the system was swamped with high-risk scores, including children deemed at % or higher of serious injury or death, while children who did experience serious harm were missed (jackson and marx ). in the uk, companies such as xantura and others have been working with at least five local authorities to develop predictive tools to identify families likely to access services with preventive services before they present as high need (mcintyre and pegg ). in each instance, there have been concerns raised regarding issues such as data accuracy, the accuracy of the tool’s predictions, profiling, stigma and data privacy, with varying levels of transparency regarding the tools from their progenitors. for example, a freedom of information act request regarding the predictor variables of xantura’s tool was largely declined due to commercial sensitivity concerns (sheridan ). the allegheny tool has had much more transparency than others and considerable community involvement, a public technical report, and ethical and impact evaluations, but when asked to report the weighting of the actual variables used, allegheny department of human services declined to make this or the positive predictive accuracy of the tool—what percentage of those it accurately identifies at different risk levels—public (eubanks ). in aotearoa new zealand, political concerns regarding the development of predictive tools in child welfare stopped further research on the tool’s use and implementation due to concern about the experimental design (kirk ). concerns about the ethical issues associated with these tools have also been examined (keddell a, ; dare and gambrill ), yet there have been few examinations of algorithm use in child protection from the perspective of the growing movement on fairness, transparency and accountability, nor a consideration of the limits of technical solutions to the important justice issues they evoke (chouldechova ). what are the outstanding challenges to fairness, and the justice and rights issues they raise, when considering predictive algorithms in child protection? key statistical biases in the data used to create child protection predictive models are as follows. firstly, the lack of representativeness of the data sample frame, challenging the right to non-discrimination. the social malleability of the outcome an algorithmic tool is trained on, and the fundamental problems with how the algorithm ‘learns’ via its feedback loop both challenge the right to non-discrimination and equality of treatment, as they can result in people not being treated in a ‘like for like’ manner. they may also, through inequalities in the training data, reinforce classed and racialized inequity that is not reflective of actual differences in incidence. these claims are now examined. soc. sci. , , of . statistical fairness and social justice the concept of fairness has multiple definitions when used to analyse algorithms (naranayan ). definitions relate broadly to statistical fairness and social fairness or justice—but they are interrelated as discussed below. statistical fairness issues include the sample frame (the boundaries defining the data sample), how feedback loops are constructed, and differences in predictive parity (how accurate the algorithm is for different groups). social definitions of fairness are much broader, relating directly to social justice and rights. moral conceptualisations of rights are relatively broad, while legal rights are more restricted and clearly defined. rights-based definitions of fairness generally describe the right to equality of access, treatment and outcomes and the right to non-discrimination—that is, to not be unfairly targeted for restriction of rights. if rights are restricted, this should be proportionate to a person’s harm or risk of harm, and non-arbitrary. social definitions of fairness also encompass the right to due process—that is, the individual right to equality of treatment under the law and law-like systems, which is what the child protection system is. these are key aspects to consider when an algorithmic tool is used to define risk, as the potential for false positives within an algorithmic construction of risk (and other accuracy issues discussed below) can unfairly discriminate, and result in either an arbitrary or dis-proportionate response to the perceived level of risk. it can also challenge one’s right to due process by resting on a risk of future harm potential and similarity to a group, rather than current individual behaviour (hughes ). these processes therefore can create what mcquillan ( ) calls ‘states of exception’ when it comes to rights, with those calculated as high risk essentially losing rights claims due to their perceived ‘high-risk’ status (keddell b). eubanks ( ) argues that in the child protection system due to the profound inequalities in the populations in system contact (often highly classed and raced), that algorithmic tools are more likely to be used because it is a ‘low rights’ environment to begin with, where few end ‘users’ have the power or resources to challenge tool use. finally, a social justice definition of fairness expects an algorithm not to reproduce or exacerbate social inequalities relating to group rights, such as those related to race, class or gender, a key claim of critics of algorithmic use in public services (lepri letouze et al. ; barocas et al. ; eubanks ; keddell b). in child protection systems, the rights of parents and children are both affected by algorithm use. parents rights in particular are affected, and the emotive aim of protecting children from harm is often used to justify both data use without consent and the inevitable false positives (dare ). whether the child protection system is considered benign or punitive also affects views of rights considerations in child protection (dare and gambrill ). to be offered a voluntary, in-home support service or better housing has different ramifications than being investigated for child abuse. there are national differences in how child protection systems are constructed that shape the service offered in response. however, critical perspectives of child protection systems point out that in most anglophone countries they operate as a key site of the reproduction of social inequalities, have both care and control functions and, while offering protection, can also promote normative parenting ideals mired in cultural and class specificities (edwards and gillies ). furthermore, the mixed outcomes of child protection intervention for both children and their families point to the less positive implications of protection-oriented systems that rely on legal intervention within a broader residualist or neoliberal political and economic system (gilbert et al. ; featherstone et al. ). . statistical fairness and the sample frame the first element of statistical fairness that relates to justice considered here centres on the sample frame, as this should capture the whole population it is attempting to predict an event within, or be a randomly selected, large subsample of that population. without this, the algorithm “diverges from the population it attempts to represent” (lepri letouze et al. , p. ; sloane ). this basic statistical principle ensures that predictions reflect accurate incidence base rates across an entire population and subpopulation groups. without representational data of a phenomenon, an algorithm’s predictions will become skewed, as it does not have an accurate picture of incidence, so it cannot find the predictor variables related directly to the phenomenon of interest (the outcome variable) (barocas et al. ). soc. sci. , , of as it chooses predictor variables from the data it is provided with, skewed datasets may pick up confounding variables that predict the outcome it is trained on, but neither the outcome, nor the relationships between the predictors and the outcome of actual interest may be reliable. this is especially pertinent in the child protection context, where proxies for child abuse in the child protection data algorithms are trained on may be only weakly related to abuse incidence across the population (keddell ). this is because the sample frame is not representative of child abuse incidence, but instead reflects reported abuse. much child abuse and neglect are never reported, and many families that are reported may be subject to both surveillance and personal biases. via these processes, the sample frame available in data generated by child protection systems is not representative of the prevalence of child abuse across a population (keddell b, ; daro ; mcdonell et al. ; swahn et al. ). for example, a study of a cohort of new zealand children born in found that % were substantiated for child abuse within the child protection system, but a more representative longitudinal study in the same country found that while % of children had ‘definitely’ been abused, a further % ‘probably had’. even if only half of the ‘probably had’ group had been, that would be %, showing the higher rates of self-reported abuse compared to child protection system data (danese et al. ; rouland and vaithianathan ). in another example, a study examining the assumed intergenerational transmission of child abuse found that the greatest influence on the reported levels of intergenerational transmission was the role of detection bias as expressed in child protection service reports (widom et al. ). the extent of the intergenerational transmission of abuse and neglect as recorded in the system contact data “depended in large part on the source of the information used. individuals with histories of childhood abuse and neglect have higher rates of being reported to child protection services (cps)for child maltreatment but do not self-report more physical and sexual abuse than matched comparisons” (widom et al. , p. ). the way earlier reports to child protection systems affect later reports is another way in which child protection system data can become skewed. while an algorithm is likely to find earlier reports highly predictive of later reports, (see wilson et al. ), the contribution of greater surveillance of families who have been reported before is not accounted for, and is unlikely to be acknowledged in an unthinking algorithmic process unable to understand these confounds (keddell ). an algorithm views re-reports as unconnected by surveillance mechanisms. if under-reported abuse was evenly spread across the population, there would be less concern about using child protection system data in predictive tools, as while some people would be missed, those identified would be an evenly spread subset of incidence. but there are substantial inequalities built into child protection system data that may not evenly reflect under-reporting (bywaters ). for example, swahn et al. ( ) compared self-reported abuse amongst detained youths with their child protection records. they found that official data generally “seriously underestimated the prevalence of maltreatment” (p. ). importantly, they also found that abused african americans and girls were both more likely to have court records of abuse compared to whites/hispanics, and boys respectively. for example, % of white youths self-reported abuse, but only % had court records of abuse, % of hispanics self-reported abuse, while just % had a court record. for african americans, % self-reported abuse, while % had a court record. when converted to a ratio of self-report to court records, this ratio differed between groups, with : for whites, : for hispanics, and : for african americans, suggesting that african americans are more likely to be reported for abuse than other groups, despite very similar self-reported rates of abuse. inconsistencies between self-reported child abuse or incidence studies, and child protection system contact profoundly affect the ability of predictive tools to accurately identify those at risk of abuse, and lends weight to claims of racial and class-based discrimination built into such tools, as it may lead to some groups (for example, african-americans) to be considered high risk by a predictive tool, and other ethnic groups to be calculated as low risk, when true incidence across these groups may be more similar than cps reports suggest. soc. sci. , , of . issues in predictive parity between racialized groups—how should fairness be evaluated with a view to justice? algorithmic prediction tools are used to generate risk scores, and at each risk level, the accuracy rates change—that is, the rates of positive predictive accuracy: what % of those identified have the outcome, as well as other indicators such as false positives, and true and false negatives (chouldechova et al. ). one definition of statistical fairness in the use of predictive analytics is ensuring that the rates of true positives are equal between population groups, although this ‘predictive parity’ may change the risk level at which intervention of some kind occurs for each group, or change the rates of false negatives between groups (for example, the compas debate over racial bias embedded in criminal justice tools was essentially over predictive parity (whittaker et al. )). reducing one type of statistical bias may increase another. this means trade-offs are inevitable but, as discussed below, this is even more complex in child protection, as what is considered a true or false positive is mired in the social contexts they are interpreted in, producing many further confounding variables (chouldechova et al. ; whittaker et al. ). further, the use of algorithmic tools takes place in a complex institutional and human environment where many factors contribute to decision outcomes, not the tool alone. one important factor to know in order to judge the trade-offs between competing fairness criteria is the basic positive predictive accuracy of the model (the proportion of those identified as high risk that have the outcome of interest), together with what cut-off point recommendations will be generated at, and comparing them to what currently happens in a given context. it is only by knowing both predictive accuracy and comparing that to current practice that the inevitable ‘weighing up’ of harms and benefits can be done. the accuracy of algorithms in child protection is often reported as an ‘area under the curve’, instead of the more everyday understanding of positive predictive values. the few times positive predictive values are given in reports, they tend to be low. for example, one study shows % of those categorised in the top % of risk were true positives when measured over time (wilson et al. ). a study of human decision-makers at the intake service of a child protection agency found that they were % accurate in their estimations of future harm, although the algorithmic tool used was % accurate (rea and erasmus ). bartelink et al. ( ) in a meta-analysis of studies of decision-making tools in child protection found that the relative improvement of actuarial tools is around % improvement in accuracy (bartelink et al. ). their study also shows that the context of decision-making is important: in some studies, actuarial or predictive models are more accurate, in others clinical and predictive tools are about equal, and in a few, humans are more accurate, especially in complex decision contexts (bartelink et al. ). these varied findings show the importance of actual comparisons with humans in context, rather than vague claims based on non-comparable research that ‘algorithms are better’. as mentioned, comparative accuracy studies or evaluations are rare. this because they are difficult to conduct, can be controlled by commercial interests, and are sensitive to public critique. one of the few to conduct a substantial independent evaluation of a child protection prediction tool and make it public, compared accuracy rates before and after implementation of the allegheny family safety tool (afst) (goldhaber-fiebert and prince ). the tool does not mandate decisions but is used in conjunction with human decision makers as a decision support tool at the point of notification. the tool scores notifications from – , and those scoring highly must be discussed with a supervisor. the case is then screened in or out. the evaluation was premised on a subsequent ‘case open’ decision by a case worker to judge whether the screen-in decision had been correct, and on a time limited re-referral rate to see if screen outs had improved. a caseworker is likely to have collected much more depth and quality of information and can weigh up the complex ethical issues at stake, so their judgement for these reasons are a good way to evaluate whether the algorithm-assisted decision was correct (bartelink et al. ). on the other hand, the potential for bias still remains in the human decision and, as discussed below, particularly when considering racial equity, relying on a potentially biased human decision to test the accuracy of a potentially biased algorithmic one appears tautological. a recent soc. sci. , , of study, for example, found that humans using an algorithm to inform their decision still showed bias when combining it with their own judgement process (green and chen ). nevertheless, overall, the evaluation found an improvement of those children ‘screened in’ who then had a case opened, of . %, from . % to . %. of interest is that the improvement is small, (as were all changes) and that even with the tool, % of screen-ins are still considered false positives. the evaluation also showed the tool led to a small decrease in the accuracy of screen outs, down to . % from . % (based on those re-referred within a month period), showing that those who were ‘screened out’ using the tool had a higher chance of re-referral, than before its introduction. on the one hand, it could be argued that the conclusion the tool reduced screen out accuracy is somewhat simplistic, as many community factors can affect rates of re-referral: policy changes, changes to the provision of preventive services, changes in poverty levels, and changes in social cohesion (klein and merritt ). on the other hand, a key claim of algorithmic tools is that they are able to reflect these rapidly changing social and organisational conditions in order to make predictions. this issue points to the difficulties of evaluating predictive tools in context, when so many confounding factors affect both algorithmic and human decision-making, as well as highlighting the limits of the data to begin with: without all relevant data, the tool cannot account for it in its computations. the evaluation also measured the effect of the afst on racial disparities. the evaluation shows that for those children screened out, the tool had no effect on the chances of re-referral for either black or white children (p. ). for those screened in, the percentage of black children who were first screened in and then had a ‘case opened’ on them remained the same before and after the tool’s introduction, at %, while the percentage of white children with a case opened increased from % to %. so while disparities between the groups of what could be considered ‘true positives’ reduced, this was because of a moderate increase of % in the perceived accuracy of white child screen-ins, not an improvement in the accuracy of black child screen-ins, (who are in this case the protected class), nor of a decrease in the disproportionality of black children (that is, the comparison to their population rate). as mentioned, this method of measuring accuracy relies on a human decision that could be subject to bias—that is, to ‘open the case’. this is circuitous reasoning, as the tool’s introduction is premised on its unbiased accuracy, yet a human, potentially biased, decision to open the case is used to judge it. while the case worker is not supplied with the score as a way to reduce the confirmation bias aspect of this process, nevertheless, the case worker knows that the case was screened in, in order for them to now be investigating it. this is an issue for the use of subsequent ‘case opens’ for all findings of the evaluation, but particularly so for evaluating changes in racial disparities. is there a more objective measure to add to this ‘case open’ measure in order to evaluate the claim that the tool ‘reduces racial disparities’? an objective measure required to assess racial disparities is any change to the proportion of black and white children notified, who were then screened in. this did not appear to be reported in the evaluation. this objective metric—how did the tool affect the proportion of screen-ins, by race—was absent. this example highlights the many nuanced issues of comparing racial groups when evaluating algorithmic tools, and in particular, what counts as equality of outcome. the tool’s evaluation raises the question: how should ‘true positives’ be measured when considering racial justice questions? if a subsequent ‘case opening’ is equated with a ‘true positive’, then the afst tool reduces racial disparities by improving the accuracy of white child ‘case openings’. but if equality is reducing the disproportionality of black children being screened in compared to their population share, or disparities between white and black children’s rates of screen in, then this tool’s effect is not known. but nor could either of these measures be taken solely as evidence of success—in order to consider that reduction successful, one needs to know the incidence of abuse across the population (see above). reducing protection for black children is an equally poor outcome, and changes in screen-ins could reflect increasing community need/incidence or bias in referrers. however, as above, algorithmic tools claim to be able to account for all these factors despite the limits of the data used. how an algorithm crystallises and reproduces disproportionality remains an soc. sci. , , of enduring issue, reproducing the disparities already within the wider interlocking child welfare systems, obscuring the ways they may be shaped by bias, and providing them with a veneer of objectivity. interrogating these assumptions highlights not the creation of inequalities in child protection systems by algorithmic tools, but the reproduction and reification of existing ones. . the social production of data and the feedback loop in addition to the lack of representativeness of the sample, other data problems can also introduce bias and arbitrariness into predictive tools, challenging rights to equality of treatment. the outcome variables that tools are trained on are usually one of various decision points on the decision-making continuum (baumann et al. ). these include decisions to refer, made by various people outside of child protection systems; decisions to substantiate abuse, made by child protection workers within child protection systems; decisions to remove children, usually made by a judge after a social work recommendation (chouldechova ; keddell ). each of these decisions can be affected by factors other than the direct abuse or risk of abuse of a child that spring from the social context in which they are made, creating variability in responses to children in similar circumstances, and therefore the data recorded about them (baumann et al. ; keddell ). for example, a recent study in england found that there were significant regional variations in care proceedings in the court system, suggesting different courts have different practices and thresholds for removal (harwin et al. ). a study in new zealand found that the site office of the national child protection service was the fourth most predictive variable out of for abuse substantiation, even after other variables had been controlled for, suggesting something about the site office culture itself is at play (wilson et al. ). another uk study found that an ‘inverse intervention law’ seemed to be operating, where poor children in neighbourhoods surrounded by a larger less deprived neighbourhood were much more likely to have contact with the child protection system than equally deprived children surrounded by a highly deprived neighbourhood (bywaters et al. ). others point out that decisions to notify, substantiate and investigate child abuse can be shaped by multiple factors such as the values and beliefs of the social worker, experience, role type, perceptions of risk, available resources and professional or institutional cultures (bywaters et al. ; davidson-arad and benbenishty ; fallon et al. ; fleming et al. ; fluke et al. ; keddell , ). variations in specific ethnic groups’ contact rates can be particularly affected by both bias and service factors. indigenous children’s system contact in canada was more related to the variable provision of local culturally appropriate prevention services, than differences in case characteristics (fluke et al. ). māori children in new zealand were perceived by social workers as more risky than non-maori children in the same situation (keddell and hyslop ). a spanish study found no bias related to ethnic group or socio-economic status (ses) in caseworkers, but in students about to become social workers, physical abuse in low ses families was perceived as more severe than in mid ses families, suggesting experience may influence bias in caseworkers (arruabarrena et al. ). in each of these examples, statistical prediction tools that use decision points from the child protection system as the outcome the tool is trained on will reflect, and lend reification to, the many elements that contribute to system contact that have little to do with child abuse, and more to do with inequalities, individual practitioner values, location, decision-making variability and service supply and demand factors (keddell ; mclaughlin and jonson-reid ). importantly, in none of the examples given did system contact reflect only the case characteristics of the actual families involved—all were shaped by other factors. these factors mean that hardly any of the decisions that become data points in predictive tools in the child protection context reflect objective outcomes or, rather, outcomes that represent what is assumed about them. is a child protection office in a particular location more likely to substantiate cases of domestic violence (dv) as child abuse than another? that means that data derived from that office are likely to assign a higher risk score to children witnessing dv from that area in the future, and not those in the same situation in other areas. is there classed or racial bias in the populations notified and/or investigated for child abuse? then the use of, for example, parental contact with child protection systems (the third most predictive variable soc. sci. , , of in one study) (wilson et al. ), or parental contact with the criminal justice system, is just as likely to reinforce existing ethnic inequalities in the system rather than reduce them, as it will erroneously identify ethnic or indigenous minorities as high risk compared to people from other groups. in aotearoa new zealand, when the adults today were children, a ministerial inquiry found that the cause of ethnic disproportionality in new zealand’s child welfare system was due to “forms of cultural racism . . . that result in the values and lifestyle of the dominant group being regarded as superior to those of other groups, especially māori” (p. ). many us and uk examples are similar. certainly, there is evidence of continuing bias that affects who is investigated and how similar parenting behaviours are viewed depending on the parent’s socioeconomic and ethnic status (roberts and sangoi ; wexler ). these processes show the embedded nature of ethnic or racial bias in the data algorithmic tools tend to draw on. as whittaker et al. ( ) point out in the criminal justice context, “most assessment systems include several risk factors that function as proxies for race. one risk factor that is often used is “parental criminality” which, given the long and well-documented history of racial bias in law enforcement, including the over-policing of communities of color, can easily skew “high risk” ratings on the basis of a proxy for race.” (p. ). these same issues are pertinent to child protection data. these data issues can skew an algorithm not only when it is created, but over time as data are fed back into it. if those data are inaccurate, then the algorithm’s opportunity to correct itself is lost. chouldechova notes that “a key challenge is that we do not get to observe placement outcomes for a large fraction of cases that are screened out. this makes it difficult to assess the accuracy of the models on the full set of referrals, not just those that were screened in” (chouldechova et al. , p. ). where cases are screened out, but abuse occurs again and is not re-reported, the algorithm learns it is correct, even though it was not. it adjusts its predictor variables accordingly. likewise, other types of data that could significantly change a child’s risk levels are not captured in administrative data, such as improved or decreased levels of informal social support—a key factor in child abuse development (rostad et al. ). a parent might seek formal help from private providers for something that directly affects the likelihood of abuse, yet those data would not be included in the algorithm, nor will changed living arrangements or household membership, all of which could affect true risk (eubanks ). aradau and blake note this, commenting that “debates about big data problematize exactly the limitations of traditional statistical procedures, which . . . do not capture the detailed relationships between individuals and groups as they exist and change in particular situations” (aradau and blanke , p. ). it is these subtle ways that both bias and arbitrariness—equally destructive to notions of fairness—become ‘baked in’ to administrative data that predictor and outcome variables, and feedback loops over time, are drawn from. this results in consistently over-assigning risk to some people while understating it for others in algorithmic computations in child protection and assigning risks to individuals that may have little to do with their individual true ‘risk’ level. as boyd states “racism, sexism, and other forms of bigotry and prejudice are still pervasive in contemporary society, but new technologies have a tendency to obscure the ways in which societal biases are baked into algorithmic decision making” (boyd , p. ). this lends weight to claims that predictive tools result in the ‘poverty profiling’ of individuals that could impact negatively on their rights to fair treatment, especially given the marked socioeconomic inequities in child protection system contact (eubanks , ). the child protection context is not a benign one—while protecting children from abuse, unwarranted investigations are experienced by families as stressful, intrusive and stigmatising, while in colonial contexts, they operate as a key site of the ongoing reproduction of inequalities for indigenous peoples (healy et al. ; keddell and hyslop ). choate and lindstrom ( ), for example, examine the use of parenting capacity assessments that contribute to legal intervention in child protection systems. they find that these assessments rest on euro-centric definitions of family, have not been normed on indigenous populations, and do not take into account the poverty, poor service access and intergenerational soc. sci. , , of trauma that frame the socio-political contexts of many first nations families. in light of how negative perceptions of indigenous people can get into data that is then used as the basis of state intervention, there are many movements by indigenous people that aim to reclaim data sovereignty, arguing that data about indigenous people should be controlled by them, not the state (see the us indigenous data network https://usindigenousdata.arizona.edu/about-us- or te mana raraunga https://www.temanararaunga.maori.nz for examples). of increasing interest is who is missing altogether from data sources used to train algorithms. when there are groups who have hardly any contact with administrative systems, the ledger becomes even more unbalanced. the resulting algorithm will not only over-identify poorer and indigenous or ethnic minority people but will miss risk amongst more affluent populations (eubanks ). the relative intrusion this disparity creates in the lives of those least able to seek redress compared to the escape from scrutiny of wealthier populations challenges rights to non-discrimination, as some people are ascribed high-risk status while others escape surveillance altogether. big administrative datasets essentially ‘go easier’ on some people compared to others. these examples highlight the problems in the sample frames used to generate data, and the potential for feedback loops to exacerbate this over time. . consistently biased? others argue that despite all this, the sheer amount of data allow for more consistent predictions and are more accurate as the algorithm self-selects the predictor variables—that is, which variables predict the outcome. cuccaro-alamin et al. ( ), for example, argue that “prm (predictive risk modelling) as an approach is inherently more consistent than other risk assessment procedures. variable selection, although limited by available data, is mathematical and there is no arbitrary selection of predictors . . . they are learning models that continually adjust to new relationships inherent in the data” (p. , brackets mine). there are benefits to this, as theoretically speaking, unknown influences, if able to be captured in the data, could be identified by this process that may not be discernible to a human. yet the limits of the available data are marked as the discussion above shows. without accurate incidence, and other biases and non-relevant influences on data points, an algorithm’s self-selection of variables can result in spurious associations and predictions that reflect bias of some kind, as in the example of parent’s contact with child protection systems as a child discussed above. while an algorithm may indeed be a more consistent decision maker, consistently biased or skewed recommendations remain problematic. the algorithm self-selecting predictor variable means errors are also difficult to track, leading to reduced transparency. some argue that a predictive tool’s function is only to predict, not suggest causes. what does it matter if it is predicting based on unknown associations? when the data are so varied (as above) and the associations generated unknown, the function of the algorithm may be calculating quite spurious associations and replicating ‘ecological fallacies’. the invisibility of the function requires examination, including the underpinning assumptions that imply causality (rowe ). a predictive tool may not claim causality, yet it is used in child protection as if it does imply causality, because high-risk scores generate information about specific families that can lead to intervention on those families (pearl and mckenzie ). this means that the use of an algorithm can identify families whose risk of child protection system contact may have little to do with their specific family relationships or behaviour, but results in an individualistic response that assumes there is something deterministic about them. as mittelstadt et al. ( ) note: “causality is not established prior to acting upon the evidence produced by the algorithm . . . acting on correlations can be doubly problematic . . . spurious correlations may be discovered rather than genuine causal knowledge . . . even if strong correlations or causal knowledge are found, this knowledge may only concern populations while actions are directed towards individuals” (p. ). where data expected to affect predictions do not, this should cause developers to ask more holistic questions about why this is the case. for example, health data were included in one study, but as https://usindigenousdata.arizona.edu/about-us- https://www.temanararaunga.maori.nz soc. sci. , , of they did not increase accuracy, were withdrawn from the model (wilson et al. ). this could have indicated that the predictive tool was reproducing child protection system surveillance patterns (or something else), rather than predicting abuse across the population, as parental and child health issues (prematurity, poor mental health, substance abuse), are well known predictors of child abuse in the research literature (munro ). chouldechova et al. ( ) note this problem, stating that when considering why certain variables are highly predictive of the outcome variable in child protection algorithms, we “may nevertheless fail to offer a satisfactory answer to why more penetrating than that the particular values of input variables combined to produce a high-risk prediction. one may be able to understand the risk factors involved and how they combine in the model, but the models have no claim to being causal. the overall utility of such an understanding may be quite limited” (p. ). . improving the feedback loop or reducing justice? this discussion so far explores statistical issues relating to fairness, highlighting the technical complexities of data production and evaluating tools, but as many authors highlight, broader discussions of justice must consider algorithmic use against a wider set of ethical and political concerns (dencik et al. ; mcquillan ). naranayan ( ) argues we need more focus on “connecting technical issues with theories of justice”. when an algorithm has low accuracy related to problems with feedback, the technical solution focusses on improving the range of data (also called ‘tech solutionism’ (gurses et al. )). the larger justice issues around improving the data in the child protection context are not discussed. for example, after the cancellation of the eckerd tool in chicago child protection which overestimated risk, one of the solutions proposed was to reverse the current practice of expunging unsubstantiated cases from official records (and data) (jackson and marx ). from a technical perspective, removing unsubstantiated cases introduced statistical bias into the data by excluding cases that were investigated, abuse was not found, but nevertheless may have had other similar characteristics as those that were. their exclusion damaged the learning ability of the algorithm, as it reduced its ability to make fine-grained, more accurate differentiations between different cases. the fix proposed was to reverse expungement. but in some states, expungement exists to protect people’s right to future due process, so that an earlier child abuse investigation does not taint future notifications and judgements. this method is used in some states to reduce racial and legal biases (jackson and marx ). without data on unsubstantiated cases, an algorithm cannot learn whether it was correct in its earlier prediction, but to seek increasing amounts of unsubstantiated cases included in data could exacerbate the very biases predictive tools claim to reduce, by reproducing the racial and classed biases in referrals, even though they may be unfounded (boyd ). this important justice issue should not be subsumed by the need to increase the accuracy of an algorithm. this issue reflects the incidence issue described above. for those cases never notified to child protection services or notified but not investigated, neither of these situations means abuse has not occurred, just that no one saw and reported it. it is for these reasons that the ‘moneyball’ analogy often used to describe algorithmic tools in child protection is a bad one (riley ). in baseball, all outcomes are easily observable and categorically definite. player x scored a home run, and everybody saw it. when it comes to child abuse, neither the action itself is easily defined, nor who sees it. a child left in a bath slips and hits their head getting out. the parent was distracted by another child. is this neglect? and what if no one saw it and reported it? did it happen? not in the data it did not. and what about if this situation occurred in a poor neighbourhood as opposed to a wealthy whiter one? will it be viewed differently, and hence get into the data differently? attempts to improve data lead to increasingly intrusive surveillance and challenges to legal equity. this means that while some claim a predictive model helps track and correct error rates, in fact error rates in real incidence are fundamentally unknown (see dare and gambrill ). as is described above, attention to precisely what feedback the model is referring to in its selected outcome is important and challenges the ability of the model to learn accurately. it not only does not ‘see’ some abuse, the lack of consensus of the definition of abuse creates further distorted data, soc. sci. , , of as decisions to investigate or substantiate abuse can be highly variable (doherty ; munro ). in the classic dawes et al. ( ) study of predictive abilities, the three outcomes they used to compare human and actuarial predictions were: major mental illness, the detection of brain damage, and the prediction of survival times relating to illness. all three, or at least the last two, are objective, concrete outcomes unaffected by earlier predictions about them occurring. neither of these criteria apply to the child protection context, where the outcome is ill-defined and earlier decisions may affect later ones, as earlier substantiations may lead to greater surveillance, further interventions, and a greater likelihood of substantiating further referrals (keddell ). this means that the future recurrence of the outcome required to ‘train’ the algorithm so it can improve on its predictive accuracy is sullied in the child protection context—it is trying to predict an outcome that is socially malleable and affected by the system that is at once intervening on it and recording data about it, creating confounding variables. these inaccuracies in the feedback loop make it difficult for a predictive tool to become more accurate over time. as gambrill and schlonsky note in regards to actuarial tools: “the actual risk of recurrence cannot be explored in the absence of intervention by child protective service agencies. given these limitations, obtaining an accurate base rate of maltreatment is probably impossible . . . further, discovering the false positive rate is almost impossible. once the risk has been responded to (i.e., child welfare services are provided) the likelihood of recurrence of abuse in the absence of intervention cannot be determined.” (gambrill and shlonsky , p. ). the damaging nature of the effects of poor feedback can be understood as an accuracy effect, and a justice effect. the distorted exposure to referrers of some groups of people relative to others, and other distortions in incidence reduces the effectiveness of the feedback loop by feeding back into the algorithm those cases that are likely to be a small proportion of child abuse cases across a population, and a skewed proportion of those total cases, overestimating the predictive power of factors such as low income, race and previous service involvement. presented with only a proportion of future events as feedback, the algorithm then will correct its weighting of predictor variables, and this may reinforce not only inaccurate predictions, but may reproduce, not reduce, the biases within child protection systems. in conclusion, the poor sample frame and feedback issues create significant problems for the use of predictive tools in child protection. now, i will turn to the implications for social workers using these tools and comment on rights implications. . implications for practice: social worker responsibility and family participation the use of predictive tools presents a number of implementation issues affecting both social workers and the ‘users’ of child protection services. one implementation issue for social work practice is the relative responsibility of the social worker for the decision made. social workers have responsibilities to ethical principles and codes that assume they are solely responsible for the decisions they make, and they may also hold legal, statutorily defined responsibilities within child protection practice. for example, it is a ‘social worker’ in the aotearoa new zealand legislation who must ‘form a belief’ that a child is in need of ‘care and protection’ before legal proceedings can be undertaken (s , new zealand government ), and decisions should uphold social justice and human rights obligations (international federation of social work ). at the same time, within child protection there are numerous examples of social workers attracting blame, particularly for child deaths, even when there are extensive wider system failings (lees et al. ; munro ). the importation of new public management methods, within neoliberal economic and public service environments, heightens this individualising of blame, as notions of individual responsibility combine with an emphasis on audit and accountability, leaving social workers vulnerable to high levels of personal responsibility (healy ). in the context of algorithmic tools that may contribute to or even mandate decisions, a social worker who relies on such a tool, but cannot explain, nor understand its inner ‘black box’ workings, is vulnerable to approbation from professional regulators, managers within the system and families they are working with. they may be construed as the ‘human in the loop’ essential to limit the unrestrained soc. sci. , , of governance by the algorithm or retain human oversight. but in a high stakes environment and high blame environment, the opposite could also occur—the human actor may defer to the algorithm (rahwan ). in practice, this can leave a social worker vulnerable to either excessive blame if they did not follow the risk score, or captured in a ‘moral crumple zone’ if they do. elish ( ) describes a moral crumple zone as “how responsibility for an action may be misattributed to a human actor who had limited control over the behavior of an automated or autonomous system. just as the crumple zone in a car is designed to absorb the force of impact in a crash, the human in a highly complex and automated system may become simply a component—accidentally or intentionally—that bears the brunt of the moral and legal responsibilities when the overall system malfunctions” (p. ). studies of child protection workers’ reactions to algorithmic tools illustrate some of these issues. while most practitioners surveyed as part of an aotearoa new zealand trial of a tool at intake were open to the predictive tool being used, a significant minority viewed the tool as a labelling device too focussed on risk while minimising protective factors. they were concerned that the data used did not contain accurate information, pointing out that “some information is not able to be put into the model even though it may include the most accurate information about a child or young person (and) some information is reported in the cyf database without being verified” (rea and erasmus , p. ). these concerns echo the more abstract concerns about data discussed above. in the allegheny county trial, a quarter of practitioners using the tool chose to override its recommendations, suggesting some level of discomfort with the tool’s scoring function, but also suggesting workers may not feel as pressured by the tool as i have suggested above (chouldechova et al. ). the latter evaluation also showed that the tool did not improve consistency between case workers, suggesting many exercised discretion over how much they used the tool’s recommendation. in a study by bosk ( ) child welfare workers felt that the tendency of statistical tools to operate on the basis of the presence or absence of risk factors without an understanding of how they interacted in the lives of specific individuals led to an overestimation of risk in unfair ways, penalising people for demographic factors such as having more than three children, or children born close together. thus, some frontline practitioners who often have the best ‘practice-near’ experience of the system, have reservations about data quality, and how the data shapes practice decisions (white et al. ). an ability to critically reflect on the tool may protect against the possibility of a tool becoming too powerful, and is a reminder that practitioners often utilise discretion even in highly constrained systems. how tools are implemented and managed are crucial to assisting workers to maintain ultimate control for decisions made. there are also ethical issues of predictive tool use relating to families involved in the child protection system. families should be able to expect decisions to be explained to them and have input into decision-making processes. diminished input into decisions challenges many best practice and legal requirements to consider parent and child perspectives and include them in decision making (healy and darlington ). this lack of explainability affects social worker’s ethical mandates. where social workers themselves are unable to explain decisions to families, this lack of transparency may cause a sense of moral injury: where social workers know that transparency around decisions, and the implied ability for parents to contribute to and participate in decisions that affect them, is important, but are unable to implement this in their practice (fenton and kelly ). the marked lack of family involvement as stakeholders in tool development is also a justice issue. there is a call for citizens’ councils or panels as ways to include a citizen voice when algorithmic tools are being developed in public service contexts. yet the position of parents particularly as potential ‘abusers of children’ is a powerful unspoken reason for their rights as mandated ‘users’ to be diminished in both data consent and participation discussions. as people involved with child protection services come from the most marginalised populations, and due to the mandated nature of the ‘service’, the need for this inclusion is arguably even stronger than for other public service users (mcquillan ). soc. sci. , , of . human rights and the individual—the right to reasonable inference, consent and relational practice social work remains committed to respect for persons and human rights, as well as humane and relationship-based approaches to practice (international federation of social work ). how are these aims affected by the limits of the data as described above? algorithms rely on a process of grouping people according to their statistical similarities to others across a population, based on available data. most legal conceptualisations of human rights, however, are intimately tied to the individual, and most nation states have undertaken international covenants to protect the rights of individuals. it is clear from the limits of the data in the child protection context that this right requires special protection in the context of the known biases in the child protection data algorithms draw on; the distal and incomplete nature of available data to accurately depict and predict human behaviour; and the ‘networked’ nature of biases in the data. other adults in a household in addition to parents may also be risk scored in the prediction process. this can also exacerbate racialised bias, as people’s personal networks are likely to reflect histories of racialized disadvantage and poverty, leading to ‘networked bias’, where parents may be considered high risk due to family members, neighbours or community location (madden et al. ). the conflation of personal with group risk challenges one’s right to be treated as an individual in legal and law-like systems, where due process relies on individual consideration before the law (barocas and selbst ). this challenges the right to non-discrimination for individuals, as they are judged based essentially on their statistical similarities to others. while the general data protection regulation (eugdpr eu general data protection) enshrines the right to an explanation of algorithmic decisions, wachter and mittelstadt ( ) propose an alternative—a right to reasonable inference when using algorithmic scores. it is clear that given the problems with data in the child protection context, anything beyond the most tentative inference is highly contestable, and the ‘inference’ of high risk may be patently unreasonable. given the power differential between the child protection system and many people coming into contact with it, their general observation may be exacerbated: “individuals are granted little control and oversight over how their personal data is used to draw inferences about them” (p. ). this control is heightened in contexts where there has been no or little consent to the use of data for this purpose. some ethicists argue that the imperative to protect children from harm should attenuate data privacy concerns, especially when data or information is already shared without consent after a notification has been made to cps. the highly emotive nature of the politics of child protection encourages this logic. however, the risk of extreme harm is very small, and false positives are high, while the size of the data net is vast, capturing many people for whom no harm will ever be found (the majority of reports in most countries). in this context, families have a right to know at least how their risk score has been interpreted, and the right to challenge it if they feel it is inaccurate. as drefuss and chang ( ) provocatively argue, in a ‘no consent’ or forced consent (to data sharing) environment, the right to challenge and correct is heightened. but whose knowledge is deemed ‘correct’ in such circumstances, and who controls perceptions of accuracy? the hierarchies of knowledge implicit in algorithmically produced forms of knowledge is that they are objectively correct and uncontestable, while service users’ own views about their lives derived from lived experience is relegated to a lesser value, as are any other risk/protective factors not available in the data, nor social worker’s own ‘guilty knowledge’ (that related to values, relationships, emotion and care) (mcquillan ; weick ). this ‘machinic neoplatonism’ can evade due process considerations due to the opacity of algorithmic functions, and “appears to reveal a hidden mathematical order in the world that is superior to our direct experience” (mcquillan , p. ). along with knowledge, relationships themselves are also affected by the ‘thoughtlessness’ of algorithmic tools. the use of algorithmic tools adds a mechanistic and distant tone to practice relationships and prioritises the task of predicting future harm. in child protection, however, the prediction of future harm is only one of a variety of aims. to actually address the risk of harm, rather soc. sci. , , of than assess it, an engaged and collaborative relationship based on genuineness and trust is needed (cameron et al. ; spratt and callan ). if people are aware that they have been identified as ‘high risk’ via predictive tools, perceptions of judgement and stigma may damage the quality of this necessary relationship (spratt and callan ). . considering the counter-argument: problems in human child protection decision making it is important, however, to note the mirroring of many algorithmic problems in human decisions in the child protection context. many system inequalities reflect wider socio-structural conditions. human decisions can also be arbitrary, biased and subject to institutional processes that lead to variations and inequities in decision outcomes (keddell ). humans can also rely on invisible heuristics and pattern matching that can lead to decisions based on a cognitive categorisation process, rather than a humane, relational approach that considers each individual person (vedder ). heuristics can become similarly biased when based on experiences that reflect a ‘skewed sample’ of particular kinds of cases compared to the general population. other types of discretion-based assessment tools can be introduced to practice with little or no user involvement, direct the focus of practice in perverse or unintended ways dominated by risk, and can lack participatory processes for adults or children. nor can social work claim that social work practice always embodies relationship-based ideals imbued with care, emotion and justice—social work’s history is of both care and control, operationalizing many oppressive state agendas (margolin ). the issue with algorithms is that due to the issues above, they replicate these problems, and through the appearance of objective ‘science’ and the difficulties in explaining them, add another layer of mechanisms that exacerbate rather than address these known injustices. this leads to a consideration as to whether data can be developed to a point where at least the sampling issues could be corrected. in order to provide incidence data, an extreme level of surveillance would be required, as most abuse takes place in the home. efforts to create large-scale population-wide databases of children have failed on this point. for example, the ‘contact point’ database in the uk was established in in the wake of the victoria climbie tragedy (a child who was killed despite many professionals being aware of her ongoing injuries and abuse) and aimed to contain information about all children in the uk. it was set up to try and improve data sharing but was shut down in due to concerns about both parents and children’s rights to privacy, the increase in family surveillance and functionality of the database. the example of contact point highlights issues of class and surveillance more generally. the level of surveillance, data linking and targeting that results from these tools only gain traction because they initially affect people from low socioeconomic backgrounds in ‘low rights’ environments. when they are applied to middle class people via ‘whole of population’ approaches, there is often outcry (eubanks ). another idea for improving data is to focus on more objective outcomes than those found in child protection agency data, such as child injury hospitalizations (see vaithianathan et al. ). this removes the subjective nature of the outcome variable, and health data are becoming more complete in relation to the whole population, at least in countries where there is a national health system (as opposed to private providers who do not share data (see eubanks ). while some have suggested child deaths, these are often in such small numbers that prediction is not possible, and to combine them with hospitalization data muddies the waters (vaithianathan et al. ). nevertheless, a focus on hospitalisations may correct the sample frame, improve feedback loops, and reduce some exposure surveillance effects, although the ‘spurious correlations’ issue discussed above still remain. another way to consider research development is to focus on the counterfactual, for example focusing on predictive models trained on ‘unsubstantiation’ as rodriguez et al. ( ) did, in order to see if protective factors could predict it. while they found accuracy was similar to other tools, they also found that system- and definitional-related factors—rather than family-related factors—were most predictive (such as abuse type, number of days between notification and investigation and if the child soc. sci. , , of was already in foster care). this suggests that the issue remains that some factors unrelated to real harm to children skew the data in significant ways. . conclusions evaluating algorithmic tools in child protection by combining technical conceptualisations of fairness with social justice perspectives leads to a number of troubling conclusions. without a database that reflects incidence, the racial and class disproportionalities within child protection system contact are likely to reproduce inequities that relate as much to surveillance biases as they do to differences in true incidence. poor and ethnic minority families will therefore be subjected to higher rates of state intervention than real disparities in rates, while other children at risk may be incorrectly assumed to be low risk. other elements of variability relating to poor outcome definition, and the inevitably messy context of decisions that become data points in databases may heighten inaccuracies and biases. algorithmic tools can produce ecological fallacies, leading to spurious variable selection and prediction that reflect system factors rather than actual incidence risk. statistical scores relating to group similarities are used to inform an individually focussed decision that may not reflect that specific person’s risk level, but population level risk. as the child protection system is a law-like process with significant implications for people’s lives, people should instead have the right to be treated as an individual and have decisions made about their lives that they are able to participate in and understand. tool evaluations show very small changes to decision-making patterns compared to prior to tool introduction, suggesting the reproduction of existing decision patterns. because the feedback loop requires information that is fundamentally not known, distortions in data may be exacerbated over time. remedies to the feedback loop may also contain threats to justice, such as the retaining of unsubstantiated cases within highly racialized contexts. the broader justice implications for replicating, rather than remedying, both social inequities and the known problems with child protection decisions in child protection system data are only just beginning to be fully understood. the implications of algorithm tool use for both families and social workers require careful consideration, as the ‘reasonable inference’ services users have a right to, may be remarkably tentative in child protection. social workers occupy a difficult position where they are responsible for upholding ethical codes and principles that may be challenged by using an algorithmic score. further applied research on the ways social workers, families and algorithms interact as part of complex sociotechnical systems in child protection is needed, as well as ongoing interrogation of the sources and functions of data. funding: this research received no external funding. conflicts of interest: the authors declare no conflict of interest. references allegheny county department of human services. . developing predictive risk models to support child maltreatment hotline screening decisions. allegheny county: allegheny county department of human services. aradau, claudia, and tobias blanke. . politics of prediction: security and the time/space of governmentality in the age of big data. european journal of social theory : – . [crossref] arruabarrena, ignacia, joaquín de paúl, silvia indias, and mikel garcía. . racial/ethnic and socio-economic biases in child maltreatment severity assessment in spanish child protection services caseworkers. child & family social work : – . barocas, solon, and andrew selbst. . big data’s disparate impact. california law review : . available online: https://ssrn.com/abstract= (accessed on march ). [crossref] barocas, solon, elizabeth bradley, vasant honavar, and foster provost. . big data, data science, and civil rights. computing consortium white paper. available online: https://arxiv.org/abs/ . (accessed on august ). bartelink, cora, tom a. van yperen, and ingrid j. ten berge. . deciding on child maltreatment: a literature review on methods that improve decision-making. child abuse & neglect : – . [crossref] http://dx.doi.org/ . / https://ssrn.com/abstract= http://dx.doi.org/ . /ssrn. https://arxiv.org/abs/ . http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.chiabu. . . soc. sci. , , of baumann, d., jon fluke, l. dalgleish, and h. kern. . the decision-making ecology. in from evidence to outcomes in child welfare: an international reader. edited by aron shlonsky and rami benbenishty. new york: oxford university press, pp. – . benbenishty, rami, bilha davidson-arad, mónica lópez, john devaney, trevor spratt, carien koopmans, erik j. knorth, cilia lm witteman, jorge f. del valle, and david hayes. . decision making in child protection: an international comparative study on maltreatment substantiation, risk assessment and interventions recommendations, and the role of professionals’ child welfare attitudes. child abuse and neglect : – . [crossref] [pubmed] bosk, emily adlin. . what counts? quantification, worker judgment, and divergence in child welfare decision-making. human service organizations: management, leadership & governance. [crossref] boyd, reiko. . african american disproportionality and disparity in child welfare: toward a comprehensive conceptual framework. children and youth services review : – . [crossref] bywaters, paul. . inequalities in child welfare: towards a new policy, research and action agenda. british journal of social work : – . [crossref] bywaters, paul, geraldine brady, tim sparks, elizabeth bos, lisa bunting, brigid daniel, brid featherstone, kate morris, and jonathan scourfield. . exploring inequities in child welfare and child protection services: explaining the ‘inverse intervention law’. children and youth services review : – . [crossref] bywaters, paul, geraldine brady, lisa bunting, brigid daniel, brid featherstone, chantel jones, kate morris, jonathan scourfield, tim sparks, and calum webb. . inequalities in english child protection practice under austerity: a universal challenge? child & family social work : – . [crossref] cameron, gary, marshall fine, sarah maiter, karen frensch, and nancy freymond. . creating positive systems of child and family welfare: congruence with the everyday lives of children and parents. toronto: university of toronto press. choate, peter, and g. lindstrom. . parenting capacity assessment as a colonial strategy. canadian family law quarterly : – . chouldechova, alexandra. . fair prediction with disparate impact: a study of bias in recidivism prediction instruments. big data : – . [crossref] [pubmed] chouldechova, alexandra, emily putnam-hornstein, diana benavides-prado, oleksandr fialko, and rhema vaithianathan. . a case study of algorithm-assisted decision making in child maltreatment hotline screening decisions. proceedings of machine learning research : – . cuccaro-alamin, stephanie, regan foust, rhema vaithianathan, and emily putnam-hornstein. . risk assessment and decision making in child protective services: predictive risk modeling in context. children and youth services review : – . [crossref] daley, dyann, michael bachmann, brittany a. bachmann, christian pedigo, minh-thuy bui, and jamye coffman. . risk terrain modeling predicts child maltreatment. child abuse & neglect : – . [crossref] danese, andrea, terrie e. moffitt, honalee harrington, barry j. milne, guilherme polanczyk, carmine m. pariante, richie poulton, and avshalom caspi. . adverse childhood experiences and adult risk factors for age-related disease: depression, inflammation, and clustering of metabolic risk markers. archives of pediatrics and adolescent medicine : – . [crossref] [pubmed] dare, tim. . predictive risk modelling and child maltreatment: ethical challenges. in children in crisis. hamilton: university of waikato. dare, tim, and eileen gambrill. . ethical analysis: predictive risk models at call screening for allegheny county. pittsburgh: allegheny county department of human services. daro, deborah. . the history of science and child abuse prevention: a reciprocal relationship. in preventing child maltreatment: community approaches. edited by kenneth dodge and doriane coleman. new york: the guildford press. davidson-arad, bilha, and rami benbenishty. . child welfare attitudes, risk assessments and intervention recommendations: the role of professional expertise. british journal of social work : – . [crossref] dawes, robyn m., david faust, and paul e. meehl. . clinical versus actuarial judgment. science : – . [crossref] [pubmed] dencik, lina, arne hintz, joanna redden, and harry warne. . data scores as governance: investigating uses of citizen scoring in public services. cardiff: cardiff university. http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.chiabu. . . http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.childyouth. . . http://dx.doi.org/ . /bjsw/bct http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.childyouth. . . http://dx.doi.org/ . /cfs. http://dx.doi.org/ . /big. . http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.childyouth. . . http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.chiabu. . . http://dx.doi.org/ . /archpediatrics. . http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ http://dx.doi.org/ . /bjsw/bcu http://dx.doi.org/ . /science. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ soc. sci. , , of doherty, paula. . child protection threshold talk and ambivalent case formulations in ‘borderline’ care proceedings cases. qualitative social work : – . [crossref] drefuss, suelette, and shanton chang. . uber surveillance in consumer markets. paper presented at the digital citizen’s conference, university of melbourne, melbourne, australia, july – . edwards, ros, and val gillies. . brain science and early years policy: hopeful ethos or ‘cruel optimism’? critical social policy : – . [crossref] elish, madeleine claire. . moral crumple zones: cautionary tales in human-robot interaction. science, technology, and society : – . [crossref] eubanks, virginia. . automating inequality: how high-tech tools profile, police and punish the poor. new york: st. martin’s press. eubanks, virginia. . a response to allegheny county dhs. available online: https://virginia-eubanks.com/ / / /a-response-to-allegheny-county-dhs/ (accessed on march ). eugdpr (eu general data protection). . general data protection regulation. eu. available online: https://eugdpr.org (accessed on october ). fallon, barbara, martin chabot, john fluke, cindy blackstock, bruce maclaurin, and lil tonmyr. . placement decisions and disparities among aboriginal children: further analysis of the canadian incidence study of reported child abuse and neglect part a: comparisons of the and surveys. child abuse & neglect : – . [crossref] featherstone, brid, kate morris, and sue white. . re-imagining child protection: towards humane social work with families. bristol: policy press. fenton, jane, and timothy kelly. . ‘risk is king and needs to take a backseat!’ can social workers’ experiences of moral injury strengthen practice? journal of social work practice : – . [crossref] fleming, piers, laura biggart, and chris beckett. . effects of professional experience on child maltreatment risk assessments: a comparison of students and qualified social workers. british journal of social work : – . [crossref] fluke, john d., martin chabot, barbara fallon, bruce maclaurin, and cindy blackstock. . placement decisions and disparities among aboriginal groups: an application of the decision making ecology through multi-level analysis. child abuse & neglect : – . [crossref] fluke, john d., tyler w. corwin, dana m. hollinshead, and erin j. maher. . family preservation or child safety? associations between child welfare workers’ experience, position, and perspectives. children and youth services review : – . [crossref] gambrill, eileen. . decision making in child welfare: errors and their context. children and youth services review : – . [crossref] gambrill, eileen, and aron shlonsky. . risk assessment in context. children and youth services review : – . [crossref] gilbert, neil, nigel parton, and marit skivenes. . child protection systems: international trends and orientations. oxford: oxford university press. gillingham, phillip. . decision-making tools and the development of expertise in child protection practitioners: are we ‘just breeding workers who are good at ticking boxes’? child & family social work : – . [crossref] goddard, chris r., bernadette j. saunders, janet r. stanley, and joe tucci. . structured risk assessment procedures: instruments of abuse? child abuse review : – . [crossref] goldhaber-fiebert, jeremy, and lea prince. . impact evaluation of a predictive risk modeling tool for allegheny county’s child welfare office. pittsburgh: allegheny county. green, ben, and yiling chen. . the principles and limits of algorithm-in-the-loop decision-making. proceedings of the acm on human-computer interaction : – . gurses, seeda, sita gangadharan, and suresh venkatasubramanian. . critiquing and rethinking accountability, fairness, and transparency. our data bodies project us: our data badies project. available online: https://www.odbproject.org/ / / /critiquing-and-rethinking-fairness-accountability- and-transparency/ (accessed on july ). harwin, judith, b. alrouh, s. bedson, and karen broadhurst. . care demand and regional variability in england: / to / . lancaster: lancaster university. http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . /ests . https://virginia-eubanks.com/ / / /a-response-to-allegheny-county-dhs/ https://virginia-eubanks.com/ / / /a-response-to-allegheny-county-dhs/ https://eugdpr.org http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.chiabu. . . http://dx.doi.org/ . / . . http://dx.doi.org/ . /bjsw/bcu http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.chiabu. . . http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.childyouth. . . http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.childyouth. . . http://dx.doi.org/ . /s - ( ) - http://dx.doi.org/ . /j. - . . .x http://dx.doi.org/ . /(sici) - ( / ) : < ::aid-car > . .co; -m https://www.odbproject.org/ / / /critiquing-and-rethinking-fairness-accountability-and-transparency/ https://www.odbproject.org/ / / /critiquing-and-rethinking-fairness-accountability-and-transparency/ soc. sci. , , of healy, karen. . a case of mistaken identity: the social welfare professions and new public management. journal of sociology : – . [crossref] healy, karen, and yvonne darlington. . service user participation in diverse child protection contexts: principles for practice. child and family social work : – . [crossref] healy, karen, yvonne darlington, and judith a. feeney. . parents’ participation in child protection practice: toward respect and inclusion. families in society: the journal of contemporary social services : – . [crossref] hughes, tim. . prediction and social investment. in social investment: a new zealand policy experiment. edited by jonathan boston and david gill. wellington: bridget williams books, pp. – . international federation of social work. . global definition of social work. ifsw. available online: https://www.ifsw.org/what-is-social-work/global-definition-of-social-work/ (accessed on august ). jackson, david, and gary marx. . data mining program designed to predict child abuse proves unreliable, dcfs says. chicago tribune. december . available online: http://www.chicagotribune.com/news/ watchdog/ct-dcfs-eckerd-met- -story.html (accessed on february ). keddell, emily. . current debates on variability in child welfare decision-making: a selected literature review. social sciences : – . [crossref] keddell, emily. a. the ethics of predictive risk modelling in the aotearoa/new zealand child welfare context: child abuse prevention or neo-liberal tool? critical social policy : – . [crossref] keddell, emily. b. predictive risk modelling: on data, rights and politics. reimagining social work. available online: http://www.reimaginingsocialwork.nz/ / /predictive-risk-modelling-on-rights-data- and-politics/ (accessed on october ). keddell, emily. . substantiation, decision-making and risk prediction in child protection systems. policy quarterly : – . [crossref] keddell, emily. . interpreting children’s best interests: needs, attachment and decision-making. journal of social work : – . [crossref] keddell, emily, and ian hyslop. . ethnic inequalities in child welfare: the role of practitioner risk perceptions. child & family social work, – . [crossref] kirk, shelley. . children ‘not lab-rats’—anne tolley intervenes in child abuse experiment. stuff, july . klein, sacha, and darcey merritt. . neighborhood racial & ethnic diversity as a predictor of child welfare system involvement. children and youth services review : – . lees, amanda, edgar meyer, and jackie rafferty. . from menzies lyth to munro: the problem of managerialism. british journal of social work : – . [crossref] lepri letouze, bruno, jacopo staiano, david sangokoya, emmanuel letouzé, and nuria oliver. . the tyranny of data? the bright and dark sides of data-driven decision-making for social good. in transparent data mining for big and small data, studies in big data series. springer: cham, switzerland. madden, m., m. gilman, k. levy, and a. marwick. . privacy, poverty, and big data: a matrix of vulnerabilities for poor americans. washington university law review : – . margolin, l. . under the cover of kindness: the invention of social work. charlottesville and london: university press of virginia. mcdonell, j. r., a. ben-arieh, and g. b. melton. . strong communities for children: results of a multi-year community-based initiative to protect children from harm. child abuse & neglect : – . mcintyre, n., and d. pegg. . councils use , people’s data in efforts to predict child abuse. the guardian, september . mclaughlin, michael, and melissa jonson-reid. . the relationship between child welfare financing, screening, and substantiation. children and youth services review : – . [crossref] mcquillan, dan. . algorithmic states of exception. european journal of cultural studies : – . [crossref] mcquillan, dan. . data science as machinic neoplatonism. philosophy & technology : – . [crossref] mcquillan, dan. . people’s councils for ethical machine learning. social media + society . [crossref] mittelstadt, brent daniel, patrick allo, mariarosaria taddeo, sandra wachter, and luciano floridi. . the ethics of algorithms: mapping the debate. big data & society : . munro, eileen. . effective child protection. london: sage. munro, eileen. . the munro review of child protection: final report, a child-centred system. london: the stationary office limited. http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . /j. - . . .x http://dx.doi.org/ . / - . https://www.ifsw.org/what-is-social-work/global-definition-of-social-work/ http://www.chicagotribune.com/news/watchdog/ct-dcfs-eckerd-met- -story.html http://www.chicagotribune.com/news/watchdog/ct-dcfs-eckerd-met- -story.html http://dx.doi.org/ . /socsci http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://www.reimaginingsocialwork.nz/ / /predictive-risk-modelling-on-rights-data-and-politics/ http://www.reimaginingsocialwork.nz/ / /predictive-risk-modelling-on-rights-data-and-politics/ http://dx.doi.org/ . /pq.v i . http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . /cfs. http://dx.doi.org/ . /bjsw/bcr http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.childyouth. . . http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . /s - - - http://dx.doi.org/ . / soc. sci. , , of munro, eileen. . predictive analytics in child protection. chess working paper no. - . knowledge for use (k u) project. durham, uk: durham university. munro, eileen, julie taylor, and caroline bradbury-jones. . understanding the causal pathways to child maltreatment: implications for health and social care policy and practice. child abuse review : – . [crossref] naranayan, arvind. . fairness definitions and their politics. youtube: arvind naranayan, available online: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jixiuydnyyk (accessed on august ). new zealand government. . oranga tamariki act; wellington: new zealand government. available online: http://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/ / /latest/whole.html (accessed on august ). pearl, judea, and dana mckenzie. . the book of why: the new science of cause and effect. new york: basic books. rahwan, iyad. . society-in-the-loop: programming the algorithmic social contract. ethics and information technology : – . [crossref] rea, david, and robert erasmus. . report of the enhancing decision-making project; wellington: ministry of social development. available online: https://mvcot.govt.nz/assets/uploads/oia-responses/report-of-the- enhancing-intake-decision-making-project.pdf (accessed on september ). riley, naomi. . can big data help save abused kids? washington, dc: american enterprise institute, available online: https://reason.com/ / / /can-big-data-help-save-abused/ (accessed on august ). roberts, dorothy, and lisa sangoi. . black families matter: how the child welfare system punishes poor families of color. injustice today. march . available online: https://theappeal.org/black-families-matter- how-the-child-welfare-system-punishes-poor-families-of-color- ad e e/ (accessed on august ). rodriguez, maria, diane depanfilis, and paul lanier. . bridging the gap: social work insights for ethical algorithmic decision-making in human services. ibm journal of research and development, . [crossref] rostad, whitney l., tia mcgill rogers, and mark j. chaffin. . the influence of concrete support on child welfare program engagement, progress, and recurrence. children and youth services review : – . [crossref] [pubmed] rouland, bénédicte, and rhema vaithianathan. . cumulative prevalence of maltreatment among new zealand children, – . american journal of public health : – . [crossref] [pubmed] rowe, michael. . shaping our algorithms before they shape us. in artificial intelligence and inclusive education: speculative futures and emerging practices. edited by jeremy knox, yuchen wang and michael gallagher. singapore: springer singapore, pp. – . sheridan, ed. . hackney council pays £ k to data firm whose software profiles troubled families. london: hackney citizen. shlonsky, aron, and david wagner. . the next step: integrating actuarial risk assessment and clinical judgment into an evidence-based practice framework in cps case management. children and youth services review : – . [crossref] sloane, mona. . making artificial intelligence socially just: why the current focus on ethics is not enough. london: london school of economics., available online: http://blogs.lse.ac.uk/politicsandpolicy/artificial- intelligence-and-society-ethics/ (accessed on august ). spratt, trevor, and j. callan. . parents’ views on social work interventions in child welfare cases. british journal of social work : – . [crossref] swahn, monica h., daniel j. whitaker, courtney b. pippen, rebecca t. leeb, linda a. teplin, karen m. abram, and gary m. mcclelland. . concordance between self-reported maltreatment and court records of abuse or neglect among high-risk youths. american journal of public health : – . [crossref] [pubmed] vaithianathan, rhema. . can administrative data be used to identify children at risk of adverse outcomes? auckland: the university of auckland. vaithianathan, rhema, tim maloney, emily putnam-hornstein, and nan jiang. . children in the public benefit system at risk of maltreatment: identification via predictive modeling. american journal of preventive medicine : – . [crossref] [pubmed] vaithianathan, rhema nan jiang, tim maloney, and emily putnam-hornstein. . developing predictive risk models to support child maltreatment hotline screening decisions: allegheny county methodology and implementation. in center for social data analytics. auckland: auckland university of technology. http://dx.doi.org/ . /car. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jixiuydnyyk http://www.legislation.govt.nz/act/public/ / /latest/whole.html http://dx.doi.org/ . /s - - - https://mvcot.govt.nz/assets/uploads/oia-responses/report-of-the-enhancing-intake-decision-making-project.pdf https://mvcot.govt.nz/assets/uploads/oia-responses/report-of-the-enhancing-intake-decision-making-project.pdf https://reason.com/ / / /can-big-data-help-save-abused/ https://theappeal.org/black-families-matter-how-the-child-welfare-system-punishes-poor-families-of-color- ad e e/ https://theappeal.org/black-families-matter-how-the-child-welfare-system-punishes-poor-families-of-color- ad e e/ http://dx.doi.org/ . /jrd. . http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.childyouth. . . http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ http://dx.doi.org/ . /ajph. . http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.childyouth. . . http://blogs.lse.ac.uk/politicsandpolicy/artificial-intelligence-and-society-ethics/ http://blogs.lse.ac.uk/politicsandpolicy/artificial-intelligence-and-society-ethics/ http://dx.doi.org/ . /bjsw/bch http://dx.doi.org/ . /ajph. . http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.amepre. . . http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ soc. sci. , , of vaithianathan, rhema, bénédicte rouland, and emily putnam-hornstein. . injury and mortality among children identified as at high risk of maltreatment. pediatrics . [crossref] [pubmed] van der put, claudia e., merian b. r. bouwmeester-landweer, eleonore a. landsmeer-beker, jan m. wit, friedo w. dekker, n. pieter j. kousemaker, and herman e. m. baartman. . screening for potential child maltreatment in parents of a newborn baby: the predictive validity of an instrument for early identification of parents at risk for child abuse and neglect (iparan). child abuse & neglect : – . [crossref] veale, michael, and irina brass. . administration by algorithm? public management meets public sector machine learning. in algorithmic regulation. edited by karen yeung and martin lodge. oxford: oxford university press. vedder, anton. . kdd: the challenge to individualism. ethics and information technology : – . [crossref] wachter, sandra, and brett mittelstadt. . a right to reasonable inferences: re-thinking data protection law in the age of big data and ai. columbia business law review : – . weick, ann. . guilty knowledge. families in society : – . [crossref] wexler, richard. . poor kids end up in foster care because parents don’t get margin of error rich do. youth today, march . white, sue, karen broadhurst, david wastell, sue peckover, chris hall, and andy pithouse. . whither practice-near research in the modernization programme? policy blunders in children’s services. journal of social work practice : – . [crossref] whittaker, meredith, kate crawford, roel dobbe, genevieve fried, elizabeth kaziunas, varoon mathur, sarah myers west, rashida richardson, jason schultz, and oscar schwartz. . ai now report . new york: ai now institute. widom, cathy spatz, sally j. czaja, and kimberly a. dumont. . intergenerational transmission of child abuse and neglect: real or detection bias? science : – . [crossref] [pubmed] wilson, moira l., sarah tumen, rissa ota, and anthony g. simmers. . predictive modeling: potential application in prevention services. american journal of preventive medicine : – . [crossref] [pubmed] © by the author. licensee mdpi, basel, switzerland. this article is an open access article distributed under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by) license (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . /). http://dx.doi.org/ . /peds. - http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.chiabu. . . http://dx.doi.org/ . /a: http://dx.doi.org/ . / - . http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . /science. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.amepre. . . http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ http://creativecommons.org/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . /. introduction setting the scene: algorithms in context predictive tool development statistical fairness and social justice statistical fairness and the sample frame issues in predictive parity between racialized groups—how should fairness be evaluated with a view to justice? the social production of data and the feedback loop consistently biased? improving the feedback loop or reducing justice? implications for practice: social worker responsibility and family participation human rights and the individual—the right to reasonable inference, consent and relational practice considering the counter-argument: problems in human child protection decision making conclusions references public health genetics and social justice peter dabrock public health genetics and social justice ! „justice is the first virtue of social institutions.” (rawls ) ! public health = integration of genetics into public health ! public health (genetics) is performed by public or semi-public institutions ! public health (genetics) has to cope with justice introduction ––– the right and the good the right and the good the right and the good ––– capabilitiescapabilitiescapabilities---approach approach approach ––– phgphgphg---conflictconflictconflict task of social justice ! against the background of scarce resources, social justice = claim toward social institutions to find a balance between liberty and equality while considering procedural fairness and the inviolable human dignity of every human being. introduction ––– thethethe right and right and right and thethethe good good good ––– capabilitiescapabilitiescapabilities---approachapproachapproach ––– phgphgphg---conflictconflictconflict content . introduction . the right and the good . the capabilities-approach in phg . a justice based rule for the conflict: ‘respect for autonomy’ versus ‘common welfare’ introduction ––– thethethe right and right and right and thethethe good good good ––– capabilitiescapabilitiescapabilities---approachapproachapproach ––– phgphgphg---conflictconflictconflict preconditions for phg ! the social accountability for technologies and procedures depends on different conditions " hta " ethical criteria introductionintroductionintroduction ––– the right and the good ––– capabilitiescapabilitiescapabilities---approachapproachapproach ––– phgphgphg---conflictconflictconflict the differentiation between the right and the good ! background: the modern society ! juridical and ethical norms = what people owe to each other as long as they want to live in peaceful coexistence ! ideas of goods = values and ends of individuals and societal groups introductionintroductionintroduction ––– the right and the good ––– capabilitiescapabilitiescapabilities---approachapproachapproach ––– phgphgphg---conflictconflictconflict ethical rules derived from the distinction between ‚right‘ and ‚good‘ ! preference of the right over the good ! liberty is valid as long as it does not jeopardize the freedom of the other ! obligations and prohibitions must be proven if they are not obviously prohibiting actions which endanger liberty ! the constraint of abuse is preferable to a general prohibition ! legitimacy of property ! recognition that the just conceptually and motivationally relies also on the good introductionintroductionintroduction ––– the right and the good ––– capabilitiescapabilitiescapabilities---approachapproachapproach ––– phgphgphg---conflictconflictconflict application of the differentiation to phg ! also less effectual means cannot be impeded unless they are proven gross negligence, unfair competition or equitable fraud ! publicly accounted and recommended means of gene medicine can justly be questioned in terms of their performability, social acceptance and ethically or legal equitableness (paul ) ! publicly promoted health literacy dealing with genetic information is of high ethical importance introductionintroductionintroduction ––– the right and the good ––– capabilitiescapabilitiescapabilities---approachapproachapproach ––– phgphgphg---conflictconflictconflict the core criterion of social justice dealing with phg ! in the framework of the constitutional state measures of phg must restricted to the necessary and the just of health care ! the necessary should defined as a decent minimum (not a minimal minimum) ! criteria that fail in applying social justice to phg " utility " strict equality " equality of welfare " radical freedom introductionintroductionintroduction ––– thethethe right and right and right and thethethe good good good ––– capabilities-approach ––– phgphgphg---conflictconflictconflict the key criterion of social justice dealing with phg ! equality of opportunity " social structural view " brute luck view " with taken-for-granted-assumption (images of man) ! fair equality of opportunity only if enabling to real freedom ! key criterion: enabling people to live an integral, self-responsible life in order to take part in social communication (related to age or physical condition; respective to the social framework) ! capabilites-approach (a. sen; m. nussbaum; h. pauer-studer) introductionintroductionintroduction ––– thethethe right and right and right and thethethe good good good ––– capabilities-approach ––– phgphgphg---conflictconflictconflict supplementation by a network of just institutional elements priority setting concerning concepts of disease . all three aspects . two, one of them the objective . only the objective aspect . subjective and social aspect . only the subjective or the social aspectobjective aspect subjective aspect social aspect diseasedisease objective aspect subjective aspect social aspect diseasedisease formal subject-oriented criteria . sufferableness . urgency . influenceability . no closeness to consumption . effectiveness semantical transparency need procedural justice participation compensational justice justice of efforts efficiency and effectiveness inter- generational justice the key criterion of social justice dealing with phg ! fair equality of opportunity = enabling to live a self- responsible life ! this implies " recognition " redistribution ! applying to phg " recognition # vs. stigmatization and discrimination ! genetic knowledge is special but not exceptional " redistribution # not widening health disparities introductionintroductionintroduction ––– thethethe right and right and right and thethethe good good good ––– capabilities-approach ––– phgphgphg---conflictconflictconflict social justice in the likely conflict ‚respect for autonomy‘ vs. ‚common welfare‘ ! backgrounds: vs. free-rider-mentality; limited resources ! preconditions: hta; efficiency, effectiveness ! rule: strong moral obligation if " avoiding serious diseases " promoting the individual development " avoiding high costs " not expecting social stigmatization ! weaker obligation if the criteria become less ! limitation to the moral sphere ! legal sphere = abandon a non-directive counseling introductionintroductionintroduction ––– thethethe right and right and right and thethethe good good good ––– capabilitiescapabilitiescapabilities---approachapproachapproach ––– phg-conflict public health genetics and social justice thank you for your attention! peter dabrock none _ _ _article .. original article corrective justice among states pavlos eleftheriadis # the author(s) abstract the debate concerning solidarity and justice among states has missed the key contribution made to international affairs by corrective justice. unlike distributive justice, which applies within states, corrective justice applies among states. it applies in particular to cooperative arrangements creating interdependence among them. corrective justice does not require fairness in outcomes. it requires redress in cases of loss caused by unfairness. an illustration of corrective justice among states is the eurozone’s response to the financial crisis. the assistance offered to the most burdened states was not as an attempt to arrive at fair shares but an attempt to remedy the losses unfairly caused by the mistakes made by the eurozone as a whole, when designing its basic architecture. keywords corrective justice . solidarity. legitimacy. eurozone . fairness the question of justice among states became a pressing issue in europe when the financial crisis of affected states in radically differently ways. the eurozone members took steps to assist the worst affected among them: greece, ireland, portugal, spain and cyprus. they made available funds for emergency loans even though the original assumption was that there would be no state bailouts. in due course, the members of the eurozone sought to amend and supplement the treaties. they created a new international institution, the european stability mechanism by way of a treaty of international law that is not part of the eu treaties, with a mandate to assist member states in financial troubles. at the same time, and in a significant shift of policy, the european central bank started purchasing sovereign bonds. in the end, the https://doi.org/ . /s - - -x in addition, there were also programmes of assistance to some non-eurozone states, such as hungary, latvia and romania. some scholars argued against this initial assumption with regard to art. ( ) tfeu. see, for example, tuori and tuori , ff. extensive and very helpful accounts of the constitutional legal aspects of the crisis are offered by tuori and tuori , a. hinarejos and f. fabbrini . * pavlos eleftheriadis pavlos.eleftheriadis@law.ox.ac.uk mansfield college, oxford ox tf, uk jus cogens ( ) : – published online: january http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi= . /s - - -x&domain=pdf http://orcid.org/ - - - mailto:pavlos.eleftheriadis@law.ox.ac.uk financial assistance programmes helped the burdened states weather the storm so that they all remained in the eurozone without defaulting on their loans. all of them, however, suffered great economic damage, loss of output and high rates of unemployment. from fairness to solidarity the court of justice has found that these assistance operations were lawful. but what was their moral character? the question remains controversial. were they manifestations of justice, discharging an obligation of solidarity towards the weaker states? or were they simply instances of prudence, not strictly required by law or morality, only expedient responses to an emergency? or were these new loan far too generous, unjustly transferring resources from the responsible to the irresponsible? these are still deeply controversial questions. some believe that the eurozone did too little to assist its weakest members. others think it did too much. all of these positions may rely on some conception of what is fair or unfair. these matters depend on our interpretation of the purpose and nature of the eurozone agreements, but they also turn on deeper assumptions about the moral obligations arising out of long-term cooperation. the vocabulary of justification is not optional in this context. fairness is always a matter closely connected to any interpretation of agreements between two or more parties. this is so both as a matter of the moral character of law in general, as many legal philosophers have shown, but also as a matter of the specific moral requirements of agreements, including international agreements. in many jurisdictions, for example, the law requires ‘good faith’ in the interpretation and enforcement of contracts, espe- cially in cases where cooperation is for an indefinite period. the distinguished english judge tom bingham described the role that fairness in the interpretation of long-term agreements in english and foreign law as follows: in many civil law systems, and perhaps in most legal systems outside the common law world, the law of obligations recognises and enforces an overriding principle that in making and carrying out contracts parties should act in good faith. this does not simply mean that they should not deceive each other, a principle which any legal system must recognise; its effect is perhaps most aptly conveyed by such metaphorical colloquialisms as ‘playing fair’, ‘coming clean’ or ‘putting one’s cards face upwards on the table.’ it is in essence a principle of fair open dealing … english law has, characteristically, committed itself to no such overriding see case c- / , pringle, ecli:eu:c: : and case c- / , gauweiler et al. v deutscher bundestag, ecli:eu:c: : , which was a preliminary reference from the german constitutional court in bverfg, beschluss des zweiten senats vom . january – bvr / - rn. ( – ). see, for example, a. mody and j. e. stiglitz , – . for example, u. di fabio , – and h. w. sinn , . sinn thought that rather than new loans, greece should have been given significant debt relief: “the right mixture of debt relief, privatization, and wealth levies could be jointly negotiated in a paris club debt conference convened to reset the eurozone. the european debt crisis has many causes, and creditors and debtors alike share the responsibility. a way to distribute the burden fairly should thus be sought—and it is important that it be found soon”, . for this general view of law, see r. dworkin , n. e. simmonds , r. alexy . jus cogens ( ) : – principle but has developed piecemeal solutions in response to demonstrated problems of unfairness. in the usa, the second restatement of contracts requires that “[e]very contract imposes upon each party a duty of good faith and fair dealing in its performance and enforcement”. english law takes a narrower view, but it too does not always enforce contracts that parties willingly entered into, if their terms are ‘unconscionable’ or are the result of undue influence exercised due to unequal bargaining power. so even in england, unfairness can occasionally be a reason for holding a deal unenforceable. whatever the position in contract law, the principle of ‘good faith’ is also an established principle of the interpretation of treaties of international law. article of the vienna convention of the law of treaties, which bears the title ‘pacta sunt servanda’ simply states: ‘every treaty in force is binding upon the parties to it and must be performed by them in good faith’ . the reference to ‘good faith’ means that any interpretation is subject to its context and may evolve with the expectations of the parties. the general rules are that a treaty is to be interpreted in good faith in accordance with the ordinary meaning to be given to the terms of the treaty ‘in their context’ and in ‘the light of its object and purpose’ because ‘each of these elements guide the interpreter in establishing what the parties actually intended, or their common will’. it follows, therefore, that the justification of the assistance programmes as a matter of the law of treaties of the eurozone can turn on issues of ‘good faith’ or fairness. it cannot simply be a matter of the narrow reading of explicit technical rules. whether the law permits such assistance will depend on the context, intention and nature of the parties that entered into the eurozone agreements as these evolved over time. these general accounts of fairness do not decide the issue of the fairness of the eurozone. they do, however, put the question of solidarity in context as a specific manifestation of a well-known question. long-term agreements, be they private or agreements among states, must be interpreted in light of a theory of fairness, but they do not always create obligations of solidarity. whether fairness requires solidarity will depend on the specific terms and practices of each specific agreement. if the eurozone agreements do create such obligations, it must be for a reason. most theorists say that no such reason exists, given how the eurozone agreements are currently structured. interfoto picture library ltd v stilletto visual programmes ltd [ ] q.b. , . see also director general of fair trading v first national bank [ ] ukhl , [ ] a.c. at [ ] (lord bingham of cornhill). restatement (second) of contracts para. . cf. uniform commercial code s. – . see r. s. summers , – . a relevant case is lloyds bank ltd v bundy [ ] ewca , [ ] qb , where lord denning summarized the doctrine of ‘inequality of bargaining power’ as follows: ‘by virtue of it, the english law gives relief to one who, without independent advice, enters into a contract or transfers property for a consideration which is grossly inadequate, when his bargaining power is grievously impaired by reason of his own needs or desires, or by his own ignorance or infirmity, coupled with undue influences or pressures brought to bear on him by or for the benefit of the other’. the house of lords has refused to endorse such a wide principle, however. for an interpretation see dorr and schmalenbach ), – . for this point, see e. bjorge , , especially at – . the quotes are from the ‘decision regarding delimitation of the border between eritrea and ethiopia’, xxv reports of international arbitral awards ( ), – , at – . “the meaning of these treaties is thus a central feature of this dispute. in interpreting them, the commission will apply the general rule that a treaty is to be interpreted in good faith in accordance with the ordinary meaning to be given to the terms of the treaty in their context and in the light of its object and purpose. each of these elements guides the interpreter in establishing what the parties actually intended, or their ‘common will’, as lord mcnair put it in the palena award”. jus cogens ( ) : – http://www.bailii.org/ew/cases/ewca/ / .html the german philosopher jürgen habermas writes that the present economic rationales of the eurozone are incompatible with social justice and democratic legitimacy: ‘a technocracy without democratic roots would not have the motivation to accord sufficient weight to the demands of the electorate for a just distribution of income and property, for status security, public services and collective goods when these conflict with the systemic demands for competitiveness and economic growth’ habermas contrasts ‘technocratic’ blueprints for dealing with the crisis and a project for a ‘supranational democracy in the core of europe’. by the term ‘democratic roots’, habermas seems to imply that solidarity needs to be supported by the identification of each person with a single political community as its citizen. he says that the eu’s ‘technocratic’ response runs the risk of lacking ‘the motivation to accord sufficient weight to the demands of the electorate for a just distribution of income and property, for status security, public services and collective goods when these conflict with the systemic demands for competitiveness and economic growth’. habermas’ argument has a compelling logic, which is shared by standard defences of the welfare state. the argument assumes that citizens of the same state will have the psychological motivation to recognize a duty of solidarity to one another, normally expressed by ideas and principles of social justice. indeed, the eu treaties recognize the division of the union into states and an associated division of them into welfare states. as a matter of fact, european citizens do not feel the same identification with those they consider outsiders. europe’s task, therefore, is to expand outward the bonds of community that exist within states. this is why habermas argues that the union needs to create its own ‘democratic roots’ in common identification. if this argument is right, then the introduction of meaningful solidarity in the european union presupposes the profound transformation of its institutions. habermas is clearly aware of the seriousness of the political challenge. he proposes a ‘real political union’, which will change the circumstances of european citizens. social justice can then become a component of a sharing in power under the institutions of a political community. in order to achieve solidarity, we will need to abandon borders within europe to produce a single, integrated political community. is this a valid argument? i do not think it is. i do not doubt the positive aspect of the argument. of course, a political community creates bonds of solidarity. i do wish to challenge, however, the negative part, namely, the claim that solidarity does not apply when persons are not bound by the deep bonds of citizenship. in my view, obligations of solidarity can arise from relations among persons or, indeed, from relations among states and other collective bodies, when they engage with one another in the right way. solidarity does not always require a relationship of citizenship. other relations can have the same result. the key to the argument is that obligations of solidarity arise as acts of assistance under a principle of mutual aid or as a principle of redress. these are not matters of justice in distribution but matters of corrective justice. this point has been obscured by most discussions of solidarity in the european union, where the dominant language is that of distributive claims. j. habermas a, and j. habermas b. for a parallel argument see r. forst , – . j. habermas a, . j. habermas a, – , at . see also j. habermas . this point is also well set out in j. neyer , – . for an interesting debate on this between neyer (who sees the european union as a project that does not seek to be federal) and forst (who follows habermas in accepting the federalist interpretation), see j. neyer , – and r. forst , – . j. habermas a, . jus cogens ( ) : – distributive claims the european union treaties are not silent on solidarity. article ( ) teu provides that the union shall ‘promote social justice’ and promote ‘economic, social and territorial cohesion, and solidarity among member states’. solidarity is also mentioned in article tfeu in the context of assistance in emergencies, whereby the council may decide ‘in a spirit of solidarity between member states’ on measures assisting a state if ‘severe difficulties arise in the supply of certain products, notably in the area of energy’. this article, however, was not invoked in the case of the financial assistance programmes. it is not entirely clear, however, what these general statements mean. perhaps, like other general statements in this part of the treaties, they do not intend to create clear obligations, moral or legal, on the institutions of the european union or the member states. they are supplemented, however, by the mention of solidarity in particular policies. solidarity is mentioned in the context of asylum policies the general ‘solidarity clause’ in case of natural or man-made disasters, and in the detailed mechanism for distributions of funds to the member states. these funds are very important for the distribution of resources from the wealthier states to the poorer ones. they were created at various points in the history of the union and are now provided for in the treaties. the european social fund is covered by articles to tfeu, structural funds are provided for in article tfeu, and a regional development fund is provided by article tfeu. the treaty empowers the eu to distribute funds with the aim of improving employment opportunities; strengthening social inclusion; fighting poverty; promoting education, skills and life-long learning; and developing active, comprehensive and sustainable inclusion policies. nevertheless, the total amount of spending on such projects is very small, at least in relation to the overall eu economy. it is also very small in proportion to similar funds available within each state for social purposes. in the member states, the equivalent spending ranges between % and % of gross domestic product. in the total eu budget, the equivalent amount is only about % of the gross national income of the member states. according to an estimate made by the institute of fiscal studies, the eu’s total spending on structural, cohesion and agriculture and rural development funds accounted for about % of the total eu spending in . the scale of redistribution involved is therefore very modest indeed. the direct european union social spending is about or times less than what occurs within a member state. the small size of these transfers strengthens the argument that solidarity in the european union is not really a functional principle. solidarity may be an exclusive preserve of the member states operating only within their separate political communities. see e. küçük , – and m. ross , – . for a discussion of the (relatively limited) role of the charter of fundamental rights in the protection of social welfare rights, see s. o’leary , – . see article tfeu and article tfeu. the principle has not, however, made any difference in practice. see joined cases c- / and c- / n.s. and m.e., eu:c: : , par. . article tfeu. the rules of distribution of these sums are set out in regulation (eu) no / of the european parliament and of the council of december , on the european social fund and repealing council regulation (ec) no / , oj l , . . , – . the regulation provides for common principles for the implementation of five european structural and investment funds: the european regional development fund (erdf), the european social fund (esf), the cohesion fund, the european agricultural fund for rural development (eafrd) and the european maritime and fisheries fund (emff). the treaty articles are also supplemented by protocol no on economic, social and territorial cohesion. see browne et al. . jus cogens ( ) : – many sophisticated commentators observe that the social dimension of the eu is minimal. commenting on the ‘patchwork’ of social justice provisions in eu law, gráinne de búrca writes that solidarity had a ‘constructive potential’ which could gradually ‘promote a degree of solidarity and mutual responsibility—however tentative and limited at first—between states, citizens, and other residents within the enlarging european space’. such cautious endorse- ments of solidarity, however, cannot hide the fact that social justice is a very small part of the eu. any authors thus take the view that, since the eu is not a state, the normal rules of distributive justice do not apply to it. since solidarity or social justice is a principle that only applies within states (or equivalent political communities), no solidarity principle applies in the european union, at least not yet. in this vein, professor christian joerges, a leading scholar on european union law, argues that the european union is incapable of having a proper policy towards social justice. joerges refers to an argument made by friedrich carl von savigny, the leading german legal scholar of the nineteenth century, that justice applies to private relations but not to the relations between states. in joerges’ reading, savigny has shown that ‘interstate relations … remain in an unruly state of nature governed by power and politics rather than law’. from savigny’s premise, joerges draws the conclusion that the european monetary union is incapable of imposing a uniform architecture of social policy. it does not have the means. europe has instead created a competitive ‘single market’ where each state seeks to have a social policy on its own, allowing for great ‘socioeconomic diversity’, which the institutions of the eu cannot address. joerges adds that the various economies have diverged rather than converged since the creation of the union. europe’s idea of ‘a highly competitive social market economy’ results in the undermining of social justice and solidarity everywhere in the eu. he says that ‘the socioeconomic diversity of the union was treated with benign neglect and an institutional framework with the potential to manage the implication of this move was not established’. he finds this ‘fateful’ for the ‘prospects of social europe’. the only policy that, for joerges, is working at eu level is that emanating from the european central bank, which in his view is insensitive to the concerns of social justice. hence, the ‘maastricht arrangement was an ill- defined political compromise, rather than a sustainable accomplishment of constitutional validity and strength’, which has led to ‘authoritarian managerialism’. the only way of overcoming this stalemate, for joerges, is through the creation of a ‘transnational democracy’ through federal institutions. he insists that such a transformation is urgent, because the present arrangements do not provide a solid basis for solidarity and social justice. a similar view has been taken by floris de witte, who has offered an extensive and original discussion of the question of social justice in the eu. de witte argues that ‘justice is an associative commitment: it is born and sustained by the interaction between particular groups of citizens’. nevertheless, de witte’s discussion locates justice firmly within the framework and architecture of institutions of the state. de witte argues that the existence of the european g. de búrca , . this is a view reflected in the writings of influential legal scholars. it is the view, for example, defended by a. williams ), a. somek , – , and n. walker , – . c. joerges , – , at (citing from savigny’s system des heutigen römischen rects, vol. iii, ). c. joerges , . c. joerges , . c. joerges , . joerges follows here similar arguments made by f. w. scharpf , – . a similar view is taken by frank vandenbroucke, who proposes a new ‘social union’ as the appropriate response to the current absence of proper institutions of solidarity. see f. vandenbroucke , – . de witte , . jus cogens ( ) : – union ‘ensures that the associative connections between citizens across borders are incorpo- rated within the pursuit of justice on the national level’. in effect, the eu brings citizens closer to one another, by putting them ‘in a social relationship’ in the sense that ‘all eu citizens are part of the incipient and ill-defined european polity’ but also on ‘the national level, where citizens of different nationalities engage with each other through a whole range of social interactions’. but de witte concludes that since the eu is in effect an international project, it does not have the potential for justice: ‘the eu does not dispose of the institutional sophistication required in order legitimately to articulate an autonomous conception of supra- national justice…. in consequence, the eu cannot engage in the definition of supranational ideas of equality, fairness, or distributive justice in a legitimate way’. surprisingly perhaps, joerges and de witte are in agreement with the former finance minister of germany, wolfgang schäuble. in a widely leaked ‘non-paper’ to the ministers of the eurogroup on the occasion of his departure from his post in november , dr. schäuble gave a detailed account of his overall assessment of the eurozone, where he also expresses scepticism about the potential of the european union to achieve social justice. it lacks both of the mechanism for redistribution and the required institutions of democratic accountability. the paper states that the ministry’s view fiscal responsibilities and fiscal control belong together. the paper observes that there are only two ways in which the eu could maintain the symmetry of responsibilities and control: either we transfer parts of national sovereignty and control of fiscal rules to the eu level (“euro finance minister”), together with a greater democratic legitimacy. this would certainly require eu treaty changes to be credible. or we agree on an intergovernmental solution. the real choice here appears to be between full union and loose integovernmentalism. the ‘non-paper’ by the finance ministry, just like joerges, de witte and habermas, relies on the assumption that an intergovernmental institutional setting is an inappropriate institutional arrangement for the operation of solidarity. the paper therefore proposes further political union through treaty change as a priority for the future. but, as long as ‘there is little willingness for treaty changes, we should follow a pragmatic two-step approach: intergovern- mental solution now, to be transposed into eu law later on’. in summary, the views i have examined by habermas, joerges and de witte make the following negative claim: they suggest that solidarity is strictly limited to the national domain and cannot develop in an international context. i will now argue that this assumption is mistaken. i reject the premise that solidarity applies only within states and that solidarity does not apply to international or intergovernmental structures. in order to understand this point, we need to expand our scope beyond familiar assumptions about the domestic welfare state. i will argue that solidarity is not identical to distribution. solidarity has in fact two distinct grounds, ibid. de witte , . de witte , . available at: https://www.scribd.com/document/ /german-finance-ministry-non-paper-on- eurozone-reforms. these views seem to correspond to standard views among german economists. it is common place in german economics departments that within the eurozone ‘ever member country has to do its homework and that relying on bailouts from others distorts incentives’. see brunnermeier et al. , . jus cogens ( ) : – https://www.scribd.com/document/ /german-finance-ministry-non-paper-on-eurozone-reforms https://www.scribd.com/document/ /german-finance-ministry-non-paper-on-eurozone-reforms one in distributive justice and one in corrective justice. only distributive justice is restricted to the domestic case. distributive and corrective justice although the distinction between distributive and corrective justice is old and well understood, it has not, for the most part, been deployed in the debates concerning international justice. it appears that when scholars refer to justice in the international context, they only have in mind distributive claims. if distributive claims cannot be justified, then justice is irrelevant. these views seem to work on the presupposition, or at least the mental picture, of justice relying on a central distribution of a good to beneficiaries according to criteria of need or merit. this is the typical model of the distribution of fair shares outlined by aristotle and repeated many times in modern philosophy. it is the standard model of distributive justice as justice in distribution. john rawls too identifies social justice with distributive justice when he says on the ‘subject of justice’ that: ‘the primary subject of [social] justice is the basic structure of society, or more exactly, the way in which the major social institutions distribute fundamental rights and duties and determine the division of advantages from social cooperation’ (emphasis added). in the case of the state, the distribution takes place through central taxation and social welfare schemes. the distribution is not from state resources, but effectively from the mostly better off taxpayers to the least well off, as they receive public assistance through public funds or through freely available services, such as education and health care. it is clear that such a model of justice cannot apply to the european union. first, there is no central taxing authority collecting public funds. second, there is no central spending power of such funds. third, there are not in place any institutions with the appropriate democratic powers for deciding on the appropriate test of distribution, since the european parliament cannot have such powers. fourth, we do not have clear institutions for the accountability of such decisions. fifth, we do not have the underlying ‘community’ or ‘demos’ which would see the public support the transfer of funds from one part of the community to another and give meaning to mechanisms of participation as we – more or less – have in the conventional welfare systems of the states. for these reasons, the advocates of political union as a pre- condition of institutions of solidarity, such as habermas, di fabio and joerges, must be right to rule out a general distributive principle for the european union under the present institutional arrangements. if social justice makes sense only within a territorial state, then it can have no application to the european union as it is today. this argument, however, is not the end of the matter as far as solidarity is concerned. it fails to take into account the way in which solidarity works in other ways. the relations between states just like the relations of persons are subject to a second dimension of justice, which since aristotle we call ‘corrective justice’. corrective justice does not provide for the distribution of something from a central source or state but accounts for the just relations among two or more see for a valuable exception, t. campos , where the right to health is recast as an obligation of corrective or ‘commutative’ justice and not ‘distributive’ justice. this assumption is implicit, i think, in t. nagel , , where ‘social justice’ is identified with justice in distribution. j. rawls a, . rawls refers to aristotle’s nicomachean ethics b- b in support of his view of social justice; j. rawls a, . jus cogens ( ) : – parties in the event of cooperation, exchange or reparation. corrective justice addresses injustice by restoring the original positions between a person that suffered a loss and the person who gained a profit from the other’s expense. the just redress is the arithmetic mean between the part of the earner and the part of the loser. in ernest weinrib’s apt description, the organizing idea is that of correlativity. the ‘elements of liability under corrective justice can be explicated only in terms of concepts whose normative force applies simultaneously to both parties’. unlike distributive justice, corrective justice takes the parties to be equal. for corrective justice ‘liability involves a conception of fairness that recognizes the equal normative status of the two parties and treats their normative positions as mirror images of each other’. these ideas have generated some very sophisticated arguments about the substance of the law of tort, contract and unjust enrichment. there is no need to rely on these theories in any detail here. what we need for the purposes of our argument is only the idea that states are independent agents, similar to corporations or other collective agents that are subject to private law when they are cooperating towards a common project, sharing in the process rights, obligations and risks. such relations create mutual moral obligations from each state to all others that are analogous to legal obligations arising in contract law. i say that are merely analogous and not identical, because there is no contract law in the international sphere. strictly speaking, since there is no central power of enforcement in international law, and since all legal obligations are to some extent provisional under public international law, there cannot be contract law in the strict sense. under international law, states can have obligations of law to one another, but they cannot rely on the jurisdiction of a common court to enforce them. so the analogy with contract is incomplete. still however, states do owe each other duties on the basis of their agreements. that states have mutual obligations to one another which is not an original thought. in the law of peoples, rawls argues that the international community must be based on principles of fairness that apply to states. he argues that such principles would have been adopted by well- ordered peoples in a hypothetical original position for the ‘law of peoples’. in rawls’ account, the relevant agents are the peoples and not their citizens. he argues that inequalities between states will be unjust ‘because of their unjust effects on the basic structure of the society of peoples, and on relations among peoples and among their members’. he further argues that in such a scenario, the parties will ‘formulate guidelines for setting up cooperative organiza- tions, and will agree to standards of fairness for trade as well as to certain provisions for mutual assistance’. nevertheless, the relevant principle of justice does not presuppose a central distributing power. it applies in a decentralized way among the various states, as a self- imposed constraint on their foreign policies by way of ‘cooperative organizations’ and other agreements. in this account, the principles of international justice bind states in their mutual relations: they create obligations to exercise a particular kind of policy or to discharge their natural duties to each other. a principle of mutual aid is part of these obligations. one of the eight principles of the law of peoples is that ‘peoples have a duty to assist other peoples living under for a general historical account of aristotle’s distinction between distributive and corrective justice see, i. englard . see i. englard , . e. j. weinrib , . ibid. j. rawls a, . j. rawls a, . jus cogens ( ) : – unfavourable conditions that prevent their having a just or decent political and social re- gime’. the obligation to assist binds peoples but exists only up the point at which societies overcome ‘unfavourable conditions’. this is not strictly speaking a matter of the distribution of resources between the parties, but the one off lifting of our fellow human beings from a state of destitution. rawls’ principle of aid is solidarity in assistance, not solidarity in achieving fair shares. although rawls does not use the term ‘corrective justice’ for this type of bilateral obligation, it is clear that what he has in mind for the law of peoples is very different from the kind of justice that applies to the basic structure of a single political community. it is not a principle of distribution of fair shares but a bilateral relationship crated by the face-to-face encounter of one person or one state with another. the claim arises because of desperate need of the burdened person or state, not because of a pattern of distribution. this is a different moral relationship to that of citizenship. when we encounter each other as citizens, we look at the whole picture in relation to a vertically organized system of authority to which we both contribute. we then raise the question of the existence of inequality in the distribution of ‘primary goods’ among us buy that vertical system of authority. in the international domain, by contrast, our encounters are structured in a purely horizontal way by way of ‘cooperative’ agreements, without a vertically organized system of authority guiding our actions or resolving our disputes. the relevant domain of justice here is created by horizontal relations only. rawls presents the obligations of solidarity or justice in the international case as arising out of the reasonable terms under which states would join a system of international law as equals. rawls’ argument introduces in this way the idea that fairness should be a precondition of general international law, whatever else agreements may establish as binding obligations. in this view, the horizontal principle of fairness is a background condition for the continuing legitimacy of the international community as a whole, including the multilateral treaties among its members. the best way in which we can understand such a non-distributive principle of fairness is as a principle of corrective justice, similar to that giving rise to a duty of mutual aid. it arises – just as it does with persons – from the very fact of the vulnerability of states towards natural disasters or other misfortunes. if a prosperous state is in a position to provide aid to a burdened state without risk to itself, it has a duty to do so. a similar principle of corrective justice covers the cooperative practices of international law in the following way. if states engage with one another – as they should – in setting up complex cooperative arrangements in the course of international relations, then they are bound by the terms of fairness towards one another, just like motorists sharing a road are bound by the rules of negligence for accidents. we often call this aspect of justice ‘cooperative justice’. the distinction between distributive and corrective justice has one important consequence for the european union. it suggests that the simple disjunction drawn by the habermas and j. rawls a, . there is an analogy with the idea of a duty of mutual aid among strangers. such a duty is ethically fundamental outside any legal or institutional framework. i follow here b. herman , – , who applies the idea of the ‘dependence’ of human beings to the process of the categorical imperative and concludes: ‘the duty of mutual aid has its ground in the facts that we are dependent beings with ends it is not rational for us to forgo: ends set by “true needs” whose satisfaction is a necessary condition for the exercise of rationality. as we are rational agents, we set ends… as a person’s true needs are those which must be met if he is to function (or continue to function) as a rational, end-setting agent, respecting the humanity of others involves acknowledging the duty of mutual aid: one must be prepared to support the conditions of the rationality of others (their capacity to set and act for ends) when they are unable to do so without help’ (p. ). see also b. herman , – . by analogy with dependent human beings, as in b. herman . jus cogens ( ) : – joerges between independence and solidarity was not correct. remember that they assumed that there were only two ways forward as far as the future of the eurozone was concerned: either a decentralized and international fiscal order in which each country was exclusively liable for its own debt or a fully integrated fiscal union in which spending powers are transferred to a european authority. the distinction necessarily assumed that there could not be a sharing of burdens or a practice of solidarity in an international union, without some form of integrated political union. this is correct, only as far as distributive justice is concerned. if there is no single political power to tax the parties and distribute the shares justly, then it makes no sense of speaking of ‘just shares’. the question is very different if we are asking about something else. solidarity in the form of mutual aid does make sense without a central authority doing the sharing. corrective justice that arises from international cooperation does not require political union. the question that corrective justice asks is not one of fair shares, but of fair redress for a wrong. if parties provide redress to one another for the wrongs they committed, they exhibit solidarity outside a distributive framework. if i drive carelessly and i cause a cyclist to lose their balance, i owe them a duty of reparation, even if it is only an apology. if i have injured them i must provide appropriate redress. if i ignore my moral obligation to another person in need of aid, i show – among other things – a lack of solidarity. it is the same with states. a state may owe to another state some form of redress, for example, the return of a cultural artefact stolen by some of the first state’s citizens (e.g. the parthenon marbles looted by lord elgin) or compensation for an oil spill caused by a military vessel. this sense of solidarity is entirely familiar from private law. there is no reason for not following the same principle in international relations. the best example of this kind of obligation in international relations is the granting of debt forgiveness as an obligation under the doctrine of ‘odious debt’ in international law. under certain – very demanding – conditions, the debts assumed by a corrupt government may not be held to bind a subsequent democratic government. the doctrine of ‘odious debt’ holds that the debt must be unlawful and therefore invalid. a lender should not seek to exploit a dictator’s greed for one’s personal profit. contract law has a similar doctrine about contracts whose object is unlawful. under that doctrine, cuba and the usa refused to recognize cuba’s debts that had been taken by the spanish colonial government just before cuba’s independence. the same applied to loans taken by the costa rican government in the dying days of the dictator federico tinoco’s corrupt regime. in all these cases, fairness in substance was deemed more important than the terms of an existing agreement, which was considered invalid. of course, the theory of ‘odious debt’ cannot conceivably apply to any member of the european union. the issues are entirely different. all the members of the eurozone are democracies and have democratically approved the original accession to the european monetary union as well as any amendments to the treaties. they have borrowed in the international markets exercising their constitutional powers in fiscal policy. nevertheless, the rule of odious debt may help us understand the basic principle, namely, that fairness r. howse , j. king . see r. howse , – . aguilar-amory and royal bank of canada claims (great britain v costa rica) ( ) riaa . see r. howse , – . jus cogens ( ) : – applies more generally as a background principle for all international institutional arrangements. the general point is this. Ιf cooperative fairness creates international obligations under a principle of corrective justice in some cases of international interaction, then it can also create obligations in a process of market integration such as that provided for by the european union treaties. in the most direct case, if a state suffers a loss because of the wrongful action of another state, it is then entitled to redress, and failure to provide it is a failure to exhibit appropriate solidarity. indeed, the european union has created exactly such mechanisms. it provides redress for violations of the law through the commission and the court of justice. but we are entitled to ask if corrective justice creates further moral obligations of fairness or solidarity among states on the basis of their cooperation. we need to refine the argument by asking in particular who can be responsible for the joint decisions of a cooperative agreement such as the european union. structural responsibility the principle of mutual aid applies between two parties that encounter each other in a certain way. the case of international cooperation in trade agreements is more complex. the parties organize their relationship based on common rules and monitored by multi-lateral institutions. here, the argument for a principle of cooperative fairness must take a modified form. by entering the founding treaties, the member states jointly created institutions of cooperation, such as the commission, the council, the european parliament and – more recently – the european central bank. such institutions make decisions in the name of the organization as a whole. some of these decisions are highly consequential. they may determine a member states’ social and economic future. these common institutions are not entirely independent nor do they enjoy comprehensive powers. the member states retain economic decision-making and exercise some element of control through the council of ministers (and through their delegates at the european parliament). the member states remain, therefore, key decision- makers and are to that extent responsible for what the eu does. at the same time, we cannot hold the states responsible for everything that the eu does. but since the member states created the basic structure, such as the single market and the free movement of persons, goods, services and capital and if we can detect some economic outcomes – positive or negative – with these structures, then the member states can be held to be jointly responsible for them. this is not an entirely original thought. something similar may already exist in the structures of global economy. it is common ground that the current structures of economic globalization are the conscious result of policy decisions made by the leading economic powers, for example, the global financial architecture, the world trade organization and numerous other multilateral agreements that make trade possible. the philosopher thomas pogge argues, for example, that world poverty is partly the result of the joint actions of an attempt to interpret greece’s debt as ‘odious debt’ is made in bantekas and vivien , – . in my view the argument cannot possibly succeed. greece’s democratically elected governments created the debt mountain in the period between and . in this sense, we must consider the european union to be an international and not a federal project. for this argument, see p. eleftheriadis , and s. weatherill . see, for example, j. stiglitz , where he describes the developments brought about by ‘global institutions’. see also d. rodrik . jus cogens ( ) : – developed states, which make it possible for dictators and corrupt politicians to siphon their ill- gotten gains to tax heavens around the world. the most extensive argument in this respect is offered by the american philosopher aaron james. in his book, fairness in practice describes the process of creating institutions of international trade as an international ‘social practice’, a practice of ‘mutual reliance on common markets’ which, in his view, creates ‘a distinctive class of fairness responsibilities’. these responsibilities go beyond the explicit commitments of the parties. they are structural in that they require that the structures of international trade meet certain requirements of ‘structural equity’. james argues that the states that create these structures of international trade are jointly responsible for any harm and unfairness that such structures bring about. in james’ argument, the states’ negotiation has, in effect, the same effect as direct legislation. the states are structurally responsible for their processes of negotiation, just as much as if they were directly legislating the resulting consensus. what are the structural principles of fairness that bind the states, when they act in this way? for james, these principles require ‘due care’ for those who unfairly lose out from the system overall, principles of ‘fair distribution among states’ and ‘fair distribution within states’. the states that participate in the international social practice of trade are jointly responsible for setting up mechanisms for compensation to the losers of free trade, as well as mechanisms for maintaining equality in the distribution of benefits among states and among populations within states. an argument along these lines concerning structural responsibility is clearly applicable to the european union, where the member states have legislated the terms of their own cooperation. they have created legally binding treaties and created enforcement mechanisms. their actions have gone much beyond a mere ‘practice’ of international trade, as described by james. in the case of the european union the structural responsibility of the states is even more direct than that of the creators of diffuse systems of cooperation, such as the world trade organization or systems of international arbitration. cooperative structural fairness applies thus to the member states in two stages. at the first stage, which we may call ‘basic fairness’, the principle of fairness asks if an agreement to cooperate, given its formation and substantive content, is fair overall at the point the parties first enter it. this test requires, for example, that when the parties enter into some agreement to cooperate, they do so willingly and having been in a relatively even bargaining position to one another. the principle also assumes that, absent special circumstances, the cooperating parties would strike an agreement by which they would receive a fair return on their investment over time. otherwise, the agreement might have been the result of exploitation or undue pressure. at a second stage, which we may call ‘fairness in practice’, the principle asks if the parties acted fairly as their agreement unfolded in practice. this aspect of fairness asks of the content of the respective obligations of the parties after the agreed rules are put into effect. john rawls explains the relevance of fairness in practice in the following way. he says that fairness creates obligations on the participants in a mutually advantageous cooperative venture to continue to acquiesce by its terms. as rawls puts it: ‘we are not to gain form the cooperative labors of t. pogge , – . for a powerful account of these processes by an investigative journalist, see o. bullough . see a. james , . a. james , – . a. james , – . j. rawls a, . rawls was also referring to h. l. a. hart , . jus cogens ( ) : – others without doing our fair share’. this goes beyond the basic fairness that was in place at the original starting point. whether we are fairly treated by others depends on how they treated us in the process of cooperation over time. although some of the ongoing cooperation will be based on the original rules and commitments, the relevant obligations will also arise from the conduct, practices and expectations created and relied upon by others after the cooperative project started. so a cooperative project may be fair to begin with but can fail to remain fair because of the subsequently unreasonable conduct of one of the parties. basic fairness i now turn to a fuller discussion of the idea of basic fairness in the interaction among states. my focus remains the framework of multiparty cooperation and principles of corrective justice. we are not asking about the ideal distribution of shares or about a certain ratio of return to investment. no such ratio of ‘fair return’ exists in the absence of a central distributing mechanism. the outcomes of any trade agreements are determined by economic practice, or in effect by a mixture of political judgement, prudent decision-making and, of course, chance. because cooperative justice is a matter of bilateral relationship structured around the parties’ actions, what we are looking for is a standard of wrongness in bilateral relationships. what is fair and what is unfair in cooperation among states? basic fairness rules out terms of cooperation that impose unjustified inequalities, or terms that are the result of unfair imposi- tion, monopolies, cartels and other competitive restrictions. any such terms must be void and unenforceable. can we organize these intuitive wrongs in a more coherent whole, so as to cover less obvious but still real unfairness? there are many ways in which we can interpret fairness in trade agreements. one set of was provided, as we saw above, by aaron james with reference to the world trade order. james argues that the relation among states must be subject to a principle of ‘international relative gains’ according to which: ‘gains to each trading society, adjusted according to their respective national endowments (e.g. population size, resource base, level of development), are to be distributed equally, unless unequal gains flow (e.g., via special trade privileges) to poor countries’. why should the gains be in principle equal? james argues that ‘the gains of trade are socially created, by the joint practice of market reliance’. this of course is the starting point for the responsibility of states, although not a sufficient reason for equal shares. he goes on to say: ‘because each trading country has a morally relevant interest in greater rather than lesser national income gains, equal treatment requires equal distribution of gains, unless we can specify a relevant difference among participating countries’. james identifies two such ‘relevant’ differences as possible grounds for inequality of gain. first, relevant endowments of each country, such as population size, natural resources and degree of economic develop- ment. second, ‘inequality of gain is fair if greater benefits flow to people who are worse off in absolute terms’. j. rawls a, . see j. rawls b, – . a. james , . a. james , . ibid. a. james , . jus cogens ( ) : – i find james’ arguments for equal shares and for requiring priority for the worse off unconvincing. what james recognizes as the ‘endowments’ exception cannot be limited only to the features he sets out. other considerations are relevant too. the performance of a state in trading with other states does not depend only on the state structures but also on the success of private parties: producers, entrepreneurs and workers that produce relevant tradeable products that appeal to consumers abroad. economic success or failure cannot therefore be imputed only to each state and its institutions. as long as the background terms of fair competition are respected, the outcome of economic competition will be the result of the ‘endowments’ that james describes as well as of the capacity – flexibility, agility and resourcefulness – of firms in producing competitive products and services. this is why james’ principle of equality in outcomes seems to me at odds with his general framework. he seems to leave out the element of uncertainty inherent in economic competition. if we allow for the effects of economic competition, equality of outcomes cannot be a default position. a second argument for fairness is provided by andrea sangiovanni, who has offered a sophisticated argument about fairness in trade specifically in the context of the european union. sangiovanni takes an ‘internationalist’ view on the justice that applies to the eu. he believes that the best argument for justice in the eu proceeds from the reciprocal commitments the states have made to each other. sangiovanni argues that: ‘according to reciprocity-based internationalism, demands for social solidarity at all levels of governance can be understood as demands for a fair return in the mutual production of important collective goods’. fair return is required because in effect the states have jointly produced the collective goods brought about by the european union. sangiovanni’s proposal is to ask what would be a rational insurance policy in case the member states considered the terms of their cooperation in advance of entering into this cooperative project. he asks ‘…what do member states and their citizens owe one other as a fair return for the mutual provision of these goods and the mutual exposure to these risks— goods and risks made possible by opening up their markets, societies and polities to the joint control and supervision of both supranational actors and intergovernmental decision-mak- ing?’ the answer for sangiovanni is that the fair return ‘which members states owe one another, under member state solidarity, is given by the level at which each state would insure against the potential losses identified above had they known the distribution of risks but not their place in the distribution’. sangiovanni argues that by asking how states would have insured against the ‘risks intrinsic to the project of european integration, had they not known what state they would have turned out to be’, we eliminate the advantage at the bargaining table of the european social contract obtained by the fact that member states know their relative position – including their level of development, population size, welfare regime, type, etc. this argument is ambiguous, however. it is not clear if it proposes ‘fair shares’ as distributive shares, or a system of minimum insurance against failure. a question of what fair shares are appropriate is, as we have seen, a distributive question. it argues for an appropriate allocation among the various parties. insurance is by contrast a corrective question. it is not an allocation of shares but a provision of redress. a. sangiovanni , – . a. sangiovanni , . a. sangiovanni , . a. sangiovanni , – . a. sangiovanni , . jus cogens ( ) : – it seems to me that the distinction between distribution and insurance is not clear in sangiovanni’s argument. the aim of insurance is to provide reparation for some loss insured against. it is not the allocation of fair or equal, or less unequal, distributive shares, all things considered. on the one hand, he speaks of an argument from insurance, but on the other, he is also seeking fair shares. i believe that his argument needs amendment to make clear that what is relevant is a basic form of insurance and not a form of distribution. if we are seeking to model our fair background conditions of basic fairness on the basis of a hypothetical insurance scheme, we must envisage returns triggered by a type of wrongful action, not merely inequality in outcomes. the redress must correspond to the wrongful loss actually incurred, or loss in comparison to the position one would have been without the wrong. here is how, i believe, the argument for basic fairness among states must be restated. remember that the relevant principle is corrective justice as it applies to cooperative projects. it is one a principle of distributive shares. we proceed by identifying the threshold of wrongful conduct which generates a one-off claim for redress from one party to another, not a general pattern of fair distribution that should be imposed when it fails to materialize in real life. i propose the following formulation as the appropriate standard of background cooperative fairness in trading among states, which i call the ‘symmetry principle’: the symmetry principle: an agreement to cooperate for the purposes of international trade in goods and services is unfair and potentially unenforceable, if it is shown to create asymmetrical opportunities for gain and risks of loss for the parties involved, taking into account the parties’ original position, endowments and prospects as the agreement was reached. following the principle of symmetry, a structure of cooperation will be unfair, if it creates asymmetrical opportunities for gain and risks of loss. the symmetry here refers both to the level of risk but also the gravity of the injury it may cause. irreparable harms must be given much higher value than temporary harms. similarly, permanent gains (e.g. those associated with education or long term health) are to be assessed differently from transient gains, economic or social. the principle of symmetrical risks tries thus to capture the idea proposed by sangiovanni through the insurance approach. this is the thought that an agreement is fair if the parties would have been able to agree it as sufficiently beneficial to them, had they entered it without full knowledge of their circumstances. the idea of symmetry of risks seeks to reflect the idea of reciprocity for states that are greatly unequal in size and economic size. reciprocity entails a form of insurance for all parties: we ask what costs the member states would be willing to pay to offset the risks generated by the project of cooperation. there are also similarities here with a principle that aaron james discusses by the name of principle of ‘reciprocity of risk’, which he eventually rejects. james’ idea involves only risk of loss, not opportunity for gain. yet, his account of reciprocity is the same idea as that behind the ‘symmetry principle’. one of the reasons he gives for rejecting the ‘reciprocity of risk’ an analogy may be made between this argument and rawls’ argument for the making of a constitution in a constitutional convention, in the theory of justice. this stage of law-making, for rawls, was the second of a ‘four stage sequence’ where the parties were aware of their individual circumstances (whereas they were not in the ‘original position’ concerning the basic structure. the logic of an insurance calculation is the same as set out by a. sangiovanni , . a. james , – . jus cogens ( ) : – principle is that ‘current trade practice is clearly a situation of non-reciprocal risk’. this, however, is not a reason to reject the principle. he also notes that symmetry of risks is compatible with terrible losses for both sides, if they are symmetrical. this argument fails, however, for another reason. if a cooperative agreement is open to massive losses of the kind that james has in mind, it will not be struck at all, at least not if we rule out imposition, deception and the like. the underlying idea behind the symmetry principle is a requirement of reciprocity. in the philosophical literature, reciprocity commonly refers to the requirement that one returns a benefit they have received from another. in his defence of reciprocity as an ideal of private law, arthur ripstein introduces it as follows: ‘the root idea, fundamental to both fair terms of interaction and the idea of responsibility, is one of reciprocity, the idea that one person may not unilaterally set the terms of his interactions with others’. this is a distinct matter from that of keeping a promise. a promise or an exchange of promises creates obligations by virtue of itself alone. reciprocity creates obligations by virtue of rendering a benefit to another, irrespective of a promise. the economist serge-christophe kolm, for example, begins his wide-ranging study of reciprocity with a definition that stresses that reciprocity goes beyond a ‘binding exchange agreement’. reciprocity applies beyond agreements, when, for example, no agreement exists or the one that exists has failed to meet a fair measure of equal return among the parties. in those cases, the reason to offer something – or the motivation– is independent of any promise or other undertaking. some key examples kolm discusses, for example, are the reciprocity of giving and receiving gifts or reciprocity in family relations. philosophers today deploy reciprocity as a political ideal when they discuss the design of a social contract or give a similar egalitarian basis for social life. john rawls, for example, explicitly discussed reciprocity alongside legitimacy. he links the idea of a reasonable person with a recognition of the value of reciprocity as follows: ‘reasonable persons [are moved by a desire for] a social world in which they, as free and equal, can cooperate with others on terms all can accept. they insist that reciprocity should hold within that world so that each benefits along with others’. in light of the disagreements, we expect to have with others about the terms of cooperation, legitimate political power of one person over another requires that: ‘our exercise of political power is fully proper only when it is exercised in accordance with a constitution the essentials of which all citizens as free and equal may reasonably be expected to endorse in the light of principles and ideals acceptable to their common human reason’. for this view, political power must fulfil a criterion of reciprocity, in that citizens must reasonably believe that all can reasonably accept a particular set of institutions. reciprocity is therefore at the heart of corrective justice. as aristotle put it, voluntary exchanges or instances of cooperation raise issues of corrective justice regarding voluntary transactions. for aristotle, justice in voluntary transactions involves not simply keeping their parties to their word by way a. james , . see j. rawls c, . a. ripstein , . ‘reciprocity is treating other people as other people treat you voluntarily and not as a result of a binding exchange agreement’; s. c. kolm , . j. rawls , . j. rawls , . aristotle , , (‘διορθωτικόν δίκαιον, εν τοις συναλλάγμασι τοις εκουσίοις’). jus cogens ( ) : – of a formal equality – as in a simple commercial contract – but at the same time by being willing to preserve proportionate equality in the fruits of joint activity or cooperation. conclusion when the european monetary union was first proposed, it hoped that the common currency would create conditions of economic and political convergence among the member states. looking back, it is clear that this aim has not been achieved. the eurozone today is fragmented between states of the ‘core’ that have low unemployment, high rates of investment and healthy growth and states of the ‘periphery’, which have high unemployment – especially among the young – low levels of savings and investment and very low rates of growth. some of the most distinguished commentators have linked this failure to the eurozone’s original design. the american economist kenneth rogoff, who has co-authored one of the leading studies of financial crises, has given a categorical rejection of the eurozone’s design. he has said that ‘the problem at the heart of the euro crisis’ is that ‘the eurozone is a half-built house’ and that ‘it was a catastrophic mistake to put monetary union ahead of fiscal and political union’. the absence of central fiscal policy, for rogoff, meant that european policy makers did not have the tools to address the crisis. he concluded: ‘monetary policy is simply one side of fiscal policy. monetary union without fiscal union is an accident waiting to happen’. similarly, the distinguished economist c. fred bergsten wrote that ‘the european crisis is rooted in a failure of institutional design’ and that ‘the absence of crucial policy tools constrained europe’s ability to reach a solution quickly, triggering severe market reactions that continue to this day’. if these economists are right, then there is a clear case of ‘structural responsibility’ burdening all the original members of the eurozone. they must all be held responsible for creating an economic practice with potentially disastrous consequences for some of them. twenty years after the euro came to being, the economies of greece, italy and spain are now caught in a vicious circle of low growth, high indebtedness and high unemployment. these states cannot now leave the euro without running even more serious risks of economic collapse, which would set back their own economic recovery even further. this is a loss that demands redress, if it has been caused by an unfairly burdening overall structure. if we accept these leading economists’ arguments, we can see that the financial assistance programmes were at least part of a required redress for unfairness. given that the crisis had systemic roots in a collective failure, the rescue operations can be seen as the appropriate moral response. since the loss was caused by the design of the cooperative project, the principle of structural responsibility must take effect. the programmes aristotle , . the main case for the euro had been made in the european commission’s paper, one market: one money; an evaluation of the potential benefits and costs of forming an economic and monetary union, . for the history of the creation of the emu see h. james . see the thorough analysis by franks et al. . reinhart and rogoff . k. s. rogoff . k. s. rogoff . c. f. bergsten , . for similar views on the structural nature of the eurozone’s failings, see moravcsik , – and j. pisani-ferry . for a telling summary of the eurozone’s division between north and south, see d. ball . jus cogens ( ) : – are manifestations of morally required solidarity under a symmetry principle: they compen- sated the burdened member states for the loss caused by the structural flaws of the eurozone’s design (although they, arguably, also took into account those member states’ own contributory culpability in not doing enough to avoid the worst aspects of the crisis during the boom years). if this argument is correct, then the financial assistance programmes were not merely exercises in self-preservation and economic prudence. they were also expressions of a new form of solidarity generated by the economic cooperation of european states under common principles of corrective justice. acknowledgements this paper was written while i was a visiting research fellow at the bank of greece in – . i am very grateful to heather gibson, christina tsochatzi, christos hadjiemmanuil, dimitris malliaropoulos and the research team at the bank of greece for their extremely valuable assistance, comments and discussions, including at a series of three seminars, which i gave there. i am also very grateful to menelaos markakis and michalis ioannidis for their very useful comments on an earlier draft. open access this article is licensed under a creative commons attribution . international license, which permits use, sharing, adaptation, distribution and reproduction in any medium or format, as long as you give appropriate credit to the original author(s) and the source, provide a link to the creative commons licence, and indicate if changes were made. the images or other third party material in this article are included in the article's creative commons licence, unless indicated otherwise in a credit line to the material. if material is not included in the article's creative commons licence and your intended use is not permitted by statutory regulation or exceeds the permitted use, you will need to obtain permission directly from the copyright holder. to view a copy of this licence, visit http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . /. references alexy r ( ) the argument from injustice: a reply to legal positivism. oxford university press, oxford aristotle ( ) nicomachean ethics, h. rackham (trans.). loeb library, harvard university press, cambridge ball d ( ) aftereffects of eurozone crisis plague europe’s south’ wall street journal, available at: https://www.wsj.com/articles/aftereffects-of-eurozone-crisis-plague-europes-south- . accessed oct bantekas i, vivien r ( ) on the odiousness of greek debt. eur law j ( ): – bergsten cf ( ) why the euro will survive, foreign affairs, available at: https://www.foreignaffairs. com/articles/europe/ - - /why-euro-will-survive. accessed oct bjorge e ( ) the vienna rules, evolutionary interpretation, and the intentions of the parties. in: bianchi a, peat d, windsor m (eds) interpretation in international law. oxford university press, oxford, pp – browne j, johnson p, phillips d ( ) the budget of the european union: a guide: ifs briefing note bn . institute of fiscal studies, london brunnermeier mk, james h, landau j-p (eds) ( ) the euro and the battle of ideas. princeton university press, princeton bullough o ( ) moneyland: why thieves and crooks now rule the world and how to take it back. profile book, london campos t ( ) the global health crisis: ethical responsibilities. cambridge university press, cambridge de búrca g ( ) towards european welfare? in: de búrca g (ed) eu law, and the welfare state: in search of solidarity. oxford university press, oxford de witte f ( ) justice in the eu: the emergence of transnational solidarity. oxford university press, oxford di fabio u ( ) karlsruhe makes a referral. ger law j : – dorr o, schmalenbach k (eds) ( ) vienna convention on the law of treaties. springer, berlin dworkin r ( ) law’s empire. harvard university press, cambridge eleftheriadis p ( ) the idea of a european constitution. oxf j leg stud ( ): – englard i ( ) corrective and distributive justice: from aristotle to modern times. oxford university press, oxford jus cogens ( ) : – https://www.wsj.com/articles/aftereffects-of-eurozone-crisis-plague-europes-south- https://www.foreignaffairs.com/articles/europe/ - - /why-euro-will-survive https://www.foreignaffairs.com/articles/europe/ - - /why-euro-will-survive european commission ( ) one market: one money; an evaluation of the potential benefits and costs of forming an economic and monetary union, available at: https://ec.europa.eu/info/business-economy- euro/economy-finance-and-euro-publications_en. accessed oct fabbrini f ( ) economic governance in europe: comparative paradoxes and constitutional challenges. oxford university press, oxford forst r ( ) justice, democracy and the right to justification: reflections on jürgen neyer’s normative theory of the european union. in: kochenov d, de búrca g, williams a (eds) europe’s justice deficit? hart publishing, london, pp – franks j, barkbu b, blavy r, oman w, schoelerman h ( ) economic convergence in the euro area: coming together or drifting apart? in: imf working paper, / . international monetary fund, washington, dc habermas j ( ) the crisis of the european union: a response. polity press, cambridge habermas j ( a) democracy, solidarity, and the european crisis. in: van middelaar l, van parijs p (eds) after the storm: how to save democracy in europe. lannoo, tielt habermas j ( b) the lure of technocracy. polity press, cambridge hart, h. l. a. ( ). are there any natural rights? philosophical review ( ): - . herman b ( ) mutual aid and respect for persons. ethics ( ): – herman b ( ) being helped and being grateful: imperfect duties, the ethics of possession, and the unity of morality. j philos ( – ): – hinarejos a ( ) the euro area crisis in constitutional perspective. oxford university press, oxford, oxford howse r ( ) the concept of odious debt in public international law: unctad discussion papers, no. . united nations, new york james a ( ) fairness in practice: a social contract for a global economy. oxford university press, oxford joerges c ( ) social justice in an ever more diverse union. in: vandenbroucke f, barnard c, de baere g (eds) a european social union after the crisis. cambridge university press, cambridge, pp – king j ( ) the doctrine of odious debt in international law: a restatement. cambridge university press, cambridge kolm sc ( ) reciprocity: an economics of social relations. cambridge university press, cambridge küçük e ( ) solidarity in eu law: an elusive political statement or a legal principle with substance? maastricht journal of european and comparative law : – mody a ( ) eurotragedy: a drama in nine acts. oxford university press, oxford moravcsik a ( ) europe after the crisis: how to sustain a common currency. foreign aff ( ): – nagel t ( ) the problem of global justice. philos public aff ( ): – neyer j ( ) the justification of europe: a political theory of supranational integration. oxford university press, oxford, pp – neyer j ( ) justice and the right to justification: conceptual reflections. in: kochenov d, de búrca g, williams a (eds) europe’s justice deficit? hart, oxford, pp – o’leary s ( ) solidarity and citizenship rights in the charter of fundamental rights of the european union. in: de burca g (ed) eu law, and the welfare state: in search of solidarity. oxford university press, oxford, pp – pisani-ferry j ( ) the euro crisis and its aftermath. oxford university press, oxford pogge t ( ) world poverty and human rights: cosmopolitan responsibilities and reforms, nd edn. polity, cambridge rawls j ( ) political liberalism. columbia university press, new york rawls j ( a) a theory of justice, revised edn. the belknap press harvard university, cambridge rawls j ( b) the law of peoples. harvard university press, cambridge rawls j ( c) justice as reciprocity. in: rawls j, freeman s (eds) collected papers. harvard university press, cambridge reinhart cm, rogoff ks ( ) this time is different: eight centuries of financial folly. princeton university press, princeton ripstein a ( ) equality, responsibility, and the law. cambridge university press, cambridge rodrik d ( ) the globalization paradox. oxford university press, oxford rogoff ks ( ) crash time, project syndicate, available at: https://www.project-syndicate.org/onpoint/crash- time-by-kenneth-rogoff- - ?barrier=accesspaylog ross m ( ) solidarity – a new constitutional paradigm for the eu? in: ross m, borgmann-prebil y (eds) promoting solidarity in the european union. oxford university press, oxford, pp – sangiovanni, andrea ( ). solidarity in the european union. oxford journal of legal studies ( ): - . scharpf fw ( ) the european social model: coping with the challenges of diversity’. j common mark stud : – simmonds ne ( ) law as a moral idea. oxford university press, oxford sinn hw ( ) the euro trap: on bursting bubbles, budgets, and beliefs. oxford university press, oxford jus cogens ( ) : – https://ec.europa.eu/info/business-economy-euro/economy-finance-and-euro-publications_en https://ec.europa.eu/info/business-economy-euro/economy-finance-and-euro-publications_en https://www.project-syndicate.org/onpoint/crash-time-by-kenneth-rogoff- - ?barrier=accesspaylog https://www.project-syndicate.org/onpoint/crash-time-by-kenneth-rogoff- - ?barrier=accesspaylog somek a ( ) the preoccupation with rights and the embrace of inclusion: a critique. in: kochenov d, de búrca g, williams a (eds) europe’s justice deficit? hart, oxford, pp – stiglitz j ( ) globalization and its discontents. penguin, london stiglitz je ( ) the euro: how a common currency threatens the future of europe. new norton, new york summers rs ( ) the conceptualization of good faith in american contract law. in: zimmermann r, whittaker s (eds) good faith in european contract law. cambridge university press, cambridge, pp – tuori k, tuori k ( ) the eurozone crisis: a constitutional analysis. cambridge university press, cambridge united nations ( ) decision regarding delimitation of the border between eritrea and ethiopia, xxv reports of international arbitral awards, available at: https://legal.un.org/riaa/cases/vol_xxv/ - .pdf. accessed sept vandenbroucke f ( ) the idea of a european social union: a normative introduction. in: vandenbroucke f, barnard c, de baere g (eds) a european social union after the crisis. cambridge university press, cambridge, pp – walker n ( ) justice in and of the european union. in: kochenov d, de búrca g, williams a (eds) europe’s justice deficit? hart, oxford, pp – weatherill s ( ) law and values in the european union. oxford university press, oxford weinrib ej ( ) corrective justice. oxford university press, oxford williams a ( ) the ethos of europe: values, law and justice in the eu. cambridge university press, cambridge jus cogens ( ) : – https://legal.un.org/riaa/cases/vol_xxv/ - .pdf corrective justice among states abstract from fairness to solidarity distributive claims distributive and corrective justice structural responsibility basic fairness conclusion references http://coa.sagepub.com critique of anthropology doi: . / x ; ; critique of anthropology daniel m. goldstein flexible justice: neoliberal violence and ‘self-help’ security in bolivia http://coa.sagepub.com/cgi/content/abstract/ / / the online version of this article can be found at: published by: http://www.sagepublications.com can be found at:critique of anthropology additional services and information for http://coa.sagepub.com/cgi/alerts email alerts: http://coa.sagepub.com/subscriptions subscriptions: http://www.sagepub.com/journalsreprints.navreprints: http://www.sagepub.com/journalspermissions.navpermissions: http://coa.sagepub.com/cgi/content/refs/ / / sage journals online and highwire press platforms): (this article cites articles hosted on the citations © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com/cgi/alerts http://coa.sagepub.com/subscriptions http://www.sagepub.com/journalsreprints.nav http://www.sagepub.com/journalspermissions.nav http://coa.sagepub.com/cgi/content/refs/ / / http://coa.sagepub.com flexible justice neoliberal violence and ‘self-help’ security in bolivia daniel m. goldstein rutgers university, usa abstract ■ as bolivia has restructured its economic and political sectors accord- ing to a neoliberal model, citizens have been required to become more ‘flexible’ in securing their livelihoods, creating ‘self-help’ economic activities and informal employment schemes to make ends meet. at the same time, as state mechanisms for administering justice and producing ‘security’ fail due to the inadequacies of the neoliberal regime, bolivian citizens are adopting ‘flexible’ attitudes toward crime and punishment, frequently turning to ‘self-help’ justice mechanisms (including private security patrols and vigilante lynchings) to combat crime in their communities. this article explores the processes by which neoliberal logic and language condition the experiences and responses to crime and insecurity of residents in different neighborhoods of cochabamba, bolivia. it suggests that lynchings in bolivia today be understood as a kind of neoliberal violence, produced both by the scarcities and deficiencies of the privatizing state, and by the logic of transnational capitalism itself, which has saturated civil society and public culture. keywords ■ andes ■ bolivia ■ neoliberalism ■ transnationalism ■ vigilantism ■ violence in the second week of october , a week that marked the anniversaries of both the columbian ‘discovery’ of the new world and years of bolivian democracy, the bolivian state massacred people in violent confrontations in and around the nation’s capital, la paz, and neighbor- ing el alto (opinión, c). the massacres occurred in the context of the so-called ‘gas war’, a massive social protest joined by peasant groups, labor unions, coca farmers, and the urban poor, against the bolivian govern- ment’s plans to export natural gas through a chilean port for sale to the united states. fearing that once again, as has happened so many times in the neoliberal era, a vital component of the bolivian ‘national patrimony’ was to be expropriated by foreign interests, this loose coalition of indigen- ous and labor groups took to the streets, demanding cancellation of the gas sale and the resignation of bolivia’s president, gonzalo sanchez de lozada. the bloodiest confrontation between protestors and the state occurred on october, when heavily armed police and military units attempting to escort gasoline trucks past a blockade in el alto fired live article vol ( ) – [doi: . / x ] copyright © sage publications (london, thousand oaks, ca and new delhi) www.sagepublications.com © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com ammunition into a crowd of people challenging this action. in response to these killings, protestors’ calls for the president’s resignation escalated, while blockades, marches, and demonstrations gained momentum throughout the country. despite international support, the president’s ruling coalition crumbled in the face of continued domestic unrest, and sanchez de lozada fled the country a few days later. as human rights scholars and activists have discovered (e.g. godoy, ), democratic governance does not automatically produce a rule of law and a respect for human rights, a fact that has become painfully clear to bolivians and students of the bolivian sociopolitical landscape in recent years. though officially a democracy since – when a democratically elected regime replaced the military ‘narco-dictatorship’ of general luis garcía mesa, ending decades of authoritarian rule in the country – bolivia has struggled to implement democratic political and legal reform while contending with the requirements of neoliberal structural adjustment and the globalization of capital. the bolivian state, a star pupil of the neoliberal school, has diligently complied with the demands of international lending agencies and foreign nations (especially the united states), restructuring its economy to provide a more favorable climate for multinational invest- ment, privatizing national industries and slashing state payrolls and programs, while watching unemployment rise and poverty worsen for the majority of the national population (kohl, ). state efforts to impose these political and economic mandates have sometimes been accompanied by violence, both by and against the state and its representatives. indeed, as the violence of the gas war reveals, bolivian society today, though formally democratic, is more violent than ever: according to the bolivian permanent human rights assembly (asamblea permanente de derechos humanos), more bolivians were killed by the state in than during any year of the military dictatorships (ain, ). the gas war violence continued in , as protestors again took to the streets to demonstrate against the unresolved issues surrounding privatization and expropriation of natural gas, again willing to invoke the wrath of the state to protest neoliberal policies relating to the nation’s most valuable natural resource. these violent events and continued unrest have their roots in the bolivian state’s efforts to comply with foreign pressures and structural adjustment programs encoded in transnational strategies of political and economic reorganization, and thus represent forms of ‘neoliberal violence’ (cf. auyero, ). neoliberal violence is at once structural and undeniably physical; it entails an inequitable distribution of resources within a rigidly hierarchical society, which ultimately must be implemented and main- tained by state violence, and which in turn engenders violent responses. this violence is quotidian – it marks the everyday lives of poor, marginal- ized (and, in bolivia, indigenous) people, creating a profound sense of insecurity, an anxious and fearful ‘structure of feeling’ (williams, ) that colors every aspect of daily existence – and in moments of rupture like critique of anthropology ( ) © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com the gas war, it can be shockingly bloody. it also transcends the geographi- cal and ideological space of the nation-state, being motivated by and pursuant to the demands of a transnational political-economic regime that reconfigures national policies and programs according to its own logic of privatization, ‘responsibilization’, and ‘flexibility’ (harvey, ; ong, ). in the economic restructuring that underlies it and the reduced capacity of the state to provide services that this restructuring creates, neoliberal violence produces violations not only of the political and civil rights of individuals, but of their social and economic rights as well. i put forth the idea of neoliberal violence because i want to use it as a frame for interpreting yet another kind of violence currently ongoing in bolivia, one that i think must be viewed within this same, broader context of neoliberalism and the rights violations it engenders if it is to be properly understood. i am referring to the lynching of thieves by groups of residents in many urban neighborhoods throughout bolivia, but particularly centered in the southern zone of cochabamba, bolivia’s third largest city. while exact numbers are difficult to come by, my own research (supple- mented by that of acción andina, ) has documented hundreds of such incidents in and around cochabamba over the last five years (goldstein, ). as i discuss below, lynching has proliferated in cochabamba and elsewhere in bolivia in conjunction with the nation’s overall economic decline, and as people’s vulnerability to violence, official corruption, and criminal predation has escalated. my attempt in this article to understand lynching violence should not be misconstrued as an effort to rationalize or justify it. without a doubt, lynching represents an indefensible form of violence, a violation of the most basic rights of human beings. and yet, what i want to suggest here is that these lynchings be understood not in isolation from the ongoing violence produced by the bolivian state, but in concert with it. the spate of lynchings occurring in cochabamba and other locations across bolivia is generated by and in reaction to transnational violence that is at once structural, physical, and all pervasive in bolivia today. far from the spon- taneous expressions of an innately primitive and anti-democratic nature (a common interpretation of lynching, as i will discuss in more detail below), lynchings are collective expressions of rage and despair in a context of total vulnerability, not only to crime but to the ravages of a political-economic order that disproportionately and prejudicially impacts poor and indigen- ous people. facing mounting violence and crime, unemployment and a sense of powerlessness to confront a sociopolitical order that ignores their demands for economic, legal, and social justice, these people respond with violence, in a futile effort to control crime and as a response to the nation- state’s neglect of their own rights to justice and security in their communi- ties. at the same time, the form and the logic of vigilante justice in bolivia today is profoundly shaped by and expressive of certain basic principles of neoliberalism itself. in particular, the ‘privatization’ of justice reflects key goldstein: flexible justice: neoliberal violence in bolivia © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com organizational – indeed, cultural – themes of neoliberal political economy, and rather than working to reduce lynching violence, the national state and its transnational underwriters, as principal proponents of the logic of flexibilization and privatization, can actually be viewed as co-conspirators in its elaboration. i thus suggest that lynchings in bolivia today be under- stood as a kind of neoliberal violence, produced both by the scarcities and deficiencies of the kind of ‘sclerotic state’ (speed and reyes, ) that neoliberalism precipitates, and by the logic of transnational capitalism itself, which has saturated civil society and public culture. in this analysis of the articulations between global capitalism and local violence, the nation-state emerges as a key player: rather than being rendered irrelevant by globalization (as some critics have suggested – see the discussion in comaroff and comaroff, ), the nation-state becomes a critical site through which global economic and cultural flows are managed and deployed, an instrumental actor that maintains the conditions of capitalist profitability and, through its policies, regulatory requirements, and interpolation of local subjectivities (what analysts are now commonly calling its techniques of governmentality, following foucault, ; merry, ), the state instantiates capitalism’s cultural logic in the daily administrations of national life (robinson, ). and it is the state that is the principal point of articulation between global forces and local actors, who respond to the pressures and potentials of globaliz- ation, sometimes as willing collaborators, at other times in violent protest against the similarly violent transformations it engenders. in what follows, i examine some of the most critical cultural and political components of this transnational articulation, focusing on ideas about privatization, flexi- bility, and justice that not only have local impacts, but that are continually managed and reworked by local actors attempting to establish a sense of security for themselves in the highly unstable social field of late capitalism. in the next section of this article, i provide a summary description of lynching in cochabamba, with reference to the larger discursive frame- works within which it is typically interpreted. i then go on to suggest that lynching be understood as part of a larger practice of violence that pervades neoliberal society, and in fact partakes of the fundamental logic of ‘flexi- bility’ that lies at its heart. the next section of the article discusses other forms of ‘privatization of justice’ in bolivia, including police corruption and private police firms, suggesting further linkages between neoliberal economic logic and the provision of security in the contemporary bolivian city. in the conclusion, i analyze these various forms of violence and security provision within the broader context of neoliberal capitalism, with sugges- tions for how this discussion can affect our understandings of global and local linkages in contemporary society. critique of anthropology ( ) © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com lynching violence in bolivia the vigilante lynching of criminal suspects has become a common practice in the marginal barrios of bolivian cities, with the majority of such incidents being reported in the southern zone of cochabamba. as i have described elsewhere (goldstein, , ), one of the first of these lynchings occurred in one such barrio (villa sebastián pagador) in , when i was there doing fieldwork. in that event, three individuals were caught red- handed robbing a home in broad daylight, and were nearly lynched by a crowd of angry residents. when the police finally arrived, dressed in riot gear, to disrupt the lynching, people attacked the advancing police cordon until the police dispersed the crowd with tear gas. this near-lynching, as it turns out, was an early forerunner of what has since become a common practice of collective violence by the residents of marginal barrios all around cochabamba. according to reports that i and my colleagues in acción andina have collected from police sources, social service agencies, and local newspapers, literally hundreds of lynchings or attempted lynch- ings have occurred in cochabamba during the last five years. indeed, events of this kind have occurred with such frequency in the popular barrios of cochabamba and elsewhere that, according to a recent report, bolivia ranks second in the world (behind guatemala) in the number of lynchings that have taken place (opinión, a). lynchings have occurred with such frequency in cochabamba that they have become routinized, and unfold according to their own ritual schema. typically in these incidents, a criminal suspect (usually a supposed thief, child molester, or some other kind of felon or petty criminal) is appre- hended by a group of local residents, who are quickly joined by other inhabitants of the zone. this group ties up the suspect, and subjects him (or sometimes her) to verbal and physical abuse, which can include beating, hair cutting, and stoning. sometimes these tortures lead to death, as the suspect is doused with gasoline and set on fire by the angry mob. more often than not, however, the police arrive to rescue the lynching victims or otherwise disrupt the event. in most cases, both the victims and the perpetrators of lynching violence are of indigenous origin (quechua and/or aymara), and belong to the poorest, most marginal sectors of bolivian society. as the next section of this article discusses in more detail, lynch mob participants in cochabamba typically justify their violence as a response to rising crime in their neighborhoods and the apparent inability or unwillingness of the authorities to police their communities effectively. the sudden upsurge in lynchings since is not, i would argue, coincidental. popular rage against the neoliberal state, brewing since the implementation of the new economic policy (state decree ) in , began to crystallize and find expression around the turn of the millennium. significantly, was the year the ‘water war’ erupted in cochabamba (farthing and kohl, ). a large-scale popular uprising in response to goldstein: flexible justice: neoliberal violence in bolivia © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com the bolivian state’s attempt to privatize the water supply system in that city, the water war forced the cancellation of the state’s contract with the multi- national bechtel corporation, an event that was internationally hailed as a popular victory in the struggle against globalization (finnegan, ). several economic shocks also may have contributed to the rising tide of popular violence in cochabamba at around this same time. the relatively successful coca-eradication program (the so-called plan dignidad) initiated in during the presidency of general hugo banzer had by begun to severely impact the regional economy of cochabamba, as many families lost a longstanding source of informal income. additionally, the argentine economic crisis negatively affected the cochabamba economy, as thousands of migrants were forced to return home and families dependent on foreign remittances lost a considerable portion of their income. by , people in cochabamba had become poorer and increasingly frustrated with a priva- tizing state whose promises of greater prosperity for all had clearly failed to materialize. despite its many connections to contemporary political economy, local media accounts typically frame the lynching violence on cochabamba’s south side as acts of savagery, committed by people who lack a basic respect for democracy and civilized society. bolivian newspaper commentaries frequently denounce lynching as ‘an attack on social institutions’ (los tiempos, ) that threatens to unravel the fabric binding the human community together. lynchings are described as ‘primitive and cruel’, an embarrassment for a nation striving for modernity and progress: ‘the lynchings make bolivia one of the most backward countries on earth,’ remarks one editorial writer (opinión, ). ‘the image of bolivia, of all of us, should not be marked by the primitive conduct of certain groups of people.’ another columnist characterized lynchings as acts of ‘primitive barbarism’, asserting that they are symptoms of ‘social degradation’ that suggest that bolivian society ‘is losing the fundamental values that are needed to build a democratic society’ (opinión, b). lynchings are described as a brake on national progress and an obstacle to democratic advancement. from the perspective of analysts who produce the formal public discourse about the meaning of lynchings in bolivia, it is the lynch- ings themselves that are the cause, rather than an expression, of the failure of democracy in bolivia today. by labeling lynching a survival of some bygone era whose practitioners themselves are retrograde, the practice and its perpetrators are made to stand as representatives of a predemocratic past that now serves as an anchor weighing on national political develop- ment. in reading such accusations, however, the fact cannot be overlooked that those being so characterized are indigenous quechua and aymara people, and that indigenous people in the andes have long been depicted in terms similar to those being used to describe lynchings and lynch mobs in bolivia today – as retrograde and primitive, threats to orderly urban life critique of anthropology ( ) © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com and to civilization itself. since the colonial era, the very presence of indigenous andeans in the urban landscape has been considered a viola- tion of the nation’s ‘racialized imaginative geography’ (radcliffe and westwood, ), which locates ‘indians’ properly in the countryside, and ‘white’ or ‘mestizo’ populations in the city (weismantel, ). in a similar fashion, indigenous rural-to-urban migrants in cochabamba have long been perceived by the city’s white middle class (and by the institutions of media, government, and commerce that they control) as invaders, threats to the longstanding social and political order of the city (goldstein, ). the poverty of these people has been characterized as bearing disease and contamination into the city (see colloredo-mansfeld, ; douglas, ); their patterns of land invasion and spontaneous settlement have been viewed as attacks on the ‘rational’ and orderly growth of the city itself (solares serrano, ; urquidi zambrana, , ). accusations of ‘barbarism’ and antagonism towards democracy ascribed to lynching inter- sect with this enduring racist critique of indigenous urbanites, demonizing the actors without attempting to understand the context that makes their violence possible and predictable. instead of regarding lynching as a barbaric survival from the past, i argue instead that lynching be understood in the context of neoliberal structural reform, within which it is embedded and from which it derives its logic and, in the minds of its perpetrators, its legitimacy. lynching, in a sense, fulfills the highest mandates of neoliberal rationality: it represents the privatization of justice, the assumption by individuals of a service ordi- narily provided by the state, and so points to the increasing importance of ‘flexibility’ as a personal and communal survival strategy in neoliberal society. lynching fills the gap left by the withdrawal of the state from the delivery of official justice, as citizens themselves take on the responsibility of creating security when the state will not. given the state’s orientation toward responsibilization – the transfer of state functions to citizens and informal or non-governmental associations – lynching is the logical and indeed predictable response of people required to be flexible in providing for their own needs. neoliberalism and the crisis of security neoliberal economic reforms accompanying democratization throughout most of the ‘developing world’ were intended to create a more productive environment for transnational capitalism by removing barriers to trade and creating a ‘flexible’ workforce that could provide cheap labor to trans- national industries (harvey, ). flexibility is a critical dimension of late capitalism, part of the post-fordist logic that allows corporations to maximize the turnover rate of capital by eschewing fixed production facili- ties and their associated labor costs, replacing these older, inflexible goldstein: flexible justice: neoliberal violence in bolivia © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com relations of production with strategies of ‘outsourcing’, labor reorganiza- tion, and geographical mobility as part of a regime of ‘flexible accumu- lation’ (harvey, ; inda, ). promising a more efficient economy that would create more and better jobs for national workers while curtail- ing state involvement in both market regulation and the social reproduc- tion of labor, neoliberalism has thoroughly displaced the developmentalist model that had for decades been the dominant approach to economic policymaking, shifting the emphasis in public discourse from national development to global competitiveness and efficiency (arbona, n.d., a). whereas in this earlier economic model the state was a major player in promoting national development by controlling market forces and guaran- teeing (at least rhetorically) jobs and social welfare for the poor, in the neoliberal era the state encourages the development of ‘self-help’ social and economic mechanisms, devolving responsibility for the maintenance of workers from the private sector and the state to local communities, non- governmental organizations, families, and individuals (gill, ). these reforms have resulted in a measurable increase in economic inequality and a dramatic decrease in the standard of living for the rural and urban poor, as ownership of land and other resources has become further concen- trated, peasants have been dispossessed, and public sector jobs have dis- appeared (gwynne and kay, ; lustig, ; petras and veltmeyer, ). today at least million people in latin america live in poverty (aiyer, ; bulmer-thomas, ; chossudovsky, ). within latin america, bolivia has been one of the most aggressive implementers of the neoliberal model. since , the bolivian state has promoted policies that have withdrawn the state from direct participation in the national economy, privileging private sector firms as the engines of development and encouraging self-generation of employment for displaced workers (benería, ; ilo, ). virtually all nationally owned industries have been privatized (or ‘capitalized’, in the language of the system), the political potential of trade unions has been defused (garcía linera, ), state programs and jobs have been cut, and the state itself has been ‘decentralized’, with the transfer of federal responsibilities to municipalities and non-governmental organizations (kohl, ; medeiros, ; postero, ). in the realm of labor policy, bolivia has emphasized a program of labor flexibilization (‘flexibilización laboral’), a mainstay of bolivian economic policy since . being flexible in the bolivian context means being willing to work on short-term contracts, in home-based industries, and, increasingly, in the informal economy, creating one’s own income-generating opportunities when the regular economy fails to provide work. flexibility also means caring for oneself and one’s family by working without a net, that is, through self-employment without benefit of public provision of social security. in the language of bolivian neoliberalism, these forms of flexibilización and responsibilización of individuals represent what sociologist ulrich beck ( : ) has critique of anthropology ( ) © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com identified as ‘a generalization of employment insecurity’ within post-fordist capitalism, compounded by a complete sundering of the social reciprocity that capital and the state historically provided to labor. flexibility and individual responsibility, then, are the watchwords of bolivian society today, and the state has pursued specific policies that put these principles into practice. for example, the bolivian state is a major proponent of privately owned micro-enterprises, small-scale business inter- ests intended to promote ‘economic democracy’ by generating new forms of employment, thereby providing market integration for the poor and marginalized (rhyne, ). micro-enterprise promotion positions the state as taking an active role in providing for its citizens, part of the state’s own attempt to stabilize neoliberalism through highly visible public policy initiatives intended to demonstrate its commitment to strengthening the domestic economy. but, as arbona (n.d., b) points out, micro-enterprises in fact require very little investment or oversight on the part of the state, and serve to transfer social welfare responsibilities from the state to the working poor themselves. micro-enterprises fulfill the demands of inter- national lenders in that they do not require the state to participate directly in the national economy, while promoting ‘individual responsibility as the only possibility for securing welfare’ (arbona, n.d., b: ). in the words of a presidential decree on the subject of micro-enterprises, the bolivian work- force is encouraged to be ‘flexible’, and to demonstrate ‘responsibility, creativity, and adaptability’ (presidencia de la república de bolivia, ; cited in arbona, n.d., b) in generating employment in the face of the ongoing economic crisis. but the state offers no concrete alternatives when such enterprises fail, nor any material support to ensure that they do not. the economic insecurity created by neoliberal reforms is comple- mented by a physical insecurity resulting from rising crime rates that have accompanied structural adjustment, compounded by the deficiencies of an unreliable and inequitable system of official justice. for the upper class, police and judicial services are at least nominally available to investigate crimes, respond to grievances, and resolve conflicts. but for the majority of crime victims, who are typically poor and marginalized, honest and reliable police protection or recourse to the law are simply nonexistent. instead, the poor themselves are often criminalized in public discourse and in police practice, and experience heightened police violence, as states adopt more repressive and violent measures in the name of crime control (davis, ; frühling, ; méndez et al., ; pereira and davis, ; schneider and amar, ; ungar, ). even in the absence of direct experience of crime, the fear of criminal and state violence, perpetuated by ‘talk of crime’, ratchets up the levels of insecurity people confront and the extremes to which they are willing to go to attain security (caldeira, ; dammert and malone, ; elbert, ; rotker, ). especially in urban areas, a general feeling of fear and insecurity may seem all- encompassing and inescapable, part of the habitus of daily life (garland, goldstein: flexible justice: neoliberal violence in bolivia © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com : ; merry, ). facing widespread police corruption and violence, compounded by a generalized and apparently endless economic ‘crisis’, urban residents experience an overwhelming sense of ‘ontological insecurity’, a pervasive sense of despair and uncertainty that anthony giddens ( ) has identified as one of the defining conditions of late modernity. while neoliberal economic policy has become ubiquitous throughout latin america since the mid- s, the hegemony of neoliberal philosophy has been far from absolute, the promised benefits of democratic and economic reform contradicted by the escalating poverty and violence of neoliberal society. nevertheless, the themes of flexibility, privatization, and self-help individualism, so prominent within liberal capitalism, emerge as profound cultural forces that shape the behavior of national subjects, and in turn are shaped by them. as the ethnographic discussion in the next section of this article explores, this is particularly true in efforts initiated by poor urban bolivians to establish ‘security’ in their communities. aban- doned and victimized by the state and its policing and judicial apparatus, for many citizens the only viable option for obtaining security appears to be ‘self-help’ justice-making (for the most part, through lynching) to create some semblance of order in their community (though this strategy tends to perpetuate the cycle of violence within which poor communities are already ensnared). rather than rely on the empty promises of the state and its official justice system, many residents of cochabamba’s marginal barrios recognize the need to be ‘flexible’, to use ‘responsibility, creativity, and adaptability’ in pursuing ‘justice’ by other means. if the state will not provide work, people must create their own employment opportunities; similarly, if the state will not provide justice, punishing criminals becomes an individual responsibility. taking the law ‘into one’s own hands’ has a very different resonance when understood in light of these larger, official discourses and practices, as the next section explores. ‘no hay justicia en bolivia’ in february of , a us peace corps volunteer in bolivia named walter poirier disappeared somewhere in rural la paz department. his body was never found, and no sightings of him have been reported. despite urgings from the peace corps and the us state department, the bolivian police have been unable to produce any evidence related to poirier’s disappear- ance or whereabouts. this incident has generated much commentary on the peace corps’ online discussion boards, including a posting from someone named ‘nina’, who titled her contribution ‘there is no justice in bolivia’: i just read about the missing person mr. poirier. i feel sad that he disappeared in bolivia. however if you want to find information about him, you have to go in person to la paz. please take professional people who can do the job from here. because in bolivia ‘the judicial system’ is non-existent. the authorities do critique of anthropology ( ) © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com not do their work and have no means to go from one place to another to inves- tigate. my brother was killed in la paz, bolivia on march , . i went three times to la paz to investigate his death. we did a necropsy and found out that he died because somebody hit him on the head causing hematomas. the bolivian police did not do a reconstruction of the crime scene for five months. so i couldn’t get any finger prints or samples. the clothes he was wearing when they found him were thrown on the floor at the police station. the police does not have pictures of the autopsy. and after months we found one sample of the gastric fluids taken from the autopsy. i was more outraged, when the police investigator that was assigned to my brother’s death was removed and re- assigned to another case of a rich person. they left my brother’s case without investigator for months . . . at the end, they closed the case without solving it. the police does not have any chemicals when they investigate a crime scene, they don’t have paper to write reports, they do not have money to buy film to take pictures of the crime scene, and i had to pay transportation for the police workers whenever they needed to go and do something for my brother’s case. this terrible crime is unsolved, now for me the only solution is to complain to the human rights [representatives]. because in bolivia there is no justice for middle class or poor people. the police is so corrupt that for doing a simple thing they want money. i spent so much money in lawyers and bribing the police workers to do their job. (http://peacecorpsonline.org/messages/messages/ / .html; sic) the failure of the state to provide adequate security and an accessible justice system to its people has been one of the key sources of state delegit- imation in bolivia today, and pertains directly to the neoliberal restructur- ing of the nation so visibly denounced in the gas war. even as the national crime rate quadrupled between and , the overall budget for the bolivian national police force shrank; most of that budget was allocated toward purchasing equipment rather than hiring or training police officers. in , the police budget was reduced by percent and in each year since has been cut by an equal or greater percentage of the remaining total (ungar, : ). the lack of police protection is particularly evident in urban areas, which have expanded rapidly over the last few decades, again in response to neoliberal reforms that closed the nationally owned mining sector and otherwise jeopardized rural livelihoods, propelling people to the cities. in cochabamba, for example, fewer than police officers are assigned to protect a population of nearly , residents; fewer than a dozen police vehicles are deployed in the city, while a fleet of police motorcycles sits idle, the department lacking funds to buy gasoline to run them. the investigative capacity of the cochabamba branch of the national police force is similarly weak: police lack the training and material resources to collect and preserve evidence, and to follow up leads effec- tively. the police morgue is a veritable house of horrors, with the cadavers of crime victims left to decompose in the open air for periods of up to three weeks, the authorities lacking refrigeration facilities and medical personnel to perform expedient autopsies. forensics departments are understaffed, goldstein: flexible justice: neoliberal violence in bolivia © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com and lack even the most basic equipment (including rubber gloves and surgical instruments) to go about their work in a manner that guarantees the validity of evidence obtained (herrera g., ). officially, crime rates in bolivia increased percent per year between and (conte, b), though most crimes go unreported due to citizens’ complete lack of faith in the police institution’s ability to investi- gate and arrest criminal suspects. people of all social classes in cochabamba attribute this failure to the deep and extensive corruption that permeates the bolivian police and legal professions, a result of the poor salaries paid to justice professionals (a street officer earns under $ a year) and the ever-present temptation to profit from one’s contacts with criminal networks (ungar, ). human rights activists argue that corruption actually serves to maintain the police force as an institution: in the absence of adequate public funding, the force relies on the money its officers skim or extort from the criminals they apprehend to allow them to purchase such mundane necessities as gasoline. the recent, highly publicized blas valencia scandal – which revealed the existence of a corrupt ‘mafia’ of high- level officers based mostly in la paz but extending to other cities as well – seemed to confirm the credibility of accusations claiming that corruption is pervasive throughout the police establishment. this perception comes through clearly in interviews i have conducted with groups of residents from different social classes, genders, and occu- pations in marginal neighborhoods of cochabamba city. many people echo nina’s testimony, above, asserting that the police are inept and corrupt, and that the administration of justice favors the rich over the poor and the middle class. ‘the police are terrible,’ reported one woman, a coordinator of an artisan’s group in the city. ‘there is no justice in bolivia. at least for the poor there isn’t. you have to have money to get justice.’ many people contend (like nina) that the police will not investigate unless the complainant pays them to. people report that the police demand money to pay for the costs of routine investigations: the first thing they ask for in the ptj [policía técnica judicial] is money. my niece was murdered and when we went to the police so that they would inves- tigate, the first thing they asked us for was $ to begin the investigation. imagine how much they would want to complete the investigation! because we didn’t have money, we had to leave it at that. she was killed, she was buried, but nothing. another artisan recounted her own experience of being robbed, and going to report the crime to the police: i go into the ptj, which at that time was operating out of the main plaza, i go in and, ‘yes, i recognize him, there he is.’ they have photos of those offenders (malhechores) all over the place in there, and i go, ‘that’s him,’ i say. . . . ‘ahh! of course that’s him, señora, tomorrow we’ll go and recover [the money]. but only half.’ ‘okay,’ i said, ‘half.’ i accepted, no? such blackmail! but i accepted, half. and to this day i haven’t gotten my half. critique of anthropology ( ) © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com the sense of powerlessness that people derive from their encounters with police colors their view of official justice more generally, and shapes their understanding of their own subordination within the broader sociopoliti- cal arena. in the words of another artisan: it seems to me that our hands are tied, that we can’t do anything, we don’t have the power. those that are in power, yes, they can do and undo things . . . but society can’t do anything because we don’t have the power, we don’t have the political power, we don’t have the economic power, so if we protest it is all in vain . . . many people confronting this situation of vulnerability and powerless- ness see a direct link between police corruption and neglect and the impulse to take the law into their own hands. in villa sebastián pagador, on cochabamba’s far southeastern fringe, a group of women described what happened after a crime was committed in the barrio in . here, lynching is described as the direct result of police inaction and corruption: señora : there is a denunciation, the police come, they take notes, notes, that’s it, then the thing is forgotten. if you don’t put down any money, there is no investigation. señora : that’s why we make justice with our own hands, too, sometimes we tie him up, like that time when the residents here . . . señora : they burned him. the logic behind this self-help administration of justice becomes even more evident when considered in light of two other kinds of privatization of security – police corruption and the rise of private policing – that have also intensified in the neoliberal era. privatization and corruption the extortion of crime victims and their families by the national police represents another form of bolivian privatization, in this case the privatiza- tion of public functions by the very personnel charged with their execution. police corruption converts the public administration of justice into a private resource that maintains both individual police officers and, ironi- cally, the police institution itself. corrupt officers turn the police investi- gation into a form of prospecting (what economists call ‘rent-seeking behavior’; kohl, ; krueger, ), using their authority to pursue indi- vidual profit, while paying kickbacks to officers higher up the ladder who naturally turn a blind eye to such proceedings. the police department further encourages this ‘entrepreneurial’ behavior, both to cover its insti- tutional costs and to turn a profit for its operatives. encounters between private citizens and public officials like those described above thus consti- tute a double victimization for those who report crimes to the police – first goldstein: flexible justice: neoliberal violence in bolivia © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com at the hands of criminals, and then at those of the police themselves, all of whom operate according to a code of profit maximization at the expense of the poor. a study of the bolivian national police issued by an external review panel (composed of officers and representatives of the colombian police force) described the police institution as ‘a bunker whose operation is concentrated to a large degree, in attending to individ- ual interests related to illicit enrichment, the granting of favors to groups from outside the institution, and the obtaining of a higher social position through the ranks of the police hierarchy’ (los tiempos, ). however, official knowledge of the problem has not led to any changes in police procedure or oversight of the daily management of the institution, and no action has been taken on the colombian report. for poor cochabambinos, official denials of corruption stand as another indication that there is no reliable public sector to which they can appeal for redress of grievances. people typically do not report most crimes to the police, realizing that it will not be likely to result in any action being taken, and to the contrary may end up costing them more than the original offense that they have suffered. for some, this state of affairs translates directly into individual responsibility and an impulse to take matters into their own hands. said cochabamba resident: ‘i also have this attitude of lynching, because i don’t see any other way, that the laws, that the judicial organizations offer a real solution to handling delinquents. . . . especially, there is no solution within the justice [organizations], each person has to make his own justice.’ the police themselves generally concur with the assessment that they are unable to control crime or police the barrios. privately, individual police officers confess a certain sympathy for the lynchings, which commonly occur in barrios where they themselves reside. my friend fausto huanca, for example, a low-ranking street officer in the national police force and a resident of villa pagador, is deeply ashamed of the corruption revealed by the blas valencia scandal, and considers it a black mark on an otherwise decent profession. at the same time, don fausto is a member of a force deeply stratified along class and racial lines. for the most part, members of the officer corps tend to be classified as ‘white’ in the national racial hier- archy, a distinction that generally correlates with a middle- or upper-class income, background, and lifestyle. ordinary police officers of the lower ranks like don fausto, on the other hand, tend to be categorized as indigenous and poor. like don fausto, they live in the barrios rather than in the city center or the better suburbs, and so are themselves vulnerable to the same kinds of criminal predation as their neighbors. trained in the service of a police force that is both nationalistic and resolutely masculine, men like don fausto espouse a rhetoric of law that places the exercise of control and violence solely in the hands of the ‘legally constituted authori- ties’. but they also recognize that these authorities are themselves corrupt, and as barrio residents they share the critique of the police held by the critique of anthropology ( ) © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com majority of their neighbors. the low-level policemen recognize that they are underpaid and typically called upon to do the dirtiest jobs of repres- sion and control, but they also embrace this work as their duty as citizens and as men (compare with gill’s [ ] study of the bolivian military). they thus regard lynching as a problem and an inevitability. don fausto, for example, condemns lynching as a crime, an inappropriate exercise of force that must be prosecuted to the fullest extent of the law. on the other hand, he is highly sympathetic towards the lynch mob and its aims, and is reluctant to criticize the actions of people who are, in matter of fact, his friends, relatives, and neighbors. other private forms of policing and law enforcement have also emerged in recent years, which put a prettier face on vigilante justice while partici- pating in the same logic and similar techniques as the lynching. in cochabamba today, more than private security firms have been created to provide private police services to all those willing to pay. though origi- nally confined to the wealthier zones of the city, today these security firms can be found in most parts of cochabamba, filling in for the absent state in poor barrios throughout the city. in villa pagador, for example, residents of a barrio sector known as segundo grupo contribute one boliviano (approx- imately us cents) per day to pay for a security patrol on the main avenue running through their zone. private security firms like this one are often founded and managed by retired military or police officers, entrepreneurs schooled in violence and corruption who take advantage of the need for their services created by deficiencies in the very institutions they formerly served. firms exploit the general climate of fear and insecurity created by rising crime and state inadequacy to generate business for themselves. on the street where i live in cochabamba, for example, the local security provider (a firm with the witty english-language name ‘bolivian pest control’) puts out a monthly newsletter in which they report on various cases of police inadequacy in cochabamba, citing newspaper articles to that effect; they also offer their clients suggestions on how to improve home security, including such helpful tips as: ‘every time you enter or leave your dwelling, secure the door with two turns of the lock and put on the security chain and if you have another lock use that one, too’ and ‘women and young ladies should avoid drying their underwear in visible places and should not wear scanty clothing on balconies or in front of windows, in case a sex maniac is watching.’ fear mongering of this sort represents yet another kind of structural violence, one generated by the neoliberal state and exploited by private firms that have arisen in its absence. while many people profess a satisfaction with the services provided by the private security firms, others are less sanguine. they point to the fact that the young men these firms employ to patrol the streets are oftentimes themselves former criminals, recently released thieves and others familiar with the ins and outs of the local crime scene and the bolivian justice system. many people whose neighborhoods are patrolled by these firms goldstein: flexible justice: neoliberal violence in bolivia © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com claim that the private security providers are no better than the police, using their privileged position as uniformed thugs in the barrios to communicate with accomplices and rob the very homes they are supposed to protect. ‘in my barrio, near my aunt’s house,’ said one young woman, ‘where these very same private security guards are stationed, they spy out the house and inform others that they can enter, and they have gone into various houses, they have emptied out various houses in the barrio.’ barrio residents who refuse to pay for the services of the neighborhood’s private firm may find their homes singled out for repeated burglaries and vandalism. after her home was robbed, apparently with the collusion of local private security officers whom she had been reluctant to pay, another friend who works as an architect for the cochabamba municipal government confessed to me that, ‘now i know how the lynch mobs feel.’ the security firms operate very much like a protection racket, carving the city up into turfs that different groups control, often using violence to punish criminal suspects whom they apprehend, to ward off competing firms encroaching on their territory, or to threaten recalcitrant clients. though currently forbidden to carry firearms under bolivian law, the firms are agitating congress for this right, which they deem necessary to perform their functions; others fear that this will only hasten the evolution of these firms from mafias into full-blown paramilitaries, furthering the devolution of other state functions (i.e. the role of the military) to private enterprises and creating an additional threat to democratic stability in the process. conclusion neoliberal violence, including physical violence produced by the military, police personnel, private security guards, and lynch mobs, and the struc- tural violence of poverty and insecurity, are all grounded in the reforms of the neoliberal state and the cultural logic of privatization, flexibility, and self-help that accompanies them. the bolivian state’s response to the lynching phenomenon is further indicative of this relationship. even as it has formally denounced lynching as a threat to democratic society, the bolivian state (in keeping with its broad neoliberal stance celebrating indi- vidual enterprise as an alternative to state involvement) has acted to encourage private and citizen’s groups to further adopt responsibility for justice administration. for example, just a few weeks prior to his forced resignation in , president sanchez de lozada responded to increas- ingly strident calls for improved ‘citizen security’ in bolivia by announcing a plan (never implemented) to create ‘anticrime gangs’ (pandillas anti- crimen) in various bolivian cities. these gangs, officially known as ‘youth citizen security brigades’ (brigadas juveniles de seguridad ciudadana), would have consisted of young people who would patrol certain zones of the city, confronting other, criminal youth gangs and somehow preventing them critique of anthropology ( ) © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com from committing crimes. decried by critics and human rights defenders as unleashing ‘a new war against society’ (conte, a), the president’s proposal was steeped in the logic of the liberal citizen, in which ‘good’ people would act independently and without state supervision to deter ‘bad’ people from committing antisocial acts. this same logic provides the foundation for the lynch mob, whose members view themselves as filling in for the absent state, pursuing ‘delincuentes’ and ‘malhechores’ who prey on the good people of society. lost in this good/bad distinction is the fact that delincuentes and linchadores (lynch-mob participants) alike are poor people of indigenous origin, engaged in an escalating cycle of violence whose end is not currently in sight. the state’s embrace of this logic amounts to an endorsement of lynching as a mode of securing justice, which likewise requires no state supervision or state financing to execute. neoliberalism, like the classical liberalism from which it is descended, has at its base a claim to promote individual freedom, a promise to liberate the individual from the inherently oppressive power of government (anderson, ). the authors of th-century liberal capitalism, economists like f.a. hayek ( ) and milton friedman (friedman and friedman, ), believed that only by restricting the state’s involvement in economic planning and management could the state’s coercive power be effectively limited. economic regulation, in this view, imposes constraints on the basic liberty of the individual (said to be the cornerstone of western civilization), thus requiring the separation of the economic from the political to create a freer and more democratic society. at the same time as it mandates the state’s withdrawal from the national economy, however, liberalism assumes that the state will provide the broader social and civic institutions within which capi- talism can function unfettered and individual liberty can be attained. this includes the establishment and maintenance of a democratic rule of law, to create a safe and stable society within which capital markets can flourish and individual potential can be achieved. key to the entire system is a respect for individual rights and freedoms. according to liberalism’s proponents, by granting rights to individuals, and by respecting popular sovereignty and maintaining a rule of law to guarantee these rights, the state recognizes human dignity and promotes individual liberty (fukuyama, ). in the name of such noble ideals, neoliberalism has become the dominant paradigm of st-century global political economy. but the contradiction between liberalism’s promise and its reality in bolivia is manifest in the lives of people living under its dominion. like police officers who at once condemn and sympathize with lynching violence in the barrios of cochabamba, ordinary citizens demonstrate a contradictory consciousness when facing the insecurity of daily life in a neoliberal democracy. as the protests by members of the so-called ‘popular classes’ in both the water war and the gas war clearly indicate, people in bolivia recognize that their poverty has its roots in transnational capitalism, and that the forces of privatization and the open market have had negative goldstein: flexible justice: neoliberal violence in bolivia © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com impacts on their employment opportunities, standard of living, and access to basic services. protesters who reject the privatization and expropriation of natural resources are articulating a critique of global political economy that accurately perceives the role of transnational forces in restructuring bolivian social life, and which ultimately are responsible for their diminish- ing economic and personal security. as i have suggested in this article, however, at the same time as they stridently and publicly reject neoliberalism, in their communities ordinary bolivians have adopted practices that clearly express and enact neoliberal rationality. the same cultural logic of individual responsibility, flexibility, and self-help that informs both bolivian labor policy and the state’s approach to justice administration has pervaded civil society and its base communities, whose members privatize justice when the state refuses to treat it as a public good. this is the double-sided nature of what i have identified as neoliberal violence. not merely an expression of the state’s commitment to protecting and defending the interests of capital, neoliberal violence is also structural violence, an inherent component of the neoliberal project and its associated cultural values, which underlie the general condition of insecurity that is both cause and result of popular violence. the ongoing gas war has nakedly revealed the bolivian state’s fundamental disregard for the rights of individuals when they challenge the state’s neoliberal schemes; the insecurity of daily life is a less visible, though equally destructive, form of violence, and as a source of social disarticula- tion it precipitates other forms of violence in their turn. acknowledgements an earlier version of this article was presented at the nd annual meeting of the american anthropological association, chicago, il, – november . funding for this research was provided by a grant for research and writing from the john d. and catherine t. macarthur foundation, and by a summer faculty fellowship from the college of the holy cross. for help and feedback on this paper, i wish to thank juan manuel arbona, leigh binford, jennifer burrell, philip coyle, angelique haugerud, billie jean isbell, benjamin kohl, kathryn ledebur, sally engle merry, and shannon speed, as well as the editors and anonymous reviewers for critique of anthropology. special thanks to rose marie achá, ana laura durán, saúl garcía, eric hinojosa, and theo röncken for help with research and reflection on these ideas. notes additionally, people were protesting the nuevo código tributario, which restruc- tured national income taxes in such a way as to extract more wealth from the poor and middle classes, so as to generate money for foreign debt repayment; and the ley de seguridad ciudadana, which prescribed long prison sentences for critique of anthropology ( ) © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com social protestors employing road blockades in their demonstrations. the security law also removed government funding for public illumination projects, a program that had benefited the marginal barrios of the nation’s cities whose streets are typically dangerous after dark. the us government backed sanchez de lozada, calling on all bolivians ‘to reject confrontation that could lead to violence and injury. the international community understands and supports the legitimate interests of all the bolivian people, and we urge them to express and promote those only through demo- cratic and peaceful means’ (dos press release, october ). sanchez de lozada, in his first (non-consecutive) term as president of bolivia in the mid- s, was the principal architect of an economic and political restructuring scheme (the plan de todos) that systematized a program of private foreign investment in formerly state-owned enterprises; see kohl ( ). at the time of this writing in , only one death has been officially attributed to the recent round of protests, though the regime of another bolivian president, carlos mesa, has already fallen victim to them. in this analysis, i follow aihwa ong ( ) in understanding globalization as the flow not only of capital, information, and people across national borders, but of the cultural logics that underpin post-fordist capitalism and that profoundly impact, and are negotiated by, local populations. this approach aims to integrate, rather than bifurcate, the local and the global, the cultural and the political-economic. ‘only by weaving the analysis of cultural politics and political economy into a single framework,’ ong says, ‘can we hope to provide a nuanced delineation of the complex relations between transnational phenomena, national regimes, and cultural practices in late modernity. . . . an under- standing of political economy remains central as capitalism . . . has become even more deeply embroiled in the ways different cultural logics give meanings to our dreams, actions, goals, and sense of how we are to conduct ourselves in the world.’ ( : ) a fuller account and analysis of this incident can be found in goldstein ( , ). for considerations of lynching in other latin american contexts, see burrell ( ), castillo claudett ( ), fuentes díaz and binford ( ), guerrero ( ) and vilas ( ). other similar incidents in more rural contexts include the executions of suspected cattle thieves in the cochabamba valley, and the execution of the mayor of ayo ayo, an aymara community on the bolivian altiplano. this latter incident, though initially described as a lynching, later proved to be more of a mob-style execution, enacted by rival gangs in this town. my thanks to ben kohl for his thoughts on these subjects. elsewhere (goldstein, ) i have examined another emerging strain in the media analysis of lynching, which tends to be more sociologically grounded and sympathetic to the actions of lynch mobs. as the problems of the bolivian economic crisis continue to mount, the media is becoming less openly condem- natory of lynching ‘savagery’. this problem is also apparent in arguments (offered by some lynch mob partici- pants seeking to justify their actions by an appeal to ‘tradition’) that theorize lynching to be some sort of holdover from the rural past, a contemporary expression of older forms of traditional law (derecho consuetudinario). while goldstein: flexible justice: neoliberal violence in bolivia © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com physical forms of punishment were not unknown in rural andean contexts, contemporary urban lynchings represent distinct forms of violence that must be understood (i argue) within the current context of neoliberal reform. for an explanation of the particulars of bolivian ‘capitalization’ and a discussion of neoliberalism’s failure to create employment in that country, see kohl ( ). in contrast, for example, new york city has approximately one police officer for every people (http://www.nyc.gov/html/nypd/home.html). of course, police and other forms of official corruption are not new in bolivia (or anywhere else, for that matter), but have long been endemic in the political system. police corruption has taken on a new urgency in the neoliberal era, however, as the next section of this article explores. all translations of interviews and other texts, except where the original english is specified, are my own. one is reminded here of jane and peter schneider’s ( ) work on the sicilian mafia. friends and interview subjects report the beginnings of turf wars between rival security firms, who use violence to establish and protect certain areas of the city as their own domains. references acción andina ( ) http://www.cedib.org/accionandina/index.php ain (andean information network) ( ) tensions continue to mount in bolivia’s ‘gas war’. aiyer, ananthakrishnan ( ) ‘hemispheric solutions? neoliberal crisis, criminal- ity and “democracy” in the americas’, urban anthropology and studies of cultural systems and world economic development summer–fall: – . anderson, perry ( ) a zone of engagement. london: verso. arbona, juan manuel (n.d., a) ‘managing policy failures: neo-liberal tensions, ruptures, and stabilizations in el alto, bolivia’. unpublished ms. arbona, juan manuel (n.d., b) ‘restructuring the informal economy: the state and the promotion of micro-enterprises in bolivia’. unpublished ms. auyero, javier ( ) ‘the hyper-shantytown: neo-liberal violence(s) in the argentine slum’, ethnography ( ): – . beck, ulrich ( ) risk society: towards a new modernity. london: sage. benería, lourdes ( ) ‘the foreign debt crisis and the social cost of adjust- ment in latin america’, in j. friedmann, r. abers and l. autler (eds) emer- gences: women’s struggles for livelihood in latin america, pp. – . los angeles, ca: ucla, latin american studies program. bulmer-thomas, victor ( ) the new economic model in latin america and its impact on income distribution and poverty. new york: st. martin’s press. burrell, jennifer ( ) ‘intimate violence: after lynching in todos santos cuchu- matán’. paper presented at the st annual meeting of the american anthro- pological association, november, new orleans. caldeira, teresa p.r. ( ) city of walls: crime, segregation, and citizenship in são paulo. berkeley: university of california press. castillo claudett, eduardo ( ) ‘la justicia en tiempos de la ira: linchamientos populares urbanos en américa latina’, ecuador debate : – . chossudovsky, m. ( ) the globalization of poverty: impacts of imf and world bank reforms. london: zed. critique of anthropology ( ) © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com colloredo-mansfeld, rudi ( ) ‘“dirty indians’, radical indígenas, and the political economy of social difference in modern ecuador’, bulletin of latin american research ( ): – . comaroff, jean and john l. comaroff ( ) ‘millennial capitalism: first thoughts on a second coming’, in j. comaroff and j.l. comaroff (eds) millennial capi- talism and the culture of neoliberalism, pp. – . durham, nc and london: duke university press. conte, gabriel ( a) ‘bolivia y sus “pandillas anticrimen”: una nueva forma de guerra contra la sociedad’. la paz: desarme.org. url (consulted september ): http://www.desarme.org conte, gabriel ( b) ‘para un especialista, el delito es “regulado” en bolivia por la policía’. la paz: desarme.org. url (consulted september ): http:// www.desarme.org dammert, lucia and mary fran t. malone ( ) ‘fear of crime or fear of life? public insecurities in chile’, bulletin of latin american research ( ): – . davis, diane e. ( ) ‘law enforcement in mexico city: not yet under control’, nacla report on the americas ( ): – . douglas, mary ( ) purity and danger: an analysis of the concepts of pollutions and taboo. london, boston and henley: ark. elbert, carlos alberto ( ) ‘ideología, corrupción y excesos policiales’, pena y estado: revista latinoamericana de política criminal ( ): – . farthing, linda and benjamin kohl ( ) ‘bolivia’s new wave of protest’, nacla report on the americas ( ): – . finnegan, william ( ) ‘leasing the rain’, the new yorker april. foucault, michel ( ) ‘governmentality’, in g. burchell, c. gordon and p. miller (eds) the foucault effect: studies in governmentality, pp. – . chicago, il: university of chicago press. friedman, milton with rose friedman ( ) capitalism and freedom. chicago, il: university of chicago press. frühling, hugo ( ) ‘police reform and the process of democratization’, in h. frühling, j.s. tulchin and h.a. golding (eds) crime and violence in latin america: citizen security, democracy, and the state, pp. – . washington, dc: woodrow wilson center press. fuentes díaz, antonio and leigh binford ( ) ‘linchamientos en mexico: una respuesta a carlos vilas’, bajo el volcán ( ): – . fukuyama, francis ( ) the end of history and the last man. new york: free press. garcía linera, alvaro ( ) reproletarización: nueva clase obrera y desarollo del capital industrial en bolivia ( – ). la paz: muela del diablo. garland, david ( ) the culture of control: crime and social order in contemporary society. chicago, il: university of chicago press. giddens, anthony ( ) the consequences of modernity. cambridge: polity. gill, lesley ( ) teetering on the rim: global restructuring, daily life, and the armed retreat of the bolivian state. new york: columbia university press. godoy, angelina snodgrass ( ) ‘lynchings and the democratization of terror in post-war guatemala: implications for human rights’, human rights quarterly : – . goldstein, daniel m. ( ) ‘“in our own hands”: lynching, justice and the law in bolivia’, american ethnologist ( ): – . goldstein, daniel m. ( ) the spectacular city: violence and performance in urban bolivia. durham and london: duke university press. guerrero, andrés ( ) ‘los linchamientos en las comunidades indígenas: ¿la política perversa de una modernidad marginal?’, ecuador debate : – . goldstein: flexible justice: neoliberal violence in bolivia © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com gwynne, robert n. and cristobal kay ( ) ‘views from the periphery: futures of neoliberalism in latin america’, third world quarterly ( ): – . harvey, david ( ) the condition of postmodernity: an enquiry into the origins of cultural change. oxford: blackwell. harvey, david ( ) ‘flexibility: threat or opportunity?’, socialist review ( ): – . harvey, david ( ) spaces of capital: towards a critical geography. edinburgh: edinburgh university press. hayek, f.a. ( ) the road to serfdom. chicago, il: university of chicago press. herrera g., herbert ( ) ‘médicos forenses están abandonados a su suerte’, los tiempos (cochabamba): c . ilo (international labor organisation) ( ) women and men in the informal economy: a statistical picture. geneva: ilo. inda, jonathan xavier ( ) ‘a flexible world: capitalism, citizenship, and post- national zones’, political and legal anthropology review ( ): – . kohl, benjamin ( ) ‘stabilizing neoliberalism in bolivia: popular participation and privatization’, political geography : – . kohl, benjamin ( ) ‘restructuring citizenship in bolivia: el plan de todos’, international journal of urban and regional research ( ): – . kohl, benjamin ( ) ‘privatization bolivian style: a cautionary tale’, international journal of urban and regional research ( ): – . krueger, anne o. ( ) ‘the political economy of the rent seeking society’, american economic review ( june): – . los tiempos ( ) ‘linchamiento: atacan a instituciones sociales’ (cochabamba): b- . los tiempos ( ) ‘policía boliviana, búnker del enriquecimiento’ (cochabamba): b- . lustig, nora ( ) coping with austerity: poverty and inequality in latin america. wash- ington, dc: brookings institution. medeiros, carmen ( ) ‘civilizing the popular? the law of popular participation and the design of a new civil society in s bolivia’, critique of anthropology ( ): – . méndez, juan e., guillermo o’donnell and paulo sérgio pinheiro (eds) ( ) the (un)rule of law and the underprivileged in latin america. notre dame: university of notre dame press. merry, sally engle ( ) urban danger: life in a neighborhood of strangers. phila- delphia, pa: temple university press. merry, sally engle ( ) ‘spatial governmentality and the new urban social order: controlling gender violence through law’, american anthropologist ( ): – . ong, aihwa ( ) flexible citizenship: the cultural logics of transnationality. durham, nc and london: duke university press. opinión ( ) ‘los linchamientos se repiten porque las autoridades no hacen nada para evitarlos’ (cochabamba) june: a . opinión ( a) ‘bolivia ocupa el segundo lugar en el mundo en casos de linchamientos’ (cochabamba) july: a. opinión ( b) ‘el linchamiento tiene hermanas siamesas: la pobreza y violencia’ (cochabamba) july: – a. opinión ( c) ‘tensa calma y total parálisis en ciudades de la paz y el alto’, (cochabamba) july: a . pereira, anthony w. and diane e. davis ( ) ‘introduction: new patterns of critique of anthropology ( ) © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com militarized violence and coercion in the americas’, latin american perspectives ( ): – . petras, james and henry veltmeyer ( ) ‘latin america at the end of the millen- nium’, monthly review ( ): – . postero, nancy ( ) ‘bolivia’s indígena citizen: multiculturalism in a neoliberal age’, paper presented at the meetings of the american anthropological associ- ation, – november, chicago, il. radcliffe, sarah a. and sallie westwood ( ) remaking the nation: place, identity, and politics in latin america. london: routledge. rhyne, elisabeth ( ) mainstreaming microfinance: how lending to the poor began, grew, and came of age in bolivia. bloomfield, ct: kumarian. robinson, william ( ) a theory of global capitalism: production, class and state in a transnational world. baltimore, md: johns hopkins university press. rotker, susana (ed.) ( ) citizens of fear: urban violence in latin america. new brunswick, nj: rutgers university press. schneider, cathy and paul e. amar ( ) ‘the rise of crime, disorder and authori- tarian policing: an introductory essay’, nacla report on the americas ( ): – . schneider, jane c. and peter t. schneider ( ) reversible destiny: mafia, antimafia, and the struggle for palermo. berkeley: university of california press. solares serrano, humberto ( ) ‘movimientos urbanos en cochabamba’, opinion (cochabamba) may: – . speed, shannon and alvaro reyes ( ) ‘“in our own defense”: rights and resist- ance in chiapas’, political and legal anthropology review ( ): – . ungar, mark ( ) elusive reform: democracy and the rule of law in latin america. boulder, co: lynne rienner. ungar, mark ( ) ‘contested battlefields: policing in caracas and la paz’, nacla report on the americas ( ): – . urquidi zambrana, jorge ( ) la urbanización de la ciudad de cochabamba: síntesis del estudio. antecedentes. primera parte. cochabamba: editorial universitaria. urquidi zambrana, jorge ( ) la urbanización de la ciudad de cochabamba y el desarrollo regional y urbano: examen crítico, vol. . cochabamba: colegio de arquitectos de bolivia, filial cochabamba. vilas, carlos m. ( ) ‘(in)justicia por mano propia: linchamientos en el méxico contemporáneo’, revista mexicana de sociología ( ): – . weismantel, mary ( ) cholas and pishtacos: stories of race and sex in the andes. chicago, il: university of chicago press. williams, raymond ( ) marxism and literature. oxford: oxford university press. ■ daniel m. goldstein is assistant professor of anthropology at rutgers university. he received his phd from the university of arizona in . with funding from a national science foundation research grant, he is currently investigating the relationship between personal insecurity and people’s attitudes about democratic governance in the marginal neighborhoods of cochabamba. his book the spec- tacular city: violence and performance in urban bolivia was published in by duke university press. address: department of anthropology, ruth adams building, george street, rutgers university, new brunswick, nj – , usa. [email: dgoldstein@anthropology.rutgers.edu] goldstein: flexible justice: neoliberal violence in bolivia © sage publications. all rights reserved. not for commercial use or unauthorized distribution. at pennsylvania state univ on april , http://coa.sagepub.comdownloaded from http://coa.sagepub.com brandon garrett (duke university) harvard data science review • . brandon garrett (duke university) brandon l. garrett published on: jan , harvard data science review • . brandon garrett (duke university) this will be a commentary on the article, “the age of secrecy and unf airness in recidivism prediction” by cynthia rudin, caroline wang, and beau coker forthcoming in february. https://hdsr.mitpress.mit.edu/pub/ z o wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk params is empty sys_ exception wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk no params is empty exception params is empty / / - : : if (typeof jquery === "undefined") document.write('[script type="text/javascript" src="/corehtml/pmc/jig/ . . /js/jig.min.js"][/script]'.replace(/\[/g,string.fromcharcode( )).replace(/\]/g,string.fromcharcode( ))); // // // window.name="mainwindow"; .pmc-wm {background:transparent repeat-y top left;background-image:url(/corehtml/pmc/pmcgifs/wm-nobrand.png);background-size: auto, contain} .print-view{display:block} page not available reason: the web page address (url) that you used may be incorrect. message id: (wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk) time: / / : : if you need further help, please send an email to pmc. include the information from the box above in your message. otherwise, click on one of the following links to continue using pmc: search the complete pmc archive. browse the contents of a specific journal in pmc. find a specific article by its citation (journal, date, volume, first page, author or article title). http://europepmc.org/abstract/med/ microsoft word - barrientos_justice-basedsocial assistance.docx the university of manchester research justice-based social assistance doi: . / document version accepted author manuscript link to publication record in manchester research explorer citation for published version (apa): barrientos, a. ( ). justice-based social assistance. global social policy, ( ). https://doi.org/ . / published in: global social policy citing this paper please note that where the full-text provided on manchester research explorer is the author accepted manuscript or proof version this may differ from the final published version. if citing, it is advised that you check and use the publisher's definitive version. general rights copyright and moral rights for the publications made accessible in the research explorer are retained by the authors and/or other copyright owners and it is a condition of accessing publications that users recognise and abide by the legal requirements associated with these rights. takedown policy if you believe that this document breaches copyright please refer to the university of manchester’s takedown procedures [http://man.ac.uk/ y bo] or contact uml.scholarlycommunications@manchester.ac.uk providing relevant details, so we can investigate your claim. download date: . apr. https://doi.org/ . / https://www.research.manchester.ac.uk/portal/en/publications/justicebased-social-assistance( beb c - ae- - ccf-e b b ).html /portal/armando.barrientos.html https://www.research.manchester.ac.uk/portal/en/publications/justicebased-social-assistance( beb c - ae- - ccf-e b b ).html https://doi.org/ . / (forthcoming in global social policy ) justice-based social assistance armando barrientos – brooks world poverty institute, university of manchester, uk abstract what are the main objectives of social protection institutions in developing countries? what should be their scope and reach? what is the source of their legitimacy? finding appropriate answers to these questions is essential to understanding, and shaping, the emergence of welfare institutions in low- and middle-income countries. most available answers rely on instrumental arguments. few make reference to normative principles. the paper draws on three concepts from rawls – social justice as regulating cooperation, the social minimum, and the need for a freestanding political notion of social justice – to develop a coherent argument for grounding social assistance on social justice. in line with this argument, it identifies some parameters for a justice-based social assistance. the paper then discusses, with examples, the tensions existing between a social justice-based social minimum and ‘real’ social assistance institutions emerging in developing countries. keywords: social justice, social assistance, social minimum, institutions, developing countries address for correspondence armando barrientos, professor of poverty and social justice, brooks world poverty institute, school of environment, education, and development, arthur lewis building, university of manchester, oxford road, manchester m pl, uk phone: + e-mail: a.barrientos@manchester.ac.uk introduction the rapid expansion of social assistance has been a feature of developing countries in the new century. large-scale programmes providing direct transfers in cash and/or in kind to households in poverty are now widespread. in latin america, around one third of the population live in households receiving such transfers. ministries of social development have been created to manage these programmes with appropriate legislation and budgets. in low- income countries, progress has been slower in part due to acute resource limitations, but sustained economic growth and natural resource revenues have the potential to create more favourable conditions. the emergence of welfare institutions addressing poverty and promoting inclusion amounts to a significant extension of the role and responsibilities of governments, raising important research questions. what are the main objectives of social protection institutions in developing countries? what should be their scope and reach? what is the source of their legitimacy? finding answers to these questions is essential to understanding, and shaping, the expansion of social protection in low- and middle-income countries. to date, most analysis of the expansion of social assistance in developing countries attempting answers to these questions rely on arguments of effectiveness and efficiency with respect to pre-defined objectives. few studies examine in any depth the normative principles underlying these objectives. this article contributes to filling in this gap. drawing on three concepts from rawls' theory of justice, it develops a coherent argument for justice-based social assistance. the evolution of antipoverty transfer programmes, here described as social assistance, in middle income countries shows they constitute in fact a significant extension of the role and responsibilities of governments. to approach them as short-term ‘development interventions’ seriously underestimates their scope (barrientos ). large-scale antipoverty transfer programmes are spearheading the emergence of welfare institutions tasked with ensuring broader social inclusion and social rights. an important implication is that research into antipoverty transfers in developing countries must move beyond a narrow consideration of their instrumental effectiveness and examine their role in, and contribution to, changes in the role of government and social structures. research on social assistance in developing countries has focused largely on issues of design, especially targeting and conditions (grosh et al. ). to an extent this is a consequence of the instrumental and technocratic approach dominant in international development policy, fully justified by the very practical effects of existing antipoverty transfers on participant households. there is a good understanding of these issues. implementation was initially under- researched, but knowledge on programme information, registration, disbursement, and monitoring is increasingly available to programme agencies (barrientos ; cecchini and martínez ). the relatively high incidence of impact evaluations in antipoverty transfer programmes, especially when compared to other development policies and instruments, is generating valuable knowledge on, and confidence in, their effectiveness. more recently, studies on the political conditions associated with the adoption of antipoverty transfer programmes (borges sugiyama ; brooks ) and on electoral feedback mechanisms (de la o ; fried ; patel, leila et al. ) have examined the linkages existing between political processes and institutions on the one hand and social protection on the other. research and debate on the deeper ethical foundations underpinning the growth of social assistance in developing countries has lagged behind (barrientos ; hickey ; ulriksen and plagerson ). the papers in this special issue address this deficit. to the extent that antipoverty transfer programmes are seen as ‘development interventions’ on a par with water pumps or malaria nets, discussing their ethical underpinnings could be seen as an unnecessary detour. this article argues that without considering the ethical basis underpinning the emergence of new welfare institutions in developing countries we stand little chance to understand their rapid expansion and the kind of social change they herald. this paper makes a contribution to examining the ethical bases of emergent social assistance in developing countries by drawing from three concepts put forward by rawls ( ; ). first, it advances the view that social assistance is best grounded on social justice, understood as the principles enabling and regulating social and economic cooperation. second, in societies generating inequality and disadvantage the least advantaged face significant ‘strains of commitment’ undermining the basis for cooperation. in this context, a social minimum is a core component of social justice because (i) it embeds the difference principle, the principle that inequalities in society are only justifiable if they benefit the least advantage, and (ii) because it ensures the stability of social justice. the social minimum works by preventing the ‘strains of commitment’ from becoming excessive. the paper argues that growth of social assistance in developing countries can be best understood as an emerging social minimum. third, the fact that modern societies contain a plurality of values, beliefs and interests, suggests that only a political conception of justice can provide a basis for a social minimum. it is political in the sense that its legitimacy derives not from universal moral theories but from democratic processes of justification. drawing on these three concepts developed in rawls’ work enables an understanding of the growth of social assistance in developing countries as grounded in social justice. the rest of the paper is organised as follows: section discusses why social justice is the appropriate basis for social assistance. section discusses the role and content of the social minimum. section examines the implications for welfare institutions of a political theory of social justice. section discusses how grounding social assistance in a political notion of justice throws light on ‘real’ social assistance in developing countries before sketching answers to the article's main questions. a final section concludes. why social justice? in the literature on social assistance or social protection scarce attention has been paid to deeper ethical foundations. reviewing the literature, munro ( ) finds three concepts are identified as supporting social protection: needs, risks, and rights (munro ). social protection or assistance interventions are often justified by reference to society’s responsibility to ensure basic levels of need satisfaction (white ). alternatively, interventions can be justified by society’s responsibility to ensure security, particularly income security. the focus here is on the threat posed by ‘social risks’ like unemployment, ill health, or natural hazards. a third approach justifies social protection interventions on the basis of human or social rights, for example the right to social security in the declaration of human rights or the covenant of social and economic rights. in this context, social protection interventions involve the progressive realisation of particular rights. in international development policy dialogue a division of labour is noticeable, the un justifies social protection in the context of needs, the bretton woods institutions do so in terms of risks, and the ilo and other ground social protection on rights (barrientos and hulme ). while useful in pointing to underlying justifications for social protection and assistance, these concepts are themselves grounded on deeper and more comprehensive ethical views on the roles and responsibilities of welfare institutions. instead, this paper develops a case for grounding social assistance on a political notion of social justice. social justice is often taken as synonymous with redistributive justice, as the principles governing the distribution of benefits and burdens in society (miller ). the terms social justice and injustice are often employed to evaluate inequalities in labour earnings, discrimination in employment or occupations, or the distribution of the tax burdens among rich and poor. equality is the dominant ethical principle in redistributive justice. in the work of rawls, the terms social justice, distributive justice, and justice are used indistinctly, but they are employed in a broader sense to apply to the institutions that generate benefits and burdens in society and to the way in which these are distributed. rawls draws a distinction between distributive justice and allocative justice, which helps to clarify this point: the problem of distributive justice in justice as fairness is always this: how are the institutions of the basic structure to be regulated as one unified scheme of institutions so that a fair, efficient, and productive system of social cooperation can be maintained over time, from one generation to the next? contrast this with the very different problem of how a given bundle of commodities is to be distributed, or allocated, among various individuals whose particular needs, desires, and preferences are known to us, and who have not cooperated in any way to produce these commodities. this second problem is that of allocative justice (rawls : ). the scope of social justice is the basic structure of society, which includes the economic, political, and legal structures governing economic cooperation. what are the principles that should govern economic and social cooperation among free and equal agents? rawls argues that political processes of debate and justification would lead to agreement around two main principles: each person has the same indefeasible claim to a fully adequate scheme of equal basic liberties, which scheme is compatible with the same scheme of liberties for all; and social and economic inequalities are to satisfy two conditions: first they are to be attached to offices and positions open to all under conditions of fair equality of opportunity; and second, they are to be to the greatest benefit of the least advantaged members of society (the difference principle)(rawls : ). the second principle is particularly relevant to the discussion below on social assistance. it states that policies likely to foster inequalities are only justified on condition that the inequalities they generate favour disadvantaged groups. to the extent that antipoverty transfer programmes in developing countries are helping establish welfare institutions, it makes sense to seek to find their underpinning on social justice. rawls difference principle, for example, points to social justice as providing a justification for social assistance. the ‘strains of commitment’ and the social minimum this section reviews contrasting perspectives on the social minimum. it distinguishes a justice- based social minimum from a needs-based social minimum. a justice-based social minimum addresses the ‘strains of commitment’ and, as will be argued below, throws a powerful light on the growth of social assistance in developing countries. an entry point is to acknowledge that the workings of markets, and especially freedom of occupation, are likely to result in strong pressures pushing away from a just society. as a consequence, what the “theory of justice must regulate is the inequalities in life prospects between citizens that arise from social starting positions, natural advantages and historical contingencies”(rawls : ). the focus of the theory is to ensure the main institutions in society can address these inequalities in life prospects and ensure just economic and social cooperation. the theory of justice therefore focuses on the basic structure, understood as “society’s main political, constitutional, social and economic institutions and how they fit together to form a unified scheme of cooperation over time”(rawls : xli). given inequalities inherent in the working of society, sustaining a commitment to economic cooperation and to the institutions of the basic structure can be problematic. it is especially problematic for groups suffering from persistent disadvantage. for them, the 'strains of commitment' could become excessive. what reasons can be provided to persuade those who are disadvantaged, and perhaps severely disadvantaged, to remain committed to the basic structure? the stability of a shared notion of social justice is dependent on how this issue is resolved. a theory of justice needs to specify how continuous commitment could be secured, even from the least advantaged or severely disadvantaged. as the key institution addressing the strains of commitment among the least advantaged, the social minimum assumes a central role in the theory of justice. rawls initial description of the social minimum in his a theory of justice is sketchy and reflects the then current discussions on welfare institutions in advanced economies. the social minimum is to be guaranteed by the government “either by family allowances and special payments for sickness and employment, or more systematically by such devices as a graded income supplement (a so-called negative income tax)”(rawls : ). rawls early characterisation of the social minimum was subject to an insightful critique by jeremy waldron ( ). waldron’s main point was that rawls justified the social minimum in terms of the requirements of a theory of justice. instead, waldron argued that the social minimum needed to be justified in as a response to urgent need. this meant acknowledging that “a certain minimum is necessary for people to lead decent and tolerable lives” (waldron : ). in waldron’s view, a needs-based social minimum fitted better with the aim of ensuring the strains of commitment do not become excessive. deprivation, he eloquently writes, in the despair that characterises it, the defiance it excites, and the single minded violence it may occasion, … poses a simmering threat to the viability of the societies it afflicts. there is therefore a prima facie reason why any society should avoid the situation in which significant numbers of people are in need (waldron : ). waldron’s argumentation fits dominant views on the role of social assistance as a means to address urgent need, i.e. poverty. the growth of social assistance in developing countries could be interpreted to reflect heightened concern with urgent need as exemplified by the millennium development goals. the key point is that for waldron, and the bulk of international development policy dialogue, the social minimum is justified on need not justice. rawls is not persuaded by waldron's argument. in later writings he develops and refines the social minimum as a core component of a political notion of social justice. rawls' pursuit of a justice-based social minimum is illuminating in the context of the argument in this article. a justice-based social minimum is broader in its scope and more specific in its objectives. in line with the difference principle, “the minimum is to be set at that point which, taking wages into account, maximises the expectations of the least advantaged group. by adjusting the amount of transfers, … , it is possible to increase or decrease the – life [ab] – prospects of the more disadvantaged, their index of primary goods…” (rawls : ). rawls’ proposal is for a social minimum that “together with the whole family of social policies, maximises the life prospects of the least advantaged over time” (rawls : ). political participation plays a part too. the social minimum is intended to ensure that “the least advantaged feel they are a part of political society” (rawls : ). in the context of this paper, it might be helpful to highlight two areas where a needs-based social minimum differs sharply from rawls' justice-base social minimum: sufficiency and political participation. waldron’s argument reflects a sufficiency approach to the social minimum, with interventions deployed “if there is a danger of members of that group falling below the level of the social minimum”(waldron : ). sufficiency argues for a moral concern with the least advantaged up to a point, ‘what matters is not that some have less, but that they have enough’ (frankfurt ). rawls identifies this position with 'restricted utilitarianism'. utilitarianism weighs social arrangements from the perspective of whether they maximise aggregate utility in society. restricted utilitarianism acknowledges that where burdens in society fall upon some while benefits fall onto others, a minimum subsistence level guaranteed to all is required. aggregate utility is maximised over and above this minimum. ‘restricted utilitarianism’ can be operationalised through the introduction of a minimum consumption/subsistence floor, as in a needs-based minimum. instead, rawls' justice-based social minimum focuses on maximising the life-prospects of the least advantaged. in order to achieve this objective, a justice-based social minimum addresses basic needs but within this broader remit. in the context of social assistance, the social minimum is developmental, not compensatory. the social minimum thus defined is not a subsistence minimum, as in waldron, but instead a set of policies maximising the life-prospects of disadvantaged groups embedding the difference principle. this distinction also helps rawls to contrast what he refers to a capitalist welfare state with a property owning democracy. as he puts it, while “a social minimum covering only those essential needs may suit the requirements of a capitalist welfare state, it is not sufficient for what …i call a property-owning democracy in which the principle of justice as fairness are realized” (rawls, : ). the revised version of the theory of justice spells out this vision in greater detail. “the idea is not simply to assist those who lose out through accident or misfortune (although this must be done), but instead to put all citizen in a position to manage their own affairs and to take part in social cooperation on a footing of mutual respect under appropriately equal conditions” (rawls : xv). there are implications for political participation too. one possible interpretation of the role of the social minimum is that it acts as a ‘pacification’ device to ensure the stability of the economic system. this is implicit in waldron’s approach. uncoupled from the notion of justice, the social minimum is open to be interpreted in this way. but this is not what rawls has in mind. a justice-based social minimum is effective because it contributes to ensure the social, political and economic inclusion of disadvantaged groups. a justice-based social minimum would need to ensure the full political participation of disadvantaged groups. a justice-based social minimum differs substantively from a floor covering basic consumption needs. the social minimum is not restricted to residual assistance in case of emergencies, although appropriate institutions to address emergencies are needed. it is not a prudential minimum addressing social risks and uncertainty in outcomes, although relevant institutions addressing these also need to be established. the social minimum, together with other policies, prevents the ‘strains of commitment’ from becoming excessive. this is achieved by ensuring that inequalities in society are only acceptable where they maximise the life prospects of the least advantaged, and through policies aimed at ensuring social political and economic participation by these groups. in combination with other institutions, the social minimum helps to ensure citizens can take part in economic cooperation on ‘appropriately equal conditions’. the social minimum is developmental and focused on economic and political inclusion. a freestanding political theory of justice the third concept to be drawn from rawls is to do with the sources of legitimacy of a theory of justice. in the theory of justice, rawls draws out the principles of justice from the hypothetical deliberation of individuals working under a ‘veil of ignorance’. the ‘veil of ignorance’ enforces a context in which individuals are ignorant of their final position in society, whether they will be advantaged or disadvantaged. the ‘veil of ignorance’ is hypothetical, a contrivance, to ensure deliberation is not overridden by individual’s self-interest. in political liberalism he moves towards a fuller process of political deliberation and justification. there, a starting point is recognition of the fact that modern societies contain a plurality of values, beliefs and interests. pluralism implies that attempts to derive principles of justice from comprehensive, metaphysical, doctrines are bound to end in reasonable disagreement. rawls argues that the fact of pluralism implies only a political conception of justice is feasible. the principles of justice are political in the sense that their legitimacy derives not from universal moral theories but from democratic processes of justification. they can be universally accepted within a polity only as the outcome of political processes of justification. rawls accepts that agreement on a political notion of justice is not feasible if it requires that citizens abandon their comprehensive doctrines, but he is optimistic that they would come to see the political notion of justice as desirable from within their doctrines. it helps that the scope of social justice is limited to the basic structure, leaving outside areas of social life where conduct is informed by comprehensive theories. as a core component of a theory of justice, the social minimum is the outcome of processes of political justification and owes its legitimacy to these processes. this is well understood in the context of social assistance. social assistance programme and institutions are legitimate, and therefore sustainable, if supported by legislation. in some countries, social assistance is embedded in constitutional provisions. there are important implications for social assistance flowing from a justice-based social minimum. a social minimum belongs within a polity, and draws its legitimacy from it. for practical purposes, a social minimum belongs within nation states. its independence from comprehensive moral theories and the primacy it grants to political processes place limits on the role of cosmopolitan approaches commonly taken for granted in international development. a freestanding political theory of justice also has implications for the role of scientific knowledge in informing political deliberation. the primacy of politics might clash with technocratic approaches to the social minimum and social assistance. in this, and the last two sections, the discussion of the three concepts – the view of justice as enabling and regulating cooperation; the social minimum as a core component of social justice; and the requirement for a conception of justice to be freestanding and political – was intended to sketch a justice-based approach social assistance capable of throwing light on emerging welfare institutions in developing countries. the selection of these three concepts was done with this objective in mind. the argument developed here will hopefully demonstrate the relevance of a political theory of justice to our understanding of emerging welfare institutions in developing countries. rawls's theory of justice is certainly richer and more comprehensive than the concepts covered in this article. a comprehensive and critical assessment of rawls' theory of justice is beyond the scope of this article. however, it might be useful to touch upon two criticisms of rawls with a direct bearing on our discussion. pogge ( ) criticises rawls for his reluctance to extend his theory of justice beyond the nation state to the global scale, and also beyond 'ordered societies', that is societies in which a political theory of justice has received universally approval. rawls' law of peoples ( ) only goes as far as describing the responsibilities of 'ordered societies' with respect to non-liberal states as restricted to human rights and economic development. an increasingly globalised world and rapid development in the south would appear to be on the blind side of rawls' theory of justice. in the context of social assistance, the precise articulation of national political processes and global policies, the mgds for example, would merit further discussion at the very least. from a different perspective, fraser ( ) and young ( ) argue that rawls' focus on redistribution misses out the significance of recognition as a central component of justice. their criticisms have direct implications for addressing issues of gender, race, and disability in welfare institutions. fraser ( ) attempts to combine redistribution and recognition in a comprehensive approach to justice. these two criticisms of rawls' theory of justice point to areas of discussion and debate on the shape of emergent welfare institutions in developing countries. it is beyond the scope of this paper to examine potential implications for a justice-based social assistance. ‘real’ social assistance the discussion in the previous sections drew attention to three concepts in rawls: the view of justice as enabling and regulating cooperation; the social minimum as a core component of social justice; and the requirement for a conception of justice to be freestanding and political. this section aims to link them to ‘real’ social assistance institutions emerging in developing countries. restrictions of space require a selective focus on a few issues, and preclude a thorough review of the wide range of practice in developing countries. the objective is not to confirm or validate the approach to the social minimum in rawls, which would greatly exceed the scope of this article. instead the section has the more limited objective of highlighting, with examples, how the three concepts help throw light upon emerging social assistance in developing countries. inclusion not ‘welfare’ the essence of the social minimum is (i) to embed the difference principle and (ii) to ensure that the strains of commitment do not become excessive for disadvantaged groups. the overriding objective of the social minimum is to ensure the economic and political inclusion of disadvantaged groups. it has an instrumental dimension, to ensure the stability of the political notion of justice, but this only works as such because of its substantive dimension. the social minimum embeds the principles of justice, and especially the difference principle. this is confirmed in rawls rejection of waldron’s critique, the rejection of ‘restricted utilitarianism’, and the rejection of the welfare state as an appropriate social minimum. as a general rule, ‘real’ social assistance programmes have explicit poverty reduction objectives. as an objective, inclusion figures more prominently among social assistance programmes in middle-income countries. the explicit role of social protection policy in securing a harmonious society in china is perhaps the most prominent example. in latin america, the extension of social assistance programmes has been explicitly argued on social inclusion terms, and in practice it is contributing to extend the reach of social protection to excluded groups. social assistance has effected a substantive change in the welfare institutions established in the region in the last century, aptly described as truncated (fiszbein ). to an important extent, emerging social assistant programmes in developing countries are productivist, in the sense of aiming to facilitate economic inclusion. economic inclusion features explicitly in some programmes, employment guarantees in particular. they are also implicit in other programmes, for example social pensions seldom include a work test, whereas contributory pensions always do. outcomes are important too. there is a growing literature assessing political inclusion outcomes from antipoverty programmes, for example as regards voter registration and turnout (baez et al. ; de la o ; patel, leila et al. ). the extent to which programmes are rules-based or discretionary in terms of their design and implementation is important in this context (fried ). developmental not compensatory to be effective as a social minimum, it is important that the relevant programmes and policies maximise ‘the life prospects’ of disadvantaged groups, that they have a developmental orientation at their core. this is a very challenging feature of a justice-based social assistance. it makes sense to argue that disadvantaged groups would feel committed to supporting basic institutions in circumstances where their - and especially their children’s - lives can be reasonably expected to improve. this commitment cannot be reduced to personal calculations based on self-interest. rawls argues that social justice and the scheme of cooperation it regulates “will not be stable unless those who must make sacrifices strongly identify with interests broader than their own” (rawls : ). arguably, latin american human development conditional income transfer programmes epitomise the developmental orientation of social assistance as they are explicitly designed to address the persistence of poverty and informality across generations. they have explicit human development objectives at their core. however, studies on unconditional programmes, especially social pensions, also identify human development outcomes from transfers. the point is that social assistance taken as a whole, including human development transfers and pure income transfers, could be reasonably expected to influence the ‘life prospects’ of disadvantaged groups. from this perspective, what should be at stake in debates on particular design features is the desirability of incorporating explicit human development objectives. the relative effectiveness of programmes could best be assessed in terms of their human development outcomes. there is broad agreement around the view that social assistance in developing countries lacks the compensatory orientation it once had in european welfare states. another important issue that flows from this discussion is the term structure of social assistance. only stable and permanent welfare institutions have a chance to influence the life prospects of disadvantaged groups. the really challenging feature of a justice-based social assistance is the focus on ‘life prospects’ or whole lives. it makes sense to measure welfare in the context of whole lives but, as the issue of beneficiary selection indicates, this is hard to do empirically. studies on public perceptions of social investment associated with human development conditional income transfer programmes in latin america suggest it facilitates political support broadly (lindert and vinscensini ), and among high income groups (zucco ). aside from a discussion on the desirability of human development conditions, the point here is that there is a link between political support for poverty reduction and the design of specific instruments. social assistance not social insurance rawls explicitly ruled out prudential (insurance) schemes as well as emergency and humanitarian assistance from the social minimum. this is not to suggest that these schemes are unnecessary or undesirable, quite the contrary. but they are not part of the social minimum. social assistance, on the other hand, is at the core of the social minimum. this is especially the case if it is designed and implemented to ensure inclusion and maximise the life prospects of the least advantaged. this is a controversial view, especially in light of widely held views on the development of european welfare states. in european welfare states social insurance is dominant while social assistance is often residual. different types of social insurance schemes are available, but their core feature is the fact that coverage of risks is dependent on a contributory principle (plant ). in the beveridge version of social insurance flat contributions have as a counterpart flat benefits. in the bismarckian scheme, contributions and benefits are stratified. in contrast, social assistance is based on a citizenship principle, and entitlements are not dependent on contributions to particular schemes. south africa, new zealand and australia are examples of countries with welfare institutions primarily based on social assistance. by contrast, latin american followed the european route. almost a century after the introduction of stratified social insurance schemes in the region, less than half of salaried workers make regular contributions to pension schemes and health insurance. the linkages existing between contributory- and citizenship-based welfare institutions on the one hand and political regimes on the other have received scant attention in the context of developing countries. mares and carnes ( ) find that the emergence of social insurance, including in developing countries, is associated with authoritarian regimes. the recent spread of social assistance in developing countries has been associated with democratisation (brooks ). political not metaphysical in rawls view, the social minimum, as a core component of a political notion of justice, is the outcome of democratic processes unfolding within a polity. it is legitimate only under these circumstances and it is freestanding with respect to comprehensive moral doctrines. what are appropriate political processes in the context of the social minimum? they include publicity, supporting legislation, parliamentary scrutiny and budget allocations, rules-based implementation, right of appeal, accountable public agencies. in other words, the social minimum requires appropriate levels of institutionalisation. in developing countries, social assistance programmes are rapidly gaining institutionalisation. this is perhaps truer of middle- income countries than of low-income countries. in latin america, the institutionalisation of social assistance has advanced rapidly (cecchini and martínez ). in sub-saharan africa some countries have strengthened the legal framework supporting social assistance. mozambique’s basic social protection law and kenya’s commitment to social protection in the new constitutions are recent examples. these developments reflect political processes of legitimation and accountability. however, institutionalisation and accountability show significant deficiencies in many countries. and in aid dependent countries, the influence of donors militates against domestic political ownership of social assistance programmes (barrientos and santibañez ; niño-zarazúa et al. ). international advocacy for social protection often offers social rights as an imperative for developing countries. this applies especially to multilaterals and bilaterals, the ilo and dfid for example, and to international ngos like helpage international. arguably, it is possible to take human rights as principles reflecting social and political values and priorities. as such, they constitute an important input into national level debates and might be eventually incorporated in national legislation. a different interpretation is to see social rights as supranational legislation or as reflecting deep humanist values. it is an interesting question whether social rights contribute to, or dominate, political processes associated with social assistance. a justice-based social assistance requires it to be free standing with respect to comprehensive moral doctrines. conclusions drawing on three concepts from rawls’ political notion of justice – social justice as regulating cooperation, the social minimum, and the requirement of a freestanding political notion of social justice – the paper argued there is a strong case for grounding social assistance on social justice. social assistance is a core component of the social minimum, preventing the 'strains of commitment’ from becoming excessive for disadvantage groups and maximising their life- prospects. linking these concepts to the areas of practice in ‘real’ social assistance in developing countries provided examples how these concepts can throw light on the emergence of social assistance in developing countries. the discussion in the article would be consistent with the following answers to the three core questions raised at the beginning of the paper. what are the main objectives of social protection institutions in developing countries? the main objective of justice-based welfare institutions is to ensure the inclusion of disadvantaged groups, to maximise their life prospects and to ensure, as a result, that their commitment to social justice is sustained. the core features and growth to scale of social assistance in developing countries indicate movement towards these objectives. what should be their scope and reach? in combination with other social policies, justice-based social assistance should ensure a range of policies and programmes ensure the economic, political, and social inclusion of disadvantaged groups. real social assistance in developing countries has an explicit focus on poverty reduction and extreme poverty eradication, but the broader focus on inclusion is increasingly coming to the fore in middle-income countries. in low-income countries the reach of social assistance programmes is limited, but in middle income countries large-scale programmes reach the majority of households in poverty. a challenge faced by developing countries is to extend the reach of social assistance programmes to include broader disadvantage populations facing economic and political exclusion. what is the source of their legitimacy? justice-based social assistance derives its legitimacy from political processes of justification within particular societies. this is reflected in practice in the extent of institutionalisation of programmes and policies. real social assistance shows rapid improvements in institutionalisation in middle-income countries but a slower pace among lower income countries. notes in institutional terms, social protection includes social insurance and social assistance. social insurance describes contributory programmes covering life course and employment risks. social assistance describes budget-financed programmes addressing poverty and deprivation. for the purposes of this paper social assistance, social transfers, and antipoverty transfer programmes are synonymous. the history of welfare institutions in high income countries shows that emerging welfare institutions have feedback effects on social structures and contribute to shape social preferences and institutions (esping-andersen ; pierson ; skocpol ). rawls’ justice as fairness has been subject to extensive criticism and development. see pogge ( ) for a review. other policies are important too, such as ensuring basic liberties, fair equality of opportunity, preventing monopolies (rawls ). the social minimum is part of a package. rawls argues that the minimum need not be high. in part because it has limits arising from the need to invest in future generations and also arising from the incentive effects of the collection of tax revenues to support it. “now off hand it might seem that the difference principle requires a very high minimum. one naturally imagines that the greater wealth of those better off is to be scaled down until everyone has nearly the same income. but this is a misconception, although it might hold in special circumstances. the appropriate expectation in applying the difference principle is that of the long term prospects of the least favoured extending over future generations” (rawls : ). rawls argues that 'restricted utilitarianism' might be ineffective as a 'pacification' device, because it requires the least advantaged to accept their sacrifice for the benefit of others. this explains “why utilitarians should stress the role of sympathy in moral learning and the central place of benevolence among the moral virtues. their conception of justice is threatened with instability unless sympathy and benevolence can be widely and intensively cultivated” (rawls : ). according to freeman, “rawls defines a ‘comprehensive doctrine’ as one that includes conceptions of what is of value in life and give life its meaning” (freeman : ). cohen points that a condition that citizens are free and equal suggests this optimism is well founded. as he puts it, to “say that citizens are free is to say, inter alia, that no comprehensive moral or religious view provides a defining condition of membership or the foundation of the authorization to exercise political power” (cohen : ). however, this condition is demanding, as “each citizen has to assign priority to the political over the non-political values whenever they come into conflict with the political domain” (gordon finlayson and freyenhagen : ). it “is important to rawls that non-controversial findings among experts in the social sciences be permissible basis for arguing for a political conception of justice…”(freeman : ). cohen discusses in more detail the implications of rawls’ constructivism for the nature of democracy (cohen ). see hemerijk’s proposal to replace european ‘welfare states’ with ‘social investment states’, including “…a reorientation of social citizenship, away from the compensating freedom from want logic towards the capacitating freedom to act, under the proviso of accommodating work and family life through social servicing and a guaranteed rich social minimum enabling citizens to pursue fuller and more satisfying lives” (hemerijck : ). for a contrasting view see cantillon ( ). studies on preferences for redistribution find support for the poum hypothesis (prospect of upward mobility)(benabou and ok ). “should any decent welfare state relieve poverty? of course it should. but in a well-ordered welfare state almost all the jobs of relieving poverty will be done by policies which objectives and rationales are quite different. for all except a few unfortunates who fall through the cracks, the relief of poverty is a by-product of a system of cash benefits founded upon principles that do not include the relief of poverty” (barry : ). references baez, j. e., camacho, a., conover, e. and zárate, r. a. ( ) conditional cash transfers, political participation, and voting behavior, the world bank. barrientos, a. ( ) social assistance in developing countries, cambridge: cambridge university press. barrientos, a. and hulme, d. ( ) ‘global norms and national politics: the case of social protection’, in m. langford, a. sumner, and a. yamin (eds). mdgs and human rights: past, present and future. cambridge: cambridge university press, pp. – . barrientos, a. and santibañez, c. ( ) ‘social policy for poverty reduction in lower-income countries in latin america: lessons and challenges’, social policy & administration ( ): – . barry, b. ( ) ‘the welfare state versus the relief of poverty’, ethics ( ): – . benabou, r. and ok, e. a. ( ) ‘social mobility and the demand for redistribution: the poum hypothesis’, quarterly journal of economics ( ): – . borges sugiyama, n. ( ) ‘the difussion of conditional cash transfer programs in the americas’, global social policy ( - ): – . brooks, s. ( ) ‘social protection for the poorest: the adoption of antipoverty cash transfer programs in the global south’, politics and society ( ): – . cantillon, b. ( ) ‘the paradox of the social investment state:growth, employment and poverty in the lisbon era’, journal of european social policy ( ): . cecchini, s. and martínez, r. ( ) protección social inclusiva en américa latina: una mirada integral, un enfoque de derechos, santiago: cepal. cohen, j. ( ) philosophy, politics, democracy. selected essays, cambridge ma: harvard university press. de la o, a. l. ( ) ‘do conditional cash transfers affect electoral behaviour? evidence from a randomized experiment in mexico’, american journal of political science ( ): – . esping-andersen, g. ( ) the three worlds of welfare capitalism, cambridge: polity press. fiszbein, a. ( ) beyond truncated welfare states: quo vadis latin america?, the world bank. frankfurt, h. ( ) ‘equality as a moral ideal’, ethics : – . fraser, n. ( ) ‘from redistribution to recognition? dilemmas of justice in a “post-socialist” age’, new left review ( ): – . fraser, n. ( ) ‘reframing justice in a globalizing world’, new left review : – . freeman, s. ( ) rawls, london: routledge. fried, b. j. ( ) ‘distributive politics and conditional cash transfers: the case of brazil’s bolsa família’, world development ( ): – . gordon finlayson, j. and freyenhagen, f. ( ) habermas and rawls. disputing the political, london: routledge. grosh, m., del ninno, c., tesliuc, e. and ouerghi, a. ( ) for protection and promotion. the design and implementation of effective safety nets, washington dc: the world bank. hemerijck, a. ( ) changing welfare states, oxford: oxford university press. hickey, s. ( ) ‘relocating social protection within a radical project of social justice’, european journal of development research ( ): – . lindert, k. and vinscensini, v. ( ) social policy, perceptions and the press: an analysis of the media’s treatment of conditional cash transfers in brazil, the world bank. mares, i. and carnes, m. ( ) ‘social policy in developing countries’, annual review of political science : – . miller, d. ( ) principles of social justice, cambridge ma: harvard university press. munro, l. t. ( ) ‘risks, rights and needs: compatible or contradictory bases for social protection’, in a. barrientos and d. hulme (eds). social protection for the poor and poorest: concepts, policies and politics. london: palgrave. niño-zarazúa, m., barrientos, a., hickey, s. and hulme, d. ( ) ‘social protection in sub- saharan africa : getting the politics right’, world development ( ): – . patel, leila, sadia, yolanda, graham, victoria, delany, aislinn and baldry, kim ( ) voting behaviour and the influence of social protection. a study of voting behaviour in three poor areas in south africa, johannesburg: centre for social development in africa, university of johannesburg. pierson, p. ( ) ‘when effect becomes cause: policy feedback and political change’, world politics ( ): – . plant, r. ( ) ‘citizenship and social security’, fiscal studies ( ): – . pogge, t. ( ) ‘an egalitarian law of peoples’, philosophy and public affairs ( ): – . pogge, t. w. ( ) realizing rawls, ithaca ny: cornell university press. rawls, j. ( ) a theory of justice, cambridge, ma: harvard university press. rawls, j. ( ) justice as fairness. a restatement, london: the belknap press of harvard university press. rawls, j. ( ) the law of peoples, harvard: harvard university press. rawls, j. ( ) political liberalism, expanded edition., new york: columbia university press. skocpol, t. ( ) ‘state formation and social policy in the united states’, american behavioral scientist ( - ): – . ulriksen, m. s. and plagerson, s. ( ) ‘social protection: rethinking rights and duties’, world development : – . waldron, j. ( ) ‘john rawls and the social minimum’, journal of applied philosophy ( ): – . white, s. ( ) ‘ethics’, in f. g. castles, s. leibfried, j. lewis, h. obinger, and c. pierson (eds). the oxford handbook of the welfare state. oxford: oxford university press, pp. – . young, i. m. ( ) justice and the politics of difference, princeton nj: princeton university press. zucco, c. ( ) conditionality and support for redistributive transfers: results from observational and survey-experimental studies, sao paulo: fgv. microsoft word - geoforum ej editorial final.doc geographies of environmental justice the concept of environmental justice, from its earliest emergence in the civil rights politics of the united states, has always been intensely geographical. the legal and political contestation of proposals to site polluting and toxic facilities in predominantly poor and black communities, which formed the central political mobilisation of the us environmental justice movement, focused on questions of distribution, inequality and injustice which resonate with long standing traditions of geographical enquiry and analysis. the body of us based literature on environmental justice contains substantial contributions by geographers, including multiple empirical studies of patterns of location of industrial and waste sites, historical research on processes of co-evolution of urban and industrial development, and analysis of environmental justice activism in general and in particular settings. not surprisingly much of this work has been framed by the particularities of environmental justice in the us. whilst there are significant exceptions, attention has predominantly been given to the socio-spatial distribution of pollution and ‘toxicity’ within us national borders, to the politics of race and civil rights, and to policy responses to accusations of environmental racism in facility siting. however, the terminology of environmental justice has now travelled beyond the us and the sites of grassroots activism within which it originated. whilst retaining its potency in relation to grassroots and everyday struggles against injustice at multiple political sites (dunion and scandrett ; schlosberg ), this ‘fast conceptual transfer’ (debbane and keil : ) has taken place mainly within political and academic elites. principles of environmental justice have as a consequence begun to feature within policy rhetoric and the work of mainstream institutions operating in varied places and at different scales of governance. for example, in the uk environmental justice (or, frequently ‘environmental inequality’ or ‘environment and social justice’, the terminological significance of which may serve do particular political work in terms of what is included in the politics of justice and the environment) has been included in the strategic priorities of the main environmental regulatory agency, the environment agency (chalmers and colvin ), and features repeatedly within the new national strategy for sustainable development, securing the future (defra ). in south africa, principles of environmental core metadata, citation and similar papers at core.ac.uk provided by lancaster e-prints https://core.ac.uk/display/ ?utm_source=pdf&utm_medium=banner&utm_campaign=pdf-decoration-v justice have been bought into the mainstream through their inclusion in the constitution (patel, this volume), and within the negotiations and documentation of multilateral environmental agreements, principles of equity and justice frequently surface (okereke, this volume). in breaking away from its origins and initial framing in the us, the concept of environmental justice is evolving to become broader in scope and more encompassing in the sites, forms and processes of injustice it is concerned with. in becoming more globalised, the environmental justice agenda is extending into questions of distribution both between and across nation-states (stephens et al ; newell ), and into very different political, cultural and economic environments (ageyman et al, ). justice ‘to whom’ is being cast in more inclusive terms to include, for example, differences of gender, age and the rights of future generations (buckingham- hatfield et al ; dobson ). notions of the environment have similarly broadened to include access to environmental goods and resources such as water, energy and greenspace (lucas et al , heynen ) and the threat of ‘natural’ as well as technologically produced risks, interfacing here with ‘vulnerability’ literatures (walker et al ; adger et al. ; pelling ) whilst opening up new pathways for activism, academic analysis, and institutional intervention, a dynamic and expansive environmental justice agenda also raises many challenges. this special issue of geoforum considers such challenges and their implications by explicitly focusing on arenas within which environmental justice has to date been relatively unexplored. first presented at a session on environmental justice organised by the planning and environment research group of the royal geographical society/institute of british geographers at the international geographical congress, held in glasgow in august , the papers demonstrate the resurgence of critical concern with issues of environmental justice, and broader issues of (in)justice and (in)equality, within the geographical imagination. in exploring the varied geographies of environmental justice, the papers take on board the need to examine the evolution and application of the concept outside of the narrow confines of the us, and beyond western liberal notions of environment and justice. to this end, other papers from the conference session concerned specifically with the uk context have been published in local environment: the international journal for justice and sustainability, ( ). each of the papers is seeking a critical engagement with the use of an environmental justice framework. they do so in different post-colonial political and cultural contexts - india, ireland, south africa, australia, singapore - and at different scales of articulation extending from the particular local case, through to institutions of international environmental governance. in setting the scene for these discussions, in the remainder of this editorial we consider three particular challenges for the development of (geographical) research on environmental justice: first, how questions of terminology, meaning and definition may be addressed; second, the connections between environmental justice and sustainability; and finally, how notions of environmental justice must confront issues of multiplicity and diversity. environmental justice and inequality despite the long history of theoretical discussion over the term justice and all that it implies, the notion of environmental justice, in part reflecting its roots in a social movement, has been subject to less intensive interrogation and definitional precision. the way in which the notion of environmental justice has been deployed has been more as an instinctive gut reaction than as a closely argued concept. there are, of course, some extensive and rigorous treatments (e.g. dobson ; low and gleeson ), but in the main the impulse has been to call for environmental justice as a response to perceived injustice, as judged through observations of unreasonable inequality in outcome and lack of ‘fair treatment’ for, in particular, people and social groups that are already marginalised and disadvantaged. given that there are some shared, common sense understandings of environmental injustice/justice, further conceptual deliberation and clarification may not be all that useful. on the other hand, as the concept breaks free from its initial moorings and is at once translated into other political sites of intervention and taken up within mainstream political institutions, exploring critically its varied meanings and keeping hold of a (radical) sense of justice may be important. several of the papers in this issue take some time to consider the meaning of justice in an environmental context, demonstrating the complexities and diversity of perspectives that can be adopted and recruited for strategic purposes. it we take the idea of environmental justice as equality the “familiar and crucial practical question … equality of what is raised. should it be opportunities (after liberal convention), primary goods (after rawls), resources (after dworkin), capabilities (after sen) or welfare outcomes?” (smith : ). in the main, much of the attention initially given to environmental justice adopted a consequential focus on (in)equality of outcomes, that is of the distribution of environmental risks (schlosberg ). there are, however, concerns about a language of justice based on the premise of distributional equality. first, in relation to environmental risks, this logically could be addressed by the even sharing of environmental burdens rather than by addressing any of the route causes of environmental problems (dobson, ). second, given that much of the environment, when broadly defined, is inherently and sometimes uniquely distributed into particular places and cannot sensibly be experienced equally or uniformly, it can become positively perverse to be seeking its ‘even’ distribution (whatever that might mean). in this sense, an unequal distribution of environmental goods or bads by itself may not necessarily be unjust (walker et al a) – it is rather the ‘fairness’ of the processes through which the distribution has occurred and the possibilities which individuals and communities have to avoid or ameliorate risk, or to access environmental resources, which are important. in part for these reasons, both within movements for environmental justice and in academic discourse, alternative notions of justice have been deployed, in terms of both ‘recognition’ (schlosberg ) and participation in the processes through which decisions about exposure to risks and access to resources take place. there is much to be debated here, but, we would argue, no necessity to pursue an agenda of absolute definitional precision and commonality of perspective. whilst ikeme ( ; ) appeals for conceptual clarity and a ‘unifying framework’, the ethical and ideological character of justice theory can only serve to maintain plurality and alternative perspectives are likely to be more or less appropriate to different practical and analytical contexts (there are further tensions here between universal notions of justice/rights and justice worked out on the ground in particular places; see below). furthermore, the term ‘equity’, rather unhelpfully, too easily slips in its use between the descriptive sense of inequality, and the normative sense of justice, providing a further complication for the search for clarity in language and meaning. the papers in this volume ably demonstrate the need to conceive environmental justice as a ‘broad church’ within which different notions of justice are encompassed. williams and mawdsly and davies emphasise process dimensions, considering the ways in which groups are able to articulate and practise environmental justice activism and take forward agendas, which in turn raise questions of distribution, access and recognition. hobson, argues that a performative approach can provide an alternative way of viewing environmental justice and its role in everyday political struggles. patel and okereke both focus on institutions and the ways in which the egalitarian notions of justice in sustainable development are worked out in practice and constrained in turn by technocratic approaches and a neoliberal emphasis on market efficiency. hillman suggests that alongside any treatment of the distributional and procedural aspects of environmental justice, due consideration must also be given to ecological justice – in the form of relationships between the social and natural worlds (low and gleeson ) – and to the ways in which the ‘environment’ is defined in particular social and historical contexts. not only are multiple dimensions of environment and justice invoked across the papers, but their persistent entanglement suggests that outside the realms of abstract conceptual debate, separating out the multiple dimensions of justice and environment may both be futile and of only limited value. environmental justice and sustainability in making a journey from its initial conceptualisation, environmental justice has more directly entered the intellectual and policy territory of sustainable development raising questions of interrelationship and relative utility (ageyman and evans ). given that sustainable development provides the meta-narrative for environmental concerns it is necessary to ask if the environmental justice vocabulary and analytical lens adds anything useful to what is already in place. is this just a new unhelpful, branding which begins to take apart the integrative discourse and values of sustainable development? two key issues are illuminating here. first, whether concepts of justice and equity are reconcilable between the two sets of discourses. second, how notions of environmental justice seek to engage with the traditional model of sustainable development as a means through which to engage economic, social and environmental concerns simultaneously. if we look back to the brundtland report (wced ) as the primary source of conceptualisation of sustainable development, notions of equity and justice are fundamental. the focus on meeting the needs of current and future generations both centres on current inequalities in the meeting of basic needs and establishes the pursuit of intra and intergenerational equity as key dimensions of future progress towards sustainability. if the ability to live in an environment which meets reasonable standards of quality and tolerable levels of environmental risk is included as a basic need, and one which the brundtland report argues is intrinsically necessary for meeting other social needs, then addressing these environmental needs and pursuing environmental justice is manifestly encompassed within, if not central to, the broader framing of sustainable development. in practice, however, from the very earliest stages of implementation, translation and re-presentation of the notion of sustainable development, there have been criticisms that equity and justice issues have been downplayed. nowhere is this perhaps more apparent than in the continuing tensions over responsibilities and equitable approaches to addressing international environmental problems, such as climate change (okereke, this volume). ‘weak’ forms of sustainability have been criticised as casting environmental protection in economic terms, whilst ‘strong’ forms of sustainability have been seen to neglect the impacts that moves to sustain critical environmental capital might have on social equity. in this way, the environmental and social dimensions of sustainability have tended to be separately pursued, neglecting their interactions and attendant equity and justice implications (patel, this volume). when set alongside the failure of environmental movements to engage with how environmental quality is being experienced by marginalised communities at a ‘doorstep’ level; the possibility that the new participatory and deliberative agenda of environmental decision-making may be serving to exclude some ‘public’ voices within the sustainable development discourse the term equity is typically used rather than justice but, as noted above, without a clear definitional distinction whilst privileging others; and the failure of policy appraisal and impact assessment tools to consider how environmental change may be socially distributed (walker et al b), it is hard to argue that all of the many concerns that there might be about how the environment is regressively socially distributed, the fairness of decision-making procedures and the negative social consequences of environmental policy, have been adequately given voice, researched and addressed within the -year discourse of sustainable development. nonetheless, it would be a mistake to view environmental justice as simply plugging this gap. while the discourses and mobilisations of environmental justice provide the political space to consider the ‘socio-environmental’ aspects of sustainability, including, for example, issues of fuel poverty, graffiti and vandalism in the uk (lucas et al ), or the differentials of water use and water culture in south africa (debbane and keil : ), the agenda is both more far-reaching and more fundamental. rather than being only concerned with the surface manifestations of environmental injustice, as a political programme environmental justice is concerned with the underlying causes and dynamics of inequities at different scales. thus, in the context of the urban, for example, ‘there is no such thing as an unsustainable city in general. rather, there are a series of urban and environmental processes that negatively effect some social groups while benefiting others’ (swyngedouw and heynen : ). in seeking to understand the causes and consequences of environmental inequities, and the ways in which they can be addressed, we necessarily confront the relations between the economy, society and the state (newell ). rather than providing a further prop to existing notions of sustainable development, in these ways, environmental justice may bring enable new critical engagements with the relations between economy, environment and society, and illuminate the radical potential of sustainability. as debbane and keil ( : ) argue ‘we must remind ourselves of the perhaps most important single aspect of the global, multiscale environmental justice movement in its various incarnations: its function to provide a safeguard against the depoliticisation of environmental politics.’ in this light, we would argue that the addition of environmental justice as ‘a vocabulary of political opportunity’ (agyeman and evans, ), and a new framing for research and policy attention in which equity is brought to the foreground, is both welcome and necessary. however, it is critical to ensure that as notions of environmental justice enter into mainstream discourses, the elasticity of the concept does not mean that it is reduced to the (relatively) comfortable assessment of how local, visible manifestations of social justice problems can be ‘cleaned up’ and how environmental law can be more strictly enforced (both of which have been evident in governmental interpretations in the uk). rather, in refocusing attention on equity and inequity within sustainable development, environmental justice has the potential to provide a productive intellectual and policy space for multidimensional and multi- scalar exploration of its many meanings, manifestations and implications. environmental justice, multiplicity and diversity recognition of the plurality of the meanings and principles of environmental justice poses a further challenge to those who seek to identify a set of universal principles of justice and sustainability. for some, ‘notions of justice and notions of movements linked to justice struggles are highly diverse and can not be measured or expressed in universal terms’ (debbane and keil : ). for others, the acceptance of different concepts of justice leads to the kind of relativism which makes any notion of justice in the first instance meaningless (low and gleeson ). schlosberg ( ) suggests that an alternative is possible. in recognising the importance of context in shaping struggles for environmental justice, it is argued that by confronting the underlying logics of inequity through multiple sites, a unified, if not uniform, environmental justice movement can be forged (schlosberg : ). the papers in this volume, by taking seriously the difference that different contexts make in shaping discourses and practices of environmental inequities, provide insights into the tensions between universal and particular notions of environmental justice, while willams and mawdsley (this volume) explicitly consider the validity of scholsberg’s arguments for engaging with environmental justice in a post-colonial context. at the same time, engaging with environmental justice poses significant material challenges for those seeking equity in access to resources and in protection from harm. where the ‘environment of justice’ – be it access to clean air, to water, productive land and so on – is subject to change, assessing what constitutes just access and just protection carries additional conceptual and practical challenges (hillman, this volume). given that arguments for environmental justice extend across spatial and temporal scales, and the complexities of the environmental systems within which justice is sought, uncertainties about future environmental goods and bads provide another critical issue with which concepts and policies of environmental justice have to engage (hillman, this volume, okereke, this volume). there are also local contingencies in the conditions under which environmental justice arguments are and can be evoked within strategies of resistance and activism. davies (this volume) contrasts the lack of environmental justice discourse in the case of protests against the siting of an incinerator in ireland, with the political opportunities this could provide in the future through the deployment of scaling-up opportunities, linking with other social justice movements and exploiting the rights now enshrined within the aarhus convention. in the context of the distinctive capitalist state of singapore, hobson (this volume) argues that environmental justice is implicit and performative in the enactment of environmental care and in micro- struggles over the meanings and uses of space, despite the absence of liberal democratic institutions and formal opportunities for political activism. in india williams and mawdsley (this volume) emphasise various ways in which the postcolonial experience shapes and constrains opportunities for pursuing a western model of environmental justice. they argue that the western model becomes particularly problematic in its faith in a deliberative democracy that will be inclusive and afford recognition to all and in the expectation that state action to manage the environment will be both effective and applied in non-discriminatory ways. they more generally conclude from their analysis that “regardless of the theoretical lens through which concepts of injustice are viewed … a close examination of differences in the context in which struggles for environmental justice are located is required” this conclusion pervades each of the papers in this volume and provides an important intervention in the sometimes too easy movement of ideas, approaches and concepts between places and contexts. it is also a timely reminder of the need to consider geography in all of its dimensions in the deployment of an environmental justice discourse and frame of analysis. references adger, n., huq, s., ,brown, k., conway, d. and hulme, m. ( ) adaptation to climate change in the developing world, progress in development studies, ( ): - agyeman, j., bullard, r. d. and evans, b. ( ) just sustainabilities: development in an unequal world, earthscan, london agyeman, j. & evans, b. ( ) just sustainability: the emerging discourse of environmental justice in britain?, the geographical journal, ( ), pp. – . buckingham-hatfield, s., reeves, d. and batchelor, a. ( ) wasting women: the environmental justice of including women in municipal waste management, local environment, ( ), pp - chalmers, h. and colvin, j. ( ) addressing environmental inequalities in uk policy: an action research perspective, local environment, ( ), pp. - . defra ( ) securing the future: delivering the uk sustainable development strategy, london: the stationary office dobson, a. ( ) justice and the environment: conceptions of environmental sustainability and dimensions of social justice, oxford university press, oxford dunion, k. and scandrett, e. ( ) the campaign for environmental justice in scotland as a response to poverty in a northern nation, in j agyeman , r bullard and b evans (eds) just sustainabilities: development in an unequal world, earthscan, london debbané, a. and keil, r. ( ) multiple disconnections: environmental justice and urban water in canada and south africa, space and polity , ( ): - . heynen n. c. ( ) the scalar production of injustice within the urban forest, antipode, ( ) - ikeme, j. ( ) equity, environmental justice and sustainability: incomplete approaches to climate change politics, global environmental change : - low, n. and gleeson, b. ( ) justice, society and nature: an exploration of political ecology, routledge. london lucas, k., walker, g., eames, m., fay, h., and poustie, m. ( ) environment and social justice: rapid research and evidence review, sustainable development research network, policy studies institute, london. newell, p. ( ) race, class and the global politics of environmental inequality, global environmental politics, ( ): - pelling, m. ( ) the vulnerability of cities: natural disasters and social resilience, earthscan, london. scholsberg, d. ( ) reconceiving environmental justice: global movements and political theories, environmental politics, ( ): - . smith, d. ( ) moral progress in human geography: transcending the place of good fortune, progress in human geography, ( ): - . stephens, c., bullock, s. and scott, a. ( ) environmental justice: rights and mean to a healthy environment for all, special briefing paper , esrc global environmental change programme swyngedouw, e. and heynen, n. ( ) urban political ecology, justice and the politics of scale, antipode ( ), - walker, g. p., mitchell, g., fairburn, j. and smith, g. ( a) industrial pollution and social deprivation: evidence and complexity in evaluating and responding to environmental inequality, local environment, ( ), pp - walker, g. p., fay, h. and mitchell, g. ( b) environmental justice impact assessment: an evaluation of requirements and tools for distributional analysis, a report for friends of the earth england and wales, foe, london. walker, g., burningham, k., fielding, j. and smith, g. ( ) addressing environmental inequalities: flood risk, environment agency, bristol. wced (world commission on environment and development) ( ) our common future, oxford university press, oxford. this is the author’s version of a work that was submitted/accepted for pub- lication in the following source: comber, barbara ( ) critical literacy and social justice. journal of adolescent & adult literacy, ( ), pp. - . this file was downloaded from: http://eprints.qut.edu.au/ / c© copyright international reading association notice: changes introduced as a result of publishing processes such as copy-editing and formatting may not be reflected in this document. for a definitive version of this work, please refer to the published source: http://doi.org/ . /jaal. http://eprints.qut.edu.au/view/person/comber,_barbara.html http://eprints.qut.edu.au/ / http://doi.org/ . /jaal. critical literacy and social justice barbara comber abstract given the global escalation of gaps between rich and poor, contemporary work in critical literacy needs to overtly question the politics of poverty. how and where is poverty produced, by what means, by whom and for whom and how are educational systems stratified to provide different kinds of education to the rich and the poor? yet rather than critical literacy, international educational reform movements stress performative standards on basic literacy. in this context literacy researchers need to ask policy-makers hard questions about taken-for-granted rhetoric that surrounds poverty, literacy and education. at school, regional and state levels, educational leaders need to argue for fair resourcing and decision-making for their communities and students. in classrooms teachers need to weave critical questioning and inclusive learning interactions into the fabric of everyday life. introduction one of the so-called ‘wicked problems’ confronting most nations is poverty, or the unequal distribution of resources. this problem is perennial, but how, where and with which physical, psychological, social and educational effects, and for which students (and their teachers), needs continual scrutiny. poverty is relative. entire populations may be poor or groups of people and individuals within nations may be poor. poverty results from injustice. not only the un- and under-employed are living in poverty, but also the ‘working poor’. now we see affluent societies with growing pockets of persistent poverty. while there are those who dispute the statistics on the rise of poverty because different nations use different measures (for example see biddle, ; http://theconversation.com/factcheck-is-poverty-on-the-rise-in-australia- ), there seems to be little dispute that the gaps between the richest and the poorest are increasing (see http://www.stanford.edu/group/scspi/sotu/sotu_ _cpi.pdf). the kinds of poverty that are being produced now may be different to those of the past. economist, thomas piketty ( , p. ) concludes that: a market economy based on private property, if left to itself, contains powerful forces of convergence, associated in particular with the diffusion of knowledge and skills; but also contains powerful forces of divergence, which are potentially threatening to democratic societies and to the values of social justice on which they are based. because wealth distribution is occurring on a global scale, piketty ( , p. ) believes that those who ‘own nothing but their labor’ are increasingly susceptible to dominant entrepreneurs, who prevent institutional democracy and with consequences he sees as ‘potentially terrifying’. a recent oecd report (http://www.keepeek.com/digital-asset-management/oecd/social-issues-migration- health/society-at-a-glance- _soc_glance- -en) indicates growing numbers of people report having ‘problems making ends meet’ and that young and low-skilled workers are hardest hit and face long-term ‘scarring’ effects. they face a future of http://theconversation.com/factcheck-is-poverty-on-the-rise-in-australia- http://theconversation.com/factcheck-is-poverty-on-the-rise-in-australia- diminished earnings and job prospects, at a time when public spending on education has declined. this is a particularly dangerous mix. we hear of ‘deep and persistent disadvantage’ (mclachlan et al., ), and of increasingly divided populations with gaps between the affluent and the poor that impact on young people (stanley, richardson & prior, , pp. - . we are already seeing the emergence of a divided society…the children of the poor live a strikingly different life. increasingly they crowd into low-income suburbs with poor-quality physical environments and public facilities, and worrying levels of crime and disturbance. they go to under-resourced schools with stressed teachers, and go home to parents distracted by worry about how to pay the latest electricity bill. a divided society translates into the residualisation of poor youth into certain schools (kenway, ) impacting on teachers’ work. in the us, james ryan ( , p. ) writes of schools only five miles apart, where ‘the politics of separation’ ensures that young people’s lives and educational futures remain ‘a world apart’. as ryan observes (see also lipman, ; luke, ; ravitch, ) high stakes testing has done nothing positive in terms of guaranteeing a high quality, high equity education. moreover berliner ( ) argues that educational inequality cannot be solved by schools alone but by tackling wider social problems of inequality of income and lack of employment. raffo and colleagues ( ) in the uk note that while education is seen as a way out of poverty, it is typically the poor who gain least from schooling in terms of educational credentials and opportunities. so what do the injustices associated with poverty have to do with critical literacy? education, literacy in particular, is often purported to offer the possibility of social justice. for some ‘working-class’ and immigrant baby boomers, completing high school and going on to higher education was indeed the ticket out of the kinds of poverty experienced by our parents and grandparents. nevertheless, if piketty is right, the game has changed. hence contemporary work in critical literacy needs to overtly question the politics of poverty: how and where is poverty produced, by what means, by whom and for whom and how are educational systems stratified to provide different kinds of education to the rich and the poor? paulo freire ( ), often recognized as the initiator of critical literacy, understood that critical literacy could enable workers and farmers to ask questions about their conditions and argue for their rights. freire conceived of teachers as cultural workers because they could assist people to understand how things were organized to benefit the privileged. now however the whole concept of teachers acting as brokers of powerful learning and questioning is under challenge from global educational reform movements that want teachers to enact scripted curriculum and deliver basic literacy (berliner, ). these international trends require critical literacy and action at multiple levels – at a policy level from researchers to ask hard questions about taken-for-granted rhetoric that surrounds poverty and education (berliner, ; luke, ; ravitch, ); at a school, regional and state level, from educational leaders to argue for a fair resourcing and decision-making for their communities and students; and at classroom level, from teachers to weave critical questioning and inclusive learning interactions into the fabric of everyday life (sandretto & klenner, ). social justice and critical literacy different theories of social justice underpin critical literacy (see zacher pandya & avila, ). my early conception of critical literacy (comber, ) involved the following pedagogical moves:  repositioning students as researchers of language  respecting student resistance and exploring minority culture constructions of literacy  problematising classroom and public texts this approach was informed by freire, but also by australian sociologist r.w. connell’s identification of a key principle of social justice as working in the ‘interests of the least advantaged’ (connell, , p. ). learning from the standpoints of women, the poor, and indigenous peoples, in connell’s view could lead to curricular justice, by changing what counts as valued knowledge. it is more urgent than ever to interrogate common and national curricula being instituted in many countries and states. in connell’s terms: what might constitute ‘curricular justice’? whose interests are represented? what constitutes knowledge? what is open to question and negotiation? what kinds of social justice might be needed to underpin our critical literacy curriculum designs? what kinds of dilemmas are faced daily in schools serving our most disadvantaged communities? if piketty is correct then the kinds of knowledges and skills education provides will be increasingly significant to the quality of life young people can enjoy. longitudinal studies of young people growing up in poverty indicate that the following factors at school make a difference to the literate repertoires they assemble:  the resources factor (the extent to which schools have the human and material resources they need)  the curriculum factor (the quality, scope and depth of what is made available)  the pedagogical factor (the quality of teacher instructional talk, teacher-student relationships and assessment practices).  the recognition factor (the extent to which what students can do counts and that they can see that it counts)  the take-up factor (the extent to which students appropriate literate practices and school authorised discourses)  the translation factor (the extent to which students can make use of and assemble repertoires of practice which they can use in new situations). (comber, badger, barnett, nixon & pitt, ) such heuristics examine curriculum provision, what different learners do with specific learning opportunities and the long-term consequences. standardisation, measurement, comparison, and high stakes tests may contribute to deficit thinking and the removal of educator agency (werts et al., ). given that many schools serve increasingly diverse student communities; have responsibility for educating students in continuously changing digital and communication technologies; and address escalating pressure to lift and sustain measurable standards on high stakes – it is harder, but more important than ever, to keep equity frameworks in the foreground. researching in schools in high poverty and working-class areas i hear about “literacy blocks”, “literacy agreements”, “whole school literacy plans”, “literacy coaches”, extra “literacy bolt-on lessons” in high schools to enhance cohort results on standardized tests. it seems the ‘literacisation’ (comber & hill, ) i feared some years ago has arrived, whereby literacy becomes both the problem and the solution to educational inequities. such an emphasis can be dangerous when coupled with ruthless economic rationalist and neoliberal approaches to government which assume that hardworking literate individuals will always be guaranteed well-paid work. literacy becomes complicit in false promises and deflects attention away from the fundamental injustices. tamara spencer ( ) warns of a similar problem in contemporary in early childhood literacy policy when a ‘research canon’ is appropriated by the media and policy makers, namely, blaming educational inequities on poor parents so-called failure to speak with their children. if learning deficits can be located in the families’ practices, rather than in the social or educational budget, the better for governments! one school community, where i am currently researching the relationship between educational leadership and turnaround literacy pedagogies (comber & kamler, ) has recently learned of the impending closure of the holden car manufacturing plant. it is too expensive to build cars in australia. holden has been the major employer in the area for decades and a great deal of employment and services are associated with it. this is already a high poverty area. the future is bleak. the leadership team is working hard to produce knowledgeable teachers, to ensure clear agreements in offering a balanced literacy program, proper resources for literacy, including rich literature, access to new technologies, understandings of positive psychology and more. however we witness the daily complexity of their work as families grapple with effects of poverty. these manifest in the schoolyard and classrooms as high levels of illness, stress, tiredness, absences, outbreaks of violence. it is hard work to enhance literacy learning in the face of such material challenge. this is not to subscribe to a deficit discourse, but to note that poverty and place do impact on whether young people come to school and sometimes how they arrive in terms of their physical and mental well-being. critical literacies: investigating people, poverty and places recently i worked with teachers in christchurch new zealand, where communities are still struggling with the aftermath of the earthquake over three years later. while some people seem to have been able to command the capital and the resources to have services and buildings fixed, others are still living in damaged dwellings and with limited infrastructure. the repair work is very uneven. after cyclone katrina, feminist geographer cindi katz observed that: geography is always socially produced. and so every landscape can reveal sedimented and contentious histories of occupation; struggles over land use and clashes over meaning, rights of occupancy, and rights to resources. (katz, , p. ) after disasters, the poor seem to get poorer. these trends are depressing and demoralizing. however there are instances of teachers exploring the affordances of such tragedies with young people to tell new stories through dramatic play and story- telling (bateman, danby & howard, ) film-making (mills, comber & kelly, ) and using urban regeneration to reclaim a sense of belonging in place through place conscious pedagogies (sánchez, ). where can teachers turn to investigate the relationships between people and places, work and wealth? educational magazines such as ‘rethinking schools’ offer analyses of such phenomena. for example a recent issue featured an article (gutstein, ) entitled, ‘whose community is this? mathematics of neighborhood displacement’, provides an account from a high school teacher who designed the curriculum to develop students’ understandings of mathematics and justice in the context of gentrification, bank-loans and the changing value of dwellings. such a curriculum brings high level academic understandings together with students’ lived experience and provides them with the intellectual means for complex analyses. yet some literacy lessons we observe consist of repetitive routinized activities practiced day in and day out – fickle empty literacies, like copying and coloring in, which foster compliance and quiet, but little else. scripted pedagogies quickly become barren landscapes for teaching and learning when stripped of significant content and concepts. instead in such contexts it is imperative that literacy lessons are occasions for complex and critical meaning-making, for students to assemble sophisticated analytical repertoires which they can apply to social phenomena such as poverty, youth unemployment or workers’ rights. educators as critical media and policy analysts the press sometimes contributes to the meta-narrative of blaming the poor (comber, ; maguire, ; berliner, ). one story, often repeated, tells of poor folk who spend their welfare money on the wrong things – alcohol, gambling, trendy clothes, and so on. another story is of the likelihood of violence and drugs in poor areas such that some places become demonized no-go zones, except of course for those who live there. these stories of communities become ‘texts of terror’ (rappaport, ) – dominant cultural narratives – which actively reproduce dangerous stereotypes and chains of logic and literally change the ways in which poor youth might be seen by their teachers. however there are important sites where counter-stories are produced in various media. here i take just one example. in australia a magazine produced each fortnight entitled the big issue, is sold on street corners, malls and at public events. these magazines provide a range of texts that both give reliable and easily accessible information about poverty and injustice and about how this is experienced by different people. we are an independent, not-for-profit organisation dedicated to supporting and creating job opportunities for homeless, marginalised and disadvantaged people. simply put, we help people help themselves…. (http://www.thebigissue.org.au/about-the-big-issue/about/; accessed may , ) in the united kingdom, where the big issue originated and where it is still published, a recent issue featured first person accounts of hours in the lives on the street of http://www.thebigissue.org.au/about-the-big-issue/about/ different vendors (http://www.bigissue.com/the-mix/news/ /the-real- ). each issue contains a range of topical articles, letters to the editor, interviews with public figures, cartoons, some facts about poverty and homelessness and vendor profiles. facts include memorable one-liners like: “one in every australians are homeless tonight”. without becoming didactic articles include quotations from interviews with leading cultural commentators such as author tim winton speaking of affluence in contemporary australia: ‘it is a preposterous country and a rich culture, but we are remarkably incurious about those that get left behind in prosperity’s wake’. as the big issue journalist reports not everyone is ‘indifferent to those left behind in the boom’ (quick, , p. ) and she goes onto to include photographic images of patients and doctors treating homeless and marginalized people in perth, western australia. the big issue organization is now offering workshops for school students that help to put poverty on the education agenda. such workshops are particularly valuable in more privileged areas. getting out of deficit: guarding against basic recycled literacies inequities in education relate to both poverty and place (green & letts, ; lipman, ; raffo et al, ). even opportunities for ambient literacy learning may be unequal (jocson & thorne-wallington, ). if contemporary inequalities are beyond those that can be attended to by national states because they are increasingly associated with problems of global capital (piketty, ), then our frameworks for social justice need to be global. what constitutes social justice can no longer be framed within national boundaries (fraser, ). what determines whether people get to live a good life is no longer determined only within the nation state. fraser maintains that: [t]heories of justice must be three dimensional, incorporating the political dimension of representation alongside the economic dimension of distribution and the cultural dimension of recognition (fraser, , p. , my emphasis). these three dimensions of justice have informed thinking about social justice in literacy education (woods, dooley, luke, exley, ), including my own. however as fraser explains it is now increasingly difficult to work out the ‘who’ and the ‘how’ of justice in times of globalization. [t]the forces which perpetuate injustice belong not to ‘the space of places’, but to ‘the space of flows’. not locatable within the jurisdiction of any actual or conceivable territorial state, they cannot be made answerable to claims of the state- territorial principle (fraser, , p. ). in closing his economic analysis covering centuries piketty argues for the importance of history in understanding how things came to be as they are and how they might be changed and that social scientists, activists, journalists and commentators, and i would add educational researchers, ‘should take a serious interest in money’ (piketty, , p. ). he reminds us that: those who have a lot of it never fail to defend their interests. refusing to deal with numbers rarely serves the interests of the least well-off. http://www.bigissue.com/the-mix/news/ /the-real- designing curriculum with a social justice agenda requires knowledge about the relationships between people, places and poverty. this will mean enhancing teacher knowledge of economics, statistics, geography, politics and history. future critical literacy practices need to engage teachers and students in investigating relationships between changing phenomena, including money, rather than a static embracing of the old so-called basics and compliance with the status-quo. references bateman, a. danby, s. & howard, j. ( ). living in a broken world: how young children's well-being is supported through playing out their earthquake experiences. international journal of play, ( ), - . berliner, d. ( ). effects of inequality and poverty vs. teachers and schooling on america’s youth. teachers college record, ( ). comber, b. ( ). literacy, poverty and schooling: working against deficit equations. english in australia - : - . comber, b. ( ). critical literacy: an introduction to australian debates and perspectives. journal of curriculum studies ( ), - . comber, b., badger, l., barnett, j., nixon, h. & pitt, j. ( ). literacy after the early years: a longitudinal study. australian journal of language and literacy, ( ), - . comber, b & hill, s. ( ). socio-economic disadvantage, literacy and social justice: learning from longitudinal case study research. the australian educational researcher, ( ), - . comber, b. & kamler, b. ( ). getting out of deficit: pedagogies of reconnection. teaching education, ( ), - . connell, r.w. ( ). schools and social justice. toronto: our schools/our selves education foundation. fraser, n. ( ). scales of justice: reimagining political space ina globalising world. new york: columbia university press. freire, p. ( ). pedagogy of the oppressed. new york: seabury. green, b. and letts, w. ( ). space, equity, and rural education: a trialectical account. in k. gulson & c. symes (eds.). spatial theories of education: policy and geography matters (pp. - ). new york and london: routledge. gutstein, e. ( ). whose community is this? mathematics of neighborhood displacement. rethinking schools, ( ) http://www.rethinkingschools.org/archive/ _ / _ _gutstein.shtml jocson, k & thorne-wallington, e. ( ). mapping literacy-rich environments: geospatial perspectives on literacy and education. teachers college record, ( ) p. - , http://www.tcrecord.org id number: , date accessed: / / : : pm. katz, c. ( ). bad elements: katrina and the soured landscape of social reproduction. gender, place and culture ( ), - . kenway, j. ( ). challenging inequality in australian schools: gonski and beyond. discourse: studies in the cultural politics of education. ( ), - . lipman, p. ( ). the new political economy of urban education: neoliberalism, race and the right to the city. new york & london: routledge. http://www.tcrecord.org.ezp .library.qut.edu.au/home.asp luke, a. ( ). after the testing: talking and reading and writing the world. journal of adolescent and adult literacy, ( ), pp. - . mclachlan, r. gilfillan, g. & gordon, j. ( ). deep and persistent disadvantage in australia. productivity commission staff working paper, canberra. mills, k. comber, b. & kelly, p. ( ). place and media production: embodiment, kinesis, sensoriality and children behind the camera. english teaching: practice and critique, ( ), - . oecd ( ). society at a glance : oecd social indicators, oecd publishing. doi: . /soc_glance- -en. piketty, t. ( ). capital in the twenty-first century. (trans. a. goldhammer). cambridge, massachusetts: the belknap press of harvard university press. quick, s. ( ). health matters. the big issue, february - march, pp. - . raffo, c. dyson, a. gunter, h. hall, d. jones, l & kalambouka, a. (eds.). ( ). education and poverty in affluent countries. new york & london: routledge. rappaport, j. ( ). community narratives: tales of terror and joy. american journal of community psychology, ( ), - . ryan, j. ( ). five miles away, a world apart: one city, two schools, and the story of educational opportunity in modern america. oxford: oxford university press. sánchez ( ). building on young children's cultural histories through placemaking in the classroom, contemporary issues in early childhood, ( ), - . http://dx.doi.org.ezp .library.qut.edu.au/ . /ciec. . . . sandretto, s. with klemmer, s. ( ). planting seeds: embedding critical literacy into your classroom programme. wellington: nzcer press. spencer, t. ( ). the danger of canonizing research withing early childhood literacy policies. language arts, ( ), - . stanley, f. richardson, s. & prior, m. ( ). children of the lucky country? how australian society has turned its back on children and why children matter. sydney: macmillan. werts, a. sala, m. lindle, j. horace, j. brewer, c. & knoeppel, r. ( ). education stakeholders' translation and sense-making of accountability policies. leadership and policy in schools, : , - , doi: . / . . . woods, a. dooley, k. luke, a. exley, b. ( ). school leadership, literacy and social justice: the place of local school curriculum planning and reform. in i. bogotch & c. shields (eds.). international handbook of educational leadership and social (in)justice (pp. - ). new york: springer. zacher, pandya, j & avila, j. (ed.). ( ). moving critical literacies forward: a new look at praxis across contexts. new york & london: routledge. http://dx.doi.org/ . /soc_glance- -en http://dx.doi.org.ezp .library.qut.edu.au/ . /ciec. . . . notes and news. would sooner divest themselves; and the best way to encourage crime of the worst character in the reading ranks of life is to promulgate the " couldn't help it " doctrine, taking care to invest it with the authority of science. constance kent's confession completely brushes away all the fine-spun cobwebs which pseudo- philanthropists and philosophers have been spinning about her case. the culprit owns her motive—the old-fashioned one of jealousy and revenge—and describes the consummate craft, subtlety, and cruelty with which she accomplished her purpose—a purpose which she had nursed for a long period, and which she would never have confessed had not her dormant better nature—of which no human being is utterly destitute—been awakened by the teachings of religion. dr. bucknill, whilst he throws any suspicion of insanity iu the case to the winds, yet thinks* " that, owing to the peculiarities of her constitution, it is probable that under prolonged solitary confinement she would become insane." he goes on to say that " the validity of this opinion is of importance now that the sen tence of death has been commuted to penal servitude for life ; for no one could desire that the punishment of the criminal should be so carried out as to cause danger of a further and greater punishment not contemplated by law." we are quite ready to concede to dr. buckuill that miss constance kent's history shows that she has "a peculiarity of disposition" which seems to us, however, to be peculiar only in strength of will and depravity ; but that, because her early girlhood was blackened by a great crime, conspicuous for the coolness, determination, and circumspection with which it was executed, she is more likely to go mad than other criminals, we do not see. aye sincerely hope that the accounts we have heard of constance kent's peni tence may be true, but we should be sorry to see her let loose on society on the ground that insanity might be produced by pro longed confinement. there is really but one party to be con sidered in the matter. public safety and public justice require that such criminals as miss kent should not only be punished, but restrained from committing further crimes. although in the course of their punishment insanity should arise, the infliction of a just sentence is not to be suspended or relaxed on such a possibility. we may also remind dr. bucknill that penal servitude and solitary confinement for life are by no means one and the same thing.—medical times and gazelle, sept. nd. justice to criminal lunatics. on the th july, we commented on the case of george broom- field, who had been tried for murder and left for execution—the notes and news. man being a manifest lunatic. notwithstanding his trial by judge and jury, the man has since been reprieved and converted into a criminal lunatic. again, on august rd, a man was tried for murder of his wife. the crime of murder, and the responsibility of the murderer, according to law, were as certain and clear in this case as in the case of broomfield ; but mr. justice montague smith saw the case in a different light from the judge who tried broomfield, and actually stopped the trial ; and the man was ac quitted on the ground of insanity. we venture to think that, in both these cases, there is a grievous miscarriage of justice ; and that the conclusions arrived at in both cases must tend to bring judge and jury and criminal law into disrepute. in the case of broomfield, the man, after being tried by judge and jury, is again tried by a government expert (whose name even does not appear) ; and by the sentence of this expert is upset the solemn verdict of the jury. this sort of upsetting of justice is becoming an everyday oc currence ; and it will continue to be so, until government has the good sense to send an expert in lunacy to examine and give evi dence in court concerning the mental condition of criminals, who are supposed to be, or who are, lunatic. what can be more outrageous to reason and justice—more brutal, we might say—than to throw upon a lunatic the onus probandi his lunatic state of mind ? what, again, can be more dissonant from our english idea of administering justice, than that the verdict of the jury should be reconsidered and settled after trial by an unknown and irresponsible lunacy expert ? what can more tend to throw the opinions of judges and the verdict of juries into disrepute—to render justice uncertain—than the fact that, after the solemn judicial trial of a criminal, he is to be tried again in private by an individual who is responsible to no court of law ? is it not a scandal to our laws that cases of such kind should be now of constant occurrence? smethurst, for example, was condemned to death by judge and jury ; but his fate was finally decided by a report of the late sir b. brodie, who thus revised the jury's verdict ! consider, again, the scandal of townley's case. he is first made a lunatic by the jury and sent to a lunatic asylum ; and afterwards declared sane by government experts, and sent from the lunatic asylum into penal servitude for life. all such constantly recurring scandals to justice can be prevented by making the impartial government expert give his evidence in court during the trial, and, therefore, of course, before the jury deliver their verdict. such a course of proceeding is demanded by humanity as well as by justice. humanity requires that a skilled and impartial inquirer should investigate and report upon the con dition of supposed criminal lunatics; and save them—if they be notes and news. really lunatic in the eyes of science—from the hangman's hands. why should a poverty-stricken wretch be put in a worse position than the rich criminal who is able to fee heavily some high authority in lunacy ? and again, justice demands, on the other side, that criminals who have the means of paying heavy fees in order to bring witnesses with high names into court, should not thereby escape the just reward of their crimes. justice demands that, in suoli cases also, an impartial government expert should be there to counteract the evidence of the authoritative names; i.e., if the evidence be guided by party considerations rather than by the actual facts of the case.—british medical journal, sept. nd. the legal view of insanity. to the editor of ' the lancet.' sir,—at winchester, on july th, george broomfield was found guilty of murder. he was ably defended by mr. coleridge, q.c., on the ground of insanity. it was proved in evidence that two years previously he had been shot in the head, and had since been a "changed man;" that he had delusions and suicidal im pulses ; and that at this moment he is half dead from the effects of a shot-wound inflicted upon himself. the counsel for the crown made no attempt to rebut the evidence of dr. tweed, and that of a crowd of other witnesses who deposed to the insanity of the prisoner; nevertheless the learned judge, in his summing-up, told the jury that " it was not every aberration of mind that would free the prisoner— it must be such an aberration of intellect as to disable him from distinguishing between right and wrong." under this ruling the jury returned a verdict of " guilty," and the poor, lunatic cri minal, whose own only plea was, " i wish to die," is duly sentenced to be hanged. the same eloquent counsel, before the same judge, will, on saturday, plead in behalf of miss constance kent. it is possible that in her case the defence of insanity may be set up, and may be equally justified ; nevertheless it is clear that, whether insane or not, she must be condemned to death on her own confession, by making which she herself shows her full appreciation and knowledge of the difference between right and wrong. surely there must be some grave mistake as to the value of a test that inevitably sends the possibly insane daughter of an insane mother to die upon the scaffold. that it is practically fallacious must be shown by the fact that, standing by her side, condemned in the same week by the same judge, will be found another unhappy homicide, admittedly suffering under mental disease arising from physical injury to the brain, infinite justice: an architectural coda author(s): arindam dutta source: grey room, no. , on / (spring, ), pp. - published by: the mit press stable url: http://www.jstor.org/stable/ accessed: / / : your use of the jstor archive indicates your acceptance of jstor's terms and conditions of use, available at http://www.jstor.org/page/info/about/policies/terms.jsp. jstor's terms and conditions of use provides, in part, that unless you have obtained prior permission, you may not download an entire issue of a journal or multiple copies of articles, and you may use content in the jstor archive only for your personal, non-commercial use. please contact the publisher regarding any further use of this work. publisher contact information may be obtained at http://www.jstor.org/action/showpublisher?publishercode=mitpress. each copy of any part of a jstor transmission must contain the same copyright notice that appears on the screen or printed page of such transmission. jstor is a not-for-profit organization founded in to build trusted digital archives for scholarship. we work with the scholarly community to preserve their work and the materials they rely upon, and to build a common research platform that promotes the discovery and use of these resources. for more information about jstor, please contact support@jstor.org. the mit press is collaborating with jstor to digitize, preserve and extend access to grey room. http://www.jstor.org http://www.jstor.org/stable/ ?origin=jstor-pdf http://www.jstor.org/page/info/about/policies/terms.jsp http://www.jstor.org/action/showpublisher?publishercode=mitpress infinite justice: an architectural coda arindam dutta we begin with lyotard's opening paragraph on the "differend": as distinguished from a litigation, a differend [differend] would be a case of conflict, between (at least) two parties, that cannot be equitably resolved for lack of a rule of judgement applicable to both arguments. one side's legitimacy does not imply the other's lack of legitimacy. however, by applying a single rule of judgement to both in order to settle their differend as though it were merely a litigation would wrong (at least) one of them (and both of them if neither side admits this rule). damages result from an injury which is inflicted upon the rules of a genre of discourse but which is reparable according to those rules. a wrong results from the fact that the rules of the genre of discourse by which one judges are not those of the judged genre or genres of discourse. there are the standard questions that need repeating: whose justice? whose history? whose memory? whose architecture? whose modernity? lyotard's dazzling passage introduces the concept of the differend as the residual or excess element in the scene of the encounter, any encounter, between heterogeneous modes of discourse. to be attentive to the differend is to bear witness to the irreducible alterity of the other, at the very point where either party seems to resist the very terms of the encounter. lyotard opens the framing of the differend with a european example-the problem at hand is juridical, posed as a problem of evidence. those who witnessed the gas chambers in action, those who could testify to their existence and use, died in them. in their absence, how are others to persuade the tribunals that the gas chambers did indeed exist, or more important, to whom do they owe justice when the victims themselves no longer live to phrase their tes- timony? since the rest of the world did not die in the gas chambers, what world would be a beneficiary of this justice? the questions asked earlier can be reframed, not only as whose justice, but also as justice for whom? in its ultimate unwillingness to address these questions within its own territo- ries, europe exports the "jewish" differend to asia. let us reframe the differend through an asian example. the place: hopetown, part of the penal colony founded by the british in grey room spring , pp. - , grey room, inc. and massachusetts institute of technology -~' ' - . the i dian empire rpuea~ f sir w a? wimoa wlsohmte mperial gazetteer of india ,i. . ̂ &. l ::*n*r**rr u,~~~~ o "map of india showing the principal buddhist localities:' in james fergusson: history of indian and eastern architecture. ( ; delhi: munshiram manoharlal publishers, ). the andaman and nicobar islands, in the middle of the bay of bengal. the time: the evening of february , . a visiting dignitary, an irishman named richard southwell bourke steps off the boat along with his official retinue. they are here to inspect the programs set underway to "reform" the convicts. as they head back to the ship after having toured the island, a man creeps up behind bourke, stabs him in the back, and kills him. the mur- derer's name, as far as we are able to determine, is sher ali. he is a pashtun native of jamrud, near peshawar, at the foot of the khyber pass. after , having miserably failed to conquer the entirety of the pashtun homelands, the british will call this area the north-west frontier province (nwfp), a name that remains to the present day. its strategic geopolitical importance as the frontier toward the vast tsarist empire to the north takes precedence over local place names. to its immediate west is afghanistan, much of whose population is composed of the same ethnic background as sher ali's. over the period between and , britain and russia will fight three major wars and many small battles in this region, using several local warlords as proxies and dupes. sher ali, a subaltern in the peshawar police, had been arrested for avenging the murder of a kinsman by killing the assailant, a practice justified in tribal custom under certain conditions. british jurisprudence, which forbade the individual from taking the law into his own hands, deemed ali's act a crim- inal infraction. the trial was carried out on what was at best questionable jurisdiction-had ali incidentally carried out the murder outside of the porous borders of british-held territory, he would not have come under the purview of british law. taking these circumstances into consideration, the magistrate handed out what he considered a lenient sentence-transporta- tion to the andamans. it is precisely because of the importance given to cus- tom in british jurisprudence and political thought that the incarcerated subject has to be distanced from its "traditional" surroundings. edmund burke's traditionalism is as much the progenitor of the penal colony as the utilitarianism of bentham. considering this symbolic ignominy rather than legitimate punishment, sher ali asked to be put to death, rather than be incarcerated in a foreign land. this voluntary offer was, of course, ignored. at the andamans, ali now set about planning his own death, but this time he would factor in british imperial justice in an entirely new equation. when sher ali killed bourke in , he had waited four years for the opportunity, four years of planning and waiting not only for a significant victim to arrive but for his own death as well. and the murdered victim was the ideal one, indeed it was an assassination and not just a murder, since bourke was none other than the earl of mayo, benjamin disraeli's appointee as the viceroy of india, the laat saaheb of britain's eastern empire. the grey room incident triggered shock waves across the world, including a corresponding burst of nationalism in britain itself. many commented on how mourning had "united" the country from its usual fractious internal rivalries. newspapers opined and discussed, editorialized and investigated the possible geopolit- ical implications of the event. the british-run friend of india suggested that the government "[s]end the scoundrel to perdition in a pig skin to break his caste." when asked to divulge his accomplices, sher ali refuted any larger plot, "mera sharik koi ddmi nahin; merd sharfk khuda hai" (no mortal is my companion, my companion is god himself). his statement notwith- standing, almost everybody was intent on wrenching global meaning out of this isolated act. liberals, nervous not to sound antipatriotic, made ineffec- tive noises attributing the act to disaffection over britain's economic and taxation policies. some pointed out mayo's oppressive treatment of wahhabism, an insurgent and millenarian movement that had recently emerged in india. the times in london darkly hinted at the existence of a secret "fraternity of hatred," of a secret wahhabi plot to undermine the british empire. originally founded in the eighteenth century in the nadj area where the saud tribe had established a kingdom on its literalist emphasis on the reading of islamic scriptures, the wahhabi movement in india had no direct connections to the arab context. its beginnings stemmed from conversions to the cause in the eastern city of patna. its early campaigns had been directed against the sikh kingdom, under which muslims were badly off. since the british were fight- ing the sikhs at this time, they found it convenient to encourage them in the early stage. however, with the annexure of the punjab in , the wahhabis increas- ingly became a thorn in the side of the colonial administration as well. after a spate of police crack-downs on the insurgent sect, tensions came to a head when j.p. norman, the officiating chief justice of the calcutta high court, was assassinated on september , by a man affecting wahhabi sym- pathies, barely three months before mayo's own assassination. the specter of international insurgency with sectarian adherents as far distant as mecca and calcutta unnerved many who saw all manner of conspiracies being hatched to destabilize the british empire. it hardly helped that the duke of edinburgh, victoria's second son, had been shot at by an irish fenian on the way from india to australia in . after mayo's murder, officials searched for letters that sher ali might have received from the "patna malcontents," hoping to establish links with the larger wahhabi movement. no such "proof" was forthcoming. the british administration commemorated mayo's short-lived career in india with a spate of institution building that would bring home the mes- sage of the intended persistence and tenacity of the empire. consequently, dutta a infinite justice: a a rchitectural cod left: mayo school of arts, now pakistan's national college of arts, lahore. photo: arindam dutta. opposite, left: lahore museum, exterior. although the museum as moved into this building after john lockwood kipling's departure from lahore, it is a testimony to his legacy. photo: arindam dutta. opposite, right: lahore museum, interior. photo: arindam dutta. even as the administration was unwilling to pub- licly state that mayo was assassinated for political reasons, every official action they took thereafter reflected precisely those apprehensions. this th-e o memorializing impetus realized its apogee in lahore, capital of the erstwhile sikh kingdom, i the latter a traditional enemy of the afghan rulers, with the construction of the lahore museum and the mayo school of art. both the program and the form of these coupled institutions reflected the t . io transformed attitude of the administration toward .......accommodating "native agency" in the policies of governance, especially after the mutiny. the spate of localized insurgencies that continued throughout the nine- teenth century was to keep the question of tradition alive in debates over colonial policy. in any case, the creation of the punjab as a "nonregulatory" province in had already signaled the turn toward the institutionalization of native customary agency. this turn derived as much from economic considera- tions as political ones. a minimalist administration that left the terrain of domestic and personal law for native adjudication also absolved itself of the infrastructural costs of a full-fledged state apparatus at the periphery. from the mid-nineteenth century onward, colonialism seeks not so much to trans- form native subjecthood as to manage it. punjab's administrative status thus contrasted sharply with the early "regulatory" provinces (such as bengal) where personal and domestic laws were brought directly under the purview of colonial jurisprudence. recurrent insurgency from below owing to colonial interference in domestic and personal laws thus only appeared to justify a general tendency toward minimalism in colonial governance from above. this dual rationale was instrumental in shaping a decentralized and two- tiered policy where customary jurisprudence devolved to native authorities and the colonial administration retained control over political, criminal, and economic policy. both feminist and other scholars of colonialism have noted that this two-tiered structure effectively exacerbated the patriarchal and despotic dimensions of this seemingly decentralized equation. in this system of "indirect" rule, traditional informal transactions acquired formal sanction from above, thus creating the conditions for increased native despotism at the ground level within the rubrics of "household," "caste," and "tribe." imperialism resolves the problem of the differend by situating it within relativism. the architecture of colonialism reflected the above concerns of gover- nance at almost every level. the mayo school and museum were designed on the lines of what was now shaping up to be the official architectural style of the british administration in india, the so-called indo-saracenic style. this representational motif was consistent with the general thrust of colo- nial policy in economic, political, and cultural fields. india would have her antiquity resurrected and restored to her through the recuperative stability of the empire. to that effect, the manifestoes underlining the school and museum envisaged them as headquarters to document, incorporate and reinvigorate the traditional artisanal trades of the region in order to instill industriousness within native life. the sphere of "employment," realized through the alibi of traditional artisanry, could now be activated as a ruse to cover over the general economic depradation in the colonial landscape. in the imperial periphery, the monument is not so much a mute testimonial as a machine for subject formation. let us cut to a scene within the lahore museum, which the british have renamed jadoo-ghar or wonder house, appropriating native "irrationalist" colloquial language as official terminology. the time: indeterminate. we cannot be quite sure. the north-west is restive again. beyond afghanistan looms the vision of an all-pervasive russian empire that threatens to infil- trate the core of britain's territories in asia. soon there will be a war. at this time, a tibetan lama arrives at the gates of the museum. a boy playing out- side takes him in to meet the elderly curator, a white-bearded, gentle, learned briton empathetically expert in the ways of the east. a peculiar encounter then unfolds-peculiar because it signals a shift in sign systems. the lama has come to the museum because he has heard of the renowned buddhist statuary kept there. at the sight of an image of sakya muni buddha, the lama breaks down. the secularized ruins and fragmented museum display of a lost buddhist civilization in south asia suddenly becomes activated into a palpable and living idiom. sculpture once again becomes idol. curatorial dutta it filnite justice: an architectural coda canon becomes religious pantheon. seeming to acknowledge the east's greater profundity in these matters, the european curator defers his sense of ratio- nalist historiography to the lama's transcendentalist understanding. both the curator and the lama, through their respective powers of knowledge and faith, appear to share a stupendous secret that both must realize in their sep- arate ways. "we be craftsmen together, thou and i," the lama tells the cura- tor, in their respective quest for a redemptive destiny. the history of the past encapsulated in these lifeless images augurs a future british india where knowledge and religion will impeccably coincide in a time of peace to come. as proxy agent for the curator's epistemological project, kim, the little brown-skinned boy loitering outside the museum will accompany the lama on his sacred search in order to realize this convergent prophecy. the scene is, of course, from rudyard kipling's kim. it is well known that kipling based the character of the curator on his father, john lockwood kipling, professor of architectural ornament, founding principal and cura- tor of the mayo school and the lahore museum. part of an emergent gener- ation of liberal colonial administrators, kipling sr. derived his creed from the ongoing scholarly effort by the british to unravel the native's frame of action and ethics through the extraordinary interdisciplinary collaboration between quite distinct professional endeavors. colonial scholars such as james fergusson (in significant ways the doyen of a global architectural history) and, in his wake, alexander cunningham, first head of the archaeological survey of india, equated formal typologies with different ethnic and racial groupings. thus indian architectural history came to be periodized into successive stages such as "buddhist," "jain," "brahmanical," "indo-scythian," "pathan," or "moghul," respectively. the institution of the archaeological survey underlined a series of parallel initiatives in museology and preser- vation. at least part of the concern over colonial archaeology and preservation stemmed from the fact that indians themselves seemed to be least interested in either recovering or preserving their own past. under a recuperative imperial epistemology, the contemporary indian (or for that matter, greek or egyptian) unable to gauge his sense of historical agency, would gain a sense of his ethical present through the colonialist excavation of the past. memory must be instituted as if intuited. we are in blade runner territory here-historical memory is always already an implant. this is the secret, the fabulous normalization of complicity between colonizer and colonized, that is shared by the curator and the lama-the curator desires to institute what the lama intuits. the lama's character is also significant for another reason. as is well known, the overwhelming and minuscule minority of europeans as compared with the native population necessitated the creation of a native gentry and grey room bourgeoisie who would act as imperialism's agents at the periphery. it is the native bourgeoisie's political consciousness, ever susceptible to european notions of political action and opposition, that must be circumscribed by this form of history. in kim, the bengali hindu spy for the british and aspi- rant to membership of the royal geographical society, hurree [hari] babu, the figure held most in contempt by kipling-approximates the subjective outlines of this emergent figure. in the affairs of british india, buddhism, more or less a political nonentity, could therefore also be invoked as a major alibi in the establishment of pax britannica, precisely to counter this polit- ically emergent subject (both hindu and muslim) militantly recuperating its religious identity as instrument for sedition. with the transition of mercantilism to industrial capitalism in europe, transcoded in philosophy and culture as the "enlightenment," european states could dissemble their identity as triumph of the political state over religion. however, the basic identification of every european state with one particular religion remains to this day a dirty little secret that could be made visible, or covered over at will. in this sense, there is nothing "spontaneous" about singing "god bless america" on the capitol steps in washington. triumphal religion can write this history quite differently: the massacre of jews in europe could be written off as a crime of the german nation rather than a crime of christianity. this is not restricted to the first world. at the height of the first wave of secular nationalisms in the third world, to the astonishment of many, "religion" was introduced as one of the two funda- mental principles to be discussed at the famed bandung conference in . in a classic instance of derivative postcoloniality, third world lead- ers pledged to build solidarity in the shared fight against underdevelopment and european colonialism on the principles of buddhism. in the nineteenth century it is because of this fear of an insurgent nation- alism driven by religion that imperialist politics acquires its secular face in the global arena. the secularism of european polity would be used not to battle religion in europe, but to circumscribe it in the colony. religion would therefore both be undone in its insurgent potentials, even as some of its ele- ments would be transcendentalized into proxy ideologies for the imperial agenda of keeping the peace. the political script of empire could now be read as our benjamin disraeli, your gautama buddha. through this political reframing of the economic theater of imperialism as a cultural conundrum, as a conflict between religion and customs, the colonized native bourgeoisie would be pried away from attending to the most depredatory effects of the british imperial system. the skeletons of the million indian dead from starvation in the period between to would be covered over by the bourgeois staging of a conflict between cultures and civilizations. dutta i tnfinite justice: an architectural coda in the context of colonial archaeology, the contending claims of a cultur- alist ethnography invoking an identification between native agency and the romantic evocation of place found itself at odds with the demands of scien- tific epistemology and research. the claims of the museum, repository of the latter strategy and of the enlightenment principles of disinterested study of objects removed from their context, began to be squared off in the s against the countervailing principle of preserving artifacts and buildings in situ. even as the introduction of reproductive techniques such as photogra- phy, casts, and drawings appeared to satisfy museumatic demands, colonial archaeologists and architectural historians now saw india itself as an open- air museum. the categories created in the museum were now extended to the geographical map itself. henry hardy cole, first curator of the department of the conservation of ancient monuments, founded in , therefore reclassified the indian map, marking different sites as b (buddhist), h (hindu), j (jain), or m (muhammadan). imperialism places the differend within relativism-but this relativism is limned precisely byfiguring a tran- scendentalist identity larger than the peoples that encompass it. in the con- text of the indian north-west the largely neofeudal character of the colonial administration, born out of political expediency, is supplemented by parallel claims to the transcendant history of islam and buddhism in the region. thus, the many "open-air" sites of the gandhara region and the bamiyan buddhas complement the limited institutional locus of the lahore and the nearby kabul museum-thus explicitly encoding them within a larger regional identity that appears to figure its importance in global civilization. it is important to note here that this dyad of regional trans-signification and global particularity is the principal thematic invoked in the first wave of anticolonial nationalist imaginaries. it is because of the noncoincidence of transcendentalist imagination and geographical map that the nationalist project can be said to be a kind of longing for an origin that is inevitably located "elsewhere." nothing epitomizes this better than the case of the two states carved out of british india. the indus valley civilization, perceived fount of indian history, has most of its archaeological remains located inside pakistan, while the principal imperial remains of pakistan's presumed cul- tural forbearers, the islamic emperors, are located inside india. in the after- math of so-called political decolonization, the complicity between this flawed transregional imaginary and a derivative eurocentrism can be said to be underpinned by the creation of the united nations, the old cosmopolitan specter of a global community of nation-states. correspondingly, institu- tions such as unesco and the world heritage project can be considered to be the direct legatees of the fergussons and the cunninghams in that their prin- cipal aim is more to secure a global pax than to sanctify local imaginaries. in contemporary south asia this has had some interesting ramifications. on december , , gangs of the hindu religious right destroyed an aban- doned mosque, the babri masjid, named after the first mughal emperor babar, in the northern indian town of ayodhya. even as this symbolic affront cre- ated ripples across asia and the islamic world, the mavens of eurocentric global "cosmopolitanism" and agencies such as unesco kept quiet. the destruction of a mundane mosque was an affair too regional to be of import to the concept of world heritage. in the subsequent national election, the political party responsible for the destruction was voted into power in india's federal government. it remains there today. in the beginning of the taliban government, enraged at what it perceived as the global commu- nity's apathy toward its economic desperation, blew up the ancient buddhist sculptures in the province of bamiyan. b becomes m on the map. the spark appears to have been ignited by unesco's offer to come in with teams and millions of dollars to preserve the sculptures when the taliban was desperately seeking international funding to stabilize its government. militia leaders also pointed to the destruction of the babri masjid as precedent. the "international community's" reaction was distinctly different from the babri masjid incident. in the context of the history that i have narrated above, how are we to read these apparently corresponding acts of iconoclasm? identitarian funda- mentalism against capitalist cosmopolitanism? as comeuppance for a his- toriographic strategy set in place by imperialism? as the revenge of the local and particular against the global and the universal? not quite. first of all, under the dispensations of modernity realized by imperialism and neocolonialism, the global can hardly be equated with the universal. conversely, the local is hardly the particular. i would like to return us to the concept of the differend, and with it the singular case, both juridical and historiographic, of sher ali. i have noted above that he had requested to be executed by the british administration rather than be trans- ported to a distant place. in the following section i will attempt to suggest that ali's request can be said to be unraveling the project of european humanism. there are a few more determinants that one would have to con- sider along the way. one question cannot be ignored, especially after close to two hundred years of a repetitive history-why afghanistan? peter hopkirk's extraordi- nary series of books on central asia have highlighted the incredible history of the contestations over the region by the great imperial powers. of these books, written from an anglophone romantic perspective, the great game: on secret service in high asia is remarkable. in addition, five of his other books also narrate the complicity between imperial geopolitics and humanist knowledge gathering in this region. these are: trespassers on the roof of the world, setting the east ablaze, foreign devils on the silk road, questfor kim, and like hidden fire. reading these books not entirely against their grain, i would like to expli- cate the question "why afghanistan?" through louis althusser's invocation of the leninist theme of "the weakest link": "a chain is as strong as its weakest link." in the aftermath of the october revolution, lenin attempted to theo- rize its inexplicable early triumph by asking the question "why russia?" lenin calculated that the overwhelming contradictions articulated in russian society, the overlap of advanced industrialism in the cities and exacerbated feudalism in the rural areas, the crepuscular "ignorance" of the peasantry, and the enlightened cosmopolitanism of its exiled political elites derived as much from internal determinants as from its external relationship with regard to the other imperialist states. given the particular stage of global his- tory in the aftermath of the war, "russia was the weakest link in the chain of the imperialist states." while it is these contradictions that fuel the rev- olution, in its aftermath it became clear that the bourgeois revolution could not be coincided with the peasant revolution. it goes without saying there- fore that stalin sought to sew up these maximized contradictions through the vision of a bourgeois "communist party that was a chain without weak links." the contradictions were erased rather than worked through. with this frame in mind, i would like to suggest afghanistan's status as a "weak link" in the chain of colonized states. its locus is defined by maximum overdetermination in the context of eurocentric imperialist geopolitics and maximum undermining of the project of eurocentric modernity. suspended in the cusp, the no-man's-land and buffer state between two superpowers, it was therefore the global nonplace that not only was not colonized, but could not be colonized. the global "balance of powers" figures the national ter- ritory of afghanistan as absence-the taliban's effort to secure national integrity is therefore as much a stalinist eradication of weak links as an instance of theocratic oligarchy. in september one of the first acts of retribution by the taliban after the conquest of kabul was the execution of najibullah, former head of the genocidal secret service agency khad, and communist president during the soviet era. before he was dragged out from the u.n. compound, where he had sought refuge after the defeat of his government by u.s.-backed islamist rebels in , najibullah had told u.n. officials that he was translating peter hopkirk's the great game into pashto. this last ditch, and failed, attempt to institute for afghans the narrative of the overdetermination of afghanistan's modern history exemplifies its failed nationalism. i have tangentially indicated earlier that it became the lot of the great anticolonialist nationalisms to undo the imperialist legacy of neofeudalism grey room and transcendentalist religion in the colony. in western europe, the vaunted "democratic" revolutions of the modern era-the nominal accession of the representative population of the nation-state into political rights-could only proceed as a stage-bound maneuver. at each stage a newly emergent class gaining access to political representation prepared the ground for the next, so that the classes below the current dispensation could only enter this ambit to the extent that they acceded to the key ideological motifs of the rul- ing class. it must be pointed out that the great decolonization struggles-in the third world, in their embrace of the nation-state as liberative instru- ment-set out to achieve this historical transformation at the single stroke of an hour. this caprice presaged their failure-both from within and without. in today's neocolonial context, afghanistan is not the only place in the world where this project can be said to be failing. if the bourgeois-communist najibullah waited for his death by unsuc- cessfully attempting to forge a nationalist, therefore modern, historiography, sher ali's wait for death marks the failed relationship to modernity in a slightly different way. as a pashtun, sher ali's linguistic-ethnic matrix is split between imperial extraterritoriality (afghanistan) and the terra firma of british justice (nwfp). it is here that his case can be seen to approxi- mate the differend between neofeudalism and the enlightenment subject. in his dying confession, sher ali stated that the slaying of a hereditary foe was no crime in his eyes. in spite of this disavowal of culpability, however, he preferred to be executed rather than be transported and kept alive. operative in this is a robust sense of submission to justice, even when jus- tice is delivered through the law of the other. on the other hand, the british magistrate's decision to transport him cannot be seen as anything less than a humane act. embedded in this act is the exemplary tolerance of british liberal humanism toward the nuances of customary and common law. and yet, for sher ali, the core of the injustice lies in the decision to keep him alive rather than kill him. on the level of singular acts of justice, this asymp- tote epitomizes the differend-the honorability of either side cannot be doubted at the level of singular intention. two systems of justice seek to compete not by undoing but by outdoing the other. however, in his next crime, the murder of the viceroy, sher ali puts this very singularity, and therefore this presumed honorability of intent, into question. european liberal humanism could unfold as a global ethic only under the cocked rifle hammer of british imperialism. sher ali's lunge with the knife undoes this coerced complicity-it is here that his revolt becomes systemic, the unraveling of a protocol of power, rather than merely an intu- itive opposition. it is important to note here that islam acts as customary constraint rather than messianic injunction. dua nfinite justice: an architectural coda this reading is further intensified by his response to a telegram sent by mayo's children on the eve of his execution. on hearing their message, "may god forgive you," ali became enraged, saying that if they had sent a message ordering him to be cut to pieces he would have been glad, but a prayer for god's forgiveness he could not accept from them. i grant you the right to punish, but not the right to forgive. i accept your law, but not your justice. it is because the origins of modernity in the colony are inexplicably tied up with the ends of imperialism that its outlines operate as a historical tele- ology in reverse: first the institution of the neofeudal-capitalist/disciplinary apparatus (even within the postcolonial "independent" state), while the "enlightenment" of the native is a project that can be deferred endlessly. but the assassin or the insurgent are more functions of discursive difference- the activators of the differend-than they are representations of a "non- modern" native will or symptoms of some "other" manner of being. it is the teleology of imperial discourse itself that is unraveled by the assassin. sher ali's action produces a crisis at the geopolitical level. at the same time his narrative singularity can neither be embraced by statist historiog- raphy (whether imperialist or third world nationalist) nor can it be approx- imated to modes of collective "political" insurgency. sher ali's ethical trajectory is in the great apocalyptic master narratives of modernity, but not ofthem. within the province of law, lyotard points out that the "humanist" assumption of innocence on the part of the accused primarily benefited hegemonic power, since its victims could never formulate their testimony into a cognizable "phrase." sher ali's singular narrative cannot therefore be recognized by colonial power as full-fledged "political" consciousness. this is why in the first historiographic account we encounter of his story, mayo's biography, his name is willfully written out: "neither his name, nor that of his village or tribe, will find record in this book." the early subaltern studies collective in india read the colonial archive to tease out precisely such irruptions in its textual protocols. in the colonial records of anticolonial insurgency, subalternist historians saw these insurgencies as necessarily failing (since colonial power could always muster enough force to stamp them out physically) and yet leaving their trace as a crisis in the textuality of colonial historiography. sher ali's plea inviting his own execution reveals death itself as the keeper of the differend. if i cannot live according to my norms in your (triumphal- ist) juridical frame, then let me die so that the norm can be preserved. bury the differend so that it can be mourned "properly." do not rationalize it away and leave it to fester as the province of the irrational. humanistic justice, willfully noncognizant of its complicity with imperialism, cannot honor this plea as a desire for modernity, a plea for accession to a universal justice, a justice that could also be the name for a modernity yet to come-a moder- nity and a justice that the christianized pax imperialis can never bear. unlike western europe, internal revolutions-the necessary "working through" that leads the ancestors to their proper burial-continue to be interdicted across the (neo)colonial world. the differend must invoke other forms to win recognition. notes this paper has benefited immensely from my conversations with kryzstof wodiczko. i am grateful for his input. . jean-francois lyotard, the differend: phrases in dispute (minneapolis: university of minnesota press, ), xi. . colloquial expression for "lord sahib," the administration's own vernacularist term for the viceregal position. . the politics of religion in british colonial sociology was yet to unfurl in its formal dimensions. . william wilson hunter, rulers of india: the earl of mayo (london: oxford clarendon press, ), . . mayo himself had served as chief secretary for ireland back in britain, the experience from which was considered a positive attribute in being appointed viceroy of india. . see john stuart mill's comments on the subject in mill, writings on india, vol. xxx of the collected works (toronto: university of toronto press, ), . . see arindam dutta, designing the present: the cole circle and the architecture of (an) imperial bureaucracy (ph.d. diss., princeton university, ). . see dutta, ch. , "peasants in the architecture: event and the politics of representation." . rudyard kipling, kim (new york: penguin books, ). . see tapati guha-thakurta, "the museumised relic: archaeology and the first museum of colonial india," the indian economic and social history review , no. : - . my account of the politics of the archaeological survey of india derives substantially from her analysis. . developing from its own roots in a monarchical system, british colonialist historiog- raphy (as opposed to french, for example) developed an account of india's past as riven by internecine conflict between feudal and kingly states, alternating with periods of stability and prosperity realized only at periods of comprehensive imperial consolidation. two such sanctified periods, the widespread empires of the hindu (and later buddhist) king ashoka and the mughal emperor akbar, thus reflected not only what the british saw as the two prin- cipal religious constituencies in their indian empire, but also seemed to presage the institu- tion of victoria as empress of india in . . i thought of hurree babu as we saw the recent televised images of the northern alliance, ridiculously costumed in jungle warfare fatigues in a patently arid and desert landscape. after the fall of kabul, news reports reach us of these mimic soldiers dragging women out of their houses and ripping off their burqas in front of western cameramen and journalists, thus claiming to have "liberated" them. . albert memmi notes this with not little consternation in the aftermath of the algerian revolution. albert memmi, the colonizer and the colonized (boston: beacon press, ), . . mike mason, development and disorder: a history of the third world since (hanover: university press of new england, ), . . that starvation-based genocide across the world under british imperialism was an unintended effect of its economic policies made it no less a planned event. see mike davis, late victorian holocausts: el nino famines and the making of the third world (london: verso, ). . peter hopkirk, the great game: on secret service in high asia (oxford: oxford university press, ); foreign devils on the silk road: the search for the lost trea.sures grey room of central asia (oxford: oxford university press, ); trespassers on the roof of the world: the race for lhasa (oxford: oxford university press, ); setting the east ablaze: on secret service in bolshevikasia (oxford: oxford university press, ); questfor kim: in search of kipling's great game (ann arbor: university of michigan press, ); and like hidden fire: the plot to bring down the british empire (new york: kodansha international, ). . louis althusser, "contradiction and overdetermination," in for marx, trans. ben brewster (london: verso, ). . althusser, . . althusser, . . the balkan states play out a comparable thematic on the european side-except that their proximities to the countries of the enlightenment locate them within the crisis of "europe" as cosmopolitan superstate. . new york times, october . "afghanistan reels back into view," cited in gayatri chakravorty spivak, "foucault and najibullah," in otherasias (oxford: blackwell, forthcoming). . the indian economist prabhat patnaik's work on the fiscal legacies of the older terri- torial imperialism in today's decentralized neocolonialism, and their relationship to the resurgence of antidemocratic authoritarianism in the south, is illuminating here, especially in the context of macroeconomic "conditionalities" imposed by the world bank/international monetary fund/wto triad. prabhat patnaik, "whatever happened to imperialism?" in whatever happened to imperialism and other essays (new delhi: tulika press, ), - . . george pottinger, mayo: disraeli's viceroy (salisbury: michael russell, ), . . when sufficiently challenged, hegemonic power can transform itself into despotic power and suspend this assumption of innocence-vengeance can overrule other principles of justice. . w.w. hunter: a life of the earl of mayo, vol. ii (london: smith, elder and co., ), . . see ranajit guha, "the prose of counter-insurgency," in subaltern studies ii: writings on south asian history and society (new delhi: oxford university press, ), - . dutta i infinite justice: an architectural coda article contents p. p. p. p. p. p. p. p. p. p. p. p. p. p. p. p. issue table of contents grey room, no. , on / (spring, ), pp. - front matter [pp. - ] the editors [pp. - ] twin memories: afterimages of nine/eleven [pp. - ] war, terrorism, and spectacle, or: on towers and caves [pp. - ] terrorism, feminism, sisters, and twins: building relations in the wake of the world trade center attacks [pp. - ] infinite justice: an architectural coda [pp. - ] explanation and exoneration, or what we can hear [pp. - ] the language of damage [pp. - ] dangerous fragments [pp. - ] a city transformed: designing 'defensible space' [pp. - ] divided responsibilities: minoru yamasaki, architectural authorship, and the world trade center [pp. - ] around ground zero [pp. - ] city square: structural engineering, democracy and architecture [pp. - ] enduring innocence [pp. - ] one or more [pp. - ] building global modernisms [pp. - ] editor's note [p. ] "welcome to crisis!": notes for a pictorial history of the pictorial histories of the arab israeli war of june [pp. - ] back matter wps - politicising europe's justice deficit - wilkinson - final this paper can be downloaded without charge from lse law, society and economy working papers at: www.lse.ac.uk/collections/law/wps/wps.htm and the social sciences research network electronic library at: http://ssrn.com/abstract= . © michael a. wilkinson. users may download and/or print one copy to facilitate their private study or for non-commercial research. users may not engage in further distribution of this material or use it for any profit-making activities or any other form of commercial gain. politicising europe’s justice deficit: some preliminaries michael a. wilkinson lse law, society and economy working papers / london school of economics and political science law department politicising europe’s justice deficit: some preliminaries michael a. wilkinson * abstract: normative political theory is divided on whether questions of distributive justice properly extend beyond the state. from a functionalist perspective, however, justice reflects a balance of material forces, subject to the logics of ‘market’ and ‘social’ justice, or ‘capitalism’ and ‘democracy’. the justice ‘deficit’ is the imbalance or disequilibrium in these logics, an imbalance which the constitution of the post-war european state stabilises through their constraint. european integration, initially an important feature of this post-war settlement, now increasingly comes to be viewed as a significant threat to it. whereas market logic and capital have been rapidly supra-nationalised, social-democratic logic has struggled to transcend the state, the eu, in particular, lacking the channels of contestation to legitimise redistribution. this leads to an imbalance in the forces of capitalism and democracy, a justice ‘deficit’, which destabilises national as well as supranational institutions, but also leads to questions being asked of what germans owe greeks, or vice versa. the justice deficit and reaction to it now appear to be threatening core features of state sovereignty. but it also suggests that the logic of the state – and the question: to whom are obligations owed? – must itself be subject to contestation; the dilemma of market and social justice, or capitalism and democracy, must be replaced with a trilemma, of market, social and democratic justice. * associate professor of law, london school of economics and political science. i would like to thank, with more than the usual disclaimer, floris de witte, samuel tschorne, alexander somek, hans lindahl and jacco bomhoff for comments on an earlier draft. a revised version of this paper will appear in d. kochenov, a. williams and g. de burca (eds) europe’s justice deficit? (hart, , forthcoming). i would like to thank the editors for their invitation, patience and encouragement. / today owners of financial capital are working with international organisations and debt-ridden national states to insulate once and for all the economic economy from the moral economy of traditional social obligations and modern citizenship rights – and with greater prospect of success than ever in the four decades since the ’s. as democratic states are being turned into collection agencies on behalf of a new global haute finance, market justice is about to prevail over social justice, for a long if not an indefinite period of time. in the process those who have placed their confidence as citizens in capitalist democracy must concede precedence to those who have as investors placed their money on it. [wolfgang streeck, ‘how to study contemporary capitalism’ ( ) european journal of sociology - .] introduction europe is awash with deficits. in addition to the various economic deficits engulfing the eurozone (and elsewhere), the eu has been said to suffer a democratic deficit, a political deficit and a social deficit, each of which predates the financial and subsequent sovereign debt crises beginning in . none of this is new to the seasoned observer of the eu. only now, however, is discussion turning to its ‘justice deficit’. not merely pointing to the aggregate of these other deficits, accusation of a justice deficit suggests something more fundamentally rotten at the heart of the project. justice, after all, is the sovereign virtue. even if it is curious that the measurement of this virtue is now expressed in the language of economics – a justice ‘deficit’ – the very measure of the eu in terms of its justice, or rather, injustice – which is where the accusation points – suggests that a threshold has been crossed. after all, dominant strands in the analytical tradition of normative political theory have not infrequently resisted or outright rejected its applicability to domains beyond the nation-state – including the nascent eu polity – due to the absence there of the relevant political community. other commentators continue to justify the political, democratic and on the democratic deficit, see s. hix and a. follesdal, ‘why there is a democratic deficit in the eu: a response to majone and moravscik’ ( ) journal of common market studies ; on the political deficit, see r. dehousse, ‘constitutional reform in the ec’ in hayward (ed.) the crisis of representation in europe (abingdon, frank cass, ); on the social deficit, see c. joerges and f. roedl ‘informal politics, formalised law and the social deficit of the european union’ ( ) european law journal - . analysis of europe’s justice deficit could proceed by investigating the treatment of refugees and asylum seekers, allegations of complicity in torture and processes of extraordinary rendition, collusion in wars and occupation of dubious legality, mass surveillance programs and other threats to civil liberties. none of this will be dealt with here. see e.g. t. nagel, ‘the problem of global justice’ ( ) philosophy and public affairs . michael a. wilkinson politicising europe’s justice deficit: some preliminaries social deficits beyond the state or to deny them normative significance in the first place. the purpose here is not to engage directly in debates over the correct theory of the reach and scope of justice claims, over the respective merits of libertarianism and egalitarianism or over the precise limits of the polity within which one may properly speak of justice or injustice. it is rather to consider the way that european integration is altering – whether by exposing, concealing or constraining – the politics of justice; in particular, the way integration is destabilising the national frame but not (yet) offering up an alternative platform for subjecting transnational justice claims to democratic contestation. there is a reason for taking an explanatory rather than a normative approach. whatever normative theory of social justice we happen to endorse (including its wholesale rejection), the distribution of individual, collective and common goods will in practice, in any really existing society, be determined, at least in part, by political and social struggles for equality. this means not only over the economists’ ‘scarce resources’ but also over public goods such as education and health and non-material goods such as solidarity, recognition and representation. since in democratic society ideological superiority will – in theory at least – always be up for grabs, arguments of principle in favour of or against redistribution, recognition and representation will merely be another factor in the fight over and for such goods. wolfgang streeck has recently modelled struggles over distribution on the tension or ‘dynamic disequilibrium’ between capitalism and democracy, where they are understood not as organised competitions for the accumulation of money or votes but as representing two principles or logics of resource allocation - market justice and social justice. this enables us to conceptualise a justice deficit as the result of an imbalance in these two logics. and, in streeck’s account, imbalance will tend towards crisis, provoking a reaction of sorts to remedy the imbalance or at least prevent it from becoming critical for the society (section ). but in what context is this relationship played out? the contest between market and social justice does not occur in a vacuum. historically, it is the state that sets the framework for the negotiation and recalibration of the relationship between market and social justice, through institutional and ideological, coercive as well as consensual means (section ). see e.g. j. neyer, ‘justice, not democracy: legitimacy in the european union’ ( ) journal of common market studies . on the rejection of patterned theories of justice, see r. nozick, anarchy, state, utopia (new york, basic books, ). only in part because in practice levels of inequality will depend not only on the basic structure of the state, and its reception to political and social struggles, but also on what has been called the principle of community, the extent to which questions of distributive justice arise for persons in their daily lives. see e.g. g. cohen, ‘back to socialist basics’ ( ) new left review . see w. streeck, ‘taking capitalism seriously: towards an intuitionalist approach to contemporary political economy’ ( ) socio-economic review ; w. streeck, ‘how to study contemporary capitalism?’ ( ) european journal of sociology ; w. streeck, ‘the crises of democratic capitalism’ ( ) new left review ; w. streeck, ‘markets and peoples’ ( ) new left review . / in recent historical perspective, the political constitution of the post-war state has been conceived as aiming to prevent or forestall crisis by constraining the logics of democracy and of capitalism. on this account, the process of european integration is a significant feature of the post-war settlement – designed to prevent majoritarian democratic excesses but without surrendering the state’s ability to constrain the logic of capitalism (section ). but european integration is now exposing the fragility and dysfunctionality of this settlement. with the apparent boundlessness of markets and extension of market logic, but with democracy struggling to transcend state borders, the structural asymmetry in europe is now proving destructive, not only of the supranational constitution but also of national constitutional settlements. we can conceptualise the eu’s ‘justice deficit’ as representing this imbalance in favour of capitalism and market justice, where, in the absence of a european democratic or social movement, any rebalancing is to come from the executive power of the member states, or rather from certain among them (section ). and yet, whatever the prospects of supra- or trans- national democracy, europe’s justice deficit is de-politicised with market logic presented in naturalistic terms, making it appear necessary and inevitable, an expression of inescapable pressures to modernise and gain competitiveness. it will be argued that pre- requisite to dealing with the justice deficit is its politicisation. but this may come at a high cost in terms of the stability and unity of the project of integration, and is (therefore) unlikely to come from the top-down, from the political and economic elites who have driven the project since its inception (section ). i will suggest in the concluding section ( ), drawing on the recent work of nancy fraser, that ‘the state’ – understood as the framing of relevant boundaries – must itself be politicised, subject to contestation and struggles of recognition and representation. the challenge, it is argued, is to substitute streeck’s dilemma for a trilemma, of market justice, social justice and democratic justice. the purpose of this paper is not to proffer institutional responses to this trilemma, nor even to specify its social and political conditions; it is to explore some preliminaries for a fuller understanding of the politics of europe’s justice deficit. . conceptualising a justice deficit a justice deficit can be explained functionally as the result of an imbalance between the logic and forces of capitalism on the one hand and those of i draw here on the work of jan-werner müller, contesting democracy: political ideas in twentieth century europe (yale university press, ). chris bickerton’s argument that the post-war logic fundamentally changes in the neo-liberal period beginning in the ’s will also be drawn upon, see c. bickerton, european integration: from nation-states to member states (oxford, oup, ). michael a. wilkinson politicising europe’s justice deficit: some preliminaries democracy on the other. a social justice deficit would then exist where the former gains an upper hand over the latter. a compelling account of this imbalance – or ‘dynamic disequilibrium’ – between democracy and capitalism has recently been presented by wolfgang streeck. he argues that the relationship between capitalism and democracy will tend towards a critical imbalance as capital tends to dominate, and to such an extent that democracy itself will be threatened, as revealed most dramatically in europe since the recent financial crises. in streeck’s account, capitalism and democracy, or ‘markets’ and ‘peoples’ represent rivalling constituencies, with contrasting ‘logics of action’, which we can label as ‘market justice’ and ‘social justice’ respectively. in terms of societal values, these suggest two different principles of resource allocation: one operating according to marginal productivity, and merit on a ‘free play of market forces’ and the other based on social need, and ‘certified by the collective choices of democratic politics’. this reflects a clash in the respective ethical demands of the two major forces in the modern democratic capitalist state, rather than merely a functional clash of interests between money and votes. if the market imposes a marginal ethics (by advancing the prospect and expectation of rational egoism and competitive accumulation without limits), democratic society promises a maximal ethics (by holding out the prospect of and need for solidarity, collaboration and concern for human well-being). by rejecting the standard contrast between an amoral market system and moral obligations of solidarity, persons and political communities are in this account instead torn between obligations on either side of the justice balance, obligations that although distinct are not incommensurable. on the one hand, market imperatives present individuals and communities with the duty to adopt and adjust to economic change, to accumulate wealth, to be entrepreneurial in spirit, competitive, and, above all, efficient. on the other hand, democracy calls forth solidarity, the collective obligation to protect weaker individuals from the fallout of capitalist excesses and to prevent or attenuate the ‘creative destruction’ that is central to liberal progress or ‘modernisation’; debate then occurs ‘over the moral limits, if any, to the pursuit of economic advantage’ where that pursuit and its limits are themselves understood as normative forces. the paradox is that the market ethos of a capitalist political economy is, for reasons of systemic survival, parasitic upon the moral obligations imposed by social democratic norms. by tempering and correcting capitalist excess, these prevent disequilibrium from turning into outright societal collapse. see note above. a. schäfer and w. streeck ‘introduction’ in a. schäfer and w. streeck (eds.), politics in the age of austerity (cambridge, polity, ) . streeck, ‘crisis of democratic capitalism’, note above, . streeck, ‘taking capitalism seriously’, note above, . streeck, ‘how to study contemporary capitalism?’, note above, . id. but, streeck notes, ‘only in a functionalist worldview’ is the success of efforts at taming capitalist excesses actually ‘guaranteed’, note above, . / there is therefore an interdependence rather than straightforward conflict between the two principles of resource allocation. but this is not a happy or stable relationship. as streeck concludes, capitalism not only necessitates a continual demand for moral and social support in order for the system to stay afloat, but it is also always undermining that very same support because of its own internal logic. because of this pathological tendency, capitalism is an inherently ‘self-destructive social formation’. democratic capitalism is then conceivable ‘as a political economy in permanent disequilibrium’, pushed forward inexorably by continuous innovation on the part of capital and ‘pervasive political conflict over the relationship between social and economic justice’. disequilibrium will periodically lead to crisis, not least because of the inability of capital to think beyond its own short-term interests; even the environmental conditions of our survival are reducible to a mere ‘externality’. with this relationship in view, capitalism is systematically reconfigured, because profits and losses – as well as resultant gulfs in socio-economic equality among persons – are exposed as non-naturalistic, ‘the outcome of a struggle between conflicting concepts of and claims to justice […]’ rather than between an irrational moral code and an amoral but rational objective economic law. rational and public choice philosophy then appear in a new light; rather than purely scientific, positivistic theories that remain above the political fray, they can be seen as performative and ideological, imposing a dominant market logic and narrow view of rationality on neighbouring disciplines and occluding alternative values. self-interest is the only proper mode of rationality, and, eventually, ‘greed is good’. this subordination of discourses of legitimacy to a particular economic rationality is achieved through ‘naturalising’ the logic of the market. the technocratic dictates of economics then come to speak ‘with the pathos of natural law’, controlling and even colonising the political debates over justice and inequality. economics is the method; the aim is the transformation of the soul. . historicising a justice deficit: the role of the state although recent political philosophy in the social contract tradition investigates justice primarily as a normative question, seeking for a resolution or reflective streeck, ‘how to study contemporary capitalism?’, note above, . streeck, ‘how to study contemporary capitalism?’, note above, . g. teubner, constitutional fragments (oxford, oup, ) - . for teubner, the neo-natural law conception of economic rationality is nothing less than ‘grotesque’ because it substitutes causal explanation for normative legitimacy, bypasses political debate, and overlooks the potential instability of a constitution based on science that has to resolve controversies which cannot be scientifically resolved. to misquote margaret thatcher. michael a. wilkinson politicising europe’s justice deficit: some preliminaries equilibrium, streeck’s analysis exposes it as an irresolvable, practical, political problem. this becomes even more apparent when attention is given to the unit within which the question of justice is properly raised, which is frequently, but often implicitly, assumed to be a state. and the standard reason given, if one is given at all, is that only within the state does the requisite unity of coercion and community exist, generating and sustaining the capacity to provide for basic collective goods. although in some apparent degree of tension with each other, coercion and community are presented as complementary rather than in competition. both are paradigmatic attributes of statehood. first, the capacity to dominate, the monopoly on legitimate violence, which in the weberian tradition is the defining feature of the modern state and in liberal political theory key to understanding why its authority requires normative justification, is, at least formally, an exclusively sovereign power. to this must be added, second, the sense of being part of a collective endeavour or ‘community of fate’, necessary for sustaining a functioning public sphere and legitimising any non-trivial redistribution of benefits and burdens. this too is elusive once we move beyond the state’s borders. only by combining these features in a contiguous manner, when a state not merely coerces but does so ‘in our name’ or for our collective benefit, are obligations to remedy injustice and duties of redistribution incurred, above the minimum moral duties of humanitarian intervention that might exist outside the state. we ought to be concerned with equality because, and when, we can and do value the reciprocity that it entails. the unity of coercion and community is therefore central to the modern state’s capacity to negotiate the tension between capitalism and democracy, market and social justice. since beyond the state there is no (or at most – as in the case of the eu – only relatively ineffective) political apparatus that unites coercion and community, there can be no egalitarian duties of redistribution. but from a political perspective, this tension is not resolved in an original position or final determination of where the balance of justice rests; rather the state provides a more or less stable framework within which the ceaseless competition and interaction of interests and ideas might be negotiated relatively peacefully. in practice the state manages the tension between capitalism and in rawls’s later work, exploring the international basic order, the relevant unit is explicitly a ‘people’; see j. rawls, law of peoples (cambridge ma, harvard university press, ). in nagel’s ‘political conception’ it is coercion and co-authorship that combine as the relevant characteristics giving rise to obligations of justice within a state, against the cosmopolitan account, see note above. nagel’s position is not of course unchallenged, see e.g. a. julius, ‘nagel’s atlas’ ( ) philosophy and public affairs - . and there are those in the rawlsian tradition who have argued for a more cosmopolitan or global basic structure. we may, however, have moral duties to create such authoritative institutions (and mechanisms of redistribution) in the first place. i do not claim that the state is merely a neutral arbiter between these forces; it is undoubtedly more complex than that. beyond some suggestive comments, this will not be the place to go into detail into the history and concept of the state and its role in the balance of justice. / democracy in order to contain or forestall any crisis that might result from the imbalance in their relationship. from this perspective, coercion and community are also instrumental to the maintenance of stability in spite of, and even to legitimise existing and continuing, inequality. the idea of a community of fate, binding rulers and ruled, not only facilitates redistribution but also softens, if not eradicates, class conflict. it pacifies struggles over justice by appealing to a sense of communal identity, which is not merely left to grow spontaneously or organically, even if it could be nurtured in that way. this is periodically revived as a political project – however insincerely – with communitarian mottos such as that currently in vogue, ‘we are all in it together’, and ironically by those who only recently urged that ‘there is no such thing as society’. from a functional perspective, recall, resources of solidarity are a necessary complement to a market economy, to maintain or re-establish order either by rebalancing the justice disequilibrium or encouraging the population to tolerate, accept or at least acquiesce in the inequalities that the market permits, and even depends upon. in the absence of such resources of solidarity, politics will require more coercive mechanisms. there is, to be sure, nothing new in the perception that the tense and even antagonistic relationship between market and social justice, capitalism and democracy, has a significant political dimension. in an earlier period, karl polanyi argued that the destruction caused by the dis-embedding of the market in a liberal capitalist society would lead to a reaction, or ‘second movement’, of re-embedding through social policies and the re-regulation of markets. it is not only that as a matter of proper sociological understanding, the economy is embedded in society rather than the other way round; it is also that politically, since democracy poses a threat to the logic and interests of capital, the ruling class will attempt to curtail the economic goals of the majority, and by political and even constitutional means if necessary. the perception that capitalism and the individualist ethos of classical liberalism pose a serious threat to the robust ‘public’ on which democracy itself depends, as john dewey argued in a different historical and political context, has a similarly vintage pedigree. dewey of course thought that democracy must permeate all of society, becoming industrial and not merely civil and political; in order to allay the corrupting effects of capitalism and the inequalities it results in, a vibrant public is essential. k. polanyi, the great transformation: the political and economic origins of our time (boston, beacon press, ). ‘inside and outside england, from macaulay to mises, from spencer to sumner,’ wrote karl polanyi in the great transformation, first published in , ‘there was not a militant liberal who did not express his conviction that popular democracy was a danger to capitalism’. ibid . see e.g. j. dewey, the public and its problems (new york, henry holt, ). by focusing on the potential of science and experimentation, dewey arguable neglected the politics necessary to contain capitalism, see m. wilkinson, ‘dewey’s democracy without politics: the failures of liberalism and frustrations of experimentalism’ ( ) contemporary pragmatism - . michael a. wilkinson politicising europe’s justice deficit: some preliminaries and the framing of the justice deficit is political in a second and more basic sense that calls into question any statist assumptions. although the ‘keynesian- westphalian’ co-evolution of a monopoly of legitimate violence and a community of fate is difficult to envisage beyond the state, it would be an error to think and act as if the state were therefore self-contained or insulated for the purposes of negotiating the tension between capitalism and democracy, market and social justice. coercion, it must be remembered, can be and frequently is exercised between states and even through international institutions that lie over and above states. both capitalism and democracy are linked to projects of state- and institution-building, both at home and abroad, most obviously in the guise of foreign and imperial adventures, however civilising their missions in the eyes of those who pursued them. neither coercion nor community, in other words, is autonomous and independent from political action, internally or in external relations. the framework of assumptions that implied a hermetically sealed national container was of course long ago shattered historically by exposing the links between political freedom, capital accumulation, and imperialism. as arendt powerfully argues in ‘the origins of totalitarianism’, political emancipation of the bourgeoisie in the late nineteenth century was prompted by their desire for economic expansion, which in turn necessitated expanding the territorial logics of power beyond the nation-state. in addition, the assumed role of the bourgeois state and state-sponsored ideology in protecting the security of the individual – determining its openness or closure towards immigration, fixing policies of asylum and assimilation, formulating citizenship tests as well as labour and welfare policies towards foreigners – demonstrates that the internal framework within which democracy and capital ‘slug it out’ is not fixed in regard to the outside world, but contingent on politics and political action. restricting the domain of justice to relations within the state has the effect of legitimising the ‘de facto’ inequality that exists between states, as if any inequality beyond the state was apolitical, natural, or beyond the domain of human action. just as it is a mistake, in other words, to see the state only as an enabler of social justice or as an impartial arbitrator of the balance between markets and peoples, it is also a mistake to view it as an arbitrary but necessarily neutralised pivot of the balance of justice. all of which is to say that the logics of market and social justice do not exist in a vacuum, and so to streeck’s account must be added the political context of their interaction. as a glance at the historical record confirms, to the longevity of the functional disequilibrium must be added its evolution through distinct stages of economic and political development, including, particularly in the second half of the twentieth century in which the project of european integration is born, h. arendt, the origins of totalitarianism (harcourt, ( ) ) - . more recently it has also been argued that it is predominantly western imperialism and intrusion into the arab world, rather than religious fundamentalism that is the root cause of the alienation felt by muslims in europe today. see p. anderson, ‘portents of eurabia’ the national, . / significant institutional and ideological elements which constrain the logics of capitalism and democracy, and in a way that is not captured by the bare categories of coercion and community. . historicising a justice deficit: the role of ideology in the postwar period in western europe, as classical economic models based on notions of unfettered competition and free markets are replaced with those of late, or ‘organised’, capitalism based on intervention with market mechanisms, tolerance of oligopoly and the generation and sustenance of large public sectors, government intervention in recalibrating the relationship between democracy and capitalism comes to be taken for granted. this continues to be the case to this day, even if rhetorically and opportunistically dismissed or derided by the cheerleaders of neo-liberalism, which does not hesitate to embrace the authoritarian state apparatus if necessary. whether to ensure the smooth functioning of a market economy, assuage the financial markets, or on more radical accounts, continue the process of accumulation through dispossession, ensuring the continuation of the inequalities on which capitalism depends, governmental interference on both sides of the justice balance is ubiquitous. but not only is the economy increasingly and explicitly entangled with institutions of political democracy and state bureaucracy; struggles over market and social justice also assume more complex political and ideological forms, in part due to the reaction to the series of crises that engulfed europe and elsewhere in the first half of the twentieth century, in the forms of fascism and soviet communism. social, political and economic struggles in the post-war state are tempered by what has been called ‘constrained democracy’ and ‘constrained capitalism’, collective commitments – often of a constitutional nature - which encourage or impose limits on the democratic and capitalist logics, in order for the society to maintain stability and avoid the extremism that potentially occurs as society relapses – or appears to be in the process of relapsing – into crisis. first, in jan-werner müller’s narrative of post-war democracy in europe, distrust of popular sovereignty and even parliamentary sovereignty was ubiquitous in the aftermath of world war ii, with the goal of constraining democratic majorities uppermost in the minds of political and bureaucratic elites, to prevent backsliding into the authoritarian extremism that devastated europe in the first see further, m. wilkinson, ‘the spectre of authoritarian liberalism: reflections on the constitutional crisis of the european union’ ( ) german law journal - . see further, exploring the history in various national contexts, j-w. müller, contesting democracy (yale university press, ). michael a. wilkinson politicising europe’s justice deficit: some preliminaries half of the twentieth century. this distrust of politics, and fear of both right and left was manifested in concrete national institutions, with liberal constitutionalism and strong constitutional courts in particular developing across the region, most notably in the federal republic of germany, but complemented with supranational institutions in the eu (or eec as it then was) and the echr. not only economically, but also institutionally, this was the hour of the ‘european rescue of the nation-state’, in alan milward’s well-known narrative. but second, there was also, from the beginning of the post-war period until at least the mid- ’s and the dawn of the neo-liberal revolution, a keynesian consensus on the need to protect society from the excesses of capitalism and market justice. as well as laying the foundations of the social security or ‘welfare state’, this involved a bargain or social contract between capital and labour, a post- war ‘class compromise’, obtained by a set of mediating institutions, which attempted to organise capitalism in such a way that would unite state and society. this strengthening of the bonds between state and society, and between business and labour, was complemented by a commitment to the collective pursuit of broader social goals, including economic development, technical innovation, full employment, regional income distribution, and national security. ‘socialism’, according to müller, ‘had been implemented from above to constrain capitalism’ or as tony judt puts it, to save it. politically, it was the ‘moment of christian democracy’ and other elite-led and state-sponsored ideologies that pushed for the attainment and entrenchment of stability by curtailing political extremism and avoiding economic imbalances and excessive levels of socio-economic inequality. constitutional and international commitments, internally and within the architecture of european legal regimes, increasingly ‘take things off the table’ for democratic contestation, at least if one wants to play within the rules. and of course the two dimensions of constraint – ideological and institutional – act most effectively in tandem in alleviating the perceived dangers of democratic and capitalist excesses. the project of european integration was considered a significant means to achieve this, internalising transnational externalities and softening the potential for ibid. and on the recent euro crisis, see j-w. müller, ‘beyond militant democracy?’ ( ) new left review . müller: ‘european integration – this is crucial – was part and parcel of the new ‘constitutionalist ethos’, with its inbuilt distrust of popular sovereignty and the delegation of tasks to agencies that remained under the close supervision of national governments’, ibid. a. milward, the european rescue of the nation-state (london, routledge, ). this was, tony judt, notes, an ‘unusually broad consensus’ on this, t. judt, ill fares the land (penguin, ) . see c. bickerton, european integration: from nation-states to member-states (oxford university press, ). ibid, . ibid, . müller describes christian democracy as ‘the most important ideological innovation of the post-war period, and one of the most significant of the european twentieth century as a whole’, in contesting democracy, above, note , at . the uk does not fit so neatly in this pattern; attaining relative stability and socio-economic equality in the postwar period but without constraining parliamentary supremacy. / sovereign violence. along with the economic benefits thought to accrue from reducing obstacles to trade through the creation of a common market, this was the most convincing rationale for the state’s voluntary ‘containment’ and surrender of ‘limited sovereign rights’. european integration initially was considered a key aspect of the postwar constitutional settlement, a central feature in the narrative of the survival of the democratic sovereign state through constraining its dominant logics. unlikely to transcend the nation-state or represent its evolution into a federal state writ large, because of the difficulty – let alone questionable desirability – of up-scaling the required combination of coercion and community, the eu would instead be an additional bulwark against the dangers of political and economic excesses. the process was complemented from its early stages by a strong and proactive juridical project to create a transnational rule of law, based on subjective, and predominantly economic, rights. a glance at the subject matter of the foundational and even revolutionary case of costa v. enel – often lost in the mist of the supremacy doctrine it gave birth to – is revealing: an italian law that sought to nationalise electricity production and distribution, based on the disputed payment of a , italian lire bill. this ideological and institutional neutering of democratic and market logics was complemented by a ‘golden age’ of sustained economic growth, which facilitated the (temporary) satisfaction of the demands of both capital and labour, dramatically reducing levels of socio-economic inequality. the precise contribution made by european integration to the peace and prosperity of the ‘trente glorieuses’ is contested. what is not contested is that from the mid- ’s, coinciding with an end to easy economic growth, the ‘long downturn’, equilibrium between capitalism and democracy has become more difficult to maintain. for recent accounts of the argument from containment within eu free movement law and citizenship, see f. de witte, ‘sex, drugs & eu law: the recognition of ethical and moral diversity in europe’ ( , forthcoming) common market law review and ‘union citizenship and constrained democracy’ in a.p. van der mei and m. de visser (eds) twenty years treaty on european union: reflections from maastricht (intersentia, ). case / costa v enel [ ] ecr . the case was spearheaded by two members of the italian bar actively pursuing the project of creating a european rule of law; see e.g. a. vauchez, ‘the transnational politics of judicialisation. van gend en loos and the making of eu polity’ ( ) european law journal - . according to bickerton: ‘the decades of prosperity were tied to a particular model of both state and society and a specific understanding of the relationship between politics and economics’, above note , at . financially, one solution was thought to be allowing high inflation, which can be seen as ‘an expression of anomie in a society which, for structural reasons, cannot agree on common criteria of social justice;’ a second then increasing credit: first government debt, then private credit, in both cases ‘pulling future resources into present consumption’. if this accumulation of private and public debt foregrounds the most recent financial crisis, one current response in the uk at least is, it appears, more of the same: another debt-fuelled and state-assisted housing bubble. see streeck, ‘crises of democratic capitalism’, above n , . so-called ‘privatised keynesianism’, which is advanced as the immediate cause if not the ultimate root of the current economic crisis, is suggested by streeck as a concession to the democratic pressures exerted by the people. this highlights an ambiguity in streeck’s account. historically ‘privatised keynesianism’ was not, arguably, a response to democratic pressure but to capitalist pressure. for one michael a. wilkinson politicising europe’s justice deficit: some preliminaries the forces of market justice have, in this period of neo-liberal ascendancy, come out firmly on top, creating a further critical imbalance in the relation between capitalism and democracy. the current period of crisis demonstrates once again how the state is called on dramatically to intervene, but, in doing so with austerity for the poor and primarily in order to regain international competitiveness under pressures of market justice, is doing so with scant regard for socio-economic equality and considerations of distributive or social justice. what kind of further democratic response, if any, this might lead to, remains to be seen. in the brief aftermath of the collapse of the soviet union, the idea of the co- originality and co-evolution of democracy and capitalism took hold of our collective imagination, a marriage that signified, on some accounts, no less than the end of history itself. contributing to this eschatological sentiment in europe was a narrative that paired wider integration with waves of democratisation and market liberalisation, as first spain, portugal and greece emerge from political dictatorship to join the common market and later the countries of the former soviet bloc apply for membership of the eu. and the ‘copenhagen criteria’ for membership of the eu in the ’s made the pairing of democracy, the rule of law and human rights with a functioning market economy both formal and explicit conditions. any sense of having reached the plateau of liberal democratic constitutionalism was not to last long, however, as, well before the recent financial crisis, the eu began to face a more inward looking constitutional crisis of legitimacy, expressed both in popular rejection of the constitutional treaty and in juridical resistance to the constitutional jurisprudence of the european court of justice. both global and european narratives of a comfortable reconciliation of democracy and capitalism have now, in any case, been exposed if not completely exploded. not least the role of the state has increasingly resumed centre stage, even if neo-liberalism has proved surprisingly ideologically resilient, as well as economically and politically powerful. thing, it occurred most intensely in places where the working class was being weakened – with the neo- liberal war on the unions waged by reagan and thatcher. does streeck’s argument imply that without democratic pressures, capitalism would exist in a natural equilibrium? that markets would be self- correcting if left to themselves, unperturbed by democratic pressure? for a different account of the golden age and subsequent ‘long downturn’ see r. brenner, the economics of global turbulence (london, verso, ), emphasising the significance of the global unevenness and competition between national capitalisms. the reference of course is to francis fukuyama, the end of history and the last man. for more nuanced accounts, rejecting both the internal relation and internal tension between capitalism and democracy, see e.g. p. wagner, the crisis of democratic capitalism: reflections on political and economic modernity in europe, leqs paper / and before the recent crisis, a. touraine, what is democracy? (westview press, ). laid down at the june european council meeting in copenhagen. the strongest resistance in terms of influence has been from the german constitutional court. see e.g. d. grimm, ‘defending sovereign statehood against transforming the union into a state’ ( ) european constitutional law review . see c. crouch, the strange non-death of neo-liberalism (london, polity press, ). / obituaries for an end of history thesis already deconsecrated by its own author are unnecessary, which is not to say we have definitively moved beyond its paradigms. but however resilient the modern liberal state, the crises and contradictions of democratic capitalism have undoubtedly escaped its confines, becoming europeanised and globalised, most apparently in the latest economic crises in the eurozone, which of course were set in motion by events on the other side of the atlantic. so too the site of struggle between market justice and social justice has now shifted, at least partially, beyond the state, being played out between electorates and financial institutions, governments and international organisations. . framing the eu’s social justice deficit through the evolution of political and legal institutions in the eu, both coercive and consensual aspects of political rule would emerge beyond the state, even if only in incipient form. but this gradual outsourcing of political authority and of constitutional checks and balances, rather than protecting the keynesian- westphalian ‘nation-state’, now threatens rather to transform it, into a post- westphalian ‘member state’. there are many aspects to the erosion of the national political frame and the demise of its social-democratic keynesian compromise; the precise role that the eu has played in this narrative is far from straightforward. and to be sure, our specific judgment may vary depending on which of the varieties of capitalism from amongst the various member states we take as our exemplar. even on a single state, the effects of european integration may vary over time, as laws and institutions at national and supranational level themselves evolve. the purpose of streeck’s account was, however, to suggest that, despite the possibility and actuality of regional variation in terms of the precise political construction of and response to the capitalist economy, there is a singular logic and ethic of capitalism and market justice, which not only can be abstracted from its varieties, but is integral to its institutional and ideational form. and, however persuasive the varieties of capitalism literature in comparative context, there is a strong current of opinion, in states as varied in their political and constitutional economies as the uk and germany, which holds that for an account of this single globalised crisis of financial capitalism see e.g. m. aglietta, ‘european vortex’ ( ) new left review . see bickerton, note above, chapter . i borrow the term keynesian-westphalian from nancy fraser. see e.g. p. hall and d. soskice (eds.) varieties of capitalism. the institutional foundations of comparative advantage (oxford, oxford university press, ). in the uk context, see d. nicol, the constitutional protection of capitalism (oxford, hart, ); in the german context see f. scharpf, ‘the asymmetry of european integration: or why europe can’t have a social market economy’ ( ) socio-economic review . michael a. wilkinson politicising europe’s justice deficit: some preliminaries european integration has been a significant factor in the erosion and even overall demise of the ‘keynesian-westphalian’ compromise due to the structural asymmetries that the eu creates and maintains. institutions and practices of social justice, both public and private, at the national level, if not found disproportionate in their effects on trade, may become a burden of comparative disadvantage due to the effects of competition and free movement norms. the juridification of the default rules of free circulation of the factors of production in the eu, combined with the political difficulties of re- regulation or even treaty amendment (in areas where the eu lacks competence), particularly in light of the consensus politics with which it operates, favours and even entrenches a firmly, if not unambiguously, neo-liberalising trajectory. idiosyncratic features of supranational integration not only combine to prevent cogent political-democratic response to the social dysfunctionality of the market but also deter the creation of possibilities for such response: a central bank unable to buy government debt and bound to the single objective of ensuring price stability, the relative lack of labour mobility due to cultural and linguistic heterogeneity, unprecedented wage repression in the largest economic bloc, an eclectic mix of economic development and bureaucracies in different phases of modernisation, and above all the (real or perceived) absence of a supranational community of fate. the structural asymmetries imposed by europe’s peculiar brand of federalism tips any balance of justice overwhelmingly in favour of market and against social justice, pushing the dynamic disequilibrium of democratic capitalism to tipping point. there are simply insufficient channels of contestation to generate the social and political legitimacy for any polanyian double movement at the supranational level that might correct these biases and imbalances. although there is a powerful and growing body of academic opinion to say that political union must now ultimately ensue, either to deal with the german question or to resolve the greek problem, the eu emphatically has not itself followed in the footsteps of the statist model or developed a fully-fledged transnational social contract. arenas of distributional conflict are becoming ever more remote from domestic politics, but the imperative to upscale the democratic political framework for the negotiation and re-negotiation of justice claims has been resisted. the political response to redistributive questions in europe – to it is fritz scharpf, above all, who has conceptualised and described in institutional detail the social and economic imbalances caused by europe’s constitutional asymmetry. see recently, on the role of european law in this process, f. scharpf, ‘the asymmetry of european integration: or why europe can’t have a social market economy’ ( ) socio-economic review . and for a broader examination of this asymmetry in the terms of constitutional theory, see n. walker, ‘the place of european law’, in j. weiler and g. deburca (eds) the worlds of european constitutionalism (cambridge, cup, ). see scharpf’s exhaustive analysis of the asymmetry between market and social rules, law and politics in the eu, ibid. see p. anderson, ‘after the event’ ( ) new left review – . see e.g. u. beck, a german europe (cambridge, polity press, ). streeck, ‘crises of democratic capitalism’, n above, . / questions of social justice not only within but also between states – has occurred, if at all, sotto voce, behind the backs of the electorates. if taking market logic and market justice beyond the state has been celebrated in europe in an era of ordo- and then neo-liberalism, taking democracy and social justice beyond the state has proven theoretically and practically problematic, to say the least. democracy, it is only too clear, has not become fully supra-nationalised in response to the freedom of capital and other factors of production to roam beyond borders. and if the democratic deficit in the eu was already notorious, it has now become critical, with constraints placed on the core of national democratic sovereignty in the esm and ‘fiscal compact’. and yet, on the dominant ordo-liberal account, the asymmetry of european integration was entirely justified: the supposed virtues of inter-state competition and the perceived economic benefits of the free circulation of goods, workers, and capital better attained without political interference. founded on ‘guarantees of economic freedom’, the eu’s legitimacy - according to a leading figure in the ordo-liberal school - is quite ‘independent’ of its ‘democratic and socio-political future.’ from a market liberal perspective, moreover, the absence of a ‘demos’ represented a solution rather than a problem: our reduction to ‘mere’ individuals, ‘consumers’ or ‘entrepreneurs’, is motivated by perfect economic rationality. an economic constitution celebrates the absence of a ‘demos’ because political redistribution of wealth, whether unjustified or merely irrational, is less likely to be feasible in the absence of community or social solidarity, a ‘we-feeling’ amongst the members of a polity. ordo-liberalism, in tune with its neo-liberal cousin, ‘has more confidence in the economic constitution than in democracy.’ this divorce of political authority from control over economic resources leaves market justice to triumph over its rival. but it is now becoming clear that not only would the eu fail to develop the political capacity to deal with perceived injustice across its borders, it would also impede the existing states from reconciling their own tensions and the writing and re-negotiation of their own social contracts: for an account of the political traits of neo-liberalism, see d. harvey, a brief history of neo-liberalism (oxford: oxford university press, ). ‘treaty establishing the european stability mechanism’ (esm), july , , o.j. (l ) and the ‘treaty on stability, coordination and governance in the economic and monetary union’ (‘fiscal compact’) http://www.european-council.europa.eu/eurozone-governance/treaty-on-stability?lang=en, last accessed on january . for analysis, see e.g. see m. dawson and f. de witte, ‘constitutional balance in the eu after the euro-crisis’ ( ) modern law review . the ordo-liberal account of the eu is presented by ernst-joachim mestmacker, see e.g. ‘european touchstones of dominion and law’ ( ) the ordo yearbook of economic and social order . on regulatory competition, see a. sayde, ‘one law, two competitions: an enquiry into the contradictions of free movement law’, ( ) cambridge yearbook of european legal studies, - . mestmacker, ibid, . hayek favoured a form of interstate federalism to assuage the perceived threat of redistribution. for discussion, see a. somek, ‘the social question in a transnational context’, leqs papers, / . j. habermas, the crisis of the european union: a response (london, polity press, ) . michael a. wilkinson politicising europe’s justice deficit: some preliminaries the construction of europe as an economic and monetary union, without corresponding political and fiscal integration, disabled the protective capacities of member-states without creating broader, european-wide equivalents to take up the slack. today, the evidence is all around us: greece is reduced to a protectorate, spain, portugal and ireland are ruled from brussels, and central bankers set limits to domestic policy even in germany and france. the upshot is that the project of social protection can no longer be envisioned in the national frame. regarding the national level, there is a strong case to say that whatever was left of the nordic model of welfare capitalism after the neo-liberal onslaught of the late ’s has been further undermined by the rulings of the court of justice in its recent case-law on the free movement of establishment and freedom to provide services. far from the european rescue of the nation-state, the eu now seems to be in the process of contributing to its transformation. the sense of a serious imbalance between capitalism and democracy, caused or exacerbated at least in part by europe’s constitutional asymmetry, is becoming increasingly pervasive. jürgen habermas, an otherwise avid if not stubborn supporter of the project of integration, now notes that ‘political management’, ‘uncoupled’ from the democratic pressures and dynamics ‘of a mobilised political public sphere and civil society’, is deprived of the motivational strength to resist capitalism, unable ‘to contain and redirect’ its ‘profit-oriented imperatives’ into ‘socially compatible channels’. as result, governing authorities increasingly ‘yield’ to the neo-liberal pattern of politics: a technocracy without democratic roots would not have the motivation to accord sufficient weight to the demands of the electorate for a just distribution of income and property, for status security, public services, and collective goods when these conflicted with the systemic demands for competitiveness and economic growth. market discipline had been supposed to perform the function of stabilising economic systems, to compensate for the merely soft, symbolic sanctions against fiscal excess in the stability and growth pact (violated almost immediately by france and germany) and for the ‘no bail-out’ rule enshrined in the treaty (article tfeu) that prevented, in theory, transnational sharing of the burdens n. fraser, ‘triple movement’ ( ) new left review . for recent analysis, see e.g. e. christodoulidis, ‘the european court of justice and “total market” thinking’ ( ) german law journal . j. habermas, ‘democracy, solidarity and the european crisis’, lecture delivered at leuven, in april , a full transcript is accessible at: http://www.kuleuven.be/communicatie/evenementen/evenementen/jurgen-habermas/en/democracy- solidarity-and-the-european-crisis, last accessed on january . a violation side-stepped by the court of justice in case c- / commission v council. / of any economic crisis, until the court rules otherwise in its pringle decision. but soft measures are now to be substituted for the harder rules contained in the esm and ‘fiscal compact’. although, strictly speaking, these take place outside the eu acquis, they threaten the constitutional balance of the european union, by calling into question the most cherished principles of integration – democracy, member state equality, the balance of powers, the ‘community method’, and even respect for the rule of law itself. if the eu was destined to become a civilised, ‘non-imperial empire’, then the financial crisis and responses to it are threatening to tear away this thin veneer of respectability. disorder, in the present critical conjuncture has spilled over from the economic to the political domain, upsetting not only the ‘system integration’, but also the ‘social integration’ of contemporary societies, as the life- world becomes increasingly precarious, with austerity programs, in the southern europe in particular, wrecking lives. not only is political democracy in practice suspended in debtor countries, but the economic constitution itself is bypassed, because of the imperatives of the financial markets and the concerns of creditor states. and where that is the case, as, arguably, it already is in countries like greece, ireland and portugal, ‘street riots and popular insurrection may be the last remaining mode of political expression for those devoid of market power’. this tampering with an already precarious equilibrium threatens to explode – if not already detonated – into outright revolt in europe. if there was already a democratic deficit in europe, there is now a crisis of democracy. and because of the power – real or imagined – of the troika and even the credit rating agencies themselves, citizens increasingly perceive their governments, ‘not as their agents, but as those of other states or of international organisations’, who utilise the messages sent by the financial markets to control and cajole if not to coerce their populations. the financial markets, we are increasingly informed, will simply not tolerate certain political outcomes, or more often, political indecision, giving new lease of life to the sentiment that ‘time is money’. and international organisations, such as the imf and the european union, are ‘immeasurably more insulated from electoral pressure than was the traditional case c- / , pringle v ireland. for analysis, see a. menendez, ‘the existential crisis of the european union’ ( ) german law journal - . note above. see m. dawson and f. de witte, above note . in the words of jose manuel barroso, see http://www.brusselsjournal.com/node/ , last accessed on january . see c. joerges, ‘europe’s economic constitution in crisis and the emergence of a new constitutional constellation’, available at http://papers.ssrn.com/sol /papers.cfm?abstract_id= #, last accessed on january . streeck, ‘crises of democratic capitalism’, n above, . streeck, ‘crises of democratic capitalism’, n above, . accredited of course by max weber to benjamin franklin. michael a. wilkinson politicising europe’s justice deficit: some preliminaries nation-state’. whereas in the post-war constitutional settlement this insulation (or democratic constraint) was considered one of the eu’s supposed strengths – and in the ordo-liberal account, a real virtue – it is now increasingly being perceived as a disruptive and dangerous vice. as a result, extreme nationalist political parties prosper, with promises, however unrealistic, to regain the harnesses of power and smash the mythical power of fate, personified now by faceless bureaucrats and troika representatives. the need to ‘re-embed’ the market economy has been exploited by reactionary movements of right-wing populism rather than transnational movements of pan- european solidarity. the promise of regaining collective autonomy, which only appears institutionally possible at the national level, however illusory in practice, is a far from unattractive platform from which to gain popular electoral support. in the wake of the financial crisis, we have witnessed the results of capitalism acting ‘more like itself’, with capital movement and market justice having increasingly strained at the leash of democratic and territorial controls. and in the absence of a european demos and democratically legitimate european institutions, it is not markets themselves but strong states that appear to take up the slack, however reluctantly, to ensure the survival of transnational capitalism and the market economy. in this way, the financial crisis has not only revealed the fragility of the constitutional principles of the eu; it has also exposed a horizontal asymmetry between larger and smaller member states, or economically stronger and economically weaker states, that was previously concealed. so although strong statehood is lacking at the supranational level, there is at least one contender at the national level, which in conjunction with technocratic governance structures in the eu has been able to call the shots: the federal republic of germany. in the absence of political channels of contestation, dictats and coercive measures prevail. and they appear to emanate from one source in particular. as perry anderson puts it, in the european simulacrum of federalism, there could be no ‘transfer union’ along american lines. once crisis struck, cohesion in the eurozone could only come, not from social expenditure, but political dictation—the enforcement by germany, at the head of a bloc of smaller northern states, of draconian austerity programmes, unthinkable for its own citizens, on the southern periphery, no longer able to recover competitivity by devaluation. coercive elements of rule are becoming increasingly prominent and exposed, from the centralised supranational authority and its representatives in the commission streeck, ‘crisis of democratic capitalism’ n , above, . this is most evident in greece with the rise of golden dawn. greece is perhaps unique in also giving rise to a major new left-wing and anti-austerity party, syriza, which, although maintaining support for the eurozone was considered a threat by the liberal establishment, particularly in germany. see e.g. beck, note above. anderson, note above. / and european central bank, to international organisations such as the imf, as well as among the member states themselves. real economic power discrepancies are even becoming translated into political norms, as is the case of the voting weights in the european stability mechanism. european integration not only adds an additional layer of complexity to the relationship between democracy and capitalism; it also makes the core tension more visible. it exposes the justice deficit in broad daylight and the coercion necessary to sustain the background conditions of transnational economic order. preventing conflict from becoming critical and destructive of the project of the euro must, we are told, be achieved at all costs. the post-war narratives of ‘constrained democracy’ and ‘constrained capitalism’ therefore appear to be coming to an abrupt end in the current phase of european integration. and, in a conjuncture of exquisite irony, it seems that the constitutional model of the european union is to be forcefully remade due to the political and economic strength of the one country that integration was supposed above all to contain. mann’s nightmarish vision of a ‘german europe’ rather than a ‘european germany’ is in danger of becoming a reality. . politicising justice deficits there are many attempts to justify the institutional responses to the financial crisis, to suggest, for example, that they are necessary temporarily, in the short- term, to ensure the stability of the integration process, or at least its currency, in the long run. there have been attempts to justify the constitutional asymmetries and justice deficits in the eu. some also deny that european integration creates, contributes to or maintains such deficits at all. but it is becoming increasingly difficult to persuade persons, and indeed entire peoples, that integration merely expands the pie for all, that there are not real transnational redistributive implications of membership in the eu or even that they remain in collective control of their fates. and many influential commentators now argue that europe will need to engage in huge and explicit redistributive programs and therefore develop into full political union in order to deal with the social and economic effects of the recent financial crises. but in the absence of the requisite transnational solidarity to support this democratically, openly and voluntarily, the emergency ‘rescue operation’ is being for analysis of the institutionalisation of this ‘troika’, see menendez, note above. see de witte and dawson, note above. see beck, note above. see e.g. offe, ‘europe entrapped: does the eu have the political capacity to overcome its current crisis’ ( ) european law journal – . michael a. wilkinson politicising europe’s justice deficit: some preliminaries conducted in an ‘undemocratic, depoliticized, and technocratic mode’. this raises the danger of new forms of authoritarianism emerging, both nationally and transnationally. a recalibration of the ‘moral calculus’ of integration – of transnational solidarity – will not however to come top-down from elites, but, if at all, from the recognition by the peoples of europe of the injustice of those suffering from the austerity measures being imposed upon them. the justice deficit, however, is frequently de-politicised by naturalising the ascendency of market justice. there is, for example, a strong tendency to perceive the initial movement of capitalist logic and market justice in quasi-naturalistic terms, as an unstoppable social and evolutionary force, which democratic politics can do nothing more than attempt to tame or civilise in response. this perception of the capitalist economy as natural and autonomous is most explicit and developed in systems theory and can be traced back through to weber’s rationalisation thesis of modernity, and even beyond, to the natural law understanding of the economy that substitutes the state for civil society, in the work of thinkers such as adam smith and thomas paine. de-politicisation of the public sphere finds support in elite theories of democracy and systems theory, because, in common with the classical doctrines of political economy, they appeal to an evolutionary narrative of social reproduction, whether normatively or merely descriptively. common to these varied positions is the viewpoint that the economic is not only autonomous; it is foundational for the polity and for political development. it is a view that even (sympathetic) critics of weber such as jürgen habermas have come to adopt. since the fall of the berlin wall and the collapse of the soviet union, he claims, it has become ‘impossible’ to break free from the world of capitalism; ‘the only remaining option is to civilise and tame the capitalist dynamic from within’. and the transformation of law and politics in the process of european integration, habermas argues, is bound up with this capitalist dynamics, framed by a ‘functionally driven opening’ of integration and inclusion followed by a ‘socially integrative closure’, or re-embedding of the market. there is a broader point here. escape from democratic politics signalled by the practice and discourse of ordo- and neo-liberalism is not new; its sentiment is as old as philosophy itself. liberalism’s attempt to escape from politics through offe, ibid. see wilkinson, above note . the term ‘moral calculus’ is offe’s, see note above. for weber, rationalisation is an aspect of our loss of freedom in modernity, see, for discussion, e.g. k. breen, ‘under weber’s shadow: modernity, subjectivity and politics’ in habermas, arendt and macintrye (ashgate, ). on smith and paine, see e.g. m. loughlin, foundations of public law (oxford, oup, ) . teubner’s work is an important exception here, providing a critique of the naturalisation of economic rationality from within systems theory; see note above. foucault identifies this reversal as central to understanding neo and ordo-liberalism. see m. foucault, the birth of bio-politics: lectures at the college de france (london: palgrave macmillan, ). cf. breen, note above. habermas note above, . ibid, . / economics, as hannah arendt argued, is not a departure, but a continuation of the philosophical tradition that begins with plato and ends with marx. once a substitute for action is found – which is traditionally the role of the ‘absolute’, in modern times sieyes’ nation or jefferson’s self-evident truths – politics becomes mere administrative execution, analogous to the private economic decisions of the household. the loss of the political comes with the identification of a source of authority ‘beyond the sphere of power’ and, whether the law of nature or the commands of god, not itself ‘man-made’. the source of authority apparently ‘beyond the sphere of power’ and therefore beyond the sphere of democratic politics is now the market itself and global capital markets in particular, their authority anonymised in the form of barely comprehensible and virtually unaccountable credit rating agencies. the suggestion of the ‘naturalness’ of any existing order and the inequalities in which it results is ideologically potent, particularly when it is accompanied by an ethos of competition and an individualism that might be attractive for other moral or cultural reasons. the high water-mark of this reification of the capitalist economic logic is the neo-liberal insistence that ‘there is no alternative’ (tina), propagated so forcefully by margaret thatcher that it was swallowed whole not only by her conservative but by her ‘third way’ successors, in the uk and elsewhere. can the justice deficit be politicised or re-politicised? this, it is argued, is a condition for it to be democratised, however democratisation might then be institutionally imagined and implemented. although this will not of course convince those who deny there is a social justice deficit at all in the eu, it remains, if correct, a contribution to an account of why social (or market) justice deficits are in large measure political artefacts, whether or not they exist in any particular place at any particular time. the struggle for social justice must be viewed not only in terms of the possibilities of reacting through existing channels to the (actual or perceived) injustice perpetuated by market capitalism but in terms of the creation of markets and of the channels of response to them in the first place. we can then consider in particular the way that politics facilitates or hinders a democratic response to that actual or perceived injustice as well as its complicity in the initial movements of market making and inducing the extension of market logic. see h. arendt, between past and future (penguin, ) – . the point is made as strongly in the human condition (university of chicago, ) : ‘escape from the frailty of human affairs into the solidity of quiet and order,’ arendt notes, ‘has in fact so much to recommend it that the greater part of political philosophy since plato could easily be interpreted as various attempts to find theoretical foundations and practical ways for an escape from politics altogether’. on the supposed natural quality of the economic order in neo-liberalism, see e.g. m. foucault, the birth of bio-politics: lectures at the college de france (london: palgrave macmillan, ), o. parker, cosmopolitan government in europe (london: routledge, ). on how neo-liberalism splits the left, by co-opting liberal social causes, see harvey, above note . thatcher, when asked to name her greatest legacy, famously responds, ‘tony blair’. michael a. wilkinson politicising europe’s justice deficit: some preliminaries politicisation of the justice deficit points at how capitalist market logic depends upon the state and on political action not only for its maintenance and ‘taming’, but also for its creation and re-creation. this can occur both through action and inaction. it suggests that the state is at once both problem and solution to the crises of democratic capitalism; both poison and cure. according to a radical philosophical tradition, the state apparatus is not only responsible for an initial, often violent, movement of original or ‘primitive’ accumulation that sets up the economic and social conditions for market capitalism (marx’s ‘doubly free labourer’), but also constantly or periodically re- constitutes these conditions through ‘accumulation by dispossession’. but others – including those less radical – have identified political action, coercion and violence, whether through internal corruption, war or in the form of global imperialism (‘political capitalism’), as central to at least some types and certain periods of market formation and continuing in aspects of modern capitalism. violence, coercion and imperialism, however, are only contingently necessary to alter the balance of forces between democracy and capital. in the most recent era of neo-liberalism, to the conceptual dynamic of social and market justice must also be added political and legal changes made to and by the state which tip the balance between democracy and capitalism in favour of capital, such as the hollowing out of state powers, the turn from government to governance, whole- sale privatisation programs, the removal of issues from the democratic agenda and into the regulatory arena of experts and technocrats and constitutionalisation – and therefore judicialisation – of economic rules, particularly through international institutions. there is a strong affinity between privatisation and regulation on the one hand and technocratic, expert government on the other, and of course in the eu this was captured by majone’s notion of the ‘regulatory state’, although it is also an aspect of the ideology of ‘constrained democracy’ that we explored above. there was, and is, nothing inevitable about the turn to the regulatory state; it is the expression of political choices and planned structures. placing the political and its most potent manifestation, the modern state, at the root of the political economy of capitalism (whether classical, late or ‘post-modern’) and the seemingly inexorable spread of market logic, highlights the contingency of the market as an economic and normative form, however powerfully articulated and cultivated institutionally and ideologically. as joseph weiler acknowledged with respect to the process of market-building as the centerpiece of european integration: see d. harvey, the new imperialism (oxford, oup, ); e. meiksins wood, empire of capital (london, verso, ). for an earlier account, see arendt, note above, , drawing on rosa luxemburg. such as max weber himself, with his category of ‘political capitalism’. see e.g. r. swedberg, max weber and the idea of economic sociology ( ) - . see e.g. s. gill, power and resistance in the new world order (london and new york, macmillan-palgrave, ), d. nicol, the constitutional protection of capitalism (oxford, hart, ), w. bonefeld, ‘neo-liberal europe and the transformation of democracy’ in nousios, overbeek and tsolakis (eds) globalisation and european integration (london, routledge, ). see g. majone, regulating europe (london, routledge, ). / a “single european market” is a concept which still has the power to stir, but it is also a “single european market”. it is not simply a technocratic programme to remove the remaining obstacles to the free movement of all factors of production. it is at the same time a highly politicised choice of ethos, ideology and political culture: the culture of “the market”[…] premised on the assumption of formal equality of individuals […] crucially, this not only accentuates the pressure for uniformity, but also manifests a social (and hence ideological) choice which prizes market efficiency and european-wide neutrality of competition above other competing values. of course de-politicisation was in some sense a deliberate choice in the designs of the various european communities, which favoured consensual over conflictual evolution, at least the consensus of powerful political and economic elites. the transnational economy would be based on legal guarantees, technical regulations and even ‘soft laws’ such as the stability and growth pact, rather than centralised political controls subject to democratic contestation. one might say, adopting weiler’s influential narrative, that it was based on this combination of law and technocracy precisely because political controls remained with the member states, reluctant to surrender them, particularly in the early stages of integration. but once the political nature of transnational market logics is acknowledged, then alternatives to the fundamentals of the current set-up – and not merely tinkering around the edges – might be explored as a genuine possibility. the crisis is, in any case, already exposing the weakness of the rule of law in the face of political response to economic emergency, as developments in the grey zone of the union method evolve, although it is too early yet to say precisely what this portends. . democratising the justice deficit? the ‘keynesian-westphalian’ negotiation of market and social justice through a combination of ‘constrained capitalism’ and ‘constrained democracy’ can no longer be taken for granted, if not already consigned to the history books. we have sketched the role that european integration has played in this negotiation j. weiler, ‘the transformation of europe’ ( ) yale law journal . for an account, see m. dani, ‘rehabilitating social conflicts in european public law’ ( ) european law journal – . ibid. see a. menendez, note above, for the long view. müller himself thinks we have recently turned a corner and that the eu has changed qualitatively, no longer able to lock in states to democratic and social commitments, see ‘beyond militant democracy’ ( ) new left review . michael a. wilkinson politicising europe’s justice deficit: some preliminaries and its transformation, although of course it is a story that touches on all the states of the democratic capitalist world. the effect of globalisation and europeanisation has been ‘to destabilise’ the existing structures of political claims and to change the dynamics of market and social justice. with this destabilisation, even explosion, of the national frame, the assumption no longer holds that the modern territorial state is the exclusive site of justice claims. neither is it clear that the citizens of such states are exclusively the relevant subjects of debates about justice. as nancy fraser argues, not just the ‘what’ but also the ‘who’ of justice must now be up for grabs. this is nowhere more evident than in contemporary europe, where integration now directly raises the question of what, if anything, germans owe greeks (or vice versa), either as the result of a ‘moral calculus’ of integration or for the benefit of their own long-term self-interest. in addition to the usual first order questions of distribution and recognition within a particular community, second-order questions are increasingly being raised about justice in the eu. not only the substance of justice, but also the ‘frame’ is increasingly in dispute, and demands are increasingly being made for a post-westphalian theory of justice. and yet, in recalling the priority of politics we cannot ignore the question of the political, or le politique, which, fundamentally, defines the parameters of who is to be counted amongst the members of the relevant community, and, in its most infamous formulation, between who is friend and enemy. the point is not merely to highlight the priority of action and contingency over decisionism and necessity, because, as fraser herself acknowledges, the political ‘furnishes the stage on which struggles over distribution and recognition are played out’. she continues: establishing criteria of social belonging, and thus determining who counts as a member, the political dimension of justice specifies the reach of those other dimensions: it tells us who is included in, and who excluded from, the circle of those entitled to a just distribution and reciprocal recognition. the framing of ‘the political’ determines not only who can make justice claims, by virtue of establishing who is a member of the relevant community, but also how such claims are to be made, judged and acted upon, and of course the precise procedures are significant because they not only exclude certain voices, but also see n. fraser, ‘reframing justice in a globalizing world’ ( ) new left review . ibid. fraser, note above, at . c. schmitt, the concept of the political (university of chicago press, ), . for an account of european constitutionalism which gives priority to the political, but in more dynamic and reflexive terms, see m. wilkinson, ‘political constitutionalism and the european union’ ( ) modern law review – . fraser note above, . / privilege some interests over others in stipulating the rules and conditions of access. political justice is therefore concerned chiefly with the idea and the practice of representation, where misrepresentation would point to the distinctively political obstacles to equality of representation, in addition to in justice presented by maldistribution and misrecognition within a polity. misrepresentation can occur at the first ordinary, domestic level of the democratic process, where, for example, the rules and internal constituencies of the electoral system itself are drawn. this is far from straightforward in a compound polity such as the eu, which has to balance the basic principle of the equality of persons with the more complex principle of the equality of states, because the constitutional identity of the component parts matters. a balance is sought through the electoral system of the european parliament, with its system of degressive proportionality, engagement with national parliaments, and in conjunction with forms of indirect representation through the european commission and council. although this balance is difficult in any federal or compound polity it has special resonance in the eu because of the continuing sovereignty claims of the constituent parts, as so forcefully articulated, however disingenuously, by the german constitutional court in the lisbon decision, which insists on maintaining the constitutional power to guarantee its own social state. misrepresentation can also occur at a second level, which concerns the basic boundary-setting aspect of ‘the political’. here misrepresentation takes the form of mis-framing, where the injustice is not insufficient representation but wrongful exclusion from any kind of political representation. although the process of economic globalisation exposes this mis-framing because it reveals our inter- connectedness in a more comprehensive and immediate manner, it must be remembered, with arendt, that the keynesian – westphalian frame itself mis- framed in significant respects, with political emancipation tied in with legacies of capitalist expansion and imperialism. if political obstacles to full and fair representation existed within the keynesian – westphalian frame of the territorial state, european integration - and economic globalisation more generally - exposes the injustice of the frame itself, because those affected by it are marginalised from its political decision-making centres in spite of the legal and political equality they are formally attributed. the enhanced possibility of political gerrymandering comes at the expense of the marginalised and powerless, who can only, if at all, channel their claims through relatively ineffective political channels. the allocation of votes in the european stability mechanism, weighted by capital contributions, is a good example of the see e.g. c. lord and j. pollak, ‘unequal but democratic? equality according to karlsruhe’ ( ) european journal of public policy – . for a critique of the german court’s understanding of political equality see lord and pollak, ibid. see note above. michael a. wilkinson politicising europe’s justice deficit: some preliminaries normalisation of the conflation of economic and political power, which has potentially dramatic effects on the principle of political representation. europeanisation and globalisation are politicising the normal westphalian frame of justice by making a dimension of injustice more visible. a special kind of meta-injustice is exposed, where some are wrongly excluded from consideration, ‘denied the chance to press first-order claims’ within a community. metapolitical misrepresentation arises when states and transnational elites monopolize the activity of frame-setting, denying voice to those who may be harmed in the process, and blocking creation of democratic arenas where the latter’s claims can be vetted and redressed. the effect is to exclude the overwhelming majority of people from participation in the meta-discourses that determine the authoritative division of political space. in the eu, those who consider their voices silenced by processes beyond their individual and even collective control will take to the streets instead, as we have seen from athens to madrid and from lisbon to paris. but, one might ask, in the new light of the redistributive implications of economic and monetary union, why is it that the political code is still predominantly nation versus nation? what explains the absence or weakness of transnational social movements in comparison to the power of transnational capital? is it a straightforward failure of elites? to begin to answer this, a third element of social struggle must be explored, working alongside economic and social justice, in order to appreciate the full complexity of the justice deficit: ‘emancipation’. really existing social struggles do not neatly fit the contours of a polanyian double movement or of streeck’s rebalancing of the relationship between market and social justice. instead they have exposed problems not only with marketisation and the spread of market logic but also with the socially protective responses to it that, in the name of social justice, have depended on an exclusionary rhetoric of communitarianism, homogeneity and popular consensus. struggles for emancipation are now cross- cultural, transnational, plural and heterogeneous; from feminism to the anti-war movements, occupy to trade unionism, environmentalism to the indignados, the voices of social justice are diverse and dispersed. a politics of representation must ‘aim to democratize the process of frame- setting’, to contest the way in which boundaries themselves are drawn. this is fraser, note above, . fraser note above, . on the exclusion and sovereign violence of the social contract model see parker, above n . see the report on subterranean politics. in the eyes of the habermas-derrida initiative, it was the anti- war movements coordinated on february against the invasion of iraq that gave birth to a european public sphere. see ‘february , or what binds europeans together’ reprinted in ( ) constellations – . fraser, note above, . / no easy task. but what it suggests is that to the tension between the logics of democracy and capitalism must be added the logic of the state, and its external and internal manner of setting the scene for this ceaseless antagonism of interests and values, including the shaping of transnational political spaces such as the eu. streeck’s dilemma of market and social justice must be substituted for a trilemma: of market, social and democratic justice. only then might the destabilisation of the national frame signal democracy’s graduation rather than its retirement. this is an area, however, where democratic experimentalism has presented certain insights about the need to keep open, contingent and provisional the form and content of the democratic community. justice reinvestment: vision and practice cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : annual review of criminology justice reinvestment: vision and practice william j. sabol and miranda l. baumann andrew young school of policy studies, department of criminal justice and criminology, georgia state university, atlanta, georgia , usa; email: wsabol@gsu.edu annu. rev. criminol. . : – first published as a review in advance on october , the annual review of criminology is online at criminol.annualreviews.org https://doi.org/ . /annurev-criminol- - copyright © by annual reviews. all rights reserved keywords reinvestment, community, corrections, cost efficiency, public safety, incarceration abstract justice reinvestment was introduced in the early s as a means to respond to the massive growth in incarceration in the united states that had oc- curred during the past three decades by diverting offenders from prison and redirecting a portion of the associated corrections expenditures into com- munities to build their capacities to manage offenders locally. over the next years, the concept evolved into a congressionally funded federal grant program that shifted the focus of reinvestment away from community rein- vestment and toward a state-agency practice improvement model that ulti- mately aimed to improve public safety. a distinct form of justice reinvest- ment, the justice reinvestment initiative ( jri), was the dominant practice of justice reinvestment in the united states. it was organized as a public– private partnership that engaged states in bipartisan efforts to enact leg- islative reforms and other policies to address sentencing and corrections practices and adopt high-performing evidence-based practices (ebps) that would yield the desired public safety benefits. jri contributed to legislative reforms and adoption of ebps, especially in community supervision. the federal jri effort has not yet provided peer-reviewed, published evidence that it has achieved its objectives. a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . mailto:wsabol@gsu.edu https://doi.org/ . /annurev-criminol- - https://www.annualreviews.org/doi/full/ . /annurev-criminol- - cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : introduction when susan tucker and eric cadora introduced the concept of justice reinvestment in (tucker & cadora ), the prison population in the united states had increased from approxi- mately , persons in the early s to . million persons. it would continue to rise to ap- proximately . million around , before beginning a slow decline (bronson & carson , carson ). calling this expansion of incarceration a costly national dependence on a penal policy that sacrificed rather than enhanced public safety, they proposed that public safety could be improved by reducing the size and costs of correctional populations, redirecting a portion of the cost savings toward investments in local communities, and “devolving accountability and re- sponsibility to the local level” (tucker & cadora , p. ). under their model, locally directed investment in education, jobs, housing, healthcare, and other community amenities would en- hance or rebuild communities, thereby leading to less crime and less incarceration. locally based supervision of offenders would improve the accountability of local justice agencies and offenders, lower costs, and facilitate offender integration into communities. over the next years, the concept of justice reinvestment evolved, obtained the support of private foundations, was adopted internationally, and resulted in more than $ million in federal investment in the united states. it has been described as “the largest effort within the united states—and now in other western nations—to reverse what many have lamented as the use of mass incarceration” (austin & coventry , p. ); presented as providing a viable solution to the problem of increasing corrections expenditures and “dissatisfaction with current returns on public safety investment[s]” (la vigne et al. , p. ); and credited with widespread adoption of evidence-based corrections programs (klingele ). the justice reinvestment initiative, or jri, a public–private partnership between the bureau of justice assistance (bja) and the pew charitable trusts (pew), was the main form of justice rein- vestment in the united states. it shifted the focus of reinvestment from individual communities to managing costs and legislating reforms that would improve the efficiency of criminal justice system operations as a means to reduce recidivism and improve public safety. at least states participated in some form of justice reinvestment between and (pew ), and many were pro- jected to have or were credited with having smaller prison populations than would have occurred in the absence of jri reforms. collectively, the states were projected to avert billions of dollars in corrections costs over periods as long as years (harvell et al. , lavigne et al. ). nongovernmental entities such as the council of state governments (csg) and pew, who also provided technical assistance (ta) to jri participants, and the urban institute, which was re- sponsible for assessing outcomes and impacts of jri, have tracked and recorded many examples of jri efforts in states and localities. each has devoted space on their respective website [council of state governments (https://www.csg.org/), pew (https://www.pewresearch.org/), urban in- stitute (https://www.urban.org)] to justice reinvestment, with literally hundreds of articles, fact sheets, reports, and stories, mostly touting successful reinvestment efforts, sharing lessons learned, or otherwise promoting the value of jri. however, independent reviews of justice reinvestment have been limited and largely critical. two books (brown et al. , fox et al. ) reviewed justice reinvestment in the united states, the united kingdom, and australia. both argued that it was a major movement in criminal justice reform that could be used to reduce crime through investment in social justice (fox et al. ), had the potential to create a new dialog about how to reduce incarceration and the racial disparities within it, and build community capacity (brown et al. ). both concluded that it had not yet achieved its goals. a special edition of criminology & public policy devoted to mass incarceration included a proposal for justice reinvestment and a set of commentaries that generally were less sabol • baumann a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . https://www.csg.org/ https://www.pewresearch.org/ https://www.urban.org cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : sanguine about its prospects than the books. assessments of it within the broader contexts of the politics of mass incarceration (gottschalk ), the economics of prison growth (pfaff ), sentencing reform of the s (o’hear ), and community supervision practices (klingele ) have pointed out some of its internal contradictions. finally, despite its scope and the public attention given to justice reinvestment, it was not given a prominent place in either of two recently published volumes devoted to criminal justice reform. neither erik luna’s four-volume reforming criminal justice (luna a) nor michael tonry & daniel nagin’s reinventing american criminal justice (tonry & nagin ) devoted a chapter to it, although several of the papers in luna’s volumes gave it limited attention in their discussions of prison or supervision reform efforts. our review distinguishes between the concepts of justice reinvestment, which allows for justice funds to be reallocated to non-justice domains, and the jri, which characterized the us experi- ence. we describe the justice reinvestment concept as originally envisioned and how it evolved, particularly within the united states. we describe the transition from justice reinvestment to jri, which represented a marked shift in the emphasis of reinvestment away from place- and community-based offender management to a state-level strategy that emphasized improving cor- rections departments’ practices through expanded use of evidence-based programming. this shift largely preserved the size and oversight function of the justice system, as reinvested dollars flowed from one sector of the justice system to another, as opposed to community-based, primary preven- tion efforts. our review therefore focuses largely on the jri experience and the extent to which it achieved its objectives. we conclude with observations about both justice reinvestment and jri. origins and evolution of the concept of justice reinvestment the theoretical basis for justice reinvestment comes from the community development literature, but it borrows insights from research on the collateral consequences of incarceration. individual-, community-, and system-level characteristics were seen as inextricably linked causes of crime that necessitated multipronged reforms to address. first, justice reinvestment’s systems-level approach sought to ameliorate the impact of concentrated mass incarceration and coercive mobility—the forced removal and return of community residents through incarceration (clear et al. )—by reforming sentencing and revocation policies to reduce the use of prison (austin et al. , clear , tucker & cadora ). second, justice reinvestment emphasized the importance of bol- stering family and community cohesion through the adoption of policies designed to revitalize distressed communities and increase the availability of preventive programs and educational and economic opportunities (clear , tucker & cadora ). finally, justice reinvestment em- phasized assessment of offenders to address their individual treatment and programmatic needs while also managing their public safety risk (clear ). this also exhibited itself in the concept of local community control and accountability for offenders. tucker & cadora ( ) viewed justice reinvestment as a means to reduce mass incarcera- tion and build capacity in communities affected by it. they located the causes of mass incarcera- tion in the tough sentencing and corrections policies of the s and s, such as the war on drugs, mandatory minimums, three-strike sentences, truth-in-sentencing, and diminution of ju- dicial discretion. pointing to findings that a relatively small number of neighborhoods accounted for a disproportionately high number of prison admissions (clear , clear et al. , kurgan , lynch & sabol , sampson & loeffler ), tucker & cadora dubbed as million-dollar blocks those areas associated with massive corrections expenditures that have also struggled with pervasive crime despite record-high levels of incarceration. and they asked if some portion of those costs might not be put to different uses that would strengthen communities. www.annualreviews.org • justice reinvestment a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : following the arguments of clear et al. ( ), tucker & cadora argued that high rates of removal of residents to incarceration introduced coercive mobility, which diminished informal social control in communities that, in turn, led to more crime. offenders’ opportunities for suc- cess were limited by high rates of reincarceration for technical violations while on parole, a dearth of training and treatment services available upon reentry, and the fragility of economic and social institutions in the neighborhoods to which they were returning. opportunities for offender rein- tegration were exacerbated by the lack of programmatic, economic, and social support systems within the neighborhoods with high concentrations of crime and incarceration. under justice reinvestment, some of the monies that would have gone to cover the costs of imprisonment would flow from the state to local communities to manage offenders locally and invest in community institutions. localities would be accountable to the state for any person who reoffends and goes to state prison. locally tailored solutions would include, for example, allocating parole officers to neighborhoods rather than dispersing their workloads; designing prisoner reen- try as a shared responsibility of governments, community institutions, families and friends, and the individual offender; and building communities through reinvestments targeted at improving local schools, housing, employment, and other objectives. eight years after tucker & cadora, todd clear ( ) proposed a justice reinvestment model for a place-based, detailed voucher system that diverted cost savings from states’ corrections budgets to community-based organizations and employers on a per-offender, real-time basis. approved organizations and employers who treated or employed diverted offenders in specific, high-incarceration communities would receive monthly subsidies so long as the offenders did not reoffend or become reincarcerated. clear built local accountability into the model by eliminating the state subsidy for cases of supervised offenders reoffending for a new crime. to ensure emphasis on community revitalization and sustainability, the model required participating organizations to employ offenders and their families and provide key services, such as housing, educational or vocational training, and substance-abuse treatment. this original vision of justice reinvestment was met with a mixture of praise and skepticism. on one hand, the concept was characterized by the “elegance of the critique and solution” as an “aesthetically compelling idea” that gives “pleasure to the mind or senses,” and had properties of “harmony of form or color, excellence of artistry, truthfulness, and originality” that policy makers and art galleries seek to find (maruna ,pp. – ).it was described as an approach that would have broad appeal because it could provide “greater safety for citizens through redeploying some of the wasteful sums needlessly spent on imprisonment” (allen , p. ). the national re- search council (nrc) offered that jri could contribute to the neighborhood capacity building of the initial justice reinvestment efforts as part of an approach to “reduc[e] reliance on incar- ceration” (travis et al. , p. ). klingele ( ) expressed hopefulness that jri’s pragmatic approach could continue to bring political partisans together in a way that would potentially lead to more reform. on the other hand, criticisms of the original concept of justice reinvestment pointed out that the concept was not fully developed and did not address important issues. first and foremost, justice reinvestment did not address the assumptions that sufficient funds could be diverted for community reinvestment and the mechanisms by which funding streams for community rein- vestment would be sustained if prison costs decreased were not articulated. questioning whether the savings that could be extracted from corrections would be sufficient without first obtaining very large reductions in the size of prison populations, austin ( , austin et al. ) called for sentencing reforms that would curb admissions for new crimes and shorten lengths of stay. their justice reinvestment proposals included reclassifying certain crimes as misdemeanors, re- ducing arrests for drug offenses, expanding early release eligibility for most offenders, imposing sabol • baumann a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : shorter terms for many crimes, and eliminating mandatory minimums and life sentences for most crimes. if implemented, these would lead to much smaller prison populations and possibly greater amounts for reinvestment. their model also required local municipal and county officials to act in coalitions to press for reforms that would reduce the concentration of incarceration in their communities as well as share in the political risks of legislating the reforms that reduced reliance on incarceration. but even under the more radical approach preferred by austin et al. ( ), it is not clear that there would be sufficient savings for community reinvestment. kleiman ( ) estimated that if the prison population were halved and coupled with the necessary expansion of treatment services for offenders diverted to supervision, approximately $ billion in savings on the $ billion spent by states would occur. this amounted to approximately half of one percent of state expenditures, an amount that seems inadequate to address the community reinvestment needs. furthermore, state legislatures appropriate funds, not averted costs or savings. it is therefore far from certain that state legislatures would appropriate the savings for local community reinvestment as opposed to other needs (tonry ). even under clear’s voucher model, it is not clear where state prison departments would get funding to pay the vouchers if their prison populations were reduced. more likely, state legislatures would appropriate smaller amounts for state prison departments under such a scenario. furthermore,the cost savings associated with reducing prison populations were generally over- stated (gottschalk , pfaff , tonry ). estimates of savings based on per-capita or av- erage costs per prisoner overstate the savings unless entire prisons are shut down. this is because most prison costs are fixed costs for personnel, operations, and amortization. these costs do not change without substantial reductions in the number of facilities and number of staff. the means by which states would implement reductions in force if significant prison population reductions occurred also were not addressed (gottschalk ). additionally, justice reinvestment advocates did not address the potential for increasing in- equities and disparities in resources, services, and the administration of justice that could arise from devolving authority to localities (allen ). these pragmatic appeals to instrumental ar- guments about costs and benefits ignored the severity of sentencing in the united states (maruna , mayer & patti , tonry ). early justice reinvestment implementation efforts between and , connecticut, kansas, texas, rhode island, and arizona initiated justice reinvestment efforts (austin & coventry ). with financial support from the open society foundations and later pew, and with the ta from nonprofit research and ta firms, including the jfa institute, csg, and other organizations, the original justice reinvestment strategy was orga- nized around three parts: working with state legislatures to analyze criminal justice populations to recommend ways to generate savings; engaging experts to steer investment opportunities; and organizing demand for neighborhood investment by affected communities (austin et al. ). fox et al. ( ) and brown et al. ( ) describe several of these early efforts. most led to a variety of policy reforms that targeted administrative practices such as reducing revocations for technical violations of parole and probation, reestablishing good-time credits to reduce lengths of stay in prison, and holding parole hearings at the earliest possible date. connecticut, kansas, and texas also expanded their community-based treatment and supervision practices in an effort to increase the use of alternative sanctions and provide greater reentry services. in at least three states, some form of community reinvestment was attempted. texas reallocated several million dollars from its reserves to expand its nurse–family partnership program—an www.annualreviews.org • justice reinvestment a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : effort to reduce violence and improve the health and well-being of low-income families (clement et al. ). connecticut outlined a plan to reinvest correctional savings, along with private in- vestments and federal grants,to bolster employment opportunities in the state’s high-incarceration communities (csg ). eventually, connecticut invested in transitional housing for returning inmates (austin et al. ). in , kansas lawmakers proposed a new communities initiative pilot project to revitalize high-incarceration neighborhoods in wichita that was not implemented because of budget cuts to the state’s corrections budget in the wake of the financial crisis. none of these early efforts resulted in or experienced sustained investments. international justice reinvestment experiences the united kingdom and australia also took on justice reinvestment efforts. a detailed review of these is beyond the scope of this article and has been outlined elsewhere (e.g., brown et al. , wong et al. ). in the united kingdom, concerns about the growth in the size and costs of corrections led the house of commons justice committee to question the financial sustainability of the system (fox et al. ). prison population growth was seen as the result of the justice system treating prison as a free commodity and not holding justice system actors accountable for the consequences of their decisions (brown et al. ). as in the united states, the existence of high concentrations of offenders in certain areas sup- ported the idea that local solutions were necessary, and early thinking about justice reinvestment focused on how to enhance local control and provide support to communities. local decision- makers were viewed as able to secure local support, coordinate resources, and work with offenders to integrate them into local programs that would also build capacity in local communities (allen , ). local administration would also improve accountability and the administration of justice (stern & allen , wong et al. ). in practice, justice reinvestment as implemented in the united kingdom has been described as narrow and focused on reducing individual reoffending and not on community reinvestment (wong et al. ). it has been described as reflecting a choice by politicians to use the language of reinvestment to support a focus on reducing recidivism and costs, or “to make the ‘reinvestment’ a reality by capturing savings in the criminal justice system” (brown et al. , p. ). a set of small-scale pilot projects were designed to divert offenders from custody or provide community- based, postrelease services for returning offenders. these were based on the delivery of a criminal justice services model rather than a community reinvestment model. however, the scale of the interventions was too small and the payments were insufficient to cover costs (wong et al. ). in australia, early interest in justice reinvestment among community groups and members of the federal government led to the commissioning of a senate inquiry outlining the potential of jus- tice reinvestment to address the problem of overincarceration among the nation’s disadvantaged peoples (brown et al. ). despite widespread agreement that aboriginal, torres strait islander, and mentally or cognitively impaired peoples are disproportionately impacted by the australian justice system and that a justice reinvestment program rooted in localism is well suited to address this disparity, plans for the development and implementation of a federally supported reform pro- gram have not come to fruition (brown et al. ). instead, the bulk of justice reinvestment in australia has proceeded piecemeal in various communities through the efforts of local or regional grassroots organizations. although these initiatives may be associated with concomitant reduc- tions in costs and increases in local social welfare indicators (kpmg ), few evaluations have been conducted. and, as evidence from the united kingdom’s experience suggests, such small- scale programs may be limited in their capacity to produce substantial savings and change (wong et al. ). sabol • baumann a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : the justice reinvestment initiative jri has been the dominant form of justice reinvestment practiced in the united states. it was distinct from justice reinvestment in several ways. first, its investment goal was justice system agencies and not community development. second, although it promised that corrections costs would be saved by reducing imprisonment, its primary aim was to improve the efficiency of justice system operations and not large-scale reductions in incarceration. and third, it gave primacy to state-level agency stakeholders over community advocates. it was built on a model in which states secured support from key justice agency stakehold- ers; established bipartisan, interagency, or interbranch working groups of elected and appointed justice officials; used data to diagnose the sources of prison population growth; and enacted legis- lation or other evidence-based policy reforms to address the growth of correctional populations. jri aimed to improve public safety while containing corrections costs (lavigne et al. ). jri’s public safety, cost-reduction, and cost-containment goals had broad bipartisan appeal. cost con- tainment appealed to the political right. reducing prison populations appealed to the political left. the emphasis on evidence-based practices appealed to those believing in the potential efficacy of government programs regardless of their political persuasion. jri began in (lavigne et al. ) with the first congressional appropriation of $ million for “activities related to comprehensive criminal justice reform and recidivism re- duction efforts by the states” (pub. l. no. - , stat. , u.s.c. § , p. , ). jri was implemented as a public–private partnership between bja and pew, a rare if not unique orga- nizational arrangement within the department of justice. between and , congress ap- propriated approximately $ million for jri (harvell et al. ). in and , bja carved out jri funds from other discretionary grant programs totaling approximately $ million (ojp ). prior to , bja also used funds from its discretionary grant programs to support jri ta providers (ojp ). these sums suggest a bja investment in jri that exceeded $ million. justice reinvestment initiative implementation jri’s data-driven process (bja , , ) involved seven steps (davies et al. , lavigne et al. , welsh-loveman & harvell ) that fed back on themselves in a continuous cycle of reform: . establish a bipartisan working group (inclusion criteria) . analyze data and identify prison population drivers . develop policy options . codify and document changes . implement policy changes . reinvest savings . measure outcomes bja-funded ta providers worked with government officials to identify drivers of correctional population growth, evaluate the cost-effectiveness of state spending on corrections, and develop data-driven policy options to improve corrections management strategies, increase public safety, and improve offender accountability (bja , ). these phase i activities included develop- ing bipartisan support for jri efforts, building data infrastructures to track implementation and outcomes, demonstrating a willingness to implement evidence-based practices (ebps) as part of jri-reform efforts, and exhibiting the capacity to project what prison populations and corrections would be with and without the jri reforms. subsequently, states could become eligible for www.annualreviews.org • justice reinvestment a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : phase ii grants for implementation. phase ii grant eligibility was based on a state’s readiness (i.e., having demonstrated a commitment to reform and the completion of phase i activities), including memorializing criminal justice reforms in legislation or another mechanism and a willingness to implement jri reforms (bja ). ta providers assessed readiness and made recommendations to bja regarding phase ii grants. bja supported the work of an oversight, coordination, and outcome assessment (ocoa) to monitor, track, and report on jri efforts, impacts, and outcomes. the ocoa was funded to accomplish multiple and potentially conflicting roles surrounding implementation and evaluation that included (bja , , ): � giving guidance to ta providers to ensure fidelity to the jri model. � reviewing ta provider recommendations about the readiness of states for jri. � making recommendations to bja about relevant criminal justice research on ways to im- prove the effectiveness of jri. � providing guidance to bja, ta providers, and the sites on performance measurement, data collection, and evaluation research. � monitoring, tracking, and reporting on jri efforts, impacts, and outcomes, including effects on prison population size, costs, investment in high-performing strategies, and improve- ments in public safety and reductions in recidivism. � assessing which jri strategies yielded the greatest impacts on public safety and producing a report on this. bja funded the ocoa via a cooperative agreement mechanism that gave bja a substantial role in the ocoa project, including the rights to review and approve ocoa activities. justice reinvestment initiative’s technical assistance–driven model led to a shift in the focus of reinvestment jri relied on ta providers to engage and enroll states, working with them to develop biparti- san stakeholder groups, engineer solutions that addressed prison population growth, and assess states’ readiness for jri. the ta providers also made funding recommendations to bja. the ta model resulted in a shift away from the focus on systemic and community factors tied to crimino- genic risk, as originally described by tucker & cadora ( ) and operationalized by clear ( ). rather, jri’s reinvestment was put into state justice agencies, primarily community corrections, to improve their functioning. whereas the community-reinvestment version of justice reinvestment was envisioned as a response to the problem of crime, jri ultimately became a reform of criminal justice system processes practically designed to more effectively manage offenders. brown et al. ( , p. ) note: as originally conceived in , and as reimagined by austin et al. in , justice reinvestment has at its core not just decarceration, but community-driven local capacity building in the places most in need of positive change. in practice, however, we have seen that many of the cornerstone ideas of jr have been altered, reconceived or abandoned. the most significant of these shifts has been the move away from localized, place-based justice reinvestment, and the failure to reinvest savings in communities that produce large numbers of prisoners. despite jri’s broad, bipartisan political appeal, advocates of the original vision of community- based justice reinvestment argued that the system-level approach of jri excluded the communities most affected by incarceration and did not address the problem of mass incarceration as originally the urban institute was selected as the ocoa through a competitive solicitation process. sabol • baumann a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : envisioned (austin et al. ). o’hear ( ) argued that jri’s focus on improving correctional efficiency was only tangentially related to the goal of reducing prison populations. these crit- icisms of jri’s system-level approach concluded that the entities responsible for managing the large-scale correctional populations in the united states could not be counted on to reduce mass incarceration. rather, as o’hear suggested, jri-empowered corrections officials would be more likely to use their enhanced capacities to respond to problems of chronic antisocial behavior with even more correctional control. these views coincide with those of other advocates of the original vision of justice reinvest- ment. for example, vanita gupta, eventually appointed as the principal deputy assistant attorney general to head the civil rights division at the us department of justice, expressed similar con- cerns. she argued that by limiting the stakeholders primarily to state-level actors at the expense of local community stakeholders, jri became a more conservative effort that limited the scope of reform so much that the jri would not have an impact on mass incarceration (brown et al. ). ultimately, these advocates argued, this led jri to become a conservative, status-quo-preserving reform effort (austin et al. ). ultimately, as we discuss later, jri has not been shown to pro- duce reductions in prison populations. hence, it is important to understand how jri became a ta-driven and state-focused effort. we argue that two factors led to this. the first was federal funding priorities and the second was the expertise and experience of the entities that obtained funding through the competitive jri grant programs. dating back to and likely before the government performance results act of (pub. l. - , s. ), an evidence-based policy movement coincided with managerialism in the public sector and the belief that effective federal programs could be implemented indepen- dently of ideology and that federal performance could and should yield measurable benefits and results. by the mid- s, building on the work of sherman and colleagues (sherman et al. ) and the existence of “what works” clearinghouses, laurie robinson, the nominee for the assistant attorney general position for the office of justice programs, described a role for federal funding to address crime that included developing and disseminating knowledge about what works and funding ta (cossa , robinson ). her testimony coincided with the evidence agenda promoted by the office of management and budget (omb). beginning in the mid- s, omb issued a series of memoranda to federal agencies in which it requested the agencies develop budget requests to strengthen the development and use of evidence, focus on a relatively small number of high-quality programs that would yield credible evidence of impacts, and direct larger shares of agency resources toward evidence-based practices (burwell et al. , orszag ). as a federal programmatic, grant-making agency, bja budget plans were subject to omb review, and it had to align its objectives with omb’s. given the federal priority on evidence-based practices and the relative lack or absence of evidence about effective community-based justice reinvestment efforts coupled with knowledge of ebps that focused on offenders’ risk and needs, federal funding priorities emphasized the evidence-based practices that helped to shift the focus of jri toward the state-agency and ta-led models. second,according to interviews conducted by brown and colleagues,the focus on ebp was also associated with jri’s move toward investments in criminal justice system improvements. this shift at crimesolutions.gov (https://crimesolutions.gov/topicdetails.aspx?id= ), the justice department’s “what works” clearinghouse for justice programs, there are no programs identified as evidence-based that mimic justice reinvestment into the community. by comparison, crimesolutions.gov identifies several reentry and community-corrections programs as evidence-based. these include intensive supervision, treatment for mentally ill inmates, reduced probation caseloads, and day treatment programs. www.annualreviews.org • justice reinvestment a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . https://crimesolutions.gov/topicdetails.aspx?id= ) cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : aligned with the expertise of the jri ta providers that obtained the competitive grants that bja provided for ta. quoting ta providers, brown et al. ( ) report that they believed that there was not a consensus regarding evidence-based methodologies for community development from justice-reinvested funds. by comparison, the criminogenic risk and needs literature (see james for a summary) provided guidance on ebps. furthermore, the ebp focus was consistent with jri ta providers’ expertise in working with state agencies. the ta providers argued that a justice system focus for jri better aligned with their skills and experience than a focus on com- munities (csg b). as brown and colleagues report, one ta provider acknowledged “we’re not community redevelopment experts” (brown et al. , p. ). although jri ta providers did not dispute the fact that disadvantaged communities had great needs, they also pointed to legitimate weaknesses in state corrections systems’ operations and argued that these problems needed to be addressed. these problems provided opportunities for change without needing to take a place-based approach to justice reinvestment. thus, the combination of federal funding priorities, competitive grantmaking, and the experience and expertise of ta providers reinforced a state-agency model that reflected the expertise of the ta providers and addressed a reasonable need to improve agencies and the supervision that they provided. according to our argument, fed- eral funding priorities in combination with funded expertise combined to shift the focus of justice reinvestment toward corrections’ systems improvement. state participation in the justice reinvestment initiative coincided with widespread legislative sentencing reforms twenty-eight states participated in the jri process between and (harvell et al. , lavigne et al. ) and were included in the urban institute’s ocoa assessment reports. jri states were defined as those involved in a time-limited jri engagement that had previously en- gaged in criminal justice policymaking and intended to continue to do so after their jri engage- ments end. this definition excluded california, which implemented justice reinvestment under assembly bill following the us supreme court decision in brown v. plata ( ). that de- cision in ordered california to reduce the size of its prison population. ab defined the purpose of justice reinvestment as “managing and allocating criminal justice populations more cost-effectively, generating savings that can be reinvested in evidence-based strategies that in- crease public safety while holding offenders accountable” (petersilia , p. ). ab aimed to support local community-based programs and ebps. the urban institute’s reports on states’ jri experiences describe what were identified as drivers of correctional population growth, the reform responses by the states, the adoption of ebps, and estimates of impacts on prison populations and costs. commonly reported prison popula- tion drivers among jri states were parole and probation violations, with technical violations for drug and alcohol offenses identified as the primary cause of revocations in many states. exist- ing sentencing practices and insufficient community corrections programs were also identified as drivers (harvell et al. , lavigne et al. ). jri practices varied among the states. eighteen of the twenty-eight states that participated in jri by adopted a variety of sentencing reforms, including changes to penalty classifications, mandatory and presumptive sentencing guidelines, sentencing enhancements, and alternative as brown et al. ( ) and others point out, there were several, locally based justice reinvestment efforts, such as bja’s funding for local jails (bja ), and the urban institute produced a handbook for local practitioners on justice reinvestment (parks et al. ). we exclude a discussion of these because they were few relative to the state jri efforts and because of space limitations. sabol • baumann a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : sentencing options. twenty states implemented changes to their prison-release practices through practices such as expanded parole eligibility, use of good-time credits, and streamlined parole processes. commonly enacted community corrections reforms included graduated sanctions, caps on the number of times a person can be revoked, and legislation to expand community-based supervision and treatment programs. jri implementation occurred during a period of vigorous sentencing reform activity among the states. between and , every state in the united states passed legislation that had one or more elements of the types of legislative reforms that were documented as occurring under jri. as cataloged in various state legislative tracking efforts by the national conference of state legislatures, the sentencing project, and the vera institute (austin ; brooke-eisen & james ; lawrence ; mauer ; ncsl , ; porter ; subramanian & moreno ; subramanian & delany ), state legislative actions during this period addressed the use of ebps and diversion programs and the possibility of requiring or encouraging the use of risk-assessment instruments, downgrading offenses (mostly property or drug), altering mandatory minimum sentences,expanding the use of specialty courts,adding alternatives to prison,increasing the use of good-time credits to shorten stays in prison, addressing parole revocation practices, and providing for programming to address returning prisoners. although it is difficult to determine whether jri caused the sentencing reform activity, the pace of legislative enactment appeared to increase during jri. our review of the dates that states enacted sentencing reforms indicates that the majority of the states that participated in jri enacted jri-type legislative reforms prior to their participation. one condition for jri participation was evidence of sentencing and criminal justice reform, the passage of sentence legislation prior to participating in jri could be viewed as evidence of a jri impact on reform. the sentencing reforms of the s,whether adopted before or during jri,focused on making sentencing less severe, but according to the nrc and others, they did not substantially alter the major punitive laws passed during the s and s that increased certainty and severity of sentencing (stemen & rengifo , ; stoll & raphael ; tonry ; travis et al. ). rather, the nrc characterizes them as “relatively minor and target[ing] less serious offenses” (travis et al. , p. ), even though the reforms rolled back some mandatory minimums (luna b). o’hear ( ) echoes this conclusion and points out that reductions in sentencing for some offenses tended to be offset by increases for other offenses. jri emphasized reserving prison space for persons who have committed serious or violent crimes or who pose a high public safety risk (bja , ). however, doing this means that large-scale reduction in prison populations could not occur, as more than half of state prisoners are incarcerated for violent crimes and most prisoners have long prior criminal histories. as a number of writers have pointed out, the key to reducing mass incarceration is reducing the number of persons held for violent offenses (austin et al. , gottschalk , o’hear , pfaff , tonry ). bureau of justice statistics (bjs) data show that between and , the increase in violent offenders accounted for almost all the growth in prison populations, with habitual and weapons offenders accounting for the next largest share. the number of state prison inmates held for violent crimes increased by , persons and the share held for violent offenses increased to % from approximately %. the exclusion of violent offenders from jri efforts was nearly codified in federal law. in , two bills were introduced in the th congress (s. and h.r. ) that would have estab- lished a jri grant program. the top priority for jri implementation grant recipients under the bills was to “improve public safety and improve individual and system accountability while reduc- ing or maintaining criminal justice growth through policies which ensure that—violent offenders are incarcerated…”) [s. ; sec. (b)( )(a)(i)]. www.annualreviews.org • justice reinvestment a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : neither bill made it to the floor for a vote, but the introduction of s. was met with strong support from jri ta providers, including csg, pew, and the urban institute. these ta providers provided testimonies on behalf of the bills.csg,for example,applauded the bills (csg a) and devoted a page on its website to track the legislation. if the bills had been enacted, they would have precluded federal jri efforts from addressing violent offenders. despite the bills’ exclusions of violent offenders, csg and the other providers supported the bipartisan nature of the legislation, the support for jri grant programs, and the manner in which the legislation built on csg’s efforts in other states. other than considering that prison was appropriate for them, jri did not address violent offenders. adoption of evidence-based practices under the justice reinvestment initiative was widespread but left unanswered questions about their impacts a second area in which jri had success was in the widespread adoption of risk-based tools to manage populations and the use of risk-and-needs tools to provide treatment. twenty-one of the twenty-eight states that participated in jri required the creation and/or use of risk instruments in the areas of pretrial diversion, community supervision, and parole decisions. these instruments are meant to inform justice officials’ decision-making by identifying low-risk offenders (i.e., non- violent) who are least likely to recidivate and would, therefore, be appropriate candidates for early release or community supervision. ten states’ legislative reforms included explicit requirements that certain programs, especially in the areas of community corrections, be considered evidence- based to receive funding. at least of the jri states implemented ebp in community correc- tions (harvell et al. ). these were based largely on the criminogenic risk and needs model (lowenkamp et al. ). although there was widespread adoption of ebp under jri, concerns have been raised about this. leading researchers in ebp point out that widespread but shallow adoption of ebp in com- munity corrections “recognizes the data points but has been missing the person” (lowenkamp et al. , p. ). they argued that unless therapeutic practices were implemented correctly, cor- rectional officers could focus too much on compliance with supervision requirements and lose their ability to motivate behavior change (lowenkamp et al. ) or that treatment based on in- strumental rather than humanistic values was not legitimate (harris et al. , whitehead et al. ). other ebp researchers echoed the concern about rapid adoption of ebp in community corrections agencies. taxman ( ) argued that community corrections agencies operated for decades in a culture of command and control that emphasized contacts, a focus on proscribed behaviors, and threats of violations. to effectively use ebps, the agencies would have to change their cultures and move away from an enforcement and contact-driven model to a more holistic approach to engaging offenders. otherwise, as klingele ( , p. ) pointed out, the risk of adopting ebps without the culture change and with “conscious attention to their limits” is that they can result in greater use of incarceration in response to proscribed behaviors. a second concern was that by measuring the adoption of ebps as an indicator of success, jri was measuring the wrong thing. rather than counting and classifying various ebps adopted in jri states as the summary reports did (e.g., harvell et al. , lavigne et al. ), taxman and colleagues (taxman et al. ) argued that jri performance measures for ebp should focus on the measures of offender needs, system-wide availability of ebps that were responsive to these needs, and system-wide utilization of the ebps. taxman’s measures make sense if the goal is to assess the capacity of states to meet offender needs and to deliver services. these alternative performance measures have not been included in the state assessment reports. sabol • baumann a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : the justice reinvestment initiative overstated the potential savings a major motivation for participating in jri was its promise of lower-cost corrections systems. clear ( ) and pfaff ( ) describe this as using the fiscal crisis following the great recession as an opportunity for reform. the argument for lower-cost corrections was based on the -year low in crime rates coupled with all-time highs in prison populations and corrections spending. jri advocates argued that prison populations could be safely reduced, thereby freeing up some of the corrections expenditures for other purposes, including funding community corrections. as described in one of the state assessment reports, state corrections expenditures consumed too large a proportion of states’ budgets, and during periods of state budget strain, “money spent on corrections draws resources away from investment in public services crucial to a state’s long-term prosperity, such as education and infrastructure” (lavigne et al. , p. ). this popular argument about corrections expenditures appears in different forms, including the nrc report (travis et al. ) and reports by the vera institute and the national association of state budget officers (nasbo). these reports cite the increase in corrections expenditures over time and report a roughly $ billion figure (in ) spent by states and counties on prisons and jails as indications that corrections expenditures are too high. all of these reports share a focus on the absolute amount of corrections spending but not the relatively small share of total state and local expenditures that is corrections spending. in relative terms, corrections expenditures amount to approximately % of all state and lo- cal expenditures (roughly $ . trillion in ). gottschalk ( ), along with bjs (kyckelhahn ), is among the few who pointed out that state and county corrections expenditures amount to small shares of total expenditures. consequently, they cannot be a major source of strain on budgets and reducing them would not necessarily solve states’ budget problems. our analysis of the annual survey of state government finance (us census bur. ) shows, for example, that although state spending on corrections increased over time,corrections spending as a share of total state expenditures did not exceed . % annually from to . state spending on corrections increased with the overall increase in state expenditures.between and ,total state expen- ditures increased from $ . trillion to $ . trillion (in nominal dollars), but during these years, the corrections spending as a share of total state spending actually declined from % to . %. fur- thermore, spelman ( ) points out that corrections spending grew at approximately the same rate as state expenditures for education, health and hospitals, highways, and other categories. data from the nasbo corroborate the us census bureau data on corrections expenditures. nasbo’s reports also show that corrections expenditures declined as a share of total state ex- penditures, for example, from . % of total state expenditures in to . % in (nasbo , ). reductions in state corrections expenditures promised under jri could not ease state budget pressures or markedly affect the share of state expenditures that went to other domains, as alleged. for example, between and , education expenditures declined as a share of total state ex- penditures from % to %. during the same period, public welfare expenditures grew faster results available from the authors upon request. in its state assessment report, the urban institute reports a larger share of state expenditures going to cor- rections than reported above. the reason is that urban uses general fund expenditures as the denominator to calculate the share, whereas we and nasbo use total expenditures. because corrections expenditures come from four sources—general fund, bonds, other state funds, and federal funds—excluding, as the urban insti- tute did, nongeneral fund expenditures from its denominator but including them in the numerator to calculate the corrections expenditures inflates that share (see nasbo , ). www.annualreviews.org • justice reinvestment a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : than the overall growth in state expenditures,and their share increased from % to approximately % (or from approximately $ billion to $ billion). if the entirety of state corrections ex- penditures were reallocated to state education expenditures, the education share would still have declined over this time frame, from % to %. in fact, increases in public welfare expendi- tures, and not corrections expenditures, exerted the downward pressure on state investments in education. jri advocates also missed or ignored four other important points about corrections expendi- tures. first, the estimates of cost savings under jri were generally overstated because they were based on the average cost of an inmate and not the marginal cost (tonry , gottschalk ). as approximately % of corrections spending goes to fixed costs (e.g., salaries, debt service) that do not change with small reductions in the size of prison populations, the marginal cost of an additional prison is approximately one-fifth the average costs (pfaff ). second, significant reductions in prison population size that led to prison closures would present challenges to states dealing with subsequent reductions in their workforce (tonry ). these were not addressed in jri strategies. gottschalk ( ) points out that if reforms are justi- fied by reference to cost savings, the reforms will generate the savings only if they cut the size of correctional staff. corrections budgets in many states are protected by public-sector unions, and reductions in force associated with much smaller prison populations would face opposition, if not from public-sector unions then from public-sector lobbying groups. but third, as gottschalk ( ) also points out, it is not obvious that decarceration that does not lead to increases in crime is necessarily less expensive than prison. rehabilitation programs that address offender needs related to substance abuse, mental health, housing, employment, and education are not cheap, especially if well-run. finally, fiscal-based reforms such as jri run the risk of leading to worse conditions in prisons. if state prison departments are under pressure to save money or to transfer it to other agencies before significant reductions in prison populations have occurred, this could lead to worse conditions for prison inmates. in sum, the pressure on state budgets arising from corrections expenditures was overstated and the efforts necessary to achieve significant reductions in corrections expenditures could lead to new problems for states. these were not presented as part of the case for jri. the justice reinvestment initiative resulted in several states making up-front investments according to the state assessment reports, jri was associated with projected savings or averted costs, which were estimated as the difference between the projected future costs of corrections under business as usual and the projected costs under jri. the difference is averted costs. among the seventeen jri states that participated between and , total projected savings from jri were reportedly $ . billion over five to eleven years. individual state estimates of savings ranged from $ . to $ million (lavigne et al. ). for the states that participated in jri between and , a total of $ . billion in savings or costs averted were attributed to jri reforms (harvell et al. ). the differences in estimated savings arise from initial comparisons of projected savings as compared to later comparisons with some actual changes under jri. reinvestment strategies varied considerably across states. according to harvell et al. ( ), four states made up-front investments via new legislative appropriations before the realization of actual savings, another states implemented both up-front investment and postreform rein- vestment strategies, and four states reinvested real savings. only four states did neither. in to- tal, $ million in up-front investments and $ million in corrections savings reinvestments were made among jri states that participated in reinvestment strategies (welsh-loveman & sabol • baumann a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : harvell ). most states’ investments focused on expanding community-based treatment pro- grams, postrelease services, and community supervision. a few states injected jri-related funds into prison programs, victim services, diversion courts, law enforcement agencies, and pretrial diversion programs. none of the jri states made investments in community revitalization or pri- mary prevention programs in high-incarceration neighborhoods or outside of the justice system. the fact that at least four states appropriated new monies for jri through the up-front invest- ment mechanism suggests that under some circumstances, state legislatures can be persuaded to appropriate current dollars based on expectations of future cost savings. the fact that only a few states used the future cost savings argument to support requests for new expenditures suggests that the future cost savings argument did not have a strong appeal to state legislatures. however, the fact that it appealed to some state legislatures raises important questions about how and why it worked in some but not others. a study that considers whether there are lessons to be learned for state budgeting is merited. the justice reinvestment initiative did not demonstrate that it contributed to reductions in prison populations the jri state assessment reports claimed that for of the states that participated in jri by and for whom “sufficient time had passed to warrant analysis,” the prison population in was below what was projected without jri reforms (harvell et al. , p. viii). sufficient time was defined as at least two years of follow-up data since jri legislative reforms were enacted (harvell et al. ). this assessment was based on comparisons of the projected prison population under jri reforms to the baseline projected populations that would have occurred had reforms not been implemented. this method allows the prison population to increase under jri and be counted as a success as long as jri-projected increases were less than baseline projected increases. the use of baseline forecasts of future prison populations conducted before a reform is imple- mented to generate the counterfactual future prison populations that would be obtained without the reforms has merit under certain conditions. the baseline forecasts should be accurate and have low error, and the length of the forecast period over which the comparisons are made should be reasonable. assumptions about admissions and length of stay, the two determinants of the size of the prison population (clear & austin ), need to be assessed, along with the accuracy of the forecast models and the forecast error, particularly over the longer run. of concern is the extent to which the population forecasts adequately assessed these factors. we could not find in the jri state assessment reports (harvell et al. ) any information indicating that such a critical review of the forecast models was done. we found no evidence that the reviews assessed assumptions, accuracy, or forecast error over the short or long run. austin et al. ( ) raised questions about the accuracy of the jri baseline forecast models. they argued that, in anticipation of participating in jri, state forecast models used assumptions about admissions growth that were higher than during the period immediately prior to their jri engagement. this would translate into larger baseline projections of prison populations that would, in turn, put less demand on jri reforms to affect forecast and actual populations. austin & coventry ( ) provide examples of how baseline forecasts in some jri states did not use all available information; if they had used them, smaller populations would have been forecast and reported jri impacts may have vanished. the aforementioned absence of information about assessments of the reliability of prison population forecasts leads us to discount the jri state as- sessment reports of reductions in prison populations. comparisons of differences in prison population growth between jri and non-jri states have found negligible reductions in both but larger decreases in non-jri states. austin et al. ( ) and www.annualreviews.org • justice reinvestment a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : austin & coventry ( ) looked at the early years of jri and compared jri and non-jri states on prison population, admissions, and length of stay. the largest decreases in prison populations occurred in four non-jri states (ny, nj, mi, and ca). reductions in admissions due to decreases in parole violators were larger in the non-jri states, as were the very small changes in length of stay in either group. a criticism levied against the austin work is that the selection into jri was based in part on the assumption of a projected high rate of growth in prison population. in other words, the jri states would start from a higher base and therefore reductions might be smaller. this claim is questionable. prison population growth in the united states slowed in the early s (harrison & beck , , ), and by the mid- s when jri was implemented, prison population growth nationwide was approaching zero growth. although rates of growth varied among the states, those selected into jri in and (ks, nv, tx, az, ct, pa, ri) included a mixture of states with smaller and larger than average growth in prison populations as reported by the bjs (sabol et al. ). the same conclusion applies to the states selected into jri in and (mi, nh, sc, al, ar, ky, la, nc, oh) except that several of these jri states reported decreases in their prison populations in the year or years prior to entry into jri (west et al. ). overall, in of the states that participated in jri, declines in prison populations began before their year of entry into jri. an alternative approach to identifying causal effects of jri on prison populations was suggested by rhodes and colleagues (w. rhodes, g. gaes, t. rich, j. edgerton, r. kling, j. luallen, unpub- lished report). using administrative data on persons admitted into and released from state prisons, they adopted a difference-in-difference (did) framework to compare pre- and post-jri popula- tion trends in the targeted and comparison populations within jri states. they defined target and comparison groups based on the severity of sentence served, under the theory that effective sentence length incorporates decision makers’ assessments of offender severity and risk (bushway & smith ; kuziemko , ). the insight behind this approach is that if jri diverted less serious or lower-risk offenders from prison as expected, their admissions rates would decline following jri and decline more rapidly than those of their comparison group, the next highest risk category. their preliminary results for five jri states found jri-led reductions in some states but not in others (w. rhodes, g. gaes, t. rich, j. edgerton, r. kling, j. luallen, unpublished report). the rhodes’ example illustrates an approach not taken to assess impacts of jri on prison populations. it addresses some of the concerns about selection into jri by making comparisons within jri states before and after implementation. it identifies a group (lower level offenders) that should be impacted by jri reforms and compares changes for that group of offenders with groups that should not be affected by reforms to identify jri impacts, such as more serious offenders. finally, it presents a stronger design than the comparisons of actual to projected populations used in the state assessment reports. the justice reinvestment initiative’s evidence on public safety impact we could find no peer-reviewed publications on the impacts of jri on public safety. several ta provider descriptive reports present information supporting the claim that “many jri states have slowed prison growth, reduced overcrowding, and saved taxpayers’ money without sacrificing we updated the austin et al. comparison between jri and non-jri states on prison population growth, extending the period covered through . our findings were similar to austin’s: both groups experienced relatively small decreases: california accounted for most of the decrease in non-jri states, but when california was omitted the non-jri states still had faster decreases, and several jri states experienced decreases before participating in jri. analyses available upon request of the authors. sabol • baumann a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : public safety and other states are projected to do so” (lavigne , p. ). a core promise of jri was that states could have smaller prison populations and improved public safety, or at least no decreases in public safety. according to bja award documentation, one of the ocoa responsi- bilities was to measure the impacts of the jri-led policy changes and “assess which jri strategies yielded the greatest impact on public safety” (bja , p. ). in the final state assessment re- port that was available at the time of this writing, public safety outcomes—specifically crime and recidivism rates—were defined as core system-level measures, but the report omitted any presen- tation of data on these measures (harvell et al. ). the omission of any information about jri’s impacts on public safety precludes any assessment of its benefits relative to costs. admittedly, identifying jri’s effects on public safety presents challenges. given the varied na- ture of jri implementation, the many reforms implemented at different times in different ways and the absence of detailed information about the ebps, designs to measure impacts might require linked data on individuals that measure the interventions they receive and assess their outcomes. furthermore, there may be a lag between the implementation of jri and its impacts. however, several states had implemented jri efforts as early as . by the time of the most recent state assessment report in , there were five to six years to observe impacts in early jri adopters. this provides a sufficient length of time to conduct at least some preliminary analysis of jri’s impacts on public safety. furthermore, there are examples of models that could have been used to attempt to identify the impacts of jri on public safety. the bartos & kurbin ( ) state-level panel with a synthetic control group design to estimate crime rates in the absence of a reform is one such model. given the variety of approaches taken by states, it seems likely that state-specific assessments would be necessary. because of the centrality of public safety to jri, the absence of a public record of work done on this issue and the absence of evidence about jri’s impacts on public safety are disappointing gaps in knowledge about what jri may have accomplished and whether the federal investment paid off. conclusions as practiced in the united states, justice reinvestment as originally conceived and the jri have not achieved their goals. the original version of justice reinvestment did not achieve its objective of redirecting a portion of corrections expenditures toward community needs or in devolving accountability for offenders from the state to the local communities in which offenders resided. the jri, which had success in enrolling states, accelerating the pace of legislative change, and adopting ebps, did not demonstrate that it led to reductions in prison populations, cost savings, or improvements in public safety. an appeal of the community-oriented approach of the original justice reinvestment was its aim to rearrange the relationship between communities and corrections systems, as reflected by its em- phasis on devolving accountability for offenders to their local communities. at that level, it passes western’s test for using criminal justice policy to address social problems by encouraging commu- nity membership and participation (western ). but the community-oriented approach of the original justice reinvestment does not address funding and implementation challenges. it did not demonstrate that even relatively large reductions in prison populations would generate sufficient savings to address the reinvestment needs; that local communities had sufficient infrastructure to sustain alternatives to incarceration; that states would be willing to devolve authority to the very localities that they blamed for sending them so many prisoners in the first place; that state legisla- tures would use savings for local community reinvestment as opposed to other state-level budget needs; or that state legislatures would commit to appropriating funds to cover a future stream of www.annualreviews.org • justice reinvestment a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : projected savings, i.e., the future funds that would sustain community reinvestment, derived from the offenders diverted from prison. even if local communities successfully supervised diverted of- fenders, the benefit of this would accrue to state prisons, which in turn would have to convince state legislatures to appropriate funds to cover the costs of prison populations that would have been obtained without the local justice reinvestment rather than their actual populations. other- wise, the state support for justice reinvestment would not be sustained. ultimately, the funding for community reinvestment needs to come from non-justice system sources. practically, attempts to try justice reinvestment were short-lived, so we do not know if a model could have been designed to meet the funding and implementation challenges, although we doubt it.the jri model supplanted the community-oriented justice reinvestment model and become the dominant form of justice reinvestment practiced in the united states. the jri was implemented at a time when the federal government emphasized creating, dis- seminating, and using evidence to support its programs. other than supporting the use of ebps, jri’s implementation did not align with the federal government’s evidence agenda. rather than, say, fund a relatively small number of high-quality and proven programs (an omb preference), jri enrolled states that implemented approximately as many untested and unproven vari- eties of reform. or, rather than first demonstrate the efficacy of a few models and then funding them for broader implementation, jri optioned for broad implementation of reforms without ev- idence that they would work. jri’s elevation of enrollment over creating evidence leaves us with scant evidence of its effectiveness in achieving its goals, and no evidence that it improved public safety. jri was associated with the adoption of sentencing reforms and with an acceleration of the pace of change, even if the reforms did not address the severity of the sentencing reforms of the s. jri helped to spread ebps, especially in community supervision. the upside to the adoption of these reforms is that they have the potential to change the nature of community supervision. at the same time, the downside is that they have the potential to be implemented instrumentally and not in a humanistic manner, as their creators envisioned, unless the culture of community supervision agencies changes. at the time of this writing, federal support for jri appears to be waning. bja zeroed out jri in its fy budget and again in its fy budget (ojp , ). this suggests that federal support to assist agencies in the culture change necessary for safe, humane, and effective implementation of the ebp is likely dissipating. jri’s bipartisan approach to reform also found room for political compromises that were crafted around improving the operation of justice agencies. by design, jri could not achieve substantial reductions in prison populations or significant cost savings because it did not deal with violent offenders or those with long criminal histories (other than reserve prison space for them). these offenders make up the vast majority of prisoners. achieving substantial reductions in the number of violent offenders in prison would have required jri to address (reduce) the severity of sentencing and (increase) the use of alternatives to prison. these are not issues around which bipartisan compromise could have been easily forged within the confines of the program. rather, jri set a relatively low bar for reducing prison populations, oversold the potential cost savings, and ultimately did not deliver evidence that it was responsible for either. disclosure statement the authors are not aware of any affiliations, memberships, funding, or financial holdings that might be perceived as affecting the objectivity of this review. sabol • baumann a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : literature cited allen r. . from restorative prisons to justice reinvestment. see allen & stern , pp. – allen r. . justice reinvestment and the use of imprisonment. criminol. public policy : – allen r, stern v, eds. .justice reinvestment–a new approach to crime and justice. london: int. cent. prison stud. austin a. . criminal justice trends: key legislative changes in sentencing policy, – . rep., vera inst. justice, new york. https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/publications/ criminal-justice-trends-key-legislative-changes-in-sentencing-policy- - /legacy_ downloads/sentencing-policy-trends-v alt-v .pdf austin j. . making imprisonment unprofitable. criminol. public policy : – austin j, cadora e, clear tr, dansky k, greene j, et al. . ending mass incarceration: charting a new justice reinvestment. rep., sentencing proj., washington, dc. https://www.sentencingproject.org/wp- content/uploads/ / /ending-mass-incarceration-charting-a-new-justice-reinvestment. pdf austin j, coventry g. . a critical analysis of justice reinvestment in the united states and australia. vict. offenders : – bartos bj, kubrin ce. . can we downsize our prisons and jails without compromising public safety? findings from california’s prop . criminol. public policy : – bronson j, carson ae. . prisoners in . bur. justice stat. rep. ncj , us dep. justice, washington, dc brooke-eisen l, james j. . reallocating justice resources: a review of state sentencing trends. rep., vera inst. justice, new york. https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/publications/ reallocating-justice-resources-a-review-of- -state-sentencing-trends/legacy_downloads/ reallocating-justice-resources.pdf brown d, cunneen c, schwartz m, stubbs j, young c. . justice reinvestment: winding back imprisonment, palgrave studies in prisons and penology. basingstoke, uk: palgrave macmillan brown v. plata, u.s. ( ) bur. justice assist. (bja). . bja’s prison population analyses: providing policymakers with data-driven anal- yses and options. office justice program grant -rp-bx-k , us dep. justice, washington, dc. https://external.ojp.usdoj.gov/selector/awarddetail?awardnumber= -rp-bx-k & fiscalyear= &applicationnumber= -f -ky-dd&programoffice=bja&po=all bur. justice assist. (bja). .reducing jail populations, improving communities: a strategic approach for justice rein- vestmentat the local level.office justice program grant -dd-bx- ,us dep.justice,washington, dc. https://external.ojp.usdoj.gov/selector/awarddetail?awardnumber= -dd-bx- & fiscalyear= &applicationnumber= -f -dc-mi&programoffice=bja&po=bja bur. justice assist. (bja). . criminal justice improvement and recidivism reduction through state, local, and tribal justice reinvestment: fy competitive grant announcement. office manag. budg. rep. – , us dep. justice, washington, dc. https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles /nij/sl .pdf bur. justice assist. (bja). . justice reinvestment initiative. office justice program grant - rr-bx-k , us dep. justice, washington, dc. https://external.ojp.usdoj.gov/selector/ awarddetail?awardnumber= -rr-bx-k &fiscalyear= &applicationnumber= - h -dc-tr&programoffice=bja&po=bja bur. justice assist. (bja). . criminal justice improvement and recidivism reduction through the state-level justice reinvestment initiative (jri): fy competitive grant announcement. office manag. budg. rep. – , us. dep. justice, washington, dc. https://www.bja.gov/funding/ jrisol.pdf bur. justice assist. (bja). . justice reinvestment initiative: maximizaing state reforms: fy competitive grant announcement. office manag. budg. rep. - , us. dep. justice, washington, dc bur. justice assist. (bja). . justice reinvestment initiative: maximizing state reforms: fy competitive grant announcement. office manag. budg. rep. no. – , us. dep. justice, washington, dc. https:// www.bja.gov/funding/jrimaximizing.pdf www.annualreviews.org • justice reinvestment a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/publications/criminal-justice-trends-key-legislative-changes-in-sentencing-policy- - /legacy_downloads/sentencing-policy-trends-v alt-v .pdf https://www.sentencingproject.org/wp-content/uploads/ / /ending-mass-incarceration-charting-a-new-justice-reinvestment.pdf https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/publications/reallocating-justice-resources-a-review-of- -state-sentencing-trends/legacy_downloads/reallocating-justice-resources.pdf https://external.ojp.usdoj.gov/selector/awarddetail?awardnumber = -rp-bx-k &fiscalyear = &applicationnumber = -f -ky-dd&programoffice = bja&po = all https://external.ojp.usdoj.gov/selector/awarddetail?awardnumber = -dd-bx- &fiscalyear = &applicationnumber = -f -dc-mi&programoffice = bja&po = bja https://www.ncjrs.gov/pdffiles /nij/sl .pdf https://external.ojp.usdoj.gov/selector/awarddetail?awardnumber = -rr-bx-k &fiscalyear = &applicationnumber = -h -dc-tr&programoffice = bja&po = bja https://www.bja.gov/funding/ jrisol.pdf https://www.bja.gov/funding/jrimaximizing.pdf cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : burwell sm. . memorandum to the heads of departments and agencies. office manag. budg. rep. m- - , us. dep. justice, washington, dc bushway s, smith j. . sentencing using statistical treatment rules: what we don’t know can hurt us. j. quantit. criminol. : – carson ea. . prisoners in . bur. justice stat. rep. ncj , us dep. justice, washington, dc clear tr. . the effects of high imprisonment rates on communities. crime justice : – clear tr. . a private-sector, incentives-based model for justice reinvestment. criminology public policy : – clear tr, austin j. . mass incarceration. in reforming criminal justice: punishment, incarceration, and release, vol. , ed. e luna, pp. – . phoenix: ariz. state univ. clear tr, rose dr, waring e, scully k. . coercive mobility and crime: a preliminary examination of concentrated incarceration and social disorganization. justice q. : – clement m, schwarzfeld m, thompson m. . the national summit on justice reinvestment and public safety: addressing recidivism, crime, and corrections spending. justice cent. rep., counc. state gov., washington, dc. https://csgjusticecenter.org/jr/summit-report/ cossa. . aag robinson defends ojp budget to house appropriations panel. wash. update : – counc. state gov. (csg). . building bridges: from conviction to employment. justice cent. rep., counc. state gov., washington, dc. https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/ / /building. bridges.pdf counc. state gov. (csg). a. csg justice center applauds u.s. house and senate members’ in- troduction of the justice and mental health collaboration act. csg justice center news. https:// csgjusticecenter.org/cp/press-releases/csg-justice-center-applauds-u-s-house-and-senate- members-introduction-of-the-justice-and-mental-health-collaboration-act/ counc. state gov. (csg). b. lessons from the states: reducing recidivism and curbing corrections costs through justice reinvestment. justice cent. rep., counc. state gov., washington, dc. https://csgjusticecenter. org/wp-content/uploads/ / /final_state_lessons_mbedit.pdf davies e,harvell s,cramer l. .thejusticereinvestmentinitiative: thinking local for state justicereinvestment. rep. , urban inst., washington, dc fox c, albertson k, wong k. . justice reinvestment: can the criminal justice system deliver more for less? london: routledge gottschalk m. . caught: the prison state and the lockdown of american politics. princeton, nj: princeton univ. press harris gt, lowenkamp ct, hilton nz. . evidence for risk estimate precision: implications for individ- ual risk communication. behav. sci. law : – harrison pm, beck aj. . prisoners in . bur. justice stat. rep. ncj , office justice progr., washington, dc harrison pm, beck aj. . prisoners in . bur. justice stat. rep. ncj , office justice progr., washington, dc harrison pm, beck aj. . prisoners in . bur. justice stat. rep. ncj , office justice progr., washington, dc harvell s, welsh-loveman j, love h, durnan j, eisenstat j, et al. . reforming sentencing and corrections policy: the experience of justice reinvestment initiative states. rep., urban inst. washington, dc. https:// www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/ /reforming_sentencing_and_corrections_ policy_final.pdf james n. . risk and needs assessment in the federal prison system. rep. r , congressional res. serv., washington, dc kleiman mar. . justice reinvestment in community supervision. criminol. public policy : – klingele c. . the promises and perils of evidence-based corrections. notre dame law rev. : – kpmg. . maranguka justice reinvestment project: impact assessment. rep., just reinvest nsw, sydney, aust. http://www.justreinvest.org.au/wp-content/uploads/ / /maranguka-justice- reinvestment-project-kpmg-impact-assessment-final-report.pdf kurgan l. . close up at a distance: mapping, technology, and politics. new york: zone books sabol • baumann a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . https://csgjusticecenter.org/jr/summit-report/ https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/ / /building.bridges.pdf https://csgjusticecenter.org/cp/press-releases/csg-justice-center-applauds-u-s-house-and-senate-members-introduction-of-the-justice-and-mental-health-collaboration-act/ https://csgjusticecenter.org/wp-content/uploads/ / /final_state_lessons_mbedit.pdf https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/ /reforming_sentencing_and_corrections_policy_final.pdf http://www.justreinvest.org.au/wp-content/uploads/ / /maranguka-justice-reinvestment-project-kpmg-impact-assessment-final-report.pdf cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : kuziemko i. . going off parole: how the elimination of discretionary prison release affects the social costs of crime. work. pap. , national bureau of economic research, harvard, ma. https://www.nber. org/papers/w .pdf kuziemko i. . how should inmates be released from prison: an assessment of parole versus fixed- sentencing regimes. q. j. econ. : – kyckelhahn t. . state corrections expenditures, fy - . bur. justice stat. rep. ncj , us dep. justice, washington, dc lavigne ng, samuels j, bieler s, mayer d, pacifici l, et al. .the justice reinvestment initiative: experiences from the states, washington, dc: urban inst. lavigne ng. . lessons from the states: responsible prison reform. the urban institute. https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/ / -lessons-from-the- states-responsible-prison-reform.pdf lavigne ng, bieler s, cramer l, ho h, kotonias c, et al. . justice reinvestment initiative: state assess- ment report. rep. , urban inst., washington, dc: https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/ publication/ / -justice-reinvestment-initiative-state-assessment-report.pdf lawrence a. . state sentencing and corrections legislation: action, outlook. rep., natl. conf. state legis., washington, dc. https://www.ncsl.org/print/cj/ sentencingreport.pdf lowenkamp ct, latessa ej, holsinger am, . the risk in action: what have we learned from , offenders and correctional programs? crime delinquency. : – lowenkamp ct, holsinger am, robinson cr, cullen ft. . when a person isn’t a data point: making evidence-based practice work. fed. probation. : – luna e, ed. a. reforming criminal justice: punishment, incarceration, and release, vol. . phoenix, az: ariz. state univ. luna e. b. mandatory minimums. see luna a, pp. – lynch jp, sabol wj. . prisoner reentry in perspective. rep., urban inst., washington, dc. http:// webarchive.urban.org/uploadedpdf/ _reentry.pdf maruna s. . lessons for justice reinvestment from restorative justice and the justice model experience: some tips for an -year-old prodigy. criminol. public policy : – mauer m. . sentencing reform: amid mass incarcerations—guarded optimism. rep, sentencing proj, washington, dc. https://www.sentencingproject.org/wp-content/uploads/ / /aba- sentencing-reform-amid-mass-incarcerations-guarded-optimism.pdf mayer s, patti fi. . beyond the numbers: toward a moral vision for criminal justice reform. drake law rev. august: – natl. assoc. state budg. office. (nasbo). . state expenditure report . rep., nasbo, washing- ton, dc. https://higherlogicdownload.s .amazonaws.com/nasbo/ d d db -c - f b-b - fca d c /uploadedimages/ser% archive/nasbo exrep.pdf natl. assoc. state budg. office. (nasbo). . state expenditure report: examining fiscal – state spending. rep., nasbo, washington, dc. https://higherlogicdownload.s .amazonaws. com/nasbo/ d d db -c - f b-b - fca d c /uploadedimages/ser% archive/ state_expenditure_report__fiscal_ - _-s.pdf natl. conf. state legis. (ncsl). . significant state sentencing and corrections legislation and . rep., ncsl, washington, dc. http://www.ncsl.org/research/civil-and-criminal-justice/ significant-state-sentencing-and-corrections-legis .aspx natl. conf. state legis. (ncsl). . statewide sentencing and corrections legislation. rep., ncsl, wash- ington, dc. http://www.ncsl.org/research/civil-and-criminal-justice/state-sentencing-and- corrections-legislation.aspx office justice progr. (ojp). . fy program summaries. office justice progr. rep., us. dep. justice, washington, dc. https://ojp.gov/newsroom/pdfs/ ojpprogramsummary.pdf office justice progr. (ojp). . fy performance budget. office justice progr. rep., us. dep. justice, washington, dc. https://www.justice.gov/jmd/page/file/ /download office justice progr. (ojp). . fy performance budget. office justice progr. rep., us. dep. justice, washington, dc. https://www.justice.gov/file/ /download www.annualreviews.org • justice reinvestment a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . https://www.nber.org/papers/w .pdf https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/ / -lessons-from-the-states-responsible-prison-reform.pdf https://www.urban.org/sites/default/files/publication/ / -justice-reinvestment-initiative-state-assessment-report.pdf https://www.ncsl.org/print/cj/ sentencingreport.pdf http://webarchive.urban.org/uploadedpdf/ _reentry.pdf https://www.sentencingproject.org/wp-content/uploads/ / /aba-sentencing-reform-amid-mass-incarcerations-guarded-optimism.pdf https://higherlogicdownload.s .amazonaws.com/nasbo/ d d db -c - f b-b - fca d c /uploadedimages/ser% archive/nasbo exrep.pdf https://higherlogicdownload.s .amazonaws.com/nasbo/ d d db -c - f b-b - fca d c /uploadedimages/ser% archive/state_expenditure_report__fiscal_ - _-s.pdf http://www.ncsl.org/research/civil-and-criminal-justice/significant-state-sentencing-and-corrections-legis .aspx http://www.ncsl.org/research/civil-and-criminal-justice/state-sentencing-and-corrections-legislation.aspx https://ojp.gov/newsroom/pdfs/ ojpprogramsummary.pdf https://www.justice.gov/jmd/page/file/ /download https://www.justice.gov/file/ /download cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : o’hear m. . the failed promise of sentencing reform. santa barbara, ca: praeger orszag pr. . memorandum to the heads of departments and agencies. office manag. budg. rep. m- - , us dep. justice, washington, dc. https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/ / /m - .pdf parks e, cramer l, flynn a, love h, ross c. . local justice reinvestment: strategies, outcomes, and keys to success. rep. , urban inst., washington, dc petersilia j. . california prison downsizing and its impact on local criminal justice systems. harv. law policy rev. : – pew. . states reform criminal justice policies through justice reinvestment: legislative action aims to increase public safety return on corrections spending. rep., pew charit. trusts, washington, dc. https://www.pewtrusts.org/en/research-and-analysis/fact-sheets/ / / -states-reform- criminal-justice-policies-through-justice-reinvestment pfaff j. . the complicated economics of prison reform. mich. law rev. : – pfaff j. . locked in: the true causes of mass incarceration and how to achieve real reform. new york: basic books porter nd. . state advances in criminal justice reform, . rep., sentencing proj., washington, dc. https://www.sentencingproject.org/wp-content/uploads/ / /state-advances-in-criminal- justice-reform- - .pdf robinson l. . statement before the subcommittee on commerce, justice, science & related agencies, committee on appropriations. us house represent., washington, dc sabol wj, couture h, harrison pm. . prisoners in . bur. justice stat rep. ncj , office justice progr., washington, dc. https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/p .pdf sampson rj, loeffler c. . punishment’s place: the local concentration of mass incarceration. daedalus : – sherman l, farrington dp, welsh bc, mackenzie dl, eds. .evidence-based crime prevention. new york: routledge. rev. ed. spelman w. . cash, crime, and limited options: explaining the prison boom.criminol.public policy : – stemen d, rengifo af. . policies and imprisonment: the impact of structured sentencing and determinate sentencing on state incarceration rates, – . justice q. : – stemen d, rengifo af. . charting the evolution of structure and determinacy in state sentencing and corrections policies – . justice res. policy : – stern v, allen r. . localism and criminal justice: suggestions for a new balance between national and local decision making. see allen & stern , pp. – stoll m, raphael m. . why are so many americans in prison? new york: russell sage subramanian r, delany r. . playbook for change? states reconsider mandatory sentences. rep., vera inst. justice, new york. https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/publications/ playbook-for-change-states-reconsider-mandatory-sentences/legacy_downloads/mandatory- sentences-policy-report-v .pdf subramanian r, moreno r. . drug war détente? a review of state-level drug law reform, – . rep., vera inst. justice, new york. https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/ publications/drug-war-détente-a-review-of-state-level-drug-law-reform- - /legacy_ downloads/state-drug-law-reform-review- - -v .pdf taxman fs. . keys to “make ebps stick”: lessons from the field. fed. probat. : – taxman fs, pattavina a, caudy m. . justice reinvestment in the united states: an empirical assessment of the potential impact of increased correctional programming on recidivism. vict. offenders : – tonry m. . making peace, not a desert: penal reform should be about values not justice reinvestment. criminol. public policy : – tonry m. . community punishment. see luna a, pp. – tonry m, nagin ds, eds. .crime and justice, vol. : reinventing american criminal justice. chicago: univ. chicago press travis j, western b, stevens redburn f. . the growth of incarceration in the united states: exploring causes and consequences. washington, dc: natl. acad. press sabol • baumann a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/ / /m - .pdf https://www.pewtrusts.org/en/research-and-analysis/fact-sheets/ / / -states-reform-criminal-justice-policies-through-justice-reinvestment https://www.sentencingproject.org/wp-content/uploads/ / /state-advances-in-criminal-justice-reform- - .pdf https://www.bjs.gov/content/pub/pdf/p .pdf https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/publications/playbook-for-change-states-reconsider-mandatory-sentences/legacy_downloads/mandatory-sentences-policy-report-v .pdf https://storage.googleapis.com/vera-web-assets/downloads/publications/drug-war-d�tente-a-review-of-state-level-drug-law-reform- - /legacy_downloads/state-drug-law-reform-review- - -v .pdf cr ch _sabol arjats.cls december , : tucker s, cadora e. . ideas for an open society: justice reinvestment. rep., open soc. found., new york. https://www.opensocietyfoundations.org/uploads/f e fba-e c- adf-b -b cc de a/ ideas_reinvestment.pdf us census bur. . annual survey of state government finances. rep., us census bur., washington, dc: united states census bureau. https://www.census.gov/programs-surveys/state.html welsh-loveman j, harvell s. . justice reinvestment initiative data snapshot: unpacking reinvestment. rep. , urban inst., washington, dc west hc, sabol wj, greenman sj. . prisoners in . bur. justice stat. rep. ncj , office justice progr., washington, dc western b. . homeward: life in the year after prison. new york: russell sage whitehead pr, ward t, collie rm. . time for a change: applying the good lives model of rehabilitation to a high-risk violent offender. int. j. offender ther. comp. criminol. : – wong k, fox c, albertson k. . justice reinvestment in an “age of austerity”: developments in the united kingdom. vict. offenders : – www.annualreviews.org • justice reinvestment a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . https://www.opensocietyfoundations.org/uploads/f e fba-e c- adf-b -b cc de a/ideas_reinvestment.pdf https://www.census.gov/programs-surveys/state.html cr _toc ari november : annual review of criminology volume , contents the discipline engineer to operations research to criminology: quite a trajectory alfred blumstein � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � control theories social control theory: the legacy of travis hirschi’s causes of delinquency barbara j. costello and john h. laub � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � self-control and crime: beyond gottfredson & hirschi’s theory callie h. burt � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � neighborhood and spatial processes advances in spatial criminology: the spatial scale of crime john r. hipp and seth a. williams � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � broken windows, informal social control, and crime: assessing causality in empirical studies charles c. lanfear, ross l. matsueda, and lindsey r. beach � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � gentrification, land use, and crime john m. macdonald and robert j. stokes � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � contexts of violence and offending the social organization of sexual assault shamus khan, joss greene, claude ann mellins, and jennifer s. hirsch � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � prison culture, management, and in-prison violence john wooldredge � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � learning from criminals: active offender research for criminology volkan topalli, timothy dickinson, and scott jacques � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � criminalization and punishment processes the intergenerational transmission of criminal justice contact christopher wildeman � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . cr _toc ari november : wrongful convictions brandon l. garrett � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � mass probation from micro to macro: tracing the expansion and consequences of community supervision michelle s. phelps � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � parole release and supervision: critical drivers of american prison policy kevin r. reitz and edward e. rhine � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � the rise, fall, and afterlife of the death penalty in the united states carol s. steiker and jordan m. steiker � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � justice and policing justice reinvestment: vision and practice william j. sabol and miranda l. baumann � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � conceptualizing policing and security: new harmscapes, the anthropocene, and technology cameron holley, tariro mutongwizo, and clifford shearing � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � errata an online log of corrections to annual review of criminology articles may be found at http://www.annualreviews.org/errata/criminol a nn u. r ev . c ri m in ol . . : - . d ow nl oa de d fr om w w w .a nn ua lr ev ie w s. or g a cc es s pr ov id ed b y c ar ne gi e m el lo n u ni ve rs it y on / / . f or p er so na l us e on ly . cover the eyes of lady justice: an appeal for double‐blind peer reviewing: embo reports: vol , no skip to article content skip to article information journal ofmedical ethics ; : - does justice require genetic enhancements? nils holtug university of copenhagen, copenhagen, denmark abstract it is argued thatjustice in some cases provides a pro tanto reason genetically to enhance victims of the genetic lottery. various arguments - both to the effect that justice provides no such reason and to the effect that while there may be such reasons, they are overridden by certain moral constraints - are considered and rejected. finally, it is argued that justice provides stronger reasons to perform more traditional medical tasks (treatments), and that therefore genetic enhancements should not play an important role in a public health care system. ( ournal ofmedical ethics ; : - ) keywords: justice; genetic enhancements; genetic lottery; end of medicine the chances are that you - the reader of this jour- nal - are a reasonably healthy person. i do not mean to say that you are likely to be perfectly healthy; after all, most of us have some medical conditions that cause inconveniences, lost oppor- tunities or even suffering. however, i think it is fair to say that, as far as our health is concerned, most of us are reasonably well off. but not every- one is so fortunate. here follows a description of some of the patients at the children's convales- cent hospital in san diego: "on the beds lie the children - the two-year-olds, the four-year-olds, the ten-year-olds, and the teenagers - some whose limbs convulse erratically, others who are unnaturally still ... "some of these children will die very young in the bright world of children's hospital. for others there will be a succession of hospital rooms, with- out toys or murals, and a succession of nurses, who may no longer wonder how to extend their hands to elicit a response, who no longer wind music boxes, a succession of rooms, to which the children will be largely oblivious. a few will return, at least for a while, to their parents." "in one of the rooms at children's hospital, a four-year-old boy who looks much younger than his age sits on the floor playing with a toy. he is afflicted with neurofibromatosis, and his develop- ment was quite normal until a year or so ago, when he suffered a massive seizure, which returned him to a state of early infancy. slowly, the doctors and nurses at children's have brought him back, watching him reacquire the capacities of a young toddler. soon his parents will follow his further developmental steps, waiting for the next seizure, wondering how far he will go this time and how much will be lost."' some of these children have severe diseases that are due to genetic conditions. they will suffer and, in some cases, die at an early age because they were unfortunate enough to come into exist- ence with a (or several) disease-causing genes. many of us think that, since they cannot possibly be said to deserve these genes or their vast negative effects, they should be compensated in terms of publicly funded health care services, and perhaps in other ways as well. in the following, i shall spell out in greater detail this argument for compensating people with genetically determined diseases. i shall then argue that, perhaps somewhat surprisingly, it implies that justice may provide us with a reason not only to treat diseases, but also genetically to enhance certain characteristics in people. the reasons i refer to here are pro tanto reasons - we have a reason to treat and to enhance. however, pro tanto reasons need not be decisive; they may be outweighed by other, stronger reasons. so the pro tanto reason to enhance may be outweighed by conflicting reasons, pertaining either to justice itself or to some other part of our moral system. there are various ways of drawing the distinc- tion between treatments and enhancements, but i shall take a treatment to be an intervention that aims at curing or reducing the effects of a disease, where a disease is taken to be a departure from species-typical normal functioning. enhance- ments, on the other hand, do not aim to cure or reduce the effects of diseases. i draw the distinction in this way because i believe that it is at least close to what many people who believe in the moral significance of the distinction have in mind. o n a p ril , b y g u e st. p ro te cte d b y co p yrig h t. h ttp ://jm e .b m j.co m / j m e d e th ics: first p u b lish e d a s . /jm e . . . o n a p ril . d o w n lo a d e d fro m http://jme.bmj.com/ does justice require genetic enhancements? since my claim about justice and the pro tanto reason to enhance is controversial, i shall consider various objections and argue that these are not very compelling. finally, i shall argue that while justice may give us a pro tanto reason for genetic enhancing, it will also (mostly) provide us with a stronger (or overriding) reason not to. this is because more traditional medical tasks - for example, trying to treat severe diseases such as those from which the children at children's hos- pital suffer - are more important. . the genetic lottery when we come into existence, we do so with a particular set of genes that we have not chosen or influenced ourselves. i shall refer to this distribu- tion of genes to people as the "genetic lottery". our lot in this lottery is crucial as to how well our lives go. some are fortunate, others are not. some are born healthy and with much potential, others are born with severe, painful diseases that cause them to die young. the point of introducing the idea of a genetic lottery is that since we have not chosen our genes, we cannot be said to deserve them. nor can we be said to deserve the benefits we reap or the harms we suffer because of our genetic make-ups, since neither are due to our choices. for instance, a person who needs an expensive medical treatment because he or she suffers from cystic fibrosis has not chosen to need this treatment or even made choices that cause him or her to need it. of course, many diseases are more complicated than cystic fibrosis, in that they are partly due to choices. in some such cases, we may be less inclined to say that people are not responsible for them themselves. for instance, what should we say about a case in which a person chooses to smoke although he knows that, because of his genetic make-up, he has an above average chance of developing lung cancer? however, for present purposes, i want to stick to the simpler cases in which people's own choices cannot be said to play a causal role. john rawls has famously argued that we have a pro tanto reason to eliminate inequalities between people that are due to natural contingencies, such as the distribution of genes. in fact, rawls believes we also have a reason to eliminate inequalities that are due to social contingencies, but my focus here is on the genetic lottery. however, as some commentators have pointed out, it does not follow from the claim that inequalities are not deserved that they should be eliminated, or, for that matter, that any particular distribution should be implemented. nevertheless, i believe that the point that certain benefits and harms are not deserved lends some support to the claim that we ought to redistribute to accommodate the interests of the worse off. many ofus have moral intuitions to the effect that, when people are badly offthrough no fault of their own, we have a reason to compensate them, for example, in terms of adequate health care services. these intuitions can be accounted for in a number of different ways. we may believe, as do egalitarians, that when inequalities are not de- served we should eliminate them and, for that rea- son, compensate the worse off. or we may believe, as do prioritarians, that we should simply give pri- ority to the worse off, at least when they are not responsible for so being. or we may believe, as do utilitarians, that we should aim to maximise the sum of utility and that, in general, compensating the worse off, when they are not responsible for being so, is an efficient way of achieving this aim. either way, we have a reason to redistribute. and we have a reason to provide health care for people who suffer from genetic defects (and, presumably, for many other people as well). however, the misfortunes that people may suf- fer in the genetic lottery do not stop at diseases. for instance, in a survey of the research done on physical attractiveness and how people are per- ceived it is concluded that: "the social psycho- logical effects of physical attractiveness are perva- sive, strong, and generally uniform in nature. they are such that the physically attractive, whether male or female, old or young, black or white, or of high or low socioeconomic status, receive preferential treatment in virtually every social situation examined thus far." furthermore, other factors with a genetic basis or genetic component, such as intelligence, talent, strength and height, are not evenly distributed. while such features may be less important than health, they are still important for the sort of opportunities a person has. the point i want to make here is that if we are inclined to believe that there is a pro tanto reason to compensate people who are worse off because of their lot in the genetic lottery, there is a pro tanto reason to compensate people whose genes cause them to be worse off because they are less intelligent, less talented, less attractive, etc. the argument presented for compensating people with genetically determined diseases also applies to these other features. one way of compensating people would be by using gene therapy to enhance various features, or by using genetic engineering to produce hor- mones which would have the same effect. of course, it will be a long time before gene therapies o n a p ril , b y g u e st. p ro te cte d b y co p yrig h t. h ttp ://jm e .b m j.co m / j m e d e th ics: first p u b lish e d a s . /jm e . . . o n a p ril . d o w n lo a d e d fro m http://jme.bmj.com/ holtug that can enhance, for example, intelligence are available, if this is indeed ever possible. however, today genetic engineering allows us to produce human-growth hormones, and perhaps it will not be too long before gene therapy can be used to make people taller. and there are other, similar cases. therefore, we have an issue of whether justice provides a pro tanto reason genetically to enhance people to compensate for their misfortune in the genetic lottery. many people will want to resist this claim and therefore i shall consider various objections, both to the effect that justice provides no such reason and to the effect that while justice may give us a reason to compensate in this way, there are overriding moral reasons not so to do. . justice and distributive units it may be thought that it is only if we hold the dis- tributive unit of social concern to be utility (welfare) that we shall be inclined to favour genetic enhancements on the grounds of justice. while it is true, it may be argued, that people can be unhappy about not being, for example, very attractive, they are not worse off in the relevant sense, that is, worse off in a sense that would make compensations appropriate. however, i believe that on any plausible view of what the relevant distributive unit is, a pro tanto case can be made for genetic enhancements. suppose that the relevant unit is resources, or opportunity for acquiring resources. some people make less money than others because they are less intelligent or less talented. of course, we can redistribute money to obtain a fair (for example equal) distri- bution. but perhaps we can also equalise people's monetary possessions by genetically enhancing people who are less talented or intelligent. so resourcist views do not automatically rule out genetic enhancements as a means of compensa- tion. however, norman daniels has come up with a different argument against medical enhance- ments. he distinguishes between treatments and enhancements along the lines suggested above. he then suggests that "medicine has the role of mak- ing people normal competitors, not equal competitors". so, at least within medicine, what we should aim at is equality in the sense that eve- ryone is a normal competitor (in the sense of hav- ing species-specific normal functioning), but we should not provide enhancements for people who are within the range of what is normal. daniels calls this "the standard model for thinking about equality of opportunity". he contrasts it with "a more radical version", according to which "wher- ever possible we must actually try to reduce vari- ance in the distribution of capabilities, equalizing them wherever possible". there is, however, some tension between dan- iels's standard model and another claim he makes, namely that we should "mitigate the effects of normally distributed capabilities through restric- tions on other inequalities we allow". so daniels, if i understand him correctly, claims that if, for instance, some people are making less money because they are less intelligent, or talented, etc, and are not responsible for so being, we have a reason to compensate them, but in terms of social rather than natural assets. daniels, then, seems to accept my claim to the effect that we have a pro tanto reason to compen- sate people who have suffered bad luck in the genetic lottery, even if the features in question fall within the range of what is normal; however, he adds that compensation for normal features should be dealt with in terms of social assets, and so not in terms of genetic enhancements. but if genetic interventions are appropriate compensa- tion in some cases (that involve treatments) but not in others (that involve enhancements), we must ask what the relevant difference between the cases is supposed to be. as a defence of his claim that medical enhance- ments are not appropriate compensation, daniels argues that his standard model captures our actual concerns about equality better than the more radical version. however, i do not think that this defence is very compelling. first of all, daniels compares his standard model to a view that is not very plausible. according to the radical version, inequalities in capabilities should be neutralised. but why should we insist on equalising such differences if there are alternative ways of compensating the worse off that are just as good or even better? rather, we should aim at the best available compensation, and in some cases this may involve medically improving normal capabili- ties, while in others it may involve compensating in terms of social assets. secondly, i am not so sure that daniels is quite right about what our actual concerns are. suppose that a boy is constantly teased because his ears stick out. and suppose that, from this boy's point of view, the best available compensation would be a surgical enhancement. i am inclined to think that many of us would favour surgery in such a case. daniels does claim that "we generally resist assimilating these cases of enhancement to cases of treatment because we do not see them as meet- ing important needs". however, while we may not want to describe surgery for sticking-out ears as meeting an important need, we would have to be o n a p ril , b y g u e st. p ro te cte d b y co p yrig h t. h ttp ://jm e .b m j.co m / j m e d e th ics: first p u b lish e d a s . /jm e . . . o n a p ril . d o w n lo a d e d fro m http://jme.bmj.com/ does justice require genetic enhancements? very insensitive indeed to claim that there is no reason to fulfil the boy's desire for surgery. nevertheless, daniels may be correct in assuming that we believe that it would be much more important to provide treatment for another boy with, for example lesch nyhan syndrome. but granting this to daniels hardly establishes his claim that, according to our actual concerns, medical enhancements do not fall within the lim- its of justice. an alternative account may be intro- duced, according to which we believe that as far as justice is concerned, there is sometimes a reason to compensate people for their misfortune in the genetic lottery in terms of medical enhancements but that, in general, there is a much stronger though similar reason medically to compensate people who have fared significantly worse in this lottery, in that they have ended up with severe (or even less severe) diseases. i shall develop this idea further in the final section of this article. finally, i do not think that daniels really tells us what the relevant difference between medical treatments and medical enhancements is sup- posed to be. he claims that we believe intuitively that there is a difference, but this is an intuition that may have to be rejected if it turns out that, like many other firmly held moral views, it is baseless. this becomes particularly acute in his own exam- ple of two boys, both of whom, it is predicted, will attain an adult height of cm. one, however, has a growth-hormone deficiency resulting from a brain tumour, while the other has short parents and is short because of his (normal) genotype. as daniels remarks, while the causes of their shortness may be different, they both suffer the same undeserved disadvantages in a "heightist" society, and they are both victims of the natural biological lottery. so how can it be right to treat these two cases differently? another suggestion as to why justice does not require genetic enhancements comes from allen buchanan. buchanan defends a principle of justice according to which "other things being equal, no person should be barred from the chance to have a minimally decent life as a result of undeserved natural (or social) deficits". so disadvantages resulting from the genetic lottery do not require compensation unless they preclude people from reaching a certain decent minimum. assuming, then, that the genetic disadvantages that might "require" enhancements are generally not severe enough to preclude people from reach- ing this minimum, we generally do not have a rea- son to perform enhancements. (actually, this is not quite right. there are people who fall below the minimum for [wholly or partly] independent reasons, but who can nevertheless be raised by performing genetic enhancements). buchanan may either be claiming that, once the decent minimum is reached, justice does not pro- vide a pro tanto reason to improve a person's con- dition, or claiming that, all told, justice provides no reason to so improve. since i am presently concerned with pro tanto reasons, i shall address the former claim, although this might not be what buchanan has in mind. so the question is, does justice provide a pro tanto reason to raise people above the minimal level? i, myself, find it very difficult to understand why one should be troubled by a disadvantage that precludes a person from reaching the minimum, but not at all by a disadvantage that is compatible with reaching it. changes in a person's level of benefits may be very gradual, and to suggest a particular level where her disadvantage no longer matters seems arbitrary. why should our concern for disadvantaged individuals suddenly pop out of existence once the minimum is met? of course, there is an issue of what counts as a decent minimum. the higher the minimum, the more plausible it may seem that there is no (not even a pro tanto) reason to compensate people who have reached it. but note that the higher the minimum, the larger the amount of cases in which people are prevented from reaching it due to fea- tures that have nothing to do with diseases. buchanan does acknowledge that we may believe that it would be a good thing to provide benefits to people who already have a minimally decent life, but goes on to claim that the reason to do so need have nothing to do with justice.' however, it seems to me that the reason to provide such benefits is (sometimes) of the very same kind as the reason to provide benefits to people with, for example, cystic fibrosis - people have been dis- advantaged in the genetic lottery through no fault of their own. rather, as i shall suggest in the final section, there is always a reason to compensate people who have been disadvantaged in the genetic lottery, but this reason can be outweighed by more urgent reasons to compensate people who have suffered greater disadvantages. so while there is sometimes a pro tanto reason to perform genetic enhance- ments, these will (mostly) be outweighed by stronger reasons to perform other medical tasks instead. . the end ofmedicine perhaps there are other reasons, outside the realm of justice, why we should resist medical enhance- ments. it has been suggested that such enhance- ments do not comply with the end of medicine o n a p ril , b y g u e st. p ro te cte d b y co p yrig h t. h ttp ://jm e .b m j.co m / j m e d e th ics: first p u b lish e d a s . /jm e . . . o n a p ril . d o w n lo a d e d fro m http://jme.bmj.com/ holtug and, for that reason, are suspect. here, one advo- cate of this view, david hyman, addresses the issue of cosmetic surgery: "cosmetic surgery ... collapses the distinction between health and the wishes or happiness of the patient. ... necessity, requiring intervention, is constituted in the disease rather than in the patient's expressed desires. ... the physician's privilege to refuse to intervene is predicated on a consistent goal of health. ... medicine is debased as it becomes the handmaiden of vanity and self- indulgence, in the name of 'being your best'."'ii the core idea seems to be that medicine has an identifiable goal or end, and that this end establishes the limits as to what goals medicine ought to be used to achieve. this end is defined in terms of "a consistent goal of health". so whereas medicine should be used to treat diseases, it should not be used to enhance normal features in people. there is an issue here of whether the end of medicine can really be restricted to a consistent goal of health. many of the tasks that are currently dealt with within medicine do not accurately fit this description. consider, for instance, abortions or surgery for projecting ears. in any case, there is a more serious objection to hyman's view. let us, for the sake of argument, grant him that medicine has a well-defined goal or end. why then should medicine not be used also to promote other ends? consider this analogy. school-teachers are trained to educate children. but it is hardly plausible to argue that, for this reason, they ought not to use their skills to write poetry. more technically, the "consistent goal of health" to which hyman refers can be interpreted as a descriptive notion that somehow captures the way that medicine is actually practised. in which case, we are left wondering why this notion should say anything about how medicine ought to be used. or it can be interpreted as a (partly) evalua- tive notion, that says something about the proper aims of medicine; but then we need an explana- tion of why the evaluative features captured in this notion that rule out medical enhancements are valid or important. and while i cannot rule out that such an explanation can be given, i have yet to see a plausible suggestion as to how it might work. . the doctrine of correcting and enhancing in medicine it may be argued that i have not done justice to our actual moral intuitions about genetic en- hancements. when discussing daniels's standard model, i considered the view that justice or fairness does not require enhancements; i now want to consider the issue of whether there are other moral values that might be brought into play, that would speak against such a medical practice. consider: the doctrine of treating and enhancing in medicine medical treatments are inherently more impor- tant than medical enhancements. this doctrine is intended to capture some important moral intuitions, for example to the effect that there is a moral difference between using genetic engineering to treat cystic fibrosis and using it to enhance a person's (normal) height. note that the doctrine claims that treating is inherently more important, and not that it is more important because it has better conse- quences. i have deliberately made the doctrine rather vague, in that it does not specify to what extent medical treatments are more important or urgent than enhancements. it is both compatible with an absolute constraint against medical enhancements and with the claim that enhancements are only slightly less important than treatments, although, in order for it to have any real force, presumably it must claim that enhancements are significantly less important. furthermore, i suppose that some adherents of this doctrine will want to claim that while medical treatments have a positive moral value, medical enhancements have a negative moral value. however, i believe that this doctrine does not adequately capture our intuitions. the standard way of testing such doctrines is to come up with two cases that differ only regarding the factor that the doctrine claims to be morally important, in our case, treatments versus enhancements. so consider the following two cases.' jane is infected with hiv and she is about to develop aids. however, there is a new kind of gene therapy available that will boost her immune system - bring it back to normal - and so ensure that she never develops this disease. by giving her the therapy, we would be providing a treatment, since we would be bringing her immune system back to normal. in our second case, helen has not yet been infected with hiv but, since she is a haemophiliac and since blood reserves at the hospital have not been screened for hiv, it is only a matter of time before she is infected, unless, that is, a new sort of gene therapy is performed on her that will make her immune. by giving her the therapy we would be enhancing her immune system, since we would o n a p ril , b y g u e st. p ro te cte d b y co p yrig h t. h ttp ://jm e .b m j.co m / j m e d e th ics: first p u b lish e d a s . /jm e . . . o n a p ril . d o w n lo a d e d fro m http://jme.bmj.com/ does justice require genetic enhancements? be giving her a desirable property that people do not normally (or naturally) have. intuitively, it does not seem less important to provide the gene therapy for helen than to provide (the other kind of) gene therapy for jane. but this is what the doctrine of treating and enhancing in medicine says is the case. therefore, this doctrine does not really capture our intuitions about treating and enhancing. i need to make two remarks about my argument against the doctrine of treating and enhancing. firstly, since i first introduced the cases of jane and helen, evidence has been put forward in sup- port of the claim that perhaps some people have genotypes that make it less likely that they will be infected with hiv. perhaps they are even immune. this evidence may threaten my claim that people do not normally or naturally have the desirable features that helen may acquire. however, suppose no one had such features. would that really make a difference as to how we should mor- ally evaluate helen's therapy? i very much doubt it. secondly, note that i am not in my argument using what shelly kagan has called a contrast argument." in a contrast argument, it is argued that if two cases only differ regarding one factor, and there is a moral difference between them, then the moral difference can be attributed to the differing factor, and this factor will then make a moral difference in any two cases that differ regarding it. alternatively, if the two cases do not differ morally, then the factor never makes a moral difference. however, as kagan points out, a factor may make a moral difference sometimes but not always (depending on which other factors are present). i am not using this kind of argument since i am not arguing that it can never make a moral difference whether a therapy is a treatment or an enhancement. i am arguing that since it does not always make a moral difference, the doctrine of treating and enhancing cannot be right. admit- tedly, since i do not argue that it never inherently matters whether a treatment or an enhancement is performed, my argument is limited, but that is inevitable. perhaps a different definition of "treatment" would confer greater plausibility on the doctrine of treating and enhancing. above, i took a treatment to be an intervention that aims at curing or reducing the effects of a disease, where a disease is taken to be a departure from species- typical normal functioning. however, this defini- tion may be broadened to include the prevention of diseases as well. since helen's therapy will pre- vent her from being infected with hiv, it should not be considered an enhancement but merely an instance of disease-preventing treatment. but then recall daniels's case of the two boys who are both predicted to be very short, one because of a growth-hormone deficiency, the other because of his (normal) genotype. if we were to provide growth hormones for the second child, we would not be providing a treatment, even according to our new definition. but why should that matter? both bqys have a disadvantage (in a heightist society) they have not deserved because of their misfortune in the natural lottery. while it may matter that neither is responsible for the cause of his disadvantage, it does not seem to matter what the exact cause is - rather, it is the effect, and the fact that they are not responsible for it that matters. . justice in health care to sum up, i have argued that a plausible and influential line of reasoning that supports com- pensating people who have severe diseases be- cause of their misfortune in the genetic lottery also speaks in favour of genetic enhancements. justice requires genetic enhancements in the sense that it provides a pro tanto reason to make such enhancements available to (some) victims of the genetic lottery. furthermore, i have argued that such enhancements cannot be ruled out on the basis of the claim that they do not conform to the end of medicine or by appealing to the doctrine of treating and enhancing in medicine, since neither of these invoke values that are very plausible. however, while justice provides us with a pro tanto reason to perform genetic enhancements, it also provides us with reasons to perform other tasks, such as providing medical care for people with serious diseases such as the four-year-old boy in children's hospital, and even for people with less serious diseases. since the amount of resources available in the health care system or, in general, for compensating victims of the genetic lottery, is limited (even if we throw in extra resources, this is still the case), we shall have to prioritise. and, although i cannot argue this point here, i believe that when prioritising, we should give priority to the worse off." it simply matters more to provide benefits for the worse off than for the better off. therefore, in general, it matters more to provide health care services for people with serious diseases than to provide genetic enhancements. but, of course, there may be exceptions. maybe a child who is very unhappy about being short, as in daniels's example, is a case in point. maybe it is as urgent to provide a growth hormone for this child as it is to provide medical treatment for a o n a p ril , b y g u e st. p ro te cte d b y co p yrig h t. h ttp ://jm e .b m j.co m / j m e d e th ics: first p u b lish e d a s . /jm e . . . o n a p ril . d o w n lo a d e d fro m http://jme.bmj.com/ holtug person who has, say, a broken wrist. obviously, though, we cannot answer this question ad- equately if we do not know the proper unit of social concern, and space does not allow me to discuss this issue here. so let me merely point out that i have already provided a reason to believe that, on any plausible view on what the proper unit is, there will be a pro tanto case for medical enhancements. a further issue that would have to be consid- ered, though, is what the long term effects would be of giving to certain children, for example, growth hormones, or appropriate kinds of gene therapy. it may be argued that giving in to height- ist ideals in this way will just further intolerant attitudes in society and so, even if we restrict our- selves to the issue of justice, such medical enhancements will be counter-productive in the long run. this is a legitimate worry, but one based on predictions very difficult to assess. how, exactly, will medical enhancements affect social attitudes? another worry about long term effects that has received a great deal of attention is the risk of a slippery slope. i discuss this in some detail elsewhere. these are difficult issues, and i cannot discuss them further here. however, i believe i have pro- vided a case for the claim that justice sometimes gives us a pro tanto reason for making genetic enhancements available; however, i have also sug- gested that, since justice generally gives us stronger reasons to perform other tasks such as providing treatments for people with severe diseases, perhaps, at the end of the day, genetic enhancements should not play an important role within publicly funded health care. what role, if any, they should play in private health clinics is a complicated matter that, again, i cannot address here. acknowledgements i would like to thank roger crisp, klemens kap- pel, kasper lippert-rasmussen and julian savu- lescu for helpful comments on an earlier version of this article. nils holtug, phd, is assistant professor in the department of philosophy, university of copenhagen, denmark. references and notes kitcher p. the lives to come. the genetic revolution and human possibilities. london: the penguin press, : - . the term pro tanto reason was introduced into modern moral philosophy by shelly kagan, who writes: "a pro tanto reason has genuine weight, but nonetheless may be outweighed by other considerations. thus, calling a reason a pro tanto reason is to be distinguished from calling it a prima facie reason, which i take to involve an epistemological qualification: a prima facie reason appears to be a reason, but may actually not be a reason at all, or may not have weight in all cases it appears to. in con- trast a pro tanto reason is a genuine reason - with actual weight - but it may not be a decisive one in actual cases." the limits of morality. oxford: clarendon press, : . the important point which is relevant for the paper is that a pro tanto reason is a genuine reason, but may be outweighed by other stronger reasons (like my reason to go shopping may be outweighed by my stronger reason to finish my paper). i consider the issues of responsibility and justice in more com- plicated cases that involve choices, in holtug n. genetic knowledge in a just society. in: thompson a, chadwick r, eds. genetic information: acquisition, access, and control. new york: plenum publishing corporation (in press). rawls j. a theory of justice. oxford: oxford university press, : - . bersheid e, gangestad s. the social psychological implications of facial physical attractiveness. clinics in plastic surgery ; : . daniels n. the genome project, individual differences, and just health care. in murphy tf, lappe ma, eds. justice and the human genome project. berkeley: university of california press, : . see reference : . see reference : . buchanan a. equal opportunity and genetic intervention. social philosophy and policy ; : . see reference : . hyman da. aesthetics and ethics:the implications of cosmetic surgery. perspectives in biology and medicine ; : , , . see also holtug n. creating and patenting new life forms. in: singer p, kuhse h, eds. a companion to bioethics. oxford: basil blackwell, . kagan s. the additive fallacy. in: fischer jm, ravizza m, eds. ethics. problems and principles. fort worth: harcourt brace jovanovich college publishers, . see parfit d. equality or priority? the lindley lecture , university of kansas, , and reference . holtug n. human gene therapy: down the slippery slope? bioethics ; : - . o n a p ril , b y g u e st. p ro te cte d b y co p yrig h t. h ttp ://jm e .b m j.co m / j m e d e th ics: first p u b lish e d a s . /jm e . . . o n a p ril . d o w n lo a d e d fro m http://jme.bmj.com/ homelessness: a barometer of social justice comment www.thelancet.com/public-health vol january e homelessness: a barometer of social justice the number of people experiencing homelessness in the uk has dramatically increased since . in the autumn of , people in england were estimated to be sleeping rough, a worrying increase from in . although these numbers almost certainly underestimate the total number of people affected, the trends in these data are important and unsurprising, given that one in five bed spaces for single homeless people have been lost during the same period, a reduction from in to in . rough sleeping is at the extreme and visible end of homelessness, and estimates of the total number of people affected by the uk’s housing crisis highlight an even larger problem. data from suggest that around households and people are currently homeless or at risk of homelessness. homelessness can have fatal consequences. the uk office for national statistics (ons) estimated that people experiencing homelessness died in england and wales in . these figures represent a % year- to-year increase and are the highest since these estimates began in . the ons data suggest that most deaths among people who were homeless were caused by drug- related poisoning, suicide, and alcohol-specific deaths. like estimates of the number of people who are sleeping rough, these data are likely to underestimate deaths, but the trend is important and provides a rare insight into the precarious health of this population. our recent study of deaths among people experiencing homelessness showed a different pattern of deaths to that of the ons data. we examined the causes of death among people previously admitted to hospital and seen by specialist integrated homeless health and care schemes. similar to the ons data, we found high numbers of deaths caused by drug-related poisoning, suicide, and alcohol. however, our study highlighted the importance of chronic and potentially preventable diseases, such as coronary heart disease, respiratory disease, and cancer. crucially, after adjusting for age and sex, nearly one in three of the deaths among people who were homeless in our study were due to causes that are amenable to timely health care. collectively, this evidence demonstrates a public health emergency that we already know how to tackle— but have failed to do so. most people experiencing homelessness had been admitted to hospital in acute health crisis. their health needs represent a system failure to intervene early and prevent serious harms. evidence from england, corroborated internationally, highlights multiple missed opportunities for timely intervention. first, the unsafe discharging of patients who are homeless must be stopped. safeguarding adults reviews into the deaths of people who are homeless have highlighted poor hospital discharge practices, including people being discharged back onto the street. health-care professionals have a duty of care and should apply the same standards of quality and safety to all patients; for example, discharge should be delayed when it is not safe. discharging a patient without them having somewhere safe to stay is a safeguarding issue. second, specialist integrated homeless health schemes are more effective and cost-effective than standard care. despite large increases in homelessness and deaths among people who are homeless, many of these specialist schemes closed because of an absence of sustainable funding. the case for reinvesting in and scaling up these services nationally is clear. third, intermediate care facilities in the community can prevent serious illness and unplanned hospital admissions, saving lives and money. these services play a vital role in freeing up acute beds, while ensuring that people still get the help and support they need to manage long-term conditions and plan for their future. these services need to be widely accessible to both community and hospital health-care providers as part of specialist integrated homeless health schemes, and all of these services should be designed collaboratively to ensure they are accessible to, and meet the needs of, people experiencing homelessness. fourth, we need to move away from emergency hostels and unaffordable or unsustainable private lettings to adopt a full housing-first approach to homelessness. people who become homeless should have rapid access to permanent housing with ongoing health and social care support that recognises the complex needs of individuals who have experienced long periods of severe adversity. this approach to housing should be accompanied by a large increase in social housing to reduce the number of people at risk of homelessness. finally, we must tackle published online december , https://doi.org/ . / s - ( ) - http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi= . /s - ( ) - &domain=pdf comment e www.thelancet.com/public-health vol january the political determinants of homelessness, including child poverty, poor education and employment oppor- tunities, criminalisation, invisibility, and stigma. everyone has a right to dignity and respect. home- lessness is a barometer of social justice that reflects a serious problem in our society, the remedy to which is within our grasp. rob aldridge institute of health informatics, university college london, london nw da, uk r.aldridge@ucl.ac.uk i declare no competing interests. copyright © the author(s). published by elsevier ltd. this is an open access article under the cc by . license. uk ministry of housing, communities & local government. rough sleeping statistics: autumn , england (revised). feb , . https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/ uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/ /rough_ sleeping_statistics_ _release.pdf (accessed nov , ). homeless link. annual review of single homelessness support in england. https://www.homeless.org.uk/facts/our-research/annual- review-of-single-homelessness-support-in-england (accessed nov , ). national housing federation. how many people need a social rented home? september, . http://s -eu-west- .amazonaws.com/img. housing.org.uk/nhf_briefing_how_many_people_need_a_social_ rented_home_final.pdf (accessed nov , ). office for national statistics. deaths of homeless people in england and wales: . oct , . https://www.ons.gov.uk/ peoplepopulationandcommunity/birthsdeathsandmarriages/deaths/ bulletins/deathsofhomelesspeopleinenglandandwales/ (accessed nov , ). aldridge rw, menezes d, lewer d, et al. causes of death among homeless people: a population-based cross-sectional study of linked hospitalisation and mortality data in england. wellcome open res ; : . martineau s, cornes m, manthorpe j, ornelas b, fuller j. safeguarding, homelessness and rough sleeping: an analysis of safeguarding adults reviews. sept , . https://kclpure.kcl.ac.uk/portal/files/ / sars_and_homelessness_hscwru_report_ .pdf (accessed nov , ). cornes m, aldridge r, tinelli m, et al. transforming out-of-hospital care for people who are homeless: support tool complementing the high impact change model for transfers between hospital and home. nov , . https://kclpure.kcl.ac.uk/portal/files/ /hhd_support_tool_ nov_ .pdf (accessed nov , ). king’s college london. effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of ‘usual care’ versus ‘specialist integrated care’: a comparative study of hospital discharge arrangements for homeless people in england. https://www.kcl. ac.uk/scwru/res/hrp/hrp-studies/hospitaldischarge (accessed nov , ). nobody left outside. nlo checklist guidance document. october, . https://nobodyleftoutside.eu/nlo-checklist-guidance-document (accessed nov , ). baxter aj, tweed ej, katikireddi sv, thomson h. effects of housing first approaches on health and well-being of adults who are homeless or at risk of homelessness: systematic review and meta-analysis of randomised controlled trials. j epidemiol community health ; : – . homelessness: a barometer of social justice references wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk params is empty sys_ exception wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk no params is empty exception params is empty / / - : : if (typeof jquery === "undefined") document.write('[script type="text/javascript" src="/corehtml/pmc/jig/ . . /js/jig.min.js"][/script]'.replace(/\[/g,string.fromcharcode( )).replace(/\]/g,string.fromcharcode( ))); // // // window.name="mainwindow"; .pmc-wm {background:transparent repeat-y top left;background-image:url(/corehtml/pmc/pmcgifs/wm-nobrand.png);background-size: auto, contain} .print-view{display:block} page not available reason: the web page address (url) that you used may be incorrect. message id: (wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk) time: / / : : if you need further help, please send an email to pmc. include the information from the box above in your message. otherwise, click on one of the following links to continue using pmc: search the complete pmc archive. browse the contents of a specific journal in pmc. find a specific article by its citation (journal, date, volume, first page, author or article title). http://europepmc.org/abstract/med/ book review notices of the american mathematical society volume , number emille davie lawrence is a term associate professor of mathematics and statistics at the university of san francisco. her email address is edlawrence@usfca.edu. communicated by notices book review editor stephan ramon garcia. for permission to reprint this article, please contact: reprint-permission @ams.org. doi: https://dx.doi.org/ . /noti a variety of courses with the essays and modules written by math faculty who have experience on the topic. i was happy to see that the authors took the time in the introduction to describe exactly what is meant by “teaching mathematics for social justice”: all mathematics instruction that aims to improve human well-being. who could possibly deny the importance of improved human well-being!? this preemp- tively thwarts any social justice eye-rolling as well as sets the tone for the book. they also give the reader advice on how to use the text and extend an invitation to reach out to the contributing authors directly. the first essay is by kira hamman, and she is the only contributor who has both an essay and a module in the book. in “mathematics in service to democracy” she out- lines how she had an aha moment after seeing people’s reaction to social disparities in new orleans after hurricane katrina. she writes that she came to a personal realization that teaching mathematics must be about more than teaching students the chain rule, for example. we have a responsibility to help build an informed, civically engaged society. as a result, she developed courses on mathematics and democracy and quantitative information in the media. she spares all detail of the courses; rather, she stresses the importance of quantitative literacy in the k– system. dave kung makes a similar case for designing a math class to promote a mindful citizenry in “math for social justice: a last math class for responsible citizens.” he is guided by the question, “what mathematics do i want the person next to me in the voting booth to understand?” (motivated by an exchange in an obama-mccain political debate). my favorite essay is from victor piercey. in “quantitative ethics,” piercey describes his experiences in developing courses surrounding the moral and societal implications of how we use quantitative information. piercey writes that in his course he challenges the students to place themselves into the decision-maker role instead of the consumer role by posing should questions: should lenders reveal the implications of continually making only the minimum mathematics for social justice: resources for the college classroom by gizem karaali and lily s. khadjavi i think we can all agree that we are currently living in a time of tectonic social and political shifts. movements like #metoo and black lives matter have rightfully increased popular awareness of issues of inequity and marginal- ization. in the immortal words of bob dylan, “the times, they are a-changin’.” and for good reason. i’ve noticed some similar shifts in mathematics over the past few years. not that connecting mathematics and social justice is a new concept, as this book attests by paying homage to bob moses’s radical equations: math literacy and civil rights in its first sentence. but one can also not deny the recent swell in scholarly activity surrounding the subject, which is why mathematics for social justice: resources for the college classroom is such a timely and important tool. the cover of the book woos you, with its array of fists of different hues holding pencils in front of a backsplash of mathematical equations. the sheer brilliance of this image, which conjures resistance, unity, and mathematical rigor all at once, should not be lost on anyone. the contents of the book are divided into three parts: an introduction to the book by the authors, five essays that make the case for introducing topics of social justice into the math curricu- lum, and fourteen course modules that can be adopted into mathematics for social justice reviewed by emille davie lawrence a m s/ m a a p re ss , , s o ft co ve r, p ag es . is b n : - - - - book review april notices of the american mathematical society you will find suggestions for homework assignments, worksheets, group projects, discussion topics, paper topics, final projects, and much more throughout. the book is also full of outside resources like readings, videos, websites, and such to make it easier to expand the modules in different or deeper directions. the utility of mathematics for social justice: resources for the college classroom is undeniable. with this book, the editors and contributors have provided the mathematics community a toolkit for challenging students to use math- ematics to improve our world from many different angles. i would have liked to see a module focusing on overpolicing and criminal justice, since khadjavi herself is versed in this topic, but perhaps that will come in the second volume that karaali and khadjavi are working on, mathematics for social justice: focusing on quantitative reasoning and statistics. the current volume effectively makes the case that courses that include social justice themes should be a part of the curric- ulum in every math department in our country. i, for one, am personally energized and excited to implement these ideas at my institution. with this book as a guide, we can not only teach our students how to do math but also how to use math for the common good. credits author photo is courtesy of the author. payments on credit card debt? should effective annual interest rates be required by law to be disclosed to consum- ers? should environmental impacts to the community be considered when a company opens a store? how should the government intervene in ponzi schemes? students learn how questions like these are informed by data analysis and mathematical modeling. this ethical point of view feels to me like a fresh spin on things. even the term quantitative ethics juxtaposes two ideas that i’d never before realized were compatible. reading his essay gave me that “of course this works” feeling, like eating peanut butter and jelly for the first time. of all the essays, lisa marano’s essay is the one i didn’t realize that i needed. she outlines in great detail how she has over the years dealt with student resistance to uncom- fortable topics. since finding dy/dx is pretty noncontrover- sial, most math professors are unpracticed in dealing with issues in the classroom that stir up emotion. she gives class- room policies, assignment suggestions, and other general management strategies in preparation for “vocal, silent, and absent” resistance from students. most effective is her use of real-life anecdotes to suggest how to guide students in heated discussions. one powerful example was how she dealt with some students’ personal trauma surrounding credit card debt. she explains that as the conversation began to unfold, she scrapped her planned discussion and yielded to the needs of the students. this is a reminder that since emotions can run high when digging in to social issues, being in the moment is key. then come the modules. these are prepackaged and ready-to-go lesson plans that can be implemented in the classroom. i was really happy to see such a nice array of topics. there were definitely some usual suspects, such as modules on voting methods and electoral districting. how- ever, the majority of the topics feel cutting-edge and mod- ern, ranging from the graph theory of human trafficking to modeling the rise in acceptance of same-sex relationships. although on different themes, every module has the same structure. each starts with an abstract and is then divided into six sections: mathematical content, context/back- ground, instructor preparation, the module, additional thoughts, and an appendix. having this uniformity is quite helpful to the reader who wants to compare one module to another. however, i would have also liked to see some note on the intended duration of each module right up front, perhaps in each abstract. some modules seem more appropriate for just a handful of class meetings, while others could be implemented over the course of an entire academic term. readers are left to figure this out for them- selves. the cherry-picking reader will be happy to know that in the postscript the modules are sorted by mathematical content, such as college algebra, quantitative reasoning, and introductory statistics, and then again by social justice themes, such as finance, environmental justice, and labor. the content of each module is pedagogically thorough. emille davie lawrence compendium of tribal crime data, u.s. department of justice office of justice programs bureau of justice statistics bjs mandatory p.l. states optional p.l. states indian reservations (u.s. census bureau) source: bureau of justice statistics overview tribal crime data collection activities duren banks, steven w. perry, and allina lee tribal law enforcement, brian reaves state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, steven w. perry, ron malega, and duren banks selected findings: jails in indian country, todd minton summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system mark motivans and howard snyder compendium of tribal crime data, june bureau of justice statistics james p. lynch director bjs website: www.bjs.gov for information contact: bjs clearinghouse - - - the bureau of justice statistics is the statistics agency of the u.s. department of justice. duren banks coordinated the development of this compendium. contributing authors include duren banks, allina lee, ron malega, todd minton, mark motivans, steven w. perry, brian reaves, and howard snyder. in addition to the authors, other bjs staff who contributed to verification include paul guerino, tracey kyckelhahn, and tracy l. snell. morgan young and jill thomas edited the report, barbara quinn designed and produced the report, and jayne robinson and tina dorsey prepared the report for final printing under the supervision of doris j. james. june , ncj compendium of tribal crime data, compendium of tribal crime data, bjs mandatory p.l. states optional p.l. states indian reservations (u.s. census bureau) source: bureau of justice statistics overview tribal crime data collection activities duren banks, steven w. perry, and allina lee tribal law enforcement, brian reaves state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, steven w. perry, ron malega, and duren banks selected findings: jails in indian country, todd minton summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system mark motivans and howard snyder june content s overview tribal crime data collection activities the tribal law and order act, (tloa; pub. l. no. - , stat. , section (b)) requires the bureau of justice statistics (bjs) to establish and implement a tribal data collection system and to support tribal participation in national records and information systems. this is the first bjs report on the status of tribal data collection activities as required by the act. it describes bjs’s activities between july and june to improve tribal law enforcement reporting to the fbi’s uniform crime reporting program (ucr) and bjs’s direct collaboration with tribal criminal justice systems to collect data about tribal court systems. it summarizes data published by bjs on jails in indian country, tribal law enforcement agencies, state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, tribal youth in the federal justice system, and reporting to the ucr. it describes activities and funding opportunities to improve tribal crime data collection through programs such as the national criminal history improvement program (nchip), the national instant criminal background check system (nics), byrne/jag funding, and ucr training. table . . tribes submitting crime data to the uniform crime reporting program (ucr) program and receiving byrne/justice assistance grant (jag) awards, fy - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . bureau of justice statistics planned program activities in response to the tribal law and order act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tribal law enforcement, presents data on tribal law enforcement agencies from the census of state and local law enforcement agencies. this report defines the number and locations of tribal law enforcement agencies, service populations, and the number of sworn and nonsworn employees. it describes agency participation in traditional law enforcement (routine patrol, criminal investigation, and dispatching calls for service), public safety functions (emergency management, animal control, and fire services), specialized functions (search and rescue, tactical operations, and underwater recovery), and court-related activities (executing arrest warrants, enforcing protection orders, and serving process). the report details participation in multiagency task forces involving drug and human trafficking, gangs, violent crime, and antiterrorism. it presents data on community outreach efforts, such as school resource officers and community policing officers. table . . tribally operated law enforcement agencies, by type of agency and number of full-time sworn personnel, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . the largest tribally operated law enforcement agencies, by the number of full-time sworn personnel, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . use of community policing and school resource officers by tribal police departments, and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . location of tribally operated law enforcement agencies, . figure . . selected law enforcement functions performed by tribal police departments, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . selected court-related functions performed by tribal police departments, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . selected special functions performed by tribal police departments, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . task force participation of tribal police departments, . . . state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, describes state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country under public law - (p.l. ). this report examines the activities of prosecutors’ offices in states affected by p.l. through either mandatory or optional jurisdiction. six states have mandatory jurisdiction under p.l. over crimes in indian country: alaska, california, minnesota (except the red lake reservation), nebraska, oregon (except the warm springs reservation), and wisconsin. the report also examines activities of prosecutors’ offices in the states that have an option to assume jurisdiction over crimes in indian country within their borders: arizona, florida, idaho, iowa, montana, nevada, north dakota, south dakota, utah, and washington. using data from the national census of state court prosecutors, this report describes the characteristics of state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction for crimes committed in indian country, including budgets, staffing, and caseload. it also examines the types of offenses committed in indian country that were prosecuted in . table . . number of tribes participating in the census of tribal justice agencies in indian country, by p.l. status, type of court systems, and state, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction for crimes committed in indian country, by p.l. status, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . type of state prosecutors’ offices in indian country, by p.l. status, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . budget, staffing, and caseload of state prosecutors’ offices, by p.l. status, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . state prosecutors’ offices reporting jurisdiction in indian country under p.l. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . state prosecutors’ offices reporting prosecution of specific crimes in indian country, by p.l. status, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . compendium of tribal crime data, contents (continued) selected findings: jails in indian country, presents selected findings from the bulletin jails in indian country, , released in february (ncj ). data are based on an enumeration of jails, confinement facilities, detention centers, and other facilities operated by tribal authorities or the bureau of indian affairs (bia) reported to the annual survey of jails in indian country. the report includes data on the number of adults and juveniles held, type of offense, number of persons confined on the last weekday of each month, average daily population, peak population, and admissions in june . it also summarizes rated capacity, facility crowding, and jail staffing. table . . inmates, rated capacity, and percent of capacity occupied in indian country jails, and - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . jails in indian country that held the majority of inmates in compared to , by facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . number of indian country jails, by percent of rated capacity occupied, june . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . admissions and expected length of stay in indian country jails during june, by facility size, june . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . number of inmates confined in indian country jails, by demographic characteristics, conviction status, and offense, midyear , , , and - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . number of persons employed in indian country jails, by job function, june , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . inmates confined in indian country jails, at midyear - and - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . percent of rated capacity occupied, by type of inmate count, june . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system presents findings on tribal youth processed through the federal criminal justice system between and . findings are from a recent study conducted by the urban institute under the bureau of justice statistics’ federal justice statistics program (fjsp). this report describes the number of tribal youth in the federal system and examines how they are handled through the stages of the federal criminal case process, from arrest to confinement. it describes tribal youth demographic characteristics, offenses, and case outcomes, such as referrals for prosecution, dismissal rates, sentencing, and time served. table . . reason for matters declined for prosecution with tribal youth suspects, - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . table . . federally recognized tribes and enrolled members, . . . . . table . . tribal and non-tribal youth admitted to the federal bureau of prisons, by offense type, - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . tribal youth referred to and prosecuted by u.s. attorneys, - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . case-related reasons for declination, - . . . . . . . . . figure . . tribal youth admitted to the custody of federal prison authorities, and five federal judicial districts that committed the majority of tribal youth, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . maximum time in federal custody of juveniles adjudicated delinquent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . tribal youth in the federal bureau of prisons, by status, at admission, - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . non-tribal youth admitted to the federal bureau of prisons, by status, at admission, - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . figure . . non-tribal youth admitted to the custody of federal prison authorities, and five federal judicial districts that committed the majority of tribal youth, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . highlights tribal crime data collection activities � the bureau of justice statistics (bjs) consulted with tribal leaders through a variety of forums in . � for the first time, the bureau of indian affairs’ (bia) submissions to the uniform crime reporting program (ucr) were disaggregated by tribe and reported in crime in the u.s., . � the number of tribes eligible for byrne/jag funding increased from to . � in , tribal law enforcement staff received ucr training. � bjs provided competitive funding opportunities for jurisdictions to improve criminal records. � bjs developed a multifaceted data collection system that both established new collections and enhanced current programs. june highlights (continued) tribal law enforcement, � tribally operated law enforcement agencies employed nearly , full-time personnel, including about , sworn officers. � the largest tribal law enforcement agency, the navajo police department, employed full-time sworn personnel in arizona, new mexico, and utah. � eleven of the largest tribal law enforcement agencies served jurisdictions covering more than , square miles. � overall, tribal police departments cost about $ per resident to operate during fiscal year . � in addition to law enforcement functions, nearly all tribal police departments performed court-related functions, such as court security and serving process. � more than half of tribal police departments used community policing officers, and more than a third used school resource officers. � about in tribal police departments participated in one or more multiagency task forces. state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, � ninety-three state court prosecutors’ offices in the p.l. states reported jurisdiction for felonies committed in indian country under p.l. . � seventy-three percent of offices with jurisdiction in indian country reported prosecuting at least one felony case committed in indian country. � most offices in p.l. states prosecuted at least one offense involving drugs ( %), domestic violence ( %), or aggravated assault ( %). � eighteen offices in mandatory p.l. states with jurisdiction for indian country prosecuted at least one rape, and offices prosecuted a homicide. � of state prosecutors’ offices that reported jurisdiction for felony cases in indian country under p.l. , % served judicial districts with populations of less than , residents. � offices with jurisdiction for felony crimes committed in indian country had an average operating budget of $ . million in . selected findings: jails in indian country, � the number of inmates confined in indian country jails increased by . % between midyear and , reaching , inmates. � between june and june , the average daily jail population in indian country increased by %, and the percentage of occupied bed space increased from . % to . %. � eleven jails ( % of all facilities) held % of inmates confined at midyear . � during june , the number of inmates admitted to indian country jails ( , ) was about times the size of the average daily population ( , ). � the expected average length of stay increased by a half day from . days during june to . days during june . � indian country jail authorities reported no deaths in custody between july , , and june , , down from reported deaths during the -month period ending june , . � attempted suicides by inmates declined from in to in . � indian country jails held fewer inmates for domestic violence at midyear ( ), continuing the downward trend in the number held for this offense since ( ). � the percentage of certified correctional officers working in indian country jails increased steadily, from % at midyear to % at midyear . summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system � in , relatively few juveniles were referred to federal prosecutors ( out of , suspects) or admitted to federal prison jurisdiction ( out , offenders). � tribal youth ( ) comprised nearly half of juveniles ( ) handled by the federal courts in . � federal judicial districts of arizona, montana, south dakota, new mexico, and north dakota accounted for % of tribal youth investigated, % of those prosecuted, and % of those admitted to federal prison jurisdiction in . � in , about % of tribal youth were investigated for violent offenses, including sexual abuse ( %), assault ( %), and murder ( %). � about % of matters involving tribal youth were declined by federal prosecutors in . � a greater share of cases involving tribal youth in u.s. district courts were terminated by conviction ( %) than by dismissal ( %). � from to , the lowest number of tribal ( ) and non-tribal youth ( ) admitted to the jurisdiction of federal prison authorities occurred in . � admissions to federal prison jurisdiction among tribal youth declined % per year from to , while non-tribal youth admissions declined % per year. � in , tribal youth served an average of months under federal jurisdiction, which was more than double the tribal justice system maximum sentence of months. compendium of tribal crime data, overview the tribal law and order act (tloa), enacted july , , requires the bureau of justice statistics (bjs) to ( ) establish and implement a tribal data collection system and ( ) support tribal participation in national records and information systems (p.l. - , stat. , § (b)). the act further requires the director of bjs to consult with indian tribes to establish and implement this data collection system. the bjs director is required to report to congress within one year of enactment, and annually thereafter, the data collected and analyzed in accordance with the act. this report describes activities in support of bjs’s tribal crime data collection system and summarizes findings published from that system between july and june . multifaceted data collection system criminal jurisdiction in indian country—federally recognized reservations, tribal communities, and identified trust lands—varies by the type of crime committed, whether the offender or victim was a tribal member, and the state in which the offense occurred. due to the sovereign status of federally recognized tribes in the united states, crimes committed in indian country are often subject to concurrent jurisdiction between multiple criminal justice agencies. public law - (p.l. ) gave select states legal jurisdiction over tribal members to prosecute crimes that occur on the reservation under existing state laws. these mandatory p.l. states include california, minnesota (except the red lake reservation), nebraska, oregon (except the warm springs reservation), wisconsin, and alaska. p.l. permitted other states to acquire jurisdiction over crimes committed in indian country at their option. these optional p.l. states assume jurisdiction, either in whole or in part, over indian country within their boundaries, and include arizona, florida, idaho, iowa, montana, nevada, north dakota, south dakota, utah, and washington. in the remaining states, where p.l. does not apply, federal and tribal governments maintain concurrent jurisdiction for major crimes committed in indian country (as defined in the major crimes act and subsequent amendments ( u.s.c. § )). tribal governments have jurisdiction for all other crimes committed in indian country that involve both an indian offender and indian victim. states retain jurisdiction for non-indian crimes committed in indian country—those in which neither the offender nor the victim is a tribal member. due in part to these jurisdictional complexities, existing tribal data systems are often limited in scope and applicable only to certain jurisdictions or states. an effective tribal data collection system will include data from federal, state, local, and tribal agencies. the information maintained in this system should further be considered in light of the concurrent jurisdictional roles multiple agencies maintain in indian country. recent findings from the tribal data collection system tribal law enforcement agencies operated in in september , american indian tribes operated law enforcement agencies. these agencies employed at least one full-time sworn officer with general arrest powers or the equivalent in part-time officers. the total includes general purpose tribal police departments and special jurisdiction agencies tasked with enforcing natural resources laws that pertain primarily to hunting and fishing on tribal lands. tribes operated law enforcement agencies in states and employed about , full-time sworn personnel. eleven of the largest tribal law enforcement agencies served jurisdictions of more than , square miles. (see tribal law enforcement, , page , for more information.) tribal law enforcement agencies provided data through the bureau of indian affairs (bia) that met the fbi’s guidelines for publication offenses known to tribal law enforcement agencies were reported by tribal agencies in the fbi’s crime in the united states, . eighty-three tribal law enforcement agencies met fbi guidelines for data publication in the report.* nearly , violent crimes and approximately , property crimes were known to *crimes known to tribal law enforcement agencies are submitted to the ucr through the bia. ucr data must be submitted by local law enforcement with a valid reporting number, and be complete for all months of the year. data submitted to the ucr must also meet fbi data quality guidelines for publication in crime in the u.s. june these selected tribal law enforcement agencies in . (see the fbi’s crime in the united states, , http:// www .fbi.gov/ucr/cius /data/ table_ .html, for more information.) state prosecutors’ offices in p.l. states reported jurisdiction for felonies committed in indian country in , state court prosecutors’ offices reported jurisdiction under p.l. for felonies committed in indian country. seventy-three percent of these offices reported prosecuting at least one felony case that arose from indian country in , including at least one offense that involved drugs ( %), domestic violence ( %), or aggravated assault ( %). most state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction under p.l. served districts with , or fewer residents. (see state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, , page , for more information.) jails in indian country housed , inmates in the number of inmates confined in indian country jails increased by . % between midyear and midyear , from , to , inmates. over the months ending june , the average daily jail population in indian country increased by %, and the percentage of occupied bed space increased from . % to . %. (see selected findings: jails in indian country, , page , for more information.) most tribal youth in the federal system were referred for violent offenses between and , % of tribal youth in criminal matters received by federal prosecutors were referred for a violent offense. sexual abuse was the most common violent offense, followed by assault and murder. in , federal prosecutors received tribal youth suspects in matters opened out of , total matters investigated. tribal youth admitted to the legal custody of federal prison authorities were mostly male ( %) and tended to be older teens; more than two-thirds were between the ages and . (see summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system, page , for more information.) tribal crime data collection activities, the bureau of justice statistics (bjs), in collaboration with other federal agencies and american indian tribes, conducted several activities to develop the tribal data collection system as of june . the data collection system establishes both new data collections and enhances current programs to carry out the requirements of the tribal law and order act (tloa), . bjs focused on improving tribal law enforcement reporting to the fbi’s uniform crime reporting program (ucr) and developed direct data collection from tribal criminal justice systems, such as collecting information about the nature and operation of tribal court systems. efforts also include activities and funding opportunities to improve tribal crime data collection through programs such as the national criminal history improvement program (nchip), the national instant criminal background check system (nics), byrne/jag funding, and ucr training. activities to support tribal crime data collection systems, july through june tribal consultations conducted in bjs consulted with tribal leaders through a variety of forums in . bjs developed and distributed an initial plan that responded to the tloa sections that directly referenced tribal crime data collection. this plan was presented to several stakeholder groups to invite feedback and input, including— � interdepartmental tribal justice safety and wellness consultation, session (december , palm springs, ca) � uniform crime reporting program (ucr) trainings for tribal law enforcement ( ) agencies � national congress of american indians, executive council winter meeting (march , washington, dc). for the first time, the bureau of indian affairs’ (bia) submissions to ucr were disaggregated by tribe and reported in the fbi’s crime in the u.s., working with the office of justice services in the bia, and the office of tribal justice and the fbi in the department of justice (doj), bjs developed a process to support tribal access to, and input in, regional and national criminal justice databases, including the national crime information center (ncic) and the uniform crime reporting program (ucr). as a result of this process, data provided to the fbi from the bia were able to be disaggregated by tribe. offenses known to tribal law enforcement agencies were reported by tribal agencies in the fbi’s crime in the united states, . eighty- three tribal law enforcement agencies met fbi guidelines for data to be published in the report. tribal crime data collection activities, duren banks, ph.d., and steven w. perry, bjs statisticians allina lee, bjs policy analyst u.s. department of justice office of justice programs bureau of justice statistics june , ncj highlights � the bureau of justice statistics (bjs) consulted with tribal leaders through a variety of forums in . � for the first time, the bureau of indian affairs’ (bia) submissions to the uniform crime reporting program (ucr) were disaggregated by tribe and reported in crime in the u.s., . � the number of tribes eligible for byrne/jag funding increased from in to in . � in , tribal law enforcement staff received ucr training. � bjs provided competitive funding opportunities for jurisdictions to improve criminal records in fiscal year . � bjs developed a multifaceted data collection system that both established new collections and enhanced current programs. compendium of tribal crime data, the number of tribes eligible for byrne/ jag funding increased from in fiscal year to in fiscal year collaborative efforts between the departments of justice and interior have increased the number of tribes reporting monthly crime data to the ucr, thereby increasing the number of tribes eligible to receive byrne/jag awards. byrne/jag funds can be used to support a range of activities in seven broad program areas, including law enforcement; prosecution and courts; crime prevention and education; corrections; drug treatment and enforcement; program planning, evaluation, and technology improvement; and crime victim and witness programs. most american indian tribes had been ineligible to receive byrne/jag funds because of gaps in indian country crime statistics and traditional methods for reporting data. prior to , bia provided an aggregate number of crimes known to tribal law enforcement to the ucr. since these data could not be disaggregated by tribe, tribal law enforcement agencies that did not submit information directly to the ucr were not eligible for byrne/jag awards. in fy , tribes submitted crime data directly to the fbi, with of the tribes eligible to receive byrne/jag awards totaling $ , . in fy , the number of tribes that submitted crime data increased to following collaborative efforts between agencies in the departments of justice and interior, with tribes eligible for byrne/jag awards totaling $ , (table . ). more than tribal law enforcement staff received ucr training through recovery act funds, bjs developed and implemented the tribal crime data project to further support the reporting of tribal crime to the ucr, and thereby establish eligibility for byrne/ jag funds. the project is also part of bjs’s larger effort to collect more reliable information on american indians in the criminal justice system and crimes committed in indian country. through the tribal crime data project, bjs conducted three training sessions in , with more than tribal members, on the use of the ucr systems. in the project provided training and technical assistance to tribes that did not meet fbi data quality guidelines or had not previously submitted complete crime data to bia. table . tribes submitting crime data to the uniform crime reporting program (ucr) and receiving justice assistance grant (jag) awards, fy – number of tribes— fiscal year reporting to ucr eligible for jag award eligible award amount $ , , , bjs, acting jointly with the office of justice services, bia (doi), and the fbi (doj), will work with tribes and tribal law enforcement to establish and implement tribal data collection systems (p.l. - § (b)). tribal crime data collection activities, funding for improving criminal records to improve criminal records, bjs provided outreach to agencies in tribal jurisdictions through two competitive funding opportunities: � national criminal history improvement program (nchip) solicitation, � national instant criminal background check system (nics) act record improvement program (narip) solicitation, . the tloa made federally recognized tribes eligible for awards under bjs’s nchip. state and tribal entities apply for nchip funds to enhance the crime fighting and criminal justice capabilities of governments by improving the accuracy, utility, and interstate accessibility of criminal history records. jurisdictions also apply for nchip funds to enhance records of protective orders that involve domestic violence and stalking, sex offender records, automated identification systems, and other state systems that support national records systems and their use for criminal history background checks. bjs released the fy nchip solicitation on january , , and collaborated with other ojp components to disseminate information about the nchip funding announcement as broadly as possible. tribal contacts were alerted via email to the funding opportunity, and the solicitation was posted to the bjs and doj tribal safety and justice websites. information about the nchip funding opportunity was also presented during several meetings and a consultation in the fall and winter of . additionally, bjs developed an addendum to the solicitation that identified priority funding areas and eligibility requirements for tribal applicants. the addendum outlined key tribal priority areas activities related to— � information technology systems to capture and transmit tribal issued domestic violence and stalking records to the fbi ncic protection order file � automation and transmission of existing qualifying domestic violence and stalking records to the fbi ncic protection order file. the narip implements the provisions of the nics improvement amendments act of , enacted in the wake of the shooting tragedy at virginia tech and includes tribes as eligible entities. the narip funds provide assistance to eligible states and tribes to improve the completeness, automation, and transmittal of records needed by the nics to identify persons prohibited from receiving or possessing a firearm. these records include prohibited mental health adjudications and commitments, felony convictions, felony indictments, fugitives from justice, drug arrests and convictions, domestic violence protection orders, and misdemeanor crimes of domestic violence. bjs will award fy narip funds to support efforts to improve the records used by nics, by providing assistance to states and tribes to improve the completeness, automation, and transmittal of records to state and federal systems. bjs released the fy narip solicitation on march , . the same process used to disseminate information about the nchip funding opportunity was followed to alert tribes to the narip solicitation. subject to the availability of appropriated funds and any modifications or additional requirements that may be imposed by law, bjs plans to competitively award nchip and narip funds in fy . eligible applications will be evaluated and scored by peer reviewers, and funding will be made based on the selection criteria outlined in the solicitations. bjs is authorized to provide for improvements in the accuracy, quality, timeliness, immediate accessibility, and integration of state and tribal criminal history and related records (p.l. - § (b)( )(h)). compendium of tribal crime data, bjs established new collections and enhanced current programs in addition to collaborating with other federal agencies to improve tribal law enforcement reporting to the ucr, bjs developed a plan to collect information about tribal criminal justice systems. this multipronged approach both established new collections and enhanced current programs that serve the purposes of the tloa. through its ongoing statistical projects, bjs provided information on ( ) suspects and defendants processed in the federal criminal justice system, including federal prosecutions of crimes committed in indian country, ( ) the incidence of crimes known to law enforcement that occur on tribal reservations or were reported by indian country law enforcement authorities, ( ) the characteristics of tribal law enforcement agencies, and ( ) the characteristics of jails in indian country. bjs plans to begin collecting information about the nature and operation of tribal court systems in (table . ). survey of tribal court systems bjs developed the survey of tribal court systems to build on bjs’s previous census of tribal justice agencies (see census of tribal justice agencies in indian country, , bjs web, december ). the survey will gather administrative and operational information from tribal courts, prosecutors’ offices, and indigent defense providers operating in the estimated federally recognized tribal justice systems in the u.s. subject to the availability of appropriated funds and any modifications or additional requirements that may be imposed by law, bjs plans to award the survey of tribal court systems in fy . bjs will work with the awardee and collaborating organizations to develop the data collection instrument and methodology. the instrument will include, at a minimum, measures of tribal court organization, court caseload, characteristics of prosecutors in tribal courts, and systems to provide indigent defense in tribal courts. based on the results of the initial data collection, bjs will devise a strategy for conducting a regular data collection program among indian country court systems. census of state and local law enforcement agencies the census of state and local law enforcement agencies provides data on staffing, functions, and expenditures. data collected include the number of sworn and civilian personnel by state and type of agency, and functions performed by each agency. bjs analyzed and published findings from data collected in , from the census of state and local law enforcement agencies program, including tribal law enforcement agencies. survey of jails in indian country the survey of jails in indian country data describe jails, confinement facilities, detention centers, and other facilities operated by tribal authorities or bia. the annual report from the survey of jails in indian country includes data on the number of adults and juveniles held, type of offense, number of persons confined on the last weekday of each month, average daily population, peak population, and admissions at midyear. it also summarizes rated capacity, facility crowding, and jail staffing. the most recent report that describes findings from the survey was released in february . national census of state court prosecutors in bjs conducted the national census of state prosecutors, which was the second complete enumeration of all chief prosecutors who tried felony cases in state courts of general jurisdiction. the census collected information about whether district the director of bjs will establish and implement a tribal data collection system (p.l. - § (b)). tribal crime data collection activities, table . bureau of justice statistics planned program activities in response to the tribal law and order act program objective timeline collaboration with doj components and bia to increase the number of tribes eligible to receive edward byrne memorial justice assistance grant (jag) program funds, ensure tribal access to regional and national databases, and develop comprehensive tribal crime data systems. ongoing. bjs recovery act program to support tribes to more accurately and consistently report tribal crime data to the bia and/or the fbi through technical assistance, training, and information sharing. crimes known to some tribal law enforcement agencies published in crime in the united states, and annually thereafter. grants to support tribal participation in regional and national databases to continue to include federally-recognized tribes as eligible entities for the national instant criminal background check system (nics) act record improvement program and add federally- recognized tribes as eligible entities to the national criminal history improvement program (nchip) grant awards. tribes are eligible for awards as of fy (nics) and fy (nchip). census of state and local law enforcement agencies to collect data from all state, local, and tribal law enforcement agencies on staffing, expenditures and functions. bjs will continue to implement strategies designed to accurately represent the work of tribal law enforcement agencies. periodically since . latest report: census census report in . survey of tribal court systems to gather administrative and operational information from tribal courts, prosecutors’ offices, and indigent defense providers. award: august . design and data collection: - . analysis and reporting: early . survey of jails in indian country the survey is an annual enumeration of jails, confinement facilities, detention centers, and other facilities operated by tribal authorities or the bia. data are collected intermittently via an addendum to the core survey on the physical conditions and operations of indian country facilities. the addendum requests information on inmate medical services, mental health services, suicide prevention procedures, substance dependency programs, domestic violence counseling, sex offender treatment, education programs, and inmate work assignments. annually since . latest report: survey survey report expected in . federal justice statistics program to compile comprehensive information describing suspects and defendants processed in the federal criminal justice system. ongoing since . annual data through available on the bjs website. bjs native american crime information website to provide users with easy-to-access and current information from existing and new data collection programs design and populate website: - . public release: late . compendium of tribal crime data, attorney offices have jurisdiction for prosecuting felony cases occurring in indian country under p.l. , and what types of crimes the office prosecuted. the findings from this data collection are in state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country on page . federal justice statistics program the federal justice statistics program (fjsp) provides comprehensive and detailed information about the federal justice system’s processing of criminal cases. the fjsp provides annual data on workload, activities, and outcomes associated with federal criminal cases. information is acquired on all aspects of processing in the federal justice system, including arrests, prosecution decisions, referrals to magistrates, court dispositions, sentencing outcomes, sentence length, and time served. the fjsp receives the source data from the u.s. marshals service, drug enforcement administration, executive office of u.s. attorneys, administrative office of the u.s. courts, u.s. sentencing commission, and the federal bureau of prisons. bjs is currently developing research projects that will examine american indian defendants who are processed in the federal justice system. findings from the first of these projects, describing characteristics of american indian youth who are processed in the federal criminal justice system, are in the summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system on page . references crime in the united states, , u.s. department of justice, federal bureau of investigation, september . jails in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, february . state prosecutors offices with jurisdiction in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, june . tribal law enforcement, . ncj , bjs web, june . summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system, ncj , bjs web, june . tribal law enforcement, tribal law enforcement, brian a. reaves, ph.d., bjs statistician in september , american indian tribes operated law enforcement agencies that employed at least one full-time sworn officer with general arrest powers or the equivalent in part-time officers. the total includes general purpose tribal police departments and special jurisdiction agencies tasked with enforcing natural resources laws that pertain primarily to hunting and fishing on tribal lands. collectively, tribes operated law enforcement agencies in states. washington ( ), arizona ( ), oklahoma ( ), and new mexico ( ) had the largest numbers of tribal law enforcement agencies (figure . ). these findings are based on the bureau of justice statistics’ (bjs) census of state and local law enforcement agencies. in addition to tribally operated agencies, the department of the interior’s (doi) bureau of indian affairs (bia) operated agencies that provided law enforcement highlights � tribally operated law enforcement agencies employed nearly , full-time personnel, including about , sworn officers. � the largest tribal law enforcement agency, the navajo police department, employed full-time sworn personnel in arizona, new mexico, and utah. � eleven of the largest tribal law enforcement agencies served jurisdictions covering more than , square miles. � overall, tribal police departments cost about $ per resident to operate during fy . � in addition to law enforcement functions, nearly all tribal police departments performed court-related functions, such as court security and serving process. � more than half of tribal police departments used community policing officers, and more than a third used school resource officers. � about in tribal police departments participated in one or more multiagency task forces. u.s. department of justice office of justice programs bureau of justice statistics june ncj no tribally operated le agencies under agencies - agencies or more agencies figure . location of tribally operated law enforcement agencies, source: bureau of justice statistics, census of state and local law enforcement agencies, compendium of tribal crime data, services in indian country. nationwide, bia employed full-time sworn personnel in . along with direct oversight of its own programs, bia also provided technical assistance and some oversight to tribally operated agencies. on the more than federal indian reservation areas in the u.s., police officers may be tribal, federal, state, county, or municipal employees. some areas may be served by more than one type of officer. commonly, tribal police department funding, administration, and employees are based on the indian self-determination and education assistance act of , (public law - or p.l. ). this law allowed tribes to assume responsibility for many programs previously administered by the federal government, including law enforcement. p.l. agencies operate with tribal employees under contract and with financial assistance from the bia. tribally operated agencies can also function under a self-governance compact with the bia. this arrangement provides block grant payments, allowing for more tribal control than the line item funding of p.l. contracts. full tribal control over law enforcement services exists where such services are entirely funded by the tribal government. jurisdiction over offenses in indian country may lie with federal, state, or tribal agencies, depending on the offense, offender, victim, and offense location. most tribes have cross- deputization agreements, often with neighboring nontribal agencies. these agreements allow law enforcement personnel from state, local, and tribal entities to cross jurisdictions in criminal cases, and can be used to enhance law enforcement capabilities in areas where state and tribal lands are contiguous and intermingled. in some instances, the number of agreements is large. for example, the cherokee nation marshal service is cross-deputized with municipal, county, state, and federal agencies. tribal police departments employed . full-time officers per , residents in september , the operating tribal law enforcement agencies employed more than , full- time personnel, including about , sworn officers (table . ). the general purpose tribal police departments employed , full-time personnel, including , sworn officers and , civilian personnel. these agencies employed an additional part-time personnel, including sworn officers (not shown in table). the natural resources agencies employed full-time personnel, including sworn officers and civilian employees. these natural resources agencies also employed part-time personnel, including sworn officers (not shown in table). general purpose tribal police departments had a combined service population of about . million residents.* this corresponds to about . full-time sworn officers per , residents, which was the national average for all local police departments as of . (see local police departments, , bjs web, december .) collectively, tribal police departments cost $ per resident to operate for (not shown in table). in the national average for all local police departments was $ per resident. *based on the american indian service population counts published in bia’s american indian population and labor force report, . the service population is the total number of enrolled tribal members and members from other tribes who live on or near the reservation and are eligible to use the bia- funded tribal services. the service population excludes any non-indian residents served by a tribally operated law enforcement agency and other persons using roads, stores, casinos, and other public places on tribal land. table . tribally operated law enforcement agencies, by type of agency and number of full-time sworn personnel, type of agency and number of full-time sworn personnel number of agencies number of full-time employees total sworn civilian all agencies , , , general purpose police departments total , , , or more , - - , - under natural resources agencies total - - under tribal law enforcement, of the largest tribal law enforcement agencies served jurisdictions of more than , square miles the largest tribally operated agencies employed at least full- time sworn personnel. the largest agency, the navajo police department, employed full-time officers to serve tribal lands in arizona, new mexico, and utah (table . ). the next largest were the seminole police department (florida) with officers, and the salt river police department (arizona) with officers. the bia service population for the largest agencies ranged from less than , to about , residents. although not all reservations are open to the public, many tribal law enforcement agencies deal with a significant number of daily visitors in addition to the resident population. the natural resources of tribal lands attract visitors, as do conference facilities and casinos. all of the largest agencies had at least one casino operating within their jurisdictional area. the amount of land area served by a tribal law enforcement agency can be quite large. for example, the navajo police department has jurisdiction over about , square miles, a larger land area than any county in the continental united states. ten other agencies among the largest had jurisdictional areas exceeding , square miles, a larger land area than any city in the continental united states. table . the largest tribally operated law enforcement agencies, by the number of full-time sworn personnel, name and location of agency number of full-time sworn personnel bia service population, full-time sworn personnel per , residents reservation land area (square miles) full-time sworn personnel per square miles navajo police department (az, nm, ut) , . , . seminole police department (fl) , . . salt river police department (az) , . . gila river indian community police department (az) , . . tohono o’odham police department (az) , . , . choctaw police department (ms) , . . oglala sioux tribe department of public safety (sd) , . , . cherokee indian police department (nc) , . . muscogee (creek) nation lighthorse tribal police (ok) , . , . miccosukee police department (fl) . . poarch creek tribal police department (al) , . . -- cherokee nation marshal service (ok) , . , . choctaw nation tribal police department (ok) , . , . colville tribal police department (wa) , . , . saginaw chippewa tribal police department (mi) , . . tulalip tribal police services (wa) , . . warm springs tribal police department (or) , . , . white mountain apache police department (az) , . , . isleta police department (nm) , . . yakama nation tribal police department (wa) , . , . pascua yaqui tribal police department (az) , . -- puyallup tribal police department (wa) , . . rosebud sioux tribal police department (sd) , . , . red lake tribal police department (mn) , . . oneida indian nation police (ny) . . -- note: land area data are from the u.s. census bureau, and include reservation land only. --reservation land area is less than square miles. compendium of tribal crime data, tribal law enforcement agencies were responsible for a broad range of services and functions during nearly all general purpose tribal police departments were responsible for traditional law enforcement functions, such as routine patrol ( %), responding to citizen requests for service ( %), special events and crowd control ( %), criminal investigation ( %), and traffic enforcement ( %) (figure . ). about in departments were responsible for parking enforcement ( %), and about in departments dispatched calls for service ( %). about in general purpose tribal police departments had full-time community policing officers a majority of tribal police departments used a community policing approach in their efforts to prevent crime and maintain partnerships with the communities they serve. about three-fifths ( %) of departments had full-time sworn personnel serving as community policing officers (table . ). as of september , about tribal police officers were designated as community policing officers. in , % of tribal agencies reported using community policing officers, with about designated as such. for more than a third ( %) of tribal police departments, community policing efforts extended into the schools, with full-time sworn personnel assigned as school resource officers. although the percentage of departments using school resource officers in was about the same as in ( %), the total number of officers was about half of levels. nearly all tribal police departments performed a variety of court-related functions in addition to law enforcement duties, nearly all tribal police departments were responsible for a variety of court-related functions (figure . ). the most common functions were executing arrest warrants ( %), enforcing protection orders ( %), serving process ( %), apprehending fugitives ( %), and providing court security ( %). table . use of community policing and school resource officers by tribal police departments, and community policing officers percent of agencies using % % number of officers school resource officers percent of agencies using % % number of officers percent of agencies dispatching calls parking enforcement accident investigation crime investigation tra�c law enforcement special events/crowd control responding to calls for service routine patrol type of function figure . selected law enforcement functions performed by tribal police departments, figure . selected court-related functions performed by tribal police departments, percent of agencies type of function enforcing child support orders serving eviction notices inmate transport court security apprehension of fugitives serving process enforcing protection orders executing arrest warrants tribal law enforcement, nearly half of tribal police departments were responsible for search and rescue operations nearly in tribal police departments performed one or more special public safety functions, the most common being emergency management ( %) and animal control ( %) (figure . ). about a third ( %) provided emergency medical services. nearly a fifth provided fire services ( %) and school crossing services ( %). more than half ( %) of tribal police departments performed at least one specialized function, such as search and rescue ( %), tactical operations ( %), or underwater recovery ( %). about in agencies operated at least one jail ( %), and about in agencies operated an overnight lockup facility separate from a jail ( %). (for more information, see jails in indian county, , bjs web, february .) the special jurisdiction agencies, whose primary focus was the enforcement of natural resources laws, performed a variety of functions as well. in addition to providing patrol and response services, a majority of these agencies performed the following functions: criminal investigation ( %), search and rescue ( %), apprehension of fugitives ( %), animal control ( %), traffic enforcement ( %), and dispatching calls for service ( %) (not shown in figure). about two-thirds of general purpose tribal police departments participated in a multiagency drug task force about in ( %) tribal police departments partnered with federal, state, and local agencies in multiagency task forces to combat crime problems in indian country during . these task forces allow participating agencies to share in pooled resources, information, and expertise across jurisdictional boundaries. tribal police departments were most likely to participate in task forces formed to combat drug trafficking ( % of agencies) (figure . ). about in ( %) departments participated in multiagency gang task forces, and about a third ( %) participated in violent crime task forces. smaller percentages of tribal police departments participated in anti- terrorism ( %) or human trafficking ( %) task forces. percent of agencies jail operation school crossing services fire services tactical operations (swat) emergency medical services search and rescue animal control emergency management type of function figure . selected special functions performed by tribal police departments, percent of agencies human tra�cking anti- terrorism violent crime gangsdrug tra�cking one or more types type of function figure . task force participation of tribal police departments, compendium of tribal crime data, methodology the bureau of justice statistics’ (bjs) census of state and local law enforcement agencies (csllea) is conducted every years to provide a complete enumeration of agencies and their employees. employment data are reported for sworn and nonsworn personnel and, within these categories, by full-time or part- time status. agencies also complete a checklist of functions they regularly perform, or for which they have primary responsibility. the csllea provides national data on the number of state and local law enforcement agencies and employees for general purpose local police departments (including tribal agencies), sheriffs’ offices, the primary state law enforcement agencies, and special jurisdiction (e.g., natural resources) agencies. it also serves as the sampling frame for bjs surveys of law enforcement agencies. the csllea form was mailed to approximately , agencies that were determined to potentially be operating on the reference date of september , . this master list was created by compiling information from the following sources: � the csllea � lists provided by peace officer standards and training offices, and other state agencies � an fbi list of agencies requesting new identifiers since the csllea. responding agencies were screened for eligibility and were excluded if any of the following conditions existed on the csllea reference date of september , : � the agency employed only part-time officers, and the total combined hours worked for these officers averaged less than hours per week. � the agency contracted or outsourced to another agency for performance of all services. � the agency was closed, a duplicate listing, or otherwise an invalid entry on the master list. � the agency did not employ personnel with general arrest powers. � the agency did not operate with funds from a state, local, special district, or tribal government. � all sworn officers volunteered their time on an unpaid basis. data on number and type of personnel were obtained from all eligible tribal agencies. for general purpose tribal police departments, the item response rates were as follows: community policing and school resource officers, %; agency functions, %; task force participation, %; and operating budget, %. references american indians and crime, ncj , bjs web, february . american indian population and labor force report, , u.s. department of the interior, bureau of indian affairs, office of indian services. census of state and local law enforcement agencies, , ncj , bjs web, june . census of tribal justice agencies in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, december . indian country law enforcement review, u.s. department of justice, december . jails in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, february . local police departments, , ncj , bjs web, december . policing on american indian reservations, u.s. department of justice, national institute of justice, ncj , september . tribal law enforcement, , ncj , bjs web, january . state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, steven w. perry, ron malega, ph.d., and duren banks, ph.d., bjs statisticians in , state court prosecutors’ offices reported jurisdiction under public law - (p.l. ) for felonies committed in indian country. seventy-three percent of these offices prosecuted at least one felony case that arose from indian country in , including at least one offense that involved drugs ( %), domestic violence ( %), or aggravated assault ( %). this report presents selected findings from the bureau of justice statistics’s (bjs) national census of state prosecutors. criminal jurisdiction in indian country is divided among federal, state, and tribal governments. jurisdiction in a specific incident depends on the nature of the offense, whether the offender or victim was a tribal member, and the state in which the crime occurred. crimes committed in indian country are often subject to concurrent jurisdiction between multiple criminal justice agencies. the major crimes act ( u.s.c. § ), as amended, grants concurrent federal jurisdiction for major crimes committed by native americans occurring in indian country. state jurisdiction for crimes committed in indian country is primarily provided for under p.l. . tribal courts maintain concurrent jurisdiction when federal or state jurisdiction is applied. state prosecutors’ offices generally do not have jurisdiction over crimes committed in indian country due to the sovereign status of federally recognized tribes in the united states. however, state prosecutors’ offices in states may exercise jurisdiction over crimes committed on tribal lands under p.l. . this law established state jurisdiction over offenses committed by or against american indians in indian country, including federally recognized reservations, tribal communities, and identified trust lands. p.l. is mandatory for states and optional for states. highlights � ninety-three state court prosecutors’ offices in the p.l. states reported jurisdiction for felonies committed in indian country under p.l. . � seventy-three percent of offices with jurisdiction in indian country reported prosecuting at least one felony case committed in indian country. � most offices in p.l. states prosecuted at least one offense involving drugs ( %), domestic violence ( %), or aggravated assault ( %). � eighteen offices in mandatory p.l. states with jurisdiction for indian country prosecuted at least one rape, and offices prosecuted a homicide. � of state prosecutors’ offices that reported jurisdiction for felony cases in indian country under p.l. , % served judicial districts with populations of less than , residents. � offices with jurisdiction for felony crimes committed in indian country had an average operating budget of $ . million in . criminal jurisdic tion in i ndian countr y tribal jurisdiction � crimes committed by native americans in indian country. sentences are limited to a maximum -year sentence of incarceration per count and years per case ( u.s.c. § (a) (b)). federal jurisdiction � pursuant to the major crimes act of . u.s.c. § and subsequent amendments state jurisdiction � all crimes on tribal lands specified under public law - . u.s.c. § � crimes committed on tribal lands in which neither the victim nor the offender is a tribal member. note: criminal jurisdiction in indian country depends on several factors, including the identity of the defendant, victim, type of offense, and where the crime was committed. u.s. department of justice office of justice programs bureau of justice statistics june , ncj compendium of tribal crime data, according to the census of tribal justice agencies, of the responding tribes in mandatory p.l. states relied on state courts. the census was limited to american indian tribes in the lower states, so tribes in alaska were excluded. the census also found that of reporting tribes in optional p.l. states relied on state courts (table . ). the federal government retains criminal jurisdiction for major crimes committed in indian country in the remaining states where p.l. does not apply. states retain jurisdiction for non-indian crimes (those in which neither the offender nor the victim is a tribal member) committed in indian country.* in , , state court prosecutors’ offices were in states not affected by p.l. and were excluded from this report. the state prosecutors’ offices reporting jurisdiction under p.l. in mandatory and optional states represent % of all state prosecutors’ offices in states affected by p.l. . nearly all of these served districts that overlapped with or were adjacent to tribal lands (figure . ). approximately a fifth of state prosecutors in mandatory p.l. states reported jurisdiction for crimes committed in indian country p.l. gave select states legal jurisdiction over tribal members to prosecute crimes occurring on the reservation under existing state laws. these mandatory p.l. states include california, minnesota (except the red lake reservation), nebraska, oregon (except the warm springs reservation), wisconsin, and alaska (table . ). *some tribes have been affected by states that have received a federal mandate to exercise jurisdiction outside of p.l. , e.g., through state-wide enactments, restoration acts, or land claims settlement acts (tribal court clearinghouse, , www.tribal-institute.org/ lists/jurisdiction.htm). table . number of tribes participating in the census of tribal justice agencies in indian country, by p.l. status, type of court systems, and state, number of tribes using— participating in census tribal justice systems indigenous courts cfr courtsa tribal courts relying on state courtsb mandatory states california minnesota nebraska oregon wisconsin optional states arizona florida idaho iowa montana nevada north dakota south dakota utah washington note: the census of tribal justice agencies was limited to american indian tribes in the lower states. source: table reproduced from census of tribal justice agencies in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, december . acourt of federal regulations (cfr) operated by the bureau of indian affairs (bia). btribes that rely on state court for jusidical services (e.g., felony courts, court-ordered treatment, and child support enforcement). table . state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction for crimes committed in indian country, by p.l. status and state, number of offices— all prosecutors’ offices in p.l. states* with jurisdiction for felony cases occurring in indian country under p.l. prosecuting at least one felony case all p.l. states mandatory states alaska -- california minnesota nebraska oregon wisconsin optional states arizona florida idaho iowa montana nevada north dakota south dakota utah washington note: the census of state court prosecutors included , offices, % ( , ) of which were located in states not affected by p.l. , and therefore were excluded from all analyses. --no information reported. *excludes data missing for offices. m an da to ry p .l . st at es op tio na l p .l . st at es in di an re se rv at io n (u .s . c en su s b ur ea u) pr os ec ut or s’ o� ce s r ep or tin g ju ris di ct io n in in di an co un try u nd er p .l . fi g u r e . st at e p ro se cu to rs ’ o ffi ce s re p o rt in g ju ri sd ic ti o n in in d ia n c o u n tr y u n d er p .l . , n ot e: p ro se cu to rs ’ o ffi ce s i n no n- p.l . st at es a re n ot sh ow n. so ur ce : b ur ea u of ju st ic e st at ist ic s compendium of tribal crime data, in , % of all state prosecutors’ offices in mandatory p.l. states reported jurisdiction for felony cases occurring in indian country. p.l. permitted other states to acquire either complete or partial jurisdiction over crimes committed in indian country at their option: arizona, florida, idaho, iowa, montana, nevada, north dakota, south dakota, utah, and washington. ten percent of all prosecutors’ offices in optional p.l. states reported jurisdiction for felony cases in indian country in . about three-quarters of offices with p.l. jurisdiction prosecuted a felony case from indian country in sixty-eight of the prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country reported prosecuting at least one felony case committed in indian country in . forty-seven offices in mandatory p.l. states reported prosecuting at least one offense committed in indian country, and offices in optional p.l. states reported prosecuting at least one offense committed in indian country in . most offices in mandatory p.l. states with jurisdiction for felony offenses in indian country also reported prosecuting at least one drug-related crime ( of offices), domestic violence offense ( ), aggravated assault ( ), parole or probation violation ( ), or a crime involving sexual assault or sexual abuse ( ) (figure . ). offices in mandatory p.l. states with jurisdiction for indian country also reported prosecuting serious felony offenses, including offices that prosecuted at least one rape committed in indian country and offices that prosecuted a homicide. prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country had an average of assistant prosecutors on staff the national census of state prosecutors collected operational and administrative information from state prosecutors’ offices, including budgets, staffing, and caseload. offices reporting jurisdiction for crimes committed under p.l. were not asked to disaggregate office resources or operations by whether they were directed toward crimes committed in indian country or elsewhere in the judicial district. the census asked respondents to provide or estimate the total number of felony cases closed in . the survey did not ask respondents to provide information on the number of cases that arose from crimes committed in indian country. this section describes the entire operations of the state prosecutors’ offices reporting jurisdiction under p.l. , not operations specific to crimes committed in indian country. homicide rape robbery sexual assault/abuse parole/probation violation aggravated assault domestic violence drug-related all felony cases prosecuted in indian country, under p.l. optional p.l. mandatory p.l. number of o�ces figure . state prosecutors’ offices reporting prosecution of specific crimes in indian country, by p.l. status, state prosecutors’ offices with jurisdiction in indian country, most ( ) state prosecutors’ offices that reported jurisdiction for felony cases occurring in indian country under p.l. served judicial districts with populations of less than , residents or were part-time offices. in mandatory p.l. states, of the offices with jurisdiction in indian country served districts with , or more residents (table . ). offices with jurisdiction for felony crimes committed in indian country had an average budget of $ . million, or an expenditure of about $ per district resident. the median budget was $ , . the office staff included an average of assistant prosecutors, victim advocates, legal services staff, and support staff (table . ). offices in mandatory p.l. states reported an average of total staff, including assistant prosecutors, investigators, and support staff. offices in optional p.l. states reported an average of total staff, assistant prosecutors, investigator, and support staff. offices in mandatory p.l. states, reported closing a similar number of felony cases in compared to optional state offices. state prosecutors’ offices in optional p.l. states closed , felony cases in , while offices in mandatory p.l. states closed , felony cases. table . type of state prosecutors’ offices reporting jurisdiction in indian country, by p.l. status, total p.l. status population served mandatory optional all offices full-time offices serving a judicial district with— million or more residents , to , , to , , or fewer part-time offices* *part-time offices are defined as those that reported a part-time chief prosecutor in . table . budget, staffing, and caseload of state prosecutors’ offices, by p.l. status, total p.l. status mandatory optional mean median mean median mean median total resident population served , , , , , , total operating budget $ , , $ , $ , , $ , $ , , $ , budget per resident population served $ $ $ $ $ $ total staffa chief prosecutor assistant prosecutors civil prosecutors supervisors managers victim advocates legal services investigators support staff felony cases closedb , , , note: statistics include imputed data for some offices. data were missing for offices that did not provide total operating budget, office that did not provide staffing information, and offices that did not provide the number of felony cases closed. see methodology for more information. aall staff statistics are presented as full-time equivalent staff, calculated as the number of full-time staff plus % of the number of half time staff. bincludes all cases charged as a felony that had a judgment of conviction, acquittal, or dismissal, with or without prejudice, entered by the court. cases closed include all felony cases closed by the prosecutors’ offices and include an unknown number of cases committed in indian country. compendium of tribal crime data, methodology the national census of state court prosecutors (ncsp- ) surveyed , chief prosecutors in the united states who handled felony cases in state courts of general jurisdiction. the census did not include municipal attorneys or county attorneys who primarily operate in courts of limited jurisdiction. this report describes characteristics of offices that reported jurisdiction for crimes committed in indian country under p.l. in . most ( %) state court prosecutors’ offices included in the census were in states not affected by p.l. and are excluded from this report. the operational and administrative characteristics described in this report represent the functions of the entire office and are not restricted to those functions, staff, budget, or other resources specifically devoted to crimes committed in indian country, unless otherwise noted. data imputations bjs relied on previously reported data and valid office characteristics to impute values for critical variables where missing. these critical variables, found in table . , include the total operating budget, total staff, full- or part-time status of chief prosecutor, number of assistant prosecutors, and number of felony cases closed. critical variables that were missing in were imputed from the same office’s response to the census of state prosecutors wherever possible. for each jurisdiction with valid and data, an adjustment ratio was calculated as the ratio of the critical variable’s value to its value. all ratios greater than the th percentile were discarded for imputation purposes. for those offices missing data, a hot deck imputation procedure was employed to impute the adjustment ratio value from the office’s nearest neighbor in terms of state and population size. where there were no suitable donors in the same state, a donor of similar population size was used. the data were then adjusted using the imputed adjustment ratio to create the imputed value for the critical variable where missing. this procedure was followed for offices missing total operating budget, office missing staffing information, and offices missing the number of felony cases closed. reference census of tribal justice agencies in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, `december . selected findings: jails in indian country, selected findings: jails in indian country, todd d. minton, bjs statistician at midyear , a total of , inmates were confined in indian country jails, a . % increase from the , inmates confined at midyear (figure . ). this count was based on data from facilities, including jails, confinement facilities, detention centers, and other correctional facilities, that were in operation in indian country at midyear . for , the number of inmates was based on data for facilities in operation at midyear . the number of inmates held in indian country jails between and increased by % from , inmates to , . the number of jails in indian country has increased between and the bureau of justice statistics (bjs) collected data from correctional facilities in indian country in , from in , in , and in . the survey was not conducted in and . over the -year period, a number of facilities closed and new facilities became operational. eleven facilities permanently closed between and , and a total of facilities were newly highlights � the number of inmates confined in indian country jails increased by . % between midyear and , reaching , inmates. � between june and june , the average daily jail population in indian country increased by %, and the percentage of occupied bed space increased from . % to . %. � eleven jails ( % of all facilities) held % of inmates confined at midyear . � during june , the number of inmates admitted to indian country jails ( , ) was about times the size of the average daily population ( , ). � the expected average length of stay increased by a half day from . days during june to . days during june . � indian country jail authorities reported no deaths in custody between july , , and june , , down from reported deaths during the -month period ending june , . � attempted suicides by inmates declined from in to in . � indian country jails held fewer inmates for domestic violence at midyear ( ), continuing the downward trend in the number held for this offense since ( ). � the percentage of certified correctional officers working in indian country jails increased steadily, from % at midyear to % at midyear . u.s. department of justice office of justice programs bureau of justice statistics june , ncj , , , , number of inmates at midyear figure . inmates confined in indian country jails, midyear - and - note: the survey of jails in indian country was not conducted in and . midyear count is the number of inmates held on the last weekday in june. compendium of tribal crime data, constructed. bjs estimated inmate population counts for facilities in and facilities in that did not respond to the surveys. all known operating facilities responded to the and surveys. (see methodology for additional details on facility counts and participation in the surveys.) (see methodology in jails in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, february , for additional details on facility counts and participation in the surveys.) on an average day in june, the percentage of occupied bed space increased from . % to . % at midyear , the jail facilities in indian country were rated to hold , inmates, down from , in facilities during the same period in (table . ). the average daily population (adp) in june—the population measure used to calculate percent of capacity occupied—increased by nearly %, from , inmates (june ) to , (june ), while the capacity to hold inmates decreased by %. consequently, the percentage of rated capacity occupied in indian country jails increased from % to % during the period. on june , , the facilities held a total of , inmates and were operating at % of rated capacity, remaining relatively stable since . from june to june , the overall number of beds (or rated capacity) grew at a faster rate ( %) than the the inmate population ( %). small number of jails held more than half of the inmate population eleven jails held more than half ( %) of the total inmate population at midyear (table . ). between midyear and midyear , the population in these jails increased by inmates ( %). in , of the facilities held the majority of jail inmates in indian country. over the -day period, jails that held the majority of inmates in indian country in experienced large declines in their jail populations. the combined decrease in the size of the jail population in these facilities was % ( inmates) from midyear to midyear . among the facilities holding the majority of inmates in , the gila river department of rehabilitation and supervision - adult facility reported the largest decline ( inmates or %) in the number of jail inmates. the jail population in this facility has decreased by inmates ( %) from its peak of inmates reported at midyear . table . inmates, rated capacity, and percent of capacity occupied in indian country jails, and – number of inmates midyeara , , , , adpb , , , , rated capacity , , , , percent of capacity occupiedc midyear . % . % . % . % adp . . . . number of operating facilities amidyear count is the number of inmates held on the last weekday in june. baverage daily population (adp) is the sum of the number of inmates held on each day in june, divided by . cpopulation as a percent of capacity occupied is calculated by dividing the population count of a facility by its rated capacity and multiplying by . table . jails in indian country that held the majority of inmates in compared to , by facility custody population at midyear* change in population facility number percent total, facilities , % tohono o’odham adult detention center (az) % gila river department of rehabilitation and supervision - adult (az) - - san carlos department of corrections and rehabilitation - adult and juvenile detention (az) truxton canyon adult detention center (az) white mountain apache detention center (az) - - oglala sioux tribal offenders facility (sd) standing rock law enforcement and adult detention center (nd) nisqually adult corrections (wa) menominee tribal detention facility (wi) - - navajo department of corrections - shiprock police department and adult detention (nm) laguna tribal police and detention center (nm) note: based on facilities that held the most inmates on june , . *midyear count is the number of inmates held on the last weekday in june. selected findings: jails in indian country, two facilities, the truxton canyon adult detention center and the laguna tribal police and detention center, were among the facilities holding the majority of jail inmates in . these facilities were not among the facilities holding the majority of inmates in . (see jails in indian country, , bjs web, december .) the truxton canyon adult detention center reported the largest increase in the inmate population ( inmates or %) between midyear and midyear . the laguna tribal police and detention center increased by % ( inmates) between and . based on the facilities responding to the survey in both and , the overall change in the inmate population (up inmates) was relatively small. thirty-three facilities, which were mostly the larger facilities, accounted for this increase (not shown in table). change in the size of the jail population in indian country was varied. more than half of the jails experienced either a decline ( jails) or no change ( jails) in the size of their inmate population over the -month period ending midyear . overall, the % increase ( inmates) in the jail population in jails was offset by a % decline ( inmates) in jails. the use of jail space varied by facility size indian country jails rated to hold to inmates were operating at % of their rated capacity on june , , and at % on an average day in june. an average day in june was based on the adp, or the sum of the numbers held on each day in june divided by . in contrast, the lowest percentage of capacity occupied during june was among the small jails rated to hold fewer than inmates. these facilities were operating at % of rated capacity at midyear and at % of capacity on an average day in june (figure . ). compared to facilities in all other size categories, the large jails with a rated capacity of or more inmates reported the only increase in occupied bed space between and . the percentage of capacity occupied in these jails increased from % to % during the months ending at midyear , and from % to % on an average day in june and . the amount of bed space occupied was also measured based on a facility’s most crowded day in june. nearly half ( facilities) of the facilities in indian country were operating above rated capacity on the most crowded day in june (table . ). of those table . number of indian country jails, by percent of rated capacity occupied, june number of jails percent of capacity occupieda midyearb adpc peakd less than % - % - % - % more than % apopulation as a percent of capacity occupied is calculated by dividing the population count of a facility by its rated capacity and multiplying by . bmidyear count is the number of inmates held on the last weekday in june. caverage daily population (adp) is the sum of the number of inmates held on each day in june, divided by . dpeak population is the population held on the day in june in which the custody population of a facility was the largest. peak or more to to fewer than inmatestotal percent of capacity occupied adp midyear figure . rated capacity occupied, by type of inmate count, june note: rated capacity is the maximum number of beds or inmates assigned by a rating official. midyear count is the number of inmates held on the last weekday in june. average daily population (adp) is the sum of the number of inmates held on each day in june divided by . peak population is the population held on the day in june in which the custody population of a facility was the largest. compendium of tribal crime data, facilities, were operating above rated capacity on june , and were operating above rated capacity on an average day during june . high volumes of admissions of inmates were processed through indian country jails eighty indian country jails admitted , persons during june , up slightly from , admissions in facilities during june (table . ). the number of admissions grew by . % in the facilities that reported data on admissions in both june ( , ) and june ( , ) (not shown in table). admissions to facilities rated to hold between to inmates accounted for about % ( , ) of all admissions in june , down from % of all admissions in june . the largest indian country jails accounted for less than % of all facilities and reported a total increase of nearly % in the number of jail admissions during the -month period. admissions to the largest indian country jails increased from , inmates to , from june to june . the jails rated to hold or more inmates had the highest average number of admissions per month ( ), compared to jails in all other size categories (not shown in table). inmate deaths and attempted suicides in indian country jails declined indian country jail authorities reported no deaths in custody between july , , and june , , down from reported deaths during the -month period ending june , . attempted suicides by inmates declined from in to in . expected length of stay was . days for indian country jail inmates in june during june , the expected average length of stay for inmates confined in indian country jails was . days, up from . days during june . length of stay is the time held in custody from admission to release. the expected length of stay for inmates was the highest ( . days) table . admissions and expected length of stay in indian country jails during june, by facility size, june facility sizea number of facilities adpb estimated june admissions expected average length of stayc total , , . days fewer than inmates . to , . to , . or more , , . note: detail may not sum to total due to rounding. abased on the rated capacity, the maximum number of beds or inmates assigned by a rating official. baverage daily population (adp) is the sum of the number of inmates held on each day in june, divided by . cexpected length of stay was calculated by dividing the average daily population (adp) by the number of june admissions, and multiplying by . see methodology in jails in indian country, for details on estimating expected length of stay. selected findings: jails in indian country, table . number of inmates confined in indian country jails, by demographic characteristic, conviction status, and offense, midyear , , and – number of inmates held at midyeara percent of inmates held at midyear characteristic total , , , , , , % % % % % % sex male , , , , , , % % % % % % female age group/sex adults , , , , , , % % % % % % male , , , , , , female juveniles male female conviction status convicted , , , , , % % % % % % unconvicted type of offense domestic violence ... ...% % % % % % assault ... ... ... ... rape or sexual assault ... ... ... ... other violence ... ... ... ... dwi/duib drug law violation other ... ... ... ... offense not reported ... ... / / / / / / note: detailed characteristics may not be equal to the total number of confined inmates because of incomplete data. see appendix tables - in jails in indian country, , ncj , bjs web, february , for a list of all facilities and inmate characteristics. amidyear count is the number of inmates held on the last weekday in june. bincludes driving while intoxicated and driving while under the influence of drugs or alcohol. ...not collected. /not reported. in facilities that were rated to hold or more inmates, down from . days in june . inmates held in jails rated to hold less than inmates experienced the shortest expected length of stay ( . days). inmate characteristics remain relatively unchanged; the number held for domestic violence declined inmate characteristics by sex, age, and offense have changed in absolute numbers since (table . ). however, the distribution within most categories remained stable between and , with a change in the distribution of inmates by sex, conviction status, and offense type at midyear . adult males accounted for the largest portion of the inmate population in indian country jails during the decade. the female jail population had small but steady increases from midyear to , with a nearly % decrease in the size of this population between midyear and midyear . except for one juvenile female inmate, the decline was entirely among the adult female jail population. the percentage of convicted inmates increased from % in to % in . inmates confined for a violent offense made up about % of the jail population at midyear , down from % at midyear . most ( %) of this decline was among the population held for domestic violence. domestic violence ( %) and simple or aggravated assault ( %) accounted for the largest percentage of violent offenders held in , followed by unspecified violent offenses ( %) and rape or sexual assault ( %). since peaking at midyear , the percentage of inmates held for domestic violence has steadily declined, from % in to % in . the gila river department of rehabilitation and supervision - adult accounted for a large portion of the decline in domestic violence offenders between and . compendium of tribal crime data, it reported a % decrease in the confined inmate population between midyear ( ) and midyear ( ), and a % decline in the number of inmates held for a domestic violence (from inmates in to in ). the number of certified correctional officers and in-service training steadily increased seventy-nine indian country jails employed , persons at midyear (table . ). about % ( ) of all personnel were jail operations staff, including correctional officers and other staff who spent more than % of their time supervising inmates. the remaining jail personnel included administrative employees, educational staff, technical or professional staff, clerical, maintenance, or food service staff, and other job functions. overall, the ratio of inmates to jail operations employees was . inmates to employee at midyear , remaining relatively stable since ( . to ) and ( . to ). seventy-six facilities reported that ( %) correctional officers received basic detention officer certification, up from % in and % in (not shown). seventy-four facilities reported that ( %) correctional officers received hours of in-service training, up from % in and % in . table . persons employed in indian country jails, by job function, midyear job function number percent totala , % administrativeb . % jail operations . educational staff . technical/professional . clerical/maintenance/food service . number of inmates per jail operations staff . aincludes other persons with unspecified functions not shown in table. bincludes jail administrators, assistants, and other personnel who work in an administrative capacity more than % of the time. selected findings: jails in indian country, methodology the annual survey of jails in indian country (sjic) includes all known indian country correctional facilities operated by tribal authorities or the bureau of indian affairs (bia), u.s. department of the interior. the survey was conducted in june , and included the number of inmates and percent of capacity occupied based on the adp, midyear population, and peak population in facilities in june . (see table in jails in indian country, , bjs web, february .) through a cooperative agreement with the bureau of justice statistics (bjs), westat, inc. conducted the sjic to describe all adult and juvenile jail facilities and detention centers in indian country. for this report, indian country includes reservations, pueblos, rancherias, and other appropriate areas ( u.s.c.§ ). the reference date for the survey is june , . annually, bia provides bjs a list of indian country jail facilities, including detention centers, jails, and other correctional facilities operated by tribal authorities or bia. bjs uses this list to update its existing roster of jails in indian country. bjs obtains data from administrators of indian country jails by mailed questionnaires and through follow-up phone calls and facsimiles. in , bjs contacted administrators in facilities to participate in the survey. bjs received responses from facilities; did not respond, and facilities were non-operational. in , the bjs roster consisted of facilities. seventy-nine of the facility administrators responded to the survey; did not respond, and bjs found that facilities were non- operational. in , bjs’s roster of indian country jails consisted of facilities. bjs received responses from facility administrators; there were no nonrespondents, and facilities were non-operational. for , the bjs roster consisted of facilities. bjs received responses from facility administrators; there were no nonrespondents, and facilities were non-operational. for comparison over time, bjs estimated data on inmate populations for the facilities in and facilities in that did not respond to the surveys. expected length of stay the stock-flow ratio method was used to measure the expected average length of stay for inmates held during june in the indian country jails that responded to stock and flow items in the survey: stock—average daily population flow—inmate admissions during june stock-flow ratio in june ( , / , = . ) expected length of stay in days ( . × )—is the average number of days held in custody from admission to release. indian country is a statutory term that includes all lands within an indian reservation, dependent indian communities, and indian trust allotments ( u.s.c. § ). courts interpret section to include all lands held in trust for tribes or their members. (see united states v. roberts, f. d ( th cir. ).) tribal authority to imprison american indian offenders is limited to one year per offense by statute ( u.s.c. § ), a $ , fine, or both. tribal law enforcement agencies act as first responders to both felony and misdemeanor crimes. for most of indian country, the federal government provides felony law enforcement concerning crimes by or against indians. certain areas of indian country are under public law - , as amended. p.l. conferred jurisdiction on certain states over indian country and suspended enforcement of the major crimes act ( u.s.c. § ) and the general crimes act ( u.s.c. § ) in those areas. indian tribes retain concurrent jurisdiction to enforce laws in indian country where p.l. applies. compendium of tribal crime data, summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system mark motivans, ph.d., and howard snyder, ph.d., bjs statisticians the federal criminal justice response to tribal youth varies by the state in which the offense occurred, the nature of the offense, the availability of community- and confinement-based services, and discretionary decisions made by tribal, state, and federal justice agencies. cases involving tribal youth in the federal system may result in ) a delinquency adjudication and court-ordered supervision and out-of-home placement, or ) the youth being transferred to adult status and prosecuted and sentenced as an adult. this summary describes the federal response to tribal youth during the case-processing stages from investigation to corrections. in this report, a federal juvenile delinquent is a person who has committed an offense while under age , and the federal prosecutor has certified a federal basis for jurisdiction. juvenile and youth are used interchangeably in this report. the number of tribal youth in matters concluded by federal prosecutors and the total number of tribal youth prosecuted decreased from to (figure . ). tribal youth in matters concluded by federal prosecutors dropped to in , down from in . highlights � in , relatively few juveniles were referred to federal prosecutors ( out of , suspects) or admitted to federal prison jurisdiction ( out , offenders). � tribal youth ( ) comprised nearly half of juveniles ( ) handled by the federal courts in . � federal judicial districts of arizona, montana, south dakota, new mexico, and north dakota accounted for % of tribal youth investigated, % of those prosecuted, and % of those admitted to federal prison jurisdiction in . � in , about % of tribal youth were investigated for violent offenses, including sexual abuse ( %), assault ( %), and murder ( %). � about % of matters involving tribal youth were declined by federal prosecutors in . � a greater share of cases involving tribal youth in u.s. district courts were terminated by conviction ( %) than by dismissal ( %). � from to , the lowest number of tribal ( ) and non-tribal youth ( ) admitted to the jurisdiction of federal prison authorities occurred in . � admissions to federal prison jurisdiction among tribal youth declined % per year from to , while non-tribal youth admissions declined % per year. � in , tribal youth served an average of months under federal jurisdiction, which was more than double the tribal justice system maximum sentence of months. u.s. department of justice office of justice programs bureau of justice statistics june , ncj findings presented in this report are mostly from a recent study conducted by the urban institute under a cooperative agreement with the bureau of justice statistics (bjs). the study was also sponsored by the office of juvenile justice and delinquency prevention (ojjdp). see page for more information. figure . tribal youth in matters concluded and in matters prosecuted by u.s. attorneys, – number of tribal youth fiscal year suspects in matters prosecuted suspects in matters concluded source: urban institute analysis. see methodology for more information. compendium of tribal crime data, tracking tribal youth through the stages of the federal criminal case process the federal criminal justice system is not currently well- equipped to monitor how tribal juvenile offenders are processed across stages. there is a lack of unified, system-wide data standards in reporting how youth— especially tribal youth—are handled in the federal system. juveniles or offenses committed in indian country are not systematically tracked across the federal justice agencies. researchers have to devise analytic methods to identify tribal youth using administrative data from each criminal justice stage (arrest, sentencing, and corrections). how is federal jurisdic tion over tribal juvenile delinquents determined? the determination of jurisdiction over offenses occurring in indian country is first subject to whether state courts have jurisdiction based on public law (p.l. ). if a state has p. l. status, jurisdiction over offenses occurring in indian country lies with the state or tribal courts, not the federal courts. the determination of whether federal jurisdiction applies next depends on the offender and victim in the crime: � if the offender is a juvenile tribal member and the victim is also a tribal member, and the offense is of crimes covered by the major crimes act then jurisdiction is with both the tribal and federal courts. � if the offender is a juvenile tribal member and the victim is a non-tribal member, and the crime is covered by the major crimes act or federal enclave status, then federal and tribal courts have shared jurisdiction. the assimilative crimes act permits state law to be applied in federal court where the major crimes act does not apply but federal interest exists. � if the crime involves a non-tribal offender and a tribal member victim, then federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. once federal jurisdiction has been established, the federal juvenile delinquency act (fjda) provides the procedures to bring the tribal youth to federal court. a federal juvenile delinquent is defined as a person who has committed an offense while less than years old, but has not reached age at sentencing. juvenile and youth are used interchangeably in this report. how are juveniles handled in the federal justice system? most juveniles, or persons under age , in the united states are handled in state or local courts, which have a separate juvenile justice system, rather than in the federal courts. federal law permits handling of juveniles in the federal system only in limited circumstances. apart from those committing crimes in indian country or on military bases, juveniles that commit offenses as members of drug trafficking gangs, violent criminal gangs, or other federal offenses may be subject to federal jurisdiction. in these cases, the u.s. attorney for each district must certify to the district court that ( ) the juvenile court or court of a state does not have jurisdiction or refuses to assume jurisdiction; ) the state does not have available programs or services adequate for the needs of juveniles; or ) the offense charged is a felony crime of violence or specified drug offenses, and there is substantial federal interest in the case. i n what circumstances are tribal and non- tribal juveniles transferred to adult status (for prosecution and sentencing as an adult rather than a juvenile delinquent)? once federal jurisdiction has been determined and certification of delinquency established, a transfer hearing establishes the status of juveniles as to whether they will be transferred for prosecution as an adult. felony crimes of violence or drug or firearm offenses trigger eligibility for adult transfer with certain age restrictions. age thirteen is the minimum age for transfer to adult status for murder and assault, and for robbery, bank robbery, or aggravated sexual abuse with a firearm. an exception is crimes committed in indian country where the tribe has opted not to permit prosecution of juveniles age as adults. age fifteen is the minimum age for transfer to adult status for committing any crime of violence (including physical force against a person or property). a juvenile can be housed in a federal bureau of prisons (bop) institution at age if sentenced as an adult. bop does not operate its own facilities for juveniles; rather, they contract with private entities and state and local governments for both secure and non-secure (community- based) juvenile facilities to house tribal and non-tribal youth under their jurisdiction. congress passed public law in , which relinquishes the federal government of criminal and civil jurisdiction in certain states and places jurisdiction with those states. the major crimes act provides federal jurisdiction over certain offenses committed by tribal members. (see title u.s.c. §§ , .) summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system table . reason for matters declined for prosecution with tribal youth suspects, – reasons for declinations fiscal year matters concluded number of declinations case- relateda suspect- relatedb no crime referred to other authoritiesc othertotal % % % % % % % % % aincludes weak evidence, stale case, witness problems, or jurisdiction or venue problems. bincludes age of offender and offender ‘s criminal history and drug/alcohol use. cincludes pretrial alternative resolutions, such as pretrial diversion. source: urban institute analysis of executive office for u.s. attorneys, national lions data base, fiscal years – . investigation and prosecution tribal police are often the first to respond to a crime in indian country. offenses committed by tribal youth may be investigated by a combination of tribal police and federal law enforcement agencies. the federal bureau of investigation (fbi) and the bureau of indian affairs (bia) are the primary federal law enforcement agencies investigating tribal youth matters. tribal youth commonly enter the federal justice system with an arrest for a warrant issued on either a complaint or juvenile information (written accusation made by the prosecutor). for serious offenses that may indicate a federal crime, the u.s. attorney’s office in the district is notified as is the juvenile’s parent/guardian. the juvenile must be taken before a u.s. magistrate as soon as possible, where charges are read and the juvenile is informed of rights. federal prosecutors next determine if the matter should be adjudicated in federal courts, disposed by u.s. magistrate, or declined for prosecution. in , in matters involving a tribal youth were declined by federal prosecutors during , % of tribal youth in matters concluded were declined for further prosecution, which was lower than the % declination rate for non-tribal youth in . however, the average declination rate for tribal youth ( %) was higher than for non- tribal youth ( %) from to . the most common reason for declination of tribal youth matters in was case related ( %) (table . ). case-related reasons included weak evidence, stale case, witness problems, and jurisdiction or venue problems (figure . ). some declined matters involved tribal youth that were subsequently referred to other authorities for prosecution, such as to the tribe or the state where the tribe is located. the share of declinations for tribal youth that were referred to other authorities or received an alternative resolution increased from % of all declinations in to % in . among non-tribal youth, the most common reason for declination ( %) was that the suspect was a juvenile (not shown in table). most tribal youth in matters referred to u.s. attorneys were prosecuted by federal prosecutors in , % of tribal youth who were referred to federal prosecutors were prosecuted, which was higher than the % prosecution rate for non-tribal youth in (including matters disposed by u.s. magistrates). from to , the averageprosecution rate for tribal youth ( %) was comparable to that of non-tribal youth ( %). various factors go into the decision to prosecute a matter, including seriousness of the crime, strength of the evidence, youth’s criminal history and drug/alcohol use, tribal capacity to prosecute, and tribal preference. tribes having concurrent jurisdiction with federal jurisdiction may have limitations on available secure placement options and treatment resources. the potential penalty that could be received if a matter was handled in tribal or state venues may also be considered. the indian civil rights act (title u.s.c. § ( )), for example, limited tribes in sentencing persons convicted of serious crimes to a maximum of year in jail and a $ , fine. recently, the tribal law and order act extended the maximum sentence that a tribe can impose to three years. figure . case-related reasons for matters declined for prosecution with tribal youth suspects, – jurisdiction or venue problems stale case witness problems weak evidence percent of cases % % % % source: urban institute analysis of executive office for u.s. attorneys, national lions data base, fiscal years – . compendium of tribal crime data, nearly of tribal youth admitted to federal bureau of prisons jurisdiction from to came from five federal judicial districts from to , % of tribal youth admitted to the jurisdiction of the federal bureau of prisons (bop) were from these five federal judicial districts: arizona, montana, new mexico, north dakota, and south dakota (figure . ). the most recent tribal population data from the bureau of indian affairs ( ) showed that these five districts contained % of the federally recognized tribal entities and % of the more than . million total tribal enrollment population (table . ). thirty-four percent of the enrolled tribal population under age resided on or near reservations in these five federal judicial districts. table . federally recognized tribes and enrolled members, tribal entities tribal enrollment tribal population under age federal judicial district number percent number percent district rank number percent of total enrollment district rank total % , , % ~ , % ~ arizona . % , . % , . % new mexico . , . , . south dakota . , . , . montana . , . , north dakota , . , . all other districts . , , . ~ , . ~ ~not available. source: u.s. department of the interior, bureau of indian affairs. american indian population and labor force report, , available at: http://www.bia.gov/ whatwedo/knowledge/reports/index.htm, calendar year . – – – – – district of arizona ( %) district of new mexico ( %) district of montana ( %) district of north dakota ( %) district of south dakota ( %) number of tribal youth admitted figure . tribal youth admitted to the jurisdiction of the federal bureau of prisons, and five federal judicial districts that committed the majority of tribal youth, – source: bureau of justice statistics analysis of data from the federal bureau of prisons, sentry database, fiscal years – . summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system adjudication and sentencing federal statutes provide for a youth’s release pending trial to a parent/ guardian, unless it is determined that detention is necessary to ensure a timely appearance or to ensure safety of juveniles or others (title u.s.c. § ). the federal pretrial services agency oversees supervision of the youth on pretrial release. for juveniles detained, a foster home or community-based facility near the youth’s home community is sought. pretrial juveniles are not to be detained in facilities permitting regular contact with adult offenders nor with other juveniles who have been adjudicated. in , % of cases terminated in u.s. district court involving tribal youth resulted in conviction most ( %) tribal youth cases terminated ended in conviction in . most of the convictions were the result of a guilty plea ( %) than a determination of guilt at trial ( %). in comparison, % of non-tribal youth were convicted in , with % resulting from guilty pleas and % following trial. from to , the average conviction rate for tribal youth ( %) was higher than for non- tribal youth ( %). in juvenile adjudication proceedings, the judge has the discretion to impose an out-of-home placement, probation and conditions of probation, or restitution. the youth may also be transferred to adult status and prosecuted and sentenced as an adult. an adjudicated juvenile can receive up to years of probation. the duration of a sentence for youth adjudicated delinquent to the jurisdiction of federal prison authorities depends on the age of the juvenile at disposition (see text box below). juveniles under the age of are not allowed to be placed in an institution in which the youth has regular contact with incarcerated adults. a juvenile can be housed in a federal bureau of prisons (bop) institution at the age of if sentenced as a juvenile. the maximum time under federal jurisdiction of juveniles adjudicated delinquent depends on the age at disposition � if a juvenile was under years of age at time of disposition, detention may not extend beyond the juvenile reaching age (figure . ). � if a juvenile was between the ages of and at time of disposition, the maximum federal jurisdiction is years. � juveniles adjudicated delinquent and under the age of are not to be detained in facilities permitting regular contact with adult convicts. at age , however, an adjudicated delinquent can be placed in an adult facility. � the term that an adjudicated delinquent receives may not exceed the maximum period of imprisonment authorized had the juvenile been an adult. federal sentencing guidelines do not apply to adjudications of delinquency. or younger maximum age in federal jurisdiction is if age at disposition is under years age at disposition maximum age of federal jurisdiction for disposition between ages and , the maximum length of federal jurisdiction is years age of delinquent at disposition figure . maximum time under federal jurisdiction of juveniles adjudicated delinquent, by age at disposition compendium of tribal crime data, corrections the number of tribal youth admitted to bop jurisdiction increased from in to a peak of in — a % increase due exclusively to the growth in tribal youth handled as adjudicated delinquents (figure . ). the number of tribal youth admitted to the bop subsequently decreased from in to in . in , the number of tribal ( ) and non-tribal youth ( ) admitted to the jurisdiction of federal prison authorities was the lowest in the period from to . from to , the number of tribal youth admissions declined an annual average of %, and non-tribal admissions declined at an annual average of %. tribal youth peaked at admissions in , and non- tribal youth peaked at admissions in (figure . ). most ( %) of the decline in tribal youth from to was due to a decrease in youth who had been adjudicated delinquent. twelve percent of the decline was due to a decrease in tribal youth who had been transferred to adult status. in comparison, most of the decline for non-tribal youth admitted to the bop over this period was comprised of juveniles who had been transferred to adult status. in , % of tribal youth were admitted to bop jurisdiction for a violent offense, including sexual abuse ( %), assault ( %), and murder ( %) (table . ). tribal youth admitted for property offenses (mostly burglary) peaked in ( ) and began to decline in , dropping to admissions in . by , tribal youth admitted to bop jurisdiction for both property and violent offenses had declined to the lowest levels since . among non-tribal youth admitted to bop jurisdiction, violent and drug offenses comprised the majority of offense types (not shown in table). most tribal youth admitted to bop jurisdiction from to had been adjudicated delinquent ( %), while most non-tribal youth had been prosecuted as adults ( %). tribal-transferred as adult tribal-adjudicated delinquent number of tribal youth fiscal year figure . tribal youth admitted to the jurisdiction of the federal bureau of prisons, by status at admission, – note: data for fiscal years – based on urban institute analysis of federal bureau of prisons, sentry database. data for fiscal years – based on bjs analysis of sentry data. non-tribal-transferred as adult non-tribal-adjudicated delinquent number of non-tribal youth fiscal year figure . non-tribal youth admitted to the jurisdiction of the federal bureau of prisons, by status at admission, – note: data for fiscal years – based on urban institute analysis of federal bureau of prisons, sentry database. data for fiscal years – based on bjs analysis of sentry data. summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system at yearend , tribal youth were in bop facilities, including both juvenile contract and adult facilities in , % of tribal youth were housed under bop jurisdiction in minnesota, arizona, utah, the western district of texas, and colorado. bop facilities (including contract facilities) were not located in the states that contained large tribal populations and had committed a large number of indian country juveniles (south dakota, north dakota, montana, and new mexico). for example, tribal youth whose legal residence was south dakota comprised over half of the juveniles in bop facilities in minnesota. among tribal youth under bop jurisdiction in , most were committed for a violent felony offense, including homicide, manslaughter, serious sexual assault or abuse, and serious physical assault. in comparison, tribal juveniles were in custody in juvenile tribal facilities in . (see american indians and crime, bjs web, december .) these tribal youth were confined mostly for misdemeanor ( %) and status offenses ( %); % of the youth were confined in tribal juvenile facilities for felony offenses. table . tribal youth admitted to the jurisdiction of the federal bureau of prisons, – year of commitment to bop jurisdiction commitment offense total total , murder/negligent manslaughter* assault robbery sexual abuse embezzlement burglary larceny motor vehicle theft arson and explosives other property offenses other drug felonies weapon offenses nonviolent sex offenses traffic offenses note: total includes juveniles whose offenses were missing or unclassifiable. *includes attempted murder. source: urban institute analysis of federal bureau of prisons, sentry data base, fiscal years - . compendium of tribal crime data, tribal youth served a sentence in federal facilities that was twice as long as the maximum sentence tribal facilities can impose from to , the average time served by tribal youth tended to be longer (about months, on average) than the tribal justice system maximum sentence of months. the tribal law and order act of recently extended the maximum a tribal court can sentence to years for those courts meeting conditions placed on the legal process. the average time served by non-tribal youth in bop facilities more than doubled from months in to over months by . non-tribal youth admitted to the federal prison authorities were somewhat more dispersed than tribal youth with respect to district of commitment about % of non-tribal youth were committed from the five federal districts that committed the most tribal youth. thirty-six percent of non-tribal youth were committed to the bop from five federal judicial districts along the u.s.-mexico border: california-southern, arizona, new mexico, texas-western, and texas-southern. (figure . ). among juveniles admitted to the jurisdiction of the bop in , non- tribal youth were slightly older at age of offense than tribal youth the average of age tribal youth at time of offense was about years compared to years for non-tribal youth. most tribal youth were male ( %), american indian ( %), non- hispanic ( %), and united states citizens ( %). the majority of non- tribal youth were male ( %), white ( %), non-hispanic ( %), and united states citizens ( %). – – – – – – number of non-tribal youth admittednumber of non-tribal youth admitted district of arizona ( %) new mexico ( %) district of western texas ( %) district of eastern new york ( %)district of south dakota ( %) figure . non-tribal youth admitted to the jurisdiction of the federal bureau of prisons, and five federal judicial districts that committed the majority of non-tribal youth, – source: based on bjs analysis of data from the federal bureau of prisons, sentry database, fiscal years – . summary: tribal youth in the federal justice system methodology the primary source of data presented in this report is from the federal justice statistics program (fjsp). the methodology to identify tribal youth was developed by the urban institute, and primary findings reported here are drawn from their study, tribal youth in the federal justice system (http://ncjrs.gov). this report supplemented findings from the urban institute’s study with additional analyses based on bjs analysis of fjsp data. data from the federal bureau of prisons (bop), sentry database, which contains information on all federally sentenced offenders admitted to bop jurisdiction at fiscal yearend were analyzed for the years to . the source of the data in figure . is the urban institute analysis of executive office for u.s. attorneys, national lions database, fiscal years to . suspects in matters concluded include all matters which were concluded in each respective year. suspects in matters prosecuted include matters for which the u.s. attorneys in that district made the decision to prosecute the matter in each fiscal year. the unit of count for figure . is the suspect matter. a matter is a referral on which an attorney spends one hour or more investigating, and on which formal papers have not been filed with the court. if a decision is made not to continue with the investigation, it is disposed of in the lions database by declination and closed. references american indians and crime, ncj , bjs web, december . american indian population and labor force report. u.s. department of the interior, bureau of indian affairs, . the urban institute. tribal youth in the federal justice system, ncj , may . available at http://ncjrs.gov. researchers from the urban institute investigated how youth from indian country were processed by the federal criminal justice system. they used a combination of qualitative and quantitative information, including administrative data from the bjs-sponsored federal justice statistics program (fjsp) and information drawn from interviews with more than three dozen federal and tribal justice system personnel. staff at the urban institute who contributed to the study included— co-principal investigators william adams and julie samuels contextual analysis team janeen buck willison hannah dodd meredith dank quantitative analysis team barbara parthasarathy kamala mallik kane jessica kelly sybil mendonca kideuk kim office of justice programs innovation • partnerships • safer neighborhoods http://www.ojp.gov book reviews they are unacquainted with the work of games theorists and welfare economists. hare, however, shows himself well aware of the difficulties; and there is great force in his contention that they face all moralists who attach any impor- tance to doing social good or preventing social harm, and not just utilitarians. part iii seeks to show why we should go in for critical thinking, conceding that there is no logically compelling argument against the amoralist, but endorsing a probable argument in pru- dence against bringing up children to be such. it is further argued that it is logi- cally impossible for there to be a consist- ent, non-utilitarian fanatic. here, as throughout, it is maintained that critical moral reasoning is both philosophically justified in terms of the concept of moral judgments as universalizable prescriptions and capable of directing ideally acute, sensitive, fully-informed people to rational solutions to practical questions. actual human beings, of course, fall short; but rational solutions remain possible in principle. hare is unquestionably the most influential british moral philosopher of the last years. his book will inevit- ably be of immense interest to fellow philosophical practitioners, who will want to see how he has qualified and developed his views. hare, however, clearly hopes to reach a wider public, feeling that 'unless some way is found of talking about [urgent practical issues] rationally and with hope of agreement, violence will finally engulf the world'. i am sure that an understanding of the present book would greatly improve public discussion; but i fear that it may not exert the wide direct influence that it should. hare is an exceptionally care- ful thinker and a clear-headed writer; but his book is not wholly accessible to the lay reader. it comes across as a report on work in progress, shaped as often as not by the objections of critics, and com- pressed by a notable reluctance to bore the reader by repetition of other writ- ings or extended discussion of matters not central to the main argument. these intuitions have merit; but critical thought should convince the author that he could do good by expressing himself at greater length and in a more relaxed and less argumentative manner. he acknowledges debts to kant and mill. i think he could surpass the rigour of the former in a work as widely readable as the utilitarianism or liberty of the latter. professor r f atkinson department ofphilosophy the university ofexeter justice and health care ed earl e shelp holland, d reidel publishing co (volume of philosophy and medicine series) dfl o us $ i. (paperback dfl us $ - ) the dominant emphasis in medical ethics during the last decade has been on specific moral problems ofindividual or small group decision-making. analysis has concentrated on issues such as abor- tion, fetal research, care of the termi- nally ill, drug abuse and organ trans- plantation etc. the objective has been to articulate and assess the parameters for moral decision-making in these specific contexts of medical care. insofar as bioethicists have stressed analysis of these 'micro' issues, there has been a corresponding lack of sus- tained analysis of the institutional character of medicine and health care provision - the 'macro' structure within which the micro issues arise. the shelp volume attempts to correct the imbal- ance of focus by i) examining the health care institutions within which micro problems arise; ) investigating the larger array of institutions of which the health care sector is only one part. key concepts examined throughout the vol- ume are those of 'justice', 'right', and their relevant application to the domain of 'health care'. but justice and rights considerations can only be clarified by examining various theories in terms of which certain claims about justice and rights are made and by means of which these claims can be defended. without at least an implicit ethical theory or a theory of justice, certain questions can- not be coherently asked much less answered. such questions include: is there a right to health care? what does such a right mean and imply with respect to an array of other basic rights we try to defend? what is the content ofa right to health care? are we claiming a right to free provision of medical care in crisis situations of disease and this for all members of society in an equal way or do we also include under the umbrella ofthis 'right' free access to the full range of technological provisions in medicine including such items as human in vitro fertilisation, heart transplants and cosmetic surgery (to name only a few of the procedures available which many would consider non-essential under a right to health care)? the parameters of rights claims are not self-evident and the essays in this volume show no pre- sumption that their analyses offer final resolutions of these complex questions. they do, however, highlight some of the essential questions that would need to be asked in order to come to some plausible view as to the resolution. another question concerns the socio-economic and ethical issue of priorities. the priority question arises at two levels: the priority of health care relative to other goods and needs, and the order of priority of various forms of health care. while the issue of priorities is complex in terms of theoretical con- siderations it is no less so at the level of practical decision-making in any society faced with limited economic resources. thus a third question, which asks about the justice or injustice of current health care systems, is a question which pre- supposes that we opt for a theory of justice that can argue for or against a universal right to health care and like- wise provide a basis for defending priority decisions. it is not surprising, then, that the present volume on justice and health care will be considered as weak or as strong as are the theories of justice pro- posed to defend the various claims both at the micro and macro level of health care allocations. dolores dooley-clarke department ofphilosophy university college cork, ireland the rights of doctors and nurses and allied health professionals g j annas, l h glantz and b f katz new york, avon books $ . doctors and nurses might be forgiven for believing that they have obligations and other people have rights so it was with some surprise that i received this book for review. my surprise was heigh- tened when i saw that the cover described it as an 'american civil liberties union handbook'. the book was suggested following one on the rights of hospital patients by one ofthe authors and from time to time the impression is given that the authors are more at home speaking of a doctor's co p yrig h t. o n a p ril , b y g u e st. p ro te cte d b y h ttp ://jm e .b m j.co m / j m e d e th ics: first p u b lish e d a s . /jm e . . . o n d e ce m b e r . d o w n lo a d e d fro m http://jme.bmj.com/ rights, duties and the separateness of persons full terms & conditions of access and use can be found at https://www.tandfonline.com/action/journalinformation?journalcode=rppa philosophical papers issn: - (print) - (online) journal homepage: https://www.tandfonline.com/loi/rppa introduction: globalizing or transcending global justice? uchenna okeja to cite this article: uchenna okeja ( ) introduction: globalizing or transcending global justice?, philosophical papers, : , - , doi: . / . . to link to this article: https://doi.org/ . / . . published online: mar . submit your article to this journal article views: view related articles view crossmark data citing articles: view citing articles https://www.tandfonline.com/action/journalinformation?journalcode=rppa https://www.tandfonline.com/loi/rppa https://www.tandfonline.com/action/showcitformats?doi= . / . . https://doi.org/ . / . . https://www.tandfonline.com/action/authorsubmission?journalcode=rppa &show=instructions https://www.tandfonline.com/action/authorsubmission?journalcode=rppa &show=instructions https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/mlt/ . / . . https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/mlt/ . / . . http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi= . / . . &domain=pdf&date_stamp= - - http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi= . / . . &domain=pdf&date_stamp= - - https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/citedby/ . / . . #tabmodule https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/citedby/ . / . . #tabmodule philosophical papers vol. , no. (march ): - issn - print/issn - online © the editorial board, philosophical papers doi: . / . . http://www.tandfonline.com introduction: globalizing or transcending global justice? uchenna okeja global justice is one of the areas in contemporary political philosophy where one can guarantee almost without error that interesting conferences and new publications will jostle for the attention of scholars every new month. the diversity and widespread interest in this topic notwithstanding, an important issue that is hardly scrutinized is the way the story unfolds. in most cases, the texts on global justice begin with a narrative about how john rawls classic, a theory of justice ( ) and the responses to it, most especially by charles beitz and thomas pogge, led rawls to restate his views in another book, the law of peoples ( ). the narrative would then continue by making clear that the issue at stake is the contention regarding the possibility of extending rawls’ notion of distributive justice beyond the context he envisaged—within nations. depending on the dispositions and perspicacity of the author, the story of global justice then fragments at this point into distinct positions, with some authors professing to be cosmopolitans, others statists and, a few, the faithful proponents of all the in-betweens of the two divide. understood this way, the idea of global justice would seem to have developed and progressed without any meaningful disjunction, the implication being that the provenance of the field is apparent and settled. in other words, the impression given is that there is an ‘official’ narrative regarding the idea of global justice we can harness when we over the years, my engagement with the idea of global justice and the broader field of political philosophy has profited from discussions with many colleagues. i thank philipp schink, dorothea gädeke, matthias lutz-bachmann, paul nnodim, katrin flikschuh, ward e. jones, anke graness, julian culp and scott e. hendrix for sharing their perspectives with me and compelling me to clarify my views. uchenna okeja develop syllabi for courses on the topic. this makes it unsurprising to encounter people who wrote their phd on global justice but have little knowledge beyond rawls and the fragmented positions emanating from disagreements about his views on the scope of distributive justice. for people culturally and physically outside the context of this ‘settled’ narrative, engaging in the debate on global justice would necessarily invite questions. people interested in the sort of philosophy done outside the space where this settled narrative is embedded will have a hard time making sense of the parochial universalism of this ‘official’ narrative. to this end, a special issue on ‘african philosophy and global justice’ needs contextualization. for anyone aware of developments in the discourse on global justice, it should be clear that very little plurality exists with regard to the theoretical traditions informing the discourse. comparative studies are few and far between. this leads people interested in african philosophy to query global theorists’ lack of engagement with african philosophy. put differently, why are people working on african philosophy not visible participants in the discourse on global justice, given especially the trajectory of this tradition of philosophy? one could, of course, hypothesize different reasons to explain the situation. it could be argued, for instance, that this lack of engagement is the result of uncertainty in african philosophy regarding who or what to engage with. another possible explanation could be that global justice does not address the philosophical concerns of african philosophers. one could also hypothesize that the problem lies in the dearth of relevant resources in african philosophy— essentially, a sort of hermeneutic handicap. in addition, it could be argued that african philosophers are simply not philosophically productive with regard to questions about global justice. even if one were to accept these explanations as plausible (although they are not, as i will point out anon), that would still not provide a satisfactory answer to the question regarding the little contact between global justice discourse and african philosophy. this is because a tradition of philosophy could be part of a global discourse as a result of introduction: globalizing or transcending global justice? its theories being harnessed by philosophers from anterior traditions. most often, the purpose of engaging with other traditions of thought is to sharpen the inter-contextual validity of propositions—basically an attempt to refine the philosophical propositions we put forward by relating them to contexts other than our own. western philosophical perspectives have been integrated, for instance, into contemporary philosophical discussions about the nature and scope of freedom in asian as well as in african philosophy. thus, it does not suffice to say that the reason african philosophy is ignored in important philosophical debates, such as the one on global justice, is because african philosophers do not actively contribute their perspectives to the discourse. it would of course be desirable for them to do so, but given that african philosophy is a tradition of philosophy accessible to anyone interested, its resources are available to be critically integrated into important debates by philosophers from anterior traditions. there is nothing stopping a theorist of global justice, whose work is embedded in western philosophy, from engaging with odera oruka, ifeanyi menkiti, kwasi wiredu and other renowned african philosophers. in sum, what i am trying to point out here is that the possible failure of african philosophers to engage with the discourse on global justice does not absolve theorists of global justice from their failure to engage with the resources in african philosophy. perhaps the whole question regarding the failure to engage with african philosophy in the discourse on global justice is wrong or even perverse. it is surely odd to ask someone who does not speak to you to explain their silence. certainly, that would only happen if the person is a subordinate. by implication, therefore, it could be argued that it is condescending and futile to inquire into the reasons that account for the silence of african philosophy in the discourse on global justice. i grant that this is an important perspective to consider. however, it seems to me that there is a nexus between the trajectory of african philosophy and the discourse on global justice that should make them natural dialogue partners. and this relates not just to the linguistic proximity of uchenna okeja both the practitioners of african philosophy and the prominent theorists of global justice (like majority of the works on global justice, most of the works in african philosophy are in english and french), but, most essentially, to the questions discussed in both contexts of inquiry. global justice explores the unjust nature of the inequality of the world in which we live. its central question pertains to how global inequality should be addressed from the perspective of justice. bruce m. landesman recounts that global justice asks the following questions: ‘should we have a more equal world? should we have a world in which everyone can provide for their basic needs and have their basic rights protected? should we have a world in which people are roughly equally well off regardless of where they live? or is the global inequality that now exists, or some ameliorated version of it, morally acceptable and just?’ (landesman : ). it should occur to anyone attempting to address these questions that one of the most viable starting points would be to investigate the theories deployed to explain this situation by the agents who bear the brunt of the impacts of the unequal and unjust world at the center of global justice discourse. as anke graness ( : ) rightly noted, ‘about years before it started to be a central topic in the euro- american debates of the late s, the kenyan philosopher henry odera oruka ( – ) used the concept of global justice in two key articles, “john rawls ideology: justice as egalitarian fairness” ( ) and “the philosophy of foreign aid: a question of the right to a human minimum” ( ).’ it is worth noting that oruka’s systematic interest in issues relating to global justice was such that he continued to revise his position. for instance, he updated the perspective he put forward in his paper on ‘the philosophy of foreign aid’ mentioned in the citation above in order to take into account garett hardin’s life boat ethics and ‘the concerns of the environmentalists in the ’s and ’s’ (oruka : – ). apart from oruka’s work, there are numerous instances in african political thought that have sought to analyze and critique the unjust arrangement of the world, most especially the unequal power relations that lie at the foundation of the introduction: globalizing or transcending global justice? problem of poverty. kwame nkrumah, for instance, made the following observation as far back as ‘africa is a paradox which illustrates and highlights neo-colonialism. her earth is rich, yet the products that come from above and below her soil continue to enrich, not africans predominantly, but groups and individuals who operate to africa’s impoverishment’ (nkrumah : ). he even went on to provide the sort of statistics that we find in the works on global justice discourse— figures that show the dire nature of the poverty, inequality and injustice characteristic of the world in which we live. yet, the literature on neo- colonialism, the ethical problems related to structural adjustment programs in the third world, dependency theories and liberation philosophy have hardly found their way into mainstream theorization of global justice. although a special issue on african philosophy and global justice cannot remedy all of the cognitive inaccuracies and moral misperceptions engendered by the neglect of african and other non- western philosophical traditions in the current discussion of global justice, what it can surely do is to begin the conversation. but to do this, it is essential to highlight some of the reasons that account for the lack of engagement with african philosophy in the mainstream discussion of global justice. to be sure, it is simply not the case, as hypothesized earlier, that there is no clarity in african philosophy regarding who or what to engage with when it comes to the question of global justice. clarity regarding who or what to engage with emerges when we consider that african philosophy designates a critical and systematic reflection on the fundamental questions of life within the context of african experience. thus, the concerns of the discipline will necessarily include, among other things, the african experience of the social and material conditions of existence. this means that the resources in african philosophy attempting to make sense of the social, political and material conditions of life are apt to provide penetrating insights into the disadvantage occasioned by the experience of global injustice. against this background, i do not see the way the initial hypothesis alluded to uchenna okeja above will explain the lack of engagement with african philosophy by theorists of global justice. odera oruka offers a meaningful explanation of the status quo. he avers that ‘in philosophy, different perspectives can have dialogue only if each of the promoters of one perspective appreciates and respects the seriousness of the perspective of a different person or group’ (oruka : ). he explains further that even where this criterion is met, there is still need for a referee ‘to conduct and judge the dialogue.’ although this role has, up till now, been played by history, ‘many have been reading history wrongly or biasedly. they have read history to find a justification for their perspective and special position. that position can be of a conviction that one is a master or servant’ (oruka : ). to solve this problem, oruka proposed a way out, namely, that we should ‘use history to create a new history’ (oruka : ). when we contextualize oruka’s remarks, it could be argued that the history of western philosophy is one of the factors precluding theorists of global justice from engaging with non-western philosophies, such as african philosophy. if one insists on limiting philosophy proper only to the texts whose provenance is traceable in some clear ways to thales, the proto philosopher, then, for that person, engagement with non-western philosophy will remain an undesirable illusion. beyond what oruka pointed out, however, i am persuaded that there are some important reasons embedded in the contemporary practice of african philosophy that account for the lack of engagement with it in theorizing global justice. as i have argued elsewhere (okeja ), ‘just like many contemporary african novelists who use their african experiences and background as resources for their work but are hardly accessible to their african audience, contemporary african philosophers are mostly not in conversation with one another and their context.’ african philosophers are mostly dislocated today because their works, in most cases, seek to conform and address a non-african audience. one chief reason for this is the guidelines regulating research and career progression in african universities. the corporatized african university introduction: globalizing or transcending global justice? today requires that african scholars, philosophers included, must publish in so-called accredited journals with impact. the outcome of this practice is the waning of the internal debate among african philosophers. without a robust internal debate in a tradition of philosophy, it will be difficult to draw the attention of philosophers working in anterior traditions. where african philosophers are in conversation, the engagement often whittles down into mutual admiration or suspicion. compared to what obtained in the discussions among first generation postcolonial african philosophers in journals, such as second order and quest, there is a general lack of robust discussion among contemporary practitioners of african philosophy in the academia. if african philosophy is going to be part of the discourse on global philosophical questions, part of the reason would be that it is a thriving tradition of philosophy. the implication is that african philosophers must be engaged in a robust internal and external discussion. but then, why is it desirable to engage with african philosophy in the discussion of global justice? as noted earlier, global justice attempts to grapple with questions that are reflective of the lived experience of inequality and the global injustice it engenders. thus, recognition of the agency of the people impacted by this situation should propel a theorist dealing with this dimension of their experience to engage with the perspectives their reflection on the situation offers. most importantly, however, engagement with african philosophy by theorists of global justice is imperative due to the promise of global philosophy. thom brooks puts this point aptly. as an ‘unbounded approach to philosophy’, brooks avers that global philosophy is motivated by focus on ‘improved ability to address philosophical problem-solving’ (brooks : ). it ‘is about our having an openness for the need to pursue wider engagement in order to improve potential argumentative power … [it] is not about speaking to all traditions but rather about speaking with diverse traditions’ (brooks : ). in contrast to comparative philosophy, global philosophy does not aim to ‘compare and contrast uchenna okeja but to uncover new philosophical insights in order to further develop our own tradition’ (brooks ). notwithstanding the merits of brooks’ proposals about the benefits of global philosophy, it is essential to underscore that what counts is substantive engagement with diverse traditions in the quest for philosophical understanding of global problems—such as poverty, global justice, identity, terrorism etc. as leigh jenco pointed out, engagement with other traditions often highlights the aspects that resonate with ‘western categories, rendering non-western ideas, thinkers and traditions interesting as case studies but not themselves the domain of theorizing’ (jenco : ). this definitely is not a viable approach. a substantive approach is one that pays attention to the contextual dynamics of anterior thought traditions, the goal being to understand, rather than to dismiss or uncritically appropriate. even with these elucidated points, questions could still be raised about the african philosophy one should engage with, the point being that africa is ‘big’ and thus entails the existence of a plurality of philosophical perspectives. in effect, the idea is that the diversity of ethnic groups in africa makes unclear which ‘african’ philosophy one should engage with. effectively, what is implied is the ‘africanness’ of african philosophy. given that this issue has been explored by many african philosophers, the remark i should note in this regard is that this concern is not useful because it is incoherent. and i say so for two reasons. first, it equates african philosophy with ethnic philosophies or worldviews. this is clearly wrong and prejudicial. secondly, it creates a duty of information for an external other in order to exonerate the powerful ignorance of the subject articulating the position. since african philosophy designates written and oral texts that are accessible to people, the onus is on the subject of knowledge to inquire further about the insights it offers. redirecting the discourse on global justice through engagement with other traditions, such as african philosophy, is certainly not a favor to non-western philosophers. hamid dabashi is certainly right to introduction: globalizing or transcending global justice? emphasize that many non-western theorists ‘are no longer interested in whatever it is [european philosophers] fancy to be “hegemonic” or “counter-hegemonic” in europe and for europeans’ (dabashi : ). the west has become provincialized, hence, its grand narratives about universal philosophical theories, which are all too often parochial, have lost their magic. in global philosophy, it is offered another opportunity to reimagine itself as an equal partner in dialogue without any supercilious pretensions. the essays in this special issue provide substantive engagements with aspects of global justice within the context of african philosophy. ifeanyi i. menkiti’s paper titled ‘africa and global justice’ analyzes the ways justice is employed and the complexities involved. he makes clear that it is essential to delimit the scope of justice in order to understand the place of mercy. aptly, he concludes that ‘for africans, the choice then remains to join the debate on the peoples’ side of things, not on the states’ side. as peoples, africans have already attained standing, but as states their grounding is precarious, the battles they are supposed to be fighting ethically suspect.’ katrin flikschuh’s paper extends the discussion by exploring the desirability or otherwise of african thinkers’ engagement in the discourse on global justice, given the neglect of their tradition in the mainstream discourse. her careful analysis shows the dimensions of the parochial universalism of western philosophy, the formidable challenge it received from african philosophers and the implications of this experience for global justice discourse. dennis masaka’s paper discusses the problem of epistemic injustice, the goal being to show that epistemicide is an injustice whose neglect does not conduce to any talk about global justice. he accounts for the link between unequal power relations between the global north and global south and epistemic hegemony. he aims in this regard to show that epistemic parity should be the prolegomena to any viable discussion of global justice. michael onyebuchi eze recalls cosmopolitanism from its wondrous sojourn in the far lands of the world to face a basic challenge—how uchenna okeja should we live with the stranger ‘beyond the requirement(s) of the law’? traversing a range of issues and positions in the discourse on cosmopolitanism, eze shows that what is at stake is to determine ‘who we can become as ethical beings’. thaddeus metz confronts development theory and practice within the context of a carefully formulated theory of an african ethic. given the idea of communion or communalism characteristic of african mode of being, what are the plausible implications we can infer for the discourse on development? he examines this question in order to point out a viable grounding of ‘social progress’ and ‘what justice demands from the west in relation to africa.’ edwin etieyibo provides an account of a cosmopolitan moral and political theory based on ubuntu. on the basis of ubuntu cosmopolitanism, he explored the grounds of the duty and obligations we owe to other human beings. helen lauer pursues another important goal in her paper. she deploys the resources of west african social and political practice to show, among other things, that global justice is a process, which means that it is a work in progress. rhodes university u.okeja@ru.ac.za references anke graness, ‘is the debate on “global justice” a global one? some considerations in view of modern philosophy in africa,’ journal of global ethics : ( ), – . bruce landesman, ‘global justice’ in: deen k. chatterjee (ed.), encyclopedia of global justice (dordrecht: springer ). charles beitz, political theory and international relations (princeton, n.j.: princeton university press ). h. odera oruka, ‘parental earth ethics,’ quest: an international african journal of philosophy, vol. , ( ), – . hamid dabashi, can non-europeans think? (london: zed books ). henry odera oruka, ‘cultural fundamentals in philosophy: obstacles to introduction: globalizing or transcending global justice? philosophical dialogues,’ quest: an international african journal of philosophy, vol. , ( ), p. – . john rawls, a theory of justice (oxford: oxford university press ). john rawls, the law of peoples (cambridge, mass.: harvard university press, ). kwame nkrumah, neocolonialism: the last stage of imperialism (new york: international publishers co. inc. ). leigh k. jenco, making the political: founding and action in the political theory of zhang shizhao (cambridge: cambridge university press ). thom brooks, ‘philosophy unbound: the idea of global philosophy,’ metaphilosophy, vol , ( ), – . thomas pogge, realizing rawls (ithaca: cornel university press ). uchenna okeja, consensus and palaver as metaphors for the public sphere in: murad idris, leigh jenco and megan thomas (eds), oxford handbook of comparative political theory (oxford: oxford university press) forthcoming. international tax and global justice tsilly dagan* inequality, as well as the scope of the duty of justice to reduce it, has always been a central concern of political justice. income taxation has been seen as a key tool for redistribution and the state was the arena for discussions of justice. globalization and the tax competition it fosters among states change the context for the discussion of distributive justice. given the state’s fading coercive power in taxation and the decreasing power of its citizenry to co-author its collective will due to global competition, we can no longer assume that justice can be realized within the parameters of the state. international tax policy in an effort to retain justice often opts for cooperation as a vehicle to support distributive justice. but cooperation among states is more than a way for them to promote their aims through bargaining. rather, it is a way for states to regain legitimacy by sustaining their very ability to ensure the collective action of their citizens and to treat them with equal respect and concern. the traditional discussion in international taxation seems to endorse a statist position — implicitly assuming that when states bargain for a multilateral deal, justice is completely mediated by the agreement of the states. in contrast, this article argues that such a multilateral regime intended to provide the state with fundamental legitimacy requires independent justification. contrary to the conventional statist position, i maintain that cooperating states have a duty to ensure that the constituents of all cooperating states are not treated unjustly because of the agreement. i argue that not only cosmopolitanism but political justice too requires that a justifiable cooperative regime must improve (or at least not worsen) the welfare of the least well-off citizens in all cooperating states. i * professor of law, bar ilan university. i would like to thank sivan agon-shlomo, itzhak benbaji, eyal benvenisti, peter hongler, roy kreitner, adi libson, doreen lustig, irma mosquera and the participants at the cornell-tel aviv conference on law, economy, and inequality, december . citation: theoretical inquiries l. ( ) theoretical inquiries in law [vol. : explain that cooperation alone is no guarantee of improved welfare and that certain transfer payments between rich and poor countries might be required to ensure this. introduction inequality, as well as the scope of the duty of justice to reduce it, has always been a central concern of political justice. income taxation has been seen as a key tool (some may say the only appropriate tool) for redistribution and the state was the key (and for many years the only) arena for discussions of justice. in creating new links between states, as well as competition among them for residents, investments, and tax revenues, globalization has forced both political philosophers and income tax scholars to consider issues of justice beyond the state. political philosophers debate the appropriate scope of applicability of the duty of justice: does it apply exclusively at the state level, or should it transcend those boundaries? international taxation scholars and policymakers have engaged substantially in the practicalities of income taxation in a globalized world. they pay particularly close attention to the eroding income tax bases of states and explore potential solutions, placing considerable focus on international cooperation in income taxation in an attempt to sustain states’ tax bases. philosophers, however, have not delved into the actual mechanisms of taxation, and the efforts of international tax experts rarely engage the question of global justice normatively. this article seeks to close this gap by considering international tax policy within the framework of global justice. see, e.g., oecd/g base erosion and profit shifting project, developing a multilateral instrument to modify bilateral tax treaties ( ), http://dx.doi.org/ . / -en. for an overview of the multilateral efforts, see tsilly dagan, community obligations in international taxation (global trust working papers series, working paper no. wps- - , ), http://globaltrust.tau.ac.il/wps- - -community-obligations-in-international- taxation/. for some notable exceptions, see, for example, gillian brock, global justice: a cosmopolitan account ( ); miriam ronzoni, global tax governance: the bullets internationalists must bite — and those they must not, moral phil. & pol. ( ); peter dietsch & thomas rixen, tax competition and global background justice, j. pol. phil. ( ); ilan benshalom, the new poor at our gates: global justice implications for international trade and tax law, n.y.u. l. rev. ( ); kim brooks, inter-nation equity: the development of an important but underappreciated international tax value, ] international tax and global justice in recent years, state tax policies have been seriously challenged. globalization has intensified tax competition by allowing individuals and businesses more leeway in tax planning their whereabouts and thereby critically undermining the ability of states to promote domestic redistribution. at the same time, globalization — and global inequality — has forced political philosophers to consider the application of distributive justice duties beyond national borders. the debate among political philosophers has focused on the appropriate level of redistribution. whereas proponents of cosmopolitan justice argue that justice should prevail between individuals irrespective of their national affiliation, institutionalists argue that justice is a duty that is a derivative of political institutions, and statists in particular focus on the state as the primary forum in which duties of redistribution apply. thomas nagel in particular has taken a strong statist position, arguing for a sharp distinction between the domestic arena, where the distinctive convergence of states’ coercive power and their constituents’ co-authorship gives rise to exceptional duties of justice, and the international arena, beyond the state, where no duty of justice other than humanitarianism exists. while nagel, like others, is deeply troubled by global inequality, he asserts that a distributive duty cannot be legitimately extended beyond the co-authored, coercive institution of the state. many have criticized this strong statist position, supporting a broader duty of justice in the international arena. cosmopolitans challenge the very political perception of justice; others, albeit conceding a special duty to redistribute within the state, challenge the lack of any duty of justice beyond the state. in this article, i make no attempt to settle the philosophical debate regarding the appropriate level of redistribution, but rather contend that state competition reframes this debate: for state competition represents a new world order that undermines existing political institutions and mandates a reevaluation of the duties of justice under the newly emerging arrangements. state competition goes to the heart of the social contract and possibly requires its renegotiation. in tax reform in the st century (richard krever & john g. head eds., ); alexander cappelen, national and international distributive justice in bilateral tax treaties, finanzarchiv ( ); allison christians, how nations share, ind. l.j. ( ); allison christians, sovereignty, taxation and social contract, minn. j. int’l l. ( ); dimitri paolini et al., tax treaties with developing countries and the allocation of taxing rights, eur. j.l. & econ. ( ); diane ring, democracy, sovereignty and tax competition: the role of tax sovereignty in shaping tax cooperation, fla. tax rev. ( ). see infra text accompanying notes - . see infra text accompanying notes - . see infra text accompanying notes - . theoretical inquiries in law [vol. : the reason for this, in a nutshell, is that competition undermines the ability of states (rich as well as poor) to maintain the domestic background conditions that are necessary to sustain their legitimacy and that make the state a uniquely appropriate candidate for promoting justice. under tax competition, i argue, the state can no longer unilaterally provide the assurances required for social cooperation. furthermore, its constituents are no longer independent in jointly co-authoring their collective will. both coercion and co-authorship are dependent on conditions that transcend state boundaries. in the international tax market, where states compete for residents, investments, and tax revenues, their sovereignty becomes fragmented. many residents can now unbundle state’s sovereignty and pick and choose from among the public goods other states offer. under this unbundled sovereignty, states can no longer unilaterally ensure the cooperation of their citizens without either imposing illiberal restrictions on those citizens or else cooperating with other countries. thus, as far as tax and redistribution are concerned, under globalization, the state can no longer be considered a sovereign endowed with monopolistic coercive power. moreover, because states are becoming market actors, redistribution is to a large extent becoming a price that is subject to the supply and demand forces of the global market for sovereign goods. as a result, market rules are increasingly replacing citizens’ co-authorship in determining states’ redistributive capabilities and, consequently, their tax policies as well. instead of equally engaging in a deliberative process with their fellow citizens, (some) taxpayers simply exercise their exit power when (redistributive) prices become too high. thus, the level of redistribution that states can afford under global tax competition — and not what is reached through the collective co-authorship of their citizenry — is what determines their redistribution policies. the bottom line is that states’ monopoly over coercive powers as well as their ability to give expression to the collective will of their constituents is being undermined. the more fragmented sovereignty becomes, the less able it is to enforce its policies; the more marketized it becomes, the less voice it allows its citizens. thus, in conditions of tax competition, justice is under constant threat. if the state can no longer provide justice, what entity can? perhaps there is no such entity, beyond mindful actors who undertake justice obligations voluntarily. for those seeking to promote justice, then, the only option may be to move beyond the state to the international level, where a new form of global cooperation should emerge to ensure the coercive powers necessary for promoting justice, accompanied by a new level of the duty of justice. faced with rising domestic inequalities and dwindling tax bases, states are struggling to figure out their next step. many have argued for cooperation among ] international tax and global justice states as a solution to these challenges. in fact, in their declaration, the g finance ministers initiated a search for solutions to the problem (beps) and resolving the global economy’s difficulties. the oecd took upon itself what may be the most ambitious international tax challenge yet. it promised to develop a new set of standards on an unprecedented schedule. the widely anticipated deliverables were indeed delivered on schedule. notably, both the g and oecd take care not to include justice as one of their main issues of concern, sticking, instead, to the conventional pro-cooperation rhetoric that argues it would benefit all cooperating states towards sustaining their tax bases. however, i contend that this phase of international taxation constitutes a unique opportunity to reevaluate the notion of duties of justice in the international arena. given the state’s fading coercive power in taxation and the decreasing power of its citizenry to co-author its collective will due to global competition, we can no longer assume that justice can be realized within the parameters of the state. in many cases, it would be only through a cooperative accord that states could regain these powers. cooperation in such cases is thus more than a way for states to promote their aims through bargaining. rather, it is a way for states to regain legitimacy by sustaining their very ability to ensure the collective action of their citizens and to treat them with equal respect and concern. the traditional discussion in international taxation seems to endorse a statist position — implicitly assuming that when states bargain for a multilateral deal, justice is completely mediated by the agreement of the states. contrary to this traditional view, this article argues that such a multilateral regime intended to provide the state with fundamental legitimacy requires independent justification. under these circumstances, the duty of justice cannot be assumed to be entirely mediated through the cooperating states. thus, contrary to the conventional statist position, maintaining that the contents of multilateral duties are exhausted by the agreements or conventions as “the relations themselves do not trigger norms, only the agreements do,” i maintain that cooperating g- leaders’ declaration (june - , ), http://www.consilium.europa. eu/uedocs/cms_data/docs/pressdata/en/ec/ .pdf. id. § (“we reiterate the need to prevent base erosion and profit shifting and we will follow with attention the ongoing work of the oecd in this area.”); see yariv brauner, what the beps?, fla. tax rev. , ( ). oecd & g , base erosion and profit shifting project information brief ( ), http://www.oecd.org/ctp/beps- -deliverables-information-brief.pdf. see beps final reports, oecd, http://www.oecd.org/ctp/beps- - final-reports.htm (last visited sept. , ). joshua cohen & charles sabel, extram republicam nulla justitia?, phil. & pub. aff. , ( ). theoretical inquiries in law [vol. : states have a duty to ensure that the constituents of all cooperating states are not treated unjustly as a result of the agreement. contrary to the statist position that bargaining between states must conform only with duties of humanitarianism, i argue that not only cosmopolitanism but political justice too requires that for a multilateral regime established through cooperation to be justified it must improve (or at least not worsen) the welfare of the least well-off citizens in all the cooperating states. i explain that cooperation alone is no guarantee of improved welfare and that certain transfer payments between rich and poor countries might be required to ensure this. part i begins by reviewing the political philosophy literature discussing global justice and the debate between statists and cosmopolitans. part ii explains the centrality and uniqueness of the state as a locus for justice and the challenges it faces under the market forces of globalization. part iii raises the following question: if the state cannot provide justice under globalization, how can justice nevertheless prevail? i. the global justice debate in political philosophy political philosophers have devoted considerable attention to the question of international distributive justice and have offered a wide range of approaches to what global justice means. the main point of controversy has been over the relevant scope of redistribution. should distributive justice be promoted solely on the national level or on a global scale as well? cosmopolitans and advocates of political justice represent the two polar ends on the spectrum of ideas supporting global justice. proponents of the cosmopolitan view (such as brian barry, charles beitz, and thomas pogge) argue that principles of distributive justice should be there are other variants of the conceptions of global distributive justice. see simon caney, review article: international distributive justice, pol. stud. ( ). caney divides the varying approaches into four categories: cosmopolitan, nationalist (political), society of states, and realists. realists (or skeptics) view global justice as an unattainable ideal and, hence, leave distributive justice to the only arena capable of promoting it — the state. the society-of-states approach rejects this skepticism and holds that, although states are, indeed, responsible for their residents’ welfare, the global community bears responsibility for ensuring adequate conditions for states to be able to achieve distributive justice. under this view, outsiders to the state have a duty to contribute only in special circumstances. see charles r. beitz, international liberalism and distributive justice: a survey of recent thought, world pol. , - ( ). ] international tax and global justice applied universally: to all human beings across the globe. their reasoning, as simon caney summarizes it, is that “given the reasons we give to defend the distribution of resources and given our convictions about the irrelevance of people’s cultural identity to their entitlements, it follows that the scope of distributive justice should be global.” cosmopolitans (or left institutionalists, as michael blake and patrick smith refer to them ) who follow rawls’s concepts of justice tend to criticize his distinction between domestic and international duties of justice. pogge, for example, regards nationality as just another deep contingency (similar to race, social class, and gender) that is “inescapable from birth.” thus, following rawls’s conception, pogge argues, international institutions can only be justified “if the inequalities they produce optimize (against the backdrop of feasible alternative global regimes) the worst social position.” proponents of political justice, in contrast, assert the duality of a justice regime and firmly distinguish between the national and global levels. under this approach, justice is a good provided by social institutions. as nagel explains: on the political conception, sovereign states are not merely instruments for realizing the pre-institutional value of justice among human beings. instead, their existence is precisely what gives the value of justice its application, by putting the fellow citizens of a sovereign state into a relation that they do not have with the rest of humanity, an institutional there are many strands to the cosmopolitan view. see caney, supra note , at - (referring to radical cosmopolitanism (principles of distributive justice apply only on the global level, not on the national level) and mild cosmopolitan (distributive principles apply on the global and national level), institutional global justice (i.e., justice within institutions) and interactive institutionalism (in the context of individuals), and distribution among individuals and distribution among states). moreover, the measures of distribution vary from approach to approach. id. at . michael blake & patrick taylor smith, international distributive justice, the stanford encyclopedia of philosophy (edward n. zalta ed., winter ), http://plato.stanford.edu/archives/ win /entries/international-justice. thomas pogge, realizing rawls ( ). id. supporters of the national approach emphasize the moral relevance of membership in a nation. again, national approaches vary. for a survey of these approaches, see caney, supra note , at - . theoretical inquiries in law [vol. : relation which must then be evaluated by the special standards of fairness and equality that fill out the content of justice. strong statists like nagel insist not only that special duties of justice exist within the state, but that “[j]ustice is something we owe through our shared institutions only to those with whom we stand in a strong political relation. it is, in the standard terminology, an associative obligation.” outside the framework of the state, in the absence of such unique relations and, in particular, of the state’s coercive power, justice does not impose distributive duties, for “[m]ere economic interaction does not trigger the heightened standards of socioeconomic justice.” in the international arena, nagel argues, only duties deriving from simple humanitarianism are binding. unlike proponents of classic cosmopolitanism, contemporary left institutionalists generally concur that the state gives rise to especially stringent demands of distributive justice. however, they reject the bifurcated distinction between national and international institutions and argue for more robust distributive obligations on the international level than those imposed by humanitarianism. they also reject the statist emphasis on coercive power to activate claims of distributive justice and point, instead, to various reasons for supporting a less dichotomous rendition of global justice. joshua cohen and charles sabel, for example, argue that “a political morality can be political in a capacious sense, that is, sensitive to the circumstances and associative conditions, to the ‘different cases or types of relation’ for which it is formulated, without being statist.” in lieu of nagel’s strong statist position, according to which normative requirements beyond humanitarianism only emerge in the framework of the state, cohen and sabel advocate a more flexible concept of justice. “we think,” they explain, “that global politics does implicate more thomas nagel, the problem of global justice, phil. & pub. aff. , ( ). id. at (emphasis added; emphasis omitted). id. at . blake & smith, supra note , at - . cohen & sabel, supra note , at ( ). the concern that cohen and sabel criticize nagel for ignoring “is not distinctively egalitarian: not that some people are better off than others, nor that some improvements are larger than others; nor is there any assumption that all inequality requires an especially compelling justification.” id. at . instead, they stress inclusion: “some people are treated by consequential rule-making processes as if, beyond the humanitarian minimum owed even in the absence of any cooperation, they count for nothing.” id. their concept of inclusion matches the kind of respect and concern (e.g., human rights, standards of fair governance, and norms of fair ] international tax and global justice demanding norms, and think that the rationale lies in a mix of the factors.” such factors, they suggest, include strong interdependence, cooperativism, and institutionalism, as well as “a degree of involvement of will on the global scale that is more extensive than nagel’s argument suggests.” sangiovanni, for his part, downplays nagel’s reliance on coercion. instead of focusing on how the state “engages, constrains or thwarts the will,” sangiovanni suggests focusing on “what the state does — on the object of our authorization.” he argues that equality as a demand of justice is a requirement of reciprocity in the mutual provision of a central class of collective goods, namely those goods necessary for developing and acting on a plan of life. because states . . . provide these goods rather than the global order, we have special obligations of egalitarian justice to fellow citizens and residents, who together sustain the state, that we do not have with respect to noncitizens and non-residents. this does not imply that we have no obligations of distributive justice at the global level, only that these are different in both form and content from those we have at the domestic. darrel moellendorf agrees that duties of justice are owed only to co- members of institutions and not universally to all, but disagrees with the claim that citizenry is the only kind of co-membership that generates duties of social justice. he argues that “the inherent dignity of persons constrains distribution) “that is owed by the variety of agencies, organizations, and institutions (including states) that operate on the terrain of global politics.” id. at . id. at . by strong interdependence they mean whenever the fate of people in one place depends substantially on the collective decisions taken by people in another place and vice versa. cooperativism is the existence of a consequential scheme of organized, mutually beneficial cooperation under rules, and institutionalism refers to the existence of an institution with responsibilities for distributing a particular good. andrea sangiovanni, global justice, reciprocity, and the state, phil. & pub. aff. , ( ) (“[a]lthough nagel often speaks of coercion . . . all that is required is that the system of societal rules be nonvoluntary for those subject to it.”). sangiovanni further suggests that while with voluntary associations (e.g., tennis clubs) one has a viable option to leave, non-voluntary organizations provide no such option and hence require a more stringent justification. the state must give each of us special reason to accept its laws, strong enough to rebut any objection we might have to them. the justification, in turn, must show that the law could reasonably be seen as acceptable from each person’s individual point of view, although no one consents to it. id. at . id. at . theoretical inquiries in law [vol. : institutional power. institutions express respect for persons only if they are such that persons whose lives are lived within the institutions could reasonably endorse.” thus, the positions of these left institutionalists are less egalitarian on the global level than the stance of early cosmopolitans, ranging from “reciprocity,” to “inclusion,” to support for equal sharing only of the public goods supplied by the international system. competition, however, has dramatically changed the ability of states to sustain the background conditions necessary for the provision of justice. below, i argue that state competition in the era of globalization has stripped states of their status as a unique forum for duties of justice. specifically, states can no longer unilaterally enforce justice-promoting cooperation, nor are they a unique locus of independent co-authorship for their citizens. thus, the ability of states (rich and poor alike) to sustain the domestic background conditions necessary for their legitimacy and that make them an exceptional candidate for promoting justice is being undermined. part ii expands on this perceived uniqueness of the state and explain why — in a marketized and fragmented competitive market of states — this distinctiveness is being eroded. ii. the lost state a. why the state? the key challenge for statists like nagel is to explain their dichotomization of duties of justice into expansive duties at the state level and minimal humanitarian duties at the supranational/international level. according to nagel, justice should be national because “[t]he state makes unique demands on the will of its members . . . and those exceptional demands bring with them exceptional obligations, the positive obligations of justice.” what creates these exceptional obligations? nagel points to the complex combination of darrel moellendorf, cosmopolitanism and compatriot duties, monist , ( ) (arguing that social justice exists between persons if those persons are co-members in an association that is “( ) relatively strong, ( ) largely (individually) non-voluntary, ( ) constitutive of a significant part of the background rules for the various relationships of their public lives, and ( ) governed by norms that can be subject to (collective) human control”). in “respect” he refers to this as “justificatory respect.” id. at . id. cohen & sabel, supra note . sangiovanni, supra note . nagel, supra note , at . ] international tax and global justice coercively enforced, co-authored rules as the source of the transcendence above simple humanitarianism. as cohen and sabel explain, “nagel argues that a normative order beyond humanitarianism’s moral minimum emerges only within states whose central authority coercively enforces rules made in the name of everyone subject to those rules: only, that is, when individuals are both subjects in law’s empire and citizens in law’s republic.” nagel offers two answers to the question of what can “move us past humanitarianism.” the first is social cooperation, for which the state functions as a third-party enforcer. assurance of this cooperation is necessary, according to nagel, as an “enabling condition of sovereignty to confer stability on just institutions.” the only way to provide that assurance, nagel argues, is through some form of law, with centralized authority to determine the rules and a centralized monopoly of the power of enforcement. this is needed . . . both in order to provide terms of coordination and because it doesn’t take many defectors to make such a system unravel. the kind of all-encompassing collective practice or institutions that is capable of being just in the primary sense can exist only under sovereign government. coercion is, of course, a fundamental component of the state. it both ensures cooperation and, at the same time, requires legitimation. in nagel’s words, adherence to . . . [political institutions] is not voluntary: emigration aside, one is not permitted to declare oneself not a member of one’s society and hence not subject to its rules, and other members may coerce one’s compliance if one tries to refuse. an institution that one has no choice about joining must offer terms of membership that meet a higher standard. cohen & sabel, supra note . id. at . nagel, supra note , at (extending the hobbesian idea of the sovereign as the one providing assurances for cooperation to the non-self-interested motives of justice and arguing that “even if justice is taken to include not only collective self-interest but also the elimination of morally arbitrary inequalities, . . . the existence of a just order still depends on consistent patterns of conduct and persisting institutions that have a pervasive effect on the shape of people’s lives.”). id. id. id. at . theoretical inquiries in law [vol. : nagel’s second explanation for limiting expanded duties of justice to the sphere of the state is “that states not only foster cooperation by coercively enforcing rules but implicate the will of those subject to their coercive authority by making, in the name of all, regulations that apply to them all.” according to cohen and sabel, will-implication is significant since “it is impermissible to speak in someone’s name . . . unless that person . . . is . . . given equal consideration in making the regulations.” regulations made by the state must therefore be justified to their co-authors. “and not just any justification will do . . . the justification must treat each person . . . in whose name the coercion is exercised — as an equal.” unlike the state, nagel claims, the international system does not embody such a complex combination of co-authorship and coercive implication of will. the relationship of individuals to the supranational bodies, he maintains, is completely mediated by governments. hence, as cohen and sabel clarify, those bodies do not speak in the name of all, their conduct is not authorized by individuals, and the wills of those individuals are not implicated. . . . intergovernmental agreements or other forms of supra- national arrangement can give rise to new normative requirements but the content of those requirements is exhausted by the agreements or conventions: the relations themselves do not trigger norms, only the agreements do. nagel explains that “[i]f the default really is basic humanitarianism, permitting voluntary actions for the pursuit of common interests, then something more is needed to move us up to the higher standard of equal consideration. it will not emerge merely from cooperation and the conventions that make cooperation possible.” since global regulation does not speak in the name of individuals, it can settle for humanitarian obligations only and is not obligated to apply the standard of equality. cooperation alone and the voluntary conventions signed by the countries that make such cooperation possible are not enough to move us up to the higher standard of equal consideration. nagel’s critics focus on his claim that duties on the international level do not exceed humanitarianism. even if the international duties do not amount to full duties of justice, they are more than humanitarianism, argue critics. blake and smith query whether left institutionalists are in fact begging the cohen & sabel, supra note , at . id. id. id. at . nagel, supra note , at - . ] international tax and global justice question by assuming that the international system is “indeed coercive, will remain coercive and is coercive in precisely [the] way needed to generate obligations of distributive justice.” they contend that “left institutionalists are quite adept at identifying injustices in the international arena, but they are less persuasive at showing that the appropriate normative response to these wrongs is to have the international system be governed by principles of distributive justice.” yet even these critics admit that duties of justice (should) exist within the state. cosmopolitans posit that states should uphold pre-political rights to justice. institutionalists, in turn, hold that the legitimacy of the state’s use of its coercive powers is contingent on its treating its subjects- citizens with equal concern and respect, but some nonetheless assert that, for a variety of reasons, duties of justice should apply beyond the state. in what follows, i focus on the state and argue that globalization is challenging the underlying conditions not only for the feasibility of the state’s cooperative efforts but also its very legitimacy. under globalization, i assert, both coercion and co-authorship are dependent on what happens beyond state boundaries. the state’s coercive power is reliant on other states’ cooperation, and the design of its tax rules is increasingly determined by global supply and demand rather than the co-authored collective will of its constituents. thus, for those seeking to sustain states’ legitimacy (and for those interested in promoting justice), the international arena may be the only viable recourse. b. a fragmented and marketized (tax) sovereignty for nagel, sovereignty is the key: “[t]he kind of all-encompassing collective practice or institutions that is capable of being just in the primary sense can exist only under sovereign government.” for nagel, who stresses the coercive nature of the state and the co-authorship of its constituents, sovereignty would seem nothing like a consumer good. globalization, however, is significantly transforming the nature of sovereignty. if we zoom out to the international level, we will find that the all-powerful sovereign, as traditionally envisioned, is but one of two-hundred or so sovereigns that compete with one another. competition increasingly is turning states into market players that offer their goods and services to potential “customers.” in this market for sovereignty goods, states compete for capital and residents, while (at least some) individuals blake & smith, supra note , at . id. nagel, supra note , at . see michael j. sandel, what money can’t buy: the moral limits of markets ( ); michael walzer, spheres of justice ( ). theoretical inquiries in law [vol. : “shop around” for sovereign-provided privileges, public goods, and social and cultural goods. this competition seems to be percolating into the interaction between sovereigns and their subjects as well. competition is altering the traditional roles of sovereigns and constituents alike. it impacts the kinds and quantities of public goods and privileges offered by the state to its constituents; it affects the meanings and values underlying the sovereign-subject interaction; and, most relevant to our purposes, it alters modes of political participation and schemes of distribution. two forces steer this market. first and foremost is the mobility of residents and capital; second is the ability of constituents/stakeholders (often with the encouragement of governments) to unbundle the “packages” of sovereignty. consider mobility first: taxpayers — both individuals and businesses — are becoming increasingly mobile and can therefore select from alternative jurisdictions to relocate their places of residence, investments, business activities, or even citizenship. states often foster such mobility by offering certain privileges and incentives to desirable potential residents. residents- in-demand relocate to more appealing jurisdictions, as states lure away talented individuals, potential investors, and young and productive individuals to salvage their collapsing social security systems. this has put states in an unfamiliar position: they no longer strictly impose compulsory tax and regulatory requirements on their subjects. instead, the tax policymaking process has gradually transformed under competition, and states increasingly see, e.g., tsilly dagan, the tragic choices of tax policy in a globalized economy, in tax and development (yariv brauner & mirnada stewart eds., ). for example, in recent years, many ultra-rich individuals have expatriated in order to avoid high taxes, shifting not only their residencies but also their citizenship to another jurisdiction. see michael s. kirsch, taxing citizens in a global economy, n.y.u l. rev. , ( ). alex easson & eric m. zolt, world bank inst., tax incentives and tax base protection issues - ( ); louis t. wells et al., using tax incentives to compete for foreign investment: are they worth the costs? - ( ). ayelet shachar, picking winners: olympic citizenship and the global race for talent, yale l.j. ( ); ayelet shachar, the race for talent: highly skilled migrants and competitive immigration regimes, n.y.u. l. rev. ( ). multinational enterprises are also, of course, mobile. they can incorporate or re-incorporate in their jurisdiction of choice and move their production, marketing, and research and development (r&d) activities to more favorable locations. michael p. devereux & rachel griffith, the impact of corporate taxation on the location of capital: a review, swedish econ. pol’y rev. ( ). ] international tax and global justice operate as recruiters of mobile investments and residents from other states, while at the same time striving to retain their own residents and investments. the legal rules that apply in a certain jurisdiction and the applicable tax rules and rates are important considerations for the mobile when weighing their residency options and where to locate their economic activities. hence, tax rules and rates have become, to a large extent, the currency of state competition. in these conditions of tax competition, states attempt to attract (and keep) investors and residents by offering, among other things, appealing taxing and spending deals. this means, on the one hand, lowering taxes on the most mobile while, on the other hand, offering the public goods and services that are most attractive to them. such competition could have problematic distributive effects if, as seems plausible, residents who benefit from the welfare state have a stronger preference for it than those who do not derive any benefit therefrom (or are at lower risk of requiring welfare benefits). indeed, rich taxpayers who are supposed to be on the contributing side of redistribution will likely prefer less distribution over more distribution (and even if they are altruistic, they may prefer to fund charities of their own choice rather than government-determined redistribution). taxpayers on the receiving end of redistribution will presumably have a preference for greater redistribution. however, higher taxes, which are required devereux & griffith, supra note . charles m. tiebout, a pure theory of local expenditures, j. pol. econ. ( ). for a detailed analysis of the phenomenon of tax competition, see reuven s. avi-yonah, globalization, tax competition, and the fiscal crisis of the welfare state, harv. l. rev. , - ( ). it has been argued that tax competition will drive tax rates down to a suboptimal level, where states are forced to under-provide public goods. for a formal model supporting this argument, see george r. zodrow & peter mieszkowski, pigou, tiebout, property taxation, and the underprovision of local public goods, j. urban econ. ( ). although it is unclear what exactly constitutes the “optimal” level of public goods, see john douglas wilson, theories of tax competition, nat’l tax j. , ( ), it is pretty clear that redistribution would be reduced. the federal system had interesting issues with regard to welfare at the state level. unlimited mobility of residents posed a risk of turning states with an extensive welfare system into “welfare magnets.” this significantly decreased their ability to sustain their welfare systems. for discussion of whether this trend actually exists, see william d. berry, richard c. fording & russell l. hanson, reassessing the “race to the bottom” in state welfare policy, j. pol. ( ). see also roderick m. hills jr., poverty, residency, and federalism: states’ duty of impartiality toward newcomers, sup. ct. rev. ( ). theoretical inquiries in law [vol. : to finance the welfare state, might drive the wealthy away. if this turns out to be the case, the government will be forced to choose between either keeping taxes high and risking losing the wealthy or lowering taxes and reducing redistribution. in the extreme case, lowering tax rates on mobile residents and the mobile factors of production could shift the tax burden to the less mobile residents and factors (most importantly, lesser-skilled labor ) and lead to a reduction in tax revenues. this will, accordingly, undermine the ability to sustain the welfare state and, in particular, redistribution. there are, of course, several factors that function as counterweights to competition’s downward pressure on redistribution. one central factor is the fact that the mobility of residents and even of investments is not entirely elastic. people must shoulder costs — economic and otherwise — in shifting their residences, families, cultural ties, and jobs and switching their domestic loyalties. businesses may have to contend with costs entailed by moving their physical activities and workers and applying for new permits, for example. states might also find shifting their policies costly. an entrenched tradition of pro-welfare policies, a committed and highly involved civil society, or even interest groups could all push in favor of pro-redistribution policies. some states could have more leeway in effecting such change. if a state offers an attractive residential environment, particular affinities (e.g., a strong sentiment in favor of a specific residential location due to historical, cultural, or national ties), a unique commitment to the welfare of fellow members of the community, natural resources, network externalities, or any other comparative avi-yonah, supra note , at (“[a] shift in the tax burden from capital to labor tends to render the tax system more regressive. such a tax system is also less capable of redistributing resources from the rich to the poor.”). see, e.g., vivek h. dehejia & philipp genschel, tax competition in the european union, pol. & soc’y , ( ); thomas plümper, vera e. troeger & hannes winner, why is there no race to the bottom in capital taxation? tax competition among countries of unequal size, different levels of budget rigidities and heterogeneous fairness norms, int’l stud. q. , ( ) (“no doubt, the prediction of zero capital tax rates was not in line with reality when it was first formulated and it did not come true since.”); sijbren cnossen, tax policy in the european union (cesifo, working paper no. , ). renouncing citizenship entails identity-related costs. see, e.g., ruth mason, citizenship taxation, s. cal. l. rev. , ( ) (and authorities therein) (“americans who renounced their citizenship . . . in order to escape tax (or tax compliance) obligations described the process as ‘emotional,’ ‘hard,’ ‘super stressful’ and ‘extremely troubling.’”). albehto f. alesina & paola giuliano, preferences for redistribution (nber, working paper no. w , ), https://www.econstor.eu/bitstream/ / ] international tax and global justice advantage, it should be able to collect higher taxes and thereby enable greater redistribution. such factors might well explain how some states continue to collect above-zero taxes and achieve a certain level of redistribution even under the pressure of global competition. yet with mobility in the background, states — even those that traditionally support redistribution — are seriously constrained in setting their redistributive policies. increasing taxation on investments and capital owners in order to sustain the welfare state induces the relocation of both residents and investments and thereby erodes the tax base. consequently, increasing taxes beyond a certain point could undermine, rather than sustain, the welfare state. it is therefore widely acknowledged that even if competition does not completely thwart redistribution, it seriously restricts the ability of states to redistribute wealth. furthermore, the variance in taxpayers’ mobility makes it more difficult for states to treat their constituents equally. mobility increases the market power of some individuals. the opportunities open to them in other jurisdictions create a need for their present jurisdiction to treat them favorably in order to retain them and thereby maximize the collective welfare pie. thus, even if decision makers were to focus solely on the interests of the poorer segments of society, ensuring those interests entails a tradeoff between treating them equally and increasing that welfare. if the state were to tax immobile and mobile taxpayers equally, it would risk exit by the latter, which could reduce the welfare of those left behind. the ability of individuals and businesses to relocate and opt for preferable packages of public goods and services at a better price is only part of the story. no less significant and too often overlooked is the ability of (certain) individuals and businesses to unbundle and then reassemble packages tailored to their specific needs. the current market of states enables individuals and businesses not only to shop for their jurisdiction of choice but also to buy “a-la-carte” fractions of such regimes under different state sovereignties. this / / x.pdf. this is particularly acute given that there tends to be (although not always) a correlation between wealth and mobility. the wealthiest people (as well as their capital) are often the most mobile people. therefore, broad-brush rules seeking to treat the mobile more leniently will tend to limit redistribution via tax laws. since redistribution targets the wealthiest, mobility limits states’ ability to redistribute. taxing the mobile rich might push them away; taxing the less mobile (and not as rich) will yield less efficient redistribution. see, e.g., avi-yonah, supra note , at . id. at - . theoretical inquiries in law [vol. : fragmentation of sovereignty occurs in many areas of state regulation, but tax — although once the quintessential example of a coercive legal regime that covers all bases — seems particularly amenable to tailoring by expert tax-planners. tax rules were traditionally applied on both a territorial basis (i.e., to all income-producing activities sourced within a jurisdiction) and a personal basis (i.e., to all the worldwide income produced by a state’s residents and sometimes even its citizens). this presumably enabled states to use their coercive power of taxation on local residents (and citizens), foreign investors, and people with business connections to the taxing jurisdiction. arguably, this sweeping applicability of national tax laws empowered states to impose duties to pay redistributive taxes without taxpayers’ having any legal ability to opt out. in the era of globalization, however, tax laws have become notorious for being virtually elective (at least for some). the conditions that can trigger the application (or non-application) of international tax laws in different countries’ jurisdictions vary widely, which has produced a fragmented international tax landscape with a diversity of mix-and-match components: differing residency rules, a wide assortment of source rules, different variations of allowable deductions and tax and withholding rates, and a vast number of tax treaties between various jurisdictions. sophisticated and well-advised taxpayers can assemble these different components into a tax regime that is preferable to them and does not necessarily overlap with any of the regimes governing their other affairs. as a result, these taxpayers can simultaneously reside in one jurisdiction (and consume its publicly provided goods and services), do business in another (and use the local court and banking systems), invest in an industrial plant in a third (and reap the benefits of a publicly-educated workforce), vote in a fourth, and pay the tax rates, if any, of a fifth. tsilly dagan, tax me if you can, the global market for tax & legal rules (feb. , ) (unpublished manuscript), http://papers.ssrn.com/sol /papers. cfm?abstract_id= . cf. wolfgang schon, playing different games? regulatory competition in tax and company law compared, common mkt. l. rev. , ( ) (describing tax competition as competition between bundled goods whereas company law competition concerns only one particular good). the reason this is possible is that different factors trigger the application of different duties and rights. some rights and duties are extended in certain countries to residents; others apply to property owners, investors, or citizens of certain states. many of these rights and duties are related to a person’s key place of business. others are connected to citizenship, a specific registry (such as the registration of a corporation, financial instrument, vessel, or vehicle). ] international tax and global justice assembling such a tax package may or may not involve actually relocating resources, for tax matters are well-known for the “paper shifting” style of complex planning they involve. tax planners employ a host of techniques to de facto opt out of a tax jurisdiction, without actually relocating their clients’ residency or activities. tax planners often incorporate subsidiaries in tax havens to defer the taxation of their income (such as worldwide royalties or service income) to when the profits are repatriated, if at all. they siphon off income through beneficial tax treaties to and from low-tax jurisdictions, thereby avoiding taxation at source. they use hybrid entities to take advantage of a deduction in a high-tax jurisdiction, while avoiding taxation in the jurisdiction where the income was produced, or even take advantage of deductions twice; and they use transfer pricing to allocate revenue to low-tax jurisdictions, for example, by setting transaction prices between related entities to increase taxable income in low-tax jurisdictions and increase deductions in high-tax jurisdictions. tax planners also employ earning stripping to erode the tax base within the country where the income was produced and construct creative derivatives that are treated as loans in one country and equity anecdotal data regarding investments via famous tax havens is telling: [b]y searching through the imf co-ordinated direct investment survey (cdis), it emerges that in barbados, bermuda and the british virgin islands received more fdis (combined . % of global fdis) than germany ( . %) or japan ( . %). during the same year, these three jurisdictions made more investments into the world (combined . %) than germany ( . %). on a country-by-country position, in the british virgin islands were the second largest investor into china ( %) after hong kong ( %) and before the united states ( %). for the same year, bermuda appears as the third largest investor in chile ( %). similar data exists in relation to other countries, for example mauritius is the top investor country into india ( %), the british virgin islands ( %), bermuda ( %) and the bahamas ( %) are among the top five investors into russia. oecd, addressing base erosion and profit shifting ( ) [hereinafter beps report]. id. at (explaining the technique). if, for example, a subsidiary is considered transparent in jurisdiction a but opaque in jurisdiction b, payments (e.g., interest payments or royalties) from b to a will be deductible in a (thus reducing taxable income and tax liability in a) but not considered income in b. by attributing the deductions to an entity that could be jointly considered for tax purposes with two different entities in two different countries. a typical case involves setting up a finance operation in a low-tax country to fund the activities of the other group companies. the result is that the payments are deducted against the taxable profits of the high-taxed operating companies while being taxed favorably or not being taxed at all at the level of the recipient, theoretical inquiries in law [vol. : investment in another. they oftentimes use a combination of these techniques, along with others, to reduce the total tax liability of individuals and businesses. the end result is that citizens and residents do not necessarily have to leave their home country in order to avoid paying its taxes. skilled and sophisticated tax planning enables them to pay lower taxes than they would have otherwise been forced to pay in their home jurisdiction. it is important to note that this is not merely an enforcement issue, nor is it a matter of states’ being unaware of their tax system’s vulnerabilities. some of the tax-planning techniques are so deeply entrenched that they are not even considered planning. often states knowingly allow for the use of instruments by residents (and, obviously, investors) to lower their tax rates. exotic tax shelters may be infamous for the generous tax benefits they offer and creative tax planning they facilitate, but the distinction between these tax havens and (presumably) legitimate countries providing tax benefits to attract or retain economic resources is far from clear. in many cases, international competition prevents states from applying their full taxing capacity. in fact, states often adopt a territorial taxing system or deferral of taxes for business income produced by domestically- held foreign corporations so as to protect their residents in the competition with foreign businesses. similarly, some would argue that states refrain from applying general anti- avoidance rules as a means of price-discriminating among their own residents, thus allowing for a reduction of the total tax burden. see beps report, supra note , at - . if, for example, country a classifies a transaction as equity investment (and hence the payments as dividend distributions) and country b classifies the same transaction as a loan (and the payments as interest), then payments from b to a will be considered interest (and hence deductible), while considered dividends by country a. if country a exempts dividend income or provides it with preferential treatment — there is a tax gain. google’s double irish dutch sandwich is a good example of such a structure: google’s worldwide income is channeled to an ireland subsidiary (thus reducing google’s income in high-tax jurisdictions because the fees paid are deductible at source). the ireland corporation’s income is reduced by royalties payments to another subsidiary — google bv (thus enjoying the exemption from withholding taxes within the eu). google bv’s income is stripped using almost identical royalties payments to a bermuda company. the netherlands impose no withholding taxes and bermuda is famous for no income tax. the result is a near zero tax on google’s income from customers in europe, the middle east and africa. for a detailed description, see edward kleinbard, stateless income, fla. tax rev. , ( ). ] international tax and global justice thereby keeping their jurisdiction hospitable to current as well as future residents. moreover, states use generous exemptions, deductions, and subsidies to attract foreign investments as well as foreign residents. multilateral efforts to curtail such policies or even to determine what constitutes legitimate policy under a state’s sovereignty and what amounts to “harmful tax competition” have failed. even when states do not attempt to use tax policies as vehicles of competition, uncoordinated rules may give rise to arbitrage opportunities. thus, innocent rules such as allowable deductions, unique forms of incorporation (such as limited liability companies), conflicting source rules, and differing interpretations of certain types of transactions (e.g., a lease versus a loan) all open the gates to tax planning aimed at profiting from inconsistencies across jurisdictions. interestingly, due to this fragmentation, taxpayers can even avoid domestic taxes without waiving membership in their state. thus, rather than a pathology requiring stricter enforcement, fragmentation — and the planning opportunities it breeds — is a natural outcome of the decentralized nature of international taxation. in any event, the reality of tax competition is that income taxation is no longer an archetypical example of a forum where states exercise coercive power; instead, it more closely resembles a menu of options for (mostly wealthy and well-advised) taxpayers to select from. when tax policies are competitive and elective rather than the product of political deliberation coerced by state power, they represent a very different vision of the state as a locus for the duties of justice from what political philosophers traditionally conceived. the next section discusses this transformed role of the state. c. the market of states as undermining states’ legitimacy state competition for residents and mobile factors of production and the fragmentation of states’ sovereignty both challenge the conception of the state as the key forum for applying duties of justice. if the state can no longer use its coercive power to provide assurances of its constituents’ mutual responsibility, can it still legitimately impose duties of justice? if it no longer equally implicates the will of its constituents in a political dialogue among themselves, but rather conforms to their relative market value (most significantly their mobility), can it genuinely speak in the name of them all? and if the state allows (some of) them to pick and choose among its various functions, does it still constitute the political institution envisioned by statists when benjamin alari, price discrimination in income taxation (jan. , ) (unpublished manuscript), http://ssrn.com/abstract= . theoretical inquiries in law [vol. : they designate it the political institution where socioeconomic justice can and should prevail? the decline in the power of states to provide and enforce assurances for the collective action of their constituents undermines the legitimacy of their use of coercive power. the shift away from political participation and towards market norms in formulating regulation calls into question the state’s ability to give equal consideration to all its constituents in the regulation. treating some constituents (those with other available options) more favorably than others, i argue, undermines the state’s unique position as speaking in the name of all. with the state no longer able to provide assurances of the provision of justice and its capacity to equally pronounce its constituents’ collective will diminishing, its ability to provide justice and thus its legitimacy in applying its coercive power wanes. to clarify this, recall nagel’s first explanation for “why the state”: “[t]he state makes unique demands on the will of its members . . . and those exceptional demands bring with them exceptional obligations, the positive obligations of justice.” in conditions of tax competition, however, the state’s demands of its constituents are asymmetrical and potentially regressive — that is, inherently unjust. whereas some taxpayers can pick and choose among their duties, others enjoy less leeway and must comply strictly with the state’s coercive authority, meaning that this coercion is effective only in relation to some of the state’s members. some taxpayers — those who are more mobile or who can more effectively opt out of the state’s jurisdiction — are able to escape its coercive power. hence, the state does not equally impose demands (including the duty to pay taxes) on all taxpayers. in these circumstances, is it still legitimate for the state to make such demands? furthermore, as explained above, the state’s ability to ensure justice is critically diminished if the stronger segments of society are able to opt out of its tax system. consequently, while the state’s demands of taxpayers with lesser tax-planning capacity are still sound, its demands on taxpayers who can plan must be adjusted to the elasticity of their planning opportunities. the rules of the market dictate that the more elastic constituents will get what they pay for, whereas the others — albeit bound to comply with the state’s demands — will trail behind. the bottom line is that states make coercive demands on their less-elastic constituents without being able to assure them of the justice they deserve, namely: the justice that legitimates the coercive demands. making demands without conferring the benefits of state duties nagel, supra note , at . ] international tax and global justice undercuts state legitimacy as conceived by nagel. the state is thus able to uphold only a very thin conception of justice: one that is based on people’s goodwill and sense of loyalty and not on the coercive co-authored nature of the state. to better understand this, recall that nagel gives two distinct rationales for the unique duties of the state. both become debatable in conditions of state competition. first is the state’s ability to ensure social cooperation. the state’s centralized monopolization of the power of enforcement is necessary, nagel explains, to ensure the terms of coordination and because it doesn’t take too many defectors for such a system to unravel. although it would be inaccurate to claim that states’ authority has completely eroded, their inability to enforce taxation equally due to competition certainly undercuts their ability to enforce their redistributive schemes. while immobile taxpayers, low-demand taxpayers, and taxpayers with little or no tax-planning leeway are “stuck” with the state’s coercive power, the better-off taxpayers (i.e., those who could actually support the state’s duties of justice were they to shoulder their full tax burden) can often avoid state taxing duties. thus, states can de facto enforce their tax laws predominantly on the immobile segments of society and on those segments that are incapable of effectively tax-planning. coercion of this kind cannot provide the necessary assurances for redistribution and is thus flawed in terms of legitimacy. nagel’s second explanation for “why the state” is will-implication: the state “mak[es], in the name of all, regulations that apply to them all.” since it is illegitimate to speak in someone’s name without giving her equal consideration, regulations made by the state must be justified to their co-authors as equals. as explained above, however, under competition, state regulation does not apply equally to all. when — especially in the tax context — (some) people can choose between their loyalties and their tax liabilities and states are increasingly under pressure to recruit desirable constituents, the norms controlling the state- citizen relations inevitably change. competition between states introduces market valuation into the state-citizen relationship. the competitive context emphasizes the level of a taxpayer’s attractiveness to the state, as well as her level of mobility. in highlighting attractiveness and mobility, competition also brings to the forefront the exit power and use-value of taxpayers. these moreover, since the better-off parts of society are often those that are less coerced and granted more effective voice in co-authoring the collective will — the competitive state regime is really a mixture of the political and the market spheres where state coercion and people’s voice are adjusted to their ability to opt out of the system. nagel, supra note , at . theoretical inquiries in law [vol. : market features infuse the traits of market relations into the relationship between individuals and their state, thus reshaping both individuals as well as national valuation schemes. instead of the political sphere’s valuation scheme, under which individuals (at least ideally) enjoy equal respect and concern, with market valuation, some citizens — those with effective exit power — are accorded greater value than others (i.e., more than those who enjoy voice but not exit). instead of a tax system based on principles of distributive justice, the market setting imposes a price-based taxing system. the market-based criteria clash with the idea of what it means to be an equal member and viable part of the community. potential as well as existing residents are evaluated according to whether or not they are beneficial to the state, and their provisional status is focused on and rewarded. the more in-demand and impermanent taxpayers are the better deal they can expect in terms of their tax liability and the public benefits they enjoy. as is often the case, in this context too, the market tends to take over other scales of valuation. global competition for residents and resources pushes the state to consider the relative market value and elasticities of its constituents and to prioritize those who are in high demand rather than adhere to the requirements of justice. market value, in highlighting constituents’ use-value and exit, crowds out equal respect and concern for constituents. hence, the state can no longer claim to genuinely implicate the will of all of its constituents, nor, accordingly, to legitimately speak on their behalf. if states’ coercive power is eroding due to competition and if they now find it difficult to treat their citizens justly, what, if anything, can be done to promote justice? can we still expect states to uphold principles of justice even if they can no longer do so unilaterally? can we expect them to cooperate in order to ensure justice? and if they have to rely on the cooperation of other states in order to sustain their sovereign power, does this give rise to a new level of justice duties, across state boundaries? part iii discusses some of the possible responses to these questions. iii. where are we headed? the diminishing capacity of sovereign states to collect tax revenues has led many to view global cooperation amongst states as a way of restoring state sovereignty and, hopefully, promoting justice. tax competition has been blamed for states’ decreased ability to collect tax revenues and for the decline of the welfare state. many have asserted that cooperation and/or coordination see, e.g., avi-yonah, supra note , at - . ] international tax and global justice amongst states is crucial for countries to preserve their tax bases and realize the traditional goals of tax policy. some scholars have even asserted that a new global regime of international taxation has de facto emerged and now sets both the customary and treaty-based international taxation norms that countries (should) adhere to. moreover, it has been claimed, such a (cooperative) global regime should be praised for promoting justice, as (only) cooperation enables states to sustain their domestic redistributive systems. the idea of multilateral cooperation has not been restricted to the sphere of theoretical debate. in recent years, impressive international efforts have been directed at enhancing such cooperation, culminating in the recent g- call for coordinated action to strengthen international tax standards, which resulted in the oecd’s beps report and action plan. these efforts, however, have not centered on considerations of justice but, rather, on ways to improve states’ ability to collect taxes in light of increasing tax competition. yet justice is often raised as a rationale for cooperation in general. thus the question i now ask is whether cooperation is just and, if so, under what terms. a. is cooperation the answer? as explained above, tax competition has resulted in the erosion of states’ legitimacy by diminishing their coercive power, ability to equally implicate the will of their constituents, and thus also the ability to treat their constituents justly. it therefore seems to make sense for states to cooperate to jointly see, e.g., id. at see reuven s. avi-yonah, international tax as international law: an analysis of the international tax regime ( ); yariv brauner, an international tax regime in crystallization, tax l. rev. ( ). id. other writers were more skeptical about the feasibility and desirability of such cooperation. see, e.g., tsilly dagan, the costs of international tax cooperation ( ); michael j. graetz, taxing international income: inadequate principles, outdated concepts, and unsatisfactory policies, tax l. rev. ( ); julie roin, competition and evasion: another perspective on international tax competition, geo. l.j. ( ). others pointed to its highly problematic implementation, stressing the role of national interests. see daniel n. shaviro, fixing us international taxation ( ). see oecd, action plan on base erosion and profit shifting , - ( ), http://www.oecd.org/ctp/bepsactionplan.pdf; beps final reports, supra note . for a recent review of the cooperative efforts on international taxation, see tsilly dagan, community obligations in international taxation, in community obligations in international law (eyal benvenisti & george nolte eds., forthcoming ), http://ssrn.com/abstract= . theoretical inquiries in law [vol. : structure an enforceable regime beyond the state. as miriam ronzoni has claimed, “[t]o restore the capacity of state institutions to tax ‘as they see fit’ (or, better still, as their citizens see fit), a structured institutional response is required.” yet i argue that mere cooperation among nations is not enough to ensure justice. a multilateral regime established through cooperation is just, i contend, if and only if it improves (or at least does not worsen) the welfare of the least well-off constituents in all the cooperating states. a variety of proposals for international cooperation have been put forth within international organizations and in the scholarly literature. these include proposed schemes to increase transparency by facilitating exchanges of information between states (in order to prevent tax evasion), proposals ronzoni, supra note , at . ronzoni makes a forceful case for the need for an international tax governance to sustain states’ self-determination. she suggests that the occurrence of tax competition mandates an enhanced obligation of states towards one another. she argues that competition challenges states’ fiscal self-determination (since it decreases the budget and curtails redistribution) and thereby impairs their capacity to be just. thus, she argues, even non-cosmopolitans are bound to agree to an international regime that would constrain sovereign power in order to enable states to regain their self-determination and justice- providing capabilities. dietsch & rixen, supra note , propose an international tax organization that would enable national polities regain the capacity to make collective fiscal choices about the size of the budget and the level of domestic redistribution. nagel qualifies his uncompromising statist position, where “there are good reasons, not deriving from global socioeconomic justice, to be concerned about the consequences of economic relations with [other] states.” one is where the cooperation supports an internally egregiously unjust regime. the other is considerations of humanity demand that we “allow poor societies to benefit from their comparative advantage in labor costs to become competitors in world markets . . . for example, when subsidies by wealthy nations to their own farmers cripple the market for agricultural products from developing countries, both for export and domestically.” nagel, supra note , at . oecd comm. on fiscal affairs, model tax convention on income and on capital sec. i- ( ) ( ); oecd, tax: oecd updates oecd model tax convention to extend information requests to groups ( ), http://www. oecd.org/ctp/taxoecdupdatesoecdmodeltaxconventiontoextendinformationreq ueststogroups.htm; oecd, standard for automatic exchange of financial account information in tax matters ( ); oecd convention on mutual administrative assistance in tax matters ( ), http://www.oecd.org/tax/ exchange-of-tax-information/conventiononmutualadministrativeassistanceint axmatters.htm (with amendments as adopted in ). ] international tax and global justice to harmonize taxing mechanisms (to avoid tax arbitrage), and a (highly hypothetical) notion of a coordinated effort among all states to preserve a certain level of taxation (to prevent tax competition). proposals aimed at promoting justice are less common, in fact. international organizations rarely if ever refer to justice as a reason for promoting their initiatives, but from time to time, justice is invoked as a consideration in support of international cooperation on tax matters. the distributive outcomes of the various proposed cooperative regimes could also differ: cooperation could benefit all stakeholders; it could be regressive; or it could have asymmetrical effects for residents of different countries. if successful, such cooperative regimes might optimally restore states’ coercive power as well as their ability to uphold justice for their constituents. however, this seemingly commendable convergence of state efforts is not free of either justice or legitimacy concerns. absent cooperation, the state loses its unique status as a locus for justice, but a multilateral regime does not necessarily replace it as such. the reason for this, i hold, is that although coercive power is leveraged through this mechanism, co-authorship is not. thus, if nagel is correct that the unique combination of coercive and co-authored power in a political institution both demands justification and imposes a duty of justice on that institution, then both the state and the multilateral regime each lack some crucial ingredient. without multilateral cooperation, the state lacks coercive force: it is incapable of providing its co-authoring constituents with assurances of justice without deferring to a multilateral regime. the multilateral regime, for its part, although capable of providing enforcement if successful, lacks collective co-authorship. hence, at least in the context of e.g., the proposal regarding transfer pricing, digital economy and permanent establishments in the recent beps reports. see beps final reports, supra note . despite the use of the term “preventing harmful tax competition,” proposals rarely rise to suggestions to actually coordinate tax rates across countries and settle for tackling tax rates that are “too low” and other policies (such as ring fencing) that are perceived as “harmful.” oecd, harmful tax competition: an emerging global issue ( ), http://www.oecd.org/tax/transparency/ .pdf. the european union as well introduced a code of conduct aimed at tackling harmful tax competition and coordinating action on the european level. in the european economic and financial affairs council (ecofin) decided to try to seek a coordinated solution for harmful tax competition. in the code of conduct for business taxation was adopted. conclusion /c / of the cofin council meeting (jan. , ), http://eur-lex.europa.eu/ resource.html?uri=cellar:d cdddef-e - d - c - b e a. . / doc_ &format=pdf. theoretical inquiries in law [vol. : tax, there seems to be no “natural” locus for pursuing justice under nagel’s political conception — i.e., where coercion and co-authorship converge. for those interested in the promotion of justice (or sustainability of the state as a legitimate institution), the question that arises is, which is the right way to go? . a global state one (extreme) option would be to facilitate co-authorship on a larger scale: to demand, in the name of justice, the imposition of duties of justice on the multilateral level. to some, even sheer cooperative efforts and interdependence of states in a multilateral regime would be sufficient to give rise to a supranational duty of justice. but proponents of strict political justice would assert that this is not enough to justify such a duty of justice, for only the institution of a global or multilateral state (or something close thereto) would be thus obligated. surely multilateral cooperation establishing a global state or federation of states would have to adhere to principles of justice in its treatment of its constituents in order to acquire legitimacy. such a regime could, indeed, be the best response to the justice concerns of cosmopolitans and statists alike; however, it is not only an unfeasible solution but probably also an unwarranted one. a global state would likely not be particularly responsive enough to its constituents’ preferences, suffer from an excessive concentration of power, and be lacking in accountability, as well as have a serious efficiency problem. . re-empowering sovereign states a solution often advocated in international tax discussions for overcoming the justice deficiency is to use the multilateral cooperation to re-empower states to domestically pursue justice within their borders. yet can such a nagel, supra note , at , would probably see even tax cooperation as not demanding political justice: justice applies, in other words, only to a form of organization that claims political legitimacy and the right to impose decisions by force, and not to a voluntary association or contract among independent parties concerned to advance their common interests. i believe this holds even if the natural incentives to join such an association, and the costs of exit, are substantial, as is true of some international organizations and agreements. there is a difference between voluntary association, however strongly motivated, and coercively imposed collective authority. see, e.g., brauner, supra note : the beps project’s most fundamental insight to date has been noting the failure of this paradigm. countries, even those with the strongest economies, are not powerful enough to satisfactorily enforce their tax laws pursuant to the current regime. by definition, unilateral action, regardless of its substance, ] international tax and global justice hybrid bi-level model for implementing duties of justice in itself be justified and, if so, under what terms? the path to answering this question seems to lead back to nagel’s basic inquiry: should we view cooperation as essentially a matter of “bargaining,” or has “a leap . . . been made to the creation of collectively authorized sovereign authority”? the former option seems to infer that cooperation is justified per se (at least as long as it is not coerced). the latter implies an autonomous duty of justice that is imposed beyond state boundaries, but on the condition that a sovereign authority has emerged on the multinational level. the conventional discourse in international taxation implicitly takes the former view, namely, that these are sovereign states bargaining over cooperation — and, hence, presumably unencumbered by any duty of justice that transcends state duties. under this view, the proposed cooperative regime seems like the perfect statist solution: each of the states is responsible for justice among its own constituents, and they all cooperate to achieve the mutually beneficial goals of domestic redistribution. they do not owe each other or the constituents of other states anything beyond the express agreement reached through the bargaining. this position also seems to accord fully with nagel’s position on international institutions: [international institutions] are not collectively enacted and coercively imposed in the name of all the individuals whose lives they affect; and they do not ask for the kind of authorization by individuals that carries with it a responsibility to treat all those individuals in some sense equally. instead, they are set up by bargaining among mutually self-interested sovereign parties. international institutions act not in the name of individuals, but in the name of the states or state instruments and agencies that have created them. hence, the responsibility of those institutions toward individuals is filtered through the states that represent and bear primary responsibility for those individuals. by taking a statist-like position, the rhetoric of international tax cooperation obviates the desirability of cooperation, endorsing it as an obviously right thing to do in terms of justice (since it presumably promotes domestic justice), and regards lack of cooperation by any single state to be opportunistic: as taking a hardball bargaining position rather than a principled call for justice amongst states. after all, the argument goes, if a state has the option of increasing its cannot succeed, and consequently, international coordination of tax policies is required as a condition for any chance to implement substantial reform. nagel, supra note , at . id. at . theoretical inquiries in law [vol. : tax collection (and thereby presumably affording domestic redistribution) by cooperating with other states, why would it pass it up? distributive disparities between states or between their constituents are presumed to be irrelevant to this discussion, since states have an obligation of justice only towards their own constituents — not towards other countries or their constituents. hence, calls for a more level playing field between developed and developing countries, for example, are not seriously addressed, or rather, addressed as a plea for charitable treatment rather than a duty of justice. b. justice for all (states) the statist position presented above could hold were each state to have independent legitimacy in imposing its own tax system — that is, could successfully provide assurances for its collectively co-authored regime. however, as has been explained, this is not the case under tax competition, where individual states struggle to enforce their own tax systems and where the rules of taxation are, to a large degree, determined by market conditions, including the elasticities of supply and demand for mobile residents and factors of production. i challenge this conventional view, arguing that a multilateral regime that enables states to retain their legitimacy can only be legitimate itself if it ensures domestic justice for the constituents of all the cooperating states. specifically, to comply with this requirement of justice, the multilateral regime must set terms that ensure the welfare of the weakest segments in poor countries that might otherwise be harmed by this cooperation. to understand why, we can return again to nagel and the traditional view: nagel suggests that a supranational duty of justice arises only if the multilateral cooperation leads to the creation of a collectively authorized sovereign authority. otherwise, no such duty of justice arises for the multilateral regime. the cooperative regime derives its legitimacy from the legitimacy of the cooperating states. as nagel puts it, a global or regional network does not have a similar responsibility of social justice for the combined citizenry of all the states involved, a responsibility that if it existed would have to be exercised collectively by the representatives of the member states. rather, the aim of such institutions is to find ways in which the member states, or state-parts, can cooperate to better advance their separate aims, which will presumably include the pursuit of domestic social justice in some form. very importantly, they rely for enforcement on the power of the separate sovereign states, not of a supranational force responsible to all. id. at - . ] international tax and global justice recall, however, that because of competition, states have lost a significant extent of their coercive power and, in particular, their ability to unilaterally provide equal treatment to their constituents (at least insofar as tax is concerned). in many cases, it would be only through the cooperative accord that they could regain these powers. cooperation in such cases is more than a sheer preference of the states or a way to promote their aims through bargaining. rather, the cooperation goes to the heart of states’ legitimacy. without the ability to ensure the collective action of its citizenry and to treat them with equal respect and concern, the state can no longer legitimately employ its coercive powers. notably, furthermore, without cooperation with other states, the state cannot even achieve such enforcement. in such cases, i argue, the question of the legitimacy of the multilateral regime itself arises: can a regime intended to provide the state with fundamental legitimacy be legitimate based solely on the — in itself deficient — legitimacy of the (other) state? and if so, does such a cooperative regime — which transcends the state in order to preserve the cooperating states’ legitimacy — require independent justification? when states initiate multilateral cooperation to restore their legitimacy, they each entrust the multilateral regime with the authority to act on their behalf so as to enable them to provide their constituents with justice. this is the sine qua non for their legitimacy. they incorporate their otherwise impaired individual coercive power into a collective regime that encompasses more power than the sum of its components’ power. hence — arguably — they can each treat their own citizens justly. but what if the agreement undermines justice within some of the countries? on the face of it, according to the statist rationale, the countries gaining power should not even consider whether the agreement brings about injustice in another country, as long as all the states agree to the multilateral agreement. recall that according to the statist position, justice is considered to be completely mediated by the states, and the agreement between states raises no independent duty of justice beyond humanitarianism. but does such an agreement truly completely mediate justice even under the statist rationale? i believe it does not. absent the ability to ensure justice for their constituents, states lack the legitimacy to act on behalf of their constituents. their very ability to act as sovereigns — for our purposes — is undermined. hence, they cannot be trusted to mediate justice when contracting with other states. thus, although it is true that states do not have an independent duty of justice towards the citizens of other countries (that is, they are under no duty non-statists will probably argue that this type of cooperation, in and of itself, imposes a duty of justice beyond the state. here, however, i would like to focus on the statist position. theoretical inquiries in law [vol. : to treat such constituents with equal concern), i believe they cannot ignore the duty of their contracting partners to treat their own citizens with equal concern either. in other words, even though the intergovernmental agreement does not give rise to new normative requirements, it cannot purport to act justly by relying on their partner-states to completely mediate justice if such states purport to implicate the will of their own people without treating them with equal concern. unlike other agreements between legitimate sovereigns, a multilateral arrangement that provides legitimacy in one country by increasing illegitimacy in another cannot provide the necessary justification since, although officially based on the consent of the two countries, such consent is no guarantee for justice. for justice to prevail, i argue, a multilateral regime should be bound by the ability of each state to supply domestic justice. a regime that does not actually support states’ ability to provide domestic justice is illegitimate because the states — on which the regime’s legitimacy is grounded — similarly lack legitimacy in the absence of such justice. this position will probably be endorsed by non-statists (who may argue that the multilateral accord in itself imposes increased such duties of justice), but — i argue — statists as well cannot hide behind the alleged state-mediated justice, when the multilateral accord in itself creates injustice within some of the cooperating states. the rhetoric of multilateral cooperation makes it sound as though any cooperation will inevitably be justice-promoting and, therefore, desirable. however, the fact of the matter is that this is not necessarily the case, for not all states are cut from the same cloth. hence, cooperation that may be unquestionably justice-promoting for some states could result in completely different outcomes for other states. to demonstrate this, i consider an admittedly hypothetical version of harmonization and examine whether cooperation among nations designed to sustain domestic justice does, indeed, necessarily produce a just solution. imagine a multilateral regime in which the cooperating states agree to impose a unified tax of x% above the value of the public goods each state provides, in order to facilitate redistribution (that is, the x% collected by each state will be progressively distributed among its constituents). proponents of harmonization present this result as indisputably just, as it allows states to redistribute wealth domestically by taxing mobile capital. such a scheme could, however, entail asymmetric results for residents of different countries. while in some countries (call them “rich countries”), which are mainly capital-exporting countries, the government will, indeed, be better able to collect taxes from capital owners (and thus able to redistribute wealth), this will not be the case in what we would call “poor countries,” which are primarily capital-importing countries and, i would assume, more typically ] international tax and global justice developing countries. in these latter countries, local factors of production (most importantly labor) benefit the most from foreign investments. the increased tax imposed by a universal regime on cross-border investments (and the tax wedge it creates) could reduce the level of foreign investment in such capital-importing countries and, with it, the demand for local labor. this regime therefore comes at a cost to local labor. true, a harmonized tax regime may allow host countries to collect more tax revenue from incoming investments and to collect taxes from their own capital owners investing overseas. such taxes, however, will not necessarily compensate local factors of production for the lost inbound investments, for a number of reasons. first, the amount of outbound investments (and tax revenues collected therefrom) might be small relative to the inbound investments being lost. second, the enforcement abilities of such countries on foreign-source income might be limited. thus, even if they have the right to tax foreign-source income, they might not be able to enforce this. third, these countries might rely on consumption taxes rather than income taxes; thus, again, the right to tax income will not necessarily be translated into greater or more progressive tax revenues. and fourth, they might suffer from capture by the rich as well as by multinational corporations or even from corruption; thus, the taxes that do get collected may be used to benefit interest groups rather than the public at large. if host countries are, in fact, unable to collect enough taxes to compensate labor for their lost wages, cooperation might not be a good idea from a distributive perspective. although in residence countries, governments may be better able to tax capital owners in order to redistribute wealth to labor, in host countries, labor may be harmed by the coordinated regime, with labor in those countries paying for the redistribution to labor in residence countries. of course, residence countries could give a larger share of the increased revenues to host countries and thereby balance the gains and losses across national borders. but should they? assuming the residence countries wish to do the right thing, is there a duty of justice for them to (re)distribute these benefits? this, of course, is the question at the heart of this article: does the cooperation in itself impose a duty of justice on the cooperating states? cosmopolitans will surely support such redistribution between states. in fact, they would likely recommend completely ignoring any state-structured cooperation and have the multilateral mechanism directly redistribute wealth among the people of all countries. by contrast, local capital owners in poor countries may actually lose from a higher supply of capital from foreign investments (since the return to capital within the country may fall). theoretical inquiries in law [vol. : for statists, however, the answer is more complex. i believe that even statists would not deny that such a multilateral regime is no more than a bargaining move by sovereign states and therefore entails no duty of justice. when harmonization helps (some) states to promote domestic justice, it seems desirable. if, however, it impairs justice in other countries, the cooperation agreement itself loses legitimacy. when the regime promotes domestic justice within some of the states but does injustice in others, it seems that the cooperating states cannot hide behind the argument that the will of the people of such states is completely mediated by the state. as stated above, the cooperating states cannot entrust the multilateral regime with anything short of the power to enable them to treat their constituents justly. the (legitimate) power to help other states regain their coercive power is accompanied by a requirement that this bargained-for power is not used to treat domestic constituents unjustly. otherwise, (rich) states will be using other (poor) states’ illegitimate coercive powers in order — allegedly — to gain legitimate power to promote justice within their own borders. if the multilateral regime undermines domestic justice in some states, other states cannot legitimately gain coercive powers with the help of that regime. thus, an international regime would not be legitimate, even when it brings justice to some states, if it renders injustice in other states. my argument suggests that when (rich) states need the cooperation of other (poor) states in order to promote domestic justice, their bargaining position is constrained by the requirement that justice within their cooperating partners not be compromised. it is — i argue — unjust for a state to promote domestic justice at the expense of justice in other states. a regime that is built on injustice in some states cannot resort to the theory of bargaining to claim that justice is completely mediated by sovereign states. the states that operate unjustly are illegitimately using their sovereign powers (i.e., their coercive as well as their bargaining power). the rich states cannot legitimize their justice-based domestic coercive power on an agreement that causes domestic injustice within their cooperating states. a multilateral regime established through cooperation is justified in promoting justice if and only if it improves (or at least does not worsen) the welfare of the least well-off in all cooperating states. consequently, a multilateral agreement that pursues harmonization will only be valid if it ensures domestic justice in all states involved. nagel considers a similar arrangement (allowing poor countries to preserve their comparative advantage in low-cost labor in trade agreements) to be humanitarian in nature rather than a duty of justice. see supra note . ] international tax and global justice conclusion although in theory, states could cooperate to maximize global welfare and justly distribute it by transferring wealth from richer to poorer countries, the prevailing decentralized nature of international taxation creates some serious coordination problems. assuming transfer payments between states to be utopian and that promoting redistribution in rich countries at the expense of the poor in poor countries (without such transfer payments) is unjust, i suggest (in my forthcoming book ) a third and, i believe, more viable option, namely, to perfect, rather than curtail, tax competition. i propose that countries work together in an effort to perfect tax competition by targeting market failures such as externalities, information asymmetries, and strategic behavior. these classic inhibitors of competition translate, in international taxation, into issues of tax avoidance and tax evasion, local corruption, and governmental cartels. some of these issues (particularly tax evasion and avoidance) are currently being given serious attention in international tax policy circles (notably the beps report); others (corruption and cartels) less so. although avoidance, evasion and corruption could encourage the flow of more capital into certain host countries, both create externalities, so that instead of paying the “real” competitive price for public services, taxpayers are free-riders who enjoy the benefits of their countries of residence (in the case of evasion) and/or of their host countries (in the case of corruption) at little or no cost. evasion and corruption also increase transaction costs and entail information asymmetries. hence, cooperatively fighting corruption and evasion through such measures as a global exchange of information could bolster efficient competition. to avoid cartelistic behavior among states, a multilateral antitrust agency could be created. ideally, such an agency would work to disband cartels of states that are crowding out competitors, to prevent them from increasing cartel profits at the expense of less powerful actors, and to reduce governmental waste. the likelihood of securing such a limited and perhaps less glorious type of cooperation is unclear. yet there is certainly some room for optimism: such a regime would potentially increase the global welfare pie by diminishing transaction costs, free-riding, and other market failures, as well as more justly distribute this added value. although this type of cooperation would also come up against strategic challenges, i believe a careful design of the governance of these cooperative mechanisms could help to secure this more modest, but more distributively-just regime. tsilly dagan, international tax policy: between competition and cooperation (forthcoming ). _ref _ref _ref _ref _ref _ref _ref _ref _ref _ref _ref _ref _ref _ref crime, justice and indigenous peoples: the ‘new justice’ and ‘settler’ states crime, justice and indigenous peoples in broadhurst, r.g. , ‘crime, justice and indigenous peoples: the ‘new justice’ and settler states’, australian and new zealand journal of criminology, vol. : - . copyright australian academic press introduction the articles in this issue draw on cross-national comparisons of indigenous crime and justice in three ‘settler societies’, australia, canada and new zealand. these kindred states share a common imperial history but their geo-political, cultural and historical trajectories are sufficiently different to reveal the underlying character of neo-colonial indigenous-state relations. despite differences in indigenous culture, the timing of contact, the ‘civilizing’ or assimilationist mechanisms employed and constitutional form all states share an over-reliance on penal measures as a means of regulating indigenous-state relations. yet considerable variations in the penal experience of aborigines are observed so that differences are often greater amongst them than between aborigines and non-aborigines. these anomalies in indigenous criminalization are for tyler (this issue) not only a product of anomie but reflect variations in economic dependency, cultural resilience, ethnic fluidity and 'identity' arising from the encounter with the post-colonial state. given the economy of imprisonment as a means of regulating the disorder represented by the conflicts and strains of aboriginal engagement with modernity, its deployment has been efficient in managing race conflict and cross-cultural inequalities. however, the extent to which the state can resort to policing institutions to manage the on-going encounter with indigenous people, is now subject to a pervasive (global) discourse on human rights. in 'liberal' neo-colonial states efforts to accomplish domestic de-colonization and incorporate aborigines into the economy must accord with modern sensibilities about self-determination and 'difference'. however, ‘self-determination’ has proven difficult to define in practice, and “(i)t has been easier to say that ‘self-determination’ is not ‘assimilation’ than to say what it is” (rowse : ). nevertheless, the state seeks consensual means for regulating the indigenous domain and has acquired new ideologies and orientations that accommodate cultural difference. co-opted customary forms of dispute resolution, equated with self-determination, animated restorative or ‘new’ justice approaches in indigenous communities. although restorative justice had emerged in a wider response to the percieved crisis in the control of juvenile delinquents it draw inspiration from the colonized (for example, native american ‘sentencing circles’ and maori ‘family group conferences’) but are appropriations redolent of orientalism (blagg ). the notion of restorative justice relies on a re-imagined community where shaming is meaningful and a less costly means to control delinquency. as tauri (this issue) has noted the cherished post-war liberal goal of assimilation realised by formal legal and political equality [glossed by incorporation of indigenous cultural symbols] for indigenous people as australian, canadian or new zealand citizens has not lost its cogency. the privileging of formal legal rights over cultural, social and economic rights through notions of citizenship operates to confine ‘self- determination’ to choice within the framework of given forms of governmentality. self determination, when realized as restorative justice may serve to limit indigenous autonomy. thus contemporary penal practices that incorporate alternatives to incarceration such as restorative justice or ‘new justice’ are, as lapriarie (this issue) argues, a potent means of accommodating the enduring differences between the settlers and the indigenous inhabitants. the ‘new justice’ permits problems of difference to be mediated at the local level without compromising the integrity of the state or the duties of citizenship. yet la priairie questions whether this elaboration (“doing justice differently”) amounts to little more than “responsibilization without resources”. warfhuht, palys and boyce (this issue) in their account of one such programme in british columbia, note an ever present risk to programme effectiveness was dependence on state support. drawing on the inspiration of the canim lake people’s family violence programme they stress processes that involve a self-consciously re-imagined sense of community that interrupted dependency created by assimilation. by 'owning the problem' communities address otherwise intractable problems of family violence and sexual abuse by evoking traditional healing. the process begins with self-help, listening and the withdrawal of state agencies from a central to an adjunctive role: a process that tests the limits of who defines crime and how to respond. homel, lincoln and herd (this issue) discuss the prospects of crime prevention in indigenous communities and note how little attention has been given to questions of gender and 'ethnicity' in the extant literature. their approach informed by developmental criminology identifies relevant risk and protective factors and shows that indigenous crime has been over-determined by more conventional approaches. the key for them is also self-determination as ownership of the process and practice of community crime prevention. for jackson the intersection of ‘race’, class and gender in the context of the colonial legacy render the struggle to break the "cycle of violence" an especially difficult problem without the promise of restorative justice or jurisidictional autonomy separate or autonomous self-regulation does seem an option the canadian state [for example, nunavut once part of the nw territories] can contemplate within its federal structure but less likely in a centralized state such as new zealand. for jackson, human rights as enshrined in the canadian charter are the first step in mobilizing legal resources in the struggle for self-determination. harding (this issue) in an analysis of the aftermath of the royal commission into aboriginal deaths in custody observes that despite reductions in aboriginal deaths in police custody, deaths in prisons are no less frequent than before the inquiry. this arose because ‘system’ approaches to reducing the risk of prison mortality were weakened by the focus on factors particular to the excessive levels of aboriginal custody. thus ‘aboriginalism’ and reliance on ‘rights’ compartmentalized solutions which required generic approaches that actually address the inadequacy of prison regimes. the essays show that there has been a fundamental shift in the focus of criminological interest away from the indigenous ‘problem’ and a pre-occupation with the pathologies of indigenous crime to the pathologizing theories and criminalizing consequences of the welfare-punishment nexus aptly embedded welfare colonialism. no longer is the central ‘problem’ the deprived indigenous subject but the ‘settler’ state and the legacies of (post) colonialism. the subject of interest is the settlers and how they have conceptualized the indigenous [via orientalism qua ‘aboriginalism’] and mobilized the law to legitimate land theft and manage ‘race’ conflicts. the aboriginal struggle to have law exercised in their interest is illustrated by cuneen’s account of the australian state's response to cultural genocide exposed in the ‘stolen generations’ inquiry: a practice relevant to all three settler states. here denial of genocide takes on characteristics reminiscent of “techniques of neutralization” [matza and sykes ] which is conventionally applied to explain the ‘criminality’ of offenders who otherwise purport to respect the laws and values they violate. references blagg, harry . ‘a just measure of shame? aboriginal youth and conferencing in australia’ the british journal of criminology, : - . rowse, tim ( ) white flour, white power: from rations to citizenship in central australia, cambridge university press, melbourne. sykes, gresham, and david matza ( ) ‘techniques of neutralization: a theory of delinquency’, american sociological review, volume , pp. - . roderic broadhurst, hong kong, june . bulletin of the world health organization books & electronic media bull world health organ ; : | doi: . /blt. . health and social justice jennifer prah ruger publisher: oxford university press, new york, ; isbn: - ; pages, us$ the international covenant on eco - nomic, social and cultural rights (ic- escr), ratified by states, confers on all human beings the core entitlements essential to human fulfilment, e.g. the rights to work, social security, family life, education and participation in cultural life. although all are vital, the icescr’s guarantee of “the right of everyone to the enjoyment of the highest attainable stan- dard of physical and mental health” may be the most fundamental. why is this so? health has special meaning to indi- viduals and communities at large. good health is necessary for human well-being, providing intrinsic value for comfort, contentment and pursuit of the joys of life. but good health does more than that. it is important in allowing individuals to exercise a range of human rights – both civil and political (e.g. physical integrity, personal security, political participation), social and economic (e.g. employment, education and family life). just as impor- tant, health is necessary for well function- ing societies. if a population does not have a decent level of health, it is very difficult to ensure economic prosperity, political participation, collective security and so forth. jennifer prah ruger is one of a hand- ful of scholars who have been steadfast in defending the right to health and the imperative of reducing unconscionable health inequalities around the globe. her latest book, health and social justice, stands, by far, as her most systematic and vital contribution. in this seminal work, ruger presents a theory of health and social justice, which she calls the “health capability paradigm” – whereby she says that all people should have access to the means to avoid prema- ture death and preventable morbidity. hers is a vision that incorporates the philosophical, economic and political to make a compelling case that all societies (through public–private partnerships) can design and build effective institutions and systems to achieve health capabilities. although she focuses (perhaps overly so) on the provision of medical care, ruger offers a rich explanation of the essential drivers of health, such as sur veillance, preventive measures, clean air, safe drink- ing water and nutritious food. in the book’s foreword, amartya sen helpfully distinguishes “good health policy” from “good policy for health”, ex- plaining that it is the latter that is needed for health justice. this supports the world health organization’s (who’s) “all-of- government” or “health-in-all-policies” approach, recognizing that the health sector is not the only contributor to good health. the who commission on the so- cial determinants of health concluded that “the social conditions in which people are born, live and work are the single most important determinants of good health or ill health, of a long and productive life, or a short and miserable one”. ruger does not shy from the im- perative of resource redistribution – from the rich to the poor and the healthy to the sick – offering a cogent pathway on how redistribution can take place in society. the health capability paradigm envi- sions “shared health governance” where researchers, health insurers, governments, health professionals and citizens work together to build consensus around health priorities – including the legislative pro- cess, coalition building, citizen participa- tion and commitment. adopting a theory of “incompletely theorized agreement”, ruger argues that constituent members of society do not need to agree on every element to reach consensus about key health goals. priorities would include child/maternal health, alleviating hunger, and supply of safe drinking water. if society ensures health capabilities, individuals have a corresponding obliga- tion to take personal responsibility, ruger argues. individuals have an obligation to use their “health agency” to pursue good health, for example, by eating nutritional foods, engaging in physical activity and complying with medical advice. for this to happen, of course, governments must structure the built environment to make it easy to choose healthy behaviours – such as making fruit and vegetables accessible and affordable. it is good to imagine a world where society maximizes health and closes the health gap; where all constituent mem- bers can build consensus and coalitions; and where individuals accept personal responsibility. yet, societies often fail to ensure basic survival needs and universal health care. constituent members often fail to agree on health priorities, regretful- ly acting in their self-interest rather than the common good. and often individuals find it exceptionally hard to eat a nutri- tious diet, exercise and engage in safe sex. even if achieving health and health equality are exceedingly difficult, it is reassuring to know that there exist rare scholars such as jennifer prah ruger who strive for social justice. this is a book that demands attention and determined ac- tion, for nothing is more important for the world’s population than the passion- ate pursuit of health and social justice. ■ review by lawrence o gostina references . international covenant on economic, social and cultural rights. geneva: office of the united nations high commissioner for human rights; . available from: http://www .ohchr.org/ english/law/cescr.htm [accessed november ]. . closing the gap in a generation: health equity through action on the social determinants of health. geneva: world health organization; . available from: http://www.who.int/ social_determinants/thecommission/finalreport/ en/index.html [accessed november ]. a o’neill institute for national and global health law, georgetown university, washington, dc, , united states of america. correspondence to lawrence o gostin (e-mail: gostin@law.georgetown.edu). books & electronic media reference reference books & electronic media forgiveness as potentiality in criminal justice aaron pycroft university of portsmouth uk clemens bartollas university of northern iowa abstract to explore the problematic of forgiveness in criminal justice we argue for and utilise the deep homologies that exist between the continental philosophical tradition and approaches to complexity theory (the potential to realise new dynamical states). through taking a hermeneutical narrative approach we argue that studied together they provide us with new insights into questions of punishment, retribution and rehabilitation and enable us to better understand the connections that exist between victims of crime, perpetrators and the community through examination of the content of dominant narratives that emerge in the historical relationship between theology and law; gain insight into an increased path lock (entropic justice) with respect to retribution in liberal democracies such as the usa and uk based upon decomposition of the judaeo-christian message; and examine what contemporary stories of forgiveness reveal with respect to accessing new dynamical states and new ways of doing justice that challenge dominant and reductionist narrative. introduction in examining the concept of forgiveness we do so with some trepidation and conscious of spinoza’s dictum that all determination is negation (see e.g. melamed, ) i.e. the more that we examine the concept and seek to reduce it to component parts the less we are able to say what it is; it is an irreducible concept. different methods are required then to explore the elusive problematic of forgiveness in criminal justice and to achieve this we tentatively seek to argue for and utilise the deep homologies that exist between the continental philosophical tradition and approaches to complexity theory. our approach is one of hermeneutical narrative in which we seek to bring new resources to our criminological perspective through occupying liminal spaces and “where one tries to get one’s bearings as one transits between two (or more) worlds” (kearney, : xvii). this process is always uncertain, un-finalizable and inevitably partial and therefore difficult but we seek to engage with diverse thinkers and traditions who have the potential to offer significant insights to criminology and the practices of justice to further important dialogue. we argue for a conceptualisation of forgiveness as an expression of multiplicity in unity (it is more than the sum of its parts) and which is rooted in the irreducible and emergent relationships between the victim, the perpetrator and wider society and to argue therefore that it is not possible to tell one exclusive story (dominant narrative) about forgiveness; to reduce our explanatory perspective to one of either victim, perpetrator or community is to decompose the system. we argue that this approach enables us to: ( ) understand the connections that exist between these actors through the content of dominant narrative that emerges in the historical relationship between theology and law ( ) gain insight into an increased path lock (entropic justice) with respect to retribution in liberal democracies such as the usa and uk based upon decomposition of the judaeo-christian message and ( ) examine what contemporary stories of forgiveness reveal with respect to accessing new dynamical states and new ways of doing justice that challenge that dominant and reductionist narrative. both forgiveness and retribution imply the creation of a new moral community informed by but not anchored in the past (verdeja, : ) but we argue for a new teleological perspective in criminology which addresses the importance of the arrow of time, past, present and future and which avoids a collapse into utilitarian pragmatism . this teleological we take narrative to imply the “top down” need for control and stories as the “bottom up” demand for ethics (see verdeja, ). the utilitarian concepts of less eligibility (see sieh, ) and risk management render the future unrealizable through a closing down of opportunity and potential through the removal of resources that would allow for perspective is grounded in choice which is implicitly and explicitly ethical. this choice is then the potential for the creation of a new and positive virtual image of perpetrators of crime that can be projected and actualised in a telos of now. we argue that forgiveness is the dynamic and emergent space onto which these identities are projected in and through time. our approach is to argue that forgiveness cannot be amnesia but rather that allows for the past (the crime itself and its impact), the present (the practices of justice) and the future (the potential of becoming) to be revealed . we re-examine foundational christian texts in the light of developments in both hermeneutical approaches to complexity theory and continental philosophy to provide examples of forgiveness that challenge instrumentalism at the service of final, entropic categories of justice which undermine (by an effective closing down) the possibilities of becoming and the accessing of new dynamical states for victims, perpetrators and communities. continental philosophy, hermeneutics and complexity theory we take continental philosophy as different from analytic philosophy and rejecting of the latter’s emphases on positivist and empiricist perspectives . whilst the continuities and discontinuities of these two traditions are much debated we use critchley’s argument the potential to access new dynamical states. this is entropic and self-defeating practice as it contains an essential nihilism in that firstly it assumes the rationality of individual actors and therefore the collective calculus of the greatest happiness for the greatest number to be correct, even presumably in the justification of collective violence; but secondly because we cannot say with any certainty in the face of human passions (proclaimed as justified and requiring of satisfaction) precisely where, what or when the end is that truly justifies the means. this problem of the entropic nature of utilitarian eschatology is stated by nelson (nelson, : ) when he says that utilitarianism “implies a surprising prediction about the future, viz, that all experience of pleasure and pain must end once and for all, or infinitely dwindle.” this approach also rejects dialectical method (the negation of the negation) whereby the past is synthetically dissolved in the creation of a new reality. complexity theory demonstrates that all complex systems are historical systems that influence the present (see below). see arrigo and williams ( ) on the relationships between complexity theory, continental philosophy and psychological jurisprudence in criminology (critchley, : ) that the continental tradition “…takes the form of a critical (emphasis in the original) confrontation with the history of philosophy…with…a critical dismantling of the tradition in terms of what has been unthought and what remains to be thought.” critchley (critchley, : ) argues that this leads to “the demand for a transformative practice of philosophy, art, poetry or thinking…that would be capable of addressing, criticizing and ultimately redeeming the present.” with respect to this continental tradition and the philosophy of complexity theory paul cilliers (cilliers, , ) argues that both deconstruction and complexity reveals both the limits of our knowledge and the irreducibility of meaning but in a non-relativistic way . this limitation is brought about because we inhabit the systems that we study and therefore we can have no absolute and objective knowledge of our lived experience. meaning and knowledge is contingent and contextual and because it cannot be represented and the context is not transparent we have to choose our hermeneutical frameworks but ultimately “a radical ‘undecidability’ surrounds all signification; there can be no absolute origin or site of meeting.” (kearney and rainwater, : ). it is due to this choice, cilliers argues that we cannot escape what is ethical or normative. christian scriptures are key texts that have had a dominant but contradictory hegemony (or in the derridan sense of instability of signs) and importantly in the development of the modern state and apparatus of justice. these historical transformations (bifurcations) are demonstrated through the evolution of resources that are foundational to a jewish sect committed to radical forgiveness and non-violence through time becoming a justification for it is beyond the scope of this paper to discuss the existence of absolutes in the platonic sense and as utilized in scientific method but see pycroft (forthcoming) for a discussion of the relationships between phenomenology, complexity theory and criminology punishment and retribution; so much so that the use of these non-violent resources are now controversial in for example restorative justice due to their perceived retributive nature (see johnstone and ness, ) and religion and punitive ideology would seem to be strongly correlated (e.g. see baker and booth, ). a hermeneutical approach as a development of continental philosophy helps us to re-examine these texts within the context of their traditions and the hermeneutical circles that are created through those traditions that identify the core texts which are then used to legitimate their activities (see pellauer and dauenhauer, ). in utilizing insights from hermeneutics we will follow the work of paul ricoeur in advancing from a hermeneutic of suspicion to one of affirmation (see kearney, ). complexity theory itself divides along traditional ontological, epistemological and methodological lines in science, social science and social theory with debates examining the relationships between mathematically deterministic and constructionist approaches (see pycroft and bartollas, ). however broadly speaking complexity theory in its non- reductionist (whole systems ) approach contrasts to the newtonian paradigm and its positivist (and analytical philosophical) assumptions enshrined in criminal justice and reflects the argument of milovanovic (milovanovic, ) that approaches to criminal justice grounded in newtonian thinking and method are lacking in any bone fide statement on human agency. complexity theory demonstrates that all systems such as justice systems are driven from the bottom up, by lower order interactions from which the whole system emerges. to understand the nature and behaviour of complex systems reductionist and the language of whole systems can be ethically problematic. we use it as a contrast to the reductionism inherent in positivism and in the sense that levinas would distinguish between totalizers and infinitizers; with the former being satisfied with themselves and the systems they can organize and control and the latter being dissatisfied and who strive for what is other than themselves (see levinas, ) positivist experimental methodologies reified by positivist approaches are ineffective, as when we abstract from the whole to the part, we can only understand the part and not the whole. we are interested to take an approach which rather than reducing and separating component parts in the practice of justice (e.g. prioritizing retributive passions and the demand of justice on the part of victims and communities or asserting the primacy of rehabilitation in reducing crime) look to the ways in which they interact together and co- constitute each other. complex systems allow us to confront history as they are historical systems with a memory and which we are constitutive of. we look then to a post newtonian (post-positivist) account of justice based upon an ontological and epistemological understanding of conjunction (connectionism and emergence) rather than disjunction (reductionism and closing off). as bartollas (bartollas, : ) argues: a post-positivist understanding sees community as an extension of neither individualism nor collectivism. the intrinsic nature of community, according to a post-positivist’s view, denies the notion that individuals profit by serving themselves or that individuals can only define themselves through a collective movement. fostering community does not require participants to lose themselves, but to join with others to become more than themselves. these non-totalising perspectives recognise the heterogeneity of the whole system that allows for new dynamical spaces to be created which may challenge the dominant our approach is consistent with peacemaking criminology which to quote hal pepinksy (pepinksy, : ) is concerned with “how to transform violence into cooperation, of how to make peace from the intrapersonal to global levels... (building)… on literature from all manner of sources…most of which is by folks who do not call themselves criminologists either… and a concern for understanding how to transform violence transcends normal academic boundaries.” our approach is also consistent with pepinsky’s argument ( ) that peacemaking criminology also understands that in crime and criminality there is no political neutrality and that people are locked in set agendas; that stories are data for understanding the social construction of crime; that you cannot impose peacemaking; that peacemaking acts as an attractor (see below) spawning empathy and compassion; outcomes from peacemaking are very uncertain with results not always known. (deterministic) narratives of justice from the bottom up and through an open ended commitment to the enhancement of non-linearity in the forms of uncertainty, undecidability and unfinalizability. forgiveness is exemplary of non-linearity as it is not proportionate to a crime committed, cannot be required, and may be unlooked for (by victims, perpetrators and communities). the following principles of complexity theory are most significant for our discussion in relation to forgiveness (for a full discussion of the principles in themselves see pycroft and bartollas, ; arrigo and barrett, ; byrne, ; cilliers, ) and we argue demonstrate the ways in which history ( ) potentially becomes locked into particular narratives but also ( ) allows for the creation of new possibilities and dynamical states. the arrow of time due to being open systems complex systems such as justice systems are subject to the arrow to time. a key feature of newtonian mechanics is that time is reversible whereas complexity theory demonstrates that this is not the case, that the material causes of the past cannot be changed because systems are constantly in evolutionary flux, and moving forward. our concern is with the ways in which time and the problem of irreversibility is experienced by victims, perpetrators and wider society. bergson (bergson, , ) argues that the past cannot be changed but its virtual dimensions can be. this is expressed by Žižek (Žižek, : ) as “when something radically new emerges it retroactively creates its own possibility, its own causes or conditions. a potentiality can be inserted into (or withdrawn from) past reality.” the arrow of time is central to discussions on forgiveness as the material past cannot be changed (arendt, ) but the emergent (transcendent/virtual) properties inherent within complex systems allow us to address those issues because the whole is always more than the sum of its parts. iteration and path dependence modern justice systems are founded and grounded in features and functions that have founding myths and including in the practice of rehabilitation. historical practice has woven together the exercise of utilitarian power (myths of rationality and social contract giving rise to concepts of less eligibility and risk assessment) alongside the explicitly theological language of rehabilitation (the virtues of hope and making good focusing on pro-social attitudes to access social capital). as hathaway (hathaway, ) argues it is impossible to understand the law as it is practiced now without understanding the law as it has been practiced in the past. hathaway in examining the role of history in law highlights the importance of tradition in constitutional interpretation, the role of historical narrative in decision making and the value of precedent. furthermore advances in complexity theory demonstrate the nature of cultural and organizational path dependence with sydow et al (sydow et al, ) arguing that the process has the following properties: that outcomes are unpredictable and indeterminate; that several outcomes are possible and that history selects from the alternatives; trapped actors cannot shift the patterns once established; the path lock eventually leads to inferior and sub optimal outcomes (entropy). so with respect to the practices of criminal justice we would argue that an overt focus on retribution and punishment is not the only possible outcome from the interaction of processes under consideration, but we need to understand how this path lock has emerged and how it can be shifted. to use the language of deleuze and guattari (see massumi, ) punishment in the forms of retribution and incarceration has reached a plateau of intensity that is not automatically dissipated in a climax leading to a state of rest. in practice there is a heightening of energies which are sustained and dynamic enough to appropriate from each other and weave together to form any number of different reinforcing connections. sensitivity to initial conditions and bifurcations very small changes in the lower order interactions of a complex system can have a massive impact on the system overall. these are the emergent properties of the system which cannot be predicted or mapped mathematically as it is always more than the sum of its parts (transcendent properties). these small changes may lead to changes in the trajectory of the system and the accessing of new dynamical states. the development of the jewish sect that became christianity and its influence on the development of modern states and (amongst other things) justice systems are examples of this that we discuss below. what becomes evident is precisely the instability of christian signs of forgiveness across history and the ways in which they can become appropriated and subverted to very different ends. attractor states attractors are like magnets that pull/push systems in particular directions in time and space and which exhibit regularities and apparent patterns of stability (chaotic, edge of chaos and equilibrium). due to its highly mathematical nature attractor theory (see guastello and liebovitch, ) has been contentious in postmodern conceptions of complexity with for example cilliers (cilliers, ) arguing that they are another aspect of reductionism that do our focus is on judeo-christian theology as being foundational to modern western societies and legal systems, however we also acknowledge the importance of islamic culture and science to that development from the th century ce onwards, not least in rediscovery of ancient greek philosophy through the work of ibn sīnā which did much to invigorate scholastic thought; thomas aquinas referred to him as “the commentator.” the contribution of islamic thought to understandings of forgiveness and its relationship to christianity and western culture is an important area for development and research. see menocal ( ). not sufficiently address aspects of the whole system. however within hermeneutics and social theory there has been an interest in strange attractors (for example in the work of deleuze and guattari (see massumi, ). a strange (sometimes called chaotic) attractor is one in which there are patterns and regularities but the system never follows the same trajectory (see pycroft, ). there are processes of both expansion and contraction and the chaotic motion operates in more than one dimension. there is order and control although each order parameter is affected by the behaviour of other order parameters. these attractors are prone to bifurcate, that is become increasingly complex by accessing new dynamical states in their environment; this is effect and effect rather than cause and effect. this makes the evolution of the whole system and its trajectories fundamentally uncertain. hermeneutically strange attractors are examples of qualitative multiplicities, containing infinite possibilities that are not foreseeable, with the realisation of the possible only existing in retrospect. this then allows for understanding the divergence and convergence and complexity of human lived experience grounded in relational time. girard’s (e.g. girard, , ) scapegoating thesis is highly compatible with complexity and attractor theory as his approach charts the ways in which groups, communities, societies achieve equilibrium through the scapegoating mechanism: faced with some crisis (chaos) the use of violence against the apparent perpetrator of the crisis (edge of chaos) restores equilibrium to the community. scapegoating serves as a fundamental cultural attractor that arises from our evolutionary inheritance. girard’s is a theory grounded in the mimetic nature of desire and human passions. his idea is that in desiring what others have then we model ourselves on those people who then become our rivals, and which leads to periodic outbreaks of mimetic violence; this violence is constrained in unequal societies but particularly comes to the fore when dominant groups find themselves in positions of economic and social equality with minority groups. with respect to criminal justice the girardian perspective helps us to further understand the locking in of revenge and retribution: for example with respect to victims and perpetrators under the justice model once punishment is completed the perpetrator is now innocent and justly expectant of the rights and resources of society to be restored or given to them. however it is this that brings about a mimetic crisis leading to the scapegoating of ex-offenders who for legal purposes are now innocent. the form that this scapegoating takes is enshrined in utilitarian teleology (the concepts of less eligibility and risk managements and reinforced by satisfaction theory (discussed below) by maintaining that the violence inherent in the continued denunciation by the community ostensibly in support of the original victim is justified over and above the rights of the person who has served their punishment on the basis of the further risks that they might present and the necessity of a deterrent effect. dissipative structures forgiveness and its relationship to the energy of human passions within criminal justice has been discussed by murphy and hampton (murphy and hampton, ) and lacey and pickard (lacey and pickard, ) whereby the desire for justice on the part of victims and communities are used to reinforce punitive models of justice. energy is the key analogy in complex systems (see pycroft, ; byrne, ) and complex systems are open systems constantly interacting with their environment to gain new energy, to enhance that energy and then to dissipate it back into the environment. at times the environment may deprive the system of energy or overload it thus driving change (byrne and callaghan, ) by providing critical levels of disorder which not only (potentially) break down but also allow for spontaneous and novel forms of re-organization (williams and arrigo, ). in our argument and in terms of radical and transformative justice we can utilize bergson’s (bergson, ) development of aristotle’s conception of potentiality (dunamis) and its relationship to actuality (energeia) which rather than being concerned with someone’s power to produce a change (e.g. to make good through voluntary contrition, or to impose punishment to coerce contrition) is their capacity to be in a different and more completed state (cohen, ) and enabled to be so through the actions of both the victim and the community. forgiveness having established our approach we now look to developments in the study of the concept of forgiveness itself. a main focus of studies in forgiveness have been theological but perhaps due to a resurgence in interest in aristotelian virtue ethics (e.g. anscombe, ) had also seen increased philosophical interest in the late th century (e.g. kolnai, , downie, ). it was griswold’s work (griswold, ) that challenged the judaeo-christian hegemony in debates on forgiveness by re-examining greek and roman sources. however a re-examination of these debates particularly with respect to the person and theology of st paul demonstrates some interesting and challenging perspectives. the secular jewish philosopher hannah arendt argued that jesus of nazareth discovered the role of forgiveness in human affairs (arendt, ) however this is challenged by griswold (griswold, ) who argues that she overstates the case as he finds significant evidence for concepts of forgiveness already existing in pre-christian greco-roman culture. the ancient there has been significant interest in criminal justice e.g. in the development of psychological jurisprudence (see arrigo and williams, )) and also the good lives model (ward and maruna, ) the person and theology of st paul has become a key area of scholarship in continental philosophy; see e.g. badiou ( ); breton ( ); azzam ( ); kearney ( ). greeks did not have a word for forgiveness; aristotle used a range of words associated with the verb sungignosko relating to think with, agree with, recognize; all are linked with notions of relationship and empathy (see griswold, ). however for aristotle forgiveness is neither a virtue or religiously based but rather it is linked to civic politics (see bash, ). the key is to be found in aristotle’s concept of unbearable circumstance (aristotle, ) which is linked to a perfectionist ethical stance linked to external forces. the virtuous, detached and rational man does not make mistakes and can be excused for events outside of his control, hence no forgiveness is required. but importantly any sense of empathy does not extend to un-virtuous persons and the irrationality of the “mob.” bash (bash, ) highlights that within the new testament there are differences between the gospels and the pauline epistles concerning the nature of forgiveness. both jesus of nazareth and paul of tarsus challenge the link between ritual conceptions of purity, sin and forgiveness and both argue that there is an injunction on christians to forgive. however in the synoptic gospels there is an emphasis by jesus on interpersonal forgiveness, whereby repentance is necessary to be forgiven by god, but likewise to be forgiven it is necessary to forgive others, as in the following (the hebrew verb used is aphiemi which has a legal connotation of acquitting, a sense of release, to excuse and cancel a debt): “then peter went up to him and said ‘lord, how often must i forgive my brother if he wrongs me? as often as seven times?” jesus answered, ‘not seven i tell you, but seventy-seven times.” (matthew verses - , new jerusalem bible: ): in contrast the point is made by bash (bash, ) that paul of tarsus whose epistles constitute a significant proportion of the new testament is not a theologian of forgiveness (he rarely mentions the word) but one of justification and by justification he means a gift of grace to undeserving people. this is interesting because despite paul being a hellenised jew with the expectation that he would use sungignosko type concepts he actually uses the hebrew charizmoi to express gifts of grace (bash, ). in this sense rather than the requirements of the gospels to be forgiven through forgiving, it would seem that paul in arguing that a justified people are a forgiven people and that even the desire to repent is as a consequence of a gift of grace, is arguing for the community to forgive as an act and expression of grace. the pauline approach is in part a reflection of paul’s own experience (see also breton, ). he had been a persecutor of the early jews who joined the emerging christian church and he was complicit in the stoning to death of stephen a christian disciple and which seems to have led to paul’s conversion to christianity (acts chapters - ). in acts the story goes on to show how afraid the people were of paul after his sudden conversion, including the leaders of the church, but when another apostle named barnabas (and interestingly the name bar-nabas is translated as both son of encouragement and son of consolation) advocated for him, he was accepted (acts vv - ) hesitantly into the community of christians but went on to become the key apostle to the gentiles, promulgating christianity throughout the middle and near east. a reading of the pauline story reveals especially the conversion “event” (see badiou, ) is instructive as at no point was he asked to repent, or humiliate himself before the community, neither was he required to make atonement so that the community were satisfied as to his intentions. but equally as importantly paul did not try to hide or to justify his past and we can infer from the text that his past was a key component in the emergence of a new identity (saul becomes paul). in this experience (acts vv - ) he is only asked one question by jesus “saul, saul why do you persecute me?” to which the only response that saul has is to ask who is speaking to him, and to which jesus responds with his name and to tell saul to follow the directions given to him. his new identify is a gift rather than something earned. this idea of gift stands in stark contrast to contemporaneous practices of justice and the authentic apology model (allan, ) which enshrines a functionalist approach to the forgiveness of a perpetrator of a crime or a civic offence with the onus on the wrong doer to explain their wrongful behaviour and to accept liability; to experience an emotional response to the wrong and to action behaviour to right the wrongs done. allan (allan, ) in asserting this approach argues that criminal law and punishment is fundamental to social order and equilibrium and reinforces those processes through also deterrence and offering the possibility of rehabilitation. for allan apology is central to the process of rehabilitation by allowing the wrongdoer to humiliate themselves and to show respect to victims and society and therefore demonstrate that they are not of bad character. atonement and social order – a hermeneutic of suspicion hermeneutics and the work of ricoeur helps us to examine the relationships between ideology and religion and the ways in which an “ideological recollection of sacred foundational acts has the purpose …of integrating and justifying a social order” (kearney, : ) and to address the question of how in societies whose cultural identity is rooted in the judaeo-christian tradition we have moved from these radical, creative and radically reinforcing stories of forgiveness and grace to those of a dominant, locked and dampening narrative of conditionality; and whereby the original meanings of these texts are obscured to the extent that for examples within debates on restorative justice forgiveness is controversial and perhaps lacks an articulation of meaning and philosophical resources (see armour and umbreit, )? ricoeur’s hermeneutic of suspicion seeks to recover repressed meanings. a key factor in the repression of original meanings was the historical convergence of christian theological notions of forgiveness becoming inextricably linked with theories of atonement. prior to anselm of canterbury ( - ) a christus victor theology saw mankind as being in bondage and held hostage to the evil powers of sin, death and the devil. this is not dissimilar to aristotle’s idea of unbearable circumstances however under this human focussed theology (see eddy and beilby, ) christ frees mankind from those circumstances irrespective of their purity or rationality (aulen, ). aulen ( ) argues that this theology was rich in imagery and metaphor but was displaced by a more ‘rational’, approach based on satisfaction theory. satisfaction theory is godward looking (eddy and beilby, ) and argues that the justification for punishment and retribution is that god himself is punitive and demands satisfaction through sacrifice and punishment for every sin so as to make atonement. these fundamental changes (bifurcation) in theological thinking coincide with the rediscovery of greek philosophy by islamic and christian scholastics; hence the aristotelian influence of purity and elitism becomes apparent. this idea had also been reinforced by augustine’s earlier platonic ideas in the city of god (augustine, ) that the state is a bulwark against sin. in this historical development and in seeking to understand why liberal democracies that have had a christian identity are so punitive in their approaches to criminal justice, contra biblical accounts of forgiveness gorringe (gorringe, ) argues that religion and law are related at the deepest level and that, “christian theology constituted the most potent form of ideology in western society for at least a thousand years up to the th/ th centuries and its ideological importance is by no means dead. it was both influenced by, and influenced, penal thinking. it represented a construal of the crucifixion of christ, by no means inevitable, which reinforced retributive thinking, according to which sin or crimes have to be punished and cannot be dealt with in any other way.” gorringe argues that satisfaction theory emerged in the th century at the same time as criminal law took shape, and reacted on each other with theology drawing on legal notions and law looking for metaphysical justification. the contrast between the two approaches is significant as in satisfaction theory christ is the only acceptable sacrifice to an angry god who demands retribution, whereas christus victor is a freely given act of love from god, in the face of unbearable circumstances for mankind e.g. “the gift of grace expressed in the pauline letters, and the cross of christ is not a justification of punishment but a heralding of its end” (gorringe, : ). the rediscovery of greek philosophy by the medieval scholastics may have provided a framework for establishing a purely rational theology but in so doing discarded the dramatic symbolism of classical atonement. thus, perhaps unwittingly a theology of difference and individualisation that reinstated a greek view of unbearable circumstances and purity alongside christian notions of sin, penance and satisfaction was introduced that negated the biblical view of the powerlessness of everyman and the need for outside and freely given help (grace). this philosophically informed approach to theology has been essential to the creation of a hegemonic and state sponsored christian religion, fundamental to social order, and therefore complicit in cruelty , punishment and the exercise of power. it is argued by martin (martin, : ) that: “it is not in the least surprising that christianity devised strategies of negotiation, compromise and assimilation as it spread in societies characterised by discourses of power and codes of honour. on the contrary, the history of christianity…follows precisely the course you would expect…the presentation of christianity was often loaded towards the old testament, so that rulers fashioned their self-understanding in the image of solomon, david, hezekiah or josiah. appropriations of the figure of christ crucified by monarchs and ecclesiastics were much less popular because less plausible and persuasive, except when deployed at tangents that ignored the stripping away of the human dignity of christ by the legally constituted authorities in ‘church’ and state. the godly prince of the renaissance ruling jure divino found scant gratification in the role of a convicted felon.” girard (girard, ) along with nietzsche (nietzsche, , ) and foucault (foucault, ) is concerned with the ways in which cruelty is linked to the exercise of power and ideology. it is clear that violent interpretation (or rather subversion) of scriptural texts are used to justify violence and punishment. so whereas foucault focuses on disciplinary technologies and normative social science that expel the old rituals of violent expiation, nietzsche and girard find evidence of those continued mechanisms which are revealed through myths and literature, ancient and modern. the meeting of the thought of nietzsche and girard are we argue the key fault lines in understanding the relationship between collective violence, social order and religion. for girard the judeo-christian tradition and gospels reveal a genuine epistemology of love, forgiveness and non-violence, whereas for nietzsche at best they reinforce the links between religion and justified violence. girard argues (girard, , ) that scapegoat rituals are the process by which violence is contained and resolved in societies and is linked with religious rituals. girard identifies the scapegoat mechanism as being behind every ritual including those of justice, punishment and denunciation (girard ). likewise dupuy (dupuy, ) observes that with the decline of the twin pillars of religion and monarchy justice is the only publicly ubiquitous ritual that advanced industrial countries have left. what is significant and controversial about girard’s theory and what differs from traditional anthropological accounts of scapegoating (e.g. frazier, ) is his psycho-analytically informed argument that scapegoating should not be seen as a conscious activity based on a conscious choice. the process is effective precisely because there is an element of delusion to which we are all susceptible, so all of us can condemn examples of scapegoating yet none of us can identify our own involvement in it. girard (girard, ) argues that the scapegoat is a coherent enough interpretation of all rituals that resemble the leviticus ritual. in the mosaic ritual of the day of atonement (leviticus ) the scapegoat is that one of the two goats chosen by lot to be sent alive into the wilderness, the sins of the people having been symbolically laid upon it, while the other was appointed to be sacrificed. whether physical or psychological the violence directed at the victim appears to be justified because the scapegoated person has brought about some evil that must be avenged, resisted and oppressed. history and contemporaneous societies are replete with examples and in addressing mimetic violence and social disorder the scapegoat restores order through becoming the focus for retribution and denunciation. a social dimension is always present, with persecutors a majority and their victims a minority and implies a process of displacement or transference and reveals the unconscious dimensions of social order. this is clearly expressed by jesus who during his crucifixion stated “father forgive them, they do not know what they are doing.” (luke v ); likewise as he is being stoned to death stephen “…knelt down and said aloud, ‘lord do not hold this sin against them.” (acts v ). girard (girard, ) argues that in scapegoating the victim is always innocent in the face of the violent collective, and that christianity has taken the side of innocent victims (for example in the judicial execution of jesus of nazareth who was innocent but was the chosen scapegoat to restore social order in a jerusalem at threat of violent unrest) whereas as nietzsche for example sees this as nothing more than revenge by the weak against the strong, a christian slave mentality indicated by forgiveness which in itself was nothing more than a form of revenge (nietzsche, ). girard then reveals much of what has become hidden or obscured in the historical development and practice of christian narrative. in the words of richard kearney (kearney, : ): “girard seeks accordingly to make the operations of our social imaginary – i.e. our ideological unconscious – answerable to ethics. he resolves to subject ideologies of scapegoating to a critical hermeneutics of suspicion, exposing concealed meanings behind apparent ones…sacrificial figures though invariably aliens and excoriated by their contemporaries become hallowed over the ages until they are eventually remembered as saviour gods who restored their community from chaos to order. they emerge out of the mists of time as miraculous ‘others’ who managed to transmute conflict into law. but this miraculous alteration of sacrificed ‘aliens’ into sacred ‘others’ is predicated upon a strategic forgetfulness of their original stigmatisation…” forgiveness, accessing new dynamical states – a hermeneutic of affirmation a hermeneutic of suspicion allows us to revisit texts and messages which have become obscured, subverted and locked in through historical violence and which potentially offers an alternative to that violence. these sources demonstrate that we are all complicit in scapegoating and violence but also offer us the potential for new and creative spaces; a way out of our violence. so in contrast with the current conceptualisation implying that only retribution acknowledges guilt and therefore personal responsibility (and the claim that we are justified and responsible in our retribution) gorringe (gorringe, ) argues that this is also implicit within any act of forgiveness. he states that this brings about a paradigm shift that has the potential to change the past and the future and therefore perceptions and roles and regulations too and we would add challenge the highly deterministic locking in of retribution to justice systems. this approach fits with de valve’s argument that justice is what love gives us (de valve, b: ) that we need new approaches that “must be an individualization that facilitates a full actualization and celebration of the individual, but through the mutual action of the community.” furthermore in exploring the dynamics of peaceful rebellion he argues (de valve, a: ) that justice is a sacrament in the form of an outward and behavioural symbol which is “a boundary-spanning event.” this is st paul’s conception of grace in action, a hermeneutic of affirmation (see kearney, ) which can be conceptualised and realised in diverse ways: for gorringe (gorringe, ) forgiveness is a space of a hard fought praxis as demonstrated by the example of terri roberts (roberts with windle, ) and her recounting of her son charlie roberts and his shooting of amish girls in a school house in pennsylvania in . five girls were murdered the others seriously injured and then he killed himself. immediately following the shooting the amish bishop extended forgiveness to the killer. what is remarkable about this account is the ways in which the amish community including the parents of the killed and injured children reached out to terri roberts and her family despite the pain, anguish and grief that they were feeling. over time it became possible to establish solid relationships both with parents, other members of the community and the surviving children. there is one example from the book that both practically and symbolically represents the movement of the injured individuals and the community towards the perpetrator and his family: charlie roberts himself was to be buried with a quiet service in a cemetery away from the town in which he lived and the massacre occurred. the roberts family were assured by the police of complete privacy and no press intrusion, but as they arrived at the cemetery the media were present in large numbers. however unbeknown to the family the amish community were also there and they surrounded the family and the burial so that the view for the media was disrupted. arendt (arendt, ) in discussing the arrow of time argues that both the past and the future are forces which act on the present, and that the person is inserted not into this time but into a gap in time which is kept in existence by a constant fight against past and future. it is in this gap that we can insert new beginnings (natality) by differentiating between time and space; our freedom is dissociated from time and associated with space. importantly we are not talking here of a timeless, idealised, platonic space but one that has a spatial dimension (arendt, ) as seen in the following example. daniel poskitt’s sister had been murdered by her boyfriend who was convicted and imprisoned. after years they had the opportunity for a victim-offender conference: “we all had the opportunity to talk, to ask questions. “why did you kill karen? what were you thinking?” he had no answers for us; he said he didn’t know why he killed her and that he couldn’t remember the details of that day. for our family, this was unacceptable – we had come for answers. my father was angry and i felt angry too. dad stood up and demanded that he tell us why. a ball of anger formed in the pit of my stomach and forced itself up and out of my mouth. i stood up and shouted: “you fucking coward.” it felt good, really good, to get that anger out after years. i didn’t even know i had it, but i knew after it came out. for me, it was a healing experience. it allowed me to let go of the anger and see the world differently. it didn’t bring back karen but it did bring me back to a point where i can now forgive him. that may sound strange to some people, but i’ve learnt that forgiveness is not about the perpetrator, it about you. it’s about you letting go of the stuff that holds you back so you can live a happy and fulfilling life.” (http://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/ /nov/ /i-was-able-to-forgive-my- sisters-murderer-only-by-acknowledging-my-own-anger for bergson (bergson and andison, ) intuition is a creative leap, and both opposed to platonic reconstitution after analysis, by moving forward rather than looking backwards, but also seeing the possibility of new beginnings (telos), now, rather than at some time in the future. this is demonstrated in the trial of oscar groning who was an ss guard at auschwitz and who kept records of the belongings that were confiscated from the prisoners when they were brought to the camp. groning had never denied his guilt but was brought to trial due to a change in the law that allowed for his prosecution. during the trial eva kor who had been a prisoner in auschwitz, and along with miriam her twin sister had been experimented on by josef mengele publicly forgave groning. after giving her testimony she walked across the court room, shook his hand and embraced him. afterwards she said that this had not been planned and added: “i wanted to thank him for having some human decency in accepting responsibility for what he has done. i was always interested in meeting him face to face because i believe that there is a human interaction that i cannot predict and no one else can predict.” http://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/ /nov/ /i-was-able-to-forgive-my-sisters-murderer-only-by-acknowledging-my-own-anger http://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/ /nov/ /i-was-able-to-forgive-my-sisters-murderer-only-by-acknowledging-my-own-anger (http://www.theguardian.com/world/ /apr/ /auschwitz-survivor-angers-plaintiffs- trial-forgiveness) eva kor claimed that groning was so overwhelmed by her unexpected gesture that he fainted. later she called for prosecutions of ss officers to stop, to allow them to come forward and to explain themselves. in this case we might say that a leap of intuition moved eva kor beyond the retributive passions to allow for new and creative possibilities which she argued would encourage other nazis to come forward and to explain themselves. these new beginnings, praxis and intuition have some self-sympathy for unbearable circumstances and an acknowledgment that crime is both a failing of the individual and the community, and therefore rehabilitation is the responsibility of both the individuals involved and the community. bergson argues (bergson, ) that normal feelings are caused by a representation of the other, whereas creative feelings create new representations: our normal feelings for punishment and retribution are caused by the negative representation of the criminal whereas creative feelings grounded in forgiveness create the potential for hope and the projection of a positive image that might be actualized. practically this means that forgiveness needs to be the starting point of rehabilitation rather than a mythical and elusive end point that in practice can rarely if ever materialize. for bergson humans express new possibilities by enfolding new layers of habits which challenge and change the solidification and accretions that emerge from our connections with larger surrounding structures; there is a need for periods of in-determination when existing habits and practices are suspended and which allows for creative evolution (bergson and andison ); importantly we remember how that change has come about, what the change is relative to, however a new situation is actualized. http://www.theguardian.com/world/ /apr/ /auschwitz-survivor-angers-plaintiffs-trial-forgiveness http://www.theguardian.com/world/ /apr/ /auschwitz-survivor-angers-plaintiffs-trial-forgiveness forgiveness is the dynamic space in which this enabled to happen. this does not and cannot take the form of a static, binary, platonic and idealised category (the latter is derrida’s conception of impossibility) but rather through praxis, natality or intuition it becomes an ethic of choice allowing possibility and potential to emerge from the practice of justice and which is explicitly committed to the past, present and future. forgiveness is the space that emerges from the community as gift to both victims and perpetrators that: understands that a wrong has been committed and that there are victims and perpetrators; that victims’ experiences are real, potentially traumatic and life changing and who demand justice and the expression of retributive passions; who understand or are prepared to understand their own propensity to violence and complicity in violence; who are prepared to offer a future for both victims and perpetrators for the benefit of the whole community . conclusion we have shown how a study of forgiveness can allow for the creation of new beginnings and potentialities for both individuals and society. the barriers to achieving this potentiality are achieved not by limitation and exclusion but only through a real reconceptualization of the new imagination of what is possible; insights into forgiveness that contrast with retributive principles provide such possibilities. the process of new beginnings in part involves a re- reading of foundational texts and myths in the light of new scholarship and research, and that truth and reconciliation events around the world have sought to do just that and often through being presided over by a cleric, to varying degrees of success. the most famous being archbishop desmond tutu in south africa; there was controversy over whether he should wear his episcopal garb and with participants claiming that because of his presence and the symbolism of christianity that they felt under pressure to forgive (see brewer, mitchell and leavey, ) and that there was then something false about the process. likewise research has shown (colvin, ) that perhaps unsurprisingly reconciliation means different things to different people but that there was a perception that perpetrators of crime were being rewarded by the system in the form of amnesties and continued pensions but that the victims were still suffering the effects of apartheid and its atrocities. to stress the point forgiveness cannot be required but given the right conditions can be allowed to emerge over time. inform new methodologies and practices in doing justice. however in opening up new spaces for doing justice then we need to be cognizant of the historically determined factors that explain where we are now and a criminological hermeneutic that is informed by complexity theory and continental philosophy allows us to achieve this. acknowledgements we would like to thank peer reviewers of earlier versions of this paper and also advice, comments and discussion from prof bruce arrigo, prof anthony bash and father james alison and prof andrew millie. the paper was also the basis of presentations at the british society of criminology annual conference at plymouth university and also the european conference on ethics, religion and philosophy (both in ) and we are indebted for the contributions from participants. bibliography allan, a. ( ) ‘functional apologies in law’ in psychiatry, psychology and law vol. ( ): - anscombe, e. ( ) ‘modern moral philosophy’ in philosophy vol. ( ): - arendt, h. ( ) the human condition. chicago. university of chicago press. arendt, h. ( ) between past and future: eight exercises in political thought. new york. vikin aristotle ( ). the nichomachean ethics. london. penguin books armour, m. and umbreit, m. ( ) ‘the paradox of forgiveness in restorative justice’ in e. worthington the handbook of forgiveness. new york. routledge: - arrigo, b. and barrett, l. ( ) ‘philosophical criminology and complex systems science: towards a critical theory of justice’ in critical criminology : - arrigo, b. and williams, c. ( ) ‘complexity, law and ethics: on drug addiction, natural recovery and the diagnostics of psychological jurisprudence’ in pycroft, a and bartollas, c (eds) applying complexity theory: whole systems approaches to criminal justice and social work. bristol. policy press: - augustine, st. ( ) city of god. london. penguin books. aulen, g. ( ) christus victor: an historical study of the three main types of the idea of atonement. wipf & stock publishers azzam, a. ( ). nietzsche versus paul. new york. columbia university press badiou, p. ( ). st paul: the foundation of universalism. stanford. stanford university press. baker, j. and booth, a., ( ) ‘hell to pay: religion and punitive ideology among the american public’ in punishment and society vol ( ): - bartollas, c ( ) ‘constituting the system: radical developments in post-newtonian society’ in pycroft, a and bartollas, c (eds) applying complexity theory: whole systems approaches to criminal justice and social work. bristol. policy press: - bash, a ( ) ‘forgiveness, reconciliation and spirituality: a theological perspective’ in journal for the study of spirituality ( ): - bash, a. ( ) forgiveness: a theology. eugene, oregon. cascade books bergson, h. ( ) time and free will. london. george allen and unwin bergson, h. ( ) matter and memory. new york. zone books bergson, h and andison, m. ( ) the creative mind. whitefish. kessinger publishing breton, s. ( ). a radical philosophy of st paul. new york. columbia university press brewer, j., mitchell, d. and leavey, g. ( ) ‘ northern ireland: religion and transitional justice’ conflict studies quarterly : - byrne, d. ( ) complexity theory and the social sciences: an introduction. london. routledge byrne, d. and callaghan, g. ( ). complexity theory and the social sciences: the state of the art. london. routledge cilliers, p. ( ) complexity and postmodernism: understanding complex systems. london. routledge cilliers, p. ( ) ‘complexity, deconstruction and relativism’ in theory, culture, society vol ( ): - cohen, s ( ) ‘aristotle’s metaphysics’ in stanford encyclopedia of philosophy https://plato.stanford.edu/entries/aristotle-metaphysics accessed / / colvin, c. ( ). 'we are still struggling': storytelling, reparations and reconciliation after the trc. research report written for the centre for the study of violence and reconciliation in collaboration with khulumani (western cape) victims support group and the cape town trauma centre for survivors of violence and torture, december. critchley, s. ( ) ‘what is continental philosophy’ in international journal of philosophical studies ( ): - derrida, j. ( ). on cosmopolitanism and forgiveness. london: routledge de valve, m. ( a) ‘o for a muse of fire: rebellion as sacrament’ in critical criminology : - de valve, m. ( b) ‘love/power’ in critical criminology : - downie, d.s. ( ) ‘forgiveness’ in philosophical quarterly vol. ( ): - dupuy, j.p. ( ) the mark of the sacred. stanford. stanford university press eddy, j. and beilby, p ( ) ‘the atonement: an introduction’ in p. beilby and j. eddy (eds) the nature of atonement: four views. illinois. ivp academic: - foucault, m. ( ). discipline and punish: the birth of the prison. london. virago books frazier, j. ( ) the golden bough: a study in magic and religion. london. macmillan and co. girard, r. ( ) evolution and conversion: dialogues on the origins of culture. london. continuum books girard, r. ( ) i see satan fall like lightening. maryknoll. orbis books girard, r. ( ) things hidden since the foundation of the world. london. athlone press girard, r. ( ) the one by whom scandal comes. east lansing. michigan university press gorringe, t. ( ) god’s just vengeance. cambridge. cambridge university press griswold, c ( ) forgiveness: a philosophical exploration. cambridge. cambridge university press guastello, s. and liebovitch, l. ( )’introduction to nonlinear dynamics and complexity’ in s.guastello.,m.koopmans and d.pincus (eds) chaos and complexity in psychology: the theory of nonlinear dynamical systems. cambridge. cambridge university press: - https://plato.stanford.edu/entries/aristotle-metaphysics% accessed% / / http://www.csvr.org.za/docs/trc/wearestillstruggling.pdf http://www.csvr.org.za/docs/trc/wearestillstruggling.pdf hathaway, o. ( ). ‘path dependence in the law: the course and pattern of legal change in a common law system’ john m. olin centre for studies in law, economics, and public policy working papers. yale law school hawking, s. ( ). a brief history of time. cambridge. cambridge university press johnstone, g. and van ness,d.w ( ) ‘roots of restorative justice’ in johnstone, g. and van ness,d.w (eds) handbook of restorative justice. cullompton. willan: - kearney, r. and rainwater, m. ( ). the continental philosophy reader. london. routledge kearney, r. ( ) ‘religion and ideology: paul ricoeur’s hermeneutic conflict’ in the irish theological quarterly : - kearney, r. ( ). ‘aliens and others: between girard and derrida’ in cultural values vol ( ): - kearney, r. ( ) re-imagining the sacred. new york. columbia university press kolnai, a. ( ) ‘forgiveness’ in proceedings of the aristotelian society, - : - lacey, n. and pickard, h. ( ) ‘to blame or to forgive?: reconciling punishment and forgiveness in criminal justice’ oxford journal of legal studies, online pp. - doi: . /ojls/ggv levinas, e. ( ). totality and infinity: an essay on exteriority. pittsburgh. dequesne university press martin, d. ( ) religion and power: no logos without mythos. farnham. ashgate massumi, b. ( ) a user’s guide to capitalism and schizophrenia: deviations for deleuze and guattari. cambridge. mit press melamed, y. ( ) ‘“omnis determinatio est negatio” – determination, negation and self- negation in spinoza, kant and hegel’ in forster, e. and melamed, y. (eds) spinoza and german idealism. cambridge. cambridge university press: - menocal, m.r. ( ). the ornament of the world: how muslims, jews and christians created a culture of tolerance in medieval spain. new york. bay back books miller, j. ( ) ‘carnivals of atrocity’ in political theory ( ): - milanovanovic, d. ( ) quantum holographic criminology: paradigm shift in criminology, law and transformative justice. carolina academic press murphy, j. and hampton, j. ( ) forgiveness and mercy. cambridge. cambridge university press nelson, m ( ) ‘utilitarian eschatology’ in american philosophical quarterly vol. ( ): - nietzsche, f. ( ) the birth of tragedy. oxford. oxford university press nietzsche, f. ( ) thus spoke zarathustra. london. penguin books pellauer, d. and dauenhauer, b. ( ) ‘paul ricoeur’ https://plato.stanford.edu/entries/ricoeur/ accessed / / pepinksy, h. ( ) ‘peacemaking criminology’ in critical criminology : - pycroft, a. and bartollas, c. (eds) ( ) applying complexity theory: whole systems approaches to criminal justice and social work. bristol. policy press pycroft, a ( ) ‘complexity theory: an overview’ in pycroft, a and bartollas, c (eds) applying complexity theory: whole systems approaches to criminal justice and social work. bristol. policy press: - pycroft, a. (forthcoming) ‘consciousness in rather than of: advancing modest claims for the development of phenomenologically informed approaches to complexity theory in criminology. journal of theoretical and philosophical criminology. roberts, t. with windle, j. ( ). forgiven: the amish school shooting, a mother's love, and a story of remarkable grace. bloomington. bethany house. sieh, e. ( ) ‘less eligibility: the upper limits of penal policy’ in criminal justice policy review vol. : - sydow, j., schreyogg, g. and koch, j. ( ). ‘organizational path dependence: opening the black box’ in academy of management review vol ( ): - the guardian http://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/ /nov/ /i-was-able-to- forgive-my-sisters-murderer-only-by-acknowledging-my-own-ange accessed / / the guardian http://www.theguardian.com/world/ /apr/ /auschwitz-survivor-angers- plaintiffs-trial-forgiveness accessed / / accessed / / verdeja, e. ( ) ‘derrida and the impossibility of forgiveness’ in contemporary political theory. vol ( ): - Žižek, s. ( ) living in the end times. london. verso https://plato.stanford.edu/entries/ricoeur/ http://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/ /nov/ /i-was-able-to-forgive-my-sisters-murderer-only-by-acknowledging-my-own-ange http://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/ /nov/ /i-was-able-to-forgive-my-sisters-murderer-only-by-acknowledging-my-own-ange http://www.theguardian.com/world/ /apr/ /auschwitz-survivor-angers-plaintiffs-trial-forgiveness% accessed% / / % accessed% / / http://www.theguardian.com/world/ /apr/ /auschwitz-survivor-angers-plaintiffs-trial-forgiveness% accessed% / / % accessed% / / violence and social justice vittorio bufacchi palgrave macmillan, basingstoke, , pp. xi, , hardcover £ . , $ . , isbn: contemporary political theory ( ) , – . doi: . /cpt. . ‘no justice, no peace’, threatens the bumper sticker and rally sign, raising in this popular form a serious question for contemporary political theory: what is the connection of violence and justice? does injustice justify violence? is violence, by its very nature, unjust? vittorio bufacchi attempts to clarify some of the conceptual puzzles surrounding our thinking about violence. even if one demurs from some of his conclusions, the clear exposition of his liberal position makes this book a valuable contribution for political theorists trying to understand these critically important questions. bufacchi offers a new definition of violence. he distinguishes between two common accounts of violence, which he labels the ‘minimalist approach’, which sees violence as an act of ‘intentional, excessive force’ and the ‘comprehensive approach’, in which violence is ‘a violation of rights’ (p. ). the first of these approaches, bufacchi argues, views violence more from the perspective of perpetrators, and the second, more from the perspective of victims. arguing that the distinction between these two approaches is more ideological than logical, bufacchi suggests his own alternative, as a way to provide an account of the nature of violence that ‘aspires to be universally valid’ (p. ) and which can be seen to be from the perspective of a third-party observer. according to bufacchi, then, violence is best understood as a ‘violation of integrity’, ‘used here in a strictly non-philosophical sense, meaning wholeness or intactness’ (p. ). ‘an act of violence is fundamentally a violation of the integrity of the subject or object that suffers the violence, to the extent that the act of violence takes something away from the victim, therefore shattering the pre-existing psychological and/or physical unity that was in place before the violence took place’ (p. ). for bufacchi, this definition combines elements of both of the previous two understandings, but allows a third party to make the judgments about when violence has occurred. this allows him to identify four faces of violence: ‘when integrity is violated intentionally by means of a direct action; when integrity is violated intentionally by means of an omission; when the violation of integrity is foreseeable (even if not intended) as book reviews r macmillan publishers ltd. - contemporary political theory vol. , , – a result of certain actions and when the violation of integrity is foreseeable (even if not intended) as a result of certain omissions’ (p. ). from this definition of violence, through a series of elegant moves, bufacchi is able to demonstrate that what is wrong about violence is that it results in humiliation, understanding humiliation as an affront to one’s integrity. by this account, then, bufacchi defines violence as overlapping with the unjust. bufacchi ends by considering whether violence can ever be just; he forces fanon’s argument for violence into a kind of ‘identity’ argument for violence and finds it unconvincing, but argues that consequentialist accounts can help us to answer the question of ‘just violence’ by introducing a kind of proportionality. this short summary does not do justice to the intelligence of bufacchi’s analysis; it is worth reading carefully. the most obvious target of bufacchi’s argument is obviously and predictably approaches that see violence as ‘structural violence’. bufacchi takes issue with this approach, begun with the norwegian thinker johan galtung, whose more expansive definition is that ‘violence is present when human beings are being influenced so that their actual somatic and mental realizations are below their potential realizations’ (quoted at page ) and for whom such structural violence is more harmful than direct violence. for bufacchi, structural violence so broadens and weakens the category of violence as to make it meaningless; better, he argues, to call such exploitation ‘exploitation’ and not to assimilate it to the term violence. what, he asks, is gained by calling it violence? quite the contrary, argues bufacchi, expanding a term waters down its conceptual and moral force. further, he argues, since some people see violence as biologically inevitable, then ‘if an injustice is reclassified as an act of violence, there is the potential risk that injustice will also be seen as inevitable’ (p. ). ‘fortunately’, he continues, ‘this debate between geneticists and philosophers can conveniently be by-passed if we rethink the relationship between injustice and violence y ’ (p. ). then, drawing upon the work of judith shklar, who saw injustice as so harmful that ‘most of us would rather reorder reality than admit that we are the helpless objects of injustice’ (p. ), bufacchi observes that the harm of injustice is that it, like violence, is bad and wrong because of ‘the humiliation factor, namely the sense of humiliation, vulnerability and powerlessness that goes with having one’s integrity violated’ (p. ). this argument reveals both the strengths and limits of bufacchi’s approach. his goal is to create a philosophically clear concept of violence. yet in his attempt to provide a delimited and perspicuous account of violence, bufacchi ends up bracketing some of the problems that are associated with using this concept in the real world. his ‘third person’, ‘impartial spectator’ conception of violence forces the question about who decides when a person’s integrity has been violated to another level, but it does not eliminate the question. and in book reviews r macmillan publishers ltd. - contemporary political theory vol. , , – making the question of humiliation the key, bufacchi, though he recognizes ‘social and political dimensions’ to this question, evades the serious problem that we might call, after peter bachrach’s famous ‘second face of power’, the ‘second face of violence’ problem. after all, imagine that shklar is right and some people do not see the injustice, or by extension, the violence committed against them, as humiliating. we might agree that a woman who thinks it is ‘natural’ that her husband will slap her if she makes a comment about the number of beers he has drunk has had her integrity violated, but if she does not, and if she is not humiliated, is it violent? on the one hand, bufacchi’s impartial spectator is meant to solve this problem. but as many feminist analyses of domestic violence show (bufacchi makes a passing reference to domestic and family violence at page ), the ‘objective’ analysis is inadequate to providing any basis for changing the violent situation. has her integrity been violated if she says, ‘well, i deserved it today and it is no big deal’? similarly, fanon’s account of violence does not rest upon ‘identity’, but on something close to what bufacchi calls ‘humiliation’. reading fanon’s accounts of the individual algerians who have suffered psychological devastation in wretched of the earth (fanon, ) might well lead some ‘impartial spectator’ to think that colonialism is intrinsically violent. but suppose the impartial spectator sees such cases as isolated cases of individual devastation, and accepts the idea that colonialism has a civilizing mission (narayan, ). might not accounts that are ‘subjective’ in such cases prove more revealing about the nature of violence, and what the injustice of such violence is? it was to avoid such gaps between ‘objective’ and ‘subjective’ accounts of violence that lead theorists of structural violence, and iris young in defining violence as a ‘face of oppression’ to their conclusions. one wishes that bufacchi had engaged the feminist literature on the nature of violence more directly, and that he had responded to the logic behind concepts such as structural violence rather than simply criticized them for their vagueness. there are many other questions about violence that we would want a political theory of violence to answer. bufacchi evades the question about whether humans are intrinsically violent, and thinks his account stronger for this evasion. he also does not consider in depth the psychological questions about the effects of violence on perpetrators and victims. and his account of violence does not help us think about whether it is appropriate to provide ‘restorative justice’ as a remedy for violence. but it is unfair to ask bufacchi to have taken on all of these questions. as he wisely notes at the outset of this book, the question about the relationship of violence and justice can only become more important to political theory in this new century. in providing such a clear and thoughtful addition to this discussion, he has done a major service to contemporary political theory. book reviews r macmillan publishers ltd. - contemporary political theory vol. , , – references fanon, f. ( ) the wretched of the earth. new york: grove press. narayan, u. ( ) colonialism and its others: considerations on rights and care discourses. hypatia ( ): – . joan c. tronto department of political science, university of minnesota, minneapolis, usa book reviews r macmillan publishers ltd. - contemporary political theory vol. , , – violence and social justice references political philosophers have recently begun to take seriously methodological questions concerning what it is that a theoretical justice in ideal theory: a refutation colin farrelly university of waterloo farrelly@uwaterloo.ca i. introduction political philosophers have recently begun to take seriously methodological questions concerning what a theoretical examination of political ideals (such as freedom, equality and justice) is suppose to accomplish and how effective theorising in ideal theory is in securing those aims. andrew mason ( ) and g.a. cohen ( ), for example, believe that the fundamental principles of justice are logically independent of issues of feasibility and questions about human nature. their position contrasts sharply with political theorists like john dunn ( ) and joseph carens ( ) who believe that normative theorising must be integrated with an appreciation of the empirical realities of one’s society. rather than bracket questions of feasibility and human nature, empirically- oriented political theorists believe that real, non-ideal considerations (like our historical circumstances, problems of institutional design, etc.) must be taken seriously when deriving normative theories of justice. the disagreement between those political philosophers who feel inclined to invoke highly abstract hypotheticals when deriving the principles of justice, and those political theorists who take seriously real, non-ideal considerations, is a disagreement over how fact-sensitive a theory of distribute justice ought to be. mason raises a challenge for the more empirically grounded political theorists when he asks: “what reason do we have for thinking that any adequate analysis of an mailto:farrelly@uwaterloo.ca ideal such as justice must be conducted in the light of an investigation of what is feasible?” (mason, , ). in this paper i hope to provide a compelling response to mason’s question. i believe there is some conceptual incoherence involved in saying “this is what justice involves, but there is no way it could be implemented” (mason, , ). this incoherence stems from the fact that a theory of social justice, and the principles of justice it endorses, must function as an adequate guide for our collective action. a theory of social justice that yields impotent or misguided practical prescriptions is a deficient theory of justice. if the collective aspiration to implement the conclusions of a theory would not result in any noticeable increase in the justness of one’s society, then it fails as a normative theory. liberal egalitarian theories of justice are theories that typically function at the level of ideal theory. the distinction between ideal and non-ideal theory is not given rigorous classification in the existing literature. as mason ( , ) notes, this distinction is employed by john rawls in the law of peoples. an account of justice in ideal theory must recognise “some moderately strong feasibility constraints which require it to be realistic in the best of foreseeable conditions” (mason, , ). rawls describes ideal theory as being realistically utopian. political philosophy is realistically utopian “when it extends what are ordinarily thought of as limits of practical political possibility” (rawls, , ). this contrasts with non-ideal theory, which is concerned with problems of non-compliance or unfavourable (historical, social or economic) conditions. in this paper i argue that theorising about justice at the level of ideal theory is inherently flawed and thus has impoverished liberal egalitarianism. any theoretical analysis that takes place at the level of ideal theory cannot take seriously the question of what is possible in the best possible conditions (or what constitutes a “realistic” utopia) as a determination of what constitutes the best possible conditions requires a thorough examination of non-ideal considerations (e.g. the facts of non-compliance, scarcity, indeterminacy, human vulnerability and fallibility, etc.). more specifically, liberal egalitarians who function at the level of ideal theory adopt a cost-blind approach to rights and a narrow view of possible human misfortune. the former issue leads liberal egalitarians to give priority to a serially ordered principle of equal basic liberties (rawls, , ) or to treat rights as “trumps” (dworkin, ); and the former to a stringent prioritarian principle (rawls’s difference principle) or luck egalitarianism. taken together, the cost-blind approach to rights, coupled with the narrow view of human misfortune, mean the liberal egalitarian theories of justice cannot address the issue of tradeoffs that inevitably arises in real non-ideal societies that face the fact of scarcity. this makes liberal egalitarianism an ineffective theory of social justice. in the concluding section of the paper i outline a general methodology intended to enhance the transformative potential of liberal egalitarianism. i call this method practical political philosophy. doing practical political philosophy requires philosophers to engage in a self-conscious dialogue not only with other philosophers, but also with executives, legislatures, courts and other public administrators. in order to facilitate this self-conscious dialogue i recommend that political philosophers aspire to satisfy what robert goodin ( ) calls “deliberation from within”. deliberating from within will help liberal egalitarians better understand why liberalism has been assailed by its many critics, including communitarians, democratic theorists, cosmopolitans, environmentalists, multiculturalists and feminists. so, at a minimum, liberals will be better prepared to defend liberal egalitarianism against its many critics if they defend a public philosophy that takes non-ideal theory seriously. furthermore, engaging in practical political philosophy will ensure that the theoretical analysis developed by liberal egalitarians will be sufficiently fact-sensitive so that their prescriptions can serve as a guide to our collective action in the real world. and this will make liberal egalitarianism a more defensible theory of social justice. ii. a parody of the original position consider the following hypothetical scenario. given the growing strains on the existing airports in london, british policy makers decide that a new airport should be created. they have grand ambitions for this airport and want it to be better than either heathrow or gatwick. these policy makers commission dave, an aviation expert, to come up with a list of the “fundamental principles” that should the guide the planning and construction of this new and improved airport. in order to clarify what the ideal airport would look like dave invokes a number of simplifying assumptions in order to derive his normative guidelines concerning how the airport should be designed. he begins by making the following assumptions which he believes are necessary to ensure that he functions at the level of ideal theory: . assume that concerns of airplane safety, noise and pollution do not arise. so no airplane ever has a malfunction and no citizens will complain about the inconvenience of having an airport in their neighbourhood. . assume that society is a closed society and thus all flights will be domestic flights. . assume that all passengers who will use the airport will be “normal functioning” passengers. that is, no passengers will have physical disabilities that will limit their mobility of getting around the airport or boarding and leaving airplanes. . assume that issues of domestic security do not arise. so there are no terrorists or criminals and thus the airport does not need to worry about the costs associated with extensive check-in procedures. . assume that there will always be good weather so that flights will not be delayed or cancelled due to weather. having invoked these simplifying assumptions, dave begins to reflect on what he thinks the ideal airport should achieve. he rejects the utilitarian ethic of company directors who only care about maximising profits. dave adopts an impartial, contractual approach to his project. he images what the representative passenger would want from the airport if they were all equal and placed behind a “veil of ignorance”. this veil denies them knowledge about things like their preference for the kinds of restaurants and shops available in the airport, whether they will be travelling with or without children, the distance they will be flying, etc. from behind this veil of ignorance passengers only know that they seek to maximise their airport primary goods. these goods include safety, leaving on time and having their baggage arrive safely and promptly at the correct destination. dave further surmises that priority rules govern these primary goods and thus he concludes that the following three, serially ordered, principles should govern the design and construction of the new airport: principle : all persons (both passengers and flight crew) have the same indefeasible claim to safety. (equal basic safety principle) principle : equal opportunity for boarding your flight promptly and departing on time. (principle of fair equality of opportunity) principle : we should maximize the promptness of getting the last pieces of baggage unloaded from an airplane to the baggage reclaim area. (maximin baggage reclaim principle) imagine now how the policy experts who solicited dave’s advice will react to the normative conclusions of dave’s ideal theorising. will dave’s armchair theorising be of any use for planning and designing a real airport? an airport that will be subject to a variety of concerns that arise in the non-ideal world. these concerns range from safety and pollution to congestion and accessibility. our policy makers will no doubt dismiss dave’s normative conclusions as being unrealistic and naïve as policy makers will have to struggle with a vast array of issues which dave’s ideal theorising ignores. it is easy to support dave’s three principles if, for example, airport and airplane security are not real concerns or if the congestion created by international flights did not arise. but of course in the real world these things do happen. air traffic controllers can make mistakes, poor weather affects visibility and causes delays, the volume of international flights increases congestion, security measures delay boarding procedures and may delay flights, and the varying physical abilities of passengers impact the accessibility of an airport. there are countless complications that arise in the real world that must be taken into consideration when deciding what would constitute the best possible airport we can make. tradeoffs must be made between safety and concerns of efficiency (e.g. costs) and feasibility (e.g. given that humans are fallible and that many things, like the weather, are indeterminate). to bracket or ignore the constraints of the real world is to obstruct, rather than clarify, how we should theorise about what the ideal airport would be. perhaps dave might protest against my criticisms by retorting that he was simply describing what an airport would look like in the “best foreseeable conditions”. but if dave knew anything about the empirical realities of airport transportation, he would have realised that he transcended real world considerations too often and too easily. if it is wrong to invoke dave’s method of ideal theorising about airports, is it not also inappropriate to invoke similar ideal theorising about questions of distributive justice? i believe that it is. like dave, john rawls makes a number of simplifying assumptions (e.g. society is a closed system and consists of normal, fully cooperating members) that severely limit the viability of “justice as fairness” as a theory of distributive justice. the publication of a theory of justice in sparked a renewed interest in political philosophy and rawls’s theory remains the most influential theory of distributive justice in contemporary debates. “justice as fairness” has been the subject of intense debate, and criticism of rawls’s theory has come from theorists of almost every stripe. from egalitarians and libertarians to feminists, communitarians, cosmopolitans, and multiculturalists, it seems that everyone has an axe to grind with rawls and grinding that axe often helps his opponents gain support for their alternative theoretical position. the most compelling of these criticisms of rawls’s theory stem, i believe, from deficiencies which follow from the fact that rawls functions at the level of ideal theory. rawls tries to accommodate non-ideal considerations more seriously in his later work. in political liberalism, for example, rawls defends a political conception of justice which emphasises the need for stability and an overlapping consensus. rawls’s extension of his theory to global justice in the law of peoples is perhaps the best example of how, over the course of almost half a century, rawls slowly began to shift from ideal to non-ideal theory. though he never explicitly described his shift in such terms, it is implied by his aspiration to defend a theory that is realistically utopian. given the simplifying assumptions rawls makes in his earlier ideal theorising, such as society being a closed system consisting of normal, fully cooperating members, i think it is fair to say that rawls often transcended the limits of practical political philosophy too easily. had he resisted the temptation to bracket the complexities of non-ideal theory he might have defended a political philosophy that satisfied the requirements of a realistic utopia. perhaps the clearest evidence of the fact that rawls’s political constructivism is not noticeably more fact-sensitive than his earlier theory is that the two principles of justice endorsed in both a theory of justice and political liberalism are (roughly) the same principles. the only substantive modification rawls makes to his later theory is the communitarians, for example, complain that liberals like rawls invoke an “unencumbered conception” of the self and that this inspires a neutralist public philosophy that undermines community and the importance of civic virtue. feminists take issue with rawls’s inattention to gender inequalities; whilst multiculturalists charge that liberals like rawls ignore the fact that modern liberal societies are multicultural. democratic theorists of various stripes have also taken issue with the idealising assumptions of contemporary theories of distributive justice. jeremy waldron ( ) criticises justice theorists for failing to take seriously what he calls the “circumstances of politics”. paralleling hume’s discussion of the circumstances of justice, waldron argues that “the need for a common course of action would not give rise to politics as we know it if there was not at least the potential for disagreement about what the concerted course of action should be” ( , ). waldron criticises justice theorists who treat rights as trumps. as waldron puts it, “we cannot play trumps if we disagree about the suits” ( , ). the methodological insight of waldron’s critique of normative political philosophy is that theorising about justice is itself only part of the task of the political philosopher. the second part is to theorise about politics. because most work in political philosophy focuses exclusively on the first task it tends to be work that, in waldron’s words, is of the following sort- “i-expect-you’d-all-like-to-know-what-i- would-do-if-i-ruled-the-world” ( , ). ian shapiro echoes waldron’s concern and claims that many political philosophers “appear to take it for granted that there is a correct answer to the question justification of “justice as fairness’. but rawls does not alter much of the content of the theory. what principles of justice we ought to affirm; that rawls, ronald dworkin, robert nozick, amartya sen, or someone else will eventually get it right” ( , ). but if the demands of justice can be established by simply invoking the principles chosen in the original position or those entailed by equality of resources, then what is the role of democratic politics? it seems that the latter is superfluous. by theorising about justice at the level of ideal theory it is easy to gloss over the non-ideal considerations that arise in the circumstances of politics. but in doing so political philosophers unjustifiably place too much faith in their own armchair theorising. in addition to ignoring (or at least downplaying) the importance of democracy (as well as community, cultural diversity, patriarchy, the environment, globalization, global poverty, etc.) perhaps the most pressing failure of rawlsian ideal theorising is that it fails to take scarcity seriously. this is a particularly troubling problem for rawls’s theory because he serially orders his two principles of justice. such ordering yields impotent prescriptions for real societies that face conditions of scarcity. defenders of rawls might reply that such a charge is misplaced as rawls acknowledges the so-called “circumstances of justice”. these include the fact of moderate scarcity. following david hume, rawls argues that justice is only necessary and possible when society falls between the extremes of severe scarcity and abundance of goods. whilst it is true that rawls does mention moderate scarcity this fact does not figure into the deliberation of the parties in the original position and rawls makes a number of idealising assumptions (e.g. full compliance, society is closed and filled with healthy people) that obscure how constraining scarcity will be on fulfilling the demands of his two principles of justice. this becomes most evident if we consider some of the comments rawls makes concerning maximin in justice as fairness: a restatement. iii. maximin and the cost-blind approach to rights rawls violates the assumption of moderate scarcity when he explains why the contracting parties would choose his two principles of justice over the principle of utility. let me expand on this particular critique for it illustrates the problem with functioning at the level of ideal theory. by assuming full compliance rawls’s idealising assumptions collapse into what onora o’neill ( , ) calls “idealization”. idealization involves making claims that are actually false, in order to simplify an argument. rawls engages in idealization when he argues that the maximin strategy would lead the parties in the original position to endorse his two serially ordered principles of justice over the principle of utility. i will assume that most of my readership are familiar with the basic details of rawls’s original position so i shall not rehearse, in any great detail, those points here. the parties in the original position are placed behind the “veil of ignorance” and are presented with a shortlist of traditional conceptions of justice. they must decide which of these will secure them the largest share of social primary goods (rights and liberties, powers and opportunities, income and wealth and self-respect). rawls believes that it is rational for the parties to choose his two principles of justice over the rival principles. he defends this claim by arguing that the two principles of justice are the maximin solution to the problem of social justice. “the maximin rule tells us to rank alternatives by their worst possible outcomes: we are to adopt the alternative the worst outcome of which is superior to the worst outcomes of the others” (rawls, b, ). given that the parties do not know what their social position will be, or what their level of natural assets will be, it is rational, rawls claims, for them to adopt the conservative attitude expressed by this rule. the maximin rule is “a useful heuristic rule of thumb for the parties to use to organize their deliberations” (rawls, , note ). the maximin rule, argues rawls, instructs the parties to choose the two principles of justice for they guarantee the highest minimum payoff. rawls believes that utilitarianism permits the interests of some to be sacrificed for the greater good of others and thus he argues that the principle of utility would not be chosen as it does not satisfy the requirements of maximin. some have questioned whether it is rational for the parties to adopt such a conservative stance. john harsanyi ( ), for example, argues that the maximin principle has some very irrational conclusions. but let us put these issues aside as my point is to show that rawls falsely assumes that the rights entailed in the equal basic liberties principle are costless “negative” rights. hence why he believes that the first principle of justice can be given an absolute priority over the principle of fair equality of opportunity and the difference principle. without knowing the probability of being talented or born into a favourable social position, rawls maintains that it is rational to assume you have the least desirable genetic endowments and family position. a crucial assumption that rawls slips in in his discussion of maximin is that the contracting parties are deliberating about what their place would be within a society that exists in the circumstances of justice under reasonably favourable conditions. elaborating on what the latter entails rawls claims this is qualified, however, by rawls’s assumption that all persons fall within the normal range of functioning. so we should assume that the least endowed possess a decent minimum level of natural primary goods (e.g. health and vigor). that they are the “conditions that, provided the political will exists, make a constitutional regime possible”. conditions such as sufficient economic and technological development, sufficient natural resources and an educated citizenry. but this assumption is a blatant violation of one of the considerations blocked by the veil of ignorance. namely, how rich or poor our society is. now perhaps rawls thinks that even poor societies could, it only they had the political will, become liberal democracies like america. but this assumption is simply baffling. it really demonstrates how localised and insular rawls’s discussion of social justice is. how many of the world’s non- democratic countries are non-democratic simply because they lack the political will to become a constitutional democracy? it is more than just a coincidence that the world’s most stable constitutional democracies are also those that enjoy the highest levels of economic and technological development, are rich in resources and have an educated citizenry. the assumption that these favourable conditions will hold in our society violates the requirements of the maximin rule. this rule requires us to rank alternatives by their worst possible outcomes. the worst possible outcome would be to be the least advantaged in the least advantaged society that satisfies the circumstances of justice. just as we cannot assume that we will be born with “reasonably favourable genetic endowments” or into a family with “reasonably favourable social advantages”, nor can rawls , p. . though this assumption perhaps helps explain why some were naïve enough to believe that simply removing saddam hussein from power would be sufficient for establishing a democratic iraq. the many challenges of re-building iraq demonstrate that numerous considerations, besides simply lacking the “political will”, can impede the path to a stable constitutional democracy. perhaps the bush administration has been reading too much political philosophy and not enough political sociology! we assume that we will be born into a society that has the reasonably favourable conditions stipulated by rawls. one of the things the parties in the original position do not know is what the particular circumstances of their society (e.g. its economic or political situation) will be. we do not know how rich or poor our society will be. so rawls is not justified in claiming that the parties can assume that whatever society they end up in it will be one in which the reasonably favourable conditions that make a constitutional democracy possible exist. behind the veil of ignorance we do not know what the probability of being born into an affluent country is, just as we do not know what the probability of being born into an affluent family is. we can thus make a distinction between what i call the lax maximin rule and the stringent maximin rule. the former is adopted by rawls and requires us to assume that we will be members of the least advantaged group in a society that exists in reasonably favourable conditions. the stringent maximin rule requires us to assume that we will be the least advantaged in the least advantaged society. we can assume that our society will satisfy the circumstances of justice and thus social cooperation is better than the non- cooperative baseline of a hobbesian state of nature. but we cannot assume, as rawls does, that things will be more favourable than satisfying just this minimal condition. once we emphasis the point that the parties do not know what the probabilities of being born into an affluent society are and thus that they should, as a matter of consistency, adopt the stringent maximin rule, new considerations will enter into their deliberations. considerations concerning how scarce resources could be best used to maximise the social primary goods of the least advantaged in a society with budget constraints. this shifts things in favour of the principle of utility over rawls’s two principles of justice as the latter does not take seriously the issue of tradeoffs in levels of rights protection. such tradeoffs are necessary in any society but especially in those that are less affluent than a country like contemporary america. the parties in the original position, argues rawls, know commensense facts of human psychology and political sociology (rawls, , ). one of the basic facts of political sociology is that rights have costs. the fact that rights cost money is a simple truism but something many of us tend to forget. the basic rights enshrined in the american constitution have budgetary costs. here are some of the staggering costs, for the year alone, of funding the various agencies necessary for protecting negative rights in america: defence: . billion dollars homeland security: . billion dollars health and human services: . billion dollars education: . billion dollars justice: . billion dollars environmental protection agency: . billion dollars reflecting on the budget costs of protecting various rights is something which the parties in the original position must contemplate as they decide whether the principle of utility or rawls’s two principles of justice will maximise the minimum. assuming, as maximin requires them to, they will be the least advantaged members of the least advantaged society, they will know that it is inevitable that trade-offs in rights protection these figures are taken from the budget of the united states: fiscal year available at: http://w .access.gpo.gov/usbudget/fy /budget.html http://w .access.gpo.gov/usbudget/fy /budget.html must occur. with only limited revenues available the state will not be able to make rights absolute in the way rawls’s two principles presuppose. faced with these kinds of considerations, which are ones the contracting parties must reflect upon, is it rational for them to opt for rawls’s two principles of justice? no. the equal basic liberties principle, for example, tells us that individual rights should take a priority over concerns of equal opportunity and socio-economic inequalities. but rawls assumes that these negative rights are costless. that any society that exists in the circumstances of justice under reasonably favourable conditions could, if it just had the political will, guarantee the protection of these rights. this is a common (but mistaken) assumption among both liberals and libertarians. rawls assumes that negative rights only require the state to refrain from interference and thus satisfying the requirements of this principle will not have any (or at least no significant) costs so we can then move on to the second principle of justice to address positive state action, like providing adequate education. but “taking rights seriously means taking scarcity seriously” (holmes and sunstein, , ). rawls’s two principles of justice do not do this. they give a priority to protecting rights and liberties over fair equality of opportunity and the difference principle but they do not deal with the issue of prioritising between different levels of rights protection. furthermore, pursuing the former aim could be an never- ending aim. we could pump all our available wealth into making our streets and borders more secure, better monitoring our police force, ensuring food and drugs are safe for human consumption, etc. the first principle of justice is thus an impotent principle of justice. the parties in the original position would not choose such a principle over the principle of utility. unlike rawls’s two principles of justice, the principle of utility is designed to tackle the issue of which trade-offs in rights protection must be made. rawls of course sees this as its main shortcoming. recall that for rawls, justice denies that the loss of freedom for some is made right by a greater good shared by others. but in our deliberations about the maximin strategy we must assume that some loss of freedom is inevitable. we do not know if we will be born into an affluent country that has the (endless?) supply of resources necessary to satisfy the requirements of the equal basic liberties principle. we must assume that we will be born into a society that is rich enough to make pursuing social cooperation better than non-cooperation, but not so well- off that the rights of all can be guaranteed. would we choose utilitarianism in this scenario? i think it is more rational to choose utilitarianism than the two principles of justice in such circumstances. of course there is no guarantee that your rights will be protected in this utilitarian society. the same is true of a society governed by rawls’s two principles of justice. but the utilitarian society will be able to make some progress towards prioritising among the different levels of rights protection the state could offer so that the trade-offs necessary to maximise utility can be made. it will invest scarce resources in protecting those rights most essential to human welfare rather than simply saying that all rights are absolute. once we follow the conservative reasoning of the maximin strategy through, and reflect upon the commonsense facts of political sociology, we realise that no principle can guarantee the rights of minorities (or the rights of anyone). and this is precisely why we should reject rawls’s priority rules which give an absolute priority to liberty. such a strategy presumes rights are costless. but rights have costs; vast amounts of revenue are needed to effectively legally enforce these rights. rawls’s idealising assumptions (e.g. society is closed and there is full compliance) explain why he believes that the equal basic liberties principle can be guaranteed. namely, that legally enforcing these rights only necessitates that the state refrain from interference. by ignoring the realities of non- compliance and scarcity of resources, rawls’s theory of “justice as fairness” insulates itself from the most pressing concerns that face every real society. the assumption that protecting the negative rights will have not costs might be true if we lived in a society with full compliance and abundance of resources. but such an assumption goes beyond what ideal theory is suppose to presuppose- namely, that we be realistic about what the best of foreseeable conditions are. the best foreseeable conditions do not include the possibility of living in a society of saints or transcending moderate scarcity. such conditions would violate hume’s circumstances of justice. we would not need justice if this kind of utopian society were possible. a number of other simplifying assumptions that rawls makes in his account of justice demonstrate that his abstraction collapses into idealization. rawls ( b, ) invokes the assumption that everyone has physical needs and psychological capacities within the normal range, for example, when he attempts to identify who the least advantaged are. the difference principle requires the basic structure of society to be organized so that social and economic inequalities are to the greatest benefit of the least advantaged. but if all citizens are within the normal range of functioning then we would not need to worry about healthcare concerns that arise in a world where there are accidents and disease. is such a fact one that we can ignore because, in ideal theory, we are concerned with what is required in the best possible scenario? no. no society (not even a realistic utopia) can transcend the fact of human vulnerability. the idea that we can derive the principles of justice by simply ignoring or postponing such facts is severely misguided. rawls’s reason for making this assumption is not that issues of just healthcare fall outside the scope of justice, rather they should be dealt with “at the legislative stage when the prevalence and kinds of these misfortunes are known and the costs of treating them can be ascertained and balanced along with total government expenditure” (rawls, , ). but once rawls’s legislators have the information about the prevalence of these misfortunes and the costs of treating them, they will need some criteria by which to make a judgment about how much should be spent on healthcare. if the fundamental principles of justice that are suppose to help guide their deliberations are ones that are derived for ideal societies that do not have people in need of medical treatment, then such a theory will be of no use to them. the principles of justice will be ineffective in helping them determine how much they should spend on healthcare. rawls’s assumption that society is a closed system also results in further idealizations. this is evident when one considers one of the central institutional prescriptions he advocates in the paperback edition of political liberalism. this is the prescription that society should take the role as employer of last resort through general or local government, or other social and economic policies (rawls, , lix). this prescription might sound like a good idea when we assume that our society is the rawlsian closed society (and a society consisting of fully compliant, healthy citizens). but the case for such a prescription is much harder to make in a society whose economy is subject to the pressures of a competitive global economy. rawls assumes that % employment is something that can be attained in the best foreseeable circumstances. but this is an enormous empirical assumption. it is arguably an easy assumption to make if one assumes society is closed but it is a very contentious empirical claim to make about real, open societies. ballooning deficits, the migration of unskilled (and illegal) workers, coupled with the pressures for remaining competitive in a global economy, all pose formidable obstacles to the aim of having % employment. nothing in rawls’s account of justice addresses these non-ideal considerations. and thus the institutional prescriptions he advocates are of little use when applied to real societies. like rawls’s assumption that no major obstacles face legally enforcing constitutional rights (except having the political will), the idea that the only obstacle facing % employment is the political will to make this a reality is naïve. contemporary political disagreements are largely disagreements over how to best achieve such an aim, rather than over whether such an aim is itself desirable. neither american president george w. bush nor democratic candidate john kerry would object to the idea that being employed is crucial for achieving self-respect, but the former believes that the best way of promoting job- growth in america is through tax cuts for the wealthy whilst the latter believes that preventing the outsourcing of jobs is the more appropriate tactic. so there is fundamental disagreement about what is possible, though one might retort that this disagreement is not one that concerns what is possible in the best conditions. but how confident should political philosophers who engage in ideal theorizing be in their judgment that they know what is feasible in the best possible conditions? i think we should be very modest about such judgments as they will rely on large, contentious empirical assumptions. assumptions that one does not have to make explicit (let alone defend) if one can simply say “i am talking about justice in ideal theory”. but such assumptions will receive the attention they deserve if one explicitly functions at the level of non-ideal theory. iv. dworkin and equality of resources in the early ’s ronald dworkin ( , b) published a series of influential articles on equality. these two articles now form part of dworkin’s recent book entitled sovereign virtue. dworkin’s theory is in many respects an attempt to improve upon rawls’s theory. his account of “equality of resources” attempts to take seriously the concern for mitigating natural inequalities (i.e. handicaps) and holding people responsible for their choices. dworkin’s defence of equality has given rise to the position elizabeth anderson ( ) calls “luck egalitarianism”. luck egalitarians construct their theories around what is called the choice/chance (or choice/circumstances) distinction. “people’s fates are determined by their choices and their circumstances” (dworkin, , ) and this must remain, argue luck egalitarians, a fundamental insight when considering what constitutes a just distribution. luck egalitarians disagree on exactly what should be equalised (e.g. resources, opportunity for welfare, etc.) but they believe that inequalities in the advantages that people enjoy are just if they derive from the choices people have voluntarily made, but that inequalities deriving from unchosen features of people’s circumstances are unjust. luck egalitarians also function at the level of ideal theory and thus are guilty of idealization. and this results in impotent or misguided normative prescriptions. those who endorse this position include, among others, ronald dworkin ( ), richard arneson ( ), g.a. cohen ( ) and philippe van parijs ( ). dworkin’s egalitarianism is premised on two fundamental principles of ethical individualism- the principle of equal importance and the principle of special responsibility. these principles maintain the following: principle of equal importance: it is important, from an objective point of view, that human lives be successful rather than wasted, and this is equally important, from an objective point of view, for each human life. principle of special responsibility: though we must all recognise the equal objective importance of the success of a human life, one person has a special and final responsibility for that success- the person whose life it is. (dworkin, , ) dworkin’s attempt to merge the two fundamental principles of ethical individualism are most stark in his hypothetical tale of shipwrecked survivors who are washed up on a desert island that has abundant resources. i will assume that most of my readers are familiar with the basic details of dworkin’s tale. my criticism focuses on the normative prescriptions that dworkin believes can be derived from his hypothetical insurance scheme. after telling the story about the hypothetical auction, the challenge for dworkin is translating how this applies to real, non-ideal societies. in the real world, he argues, there is a need for taxation and redistribution. income tax is a device society can use to neutralise the effects of handicaps and differential talents. a tax system, admits dworkin, can only roughly approximate the results of the insurance scheme and will not achieve a truly ambition-sensitive/endowment insensitive distribution. but the problems facing dworkin’s theory are more formidable than the concern that it is only a second- best solution. dworkin assumes that the appropriate level of public funding for healthcare and welfare can be determined by asking how much people would insure against these misfortunes in the hypothetical auction (where people do not know what their risk is of faring poorly in natural endowments). but this makes a number of idealizations that obscure our liberal and prioritarian commitments. firstly, we must ask why dworkin’s insurance scheme is limited to only these two forms of misfortune? citizens of even affluent liberal democracies are vulnerable to numerous forms of misfortune beyond handicaps and differential talents. we face risks of misfortune from crime, food preparation and sanitation, terrorist attack, natural disasters, injury at work, pollution, etc. so if dworkin is to utilise the insurance scheme as the model for determining the appropriate level of state provisions then we must add protection against all forms of brute luck disadvantage to the list of things we could insure against. like rawls, dworkin assumes that protecting the equal basic liberties of all will be costless, hence why he is only concerned with the costs of healthcare and welfare. but this assumption is mistaken. rights cost money. legally enforcing any right (e.g. protecting property, security of the person, education, etc.) will mean that numerous strains will be placed on the funds available for promoting the aims of healthcare and welfare. so the question “how many of your clam shells would you spend insuring against disease, illness, (brute luck) accidents and unemployment” must be extended to something like the following: non-ideal insurance scheme (or real politics!): how much would you be willing to spend on insurance to mitigate the misfortunes of disease, illness, (brute luck) accidents, unemployment, crime, terrorism, natural disasters (hurricanes, floods, famine, etc.), injury at work, and every other conceivable misfortune that citizens could face. dworkin is not justified in limiting his insurance scheme to the two brute luck considerations he limits himself to (i.e. handicaps and differential talents). furthermore, his discussion of healthcare and welfare ignores many other complex considerations that arise in real life. consider, for instance, his discussion of welfare reform in sovereign virtue. dworkin’s hypothetical unemployment insurance scheme does not provide a definitive answer to the question of what welfare program real societies should adopt but it does “bracket a range of welfare programs that a reasonable person or legislature might think required by the twin principles that people’s lives are of equal importance and that each person has a responsibility to take control of his own life” (dworkin, , ). in particular, dworkin believes that “a welfare scheme with no cutoff, that either may or must provide training and job assistance, and that conditions compensation on good-faith endeavor to find employment, is preferable either to a more severe or a more generous program” ( , ). but one may reasonably wonder how dworkin comes to the conclusion that equality precludes cutting off welfare benefits as such a measure might be seen as a blatant violation of dworkin’s principle of special responsibility. dworkin anticipates this response and argues that conservatives who maintain that long-term unemployment is the result of work-aversion or other negative traits (such as laziness) overestimate the extent to which personality accounts for these things. the conservative argument relies on predictive judgements about the motivational and behavioural consequences of welfare (e.g. that welfare perpetuates a culture of dependency). rather than attempt to substantiate the claim that the factual and predicative judgements of the conservative argument are false, dworkin simply claims that his competing welfare strategy does not get entangled in these controversial psychological presumptions. but this response to the conservative argument is unsatisfactory because dworkin’s hypothetical unemployment insurance tale is bound to get just as entangled in these issues. consider the following passage in which dworkin asks us to imagine what unemployment insurance people in contemporary america would be willing to buy. but we might nevertheless capitalize on the imaginary [unemployment insurance] exercise by asking what unemployment insurance people with a representative mixture of the tastes and ambitions most americans have… would buy if they had the wealth that is average among us and were acting prudently. there is no single right answer, i agree, to hypothetical questions like that one. which insurance opportunities people would be offered, and which of these they would take up, would depend on hosts of contingencies and market and personal decisions that we can sensibly imagine in different ways. but if we could construct a narrow range of unemployment insurance policies such that it is plausible to assume that almost every american who was acting rationally would buy a policy within that range, whatever other insurance he added to it, we could design the core structure of an eminently defensible welfare program based on that information. (dworkin, , ) if many americans believe (as no doubt at least some do) that long-term unemployment is mostly a case of individual choice and not circumstances beyond their control, then why should we believe dworkin’s claim that the insurance scheme would produce a narrow range of unemployment policies that precluded those that cut benefits off after a few years of receiving benefits? whether or not it would be prudent to opt for policies that have no limit on welfare benefits will depend on what we think of the controversial psychological presumptions dworkin thinks his approach can avoid. without providing a more conclusive argument as to why we should not ascribe more personal responsibility to the issue of unemployment, dworkin’s conclusions for welfare reform are unpersuasive. theorising about what people would choose in ideal theory does not dispense with the difficult factual and predictive judgements about the motivational and behavioural consequences of welfare. so once again ideal theory obstructs, rather than clarifies, the particular stakes involved in fundamental questions about justice. the charge that the dworkinian insurance model obstructs our prioritarian commitments is evident in the proposal put forth by justice burley ( ) in “the price of eggs: who should bear the cost of fertility treatments”. burley argues, via recourse to dworkin’s theory of equality, “that justice demands that [infertile] individuals be compensated for all or part of the costs of the assisted conception techniques that they undergo” ( , ). burley believes the dworkinian approach to justice is attractive because it is an alternative to needs-based approaches to healthcare which get drawn into a debate about what our “fundamental needs” are. the needs-based approach is typically viewed as being opposed to state-funding of assisted conception techniques because infertile individuals are not at risk of physical harm if they do not undergo such treatments. the dworkinian model only requires us to determine if infertility counts as a deficit in personal resource holding (i.e. a handicap). burley ( , ) argues that two conditions must be satisfied in order for fertility to count as a handicap: ( ) the infertile person must envy the capacity of others to bear genetically related offspring and ( ) the deficit in personal resources at issue must not be traceable to her tastes of choices. after stating the case for why these two conditions are satisfied in the case of infertility, burley remarks: recall that only those handicaps individuals in the aggregate would have insured against will be compensated. in the hypothetical insurance scheme people would have knowledge of the actual incidence of this handicap. they would know that per cent of all couples experience infertility, and that up to per cent of this number will not conceive other than through artificial means… i contend that in this situation the average individual would deem having genetically related offspring a constitutive element of leading a good life… it is therefore plausible to insist that individuals in the aggregate would stipulate infertility as one handicap that they were particularly concerned to receive compensation for. (burley, , ) the problem with burley’s argument is that she does not consider how enormous the list of possible misfortunes that we could insure against is. focusing on one handicap in isolation will of course garner support for the position that this handicap is one we should insure against. but when placed against the background of all possible handicaps (and other possible misfortunes) where does the interest of having genetically related children figure? that is the question that burley needs to address and it is not one that political philosophers can answer by simply engaging in armchair theorising. the danger of invoking the dworkinian model is that we will tend to treat particular misfortunes in isolation, as burley does with infertility, and then make the leap to the real-world prescription that compensation for this particular disadvantage is required. given scarcity of resources, this conclusion could jeopardize state-funding for other, more pressing, treatments. by attempting to forego a debate about what our “fundamental needs” are, burley’s position does not give adequate weight to the other forms of possible misfortune that we are vulnerable to. engaging in the ideal theorising of the dworkinian model obstructs the importance of the empirical information (e.g. how pervasive and severe different forms of disadvantage are, etc.) one would need to have in order to make informed decisions about the allocation of scarce public funds. the problems facing dworkin’s version of egalitarianism, and luck egalitarianism more generally, are more extensive than the ones i have mentioned above. two recent critics of luck egalitarianism, who raise pragmatic concerns about the adequacy of it as a normative theory, are jonathan wolff ( ) and elizabeth anderson ( ). in “fairness, respect and the egalitarian ethos” wolff criticises the egalitarian methodology, a methodology that invokes fictional examples and two-person worlds. wolff does not dispute the claim that such an approach to political philosophy has some gains, but he expresses concern about what the losses of such a methodology are. in particular, by making responsibility the focus of an egalitarian theory of justice luck egalitarians run the risk of compromising other important values- such as respect. collecting the data required to actually achieve an “ambition sensitive”/ “endowment insensitive” distribution would result in the unfair treatment of the disadvantaged. wolff argues: to press a claim, then, one is required not merely to admit but to make a convincing case that one is a failure, unable to gain employment even when there is no difficulty for others. some people refuse to claim benefit on the grounds that they do not want to admit that they cannot find a job. but think how it must feel- how demeaning it must be- to have to admit to oneself and then convince others that one has not been able to secure a job, despite one’s best efforts, at a time when others appear to obtain employment with ease…. thus the unemployed must give a humiliating answer to a question it is humiliating even to consider, in order to qualify for welfare benefit. (wolff, , ) in “what is point of equality?” elizabeth anderson makes a similar critique of luck egalitarianism. she argues ( , ) that luck egalitarianism fails the most fundamental test any egalitarian theory must meet: that its principles express equal respect and concern for all citizens. it fails this test in a number of ways. for example, it excludes some citizens from enjoying the social conditions of freedom on the spurious ground that it’s their fault for losing them. recall dworkin’s hypothetical insurance scheme. dworkin argues that justice demands that the state compensate everyone for whatever risks of bad brute luck they would have insured themselves against if all were equally likely to suffer from the risk. but a problem arises with respect to what dworkin calls “option luck”. option luck concerns risks that are the result of our choices. dworkin’s principle of equal concern requires us to compensate people for the misfortunes of bad brute luck but not bad option luck. taking this line seriously has troubling consequences. it permits society to turn its back on many who may need medical assistance due to the decisions these individuals have voluntarily made (e.g. negligent drivers, those in dangerous occupations, etc.). the criticisms raised by wolff and anderson reinforce the point that luck egalitarians have failed to take seriously the question of how their normative principles of justice are to be related to real life. as wolff argues, egalitarian philosophers “should become aware that the task for the egalitarian philosopher is at best only half done when the ideal principle is found. the next question is: how does justice fit into a wider egalitarian view?” (wolff, , - ). starting at the level of non-ideal theory will help political philosophers develop a more complete conception of justice. but how should political philosophers who wish to take non-ideal theory seriously proceed? i now attempt to shed light on this general methodological issue. v. conclusion: where the action (really) is- on the site of non-ideal theory i have argued that armchair theorising about justice in ideal theory severely limits the practical insights of liberal egalitarianism as such theorising often brackets the complex and contentious issues that make the struggle for justice in real societies difficult. in this concluding section i seek to make a positive contribution to helping political philosophers shift from ideal to non-ideal theory. my argument here is primarily methodological and i do not attempt, in this paper, to take on the more ambitious project of actually defending a conception of liberal justice in non-ideal theory. but drawing from the lessons to be ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------. learned from the shortcomings of the theories of rawls and dworkin, liberal egalitarians should take seriously, at a minimum, the issue of tradeoffs and the value of democracy. in order to enhance the transformative potential of liberal egalitarianism political philosophers must engage in a self-conscious dialogue, not only with other philosophers (e.g. libertarians, conservatives, etc.), but also with executives, legislatures, courts and other public administrators. doing this ensures that non-ideal considerations, like budget constraints, disagreement, limited knowledge and indeterminacy, will figure prominently into our philosophical analysis. rather than bracketing these complex considerations we ought to endorse a public philosophy that takes non-ideal considerations seriously. so practical political philosophy is itself an exercise in deliberative democracy. political philosophers should aspire to satisfy what robert goodin ( ) calls “deliberation from within”. “deliberation from within” means that we hold others “imaginatively present” in our deliberations about what the demands of justice are. by doing this we will recognise that theorising at the level of ideal theory violates the demands of “deliberation from within” for it asks us to bracket or ignore many of the complex concerns that arise in real, non-ideal societies. consider, for example, what public administrators would say about rawls’s assumption that society is a closed system and a society of normal, fully cooperating members. like our hypothetical aviation expert dave, who assumes all flights are domestic flights and that concerns about airplane safety and weather do not arise, the political philosopher who engages in idealising hypotheticals will alienate many from their deliberations about justice. in particular, they will alienate those who actually face the distributive questions that normative theories of justice address. for example, legislators and public administrators who must make important decisions about the allocation of scare public funds. if we do not make these persons “imaginatively present” in our theorising about justice then we run the risk that our normative conclusions will be impotent. at a minimum, political philosophers who function at the level of non-ideal theory must take seriously the facts of scarcity and disagreement. doing this will mean that the issue of tradeoffs and the value of democracy should figure more prominently in our theorising about justice. taking tradeoffs seriously means that we should reject the idea that we can serially order the principles of justice. taking democracy seriously means that political philosophers should have realistic expectations concerning what their armchair theorising can accomplish. we should purge ourselves of the urge to engage in normative projects that make democracy and politics superfluous. political philosophers should aspire to enhance, rather than pre-empt, our deliberations concerning what important political values (e.g. justice, freedom, equality, etc.) both mean and require. conceiving of the discipline in this way will help enhance the transformative potential of liberal egalitarianism and at the same time expand the diversity of interlocutors which political philosophers can engage with. by making a wider array of people “imaginatively present” in our theorising, political philosophers will realise the severe limits of “i-expect-you’d-all-like-to-know-what-i-would-do-if-i-ruled-the-world” normative theories. the recent “deliberative turn” (dryzek, ) in democratic theory is encouraging not only because it has brought theoreticians of democracy and justice closer together, but as more political philosophers begin to internalise the prescriptions of deliberative democracy the greater the chances are that liberal political philosophy in particular will revive its practical focus and inspire a public ethic that takes seriously the complexities of justice in non-ideal theory. bibliography anderson e ( ). what is the point of equality? ethics ( ): - . arneson r ( ). equality and equal opportunity for welfare. philosophical studies : - . burley j ( ). the price of eggs: who should bear the cost of fertility treatments. in harris j, holm s (eds). the future of human reproduction (paperback edition). oxford: oxford university press. pp. - . carens j ( ). culture, citizenship, and community. oxford: oxford university press. cohen ga ( ). facts and principles. philosophy and public affairs ( ): - . ------------ ( ). on the currency of egalitarian justice. ethics ( ): - . dryzek j ( ). deliberative democracy and beyond: liberals, critics, and contestations. oxford: oxford university press. dunn j ( ). reconceiving the content and character of modern political community. in dunn j (ed). interpreting political responsibility. oxford: polity press. pp. - . dworkin r ( ). sovereign virtue. cambridge, mass.: harvard university press. ------------ ( ). what is equality? part : equality of welfare. philosophy and public affairs ( ): - . ------------ ( b). what is equality? part : equality of resources. philosophy and public affairs ( ): - . ------------ ( ). taking rights seriously. london: duckworth. goodin r ( ). reflective democracy. oxford: oxford university press. harsanyi j ( ). can the maximin principle serve as a basis for morality? a critique of john rawls’s theory. american political science review : - . holmes s, sunstein c ( ). the costs of rights: why liberty depends on taxes. new york: w.w. norton & company. mason a ( ). just constraints. british journal of political science : - . o’neill o ( ). towards justice and virtue: a constructive account of practical reasoning. cambridge: cambridge university press. rawls j ( ). justice as fairness: a restatement. cambridge, mass: harvard university press. ------------ ( ). the law of peoples. cambridge, mass.: harvard university press. ------------ ( b). a theory of justice (second edition). oxford: oxford university press. ------------ ( ). political liberalism (paperback edition). new york: columbia university press. shapiro i ( ). democratic justice. new haven and london: yale university press. van parijs p ( ). real freedom for all. oxford: oxford university press. waldron j ( ) law and disagreement. oxford: oxford university press. wolff j ( ). fairness, respect, and the egalitarian ethos. philosophy and public affairs. ( ): - . - | vol. | nº | | pp. - esta obra está bajo una licencia de creative commons reconocimiento-nocomercial . unported. justicia de transición en españa: claves para aprobar una asignatura pendiente transitional justice in spain universidad de oviedo, españa lucpayero@gmail.com abstract justice put forward by l. joinet –truth, justice and reparation– will frame this analysis. firstly, the protection of human rights, as agreed within the specialized literature, would be met. key words: francoist crimes, international criminal law, transitional justice in spain, amnesty law, historical memory, spanish transition resumen el objetivo de este trabajo es analizar la política española en materia de justicia transicional. to- mando como referencia las tres dimensiones de la justicia de transición señaladas por l. joinet - ción, serán sugeridas algunas medidas que, de adoptarse, acercarían a españa a lo que la literatura especializada considera que son los estándares internacionales en materia de protección de los derechos humanos. palabras clave: crímenes franquistas, derecho internacional penal, justicia de transición en españa, ley de amnistía, memoria histórica, transición española http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/ . /deed.es_es mailto:lucpayero@gmail.com artículos originales payero lópez, lucia. justicia de transición en españa: claves para aprobar una asignatura pendiente . la transición española tras la muerte de franco se inicia en españa un proceso de transición a la democracia que culmina con la aprobación de la constitución de . la española puede ser adecuada- mente descrita como una transición «vía transacción», puesto que se trata de un supuesto en el que una dictadura «inicia la transición estableciendo ciertos límites al cambio políti- co y permaneciendo como una fuerza electoral relativamente significativa a lo largo de la [misma]» (share y mainwaring, : ). se lleva a cabo una negociación «generalmente implícita entre las elites del régimen autoritario y [de] la oposición democrática», por lo que las partes mantienen una desigualdad de partida: «el régimen [dictatorial] toma la iniciativa de dar comienzo a la liberalización y durante la mayor parte del proceso per- manece en una posición que le permite ejercer una influencia significativa sobre el curso del cambio político» ( : ). ello condujo a que el saldo final del proceso beneficiase a quienes comenzaron con ventaja, puesto que ellos diseñaron las líneas maestras del ré- gimen democrático de acuerdo a sus intereses. he aquí algunos ejemplos. en primer lugar, la monarquía impuesta por franco en la persona de juan carlos de borbón se mantuvo hasta hoy sin que el pueblo fuera consultado acerca de la forma de gobierno que prefería –a pesar de que el sistema democrático inmediatamente anterior era el de la ii república– ni se exigiera al monarca que jurase la constitución –quien, por el contrario, prometió respetar las leyes fundamentales del reino hasta en dos ocasiones–. incluso cuando juan carlos decidió abdicar en su hijo para lavar la cara a una institución salpicada por los escándalos no se planteó seriamente la necesidad de dotar de legitimidad democrática a la monarquía a través de la celebración de un plebiscito. en segundo lugar, las líneas generales del sistema electoral actual ya se contenían en el real decreto-ley / , de de marzo, que establecía las normas rectoras del proceso para la elección de las cortes que habrían de aprobar la constitución. condicionados por la ley para la reforma política, los contenidos del decreto-ley de tendrían continuación en la constitución y en la ley electoral. a grandes rasgos, puede afirmarse que el diseño del sistema electoral español consagra el bipartidismo, otorga mayor peso a las provincias escasamente pobladas y rurales, de tendencia conservadora, y sólo arroja resultados proporcionales en las circunscripciones de mayor tamaño, actuando como un procedimiento cuasi-mayoritario en el resto. todo ello conduce a que el sistema produzca unos efectos psicológicos que tienden a reforzar sus efectos materiales (el llamado «voto útil»). como consecuencia aparece un sentimiento generalizado de ausencia de alterna- tivas y, por tanto, cunde la sensación de que la mayor parte de los ciudadanos no están representados por las opciones políticas que gobiernan. en tercer lugar, la unidad nacional resultó de una imposición extraparlamentaria sin cuya aceptación los militares no hubiesen permitido que el proceso de elaboración cons- . lo que no quiere decir que lo hiciera de manera voluntaria: «los cambios se dan en respuesta a la gran moviliza- ción popular» (monedero, : ). . ley / , de de enero, para la reforma política. . ley orgánica / , de de junio, del régimen electoral general. revista de paz y conflictos issn - | vol. | nº | | pp. - titucional continuara (solé tura, : - ). más aún, se encomienda al ejército la defensa de esa unidad nacional. en cuarto lugar, y aunque se ha dicho que la constitución española permite una interpretación tendencialmente socialista o más neoliberal, lo cierto es que no estamos ante un texto constitucional revolucionario o rupturista –como la constitución italiana de o la portuguesa de –, sino ante una constitución mixta. y es que «en las transiciones vía transacción acometidas por regímenes autoritarios conservadores cabe esperar que los líderes del régimen gobiernen evitando cambios socioeconómicos de orden estructural» (share y mainwaring, : ). eso se consiguió en españa a través de los pactos de la moncloa, que fijaron «las paredes maestras del modelo económico» (pisare- llo, : ). la evolución posterior hacia una mayor liberalización de los mercados y una paralela reducción de los derechos sociales vendría marcada por la incorporación a la comunidad económica europea en . el resultado fue la consagración de «una auténtica constitución económica dirigente, pero invertida, que regulaba con detalle su programa tecnocrático y neoliberal, frenando cualquier intento de regeneración demo- crática y proscribiendo la posibilidad de que dentro de los estados pudieran ejecutarse políticas keynesianas capaces de contener al capital financiero» (pisarello, : ). la crisis económica actual y la reforma del artículo de la constitución para dar prioridad al pago de la deuda sobre cualquier gasto social o de otro tipo terminaron por dibujar los rasgos de la constitución económica en españa. en quinto lugar, y a los efectos de este trabajo, reviste una importancia fundamental otra característica típica de las transiciones vía transacción, como es «la ausencia de me- didas de castigo dirigidas contra los líderes del periodo autoritario» (share y mainwaring, : ). se puede entender que los líderes de un régimen dictatorial se nieguen a iniciar «la democratización a no ser que les sea garantizado el que no vayan a ser procesados» ( : ), pero lo que llama la atención del caso español es que transcurridos casi cua- renta años desde la aprobación de la constitución, con un sistema de democracia formal plenamente consolidado, sigan sin adoptarse apenas medidas de justicia de transición. y ello a pesar de los recientes desarrollos del derecho internacional en materia de pro- tección de las víctimas de violaciones de derechos humanos y desapariciones forzosas. más aún, el discurso oficial acerca de la transición en españa afirma que representó un proceso modélico, digno de ser exportado a otras latitudes y que, aunque tuvo sus ligeras sombras, éstas aparecen compensadas por sus muchas luces y se explican acudiendo al . según elster, «el caso español es único dentro de las transiciones a la democracia, por el hecho de que hubo una decisión deliberada y consensuada de evitar la justicia transicional […]. en los hechos esta decisión consensuada de ignorar el pasado no tuvo imitadores directos» ( : - ). es más, los únicos ejemplos que pueden extraerse de ella son la «impunidad de grandes criminales, la mentira, el silencio, el abandono y desprecio a las víctimas de la represión» (sáez, : - ). artículos originales payero lópez, lucia. justicia de transición en españa: claves para aprobar una asignatura pendiente contexto de terrible confrontación social de la época. no obstante, un estudio compa- rativo del caso español y otros supuestos transicionales permite comprobar que existen modelos alternativos en los que, al contrario que en españa, se aplicaron medidas de jus- ticia de transición de manera más amplia y efectiva y se procedió a recuperar la memoria democrática anterior a la dictadura. a continuación analizaré con detalle los déficits que presenta la justicia transicional en españa para intentar demostrar que, lejos de resultar ejemplar, la transición española consagró un modelo de impunidad para los criminales de la dictadura. en lugar de ser exportada, la transición española debiera ser revisada y sus errores, en la medida de lo posible, enmendados. . justicia de transición en españa el término justicia de transición (transitional justice) hace referencia a «la variedad de pro- cesos y mecanismos asociados con los intentos de una sociedad por resolver los problemas derivados de un pasado de abusos a gran escala, a fin de que los responsables rindan cuen- tas de sus actos, servir a la justicia y lograr la reconciliación. tales mecanismos pueden ser judiciales o extrajudiciales» (naciones unidas, : § ). es importante destacar que las medidas de justicia transicional no sólo resultan de aplicación en sociedades en las que se está gestando la democracia –como sería españa a mediados de los años setenta–, sino que estados con un sistema democrático asentado, al menos desde un punto de vista formal –como la españa actual– también pueden –y deben– recurrir a ellas a fin de saldar cuentas con su pasado. tras el informe de joinet sobre la impunidad de los autores de violaciones de los de- rechos humanos, se suele entender que la justicia de transición se compone de tres di- mensiones: verdad, justicia y reparación ( ). veamos en qué consiste cada una de ellas. . . verdad el principio de verdad tiene como finalidad esclarecer los hechos ocurridos durante la dictadura para determinar si constituyeron una vulneración de los derechos fundamenta- les. la verdad, en este sentido, presenta una doble dimensión: individual y colectiva. en el . algunos elementos de ese contexto que permiten comprender mejor el desarrollo de la transición española –aun- que sus hagiógrafos no siempre los señalen– son, además de la violencia y la conflictividad social, la crisis económica mundial y la desmovilización de la sociedad, fomentada esta última –según explica ortí ( )– tanto por la bur- guesía conservadora como por las elites de los partidos y organizaciones sindicales antifranquistas que se sumaron al consenso. la desactivación de la calle favoreció la estrategia de cambio controlado y limitado a los aspectos formales de la democracia. . vid., a modo ilustrativo, viver i pi-sunyer ( : ). . a este respecto, las reflexiones de queralt son absolutamente pertinentes: «como decía heráclito no se puede entrar dos veces en el mismo río lo que, aplicado a nuestro caso, […] significa que no tiene sentido reescribir la his- toria. pero lo que no decía heráclito es que haya que bañarse siempre en el mismo pútrido río y que no asista el de- recho al saneamiento de tales aguas. no se trata de revisar la historia […]. de lo que se trata es de devolver a quienes impunemente y con publicidad se les arrebató lo que hace que una persona sea persona: su dignidad» ( : ). revista de paz y conflictos issn - | vol. | nº | | pp. - plano individual se reconoce un derecho a saber qué pasó cuyos titulares son las víctimas y sus familiares y amigos. este derecho entraña un deber correlativo de investigar los hechos a cargo del estado. en el plano colectivo, la verdad consiste en el derecho de la sociedad a conocer la historia para evitar su repetición. es lo que se conoce como derecho a la memoria histórica. en contrapartida, el estado tiene un deber de preservar esa memoria «a fin de prevenir contra las deformaciones de la historia» denominadas revisionismo y negacionismo (joinet, : § ). las medidas que sugiere joinet para proceder a esclarecer la verdad son dos: la crea- ción de comisiones no judiciales de investigación, más conocidas como comisiones de la verdad, y la preservación de todos aquellos archivos relacionados con las violaciones de derechos humanos ( : § ). pues bien, en españa no se creó ninguna comisión de la verdad durante la transición ni aun después. el consenso, tan alabado, que posibilitó el tránsito pacífico de la dicta- dura a la democracia se basó en un pacto de silencio y olvido del pasado, tanto el infame –el golpe de estado y la dictadura– como el democrático –la república y la resistencia antifranquista–. se pretendía evitar la apertura de viejas heridas para, de ese modo, lograr la reconciliación nacional. semejante actitud contribuyó a difundir la tesis de la equidis- tancia entre ambos bandos, responsables por igual de crímenes terribles. con la ley de memoria histórica se perdió una buena oportunidad de avanzar en el esclarecimiento de la verdad. pese a que entre los objetivos declarados de la norma se encuentra la recuperación de la memoria personal y familiar «de quienes padecieron per- secución o violencia, por razones políticas, ideológicas o de creencia religiosa, durante la guerra civil y la dictadura» (artículo . ), así como, en el marco de las políticas públi- cas, fomentar «los valores y principios democráticos, facilitando el conocimiento de los hechos y circunstancias acaecidos durante la guerra civil y la dictadura y asegurando la preservación de los documentos relacionados con ese período histórico y depositados en archivos públicos» (artículo . ), lo cierto es que la regulación es insuficiente para colmar el deber de memoria e investigación que incumbe al estado –más aún, en ningún lugar aparecen recogidas las obligaciones del estado, sólo se habla de derechos de las víctimas y sus familiares– y la aplicación no ha sido demasiado efectiva. . a juicio de monedero, «que la transición fue pacífica es un mito injustificable» ( : ), teniendo en cuenta la violencia brutal que desplegaron tanto la extrema derecha como la extrema izquierda, eta, el grapo y las fuer- zas y cuerpos de seguridad del estado. en palabras de sánchez cuenca, «exceptuando la transición rumana […], la española ha sido la más sangrienta en europa» ( : ). una buena descripción de tal violencia puede leerse en sánchez soler ( ). . resultan sumamente ilustrativas las siguientes palabras de monedero: «si […] la mejor forma de esconder un elefante en la gran vía es llenando la gran vía de elefantes, para que no hubiera culpables de la guerra era necesario que todos fueran culpables. se sentaban las bases para entender la guerra civil como el resultado de un enfren- tamiento fratricida entre los españoles, un pueblo que aún no había aprendido a convivir pacíficamente. el relato era amable para los hijos de los vencedores, que ganaban en moralidad respecto de sus padres, pero seguía siendo inmoral para la consciencia de los vencidos, culpables solamente de haber intentado defender la legalidad vigente en » ( : ). . ley / , de de diciembre, por la que se reconocen y amplían derechos y se establecen medidas a favor de quienes padecieron persecución o violencia durante la guerra civil y la dictadura. . mucho menos desde que el partido popular (pp) dejó sin fondos la aplicación de la ley de memoria histórica. artículos originales payero lópez, lucia. justicia de transición en españa: claves para aprobar una asignatura pendiente la ley contempla tres dimensiones del derecho a la verdad: la localización y exhu- mación de fosas comunes, la investigación histórica acerca de la dictadura y la gestión de los monumentos y símbolos públicos. el primer asunto se contiene en los artículos - . el artículo . regula el derecho de los familiares a conocer el paradero de sus muertos en los siguientes términos: «las administraciones públicas, en el ejercicio de sus competencias, facilitarán a los descendientes directos de las víctimas que así lo soliciten las actividades de indagación, localización e identificación de las personas desaparecidas violentamente durante la guerra civil y la represión política posterior y cuyo paradero se ignore» (cursiva añadida). esta colaboración del estado con los particulares en la búsqueda de los cadáveres de los desaparecidos, que se iniciará siempre a instancia de parte, se queda lejos de lo que precep- túan las normas internacionales en la materia y consagra una especie de «privatización de la verdad» (amnistía internacional, ). y es que el deber de recordar e investigar que corresponde al estado no depende de que lo pidan las partes; incluso los estados habrían de alentar a las víctimas a ejercer su derecho a la memoria (naciones unidas, : § ). en los artículos - se establecen medidas acerca de los estudios de investigación histórica: de este modo, se «constituye el centro documental de la memoria histórica» en salamanca (artículo . ), estableciéndose «el derecho de acceso a los fondos docu- mentales depositados en los archivos públicos y la obtención de las copias que se soliciten» (artículo . ). particularmente importantes son las disposiciones acerca de la gestión de los monu- mentos y simbología públicas que se contienen en los artículos - . el artículo . dice: «las administraciones públicas, en el ejercicio de sus competencias, tomarán las medidas oportunas para la retirada de escudos, insignias, placas y otros objetos o men- ciones conmemorativas de exaltación, personal o colectiva, de la sublevación militar, de la guerra civil y de la represión de la dictadura». la aplicación de este precepto ha sido limitada y todavía perduran monumentos de exaltación franquista en diferentes ciudades españolas, así como calles cuyos nombres recuerdan hechos o personajes relacionados con ese pasado luctuoso. más aún, el artícu- lo . prevé una importante limitación a la retirada de símbolos franquistas: «cuando concurran razones artísticas, arquitectónicas o artístico-religiosas protegidas por la ley». según ha señalado capellà, si tenemos en cuenta «que buena parte de estos símbolos fas- cistas se encuentran todavía en iglesias y fachadas de edificios públicos, esta disposición la justificación ofrecida es que «no se debe remover el pasado». y es que incluso las labores de identificación y ex- humación de cadáveres han quedado sin financiación, pese a que cuando el pp llegó al poder en aseguró que ésta iba a ser la única acción memorialista que, no sólo mantendría el presupuesto, sino que lo vería incrementado. como el tiempo ha demostrado, otra promesa vacua (pérez, ). . en este sentido, y como bien señalaba gómez isa, «al final, parece que va a ser la sociedad civil, con la ayuda de los historiadores, quien elabore la narrativa del sufrimiento de las víctimas de la guerra civil y el franquismo, algo que, aunque imprescindible, resulta totalmente insuficiente. […]. la verdad por sí sola no [basta], tiene que ir acompañada de un reconocimiento público del sufrimiento. la verdad no se puede quedar en el círculo más íntimo de las víctimas, sino que tiene que ser reconocida oficial y públicamente» ( : ). revista de paz y conflictos issn - | vol. | nº | | pp. - corre el peligro de quedar en papel mojado cuando no haya voluntad política de eliminar monumentos y simbología franquista» ( : ). y eso es lo que ha ocurrido. aun así, no siempre resulta conveniente la destrucción de todos los símbolos de la dictadura; en los casos en que exista un valor artístico o, incluso, histórico relevante (véa- se, por ejemplo, el valle de los caídos), conviene mantenerlo, pero dándole una nueva orientación antifascista. de este modo, se convierte en un lugar de memoria para que las generaciones venideras sepan y vean cuán terrible fue el régimen dictatorial: es lo que ha pasado en argentina con la antigua escuela de mecánica de la armada (esma), con- vertida desde en un museo para la memoria y la promoción de los derechos hu- manos. esta permanencia no alcanza en ningún caso a los nombres de las calles y plazas que conmemoran personajes o hechos relacionados con el pasado funesto. como balance general, podría decirse que en la ley de memoria histórica «brillan por su ausencia medidas para tratar de garantizar el derecho individual de las víctimas y el derecho colectivo de la sociedad a conocer toda la verdad» (gómez, : ). . . justicia el principio de justicia es un requisito básico para evitar la impunidad. la justicia im- plica un derecho de las víctimas a un proceso justo y eficaz donde, si procede, se castigue a su opresor y, correlativamente, un deber del estado de investigar concienzudamente las violaciones de derechos humanos que se hayan cometido, perseguir a sus autores, juzgarlos y, finalmente, condenarlos si se demuestra su culpabilidad. en su informe, joinet sugería la adopción de dos tipos principales de medidas a fin de implementar adecuadamente el principio de justicia. en primer lugar, la concesión a la víctima de la «posibilidad de hacer valer sus derechos beneficiándose de un recurso justo y eficaz (…) para que su opresor sea juzgado» ( : § ). lo ideal es que la competen- cia para juzgar recaiga sobre los tribunales nacionales y que se reserve excepcionalmente la competencia a un tribunal internacional en aquellos casos en los que los primeros no puedan llevar a cabo esa labor de manera imparcial ( : § ). en segundo lugar, el re- lator especial recomendaba la aplicación restrictiva de ciertas reglas jurídicas para impedir que favoreciesen la impunidad de los agresores. así, la prescripción no debe regir en los crímenes contra la humanidad ni ha de contar para la misma el período de tiempo donde no haya existido un recurso eficaz ( : § ); no cabe amnistiar a los responsables de violaciones de derechos humanos «en tanto las víctimas no hayan obtenido justicia por la vía de un recurso eficaz» ( : § ) y el derecho de reparación en ningún caso puede verse afectado por la amnistía; tampoco es posible que los autores de vulneraciones de derechos gocen de los derechos de «refugio político, asilo territorial o diplomático» ( : § ) o se amparen en el carácter político de sus crímenes a fin de evitar la extradición . a ello se refería de greiff al decir: «ciertos objetos no pueden propiamente ser removidos y algunos pueden o deben mantenerse con una necesaria contextualización y «resignificación» para perder el carácter divisorio que puedan tener y poder contribuir a la pedagogía ciudadana y la memoria. el valle de los caídos es un buen ejemplo de ello» ( : § ). artículos originales payero lópez, lucia. justicia de transición en españa: claves para aprobar una asignatura pendiente ( : § ); ni el principio de obediencia debida ni el arrepentimiento pueden actuar como causa de exoneración de la responsabilidad penal ( : § - ); la jurisdicción de los tribunales militares ha de quedar limitada a las «infracciones específicamente mili- tares cometidas por militares», excluyéndose las violaciones graves de derechos humanos ( : § ); por último, los jueces nombrados de manera ilegítima deben ser destituidos, mientras que aquellos que fueron removidos del cargo durante la dictadura han de ser reintegrados a su puesto ( : § ). de los tres aspectos que comporta la justicia de transición, el derecho a la justicia ha sido, quizá, el que ha alcanzado un menor desarrollo en españa. si no se esclareció la verdad de lo ocurrido, mucho menos iba a procederse a juzgar a los responsables. parece que «ni siquiera durante los años previos al inicio formal de la transición, y ni aun los partidos de la extrema izquierda, demandaron abiertamente la persecución y castigo ju- dicial de los responsables de los crímenes pasados» (chinchón, : ). y es que «las demandas más repetidas de la oposición moderada […] fueron, además de la amnistía, la [abolición] de las jurisdicciones especiales. todo lo relacionado con la supresión de los cuerpos represivos y la devolución del patrimonio expoliado a los particulares (por la ley de responsabilidades políticas de ) tendió a dejarse de lado y las medidas de justicia política nunca llegaron a plantearse con la suficiente claridad» (aguilar, : ). las dos peticiones de la oposición democrática se cumplieron, pero en ambos casos las concesiones contenían un gusano oculto. por lo que se refiere a la eliminación de las ju- risdicciones especiales, el tribunal de orden público (top) desapareció en enero de , pero sus magistrados no fueron depurados, sino que se integraron automáticamente en la sala de lo penal de la audiencia nacional (an), un tribunal más que cuestionable en un estado de derecho (vid. andrés, : - ). por lo que hace a la amnistía, se solicitaba para los presos políticos de la dictadura. la ley / , de de octubre, constituyó el hito fundamental en este sentido, al amnistiar «todos los actos de intencionalidad política, cualquiera que fuese su resultado, tipificados como delitos y faltas, realizados al día de diciembre de », así como los cometidos entre esa fecha y el de junio de «cuando en la intencionalidad política se aprecie además un móvil de restablecimiento de las libertades públicas o de reivindica- ción de autonomías de los pueblos de españa». si los actos con esos fines no supusieron «violencia grave contra la vida o la integridad de las personas» la amnistía se extiende hasta el de octubre de (artículo . ). no obstante, durante el trámite parlamentario se colaron dos cláusulas que amnistiaban también a los violadores de derechos humanos y que resultarían finalmente aprobadas: «están comprendidos en la amnistía […] los delitos y faltas que pudieran haber cometido las autoridades, funcionarios y agentes del orden público, con motivo u ocasión de la investigación y persecución de los actos incluidos en esta ley, [así como] los delitos cometidos por los funcionarios y agentes del orden público contra el ejercicio de los derechos de las personas» (artículo e, f ). a partir de ese momento, en las escasas ocasiones en que se intentaron investigar y juzgar los crímenes de la dictadura siempre fue alegada la ley de amnistía como un impe- revista de paz y conflictos issn - | vol. | nº | | pp. - dimento legal absoluto. el argumento se resume más o menos así. cuando se aprobó la ley de amnistía, el derecho internacional de los derechos humanos se hallaba en paña- les, por lo que españa no incumplió la obligación de investigar y perseguir las violaciones de derechos humanos que establecen, entre otros, el estatuto de roma de la corte penal internacional ( ) o la convención contra la tortura y otros tratos o penas crueles, inhumanos o degradantes ( ), puesto que tales normas no habían sido promulgadas todavía. españa había ratificado sólo unos meses antes el pacto internacional de derechos civiles y políticos (pidcp), cuyo artículo . reconoce el derecho a un recurso efectivo a toda persona que vea vulnerados los derechos que el propio tratado contempla; y ello «aun cuando tal violación hubiera sido cometida por personas que actuaban en ejercicio de sus funciones oficiales». autores como ambos ( a) y gil ( ) consideran que, en primer lugar, no cabe una aplicación retroactiva del pidcp, por lo que si los hechos ocurrieron con anterioridad a su ratificación –como es el caso– no habría derecho a recurso. en segundo lugar, incluso aunque se admitiese la retroactividad del pidcp, el recurso no tendría que ser necesaria- mente de tipo penal, sino que bastaría el reconocimiento de acciones en el orden civil. a pesar de que españa también incumplió sus obligaciones internacionales en este punto, como expresamente reconoce gil ( : ), ello no significa que la ley de amnistía contradijese el derecho internacional del momento. en tercer lugar, e incluso aunque la ley de amnistía fuese derogada, los crímenes habrían prescrito, por lo que tampoco sería posible su persecución penal. esta es la opinión que siguen tanto el tribunal supremo (ts) como los dos principales partidos políticos de ámbito estatal. . el caso ruano constituye uno de los pocos ejemplos en los que se llevaron ante los tribunales crímenes (asesinato y tortura) cometidos por funcionarios durante el franquismo. enrique ruano era un joven estudiante al que detuvo la policía en por repartir propaganda de comisiones obreras (ccoo). a los tres días, su cuerpo apareció muerto en el patio interior de una casa. según la versión oficial, ruano se tiró por la ventana intentando escapar (suicidio). tal y como relata aguilar, «dicha muerte no fue debidamente investigada e incluso se manipularon una serie de documentos y pruebas para intentar justificar la acción de ruano basándose en su supuesto desequilibrio psicológico. […]. en , los tres policías implicados en el caso se hallaban en activo en el cuerpo policial y nunca fueron castigados ni siquiera por negligencia en la custodia del detenido. en esta fecha, la familia decidió reabrir el caso y llevarlo a la justicia. sin embargo, los abogados de los acusados adujeron, por un lado, que los veinte años transcurridos impedían, según la legislación en vigor, juzgar ningún delito y, por otro, que la ley de amnistía de se había aprobado para evitar este tipo de juicios. al final, la justicia decidió que el delito no había prescrito, pero que la ausencia de pruebas determinantes (puesto que éstas se habían hecho desaparecer con anterioridad), obligaba a absolver a los tres policías implicados» ( : - ). es importante destacar, no obstante, la conclusión que extrae a. gil de la decisión de la audiencia provincial de madrid (auto diciembre ) en la que, «frente a la pretensión de la defensa y del ministerio fiscal de con- siderar los hechos amnistiados, admitió la tesis de la acusación particular afirmando que la aplicación de la ley de amnistía exigía un juicio valorativo sobre la intencionalidad política de los acusados que, por el momento, no había sido probada. [por tanto, habría que deducir, en primer lugar], una interpretación restrictiva de la ley del : donde dice que se amnistían los delitos cometidos por los funcionarios con la ocasión de la persecución de delitos políticos debe exigirse también en la comisión de dichos delitos el mismo móvil político. [en segundo lugar], la amnistía no impide la investigación y constatación de los hechos y del móvil político para los delitos de los funcionarios que no hubieran sido perseguidos con anterioridad, sino que, por el contrario, la constatación por el tribunal de estos presu- puestos es condición para su aplicación. esta interpretación acercaría más nuestra ley de amnistía a un mecanismo de averiguación de la verdad y no de olvido absoluto» ( : ). . el auto del ts de de marzo de , que resuelve la cuestión de competencia planteada por garzón en el caso de las fosas del franquismo, hace referencia a todos estos asuntos. con respecto a la irretroactividad de la aplica- artículos originales payero lópez, lucia. justicia de transición en españa: claves para aprobar una asignatura pendiente no obstante, existe una opinión alternativa que, sobre la base de los recientes desa- rrollos del derecho internacional en materia de protección de los derechos humanos, y teniendo en cuenta el precedente sentado por la jurisprudencia de la corte interamerica- na de derechos humanos (cidh), afirma la necesidad de derogar la ley de amnistía y perseguir los crímenes del franquismo. a ello obligan la coherencia política y la responsa- bilidad moral que, pese a lo que algunos autores parecen sugerir, no se encuentran reñidas con la corrección jurídica. ción de las normas penales internacionales dice: «el principio de legalidad y el de interdicción de la retroactividad de las normas sancionadoras no favorables (artículo . de la constitución), que prohíben la aplicación retroactiva de las disposiciones sancionadoras a los hechos anteriores a su vigencia, impiden operar con la categoría «delitos contra la humanidad» para denotar jurídicamente y tratar procesalmente las acciones criminales de las que fueron víctimas las personas a las que se refieren las denuncias que motivan las actuaciones de referencia». también alude a la prescripción de los delitos: «por la fecha de iniciación de dichas causas, las acciones criminales sobre las que versan deben considerarse prescritas, a tenor de lo previsto en los artículos y del código penal. es así, debido, de una parte, a que el delito de detención ilegal de carácter permanente sin dar razón del paradero de la víctima, presente en el código penal de , desapareció en el de , para ser reincorporado al de , de modo que no estuvo vigente durante la mayor parte del tiempo en que tuvieron lugar las acciones que se trataría de perseguir. de otra, porque, como se dice en la sts / , el argumento de la permanencia del delito fundado en la hipotética subsistencia actual de situaciones de detención producidas en torno al año , carece de plausi- bilidad. y, en fin, porque, aun admitiendo razonablemente […] que, por la imposibilidad para los familiares de los afectados de instar la persecución de esos delitos durante la dictadura, hubiera que posponer el inicio del cómputo de la prescripción a la entrada en vigor de la constitución, el de diciembre de , incluso en este supuesto, el plazo de años habría transcurrido en todo caso». finalmente, también menciona la vigencia de la ley de amnistía: «la ley / […] forma parte del ordenamien- to vigente. […] porque a tenor de lo que dispone su artículo , la amnistía determinará en general la extinción de la responsabilidad criminal derivada de las penas impuestas o que pudieran imponerse; y porque, conforme a su artículo , será aplicable cualquiera que sea el estado de tramitación del proceso, no podría dejar de proyectar sus efectos sobre los hechos a que se refieren las denuncias que están en el origen de las actuaciones en las que se han suscitado las cuestiones que ahora se deciden» (fj º). . vid. chinchón ( , ), queralt ( ), estirado ( ), sáez ( ), garcés ( ), paredes ( , ) y valencia ( ). . los defensores de la vigencia de la ley de amnistía y, en consecuencia, de la imposibilidad de juzgar los crímenes de la dictadura, apelan a los valores del garantismo jurídico y del iuspositivismo legalista «para evitar resultados que político-criminalmente no consideran deseables» (paredes, ). un buen ejemplo lo encontramos en gil: «se ha criticado a los tribunales españoles la incoherencia de perseguir crímenes cometidos en otros países desconociendo leyes de amnistía, mientras no persigue los cometidos en españa amparados por una ley de amnistía. sin embargo, en un país con división de poderes y con independencia judicial, las decisiones de los tribunales no tienen por qué ser políticamente correctas ni políticamente coherentes, sino sólo jurídicamente correctas y […] entiendo que la decisión de la audiencia nacional respecto de las leyes argentinas de punto final y obediencia debida es jurídi- camente correcta, como también lo es someterse a la propia ley de amnistía, que sí vincula a los jueces españoles –no a los extranjeros cuando persigan crímenes claramente tipificables como internacionales en el momento de su comisión–» ( : ). sin embargo, españa no coopera con los tribunales extranjeros que investigan crímenes franquistas, como quedó demostrado recientemente: cuando en argentina se abrió un proceso judicial en cuyo marco la jueza servini de cubría dictó orden internacional de detención contra diecinueve altos cargos franquistas, el ministerio del interior denegó su extradición, alegando que los delitos habían prescrito y estaban amparados por la amnistía de . aun así, y según apunta valencia, «la corrección jurídica no se puede separar de la coherencia política ni, sobre todo, de la responsabilidad moral, a menos que se pretenda que la función jurisdiccional consiste tan sólo en hacer dere- cho formal e impartir justicia ritual, lo cual termina por convertirse en positivismo puro y duro al servicio del orden o desorden establecido» ( : ). además, los resultados que los defensores de la ley de amnistía pretenden evitar «resultarían compatibles (y aquí estriba la trampa, en negarlo) con el derecho positivo, además de ser muy valiosos en términos político-criminales (reducción del nivel de impunidad, satisfacción de derechos humanos), en revista de paz y conflictos issn - | vol. | nº | | pp. - . . reparación la reparación que se concede a las víctimas de violaciones de derechos humanos presenta una doble dimensión: individual y colectiva. en el plano individual, la repara- ción consiste en un derecho a un recurso eficaz cuyo titular es la víctima, sus familiares directos, las personas a cargo de la víctima o quienes estuviesen estrechamente vinculados con ella. el deber de reparación a cargo del estado incluye tres tipos de medidas: de resti- tución, de compensación o indemnización y de rehabilitación o readaptación. de acuerdo con la resolución / , «la restitución, siempre que sea posible, ha de devolver a la víctima a la situación anterior. […] comprende, según corresponda, el restablecimiento de la libertad, el disfrute de los derechos humanos, la identidad, la vida familiar y la ciu- dadanía, el regreso a su lugar de residencia, la reintegración en su empleo y la devolución de sus bienes» (principio ). el principio dispone la indemnización «por todos los perjuicios económicamente evaluables», entre los que se cuentan el daño físico y mental, la pérdida de oportunidades, los daños materiales y pérdida de ingresos, incluido el lucro cesante, los perjuicios morales y los gastos de asistencia jurídica o de expertos, atención médica y psicológica. por último, la rehabilitación incluirá «atención médica y psicológi- ca, así como servicios jurídicos y sociales» (principio ). en el plano colectivo, el derecho a la reparación alude al ámbito moral (no económico) y comprende medidas de carácter simbólico relacionadas con la memoria histórica (algu- nas de ellas ya fueron mencionadas cuando se explicó el derecho a la verdad, puesto que verdad y reparación se hallan íntimamente conectadas en su dimensión colectiva): es lo que en la resolución / se incluía bajo el concepto de satisfacción (principio ). de este modo, el estado se halla obligado a adoptar «medidas eficaces para conseguir que no continúen las violaciones, la verificación de los hechos y la revelación pública y completa de la verdad […], la búsqueda de las personas desaparecidas […], una declaración oficial o decisión judicial que restablezca la dignidad, la reputación y los derechos de la víctima […], una disculpa pública que incluya el reconocimiento de los hechos y la aceptación de responsabilidades, la aplicación de sanciones judiciales o administrativas a los responsables de las violaciones, conmemoraciones y homenajes a las víctimas, la inclusión de una ex- posición precisa de las violaciones ocurridas en la enseñanza de las normas internacionales de derechos humanos y del derecho internacional humanitario». términos meramente políticos y también en términos morales» (paredes, ). en cualquier caso, «la incoherencia que […] revela en la proyección internacional de nuestro estado […] la vocación expresada por nuestros órganos jurisdiccionales para erigirse en custodios del respeto de los derechos humanos por doquier, a través del empleo de la herramienta de la jurisdicción universal contemplada en el artículo . lopj», ha sido subsanada mediante las reformas operadas por la lo / , noviembre, y la lo / , marzo, que modificaron la lo / , julio, del poder judicial, en lo relativo a la justicia universal (gonzález, : ). tras esta desnaturalización del instituto de la justicia universal ni se investigarán los crímenes de genocidio y de lesa humanidad ocurridos en españa ni tampoco los que hayan tenido lugar en cualquier otro estado. . resolución / , de la asamblea general, que aprueba los principios y directrices básicos sobre el derecho de las víctimas de violaciones manifiestas de las normas internacionales de derechos humanos y de violaciones graves del derecho internacional humanitario a interponer recursos y obtener reparaciones ( diciembre ). artículos originales payero lópez, lucia. justicia de transición en españa: claves para aprobar una asignatura pendiente el ámbito de la reparación individual es, sin duda, el que ha alcanzado un mayor grado de desarrollo en españa –más concretamente, en su faceta indemnizatoria–; aún así, ha- bría muchas cosas que mejorar de acuerdo con los estándares internacionales y siguiendo el ejemplo de otros países que también se enfrentaron a un pasado dictatorial. la repa- ración en españa se ha entendido fundamentalmente en su vertiente económica, lo cual resulta insuficiente. por esa razón se ha dicho que la transición española responde a un «modelo de olvido del pasado «absoluto» con rehabilitación» de las víctimas (chinchón, : ). como ha señalado sauca, hasta el de noviembre de –fecha en que, por primera vez, el congreso de los diputados aprueba una declaración de reconocimien- to a las víctimas de la guerra y el franquismo – «se habían producido diversos reconoci- mientos de derechos e indemnizaciones a los combatientes republicanos que en la mayoría de casos suponían la equiparación de derechos de los combatientes por la república con los de los vencedores» ( : ). así, se llega a la ley de memoria histórica, donde también se contienen medidas de reparación colectivo-simbólicas como parte del derecho a la memoria histórica. por lo que se refiere a la reparación pecuniaria individual, la ley de memoria histórica amplía los ámbitos de aplicación de algunos derechos ya existentes e introduce otros nuevos (vid. artículos - , y disposiciones adicionales - y ). algunos déficits de las políticas de reparación en españa son los siguientes: no se ha construido ningún monumento nacional de homenaje a las víctimas y, por el contrario, subsisten numerosos símbolos de la dictadura (el valle de los caídos sin reorientación antifascista alguna, estatuas, placas conmemorativas, nombres de calles, listas de los . la concepción económica de la reparación no agota el concepto: vid. sentencia de la cidh, caso loayza ta- mayo c. perú, noviembre ; gómez ( : ); villa gómez ( ). . debe señalarse que la declaración parlamentaria no condena el franquismo explícitamente, sino el totalitarismo y la violencia en sentido genérico, a la vez que reconoce el sufrimiento de las víctimas. las condiciones que puso el pp para aprobar esta proposición no de ley fueron dos: que se sacasen definitivamente del debate político esos asuntos y que se tuviese especial cuidado en no reabrir viejas heridas y rencores (atencia robledo, diario de sesiones del congreso de los diputados [dscd] núm. , noviembre , p. ). de ahí que cuando en el grupo parlamentario de izquierda plural presentó una proposición de ley en el congreso de los diputados para que el de julio fuera declarado día oficial de condena de la dictadura franquista, el pp utilizó su mayoría absoluta para impedir que la misma se admitiera a trámite (dscd núm. , mayo ). por esta razón, aguilar ase- guraba que «hoy en día, el pp no ha condenado todavía explícitamente el golpe de estado de ni la dictadura que vino a continuación» ( : ). . destaca, por ejemplo, el artículo . , que «declara el carácter radicalmente injusto de todas las condenas, sancio- nes y cualesquiera formas de violencia personal producidas por razones políticas, ideológicas o de creencia religiosa, durante la guerra civil [y] […] la dictadura». el artículo . declara la «ilegitimidad de los tribunales, jurados y cualesquiera otros órganos penales o adminis- trativos que, durante la guerra civil, se hubieran constituido para imponer, por motivos políticos, ideológicos o de creencia religiosa, condenas o sanciones de carácter personal, así como la de sus resoluciones»; en particular, «el tribunal de represión de la masonería y el comunismo, el tribunal de orden público, […] los tribunales de responsabilidades políticas y los consejos de guerra» (artículo . ), así como «las condenas y sanciones dictadas por motivos políticos, ideológicos o de creencia» por los tribunales de la dictadura (artículo . ). no obstante, «no se procede a la abolición de dichas instituciones en el sentido de que mantienen el estatuto de haber pertenecido al orden jurídico español. dicho de otro modo, esta derogación no tiene un efecto ex tunc que se retrotraiga hasta el momento en que fue dictada la norma» (sauca, : ). . la ley de memoria histórica únicamente prohíbe que allí se realicen actos de naturaleza política o exaltadores de la guerra civil, sus protagonistas o el franquismo (artículo . ), pero respeta su condición de lugar de culto y revista de paz y conflictos issn - | vol. | nº | | pp. - «caídos por dios y por españa» en iglesias y catedrales…); ni los monarcas ni ningún presidente del gobierno han pedido perdón «a las víctimas de la guerra o de la represión franquista en nombre del estado» (aguilar, : ); tampoco se ha disculpado la iglesia católica, cómplice de los vencedores de la guerra; además, y en el plano de la reparación material, «nunca se aprobaron medidas destinadas a facilitar el retorno de decenas de mi- les de exiliados ni normas que ofrecieran reparación a las víctimas de la tortura» ( : ). a juicio de chinchón, «los pasos dados por españa se han alejado notablemente de la inmediatez exigida en toda reparación, al tiempo que, en líneas generales [se produce una] falta de adecuación con un concepto de víctima acorde a lo que dispone el derecho internacional […]. la inmensa mayoría de las iniciativas aprobadas no han tenido un verdadero carácter reparador, pues no se han basado en el reconocimiento de la existencia de ninguna violación previa, sino que más bien han sido configuradas como una suerte de compensación o igualación de regímenes» ( : ). por último, resulta interesante señalar que el estado español se ha volcado y no ha escatimado medios para reparar el sufrimiento de otras víctimas –paradigmáticamente, las del terrorismo (de eta), pero también es llamativo el esfuerzo dedicado a la búsqueda del cadáver de marta del castillo, por ejemplo–, lo que denota un trato absolutamente discriminatorio que acrecienta la injusticia cometida por el estado. de hecho, debiera ocurrir más bien al revés: el estado tendría que ser incluso más diligente en la reparación de las víctimas cuando fue el causante del daño que si se trata de crímenes cometidos por particulares. y es que hay una «notable diferencia entre delitos de particulares, inclu- so organizados, expresión de violencia privada, y los crímenes de derecho internacional ejecutados por el estado, de modo sistemático, masivo y serial, que provocan masacres humanas. es la distancia que existe entre el poder privado, al margen de la intensidad de la ofensa, y el poder estatal genocida» (sáez, : ). . ¿cómo subsanar los graves déficits de la justicia transicional en españa? las principales carencias de la justicia de transición en españa se refieren a los ámbitos del derecho a la verdad y a la justicia. en lo que sigue, serán esbozadas algunas propuestas que, de aplicarse en este país, colmarían ciertas lagunas de su política transicional y lo acercarían a los estándares internacionales en materia de protección de las víctimas de vulneraciones graves de los derechos humanos. . . verdad el comité de derechos humanos de naciones unidas aseguró recientemente que «aunque toma nota con satisfacción de las garantías dadas por el estado parte [españa] cementerio –prueba del enorme poder de la iglesia en españa–. . vid. r. sáez ( : ), vicente ( : ), arrojo ( ), gordon ( ). artículos originales payero lópez, lucia. justicia de transición en españa: claves para aprobar una asignatura pendiente en el sentido de que la ley de la memoria histórica prevé que se esclarezca la suerte que corrieron los desaparecidos, observa con preocupación las informaciones sobre los obstá- culos con que han tropezado las familias en sus gestiones judiciales y administrativas para obtener la exhumación de los restos y la identificación de las personas desaparecidas. el estado parte debe […] prever la creación de una comisión de expertos independientes en- cargada de restablecer la verdad histórica sobre las violaciones de los derechos humanos cometidas durante la guerra civil y la dictadura y permitir que las familias identifiquen y exhumen los cuerpos de las víctimas y, en su caso, indemnizar» ( : § ). por tanto, convendría proceder a la des-privatización de la labor de búsqueda de los desaparecidos mediante la asunción de esa competencia por parte de las administraciones públicas. asimismo sería necesaria la creación de una comisión de la verdad integrada por expertos independientes para proceder a esclarecer los hechos ocurridos durante la guerra y la dictadura posterior. igualmente, el estado español tendría que prestar una mayor atención a la recuperación de la memoria histórica, incluyendo la eliminación o reasigna- ción de significado a todos los símbolos de la dictadura y la reclamación del pasado repu- blicano como un referente válido para mejorar la democracia y avanzar por su senda: se pretende así recobrar «una memoria democrática que, frente al relato político hegemónico que ha actuado como pilar legitimador del sistema constitucional, reivindique el relato de las víctimas del franquismo y ponga en valor lo que supuso para españa la segunda república y la constitución de » (escudero, : ). de este modo, la verdad histórica se «oficializaría», poniendo fin a la «excesiva fragmentación que caracteriza la construcción de la memoria en españa» (de greiff, : § g). . . justicia por lo que se refiere a la efectividad del derecho a la justicia, tres grandes obstáculos impiden el procesamiento de los criminales de la dictadura: el principio de legalidad, la vigencia de la ley de amnistía y la prescripción de los delitos. el principio de legalidad exige que exista una ley previa (lex praevia) que tipifique los hechos. esa ley podría hallarse en el ordenamiento internacional o nacional. por lo que se refiere al primero, se ha sugerido que el derecho creado por el estatuto y el fallo del tribunal militar internacional de nüremberg adquirió alcance universal tras la resolu- ción (i), convirtiéndose en parte del derecho consuetudinario internacional (esti- rado, : ). en el artículo c de dicho estatuto se dice que son crímenes contra la humanidad: «el asesinato, la exterminación, esclavización, deportación y otros actos . y es que, paradójicamente, españa es el único país de europa donde se puede «ser demócrata sin ser antifascista» (monedero, : ). en los estados de nuestro entorno han desaparecido del imaginario oficial «desde el mismo momento de la liberación, los nombres y las loas a los tiranos y a su extensísima cohorte de secuaces» (queralt, : ). . confirmación de los principios de derecho internacional reconocidos por el estatuto del tribunal militar internacional de nüremberg y por el fallo de este tribunal. resolución ( ), diciembre , de la asamblea general de naciones unidas. . tanto el tribunal militar internacional de nüremberg como el de tokio tenían competencia para conocer no revista de paz y conflictos issn - | vol. | nº | | pp. - inhumanos cometidos contra la población civil antes de la guerra o durante la misma [en españa, diríamos: durante la guerra civil o después de la misma]; la persecución por motivos políticos, raciales o religiosos en ejecución de aquellos crímenes que sean com- petencia del tribunal o en relación con los mismos, constituyan o no una vulneración de la legislación interna del país donde se perpetraron». por tanto, se podría aplicar la calificación de delitos contra la humanidad a muchos de los cometidos por el régimen franquista de acuerdo con lo dispuesto en el artículo c del estatuto citado, especialmente si tenemos en cuenta que el propio tribunal euro- peo de derechos humanos (tedh) señaló que, «si bien el tribunal de nuremberg se estableció para enjuiciar a los principales criminales de guerra de los países europeos del eje por los crímenes que habían cometido antes y durante la segunda guerra mundial, […] la validez universal de los principios relativos a los crímenes se vio posteriormente confirmada por, inter alia, la resolución de la asamblea general de las naciones uni- das (…) y más tarde por la comisión de derecho internacional. como consecuencia, la responsabilidad por crímenes contra la humanidad no puede verse limitada únicamente a los nacionales de ciertos países, ni exclusivamente a actos cometidos dentro del período específico de la segunda guerra mundial». sin embargo, algunos autores opinan que aunque el derecho consuetudinario del mo- mento en que se dictó la ley de amnistía obligase a españa a perseguir los delitos, ello no significa que la norma internacional fuera de directa aplicación por el estado. «máxime en lo que concierne a una obligación de castigar penalmente, algo que el estado sólo puede hacer de acuerdo con su sistema jurídico interno y, en un país regido por el principio de legalidad, a partir de una ley que defina la conducta punible y la pena aplicable a los sujetos responsables» (tamarit, : ). sólo crímenes contra la humanidad, sino también crímenes contra la paz y crímenes de guerra. «salvo los crímenes de guerra, los otros dos eran nuevas categorías de delitos que se aplicaron en contravención de los principios de legalidad y de no retroactividad pero que, desde entonces, sentaron un precedente de la lucha de la humanidad contra la barbarie» (fernández, : ). . valencia considera que cuando se elaboró la ley de amnistía los crímenes del franquismo y la dictadura consti- tuían delitos graves contra el derecho de gentes «a la luz de la codificación del derecho internacional de los conflic- tos armados, en su doble vertiente de derecho humanitario o derecho de ginebra y derecho de la guerra o derecho de la haya, que comienzan con la primera convención de ginebra de y con las trece convenciones de la haya de y de , respectivamente. […]. otros precedentes normativos de trascendencia [son] la declara- ción diplomática de los aliados de la primera guerra mundial, en mayo de , para condenar el genocidio de los armenios por los turcos otomanos como un crimen «contra las leyes de la humanidad»; el acuerdo de londres, en agosto de , por el cual los aliados de la segunda guerra mundial crearon el tribunal militar internacional de nuremberg para juzgar a los jerarcas de la dictadura nazi por crímenes contra la paz, contra las leyes y costumbres de la guerra y contra las leyes de la humanidad; la convención contra el genocidio, de diciembre de , que cons- tituye el instrumento fundacional del derecho penal internacional; y la decisión de la comisión de derecho inter- nacional, en julio de , que codifica como nuevas normas consuetudinarias los principios de nuremberg que la asamblea general de las naciones unidas ya había sancionado como tales en diciembre de » ( : - ). . decisión del tedh, caso kolk y kislyiy c. estonia, enero . . en opinión de ambos, «la persecución jurídico internacional de los crímenes fracasa por lo general –también en el caso español […]– por su falta de redacción típica en la fecha de los hechos y la persecución nacional lo hace por su prescripción» ( b: ). más aún, con relación a la persecución internacional asegura que «es controvertido en qué medida tal deber [de perseguir los crímenes internacionales] puede derivarse del derecho consuetudinario internacional (artículo (b) estatuto de la cij) o de los principios generales del derecho (artículo (c) estatuto artículos originales payero lópez, lucia. justicia de transición en españa: claves para aprobar una asignatura pendiente no obstante, otro sector de la doctrina defiende que para los crímenes de lesa huma- nidad no rige este principio del derecho penal tradicional con el fin de evitar la impu- nidad. por ejemplo, el juez zupančič aseguró que el artículo . del convenio europeo de derechos humanos (cedh) representa una «excepción al principio nullum crimen, nulla poena, sine lege praevia». y es que si el principio de legalidad se interpreta normal- mente en un sentido restrictivo del poder estatal de castigar, «en este caso […] tiene el efecto inverso. impide que los demandantes se beneficien de su propia interpretación del derecho». y continúa: «es fácil imaginar un caso similar en el que los demandantes fueran altos magistrados de la rda que hubiesen participado en la creación de la «práctica» ju- dicial […] de la impunidad. ¿diríamos entonces que este «elemento de la interpretación judicial» (ver el apartado de la sentencia) equivale a la «ley que define el delito»?». refiriéndose a las leyes de punto final y obediencia debida argentinas (leyes de am- nistía similares a la española), el instituto max-planck decía: «las citadas leyes especiales son ilegales desde el punto de vista del derecho internacional público […]. [no] se opone a esta conclusión la prohibición de retroactividad (nullum crimen sine lege praevia), sin per- juicio de que argentina firmó los convenios respectivos de derechos humanos después de la perpetración de los delitos. a nivel del derecho internacional público penal este principio ya no requiere de principios legales escritos para fundamentar una penalidad, sino que –desde la jurisprudencia de nüremberg– son suficientes los principios no escri- tos pero reconocidos por el derecho consuetudinario. basta la penalidad en el momento de perpetración according to the general principles of law recognized by the community of nations (comp. art. inc. pidcp). esta disposición quiere evitar la impunidad de gra- ves violaciones a los derechos humanos y/o a delitos internacionales» ( : - ). incluso el juzgado de instrucción nº de la an interpretó de este modo el principio de legalidad: «el principio de legalidad aplicable a los delitos internacionales tales como los crímenes contra la humanidad no es el interno, sino el internacional, contenido en el artículo del pidcp de […]. el cp vigente puede aplicarse retrospectivamente a conductas anteriores que ya eran criminales en el momento de cometerse con arreglo a la legalidad penal internacional; es decir, eran criminales porque estaban prohibidas en el derecho consuetudinario internacional en esa época, aunque aún no hubieran sido tipi- ficadas en el cp español. la legalidad penal internacional debe establecerse atendiendo tanto al derecho convencional escrito, interno e internacional, como al derecho consue- de la cij). en cuanto al primero, es difícil aducir una práctica de los estados a este efecto y el recurso a los últimos es pasible de crítica, dado que aparentemente quiere superar la falta de una práctica de los estados o incluso una práctica contraria simplemente ignorándola» ( b: ). con respecto a la existencia de una norma de ius cogens consuetudinaria anterior a que obligase a españa a perseguir los crímenes de la dictadura, a. gil todavía es más restrictiva, puesto que entiende que no se daría nin- guno de los elementos de la costumbre internacional: ni opinio iuris ni práctica consistente de los estados ( : ). igualmente, tamarit considera que «la existencia de una costumbre internacional que impusiera a los estados el deber de perseguir penalmente las violaciones de los derechos humanos era dudosa en el momento en que fue dictada la ley de amnistía» ( : ). . voto concurrente a la sentencia del tedh, caso streletz, kessler y krenz c. alemania, marzo . . auto que declara la admisión a trámite de la querella formulada en el caso de las víctimas españolas de los cam- pos nacionalsocialistas (diligencias previas / l, julio ). revista de paz y conflictos issn - | vol. | nº | | pp. - tudinario o los principios generales de las naciones civilizadas». en este punto, ni siquiera la exégesis dada al principio de legalidad por parte de los tribunales españoles es unánime, puesto que el ts sigue otra orientación. en cualquier caso, si no es posible la aplicación directa de las normas consuetudinarias de derecho internacional, una segunda opción consistiría en acudir al derecho interna- cional convencional (garcía, : - ), que sí cumpliría los requisitos de lex scripta y stricta. en este sentido, es necesario referirse al pidcp, de obligado cumplimiento para nuestro país desde el de abril de . más aún, españa no expresó ninguna reserva a la hora de firmar este tratado. su artículo . dice: «cada uno de los estados partes en el presente pacto se compromete a garantizar que toda persona cuyos derechos o liber- tades reconocidos en el presente pacto hayan sido violados podrá interponer un recurso efectivo, aun cuando tal violación hubiera sido cometida por personas que actuaban en ejercicio de sus funciones oficiales». se ha objetado que el pidcp no resulta aplicable a actos cometidos con anterioridad a su entrada en vigor (artículo . ), como son todos los ocurridos en españa. ahora bien, existe una excepción a la prohibición general de retroactividad: «nada de lo dispuesto en este artículo se opondrá al juicio ni a la condena de una persona por actos u omisiones que, en el momento de cometerse, fueran delictivos según los principios generales del derecho reconocidos por la comunidad internacional» (artículo . ). la pregunta clave es: los delitos cometidos durante la guerra civil y la dictadura, ¿se podían considerar incluidos dentro de esos «principios generales del derecho reconocidos por la comunidad internacional» en el momento en que se perpetraron? hay buenas razones para pensar que sí. y no ofrezco una rotunda respuesta afirmativa porque hablar de principios, particularmente en el ámbito internacional y, más concretamente, en esa época en que la protección internacional de los derechos humanos se hallaba en fase de gestación resulta tremendamente vago. ahora bien –y con esto entro en el ámbito del derecho interno, el tercero donde se puede buscar la existencia de una ley previa–, en el momento de comisión de los hechos tanto el homicidio, como la violación, las lesiones corporales o la detención ilegal se halla- ban tipificadas como delitos en el código penal (el de y el de ). por tanto, qui- . la sts / , febrero (caso de las fosas del franquismo), considera que el principio de legalidad exige la existencia de lex praevia (anterior a la comisión de los hechos), lex stricta (tipificada en una norma de rango le- gal), lex certa (de forma clara) y lex scripta (por escrito). así, «en orden a la aplicación del derecho internacional penal «es necesaria una precisa transposición operada según el derecho interno, al menos en aquellos sistemas que, como el español, no contemplan la eficacia directa de las normas internacionales […]. el derecho internacional consuetudinario no es apto según nuestras perspectivas jurídicas para crear tipos penales completos que resulten directamente aplicables por los tribunales españoles» […]. la vigencia en nuestro ordenamiento del principio de le- galidad exige que el derecho internacional sea incorporado a nuestro ordenamiento interno en la forma dispuesta en la constitución y con los efectos dispuestos en la misma. no es posible –por más que sea sostenida por algún sector doctrinal– que las exigencias del principio de tipicidad se rellenen con la previsión contenida en el derecho penal internacional consuetudinario, si el derecho interno no contempla esa tipicidad. si lo hiciera con posterioridad, esa tipificación puede ser aplicada, pero siempre a partir de su publicación» (fj º). . entre esos derechos y libertades se encuentran la vida (artículo ), la prohibición de la tortura (artículo ), del trabajo forzoso (artículo ) y de la detención ilegal (artículo ), así como la libertad de pensamiento, conciencia y religión (artículo ), todos ellos objeto de vulneración masiva durante la dictadura franquista. artículos originales payero lópez, lucia. justicia de transición en españa: claves para aprobar una asignatura pendiente zá en españa se podría acudir al derecho interno que estaba vigente cuando ocurrieron los crímenes para enjuiciarlos (paredes, ). como en el resto de estados de nuestro entorno también se tipificaban tales conductas como delictivas, se puede entender que se daba un consenso entre las «naciones civilizadas» (artículo . cedh) acerca de la nece- sidad de sancionarlas, por lo que se cumpliría el requisito establecido en el pidcp para su aplicación retroactiva: que los actos «fueran delictivos según los principios generales del derecho reconocidos por la comunidad internacional». el segundo impedimento frente a la pretensión de juzgar los crímenes del franquismo es la vigencia de la ley de amnistía. aquí se vuelve necesario precisar algunos extremos. en primer lugar, y como ya fue mencionado, la ley de amnistía se aprobó unos meses des- pués de que españa ratificase el pidcp, motivo por el cual algunos autores han sugerido que la primera vulneró el derecho internacional aplicable en nuestro país. las relaciones entre el derecho internacional y el derecho interno, para el caso de un tratado anterior a una ley nacional –por ejemplo, el pidcp y la ley de amnistía española–, se explican acudiendo al principio de aplicabilidad preferente. de acuerdo con el artículo del convenio de viena sobre derecho de los tratados de (cvdt), «una parte no podrá invocar las disposiciones de su derecho interno como justificación del incumplimiento de un tratado». y es que, en el fondo, obrar en sentido contrario significaría quebrantar el propio ordenamiento nacional, puesto que la violación del derecho internacional es, en sí misma, una transgresión del primero (requejo, : - ). por tanto, la ley de amnistía se aprobó en contravención de la normativa internacional ratificada por españa en aquel momento; esgrimir su vigencia como argumento para eximir al estado de su de- ber de perseguir los crímenes de derecho internacional cometidos durante el franquismo (vid., gil, : ) supone conculcar el artículo del cvdt citado. un segundo punto a destacar es que desde el momento en que se aprueba la cons- titución los jueces deben tener presente esta norma siempre que apliquen derecho –sea éste preconstitucional o posterior a la constitución–, así como los valores superiores que propugna (entre ellos, la justicia). en este sentido, nuestra constitución es incompatible . más aún, como indica paredes, «sin necesidad de acudir al efecto derogatorio del derecho internacional de los derechos humanos sobre la legislación ordinaria, simplemente mediante la realización de una interpretación sistemática y valorativamente coherente de la ley, habría que concluir que ciertos actos no fueron amnistiados: en concreto, aquellos que han sido declarados no susceptibles de amnistía ni de prescripción por la interpretación consolidada del derecho internacional de los derechos humanos. por lo demás, […] aun si tal interpretación no resultase posible (que lo es), la conclusión que debería extraerse no es que la ley / –interpretada como causa de extinción de la responsabilidad penal– se impone sobre el derecho internacional de los derechos humanos, sino justamente la contraria: que se trata de una ley inválida ya ab initio (o, cuando menos, posteriormente derogada), por contradecir normas de rango superior» ( : ). . como señaló el juez levits, en su voto concurrente a la sentencia del tedh, caso streletz, kessler y krenz c. alemania, ante la cuestión de si «después de un cambio de sistema político (…) es legítimo aplicar el «viejo» derecho establecido por el régimen no democrático anterior de acuerdo con los métodos de interpretación y aplicación del derecho inherentes al nuevo orden político democrático», [la única respuesta posible es sí]. «los estados democrá- ticos sólo pueden permitir a sus instituciones que apliquen el derecho –incluido el derecho anterior dictado por un gobierno pre-democrático– de una manera inherente al orden político democrático […]. el recurso a cualquier otro método de aplicación del derecho (que implica alcanzar resultados diferentes a partir de los mismos textos jurídicos) atentaría contra el núcleo mismo del orden público de un estado democrático. los mismos principios resultan igualmente aplicables respecto a la interpretación y aplicación de las normas del derecho internacional, revista de paz y conflictos issn - | vol. | nº | | pp. - con una ley que ampara la impunidad de asesinos, torturadores, secuestradores y viola- dores a gran escala de los derechos humanos, por lo que tanto el artículo e) y f ) de la ley de amnistía como las sentencias dictadas por los tribunales franquistas deberían ser suprimidas, expulsadas del ordenamiento jurídico, por injustas. al igual que se hizo en otros países. otra posibilidad sería declarar la «inconstitucionalidad sobrevenida […] por vulne- ración del artículo (derecho a la vida e integridad física y prohibición de la tortura y tratos inhumanos y degradantes)», en relación con el artículo . («interpretación de los derechos conforme a las declaraciones internacionales») (tamarit, : ). ello con- duciría a una segunda inconstitucionalidad sobrevenida, puesto que la ley de amnistía es contraria al derecho internacional de los derechos humanos y los tratados en esta materia no sólo sientan la pauta hermenéutica de los derechos fundamentales, sino que son parte del ordenamiento jurídico español si han sido ratificados por españa –artículo . de la constitución– (estirado, : ). en tercer lugar, el tedh, cuya interpretación del cedh vincula a españa, ha afirmado que los delitos contemplados en el artículo . del cedh –delitos con arre- glo a los principios generales del derecho reconocido por las naciones civilizadas– son incompatibles con la amnistía. en definitiva, «los crímenes del franquismo no podían ser amnistiados entonces y no pueden ser amnistiados ahora porque eran delitos graves contra el derecho de gentes y lo siguen siendo en la actualidad» (valencia, : ). como el pidcp». . la necesidad de anular «las resoluciones de los tribunales de excepción que instituyó el estado fascista» deriva de la siguiente asunción: «el aparato institucional franquista fue un estado ilegal, un espacio de no derecho, porque se sustentaba sobre la violación sistemática de los derechos y libertades y conculcaba la legalidad internacional, el orden jurídico universal [basado] en los derechos humanos indisponibles» (sáez, : - ). . en palabras de queralt, «ampararse en la irretroactividad de la constitución es una añagaza. si fuera verdad esa mentira, en los matrimonios celebrados antes de la carta magna seguiría mandando el marido. afirmar que anular una sentencia del top o de un consejo de guerra es atentar contra la seguridad jurídica resulta grotesco […]; también supone afirmar la supraconstitucionalidad de la seguridad jurídica por encima del valor superior de la constitución que es la justicia» ( ). . a juicio de estirado, «en la medida en que la ley de amnistía, en cuanto impide la persecución penal de los citados crímenes de lesa humanidad, es contraria al derecho penal internacional y a principios esenciales del mis- mo, con fuerza de ius cogens, y que tal derecho internacional ha sido recogido por nuestra constitución de a través de los artículos y , debe entenderse derogada esta ley por la constitución en este concreto ámbito, sin necesidad de plantearse la correspondiente cuestión de inconstitucionalidad» ( : ). . vid. artículo . de la constitución y stc / , diciembre (fj º). . decisión del tedh sobre la admisibilidad de la demanda nº / presentada por ely ould dah c. fran- cia, marzo . naciones unidas se muestra igualmente contraria a las amnistías. vid. resolución (xviii), diciembre , de la asamblea general de naciones unidas que establece principios de cooperación internacional en la identifi- cación, detención, extradición y castigo de los culpables de crímenes de guerra o de crímenes de lesa humanidad (apartado ). también la declaración y programa de acción de viena aprobados por la conferencia mundial de derechos humanos el de junio de . el comité de derechos humanos de naciones unidas recomienda asimismo la derogación de la ley de amnistía de ( ). . más aún, en españa no se cumplían las circunstancias en las que, a juicio de algunos autores, cabe justificar una amnistía: el peligro de que, al tratar de satisfacer el derecho a la justicia de las víctimas, se pongan en peligro la paz y el orden democrático. puede ser discutible hasta qué punto las elites del régimen franquista hubieran aceptado artículos originales payero lópez, lucia. justicia de transición en españa: claves para aprobar una asignatura pendiente por lo que atañe a la prescripción de los crímenes, hay quien ha apuntado que aun cuando se interpretase el principio de legalidad como aquí se postula y se derogase la ley de amnistía, tampoco sería posible juzgar a los criminales de la dictadura que todavía se encuentren con vida porque sus delitos habrían prescrito. no obstante, el tedh señala que la imprescriptibilidad de los crímenes contra la humanidad, independientemente de la fecha de su comisión, ya fue consagrada por el estatuto del tribunal de nüremberg. igualmente, el comité de derechos humanos de naciones unidas «recuerda que los delitos de lesa humanidad son imprescriptibles. [por esa razón], el estado parte debe […] tomar las medidas legislativas necesarias para garantizar el reconocimiento de la imprescriptibilidad de los crímenes de lesa humanidad por los tribunales nacionales» ( ). el código penal español también recoge el carácter imprescriptible de los delitos de lesa humanidad (artículo . ). es más, se viene en- tendiendo que la imprescriptibilidad de los crímenes contra la humanidad era una regla consuetudinaria con carácter previo a su codificación internacional o interna. de cualquier modo, los plazos de prescripción no han de contar durante el tiempo en que no existió el derecho a un recurso efectivo. para el caso paradigmático de las des- apariciones forzadas, el derecho internacional considera que se trata de un hecho ilícito de carácter continuado. así, de acuerdo con el artículo . de la declaración sobre la protección de todas las personas contra las desapariciones forzadas, «todo acto de des- aparición forzada será considerado delito permanente mientras sus autores continúen ocultando la suerte y el paradero de la persona desaparecida y mientras no se hayan es- clarecido los hechos», aunque la persona desaparecida haya muerto. igualmente, el artí- una transición que no les garantizase la inmunidad, pero de lo que no hay duda es de que en españa la amnistía no reunió las condiciones de legitimidad exigidas: ni hubo arrepentimiento (admisión de la culpa, petición pública de perdón, demostración de remordimiento, propósito de enmienda, reconocimiento de las víctimas, entrega de infor- mación, participación en programas de reeducación) ni esclarecimiento de la verdad (por ejemplo, con la creación de comisiones de la verdad) ni reparación del daño. por tanto, la española no sería una amnistía condicionada, sino una amnistía general o incondicionada –blanket amnesty– (dorado, : - ). . decisiones del tedh, casos papon c. francia, octubre , y touvier c. francia, enero . . tamarit llama la atención sobre el instituto de la prescripción: «la opinión dominante en la doctrina y en la jurisprudencia entiende que es una institución de derecho material no susceptible de aplicación retroactiva. la pres- cripción de un delito supone un límite al ejercicio de la potestad punitiva estatal y una vez producida la misma con arreglo a la ley vigente existe una expectativa legítima de no ser perseguido penalmente que no puede ser defraudada mediante una ley posterior que establezca el carácter imprescriptible del delito, como ha sucedido respecto a los delitos de lesa humanidad» ( : ). por su parte, muñoz conde estima que «razones de seguridad jurídica avalan […] la prohibición de retroactividad de nuevos plazos de prescripción que alarguen los que regían en el momento en que se cometieron los hechos, para poder juzgar esos hechos conforme a los nuevos plazos» ( : ). ahora bien, este penalista contempla la posi- bilidad de entender interrumpido el plazo de prescripción, «bien porque se hayan cometido nuevos delitos (como puede ser el caso de la dictadura franquista que duró casi cuarenta años), bien porque se hayan querido oponer obstáculos a su persecución otorgándose los propios criminales antes del transcurso de los plazos de prescripción leyes de punto final o de autoamnistía, o se hayan aprobado éstas ya en la nueva etapa democrática por debilidad de los nuevos regímenes democráticos» ( : ). . aprobada por la resolución / , diciembre , de la asamblea general de naciones unidas. . este es el argumento que sostiene el ministerio fiscal en españa: la desaparición forzada finalizó hace mucho tiempo porque se sabe que las víctimas fueron ejecutadas; de este modo, se trataría de un asesinato y estaría pres- crito. sin embargo, como subraya vicente, «esta interpretación hace total abstracción del artículo de la declara- revista de paz y conflictos issn - | vol. | nº | | pp. - culo de la convención internacional para la protección de todas las personas contra las desapariciones forzadas dispone: «la práctica generalizada o sistemática de la desaparición forzada constituye un crimen de lesa humanidad tal como está definido en el derecho in- ternacional aplicable». en su artículo añade: «sin perjuicio de lo dispuesto en el artículo , cada estado parte que aplique un régimen de prescripción a la desaparición forzada tomará las medidas necesarias para que el plazo de prescripción de la acción penal […] se cuente a partir del momento en que cesa la desaparición forzada, habida cuenta del carácter continuo de este delito». por tanto, coincido con r. sáez en que tales crímenes «no puede considerarse que han prescrito, cuando menos de manera concluyente como se pretende y sin haber procedido a la investigación. porque, según nuestro código penal, en el caso de delitos permanentes los términos de la prescripción no se computarán hasta que se elimine la situación antijurídica (artículo . ). [de ahí que] pudiera sostenerse con razón que la legislación aplicable al delito permanente es la vigente en el momento del descubrimiento del desaparecido» ( : - ). en este sentido, nuestro ts yerra al negar cualquier posibilidad de investigar judi- cialmente y, en su caso, procesar a los criminales de la dictadura que aún se hallen vivos. una interpretación flexible tanto del principio de legalidad como del instituto de la pres- cripción y de la constitucionalidad de la ley de amnistía permitiría cierto ámbito de maniobra a los jueces. mi propuesta no socava el principio de intervención mínima del derecho penal ni cae en la ingenua tentación de pretender solucionar todos los problemas que aquejan a una sociedad acudiendo a la vía penal; tampoco desnaturaliza el estado de derecho con- virtiéndolo en un estado de desecho por atentar contra principios garantistas básicos. las instituciones que sugiero interpretar de forma flexible (principio de legalidad, irretroac- tividad de la ley penal desfavorable, prescripción de los delitos), en el supuesto único y exclusivo de juzgar crímenes contra la humanidad cometidos por dictadura, se crearon para proteger al ciudadano frente al poder estatal que, si no se limita, tiende siempre al totalitarismo. pero no buscaban beneficiar a quienes, prevaliéndose de la legitimidad y fuerza que otorga el estado, vulnerasen los derechos fundamentales de los ciudadanos de forma masiva, aprovechándose luego de las garantías que ellos ignoraron para librarse de cualquier castigo. en este sentido, creo que es importante distinguir entre el crimen de estado y el delito cometido por particulares –incluso aunque se trate de bandas organi- zadas–: por muy grave que sea el último, no se puede comparar con el carácter masivo, serial y sistemático del primero. además de la presunción de moralidad que acompaña a la ley –y, en general, a toda actuación estatal–, un estado que delinque se convierte en ción de . el hecho de que las «detenciones ilegales sin dar razón del paradero de la víctima» concluyeran con la ejecución de la persona detenida, por mucho que fuera un hecho notorio y público, no cambia en absoluto la calificación del delito como un acto de desaparición forzada, que constituye un delito permanente, lo que significa que la violación se prolonga en el tiempo y no concluye hasta que sea determinado el paradero de las personas desaparecidas o debidamente localizados o identificados los restos. […]. y, en todo caso, no se trataría de un delito común […], sino uno (asesinato) constitutivo de un crimen contra la humanidad. es adicionalmente abusivo afir- mar prescripción o limitaciones de orden temporal cuando las víctimas han sido privadas de recursos efectivos por décadas, condición que en el caso de españa ha sido el auténtico hecho público y notorio» ( : ). artículos originales payero lópez, lucia. justicia de transición en españa: claves para aprobar una asignatura pendiente juez y parte: quienes atentaron gravemente contra los derechos humanos se hallan luego en la posición de dictar normas que les exoneren de responsabilidad (amnistías). de este modo, ni los crímenes fueron perseguidos durante el régimen totalitario ni tampoco lo serán una vez instaurada la democracia. esta situación no acaece en los casos de violencia privada, donde, mientras no prescriba el delito, el autor se halla siempre en la posición de ser capturado y procesado. más aún, para los crímenes contra la humanidad no resultan aplicables varias de las justificaciones tradicionales del instituto de la prescripción . en primer lugar, no desaparece la necesidad de la pena, ni desde un punto de vista preventivo general (porque se oscurezca o apague el recuerdo del delito y el sentimiento de alarma que en su día pudo producir o bien porque se entienda que el tiempo transcurrido ocul- tándose de la justicia y con la amenaza pendiente de la pena sea ya suficiente castigo) ni, incluso, preventivo especial (porque el delincuente no haya reincidido, demostrando así una verdadera reinserción social). por lo que hace al fundamento procesal (el aumento de las dificultades de prueba por el paso del tiempo, que se traduce en una afectación negativa del derecho de defensa y de la presunción de inocencia), en los delitos privados, al ser la dilación culpa del aparato represivo estatal, es lógico que redunde en provecho del reo; pero no ocurre eso en este supuesto, donde los que detentaban el poder para per- seguir los delitos no lo ejercieron porque ello significaba actuar contra sí mismos: parece lógico que los responsables de la demora no puedan prevalerse de beneficios adicionales (prescripción) a los que reporta el no haber sido juzgados durante la dictadura. quisiera concluir con la siguiente reflexión: «ninguna sociedad se rompe porque se aplique la justicia […]. una sociedad democrática mucho menos». pues bien, la so- ciedad española no escapa a esa consideración. y, en materia transicional, aquí no se ha aplicado la justicia. . referencias bibliográficas aguilar, paloma ( ) justicia, política y memoria: los legados del franquismo en la transición española, working paper, nº . aguilar, paloma ( ) la justicia transicional en los casos español, argentino y chi- leno», comunicación presentada a la conferencia internacional «paz y justicia – ele- mentos conformadores del futuro» celebrada en nüremberg ( - junio), pp. - . ambos, kai ( a) el marco jurídico de la justicia de transición, en ambos, kay; malarino, ezequiel y elsner, gisela (eds.) justicia de transición. informes de amé- rica latina, alemania, italia y españa, berlín, fundación konrad-adanauer, pp. - . . sigo, en lo esencial, a mir ( : ). . baltasar garzón, escuchando al juez garzón, españa, , min., dir. i. coixet. curriculum vitae revista de paz y conflictos issn - | vol. | nº | | pp. - ambos, kai ( b) prólogo, en gil, alicia, la justicia de transición en españa. de la amnistía a la memoria histórica, barcelona, atelier, pp. - . amnistía internacional ( ) víctimas de la guerra civil y el régimen franquista: el desastre de los archivos, la privatización de la verdad, informe de de marzo. andrés ibáñez, perfecto ( ) casos garzón: necesario distinguir», isonomía, núm. , pp. - . arrojo, emilio ( ) el franquismo os sienta muy bien, público, septiembre. en: . [consultado el diciembre ] capellà, margalida ( ) represión política y derecho internacional: una perspec- tiva comparada ( - ), en capellà, margalida y ginard, david (coords.) represión política, justicia y reparación. la memoria histórica en perspectiva jurídica ( - ), palma de mallorca, edicions documenta balear, pp. - . chinchón, javier ( ) el viaje a ninguna parte: memoria, leyes, historia y olvido sobre la guerra civil y el pasado autoritario en españa. un examen desde el dere- cho internacional, revista iidh, nº , pp. - . chinchón, javier ( ) transición española y justicia transicional: ¿qué papel juega el ordenamiento jurídico internacional en un proceso de transición? a propósito de la coherencia, buena fe y otros principios de derecho internacional postergados en la transición política de españa, entelequia, nº , pp. - . dorado porras, javier ( ) justicia transicional, persecución penal y amnistías, de- rechos y libertades, nº , pp. - . elster, jon ( ) rendición de cuentas. la justicia transicional en perspectiva histórica, buenos aires, katz. escudero, rafael ( ) jaque a la transición: análisis del proceso de recuperación de la memoria histórica, anuario de filosofía del derecho, nº , pp. - . estirado, césar ( ) perseguibilidad penal de los crímenes del franquismo. aplica- ción del derecho penal internacional al caso español. antecedentes judiciales en españa y en el extranjero, en vv.aa. memoria histórica: ¿se puede juzgar la historia?, madrid, fundación antonio carretero, pp. - . fernández liesa, carlos r. ( ) la aplicabilidad de la costumbre internacional en el derecho penal español, en tamarit, josep (coord.) justicia de transición, justicia penal internacional y justicia universal, barcelona, atelier, pp. - . garcés, joan e. ( ) los crímenes de lesa humanidad en españa ante el tribunal supremo, en tamarit, josep (coord.) justicia de transición, justicia penal internacio- nal y justicia universal, barcelona, atelier, pp. - . garcía sáez, josé antonio ( ) memoria histórica y aplicación retroactiva de la sanción penal. algunos fundamentos desde el pacifismo jurídico de hans kelsen, eunomía. revista en cultura de la legalidad, nº , pp. - . gil, alicia ( ) la justicia de transición en españa. de la amnistía a la memoria his- tórica, barcelona, atelier. http://blogs.publico.es/dominiopublico/ /el-franquismo-os-sienta-muy-bien/ http://blogs.publico.es/dominiopublico/ /el-franquismo-os-sienta-muy-bien/ artículos originales payero lópez, lucia. justicia de transición en españa: claves para aprobar una asignatura pendiente gómez isa, felipe ( ) el derecho de las víctimas a la reparación por violaciones graves y sistemáticas de los derechos humanos, en gómez isa, felipe (dir.) el de- recho a la memoria, zarautz, alberdania, pp. - . gómez isa, felipe ( ) retos de la justicia transicional en contextos no transiciona- les: el caso español, en ripol, santiago y villán, carlos (eds.) justicia de transición: el caso de españa, barcelona, institut català internacional per la pau, pp. - . gonzález vega, javier ( ) memoria histórica vs. impunidad: las obligaciones im- puestas por el derecho internacional, en vv.aa., memoria histórica: ¿se puede juz- gar la historia? madrid, fundación antonio carretero, pp. - . gordon, jordi ( ) la gran vergüenza de la democracia española, público, di- ciembre. http://blogs.publico.es/dominiopublico/ /la-gran-verguenza-de-la- democracia-espanola/. [consultado el diciembre ]. greiff, pablo de ( ) informe del relator especial sobre la promoción de la verdad, la justicia, la reparación y las garantías de no repetición, (un doc a/hcr/ / / add. ). instituto max-planck ( ) dictamen producido por el instituto max-planck para el derecho penal extranjero e internacional en friburgo de brisgonia, alemania, acerca del siguiente problema jurídico, en plataforma argentina contra la impu- nidad (eds.) contra la impunidad. en defensa de los derechos humanos, barcelona, icaria, pp. - . joinet, louis ( ) informe final revisado acerca de la impunidad de los autores de violaciones de los derechos humanos (civiles y políticos) preparado por el sr. l. joinet de conformidad con la resolución / de la subcomisión, (un doc e/cn. /sub. / / /rev. ). mir puig, santiago ( ) derecho penal: parte general, barcelona, reppertor. monedero, juan carlos ( ) la transición contada a nuestros padres. nocturno de la democracia española, madrid, los libros de la catarata. muñoz conde, francisco josé ( ) el derecho penal en tiempos de cólera, en nuñez, paz, miguel Ángel (ed.) un derecho penal comprometido. libro homenaje al prof. dr. gerardo landrove díaz, valencia, tirant lo blanch, pp. - . naciones unidas ( ) el estado de derecho y la justicia de transición en las socie- dades que sufren o han sufrido conflictos, informe del secretario general (un doc s/ / ). naciones unidas ( ) resolución / sobre impunidad de la comisión de derechos humanos de naciones unidas (e/cn. /res/ / ). naciones unidas ( ) proyecto de observaciones finales del comité de derechos humanos. españa, (un doc. ccpr/c/esp/co/ ). ortí, alfonso ( ) transición postfranquista a la monarquía parlamentaria y rela- ciones de clase: del desencanto programado a la socialtecnocracia transnacional, política y sociedad, nº , pp. - . paredes, josé manuel ( ) soluciones, haberlas, haylas: acerca de garantismos falsos y desconsideraciones verdaderas hacia el derecho internacional de los derechos http://blogs.publico.es/dominiopublico/ /la-gran-verguenza-de-la-democracia-espanola/ http://blogs.publico.es/dominiopublico/ /la-gran-verguenza-de-la-democracia-espanola/ revista de paz y conflictos issn - | vol. | nº | | pp. - humanos, blog: justicia internacional y franquismo: el caso contra garzón. [consulta de diciembre ]. paredes, josé manuel ( ) la impunidad como práctica interpretativa: sobre el desprecio de la jurisdicción penal por el derecho internacional de los derechos humanos, jueces para la democracia, nº , pp. - . pérez Álvarez, pablo ( ) la ley de memoria histórica es papel mojado, ctxt – contexto y acción, núm. . en: [consultado el diciembre ]. pisarello, gerardo ( ) un largo termidor. la ofensiva del constitucionalismo antide- mocrático, madrid, trotta. queralt, joan ( ) desmemoria histórica, el país, enero. en: [consultado el diciem - bre ]. queralt, joan ( ) imposibilidades de la ley de memoria histórica: el caso com- panys, en núñez paz, miguel Ángel (ed.) un derecho penal comprometido. libro ho- menaje al prof. dr. gerardo landrove díaz, valencia, tirant lo blanch, pp. - . requejo pagés, juan luis ( ) consideraciones en torno a la posición de las normas internacionales en el ordenamiento español, revista española de derecho constitu- cional, nº , pp. - . sáez, ramón ( ) justicia transicional y españa. ¿se puede juzgar la historia? en vv.aa. memoria histórica: ¿se puede juzgar la historia?, madrid, fundación antonio carretero, pp. - . sáez, ramón ( ) los jueces y el aprendizaje de la impunidad, a propósito de los crímenes del franquismo, mientras tanto, núm. , pp. - . sáez, ramón ( ) justicia universal en españa: el olvido del crimen de estado, jueces para la democracia, nº , pp. - . sánchez cuenca, ignacio ( ) la violencia terrorista en la transición española a la democracia, historia del presente, nº , pp. - . sánchez soler, mariano ( ) la transición sangrienta. una historia violenta del pro- ceso democrático en españa ( - ), barcelona, península. sauca, josé maría ( ) el derecho ciudadano a la memoria histórica: concepto y contenido, en martín pallín, josé antonio y escudero, rafael (eds.) derecho y me- moria histórica, madrid, trotta, pp. - . share, donald y mainwaring, scott ( ) transiciones vía transacción: la democra- tización en brasil y en españa, revista de estudios políticos, nº , pp. - . sole tura, jordi ( ) nacionalidades y nacionalismos en españa. autonomías, federa- lismo y autodeterminación, madrid, alianza editorial. http://casogarzon.blogspot.co.uk/ / /colaboraciones-jose-manuel-paredes.html http://casogarzon.blogspot.co.uk/ / /colaboraciones-jose-manuel-paredes.html http://ctxt.es/es/ /politica/ /memoria-memoria-hist%c %b rica-fosas-comunes-exhumaciones-ayudas-pp-partido-popular-recortes-espa%c %b a-desmontando-el-bienestar.htm http://ctxt.es/es/ /politica/ /memoria-memoria-hist%c %b rica-fosas-comunes-exhumaciones-ayudas-pp-partido-popular-recortes-espa%c %b a-desmontando-el-bienestar.htm http://ctxt.es/es/ /politica/ /memoria-memoria-hist%c %b rica-fosas-comunes-exhumaciones-ayudas-pp-partido-popular-recortes-espa%c %b a-desmontando-el-bienestar.htm http://elpais.com/diario/ / / /espana/ _ .html http://elpais.com/diario/ / / /espana/ _ .html artículos originales payero lópez, lucia. justicia de transición en españa: claves para aprobar una asignatura pendiente tamarit, josep ( ) justicia transicional y derecho penal en españa, en vv.aa. memoria histórica: ¿se puede juzgar la historia?, madrid, fundación antonio carre- tero, pp. - . tamarit, josep ( ) justicia penal, justicia reparadora y comisiones de la verdad, en tamarit, joset (coord.) justicia de transición, justicia penal internacional y justicia universal, barcelona, atelier, pp. - . valencia, hernando ( ) la ley española de amnistía de en una perspectiva de justicia transicional, en ripol, santiago y villán, carlos (dirs.) justicia de transición: el caso de españa, barcelona, institut català internacional per la pau, pp. - . vicente, lydia ( ) la obligación de investigar los crímenes del pasado y garantizar los derechos de las víctimas de desaparición forzada durante la guerra civil y el franquismo, en vv.aa. memoria histórica: ¿se puede juzgar la historia?, madrid, fundación antonio carretero, pp. - . villa gómez, juan david ( ) consecuencias psicosociales de la participación en escenarios de justicia transicional en un contexto de conflicto, impunidad y no- transición, cátedra abierta, nº ( ), pp. - . viver i pi-sunyer, carles ( ) veinte años de constitución y de incipiente consti- tucionalismo, revista de occidente, nº , pp. - . proceso editor i al • editor i al proccess info recibido: / / aceptado: / / cómo citar este artículo • how to cite this paper payero lópez, lucia ( ) justicia de transición en españa: claves para aprobar una asignatura pendiente, revista de paz y conflictos, vol. , nº , pp. - . sobr e los autor es • about the authors lucía payero lópez es doctora en derecho por la universidad de oviedo y colaboradora de honor del Área de fi- losofía del derecho de dicha universidad. participa como investigadora en el proyecto “neo-federalism: dividing political power among people(s)”, financiado por el consejo de investigación europeo (erc) y desarrollado en durham law school (uk). pluralismus und frieden penultimate draft - final version published in critical review of international social and political philosophy . ( ), doi: . / . . consensus, compromise, justice and legitimacy enzo rossi abstract: could the notion of compromise help us overcoming – or at least negotiating – the frequent tension, in normative political theory, between the realistic desideratum of peaceful coexistence and the idealistic desideratum of justice? that is to say, an analysis of compromise may help us moving beyond the contrast between two widespread contrasting attitudes in contemporary political philosophy: ‘fiat iustitia, pereat mundus’ on the one side, ‘salus populi suprema lex’ on the other side. more specifically, compromise may provide the backbone of a conception of legitimacy that mediates between idealistic (or moralistic) and realistic (or pragmatic) desiderata of political theory, i.e. between the aspiration to peace and the aspiration to justice. in other words, this paper considers whether an account of compromise could feature in a viable realistic conception of political legitimacy, in much the same way in which consensus features in more idealistic conceptions of legitimacy (a move that may be attributed to some realist theorists, especially bernard williams). my conclusions, however, are largely sceptical: i argue that grounding legitimacy in any kind of normatively salient agreement does require the trappings of idealistic political philosophy, for better or – in my view – worse. keywords: consensus; compromise; justice; legitimacy; realism; bernard williams introduction the aim of this paper is to investigate whether the notion of compromise can help us overcoming or at least negotiating the frequent tension, in normative political theory, between the desideratum of peaceful coexistence and the desideratum of a morally optimal set of norms and/or institutions. in other words, an analysis of compromise may help us moving beyond the contrast between two widespread contrasting attitudes in contemporary political philosophy: ‘fiat iustitia, pereat mundus’ on the one side, ‘salus populi suprema lex’ on the other side. more specifically, as i will outline shortly, compromise may provide the backbone of a conception of legitimacy that mediates between the idealistic and the realistic desiderata of political theory, i.e. between the aspiration to justice and the aspiration to peaceful coexistence. of course, compromise is often invoked in political debate, especially in liberal- democratic contexts. it generally gets a mixed press. conservatives of burkean or oakeshottian inclinations appreciate compromise as one of the ways in which organic and gradual political processes can take place safely far removed from the grand ambitions of political rationalism. more communitarian conservatives, though, are suspicious of compromise in so far as it may be seen as an enabler of the dreaded dilution of a community’s email: enzo.rossi@ gmail.com mailto:enzo.rossi@newport.ac.uk traditional values and practices. yet of course there are communitarian but multicultural progressives, who see compromise as an opportunity to foster the coexistence of a rainbow of identities and allegiances. closing the circle, broadly enlightenment-driven progressives distrust political compromise as unprincipled and morally suspect. but if, as political philosophers tend to do, we take a step back from worldly politics, is there still something (theoretically salient) that compromise do for us? this paper considers a sub-set of that question, as it were. it considers whether an account of compromise could help characterising a realistic conception of political legitimacy. to begin clarifying that question, let me briefly qualify two of its terms. taking some controversial distinctions for granted (for now), we can say that the notion of legitimacy at stake here is not the empirical one of social science; it is the normative one of political theory. here legitimacy is not about people’s attitudes and beliefs about the exercise of political power, but rather about what reasons there might be to justify the exercise of political power. likewise, realism is not the realism of (empirical) international relations theory. it is the realism of those normative political theorists who prefer to adjust their prescriptions to the constraints of real politics, rather than the other way around. so the question i consider here is whether an account of legitimacy centred around a notion of compromise should appeal to us if we are interested in theories of legitimacy that are designed to accommodate rather than override what one may loosely call ‘real politics’. more specifically, my main focus here is on whether compromise could be for realist accounts of legitimacy what consensus is for idealistic ones. the paper is structured as follows. i begin by providing some background on the realist trend in recent liberal-democratic theory; then i move on to offer a taxonomy of four types of theories of legitimacy, and explain how one may use the notion of compromise to characterise a realistic voluntaristic theory of legitimacy. in the next section i expand on what exactly compromise might be, and on what problems it might encounter as part of an account of legitimacy. to focus my discussion i concentrate on the realist account of legitimacy recently put forward by bernard williams, and show that it may be read as using a notion of compromise as part of its account of legitimacy. the last section summarises the paper’s main arguments and conclusions and briefly sketches some further questions that stem from them. realism and legitimacy in what sense exactly can we talk about a realist streak in contemporary political theory? whatever one makes of the familiar narrative according to which rawls almost single- handedly revived the discipline in the second half of the twentieth century, it is quite clear that his enormous influence made the dominant trend in the anglosphere an idealistic one, driven by pre-political moral commitments – a result that may surprise us if we look at both the modes of political theorising that preceded rawls and rawls’ own initial presentation of his view. a distinctive feature of post-rawlsian idealism is its treatment of political philosophy as a purely normative discipline, whereas most towering figures in the history of political thought just did not distinguish sharply between descriptive and normative theory, implicitly or explicitly acknowledging their interdependence; rawls himself initially framed the argument from the original position as based on two descriptive pillars characteristic of the positivistic and behavioural approach that dominated the study of politics in the s and s: rational choice theory and kohlbergian moral psychology. he later recanted the rational choice claims, and kohlbergian developmental psychology is now largely discredited; however rawls’ success and (arguably) the debate that ensued after the publication of nozick’s anarchy, state and utopia ( ) enabled the normative theory to float free of its claimed descriptive roots, and initiated a decades-long trend of intuitions-driven, idealistic theorising. yet in recent years a contrarian current of reaction against rawls’ and dworkin’s ‘high liberalism’ has begun to emerge. think of the work of theorists like raymond geuss ( ), john gray ( ), john horton ( ), glen newey ( ), and bernard williams ( ). one might even add to that list the recent work on constitutionalism and democracy by jeremy waldron ( ) and richard bellamy ( ). we would be hard pressed to find anything more than family resemblances among these theorists’ positions; nonetheless it is worth sketching the traits that enable us to identify the realist ‘family’. unlike idealism, realism tends to regard politics as a distinctive sphere in need of its own evaluative standards. so realist political philosophy cannot be a branch of applied ethics. rather, it tries to carve out some space for action-guiding political theory within an analysis of the actual meaning and purpose of politics in a given context. that is to say, it proceeds from an empirically-informed analysis of a society’s political culture and, on that basis, tries to produce the most appropriate political prescriptions – which may well not be those that are morally optimal sub specie aeternitatis. in fact, most realists would deny that we can determine what would count as morally optimal without a prior understanding and interpretation of the relevant political context. that move is motivated by two main arguments: on the one hand there is the overhanging suspicion that much purportedly ethics- driven normative political theory is little more than an expression of ideology. on the other hand, realists observe that, in a sense, the function of politics is precisely to overcome our disagreements about ethics, so an ethics-driven conception of normative political theory will just not do. to see where compromise may come into play here, we need to see what a realist approach to legitimacy might look like. to answer that question i will introduce a distinction between two approaches to legitimacy, voluntarist and substantive, each of which can then be declined in a realist or in a moralist (idealist) way. we thus have four possible ideal types of accounts of legitimacy: moralist and voluntarist, moralist and substantive, realist and voluntarist, realist and substantive. we have just seen the difference between realism and idealism. now to complete our conceptual toolbox we need to briefly focus on the voluntarist vs. substantive distinction. voluntarist accounts of legitimacy maintain that political power is properly exercised in so far as, in some sense, it enjoys the consent of those subjected to it. typically the consent is hypothetical. this is rawls’ canonical formulation of this idea: our exercise of political power is fully proper only when it is exercised in accordance with a constitution the essentials of which all citizens as free and equal may reasonably be expected to endorse in the light of principles and ideals acceptable to their common human reason. ( , p. ) the point is not that the agreement guarantees the presence of certain desirable features of the polity; rather, it is that the very fact that the political framework can be presented as the focus of an agreement makes it legitimate. so this is a somewhat voluntaristic idea, in so far as the source of legitimacy is the (hypothetical) will of the citizenry rather than some aspect of the polity per se. one may of course question whether any account of hypothetical consent, and particularly public justification-based ones such as rawls’, can have a relevant measure of voluntaristic force. yet, at least in principle, it does seem plausible to draw a morally significant line between sheer coercion and possible agreement. as jeremy waldron puts it, ‘though a social order not legitimated by actual consent may be unfree, that unfreedom can be mitigated by our recognition that it is at least possible to imagine people giving it their consent.’ ( , p. ) moreover, it is quite clear from rawls’ discussion of ‘stability for the right reasons’ that political liberalism is grounded in a consensus of sorts, even though its participants are idealised – so the agreement envisaged is not just a way of modelling certain substantive values. this approach has its roots in locke’s political theory, and through rawls’ later work (as the contractualism of a theory of justice wasn’t really voluntaristic, but rather a way of modelling a conception of fairness) it has become rather dominant in contemporary liberal theory. on the other hand, substantive accounts of legitimacy ground the exercise of political power in the values, goods and virtues embodied, protected or promoted by a given polity. agreement here has no direct bearing on legitimacy. it may be considered a useful marker of the presence of this or that substantive good, but it does not carry normative force per se. at least in principle, the citizenry could just be wrong about the merits (or otherwise) of a government’s exercise of political power – what confers legitimacy is that government’s ability to secure certain goods and values (autonomy, stability, excellence, say), regardless of the citizenry’s views on the relative importance of those goods and values. this approach to legitimacy has been dominant throughout the history of (western) political thought, even though it has relatively recently been sidelined by the currently dominant currents of liberalism. yet, to name just its most prominent liberal supporters, it can be found in david hume, john stuart mill, and joseph raz. it may be useful to illustrate the four kinds of approaches to legitimacy with a few familiar examples. idealistic voluntarism is found in locke and in (some readings of) rawls’ political liberalism: in both theories legitimacy is based on a consensus the need for which is justified in terms of pre-political moral commitments – a conception of persons as free and equal for rawls ( ), an account of natural rights for locke ( ). idealistic substantivism is exemplified by mill ( ) and raz ( ): both theorists justify political coercion by appealing to substantive pre-political moral commitments (well-being and autonomy, respectively). realist voluntarism is the sort of approach espoused by a theorist like david gauthier ( ): political order is grounded in an agreement, but the desirability of such an agreement is not dictated by moral considerations, but rather by a game-theoretic equilibrium. finally, realist substantivism is best illustrated by hume ( ): his account of justice and legitimacy does not rely on a consensus (hence his critique of locke) and it is grounded in a naturalistic description of human society. we can now turn to the place of compromise. it is probably clear by now why i anticipated that compromise would be an ideal candidate for a central position in a realist voluntarist account of legitimacy. the rough idea is that legitimacy from compromise, like legitimacy from a consensus, is a somewhat voluntaristic project, albeit a more realistic than idealistic one. it is realistic because, as the observation of politics would suggest, the gritty reality of compromise is a more frequent occurrence and easier to obtain than the loftier ideal of a consensus, which seems to rely on an ideal of a citizenry capable of a unity of purposes that has become an unlikely prospect, at least in societies characterized by considerable persistent pluralism. what is more, as rawls himself recognised, persistent pluralism is a product of the freedoms afforded by the very liberal institutions that idealists tend to favour – a problem that has been described as ‘the paradox of liberal legitimacy’ (talisse , p. ). in fact this difficulty in achieving a consensus is one of the main reasons why the turn to realism looks attractive. and the idea is voluntaristic because, if a polity is legitimate because it is the result of a compromise, then we are saying that it is the fact of agreement that confers legitimacy. if the point is just that if compromise promotes certain substantive values (peace and stability, say), then compromise is not really doing the normatively salient work: a polity that secured those same values by other means would be just as legitimate. even if compromise were, as a matter of fact, the only way to secure those values the point would still stand (in principle). in fact whether compromise brings about desirable values that can produce legitimacy (on a substantivist understanding of legitimacy) is a worthwhile question, but an empirical one. the normative question is what those values are. here one may object that we could take the very fact of the existence of a compromise as the value that confers legitimacy: compromise as the substantive value that grounds authority. this of course would only work if we accepted something like daniel weinstock’s (this volume) characterisation of compromise as a principled solution – a move that may ( ) put forward a strong argument against: crudely, there can be no such thing as principled compromise, because the very idea of compromise entails a moral loss, and so should always be considered a regrettable option. in which case it becomes hard to see how a compromise could ground legitimacy and authority (unless one takes a particularly bleak view of the circumstances of politics). but my argument, of course, does not hang on that controversy: either way, what could be valuable about compromise per se if not the fact that it is an agreement, i.e. that it is a way of tracking the presence of a certain relation between fellow citizens? so that would still be a form of voluntarism (albeit one that is introduced from the back door, as it were). legitimacy through compromise? so far we have seen where compromise might fit in and play a useful role in a theory of legitimacy. to make that sentence less frustratingly hypothetical, though, we will need to start looking more closely at the very idea of compromise. i will not attempt to offer a strict definition of compromise, as it would in any case be too stipulative to be exhaustive, if only because what we need here is not a general account of what one may mean by ‘compromise’, but rather a characterisation of the notion of compromise tailored to the specific question under consideration in this paper. nonetheless, let us start from one very general and rather platitudinous feature of compromise: compromise affords the avoidance of open conflict. quite apart from signalling the deeply political appeal of compromise, in so far as one (and especially a realist) may well take politics to be fundamentally concerned with overcoming open violent conflict, that leads us towards an observation about what compromise (here) is not: it is not something we individuate on the basis of the process leading up to a result. for instance, sometimes compromise is contrasted to more formal conflict-resolution processes: compromise would be a form of ‘informal justice’ in the sense that it results in dispute-resolution without the need for third-party adjudication (luban ). however the notion of compromise i have in mind here is not that narrow, and the angle from which i intend to identify it is different. i propose to look not at the process or the procedure that leads to the conflict resolution, but rather at the motivation that parties have to accept a settlement. it is an internal rather than external criterion. the reason for this choice is that if we want the very fact of agreement (rather than what it brings about) to be the source of legitimacy (as required by voluntarism) then we need an account of what the agreement means to its parties (which is unrelated to how the agreement came about, e.g. with or without third-party arbitration, special constraints on the bargaining process, and so on). for the fact that i agreed to something to carry any normative force for me i must have agreed for the right reasons and under the right conditions, whatever those might be. to clarify, this internal view of compromise is required if compromise is to count as a binding agreement in a voluntaristic account of legitimacy. so the characterisation is stipulative: if there is a sense in which realistic conceptions of legitimacy can rely on a notion of compromise, then this is what they should mean by ‘compromise’ (that move seems licit insofar as this account of compromise retains a significant amount of proximity to the everyday use of the term). also note that the sorts of compromises that makes a polity viable involve individuals and groups (i.e. they are interpersonal compromises); but on this account that interpersonal compromise supervenes on intrapersonal compromise. for compromise to be possible individuals – groups at best – have to reconcile themselves with the idea that a certain kind of reason is adequate for them to be willing to go along with a certain settlement. how they come to that conclusion (e.g. bargaining and the like) is irrelevant here. so, what kind of reasons for agreeing (i.e. what kind of motivation) make an agreement a compromise as opposed to a consensus? in a nutshell, a consensus requires some form of endorsement of the terms of the agreement, whereas for a compromise a mere – but genuine – willingness to abide by those terms will suffice. without venturing into the troubled waters of the philosophy of action, on could intuitively cast the distinction as one between obedience and compliance. those who participate in a consensus recognise that, even in cases where the settlement is not their preferred outcome, they can (indirectly) endorse it because it is the outcome of a process whose aims and procedures they endorse (‘i don’t agree with this rate of taxation, but i endorse it as the outcome of a fair process in which we took part as equal and willing partners, etc.’). a paramount example of this is rawls’ overlapping consensus, with its accompanying notions of stability, reasonableness, and civility: the agreement rawls envisages takes place if and only if the parties endorse it, in the sense that they have higher- order reasons (i.e. the commitment to engage with fellow citizens in certain moralised ways) to abide by its terms even if those terms are not their preferred ones. the parties to a compromise, on the other hand, simply believe that for the time being the settlement is the best achievable approximation of their preferred outcome, and thus that they have reason to uphold it, all-things-considered. it is important to note here that they are still choosing the settlement in a normatively salient sense of the term (i.e. not at gunpoint or under the effect of some drug, say), but they do not have the same level of commitment found in a consensus (‘this is the best i can get for now, so i might as well go along with it.’, or ‘i may be able to secure a better/fairer settlement, but the effort is not worth it.’, or simply ‘this is not ideal, but it seems acceptable.’, and so on). the point is not that parties to a consensus regard the settlement as ideal whereas parties to a compromise don’t. it is possible and perhaps even not infrequent for the parties to a consensus to see their ideal solution being discarded in favour of another one. the point, though, is that the parties to a consensus will (indirectly) endorse the prevailing solution insofar as they will view it as having the same standing as their preferred one, because they see themselves as sharing the same (mostly moral) goals as the party whose solution prevailed – again, the model is rawls’ overlapping consensus; whereas the parties to a compromise will not. the idea of compromise leaves open how the parties regard other parties’ positions. what matters is just their willingness to comply. so also note that on this account of compromise the same settlement (a settlement envisaging the same solution to a dispute, that is) may or may not be a compromise, depending on the parties’ motivation for accepting it. that way of illustrating the consensus-compromise distinction makes it clear why compromise may be seen as a promising cornerstone for realistic voluntaristic theories of legitimacy: something like the notion of compromise can be introduced to retain the intuitive normative force of voluntarism whilst shedding some of the morally controversial and politically impractical moral baggage that comes with the idea of a consensus (as exemplified by rawls’ overlapping consensus). the challenge, then, is to show that compromise can indeed reliably deliver voluntaristic normative force. recently bernard williams has defended a realist account of political legitimacy which we may read as being centred around a notion of agreement akin to the conception of compromise outlined above. williams’ project is explicitly realist. his account of legitimacy stems from the idea that political theory ought to address specifically political questions, rather than act as an idealistic constraint on the exercise of political power, or as an equally idealistic regulatory ideal. the main problem with both of those approaches, which he dubs the ‘structural’ and the ‘enactment’ model respectively, is that they both envisage the application of pre-political moral ideals to the practice of politics ( , pp. - ). they aim to shape politics from the outside, as it were. in contrast to that, the key task of political theory should be to focus on inherently political questions – questions that arise given the specific circumstances of politics, which cannot be usefully subsumed under the supposedly more general umbrella of personal morality. in a way that is reminiscent of machiavelli, the thought is that political morality is not continuous with (or an extension or application of) personal morality. the moral is not prior to the political; rather, political theory should seek to articulate the sort of morality that is appropriate for politics seen as an independent sphere. the importance of legitimacy is apparent when we consider the sort of questions that, on williams’ view, should be the primary concern of realist political theory: ‘i identify the “first” political question in hobbesian terms as the securing of order, protection, safety, trust, and the conditions of cooperation.’ ( , p. ) for a state to be legitimate, then, simply is to provide a satisfactory answer to that question. but ‘satisfactory’ does not mean that any arrangement that provides security will ipso facto be legitimate (as in hobbes ). peace and stability reached through systematic oppression and terror are not really a solution to the initial problem – they do not even qualify as politics. as william galston puts it in his reading of williams, ‘the use of political power to torture, terrorize or oppress citizens contradicts the point of politics’ ( , p. ). but that is not even to say that anything above that level – anything that does qualify as politics – will pass the test of legitimacy. in fact the test of legitimacy is set by what williams calls the ‘basic legitimation demand’ (bld). according to the bld any solution to the ‘first political question’ must in some sense be acceptable to those subject to it ( , pp. - ). before unpacking that notion of acceptability (as we shall see shortly there is a good reason for its indeterminacy) it is worth noting how it explains in what sense we can think of williams’ theory of legitimacy as relying on a voluntaristic notion of compromise. williams says that ‘the idea of meeting the bld implies a sense in which the state has to offer a justification of its power to each subject’ ( , p. ). this is of course a form of hypothetical voluntarism, yet it is one that appeals to reasons that the subjects actually hold, not that they should or could hold. and this account of acceptability is compatible with our account of compromise because it seems to require less than the moral endorsement envisaged by consensus theorists, yet it does not fall into the trap of an ‘everything goes’ account of acceptance. it requires willingness to comply, but it does not condone sheer domination. in other words, realist voluntarism embarks on the arduous task of accounting for coercion – which idealism unsuccessfully tries to eliminate through the idea of a consensus – without condoning raw domination. now let us return to the issue of acceptability and legitimacy. what is acceptable, williams argues, changes with the times. it is influenced by a complex set of historical factors. this point has some interesting implications if we consider the sort of problems with liberal idealism (or ‘high liberalism’) that prompted our exploration of realist political theory in the first place. as williams notes, in modern times the basic legitimation demand by and large requires liberal democracy: ‘now and around here the bld together with the historical conditions permit only a liberal solution: other forms of answer are unacceptable’ ( , p. ). in other words, given the conditions of modernity (where, for example, individualism is central), even the seemingly undemanding standard of mere acceptability ends up leading to no less than a liberal solution to the ‘first political question’. however, on williams’ realist view, the foundation of liberalism is this process leading to a historically situated understanding of what constitutes acceptable treatment of those subject to the exercise of political power, not some externally set moral standard or conception of the person. one can connect that point with what rawls says about the idea of an overlapping consensus being implicit in the public culture of liberal democracies ( , pp. - ). if what rawls says about the background culture of liberal democracies is correct, and that is a fairly big ‘if’ – but not one that hasn’t found some empirical and theoretical support –, then only a liberal consensus will be acceptable. i am not simply saying that only liberal- democratic institutions will be acceptable. i am saying that the very idea of acceptance will be the consensus-based one envisaged by rawls, rather than a weaker, compromise-based one. in an almost paradoxical twist, the consensus is justified as a compromise. or, looking at it from the other side (as it were), within (western) modernity compromise requires a consensus. it just so happens that – if williams’ (and rawls’) empirical account of our background culture is correct – in the context of modernity (in the west) we only compromise if we can find a consensus. now the crucial question is this. does this twist yield a sounder grounding for consensus- based legitimacy and almost a back-door regrounding of idealism, or does it show that realist voluntarism is hopeless (at least in our context) because it ends up with the same problems as its idealist counterpart? i am inclined to defend the latter line. recall the problems we identified with consensus: if we take pluralism seriously, then we should give up on the search for a consensus. after all this is precisely one of the sorts of considerations that motivated the turn to realism. but now it seems that even if we deploy the weaker notion of a compromise (the bld idea) and if williams is right, our culture forces us to demand a consensus. that is to say, even what is just a compromise ends up needing to be a consensus – which we cannot achieve because of pluralism. here one might object that, surely, there will be ways to construct a realist voluntarist position other than williams’. maybe so; but there is something generalisable in my argument. for instance, gray ( ) has defended a realist position that seems to me subsumable within williams’: gray argues that, in our predicament, our best bet to secure peace and stability is usually to converge on a liberal political order. so the general thought is that voluntarism seems tied to a modern, individualistic cultural background – even if we don’t accept williams’ account of legitimacy, it seems hard to reject his matter-of-fact observation of that connection. and we have seen that so long as we are voluntarists and remain within that culture it is impossible to escape the trappings of political idealism, which are problematic given the pluralism generated by that same culture (a marxist would call this a contradiction of modern liberal ideology). idealism is flawed, and its flaws spill over into voluntarist realism. yet, were we to leave this culture, it wouldn’t be obvious that voluntarism would carry any salient normative force – after all we can think of many past cultures (including european culture of the past) where that was not the case. either way, the prospects for voluntaristic accounts of legitimacy are somewhere between hopeless and doubtful. concluding observations let us now quickly review the main points we have established. we started by canvassing the contrast between idealism and realism in political philosophy. some liberal idealists, we saw, ground legitimacy in a moralised consensus; but the conditions of pluralism generated by liberal institutions make it hard for such a consensus to be sustainable. hence the central question of this paper: if we used the more realistic notion of a compromise instead of that of a consensus, could we still salvage the voluntaristic approach to legitimacy that characterises much contemporary liberal political theory? in other words, if we substitute ‘endorsement’ with ‘willingness to comply’, do we get an interesting realist theory of legitimacy that overcomes some of the problems of idealistic theories? i argued that that depends on what we take ‘willingness to comply’ to mean. on some accounts such as williams’, it may end up meaning the same as consensus. in a way that is an interesting development, in so far as it provides consensus theories with a better foundation than the usual, idealistic one they rely on. on the other hand it may seem that, at least in williams’ version, realism suggests that some of the difficulties (pluralism, seemingly arbitrary exclusion of ‘unreasonable’ views, etc.) encountered by mainstream idealistic theory are here to stay, at least until the background culture changes. the difference, though, is that they are here to stay not as difficulties within philosophical theories of legitimacy, but rather as difficulties with how our culture reconciles what it understands what is politically acceptable with what it can expect to achieve under circumstances of pluralism. the trouble might well be that the mainstream (liberal) understanding of acceptability (and thus of legitimacy) that is still dominant was tailored for much more homogeneous societies than those eventually produced by the political prescriptions that stem from that same conception of legitimacy. that realist critique, of course, is a quasi-sociological or historical description of a cultural predicament, rather than an attack on a normative position driven by moral considerations. does that show that when one adopts a realist perspective normativity almost entirely drops out of the picture? some idealists may want to put it that way. the matter seems less straightforward to me. realism relies on empirical considerations such as the ones offered above, but that is not all there is to it. the critique draws on (an interpretation of) some facts to offer some practice-dependent normative considerations. perhaps the point is that, on the realist approach as in much of the history of western political philosophy, there is no such thing as a clear-cut normative-descriptive distinction: fruitful normative political theory has to be in dialogue, as it were, with an empirically-grounded understanding of a society’s forms of legitimation. that is not to say that political philosophy cannot be action-guiding, let alone criticise the status quo. rather, it cannot do just that, on pain of losing grip on its object. acknowledgements versions of this paper were presented at manchester metropolitan university and the university of hamburg – i am grateful to peter jones and fabian wendt, respectively, for the speaking invitations, and to both audiences for their comments. i should also like to thank fabian wendt and an anonymous referee for this journal for their helpful feedback. notes notes on contributor enzo rossi holds a phd in philosophy from the university of st andrews (uk) and is senior research fellow in social philosophy at the university of wales, newport. he has published widely on the theoretical foundations of liberalism and on the problems of legitimacy and realism. at the moment he is completing a book on the liberal political tradition (bloomsbury, ). references beetham, d., . the legitimation of power. basingstoke: palgrave macmillan. bellamy, r., . liberalism and pluralism. london: routledge. bellamy, r., and hollis, m., . consensus, neutrality and compromise. in: r. bellamy and m. hollis, eds. pluralism and liberal neutrality. london: routledge, - . bellamy, r., . constitutionalism and democracy. aldershot: ashgate. cohen, g.a., . facts and principles. philosophy & public affairs, ( ), - . galston, w.a., . realism in political theory. european journal of political theory, ( ), - . gaus, g., . justificatory liberalism. oxford: oxford university press. gaus, g., . the order of public reason. oxford: oxford university press. gauthier, d., . morals by agreement. oxford: clarendon press. geuss, r., . philosophy and real politics. princeton, nj: princeton university press. gray, j., . two faces of liberalism. cambridge: polity press. hallowell, j.h., . compromise as a political ideal. ethics, ( ), - . harris, j., . hume on the moral obligation to justice. hume studies, ( ), - . hobbes, t., [ ] . leviathan. ed. r. tuck. cambridge: cambridge university press. horton, j., . realism, liberal moralism and a political theory of modus vivendi. european journal of political theory, ( ), - . hume, d., [ ] . of the original contract. in: d. hume. political writings. eds. s. warner and d. livingston. london: hackett, - . klosko, g., . democratic procedures and liberal consensus. oxford: oxford university press. locke, j., [ ] . second treatise of government. ed. c.b. macpherson. indianapolis: hackett. luban, d., . bargaining and compromise: recent work on negotiation and informal justice. philosophy & public affairs, ( ), - . may, s.c., . principled compromise and the abortion controversy. philosophy & public affairs, ( ), - . mill, j.s., [ ] . on liberty. in: j.s. mill. on liberty and other writings. ed. s. collini. cambridge: cambridge university press. neal, p., . vulgar liberalism. political theory, ( ), - . newey, g., . after politics. london: palgrave macmillan. nozick, r., . anarchy, state, and utopia. new york: basic books. rawls, j., . political liberalism. new york: columbia university press. raz, j., . the morality of freedom. oxford: clarendon press. rossi, e., . the exemption that confirms the rule: reflections on proceduralism and the uk hybrid embryos controversy, res publica ( ), - . rossi, e., a. reality and imagination in political theory and practice: on raymond geuss's realism. european journal of political theory, ( ), – . rossi, e., b. modus vivendi, consensus, and (realist) liberal legitimacy. public reason, ( ): - . rossi, e., . justice, legitimacy and (normative) authority for political realists. critical review of social and international political philosophy, ( ), - . rossi, e., . legitimacy, democracy and public justification: rawls' political liberalism versus gaus' justificatory liberalism, res publica. doi: . /s - - - sangiovanni, a., . justice and the priority of politics to morality. journal of political philosophy, ( ), - . sevel, m., . essays on authority. thesis (phd). department of philosophy, university of texas at austin. sleat, m., . bernard williams and the possibility of a realist political theory. european journal of political theory, ( ), - . talisse, r., . liberalism, pluralism, and political justification. the harvard review of philosophy, ( ), - . waldron, j., . theoretical foundations of liberalism. the philosophical quarterly, ( ), - . waldron, j., . the dignity of legislation. cambridge: cambridge university press. williams, b., . realism and moralism in political theory. in: b. williams. in the beginning was the deed. ed. g. hawthorn. princeton: princeton university press, - . . john gray ( ) has put forward the most articulate defense of the centrality of peace – and compromise as a means to peace – within the emerging liberal realist tradition. roughly, the idea is to view liberalism not as legitimated by the substantive values it instantiates, but rather by its ability to arbitrate conflicts and create compromises between divergent substantive values. peace itself, then, is not a super-value that confers legitimacy on the liberal order, but rather valued insofar as it indicates that a relatively stable compromise has been reached. the argument i offer here, although focused primarily on bernard williams’ views, may also be read as a critical reaction to this reading of gray’s work. i focus on williams because i take his view to be the most fully worked out one. . this brief overview contrasts with richard bellamy and martin hollis’s, who see compromise as traditionally conservative territory ( , p. - ). simon cǎbulea may ( ), on the other hand, has a more nuanced take on this subject: compromise has no political colour per se, however it is necessarily unprincipled. . so, of course, the basic distinction still stands even though one may argue the fact that the people believe political power to be legitimate in itself constitutes a reason that justifies the exercise of that power. relatedly, david beetham ( ) has convincingly shown that empirical and normative accounts of legitimacy are not easily separable. . see geuss , rossi a. . it is also worth noting that most realists refer to the mainstream mode of contemporary political philosophy as ‘moralism’, whereas here i mostly use the term ‘idealism’, which seems less contentious. . however an idealistic or moralistic reaction against this approach existed well before rawls. for an example of work of this kind specifically on compromise see hallowell . for a recent discussion of how descriptive and normative elements may be integrated see sangiovanni . the opposite, arch- idealist view is exemplified by cohen . . this trend may owe more to the sociology of the political theory profession than to its intrinsic merits – a point that, of course, betrays my power-centric and realist perspective. . also note that theorists such as john dunn ( ) and patrick neal ( ) have been arguing along similar lines for much longer. . william galston ( ) portrayed this emerging family of theories along similar lines. . i use the word ‘ethics’ to range over the concepts of justice and the good. i have discussed the relationship between justice and teleological values in rossi . . i have defended the priority of legitimacy over justice (and, relatedly, the superiority of realism over idealism) in rossi . . here one may note that rawls envisages the overlapping consensus as an actual agreement. but then it becomes an agreement between a sub-set of the citizenry of variable and questionable size – the reasonable citizens – picked out by reference to a fixed set of substantive values, namely their commitment to upholding fair terms of cooperation among free and equal members of a liberal democracy. in other words, the agreement is hypothetical relative to the whole of the actual citizenry. in rossi (forthcoming) i elaborate on this point and, by contrasting rawls’ views with those of gerald gaus ( , ), i put forward a modal taxonomy of different kinds of hypothetical agreement (the crucial distinction being the one between possible worlds where the relevant agents can or cannot recognise themselves in their consenting counterparts). . james harris ( ) has convincingly shown how hume’s account of justice is not tied to the virtue ethics that characterizes his moral philosophy. . in fact this relational aspect is the main distinguishing feature of voluntarism: the sharpest way to bring out the distinction between voluntarism and substantivism is to point out the gap between the thought that political power is grounded insofar as it enables the protection and promotion of certain goods and the thought that the primary purpose of politics is rather to create a framework that enables certain relations between individuals (e.g. reciprocal independence). . leave aside, for now, the complicated question of what exactly should count as conflict. . think of the classic contractualist account of politics as the way to leave the state of nature. . for an attempt to work out the action-theoretic basis of this distinction see sevel , chs. and . . so this account of compromise rules out ‘everything goes’ theories of modus vivendi, hobbesian contractarianism like gauthier’s ( ), and the like. i discussed the (lack of) voluntaristic appeal of modus vivendi (as opposed to rawlsian consensus) in rossi b. . for instance, rawls ( ) famously stated that there is a range of conceptions of justice that could be the focus of an overlapping consensus, and that his own preferred conception, justice as fairness, does not have privileged status in that range. . galston ( ) and sleat ( ) also pointed out the search for agreement in williams’ realism. . george klosko ( ) conducted empirical research showing something akin to a consensus on the values of constitutional democracy in american public culture. andrea sangiovanni ( ) has argued that the most plausible interpretation of rawls’ political liberalism stresses the practice-dependence of legitimate conceptions of justice. . in rossi b i have argued that there is no viable middle ground between rawlsian consensus and hobbesian ‘anything goes’ agreement – the point being that the former is too moralistic, and the latter too coercive to be of interest to those wanting to ground legitimacy in some form of voluntariness. . john horton ( ) may also be seen as someone who takes such as position; however it seems to me that he rather wishes to defend a voluntaristic account of modus vivendi as a foundation for liberalism (in some context) – a view i have argued against in rossi b. . though it has been argued that this brings realists too close to idealism (sleat , gledhill ). . rawls famously pointed out how pluralism, reasonable and otherwise, is the inevitable product of life under free institutions. . on practice-dependence see sangiovanni and my own take on that approach in rossi . . as noted earlier, david beetham ( ) has convicingly argued that any good account of legitimacy needs to incorporate both descriptive and normative elements: crudely, moral considerations cannot float free of an actual system of norms and of actual beliefs, pace both weber’s purely descriptive account of legitimation and the fact-independent moralism of much contemporary political philosophy. - _health_intro-pdf.qxd i n a recent global survey commissioned for the millennium summit of the unit- ed nations, people around the world consistently mentioned good health as what they most desired. this preeminent concern with health is due no doubt both to the value that people attach to health in itself and to their recognition of its importance for pur- suing their individual and collective projects. while people agree on the value of health, policymakers, activists, and social theorists disagree sharply about the appropriate goals and optimal design of health systems. some- times disagreements are purely instrumen- tal, relating only to the best means to achieve shared objectives. more often, however, they are a result of deeper differences concerning the role that a person’s health plays in deter- mining the quality of his or her life and the extent to which ill health and inequalities in health reflect injustices in social institutions. discussions of the relationship between justice and health have focused primarily on questions such as how health systems should be structured and financed and how public resources spent on health should be balanced against other social goals. but recent studies indicating close connections between socio- economic status and ill health have led many to recognize that the inability to achieve good health may result not only from lack of access to health care or other failures of domestic health systems, but also from inadequate social arrangements of different kinds and at many levels. in spite of this substantial broadening of emphasis, exploration of the links between justice and health has continued to focus on problems that arise within societies, and there are important reasons for further extending these discussions from the societal to the global level. societies interact within an increasingly rich framework of political and economic institutions that significantly affect the health prospects of all people. hence, focusing solely on the justice of domestic health regimes may lead to a neglect of the ways that these institutions affect the capaci- ties of societies to secure good health for their people. moreover, health problems in one part of the world can lead to health problems elsewhere, and it will often be particularly dif- ficult to manage them effectively and equi- tably without the coordinated response of many societies, among which burdens are fairly allocated. finally, while there is room for reasonable disagreement among different societies that value health in different ways, and that allocate resources accordingly, there are limits to pluralism concerning global health regimes. if some countries operate a national health service while others embrace privatization, both may have their way. but such mutual accommodation fails when some countries push for strong protection of pharmaceutical patents worldwide while others pursue the right to grant compulsory licenses for essential medicines, or when some countries insist that international insti- tutions be granted the resources and author- ity to set research and development agendas while others deny the legitimacy of these arrangements. there is a need, then, to develop standards for assessing global rules and institutions that—though tolerant of different domestic health and global justice mira johri and christian barry repinted from ethics & international affairs , no. . © by carnegie council on ethics and international affairs. https://doi.org/ . /j. - . .tb .x downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use, available at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. https://doi.org/ . /j. - . .tb .x https://www.cambridge.org/core https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms health regimes—express globally sharable values and priorities. in april the carnegie council’s justice and the world economy program sponsored a workshop on public health and international justice; its aim was to contribute to this task by engaging a range of scholars and health-policy special- ists in the attempt to incorporate public- health concerns into a broader contemporary debate about global justice. our initial discussions centered on ques- tions concerning the definition of appropri- ate international health goals. what information about health, for example, should be deemed relevant for assessing international policies, institutions, and rules? should these be designed to promote life expectancy, the receipt of health-care resources, opportunities for good health, and access to health-care resources, or rather to secure the informed consent of patients and minimize the incidence of coercion within health systems? and what distributive considerations are relevant? should we aim to establish some universal minimum health standard? should we strive to achieve equal opportunity for health within or across soci- eties? or something else still? important as these issues undoubtedly are, it was clear that the primary source of many practically significant controversies concern- ing international health today revolve around the notion of responsibility—specifically, deciding how responsibility to provide relief for ill health should be parceled out. each essay in this section focuses on dif- ferent aspects of the theme of responsibility for public health. onora o’neill suggests that preoccupation with medical ethics and health-care provision within developed countries has led many to misidentify rele- vant health standards and to overlook ques- tions concerning the obligations of state and nonstate actors to address health problems in poorer parts of the world. christian barry and kate raworth argue that recent debates concerning access to hiv/aids drugs are rooted in disagreements about the appro- priateness of different principles for assign- ing responsibility for health, and they indicate some of the difficulties in applying theories of responsibility to global prob- lems. daniel wikler challenges the thesis that, because health depends on individual lifestyle choices, social and international responsibilities to restore health are quite limited. thomas pogge claims that we have especially stringent responsibilities to reme- dy health problems to which we contribute, regardless of whether those affected are compatriots or foreigners. finally, gopal sreenivasan develops a policy proposal for an international tax that, he argues, will pro- mote the health of poorer populations with- out placing unacceptable demands on anyone. most everyone agrees that there is some- thing morally unacceptable about the fact that , children under the age of five die daily from hunger and preventable diseases, or that some million people lack access to basic health services. the essays in this section suggest that fruitful work on the theme of “health equity” must complement and extend beyond ongoing technical dis- cussions of appropriate international health goals and standards by engaging in detail with the difficult question of how responsi- bilities for the alleviation of global health problems should be allocated. https://doi.org/ . /j. - . .tb .x downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. carnegie mellon university, on apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use, available at https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms. https://doi.org/ . /j. - . .tb .x https://www.cambridge.org/core https://www.cambridge.org/core/terms correspondence "justice and the international court" in a letter to the editor, charles burton marshall wrote that, "like many comments critical of the judgment of the international court of justice in the south west africa case, worldview's editorial [july- august] seems to me to confuse law in the sense of procedural rectitude applied in litigation and law as policy enacted into legislation." mr. marslwdl elab- orated his own views in a letter to the honorable e. rose adair. what follows is the text of that letter as it was introduced into the o'hara subcommittee hearing record. another, and differing, opinion is suggested bij ernest a. gross, recently chief counsel to liberia and ethiopia in the case before the international court. his article, "the south africa case: what happened," appears in foreign affairs, october . arlington, va. dear mr. adair: this letter follows on our conversation about the judgment of the international court of justice con- cluding the long and complex litigation in the south west africa case, the outcome of which seemed to come as a surprise to a great many, including, ac- cording to his own acknowledgement, the secretary of state. i am astonished by the evidence of astonishment. prompted by professional curiosity and free of con- scious preconceptions, i had examined the labyrin- thine issues as developed in a dozen printed volumes of varying bulk and a mass of transcribed oral argu- ment put forth by the litigants. whatever facet i examined closely, the weight of the argument seemed to me clearly on the respondent's—that is, south africa's—side. accordingly, i rather expected south africa to prevail finally. foresight in such a matter, however, requires tak- ing count of judges as well as taking account of. legal points. on this basis, the respondent seemed to me definitely the favorite and the petitioning side, ethi- opia and liberia, a palpable long shot. let me ex- plain. the potential participants in the decision included fifteen regular members-of the court and two ad hoc judges named by the respective sides—seventeen in all. one regular judge stood aside, presumably in appropriate regard for the fact of having once been designated ad hoc judge for the petitioners before election as a regular judge. another was removed by illness, and a third by death. thus the residual num- ber nearing the decisive stage was fourteen. .that even number presented a possibility of a we, in which event, under the law as laid down in the court's statute, it would fall to the presiding fudge to resolve the issue by casting a second vote. of the residual fourteen at this stage, four judges were participating in the case for the first time, whereas ten had participated at a preliminary, though substantive, stage four years ago, when the court had divided eight to seven on whether the petition- ers had standing as such and whether their petition presented a justiciable issue. six of the seven then dissenting were among the ten. their number in- cluded the presiding judge, authorized to break a tie. only four of the eight prevailing in the prelimi- nary stage remained. if all six previous dissentients abided by their earlier views, the addition of only one from among the four judges newly participating would produce the tie that would in effect constitute a shifted major- ity. by the same token, all four of the new particip- ants must align with the four remnant from the earlier majority to produce again a majority tfor the petitioners. superficially considered, the prospect presented a -to-l probability in favor of south africa. one must, however, look deeper than the superficial data. what was the probability of a shift among the six previous dissenters? to judge by the unequivocal- ness of the positions articulated on the record, the solid legal analysis reflected in diem, and their con- tinuing central bearing on the case, such a probabil- ity seemed negligible. what was the probability that one, just one, of the new participants would align himself with them? getting down to a particular, why assume that judge cros of france would not reflect views akin to those ably articulated in by his predecessor also of france, judge basdevant? i could think of no reason so to assume. tims, under closer analysis, the -to-l odds seemed conservative indeed i come back to the secretary of state's acknowl- edged surprise. surely no one would criticize so over- pressed an official for not having delved for himself into such details. in such matters he must rely on advices from below. what interests me here, then, is the quality of bureaucratically generated informa- tion. october on a half dozen or so occasions within a span of a few weeks preceding the decision, the south west africa case came up in conversation with one person or another well up in the state department. invari- ably i was told something to the effect mat it looked bad for south africa or was asked how else conceiv- ably could the court rule? when i pressed for de- tails to support that outlook, i was told something to the effect that such was the overwhelming consensus among those close to the matter. in a context like that, consensus is very likely to be synonymous with gossip. solid information is,all too likely to be a shaky, wishful guess, built up to apparent authority by being circulated through departmental channels as through an induction coil. such was probably the case here. very often in a bureaucracy the least re- liable index to what is what is what comes from the office most concerned. in testifying on may before the subcommittee on africa, i purposely refrained from venturing a prediction of the outcome, regarding it as insolent for an outsider to anticipate in public regarding such matters. i did utter a caution against an idea, urged by earlier witnesses, calling for the united states ostentatiously to get poised to set in motion plans based on a guessed-at outcome, which seemed so unlikely to materialize. such conduct could only put the government in a posture of attempting to prej- udice an issue sub judice, a foolish posture at best. fortunately, our magistrates avoided that gau- cherie. behind the scenes, an amusing thing oc- curred, however, and some of my state department friends, later shared the laugh with me. on the fri- day preceding the decision, the state department did send to die government at pretoria a formal note, declaring the united states' devout concern for the rule of law in international relations and serving solemn notice of an intent to spare no ef- fort to enforce the forthcoming decision. what is comical about this painstaking flaunting of unexcep- tional precepts is the reflection of misguided antici- pation. obviously, initiative still outruns urbanity in our diplomacy, there is a need to ponder talley- rand's sagacity—"above all, not too much zeal." the south african authorities probably could not imagine a great power's resorting to such a step without conclusive advance knowledge of the out- come. accordingly, the note's arrival may well have shaken momentarily their confidence—which my wife and i found so secure and ernphatic when we pri- vately discussed the case with some of them last april—of a judgment favorable to south africa. whatever the misgivings temporarily incurred, it must be regarded by them now as clearly to the good, from south africa's standpoint, to have in hand an unequivocal expression from the u.s. gov- ernment pledging to honor the decision and calling it good, sight unseen. indeed, the decision is good, and i say this from an american standpoint. it serves to dissipate some of the obfuscation surrounding the broader south african question. it removes a main promise relied on by those who have hoped and striven to inveigle the united states obliquely into an improvident in- terposition in south africa's internal affairs. it di- minishes substantially the chance of involving the united states in needless conflict at a time when— heaven knows!—it is already experiencing its por- tion of travail elsewhere. i say that the decision re- duces the probability of yet another outbreak of in- ternational violence—notwithstanding that some who had looked expectantly to the international court for a decision that they could invoke as a warrant for precipitating violence now assert, in the wake of the decision issued, that the outcome leaves them no alternative to violence. such talk coming from spokesmen for some of the other african states is discountable as rhetoric. the south african republic should be able to cope with anything its piqued northward neighbors might try, as those neighbors are amply aware. to any importunities to fetch chestnuts from the fire for them, our government is now in position explicitly to say: the chestnuts are not ours. our high policy- makers no longer need to feel pressed and reproached by invocations of a shadowy legal obligation in such matters. the outcome, as the washington post prop- erly observed in the sole fairly cogent editorial i saw on the matter, puts the south africa question squarely in the political field where, if anywhere, it belongs. our policy-makers would not bo in po- sition to invoke any exculpatory abstractions con- cerning fealty to the rule of law if they should here- after precipitate us into a blunder in that connec- tion. it is scarcely imaginable now—indeed it never was—that our magistrates would indulge in such im- prudence the sooner this is quietly made clear across africa, the better for everybody. i stress quietly. the thing to do is to simmer down—to quit talking so much about matters that we are so little likely to do much of anything about, unless we take leave of our gumption. a few observations are due concerning the qual- ity of the court's decision and. the pertinent opin- ions. the opinion delivered by the presiding judge, sir percy spender, strikes me as a superb judicial worldvieto exercise, equal in quality to the erudite and essen- tially right opinion in which he and sir gerald fitz- maurice as dissenters combined at the prelimin;iry stage in . it is good to see such wisdom ele- vated from a losing to a prevailing position. in such a legal controversy, it is necessary for the petitioning side to construct a chain of reasoning long enough to reach from the initial premise to the conclusion sought. if one link fails, the chain fails as determinatively as if every link should give way. a respondent needs to demolish only one link- in the essential chain in order to prevail. courts are wisely reluctant to carry the adjudicative func- tion to excess. it is standard judicial practice to re- solve only such issues as are necessary to dispose of a case, the maxim being that when it is not nec- essary to decide it is necessary, not to decide. the petitioners' first link crumbled under judicial analy- sis. so the court has left the matter there, a headline i saw in the new york times called the basis of decision a technicality. the dictionary's relevant definition is: "something which is techni- cal; especially, a point of law, detail of procedure, rule, etc., of significance only to a technician." the term is often used in controverted matters dispar- agingly; one side's point of substance is a techni- cality to the opposing side. when a chain of legal reasoning snaps, the losing side is wont to say that only one link went—and it but a technicality. like other disciplines, however, law is a fabric woven of technicalities. in a legal context, to call something technically defective is to call it legally defective. to say that the petition was rejected on a techni- cality is just a way of saying that it lacked accept- ability as a proposition in law, but by the use of that word the pejorative implication is shifted from the petition to the decision, i noted that word in the headline with amuse- ment at another instance of editorializing in a news account. then a high spokesman in our foreign pol- icy—why name him?—used the same term in the same connection, noting it that time, i disapproved heartily. if that overpressed official should ever find occasion to familiarize himself with the opinion, his misimpression will be corrected. the basis of deci- sion was a matter of substantive law. the presiding judge's opinion makes the point amply clear. the applicants were found to have no legal right or in- terest in the subject matter of their claims. a tech- nicality? maybe so. it would depend on the inflec- tion used. if one means a mere technicality, then no. such a basis for a judicial finding is about as substantive as one can get. a related notion widely repeated by persons un- familiar with the relevant opinions, having to rely therefore on news media for their evaluations, echoes judge jcssup's highly publicized declaration, in dis- sent, labeling "the judgment which the court has just rendered . . . completely unfounded in law." obviously, if he considered the judgment otherwise than as he describes it, he would concur instead of dissenting. boiled down to its essence, the quoted assertion conveys only the fact of judge jessup's disagreement with the prevailing side. he registers his view in the style customary in judicial polemics. like anyone else, a judge dislikes being among the losers. in the immediate moment of disappointment he is likely to display pique by choosing dramatic language. moreover, a dissenting judge casts him- self as advocate for an overruled cause, and advo- cacy requires a combative approach. in judge jes- sup's instance, disappointment is heavy indeed. he feels deprived of an opportunity to go all the way with the petitioners. notwithstanding the presiding judge's appeal for colleagues to focus their ap- pended essays on the determining element in the case and to avoid laboring the might-have-beens, judge jessup's essay examines approvingly all the links in the snapped} chain. his considerable skills in advocacy arc displayed to the full. (in a concur- ring opinion south africa's ad hoc judge, j, t. van wyk, labors similarly to show how he thinks each of those links might have been sundered in its turn if the court had to go on to deal with them. his and judge jessup's extensive essays in advocacy have at least the value of rounding out the record by exploring all the controverted ramifications.) as a related point, it is not correct-though i have noted several misguided allegations to the contrary —that the element on which the decision turns was properly disposed of once and for all in the stage of the proceedings. the idea is palpably false. to utter it is like saying, on meeting an acquaint- ance after a considerable interval, "but i thought you were deadl aren't you? i couldn't have been wrong!" nor is it correct diat the court, besides resurrecting the element on which the decision foc- used, heard no fresh argument on it. the element remained an inherent issue throughout, and it was argued by counsel as searchingly if not as lengdi- ily, in the latter stages as in the preliminary phase. what has happened essentially is a shift in deter- mining numbers. it is not so much a case of the court's changing its mind, different minds have changed the court. the old dissenters have become the new prevailers, acceding thus to the right to call october i themselves the court. as one of them puts it, "the court is not bound to perpetuate faulty reasoning, and nothing contained in the judgment could constitute a decision on any issue which is a part of the merits of the claim." yet another criticism widely voiced pertains to the six-year interval between onset and upshot. is it fair, the critics ask, to let petitioners protract false expectations so long—to withhold bad news until so late. {a teacher often hears similar plaints from students denied a degree after long endeavor.) the point is psychologically understandable. those who launched the case felt so certain of a verdict that the outcome leaves them with a sense of being jilted. the right to attempt a suit is not a right to a favorable judgment, however. the long wait and final letdown would never have occurred if the peti- tioners had not launched a complex litigation on a dubious premise. no one compelled, or even en- ticed, them into a vain suit and false hopes. in all that interval the petitioners have been denied noth-. ing rightfully theirs. the criticism reminds me of a magazine agent who once told me i bad just wasted a half-hour of his time. anodier reproach is that the decision is political. that last is a tricky word, a catchall pertaining to aspects of public affairs involving highly contro- verted interests and conflicts of purpose between or among large groups, with no established, accepted frame of values by which to settle the matter at issue, to the general satisfaction, at hand. the word political pertains to the processes by which such matters arise, and such controversies are waged, managed, and perhaps finally brought to solution. in any proper sense of the word the south west africa case is inherently political. the sponsors of the petition are politically actuated. what they have sought is a judicial writ to use as a political weap- on. i am not calling this reprehensible. i am just saying it is so. so also is the respondent politically motivated. one cannot examine any facet of the case without finding matters which are inextricably political. when someone on the side whose interests did not prevail calls the decision political, one can only remark, "look who's talking!" obviously, also the court's decision has a political effect. it alters the frame of the dispute about south west africa and thus indirectly about south africa as well, just as it would alter the frame of dispute if the deci- sion were in the opposed direction. those who would attack the court's judgment as political only reflect their disappointment that the court, in inter- preting the law, did not fashion a decision to suit their political designs. worldview in this respect, the court's judgment seems to me altogether salutary. it is beyond the court's province to stay the current widespread urge to make every- body's business everybody's business over the great globe, but the effect of the court's judgment is to put a damper on the fashion of parading that urge under a rule-of-law rubric. not everyone who fancies a grievance has therefore a case. the court exists to apply the rules scrupulously as valid cases come to it, but its mission is not to issue hunting licenses for dissatisfied governments to go stalking in other people's preserves. the court is disposed to remain a court, not to be tempted to set itself up as a leg- islature. such are some of the points implicit in the south west africa judgment. one can only hope that a determining number.of governments, includ- ing our own, will come to recognize the eminent good sense of that position and to discern that the judgment preserves, rather than sacrificing, the court's usefulness. as knowledge of the nature of thfe pleadings re- jected by the court widens, many-persons now dis- posed to be critical about the judgment may well come to see its essential wisdom. i refer here par- ticularly to the interpretation of pertinent matters put forth by the applicants after the respondent had succeeded in refuting the original premises of the application and the accompanying allegations re- garding performance under the mandate. the inter- pretation thereupon resorted to by the applicants would have the court assume powers of a legisla- tive character not entertained in the instrument. which created it. the court, moreover, would be called upon to attribute to general assembly reso- lutions a law-making import not warranted by the united nations charter. in the name of the rule of law, the court was thus importuned to contrive new law to suit the applicants' ends. in determining num- ber, the judges have declined to presume a preroga- tive not j-ightfully theirs or to read into the charter an intent which the charter does not in fact reflect. if the judges were compelled to go as far as to ad- dress themselves to that issue in resolving the case, they would have to choose between a judicial ar- rogation and an implicit extension of judicial ap- proval to south africa's policies. at such a juncture, the court would indeed take on a political char- acter. that juncture has been avoided, for the court has found ample basis for resolving the case on an antecedent, though centrally important, aspect. this is not to say, in any invidious way, that the court's resolution of the case is politically motivated. in face of great pressures, the judges of the inter- national court of justice in determining number have kept to the best tradition of jurisprudence, thereby reconfirming for the institution the esteem which i recall having heard chairman o'hara voice so succinctly at one of the hearings of the subcom- mittee on africa. indeed, a matter for which the prevailing judges deserve great credit is their re- sistance to becoming politicized in handling a case inescapably charged with politics. it is no detrac- tion from the value and the conclusiveness of the decision that the outcome was determined by the presiding judge's breaking of a tie, though one of the dissenting judges faintly attempts to make a point on this score, the rules constraining the court in thus resolving the case are as basic to its struc- ture as is the judge's right to voice his dissent. thank you for inviting my attention to the con- gressional record reporting chairman o'hara's well chosen words occasioned by the judgment. they display a balance between specific immediate regret over the outcome and a general disposition to re- spect the institution and its processes, and the ef- fect is consistent with the chairman's remarks al- luded to above. i am reminded, by contrast, of a tv interview in which someone speaking for the ap- plicants characterized the court's judgment as a "judicial abortion." someone identified with a mis- conceived and miscarried case is likely thus to choose terms calculated to shift fault from the case itself to the outcome, much as a strongly motivated ball player often inveighs against the umpire on be- ing called out in attempting to steal a base. the re- actions voiced by the applicant governments them- selves and some of the governments associated with them in supporting the venture to elicit a court de- cision for use in a political cause have been in sim- ilar vein. one is reminded of the way fans in flat- bush used to react when the old dodgers dropped a ball game. i am prompted to a thought about style in being on the losing side in international litigation. a few years ago a friend of mine, who is a distinguished member of the bar and a statesman of high repute, represented a southeast asian government in a case before the international court of justice growing out of a dispute with a neighboring country over a certain parcel of land. his side won the judgment. the other side recriminated strenuously on the "we- wuz-robbed" theme. my friend was scornful of such conduct. he remarked to me his confidence that there would have been no such reaction if the de- cision had gone the other way. he told of having taken upon himself as counsel a duty to instruct his clients in the nature of judicial processes and the character of judicial resolution of controversies. a disputant tends to sec only his own side of the case, thus to define justice in terms of his own interests. he is all too likely to regard a court as morally and legally bound to see the issues his way. a ca- pacity to surprise litigants is inherent in the judicial process. my friend had impressed these points upon his clients. he had advised them about expecting the unexpected and had made clear to them how to comport themselves in event of an adverse ruling. "the rule of law, after all, is not merely an abstrac- tion in the judges' custody," he remarked to me. "it is also, and even more importantly, an attitude of mind among adversaries and a mode of behavior in concrete situations." charles burton marshall london, england dear sir: in your very interesting issue for july- august there is an editorial "justice and the inter- national court," which seems to me to make the case appear even worse than it actually is. what the court did was to declare that ethiopia and liberia, which had brought the case to the court, were not entitled to do so, and that they had no status as appellants. this of course was an extraordinary de- cision, since quite the opposite had been taken in and it means that the rights and wrongs of the case never came before the court at all. the court ha* tlierefore made no decision for or against the case'but has declined to discuss it when brought before them by two individual countries. it would, however, be perfectly in order for the u.n. itself to bring the case before the court, the only difficulty being tliat as it could not be called a dispute they could only ask for an advisory opin- ion, and this of course has not got the force of law. however, it looks as though the african countries at the u.n. assembly are going to ask for a good- deal more than this, and we shall have to wait and see what happens. in the meantime i think it is very important to emphasize the fact that the world court has not taken a decision about s. africa and its mandate for s.w. africa, merely because it would not accept ethiopia and liberia as having a right to bring cases to the court, because they have no status as individual countries. d a m e kathleen courtney, d.b.e. october < bcadb b bdc e > i. ii. ? iii. . . iv. v. doi : . /siuh. . . . 사회적 노동과 정의 * ) 서도식 서울시립대학교 철학과 이 논문에서 필자는 호네트의 인정이론에 의거하여 분배적 정의의 핵심 내용이 물질적 재화가 아닌 ‘인정’이라는 도덕적 자원의 재분배에 있음을 주장하고자 한다. 개인의 사회적 노동 활동의 목적은 자기보존 이 아니라 사회적 존재로서의 자신의 가치를 인정받는 데 있다. 왜냐 하면 개인의 사회적 노동의 성과는 타인과 사회 전체의 복지 증진에 기여하기 때문이다. 따라서 개인의 사회적 노동 분업 조직에의 참여와 그의 노동성과에 한 정당한 재분배는 호네트가 열거한 근 사회의 * 이 논문은 년도 정부재원(교육과학기술부 인문사회연구역량강화사업비)으로 한국연구재단 의 지원을 받아 연구되었음(krf- - -a ). 인정 영역 중 하나인 사회적 가치평가 영역, 곧 연 성 확장의 도덕적 전제가 된다. 인정이론적 정의 모델은 이처럼 개인의 노동성과 에 기반한 업적 평가 외에도 사랑, 권리 동등 우 등을 정의의 원칙들 로 삼는 삼극적 모델이며, 사회는 이러한 다원적 정의 원칙들의 이행 으로 사회구성원 각자의 개성과 사회적 포용성의 증 를 뜻하는 도덕 적 진보를 달성한다. 주제어 : 인정, 사회적 노동, 정의, (재)분배, 호네트 in / the crime most commonly recorded by police in england and wales ( per cent) and scotland ( per cent) was theft and handling stolen goods. in northern ireland it was criminal damage ( per cent). (table . ) between / and / there was a per cent decrease in the incidence of crime measured by the british crime survey (bcs) in england and wales, from . million to . million crimes. (figure . ) violent crime, which comprises assault with or without injury, wounding and robbery, accounted for one-fifth ( . million incidents) of all bcs crime in england and wales in / . (table . ) in , per cent of ten to -year-olds in england and wales were victims of personal crime in the last months, including robbery, personal theft and assault (either with or without injury). (table . ) in / there were , crimes reported to the police in england and wales in which a firearm was used, a per cent decrease from / . (figure . ) of offenders aged and over leaving prison or starting a community sentence in england and wales in the first quarter of , per cent reoffended within one year, the lowest reoffending rate since the series began. (page ) c h ap ter download data by clicking the online pdf www.statistics.gov.uk/ socialtrends crime and justice chapter : crime and justice social trends : edition crime can affect anyone, regardless of whether or not they have been a victim. in addition to suffering or loss resulting directly from crime, people may be affected by their perceptions of changing crime levels and their fear of crime may affect the way they live their daily lives. dealing with crime and associated problems is an ever-present concern for society and the government. there are two main sources of crime statistics: police-recorded crime and household population surveys of crime (see measures of crime text box). crime levels this chapter discusses both the incidence and prevalence of crime (see appendix, part : prevalence rates and incidence rates). the incidence of crime, defined as the number of crimes that have taken place, is analysed in this section. the prevalence of crime, or the proportion of people who were victims, is covered in the offences and victims section later in the chapter. following the introduction of the national crime recording standard (ncrs) in england and wales in (see appendix, part : national crime recording standard) there was an overall increase in the number of crimes recorded by the police that year, with less serious crimes, including criminal damage, minor theft and assault without injury, increasing the most. the introduction of the scottish crime recording standard (scrs) in april resulted in similar increases in the number of less serious crimes recorded by the police in scotland. in / around . million crimes were recorded by the police across the uk (table . ). nearly three-quarters ( per cent) of recorded crimes in england and wales were property crimes; these include theft and handling stolen goods, burglary, criminal damage, and fraud and forgery. violence against the person accounted for around one-fifth ( per cent) of all recorded crime in england and wales, the same proportion as in / . measures of crime there are two main measures of the extent of crime in the uk: surveys of the public, and crime recorded by the police. the british crime survey (bcs) interviews adults aged and over who are living in private households in england and wales. the scottish crime and victimisation survey (scvs) and the northern ireland crime survey (nics) interview adults aged and over in scotland and northern ireland respectively. in some ways the bcs, the scvs and the nics give a better measure of many types of crime than police- recorded crime statistics. these surveys show the large number of offences that are not reported to the police and also give a more reliable picture of trends, as they are not affected by changes in levels of reporting to the police or by variations in police recording practice (see appendix, part : types of offence in england and wales, in scotland, and in northern ireland). recorded crime data cover offences reported to and recorded by the police. the national crime recording standard (ncrs), introduced in england and wales in and the scottish crime recording standard (scrs), introduced in , were implemented with the aim of taking a more victim-centred approach and providing consistency between police forces (see appendix, part : national crime recording standard). police-recorded crime and survey-measured crime have different coverage. unlike crime data recorded by the police, surveys are generally restricted to crimes against adults living in private households and their property and do not include some types of crime (for example, fraud, murder and victimless crimes such as drug use, where there is not a direct victim). see also appendix, part : availability and comparability of data from constituent countries. table . crimes recorded by the police: by type of offence, / united kingdom percentages england & wales scotland northern ireland theft and handling stolen goods theft from vehicles theft of vehicles criminal damage violence against the person burglary drugs offences fraud and forgery robbery sexual offences other offences all notifiable offences (= %) (thousands) , see appendix, part : types of offence in england and wales, in scotland, and in northern ireland, and availability and comparability of data from constituent countries. data for scotland are serious assaults only. those for england and wales and northern ireland are all assaults including those that cause no physical injury. northern ireland includes ‘offences against the state’. scotland excludes ‘offending while on bail’. source: home office; scottish government; police service of northern ireland social trends : edition chapter : crime and justice the definition of crime in northern ireland is broadly comparable with that used in england and wales. in / the police in northern ireland recorded , crimes, nearly two-thirds ( per cent) of which were property crimes. more than one-quarter ( per cent) of recorded crime in northern ireland involved violence against the person, again showing little change from / . in scotland the term ‘crime’ is reserved for the more serious offences, broadly equivalent to ‘indictable’ and ‘triable-either- way’ offences in england and wales, while less serious crimes are called ‘offences’ (see appendix, part : availability and comparability of data from constituent countries). in / , , crimes were recorded by the police in scotland. the most common recorded crime in scotland was theft and handling stolen goods ( per cent), followed by criminal damage ( per cent), unchanged from / . the number of crimes recorded by the police tends to be lower than that reported by household surveys, largely because survey respondents identify a large number of offences that have not been reported to the police. based on the / british crime survey (bcs), per cent of incidents of bcs comparable crime in england and wales, that is crimes where bcs data can be directly compared with police statistics (see appendix, part : comparable crimes), were reported to the police, or became known to the police by some other means. victims gave a variety of reasons for not reporting crime to the police, with the most common being that they felt the crime was too trivial, there was no loss or that in their view the police would not, or could not, do anything about it. the incidence of crime estimated by the bcs in england and wales rose steadily throughout the s and early s and peaked in , at . million offences. there was then a steady decline and the level remained relatively stable between / and / . however, between / and / there was a per cent decrease in the incidence of bcs crime, from . million to . million crimes and the level of crime in / was almost one-half the level in the peak year of (figure . ). the northern ireland crime survey (nics) estimated that , crimes were committed against adults living in private households in the months prior to interview in / . this was an increase from , crimes identified in / , but still much lower than the , identified in the / nics. because there was no scottish crime and victimisation survey (scvs) in , the most recent available data for scotland are for / . the survey estimated that around . million crimes were committed against adults in private households in the months prior to interview in / , an increase from , in / . the incidence of scvs crime in / was at the same level it was in . of the . million crimes reported by the bcs in england and wales in / , almost two-thirds ( . million) were household crimes and more than one-third ( . million) were personal crimes (table . overleaf). there was an overall reduction in the incidence of both types of crime reported in / . the most common crime reported, accounting for more than one-quarter of all bcs crime, was vandalism, with an estimated . million incidents experienced in the months prior to interview. this was the most commonly experienced household crime each year since / , but during the s vehicle theft was the most common, ranging from . million to . million crimes. violent crime, which comprises assault with or without injury, wounding and robbery, accounted for one-fifth ( . million incidents) of all bcs crime reported in / . offences and victims the likelihood of being a victim of crime varies according to where you live. the highest levels of household crime in england and wales according to the / british crime survey (bcs), including theft of, or from, vehicles, bicycle theft, household theft, burglary, and vandalism, were experienced by those living in yorkshire and the humber where one-fifth ( per cent) of households reported being a victim once or more in the months prior to interview. the north east figure . british crime survey offences england & wales millions / / / / / until , respondents were asked to recall their experience of crime in the previous calendar year. from / onwards the british crime survey became a continuous survey and the recall period was changed to the months prior to interview. source: british crime survey, home office chapter : crime and justice social trends : edition ( per cent) and the north west ( per cent) had the next highest incidence of household crime. the lowest incidence was reported by those living in the south west ( per cent). there are also differences in the characteristics of those households more at risk and this varies by the type of crime. for example, households with no security measures were more than ten times as likely than average to be victims of burglary according to the / bcs, and households headed by someone aged to were three times more likely than average to be burgled. the highest rate of personal crime, including assault, sexual offences, robbery, theft from the person and other personal theft, was experienced by those living in london, with per cent having been victims in the months prior to interview. the areas with the lowest risk of personal crime were wales and the south west, at per cent each. risk of personal crime also varied according to the characteristics of the victim. men and women aged to were more likely to have experienced a violent offence than those in any other age group. the risk for young men was more than double that for young women ( per cent compared with per cent) and although the difference declined with age, men of all ages were more likely than women to have experienced a violent offence. the risk of being a victim of violence had decreased to less than per cent by the age of for women and age for men. the incidence of personal crime continues to be high among young people aged under . the offending, crime and justice survey (ocjs) reported that per cent of ten to -year-olds had experienced at least one incident of personal theft in england and wales in the months prior to interview (table . ). more than one-quarter ( per cent) were victims of some kind of personal crime over the same period, including robbery, personal theft and assault (either with or without injury). young males were more likely than young females to be victims of a personal crime within the last months ( per cent compared with per cent). the difference was most pronounced among ten to -year-olds; nearly two-fifths ( per cent) of boys of this age group were victims compared with around one-fifth ( per cent) of girls. table . incidents of crime: by type of offence england & wales millions / / / / household crime vandalism . . . . . . . all vehicle-related theft . . . . . . . burglary . . . . . . . bicycle theft . . . . . . . other household theft . . . . . . . all household crime . . . . . . . personal crime theft from the person . . . . . . . other thefts of personal property . . . . . . . all bcs violence . . . . . . . assault with minor injury . . . . . . . assault with no injury . . . . . . . wounding . . . . . . . robbery . . . . . . . all personal crime . . . . . . . all crimes reported to bcs . . . . . . . until respondents were asked to recall their experience of crime in the previous calendar year. from / onwards the british crime survey (bcs) became a continuous survey and the recall period was changed to the months prior to interview. includes theft of, or from, a vehicle, as well as attempts. includes thefts and attempted thefts from domestic garages, outhouses and sheds, not directly linked to the dwelling, as well as thefts from both inside and outside a dwelling. source: british crime survey, home office social trends : edition chapter : crime and justice according to the ocjs, the most common type of personal crime among ten to -year-olds was assault, at per cent, with per cent of young people being victims of assault without injury and per cent victims of assault with injury. males aged ten to had the highest victimisation rates for these crimes, at per cent and per cent respectively, around double the rates for females ( per cent and per cent respectively). while the definition of personal victimisation in the survey is broadly consistent with the bcs, the questions are adjusted to make them suitable for the younger respondents, and are asked in a different context, so it is not possible to draw direct comparisons between the ocjs and bcs measures of victimisation. the / bcs showed that in england and wales, per cent of individual mobile phone owners had their mobile stolen in the last months, the same proportion as in / . mobile phone theft varied by age of the victim with children aged to and young adults aged to being the most likely to experience mobile phone theft in the last months, around per cent of each group of owners (figure . ). around per cent of adults aged between and had their mobile stolen in the last months. the / bcs asked adults aged and over who had personally experienced a theft (therefore excluding other household members and children) about the circumstances of the theft. nearly one-quarter ( per cent) reported that the theft had taken place while the victim was on public transport or in another public place, such as a shop or hospital. a further per cent had their phone stolen from a bar, pub or club. the / bcs asked victims of violent incidents (including wounding, assault with minor injury, assault with no injury and robbery) whether they believed the offender to have been under the influence of alcohol or drugs (except in incidents where the victim perceived the offender to be under school-leaving age or could not describe the offender). more than two-fifths ( per cent) of victims of violent offences believed the offender to be under the influence of alcohol. table . young people who were victims of personal crime: by age and sex, england & wales percentages males females all aged – – – all – – all any personal thefts robbery theft from the person other personal thefts any assault assault (no injury) assault (with injury) any personal crime in the months prior to interview. source: offending, crime and justice survey, home office figure . mobile phone owners experiencing theft: by age, / england & wales percentages based on the number of people who experienced theft of at least one mobile phone in the last months. does not reflect the number of phones stolen. source: british crime survey, home office – – – – – – – – and over chapter : crime and justice social trends : edition violence committed by a stranger was the most common type of incident in which victims believed the offender was under the influence of alcohol ( per cent) followed by violent incidents committed by an acquaintance ( per cent) (table . ). the most common type of offence was assault with minor injury, with around three-fifths ( per cent) of victims seeing alcohol as a contributing factor. it is harder for victims to identify whether the perpetrator of their violent incident was under the influence of drugs but this too was most commonly identified in incidents of assault with minor injury ( per cent). the introduction of the licensing act in november abolished set licensing hours in england and wales with the aim of passing responsibility for licensing from the magistrates’ courts to local authorities. although this led to some concerns about introducing a ’ -hour drinking culture’, the aim was to reduce the problems of heavy drinking and disorder associated with a standard closing time and, over the longer term, encourage a more relaxed drinking culture. the home office evaluation of the impact of the act on crime and disorder found that there was little evidence to support concerns about increased violence. comparing the months before and after implementation, a survey of police forces showed falls in the number of recorded incidents involving violence, criminal damage and harassment ( per cent) and in serious violent crimes ( per cent). however, the timing of these incidents changed with a small rise in the number of incidents between pm and am and a per cent increase in the number of offences committed between am and am. in addition, the bcs night time economy module shows that there was no significant change following the introduction of the act in the proportion of people who said they felt unsafe in town centres at night, or who had witnessed drunken anti-social behaviour in town centres. the / bcs estimated that there were nearly . million violent incidents against adults in england and wales, a decrease of per cent since / (see table . ). weapons were used in nearly one-quarter ( per cent) of all violent incidents, the same proportion as in / . this proportion has remained stable over the last decade. weapons were most commonly used in offences of robbery, wounding, and assault with no injury, with around one-quarter of these incidents each involving the use of some kind of weapon ( per cent, per cent and per cent respectively). hitting implements (including sticks and clubs) and knives were the most common weapons used in violent incidents reported in the / bcs (used in per cent and per cent of incidents respectively). a knife was used in per cent of robberies and per cent of woundings. nearly one-half ( per cent) of victims of violent incidents in / sustained a physical injury. in / around one-fifth ( per cent) of police-recorded serious offences in england and wales, including attempted murder, wounding with intent to do grievous bodily harm (gbh), wounding or inflicting gbh (without intent) and robbery (of business or personal property) involved a knife or sharp instrument. in / there were , crimes reported to the police in england and wales in which a firearm was used, a per cent decrease from , offences in / . the number of offences involving a firearm increased every year from / ( , offences) to peak in / and / at around , offences. the number of firearm offences then began to decline and the decrease in / was the fourth consecutive fall since / . air weapons were reported to have been used in , offences in / , a decrease from , in / (figure . ), and accounted for more than two-fifths ( per cent) of all firearm offences. however, offences involving a firearm excluding air weapons increased by per cent between / and / ; from , to , offences. handguns were the most common type of table . proportion of violent incidents where the offender was perceived to be under the influence of alcohol or drugs, , / england & wales percentages alcohol drugs yes no yes no type of violence domestic mugging stranger acquaintance type of offence wounding robbery assault with minor injury assault with no injury all violence percentages do not sum to per cent as victims could answer ‘don’t know’. question not asked if offenders were perceived to be of school age. source: british crime survey, home office social trends : edition chapter : crime and justice non-air weapon used, and were involved in more than two-fifths ( per cent) of all non-air weapon firearm offences in / . firearms are defined as having been involved in an incident if they have been discharged (fired), used as a blunt instrument against a person, or used as a threat. in / more than nine in ten ( per cent) air weapons involved in incidents were fired compared with around three-quarters ( per cent) of imitation firearms, around one-half ( per cent) of rifles, unidentified and ‘other’ weapons, and more than one-third ( per cent) of shotguns. handguns were the least likely to be fired with only per cent of handguns involved in incidents being fired. however, handguns that were fired were the most likely firearm to result in a fatal or serious injury ( per cent) compared with per cent as a result of discharged air weapons. in scotland in / there were , firearm offences recorded by the police. more than one-half ( ) involved air weapons (including air guns, air pistols, air rifles and bb guns). the proportion of crimes involving a firearm has decreased by per cent since / and those involving air weapons has decreased by per cent. in northern ireland there were crimes reported to the police in / in which a firearm was used, a per cent decrease compared with / . between / and / there was a per cent decrease. while crimes involving firearms excluding air weapons decreased by per cent, those involving air weapons decreased by per cent between / and / . the risk of being a victim of homicide (which includes the offences of murder, manslaughter and infanticide) continues to be low in england and wales. in / there were offences recorded, a per cent increase on the number recorded in / and a rate of . per million population. homicide figures are based on the year they are recorded by the police and not the year they occur so trend data should be treated with caution (see appendix, part : homicides). however, over the last ten years the homicide rate has remained relatively stable, between and per million population, apart from an increase in / to per million population. this increase resulted from homicides attributed to harold shipman which, although took place over a number of years, were recorded in / following dame janet smith’s inquiry. males are more at risk of homicide than females; around three-quarters ( per cent) of all homicide victims were male in / . the risk was highest for men aged to , at per million population (figure . ). this is a change from / where men aged to had the highest risk of homicide, at per million population compared with per million for those aged to . for females the highest risk of homicide in / was for infants under one year old, at per million population. the homicide rate for males was higher than that for females at all ages apart from those aged and over when the rate was slightly lower. figure . crimes reported to the police in which a firearm had been used england & wales thousands changes in counting offences were made in april and the national crime recording standard was implemented in april . see appendix, part : national crime recording standard. source: home office all weapons all weapons excluding air weapons air weapons / / / / figure . offences recorded as homicide: by sex and age of victim, / england & wales rates per million population offences currently recorded as homicide as at november . figures are subject to revision as cases are dealt with by the police or courts, or as further information comes to light. see appendix, part : homicides. source: home office – – – – – – – under and over males females chapter : crime and justice social trends : edition in / more than one-third ( per cent) of all homicide victims were apparently killed by sharp instruments. this was the most common method of killing for both male and female victims with and offences respectively. for males the second most common method was ‘hitting and kicking, etc.’ ( offences) but for females it was strangulation, including asphyxiation ( offences). in scotland there were offences currently recorded as homicide in / , a rate of per million population. around four-fifths ( per cent) of the victims were male. people aged to were at the highest risk, with a rate of homicides per million population overall, and men were again particularly at risk, at per million population in this age group. however, as in england and wales, the number of homicides in scotland was very small and these offences accounted for . per cent of all violent crime (which includes homicide, attempted murder, sexual assault, abduction, serious assault, minor assault and robbery). in northern ireland there were offences currently recorded as homicide in / , a rate of per million population, the same as for england and wales. most of the victims ( ) were men and the homicide rate was highest among men aged to years old with of the male victims in this age group. perceptions of crime the / bcs reported that despite a decrease in the incidence of crime in england and wales, almost two-thirds ( per cent) of people perceived there to be more crime (either ‘a lot more’ or ‘a little more’) than two years ago in the country as a whole. this perception was unchanged since / (table . ). more than one-third ( per cent) of respondents perceived that crime had increased a lot in the country as a whole. people were more positive about their local area, with per cent perceiving there was either a little or a lot more crime than two years ago. the proportion of people perceiving more crime in the country as a whole has remained fairly stable since / , but the proportion perceiving more crime in their local area has decreased from per cent in / . the northern ireland crime survey (nics) showed that the proportions of people in northern ireland perceiving more crime in the country as a whole and in their local area were similar to those for england and wales in / . however, both these proportions had decreased compared with / , from per cent to per cent for the whole country and from per cent to per cent for crime in the local area. respondents to these crime surveys were asked how likely they thought they were to be victims of particular crimes in the months following their interview. according to the / bcs, per cent of people in england and wales thought they were likely (either ‘very likely’ or ‘fairly likely’) to be victims of burglary or violent crime and per cent of car owners thought they were likely to be victims of vehicle crime. however, in the same year the actual incidence of these crimes reported to the bcs was much lower. around per cent of households reported being a victim of vehicle related theft or damage in the previous months, per cent reported being victims of burglary, and per cent of adults had experienced violent crime in the last months. apart from men aged to , the crime both men and women thought they were most likely to experience was vehicle crime (figure . ). men aged to , however, perceived they were more likely to be victims of violent crime. when analysed by marital status, respondents who were separated were the most likely to think they would be a victim of vehicle crime ( per cent) within the next months, while one-fifth ( per cent) of single people thought they were likely to be a victim of violent crime. however, people who were widowed were the least likely of all marital status groups to think that they would be a victim of vehicle crime, burglary or violent crime within the next months. in / both men and women in northern ireland felt they were more likely to be victims of vehicle crime than any other crime within the next months. this was true for all ages although the perception was most prevalent among men aged to ( per cent) and among women aged to ( per cent). one-fifth ( per cent) of young men aged to table . perceptions of changing crime levels england & wales percentages whole country local area / / / / / / / british crime survey (bcs) respondents were asked if they thought there was more or less crime than two years ago and given the following options; ‘a lot more’, ‘a little more’, ‘about the same’, ‘a little less’ or ‘a lot less’. data are the proportion of people who answered ‘a lot more’ or ‘a little more’. question only asked of respondents who had lived in their area for three years or more. source: british crime survey, home office social trends : edition chapter : crime and justice felt they were likely to be victims of violent crime within the next months. offenders in , . million offenders were sentenced for indictable and summary offences in england and wales (see appendix, part : types of offence in england and wales), compared with . million in . most of the offenders were male and of these per cent were aged under . in the peak age for men being found guilty of, or cautioned for, one or more indictable offence was , with per cent of men of this age being found guilty or cautioned, compared with per cent of women of the same age (figure . ). for females the peak age for being found guilty of, or cautioned for, an indictable offence was ( per cent). as young men and women entered their s the proportion of offenders started to decline but this happened at a younger age for women than for men. less than per cent of women at each age over the age of were found guilty of, or cautioned for, an indictable offence in but for men the proportions did not decline to less than per cent until the age of . in northern ireland , offenders were found guilty of, or cautioned for, indictable offences in . of these, per cent were male. young men aged and were the most likely to be offenders with nearly per cent of all men in this age group being found guilty of, or cautioned for, an indictable offence. the proportion of women who were offenders was less than one-half of per cent for all age groups. theft and handling stolen goods accounted for , offences in england and wales in and was the most common indictable offence for both men and women to be figure . perceived likelihood of being a victim of crime: , by sex and age, / england & wales percentages those who answered they were ‘fairly’ or ‘very likely’ to be victims of each crime within the next months. see appendix, part : perceived likelihood of being a victim of crime. all respondents were asked, irrespective of whether or not they had been a victim of crime in the previous months. source: british crime survey, home office – – – – – – and over – – – – – – and over vehicle crime burglary violent crime vehicle crime burglary violent crime men women figure . offenders as a proportion of the population: by sex and age, england & wales percentages people found guilty of, or cautioned for, indictable offences in . age includes those offenders for whom age is not known. source: office for criminal justice reform, ministry of justice males females and over chapter : crime and justice social trends : edition found guilty of, or cautioned for; per cent of male offences and per cent of female offences (figure . ). the next most common offences for men were drugs offences and violence against the person, with , and , offences respectively, per cent each. the proportion of men found guilty of, or cautioned for, drugs offences in was double that of women ( per cent). for women, the next most common offences, with , each, were violence against the person and other offences ( per cent each). in northern ireland, the most common indictable offence for men to be found guilty of, or cautioned for in , was violence against the person, accounting for , offences ( per cent), followed by theft and handling stolen goods ( per cent). for women, the most common offence to be found guilty of, or cautioned for ( offences) was theft and handling stolen goods, accounting for two-fifths ( per cent) of all offences. of the , offenders found guilty of, or cautioned for, indictable offences in england and wales in , three-fifths ( per cent) were sentenced. the type of sentence given depends on the offence committed and other factors that may be applied on a case-by-case basis (see appendix, part : sentences and orders). the most common sentence for indictable offences in was a community sentence ( per cent), with around one-half ( per cent) of offenders sentenced for criminal damage and per cent of those sentenced for burglary receiving this sentence (table . ). offenders committing indictable drugs offences were most commonly fined along with those convicted of ‘other indictable offences’ ( per cent and per cent respectively). more than one-half of those found guilty of sexual offences ( per cent) and robbery ( per cent) were sentenced to immediate custody. motoring offences vary in severity and this is reflected in the variety of sentences given (see also figure . ). of those found guilty of indictable motoring offences in , per cent were sentenced to immediate custody, per cent were given a community sentence and per cent were fined. in northern ireland , offenders were sentenced for indictable offences in . a fine was the most common sentence for all offences apart from robbery, sexual offences and burglary, where the most common sentence was immediate custody ( per cent, per cent and per cent respectively). one aim of the criminal justice system is to try to prevent offenders from committing further crimes, so the measurement of reoffending is of considerable policy interest. one measure of adult reoffending, on which the ministry of justice reoffending target is based, is the frequency of reoffences committed per offenders. this measure is based on the number of offences committed within one year by offenders who were released from prison or had commenced a court order under probation supervision. in there were offences per offenders, a decrease of per cent since when the rate was offences per offenders. another way to measure adult reoffending is the actual yes/no (binary) reoffending rate. this rate counts the proportion of adult offenders released from custody or commencing a court order under probation supervision who offended at least once during a one-year follow-up period, and where the offence resulted in a conviction at court (see appendix, part : reoffenders). this measure is therefore based purely on the number of reoffenders, however many offences they may commit during the follow-up period. of the offenders leaving prison or starting a community sentence in the first quarter of , per cent reoffended within one year, the lowest reoffending rate since the series began with the cohort and a decrease from the per cent who reoffended in . there was an overall decline in the reoffending rate by age; per cent of to -year-olds in reoffended within one year, more than double the rate among offenders aged and over (figure . ). however, offenders in this older age figure . offenders found guilty of, or cautioned for, indictable offences: by sex and type of offence, england & wales thousands see appendix, part : types of offence in england and wales. includes fraud and forgery and indictable motoring offences. source: office for criminal justice reform, ministry of justice males females theft and handling stolen goods drug offences violence against the person burglary criminal damage robbery sexual offences other offences social trends : edition chapter : crime and justice group had the greatest increase in the reoffending rate, increasing from per cent in to per cent in . reoffending among juveniles is measured in a similar way to adults and covers juveniles aged ten to released from custody, starting a non-custodial court disposal or those given an out-of-court disposal (see appendix, part : reoffenders – juveniles). in the reoffending rate for juveniles was the same as that for adults ( per cent). although this was slightly lower than the per cent reoffending rate in , the rate for juveniles has remained between and per cent since . juveniles committed offences per juvenile offenders in , a per cent decrease from the reoffending rate of per offenders in . prisons and sentencing prison is the usual destination for offenders given custodial sentences or those who break the terms of their non-custodial sentence. the prison population (those held in prison or police cells, see appendix, part : prison population for more details) in great britain was relatively stable in the s and early s but in the mid- s the population began to increase (figure . overleaf). the largest increase, per cent, occurred between and . apart from small decreases of less than per cent in and , the prison population increased every year since and in reached , , almost double the population of and per cent higher than in . this per cent increase in the average prison population in was recorded for both sentenced and remand (which includes untried and convicted but unsentenced) prisoners. table . offenders sentenced for indictable offences: by type of offence and type of sentence, england & wales percentages discharge fine community sentence suspended sentence order immediate custody other all sentenced (= %) (thousands) theft and handling stolen goods . drug offences . violence against the person . burglary . fraud and forgery . criminal damage . motoring . robbery - - . sexual offences . other offences . all indictable offences . see appendix, part : types of offence in england and wales. see appendix, part : sentences and orders. source: ministry of justice percentage of all offenders reoffending at least once during the one-year follow-up period, where the reoffence resulted in conviction at court. includes offenders aged and over discharged from prison, or starting a court order supervised by the probation service, in the first quarter (january–march) of the year. source: ministry of justice figure . one-year reoffending rate: by age england & wales percentages – – – – – – and over chapter : crime and justice social trends : edition the annual average number of sentenced prisoners in great britain increased by per cent between and , from around , to , , while the number of remand prisoners more than doubled, from , to , . northern ireland’s prison population fell during the s and s to a low of in . one reason for the decrease in the late s was the implementation of the northern ireland (sentences) act , arising from the belfast agreement (good friday agreement), which resulted in the release of a number of prisoners between and . however, the prison population in northern ireland has increased progressively since that time and the population in , of , prisoners, was around per cent higher than in . in the prison population rate in england and wales was prisoners per , population. this was per cent higher than the eu- average rate of per , population, and the seventh highest in the eu- (figure. . ). the prison population rate in scotland was per , population ( per cent higher than the eu average) but the population in northern ireland, at per , population, was per cent lower and the seventh lowest in the eu- . with the exception of luxembourg, england and wales had the highest prison population rate of the original eu- member states (see appendix, part : accession to the european union (eu)). the highest rate of the eu- was in estonia, at per , population and the lowest was denmark, at per , population. however, comparing prison populations across the eu is difficult because the number of prisoners in custody at any one time depends on the individual penal systems in operation in each country. prison is just one way of dealing with offenders and in recent years there has been an increase in the use of non-criminal proceedings, such as the use of fixed penalties (fines) for a number of different crimes, including motoring offences. overall in there were a total of . million motoring offences in england and wales, equivalent to a rate of motoring offences per , licensed vehicles. the total number of offences dealt with increased from . million in to . million in although the number then decreased in each of the following two years to . although the number of motoring offences in was the lowest number dealt with since , the number receiving penalty charge notices was at the highest level in the last decade; from . million in to . million in (figure . ). this increase reflects the change in the treatment of summary motor offences, such as parking, from using criminal penalties includes prisoners held in police cells. includes non-criminal prisoners (for example, those held under the immigration act ). source: ministry of justice; scottish government figure . average prison population great britain thousands total remand sentenced as at september. number of prisoners, including pre-trial detainees/remand prisoners. data for england and wales, scotland and northern ireland are presented separately because of the different criminal justice systems in these countries. source: ministry of justice figure . prison population: eu comparison, rates per , population estonia latvia lithuania poland czech republic luxembourg england and wales slovakia spain bulgaria hungary scotland romania netherlands portugal austria greece france malta belgium germany cyprus northern ireland italy ireland sweden slovenia finland denmark eu- average social trends : edition chapter : crime and justice pursued through the courts to a civil system in which offences are dealt with by the use of fines. this change was reflected in a decrease in the number of offences dealt with using court proceedings, to reach . million in and a further fall to . million in the lowest number dealt with in this way since the time series began in . in , court proceedings were most often taken for offences within the ‘licence, insurance and record-keeping offences’ category (including offences of ‘driving while disqualified’ and ‘using motor vehicle uninsured against third party risks’) amounting to , , or per cent of offences in , compared with , in . driving while using a hand-held mobile phone became an offence on december and in there were , offences of ‘use of hand-held mobile phone while driving’ dealt with by the police and parking attendants. of these, around per cent were dealt with by fixed penalties with the remainder being dealt with by court proceedings or written warnings. in there were , court proceedings for ‘use of hand-held mobile phone while driving’, up from , in , reflecting the large number of police force areas taking action against drivers using hand-held mobile phones while driving. as well as dealing with offenders by the use of non-criminal proceedings such as fines, there are a number of measures aimed at reducing and preventing crime and reoffending. in england and wales these measures include community orders, intended to move low-level offenders away from custodial sentences, which can be used instead of, or alongside, other sentences or orders. in addition there are a number of interventions aimed specifically at anti-social behaviour and, in particular, a range of measures to help parents and agencies such as youth offending teams to deal with anti-social behaviour by young people. the interventions available range from one-off fines (fixed penalty notices and penalty notices for disorder) to non-legal agreements, contracts and warnings (including acceptable behaviour contracts and parenting contracts) to court orders that prohibit the perpetrator from specific anti-social behaviours – anti-social behaviour orders (asbos) and parenting orders. asbos were introduced in and are aimed at protecting the public rather than punishing the perpetrator (see appendix, part : anti-social behaviour orders (asbos)). however, while an asbo is a civil order that will not appear on an individual’s criminal record, a breach of an asbo is a criminal offence punishable by a fine or a custodial sentence. in , , asbos were issued in england and wales. of these around three-fifths ( , ) were issued to individuals aged and over, and two-fifths ( , ) were issued to ten to -year-olds (figure . ). the number of asbos issued increased every year between and , but between and there was a per cent decrease. this decrease does not necessarily indicate a reduction in the offending behaviour but rather a change in the types of intervention used. figure . motor vehicle offences: by action taken england & wales millions civil notices issued by a council for apparent contraventions to the council’s traffic regulation order (bylaw regulations). notices issued by police officers and police traffic wardens to motorists who commit parking and bus-lane offences governed by criminal law. includes written warnings and vehicle defect rectification scheme (vdrs) notices. source: ministry of justice penalty charge notice fixed penalty notice court proceedings other issued at all hm courts and reported to the home office by the courts service. source: home office figure . number of anti-social behaviour orders (asbos) issued: by age england & wales numbers , , , , , – and over chapter : crime and justice social trends : edition as well as asbos, acceptable behaviour contracts (abcs) are written agreements that form a contract between the offender and their local authority, youth inclusion support panel, landlord or the police. the aim is to engage the individual in recognising the negative effects of their offending behaviour on others and encourage them to stop. between october and september around , abcs were issued in england and wales. the anti-social behaviour act and the criminal justice act introduced measures aimed at involving parents in reducing anti-social and offending behaviour in the form of parenting contracts (pcs) and parenting orders (pos). a pc is a voluntary written agreement between a youth offending team worker and the parents of a child who is, or is likely to become, involved in criminal or anti-social behaviour. a po is made in similar circumstances by a court (criminal, family or magistrates’) and can be applied where parents are unwilling to co-operate (see appendix, part : parenting contracts and parenting orders). between october and september around , pcs and more than , pos were issued in england and wales. as with abcs, a large proportion (around two-fifths) of the total number of pcs and pos were issued between january and september , indicating a rise in the use of these interventions as a form of reducing anti-social behaviour. alongside this increase in the range of sentences and orders available for dealing with young offenders (aged ten to ), a number of measures were also taken to reduce the time taken for them to be dealt with in the criminal justice system. in the government set a target to maintain the average time from arrest to sentence specifically for persistent young offenders at or below days (see appendix, part : persistent young offenders). this was one-half the average number of days from arrest to sentence in of days. the target of days was reached in and has since remained below this level apart from in , when it was days (figure . ). between and there was a reduction of seven days in the time between arrest and sentencing to days. the first half of showed a provisional decrease of a further seven days to days. overall performance against this target is largely determined by timeliness in the magistrates’ courts, where at least nine-tenths of all persistent young offender cases are heard. although the average number of days between arrest and sentence is much longer for cases at crown courts, and there was an increase in this time between and (from to days), this has little impact on overall timeliness because of the small number of cases involved. police and other resources there were around , full-time equivalent police officers in england and wales in . around one-quarter ( per cent) were female and of these per cent were constables, per cent were sergeants and per cent were inspectors. less than per cent of female police officers were in the senior association of chief police officers (acpo) ranks. overall there has been an increase in the number of police officers in the last ten years, from around , in , and the proportion of female officers has increased from per cent. the proportion of police officers who are from an ethnic minority group in england and wales has also increased over the last decade, from per cent in to per cent in (figure . ). in , per cent of constables were from an ethnic minority compared with per cent of chief superintendents. for all other ranks of police officer around per cent were from an ethnic minority. the proportion of officers who were from an ethnic minority group varied by police force area in england and wales. in the london metropolitan police force area had the highest proportion of ethnic minority officers, at per cent. west midlands police force had the second highest proportion, at per cent, followed by leicestershire with per cent. the figure . average number of days from arrest to sentence for persistent young offenders england & wales days young offenders are those aged to . see appendix, part : persistent young offenders. target for average number of days between arrest and sentence, set by the government in , is days. figures will differ from those previously published due to re-calculation of time series. see appendix, part : average time from arrest to sentence. data are for january to june . source: ministry of justice number of days target number of days social trends : edition chapter : crime and justice police force area with the lowest proportion of ethnic minority officers was north wales, at less than one-half of per cent. of the , police officers in england and wales in , per cent were asian or asian british and per cent each were black or black british, or mixed. in northern ireland the proportion of police officers who are from an ethnic minority group has increased every year since , from . per cent to . per cent in . according to the / british crime survey, almost two-thirds ( per cent) of people in england and wales had overall confidence in the police in their local area (table . ), a percentage point increase since / . more than four-fifths ( per cent) agreed that the local police would treat them with respect if they had contact with them and almost two-thirds ( per cent) agreed that their local police would treat everyone fairly regardless of who they are, and that they understand the issues affecting their community ( per cent). people had the least confidence in relying on their local police to deal with minor crimes ( per cent). in northern ireland three-fifths ( per cent) of people had overall confidence in the local police in / . four-fifths ( per cent) agreed that the police would treat them with respect if they had contact with them, around the same proportion as those in england and wales. the proportions of people agreeing that the police treat everyone fairly regardless of who they are and that they can be relied on to deal with minor crimes were the same as those for england and wales ( per cent and per cent respectively). the / bcs showed that the level of confidence that people in england and wales had in the criminal justice system (cjs) as a whole had increased compared with / in five of the seven areas covered. in particular, the proportion of people who were fairly or very confident that the cjs was effective in bringing people who commit crimes to justice increased by percentage points since / to per cent. this is the same increase as the proportion who were either very or fairly confident that the cjs meets the needs of victims of crime (from per cent to per cent between / and / ). these increases follow a general decrease in confidence between / and / . the cjs is one of the major public services in england and wales. it comprises the police service, the crown prosecution service, hm courts service, the national offender management service (covering prisons and probation) and the youth justice board. hm courts service is responsible for managing the magistrates’ courts, the crown courts, county courts, the high court and court of appeal in england and wales (see appendix, part : courts system in england and wales). the judiciary, that is the judges, magistrates and other adjudicators as well as support personnel who keep the courts system running smoothly, account for a large proportion of the courts system resources. in there were more than , members of the judiciary serving in england and wales, of which the largest group ( per cent) were recorders figure . ethnic minority officers as a proportion of all police officers , england & wales percentages see appendix, part : classification of ethnic groups. as at march in each year. proportions for to were calculated using the headcount ethnic minority officer strength as a proportion of all full-time equivalent officer strength. the proportions from were calculated using full-time equivalent ethnic minority strength as a proportion of all full-time equivalent officer strength. source: home office table . perceptions of the local police, / england & wales percentages would treat you with respect if you had contact with them treat everyone fairly regardless of who they are understand the issues that affect this community are dealing with things that matter to people in the community can be relied upon to be there when you need them can be relied on to deal with minor crimes overall confidence in the local police proportion of respondents who strongly agreed/tended to agree with the statement. based on question ‘taking everything into account i have confidence in the police in this area’. source: british crime survey, home office chapter : crime and justice social trends : edition (barristers or solicitors who are appointed part-time judges). a further one-quarter ( per cent) of the judiciary were deputy district judges, per cent were circuit judges and per cent were district judges. four-fifths ( per cent) of the total judiciary were men (table . ). of the women in the judiciary, per cent were deputy district judges and per cent were recorders. the most common position to be held by men was recorder ( per cent) (see appendix, part : judiciary of england and wales for further information on the separate roles in the judicial system). in , per cent of the judiciary in england and wales were from an ethnic minority group; per cent of deputy district judges (magistrates’ courts), per cent of recorders and district judges (county courts), and smaller proportions, or none, among more senior positions. table . composition of the judiciary: by sex and ethnic group, england & wales percentages sex ethnicity all (numbers)male female white ethnic minority group heads of division . . . . lords of appeal in ordinary . . . . lord justices of appeal . . . . high court judges . . . . circuit judges . . . . recorders . . . . , judge advocates . . . . deputy judge advocates . . . . district judges (county courts) . . . . district judges (magistrates’ courts) . . . . deputy district judges (county courts) . . . . deputy district judges (magistrates’ courts) . . . . masters, registrars, costs judges and district judges (principal registry of the family division) . . . . deputy masters, deputy registrars, deputy costs judges and deputy district judges (principal registry of the family division) . . . . all . . . . , see appendix, part : judiciary of england and wales. see appendix, part : classification of ethnic groups. as at april . source: judicial database, judiciary of england and wales crime and justice crime levels offences and victims perceptions of crime offenders prisons and sentencing police and other resources ise; nov al-ghazzali on social justice al-ghazzali on social justice guidelines for a new world order from an early medieval scholar ozay mehmet the norman paterson school of international affairs, carleton university, ottawa, ontario, canada i. introduction al-ghazzali’s humanism and his theory of state based on social justice make him a political and moral economist of the first order. it is testimony to his greatness that his ideas on good government, dawlat, based on social justice, ad’l, penned a millennium ago, are still refreshing and relevant today when, as then, doubt and ignorance confuse visions of the future of society. relatively unknown in the west, the thoughts of this medieval muslim scholar can help construct a new world order in the twenty-first century based on global equity and social justice. ghazzali’s ideas will be utilized below for a critical analysis of a discipline now in serious crisis: economic development. the crisis is the global unsustainability of a capitalist system constructed in the post-war period by western economics to accumulate wealth in the west through a trading process which, by effect if not by design, impoverishes much of the rest of the world. post-war economic development prescriptions have failed to meet the initial promises of mass prosperity precisely because of their neglect of social justice, in particular of income distribution. the root cause here is the pro-capital bias of western economics. eurocentric prescriptions ennoble a market system which conflicts with ecological and human sustainability (mehmet, ). now, with increasing calls for global governance for greater equity, ghazzali’s ideas on good government based on social justice have the potential of making a significant contribution towards a more sustainable world order. the paper is organized in five parts. following this introduction, the next section will first sketch out an overview of ghazzali’s ideal state built on equity. following this, will be an outline of the nature of crisis in development economics. then in the following section there is a discussion of the challenge of global governance. the conclusion will return to ghazzali to infer guidelines for reconstructing global equity in the twenty-first century. international journal of social economics, vol. no. , , pp. - . © mcb university press, - useful comments on an earlier draft by professors michael marmura and masud choudhury are gratefully acknowledged with the usual disclaimer that the author alone is responsible for any remaining errors of fact or interpretation. international journal of social economics , ii. al-ghazzali’s ideal state: a synopsis of ethico-economics abu hamid muhammad al-ghazzali (ad - ), was born and died in the city of tus in the khurassan region of persia. his life coincided with the abbasid dynasty in baghdad when the caliphate was in decline, although muslim civilization and culture continued to flourish. muslim education and knowledge, enriched by the discovery of ancient greek rationalism, were unrivalled, and the muslim world was the centre of world trade controlling trade routes to china, southeast asia and to the west. by ghazzali’s time, this world of high culture had already began to show signs of internal division, caused by religious schism and cultism, threatening political and social instability (fisher, , pp. - ). al-ghazzali devoted his life to the pursuit of knowledge, never satisfied with what he knew. he alternated between cycles of great intellectual activity and sufism. inde ed, ghazzali suffered a number of crises of doubt in his life (mccarthy, ; watt, ). one such crisis occurred while he was at the zenith of his fame as a professor and jurist in baghdad, in ad , when he experienced a nervous breakdown. suddenly he began to doubt all that he had learned. the corruption and moral decay all around convinced him that he himself was destined for hell. announcing a pilgrimage to mecca, he abandoned his post and family, and went on a secret journey to damascus in search of his inner self seeking uzlah, solitude. for three years he remained incognito; he became a sufi mystic. he re-emerged in baghdad at the dawn of the new millennium convinced that he was “predestined by allah to be one of the reformers of the religion … ” (sjadzali, , p. ). during his life, but especially after his return, ghazzali maintained a furious pace of intellectual activity, teaching and writing, but whenever possible returned to his native city of tus for solitude and mysticism. during his life ghazzali produced no fewer than some books in various fields of theology, jurisprudence, logic, philosophy, ethics as well as extensive commentaries on the koran. it is not possible even to summarize his major works here. however, reference may be made to his -volume ihya ulumuddin (revival of rel igious sciences) which was praised by contemporary and subsequent muslim scholars as an immortal work that came closest to capturing the essence of koranic knowledge. a central objective of ghazzali in all his writings was the unity of knowledge, rooted in the oneness of god, and reason (i.e. intellect plus free will) as the path for all moral concepts ultimately leading to the belief in god. this is remarkably similar to kant (who lived some seven centuries after ghazzali) for whom reason was the categorical imperative of freedom and free will. kant, however, believed that a clear exposition of morality led to belief in god. in view of these similarities, it has been argued that “what imam ghazzali was to islamic epistemology, immanuel kant was to occidental epistemology” (choudhury, ). al-ghazzali’s concept of a unified knowledge is the source of his political theory. the core of this theory is humanism derived from a holistic, harmonious, well-ordered cosmos, created by god for a clear purpose: good al-ghazzali on social justice government. good government, is a divine gift, entrusted to a wise ruler, a monarch accountable to god “ … to bring development and prosperity to the world through justice and equitable rule” (bagley, , p. ). the opposite of this good government is a state of chaos and insecurity, similar to hobbes’s natural state. at the centre of ghazzali’s ideal state is the individual with a spiritual as well as a social personality. spirituality gave the individual inner strength through solitude and contemplation, often in mystical experience, as exemplified in ghazzali’s own life. the individual’s social and material needs enabled complete living. as a social being in this temporal life the individual had basic needs, but their satisfaction demanded moderation and avoidance of excess. respect for, and tolerance of others were essential requisites of virtuous living. in this temporal life, the individual was like a pilgrim on a journey seeking, although never quite achieving, perfection through virtuous living. (perfection belongs to god.) in pre-islamic arabia, virtue meant courage in defending honour, as for example the tribe’s honour (umaruddin, , p. ). after islam, the concept of “individual-in-community” emerged based on a synthesis of ethics and economics. the islamic concept of “individual-in-community” sharply contrasts with the self-centred utility maximizer idealized in neoclassical economics in an unbounded, unsatiable quest for acquisition and accumulation. the neo- classical “economic man” is divorced from ethics; there is no concern for others. no such divorce is conceivable in islam. here, individual identity is a multi- layered manifestation, expanding and developing from the self through self in family, then in neighbourhood, and finally in ummah, the global brotherhood of the faithful. in all actions, personal, economic, social and political, the individual must be guided by rights and duties to god (as in ibadah), and others in interpersonal relations (as in muamalat). sharing, reciprocity and charity are essential requirements in demonstrating virtue in this life in preparation for the next following the individual’s ultimate accountability before the creator on the day of final judgement. the individual’s real identity and permanent rewards are revealed on that occasion. ghazzali goes furthest among early muslim thinkers in specifying the qualities of a good individual (umaruddin, , parts iii and iv). he contrasts virtues and vices, knowledge and ignorance, and details moral guidelines for ethical living. he specifies as the end of human action in this life an ethical system for virtuous living in accordance with god’s will, and subordinates the economic system as a means to that end. ghazzali’s economic is based on private property and ownership, but economic relations are subject to self- imposed (voluntary) rules of moderation, honesty and integrity. however, ghazzali is non-hellenic and non-rationalist in standard western terms. this important points bears some elaboration as it holds the potential key for understanding the failure of eurocentric economic theorizing (to be discussed in detail presently). international journal of social economics , in neoclassical economics, the only binding constraint on the consumer is the consumer’s budget. in ghazzali’s muslim state, “the individual-in-community” is subject to binding constraints of two kind. first, he must sacrifice part of his income for charity to acquire virtue. second, he must internalize community preferences as a responsible member of society. thus, conspicuous consumption, such as luxuries and extravagance, are to be avoided through self-restraint checked by individual intelligence. similarly, producers and traders, as “individuals-in-community” are enjoined to produce community approved goods and avoid profiteering and other unfair trade practices. ghazzali’s ethico-economic system is non-christian, non-hellenic and non- rationalist. it is not christian because there is no original sin here. every individual is inherently good, though quite cap able of wrongdoing. the individual’s goodness derives from the fact that he/she is created in god’s image and endowed with intellect as god’s unique gift to human beings. intellect, coupled with judgement based on knowledge, is what differentiates humans from other creatures of god in the animal kingdom. ghazzali is profoundly non- hellenic and non-rationalist because his ethics and politics are rooted in the oneness of god to which reason is inexorably tied, not in some natural order viewed merely as a subject or field of scientific observation. of central importance in ghazzali’s political discourse is the idea of the just monarch as a unique divine gift to enable good government. thus, ghazzali’s state of nature is a harmonious state endowed with good government and basic material needs for a comfortable life. here competitive economics do not exist. god has ensured adequate supplies of good things required for comfortable living. excess accumulation of assets, savings, hoarding or stockpiling are to be avoided. life in ghazzali’s state is not lonely, nasty, brutish and short as in hobbes’s. nor is his individual anything like rousseau”s “noble savage” without civilization. like these western philosophers, al-ghazzali lived and wrote in a time of great political and civil unrest. unlike them, however, he did not lose his confidence in the perfectibility of the individual through knowledge and wisdom guided by faith. ghazzali himself experienced periods of doubt and chose mysticism for inner peace (lazar us-yafeh, ). he believed that knowledge was shakeable by doubt; indeed doubt was a necessary condition for new knowledge. his faith, however, remained unshaken. outwardly, as a teacher of social science, he yearned for stability, the key to which was good government based on reform (from within) and equity. his ideal state, shaped by platonic ideals of justice and wisdom, is built on ethics. his masterpiece on political theory, counsel for kings (bagley, ) constructs a state as a system of social justice. good government is the rule of wisdom based on knowledge articulated by scholars advising a wise king “whose heart is an abode of justice” (bagley, , p. ). justice is the highest quality of a wise ruler as demonstrated by ghazzali’s citation of aristotle’s answer to alexander’s question whether courage or justice is higher: “if the king has ruled justly, he will not need courage” (bagley, , p. ). however, justice itself requires a careful and constant balancing of qualities “that have to be linked in al-ghazzali on social justice pairs if they are rightly to be used: intelligence must be coupled with knowledge, wealth with gratitude, charity with kindness, effort with dawlat (good government), when dawlat comes, all the qualities must go with it.” (bagley, , p. ). the paramount duty of dawlat is to promote ad’l, social justice, “to bring development and prosperity to the world through justice and equitable rule” (bagley, , p. ). the duty of wise rulers is “to develop the world … because the g reater the prosperity, the longer would be their r ule and the more numerous would be their subjects … ” (bagley, , p. ). conversely, there is a direct correlation between injustice and under-development, for “just as the world is made prosperous through justice, so is it made desolate through injustice” (bagley, , p. ). indeed, “one hour of just government is better than sixty years of worship” (bagley, , pp. - ). ghazzali’s ethical foundations for the state stand in sharp contrast with western political theory from machiavelli to thomas jefferson. there is not even a hint of machiavellian opportunism in ghazzali. nor is there an inherent tension between the individual and the state as in paine and jefferson. of course, ghazzali’s state is non-democratic; it is feudal and monarchical. regime stability is, for ghazzali, sacred because instability leads to chaos and anarchy. political change must be reform from within, guided by knowledge, wisdom and justice. ghazzali’s ideal state differs also from plato’s philosopher-king by a set of checks and balances. two sets of checks and balances are formulated, one divine, the other secular. in the first case, the king’s rule is a trusteeship from god to whom he is ultimately answerable. in secular, daily actions and decisions, the king is limited by advice from the learned scholars, ulama. thus, ghazzali approvingly quotes the sages when they stated: “the religion depends on the monarchy, the monarchy on the army, the army on supplies, supplies on prosperity, and prosperity on justice” (bagley, , p. and footnote ). from ghazzali to subsequent muslim scholars, these checks and balances have formed the bedrock of traditional islamic political theory. known as the circle of equity, their most complete statement is found in ibn khaldun (ad - ), medieval islam’s last great scholar, and khaldun’s ottoman protégés in the sixteenth century: there can be no royal authority without the military. there can be no military without wealth. the subjects produce the wealth. justice preserves the subjects’ loyalty to the sovereign. justice requires harmony in the world. the world is a garden, its walls are the state. the holy law [shari’ah] orders the state. there is no support for the shari’ah except through royal authority (fleischer, , p. ). not long after ghazzali, islamic intellectual development stopped to flourish as a result of the disastrous “closing of the gate of ijtihad” in which ghazzali himself played a negative role (mehmet, , pp. - ). this ended ijtihad, international journal of social economics , critical inquiry and replaced it with blind repetition and rote learning (rahman, ). while the “gate of knowledge” is still closed in many parts of the muslim world, ghazzali’s ideas on social justice, one millennium after they were written, remain a challenge for all well-meaning social scientists interested in global equity as we stand at the dawn of a new millennium. this challenge is especially valid for development studies, a field of western economics which rose into prominence in the post-war period with a wonderful and generous promise of global prosperity for all. however, now the field is facing a serious crisis of relevance and is in desperate need of refocus and reconstruction. iii. the rise and fall of development economics development economics has come of age in the post- period. it evolved as a branch of western economics partly as a response to de-colonization but mainly as a discipline to meet the challenges of a new third world, ranked behind the first (capitalist) and second (communist) worlds. in universities and colleges courses and textbooks aspired to teach students the economics of development (gillis et al., ; hirschman, ; meier, ; todaro, ). foreign aid programmes, especially in the aftermath of the marshall plan, provided ample career opportunities for students specializing in development economics. in the process, western capitalism has been globalized. analytically, the central logic of western economics is resource capture for profit-driven capitalism. capture here is by means of capitalization (mehmet, , pp. - ). over time, all non-capital resources are transformed into new forms of capital. this continuously expands the capital base of the economy, controlled by capitalists. natural resources become ecological assets; educated labour is converted into human capital; knowledge, as the fourth factor of production, is viewed as intellectual property. all this capture is for profit. al-ghazzali, for whom trade and commerce, (in the classical greek sense), were a natural human activity carried out for the purpose of satisfying material needs of the household, would have favoured “a fair rate of return” on the entrepreneur’s capital. by the same token, he would have denounced western profit-driven capitalism as profiteering. as such, western capitalism would be contrary to the rules of fair dealing, justice and beneficence (umaruddin, , p. ). how does western economics promote the capture and exploitation of global resources? we now deal with this question. the basic mainstream model so what is the basic western ideal capitalist model? (this section is a condensed version of mehmet ( , pp. - )). it is a cumulative, joint intellectual product, the work of many minds: this basic model of economic development is a profit-driven growth model with a dynamic and static version. conceived in grand, universalistic terms, to be challenged below, it is useful to begin formally with the aid of ten equations to highlight the essence of the model: al-ghazzali on social justice i = dk = f ( π ) ( ) π = tr – tc ( ) q = f ( k, n, l) ( ) equation ( ) highlights the fact that the search for profit was the trigger in western capitalism. but what exactly was profit? it remains something of a mysterious thing to this day with much confusion even among the greatest authorities, as illustrated below. mathematically, profit, π, resulted from capital accumulation, dk, which occurred as investment, i, as a consequence of deliberate decision on the part of the investor. therefore, the narrowly defined profit rate, π/k , was the investor’s return, comparable to labour’s or land’s return. but, profit was also a reward, justified for risk taking, initiative and enterprise, and viewed as a residual return. but what is the relationship of profit to the residual return? how does it differ, if any, from surplus value? precisely how is it realized? there is much confusion in mainstream theory on these questions, even though in standard textbooks profit maximization is presented as the overriding objective of the rational entrepreneur matching rational consumer’s maximization of satisfaction. but apparently, “it is sufficient to assume that entrepreneurs act as if they tried to maximize profits” (ferguson and gould, , p. ) implying that in reality they need not act as predicted by theory. for the famous english economist, alfred marshall, who taught at cambridge around the turn of the twentieth century, profits were “normal” or “fair”, set by custom in a given industry; and marshall explicitly recognized the zero-sum relationship of profits and wages, hinting at the phenomenon of capitalization: “the greater part of the apparent profit is real wages disguised in the garb of profit” (marshall, , p. ). however, hicks, another noted british economist of the next generation after marshall, preferred the term surplus to profit, calling it “that thing we supposed him (i.e. entrepreneur) trying to maximize” (hicks, , p. ). in standard textbooks (henderson and quandt, , pp. - ), especially american and written in the samuelsonian style with elementary calculus, profit is measured as the excess of total revenue, tr, over total cost of production, tc, as shown in equation ( ) implying that profit is a residual, surplus value resulting from entrepreneur’s control of production. but mainstream economics generally rejects the idea of surplus value usually associated with marx. mathematically, this rejection is derived from the production function depicted in equation ( ), which shows that the level of revenue and cost, and hence profit, depend on the volume of production, q, which, in tur n, is determined by technical input-output relationship specified in the production function. k, n, and l are capital, land and labour, respectively, the three classic factors of production. these factors of production are all taken to be “separable” and independent of one another – an assumption which is untenable in dynamic terms giving rise to the phenomenon of capitalization (mehmet, , pp. - ). international journal of social economics , in static terms, however, the “separability” assumption is crucial for market clearance. but market clearance is achieved at the cost of a remarkable degree of fuzziness surrounding profit in mainstream literature, a fuzziness which facilitates extraction of surplus in the third world for and by mercantilist interests from the first world. there is even more: at the bottom of this fuzziness lies a contradiction. to see it, it is necessary to detail revenues and costs in equation ( ) further. thus, tr = pq ( ) and tc = rk + hn + wl ( ) the price, p, in equation ( ) is determined in a competitive market according to adam smith’s “invisible hand”, and the coefficients r, h and w are the unit prices (or marginal costs) of factors, similarly determined in competitive factor markets. if the system works ideally in accordance with perfect competition, these parameters would also represent marginal productivities of factors. in this competitive framework, with free entry and exit of firms, no profit could arise since total revenue, the value of output priced in equation ( ), representing sum of value-added generated by factor productivity, would exactly equal factor payments in equation ( ); in other words, no surplus value or residual could result (henderson and quandt, , pp. - ). hence, the first-order condition of equilibrium in perfect competition found in standard textbooks on economics: π = ( ) the only way an actual, positive profit rate, π/q, could occur is in a state of disequilibrium when markets fail to clear, or when market imperfections exist in the form of monopoly or monopsony whereby surplus value matches under- payment of factors of production. the flaws of the model we can now consider the internal flaws of the model. in fact, three principal axiomatic flaws are highlighted below. the first is the remarkable result in equation ( ). it reflects the fundamental contradiction of the textbook version of the capitalist ideal: that in a system dedicated to its pursuit, no profit, as residual or surplus and distinct from return on k, can be generated, except on such subjective or normative basis as “supernormal profit” or “fair rate of return”. equilibrium prices are then viewed as “natural” or “fair” prices, with some profit rate tending to equalize among different industries. the ambiguities here are reminiscent of the medieval debate about “just price”. in short, capitalism, as ideal, is self-defeating on its own rules, unless those rules are violated as in monopoly and other market imperfections. take, for example, the ideal market solution, aggregated from market clearance, known as pareto optimum (bator, ; mishan, ; scitovsky, al-ghazzali on social justice ). behaviourally constructed on rationality assumption, this ideal solution requires general equilibrium in factor and product markets to ensure welfare gain for at least one person with no loss to anyone else. heuristically, it is an elegant theory; its basic flaw is that in reality it is impossible to achieve (arrow, ; little, ; mishan, ) due to “externalities”, positive “transaction costs” and other “market failures”. consequently, economic development can only be conducted suboptimally, subject to risks and uncertainties of a “second best” solution (killick, , pp. - ; lipsey and lancaster, ). moreover, the rational behaviour assumption of the model, based on wester n individualism, is a poor fit for the cross-cultural environments in developing countries where sharing, co-operation and moderation rather than individualism prevail. all in all, as a guide for policy and planning, the pareto optimum model turns out to be an empty box! the above, however, is static, partial equilibrium analysis. if the model is dynamized, so that change over time in consumer tastes, technologies and factors of production are endogenized, the same result is derived but in a more complex manner. thus, rewriting equation ( ) as πt = trt – tct ( ) would imply that profit can only be generated over time as windfall gains due to fluctuations and swings in market cycles caused by unplanned shortages and surplus. in short, profit or surplus value is realized as return on risk and uncertainty, and from such strategic decisions as speculative buying and selling, or from gambling-like dealing, during the adjustment process when markets fail. keynes was full of contempt of this casino-style speculation on the london stock exchange and wall street, calling it “laissez-faire capitalism”, one of the great “contemporary evils” (keynes, , pp. - ). the conclusion of zero profit under ideal conditions is inescapable. herein lies the first axiomatic flaw in mainstream theory serving capitalism: classical and neoclassicists to this day, base their theories on the ideal norm of perfect competition, yet capitalism can only live and thrive in a world of market imperfections. put differently, under its own axioms of perfect competition, capitalism is destined to remain trapped in a stationary mode, ultimately withering away for lack of new profits. in practice, however, positive, and indeed rising, profits are realized along the transition path of disequilibria, typically as a result of market power by oligopolies and cartels which can determine price and non-price terms of international trade. typical examples include strategic stockpiling and inventory management and intra-fir m transfer pricing long practised by western multinational companies (morgan, ; yergin, ). the second axiomatic flaw of the classical system stems from the ambiguity of short-run and long-run analysis. in theory, there is no (empirically) objective boundary separating the two. therefore, only subjective or nor mative attributes are assigned to variability or accumulation of factors of production. thus, in the undefined short run, classical theorists take capital and land as international journal of social economics , fixed in supply, while labour is made the sole variable factor of production. hence the classical labour value theory of production, equation ( ), the backbone of such theories as the “iron law of wages”, “backward-sloping” supply curve, is hopelessly value-loaded. q = f* (l) ( ) dl = f (π) ( ) sl = g (w) ( ) equations ( ) and ( ) represent the centre-piece of competitive labour market theory, in which labour demand, dl, is profit-driven, while labour supply, sl, is determined by the wage-rate or the price of human effort, which is usually the cost of food. if the worker’s productivity, the marginal product of labour, in equation ( ) is paid in full to the wage-earner in equation ( ), no profit arises. thus, profit necessitates exploitation, i.e. underpayment of labour relative to its productivity. herein lies the fundamental conflict between labour and capital, the adversarial core of capitalism. mainstream labour market theories conceal exploitation of labour behind inadequate explanations for wage differentials between occupations or industries such as subjective “net advantages” or “psychic benefits” which, in empirical works, are typically ignored. however, in third world labour markets, from those on industrial estates and export processing zones to those in “sweatshops”, it is these very “subjective” factors which “distort” and exploit labour creating discrimination, inequality and segmentation (mehmet, ) or informality (de soto, ; hart, ). the mainstream market theory has almost entirely ignored labour market performance until very recently (berry and sobot, ; manning and fong, ). the third axiomatic flaw in the mainstream market theory goes to the root of eurocentricity. it arises from implicit definitions and meaning of key terms, such as “cost” and “benefit” (whose cost or benefit?), “factor of production” (owned or controlled by whom?) “surplus value” (generated how and accruing to whom?) and “rationality” (whose behaviour?). for classical economists these terms had only european meaning. the excess population in malthus referred to european overcrowding; “vacant” lands in colonies were vacant only because they were populated by “savage” or “uncivilized nations”. similarly, ricardian rent applied to land shortage in europe. adam smith’s “opulence” meant british prosperity. the origins of colonial cheap labour and land policies were legitimized, by subsequent theorists and policy makers alike, in the name of masters like adam smith, malthus and ricardo. “rational” behaviour, the basic assumption of utility theory, meant behaviour in conformity with the protestant ethic; when, for example, supply response in non-european environments collided with western interests, it was labelled “irrational” as in the backward-sloping curve hypothesis, totally ignoring cultural determinants of labour supply, e.g. family obligations. in all classical economists’ writings non-european peoples were always projected as al-ghazzali on social justice “savage” or “primitive” without any culture and unworthy of development. consequently, their resources (i.e. factors of production) were deemed to be in a kind of hobbesian “state of nature”, in which life was not worth much anyway, so land was available for colonization cost-free. thus, when non-resident ownership of resources is allowed in a ricardian-type growth model, rapid growth of output, in particular surplus value drained away, may nevertheless impoverish local populations (mehmet, ). project evaluation methodology: the logic of monetization economic development, in administrative and policy terms, can be reduced into a “project cycle” popularized by donor agencies, especially the world bank. the core element of the project cycle is project financing, known as ex ante project evaluation, a cost-benefit appraisal of some investment project to determine, in advance, whether or not it is going to be worthwhile to implement, i.e. whether or not it will be profitable. the profitability test is a systematic method of pricing resources using cost- benefit analysis (cba). in private, cash-flow analyses of proposed investment projects, market prices are used. but in the more complicated social projects, justified in public interest, cbas rely on shadow prices whereby market prices are adjusted by analysts to account for “market failures” (little and mirrlees, ; unido, ). what are these “market failures”? they are inherent tendencies of the western capitalist markets to reflect social, as opposed to private, value. these markets may be efficient in reflecting private value in terms of self-centred, egoistic behaviour; they are unable to account for social value as in the case of a collectivity or community of individuals. accordingly, western capitalist economics subordinates equity for efficiency. in practical terms, “ideal” markets are efficient, not necessarily equitable. in the little and mirrlees approach, closely identified with the world bank, market failures are judged from the standpoint of international markets, as if these are cases of “perfect competition”. thus, “accounting prices” or “border prices” are international prices. by contrast, domestic markets in developing countries are regarded as perverse and inefficient. therefore, prices in these markets are too “distorted” to be used as indicators of social prices in evaluations of public investment projects. in the little-mirrlees approach, the us dollar is taken as the numeraire, the unit of account, while in the unido approach, domestic prices are used, but the same distortions are held to be valid. monopoly-monopsony exploitation in the international economy how valid are these shadow pricing techniques? the answer depends on the validity of the premiss that international markets are indeed cases of “perfect competition”. the reality, of course, is different and clear. inter national markets are dominated by multinational corporations (mncs), mostly western, which have international journal of social economics , emerged into prominence in the post-war period (dunning, ). these mncs are monopolies, monopsonies, and cartels. they control capital and technology. they dominate factor and product markets. as a result of this domination, they extract huge rents from the big spreads between costs they pay for resources in the third world and revenue they earn from their sales in the first world. all this has been well documented from hymer ( ) and helleiner ( ) to the dependency school (wilbur, ) and, more recently, barnet and cavanagh ( ). the patter n of monopoly-monopsony exploitation by multinational companies (mncs) is manifold. the pattern is evident both in markets for natural as well as for human resources. for example, in the markets for natural resources hardwoods from tropical rainforests or fish from international waters have traditionally been regarded as “free goods” available in a state of nature, justifying zero shadow price in project evaluation. markets for primary products reveal similar patterns as evidenced by the activities of oil and mining companies. similarly, now these same mncs are exploiting labour markets in developing countries by avoiding or evading social security and labour standards. in such countries as indonesia domestic elites actively collaborate with mncs to extract huge rents from gate-keeping (mehmet, ). on the global assembly lines, there is capital mobility, but no free movement of labour across national boundaries. in labour-surplus economies, women and children work for substandard wages, unprotected by social security or health and safety regulations. often there are no worker rights or collective bargaining, and the case of migrant workers, especially women working as domestics, is especially dangerous and exploitative. under these labour conditions, “fre e trade” becomes “unfair trade” while unregulated capital mobility promotes a “race to the bottom”. these unfair practices in inter national trade get reflected in pricing techniques employed by mncs enjoying monopoly-monopsony powers. thus, thanks to transfer pricing, exportables from third world may be grossly underpriced, while their importables are conversely overpriced. the degree of bias in these prices is a direct consequence of, and varies with, the monopoly- monopsony power of mncs now dominating international trade. under these circumstances, monetizing environment or charging higher prices for natural resources, as recommended by some economists (pearce et al., ) will not alter the reality that western capitalist economics works as an instr ument of global inequity. the fundamental problem is that wester n economics concentrates attention on efficiency and market relations, and it ignores social justice. polanyi ( ), among others, long ago pointed out the inherent imbalance of economics. in the post-war period, when development economics emerged into a fully-fledged discipline, it has legitimized a global business system functioning to syphon wealth out of the rest of the world for concentration in capital-rich west. in microeconomic terms, conventional social cba methodology amounts to little more than a methodological trick in the service of capitalist capture of global resources for capitalist profits. in al-ghazzali on social justice macroeconomic terms, structural adjustment programmes and privatization schemes work to increase foreign indebtedness and dependency in the developing world. the existing capitalist system functions as a mercantilist system, promoting wealth concentration in the west at the expense of local/indigenous people. iv. the challenge of global governance what is the way out of this unfair status quo? al-ghazzali would have rejected any revolutionary change, since he considered disorder worse than injustice. instead, he would have favoured orderly change, reform from within. a recent comprehensive study offering a wide range of ideas and proposals for reform from within is the report by the commission on global governance co-chaired by ingvar carlsson and shridath ramphal ( ): our global neighborhood. below is a sympathetic critique of this report. the report is laudable in terms of its action agenda. its call for strengthening the rule of law worldwide is commendable as is its emphasis on shared values and interdependence among peoples to promote international security. the report’s criticism of the existing trade system, along the lines discussed earlier, and the existing united nations (un) system, is refreshing and quite realistic. the report proposes to eliminate several un agencies, such as ecosoc, unido and unctad which have become too inefficient to be useful, and it proposes the establishment of an economic security council, paralleling the united nations security council (unsc), for collective management of the global economy. the report’s basic weakness is that it ignores the problem of legitimacy. it fails to acknowledge explicitly, although it is hinted indirectly, that there is no moral authority behind the existing inter national system. inter national security is dominated by the big five, i.e. permanent members of the unsc; yet the big five account for over per cent of the global arms trade. international economic system is dominated by richest countries represented in the g as an exclusive rich man’s club. the un charter which begins with the ambitious reference to we the people falls on its face. the general assembly is neither democratic, nor effective. the whole edifice is the by-product of the victor- vanquished mindset. several far-reaching reforms are desperately required for a r ule-based system of good governance worldwide. the following three are indicative, not sufficient: • first, at the global level, ag re ed inter national ethical codes and enforcement rules are essential to regulate international trade, get rid of neo-mercantilism and promote greater global equity. there must be global partnership in order to replace unilateralism with multilateralism in trade, aid, environment and human rights. an essential precondition of such global partnership has to be effective curbs on consumerism in the north to pay for ecological and developmental expenditures in the south. international journal of social economics , • second, macroeconomic policies need to be co-ordinated internationally through closer and effective north-south dialogue over transnational boundary problems in the fields of environment, technology, trade and development. western economics has risen, and is now declining with, the western idea of a sovereign nation-state as the latter erodes under the pressure of globalization and transboundary problems that demand inter nationally ag re ed actions and remedies. new communication technology is inching mankind towards the global village, although racism, injustice and violence, in rich and poor societies alike, make the road ahead far from peaceful and straight. • third, international fiscal policies are essential to finance global equity. ecotaxes in the north and development levies on mncs are the means to generate tax revenues for investment in environmental and developmental projects in the south towards global partnership and equity. in this context, it would be necessary to effect urgently needed radical refor m for g reater efficiency of the un and inter national organizations. however, new and largely non-ngo channels, are needed as well for fiscal transfers from the north to the south in order to reach the needy target groups in the south directly for maximum effectiveness. in sum, what is required is a new global code of ethics. the focus of global ethics can be constructed out of ghazzali’s ideals, not out of machiavelli. just as ghazzali’s ideal state would be based on social justice, so, too, the global village needs to be managed for global equity. good global gover nance requires international dialogue and partnership. the foundation of such partnership is the legitimacy of multicultural consent leading to a rule-based international system managed multilaterally for effective regulation of world trade and sustainable development for global equity. v. conclusion development economics should contribute to this goal of internationalism. idealists like ghazzali provide the vision of the future of global governance. ghazzali believed in the force of human knowledge and reason to shape human behaviour for ethical living. true revolutionary change begins with proper education. development economics desperately needs such a revolution to become ethico-economics. more specifically, to be relevant in the future, development economics will need to deconstr uct its eurocentric premisses and mercantilist roots, and actually strive to serve global equity. the ultimate aim must be the creation of a sustainable world in which wealth distribution more closely approximates population distribution. as pointed out in the latest human development report (undp, ), there is no automatic relationship between economic growth and human development, and, as a result the rich are getting richer while the poor get poorer. al-ghazzali on social justice in more personal terms, the development economist needs to be inspired by the humanism of great thinkers like al-ghazzali and work towards the goal of integ rating economics with ethics. inter nationally, the challenge for the contemporary development economist is the promotion of global equity built on de facto shared prosperity for all stakeholders in a one world/global village. the principles for good governance for this task articulated by al-ghazzali , years ago (such as knowledge, justice, wisdom and tolerance) remain as valid today as the day they were written. references arrow, k. j. ( ), social choice and individual values, john wiley, new york. bagley, f.r.c. ( ), counsel for kings, al-muluk, n. (trans), oxford university press, london. barnet, r. and cavanagh, j. ( ), global dreams, simon & schuster, new york, ny. bator, f.m. ( ), “the simple analytics of welfare maximization”, american economic review, vol. , march. berry, a. and sobot, r.h. ( ), “labor market performance in developing countries: a survey”, world development, november-december. carlsson, i. and ramphal, s. ( ), our global neighborhood, report of the commission on global governance, oxford university press, new york, ny. choudhury, m. ( ), “the epistemologies of ghazzali, kant and the alternative: formalism in unification of knowledge applied to the concepts of markets and sustainability”, in essays in honour of clement allan tisdell, part iii, ed. o’brien, j.c., as special issues of the international journal of social economics, vol. nos / / , mcb university press, bradford, pp. f. de soto, h. ( ), the other path, harper & row, new york, ny. dunning, j.h. ( ), multinational enterprises and the global economy, addison-wesley, don mills, ontario. ferguson, c.e. and gould, j.p. ( ), microeconomic theory, th ed., irwin, homewood, il. fisher, s.n. ( ), the middle east, a history, rd ed., knopf, new york, ny. fleischer, b.b. (ed.) ( ), ibn khaldun and islamic ideology, brill, leiden. gillis, m., perkins, d.h., roemer, m. and snodgrass, d.r. ( ), economic of development, w.w.norton, new york, ny. hart, k. ( ), “informal income opportunities and urban unemployment in ghana”, journal of modern african studies, march. helleiner, g.k. (ed.) ( ), a world divided: the less developed countries in the international economy, cambridge university press, new york, ny. henderson, j.m. and quandt, r.e. ( ), microeconomic theory, a mathematical approach, mcgraw-hill, new york, ny. hicks, j.r. ( ), value and capital, an inquiry into some fundamental principles of economic theory, nd ed., clarendon, oxford. hirschman, a. ( ), “the rise and decline of development economics”, development: seeds of change, society for international development (rome), vol. , no. . hymer, s. ( ), “the efficiency (contradictions) of multinational corporations”, american economic review, may. keynes, j.m. ( ), the general theory of employment, interest and money, papermac , macmillan, london. killick, t. ( ), policy economics, a textbook of applied economics on developing countries, heinemann, london. lazarus-yafeh, h. ( ), studies in al-ghazzali, the magnes press, jerusalem. international journal of social economics , lipsey, r.g. and lancaster, k. ( ), “the general theory of the second best”, review of economic studies, no. . lipton, m. ( ), “the theory of optimising peasant”, journal of development studies. little, i.m.d. ( ), a critique of welfare economics, oxford university press, new york, ny. little i.m.d. and mirrlees, j.a. ( ), project appraisal and planning for developing countries, basic books, new york, ny. mccarthy, r.j. ( ), freedom and fulfillment: an annotated translation of al-ghazzali’s al- munqidh min al-dalal and other relevant works, boston, ma. manning, c. and fong, p.e. ( ), “labour market trends and structures in asean and the east asian nies”, asian pacific economic literature, vol. , september. marshall, a. ( ), the principles of economics, th ed., papermac , macmillan, toronto. mehmet, o. ( ), “manpower planning and labour markets in developing countries: a case study of west malaysia”, journal of development studies, vol. no. . mehmet, o. ( ), “growth with impoverishment in a dual economy with capital imports”, australian economic papers, june. mehmet, o. ( ), “rent-seeking and gate-keeping in indonesia: a cultural and economic analysis”, labour, capital and society, vol. no. , april. mehmet, o. ( ), westernizing the third world, the eurocentricity of economic development theories, routledge, london and new york, ny. meier, g.m. (ed.) ( ), leading issues in economic development, th ed., oxford university press, new york, ny. mishan, e.j. ( ), “survey of welfare economics - ”, economic journal, vol. no. . morgan, d. ( ), merchants of grain, penguin, harmondsworth. pearce, d. et al. ( ), a blueprint for a green economy, earthscan publications, london. polanyi, k. ( ), the great transformation, rinehart & co, new york, ny. rahman, f. ( ), islam and modernity, transformation of an intellectual tradition, university of chicago press, chicago, il. scitovsky, t. ( ), welfare and competition, the economics of a fully employed economy, unwin, london. sjadzali, h.m. ( ), islam and governmental system, inis, jakarta. todaro, m. ( ), economic development in the third world, nd ed., longman, new york, ny. umaruddin, m. ( ), the ethical philosophy of al-ghazzali, muhammad ashraf, lahore. unido ( ), a guide to practical project appraisal, united nations, new york, ny. united nations development programme (undp) ( ), human development report, united nations, new york, ny. watt, w.m. ( ), the faith and practice of ghazzali, london. wilbur, c. (ed.) ( ), the political economy of development and underdevelopment, rd ed., random house, new york, ny. yergin, d. ( ), the prize, the epic quest for oil, money and power, simon & schuster, new york, ny. se_ .indd do i: . / ur be . . . se i ss n - lic en cia do so b um a lic en ça c re at iv e co m m on s urbe. revista brasileira de gestão urbana (brazilian journal of urban management), v. , n. , p. - , maio/ago. social justice and the “green” city justiça social e a cidade “verde” liette gilbert ph.d in urban planning (ucla), professor at faculty of environmental studies, york university, toronto, on - canada, e-mail: gilbertl@yorku.ca abstract a transition to a new, greener urbanism is increasingly imperative in the face of environmental crises. however, such a transition is not possible without considering social justice. this essay examines some ten- sions between social justice and urban sustainability and some of the reasons why a social justice approach to urban sustainability is often marginalized by a neoliberal sustainability ontology. this essay irst engages with various normative concepts of social justice and its long existing but unful illed claim in the city. it then considers some gains toward greener urbanism but contends that urban sustainability responses have ge- nerally been more preoccupied with ecological modernization and the reproduction of best practices rather than with socio-spatial justice. in looking at some workings of green neoliberalism, the essay points to how the ecological is easily recuperated for neoliberal ends. the last section addresses some reasons why the social is de-privileged in the dominant sustainability discourses and practices, and how social justice serves, through citizenship practices, as a claim to urban change where participation is not a bureaucratized process but an everyday practice. overall, the essay cautions against certain sustainability discourses and green neoliberalism without addressing its ingrained inequalities. keywords: social justice. just city. good city. greening. green neoliberalism. resumo a transição em direção a um urbanismo “mais verde” se faz cada vez mais necessária devido a crise ambiental. contudo, essa transição somente é possível se acompanhada de justiça social. assim, tem-se por objetivo investigar algumas tensões entre a justiça social e a sustentabilidade urbana, bem como algumas das razões pelas quais uma abordagem de justiça social voltada à sustentabilidade urbana é frequentemente marginaliza- da por uma ontologia sustentável neoliberal. este artigo se inicia com a apresentação de diversos conceitos my thanks go to dr. alexandre babak hedjazi for inviting me to participate in the ice-net urban futures and transitions conference. i am grateful for the excellent comments of many participants and the four urbe reviewers. urbe. revista brasileira de gestão urbana (brazilian journal of urban management), v. , n. , p. - , maio/ago. social justice and the “green” city introduction in his very in luential book, social justice and the city, published forty years ago and still of great relevance in the face of widening urban inequalities produced by neoliberal capitalism, david harvey ( , p. ) contends that a revolutionary practice can only accomplish the transition from “[…] an urbanism based in exploitation to an urbanism appropriate for the human [and other] species.” in many urban contexts, such transition is increasingly presented as an imperative in the face of ecological destruction and obsolete urban infrastructure. without rejecting the need for an “ecological” revolution, a “green” urban transition seems impossible without a redistributive purpose, social justice, and social change. this essay contends that social justice, as a claim and means for addressing equity de icits, has often been neglected in dominant sustainability discourses that drive the development of “greener” cities. such an argument is not necessarily new but remains critical because sustainability, often articulated in the economic language of the triple bottom line, mobilizes the environment at the service of pro it-driven agendas, which further exacerbate social divides (agyeman; bullard; evans, ; davidson et al., ). to speak of social justice is not simply to demand a redistribution of environmental and economic opportunities but to recognize that some practices deemed ‘sustainable’ hide and aggravate already existing equity de icits. social justice, in theory and in practice, seeks to alleviate and close these equity de icits without rejecting the promises of a more ecologically friendly or economically vibrant city. to be skeptical of dominant sustainability discourses does not mean denying the possibilities of urban transitions and social change. a focus on social justice reveals the misleading balance depicted in the rhetoric of the three pillars of sustainability: economy, environment and society. the metaphor of the three pillars, often graphically depicted as three identical and slightly overlapping circles, three similar mutually chasing green arrows or three perfectly matching architectural columns, obscures the unequal relationships between the economic, environmental and social dimensions of sustainability (or other synonymous triads, such as pro it, planet, people). although sustainability and sustainable development has multiple meanings and inevitably, multiple performances, the economic pillar is often recognized as having a greater bearing over the social and environmental components normativos de justiça social e sua longa reivindicação (existente, mas não suprida) na cidade. posteriormente são discutidos alguns bene ícios decorrentes de um urbanismo “mais verde”, alegando-se, contudo, que as ações de sustentabilidade urbana têm, de forma geral, concentrado-se mais em aspectos relacionados à modernização ecológica e reprodução de boas práticas do que em questões voltadas à justiça socioespacial. ao se analisarem trabalhos sobre “neoliberalismo verde”, o artigo evidencia como o tema da ecologia é restabelecido para objetivos neoliberais. a última seção debate o motivo pelo qual o aspecto social é relegado a segundo plano no discurso e práxis dominante de sustentabilidade e a forma pela qual a justiça social serve, por meio das práticas de cidadania, como reivindicação para transformações urbanas em locais onde a participação popular encontra-se arraigada na prática diária. em linhas gerais, o artigo alerta contra determinados discursos de sustentabilidade e “neoliberalismo verde” sem abordar suas desigualdades arraigadas. palavras-chave: justiça social. cidade justa. boa cidade. greening. neoliberalismo verde. sustainability is both an honorable goal for carefully de ined purposes and a camou laged trap for the well-intentioned unwary (marcuse, , p. ). urbe. revista brasileira de gestão urbana (brazilian journal of urban management), v. , n. , p. - , maio/ago. gilbert, l. (marcuse, ; foladori, ; agyeman; bullard; evans, ; davidson et al., ; luke, ). despite their interdependence, social and environmental concerns appear more easily trivialized and marginalized at the pro it of economic growth. increasing poverty and the growing gulf between the “haves” and the “have nots”, irreversible environmental changes, continuous resource depletion and the constant degradation of natural environments all demonstrate that sustainability as an integrated approach remains an ideological goal and a constant challenge. by focusing on social justice, my objective is not only to point to de iciencies in the ‘green’ city model but also to insist on the possibility and necessity to bridge such gaps and hold the idea of sustainability to its professed goals. however, to hold sustainability to its ideals, social justice in the city must address past and continuing uneven development processes in urban spaces. this is not a simple task given the accumulated social and environmental injustices in the city, and particularly in lower-income neighborhoods, which are rarely the objective of innovative green agendas. social justice and urban sustainability are contested terms and may not always share compatible objectives, but their multiple and elastic meanings may nevertheless provide some room for overlap and signi icant change (dobson, ). this essay examines some tensions between social justice and urban sustainability and some of the reasons why a social justice approach to urban sustainability is often marginalized by a neoliberal sustainability ontology. this essay irst engages with various normative concepts of social justice and its long existing but unful illed claim in the city. the paper then considers some gains in greener urbanism but contends that urban sustainability responses have generally been more preoccupied with ecological modernization and the reproduction of best practices rather than with socio-spatial justice. in looking at some workings of green neoliberalism, the essay points to how the ecological is easily recuperated for neoliberal ends. the last section addresses some reasons why the social is de-privileged in the dominant sustainability discourses and practices, and how social justice serves, through citizenship practices, as a claim to urban change where participation is not a bureaucratized process but an everyday practice. social justice in the city harvey ( , p. ) de ines social justice as “[…] a particular application of just principles to con licts arising out of the necessity for social cooperation in seeking individual advancement.” such a de inition, with all of its normative and ideological underpinnings, makes obvious that cities are spaces of marginalization and discrimination that necessitate some redress in both “the division of bene its and the allocation of burdens” associated with urban production and distribution if we are to live up to the expectations of a just city (harvey, , p. ) for harvey ( , p. ), social justice is irst contingent on the “just distribution” of opportunities along class lines, and he considers “need, contribution to common good, and merit” as three basic criteria for a “territorial distributive justice.” although need is a highly relative concept, it is here understood as basic activities (e.g., food, housing, health care, education, etc.), and harvey ( , p. ) astutely points to the “difference between needs and actual allocations” as a practical means to evaluate injustices. additionally, this difference enables us to see how the production of a “common good” (or “common bad” for that matter) bene its or marginalizes particular groups and individuals in the city. for harvey ( , p. ), merit is not associated with individual worth but rather with security, access and the re- distribution of resources necessary to “compensate for the degree of social and natural environmental dif iculty” extended to particular groups, individuals, and neighborhoods. harvey ( ) describes social justice as a set of principles necessary for resolving con licting claims arising from the social and institutional arrangements associated with production and distribution activities. harvey’s particular contribution rests on the emphasis of both the distribution of opportunities and the rarely acknowledged social production of surpluses or scarcity in the city. observing how surplus is distributed in “socially undesirable ways” for populations that additionally often bear the brunt of scarcity, harvey ( , p. ) summarizes the urbe. revista brasileira de gestão urbana (brazilian journal of urban management), v. , n. , p. - , maio/ago. social justice and the “green” city challenge of aspiring to social justice in the city when he writes: [i]n contemporary “advanced” societies the problem is to devise alternatives to the market mechanism which allow the transference of productive power and the distribution of surplus to sectors and territories where the social necessities are so patently obvious. drawing on harvey ( ), many urban scholars have attempted normative de initions of ‘just’ or ‘good’ city. susan fainstein ( , ) contends that in the ‘just city’, justice should be the moral basis for urban planning. urban justice, for fainstein ( , ), is based on the principles of diversity, democracy, and equity, and such principles ought to be considered and mindfully furthered in planning practices and policies. while emphasizing these principles, fainstein recognizes the con licting and even contradictory tensions between them but nevertheless insists that material equality, equal opportunity and recognition of difference are crucial in determining what is distributed and who bene its from such distribution. in fainstein’s ‘just city’, justice intervention seeks equitable or redistributive outcomes for people through a critique of the dominant neoliberal approach to planning. fainstein’s urban theory of justice is therefore a call to redirect practitioners from neoliberal economic development to social equity. in her view, justice should be “the irst evaluative criterion used in policy making” (fainstein, , p. ). fainstein ( ) speci ically calls for considering social equity in the production of the city (by illustrating equity de icits in empirical cases), but her focus is geared particularly toward the politics of urban growth and planning rather than toward harvey ( ) larger conceptual formulations and capitalist economic processes (i.e., the systematic causes of equity de icits). the ‘good city’ is a sibling concept of the ‘just city.’ with more than ifty years of thinking about cities in the global south and north, john friedmann ( , ) identi ies human lourishing and multiplicity as the foundations of what he sees as the ‘good city.’ the materiality of the ‘good city’ is found concretely in affordable housing and health care, adequate work and social provisions, and the good governance of these outcomes. friedmann ( ), similar to fainstein ( ), calls for planners to engage in the material and structural transformation of cities to address ongoing inequalities. as in the ‘just city’, equity is the central foundation of the ‘good city’. thus, for friedmann ( , p. ), “[e]very human being has the right, by nature, to the full development of their innate intellectual, physical and spiritual potentials in the context of wider communities.” such a right, friedmann ( ) contends, is the most basic human right. however, such a right implies an intrinsic mutuality because, for friedmann ( , p. ), “[…] no group can be completely free until freedom [from oppression] has been achieved for every group.” here rests the challenge and the promise of friedmann’s ( ) radical transformative practice for freedom and justice to be rendered and enacted more equitably. building on friedmann, ash amin ( , p. ) suggests that the ‘good city’ and the politics of ‘living together’ can be thought of as a challenge to fashion a “[…] progressive politics of well-being and emancipation out of multiplicity and difference and from the particularities of the urban experience.” in doing so, amin ( , p. ) suggests “four registers of urban solidarity” (repair, relatedness, rights and re-enchantment) that engage with multiplicity through everyday urban life. for amin ( , p. ), solidarity means ensuring universal and affordable access to basics services (shelter, sanitation, sustenance, etc.) as well as amending the “[…] damage wrought by the fear, hate and anxiety that feeds on division and envy in urban life […]”. to do so, amin ( ) argues for the right of all citizens to participate in urban life and to bene it from it in the form of “participative parity” (fraser, , p. ) rather than routinized participation serving processes, ideas, and the people in power. what these normative attempts to de ine the ‘just city’ or the ‘good city’ have in common are the practice of justice, access, right, and redress of inequalities. while normative de initions are certainly problematic when they pretend a universality, the discussion around the ‘just city’ and the ‘good city’ seeks to address rather than occult urban injustices. by articulating principles of social justice, equality and mutuality, the concepts of ‘just city’ and ‘good city’ clearly state urbe. revista brasileira de gestão urbana (brazilian journal of urban management), v. , n. , p. - , maio/ago. gilbert, l. the needs to review processes of urban planning production and distribution in order to alleviate its discriminatory effects and live up the ideals of equity and social justice. in , polèse and stren used the speci ic language of social sustainability to examine how urban political and physical infrastructures were to address the growing diversity and the management of change. polèse and stren ( , p. - ) de ine social sustainability as development (or growth) that is compatible with the harmonious evolution of civil society, fostering and environment conducive to the compatible cohabitation of culturally and socially diverse groups while at the same time encouraging social integration, with improvements in the quality of life for all segments of the population. similarly to others social justice scholars, the authors insisted that the achievement of social sustainability requires local institutions and governments to […] reduce both the level of exclusion of marginal and/or disadvantaged groups, and the degree of social and spatial fragmentation that both encourages and re lects this exclusionary pattern […] (polÈse; stren, , p. ). although a broad concept, social sustainability ought to be more than an element of the sus- tainability trialectics, adding social actors into the mix of more popularized discourses of environmen- tal and economic sustainability. in considering social sustainability as a challenge to exclusion and marginalization rather than a complementary instrument or component of a prosperous economy balanced with ecological integrity, social justice demands a rearticulation of the material processes of the city. peter marcuse ( ) insightfully notes that the current discourse of sustainability does not necessarily insure social justice - i.e., building a new social order based on equality and justice for all in every aspect of social life - and has rather been more frequently used to sustain an unjust status quo. yet the prevalent tropes of social sustainability, such as empowerment, social cohesion, social capital, well-being and quality of life, resilience and livability have perhaps at times shifted our attention away from addressing persistent inequalities and democratic de icits. if social sustainability is to become more than rhetoric, social justice is required to redress the continuing marginalization that has long existed in racialized, low-income and immigrant communities and neighborhoods. when speaking of diversity and difference in the city, it is tempting to conclude that what has been sustained over time, despite the best planning intentions of the past decades, is exclusion and marginalization. social sustainability cannot be simplistically understood as the establishment of social arrangements that enable democratic politics (davidson, ). such arrangements require institutional transformations that irst question how such arrangements are produced and reproduce social exclusion and marginalization as well as environmental deterioration. urban sustainability since and the brundtland commission report’s (wced, , p. ) oft-quoted de inition of sustainable development as “[…] development that meets the needs of the present without compromising the ability of future generations to meet their own needs,” sustainability has become a dominant discourse, treating development and environment as one single (arguably oxymoronic) issue. the sustainability of cities and the need to develop and foster an integrated holistic vision for urban sustainability has been generally promoted through a double discourse of urgency. on the one hand, the world has increasingly become urbanized with more than half of the world’s population already living in cities. on the other hand, cities have often been seen as ecologically destructive, ‘unnatural’, and the antithesis of nature. despite the growing scholarship examining cities and nature as interacting and inextricably connected processes - best captured by david harvey ( ) claim that there is nothing ‘unnatural’ about new york city - the discourse of urban sustainability has been particularly focused on mitigating the detrimental and harmful effects of urban development (keil, ; braun, ; gandy, ). beatley ( ) refers to green urbanism urbe. revista brasileira de gestão urbana (brazilian journal of urban management), v. , n. , p. - , maio/ago. social justice and the “green” city as the practice of creating communities mutually bene icial to humans and the environment (i.e., ecological processes). urban sustainability and green urbanism are also a call for urban planners and designers to do things differently. prior to sustainability being naturalized into urban planning and policy in the s, early ecological activists and innovators (e.g., buckminster fuller, john todd, ian mcharg, etc.) argued the urgent need to promote sustainability and strongly believed that the environmental crisis was in fact a design crisis (van der ryn; cowan, ). for example, experimental architecture based on renewable sources of energy was a way to prove our technological ability to support human needs in the face of the inite resources of the planet. problems of unsustainability were generally perceived as a matter of better integrating cities with their physical environments (hough, ; van der ryn; cowan, ; beatley, ). thus, ecological designers embraced sustainability for its ecological tenets and emphasized the obligation to rede ine the relations between ecological systems and between people and the environment. some conventional urban planning practices were slowly replaced by a greener, ecological, more sustainable rationality where environmental problems were often relegated to technological considerations. such ecological modernization or sustainability ix approaches were perceived as the most ef icient and effective use and management of resources but showed limited preoccupation with social and economic issues. often emphasizing the protection or restoration of ecological processes, ecological design through a sustainable or greening city agenda focused on solving problems “by changing the city, not by changing society” (braun, , p. ). in this sense, the greening of cities has often been considered “largely atheoretical and apolitical” (braun, , p. ). the ongoing dif iculty of reconciling the social, economic and ecological imperatives of urban sustainability does not mean that there have not been some successful efforts or achievements in terms of greater energy ef iciency, ecological processes restoration, and waste recycling. urban planning and design have long relied on historical precedence as a way of studying, comparing and conceiving plans. in recent years, many so-called ‘best practices’ of urban sustainability have been traveling as aspiring norms and inspiring benchmarks toward greater urban sustainability. in fact, best practices are often seen as effective means for promoting urban sustainability (bulkeley, ). numerous non-governmental organizations and transnational networks dedicated to the promotion of urban sustainability (e.g., un- habitat sustainable cities program or iclei) and numerous scholarly books (beatley, ; zetter; watson, ; colantonio; dixon, ; hall, ) spotlight examples of green urban revitalization ranging from climate initiatives to greener transport, from energy ef icient buildings to waste production and management programs, and from greener infrastructure and services to green management governance practices (e.g., sustainable procurement, eco-budgeting, etc.). many cities have used their green plans and developments as competitive advantages, positioning themselves as best practices to emulate. among the most celebrated examples of urban sustainability, cities such as stockholm, hamburg, copenhagen, san francisco, vancouver as well as curitiba, medellín and songa are recognized as leaders in committing to green initiatives and achieving environmental standards. ranking the greenest cities has become a growing popular global endeavor led by a multitude of actors, such as the economist in collaboration with the technological company siemens ( ), reuters environmental forum ( ), organic gardening ( ) and globe award ( ), among many others. urban sustainability has brought the beginning of a much needed ecological consciousness to urban planning (related to energy consumption, integrity of habitats, green spaces, reuse and recycling materials, housing density, and levels of pollution of air and water, among other issues) but best practices also represent a political rationality through which cities, organizations, and networks promote and legitimate their particular vision of urban sustainability. their hope is that their initiatives, programs, and agendas will inspire policy change elsewhere, notwithstanding local conditions or capacities. little concern is given to the “underlying premises and beliefs, with processes of learning con ined to those of lesson drawing” and the “consequent implications for the governing of urban sustainability” (bulkeley, , p. , urbe. revista brasileira de gestão urbana (brazilian journal of urban management), v. , n. , p. - , maio/ago. gilbert, l. ). there are certainly some bene its to shared learning about urban sustainability’s best practices to encourage a “sustainable” vision of cities. however, there are obvious dif iculties linked to numerical measurement and ranking something as subjective, dynamic and evolving as cities. the capacity of current assessment tools, indicators and indexes to measure the complexities of sustainability has also been increasingly contested. davidson et al. ( ) point to the fact that the conventional liberal model of sustainability (and its three pillars) tends to prioritize the economy as the most important sphere of sustainability and to oversimplify the idea of harmony between economic, environmental and social dimensions. as davidson et al. ( , p. ) remind us, there are also problems related to […] the lack of de initional clarity in some assessment tools about what is being measured, weak epistemological links between the de inition of sustainability and indicators, limited emphasis of social sustainability and the entrenchment of an economic paradigm in these assessment tools. moreover, as bulkeley ( , p. ) rightly states: in the promotion of urban sustainability in national and international arenas, numerous initiatives and programs have been put in place to facilitate the creation and the dissemination of ‘best practice’ through which to promote policy transfer and learning. however, despite the vast array of available best practices, little is known about the ways in which best practice is constructed, used, and contested, or of its implications for urban sustainability. t h e d i s c o u r s e o f s u s t a i n a b i l i t y h a s b e e n naturalized in cities, often at the detriment of local knowledge, particularly governance cultures, place-speci ic intricacies, and historical speci icities. in the context of cities, ‘sustainable’ is often used interchangeably with a series of catchy, inde inite and equivocal terms, such as green, resilient, livable, healthy, happy, biodiverse, biophillic, and so forth. the predominant commitments of urban sustainability and green urbanism for renewable energy, zero waste, spatial mobility, ecosystem integrity, and food security (all good t h i n g s ) ra re ly n a m e t h e p re - ex i s t i n g s o c i a l inequalities and injustices that characterize cities. when they do address social issues, such as the iclei’s (international council for local environmental initiatives, ) de inition of green urban economy as “productive and socially inclusive”, this inclusivity is increasingly expressed in the prospect of green jobs. work is certainly a crucial component of social inclusivity but it may not be suf icient to fully address social inequalities because, as davidson et al. ( , p. ) note, [t]he classic con lict between jobs and the environmental more often than not results in economic development taking precedence with a degree of environmental compromise being applied. if, as david harvey ( , p. ) reminds us, urbanism is “[…] a set of social relationships which re lects the relationships established throughout society as a whole […],” then green urbanism should not only feature a greener approach but should also run counter to vested interests that produce and regulate unjust and inequitable urbanism. urbanism as a social form is not limited to the built environment but also includes its actual mode of production. too often, greening is limited to the form or outcome rather than a challenge to the market forces tapping into environmental sustainability rhetoric. thus, key questions remain: what is sustained, and who bene its and loses from sustainability discourse and programs? green neoliberalism who does not want to live in a sustainable world? who does not want a greener economy that promotes or invigorates economic growth while also preventing climate change, the dwindling of natural resources, food insecurity, the loss of biodiversity and ecosystems? in the last decade, green neoliberalism (i.e., the convergence of market forces and environmentally friendly logic) has permeated many aspects of our lives from wide-ranging eco-friendly products to corporate eco-manifestos to governmental agendas bolstering urbe. revista brasileira de gestão urbana (brazilian journal of urban management), v. , n. , p. - , maio/ago. social justice and the “green” city green jobs. although there have been sincere green efforts (e.g., towards ecological protection), much of the sustainability rhetoric embodied in green neoliberalism and its variations of eco-capitalism, green consumerism, bio-economy and corporate eco-credentials often amount to more trumpeting than action. greenwashing has been a perverse way to stimulate the market for more consumer goods and services. despite their best intentions, greening discourse (and its underlying moral discourse of responsibility, scarcity and altruism) endorsed by some businesses, governments, non- pro it organizations and consumers alike adhere to constant externalization, vague tropes, misleading claims or outright falsi ication to convince the general public that they are ‘doing the right thing’ to save the planet. green neoliberalism is still neoliberalism that favors invasion of market processes in social and political life. it is not enough to promote the recycling of plastic bottles without questioning the privatization of water. luke ( , ) vividly illustrates the neoliberal ethic of ‘reduce-reuse-recycle’ when he states: [b]y using recycled steel, plastic bottles, tires, blue jeans and cotton to build a new ford car body, dashboard, engine gaskets, carpet and sound dampening, what was old and worthless becomes newly pro itable again, and neither the automotive industry and car reliance nor the global oil crisis are questioned. as khosla ( , p. ) remarks [i]n this age of magical marketing, ideological tricks are being manipulated with new zeal, and it behooves us to look deeper than the surface symptoms, signs and symbols of oppression. green neoliberalism does not challenge the current economic and political systems, and for some businesses, governments and organizations, its nonthreatening appeal is highly pro itable. as luke ( , p. ) reminds us: […] the ethics behind the uneasy merger of sustainability and development are aimed at preserving not the earth, but rather the power, privilege and position attained by businesses developing their markets. eco-ef iciency, for example, is environmentally good and commendable but also highly pro- itable when it ignores the social costs for individuals or groups who bear the brunt of that cost. the so-called “triple bottom line” (allegedly reconciling pro its, planet and people) often sums up into a “reshaping of environmental crisis to the market’s ends” (rogers, ). green(er) capitalism rarely divulges full information to consumers or, as Žižek’s ( ) comments, surreptitiously packages it into a “starbucks logic” where customers are not only buying a commodity but also buying a logic of ethical and environmental consciousness (i.e., ethical sourcing and responsibly grown coffee, global environmental stewardship, and local community involvement) embodied in the product and corporate image. as harvey ( , p. ) argues, commodity refers to a speci ic product but also to a set of social relationships. rogers ( ) succinctly summarizes the functioning of this “greener” logic of neoliberalism when she writes [ i ] n s t e a d o f o u r g r e a t e r e n v i r o n m e n t a l consciousness transforming the way business is conducted, what we more often see is the market contorting ecological problems so they it into some sort of pro itable framework. yet, rogers ( ) insists that consumers should not be paralyzed by such logic but rather politicized because “[t]o bring about change we must experience ourselves as political actors and not simply shoppers who are supposed to vote with our wallets.” greening, or the process of transforming spaces and lifestyles into allegedly more environmentally friendly practices, however, should be at the service of redistributive justice rather than solely competitiveness and growth. a green or sustainable economy does not automatically ful ill redistributive justice if what is sustained is the same urbanism driven by pro its and inequalities – even when presented in a slightly greener shade. sustaining social justice there are various reasons why the social is often relegated to lower or after-thought considerations. urbe. revista brasileira de gestão urbana (brazilian journal of urban management), v. , n. , p. - , maio/ago. gilbert, l. the quantitative prominence of the economic dimension and the dif iculty to balance the social and environmental implications of sustainability tend to avoid the far more dif icult need for relational or interdependency analysis. sustainability is holistic and interdisciplinary in intention but not necessary in measurement practices (davidson et al., ; foladori, ). measuring sustainability is more often than not approached from a disci- plinary perspective (foladori, ). economic measurements are based on the methodology of liberal economics where intergenerational and intragenerational (equity) social relations and social differences are dif icult to account for and are at best average, thus obscuring rather than detecting differences (foladori, ). although it is possible to quantify social inequality, such measurements often remain detached from historical economic organization (production, distribution and consumption of services and activities) and their social relationships (harvey, ; marcuse, ; foladori, ). moreover, although sustain- ability is inevitably an interdisciplinary concept, measurements and policy mandates tend to be fragmented along jurisdictional and geographical lines (foladori, ; davidson et al., ). thus, the tensions between the three pillars of sustainability are not only due to the facts that capitalism is built on social inequalities and environmental injustices but also in the fact that the environmental and social are weighted differently and manipulated more easily in such system. state and planning institutions have long professed to be concerned with equity without necessarily delivering equitable outcomes. as dale, dushenko and robinson ( , p. - ) remind us [a]fter twenty-odd years of struggling with sustainable development at the local scale, we as practitioners, scholars and educators ind ourselves with an implementation de icit… the implementation gap appears to be underpinned by a fundamental gridlock of overlapping and often con licting government jurisdictions, path dependencies, technological lock-in and institutional rigidities. this implementation gap limits and erodes the possibility of everyday citizenship. everyday citizenship has been an object of struggle for different groups to claim various rights for themselves; it has been a fundamental vehicle through which people have sought social justice, recognition of their marginalization and needs, and participation in the political realm. this performance of substantive and differentiated citizenship sought to enable groups and individuals to make particular claims to reaf irm and rearticulate their rights. the struggle for recognition and social justice generally revolves around claims for inclusion in the polity in which one justly seeks membership in a qualitatively different way. whatever their particular identities, interests or spatial scales, political citizenship actions aim at breaking down the processes producing inequalities. the city becomes the political space where the articulation and claiming of new citizenship rights becomes possible because it is the sphere of everyday interactions where changing mentalities become possible through battles over urban issues and urban policies (often as a proxy for larger struggles). as edward soja ( , p. ) reminds us, [w]e must be insistently aware of how space can be made to hide consequences for us, how relations of power and discipline are inscribed into the apparently innocent spatiality of social life. thus, the urban is both the sphere of where citizenship becomes rhizomatic, i.e., connecting to any or multiple communities, and where mobilizations of residents, networks, and institutions potentially arise against unequal relationships of power. central to social justice is the right to participate, the right to difference. lefebvre’s ( ) right to difference was motivated by the rapid changes of industrialization and urbanization of the s. lefebvre ( ) develops the concept of “difference” as a challenge to the ideology of alienation, homogeneity, and marginalization. the right to difference is a fundamental principle in the struggle for democracy – and holding the tenets of democratic freedom and equality to its professed ideals. for lefebvre ( ), the right to difference is expressed through the right to the city, i.e., the right to resist dominating and oppressive conditions by engaging and participating in an alternative that urbe. revista brasileira de gestão urbana (brazilian journal of urban management), v. , n. , p. - , maio/ago. social justice and the “green” city reasserts social realities into political ideologies and market strategies. the right to difference is the right to claim, to struggle, and to rede ine the relationship between alienation and appropriation. it is the right to urban change. the reinsertion of the social into the political and economic enables the practices and performances of everyday rights (right to work, education, health, housing, services, etc.) – the right to claim rights. as david harvey ( , p. ) claims: the right to the city is far more than the indi- vidual liberty to access urban resources: it is a right to change ourselves by changing the city. it is, moreover, a common rather than an individual right because this transformation inevitably depends upon the exercise of a collective power to reshape the processes of urbanization. the freedom to make and remake our cities and ourselves is, i want to argue, one of the most precious yet most neglected of our human rights. t h e r i g h t to a p p ro p r i a te u r b a n s p a c e i s carried through the right to participation, i.e., the involvement of residents/citizens/inhabitants to institutionalized control over urban life, including participation in political life, and the management and administration of the city (dikeÇ, ). however, participation must be meaningful to yield change and cannot be routinized as an administrative or bureaucratized process, as we often see, for example, in planning or urban (re) development processes. lefebvre’s ( ) right to the city is a claim for active participation in society without parameters established by the status quo. the right to the city and to difference is aimed at ighting discrimination and repression through a reinvention or rede inition of the political and the development of a new urban/societal ethics. the right to the city calls for the right not to be excluded. it calls for a new centrality, a renewed urban society, a different urban mode of production – one that embodies social justice and an ecological consciousness. for lefebvre ( ) and harvey ( ), the right to the city is not only a right to access the existing but explicitly a right to transform, a right to remake ourselves by creating a different type of urbanism, a new urban future. conclusion the discourses of sustainability and greening do not necessarily take us to the future but rather to the status quo if redressing inequality is not at the core of such agendas. claims for social justice are not about political correctness or environmental awareness but about claims of inclusion for people who have been marginalized by urban processes. justice and equity claims are challenging to realize but social justice remains an important concept that should be closely examined. additionally, the differences between discourses and the materialities of sustainability, between social needs and urban allocations, between planning ideology and im plementation, between what marcuse ( , p. ) sees as the contested performance of sustainability as an “honourable goal” and as a “camou laged trap” should be denounced. urban transitions motivated by green neoliberalism will only aggravate existing polarization given that such urban transition generally occurs on the backs of marginalized communities, further silencing them. a just urban transition will not only improve ineffective transportation systems and create new green jobs, it will also give a voice and the ability to act to the people. envisioning and transitioning toward a greener urbanism is not simply an exercise in planning for the future; it must also account for past and present injustices. in calling our attention to the hidden assumptions of urbanism, lipsitz ( , p. ) calls for “a presence of mind” (drawing from walter benjamin) – an awareness of the present moment to shape a different future. urban transition should not be an excuse to disguise or ignore the exploitative practices of conventional or green urbanism because, as david harvey ( , p. ) states: “we cannot resolve dif iculties by pretending they do not exist”. such an approach has been predominant for too long and any urban transition toward a greener urbanism without social justice blunts its revolutionary potential. urbe. revista brasileira de gestão urbana (brazilian journal of urban management), v. , n. , p. - , maio/ago. gilbert, l. references agyeman, j.; bullard, r. d.; evans, b. (ed.). just sustainabilities: development in an unequal world. london: taylor & francis, . amin, a. the good city. urban studies, v. , n. - , p . - , . h t t p : / / d x . d o i . o r g / . / beatley, t. green urbanism: learning from european cities. washington: island press, . braun, b. environmental issues: writing a more- than-human urban geography. progress in human geography, v. , n. , p. - , . http://dx.doi. org/ . / ph pr bulkeley, h. urban sustainability: learning from best practice? environment and planning a, v. , n. , p. - , . http://dx.doi.org/ . /a colantonio, a.; dixon, t. urban regeneration and social sustainability: best practice from european cities. new york: wiley, . dale, a.; dushenko, w.; robinson, p. j. (ed.). urban sustainability: reconnecting space and place. toronto: university of toronto press, . p. davidson, k. m. et al. assessing urban sustainability from a social democratic perspective: a thematic approach. local environment, v. , n. , p. - , . http:// dx.doi.org/ . / . . davidson, m. social sustainability: a potential for politics? local environment, v. , n. , p. - , . http://dx.doi.org/ . / d i k e Ç , m . j u s t i c e a n d t h e s p a t i a l i m a g i n a t i o n . environment and planning a, v. , n. , p. - , . http://dx.doi.org/ . /a dobson, a. social justice and environmental sustainabi- lity: ne’er the twain shall meet. in: agyeman, j.; bullard, r. d.; evans, b. (ed.). just sustainabilities: development in an unequal world. london: taylor & francis, . fainstein, s. s. the just city. ithaca: cornell university press, . p. fainstein, s. s. cities and diversity: should we wa n t i t ? s h o u l d w e p l a n f o r i t ? u r b a n a f f a i r s review, v. , n. , p. - , . http://dx.doi.org/ . / foladori, g. sustentabilidad ambiental y contradicciones sociales. ambiente & sociedade, v. , n. , p. - , . fraser, n. reframing global justice. new left review, v. , p. - , . friedmann, j. the prospect of cities. minneapolis: university of minnesota press, . friedmann, j. the good city: in defense of utopian thinking. international journal of urban and regional research, v. , n. , p. - , . http://dx.doi. org/ . / - . friedmann, j. planning in the public domain: from knowledge to action. princeton: princeton university press, . p. gandy, m. concrete and clay: reworking nature in new york city. cambridge: the mit press, . globe award. sustainable city award. stockholm, . available at: . accessed in: feb. . keil, r. progress report: urban political ecology. urban geography, v. , n. , p. - , . http://dx.doi. org/ . / - . . . khosla, p. privatization, segregation and dis- possession in western urban space: an antiracist, marxist-feminist reading of david harvey. toronto: york university, . available at: . accessed in: nov. . hall, p. good cities, better lives: how europe discovered the lost art of urbanism. new york: routlege, . harvey, d. social justice and the city. athens: university of georgia press, . harvey, d. the right to the city. new left review, v. , p. - , . h a rv e y, d. t h e r i gh t to t h e c i t y. i n te r n a t i o n a l journal of urban and regional research, v. , n. , p. - , . http://dx.doi.org/ . /j. - . . .x harvey, d. justice, nature, and the geography of difference. cambridge: blackwell, . hough, m. cities and natural process. new york: routledge, . urbe. revista brasileira de gestão urbana (brazilian journal of urban management), v. , n. , p. - , maio/ago. social justice and the “green” city international council for local environmental initiatives – iclei. l ocal governments for sustainability. green urban economy. germany, . available at: . accessed in: nov. . lefebvre, h. le droit à la ville. paris: anthropos, . p. lipsitz, g. the possessive investment of whiteness: h o w wh i t e p e o p l e p ro i t f ro m i d e n t i t y p o l i t i c s . philadelphia: temple university press, . p. luke, t. w. corporate social responsibility: an uneasy merger of sustainability and development. sustainable development, v. , n. , p. - , . http://dx.doi. org/ . /sd. marcuse, p. sustainability is not enough. environment and urbanization, v. , n. , p. - , . http:// dx.doi.org/ . / organic gardening. green cities. emmaus, . available at: . accessed in: feb. . polÈse, m.; stren, r. the social sustainability of cities: diversity and the management of change. toronto: university of toronto press, . p. reuters environmental forum. top greenest cities in the world. new york, . available at: . accessed in: feb. . rogers, h. the greening of capitalism? international socialist review, n. , . available at: . accessed in: nov. . siemens. the green city index. munich, . available at: . accessed in: feb. . soja, e. postmodern geographies: the reassertion of space in critical social theory. new york: verso, . p. van der ryn, s.; cowan, s. ecological design. washington: island press, . w o r l d c o m m i s s i o n o n e n v i r o n m e n t a n d development. our common future. oxford: oxford university press, . p. zetter, r.; watson, g. b. designing sustainable cities in the developing world. burlington: ashgate, . p. ŽiŽek, s. slavoj Žižek on starbucks and the delusion of green capitalism. aol on, . available at: . accessed in: nov. . recebido: / / received: / / aprovado: / / approved: / / individualizing justice after atkins s. jan brakel, jd on august , , newspapers and other media outlets reported that daryl atkins had been determined by a virginia jury not to be retarded and therefore was mentally competent to receive the death penalty. a judge immediately scheduled his execution for december. atkins, of course, is the convicted murderer whose case three years earlier had led the u.s. supreme court, in a landmark ruling, to declare that mentally retarded offenders are constitutionally exempt from the death penalty. while a bitter irony for atkins, his family, and supporters, the virginia jury’s finding suggests that the practical effects of the supreme court’s decision are less dramatic than many had anticipated. it shows that mere labels need not be determinative and that judges and juries as well as mental health experts called to assist them in capital cases can continue to work toward an individualized brand of justice. j am acad psychiatry law : – , i don’t know who is entitled to react with satisfaction to the news that someone has been sentenced to death. the prosecutors who tried the case? the vic- tim’s survivors? the surrounding community af- fected by the crime in a personal way? the larger community of all those who believe strongly that the death penalty fulfills appropriate retributive and de- terrent goals and who therefore feel they have a moral stake in the outcome so long as the individual facts support it? as i am not a member of any of these groups, the recent news that daryl atkins was found death eligi- ble by a jury in virginia gave me no particular moral satisfaction. it did, however, give me some sense of rightness as a lawyer. it fulfills a prediction i have been making to my law classes that what happened to atkins since atkins (the u.s. supreme court deci- sion) would, or at least could, happen. second, that this is a good thing, at least in the sense that the ruling in atkins was wrong, and this last twist in the case, much as it is to daryl atkins’ individual disadvan- tage, does suggest things are working themselves out right generally. i have never doubted that the decision in atkins was wrong in categorically excluding from the death penalty the mentally retarded as a class and that penry, the case it overruled, which affirmed the prac- tice of individualized assessments as distinct from going by the labels, was right. quite apart from what one may think of the majority’s reasoning that a na- tional consensus (or even a trend) can be discerned from the laws of states or the strange calculus that the culpability of a mentally retarded murderer can- not be greater than that of the “average [nonretarded] murderer,” the problem with the atkins holding is that it is jarringly out of tune with the rest of the law, especially the modern law. in atkins the majority of justices did not merely go wrong, they went in the wrong direction. in equating diagnosis with exemp- tion, they delivered a profoundly regressive message or as justice o’connor, the writer of the penry opin- ion noted, a “disempowering” message (ref. , p ). to treat the mentally retarded, legally or oth- erwise, as a “homogeneous group. . .bring[s] the risk of false stereotyping and unwarranted discrimina- tion” said the dissenters in penry before they went on to ignore their own warning (ref. , p ). they should have heeded it, just as the majority in atkins should have. ultimately, however, the objection to atkins is based as much on legal and intellectual grounds as on its social impact potential. though ralph slovenko, writing in the journal, sees it differently, for once i must disagree with him when he talks of atkins as just newly bottled “old wine.” our law has long, if not always, striven to require a diagnosis-plus in dealing with the mentally handicapped. even the old, med- ical model commitment laws asked for not just a finding of mental impairment but a resultant need for treatment. (today, of course, it is dangerousness mr. brakel is chief executive officer and director of education of the isaac ray forensic group, adjunct professor, depaul university col- lege of law, assistant professor, rush medical school, and lecturer, cermak health services, cook county jail, chicago, il. address cor- respondence to s. jan brakel, jd, isaac ray forensic group, llc, south michigan avenue, suite , chicago, il . e-mail: sjbrakel@irfg.org volume , number , a n a l y s i s a n d c o m m e n t a r y and perhaps a gun to the head for the “overt act.”) the mentally handicapped cannot write a valid will, not because of their handicap as such, but because of the decisional incapacity it may generate which must be separately proved. ford v. wainwright, the men- tal illness predecessor and counterpart to penry and atkins, was not about the inmate’s mental illness, which even the state’s doctors conceded, but about his resultant competency to understand the execu- tion process (actually, it was all about procedure). atkins is a new drink. in the “old days” there was often an equation of one legal finding or status with another that had not been formally decided. commitment to a mental hospital, for example, might mean an automatic judgment of incompetency for the patient and loss of other legal and civil rights. an acquittal by reason of insanity resulted in automatic hospitalization. and so on. much reform effort went to and succeeded in disentangling such automatic legal conclusions or presumptions, and much of this was laudable. (ex- ceptions include jones v. united states, as well as the idea popular with lawyers, but logically and medi- cally dubious, that an involuntarily committed pa- tient retains treatment decision capacity and rights.) atkins cuts doubly against the grain: it (re)equates legal status with a particular (unrelated) exemption or disqualification, and it equates the medical diag- nosis with the legal disablement. but of course, atkins left the decision of what con- stitutes the diagnosis of retardation to the states, with an explicit suggestion that deference to the medical profession was in order. and it is this that led to the bad result for daryl atkins. iq numbers alone don’t decide the case, as is now clear (at least in virginia); other cognitive and functional capacities must be considered. ralph slovenko wrote in his commen- tary, “the role of psychiatrists or other mental health professionals under atkins will be no different from their roles in other areas of psychiatry and law” (ref. , p ). he may have been correct to the extent that experts do not report on or testify to the ultimate legal issue, but the fact is that they are asked to do so all the time. i wish he had said “no different from pre-atkins.” it would have been a finer point, and i would have been in agreement with him on that. the denouement in atkins’ case shows that mental health experts are still individualizing the assessment; the inmate need not be treated as a category or cipher. the only difference is that the individualization goes under the rubric of trying to determine retardation, whereas under penry it went under individual culpa- bility and competence. the latter remains technically correct, but if atkins-in-operation’s only imperfec- tion is an intellectual one, i suppose both psychia- trists and lawyers can live with it. it should be clear, after all, that individualized jus- tice is not a one-way street. the benefits of appropri- ate, fine-tuned, expert inquiries—whether focusing on culpability and competency or mental retarda- tion— can go in either direction. apart from the fact that, from the state of virginia’s perspective, justice was done, there is the further consideration that for every daryl atkins there ought to be a homicide- convicted counterpart who “passes” the superficial retardation test—that is, one who does not have the numbers, but who on further inquiry, is shown to be so functionally and adaptively impaired that the jury or whoever is designated to confront the issue will see it as right to save him from the harshest punishment. references . atkins v. virginia, u.s. ( ) . penry v. lynaugh, u.s. ( ) . slovenko r: commentary: old wine in a new bottle. j am acad psychiatry law : – , . ford v. wainwright, u.s. ( ) . jones v. united states, u.s. ( ) individualizing justice after atkins the journal of the american academy of psychiatry and the law s jra .. power, predistribution, and social justice martin o’neill abstract the idea of predistribution has the potential to offer a valuable and distinctive ap- proach to political philosophers, political scientists, and economists, in thinking about social justice and the creation of more egalitarian economies. it is also an idea that has drawn the interest of politicians of the left and centre-left, promising an alternative to traditional forms of social democracy. but the idea of predistribution is not well understood, and stands in need of elucidation. this article explores ways of drawing the conceptual and normative distinction between predistribution and redis- tribution, examining those general categories when considering the roles of public services and fiscal transfers, and looking at the ways in which government policies can empower and disempower different individuals and groups within the economy. this article argues that the most initially plausible and common-sensical ways of drawing the distinction between predistributive and redistributive public policies collapse when put under analytical pressure. it concludes that the distinction between predistribution and redistribution is best seen in terms of the aims or effects of policies rather than a deeper division of policy types, and argues that, once seen in those terms, predistribution is a central concern of social justice. . introduction: predistribution, redistribution, and social justice in recent years the idea of ‘predistribution’ has received a good deal of attention, both in academic discussions of inequality and social justice, and within the world of practical politics. and yet this idea of predistribution is not always used clearly, and much needs to be done to put the notion on a more secure footing. this essay aims to uncover, and then eradicate, various confusions about the idea of pre- distribution, putting the idea on a firmer footing, and thereby clear- ing the way for more productive future discussions of policies and institutions for addressing economic inequality. when political philosophers think about egalitarian public policy, and about what states need to do in order to deliver social and eco- nomic justice, their attention has most often naturally been drawn to questions of redistribution. they typically consider how states can create more equal outcomes through standard fiscal mechanisms, doi: . /s © the royal institute of philosophy, first published online november philosophy downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core as when more advantaged members of society are taxed by the state, which then uses those fiscal flows to fund transfer payments and to provide public services. it is illustrative here that, when g. a. cohen launched his powerful and influential critique of rawls’s account of social justice, the totemic practical issue on which he focussed was the level of the top marginal rate of income taxation. while this predominant concern with questions of redistribution as being central to thinking about justice and equality generally still remains, it is noteworthy that more recent work in political philoso- phy increasingly brings questions of predistribution to the fore. as t. m. scanlon puts it in his book why does inequality matter?, ‘[a]nother way of promoting equality, or avoiding inequal- ity, is through what has been called predistribution, that is to say, through the laws and policies that determine individuals’ pretax incomes’. this shift of attention to the broader set of laws and pol- icies that produce inequality aligns with a general broadening of concern with the normative assessment of a range of socioeconomic institutions, and away from an artificially circumscribed focus on only a particular subset of the ways in which institutions can either foster or reduce economic inequality. this broader focus could en- compass, for example, concerns with minimum wage levels, or the regulation of trade unions and wage bargaining processes, as well as issues of financial and corporate regulation, the regulation of import- ant sectors such as the housing or energy markets, and the use of na- tional and local government procurement spending in shaping the structure of markets. g. a. cohen, ‘incentives, inequality and community’, tanner lectures on human values (salt lake city, ), – , e.g. – ; g. a cohen, rescuing justice and equality, (harvard university press, ), e.g. – . t. m. scanlon, why does inequality matter? (oxford university press, ), . see martin o’neill and thad williamson, ‘the promise of predistribution’, policy network, ; nick pearce, ‘what should social democrats believe?’, juncture . ( ), – ; alan thomas, republic of equals: predistribution and property-owning democracy, (oxford university press, ). emily mcternan, martin o’neill, christian schemmel, and fabian schuppert, ‘if you care about social equality you want a big state: home, work, care and social egalitarianism’, juncture, . ( ), – ; joe guinan and martin o’neill, ‘the institutional turn: labour’s new political economy’, renewal: a journal of social martin o’neill downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core a similar broadening of concern can be seen in recent work by leading economists, with joseph stiglitz also using the language of predistribution to describe his proposals for ‘rewriting the rules of the american economy’. as stiglitz puts it in his book, people, power and profits: progressive capitalism for an age of discontent, ‘if we succeed in making market incomes more equal, there is less of a burden on redistribution. this emphasis on pre-dis- tribution is important. it highlights that getting a fairer distribution of income is not just a matter of redistribution, of taxing the rich to give to the more needy’. the idea here seems to be a straightforward one, at least at first acquaintance: predistribution is about the role of government in changing market outcomes, and thereby creating fairer distributive outcomes without the need for directly engaging in redistribution. thomas piketty, meanwhile, has stressed the need to pursue redistribution and predistribution in combination, with the two being ‘complementary, not substitutes,’ while also democracy, . , , – ; joe guinan and martin o’neill, the case for community wealth building, (polity, ). joseph e. stiglitz, rewriting the rules of the american economy: an agenda for growth and shared prosperity, (w. w. norton & company, ); see also joseph e. stiglitz, , ‘weak economic recovery was down to flawed policies, not secular stagnation’, the guardian, august . joseph e. stiglitz , people, power and profits: progressive capitalism for an age of discontent (allen lane, ), . for concrete proposals for predistributive policies, see for example, roberto mangabeira unger, isaac stanley, madeleine gabriel, and geoff mulgan, imagination unleashed: democratising the knowledge economy, (nesta, ); liam kennedy, ‘the institution’s not for turning? inequality, taxes and anti-capitalism’, renewal: a journal of social democracy, . ( ), – ; liam kennedy, ‘inequality: from redistri- bution to predistribution and beyond?’, social europe, may , avail- able at ; paul gregg, ‘the potential and limits of predistribution in the uk: tackling inequality and poverty’ in the predistribution agenda: tackling inequality and supporting sustainable growth, (policy network, ), edited by claudia chwalisz and patrick diamond, – ; anne wren, ‘the political economy of the service transition: new political coalitions for predistributive strategies’, in chwalisz and diamond, op. cit., – . for a somewhat dissenting voice, see lane kenworthy, ‘what’s wrong with predistribution’, juncture, . ( ), – . thomas piketty, ‘capital, predistribution and redistribution’ in crooked timber seminar on thomas piketty’s capital in the twenty-first power, predistribution, and social justice downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.socialeurope.eu/inequality-socialisation/ https://www.socialeurope.eu/inequality-socialisation/ https://www.cambridge.org/core questioning the conceptual distinction between the two categories: an issue that will be explored in detail in what follows here. this increasing academic concern with predistribution runs paral- lel with developments in the world of practical politics. traditional models of social democracy have come under pressure as support for welfare state institutions have weakened, leaving a scepticism about familiar forms of redistribution, together with a lack of clarity about what the most promising alternatives to such policies might be. moreover, with runaway levels of inequality within the rich industrialised countries, it seems increasingly implausible that familiar forms of redistributive, tax-and-spend centre-left politics can any longer be adequate to the task of creating a more just and equitable economic settlement. the lack of clear ideas to animate a new centre-left vision of the role of the state has been associated, in many countries, with a fall in support for mainstream social demo- cratic parties, as we see with the travails of parties such as the french parti socialiste, or the german spd. while the us democratic party has its own distinct history, placing it at some distance from the mainstream currents of global social democracy, ideas of predistribution have also gained some pur- chase within that party, especially on its more radical wing. a january new york times article by steven k. vogel, a political scientist based at uc berkeley, explains the economic policies at the centre of senator elizabeth warren’s policy platform for her presidential bid as itself being organised around an idea of predistribution. as the ny times headline puts it, ‘elizabeth warren wants to stop inequality before it starts: redistribution is important, but comes too late’. the idea of predistribution has therefore been seen as offering a way forward for progressive and social democratic parties of the left century, edited by henry farrell, – . available at . see also martin o’neill, ‘philosophy and public policy after piketty’, journal of political philosophy, . ( ), – . see thomas piketty, capital et idéologie (Éditions du seuil, ); stephanie mudge, leftism reinvented: western parties from socialism to neoliberalism (harvard university press, ); wolfgang streeck, buying time: the delayed crisis of democratic capitalism (verso books, ), ashley lavelle, the death of social democracy: political consequences in the st century (ashgate, ). steven k. vogel, ‘elizabeth warren wants to stop inequality before it starts’, the new york times, january . martin o’neill downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. http://crookedtimber.org/wp-content/uploads/ / /piketty-final.pdf http://crookedtimber.org/wp-content/uploads/ / /piketty-final.pdf http://crookedtimber.org/wp-content/uploads/ / /piketty-final.pdf https://www.cambridge.org/core and centre-left, finding a way of moving beyond political strategies that seem to have run out of steam. patrick diamond and claudia chwalisz of the think tank policy network, which brings together social democratic parties across the globe, go so far as to describe pre- distribution as offering ‘a new governing prospectus for the centre- left’. the idea has, indeed, been taken up by politicians from a range of european social democratic parties, as well as by politicians from the australian and new zealand labor parties. perhaps most famously, or notoriously, the idea of predistribution was invoked by former uk labour leader ed miliband as a central organising theme of the labour party’s economic policy during his leadership, with a focus on reforms to corporate governance (with worker representation on boards) and government procurement practices (to drive up wages and incentivise private sector investment in skills development). although the idea became somewhat muted in the run-up to the general election in the uk, the idea of emphasising underlying institutional changes to the economy, rather than relying on fiscal re- distribution, has retained its currency as pointing a path forward in the achievement of more just societies in the decades after the end of the social democratic era. having given a sense of the relevant background, both intellectual and political, the aim of this article is to apply some analytical rigour to the idea of predistribution, and to offer a diagnosis of whether it really does describe a distinct and coherent set of policies, to be dis- tinguished from the more familiar forms of redistribution that have traditionally been championed by the centre-left. only by getting a claudia chwalisz and patrick diamond, ‘predistribution: a new governing prospectus for the centre-left,’ in the predistribution agenda: tackling inequality and supporting sustainable growth, edited by claudia chwalisz and patrick diamond, (i. b. tauris, ). see for example jim chalmers, ‘labor and the tools of success’, in not dead yet: what future for labor? by mark latham (black inc, ); and penny wong, ‘australians shouldn’t have to choose between growth and fairness’, the guardian, may . see martin o’neill and thad williamson, ‘philosophical foundations for ‘good capitalism’’, renewal: a journal of social democracy, . , , – . ed miliband, ‘the inequality problem’, london review of books, ( ), , – . see also eunice goes, the labour party under ed miliband: trying but failing to renew social democracy (manchester university press, ), and joe guinan and martin o’neill, ‘the institutional turn: labour’s new political economy’, renewal, ( ), , – , esp. at . power, predistribution, and social justice downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core clear sense of what may or may not be distinctive in the idea of pre- distribution, and, relatedly, whether there is a fundamental distinc- tion between predistributive and redistributive forms of public policy, can we assess whether, as some of those mentioned above might believe, the idea of ‘predistribution’ could serve as an import- ant organising idea for thinking about the future of egalitarian public policy. i shall argue that there are considerable conceptual problems with most common ways in which the contours of the idea of predistribu- tion have been articulated, not least because it is difficult to find an unproblematic way in which to distinguish between predistributive and redistributive forms of public policy. in establishing this claim, my approach will be somewhat dialectical, starting not from an ab- stract conceptual foundation, but encountering the idea of predistri- bution in media res, working through some of the initially plausible but ultimately unsuccessful ways that the idea has been presented. nevertheless, i shall argue that it is possible to rescue the idea of pre- distribution from the conceptual quagmire into which it might be in danger of falling, if we look to reconstruct it – again in a somewhat dialectical fashion – by first challenging and then redrawing its boundaries. this reconstruction of the idea of predistribution allows us to lay out the idea of predistribution as an important strand in thinking about the potential of a more egalitarian political economy. while my discussion will touch upon the pre-history of predistribution, i begin with the recent history of the idea. . the recent conceptual history of predistribution: jacob hacker on the ‘institutional foundations of middle-class democracy’ although one can find one or two earlier uses of the term predistribu- tion , conceived as an alternative approach to standard forms of redistribution, the recent use of the term dates back to a paper delivered at the progressive governance conference in oslo by the political scientist jacob hacker, on ‘the institutional foundations of middle-class democracy’; hacker has, since then, rightly come to be seen as the central and pre-eminent academic advocate of the james robertson, ‘the future of money: if we want a better game of life, we’ll have to change the scoring system’, soundings, ( ), – martin o’neill downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core idea of predistribution. in this article, hacker is looking to draw on the lessons of his book co-authored with paul pierson, winner-take- all politics , in terms of its implications for how progressive politi- cians should look to correct for the increasingly inegalitarian charac- ter of the economic settlement in the advanced industrial countries. hacker introduces the idea of predistribution as one of three strands in his diagnosis of what had gone wrong in the past with regard to growing inequality, and therefore as an aspect of the eco- nomic situation ‘crucial for grasping – and overcoming – the chal- lenges that progressives face today’. here is his characterisation of the idea: ‘the first feature is the role of pre-distribution. when we think of government’s effects on inequality, we think of redistribution – government taxes and transfers that take from some and give to others. yet many of the most important changes have been in what might be called “pre-distribution” – the way in which the market distributes its rewards in the first place. policies governing financial markets, the rights of unions and the pay of top execu- tives have all shifted in favour of those at the top … the moral of this story is that progressive reformers need to focus on market reforms that encourage a more equal distribution of eco- nomic power and rewards even before government collects taxes or pays out benefits. this is not just because pre-distribution is where the action is. it is also because excessive reliance on jacob s. hacker, ‘the institutional foundations of middle-class democracy,’ in priorities for a new political economy: memos to the left, (policy network, ), – . hacker here is using the term ‘middle- class’ in its sense in american english, rather than its sense in british english. jacob s. hacker and paul pierson, winner-take-all politics: how washington made the rich richer – and turned its back on the middle class, (simon & schuster, ). a caveat about my argumentative strategy: in this section and the two sections that follow, i shall put quite a degree of pressure on hacker’s at- tempts to give more definite shape to the intuitive distinction between pre- distribution and redistribution. but this is not intended as criticism of hacker per se: he has done a great deal to develop an important public policy agenda in this area, and his ways of articulating the conceptual dis- tinction between these kinds of policies are valuable in pointing us towards intuitively appealing, if ultimately unstable, ways of thinking about these issues. op. cit. note , . power, predistribution, and social justice downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core redistribution fosters backlash, making taxes more salient and feeding into the conservative critique that government simply meddles with “natural” market rewards.’ (my italics) hacker is giving us two reasons for switching our concern from redis- tribution to predistribution: (a) predistribution is simply of greater fundamental importance than redistribution, because it reflects more deep-seated features of how the economy functions – i.e. it is ‘where the action is’; and (b) notwithstanding the more fundamental nature of predistribution over redistribution, it is anyway the case that there are instrumental reasons to turn away from traditional redis- tributive policies, for such policies foster ‘backlash’ and can be counter-productive in terms of feeding the kinds of conservative and anti-egalitarian political sentiments that undermine support for progressive or egalitarian politics. let us call these the fundamental case for predistribution and the instrumental case. i take it that hacker takes both considerations – fundamental and instrumental – to operate in tandem, presumably overdetermining his advice for centre-left politicians and political parties. before assessing the substance of either the fundamental or the in- strumental case for predistribution, though, i want first to pause to ask whether this characterisation of predistribution can be seen as passing muster in terms of determinateness and coherence. hacker’s characterisation of predistribution is that it is constituted by ‘market reforms that encourage a more equal distribution of eco- nomic power even before government collects taxes or pays out benefits’. (my italics) but it is not clear how we should understand that char- acterisation, once we begin to put some pressure on it. there are, in fact, two ways in which this characterisation might seem to be both confused and confusing, and hence two clear objections that one can make to it. i’ll call these the temporal objection and the murphy- nagel objection, and will take them in turn. firstly, the temporal objection. if read in its literal sense, the talk of before and after with regard to the tax system simply does not stand up. it is not that economic activity somehow takes place within a dis- crete time period, with the government standing outside the eco- nomic domain while these processes take place, only stepping in at the end of each period, so to speak, in order to collect taxes and pay out benefits, so that a new discrete period of economic activity can then take place. rather, economic activity is an endlessly ongoing process, with the government’s activities as both collector of taxes op. cit. note , . martin o’neill downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core and payer of benefits a similarly continuous, if periodically modulat- ing, constitutive part of that process. the temporal objection then, is that talk of ‘before’ and ‘after’ with regard to government’s role in economic life, while it has a certain kind of brisk initial plausibility, is on further investigation merely mystifying. a second objection takes a step back, allowing that this temporal language of ‘before’ and ‘after’ should not be read literally. one can grant that the distinction between economic activity and government tax-and-spend should not be understood in temporal terms, because the two are always temporally intertwined, while nevertheless thinking that there is an important distinction to be made between economic ac- tivity considered on its own terms, conceptually if not temporally prior to government intervention, and the same activity taking place within the context of a regime of government tax-and-spend activity. but even if the terrain here shifts from the temporal to the conceptual, a different variant of the same kind of problem remains. in their book the myth of ownership: taxes and justice, liam murphy and thomas nagel diagnose the conceptual errors embed- ded in the view they call ‘everyday libertarianism’. this is, in effect, the view that there is a domain of economic activity, free of government intervention, that has conceptual (if not temporal) prior- ity over really existing economic activity that takes place in the pres- ence of government tax-and-spending. this ‘everyday libertarian’ fallacy explains what goes wrong when an individual thinks of their pre-tax income as in some sense robustly all ‘theirs’, with government intervention through the tax system then conceptualised as the expro- priation of something that would otherwise belong to them. as for a related discussion of the conceptual problems of temporal meta- phors for thinking about the way that the state structures economic activity, see martin o’neill, ‘free (and fair) markets without capitalism: political values, principles of justice, and property-owning democracy,’ in martin o’neill and thad williamson, eds., property-owning democracy: rawls and beyond, (wiley-blackwell, ), – , esp. – . liam murphy and thomas nagel, the myth of ownership: taxes and justice, (oxford university press, ). for critical discussion of murphy and nagel’s idea of ‘everyday libertarianism’, see marc fleurbaey, ‘welfarism, libertarianism, and fairness in the economic approach to taxation’, in martin o’neill and shepley orr, eds., taxation: philosophical perspectives, (oxford university press, ), – ; geoffrey brennan, ‘striving for the middle ground: taxation, justice, and the state of private rights’, in o’neill and orr, op. cit., – ; and laura biron, ‘taxing or taking? property rhetoric and the justice of taxation’, in o’neill and orr, op. cit., – . power, predistribution, and social justice downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core murphy and nagel point out, what counts as somebody’s property is itself defined by the full system of property rights, of which the tax system is a part. the tax system is not some alien extrusion into the property system, but a constitutive part of it. moreover, given that an individual’s market earnings will typically depend on a back- ground of legal, social and physical infrastructure – from contract-en- forcement to public roads – which itself depends on the tax system, it is not as if there exists some kind of normatively privileged possible world in which we somehow can have the benefits of the tax system without being taxed, and against which we should set the normative benchmark of our property entitlements. hence, what we might call the murphy-nagel objection to hacker’s initial characterisation of predistribution is that there is something confused in talk of economic distributions ‘before government collects taxes or pays out benefits’ even when that before is understood as in- dicating a kind of conceptual rather than temporal priority. the mys- tification may be of a slightly different kind, but it persists in moving from the temporal reading of the phrase to the conceptual reading. moreover, there would be an odd tension in hacker’s position if it were to need to make use of this kind of conceptual prioritisation of pre- tax-and-spend economic activity. for bear in mind that, in hacker’s instrumental case for the shift in focus from redistribution to predistribution, his argument is that the backlash fostered by redis- tributive policies feeds into ‘the conservative critique that government meddles with “natural” market rewards’. in other words, the political psychology of redistribution, in which people resent the government’s apparent appropriation of ‘their’ pre-tax income, is one that involves, and indeed reinforces, the conceptually muddled ‘everyday libertarian’ view to which murphy and nagel take exception. given that hacker’s instrumental objection to redistributive politics is that it feeds this muddled way of thinking about the relationship between government activity and economic rewards, it would therefore be odd if hacker’s canonical characterisation of predistribution – conceived as an alterna- tive strategy to familiar forms of redistribution – itself embedded its own version of this same kind of conceptual mistake. . a better account of predistribution? tax-and-spend vs market-shaping hacker gives a broader and less mystifying characterisation of predis- tribution in a interview on ‘the politics of predistribution’: martin o’neill downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core ‘[predistribution] is a very basic idea. it is that government has an enormous range of ways in which it can shape the distribution of income and opportunity in a society that are distinct from simply taxing and providing benefits. […] (my italics) markets are deeply shaped by government. and over the last gen- eration markets have been shaped in ways that have benefited those at the top far more than those in the middle and bottom. if we are going to have an effective, progressive agenda for the future, we are going to have to think about how to use these ways in which government shapes markets to pursue progressive goals. by progressive goals i mean, first and foremost, broad growth in the economy that translates into social and economic gains for citizens across the income distribution.’ (my italics) this is a happier, less problematic characterisation of the core of the idea of predistribution, given not in terms of what can be done before or after government tax-and-spend, but instead putting things more simply in terms of what government can do (a) ‘to shape the dis- tribution of income and opportunity’ (b) ‘that are distinct from simply taxing and providing benefits’. the characterisation of predistributive policies simply as being distinct from, rather than either temporally or conceptually prior, dismisses the two kinds of worries discussed previ- ously. we seem therefore to have here at least a provisionally satisfac- tory characterisation of the idea of predistribution. nevertheless, it is worth noting a problem with talk of the ‘ways in which it can shape the distribution of income and opportunity in a society that are distinct from simply taxing and providing benefits’ when considered at face value, which is that there is nothing in such a charac- terisation that capturesthe idea of predistribution as a substantively pro- gressive or egalitarian kind of policy. consider the case of what one might call ‘inegalitarian predistribution’, using a semi-imaginary country that i’ll call ukania, as a way of illustrating the distinction between formal and substantive understandings of predistribution: the case of ukania ukania has strong labour unions and a relatively compressed income distribution. organised labour is politically strong when negotiating jacob s. hacker, ben jackson and martin o’neill, ‘interview: the politics of predistribution’, renewal, ( / ), – , at . power, predistribution, and social justice downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core with employers, keeping the capital share of national income rela- tively low. after a general election, a radically anti-egalitarian, ‘pro- business’ government enacts a range of economic policies, including reducing both current and investment spending in public services, and reducing the top rate of income tax (with this latter policy being the one to receive most attention from ukania’s political philo- sophers ). but at least as important as these changes to the tax-and- spend regime, the government also undertakes a number of measures that we might describe as instances of (formal) predistribution, which are distinct from changes to taxation or benefits. for example, the gov- ernment makes it more difficult for workers to take industrial action, thereby weakening the bargaining power of labour unions, and makes it easier for employers to sack workers, thereby making individual workers more fearful of their economic security and less liable to indulge in industrial militancy. the effect of these (formally) predis- tributive policies is to reshape the power dynamics of the labour market, thereby attenuating the income distribution as managers and entrepreneurs begin to find their economic rewards accelerating away from those of ordinary workers, while also leading to a shift in the balance between labour and capital in their shares of the distribu- tion of national income. the case of ukania shows that there is nothing in the formal idea of non-tax-and-spend government interventions in market regulation that necessarily aligns with progressive or egalitarian goals. plenty that a government might do that is not tax-and-spend, from weaken- ing vacation entitlements to lowering minimum wage levels, could lessen the income or opportunities of those people within the economy who were already relatively disadvantaged. therefore, as we work our way towards a more precise characterisation of the idea of predistribution, it will be worth making a stipulation that what we have in mind is not merely predistribution in the formal sense – under which the government of reagan and thatcher in the us and uk could count as striking examples of effective predistributive public policy – but a more substantive idea of predistribution that in- volves the pursuit of broadly progressive or egalitarian goals. obviously there could be different ways of spelling out the precise nature of those goals, and this is something to which we shall return later in this discussion. hacker offers one example in talking about ‘economic and social gains for citizens across the income in the vein of the discussion in g. a. cohen’s work on inequality, in- centives and marginal tax rates. see op. cit. note . martin o’neill downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core distribution’, which one might see as a fairly minimalist characterisa- tion of a progressive aim, leaving open the space for more ambitious rival views. but the main stipulation is that, in talking about predis- tribution from here onwards, it will be the substantive idea of a broadly progressive or egalitarian form of predistribution that will be in view, rather than the kind of merely formal idea of predistribu- tion under which the regressive policies of our ukanian example would qualify as a case of predistribution par excellence. this stipula- tion is driven by the nature of the investigation at hand: the fact that we are starting from a really-existing debate among advocates of a more progressive or egalitarian economic settlement, and that it is from that debate that the idea of predistribution has emerged. to return to our provisional characterisation, making use of hacker’s revised definition and pre-empting the problem of merely formal forms of predistribution, we can define predistributive policies as those that pursue progressive or egalitarian ends (however precisely those are to be characterised) by means of government action distinct from taxing and providing benefits. this position certainly on the face of it seems clear and determinate. but i want to suggest that things get much more complicated as soon as we try to investigate the question of whether there is really an important distinction in kind between government action that involves taxation and spending, and government action that involves distinct mechanisms that shape markets and the location of power within those markets. the potential problem for our provisional position here is that there is a danger that the category of predistributive policies – and hence the idea of predis- tribution itself – may end up relying on a distinction without a real underlying difference. it is to this question that we shall now turn. . the plot thickens: the predistributive function of public services for a paradigm case of predistribution, let’s return to our semi-im- aginary ukania, and imagine the accession to power in that country of a new government which is resolutely sympathetic to labour unions and enacts a number of measures to increase union density, to make industrial action easier, and to embed the role of unions in sectoral pay bargaining, on something of the model of codetermin- ation or mitbestimmung as we see in models of rhenish capitalism. peter a. hall and david soskice, eds., varieties of capitalism: the institutional foundations of comparative advantage, (oxford university power, predistribution, and social justice downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core let us imagine, as is likely, that these reforms greatly increase the bar- gaining power of labour relative to capital. in john kenneth galbraith’s terms, such reforms would grant ordinary workers a form of ‘countervailing power’ with regard to their employ- ers. the predictable consequences of such reforms, other things being equal, would be that labour would be able to claim more of the division of the social surplus, the gap in wages between ordinary workers and their bosses would reduce, and inequality would go down. thus we have here a clear paradigm case of predistributive public policy (in the full substantive sense). nevertheless, if we’re interested in what governments do to shape markets, and to change the balance of bargaining power between dif- ferent groups or classes within the economy, then that does not give us a special category of action that is distinct from taxation and public spending, but seems to include it, in particular when we think about redistribution through the provision of public services. consider a different example, where the provision of public services also changes the relevant power dynamics between workers and employ- ers. let’s call this example the case of usania. the case of usania imagine a society in which healthcare benefits are provided in a hap- hazard way by an inefficient system of private insurance, with many people’s access to even a minimally decent level of healthcare provi- sion being tied to their employment status. imagine that in such a society, against all previous expectations, a democratic socialist candi- date is elected to the presidency, and that one of his or her first policy priorities is to create a national health system that ensures that all workers have access to an excellent level of universally available healthcare, provided free at the point of use through direct public provision, funded by general taxation. what would be the implica- tions enacting this kind of policy? well, obviously something would have to happen to the tax system in order to fund this new system, and the new system would bring benefits to many individuals who were comparatively disadvantaged by the previous system. press, ); thomas piketty, capital in the twenty-first century, (harvard university press, ), – . john kenneth galbraith, american capitalism: the concept of countervailing power, (houghton mifflin, ). martin o’neill downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core no doubt there would be some general efficiency gains in moving from a splintered private market to a coherent public system of healthcare provision, and so there would be a certain amount of ‘lev- elling up’, and the removal of the deadweight loss associated with the rent-seeking private bureaucracies associated with the previous system. what there would also be, in terms of direct effects, would be a de facto economic transfer from those who were especially advan- taged by the old system (e.g. by the unreasonable suppression of top rates of taxation) towards those relatively disadvantaged individuals who would be most advantaged by the new system. but something else would happen as well, which would directly parallel what would happen when ukania moved towards a more rhenish or nordic model of employment relationships. the bargain- ing power of labour would go up. when workers’ access to healthcare depended directly on their employment status, and where employers had a role as gatekeepers in terms of access to more adequate and at- tractive health insurance plans, workers obviously had a direct incen- tive against ‘rocking the boat’ in their workplace, given that the effective costs of even a short period of unemployment could be so high. by contrast, after the enactment of our imagined national health service – or medicare for all – in usania, the costs of exiting from a bad employment relationship would be much lower for workers, and hence their bargaining power against their employers would go up, in much the same kind of way as if a change had been made more directly to the regulation of that employment relationship. the tax-funded provision of public services is not of interest to progressives or egalitarians only because it is directly a way of benefit- ting everyone at a cost that falls disproportionately on those who have more, but also because of second-round effects that the provision of public services can have in terms of the structure and distribution of power in economic relationships within that society. the public provision of services such as healthcare, education, and childcare, or even provision of goods such as public transportation and public parks, creates the background conditions against which different groups and different sectional interests fight their corner and negoti- ate their economic relationships. public provision is not just a way of joshua cohen, ‘on central park’, gilded birds, january , avail- able at ; bonnie honig, public things: democracy in disrepair (fordham university press, ). see also the labour party report, universal basic services: the right to a good life, (labour party, ), available at . power, predistribution, and social justice downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://gildedbirds.com/ / / /joshua-cohen/ https://gildedbirds.com/ / / /joshua-cohen/ http://www.labour.org.uk/universalbasicservices/ http://www.labour.org.uk/universalbasicservices/ http://www.labour.org.uk/universalbasicservices/ https://www.cambridge.org/core undertaking a transfer against the backdrop of a market with a par- ticular kind of shape and structure, it is also at the same time a means of shaping markets, and changing the relative bargaining power of different groups of market actors. therefore, if predistribu- tion is centrally about the role of government in what we might call ‘market-shaping’, then there is not a relevant contrast to be drawn with a different kind of activity (imagined presumably as purely redis- tributive) that government undertakes when it goes in for the provi- sion of public services funded by taxation. public service provision is in general both about transferring benefits, per se, but also about shaping the background within which market transactions take place, and therefore it is misleading rather than illuminating to draw a sharp contrast, at the levels of types of policy, between policies that have a redistributive role and those that have a ‘market-shaping’ role. a pessimistic diagnosis at this point is that the idea of predistribu- tion as presented in hacker’s revised and more promising formula- tion ends up trading on a merely shallow distinction between different kinds of government action. if it turns out that precisely what is interesting about the predistributive effects of changes in labour regulation can also be seen at work in the classically ‘redis- tributive’ provision of public services, then we apparently do not have a way of dividing government policies that affect economic outcomes neatly into the two categories of ‘redistribution’ and ‘predistribution’. advocates of predistribution as the proper zone of focus for progressive or egalitarian politics, in distinction to the previous focus on redistribution, might therefore be seen as relying upon a superficial conceptual distinction that does not illuminate a deeper contrast in how policies function. . power, public services, and a pluralist account of predistribution stepping back from the characterisation of predistribution that has been found wanting, we should note that jacob hacker is, of course, fully aware of the market-shaping and power-rebalancing effects of public service provision, and does not fall into the trap of seeing such policies in purely redistributive terms, without being aware of their more ‘predistributive’ function. in another presentation of the core idea of predistribution, presented in a bbc radio analysis pro- gramme on the subject, hacker pursues the thought (which seems to have some intellectual kinship with the thinking of both michael martin o’neill downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core walzer and t. h. marshall ) that the provision of certain important public services will be valuable precisely for the reason that such pro- vision will reduce the salience and significance of market inequalities. here, then, is this third account of the idea of predistribution: ‘you have to ask what are the central ways in which government can stand on the side of ordinary workers that do not involve taxing and providing benefits, and i would say that there are three. one, it means getting the macro economy right. when we’re closer to full employment as an economy … we tend to get stronger wage growth across the board. it also means making sure that even if inequality’s growing in the market, it matters less in terms of some vital public services - things like health- care, childcare. and, finally, it means – and this is the hardest part – it means trying to make sure that in an era in which orga- nised labour is weaker that labour still has a voice and a place. and whether that’s supporting living wage campaigns, whether that means providing new opportunities for workers to have a voice outside of unions, whether it means if we privatise public services or contract out and allow all these low wage jobs to pro- liferate in and around the public sector, we’re making our job much, much harder’. (my italics) here we have a more complicated or pluralist conception of what is meant by predistribution. i take it that the idea of ‘getting the macro- economy right’ and avoiding the kind of contractionary austerity as- sociated with uk economic policy in the years following the financial crisis, is uncontroversial common ground between the advo- cates of different varieties of progressive political economy, whether self-avowedly ‘redistributive’ or ‘predistributive’ in character. the more interesting elements are the second and third. the idea of making sure ‘that labour still has a voice and a place’ looks like a ca- nonical case of predistributive market-shaping, in ensuring, as in our ukanian example above, that the organised power of labour can be a source of galbraithian countervailing power within the economy. let’s call this ‘labour predistribution’, which i now take to be an un- problematic dimension of the idea of predistribution. michael walzer, spheres of justice, (basic books, ); t. h. marshall, citizenship and social class, (cambridge university press, ). bbc analysis, ‘predistribution’, june . transcript available at: power, predistribution, and social justice downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. http://downloads.bbc.co.uk/radio /transcripts/ -analysis-predistribution.pdf http://downloads.bbc.co.uk/radio /transcripts/ -analysis-predistribution.pdf http://downloads.bbc.co.uk/radio /transcripts/ -analysis-predistribution.pdf https://www.cambridge.org/core the most interesting case, though, is the middle one, which, rather than being a classic case of ‘labour predistribution’, sees the provision of public services as a central plank of predistributive public policy. what is worth noting about such policies is that the predistributive dimension of public service provision has a dual aspect. on the one hand, as in cases like our imagined usanian health service, public service provision changes the distribution of power within market in- teractions between employers and employees. but on the other hand, as hacker points out, such public service provision, by straightfor- wardly making individuals less reliant on their market income to provide for the vital necessities of life, also simply reduces the salience and significance of market inequalities. obviously these two effects are related to one another in how they function, but it is worth keeping them analytically distinct. the very same policies can be at- tractive to progressives and egalitarians both because they reallocate market power, changing the terms on which market transactions take place so as to make them more egalitarian in their outcomes, and also because they reduce the importance of market incomes for individuals who can also rely on non-market social entitlements. the first aspect is shared with central cases of ‘labour predistribu- tion’, whereas the second element – lessening individuals’ reliance on the labour market considered as valuable not merely because this will increase individuals’ bargaining power within the labour market – is a distinctive variety of predistribution which could not be enacted by labour predistribution alone. where does this leave us? on the one hand, it is important to have a clear sense of the significance this dual aspect of predistribution, and of the non-derivative value of increasing workers’ power, and lessening their vulnerability, within the labour market. this shows why it would not be plausible to circumscribe the ambit of predistributive policies so as to exclude predistributive tax-and-benefit policies. on the other hand, this seems to lead us back into our earlier conceptual difficulties, unable to identify a coherent specific category of predistri- butive policies, held distinct from their redistributive alternatives. . the predistributive role of taxation and cash transfers before adjudicating on this conceptual issue, i want first to consider a potentially enlightening final proposal, which takes seriously the im- plications of the predistributive role of public services. the proposal is that where we should draw the distinction between predistribution and redistribution is that, whereas the former includes both market- martin o’neill downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core shaping regulations and the provision of public services (which both increase workers’ bargaining power in their labour market transac- tions and reduce workers’ reliance on those transactions), it excludes the kinds of pure case of fiscal tax-and-transfer that are an essential element of regimes of redistribution. the case for progressives fa- vouring predistribution over redistribution could then be recast as a case in favour of pursuing a combined strategy of market regulation and the provision of in-kind benefits, as opposed to pursing simple cash transfers. to assess this proposal, i want to take one clear and unambiguous example of a policy of redistributive cash transfer, and one clear example of a policy of altering top-rate income taxation. even for such pure cases of tax-and-transfer, i will argue that on further investigation both have a dimension that is best understood as ‘predistributive’, such that neither policy can be fully understood in purely redistributive terms. i’ll take the cases in turn. (a) the predistributive case for universal basic income there could be no policy that fits more centrally under the descrip- tion of redistribution than a tax-funded cash transfer, of the kind that would be paid unconditionally under proposals for an uncondi- tional universal basic income (ubi). such policies can be justified in different ways, by means of appeal to different foundational norma- tive principles. but it is striking that some plausible justifications for such a paradigmatically redistributive policy depend precisely on the twin ‘predistributive’ effects that such redistributive policies can have. the individual in receipt of a (relatively high) uncondi- tional basic income is, by virtue of receiving that income, likely (a) to have more bargaining power in the labour market than she would otherwise have, and (b) to be less reliant on how she fares in the labour market, and hence less vulnerable to market outcomes. karl widerquist, a leading defender of ubi policies, in his book independence, propertylessness and basic income, justifies ubi on broadly republican grounds, in terms of its giving individuals ‘freedom as the power to say ‘‘no’’’. whilst this does not preclude ubi having other sources of possible egalitarian justification, see philippe van parijs and yannick vanderborght, basic income: a radical proposal for a free society and a sane economy (harvard university press, ), ch. . karl widerquist, independence, propertylessness and basic income: a theory of freedom as the power to say no, (palgrave, ). power, predistribution, and social justice downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core perhaps more closely aligned with its directly redistributive character, this form of republican defence of ubi turns on its ‘second-round’ pre- distributive dimension. the recipient of a (relatively high) ubi will find herself more robustly secure outside of how she fares in the labour market, which may be non-derivatively valuable to her as well as being derivatively valuable in terms of this granting her greater power as an actor within the labour market. where ubi is universal, and all workers are similarly situated, the bargaining power of labour over capital will increase, just in the same way as in canonical cases of ‘labour predistribution’. and so here even the purest case of a redis- tributive policy can find justification on predistributive grounds. (b) predistribution and top-rate income tax: the piketty-saez- stantcheva effect it is also significant that the justification of some forms of taxation can turn not on the role of those taxes in raising revenue for the fiscal authorities, but simply on their paradigmatically ‘predistribu- tive’ effects in terms of the market bargaining-power of the best paid. this may seem surprising at first sight, given that so much of public and even academic discussion of top marginal tax rates pro- ceeds with the unarticulated assumption that the primary function of such taxes is in their ‘first-round’ effects in revenue raising, hence embroiling us immediately in the over-simplified and rather short-sighted discussion of the shape of the relevant laffer curves, and our current position with respect to them. but the indirect effects of tax are often just as important, including those that work through effects on the allocation of bargaining power. this will be clearer if we consider what we can call the piketty- saez-stantcheva effect of changes in top marginal rates of income taxation. in their modelling of top rates, piketty, saez and stantcheva find that the determination of top rates of pay is not best understood in terms of standard marginal productivity theory. this is not only because of the formidable epistemic barriers to deter- mining what the marginal contribution of corporate managers or other very highly paid workers actually is, at least outside of specific domains such as the entertainment industry or professional sport, but also because more can be explained in terms of a ‘bargaining as thomas piketty rather charmingly puts it in capital in the twenty-first century, ‘the theory of marginal productivity runs into serious conceptual and economic difficulties (in addition to suffering from martin o’neill downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core model’ of top pay. in short, senior managers get what they can bargain their way to getting, given the behaviour of others and the prevailing social norms. when top marginal rates of income taxation are very high, with a comparatively large gap between gross and net pay at the top end of the distribution, highly paid workers will be less likely to focus on the extrinsic financial rewards of their positions, and focus more on the intrinsic rewards of prestige and authority in large organisations; conversely, when top marginal rates of taxation are lowered, and the gap between gross and net pay at the top end of the distribution falls, we see a phenomenon where competitive bar- gaining focuses much more on pay rates per se, thereby driving up the costs to companies of their senior managers. hence, we get the piketty-saez-stantcheva effect, whereby de- creases in top marginal rates of taxation drive up not just net rates of top pay, but much more significantly such tax changes greatly drive up gross (pre-tax) levels of top pay as well. this is due to the ways in which these tax changes transform the bargaining situations in which top pay is determined, both in terms of the incentives held by the highly paid themselves, and in terms of background effects on social norms. what we have here, then, is another case of a putatively pure ‘redistributive’ policy mechanism having significant effects through what we might think of as typically ‘predistributive’ me- chanisms. this is, so to speak, the obverse of what happens in the basic income case, where a cash transfer can drive up bargaining power; what we have here is the possibility that the imposition of a higher marginal rate of income tax would be significant not so much for its direct revenue-raising effects, but because it would sig- nificantly reduce the de facto bargaining power of senior and already well-remunerated managers. a classic instance of redistributive eco- nomic policy would turn out, via the best available understanding of the behaviour of the labour market, to be a paradigm case of ‘labour predistribution’, in which the balance of bargaining power in the labour market would be changed, reducing the existing advantages of the small cadre of super-managers and others at the very top end of the distribution of labour income. a certain naïveté) when it comes to explaining how pay is determined at the top of the income hierarchy’. (piketty op. cit., ) see thomas piketty, emmauel saez and stefanie stantcheva, ‘optimal taxation of top labor incomes: a tale of three elasticities’, american economic journal: economic policy, ( ), , – . piketty op. cit., . power, predistribution, and social justice downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core progressives and egalitarians may therefore have very good reasons to champion a significant increase in top rate marginal income taxation, but not only or even mainly for the standard revenue-raising reasons that are typically invoked in the justification of higher taxes on top earn- ings. as piketty, saez and stantcheva put it, ‘the optimal top tax rate increases when there are zero-sum compensation-bargaining effects’. this point about the existence of zero-sum bargaining effects is of great importance, but is often overlooked. as paul segal points out, there is a very important, if often unacknowledged, way in which we collectively have an interest in keeping down top pay, not out of envy, or even for intrinsically egalitarian reasons, but simply because ‘one way or another, the rest of us have to pay for those incomes: as workers, higher pay at the top means our salaries have to be lower; or as consumers, it raises the prices we face; or as pension- holders, it lowers share prices and profits that fund our retirement’. hence, we return here in a different way to a version of the funda- mental point about taxes made by murphy and nagel. taxes are not some external intrusion into an independently operating economic system, but a constitutive part of the rules of that game; and the struc- ture of the tax system, just as much as the structure of labour law or the array of provision of public services, affects and conditions the relative bargaining powers and positions of different groups and classes of agents within that system. . the collapse of the distinction between redistribution and predistribution? our conceptual conclusion, then, is that even this much-revised char- acterisation of predistribution fails to pick out a distinct type of policy. or, to put things in a different way, if we were stipulatively to decide that predistribution should be understood as marking out a class of policies that particularly exclude canonically redistributive tax-and- transfer policies, then we would end up with a category of policies without any underlying coherence at the level of justification, and without any real conceptual or normative interest. there is no piketty, saez and stantcheva, op. cit., . paul segal, ‘the problem of riches’, renewal, ( / ) ( ), – , at . as segal continues: “again, since the evidence shows that excessive pay at the top does not increase the size of the pie, their ever-growing slice comes at everyone else’s expense, and trimming it would leave more for the rest of us.” martin o’neill downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core interesting or deep distinction at the level of types of policy, as regards the distinction between redistribution and predistribution, given that (a) many policies have both redistributive and predistributive conse- quences, and (b) even the narrow class of pristinely ‘redistributive’ policies, against which the idea of predistribution was characterized by hacker and others, can themselves have predistributive effects. there is simply no such thing as two distinct categories of policy, one marked redistribution and one marked predistribution. does this mean that we have simply been on a wild goose chase in thinking through the idea of predistribution, seen as an alternative to traditional forms of redistribution? thankfully this is not the case. what we have shown is that, insofar as there is an important distinction here, it hasto bewith regard to the aims and effects of policy, rather than in terms of the nature of the policy tools or mechanisms that are used. the content of these policy aims and effects has already been touched upon above, in imagining the new usanian healthcare or medicare service, and its potential twin roles in both reducing objectionable in- equalities of power within market relationships, and giving individuals a secure standing outside of the market transactions in which they may otherwise be potentially vulnerable to a troubling degree. to get a clearer sense of these predistributive policy aims, i want very briefly to revisit a thinker whom one can see as a highly significant theorist of predistribution avant la lettre: the nobel prize winning economist james meade. in seeing what was at stake meade’s critique of redistri- bution, we can hope to get a clear fix on what is at stake between advo- cates of predistribution and redistribution, now reconceived as aims or objectives of policy, rather than as distinct kinds of policy. . the pre-history of predistribution: james meade on the twin aims of predistribution in his important book, efficiency, equality, and the ownership of property, james meade advanced a compelling account of how wealth should be treated by institutions tasked with creating a more egalitarian economy. this work has been influential both on polit- ical philosophers – especially in john rawls’s ideas of a ‘property- owing democracy’ – and on meade’s fellow economists, in particular through the work of anthony atkinson and thomas piketty, the j. e. meade, efficiency, equality and the ownership of property, (george allen & unwin, ), power, predistribution, and social justice downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core latter of whom describes his own work as ‘following in the footsteps’ of atkinson and meade. meade is an interesting figure in the development of thinking about predistribution not least because he was in fact sceptical about the central form of ‘labour predistribution’ that would be involved in bidding-up the bargaining power of labour unions through having pol- itically stronger unions – what he described as enacting a ‘trade union state’. his argument was that the costs in overall aggregate economic ef- ficiency of bidding up the price of wages were unjustifiable, and hence an egalitarian economy would have to be sought bysome other means. his alternative to ‘labour predistribution’ was to change the character of the overall economic distribution, and therefore also the social relation- ships and distribution of power to which it would give rise, via mechan- isms of what we might call ‘capital predistribution’. he saw the role of the state not in merely ameliorating the poverty of those who did not inherit any of society’s wealth, but in making sure that all citizens within a society would benefit from capital returns. this ‘capital predis- tribution’ would be achieved by a mixture of private means – the creation of ‘a property-owning democracy’ in meade’s terms – operat- ing simultaneously alongside a ‘socialist state’ that would expand the collective, public ownership of capital through institutions akin to contemporary sovereign wealth funds (or, as meade put it ‘a national asset’ or ‘citizens’ trust’). meade described the combination of these public and private forms of capital predistribution as together bringing about a form of ‘liberal socialism’. piketty op. cit., . see also martin o’neill, ‘philosophy and public policy after piketty’, journal of political philosophy, . ( ), – , esp. – ; martin o’neill, ‘james meade and predistribution: years before his time’, policy network: classics of social democratic thought, , available at: . meade, op. cit., – . meade, op. cit., – . see also martin o’neill and stuart white, ‘james meade, public ownership, and the idea of a citizens’ trust’, international journal of public policy, ( – ), , – . anthony atkinson, in his final book inequality: what can be done? (harvard university press, ), advocates a suite of egalitarian policies, including forms of ‘capital predistribution’ and the creation of a public ‘investment authority’, operating as a sovereign wealth fund, that can be read as an updated development of meade’s pluralist egalitarian policy strategy. (atkinson remarked to me that he wrote his book ‘with a copy of james’s book in front of me’ (personal correspondence, january )). martin o’neill downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://web.archive.org/web/ /http://www.policy-network.net/pno_detail.aspx?id= &title=james-meade-and-predistribution- -years-before-his-time https://web.archive.org/web/ /http://www.policy-network.net/pno_detail.aspx?id= &title=james-meade-and-predistribution- -years-before-his-time https://web.archive.org/web/ /http://www.policy-network.net/pno_detail.aspx?id= &title=james-meade-and-predistribution- -years-before-his-time https://web.archive.org/web/ /http://www.policy-network.net/pno_detail.aspx?id= &title=james-meade-and-predistribution- -years-before-his-time https://web.archive.org/web/ /http://www.policy-network.net/pno_detail.aspx?id= &title=james-meade-and-predistribution- -years-before-his-time https://www.cambridge.org/core in terms of getting to the normative heart of the predistributive ideal, though, what is most striking in meade’s book is not so much the detail of his institutional proposals for ‘capital predistribu- tion’, as the content of his critique of existing forms of welfare state redistribution. he did not for a moment think that redistribution was unnecessary, or that predistributive measures should entirely replace traditional tax-and-spend or tax-and-transfer policies, but his worries about the limits of the familiar mid-twentieth century welfare state are powerfully expressed, and make a clear case for why it is that a concern only for the distribution of income cannot be sufficient to create an egalitarian economic settlement, and why ‘capital predistribution’ must be a necessary element of a just institu- tional structure. here is the key passage: ‘extreme inequalities in the ownership of property are in my view undesirable, quite apart from any inequalities of income which they may imply. a man with much property has great bar- gaining strength and a great sense of security, independence and freedom; and he enjoys these things not only vis-à-vis his proper- tyless fellow citizens but also vis-à-vis the public authorities. he can snap his fingers at those on whom he must rely for an income; for he can always live for a time on his capital. the propertyless man must continuously and without interruption acquire his income by working for an employer or by qualifying to receive it from a public authority. an unequal distribution of property means an unequal distribution of power and status even if it is pre- vented from causing too unequal a distribution of income’. the predistributive ideal involves seeing that individuals who sell their labour within the market need to be given (a) more equal bargaining power within the labour market, and (b) greater security, independence and freedom outside the labour market. significantly, these goods have to be secured against both other people and against the state. and ul- timately these goals are best understood with regard to our underlying egalitarian interest in social relations of status and power. . conclusion: power, predistribution, and social justice predistribution is, one might say, the name for the broad set of egali- tarian economic policies justified by a conception of egalitarian com- mitment that goes beyond a concern only with the distribution of meade op. cit., – . power, predistribution, and social justice downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core goods and money, but which is centrally concerned with status and power in economic outcomes. there is, then, a clear sense in which the idea of predistribution has an internal connection to ideas of social egalitarianism, projected into the economic domain, embody- ing the ambition to think about economic policy in a way that goes beyond what iris marion young has called ‘the distributive para- digm’. the point of predistributive policies is to shape the character of economic relationships, seen as sites for the exercise of power, and this therefore runs beyond a concern only with final distributive results. the twin egalitarian aims of such policies are dispersing power within markets, and making individuals less dependent on market outcomes in the first place. these twin aims are closely related, and can often be achieved together. it is a familiar objection directed at advocates of a political focus on predistribution, that even effective policies of predistribution would not eradicate the need for forms of redistribution, both in the form of direct cash transfers, and in the form of indirect transfers through the provision of public services funded through taxation. obviously, the advocate of predistribution should have no argument with this objec- tion, not least because, as we have seen in sections – above, such redistributive policies frequently have a distinctively predistributive justification. moving away from the hacker-type view that sees predistribution as a kind of policy as opposed to a kind of aim or goal, or valuable effect, helps to forestall this kind of unilluminating disagreement between advocates of predistribution and their oppo- nents. moreover, it should be no part of advocating predistributive public policies to think that there might not also be a justification for transfers or public service provision that was based on purely re- distributive considerations – i.e. because one person or group is in need, or suffering some absolute level of privation, and the transfer from a relatively advantaged person or group would rectify this. after all, our concerns as egalitarians are complex, combining consid- eration of both how well each individual fares, and of the nature of the social relations between individuals. there may also be cases where purely redistributive aims could be most efficiently enacted by means of the kinds of policy mechanisms associated with predistribution. in many cases, the same policies might be favoured by progressives and see martin o’neill, ‘what should egalitarians believe?’ philosophy & public affairs, . , , – . on the idea of the “distributive para- digm”, see iris m. young, justice and the politics of difference, nd edition, (princeton university press, ). scanlon, op. cit.; o’neill, op. cit. martin o’neill downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core egalitarians for both their redistributive and predistributive effects, operating at once but by means of distinct mechanisms. none of these cases would constitute an objection to either our characterisa- tion of the idea of predistribution, or to the claim that progressive or egalitarian politics should treat predistribution as a central priority. some of the political attraction of predistribution to centre-left parties and politicians during the s rested on the fact it looked like the route to a social democratic strategy for an age of austerity, in which government spending was to be severely curtailed. but taking seriously the state’s role in shaping markets, or in accentuating the power of the disadvantaged, is not, as we have seen, something that can be done in isolation from thinking about the role of public services, or the role of the tax system. so the hope that a commitment to predistribution might be an egali- tarian strategy ‘on the cheap’, or one which could somehow be pursued without political conflict with existing economic interests, is obviously an illusory one. this might also be thought to be a point that stands against hacker’s ‘instrumental’ defence of the focus on predistribution – that is, against the hope that the pursuit of egalitarian strategies that did not involve standard forms of redistribution might be achieved without whipping up the usual kinds of reactionary political backlash that might be expected to be faced by projects of egalitarian transformation in the economy. what we have seen in the foregoing discussion is that there is unlikely to be a way of achieving the aims of predistribution without significant changes both to labour regulation and to the fiscal system, involving in particular changes to the taxation of wealth and inherit- ance. such measures are unlikely to be uncontroversial, or free from political backlash, even if it is also true that some forms of predistribu- tive public policy could, if skilfully designed, be more likely, at least in some places and at some times, to fly under the ‘political radar’ of anti-progressive or anti-egalitarian political forces. predistribution is a capacious idea. one might say that it is the name for a problem in egalitarian public policy: that is, how can we create an economy without objectionable inequalities in bargaining power, in which the status, standing and self-respect of each is protected? it is not the name for any particular solution to this pressing and difficult problem. nevertheless, by taking seriously the idea of predistribution we open up an important agenda for thinking about egalitarian public policy, and pursing the twin aims of equalizing market power and making individuals’ life chances less dependent on market power, predistribution, and social justice downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core outcomes. such an agenda emphasises the point that the character of economic relationships should be at the core of our thinking about social justice. for political philosophers, one central lesson is that, whereas the discipline has often thought a great deal about the assessment of dis- tributive outcomes, developing a cornucopia of principles for the normative assessment of all-things-considered final distributions, we need to think more about the detailed structure and texture of eco- nomic policy, and to give more consideration and attention to the social consequences both of particular policies and institutions, and to the interactions between them. we have an urgent collective goal in thinking not just about the distributive outcomes the economy produces, but in thinking more about the particular ways in which the economy can be shaped to disempower the privileged and to empower the disadvantaged. for helpful and stimulating comments and questions, i am grateful to audiences at the mccoy family center for ethics in society at stanford university, at the center for ethics and public affairs at tulane university, at the harvard-fudan-nyuad conference on justice at fudan university, shanghai, at the social justice centre at concordia university, at the universities of jerusalem, belgrade, minho, and sydney, and at mcgill university, ucl, and the universidad de chile. i am also grateful to the fabian society, the friedrich-ebert-stiftung of the german social democratic party, and the chifley research foundation of the australian labor party for opportunities to discuss ideas of predistribution with political audiences. thanks in particular to pablo aguayo westwood, daniel attas, tongdong bai, juliana bidadanure, jim chalmers, lindsey chambers, prithviraj datta, avner de-shalit, patrick diamond, peter dietsch, steven durlauf, bela egyed, marc fleurbaey, pablo gilabert, joe guinan, jacob hacker, louis-philippe hodgson, ben jackson, james johnson, liam kennedy, hélène landemore, ben laurence, ted lechterman, dominique leydet, désirée lim, fernando lizárraga, rocío lorca ferreccio, roberto merrill, henning meyer, ed miliband, oded na’aman, dai oba, kristi olson, rachel reeves, jonathan riley, mathias risse, t. m. scanlon, shlomi segall, nicole selamé glena, ania skrzypek, lucas stanczyk, isaac stanley, christine sypnowich, alan thomas, isabella trifan, laura valentini, daniel weinstock, stuart white, karl widerquist, andrew williams, and bernardo zacka for illuminating discus- sion of the issues with which this article is concerned. i also thank the journal’s anonymous referees for their extremely helpful suggestions. i am pleased to be able to acknowledge research support from the independent social research foundation (isrf), in the form of a research fellowship on ‘social justice, predistribution, and the democratization of capital’. martin o’neill downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core martin o’neill is senior lecturer in political philosophy in the department of philosophy at the university of york. he is the author, with joe guinan, of the case for community wealth building (polity press, ), and the editor of taxation: philosophical perspectives (oup, ) (with shepley orr), and property-owning democracy: rawls and beyond (wiley-blackwell, ) (with thad williamson). he works on a number of issues at the intersection of political philosophy, political economy, and public policy. power, predistribution, and social justice downloaded from https://www.cambridge.org/core. apr at : : , subject to the cambridge core terms of use. https://www.cambridge.org/core power, predistribution, and social justice abstract introduction: predistribution, redistribution, and social justice the recent conceptual history of predistribution: jacob hacker on the ‘institutional foundations of middle-class democracy’ a better account of predistribution? tax-and-spend vs market-shaping the case of ukania the plot thickens: the predistributive function of public services the case of usania power, public services, and a pluralist account of predistribution the predistributive role of taxation and cash transfers the predistributive case for universal basic income predistribution and top-rate income tax: the piketty-saez-stantcheva effect the collapse of the distinction between redistribution and predistribution? the pre-history of predistribution: james meade on the twin aims of predistribution conclusion: power, predistribution, and social justice n .indd © nature publishing group february , nature news and views robert hooke's diary the tercentenary of the birth of robert hooke, gresham professor of astronomy, surveyor to the city of london and curator of experiments to the royal society, occurs on july of this year. hooke appears to have kept a continuous diary for the greater part of his life ; and parts of his daily journal have been found in three different libraries. the importance of the first part was realised by dr. jean pelseneer of brussels, who directed the attention of the royal society to its existence in ; with the permission of the authorities of the guildhall library, mr. h. w. robinson made extracts, some of which were published by dr. pelseneer in isis (february ). afterwards, mr. robinson discovered another and later part of the diary in the british museum, where for more than a hundred and sixty years it had been catalogued as the diary of james petiver. the guildhall portion of hooke's diary is the most im- portant, and is full of interest from all points of view. it records meetings of the royal society of which no minutes occur ; elections of which there are no official records extant ; details of his work as architect, surveyor and contractor ; his daily visits to the coffee- houses and taverns, where h e joined in the discourses and gossip of the city men ; details of his private life, his income, his purchase of books and necessaries of life. by the courtesy of the library committee of the guildhall, the part of hooke's diary in the guildhall library can now be published. for many years mr. h. w. robinson and mr. w. adams have been carefully transcribing the diary, and it will be published, together with a short life of hooke, by midsummer. the work of printing and publishing has been entrusted to messrs. taylor and francis, who have undertaken to produce the book with the aid of a subsidy from the royal society. of more than passing interest is the fact that the house occupied by messrs. taylor and francis is supposed to have been built during the period of the diary, and most probably by sir christopher wren and robert hooke. it may be remembered that dr. r. t. gunther has already published three volumes of hooke's works in his series of books on "early science in oxford". tribal justice in australia a pertinent example of the practical bearing of the results of anthropological investigation is afforded by the defence set up in a trial for murder of two aborigines from alice springs, south australia. the facts of the case are set out in a dispatch from the adelaide correspondent of the times in the issue of :february . the defence rested on a plea of tribal justice. it has been put forward that the two accused were acting in accordance with custom and under the instructions of the elders of the tribe in putting to death a man who had revealed ceremonial secrets to a woman. failure to comply, it was stated, would have entailed death. as might be expected, anthro- pologists have not failed in the endeavour to bring the aboriginal point of view before the court. expert witnesses, however, were not heard; but their special knowledge was placed at the service of the defence. ever since spencer and gillen first recorded, nearly forty years ago, the special reverence of the natives of alice springs for everything pertaining to tribal ceremonial, anthropologists would have been pre- pared to expect death as the logical consequence of so grave a threat to tribal safety as the breaking of taboo involved in the disclosure of ceremonial objects or procedure to a woman. it is, at the very least, the equivalent of a combination of high treason and sacrilege in a civilised community. as recent trials in africa have shown, a court rooted in european law is not prepared to admit that in such cases tribal justice may demand and exact the supreme penalty, in the manner in which in a civilised society a traitor who discloses state secrets may be imprisoned for life or condemned to death. those who carry out the sentence of the tribe must, in accordance with the laws of the country, be adjudged guilty of murder, even though the extreme penalty may not eventually be imposed. organisation of agriculture in australia difficult circumstances in the agricultural in- dustries of australia are giving rise to much-needed co-operation between commonwealth and states. in december last a conference of ministers at canberra determined to establish an australian agricultural council, to provide for continuous consultation among the governments on economic aspects of agriculture, the members to be the federal minister for commerce, the minister-in-charge of development and scientific research and the state ministers concerned. this body will be supported by a permanent technical committee which is identical in personnel with the former standing committee on agriculture of the council for scientific and industrial r esearch, but which will now have greatly increased responsibilities. its m embers are the six permanent heads of the state departments of agriculture, the three executive members of the council for scientific and industrial research, the secretary of the department of com- merce and the director-general of health. besides its duties on the side of agricultural economics, this committee is charged with (i) securing co-operation and co-ordination in agricultural research throughout the commonwealth ; (ii) advising commonwealth and state governments, directly or through the new council, on matters pertaining to the initiation and development of research on agricultural problems; and (iii) securing co-operation b etween common- wealth and states, and between the states them- selves in all quarantine measures relating to pests and diseases of plants and animals, and advising governments thereon. tribal justice in australia wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk params is empty sys_ exception wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk no params is empty exception params is empty / / - : : if (typeof jquery === "undefined") document.write('[script type="text/javascript" src="/corehtml/pmc/jig/ . . /js/jig.min.js"][/script]'.replace(/\[/g,string.fromcharcode( )).replace(/\]/g,string.fromcharcode( ))); // // // window.name="mainwindow"; .pmc-wm {background:transparent repeat-y top left;background-image:url(/corehtml/pmc/pmcgifs/wm-nobrand.png);background-size: auto, contain} .print-view{display:block} page not available reason: the web page address (url) that you used may be incorrect. message id: (wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk) time: / / : : if you need further help, please send an email to pmc. include the information from the box above in your message. otherwise, click on one of the following links to continue using pmc: search the complete pmc archive. browse the contents of a specific journal in pmc. find a specific article by its citation (journal, date, volume, first page, author or article title). http://europepmc.org/abstract/med/ justice in residency placement, mar ... ama journal of ethics virtual mentor. march , volume , number . doi: . /virtualmentor. . . .pfor - policy forum justice in residency placement bioethicist d. michah hester questions the current residency match program and suggests that residents be placed according to random assignments. timothy f. murphy, phd residency training is an essential component of medical education and is required in most jurisdictions for licensure as an independent medical practitioner. in the united states, a matching system assigns approximately , applicants to residency training programs in the areas of pediatrics, obstetrics and gynecology, internal medicine, and the rest. the system has been in place since and is overseen by the national residency match program, a non-profit organization. rank order lists are at the heart of the match. an applicant picks a number of residency programs and ranks them according to preference. the residency program prepares a similar list, ranking the candidates it most wants in its program. a computer program compares the rankings and makes assignments according to a certain algorithm. these assignments are then announced to all parties on specific days. this system is effective in a number of ways. first of all, it standardizes the timetable for decisions; applicants are in no position to tie up offers while waiting to hear from another institution, and institutions are not held captive in making assignments while waiting to hear from particular parties. a bioethicist at mercer university, d. micah hester, has recently argued that the match system is incompatible with the core values of medicine [ ]. hester's chief criticism is that the current match program embodies a competitiveness that corrupts core values in medicine. according to hester the competition involved in the match encourages values that are antithetical to the medical profession. he says that "so long as competitive practices run rampant in institutionalized activities such as residency matching, medicine simply will never fully meet the concerns of the people who need its help and a society that needs its comfort" [ ]. in short, medicine is hyper-competitive, the match is part of this syndrome, and we all suffer as a result. hester proposes an alternative to the match as it currently exists: random assignment. under his proposal, all candidates would stand an equal chance of being selected for each residency opening in a designated discipline. for example, each candidate interested in a pediatrics residency would be assigned at random to one of the available slots in pediatrics residencies around the country. there would be no rank order lists and no communication between candidates and institutions. this approach would—as hester does not fail to note—eliminate personal choice altogether. in addition to curbing the competition involved in jockeying for candidates and positions, hester says this approach would free up new resources and energies: "eliminating the competitive match system would provide residency programs and candidates with the resources to work on other more pressing issues. more time, energy, and money could go to support such concerns and activities as better salaries and hours for residents, outreach programs, deeper professionalism, and ethics and humanities education—concerns and activities that go to the heart of moral medical care" [ ]. this is a drastic proposal and, i think, unwarranted both in terms of damaging effects on residency programs and the undermining of personal choice. medical residencies are not equal in terms of what they prepare their residents to do and how well they achieve their goals. there is a social division of labor in terms of what residencies are training their physicians to do, and they are file:/// / /toc- .html not interchangeable replicas of one another. some residencies are much more likely than others to encourage their trainees to engage in clinical research, to assume academic posts, and to go on to leadership roles in the profession. others are much more likely to channel their trainees into certain kinds of practice, for example, working in institutions that provide large amounts of charitable care. it does matter which students are tracked into residencies because these programs train particular people whose knowledge and skills are fundamental to the design of the health care system, produce trainees who are expert in the management of certain kinds of patients, and develop the skills of particular people who will fill specific roles in the delivery of health care. it is reasonable to believe that random assignment of residents would undercut this division of labor and compromise the ability of residencies to achieve their important social goals. when it comes to the fate of residents themselves, there are important reasons to avoid complete randomness in residency assignment. for example, many residents are married and have children. some residents have primary responsibility as caregivers for aging or sickly parents. it would be a fundamental hardship to say that these residents should have no say whatsoever in where they train. a decision to pursue a particular residency is not only about where one continues medical education; it also reflects choices about one's familial and financial interests. for some residents it would be a hardship in the extreme to move their families from florida to alaska or to relocate them to rural programs far from their families. in another instance, it would be an undue economic hardship to ask some residents to shoulder the unwanted costs of residency in manhattan when they actually prefer less costly living in a smaller city in the south. these kinds of complications could be multiplied without much difficulty. that some residencies last and years makes it all the more important to recognize that random assignment in residency could create and magnify all kinds of problems for trainees. hester does acknowledge that some residents would be resentful about assignments given to them by chance, but he thinks that this resentment would be offset by the value of being exposed to trainees from all across the country. he says that residency programs with their supply of trainees chosen at random "would benefit from having fully supplied medical staffs and residents from an array of educational backgrounds, and the diverse residents could learn from each other while providing care for otherwise underserved patients." on the flip side of the equation, if it is in fact the case that some residency programs are better than others, these so-called "top" programs would have the opportunity to work with a variety of residents from different schools and backgrounds, residents who might not otherwise have had the opportunity to learn from the "best." in response, it must be said that it is not clear how random assignment would necessarily improve care for underserved patients. a lottery might help distribute talent more broadly across residencies, but by itself this would not mean that underserved patients would necessarily receive better care. if "the best" medical graduates do not like their placement, lingering resentment could work to sabotage the quality of patient care they deliver as residents. hester goes on to compare his proposal for random assignment to the kind of drafting that occurs in professional sports. many professional athletes are assigned to teams without their having a say in the matter—and their families and living preferences are not taken into consideration. hester wonders why this same attitude—it is enough for small town heroes to play in the national football league no matter where they end up—should not also prevail in medicine. in other words, the rewards of being in medicine should override any specific concerns about where one wants to live and train. it is not clear, however, that random assignment would promote selfless values in physicians any more than it does in professional football recruits. random assignment would undoubtedly disrupt important interests for more than a few residents—a disruption which could easily undermine selfless attitudes. moreover, it is certainly not clear that random assignment would make trainees better diagnosticians, better therapists, or even help them exhibit more humane behaviors toward patients. simmering resentment could corrode humane values and foster poor clinical habits just as badly—if not more so—than the competitive aspects of the match. even professional football players—the best of them anyway—try to control where they play, especially those concerned with the rewards of league victories, championship rings, and commercial endorsements. over and above the effect random assignment would have on residents, a lottery system could also be expected to undercut motive and effort among medical students. certain medical school graduates are better than others with regard to their capacities in diagnostics, in therapeutic judgments, and interpersonal skills. it is to be wondered what incentive there would be for medical students to strive toward superior achievement if residency assignment turned a blind eye toward all accomplishment and occurred only by chance. it might well be true that some students would go the extra mile in medical school, those who do so for personal satisfaction or some other intrinsic reward. however, it is hard to believe that performance would not suffer if extra efforts could not, could never help in securing a preferred residency. and, to continue the theme of performance for a moment, it is hard to see that one would be doing the poorest performing students any favor by placing them in the most demanding residencies in the nation. by extension, it would be doing little favor to burden highly functional residencies with applicants who have done little more than stumble and limp their way to a diploma. after all, it is not only talent that would be randomly distribute, a lottery would distribute the opposite of talent—whatever one wants to call that—as well. hester does acknowledge that random assignment would mean the loss of personal choice, but he believes this loss is acceptable because of the way in which residency competition would be undercut. it is simply untrue, of course, that once some resources are freed up that these would flow automatically to more noble causes. for example, physicians involved in overseeing residency recruitment—interviews, answering questions, preparing promotional materials, ranking candidates—might just as easily turn their attention to clinical revenue as to improving humanistic education of residents. lastly, there is also an important difficulty in hester's claim that the match operates in a way that is inconsistent with the core values of medicine. the preservation of choice is one core value in medicine, one that undergirds patient- physician encounters. the american medical association principles of medical ethics asserts that "a physician shall, in the provision of appropriate patient care, except in emergencies, be free to choose whom to serve, with whom to associate, and the environment in which to provide medical care" [ ]. in other words, choice is a core value of medicine because it is important to both patient and physician alike to enter into mutually satisfactory relationships. to put it another way, except for emergency or court-ordered treatment, health care relationships should not be random or involuntary. it is hard to understand why this principle—so important to health care relationships—should not also extend to educational relationships. in one study of residency applicants, only percent of the respondents believed that the match should be completely overhauled [ ]. whatever the problems of the match system are, it is not clear that residency assignments made at random will solve them without also causing broad, systemic problems on a large scale. it is one thing to dream of medicine that is shorn of the worst effects of competition and that is fully committed to ethics, professionalism, and humanities. there is no reason, though, to think that a lottery system would help achieve these goals in any meaningful way. there is no obvious reason to think that revolution rather than reform should be the appropriate response to problems in the match. references . hester dm. rethinking the residency matching process and questioning the value of competition in medicine. acad med. ; : - . pubmed google scholar . hester, . . hester, . . american medical association. principles of medical ethics. june . available at: http://www.ama- assn.org/ama/pub/category/ .html. accessed february , . . anderson kd, jacobs dm, blue av. is match ethics an oxymoron? am j surg. ; : - . view article pubmed google scholar timothy murphy, phd, is professor of philosophy in the biomedical sciences in the department of medical education at the university of illinois college of medicine in chicago. he is a - visiting scholar in the ama's institute for ethics. the viewpoints expressed on this site are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect the views and policies of https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term= % bpdat% d+and+rethinking+the+residency+matching+process+and+questioning+the+value+of+competition+in+medicine&transschema=title&cmd=detailssearch https://scholar.google.com/scholar_lookup?title=rethinking% the% residency% matching% process% and% questioning% the% value% of% competition% in% medicine&author=hester% dm.&publication_year= http://www.ama-assn.org/ama/pub/category/ .html http://www.ama-assn.org/ama/pub/category/ .html https://doi.org/ . /s - ( ) - https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed?term= % bpdat% d+and+is+match+ethics+an+oxymoron% f&transschema=title&cmd=detailssearch https://scholar.google.com/scholar_lookup?title=is% match% ethics% an% oxymoron?&author=anderson% kd,% jacobs% dm,% blue% av.&publication_year= the ama. © american medical association. all rights reserved. local disk justice in residency placement, mar ... ama journal of ethics restorative justice in uruguay: a change of lenses in a reform of criminal justice? vol.:( ) european journal for security research ( ) : – https://doi.org/ . /s - - -x o r i g i n a l a r t i c l e restorative justice in uruguay: a change of lenses in a reform of criminal justice? pablo galain palermo  · federico del castillo  · ricardo fraiman received: june / accepted: october / published online: october © the author(s) abstract in recent decades, several countries have adopted restorative justice as a means of conflict resolution. while this tradition has deep roots in english-speaking and european countries, the use of restorative justice has been limited in latin america. in an innovative effort, the uruguayan ministry of the interior developed a restora- tive justice program as part of a comprehensive reform of the criminal justice sys- tem that entailed significant transformations, mainly in the legal system (from an inquisitorial to an adversarial one) and the uruguayan national police force. this article examines this restorative justice initiative in detail, describing the context of its implementation, its implications for the reform of the criminal justice system, its preliminary results and future challenges that lie ahead. keywords restorative justice · criminal procedure · criminal justice reform · police introduction the state has a monopoly over criminal justice, and it performs the role of social control through punishment (retribution) with preventive goals (deterrence) (albre- cht ). within the continental system—of which the uruguayan criminal jus- tice system is a party to—deterrence may be either general or specific and is always intended to prevent future crimes against legally protected interests. specific deter- rence may be positive when its goal is to achieve the re-socialization of the offender or negative when the offender is understood to be dangerous and needs to be sepa- rated from the rest of society. when general deterrence is positive, it reaffirms the value of obeying the norms versus the risk of being subject to punishment, implicit * pablo galain palermo p.galain@mpicc.de max planck institute for international and foreign criminal law, freiburg, germany city university of new york, new york city, usa ministry of the interior, montevideo, uruguay http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi= . /s - - -x&domain=pdf p. galain palermo et al. in the act of offending. when negative, it works by intimidating the population through the fear of being arrested, prosecuted and/or convicted (hassemer , ; streng ). how these preventive goals can be achieved through criminal law remains an unresolved issue for criminologists (albrecht ). any criminal sentence entails a significant imposition on the rights of the accused (hörnle ). such rationality is tutelary, abstract and retributive and legitimizes the power of the state against those who attempt to break the law since it averts any possible rational dialogue to reach an agreement on conflict resolution (luhmann ). moreover, it emphasizes punishment, ignoring the will and needs of those affected by a crime (both offenders and victims) and blurring the goal of social paci- fication implicit in the law (galain palermo a). finally, it deliberately ignores academic critiques regarding the negative effects of retribution on rehabilitation and dismisses diverse processes (galain palermo ) and other means of conflict resolution such as mediation, compensation or reparation (kerner ; seelmann ). a relatively new approach to justice, developed over the last four decades, chal- lenges such a rationale. it is restorative justice, which focuses on the wishes and needs of those involved in a conflict. this movement puts forward new questions. instead of asking “who committed an offense?”, what really matters is who was harmed, how they were harmed and what were the consequences. restorative jus- tice seeks to understand how to solve the conflict, and how victims and offenders can jointly bring the conflict to an end (zehr ). a critical issue is whether this new approach can complement the current juridical practices of criminal law, or if it demands a drastic paradigm shift (to paraphrase zehr ) a “change of lenses” for the whole criminal justice system. moreover, if such a change were to take place, what would this really mean and what transformations would it entail? this article aims to shed light on these questions by examining a restorative jus- tice program implemented by the uruguayan ministry of the interior in the context of a comprehensive reform of the criminal justice system. the article starts by dis- cussing the conceptual implications of restorative justice. then, it describes the con- text of implementation, examining victimization and fear of crime data in uruguay, as well as the juridical context in which the program is taking place. the program is then described in detail, with a focus on the actions undertaken and the preliminary results, as well as its connection to the reform of uruguay’s code of criminal proce- dure. finally, the article discusses the potential outcomes of this program within the context of the new code, and it outlines some questions to guide future examinations of uruguay’s experience of restorative justice. what is restorative justice? restorative justice is not a contemporary practice, but a revival of traditional conflict resolution practices, characterized by being local, close to people and more effective than mainstream methods when it comes to dealing with the interpersonal relation- ships behind crimes (jaamdar ). the roots of the contemporary restorative jus- tice movement can be found in pre-industrial societies. oriental philosophies such as restorative justice in uruguay: a change of lenses in a reform… the vedas, buddhism, taoism and confucianism, ancient western civilizations like greece and rome and the indigenous peoples of oceania, all resorted to restorative practices to avoid retaliation between individuals, families and tribes (braithwaite ; gavrielides ; huxley ; albrecht et  al. ; sherman and strang ). for example, countries with ancient cultural roots such as india consider restorative justice as “justice that heals” (raina and kumar ). the very idea of restorative justice embraces values such as healing, compassion, mercy, mediation, forgiveness, reconciliation and sanctions (consedine ). in spite of its ancient roots, the concept of restorative justice is still subject to debate in the modern world, and it is hard to find a universal definition that encompasses all the perspectives cov- ered by this concept. however, the definition proposed by marshall ( ) is widely accepted in the specialized literature: restorative justice is a process whereby all the parties with a stake in a par- ticular offence come together to resolve collectively how to deal with the after- math of the offence and its implications for the future (marshall : ). zehr ( ) proposes an alternative definition emphasizing the purpose of the method of healing: restorative justice is a process to involve, to the extent possible, those who have a stake in a specific offense to collectively identify and address harms, needs and obligations in order to heal and put things as right as possible (zehr : ) others emphasize the process of restoration, defining restorative justice: …as a process where those primarily affected by an incident of wrong-doing come together to share their feelings, describe how they were affected and develop a plan to repair the harm done or prevent reoccurrence (mccold and watchel : ). the inclusive spirit of these—and other—definitions results in differential appli- cations. in spite of these differences, it could be said that modern restorative justice is an approach to the affairs of criminal law that focuses its efforts on repairing the harm caused by criminal activity without blurring the lines between criminal and civil law (hirsch , ). it has been calculated that restorative practices are currently implemented in approximately countries, with almost different types of prison-based restora- tive programs in countries, and over victim-offender mediation programs in the usa alone, with a further plus in europe (gavrielides ). most of these programs are linked to the assumption that punishment is a chronic problem and recognize the failure of detention and incarceration practices as standard forms of punishment (kenny and leonard ). in contrast to the standard criminal justice system based on the principle of retribution, restorative justice follows methodical steps to repair the harm done to the victim. the outcome is an agreement freely entered into by the parties that repairs the harm caused (galain palermo , a). according to this rationale, imprisonment and other sentences (house arrest, p. galain palermo et al. probation and alternative sentences) are not necessarily suitable for the preven- tion of recidivism and making reparations to victims, since they are not allowed to participate in the sentencing process. its advocates argue that the mainstream view in the criminal justice system of victims and offenders is mistaken: it is not about enemies or people with different motivations, interests and stakeholdings, but about people who may work together to deal better with the aftermath of harm. in fact, it is argued that this mainstream assumption can even promote a desire for retaliation from the victim and society toward the offender, ignoring the fact that many offend- ers see themselves as victims (sherman and strang ). restorative justice places victims at the core of the justice process. such an idea does not require an entirely different criminal justice system, but a reform that includes restorative agreements pursuant to the “material truth,” as sought by the investigative process, plus a “consensual truth” between the parties. this implies the inclusion of alternative solutions and mechanisms that strive for social harmony, going one step further than material truth in seeking reconciliation and pacification (consensual truth). although all this may sound strange regarding regular crimes, it has been gaining acceptance in the area of transitional justice, where restorative approaches are better suited to offering adequate mechanisms for reconciliation (knust ; baumann ; galain palermo b; fischer and simić ). in this sense, truth commissions and similar political mechanisms of truth-seeking and reconciliation are more suitable than the traditional criminal justice system in deal- ing with transitional justice processes, since “reparations should be linked to the process of truth recovery” (maepa : ). it is important to note, however, that restorative justice is not the only mechanism available to impose proportionate pun- ishment for such a class of serious crimes (olásolo and galain ). in practice, restorative justice is used to deal with minor and mid-level offenses. however, in order to achieve restorative goals, these mechanisms should go beyond minor crimes, juvenile and first-time offenders, “with the aim of providing restora- tive outcomes to a maximum number of crimes in a maximum number of possi- ble situations and contexts, including those whose voluntary agreements are not possible and coercion is needed” (walgrave : ). there are no philosophi- cal obstacles to restorative justice being used for more serious crimes and felonies, such as homicide, rape, domestic violence or even human rights violations. but for that to happen, a change of lenses is required in criminal law, to no longer focus just on making offenders responsible but rather on having them taking responsibil- ity for what they have done. unlike the notion of accountability embedded in the mainstream criminal justice system, restorative justice is based on the willingness to accept responsibility (foley ). therefore, until such a change arises, the exten- sion of restorative mechanisms is unlikely. a key actor embedded in the restorative process is the community. any restora- tive approach needs to re-involve the community in the conflict resolution process since conflicts that once belonged to it were “stolen” by public officers (christie ). the role of the community is, however, controversial. while some argue that communities and offenders share responsibility for the loss caused by the crime committed in the first place, others point to community members as “indirect vic- tims” of the crime. but which community members can participate in restorative restorative justice in uruguay: a change of lenses in a reform… practices? any individual interested in contributing to fulfilling the restorative prac- tice by supporting either the offender or the victim. while preparing a restorative intervention, “facilitators need to identify the most appropriate ‘community’ to include” (cunneen and hoyle : ). in any circumstances, the whole commu- nity has to contribute to the reintegration of the offender. even police officers can participate in a restorative intervention as community members. in summary, restorative justice can and should be included in the framework of the mainstream criminal justice system. however, more empirical research is required in order to determine what restorative justice is. such research will facili- tate comparisons with mainstream mechanisms of conflict resolution to determine which one achieves better outcomes. background uruguay has traditionally been one of the safest countries in latin america, regis- tering crime rates significantly lower than its counterparts on the continent. still, a consistent increase in major crimes over the last thirty years, tied to a growing public concern about crime and violence, forced the country to engage in a com- prehensive reform of its criminal justice system. some of these changes involved restorative justice as a means to avoid incarceration in the context of the reform of uruguay’s code of criminal procedure. before examining this reform in detail, it is worth providing some context on recent national crime trends. recent available data show that uruguay has a moderate victimization rate com- pared to latin american countries. despite a recent increase in this indicator, uruguay has traditionally registered low levels of victimization (lagos and dam- mert ). however, in contrast to this, when fear of crime is examined, the coun- try shows a disproportionate public concern considering its moderate victimization rate. eighteen percent of uruguayans fear becoming victims of crime, a figure sig- nificantly higher than in venezuela, mexico, argentina or the dominican republic, all countries with some of the highest crime rates on the continent (corporación latinobarometro ). such incongruence is not surprising. crime trends have been rising in uruguay for over four decades. for example, when police data for homicide, robbery and theft crime trends are examined—the three main crime categories in uruguay—the problem is clearly visible. although showed a slight decline in homicide and robbery, all three types of crime show consistent growth in recent years (ministerio del interior ). while police data have inherent limitations such as under repre- sentation or misreporting, it helps to illustrate the failure of the uruguayan criminal justice system to properly address crime problems, as well as the consolidation of crime as one of the main problems the country faces (fig.  ). when crime has a social background, criminal policy must be inclusive. in coun- tries like uruguay, where there is a marked contrast between victimization and fear of crime, community involvement in conflict resolution prevents potential retaliation and fear of crime from growing, enhancing the positive public perception regard- ing the intervention of the justice system. this, however, does not exactly apply to p. galain palermo et al. uruguay, where a lack of trust in law enforcement and justice cannot be explained by high corruption indices, since the country has the lowest rate of corruption in the region. according to the international corruption perceptions index, uruguay is ranked rd in the world as the least corrupt country in latin america (transpar- ency ). another significant problem in uruguay is its disproportionately high rate of incarceration. with a rate of per , and , people behind bars in , uruguay has the highest incarceration rate in south america (world prison brief ). with deprivation of liberty being the most common punishment, uru- guayan prisons are suffering from overcrowding and violence (fig.  ). in a scenario like this, fear becomes the defining feature of a normative system that violates human rights and the fundamental guarantees of its citizens. public fear of the criminal justice system and its operators must be turned into trust (baker et  al. ), a goal that can only be achieved through a system based on dialogue, free will, reparation, reintegration, participation, inclusion and reconciliation (jiang ). all these principles need to be translated into the justice system and its pro- cedures. this will not be an easy task and requires a change of lenses through which the world is viewed by its citizens, who must leave state paternalism behind and adopt responsible post-crime conduct toward both criminals and victims (galain palermo ). change must also take place in the “mind” of the administrators of justice, but this will most likely arise as a consequence of the first one (fig.  ). there is another factor which could contribute to re-signifying and dignify- ing the relationship between state and citizens. it relates to the first two (and only) re po rt s year homicide - fig. homicide – . source: ministry of the interior of uruguay restorative justice in uruguay: a change of lenses in a reform… re po rt s year robbery - fig. robbery – . source: ministry of the interior of uruguay re po rt year the� - fig. theft – . source: ministry of the interior of uruguay p. galain palermo et al. condemnatory sentences of the inter-american court of human rights in and the “amicable agreement” between uruguay and the inter-american commission on human rights in , by which a reform of the uruguayan code of criminal pro- cedure was agreed upon. this raised awareness among uruguayan citizens about their capacity to seek recourse in international human rights courts to act against the state when it—either through action or omission—violates fundamental norms aimed at their protection (galain palermo ). such awareness could favorably influence both public authorities and citizens to take the next step and pursue more human, less violent and more participative ways of conflict resolution in an inclusive and restorative framework of human relationships (table  ). but this is not the only conceptual challenge to restorative justice becom- ing a new science (social, legal), as there are wide ranging and disparate views and arguments on the subject which vary according to one’s philosophical van- tage point such as abolitionism, christian philosophy, the restorative movement and economic neoliberalism applied to penal theory (reggio ). this topic leads us to the question as to whether we need police officers, prosecutors and judges acting as guarantors, or rather, a community justice system that requires table victimization rate per country (latin america). source: corporación latinobarómetro ( ) country victimiza- tion rate (%) venezuela mexico argentina dominican republic peru honduras brazil chile guatemala paraguay uruguay costa rica colombia panama el salvador nicaragua bolivia ecuador case gelman v uruguay and case barbani duarte and others v uruguay. case jorge, josé and dante peirano baso v uruguay. resolution / , inter-american commission on human rights. restorative justice in uruguay: a change of lenses in a reform… neighbors, social referents, psychologists or social workers acting as mediators. as can be seen, it is not just a question of substituting the binomial crime sanc- tion for conflict reparation, but also of fundamental questions that facilitate such a conceptual evolution within a juridical framework. this ensures the voluntary participation of the parties in conflict resolutions as well as the constitutional premises of equality and legality. due process is not just concerned with dealing with the asymmetry between the parties in conflict resolution processes but also assigns universal validity to the agreements reached. this means that they have a similar recognition and weight as any other judgement of the courts and are considered to have the force of res judicata. otherwise, those who claim that we would be faced with an inter-partes proceeding, which could not take the place of penal resolutions would be right (galain palermo ). in order to address some of the issues just described, the ministry of the inte- rior of uruguay, the government agency responsible for the oversight of the uru- guayan national police force (unp), launched a pilot restorative justice program aimed at mitigating neighborhood conflicts and their consequences (del castillo et  al. ). this endeavor, which started in , was framed within an ambi- tious reform of both the unp, and uruguay’s code of criminal procedure. this has resulted in the institutionalization of restorative justice within the criminal justice system of uruguay. the actions undertaken are outlined in the following section (table  ). table fear of crime per country (latin america). source: corporación latinobarómetro ( ) country fear of crime (%) guatemala nicaragua uruguay colombia panama honduras costa rica el salvador dominican republic argentina chile mexico bolivia brazil venezuela ecuador peru paraguay p. galain palermo et al. restorative justice in uruguay the unp’s experience of restorative justice dates back to , when the min- istry of the interior drafted a pilot restorative justice program to be developed in three police precincts in montevideo: precincts th, th and th. (precinct th was added to these in .) in general terms, the objectives of this pro- gram were to consolidate an institutional methodology for the peaceful resolution of social conflicts in uruguay and to restore the social relationships broken by crimes; in other words, to repair the harm caused to victims of conflicts and vio- lence. to achieve such goals, a series of actions were undertaken. first of all, starting in , dozens of police officers enrolled in a restora- tive justice-training program delivered by a team of professors from the univer- sity of cambridge. as a result, officers from uruguay’s police were qualified to develop restorative justice conferences in the country. unlike other restorative justice programs, conferences are led by police officers acting as facilitators. at the same time, complimentary workshops and events around this initiative were conducted with agents of uruguay’s criminal justice system (judges, prosecutors, public defenders and police officers) to raise awareness about it. prior to police officers addressing restorative justice cases, a process of dia- logue between the ministry of the interior and the judiciary began in aimed at building a consensus and adequately implementing restorative justice in com- pliance with uruguay’s legal framework. this dialogue resulted in a memoran- dum of agreement that enabled the ministry to work with extra-judicial cases, meaning those cases reported to the police and dismissed by the judiciary. fol- lowing this agreement, in the ministry of the interior started working with extra-judicial cases in the th, th and th precincts of montevideo. while the number of cases was low at the beginning, this helped to progressively build pro- ficiency among restorative justice practitioners. this experience took place prior to the enactment of a new code of criminal procedure in uruguay, aimed at addressing problems and inefficiencies associ- ated with the inquisitorial system. the timely discussion on the new code offered a good opportunity to consolidate restorative justice in uruguay as a means of diverting cases from sentencing, and therefore institutionalizing and raising the status of the agreement between the ministry of the interior and the judiciary at the level of the code of criminal procedure. some of the implications of this sce- nario are discussed below. restorative justice in the new uruguayan criminal procedure code the uruguayan parliament enacted a new criminal procedure system (law , of ) which came into force in late , as a consequence of the previously cited amicable agreement between uruguay and the inter-american commis- sion on human rights. this agreement helped (at least normatively) leave behind restorative justice in uruguay: a change of lenses in a reform… the inquisitorial system of a single judge, who leads the entire investigation and sentencing, put in place during the last civil–military dictatorship ( – ). this system was replaced by an accusatorial, adversarial, oral public system, in compliance with the judicial standards of the american convention on human rights. among the main reforms, the new system introduced was that preven- tive detention was no longer considered as an advance punishment and procedural rule, becoming instead a protective measure, the use of which must be justified by procedural matters. perceptive preventive detention after the commission of a second crime was also repealed. at the same time, the victim now participates in the mainstream criminal procedure system, as well as in the newly enacted alter- native procedures. the new code was modified in by adding an extension to the principle of opportunity to include alternative methods of conflict resolution (articles – ) as well as the abbreviated criminal trial (article ). not only does the new reform recognize the rights of the victim regarding the gathering of incriminatory evidence by the public ministry (articles – ), but also achieves reparatory agreements with the author of the crime through the use of penal or extra-judicial mediation. the chapter “alternative methods of conflict resolution” (arts. ff), instead of a criminal investigation by the public ministry, provides for the diversion of the case into a mediation process that facilitates an encounter between the victim and the offender aimed at reaching agreement on reparatory measures. the reparations to the victim could also lead to the so-called conditional suspension of the process, whereby the prosecutor can suspend an ongoing investigation through an agreement with the perpetrator of a crime. these procedural figures build on the voluntary admission of responsibility by the author and are applied only if there is no public interest in a criminal prosecution and the crimes are not of a grievous nature (arti- cles and ). thus, two principles justify the extension of the discretionary principle: lack of public interest in prosecutions and the crime being a relatively less serious one. these principles, which lead to a withdrawal of penal action, cannot be solely deter- mined by legislators, but must instead be defined on a case-by-case basis. in order to resort to the discretionary principle, an agreement on the conditions and obligations regarding the reparations for the harm caused must be made between the parties. it must be acknowledged that sometimes the diversion into these alternative meas- ures makes the complete clarification of the case impossible, which is a goal of the principle of legality itself and not a goal of the discretionary principle. this aims to fulfill a procedural function of celerity and efficiency based on selection instead of the material function of truth-seeking. the penal process is itself a burden that the accused must bear (whether innocent or guilty) so that the lack of interest in pros- ecution and the crime not being grievous in nature enable the justice administration to disregard a process that is expensive in terms of freedom, and unlikely to reveal the material truth, opting instead for the consensual truth. criminal procedure reform always leaves the door open to the possibility of start- ing a trial in the standard way when no agreement has been reached regarding the alternatives, or when such an agreement has not been honored. in such case, either a new criminal trial starts, or the suspended one is revived. depending on the nature p. galain palermo et al. of the crime, when clarification of the case is required, criminal procedure should take precedence as the general interest is served by prosecution. the conditional suspension of the process—an agreement between the prosecutor and the defendant takes place somewhere between the process being formalized, the pressing of charges or the dismissal of the case—shall not proceed when the mini- mum sentence for the crime is in excess of  years in prison; when the defendant is already serving a sentence; and when the accused is facing another process involv- ing conditional suspension (article ). this feature is not an example of restorative justice but rather of negotiations between the parties that do not necessarily include the victim (although the possibility of mediation between the author of a crime and its victim is provided for in article c) as one of the conditions or obligations that could be agreed upon. however, the reparatory agreement provided for in articles onward could be considered as an instrument that is closer to restorative justice since from the moment of the formalization of the investigation, and throughout the process, both defendant and victim could subscribe to a material or symbolic reparatory agreement that will be made available to the judge for his consideration, with the intervention of the public ministry. it is worth mentioning that these agreements are only possi- ble for less serious offenses, non-intentional crimes, those subject to fines, assault— with the exception of aggravated assault—property crimes, indictable crimes at the request of the victim—with the exception of sex crimes—and crimes against honor. implementation and preliminary results through the reparatory agreements introduced in the new code of criminal pro- cedure, restorative justice acquired a formal status in uruguay, something that pos- itively impacted the pilot program launched by the ministry. what initially func- tioned as a means of addressing cases dismissed by the judiciary has now acquired legal status as an alternative method of conflict resolution. this has led to the con- solidation of restorative justice within uruguay’s criminal justice system, and con- sequently a significant increase in the program’s caseload. nevertheless, considering the small number of cases diverted to mediation in the juvenile criminal system—a mechanism that has been available for more than two decades—we must note the difference between laws on the books and laws in action. a relevant question for future research is that of why, even when conciliation mechanisms for the resolution of social conflict have been established since uruguay’s first constitution ( , art. ), it has seldom been used in the country. while such a question is beyond the scope of this article, it is important to raise it in order to point out how long it usually takes for these types of initiatives to achieve full implementation in uruguay. the mechanisms outlined over the following paragraphs describe the program’s implementation in the context of the inquisitorial criminal procedure code that was in force until late . while the program now operates in the same fashion, some things have changed. for example, prosecutors have replaced judges, and commu- nication between facilitators and judicial operators has improved. nevertheless, the mechanisms are, in general, very similar to each other. restorative justice in uruguay: a change of lenses in a reform… in practice, the program operates as follows. facilitators start by looking at all incident reports received by the police using the information management software of the unp. the search is conducted on a monthly basis for extra-judicial cases reg- istered during the previous month at the precincts in which the program operates ( th, th, th and th). cases are filtered according to their “judicial resolu- tion,” meaning whether a judge (now a prosecutor) has made a ruling on it. a set of “potential cases” results from this filtering, which are cases where a judicial decision has been made. these are filtered again to discard cases that: (a) involve sentenced people; (b) police officers or minors are involved in; (c) involve domestic violence; (d) there is no apparent harm involved; (d) do not include any means of contacting the parties involved. following this selection, a set of “feasible cases” is obtained. these filters are not arbitrarily applied but follow the memorandum of agreement with the judiciary, and the recommendations of international experts and advisers who advise on the program’s implementation. later on, feasible cases are filtered to determine which of them fulfill the neces- sary requirements to conduct a conference (for example, if both parties can be con- tacted). a list of “workable” cases is then obtained. facilitators contact the offender first. if he or she agrees to participate in the conference, then facilitators contact the victim. if both parties are willing to move forward, a preparatory interview is coordinated separately with each of them. during this interview, facilitators explain the conference in detail to participants, learn about the conflict and make sure their interest in participating in the conference is entirely voluntary. if both offender and victim confirm their voluntary interest in participating, a conference is then scheduled. the conference takes place in a neutral room, properly conditioned to develop a conference (sober decoration, chairs arranged in a circular fashion, water dispenser and disposable tissues available, etc.). the conference is not limited to those directly involved in the incident. if there is a consensus between victim and offender, each party is allowed to invite others to the conference. they may be people indirectly involved in the incident, relatives, friends or neighbors, whom participants believe could either add relevant information or provide support to them over the course of the conference. the conference is facilitated by one leading facilitator supported by one assistant facilitator, and it ends with the celebration of a signed agreement drawn up and agreed to by the participants. both parties commit themselves to fulfilling the agreement over a period of time determined on a case-by-case basis. after the conference, facilitators engage in follow-up actions in the next , and  days after the agreement was signed or determine whether it is being fulfilled or not. data from april to june , made available by the ministry shows that facilitators found feasible cases, of which led to a conference (firpo ). this is an effectiveness ratio of approximately – cases in which a conference was held. data for (disaggregated data was not made available for ) show that of the conferences held during that year were concluded with a successful agreement after the conference. this is the best possible scenario, where the conflict disappears after the intervention. at the same time, an agreement was signed but not fulfilled and conflict persists in % of cases, in % the agreement was signed but p. galain palermo et al. not fulfilled, although conflict disappeared, and in the remaining %, an agreement was not even reached. while these figures seem promising, it is important to state that serious flaws exist regarding the program’s data. first, data are not systemati- cally but rather arbitrarily registered following specific requests from the authorities. this hinders potential assessments of the program’s implementation and results, as data are not periodically collated and analyzed. second, data are not disaggregated, which also makes process and outcome assessments difficult. for example, updated data on case types were not made available and only exist at a raw level. these are serious limitations to be addressed in order to determine the failure or success of the program in fulfilling its goals. however, while a systematic evaluation of the program remains to be done, pre- liminary data—although weak—seem promising. if restorative justice is contrib- uting to the mitigation and prevention of conflicts in a pilot program in the juris- dictions of four police precincts, similar results could be achieved in others. the implications of this preliminary data are discussed in the following section. discussion and conclusions some concluding remarks can be made on the basis of these preliminary results. first, referenced interview data for show that out of conferences suc- ceeded in solving the original conflict (firpo ). while this number may not have a significant impact on the criminal justice system as a whole, the potential impact of this pilot program should not be underestimated. it must be stated, however, that this is true as far as the original conflict is concerned. data are not available regard- ing the potential future preventive effects of the program. a follow-up study involv- ing conference participants could shed some light on this matter. a positive impact of the program on the experiences of those who participated in the conferences can also be seen. anecdotal data collected by the ministry show satisfaction with the restorative process among those who participated in the confer- ences, who have also declared they were treated with seriousness and respect by facilitators (firpo ). this degree of satisfaction with the restorative process is consistent with the outcomes of other restorative programs reported on in the spe- cialized literature (latimer et al. ; sherman et al. ). second, given the bottleneck in uruguay’s criminal justice system, which results in only a few cases being resolved judicially, restorative justice could act as an ideal complement to the mainstream judicial process. this is sustained on at least two grounds. first, in normative terms, preventive and retributive goals can be fulfilled not only through standard sanctions but also through mediation agreements. second, international experience shows that restorative justice can be implemented at differ- ent stages of the judicial process, i.e., prior to, in tandem with or following sentenc- ing, and also as an alternative measure to incapacitation (sherman and strang ). such flexibility of restorative justice programs is particularly relevant in uruguay, given the previously noted limitations of the judicial system to properly address the volume of conflicts in the country. restorative justice in uruguay: a change of lenses in a reform… third, all of the above have implications in the context of the implementation of the new code of criminal procedure in uruguay. criminal justice cannot be understood in terms of a dichotomy between general crime prevention and specific prevention as it is a matter of choosing between the needs of the community and the needs of the per- petrator. the reform of the uruguayan code of criminal procedure has facilitated the participation of the victim, allowing justice operators (prosecutors) to resort to restora- tive justice as an alternative way of conflict and dispute resolution. restorative justice can meet the expectations of those involved in the conflict and of the community, with- out one being absorbed by the other. nothing prevents uruguay from using restorative justice to accomplish both general and specific prevention goals, and at the same time increase the level of satisfaction with the justice system of those who participate in restorative practices (victims and offenders). whether this is actually adopted in prac- tice by the uruguayan judicial system remains to be seen, but its formalization in law is undoubtedly an important step toward social harmony and peaceful coexistence among the citizenry. finally, it is important to pose some questions to guide future examinations of the process of adoption of restorative justice by uruguay’s criminal justice system. the first is to what extent will uruguay apply the recently created alternative measures to restore broken social relations, or just to speed up agreements between the prosecutor and counsel for the defense. secondly, in a context of a high fear of crime and perma- nent calls for harsh punishments for ordinary crimes, it is worth asking to what extent uruguay’s society and the institutions of its criminal justice system are prepared to accept and adopt a different approach to punishment. thirdly, will all these transforma- tions result in an improvement of the capacity of the system to properly address violent incidents and conflict, while at the same time preventing future incidents and improv- ing citizens’ satisfaction with the justice system? all these questions are of importance and should guide future investigations of the experience of uruguay’s criminal justice system with restorative justice. any norma- tive reform in this field will not be successful if the need for real change in the mecha- nisms for achieving justice and social harmony is not understood by justice operators and society as a whole. only a transformation in how citizens think—a process that starts by increasing the visibility of the problem, educating, advertising and explaining the disadvantages to which all citizens (not just criminals) are subjected to—leads to an actual change of lenses in uruguay’s criminal justice system. resistance and lack of interest demonstrated by both legislators and judicial officials against restorative prac- tices will only cease when the benefits of the new system are acknowledged and made visible (even if it is only complementary to the mainstream model) and when every actor involved in the justice process understands that this new model does not signify a loss of power, but rather a redefinition that leads to better access to justice for all. acknowledgements open access funding provided by max planck society. open access this article is distributed under the terms of the creative commons attribution . interna- tional license (http://creat iveco mmons .org/licen ses/by/ . /), which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided you give appropriate credit to the original author(s) and the source, provide a link to the creative commons license, and indicate if changes were made. http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . / p. galain palermo et al. references albrecht hj ( ) criminal preventive risk assessment in the law-making procedure. final report on the research project /fal/ . freiburg: max-planck-institute für ausländisches und internation- ales strafrecht albrecht hj ( ) strafrechtliche sozialkontrolle, kriminalität und die kriminologie. in: albrecht hj (ed) kriminalität, kriminalitätskontrolle, strafvollzug und menschenrechte. internationales kollo- quium zum gedenken an professor dr. günther kaiser am . januar , berlin: duncker & humblot, pp – albrecht hj, simon jm, rezaei h, rohne hc, kiza e ( ) conflicts and conflict resolution in middle eastern societies- between tradition and modernity. duncker & humblot, berlin baker m, nienstedt b, everett r, mccleary r ( ) the impact of a crime wave: perceptions, fear, and confidence in the police. in: ditton j, farrall s (eds) the fear of crime. ashgate, aldershot, pp – baumann e ( ) striking a balance between justice and peace: restorative justice in sates of transition. in: grönning, jacobsen j (eds) restorative justice and criminal justice. exploring the relationship. santérus academic press, sweden, pp – braithwaite j ( ) restorative justice and responsive regulation. oxford university press, oxford christie n ( ) conflicts as property. br j criminol ( ): – consedine j ( ) restorative justice: healing the effects of crime. ploughshares, lyttelton corporación latinobarómetro ( ) informe . report, corporación latinobarómetro, santiago de chile cunneen c, hoyle c ( ) debating restorative justice. bloomsbury publishing, oxford del castillo f, fraiman r, galain palermo p ( ) aproximación a la justicia restaurativa en uruguay. espacio abierto : – firpo e ( ) ministerio del interior. reseña de actividades en desarrollo. report, ministerio del inte- rior, uruguay fischer m, simić o ( ) transitional justice and reconciliation. lessons from the balkans. routledge, abingdom foley t ( ) developing restorative justice jurisprudence. rethinking responses to criminal wrongdo- ing. ashgate, farnham galain palermo p ( ) la reparación del daño a la víctima del delito. tirant lo blanch, valencia galain palermo p ( ) la influencia de las decisiones de los órganos del sistema interamericano de protección de los derechos humanos en el derecho penal de uruguay. in: ambos k, malarino e, steiner c (eds) sistema interame-ricano de protección de los derechos humanos y derecho penal internacional. fundación konrad adenauer, bogotá, pp – galain palermo p ( a) justicia restaurativa y sistema penal ¿cambio de paradigma o nuevas her- ramientas de la justicia penal?. universidad católica del uruguay, montevideo galain palermo p ( b) ¿justicia de transición? mecanismos políticos y jurídicos para la elaboración del pasado. tirant lo blanch, valencia gavrielides t ( ) restorative practices: from the early societies to the s. internet j criminol. retrieved from http://www.inter netjo urnal ofcri minol ogy.com/gavri elide s_resto rativ e_pract ices_ ijc_novem ber_ .pdf gavrielides t ( ) the psychology of restorative justice. managing the power within. ashgate, farnham hassemer w ( ) variationen der positiven generalprävention. in: schünemann b et al. (eds) positive generalprävention kritische analysen im deutsch-en-glischen dialog. uppsala symposium . heidelberg: müller hassemer w ( ) darf der strafende staat verurteilte bessern wollen? resozialisierung im rahmen positiver generalprävention. in: prittwitz c et  al (eds) festschrift für klaus lürsenn. nomos, baden-baden, pp – hirsch h ( ) zur abgrenzung von strafrecht und zivilrecht. in: sockelmann f et al (eds) festschrift für karl engish. geburtstag, klostermann, frankfurt, pp – hirsch h ( ) wiedergutmachung des schadens im rahmen des materiellen strafrechts. zeitschrift für die gesamte strafrechtswissenschaft ( ): – hörnle t ( ) zwecke und rechtfertigung staatlicher strafe. in: saliger f (ed) rechtsstaatliches stra- frecht. festschrift für ulfrid neumann zum . geburtstag. müller, heidelberg, pp – http://www.internetjournalofcriminology.com/gavrielides_restorative_practices_ijc_november_ .pdf http://www.internetjournalofcriminology.com/gavrielides_restorative_practices_ijc_november_ .pdf restorative justice in uruguay: a change of lenses in a reform… huxley e ( ) red strangers. chatto and windus, london jaamdar sm ( ) restorative justice in india: old and new. in: thilagaraj et al (eds) restorative justice in india. traditional practice and contemporary applications. springer, cham, pp – jiang j ( ) criminal reconciliation in contemporary china. an empirical and analytical enquiry. elgar, cheltenham kenny p, leonard l ( ) the sustainability of restorative justice. emerald, bingley kerner h ( ) diversion statt strafe? probleme und gefahren einer neuen strategie strafrechtlicher sozial kontrolle. kriminalistik verlag, heidelberg knust n ( ) entwicklung eines pluralistischen rechtsmodells am beispiel des ruan-dischen völker- mordes. max-planck-institut, berlin lagos m and dammert l ( ) la seguridad ciudadana. el principal problema de américa latina. san- tiago de chile: corporación latinobarómetro, santiago de chile latimer j, dowden c, muise d ( ) the effectiveness of restorative justice practices: a meta-analysis. the prison journal ( ): – luhmann n ( ) soziologische aufklärung . die soziologie und der mensch, auflage, verlag für sozialwissenschaften, wiesbaden maepa t ( ) the truth and reconciliation commission as a model of restorative justice. in: maepa t (ed) beyond retribution. prospects for restorative justice in south africa. institute for security stud- ies, pretoria, pp – marshall t ( ) the evolution of restorative justice in britain. eur j crim policy res ( ): – mccold p, wachtel b ( ) restorative justice theory validation. in: weiterkamp et al (eds) restorative justice: theoretical foundations. willan publishing, devon, pp – ministerio del interior ( ) datos nacionales completos. report, ministerio del interior, uruguay olásolo h, galain p ( ) los desafíos del derecho internacional penal ante su encrucijada actual: atención especial a los casos de argentina, colombia, españa, méxico y uruguay. tirant lo blanch, valencia raina s, kumar r ( ) a justice that heals: restorative justice from an indian perspective. in: thila- garaj et  al (eds) restorative justice in india. traditional practice and contemporary applications. springer, cham, pp – reggio f ( ) giustizia dialogica. luci e ombre della restorative justice. franco angeli, milano seelmann k ( ) verzicht auf strafe? in: saliger f (ed), rechtsstaatliches strafrecht. festschrift für ulfrid neumann zum . geburtstag, heidelberg: müller, pp – sherman lw, strang h ( ) restorative justice: the evidence. the smith institute, london sherman lw, strang h ( ) restorative justice as a psychological treatment: healing victims and reintegrating offenders. in: towl g, crichton d (eds) handbook of forensic psychology. elsevier, amsterdam, pp – sherman lw, strang h, angel c, woods d, barnes gc, bennett s, inkpen n ( ) effects of face-to- face restorative justice on victims of crime in four randomized, controlled trials. j exp criminol ( ): – streng f ( ) strafrechtliche sanktionen. grundlagen und anwendung. kohlhammer, stuttgart transparency international ( ) corruption perceptions index . available at https ://www.trans paren cy.org/news/featu re/corru ption _perce ption s_index _ (accessed february ) walgrave l ( ) on restoration and punishment: favourable similarities and fortunate differences. in: morris h et al (eds) restorative justice for juveniles: conferencing, mediation and circles. hart pub- lishing, oxford, pp – world prison brief ( ) world prison brief data. available at: http://www.priso nstud ies.org/world -priso n-brief -data (accessed december ) zehr h ( ) el pequeño libro de la justicia restaurativa. united states: good books. https://www.transparency.org/news/feature/corruption_perceptions_index_ https://www.transparency.org/news/feature/corruption_perceptions_index_ http://www.prisonstudies.org/world-prison-brief-data http://www.prisonstudies.org/world-prison-brief-data restorative justice in uruguay: a change of lenses in a reform of criminal justice? abstract introduction what is restorative justice? background restorative justice in uruguay restorative justice in the new uruguayan criminal procedure code implementation and preliminary results discussion and conclusions acknowledgements references unequal opportunities and distributive justice learning and peer effects urs fischbacher gerald eisenkopf franziska föllmi-heusi research paper series thurgau institute of economics and department of economics at the university of konstanz no. september unequal opportunities and distributive justice http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bsz: -opus- http://kops.ub.uni-konstanz.de/volltexte/ / / unequal opportunities and distributive justice gerald eisenkopf urs fischbacher franziska föllmi-heusi university of konstanz & thurgau institute of economics post box konstanz germany contact: gerald.eisenkopf@uni-konstanz.de september , abstract: there is well established empirical evidence that more redistribution occurs when luck rather than performance determines the earnings. we provide experimental evidence on how unequal access to performance enhancing education affects demand for redistribution. in this experiment, we can control the information about the role of luck and effort. we find that unequal opportunities evoke a preference for redistribution that is comparable to the situation when luck alone determines the allocation rather than performance. furthermore, unequal opportunities reduce performance incentives. keywords: distribution, inequality of opportunities, negotiation, education, experiment jel-codes: d , d , i acknowledgements: we thank kate bendrick, lisa bruttel, simeon schudy, pascal sulser and verena utikal and seminar participants at the esa world meeting in copenhagen for helpful comments. anton berwald provided excellent research assistance. the usual disclaimer applies introduction people are more willing to accept inequality in incomes if it results from hard work rather than pure luck . differences in education account for a substantial share of this inequality but survey studies cannot reveal if and how income differences derived from education transform into a demand for redistribution . first, the roles of luck and hard work are ambiguous with respect to the access to education. random processes like high innate abilities or a favorable socio-economic environment enhance the chances to get education but the student herself still has to provide effort in order to acquire and improve her skill. second and perhaps more important, people differ substantially with respect to their beliefs about the impact of luck and effort on the access to education. moreover, the beliefs often do not reflect the actual inequality in the access to education . we investigate the demand for post-educational redistribution with a real-effort experiment that takes these problems into account. in our experiment, subjects are paired in groups of two. in the real effort-task, a quiz task, they create an output, which they contribute to a common pool. then, they negotiate how to distribute their joint output. in all treatments, subjects get the opportunity to learn some of the questions of the quiz. our focus is on the education treatment in which one of the two subjects in a group gets a better education because she can learn more relevant questions. one benchmark is the skill treatment in which a subject�’s contribution depends mostly on her ex-ante skills. in both treatments, a subject�’s contribution increased with the number of correctly answered general knowledge questions. hence, knowledge was the relevant skill in this experiment. since one randomly chosen subject in each group in the education treatment received additional knowledge it is obvious that luck was more relevant for contributions in this treatment than in the skill treatment. a second benchmark is provided by the luck treatment, in which a lottery only determines the contribution. in each treatment we provided all subjects with identical information. compared to survey studies, our experiment has four main advantages. first, in the field, it is unclear which processes create the inequality. this implies in particular that one see for example the studies by hoffman et al. ( ) , burrows and loomes ( ) , ruffle ( ) , konow ( ), or durante and putterman ( ). educated people earn more money and receive higher nonmonetary rewards as well. psacharopoulos and patrinos ( ) provide a survey on the former and grossman ( ) one on the latter issue. alesina and glaeser ( ) show in a cross-country study that beliefs do not reflect the actual (in)equality of opportunities correctly. instead, people may base their beliefs on personal experiences rather than on econometric studies (piketty, ) and they may have a biased perception of these experiences (benabou and tirole, ) does not know other peoples�’ beliefs about these processes. in our experiment there is common knowledge about the impact of random processes on allocations. thus, the subjects in our experiment know the sources of inequality (luck, merit, inequality of opportunity). second, subjects do not just state preferences for redistribution. they make actual distribution decisions. third, by devising a rank order payment scheme we assured that the distribution of initial allocations is the same in all three treatments. in this way, we control for the possible confound that egalitarian societies may be less productive as the anticipation of high redistribution discourages contribution to the social output in the first place. furthermore, the design ensures that participants have a comparable incentive to provide effort in all treatments. fourth, the random assignment of subjects into treatment groups eliminates possible selection effects that would be present in the field. our study takes two principles of distributive justice into account, an egalitarian one and a desert-based one. strict egalitarianism �“advocates the allocation of equal material goods to all members of society�” (lamont and favor ( ) in the online version of the stanford encyclopedia of philosophy). according to the desert principle, people should be rewarded according to the value of their contribution to the social product . several studies have shown that people opt for more egalitarian distributions once luck rather than meritocratic criteria determine an outcome the desert-principle and similar meritocratic ideas include a concept of equality, meaning equality of opportunity rather than equality of outcome. a third fairness ideal, liberal egalitarianism, addresses inequality of outcomes. similar to the accountability principle (j. konow, , ) liberal egalitarianism demands that distributions should depend on choices and decisions. if two people make the same choice in the same context, both should get the same reward even if the outcomes differ. cappelen et al. ( ) investigate distribution decisions after an investment period with unequal rates of returns. they provide evidence for the application of all three fairness norms among their subjects. however, their experiment addresses the question on how inequality of opportunities affects redistribution decisions only in parts. for this question it is important to know whether the different fairness norms also prevail in situations with equal opportunities or purely randomly determined investments . such a comparison reveals whether people it is important to distinguish between the desert principle and the provision of incentives. the latter implies a provision on the distribution of outcome before production has taken place while the former considers a distribution after production has taken place. inequity averse people in the sense of fehr and schmidt ( ) do not accept inequality in outcomes even if the differences depend on choices only. on the other hand, libertarian thinkers such as hayek ( ) are reluctant to accept redistribution even if luck has a strong impact on economic outcomes. make claims for more or less redistribution once they have correct information about the determinants of inequalities in opportunities. this comparison is particularly important in the context of inequalities in the access to education. educational choices depend on skills (or abilities) which are, at least to a certain degree, exogenous, unobservable and unevenly distributed productivity factors . nevertheless, skill premiums are widely tolerated and meritocratic societies claim that the most able citizens do constitute their elite. we also provide a new perspective on the analysis of taxation in economies with unequal opportunities. bovenberg and jacobs ( ) claim that governments face a trade-off between equity and efficiency with respect to the financing of education. subsidized education induces a more efficient labor supply but implies, ceteris paribus, redistribution from less intelligent, relatively poor individuals to smarter, richer ones. as a consequence, most developed economies use progressive taxation to mitigate income inequality in general, but they also subsidize education, even at highly selective universities. as mentioned above, any demand for redistribution depends on the beliefs about the roles of luck and effort in the generation of wealth, whether or not these beliefs are correct. alesina and la ferrara ( ) find that, in the united states at least, preferences for redistribution depend crucially on the individual belief in equal opportunity. alesina and angeletos ( ) show that international differences in beliefs about the source of inequality explain the differences in redistributive characteristics of tax regimes. the more people believe that luck determines income, the higher is the demand for redistribution. our results show that subjects�’ responses to unequal learning opportunities are similar to their responses when luck alone determines output. nevertheless, we find that the size of a subject�’s contribution has a significant impact on the allotment of the common pool. unsurprisingly, these �“moral property rights�” (as in gächter and riedl ( )) are particularly strong in the skill treatment but they are present even in the luck treatment.. we also observe that the differences in the bargaining behavior have an incentive effect, as subjects in the skill treatment produce more points than comparable subjects in the education treatment. these results suggest that full awareness about inequalities in opportunity makes people less productive and induces stronger claims for redistribution. the paper is structured as follows. the following section presents the experimental design. afterwards we provide behavioral predictions. section presents the results of the experiment. section summarizes the paper and provides concluding comments. therefore, bovenberg and jacobs ( ) claim that governments face a trade-off between equity and efficiency with respect to the financing of education. subsidized education induces a more efficient labor supply but implies, ceteris paribus, a redistribution from less intelligent, relatively poor individuals to smarter, richer ones experimental design in all treatments, we examine the negotiation of two group members about how to distribute a jointly owned common pool. there are three treatments, which differ in how the contribution to the common pool is determined: in the first treatment (the skill treatment), the individual contribution of a subject to the joint output was determined by her skills (more specifically her general knowledge). also in the second treatment (the education treatment), skill determined output. however, in this treatment one randomly chosen member in the group had the opportunity to enhance her relevant skills relative to the other member. in the third treatment (the luck treatment), luck determined the individual contribution. the experiment included three different phases, a learning phase, a production and contribution phase, and a negotiation phase. learning all subjects learned the correct answers for knowledge questions. we used multiple choice versions of questions from the german standard version of the quiz game �“trivial pursuit�” which includes questions on geography, entertainment, history, arts and literature, science and technology as well as sports. subjects they could display the correct answer of each question with a button. the treatments differed with respect to the number of questions a subject was familiar with from the learning phase. in the skill treatment, % of the questions from the learning period (i.e. out of ) reappeared in the production period. in the education treatment, one member in each group had learned % of the relevant questions while the other one had learned % (i.e. out of questions). in the luck treatment, each subject learned % of the relevant questions. in the skill and the luck treatment, the subjects were informed about the number of relevant questions at the beginning of the learning period. in the education treatment, the subjects were initially informed about the possible number of relevant questions. the actual assignment of the number of relevant questions and the information of the subjects occurred immediately after the learning period via the throw of a die. production and contribution to the common pool in the production phase each subject had to answer knowledge questions. in the production phase, the subjects could choose between possible answers. only one of the answers was correct. as trivial pursuit provides only the correct answers, the authors of this paper developed the alternatives on their own. the experiment included two payment components. the first component was dependent on the own absolute performance. a subject received . points for a correct answer, with one point being the equivalent of . euro (about . us dollar at the time of the experiment). a wrong answer implied a loss of . points. the subjects could also choose to leave a question unanswered. but once the subjects had made their choice for a question they could not return to that question. an unanswered question did not affect the number of points. if more answers were wrong than right, the payment was deducted from the show-up fee of euro. the second payment component was a subjects share from the common pool. the negotiation procedure will be discussed below. a subject´s contribution to the common pool was determined by the subject�’s rank among fellow participants in the session. in the skill and the education treatments, performance determined the rank, i.e., a more productive subject contributed more to the common pool. the subject with the lowest productivity in a session contributed points, the subject with the second lowest productivity points and so on. in sessions with participants, the most productive participant contributed points. we did not use the earned points as performance measure since it would be almost impossible to get comparable performance distributions across the treatments. in the luck treatment, in each session a two-stage random process determined the individual contributions of the subjects to the common pool in their specific group. a die determined high (contribution > points) and low contributors ( punkte). half of the subjects were in either condition. then, a lottery specified the actual size of the individual contributions . the realizations were independent of the individual productivity. hence, subjects in the luck treatment benefited from the production phase only via the income to their private account. after production, the subjects were matched into groups of two. in the skill treatment, the matching occurred at random. in the luck treatment, each group included one high contributor to the common pool and one low contributor. in the education treatment, one educated person was always matched with one uneducated person. the high differences in learned questions in this treatment ensured that all educated subjects were also high contributors. these groups now negotiated about the distribution of the common pool (see below). table summarizes the different treatments with respect to their characteristics in the learning and production phases. points or less in the case of low contributors, points or more in the case of high contributors. the possible contributions were ranked in steps of points, with as the lowest possible contribution and as the highest possible one. table : the phases of the experiment and the experimental treatments phases skill treatment education treatment luck treatment learning ( questions) % are relevant for production % are relevant for one group member % are relevant for the other group member % are relevant for production production private benefit questions to be answered . points reward for a correct answer. . points deduction for a wrong answer. contribution to common pool the number of earned points influences the contribution actual contribution between and according to a subject�’s productivity rank among the other subjects in the session actual contribution between and according to a random process matching into groups random. we analyze groups with one high contributor (> points) and one low contributor ( points) one educated person and one uneducated person. one high contributor (> points) and one low contributor ( points) negotiation each group member makes a proposal and a minimum demand. one of the two proposals is selected. the proposal is accepted if it exceeds the other person�’s minimum demand. negotiation the negotiation procedure was identical in all treatments. at the beginning of the phase all subjects were informed about the size of the common pool and the share they contributed to it. after that, each subject decided as a proposer and as a demander. in the former role, the subject proposed how to distribute the common pool by allocating percentage points to herself and the other group member. as a demander, the subject stated the minimum share for herself for accepting the proposal of the other player. a random mechanism determined which player in the group was the proposer. if the allotted share to the demander matched or exceeded the stated minimum, the proposal was accepted and the pool divided accordingly. if the allotted share was below the demand the negotiation failed in this round. this also happened when the proposal of the other player would have been accepted. if the negotiation failed, the procedure was repeated with a smaller common pool. six points were deducted from the common pool after each round with a failed negotiation. again a random mechanism decided whose proposal and whose demand was to be considered. all negotiations finished after a proposal had been accepted. no group exhausted their pool in the negotiations. behavioral predictions let us first consider standard prediction in the negotiation stage. before knowing their type, subjects have the same bargaining power and therefore they can and will enforce to get get half of the pie. thus, if the cake size equals c, a rational and selfish subjects accepts a proposal of least c/ - . therefore, this offer will be made. this implies that proposals and demands should not differ within and across the treatment groups. however, we expect that principles of distributive justice shape offers and minimum demands in specific ways within each treatment. several experimental studies have shown how luck and merit influence distribution preferences and negotiation outcomes (see for example hoffman et al. ( ), burrows and loomes ( ), ruffle ( ), konow ( ), or durante and putterman ( )). these studies suggest that distributional norms differ between the luck and the skill treatment. hence, we expect the following empirical results in our experiment. first, low (high) contributors make higher (lower) minimum demands in the luck treatment than in the skill treatment. second, low (high) contributors propose less (more) generous distributions to the other group member in the luck treatment than in the skill treatment. these distributions imply that, in the skill treatment, the correlation between proposals/demands and a subject�’s contributions to the common pool is significantly larger than in the luck treatment. the focus of our paper is on the education treatment. the egalitarian and the desert principles conflict in this treatment. the assignment of productivity-enhancing education occurs at random and supports the application of the egalitarian principle. however, each subject still has to produce and contribute to the common pool. moreover, the size of the individual contribution of each group member depends also on her productivity relative to the performance of the fellow (un-)educated participants. therefore, each individual has an impact on the size of the common pool. this impact provides a motive for the application of the desert principle. the experimental setup provides a clean environment for testing whether subjects consider a higher contribution via randomly assigned education as luck or as merit. we expect that demands and proposals in the education treatment are between those of the skill treatment and those of the luck treatment. it is an open question if the tendency is towards the former or the latter treatment. procedure and results the experiment was conducted at the lakelab at the university of konstanz. we programmed the experiment with z-tree (fischbacher, ) and recruited participants among the students of the university using orsee (greiner, ). all subjects received a show up-fee of euros (about . us-dollars at the time of the experiment (autumn and spring )) and additionally . euros per experimental point. in each treatment, all subjects received identical instructions, including comprehension questions. once all subjects had answered the questions correctly, the conductor of the experiment summarized the experiment in a standardized text again. all instructions were framed in a neutral way, they are attached in the appendix. we conducted sessions in total, eleven with subjects per session. one session in the skill treatment included only participants. subjects earned on average . euros, including the show up fee. table shows the number of subjects and the average contribution of the high contributor in each treatment. a high contributor is a person who contributed points or more to the common pool. note that the number of subjects in the skill treatment is almost twice as large as in each of the other treatments. in this treatment, we consider only subjects in those groups as relevant in which one subject contributed points or less and the other subject contributed or more points. this provision ensures that the size of the common pool is comparable across all treatments . therefore, we can denote the contribution in percentage points. the difference in mean contribution of high contributors between the skill and the education treatment is not significant (p = . , according to the wilcoxon rank sum test). table : number of subjects, common pool sizes and mean contribution of high contributors (in percentages) across the treatments treatment subjects groups common pool size contribution of the high contributor* mean st.dev mean st. dev skill all obs. . . . % . relevant** . . . % . education . . % . luck . . % . *the high contributor are the subjects whose contribution was in the upper half within the session. **in the skill treatment, the relevant observations are the subjects in groups with one high and one low contributor. these groups are comparable with the other treatments. first we investigate whether treatments differ with respect to the minimum demands. table provides the minimum demands of high and low contributors and their proposed share for themselves in each treatment. hence, it is also not a problem that in one session only subjects participated. the reduction in subjects just implies that the expected number of relevant observations is smaller in this session than in the other ones. table : minimum demands and proposals of high and low contributors across the treatments treatment subjects minimum demand of the high contributors proposal of the high contributors for herself mean st. dev mean st. dev skill . % . . % . education . % . . % . luck . % . . % . minimum demand of the low contributor proposal of the low contributor mean st. dev mean st. dev skill . % . . % . education . % . . % . luck . % . . % . minimum demand: minimum share of the common pool for the demanding subject. proposal: proposed share of the common pool for herself (i.e. not for the other group member). we find a significant difference in minimum demands between high contributors in the skill and in the luck treatment (wilcoxon rank sum test, p = . ). the difference between the low contributors in those treatments is not significant (p = . ). the demands of low contributors in the skill and in the education treatment differ significantly (wilcoxon rank sum test, p = . ). the proposals of the high contributors differ between the luck and the skill treatment (p = . ; according to the wilcoxon rank-sum test). low contributors in the skill treatment do not make significantly more generous proposals than those in the other treatments. the relationship between proposals (demands) and the contribution to the common pool provides more specific information about differences in distribution norms between the three treatments. we derive the role of individual contributions via ols estimations of the proposed share for the other player (own minimum demand) in each treatment, with the own share of production as the single independent variable. table shows the relationship in the three treatments. note that we subtract % from proposals, demands and production shares. thus the constant term in the regression output shows how proposals and demands deviate from an equal sharing of the common pool. table : ols estimations of first round proposals and demands in the different treatments (in %) dependent variable proposed share for herself (- %) minimum demand (- %) skill treatment share of production (- %) . (. )*** . (. )*** constant . (. )*** . (. ) adjusted r² . . education treatment share of production (- %) . (. )*** . (. )*** constant . ( . )*** . ( . ) adjusted r² . . luck treatment share of production (- %) . (. )*** . (. )*** constant . ( . )** - . ( . ) adjusted r² . . *** significance level p<. ; ** p<. ; n = in each ols estimation, standard errors in parentheses the results confirm the existence of �“moral property rights�” (gächter and riedl, ), as they show a strong relationship between contributions and proposals (demands) even in the luck treatment. most subjects accept that a randomly determined large contribution implies an entitlement to a rather high share of the common pool, even if the other player was luckier in her contribution. the production coefficients for proposals and demands are remarkably similar within each treatment. we then estimate if the impact of production shares on demands and proposals differs across the treatments. here we exploit the interaction terms between the treatment variables (luck and skill) and a subject�’s share of production (see table ). table : ols estimations of first round proposals and demands across all treatments. (in %), reference: education treatment dependent variable: proposed share for herself (- %) minimum demand (- %) share of production (- %) . (. )*** . (. )*** luck - . ( . ) - . ( . ) luck share of production (- %) -. (. ) . (. ) skill - . ( . ) -. ( . ) skill share of production (- %) . (. )*** . (. )*** constant . ( . )*** . ( . ) adjusted r² . . *** significance level p<. ; n = in each ols estimation, standard errors in parentheses the interaction terms (luck share of production and merit share of production) indicate if the impact of production shares on demands and proposals differs significantly across the treatments. the results show that individual contributions are more relevant for proposals and demands in the skill treatment than in the other two treatments . distributional preferences in the education are remarkably similar to those in the luck treatment. this result implies that subjects consider only the random access to education but not the differences in performance within each educational group when they make their proposals and demands in the education treatment. finally we focus on the adjusted r² for the ols estimations in table . they are larger in the skill treatment than in the other two treatments. we calculated the residuals for each of these ols estimations. an f-test reveals that the variance of these residuals in the skill treatment is much lower than in the other two treatments (the p-values for the differences in demand are all smaller than . ; for the differences in proposals they are smaller than . ). these differences indicate that there is a larger conflict of norms in the education and the luck treatment than in the skill treatment. note however that actual acceptance rates of first round proposals were similar in the skill and in the luck treatment ( . % and . %, respectively) but significantly lower in the education treatment ( . %, p = . , in comparison with the skill treatment, and p = . in comparison with the luck treatment). furthermore the actual a more detailed analysis and the descriptive statistics in table show that this difference in relevance of contributions between the skill and the other two treatments derives in particularly from differences among high contributors. the descriptive statistics in table suggest the same. however, due to the limited number of observations, significant results of such a detailed analysis obtain only for differences in demands but not proposals. number of bargaining rounds required to find an acceptable proposal did not differ across the treatments. about % of the groups find an agreement in round or . apparently, the anticipation of differences in bargaining behavior across the treatments affects behavior in the production period. the reader may recall that we standardized the contributions to the common pool in all treatments. in the skill as well as in the education treatment, the size of the contribution depended on the number of correctly answered questions. in the education treatment half of the subjects had learned % of the relevant questions, as did all subjects in the skill. because of the random assignment into the different treatment groups and into the specific role, the earnings in the production period (i.e. the responses to the questions) should not differ for these subjects. however, this is not the case. table shows the average performance in the production period across the treatments. the difference between the skill treatment and the �“uneducated�” subjects in the production period is significant at the % level . this difference suggests that subjects in the skill treatment have a stronger incentive to provide correct answers. one plausible explanation for this behavior is the expectation among subjects that individual performance is more relevant in the skill treatment than in the education treatment. moral property rights provide another explanation. uneducated subjects in the education treatment anticipate that they can contribute only up to points. participants in the skill treatment can contribute up to points. since the notion of moral property rights assigns higher shares to higher contributors they induce lower incentives for uneducated subjects in the education treatment. the difference between correct and wrong answers. p = . (wilcoxon rank-sum test). for the relevant observations, the p-value is . . table : number of subjects, share of learned answers and performance in the production period across the treatments treatment subjects share of learned answers performance in the production period st.dev skill all obs. % . . relevant obs. % . . education % . . % . . luck % . . the difference between correct and wrong answers determines the performance in the production period. summary and conclusion in this paper, we investigate how people respond to one of the most important sources of inequality, unequal access to education. in a real-effort experiment, subjects provide an effort, which determines their contribution to a common pool. in the subsequent negotiation stage, we assess how people distribute the contribution. depending on the treatment, luck, skill or random access to skill-enhancing education determined the size of the individual contributions. our subjects received clear information about these determinants of contribution. due to the experimental design, the size of individual contributions and the common pool did not vary systematically across the treatments. therefore, we could eliminate crucial confounds that restrict the analysis of inequalities of opportunities in previous survey and experimental studies. in all treatments, proposals and demands are correlated with individual contributions to the common pool, even if luck rather than innate or acquired skills determine the size of these contributions. individual contributions matter more when innate skill rather than luck determines outcomes. random access to skill-enhancing education turns out to be perceived similarly as the luck situation. subjects without access to such education make similar demands and proposals as those subjects with a randomly determined contribution. this similarity reveals that when the inequality in educational opportunities is salient, meritocratic criteria get out of focus. our results show that redistribution of outputs that are produced by saliently unequal opportunities is similar to redistribution after output created by luck alone. unequal opportunities increase redistribution and, therefore, reduce the incentives to provide high output. thus, public investments in education are less effective if there is not equal access to education. this implies that improved access to education can reduce inequality and increase social welfare. references alesina, a. and angeletos, g. m. "fairness and redistribution." the american economic review, , ( ), pp. - . alesina, a. and glaeser, e. l. fighting poverty in the us and europe: a world of difference. oxford university press, usa, . alesina, a. and la ferrara, e. "preferences for redistribution in the land of opportunities." journal of public economics, , ( - ), pp. - . benabou, r. and tirole, j. "belief in a just world and redistributive politics." quarterly journal of economics, , ( ), pp. - . bovenberg, a. l. and jacobs, b. "redistribution and education subsidies are siamese twins." journal of public economics, , ( - ). burrows, p. and loomes, g. "the impact of fairness on bargaining." empirical economics, , ( ), pp. - . cappelen, a. w.; hole, a. d.; sørensen, eØ and tungodden, b. "the pluralism of fairness ideals: an experimental approach." the american economic review, , ( ), pp. - . durante, r. and putterman, l. "preferences for redistribution and perception of fairness: an experimental study." working papers, . fehr, e. and schmidt, k. m. "a theory of fairness, competition, and cooperation*." quarterly journal of economics, , ( ), pp. - . greiner, b. "the online recruitment system orsee . �–a guide for the organization of experiments in economics." papers on strategic interaction, university of cologne, working paper series in economics, , . grossman, m. "education and nonmarket outcomes," e. hanushek and f. welch, handbook of the economics of education. amsterdam: elsevier science, , - . hayek, f. a. "the constitution of liberty," chicago: university of chicago press, . hoffman, e.; mccabe, k.; shachat, k. and smith, v. "preferences, property rights, and anonymity in bargaining games." games and economic behavior, , ( ), pp. - . konow, j. "fair shares: accountability and cognitive dissonance in allocation decisions." american economic review, , ( ), pp. - . ____. "a positive theory of economic fairness." journal of economic behavior & organization, , ( ), pp. - . ____. "which is the fairest one of all? a positive analysis of justice theories." journal of economic literature, , ( ), pp. - . lamont, julian and favor, christi. . "distributive justice," stanford encyclopedia of philosophy. http://plato.stanford.edu/entries/justice-distributive/. retrieved on , nov th piketty, t. "social mobility and redistributive politics." the quarterly journal of economics, , pp. - . psacharopoulos, g. and patrinos, h. a. "returns to investment in education: a further update." education economics, , ( ), pp. - . ruffle, b. j. "more is better, but fair is fair: tipping in dictator and ultimatum games." games and economic behavior, , ( ), pp. - . appendix a general instructions for all participants (translated from german) welcome to this economic experiment. if you read the following instructions carefully you will receive money in addition to the euro show-up fee. your earnings depend on your decisions and the decisions of other participants. hence, please read the instructions carefully. if you have any questions please contact us before the actual experiment starts. during the experiment, it is forbidden to talk with the other participants. we will exclude you from this experiment and any payment if you violate this rule. during the experiment we use points instead of euros. we calculate all your earnings in points and exchange them into euros at the end of the experiment. the exchange rate is point = , euro at the end of the experiment, we will pay you all your points and the show-up fee of euros in cash. now we will explain the precise procedure of the experiment. summary in this experiment you are a member in a group of persons. the experiment has three phases. first comes a learning phase in which you can acquire knowledge. in the following production phase both members of the group can earn points by using their knowledge. skill treatment education treatment luck treatment each person gets % of his produced points into a private account. each person earns additional rank points which depend on the production of this person in comparison with all other participants. the group members differ with respect to the benefit they receive from the learning period. a die determines how much each member benefits. each person gets % of his produced points in a private account. each person earns additional rank points which depend on the production of this person in comparison with all other participants. the remaining points will be substituted by points that you draw from an urn and which you have to pay into a group account. there is an urn with high point scores and an urn with low ones. a die decides from which urn you can draw. each person has to pay these rank points into a group account. in the third phase, the bargaining phase, the two group members negotiate about the distribution of this group account. learning phase in the learning phase you can prepare for the production phase. in the production phase your earnings increase in the number of correctly answered knowledge questions. in the learning phase you can learn some of these correct answers. we derived the questions from the game �“trivial pursuit�” and transformed them into multiple choice questions with four possible answers. you can also choose the option �“i do not know�”. we chose the questions randomly; they cover all areas of knowledge. in the learning phase, you can learn questions and their corresponding correct answers. the screen is structured as follows: there are pages with questions each on your screen. you can go from one page to another as you wish. the red buttons show you the correct answer for a specific question. in the top right corner you can see the remaining time. you have minutes time ( sec.). note that the questions in the production phase show up in a random sequence. you may not take notes, if you do we will exclude you from the experiment. after minutes you will move automatically into the production phase. lottery (only in the education treatment) at the beginning of the production phase, a die determines which group member benefits more strongly from the learning period. in each group, one member has learned % of the correct answers, the other member learns only % of them. a randomly chosen person in this room will throw a six sided die and type into her computer whether the number is odd or even. you will see on your screen how many answers you will learn with an odd number and how many with an even one. production phase the production phase lasts minutes. you can earn points by answering knowledge points correctly during this time. skill treatment education treatment luck treatment you have learned % of these questions. the die has determined whether you have learned % or % of these questions. you have learned % of these questions. the sequence of the questions is randomly determined. for a correct answer, you earn points. for an incorrect answer, you lose points. the option �“i do not know�” does not influence your score. you give your answer on a screen like this: on the top you see the number of answered questions. in the middle you see the question. below the questions you find buttons for the provided answers and the option �“i do not know�”. in the top right corner you can see the remaining time. private account and group account (in the skill and education treatments) at the end of the minutes the computer calculates how many points are in your private account and how many go into your group account. % of the produced points go into your private income. if your score is negative, we deduct the % from your show-up fee. we substitute the remaining points with rank points, which depend on your score and the score of the other participants. the computer ranks the participants according to the number of points they have produced. note that we rank all subjects (added in the education treatment: independent of the number of questions they have learned in the learning phase). the person with the lowest number of points receives rank points, the person with the second lowest number points, the person the third lowest number points and so on. the person with the highest number will receive points, if persons are in the lab. if or more persons have the same number of points, the computer assigns the rank points randomly. these assigned rank points go into the group account. information about the received rank points: if your point score is negative this has an impact on your private account but not on your group account. you will contribute at least rank points to your group account. example : you have answered questions correctly and incorrectly. you earned points. the other group member has correct answers and wrong ones. she earned points. in comparison with the other participants you have earned the seventh lowest number of points, the other member the third lowest number. your private income: % of = points private income of the other member: % of = points your income in rank points the seventh lowest point score: = rank points the income of the other member in rank points the third lowest point score: = rank points your group’s account: rank points + rank points = points example : you have answered questions correctly and incorrectly. you earned - points. the other group member has correct answers and wrong ones. she earned points. in comparison with the other participants you have earned the lowest number of points, the other member the eighth lowest number. your private income: % of - = - point private income of the other member: % of = points your income in rank points the lowest point score: = rank points the income of the other member in rank points the eigth lowest point score: = rank points your group’s account: rank points + rank points = points this calculation is identical for all subjects. you will see it on your screen. you will receive information about your private account and how much each group member has contributed to the group account (in rank points as well as in shares (%)). you keep your private earnings. you will bargain with the other group member about the distribution of the group account in the next phase. private account and group account (in the luck treatment) at the end of the minutes the computer calculates how many points are in your private account and how many go into your group account. % of the produced points go into your private income. if your score is negative, we deduct the % from your show-up fee. we substitute the remaining points with points you have drawn from an urn. points from the urn and the group account your draw from the urn depends on the urn you draw from. there are two different urns. in the low urn you can draw between and points. in the high urn, you can draw between and points. a die decides from which urn you may draw. a randomly chosen person in the lab throws a six-sided die and types into his computer whether the resulting number is odd or even. your screen shows you from which urn you may draw in case of an odd number and from which in case of an even one. in each group of two persons, one person can draw from the high urn and one from the low urn. the conductors of the experiment will go around with the urn and you can make your draw. you will type the drawn number of points into the following screen. these points substitute your remaining points from the production phase. in the first line is the number of points you collected in the production phase. below you see the number of points in your private account and the number of points which will be substituted with points from the urn. the points from the urn go into a group account. since the potential draws are distributed between and points, you contribute at least points into the group account. example : you have answered questions correctly and incorrectly. you earned points. the other group member has correct answers and wrong ones. she earned points. your private income: % of = points private income of the other member: % of = points you were able to draw from the high urn and drew points. the other group member had to draw from the low urn and drew points. these points substitute the remaining points from the production phase. your group’s account: urn points + urn points = points this calculation is identical for all subjects. you will see it on your screen. you receive information about your private account and how much each group member has contributed to the group account (in rank points as well as in shares (%)). you keep your private earnings. you bargain with the other group member about the distribution of the group account in the next phase. bargaining phase in the bargaining phase both group members bargain about the distribution of the points in the group account. negotiations proceed as follows. there exists a role a and a role b. the group member with role a proposes a distribution of the points in the group account. the member with role b makes a claim for a minimum share of the group account that she wants to receive. if the proposed share of a for b is equal to or exceeds the minimum share demanded by b, the proposal of a is accepted and the negotiation ends. negotiation fails if the proposed share is smaller than the minimum demand. in this case, points are withdrawn from the group account and a new bargaining round starts. the bargaining phase can go on for several rounds until an agreement or until the group account is empty. in each round, roles a and b are assigned randomly to the group members. detailed procedure of a bargaining round . decision as a: first both group members make a proposal about the distribution of the group account by stating a share (in percentages) for themselves and a share for the other group member. . decision as b: in this second step, both group members state the minimum share of the group account they want to receive. . afterwards, a lottery decides which member has role a and which member has role b. . the computer compares the proposal of a with the minimum demand of b: a. an agreement is reached if the proposal of a is equal to or larger than b�’s minimum demand. in this case the points in the group account are distributed according to a�’s proposal. b. there is no agreement if a�’s proposal is smaller than b�’s minimum demand. in this case the group account is reduced by points and a new bargaining round starts. . in the next bargaining round both group members make a proposal for the distribution of the group account and a minimum demand. . again, a lottery decides the assignment of roles a and b. . the computer compares the proposal of a with the minimum demand of b: the experiment ends once the group members reach an agreement or the group account is empty. in the latter case, no one receives a payment from the group account. example : there are points on the group account – from you and from the other group member. both group members bargain about the distribution of this group account by making a proposal and a minimum demand. your distribution proposal (for role a): % for you and % for the other group member your minimum demand (for role b): at least % for you the distribution proposal of the other member(for role a): % for herself and % for you. her minimum demand (for role b): at least % for herself a lottery decides that you are in role a and the other group member in role b. a comparison between your proposal and the minimum demand of the other group member shows that there is no agreement in this bargaining round. you proposed % to the other member, but she demanded at least %. example : there are, again, points on the group account – from you and from the other group member. both group members bargain about the distribution of this group account by making a proposal and a minimum demand. your distribution proposal (for role a): % for you and % for the other group member your minimum demand (for role b): at least % for you the distribution proposal of the other member(for role a): % for herself and % for you. her minimum demand (for role b b): at least % for herself a lottery decides that you are in role a and the other group member in role b. a comparison between your proposal and the minimum demand of the other group member shows that there is an agreement in this bargaining round. you proposed % to the other member, and she demanded at least %. the bargaining procedure on your screen. you type your proposal in the following screen. in the top left corner you see the contribution of each group member into the group account (in points). in the top right corner you see the current number of points in the group account and the current bargaining round. below this information, you can make your proposal for role a. you will type your minimum demand in the following screen. in the top left corner is the contribution of each group member into the group account (in points). in the top right corner is the current number of points in the group account and the current bargaining round. below this information, you can make your minimum demand for role b. a lottery decides which member has role a and which member has role b. the computer compares the proposal of a with the minimum demand of b: the bargaining ends once the group members reach an agreement or the group account is empty. at the end of the bargaining, you can see your income and the experiment ends. training questions (from the education treatment: we adapted the questions for the other treatments) please answer the following questions. they do not affect your final payment. please signal if you have questions or once you have completed the answers. ) in the production phase, you knew % of the questions from the learning phase. you have answered questions correctly and incorrectly. the other group member knew % of the questions and has answered questions correctly and incorrectly. a. how many points are in your private account? ________________________ b. how many points are in the private account of the other group member? ______________ ) you earned points in the production period, the other group member . in comparison with the other participants, you have the fifth lowest score and the other member the second lowest. a. how many rank points do you get? __________________ b. how many rank points does the other group member get? ________ c. how many points are in the group account? __________________ ) after the production phase, your group has points in its account. you propose a share of % for yourself and % for the other group member and the lottery assigns role a to you. the other group member demands at least % for herself. a. is there an agreement? __________________________________ b. if yes, how many points will you get? _______ c. if yes, how many points will the other group member get? _______ ) at the beginning of the third bargaining round, there are points on your group account. you have been assigned to role a and you proposed % of the group account for yourself and % for the other group member. this member demanded (in role b) at least % for herself. therefore, bargaining fails and a new bargaining round starts. a. how many points are on the group account at the beginning of the fourth bargaining round? _____________________ learning and peer effects gerald eisenkopf research paper series thurgau institute of economics no. september text : konstanzer online-publikations-system (kops) urn: http://nbn-resolving.de/urn:nbn:de:bsz: -opus- url: http://kops.ub.uni-konstanz.de/volltexte/ / / wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk params is empty sys_ exception wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk no params is empty exception params is empty / / - : : if (typeof jquery === "undefined") document.write('[script type="text/javascript" src="/corehtml/pmc/jig/ . . /js/jig.min.js"][/script]'.replace(/\[/g,string.fromcharcode( )).replace(/\]/g,string.fromcharcode( ))); // // // window.name="mainwindow"; .pmc-wm {background:transparent repeat-y top left;background-image:url(/corehtml/pmc/pmcgifs/wm-nobrand.png);background-size: auto, contain} .print-view{display:block} page not available reason: the web page address (url) that you used may be incorrect. message id: (wp-p m- .ebi.ac.uk) time: / / : : if you need further help, please send an email to pmc. include the information from the box above in your message. otherwise, click on one of the following links to continue using pmc: search the complete pmc archive. browse the contents of a specific journal in pmc. find a specific article by its citation (journal, date, volume, first page, author or article title). http://europepmc.org/abstract/med/ semenya revised mcp article / / doing epistemic (in) justice to semenya abstract: in august , caster semenya won the women’s m event at the international association of athletics federations world championships in berlin. this victory became a global news story not because semenya was a newcomer to athletics who had outperformed an established field – but because of the fact that before the race she had been asked to undergo tests to determine whether or not she was a woman. this article uses a hermeneutics of suspicion to argue that the controversy surrounding semenya was based on a set of assumptions that, although incorrect, drew on hegemonic understandings of sex and gender that dominate the discourse of sport, and were adopted by the media without question. as a consequence, semenya became the victim of what miranda fricker has termed epistemic injustice – a condition that arises when individuals or experiences are marginalized as a result of the absence of concepts and language that would enable us to articulate reality differently. key words: athletics, bbc, dsd, gender verification, intersex, sex testing, sport. framing the issue on august , year-old south african caster semenya won the final of the women’s m at the international association of athletics federations (iaaf) world championships in berlin with a time of : : . what made this victory a global news story was not that semenya was a relative newcomer to international athletics who had finished well ahead of an established field. rather, coverage focused on whether semenya should have been allowed to compete at all, as it was public knowledge that before the race the iaaf had demanded that she undergo tests to determine whether or not she was a woman. over the following months a number of stories appeared across the media, based on assumptions drawn from the framework established by the sports / / community – in particular that any evidence of maleness in a female body would confer an inherent advantage over any body that was exclusively female. this view passed without question from the sporting community (notably the athletics governing body the iaaf and other athletes) via the media into public discourse, and structured all the coverage surrounding the case – even that of pre-eminent public service broadcaster the bbc who, rather than seeking to hold the athletics authorities to account, fell into the trap of accepting the paradigm offered at the expense of delivering coverage that offered a fair and balanced analysis of the issues. the assumptions on which the bbc assumed there was consensus can be summed up as follows: (i) semenya’s performance on august was so exceptional as to raise doubts that it could have been achieved by a ‘normal’ woman. (ii) an appropriate response to concerns over exceptional female performance is to require the athlete to undergo a series of tests to determine whether or not she is ‘truly’ a woman. (iii)that if sex testing showed that her body in any way differed from that of a ‘normal’ woman, then she would have an unfair advantage over her fellow competitors. i propose to show that, although drawing on hegemonic understandings of sex and gender that are particularly prevalent in sport – a discourse based on the notion of a fundamental and deterministic binary model of sexual difference, combined with an assumption that men have an inbuilt athletic superiority - all three of these are incorrect. responding to foucault’s call to ‘think differently’ ( : ) this article seeks to address the semenya controversy through a hermeneutics of suspicion, an approach that seeks to expose untenable claims by suspecting the credibility of the superficial text (pepa, ). the original masters of suspicion (as named by paul ricoeur) were marx, nietzsche and freud. more recently marcella althaus-reid, drawing attention to the importance of / / questioning the taken-for-granted that has underpinned the most significant contributions to feminist and queer thinking, has cited judith butler, mary daly and luce irigary as contemporary masters (or should that be mistresses?) of suspicion ( : ). in what follows i will invoke my own masters of suspicion, scholars whose goal is nothing short of overturning what is perhaps one of the last remaining grand narratives – that there are two (and only two) sexes, that each of us fits neatly into one or the other, and that if the borders between the two are transgressed then something is wrong and needs to be corrected. because the bbc (along with the media more generally) followed the lead of the iaaf in accepting the above assumptions, the controversy surrounding caster semenya becomes a paradigm case of what miranda fricker has termed epistemic injustice - an injustice caused by “structural prejudice” ( : ). fricker’s invocation of this term enables us to address the discourse that surrounded semenya without implying that either the iaaf or bbc media coverage intended to harm the athlete, or were even aware that they might be doing so – even though our common-sense understandings of sex and gender make harm the inevitable result of calling into question someone’s right to membership of what is seen as a clear-cut biological category. fricker’s work is important to my analysis, as her feminist epistemology can be linked to critiques of the science that have informed the development of our understanding of the biologically sexed body. in arguing that her task is to ask questions “in the context of socially situated accounts of our epistemic practice” (p. ), fricker acknowledges that the term ‘socially situated’ originates in the work of feminist philosopher of science donna haraway. haraway also proposed the term material-semiotic in an attempt to reconcile, in the light of a post-kuhnian approach to science, the problem of accounting simultaneously for the historical contingency of knowledge claims while maintaining a “no-nonsense commitment to faithful accounts of a “real” world” (haraway, : ). the same insistence on recognising the linked nature of both the material reality of biology and the influence of culture in framing the paradigms through which we understand the real world is also central to the work of anne fausto-sterling, whose myths of gender ( ), sexing the body ( ) and numerous articles have been central to drawing attention to / / inadequacies of the two-sex model of the body. this commitment to ‘reality’ is also important to fricker, who recognizes that what she describes as “the extremist bent in so much postmodernist writing” ( : ) has resulted in the exclusion from anglo- american epistemology of theorizing that politicizes epistemic practice, on the grounds that such thinking was necessarily allied with a relativistic position – regarded as anathema in the anglo-american tradition. in the work of fricker, epistemic injustice takes two forms – testimonial and hermeneutic. she sees the former – in which identity prejudice on the part of the hearer causes them to give the speaker less credibility – as the most common. yet it is the second form which interests me, as hermeneutical injustice results from a “gap in collective interpretive resources” (p. ) with the result that, because of hermeneutical impoverishment, “both speaker and hearer are labouring with the same inadequate tools” (p. , my emphasis). by this, fricker means that the injustice is committed unknowingly because, collectively, we do not have the intellectual tools to unpick the assumptions inherent in the discourse. the result is a “hermeneutical darkness” (p. ) in which some people and experiences are marginalized as a result of the absence of concepts and language that would enable us to articulate reality differently. yet fricker is also clear that hermeneutical injustice is not merely a case of what she calls ‘epistemic bad luck’. in the case of hermeneutical injustice it is no accident that the experience of the hermeneutically marginalised falls “down the hermeneutical cracks” – as “the whole engine of collective social meaning [is] effectively geared to keeping these obscured experiences out of sight” (p. ), for at the heart of epistemic injustice lies a structural inequality of power. binary sex and the sporting body sport brings the two-sex narrative into sharp relief. reflecting on the discourses that govern the production of the sporting body, susan birrell and cheryl l. cole have noted that sport is not only a gender-producing, gender-affirming system – it is also a difference producing system. in this way it becomes one of the major sites for the naturalization of / / sex and gender differences, with the implication that superior athletic prowess is the natural domain of men ( : - ). raymond boyle and richard haynes note that sport has always been a sexual battlefield, with biological difference being central to the construction of sport in society, and essentialist ideas of the body being maintained more frequently in sports discourse than in any other public domain ( : - ). deborah stevenson agrees – suggesting that sport is a site where men can affirm physical, symbolic and economic dominance over women ( : ). it follows from this that hegemonic notions of masculinity and femininity are central to representations in both men’s and women’s sport, and that failure to conform to norms of physical appearance results in disciplining by the sports community, of which sports journalism is an influential pillar. the consequence is that: “women who breach the boundaries of sports femininity and appear too muscular, powerful – or, indeed, too good – are subjected to subtle forms of discipline which ensure that they and their sport do not threaten the superiority of men” (stevenson, : ). corey johnson and beth kivel have pointed out that the discourse of sport reflects a set of social structures that make dominant hegemonic categories seem natural, with gender grounded in an interpretation of two exclusive sexes ( : ), while andrew sharpe has gone further and argued that sport is the discourse in which the naturalization of two discrete biological sexes is most firmly entrenched ( : - ). laura wackwitz notes that the near equation of sex with gender remains largely unquestioned in the international athletic community so that “the three terms “sex testing”, “gender verification”, and “femininity testing” are used nearly interchangeably by olympic officials, athletes and reporters for the popular press” ( : ). while sport may link these terms unproblematically, the nature of their relationship has been a source of debate and tension within feminist theory since the advent of the second wave when simone de beauvior opened book two of the second sex (titled ‘woman’s life today’), with the claim that “one is not born, but rather becomes a woman” ( : ). de beauvoir’s work marked the starting point of a turn towards constructionism that sought to separate out the cultural inscription of gender from the biology of the sexed body. this move resonated with the turn to postmodernism and the privileging of / / language that (in the field of feminist theory) is frequently seen to reach its apogee with judith butler’s gender trouble ( ), which put forward a performative theory of gender, expanded on in bodies that matter, where butler sought to argue that there was no sex that was not already gender, and that “the regulatory norms of “sex” work in a performative fashion to constitute the materiality of bodies” (butler, : ). yet what was seen as the extreme linguistic relativism of butler’s work was contemporary with a turn to ‘corporeal feminism’ as exemplified by the work of elizabeth grosz ( ) and moira gatens ( ) that sought to reintroduce questions of the body into the heart of feminist thinking. this psychoanalytically and philosophically informed work developed alongside work by feminist biologists that sought to draw attention to the complexity of sex determination. leading the field was anne fausto-sterling whose work has, over the past twenty-five years, sought to bring to light the lack of substance behind ideas about biologically-based sex differences (see fausto-sterling, , , , for key examples of her contribution to the debate). taking a lead from grosz’ work on the relationship of body and mind, fausto-sterling appropriates the analogy of the möbius strip to consider how biology and culture flow together in determining our understanding of the sexed body (fausto-sterling, : - ). in the absence, in public discourse, of this sophisticated understanding of the relationship between sex and gender that has developed – and is continuing to develop – in gender studies, and with the imposition of femininity as the definitive marker of womanhood, the physical appearance of women sports personalities becomes key to their acceptability to fellow athletes and the sports-loving public. while what constitutes the acceptable female sporting body varies from sport to sport, there remains a core femininity that requires appropriate dress, adornment, deportment and interest in things ‘girly’ (notably clothes and shopping). given the controversy surrounding her, it is perhaps no surprise that semenya falls foul of this discourse. based on her appearance alone, certain sections of the uk press had no doubt that she was not a woman. tabloid newspaper the sun reported her victory with the headline ‘ m and two veg’, while the ‘quality’ daily telegraph likened both her voice and looks to those of former world heavyweight boxing champion frank bruno (mcrae, ). / / even donald mcrae’s sympathetic article in guardian sport, published in november when the iaaf findings on semenya were believed to be imminent, is redolent with phrases that note the way in which semenya displays many of the signifiers of masculinity. from noting that, from a distance, even her coach cannot tell if she is a boy or a girl, mcrae continues by referring to her “crunching” handshake, her muscled frame (in contrast with which britain’s jenny meadows – who took bronze in the m on august – “looked diminutive and slight”), and her “girly lament” about not being able to go shopping any more “sounding heart-wrenching when uttered in her relatively gruff voice”. he also reports how from a young age “caster was teased and mocked as a tomboy” and how her former headmaster reports that while she tried different hairstyles he had never seen her in a skirt or dress – “always trousers”, creating a narrative in which semenya has always been different (mcrae, ). the comments surrounding semenya’s appearance, and lack of appropriate feminine behaviour, highlight the way in which sport (and sports journalism) pursues a particular narrative of what it means to be a woman, and requires participants to overcompensate in their performance of femininity in order to conform to an understanding of gender that makes athletic physicality inconsistent with womanliness. this means the more successful the athlete the more they need to dispel anxiety about their place in the hierarchy of sexual difference. if we adopt the traditional (albeit simplistic) distinction of seeing sex as biological and gender as cultural, it is clear that semenya failed to ally suspicion about her sex through her performance of gender, with even the anc (who were vocal in her support) acknowledging her masculine build (bbc sport, b). yet the iaaf side-stepped the issue of her appearance (as, indeed, the controversy sought to side-step issues of race), insisting that it was her allegedly world-beating times that had prompted their concerns and led to the request that she undergo a series of tests to establish her biological sex. but were these times really so exceptional that – had they not been accompanied by comments about her appearance – warning bells would have sounded? / / an impossible performance for a woman? one of the key assumptions that dominated coverage of semenya was that her performance was so exceptional that it called into question the possibility that it had been achieved by a ‘normal’ woman. the most consistent feature of bbc sport’s reporting of the controversy was its repeated reference to her margin of victory in the m final. between august and november the sports section of bbc news online ran nine articles on semenya (bbc sport, a,b,c,d,e,g,h,i,j) with a further article consisting of an interview with indian athlete santhi soundarajan who had been banned from international athletics by the indian olympic association in following a failed gender test (bbc sport, f). five of the articles noted that semenya had broken zola budd’s south african record [of : : ] set in , and all nine drew attention to the fact that semenya had beaten defending iaaf world champion janeth jepkoskei by almost . seconds. yet one name absent from the coverage was pamela jelimo, the kenyan athlete who took the gold medal in the m at the beijing olympics. born in december jelimo is only months older than semenya – so she was almost exactly the same age in august as semenya was in august . and jelimo’s athletic prowess casts semenya’s success in a rather different light. jelimo won her olympic gold with a time of : : , a time she bettered later that month (august ) in zurich when she ran a time of : : ( : seconds faster than semenya ran in berlin). moreover – like semenya – jelimo came ‘out of nowhere’. lauded by the iaaf as the golden girl of athletics, the following comes from the iaaf yearbook: in four months jelimo went from unknown runner to olympic gold medallist. … jelimo began the year as a raw novice who finished th in the kenyan junior cross country championship. she was not even among the athletes listed in the peter matthews edited international track and field annual for . but from april to september , she proved unstoppable, winning all of her races. she became kenya’s first olympic women’s athletics champion, took the african title, scooped $ m as the only athlete unbeaten in six golden league meetings, and triumphed at the world athletics final. yet that was only half the story. from the moment she first made her mark on the world athletics tour, in hengelo in may, / / jelimo was a record-breaking machine. she lowered the world junior record five times and the african record four times. (http://www.iaaf.org.news/kind= /newsid= .html.) the article continues by quoting sebastian coe (former world record holder in the men’s m), who praises jelimo as a “stunning talent” with the potential to break jarmila kratochvilova’s m world record time of : : set in ( . seconds faster than semenya ran in berlin). it seems astonishing that bbc coverage fails to make any mention of an athlete who, just one year earlier, would have left semenya –if not trailing in the dust – at least some way behind, but who at the berlin world championships was eliminated during the heats. what this makes clear is that – contrary to the implications of statements made by the iaaf and subsequent media coverage - semenya’s performance does not overshadow that of her fellow competitors. yes, her performance at m in was far better than her closest rivals that year. but looked at in a broader context, and with only a marginally longer timescale, there are other women athletes whose performance is at least comparable, and even superior, but whose sex/gender has not been publicly called into question. indeed, semenya’s own performance record in her other event, the m, provides no grounds for regarding her as mysteriously exceptional. much was made of the vast improvement she made over m between and , during which she knocked more than seven seconds off her personal best. not surprisingly, similar improvement took place in her performance at m. in her best time at this distance was : : run in rustenburg on march. on august , at the african junior athletics championships in bambous, she ran : : . semenya did not enter the m in berlin. yet had she done so she would have needed a significant improvement on even this performance if she were to have finished ahead of maryam yusuf jamal who won the event in a time of : : . indeed the first eight runners in the m final finished with times better than semenya’s personal best. making reference to this would, once again, have cast semenya’s case in a very different light by contextualising the level of her performance, yet the bbc either did not pursue this line of enquiry – or chose to ignore it in favour of a more simplistic and sensational story. / / if the most repeated aspect of bbc coverage of semenya’s performance in berlin was her margin of victory, the story soon developed into attempts to explain the reason for this and the nature of her supposed advantage. on august, in what was described as a ‘new twist’ to the ‘saga’ bbc sport reported that tests had revealed semenya to have higher than normal testosterone levels (bbc sport, c,e). later reports noted that the bbc understood that tests were likely to show semenya had an ‘intersex’ status (bbc sport, e,f,h), explaining this to mean that the subject has both male and female sex characteristics. how these might manifest was never specified – but as it is accepted that semenya’s external sex characteristics are female (at birth no one questioned that she was a girl) the implication (although never stated as such) must be that her internal sex organs are male (testes) rather than female (ovaries) - leaving the reader to conclude that this, in itself, is sufficient to confer an unfair advantage on the athlete on the assumption that any evidence of maleness would inevitably confer a degree of competitive superiority over an entirely female body. yet this is widely disputed by those who understand the range of intersex conditions and their varied effects on human physiology (opie, ; ritchie, et. al. ). even if semenya does have an increased level of testosterone, any intersex condition she might have makes it almost certain that it would provide no unfair advantage. but does she have an exceptionally high testosterone level? in its report on the ‘new twist’ to the ‘semenya gender saga’ the bbc leads with the news that the athlete’s testosterone levels have been reported as being three times those normally expected in the female population (bbc sport, c). the report goes on to state that it was this high level of testosterone – detected by tests undertaken in south africa – that contributed to the iaaf decision to have further tests carried out. this is subsequently linked to a “hermaphroditic or intersex condition” (bbc sport, e). but the ‘normal’ level for male testosterone is ten times the ‘normal’ female level (connor, ). context clearly matters here, as a comparison between semenya and men would cast her test results in a very different light to a comparison with other women. but the bbc fails to provide this framing and leaves the public to draw an inappropriate inference from a fact taken out of context. / / fausto-sterling ( : - ) provides grounds to question the significance attached to the role of hormones in sex determination, but even without taking the hermeneutics of suspicion that far, we can say that the reality is that testosterone levels vary widely not only between men and women but also within male and female populations. it is inevitable that some women will have higher than ‘normal’ levels – just as it is inevitable that, for some women, their level of testosterone will be lower than ‘normal’. moreover, sporting competition is rife with inherent – natural - differences that confer competitive advantage on some participants. sharpe notes that factors such as heart size, lung capacity, muscle mass and body fat often traverse, rather than parallel, the division of sex ( : ), and david mcardle highlights the problems involved in applying the concept of the ‘average’ person to sport, as those involved will usually possess physiques, strength and levels of stamina that are above average, almost by definition. he notes that six-foot plus biological women with considerable stamina are not exceptional, particularly in elite sport, and that in february all top female tennis players in the world were at least cm above average height (mcardle, : - ). similarly, mandy merck ( ) has noted the range of genetic advantages (such as the height of basketball players) that sport accommodates without question. expecting ‘normality’ in an elite athlete is a contradiction in terms. nevertheless, in the mid- s a concern with ‘fairness’ resulted in the introduction of compulsory sex testing in international athletics, and the insistence in sport that it is possible to find a definitive test for womanhood . over the years a variety of techniques were used, but as wackwitz has noted “each advance in screening technology has failed to provide a definitive and undisputable marker of the category “woman”” ( : ). recognising that there was no definitive way to distinguish between male and female bodies, in the iaaf abandoned the notion of compulsory sex testing, with the ioc following suit after the olympic games in atlanta in . / / the challenge of determining sex sex testing of female athletes began during the cold war in response to concerns that a small number of athletes from countries of the eastern bloc might be deliberately masquerading as women in order to gain competitive advantage and bring glory to their respective countries. the european athletics championships saw the introduction of ‘nude parades’ in which all female competitors were required to appear before a panel of three women doctors who confirmed they possessed female genitalia. all those attending the parade passed the visual inspection, although five east european world record holders suddenly withdrew from competition – including russian sisters irina and tamara press, who between them had dominated a variety of track and field events in the and s, achieving world records and winning six olympic gold medals (ritchie et. al., ; skirstad, ). with the possible exception of those athletes who decided not to turn up in , testing has never identified an individual deliberately misrepresenting their gender, although it has created embarrassment for competitors whose bodies have, unknowingly, been found not to conform in a straightforward way to the two-sex model of sexual difference. in this context, it is important to note that the iaaf has never suggested that semenya deliberately misrepresented herself as a woman. as the first report from the bbc made clear, iaaf spokesman nick davies was adamant that the situation in which the athlete found herself was not her fault, and recognised that telling someone who had been brought up female that they were, in fact, a man was a very serious issue (bbc sport, a). it is agreed by all that semenya’s birth certificate registered her as female, that she had been brought up as a girl, and showed no evidence of external male genitalia. this raises an intriguing question. is it possible to be brought up as a woman, but actually to be something different and not know it? the answer is yes. it is a commonplace that the first question asked about a baby is “is it a boy or a girl?”. in the vast majority of cases the answer is given immediately on the basis of an inspection of the child’s external genitalia. only when this appears ambiguous do questions arise – at which point the situation is treated as an emergency and steps are taken to resolve the / / uncertainty (chase, ; hird, ). yet as the iaaf acknowledged, sex determination is not quite that simple, as underlying non alignment of adrenal, hormonal and genetic function does not always result in the development of visually ambiguous sex (holmes, : ). as nick davies indicated, sex testing is “extremely complex”. in semenya’s case it would involve an endocrinologist, a gynaecologist, an internal medicine expert, an expert on gender and a psychologist, and the results would not be known for several weeks – or, as it turns out, months (bbc sport a). while experts in the field would agree with davies’ assessment of the range of factors involved, many are less likely to agree that there would – eventually – be a definitive outcome. despite this, the only expert quoted in the bbc sport reporting, john wass, professor of endocrinology at oxford university, seemed not only to think that any tests would be conclusive – but that determination is simpler than the iaaf indicate. according to wass there are three aspects that determine whether a person is a man or a woman: chromosomal sex (which can be decided in about a fortnight on the basis of a few cells scraped from inside the mouth and which show xx for a woman and xy for a man), what your external genitals look like, and, finally, what you feel you are (bbc sport b). no mention is made of the fact that these three aspects might not align. however, the medical community agrees that there are eight criteria to be taken into account in determining sex (ljungqvist, : ), and while it is common for these to align, it is not a requirement that they do so. the many ways in which this non- alignment may manifest have tended to be known, collectively, as intersex conditions (the term adopted in bbc journalism) and became politicized in the mid s through campaigning by the intersex society of north america (isna) that, encouraged by the publicity generated by an article in the new york times by anne fausto-sterling that argued for five sexes (fausto-sterling, ), sought to end early medical intervention that claimed to ‘fix’ children born with any kind of bodily anomaly on the grounds that such interventions were rarely necessary on medical grounds and tended to do more harm than good (chase, ). but while the late twentieth and early twenty-first centuries / / saw the flowering of a framework for intersex that sought to confront a world informed by the premise of defect rather than of neutral variation (holmes, : ), more recently the movement has begun to lose ground to a more medicalized outlook. while the underlying issues of biology have not changed the hermeneutics have, as suspicion is once again replaced by pathologization, with moves to have the value-neutral term intersex replaced by that of disorders of sexual development. as alyson k. spurgas notes: the discursive shift to dsd signifies not only the distancing of intersex from radical glb, trans and other queer identity movements, it also heralds a new mode of association and identity around the medicalized body and a new understanding and way of living in the body itself ( : ). in the isna renamed itself the accord alliance and switched to the exclusive use of the nomenclature of dsd, although not all other activist organisations have followed suit. much of the current debate draws on the fact that for many of those born with intersex conditions “this physical atypicality in no way compromises normative gender identity” (spurgas, : ), so that they are anxious not to find themselves allied in any way with those who seek to politicize their condition and feel uncomfortable being included under the banner of queer. framing intersex as a disorder marks a biopolitical shift that puts the focus on disciplining and normalizing bodies that fail to conform to a two-sex system. it also allows the intellectual framework within which non-binary sexual development is discussed to shift from the paradigm of queer theory to that of disability studies – perceived by many as inherently more respectable. yet the intellectual shift from queer to disability may not prove to be the paradigm change it initially appears, as crip theory emerges as a discourse that seeks to politicize disability and focus on the challenges it poses for notions of bodily ability and related notions of normality (mcruer, ). while the debate between the paradigms of intersex and dsd continues to play out in the theoretical literature, the evidence is that the international olympic committee has opted to embrace the medicalized framework of dsd. in february bbc news reported / / on a meeting of the ioc general assembly where the head of its medical commission, professor arne ljungqvist, recommended that “strategically located centres of excellence should be established to which athletes with a dsd could be referred and, if necessary, further investigated and treated” (bbc news, a). in contrast to the bbc sport reporting, this report balanced the views of professor ljungqvist with recognition that the terms now being used – “eligibility, diagnosis, disorder, treatment and surgery” – had triggered alarm throughout the sporting world, particularly given that the ioc did not accompany its pronouncements on the possibility of compelling some athletes to undergo treatment with any indication of the criteria that would be used to determine gender, or even a reassurance that such treatment would only be required if it were demonstrated that any anomaly conferred an advantage. additionally, by framing any disorder of sexual development as a defect that not only can – but should – be treated even if there is no medical reason to do so, the ioc is contributing to a discourse that pathologizes the sex-variant body and produces the very stigma that the majority of those with variant bodies are seeking to avoid, and that drives their reluctance to be part of a queer alliance. what next for semenya? a bbc report posted online on june indicated that caster semenya would learn that day whether she would be able to resume her career (bbc sport, c), but a little over an hour later the page was updated to report that the news conference intended to announce the verdict had been cancelled (bbc sport, d). both the june reports reminded readers of semenya’s margin of victory the previous august. the decision of the iaaf on semenya’s eligibility to compete as a woman – originally scheduled for november – was announced finally at the beginning of july . the announcement stated “the iaaf accepts the conclusion of a panel of medical experts that she can compete with immediate effect. please note that the medical details of the case remain confidential” (bbc sport, e). in case anyone had forgotten the earlier coverage the report again noted semenya’s . second margin of victory over defending champion janeth jepkosgei. the same day, on his bbc blog, sports correspondent gordon farquhar posted that, although it had never been confirmed, he was convinced that the athlete had undergone treatments “for some kind of inter-sex condition” and that / / she was now in a position to compete without unfair advantage (farquhar, ). the implication here is clearly that, at the time of her august victory there had been some sort of (unspecified) advantage – despite the fact that all the medical evidence on the effects of intersex conditions on human physiology fails to support this. it is clear that, despite this outcome, the doubts raised in the summer of remain. semenya returned to international competition at the lappeenranta games in finland a little over a week after the iaaf made their announcement. in her first m race for months she finished in first place with a time of : : . four days later, at another event in finland, she won in a time of : : . in berlin in august she broke the two minute barrier, winning in a time of : : with her coach, michael seme and south african olympic chief gideon sam indicating they believed even better performances were to come. so, if semenya has (as farquhar feels able to state with confidence) been treated for an intersex condition or, as the ioc would seem to want it, a disorder of sexual development, her continued dominance in the event makes sense only if her condition did not play a part in her athletic performance in the first place. despite having been cleared to run, the bbc coverage of her victory makes clear that her fellow athletes remain unconvinced that the competition is now fair, reporting misgivings from britain’s jemma simpson (who finished fourth in berlin) and canadian diane cummins (who finished eighth). demonstrating what spurgas ( : ) has called ‘inter-phobia’ (which she sees as being allied to the widespread acceptance of homophobia and trans- phobia, both of which are prevalent in sport (boyle and haynes, ; cavanagh and sykes )) cummins is quoted as saying “even if she is a female, she’s on the very fringe of the normal athlete female biological composition from what i understand about hormone testing. from that perspective, most of us just feel that we are literally running against a man” (bbc sport, f, my emphasis). giving credence to these athletes’ allegations that they were facing unfair competition, the same report informs readers that semenya had been “banned by the international association of athletics federations (iaaf) after unusually high levels of testosterone were detected in a sample”, at the very least a misrepresentation of a complex situation in which athletics south africa chose to withdraw semenya from international competition pending a definitive ruling from the / / iaaf, and when no official confirmation has ever been given regarding the outcome of the tests undergone by the athlete. while much of the blame for this continuing unease over semenya must lie with the athletics governing bodies that gave credence to the rumours about her, and took almost months to reach a verdict on the case, the media contributed by uncritically adopting the frame with which the sporting community presented the issue. at the time of writing semenya has been picked for the south african team for the commonwealth games to be held in new delhi in october where she is expected to win the gold medal in the m. should she continue her current level of performance in the event – and particularly if she approaches or exceeds her personal best times from - it will be fascinating to see how both her fellow competitors and the sports media handle her success. (in fact she pulled out of the competition with a back injury. media reports frequently mentioned the previous controversy.) what next for sex and the body? feminism was once content to take its lead from simone de beauvoir who, as i noted earlier, argued that one was not born, but rather became, a woman. but over the past two decades the commitment to distinguish between sex and gender has been supplemented by various turns in feminst theory that have sought a greater recognition of the links between the two terms, seeing them as interdependent though not interchangeable. while this may seem to bring it more in line with the discourse of the sporting establishment, which seems never to have made a distinction between sex and gender (and femininity), an important - indeed crucial - difference is the way in which a more somatic approach within feminist theory has gone hand-in-hand with an acknowledgement, based on a careful examination of the scientific evidence, that the division of individuals into two – and only two- sexes fails to recognize the complexity of the human body. the more we find out about the sexed body the less we are able to establish hard and fast differences between men and women that do not rely on cultural / / assumptions to provide their conceptual purchase. yet rather than take the complexity of the empirical realities of the body on board, and recognize the diversity of lived human experience, the ioc seems to be turning to medicine to ‘correct’ athletic bodies so that they conform to the prevailing model of sex. if we continue to live with an insistence on a clear cut model of binary sexual difference, which may provide the comfort of certainty for the majority, the inevitable consequence will be the perpetuation of injustice towards the minority whose experience is not accorded credibility. to return to miranda fricker’s concept of epistemic injustice, she claims that “hermeneutical inequality is hard to detect” because the background social conditions do not give us adequate terms in which to frame the debate differently, and that “the powerful have no interest in achieving a proper interpretation” ( : ). what clearer illustration of this might there be than the fact that, in the case of sex and the body, rather than change the model to fit the evidence, the ioc would appear to be giving serious consideration to amending the evidence to fit the model? writing in an issue of hypatia that includes a symposium on intersexuality, sharon l. crasnow tackles directly the issue of the relationship between models and reality when science tackles sex. in doing so she notes “what we pay attention to is determined by our interests, our models capture those interests, and the models themselves are constructed out of those concerns, but the world is not.” (crasnow, : , my emphasis). like other feminist philosophers of science crasnow is not seeking to deny the existence of objective data on the sexed body – but like haraway with her concept of the material-semiotic, and fausto- sterling with the biology/culture möbius strip - she is drawing attention to the need to recognize that the science of the body does not exist in an intellectual and cultural vacuum. if the ioc set up centres to treat athletes diagnosed as having a ‘disorder’ of sexual development, whether or not it confers any competitive advantage, then future athletes like caster semenya will be required to undergo body-changing treatments, and not just (as at present) tests. the result will be that politics will have trumped science, athletics will remain under a cloud of hermeneutical darkness, and epistemic injustice will prevail. references / / althaus-reid, marcella ( ) from feminist theology to indecent theology, london: scm press. bbc news ( a) ‘tension over sex testing in sport’, february . available at: http://news.bbc.co.uk/go/pr/fr/-/ /hi/world/ .stm. accessed august . bbc sport ( a) ‘semenya told to take gender test’, august . available at: http://news.bbc.co.uk/sport /hi/athletics/ .stm. accessed august . bbc sport ( b) ‘semenya dismissive of gender row’, august . available at: http://news.bbc.co.uk/sport /hi/athletics/ .stm. accessed october . bbc sport ( c) ‘new twist in semenya gender saga’, august . available at: http://news.bbc.co.uk/sport /hi/athletics/ .stm. accessed october . bbc sport ( d) ‘semenya to keep world gold medal’, september . available at: http://news.bbc.co.uk/sport /hi/athletics/ .stm. accessed october . bbc sport ( e) ‘sa threatens ‘war’ over semenya’, september . available at: http://news.bbc.co.uk/sport /hi/athletics/ .stm. accessed october . bbc sport ( f) semenya ‘must not be humiliated’, september . available at: http://news.bbc.co.uk/sport /hi/athletics/ .stm. accessed october . bbc sport ( g) ‘semenya ‘let down’ in gender row’, september . available at: http://news.bbc.co.uk/sport /hi/athletics/ .stm. accessed october . bbc sport ( h) ‘sa chief issues semenya apology’, september . available at: http://news.bbc.co.uk/sport /hi/athletics/ .stm. accessed october . bbc sport ( i) ‘sa chief suspended in semenya row’, november . available at: http://news.bbc.co.uk/sport /hi/athletics/ .stm. accessed november . bbc sport ( j) ‘semenya tests not complete – iaaf’, november . available at: http://news.bbc.co.uk/sport /hi/athletics/ .stm. accessed november . bbc sport ( a) ‘doubts raised over semenya return’ january, . available at: http://news.bbc.co.uk/sport /hi/athletics/ .stm. accessed january . bbc sport ( b) ‘caster semenya sets sights on june return to action’ april, , available at http://news.bbc.co.uk/sport /hi/athletics/ .stm. accessed may . / / bbc sport ( c) ‘semenya set to learn test results’ june : : . available at: http://news.bbc.co.uk/go/pr/fr/-/sport /hi/athletics/ .stm. accessed june . bbc sport ( d) ‘semenya news conference cancelled’ june : : . available at: http://news.bbc.co.uk/go/pr/fr/-/sport /hi/athletics/ .stm. accessed june . bbc sport ( e) ‘athlete semenya free to compete’ july . available at: http://news.bbc.co.uk/sport /hi/athletics/ .stm. accessed july . bbc sport ( f) ‘semenya to ignore negative jibes’ august . available at: http://news.bbc.co.uk/sport /hi/athletics/ .stm. accessed august . beauvoir, simone de ( ) the second sex, harmondsworth: penguin. birrell, susan, and cole, cheryl l. ( ) ‘double fault: renee richards and the constructions and naturalization of difference’ in pamela j. creedon (ed.) women, media & sport: challenging gender values, thousand oaks: sage, pp - . boyle, raymond, and haynes, richard ( ) powerplay: sport, the media and popular culture, harlow: longman. butler, judith ( ) gender trouble: feminism and the subversion of identity, london: routledge. butler, judith ( ) bodies that matter: on the discursive limits of ‘sex’, london: routledge. cavanagh, sheila l., and sykes, heather ( ) ‘transsexual bodies at the olympics: the international olympic committee’s policy on transsexual athletes at the athens summer games’, body & society, vol. ( ): - . chase, cheryl ( ) ‘hermaphrodites with attitude’ in susan stryker and stephen whittle (eds.) the transgender studies reader, london: routledge. connor, steve ( ) ‘women of the future are on track to run faster than men’ available at: http://www.womenssportsfoundation.org/content/articles/sports-and- fitness/w/women-of-the-future-are-on-track-to-run-faster-than-men.aspx. accessed october . crasnow, sharon, l. ( ) ‘models and reality: when science tackles sex’, hypatia, vol. ( ): - . farquhar, gordon ( ) ‘semenya saga comes to just conclusion’ available at: http://bbc.co.uk/blogs/gordonfarquar/ / /farquhar.html. accessed july . / / fausto-sterling, anne ( ) myths of gender, new york: basic books. fausto-sterling, anne ( ) ‘the five sexes: why male and female are not enough’, the sciences, (march/april): - . [first published in the new york times.] fausto-sterling, anne ( ) sexing the body: gender politics and the construction of sexuality, new york: basic books. fausto-sterling, anne ( ) ‘the bare bones of sex: part – sex and gender’, signs: journal of women in culture and society, vol. ( ): - . foucault, michel ( ) the use of pleasure, harmondsworth: penguin. fricker, miranda ( ) epistemic injustice: power & the ethics of knowing, oxford: oxford university press. gatens, moira ( ) imaginary bodies: ethics, power and corporeality, new york: routledge. grosz, elizabeth ( ) volatile bodies: towards a corporeal feminism, bloomington: indiana university press. haraway, donna ( ) ‘situated knowledges: the science question in feminism and the privilege of partial perspective’ in sandra harding (ed.) the feminist standpoint reader, london: routledge. hird, myra j. ( ) ‘gender’s nature: intersexuality, trassexualism and the ‘sex’/’gender’ binary’, feminist theory, vol. ( ): - holmes, morgan m. ( ) ‘introduction’ in morgan holmes (ed.) critical intersex, farnham: ashgate, pp. - . johnson, corey w. and kivel, beth ( ) ‘gender, sexuality and queer theory in sport’ in cara carmichael aitchison (ed.) sport & gender identities: masculinities, femininities and sexualities, london: routledge, pp - . iaaf ( ) ‘pamela jelimo is the golden girl of athletics’. available at http://www.iaaf.org.news/kind= /newsid= .html. accessed january . ljungqvist, arne ( ) ‘gender verification’ in barbara l. drinkwater (ed.) women in sport, oxford: blackwell. mcardle, david ( ) ‘swallows and amazons, or the sporting exception to the gender recognition act’, social and legal studies, vol. ( ): - . / / mcrae, donald ( ) ‘being caster semenya’, guardian sport, november : - . mcruer, robert ( ) crip theory, new york: new york university press. merck, mandy ( ) ‘the question of caster semenya’. available at: http://www.radicalphilosophy.com/default.asp?channel_id= &editorial_id= . accessed march . opie, hayden ( ) ‘medico-legal issues in sport: the view from the grandstand’, sydney law review, vol. : - . pepa, ruel f. (n.d.) ‘nurturing the resistance: some important views from contemporary philosophers’, available at http://www.philosophos.com/philosophy_article_ .html. accessed january . ritchie, robert, reynard, john, and lewis, tom ( ) ‘intersex and the olympic games’, journal of the royal society of medicine, vol. : - . sharpe, andrew ( ) transgender jurisprudence: dysphoric bodies of law, london: cavendish. skirstad, berit ( ) ‘gender verification in competitive sport’ in torbjörn tännsjö and claudio tamburrini (eds.) values in sport: elitism, nationalism, gender equality and the scientific manufacture of winners, london: e & f n spon. spurgas, alyson k. ( ) ‘(un)queering identity: the biosocial production of intersex/dsd’ in morgan holmes (ed.) critical intersex, farnham: ashgate, pp. - . stevenson, deborah ( ) ‘women, sport and globalisation: competing discourses of sexuality and nation’, in david rowe (ed.) sport, culture and the media: critical readings, maidenhead: open university press, pp. - . wackwitz, laura a. ( ) ‘verifying the myth: olympic sex testing and the category “woman”, women’s studies international forum, vol. ( ): - . symposium: the politics of philanthrocapitalism justice, beneficence and the modern age lenore t. ealy published online: july # springer science+business media, llc in an essay that fleetingly traverses the shifting sands of our perceptions of the role of philanthropists in our social and political order, robin rogers sets out to differentiate the emerging practices of philanthrocapitalism from philanthro- policymaking. definitions are required, as we are immedi- ately caught up in something of a multi-syllabic nightmare, typifying our age when social analysis seems to depend more on our ability to coin new words for (supposedly) new phenomena than on our ability to take a trenchant look at the goings-on around us to determine whether there is anything new under the sun. for neologists matthew bishop and michael green, philanthrocapitalists are the super-wealthy—or super- influential (bill clinton is a pack leader, though the influence he peddles is largely of political rather than financial derivation)—who “are trying to apply the secrets behind [their] money-making success to their giving.” rogers sums it nicely, “philanthrocapitalists want to bring the virtues of business to charity.” setting aside for now discussion of the feasibility of this quest, we can define the second important term in rogers’ essay, philanthro-policymaking. with this term, rogers picks up on a core criticism of philanthrocapi- talism and differentiates the “agenda setting powers of the new global elite” from the tools they are developing and deploying to obtain better results from their charitable giving. this is an important distinction, and one that points to a perennial tension between justice and charity. since the dawn of the industrial age, business, philanthropy and policy have engaged in a strange dance requiring the improvisation of new steps as practices of benevolence shifted from the old world to the new. the old world was characterized by systems of religious charity, paternalism rooted in agrarian cultures and courtly patronage. in the new world, urbanization and industrialization heightened percep- tions of social problems, and enlightenment conceptions of equality and fraternity have seemed to demand more democratic forms of sanitary protection and welfare provision. increasingly disembedded from a social structure that imposed various duties of beneficence, today’s successful entrepreneur often faces new questions about whether and how to share his bounty with the less fortunate. before his ultimate transformation, ebenezer scrooge, that fictional functionary of the early “financial services industry,” encap- sulated the belief that policy could displace charity. when invited to make a voluntary subscription in support of the poor, scrooge inquired of the door-to-door fundraisers, “are there no prisons? … and the union workhouses? … are they still in operation? … the treadmill and the poor law are in full vigour then?” dickens tells us that scrooge recoiled at the “ominous word ‘liberality’” and that he and marley had been kindred spirits in this regard. today’s super-wealthy, by contrast, seem to find some benefit in exploring their kindred spirit for doing good. for rogers, the giving pledge, the voluntary commit- ment of a few dozen billionaires to devote a substantial portion of their wealth to charity, is philanthrocapitalism, and fairly benign. meanwhile, the good club, a gathering in which the super-wealthy have met to identify social problems toward which they should combine and thus amplify their charitable efforts, is philanthro-policymaking, and potentially nefarious. we can see how persistently things stay the same despite how much then change when we consider how un-imaginative the good club’s target setting in fact has been. rogers tells us that in the good club chose global population growth as a l. t. ealy (*) thinkitecture, inc., ironwood dr w, carmel, in , usa e-mail: lenoree@thinkitecture.com soc ( ) : – doi . /s - - -y focal problem. are there subtle malthusian echoes here of scrooge’s cold-hearted response when informed that many of the poor would rather die than go to the poorhouse for relief? unmoved by any sympathy with the dignity of these proud and apparently too abundant poor, scrooge retorts, “if they would rather die…they had better do it, and decrease the surplus population.” there are deep ironies in the population skepticism of those most experienced in the creation of surplus wealth that suggest that our culture has not yet truly grasped or adapted to the new social conditions of democratic capitalism. adam smith, who was among the first to perceive the wealth-creating capabilities of the “system of natural liberty” that was possible when trade was freed from the shackles of mercantilist policy, was also among the first to perceive a need to explain why such liberty of exchange would not result in the dissolution of human sociality. thus the same author who observed that it is from the self-interest of the tradesman, not from his benevolence, that we should expect our dinner would also write that “however selfish soever man may be supposed, there are evidently some principles in his nature, which interest him in the fortune of others, and render their happiness necessary to him….” in the theory of moral sentiments, smith explored the tension between justice and beneficence that has been a persistent philanthropic concern. it is largely this tension to which rogers points us in her reflections upon the dangers of philanthro-policymaking. these dangers, she suggests, largely lay in the presumption of the super- wealthy to establish social ends outside of the public discourse and political mechanisms that modern demo- cratic nations have established for these purposes. the danger of this presumption, of course, is that the extreme wealth possessed by the philanthrocapitalists actually empowers them to pursue these ends to some effect. were you (presuming few billionaires are reading these pages) and i to get together and decide to remake the world out of our own sense of good, the danger would be merely quixotic; without hundreds of millions of dollars to foment social change we would potentially do more harm to ourselves and our loved ones than to society at-large. when looking at the super-wealthy, however, we do find ourselves facing a variant of locke’s important question, “who judge?” should all redistribution of resources be adjudicated through democratic political institutions designed to approximate a public consensus on social ends? this question seems to be answered affirmatively by advocates of stronger charity regulation and policies such as “greenlining,” which would mandate more diverse representation in charita- ble governance as well as more proportional giving to minority communities (at this time largely defined around racial demographics). even a cursory public choice analysis of collective decision making, however, suggests that further politicization of social justice concerns will fail to achieve the outcomes desired by social egalitarians suspicious of wealth and its potential misuse by the wealthy. the tension between justice and beneficence is quite real and deserves to be prominent in the public discourse of a free society. this discussion may be greatly enhanced if we re- examine adam smith’s framing of the tension. smith states boldly that “beneficence…is less essential to the existence of society than justice.” ( ) in establishing justice as the necessary foundation of society, smith is far from commend- ing the modern conception of “social justice.” he anchors his discussion of justice on the necessity of remedial justice designed to resolve private injury to persons and property rather than on distributive justice which orders benefits. “the most sacred laws of justice, therefore, those whose violation seems to call loudest for vengeance and punishment, are the laws which guard the life and person of our neighbour; the next are those which guard his property and possessions; and last of all come those which guard what are called his personal rights, or what is due to him from the promise of others” ( ). justice in this common law framework is for smith the “main pillar” of society, but beneficence is the “ornament which embellishes” ( ) and is “always free, it cannot be extorted by force.” ( ) against this clarity of distinction, the modern pursuit of “social justice” inclines to confuse beneficence and justice, to drive into the realm of policy, and call for the enforcement by police powers, a desire for positive welfare equality that may come at the expense of social harmony by encouraging envy and resentment. a system in which justice absorbs beneficence will also diminish or explicitly proscribe the role of private charity and thus will be lost opportunity for the wealthy to exercise and model the virtues of sympathy through philanthropic endeavor. it was karl marx, of course, who drove this suspicion of charity and its practitioners to such radical conclusions, and in the end rogers is tangling with dilemmas at the heart of the contest between smith’s “system of natural liberty” and marx’s critique of “capital- ism.” rogers approves of the philanthrocapitalists’ volun- tary desire to do good, but remains attendant to the fact that combinations of wealth might amplify the potential harms, to individuals, communities, or nations, that could accom- pany philanthropy that comes with such huge monetary incentives and influence. so, how exactly should a free society treat the desires of the super-wealthy to do good? must we minimize the potential that such large-scale gifts will actually generate greater harm (the nature of unreciprocated and unrecipro- cable gifts is in fact to generate servility)? if so, how do we do so while respecting the freedom of the super- wealthy as persons to exercise and experience the virtues of beneficence? soc ( ) : – rogers’ teasing out of philanthro-policymaking from philanthrocapitalism offers us one possible way to engage the discussion. at the turn of the twentieth century a predominant social concern was to limit the power of business combinations that resulted in commercial and manufacturing monopolies and diminished the benefits of competition. at the turn of the twenty-first century do we face the need to contemplate how philanthropic “combina- tions”—defined as an over-alignment of social ends by the titans of philanthropy—might likewise be detrimental to some perceived public good? undoubtedly, unleashing a fire hose of philanthropic funds into any established community is bound to have a plethora of unintended and potentially harmful consequences. a danger, on the other hand, in pursuing greater regulation of philanthropy is that we disrupt the very creativity and potential for virtuous deliberation that philanthropy affords. rigorously disavow- ing philanthro-policymaking would require, however, that we begin to seriously consider how to disentangle justice and beneficence and develop a more robust social theory of philanthropy than the third-party governance model of lester salamon. we must ask whether the vast government funding currently provided to “charitable” organizations to realize ends set by public policy is in fact also a dangerous form of philanthro-policymaking. rather than a monistic philanthropy—whether one absorbed in and dictated by state policy or one seeking to align public policy with its own rationale and ends—we should promote a genuine social pluralism in a “market- place” of beneficence. lest the term marketplace distract here, i should clarify that i think continuing to explore the proper relationships between the state, commerce, and philanthropy would help us move beyond the overly simplistic and sometimes silly effort to map business practices and metaphors onto our philanthropy. there are certainly many forms of charitable activity that can and should be moved out of the realm of not-for-profit organization and reconstituted as business activity, where the feedback mechanisms of prices and profit/loss signals could help us more effectively utilize resources for the provision of goods and services. likewise, there should be a robust conversation in the business world about better responsiveness to consumers, especially those with limited power as consumers, and the trade-offs between short-term profit maximization and longer-term considerations of resource stewardship. both of these conversations would help us move toward the more positive social deliberation commended by richard cornuelle, author of reclaiming the american dream and healing america, who articulated the growing need we have to restore people’s confidence in their capacity for identify- ing and solving problems they perceive around them. in fact, it is the resumption of distributed social responsibility— diminished during the twentieth century by centralizing political trends and the accretion of power in expansive administrative welfare states—that can most help counter- balance the potential harm of the philanthropy of the super- wealthy. a people empowered by a confidence that they can engage, as cornuelle puts it, in “concerted action, national [or international] in scope but outside government” can form a myriad of social enterprises and associations to realize their common hopes and dreams. thus mobilized, the “wisdom of crowds” will also be more likely to generate more accurate assessments of the benefits or dangers posed by any potential philanthropic trojan horse offered by the super-wealthy. empowered to experiment and associate in pursuit of both their personal and shared goals, whether coincident or collaborate, people can help ensure that responsibility and resources flow toward competence and away from incom- petence. reclaiming their capacities and competencies as producers of their communities rather than as clients of welfare agencies (whether those providing subsistence welfare or an expansive menu of middle-class entitlements), people can recover that civility and conviviality and the beneficent virtues that grow upon the foundation of justice in which rule of law not men prevails. the fact is that the super-wealthy are destined to be highly controversial, dramatic and alluring public figures in any age. wealth can foster hubris with catastrophic results. there is perhaps less danger to civil society in the wealthy becoming exhibitionist consumers of luxury goods than in their growing desire to “do good.” while sumptuous living may breed the social ill of envy, it may also act as a spur to others to be industrious in seeking the potential benefits of entrepreneurship. the desire to do good is surrounded by moral hazards, and yet we remain hesitant to give up our visions of a more humane society. we thus have three basic options in dealing with the super-wealthy: leveling by progressively taxing them, looking on while they do what they will, or assisting them in discharging what we might call the spiderman dictum, to him who is given great power is also given great responsibility. “where the necessary assistance [men have of one another] is reciprocally afforded from love, from gratitude, from friendship, and esteem,” wrote adam smith, “the society flourishes and is happy.” perhaps the most humane approach is to treat the wealthy among us as persons not as bank accounts. we might thus encourage and support them in their variety of aspirations to do good. science fiction writer david brin, in a provocative essay pre-dating the current attention to philanthrocapitalism, urges that the super-wealthy, those capable not of $ million gifts but of $ million gifts, should be encouraged to aspire to the most high risk, high reward projects imaginable. brin proposes that “these would be projects that ill-suit the typical investment horizons of industry or government, the two dominant capitalizing forces soc ( ) : – of the th century. because each is constrained by accountability—to constituents or stockholders—govern- ments and corporations must control risk in ways that don’t always hamper an individual billionaire.” the dangers of encouraging bold philanthropy in a vacuum of accountability must not be ignored of course. thus we are called back to contemplate at least three fundamental principles on which philanthropy should rest: ) all people, from the most poor to the most wealthy, must be deemed capable of exercising the virtues of justice (refraining from injuring others) and benefi- cence (providing others positive assistance). this means that we resort to policy primarily as a barrier to injury and a promoter of the “system of natural liberty” which alone is an incubator of genuine virtue. ) all people, from the most poor to the most wealthy, must be regarded with dignity as persons capable of developing personal goals, exercising personal responsibility, and engaging in voluntary reciprocal exchanges of benefits in the realms of both commercial trade and charitable activity. ) society must be conceived of foremost not as a utopian goal but as a dynamic space in which conditions of limited knowledge are best ameliorated through insti- tutions that are not designed and managed by an elite but rather emerge as the outcomes of voluntary human action and the deliberations among people seeing themselves engaged in a great journey together. cornuelle suggests to us that a good society is that which emerges from “millions and millions of small caring acts, repeated day after day, until direct mutual action becomes second nature and to see a problem is to begin to wonder how best to act on it.” this is a vision fitting for the new world and the modern age, yet undiminished in its human capacities for the pursuit of virtue despite the transforma- tion of social, economic and political institutions that gave birth to the most expansively wealth-creating and philan- thropic nation in history. from this perspective, philanthro- capitalism may better refer not merely to the practices of a handful of super-wealthy but to the broader social dynamics that both reward entrepreneurship and continually expand opportunities to participate in what deirdre mccloskey commends to us as the bourgeois virtues. let’s invite the super-wealthy into a conversation with us about the potential we all have to be transformed through charity. perhaps we may then all aspire, with the scrooge who returned from his “intercourse with the spirits,” to become “as good a friend, as good a master, and as good a man, as the good old city knew, or any other good old city, town or borough, in the good old world.” lenore t. ealy is director of the project for new philanthropy studies at donorstrust and editor of the journal conversations on philan- thropy: emerging questions on liberality and social thought. soc ( ) : – justice, beneficence and the modern age << /ascii encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (gray gamma . ) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec - . ) /calcmykprofile (iso coated v % \ eci\ ) /srgbprofile (srgb iec - . ) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel . /compressobjects /off /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjdffile false /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /perceptual /detectblends true /detectcurves . /colorconversionstrategy /srgb /dothumbnails true /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel /emitdscwarnings false /endpage - /imagememory /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct /optimize true /opm /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage /subsetfonts false /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /warning /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution /colorimagedepth - /colorimagemindownsampledepth /colorimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /jpeg coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /jpeg colorimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /warning /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution /grayimagedepth - /grayimagemindownsampledepth /grayimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /jpeg grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /jpeg grayimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /warning /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution /monoimagedepth - /monoimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k - >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx acheck false /pdfx check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ . . . . ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ . . . . ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /description << /chs /cht /dan /esp /fra /ita /jpn /kor /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor weergave op een beeldscherm, e-mail en internet. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader . en hoger.) /nor /ptb /suo /sve /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for on-screen display, e-mail, and the internet. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader . and later.) /deu >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) ( . ) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) ( . ) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttorgb /destinationprofilename (srgb iec - . ) /destinationprofileselector /usename /downsample bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles true /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) ( . ) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /na /preserveediting false /untaggedcmykhandling /usedocumentprofile /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [ ] /pagesize [ . . ] >> setpagedevice microsoft word - dewhurst.docx journal of social science education volume , number , winter doi . /jsse-v -i - marit dewhurst is the director of art education and assistant professor of art and museum education. her research and teaching interests include social justice education, community-based art, anti- bias/multicultural education, youth empowerment, and the role of the arts in community development. city college of new york, convent avenue, new york, ny , email: mdewhurst@ccny.cuny.edu dipti desai is an associate professor and director of the graduate art + education programs. she has published widely in the area of critical multiculturalism/critical race theory in art education, contemporary art as a pedagogical site, art and social justice. she received the ziegfield service award in art education and specialist fulbright award in . new york university, new york, ny , email: dd @nyu.edu marit dewhurst, dipti desai interviewing as a pedagogical tool in arts for social justice: a case study of an afterschool arts program - as a pedagogical tool interviewing can help to develop skills as creative agents for social change. - interviewing capabilities are useful in creating art. - interviewing can be seen as a foundation for artistic visions of the world. purpose: the rise of out-of-school youth arts organizations, especially those dedicated to addressing social issues with young people, suggests a growing need for spaces in which we prepare young people to creatively and critically shape their communities. while the popularity of these programs is certainly positive, it does little to tell us what pedagogical lessons we might learn from how youth arts organizations approach social justice teaching in the arts. in order to understand what it takes to do social justice art education, our research team investigated the pedagogical strategies used by center for urban pedagogy, an out-of-school youth arts organization. method: through qualitative interviews, observations, and document analyses, this case study examined the specific pedagogical strategies used by educators in the center for urban pedagogy’s (cup) urban investigations program to engage young people in creating art for social justice aims. findings: our initial findings revealed that the process of interviewing is at the center of cup’s approach to both social engagement and art-making. according to our research, interviewing reveals hidden layers of meaning to learners, offers opportunities to visualize personal connections, and provides a means to critically and collaboratively create artwork. keywords: art education, ethics, civic literacy, compositional analysis, attitudes introduction in an office in astoria energy in new york city, five teenagers and two educators from the center for urban pedagogy’s urban investigations program sit around the desk of the manager; one holds a microphone, another a notepad, and another a video camera. a bit quietly at first, they ask questions: “why did the city choose to build a power plant here? where do you get fuel to run the generators?” as the conversation progresses and the young interviewers seem less inhibited and more pro- bing; the manager responds in kind with complex respon- ses to their increasingly pointed questions. when the camera is finally turned off, they exit the small office and head off for a walking tour of the electricity plant. they take photographs as they walk around the plant and continue to ask questions about the various parts of the plant from transformers to generators as they head back to turn their findings into art. on paper, social justice art education—the pedagogical process that engages young people in creating art to dismantle systems of inequality—sounds promising. as many educators and artists declare, it can be a tremen- dous means through which youth can develop the critical and creative thinking skills to actively participate in the remaking of our society (dewhurst, ). however, when it comes to what the actual work entails, this emancipatory approach to art education can appear more daunting. what pedagogical tools do educators in social justice arts use in their teaching? and what impact do these strategies have on the young people with whom they work, the artwork they create, and the change they aspire to create? while many school-based arts edu- cators have found successful ways to integrate social justice art-making into their curricula, those working outside of schools often have more leeway to experiment with how best to engage young people in this work. the rise of out-of-school youth arts organizations, especially those dedicated to addressing social justice justice issues with youth, suggests a growing need for spaces in which we prepare young people to creatively and critically shape their communities (dewhurst, ; smyth & stevenson, ; seidel, et. al., ). while the popu- larity of these programs is positive, it does little to tell us what pedagogical lessons we might learn from how youth arts organizations approach social justice teaching in the arts. journal of social science education volume , number , winter issn – in an effort to better understand what it takes to do social justice art education, our research team set out to investigate the pedagogical strategies used by one out-of- school youth arts organization. selected as a site based on their stated commitment to using art to engage parti- cipants in civic engagement, center for urban pedagogy (cup) has a well-recognized history of working with youth to empower them as agents of change in their own communities. in , cup’s urban investigations pro- gram was awarded the national arts and humanities youth program award, the country’s highest achievement for quality programming in the arts. through obser- vations and interviews with educators and youth working in the urban investigations program, we applied case study methodology to examine the specific pedagogical strategies used by educators to engage young people in creating art for social justice aims. our initial findings revealed a complex set of philosophical stances and actual teaching tools, however, upon closer analysis of the data, it became clear that the process of interviewing is at the center of cup’s approach to both social engage- ment and art-making. given this finding, this paper focuses on the act of interviewing as a creative and critical strategy in social justice art education. we begin with an overview of how interviewing is used as a pedagogical tool in education and as a means of both re- search and creation in contemporary art practices today. shifting to the case study data, we move this analysis of interviewing from the realm of professional artists to that of the youth involved in a social justice art education program. a thorough examination of the nature of the interviewing process at cup enabled us to determine how interviewing functions as a pedagogical and aesthetic tool for the kind of critical learning, empower- ing teaching, and socially engaged art-making required of social justice arts education. interviewing as a pedagogical tool and guiding philosophy from the everyday examples of interviewing that we encounter daily—journalists interviewing a witness to an event, researchers interviewing participants, and talk show hosts interviewing celebrities—we know that inter- viewing generally consists of someone with questions (preferably critical ones), and someone with responses (preferably informed ones). but interviewing viewed through an educational lens takes on a slightly different hue; as a pedagogical tool, interviewing can serve as an important process for fostering inquiry, empowerment, and critical analysis. because of this, interviewing and other forms of fieldwork have been used as teaching tools in several non-arts settings, including social studies classrooms and media literacy programs (soep, ; cammarota and fine, ). as founder of the educational video center, a youth media program, steve goodman ( ) describes, interviewing allows students to interact with primary sources, evaluate different infor- mation sources, and develop their own lines of inquiry: “at its most basic, the students’ inquiry begins with and spirals out of the act of questioning, as all inquiry does. but for questions to eventually lead to answers—and perhaps new questions—inquirers must learn where and how to gather information. they need to learn how to assess the reliability of the information they obtain, and finally how to interpret and integrate the new data into their existing frameworks of knowledge and experience. this is funda- mentally a social and intellectual process…. (p. ) recently, a number of researchers (cahill, ; cahill, & hart, ; cammarota & fine, ) have also in- volved youth in conducting formal interviews as part of participatory action research projects, connecting young people with professional practices of data collection and analysis. likewise, educators in folk arts education and geography have pointed to the multiple purposes for including interviewing and other forms of fieldwork in k- schools (job, et. al, ; bowman & hamer, ). in these cases, interviewing serves as an engaging teaching strategy to empower youth to participate in the living worlds around them. as one of the teaching artists at cup states, “it's learning through experience. so they are actually investigating, rather than reading, like the traditional ways of learning.” i in addition to building basic listening, questioning, and research skills, our research highlights that interviewing connects closely to some of the key characteristics of effective social justice art education—both in theory and in practice—to facilitate an emancipatory and critical learning experience for all participants. interviewing and contemporary art practices our initial findings of the importance of interviewing in cup’s youth arts programming inspired us to examine similar practices in the professional art world. cup’s pedagogical approach to conduct video interviews with stakeholders in the field as an integral component of their artistic process echoes the work of many contem- porary artists who go out into the “field” to collect data— in the form of audio and video recordings, photographs, maps, etc.—to gain a better understanding of a situation or topic. although such fieldwork is a central component of anthropology, journalism, and sociology, increased attention in recent years has focused on the connection between fieldwork in anthropology and contemporary art (coles, ; desai, ; foster, ; schneider & wright, ) and more recently to the relationship between journalism and contemporary art (cramerotti, ). since the s, artists such as martha rosler, haans haccke, alfredo jaar, trevor paglan, and ashely hunt, have drawn on field-based research to convey “artistic information” (cramerotti, , p. ). their artworks do not simply represent the information they have collected, but instead ask us to question information, thereby igniting the power of pedagogy. in comparison to journalists cramerotti ( ) indicates, “what artists can do better is to construct a self- reflective medium, which ‘coaches’ its viewers to ask relevant questions by themselves, instead of accepting journal of social science education volume , number , winter issn – (or refusing tout court) representations as they are proposed” (p, ). in the words of artists, allora and calzadilla ( ): “art has much to offer…in its potential to provoke the public into a space of individual questioning about a parti- cular subject, about preconceived notions of truth, about forms of representation, participation, identification, etc. ... at that point it is up to each individual to decide if this self- questioning will play itself out at a political level, at a union level, at an aesthetic level, at a cultural level, or sexual level, and so on (p. ). invoking a more participatory approach to viewing artwork, these works of art serve as avenues for learning and active engagement with information—a far cry from more conventional passive art viewing. one example of such fieldwork-based artworks is the video, under discussion ( ) by allora and calzadilla, where conducting interviews serve as the material and medium that the artists employ in their art practice. seeing that the discussion about the future of the island of vieques (puerto rico) was deadlocked due to different interests of various constituencies, allora and calzadilla decided to open a space for discussion, dialogue, and debate through their artwork. the one voice that was not even part of the formal discussion regarding the future of vieques was that of the local people who had been directly affected by decades of u.s. militarization. lite- rally turning a table over and attaching a motor, thus making it into a functional boat, the artists hired a local boatman to take them along the coast of vieques to interview both fisherman and local people living on this island about the changes they had experienced since the u.s. took over the island as a military base as well as what they envision for their land and communities. the video is not only a visual representation of their journey along the coast, but by drawing on the metaphor of the discussion table as a place to bring various people to the table to talk, their art project in both form and content offered a pedagogical space for questioning and thinking about who makes decisions for whom. rachel wetzler ( ) suggests that the move by many contemporary artists to engage in “artistic fieldwork” allows them to “investigat[e] aspects of their lives and interests by merging the apparent objectivity of documentary forms and anthropological research with a plainly subjective, flexible approach, drawing on multiple methodologies and discourses” (para # ). viewed from a different angle, fieldwork as a practice is a form of art— akin to the kinds of social practices popular today. requiring face-to-face contact with people, this embo- died experience warrants learning how to read body language, therefore allowing for different ways of knowing that are connected to physical and social modes of communication (taussig, ). moving beyond con- ventional art materials and techniques, this move in social practice art includes a wider spectrum of ways of making art. “aesthetic journalism” provides another lens to analyze and discuss the use of interviews as both artistic medium and artistic process. aesthetic journalism involves “artistic practices in the form of investigations of social, cultural or political circumstances” (cramerotti, , p. ). cramerotti writes “it is rather the capacity of an art form to put our sensibility in motion, and convert what we feel about nature and the human race into concrete (visual, oral, bodily) experience” (p. ) that makes it relevant for journalism. although journalism and art have always had a relationship as journalists use photographs, videos, and graphic images to convey information and as a form of witnessing, images tend to be presented as objective truths and neutral knowledge. today we know that all information conveyed through the documentary format is always mediated. artists can then deliberately play with the ways they mediate the information they collect from fieldwork. contemporary artists using inves- tigative methods in their practice disrupt traditional journalism’s use of mimetic aesthetic traditions as a mark of objectivity and its privileging of the visual as neutral or unbiased information. in doing so, these artists create works that challenge viewers to question the status quo and their role within it. interviewing––and other forms of fieldwork––as a me- dium for making art, aligns with practices in social justice art education which require critical engagement with real life issues. the pursuit and organization of information that interviewing allows for makes it a prime tool for interrogating issues of inequality in ways that reveal the underlying structures of injustice. combined with crea- tive expression, this use of interviewing can serve as a potent strategy for social justice art. just as professional artists have drawn on interviews to develop the critical nature of their artwork, our research revealed that young people at cup used similar tactics to create their art. research overview working with a small research team, we—the primary investigators and authors—conducted a qualitative study of the pedagogical strategies used to create works of social justice artwork with small groups of youth involved in out-of-school programs. comprised of two university professors with expertise in social justice art education, youth development, and contemporary art practices and one research assistant with experience as an art teacher both in and out of school settings, our research team brought a critical insider eye to the analysis of the data on learning in the urban investigations. through a series of interviews and observations, our research sought to identify the specific teaching and learning tools required of social justice art education. . participants based in brooklyn, new york, the center for urban pedagogy (cup) uses art and design as tools to facilitate civic engagement and impact public policy. specifically, cup states that their projects seek to “demystify the urban policy and planning issues that impact our commu- nities, so that more individuals can better participate in journal of social science education volume , number , winter issn – shaping them” (welcometocup.org/about). cup’s urban investigations programs match small groups of teens with a teaching artist to examine a real life issue about how the city works from multiple perspectives in order to cre- ate a work of art for the public. previous urban investigation programs have explored issues such as food distribution, high school application processes, waste treatment systems, and internet ownership (welcome tocup.org/projects/ urbaninvestigations). each multi- week investigation begins with a key question, for example, “where does our water come from?” “where does our garbage go?” students and teachers together launch their exploration of the key questions first by reading both academic and popular articles that provide a foundational understanding of the issue at hand. through discussions and art-making activities, youth participants and adult staff generate a list of potential stakeholders to interview for additional information. equipped with professional recording equipment and basic training in interviewing techniques that covers developing questions, asking follow-up questions, and active listening, youth participants conduct interviews of policy makers, local government officials, community leaders, and engaged citizens. youth then work closely with the teaching artists to turn the content and experi- ences of their interviews into works of art for public distribution. these investigations have resulted in short videos, posters, and websites for distribution across the city (and beyond). our research project focused on two separate urban investigations that took place over three months during the summer of : one investigation focused on learning about the infrastructure of electricity in the city and the second focused on the nyc fair share policy. youth participants for the power trip project that investigated the infrastructure of electricity in nyc inclu- ded four high school aged youth, one adult lead teaching artist and one adult assistant teaching artist. as they researched how energy flows through the city, parti- cipants in this urban investigation met with officials at a local utility company headquarters, an upstate trans- mission monitoring center, and visited several power plants. prioritizing primary source data collection over today’s typical turn to the internet enables youth to develop public speaking, inquiry, contextualizing, and professional communication skills. in addition, these experiences put youth in direct conversation with the real life decision makers that are connected to their own urban communities--a move that engages young people directly with those in power. youth and the adult facilitators then used information gathered during these interactions to create a multi-lingual poster and book that has been distributed by local libraries, at several formal presentations throughout the city, and received special mention from a professional design association (cup power trip website, ). following a similar trajectory, participants in the share, where? project included ten high school aged youth from the bronx, one adult lead teaching artist, and one adult assistant teaching artist who “teamed up to find out how new york city decides where to put the burdensome, smelly, and dangerous facilities that make the city run—but nobody wants in their backyards,” (cup share, where? website, ). over the course of the share, where? project participants met with sanitation workers, environmental justice advocates, an anti-waste facility neighborhood group, and policymakers behind the fair share legis- lation. drawing on their research with these primary sources, the team of youth and teaching artists created a visually-rich book that has been distributed and used by local community groups to educate people about the fair share policy. resulting creative design products from each urban investigation continue to be shared through cup’s ongoing community-building and policy education programs. . data collection & analysis the qualitative methods of interviews, participant obser- vations, and document analysis enabled us to collect significant data about the pedagogical strategies at play in the two urban investigations. the collected data inclu- ded interviews with each educator, assistant educator, and almost all of the youth participants, observations of the working sessions, and document analysis of the training guides, artwork produced, and cup’s program literature. this rich array of data allowed us to triangulate our findings as we compared the responses of the teaching artists with those of the youth participants and the documents and artwork that emerged from their process. to analyze this data, we drew upon grounded theory methodology (glaser & strauss, ) to use an iterative coding strategy in which we elicited emic codes from the data and then layered in etic coding to compare the data with dominant literature in social justice art education. the findings that emerged from this qualita- tive process highlight the important role of interviewing at cup. the following discussion of these findings points to the many ways in which interviewing can be used as an effective pedagogical and philosophical tool in social justice art education. findings throughout our analysis of the nature of social justice art education at cup, the process of interviewing rose again and again as a core pedagogical strategy. a closer analysis of this tool reveals that it functions as both as a specific teaching and learning tool and as a philosophical guide to shape the very curriculum at cup. in our research, it became clear that interviewing is a far more complex arts learning activity than first assumed, contributing to the criticality and shifting power dynamics required of effec- tive social justice art education. to better understand the multifaceted role that interviewing plays at cup and, potentially in social justice art education broadly, we identify the key contributions it fostered among youth and adult participants. journal of social science education volume , number , winter issn – . revealing what is real (but often hidden) in the world including fieldwork as part of the artistic process allows students to contextualize the knowledge they are learning and connect it to the real world (fuller, ). in the case of social justice based art education it helps students to understand how our society is structured and who makes decisions that impact our daily lives, but also to question how and who created these structures. as described above, cup’s urban investigations prioritize interviewing as a tool for conducting primary source research as much of the experience is based on what one teaching artist described as “doing actually real inves- tigation.” this real-world connection is a vital component of the process. as one teaching artist explains, “they are learning how to ask the questions and they are feeling empowered that way. ... it's like ok, this is information that we actually got, it's not in a textbook. you know we've read a few things and we are actually going and asking these questions. i think that's the really exciting thing that the cup program does…. i read this in a textbook, but now we are actually going, you know to this place that it talked about. we are going to actually experience this and then report back on our views of this experience. the emphasis on “actually” throughout this reflection highlights how unique and transformative it is to have direct engagement with information for both youth and teaching artists. as they directly interact with information through their interviews, youth are participating in a form of experien- tial education, a kind of learning with a constructivist view of knowledge. experiential learning calls for an un- derstanding of knowledge as a fluid process that requires negotiation, flexibility, learning and unlearning, and is always subjective (duckworth, ; dewey, ). as one of the teaching artists indicates, “most of the things we learn together when we are in interviews talking to people in the field and we learn things that we might not have thought of before and this may lead us to change our ideas.” this fluidity echoes the process of making art in which artists reiterate ideas until they are satisfied with a final product. in this way, the interviewing process and the art-making process provide parallel avenues to revisit and re-interpret information as youth deepen their understanding of the topic under study. as this teaching artist continued, “it's challenging because they are not used to doing things like [cup] do[es]....so we are thinking differently, we are doing these puppets or we are doing this drawing or these collages and they make sense to whatever we are doing but, you know, it's, you taking information in a different way. the interviews in the urban investigations, much like the work of contemporary artists, provide young artists with opportunities for direct engagement with primary source information. similarly, these interviews open up spaces to navigate the messiness and often-shifting nature of information about civic and social issues. in doing so, they expose the complex reality of the structures that shape our society––particularly those structures that are hidden or opaque to casual observation. as a tool of making art, interviews serve as an important tactic to give realistic shape to the artwork that young people seek to create. . visualizing personal connections as both education scholarship (duckworth, ) and practical experience tell us, to truly understand a con- cept, it is useful to experience it firsthand. such primary experiences enable learners to forge their own connec- tions to the topic at hand, thereby connecting the topic to their own lives. in other words, by experiencing some- thing directly, learners can, as one teaching artist noted, “make it their own.” at cup, the process of interviewing connects youth directly to the civic structures they are exploring. it is an opportunity for youth to experience–-in a physical, temporal, spatial, and affective manner–– environments and conversations that may have been previously off-limits. for example, it is only because the youth were investigating how we get our electricity that they were allowed to visit the power stations and sub- stations in new york city. this rare access provided an immediate experience that made real the connections between the different stakeholders involved in delivering the city’s electricity. when we make systems of power personally relevant, they become easier to identify and address. through the interview process, the youth participants learned about the social and economic dimensions of power and power usage across social class lines and connected it to their own lives. one youth participant asked the follow up question, “what you’re describing, would my family be able to benefit from an energy program like this?” another youth made an important observation about where power plants are located in the city in terms of social class: “well, it’s mostly in poor neighborhoods, like hunt’s point, where there’s power plants, sewage treat- ment and people there are getting sick.” a youth video- taping the interview, immediately agreed, “yeah i live in hunt’s point, there’s , trucks that frequent the area [for deliveries and shipping]”. writing about the impor- tance of situated learning where education starts “from the students’ situation,” social justice education scholar, ira shor ( ) asserts that this “increases their ability to participate [as active learners], because they can begin critical reflection in their own context and their own words” (p. ). based on what they had learned from the interviews at the power plant students then began to create a visual map of how power reaches our homes from the power plants. they worked collectively on this mapping, each one taking a different section to make legible through images the invisible structure of power in our city. con- ceptual mapping, commonly known as brainstorming has been used in education to illustrate complex connections between ideas (powell, ). visual mapping is a way to locate ourselves not only physically, but psychologically, journal of social science education volume , number , winter issn – culturally, and socially. contemporary artists have pushed the boundaries of mapping to capture these other dimensions, such as emotions, memory, and the body, in what powell ( ) calls the “metaphorical powers of maps” that allow for a multisensory experience (p. ). social justice education, as scholars have emphasized, needs to begin where students are and with what they know (freire, ; hooks, ; shor, ). to do so, educators need to provide the tools to visualize how these structures of inequity relate to their students (and their own) lives. from this space of personal under-stan- ding educators can then move students to think critically about the systemic nature of these inequities and how institutions can play a role in maintaining, managing, and also changing these inequities. . thinking critically, creating critically interviewing in the field allows students to learn about and appreciate different perspectives on a topic, which in turn allows them to think out their own values. “field- work enables students to develop their understanding of different perspectives on social, political or ecological issues, enabling them to clarify and justify their own values whilst learning to acknowledge and respect other people’s values” (job, day, & smith, ). as one of the teaching artists explained, peeling back to uncover injus- tice is important as many of the people interviewed at the power plant spoke to the connection between low income neighborhoods, poverty, and racism but in diffe- rent ways, which provided a more complex picture of the issues: “i'm just saying for example, in this project where the, the idea that when facilities were dumped into poor neighborhoods and minority, like polish neighborhoods or here in the bronx or in brooklyn or queens, whatever there is racism involved in those decisions but also well, you know the land is cheaper there and there are other things that makes it more complex than just on the surface. so i try to bring those issues to the table too so the students can think about that too. so it's not like hey, these people are bad, you know what i mean. so it's not one sided and too flat of an argument. so i try to bring the more complexity to it. which is the hard thing. but yeah, that is one of the challenges. one of the reasons cup uses interviews is to unearth the social structures and processes that are invisible in our daily lives but play a major role in shaping our daily life. (i.e., where does power come from?). by investi- gating these invisible structures and then reporting back what they have learned through artworks, youth shift to become advocates. they move from learning how to ask questions in order to elicit information about social structures and policies to analyzing the information they have collected from the interviews to create artworks that serve as education tools. the final design products–– be they posters, short videos, or visually-rich books–– teach the public about complex structures that are typically invisible and how these structures can affect our lives. as one youth participant recalls, “we went to this power plant and we've never been to a power plant and we didn't really know what it did, we weren't even exactly sure what we were looking for. but after the first three interviews we were able to kind of understand that our question was actually like, what is this power plant and who are the people involved in making these decisions in terms of this (plant). and i'm not even sure if that is something that we could of like figured out in the beginning, like, how to narrow down the question or how to make it more successful.” through conducting and translating interview data into visual forms, youth participants managed to convey com- plicated information in more easy-to-access formats. just as the interviews themselves revealed the complexity of city systems, the artwork that resulted from these interviews extended that knowledge to a wider audience. . making art collaboratively collaborative learning, where the teacher and student learn together is a key element of any form of social justice education (freire, ; hooks, ). such non- hierarchical learning creates opportunities for teachers and students to learn from each other, to take turns as the expert, and to change the conventional lines of power that tend to hold the teacher or adult in a position of greater authority and agency. found often in out-of- school youth arts programs, collaboration requires flexibility and willingness to allow a project to unfold organically. as goodman ( ) writes, “to effectively teach students across the field of their experiences, educators must sometimes follow, sometimes lead, and sometimes work with them side by side. no lesson plan can fully map this out” (p. ). as a platform for colla- borative learning, interviewing is unique in that it cannot be pre-scripted, reveals new perspectives to all parti- cipants in the moment, and requires a back-and-forth dialogue between the interviewer and interviewee; in short, there is an important element of surprise that opens up spaces for new kinds of learning. perhaps the most obvious way in which interviewing fosters collaborative learning is that neither the adult educators nor the youth participants know what the interviewee will say. one teaching artist described this element of mystery in this collaborative process: “i tell them all of the time, ‘hey, we are doing this together, i don't know the answers.’ and you know we write the questions, … we prepare for interviews, so they [the youth participants] come up with a lot of questions, we [all] edit them down and organize them and so forth. so, i say, ’guys that's a great question, i don't know the answer, let's find out when we talk to this person or that person.’ because the teaching artists and youth participants are both meeting the interviewees for the first time, they are hearing new information together and learning to make sense of it simultaneously. in this way, the process of interviewing results in a learning context in which every- one involved is experiencing a sense of discovery. as one teaching artist stated, “the nice thing is that we are journal of social science education volume , number , winter issn – discovering this together. so i feel like i'm on the same playing field [as the youth participants].” echoing this idea of the shared “playing field”, in cup’s urban investigations, the interview task provides an unusual opportunity for youth and adult teaching artists to work as partners in art-making. beyond the fact that they both engage in a parallel process of discovery, the process of developing, conducting, analyzing, and trans- lating the interview into a work of art is also collabo- rative. this collaboration happens on multiple levels, as one teaching artist describes: “we work together, it's a collaboration. it's a collaboration of different levels. first is with your students, then it's with people up top [cup directors] and sometimes we bring graphic designers to help us too. so, it's a collaboration of different levels….it's like a diamond sort of thing where you basically have to carve it. so it takes different levels to get there. so it's a collaboration of different levels. you go back and forth with the student a lot, all the time. … we [teaching artists] send them [youth participants] the proofs so they can actually see it before we even publish it…. so yeah, it's a long process. throughout this collaboration, youth and adults each bring their own expertise to the table to work together to prepare for, conduct, analyze, and transform an interview into a work of art; the youth participants generated ideas and questions based on their own experiences and the teaching artists shared their technical skills in inter- viewing, and art and design. when learning shifts to be collaborative—or, as youth radio’s lissa soep ( ) writes, a kind of “collegial pedagogy”—the experience is likely to empower both the youth and the adults in- volved. because both parties can contribute as full part- ners in the design, coordination, and analysis of the inter- view, the process engenders a sense of group ownership over the project. as one teaching artist stated, the youth are empowered because they “own the project that they are creating and it's not like in some ways ok, they're [the youth] here because i'm saying we're doing a project on energy. i'm giving them that prompt and telling them what we are doing but in every other way like they get to make a lot of decisions. this shared decision-making is a key component of the entire process—from the initial interview through the creation of the final work of art. the same teaching artist continued this sentiment: “i want them to feel like they are teaching me something too and like they are learning something that i haven't thought of. i think that is important that it feels like a really collaborative experience in terms of, like, i'm the art teacher and i'm teaching you how to shape correctly or draw something that looks like something in the real world. you know, it's more like i'm teaching us both how to get information from the real world and apply that to our lives. which is a hard kind of organic thing that happens as you do it. in talking about the work of youth and adult producers at youth radio, soep ( ) describes that “with collegial pedagogy, mentoring adults offer access to equipment, expertise, in-the-moment advice, creative collaboration, and crucially, a network of relationships with outlets for young people’s work” (p. ). whereas many youth arts organizations have created opportunities for entirely youth-led projects, the shift to a collegial pedagogy, where youth and adults work as partners, allows for an authentic power-sharing in the art-making process. this collaborative process also facilitates opportunities for youth and adults to learn together. “the beauty of this collaboration” one teaching artist noted, is that “it's not like i'm telling them what do it's okay as what can you bring to the table and what can i bring to the table and we start from there.” this back-and-forth was evident in our observations as we noted constant discussion between youth and adults as they worked together to make artistic decisions about their final artworks. at times working all on one sheet of paper to draw out a plan, it was clear that the interviews provided a common ground from which each participant—be it a young person or an adult teaching artist—could contribute actively and with authenticity. while this kind of collaborative learning may sound elegant in theory, it is important to note that shared decision-making and true collegial pedagogy is not with- out its challenges. to truly share the decision-making process with youth participants, teaching artists must give up some of their own power and control over the curriculum and over the final product. this can result in a sense of what one teaching artist described as “uncer- tainty” as they worry, “what are we going to make in the end?” yet, this uncertainty is actually a critical part of the process as it opens up a unique space in which youth and adult teaching artists come to create a work of art collaboratively. one teaching artist captured this tension in describing her reflections about the process: “we don't go in knowing what we are going to make. … our whole brainstorming process was the challenging part for me because i am just, like, nervous about wanting to make sure that [the project] gets done. also, on the flip side... i'm not the one who is creating the project. so, this goes back to it being a collaborative work project. like, i'm not the one creating it so it's not really fair for me to say, ‘oh i have an idea and i want you guys to create this.’ that's not what it is. it's the students, they have to come up with what they want to see, what they envision, how they can reflect what they've learned throughout the summer into some sort of print form. such ongoing negotiation of the balanced contribu- tions of both youth and adult participants throughout the urban investigations highlighted how interviewing can be a useful tool to encourage collaborative art-making. final thoughts in writing about the role of teaching, maxine greene ( ) reminds us that it “is a matter of awakening and empowering today’s young people to name, to reflect, to journal of social science education volume , number , winter issn – imagine, and to act with more and more concrete res- ponsibility in an increasingly multifarious world” (p. ). in our research with the center for urban pedagogy’s urban investigations youth program, it is clear that the pedagogical tool of interviewing can play a useful role in providing a range of opportunities for young people to develop their skills as creative agents for social change. through cup’s urban investigations, youth participants learned how to compose appropriate and investigative questions, how to ask those questions to stakeholders with real access to power, how to analyze the responses, and how to translate the information they learned into a creative platform for a wider audience. in addition to being useful skills in many professions, these interviewing capabilities are particularly useful in creating art. aligned with the work of contemporary artists, this research- based art practice includes observational skills, data collection and analysis, visual mapping of ideas, inter- viewing skills, listening skill, question posing, commu- nicating skills, technical skills of videotaping, drawing, and photography. interviewing, as an artistic tool allows youth to use their art to ask probing questions that make us think anew, thereby challenging the status quo. echoing greene’s words, the youth participants used interviewing as a means through which they learned to ask questions about the world around them and then to share what they learned with a wider audience. as such, interviewing serves as an important process of art making, another addition to the post-modern principles of art and design. at cup, our research highlighted how interviewing can be seen not only as an effective teaching tool, but also as the foundation upon which young artists build their understanding and artistic visions of the world as they see it and the world as they would like it to be. references allora and calzadilla ( ). interview with sophie mckinlay in tate modern, common wealth exhibition catalogue. london: tate publishing. bowman, p. and hamer, l. ( ). through the schoolhouse door: folklore, community, curriculum. logan, ut: utah state university press. cahill, c. ( ). doing research with young people: participatory research and the rituals of collective work. children’s geographies, ( ), - . cammarota, j. & fine, m. ( ). revolutionizing education: youth participatory action research in motion. new york: taylor & francis. cahill, c. & hart, r. (eds.). ( ). rethinking the boundaries of civic participation by children & youth in north america. children, youth and environments, ( ). cramerotti, a. ( ). aesthetic journalism: how to inform with informing. bristol and chicago: intellect. center for urban pedagogy. ( ). share, where? accessed on february , at welcometocup.org/ projects/urbaninvestigations/sharewhere center for urban pedagogy. ( ). power trip accessed on february , at welcometocup.org/projects/ urbaninvestigations/powertrip coles, a ( ed.) ( ). site-specificity: the ethnographic turn. (de-,dis-ex.,vol ) london: black dog publishing. desai, d. ( ). the ethnographic move in contemporary art: what does it mean for art education. studies in art education, ( ), - . dewey, j. ( ). art as experience. new york: perigee books. dewhurst, m. ( ). social justice art: a framework for activist art pedagogy. cambridge, ma: harvard education press. duckworth, e. ( ). “the having of wonderful ideas” and other essays on teaching and learning. new york: teacher’s college press. foster, h. ( ). artist as ethnographer. in the return of the real. cambridge: mit press. freire, p. ( ). pedagogy of the oppressed. new york, ny: herder and herder. glaser, b. g., & strauss, a. l. ( ). the discovery of grounded theory; strategies for qualitative research. chicago, il: aldine pub. co. goodman, s. ( ). teaching youth media: a critical guide to literacy, video production & social change. new york: teachers college press. hooks, b. ( ). teaching to transgress: education as the practice of freedom. new york: routledge. job, d. day, c. & smyth, a. ( ) beyond the bike sheds: fresh approaches to fieldwork in the school locality. sheffield. geographical association. powell, k. ( ). viewing places: students as visual ethnographers. art education, ( ), - . taussig, m. ( ). ethnography and art at sydney biennale. retreived on march , from digiethno.wordpress.com/ / / /mick-taussig- discuses- ethnography-and-art-at-sydney-biennale- - june- / schneider, a. & wright, c. ( ). between art and anthropology: contemporary ethnographic practice. london: bloomsbury academic. seidel, s., tishman, s., winner, e., hetland, l., & palmer, p. ( ). the qualities of quality: understanding excellence in arts education. cambridge, ma: project zero. shor, i. ( ). empowering education: critical teaching for social change. chicago: the university of chicago press. journal of social science education volume , number , winter issn – smyth, l. & stevenson, l. ( ) "you want to be a part of everything": the arts, community, & learning. a report from the september forum of the arts education partnership. washington, dc: arts education partnership. soep, e. ( ). youth mediate democracy. national civic review, ( ), - . wetzler, r. ( ). the art of fieldwork. rhizome editorial. retrieved on september , from rhizome.org/editorial/ /feb/ /artist-ethnographer/ endnote i in this paper, we draw upon data from our interviews and observations of educators and participants involved in two urban investigations at the center for urban pedagogy. excerpted quotations were recorded and transcribed by our research team. to maintain confidentiality, we will refer to the interviewee’s role within cup as the primary identifier for each data point. informational justice: a conceptual framework for social justice in library and information services kay mathiesen library trends, vol. , no. , (“social justice in librar y and information sci- ence and services,” edited by bharat mehra), pp. – . © the board of trustees, university of illinois abstract this article presents a conceptual framework of social justice for library and information science (lis) and services responsive to their core concerns and drawing from the disciplinary literatures in both philosophy and lis. the framework is introduced in terms of the multifaceted concept of informational justice, defined as the just treatment of persons as seekers, sources, and subjects of informa- tion. the article also expands on the central aspect of informational justice, namely idistributive justice, defined as the equitable distri- bution of access to information. an idistributively just system is one that ensures all persons have sufficient access to information, where access is understood as a capability sensitive resource. introduction the profession of librarianship has long had a social ideal at its core. at the founding meeting of the american library association (ala) in , the library was praised as an “instrument always working in the direction of moral and social development” (garrison, , p. ). with the ala’s adoption of the “library bill of rights” in , protecting intellectual freedom and fighting censorship developed into a “professional impera- tive” (wiegand, , p. ). more recently, the profession has expanded its scope beyond the confines of the library itself. in the ala adopted the “policy on library services to poor people” (holt & holt, , p. ), calling for, among other things, promoting equitable access, public aware- ness, and public policies to aid those who are poor (ala, ). these social ideals are encompassed and extended in current discussions of so- cial justice within the lis professions (britz & blignaut, ; dadlani & ross, ; de la peña mccook, ; duff, flinn, suurtamm, & wallace, informational justice/mathiesen ; gilliland, ; mcmenemy, ; mehra, rioux, & albright, ; pateman & vincent, ; usherwood, ). in order for this trend in lis to have its promised impact, however, there is a strong need for lis to develop its own understanding of social justice. this article addresses this challenge by developing a practical account of social justice for lis that is relevant in the twenty-first century. the term social justice is resonant with a number of positive associa- tions—e.g., fairness, equality, inclusion, and diversity. the concept it- self, however, remains undertheorized. as rioux ( ) points out, “few studies of lis are explicitly guided by established social justice theories” (p. ). philosophers have developed the most sophisticated accounts of social justice, so it is natural to look to philosophical theories for guidance (mehra et al., ; rioux, ). it is not clear, however, how useful it is to simply apply to issues in lis a theory of social justice developed elsewhere. while such established theories must be brought into the conversation, they may not speak directly to the particular concerns of lis professionals. the approach taken here is to pull from various philosophical accounts of social justice to help in developing a relevant framework of social justice for lis in terms of what this author calls informational justice. the theory of social justice for lis starts with its historical roots in philosophical theories of social justice. these provide an understanding of how lis professionals and scholars are using the idea of social justice in their work. using these conceptual resources, a multifaceted character- ization of social justice is developed. this characterization highlights two features of a social justice orientation (an institutional focus and an ethic of care, solidarity, and respect) and three elements of social justice (dis- tribution, participation, and recognition). the second part of the article describes a framework of social justice for lis in terms of informational justice, defined as justice for persons and communities in their activities as seekers, sources, and subjects of information. the final part of the article focuses on one aspect of informational jus- tice—justice for persons as seekers of information. as such, all persons deserve an equitable share of information resources, what is called here idistributive justice. while information equity (lievrouw & farb, ) is often held up as a goal for lis (see, e.g., kranich, ), it is not a straight- forward matter to define what is meant by an “equitable share” of informa- tion. if social justice is to be a goal in the lis professions, then we must have a way to assess to what extent we are achieving this goal. in order to do that, we need to specify the goal more precisely by asking two questions: ( ) what is being distributed? and ( ) what is a just distribution? drawing from philosophical theories of distributive justice, the answers to these two questions form the foundation for the related concept of idistributive justice. it will be argued that the focus of idistributive justice should be on ensuring access to information as a capability sensitive resource, while un- library trends/fall derstanding access as relational and multifaceted. it is also argued that a just distribution of access to information is one in which every person has sufficient access to exercise his or her basic capabilities. a note on methodological approach this article is a philosophical inquiry into the nature of social justice in the context of information systems and services. as such, it draws on literature from both lis and philosophy in articulating a conceptual framework of informational justice that can be applied in a wide range of lis settings and contexts. the discussion presented here emerges from applying a methodological approach of philosophical research. such an approach is similar to the stance employed by numerous philosophers throughout history and referred to in this article, e.g., john rawls, david miller, iris marion young, nancy fraser, martha nussbaum, and amartya sen. it in- volved intensive and close reading of these and other theorists, and the application of critical and contextual thinking to the core concerns of justice, information, and society. based on the resulting analysis, various new terms and definitions were constructed, conceptual frameworks were developed, and justifications for these definitions and frameworks were ar- ticulated. the intent of this article is to present background information, develop the framework, and lead the reader through the reasoning for the framework. the intention is for the work to provide valuable theoretical and conceptual tools that will help lis professionals think more clearly about social justice and act more mindfully and deliberately as social jus- tice advocates as a result. philosophical accounts of social justice while philosophical discussion of the concept of justice goes back to at least plato (kamtekar, ) and confucius (chan, ), the term “social justice” is relatively new. the jesuit priest luigi taparelli d’azeglio ( – ) is credited with having introduced the term in the mid-nineteenth century (miller, ). in the late nineteenth century, social justice be- came a topic of discussion among philosophers and social critics. at that time political theorists, such as john stuart mill, were responding to chal- lenges to classical liberal theory posed by communist and socialist theories (miller, ). the first book-length treatment of the topic, westel wil- loughby’s social justice: a critical essay ( ), conceived of social justice as a critical project that reveals the “discrepancies in many places between the ethical ideals actually held, and the social and economic conditions really existing” (p. ). adding the adjective “social” to “justice” emphasizes the fact that so- ciety as an entire system may be evaluated on the basis of whether it is just. as miller ( ) puts it, “social justice requires the notion of a soci- ety made up of interdependent parts, with an institutional structure that informational justice/mathiesen affects the prospects of each individual member.” (p. ). philosophical accounts of social justice focus on what is termed the “basic structure of society,” including the “political constitution, and the principle social and economic arrangements” (p. ). the feminist political philosopher iris marion young ( ) takes an even broader view, stating that social justice “concerns all aspects of institutional organization, public action, social practices and habits, and cultural meanings.” (p. ). the subject of social justice, then, is the entire social system. social justice requires us to ask big questions about the existence of injustices in the economic, political, and cultural spheres. the continuing catholic tradition of social justice adds a personalist ethic that aspires to treat every person as part of the human family (de la peña mccook, ). in an address on social justice ( ), pope bene- dict xvi called for respect for both the needs and rights of individuals and “genuine solidarity that commits people to live and work always for one another and never against or to the detriment of others.” the importance of solidarity and the value of human connections of care are emphasized in a number of more communitarian philosophies, including the feminist ethic of care (noddings, ) and the african philosophy of ubuntu (murithi, ). combining both of these perspectives, a social justice orientation includes both an understanding of social justice as a matter of social institutions and an ethic of solidarity, care, and respect for indi- vidual persons and communities within these institutions. in contemporary political philosophy the term “social justice” is often used synonymously with distributive justice (miller, , p. ; young, , chap. ), which is contrasted with retributive justice. while retributive jus- tice (also called correctional justice) is concerned with appropriate punish- ment for violations of law or morality, distributive justice is concerned with the just distribution of goods among the members of a society (velasquez & clair, ). philosophical theories of social justice concern the just distribution of what the political philosopher john rawls ( ) calls “the benefits and burdens of social cooperation” (p. ). philosophers disagree about what should be distributed (brighouse & robeyns, ); should we be concerned with the distributions of satisfaction of preferences, or resources, or capabilities? philosophers also disagree about what a just distribution should look like (lamont & favor, ); should goods be dis- tributed according to desert, equally, so as to create greatest benefit to the least well-off, or so that everyone has a sufficient amount? in the section of this article on idistributive justice, these various theories of distributive justice will be discussed in detail. some philosophers, most notably iris marion young ( ), have ar- gued that the distributive paradigm of social justice is too narrow. young defines social justice as “the elimination of institutionalized domination and oppression” (p. ). she argues that social justice not only concerns library trends/fall the distribution of benefits and burdens among members of a society but also the ways in which persons are depicted in “cultural imagery and sym- bols” (p. ). some of the latter, such as racist, classist, or sexist imagery, can prevent us from recognizing all persons as equally valuable and worthy of respect. nancy fraser’s ( ) conception of social justice combines these two aspects of social justice. these aspects of social justice can be called, follow- ing fraser, distributive and recognitional justice. according to fraser, what is needed is a broad and capacious conception [of justice], which can accommodate at least two sets of concerns. on the one hand, such a conception must encompass the traditional concerns of theories of distributive justice, especially poverty, exploitation, inequality, and class differentials. at the same time, it must also encompass concerns re- cently highlighted in philosophies of recognition, especially disrespect, cultural imperialism, and status hierarchy. (p. ) in order to bring these two aspects of social justice together, fraser pro- poses a third aspect: what she calls the “principle of parity of participa- tion,” requiring that “all members of the society interact with one another as peers” (p. ). fraser argues that a society lacking distributive or recog- nitional justice will also lack participatory justice, and vice versa. the place of social justice in lis while some lis scholars and practitioners only offer diffuse characteriza- tions of social justice, a number of others provide precise definitions of the term adopted from their philosophical and historical origins and extrapo- lated to varied lis contexts. these echo philosophical concerns of social justice in terms of equity, participation, inclusion, diversity, institutions, commonality, and other areas as applied in lis. according to mehra et al. ( ), for example, a socially just society is one in which “individuals and groups are treated fairly and receive an equitable share of all the benefits in society” (p. ). rioux ( ) gives a similar definition, but uses the term “equal” rather than “equitable” (p. ). the notion of an equal or equitable share is most frequently mentioned in the literature and cap- tures the concern with distribution. morales, knowles, & bourg ( ) characterize social justice as including respect for diversity, inclusion, and “the ability of all people to fully benefit from social and economic prog- ress and to participate equally in democratic societies” (p. ). singh ( ) points out that social justice concerns society-wide or institutional policy, defining social justice as “a policy of inclusion in which a society or institution provides all individuals with equal opportunities” (p. ). williams-cockfield ( ) defines social justice as “the advancement of equality and commonality within a society that understands and values human rights.” informational justice/mathiesen based on a survey of lis articles referring to social justice, the au- thor identified a number of key concepts and approaches. social justice is characterized in various ways in the lis literature; the following three strategies are the most typical: ( ) categories of people or communities burdened with social injustice; ( ) descriptions and definitions of social justice; and ( ) strategies for achieving social justice within library and information services. the following provides a snapshot of both the range of approaches and the frequency with which they are used in the litera- ture. works on social justice in lis often specify persons and communities who are oppressed and disadvantaged due to their • ethnicity and/or language (henderson, ; naidoo, ); • race (dunbar, ); • sexual orientation (e.g., naidoo, ; vincent, ); • gender status (e.g., female, transgender, intersex) (vincent, ); • physical ability (e.g., naidoo, ; hill, ); • health status (e.g., henderson, ); • religion (e.g., naidoo, ); • immigration status (e.g., naidoo, ; vincent, ); • age (e.g., vincent, ); • income level and housing status (e.g., vincent, ). authors in lis also describe social justice using such phrases and terms as • freedom (e.g., de la peña mccook, ; williams-cockfield, ); • human rights (e.g., samek, ; williams-cockfield, ); • dignity and/or agency of the individual (e.g., de la peña mccook, ; duff et al., ); • democracy and/or representation (e.g., duff et al., ; mehra, al- bright, & rioux, ; morales et al., ); • inclusion and/or participation (e.g., de la peña mccook, ; hecha- varria, ; morales et al., ; singh, ); • commonality, common good, and/or community (e.g., mehra et al., ; rioux, ; williams-cockfield, ); • diversity (e.g., de la peña mccook, ; mehra et al., ; morales et al., ); • equity or equality (e.g., dadlani & ross, ; de la peña mccook, ; duff et al., ; hechavarria, ; mehra et al., ; morales et al., ; rioux, ; singh, ; williams-cockfield, ). other authors focus on social injustice using terms such as • poverty and homelessness (e.g., longstaff, ); • discrimination (e.g., longstaff, ); library trends/fall • violence and hate (e.g., longstaff, ); • oppression (e.g., duff et al., ; dunbar, ). the philosophy surrounding relevance of social justice in lis is also varied. some argue that it is not the job of librarians, archivists, and other information professionals to advocate for social justice, because our pro- fessional obligation is to be neutral brokers of information (greene, ). the argument for professional neutrality says that lis profession- als ought not to give special status to particular points of view (e.g., those promoting particular social goals or conceptions of justice), but to provide a wide range of points of view (mathiesen & fallis, ). according to these neutralists, if lis professionals take positions on social and political issues, they will undermine their ability to be seen as neutral brokers of information. by not favoring particular points of view, lis professionals thereby serve all people no matter what information they are seeking. through neutrality, lis professionals thus express their equal concern for all patrons. this justification of neutrality, however, is anything but neutral—lis professionals value neutrality because they value such things as equality, justice, and service. lis is the discipline that seeks to design systems and services that link people to information. public librarianship, for example, is based on the belief that doing so has a social value, because an informed citizenry is better than an uninformed one and a life with access to a rich array of information resources is better than one without such access. thus the real question is not whether lis professionals should be neutral, but when and whether neutrality actually serves these values and when it does not. neutrality serves these values when, for instance, information profes- sionals provide the same level of service to a person whose beliefs they violently disagree with as they do to those with whom they agree. it does not serve those values when we fail to attend to the ways in which libraries and other information services may be reinforcing the exclusion and mar- ginalization of underserved populations. the author suggests that seeking social justice, then, is not antithetical to the true value of neutrality. the question arises, what is the unique role of libraries and librarian- ship in the promotion of social justice? it is important to keep in mind the breadth of concerns about social justice. social justice applies to all aspects of a person’s life, from her health to her ability to participate in political decision making to her opportunities for leisure. however, while it is necessary to keep social justice writ large in mind, the primary focus for lis is on justice with regard to persons as seekers, sources, and subjects of information: what will be called here informational justice. what makes informational justice of central concern, and thus why libraries and other information services are particularly important, is the fact that informa- tional injustice produces and reinforces other forms of social injustice, while information justice undermines systems of social injustice. indeed, informational justice/mathiesen informational justice serves as a good proxy for social justice writ large, because opportunities to receive and share information are central means for enhancing all aspects of people’s lives. need for a multidimensional account of social justice in lis based on the above summary of social justice as it has been discussed in the disciplines of philosophy and lis, a multidimensional account of social justice seems appropriate. as rioux ( ) has pointed out, social justice is “a diverse concept without a universally-accepted definition” (p. ). this suggests that it may be preferable to avoid providing a single definition of social justice for lis, so as to avoid prematurely limiting its scope. following this approach, a single unified definition of social justice is not provided here. instead, based on the forgoing literature review, it is possible to isolate five features of a social justice approach as potentially relevant to the lis professions; these include two essential components of a social justice orientation and three important foci of social justice in terms of their potential relevance to the lis professions. components of a social justice orientation • institutional perspective. institutions, economies, and cultures can be un- just without any individual person intentionally acting unjustly. a focus on social justice in lis must keep in mind the importance of large structural and cultural forces and attend to how they shape the life prospects of individual persons and communities. • ethic of care, solidarity, and respect. it matters how those concerned with social justice relate to their fellow human beings. a social justice ori- entation in lis approaches these issues with an attitude of care, soli- darity, and respect for the individual human beings and communities involved. foci of social justice • distribution. the way in which institutions, economies, and cultures distribute goods (such as resources, opportunities, abilities) is socially constructed and should be evaluated in the lis professions from the perspective of justice. • participation. social justice recognizes the agency of all persons and avoids treating people as passive recipients of assistance. all persons within the community should have a voice and influence within social systems and institutions that affect them, including the lis professions. • recognition. cultural imagery and symbols may create and reinforce structures of domination and oppression; thus we should attend to the ways in which persons and communities are represented within various cultural institutions, including lis settings and contexts. library trends/fall strategies for lis to promote social justice a review of the literature in lis on social justice shows a number of inter- connected strategies for how libraries and other information services can (and often do) promote social justice. • creating and supporting diversity in the information professions (mo- rales et al., ). example: the university of arizona’s knowledge river program recruits and provides financial and other support for hispanic and native american students seeking an mls (montiel-overall & little- tree, ). (for more examples see morales et al., , pp. – .) • providing information resources about and for social justice and social injustice (jimerson, ; morales et al., ). example: archives and libraries devoted to the collection of information about human rights and documenting human rights violations (mathiesen, in press). • treating people justly as seekers, sources, and subjects of information (rioux, mehra, & albright, ). example: the protocols for native american archival materials set out principles to guide ethical steward- ship of native american cultural materials (underhill, ). • using the voices and resources of library professionals and organizations to directly advocate for social justice locally and globally (longstaff, ). example: the american library association has passed a num- ber of resolutions supporting social justice legislation in such areas as immigrant rights (ala, ), marriage equality (ala, a), and universal health care legislation (ala, b). these four strategies can be seen as mutually supporting and enhanc- ing the ability of lis professionals and organizations to create a socially just society. promoting diversity within lis professions and organizations directly increases social justice in the society by increasing it within those professions and organizations. creating a diverse workforce of informa- tional professionals also creates an environment in which a diverse range of people are more likely to be treated justly in the provision of informa- tion services. one way to treat people justly as seekers of information is to provide them with resources to learn about the existence of injustices and about what social justice is and how to fight for it. finally, by promoting social justice in society in a direct fashion, the profession shows itself to be an engaged and progressive force in that society. while all four strategies are worthwhile, it can be said that the third— treating people justly as seekers, sources, and subjects of information—is the core of what it means to be a socially just information professional or service. the rest of this article will focus on what it means to promote jus- tice in the defining activities of lis. the framework is introduced in terms of the multifaceted concept of informational justice that is defined as the just treatment of persons as seekers, sources, and subjects of information. the article also expands on the central aspect of informational justice, informational justice/mathiesen namely idistributive justice, defined in terms of an equitable distribution of access to information. an idistributively just system ensures that all per- sons have sufficient access to information, where access is understood as a capability sensitive resource. the framework of informational justice informational justice is a multifaceted concept, reflecting the three ways in which persons may be related to information—as seekers, as sources, and as subjects. to be treated justly as a seeker of information, persons should have an equitable access to information: this is called idistributive justice. to be treated justly as a source of information, persons should have an equal chance to contribute to the production and provision of knowledge: this is called iparticipatory justice. to be treated justly as a subject of information, persons should be fairly depicted in the overall information array: this is called irecognitional justice. three foci of informational justice • idistributive justice. information goods and information services should be equitably distributed among all members of the society. • iparticipatory justice. all members of the society should have opportuni- ties to communicate their point of view alone or in concert with others, to have that point of view taken into account, and to take part in shared decision making about the provision of information resources. • irecognitional justice. contents of information available within the infor- mation environment should include fair and accurate representations of all members of the society. the “i” has been added before each of the terms so as to highlight the context of information services and systems. in the rest of this essay, how- ever, in order to promote readability, the “i” will often be dropped. the reader should keep in mind, however, that the terms “distribution,” “par- ticipation,” and “recognition” will hereafter be used in their informational sense. as with distributive, participatory, and recognitional justice (fraser, ), idistributive, iparticipatory, and irecognitional justice are mutu- ally reinforcing. an information system or service that promotes distribu- tive justice will also contribute to participatory and recognitional justice. conversely, an information system or service that is rife with participa- tory and recognitional injustice is unlikely to be distributively just. thus, it is important for libraries and other information services to consider all three types of informational justice. information services and systems that are distributively just may contrib- ute to participatory justice by providing persons with the informational re- sources to develop and support their voices in public discussions. in addi- tion, by providing equitable access to all, a distributively just environment library trends/fall insures that a wide range of people are exposed to those points of view. distributive justice thus contributes to recognitional justice by creating an information environment that is welcoming to all people and by providing the information necessary to correct false information and stereotypes. information services can support participatory justice by providing op- portunities for marginalized individuals and groups to express themselves. participatory justice may contribute to distributive justice by providing more sources of relevant information for the community and by giving all members of the community—particularly those whose interests are of- ten neglected—a voice in the design and implementation of information services so as to ensure the relevance and effectiveness of those services. recognitional justice has recently become a central concern in librarian- ship, as is evidenced by efforts to create more culturally competent profes- sionals (montiel-overall, ) and to ensure that libraries avoid collecting children’s books that reinforce stereotypes (naidoo, ). recognitional justice contributes to distributive justice by creating information environ- ments in which all can feel included and thereby more able to access the information they need. recognitional justice contributes to participatory justice by undermining stereotypes that contribute to the silencing and ignoring of marginalized populations. a focus on idistributive justice idistributive justice is defined as an equitable distribution of information goods and services. this still leaves the question of what counts as an “equi- figure . relationship of mutual support between forms of informational justice. informational justice/mathiesen table” distribution. to answer this question, we need to delve more deeply into theories of distributive justice. a theory of distributive justice requires that we specify a good and a rule (anderson, , p. ). the “good” re- fers to the thing distributed, while the “rule” refers to how we determine the just distribution of the good. in the following subsection, two theories of goods are considered—the resource theory and the capability theory. it will be argued that we should think of the good of idistributive justice as access to information, where access is understood as a capability enhanc- ing resource. in the next section, various rules of equitable distribution are considered. it will be argued that we should adopt a sufficientarian rule of distribution, where sufficiency is determined by access to informa- tion necessary for persons to exercise their fundamental capabilities. theories of distribution—what to distribute? there are three standard philosophical theories of what good(s) we should be trying to distribute equitably. distribution of preference satisfaction. this utilitarian approach is most of- ten adopted by those working in economics and public policy. for the utilitarian, the good to be distributed is the total amount of pleasure, hap- piness, or preference satisfaction that people (and perhaps other sentient beings) enjoy (bentham & mill, ). preference utilitarianism, the view that we should seek to satisfy people’s preferences or desires, is a com- monly assumed framework for assessing success in the supply of services. suggested assessments of library service frequently couch preference sat- isfaction in terms of “customer satisfaction” (hernon & whitman, ). there is, however, a serious problem with this approach when it is ap- plied to environments in which there is poverty, discrimination, and op- pression. subjective evaluations of satisfaction are vulnerable to the dis- tortion of adaptive preferences. adaptive preferences are preferences that persons adopt based on their circumstances—they are adaptive to their environment, be it physical or social (khader, ). persons who have fewer opportunities due to a variety of social factors—such as racism, sex- figure . theories of the good. library trends/fall ism, poverty, or disability—may adapt their preferences to what they are likely to get (burchardt, ). a woman in a sexist society, for instance, will likely lower her expectations for career success, and thus her prefer- ences for advancement opportunities in her career will be more easily satisfied than those of her male peers. thus a system that merely looks at preference satisfaction will likely get results that are skewed in ways that re- inforce existing social inequities. for this reason, a less subjective account of the good is preferable. distribution of resources. instead of considering whether people are satis- fied, we can look at the resources they actually have. the most well-known resourcist theory is rawls’s theory of “justice as fairness,” presented in his seminal work, a theory of justice ( ). rawls called his list of resources “primary social goods” (“primary goods” for short). primary goods in- clude “rights and liberties, opportunities and powers, income and wealth” (p. ). according to rawls, we can focus just on primary goods when considering distributive justice, because these goods allow persons to ac- quire all sorts of other goods that they might want. as rawls puts it, with primary goods, people “can generally be assured of greater success in car- rying out their intentions and advancing their ends, whatever these ends may be” (p. ). it is plausible that access to information should also be included among the primary goods. information is an essential all-purpose resource, much like income (van den hoven & rooksby, ). rawls included both lib- erties (and freedoms) and more tangible goods and services in his list of primary goods. similarly, information as a primary good includes both a liberty aspect and a tangible good aspect. the first is the freedom or liberty to receive and communicate information; the second is the actual availability of information as a thing. it is important to make this distinc- tion, because one could be free to have information in the sense that there are no laws limiting one’s access, while at the same time lacking actual ac- cess to information because the informational resources are not available. in the context of lis, this seems like the obvious account of the good to adopt—if we care about informational justice, then what other good could we be concerned with distributing other than information resources? there are problems, however, with resourcist theories of the good. this was famously pointed out by amartya sen in his seminal paper, “equal- ity of what?” ( ). according to sen, the problem with focusing on whether people have access to certain resources is that, depending upon one’s physical, mental, and social situation, the same set of resources can lead to very different outcomes. for example, take two people who have exactly the same resources. it may seem that the distribution between them is just. suppose, however, that one person has a severe disability and that this disability requires expensive assistive devices to carry out everyday life tasks. in that case, even though both people have the same resources, informational justice/mathiesen they do not get the same benefit from these resources. as sen points out, this is not an unusual problem: if people were basically very similar, then an index of primary goods might be quite a good way of judging advantage. but, in fact, people seem to have very different needs varying with health, longevity, climatic conditions, location, work conditions, temperament, and even body size (affecting food and clothing requirements). so what is involved is not merely ignoring a few hard cases, but overlooking very widespread and real differences. judging advantage purely in terms of primary goods [or resources] leads to a partially blind morality. (pp. – ) the sort of situation with which sen is concerned arises frequently in the context of information services. even when everyone can get information from their public library, for instance, they will vary in their ability to use and benefit from the information available. so, for example, a person who is vision impaired will not be able to get the information s/he needs from the resources of the library without access to various assistive devices and/ or resources in braille. distribution of capabilities. as an alternative to the resource approach, sen ( ) suggests that we measure not resources, but capabilities, i.e., the ability to do things. capabilities would include such things as “the ability to move about” one’s environment, the ability “to meet one’s nutri- tional requirements, the wherewithal to be clothed and sheltered, [and] the power to participate in the social life of the community” (p. ). as rawls himself was at pains to emphasize, the reason resources are valuable is because they are all-purpose means that allow us to pursue our ends, whatever they may be. sen takes this a step further. he points out that we care not so much about resources per se but about what we can actually do, experience, and be. so, our measure of distributive justice should be keyed to our abilities to function in these various ways that are important to us. in the case of informational justice, sen’s theory would have us look to whether the distribution of information resources and services is en- abling people to engage in important life activities and states of being. so, for instance, he wouldn’t have us seek to measure how many computers we have, or how many people accessed the archives, or even how many people were satisfied with their experience. rather, he would have us look for indicators of whether access to our services is helping people do and be what is important to them (britz, hoffmann, ponelis, zimmer, & lor, ; hill, ). while the capability approach reminds us to focus on outcomes rather than resources, it is not clear that it provides a useful framework for lis. how are lis professionals and researchers to evaluate the levels of capabilities in a community? if we can determine the levels of capabilities, how do we know how library services impact upon them? the capabilities approach is a theoretical framework for evaluating the re- library trends/fall source distribution of an entire society. trying to directly apply the theory of capabilities to lis is unlikely to be a good fit. distribution of information access—a capability sensitive resource luckily, in order to specify the good of idistributive justice, we do not need to resolve the debate between resource and capability theorists. this sec- tion develops a theoretical framework that takes the insights of both theo- ries into account. it is suggested here that access to information should be understood as a capability sensitive resource. this requires us to change our focus from thinking of information as the resource, to thinking of ac- cess to information as the resource. it also requires that we define access in a way that incorporates the concerns raised by sen about resource theories. the following definition of information access seeks to incorporate both of these features: a person has access to information when he/she has the freedom or opportunity to obtain, make use of, and benefit from that information. (mathiesen, , p. ) a key feature of this definition is that it makes information access a rela- tion between persons and information (or information services/systems). whether some information is accessible depends both on the state of the information and on the state of the person who seeks to access it. thus one can make information accessible by changing either the condition of the information or the condition of the person who wishes to access the information. so, for example, if there is a website with information about a health condition and the person who needs this information does not have access to the internet or the skills to use it, then this information is not accessible to her. in this case, the information can be made accessible by either providing a printed copy of the information to the individual, or by providing her with access to the internet and training in how to navigate it. this relational account of access takes into consideration the differential capacities of persons to, in sen’s words, transform resources into functionings. thus this account of access is sensitive to the differences among persons in their abilities to benefit from information as a resource. emphasizing the relational nature of information access makes it possible to identify the multidimensional nature of access. in determining whether information is accessible for some person or group, information profes- sionals must consider the following five factors (mathiesen, ): • availability: does the needed information exist? • findability: can information seekers find the information? • reachability: can the information seekers actually get to the informa- tion? informational justice/mathiesen • comprehensibility: can the information seeker understand the infor- mation? • usability: is the information meaningful or useful for the information seeker? to the extent that any of these factors is missing or inadequate, a per- son does not fully have access to information. thus, when measuring dis- tributive justice, we should look at whether individuals and communities have access to information along all of these dimensions. for each of these facets there are intellectual, physical, and sociocultural determinants of access (burnett, jaeger, & thompson, ; thompson & afzal, ; mathiesen, , p. ). thus, when evaluating whether information is accessible, we should consider whether it is intellectually, physically, and socioculturally accessible. so, for example, some information may be intel- lectually comprehensible, because the information seeker can understand the information presented, but at the same time it may not be physically comprehensible, because the information seeker has dyslexia. informa- tion may not be socioculturally comprehensible if it uses images and meta- phors that do not speak to the cultural background of the information seeker. to illustrate these dimensions, consider the barriers to access faced by poor people, as discussed in the american library association’s web page on outreach resources for services to poor and homeless people (ala, ). first, there may be a problem with availability—information useful to this population may not exist. as the ala points out, there may be a lack of “resources that address people’s experiences or current situations.” figure . access to information as a capability sensitive resource. library trends/fall research has shown that information needed by poor people is under- produced, due to their small impact on the market for information (south- well, hamilton, & slater, ). in order to solve the availability problem, lis professionals and organizations may need to take an active role in publishing and distributing information (koerber, ). second, there may be problems with findability—this population may be underserved with resources to help them find relevant information. for example, a library may provide access to information that is of interest and relevant to the needs of poor persons, but due to staff members’ “prejudices against people who are poor or homeless” (ala, ), these persons may not be provided with the resources, such as reference help, that they need to find the information they want. third, even if they know where it is, the information may not be reachable—there may be specific barriers that poor people encounter in getting to the information. for example, such things as “library card or access policies requiring a permanent address” and “limited access to the library building by either limited means of trans- portation or service hours” (ala, ) make it more difficult for poor people to get to the needed resources. fourth, the information may not be in a format or language that is comprehensible to the population. for example, given the lack of educational opportunities for poor persons, it may be that materials relevant to their life situations are not available in formats that they can understand. fifth, the information they have access to may not be usable by this population. for instance, it is likely that infor- mation targeted to middle-income persons will not be useful for those who are homeless or in poverty. books on nutrition, for example, may recom- mend foods that are too expensive or are not available at the stores in poor neighborhoods (food research and action center, ). what is an equitable distribution? as noted in the first section of this essay, discussions of social justice in lis frequently use the terms “equality” or “equity.” it is not so simple a matter, however, to determine what is an equal or equitable distribution of access to information. indeed, there are a number of different philosophical theories of what constitutes an equitable distribution of goods. below is a discussion of four rules of distribution prominent in the philosophical literature: maximizing, egalitarian, prioritarian, and sufficientarian. ulti- mately, a sufficientarian rule is defended as most appropriate for assessing whether the distribution of information access is equitable. types of rules rules of distribution are often divided into patterned and nonpatterned. patterned rules look at the pattern of distribution across the population and suggest that certain patterns are more just than others. nonpatterned rules of distributive justice suggest that we look instead at whether people have what they deserve based on their past contributions or based on rules informational justice/mathiesen of property and exchange (nozick, ). nonpatterned theories do not necessarily hold that vastly unequal distributions are unjust, as long as the distribution is the result of the application of a just rule of resource transfer. nonpatterned rules are difficult to apply (because they require looking at the history of how someone ended up with their current share of the resource) and are, therefore, not good contenders for a rule of idistributive justice to be applied when assessing the justice of information services. thus, the discussion here will focus on what are called “patterned rules” of distribution. patterned theories of justice can be divided into maximizing and egali- tarian as shown in figure . maximization: the maximum amount of good for the maximum number of people maximization is often used in the evaluation of public services. as applied to information access, the maximization rule would require that we seek to achieve the greatest amount of access for the greatest number of peo- ple. so, for instance, a maximizing rule would have us consider how many people are able to use the library computers or how many people are able to access an archive. while these are important indicators, if we only con- sider the amount of resource available or the amount of usage the library gets, we may well be failing on the score of a just distribution of access. to see why this is the case, consider an important criticism of the maxi- mizing approach, most famously made by rawls ( ). rawls argued that summing across different individuals and seeking to increase the total amount of a good “does not take seriously the distinction between per- sons” (p. ). simply because there is more access overall does not mean that every person is getting his or her fair share of the resource. indeed, policies that increase net gains overall may at the very same time seriously underserve certain segments of the population. for instance, in order to figure . rules of distributive justice. library trends/fall get more people in the library we may cater to certain segments of the soci- ety—perhaps those who already have ample access to information through other venues. in short, it doesn’t matter only that we serve the most people possible, but that those who most need the services are getting them. this is something that the maximizing rule cannot take into account. egalitarianism: the distribution must be equitable egalitarian rules are concerned not just with how many people get access but with how that access is distributed across the population. strict egalitarianism. as applied to information access, strict egalitarian- ism (nielsen, ) would require that everyone be provided with exactly the same level of access to information. recall that access includes such factors as what is relevant and comprehensible to a person or group. thus, for access to be equal, we would have to attend to the range of concerns and interests of all members of the community as well as their levels of literacy, etc. this may appear to capture quite well the idea of a just distri- bution of information. there is, however, a widely acknowledged problem with the strict egalitarian rule: the “leveling down” problem (brake, ). egalitarianism requires that in cases where we are not able to bring every- one up to the same level, we should “level down” or reduce the amount of resources held by those who have more in order to achieve equality. thus egalitarianism seems to commit us to a policy under which, if we cannot give everyone exactly the same access, then we ought not to provide bet- ter services for some than for others. taken to the extreme, an egalitarian rule would require that if we cannot provide public libraries for all com- munities, we ought not to provide them for any. it seems wrongheaded to deprive some people of resources simply because not everyone can have them. furthermore, as prioritarians (rawls, ) are quick to point out, leveling down can have bad consequences for those who are the least well- off in the society. prioritarianism. rawls’s famous difference principle is prioritarian; accord- ing to the difference principle, the least well-off persons in the society have priority in the distribution ( ). the difference principle approach is egalitarian in spirit, but avoids leveling down. it allows some persons to have more than others, as long as that inequality has the overall tendency to improve the situation of the least well-off. as applied to idistributive justice, the difference principle would permit a library to allow greater information access for certain members of the community if this leads to obtaining more funding that could be put into providing greater access for those less well-off. for example, the library might institute a fee-based service, the funds from which would go to improving the services for the poorest segment of its users. getting more resources for the least well- off, even if not equal resources, will overall tend to promote equality by empowering them. we might be concerned that a prioritarian rule is not informational justice/mathiesen sufficiently egalitarian, however. allowing greater resources to some mem- bers of the community may reinforce the sense that some are “lesser” than others. for this reason, a prioritarian rule may not be the best principle of distribution for library and information services. sufficientarianism. sufficientarianism is an egalitarian option that fo- cuses on ensuring that all members of the community are guaranteed suf- ficient access to information. under the “sufficientarian” rule there is a minimal standard of access that must be met for everyone (shields, ). the sufficientarian rule shows equal respect for all by setting an equal baseline below which none should be allowed to fall. resources should be expended first on bringing up those who do not have a sufficient degree of access. because the sufficientarian rule does not say what to do about those who have more than a sufficient amount, it does not run into the lev- eling down problem. because the sufficientarian rule just sets a baseline, it may be combined with any of the other rules. once everyone has suffi- cient access, we can adopt any of the other rules—prioritarian, egalitarian, or maximizing. given these features of the sufficientarian rule, the theory of idistributive justice presented here is sufficientarian. human rights and capabilities the sufficientarian conception of justice is quite common in discussions of human rights, which set baseline standards of treatment owed to all persons. martha nussbaum’s theory of capabilities ( ) seeks to articu- late those basic needs shared by all human beings and that are protected by human rights. thus her list of capabilities (pp. – ) may be a good place to start reflecting on what information resources would be necessary for a sufficient level of access. the readers may wish to take the categories identified in nussbaum’s ( ) following list as guidelines for the sorts of topics and skills on which library and information services should focus. • life: “being able to live to the end of a human life of normal length; not dying prematurely, or before one’s life is so reduced as to be not worth living” (p. ). • bodily health: “being able to have good health, including reproductive health; to be adequately nourished; to have adequate shelter” (p. ). • bodily integrity: e.g., freedom of movement, freedom from violence, sexual freedom. • senses, imagination, and thought: this includes “being able to use one’s mind in ways protected by guarantees of freedom of expression with respect to both political and artistic speech, and freedom of reli- gious exercise” (p. ). • emotions: e.g., “to love, to grieve, to experience longing, gratitude, and justified anger” (p. ). • practical reason: “being able to form a conception of the good and to engage in critical reflection about the planning of one’s life” (p. ). library trends/fall • affiliation: e.g., having close relationships and being treated with re- spect. • other species: relating to, e.g., “animals, plants, and the world of na- ture” (p. ). • play: e.g., athletic and other recreational activities. • control over one’s environment: this includes both the political (e.g., free speech, political participation) and material environment (e.g., privacy, employment). this list is presented as a starting point for reflection on what a sufficient level of access to information for every member of the community would look like. there is not space here to go through how each of the capa- bilities could guide us in following a sufficientarian rule of distribution of information access. to illustrate how nussbaum’s theory might be used, however, consider the capability of bodily integrity. focusing on women in particular, this capability would be supported by access to information about such things as domestic violence, reproductive health, contracep- tion, and sexuality. nussbaum’s list is by design general and relatively ab- stract, as the specifics must be filled in based on the culture and needs of the particular individuals and communities being served. thus an es- sential component of satisfying distributive justice must be engaging the participation of various communities in expressing their needs as informa- tion seekers. finally, it must be acknowledged that in many cases it will not be possi- ble for a library or other information service to provide the informational resources necessary for persons to achieve a sufficient development and exercise of their capabilities. here we may find useful the approach taken by the united nations to such situations. the un holds that states should work to “achieve progressively” those human rights that require resources that may be in short supply or take time to develop (eide, , p. ). in a similar way, lis professionals and institutions can seek to achieve progres- sively a just distribution of information access. informational justice in practice this article developed the concept of informational justice to provide lis professionals with a framework for recognizing the central social justice issues within information services. while fully implementing this frame- work must be left for future research, at this point some practical impli- cations for the design and evaluation of lis services and programs can be derived from the framework. to illustrate these practical implications, suggestions for possible programs or activities are given below. the first lesson that can be drawn from this framework is that when de- signing programs and services, a social justice orientation requires making informational justice/mathiesen ourselves aware of the social injustices imbedded in large institutional sys- tems and cultural assumptions. it should be kept in mind that the nature of oppressive systems is to obscure their own existence and impact; thus constant questioning as to whom we might be leaving out of our definition of “community” is imperative. this institutional perspective, however, may lead to creating static categories that reduce people to simplistic social and cultural stereotypes. this is where the attitudinal aspect of the social justice orientation is important; a professional with a social justice orienta- tion treats persons and communities with care, solidarity, and respect. the attitude of care fosters change through direct empathic relationships with those whom lis professionals serve. care alone, however, is insufficient as it may lead to an attitude of paternalistic superiority, which can dimin- ish people’s sense of self-efficacy and agency. thus the value of solidar- ity—that is, seeing persons as equals and creating bonds of fellowship and community—is essential. respect for individuals and communities recog- nizes that they are self-determining; their intentions for themselves are more important than, and may outstrip, even the most well-intentioned outsider’s understanding. activities supportive of a social justice orienta- tion could include the following: instituting book or film groups that focus on works about and by underserved members of the community; inviting advocates from these communities to speak to staff; and encouraging staff to engage with communities outside the walls of the library. the second lesson that can be drawn from the framework is that creat- ing services and systems that equitably distribute access to information among members of the community requires a nuanced understanding of the communities to be served. given this, it is imperative to assess and evaluate the resources available to historically marginalized and disadvan- taged members of the community, such as senior citizens, youth, persons with disabilities, and sexual, racial, linguistic, and ethnic minorities. using nussbaum’s list of capabilities, lis professionals could analyze whether their information service makes accessible materials that support the ca- pabilities relevant to the mission of the service. the information-gather- ing stage may require moving beyond reliance on some of the traditional methods for measuring services, such as gathering usage statistics or sur- veying current patrons. gathering only information about those currently using the information service does little to reveal what keeps some mem- bers of the community from using the service. furthermore, due to “adap- tive preferences” those who are chronically underserved and marginalized in the community may not expect as much, and thus may be less demand- ing than more privileged patrons. qualitative methods, such as structured or unstructured open-ended discussions with underserved members of the community, may be more appropriate. it may be useful to use the five facets of accessibility (availability, findability, reachability, comprehensibil- library trends/fall ity, and usability) and the three determinates of access (physical, intellec- tual, and sociocultural) to generate a list of questions that can be used as a frame for data collection. one question might be, for example, “what are the sociocultural barriers to finding health information for hispanics in our community?” (see mathiesen, for more examples). the model of access as a multifaceted relation between persons and information can then be used to evaluate the accessibility of information. given the rela- tional nature of access, it is important to keep in mind that information may be made more accessible by addressing either the resource side or the seeker side of the equation. for example, the intellectual barrier of illiteracy can be addressed by providing information in nontextual for- mats and by providing literacy education. the availability facet may be addressed by information services taking a role in authoring or publishing needed information. the third lesson that can be drawn from the framework of informa- tional justice is that the just distribution of information also requires the just treatment of persons and communities as sources and subjects of information. by seeking to include more voices within the information environment, lis professionals and organizations help ensure that com- prehensible and usable information will be available to all members of the community. by seeking to ensure that persons and communities are accurately and diversely depicted within the information environment, lis professionals can make a significant impact on the perceptions and expectations that shape the opportunities of marginalized members of the community. finding ways in which a diverse array of members of mar- ginalized and stigmatized communities can work with lis professionals in building diverse and accurate representations is one means to correct for unconscious biases and stereotypes. in this regard it is essential that the lis profession itself strive for diversity along multiple dimensions. conclusion drawing from the disciplinary literatures in both lis and philosophy, this article presented a conceptual framework for understanding social justice as related to lis. the following summarizes the basic principles of this framework: • social justice orientation includes both an institutional perspective and an ethic of care, solidarity, and respect. • social justice is concerned with issues of distribution, participation, and recognition. • informational justice requires that persons be treated justly as seekers, sources, and subjects of information. • in these roles, persons deserve idistributive, iparticipatory, and irecog- nitional justice. informational justice/mathiesen • these three forms of informational justice are interdependent and mu- tually supporting. • idistributive justice concerns the distribution of access to information. • access to information is a relationship between some information source or service and a person or group of persons. • information is accessible when it is available, findable, reachable, com- prehensible, and usable. • a just distribution of information is one that ensures that all persons have a sufficient level of access to information. • in seeking a sufficient level of access, we should focus on information that supports and enhances people’s capabilities. there is more work to be done on the theory of informational justice, both in the realm of theory and in the realm of practice. in addition to presenting the overall framework of informational justice, this article focused primarily on idistributive justice. while there was not space to develop them here, two other foci of informational justice—iparticipa- tion and irecognition—deserve equally careful conceptual development. future theoretical work will expand on these concepts, providing detailed frameworks similar to that here developed for idistributive justice. an- other important feature of the framework presented here is what was called the “social justice orientation.” more needs to be said about how this orientation plays out in the lis professions. finally, in order to be at all relevant, this framework should be applied in varied lis settings. as a philosopher of lis, the author must leave that work to information research professionals and empirical researchers, who she hopes will find this framework useful. notes . this literature review is limited to works that explicitly use the term “social justice.” once social justice has been explicitly defined, as i attempt to do in this essay, it should be pos- sible to offer a broader literature review that includes all works that focus on social justice issues, even ones that do not specifically use the term. . while it is important to specify where attention should be focused in addressing social injustice, no list can capture all disadvantaged or oppressed social positions in all cultures or contexts. new forms of social domination and exclusion may emerge, and hidden forms may come to light. for example, while the importance of ensuring accessibility for persons with physical disabilities has become a more central issue (dobransky & hargittai, ; goggin & newell, ), persons with mental disabilities and mental illnesses are not typically included within discussions of accessibility (ridella, ). . this list does not necessarily identify all possible approaches, just some of the most com- monly discussed ones. references american library association (ala). ( ). resolution in support of immigrant rights. retrieved from http://www.ala.org/offices/sites/ala.org.offices/files/content/wo/refer ence/colresolutions/pdfs/ -cd . .pdf american library association (ala). ( a). resolution on civil marriage equality, regard- less of sexual orientation. retrieved from  http://www.ala.org/offices/sites/ala.org.of fices/files/content/wo/reference/colresolutions/pdfs/marriagequality.pdf library trends/fall american library association (ala). ( b). resolution endorsing legislative proposals for universal health care. retrieved from http://www.ala.org/aboutala/sites/ala.org.aboutala /files/content/governance/council/council_documents/ _annual_docus/ _uni versalhealthcare.doc american library association (ala). ( ). outreach services to poor and homeless people. retrieved from http:// www.ala.org/advocacy/diversity/outreachtounderservedpopula tions/servicespoor anderson, e. ( ). justifying the capabilities approach to justice. in h. brighouse & i. robeyns (eds.), measuring justice: primary goods and capabilities (pp. – ). cambridge, uk: cambridge university press. benedict xvi. ( ). address to members of the “centesimus annus” foundation. retrieved from http:// www.vatican.va/holy_father/benedict_xvi/speeches/ /may/documents /hf_ben-xvi_spe_ _centesimus-annus_en.html bentham, j., & mill, j. s. ( ). utilitarianism and other essays (a. ryan, ed.). london: penguin. brake, d. ( ). when equality leaves everyone worse off: the problem of leveling down in equality law. william and mary law review, ( ), – . retrieved from http:// scholar ship.law.wm.edu/wmlr/vol /iss / brighouse, h., & robeyns, i. ( ). measuring justice: primary goods and capabilities. cambridge, uk: cambridge university press. britz, j., & blignaut, j. ( ). information poverty and social justice. south african journal of library and information science, ( ), – . britz, j., hoffmann, a., ponelis, s., zimmer, m., & lor, p. ( ). on considering the appli- cation of amartya sen’s capability approach to an information-based rights framework. information development, ( ), – . burchardt, t. ( ). are one man’s rags another man’s riches? identifying adaptive expecta- tions using panel data. social indicators research, ( ), – . burnett, g., jaeger, p., & thompson, k. ( ). normative behavior and information: the social aspects of information access. library & information science research, ( ), – . chan, j. ( ). making sense of confucian justice. philosophy east and west, , – . dadlani, p., & ross, t. ( ). information technology services and school libraries: a con- tinuum of social justice. in b. mehra (ed.), social justice, social inclusion [ special issue]. qualitative and quantitative methods in libraries journal, – . retrieved from http:// www .qqml.net/papers/special_issue_ _social_justice_social_inclusion/qqml_jour nal_ _specialissue_ - _dadlaniandtodd.pdf de la peña mccook, k. ( ). social justice, personalism, and the practice of librarianship. catholic library world, ( ), – . dobransky, k., & hargittai, e. ( ). the disability divide in internet access and use. informa- tion, communication & society, ( ), – . duff, w., flinn, a., suurtamm, k., & wallace, d. ( ). social justice impact of archives: a preliminary investigation. archival science, ( ): – . dunbar, a. ( ). introducing critical race theory to archival discourse: getting the conversa- tion started. archival science, ( ), – . eide, a. ( ). economic, social and cultural rights as human rights. in a. eide, c. krause, & a. rosas (eds.), economic, social, and cultural rights: a textbook (pp. – ). minneapolis: university of minnesota press. food research and action center. ( ). why low income and food insecure people are vulnerable to overweight and obesity. retrieved from http:// frac.org/initiatives/hunger -and-obesity/why-are-low-income-and-food-insecure-people-vulnerable-to-obesity fraser, n. ( ). social justice in the knowledge society: redistribution, recognition, and participation. paper presented at conference on “gut zu wissen,” berlin, ger. retrieved from http:// www .wissensgesellschaft.org/themen/orientierung/socialjustice.pdf garrison, d. ( ). apostles of culture: the public librarian and american society, – . madison: university of wisconsin press. gilliland, a. ( ). neutrality, social justice and the obligations of archival education and educators in the twenty-first century. archival science, ( – ), – . goggin, g., & newell, c. ( ). digital disability: the social construction of disability in new media. lanham, md: rowman & littlefield. greene, m. ( ). a critique of social justice as an archival imperative: what is it we’re doing that’s all that important? american archivist, ( ), – . informational justice/mathiesen hechavarria, l. ( ). e-inclusion and public libraries: a literature review. in b. mehra (ed.), social justice, social inclusion [ special issue]. qualitative and quantitative meth- ods in libraries journal, – . retrieved from http:// www.qqml.net/papers/special_is sue_ _social_justice_social_inclusion/qqml_journal_ _specialissue_ - _hechavarria.pdf henderson, c. ( ). social justice: a public library controversy. australasian public libraries and information services, ( ), – . hernon, p., & whitman, j. ( ). delivering satisfaction and service quality: a customer-based approach for libraries. chicago: american library association. hill, h. ( ). ontario public libraries, accessibility, and justice: a capability approach. canadian journal of information and library science, ( ), – . holt, l., & holt, g. ( ). public library services for the poor: doing all we can. chicago: ameri- can library association. jimerson, r. ( ). archives for all: professional responsibility and social justice. american archivist, ( ), – . kamtekar, r. ( ). social justice and happiness in the republic: plato’s two principles. history of political thought, ( ), – . retrieved from http:// www.u.arizona.edu/~kamtekar /papers/ppj.pdf khader, s. ( ). adaptive preferences and women’s empowerment. oxford, uk: oxford univer- sity press. koerber, j. ( ). the public library as publisher. library journal. retrieved from http:// lj .libraryjournal.com/ / /publishing/the-public-library-as-publisher kranich, n. ( ). libraries: ensuring information equity in the digital age. american li- braries, ( ). retrieved from http:// www.ala.org/aboutala/governance/officers/past /kranich/almcolumns#jan lamont, j., & favor, c. ( ). distributive justice. stanford encyclopedia of philosophy. retrieved from http:// plato.stanford.edu/entries/justice-distributive lievrouw, l., & farb, s. ( ). information and equity. annual review of information science and technology (arist), , – . longstaff, r. ( ). social justice across the curriculum: librarians as campus leaders. catholic library world, ( ), – . mathiesen, k. ( ). facets of access: a conceptual and standard threats analysis. iconference proceedings. retrieved from http:// hdl.handle.net/ / mathiesen, k. (in press). human rights as a subject and guide for lis research and practice. journal of the association for information science and technology. mathiesen, k., & fallis, d. ( ). information ethics and the library profession. in k. e. himma & h. t. tavani (eds.), the handbook of information and computer ethics (pp. – ). hoboken, nj: wiley. mcmenemy, d. ( ). public libraries and social justice. library review, ( ), – . mehra, b., albright, k., & rioux, k. ( ). a practical framework for social justice research in the information professions. proceedings of the american society for information science and technology, ( ), – . mehra, b., rioux, k., & albright, k. ( ). social justice in library and information science. encyclopedia of library and information sciences ( rd ed., pp. – ). new york: taylor & francis. miller, d. ( ). principles of social justice. cambridge, ma: harvard university press. montiel-overall, p. ( ). cultural competence: a conceptual framework for library and information science professionals. library quarterly, ( ), – . montiel-overall, p., & littletree, s. ( ). knowledge river: a case study of a library and information science program focusing on latino and native american perspectives. library trends, ( – ), – . morales, m., knowles, e., & bourg, c. ( ). diversity, social justice, and the future of librar- ies. portal: libraries and the academy, ( ), – . murithi, t. ( ). practical peacemaking wisdom from africa: reflections on ubuntu. journal of pan african studies, ( ), – . naidoo, j. ( ). the importance of diversity in library programs and material collections for children. [association for library service to children white paper]. retrieved from http:// www .ala.org/alsc/sites/ala.org.alsc/files/content/alscwhitepaper_importance% of% diversity_with% graphics_final.pdf library trends/fall nielsen, k. ( ). radical egalitarian justice: justice as equality. social theory and practice, ( ), – . noddings, n. ( ). caring: a relational approach to ethics and moral education. berkeley: uni- versity of california press. nozick, r. ( ). anarchy, state, and utopia. oxford, uk: basil blackwell. nussbaum, m. ( ). capabilities as fundamental entitlements: sen and social justice. feminist economics, ( – ), – . pateman, m., & vincent, m. ( ). public libraries and social justice. burlington, vt: ashgate. rawls, j. ( ). a theory of justice. cambridge, ma: harvard university press. ridella, s. ( ). the madwoman in the attic: mental illness and the americans with dis- abilities act amendments act of . national law review. retrieved from http:// www .natlawreview.com/article/madwoman-attic-mental-illness-and-americans-disabilities-act -amendments-act- rioux, k. ( ). metatheory in library and information science: a nascent social justice ap- proach. journal of education for library and information science, ( ), – . rioux, k. ( ). teaching social justice in an information literacy course: an action research case study. in b. mehra (ed.), social justice, social inclusion [ special issue]. qualitative and quantitative methods in libraries journal, – . retrieved from http:// www.qqml.net/ papers/special_issue_ _social_justice_social_inclusion/qqml_journal_ _spe cialissue_ - _rioux.pdf rioux, k., mehra, b., & albright, k. ( ). conceptualizing social justice in the information sciences. proceedings of the american society for information science and technology, ( ), – . samek, t. ( ). librarianship and human rights: a st century guide. atlanta, ga: neal- schuman. sen, a. ( ). equality of what? in s. mcmurrin (ed.), the tanner lectures on human values: vol. . (pp. – ). cambridge, uk: cambridge university press. shields, l. ( ). the prospects for sufficientarianism. utilitas, ( ), – . singh, v. ( ). open source software use in libraries: implications for social justice? in b. mehra (ed.), social justice, social inclusion [ special issue]. qualitative and quan- titative methods in libraries journal, – . retrieved from http:// www.qqml.net/pa pers/special_issue_ _social_justice_social_inclusion/qqml_journal_ _special issue_ - _singh.pdf southwell, b., hamilton, j., & slater, j. ( ). why addressing the poor and underinsured is vexing. health communication, ( ), – . thompson, k., & afzal, w. ( ). a look at information access through physical, intellectual, and socio-cultural lenses. omnes: the journal of multicultural society, ( ), – . retrieved from http:// www.omnesjournal.org/upload/public/pdffile/ / .pdf underhill, k. ( ). protocols for native american archival materials. rbm: a journal of rare books, manuscripts and cultural heritage, ( ), – . usherwood, b. ( ). [review of the book public libraries and social justice, by john pateman and john vincent]. journal of librarianship and information science, ( ), – . van den hoven, j., & rooksby, e. ( ). distributive justice and the value of information: a (broadly) rawlsian approach. in j. van den hoven & j. weckert (eds.), information tech- nology and moral philosophy (pp. – ). cambridge, uk: cambridge university press. velasquez, m., & clair, a. ( ). justice and fairness. issues in ethics, ( ). retrieved from http:// www.scu.edu/ethics/publications/iie/v n vincent, j. ( ). the role of public libraries in social justice. prometheus, ( ), – . wiegand, w. ( ). tunnel vision and blind spots: what the past tells us about the present; reflections on the twentieth-century history of american librarianship. library quarterly, ( ), – . williams-cockfield, k. ( ). building civic capacity using a holistic approach to public library service: a participant researcher’s perspective on social justice in the cayman islands public library service. in b. mehra (ed.), social justice, social inclusion [ special issue]. qualita- tive and quantitative methods in libraries journal, – . retrieved from http:// www.qqml .net/papers/special_issue_ _social_justice_social_inclusion/qqml_journal_ _specialissue_ - _williamscockfield.pdf willoughby, w. w. ( ). social justice. new york: macmillan. young, i. ( ). justice and the politics of difference. princeton, nj: princeton university press. informational justice/mathiesen kay mathiesen is an assistant professor in the school of information resources and library science at the university of arizona. she earned her phd in philosophy at the university of california, irvine. her primary research interests are political philoso- phy, information ethics, and digital culture, with an emphasis on human rights and global justice. she is cofounder of the information ethics roundtable, which hosts a yearly interdisciplinary conference on themes in information ethics. her articles have appeared in ethics and information technology, midwest studies in philosophy, business ethics quarterly, journal of information ethics, international review of information ethics, and journal of the association for information science and technology. justice for the crowd: organizational justice and turnover in crowd-based labor administrative sciences concept paper justice for the crowd: organizational justice and turnover in crowd-based labor xiaochuan song ,* , graham h. lowman and peter harms business department, misericordia university, dallas, pa , usa michael a. leven school of management, entrepreneurship and hospitality, kennesaw state university, kennesaw, ga , usa; glowman@kennesaw.edu department of management, university of alabama, tuscaloosa, al , usa; pdharms@cba.ua.edu * correspondence: xsong@misericordia.edu received: november ; accepted: november ; published: november ����������������� abstract: crowd-based labor has been widely implemented to solve human resource shortages cost-effectively and creatively. however, while investigations into the benefits of crowd-based labor for organizations exist, our understanding of how crowd-based labor practices influence crowd-based worker justice perceptions and worker turnover is notably underdeveloped. to address this issue, we review the extant literature concerning crowd-based labor platforms and propose a conceptual model detailing the relationship between justice perceptions and turnover within the crowd-based work context. furthermore, we identify antecedents and moderators of justice perceptions that are specific to the crowd-based work context, as well as identify two forms of crowd-based turnover as a result of justice violations: requester and platform turnover. in doing so, we provide a novel conceptual model for advancing nascent research on crowd-based worker perceptions and turnover. keywords: crowd-based labor; organizational justice; compensation; evaluation; communication . introduction organizations are faced with an ever-growing challenge to acquire human resources (chambers et al. ). one recent development in addressing this challenge has been to eschew traditional human resources acquisition models and employ a more task-based approach to acquire human resources, that is, instead of hiring permanent employees, organizations contract temporary workers to complete particular tasks or projects (e.g., segal and sullivan ). the development of the internet and online payment systems have made it possible for organizations to tap into the temporary workforce by going beyond conventional sources, such as staffing agencies or employment centers (sundararajan ). in particular, the “crowd” has become a new source for organizations to capitalize on flexible labor exchange, where the crowd consists of individuals that work outside of organizational boundaries (barnes et al. ), and organizations that assign work to the crowd (i.e., crowdwork) are considered to be utilizing “crowd-based labor” (howe ). despite the promise associated with using crowd-based labor, the influence of crowd-based labor practices and policies on crowd-based labor has rarely been investigated. this is particularly true regarding crowd-based labor turnover, which is considered an especially high risk associated with utilizing the crowd as a substitute for the traditional workforce (chandler et al. ). in this review, we contribute to crowd-based labor literature by detailing the nature of this new human resource acquisition technique and discussing the implications of its application for perceptions and behaviors of working individuals within crowd-based labor. we accomplish this by employing an organizational justice framework, which refers to individuals’ perceptions and attitudes towards policies, practices, and activities that are initiated and implemented within an organization adm. sci. , , ; doi: . /admsci www.mdpi.com/journal/admsci http://www.mdpi.com/journal/admsci http://www.mdpi.com https://orcid.org/ - - - https://orcid.org/ - - - http://dx.doi.org/ . /admsci http://www.mdpi.com/journal/admsci https://www.mdpi.com/ - / / / ?type=check_update&version= adm. sci. , , of (greenberg ; cropanzano et al. b; colquitt ). using this framework, we discuss how to integrate prior research and theory in the organizational justice domain with crowd-based worker experience and their interaction with crowd-based labor requesters, as well as how these interactions influence crowd-based labor turnover. . literature review traditional human resource acquisition techniques include employee referrals, direct applications, college placement office/employment agencies, job fairs, and media advertisements (breaugh et al. ). more recently, organizations have started to acquire human resources via online platforms that enable access to the crowd (kittur et al. ), a term used to describe a large network of people with varying levels of knowledge, skills, and abilities that operate outside of the hiring organization (howe ; nakatsu et al. ). internet-enhanced work systems and online payment methods have enabled organizations to capitalize on the crowd as a new source of flexible labor exchange to acquire human resources (barnes et al. ). the combination of the crowd with labor exchange is generally defined as “crowd-based labor”, which represents a workforce that organizations can use to solve labor shortages by transferring tasks traditionally performed by their employees to a network of people outside of the organization (howe ). in order to adequately evaluate crowd-based labor as a means of supplementing traditional human resource practices, it is imperative to first define several key terms in the crowd-based labor domain, including crowdsourcing, crowdwork, requesters, workers, and gig work. crowdsourcing describes the process of acquiring labor from the crowd, which is the term used to describe the general external network of individuals available for hire (howe ). in this way, crowdsourcing provides access to the broad knowledge base of the crowd in an open call format; furthermore, those participating in the crowd can choose to work spontaneously upon the receipt of these open calls (dissanayake et al. ; howe ). in this way, crowdsourcing can be considered a process by which external human intelligence can be harnessed (zheng et al. ) to perform diverse tasks (mao et al. ). as a subset of crowdsourcing in the business domain, crowdwork represents the application of crowdsourcing within the business setting (schulte et al. ), which relies on online platforms as virtual locations that allow for requesting organizations (i.e., requesters) and the participating workforce (i.e., workers) to engage in labor exchanges in such a way that requesters post tasks on platforms and workers take and finish tasks in return for financial compensation (boons et al. ). by utilizing crowdsourcing, crowdwork allows requesters to arrange their work over the internet by assigning the jobs to a crowd of individuals who are not formally affiliated with the organization (boons et al. ), for the purpose of leveraging workers’ dispersed knowledge, skills, and abilities via internet-mediated platforms (brabham , ; gassenheimer et al. ). as the application of crowdsourcing has expanded to multiple types of tasks (nakatsu et al. ) and multiple business sectors across nations (mandl et al. ), crowdwork has split into two general categories based on the way services are delivered (fernández-macías ). these categories include online-based service delivery operated and controlled by online platforms (i.e., amazon mturk) and offline-based service delivery operated and controlled by online platforms (i.e., taskrabbit). noteworthy in fernández-macías ( )’s categorization is that the author used “crowd work” to describe online-based service delivery and “gig work” to describe offline-based service delivery. more recently, instead of describing offline-based service delivery only, duggan and colleagues (duggan et al. ) used the term “gig work” to describe all types of crowdwork, both online- and offline-based. specifically, these authors provided three categories based on platforms, including ( ) capital platform work, which includes work related to selling products or leasing physical assets via platforms (e.g., airbnb and etsy); ( ) crowdwork, which includes work assigned to a geographically dispersed crowd via platforms (e.g., amazon mturk and fiverr); and ( ) app work, which includes offline work provided on-demand, with requesters and workers connected via platforms (e.g., taskrabbit, uber, and lyft). compared to fernández-macías ( )’s categorization, which termed adm. sci. , , of online-based service as “crowd work” and offline-based service as “gig work,” duggan et al. ( ) considered “gig work” to be an overarching term that covers both online-based service (e.g., crowdwork) and offline-based service (e.g., capital platform work and app work). however, despite the different definitions of “gig work” provided by these authors, they converge in that online- and offline-based service represents the two main types of crowdwork. in a similar vein, howcroft and bergvall-kåreborn ( ) expanded crowdwork categorization by introducing four types of crowdwork based on compensation and the initiating party, including type a, online task crowdwork, such that workers finish microtasks (e.g., a smaller piece of task from a major project) and receive pre-specified compensation; type b, “playbour” crowdwork, such that workers finish tasks for fun and enjoyment and instead of receiving financial compensation; type c, asset-based services, such that workers deliver service offline by utilizing assets/equipment owned by them; and type d, profession-based freelance crowdwork, such that workers in certain specializations provide professional services, which usually involves a higher level of knowledge, skills, and abilities. this categorization aligns with the two general types of crowdwork provided by fernández-macías ( ) as well, such that type a and b belong to online-based service, type c belongs to offline-based service, and type d can be either online- or offline-based service. table provides a clear comparison of the works provided by these authors. table . categorization of crowdwork. fernández-macías ( ) (the author termed online-based work as “crowd work” and offline-based work as “gig work”) duggan et al. ( ) (the authors used the term “gig work” to describe all three types below) howcroft and bergvall-kåreborn ( ) online-based work crowdwork—tasks are assigned to and finished by a geographically dispersed crowd, with requesters and workers connected by online platforms. type a work—tasks assigned to and finished by workers online. type b work—“playbour” tasks assigned to and finished by workers online. workers finish tasks primarily for fun and joy, instead of being compensated. online- and/or offline-based work a type d work—profession-based freelance work, with requesters and workers connected by online platforms. workers deliver services either online or offline. offline-based work capital platform work—products sold or leased offline, with buyers and sellers connected by online platforms. type c work—asset-based services, with requesters and workers connected by online platforms. workers deliver service offline by utilizing assets/equipment owned by workers. app work—tasks deployed to worker and finished offline, with requesters and workers connected by online platforms. a this category was not originally from fernández-macías ( ). importantly, crowd-based labor is different from traditional outsourced-labor, in that the participating workforce within crowd-based labor comes from the general public with varying level of knowledge, skills, and abilities (howe ), whereas the workforce associated with traditional outsourced-labor comes from one or multiple specific parties that are identified either through open competition or a bidding process (lankford and parsa ; marjanovic et al. ). by looking at crowd-based labor from its source and purpose, it helps both academics and practitioners have a stronger understanding of crowd-based activities and their procedures. adm. sci. , , of . . key elements of crowd-based labor recent literature has extensively examined crowd-based labor regarding who should be considered the crowd, how requesters and workers communicate, how workers receive compensation, and how work outcomes are verified (e.g., estellés-arolas and gonzález-ladrón-de-guevara ; hetmank ; nakatsu et al. ). these studies, taken together, suggest the following key elements of crowd-based labor. the first element is crowd-based labor platforms, which are mediating platforms that connect workers and requesters. since requesters and workers are dispersed, they need a connecting platform that spans beyond temporal, geographical, and organizational boundaries (alberghini et al. ; gregg ). as an alternative way to tap into external human resources, crowd-based labor platforms are virtual places that allow requesters and workers to connect virtually (boons et al. ; zhao and zhu ) and aggregates human intelligence by utilizing the internet and communication technologies (barnes et al. ). the second element is the worker’s professional profile. as noted earlier, crowd-based labor refers to a workforce that finishes tasks issued by requesters without having a formal employment contract. while debates and legal actions exist regarding how to classify crowd-based labor (keith et al. ), according to the rules of behavioral control, financial control, and relationship type (topic number —independent contractor vs. employee, internal revenue service ), crowd-based labor is currently categorized as independent contractors, as they do not receive direct supervision or work-related materials from requesters nor have a formal employment contract with requesters. these rules are applicable and have been widely used by crowd-based labor platforms. the third element is the collective human intelligence. as an alternative way to tap into extra human resources, crowd-based labor platforms establish connections between requesting organizations and external human resources (alberghini et al. ) by utilizing communication technologies (barnes et al. ). by tapping into external human resources, crowdsourcing can generate a collective human intelligence that goes beyond the organization’s boundaries (gregg ). the fourth element is the open call. as indicated earlier, it is the crowd that makes crowdwork distinct from conventional human resource acquisition techniques, because crowdwork is a practice that taps into the wisdom of a large crowd of diversified people (howe ). as such, crowdwork is accessible to a broad participating workforce that has the potential to contribute in unique and various ways. importantly, platforms can also set varying threshold levels for participating in a task (e.g., amazon mturk) so that workers take tasks based on their level of qualification or achievement in the past. with these elements in mind, we conducted a comprehensive review of crowdbased-labor platforms to inform our review and to identify areas in need of additional theorizing and research. . . review of crowd-based labor platforms mediating platforms are the basis of any crowdwork because they connect workers and requesters (boons et al. ; zhao and zhu ). here, we examine existing business crowd-based labor platforms by reviewing their founding year, business model, compensation policy, payment procedure, performance evaluation methods, and platform-supported communication. aguinis and lawal ( ) reviewed several crowd-based labor platforms, such as elance, odesk, freelancer, etc., however, given the fact that changes such as mergers and acquisitions are ubiquitous among crowd-based labor platforms, as well as the rapid expansion and development in this emergent sector (e.g., odesk merged with elance, and relaunched as upwork in ; freelancer acquired multiple cs platforms during the past decade, including getafreelancer, eufreelance, limeexchange, webmaster-talk, vworker, and escrow during the past decade), our review revisits the extant platforms and provides an update to previous studies. to better understand crowd-based labor platforms, we conducted an inductive exploratory study on extant platforms. inductive studies have been widely used by business researchers to form abstraction based on observing reality (locke ) so that generalizing results and new patterns can be adm. sci. , , of detected (jebb et al. ) and new knowledge can be discovered beyond observation (woo et al. ). by following best practices for inductive research (woo et al. ), we examined existing business crowd-based labor platforms by comprehensively reviewing a variety of characteristics of platforms, including founding year, business model, compensation, policy, payment procedure, performance evaluation methods, and platform-supported communication. to conduct the platform review, we performed a comprehensive search for existing crowd-based platforms. as indicated earlier, works from fernández-macías ( ), duggan et al. ( ), and howcroft and bergvall-kåreborn ( ) provided comprehensive categorizations and clear direction for identifying platforms. additionally, we primarily focus on general platforms (e.g., fiverr, upwork, and freelancer) because these platforms have a higher level of worker representativeness (i.e., workers with a large variety of backgrounds, knowledge, skills, and abilities) and task comprehensiveness (i.e., a large variety of tasks posted by requesters). we conducted a platform search by using keywords provided by fernández-macías ( ), duggan et al. ( ), and howcroft and bergvall-kåreborn ( ), such as “freelancing”, “freelancer”, “crowd”, “crowdwork”, “crowd-based”, “crowdsource”, and “crowdsourcing”. our search effort yielded over platforms. after carefully reviewing these platforms, we excluded platforms based on the following exclusion criteria: ( ) platforms that have been recently merged or purchased, such as crowdflower, odesk, and figure eight; ( ) non-profit platforms, such as seed company and global solution networks because these platforms do not represent the labor exchange between requesters and workers; ( ) platforms that provide workers with no direct financial compensation, such as toluna because these platforms reward their participants with “reward points” instead of financial compensation, which is an important element of labor exchange (barnes et al. ); ( ) platforms that are not relevant to business crowd-based labor, such as gofundme; and ( ) platforms that only provide offline-based service, such as uber, lyft, airbnb, and foodora as their platforms are out of our research focus of this review. using these criteria, we identified crowdsource-based labor platforms, which were reported in table . . . platform review results along with information provided in table , some noteworthy characteristics warrant mentioning. first, the majority of the platforms were established after , the year that the term “crowdsourcing” was coined by jeff howe. the platforms that were established before mainly focused on computer science-related work, such as guru (formerly emoonlighter), ninesigma, and topcoder, whereas after , the type of work available on platforms became more diversified, such as design, microtask, problem-solving, etc. second, with regard to delivery methods, some platforms have extended to offline-based services or kept both online- and offline services simultaneously. these types of platforms require workers to go to local locations to finish tasks per requesters’ needs. examples of this type of platform are taskrabbit and thumbtack. third, with regard to tasks, the majority of the platforms focus on design, programming/coding, and professional freelancing work, which includes business-related work and technology-related work. moreover, most of the work is marketplace-based, such that requesters post the tasks on the platform, and workers pick and choose the tasks that they are willing to work on. once a task is taken by a worker it will not be available to others. some platforms take a contest-based approach, such that a task can be taken by multiple workers simultaneously, and the requester picks and pays for a single worker’s submission of which they approve, and then disregards the remaining submissions. it can be inferred that the platforms that take a contest-based approach are exposed to more uncertainty, for their registered workers are less likely to have guaranteed compensation from requesters. therefore, as shown in table , many of the platforms with the contest-based approach may also have a marketplace-based approach simultaneously. adm. sci. , , of table . summary of extant crowd-based general labor platforms (in the alphabetical order) a. platform name and founding year platform’s business mode a compensation policy payment procedure performance evaluation process case-based vs. rule-based evaluation platform-supported communication b aileensoul requesters will not need to pay the commission. workers are compensated for the completion of tasks posted by requesters no escrow accounts requester makes direct payment to the worker upon the completion of the task requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message clickworker requesters will need to pay % of the compensation amount as commission to the platform the platform sets the minimum compensation rate workers are compensated for the completion of their corresponding tasks posted by requesters. requester makes the upfront payment to an escrow account held by either platform; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of the requested task requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message cloudpeeps requesters will need to pay %– % of the compensation amount as commission to the platform, plus . % processing fees requesters can also choose a subscription plan and pay a monthly fee to reduce the commission percentage workers are compensated for completion of their corresponding tasks posted by requesters workers can also be compensated on an hourly basis requester makes the upfront payment to an escrow account held by either platform; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of the requested task requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message expert requesters will not need to pay the commission; however, % of the total payment will be deducted from workers’ earnings and go to the platform workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester makes direct payment to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message fiverr requesters will not need to pay the commission; however, % of the total payment will be deducted from workers’ earnings and go to the platform workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding task requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message flexjobs requesters will not need to pay the commission the requester needs to subscribe to the platform by paying a monthly fee workers also need to subscribe to the platform by paying a monthly fee workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester makes direct payment to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message adm. sci. , , of table . cont. platform name and founding year platform’s business mode a compensation policy payment procedure performance evaluation process case-based vs. rule-based evaluation platform-supported communication b freelancer requesters will not need to pay the commission, however, % of the compensation or $ (or its approximate equivalent in other currencies) -whichever is greater - is collected by the platform when the workers are compensated workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks. requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message freelancermap requesters will not need to pay the commission workers need to subscribe to the platform by paying a monthly fee workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester make direct payment to the worker upon the completion of tasks, the platform does not involve in payment to workers requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site text message freeup requesters will need to pay % of the compensation amount as commission to the platform workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message giggrabbers requesters will not need to pay the commission; however, . % of the total payment will be deducted from workers’ earnings and go to the platform workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message guru requesters will not need to pay the commission; however, a certain amount of fee will be deducted from workers’ earnings platform sets minimum compensation rate workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasksrequesters can compensate workers on an hourly basis requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message idea connection requesters will not need to pay the commission; however, a certain amount of fee will be deducted from workers’ earnings participants receive compensation upon solving the problems. requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation case-based in-site multi-media message adm. sci. , , of table . cont. platform name and founding year platform’s business mode a compensation policy payment procedure performance evaluation process case-based vs. rule-based evaluation platform-supported communication b ijobdesk requesters will need to pay % of the compensation amount as commission to the platform the platform sets the minimum compensation rate workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site text message innocentive requesters will not need to pay the commission; however, a certain amount of fee will be deducted from workers’ earnings workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation case-based in-site multi-media message locallancers requesters will not need to pay the commission workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester make direct payment to the worker upon the completion of tasks, the platform does not involve in payment to workers requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based no in-site communication localsolo requesters will not need to pay the commission the requester needs to subscribe to the platform by paying a monthly fee workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation case-based in-site multi-media message mechanical turk requesters will need to pay % of the compensation amount as commission to the platform workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message mediabistro requesters will not need to pay the commission requesters will need to pay for posting tasks on the platformworkers will also need to subscribe to the platform by paying a monthly fee workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message micro job market requesters will not need to pay the commission. workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester make direct payment to the worker upon the completion of tasks, the platform does not involve in payment to workers is out of the platform requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message adm. sci. , , of table . cont. platform name and founding year platform’s business mode a compensation policy payment procedure performance evaluation process case-based vs. rule-based evaluation platform-supported communication b myremoteteam requesters will not need to pay the commission requester will need to subscribe to the platform by paying a monthly fee workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message nexxt requesters will not need to pay the commission the requester needs to subscribe to the platform by paying a monthly fee workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message ninesigma requesters will not need to pay the commission; however, a certain amount of fee will be deducted from workers’ earnings participants will receive compensation when their proposals are accepted by the clients requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation case-based in-site multi-media message oridle requesters will not need to pay the commission requesters will need to subscribe to the platform by paying a monthly fee participants will receive compensation when their proposals are accepted by the clients requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based no in-site communication project hire requesters will not need to pay the commission; however, a certain amount of fee will be deducted from workers’ earnings participants will receive compensation when their proposals are accepted by the clients requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message people perhour requesters will need to pay % of the compensation amount as commission to the platform workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks the compensation is paid on an hourly basis requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message prolific requesters will need to pay % of the compensation amount as commission to the platform the platform sets the minimum compensation rate workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site text message adm. sci. , , of table . cont. platform name and founding year platform’s business mode a compensation policy payment procedure performance evaluation process case-based vs. rule-based evaluation platform-supported communication b rat race rebellion requesters will not need to pay the commission workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester make direct payment to the worker upon the completion of tasks, the platform does not involve in payment to workers is out of the platform requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based no in-site communication servicescape requesters will not need to pay the commission; however, a certain amount of fee will be deducted from workers’ earnings workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks the requester needs to add a valid payment method before workers start works, workers will be paid upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message skip the drive requesters will not need to pay the commission the requester needs to pay to the platform for posting the task workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester make direct payment to the worker upon the completion of tasks, the platform does not involve in payment to workers is out of the platform requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based no in-site communication soshace requesters will need to pay %– % of the compensation amount as commission to the platform workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based no in-site communication speedlancer requesters will not need to pay the commission; however, a certain amount of fee will be deducted from workers’ earnings workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message thumbtack requesters will not need to pay the commission; however, a certain amount of fee will be deducted from workers’ earnings workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message toogit requesters will not need to pay the commission; however, an % “facilitator fee” will be deducted from workers’ earnings workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message adm. sci. , , of table . cont. platform name and founding year platform’s business mode a compensation policy payment procedure performance evaluation process case-based vs. rule-based evaluation platform-supported communication b toptal requesters will not need to pay the commission; however, a certain amount of fee will be deducted from workers’ earnings workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message transformify requesters will not need to pay the commission requester will need to either subscribe to the platform by paying a monthly fee or make a one-time payment for a job posting workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks the requester needs to add a valid payment method before workers start works, workers will be paid upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message truelancer requesters will not need to pay the commission; however, a certain amount of fee will be deducted from workers’ earnings workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks. the platform sets the minimum compensation rate requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site text message upwork requesters will not need to pay the commission; however, % commission and . % processing fees will be deducted from workers’ earnings workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks. the compensation can also be paid on an hourly basis requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message virtual vocations requesters will not need to pay the commission; however, workers need to subscribe for receiving task information workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester make direct payment to the worker upon the completion of tasks, the platform does not involve in payment to workers is out of the platform requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message wework remotely requesters will not need to pay the commission requester will need to make a one-time payment for each job posting workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester make direct payment to the worker upon the completion of tasks, the platform does not involve in payment to workers is out of the platform requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message adm. sci. , , of table . cont. platform name and founding year platform’s business mode a compensation policy payment procedure performance evaluation process case-based vs. rule-based evaluation platform-supported communication b working nomads requesters will not need to pay the commission the requester needs to make a one-time payment for each job posting workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester make direct payment to the worker upon the completion of tasks, the platform does not involve in payment to workers is out of the platform requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based in-site multi-media message yunojuno requesters will need to pay the platform a certain amount of fee on top of the compensation amount that pays to workers. the fee rate depends on requesters’ subscription workers will receive compensation upon the completion of their corresponding tasks requester makes an upfront payment to an escrow account; the fund will be released to the worker upon the completion of tasks requester evaluates the work and decides compensation rule-based case-based no in-site communication a. we made our best attempt acquire all available information from multiple sources in terms of commission, fees, etc., however, some platforms do not disclose this type of information. for these platforms, we used “in a certain amount” in the table. b. this column indicates the communication methods provided by the platform. it is also possible for requesters and workers to have direct communication without utilizing any platform-mediated methods (e.g., private chat). adm. sci. , , of fourth, with regards to earnings and profit, the vast majority of platforms maintain their operations and make profits by charging their clients (requesters) a percentage-based commission, ranging from % (ijobdesk) to % (clickworker) of the compensation paid to workers by requesters. for example, upwork charges . % of the compensation that requesters pay to workers; this rate is % at freelancer and – % at amazon mturk, which charges an extra % when there are ten or more assignments within a task. meanwhile, a small number of platforms paying workers on an hourly basis (e.g., peopleperhour). moreover, some platforms charge fees for posting tasks on platforms (by requesters). in addition, some platforms do not charge any commission or fee from workers or requesters, instead, they require requesters or workers, or both parties to purchase subscriptions so that they can gain access to the platform. fifth, the majority of platforms use escrow accounts, such that requesters need to pre-pay a certain amount before posting tasks (i.e., upfront payment to platforms). the funds deposited into an escrow account set up by the platform are then transferred to workers once the task is finished by workers and verified by the requester. sixth, concerning work verification and evaluation, work is usually evaluated by either a case-based or rule-based evaluation method (prentzas and hatzilygeroudis ). specifically, the case-based method is an evaluation method based on the specific circumstances of the task. for instance, a logo design task is evaluated by the extent to which the finished logo design can reflect requesters’ special needs (e.g., for business or a special event), and the evaluation is based on requesters’ previous experiences. in comparison, the rule-based method is an evaluation method that is based on a well-defined, universally accepted knowledge base that results in standardized rules and requirements that are widely accepted within a certain field (dutta and bonissone ). for instance, transcribing tasks have a general, universal rule—the number of typos in the finished transcription and all requesters that request transcribing tasks would take this evaluation approach. seventh, a small portion of the platforms (e.g., amazon mturk and crowdflower) support the decomposition of jobs. specifically, in these platforms, tasks can be decomposed into multiple smaller pieces (i.e., distributed work; brabham ; or microtask, howcroft and bergvall-kåreborn ), making it possible for multiple crowdsourcing workers to work on the same task simultaneously. this is what crowdsourcing researchers termed “modularity” or “granularity” (baldwin and hippel ; cullina et al. ), which is important for collaboration because modularized work can be completed by multiple workers independently and in parallel, thus decreasing the complexity of each piece of work. eighth, as the middle person that connects requesters and workers, platforms take different approaches to facilitating interactions between requesters and workers. for instance, the majority of platforms provide in-site, multi-media messaging systems with integrated voice and video communication for requesters and workers to discuss job specifications, work progress, work quality, and compensation. some platforms (e.g., designs and thumbtack) allow requesters and workers to have direct real-time communication, while others (e.g., crowdspring and guru) have direct communication but without real-time communication, and some platforms (e.g., chaordix and spigit) do not provide any direct communication channel. one interesting finding from the communication mechanisms is that direct communication between requesters and workers seems related to the performance evaluation method, such that direct communication is more likely to take place when a task is evaluated by using a case-based approach, whereas direct communication is less likely to take place when a task is evaluated by using a rule-based approach. one possible way to explain this finding is that case-based evaluation is less likely to include universally accepted criteria, making direct communication more necessary to supplement the case-based evaluation. ninth, many platforms (e.g., prolific and ijobdesk) employ a pre-screening processes for both requesters and workers to make sure qualified workers are recruited and tasks do not introduce risk to workers. furthermore, some platforms have taken one step further by integrating quality control adm. sci. , , of mechanisms to evaluate work (e.g., appen, which is not included in table ), such that platforms can detect worker errors and notify requesters about potential quality issues. lastly, many platforms offer to function as an arbitrator, such that when there is a dispute between a requester and a worker about task evaluation or compensation, the platform intervenes to investigate and resolve the dispute. . . benefits and concerns of crowd-based labor as demonstrated in the breadth of platforms identified and discussed above, crowd-based labor in the business context has attracted considerable attention over recent years (simula and ahola ). this is often attributed to the various benefits associated with using crowd-based labor, such as organizations gaining access to diversified knowledge and to new perspectives that that would otherwise be absent (gassenheimer et al. ; surowiecki ), acquiring information from a highly diversified and representative workforce (behrend et al. ; buhrmester et al. ; gassenheimer et al. ; paolacci et al. ), leveraging previously unattainable resource and build competitive advantages (prpić et al. ), decreasing the possibility of making decisions based on groupthink and common information (surowiecki ), and having a cost-effective method for dealing with human resource shortages (acosta et al. ; chaisiri ; buhrmester et al. ; irani ; yuen et al. ). additionally, from the workers’ standpoint, crowdwork makes it possible for workers to have a higher level of flexibility and latitude about working hours and work location so that a balance between work and life can be easily maintained. crowdwork also brings a higher level of job variety so that workers can pick and choose their favorite work from platforms. despite these benefits, concerns surrounding crowd-based labor are generally overlooked. these concerns have surfaced more recently as the use of crowd-based labor has continued to build in the business context. first, the use of monitoring and the feedback given to workers is relatively limited. as indicated earlier, workers are dispersed in different locations and connect to requesters through internet-mediated platforms. because of this, it is difficult for requesters to monitor these workers’ activities effectively and provide feedback on time, reinforcing the possibility of low-quality work and limiting potential improvements in workers’ task effectiveness and efficiency (askay ; mao et al. ). second, due to the absence of effective monitoring, some crowdsourcing workers may take advantage of the crowdsourcing system by engaging in character/identity misrepresentation (sharpe-wessling et al. ) and performing sloppy work intentionally (eickhoff et al. ) to maximize compensation. these types of worker are referred to as “malicious workers” (eickhoff et al. ). third, many workers have limited access to regular jobs owing to a variety of internal and external circumstances (e.g., job market landscape, financial condition, flexibility, personal preference, keith et al. ), and this means that they may have few other options outside of taking on crowdwork (jäger et al. ). consequently, under-compensation is a common issue within the business crowdwork environment. for instance, a large number of requesters are reported to take advantage of workers by underpaying them, such as paying below the minimum wage (semuels ) or even refusing to pay by coming up with various reasons (e.g., qualification issues, response time, failing to pass attention checks, etc.) after workers have submitted completed tasks (milland ). compounding this, there are currently no laws or regulations to protect the rights of the participating workforce, making under-compensation and non-compensation almost a “common practice” implemented by many requesters and turning crowdwork into a precarious undertaking (keith et al. ). . . crowd-based labor concerns and their relation to human resource management (hrm) following our review of crowd-based labor and its characteristics, we posit that the concerns surrounding the participating workforce within crowdwork are primarily reflective of hrm issues because the participating workforce, in essence, is a human resource that goes beyond organizations’ adm. sci. , , of boundaries. more specifically, from the standpoint of hrm, we propose these concerns can be categorized into three areas. first, workers in the traditional work context have agreed-upon pay rates that are clearly specified in employment contracts and protected by laws and regulations (e.g., minimum wage law). however, as noted earlier, workers in the crowdwork context do not have formal employment contracts, nor existing laws that protect their rights. in fact, aguinis and lawal ( ) posited that in the crowdwork context, workers’ compensation, to a large extent, is market-oriented, such that the pay rate is subject to requesters and crowd-based labor market conditions, making it favorable to requesters but unfavorable to workers. second, within the crowd-based work context, it becomes challenging to implement performance evaluations in a way that mirrors the traditional work context. extant literature has suggested that performance evaluation is a continuous process of identifying, measuring, benchmarking, and developing the performance of working individuals (aguinis ; aguinis et al. ). however, a continuous evaluation is difficult to maintain in the crowdwork context, due to the limited interaction between requesters and workers as well as requesters’ presence in the crowd-based labor process. this can make it difficult for workers to receive and heed feedback from requesters in a timely manner. moreover, the shifting nature of tasks and clients means that it is difficult to build expertise based on feedback provided by requesters, with such expertise leading to better pay or more desirable crowd-based tasks from the requester in the future. third, and compounding the difficulties surrounding continual evaluation, is the limited communication associated with the use of outcome-based evaluations, which often leads to dissatisfaction and a lack of organizational commitment in traditional work contexts (e.g., campbell and wiernik ) and is amplified in the crowdwork context. taking amazon’s mechanical turk (i.e., mturk) as an example, requesters post tasks on the online platform, from which workers can pick various tasks from multiple requesters. when workers complete tasks, they submit work so that requesters can verify and evaluate the results, and then decide whether to pay the worker based on job quality. workers may either receive financial compensation as the “reward” for desirable outcomes or receive no payment or even be blocked by requesters as “punishment” for undesirable outcomes. this outcome-oriented process further limits the number of available performance evaluation criteria that can be utilized for determining compensation, making performance evaluation in the crowd-based work context a single-sourced, outcome-based evaluation (aguinis and lawal ). the limited feedback and overemphasis on outcome-based evaluations also demonstrates the general lack of communication between requesters and workers, which can easily lead to confusion and ambiguity from the worker’s perspective. in a similar vein, from the standpoint of communication, crowdwork poses a challenge to human resource management as crowdwork is built upon physical distance, which negatively impacts platform-mediated communication between workers and requesters because the frequency of interaction decreases as physical distance increases (latané et al. ). moreover, miscommunication or misunderstanding increases when a mediating medium (e.g., an online platform) is present (vukovic and natarajan ). . . review of organizational justice the aforementioned hrm-related issues that are associated with compensation, performance evaluation, and communication influence workers’ perceptions of organizational justice. this is because organizational justice is based on the transaction-based relationship between workers and employers, with workers’ work inputs (e.g., energy, time, effort) being compared to the outputs given in exchange by the employer (e.g., compensation and benefits). from the workers’ perspective, this transaction-based relationship reflects the transactional contract that “involves specific monetizable exchanges” (rousseau , p. ) between workers and employers. take completing job tasks as an example, workers spend time, energy (e.g., manual or brainpower), and effort to finish job tasks, and receive economic and quasi-economic compensation when job tasks are adm. sci. , , of completed (cropanzano et al. a). this exchange occurs due to the completion of specific job tasks being specified in the employment contract, implying that completing certain job tasks and receiving corresponding compensation are built upon a transactional relationship with mutual, contractual consent (opsahl and dunnette ). however, when employees perceive a violation in the transaction-based relationship terms of compensation results, compensation determination process, or communication/explanation of compensation, it leads to a psychological contract violation and employees experiencing a lack of justice. research in organizational justice dates back to the early s. for instance, dworkin ( ) posited that justice is understood as the basis for societal and organizational legitimacy. more recently, goldman and cropanzano ( ) suggested that justice describes normative standards and how these standards are implemented, such that justice not only denotes conduct that is morally expected, but also refers to whether a decision-maker adheres to norms and rules. similarly, colquitt and rodell ( ) suggested that justice is best considered as adherence to rules that reflect appropriateness, and the degree to which an organization or its top management is perceived to act consistently, equitably, respectfully, and truthfully when it comes to decision making. generally speaking, organizational justice refers to individuals’ perceptions and attitudes toward the policies, practices, and activities that are implemented within organizations (greenberg ; cropanzano et al. b; byrne and cropanzano ; colquitt ). dimensionally, organizational justice can be summarized into three main aspects: ( ) distributive justice, which is considered to be a justice perception that is associated with the distribution of tangible or intangible outcomes, as the result of certain behaviors or activities (e.g., working activities), in other words, it embodies the outcome-based justice attribute (adams ; colquitt ; cropanzano and rupp ; greenberg ); ( ) procedural justice, which refers to a process-based justice perception that is associated with decision-making procedures, reflecting the process-based justice attribute (blader and tyler ; greenberg ; leventhal ); and ( ) interactional justice, which describes the perception of the degree to which certain decisions or outcomes are adequately explained to the target individual with respect and propriety (bies and moag ; colquitt ; sitkin and bies ). notably, some organizational justice researchers (e.g., bies ; greenberg ; colquitt ) have divided interactional justice into two sub-dimensions, including interpersonal justice, which reflects the quality, dignity, and respect of interpersonal treatment received from the others (bies and moag ) and informational justice, which reflects the presence of explanations received by the decision-makers (greenberg ; shapiro et al. ). despite the controversy about whether interactional justice should be one integral dimension or two interrelated sub-dimensions when taken together, interactional justice broadly attempts to represent organizational justice from the perspective of between-person interaction, indicating the social aspect of organizational justice (cropanzano and ambrose ; tyler and blader ). extant literature also indicates that one vital factor behind organizational justice is fairness, which refers to a person’s assessment or evaluation of the extent to with a process/decision is undertaken morally (goldman and cropanzano ) and appropriately (colquitt and rodell ). indeed, as goldman ( ) indicated, organizational justice is assumed to be largely synonymous with fairness; or more specifically, fairness is one possible conception of justice (e.g., colquitt and rodell ; chiaburu and marinova ; cugueró-escofet and rosanas ; heponiemi et al. ). . . review of organizational justice and turnover in crowdwork literature organizational justice is an indispensable component in hrm (folger and cropanzano ), such that when employees consider their relationship with their employer to be jeopardized (e.g., perceived failures or inappropriate actions regarding performance evaluation), it leads to a perceived organizational justice violation or justice issue. previous studies have indicated the necessity and importance of organizational justice in regards to worker outcomes and perceptions. as indicated by cropanzano et al. ( a), in the organizational adm. sci. , , of context, people have multiple justice-related needs, such as the need for control, need for belonging, need for meaning, and need for positive self-regard-organizational justice plays the role of satisfying each of these needs. similarly, building on kelman ( , )’s three-pathway social influence (i.e., compliance pathway, identification pathway, and internalization pathway), cropanzano et al. ( b) pointed out that organizational justice researchers have “independently re-discovered kelman’s key insight” (p. ) by having “a long journey through conceptually varied terrain” (p. ), and have figured out why organizational justice matters—these authors suggest that instrumental motive, relational motive, and moral motive precipitate organizations’ concerns of distributive justice, procedural justice, and interactional justice, respectively. in traditional workplaces, organizational justice predicts employees’ work-related behaviors, such as organizational citizenship behaviors, organizational commitment, and turnover (colquitt et al. ). in the crowdwork context, workers can have concerns about organizational justice issues as well because of the labor exchange and the transaction-based relationship between requester and worker are still key components, similar to workers in more traditional contexts. in their recent review of organizational justice, ryan and wessel ( ) shed light on the new challenges in technology-mediated working contexts. specifically, the authors pointed out that under a technology-mediated work environment, workers expect more consistency and bias-free hrm practices, such as justice and explanations associated with it. this is due to the technology-mediated working context creating a more challenging environment for workers to identify the outcomes and processes that undermine justice. even though the authors did not explicitly address the crowdwork context, the technology-mediated work environment, to a large extent, still reflects these concerns because mediating platforms are an integral part of crowdwork. to date, some reviews and studies have shed light on organizational justice issues in the crowdwork context. for instance, compensation provided by requesters is related to distributive justice issues (gleibs ; irani ; porter et al. ); performance evaluations and pricing procedures are related to procedural justice issues (faradani et al. ; kamar et al. ; porter et al. ); and the correspondence between requesters and workers is related to interactional justice (porter et al. ). to better understand justice issues in the crowdwork context, we conducted a literature review of studies that specifically summarize the current understanding of organizational justice in the crowdwork context. specifically, we conducted a literature search using keywords such as “freelancing”, “freelancer”, “crowdsourcing”, “crowd”, “crowdsource”, and “crowd-based” in multiple databases, including sciencedirect, escudos, emerald, jstor, sage journals, springer, wiley, and google scholar. to be inclusive, these keywords were used in all searches, including title, abstract, list of keywords, and main texts. in particular, we reviewed studies that examined the antecedents and outcomes of organizational justice in the crowdwork context and specific dimensions of organizational justice that were discussed. following our search, we identified ten studies that specifically discussed organizational justice. we reviewed these articles in terms of antecedents and outcomes of organizational justice in the crowdwork context. a summary of this review is shown in table . adm. sci. , , of table . literature review of organization justice in crowd-based context (in alphabetical order). author and year type antecedent(s) mediator outcome(s) faullant et al. ( ) empirical • distributive justice • procedural justice • no mediator discussed • evoked product interest • perceived innovativeness • loyalty intentions franke et al. ( ) empirical • value distribution • system transparency • ex-ante identification with the requesting organization • distributive justice • procedural justice • willingness to contribute, ex-post identification with the requesting organization leung and cho ( ) empirical • intrinsic motivation • distributive justice • self-efficacy • continued participation intention liu and liu ( ) empirical • distributive justice • interpersonal justice • informational justice • trust in task requester • trust in intermediary management • continuance participation intention in the crowdsourcing market ma et al. ( ) empirical • workload • distributive justice • job satisfaction • turnover intention (platform turnover) ma et al. ( ) empirical • distributive justice • no mediator discussed • turnover intention (platform turnover) wang et al. ( ) empirical • distributive justice • procedural justice • interactional justice • knowledge integration • knowledge quality weng et al. ( ) empirical • gamification elements # points # feedback # network • distributive justice • informational justice • interactional justice • crowdsourcing participation yang et al. ( ) empirical • point rewarding • feedback giving • distributive justice • interactional justice • worker’s participation zou et al. ( ) empirical • distributive justice • procedural justice • interactional justice • idea cooperation (e.g., giving feedback on the ideas of others or integrating knowledge from different participants, helps with novelty and usefulness) • idea generation • creative performance adm. sci. , , of . . literature review results in terms of notable findings, studies investigating the antecedents of organizational justice in depth are somewhat lacking in the crowdwork content. for instance, antecedents include value distribution, system transparency (franke et al. ), workload (ma et al. ) point rewarding, and feedback provision (weng et al. ; yang et al. ). however, these studies do not take moderations or boundary conditions into account. moreover, with regard to the outcomes, although all identified studies discussed at least one outcome of organizational justice, only ma et al. ( , ) discussed turnover intentions, which they defined as the intention to switch from one crowd-based labor platform to another (i.e., platform turnover). in a similar vein, brawley and pury ( ) operationalized crowd-based workers’ turnover intentions as their unwillingness to continue to work for the same requester (i.e., requester turnover). since there is a triadic relationship among worker, requester, and platform when it comes to crowdwork (fieseler et al. ), we posit that because of the unique circumstances that workers face (i.e., having both the requester and platform involved in the work process), both types of turnover exist and should be considered in crowdwork—requestor turnover and platform turnover. additionally, since organizational justice is an integral concept that covers three dimensions (e.g., sitkin and bies ; colquitt ), all three dimensions should be considered simultaneously because organizational justice is a comprehensive concept that consists of outcome, process, and explanation. based on our review of the platforms and literature, in the next few sections, we propose antecedents of justice perceptions as well as moderators that influence the relationship between antecedents and justice perception. additionally, we posit that workers’ justice perceptions have a direct effect on requester turnover. . conceptual work—antecedents of crowd-based workers’ organizational justice perception . . compensation policy and distributive justice compensation policy, which is also known as pay policy, refers to organizational policies designed to provide compensation that commensurate with workers’ jobs. as noted earlier, distributive justice reflects perceived fairness related to outcome and resource allocation (colquitt ; cropanzano and rupp ). in a crowdwork context, distributive justice is important to workers because this type of justice reflects outcome-based gains (cropanzano et al. b), which are largely related to acquiring foreseeable and tangible benefits, such as concrete economic and quasi-economic gains (cropanzano et al. a; thibaut and walker ) to satisfy one’s self-needs (gond et al. ). therefore, by seeing distributive justice through a crowdwork lens, what can be inferred is that a way to contribute to workers’ distributive justice is to have a compensation policy in place, such that the policy can ensure commensurate compensation that reflects workers’ inputs. furthermore, equity theory (adams ) provides a useful theoretical framework to demonstrate the importance of compensation policy. according to equity theory (adams ), working individuals seek to maintain equitable transactions between the input that they invest in the work and the outcome they receive from it (i.e., intrapersonal equity), and between the treatment they receive and that received by equity referents (i.e., interpersonal equity). this is because commensurate and proportionate compensation reflects the fundamental basis of employment relations (opsahl and dunnette ). by comparing inputs and outcomes, a worker can determine whether he/she is under-compensated or equitably compensated, leading to evaluations about justice and fairness (adams and freedman ). an equitable compensation policy can ensure commensurate compensation and minimize the occurrence of under-compensation. therefore, we propose that an equitable compensation policy is positively associated with workers’ distributive justice perceptions. proposition . requesters’ equitable compensation policy is positively related to workers’ distributive justice perceptions towards requesters. adm. sci. , , of . . compensation policy and motivation similar to the traditional working context, motivation is an important factor that affects work outcomes in crowdwork as well (smith et al. ). motivation refers to the dynamic personal energy by which an action is performed, and reflects individuals’ willingness to perform tasks (cummings and schwab ; rothschild ; siemsen et al. ) as a result of combining psychological processes that target the wanting and attempting to execute certain behaviors (mitchell ). similarly, campbell and pritchard ( ) defined motivation as “a set of independent/dependent variable relationships that explain the direction, amplitude, and persistence of an individual’s behavior, and holding constant the effects of aptitude, skill, and understanding of the task, and the constraints operating in the situation.” (p. ). two main types of motivation described in the literature are extrinsic and intrinsic motivation (hossain ). on one hand, extrinsic motivation is the motivation to work for an outcome that is apart from and external to the work itself, such as reward or recognition from other people (deci ). on the other hand, intrinsic motivation is defined as the drive to engage in work for its own sake because the work itself is interesting, satisfying, or enjoyable (deci ; smith et al. ). the extrinsic-intrinsic motivational orientation is helpful when researchers seek to explain how a specific motivational orientation influences the completion of a particular task. recent studies (e.g., wexler ) have discussed self-determination theory (sdt, deci and ryan ) within the crowdwork context. broadly, sdt posits that instead of a unitary or a bipolar construct, there is a motivation continuum with external and internal motivation on both ends, whereby someone can move between externally motivated (e.g., being motivated by financial rewards) and internally motivated (e.g., being motivated by mastery of a skill or by achievement) (deci and ryan ). this movement depends on the extent to which people establish a sense of emotional involvement, that is, the degree of being psychologically involved in the process of reaching desired goals (allen and meyer ), an adequate level of work engagement (schaufeli et al. ), and satisfaction of the need for competence, autonomy, and relatedness (deci and ryan ). by seeing crowd-based work through a sdt lens, workers are likely motivated differently (alam and campbell ; zhao and zhu ), based on where they land on the external-internal continuum. when workers are relatively extrinsically motivated (e.g., being motivated by external factors), their focus will lean towards instrumental outcomes, which include outcomes that are extrinsic to requested tasks, such as economic gains (deci and ryan ; gassenheimer et al. ; smith et al. ) and quasi-economic gains (cropanzano et al. a). on the other hand, when workers are relatively intrinsically motivated (e.g., being motivated by satisfying the need for competence, autonomy, relatedness, etc.), their focus will lean towards the inherently interesting characteristics of requested tasks, such as work-related enjoyment and satisfaction, instead of the need for external reinforcement (e.g., financial compensation) to maintain their work (smith et al. ). similarly, brawley ( ) indicated that workers who participate in crowdwork consider themselves to be paid workers and are motivated by financial interests, such that higher payment encourages them to put more effort into their work. taken together, given distributive justice perceptions are directly linked to instrumental outcomes, we suggest that workers who are more extrinsically motivated will have a stronger response to distributive justice violations due to compensation policy issues than workers who are more internally motivated. in this way, we propose that in the crowdwork context, the extent to which equitable compensation policy predicts workers’ distributive justice perceptions depends on workers’ work-related motivation. proposition . the positive relationship between requesters’ equitable compensation policy and workers’ distributive justice perceptions is moderated by workers’ motivation, such that the relationships will be stronger when workers are extrinsically motivated and will be weaker when workers are intrinsically motivated. adm. sci. , , of . . performance evaluation methods and procedural justice performance evaluation refers to how certain work outcomes are evaluated. performance evaluation is closely related to procedural justice, which refers to the extent to which the procedures used for determining resource/reward allocation within an organization result in consistent evaluation approaches (barrett-howard and tyler ). procedural justice is important to working individuals because it signals that decision-makers make compensation-related decisions based on a process that embodies transparency and consistency (tyler and bies ; tyler and blader ). establishing and maintaining involvement with the individuals being evaluated is an important factor that contributes to performance evaluation fairness. greenberg ( ) posited that soliciting employees’ input before a performance evaluation is a vital factor to ensure employees’ perceived fairness in the evaluation process. in the crowdwork context, the increase in workers’ feelings of involvement and inclusion with a requester increases their distributive justice perception because this leads workers to believe their voices are respected and heard by requesters. specifically, a good way to promote workers’ justice perceptions of performance evaluation is to have them involved in the establishment and/or revision of performance evaluation practice. in fact, greenberg and folger ( ) indicated that the organizational policies that allow employees to increase their influence and control over their work contribute to the increase of procedural justice perceptions. therefore, by seeing procedural justice from a crowdwork perspective through the lenses of participation and influence, what can be inferred is that to promote workers’ procedural justice, there is a need to have a performance evaluation that emphasizes workers’ participation, such that the performance evaluation needs to allow for worker participation, feedback, and the opportunity to conduct work revisions. taken together, we propose that performance evaluation practices that emphasize workers’ participation will contribute to workers’ procedural justice perceptions in the crowdwork context. proposition . requesters’ performance evaluation practices that emphasize workers’ participation and involvement is positively related to workers’ procedural justice perceptions towards requesters. . . case-based vs. rule-based performance evaluation in the traditional working context, workers can be evaluated in multiple ways (campbell and wiernik ). however, when it comes to the internet-mediated crowdwork context, the availability of evaluation methods is severely restricted (aguinis and lawal ). instead, two types of evaluation systems have been broadly utilized in the computer-based work context: rule-based reasoning (rbr) and case-based reasoning (cbr) (dutta and bonissone ). rbr and cbr have been broadly used in as part of computerized systems in different industries, such as auditing (e.g., lee et al. ), healthcare (e.g., marling et al. ; rossille et al. ), and business (e.g., golding and rosenbloom ). as indicated by chi and kiang ( ), the rbr system takes a deductive reasoning approach, such that the system is represented by an objective, universally accepted knowledge base (i.e., a series of rules) that defines logical relations among concepts of the problem domain—the system evaluates work by searching, screening, and matching appropriate knowledge-based rules to the work that needs to be evaluated. a cbr system, on the other hand, takes an inductive reasoning approach, such that the system retrieves previous cases from a case library (i.e., a set of previous cases), matches the attributes and essential features from the work that needs to be evaluated subjectively with that from similar previous cases, which includes episodic knowledge, memory organization, and learning (slade ), and adapts the solutions from previous cases to the new cases (dutta and bonissone ; watson and marir ). in the crowdwork context, requested tasks can be evaluated by either rule-based evaluation or case-based evaluation (prentzas and hatzilygeroudis ). rbr evaluations are used for tasks such as proof-reading, transcribing, computation, and coding/programming, as the evaluation of these tasks, is based on a well-defined, universally accepted knowledge base (e.g., spelling, grammar, mathematics, adm. sci. , , of etc.). on the other hand, cbr evaluations are used for tasks such as logo design and writing, as these tasks are evaluated based on previous cases (e.g., similar tasks that evaluated previously), such that requesters retrieve their memories of evaluating previous cases and apply them to current tasks. therefore, unlike an rbr evaluation that uses universally accepted knowledge and objective rules, a cbr evaluation relies on a requester ’s subjective rules and accumulated experiences. this makes the accuracy and reliability of the evaluation to be contingent on recency, relevancy, and saliency of similar previous cases. given, participating in the establishment/revision of performance evaluation helps workers to learn more about requesters’ needs and expectations (making it more likely for workers to yield working outcomes that align with requester expectations), participative performance evaluation is likely to have a stronger influence on procedural justice perceptions for cbr evaluations. this is because cbr evaluations are malleable and generally more ambiguous compared to rbr evaluation. therefore, by participating in the evaluation, workers can gain additional clarity as to how and why they receive a particular performance outcome. proposition . the positive relationship between performance evaluations and workers’ procedural justice perceptions towards requesters is moderated by the type of evaluation policy, such that cbr evaluations will strengthen the relationship, while rbr evaluations will weaken the relationship. . . considerate communication and interactional justice interactional justice refers to the perception of the degree to which certain decisions or outcomes are adequately explained to target individuals with respect and propriety (bies and moag ; sitkin and bies ), and it is considered to be a combination of interpersonal justice (bies and moag ) and informational justice (shapiro et al. ). moral motive contributes to interactional justice (cropanzano et al. a). moral motive originates from the idea of egalitarianism, which posits that people tend to consider both self-interests and others’ interests simultaneously by engaging in egalitarian behaviors and distributing wealth fairly (rawls ). based upon egalitarianism, moral motive emphasizes workers’ expectations for being treated morally by employers, manifested in employers’ consideration of workers’ interests and maintaining a good moral standing (cropanzano and rupp ). in the crowdwork context, considerate communication between requester and worker can attend to workers’ concerns and promote their perceptions of interactional justice. when a requester explains compensation outcomes and how compensation is determined to workers with consideration for workers’ circumstances and concerns, it allows workers to utilize social information processing to formulate a positive perception of their relationship with the requester (thomas and griffin ). specifically, workers are likely to view requesters who take this approach to communication as considerate and understanding and are willing to address works concerns. furthermore, this type of social information processing facilitates workers’ rationalization of requesters’ explanatory behaviors, aiding workers to perceive stronger interactional justice. proposition . considerate and moral communication between requesters and workers is positively related to workers’ interactional justice perceptions towards requesters. . . communication quality communication quality influences the relationship between considerate communication and workers’ interactional justice perceptions because communication quality determines how requesters can effectively transmit and explain compensation-related information. we suggest that two factors contribute to communication quality between requester and worker: ( ) media richness of the communication, based on the media richness theory (daft and lengel ), and ( ) communication interactivity, based on the idea of presence (steuer ). adm. sci. , , of according to the media richness theory (daft and lengel ), different types of communication mediums can be placed on a continuum (e.g., from lower richness to higher richness) based on their ability to adequately convey a message, such that a higher level of media richness makes it easier for requesters to make evaluations and determine and communicate outcomes more clearly and effectively. for instance, video calls have a relatively higher level of adequacy to convey information, whereas a bulletin or handbook has a relatively lower level of adequacy, due to limited multi-media representation (herr et al. ). recent studies have indicated that media richness can positively influence an organization’s effectiveness in virtual workplaces. for instance, hambley et al. ( ) indicated that communication with higher media richness is more capable than that with lower media richness to facilitate better performance in virtual work teams. in the crowdwork context, requesters can establish effective communication that can transmit considerate messages with an adequate level of information richness so that respect and propriety are clearly conveyed to workers. for example, most platforms we identified in table have established multi-media communication channels (i.e., relatively higher level of richness) between requesters and workers so that both parties can discuss work and compensation with visualization. meanwhile, interactivity refers to the extent to which a real-time, between-person communication can be established between message senders (e.g., requesters) and receivers (e.g., workers). a higher level of interactivity increases receiver’s perception of telepresence, a specific type of presence that reflects the extent to which a person is perceived to be present (i.e., “being there”) in a technology-mediated context (sheridan ; steuer ), and an important indicator of effective interaction in technology-mediated communication (steuer ). interactivity can influence how workers perceive justice-related messages from requesters because it influences the efficacy of information transmitted from requesters to workers as well as workers’ perceptions of requesters’ telepresence. interactivity promotes the requester ’s telepresence, which enables the worker to perceive the requester as “being there” and ready to help (steuer ). as an example, high interactivity takes place when real-time communication between a requester and a worker can be established, such as an instant message. in contrast, low interactivity occurs when the requester and a worker can only communicate through a broker or middle person, such as a platform representative. given the level of interactivity between a requester and a worker depends on real-time interaction, and interactivity helps requesters provide considerate and moral communication promptly, interactivity can play a significant role in the communication between requesters and workers as it determines how closely computer-mediated communication mirrors requesters’ consideration. proposition . the positive relationship between considerate and moral communication and workers’ interactional justice perceptions towards the requesters is moderated by media quality (including media richness and interactivity), such that the relationship will be stronger when there is higher communication quality, and the relationship will be weaker when there is lower communication quality. . conceptual work—outcomes of organizational justice issues . . turnover turnover is a typical withdrawal behavior. previous studies have suggested organizational justice perceptions play an important role in predicting turnover intention. for instance, colquitt et al. ( ) reviewed extant organizational justice literature and posited that organizational justice issues significantly contribute to workers’ turnover intention. previous studies have suggested that there is a positive relationship between fairness perceptions and turnover in the traditional workplace context (e.g., cropanzano et al. ; jones and skarlicki ; tekleab et al. ). building on the equity theory (adams ), brashear et al. ( ) indicated that justice issues jeopardize the equity between workers’ input and return from work, and consequently contribute to the intention of withdrawal behaviors. more recently, fortin and colleagues (fortin et al. ) conducted a comprehensive review adm. sci. , , of of organizational justice and posited that organizational justice is a critical determinant of employees’ attitudes and behaviors in the workplace, and turnover is one of the consequences of injustice. extending to the crowdwork context, there are even fewer barriers to prevent workers from turnover, due to the absence of a formal employment contract between requesters and workers, as well as the easy process required of workers to sign up and sign off crowdsourcing jobs (brawley and pury ). ma et al. ( ) suggested that workers’ perceptions of fairness are negatively related to turnover despite differences regarding working processes and context. previous studies have shed light on explicating turnover in the crowd-based context. for instance, brawley and pury ( ) refer to crowd-based workers’ turnover as refusing to accept new jobs from a particular requester (i.e., requester turnover). building on previous studies that provided evidence of the association between organizational justice and turnover, in a crowdwork context, organizational justice in three aspects (i.e., distributive, procedural, and interactional justice) can lead to requester turnover. this idea is also supported by the idea of target-similar effects (cropanzano et al. a; skarlicki et al. ), which posits that workers usually direct their reactions towards the “source” of the antecedents. in the context of the crowdwork environment, when the source of the organizational justice issue is the requester (i.e., requesters’ compensation policy, requesters’ performance evaluation practices, and considerate and moral communication between requesters and workers), injustice perceptions toward the requester would lead to requester turnover. proposition . workers’ justice perceptions towards requesters regarding (a) distributive justice, (b) procedural justice, and (c) interactional justice will be negatively related to workers’ requester turnover. . . job mobility job mobility is defined as a worker’s perception of available alternative job opportunities and has been shown to have a significant influence on workers’ turnover (wheeler et al. ). in the crowdwork context, workers’ perceived requester-related job mobility can influence their requester turnover as well because perceived requester-related job mobility reflects the extent to which workers feel free to move from one requester to another. when job mobility is high, workers believe there are more job opportunities from other requesters so that they can easily find alternative works from other requesters when they perceive injustice from the current requester(s) they work for. in comparison, when job mobility is low, workers believe there are limited job opportunities from other requesters so that it is difficult to find alternative works from other requesters when they perceive injustice from a current requester(s) they work for. therefore, we propose workers’ perceived job mobility moderates the relationship between justice perceptions and turnover. proposition . the negative relationship between workers’ justice perceptions towards requesters and requester turnover is moderated by workers’ perceived crowdwork job mobility, such that the relationship between workers’ (a) distributive justice perceptions, (b) procedural justice perceptions, and (c) interactional justice perceptions and workers’ requester turnover will be stronger when perceived crowd-based job mobility is higher. . . escalation of crowd-based turnover as indicated earlier, in the crowdwork context, due to the unique “triadic” relationship among workers, requester, and platform (fieseler et al. )—this implies that workers’ turnover can move from requester turnover and platform turnover. the co-existence of requester turnover and platform turnover has been supported by recent studies. for instance, brawley and pury ( ) refer crowd-based workers’ turnover to refusing to accept new jobs from a particular requester (i.e., requester turnover); whereas ma et al. ( ) defined crowd-based workers’ turnover as discontinuing to work on a particular platform (i.e., platform turnover). from the perspective of transaction costs (dahlman ), for crowd-based workers, turnover is not without corresponding transaction costs. for instance, when it comes to crowd-based workers’ adm. sci. , , of turnover, transaction costs incur along with seeking, identifying prospective requesters (i.e., information search costs, dahlman ), as well as learning and negotiating with the prospective requester (i.e., bargaining costs, dahlman ). moreover, transaction costs go up as workers move from requester turnover to platform turnover as both information search costs and bargaining costs will increase when moving from one platform to another. for instance, low transaction costs incur when workers engage in requester turnover by switching from one requester to another within the same platform, as it requires fewer changes in task norms, working processes, and compensation processes; whereas higher costs are incurred when workers switch from one platform to another, as it requires workers to search for new requesters plus the costs associated with starting over the new platform registration and verification process, not to mention learning how to work in a new crowdwork system. therefore, by looking at crowd-based turnover through the lenses of transaction costs, what can be inferred is that requester turnover incurs relatively lower costs to workers, whereas platform turnover incurs higher costs. when workers perceive injustice in crowdcwork, they will address issues rationally by pursuing the option that incurs the lower cost (i.e., requester turnover), based on the economic man principle (camerer and fehr ). this suggests that workers will usually engage in requester turnover first, as it incurs relatively lower transaction costs when compared with platform turnover. moving beyond that point, requester turnover will then escalate to platform turnover if switching to other requesters within the same platform fails to address the worker’s perception of injustice adequately. proposition . workers’ requester turnover leads to platform turnover, such that if workers perceive justice issues still exists after requester turnover, it will escalate to platform turnover. all propositions have been included in the proposed conceptual model illustrated in figure . adm. sci. , , x for peer review of information search costs, dahlman ), as well as learning and negotiating with the prospective requester (i.e., bargaining costs, dahlman ). moreover, transaction costs go up as workers move from requester turnover to platform turnover as both information search costs and bargaining costs will increase when moving from one platform to another. for instance, low transaction costs incur when workers engage in requester turnover by switching from one requester to another within the same platform, as it requires fewer changes in task norms, working processes, and compensation processes; whereas higher costs are incurred when workers switch from one platform to another, as it requires workers to search for new requesters plus the costs associated with starting over the new platform registration and verification process, not to mention learning how to work in a new crowdwork system. therefore, by looking at crowd-based turnover through the lenses of transaction costs, what can be inferred is that requester turnover incurs relatively lower costs to workers, whereas platform turnover incurs higher costs. when workers perceive injustice in crowdcwork, they will address issues rationally by pursuing the option that incurs the lower cost (i.e., requester turnover), based on the economic man principle (camerer and fehr ). this suggests that workers will usually engage in requester turnover first, as it incurs relatively lower transaction costs when compared with platform turnover. moving beyond that point, requester turnover will then escalate to platform turnover if switching to other requesters within the same platform fails to address the worker’s perception of injustice adequately. proposition . workers’ requester turnover leads to platform turnover, such that if workers perceive justice issues still exists after requester turnover, it will escalate to platform turnover. all propositions have been included in the proposed conceptual model illustrated in figure . figure . conceptual model. . discussion . . general discussion human resource management scholars have suggested that there is an ongoing “war for talent” (chambers et al. ) and organizations are facing more challenges regarding how to capitalize the external human resource than ever before. the war for talent implies that it is not just about utilizing new ways for attracting and acquiring human resources, but it also involves being mindful of figure . conceptual model. . discussion . . general discussion human resource management scholars have suggested that there is an ongoing “war for talent” (chambers et al. ) and organizations are facing more challenges regarding how to capitalize the external human resource than ever before. the war for talent implies that it is not just about utilizing new ways for attracting and acquiring human resources, but it also involves being mindful of adm. sci. , , of traditional concerns such as motivating and retaining the workforce after human resource acquisition (chambers et al. ). this is because human resources have a higher level of mobility than other types of resources (boxall ), and this mobility allows human resources to move from one organization to another. this review details the nature of a new human resource acquisition technique—crowdsourcing—and discussed the implications of this new technique for acquiring and retaining talent from the crowd. from the justice perspective, and based on previous studies about organizational justice in the crowdwork context, we proposed that all three components of organizational justice should be taken into consideration when seeking to understand workers’ justice perceptions. specifically, we proposed a theoretical model that details the roles of policies, practices, justice, and turnover within the crowd-based work context, such that workers perceived distributive, procedural, and interactional towards requesters are influenced by requesters’ equitable compensation policy, participative performance evaluation, and considerable communication. moreover, moderators such as workers’ motivation, case- and rule-based evaluation, and communication quality are proposed to influence the relationship between antecedents (i.e., equitable compensation policy, participative performance evaluation, and considerable communication) and the three types of justice perceptions towards requesters, while the workers’ job mobility can influence the relationship between workers’ justice perceptions and requester turnover. lastly, from the transaction costs perspective, we further suggest that there is an incremental effect in two types of turnover (requester and platform turnover) in the crowdwork context, such that the turnover starts from requester turnover, which can then progress to platform turnover. below, we detail how our review offers contributions, theoretical implications, practical implications, and numerous directions for future research. . . contributions the proposed model presents an avenue for understanding the mechanisms that influence crowd-based workers’ experiences and perceptions when engaging in crowd-based work. this was done by reviewing extant crowd-based labor platforms and integrating organizational justice and turnover literature. by introducing these novel relationships and concepts that uniquely exist in the crowdwork context, our proposed model provides contributions that promote our understanding of crowdwork, which explicates the links between workers’ perceptions of justice and turnover behaviors. specifically, by examining crowd-based labor platforms from a human resource management perspective and justice perspective, we extend the boundaries to the internet-based workforce in the virtual domain. our review suggests that policies regarding worker compensation, performance evaluation, and communication quality can influence crowdworkers’ distributive, procedural, and interactional justice perceptions—the “three roads to justice” (cropanzano et al. a). second, by seeing business crowdwork through motivation lenses, our review suggests that individuals participating in crowdwork are motivated differently, such that workers who participate in contest-based crowdwork, such as the type b crowdwork in howcroft and bergvall-kåreborn ( )’s categorization, are more likely to be motivated intrinsically as financial compensation is not the main target; whereas workers who participate in marketplace-based crowdwork, such as the type a, c, and d crowdwork in howcroft and bergvall-kåreborn ( )’s categorization, are more likely to be motivated extrinsically. therefore, workers that engage in compensation-oriented crowdwork (i.e., marketplace-based crowdwork) are more likely to be influenced by distributive justice-related issues. recent studies have suggested that there is a need to integrate the motivation framework into crowdsourcing (e.g., buettner ; kaufmann et al. )—this review responds to this call and contributes to crowdsourcing literature by integrating self-determination theory (deci and ryan , ; ryan and deci ) into crowdwork. third, by seeing crowdwork from an evaluation perspective, tasks can be evaluated by either rule-based evaluation, which uses universally accepted knowledge and objective rules for evaluation, adm. sci. , , of or case-based evaluation, which is based on the requester’s subjective rules and accumulated experience. by comparing these two types of evaluation, we suggest that participative performance evaluations, which invite workers to be a part of the performance evaluation, is likely to have a stronger influence on procedural justice perceptions for case-based evaluations as they are generally more subject to requesters’ discretionary judgment instead of universal rules, making workers’ participation more important when ensuring fairness and consistency of performance evaluations. furthermore, concerning requester–worker communication quality, interactivity can influence how workers perceive justice-related messages from requesters because it influences the efficacy of information transmitted from requesters to workers thus influences workers’ perceptions of presence, which further enables the worker to perceive the requester as “being there” and ready to help (steuer ) and helps requesters provide considerate and moral communication promptly, promoting the relationship between considerate communication and workers’ interactional justice perceptions toward the requester. finally, from the standpoint of job mobility, we suggest that crowdworkers’ perceived job mobility can influence their requester turnover, such that the relationships between organizational justice perceptions and requester turnover are moderated by workers’ perceived job mobility, which reflects the extent to which workers feel free to move from one requester to another. . . theoretical implications previous studies discuss crowdsource worker turnover in general, which is viewed as either requester turnover or platform turnover (e.g., ma et al. ; brawley and pury ). our conceptual model indicated that because of the triadic relationship among worker, requester, and platform (fieseler et al. ), it is imperative for crowdwork research to take both types of turnover into account. furthermore, building upon the consideration of both types of turnover in the crowdwork context (i.e., requester turnover and platform turnover), our model is the first to suggest that there is an escalation effect of worker turnover, which moves from requester to platform. this is based on the concept of transaction costs, such that turnover follows a low-to-high cost pattern, where requester turnover escalates to platform turnover as workers respond to injustice perceptions. we suggest that it is important for requesters and platforms to solve turnover-related issues as early as possible (e.g., before these issues escalate to platform level), especially when crowd-based labor demand exceeds supply, or when turnover incurs a high cost to the platform. additionally, while some researchers are still hesitant about utilizing the crowd (e.g., harms and desimone ; keith and harms ), increased task quality from crowd-based workers (e.g., amazon’s mturkers) may make it possible for researchers in hrm and other social science disciplines to conduct empirical research by tapping into crowd-based samples (landers and behrend ). we suggest researchers should consider how the participating workforce is likely to perceive requested tasks concerning the various forms of justice and to ensure that appropriate policies, practices, and transparency are used to prevent unnecessary requester turnover. . . practical implications our conceptual model suggests that when organizations consider tapping into human resources within the crowd, they should be aware of the central role that justice perceptions play on workers’ turnover. this is because workers in the crowdwork context are individuals performing tasks within virtual workplaces, and unfair treatment can negatively impact them more severely than those working in traditional settings (vander elst et al. ). therefore, instead of viewing workers as simply interchangeable mechanical components within working systems or marginalized, they should be viewed and treated similar to workers in a traditional work context (deng et al. ). furthermore, workers’ turnover is primarily due to issues regarding whether the amount of compensation commensurately reflects their perceived level of contribution, how the compensation amount is determined, and whether adequate explanations were provided to support compensation decisions adm. sci. , , of (e.g., keith et al. ). therefore, we recommend that requesters should ensure their crowdwork policies reflect all aspects of organizational justice. second, given the steady increase in people pursuing crowdwork/gig work, more attention should be paid to understanding how to best manage workers and maintaining a stable workforce (colbert et al. ). to this end, we suggest that actions should be taken to establish quality communication channels between requesters and workers to solve organizational justice issues by providing clear and adequate explanations about crowd-based compensation. this will further promote workers’ job security and psychological contract with the requester and decrease their turnover in the early stages (e.g., requester turnover stage), as turnover is likely to escalate (to platform turnover) if justice issues are not solved properly. third, while attracting and retaining workers in the crowdwork context is less of an issue than in traditional organizations, crowd-based labor platforms still depend on registered users to maintain business and operations (e.g., charging commissions or subscription fees). therefore, workers’ turnover can negatively impact platforms’ revenues by decreasing platforms’ ability to offer requesters a reliable workforce. moreover, since turnover in the crowdwork context includes requester turnover and platform turnover, turnover can create losses for both the requesters and the platform. for requesters, turnover decreases the supply of potential crowdsourcing workers; this is particularly true for requestors working on platforms that have active third-party websites and discussion boards (e.g., turkopticon.ucsd.edu). if a particular requester receives unfavorable reviews from workers on such a forum, it could create a negative image and further prevent other workers from taking tasks from the requester. for platforms, turnover reduces the platform’s main source of revenue, which entails charging commission based on the payment given by requestors to workers. when a large number of workers leave, a platform will become less attractive to potential requesters, which will ultimately lead to platform closure. therefore, while crowdworkers’ job mobility is higher than their counterparts in traditional organizations (brawley and pury ), attracting and retaining crowdworkers that actively participate in crowdsourcing jobs is still important for the survival of the platforms (boons et al. ). platforms need a stable supply of worker to maintain their attractiveness and competitiveness, especially in today’s crowd-based labor market, which includes an ever-increasing number of platforms. fourth, although the crowd-based workforce consists of a large number of working individuals accessed through open calls, the actual number of active workers is quite limited, implying that reputation is a major issue for requesters and platforms. for example, even though there are over , unique registered workers available on amazon’s mturk around the world, the actual population of workers that actively complete tasks is estimated to be less than (stewart et al. ). reputation issues easily escalate because workers’ reviews and ratings for requesters and platforms can easily spread on a large scale. for example, amazon’s mturkers share comments about requester at turkopticon, such that comments are instantly available to all mturkers once posted, implying that when a bad reputation is widely known by a certain group of workers, it will be difficult for a requester or a platform to recruit new workers. finally, as an effective way to minimize justice issues in the crowdwork context, requesters should provide equitable and commensurate compensation to workers and adhere to minimum wage levels whenever possible (silberman et al. ). meanwhile, it is also important for platforms to take some responsibility for maintaining an accommodating virtual workplace for workers. in fact, the escrow account, pre-screening process, built-in quality control mechanism, and dispute investigation are examples of platforms’ attempts to move beyond simply hosting requester task postings. . . future research future research should continue to not only emphasize the importance of distributive justice in the crowdwork context, but all aspects of organizational justice. by identifying unique effects from all three aspects of justice, future research should focus on both platforms and requesters in terms of adm. sci. , , of implementing appropriate policies, improving existing crowdwork processes, and addressing justice issues in three aspects (i.e., distributive, procedural, and interactional justice). another potentially fruitful avenue for future research is to explore the possibility of integrating more diverse hrm functions into the crowdwork context, such as the recruitment and selection of workers, as recruitment and selection practices contribute to perceived organizational justice in the traditional work context and likely have a similar influence on justice perceptions in the crowd-based work context (gilliland ). finally, future research should examine whether workers from different countries perceive organizational justice in the same way. as more crowd-based labor platforms start recruiting workers from around the world, workers from different countries could have distinct attitudes towards compensation policies and performance evaluation due to different cultural backgrounds and different national economic statuses (litman et al. ). . conclusions crowdwork brings about both opportunities and challenges for organizations that attempt to tap into the human resources found within the crowd. similar to traditional employees, crowd-based workers are more susceptible to justice issues. the nature of crowd-based work processes, such as single-sourced, outcome-based performance evaluations and limited communication, increases workers’ susceptibility to justice issues surrounding compensation, performance evaluation, and communication. more specifically, we suggest that marketplace-based workers are more concerned than contest-based workers regarding distributive justice, as these types of worker are more motivated by factors external to their work, such as financial compensation. furthermore, we identify and propose two types of turnover: requester turnover and platform turnover, ranging from a low to high level, and suggest that both requesters and platforms should take crowdsourcing workers’ turnover seriously as worker turnover could escalate quickly if not properly resolved. taken together, by providing a conceptual model, we offer a novel understanding of crowd-based workers’ justice perceptions, the factors that influence those perceptions, and the behavioral outcomes of perceived injustice. author contributions: all three authors contributed to all these following activities: conceptualization, methodology, investigation, resources, original draft preparation, review and editing, and visualization. all authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript. funding: this research received no external funding. acknowledgments: this research received no specific grant from any funding agency in the public, commercial, or not-for-profit sectors. conflicts of interest: the authors report no conflict of interest. references acosta, maribel, amrapali zaveri, elena simperl, dimitris kontokostas, sören auer, and jens lehmann. . crowdsourcing linked data quality assessment. in the semantic web. edited by harith alani, lalana kagal, achille fokoue, paul groth, chris biemann, josiane x. parreira, lora aroyo, natasha noy, chris welty and krzysztof janowicz. berlin/heidelberg: springer, pp. – . [crossref] adams, stacy. . towards an understanding of inequity. the journal of abnormal and social psychology : – . [crossref] adams, stacy, and sara freedman. . equity theory revisited: comments and annotated bibliography. advances in experimental social psychology : – . [crossref] aguinis, herman. . performance management. upper saddle river: pearson prentice hall. aguinis, herman, and sola o. lawal. . elancing: a review and research agenda for bridging the science–practice gap. human resource management review : – . [crossref] aguinis, herman, harry joo, and ryan k. gottfredson. . why we hate performance management—and why we should love it. business horizons : – . [crossref] http://dx.doi.org/ . / - - - - _ http://dx.doi.org/ . /h http://dx.doi.org/ . /s - ( ) - http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.hrmr. . . http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.bushor. . . adm. sci. , , of alam, sultana l., and john campbell. . temporal motivations of volunteers to participate in cultural crowdsourcing work. information systems research : – . [crossref] alberghini, elena, livio cricelli, and michele grimaldi. . km versus enterprise . : a framework to tame the clash. international journal of information technology and management : – . [crossref] allen, natalie j., and john p. meyer. . affective, continuance, and normative commitment to the organization: an examination of construct validity. journal of vocational behavior : – . [crossref] askay, david. . a conceptual framework for investigating organizational control and resistance in crowd-based platforms. paper presented at the th hawaii international conference on system sciences, hilton waikoloa village, hi, usa, january – . baldwin, carliss, and eric von hippel. . modeling a paradigm shift: from producer innovation to user and open collaborative innovation. ssrn electronic journal. [crossref] barnes, sally-anne, anne green, and maria de hoyos. . crowdsourcing and work: individual factors and circumstances influencing employability. new technology, work and employment : – . [crossref] barrett-howard, edith, and tom r. tyler. . procedural justice as a criterion in allocation decisions. journal of personality and social psychology : – . [crossref] behrend, tara s., david j. sharek, adam w. meade, and eric n. wiebe. . the viability of crowdsourcing for survey research. behavior research methods : – . [crossref] bies, robert j. . international (in)justice: the sacred and the profane. in advances in organization justice. edited by jerald greenberg and russell cropanzano. stanford: stanford university press, pp. – . bies, robert j., and joseph s. moag. . interactional communication criteria of fairness. research in organizational behavior : – . blader, steven l., and tom r. tyler. . what constitutes fairness in work settings? a four-component model of procedural justice. human resource management review : – . [crossref] boons, mark, daan stam, and harry g. barkema. . feelings of pride and respect as drivers of ongoing member activity on crowdsourcing platforms. journal of management studies : – . [crossref] boxall, peter. . achieving competitive advantage through human resource strategy: towards a theory of industry dynamics. human resource management review : – . [crossref] brabham, daren c. . crowdsourcing as a model for problem solving. convergence: the international journal of research into new media technologies : – . [crossref] brabham, daren c. . crowdsourcing. cambridge: mit press. brashear, thomas g., chris manolis, and charles m. brooks. . the effects of control, trust, and justice on salesperson turnover. journal of business research : – . [crossref] brawley, alice m. . the big, gig picture: we can’t assume the same constructs matter. industrial and organizational psychology : – . [crossref] brawley, alice m., and cynthia l. pury. . work experiences on mturk: job satisfaction, turnover, and information sharing. computers in human behavior : – . [crossref] breaugh, james a., leslie a. greising, james w. taggart, and helen chen. . the relationship of recruiting sources and pre-hire outcomes: examination of yield ratios and applicant quality. journal of applied social psychology : – . [crossref] buettner, ricardo. . a systematic literature review of crowdsourcing research from a human resource management perspective. paper presented at the th hawaii international conference on system sciences, kauai, hi, usa, january – . buhrmester, michael, tracy kwang, and samuel d. gosling. . amazon’s mechanical turk. perspectives on psychological science : – . [crossref] [pubmed] byrne, zinta s., and russell cropanzano. . the history of organizational justice: the founders speak. justice in the workplace: from theory to practice : – . camerer, colin f., and ernst fehr. . when does “economic man” dominate social behavior? science : – . [crossref] campbell, john p., and robert d. pritchard. . motivation theory in industrial and organizational psychology. in handbook of industrial and organizational psychology. edited by marvin d. dunnette. chicago: rand mcnally college, pp. – . http://dx.doi.org/ . /isre. . http://dx.doi.org/ . /ijitm. . http://dx.doi.org/ . /jvbe. . http://dx.doi.org/ . /ssrn. http://dx.doi.org/ . /ntwe. http://dx.doi.org/ . / - . . . http://dx.doi.org/ . /s - - - http://dx.doi.org/ . /s - ( ) - http://dx.doi.org/ . /joms. http://dx.doi.org/ . /s - ( ) - http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . /s - ( ) - http://dx.doi.org/ . /iop. . http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.chb. . . http://dx.doi.org/ . /j. - . .tb .x http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ http://dx.doi.org/ . /science. adm. sci. , , of campbell, john p., and brenton m. wiernik. . the modeling and assessment of work performance. annual review of organizational psychology and organizational behavior : – . [crossref] chaisiri, sivadon. . utilizing human intelligence in a crowdsourcing marketplace for big data processing. paper presented at the international conference on parallel and distributed systems, seoul, korea, december – . chambers, elizabeth g., mark foulon, helen handfield-jones, steven m. hankin, and edward g. michaels. . the war for talent. the mckinsey quarterly : – . chandler, jesse, gabriele paolacci, and pam mueller. . risks and rewards of crowdsourcing marketplaces. in handbook of human computation. new york: springer, pp. – . [crossref] chi, robert, and melody y. kiang. . reasoning by coordination: an integration of case-based and rule-based reasoning systems. knowledge-based systems : – . [crossref] chiaburu, dan s., and sophia v. marinova. . employee role enlargement. leadership and organization development journal : – . [crossref] colbert, amy, nick yee, and gerard george. . the digital workforce and the workplace of the future. academy of management journal : – . [crossref] colquitt, jason a. . on the dimensionality of organizational justice: a construct validation of a measure. journal of applied psychology : – . [crossref] colquitt, jason a., donald e. conlon, michael j. wesson, christopher o. porter, and yee ng. . justice at the millennium: a meta-analytic review of years of organizational justice research. journal of applied psychology : – . [crossref] colquitt, jason a., and jessica b. rodell. . measuring justice and fairness. in the oxford handbook of justice in the workplace. edited by russell cropanzano and maureen l. ambrose. oxford: oxford university press, pp. – . [crossref] cropanzano, russell, and maureen l. ambrose. . procedural and distributive justice are more similar than you think: a monistic perspective and a research agenda. in advances in organization justice. edited by jerald greenberg and russell cropanzano. stanford: stanford university press, pp. – . cropanzano, russell, zinta s. byrne, ramona bobocel, and deborah e. rupp. a. moral virtues, fairness heuristics, social entities, and other denizens of organizational justice. journal of vocational behavior : – . [crossref] cropanzano, russell, and deborah e. rupp. . an overview of organizational justice: implications for work motivation. in motivation and work behavior. edited by lyman w. porter, gregory bigley and richard m. steers. new york: mcgraw-hill irwin, pp. – . cropanzano, russell, deborah e. rupp, carolyn j. mohler, and marshall schminke. b. three roads to organizational justice. in research in personnel and human resources management. edited by ronald m. buckley, jonathon r. b. halbesleben and anthony r. wheeler. bingley: emerald group publishing limited, pp. – . cropanzano, russell, deborah e. rupp, and zinta s. byrne. . the relationship of emotional exhaustion to work attitudes, job performance, and organizational citizenship behaviors. journal of applied psychology : – . [crossref] [pubmed] cugueró-escofet, natàlia, and josep m. rosanas. . the just design and use of management control systems as requirements for goal congruence. management accounting research : – . [crossref] cullina, eoin, kieran conboy, and lorraine morgan. . measuring the crowd: a preliminary taxonomy of crowdsourcing metrics. paper presented at the th international symposium on open collaboration, san francisco, ca, usa, august – . cummings, larry l., and donald p. schwab. . performance in organizations: determinants and appraisal. culver city: good year books. daft, richard l., and robert h. lengel. . organizational information requirements, media richness and structural design. management science : – . [crossref] dahlman, carl j. . the problem of externality. the journal of law and economics : – . [crossref] deci, edward l. . intrinsic motivation. new york: plenum press. deci, edward l., and richard m. ryan. . the general causality orientations scale: self-determination in personality. journal of research in personality : – . http://dx.doi.org/ . /annurev-orgpsych- - http://dx.doi.org/ . / - - - - _ http://dx.doi.org/ . / - ( ) -o http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . /amj. . http://dx.doi.org/ . / - . . . http://dx.doi.org/ . / - . . . http://dx.doi.org/ . /oxfordhb/ http://dx.doi.org/ . /jvbe. . http://dx.doi.org/ . / - . . . http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.mar. . . http://dx.doi.org/ . /mnsc. . . http://dx.doi.org/ . / adm. sci. , , of deci, edward l., and richard m. ryan. . the “what” and “why” of goal pursuits: human needs and the self-determination of behavior. psychological inquiry : – . [crossref] deng, xuefei, kshiti d. joshi, and robert d. galliers. . the duality of empowerment and marginalization in microtask crowdsourcing: giving voice to the less powerful through value sensitive design. mis quarterly : – . [crossref] dissanayake, indika, jie zhang, and bin gu. . task division for team success in crowdsourcing contests: resource allocation and alignment effects. journal of management information systems : – . [crossref] duggan, james, ultan sherman, ronan carbery, and anthony mcdonnell. . algorithmic management and app-work in the gig economy: a research agenda for employment relations and hrm. human resource management journal : – . [crossref] dutta, soumitra, and piero p. bonissone. . integrating case- and rule-based reasoning. international journal of approximate reasoning : – . [crossref] dworkin, ronald. . law’s empire. cambridge: harvard university press. eickhoff, carsten, christopher g. harris, arjen p. de vries, and padmini srinivasan. . quality through flow and immersion: gamifying crowdsourced relevance assessments. paper presented at the th international acm sigir conference on research and development in information retrieval, portland, or, usa, august – . estellés-arolas, enrique, and fernando gonzález-ladrón-de-guevara. . towards an integrated crowdsourcing definition. journal of information science : – . [crossref] faradani, siamak, björn hartmann, and panagiotis g. ipeirotis. . what’s the right price? pricing tasks for finishing on time. human computation : – . faullant, rita, johann füller, and katja hutter. . fair play: perceived fairness in crowdsourcing competitions and the customer relationship-related consequences. management decision : – . fernández-macías, enrique. . automation, digitisation and platforms: implications for work and employment. loughlinstown: eurofound, available online: https://www.eurofound.europa.eu/publications/ report/ /automation-digitisation-and-platforms-implications-for-work-and-employment (accessed on november ). fieseler, christian, eliane bucher, and christian p. hoffmann. . unfairness by design? the perceived fairness of digital labor on crowdworking platforms. journal of business ethics : – . [crossref] folger, robert g., and russell cropanzano. . organizational justice and human resource management. thousand oaks: sage. fortin, marion, irina cojuharenco, david patient, and hayley german. . it is time for justice: how time changes what we know about justice judgments and justice effects. journal of organizational behavior : s –s . [crossref] franke, nikolaus, peter keinz, and katharina klausberger. . does this sound like a fair deal: antecedents and consequences of fairness expectations in the individual’s decision to participate in firm innovation. organization science : – . [crossref] gassenheimer, jule b., judy a. siguaw, and gary l. hunter. . exploring motivations and the capacity for business crowdsourcing. ams review : – . [crossref] gilliland, stephen w. . the perceived fairness of selection systems: an organizational justice perspective. academy of management review : – . [crossref] gleibs, ilka h. . are all “research fields” equal? rethinking practice for the use of data from crowdsourcing market places. behavior research methods : – . [crossref] golding, andrew r., and paul s. rosenbloom. . improving accuracy by combining rule-based and case-based reasoning. artificial intelligence : – . [crossref] goldman, alan h. . justice and reverse discrimination. princeton: princeton university press. goldman, barry, and russell cropanzano. . “justice” and “fairness” are not the same thing. journal of organizational behavior : – . [crossref] gond, jean-pascal, assâad el akremi, valérie swaen, and nishat babu. . the psychological microfoundations of corporate social responsibility: a person-centric systematic review. journal of organizational behavior : – . [crossref] http://dx.doi.org/ . /s pli _ http://dx.doi.org/ . /misq/ / . . http://dx.doi.org/ . / . . http://dx.doi.org/ . / - . http://dx.doi.org/ . / - x( ) -t http://dx.doi.org/ . / https://www.eurofound.europa.eu/publications/report/ /automation-digitisation-and-platforms-implications-for-work-and-employment https://www.eurofound.europa.eu/publications/report/ /automation-digitisation-and-platforms-implications-for-work-and-employment http://dx.doi.org/ . /s - - - http://dx.doi.org/ . /job. http://dx.doi.org/ . /orsc. . http://dx.doi.org/ . /s - - - http://dx.doi.org/ . /amr. . http://dx.doi.org/ . /s - - -y http://dx.doi.org/ . / - ( ) - http://dx.doi.org/ . /job. http://dx.doi.org/ . /job. adm. sci. , , of greenberg, jerald. . determinants of perceived fairness of performance evaluations. journal of applied psychology : – . [crossref] greenberg, jerald. . a taxonomy of organizational justice theories. academy of management review : – . [crossref] greenberg, jerald. . the social side of fairness: interpersonal and informational classes of organizational justice. in justice in the workplace: approaching fairness in human resource management. edited by russell cropanzano. mahwah: lawrence erlbaum associates, pp. – . greenberg, jerald, and robert folger. . procedural justice, participation, and the fair process effect in groups and organizations. in basic group processes. new york: springer, pp. – . [crossref] gregg, dawn g. . designing for collective intelligence. communications of the acm : – . [crossref] hambley, laura a., thomas a. o’neill, and theresa j. kline. . virtual team leadership: the effects of leadership style and communication medium on team interaction styles and outcomes. organizational behavior and human decision processes : – . [crossref] harms, peter d., and justin a. desimone. . caution! mturk workers ahead-fines doubled. industrial and organizational psychology : – . [crossref] heponiemi, tarja, marko elovainio, laura pekkarinen, timo sinervo, and anne kouvonen. . the effects of job demands and low job control on work–family conflict: the role of fairness in decision making and management. journal of community psychology : – . [crossref] herr, paul m., frank r. kardes, and john kim. . effects of word-of-mouth and product-attribute information on persuasion: an accessibility-diagnosticity perspective. journal of consumer research : – . [crossref] hetmank, lars. . components and functions of crowdsourcing systems-a systematic literature review. wirtschaftsinformatik : – . [crossref] hossain, mokter. . users’ motivation to participate in online crowdsourcing platforms. paper presented at the international conference on innovation management and technology research, malacca, malaysia, may – . howcroft, debra, and birgitta bergvall-kåreborn. . a typology of crowdwork platforms. work, employment and society : – . [crossref] howe, jeff. . the rise of crowdsourcing. wired. june . available online: https://www.wired.com/ / / crowds/ (accessed on november ). howe, jeff. . crowdsourcing: why the power of the crowd is driving the future of business. fort collins: crown pub. internal revenue service. . topic no. independent contractor vs. employee. september . available online: https://www.irs.gov/taxtopics/tc (accessed on november ). irani, lilly. . the cultural work of microwork. new media and society : – . [crossref] jäger, georg, laura s. zilian, christian hofer, and manfred füllsack. . crowdworking: working with or against the crowd? journal of economic interaction and coordination : – . [crossref] jebb, andrew t., scott parrigon, and sang eun woo. . exploratory data analysis as a foundation of inductive research. human resource management review : – . [crossref] jones, david a., and daniel p. skarlicki. . the relationship between perceptions of fairness and voluntary turnover among retail employees . journal of applied social psychology : – . [crossref] kamar, ece, severin hacker, and eric horvitz. . combining human and machine intelligence in large-scale crowdsourcing. paper presented at the th international conference on autonomous agents and multiagent systems, valencia, spain, june – . kaufmann, nicolas, thimo schulze, and daniel veit. . more than fun and money. worker motivation in crowdsourcing-a study on mechanical turk. paper presented at the conference on computer supported cooperative work, hangzhou, china, march – . keith, melissa g., and peter d. harms. . is mechanical turk the answer to our sampling woes? industrial and organizational psychology: perspectives on science and practice : – . keith, melissa g., peter d. harms, and alexander c. long. . worker health and well-being in the gig economy: a proposed framework and research agenda. in research in occupational stress and well being. bingley: emerald publishing limited, pp. – . [crossref] http://dx.doi.org/ . / - . . . http://dx.doi.org/ . /amr. . http://dx.doi.org/ . / - - - - _ http://dx.doi.org/ . / . http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.obhdp. . . http://dx.doi.org/ . /iop. . http://dx.doi.org/ . /jcop. http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . / . . . http://dx.doi.org/ . / https://www.wired.com/ / /crowds/ https://www.wired.com/ / /crowds/ https://www.irs.gov/taxtopics/tc http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . /s - - - http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.hrmr. . . http://dx.doi.org/ . /j. - . .tb .x http://dx.doi.org/ . /s - adm. sci. , , of keith, melissa g., louis tay, and peter d. harms. . systems perspective of amazon mechanical turk for organizational research: review and recommendations. frontiers in psychology : . [crossref] kelman, herbert c. . compliance, identification, and internalization three processes of attitude change. journal of conflict resolution : – . [crossref] kelman, herbert c. . further thoughts on the processes of compliance, identification, and internalization. in social power and political influence. abingdon-on-thames: routledge, pp. – . kittur, aniket, jeffrey v. nickerson, michael bernstein, elizabeth gerber, aaron shaw, john zimmerman, matt lease, and john horton. . the future of crowd work. paper presented at the conference on computer supported cooperative work, san antonio, tx, usa, february – . landers, richard n., and tara s. behrend. . an inconvenient truth: arbitrary distinctions between organizational, mechanical turk, and other convenience samples. industrial and organizational psychology : – . [crossref] lankford, william m., and faramarz parsa. . outsourcing: a primer. management decision : – . [crossref] latané, bibb, james h. liu, andrzej nowak, michael bonevento, and long zheng. . distance matters: physical space and social impact. personality and social psychology bulletin : – . [crossref] lee, moohun, sunghoon cho, hyokyung chang, junghee jo, hoiyoung jung, and euiin choi. . auditing system using rule-based reasoning in ubiquitous computing. paper presented at the international conference on computational sciences and its applications, perugia, italy, june –july . leventhal, gerald s. . what should be done with equity theory? new approaches to the study of fairness in social relationships. in social exchange: advances in theory and research. edited by kenneth j. gergen, martin s. greenberg and richard h. willis. new york: plenum, pp. – . [crossref] leung, gabriel, and vincent cho. . an empirical study of motivation, justice and self-efficacy in solvers’ continued participation intention in microtask crowdsourcing. paper presented at the american conference on information systems, new orleans, la, usa, august – . litman, leib, jonathan robinson, and cheskie rosenzweig. . the relationship between motivation, monetary compensation, and data quality among us- and india-based workers on mechanical turk. behavior research methods : – . [crossref] liu, ying, and yongmei liu. . the effect of workers’ justice perception on continuance participation intention in the crowdsourcing market. internet research : – . [crossref] locke, edwin a. . the case for inductive theory building. journal of management : – . [crossref] ma, xiao, lara khansa, and jinghui hou. . toward a contextual theory of turnover intention in online crowd working. paper presented at the international conference on information systems, dublin, ireland, december – . ma, xiao, lara khansa, and sung s. kim. . active community participation and crowdworking turnover: a longitudinal model and empirical test of three mechanisms. journal of management information systems : – . [crossref] marjanovic, sonja, caroline fry, and joanna chataway. . crowdsourcing based business models: in search of evidence for innovation . . science and public policy : – . [crossref] mandl, irene, maurizio curtarelli, sara riso, oscar vargas-llave, and elias georgiannis. . new forms of employment. loughlinstown: eurofound, available online: https://www.eurofound.europa.eu/publications/ report/ /working-conditions-labour-market/new-forms-of-employment (accessed on november ). mao, andrew, ece kamar, yiling chen, eric horvitz, megan e. schwamb, chris j. lintott, and arfon m. smith. . volunteering versus work for pay: incentives and tradeoffs in crowdsourcing. paper presented at the first aaai conference on human computation and crowdsourcing, palm springs, ca, usa, november – . marling, cynthia r., grace. j. petot, and leon s. sterling. . integrating case-based and rule-based reasoning to meet multiple design constraints. computational intelligence : – . milland, kristy. . crowdwork: the fury and the fear. in the digital economy and the single market. edited by werner wobbe, elva bova and catalin dragomirescu-gaina. brussels: foundation for european progressive studies, pp. – . mitchell, terrence r. . matching motivational strategies with organizational contexts. in research in organizational behavior. edited by larry l. cummings and barry m. staw. greenwich: jai, pp. – . http://dx.doi.org/ . /fpsyg. . http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . /iop. . http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . / - - - - _ http://dx.doi.org/ . /s - - -x http://dx.doi.org/ . /intr- - - http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . / . . http://dx.doi.org/ . /scipol/scs https://www.eurofound.europa.eu/publications/report/ /working-conditions-labour-market/new-forms-of-employment https://www.eurofound.europa.eu/publications/report/ /working-conditions-labour-market/new-forms-of-employment adm. sci. , , of nakatsu, robbie t., elissa b. grossman, and charalambos l. iacovou. . a taxonomy of crowdsourcing based on task complexity. journal of information science : – . opsahl, robert l., and marvin d. dunnette. . role of financial compensation in industrial motivation. psychological bulletin : – . paolacci, gabriele, jesse chandler, and panagiotis g. ipeirotis. . running experiments on amazon mechanical turk. judgment and decision making : – . porter, christopher o., ryan outlaw, jake p. gale, and thomas s. cho. . the use of online panel data in management research: a review and recommendations. journal of management : – . prentzas, jim, and ioannis hatzilygeroudis. . combinations of case-based reasoning with other intelligent methods. international journal of hybrid intelligent systems : – . [crossref] prpić, john, prashant p. shukla, jan h. kietzmann, and ian p. mccarthy. . how to work a crowd: developing crowd capital through crowdsourcing. business horizons : – . [crossref] rawls, john. . a theory of justice. cambridge: harvard university press. rossille, delphine, jean-françois laurent, and anita burgun. . modelling a decision-support system for oncology using rule-based and case-based reasoning methodologies. international journal of medical informatics : – . [crossref] [pubmed] rothschild, michael l. . carrots, sticks, and promises: a conceptual framework for the management of public health and social issue behaviors. journal of marketing : – . [crossref] rousseau, denise m. . new hire perceptions of their own and their employer’s obligations: a study of psychological contracts. journal of organizational behavior : – . [crossref] ryan, richard m., and edward l. deci. . the darker and brighter sides of human existence: basic psychological needs as a unifying concept. psychological inquiry : – . [crossref] ryan, ann marie, and jennifer l. wessel. . implications of a changing workforce and workplace for justice perceptions and expectations. human resource management review : – . schaufeli, wilmar b., isabel m. martinez, alexandra marques pinto, marisa salanova, and arnold b. bakker. . burnout and engagement in university students. journal of cross-cultural psychology : – . [crossref] schulte, julian, katharina d. schlicher, and günter w. maier. . working everywhere and every time? chances and risks in crowdworking and crowdsourcing work design. gruppe. interaktion. organisation. zeitschrift für angewandte organisationspsychologie (gio) : – . [crossref] segal, lewis m., and daniel g. sullivan. . the growth of temporary services work. journal of economic perspectives : – . [crossref] semuels, alana. . the internet is enabling a new kind of poorly paid hell. the atlantic. february . available online: https://www.theatlantic.com/business/archive/ / /amazon-mechanical-turk/ / (accessed on november ). shapiro, debra l., holly buttner, and bruce barry. . explanations: what factors enhance their perceived adequacy? organizational behavior and human decision processes : – . [crossref] sharpe-wessling, kathryn, joel huber, and oded netzer. . mturk character misrepresentation: assessment and solutions. journal of consumer research : – . [crossref] sheridan, thomas b. . musings on telepresence and virtual presence. presence: teleoperators and virtual environments : – . [crossref] siemsen, enno, aleda v. roth, and sridhar balasubramanian. . how motivation, opportunity, and ability drive knowledge sharing: the constraining-factor model. journal of operations management : – . [crossref] silberman, six, bill tomlinson, rochelle laplante, joel ross, lilly irani, and andrew zaldivar. . responsible research with crowds. communications of the acm : – . [crossref] simula, henri, and tuomas ahola. . a network perspective on idea and innovation crowdsourcing in industrial firms. industrial marketing management : – . [crossref] sitkin, sim b., and robert j. bies. . social accounts in conflict situations: using explanations to manage conflict. human relations : – . [crossref] skarlicki, daniel p., danielle d. van jaarsveld, ruodan shao, young ho song, and mo wang. . extending the multifoci perspective: the role of supervisor justice and moral identity in the relationship between customer justice and customer-directed sabotage. journal of applied psychology : – . [crossref] http://dx.doi.org/ . /his- - http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.bushor. . . http://dx.doi.org/ /j.ijmedinf. . . http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/ http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . /job. http://dx.doi.org/ . /s pli _ http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . /s - - - http://dx.doi.org/ . /jep. . . https://www.theatlantic.com/business/archive/ / /amazon-mechanical-turk/ / http://dx.doi.org/ . /obhd. . http://dx.doi.org/ . /jcr/ucx http://dx.doi.org/ . /pres. . . . http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.jom. . . http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.indmarman. . . http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . /apl adm. sci. , , of slade, stephen. . case-based reasoning: a research paradigm. artificial intelligence magazine : – . [crossref] smith, derek, mohammad m. g. manesh, and asrar alshaikh. . how can entrepreneurs motivate crowdsourcing participants? technology innovation management review : – . [crossref] steuer, jonathan. . defining virtual reality: dimensions determining telepresence. journal of communication : – . [crossref] stewart, neil, christoph ungemach, adam j. harris, daniel m. bartels, ben r. newell, gabriele paolacci, and jesse chandler. . the average laboratory samples a population of amazon mechanical turk workers. judgment and decision making : – . sundararajan, arun. . the sharing economy: the end of employment and the rise of crowd-based capitalism. cambridge: mit press. surowiecki, james. . the wisdom of crowds. new york: anchor. tekleab, amanuel g., kathryn m. bartol, and wei liu. . is it pay levels or pay raises that matter to fairness and turnover? journal of organizational behavior : – . [crossref] thibaut, john, and laurens walker. . a theory of procedure. california law review : – . [crossref] thomas, joe g., and ricky w. griffin. . the power of social information in the workplace. organizational dynamics : – . [crossref] tyler, tom r., and robert j. bies. . beyond formal procedures: the interpersonal context of procedural justice. in applied social psychology and organizational settings. edited by jason s. carroll. mahwah: erlbaum associates, pp. – . [crossref] tyler, tom r., and steven l. blader. . cooperation in groups: procedural justice, social identity, and behavioral engagement. east sussex: psychology press. vander elst, tinne, jacqueline bosman, nele de cuyper, jeroen stouten, and hans de witte. . does positive affect buffer the associations between job insecurity and work engagement and psychological distress? a test among south african workers. applied psychology: an international review : – . vukovic, maja, and arjun natarajan. . operational excellence in it services using enterprise crowdsourcing. paper presented at the ieee international conference on services computing, santa clara, ca, usa, june –july . wang, nan, yongqiang sun, xiao-liang shen, and xi zhang. . a value-justice model of knowledge integration in wikis: the moderating role of knowledge equivocality. international journal of information management : – . watson, ian, and farhi marir. . case-based reasoning: a review. the knowledge engineering review : – . [crossref] weng, jiaxiong, huimin xie, yuanyue feng, ruoqing wang, yi ye, peiying huang, and xizhi zheng. . effects of gamification elements on crowdsourcing participation: the mediating role of justice perceptions. paper presented at the international conference on electronic business, newcastle upon tyne, uk, december – . wexler, mark n. . reconfiguring the sociology of the crowd: exploring crowdsourcing. international journal of sociology and social policy : – . [crossref] wheeler, anthony r., vickie c. gallagher, robyn l. brouer, and chris j. sablynski. . when person-organization (mis)fit and (dis)satisfaction lead to turnover. journal of managerial psychology : – . [crossref] woo, sang eun, ernest h. o’boyle, and paul e. spector. . best practices in developing, conducting, and evaluating inductive research. human resource management review : – . [crossref] yang, congcong, yuanyue feng, xizhi zheng, ye feng, ying yu, ben niu, and pianpian yang. . fair or not: effects of gamification elements on crowdsourcing participation. paper presented at the international conference on electronic business, guilin, china, december – . yuen, man-ching, irwin king, and kwong-sak leung. . a survey of crowdsourcing systems. paper presented at the ieee third international conference on privacy, security, risk and trust and ieee third international conference on social computing, boston, ma, usa, october – . zhao, yuxiang, and qinghua zhu. . exploring the motivation of participants in crowdsourcing contest. paper presented at the rd international conference on information systems, melbourne, australia, june –july . zheng, haichao, dahui li, and wenhua hou. . task design, motivation, and participation in crowdsourcing contests. international journal of electronic commerce : – . [crossref] http://dx.doi.org/ . /ada http://dx.doi.org/ . /timreview/ http://dx.doi.org/ . /j. - . .tb .x http://dx.doi.org/ . /job. http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . / - ( ) - http://dx.doi.org/ . / - http://dx.doi.org/ . /s http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.hrmr. . . http://dx.doi.org/ . /jec - adm. sci. , , of zou, lingfei, jinlong zhang, and wenxing liu. . perceived justice and creativity in crowdsourcing communities: empirical evidence from china. social science information : – . [crossref] publisher’s note: mdpi stays neutral with regard to jurisdictional claims in published maps and institutional affiliations. © by the authors. licensee mdpi, basel, switzerland. this article is an open access article distributed under the terms and conditions of the creative commons attribution (cc by) license (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . /). http://dx.doi.org/ . / http://creativecommons.org/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . /. introduction literature review key elements of crowd-based labor review of crowd-based labor platforms platform review results benefits and concerns of crowd-based labor crowd-based labor concerns and their relation to human resource management (hrm) review of organizational justice review of organizational justice and turnover in crowdwork literature literature review results conceptual work—antecedents of crowd-based workers’ organizational justice perception compensation policy and distributive justice compensation policy and motivation performance evaluation methods and procedural justice case-based vs. rule-based performance evaluation considerate communication and interactional justice communication quality conceptual work—outcomes of organizational justice issues turnover job mobility escalation of crowd-based turnover discussion general discussion contributions theoretical implications practical implications future research conclusions references s jra .. edinburgh research explorer transitional justice citation for published version: bell, c, campbell, c & ní aoláin , f , 'transitional justice: (re)conceptualising the field', international journal of law in context, vol. , no. , pp. - . https://doi.org/ . /s digital object identifier (doi): . /s link: link to publication record in edinburgh research explorer document version: publisher's pdf, also known as version of record published in: international journal of law in context publisher rights statement: © cambridge university press. bell, c., campbell, c. & ní aoláin , f. ( ) "transitional justice: (re)conceptualising the field", international journal of law in context. , , p. - . the final publication is available at: http://journals.cambridge.org/abstract_s general rights copyright for the publications made accessible via the edinburgh research explorer is retained by the author(s) and / or other copyright owners and it is a condition of accessing these publications that users recognise and abide by the legal requirements associated with these rights. take down policy the university of edinburgh has made every reasonable effort to ensure that edinburgh research explorer content complies with uk legislation. if you believe that the public display of this file breaches copyright please contact openaccess@ed.ac.uk providing details, and we will remove access to the work immediately and investigate your claim. download date: . apr. https://doi.org/ . /s https://doi.org/ . /s https://www.research.ed.ac.uk/portal/en/publications/transitional-justice(a eb b- e- - f- fdd d efae ).html international journal of law in context http://journals.cambridge.org/ijc additional services for international journal of law in context: email alerts: click here subscriptions: click here commercial reprints: click here terms of use : click here transitional justice: (re)conceptualising the eld christine bell, colm campbell and fionnuala ní aoláin international journal of law in context / volume / issue / june , pp - doi: . /s , published online: september link to this article: http://journals.cambridge.org/abstract_s how to cite this article: christine bell, colm campbell and fionnuala ní aoláin ( ). transitional justice: (re) conceptualising the eld. international journal of law in context, , pp - doi: . / s request permissions : click here downloaded from http://journals.cambridge.org/ijc, ip address: . . . on sep http://journals.cambridge.org downloaded: sep ip address: . . . foreword transitional justice: (re)conceptualising the f ield christine bell, colm campbell and fionnuala n� aolþin transitional justice institute, university of ulster transitional justice discourse is generally accepted as having its foundations located in the theore- tical, policy and practical implications of dealing with past human rights violations in societies that have experienced either repressive politics or violent conflict. many theorists and policy-makers resolutely assume or defend the notion that ‘dealing with the past’ is where the debates about, and contribution of, the transitional justice paradigm uniquely lie. understood in this way, transitional justice as a field of study has grown exponentially, comprising theoretical debates, the comparative assessment of domestic accountability schemes, international criminal justice, the study of truth commissions, and ethical-legal debate concerning the morality of compromise on accountability for gross and systematic violations of human rights. this foreword, building on the previous work of its authors, extends and expands our conten- tion that transitional justice in this narrow sense must be located in a broader and more problema- tised understanding of justice in contemporary transitions. we also use the opportunity provided by this symposium to highlight an expansion of conceptual horizons being carried out at the transitional justice institute (university of ulster), and the innovative approach to the transitional justice field being advanced by a group of diverse inter-disciplinary scholars. the approach advocates both drawing on other disciplines, and firmly supporting parallel disciplinary fields to work along- side a legal research agenda; affirming the importance of rigorous cross-jurisdictional comparisons; and utilising empirical and socio-legal methodology to advance legal inquiry. we affirm, as we have previously asserted, that transitional justice constitutes a field of inquiry that both affirms but also problematises the role of law in situations of societal change (bell, campbell and nı́ aoláin, ). we are not concerned to enter a debate that we view as essentially semantic, namely whether the term ‘transitional justice’ should be used primarily to communicate a narrow or broader meaning. rather, we wish firmly to assert our vision of a continuum which extends from a narrow (past-focused) notion of ‘transitional justice’ to a broader consideration of the role of law in transitions (itself a subset of the question of justice in transition). from this perspective, it is clear that the legal frame of reference is only one dimension of a broader attempt at social and political change. this points to the underlying project on any ‘law in context’ exploration – to question the complexities of what it means to ‘normativise’ what could be seen (and indeed at the beginning of the s were argued to be) questions for the realm of politics. we have suggested elsewhere that ‘transitional justice’ does not have an even meaning across contexts, as illustrated by the we note our thanks to catherine o’rourke, transitional justice institute, for research assistance in comple- ting this foreword and to dr shane darcy for his oversight in bringing the work of this symposium to fruition. see e.g. bickford ( ): ‘transitional justice refers to a field of activity and inquiry focused on how societies address legacies of past human rights abuses, mass atrocity, or other forms of severe social trauma, including genocide or civil war, in order to build a more democratic, just or peaceful future.’ this foreword also gives us a substantial opportunity to respond to critical probing of our analytical approach. see e.g. hannum ( ). international journal of law in context, , pp. – ( ) cambridge university press doi: . /s printed in the united kingdom http://journals.cambridge.org http://journals.cambridge.org downloaded: sep ip address: . . . appropriation of the language of ‘transitional justice’ in pursuit of hegemonic legitimation in iraq (bell, campbell and nı́ aoláin, ) (a point explored further below). such minefields caution vigilance but not timidity as we proceed. . transitional justice as dealing with the past we acknowledge that the field’s roots lie squarely in controversies over accountability, where in koskenniemi’s ( ) terms the ‘ . . . universalisation of the rule of law [called] for the realization of criminal responsibility in the international as in the domestic sphere’. transitional justice as the study of mechanisms focused on past abuses can be traced to the post-second world war nuremberg and tokyo tribunals. in the s and s the field was reinvigorated and invested with new meaning as a response to the systematic human rights violations carried out by repressive latin american states, the transitions in eastern europe, and peace negotiations in an ever-expanding list of ‘intra-state’ conflicts. two trends can be identified in this latter period. the first was a rise in innovative truth commission-type mechanisms as a way of squaring accountability v. amnesty debates, that were characterised by being rooted in broad range of justice and social goals other than individual criminal accountability. these goals were implemented by de-legalised processes justified both in terms of pragmatic and principled arguments as more suitable to the outcomes sought. the second (apparently antithetical) trend was the rise in international criminal justice, evident in the establishment of the yugoslav and rwanda tribunals and the ad hoc tribunal for sierra leone, and the institutionalisation of such initiatives in the creation of an international criminal court. the broader project of considering ‘justice in transition’ responds directly to the past-focused conception of transitional justice. we assert, first, that mechanisms for dealing with the past cannot be considered without locating them in the broader question of the connection between mechan- isms for the past and the broader constitutional frameworks that the methods are in service to. viewed from the wider perspective of ‘constitutional meta-bargaining’, the role of law in dealing with the past appears contingent. this approach questions any idealisation of the end game of a narrowly delineated ‘transitional justice’ discourse, defined purely in terms of criminal accountabil- ity, lustration or state-building (including definitions resting upon such underlying theories as liberalisation or deterrence). related to this is our second assertion that ‘past-focused’ mechanisms are in practice negotiated as merely one part of a transformation package. meaningful societal change (of which accountability is likely to be a key part) requires the overhaul of political, legal and social institutions. political trade-offs frequently occur across a variety of issues, with the result that the factors affecting which mechanism is put in place cannot be fully understood without appreciating their place in the overall package. see also bell and o’rourke ( ), arguing in conclusion that the justice meaning of transitional justice varies from context to context. for an exploration of the gender specific limitations of transitional accountability mechanisms, see nı́ aoláin and turner ( ). for a detailed overview of this genealogy, see teitel ( ). on meta-constitutionalism, see walker ( ). koskenniemi ( ) has, inter alia, identified that: ‘ . . . studies on the transformations of authoritarian regimes into more or less liberal democracies . . . have suggested a more complex understanding of the role of criminal trials as not merely about punishment or retribution, not indeed about deterrence, but as aspects of a larger ‘‘transitional justice’’ .’ c h r i s t i n e b e l l , c o l m c a m p b e l l a n d f i o n n u a l a n í a o l á i n http://journals.cambridge.org http://journals.cambridge.org downloaded: sep ip address: . . . . from transitional justice to rule of law to some extent, recent developments relating to ‘transitional justice’ in its narrower sense have begun to affirm these types of connections. most notably, in a policy context, the united nations secretary-general has recognised an organic relationship between ‘transitional justice’ and the rule of law (united nations secretary-general, ). this recognition has vital policy implications, signalling both the broad institutional appropriation of the term ‘transitional justice’, as well as the fact that it is fast becoming a by-word for a bundle of transformative efforts, mostly of a legal nature. that recognition has ignited a broader international policy conversation to which, we suggest, this theoretical re-mapping has an important contribution to make. while focus on the rule of law locates ‘transitional justice’ within a broader framework, it also prompts the question of ‘which concept of the rule of law?’ – and in particular whether a formal (procedural) or substantive (value-based) emphasis is to be preferred. if the former, then the programme of reform seems to be a technical bureaucratic one in which international organisations can play a seemingly uncontroversial role by assisting in rolling out reform of constitutionalised legal institutions: an independent judiciary, separation of powers, an impartial and accountable police force? however, if a more substantive articulation is preferred – or understood to be impli- cated in formal understandings of the rule of law – then the crucial question is: what values or whose values does it presuppose? whether the ‘rule of law’ is to be understood in procedural or substantive terms, is essentially a philosophy of law debate. this very debate risks diverting attention from a key insight of the law and society movement: the well-documented capacity for law (even, or perhaps especially, in societies with an ideological commitment to the ‘rule of law’) to be an instrument of gender, ethnic, economic and class oppression. moreover, transitions add new practical and conceptual complexity to long- standing rule of law debates. transitions are typically situations in which the very concept of the rule of law appears to require rehabilitation precisely because it has operated as the chassis to which the vehicle of systemic human rights violations has been harnessed. the paradox arises because law as a tool of reform must itself be radicalised to function appropriately in the new dispensation. domestic law’s hegemonic quality – its tendency to buttress powerful societal forces, make it an unreliable check on oppressive power even in settled societies, yet its ‘relative autonomy’ and its associated counter-hegemonic potential mean that it cannot entirely be dismissed as a vehicle for progressive societal change. the question of law’s capacity to deliver (or hinder) meaningful change in transitional societies is an open one, and must be considered part of a broad ‘transitional justice’ research agenda. at the very least, there needs to be an awareness that legalism, a focus on law’s normativity, and the imperative to frame questions in legal terms, may privilege elite understand- ings, and render invisible key issues affecting disenfranchised groups (campbell, nı́ aoláin and harvey, ). a broader understanding of law’s operation in societal transitions is likely to require an investigation of the deployment of law by disenfranchised social movements, an investigation that will need to involve disciplines other than law, and one that is likely to focus at least on much on law as a system of communication and on its instrumentality, as on its normativity. it is also likely to require cross-jurisdictional comparisons, not least because such comparisons offer a route to separ- ating the specificity of the local from recurring patterns in relation to the deployment of law. see also kritz ( ), who argues that: ‘the rule of law does not simply provide yet one more vehicle by which government can wield and abuse its awesome power; to the contrary, it establishes principles that constrain the power of government, oblige it to conduct itself according to a series of prescribed and publicly known rules.’ but cf. paris ( ). for a useful summary of different approaches to the rule of law that also illustrates some inevitable linkage between formal and substantive conceptions, see craig ( ); see also carothers ( ). t r a n s i t i o n a l j u s t i c e : ( r e ) c o n c e p t u a l i s i n g t h e f i e l d http://journals.cambridge.org http://journals.cambridge.org downloaded: sep ip address: . . . transitional justice ‘from below’ demands exploration with at least as much urgency as that ‘from above’. secondly, with their unique international/domestic ‘hybridity’ (bell, ), transitions pose a particular ‘law in context’ question around what the context for understanding rule of law value- formation is, and in particular whether the frame of reference is an international one in which values are understood with reference to international standards, a domestic one located in domestic constitutional understandings, or one in which the meaning is constructed dialogically through on-going negotiation (either within the domestic sphere, or in a broader negotiation across both spheres). in the contemporary uni-multipolar world, this begs the question adverted to earlier, of the relationship between the world’s sole remaining superpower, international law, and transitional justice, with iraq as the prime site of inquiry. in many respects the international law debate mirrors that in domestic law: international law is likely to accommodate itself to the exercise of hegemonic power (campbell, ), and offers powerful legitimating potential, but some possibility for law- based challenge is likely to be present (krisch, ), and international law is always likely to retain some ‘pull’, even on powerful states (byers, ). this pull may be particularly strong in transitional societies where a context of conflict can no longer be invoked to justify departure from international standards. equally, the intimate oversight relationship between international institutions and such societies creates powerful incentives for such state to ‘play ball’ (or be seen to) with international legal norms. in iraq, the us has used past-focused transitional justice discourse to justify and underwrite the ‘de-ba’athicisation’ processes, attempting at a subtle level to justify its own role as ‘democratiser’ rather than ‘occupier’. ‘the’ conflict (or the undemocratic era for which accountability is required) is thereby defined as the one that preceded and was ‘ended’ by its use of force (bell, campbell and nı́ aoláin, ). prisoner ill-treatment in abu-ghraib, and other alleged abuses in iraq fall outside this frame; to that extent, there is an attempt to employ ‘transitional justice’ both as a framing narrative that doubles as an instrument of hegemonic power. whether the us will succeed or not in this attempt is an open question, one given particular salience by identifying iraq as merely one site in a never-ending (and to that extent ‘ordinary’) ‘war on terror’. the complexity here is evident from the inter-connectedness of transitional justice with multiple and overlapping spheres of international law, as well as from its becoming knitted into the unsettled sphere of local law (which itself is reconfigured by external legal interface to ‘fit’ the transitional narrative being advanced). recognition of the ambivalent role of domestic law in societal transitions must thus be an accom- panied by a appreciation of the ambivalent position occupied by transitional justice in the con- temporary world, particularly where it is yoked to the instrumental goals of the ‘war on terror’ (teitel, ). . the symposium this symposium reflects some of the constitutive elements of this broadening and revisioning. it also reflects unique methodological strengths. these strengths include a broad inter-disciplinary approach to the analysis of transitional problems, a socio-legal dimension to conduct of legal inquiry, an affirmation of the value of doctrinal analysis in the transitional setting, an emphasis on mid-level theorising about legal institutions, norms and ‘messaging’, in order to probe their transformative capacity. on global-local interface in transition, see campbell and fionnuala ( ). c h r i s t i n e b e l l , c o l m c a m p b e l l a n d f i o n n u a l a n í a o l á i n http://journals.cambridge.org http://journals.cambridge.org downloaded: sep ip address: . . . so, for example, ‘dealing with past’ remains a core aspect of the transitional justice inquiry, but is given fresh vitality in the symposium. the contribution made by kirk simpson entitled voices silenced, voices rediscovered confirms the centrality of the past to the construction of legal and political futures, with its emphasis on the need to reclaim the ‘pre-language’ state which frequently obscures the ability of victims to contribute effectively to truth processes. precisely because the analysis locates law within an anthropological understanding, it demonstrates the manner in which existing literature on voice and victims can be re-interpreted and reinvigorated by understanding law’s limits as a language. venkat iyer’s contribution to this symposium is concerned with the importance of constitutional structures and norms in the transitional phase. this emphasis on norm content, its institutional outworkings and constitutional configurations augment the contention we make that transitional justice is fundamentally concerned with the operation and rehabilitation of law in post conflict and repressive societies. iyer’s assessment demonstrates the importance of the local/global interchange for enriching the transitional justice field. complementing this approach is the contribution by mckeever and o’rawe, who highlight the significance of institutional legal reform through a succinct assessment of the relationship between citizenship, policing and the role of ex-combatants in post-conflict societies. the essential quandary they address is framed by exploring the question of whether paramilitary ex-prisoners should be allowed to join the police force. the article affirms the broader linkage between transitional justice narrowly defined, with rule of law issues generally defined, as well as the concrete contribution that institutional change has for the success of the transitional project – particularly to those who have been excluded or marginalised in the prior dispensation. finally, the work of rooney and reilly brings gender to the forefront of transitional justice explorations. both contributions are grounded in the broad inter-disciplinary methods advocated in this foreword, and both attest to the strength of analysis that emerges when the role of law is interposed alongside rigorous feminist method. rooney’s contribution tackles a key legal site of transitional justice – namely the peace agreement – and undertakes an ambitious interweaving of intersectionality theory with the presence or absence of women in such sites. the analysis again confirms the pivotal influence that legal frames have on outcomes, and the organic link between institutional decision-making sites with transformative outcomes. reilly undertakes a critical con- sideration of dominant approaches to transitional justice, and probes what is necessary to achieve ‘justice’ for women in transitional context. her extensive survey of international accountability mechanisms is notably informed by considering the merits of a ‘bottom up’ rather than ‘top down’ approach to gender accountability, and places significant emphasis on comparative knowledge as to the influence of transnational influences on processes which affect women. . transition, justice and law what then are the elements that need to be developed in the broader conception of the field? (a) understanding transition transitions have been at the margins of traditional legal categories. similar, for example, to legal doctrines of exceptionality, transitions often stood at the sidelines of legal and theoretical scholar- ship. this is no longer the case. the number and scale of societies experiencing transition from repression and/or conflict allied to the broader geo-political effects of instability and inter-dependence caused by it, and the growth of the international tribunal model, have meant that transitional justice see oren and nı́ aoláin ( ) for a detailed overview of the exception and its marginal place in legal scholarship historically. t r a n s i t i o n a l j u s t i c e : ( r e ) c o n c e p t u a l i s i n g t h e f i e l d http://journals.cambridge.org http://journals.cambridge.org downloaded: sep ip address: . . . has become an overarching legal and political mantle to accommodate, manage and prompt such change. one contemporary feature of the discourse is the blurring of definitional boundaries about what is ‘in’ and ‘out’ of the transitionary paradigm. this can be viewed either as a denial of the specificity of transitions from conflict (posner and vermeule, ), or as an attempt to unsettle established constitutional orders so as to radicalise and re-envision processes of democratic renewal. from this point of view, arguments about what constitutes ‘the field’ become difficult to separate from strategic instrumentalism regarding what that the assertion of ‘transitional justice’ as the frame of inquiry aims to achieve. but ambivalences identified above in the problematic contemporary employment of transitional justice discourse also manifest under this heading. current ‘steady state’ transitional justice (evident in the creation of the international criminal court) may operate to universalise the exception. the concept may therefore be open to appropria- tion in an attempt to re-work mainstream understandings of international legal norms. what was viewed as a legal phenomenon associated with extraordinary post-conflict conditions now increas- ingly appears to be a reflection of ordinary times. this poses extra-ordinary challenges to the integrity of the field. (b) understanding of justice it becomes evident that, in addition to the reframing we have outlined above, the conception of transitional justice implies that some understanding and even theory of ‘justice’ is either implicit or required. in this vein of analysis ‘justice’ often stands as a short-cut for ‘law’ or ‘legal’. such an analysis is extremely loose analytically but has the advantage of providing a very large canvas – it is not limited to dealing with the past. transitional justice on this understanding could broadly cover the role of law in situations of transition. despite its ease we do not use this analytical shortcut. in our view, it holds two distinct disadvantages: first, it makes transitional justice essentially a game for lawyers. it eschews a broader inter-disciplinary capacity and ensures that political scientists, sociol- ogists, anthropologists and others are marginalised. second, it glosses over some complex and relevant jurisprudential debates concerning the content of ‘justice’, and it gives no sense of the continuum of interface which we prompt reflection on in this foreword. a second approach is to view justice in the context of theories of justice. this is arguably where legal theory is now turning. it is unnecessary at this point to probe the array of justice theories on offer; suffice to say that there are a great variety of theoretical explorations of the concept of justice, many of which can usefully be explored in relation to the specifics of ‘transition’. taking this approach has a number of advantages. primarily, it opens the field to the broad and deep inter- disciplinary engagement that we suggest is critical to any expansive understanding of transitional justice. importantly, transitional justice is then no longer narrowly confined to a lawyers’ discourse. second, it takes the theoretical debates from the transitional context and forces their engagement with mainstream ‘justice’ scholarship. it also has a number of disadvantages. first, it tends to encourage a narrow competitive trade-off between differing theories of justice (my theory is ‘better’, or at least ‘bigger’ than yours), potentially focusing on philosophy of law quandaries to the neglect of socio-legal insights. second, the emphasis on theory choice and fit tends to assume or defend, rather than interrogate the goals of transition. the way forward that we are traversing, as illustrated by this symposium, is one that first of all disaggregates the different points at which law ‘connects’ with transition adopting what can loosely see bell and o’rourke ( , pp. – ). cf. tully ( ). cf. berman ( ); cf. also bell, campbell and nı́ aoláin ( ). see campbell, gross and nı́ aoláin ( ) arguing for a deep inter-disciplinary approach to contemporary conflict-related legal problems; see also campbell and connolly ( ). c h r i s t i n e b e l l , c o l m c a m p b e l l a n d f i o n n u a l a n í a o l á i n http://journals.cambridge.org http://journals.cambridge.org downloaded: sep ip address: . . . be called a ‘law in context’ approach to each one, that eschews any understanding of law as purely normative, or indeed as indistinguishable from politics. we have laid these points of connection as follows: . understanding the role of law in conflict. . law and political institutions (constitutionalism). . law and legal institutions (‘rule of law’). . dealing with the past (‘transitional justice’). . gender issues (cross-cutting and also a discrete field of inquiry, and capable of expansion into a broader conception of all the ‘others’ seen as marginal to the violent conflict). . law and social movements (transitional justice ‘from below’). second, we attempt to understand the role of law in transitions by using (sometimes on their own, often together), a range of methodologies, so as to understand how law is conceived to apply or not apply in a positive sense, but to assist with understanding the role of law in context. these methodologies primarily include: . legal doctrinal (focused around the lack of ‘fit’ between transition and traditional international legal doctrine). . socio-legal and more broadly interdisciplinary (aiming to understand the role and limits of law within a contextualised understanding of its relationship to politics and other social processes); we affirm that this may involve analysis of both qualitative and quantitative empirical data. . theoretical (theorising transition and justice, and their inclusions and exclusions). to put it boldly, we view study of ‘transition and justice’ as providing an important contribution to some of the deepest quandaries of law’s relationship to social change, well beyond the transitional context. conclusion: (re)conceptualising the field in conclusion, we are pleased that this special issue of the journal of law in context has afforded the opportunity for a selection of the diverse and inter-disciplinary research agenda of the transitional justice institute to be drawn together and presented here. the range of scholarly interests, and the rare mix of legal and other disciplinary approaches to core transitional issues, illustrate precisely the themes that this foreword has sought to highlight; namely that the field of transitional justice has widened and deepened – that it is not the domain of lawyers alone – and that it is no longer solely probing accountability concerns. rather, the field is now firmly engaged in a wider set of inquiries about the role of law in the process of societal change – and the interface and consequences that follow for what we understand law to be. references bell, christine ( ) ‘peace agreements: their nature and legal status’, american journal of international law : – . bell, christine, campbell colm and ní aoláin, fionnuala ( ) ‘the battle for transitional justice: hegemony, iraq and international law’, in john morison et al. (eds.), human rights, democracy and transition: essays in honour of stephen livingstone. oxford: oxford university press. we note that these strengths are more widely reflected in the overall research outputs by a variety of scholars at the transitional justice institute see http://www.transitionaljustice.ulster.ac.uk. t r a n s i t i o n a l j u s t i c e : ( r e ) c o n c e p t u a l i s i n g t h e f i e l d http://journals.cambridge.org http://journals.cambridge.org downloaded: sep ip address: . . . bell, christine, campbell colm and ní aoláin, fionnuala ( ) ‘justice discourses in transition’, social and legal studies : – . bell, christine and o’rourke, catherine ( ) ‘does feminism need a theory of transitional justice? an introductory essay’, international journal of transitional justice : – . berman, neil ( ) ‘privileging combat? contemporary conflict and the legal construction of war’, columbia journal of international law : – . bickford, louis ( ) ‘transitional justice’, encyclopedia of genocide and crimes against humanity : – . campbell, colm, ní aoláin, fionnuala and harvey, colin ( ), ‘the frontiers of legal analysis: re-framing the transition in northern ireland’, modern law review : – . campbell, colm ( ) ‘ ‘‘wars on terror’’ and vicarious hegemons: the uk, international law and the northern ireland conflict’, international and comparative law quarterly : – . campbell, colm and connolly, ita ( ) ‘making war on terror? global lessons from northern ireland’, modern law review : – . campbell, colm, gross, oren and ní aoláin, fionnuala ( ) ‘the value of the comparative and the international in reflecting on state reponses to the war on terror’, minnesota journal of international law (forthcoming). campbell, colm and ni aoláin, fionnuala ( ) ‘local meets global – transitional justice in northern ireland’, fordham international law journal : – . carothers, thomas ( ) ‘the rule of law revival’, foreign affairs : – . craig, paul ( ) ‘formal and substantive conceptions of the rule of law: an analytical framework’, public law : – . gross, oren and ní aoláin, fionnuala ( ) law in times of crisis emergency powers in theory and practice. cambridge: cambridge university press. hannum, hurst ( ) ‘human rights in conflict resolution: the role of the office of the high commissioner for human rights in un peacemaking and peacebuilding’, human rights quarterly : – . koskenniemi, martti ( ) ‘between impunity and show trials,’ max planck yearbook of united nations law : – . krisch, nico ( ) ‘international law in times of hegemony: unequal power and the shaping of the international legal order’, european journal of international law : . kritz, neil (ed.) ( ) transitional justice: how emerging democracies reckon with former regimes. washington, dc: united states institute of peace, p. . ni aoláin, fionnuala and campbell, colm ( ) ‘the paradox of democratic transitions’, human rights quarterly : – . ní aoláin, fionnuala and turner, catherine ( ) ‘gender truth and transition’ ucla women’s law review : (forthcoming). paris, roland ( ) at war’s end: building peace after civil conflict. cambridge: cambridge university press. posner, eric and vermeule, adrienne ( ) ‘transitional justice as ordinary justice’, harvard law review : – . roberts, adam ( ) ‘transformative military occupation: applying the law of war and human rights’, american journal of international law : – . teitel, ruti ( ) ‘transitional justice genealogy’, harvard human rights journal : – . tully, james ( ) strange multiplicity: constitutionalism in an age of diversity. cambridge: cambridge university press. united nations secretary general ( ) report of the secretary-general on the rule of law and transitional justice in conflict and post-conflict societies, un doc. s/ / ( ). walker, neil ( ) ‘the idea of constitutional pluralism’, modern law review : – . c h r i s t i n e b e l l , c o l m c a m p b e l l a n d f i o n n u a l a n í a o l á i n http://journals.cambridge.org << /ascii encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles false /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain %) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec - . ) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \ swop\ v ) /srgbprofile (srgb iec - . ) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel . /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjdffile false /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves . /colorconversionstrategy /leavecolorunchanged /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel /emitdscwarnings false /endpage - /imagememory /lockdistillerparams true /maxsubsetpct /optimize false /opm /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage false /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo false /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments false /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /remove /ucrandbginfo /remove /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution /colorimagedepth - /colorimagemindownsampledepth /colorimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /jpeg coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /jpeg colorimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution /grayimagedepth - /grayimagemindownsampledepth /grayimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /jpeg grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /jpeg grayimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution /monoimagedepth - /monoimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k - >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx acheck false /pdfx check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ . . . . ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ . . . . ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile (none) /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /description << /chs /cht /dan /deu /esp /fra /ita /jpn /kor /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader . en hoger.) /nor /ptb /suo /sve /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader . and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) ( . ) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) ( . ) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) ( . ) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [ ] /pagesize [ . . ] >> setpagedevice journal of medical ethics, , , - editorial in search of justice over the first three years of publication of this journal the issue of justice in the provision of health care has been discussed regularly, though perhaps with less frequency than it merits. in an early issue ivan illich claimed that there was an 'expropriation of health' by the medical profession - a theme now fully elaborated in his recent books limits to medicine' and the disabling professions. in our second volume elizabeth telfer, of the department of moral philosophy in glasgow university, explored the moral implications of different systems of health care provision ranging from 'laissez-faire' to 'pure socialist'. telfer's survey of possible systems was subsequently questioned by hillel steiner of manchester university. in our last issue (december i ) a former conservative minister of health, enoch powell mp, declared that the un declaration of human rights makes statements about health care which are 'both non- sensical and pernicious' - an opinion subjected to critical scrutiny by robin downie, professor of moral philosophy at glasgow university. finally in the present issue (and in the preceding one) raymond plant has provided an exhaustive analysis of the late richard titmuss's celebrated attack on the market approach to medicine in his essay on blood donation, the gift relationship. these articles, although very different in many respects, have all been concerned with two major themes: the safe-guarding of individual freedom and the achievement of a fair distribution of health care resources. within the tension between these two moral values there lies the problem of justice in health care policy. too great a stress on individual liberty leads quickly to a philosophy of 'weakest to the wall': too heavy an enforcement of health care standards leads, at best, to paternalism and, at worst, to the horror of 'final solutions'. individual responsibility and initiative must be protected and fostered, but never at the cost of disregarding the vulnerability created by illness and social dis- advantage. the achievement of the required balance in moral values is much more than merely a challenge to the ingenuity of moral philosophers. the issues to be faced demand political solutions of one kind or another. in the usa commentators have been describing for many years a 'crisis in health care delivery', yet the enactment of legislation which will make any real difference to the maldistribution of medical manpower and resources seems to be as far away as ever. in britain the debate about the effectiveness of the national health service, provoked by the recent financial crisis, is beginning to die down as public confidence in some kind of economic kingdom of heaven on earth is restored. yet the health care problems in britain, and in other nations, will not be solved by increasing prosperity. indeed on both a national and an international scale all the evidence points in the opposite direction: economic expansion brings with it the twin problems of an ever widening gap between the living condi- tions of the advantaged and the disadvantaged, and, for those who profit from the prosperity, the penalty of the 'diseases of affluence'. thus, in adversity or prosperity, the moral issue for health care legislators remains the same: how is a society to cope with the recurrent problem of ill- health in a way that enhances equally the life prospects of all its members? we believe that no quick answers should be offered to that question. there is no short cut through the maze of arguments by economists, political theorists, sociologists and philosophers about the design of social institutions. we see our task to be one of keeping all the questions open by continuing to publish articles, from a range of disciplines and viewpoints, on the political reality of justice in health care. references 'penguin books, harmondsworth, i . "boyars, london, i . journal of medical ethics, , -iii. journal of medical ethics, , i -i . screening for spina bifida the health departments in the united kingdom are now considering the wisdom of performing tests on all pregnant women in order to forestall the birth of infants with open spina bifida by selective abortion. alpha-feto-protein is normally present in the bloodstream of the human fetus. in cases of open neural tube defect (open spina bifida, anencephaly) this protein is found in a higher-than-normal concentration in the amniotic fluid, and also in the o n a p ril , b y g u e st. p ro te cte d b y co p yrig h t. h ttp ://jm e .b m j.co m / j m e d e th ics: first p u b lish e d a s . /jm e . . . o n m a rch . d o w n lo a d e d fro m http://jme.bmj.com/ justice, gender and international boundaries justice. gender and international boundaries onora o'neill. university of essex, may . justice for impoverished providers questions about justice to women and about international justice are often raised in discussions of development. yet many influential theories of justice have difficulty in handling either topic. i shall first compare some theoretical difficulties that have arisen in these two domains, and then sketch an account of justice that may be better suited to handling questions both of gender and of international justice. i begin by distinguishing idealized from relativized theories of justice. idealized accounts of justice stress the need to abstract from the particularities of persons. they paint justice as blind to gender and nationality. its principles are those that would regulate the action of idealized "abstract individuals", hence take no account of differences between men and women and transcend international boundaries. relativized accounts of justice not only acknowledge the variety and differences among humankind, but ground principles of justice in the discourse and traditions of actual communities. since nearly all of these relegate (varying portions of) women's lives to a 'private' sphere, within which the political virtue of justice has no place, and see national boundaries as limits of justice, appeals to actual traditions tend both to endorse institutions that exclude women from the 'public' sphere, where justice is properly an issue, and to insulate one 'public' sphere from another. both idealized and relativized accounts of justice look inadequate from the perspective of those whom they marginalize. women, in particular poor women, will find that neither approach takes account of the reality of carrying both reproductive and productive tasks, while having relatively little control over the circumstances of one's life. women's lives are not well concelved dust as those of idealized individuals. a world of ,such individuals assumes away relations of dependence and interdependence; yet these are central to most lives actually available to women. nor are womens's lives well conceived solely in terms of traditions that relegate them to a 'private' sphere. the productive contributions and the cognitive and practical independence of actual women are too extensive, evident and economically significant to be eclipsed by ideologies of total domesticity and dependence. the awkward fit of theory to actuality is most vivid for poor women in poor economies. these women may depend on others, but lack the supposed securities of dependence. they are impoverished, but are often providers. they are powerless, yet others who are yet more vulnerable depend on them for protection. their vulnerability reflects heavy demands as much as slender resources. they may find that they are relegated to and subordinated within a domestic sphere, whose separate and distinctive existence is legitimated not by appeals to justice but by entrenched views of family life and honour. they may also find that this domestic sphere is embedded in an economy that is subordinate to distant and richer economies. they not only raise children in poverty; they raise crops and do ill-paid and insecure work whose rewards fluctuate to the beat of distant economic forces. this second subordination too is legitimated in varied discourses which endorse an internationalized econoirio order but only national regimes of taxation and welfare. a serious account of justice cannot gloss over the predicaments of impoverished providers in marginalized and developing economies. . preview: abstract principles and context sensitive judgement both idealized and relativized approaches to justice make seemingly legitimate demands. idealized approaches insist that justice must abstract from the particularities of persons. blindness to difference is a traditional image of justice and guarantees impartiality. yet principles of justice that are supposedly blind to differences of power and resources often seem to endorse practices and policies that suit the privileged. hence a demand that justice take account of context can seem equally reasonable. justice, it is argued, needs more than abstract principles: it must guide judgements that take account of actual contexts and predicaments and of the differences among human beings. relativized principles of justice meet this demand: but since they are rooted in history, tradition or local context, they will endorse traditional sexism or nationalism. any relativism tends to prejudice the position of the weak, whose weakness is mirrored and partly constituted by their marginalization in received ways of thought and by their subordination and oppression in established orders. yet idealizing approaches do no better. where relativist approaches are uncritical of established privilege, idealized approaches are uncritical of privileges from which they abstract. if accounts of justice had to be either idealized or relativized. we would have to choose between demands for abstraction from difference and for sensitivity to difference. if there are other possibilities, an account of justice may be able to meet demands both for abstract principles and for context sensitive judgements. i shall try to sketch a third possibility, which gives both abstraction and sensitivity to context their due -- but only their due. this can be done by meeting the demands for abstraction from and sensitivity to context in two distinct, successive moves. the first move is to argue for abstract principles of universal scope, while rejecting the supposed link between abstraction and positions that not merely abstract but (in a sense to be explained) idealize. much contemporary moral reasoning. and in particular 'abstract liberalism' (whether *deontological' or utilitarian), handles issues of gender and international justice badly not because it abstracts (e.g from sex, race, nationality), but because it also almost always idealizes specific conceptions of the human agent and of national sovereignty which are often admired and are more (nearly) feasible for men rather than for women and for developed rather than developing societies. however, abstraction itself, without idealization, is the route rather than the obstacle to broad scope and is unobjectionable in principles of justice. the second move answers demands that we take account of the context and particularities of lives and societies. but does not build culturally specific ideals of gender and of national sovereignty into the principles of justice. the second move insists that judgements of justice take account of cert ain differences by applying abstract principles to determinate cases without tacitly reintroducing restricted ideals ( e . g . o f gender and national sovereignty) so relativising principles of justice to accepted beliefs, traditions or practices. abstract principles can guide context sensitive judgement without lapsing into relativism. . abstract justice and human differences: feminist debates. discussions of gender justice have been structured by disagreements over the extent and import of differences between men and women. for liberals who defend abstract principles of justice it has been embarassing that the rights of man were taken for so long and by so many of their predecessors as the rights of men, and that liberal practice failed for so long to end male privilege. (socialist feminists suffer analogous embarassments). starting with wollstonecraft and j.s. mill, liberal feminists argued against women's difference. and claimed that women's like rationality entitled them to equal rights. more recent liberal feminists have noted that even when women had equal political and legal rights, their political participation and economic rewards remained less than those of men, and less than those of men whose qualifications and labour force participation women matched. supposedly gender-neutral and neutralizing institutions, such as democratic political structures and markets, did not eliminate gender differentials. many have concluded that approximations to political and legal justice in various domains of life evidently cannot close the ft radical gap between men's and women's paths and prospects. in response some liberal feminists argued that justice demands more thorough equal treatment. for example, it may require forms of affirmative action and reverse discrimination in education and employment, as well as welfare rights to social support for the poor and those with heavy family responsibilities. some differences are to be acknowledged in principles of justice. this move has two difficulties. first, many liberals deny that justice demands compensatory redistribution, especially of positional goods. they think these should be allocated by competitive and meritocratic procedures. this debate is of particular importance in the developed world. the second problem arises even where the goods to be distributed are not positional, and is particularly significant in the third world. where resources are scarce, non-positional goods such as basic health care or income support or children's allowances or unemployment insurance may be unfundable out of a slender national tax base. if social justice demands basic welfare provision, justice must reach across boundaries. an account of gender justice would then have to be linked to one of international distributive justice. this liberal debate continues, but its terms have been increasingly questioned by feminists in the last decade, many of whom claim that, despite its aspirations, gender bias is integral to liberal justice. their suspicions focus on the very abstraction from difference and diversity which has been the hallmark of liberal justice. some of these 'post-liberal' feminists criticize abstract liberalism by highlighting respects in which particular supposedly gender-neutral theories -overtly assume or endorse gendered accounts of the human subject and of rationality. many aspects of these critiques are convincing. however, the most fundamental contemporary feminist challenge to abstract liberalism ostensibly impugns reliance on abstraction itself. gilligan's influential work claims that an emphasis on justice excludes and marginalizes the 'other voice' of ethical thought. 'abstract liberalism simply and unacceptably devalues care and concern for particular others, which are the core of womens' moral life and thought, seeing them as moral immaturity. the voice of justice is intrinsically 'male' in its refusal to grasp the actualities of human difference, in its supposed agnosticism about the good for man, and its resulting disregard of the virtues, and specifically of love and care. on this account the problem is not to secure like treatment for women, but to secure differentiated treatment for all. in locating the distinction between justice and care (and other virtues) in a disagreement over the legitimacy of relying on abstract principles, feminist critics of abstract liberalism often view concern for care as not merely different from but opposed to concern for justice. they can end up endorsing rather than challenging social and economic structures that marginalize women and confine them to a private sphere. separatism at the level of ethical theory can march with acceptance of the powers and traditions that be. a stress on caring and relationships to the exclusion of abstract justice may endorse relegation to the nursery and the kitchen, to purdah and to poverty. in rejecting 'abstract liberalism' such feminists converge with traditions that have excluded women from economic and public life. an appeal to 'women's experience', 'women's traditions' and 'women's discourse' does not escape, but rather echoes, ways in which women have been marginalized or oppressed. those who celebrate the other 'voice' often assume that differences. are taken seriously only when actual differences are endorsed. the disputes that now divide liberal feminists and their contextualist critics ostensibly pose an unwelcome dilemma about gender justice. if we adopt an abstract account of justice, which is blind to differences between people, so to the ways in which women's lives in the developed and in the undeveloped world differ from men's lives, we commit ourselves (it is said) to uniform treatment regardless of difference. but if we acknowledge the ethical importance of human differences. we are likely to endorse traditional social forms that sustain those differences, including those that subordinate and oppress women. . abstract justice and national differnce: communitarian debates this dilemma recurs in certain discussions of international justice. abstract liberalism proclaims the rights of man. as burke was quick to complain. this is quite a different matter from proclaiming the traditional rights of englishmen, or of frenchmen, or of any coherent group. abstraction was the price to be paid for ethical discourse that could cross the boundaries of states and nations and have universal appeal; and burke found the price unacceptable. the internationalist, cosmopolitan commitments that were implicit in the ideals of liberalism have repeatedly been targets of conservative and communitarian criticism. liberal practice has, however, once again teen quite different. it has not been universalistic, but clearly subordinated to the boundaries and demands of nation states. this is evident in relations between rich and poor states. like treatment for like cases is partially secured by laws and practices within many democratic states; only a few enthusiasts argue for world government, or think that rights of residence, work and welfare, as well as burdens of taxation, should be global. such enthusiasm is often dismissed by practical people who hold that a plurality of national jurisdictions provides the framework(s) within which liberal ideals can be pursued. liberals may not be generally willing to take differences seriously; but they have taken differences between sovereign states remarkably seriously. their communitarian critics want to take differences and boundaries seriously in theory as well as in practice. when boundaries are taken wholly seriously. however, international justice is not just played down, but wiped off the ethical map. walzer's work is a good case in point. he holds that the largest sphere of justice is the political community and that the only issues not internal to such communities are about membership in them and conflicts between them. the issues of membership concern the admission of individual aliens: rights and duties do not go beyond borders. a commitment to community is a commitment to the historical boundaries of political communities, whatever these happen to be and whatever injustices their constitution and their preservation cost. communitarians cannot easily take any wider view of ethical boundaries since their critique of abstraction is in part a demand for ethical discourse that takes 'our' language, 'our' culture and 'our' traditions seriously. like current debates on gender justice, discussions of international justice apparently pose an unwelcome choice. either we can abstract from the reality of boundaries, and think about principles of justice that assume an ideal, cosmopolitan world, in which justice and human rights do not stop at the boundaries of states. or we can acknowledge the reality of boundaries and construe the principles of justice as subordinate to those of national sovereignty. cosmopolitan ideals are evident in the discourse of much of the human rights movement; but some recent liberal theorists have shifted towards the relativism of their communitarian critics, and even view liberal principles of justice as no more than the principles of liberal societies. rawls in particular now hinges his theory of justice not on an abstract and idealized construction of an original position but on the actual ideals of citizens of liberal democratic societies. here we see a surprising and perhaps unstable convergence between abstract liberal theorists and their communitarian critics. . abstraction with and without idealisation debates about gender and international justice are rot merely similar in that each is structured by a confrontation between advocates of abstract principles and of context sensitive judgements. in each debate the two parties depict these demands as incompatible. however, the reason for the incompatiblity may be that many advocates of abstraction and of sensitivity to context are making other, stronger claims that are indeed incompatible. what these debates term 'abstraction* is often a set of specific, unargued idealizationa of human agency, rationality and life and of the sovereignty and independence of states. and in each debate what is described as attention to actual situations and contexts in judging in fact often extends to building recognition of differnces into fundamental principles— and so amounts to relativism. these conflations are avoidable. abstraction, taken strictly, is simply a matter of detaching certain claims from others. abstract reasoning hinges nothing on the satisfaction or non-satisfaction of predicates from which it abstracts. all uses of language must abstract more or less: the most detailed describing cannot dent the indeterminacy of language. indeed it isn't obvious that there is anything to object to in very abstract principles of justice. highly abstract ways of reasoning are often admired (mathematics, physics), and frequently well paid (accountancy, law). what is different about abstract ethical reasoning? when we look at objections to 'abstract' ethical principles and reasoning in detail it appears that they are often objections not to detachment from certain predicates. but to the inclusion of predicates that are false of the objects of the domains to which a theory is then applied. reasoning that abstracts from some predicate makes claims that do not hinge on the objects to which the reasoning is applied satsifying that predicate. reasoning that idealizes makes claims that hinge on the objects to which it is applied satisfying certain predicates. where those predicates are unsatisfied the reasoning simply does not apply. the principles and theories of justice to which the critics of 'abstract liberalism' object are indeed abstract. they take no account of many features of agents and societies. however, these principles and theories not only abstract but idealize. they assume. for example. accounts of rational choice whose claims about information, coherence, capacities to calculate and the like are not merely not satisfied by some deficient or backward agents, but are actually satisfied by no human agents (perhaps they are approximated, or at least admired, in restricted shopping and gambling contexts!). they also assume idealized accounts of the mutual independence of persons and their opportunities to pursue their individual 'conceptions of the good', and of the sovereignty and independence of states, that are false of all human beings and all states. such idealizations no doubt have theoretical advantages: above all they allow us to construct models that can readily be manipulated. however, they fail to apply to most, if not all, practical problems of human choice and foreign policy. if idealized descriptions are not simply abstracted from descriptions that are true of actual agents, they are not innocuous ways of extending the scope of reasoning. each idealization posits an 'enhanced' version of the objects of the domain to which the model is applied. idealizations may privilege certain sorts of human agent and life and certain sorts of society by covertly presenting (enhanced versions of) their specific characteristics as true of all human action and life. in this way covert gender chauvinism and an exaggerated view of state sovereignty can be combined with liberal principles. idealization masquerading as abstraction yields theories that appear to apply widely, but which covertly exclude those who don't match a certain ideal, or match it less well that others. those who are excluded are then seen as defective or inadequate. a reconsideration of debates about gender and international justice shows that the feminist and communitarian critics of liberal justice could legitimately attack spurious idealizations without impugning abstraction that eschews idealization. . gender and idealised agents liberal discussions of justice ostensibly hinge nothing on gender differences. they apply to individuals, considered in abstraction from specific identities, commitments and circumstances. recent critics insist that liberal theories of justice are far from being as gender blind as their advocates claim. an instructive example is rawls' a. theory of justice. rawls was particularly concerned t^m* to avoid an extravagant view of human agents. his principles of justice are those that would be chosen by agents in an 'original position' in which they know less rather than more_ than actual human agents. he conceives his work as carrying the social contract tradition to "a higher level of abstraction". in particular, agents in the original position do not know their social and economic position, their natural assets or their conceptions of the good. the original position operatlonalizes the image of justice as blind to difference. however, rawls has at a certain point to introduce grounds for those in the original position to care about their successors. he suggests that we may think of them as heads or at others times as representatives of families, "as being so to speak deputies for an everlasting moral agent or institution" and that some form of family would be dust. in doing so he preempts the question of intra-familial justice. he preempts the question not by crude insistence that heads of families must be men, but by taking it as read that there is some just form of family which allows the interests of some to be justly represented by others. the shift from individuals to heads of families as agents of construction is not an innocent abstraction: it assumes a family structure which secures identity of interests between distinct individuals. it takes for granted that there is some just 'sexual contract', that justice can presuppose a legitimate separation of 'private' from 'public' domains. this is idealization indeed: it buries the question of gender justice rather than resolving it. rawls' text leaves it surprisingly obscure whether some (women?) are to be relegated to a 'private' sphere and represented by others (men?) in the construction of justice, whether both 'public' and 'private' realms are to be shared by all on equal terms or whether some (women?) alone are to carry the burdens of both spheres. the more radical feminist critique of abstract liberalism refuses not merely the supressed gendering of the subject which pateman and okin detect in classical and contemporary liberal writers. but abstraction itself. in advocating an ethic of care these critics come close both to traditional misogynist positions and to ethical relativism. when the 'voices'of justice and of care are presented as alternatives between which we must choose, each is viewed as a complete approach to moral issues. however, the two in fact focus on different aspects of life. justice is concerned with institutions, care and other virtues with character. which is vital in unmediated relationships with particular others (and perhaps also important in ediated relationships). the central difference between the 'voices' of justice and of care is not that they demand that we reason in different ways. justice requires judgements about cases as well as abstract principles; care is principled as well as responsive to differences. justice matters for impoverished providers because their predicament is one of institutionally structured poverty which cannot be banished by idealizing an ethic of care and insisting on its place in face to face relationships. . idealized boundaries a comparable slide from unavoidable abstraction to suspect idealization can be found in discussions of international justice. discussions of global economic and political issues often take it for granted that the principal actors are states. traditionally the main divide in these discussions has been between realists, who contend that states, although agents, are exempt from moral obligations and criticism, and idealists who insist that states are not merely agents but accountable agents who must meet the demands of justice. however, in discussions of distributive justice, the salient issue has not been the conflict between idealists and realists, but their agreement that state boundaries define the main actors in international affairs. these shared terms of debate endorse an exaggerated. idealized view of the agency and mutual independence of sovereign states, which is increasingly criticized as obsolete. the common ground on which realists and idealists traditionally debated international relations is being eroded as other actors, including international agencies, regional associations and above all transnational corporations, play a more and more significant role in world affairs. a world that is partitioned into discrete and mutually impervious sovereign states is not an abstraction from our world, but an idealized version of it, or perhaps an idealized version of what it once was. realists as well as idealists idealize the sovereignty of states. idealized conceptions both of state sovereignty and of state boundaries limit discussions of international distributive justice. although long subject to theoretical questioning from advocates of human rights, who deny that states can be sovereign in determining the fates of individuals, many liberals are coy about criticising rights violations beyond boundaries. they limit criticism to violations of liberty rights. and offer little acount of the agency or responsibilities of institutions; they find it hard to see how justice could require that state boundaries be breached to reduce poverty that lies beyond them. we still speak of international rather than of transnational justice. even those liberals who defend welfare rights are often concerned with welfare in one (rich) country. it is common to classify economic development of poorer regions as optional 'aid', not obligatory justice. those who have tried to argue for global welfare rights within a liberal framework have to show who bears the obligations that correspond to these rights, and this has proved an uphill task. meanwhile liberals, like communitarians, confine justice within national boundaries. liberals do so self-consciously and provisionally; communitarians on priniciple and unapologetically; others tacitly and without discussion. . abstraction without idealization the only way to find theories that have wide scope is to abstract from the particularities of agents; but when abstraction is displaced by idealization we are not led to theories with wide scope, but to theories that apply only to idealized agents. this suggests that if we are interested in international or in gender justice we should resist the temptation to rely on idealizing models of human agency or national sovereignty. we should instead consider what sort of theory of justice we would have if we abstract but refuse to idealize any one conception of rationality or independence, and so avoid marginalizing or excluding those who don't live up to specific ideals of rationality or of independence from others. abstraction without idealization may allow us to consider a wide range of human agents and institutional arrangments without hingeing anything on the specific features of agents' traditions, ideologies .and capacities to act. if we could do this we might avoid idealized accounts of agency and sovereignty without following feminist and communitarian critics of abstract liberalism into relativism. recent discussions may simply have been mistaken in treating appeals to idealized and to relativized standards of rationality and agency as the only options. there are other possibilities. we do not have to hinge liberal arguments for rights or for the limits of government power either on the hypothetical consent of those who meet some ideal standard of rationality and mutual independence, or on the actual acceptance of an outlook and its categories that relativizes consent to an established order. we could instead begin simply by abstracting from existing social orders. we could consider what principles of action must be adopted by agents who are numerous, diverse and neither ideally rational nor ideally independent of one another, and yet avoid specific assumptions about these agents. we can bracket both idealizations and the status quo. the issue then becomes: how powerful and convincing an account of justice can we offer if we appeal neither to fictions of ideal rationality and independence nor to the contingencies of actual agents and institutions? what happens if we abstract without idealizing? . plurality and justice: who counts? let us begin with the thought of a plurality of potentially interacting and diverse agents. this rules out two cases. first, it rules out the case where justice is not a problem because there is no plurality, or no genuine plurality, of agents, hence no potential for conflict between agents. (the action of agents in such a degenerate plurality might be automatically or necessarily coordinated, e.g. by instinct or by a preestablished harmony) second, it rules out hingeing an account of justice on an assumed, contingent and determinate limit to the diversity of its members. which provides a common ground between them and permits a contingent, socially guaranteed convergence and coordination. the two cases that are ruled out are once again those which would base principles of justice on an assumed ideal convergence or an assumed actual historical or social convergence. what does justice require of such a plurality? at least we can claim that their most basic principles must be ones that could be adopted by all. if they were not, at least some agemts would have to be excluded from the plurality for whom the principles can hold, whose boundaries would have to be drawn more narrowly. such a redrawing of boundaries is, of course, the very move often used to exclude women and foreigners, let alone foreign women, from the domain of justice. those who exclude simply refuse to count certain others as members of a plurality of potentially interacting agents. the universalist aspirations of an account of justice which hinges on the sharability of principles can easily be derailed by excluding some from the domain of justice without argument. so it is important to see the move for what it is. this can best be done by asking who makes the move. the move is not made by idealized genderless theorists who live outside state and society. it is made by people who generally expect women to interact with them, to follow language and reason, to understand and take part in elaborate traditions and institutions, perhaps even to love, honour and obey. it is made by people who expect ordinary processes of translation, trade and negotiation to work with foreigners. to deny the agency of others with whom we interact in complex ways reeks of bad faith. bad faith can be avoided only by counting as members of the plurality for whom principles of justice are to hold anybody i. with whom interaction is to be undrtaken or held possible. the question then becomes: are there any principles which must be adopted by all members of a plurality of potentially interacting agents? we cannot simply stipulate that such principles are irrelevant for interactions with certain others on whose (no doubt imperfect) capacities to reason and (no doubt limited) abilities to act independently we know we depend. if women were all transported to betelgeuse, and so beyond all interaction with the remnant men on earth. neither men nor women would have to see the other as falling within the domain of justice. less fancifully, since the ancient inhabitants of the andes and their contemporaries in anglo-saxon england could not and did not interact, neither would have acted in bad faith if they excluded the other from the domain of justice. neither of them could practice either justice or injustice to the other. things are different for the actual men and women who inhabit the earth now: the potential for interaction cannot be assumed away, and others cannot be arbitrarily excluded from the domain of justice. we rely on global economic and political processes, so cannot consistently insist that justice (conveniently for the developed world) stops at state frontiers, any more than we can rely on women's rationality and their productive contribution and then argue that justice (conveniently for some men) stops at the edge of a supposed 'private' sphere, whose existence and demarcation is in fact presupposed in defining a 'public' sphere. . plurality and justice: what principles? justice is then in the first place a matter of keeping to principles that can be adopted by any plurality of potentially interacting beings. but if we eschew both idealization and relativism, and rely on mere abstraction, will we have strong enough premisses to identify those principles? does a universalizability test cut any ice? granted that universalizability is not uniformity (as some critics of abstract liberalism suppose), is it not too weak a demand to ground an acount of justice? in particular, will not any internally coherent principle for individual action be a universallzable principle? we have, however, to remember that we are considering the case of a plurality of potentially interacting beings, that is of beings who share a world. any principle of action that is adopted by all members of such pluralities alters the world that they share and becomes a background condition of their action. this is why certain principles of action which can coherently be held by one agent cannot be coherently proposed as principles for all. examples of non-universalizable principles can illustrate the point. a principle of deception, which undermines trust, would, if universally adopted, make all trusting, hence all projects of deception, incoherent. selective deception is on the cards: universal deception is impossible. since nobody who hopes to deceive can coherently will that a principle of deception be fundamental to the practice of any plurality, justice requires that it be rejected. equally, a policy of coercion, which seeks to destroy or undercut others' agency and independence, cannot (without incoherence) be universally prescribed by one who seeks to coerce, since its universal adoption puts any coercer's agency and plans to coerce at risk. those who are victims of coercion cannot (while victims) also act on the principles on which their coercers act. equally, a principle of violence which damages the agency of some others cannot be universally acted on. put quite generally, nobody whose own principles of action hinge on victimising some, so on destroying, paralysing or undercutting their capacities for action can be committed to those same principles holding universally. to keep matters under control let us imagine only that justice demands (at least) that action and institutions not be based on principles of deception and victimization. (there may be other principles of justice) still we are far from showing just what justice demands, since we do not know what refusing to deceive or to coerce may demand in specific circumstances. these guidelines are highly indeterminate. we seem to have paid the classic price of abstraction. highly abstract principles do not tell us what to do in a specific context. however abstract principles are only part of practical, or specifically of ethical. reasoning. principles never determine their own applications; even the culturally specific principles that relativists favour do not determine their own applications. all practical reasoning requires judgement and deliberation by which principles are applied to particular cases. an account of gender and international justice is no exception. we need in particular to be able to judge what specific institutions and action are needed if poor women in poor economies are be accorded justice. . plurality and justice: deliberation without relativism two background issues must be dealt with summarily before considering moves from abstract basic principles to determinate judgements. first, we have no reason to expet that principles of justice will provide any algorithm of rational choice. nor do we need any algorithm for principles to be important. even principles that provide only a set of side constraints on action may make exigent demands. second, we have no reason to think that principles of justice are relevant only to the action of individuals. a full account of the agency of institutions would be a complex matter. i shall not go into it here, but will assume that it can be given and that institutions and practices, like individuals, must meet the demands of justice. these moves, however, are preliminary to the main task of giving a more determinate account of what may be required if principles of deception or victimization are rejected. how, for example, can we judge whether specific types of family or economic activity are based on deception or victimize some? are all forms of hierarchy and subordination coercive? if not, how do we discern the boundaries of deceit and coercion in actual contexts? it is not hard to see that certain categories of individual action--e.g. fraud or wife burning or battering-- deceive or victimize, but other cases of deception and coercion by individuals are hard to adjudicate. it is may also hard to judge whether social traditions that isolate or exclude women, or economic and familial arrangments that ensure their acute economic vulnerability, amount to modes of deceit and coercion. in this paper the task cannot be to reach determinate judgements about particular cases, but only to see whether reasoned moves from very abstract principles towards more specific principles. whose relevance and application to particular cases may be easier to assess, may be possible. it will not be enough to lean on the received criteria by which 'our' tradition or nation picks out ethically significant 'cases' or 'options' for approaching them. we beg questions if we assume that categories of thought that have been hospitable to male dominance and to imperialism can be decisive for discerning or judging justice to those whose problems have been marginalized and whose agency and capacities have been formed, perhaps deformed, by unjust institutions. we cannot rely uncritically on the categories of established discourse, including the discourse of social scientists and of the 'helping' professions, to pick out the sigificant problems. these categories are themselves matters for ethical concern and criticism. we have, after all, no more reason to trust relativized discussions of justice, gender or boundaries than to trust idealized approaches unequivocally. those discussions are no more free of theory and ideology than are idealized discussions of justice. their ways of individuating typical problem cases may be familiar: but familiarity may mask contentious and unjust delimitations. if the received views of a society or tradition are taken as defining the domain of problems to which abstract principles of justice are applied. unvindicated ideals will be introduced and privileged, just as they are in idealized approaches to justice. some confirmation of the ways in which received descriptions of social relations reflect larger and disputed ideals is suggestive. consider, for example, how issues of gender can be passed over as if invisible. we often find an enormous amount of shifting around in the choice of basic units of social analysis. in the shifts between descriptions that focus on individuals, wage-earners and heads of families, there is enough flexibility for the blunt facts of economic and other subordination of women to be veiled. women's low wastes can seem unworrying if they are wives for whom others provide; their dependence on husbands and fathers can seem acceptable if they are after all waste-earning individuals, so not invidiously dependent. reproductive labour may (with convenient ambiguity?) be thought of as priceless. wage-earning women's low pay can be seen as fitting their low skills and vindicating their domestic subordination to wage- earning men, who as 'heads of families' are entitled to discretionary expenditure and leisure which wage-earning women must do without because they (unlike men!) have family commitments. the gloomy evidence of social structures and habits of thought that classify women's contributions as less valuable even when more onerous or more skilled are evident enough. we continually find ourselves "thinking about men as individuals who direct households and about women as family members". there are equally serious reasons to mistrust the move from abstract principles to determinate judgements in discussions of individual motivation. these too are shaped by received views, and in milieux which are strongly individualist are easily diverted into attempts to pin blame for injustices on individuals. women, after all, commonly acquiesce in their social and economic subordination. are they then to be blamed for servility? or are men to be blamed for oppressing or exploiting women? or do these individualist approaches to assigning blame lead no further than the higher bickering? it can seem that we have reasons to mistrust not only relativist approaches to sender justice but even the attempt to apply abstract, non-idealized principles of justice. but we do not inhabit an ideal world. idealized conceptions of justice simply do not apply to international relations, social relations or individual acts in a world in which states, men and women always lack the capacities and the opportunities of idealized agents. states are not really sovereign; even superpowers have limited powers; and men and women are always more or less vulnerable, ignorant, insecure, lacking in confidence or means to challenge or oppose the status quo. in a world of agents with finite capacities and opportunities, poor women in poor economies differ not in kind but in degree in their dependence on others and in others' demands on them. . just deliberation in a world of vulnerable agents if we are to apply principles of justice that are neither idealized, nor merely relative to actual societies, to vulnerable lives and their predicaments we must see how to move towards determinate judgements about actual cases. the principles of justice for which i have argued take us in this direction because they focus neither on the arrangements to which ideally rational and mutually independent beings would consent, nor on the arrangements to which others in possibly oppressive situations do consent. rather they ask which arrangements a plurality of interacting agents with finite capacities, could, consent to. i have suggested, provisionally, that this non-idealizing construction identifies the rejection of deception, coercion and other ways of victimising others as principles of justice. but principles are not enough. non-idealizing abstraction avoids some problems. but not others. if we are to move from abstract principles to determinate judgements we need to operationalize the idea of avoiding acting on unsharable principles, without subordinating it to the categories and views of the status quo. one reasonable way of doing so might be to ask to what extent the variable aspects of any arrangements that structure vulnerable lives, are ones that could have. been refused ox. renegotiated by_ those whom they actually constrain. if those affected by a given set of arrangments that could in prinicple be changed can in fact refuse or renegotiate them, their consent is no mere formality, but genuine, legitimating consent. if they could not but 'accept' those institutions, their 'consent' will not legitimate. the point of this way of operationalizing the notion of possible consent is that it neither ascribes ideal reasoning capacities and ideal independence from others to agents. nor hinges legitimation on an actual 'consent' that may reflect injustice. on this account justice requires that institutions. like acts, allow those on the receiving end. even if frail and dependent, to refuse or renegotiate any variable aspects of the roles and tasks assigned to them. dissent becomes harder when capacities to act are less developed and more vulnerable, and when opportunities for independent action are restricted. capacities to act are constrained both by lack of abilities and by commitments to others. institutional arrangements can disable agency both by limiting capacities to reason and act independently and by increasing the demands to meet the needs and satisfy the desires of others. apparent consent to such arrangements does not show that they are just. whenever 'consent' reflects lack of capacity or opportunity to do anything but 'consent', it does not legitimate. thinking in this way about justice we can see that it demands more not less. to be just to the vulnerable. the vulnerable are much easier to deceive and to victimize than the strong: their 'consent' is all too easily elicited. if we are to judge proposals for action by seeing whether they involve serious deception or victimization (coercion or violence). more will be demanded when others are vulnerable than when they are secure. and most when they are most vulnerable. by contrast both idealized and relativized accounts of justice tend to conceal the fact that justice to the weak demands more than justice to the strong. idealized accounts of justice tend to ignore vulnerability and relativized accounts to legitimate it. . achieving justice for impoverished providers the lives of poor women in poor economies illustrate these points well. consider, for example, daily commercial transactions and practices. their justice, it is usually said, lies in the fact that arrangements are mutually agreed. but where there are great disparities of knowledge and vulnerability between agents. the 'agreement' of the weak may be spurious. they may have been duped by offers they did not understand or overwhelmed by 'offers' they dared not refuse. within national jurisdictions these facts are well recognized, and commercial practice is regulated to prevent pressure and fraud. contracts can be voided for fraud: there are 'truth in lending' provisions; debt and bankruptcy will not lead to starvation: those with dependents can rely on a safety net of welfare rights. international economic transactions take place in a far less regulated space, yet link agents with far greater disparities in power and resources. the weak can suffer both from particular others who take advantage of their ignorance and vulnerability, and because nothing informs them about or shields them from the intended or unintended consequences either of distant or of local economic forces. the poor, and above all those who are impoverished providers, cannot refuse or renegotiate their role in economic structures or transactions which hurt them, even when these structures and transactions could in prinicple be changed. they are vulnerable not only to low wages, low standards of industrial safety, endemic debt and disadvantageous dependence on those who provide credit, but also to disadvantageous patterns of entitlement within the family. for example, debtors who need further loans for survival cannot make much fuss about the terms creditors offer for purchasing their crops. in many societies the position of certain women-- daughters-in-law, for example, and younger girls--is acutely vulnerable. vulnerable agents on whom others depend are at the mercy both of market forces and of more powerful kin. idealized pictures of justice have tended to overlook the import of economic power: by idealizing the capacities and the mutual independence of those involved in market transactions they obscure why the weak may be unable to dissent from arrangments proposed by the strong. they also tend to distinguish sharply between intended and unintended consequences, and to view the latter as unavoidable 'forces'. yet these forces are themselves the outcome of institutional arrangements and could be changed or modified, as they have been within many jurisdictions. the problem of shielding the weak from these forces is nothing to do with 'natural' processes, and everything to do with the weakness of the voices that call for change. this is hardly surprising. market institutions magnify the security and so the voices of the haves. formal democracy provides only slender and partial redress for the weak, and is often lacking. typical family structures also illustrate the gulf between ideally independent aeents (whom market structures might suit) and actual powerlessness. these structures often draw a boundary between 'public' and 'private' domains, assign women (wives and daughters) to the 'private' domain and leave them with slender control of resources, but heavy commitments to meet others' needs. they may lack adequate economic entitlements, effective enfranchisement or access to sources of information or debate by which to check or challenge the proposals and plans of more powerful family mmebers. women in this predicament lack security, and must meet the demands of others (often fathers and husbands) who dominate them. family structures can enable, even impose, forms of deception and domination. where women are isolated, secluded. barred from education or wage earning. or have access to information only via the filter of more powerful family members, their judgement is weakened, and their independence stunted. often this vulnerability may be shielded by matching concern and restraint; often it will not. a rhetoric of familial concern and protective paternalism can easily camouflage callous lack of concern and legitimate deceptive acts and practices. similar points can be made about victimization. a principle of refusing coercion, for example, basically demands that action not undercut others' agency. if agents were all ideally independent of one another. they might find little difficulty in dissenting from many forms of attempted domination. however, + family structures always limit independence, and usually limit women's independence more. a woman who has no adequate entitlements of her own and insecure rights to a share in family property or income, will not always be coerced, but is always vulnerable to coercion. when her independence is also restricted by family responsibilities she will be even easier to coerce. in these circumstance ostensible consent reveals little; it certainly does not legitimate forms of domination and subordination. relations of dependence are not always or overtly coercive; but they provide structures of subordination within which it is all too easy to silence or trivialize the articulation of dissent. to guarantee that action is not based on principles which others cannot share, it is necessary to ensure that proposals that affect others are ones from which they. can dissent. institutionalized dependence tends to make dissent hard or impossible. those who cannot secure economic independence or who cannot rely on others to take a share in caring for genuine dependents (children,the elderly) cannot easily say 'no' or set their own terms. they must go along with the proposals of the more powerful. genuine. legitimating consent is. undermined by the very institutions which most readily secure an appearance of consent. the more relations with others are ones of structured dependence, the more the weak have to depend on trusting that the (relatively) strong will not exercise the advantages which proximity and relations of dependence give them. when the strong reliably show this restraint there may in fact be no injustice within relationships which institutionalize dependence. however, institutions that rely too heavily on the self-restraint of the stronger cannot reliably avoid injustice. whether the proposals of the strong are economic or sexual, whether they rely on the ignorance and isolation of the weak to deceive them, on their diminished opportunities for independent action, or on the habits of deference and appeasement which become second nature for the weak, they ride on unjust social practices. the weak risk recurrent injustice unless institutions are. structured to. secure ths option of refusal or renegotiation of variable arrangements for those whose capacities and. opportunities are limited. a woman who has no entitlements of her own lives at the discretion of other family members who have them, so is likely to have to go along even with proposals she greatly dislikes or judges imprudent. if she were an ideally independent agent, or even had the ordinary independence and opportunities of those who have entitlements adequate for themselves and their dependents, she could risk dissent from or at least renegotiate variable aspects of proposals that are put by those who control her means of life. being powerless and vulnerable she cannot readily do either. hence any consent that she offers is compromised and does not legitimate others' proposals. just as we would find it absurd to hinge legitimating consent to medical treatment on procedures geared to the cognitive capacities and independence of a notional 'ideal rational patient', so we should find it absurd to hinge legitimating consent to others' plans on the cognitive capacities and independence of a notional ideal rational impoverished and dependent provider for others. this is not to say that impoverished providers are irrational or wholly dependent or cannot consent. however, it is a matter of taking seriously the ways in which their capacities and their opportunities for action constrain their possibilities tho.se for refusal and negotiation. if they are to be treated with justice, others who interact with them must not rely on these reduced capacities and opportunities to impose their will. those who do so rely on unjust institutional structures that enable deceit, coercion and forms of victimization. in applying abstract, non-idealizing principles we have to take account not indeed of the actual beliefs, ideals or categories of others, which may reflect unjust traditions, but of others' actual capacities and opportunities to act-- and their incapacities and lack of opportunities. this move does net lead back to relativism: no principle is endorsed because it is actually accepted. put in general terms we can use modal notions to identify principles, but indicative ones to apply them. the principles of justice can be determined for any possible plurality: for they demand only the rejection of principles that cannot be shared by all members of a plurality. judgements of the justice of actual situations are regulated but not entailed by these principles. the most significant features of actual situations that must be taken into account in judgements of justice are the security or vulnerability that allow actual others to dissent from and to seek change in variable aspects of the arrangements which structure their lives. footnotes z would particularly lika to thank deborah fitzmeuriee. james griffin, barbara harriss, martha nussbaum and sara ruddick for help with various problema that aroae in writing; thia paper. . of. ruddiek, ( ). her account of women's predicament stressas that it raflecta heavy demands as much as meagre reaources. to be preferred. i think, because it doea not take for granted that the lack of reaourcea la significant because "public" while the pross of others' demanda is leaa so because merely "private". . okln. ( ) chervet, ( ); pateman. ( ); jaggar. ( ) . scott, ( ). . the differences run the gamut of aocial indicators. moat dramatically in soma third world countries women and girls do worse on a constellation of very basic social lndieatorats: they die earlier, have worse health, eat less than other family members. earn leaa and go to school less. see sen.( )( harriss. ( ) and (forthcoming). . the problem la not merely one of reaourcea. where funds have been adequate for publicly funded welfare provision, this too has been inadequate to eliminate the differences between the economic and political prospects of men and of women. for example, many women in the socialist countries find that they have secured greater equality in productive labour with no reduction in reproductive tasks. this is a reason for doubting that arguments establishing welfare rights—e.g. a right to food— take a broad enough view of disparities between men's and women's prospects. a . footnotes/ justice gender boundaries . e.g. patemen, ( ); okin. ( ). . gilligan, ( )t kittay and meyers. ( )i lloyd. ( )t macmillan. ( ): ruddick. ( ): noddings. ( ): chodorow. ( ). . this should not surprise us: "women's experience", as many feminists urge in other contexts. is not unmediateds it mirrors the traditional relegation of women to a "private" sphere. . such approaches can be found in walzer. ( )} sandal. ( ): macintyre. ( ) and ( ): williams ( ) and. perhaps moat surprisingly. rawls, ( ). for some discussion of the implications of these works for international justice see o'neill ( b). . walzer acknowledges that this means that he can "only begin to address the problems raisad by mass poverty in many parts of the globe"i ( ) p. . critics may think that his approach in fact preempts answers to questions of global justice. . communitarians can, however, take lesser loyalties seriouslyt where a state is divided into distinct national and ethical communities. those distinct traditions may in fact be the widest boundaries within which issues of justice can be debated and determined. they could argue for secession from a multinational state: but they cannot say anything about what goes on beyond the boundaries of "our" community. of. walzer, ( ) p. . . rawls, ( ). . rawls, ( ), pp. - . . rawls, ( ) p. . of. pateman. ( ): nioholaon, ( ). . see okin, ( ). pp. - . she considers whether the original position abstracts from knowledge of one's sex. even if she is right in thinking that rawls relies on a covertly gendered footnotes/ justice gender boundaries account of the subject, this idaalisation may hava little affact on his theory of juatice if the thought axparlmant of the original position has so ralantlassly auprassad differanca that the auppoaad plurality of voices is a fiction. in that case we should read the work as taking an idealised rather than a merely abatrect view of rational choice from the vary start, and as appealing to a aingle ideally informed and dlapassionate figure as thegenerator of the principles of justice. . see baits, ( ) for an account of dabatea between realists and idealists. . kechana and nye. ( ): lupar-foy ( ). . see shue ( ): ( )s alston and tomasavski ( ): brown and shue ( ): gewirth ( ): lupar-foy ( ): o'neill ( ). . this is the hoary problem of formalism in kantian ethics. for recant dlaouaaiona of aspacta of the problem see bittner, ( ) hoffe. ( ): o'neill. ( a) and ( b) . it doea not follow that every coercive act la unjust--some coercion, e.g. the use of sanctions to enforce law--may be the condition of any reliable apace for uncoerced action. in such cases the appropriate exprassion of an underlying principle of rejecting coercion is, surprisingly, and crucially for political argument, one that, taken out of context, might axpress an underlying principle of coarcion. . i have put these matters briefly. for more extended treatment see the rafarances for . and o'neill ( a). . ecelman. ( ) . nicholson. ( ) . scott ( ): sen. ( ) stiehm. ( ). footnotes/ justice gender boundaries . hill. ( ): san ( )t pfaffar ( )l postow ( - ). . i focus here on the obligations of the strong rather than the rights of the waak. thia la not to deny that agitation and resistance by the wask can halp remind and persuade the strong of their obligations and maka it more difficult for them to rapudlata tham. howaver, to foous primarily on rights falsifies tha predicament of the wask. who ape in no poaition to ensure that others meat their obligations. . shue. ( ): harries ( ) and forthcoming. . sea sen ( ) for a wider account of entitlements. references alston, p. ( ) 'international law and the human right to food' in p. alston and k. tomasevski, (eds. ) the. right to food nijhoff, dordrecht. alston p. and tomasevski, nijhoff, dordrecht. k. (eds.) ( ) the right to food. beitz, charles ( ) political theory and international relations. princeton university press, princeton, n.j.. bittner, rudiger ( ) "maximen" in g. funke (ed.), akten des . internationalen kant-kongresses. de gruyter, berlin. brown, peter and shue, henry (eds.) ( ) food policy: the responsibility of. the united states in life and. death choices. free press, new york. charvet, john ( ).feminism. dent and sons, london. chodorow, nancy ( ) the reproduction of of california press, berkeley, california. university edelman, murray ( ) "the political language of the helping professions" michael j. shapiro, (ed.). language and politics. n.y.u. press, new york. gilligan, carol ( ) in a different voice: psychological theory and women's dependence. harvard university press, cambridge, massachusetts. harriss, barbara ( ) "merchants and markets of grain in south asia" in peasants and. peasant societies. (ed.) teodor shanin, blackwell, oxford. , ) south asia. female mortality and health care in papers. queen elizabeth house, oxford. (forthcoming) 'intrafamily distribution of hunger in south asia', in dreze j. and sen, a.k., (eds.), hunger: economics and. policy. clarendon press, oxford. hill. thomas ( ) "servility and self respect", monist hoffe, otfried ( ) "kants kategorischer imperativ als kriterium des sittlichen", zeltschrift for philosophiche he forschung. . - . hoffman, stanley ( ) duties. beyond borders: on the limits and possibilities of. ethical international politics, syracuse university press, syracuse, new york. jaggar. alison m. ( ) feminist pontics and human nature.. harvester press, brighton. keohane. robert o. and nye, joseph s. (eds.) ( ) transnational relations and world politics. harvard university press, cambridge, massachusetts. kittay. eva feders and meyers. diane t. (eds.) ( ) women. and moral theory. rowman and llttlefield, new york. lloyd, genvieve ( ) the man of reason; "male" and. "female" in western philosophy. methuen luper-foy, stephen (ed.) ( ) problems of international justice. westview press, boulder and london. macintyre. alasdair ( ) after virtue. duckworth. london. ( ) ia patriotism a virtue?. philosophy department, university of kansas, lawrence. macmillan, carol ( ) women. reason and. nature. blackwell, oxford. nicholson, linda ( ) 'feminism and marx: integrating kinship with the economic' in seyla benhabib and drucilla cornell, (eds.). feminism as critique. polity press, cambridge. noddings nell ( ) caring. university of california press, berkeley, california. okin. susan miller ( ) women in political thought. princeton university press,princeton, new jersey. ( ) "justice and gender", philosophy .and public affairs. , . - . o'neill. onora ( ) faces of hunger! an essay on poverty justice and development. george allen and unwin, london. ( a) "consistency in action" in nelson potter and mark timmons, (eds.). morality and. universality; essays in ethical universalizability. reidel, dordrecht, - ( b) "between consenting adults", philosophy and public affairs, , - ( a) "children's rights and children's lives", ethics. , - . ( b) " e t h i c a l r e a s o n i n g and i d e o l o g i c a l p l u r a l i s m " , e t h i c s . . - . pateman, carole, ( ) the sexual contract. polity press, cambridge. pfeffer. raymond ( ) the responsibility of men for the oppression of w o m a n . journal of_ applied philosophy. . - . postow, b.c. ( - ) 'economic dependence and self-respect', the philosophical forum, x, - . rawls, john ( ) a theory of_ justice. harvard university press. cambridge. massachusetts. ( ) "justice as fairness: political not metaphysical". philosophy, and. public affairs., - . rudd ck. sara ( ) "maternal thinking", feminist studies. , ( ) "remarks on the sexual politics of reason" in eva feders kittay and diane t. meyers, (eds. ) women and. moral theory. rowman and littlefield, n.y. sandel, michael ( ) liberalism and the limits of justice. cambridge university press, cambridge. scott, alison macewen ( ) in rosemary crompton and michael mann, (eds.), "industrialization, gender segregation and stratification theory", in gender .and stratification. polity press, cambridge. sen, amartya k. ( ) poverty and famines; an essay on entitlement and deprivation. clarendon press. oxford. ( ) gender and cooperative conflicts. working paper of the world institute for development economics research, wider, united nations university, helsinki. shue henry ( ) basic. rights; subsistence. affluence and u.s. foreign policy. princeton university press, princeton, new jersey. ( ) 'exporting hazards', in peter brown and henry shue (eds.) ( '), 'the interdependence of duties', in p. alston and k. tomasevski, (eds.) singer, peter ( ) 'famine, affluence and morality', philosophy and. public affairs stiehm. judith hicks ( ) "the unit of political analysis: our aristotelian hangover" in sandra harding and merrill b. hintikka eds. , discovering reality; feminist perspectives on epistemology. metaphysics. methodology and philosophy of science. reidel. dordrecht, - . wal er, michael ( ) spheres of. justice: a defence of pluralism and equality. martin robertson, oxford. williams, bernard ( ) ethics and the limits of philosophy. fontana. london. wider working papers p . amartya sen: food, economics and entitlements, february p . nanak kakwani: decomposition of normalization axiom in the measurement of poverty: a comment, march p . pertti haaparanta: the intertemporal effects of international transfers, april p . nanak kakwani: income inequality, welfare and poverty in a developing economy with applications to sri lanka, april p s. pertti haaparanta: and juha kahkonen: liberalization of capital movements and trade: real appreciation, employment and welfare, august pertti haaparanta: dual exchange markets and intervention, august pertti haaparanta: real and relative wage rigidities - wage indexation* in the open economy staggered contracts model, august nanak kakwani: on measuring undernutrition, december nanak kakwani: is sex bias significant? december partha dasgupta and debraj ray: adapting to undernourishment: the clinical evidence and its implications, april bernard wood: middle powers in the international system: a preliminary assessment of potential, june stephany griffith-jones: the international debt problem - prospects and solutions, june don patinkin: walras' law, june kaushik basu: technological stagnation, tenurial laws and adverse selection, june peter svedberg: undernutrition in sub-saharan africa: a critical assessment of the evidence, june s. r. osmani: controversies in nutrition and their implications for the economics of food, july frederique apffel marglin: smallpox in two systems of knowledge, revised, july amartya sen: gender and cooperative conflicts, july amartya sen: africa and india: what do we have to leam from each other? august kaushik basu: a theory of association: social status, prices and markets, august kaushik basu: a theory of surplus labour, august albert fishlow: some reflections on comparative latin american economic performance and policy, august sukhamoy chakravarty: post-keynesian theorists and the theory of economic development, august georgy skorov: economic reform in the ussr, august amartya sen: freedom of choice: concept and content, august gopalakrishna kumar: ethiopian famines - : a case-study, november carl riskin: feeding china: the experience since , november martin ravallion: market responses to anti-hunger policies: effects on wages, prices and employment, november s. r. osmani: the food problems of bangladesh, november martha nussbaum and amartya sen: internal criticism and indian rationalist traditions, december martha nussbaum: nature, function and capability: aristotle on political distribution, december martha nussbaum: non-relative virtues: an aristotelian approach, december tariq banuri: modernization and its discontents a perspective from the sociology of knowledge, december alfred maizels: commodity instability and developing countries: the debate, january jukka pekkarinen. keynesianism and the scandinavian models of economic policy, february masahiko aoki: a new paradigm of work organization: the japanese experience, february dragoslav avramovic: conditionality: facts, theory and policy - contribution to the reconstruction of the international financial system, february gerald epstein and juliet schor: macropolicy in the rise and fall of the golden age, february stephen marglin and amit bhaduri: profit squeeze and keynesian theory, april bob rowthom and andrew glyn: the diversity of unemployment experience since , april lance taylor: economic openness - problems to the century's end, april alan hughes and ajit singh: the world economic slowdown and the asian and latin american economies: a comparative analysis of economic structure, policy and performance, april andrew glyn, alan hughes, alan lipietz and ajit singh: the rise and fall of of the golden age, april jean-philippe platteau: the food crisis in africa: a comparative structural analysis, april jean dreze: famine prevention in india, may peter svedberg: a model of nutrition, health and economic productivity, september peter svedberg: undernutrition in sub-saharan africa: is there a sex-bias?, september s.r. osmani: wage determination in rural labour markets: the theory of implicit co-operation, december s.r. osmani: social security in south asia, december s.r. osmani: food and the history of india - an 'entitlement' approach, december p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . p . wp . grzegorz w. kolodko: reform, stabilization policies, and economic adjustment in poland, january wp . dariusz rosati and kalman mizsei: adjustment through opening of socialist economies, january wp . andrei vemikov: reforming process and consolidation in the soviet economy, january wp . adam torok: stabilisation and reform in the hungarian economy of the late s, march wp . zhang yuyan: economic system reform in china, march wp . amitava krishna dutt: sectoral balance: a survey, march wp . robert pringle: financial markets and governments, june wp . marja-liisa swantz: grassroots strategies and directed development in tanzania: the case of the fishing sector, august wp . aili mari tripp: defending the right to subsist: the state vs. the urban informal economy in tanzania. august wp . jacques h. dreze, albert kervyn de lettenhove, jean-philippe platteau, paul reding: a proposal for "cooperative relief of debt in africa" (corda), august wp . kaushik basu: limited liability and the existence of share tenancy, august wp . tariq banuri: black markets, openness, and central bank autonomy, august wp . amit bhaduri: the soft option of the reserve currency status, august wp . andrew glyn: exchange controls and policy autonomy - the case of australia - , august wp . jaime ros: capital mobility and policy effectiveness in a solvency crisis. the mexican economy in the s, august wp . dan w. brock: quality of life measures in health care and medical ethics, august wp . robert erikson: descriptions of inequality. the swedish approach to welfare research, august wp . onora o'neill: justice, gender and internationa] boundaries, august distributive justice with and without culture this is a repository copy of distributive justice with and without culture. white rose research online url for this paper: http://eprints.whiterose.ac.uk/ / version: accepted version article: jackson, william anthony orcid.org/ - - - ( ) distributive justice with and without culture. journal of cultural economy. pp. - . issn - https://doi.org/ . / . . eprints@whiterose.ac.uk https://eprints.whiterose.ac.uk/ reuse unless indicated otherwise, fulltext items are protected by copyright with all rights reserved. the copyright exception in section of the copyright, designs and patents act allows the making of a single copy solely for the purpose of non-commercial research or private study within the limits of fair dealing. the publisher or other rights-holder may allow further reproduction and re-use of this version - refer to the white rose research online record for this item. where records identify the publisher as the copyright holder, users can verify any specific terms of use on the publisher’s website. takedown if you consider content in white rose research online to be in breach of uk law, please notify us by emailing eprints@whiterose.ac.uk including the url of the record and the reason for the withdrawal request. mailto:eprints@whiterose.ac.uk https://eprints.whiterose.ac.uk/ distributive justice with and without culture william a. jackson department of economics and related studies, university of york, york yo dd, uk email: william.jackson@york.ac.uk abstract academic treatments of distributive justice normally adopt a static approach centred on resource allocation among a set of individual agents. the resulting models, expressed in mathematical language, make no allowance for culture, as they never engage with the society’s way of life or the moulding of individuals within society. this paper compares the static approach to distributive justice with a cultural one, arguing that a case for redistribution should rest upon its cultural effects in assisting well-being and social cohesion. unless we recognise culture, we can have little understanding of why inequalities matter, where they come from, and how they might be reduced. redistribution may be motivated by universal value judgements taken from external sources, but it also entails internal cultural changes that refashion social relations through cumulative causation. in practical terms, it has to penetrate beyond reallocating resource endowments to bring revised attitudes in a society less tolerant of unequal outcomes. egalitarian reforms will flourish only if they generate and reflect an egalitarian culture. keywords: culture, distributive justice, inequality, egalitarianism, cumulative causation, welfare state mailto:william.jackson@york.ac.uk - - introduction equity and equality are much discussed in the academic literature on distributive justice, but from a narrow perspective. analysis revolves around allocating resources among a set of individual agents: egalitarians would choose a more even allocation over a less even one. to simplify things, inequality is often condensed to one dimension (usually income or wealth) and equitable distribution becomes a cake-dividing puzzle, as if an outside observer could decide on fair shares. the simplified framework facilitates mathematical modelling at the expense of putting distribution within its social and historical context. omitted from the allocative view of equality is any mention of culture defined as either a way of life or process. culture as a way of life refers to everyday activities, attitudes and beliefs. exclusive stress on resource allocation neglects the non-material elements of a way of life, along with the social consequences of inequality. culture as a process links the individual and social levels to document how the social environment shapes human beings – it deals with what economists would call preference formation. static models of redistribution assume fixed preferences from the outset with no effort to explain their origin or social background. important issues are brushed aside: the roots of inequality, how it is perpetuated, how it channels people’s lives, why we care about it, and how we might reduce it. the cultural vacuum shrinks egalitarianism down to an abstract assignment of resources among an atomistic population of individual units. a wider view of equality would recognise culture by looking at a way of life rather than resource allocation and asking how unequal societies come forth. history, cumulative causation and belief systems could then claim their due place in the discussion. if we argue that equality transforms society by fostering social solidarity and communal values, then we make a cultural case for it, where it becomes both cause and effect of changing attitudes. preferences cannot then be fixed, as the desire for equality turns on how it changes them for the better. distributive justice branches out beyond an allocation problem. - - culture as a way of life includes attitudes to inequality held by the general public. a cultural approach should acknowledge everyday notions of justice and injustice that have little to do with academic theories but appear regularly in conversation, opinion polls, voting behaviour and the media. the public may commend inequalities, keep silent about them (thereby tacitly accepting the status quo) or criticise them as being unfair. much disapproval of inequality is voiced by members of the poor against other poor people thought to have secured small but unjustified advantages; it can be heard in the language of ‘scrounging’, ‘free-riding’, ‘getting something for nothing’, ‘workers versus shirkers’ and ‘strivers versus skivers’. similar disapproval could be directed against the rich, especially those with inherited wealth and unearned incomes, although the complaints tend to be rarer and more muted. popular sentiments about inequality yield an informal, bottom-up brand of distributive justice that stands beside the top-down, academic brand. the present paper examines the significance of culture for distributive justice, formal or informal. it begins by looking in further detail at the static, culture-free approach, before moving on to alternative, culturally based arguments and locating them within a different theoretical framework. the last two sections consider the practical implications of a culturally sensitive viewpoint and draw general conclusions. distributive justice without culture academic debates on distributive justice are apt to treat it as a topic in analytical philosophy – the aim is to find logical decision rules to allocate resources optimally among individual agents typically modelled as rational utility maximisers with fixed preferences (roemer, ; sen, ; moulin, ). the individualistic method addresses inequalities among individuals but pays less attention to social classes, structures or institutions, which are secondary and noticed only if they impinge on distribution at the individual level. since analysis takes place inside a single period, redistribution would have to be a one-shot - - reallocation of resource endowments. nothing is said about how the current allocation emerged, why it has persisted or how it might evolve: assessment is hemmed within a timeless, artificial realm. value judgements in the benthamite, utilitarian tradition would select individual utilities as the yardstick of welfare and maximise the sum of utilities over the whole population to achieve the highest possible total. this may not be egalitarian, for it values total utility regardless of distribution and awards priority to agents who produce the most utility from given resources (sen, , chapter ). equality would be optimal only if everybody had the same utility function with diminishing marginal utility; otherwise the optimum is unequal and may endorse discrimination against the sick, disabled, elderly, etc. a greater degree of egalitarianism requires a concave objective function that values even distributions of utility above uneven ones – the more concave, the more egalitarian (moulin, , chapter ). judgements are made first about the utility distribution and then, through utilities, about the distribution of incomes and other resources. as with individual preferences, the origin of egalitarian values passes unremarked and we are not told why we should want equality or how we could attain it. distributive justice based solely on utilities (‘welfarism’) has obvious drawbacks: utility is poorly defined and not directly observable, may be an unreliable indicator of well-being, and may not represent rational behaviour. critics of welfarism from within the static perspective have proposed adding non-utility information into welfare assessments so as to supplement or replace utility: sen’s capability approach, for example, replaces utility with the capability to function and participate in social activities (sen, ). non-utility information offsets the pre-eminence of utilities and creates space for social determinants of personal capabilities. the capability approach is essentially individualistic, however, and says little about culture, social structures or ways of life (jackson, ; dean, ; sayer, ). in order to get further away from welfarism, one needs a deeper account of culture and social context. the static perspective follows the linear sequence in figure . at the starting point comes distributional information on incomes, goods and other resources. under welfarism, this must filter through individual preferences before social welfare can be assessed, introducing - - utilities as another stage in the sequence. any case for redistribution comes from basic value judgements about the distribution of utilities. the external source of the values leads to a fact/value split in which a ‘positive’ analysis of resource allocation is transmuted into a ‘normative’ blueprint for redistribution when values are appended. both individual preferences and basic value judgements stay fixed and distinct from each other, without interaction or historical development. in non-welfarist variants of the static perspective, non-utility information can enter directly into welfare assessments that reach beyond utilities alone (sen, , part iv). the ethics remain individualistic, because value judgements still rest on individuals, as against social structures, classes or other groups. adherence to the linear sequence gives the literature on distributive justice a strong family resemblance, even though it is portrayed as a series of welfarist and non-welfarist alternatives. figure : static distributive justice positive normative basic value judgements income, individual utilities social welfare egalitarianism goods, etc. non-utility information figure lends itself to mathematical expression but cannot readily accommodate culture as a way of life or process. ethics are separated from the past and future to be collapsed into a - - technical problem of maximising an objective function for an anonymous bunch of individuals at a single, unspecified time. the individualistic method and dearth of social structures mirrors how orthodox economic theory has become desocialised (jackson, ). social influences on the individual are at best implicit, playing no overt part in the analysis, and ethics must hinge on individual welfare. culture as a process, whereby individual preferences are formed within society, would swap the linearity of figure for circularity that permits backward causation from the social to the individual. a cultural outlook demands an alternative vision awake to the social formation of preferences and values. cultural arguments for equality disquiet about static, ahistorical theorising has long been voiced, dating back to the onset of utilitarianism and classical economics in the early nineteenth century. criticism came from writers in the romantic tradition who focused on the neglect of history and culture in economic theorising (ryan, ; löwy, ; löwy and sayre, ; connell, ; jackson, , chapter ). they saw economists as promulgating mechanistic theories that erased the human life from economics and condoned the harsh social conditions bred by early capitalism. many of these critics were prominent literary authors and commentators (including edmund burke, william blake, samuel taylor coleridge, william cobbett, thomas carlyle, charles dickens, elizabeth gaskell, john ruskin and matthew arnold), but they stood outside the economics profession and had little sway over the practice of economics. few of them are regarded as egalitarians – their ideal was often to have benevolent, paternalistic leadership rather than equality. the cultural critiques do not preclude a case for equality, though, and can be turned in that direction. an early statement of the cultural arguments for equality was made by matthew arnold in his essay equality (arnold, ). equality, for arnold, is to be valued not as an abstract principle or natural right but for its contribution to social cohesion and the - - complexion of everyday life. a society marked by extreme inequalities of income, wealth and status loses the shared interests and experiences needed to forge common values and friendship among all individuals and groups. social divisions are institutionalised into a permanent hierarchy with adverse effects on both rich and poor. the rich, enjoying inherited fortunes, are spoiled from birth, relieved of any constructive social purpose, flattered and pampered by ingrained deference, and subject to the temptations proffered by idleness and lavish material wealth. the poor face difficulties of subsistence, lack the material and social advantages possessed by their fellow citizens, find themselves at the bottom of the hierarchy, and become excluded from full participation in society. social divisions when established are taken for granted in what arnold termed a ‘religion of inequality’. beliefs supportive of the status quo enter the national culture, thus legitimising the social order and suppressing debate over reforms. the questions raised by arnold were discussed at length by r.h. tawney in his classic book equality, first published in (tawney, ). as an economic historian he was attuned to cultural thought, having stressed how cultural and religious values guided capitalist economic development (tawney, , ). inequality, in tawney’s view, can never just be about uneven distribution of resources or asymmetries among specialised economic functions: these are at the core of inequality but far from the whole picture. enquiry must extend beyond the material dimension to embrace the social structure of a society, as well as its beliefs and values. an unequal society is unequal not only in its resource allocation but in its social roles, personal relationships and attitudes – various dimensions are entwined to make up a generalised hierarchy reproduced across generations. the dominant values justify inequality and confirm it as the natural order, so the only route to greater equality is to challenge them and loosen their grip. if they endure, then progress towards equality will be modest at best and prone to counter-attack. within economics, the role of culture in preserving inequalities has been emphasised by institutionalist writers (galbraith, ; stanfield, ; dugger, ; zafirovski, ; brinkman and brinkman, ; streeck, ). pivotal here are the ‘enabling myths’ that rationalise disparities in income and status, asserting that people receive their due rewards and should be happy with inequality (dugger, , ). privileged elites supposedly - - deserve their good fortune through their superior abilities, skills, intellect and knowledge. the poor merit their lowly status because they lack the talents, enterprise and application essential for success: they are the culprits of their own misfortune in a fair world. lower social classes will be more likely to go along with the status quo if they can be persuaded to defer to the upper classes and try to emulate them. spread throughout a society, these attitudes ratify a hierarchical way of life. the privileged rest at ease, sure that their conspicuous wealth and consumption will be accepted and even admired by the mass of people below – what thorstein veblen termed the ‘leisure class’ lives at a standard miles above the average without having to work and without having its idleness queried (veblen, ). hierarchies built into social attitudes cannot be dismantled at a stroke by redistributive measures; as products of culture they can be removed only through cultural change. egalitarianism has to take us from a culture of enabling myths to one that cherishes equality and rejects social divisions. outside economics, the cultural aspects of inequality have been highlighted by recent social theory, with the work of pierre bourdieu as the exemplar (swartz, , , chapter ; savage, , chapter ; crompton, , chapter ). for bourdieu, inequalities in culture sustain and legitimise inequalities in income or wealth: economic capital is accompanied by other kinds of capital (social, cultural, symbolic) that have parallel inequalities (bourdieu, ). privileged social classes are sanctioned by property ownership but cement their status through their cultural milieu, which gives access to the arts and plenty of free time for artistic connoisseurship. cultural inequalities can be replicated by informal means, even when education is formally open and meritocratic (bourdieu and passeron, ). teaching people about the arts would disseminate knowledge but would not tear down the cultural walls between classes. unequal distribution of cultural capital finds an outlet in consumer tastes that take on a layered quality delineated by social hierarchies (bourdieu, ). bourdieu’s work on consumption has affinities with veblen’s institutional economics, exploring the class divisions in consumer behaviour and the inducements for ordinary people to covet the lifestyle of the rich (campbell, ; rosenbaum, ; bögenhold, ; trigg, ; shipman, ). consumption acquires symbolic value over and above any value in fulfilling material needs, so theories dwelling on the material - - dimension will be blinkered. a true understanding of inequality must deal with its numerous interrelated dimensions and how it has been socially constructed. common features of the cultural arguments the writers who have discussed inequality from a cultural viewpoint belong to no single movement and advocate no single theory; they are scattered across academic disciplines, some standing outside academia, and cannot be categorised as a school of thought. they nonetheless share ideas that distinguish them from the egalitarianism put forward in static notions of distributive justice. without wanting to play down the differences, one can summarise common features: multidimensionality - cultural arguments for equality apply to a society’s way of life, not the allocation of incomes and other resources. several dimensions are involved, so it is impossible to reduce inequalities to a single, measurable scale. welfare assessment must go beyond selecting the ‘right’ dimension (utility, income, goods, etc.). social structures - appraising social structures is fundamental to a cultural approach. egalitarian arguments make little sense if they overlook how individuals are socialised into a hierarchical, structured way of life (culture as a process). ideology - unequal arrangements are defended by an ideology that depicts them as inevitable and banishes more equal alternatives (enabling myths, a religion of inequality). the ideology purports to be self-evident and impervious to serious criticism, a distillation of eternal realities. preference formation - beliefs that encourage acquiescence in an unequal society will change individual behaviour. preferences should not be viewed as fixed, and the origin of - - beliefs should be considered. a population brought up to abide by inequalities will actively participate in their reproduction. adverse effects on the individual - long-standing inequalities harm all individuals, both rich and poor, and damage their social relationships. the rich become selfish, arrogant and complacent in the assurance that their advantages are warranted, as are the disadvantages of those beneath them. the poor become segregated, listless, resigned to their fate but perhaps envious of their superiors and aspiring to join the rich. adverse effects on society - inequality yields a less cohesive and harmonious society. lower classes, excluded from participation in social activities, will feel alienated. upper classes, facing the resentment of the poor, will retreat into their own social circles and stay as far from the poor as they can. instead of being cohesive, society will fragment into separate, sometimes antagonistic groups. power and authority - culture as a way of life incorporates the asymmetrical power and authority that maintain inequalities and block attempts at reform. reallocating resources is necessary but insufficient for greater equality, which depends on recasting institutions and reducing tolerance of big disparities in economic and social power. internalised values - from a cultural perspective, egalitarian values cannot merely be tacked on to an otherwise value-free analysis. values that influence behaviour will have to be internalised into the culture. a quest for equality must emerge through cultural change, even if it is not unique to the society and originates in universal value judgements. cumulative causation - cultural changes occur in historical time, subject to cumulative causation. whenever inequalities are established, they will increase through economies of scale, competitive advantage, concentrated power and property inheritance. egalitarianism must seek to reverse the cumulative trends, creating a virtuous circle of greater equality. outcomes not opportunities - arguments for equality of opportunity are too weak to generate an egalitarian culture. under equal opportunities, people have the same life chances - - but may ‘choose’ unequal outcomes that are deemed acceptable. a thoroughgoing egalitarianism should have a desire for equal outcomes at the forefront of social attitudes. distributive justice with culture the cultural arguments for equality see it as more than a trait of a population of individuals, given that it changes people’s behaviour and aids their relationships. if we are to acknowledge how preferences are formed and how values persist within the ongoing social context, we need a non-reductionist social theory that encompasses agency-structure interaction: individual agents can then be shaped within society and social structures produced and reproduced through individual agency (see, for example, bourdieu, and giddens, ). similar social theories are set out by critical realist writers, who avoid reductionism and pay heed to culture and agency-structure interaction when making assumptions about the nature of reality (bhaskar, ; archer, , ; lawson, , part iii). a non-reductionist stance implies that figure must be inadequate, as it omits social structures and imposes fixed individual preferences as the arbitrary basis for value judgements. once social structures are a level of analysis in their own right, coeval with the individual level, methodological individualism is ruled out. values may not be concerned only with individual states but with personal relationships, group interests and social cohesion. egalitarianism becomes a circular process of cultivating and preserving values woven into the fabric of society. figure shows the resulting theoretical framework. at the heart lies the interplay of agency and structure augmented by egalitarian values, such that the wish for equality impresses upon current behaviour and institutions: agency upholds egalitarian values, while social structures embody egalitarian reforms. basic value judgements may still enter from outside as the catalyst for the internal forces driving egalitarianism. practical benefits - - emanate on the right of figure in a more cohesive, less divided society and a more even distribution of incomes, capabilities and other outcomes. figure : cultural versions of distributive justice egalitarian reforms social structures social cohesion basic value judgements individual incomes, egalitarian values individual agents capabilities, etc. unlike the linear sequence of figure , egalitarianism in figure is a self-reinforcing process occurring in historical time. the case for equality, if it is to have practical success, must be absorbed into values and reproduced through cultural transmission. as soon as the relevant values enter the culture, the positive/normative barrier breaks down, with basic value judgements no longer inserted at a late stage into a positive analysis. values bearing on social conditions must be present within the society and not limited to a hypothetical assessor. internalisation of values stops short of moral relativism that abandons universal principles and treats each society as morally unique. from a relativistic angle, societies differ in their values with no presumption in favour of equality – figure could be adapted to inegalitarian values and reforms. unequal societies have their enabling myths that justify inequality and - - spread the associated values as widely as possible among the public. a generic case for equality has to include cross-cultural values external to the societies under consideration. many of the cultural arguments summarised above are global and proclaim the benefits of greater equality at any time or place. they appeal to culture but keep away from relativism that might be neutral towards distribution. absolute arguments for equality are supported by the recent empirical literature that examines the effects of inequality on health and well-being (hagerty, ; o’connell, ; neckerman and torche, ; phelan, link and tehranifar, ; wilkinson and pickett, ; oishi, kesebir and diener, ; cooper, mccausland and theodossiou, , ). the main finding is that more equal societies fare better on a range of welfare criteria, irrespective of local variations in culture and institutions. basic value judgements making a universal case for equality can be introduced from outside a society, as in figure , and then call forth an egalitarian culture within the society. external in origin, they must percolate through the culture before they can influence behaviour. being circular, figure has no starting or finishing point. nor does its circularity go in one direction – this can vary according to how we interpret things. suppose, for example, that we begin with individual agents at the lower right-hand side of figure . in the agency-structure relation the initial causal thrust is upward and causality seems anti-clockwise: individual agents reproduce social structures, which preserve egalitarian reforms, which help to sustain egalitarian values, which impact upon individual agency and preferences. causality comes full circle and starts all over again. suppose, on the other hand, that we begin with social structures at the upper right-hand side of figure . now the initial causal thrust is downward and causality seems clockwise: social structures mould individual agents, who have egalitarian values, which promote egalitarian reforms, which alter social structures. causality again comes full circle but this time in the opposite direction. the complex, two-way interaction means that motion can be perceived as going either way: an individualistic interpretation suggests anti-clockwise motion, a structural interpretation clockwise. figure entails neither individualistic nor structural reductionism, and the two circular motions are equivalent. - - the ethics in figure , thanks to their avoidance of individualistic reductionism, are not confined to comparisons among individuals. in a circular process of cultural reproduction we cannot pick out fixed individual preferences as the foundation for allocative decisions. basic value judgements enter into the circular causality that determines the society’s way of life. without an individualistic benchmark, egalitarian values are released from the obligation to boil everything down to the individual level and can embrace factors other than individual welfare. judgements can be made directly about social structures and relationships: ethics can evaluate social hierarchies, power, work organisation and family arrangements. individual welfare loses its monopoly on how social outcomes are judged, and appraisal of structural context comes into play. neither individual nor structural levels have ethical sovereignty. figure does not compel us to choose among income, utility and other dimensions, an issue that preoccupies much of the standard literature on distributive justice. the urge to have one dimension comes from the desire to quantify welfare on a single scale. a cultural approach deals with a society’s way of life that comprises various dimensions, none of which has supremacy – electing to operate on a single one would be misguided. material resources are not exhaustive in the assessment of welfare. social justice should venture beyond distribution of material resources to take in cultural matters such as social inclusiveness, status differences and recognition of minority groups (fraser, , ; sayer, ; lister, ). multiple strands of inequality can exist in themselves without being weighted and combined into an overall welfare score. it remains useful to measure inequalities in income, wealth, etc., and empirical studies retain their importance, though immeasurable dimensions of inequality should also be given due attention. the theory in figure is stratified, with at least two levels of analysis – individual agents and social structures – that are irreducible to each other. inequalities pertain not only to persons but to impersonal roles and positions within firms, government, the media and other institutions. power concentrated among a few owners or managers will determine the working environment and have repercussions for society. a thoroughgoing egalitarianism must be alert to roles and positions as well as personal circumstances – the two are bound together, and sole emphasis on the personal level will be futile in curtailing inequality. - - structured relations among social classes and other groupings lead to asymmetries of property ownership, social/cultural capital and power. if huge inequalities are embedded in social structures, then the chances of greater equality at the personal level are minimal. egalitarianism has to stretch across many levels of analysis and include structural inequalities within its remit. practical implications although analyses of distributive justice are frequently ahistorical, the likelihood is that we are discussing a modern capitalist economy defined by private ownership of capital and ubiquitous markets for labour and finance. capitalism exists in several varieties, but they all approve of private capital accumulation as the vehicle for economic development. simultaneously with the amassing of private capital comes the rise in private property incomes and wealth, with burgeoning inequality when wage incomes lag behind. a capitalist economy, left unchecked, sponsors income and wealth gaps that get ever bigger and do not converge on a balanced equilibrium (wade, ; rigney, , chapter ; piketty, ). the gaps become institutionalised and justified by the culture, in the inegalitarian counterpart of figure . while the poor lose out, they are encouraged to be satisfied with any real income gains from economic growth or ambitions to join the rich. inegalitarian attitudes do seem to have thrived lately, for the ballooning inequalities in developed countries have been accepted by the general public and not met with widespread opposition (horton and bamfield, ; kelly and enns, ; unwin, , chapter ; shildrick and mcdonald, ). whether or not the public actually support inequality, they have been willing to comply with trends that benefit the rich and hurt the poor. the lack of visible concern gives the impression that the rich somehow deserve their rewards, even though the reasons for this are seldom clarified (rowlingson and connor, ; sachweh, ). in a culture accustomed to income and wealth accumulation, perceptions of inequality - - will be dulled or biased and people may underestimate its extent (norton and ariely, ; cruces, perez-truglia and tetaz, ). any push towards progressive redistribution will happen only when attitudes swing back to egalitarianism. pursuit of equality within a capitalist economy is possible but faces an uphill task. the role of the state will be crucial if ambiguous. as karl polanyi pointed out, the state created capitalism (contrary to libertarian doctrines about spontaneous markets) and introduced welfare measures afterwards in order to soften its sharp edges – state planning gazed first and foremost on markets rather than social policies (polanyi, ). radical and marxian writers have been sceptical of state activity under capitalism and viewed the welfare state as a palliative that makes concessions to workers’ interests but serves to legitimise the economic system (gough, ; mishra, , chapter ; offe, ; pierson, , chapter ). less sceptical were r.h. tawney and richard titmuss, who saw the welfare state as a motor of social and cultural change with genuine transformative capacity (reisman, , part ii, ; alcock et al., , part ; deacon, , chapter ). given the political will and democratic mandate, the state could implement a ‘strategy of equality’, in other words a comprehensive programme of measures designed to curb disparities of income and wealth (tawney, , chapter iv). components of such a strategy would include welfare benefits, progressive taxation, socialised health care and education, subsidised public utilities, full employment policies, new types of property ownership, and reforms to the organisation of work. as it unfolded, the strategy would gather momentum through the cumulative causation in figure , which would halt and reverse the inegalitarian tendencies of laissez-faire capitalism. recent income trends in developed countries hint at both the feasibility of redistributive measures and the obstacles to them. empirical evidence divides into two contrasting periods: from the s to the s the personal income distribution became more equal and inequality measures fell, whereas from the s onwards the inequality measures have risen as personal incomes have become more unequal (caminada and goudswaard, ; alderson and nielsen, ; brandolini and smeeding, ; mccall and percheski, ; atkinson, piketty and saez, ). factor incomes display a similar pattern, with a rising wage share of national income until the s, followed by a falling wage share ever since (kristal, ; - - wolff, ). the earlier trend towards equality coincided with expansion of the welfare state during the post-war decades and high employment guaranteed by keynesianism. it demonstrated that, despite the capitalist environment, egalitarian policies can succeed. the reversal of trend coincided with the turn to neo-liberalism from the s, which brought welfare retrenchment, withdrawal of progressive taxation, privatisation of public services and utilities, deregulation of finance, deflationary macroeconomic policies, and rejection of the keynesian commitment to full employment (glyn, ; irvin, ). neo-liberalism has restored the inegalitarian counterpart of figure , supplanting egalitarian values and reforms with inegalitarian ones. even the financial crisis prompted only marginal adjustments rather than a search for alternatives, and the surrounding culture stays intact (allon and redden, ; glynos, klimecki and willmott, ). conventional wisdom is comfortable with enormous personal incomes, coupled with individualistic attitudes that spurn social cohesion and collective identity. attempts to regain the path of greater equality would have to slow down and reverse cumulative changes propelling the economy in the other direction. cumulative causation is self-reinforcing and never ends of its own accord – to stop it requires some outside agency or event to intrude and disturb the circle (skott, ; berger, ; pluta, ). a renewed trend towards equality will come about only through dedicated government policies, a prospect that seems distant in today’s political climate but might ultimately be provoked by the widening gulf between rich and poor. part of a new strategy of equality would be to revive the welfare measures and progressive taxation weakened under neo-liberalism. tawney was aware that these policies on their own are insufficient for an egalitarian redrawing of society – they are vital to any strategy of equality but fail to tackle the causes of inequality in the private sector (martin, ; elliott and clark, ). stalwart egalitarianism cannot afford to ignore a private sector that authorises vast discrepancies in income and status: it would have to open out control of industry, give employees more clout over their working lives, and redress gross imbalances of power. marketisation and commodification would have to be resisted, leaving room for decommodification that bolsters non-market sectors of the economy (williams, , part iii; vail, ). in the long-term vision of tawney and titmuss, the gradual spread of an egalitarian culture could underpin evolutionary transformation towards a more cooperative, less competitive society. at the - - moment this vision appears over-optimistic, but it still offers the best hope for attaining greater equality within a capitalist economy. conclusion static concepts of distributive justice, which dominate the academic literature on the subject, are hampered by their neglect of culture. when expressed in mathematical models, distribution becomes a timeless allocation problem, as if an omniscient ethical advisor could step up and reallocate resources to ensure fair shares. such ahistorical, non-cultural theory has little truck with the social consequences of inequality and, indeed, says nothing about why we might be egalitarians. the result is a sterile exercise in meeting an objective that could quite as easily be inegalitarian. it remains unclear how the chosen resource allocation could be reached, especially if it differs dramatically from the current one. the political ramifications of reassigning property rights are sidestepped, and the cultural aspects of inequality are absent from the theoretical models. belying its apparently rigorous treatment, distributive justice shrivels into a one-dimensional mode adopted chiefly for analytical convenience. greater equality will occur only with a shift away from the ideology of laissez-faire capitalism, which tolerates and even celebrates inequalities. other belief systems, less tolerant of inequality, can be found in social democracy, socialism, communism, marxism and so forth. egalitarianism in a capitalist economy could be carried out through progressive redistributive measures and social policies but would need a switch from neo-liberalism back to the social democratic values that held sway during the mid-twentieth century. stronger forms of egalitarianism that query the unequal property ownership under capitalism could not be brought to fruition in a capitalist economy. marxian views, for example, would dismiss private ownership of the means of production as being inherently exploitative and argue for non-capitalist alternatives with different property relations based on socialist or communist - - guidelines. these political matters lie beyond the scope of the present paper, but they illustrate the importance of culture and belief systems for enacting social change. a cultural approach to distributive justice has two major advantages worth reiterating. the first is that it can supply a proper rationale for egalitarianism by pondering the cultural effects of inequality. arguments for equality must explain why a more equal society is better than a less equal one, and the case has to invoke culture as a process – equality is desirable because it can improve the well-being and behaviour of every member of society and strengthen social relationships. people who are equal have more in common with each other and develop greater social harmony than they would if divided by large income and other gaps. these arguments are impossible in a static model where individual preferences are fixed and the case for equality relies on external value judgements: a reshuffle of resource endowments would leave people unchanged, the only gain being a higher score on an objective function, whatever that may mean. if culture goes unmentioned, then the grounds for egalitarianism will be hazy. the second advantage is that a cultural approach can address the cultural transmission of inequality. social divisions must have had historical origins – inequalities in income are tied to inequalities in social position and bound up with beliefs and attitudes. long-standing disparities in income, status and power have been applauded by a culture of inequality and are perpetuated through that culture. with cumulative causation, a society that welcomes inequalities will watch them grow as wealth becomes concentrated. egalitarian reform is not just about changing resource endowments but about reversing the social and cultural pressures towards inequality. an absolute appeal for distributive justice can be introduced from outside but, if it is to change things, must have some purchase on the culture. equality would not then be imposed against the grain by central government but would permeate the cultural atmosphere at all levels and among all organisations: social symmetries would be preserved through reproduction of existing arrangements. no longer an external goal, equality would be internalised as the norm. egalitarianism can prevail only if it becomes enshrined in social attitudes and gets passed on to future generations as a culture of equality. - - references alcock, p., glennerster, h., oakley, a. & sinfield, a. (eds) ( ) welfare and wellbeing: richard titmuss’s contribution to social policy, bristol, policy press. alderson, a.s. & nielsen, f. ( ) ‘globalization and the great u-turn: income inequality trends in oecd countries’, american journal of sociology, vol. , no. , pp. - . allon, f. & redden, g. ( ) ‘the global financial crisis and the culture of continual growth’, journal of cultural economy, vol. , no. , pp. - . archer, m.s. ( ) realist social theory: the morphogenetic approach, cambridge, cambridge university press. archer, m.s. ( ) culture and agency: the place of culture in social theory, revised edition, cambridge, cambridge university press. arnold, m. ( ) ‘equality’, in matthew arnold: a critical edition of the major works, eds m. allott & r.h. super, oxford: oxford university press, pp. - . atkinson, a.b., piketty, t. & saez, e. ( ) ‘top incomes in the long run of history’, journal of economic literature, vol. , no. , pp. - . berger, s. (ed) ( ) the foundations of non-equilibrium economics: the principle of circular and cumulative causation, london, routledge. bhaskar, r. ( ) the possibility of naturalism: a philosophic critique of the contemporary human sciences, brighton, harvester press. bÖgenhold, d. ( ) ‘social inequality and the sociology of life style: material and cultural aspects of social stratification’, american journal of economics and sociology, vol. , no. , pp. - . bourdieu, p. ( ) outline of a theory of practice, cambridge, cambridge university press. bourdieu, p. ( ) distinction: a social critique of the judgement of taste, london, routledge and kegan paul. bourdieu, p. ( ) ‘the forms of capital’, in readings in economic sociology, ed n.w. biggart, oxford: blackwell, pp. - . - - bourdieu, p. & passeron, j.-c. ( ) reproduction in education, society and culture, nd edn, london, sage. brandolini, a. & smeeding, t.m. ( ) ‘income inequality in richer and oecd countries’, in the oxford handbook of economic inequality, eds salverda, w., nolan, b. & smeeding, t.m., oxford: oxford university press, pp. - . brinkman, r.l & brinkman, j.e. ( ) ‘cultural lag: a relevant framework for social justice’, international journal of social economics, vol. , no. , pp. - . caminada, k. & goudswaard, k. ( ) ‘international trends in income inequality and social policy’, international tax and public finance, vol. , no. , pp. - . campbell, c. ( ) ‘the sociology of consumption’, in acknowledging consumption: a review of new studies, ed d. miller, london: routledge, pp. - . connell, p. ( ) romanticism, economics, and the question of ‘culture’, oxford, oxford university press. cooper, d., mccausland, w.d. & theodossiou, i. ( ) ‘income inequality and wellbeing: the plight of the poor and the curse of permanent inequality’, journal of economic issues, vol. , no. , pp. - . cooper, d., mccausland, w.d. & theodossiou, i. ( ) ‘is unemployment and low income harmful to health? evidence from britain’, review of social economy, vol. , no. , pp. - . crompton, r. ( ) class and stratification, rd edn, cambridge, polity press. cruces, g., perez-truglia, r. & tetaz, m. ( ) ‘biased perceptions of income distribution and preferences for redistribution: evidence from a survey experiment’, journal of public economics, no. , pp. - . deacon, a. ( ) perspectives on welfare: ideas, ideologies and policy debates, buckingham, open university press. dean, h. ( ) ‘critiquing capabilities: the distractions of a beguiling concept’, critical social policy, vol. , no. , pp. - . dugger, w.m. (ed) ( ) inequality: radical institutionalist views on race, gender, class, and nation, westport, ct, greenwood press. dugger, w.m. ( ) ‘against inequality’, journal of economic issues, vol. , no. , pp. - . - - dugger, w.m. ( ) ‘deception and inequality: the enabling myth concept’, in capitalism, socialism, and radical political economy, ed r. pollin, cheltenham: edward elgar, pp. - . elliott, j.e. & clark, b.s. ( ) ‘richard henry tawney on the democratic economy’, international journal of social economics, vo. , no. , pp. - . fraser, n. ( ) ‘from redistribution to recognition? dilemmas of justice in a “post-socialist” age’, new left review, vol. , pp. - . fraser, n. ( ) ‘social justice in the age of identity politics: redistribution, recognition, and participation’, in redistribution or recognition? a political-philosophical exchange, eds n. fraser & a. honneth, london: verso, pp. - . galbraith, j.k. ( ) the culture of contentment, boston, houghton mifflin. giddens, a. ( ) the constitution of society: outline of the theory of structuration, cambridge, polity press. glyn, a. ( ) capitalism unleashed: finance, globalization, and welfare, oxford, oxford university press. glynos, j., klimecki, r. & willmott, h. ( ) ‘cooling out the marks: the ideology and politics of the financial crisis’, journal of cultural economy, vol. , no. , pp. - . gough, i. ( ) the political economy of the welfare state, london, macmillan. hagerty, m. r. ( ) ‘social comparisons of income in one’s community: evidence from national surveys of income and happiness’, journal of personality and social psychology, vol. , no. , pp. - . horton, t. & bamfield, l. ( ) understanding attitudes to tackling inequality, york, joseph rowntree foundation. irvin, g. ( ) super rich: the rise of inequality in britain and the united states, cambridge, polity press. jackson, w.a. ( ) ‘capabilities, culture and social structure’, review of social economy, vol. , no. , pp. - . jackson, w.a. ( ) economics, culture and social theory, cheltenham, edward elgar. jackson, w.a. ( ) ‘the desocialising of economic theory’, international journal of social economics, vol. , no. , pp. - . - - kelly, n.j. & enns, p.k. ( ) ‘inequality and the dynamics of public opinion: the self-reinforcing link between economic inequality and mass preferences’, american journal of political science, vol. , no. , pp. - . kristal, t. ( ) ‘good times, bad times: postwar labor’s share of national income in capitalist democracies’, american sociological review, vol. , no. , pp. - . lawson, t. ( ) economics and reality, london, routledge. lister, r. ( ) ‘social justice: meanings and politics’, benefits, vol. , no. , pp. - . lÖwy, m. ( ) ‘the romantic and the marxist critique of modern civilization’, theory and society, vol. , no. , pp. - . lÖwy, m. & sayre, r. ( ) romanticism against the tide of modernity, durham, nc, duke university press. martin, d.a. ( ) ‘r.h. tawney as political economist’, journal of economic issues, vol. , no. , pp. - . mccall, l. & percheski, c. ( ) ‘income inequality: new trends and research directions’, annual review of sociology, vol. , pp. - . mishra, r. ( ) society and social policy: theoretical perspectives on welfare, london, macmillan. moulin, h.j. ( ) fair division and collective welfare, cambridge, ma, mit press. neckerman, k.m. & torche, f. ( ) ‘inequality: causes and consequences’, annual review of sociology, vol. , pp. - . norton, m.i. & ariely, d. ( ) ‘building a better america – one wealth quintile at a time’, perspectives on psychological science, vol. , no. , pp. - . o’connell, m. ( ) ‘fairly satisfied: economic equality, wealth and satisfaction’, journal of economic psychology, vol. , no. , pp. - . offe, c. ( ) contradictions of the welfare state, london, hutchinson. oishi, s., kesebir, s. & diener, e. ( ) ‘income inequality and happiness’, psychological science, vol. , no. , pp. - . phelan, j.c., link, b.g. & tehranifar, p. ( ) ‘social conditions as fundamental causes of health inequalities: theory, evidence, and policy implications’, journal of health and social behavior, vol. (s), pp. s -s . - - pierson, c. ( ) beyond the welfare state? the new political economy of welfare, rd edn, cambridge, polity press. piketty, t. ( ) capital in the twenty-first century, cambridge, ma, harvard university press. pluta, j.e. ( ) ‘evolutionary alternatives to equilibrium economics: some suggested applications’, american journal of economics and sociology, vol. , no. , pp. - . polanyi, k. ( ) the great transformation: the political and economic origins of our time, new york, farrar and rinehart. reisman, d.a. ( ) state and welfare: tawney, galbraith and adam smith, london, macmillan. reisman, d.a. ( ) richard titmuss: welfare and society, nd edn, basingstoke, palgrave. rigney, d. ( ) the matthew effect: how advantage begets further advantage, new york, columbia university press. roemer, j.e. ( ) theories of distributive justice, cambridge, ma, harvard university press. rosenbaum, e.f. ( ) ‘against naïve materialism: culture, consumption and the causes of inequality’, cambridge journal of economics, vol. , no. , pp. - . rowlingson, k. & connor, s. ( ) ‘the “deserving rich”? inequality, morality and social policy’, journal of social policy, vol. , no. , pp. - . ryan, c.c. ( ) ‘the fiends of commerce: romantic and marxist criticisms of classical political economy’, history of political economy, vol. , no. , pp. - . sachweh, p. ( ) ‘the moral economy of inequality: popular views on income differentiation, poverty and wealth’, socio-economic review, vol. , no. , pp. - . savage, m. ( ), class analysis and social transformation, buckingham, open university press. sayer, a. ( ) ‘class, moral worth and recognition’, sociology, vol. , no. , - . sayer, a. ( ) ‘capabilities, contributive injustice and unequal divisions of labour’, journal of human development and capabilities, vol. , no. , pp. - . sen, a.k. ( ) choice, welfare and measurement, oxford, basil blackwell. - - sen, a.k. ( ) ‘capability and well-being’, in the quality of life, eds m.c. nussbaum & a.k. sen, oxford: oxford university press, pp. - . sen, a.k. ( ) on economic inequality, nd edn, oxford, oxford university press. shildrick, t. & macdonald, r. ( ) ‘poverty talk: how people experiencing poverty deny their poverty and why they blame the “poor”’, the sociological review, vol. , no. , pp. - . shipman, a. ( ) ‘lauding the leisure class: symbolic content and conspicuous consumption’, review of social economy, vol. , no. , pp. - . skott, p. ( ) ‘cumulative causation’, in the elgar companion to institutional and evolutionary economics, eds g.m. hodgson, w.j. samuels & m.r. tool, cheltenham: edward elgar, pp. - . stanfield, j.r. ( ) economics, power and culture: essays in the development of radical institutionalism, london, macmillan. streeck, w. ( ) ‘taking capitalism seriously: towards an institutionalist approach to contemporary political economy’, socio-economic review, vol. , no. , pp. - . swartz, d. ( ) ‘pierre bourdieu: the cultural transmission of social inequality’, harvard educational review, vol. , no. , pp. - . swartz, d. ( ) culture and power: the sociology of pierre bourdieu, chicago, university of chicago press. tawney, r.h. ( ) the acquisitive society, new york, harcourt, brace and howe. tawney, r.h. ( ) religion and the rise of capitalism, london, murray. tawney, r.h. ( ) equality, london, george allen and unwin. trigg, a.b. ( ) ‘veblen, bourdieu, and conspicuous consumption’, journal of economic issues, vol. , no. , pp. - . unwin, j. ( ) why fight poverty?, london, london publishing partnership. vail, j. ( ) ‘decommodification and egalitarian political economy’, politics and society, vol. , no. , pp. - . veblen, t. ( ) the theory of the leisure class: an economic study of institutions, new york, macmillan. wade, r.h. ( ) ‘on the causes of increasing world poverty and inequality, or why the matthew effect prevails’, new political economy, vol. , no. , pp. - . - - wilkinson, r.g. & pickett, k.e. ( ) the spirit level: why equality is better for everyone, london, penguin. williams, c.c. ( ) a commodified world? mapping the limits of capitalism, london, zed books. wolff, e.n. ( ) ‘rising profitability and the middle class squeeze’, science and society, vol. , no. , pp. - . zafirovski, m.z. ( ) ‘economic distribution as a social process’, social science journal, vol. , no. , pp. - . powerpoint-präsentation using factorial surveys to study justice perceptions: five methodological problems of attitudinal justice research sfb working paper series ○ no. ○ january dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities http://www.sfb .uni-bielefeld.de/ stefan liebig carsten sauer stefan friedhoff stefan liebig, carsten sauer and stefan friedhoff using factorial surveys to study justice perceptions: five methodological problems of attitudinal justice research sfb working paper series, no. dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities research project a bielefeld, january sfb working paper series general editors: martin diewald, thomas faist and stefan liebig issn - this publication has been funded by the german research foundation (dfg). sfb working papers are refereed scholarly papers. submissions are reviewed by peers in a two-stage sfb internal and external refereeing process before a final decision on publication is made. the working paper series is a forum for presenting works in progress. readers should communicate comments on the manuscript directly to the author(s). the papers can be downloaded from the sfb website http://www.sfb .uni-bielefeld.de/ sfb “from heterogeneities to inequalities” university of bielefeld faculty of sociology po box d- bielefeld germany phone: + -( ) - - or + -( ) - - email: office.sfb @uni-bielefeld.de web: http://www.sfb .uni-bielefeld.de/ dfg research center (sfb) “from heterogeneities to inequalities” whether fat or thin, male or female, young or old – people are different. alongside their physi- cal features, they also differ in terms of nationality and ethnicity; in their cultural preferences, lifestyles, attitudes, orientations, and philosophies; in their competencies, qualifications, and traits; and in their professions. but how do such heterogeneities lead to social inequalities? what are the social mechanisms that underlie this process? these are the questions pursued by the dfg research center (sonderforschungsbereich (sfb)) “from heterogeneities to inequalities” at bielefeld university, which was approved by the german research foundation (dfg) as “sfb ” on may , . in the social sciences, research on inequality is dispersed across different research fields such as education, the labor market, equality, migration, health, or gender. one goal of the sfb is to integrate these fields, searching for common mechanisms in the emergence of inequality that can be compiled into a typology. more than fifty senior and junior researchers and the bielefeld university library are involved in the sfb. along with sociologists, it brings together scholars from the bielefeld university faculties of business administration and economics, educational science, health science, and law, as well as from the german institute for economic research (diw) in berlin and the university of erlangen-nuremberg. in addition to carrying out research, the sfb is concerned to nurture new academic talent, and therefore provides doctoral training in its own integrated research training group. a data infrastructure project has also been launched to archive, prepare, and disseminate the data gathered. research project a “the legitimation of inequalities – structural conditions of justice attitudes over the life-span” this project investigates (a) the conditions under which inequalities are perceived as problems of justice and (b) how embedment in different social contexts influences the formation of attitudes to justice across the life course. we assume that individuals evaluate inequalities in terms of whether they consider them just, and that they hold particular attitudes toward justice because, and as long as, these help them to attain their fundamental goals and to solve, especially, the problems that arise through cooperation with other people (cooperative relations). as a result, attitudes on justice are not viewed either as rigidly stable orientations across the life span or as “sunday best beliefs” i.e. short-lived opinions that are adjusted continuously to fit situational interests. instead, they are regarded as being shaped by the opportunities for learning and making comparisons in different phases of the life course and different social contexts. the goal of the project is to use longitudinal survey data to explain why individuals have particular notions of justice. the key aspect is taken to be changes in the social context – particularly households, social networks, or workplaces – in which individuals are embedded across their life course. this is because social contexts offer opportunities to make social comparisons and engage in social learning, processes that are decisive in the formation of particular attitudes to justice. the project will test this empirically by setting up a special longitudinal panel in which the same individuals will be interviewed three times over an - year period. the results of the project will permit conclusions to be drawn on the consequences of changes in a society's social and economic structure for its members' ideas about justice. the project therefore supplements the analysis of the mechanisms that produce inequality, which is the focus of sfb as a whole, by looking at subjective evaluations, and it complements that focus by addressing the mechanisms of attitude formation. research goals ( ) analysis of the conditions in which justice is used as a criterion for evaluating inequalities. ( ) explanation of attitudes toward justice as the outcome of comparison and learning processes mediated by the social context. ( ) longitudinal observation of the individual development of attitudes to justice over the life course. research design ( ) continuation and expansion of the longitudinal survey of evaluations of justice conducted by the german socio-economic panel study (soep). ( ) commencement of an independent longitudinal panel with ties to the process-generated individual data of the german institute for employment research (iab) and information on companies and households (the plan is to carry out three survey waves over an -year period). the authors stefan liebig is professor of sociology with a special focus on social inequality and social stratification at the faculty of sociology, bielefeld university, and principal investigator of the collaborative research centre (sfb) research project a , “the legitimation of inequalities – structural conditions of justice attitudes over the life-span”. his research interests are empirical justice research, organizations and social inequality, and methods of empirical research. recent publications are “the justice of earnings in dual-earner households”, in: research in social stratification and mobility ( ): - (with c. sauer and j. schupp); “gerechtigkeit”, in: s. mau & n. m. schöneck (eds.), handwörterbuch zur gesellschaft deutschlands ( ), springer vs: - (with c. sauer and p. valet); “the application of factorial surveys in general population samples: the effects of respondent age and education on response times and response consistency”, in: survey research methods ( ): - (with c. sauer, k. auspurg and t. hinz). contact: stefan.liebig@uni-bielefeld.de carsten sauer is a postdoctoral research fellow in the sfb , project a at bielefeld university. his research interests include the explanation of behavior, social inequality and justice and quantitative research methods (especially factorial surveys). among his recent publications are: “the factorial survey as a method for measuring sensitive issues”, in: u. engel, b. jann, p. lynn, a. scherpenzeel, p. sturgis, (eds.), improving survey methods. lessons from recent research ( ), routledge: - (with k. auspurg, t. hinz, s. liebig); “incentives and inhibitors of abusing academic positions: analysing university students' decisions about bribing academic staff”, in: european sociological review ( ): - (with p. graeff, s. satter, g. mehlkop); “less is sometimes more: consequences of overpayment on job satisfaction and absenteeism”, in: social justice research ( ): - (with p. valet); “when decisions should be shared: a study of social norms in medical decision making using a factorial survey approach”, in: medical decision making ( ): - (with m. müller-engelmann et al.). contact: carsten.sauer@uni-bielefeld.de stefan friedhoff is a member of the sfb project “information and data infrastructure” (inf) and phd candidate at the bielefeld graduate school in history and sociology (bghs). in the inf project he assists researchers with problems of everyday documentation and improves documentation practices. his research interests focus on data management, survey methodology, social inequalities and factorial survey research. contact: stefan.friedhoff@uni-bielefeld.de using factorial surveys to study justice perceptions: five methodological problems of attitudinal justice research stefan liebig, carsten sauer, and stefan friedhoff summary: this article provides an overview of how factorial surveys have been used in justice research in the past. it addresses the question of why this method is particularly useful to survey attitudes toward justice. this question is discussed with reference to five problems of empirical justice research. for each of these problems, findings are presented from recent justice research that has used the factorial survey method, with a focus on assessing the allocation and distribution of goods (earnings/income, transfer payments, pensions) and burdens (taxes). the paper concludes with a discussion of future developments and possible applications in this research field. introduction for a long time, the question of what is just and what is not was regarded as a purely normative problem and, thus, as a subject of philosophy, legal theory, or theology. the aim of this normative justice research is to provide answers to kant’s question “what ought i to do?”, and to do so has to identify principles or rules of justice that ensure that, from a moral point of view, the allocation and distribution of goods and burdens can be regarded as just (e.g., rawls, ). starting around the middle of the last century, a descriptive, or empirical, line of research on justice began to establish itself, first in psychology, and later in the social sciences and in economics (adams, ; deutsch, ; jasso, ; runciman, ; törnblom, ). this steadily growing line of research examines what individuals and societies consider to be a just distribution of goods and burdens; why a state of justice is regarded as something worth achieving; and what consequences can be observed in a society when something is perceived as just or injust. most of this empirical research has focused on the study of attitudes toward procedural and distributive justice (cf. liebig & sauer, , ). while questions of procedural justice involve an evaluation of decision-making processes regarding the allocation and distribution of goods or burdens (deutsch, ; jasso, ; törnblom, ; wegener, ), questions of distributive justice involve an evaluation of the outcomes of such processes. the main finding of this research is that attitudes toward or beliefs about justice, as well as evaluations of concrete outcomes, not only depend on individual characteristics—and thus do not have the status of personal traits—but are affected by the social situation in which an individual is embedded and the type of resource that is allocated. a specific allocation amount can therefore only be assessed on the basis of contextual information (hegtvedt, ). this is why judgments concerning distributive justice are always complex, context- dependent, and context-related attitudes. at least five methodological problems result from this complexity which are partially known from other areas of attitude research but are particularly important in justice research. first, the high degree of context dependency of judgments implies that a lack of contextualization can lead to systematically biased measurements of attitudes toward justice, particularly in survey-based justice research, but also in experimental behavioral economics, where researchers deduce individual attitudes toward justice from behavior in very abstract and artificial distribution situations. second, since attitudes toward justice appear to be determined by a variety of very different factors, the actual importance and, especially, the relative importance of these factors must be determined (for example, to draw conclusions about their role in the generation of distributive injustices). this leads this paper is an outcome of the research project “the legitimation of inequalities – structural conditions of justice attitudes over the lifespan,” which is funded by the german research foundation (dfg) within the collaborative research center “from heterogeneities to inequalities” at bielefeld university, germany. us to a third problem: in order to investigate the causes and influencing factors of individual perceptions of justice, in some fields of justice research, experimental studies are conducted in the laboratory, with only a certain group of individuals—usually students—participating (henrich et al., ). as a result, the findings are often based on the study of convenience samples which include students and in which the external validity is usually not sufficiently clarified. this is particularly problematic in justice research because there is evidence that individual attitudes toward justice are influenced by sociostructural position and previous individual experiences, among other things. the fourth problem, the problem of social-desirability bias in response behavior (paulhus, ), is particularly important when measuring attitudes toward justice because attitudes are sometimes not measured appropriately, so that the findings obtained lead to erroneous conclusions. the fifth problem is the problem of measuring and identifying causal relationships; this problem is particularly relevant when conducting research on the causes of certain attitudes, whether toward justice or other factors. in this article, we will show how factorial surveys can be used, if not to overcome, then at least to reduce, the risk and impact of these five problems in empirical research on justice. we will review studies that analyze attitudes toward distributive justice and report problems in relation to the illustrated key results. the article concludes with a discussion of future developments and possible applications. factorial surveys in empirical justice research factorial surveys have been used in empirical justice research for over years to determine what ideas exist about the fair allocation of goods or burdens (e.g., beck & opp, ; jasso, ; rossi & anderson, ; wallander, ). generally speaking, respondents in these studies are asked to evaluate short descriptions (“vignettes”) of recipients (e.g., employees, households), in which the individual or situational characteristics (“dimensions”) used to describe the case are varied systematically in their levels. since these levels are simultaneously changed among vignettes, the procedure is also referred to as “multifactorial.” figure shows a vignette that is used to measure attitudes toward the distributive justice of income. the description consists of five dimensions, four of which are characteristics describing the individual (age, gender, vocational training, occupation), with the fifth dimension indicating the individual’s gross earnings. the specific values of these characteristics are varied from vignette to vignette. respondents are then asked to rate the justice of the gross earnings presented on an -point scale. in the analysis, these ratings are treated as dependent variables, and the five dimensions are treated as independent variables. by systematically varying these dimensions, their importance for justice evaluations can be estimated through statistical analysis and conclusions about justice can be drawn, with questions that can be addressed in this way including: should earnings increase with age? should women receive the same income as men? should individuals with vocational training earn more than individuals without training? the following illustration is based on a literature review that involved two steps. the first step was to search for articles in google scholar and the social science citation index which use any combination of the german and english keywords “justice” or “fairness” [“gerechtigkeit”] and “factorial survey” [“faktorieller survey”] or “vignette(s)” [“vignette(n)”]. following the procedure described by wallander ( ), the results were then complemented by publications citing the article “who should get what? fairness judgments of the distribution of earnings” by alves and rossi ( ), because it is one of the first and most frequently cited articles in justice research that use factorial surveys. articles in german and english were identified in this way. an overview of the studies used here can be found in the appendix. figure . example vignette with five dimensions a -year-old woman with occupational training works as a social-worker. her gross monthly earnings are € , (before taxes and transfers). in your opinion, are her monthly gross earnings just, unjustly high, or unjustly low? unjustly low just unjustly high - - - - - + + + + +            source: sauer et al. ( ) in the past, factorial surveys have been used in justice research primarily to examine attitudes toward the allocation of monetary rewards (individual earnings, household income, welfare-state transfer payments) or burdens (taxes). compared with the use of vignettes in other fields of research (e.g., wallander, ), the proportion of factorial surveys used in population surveys is larger in justice research, and there are also more international comparative studies (auspurg et al., ; hysom & fişek, ; jasso & meyersson milgrom, ; schrenker, ). recent applications of factorial surveys in justice research show two methodological peculiarities. ( ) as regards the decisive advantage of factorial surveys, which is to provide the respondents with contextualizing information, studies differ in the number of dimensions (information content) and vignettes per respondent. the numbers of dimensions used per vignette range from three (jann, ) to ten (auspurg et al., ; gatskova, ; sauer et al., ). the number of vignettes to be evaluated varies much more. this is due to a methodological peculiarity. especially in the early days of using factorial surveys, a very large number of vignettes were presented; the studies of jasso, rossi, and their colleagues used between and vignettes per respondent (alves & rossi, ; jasso, ; jasso & meyersson milgrom, ; jasso & rossi, ; jasso & webster, ). they did so because they wanted to obtain as many data points as possible for each subject to improve the estimation of individual judgment behavior (within-analysis) and to make comparisons among respondents based on their judgments (between-analysis). this procedure involves a two-step process. in the first step, individual regressions are estimated to measure the influence of the dimensions on the justice judgments of a single respondent (within-estimation). in the second step, these coefficients are used as individual traits to analyze correlations or differences among groups of respondents or other attitude measurements (between-estimation). ( ) the second methodological peculiarity has to do with the use of open and magnitude response scales, which are used to avoid direct measurement. when asked the direct question, respondents state what they think would be a just reward the individual described in the vignette should receive (hysom & fişek, ; shepelak & alwin, ). when the respondents are asked the indirect question, the justice evaluation (amount of injustice) is measured, but the respondents are not asked to specify the reward (e.g., earnings). the actual amount is determined ex-post using a two-step estimation procedure. a classic application is the determination of the just amount of earnings (for details, see jasso, ; jasso & meyersson milgrom, ; jasso & wegener, ). this procedure is based on the theory of jasso ( , ), according to which the justice evaluation j is the product of the logarithmic ratio of the actual earnings (a) and the just earnings (c), as well as an individual constant (θ) (jiv = θi × ln (av / civ), with i = judging individual and v = vignette). both c and θ are unknown and must be estimated. to calculate the just reward c, it is necessary to transform jasso’s equation (civ = av × exp (–jiv / θi)) and estimate θ as the slope coefficient of individual regression equations. the estimation is done by regressing individual-specific bivariate regressions of all judgments of an individual (j) on the actual earnings given in the vignettes. the estimated slope coefficient then provides the individual constant θ, which is used to calculate the just earnings for each vignette. this procedure makes it possible to express the attitudes toward justice in the reward units (see figure ). it is obvious that in this procedure at least an interval scale level of the justice judgment j is needed. for this reason in particular, open scales or magnitude scales are used (jasso & meyersson milgrom, ; jasso & webster, ; liebig & mau, , ) in addition to conventional - or -point rating scales (alves & rossi, ; jasso, ; jasso & rossi, ; jasso & webster, ; schrenker, ). the rationale for using these indirect measures of attitudes toward justice is that certain groups of respondents might find it too difficult to state specific rewards or burdens. more important, respondents do not express their own perceptions when asked about just rewards, because they are too heavily influenced by the given rewards (jasso, ; for arguments to the contrary, see markovsky & eriksson, ). however, this method has been critically discussed (auspurg & hinz ), and the use of open or magnitude scales has been considered to be particularly problematic (sauer et al., , ). but how might factorial surveys be used to reduce the methodological problems of empirical research on justice? in the following, we will provide a detailed description of the five problems mentioned and explain how factorial surveys might be used to reduce these problems in justice research. issues of empirical justice research and findings from studies involving factorial surveys contextual information: complexity of distribution processes the first problem of analytical justice attitude research is rooted in the very subject itself. in most cases, the question of whether or not the allocation of certain rewards or burdens is just can be answered only on the basis of contextual information (hegtvedt, ). this is because the actual allocation of rewards and burdens itself depends on a combination of individual and structural characteristics. the amount of actual earnings is determined by various factors, including individual performance, human capital, age, gender, occupation, industrial sector, and company size. the questions that arise when the justice of earnings is assessed are which of these factors the respondents think determine the amount of fair earnings and what relative importance each dimension has. previous research shows that individuals judge allocation and distribution results on the basis of very general rules or principles of distribution, which also specify which dimensions the respondents will consider to what extent. the most important principles besides the principle of equality are the proportionality or equity principle (rewards should be proportional to an individual’s current expenses and efforts), the principle of need (individual requirements in terms of minimum social standards and non-self-inflicted disadvantages should be considered in the allocation), and the principle of entitlement (an individual’s position and status in the hierarchical structure of a society or a group should be taken into consideration) (liebig & sauer, , ). the respondents’ decision as to which of these principles should guide the allocation or distribution process depends on the situation and on the type of goods or burdens to be distributed (e.g., income, the equation is solved using the following conversion and slutsky’s theorem: j = θ × ln a – θ × ln c = a + θ × ln a (cf. jasso, ; jasso & wegener, ). when the magnitude scale is used, respondents are asked to express the degree of their feeling of injustice by giving a random number or by drawing a line. to ensure the comparability of judgments, the respondents are first presented with a vignette (anchor vignette), which is similar for all respondents. medical assistance). in making such decisions, respondents might also use a combination of any of these principles. it is important to note that there is no way any of these principles could be “simply” applied, because it is impossible to make generalized statements about what “individual performance” actually is, which of the criteria required are legitimate, or which status characteristics of an individual should be rewarded and with what amounts. this more precise determination of the conditions and their links to specific reward amounts in turn depends on the context, and is the result, of social-comparison processes. only by comparing themselves with other individuals or groups (individual reference individuals or “generalized others”) can respondents develop concrete ideas about what might constitute a just reward or burden. thus, information on the recipients and the situational conditions is needed to decide which principles of justice should apply in a given case and what reward or burden is just or unjust. survey-based justice research in particular relies primarily on item-based measurement instruments, which provide respondents with little contextual information and measure attitudes toward justice on a very general and abstract level. the aim of these measurements is to identify cross-context preferences or general normative orientations. item-based measurements are useful, generally speaking, but can also lead to a systematic distortion of response behavior. since item-based instruments are designed to evoke a response behavior that favors equal distributions of goods and burdens, their exclusive use could lead to an overestimation of equality preferences. studies on empirical justice research show that respondents always rely on “equality heuristics” if there is too little information about distributive decisions. a similar behavior is observed when the respondents want to or can invest only little cognitive capacity in processing the instruments used because the instruments are too abstract, too difficult to comprehend, or not concise enough (keller et al., ; messick, ; roch et al., ). the use of the equality principle can be understood as a “rule of thumb or an intuitive rule of sharing” (keller et al., , p. ) and as what might be called the “default” attitude in resolving allocation and distribution conflicts in “ambiguous, novel, or complex social situations” (messick, , p. ). the advantage is that when using the equality principle, no information is needed about the recipients of the allocation or distribution or about any other situational parameters. nor are there any complex cognitive processes required of the respondents to be able to make a more differentiated allocation and distribution (messick, ). by exclusively using item-based questions it is possible to favor this use of a simple equality-oriented heuristic. factorial surveys allow researchers to avoid this problem. the first reason is that it requires respondents to make greater cognitive efforts than do item-based attitude measurements (sauer et al., , ). the vignettes presented have a more complex structure (several dimensions), and in most cases respondents are asked to evaluate several vignettes. second, in a factorial survey respondents are provided with more information. the contexts of the evaluation can be compared in a way that is more appropriate to the subject; for example, when asked to evaluate the justice of earnings, individual factors such as performance and job experience may be complemented with contextual dimensions such as the economic situation of the company or the situation of the family (sauer et al., , ). in addition, it is likely that the use of realistic vignettes helps the respondents to imagine the situation better and thus enables them to make appropriate decisions that go beyond simple heuristics. for the measurement of income inequality this means that measurements that use factorial surveys should show significantly lower “inequality aversion” compared with classic item-based questions. this is suggested by the results of a population survey conducted in germany in (sauer et al., ). of the , respondents recruited for an item- experimental behavioral economics operates in a similar way when distribution behavior in highly artificial game situations is used to draw conclusions about the justice preferences of participants, most of whom are students (cf. fehr & schmidt, ). one example is an item respondents in the german general social survey (allbus) are asked about on a regular basis to determine whether they agree with the statement “income inequality in germany is too high” (allbus , item a), in order to draw conclusions about preferences of income inequalities in society. based measurement, percent stated that income inequality in germany was “too high” or “far too high.” from these responses a clear equality preference can be derived. the same questionnaire also asked respondents to evaluate the justice of earnings of vignette persons. as figure shows, respondents clearly differentiated between just earnings depending on the occupation of the vignette individuals (sauer et al., ), thus creating inequality with their judgments. figure . earnings rated as just and actual earnings by occupation of vignette individuals in germany in source: attitudes toward justice from sauer et al. ( ), actual earnings by occupation (mean of full-time-employed in a given occupation), calculated on the basis of soep the triangles connected by the continuous line in figure show the just earnings for each of the ten occupations (mean values), which were estimated on the basis of the respondents’ judgments, while the squares connected by the dashed line show the actual earnings of each of the occupations as given in the data set of the german socio-economic panel (averages of full-time employees in each occupation [isco four-digit code]). the two lines run fairly parallel, which suggests that the respondents’ judgments were not arbitrary and that the estimations of just earnings based on the justice judgments provide meaningful values. on the whole, the respondents would slightly increase the earnings of individuals in lower-status occupations (manufacturing laborers, hairdressers) and lower the earnings of high-status occupations (medical doctors). however, the existing variation of earnings across occupations is still considered to be just. a uniform distribution of earnings—as could be derived as favored based on the item-based measurement—is not considered to be just. in addition, there is no statistically significant correlation between the inequality preference expressed in the vignette judgments and the preference for smaller inequalities in the item-based measurement. this means that if more detailed information about the potential recipients and their situation is available, the assessment of what constitutes just earnings is more differentiated, and that if this and other contextual information is not available, respondents use the “rule of thumb” just gross earnings actual gross earnings appropriate to the given situation and regard greater equality as just. this pattern is consistent with the findings on the use of the “equality heuristics” (see messick, ; roch et al., ). the potential of this method to allow for differentiated judgments of justice by using appropriate “contextualizations” has also been shown by two studies that do not focus explicitly on earnings. the first of these studies, schaffer ( ), examined what criteria respondents used to determine what they thought would be fair child support payments the parent not living in the same household as their child should make. the results clearly showed a tendency toward justice judgments based on actual needs, with respondents stating that child support payments should be proportional to the income of the persons liable for child support. in other words, the higher the income of the parent liable for child support, the higher the child support payment should be to be considered just. the second study, liebig and mau ( ), focused on minimum social security and examined the attitudes toward a minimum income provided by the state. their finding was that the respondents were generally in favor of a minimum level of social security that would ensure the recipients’ existence, which is consistent with the results of item-based measurements. however, their results also show that respondents think that the actual amount of welfare benefits should depend on whether the individuals described in the vignettes had put themselves in a state of welfare dependency. the general consensus what that those who are in financial distress through their own fault should receive less welfare state support than those who were in financial distress through no fault of their own. thus, the preference for a uniform distribution is lower if additional information is provided on the potential recipients of an allocation. the above discussion suggests that factorial surveys are more useful in measuring attitudes toward justice that are not the result of routinized behavior in the form of applying an equality heuristic. relative importance: the different relevance of individual allocation criteria the allocation criteria that underlie factual distribution processes often have different and, more important, competing normative implications. normative conflicts therefore arise only as a result of the relative weighting of individual criteria, such as when considering the question of whether individuals’ formal education should be given more weight in determining their income than their seniority, their experience, or their actual job performance. traditional item-based survey methods cannot clearly distinguish between individual determinants. factorial surveys can make this distinction because the multifactorial design requires respondents to make “trade-offs” among various different dimensions and thus to weigh up individual characteristics against one another. this makes it possible to determine the influence of each named and varied attribute on the respondents’ response or judgment, as well as the relative importance of individual vignette dimensions. this may be done by considering standardized coefficients (shepelak & alwin, ) or by decomposing into the respective semi-partial explanation of variance (cf. auspurg et al., ; auspurg & jäckle, ; gatskova, ). most of the existing research has investigated the relative importance of individual allocation criteria for individual incomes and household incomes, with a focus on two central questions. the first question is: which of the individual characteristics of the income earners described in the vignettes and which of the situational factors are relevant for the justice evaluation? here, the individual and situational characteristics are regarded as indicators of the general principles of justice described. the other central question is: is it possible to identify differences among societies or among social groups? generally speaking, the results of this research show that respondents actually weigh up several individual and situational factors against one another, and that they give the greatest relative weight to vignette dimensions that are directly related to employment (e.g., auspurg et al., ). key factors in the decision making include occupation, human capital (education and experience), and individual performance: respondents believe that it would be just if the vignette individuals in more prestigious occupations who have more experience, a higher level of education, and above-average performance in the workplace earned more than others (sauer et al., ). thus, two distribution principles dominate in justice evaluations of earnings: first, the principle of proportionality as described in equity theory (adams, ), because individual performance is seen as a central reward principle. justice of earnings is constituted not by absolute equality but by proportional equality, that is, by the principle of equal pay for equal performance and unequal pay for unequal performance. thus, contrary to the findings obtained by using the theoretical models advocated in behavioral economics (fehr & schmidt, ), individuals do not show “inequality aversion” when it comes to earnings; rather, it would be more accurate to say that they show “inequity aversion,” meaning that injustice is experienced, and is to be avoided, when individuals who have equal expenses achieve unequal outcomes or when individuals achieve equal outcomes with unequal expenses. however, because similar weight is given to the allocation category “occupation,” or prestige of the occupation, it is expected that for earnings to be considered just, they must also reflect differences in status. the results for germany are shown in figure ; respondents make a clear differentiation of earnings by occupation (with factors such as level of education, performance, and experience used as control variables). a key observation in this respect is that respondents clearly expect that individuals in occupations with a higher social status and greater prestige should be entitled to a higher income, regardless of their current expenses and benefits. thus, respondents believe that the allocation of income should be based on the principle of entitlement as well as on the proportionality principle. this finding is consistent with the results of a study hermkens and boerman ( ) conducted in the netherlands which found that occupational prestige is the most important determinant for the level of just household income. to compare the weight of individual dimensions in order to determine their relative weight, beta-coefficients (alves & rossi, ; hermkens & boerman, ), semi-partial explained variance (auspurg et al., ; gatskova, ), and t-values are considered (liebig et al., ). incidentally, this inequity aversion has also been observed in non-human primates (see brosnan, ). the term “education” does not allow for a clear distinction because it can be understood not only as an indicator of individual productivity (proportionality principle) but also as a status characteristic (principle of entitlement). figure . a comparison of the relative importance of dimensions in vignette-based and item-based measurements source: liebig et al. ( ). the relative weight of the dimensions was measured using t-values. the fact that the studies considered here found that “status criteria” play an equally important role in the just allocation of income as “performance criteria” certainly also has to do with the differentiated form of the attitude measurement used in factorial surveys. if we compare the ranking of the different income criteria obtained directly using item-based survey with the ranking obtained indirectly using a factorial survey, the survey conducted in germany in reveals significant differences. while the item-based survey leads to the conclusion that the proportionality principle is the most important criterion, factorial surveys show that the principle of entitlement (occupation) is the most important principle. the results also indicate that individual need is another important allocation criterion besides the two central principles of proportionality and entitlement: the number of children to be supported or marital status also constitute legitimate claims. respondents think that individuals should be allocated a higher income if they have more family responsibilities, if they are the sole breadwinner, or if they have to support children. the above clearly shows that the evaluation of earnings is based on a combination and weighting of different principles of justice. this was the key assumption of the model proposed by leventhal ( ): the justice of the earnings is evaluated on the basis of a combination of actual expenses (equity principle), position in the status and/or prestige structure of a society (principle of entitlement), and individual need (needs principle), with the last-mentioned principle given the least weight of all. the relative importance of the principles varies among different societies and among different social groups. this is not necessarily true of the role of the proportionality principle in the allocation of earnings (auspurg et al., ; cohn et al., ; hysom & fişek, ; jasso & meyersson milgrom, ). a comparative study of eastern european countries (bulgaria, hungary, poland, russia) and western countries (france, spain, united states) conducted by cohn and colleagues ( ) found a clear preference for the equity principle in all of the countries under study. this finding is consistent with the results of a study of american and turkish students conducted by hysom and fişek ( ) and with those of a comparative study conducted by jasso and meyersson milgrom ( ) in the united states and sweden. both of these studies showed that the preference for the equity principle was more pronounced among american respondents, whereas the swedish respondents gave more weight to operational context conditions (industry, capital, location) in the allocation of earnings. auspurg et al.’s ( ) comparative study of perceptions of income equity in western germany, eastern germany, and ukraine found that age had a significant effect on performance orientation. older respondents in germany gave more weight to status criteria (principle of entitlement), whereas in ukraine, older respondents gave more weight to the needs principle and younger respondents gave more weight to the performance principle. this serves to illustrate the third problem of attitudinal justice research, namely that different attitudes toward justice may be the result of different conditions of socialization (e.g., east vs. west) and different experiences with the processing of distributional conflicts. this will be the focus of the following section. experience-based attitudes: attitudes toward justice and the problem of selective sampling many studies in the area of empirical justice research are based on laboratory experiments that use small and very homogeneous samples. these experiments involve surveys among students of psychology, economics, or the social sciences (e.g., greenberg, ; markovsky, ), which means that the results of these experiments are not necessarily generalizable. the same criticism leveled against all experimental studies—namely the problem of the external validity of results (henrich et al., ; jones, )—can also be leveled against these experiments. however, in the field of justice attitude research, such criticism is much more problematic. there are theoretical reasons to believe (liebig & sauer, ; vanberg, ), and there is empirical evidence that indicates (almås et al., ; keller et al., ; meulemann & birkelbach, ), that attitudes toward justice are not personality traits that remain stable and persistent through an individual’s life course. thus, attitudes toward justice, and judgments of what is just, are “position effects” (boudon, ) in that they reflect not only the specific interests but also the experiences individuals “accumulate” in different occupational and social positions over the life course (liebig & sauer, , ). the local justice approach developed by jon elster in the s (elster, a, b, ) is explicitly based on this assumption. owing to their experience in solving distribution problems, certain population groups have attitudes toward justice that are different from those of individuals who cannot draw on such experiences (keller et al., ). this is particularly true of students because they are at a specific stage of their life course, have very similar sociostructural characteristics and social backgrounds, and little experience with social distribution conflicts and possible ways to resolve such conflicts. experimental studies involving surveys among students thus capture only a small range of the spectrum of possible attitudes toward justice, namely the range of attitudes that are not based on working life experience and experience with the resolution of distribution conflicts. thus, more than many other areas of research, justice research is faced with the challenge of finding ways to benefit from the advantages of experimental methods outside the laboratory and to examine heterogeneous populations. this is another problem factorial surveys can help overcome. since they can be used to combine experimental methods and standardized surveys, factorial surveys can be embedded in traditional survey methods such as interviewer-based, online, or mail-based surveys (sauer et al., , , ). one possible application is the determination of the weight of individual dimensions by individual groups of respondents. such “cross-level interactions” have been observed by schrenker ( ), who found that respondents with a high income gave significantly more weight to the income that vignette individuals had before reaching pension entitlement age when deciding what constitutes a just pension than did respondents with a low income. auspurg et al. ( ) found that respondents with a higher level of education gave more weight to occupational prestige when allocating earnings than did respondents with a lower level of education. both of these examples show that justice judgments also reflect respondents’ personal interests and that experience with the resolution of distributional conflicts (or lack of it) plays a crucial role. this is supported by buzea et al. ( ) and gatskova ( ). buzea et al. ( ) found significant differences between students and the rest of the population, with the former leaning more toward the equal-distribution principle. on the whole, the results reported here show that when larger segments of a population are to be surveyed, factorial surveys can help to overcome the problems that result from selective sampling and small sample size. social desirability: justice as a normative concept justice as a normative concept is always a part of normative discourses and of social conflicts that are covered by the media, especially when it comes to social problems of distribution (brettschneider, ; leisering, ; volkmann, ). attitudes toward justice that are related to such discourses are faced with the problem of socially desirable response behavior (paulhus, ), meaning that respondents do not express what they really think or believe but instead respond in accordance with what they anticipate as the majority opinion or existing norms. researchers find that this problem is particularly pronounced when conducting item-based surveys (king & bruner, ) or relying on self-reports by individuals (fisher & katz, ). it is also one of the main problems in justice research. one example is the question of the pay gap between men and women. the general observation is that in item-based surveys, an individual’s gender should not be of any importance. thus the general consensus is that gender-based wage discrimination— the so-called gender wage gap—is to be regarded as unjust. however, studies that use factorial surveys indicate that respondents do allocate different earnings to male and female workers and that they believe that men should earn more than women with otherwise identical characteristics. this finding was reported in one of the first studies to have used a factorial survey (i.e., jasso & rossi, ) and has been confirmed several times since (auspurg et al., ; jann, ; jasso, ; jasso & webster, , ; sauer, ). the conclusion that can be drawn is that if several judgment-relevant dimensions are presented simultaneously, the tendency to give socially desirable responses—in this case, gender should not matter—is suppressed in the vignettes (alexander & becker, ; mutz, ). another example of the suppression of social-desirability effects by using factorial surveys is provided by a study on just taxation conducted by liebig and mau ( ), who used a regional sample in germany to examine attitudes toward criteria of what respondents believed constituted a just tax system. they concluded that “most of the applicable principles of the current tax system are regarded as legitimate” (liebig & mau, , p. , transl. from the german), that the principle of progressive taxation is generally regarded as just, but that “flat-tax” models were not consistent with the german respondents’ attitudes toward justice at the time the study was conducted. however, in the context of our own study, the difference between item-based and vignette-based surveys is more relevant. respondents in an item-based survey were asked which of the dimensions presented should be relevant for taxation. “marital status: married” was one of the dimensions. the majority of respondents did not think that marital status should be considered as a dimension of taxation. the respondents were then asked to evaluate the rates of taxation of the fictitious taxpayers presented. “married” was a level of the dimension “marital status”—besides “cohabiting.” the results showed that the respondents thought it would be just to allocate a lower tax burden to the married fictitious taxpayers. unlike in the item-based survey, which disregarded traditional ideas of marriage and family, in the vignette-based survey, the respondents lowered the tax burden on married vignette individuals. as before, there is good reason to believe that item- based surveys tend to reflect a more socially desirable opinion. this is more evidence that factorial surveys are likely to help to avoid socially desirable response behavior (auspurg et al., ). causality: scientific explanation and empirical testing empirical justice research that intends to provide not only mere descriptions of collective opinions and attitudes but also explanations on the basis of theoretically derived statements on causal connections is confronted with the same problem that all empirical social research has, namely that of modeling causal relationships and of sufficiently testing these relationships using empirical methods (gangl, ; opp, ). traditional survey-based research, which uses cross-sectional data, is practically incapable of reliably identifying possible causal relationships, since correlations between two variables might just as well be caused by other variables that have not been measured. due to the simultaneous measurement of theoretically assumed causes and effects, and due to the problem of unobserved heterogeneity, complex methods are needed to identify causal relationships post hoc (gangl, ). although longitudinal studies can be used to measure causes and effects separately in time, and appropriate methods (fixed-effects models) can be used to exclude the time- constant unobserved heterogeneity (allison, ; brüderl, ), the best way to test causal relationships is to use experimental methods (falk & heckman, ). the first reason is that the researcher can control the central independent variables (with causal effect) and that the experimental manipulations are randomly distributed among the participants (“randomization”). the second reason is that the laboratory allows for most confounding factors to be ruled out and thus for the isolated measurement of causal effects (webster & sell, ). however, it should be noted that the problems described above occur when specific populations are surveyed. once again, factorial surveys can provide a way out of this dilemma. ceteris paribus modeling of hypotheses enables direct testing of theoretical relationships, and the randomized assignment of vignettes to respondents ensures independence of vignette and respondent characteristics. this rules out third-variable effects. in the specific case of justice research this means that the survey instrument takes the context dependence of attitudes toward justice into consideration, given that the respondents are provided with an appropriate description of the allocation and distribution situation. in addition, random assignment makes it possible to test models that explain causal relationships (liebig & sauer, , ). as this article has shown, factorial surveys can be used, if not to overcome the five key conceptual and methodological problems of attitude-based empirical research on justice entirely, then at least to reduce these problems to a certain extent. conclusion in this paper, we discussed the reasons why factorial surveys are used in justice research, the specific methodological features of studies that use these surveys, and the key results such studies have provided in the past. our findings confirm that an individual’s decision whether goods and burdens are allocated justly does indeed depend on certain characteristics of the recipients of such goods and burdens, as well as on situational conditions. factorial surveys can help to reveal how respondents differentiate when judging whether something is just or not. factorial survey studies also reveal consensus structures that relate to the application of the norms and principles that there are some longitudinal studies in the area of justice research which use fixed-effect models, among others (cf. liebig et al., ; sauer & valet, ; schunck et al., ). underlie them and in which not only specific cultural features but also specific sociopositional features play a role. a particular advantage of using factorial surveys is that they enable the determination of the exact amounts of specific rewards and burdens recipients would allocate. the studies on just earnings or household income, socially just welfare benefits, or fair taxation allow researchers to derive conclusions as to what a given society believes are equitable rewards and burdens. factorial surveys thus have benefits that far exceed those of item-based surveys. recent years have seen an increasing use of factorial surveys in empirical social research, as well as a growing number of studies that focus on the methodological issues of and the questions that arise in connection with this method. to the extent that the experiences and insights derived in this way will inform the practice of conducting factorial surveys, the conceptual and methodological approaches can be expected to be optimized further in the future. as regards justice research, the use of factorial surveys in international comparative studies appears to be particularly promising (e.g., auspurg et al., ; hysom & fişek, ; jasso & meyersson milgrom, ) because most of the research in this area has been descriptive in nature (cf. liebig & sauer, , ) and for precisely this reason is incapable of identifying the causal mechanisms that underlie judgments in different societies and thus cannot clearly differentiate between cultural and positional influences. we also think that it would be worthwhile to continue to explore the potential of interactive survey methods. one question in justice research that has yet to be answered is what influence the distribution of earnings in a given society has on respondents’ assessments of their own earnings. does the actual degree of income inequality have any influence at all, or do individuals usually evaluate their earnings without regard to societal distribution parameters? factorial surveys may help to answer these questions because they offer the opportunity to vary distribution contexts and to test the causal effects of “structural” parameters on individual justice judgments. however, a question that remains largely unresolved is whether factorial surveys enable more reliable behavior predictions in the context of justice research (cf. eifler, ). this is where we see the greatest potential for development in this research field. references adams, j. s. ( ). inequity in social exchange. advances in experimental social psychology, , – . alexander, c. s., & becker, h. j. ( ). the use of vignettes in survey research. public opinion quarterly, ( ), – . allison, p. d. ( ). fixed effects regression models. thousand oaks, ca; london; new delhi; singapore: sage. almås, i., cappelen, a. w., sørensen, e. Ø., & tungodden, b. ( ). fairness and the development of inequality acceptance. science, ( ), – . alves, w. m., & rossi, p. h. ( ). who should get what? fairness judgments of the distribution of earnings. american journal of sociology, ( ), – . auspurg, k., & jäckle, a. ( ). first equals most important? order effects in vignette-based measurement. iser working paper series, no. - . colchester: institute for social and economic research. auspurg, k., gatskova, k., & hinz, t. ( ). vorstellungen von lohngerechtigkeit in west- und ostdeutschland und in der ukraine. wsi-mitteilungen, ( ), – . auspurg, k., hinz, t., & sauer, c. ( ). status construction or statistical discrimination? new insights on fair earnings from a factorial survey study. paper presented at the th annual meeting of the american sociological association, new york, ny. auspurg, k., hinz, t., liebig, s., & sauer, c. ( ). the factorial survey as a method for measuring sensitive issues. in u. engel, b. jann, p. lynn, a. scherpenzeel, & p. sturgis (eds.), improving survey methods: lessons from recent research (pp. – ). new york, ny; hove: routledge. beck, m., & opp, k.-d. ( ). der faktorielle survey und die messung von normen. kölner zeitschrift für soziologie und sozialpsychologie, ( ), – . boudon, r. ( ). subjektive rationalität und die theorie der ideologie. in h. haferkamp (ed.), sozialstruktur und kultur (pp. – ). frankfurt am main: suhrkamp. brettschneider, a. ( ). jenseits von leistung und bedarf: zur systematisierung sozialpolitischer gerechtigkeitsdiskurse. zeitschrift für sozialreform, ( ), – . brosnan, s. f. ( ). nonhuman species’ reactions to inequity and their implications for fairness. social justice research, ( ), – . brüderl, j. ( ). kausalanalyse mit paneldaten. in c. wolf, & h. best (eds.), handbuch der sozialwissenschaftlichen datenanalyse (pp. – ). wiesbaden: vs verlag für sozialwissenschaften/springer fachmedien. buzea, c., mesesan-schmitz, l., & van de vijver, f. j. r. ( ). reward-allocation judgments in romania: a factorial survey approach. revista de cercetare şi intervenţie socială, , – . cohn, e. s., white, s. o., & sanders, j. ( ). distributive and procedural justice in seven nations. law and human behavior, ( ), – . deutsch, m. ( ). distributive justice: a social-psychological perspective. new haven, ct: yale university press. eifler, s. ( ). validity of a factorial survey approach to the analysis of criminal behavior. methodology: european journal of research methods for the behavioral and social sciences, ( ), – . elster, j. ( a). local justice and interpersonal comparisons. in j. elster, & j. e. roemer (eds.), interpersonal comparisons of well-being (pp. – ). cambridge; new york, ny; melbourne: cambridge university press. elster, j. ( b). local justice: how institutions allocate scarce goods and necessary burdens. european economic review, ( – ), – . elster, j. ( ). local justice: how institutions allocate scarce goods and necessary burdens. new york, ny: russell sage foundation. falk, a., & heckman, j. j. ( ). lab experiments are a major source of knowledge in the social sciences. science, ( ), – . fehr, e., & schmidt, k. m. ( ). the economics of fairness, reciprocity and altruism – experimental evidence and new theories. in s.-c. kolm, & j. m. ythier (eds.), handbook of the economics of giving, altruism and reciprocity: volume : foundations (pp. – ). amsterdam; oxford: north-holland. fisher, r. j., & katz, j. e. ( ). social-desirability bias and the validity of self-reported values. psychology and marketing, ( ), – . gangl, m. ( ). causal inference in sociological research. annual review of sociology, ( ), – . gatskova, k. ( ). distributive justice attitudes in ukraine: need, desert or social minimum? communist and post-communist studies, ( ), – . greenberg, j. ( ). stealing in the name of justice: informational and interpersonal moderators of theft reactions to underpayment inequity. organizational behavior and human decision processes, ( ), – . hegtvedt, k. a. ( ). justice frameworks. in p. j. burke (ed.), contemporary social psychological theories (pp. – ). stanford, ca: stanford university press. henrich, j., heine, s. j., & norenzayan, a. ( ). the weirdest people in the world? behavioral and brain sciences, ( – ), – . hermkens, p. j., & boerman, f. ( ). consensus with respect to the fairness of incomes: differences between social groups. social justice research, ( ), – . hysom, s. j., & fişek, m. h. ( ). situational determinants of reward allocation: the equity– equality equilibrium model. social science research, ( ), – . jann, b. ( ). lohngerechtigkeit und geschlechterdiskriminierung: evidenz aus einem vignetten-experiment. in b. jann (ed.), erwerbsarbeit, einkommen und geschlecht: studien zum schweizer arbeitsmarkt (pp. – ). wiesbaden: vs verlag für sozialwissenschaften. jasso, g. ( ). on the justice of earnings: a new specification of the justice evaluation function. american journal of sociology, ( ), – . jasso, g. ( ). a new theory of distributive justice. american sociological review, ( ), – . jasso, g. ( ). assessing individual and group differences in the sense of justice: framework and application to gender differences in the justice of earnings. social science research, ( ), – . jasso, g. ( ). factorial survey methods for studying beliefs and judgments. sociological methods & research, ( ), – . jasso, g. ( ). studying justice: measurement, estimation, and analysis of the actual reward and the just reward. in k. törnblom, & r. vermunt (eds.), distributive and procedural justice: research and social applications (pp. – ). london; burlington, vt: ashgate. jasso, g., & meyersson milgrom, e. m. ( ). distributive justice and ceo compensation. acta sociologica, ( ), – . jasso, g., & rossi, p. h. ( ). distributive justice and earned income. american sociological review, ( ), – . jasso, g., & webster, m. j. ( ). double standards in just earnings for male and female workers. social psychology quarterly, ( ), – . jasso, g., & webster, m. j. ( ). assessing the gender gap in just earnings and its underlying mechanisms. social psychology quarterly, ( ), – . jasso, g., & wegener, b. ( ). methods for empirical justice analysis: part . framework, models, and quantities. social justice research, ( ), – . jones, d. ( ). a weird view of human nature skews psychologists’ studies. science, ( ), . keller, m., gummerum, m., canz, t., gigerenzer, g., & takezawa, m. ( ). the is and ought of sharing: the equality heuristic across the lifespan. in r. hertwig, u. hoffrage, & abc research group (eds.), simple heuristics in a social world (pp. – ). new york, ny: oxford university press. king, m. f., & bruner, g. c. ( ). social desirability bias: a neglected aspect of validity testing. psychology and marketing, ( ), – . leisering, l. ( ). paradigmen sozialer gerechtigkeit: normative diskurse im umbau des sozialstaats. in s. liebig, h. lengfeld & s. mau (eds.), verteilungsprobleme und gerechtigkeit in modernen gesellschaften (pp. – ). frankfurt am main: campus. leventhal, g. s. ( ). what should be done with equity theory? new approaches to the study of fairness in social relationships. in k. j. gergen, m. s. greenberg, & r. h. willis (eds.), social exchange: advances in theory and research (pp. – ). new york, ny: plenum press. liebig, s., & mau, s. ( ). einstellungen zur sozialen mindestsicherung: ein vorschlag zur differenzierten erfassung normativer urteile. kölner zeitschrift für soziologie und sozialpsychologie, ( ), – . liebig, s., & mau, s. ( ). wann ist ein steuersystem gerecht? einstellungen zu allgemeinen prinzipien der besteuerung und zur gerechtigkeit der eigenen steuerlast. zeitschrift für soziologie, ( ), – . liebig, s., & sauer, c. ( ). soziologische gerechtigkeitsanalyse: Überlegungen zur theoretischen fundierung eines forschungsfeldes. analyse und kritik, ( ), – . liebig, s., & sauer, c. ( ). sociology of justice. in c. sabbagh & m. schmitt (eds.), handbook of social justice theory and research. new york: springer. liebig, s., sauer, c., & schupp, j. ( ). the justice of earnings in dual-earner households. research in social stratification and mobility, ( ), – . liebig, s., sauer, c., may, m., hinz, t., auspurg, k., joos, a., & schwarz, j. ( ). bericht zur studie einkommensgerechtigkeit in deutschland. bielefeld: bielefeld university/konstanz: university of konstanz. markovsky, b. ( ). injustice and arousal. social justice research, ( ), – . markovsky, b., & eriksson, k. ( ). comparing direct and indirect measures of just rewards. sociological methods & research, ( ), – . messick, d. m. ( ). equality as a decision heuristic. in b. a. mellers, & j. baron (eds.), psychological perspectives on justice: theory and applications (pp. – ). cambridge; new york, ny; oakleigh, vic.: cambridge university press. meulemann, h., & birkelbach, k. ( ). biographische erfahrungen und politische einstellungen zwischen jugend und lebensmitte: die entwicklung von wertansprüchen an die politik bei ehemaligen gymnasiasten im ., . und . lebensjahr zwischen – . politische vierteljahresschrift, ( ), – . mutz, d. c. ( ). population-based survey experiments. princeton, nj: princeton university press. opp, k.-d. ( ). kausalität als gegenstand der sozialwissenschaften und der multivariaten statistik. in c. wolf, & h. best (eds.), handbuch der sozialwissenschaftlichen datenanalyse (pp. – ). wiesbaden: vs verlag für sozialwissenschaften/springer fachmedien. paulhus, d. l. ( ). two-component models of socially desirable responding. journal of personality and social psychology, ( ), – . rawls, j. ( ). eine theorie der gerechtigkeit. frankfurt am main: suhrkamp. roch, s. g., lane, j. a. s., samuelson, c. d., allison, s. t., & dent, j. l. ( ). cognitive load and the equality heuristic: a two-stage model of resource overconsumption in small groups. organizational behavior and human decision processes, ( ), – . rossi, p. h., & anderson, b. ( ). the factorial survey approach: an introduction. in p. h. rossi, & s. l. nock (eds.), measuring social judgements: the factorial survey approach (pp. – ). beverly hills, ca: sage. runciman, w. g. ( ). relative deprivation and social justice: a study of attitudes to social inequality in twentieth-century england. london: routledge. sauer, c. ( ). a just gender pay gap? three factorial survey studies on justice evaluations of earnings for male and female employees. sfb working paper series, no. . bielefeld: dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities. sauer, c., auspurg, k., hinz, t., & liebig, s. ( ). the application of factorial surveys in general population samples: the effects of respondent age and education on response times and response consistency. survey research methods, ( ), – . sauer, c., auspurg, k., hinz, t., liebig, s., & schupp, j. ( ). die bewertung von erwerbseinkommen – methodische und inhaltliche analysen zu einer vignettenstudie im rahmen des soep-pretest . soeppapers on multidisciplinary panel data research, no. . berlin: diw berlin, the german socio-economic panel (soep). sauer, c., auspurg, k., hinz, t., liebig, s., & schupp, j. ( ). method effects in factorial surveys: an analysis of respondents’ comments, interviewers’ assessments, and response behavior. soeppapers on multidisciplinary panel data research, no. berlin: diw berlin, the german socio-economic panel (soep). sauer, c., & valet, p. ( ). less is sometimes more: consequences of overpayment on job satisfaction and absenteeism. social justice research, ( ), – . schaeffer, n. c. ( ). principles of justice in judgments about child support. social forces, ( ), – . schrenker, m. ( ). warum fast alle das deutsche rentensystem ungerecht finden, aber trotzdem nichts daran ändern möchten: die wahrnehmung gerechter renten und die akzeptanz von rentenreformen. kölner zeitschrift für soziologie und sozialpsychologie, ( ), – . schunck, r., sauer, c., & valet, p. ( ). macht ungerechtigkeit krank? gesundheitliche folgen von einkommens(un)gerechtigkeit. wsi-mitteilungen, ( ), – . shepelak, n. j., & alwin, d. f. ( ). beliefs about inequality and perceptions of distributive justice. american sociological review, ( ), – . törnblom, k. y. ( ). the social psychology of distributive justice. in k. r. scherer (ed.), justice: interdisciplinary perspectives (pp. – ). cambridge; new york, ny: cambridge university press. vanberg, v. j. ( ). marktwirtschaft und gerechtigkeit – idee und kritik der sozialen gerechtigkeit im konzept der sozialen marktwirtschaft. in s. empter, & r. b. vehrkamp (eds.), soziale gerechtigkeit – eine bestandsaufnahme (pp. – ). gütersloh: bertelsmann-stiftung. volkmann, u. ( ). die journalistische konstruktion gerechter ungleichheiten. in s. liebig, h. lengfeld, & s. mau (eds.), verteilungsprobleme und gerechtigkeit in modernen gesellschaften (pp. – ). frankfurt am main: campus. wallander, l. ( ). years of factorial surveys in sociology: a review. social science research, ( ), – . webster, m., & sell, j. ( ). theory and experimentation in the social sciences. in w. outhwaite, & s. turner (eds.), the sage handbook of social science methodology (pp. – ). london; thousand oaks, ca; new delhi; singapore: sage. wegener, b. ( ). the illusion of distributive justice. european sociological review, ( ), – . appendix table . distributive justice: an overview of factorial surveys note: publications have been selected on the basis of the procedure described in footnote . jasso and rossi ( ), jasso ( ), and jasso & webster ( ) are based on the same sample. nv = number of vignettes used; nb = number of respondents; nv/nb = number of vignettes per respondent; ? = exact number not reported. the column “dimensions” is read as follows: e.g., ( × ) means dimensions with × levels and × levels. sorted by topic and year. characteristics that were used as dependent variables, had no influence, or were not examined in the article are given in brackets. reference object of investigation relevant characteristics dimensions (levels) nb nv nv/nb answering scale vignette sampling respondent population analysis countries alves & rossi ( ) earned income (individual) earned income, occupational status, marital status, number of children, education, taxation; [gender], [ethnicity] ( × × × × ? × ? × ? × ?) ? -point scale random general population ols regression usa jasso ( ) earned income (individual) gender; [relational status], [earned income], [education], [number of children], [occupational status] ( ² × × × × ) -point scale random general population two-stage estimation procedure usa jasso &webster ( ) earned income (individual) gender; [relational status], [earned income], [education], [number of children], [occupational status] ( ² × × × × ) -point scale random general population ols regression usa jasso & webster ( ) earned income (individual) age, education, gender, earned income; [occupational status] ( × ² × × ) magnitude scale random students robust regression, respondent- specific regression, and vignette-specific regression usa cohn et al. ( ) earned income (individual) effort (certificate of employment, willingness to accept occupational changes/salary cuts), need (labor market situation, marital status); [voice], [impartiality of the company] ( ); ( ²) ; ; ; ; ; ; ; -point scale complete design; random general population ols regression bulgaria, hungary, poland, russia, france, spain, usa jann ( ) earned income (individual) gender, need (single parent, narrow finances), effort (engagement, complies with performance requirements) ( ³) -point scale complete design general population ols regression switzerland jasso & meyersson milgrom ( ) earned income (individual) age, gender, job experience, company site, industrial sector, education, financial assets of the company; [earned income] ( × × × × × × ) ; magnitude scale random students multilevel models and respondent- specific regression usa, sweden sauer et al. ( ) earned income (individual) earned income, occupational status, education, effort, marital status, number of children, gender, situation of the company, company size; [age] ( × × × × ²) magnitude scale fractionalized design general population robust regression germany hysom & fişek ( ) earned income (individual) kind of task, co-worker relations, kind of occupation; [gender], [occupational status], [age], [education], [occupational experience], [group size] ( × ) ; allocation of relative proportion of the reward selective choice of vignette dimensions on the basis of pretests students ols regression usa, turkey auspurg et al. ( ) earned income (individual) germany (west): occupational status, effort, education, marital status, gender, age, number of children; [situation of the company], [form of company], [earned income] germany (east): occupational status, effort, education, marital status, number of children, age, gender; [situation of the company], [form of company], [earned income] ukraine: number of children, effort, occupational status, marital status, gender, education, age; [situation of the company], [form of the company], [earned income] (germany: × × × ² × ; ukraine: × ² × × ² × ) ; -point scale fractionalized design general population robust regression germany, ukraine buzea et al. ( ) earned income (individual) contribution, occupational experience, familiarity with the task, need (number of children), future interactions, age; [gender] ( × × ) percentage pay increase random students multilevel models romania gatskova ( ) earned income (individual) older generation: number of children, effort, occupational status, relational status, gender, form of the company, age; [education], [earned income], [financial situation of the company] younger generation: number of children, effort, occupational status, gender, relational status, form of the company, age; [education], [earned income], [financial situation of the company] ( × × × ²) -point scale fractionalized design general population robust regression ukraine jasso & rossi ( ) earned income (household) multiple person households: education (husband), occupational status (husband & wife), marital status, family income; [education (wife)], [number of children] multiple person households: gender, relational status, earned income, education, number of children, occupational status ( ² × × × × ) -point scale random general population ols regression usa shepelak & alwin ( ) earned income (household) single households: ethnicity, education, size of family, vocational training, gender, occupational prestige family household: education (husband & wife), vocational training, gender, occupational status of husband & wife; [family size] monetary units selective choice general population ols regression usa hermkens & boerman ( ) earned income (household) occupational status, number of employed persons in household, number of children, occupational effort; [gender], [age] ( ² × × × ? × ?) ; ; monetary units random general population ols regression netherlands schaeffer ( ) child support earned income father, earned income mother, marital status father, marital status mother, ( × × ) monetary units random general population tobit regression usa number of children [occupational status father] liebig & mau ( ) minimum collateral number of children, occupational status, age, occupational position, amount of state transfers; [reason for lay-off], [amount of income supplement], [gender] ( × × × × × ) magnitude scale random general population robust regression germany liebig & mau ( ) taxes earned income, number of children, amount of inheritance, marital status; [social engagement], [age], [gender], [occupational status] ( ² × × ² × × × ) magnitude scale random general population robust regression germany schrenker ( ) pensions amount of last income, years of professional experience, number of children, combined supply of partner, gender; [amount of monthly pension] ( × × × × ) monetary units and - point scale random general population random coefficient models and ols models (including beta- values and t- values) germany previously published sfb working papers: diewald, martin / faist, thomas ( ): from heterogeneities to inequalities: looking at social mechanisms as an explanatory approach to the generation of social inequalities, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, bielefeld. busch, anne ( ): determinants of occupational gender segregation: work values and gender (a)typical occupational preferences of adolescents, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. faist, thomas ( ): multiculturalism: from heterogeneities to social (in)equalities, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. amelina, anna ( ): jenseits des homogenitätsmodells der kultur: zur analyse von transnationalität und kulturellen interferenzen auf der grundlage der hermeneutischen wissenssoziologie, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. osmanowski, magdalena / cardona, andrés ( ): resource dilution or resource augmentation? number of siblings, birth order, sex of the child and frequency of mother’s activities with preschool children, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. amelina, anna / bilecen, başak / barglowski, karolina / faist, thomas ( ): ties that protect? the significance of transnationality for the distribution of informal social protection in migrant networks, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. alemann, annette von / beaufaÿs, sandra / reimer, thordis ( ): gaining access to the field of work organizations with the issue of “work-family-life balance” for fathers, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project b , bielefeld. kaiser, till ( ): haben gebildetere mütter gewissenhaftere kinder? soziale herkunft und persönlichkeitsentwicklung im frühkindlichen alter, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. gusy, christoph / müller, sebastian ( ): social construction of heterogeneity indicators and their relationship to law. the example of guiding principles in immigration law, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. liebig, stefan / may, meike / sauer, carsten / schneider, simone / valet, peter ( ): inequality preferences in interviewer- and self-administered interviews, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. fauser, margit / voigtländer, sven / tuncer, hidayet / liebau, elisabeth / faist, thomas / razum, oliver ( ): transnationality and social inequalities of migrants in germany, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. freistein, katja / koch, martin ( ): global inequality and development. textual representations of the world bank and undp, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. golsch, katrin ( ): shall i help you my dear? examining variations in social support for career advancement within partnerships, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. bröckel, miriam / busch, anne / golsch, katrin ( ): headwind or tailwind – do partner’s resources support or restrict a promotion to a leadership position in germany?, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. cardona, andrés ( ): closing the group or the market? the two sides of weber’s concept of closure and their relevance for the study of intergroup inequality, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. friedhoff, stefan / meier zu verl, christian / pietsch, christian / meyer, christian / vompras, johanna / liebig, stefan ( ): social research data. documentation, management, and technical implementation at sfb , sfb working paper series, no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, project “information and data infrastructure” (inf), bielefeld. reinecke, jost / stemmler, mark / sünkel, zara / schepers, deborah / weiss, maren / arnis, maria / meinert, julia / kucur-uysal, burcu / pöge, andreas / wallner, susanne / wittenberg, jochen ( ): the development of deviant and delinquent behavior over the life course in the context of processes of social inequalities, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. hense, andrea / edler, susanne / liebig, stefan ( ): individual determinants of recalls, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project b , bielefeld. bilecen, başak ( ): analyzing informal social protection across borders: synthesizing social network analysis with qualitative interviews, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. schunck, reinhard / abendroth, anja-kristin / diewald, martin / melzer, silvia maja / pausch, stephanie ( ): what do women and men want? investigating and measuring preference heterogeneity for life outcomes using a factorial survey, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project b , bielefeld. sauer, carsten / valet, peter / liebig, stefan ( ): the impact of within and between occupational inequalities on people’s justice perceptions towards their own earnings, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. schneider, simone / valet, peter ( ): social comparison orientations and their consequences for justice perceptions of earnings, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. cardona, andrés ( ): the programmatic bias in the discussion on social mechanisms in sociology, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. hille, adrian / schupp, jürgen ( ): how learning a musical instrument affects the development of skills, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. faist, thomas ( ): "we are all transnationals now": the relevance of transnationality for understanding social inequalities, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. lohmann, henning / ferger, florian ( ): educational poverty in a comparative perspective: theoretical and empirical implications, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. freistein, katja / koch, martin ( ): the effects of measuring poverty – indicators of the world bank, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. andernach, björn / schunck, reinhard ( ): investigating the feasibility of a factorial survey in a cati, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project b , bielefeld. sauer, carsten ( ): a just gender pay gap? three factorial survey studies on justice evaluations of earnings for male and female employees, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. berger, johannes ( ): dringend erforderlich: eine stärker vereinheitlichte soziologische ungleichheitsforschung, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project z, bielefeld. karsch, anna ( ): geschlechtstypische unterschiede in den berufspräferenzen deutscher jugendlicher, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. barglowski, karolina ( ): social classifications and inequalities: ideologies of mobility, care and work in transnational families, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. sauer, carsten / valet, peter / liebig, stefan ( ): ungleichheiten am arbeitsmarkt und die gerechtigkeitswahrnehmung von erwerbseinkommen, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. dawid, herbert / harting, philipp / neugart, michael ( ): cohesion policy and inequality dynamics: insights from a heterogeneous agents macroeconomic model, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. liebig, stefan / may, meike / sauer, carsten / schneider, simone / peter valet ( ): the effect of interviewer presence on inequality preferences, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. cardona, andrés / diewald, martin ( ): opening the black box of primary effects: relative risk aversion and maternal time investments in preschool children, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. fehl, caroline / freistein, katja ( ): institutional mechanisms of global inequality reproduction, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. freistein, katja ( ): are there any global imaginaries of equality and democracy in discussions about inequality? sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project c , bielefeld. meinert, julia ( ): selection into criminogenic contexts by personal heterogeneity and its effects on delinquency, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. schepers, debbie ( ): social inequalities as causes of the causes of juvenile delinquency. heterogeneities in the context of situational action theory, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. abendroth, anja-kristin / pausch, stephanie / böhm, sebastian ( ): german fathers and their preference to reduce working hours to care for their children, sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. bürmann, marvin: determinanten beruflichen aufstiegs ( ): der einfluss von unterstützung durch kollegen und vorgesetzte. eine sekundäranalyse anhand der daten des sozio-oekonomischen panels. sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. rosenbohm, sophie / gebel, tobias / hense, andrea ( ): potenziale und voraussetzungen für die sekundäranalyse qualitativer interviewdaten in der organisationsforschung. sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project b /inf, bielefeld. schneider, simone / shamon, hawal ( ): how others' earnings influence our justice perceptions. studying the effects of income distribution and social position on reflexive justice evaluations among german employees. sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. kruphölter, sonja / sauer, carsten / valet, peter ( ): occupational gender segregation and gender differences in justice evaluations. sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. liebig, stefan / sauer, carsten / hülle, sebastian ( ): why is justice regarded as so important? theoretical considerations and an empirical test of a fundamental question. sfb working paper series no. , dfg research center (sfb) from heterogeneities to inequalities, research project a , bielefeld. foliennummer liebig-sauer-friedhoff- .pdf introduction contextual information: complexity of distribution processes conclusion references appendix -point scale access to justice: pursuit of a noble purpose (schedule subject to change - - ) and justice for all? william s. richardson school of law university of hawaii friday, june , : - : a.m. continental breakfast; registration : dean aviam soifer and robert leclair, co-emcees : - : hon. mark e. recktenwald, chief justice, hawaii supreme court : - : a commissioner’s perspective a moderated discussion of current commissioners of the hawaii access to justice commission who are members of the hawaii consortium of legal services providers. panel: nalani fujimori kaina, l. dew kaneshiro, nanci kriedman : - : “unconscious bias:” what it is and what its ramifications are on equal justice for all? charles r. lawrence, iii, centennial professor, william s. richardson school of law, university of hawaii at manoa : - : break : - : where is the money? (funding challenges for access to justice) legislative panel (moderator: dean aviam soifer) : - : light lunch : - : concurrent workshops i: . restorative justice in civil cases this session will explore the basic concepts of restorative justice in the civil arena and plan of action. panel: susan serrano, lorenn walker . micronesians and access to justice this session will examine the issues facing micronesian immigrants to hawaii, the obstacles to equal justice, including language and cultural barriers, and plan of action. panel: jocelyn howard, joakim peter, dina shek . “outside the box” thinking: using technology and other strategies this session will explore strategies for access to justice for the underserved, including how to sell pro bono to volunteer attorneys, how to develop provocative changes, how to help. panel: judge donald horowitz (ret.), david reber . access to justice in the family court this session will examine the hot access to justice issues in family court and plan of action. panel: judge r. mark browning, judge catherine remigio, thomas crowley : - : break : - : concurrent workshops ii: . delivery of legal services through limited scope representation this session will describe the concepts of limited scope representation, ethical standards, and plan of action. panel: judge barbara richardson, judge trudy senda . mediation effectiveness: when to use it and how to make it work this session will explore the nuances of mediation and its effectiveness and plan of action. panel: judge joel august (ret.), judge ronald ibarra, chuck crumpton . language access and your clients this session will cover issues that commonly arise where clients have limited english proficiency, including client interviewing techniques, how to locate and work with an interpreter, effective solutions, and plan of action. panel: justice sabrina s. mckenna, christine kubota, steven silver . responses to the legal problems faced by veterans this session will examine the problems concerning evictions, public housing, homelessness, other hot topics related to the underserved veterans and plan of action. panel: judge edward kubo, colin kippen, pamela harms : - : looking to the future for justice for all panel: hon. mark e. recktenwald, hon. simeon r. acoba, hon. daniel r. foley, jill hasegawa; (moderator: robert leclair) “hawai`i pono`i” (schedule subject to change - - ) and justice for all? william s. richardson school of law university of hawaii friday, june , european court of justice delivers no justice to europe on genome‐edited crops letter european court of justice delivers no justice to europe on genome-edited crops alan h. schulman , , ,†* , kirsi-marja oksman-caldentey and teemu h. teeri , production systems, natural resources institute finland (luke), helsinki, finland institute of biotechnology, university of helsinki, helsinki, finland viikki plant science centre, helsinki, finland vtt technical research centre of finland ltd., espoo, finland department of agricultural sciences, university of helsinki, helsinki, finland received april ; revised june ; accepted june . *correspondence (tel + ; email alan.schulman@helsinki.fi) †a.h.s. is president of the european plant science organisation, epso keywords: genome editing, gmo regulations, nbt, new breeding techniques, crispr/cas. genetic variation is natural and needed for crop improvement the advent of agriculture about ten millennia ago, the green revolution of the s, and all agriculture in-between and since were founded on identification and use of genetic variation. traditional farmers selected higher producing or better tasting variants and propagated them. the th-century advent of plant breeding exploited variation by use of sexual crosses. the science of breeding made great progress through the application of mendelian, quantitative, and population genetics, heterosis, and ultimately molecular markers and genomic selection. however, modern breeders in essence still search for the variation that gives needed traits and introduce it into their breeding programmes. the rest is just combining alleles. however, there is only finite variation within our crop species, and genetic incompatibility limits the amount that can be introgressed from outside the species. moreover, wide crosses with exotic germplasm can bring, together with the desired trait such as disease resistance, many undesired traits such as seed shattering or low yield, which had been earlier painstakingly bred out of the elite parent. after lj stadler demonstrated the use of x-rays to mutagenize barley and maize (stadler, ), breeders began to create their own variation, using random mutagenesis followed by selection, called ‘mutation breeding’. at the beginning of , the joint fao/iaea mutant variety database (mvd.iaea.org/) contained plant varieties released in more than countries, which were either the direct products of mutagenesis or their progeny. these span at least plant species, including not only the major cereals and grain legumes, but also oil crops, fibre crops, herbs, fruits and ornamentals. prominent examples include the following: the rice varieties amaroo (australia), zhefu (china), rd and rd (thailand); the malting barley varieties diamant and golden promise; niab- cotton (pakistan); rio star grapefruit (usa). gene editing as a response to the off-target problem of mutagenesis chemical mutagens as used in mutation breeding induce mutations at a frequency ranging from once every kb to kb (spencer-lopes et al., ). for example, ems-induced mutagenesis in common (hexaploid) wheat induced snps throughout the genome (hussain et al., ). while mutagenized populations are good platforms for reverse genetics (tilling; acevedo-garcia et al., ), many back-crosses are required to purify a specific desired mutation away from the mutagenized background. in the last few years, genome editing, a set of highly accurate tools for introducing specific genetic variations, has been taken into use worldwide. crispr/cas is perhaps the best-known and most widely adopted example of those tools (hilscher et al., ). the development of genome editing methods has been widely celebrated in the scientific community for several reasons. as a research tool, they offer an efficient platform for analysis of gene function through reverse genetics. moreover, they offer a means of knocking out a gene whose function is known, in order to alter an associated crop trait (yin et al., ). recently, the advent of base editing makes possible the tweaking of gene function, in essence through the creation of targeted allelic variation (kim, ). the issue of off-site mutations by crispr/cas , which together with a lack of targeting is also the major drawback of chemical- and radiation-based mutagenesis, has been given attention by researchers. editing experiments indicate that off-site mutations are extremely rare or undetectable (feng et al., ; lee et al., ), even if potential sites can be identified by software. given the low level of off-site mutations, back-crossing of the t generation will eliminate the secondary mutations with high efficiency, unlike for conventionally mutagenized lines. allowing fishing by dynamite but forbidding fish hooks and lures given the highly accurate nature of crispr/cas -mediated editing compared to conventional mutagenesis, why did the ecj take a laissez faire approach to varieties produced with the latter, but subject genome-edited varieties to onerous regulation as a gmos? the ruling is equivalent to allowing fishing by dynamite but forbidding fish hooks and lures. although the cas and guide rna (grna) construct is often transformed into plants during the editing process, these can be segregated away in the t and subsequent generations. moreover, for vegetatively propagated ª the authors. plant biotechnology journal published by society for experimental biology and the association of applied biologists and john wiley & sons ltd. this is an open access article under the terms of the creative commons attribution license, which permits use, distribution and reproduction in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited. plant biotechnology journal ( ), pp. – doi: . /pbi. https://orcid.org/ - - - https://orcid.org/ - - - https://orcid.org/ - - - mailto: crops and perennials, transgenesis-free methods have been developed (danilo et al., ). to understand why the ecj nevertheless regards edited plants as gmos, regardless of the presence of the construct, it is useful to look at the ruling. the judgement of july (case c- / ; http://curia.europa.e u/juris/documents.jsf?num=c- / ) cites directive / (https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/en/all/?uri=celex% a l ), which regulates gmos, and applies the ‘pre- cautionary principle’ for new approaches. however, / excludes under its annex b ‘certain techniques of genetic modification which. . .have a long safety record’ and do not involve recombinant dna, in particular mutagenesis. so how did genome editing as a mutagenesis method fall afoul of the court? the trouble appears to be a linguistic and logical tangle over ‘modification’. under / , a gmo is an organism whose dna has been altered ‘in a way that does not occur naturally’. ‘mutagenesis’ is excluded under / if not involving the use of a ‘genetically modified organism’. now, the court finds that the editing techniques in particular alter dna in ‘a way that does not occur naturally’ and therefore gener- ate gmos. this is because while annex a and annex b of / include only recombinant methods in vitro or in vivo as well as cell fusion as making gmos, they do not explicitly exclude mutagenesis because it is not included in the list not making gmos (e.g., in vitro fertilization, polyploidy induction). moreover, / held mutagenesis as a ‘technique of genetic modifica- tion’, even if not leading to a gmo. so the curia uses the original confusions in / , whereby dna can be modified but not result in a genetically modified organism under law if the method used had been ‘conventional’ with a ‘long safety record’. it holds that the risks of new mutagenesis techniques possibly may be the same as those of transgenesis, that the alterations are ‘unnatural’, so therefore the precautionary principle holds and the new methods must be regulated like transgenesis. thus, the judges, ignoring the science, forced genome editing under the outmoded directive / . the idea that a technique, which uses a process found in nature, is ‘unnatural’ is illogical. the idea that a single mutation could pose risks, which the same mutation mixed in with a thousand others does not pose, is nonsensical. the older, scattershot methods introduce random changes throughout the dna, many of which remain in the final variety placed on the market and have undetermined effects. in contrast, genome editing is highly accurate and can only be undertaken with precise knowledge of the target gene. thus, it is a wonderment that the ecj ignored the statements of eu advice bodies, both the scientific advice mechanism (sam) of the european commission and the european food safety agency (efsa), which held edited plants to be equivalent to those produced by conventional means. in contrast to the final ejc view, the preliminary ruling of eu advocate general michal bobek (http://curia.europa.eu/juris/d ocument/document.jsf?text=&docxml:id= &pageindex= &docxml:lang=en) did suggest a channel by which genome- edited plants might be outside the regulatory framework but nevertheless gmos. his opinion is based on two principles: first, triggering of the precautionary principle must be based on broad scientific data and not merely fear of risk; second, the definition of mutagenesis cannot be fixed to its meaning at the turn of the millennium, just as that of ‘vehicle’ or ‘means of communication’ cannot be restricted to their sense of two centuries ago, but rather be adjusted to include newer approaches. hence, like conventional mutagenized lines, edited lines would outside the regulatory framework of / , however, with the reservations that new methods must ‘. . .not involve the use of recombinant nucleic acid molecules or gmos’. these caveats are very unclear, because bobek defines neither ‘involvement’ nor ‘recombinant’. his view appears to differ from / itself (annex a part ( )), whereby the recombinant nucleic acids in regulated gmos must be ‘incorporated’ where they ‘do not naturally occur’ and be ‘capable of continued propagation’. in any case, the ejc finally maintained a premodern view of mutagenesis. response to the ecj ruling the response to the ruling among the worldwide scientific community has been universally excoriating. the european plant science organisation (epso), representing research institu- tions from countries and over people working in plant science, expressed disappointment and noted the lost opportuni- ties for europe. a consortium of european research institu- tions spearheaded by vib/university of ghent sent an open letter to ec president jean-claude juncker detailing their deep concern over the downsides. a coalition of countries from around the world issued a statement at an autumn wto meeting, supporting policies that enable innovation by genome editing. consequences of the ruling european parliament and council directives need to be ‘trans- posed’, that is, implemented in national law, for which the ecj ruling will cause no end of trouble. the ruling will be impossible to enforce because edited plant varieties are indistinguishable from ones derived from chemical or radiation mutagenesis or from crosses to exotic germplasm. so member states will find it difficult to enforce laws based on directive / , the extension of / that allows them to prohibit cultivation of genetically modified crops on part or all of their territories. two cultivars with identical nucleotide changes, one made by editing and the other not, neither with exogenous dna, will need to be separately regulated under the law. foods that contain more than . % gmos should be labelled for sale in the eu; however, edited ingredients will not be identifiable by their dna. foreign producers in countries not regulating genome-edited crops as gmos (table ) have no legal responsibility to track or label them; either all food products from such sources will need to be banned, or the ruling will be meaningless. this has the potential to raise serious international trade issues. the decision by the ecj is moreover simply bad policy for europe. big agribusiness has the expertise and deep pockets to overcome the regulatory hurdles of gmo legislation. in fact, the judgement gives them an open playing field by restricting the entry of small players, such as many breeders in europe. permission only to import a gmo on average can cost € m–€ . m and take years (https:// www.europabio.org/agricultural-biotech/faq/gmos-and-the-eur opean-union/how-long-does-it-take-gm-crop-import-be-approved- and-how-much-does-cost). giventhat at least gene-editedplants, most from small players, had been developed by in the united states alone (https://www.theparliamentmagazine.eu/articles/part ner_article/europabio/how-europe-has-priced-out-innovation-exa mple-plants), solutions to make crops more sustainable, healthy, healthful and productive will be sought outside europe. statements by several large breeders indicate that they will either breed edited crops for markets outside europe, move their editing research from europe, or both (https://european-biotechnology.com/up-to-date/ backgrounds-stories/story/cjeu-ruling-triggers-exodus-of-eu-plant-re search.html). the growing list of countries (table ) that have either ª the authors. plant biotechnology journal published by society for experimental biology and the association of applied biologists and john wiley & sons ltd., – alan h. schulman et al. http://curia.europa.eu/juris/documents.jsf?num=c- / http://curia.europa.eu/juris/documents.jsf?num=c- / https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/en/all/?uri=celex% a l https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/en/all/?uri=celex% a l http://curia.europa.eu/juris/document/document.jsf?text=&docxml:id= &pageindex= &docxml:lang=en http://curia.europa.eu/juris/document/document.jsf?text=&docxml:id= &pageindex= &docxml:lang=en http://curia.europa.eu/juris/document/document.jsf?text=&docxml:id= &pageindex= &docxml:lang=en https://www.europabio.org/agricultural-biotech/faq/gmos-and-the-european-union/how-long-does-it-take-gm-crop-import-be-approved-and-how-much-does-cost https://www.europabio.org/agricultural-biotech/faq/gmos-and-the-european-union/how-long-does-it-take-gm-crop-import-be-approved-and-how-much-does-cost https://www.europabio.org/agricultural-biotech/faq/gmos-and-the-european-union/how-long-does-it-take-gm-crop-import-be-approved-and-how-much-does-cost https://www.europabio.org/agricultural-biotech/faq/gmos-and-the-european-union/how-long-does-it-take-gm-crop-import-be-approved-and-how-much-does-cost https://www.theparliamentmagazine.eu/articles/partner_article/europabio/how-europe-has-priced-out-innovation-example-plants https://www.theparliamentmagazine.eu/articles/partner_article/europabio/how-europe-has-priced-out-innovation-example-plants https://www.theparliamentmagazine.eu/articles/partner_article/europabio/how-europe-has-priced-out-innovation-example-plants https://european-biotechnology.com/up-to-date/backgrounds-stories/story/cjeu-ruling-triggers-exodus-of-eu-plant-research.html https://european-biotechnology.com/up-to-date/backgrounds-stories/story/cjeu-ruling-triggers-exodus-of-eu-plant-research.html https://european-biotechnology.com/up-to-date/backgrounds-stories/story/cjeu-ruling-triggers-exodus-of-eu-plant-research.html excluded genome-edited varieties from gmo regulations or that implement product- and not process-based regulations grows by the month, leaving the eu increasingly isolated. moreover, the paper- work and delays imposed on academic research and field trials will have a chilling effect, driving talent and innovation from europe. in sum, novel crops will be developed for growing conditions outside of europe by breeders outside europe, with research and investment likewise directed elsewhere. european food producers will fail to receive locally sourced raw ingredients with improved and novel qualities to meet public needs. how forward? europe and the rest of the world face enormous agricultural challenges. meeting sustainable development goals for a popu- lation of . billion projected for with less fertilizer, a fixed water budget, on less land, and under a changing climate will require novel cultivars as rapidly as possible. genome editing is a green solution, one of many tools that plant scientists, breeders, and farmers desperately need now. as the -institution letter to juncker stated and epso likewise holds, the next commission must urgently prioritize the matter, and plants with small genetic changes and no foreign genes must be outside of the regulatory regime. ultimately, eu gmo regulations urgently need updating to a product-based and not method-based system. current mutation-derived crops are cultivated on tens of millions of hectares. likewise, edited varieties with targeted, knowledge- based changes can help to provide a secure, economically and environmentally sustainable food supply to all the world, should the regulatory authorities choose to rely on evidence for their decisions. such crops are appearing outside europe already; it is time for europe to bring the benefits of its research investment in the plant sciences home. acknowledgements a.h.s. acknowledges support under natural resource institute strategic project - and academy of finland decision . we thank dr. diane wray-cahen, foreign agricultural service, united states department of agriculture, for sharing information used in table . author contributions ahs conceived and wrote the manuscript; k-m.o-c and t.h.t. contributed to the concept as well as to the writing of manuscript and to critical revisions. all authors read and approved the final manuscript. conflict of interest the authors declare that they have no competing financial interests. references acevedo-garcia, j., spencer, d., thieron, h., reinst€adler, a., hammond- kosack, k., phillips, a.l. and panstruga, r. ( ) mlo-based powdery mildew resistance in hexaploid bread wheat generated by a non-transgenic tilling approach. plant biotechnol. j. , – . danilo, b., perrot, l., mara, k., botton, e., nogu�e, f. and mazier, m. ( ) efficient and transgene-free gene targeting using agrobacterium-mediated delivery of the crispr/cas system in tomato. plant cell rep. , – . feng, c., su, h., bai, h., wang, r., liu, y., guo, x., liu, c. et al. ( ) high- efficiency genome editing using a dmc promoter-controlled crispr/cas system in maize. plant biotechnol. j. , – . hilscher, j., b€urstmayr, h. and stoger, e. ( ) targeted modification of plant genomes for precision crop breeding. biotechnol. j. , . hussain, m., iqbal, m.a., till, b.j. and rahman, m.u. ( ) identification of induced mutations in hexaploid wheat genome using exome capture assay. plos one, , e . kim, j.s. ( ) precision genome engineering through adenine and cytosine base editing. nat. plants, , – . lee, k., zhang, y., kleinstiver, b.p., guo, j., aryee, m., miller, j., malzahn, a. et al. ( ) activities and specificities of crispr/cas and cas a nucleases for targeted mutagenesis in maize. plant biotechnol. j. , – . spencer-lopes, m.m., forster, b.p. and jankuloski, l., eds. ( ) manual on mutation breeding, rd ed. rome, italy: food and agriculture organization of the united nations. stadler, l.j. ( ) some genetic effects of x-rays in plants. j. heredity, , – . yin, x., biswal, a.k., dionora, j., perdigon, k.m., balahadia, c.p., mazumdar, s., chater, c. et al. ( ) crispr-cas and crispr-cpf mediated targeting of a stomatal developmental gene epfl in rice. plant cell rep. , – . table current regulatory status of plant genome editing for selected countries outside the eu region/ country current genome editing status example products in market pipeline north america canada product-, not technology- based. usa not gmo at least products, including high-oleic-acid soy oil; high- fibre wheat; alfalfa; cold- storable potato; reduced- browning potato; coeliac- friendly wheat; maize with waxy starch south america argentina not gmo at least pending plant varieties brazil not gmo cacao chile not gmo columbia not gmo micro-tom tomatoes honduras not gmo paraguay not gmo uruguay expected to harmonize with other south american countries other australia editing without template not regulated as gmo israel not gmo if no transgene japan not gmo new zealand gmo norway not regulated as gmo if change can occur by conventional methods philippines not gmo russia new decree exempts ge crops from gm regulations switzerland draft revision to gmo law expected ª the authors. plant biotechnology journal published by society for experimental biology and the association of applied biologists and john wiley & sons ltd., – a future for genome-edited crops in europe? organized crime and preventive justice warwick.ac.uk/lib-publications original citation: sorell, tom ( ) organized crime and preventive justice. ethical theory and moral practice, ( ). pp. - .doi: . /s - - - permanent wrap url: http://wrap.warwick.ac.uk/ copyright and reuse: the warwick research archive portal (wrap) makes this work of researchers of the university of warwick available open access under the following conditions. this article is made available under the creative commons attribution . international license (cc by . ) and may be reused according to the conditions of the license. for more details see: http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . / a note on versions: the version presented in wrap is the published version, or, version of record, and may be cited as it appears here. for more information, please contact the wrap team at: wrap@warwick.ac.uk http://go.warwick.ac.uk/lib-publications http://go.warwick.ac.uk/lib-publications http://dx.doi.org/ . /s - - - http://wrap.warwick.ac.uk/ http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . / mailto:wrap@warwick.ac.uk organized crime and preventive justice tom sorell accepted: december /published online: january abstract by comparison with the prevention of terrorism, the prevention of acts of organized crime might be thought easier to conceptualize precisely and less controversial to legislate against and police. this impression is correct up to a point, because it is possible to arrive at some general characteristics of organized crime, and because legislation against it is not obviously bedeviled by the risk of violating civil or political rights, as in the case of terrorism. but there is a significant residue of legal, moral and political difficulty: legislation against organized crime is hard to make effective; the harm of organized crime is not uniform, and so some preventive legislation seems too sweeping and potentially unjust. more fundamentally, the scale and rewards of organized crime are often dependent on mass public participation in markets for proscribed goods, which may point to a hidden public consensus in favour of some of what is criminalized. for all of these reasons, i argue that existing preventive policing and legislation against organized crime may be harder to justify than their counterparts in counter- terrorism, at least in the uk. keywords serious crime . preventive justice . organized crime . illicit markets in liberal jurisdictions criminal justice is primarily backward-looking. for example, a murder has been committed; the culprit is sought and (if all goes well) identified, arrested, fairly tried and convicted, and then proportionately punished. preventive justice is the criminalization of steps that move an agent forward toward the commission of a serious crime. the steps may not be particularly harmful in themselves: buying hydrogen peroxide or fertilizer, for example. but individually harmless actions may enact a lethal plan, e.g. to build a bomb capable of killing hundreds. preventive legislation allows for arrests to be made and charges preferred when there is evidence of (a) a plan to kill hundreds, (b) agreement among the planners on bombing as the means, and (c) procurement by the planners of materials for bomb-making. the case for criminalization in this sort of case is relatively strong, but critics of preventive justice point to ethic theory moral prac ( ) : – https://doi.org/ . /s - - - * tom sorell t.e.sorell@warwick.ac.uk university of warwick, coventry, uk # the author(s) . this article is an open access publication http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi= . /s - - - &domain=pdf mailto:t.e.sorell@warwick.ac.uk other much more problematic offences, such as the glorification of terrorism, or acts of radicalization, or rd party offences of non-disclosure of information about a plot. by comparison with the prevention of terrorism, the prevention of acts of organized crime might be thought easier to conceptualize precisely and less controversial to legislate against and police. this impression is correct up to a point, because it is possible to arrive at some general characteristics of organized crime, and because legislation against it is not currently subject to heated public controversy based on probable violations of civil or political rights, as in the case of terrorism. but there is a significant residue of legal, moral and political difficulty: legislation against organized crime is hard to make effec- tive; the harm of organized crime is not uniform, and so some preventive legislation seems too sweeping and potentially unjust. more fundamentally, the scale and rewards of organized crime are often dependent on mass public participation in markets for pro- scribed goods, which may point to a hidden public consensus in favour of some of what is criminalized. preventive policing and legislation in both areas, then, are less easily justified than first appears. the rest of this paper is divided into five sections. i first identify some of the distinctive characteristics of organized crime, which include the maintenance of illicit mass markets, secrecy, ready resort to violence, and willingness to corrupt legitimate officials and politicians. in section i connect the status of organized crime as serious crime with its tendency not only to do harm to particular individuals, but also to undermine welfare-producing and politically legitimate institutions. in section i turn to preventive measures, focusing on the serious crime preventive order (scpo) in recent legislation in force in england and wales. i give reasons for doubting the justice of scpos, and compare them unfavourably with preventive measures geared to reducing the financial proceeds of crime. i then point out that these latter measures, too, while justifiable, have not proven to be particularly effective. section goes to the source of a deeper problem with preventive justice in the area of organized crime: namely that there is mass public participation in some of the illicit markets that it depends upon. does mass public participation in these markets indicate a legitimating consensus in favour of their legalization? perhaps. but this does not rule out possible mass collusion in the victimization and corruption associated with illicit markets. in order to provide support for decriminalization, market participation needs to take the form of open civil disobedience. sections and draw conclusions about the distinctive problems of justifying preventive justice in the area of organized crime. what is organized crime? the task of defining organized crime has not proved straightforward. in the us presidential commission on organized crime in , the difficulties were supposed to be contributed by the term ‘organized’ rather than the term ‘crime’ (washington commission : ). but the fact that some organized crime is often claimed to be victimless, or to involve illicit markets that should arguably not be illicit, makes even the ‘crime’ in ‘organized crime’ problematic. at the same time, the difficulties of capturing in law the kinds of organization that are see campbell ( : ) ‘much organised crime does not involve a victim as such, and, as a result, the gathering of evidence may prove problematic...’ t. sorell characteristic of organized crime have not gone away. i begin by trying to identify some general, even if not defining, characteristics. organized crime typically consists of co-ordinated illegal activity for financial gain by a group of agents over a significant period of time. the group of agents exhibits a division of labour related to the component specialties involved in e.g. armed robberies or drug importa- tion and dealing. organized crime excludes more or less spontaneous, short-term looting during a riot involving people who do not know each other, and it may even exclude a one- off-coordinated criminal act (a bank robbery, say) carried out jointly by people who know each other but who will never act together again. the central cases of organized crime addressed in legislation and policy in western jurisdictions involve more or less enduring crime gangs or families from which criminal plans and acts emanate frequently. each gang member knows at least some of the other members well, and there are methods of recruitment tied to blood relations or a territory, such as a neighbourhood, or a foreign country of origin. of course, the territorial associations of crime gangs do not prevent international operations, notably through the internet, or transnational co-operation (albanese and reichel ). criminal gangs set out to make money by trading in illicit markets, or by robbery, fraud, extortion, kidnapping and murder. these latter, overtly victimizing, forms of organized crime are sometimes directed at ordinary citizens, and sometimes at rival criminals. typically, the membership and activities of gangs are kept a secret from everyone else, particularly the authorities, and a great deal of ingenuity is directed by gangs at invisibly storing, transporting, and reinvesting the financial proceeds of their primary activities. violence –sometimes includ- ing murder and torture– is used within gangs to maintain discipline, and against outsiders to make money –through bprotection^ schemes–or to discourage competition. as for their dealings with the authorities, criminal gangs often try to bribe or blackmail police or judges or politicians for information or influence (gounev and ruggiero ) and they hire the services of non-criminals (e.g. legitimate lawyers, various kinds of craftsmen, doctors, scien- tists, accountants) as and when their enterprises or plans require. awide variety of crime is engaged in by criminal gangs. the uk government threat assessment of organised crime (soca ) emphasizes drug importation and trading, immigration crime in various forms, and a wide range of fraud. the shared purpose of all of these forms of organized crime is money-making. organized crime gangs seek to make themselves rich, or perhaps to make themselves rich and consolidate their power and influ- ence. what is more, getting rich and gaining power are not typically means to some further organizing end. they are themselves organizing ends. furthermore, since in many developed jurisdictions convictions for organized crime are now associated with the confiscation of criminal assets, gangs and families must not only find ways of making money but of keeping it in the event that they are caught. the fact that acquiring and keeping money and power are themselves organizing goals helps to distinguish organized crime from co-ordinated criminal activities conducted to finance terrorism. it is known, for example, that members of the irish republican army carried out at the united nations convention against transnational organized crime ( ) article (a) defines an organized criminal group as a group of three or more persons that was not randomly formed; existing for a period of time; acting in concert with the aim of committing at least one crime punishable by at least years’ incarceration; in order to obtain, directly or indirectly, a financial or other material benefit. this definition is unduly permissive, since it allows an ad hoc group formed to carry out a one-off criminal act as a kind of organized crime. power is emphasised by the presidential commission report (washington commission : ). organized crime and preventive justice least one huge bank robbery in december to support its paramilitary activities, and specifically to finance purchases of weapons. more than £ million in banknotes was taken in an operation facilitated by the violent kidnapping of the family of a bank official (guardian ). if the same amounts could readily have been raised from donations, then the rationale for bank robberies or other conventional crime by the ira might have seemed slight or non- existent even from its own point of view. again, if some hypothetical operation carried out by the ira had seemed potentially lucrative but involved targeting northern irish catholics, i.e. people from its core political and religious constituency, that, too would presumably have been highly unattractive. for typical criminal gangs, on the other hand, there is no obvious upper limit on the violence used or the targets of it, if there is £ million to be made. the financial rewards are always a strong consideration in their favour, even a conclusive consideration, if the proceeds and the chances of escaping conviction are big enough. criminal gangs aim to maximize profits, and they do so primarily through fraud in legitimate markets or selling goods in illicit markets. to give one example of fraud that is familiar in the usa (finckenauer : - and esp. ), the uk (telegraph ) and elsewhere (barkhuizen ), insurance companies have received large numbers of claims on staged automobile accidents, http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/uknews/crime/ /police- uncover-countrys-largestcash-for-crash-insurance-scam.html. other examples of fraud involve the sale over the telephone of worthless land or stock market securities to naïve or vulnerable investors. then there is cyber crime. almost everyone who uses email has been on the receiving end of the nigerian scam. that is, they have received unsolicited emails proposing that, in return for a share, they receive into their bank account a transfer of millions from a foreign jurisdiction. the involvement of criminal gangs in fraud in legitimate markets is to be distinguished from their activities in illicit markets. for our purposes, two kinds of illicit market can be distin- guished, corresponding to what makes them illicit. some markets are illicit in the sense that the legislation of a legitimate government prohibits them. not every such prohibition of a market is uncontroversial, because the harm done by the goods traded is sometimes unclear, or clear but apparently freely self-inflicted. the harm, if any, done by soft drugs is sometimes thought to be of this type. the harm done by various kinds of alcoholic drink in the us during the prohibition era might provide a further example. although marijuana and whisky are open to abuse by buyers, legislation that prohibits trade in them can be thought to be unduly paternalistic, which counts against their criminalization in liberal jurisdictions where they are outlawed. the other kind of illicit market is where goods are legally or illegally sold but there are strong moral reasons why they should never be. a market in forced labour is a relatively uncontro- versial example. another is a market in entertainment by fights to the death. an intermediate case is where an illicit market in goods and services that are harmless to consumers starts to be infiltrated by criminals with no scruples at all about what they sell. markets in counterfeit goods are an illustration, because they permit and even invite the sale of dangerous or even lethal products. cooking oil turns out to be contaminated; counterfeit vodka is discovered to be poison (guardian ); fake branded industrial goods blow up or catch fire; drugs with impurities or in uncontrolled doses start to take lives (lewis ). since illicit markets have a built-in predisposition to flout even basic trading standards if there is enough money to be made as a this is not to say that terrorists and organized crime gangs cannot make common cause. kirstin m. finklea takes this possibility seriously (finklea : - ). t. sorell http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/uknews/crime/ /police-uncover-countrys-largestcash-for-crash-insurance-scam.html http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/uknews/crime/ /police-uncover-countrys-largestcash-for-crash-insurance-scam.html result, there is always a danger that merely prohibited markets will tip over into markets that are morally impermissible because of the harmfulness of the goods or services sold. neither kind of ground for a market being illicit –legislative prohibition on the one hand or, on the other, the exploitation or harm it involves –necessarily registers with criminal gangs as a reason for not participating in that market. admittedly, there may be financial reasons for established criminal groups to abide by and perhaps even enforce basic trading standards if a total disregard for these standards would undermine an illicit market. drugs have to produce a high to attract customers, but they must be safe enough not to make customers regularly ill. in the same way, trafficked women may need to have access to adequate food and health care if they are to attract customers in prostitution. adequate nourishment and health care are in that sense necessary background standards for the trade in sexual services. but, to labour the point, it is only the possible loss of custom and profit –not the badness of harm or exploitation– that is likely to weigh with criminal gangs in the enforcement of minimal standards. as far as criminal gangs are concerned, there are no morally excluded markets or market practices, except perhaps trading in inside information about the activities or plans of criminal groups. again, criminal gangs do not operate in illicit markets only. they try to invest the proceeds of their illegal activities into legitimate markets and legitimate businesses. when this happens they employ lawyers to make sure they miss no tax or trading advantages permitted to legitimate businesses. at the same time, they are not above using illegal means, including violence, to gain income from legitimate businesses they do not own or invest in. in local areas they control, criminal gangs or families are often very willing simply to extort money from legitimate businesses. in return for not using violence against the business owners or not destroying their premises, criminal gangs regularly collect a portion of their receipts. again, typical criminal gangs are very willing to make corrupt payments for exemptions from otherwise successfully enforced regulation or taxation. through force and pay-offs they are able to increase rewards and reduce costs in legitimate-seeming businesses in which they are involved, that is, businesses that are conducted openly and with apparent regard for legality. why is organized crime serious crime? organized crime is often treated in legislation as serious crime. the grounds for treating it this way double as grounds for addressing serious crime with preventive justice measures. for it is natural to think that the more serious the crime, the more its prevention is justified. and if the prevention of a certain variety of serious crime is justified, then so might the criminalization of steps characterisitically leading to its commission. or at least, criminalization is in order —is in order if—and this is a complex ‘if’—the steps are of a type that really do lead typically to a serious crime, if the penalties associated with taking those steps reliably deter or disrupt criminals, and if they are proportionately lower than the penalties for the fully realized serious crime. these ifs define the work of this section and the next: we shall first give reasons why organized crime should be regarded as serious crime, and then turn to the adequacy of selected preventive justice measures. in earlier work (sorell ), i have complained of the inadequacy of accounts of serious crime that take into account only directly victimizing offences (von hirsch and jareborg legitimate businesses, admittedly, also resort to pay-offs at times. they are less likely to make direct threats of violence to get their way, however. organized crime and preventive justice ). these are offences in which one person suffers at the hands of another, and where seriousness is a matter of the difference the offence makes to the victim’s standard of life. murder, which deprives someone of their life, is more serious than burglary, which might deprive someone only of property that they are well able to do without or replace without hardship. although accounts along these lines make sense of the relative seriousness of a certain range of offences –assault, homicide and burglary, for example –they do not capture what is wrong with bribery, systemic fraud, misbehaviour in public office and other associated, commonly criminalized activity. in earlier work i made it sufficient for reaching the threshold for serious crime that the organized commission of a type of crime would undermine a welfare-enhancing or harm-reducing institution, and the commission of that crime was organized and on an undermining scale. this is the sort of account needed to explain the seriousness or large-scale organized benefit or passport fraud, as well as standard forms of bribery and corruption. it is also the sort of account needed to make sense of the seriousness of common forms of organized crime. the hybrid account i favour, which makes both undermining welfare-producing institutions and victimizing crime serious crime, is well adapted for explaining why common forms of organized crime are serious. part of the justification for the fight against organized crime, and long sentences for common specimens of organized crime, must consist of (a) the reasons why victimizing crime is wrong, since the violence and extortion characteristic or organized crime are clearly victimizing. but that cannot be all. the justification must also include (b) reasons why illicit markets are illicit even when market participants are not straightforwardly victims; and (c) reasons why the corruption of officials is wrong. let us start with (c). criminal gangs operate secretly over years outside the control of a people and its govern- ment (lynch and phillips : ); operate for financial gain through violence, fraud and participation in illicit markets; seek exclusive or monopolistic control of an illicit market; and always stand ready to corrupt officials (report to the presidential commission : ) that is, they operate out of sight and in defiance of a jurisdiction and sometimes in competition with the authorities in a jurisdiction. this is not because they recognize no authority; on the contrary, they may be quite hierarchical themselves, or acknowledge a pecking order among fellow underworld organizations. the point is that they are a locus of power and loyalty apart from overworld institutions, with secret plans and organization, and with a sense of money-making opportunities unconstrained by either conventional morality or law. they set themselves up as regulatory powers within illicit markets, discouraging new market entrants, intimidating unruly market participants, and acting violently against any would-be rival authorities. they do not merely defy or ignore what the law prohibits, but recruit officials to see that the costs of defiance and disregard for the law in their case are minimized or eliminated. organized crime, then, has both victimizing and institution-undermining aspects. victim- izing crime is wrong because of the harm—disablement, loss of life, infliction of pain, fear or other kinds of distress of the person who is attacked or robbed or defrauded. instead of harm, one can speak in terms of a loss or diminution of standard of life. by contrast, corruption is wrong because, among other things, it works directly against equal treatment before the law, and equal treatment is a requirement of justice. more generally, corruption undermines legal institutions, which have a certain priority in a system of welfare-raising and harm-reducing bfrom all accounts, organized crime does not merely extend itself broadly, but brooks no competition. it seeks not merely influence, but exclusive influence. in the overworld its counterpart would be not just organized business, but monopoly. and we can apply to it some of the adjectives that are often associated with monopoly- ruthless, unscrupulous, greedy, exploitative, unprincipled.^ (schiller : ). t. sorell institutions in developed states. for the police or judges or regulatory bodies to be bought is for access to justice and other forms of welfare to be restricted, or for its distribution to be arbitrary or discriminatory if corrupting agents apply the appropriate influence. what about (b)? illicit markets are illicit typically because (i) the products they offer are often harmful; and (ii) sellers in the market know that they are harmful, and consumers don’t know, or are under some sort of compulsion to buy even if they do know about the harmful effects. in such cases illicit markets are illicit because they are victimizing. but this is not all. illicit markets often operate with the collusion of officials, who are paid to turn a blind eye to the victimization. in these cases, the prosecution of illicit market activity is partly justified by what is wrong with victimization and party justified by what is wrong with corruption. preventive legislation in the uk i have been trying to enlarge on the basis for criminalizing behaviour leading to organized crime: the basis includes the badness of direct, victimizing harm and the badness of undermining socially beneficial institutions by corruption. i now turn to legislation and policy, including preventive legislation and policy, devised to combat organized crime. to make the discussion manageable, i concentrate on the uk. with the exception of legislation against the intimidation of jurors and witnesses, and the corruption of police, prison and probation officers, which acknowledges the steps sometimes taken by organized crime to pre-empt or undermine prosecutions, uk legislation does not dwell on the efforts by organized crime to undermine the justice system or to influence politicians. instead, it seems to focus on three things: (i) the identification and prosecution of money laundering (money laundering regulations ); (ii) confiscating the financial proceeds of crime (proceeds of crime act ); and (iii) preventing the resumption by convicted gang members of roles in criminal gangs after they are released (serious crime act ). although (i) and (ii) are sometimes criticized for irresponsibly and stingily outsourcing judicial or police oversight and investigatory functions to banks (campbell : ) i shall concentrate on (iii). this form of uk legislative response to organized crime differs from (i) and (ii) in significantly limiting the liberty of ex offenders. it is associated with the serious crime prevention order (scpo) introduced by the serious crime act ( ). schedule i of this act recognizes all of the following as serious crimes: drug trafficking; people trafficking; arms trafficking; prostitution and child sex; armed robbery; money laundering; fraud; tax evasion; corruption and bribery; counterfeiting; blackmail; intellectual property offences; environmental offences, including large-scale fishing by prohibited methods, and water pollution. many of these are directly victimizing. counterfeiting, intellectual property offences and some environmental crimes (though perhaps not all in schedule ) are different. they undermine welfare-producing institutions, or agreements. see (criminal justice and public order act ), esp. s. . the uk anti-corruption plan (hm government ) provides for a new offence of police corruption (p. ), and discusses new powers to target corruption in prisons and post-conviction processes. there is also acknowl- edgment of corruption in government procurement processes. the uk independent police complaints com- mission, in its second report on police corruption, which covers the period - , (ipcc ) reports relatively few upheld complaints about corruption in the form of perverting the course of justice, but reports surveys suggesting that corruption, is perceived by the public to be widespread. organized crime and preventive justice the scpo is one of a very wide range of preventive orders now available to the uk authorities to counteract everything from anti-social behaviour to terrorist activity, broadly construed. preventive orders in general have been criticized in the academic legal literature for unduly limiting the liberty of people (ashworth et al. ), and the question now briefly to be considered is whether this general form of criticism applies to the scpo (sorell ). the scpo enables courts to restrict the activities of those who have been convicted of schedule offences after they have served their sentences, so as to make it difficult for them to resume their place in a gang or in a network of criminal specialists that career criminals can call upon from time to time. sections and ( ) illustrates ways that scpos limit the freedom of ex-offenders: examples of prohibitions, restrictions or requirements that may be imposed on individuals (including partners in a partnership) by serious crime prevention orders include prohibitions or restrictions on, or requirements in relation to— (a) an individual’s financial, property or business dealings or holdings; (b) an individual’s working arrangements; (c) the means by which an individual communicates or associates with others, or the persons with whom he communicates or associates; (d) the premises to which an individual has access; (e) the use of any premises or item by an individual; (f) an individual’s travel (whether within the united kingdom, between the united kingdom and other places or otherwise). these are very broad areas of potential interference, and they seem to impose a penal burden on an offender even after a conviction is spent. serious crime prevention orders can last for years. this is a long time. instead of returning to society with a clean slate, those who are released from prison after having been convicted of a serious crime are liable to suffer a considerable loss of autonomy over a significant period, with conditions of life significantly determined by judicial decision. since the threshold for serious crime can be met by someone guilty of no more than online piracy of videos or music, the risk of injustice seems substantial. to show the scpo in a more favourable light, it may be necessary to distinguish between one-off and repeat offenders, and, within the category of repeat-offenders, between those who have operated solo, and those who belong to or who regularly co- operate with crime gangs. for obvious reasons, one-off offenders are less credible targets for scpos than repeat offenders. as for repeat offenders, the loss of autonomy associated with an scpo may make sense where there is good evidence that an ex-convict has been involved in organized crime and is likely voluntarily to return to it. often convicts who have worked with a criminal gang once may face expectations backed by coercion of future co-operation. convicts leaving prison might face hard-to-refuse demands of collab- oration from criminal gangs and might actually be helped not to collaborate by serious crime prevention orders. let us agree with the critics of preventive orders that the scpo is a questionable measure when directed at ex-offenders who are not members of criminal gangs: are we being too quick to concede that it is appropriate for people who have taken part in organized crime? after all, schedule recognizes a very wide range of organized crime. do all forms deserve the same treatment? surely fishing by prohibited methods and intellectual property offences, when t. sorell carried out by criminal gangs, are not as serious –in the sense of being directly victimizing and inflicting serious harm–as people-trafficking and organized sexual assault of children? surely the less serious schedule offences may produce less harm and so justify less well the far- reaching restrictions on liberty which scpos may involve? here some of the empirical research commissioned by the home office in the uk may be relevant. a home office research report (francis et al. ) on career criminals and organized crime notes that offenders involved in organized crime, while predominantly involved in drug dealing and importation, are not specialists, and that the time they spend in prison deepens and broadens their criminal connections and their knowledge of methods of committing other offences. nearly a third of all those involved in organized crime covered by the study belonged to the category bversatile and very prolific^ –far more than in the other categories included: bmainly violence^, bmixed prolific^, bmainly acquisitive^ and bmainly drugs^. indeed, the bversatile and very prolific^ category of organized criminal was twice as large as the next largest bmainly violence^ category. belonging to the bversatile and very prolific^ category made it almost certain that in the years leading to arrest for an organized crime offence –an offence with a given term of imprisonment for which someone was co-convicted—the offender had commit- ted some other offence or other, including a . probability of having committed violence against a person or a theft and handling stolen goods offence, and a . probability of having breached a court order or bail (francis et al. : ). the research also revealed a pattern of increasing seriousness for crimes committed over a career starting in the early teens, with the most serious crimes being committed at around the age of . this research on the career trajectory of people involved in organized crime may help to justify measures that disrupt patterns of association between early career criminals and senior career criminals both during and after imprisonment. this can include disruptions of patterns of association by means of scpos. there is also empirical evidence for distinguishing between offences likely to be committed by organized crime, and offences that can be. offences likely to be committed by organized crime include forgery and counterfeiting, firearms and drugs offences (ackerley et al. : appendix a). all of these are schedule offences. so if there is evidence that an early career organized criminal is going to associate after imprisonment with known counterfeiters and arms traffickers, that might also be a reason, though admittedly not a decisive reason, for issuing an scpo banning those associations so as to prevent a career in organized crime. although the appropriateness of scpos for veterans of very harmful organized crime is at least arguable, we do not have before us a conclusive case in its favour. on the contrary, we have some reasons for thinking that the target group for the imposition of scpos is too undifferentiated in the serious crime act ( ). this raises the question of whether other preventive measures against organized crime, measures that at first seem to limit liberty less than scpos, might be preferable. for example, might anti-money laundering measures, and powers of confiscating the proceeds of crime be morally superior to the imposition of scpos? related home office research appears to indicate that convictions for some violent offences is weakly predictive of murder and serious sexual assault. see (ackerley et al. ). since seniority in a criminal gang comes with the authority to delegate crime to others and so escape arrest and imprisonment oneself, involvement by senior gang members in serious crime is largely missed by the report we are considering. but the existence of crime leaders with authority to delegate crime does help to explain why, at , convictions of career criminals decline: some of those criminals have become important enough to direct rather than participate in operations, and to get more junior people involved in the sort of crime that made them eligible for leadership. organized crime and preventive justice here, too, the answer may be less clear-cut than at first appears. according to an estimate in a report (corporation of london ), annual proceeds of crime in the uk amount to between £ and £ bn and only £ m is confiscated. in the us the corresponding best guess is $ bn, of which £ m is confiscated (corporation of london : ). if these figures are even roughly correct, the effectiveness of measures that are supposed to counteract crime by making it harder for criminals to enjoy the proceeds is low. since reducing bad effects is part of the moral case for anti-money-laundering measures, the ineffectiveness of those measures matters morally and counts against those measures. the same conclusion seems to be supported by the relatively low number of prosecutions brought by the uk authorities relative to the volume of suspicious activity reports from financial institutions, the relatively small number of banks fined for money-laundering, and the relatively small fines levied up to when any were levied at all (harvey ). again, and perhaps surprisingly, the criminalization of money laundering has come in for criticism on moral grounds. in the us, money laundering can attract a -year prison sentence: douglas husak objects to this sort of penalty (husak : ). according to him, depositing the proceeds of crime x does not add to the wrong of x itself, and only acts that reach the threshold for moral wrongness should be dealt with by hard treatment like imprisonment. husak would not reject non-penal treatment for money-launderers, say taxing them or making it administratively difficult for them to deposit the proceeds of crime. his point is that imprisonment is out of order because punishment is out of order for something –an act of depositing money– that is neither wrong in itself, nor necessarily bad in its effects. his target is us statutes that would punish a criminal for e.g. investing the proceeds of crime into a college fund for his nephew. more generally, his target is the punishment by imprisonment of a very large range of offences that are merely legally prohibited rather than wrong in themselves. he thinks that unbridled criminalization is behind the disproportionately large size of us prison populations, and also the huge and, in his opinion, misdirected investment in the enforcement of us drug legislation (husak and de marneffe ). i disagree with husak’s claim that money-laundering should not be criminalized. organized crime is a money-making enterprise. to turn its proceeds into money that can safely be kept, criminals need methods of investing it undetected in legitimate businesses. money-laundering also facilitates the personal enjoyment of the proceeds of organized crime by criminals, and also helps to finance political influence and legislation favourable to industries, such as casinos, hotels and entertainment in which the proceeds of crime have sometimes been invested. knowingly making it easier through money-laundering for a criminal gang with a long track record of brutality to extend that record, or to diversify their activities to include further offences that are mala in se, does seem, in its turn, wrong in itself, and therefore punishable in principle. money laundering typically finances not only more serious harm –an increase in the number of crimes of a given degree of harmfulness– but an apparatus designed to make harm-production efficient in the future. an apparatus that, so to speak, industrializes crime –that makes the organization of crime more systematic and more efficient– is worse than arrangements that simply facilitate more crime. the former involves specialization and co- ordination of many people’s efforts. this is different from, and morally worse than, using the proceeds of one’s own crimes to move from a part-time to a full time solo career in burglary. fines have increased and have been imposed more frequently in the last years. it is unclear whether husak would regard a court-ordered confiscation of the proceeds of crime a kind of penal treatment. t. sorell admittedly, if a criminal gang had a plan, as in one of the godfather film trilogy, of getting out of organized crime altogether by means of money-laundering in the short-term, the moral case for punishing its money-laundering would have to proceed along different lines from the argument for criminalizing measures that industrialize crime. as things typically are, however, the laundered proceeds of crime stand ready to be used by people whose activities straddle the worlds of crime and legitimate business, and who want that straddling to continue. despite the moral and political exceptionalism of their participation in illicit markets, criminal gangs assert their rights aggressively when they have stakes in legitimate businesses and legitimate markets. laundered assets – assets that are easier to keep because they look legitimate and are protected by law –are more attractive for criminal and legitimate business activities alike than easy-to-pilfer and incriminating piles of cash in a back room. however, and again as things typically are, there is nothing to make criminals prefer legitimate to criminal activities if the returns of the latter are much greater and the costs or risks are comparable. there is nothing, therefore, to stop laundered assets from financing far more crime than legitimate business when the assets can in principle be ploughed into either. since criminals typically make deposits, or have deposits made, with a view to financing more crime and an improved crime apparatus, the criminalization of money laundering seems to be perfectly in order. it may be true that otherwise innocent third parties hired to handle money for laundering are unjustly prosecuted for money-laundering and are only the unwitting associates of criminals. it may be true that it is hard for these third parties to know for certain whether money that they are handling is criminal or not. it may further be true that trying to find out the source of deposits and trying to identify suspicious transactions unfairly imposes financial costs on financial institutions and unfairly transfers legal liabilities to them. it may, finally, be true that when pressed into quasi-forensic roles, employees of financial institutions have discretion to inconvenience and even victimize non-criminal clients that law enforcement officials would not have. in all of these ways, the outsourcing of anti-laundering measures by governments may involve injustice to third parties. these considerations, however, do not count against the criminalization of money-laundering: they are reasons for not delegating responsibility for detecting money-laundering to financial institutions. perhaps public bodies need to carry out these checks, albeit with money raised from the financial sector. public participation in illicit markets in the last section i considered some drawbacks of preventive justice measures for organized crime. these seemed either disproportionate, as in the case of scpos, or hard to make effective. but there are deeper reasons for thinking twice about organized crime, and these are to do with the way that mass public participation in illicit markets arguably pushes them in the direction of legitimacy. the main illicit market in the uk is in drugs, and the drug trade owes its profitability to widespread participation in it by the public. i concede that some participation is grounded in addiction, so that it is not all out bwilling^ participation. what about the non-addicted? admittedly, these market participants are not coerced. still, members of the public who apparently willingly buy services from organized crime have to enter an economic zone that for different arguments to the same conclusion, see young ( ). young partly relies on (alldridge ). comprehensively described in (home office ). organized crime and preventive justice exists in defiance of a jurisdiction that they are otherwise mostly obedient to. this means that even the bwilling^ participation of people as consumers in illicit markets is conflicted. it requires people to compartmentalize their underworld and overworld activities by keeping e.g. their drug purchases secret from the authorities and other people. again, the underworld activity of customers in illicit markets seems to defy legislative and other institutions that in their overworld civic roles of voter and juror those people genuinely support. so participation in an illegal market fragments the civic personas of market participants. this makes it quite different from consumer activity in legal markets. nevertheless, the fact that people at the receiving end of illicit markets run by crime gangs do not seem to be victimized—coerced or harmed against their will—and that there is durable demand for illicit goods and services, makes some non-fraudulent organized crime resemble mainstream business activity. the resemblance sometimes prompts public discussion of the possible legalization of the markets in question. gambling is one of the formerly illegal activities that has passed into the mainstream of many jurisdictions. the sale of sex and drugs, though legal in some places, is more of a rarity. does the fact that there is apparently great public demand for illegal drugs throw doubt on the legitimacy and authority of laws that make the possession, purchase, importation and distribution of drugs illegal? the fact there is a strong analogy between some drugs and some legally sold kinds of alcohol certainly adds to scepticism about the blanket criminalization of drugs. and since only the prevention of serious crime justifies liberty-limiting preventive measures, is it reasonable for preventive orders to be issued to veteran drug dealers or drug runners involved only with recreational drugs? perhaps the less victimizing the crime and the less harm is done, as in dealing soft drugs as opposed to heroin, the less criminalization in the first place is justified. in the case of small- scale consumers of illegal soft drugs who otherwise do not commit offences, criminalization of possession may be particularly hard to justify. although the criminalization of possession may be regarded as a preventive measure in that it is meant to discourage transactions in the drug market in general, including the sector involved with the sale of hard drugs, the harm caused by mere possession of any drug, even hard drugs, is surely negligible or non-existent, and the effect on organized crime of confiscating small quantities of soft drugs or of discouraging the smallest players in the market is surely slight. discouraging drug production, or confiscating big shipments of very harmful because addictive drugs at the point of importation, is surely much more justifiable. although these considerations have some force, they do not show that mass participation in drug markets should simply be tolerated by the authorities, or that ordinary consumers of small quantities of non-addictive drugs do nothing wrong by buying regularly from drug dealers. just because they are otherwise law-abiding, the small-scale consumers we are considering are guilty of exceptionalism. that is, they have pretensions to be their own judges of which laws they will abide by and which they will break. it is true that they are not exceptionalists of the same order as those who direct organized crime, since the latter group are willing to commit violent offences and fraud on a large scale if the profits are high enough and if there is a good chance that they will not be caught. organized criminals are willing, in other words, to break a whole range of laws, and indeed to direct and even coerce others to do so. otherwise law-abiding small-scale consumers of drugs are probably much better morally as individuals, and would probably be horrified by the willingness of organized crime to make money from causing harm. this does not mean that consumers of soft drugs deserve no moral criticism. after all, their purchases foreseeably add to the profit that keeps organized crime in any market, including t. sorell markets that should always be illicit. again, the market for soft drugs need not be, and is often intended by criminals not to be, cut off from the market for more profitable and addictive drugs. although some of the illicit drugs sold in the general drug market are probably harmless, many others are not. being a consumer in a relatively harmless section of an illicit market can expose oneself and others to the promotion of much more harmful drugs. finally, there are no reliable mechanisms of quality control in an illicit market to ensure that the even the supply of normally harmless drugs does not get contaminated. this fact is a reason why participation in an illicit market for even soft drugs can never be reliably informed, and why, consequently, market participants run a greater risk of harm than consumers in other markets. or to put it another way, consumers of even the normally harmless drugs in an illicit market can very easily be victimized, and it is a kind of good luck if they are not victimized. there are also considerations about violence. illicit markets in drugs are regulated by a lot of threatened and actual victimizing violence, some of it life-threatening, mainly inflicted by members of criminal gangs on one another and on customers and dealers who default on payments (home office ). this means that even if illegal drug purchases are typically uncoerced and do not lead to debilitating addiction, they take place within a market that relies heavily and conspicuously on victimizing violence. knowledge of that violence is not esoteric: punishments for theft or default are often well advertised to all market participants. acting as a dealer in the drug market signals a tolerance of that violence. acting as a regular purchaser can also signal tolerance. what is more, acting as a purchaser can help to fund the purchase of de facto impunity from police investigation and prosecution through bribery. taking part in the drug market may also contribute indirectly to the recruitment of young people to crime instead of education, and to imbalances in the allocation of policing and other resources in response. the idea that purchases of soft drugs are normally innocent, then, is doubtful. things would stand differently morally if the typical purchase of soft drugs were open and intended as part of a public campaign directed at legalizing drugs. this would elevate drug purchases from acts of self-indulgent exceptionalism to acts of drug consumption seeking legitimization through the political process. but as things actually are, drug purchases by the otherwise law-abiding are carried out quietly and evasively, out of the sight of the same police department that drug purchasers would call in if their houses were burgled or their cars stolen. perhaps the elimination of this inconsistency or hypocrisy would add to the case for drug legalization. but its existence in the interim certainly counts against citizen participation in drug markets. it does not matter whether the citizen participation is on a large scale or not: the only way to legitimize it is through legislative change, or, short of that, a public campaign of law reform including civil disobedience combined with willingness to submit to arrest for it. prevention of organized crime vs counter-terrorism it is time to return to the contrast between the fight against organized crime and counter- terrorism. each is supported by legislation and policy that are eminently criticisable, but criticisable in very different ways. in the case of organized crime, as we have seen, the deepest the argument for treating participation in a violent, illegal market as serious crime may also be an argument for policy that will remove the violence, e.g. by creating a legal and regulated drug market. discussion of this issue is outside the scope of the present paper. organized crime and preventive justice problems arise from the fact that market activity is at its heart, and that there is large-scale public participation in some of it, sometimes with little resulting harm. among illicit markets the most problematic are those in which the commodities whose use is criminalized are hardest to distinguish from the commodities traded in legal markets. this is arguably how things stand with the illicit market in soft drugs for recreational purposes, comparable as it is to the entirely legal market in cigarettes and alcohol. it has already been strongly suggested that the right response to the criminalization of participation in questionably illicit markets is political: a consensus can legally be built in favour of law reform by market participants, and in that way some illicit markets can properly be brought out from prohibition. when it comes to counter-terrorist legislation the deepest problems are quite different. they are not to do with money-making, markets or by the role of big sections of the general public in buying illicit goods. they arise instead from the perceived need to curtail the rights of ideological minorities as a means of preventing violence or attacks by a tiny number within the ideological minority. in the uk, terrorism legislation directly restricts the freedom of associ- ation and the freedom of expression, respectively, in as much as membership in certain violence-supporting organizations is outlawed (terrorism act ), and in as much as the expression of support for acts of terrorism, even in the past, is also an offence. the reason the restriction of the rights of ideological minorities is a deep problem, as opposed to a problem simply, is that it seems to relax protections that are constitutive of liberal politics. on the other hand, when the freedom of association and freedom of expression are used to gather and make vocal support for violent political change, those freedoms are arguably being perverted themselves. we might say that both the non-violent support for terrorism and the counterter- rorism measures that it inspires denature the liberal democratic context that make them possible. there is no counterpart of this in the fight against organized crime. perhaps unsurprisingly, then, preventive justice is radically different in the two cases, and, when questionable, questionable for different reasons. preventive measures against organized crime in the uk are aimed at reducing its financial rewards and discouraging or disrupting career criminality. consumer participation in criminally organized illicit markets, especially for soft drugs, is treated with a light touch. depending on the reasons for it, the light touch might be justified. it might be justified if soft drugs used for recreational purposes are relatively harmless. it might be justified if, in addition to being harmless, soft drugs are the subject of broadly based campaigns for legalization and policing of small scale consumption becomes unaggressive to reflect this. preventive measures in counter-terrorism have a very different character. apart from criminalizing the bglorification^ of terrorism in broadcasts and print (terrorism act : s ), and proscribing islamist organizations, successive uk governments have introduced many third party offences, including various failures to tell the authorities about the preparation of terrorism. in addition to non-disclosure offences, there has been a devolution of responsibility to non-governmental institutions to monitor local processes of radicalization. for example, universities and prisons have duties under the prevent strand of uk counter-terrorism policy. these duties are spelt out in the counter terrorism and security act ( : s ). it might be thought that these third-party obligations are the counterparts of anti-money laundering monitoring in financial institutions. but this is a mistake, because some of the new see also the prevent duty guidance in england and wales (hm government : para ) buniversities will be expected to carry out a risk assessment for their institution which assesses where and how their students might be at risk of being drawn into terrorism. t. sorell obligations have the effect of clashing with some of the functions of the institutions on which they are imposed. universities, for example, are among the custodians and channels for the freedom of expression and, up to a point, the freedom of association. moreover, they are home to experiments in free expression. students at universities have often tried out different kinds of protest tactics, including violent ones. student newspapers and debating societies have often expanded the limits of free expression and have introduced more variety into the range of discussable political views. the university environment, in short, is a particularly protected space for the exercise of freedoms of expression and thought. since the line between avant- garde debate and radicalization is sometimes too fine to be discerned, debate is likely increasingly to be suppressed in the name of preventing radicalization. in this way, the new duty under prevent policy may only help to denature the institutions in the university sector that assume it. even non-violent extremism is targeted by the prevent duty guidance for england and wales march (hm government : para ). non-violent extremism includes agitation against bbritish values,^ such as tolerance and democracy. in short, the reinterpretation of terrorism to include much more than violence against civilians to force a change of policy by government introduces a much wider range of possible precursor offences and preventive policing operations. no-one can reasonably object to precursor offences consisting of ordering the ingredients of a bomb or of recruiting personnel for a bomb attack. but recently introduced offences have quite a different character. they call upon institutions to root out practices that are hard to distinguish from things those institutions have tolerated for a long time. what is more, the new duties are being imposed without its being clear that they will be effective in reducing the volume of extremism, violent or non-violent. this fact, together with the strong possibility that non-violent extremism is offensive rather than harmful, suggests that criminal- ization in counter-terrorism has already gone too far. the case for a comparable conclusion with regard to organized crime is much weaker. conclusion preventive justice is not only controversial in counter-terrorism: it is disputable even in the area of organized crime. one reason is that preventive measures in the form of confiscation of assets have not been very effective. but there are also principled objections, based on the connection of organized crime to questionably illicit markets. some illicit markets trade in products that are arguably no more harmful than certain lawfully traded goods. the compa- rability of some licit and illicit markets in this respect; and the fact that certain illicit markets are widely patronized despite their being unlawful, provide reasons for legalization when combined with anti-paternalistic arguments. these considerations do not show, however, that all kinds of public participation in questionably illicit markets is legitimate. participation becomes legitimate when linked publicly to a campaign of law reform. leaving aside controversially outlawed markets, there is plenty to justify the prevention of organized crime. there is the severe harm it produces, the commodification of this harm, the illegitimate power the behavioural sciences unit of mi (the uk security service addressing domestic threats) distinguishes between btalkers^ (whose extremism is registered in speech and writing only) and bwalkers^, who are willing to kill or injure others. this is an important distinction in the justification of preparatory offences: criminalization needs to fasten on the bwalkers^. organized crime and preventive justice structures it sustains, and the threat it poses through bribery and coercion to legitimate power structures and the non-criminals they protect. there is also the evidence, at least in the uk, that serious crime occupies people as a career, and that over time criminals diversify their criminal activities. although serious crime prevention orders may address these facts in a clumsy way, this does not mean that they are entirely unjustified. in the case of terrorism, on the other hand, preventive justice is controversial because of its multiplication of preparatory offences, its multiplication of rd party legal liabilities, and its prohibition of relatively harmless practices that are often innocent exercises of human rights. acknowledgements research for this article was supported by funding from the uk economic and social research council (esrc) grant no es/k / ). open access this article is distributed under the terms of the creative commons attribution . international license (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/ . /), which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and repro- duction in any medium, provided you give appropriate credit to the original author(s) and the source, provide a link to the creative commons license, and indicate if changes were made. references ackerley e, soothill k, francis b, fligelstone r ( ) murder and serious sexual assault: what criminal histories can reveal about future serious offending. home office research no. , london albanese j, reichel p ( ) transnational organized crime: an overview from six continents. sage, london alldridge p ( ) the moral limits of the crime of money laundering. buffalo crim law review : – ashworth a, zedner l, tomlin p (eds) ( ) prevention and the limits of criminal law. oup, oxford barkhuizen s ( ) transnational crime gangs make fraud a global epidemic. journal of insurance fraud in america. http://www.insurancefraud.org/article.htm?recid= #.vbebnarviko campbell l ( ) organised crime and the law. hart publishing, oxford criminal justice and public order act ( ) http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/ / /contents corporation of london ( ) z/yen, anti-money laundering requirements: costs, benefits and perceptions. city research series, no http://www.zyen.com/pdf/amlr_full.pdf counter terrorism and security act ( ) http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/ / /contents/enacted. accessed jan finckenauer j ( ) problems of definition: what is organized crime? trends organized crime ( ): – finklea km ( ) organized crime in the united states: trends and issues for congress. washington, congressional research service, pp – francis b, humphreys l, kirby s, soothill k ( ) understanding criminal careers in organised crime. home office research report no. , london gounev p, ruggiero v (eds) ( ) corruption and organized crime in europe: illegal partnerships. routledge, abingdon guardian ( ) northern bank robbery: the crime that nearly ended the peace process. https://www.theguardian. com/uk/ /oct/ /northernbankrobbery.background guardian ( ) cartels and organised crime target food in hunt for riches. http://www.theguardian. com/world/ /may/ /food-fraud-uk-labs-fight-organised-crime-counterfeit harvey j ( ) how effective is money laundering legislation? secur j : – hm government ( ) uk anti corruption plan https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_ data/file/ /ukanticorruptionplan.pdf hm government ( ) prevent duty guidance in england and wales https://www.gov. uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/ /prevent_duty_guidance_england_ wales.pdf home office ( ) the illicit drug trade in the uk http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/ /rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs /rdsolr .pdf husak d ( ) overcriminalization: the limits of the criminal law. oxford university press, oxford husak d, de marneffe p ( ) the legalization of drugs. cambridge university press, cambridge t. sorell http://www.insurancefraud.org/article.htm?recid= #.vbebnarviko http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/ / /contents http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/uknews/crime/ /police-uncover-countrys-largestcash-for-crash-insurance-scam.html http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/ / /contents/enacted https://www.theguardian.com/uk/ /oct/ /northernbankrobbery.background https://www.theguardian.com/uk/ /oct/ /northernbankrobbery.background http://www.theguardian.com/world/ /may/ /food-fraud-uk-labs-fight-organised-crime-counterfeit http://www.theguardian.com/world/ /may/ /food-fraud-uk-labs-fight-organised-crime-counterfeit https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/ /ukanticorruptionplan.pdf https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/ /ukanticorruptionplan.pdf https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/ /prevent_duty_guidance_england_wales.pdf https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/ /prevent_duty_guidance_england_wales.pdf https://www.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/ /prevent_duty_guidance_england_wales.pdf http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/ /rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs /rdsolr .pdf http://webarchive.nationalarchives.gov.uk/ /rds.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs /rdsolr .pdf ipcc ( ) corruption in the police service in england and wales: second report – a report based on the ipcc’s experience from to . https://www.ipcc.gov.uk/sites/default/files/documents/research_ stats/corruption_in_the_police_service_in_england_wales_report_ _may_ .pdf lewis k ( ) the fake and the fatal: the consequences of counterfeits. park place economist : – https://www.iwu.edu/economics/ppe /lewis.pdf lynch, phillips ( ) organized crime: violence and corruption. j ublic law : money laundering regulations ( ) http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/ / /contents/made proceeds of crime act ( ) http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/ / /contents schiller t ( ) the business of organized crime. j public law : – serious crime act ( ) http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/ / /contents soca ( ) the united kingdom threat assessment of organised crime published by soca on behalf of the uk law enforcement community and other government departments. http://www.twolittlegirls. org/ufiles/ - _ukta_npm.pdf sorell t ( ) the scope of serious crime and preventive justice. criminal justice ethics ( ): – telegraph ( ) police uncover country's largest 'cash for crash' insurance scam terrorism act ( ) http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/ / /contents terrorism act ( ) http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/ / /part/ the united nations ( ) convention against transnational organized crime von hirsch a, jareborg n ( ) gauging criminal harm: a living standard analysis. oxf j leg stud : – washington commission ( ) the impact: organized crime today: report to the president and the attorney general/president’s commission on organized crime young r ( ) douglas husak on dispensing with the malum prohibitum offense of money laundering. crim justice ethics : – organized crime and preventive justice https://www.ipcc.gov.uk/sites/default/files/documents/research_stats/corruption_in_the_police_service_in_england_wales_report_ _may_ .pdf https://www.ipcc.gov.uk/sites/default/files/documents/research_stats/corruption_in_the_police_service_in_england_wales_report_ _may_ .pdf https://www.iwu.edu/economics/ppe /lewis.pdf http://www.legislation.gov.uk/uksi/ / /contents/made http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/ / /contents http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/ / /contents http://www.twolittlegirls.org/ufiles/ - _ukta_npm.pdf http://www.twolittlegirls.org/ufiles/ - _ukta_npm.pdf http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/ / /contents http://www.legislation.gov.uk/ukpga/ / /part/ organized crime and preventive justice abstract what is organized crime? why is organized crime serious crime? preventive legislation in the uk public participation in illicit markets prevention of organized crime vs counter-terrorism conclusion references outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice in transitional justice schemes* criminalizar a anistia: a justiÇa criminal no contexto da justiÇa de transiÇÃo* abstract: this article responds to an appa- rent gap in the scholarly literature which fails to merge the fields of human rights law and international criminal law—a step that would resolve the current debate as to whether any amnesty in transitional justi- ce settings is lawful. more specifically, even though both fields are a subset of transitio- nal justice in general, the discipline of in- ternational criminal law still supports the theory of “qualified amnesties” in transi- tional justice schemes, while international human rights law now stands for the pro- position that no amnesty is lawful in tho- se settings. this article brings attention to this new development through a discussion of the barrios altos case. this article seeks to reveal how an international human rights decision can dramatically impact state prac- tice, thus also contributing to a pending question in international human rights law as to whether such jurisprudence is effecti- ve in increasing human rights protections. the article concludes by looking at the im- plications of this new legal development in regard to amnesties in order to encourage future research regarding the role of crimi- nal justice in transitional justice schemes. keywords: amnesty in the americas. tran- sitional justice. human rights violations. resumo: este artigo responde a uma apa- rente lacuna na literatura acadêmica que falha em mesclar os campos do direito cri- minal internacional e dos direitos humanos — um passo que iria resolver o atual debate sobre se a anistia em contextos de justiça de transição é legítima. mais especificamente, apesar de ambos os campos serem um sub- conjunto da justiça de transição em geral, a disciplina de direito penal internacional ain- da apoia a teoria das “anistias qualificadas” em sistemas de justiça de transição, enquan- to o direito internacional dos direitos hu- manos agora está para a proposição de que a anistia não é legítima nesses contextos. este artigo chama a atenção para este novo desenvolvimento através de uma discussão do caso barrios altos. este artigo procura re- velar como uma decisão internacional dos direitos humanos pode afetar drasticamen- te a prática do estado, contribuindo assim para uma questão pendente no direito in- ternacional de direitos humanos que é saber se tal jurisprudência é eficaz para ampliar a proteção dos direitos humanos. o artigo conclui olhando para esta nova evolução ju- rídica a respeito das anistias para incentivar futuras pesquisas sobre o papel da justiça penal em esquemas de justiça de transição. palavras-chave: anistia nas américas. justiça de transição. violações dos direitos humanos lisa j. laplante ** *this article first appeared in the virginia journal of international law ** lisa j. laplante,university of connecticut school of law, lisalaplante@hotmail.com ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial introduction until recently, immunity measures like amnesties were considered an accep- table part of promoting transitional justice in countries seeking to address past episodes of systematic violations of human rights. the politically sensitive need to broker peace between oppositional forces often outweighed the moral imperative of seeking to punish those responsible for perpetrating human rights atrocities. the “third wave of democratization” in latin america during the s con- tributed greatly to this trend, with the use of immunity measures in negotiated transitions becoming an important bargaining chip in brokering political impasse in south and central america. certainly, the latin american experience has played a significant role in shaping the debates and direction of transitional justice in several respects. the consistent use of amnesties in the region contributed to the growing acceptance of amnesties in the s. by the end of the cold war, the transitional justice discourse in latin america centered largely around the truth v. justice debate, which put at issue whether a political transition could or should include crimi- nal trials. political leaders of these countries often justified the use of amnesty in the name of peace, an argument that went largely unquestioned and resulted in a sort of a political balancing test that more often tipped in favor of assuring political stability over criminal justice in post-conflict or post-authoritarian set- tings. nevertheless, to assure accountability, these countries often formed truth commissions to conduct investigations and to provide a mechanism for truth telling for the benefit of victim-survivors and society at large. as a result, latin america helped popularize the truth commission model, reliance upon which grew as a way to compensate for compromised justice schemes. while at first truth commissions were believed to be a “second-best” option, they soon beca- me complementary and necessary measures for confronting past repressive and violent regimes through restorative justice. later, latin america once again helped reshape the terms of the truth v. justice debate in the s. with national justice largely foreclosed in tran- sitional latin american countries in the s, many victim-survivors and their advocates resorted to international human rights enforcement bodies like the inter-american court of human rights (iacthr) for a remedy. as ruti g. teitel, transitional justice ( ). see naomi roht-arriaza, truth commissions and amnesties in latin america: the second genera- tion, am. soc’y int’l l. proc. , – ( ) (offering a historical view of the latin american experience with amnesties and its impact on the general acceptance of these immunity measures). see diane f. orentlicher, settling accounts: the duty to prosecute human rights violations of a prior regime, yale l.j. , n. ( ) (“whatever salutary effects it can produce, [a truth commission] is no substitute for . . . prosecutions. indeed, to the extent that such an undertaking purports to replace criminal punishment . . . it diminishes the authority of the legal process . . . .”). but cf. martha minow, between vengeance and forgiveness: facing history after genocide and mass violence ( ) (arguing that truth commissions are not “a second best alternative to prosecutions,” but instead can be a form better suited to meet the many goals pertinent to transitional politics). outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial a result, international human rights law jurisprudence, frequently discussed by learned jurists, strengthened recognition of individual rights while slowly chipping away at absolute state sovereignty. although a state’s prerogative to use amnesties dates to antiquity, the human rights movement suddenly plan- ted serious questions about such immunity measures legitimacy through three main arguments: first, international law creates a state duty to investigate, prosecute, and punish those responsible for serious violations of human rights; second, international law also provides victims a fundamental right to justice (the “victims rights argument”); and third, post-conflict policy recognizes that criminal justice is good for democracy and the rule of law. as a consequence, the truth v. justice question began to tip in favor of criminal trials because the rights of victims now factored into a balancing equation that once only consi- dered the preferences of political leaders and elites. roughly at the same time as the development of human rights law, a paral- lel development in international criminal law also laid inroads to undermine the validity of amnesties. specifically, the end of the cold war permitted renewed at- tention to the use of international and hybrid tribunals for criminal prosecutions, a remedy left largely dormant since the nuremburg trials in . jurispruden- ce emanating from these tribunals solidified the principle of individual criminal liability for egregious human rights violations, which previously was thought to trigger only liability based on the theory of the wrongful acts of states. these streams of international human rights law and international cri- minal law together helped cause a paradigmatic shift. today, amnesties are no longer assumed to be unconditionally lawful within an international legal fra- mework. instead, many scholars now acknowledge that to be legitimate, am- nesties must conform to legal norms. this has created a standard of “qualified amnesties” with customary and treaty law prohibiting bars to prosecution for war crimes, enumerated treaty crimes, and crimes against humanity. yet, this discourse suggests that it is still possible for nations to resort to amnesties for other serious human rights violations. with regard to this last point, this article responds to an apparent gap in the scholarly literature which fails to merge the fields of human rights law and international criminal law—a step that would resolve the current debate as to whether any amnesty in transitional justice settings is lawful. more specifically, even though both fields are a subset of transitional justice in general, the discipli- ne of international criminal law still supports the theory of “qualified amnesties” in transitional justice schemes, while international human rights law now stands for the proposition that no amnesty is lawful in those settings. this article brings teitel, supra note , at (writing that amnesties were granted to nearly all participants in the athenian civil war in b.c.). for a general discussion of amnesties, see gwen k. young, all the truth and as much justice as possible, u.c. davis j. int’l l. & pol’y ( ) (presenting a definitional overview of amnesties). ronald c. slye, the legitimacy of amnesties under international law and general principles of anglo- american law: is a legitimate amnesty possible?, va. j. int’l l. , ( ). see discussion infra part ii. lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial attention to this new development through a discussion of the barrios altos case, a seminal decision issued by the iacthr in . barrios altos arose out of a dispute concerning one amnesty law, promulga- ted in by former peruvian president alberto fujimori, which extended im- munity to all state agents responsible for serious human rights violations during peru’s internal armed conflict between and . when fujimori unexpec- tedly fled the country in , the transitional government sought clarification from the iacthr on the amnesty laws to determine whether its transitional jus- tice experience could include criminal trials. the result was a prompt decision in which the iacthr declared immunity measures such as amnesty laws to be contrary to state obligations under international human rights law, a holding that can be interpreted to outlaw all amnesties for acts that constitute human rights crimes. yet recent scholarship, most notably from the international criminal law field, has ignored this decision or otherwise interpreted it overly narrowly. this article responds by offering a more in-depth understanding of the barrios altos de- cision in order to inform the ongoing academic debates on the evolving doctrine on amnesties in transitional justice schemes. in addition, this article seeks to reveal how an international human rights decision can dramatically impact state practice, thus also contributing to a pending question in international human rights law as to whether such jurisprudence is effective in increasing human rights protections. as a result of the iacthr ru- ling, the peruvian truth and reconciliation commission (trc) fully embraced the principle of criminal justice, seeking to conduct its own investigations to support state efforts to initiate criminal prosecutions. barrios altos dramatically altered the peruvian transitional justice experience, eventually leading to prosecutions of police officers as well as military and civilian leaders, including fujimori himself. as one of the more recent transitional justice experiences, the peruvian experience offers an important look at how the concept of criminal justice may now figure as a central component of transitional justice schemes. additionally, the barrios altos decision has also set a new precedent for the region, leading other latin american countries to annul infamous amnesty laws of the past and finally initiate criminal trials. in light of these recent developments, this article suggests that the truth v. justice dilem- ma may no longer exist. instead, criminal justice must be done. to develop this conclusion, part i of this article first offers an historical overview of the truth v. justice debate in the field of transitional justice, with a focus on amnesties. in particular, part i examines the latin american experience and how it shaped the terms of this debate that eventually pushed criminal justice to the sidelines of transitional justice. part ii discusses how a changing interna- tional legal context helped to contest the use of immunity measures and create the current standard of “qualified amnesties” through international human rights law and international criminal law. part iii then turns to the specific story of peru in order to offer an historical example of how amnesties create a culture of im- barrios altos case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. (mar. , ). see discussion infra part v. outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial punity in national settings characterized by serious human rights violations. part iv explains how peru helped to reverse this trend of impunity as well as create a new standard in transitional justice schemes by resorting to the inter-american system of human rights. part v offers a systematic analysis of the barrios altos case in order to demonstrate how it may be interpreted to outlaw all amnesties, a conclusion also supported by subsequent state practice, which is explored in part vi. the article concludes by looking at the implications of this new legal develo- pment in regard to amnesties in order to encourage future research regarding the role of criminal justice in transitional justice schemes. truth v. justice: the controversy of amnesty within transitional justice schemes this part offers an historical look at the field of transitional justice. despite its origins in principles of criminal justice, transitional justice evolved to exclude the use of criminal trials in the decades following world war ii due to the wi- despread adoption of immunity measures, such as amnesties, in post-conflict and post-authoritarian countries, especially those in latin america. this development gave rise to the truth v. justice debate, the evolution and terms of which will be discussed in order to illustrate how international law eventually moved towards bringing criminal justice back into transitional justice schemes. the criminal justice origins of transitional justice run deep. in fact, ruti teitel traces the genealogy of transitional justice back to the criminal trials at nuremburg from to , reminding us that the public imagination and understanding of transitional justice often conjures up images of criminal trials and the punishment of the culprits of displaced regimes. certainly, the prosecu- tions of prominent members of nazi germany’s economic, political, and military leadership set a new standard: state actors could be held criminally liable for state crimes. consequently, the nuremburg trials set an international standard, inspi- ring the trials of perpetrators linked to world war ii crimes in other countries. above all else, the nuremburg trials contributed to the birth of the transitional justice field, to which the general fields of international criminal law and interna- tional human rights law arguably belong. ruti g. teitel, transitional justice genealogy, harv. hum. rts. j. , ( ). teitel, supra note , at ; see also eric blumenson, national amnesties and international justice, eyes on the icc , ( ) (concurring by writing that “the duty to bring the worst criminals to justice is a deep sentiment, or an article of faith”). this precept now underscores the subject of international criminal law. see teitel, supra note , at . see generally robert e. conot, justice at nuremberg ( ); telford taylor, the anatomy of the nuremburg trials: a personal memoir ( ); theodor meron, reflections on the prosecu- tion of war crimes by international tribunals, am. j. int’l l. ( ) (providing a detailed history of the history of the nuremburg trials). carlos santiago nino, radical evil on trial ( ) (naming italy, japan, austria, france, belgium, hungary, poland, and czechoslovakia as places where additional trials occurred). see minow, supra note , at ( ) (discussing the human rights movement arising out of nuremburg); teitel, supra note , at (drawing the connection between international criminal law and transitional justice). lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial although precise definitions of the term “transitional justice” vary, the term ultimately rests on the search for justice in response to past episodes of widespre- ad human rights violations, most often those associated with armed conflict, au- thoritarian regimes, and apartheid. in these situations, trials can serve a clearly political purpose by laying the foundation for a transition that disavows the po- litical norms of predecessors and works “to construct a new legal order.” in this sense, trials can draw a “thick line” between the past and present to prevent new cycles of violence and to help assure the future of a new democracy. history, ho- wever, has shown time and again the difficulties countries face in trying to “close the books” on a past marred by widespread human rights violations in order to build a new legal and political order. partly as a result of these problems, the initial enthusiasm for criminal justice generated by nuremburg was short lived. geopolitical changes that coincided with nuremburg, namely the cold war, made international trials less politically feasi- ble and thereby also contributed to the decline of international criminal justice. a westphalian philosophy promoted a policy of noninterference that deferred to national sovereigns to decide the most appropriate means of achieving peace. ac- cordingly, despite the millions of people victimized by brutal regimes since world war ii, criminal prosecutions for such oppression in that period have been rare. . amnesty in the americas the third wave of democratization in latin america during the s con- tributed to the international tendency to accept that criminal justice could be compromised during delicate political transformations. with the exception of see louis bickford, transitional justice, in encyclopedia of genocide and crimes against hu- manity , – (dinah l. shelton ed., ); ruti teitel, transitional jurisprudence: the role of law in political transformation, yale l.j. , ( ) (noting the qualitative transition refers to a “bounded period, spanning two regimes”). teitel, supra note , at . juan e. méndez, in defense of transitional justice, in transitional justice and the rule of law in new democracies , (a. james mcadams ed., ). see generally jon elster, closing the books: transitional justice in historical perspective ( ). for example, the regime changes in southern europe (spain, portugal, and greece) follow- ing world war ii took on a wholly local dimension and further undermined any assumption that criminal justice would be pursued. see nino, supra note , at . see generally anne-marie slaughter, security, solidarity, and sovereignty: the grand themes of un reform, am. j. int’l l. , ( ) (providing an overview of the concept of sovereignty). see ian brownlie, principles of public international law – ( th ed. ) (discussing the principle of sovereignty in international law). see generally stéphane beaulac, the westphalian legal orthodoxy—myth or reality?, j. hist. int’l l. ( ) (discussing the history of the westphalian doctrine). see john dugard, retrospective justice: international law and the south african model, in transi- tional justice and the rule of law in new democracies, supra note , at , (discussing a few of the rare cases of prosecution in greece, ethiopia, and rwanda); christopher c. joyner, redressing impunity for human rights violations: the universal declaration and the search for ac- countability, denv. j. int’l l. & pol’y , – ( ) (discussing the rarity of criminal prosecutions since nuremburg). see jaime malamud-goti, transitional governments in the breach: why punish state criminals?, hum. rts. q. , – ( ). outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial bolivia, retroactive justice for state crimes in latin america became uncommon in this period due both to inaction and to the use of amnesties and pardons on a frequent basis. thus, the latin american experience began to suggest a model of “truth and justice as far as possible.” the experience of argentina, in particular, reveals how practical concerns outweighed principled ones when criminal trials put at risk the complex and de- licate undertaking of political transition. in , the argentine military dicta- torship agreed to hold national elections conditioned on the passage of amnes- ty laws. the subsequently elected president, raúl alfonsín, however, created the national commission on the disappearance of persons (conadep), which eventually led to criminal prosecutions of top military leaders. alfonsín’s efforts soon backfired when the military showed its dissatisfaction through a series of uprisings. in response, the president passed a series of laws including the ley de punto final (law of full stop), which established an end date to the trials, as well as the ley de obediencia debida (law of due obedience), which provided immu- nity to lower ranked, subordinate officers if they acted within the scope of duty. both laws were perceived as “undercover” amnesties that eventually frustrated national attempts to prosecute perpetrators of human rights crimes. notwithstanding its struggles to assure criminal justice, argentina establi- shed a new model of transitional justice that looked to other mechanisms for confronting the past and helped make truth commissions an acceptable way to bolivia stands apart from its neighbors as one of the earliest transitional experiences in latin america in which criminal trials for human rights abuses were held in a political transition from a military dictatorship. on april , , after a seven-year trial, its supreme court convicted former bolivian military dictator garcía meza ( – ) to thirty years in prison. it also convicted some of his top ministers and paramilitary members. see rené antonio mayorga, democracy dignified and an end to impunity: bolivia’s military dictatorship on trial, in transitional justice and the rule of law in new democracies, supra note , at , – . this phase ended eighteen years of military rule ( – ) due to what rené antonio mayorga terms the “broad societal demand for justice” coupled with the military’s weak and discredited status. id. at . nino, supra note , at . for a discussion of amnesties and basic definitional terms, see generally roderick o’brien, amnesty and international law, nordic j. int’l l. ( ). andrew rigby, justice and reconciliation: after the violence ( ) (writing on the latin american transitional justice experience). the military, led by general rafael videla, overthrew civil socialist leader juan perón in , but the military’s defeat in the war with britain over the malvinas islands (falklands) largely discredited them. see carlos h. acuña & catalina smulovitz, guarding the guardians in argen- tina: some lessons about the risks and benefits of empowering the courts, in transitional justice and the rule of law in new democracies, supra note , at , – (discussing the ley de pacifi- cación nacional (law of national pacification) that granted immunity to armed and police forces for crimes committed in context of the military repression between may , , and june , ); see also jaime malamud-goti, punishing human rights abuses in fledgling democracies: the case of argentina, in impunity and human rights in international law and practice (naomi roht-arriaza ed., ) (discussing argentina’s amnesty laws). see acuña & smulovitz, supra note , at . id. at – . see luis márquez urtubey, non-applicability of statutes of limitation for crimes committed in argentina: barrios altos, sw. j. l. & trade am. , ( ) (providing a history of ar- gentina’s amnesty laws). when carlos s. menem became president in july , he pardoned top generals and military personnel to attempt to resolve growing internal tensions. acuña & smulovitz, supra note , at – . lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial fill the gap left by compromised criminal justice. by the end of the s, truth commissions in latin america became as commonplace as the amnesty laws that compelled their conception. by the time chile underwent its transition to civil rule following the end of augusto pinochet’s military dictatorship in , victims there also faced se- emingly absolute bars to criminal justice for crimes resulting from his repressive rule. at the time, pinochet still maintained power despite having been voted out of office, and the courts remained reluctant to pursue investigations, especially since a sweeping amnesty law passed in covered all crimes committed by the armed forces from to . pinochet’s successor, president patricio aylwin, instead formed a truth commission to provide a “second-best option” and attempted “to serve a cause—the pursuit of retrospective justice—that is more effectively undertaken by the courts.” in doing so, aylwin essentially adopted the position of “[f]ull disclosure of the truth, and justice to the extent possible.” jorge correa sutil points to the continued power of the military to explain why chile could only secure “a partial truth, a partial justice, and a partial healing of old wounds.” unlike “transition through rupture” or total collapse, chile’s ex- perience required negotiations with an existing military power base which ultima- tely resulted in pacification laws that limited the ability of politicians and courts to do justice. the residual power of former regimes generally helped to assure truth commissions vary from country to country but are usually official and temporary bodies created to investigate and publish historical accounts of past widespread violations of human rights. see generally priscilla b. hayner, unspeakable truths: confronting state terror and atrocity ( ) (providing a comprehensive account of truth commissions in over thirty countries since ). see emily w. schabacker, reconciliation or justice and ashes: amnesty commissions and the duty to punish human rights offenses, n.y. int’l l. rev. , – ( ). in , pinochet overthrew socialist president salvador allende in a coup. see naomi roht- arriaza & lauren gibson, the developing jurisprudence on amnesty, hum. rts. q. , – ( ) (providing a historical account of events leading to chile’s amnesty laws). for example, even though growing discontent had led to a referendum that voted pinochet out of office in , the constitution allowed him to continue to hold power as commander in chief of the army until . jorge correa sutil, “no victorious army has ever been prosecuted . . .”: the unsettled story of transitional justice in chile, in transitional justice and the rule of law in new democracies, supra note , at , – . pinochet also continued to hold a lifetime senate seat after being voted out of office. rebecca evans, pinochet in london—pinochet in chile: international and domestic politics in hu- man rights policy, hum. rts. q. , – ( ) (describing chile’s amnesty laws); sutil, supra note , at . sutil, supra note , at – . id. at (citing aylwin’s inaugural speech on march , ). there were attempts to challenge the amnesty laws based on international law, which were eventually rejected by the chilean supreme court. id. at – ; see also robert j. quinn, will the rule of law end? chal- lenging grants of amnesty for the human rights violations of a prior regime: chile’s new model, fordham l. rev. , – ( ) (providing a historical account of the attempts to annul chile’s amnesty law). sutil, supra note , at . the commission on truth and reconciliation was instructed to clarify the truth in a “comprehensive” manner and recommend how to rehabilitate the victims. working nine months in camera, the commission produced “the rettig report” (named after the commission’s chairman raúl rettig). see margaret popkin & naomi roht-arriaza, truth as justice: investigatory commissions in latin america, law & soc. inquiry , – ( ) (de- scribing the work of the commission on truth and reconciliation). mayorga, supra note , at . outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial impunity, especially where there were negotiations relating to their continued pre- sence in local power structures. in these situations, rather than seeking full-scale criminal prosecutions against former regime members, the question became “how much and to what extent justice was possible.” by the s, with amnesty laws established as common fare, the focus turned almost exclusively to truth commissions. transitions in central america often mirrored those in south america, resorting to immunity mechanisms to avoid criminal justice and relying almost exclusively on truth commissions to assure that the government provided some type of accountability for past wron- gs. the experiences in latin america began to shape what would eventually be well-recognized as some of the fundamental dilemmas in the growing field of transitional justice and would help define the terms of the truth v. justice debate. . promoting truth commissions over criminal justice pursuant to the latin american experience, the “threshold dilemma” of transitional justice became choosing what kind of justice. the original strong link of justice to criminal trials spearheaded by nuremburg was weakened by an “an increased pragmatism in and politicization of the law.” this process, howe- ver, was not without resistance. even when state practice seemed to suggest the futility of any debate, a stronghold of justice advocates remained skeptical that sutil, supra note , at . for example, five days after el salvador’s truth commission published its report in urg- ing criminal accountability for the human rights violations caused during its twelve-year civil war, the government passed an amnesty law barring criminal investigations and trials. santiago a. canton, amnesty laws, in victims unsilenced: the inter-american human rights system and transitional justice in latin america , (mónica Ávila paulette & catherine a. sunshine eds., gretta k. siebentritt trans., ). similarly, the guatemalan historical clari- fication commission produced its final report, guatemala: memoria del silencio, on february , , but was prohibited from naming perpetrators or individualizing responsibility. joanna r. quinn & mark freeman, lessons learned: practical lessons gleaned from inside the truth commis- sions of guatemala and south africa, hum. rts. q. , ( ). see generally popkin & roht-arriaza, supra note , at – (describing the origins of guatemala’s truth commission). see bronwyn anne leebaw, the irreconcilable goals of transitional justice, hum. rts. q. , ( ). teitel, supra note , at (discussing the function of law in political transformation). see generally luc huyse, justice after transition: on the choices successor elites make in dealing with the past, law & soc. inquiry ( ) (positing that transitional regimes face political choices in how to respond to the crimes of their predecessors). teitel, supra note , at (discussing the phases of transitional justice development). lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial realpolitik could once and for all terminate the discussion. their persuasion relied largely on legal arguments. nevertheless, the notion of justice began to take on a broader meaning, pu- shed in large part by a challenge to the binary approach to the matter of accoun- tability that reduced the choice to trials or no trials. as richard goldstone, justice of the constitutional court of south africa, comments: “certainly there is no one simple solution capable of addressing the complexities and subtleties inherent in a range of different factual situations. the peculiar history, politics, and social struc- ture of a society will always inform the appropriate approach to this question in any given context.” part of this development favoring truth commissions without trials also related to the weakness of national courts in matters of criminal justice because “[c]ourts in newly constituted or reemerging civilian regimes must contend with a legacy of a lack of independence, ties to the old regime, mistrust, fear and corruption, or the inexperience of newly appointed personnel.” the perceived impossibility or impracticality of domestic trials led to their elimination altogether. some reasons for prosecuting include discouraging future offenses, minimizing “self-help” vengeance, promoting reconciliation, respecting the rule of law, and strengthening a new demo- cratic regime. see alice h. henkin, conference report, in aspen inst., state crimes: punishment or pardon? , – ( ). as clearly stated by m. cherif bassiouni, “if peace is not intended to be a brief interlude between conflicts, then in order to avoid future conflict, it must encompass what justice is intended to accomplish: prevent, deter, punish, and rehabilitate.” m. cherif bassiouni, searching for peace and achieving justice: the need for accountability, law & contemp. probs., autumn , at , ; see also charles p. trumbull iv, giving amnesties a second chance, berkeley j. int’l l. , – ( ) (summarizing the arguments for and against criminal prosecutions). for a fuller discussion of the debates, see generally miriam j. aukerman, extraor- dinary evil, ordinary crime: a framework for understanding transitional justice, harv. hum. rts. j. ( ) (discussing the justice theories attributed to transitional justice); richard l. siegel, transitional justice: a decade of debate and experience, hum. rts. q. ( ) (outlining the terms of the truth v. justice debate). chronologists mark the aspen institute conference in colorado entitled “state crimes: punishment or pardon” as the inaugurating event for this debate. see generally alice h. henkin, state crimes: punishment or pardon (conference report), in transitional justice: how emerging de- mocracies reckon with former regimes (neil j. kritz ed., ) (presenting a summary of the conference). the debate took on special focus through a scholarly exchange in the yale law journal between diane orentlicher and carlos s. nino, who served as a legal advisor to argentina’s president alfonsín. see orentlicher, supra note , at (arguing for a duty to prosecute “espe- cially atrocious crimes”); carlos s. nino, the duty to punish past abuses of human rights put into context: the case of argentina, yale l.j. , – ( ) (arguing that political contexts must be taken into account when designing an approach to criminal justice in transitions); diane f. orentlicher, a reply to professor nino, yale l.j. , – ( ) (rebutting nino’s interpretation of her viewpoint on the inflexibility of the positive duty to prosecute). in her au- thoritative first article, orentlicher sets the legal parameters for a state’s duty to prosecute. nino, in turn, perceives this as too rigid for the political realities of countries in transition and suggests that we need to be sympathetic to the factual circumstances of each country. nino also notes that an “unrelenting” duty to prosecute may put leaders under pressure and make them look weak. nino, supra note , at . this debate culminated in with the publication of neil kritz’s three-volume book presenting the wide array of opinions on the matter. see generally transitional justice: how emerging democracies reckon with former regimes, supra. see richard goldstone, preface to human rights in political transitions: gettysburg to bosnia , (carla hesse & robert post eds., ). roht-arriaza & gibson, supra note , at . outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial for that reason, chilean human rights lawyer josé zalaquett has argued that “the real question is to adopt, for every specific situation, the measures that are both feasible and most conducive to the purpose of contributing to build or recons- truct a just order.” in this stream of discussion, truth commissions were discussed as promoting “a different, possibly better, kind of justice than do criminal convic- tion and punishment—‘restorative’ justice.” soon, transitional justice literature began to examine more fully the validity of alternative justice mechanisms, such as truth commissions. the argument was made that these mechanisms provided a better historical account of the past by revealing the patterns, causes, and context of abuses and by challenging the prevailing wisdom regarding former regimes. transitional justice expanded to include questions concerning how to “heal” whole societies, with a restorative focus. as nigel biggar explains, “[t] hinking of criminal justice primarily in terms not of retribution but of the vindication of victims significantly relaxes the tension between justice and the politics of making peace.” his definition of justice folds other kinds of justice (restorative, reparati- ve, historical) into a general category of justice, lessening the urgency of criminal trials. in this way, collecting victim testimonies, awarding reparations, and ensu- ring institutional reforms serve as a proxy for criminal justice. biggar poses the question: “making peace or doing justice: must we choose?” in other words, if all measures count equally toward the same overarching goal of peace and recon- ciliation, then the idea of choice becomes moot. yet biggar frames the perceived choice in terms of political demands to make peace and moral claims for justice, overlooking the fact that demands for justice also arise out of legal claims. see naomi roht-arriaza, the need for moral reconstruction in the wake of past human rights violations: an interview with josé zalaquett, in human rights in political transitions: gettysburg to bosnia, supra note , at , ; see also josé zalaquett, confronting human rights violations committed by former governments: applicable principles and political constraints, hamline l. rev. , ( ). the issue of particular historical and political contexts counsels that “true political reconstruction is always a matter of local initiative that does not lend itself to external compulsion . . . .” carla hesse & robert post, introduction to human rights in political transi- tions: gettysburg to bosnia, supra note , at , . kent greenawalt, amnesty’s justice, in truth v. justice: the morality of truth commissions , (robert i. rotberg & dennis thompson eds., ). see, e.g., timothy phillips & mary albon, when prosecution is not possible: alternative means of seeking accountability for war crimes, in war crimes: the legacy of nuremberg (belinda cooper ed., ). see harvey m. weinstein & eric stover, introduction: conflict, justice and reclamation, in my neighbor, my enemy: justice and community in the aftermath of mass atrocity , – (eric stover & harvey m. weinstein eds., ). see generally lisa j. laplante, the peruvian truth com- mission’s historical memory project: empowering truth-tellers to confront truth deniers, j. hum. rts. ( ) (providing an overview of the justifications for truth-telling exercises like a truth commission). it is noteworthy that while at the aspen institute conference there was no agree- ment on the obligation to punish, all participants agreed on the basic obligation to investigate the truth. henkin, supra note , at . teitel, supra note , at . nigel biggar, making peace or doing justice: must we choose?, in burying the past: making peace and doing justice after civil conflict , – (nigel biggar ed., ). see id. at – . id. at . id. at . lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial this period of scholarly debate helped elevate the status of truth commis- sions from a “second-best” alternative to a mechanism at least as important as criminal justice in the transitional justice movement. yet in this phase, the mo- vement often went too far to the other extreme. the celebration of truth commis- sions seemed to overshadow criminal trials, making them seem an almost bygone, antiquated feature of justice. martha minow, a proponent of the restorative view of justice, described supporters of criminal justice as idealists who espouse “stirring but often shrill and impractical claims, such as the ‘duty to prosecute’” and as scholars who are remote from nations struggling with transitional justice. yet minow’s account overlooks internal divisions within nations and the fact that local actors, especially victims-survivors, do not easily compromise their demands for criminal justice. indeed, ongoing local challenges to amnesty laws helped keep the embers of the debate slowly burning, ready to explode through an even- tual resurgence of international criminal law. . foreshadowing change: south african victim-survivors challenging amnesties experience on the ground, as documented by anthropologists, has shown that the theoretical debates often overlooked the demands of victim-survivors, whose hunger for trials remained even when elites compromised criminal justice. the events that unfolded around the creation of south africa’s truth and recon- ciliation commission in demonstrate this reality. the south african expe- rience not only helped make truth commissions a part of popular culture, but also see generally lisa j. laplante & kimberly theidon, truth with consequences: justice and repara- tions in post-truth commission peru, hum. rts. q. ( ) (discussing the heightened status of truth commissions in transitional justice); charles villa-vicencio, a different kind of justice: the south african truth and reconciliation commission, contemp. just. rev. ( ) (discuss- ing favorably the truth commission model used by south africa); charles villa-vicencio, why perpetrators should not always be prosecuted: where the international criminal court and truth com- missions meet, emory l.j. , ( ) (advising against an absolute duty to prosecute). see, e.g., mark j. osiel, why prosecute? critics of punishment for mass atrocity, hum. rts. q. , – ( ) (providing a summary of the nine arguments against resorting to criminal prosecution following mass atrocities). .minow, supra note , at . see laplante & theidon, supra note , at – (sharing ethnographic research on the resilient quest for criminal trials). the south african truth and reconciliation commission rose to such a high status that it made discussion of the topic mainstream and spawned perhaps more scholarly analysis than any other truth commission. see, e.g., kader asmal, truth, reconciliation and justice: the south african experience in perspective, mod. l. rev. , – ( ) (discussing south africa’s truth com- mission and amnesty laws); john dugard, reconciliation and justice: the south african experience, transnat’l l. & contemp. probs. ( ) (offering an overview of south africa’s amnesty laws and their subsequent legal challenge); sam garkawe, the south african truth and reconcili- ation commission: a suitable model to enhance the role and rights of the victims of gross violations of human rights?, melb. u. l. rev. ( ) (discussing the amnesty process from the perspective of victims); rosemary nagy, violence, amnesty and transitional law: “private” acts and “public” truth in south africa, afr. j. legal stud. , ( ) (arguing that amnesty led to a “truncated” truth). outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial simultaneously created the inference that amnesties are an acceptable feature of transitional justice. indeed, amnesty in exchange for truth constituted a central aspect of south africa’s promotion of national unity and reconciliation act, promising complete immunity to perpetrators of crimes “associated with a political objective . . . in the course of the conflicts of the past” but only if they offered “a full disclosure of all relevant facts.” the law permitted some of the country’s most notorious perpetrators to escape justice and created an outcry, mostly among victims, even while it was applauded internationally as a model for future truth commissions. eventually this local disagreement led to a legal challenge of the act ba- sed on both national and international law. the south african constitutional court, though, dismissed the plaintiff ’s international law arguments. it held that, in fact, the national unity and reconciliation act was “compatible” with international law, and pointed to the latin american experience to validate the use of amnesties in political transitions. although reluctantly concurring in the judgment, in his separate opinion justice john didcott explicitly recognized the compromises being asked from south africa’s citizens in upholding the constitu- tionality of south africa’s amnesty laws because he conceded that the amnesty laws denied the victims’ their right to justice. significantly, while victim-survivors rejected the decision and lobbied for full criminal justice, the press coverage and public reaction to the decision dismis- sed their concerns due to the hegemonic language of reconciliation. ultimately, the judgment served as a “watershed” in south africa’s transition as “a reconci- liatory version of human rights talk triumphed” over one that put criminal justice front and center. richard wilson concludes, however, that “[t]he most damaging see audrey r. chapman & hugo van der merwe, introduction: assessing the south african tran- sitional justice model, in truth and reconciliation in south africa: did the trc deliver? , (audrey r. chapman & hugo van der merwe eds., ) (commenting that the south african truth commission “captured public attention throughout the world and provided the model for succeeding truth commissions”); catherine jenkins, ‘they have built a legal system without punishment’: reflections on the use of amnesty in the south african transition, transformation: critical persp. on s. afr. , ( ) (noting that internationally “the policy of ‘reconcilia- tion’ adopted in south africa, of which the amnesty process is seen as a part, has commanded considerable respect”). promotion of national unity and reconciliation act of s. ( ), ( ), available at http://www.doj.gov.za/trc/legal/act .htm. the widow of steven biko, founder of the black consciousness movement in south africa and who died from torture in , was the first to bring a case. see hesse & post, supra note , at – . see richard a. wilson, the politics of truth and reconciliation in south africa: legitimizing the post- apartheid state – ( ) (providing a historical account of the south african constitutional court’s ruling on the country’s amnesty laws). .id. at – . id. at . id. at . id. at . but see jonathan klaaren & howard varney, a second bite at the amnesty cherry? constitutional and policy issues around legislation for a second amnesty, s. afr. l.j. , – ( ) (offering a critical analysis of the court’s decision). lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial outcome of truth commissions is a result of their equating of human rights with reconciliation and amnesty.” wilson speaks of “the large gap” between political reality and the survi- vors’ expectations of justice, since the vast majority of survivors preferred pu- nishment. thus, unlike the passive view of victims presented by biggar, wilson introduces us to the idea of victims as protagonists. transitional justice projects must consider the demands of victims and what they need for closure. these con- siderations put into question the legitimacy of amnesties. wilson discusses how the ambiguity of international law regarding the le- gitimacy of amnesties at the time of south africa’s transition made the issue less clear. as wilson states: “international criminal law is highly ambivalent on the question of amnesty, and the tension between national amnesties and internatio- nal human rights treaties has a long history.” writing in , wilson points out that this ambiguity allows one, by “quoting selectively,” to “construct an ar- gument to either justify or negate a national amnesty.” at that time, the well- -accepted doctrine of sovereign prerogative gave an individual’s right to justice far less weight than the social good of stability. with great foresight, wilson predic- ted that the “stand-off between ‘international retributionists’ and the ‘nationalist pragmatists’ over what international law definitively states on the question of amnesty is likely to shift in coming years,” especially in light of the increasing importance of the international criminal court (icc). a changing global context: a legal framework to challenge amnesties as the new millennium neared, just as it seemed the truth v. justice debate tipped against criminal justice, the legitimacy of amnesty laws took on “renewed importance” in a new international context. indeed, although successor regi- mes since antiquity have had to deal with the crimes of their predecessors and frequently resorted to amnesties, contemporary developments and globalization began to give this task “an international dimension” through the growth and recognition of both international human rights and international crimes.” one sees two parallel movements that now seem to be converging, suggesting that cri- minal justice may once again be a solid pillar in the transitional justice paradigm. wilson, supra note , at . id. at . id. id. at . see id. at . id. at . other scholars and practitioners also speculated that the renewed international commitment to criminal justice would begin to change the terms of the truth v. justice debate. see, e.g., juan e. méndez, accountability for past abuses, hum. rts. q. , ( ) (“two or three years from now, analysts will have to reexamine everything said today about truth and justice in light of what these experiments produce.”). william w. burke-white, reframing impunity: applying liberal international law theory to an analysis of amnesty legislation, harv. int’l l.j. , ( ). dugard, supra note , at . outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial today, a more solidified body of international law places new restrictions on local decisionmakers, suggesting that the choice that underscored the truth v. justice di- lemma may be moot. indeed, the transitional justice pendulum has now swung back towards a focus on criminal trials, but this time embedded in legal not moral terms, thereby leaving less room for political considerations and manipulations. most significantly, with the birth of this new legal union we can glimpse the im- pending demise of amnesty. . international criminal law: individual accountability for atrocities clearer legal limits on sovereign prerogatives during political transitions began to form half a century after world war ii through the incremental develo- pments of international criminal law. even though the nuremburg legacy did not increase the frequency of criminal trials, it did spawn a growing body of treaty law expressly requiring criminal prosecutions. specific international crimes were co- dified in the genocide convention, the geneva conventions of , protocol i and ii of , and the convention against torture. this new international criminal framework was strengthened further upon the creation of the interna- tional tribunals for rwanda and the former yugoslavia, and the establishment see teitel, supra note , at . see kristin henrard, the viability of national amnesties in view of the increasing recognition of individual criminal responsibility at international law, mich. st. u.-detroit c.l. j. int’l l. , ( ) (tracing the creation of treaties prohibiting genocide, torture, and war crimes to the nuremburg principles). convention on the prevention and punishment of the crime of genocide, dec. , , s. exec. doc. o, - ( ), u.n.t.s. . geneva convention for the amelioration of the condition of the wounded and sick in armed forces in the field, aug. , , u.s.t. , u.n.t.s. [hereinafter first ge- neva convention]; geneva convention for the amelioration of the condition of wounded, sick and shipwrecked members of armed forces at sea, aug. , , u.s.t. , u.n.t.s. [hereinafter second geneva convention]; geneva convention relative to the treatment of prisoners of war, aug. , , u.s.t. , u.n.t.s. [hereinafter third geneva convention]; geneva convention relative to the protection of civilian persons in time of war, aug. , , u.s.t. , u.n.t.s. [hereinafter fourth geneva convention]. cer- tain acts are specified in the geneva conventions as “grave breaches.” first geneva convention, supra, arts. – ; second geneva convention, supra, arts. – ; third geneva convention, supra, arts. – ; fourth geneva convention, supra, arts. – . common article of the geneva conventions applies to conflicts of a noninternational nature. see, e.g., first geneva convention, supra, art. . protocol additional to the geneva conventions of august , and relating to the protec- tion of victims of international armed conflicts (protocol i), june , , u.n.t.s. . this protocol also identifies acts which are classified as “grave breaches.” see id. arts. , , . convention against torture and other cruel, inhuman or degrading treatment or punish- ment, dec. , , s. treaty doc. no. - ( ), u.n.t.s. . see s.c. res. , u.n. doc. s/res/ (nov. , ) (establishing an international tribunal for rwanda). see s.c. res. , u.n. doc. s/res/ (may , ) (establishing an international tribu- nal for the former yugoslavia). lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial of the icc. these developments established the legal norm that the most egre- gious international crimes, including genocide, crimes against humanity, and war crimes, require punishment. suddenly, the status of amnesties became suspect once again as scholars and practitioners speculated whether the icc would respect national legislation that contravened the very essence of its subject matter jurisdiction. the idea of immu- nity took a strong hit after the surprise arrest of pinochet in london in and the decision by the house of lords to strip the former head of state of his immunity during extradition proceedings brought by a spanish judge seeking to try pinochet for human rights violations. this decision also demonstrated that national amnes- ties have no legal effect in non-national, third country prosecutions. a growing international grassroots movement then began to challenge the general acquiescence to the “pervasive practice of impunity” that let those guilty of murder to go “literally, scot-free.” the situation in haiti became a quintessen- tial example of amnesty failing to bring peace and deter future violence, further undermining the political rationale for amnesty. policy arguments then arose in on july , , delegates to the un diplomatic conference of plenipotentiaries on the establishment of an international criminal court in rome voted to adopt what is now called the “rome statute.” rome statute of the international criminal court, july , , u.n.t.s. (entered into force july , ) [hereinafter rome statute]; see also united na- tions diplomatic conference of plenipotentiaries on the establishment of an international criminal court, june –july , , rome statute of the international criminal court, u.n. doc. a/conf. / (july , ). dugard, supra note , at (discussing the significance of the international tribunals cre- ated in the s). sang wook daniel han, the international criminal court and national amnesty, auckland u. l. rev. , – ( ) (exploring the parameters of how the icc would decide on do- mestic amnesties); dwight g. newman, the rome statute, some reservations concerning amnesties, and a distributive problem, am. u. int’l l. rev. , – ( ) (reviewing the debates over whether the icc will respect national amnesties); darryl robinson, serving the interests of justice: amnesties, truth commissions and the international criminal court, eur. j. int’l l. , ( ); michael p. scharf, the amnesty exception to the jurisdiction of the international criminal court, cornell int’l l.j. , – ( ) (arguing that the icc should respect national amnesty laws in some situations); trumbull, supra note , at (concluding that even if do- mestic amnesties have no binding effect on a third party’s ability to prosecute under the theory of universal jurisdiction, political reasons may cause one to defer to immunity measures). the status of domestic immunity measures also arose before the international tribunal of the former yugoslavia. see o’brien, supra note , at – . evans, supra note , at – (discussing the history of the extradition proceedings against pinochet); andreas o’shea, pinochet and beyond: the international implications of amnesty, s. afr. j. hum. rts. , ( ) (discussing the extradition proceedings against pinochet and their implications for the legality of national amnesties and universal jurisdiction). o’shea, supra note , at . joyner, supra note , at ; see also jenkins, supra note , at (discussing the “battle against impunity” that occurred with the status of amnesty in flux). haiti has experienced continuing cycles of violence and repression in the period since the twenty-nine year “duvalier dynasty” (referring to dictator francois duvalier, who fled to exile in ), due in part to its failure “to expose, let alone punish, the crimes of the past.” kenneth roth, human rights in the haitian transition to democracy, in human rights in political transi- tions: gettysburg to bosnia, supra note , at , – . outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial favor of criminal justice. the idea of choice became viewed by top scholars as fallacious given that “the attainment of peace is not necessarily to the exclusion of justice, because justice is frequently necessary to attain peace.” juan méndez, now president of the international center for transitional justice, wrote in that transitional governments face “one of the hardest choices” given the tempta- tion to equate reconciliation with “forgive-and-forget policy.” nevertheless, he argued that wounds cannot be swept under the rug and warned against “tokenism and a false morality that only thinly disguises the perpetuation of impunity.” the mantra of the movement was reflected in the preamble of the icc’s rome statute, which called for “an end to impunity.” the creation of the icc has been credited by some with ushering in a “new order of international crimi- nal responsibility” to address gross abuses of human rights and fill in the gaps of domestic legal systems. trials suddenly became “an essential component of reconciliation” and amnesties were the tools for perpetrating impunity rather than reconciling warring parties. . human rights law: the right to justice and the duty to prosecute one of the other significant challenges to amnesty arises out of the legal framework of international human rights law and the resulting “rights talk” which has made human rights dictum a global norm. what was once a matter of only national politics and morality now must be grappled with in universal legal terms. it is important to remember that the political transitions in latin america occurred before a strong and cohesive international legal human rights framework existed, and thus the choice of approaches was presented in terms of “justice v. democracy”- —a logic of peace and war that omitted almost entirely a “logic of law.” the terms of the debate were thus limited to a false dichotomy based on a limited perception “redressing the wrongs committed through human rights violations is not only a legal obli- gation and a moral imperative imposed on governments. it also makes good political sense in the transition from dictatorship to democracy. in fact, the pursuit of retrospective justice is an urgent task of democratization, as it highlights the fundamental character of the new order to be established, an order based on the rule of law and on respect for the dignity and worth of each human person.” méndez, supra note , at . bassiouni, supra note , at ; see also dugard, supra note , at (“restoration of fidelity to the law is essential in a society which has been subjected to inhumanity in the name of the law.”). méndez, supra note , at . id. rome statute, supra note , pmbl. see newman, supra note , at . dugard, supra note , at . garth meintjes & juan e. méndez, reconciling amnesties with universal jurisdiction, int’l l.f. , – ( ). william schabas contends that the experience of sierra leone suggests that combatants do not necessarily need an amnesty to come forward, and some rebels will never be enticed to testify even with the promise of amnesty. william a. schabas, amnesty, the sierra leone truth and reconciliation commission and the special court for sierra leone, u.c. davis j. int’l l. & pol’y , – ( ). see jennifer l. balint, the place of law in addressing internal regime conflicts, law & contemp. probs., autumn , at , – . see méndez, supra note , at – . lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial of reality. as teitel states: “the observation that amnesty practices are often de fac- to associated with transitions is somehow turned into a normative statement about the relation of exercises of mercy to the liberal rule of law.” in other words, because amnesty was what most national politicians opted for, it was assumed this was the only acceptable way to establish peace and the rule of law after years of lawlessness and widespread human rights abuses. state practice seemed to demonstrate that amnesties were not prohibited by interna- tional law. méndez recognizes, however, that until recently, many of these po- liticians could not count on “a stronger voice of support from the international community for the efforts [to prosecute].” because human rights treaties are generally silent on the duty to guarantee criminal prosecutions, they were once assumed to trigger state liability only where a state failed to protect the rights of individuals under its jurisdictional control. liabili- ty, in turn, usually led to a declaratory judgment and sometimes to compensation and orders for reform. as the truth v. justice debate began to take hold, however, human rights law evolved to include criminal prosecutions. one can see this influence, in par- ticular, in the inter-american system of human rights and its role in expanding in- ternational human rights obligations. the inter-american system traces it origins to the creation of the organization of american states (oas), an international organization comprised of member states from north, central, and south ameri- ca. in , the oas established the iachr to monitor and report on the human rights situations in member countries. ten years later, in , the oas created the american convention on human rights. when the american convention entered into force in , the iacthr became the enforcement body for the treaty, with teitel, supra note , at . michael p. scharf, from the exile files: an essay on trading justice for peace, wash. & lee l. rev. , – ( ) (arguing that state practice does not support the ban on amnesties). méndez, supra note , at . michael scharf, the letter of the law: the scope of the international legal obligation to prosecute human rights crimes, law & contemp. probs., autumn , at , . see lisa j. laplante, bringing effective remedies home: the inter-american human rights system, reparations, and the duty of prevention, neth. q. hum. rts. , ( ). for a more detailed account of the inter-american system of human rights, see jo m. pasqua- lucci, the practice and procedure of the inter-american court of human rights – ( ); jo m. pasqualucci, the whole truth and nothing but the truth: truth commissions, impunity and the inter- american human rights system, b.u. int’l l.j. , – ( ); brian d. tittemore, ending impunity in the americas: the role of the inter-american human rights system in advancing accountabil- ity for serious crimes under international law, sw. j. l. & trade am. ( ). for a discussion of the historical evolution of the inter-american system, see thomas buergen- thal, protecting human rights in the americas: cases and materials – ( th ed. ); tom farer, the rise of the inter-american human rights regime: no longer a unicorn, not yet an ox, in the inter-american system of human rights (david j. harris & stephen livingstone eds., ). statute of the inter-american commission on human rights, o.a.s. g.a. res. , inter- am c.h.r., th sess., oas/ser.l/v/i. , rev. (oct. ), available at http://www.cidh.oas.org/ basicos/english/basic .statute% of% the% commission.htm organization of american states, american convention on human rights, nov. , , o.a.s.t.s. no. , u.n.t.s. . outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial contentious jurisdiction to issue binding decisions involving human rights violations by member states. significantly, the development of the inter-american system coincided with the political transitions in latin america discussed above in part i. the inter- -american system generally took a hard stand against prior oppressive regimes. in the mid- s, however, the iachr displayed caution regarding the obligations of “recent democracies” to investigate and initiate prosecutions of human rights violations of previous governments, stating that an international body could only make “minimal” contributions to the “sensitive and extremely delicate issue” of whether recent democracies should prosecute past abuses. undoubtedly, the iachr’s hesitation reflected the relative youth of the human rights system and the lack of a solidified legal framework to support a more definitive position on the duty to investigate and prosecute human rights crimes. however, the ia- chr began to take a consistent position on the duty to prosecute once the iac- thr issued a landmark decision on the matter in the velásquez rodríguez case in . there, the iacthr held that state parties have a duty to “ensure” the enumerated rights of the convention, which, in turn implies the duty of the states parties to organize the governmental apparatus and, in general, all the structures through which public power is exercised, so that they are capable of juridically ensuring the free and full enjoyment of human rights. as a consequence of this obligation, the states must prevent, investigate and punish any violation of the rights recognized by the convention and, moreover, if possible attempt to restore the right violated and provide com- pensation as warranted for damages resulting from the violation. see victor rodríquez rescia & marc david seitles, the development of the inter-american hu- man rights system: a historical perspective and a modern-day critique, n.y.l. sch. j. hum. rts. , – ( ) (providing a historical overview of the development of the iacthr). inter-am. comm’n on human rights [iachr], annual report of the inter-american commission on human rights – , oea/ser.l/v/ii. , doc. , rev. , at ch. v (sept. , ), avail- able at http://iachr.org/annualrep/ . eng/chap. .htm [hereinafter – annual report]. the commission thus found that the response “must come from the national sectors which are themselves affected, and the urgent need for national reconciliation and social pacification must be reconciled with the ineluctable exigencies of an understanding of the truth and of justice.” id. see scharf, supra note , at (discussing how the evolution of the human rights normative framework would eventually lead to a change in the iachr’s position). velásquez rodríguez case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. (july , ). id. ¶ (emphasis added). several scholars argue that the velásquez rodríguez decision should not be read too broadly because the court did not order criminal prosecutions in that particular case. see douglass cassel, lessons from the americas: guidelines for international response to amnesties for atrocities, law & contemp. probs., autumn , at , (questioning if this holding is “iron clad” be- cause the court did not order criminal investigations in that case); scharf, supra note , at – (arguing that the court’s ruling is not an absolute requirement because it did not order criminal investigations at the reparation stage); trumbull, supra note , at – (adopting the view that the failure to order prosecution diminishes the weight of the case). however, the iacthr repeatedly refers to this general holding in subsequent cases in which it does order criminal investigations, thus suggesting that the interpretation of these scholars may not be accurate. see fernando felipe basch, the doctrine of the inter-american court of human rights regarding states’ duty to punish human rights violations and its dangers, am. u. int’l l. rev. , – ( ). lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial thus, if a state fails to investigate, prosecute, and punish perpetrators of human rights violations, it becomes liable. moving forward, the iachr then consistently began to question the appropriateness of amnesties in latin ameri- can political transitions through its reports on individual cases as well as through its annual and country reports. the commission took this position even when countries had created a truth commission, stating that these investigations and payments of compensation were “not enough.” in this way, the iachr became one of the first international human rights monitoring bodies to find amnesty laws contrary to basic human rights princi- ples. yet, because the iachr’s decisions are not binding, states often respon- ded by either ignoring its recommendation, or providing the classic argument that the need to balance peace with justice justified the laws. nevertheless, these inter-american system decisions helped build a bridge between the evolving field of international criminal justice and human rights law by recognizing that the principle of individual criminal responsibility is fundamental to the punishment see naomi roht-arriaza, state responsibility to investigate and prosecute grave human rights viola- tions in international law, cal. l. rev. , ( ). the european court of human rights arrived at this same conclusion in kurt v. turkey, -iii eur. ct. h.r. ( ), in which it held that states have a duty to investigate, prosecute, and punish human rights violations. see, e.g., garay hermosilla v. chile, case . , inter-am. c.h.r., report no. / , oea/ ser.l/v/ii. , doc. rev. ¶ ( ); consuelo v. argentina, cases . , . , . , . , . , . , inter-am. c.h.r., report no. / , oea/ser.l/v/ii. , doc. ¶ ( – ) (concluding that amnesty laws violate the judicial guarantees embodied in articles and of the american convention); mendoza v. uruguay, cases . , . , . , . , . , . , . , . , inter-am. c.h.r., report no. / , oea/ser.l/v/ ii. , doc. ¶ ( – ); massacre las hojas v. el salvador, case . , inter-am. c.h.r., report no. / , oea/ser.l/v/ii. , doc. , at ( – ) (declaring that amnesty laws in el salvador contravene the american convention); iachr, report on the situation of hu- man rights in peru, oea/ser.l/v/ii. , doc. (mar. , ) (“one element that has been par- ticularly disturbing to the commission is that up until , no member of the security forces had been tried and punished for involvement in human rights violations.”), available at http:// iachr.org/countryrep/peru eng/background.htm#f.% impunity; – annual report, supra note , ch. iv, available at http://www.cidh.oas.org/annualrep/ . eng/chap. .htm (ad- dressing political transitions in the region and attempting to strike a balance between peace and the state’s obligation to investigate). garay hermosilla, case . , inter-am. c.h.r., report no. / , ¶ . see canton, supra note , at – (viewing the iachr’s decisions as among the first to reject amnesty laws). but see robert o. weiner, trying to make ends meet: reconciling the law and practice of human rights amnesties, st. mary’s l.j. , – ( ) (arguing that the ia- chr did outright condemn amnesties but left open that if they adhered to certain requirements they would be acceptable). the united nations has also issued strong opinions on blanket amnesties. see, e.g., u.n. human rights comm. [unhrc], consideration of reports submitted by states parties under article of the covenant, ¶ , u.n. doc. ccpr/c/ /add. (july , ) (commenting on peruvian amnesty law); unhrc, consideration of reports submitted by states parties under article of the covenant, ¶ , u.n. doc. ccpr/c/ /add. (apr. , ) (stating that argentina’s blanket amnesty laws are inconsistent with the international cov- enant of political and civil rights and expressing concern that these laws may create an “atmo- sphere of impunity” and violate victims’ rights to redress); rodríguez v. uruguay, commc’n no. / , human rights comm., u.n. doc. ccpr/c/ /d/ / ¶ . (aug. , ) (holding that uruguay’s amnesty laws impaired the right to an adequate remedy). see canton, supra note , at . outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial of serious human rights crimes. essentially, a human rights violation not only triggered state responsibility, but could also constitute an international crime. states cannot be brought to criminal trials for human rights violations, but the individuals who make up the state apparatus can. this development directly challenged the unconditional prerogative of the sovereign to decide matters of criminal jurisdiction. the choice of amnesty no longer depended solely on in- ternal political considerations and “elite preferences” because legal rules now tied the hands of politicians in regime changes. the rights of victim-survivors, such as the “right to truth” and the “right to an effective remedy” (which includes criminal investigations and prosecutions) now factor into the truth v. justice balancing equation. furthermore, the denial of these rights by a state will trigger new violations. thus, it is now understood that the state not only has a duty to pursue criminal prosecutions, but also a duty to uphold a victim’s right to a remedy. . current affairs: qualified amnesties despite the impressive inroads paved by the converging paths of interna- tional criminal law and international human rights, the resilience of amnesty re- mains. a majority of scholars and practitioners continue to defend the legitimacy see mirko bagaric & john morss, in search of coherent jurisprudence for international crim- inal law: correlating universal human responsibilities with universal human rights, suffolk transnat’l l. rev. , – ( ) (examining the overlap and connection between interna- tional criminal law and human rights). see lyal s. sunga, individual responsibility in international law for serious human rights violations , ( ); henrard, supra note , at – (discussing the concept of indi- vidual criminal responsibility for international crimes). joyner, supra note , at – . see antonio cassese, on the current trends towards criminal prosecution and punishment of breaches of international humanitarian law, eur. j. int’l l. , – ( ). see david pion-berlin, to prosecute or to pardon? human rights decisions in the latin american south- ern cone, in transitional justice: how emerging democracies reckon with former regimes, supra note , at , – , ; see also méndez, supra note , at – ; pasqualucci, supra note , at (referring to the historical deference to national decisions to implement amnesty). see raquel aldana-pindell, an emerging universality of justiciable victims’ rights in the criminal process to curtail impunity for state-sponsored crimes, hum. rts. q. , – ( ) (ex- ploring how criminal prosecutions are included as part of the right to remedy enjoyed by victims in the inter-american system); pasqualucci, supra note , at – (discussing the legal duty to ensure human rights by providing an “effective remedy” as recognized by the american convention); sherrie l. russell-brown, out of the crooked timber of humanity: the conflict between south africa’s truth and reconciliation commission and international human rights norms regarding “effective remedies,” hastings int’l & comp. l. rev. , – ( ) (providing an over- view of the right to a remedy in international law). see aldana-pindell, supra note , at . see generally dinah shelton, remedies in inter- national human rights law – ( d ed. ) (discussing the state obligation to repair human rights violations). see roht-arriaza, supra note , at – . this general line of thinking originated with the orentlicher-nino debate. see supra note (discussing the orentlicher-nino debate). this view was eventually adopted by the iacthr. see villagrán morales v. guatemala, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (may , ) (holding that the duty to prosecute is separate from a state’s duty to make reparations). lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial of amnesties, although now in legal terms rather than practical and political ones. one sees this trend in a new line of scholarship seeking to establish guidelines, tests, and parameters for “legitimate” amnesties. thus, an inverse relation be- tween international legal parameters and amnesties has emerged. as the legal rules regarding transitional justice have expanded, the breadth of amnesty provi- sions has been reduced. consensus now rejects blanket amnesties barring all types of investigations. the question is now: “what type of amnesty is acceptable in a given situation?” part of the answer to this remaining question revolves around the paradox of legality in transitional justice settings: the rule of law depends on strictly ob- serving issues of legality while putting on trial those who forsake the rule of law. prosecutors in criminal trials must struggle to observe restrictions such as nullem crimen sin lege, which protects against ex post facto justice and punishment for acts not criminalized at the time of commission. to counter this problem, it is now generally accepted that amnesties cannot be applied where treaties obligate states to prosecute or where customary law may be interpreted to compel pro- secution. amnesties are unlawful for war crimes and treaty crimes, which are explicitly enumerated in the geneva conventions, the genocide convention, and the torture convention. each of these conventions encapsulates the doctrine of aut dedere aut judicare (extradite or prosecute). recently, a new line of argument see, e.g., burke-white, supra note , at (proposing that liberal international law theory could be used to accommodate the preferences of individuals and social actors in determining the validity of amnesty); henrard, supra note , at – (discussing qualified amnesties that include selective prosecution); newman, supra note , at – (exploring the accepted limits of amnesties); ronald c. slye, the cambodian amnesties: beneficiaries and the temporal reach of amnesties for gross violation of human rights, wis. int’l l.j. , ( ) (suggesting that the decision regarding who should be protected by amnesty and for how long will influence the legitimacy of an amnesty); slye, supra note , at – (proposing situations when amnesties may be legitimate, including “compromise,” “corrective,” and “accountable” amnesties); jack snyder & leslie vinjamuri, trials and errors: principle and pragmatism in strategies of international justice, int’l security, winter / , at , (arguing that the “logic of consequences” should shape “strategies of justice”); trumbull, supra note , at – (proposing a balancing test using the criteria of process, substance, and domestic and international circumstances to deter- mine when amnesties are appropriate). see slye, supra note , at (discussing the limits of blanket amnesties and the need for states to take action to address the past). see young, supra note , at (presenting a legal framework to advise states on the proper scope of amnesty). for a discussion of the concern about ex post facto issues in international criminal law, see mark r. von sternberg, a comparison of the yugoslavian and rwandan war crimes tribunals: universal jurisdiction and the “elementary dictates of humanity,” brook j. int’l l. , – ( ). see cassel, supra note , at – (outlining the inter-american system treaty law that specifically requires prosecution); trumbull, supra note , at – (outlining the treaty and customary law bases for barring amnesty). for a discussion of the doctrine of aut dedere aut judicare and the offenses to which it gener- ally applies, see m. cherif bassiouni & edward m. wise, aut dedere aut judicare: the duty to extradite or prosecute in international law ( ). on the treaty-based grounds for barring amnesty, see joyner, supra note , at – and naomi roht-arriaza, sources in international treaties of an obligation to investigate, prosecute, and provide redress, in impunity and human rights in international law and practice, supra note , at , – (discussing the rationales of aut outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial includes crimes against humanity among those for which amnesty is unavailable, even though crimes against humanity are not codified in any formal convention but rather are a part of customary international law. crimes that are part of customary international law that also reach the level of jus cogens come with the corresponding obligation to prosecute as an obligation ergo omnes. more recent examples of political transitions, even those in latin america, have begun to demonstrate the new consensus that blanket amnesties are no longer permissible, further evidencing the growing restraint placed on national politics by international law. the direct impact of an emerging legal framework on amnesties is achieved through state practice as “state officials believe that they are under a legal obligation to hold criminals accountable, in some way, for their actions.” states have thus begun to draft amnesty laws in compliance with international obliga- tions. although some domestic courts ruled inconsistently on the permissibility of amnesties, those that recognized and incorporated international law tended to rule against their legality. writing in , naomi roht-arriaza and lauren gib- son analyzed lower court decisions on amnesty laws in chile, el salvador, guatema- la, honduras, peru, south africa, argentina, and hungary and concluded that “the trend has been from broader to more tailored, from sweeping to qualified, from laws with no reference to international law to those which explicitly try to stay within its strictures.” they credit this trend to the “growing importance of a discourse about impunity and accountability on an international level.” despite this evident evolution in state practice, a hard and fast contingent continues to advocate that some amnesties should remain in the “toolbox of con- flict resolution” because of their usefulness for peacemaking. notwithstanding the breadth of academic writing to the contrary, one commentator has also obser- ved that amnesties may not be clearly restricted by emerging international legal dedere aut judicare). in , the un secretary-general adopted the position that amnesties could not be granted for international crimes such as genocide, crimes against humanity, or other serious violations of international humanitarian law. the secretary-general, report of the secretary-general on the establishment of a special court for sierra leone, ¶ , delivered to the security council, u.n. doc. s/ / (oct. , ); see also the secretary-general, report of the secre- tary-general on the rule of law and transitional justice in conflict and post-conflict societies, ¶ (c), delivered to the security council, u.n. doc. s/ / (aug. , ) (rejecting amnesties for genocide, war crimes, and crimes against humanity). but see scharf, supra note , at – (arguing that the duty to prosecute is only required by treaty and not by customary law). m. cherif bassiouni, “crimes against humanity”: the need for a specialized convention, colum. j. transnat’l l. , ( ); m. cherif bassiouni, international crimes: jus cogens and obligatio erga omnes, law & contemp. probs., autumn , at (arguing that states have an obligation to prosecute for inderogable rights). see roht-arriaza, supra note , at – (discussing the customary law duty to pros- ecute). trumbull, supra note , at . see lynn berat, south africa: negotiating change?, in impunity and human rights in interna- tional law and practice, supra note , at , (discussing south africa’s “rejection of a blanket amnesty and declared intent to abide by international law”). roht-arriaza & gibson, supra note , at . id. at . id.; see also robert e. lutz, a piece of peace: the human rights accord and the guatemalan peace process, sw. j. l. & trade am. ( ). see schabas, supra note , at – . lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial rules: “despite the growing tension between the development of international criminal laws and institutions on the one hand, and state practice embracing amnesties on the other, there is surprisingly little international law that directly addresses the legitimacy of amnesties.” . calls for clarity: the uncertain future of amnesties in human rights protection despite recent encroachments upon the validity of amnesties, the status of an outright prohibition on amnesties remains unclear. at question is whether am- nesties may be applied to crimes that constitute serious human rights violations, but do not fall into the category of treaty crimes, war crimes, or crimes against humanity. some argue that “[w]hile international human rights groups, following human rights interpretations of international criminal law, have been enthusiastic about a complete end to amnesties, there is room for substantial ongoing legal and philosophical analysis of the questions at stake.” since there is no explicit ban on all amnesties at the moment, limits must be judicially prescribed. in this vein, michael scharf in pointed out, “once it is recognized that there is a gap in the international law requiring prosecution, two approaches are possible: one is to exploit the gap, the other is to attempt to fill it.” given the risk of the former, advocates now eagerly wait for an inter- national authority to fill it. charles trumbull observes that given the deadlock among scholars, “the legality of amnesties for perpetrators of serious crimes under international law is in a state of transition and considerable uncertainty.” he then writes: “the need for the international community to reach consensus on the validity of amnesties has become more acute in light of the controversial am- nesties recently adopted by several countries.” peru: legalizing impunity through amnesty peru represents a new stage in the development of the transitional justice paradigm. in its endeavor to address the past without providing impunity, it has included criminal justice in its transitional process from the beginning. peru has slye, supra note , at . newman, supra note , at . see young, supra note , at (“no treaty provisions specifically prohibit amnesty.”). scharf, supra note , at . trumbull, supra note , at . id. at . there has been an attempt to create “soft law” through a consensus of academ- ics, specifically by the drafting of the princeton principles on universal jurisdiction in . princeton univ. program in law & pub. affairs, princeton principles on universal jurisdiction ( ), reprinted in universal jurisdiction (stephen macedo ed., ) [hereinafter princ- eton principles on universal jurisdiction]. after extensive debate, however, the scholars were not able to agree on a per se rule regarding the legality of amnesty, deciding instead that “[a]mnes- ties are generally inconsistent with the obligation of states to provide accountability for serious crimes under international law.” trumbull, supra note , at (quoting princeton principles on universal jurisdiction, supra, princ. ). outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial set a new trend of state practice by specifically rejecting amnesty laws in its do- mestic political transition, and in doing so has helped resolve the pending ques- tion on the status of amnesties. it is important to contextualize any analysis of peru’s legal experience by first understanding its story—how it fell into authorita- rianism and finally found its way out. peru’s unique history has been significan- tly influenced by the inter-american system of human rights, which became a great ally of the local human rights movement prior to the country’s transition. a symbiotic national-international relationship, which continues today, has ensured that, above all else, peru fulfills its duty to protect and respect the right to justice. this collaboration of sorts began over a decade ago during the height of fujimori’s authoritarian regime. local victim-survivors and their advocates made “good use” of the international system to influence and support the formation of the trc and the criminal trials that soon followed. ultimately, as will be discussed in more detail below, the investigations and consequent rulings of the iachr and the iacthr set the terms for peru’s approach to transitional justice, which fully embraced the principle of criminal justice. . in the name of national security perhaps one of the inter-american system’s greatest contributions to peru’s national criminal justice experience was its condemnation of fujimori’s regime through a series of cases submitted throughout the s. these cases reached the inter-american system because of the wholly ineffective recourse provided by the peruvian domestic legal system. among these, the barrios altos and la cantuta cases would particularly impact the criminal justice aspect of peru’s tran- sitional justice experience. both cases revolved around an undercover death squad—a centerpiece of fujimori’s national security apparatus. fujimori won the presidential election as a political unknown. over the following years, with the help of his right hand advisor vladimir montesinos, he took carefully calculated steps to gain steadily almost absolute executive po- wer, justifying his newfound authority under the guise of fighting terrorism. the previous administration of alan garcía ( – ) left a country devastated by both economic collapse and a ten-year internal armed conflict with insur- lisa j. laplante, entwined paths to justice: the inter-american human rights system and the peru- vian truth commission, in paths to international justice: social and legal perspectives , (marie-bénédicte dembour & tobias kelly eds., ). see id. at . barrios altos case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (a) (mar. , ); la cantuta case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ ( ) (nov. , ). for further discussion of these cases, see infra part v. catherine m. conaghan, fujimori’s peru: deception in the public sphere – ( ) (giv- ing a historical account of the peruvian elections and fujimori’s candidacy). sally bowen & jane holligan, el espía imperfecto: la telaraña siniestra de vladimiro mon- tesinos ( ) (offering a full account of the political, often illegal, influence of montesinos on fujimori). see eduardo ferrero costa, peru’s presidential coup, j. democracy , ( ) (describing how garcía’s policies led to spiraling foreign debt, an inflation rate that reached a rate of seven lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial gent groups including the communist party of peru-shining path (pcp-sl). fujimori capitalized on the deep unease and fear that saturated peruvian society as a result of these circumstances by taking drastic measures to promote his free market economic plan and clamp down on political opponents. with the sup- port of the armed forces, fujimori conducted an autogolpe (self-coup) on april , , in which he shut down the bicameral congress, dismantled the judiciary, and suspended the national constitution. to assure enforcement of his new authoritarian regime, he hand picked general nicolás de bari hermoza-ríos to be the commander general of the army and head of the joint command and gave the executive branch direct control over the servicio de inteligencia nacional (sin) by appointing montesinos as its de facto executive chief. sin, in turn, created the death squad called el grupo colina (colina). colina consisted of thirty-two men and six women and worked clandestine- ly in collaboration with the intelligence services of the armed forces (sie) under the direction of army majors santiago martín rivas and carlos eliseo pichilin- güe-guevara. this clandestine group was formed to carry out “a state policy consisting in the identification, control and elimination of those persons suspec- ted of belonging to insurgent groups or who [were] opposed to the government of former president alberto fujimori. it operated through the implementation of systematic indiscriminate extra-legal executions, selective killings, forced disa- thousand percent and a gross national product drop of twelve percent). a few years later, the insurgent group tupac amaru revolutionary movement joined the internal armed conflict. for more background on peru’s internal armed conflict, see generally gustavo gorriti, the shining path: a history of the millenarian war in peru (robin kirk trans., univ. n.c. press ) ( ) (offering a journalist’s historical account of the strategy, actions, and challenges of the state and rebels during the war); orin starn, maoism in the andes: the communist party of peru-shining path and the refusal of history, j. latin am. stud. ( ). see jo-marie burt, “quien habla es terrorista”: the political use of fear in fujimori’s peru, latin am. res. rev. , ( ) [hereinafter burt, quien habla]; jo-marie burt, state making against democracy: the case of fujimori’s peru, in politics in the andes: identity, conflict, reform , – (jo-marie burt & philip mauceri eds., ) (describing the reconstitution of authori- tarianism in response to political violence and high inflation in peru). maxwell a. cameron, latin american autogolpes: dangerous undertows in the third wave of democ- ratization, third world q. , , – ( ) [hereinafter cameron, autogolpes]; max- well a. cameron, self-coups: peru, guatemala, and russia, j. democracy , ( ) [herein- after cameron, self-coups]. see generally charles d. kenney, fujimori’s coup and the breakdown of democracy in latin america ( ) (providing a comprehensive analysis of fujimori’s self-coup). see cameron, autogolpes, supra note , at . general julio salazar-monroe was sin’s official director. until this time, the sin had with- ered under civilian rule and was a small, underfunded organization. fujimori reinvigorated the office and it grew to employ thousands of agents and became “an indispensable part of the gov- ernment’s political machine and an instrument for isolating, discrediting, and spying on oppo- nents.” roger atwood, democratic dictators: authoritarian politics in peru from leguía to fujimori, sais rev. int’l aff. , ( ). the power of the intelligence services was also increased by the appointment of nélida colán as attorney general. colán “did little to defend citizens’ rights” in the wake of major abuses by the intelligence services and removed several judges who displayed an independent streak. cameron, self-coups, supra note , at . see cameron, self-coups, supra note , at . efraín rúa, el crimen de la cantuta: la desaparición y muerte de un profesor y nueve es- tudiantes que estremeció al país – , ( ). outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial ppearances and tortures.” although the leader of shining path was captured on september , , and the insurgent movement and violence declined, colina continued to operate under the justification of heightened national security due to alleged terrorism. as peru’s “political police,” the death squad would go on to carry out some of peru’s most notorious massacres, including those at barrios altos and la cantuta. . the massacres of barrios altos and la cantuta peruvian journalist and author efraín rúa describes the barrios altos mas- sacre as colina’s “consecrating act”—one that would be a rite of passage for a small group of army officers who would go on to conduct some of peru’s most ruthless tragedies. this nefarious story began on november , , when neighbors of the poor lima neighborhood of barrios altos held a pollada (fundraiser) to help replace faulty drains and piping that were making their children sick. around : p.m., two vehicles with sirens pulled up to the dwelling and six armed, masked men descended upon the party. for the next few minutes, the men fired with silencers on the crowd, killing fifteen people, including an eight-year-old child who had run to his father’s aid pleading for the killers to have mercy. four other people were seriously wounded, including one man who was paralyzed after being hit with twenty-seven bullets. information came forward that the barrios altos massacre was conducted by a government affiliated death squad as part of la cantuta case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ ( ) (nov. , ). the iacthr also referred to the findings of the peruvian trc: “the so-called ‘colina group,’ composed of members of the army, is probably one of the groups specialized in forced disap- pearances and arbitrary executions most widely known . . . . in , top military and political authorities ordered the officers of the intelligence operations division (aio) belonging to the servicio de inteligencia del ejército (sie) (army intelligence service) to create a squad reporting to the structure of the dirección de inteligencia del ejército peruano (dinte), which was then known as ‘colina detachment.’ this group was in charge of operations especially designed to eliminate alleged subversives, sympathizers or collaborators of subversive organizations.” id. ¶ ( ) n. (quoting comisión de la verdad y reconciliacion [truth & reconciliation com- mission], informe final [final report] ( ) (peru), available at http://www.cverdad.org.pe/ ifinal/pdf/tomo% vi/seccion% cuarta-crimenes% y% violaciones% ddhh/ final-agosto/ . .% ejecuciones% arbitrarias.pdf ). see audrey kurth cronin, how al-qaida ends: the decline and demise of terrorist groups, int’l security, summer , at , (arguing that the capture of abimael guzman led to the demise of shining path). burt, quien habla, supra note , at – . colina was named after josé pablo colina gaige, a secret intelligence agent who had infiltrated pcp-sl and was killed in a “friendly fire” incident in by a state agent who had been ordered not to bring back detainees. rúa, supra note , at . rúa, supra note , at . id. at . barrios altos case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (a) (mar. , ). it was eventually revealed that the trucks had belonged to fujimori’s brother and the vice-minister of the interior who later reported the trucks stolen. rúa, supra note , at . barrios altos, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (b); rúa, supra note , at . barrios altos, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (b); rúa, supra note , at . lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial an anti-terrorism campaign. on november , , the peruvian congress created a committee to investigate the barrios altos massacre, but its efforts were thwarted by fujimori’s self-coup that dissolved congress in april . the issue of justice for barrios altos would not be revisited for another three years. the next notorious act attributed to colina allegedly occurred as revenge for one of lima’s worst acts of terrorism. on july , , one hundred days after fujimori’s self-coup, two young men pulled a car up to a plaza in the center of the urban town miraflores, one of the upper class boroughs of lima. a security guard shot at them as they fled the scene. seconds later, the trucks they had been driving exploded, destroying the surrounding tarata apartment building, killing twenty-two people and seriously injuring two hundred more. the next day, sin received information that the fleeing culprits arrived bleeding at la cantuta, formally known as the universidad enrique guzmán y valle. already, peruvian universities suffered great tension because they were suspected of serving as fee- ding ground for new pcp-sl recruits, and as a result military stations had been installed on many school grounds including la cantuta. on the day after the tarata bombing, colina members arrived at la cantuta in the early morning hours, passing with the permission of the soldiers guarding the front entrance. they barged into the dorms, pulled sleeping students from their beds, hit and threatened them, took some into the yard, and eventually loa- ded nine of them into their trucks. they also took professor hugo muñoz-san- chez from his home in a hood, locking his wife and little boy in the bathroom. the nine students and professor muñoz-sanchez were driven to a nearby arid stretch of land in the district of cieneguilla called the “boca del diablo” (devil’s mouth), where they were executed by shots to the back of the head and then barrios altos, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (d). id. ¶ (f). rúa, supra note , at . id. at . the government had authorized the entry of the security forces to the universities through decree-law no. of november , . la cantuta case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ ( ) (nov. , ). the iacthr referred to the peruvian trc’s account of this situation: “at the beginning of , the local tv released a video of a political-cultural ceremony held at ‘la cantuta’ university that allowed speculating about the level of control that ‘sendero luminoso’ (shinning path [sic]) had in the university. on may , , former president alberto fujimori visited the university causing the violent reaction of students that forced him to leave the campus, humiliated. the following day, military troops took control of the universidad mayor de san marcos and of ‘la cantuta’ university, and students were ar- rested. among them there were three of the nine students that were subsequently subjected to extra-legal execution.” id. (quoting comisión de la verdad y reconciliacion [truth & recon- ciliation commission], supra note , at , available at http://www.cverdad.org.pe/ifinal/pdf/ tomo% vii/casos% ilustrativos-uie/ . .% la% cantuta.pdf). see la cantuta, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ ( ). the abducted students were: juan mariños-figueroa, bertila lozano-torres, roberto teo- doro-espinoza, marcelino rosales-cárdenas, felipe flores-chipana, luis enrique ortiz-perea, armando amaro-cóndor, heráclides pablo-meza, and dora oyague-fierro. id. ¶ ( ). rúa, supra note , at . id. outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial buried. some days later, colina agents returned to burn and rebury the bodies in a new common grave in huachipa. over the following days and weeks, the families of the nine missing stu- dents and one professor began to learn of the event through friends, family, and newspaper headlines, starting a search for justice that continues today. the families visited police stations, military barracks, and local municipalities, all of which denied knowledge of the events at la cantuta. antonia pérez-velásquez de muñoz, wife of hugo muñoz-sanchez, said it was as if “he had vanished off the face of the earth.” they were not deterred by death threats or the resistance of people who suspected their loved ones of being terrorists. the families, as well as the dean of la cantuta, eventually filed three habeas corpus petitions, all of which were dismissed as groundless. the military, including luis salazar-monroe and general nicolás de bari hermoza-ríos, denied knowledge of the attack and refused to provide information citing “national security reasons.” the families also filed criminal complaints in july and august of . on april , , while the families unsuccessfully sought a legal remedy, henry pease-garcía, a progressive peruvian congressman, received an anonymous document from an army faction calling itself the “león dormido” (sleeping lion) identifying the masterminds of the la cantuta disappearances. a congressional committee was formed to further investigate the case, but it faced considerable obs- tacles, including the military’s refusal to testify. even when general hermoza-ríos eventually appeared before the committee on april , , he denied that the army participated in the disappearances and, upon leaving, read a statement to the press accusing the congressional members of working “in collusion with the terrorists” and participating in “the orchestration of a well-thought and planned campaign to impair the prestige and honor of the peruvian army.” the next day, military tanks circulated throughout the capital city of lima and stationed near the congress buil- ding. general hermoza-ríos issued more statements regarding the “false” accusations constituting a systematic campaign to undermine the military’s ability to fight terro- rism and forbade any officer from cooperating with the committee. in may , peruvian general rodolfo robles espinoza, commander general of the third military region, publicly declared that he had reliable in- id. at – . see la cantuta, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶¶ ( ), ( ). see id. ¶¶ (a)–(g), (providing the testimonies of next of kin). id. ¶ (c). see id. ¶ . id. ¶ ( )(ii)–(iii); see also rúa, supra note , at – . la cantuta, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ ( ). antonia pérez-velásquez de muñoz reported the disappearance of her husband to the provincial criminal prosecutor´s office of the tenth prosecutor´s office on july , . id. ¶ ( ). id. ¶ ( ). id. ¶ ( ); see also rúa, supra note , at . this military stand off finally came to a halt through international pressures, and defense minister víctor malca eventually brought the bravado display to a halt, but by then general hermoza-ríos had ordered a freeze on any testimony before the congressional committee. rúa, supra note , at – . lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial formation that colina was responsible for the la cantuta murders, an act that forced him to go into exile in argentina after thirty-seven years of service. soon after, in july , journalists of the local newspaper sí received a hand-drawn map that claimed to point to the buried bodies of the la cantuta victims and a note that provided minute details of the clandestine graves. this clue led to the discovery of the hidden graves and, under the supervision of prosecutor victor cubas-villanueva, the recovery of burned bones and clothing, all recognized by the next of kin in attendance. keys were also found which opened the dormi- tory locker of one of the murdered students and the front door of another. this breakthrough led congresswomen gloria helfer, who also worked on the special congressional committee, to remark: “the dead are talking, and they are saying the perpetrators are free and they are demanding justice.” . the pressure to prosecute and the battle of jurisdiction in the quest to obtain justice through the courts, the families and their allies found the jurisdictional conflict between ordinary civilian criminal courts and military courts to be their greatest obstacle. for example, the peruvian at- torney general ordered prosecutors to begin investigations into the murders on august , . the prosecutor’s office declined jurisdiction, however, because the same facts were already being reviewed by the war chamber of the supreme council of military justice (scmj), a decision eventually affirmed on appeal. other ongoing challenges included reluctant or uncooperative civil judges and the political harassment and replacement of prosecutors. the military investigation opened in april , but did not progress until the discovery of the clandestine graves, at which point the scmj investigation board admitted the complaint filed by the war chamber prosecutor. rightly suspecting that the military’s co-option of the criminal investi- gations was a subterfuge to halt justice, the families persisted with their civil claims. on december , , they filed criminal complaints against retired army captain montesinos and generals hermoza-ríos, luis pérez-documet, ju- la cantuta, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ ( ); rúa, supra note , at – . la cantuta, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ ( ); rúa, supra note , at . la cantuta, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶¶ ( )–( ). rúa, supra note , at (author’s translation). la cantuta, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ ( ). id. ¶ ( ). see id. ¶ ; rúa, supra note , at . la cantuta, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ ( ). “on july , , in case no. -v- , the scmj investigation board extended inquiry proceedings against brigade general juan rivero-lazo, cavalry colonel federico augusto navarro-pérez, maj. santiago en- rique martín-rivas, maj. carlos pichilingüe-guevara and lt. aquilino portella-nuñez and josé adolfo velarde-astete, on the grounds of the alleged commission of abuse of authority and crimes against life, body and health. on december , , inquiry proceedings were extended against infantry lt. josé adolfo valarde-astete ‘to be held responsible for’ the offense of negli- gence . . . .” id. ¶ ( ). outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial lio salazar-monroe, and juan rivero-lazo as the masterminds of the la cantuta crimes. the same prosecutor who oversaw the exhumations of the clandestine graves, cubas-villanueva, also filed a criminal complaint, which included officers named in the scmj investigation, with a court in lima on december , . the lima court started proceedings the next day. the scmj then immediately challenged the ordinary court’s jurisdiction. but for international pressure, the search for justice may have continued in this endless circle. the international community, however, made la cantuta a cause célèbre and posed it as the final test of fujimori’s pledge of democracy and human rights after his self-coup. rising to the occasion made sense for fujimori given his upcoming bid for reelection and his political need to unfreeze millions of dollars in u.s. aid, which was conditioned on “a satisfactory resolution” of the la cantuta case. as would be later revealed later, he selected a group of officers to stand trial with the promise that they would later be pardoned and handsomely compensated for their sacrifice. but the jurisdiction question still awaited final resolution. in the new quest to showcase justice, the administration pushed for a conclusion. the criminal chamber of the peruvian supreme court issued a de- cision on the matter on february , , but the decision was divided with two justices supporting the ordinary court jurisdiction and the other three supporting the military courts. a vote of at least four was needed to approve jurisdiction. in quick response, the fujimori-backed congress presented a bill on febru- ary , , proposing that a conflict of jurisdiction issue be resolved by simple majority and secret ballot. the law was designed to be retroactive, thus allowing the previous three affirmative votes to count. the bill was approved the same day and signed into law by fujimori the next day. with the issue of jurisdiction now settled, the military trials proceeded on february , . the trials resulted in acquittals for some of the defendants on the more serious charges. five offi- cers, however, were convicted on several major counts, including forced disappea- rances, and received prison terms of fifteen to twenty years. on may , , the scmj affirmed the decision. the scmj war chambers started proceedings against the alleged “intellectual perpetrators” of la cantuta, including army ge- id. ¶ ( ). id. ¶¶ ( )–( ). cubas-villanueva soon encountered threats as well as attempts by the same judiciary trying to undermine him with fabricated disciplinary charges. see id. ¶ ( ). id. ¶ ( ). see james brooke, army officers’ trials to test democracy in peru, n.y. times, jan. , , at a . id. rúa reports that the trials were first announced in the new york times and not local news- papers, evidencing their intent to please an international audience. rúa, supra note , at . comisión de la verdad y reconciliacion [truth & reconciliation commission], supra note , at – , available at http://www.cverdad.org.pe/ifinal/pdf/tomo% vii/casos% ilustrativos-uie/ . .% la% cantuta.pdf; ernesto chávez, grupo colina amenaza y fu- jimori los amnistía, crónica viva (oct. , ) (peru), at http://www.cronicaviva.com.pe/index. php?option=com_content&task=view&id= &itemid= . la cantuta, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ ( ). id. ¶ ( ) (discussing law no. , ). id. ¶ ( ). see id. ¶ ( )(a)–(j). see id. ¶ ( )(i)–(j). see id. ¶ ( ). lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial neral hermoza-ríos, brigade army general pérez-documet, and retired army captain montesinos, on the grounds they committed serious crimes, including forced disappearance, but ultimately decided to dismiss the case on august , . the scmj review chamber affirmed this decision on august , , and closed the case permanently for lack of evidence. fujimori’s hope that these convictions would persuade critics that justice had been done was not borne out. as foreshadowed by lourdes flores, an oppo- sitional member of congress: “this process is not going to be considered closed because the competence of the military courts was defined through an unconsti- tutional law. therefore, when democracy is fully recovered, it is very probable that either the supreme court or even political pressure will reopen this case.” her prediction would come true, although not for another six years, and only after fujimori managed to erode further the rule of law. . a new presidential term and amnesty laws fujimori won reelection by a landslide in april despite accusations of corruption. having seemingly laid to rest the scandal surrounding colina and securing his continuation in office, fujimori appeared to have guaranteed impu- nity. any complacency, however, would soon be challenged by public prosecutor ana cecilia magallanes, who opened criminal investigations in april against five army officials, including general julio salazar-monroe, the head of the na- tional intelligence service, for the massacre at barrios altos, judge antonia saquicuray of the sixteenth criminal court of lima initiated a formal investiga- tion on april , , yet when she tried to summon the accused to take their statements, the scmj issued a resolution barring her request because it conflicted with the scmj’s jurisdiction. regardless, judge saquicuray pursued the investi- gation, and the military court filed a petition before the supreme court to resolve the jurisdictional issue. the supreme court never had a chance to deliberate on the issue, ho- wever, because congress adopted law no. , (the “amnesty law”) in the early morning hours of june , . the next day the president immediately promulgated the law. the law granted amnesty to “all members of the security id. ¶ ( ). the military court did not accept the argument that the officers acted with the approval of high command. rúa, supra note , at – . la cantuta, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ ( ). nathaniel c. nash, peruvian military men are sentenced in killings, n.y. times, feb. , , at a . see conaghan, supra note , at – (describing the peruvian elections). see generally gregory d. schmidt, delegative democracy in peru? fujimori’s landslide and the prospects for , j. interam. stud. & world aff. ( ). barrios altos case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (g) (mar. , ). id. ¶ (h). id. ¶ (i). id. the law was passed without committee review or debate. see id. see generally burke-white, supra note , at – (discussing the peruvian amnesty law and legal challenges). barrios altos, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (i). outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial forces and civilians who had been accused, investigated, prosecuted or convicted, or who were carrying out prison sentences, for human rights violations.” the practical result was that the la cantuta convictions were immediately annulled, the eight detained members of colina were released, and all other human rights investigations, including the barrios altos case, were barred. despite this abso- lute ban on criminal investigations, judge saquicuray decided the next day that article of law no. , was not applicable to barrios altos because it viola- ted the constitution and peru’s obligations under the american convention. the defense lawyers for the accused in barrios altos appealed. the eleventh criminal chamber of the lima superior court scheduled a hearing to review the law on july , , but before the hearing could take place congress adopted a second amnesty law which barred judicial review of law no. , and made its application obligatory. the law also extended immunity to all military, police, or civilian officials who might be the subject of indictments for human rights violations committed between and . in an about turn, the eleventh criminal chamber of the lima superior court overturned the lower court’s deci- sion that the first amnesty law was unconstitutional and quashed the barrios altos investigation on july , . it also declared that the court was barred from reviewing the law due to the principle of separation of powers and ordered an investigation of judge saquicuray. eventually, the tribunal constitucional, peru’s highest court, suggested in a opinion that the amnesty laws were unconsti- tutional, but in subservience to the authoritarian regime avoided issuing a final sentence on the matter and declared that it lacked jurisdiction to hear the merits given that the second amnesty law barred judicial review. on july , , when fujimori was sworn into office for the second time, he asked for a minute of silence for all the victims, and then addressed the nation: “we must pacify our hearts, and forget the past and honor the memory of all of our dece- ased, because all of us, right or wrong, are peruvians! the amnesty law is necessary to build peace, and so peruvians must not look back but instead to the future.” id. see id.; la cantuta case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶¶ ( )–( ) (nov. , ). barrios altos, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (k). the peruvian constitution requires judges not to apply “those laws that they consider contrary to the provisions of the constitution.” id. id. ¶ (l). id. ¶ (m). id. id. ¶ (n). id; see also susana villarán de la puente, peru, in victims unsilenced: the inter-american hu- man rights system and transitional justice in latin america, supra note , at (providing the author’s first-hand account of the court decision). see constitutional court, exp. no. - -i/tc (apr. ) (peru); see also roht-arriaza & gibson, supra note , at – (discussing the peruvian supreme court’s rationale of “separation of powers” in declining jurisdiction). rúa, supra note , at . lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial . the inter-american system of human rights and fujimori’s downfall those who suffered under fujimori’s regime were not ready to forget the experience so easily. faced with domestic judicial remedies that were wholly ina- dequate, the victim-survivors began to take their claims to the iachr with the help of human rights defenders. the human rights lawyers of the national co- ordinator of human rights filed a petition against the government on june , , for the issuance of the amnesty laws that obstructed a full and fair criminal investigation and trial of those responsible for the barrios altos massacre. at that time, a petition for the la cantuta massacre was already pending with the iachr pursuant to a filing made on july , , by gisela ortiz-perea, rosario muñoz-sánchez, raida cóndor, josé oyague, and bitalia barrueta de pablo based on the same concern regarding the futility of internal remedies. indeed, a steady stream of petitions from peruvians caught in fujimori’s machiavellian web began to flow through the doors of the iachr, especially as local human rights organizations began to use this international forum to advance their local struggle. the iachr, in turn, began to present the most emblema- tic of these cases to the contentious jurisdiction of the iacthr. soon after fujimori’s second election, the iacthr issued landmark decisions concerning many of the abusive trademarks of fujimori’s regime, including forced disappe- arances, prison massacres, and the arbitrary and unjust imprisonment of people under the state’s antiterrorist legislation. fujimori’s government came under heightened scrutiny as the decisions sig- naled a clear condemnation of its policies and practices for failing to uphold the american convention. as already noted, fujimori’s government worried about the international community’s opinion, in particular that of the united states, and thus it could not so easily ignore the international court. peru thus began to adhere reluctantly and only partially to the court’s orders. after the court began directly to question the government’s national security laws, however, fujimori barrios altos, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ . the iachr registered the case as no. . on august , , and requested information from the state within ninety days. subsequent petitions were submitted on behalf of the victims and next of kin over the following year, all of which were joined to the original petition. see id. ¶¶ – . see la cantuta case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (nov. , ). the case was registered as no. . by the iachr. eventually other petitions filed by the human rights organization, asociación pro derechos humanos, would be joined to it, and a session on the admissibility of the case occurred on march , . id. ¶¶ – . for a fuller account of this history, see generally laplante, supra note . the inter-american commission filters cases to the inter-american court. applicants do not have the right to bring a case directly to the iacthr under the american convention. see pasqualucci, supra note , at – . see, e.g., durand & ugarte case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. (aug. , ) (concerning the prison massacre at el frontón); cesti-hurtado case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. (sept. , ); castillo-páez case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. (nov. , ) (concerning the forced disappearance of a university student); loayza-tamayo case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. (sept. , ) (dealing with arbitrary impris- onment and torture under antiterrorism law). outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial withdrew from the court’s jurisdiction in july , a decision declared invalid by the court. this defiant act put peru under greater international scrutiny and contributed to the cascade of events that would cause fujimori’s downfall shortly after his fraudulent reelection. a new paradigm: peru’s political transition without amnesty soon after the peruvian elections, fujimori’s regime came to an abrupt end due to corruption scandals. hundreds of videos were uncovered show- ing montesinos bribing the country’s powerful elites (including those in media, business, and military), forcing fujimori to call for new elections in which he pledged not to run. in november , before those elections took place, fu- jimori travelled to japan, faxed his resignation, and proceeded to take refuge for five years despite peru’s efforts to extradite him to stand trial for his abuses. in this sudden political clearing, peru initiated a process of transitional justice to address the human and institutional damage caused by the conflict. in the same month that fujimori became a fugitive, the transitional govern- ment led by valentín paniagua sought to legitimize itself by mending relations with the inter-american system. the government began a massive sweep to prosecute the individuals caught in montesinos and fujimori’s intricate corruption scheme, and, as part of this new intiative, brought charges against the supreme court jus- tices who dismissed the la cantuta case for personal cover up and criminal asso- ciation. peru rejoined the contentious jurisdiction of the iacthr and began to see morse tan, member state compliance with the judgments of the inter-american court of human rights, int’l j. legal info. , – ( ) (describing fujimori’s attempt to withdraw from the iacthr). for the court’s rejection of this withdrawal, see also ivcher-bronstein case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. (sept. , ). the legitimacy of fujimori’s reelection was questioned even more so than his first reelection in . in order to run for a third term, fujimori solicited congress to issue an inter- pretation of the peruvian constitution that permitted a third term. the climate of the elections also included political repression which led to condemnation from international observers sent from the oas. see press release, inter-american commission on human rights, report by the iachr on the situation of human rights in peru (june , ), at http://www.cidh.oas.org/ comunicados/english/ /press - .htm. see generally andrew f. cooper & thomas legler, the oas in peru: a model for the future?, j. democracy ( ) (providing a comprehen- sive narrative of the elections and discussing its legal flaws). for international press cover- age, see, for example, andres oppenheimer, watchdog group may condemn peru election, miami herald, mar. , , at a . see generally john mcmillan & pablo zoido, how to subvert democracy: montesinos in peru, j. econ. persp. ( ) (describing the events, including the secret videos, that led to fujimori’s downfall). john r. hamilton, the fall of fujimori: a diplomat’s perspective, fletcher foreign world aff. , ( ). laplante, supra note , at . la cantuta case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶¶ ( )–( ) (nov. , ). for a general discussion of the corruption trials, see nelly calderón navarro, fighting corruption: the peruvian experience, j. int’l crim. just. ( ) (describing the special criminal court created to try hundreds of peruvians on charges of corruption). lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial comply with its previous judgments. in february , peru sought to resolve a great number of the cases still being processed by the iachr, including la cantuta, through a “friendly settlement,” in which the state promised not only to pay repara- tions to the victims and next of kin, but also to initiate investigations. the tran- sitional government realized that, in addition to these cases, there were thousands more that could lead to new petitions. it thus sought a more comprehensive and administrative means of addressing them, namely by way of a truth commission. in december , the transitional government created the inter-institu- tional working group, which ultimately led to the establishment of the trc. the inter-institutional working group envisioned that the trc would address “events attributable to state agents, events attributable to individuals who acted with state agents’ consent, acquiescence or connivance, as well as those events that are attributable to subversive groups,” a focus eventually included in the mandate approved by executive decree. in committing to criminal justice, how- ever, the transitional government faced the immediate challenge of fujimori’s amnesty laws. if future prosecution remained impossible, the trc might fail to meet the expectations of victims. moreover, if the amnesty laws forbade all types of investigation, the trc’s investigations could also be thwarted by fujimori’s supporters and the military because they still enjoyed substantial po- wer. aware that a domestic solution would be not be feasible in the short term, peru looked to the inter-american system for a resolution. resolución legislativa no. , , diario oficial el peruano no. , (jan. , ) (peru) (abrogating legislative resolution no. , ). a friendly settlement is an agreement between the parties to settle the case with- out the court deciding on its merits. peru agreed to settle more than cases, represent- ing over half of its total cases then before the iachr. see joint press release, inter-amer- ican commission on human rights, meeting with representatives of the government of peru (feb. , ), at http://www.cidh.org/comunicados/english/ /peru.htm; org. of am. states, report of the permanent council on the observations and recommendations of the member states on the annual report of the inter-american commission on human rights, oea/ser.g/cp/doc. / , at – (may , ), available at http://scm.oas.org/ doc_public/english/hist_ /cp e .doc. see generally patricia e. standaert, the friendly settlement of human rights abuses in the americas, duke j. comp. & int’l l. ( ) (providing an explanation of the “friendly settlement” mechanism). participating in the deliberations were the ministries of justice, interior, defense, pro- motion of women and human development, as well as the people’s ombudsman, the pe- ruvian episcopal conference, the peruvian evangelist association, and the national hu- man rights coordinating committee. see comisión de la verdad y reconciliacion [truth & reconciliation commission], supra note , at , available at http://www.cverdad.org.pe/ ifinal/pdf/tomo% i/introduccion.pdf. id. at (“[t]anto los hechos imputables a agentes del estado, a las personas que actuaron bajo su consentimiento, aquiescencia o complicidad, así como los imputables a los grupos sub- versives.”) (author’s translation). the crimes to be investigated included: (a) murder and abduc- tion; (b) forced disappearance; (c) torture and other severe injuries; (d) violation of collective rights of andean communities and communities native to the country; and (e) other crimes and severe violations of the rights of persons. comisión de la verdad y reconciliacion [truth & reconciliation commission], supra note , at , available at http://www.cverdad.org.pe/ ifinal (follow “capítulo : la dimensión jurídica de los hechos” hyperlink under “tomo i”). outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial . where the international meets the national recalling the failed attempt to defeat amnesty laws in south africa, john dugard points out that where national legal remedies proved inadequate, hu- man rights advocates in south africa did not have recourse to international legal bodies in the way their counterparts in latin america did as a result of those countries’ membership in the inter-american system. indeed, despite the state practice in latin america of implementing amnesties, the inter-american system consistently condemned this trend. before the fall of fujimori’s regime, the iachr had an opportunity to deliberate on the barrios altos case and evidenced its consistent condemnation of amnesties. it adopted report no. / after peru failed to reach a friendly settlement, recommending that the state annul any domestic, legislative or any other measure aimed at pre- venting the investigation, prosecution and punishment of those re- sponsible for the assassinations and injuries resulting from the events known as the “barrios altos” operation. to this end, the state of peru should abrogate amnesty laws nos. , and , . it further recommended that the state conduct a serious, impartial and effective investigation into the facts, in order to identify those responsible for the assassinations and injuries in this case, and continue with the judicial prosecu- tion of julio salazar monroe, santiago martín rivas, nelson car- bajal garcía, juan sosa saavedra and hugo coral goycochea, and punish those responsible for these grave crimes, through the cor- responding criminal procedure, in accordance with the law. peru, however, refused to follow the recommendations and explained in a communication on may , , that the amnesty laws were exceptional me- asures in response to terrorist violence, relying on the peruvian constitutional court’s ruling. with no other recourse, the iachr decided to submit the case to the iacthr on may , , despite peru’s alleged withdrawal from the court’s contentious jurisdiction. in response to the court’s proceedings, repre- see dugard, supra note , at – . see generally cassel, supra note (describing the oas’s reaction to amnesties in latin american countries); robert kogod goldman, amnesty laws, international law and the american convention on human rights, law group docket, summer , at ; robert k. goldman, uruguay: amnesty law in violation of human rights convention, rev. int’l commission jurists ( ). barrios altos case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (mar. , ) (quoting chumbipuma aguirre et al. v. peru, cases . , . , inter-am. c.h.r., report no. / , oea/ser./l/v/ii. , doc. rev. ( )). id. (quoting chumbipuma aguirre et al. v. peru, cases . , . , inter-am. c.h.r., report no. / , oea/ser./l/v/ii. , doc. rev. ( )). id. ¶ . see id. ¶ . lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial sentatives of the peruvian embassy in costa rica communicated with the court’s secretariat on august , , reminding the court of peru’s withdrawal. peru concluded that the immediate effect of this withdrawal upon deposit was that the iacthr no longer had competence to hear an application against peru due to lack of jurisdiction. the court responded by reminding peru that the court had already rejected the withdrawal in the ivcher bronstein and consti- tutional court cases, and that in its opinion the “attitude of the state of peru constitutes a clear failure to comply with article ( ) of the convention, and also a violation of the basic principle pacta sunt servanda.” the case remained in limbo until fujimori’s regime fell, and peru reinstated its recognition of the court’s contentious jurisdiction on january , . this permitted the barrios altos case, and others, to go forward. in fact, with the time pressure of the trc’s pending formation, the peruvian government sought to expedite the case and persuaded the inter-american commission to press the court to speed its deci- sion despite its fears that the iacthr might depart from the commission’s own evolving jurisprudence against amnesties. . the barrios altos decision the iacthr convened a public hearing on march , to hear the merits of the barrios altos case, during which peru explained: [t]he government’s strategy in the area of human rights is based on recognizing responsibilities, but, above all, on proposing in- tegrated procedures for attending to the victims based on three fundamental elements: the right to truth, the right to justice and the right to obtain fair reparation. […] […] [with regard to the] barrios altos case […] substantial mea- sures have been taken to ensure that criminal justice will make a prompt decision on this case. however, we are faced with […] an obstacle […] we refer to the amnesty laws. the amnesty laws […] directly entailed a violation of the right of all victims to obtain not only justice but also truth. . . . consequently, the govern- ment of peru has suggested to the original petitioners, that is, the national human rights coordinator, the possibility of advancing with friendly settlements, which entail effective solutions to this procedural obstacle […] id. ¶ . id. id. ¶ ; see also ivcher-bronstein case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. (sept. , ); constitutional court case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. (sept. , ). barrios altos, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (citations omitted). see id. ¶ . for a fuller account of this history see laplante, supra note , at – . (de- scribing the peruvian government’s strategy in approaching the iacthr). barrios altos, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ . outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial peru, then, set the tone of its transitional justice project to include criminal justice. it proposed, among other things, a “preliminary agenda” based on the following three points: “identification of mechanisms to fully clarify the facts on which the petition was based, including identification of the masterminds and perpetrators of the crime, the viability of criminal and administrative punish- ments for all those found responsible, and specific proposals and agreements on matters relating to reparations.” the state, perhaps betraying its own newfound eagerness to annul the pre- vious government’s “mechanisms of impunity,” suggested “the parties should re- quest the inter-american court to deliver the judgment on the merits immedia- tely, establishing the international responsibility as determined by the court and taking into account the brief on acquiescence that had been submitted.” the iachr, in turn, emphasized that the court had a special opportunity, a truly historic opportunity, to advance inter- national human rights law, based on measures under domestic law that contribute to combat impunity, which is one of the evils of our hemisphere, to which this court and . . . the commission have ac- corded fundamental importance. i believe that this attitude of the government of peru gives us the opportunity to associate ourselves with the people of peru, their government and their civil society, to find creative solutions, which may subsequently be emulated and imitated throughout the hemisphere and beyond it. the commission continued by pointing out that the case is “very serious and very sad,” because not only did the state act “unlawfully and clandestine- ly,” but it also deliberately imposed “legislative and judicial mechanisms to pre- vent the facts [surrounding the gruesome events at barrios altos] from being known.” with the fortuitous change of conditions, the commission characte- rized the circumstances as “ripe” for an international pronouncement that would provide peru with an instrument “to destroy and remove the remaining obstacles in order to combat impunity in peru.” one could sense the earnest desire of the iachr to have the court back the commission’s own growing jurisprudence on the issue, that did not enjoy the same binding effect as decisions of the court. the gamble paid off, though, and that same day the court issued its judgment stating that the self-amnesty laws were invalid. the decision came a mere month before peru’s transitional gover- nment concluded its negotiations regarding the trc’s mandate. id. id. id. ¶ . id. id. id. ¶¶ – . lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial . the iacthr’s ruling and interpretation the iacthr did not have much to deliberate on after the state acquiesced to the claims of the petitioners, which meant the court, pursuant to article ( ), only needed to decide the acceptability of this admission of responsibility. it began with the question of whether peru’s amnesty laws were compatible with the american convention on human rights, and concluded with the now frequently cited opinion: this court considers that all amnesty provisions, provisions on prescription and the establishment of measures designed to elimi- nate responsibility are inadmissible, because they are intended to prevent the investigation and punishment of those responsible for serious human rights violations such as torture, extrajudicial, sum- mary or arbitrary execution and forced disappearance, all of them prohibited because they violate non-derogable rights recognized by international human rights law. the court explained that the amnesty laws prevented survivors and vic- tims’ families from exercising their right to be heard by a judge, to receive judicial protection, and to obtain the investigation, capture, prosecution, and conviction of those responsible for the violations, as protected by articles ( ), , and ( ) of the american convention respectively. it further held that those rights should be read together with articles ( ) and of the american convention, which oblige state parties to “take all measures to ensure that no one is depri- ved of judicial protection and the exercise of the right to a simple and effective recourse . . . .” furthermore, the court clarified that the amnesty laws also con- travene the obligation to adapt internal legislation to international human rights obligations, as embodied in article of the american convention. in this way, the court held that “[s]elf-amnesty laws . . . are manifestly incompatible with the aims and spirit of the convention . . . because [this type of law] obstructs the investigation and access to justice and prevents the victims and their next of kin from knowing the truth and receiving the corresponding reparation.” the laws thus “lack legal effect.” the court turned lastly to the right to truth. the court agreed with the iachr that the right to truth is based on articles and of the convention: [t]he right to the truth is subsumed in the right of the victim or his next of kin to obtain clarification of the events that violated human rights and the corresponding responsibilities from the competent id. ¶ . id. ¶ . id. ¶ . id. ¶ . see id. id. ¶ . id. ¶ . outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial organs of the state, through the investigation and prosecution that are established in articles and of the convention. the iachr had also argued that the right to truth was supported by arti- cle ( ), which provides the right to information, but the court rested its opi- nion solely on articles and . arguably, the court’s ruling contributes to the idea that truth and justice are not incompatible, but on the contrary inextricably linked. its decision stands for the proposition that in a transitional justice fra- mework, prosecutions become another indispensable tool for reaching the truth, a task formerly delegated to truth commissions alone. while the barrios altos decision signaled a clear victory for both the tran- sitional government and the iachr, it was unclear whether the decision offered a general pronouncement or was only specific to the investigation in the barrios altos case. several months after the decision, the iachr, at the request of peru, filed for a clarification of the “meaning and scope” of operative paragraph of the barrios altos judgment in which the court declared that “amnesty laws no. and no. are incompatible with the american convention on hu- man rights and, consequently, lack legal effect.” the resulting interpretation confirmed that “the effects of the decision in the judgment on the merits of the barrios altos cases are general in nature.” the court issued its judgment on september , , just days before the trc was scheduled to open its doors for operation, thus providing the trc a green light not only to initiate its own in- vestigations, but also to collaborate with the attorney general’s office in bringing charges against specific perpetrators. interpreting barrios altos: a bar to amnesty for human rights violations curiously, despite its potentially sweeping effect on the legitimacy of am- nesties in political transitions, the iacthr’s barrios altos decision has thus far id. ¶¶ – . id. barrios altos case, interpretation of the judgment of the merits, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶¶ , (sept. , ). id. ¶ . the iachr, in its arguments on the matter, rightly pointed out that the court already made this clear in paragraph of its decision on the merits. id. ¶ . there, the court had pronounced: “owing to the manifest incompatibility of self-amnesty laws and the american convention on human rights, the said laws lack legal effect and may not continue to obstruct the investigation of the grounds on which this case is based or the identification and punish- ment of those responsible, nor can they have the same or a similar impact with regard to other cases that have occurred in peru, where the rights established in the american convention have been violated.” barrios altos, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ . the request for clarification may thus seem odd, except it could be understood as a desire to preempt any future debate on the matter. arguably, it also permitted the court to suggest that any amnesty law would be found incompatible, as is discussed in this section. in its final report, the trc acknowledged the important precedent established by the court. see hatun willakuy, versión abreviada del informe final de la comisión de la verdad y rec- onciliación [summary version of the final report of the truth & reconciliation commission] – ( ) (peru). lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial received scant attention from academics, whether from the field of transitional justice or international criminal law. this part describes the ways in which the barrios altos decision has so far been narrowly interpreted and responds with a counteranalysis, including an examination of subsequent iacthr decisions, whi- ch suggests a much broader reading of this landmark decision. in particular, this part argues that barrios altos: ( ) applies to all amnesties and not just self-amnes- ties; ( ) requires that criminal investigations not be substituted for other types of noncriminal investigations; and ( ) applies to all serious human rights violations and not only crimes against humanity. . not limited only to self-amnesty laws one reason for the narrow reading of the barrios altos decision may relate to the possible interpretation of the holding as applying only to “self-amnesties.” a strict reading of the word “self ” would imply that the court’s ruling applies only to those laws adopted by the same government seeking immunity from criminal prosecution. this narrow interpretation would mean that amnesties promulgated by subsequent governments, especially if part of an internal peace negotiation process or transitional justice scheme, would be permissible. in addition, it would support the restorative justice view of the truth v. justice debate, which argues that alterna- tive investigatory methods such as truth commissions fulfill the state’s obligation to “ensure” a victim’s human right to justice. scharf adopted this position in , prior to the barrios altos decision, but nevertheless set the distinction between “self ” and all other amnesties that would later be applied to barrios altos. a close reading of both the judgment on the merits and the subsequent interpretation of the judgment, however, suggests a much broader interpretation that prohibits all amnesties, not just self-amnesties. this broader interpretation can be reached by reading the majority opinion together with the concurring opinions of both judge a.a. cançado trindade, former president of the court, and judge sergio garcía ramírez, the court’s current president. judge cançado trindade, in a concurring opinion longer than the majority’s, elaborates his view that the barrios altos case represents barrios altos, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶¶ – (emphasis added). while the court does not consistently use this term, it does appear in selected paragraphs in its decision on the merits. see, e.g., id. for a discussion of the different types of amnesties, see young, supra note , at (explaining that the three types include “self amnesty, amnesties granted to end political or military conflict, and amnesty in exchange for facts and information surrounding specific crimes”). see scharf, supra note , at . (“[i]t is likely that the . . . inter-american court of human rights would . . . agree that measures short of prosecution . . . would be adequate to discharge the duty to ensure human rights.”). scharf repeated this argument in , yet did not mention barrios altos or the subsequent rulings of the iacthr that reinforce the general obligation to pursue criminal trials for human rights violations that do not necessarily fall within the strict criteria of being a crime found in a treaty. see scharf, supra note , at . this limited inter- pretation is also adopted by elizabeth evenson. see elizabeth m. evenson, note, truth and justice in sierra leone: coordination between commission and court, colum. l. rev. , n. ( ) (interpreting barrios altos as applicable only to “self-amnesty” laws). outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial a new and great qualitative step forward in its case-law, to the ef- fect of seeking to overcome an obstacle which the international organs of supervision of human rights have not yet succeeded to surpass: the impunity, with the resulting erosion of the confidence of the population in public institutions. moreover, they meet an expectation which in our days is truly universal. it may be recalled, in this respect, that the main document adopted by the ii world conference of human rights ( ) urged the states to “abrogate legislation leading to impunity for those responsible for grave vio- lations of human rights […] and prosecute such violations […]” significantly, judge cançado trindade refers to a bedrock principle of inter- national law: that domestic laws may not be used to avoid international obliga- tions. he has also consistently written in other dissenting and concurring opi- nions that international law trumps national domestic law. this interpretation means that any type of immunity measure, including amnesties, made at any time to obstruct human rights prosecutions (which are now considered a state duty due to the velásquez rodríguez decision) would be invalid. admittedly, judge cançado trindade’s concurring opinion in barrios altos may only be read as his alone. however, the iacthr adopted this same position in its subsequent interpretation of barrios altos—an interpretation astutely re- quested by peru. in its interpretation, the court reiterated its position that the ru- ling on amnesties applies to all criminal cases arising out of peru’s internal armed conflict, not just barrios altos. the court also referred to its case-law: [t]he general obligation of the state, established in article of the convention, includes the adoption of measures to suppress laws and practices of any kind that imply a violation of the guar- antees established in the convention, and also the adoption of laws and the implementation of practices leading to the effective observance of the said guarantees. […] in international law, customary law establishes that a state which has ratified a human rights treaty must introduce the neces- sary modifications to its domestic law to ensure the proper com- pliance with the obligations it has assumed. this law is universally accepted and is supported by jurisprudence. the american con- vention establishes the general obligation of each state party to barrios altos, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (cançado trindade, j., concur- ring) (quoting world conference on human rights, june – , , vienna declaration and programme of action, ¶ , u.n. doc. a/conf. / (july , )) (referring to the criticisms of the “ignored amnesties” of the past). judge cançado trindade writes: “[these laws are] in flagrant incompatibility with the norms of protection of the international law of human rights, bringing about violations de jure of the rights of the human person. the corpus juris of the international law of human rights makes it clear that not everything that is lawful in the domestic legal order is so in the international legal order, and even more forcefully when superior values (such as truth and justice) are at stake. in reality, what came to be called laws of amnesty, and particularly the perverse modality of the so- called laws of self-amnesty, even if they are considered laws under a given domestic legal order, are not so in the ambit of the international law of human rights.” id. ¶ . id. ¶¶ – . lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial adapt its domestic law to the provisions of this convention, in order to guarantee the rights that it embodies. this general ob- ligation of the state party implies that the measures of domestic law must be effective (the principle of effet utile). this means that the state must adopt all measures so that the provisions of the convention are effectively fulfilled in its domestic legal system, as article of the convention requires. such measures are only effective when the state adjusts its actions to the convention’s rules on protection. the court’s subsequent interpretation of its own decision in barrios altos can be read to extend its ruling to all amnesties, not just self-amnesties. this rea- ding supports the other concurring opinion in barrios altos made by judge garcía ramírez who, also adhering to his previous concurring opinions, notes that one can distinguish between self-amnesty laws “promulgated by and for those in po- wer,” and those […] that are the result of a peace process, have a democratic base and a reasonable scope, that preclude prosecution of acts or be- haviors of members of rival factions, but leave open the possibility of punishment for the kind of very egregious acts that no faction either approves or views as appropriate. significantly, he goes on to recognize “the advisability of encouraging ci- vic harmony through amnesty laws that contribute to re-establishing peace and opening new constructive stages in the life of a nation.” nonetheless, he reite- rates the opinion of the “growing sector of doctrine and also the inter-american court” that “such forgive and forget provisions ‘cannot be permitted to cover up the most severe human rights violations, violations that constitute an utter disregard for the dignity of the human being and are repugnant to the conscience of humanity.’” judge garcía ramírez also refers to the principle embodied in articles ( ) and of the convention that states may not “invoke ‘difficulties of a domestic nature’ to waive the obligation to investigate the facts that infringed the convention and punish those who are found criminally responsible for them.” if there is any question as to the actual reach of the barrios altos decision, subsequent iacthr rulings confirm the broader interpretation. for example, the bulacio case reinforces the notion that domestic laws preventing prosecution of human rights violations, including amnesty laws, are barred. in bulacio, argen- barrios altos case, interpretation of the judgment on the merits, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (sept. , ) (citations omitted). barrios altos, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (garcía ramírez, j., concurring). id. ¶ . id. id. ¶ . bulacio case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. (sept. , ). this case involved a complaint brought against the state of argentina for the death of a seventeen-year-old boy who was detained during a general roundup of adolescents before a rock concert and later beaten up by police. id. ¶ . see generally basch, supra note , at – (discussing bulacio and its impli- cations for the duty to prosecute doctrine). outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial tina acknowledged responsibility for the death of a minor and accepted that it had violated the right to life and humane treatment. argentina also accepted res- ponsibility for violating articles and by failing to provide an effective remedy in the form of a prompt investigation and punishment of those responsible. the iacthr was left with the task of determining the appropriate reparations, including the duty to investigate the human rights violation. the iacthr determined that the failure to investigate the case in argen- tina had “been tolerated and allowed by the intervening judiciary bodies,” which acted as though their function was limited only to assuring due process in the form of a guaranteed defense at a trial. in the domestic case, the defense coun- sel was allowed to use delaying tactics which stalled the trial for several years and ultimately gave rise to a plea for extinguishment of the criminal case. relying on the barrios altos interpretation, the court also held: [e]xtinguishment provisions or any other domestic legal obstacle that attempts to impede the investigation and punishment of those responsible for human rights violations are inadmissible. the court deems that the general obligations enshrined in articles ( ) and of the american convention require that the states party adopt timely provisions of all types for no one to be denied the right to judicial protection, enshrined in article of the american convention. the court reiterated that article of the vienna convention on the law of treaties prohibits domestic legal rules, such as extinguishment pro- visions, from hindering the full application of decisions by international human rights bodies. according to the court: “if that were not the case, the rights enshrined in the american convention would be devoid of effective protection. this understanding of the court is in accordance with the language and the spirit of the convention, as well as the general principles of law.” the court further explained that “a situation of grave impunity” existed in argentina due to the fact that no one there had yet been convicted, despite the initiation of judicial proce- edings nearly twelve years earlier. the court characterized “impunity” as […] the overall lack of investigation, pursuit, capture, trial and conviction of those responsible for violations of rights protected see bulacio, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶¶ , . see id. ¶ . for instance, the case against one police officer was delayed for several years largely due to the fact that “defense counsel for the accused filed a large number of diverse legal questions and remedies (requests for postponement, challenges, incidental pleas, objections, motions on lack of jurisdiction, requests for annulment, among others), which have not allowed the proceedings to progress toward their natural culmination, which has given rise to a plea for extinguishment of the criminal action.” bulacio, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ . see id. ¶¶ , . id. ¶ . id. ¶ . id. ¶ (citations omitted). id. ¶ . for a general discussion of the domestic law prohibition, see henrard, supra note . bulacio, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (citation omitted). id. ¶ . lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial under the american convention, as the state has the obligation to combat said situation by all legal means within its power, as impu- nity fosters chronic recidivism of human rights violations and total defenselessness of the victims and of their next of kin. the court reaffirmed its view that domestic immunity measures such as am- nesty would impede the state’s duty to investigate and punish perpetrators of hu- man rights violations in moiwana community v. suriname in . there, the court emphasized that suriname’s amnesty laws would deprive its people of the effective protections of the american convention and ordered the laws to be repealed. the court reiterated the “domestic law” prohibition against amnesties again in the la cantuta decision in . in that decision, the iacthr said the article provision, which prohibits domestic laws from being used to avoid in- ternational legal obligations, “is universally valid and has been characterized in case law as an evident principle.” as a result, states must adjust their internal domestic laws to guarantee the rights enshrined in the convention, and these laws must be effective pursuant to the effet utile principle. while the court in la cantuta did not identify specific domestic measures that may require adjust- ment, it did offer two general measures which should be adopted: “(i) repealing rules and practices of any nature involving violations to the guarantees provided for in the convention or disregarding the rights enshrined therein or hamper the exercise of such rights, and (ii) issuing rules and developing practices aimed at effectively observing said guarantees.” thus, these general guidelines, if applied to the case of amnesty laws would require their being repealed. . other investigations cannot substitute for criminal investigations a narrow reading of the barrios altos decision might interpret it to apply only to blanket amnesties that prohibit all forms of investigation. trumbull argues the court may have left open the possibility that a state could satisfy its general obligation to afford accountability so long as it conducted some type of investigation, even if not pursuant to a criminal prosecution. he also indicates in a footnote that peru did eventually conduct investigations through the trc in id. ¶ (citation omitted). moiwana community case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (june , ). see id. ¶ . la cantuta case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (nov. , ) (citation omitted). id. ¶ (citations omitted). id. ¶ (citations omitted). trumbull, supra note , at – (suggesting that blanket amnesties that bar all investiga- tions are not lawful and that states must provide some form of accountability for human rights atrocities). id.; see also richard j. wilson & jan perlin, the inter-american human rights system: activities from late through october , am. u. int’l l. rev. , ( ) (suggesting that the court’s holding may be interpreted to mean some form of investigation is necessary). outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial the absence of criminal prosecutions, and implies that the iacthr approved of this arrangement, supporting his view. trumbull’s interpretation may be refuted, though, by subsequent decisions of the iacthr. for example, the court reiterated the general prohibition on am- nesties in cantoral-huamaní and garcía-santa cruz in , four years after the trc published its final report in . in its decision the court wrote: the court recalls that, when complying with its obligation to in- vestigate and, if applicable, punish those responsible for the facts, the state must remove all the de facto and de jure obstacles, that impede the proper investigation of the events, and use all available means to expedite the investigation and the respective proceed- ings in order to avoid a repetition of such serious acts as those examined in the instant case. the state may not invoke any law or provision of domestic law to exempt itself from the obligation to investigate and, if applicable, punish those responsible for the acts against saúl cantoral-huamaní and consuelo garcía-santa cruz. in particular, the court recalls that the state may not apply amnesty laws, or provisions relating to prescription, or other provi- sions that exclude responsibility, which prevent the investigation and punishment of those responsible. significantly, in the la cantuta decision in , the iacthr reinforced the state’s duty to investigate and conduct criminal trials despite the fact that the peruvian trc had thoroughly investigated that case. the court thus does not accept the proposition that a truth commission investigation alone would satisfy the state’s duty to investigate human rights crimes. . no amnesties for serious human rights violations currently, there are two categories of international crimes that have become accepted bars to amnesties: enumerated treaty crimes, crimes against humanity and war crimes. the barrios altos decision, reflecting an already expanding legal framework, suggests a third possible bar to amnesties for crimes that arise out of human rights violations, but which do not necessarily rise to the level of crimes against humanity or war crimes. in this way, a serious violation that did not occur during war and that was not part of a general and systematic pattern of human rights abuses would still trigger a state duty to prosecute, and thus bar immunity measures such as amnesties. trumbull, supra note , at n. (quoting wilson & perlin, supra note , at – ). cantoral-huamaní & garcía-santa cruz case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (july , ). la cantuta, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ . see discussion supra notes – . crimes against humanity are, in essence, human rights violations that are part of a “system- atic and widespread” policy. for a discussion of how crimes against humanity are in fact human rights violations that rise to the level of systematic and widespread, see tittemore, supra note , at . lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial in his concurring opinion, judge cançado trindade also raised this issue, insisting that states have an international obligation to protect universally recog- nized, nonderogable rights such as the right to life and personal integrity. he argued these rights are protected by the american convention and “fall in the ambit of jus cogens.” he went so far as to say that the adoption and application of amnesty laws is “an international illicit act” because those laws constitute a breach of a state’s responsibilities under the international law of human rights. he put it plainly: “it ought to be stated and restated firmly, whenever necessary: in the domain of the international law of human rights, the so-called ‘laws’ of self-amnesty are not truly laws: they are nothing but an aberration, an inadmissi- ble affront to the juridical conscience of humanity.” judge cançado trindade offers a novel argument on how to identify the list of crimes to which amnesty should not apply. he gives an historical account of the development and codification of humanitarian law, from the martens clause to the geneva conventions. he contends that “however advanced the codifica- tion of the humanitarian norms might be, such codification can hardly be consi- dered as truly complete,” and goes on to state: the martens clause […] continues to serve as a warning against the assumption that whatever is not expressly prohibited by the conventions on international humanitarian law could be per- mitted; quite on the contrary, the martens clause sustains the con- tinuing applicability of the principles of the law of nations (droit des gens), the laws of humanity and the dictates (exigencies) of public conscience […] in other words, he directly challenges the idea that only those crimes ex- plicitly codified in international law constitute absolute obligations of states, and thus cannot be subject to amnesty. judge garcía ramírez, with perhaps more prosaic writing, also supported the perspective of his co-justice: the principle, in international human rights law and in the most recent expressions of international criminal law, that the impu- nity of conduct that most gravely violates the essential legal rights protected by both forms of international law is inadmissible, is based on this reasoning. the codification of such conduct and the prosecution and punishment of the perpetrators—and other participants—is an obligation of the state, one that cannot be barrios altos case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (mar. , ) (trindade, j., concurring). for a discussion of nonderogable rights, see henrard, supra note , at – . for comments on the obligation to prosecute for human rights violations, see carla edelenbos, human rights violations: a duty to prosecute?, leiden j. int’l l. , ( ). barrios altos, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (cançado trindade, j., concurring). id. ¶ . id. ¶ . judge cançado trindade discusses the martens clause introduced at the i peace conference of the hague in , which influenced the later geneva conventions. id. ¶¶ – . id. ¶¶ – . outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial avoided by measures such as amnesty, prescription, admitting considerations that exclude incrimination, and others that could lead to the same results and establish the impunity of acts that gravely violate those primordial legal rights. thus, extrajudicial ex- ecutions, the forced disappearance of persons, genocide, torture, specific crimes against humanity and certain very serious human rights violations must be punished surely and effectively at the national and the international level. in sum, these concurring judges propose that human rights violations do not need to be systematic and widespread (and thus crimes against humanity) before amnesties that would interfere with a state’s obligation to investigate, pro- secute, and punish those violations will be prohibited. subsequent iacthr decisions have continued to refine and build the jurisprudence on amnesties. these decisions reinforce the interpretation of barrios altos as barring amnesties for serious human rights violations. for example, in bulacio the court does not rely on the argument that the violation occurred as part of a systematic and generalized pattern, and is thus a crime against huma- nity. significantly, the court frames the duty to investigate, prosecute, and pu- nish as part of reparations, and invokes criminal justice as part of the general right to know the truth—a right belonging as much to the individual petitioners as to argentine society as a whole. in this way, it folds criminal justice into the idea of restorative justice. this interpretation has also been extended by human rights lawyer brian d. tittemore, a former staff member in the general secretariat of the oas secretariat for the iachr, who writes that “the practice and jurispru- dence of the inter-american human rights system has given rise to and reinforced international legal principles and standards governing the obligation of states to ensure individual accountability for serious human rights violations, including those infringements that would constitute crimes under international law.” barrios altos, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (garcía ramírez, j., concurring) (emphasis added). for example, in almonacid-arellano v. chile, the court specifically addressed the issue of the prohibition of amnesties for crimes against humanity. instead of merely referring to the barrios altos decision, the court made a special reading as if to expand the doctrine to extend to crimes against humanities as an obvious extension of human rights violations, since in reality they run along a continuum. almonacid-arellano case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (sept. , ) (“states cannot neglect their duty to investigate, identify, and punish those persons responsible for crimes against humanity by enforcing amnesty laws or any other similar domestic provisions. consequently, crimes against humanity are crimes which cannot be susceptible of amnesty.”). one expert witness described the policy of “razzias” (the vernacular term for the police roundups) as “a more or less systematic policy,” but the court nowhere else in the opinion made reference to the term “systematic.” bulacio case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (sept. , ). see id. ¶¶ , (citations omitted). tittemore, supra note , at . significantly, tittemore includes the category of “serious human rights violations” on the list of crimes over which international tribunals (including the icc and the tribunals in rwanda and the former yugoslavia) have jurisdiction. lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial state practice: reinforcing the international legal ban to amnesties in domestic courts this final part explores how subsequent state practice in latin america may offer additional persuasion as to the broad reach of the barrios altos decision. in response to barrios altos, many states have annulled their amnesty laws and initiated criminal trials. this is significant, for one, because patterns of state prac- tice ultimately form the basis of customary international law. this phenomenon also supports this article’s argument that barrios altos should be read broadly to prohibit all forms of amnesty for human rights violations. the decisions of domestic courts in latin america offer persuasive evidence for the broad interpretation of the barrios altos case. international law arises not only out of the decisions of international organs, but also the application of tho- se decisions in domestic legal systems. thus, “[o]ne measure of the impact of international law principles, but the most difficult to trace and document, is pre- cisely how well they effectuate this indirect transfer into the national sphere.” others recognize the importance of observing state practice in order to begin car- ving out universal norms. dugard writes that “it is difficult to identify mandatory rules of international law to govern the conduct of the successor regime. the best one can do is to identify trends that probably qualify as emergent norms. these norms appear from recent state practice.” those who still adamantly argue that amnesties can only be prohibited for treaty crimes point to consistent state practice as evidence of a customary rule of international law in this regard. because states still apply amnesty, they ar- gue, it must be permissible under international law. scharf, a strong proponent of this approach, argues, “notwithstanding the chimerical conclusions of some scholars, there is scant evidence that a rule prohibiting amnesty or asylum in cases of crimes against humanity has ripened into a compulsory norm of customary international law.” he explains that when “widespread practice” begins to con- form to the proclamations of international bodies then, despite a “few instances of departure,” this practice can be called binding customary law. roht-arriaza & gibson, supra note , at – . id. at . dugard, supra note , at . see, e.g., scharf, supra note , at (“customary international law, which is just as bind- ing upon states as treaty law, arises from ‘a general and consistent practice of states followed by them from a sense of legal obligation’ referred to as opinio juris.”). this camp of scholars disagrees with the argument that these countries may in fact be violat- ing international law. see scharf, supra note , at (writing that despite some un general assembly resolutions and forceful arguments by legal scholars, “state practice does not yet sup- port the existence of an obligation under international law to refrain from conferring amnesty for crimes against humanity”). for a list of states that have enacted amnesties following episodes of human rights violations, see trumbull, supra note , at – . scharf, supra note , at . scharf makes this argument but omits discussion of the barrios altos decision in his article. michael p. scharf, swapping amnesty for peace: was there a duty to prosecute international crimes in haiti?, tex. int’l l.j. , ( ); see also slye, supra note , at (citing the increased use of amnesties and thus suggesting state practice). outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial heeding the call to monitor state practice, it is significant that state mem- bers of the inter-american system have now begun to annul the same amnesty laws which initially established the general state practice that suggested they were legally permissible, and they do so relying on the barrios altos case. moreover, these states are now pursuing criminal trials against those responsible for human rights violations in past regimes. in peru, for instance, the transitional justice experience was dramatically influenced by the barrios altos case, as already men- tioned. on april , , the attorney general’s office of peru issued a resolu- tion to create a special prosecutor as part of its plan to implement the iacthr’s decision. soon after, peru’s constitutional court issued seminal decisions that referred to the barrios altos decision and served as precedent for all peruvian courts. indeed, in one of these cases, the court corrected its own jurisprudence issued six years earlier on the issue of amnesty, framing its arguments within the terms of the right to truth. peru’s highest court explained: [i]t falls to the state to prosecute those responsible for crimes against humanity and, where necessary, to adopt restrictive laws to prevent, for example statutes of limitation for crimes against human rights. the application of such laws is conducive to the effectiveness of the legal system and is justified by the prevailing interests of the struggle against impunity. the objective, evidently, is to impede certain mechanisms in the criminal law system, which are applied for the repulsive purpose of securing impunity. this must be prevented and avoided, since it encourages criminals to repeat their behaviors, becomes a breeding ground for vengeance, and corrodes the underlying values of democratic society: truth and justice. the opinion, in effect, imbues the transitional justice formula promoted by the trc with a new legality. with the help of the inter-american system, resolución de la fiscalía de la nación no. - -mp-fn, diario oficial el peruano no. , (apr. , ) (peru). the attorney general issued a follow-up resolution on april , , ordering prosecutors in all instances working on cases that were subject to the amnes- ty laws to request the trial or appellate court to enforce the international judgment. resolución de la fiscalía de la nación no. - -mp-fn, el peruano (apr. , ). martín rivas, constitutional court, exp. no. - -aa/tc (nov. , ) (peru); vera navarrete, constitutional court, exp. no. - -hc/tc (dec. , ) (peru); villegas namuche, constitutional court, exp. no. - -hc/tc (mar. ) (peru). villegas namuche, constitutional court, exp. no. - -hc/tc, ¶¶ – . id. ¶ (“asimismo, corresponde al estado el enjuiciamiento de los responsables de crímenes de lesa humanidad y, si es necesario, la adoptación de normas restrictivas para evitar, por ejem- plo, la prescripción de los delitos que violenten gravemente los derechos humanos. la aplicación de estas normas permite la eficacia del sistema jurídico y se justifica por los intereses prevalentes de la lucha contra la impunidad. el objetivo, evidentemente, es impedir que ciertos mecanismos del ordenamiento penal se apliquen con el fin repulsivo de lograr la impunidad. Ésta debe ser siempre prevenida y evitada, puesto que anima a los criminales a la reiteración de sus conductas, sirve de caldo de cultivo a la venganza y corroe dos valores fundantes de la sociedad democráti- ca: la verdad y la justicia.”) (author’s translation). significantly, the status of the barrios altos decision in national law gained more clarity during the proceedings of the la cantuta case before the iacthr. while the commission and repre- sentatives of the victims argued that the state should take positive steps to annul the amnesty lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial all procedural impediments to pursuing criminal justice as part of the peruvian transitional justice project were eliminated. the trc’s mandate established its remit to conduct a two-year investigation into the causes and consequences of the armed conflict. the barrios altos case directly influenced peru’s decision to include the eventual possibility of criminal investigations and prosecutions in the trc’s mandate, even if the trc itself could not conduct such trials. throughout its two-year investigation, the trc purposefully conducted its operations in a manner that would support state investigations, even creating a spe- cial criminal investigation unit to prepare cases to present to the state. even befo- re it presented its final report in august , the trc held a ceremony to transfer for investigation the first case to the public ministry to symbolize its commitment to criminal prosecutions. the trc later transferred an additional forty-three of the most emblematic cases of human rights violations and recommended prompt cri- minal investigations and prosecutions in hundreds of others. in addition, its final report included chapters on the most important cases arising out of the twenty-year internal armed conflict, including barrios altos and la cantuta. thus, now, some five years after the trc published its final report in , national public prosecutors across the country have opened hundreds of criminal investigations into alleged extrajudicial killings and disappearances, some of which rose to the le- vel of massacres and all of which occurred during the country’s twenty-year internal armed conflict between state agents and insurgent groups. meanwhile, many of the criminal investigations into the cases arising out of the friendly settlement reached between peru and the iachr were underway as the trc prepared its final report. the report looked at the incidents at barrios law, the state responded by saying it was not necessary, naming various other measures taken by the state. see la cantuta case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ (nov. , ). the state argued that “the granting of amnesty has no practical effects in the domestic legal system.” id. the state, however, added that “in the event the court held a different view, it should state precisely what such measure would be, since this is not a simple issue concerning domestic law. under the current constitution, not only are human rights treaties part of the domestic law, but also any interpretation made by the organs created by such treaties constitute mandatory criteria by which the rights in the country are to be interpreted. therefore, in the state’s opinion, such legal framework would be sufficient in the current state of affairs.” id. see generally eduardo gonzález cueva, the peruvian truth and reconciliation commission and the challenge of impunity, in transitional justice in the twenty-first century: beyond truth versus justice (naomi roht-arriaza & javier mariezcurrena eds., ). by contrast, in south af- rica, victims could not resort to an international tribunal when they lost their challenge against amnesty laws before the highest national court. see roht-arriaza & gibson, supra note , at – (describing the frustrated attempts of south afrikaners to contest the amnesty laws). see comisión de la verdad y reconciliacion [truth & reconciliation commission], supra note , at , available at http://www.cverdad.org.pe/ifinal/pdf/tomo% i/introduc- cion.pdf. see gonzález cueva, supra note , at – . during its investigations, the trc began to present some of its criminal investigations to the attorney general’s office (author’s personal observations from field work). comisión de la verdad y reconciliacion [truth & reconciliation commission], supra note , at , available at http://www.cverdad.org.pe/ifinal/pdf/tomo% vii/casos% ilustra- tivos-uie/ . % barrios% altos.pdf. id. at , available at http://www.cverdad.org.pe/ifinal/pdf/tomo% vii/casos% ilustra- tivos-uie/ . .% la% cantuta.pdf. outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial altos and la cantuta as part of a general investigation of colina. also, on october , , the peruvian military council responded to the iacthr ruling in bar- rios altos by declaring “null and void” the supreme court judgment issued on june , , which extended amnesty to the army officials charged with the barrios altos massacre. at the same time, the civil courts obtained jurisdiction over these cases. as a result, some fifty-six persons were indicted, including a milita- ry general and a top intelligence advisor to fujimori. proceedings against colina agents were also reinitiated in the la cantuta case, running concurrently with the trc and resulting in convictions on april , . in august , the special court for anticorruption, which also handles human rights, opened proceedings against persons involved in la cantuta, including luis augusto pérez document, general hermosa-ríos, montesinos, and josé velarde astete. the trc’s explicit commitment to criminal justice prompted public pro- secutors in the sixteen provinces most affected by the war to open investigations into hundreds of human rights cases. for example, a prosecutor in the andean highlands of ayacucho, where the greatest brunt of political violence occurred, initiated investigations and prosecutions in some three hundred cases of human rights violations after going into rural communities to interview victims. she na- med former president alan garcía among the suspected perpetrators in the case of accomarca, charging him with genocide (garcia was president from - , and was newly elected in ). thus, beginning in , the provincial and cen- tral criminal courts have issued a handful of significant judgments, some of which include substantial prison sentences for military and police officers. perhaps most significantly, top leaders—including fujimori—have been facing trials for crimes arising out of human rights violations. these historical cases are resulting in judi- cial decisions on human rights law which ultimately contribute both to national and international criminal law jurisprudence. la cantuta case, inter-am. ct. h.r. (ser. c) no. , ¶ ( ) (nov. , ). the peruvian officers included: brigade army general juan rivero-lazo, army colonel eliseo pich- ilingue-guevara, army captain josé adolfo velarde-astete, army lieutenant aquilino portella- núñez, army third-rank technicians julio chuqui-aguirre, nelson rogelio carbajal-garcía, jesús antonio sosa-saavedra, and retired army lieutenant aquilino portella-núñez. id. the october , , ruling allowed the perpetrators to return to the procedural status they held before the amnesty laws took effect and allowed the judgment of may , , to be served. id. see resolución administrativa no. - -ce-pj, diario oficial el peruano (sept , ) (peru). the former head of sin, general julio salazar-monroe, was sentenced to thirty-five years in prison for his role in the la cantuta disappearances, and three of his subordinates received fifteen-year sentences for the same offenses. press release, human rights watch, peru: sala- zar conviction step on road to justice (apr. , ), available at http://www.hrw.org/english/ docs/ / / /peru .htm. república del perú [republic of peru], defensoría del pueblo [ombudsman], el estado frente a las víctimas de la violencia. ¿hacia dónde vamos en políticas de reparación y justicia? [the state with regard to victims of violence: how far will we go with reparation and justice policy?] n. ( ) (peru), available at http://www.defensoria.gob.pe/inform-defensoriales.php. coordinadora nacional de derechos humanos [national coordinator of human rights], informe anual [annual report ], at ( ) (peru), available at http://www.dhperu. org/documentos/informe/ fa b_cap .pdf. lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial one of the most important events in this evolving criminal justice movement was the successful extradition of fujimori in september , after six years of pro- ceedings, first with japan and then with chile. fujimori faces charges of both cor- ruption and human rights, the latter including the incidents of barrios altos and la cantuta. fujimori’s trial for the human rights charges began on december , . on april , , he was found guilty on all human rights charges and sentenced to twenty-five years in prison; fujimori has declared he will appeal his conviction. the barrios altos precedent has begun to show its impact in latin america, beyond just peru where it applied directly. for example, on june , , the argentine supreme court of justice found the due obedience and full stop laws were unconstitutional because they violated the country’s international legal obli- gations. part of the argentine court’s reasoning rested on the barrios altos deci- sion, which it interpreted as providing a general bar against all amnesties that pre- vent criminal accountability for serious human rights violations. almost thirty years after the amnesty laws halted criminal justice in argentina, the influence of the ruling can be seen as national prosecutors open criminal prosecutions against almost three hundred military officers who benefited from earlier amnesty laws. the court relied on international law, including the iachr’s decision on argentina’s full stop and full obedience laws and barrios altos, in its decision. the court specifically interpreted these decisions to apply beyond just self-am- nesty laws, and thus resolved any doubt on the illegality of argentina’s immunity laws. in addition, the court made reference to the iachr’s general position that it is “practically irrelevant” that amnesties are enacted by democratic bodies based on the demands of national reconciliation because these laws still violate the american convention and the duty to prosecute as established in the velás- quez rodríquez ruling. significantly, the argentine justices referred specifically to judge garcía ramírez’s concurring judgment in barrios altos in which he argued the decision should be extended to all amnesties despite their possible beneficial effects in reestablishing peace. one can also see renewed efforts to pursue criminal justice in chile, es- pecially in the wake of the pinochet case which reinvigorated local efforts to as- sure criminal prosecutions for the human rights violations of that country’s dirty war. when pinochet returned to chile, the chilean congress lifted the former leader’s parliamentary immunity to allow criminal proceedings to be initiated simon romero, peru’s ex-president convicted of rights abuses, n.y. times, apr. , , at a , available at http://www.nytimes.com/ / / /world/americas/ fujimori.html. corte suprema de justicia [csjn], / / , “julio héctor simón,” colección oficial de fallos ( - - ) (arg.), available at http://www.acnur.org/biblioteca/pdf/ .pdf. id. ¶ . for a discussion on this issue, see tittemore, supra note , at – (provid- ing an account of argentina’s recent judicial decisions on the amnesty laws enacted in its political transition). canton, supra note , at . csjn, / / , “julio héctor simón,” fallos ( - - ), ¶ (arg.). for a discus- sion of argentina’s reliance on barrios altos, see márquez urtubey, supra note , at . csjn, / / , “julio héctor simón,” fallos ( - - ), ¶¶ – (arg.). id. ¶ . see evans, supra note , at . outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial against him. the parliament also presented a bill to annul chile’s twenty-year- -old amnesty laws to enable criminal proceedings against other suspected human rights violators—the measure was up for a vote at the time of publication. in addition, the supreme court of chile ruled on the inapplicability of chile’s am- nesty laws and statutes of limitations in investigations on forced disappearan- ces. chile, along with spain and south africa, has also renewed efforts to bring perpetrators to justice, providing that “despite explicit efforts to leave the past behind, the contentious issue of human rights refuses to remain buried.” these renewed campaigns for criminal justice suggest that those who poin- ted to these same countries as examples “that truth could substitute for justice” to argue that state practice supported amnesties, overlooked the resilience of the “thirst for justice.” indeed, local victims eventually began to force a sea change in state behavior and put into question some of the once accepted tenets of the truth v. justice debate through their diligent use of international legal recourse. essentially, the maxim appears today to be truth and then later justice. justice may be delayed but nonetheless the principle of criminal justice remains in the equation. moreover, it seems a new stage in the transitional justice field is mo- ving away from the truth v. justice debate, which poses the options in binary terms of choosing between trials or truth commissions (i.e., either/or), and instead ex- panding to the view that transitional justice encompasses both options (i.e., and/ also). indeed, peru’s clear deviance from the truth commission model set in south africa could divert the international trend, making the south african experience suddenly an isolated exception. the more current trend is to see countries opting for both truth commis- sions and criminal prosecutions. for example, upon revoking a blanket amnesty offered in peace negotiations, sierra leone eventually annulled that law and for- id. agenda de derechos humanos para el bicentenario [human rights agenda for the bicenten- nial], comisión del constitución del senado aprueba derogación de amnistía [senate consti- tutional commission approves amnesty derogation] (dec. , ), athttp://adhb.wordpress. com/ / / /comision-del-constitucion-del-senado-aprueba-derogacion-de-amnistia/ (chile). miguel angel sandoval rodríguez case, corte suprema de chile (nov. , ), available at http://www.derechos.org/nizkor/chile/doc/krassnoff.html (referring to chilean decree law no. of ). evans, supra note , at ; see also david a. crocker, reckoning with past wrongs: a normative framework, ethics & int’l aff. , ( ); margaret popkin & nehal bhuta, latin american amnesties in comparative perspective: can the past be buried?, ethics & int’l aff. , ( ). roht-arriaza, supra note , at . see marguerite feitlowitz, a lexicon of terror: argentina and the legacies of torture ( ) (discussing argentina’s “scilingo effect” of confessions coming two decades after junta rule ended). see jenkins, supra note , at (noting south africa’s exceptional experience based on the exchange of amnesty for confessions); suzannah linton, cambodia, east timor and sierra leone: experiments in international justice, crim. l.f. ( ) (discussing the experiences of coun- tries opting for criminal trials). carsten stahn, accommodating individual criminal responsibility and national reconciliation: the un truth commission for east timor, am. j. int’l l. , ( ) (writing on the develop- ment of truth commissions into a “justice-supportive machinery”). lisa j. laplante ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial med a special court at the same time it created a truth commission in . now, almost two decades after the truth v. justice debate gained momentum, con- sensus suggests that truth commissions and criminal trials are “mutually reinfor- cing and complementary,” rather than options which create tensions, tradeoffs, and dilemmas. certainly the new global context, aided by judicial pronouncements like barrios altos, greatly influences the international community’s attitude towards amnesties, which also influences the pressure on national leaders to pursue crimi- nal justice. in this vein, political scientist elin skaar found that in thirty latin american and african countries that underwent transition after the mid- s, the government’s human rights policy rested largely on the “relative strength” of the public’s demand for truth and justice balanced with the outgoing regime’s demand for amnesty and impunity. conclusion the iacthr offered the international community a holding in barrios altos that if read broadly could cause monumental changes in transitional justice sche- mes. yet, despite my inclination to refute narrow readings of the inter-american decision, i at the same time must acknowledge one significant factor that could nevertheless continue to limit the reach of barrios altos. in particular, the steadily growing framework of international law has created new dilemmas and concerns regarding the lack of uniformity in a system that has no overarching court or legis- lature to unify laws and practice. indeed, the iacthr is a regional tribunal, whose holding technically is only binding on oas members, and then only to those who have signed the american convention. thus, we are left with the question whether the barrios altos precedent sig- nifies a new evolution in the general field of international law for all countries, or alternatively only for the region of latin america. is it a watershed in combating international impunity, or just one more example of the type of fragmentation in international criminal law that gerhard hafner views as the “erratic blocks and elements” of an “‘unorganized system’ full of intra-systematic tensions, contra- dictions and frictions”? it will be important to watch whether the barrios altos decision begins to serve as persuasive authority in other regions and settings in order to assess its full impact. see schabas, supra note , at – . the special court went on further to test the valid- ity of the amnesty laws finding that a state may not create amnesties to protect offenders from prosecution for crimes that amount to an international crime subject to international jurisdic- tion. id. at . leebaw, supra note , at . see generally naomi roht-arriaza, special problems of a duty to prosecute: derogation, amnesties, statutes of limitation, and superior orders, in impunity and human rights in international law and practice, supra note , at . elin skaar, truth commissions, trials—or nothing? policy options in democratic transitions, third world. q. , ( ). gerhard hafner, pros and cons ensuing from fragmentation of international law, mich. j. int’l l. , ( ). outlawing amnesty: the return of criminal justice ... ejjl chapecó, v. , n. , p. - , edição especial regardless of its reach, the implications of the outlawing of amnesties in transitional justice settings, even if contained in latin america, generate new questions in the field. one recent line of inquiry looks at how international cri- minal law is being “nationalized” and again how this creates issues of “fragmenta- tion” in terms of the substance and application of international legal norms. for instance, in holding human rights trials while respecting the principles of legality, which law do states apply? in the case of peru, which only recently codified ex- trajudicial execution close to the end of fujimori’s regime in , it is applying common criminal codes of homicide. how does this choice of law contribute or undermine the developing norms of international criminal law, or does it even matter? will evolving state practice and jurisprudence result in difficult contra- dictions and inconsistencies, or will it slowly evolve into a uniform system? finally, if the trend points toward inclusion of national criminal trials in transitional justice settings, what will be the implications for the now broader goals of these schemes in terms of restorative justice? will national reconciliation be undermined? will national trials perhaps be compromised by inexperienced, weak, or corrupt courts, and will political realities only increase victim-survivors’ distrust and disappointment? or alternatively, will a new legality inspire more creative ways of upholding the principle of criminal justice while carving out ex- ceptions such as plea bargaining and prosecutorial discretion? these are only a few of the questions that arise when contemplating a new phase in the development of transitional justice. while the binary nature of the truth v. justice debate perhaps simplified the conversation by providing two options, we now enter a more complex and nuanced territory that may test the social and political limits of a new legality that limits the possibility of choice. data da submissão: de maio de avaliado em: de outubro de (avaliador a) aceito em: de novembro de ethics in science and environmental politics : ethics in science and environmental politics esep , – published september as environmental pressures on our planet continue to increase, there is a new urgency to find ways for- ward in making practical decisions. the difficulty in making such decisions is well known, given the diver- sity of interests and conflicting assessment of priorities in each case (huxham & sumner : ix –xi). there are a number of possible underlying causes of these difficulties. in general, there has been a bias towards constructing the framework of decision-making in terms of specific cases, judged in terms of the relative risk or benefit of a particular action(s). a case-by-case pragmatic approach certainly yields results that are specific for the issue in hand, but is not the only way of describing ethical choice. i have suggested that in the particular situation of gmos such a framing assumes a consequentialist approach to ethics that is not neces- sarily sufficient, given that risks are in many cases not readily quantified and the benefits more often than not directed to a particular group or community (deane- drummond : – ). if environmental risks are unclear, such as is often the case with genetically mod- ified (gm) crops, then decisions will either take place on the basis of supposed benefits, highlighted as gen- eral advantages by a particular interest group, or the precautionary principle will be invoked in order to delay action until such time as the risks are quantified. the precautionary principle is sometimes defined as ‘a strategy for dealing with environmental risk and uncertainty, which guides us to act cautiously and embark on a systematic programme of research to improve our understanding of the costs and benefits of particular actions’ (bma : ). there are a number of difficulties associated with this type of precautionary approach (merritt & jones : – ). in the first place there are different assessments as to the degree of environmental risk in defining when the precaution- ary principle will take effect. secondly, the extent of environmental risk is itself highly contested (lash et al. ). of course there are some who interpret the pre- cautionary principle as the basis for inaction unless positive damage is proven not to be the case. donald © inter-research · www.int-res.com *e-mail: c.deane-drummond@chester.ac.uk wisdom with justice celia deane-drummond* department of theology and religious studies, chester college, parkgate road, chester ch bj, united kingdom abstract: this paper explores the way we make environmental decisions, especially in the context of heavily contested issues such as gmos. it suggests that as well as attention to particular conse- quences of action, due consideration needs to be given to the motivation and attitudes of the agents concerned, in other words, to virtue ethics. the values behind environmental decision-making are predicated on religious as well as philosophical assumptions. i argue that not only is it important to identify religious mandates for environmental action through models such as that of kinship, but also that exploring the wisdom tradition from a christian perspective can serve to clarify ways forward where decision making is difficult. in the christian community itself a recovery of wisdom and justice as virtues can serve to raise the importance of environmental concern, since it is rooted in an under- standing of god as creator and the idea of natural law. the concept of justice complements that of wisdom in that it facilitates an objective stance according to certain principles of equity. resale or republication not permitted without written consent of the publisher i am using the term ‘risk’ in a traditional, rationalist sense; though as donald bruce suggests, there have been moves away from this definition in more recent discussions. see bruce ( ). i am not implying that consequences should never be taken into account, rather than viewing the problem just in terms of consequences alone may miss out other aspects of ethical insight that need to be taken into account. esep , – bruce has discussed the competing visions of precau- tion (bruce ). the language of precaution, rather like that of sustainability, can be filled out with differ- ent contents depending on the players involved. such a discovery implies that we need to look behind the language to the motivation of those who are using such language. this is the province of virtue ethics. i hope to show that one way of filling out what a virtue ethic might look like from a christian perspective draws on a rediscovery of the importance of wisdom. wisdom in addition includes the idea of prudence, or practical wisdom, which in its turn includes the concept of pre- caution. precaution thus becomes both situated and critiqued in the context of a wider christian vision of reality. the philosopher mary midgley has also identified another problem when it comes to making decisions about the environment. she suggests that even if the risks are well known, inaction will still follow if the imagination is not sufficiently engaged. in other words, bald scientific facts about the perilous state of the planet are insufficient to motivate action or decision- making in its favour (midgley : ). while she sees that there are signs that people do care about the earth, the reason for this is not so much the threat of environmental collapse, as a renewed sense that we are part of the earth and have evolved from it. midgley believes that gaian thinking can serve to challenge acute individualism and anthropocentrism, which she identifies as the heart of the problem (midgley : – ). gaian thinking is certainly suggestive of a more holistic understanding of reality. however, as i have argued elsewhere, there are theological and eth- ical problems associated with a gaian approach to the world (deane-drummond : – ). for exam- ple, in its more idealistic forms, gaia seems not only to equalise the place of humanity in relation to other spe- cies, but also to put bacteria and blue green algae at the top of the pyramid. furthermore, if gaia is held to be a stabilising global system, it could be used to sup- port environmental abuse, rather than the opposite. i suggest that midgley is, nonetheless, correct in searching for alternative ways of approaching the way we think about the earth and identifying underlying values that are behind our decision-making. a com- mon christian response to these difficulties has been to advocate the ideal of stewardship (berry : ). while this can take us some way in making responsible decisions, the will to change remains largely untouched through this motif alone. furthermore, stewardship often implies management of the planet, which in itself can be suggestive of a somewhat anthropocentric epistemology. while it is preferable to other biblical motifs such as the idea of kingship, it still tends to be hierarchical in its assumption that nature is somehow ‘below’ the order of humankind, human are ‘stewards’ over against the natural world. from a his- torical perspective the interpretation of the notion of stewardship is problematic, associated with ideas about dominion and dreams about repairing the nat- ural world through human ingenuity (bauckham : – ). a third alternative is that of kinship, devel- oping the notion that all creatures are in some sense part of who we are as human beings. such a view is not only consistent with evolutionary science, it also artic- ulates an important biblical principle, namely that the creatures of the earth, including humans, give glory to god, rather than human beings alone (bauckham ). in this paper i suggest that one way to develop an ethic towards the natural world that highlights the notion of kinship is through a recovery of the idea of wisdom. such a recovery has a number of advantages. firstly, it challenges the idea that science is the only way of knowing, instead wisdom invites a broader frame of reference compared with the fragmented problem solving approach characteristic of much of modern science (deane-drummond : – ). in the second place it connects with the philosophical trend in ethics that focuses on agents and attitudes rather than actions, known as virtue ethics. in the third place wisdom draws on ancient theological traditions and resonates with theological imagination. as such it can offer a vision that serves to inspire appropriate action. in the fourth place wisdom has ethical outcomes through its association with the cardinal virtues of practical wisdom or prudence, justice, temperance and fortitude. in this paper i focus specifically on the virtues of prudence and justice and how they might be expressed in practice, as they seem to me to be of par- ticular relevance to environmental decision-making. the special attention to consequentialism in environ- mental decision-making may seem somewhat surpris- ing given the strong move in contemporary philosophy to recover an alternative approach to ethics that stresses moral character, namely virtue ethics (crisp & slote , hursthouse ). on the other hand, a purely deontological approach that frames particular issues from theological norms may seem out of touch with secular ethical debates (deane-drummond et al. : – ). virtue ethics, by focusing on the agent, rather than just the possible outcomes of specific ethi- cal dilemmas in isolation, encourages ongoing moral attention that serves not only to sustain human resilience in times when decision making is difficult, but also to challenge all parties involved to re-examine their attitudes. virtue ethics is characterised by being agent centred, rather than act centred, putting empha- sis on goodness, rather than rights, duties or obliga- tions, even positively rejecting the idea that ethics can deane-drummond: wisdom with justice be codified in rules. yet this does not mean that virtue ethics is not interested in particular actions, or for that matter the consequences of those actions. rather, the fundamental ethical question of what i should do is expanded into related questions about who i am, who i should become and how i should get there (keenan : ). theological wisdom what is meant by theological wisdom? wisdom, by definition, is hard to define with any precision, as she appears in various guises in scriptural and traditional texts. nonetheless, even the early th century natural scientists, such as john ray, found the motif of wisdom expressive of the way they hoped to discover traces of god in the natural world (ray ). ray was reluctant to attribute more to wisdom than a trace or reflection of the mind of god in creation. other theologians, writing from an eastern orthodox perspective, have devel- oped a sophiology that places wisdom integral to the being of god. it seems fair to suggest that scriptural texts point in this direction. in the old testament book of proverbs, for example, wisdom is personified as the one who works alongside god in the creation of the world. wisdom, according to the book of wisdom, is ‘intelli- gent, holy, unique, manifold, subtle, active, incisive, unsullied, lucid, invulnerable, benevolent, sharp, irre- sistible, beneficient, loving to man, steadfast, depend- able, unperturbed, almighty, all-surveying’ (wisdom : – ). it could even be said that some wisdom books, such as the book of ecclesiastes, echo to some extent the approach adopted by contemporary philoso- phers advocating virtue ethics (christianson ). wisdom in the old testament is also something that is learnt in the human community, through experience in practical decision-making in family life, education and observation of the natural world. what are the possible ways to find wisdom? the book of proverbs invites his readers to ‘go to the ant, you sluggard, see its ways and be wise’ (proverbs : ). the seeing is not so much simple observation of information about the ants, as perceiving the inner distinctive core of what it is to be an ant (habel ). in other places in wisdom litera- ture the word ‘to discern’ (bin) is used, often following the act of seeing, to describe the process of becoming wise. hence discernment is integral to what it means to gain wisdom. discernment considers a range of options, but ultimately lights on ‘the way’, understood not just as the alternative between paths, but also as the inner driving characteristic of something (habel ). this, it seems to me, is particularly important as it locates discernment as that which correctly identifies the inner core of something, that itself is expressive of wisdom. significantly, in the book of job the char- acteristic of finding wisdom also applies to god, as god ‘sees’ the different components of creation (habel ). on this basis it is possible that proverbs : means not that god created wisdom, but the more common understanding of the word qana, namely god acquired wisdom. this reinforces the suggestion that i have made elsewhere that an essential characteristic of god is that of wisdom (deane-drummond : – ). moreover, there appears to be a dialectical relationship between god and the world in the cre- ative process. god creates through wisdom, but god discovers wisdom in its turn in the created order. this does not preclude the primary focus of the christian tradition on god relating to the world through over- flowing love. rather, creation is in love, but through wisdom. this sapiential understanding of god’s rela- tionship to the world has common ground with some other religious traditions and serves to challenge the individualistic way we think about ourselves and in its place situate humanity in the wider cosmic community of life (nasr : ). the christian tradition, nonetheless, develops this perennial philosophy in a way that is distinct, namely through the notion of the wisdom of the cross (deane- drummond : – ). the cross is proclaimed as the ultimate expression of the wisdom of god ( . cor. . – . ). this aspect of wisdom might come as some- thing of a shock, yet it serves as a reminder of the suf- fering and cruelty evident in the natural world and in human relationships. the wisdom of the cross announces the fact that such suffering is not outside the concern of god who is in christ, rather the cruci- fied one takes on such suffering in solidarity with the earth. the savage loss of species could be said to be a loss in god, for it is a loss in abundance of relationships (larkin ). nonetheless, for the christian tradition the cross is not the last word, for its consideration is coloured by hope in the resurrection. john’s gospel i have discussed this idea in detail previously in deane- drummond sergii bulgakov is a good example, though it should be noted that his views on wisdom have been criticised by other orthodox scholars, such as vladimir lossky (for discussion see deane-drummond : – ) the developing interest in wisdom literature among old testament scholars bespeaks of a relative neglect of this tra- dition, see deane-drummond : – nasr criticises the west for its focus on environmental ethics; for him a religious understanding of the order of nature needs to have a higher priority. i suggest that a shift in un- derstanding of ordering is commensurate with a new ethical approach esep , – speaks of the logos acting in the world in terms that resemble very closely the way wisdom is spoken about in the old testament (deane-drummond ). hence christ as logos is identified with wisdom or sophia. yet for john the cross is also the cross of glory, for it points to a future in which all creation will be redeemed. the message of wisdom is, then, ultimately a hopeful one, even if it resists turning away from the challenge of creaturely suffering. a recovery of a wisdom ethic while there are a variety of ways of thinking about wisdom from a christian perspective, i have argued elsewhere that a wisdom ethic drawing on the works of thomas aquinas gives significant insights about the way to approach the natural world (deane-drummond : – , ). wisdom as theological wisdom needs to be set in the context of the theological virtues of faith, hope and charity. ( cor. ). wisdom is learned, but it is also a gift from god. as gift it is given by grace, rather than through rigid adherence to the law, even though it is not separate from law. aquinas describes the gifts of the holy spirit as wisdom, understanding, counsel, fortitude, knowledge, piety and fear of the lord. in as much as it can be learned, it can be shared by all those of good will, whether chris- tian or not. in this sense it is aligned with the idea of natural law. yet divine wisdom also finds expression in the eternal or divine law, which for christians is expressed in obedience to the demands of the gospel (eph. . – ). hence a measure of whether an action is wise or not is in relationship to this divine law, a point made repeatedly by aquinas in his summa the- ologiae (cessario : - ). for aquinas wisdom is one of the intellectual virtues of speculative reason, the others being understanding, or grasping first prin- ciples and scientia, which denotes the comprehension of the causes of things and the relationship between them. in other words wisdom is the understanding of the fundamental causes of everything and their rela- tionship to everything else. in aquinas wisdom is expressed theologically, for god is the ultimate cause of all that exists in virtue of the fact that god is creator. human wisdom is a virtue directed towards the wis- dom of god, for while wisdom can be learned it cannot be grasped or used for human aggrandisement (proverbs ). in the fullest sense human wisdom is only possible through the gift of the holy spirit by the grace of god. the christian vocation includes develop- ing the virtue of wisdom, seeking her through obedi- ence to god’s covenant laws as well as acquiring her through education and family life. wisdom is closely related to one of the intellectual virtues of practical reason, namely prudence, also termed practical wisdom. practical wisdom is particu- larly significant for ethics, since it sets the way individ- ual virtues must be expressed in particular circum- stances. developing prudence is not just about one’s inner attitude, though it includes this, but it is also about how this attitude is expressed in action. for example, practical wisdom comes into play in discern- ing what is the most appropriate way of acting in given circumstances. virtuous behaviour may, in some cir- cumstances, be related to the means of attaining a par- ticular goal. for example, genetically engineering seed so that it is sterile in order to force farmers to buy new seed every year could be seen as an inappropriate means in order to attain the goal of maximum profits. the goal itself may also be challenged where it eclipses other goals such as respect for the needs of the local community. in this case a form of ‘prudence’ would have led to the decision that sterile seed is the best way of attaining the goal, but because the goal is faulty, this leads to what aquinas describes as ‘sham prudence’. indeed, for the biblical writers discernment and wisdom are intimately linked with the fear of the lord (proverbs . , . , . etc.). hence, forms of dis- cernment that act against the needs of the community amount to folly. perhaps more accurately we could say that the goal is a partial good, for it benefits relatively few people. hence, a virtue ethic orientated around wisdom includes the idea of consequences, but it is in relationship to orientation towards the good, under- stood in terms of that which is in accordance with covenant law. aquinas also used the term ‘incomplete prudence’ to indicate that the good is narrowed to par- ticular individuals. these distorted forms of practical wisdom are worth bearing in mind, since from the per- spective of, for example, a biotechnology company an action could look like it is entirely prudent. however, once the wider needs of the community are taken into account, such formulation of practical wisdom is shown to be incomplete. in this scenario practical wisdom the traditional formulation takes its bearings from the virtues possessed by the coming messiah, as described by isaiah : – , and taken up in early christian traditions as corresponding to the gifts of the spirit. (cessario : – ) in the light of this it might seem surprising that some moral philosophers have tended to abstract the idea of natural law from aquinas, and ignored its link with covenant relation- ships. for discussion see deane-drummond mary midgley has criticised the effectiveness of prudence for motivating environmental decision-making. however, her understanding of prudence is one that relates simply to rational causes and individual self-interest, rather than be- ing situated in a broader theological understanding of wis- dom in the manner i am suggesting here (midgley : ) deane-drummond: wisdom with justice relates strongly to justice, which i will discuss further below. however, virtues are more subtle in that expressing a particular virtue cannot necessarily always be described through means and ends type of analysis. what would count as behaving virtuously in the con- text of the practice of science and technology? while the goals of environmental decision-making and the means of attaining such goals may come under scrutiny through prudential considerations, the humil- ity to accept that the public may have important insights into social issues, the courage to challenge developments in those cases where the opinion of local farming communities have not been taken into account, actions such as these are not readily analysed simply in terms of means and ends. practical wisdom includes a number of characteris- tics that are worth pondering in the present context. aquinas draws on areas related to knowing, namely memory, reason, understanding, aptness to being taught and ingenuity (aquinas : ). clearly rea- son, understanding and ingenuity all come into play in developing scientific methods that are sensitive to environmental concerns. yet these characteristics alone are not sufficient for practical wisdom, since it includes memory as well. the ability to remember is associated with appreciation of history and tradition. the memory is used in a selective way in devising new technologies. historically biotechnology has emerged as one more example of the way humankind engages with the natural world. however, it cannot simply be isolated from the social context of the culture of mod- ern industrial farming (northcott ). while it may not be possible to return to earlier idealised communi- ties, in the way that northcott seems to suggest, a deeper memory of what it means for humanity to be in relationship with the land would shift what is envis- aged in terms of practical wisdom. aquinas identifies areas of practical wisdom related to doing, namely foresight, circumspection and caution, or avoiding obstacles (aquinas : – ). foresight means the ability to be free from particular biases and to discern how far the intended aim matches the overall goal of human life understood as ultimate goodness. where these goals are narrowly portrayed in terms of the particular products of tech- nology, then foresight is distorted. for example, does the introduction of vital vitamins to rice and other sta- ple crops grown in the poorer nations of the world even begin to solve the problem of nutrition in these nations? a technological fix can only be a temporary and even partial solution; for it ignores the fact that world hunger is more often than not the result of eco- nomic and social problems. even expecting multina- tional companies to solve the world food crisis is a fail- ure of foresight, for it assumes that they will behave altruistically rather than be driven by market forces (stewart ). circumspection is the ability to attend to circumstances, and involves a clear perception of reality. for example, the possible ecological damage associated with genetically modified crops has not so far been adequately researched, since ‘we do not have an adequate ecological understanding of the complex interactions engendered by releasing gmos even into semi-natural ecosystems’ (walton : ). finally, prudence also expresses caution, or avoiding obsta- cles. there are numerous examples in genetic technol- ogy where there are clear risks involved either to human health or the environment. where these risks are exaggerated, this amounts to a distortion of practi- cal wisdom. for example, the research published by dr arpad pusztai claiming that a modified lectin gene causes adverse effects in rats was not subjected to nor- mal peer review and scrutiny prior to publication (deane-drummond : ). despite this, campaign- ers and the media have used his work to make irre- sponsible claims that genetic modification causes seri- ous intestinal infection in rats, when in fact his research simply describes the structure of the small intestine (dixon : ). the precautionary principle is commonly adopted by committees adjudicating on whether or not to approve particular developments in gm research and associ- while aquinas takes this list from aristotle, biblical wisdom also includes similar ideas of memory and aptness to being taught (proverbs : ), reason and understanding (proverbs : , : ) and ingenuity (proverbs : ) correcting one vitamin deficiency alone is likely to be of limited benefit because of the interaction between different vitamins and minerals needed for good health. while the researchers involved were in all probability well aware of this limitation, it is worth asking if the funding spent so far on such a development is really appropriate, given its lim- ited value. shiva has suggested that red rice growing natu- rally has about ten times the concentration of vitamin a compared with the ‘golden rice’ modified by genetic engi- neering. (shiva ). public consultation is critical if such developments are not going to be perceived as yet another form of neo-colonialism, however good the intentions. the virtue of foresight can serve to encourage such a wider per- ception, rather than limiting the consideration to one of iso- lated problem solving david walton suggests, that if the funding was supported by the state then there might be greater public acceptance that ‘objectives were really feeding the hungry and not greater dividends, and that the control and oversight mech- anisms were robust enough to ensure that health and the environment would be protected as far as possible’, walton : these ideas are also found in instructions to those who wish to acquire wisdom in proverbs, for circumspection, see proverbs : , for foresight and caution see proverbs : , : esep , – ated environmental decisions. in this scenario we are left with the alternatives to adopt or reject the precau- tionary principle, along with difficulties of its defini- tion. instead, i suggest that precaution needs to be just one factor set in a much wider frame of practical wis- dom, including the various elements indicated above. the lack of trust of governments on the part of the pub- lic is suggestive of alternative ways of framing deci- sion-making that takes this suspicion into account (deane-drummond et al. : – ). wisdom, as that which delves behind the attitudes of those making the decisions, is one possible step in the rebuilding of rela- tionships that is so vitally needed. the significance of justice as virtue i indicated earlier that virtue of justice is an appro- priate companion to prudence and wisdom in framing appropriate ethical action. the ancient sages were well aware of the link between justice and wisdom, indeed proverbs personifies lady wisdom as one who ‘by me monarchs rule and princes issue just laws; by me rulers govern and the great impose justice on the world’ (proverbs . – ). in the monarchical society of the time, kingship, wisdom and justice were inter- twined. a more appropriate framework for today is kinship, rather than kingship, but this shift need not deny the basic principle of linking justice and wisdom. virtue ethicists have tended to associate justice with kantian ethics, but for aquinas justice is also a virtue to be acquired, alongside prudence or practical wis- dom. indeed when justice is defined in association with rights, it no longer makes logical sense to speak of justice towards future generations that is the premise of much environmental concern (beckerman & pasek : – ). this means that additional ethical resources are required in order to elucidate obliga- tions, and beckerman & pasek are driven to hint at the possibility of virtue theory making a contribution in this respect. however it is not filled out in any detail and they seem to assume that justice is not a virtue (beckerman & pasek : – ). of course, unlike the other virtues, justice also has an objective basis through particular acts that could be characterised as just or not. in this sense justice moves away from virtue ethics sensus strictus in terms of agents and attitudes towards a more deontological position. in a similar way i indicated earlier that consequences are also taken into account in making prudential choices. this means that those following kantian views can take into account some of the advantages gained through virtue ethics, so i suggest that it is possible to incorporate ideas about what counts as justice without losing the emphasis on the importance of the virtues. in a just order, each is given his or her due. this once again raises the priority of consideration of the needs of the poor as well as consideration of non-human creatures and the wider environment. beckerman & pasek pre- dict that there will be continuing economic growth and this will have a trickle down effect on alleviation of basic environmental problems and poverty, though basic human rights remain untouched by economic trends ( : – ). yet their assumption that acute problems associated with environment and poverty will become progressively ameliorated amounts to eco- nomic reductionism based on economic forecasts. in addition, they seem to assume that the demands of the environment and those of the poor are in some sense in competition for the same economic resources, while recognising that they do at times intersect. clearly, the means of deciding which environmental problem takes priority over which particular demand from a human community is critical, but this is not discussed. it is one of the reasons why i suggest that justice needs to be aligned with practical wisdom, understood as discern- ment: once justice is considered to be a virtue it no longer has to be associated so closely with the lan- guage of rights. the human virtue of justice, under- stood in terms of human obligations, can take into account the importance of the non-human species as part of the overall ecological community. what are the duties in relation to the ‘others’ in the community of life? certainly, there may be legally binding actions that have to be undertaken, that are more based on particular objective rules, but also morally binding ones as well that are more closely aligned with attitudes of the agents. even within the moral sphere it is possible to distinguish that which is dishonourable as opposed to that which is unseemly. the distinction between these various forms of justice as virtue can be illustrated as follows. ten thousand hectares of genetically engineered cotton have been found growing in india in the western state of gujarat (jayaraman : ). the cotton had been geneti- cally engineered to resist the bollworm using a gene from bacillus thuringiensis. this gene (bt) acts like an insecticide in the plants, and they are no longer onora o’neill combines a kantian approach with virtue ethics, see o’neill it could be argued that wisdom also, as a theological cate- gory, moves away from virtue ethics in the manner under- stood by most philosophers. however, my intention is not to simply imitate virtue ethics, but to draw on these insights and incorporate them into a theocentric ethic of wisdom. such a theocentric ethic is less alienating compared with other deontological theological positions, as it resonates with the language of virtues and orientates discussion around agents first, prior to consideration of particular theo- logical principles deane-drummond: wisdom with justice infected. the farmers purchased their seed from navb- harat, a small company which originally purchased seed from maharashtra hybrid seeds company, mahyco. monsato have a % stake in the latter com- pany and the seed is freely available for purchase in the usa. the row exploded because monsanto discov- ered bt cotton on farms on the western state of gujarat and they had not been paid for the patents. navbharat could argue that it lacked the technology to detect transgenic strains. from a legal perspective the action of navbharat is against the law, breaking the legal requirement to pay dividends for patents on particular ‘inventions’, in this case gm cotton. it is not clear if monsato had been granted an indian patent on bt cot- ton as the work with mahyco was still at the field trial stage. mahyco had spent us$ million on preparing to commercialise bt cotton for the indian market. in terms of business ethics mahyco/monsato did have their par- ticular ‘rights’ violated according to patent law. it is also worth asking how far the indian regulatory system is able to ensure that the patent can be carried out in terms of monitoring the seed. perhaps the indian authorities were imprudent in granting a patent in the first place. from the perspective of justice in the widest sense it is possible to ask whether the multinational giant monsanto is morally justified in making such demands for patent payments where it is doubtful if india would ever have the resources for adequate monitoring. the practice of western companies indulging in ‘gene piracy’ (i.e. the lifting of genetic resources from poorer nations and then imposing a patent on them), as well as the introduction of particular genetic traits such as ‘terminator genes’, serve to break down the trust between larger companies and our neighbours in the southern nations of the world (bruce & horrocks : – ). both monsanto’s attitude and their action could be said to be dishonourable in making demands for payments for patents from nations that can ill afford to do so. in addition, the imposition of patent law implies that frameworks adequate for an industrialised western nation cannot be applied in a crude way to that of a poorer ‘developing’ community. it raises wider questions about the whole system of patenting as applied on an international level. moreover what would be the social consequences for subsistent farm- ers growing traditional crops if agricultural practice shifted significantly towards commercial gmos? the motivation of monsanto in developing gm cotton for the indian market was clearly commercial. if the offi- cials on either side behaved in such as way as to express hostility or anger, then such an attitude could be said to be unseemly. justice is violated in this case because it serves to break down relationships in a com- munity. all acts of virtue relate in one sense or another to justice, hence aquinas refers to justice as the ‘most perfect virtue’. developing cash crops specifically for use in the indian subcontinent could be said to be an example of ecological injustice. the chairman of an indian department of biotechnology committee has asked whether ‘this is a foretaste of a frightening situ- ation where transgenics will be out of control and all over the place’. yet the ‘solution’ to this biotechno- logical problem is to press for rs million to be spent on national laboratories to monitor gmos. given the reality of the shortage of funds for other work, is this a just use of resources? the above example suggests that an act of justice can be judged, as it were, from the outside in an objec- tive way. this makes justice different from the other virtues such as temperance or fortitude. acts of justice are not necessarily affected by particular dispositions towards another; hence it is possible to act justly while not having an inner disposition towards justice. it may be that the indian company mistakenly mixed up the seed used, but while this would be a legal injustice according to patent law, it would not render the com- pany unjust. however, the ideal of justice as virtue requires both an inner assent to justice as well as an external just action. justice also reflects obligations to the community, hence in aquinas’s scheme it is ranked higher than other virtues such as temperance or forti- tude that relate simply to inner dispositions. while justice as virtue is the starting point for effec- tive environmental decision-making, consideration of wider concerns of justice locates the virtue in the con- text of a particular way of thinking in an objective sense about just relationships. aquinas divided the just ordering in community life to firstly that between indi- viduals, or commutative justice; secondly to that between the whole and the individual or distributive justice; and thirdly that between the individual and social whole or legal justice (pieper : – ). these distinctions follow from the fact that the kind of legal protection afforded by the state is different in kind to that which is due between individuals. the philosopher josef pieper criticises individualism in not taking sufficient account of the reality of the social whole in making just decisions (pieper : – ). on the other hand, there is an opposite danger in col- lectivism, where no one individual enters a relation- ship in their own right. in this case no individual is given any right, and hence no due. the idea of justice vandana shiva has called this kind of action ‘piracy’. see shiva , i am drawing on the somewhat neglected work of the ro- man catholic philosopher, josef pieper ( ) cited in jayaraman esep , – collapses. some forms of deep ecology and gaian thinking seem to lean far too heavily in this direction. of course aquinas’ scheme fails to take into account the corporate nature of contemporary existence in so far as today, legally speaking, multinational companies have rights. hence particular companies have particu- lar responsibilities to act according to the law. commutative justice is what is owed to a stranger and follows what is due according to particular con- tracts. for all intents and purposes commutative justice could be said to apply to biotechnological companies in relation to individuals and their claims for particular demands for what is due in their case. the relationship between parties needs to be one of mutual respect, rather than hostility, so that the task of commutative justice is: ‘to bring solace and order into the conflict of contending interests which by their nature are legitimate opposites and not easily reconcilable, to impose on them, as it were, a posterior order, is the office and task of commutative justice’ (pieper : ). in the case of gmos the task of commutative justice would be to ensure that no damage exists to someone or their property as a result of the release of gmos. however, where accidents happen, such as in the case of accidental contamination of organic farms during field trials of gmos, then compensation would be required since some recompense needs to be made. of course this presupposes that it is possible for gmo field trials to take place without any risk of contamina- tion. given the close proximity of different farming practices in countries such as the uk, this may not be feasible. in this scenario, it might be possible to argue for ‘organic-free zones’ as well as ‘gm free zones’. the just person needs to recognise the wrong committed, admit to the injustice and endeavour to eradicate it. the problem in the case of organic farming is that both organic and non-organic farmers claim an equal right to practice farming according to particular principles, though an assessment of risk to organic farmers would seem to be prudent prior to approval of field trials. the case of multinationals also crosses into a second area of justice, namely distributive justice, since this describes the relationship between those who have power and those who are in some sense ‘delivered’ to this power. since biotechnology is governed largely by the work of multinationals plus in some cases central government, the responsibility for just action becomes one of distributive justice. the difference is that whereas in the classic understanding of distributive justice, what belongs to an individual is a share in what belongs to everyone, for multinationals, apart from its relationship to its own employees or stake holders, the individual has no share or part in its activities, except in so far as the flourishing of the company boosts the overall economy of the state as a whole. those who are guardians of the common weal calcu- late what is due to the individual in the case of distrib- utive justice. for state rendered compensation, partic- ular subjects of particular grievances are taken into account in a way that is not true of commutative jus- tice. yet where those who are responsible do not exer- cise their powers justly, then injustice reigns. where the law of the state restrains multinationals to act responsibly towards individuals and the environment, then one can expect some measure of justice to ensue. however, what happens in those situations where state law is less regulated such as the relative lack of regu- lations on the safe use of chemicals, fertilisers and also genetically modified crops in the poorer nations of the world? according to a recent report ‘developing coun- tries have less well developed regulatory structures and expertise to manage the introduction of gm crops appropriately’ (nuffield council on bioethics : ). in this case justice relies on being exercised by the multinational companies towards strangers, in this case those living in such nations. the parties to the global convention on biodiversity (cbd) are trying to adopt a biosafety protocol. while this may act like ‘a first line of defence’ it relies on members being part of this wider global community. in these instances, inter- national bodies also contribute to the working out of justice. conclusions in addition to social and political considerations, i have argued that in order to uncover the reasons behind difficulties in environmental decision making we need to explore human attitudes and motivation. one attitude of particular significance is that of wis- dom, for not only does it link with practical reason through prudence, but also from a theological perspec- tive it joins with an understanding of the relationship between god, humanity and the world. in other words wisdom invites a theocentric perspective on ethics that does not exclude secular ethical considerations, but encompasses and critiques different secular alterna- tives. given that i have argued for a recovery of aquinas’ way of approaching ethics, his views on prac- tical wisdom and justice as virtues are also of particu- lar importance. prudence is the first of the cardinal virtues and serves to shape the way they develop. in other words, there can be no justice without prudence. justice is situated in the context of right relationships between god and the created world understood in terms of covenant. the nature of the relationships themselves can be described theologically in terms of deane-drummond: wisdom with justice wisdom. how might this work out in practical decision- making? i suggest that those who are responsible for making decisions have a responsibility to examine closely the attitudes and motivation of all contesting parties. in terms of raising environmental awareness and concern, wisdom reminds us of the importance of the created order, the need to consider the beauty and intricacy of creation, and hence is aligned to other virtues such as wonder and humility. a virtue ethic ori- entated on wisdom challenges the sufficiency of conse- quential approaches, while including the prudential discernment of consequences as integral to what it means to have virtue. for christian believers such scrutiny of attitudes becomes part and parcel of chris- tian discipleship, since such decisions are consistent with what it means to inaugurate the reign of god and express god’s wisdom. the christian vision includes one of kinship with creatures, so that all creatures are not simply for instrumental human use, but are given respect as those that embody, to some degree, the wis- dom of god. in discussing the merits or otherwise of biotechno- logical change, justice between individuals and corpo- rations is not simply definable in terms of breaking the law such as that covering patents, because there are moral aspects of justice that make particular attitudes and actions dishonourable. yet justice requires pru- dential consideration of the alternatives before a claim can be made. in other words, the ability to see reality clearly — which is the province of practical wisdom - leads to actions that affect human relationships with each other — which is the province of justice. this paper has attempted to delineate some of the ways in which wisdom and justice as virtues could facilitate environmental decision-making. i have argued that wisdom is integral to an understanding of who god is and thus needs to be reflected in the way humanity relates to each other and to the natural world. the search for wisdom is always incomplete, for it involves the shared search of the wider community of the pub- lic including theologians and scientists. i suggest that it is in and through such collaboration that respect for god and for each other develops. perhaps we can say that this developing respect is the beginning of wis- dom (proverbs : – ). literature cited aquinas t ( ) summa theologiae a ae, vol , pru- dence, qu. parts of prudence, translated by t gilby. blackfriars, london bauckham r ( ) stewardship and relationship. in: berry rj (ed) the care of creation. ivp, leicester, p – bauckham r ( ) voicing creation’s praise. ecotheology . : – beckerman w, pasek j ( ) justice, posterity and the envi- ronment. oxford university press, oxford. berry rj (ed) ( ) the care of creation: focusing concern and action. ivp, leicester: bma ( ) the impact of genetic modification on agricul- ture, food and health: an interim statement. british med- ical association, london bruce d ( ) how far should we take the precautionary principle? paper delivered to the british ecology society and the linnean society, april th , burlington house, london bruce d, horrocks d (eds) ( ) modifying creation? gm crops and foods: a christian perspective. evangelical alliance policy commission, london cessario r ( ) introduction to moral theology. the catholic university of america press, washington, dc christianson e ( ) the ethics of narrative wisdom: a test case. in: brown w (ed) the character of scripture: moral formation, identity, and ethics in the bible. eerdmans, new york (in press) crisp r, slote m ( ) virtue ethics. oxford university press, oxford deane-drummond c ( ) creation through wisdom: theol- ogy and the new biology. t & t clark, edinburgh deane-drummond c ( ) biology and theology today: exploring the boundaries. scm press, london deane-drummond c ( ) aquinas, wisdom ethics and the new genetics. in: deane-drummond c, szerszynski b (eds) re-ordering nature: theology, society and the new genetics. t & t clark/continuum, edinburgh (in press) deane-drummond c ( the logos as wisdom: a starting point for a sophianic theology of creation. in: clayton p, peacocke a (eds) in whom we live and move and have our being: reflections on panentheism in a scientific age. eerdmans, new york (in press) deane-drummond c, szerszynski b, grove-white r ( ) genetically modified theology. studies in christian ethics ( ): – dixon b ( ) transgenic ills and otherwise: review of redesigning life? in: toker b (ed) the worldwide chal- lenge to genetic engineering, nature : jayaraman k.s ( ) illicit cotton sparks corporate fury. nature : habel, n ( ) the book of job: suffering and cognition in context, paper delivered to the colloquium of the royal netherlands academy of arts and sciences, april – hursthouse r ( ) on virtue ethics. oxford university press, oxford huxham m, sumner d (eds) ( ) science and environmen- tal decision making. prentice hall/pearson education, edinburgh johnson e ( ) she who is: the mystery of god in feminist theological discourse. crossroad, new york keenan j ( ) virtue ethics. in: hoose b (ed) christian ethics: an introduction. cassell, london, p – larkin l ( ) face-to-face with limobius mixtus, ecotheol- ogy, . : – lash s, bronislaw s, wynne b ( ) risk, environment and modernity: towards a new ecology. sage, london merritt jq, jones pc ( ) science and environmental deci- sion-making: the social context. in: huxham m, sumner d (eds) science and environmental decision making. prentice hall/pearson education, edinburgh, p - midgley m ( ) science and poetry. routledge, london nasr s ( ) religion and the order of nature. oxford uni- versity press, oxford esep , – northcott m ( ) behold i have set the land before you. (deut. . ): christian ethics, gm foods and the culture of modern farming. in: deane-drummond c, szerszynski b (eds) re-ordering nature: theology, society and the new genetics. t & t clark/continuum, edinburgh (in press) nuffield council on bioethics ( ) genetically modified crops: the ethical and social issues. nuffield, london o’neill o ( ) towards justice and virtue: a constructive account of practical reasoning. cambridge university press, cambridge pieper j ( ). the four cardinal virtues. university of notre dame press, notre dame ray j ( / ) the wisdom of god manifested in the works of creation. arno press, new york shiva v ( ). biopiracy. green books, london shiva v ( ) stolen harvest: the hijacking of the global food supply. zed books, london shiva v ( ) opening plenary. workshop on life on a threatened planet: genetic controversy and environmental ethics, june , , centre for theology and the natural sciences, university of berkeley, california, usa stewart j ( ) reordering means and ends: ellul and the new genetics. in: deane-drummond c, szerszynski b (eds) re-ordering nature: theology, society and the new genetics. t & t clark/continuum, edinburgh (in press) walton d ( ) genetically modified futures? brit ecol soc bull ( ): – editorial responsibility: r.j. (sam) berry, london, united kingdom submitted: september , ; accepted: september , proofs received from author(s): september , published on the web: september , - _euc_ .indd comparative criminal justice beyond ethnocentricism and relativism david nelken university of macerata, italy a b s t r a c t how can the study of comparative criminal justice avoid the opposite angers of ethnocentricism and relativism? the problem is examined taking as an example cavadino and dignan’s recent analysis of differences in prison rates. the case is made that more attention needs to be given to understanding how different criminal justice systems actually produce prison rates as well as to interpreting the ideas and values that animate those inside and outside the system. k e y w o r d s comparative criminal justice / comparative criminal procedure / ethnocentricism and relativism / processes of attrition / garantismo / gedogen / tolerance. comparative criminal justice: making sense of difference the task of comparative criminal justice, most scholars would agree, is to com pare and contrast our ways of responding to crime with those practised else where. it also often involves, even if it does not necessarily have to do so, borrowing from, or at least trying to learn from, what is done in other places. it would seem obvious therefore that, if it is to be at all helpful, com- parison requires understanding and interpreting what those in other places are actually trying to do. what i want to show in this paper is that the implications of this apparently banal point are not always straightforward. the reason for this is that it can be difficult not to fall foul of two opposing dangers. on the one hand, there is the risk of being ethnocentric – assuming that what we do, our way of thinking about and responding to crime, is uni- versally shared or, at least, that it would be right for everyone else. on the volume ( ): – : - doi: . / copyright © european society of criminology and sage publications los angeles, london, new delhi, singapore and washington dc www.sagepublications.com articles european journal of criminology ( ) other hand, there is the temptation of relativism, the view that we will never really be able to grasp what others are doing and that we can have no basis for evaluating whether what they do is right. to get beyond these alternatives requires a careful mix of explanatory and interpretative strategies (nelken ). we need to recognize that, although criminal justice practices gain their sense from the setting that shapes them and the conditions with which they have to deal, they can also be understood by outsiders and need to be evaluated according to cosmopolitan and not only local criteria. but this is easier said than done. it is inevitable that our perception of others will be coloured to some extent by our own cultural starting points – even when we say that what we are doing is trying to learn from them. and criminologists do also have their own shared cultural common-sense. we tend to argue that the rise in crime rates is exaggerated by the media and the politicians, that we should avoid creating even more deviance by over-reacting to offending, that the availability of work and decent housing are more effective ways of reducing crime than whatever can be delivered by criminal justice. in the face of the changes brought about by neo-liberalism, we plead instead for policies based on inclusion, solidarity, tolerance and respect for difference. not least, we recommend that politicians listen to pro- fessionals rather than seeking easy popularity. there may be little to quarrel with in these claims as aspirations. but when our study of other places merely confirms what we already thought was true and right, we need to be aware that we may not have given sufficient care to analysing the simi- larities and differences that may lie behind the practices we are studying. the same applies to the more specific biases that come from our local cultural backgrounds. policy makers in the netherlands, for example, tend to look for pragmatic, practically workable solutions to crime – as they do when seeking to resolve other types of problem. in dutch cultural common- sense, being pragmatic means not being dogmatic, but elsewhere these terms may have a different relationship. in italy, the term ‘pragmatic’ suggests behaviour that is not guided by principles and that therefore borders on being unprincipled. which is not to say the italians in everyday life are not often pragmatic, and the dutch never principled. far from it. the point is rather how difficult it can be for us to see the limits of our ways of seeing things. as the american philosopher morgenbesser reportedly used to say, ‘pragmatism is all right in theory’! but if the question is when it would be appropriate not to be pragmatic, a pragmatic approach itself may not be francis pakes ( : ff) suggests that those who favour an exclusively interpretative approach to social life (i am not in fact one of them) must necessarily be relativists. whether or not this is true is doubtful, but those who rely only on a positivistic strategy certainly do run a high risk of ethnocentrism. nelken comparative criminal justice able to provide the answer we need. likewise, it is impossible to specify, in principle, all the contingencies that may play a role in shaping the everyday application of principles. if we are to come close to grasping successfully what other systems of criminal justice are actually trying to do, we must avoid attributing to them intentions on the basis of what we imagine they should be doing – even if these are the best of intentions. likewise – but this can be even more tricky – we should be careful not to deduce intentions from the outcomes being achieved. but it is often tempting – especially for the purposes of advancing a given agenda in local debates – to try to do just that. a good current example in my view can be found in some of the arguments being used as part of the important debate concerning the problem of growing punitiveness in responding to crime both in the usa and elsewhere. in briefly reviewing this debate i shall suggest that criminologists from anglo-american backgrounds engaged in cross-cultural research need to devote more attention to what they and others mean by punitiveness and tolerance. i shall first say something about the so-called ‘punitive turn’ and then describe some recent attempts to link punishment to differences in political economy. in seeking to show the dangers of ethnocentrism, and the way more attention to interpretative questions might help to avoid them, i shall illustrate my argument with accounts of what may be some relatively un- familiar features of penal justice in italy. the choice of italy is not only a reflection of the fact that this is the country whose criminal justice system i now know best. italy is also, surprisingly, the major european country with one of the lowest levels of offenders in prison in proportion to its popu- lation (proband ). the ‘punitive turn’: america as dystopia – europe as utopia? criminal justice systems today face many common problems and increas- ingly seem to be responding in similar ways to ‘risk society’ (beck ). as hans boutellier puts it, people are now seeking a ‘safety utopia’ (boutellier ). like all utopias, the attempt to impose this one can be dangerous for those who get in the way. but perhaps it is also dangerous for the rest of us! hence the concern amongst many criminologists about growing punitiveness. most of these writers do not argue that prison should be abolished. still less do they claim that punishment is never necessary or justified, or that tolerance is always the better option – the decreased social tolerance of some forms of criminal or deviant behaviour may even be welcomed. their con cern is about what willem de haan has described as the ‘bad conscience european journal of criminology ( ) of punishment’ (de haan ); the economic and political mobilization of punitiveness – especially, but not only, in the united states – that is described in books with titles such as crime control as industry (christie ), ‘making crime pay’ (beckett ), and, most recently, governing through crime (simon ). why is increasing resort to punishment and, in particular, greater use of prison widely felt to be necessary and appropriate? even though all the evidence suggests that crime levels have been decreasing, trends in punish- ment, to a large extent, follow their own timing and have their own logic. in his recent influential thesis about what he calls the ‘culture of control’, david garland ( ) offers a pessimistic account of this development, arguing that ‘penal welfarism’ has been displaced by the politicization of crime and the growth of popular punitiveness. he notes the privileging of public protection and the claim that ‘prison works’, and describes the changes in the emotional tone of crime policy from decency and humanity to insecurity, anger and resentment. what remains controversial, however, is how far what others have called ‘the penal turn’ should be seen as a result of widespread late-modern changes in social and economic conditions, or rather treated as something tied more closely to the political and legal culture of the usa. what some observers see as an essential aspect of late modern- ity others see as ethnocentric projection – an anglo-american tendency to assume that what others do in foreign places and foreign languages is less import ant, and that they too are bound to come into line eventually. such critics tell us that we can and must avoid the dystopia (zedner ) of assuming that europe is also bound to end up with something like the bloated us penal system, which now embraces more than million prisoners. they insist that we need to recognize and explore the differences between the usa and europe and even within europe, differences which suggest that there are multiple cultures of control rather than just one culture of control. some european countries are seen as exemplifying the possibility of maintaining a less punitive climate. until some years ago, for example, the netherlands was very much in the group of those countries from which it was proposed to learn how to be less punitive. but things have changed, and it has been calculated that for a period recently the dutch prison population increased at a faster rate even than that in the united states. now it is the scandinavian countries that are seen as beacons of tolerance. its official level of imprisonment, however – like that of other european countries – is still nowhere near the us level, and it has recently again begun to decline. nelken comparative criminal justice punitiveness and political economy what explains the existence of contrasts in cultures of control? a valuable and innovative contribution to answering this question has been provided by cavadino and dignan in their book about comparative penal systems (cavadino and dignan a). their analysis has rightly been much praised, and has been put to work by other leading writers who are trying to illustrate what they call ‘differences in penal tolerance’ so as to stop the dangerous slide in england and wales towards an ever-expanding prison system (see e.g. lacey ; reiner ). ruling out any direct cor relation with cross-national differences in public support for prison sentences, cavadino and dignan argue that variations in incarceration rates – which they take as a rough proxy for levels of punitiveness – are related to con- trasting kinds of political economy. as seen in table (a slightly simplified version of the table that is the linchpin of their thesis), rates of imprison- ment in modern industrial societies vary considerably between what they call neo-liberal, conservative-corporatist, social democratic, and oriental- corporatist types of political economy. they argue that the neo-liberal societies have the highest prison rates because they follow social and economic policies that lead to what they describe as ‘exclusionary cultural attitudes towards our deviant and mar- ginalised fellow citizens’ (cavadino and dignan a: ; b: ). on the other hand, continental european corporatist societies (which have also been described as ‘coordinated market economies’) and, even more, scandinavian social democratic societies, are said to ‘pursue more inclusive economic and social policies that give citizens more protection from un- fettered market forces’ and to ‘see offenders as needing resocialisation which is the responsibility of the community as a whole’ (cavadino and dignan a: ; b: ). other authors have since followed up their approach. lacey ( ), for example, seeks to explain why what she calls ‘coordinated market economies’ have the opposite effects to neo-liberal develop ments, and argues that multi-party political systems are less likely to lead to appeals to populism than two-party systems. she also makes, though does not develop, the telling point that the corporatist countries there is much to admire in cavadino and dignan’s pioneering work, and i cannot attempt to do justice to it here. for example, they also link punitive attitudes to levels of prison privatization and the age at which young people are held to be criminally liable – though here too some caution is needed. for example, scotland has an advanced welfare system for juveniles despite criminal liability beginning at . in addition to quoting most of the / figures that they drew on in their book and article, i have added, for comparison, the current figures. these are not out of line with their argument. european journal of criminology ( ) (and also the social democratic ones) that are so good, relatively speaking, at offering an ‘inclusive’ approach to their own citizens are perhaps less equipped than neo-liberal ones for dealing with the challenge of ‘outsider’ crimes by (illegal) immigrants (see solivetti , ). problems in comparing prison rates cavadino and dignan’s thesis is certainly very convincing, even if it is not the only way of using differences in rates of incarceration as indicators of comparative punitiveness. neo-liberalism in the usa and europe does table imprisonment rates per , in countries, / and / neo-liberal countries usa south africa new zealand england and wales australia conservative-corporatist countries italy germany netherlands france social democracies sweden finland oriental-corporatist countries japan sources: / – cavadino and dignan ( a: ); – king’s college london, international centre for prison studies, world prison brief, url (accessed march ): http://www.kcl.ac.uk/depsta/law/research/icps/worldbrief/wpb_stats.php. marcelo aebi, when offering his annual interpretations of council of europe penal statistics, simply uses geographical criteria to contrast groups of countries with different levels of incarceration, distinguishing, from high to low, eastern europe, the caucasian area, central europe, western europe, south eastern europe, southern europe, and the scandinavian countries. although certainly less ambitious and less illuminating than cavadino and dignan’s approach, the similarities in prison rates within each area are striking and are likely explained by wider socio-economic-political similarities and (or?) by which countries are treated locally nelken comparative criminal justice seem to be associated with factors that lead to less concern with ‘including’ potential offenders, and its rise coincides in many of these countries with greater use of the prison. but, insofar as it claims to be an explanation of punitive ness, it should be noted that the authors actually define neo- liberalism as including punitive attitudes. in addition, their explanation may be limited in its range. countries such as china make very heavy use of prison without being neo-liberal. others, such as russia (as well as south africa, which is one of the countries they seek to explain), have seen a rise in neo-liberalism together with a reduction in the use of prison. this suggests that a wider variety of variables than those connected to neo-liberalism can lead to higher or lower punitiveness. even if we take the argument on its own terms, however, there are a number of questions that need to be raised about relying on prison rates as an index of punitiveness. a concept as intricate as punitiveness is poorly represented by a single indicator such as the detention rate. are crime levels the same in each of the countries being compared? what do prison rates refer to? why is there so much volatility over time? do prison rates only reflect factors internal to the countries concerned? how large a part of the ex planation of prison rates is to be attributed to differences in criminal procedure? take first the problem of crime levels. for table to make sense we must assume that levels are roughly similar in each of the countries being com pared. higher prison rates in countries dealing with higher levels of crime would not make news, and we could not easily say we were compar- ing levels of punitiveness if the crime threat being faced was different. there are reasons to think, for example, that england and wales does have higher levels of some crimes (e.g. burglary), while japan certainly has overall lower levels of crime. perhaps more important, it is strange that the good things about belonging to more inclusive welfare-oriented or social democratic societies do not also reduce the level or severity of crimes being committed (and not only shape the response to them). but in that case can we still say that a country is, relatively, less ‘punitive’ if it faces less crime? above all, we need to know how to get to grips with the variety of factors within as exemplars to conform to. it is unclear if such differences always coincide with contrasts in degrees of neo-liberalism. in complete contrast, jan van dijk, a leading dutch criminologist, has compiled a worldwide ‘punitiveness scale’ that pays scant attention to geography but subtracts the relative rank of countries in annual homicide rates from their rank in levels of incarceration (i.e. greater punitiveness means having more people in prison than would be expected from the number of murders in the country). on this criterion, finland, sweden and norway turn out to be lenient but so does australia, whereas germany and italy turn out to be relatively punitive (see van dijk : and – ). this intriguing if somewhat crude strategy begs the question of whether relative punitiveness is in fact correlated with crime levels, and in any case places too much reliance on only one crime measure. european journal of criminology ( ) the penal process itself that actually produce its prison rates. many of the countries that have lower overall rates – sweden for example, or switzerland (or the netherlands in its glorious period) – use shorter prison terms, but actually send relatively more people to prison than those with higher overall rates. does this show less punitiveness than sending fewer people for longer periods? it certainly complicates any argument we may want to make about punitiveness and inclusiveness. the empirical basis for the argument may be less solid than it seems. table offers snapshots from / and , but prison rates in different countries in earlier periods have not always varied in ways that confirm the argument. and they have again diverged from it more recently. for example, after the second world war finland’s rate went down sharply from one far higher than its scandinavian neighbours ( per , , lappi-seppälä ), whereas the netherlands, as already mentioned, went in the opposite direction so as to give it, for a while, one of the highest rates in europe. even the usa had a moderate level of use of prison until the s. according to figures, italy, with a rate of only . per , had the lowest prison population amongst continental european countries (proband ). but the explanation for this does not lie with the generosity of its welfare or work- training systems (welfare payments mainly go to pay pensions). its current low rate owes a lot to the recent indulto (or col lective pardon), which freed over a third of its prison inmates. although this is a particularly striking example, the importance of the indulto under- lines the centrality of the criminal justice process to understanding the significance of prison rates. it is impossible to understand the figures for france, for example, without taking its amnesties and pardons into account. aside from the difficult task of trying to ‘purify’ comparative figures of such interventions, it could also be argued that it is fruitless, since the willingness to use amnesties could itself be taken as an illustration of tolerance. such volatility is not always easy to reconcile with claims about the dependence of such rates on underlying basic differences in political commentators on prison rates such as aebi distinguish between ‘stock’ (how many are held in prison), ‘flow’ (how many see the inside of a prison) and the average sentence lengths in prison (for how long prisoners are held in custody). punitiveness rankings vary considerably depending on which of these criteria is selected. finland’s rate of imprisonment declined to per , in , in , in , in and in . the netherlands’ rate was only in every , in but then increased in a few years to higher than – occasioning an extensive academic commentary seeking to ‘explain’ this new punitiveness. the rate has again declined more recently. see aebi and stadnic ( ). although the indulto postdates the council of europe’s annual survey, the small print indicates that it was somehow taken into account, and italy is indicated as a country that has seen a recent percent decline in its prison population. its prison population is now again rising and is predicted to shortly reach pre-indulto levels. nelken comparative criminal justice economy. but, apart from anything else, countries’ prison rates are not just a reflection of their attitudes to offenders or potential offenders. they are also a product of reflexive responses by politicians and policy makers to their per ceptions of where their country stands in relation to other places. thus the reduction in finnish prison sentences and the increase in the dutch level were in part responses to the prison rates in countries to which they thought they could and would be compared. roy walmsley, an adviser to the united nations, whose figures were the source of cavadino and dignan’s table (see walmsley ), urges all countries to shape their criminal justice prac tices so as to aim at a rate of no more than prisoners per , of the population, and so obviously assumes that this can be brought about irrespective of more fundamental changes in a country’s political economy. tables such as theirs, in addition to their role as explanatory aids, are therefore capable of changing policy – and are often intended to do so. they should be treated not just as a resource for explaining differences in prison rates but also as social artefacts whose func- tion lies in their utility for local struggles about penal practices. but my main concern here is not to point to the difficulties or advant- ages of using international statistics as such, but rather to ask how research on comparative incarceration rates can help us rethink our approaches to the possible sources of punitiveness and leniency rather than only reinforce what we already think and value. criminologists who attempt to explain which states in the usa have the highest prison rates typically single out correlations with factors such as lower welfare levels, a lack of effort to ensure economic equality, and low public participation. these are all mat- ters that they tend to consider negative factors in their own right. but the so-called ‘evil causes evil’ fallacy may artificially restrict explanations of punishment as much as it does those of crime (see cohen ) – all the more so in cross-cultural contexts. applied to cavadino and dignan’s argu- ment, there does seem to be something ethnocentric about a thesis so well suited to telling policy makers in countries affected by neo-liberalism that evidence from other countries shows us that only more welfare provision and government regulation of the economy can provide a prophylactic against punitiveness. more may be going on than the adoption of a more or a less inclusive approach to (potential) offenders. a cultural propensity to inclusion may interestingly, walmsley’s ( ) recommendations of how to reach this goal include avoiding short prison sentences even though the countries with the lowest rates include ones that make most use of such sentences. i do not of course want to argue that ‘evil’ factors are never responsible for ‘evil’ out- comes – and vice versa – only to suggest that such cultural bias can prevent us seeing other possibilities. european journal of criminology ( ) be, in some sense, a relevant cross-cultural factor. the dutch did pioneer a sharp reduction in the use of prison (downes ), and the italians too were leaders in the de-carceration movement, which aimed to have mental patients and others treated in the community rather than in total institutions. but the sense we give to this can be fully appreciated only by learning much more about the countries concerned. it is controversial how far the rate of immigration affects prison rates. but it is certainly important to bear in mind that some of the scandinavian countries with low prison rates have experienced relatively small flows of immigration, or have even done their best to limit ‘economic migration’. it is also hard to learn much from a table that suggests that such differ- ent places as the netherlands and italy are equally punitive – and implies that this is for similar reasons of political economy. compared with the netherlands, for example, italy’s inclusiveness has less to do with the guid- ing role of the regulatory state than it does with attitudes of low respect for the legality mandated by the national state, combined with a cultural emphasis on forgiveness, solidarity and fraternalism deriving from current local interpretations of a strong catholic heritage and left-wing ideologies (nelken ). importantly, neither of italy’s two leading belief systems allows individual victims of crime to occupy the moral high ground. in terms of socio economic factors, rather than pointing to political economy as such (even though in fact italian criminologists have been pioneers in this style of explanation), it is important to recognize the continuing centrality in italy not only of the family and the extended family (especially important with respect to the handling of juvenile delinquency) but also of family-like groups in maintaining social order in many sectors of public and private life. nor is this necessarily evidence of continental european ‘corporatist’ collab oration between business and government. many of those helping to maintain ‘order’ in the southern regions of italy are actually organized criminals! the importance of courts and criminal procedure in italy to show why it is unwise to look for causes of high and low punitiveness only in the factors that are highlighted in cavadino and dignan’s thesis, i shall now examine, using italy as an illustration, the question of the place that needs to be given in any explanation of punitiveness to the role of the criminal justice system itself. it is easy to see that political economy can shape punitiveness only through mediating variables. yet the role of the cavadino and dignan, who are continuing to develop their ideas, now call for more exploration of the intermediate factors that connect political economy to punishment – including crime levels, general culture, media culture, political culture and political institutions (cavadino and dignan ). nelken comparative criminal justice criminal process itself remains somewhat ambiguous. even if what happens inside the criminal justice complex ultimately makes all the difference, is this part of the ‘why’ or only the ‘how’ of punitiveness? how can we decide whether the criminal process is the dependent variable in our explanation or (also) an independent one? consideration of the italian case gives us reason to see criminal procedure as an independent or at least semi-autonomous variable in its own right – and not merely as a conduit for wider economic and political factors or changes. but – and this constitutes a further challenge for cavadino and dignan’s argument – the degree of such autonomy is itself a sociocultural variable. there are significant differences between countries such as italy and anglo- american countries with regard to how far it is thought constitutionally appropriate for criminal justice to be responsive to political direction or to social expectations. this has obvious implications for the extent to which, at the level of everyday decision-making by judges and prosecutors, the criminal justice system seeks to defend its ‘relative’ autonomy from both political and public pressures. drawing on her knowledge of german arrangements, lacey ( ) suggests that it is collaboration between politicians, policy makers and courts that is likely to keep prison rates down. but the italian experience suggests that it can also be the refusal of such collaboration that can lead to this result. the main resistance in italy to the latest efforts by politicians to encourage the mass criminalization of illegal immigrants comes from a uniquely strong corps of self -governing and independent judges and prosecutors, whose priorities are often different from those of both the politicians and the public. it is only by looking at criminal procedure that we can make sense of the paradox of why, despite many reasons that could lead us to expect the opposite, italy can occupy an average and sometimes low rung in prison rates amongst major european countries. this is a country with an enormous number of criminal laws, many of which are regularly – even routinely – breached at all levels of society. penal rules and judicial interventions are often relied on as a substitute for political and policy-led decision-making, given that other forms of civil or administrative regulation work (even more) poorly. in four regions of the country, powerful organized crime groups control or subject to their ‘taxes’ large parts of the economy and often con- dition what goes on in regional and local politics. newspapers are full of even after the reform of criminal procedure was supposed to have moved italy towards the accusatorial model, prosecutors and judges form part of the same category, with similar constitutional guarantees of independence and immovability, and are entitled to shift (subject to conditions) from one task to another. there are increasing pressures to introduce the so- called ‘separation of careers’, but this is politically highly controversial because many see it as the route to reducing prosecutors’ independence from political influence. european journal of criminology ( ) crime news, and criminal prosecution can be a potent weapon for assigning stigma. in the so-called tangentopoli anti-corruption investigations of the s, all the established parties of government were swept from power through the enforcement of laws concerning election finance and corruption of public works contracts, even if few of these individuals stayed in prison for long. over the recent years in which prison rates have fallen, illegal immi gration has continued to increase, as has the tendency for the police to concentrate their attention on the crimes of immigrants as easy targets. what is more, prosecution in italy is constitutionally obligatory; so there is no easy way out by using formally mandated types of diversion. so how is it possible that prison rates have sunk so low? in italy’s case – though i would claim that some of the same mechan- isms are also often significant elsewhere – the answer is that this has little to do with levels of welfare or a state project aimed at the inclusion of marginal individuals, but has everything to do with the operations of its system of justice. prison rates are low because of processes of attrition; although many cases start out, few arrive at a conclusion. all systems of criminal justice are to some degree intended to be selective (as seen in the now famous distinc- tion in anglo-american literature between the requirements of ‘due process’ and the objectives of ‘crime control’). but systems differ between themselves (and over time) in the way they construct and operate such selectivity. in italy, the typical procedural guarantees of the accusatorial system (centring on the forensic contest of the trial) that were introduced in the reform of criminal procedure were simply added to the ones that belong to the inqui sitorial tradition. this means that even quite minor cases go through a series of procedural hoops and are reviewed by a large number of judges, and there are two stages of appeal (the first stage being a retrial on the facts). there are complex rules about informing the accused and his/her lawyers of trial hearings at each stage of the proceedings and extensive periods are allowed for them to prepare their defence each time. it is not infrequent for such notifications to go astray, especially where there is more than one accused and lawyer involved. all this has obvious repercussions in terms of the time cases take to reach final disposal in italy. crucially, the so-called ‘prescription’, or statute of limitations, period after which criminal proceedings become null and void continues to run until the cassation court has given its final verdict. and this can sometimes take over years. partly under the shock of the tangentopoli investigations, in which politicians were the main targets, laws this period after which ‘prescription’ sets in varies with the severity of the offence. prime minister berlusconi is among those who have benefited from this procedural nullification of criminal charges. nelken comparative criminal justice were passed that allowed those sentenced to less than three years in prison to apply to be put instead under what is often little more than nominal social work tutelage outside prison. likewise, resources are stretched when it comes to supervising those let out on parole. this formed the larger back- ground against which a large-scale indulto – or collective pardon – was passed by the centre–left government in (after a long period in which the events of tangentopoli had made the use of ‘amnesties’ politically unacceptable). many of the procedural benefits of the italian criminal justice system are not available to illegal immigrants ‘caught in the act’ of committing crimes, and it is these offenders (and low-level drug dealers) who now tend to fill the prisons. ‘security’ has also become an ever more important polit ical issue, as shown with the return of a centre–right government in whose campaign played on linked concerns over immigration and crime. although the northern league and the ex-fascist national alliance parties, junior members/allies of berlusconi’s liberty party, had strongly emphasized crime issues even before, it is only recently that the issue of ‘street crime’ has become such an important part of both national and local politics. overlooking the considerable cross-party support at the time it was passed, the new government was also able to exploit the un- po pularity of the latest indulto. this measure is likely to have increased crime levels, not least because those let out of prison were not provided with any incentive to reform themselves. but it is still not clear how far the new government will really tighten up on the kind of medium-level crimes typically committed by italian offenders. whether this happens again seems less dependent on shifts towards neo-liberalism than on the extent to which politicians can be satisfied that they will not be in the firing line of any expedited proceedings. but is italy just a special case? (as mrs thatcher liked to say, when characterizing various countries in the european union – ‘and then there’s italy’.) its politics may be somewhat unusual, but i would argue that until very recently the italian expression that encompassed conventional crimes including burglary, rape and robbery was ‘micro-criminality’, used as a broad contrast to corruption, terrorism and organized crime, which threaten the state itself. directly elected local mayors, as much on the left as on the right, have been vocal about the measures they are taking to maintain local order using local municipal police agents, even if they do not officially have responsibility for the enforcement of criminal justice. the indulto was widely seen as having been motivated by politicians of the right and the left (then in power) looking after their friends. but it was justified at the time in terms of prison overcrowding and carried the express approval of pope jean paul ii. one of the first acts of the berlusconi government elected in was to pass a law that sought to block for a year all proceedings in which the possible prison sentence was less than years. this ‘happened’ to have the effect of interrupting one court case in which the premier was himself involved. european journal of criminology ( ) criminal procedure and case-attrition are also a large part of the explanation of how other countries with low prison rates kept them low in the past – or still do so. germany, for example, diverts around half of its prosecutions, and france in the s and s repeatedly resorted to amnesties as a response to prison overcrowding. the netherlands and switzerland used to send offenders home to wait until a place was ready for them in prison. at a minimum therefore we will have to add differences in criminal procedure to the range of explanatory factors canvassed by cavadino and dignan. but the more we emphasize the role of this factor as an explanation in its own right, the more it becomes difficult to draw a line between, on the one hand, the broader political and economic factors that they treat as their independent variables and, on the other, the dependent variable – prison rates – that their independent variables are intended to explain. the cultural meanings of punitiveness and tolerance a second set of issues concerns the cross-cultural meaning of cavadino and dignan’s dependent variable. the observer may choose to define ‘punitive- ness’ and ‘tolerance’ by fiat in terms of prison rates. but in some societies these responses may not even be thought to lie on the same continuum (nelken ). there are many other questions to be clarified. is tolerance to be seen as the outcome of deliberate choice – for example, the willingness to organize welfare interventions – or does it extend to deliberate (or even negligent) non-enforcement of available sanctions? who is being said to be punitive or tolerant – politicians, legal professionals or the public? with respect to what sort of behaviour are these terms being applied? are we talking of neutral ‘facts’ or of value judgements (and whose judgements count)? in sum, it is moot how far we can compare punitiveness and tolerance in different cultures without specifying what (various) actors in each of the societies concerned mean by these terms. those who compare prison rates seek to avoid this problem by deducing intentions from outcomes. but if we ignore intentions it becomes difficult to be sure that we are comparing like with like. for example, is the effort to ‘change’ individuals, an aim that formed a central part of the ideology of the welfare-rehabilitative ap proach to offenders, a more or a less punitive intervention than the use of prison? or is it really irrelevant that what i call tolerance you may call permissive- ness, indulgence, favouritism, neglect, indifference, impunity, denial or collusion? lacey ( ) seems to opt for this solution. nelken comparative criminal justice it is in pursuing this sort of interpretative enquiry that comparative research risks the opposite problem, that of relativism. we are told for example that in the netherlands the term gedogen is not readily translatable into english or any other language. ‘the term is dutch. the concept is dutch, and its application only works in holland.’ gedogen does not correspond, for example, to the english term ‘tolerance’ because that can also be passive, whereas the dutch concept refers to an open-eyed tolerance – a matter of government policy. comparison with italy reveals even more significant differences. in the netherlands, gedogen lies behind official willingness to accommodate exceptions to the law. but in italy the state can never explicitly approve such accommodation because of the fear that the law will then be bent to the interests of those who wish to achieve immu nity for their own misdeeds while targeting their opponents. italian commentators speak less about being ‘tolerant’ than of the need to subject the criminal process to strict procedural requirements or garanzie. but, in practice, ‘tolerance’ as non-enforcement comes about de facto because the legislative body tends to multiply offences at the same time as doing nothing about the considerable difficulties that exist when it comes to enforcing them. sometimes government impotence may also merge into collusion with elite crime – what has been described as ‘ruling through leniency’ (melossi ). more generally, de facto toleration may be a way of currying popular favour through laxity in enforcing rules and a readiness to accept amends after the event. but attention to these contrasts in the social meanings of tolerance does not have to lead us to a relativist approach. such a theoretical posi- tion would rule out the possibility of even grasping the existence of these differences. and it would miss the point that penal approaches are often highly contested within the societies concerned, and that perceptions of their acceptability change over time – in part because of exposure to prac- tices in other societies. despite often ‘ruling through leniency’, italy has also seen major investigations into political corruption and considerable suc cesses in the fight against the mafia. on the other hand, despite a tend- ency to distrust the state and to side with those who suffer its vexations, there is now increasing ambivalence (mobilized by much of the media) taken from the website of the philosophy department of erasmus university in rotterdam. of course, this term also gets its sense as part of a larger semantic field including, amongst others, the key term beleid; see blankenburg and bruinsma ( ). in the same way, the italian term for ‘discretionary’ is used rarely in a positive sense but rather as the semantic equivalent of ‘arbitrariness’. ferrajoli ( ). a leading dutch critical criminologist, rené van swaaningen, argued strongly that garantismo represented a key idea for all critical criminologists to take up (van swaaningen ). european journal of criminology ( ) towards the continued ‘tolerance’ of everyday crime through attrition, or the ‘inexplicable’ way in which even alleged serious criminals can find them- selves still at large while awaiting trial or benefit in other ways from what seem like excessive procedural formalities. such re-thinking is seen in the increasing currency of terms such as buonismo (pretentious generosity at others’ expense), perdonismo (being too ready to forgive everything) or garanzie pelose (so-called ‘hairy’ procedural guarantees, which are seen by some as measures pretending to protect the accused’s rights but really aiming to create a system whereby it will be possible, if needed, to get certain accused people ‘off the hook’ at all costs). there would also be more to be said about the changing relationship between tolerance of offending, on the one hand, and tolerance of sexual deviance, moral ambiguity and cultural difference, on the other. it has been argued that, in late modernity, tolerance for some kinds of deviance (for example sexual deviance) may have increased, but that there is now less willing ness to reform and reintegrate those who engage in offending (young ). this process clearly varies from place to place (and disap- proval of offending may often be a covert way of refusing difference). in the netherlands, the differences between the two kinds of tolerance, and the way they have evolved recently, is well evidenced by the late pim fortuyn’s flamboyant display of an alternative sexual lifestyle combined with his in- sistence on the threat represented by muslim immigration. such changes in what cavadino and dignan describe as ‘attitudes towards inclusion’ have indeed affected the possibility of keeping prison rates down. gedogen no longer has the widespread support it had (buruma ). but once again, even if such changes in the cultural climate are undoubtedly themselves also influenced by developments in economic and political conditions, they are not simply reducible to them. conclusion just as it would be ethnocentric for americans to assume that european criminal justice does or must work like that in the usa, for them, or english-speaking writers in general, to assume that european societies have fewer people in prison because they possess more regulated types of polit- ical economy may also be misleading (nelken ). ethnocentrism can be a problem not only where we think our practices are the best, but also where we assume too quickly that the others from whom we wish to learn are acting on the basis of what we think would be best practice (cain ). adopting an approach that attempts explicitly to get beyond ethnocentrism and relativism shows that simply calling for more of the solidarity and nelken comparative criminal justice inclusiveness that is assumed to characterize other societies with lower prison rates is the kind of short-cut that can easily miss the point. learning from what others do is not so straightforward. on closer acquaintance we may well find that we like the outcome achieved by other systems of criminal justice, but not the means they use to get there – or vice versa. but this message is not as negative as it might seem. not only are there many things that can be learned from others, there are some matters that can only be learned from others. reforms that emerge from within the same society often tend to reproduce the problems they are being asked to solve – precisely because they come from the same culture. thus, in england and wales – or the netherlands – the answer to failures in the system is normally thought to be even more concern about efficiency. in italy it is usually a re- thinking of ‘values’ or principles that is invoked as the way forward. often the best practice for us to learn from may therefore not always be best practice as such, but that which stretches our imagination about what is possible. moving a little nearer to what we would otherwise never normally think of doing may be just what we need. and even learning what not to do can be useful, especially where this helps us to understand better why we make the sometimes hard choices we do. in all this, interpreting what others are actually trying to do is essential even if – or especially if – the social actors we are studying do not have, nor could have, all the answers to our – or even to their – problems. if we are to intervene in a helpful way in public debates and policy-making, we must be able to engage with what actors think they are doing, and why it makes sense to them (insofar as it does so). i offer two examples to close with. i am currently engaged in comparative research into the handling of juvenile delinquency in england and wales. this jurisdiction currently has one of the highest rates in europe for the incarceration of juveniles and cer- tainly much higher than that of italy. if you ask the legal actors and others involved in the system why this is so, you will not usually hear them saying anything about trying to be punitive or intolerant. rather, they claim to be doing their best to help children before they get into further trouble. the number of youngsters ending up in prison is increasing as a result of government insistence on a quick through-put of cases. this is because per- sistent offenders run through the gamut of non-penal alternatives more quickly. but, again, this policy was ostensibly put in place in the interests of the offenders themselves. different working assumptions lie behind the levels of tolerance or leniency in dealing with young people in different even if, for some of those involved, it feels like a faustian pact by which they have to agree to the risk of increasing criminalization in return for continuing access to welfare resources for deprived youths. european journal of criminology ( ) places. in england and wales it is thought that children will not easily grow out of delinquency without official intervention. in italy, on the other hand, there is a legally enshrined presupposition that in the majority of cases they will do so. on the other hand, italy has one of the highest rates in europe for the pro portion of illegal immigrants in prison, usually sent there for low-level property offences and drug-dealing. why is it that these offenders do not benefit from the many procedural possibilities for delaying trial or avoiding prison? in part this is because they lack the legal competence and assist- ance to do so. but, in addition, official actors do not always interpret the procedural possibilities for leniency that do exist in their favour. italian law says that first offenders sentenced to terms of less than two years should normally have their prison sentences suspended, on the legal assumption that they have not offended before and are unlikely to do so again. should this provision also be applied to illegal immigrants? according to some magistrates, immigrants are entitled to the same protections as anyone else; it is not their job to take into account sociological considerations. what is at stake is a matter of basic fairness and formal equality of treatment. other judges think that such offenders may well have already had a criminal record abroad before immigrating; they also argue that it is unrealistic to assume that a person without home or work will not be tempted to re-offend and that if measures are not taken to stop offenders now they will do their best to disappear. although both views are held within the magistracy, the first, more lenient, approach is being steadily undermined by political and media pressure. in both of these examples, labelling one view ‘punitive’ and the other ‘tolerant’ is not particularly helpful. the actors in each criminal justice system are up against the well-known difficulties of trying to find penal solutions to what are in fact larger social problems. insofar as they have room for manoeuvre, their choices will reflect their conceptions of what courts can and should do in these situations (choices that may not be con- sistent across the range of different kinds of social problems). this said, when it comes to the evaluation of criminal justice practices, whether actors think they are being tolerant or punitive is not the end of the matter. we can, do and should make our own defeasible claims about other people’s ideas and actions even where they would reject our interpretations. not only self-confessed racists are racists! so it can make sense in some contexts to describe people as tolerant even if they do not intend to be (and vice- versa). it can be helpful to show actors that things could be done differently, and that they are already being done differently, elsewhere. increasing their awareness of this can help unpack the self-fulfilling assumptions of the nelken comparative criminal justice criminal justice systems they belong to. but we should not overestimate their ignorance of matters elsewhere, and we need to exercise great caution in substituting our accounts of what they are trying to do for their own. in italy, despite (or because of?) its low prison rate, ‘tolerance’ – or the local equivalents – has recently come to be seen by many as less and less something to be proud of but rather as evidence of the neglect of existing and potential victims. as one influential editorialist in a mainstream newspaper recently commented, in criticizing the latest indulto, ‘what right does the state have to pardon identified offenders at the expense of the unidentified victims who will suffer from the crimes that they will commit once released’. he ends by insisting that ‘public opinion is not bloodthirsty. it does not dream of taking revenge on cain. simply, it has eyes also for abel and sees the solitude in which he has been left’ (ricolfi , my translation). to compete with this sort of rhetoric – aimed cleverly at reducing the religious and cultural aversion in italy to what might otherwise might be seen as putting law at the service of ‘vendetta’ – one possible strategy could be to insist that there can be more constructive ways of punishing than prison. but alternatives to prison do have their own costs and difficulties, and they are hard to apply in the case of offenders who have arrived in a country as irregular – and supposedly unwanted – immigrants. what seems undeniable is that, in the current penal climate, if we are to propose the adoption of different practices we will normally need to do more than merely show that they are – in their outcome – less punitive. timing is everything. acknowledgements this article is a much revised version of a paper ‘comparative criminal justice: beyond ethnocentrism and relativism’, given as a keynote speech to the first conference on assessing deviance, crime and prevention in europe’, crimprev network of excellence, brussels, belgium, february ; as a plenary presentation at the european society of criminology conference at bologna, italy, september ; and as the visiting wiarda chair inaugural lecture at the university of utrecht, the netherlands, june . i should like to thank the journal’s anonymous referees for their valuable comments. it is not enough just to point out to english magistrates that things are done differently in italy. some then reply that this is possible there only because of the strength of italian family life, whereas in england they are unable to count on such family support. european journal of criminology ( ) references aebi, m. and stadnic, n. ( ). council of europe annual penal statistics. space : survey on prison populations. strasbourg, january ;. url (accessed march ): http://www.coe.int/t/e/legal_ affairs/legal_co-operation/prisons_and_alternatives/statistics_space_i/ c o u n c i l % o f % e u r o p e _ s p a c e % i % - % % - % final% version.pdf. beck, u. ( ). risk society. london: sage. beckett, k. ( ). making crime pay. oxford: oxford university press. blankenburg, e. and bruinsma, f. ( ). dutch legal culture, nd edn. deventer: elsevier. boutellier, h. ( ). the safety utopia. berlin: springer. buruma, y. ( ). dutch tolerance. on drugs, prostitution and euthanasia. in m. tonry and c. bijleveld (eds) crime and justice in the netherlands, – . chicago,il: university of chicago press. cain, m. ( ). orientalism, occidentalism and the sociology of crime. british journal of criminology , – . cavadino, m. and dignan, j. ( a). penal systems: a comparative approach. london: sage. cavadino, m. and dignan, j. ( b). penal policy and political economy. crimin- ology and criminal justice , – . cavadino. m. and dignan, j. ( ). penal comparisons: puzzling relations. paper presented at worldwide universities network colloquium on international and comparative criminal justice and urban governance: policy convergence, divergence and new justice paradigms. university of leeds, – june . christie, n. ( ). crime control as industry. london: routledge. cohen, a. ( ). multiple factor approaches. in marvin wolfgang et al. (eds) the sociology of crime and delinquency, – . new york: wiley. de haan, w. ( ). the politics of redress. london: unwin. ferrajoli, l. ( ). diritto e ragione. rome: laterza. downes, d. ( ). contrasts in tolerance. oxford: oxford university press. garland, d. ( ). the culture of control. oxford: oxford university press. lacey, n. ( ). the prisoners’ dilemma: political economy and punishment in contemporary democracies. cambridge: cambridge university press. lappi-seppälä, t. ( ). sentencing and punishment in finland. the decline of the re pressive ideal. in m. h. tonry and r. s. frase (eds) sentencing and sanctions in western countries, – . oxford: oxford university press. melossi, d. ( ). the economy of illegalities. normal crimes, elites and social control in comparative analysis. in d. nelken (ed.) the futures of criminology, – . london: sage. nelken, d. ( ). the future of comparative criminology. in d. nelken (ed.) the futures of criminology, – . london: sage. nelken, d. ( ) telling difference: of crime and criminal justice in italy. in d. nelken, contrasting criminal justice, – . aldershot: dartmouth. nelken, d. ( ). beyond compare? criticising the american way of law. law and social inquiry , – . nelken comparative criminal justice nelken, d. ( ). italian juvenile justice: tolerance, leniency or indulgence? youth justice , – . pakes, f. ( ). comparative criminal justice. cullompton: willan. proband, s. c. ( ). european populations stable. newsletter of the european society of criminology , may; url (accessed march ): http://www. esc-eurocrim.org/newsletter/may escnewsletter.pdf. reiner, r. ( ). political economy, crime and criminal justice. in m. maguire, r. morgan and r. reiner (eds) oxford handbook of criminology, th edn, – . oxford: oxford university press. ricolfi, l. ( ). la sicurezza scotta. la stampa, october. simon, j. ( ). governing through crime. oxford: oxford university press. solivetti, l. m. ( ). immigrazione, integrazione e crimine in europa. bologna: il mulino. solivetti, l. m. ( ). societies poor in civic virtues: a cross-national analysis model on immigrants’ integration and host country characteristics. in società italiana di statistica (ed.) proceedings of the intermediate conference risk and prediction, – . padova: cleup. van dijk, j. ( ). the world of crime. london: sage. van swaaningen, r. ( ). critical criminologies: visions from europe. london: sage. walmsley, r. ( ). world prison populations. home office research development and statistics directorate, research findings no. . london: home office. walmsley, r. ( ). world prison population list. home office research findings . young, j. ( ). the exclusive society. london: sage. zedner, l. ( ). dangers of dystopias in penal theory. oxford journal of legal studies , . david nelken david nelken is distinguished professor of sociology at the university of macerata, italy, and also distinguished research professor of law at the university of cardiff, wales, and honorary professor of law at the london school of economics, uk. in – he was wiarda chair at the willem pompe institute of criminal law at the university of utrecht, and in – he will be the s.t. lee visiting professor at london university’s institute of advanced studies. sen @iperbole.bologna.it << /ascii encodepages false /allowtransparency false /autopositionepsfiles true /autorotatepages /none /binding /left /calgrayprofile (dot gain %) /calrgbprofile (srgb iec - . ) /calcmykprofile (u.s. web coated \ swop\ v ) /srgbprofile (srgb iec - . ) /cannotembedfontpolicy /error /compatibilitylevel . /compressobjects /tags /compresspages true /convertimagestoindexed true /passthroughjpegimages true /createjdffile false /createjobticket false /defaultrenderingintent /default /detectblends true /detectcurves . /colorconversionstrategy /cmyk /dothumbnails false /embedallfonts true /embedopentype false /parseiccprofilesincomments true /embedjoboptions true /dscreportinglevel /emitdscwarnings false /endpage - /imagememory /lockdistillerparams false /maxsubsetpct /optimize true /opm /parsedsccomments true /parsedsccommentsfordocinfo true /preservecopypage true /preservedicmykvalues true /preserveepsinfo true /preserveflatness true /preservehalftoneinfo false /preserveopicomments true /preserveoverprintsettings true /startpage /subsetfonts true /transferfunctioninfo /apply /ucrandbginfo /preserve /useprologue false /colorsettingsfile () /alwaysembed [ true ] /neverembed [ true ] /antialiascolorimages false /cropcolorimages true /colorimageminresolution /colorimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplecolorimages true /colorimagedownsampletype /bicubic /colorimageresolution /colorimagedepth - /colorimagemindownsampledepth /colorimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodecolorimages true /colorimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltercolorimages true /colorimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /coloracsimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /colorimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /jpeg coloracsimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /jpeg colorimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /antialiasgrayimages false /cropgrayimages true /grayimageminresolution /grayimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplegrayimages true /grayimagedownsampletype /bicubic /grayimageresolution /grayimagedepth - /grayimagemindownsampledepth /grayimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodegrayimages true /grayimagefilter /dctencode /autofiltergrayimages true /grayimageautofilterstrategy /jpeg /grayacsimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /grayimagedict << /qfactor . /hsamples [ ] /vsamples [ ] >> /jpeg grayacsimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /jpeg grayimagedict << /tilewidth /tileheight /quality >> /antialiasmonoimages false /cropmonoimages true /monoimageminresolution /monoimageminresolutionpolicy /ok /downsamplemonoimages true /monoimagedownsampletype /bicubic /monoimageresolution /monoimagedepth - /monoimagedownsamplethreshold . /encodemonoimages true /monoimagefilter /ccittfaxencode /monoimagedict << /k - >> /allowpsxobjects false /checkcompliance [ /none ] /pdfx acheck false /pdfx check false /pdfxcompliantpdfonly false /pdfxnotrimboxerror true /pdfxtrimboxtomediaboxoffset [ . . . . ] /pdfxsetbleedboxtomediabox true /pdfxbleedboxtotrimboxoffset [ . . . . ] /pdfxoutputintentprofile () /pdfxoutputconditionidentifier () /pdfxoutputcondition () /pdfxregistryname () /pdfxtrapped /false /description << /chs /cht /dan /deu /esp /fra /ita /jpn /kor /nld (gebruik deze instellingen om adobe pdf-documenten te maken die zijn geoptimaliseerd voor prepress-afdrukken van hoge kwaliteit. de gemaakte pdf-documenten kunnen worden geopend met acrobat en adobe reader . en hoger.) /nor /ptb /suo /sve /enu (use these settings to create adobe pdf documents best suited for high-quality prepress printing. created pdf documents can be opened with acrobat and adobe reader . and later.) >> /namespace [ (adobe) (common) ( . ) ] /othernamespaces [ << /asreaderspreads false /cropimagestoframes true /errorcontrol /warnandcontinue /flattenerignorespreadoverrides false /includeguidesgrids false /includenonprinting false /includeslug false /namespace [ (adobe) (indesign) ( . ) ] /omitplacedbitmaps false /omitplacedeps false /omitplacedpdf false /simulateoverprint /legacy >> << /addbleedmarks false /addcolorbars false /addcropmarks false /addpageinfo false /addregmarks false /convertcolors /converttocmyk /destinationprofilename () /destinationprofileselector /documentcmyk /downsample bitimages true /flattenerpreset << /presetselector /mediumresolution >> /formelements false /generatestructure false /includebookmarks false /includehyperlinks false /includeinteractive false /includelayers false /includeprofiles false /multimediahandling /useobjectsettings /namespace [ (adobe) (creativesuite) ( . ) ] /pdfxoutputintentprofileselector /documentcmyk /preserveediting true /untaggedcmykhandling /leaveuntagged /untaggedrgbhandling /usedocumentprofile /usedocumentbleed false >> ] >> setdistillerparams << /hwresolution [ ] /pagesize [ . . ] >> setpagedevice - _p environmental justice volume , number , © mary ann liebert, inc. doi: . /env. . the value of environmental justice bill e. lawson abstract environmental justice, at least, entails preserving the environment as a global entity, but also making those persons who feel, have felt, have been, or are victims of environmental crimes and atrocities feel as if they are part of the solution as full members of the human community and not just the environmental dump- ing ground for the well-off. introduction for this article, we were asked to give our thoughtsas to what environmental justice entails. as a black american, who is also a professor and academically trained philosopher, the question of what environmental justice entails looms large. since my area of academic ex- pertise is african american philosophy, i have spent the past years looking at the manner in which racism, sex- ism, and classism impacts on the lives of not only blacks, but also the poor. i see philosophy as being interested in questions of value. why should we value the well being of other humans? why should we value life itself? why should we value the environment? there are many an- swers to these questions. the fact that there are many an- swers does not mean that there is no answer. some an- swers are clearly bad. it does not or would not take a trained philosopher to see that some of the answers are bad answers. the philosophical goal is to mark out the bad answers and to demonstrate why they are bad. then we must mark the competing good answers and examine these answers with an eye to the past and to the future of this planet. this is very important if we want public policies that respect the histories of all environmental stakeholders involved. examining these arguments and claims, i think is one of the roles of the philosopher in the area of environmental justice. discussion i want to start with the environmental protection agency’s definition of environmental justice: environmental justice is the fair treatment and meaningful involvement of all people regardless of race, color, national origin, culture, education, or in- come with respect to the development, implemen- tation, and enforcement of environmental laws, reg- ulations, and policies. fair treatment means that no group of people, including racial, ethnic, or socioe- conomic groups, should bear a disproportionate share of the negative environmental consequences resulting from industrial, municipal, and commer- cial operations or the execution of federal, state, lo- cal, and tribal environmental programs and policies. meaningful involvement means that: ( ) potentially affected community residents have an appropriate opportunity to participate in decisions about a pro- posed activity that will affect their environment and/or health; ( ) the public’s contribution can in- fluence the regulatory agency’s decision; ( ) the con- cerns of all participants involved will be considered in the decision-making process; and ( ) the decision- makers seek out and facilitate the involvement of those potentially affected. i want to focus on item number in the section mean- ingful involvement as my starting point for what envi- ronmental justice entails. i argue that environmental jus- tice entails, at least, preserving the environment as a global entity but also making those persons who feel, have felt, and have been victims of environmental crimes and atrocities feel as if they are part of the solution as full members of the human community and not the dumping ground for the rest of us. dr. lawson is professor of philosophy at the university of memphis in memphis tennessee. �http://www.epa.gov/compliance/resources/faqs/ej/ index.html� ( ). i will use one of the major problems facing environ- mentalists as my focal point. the problem is the bringing together of diverse environmental stakeholders to resolve issues regarding the environment. this is particularly dif- ficult when environmental policies appear to be rooted in class or race divisions. that is, where members of poor or raced groups have been the victims of environmental policies that have benefited the well-off. (lawson, ) i want to focus, in this article, on environmental stake- holders of color, particularly african americans in the united states. not because i think that their plight is more important than that of the poor in general, but because the african american experience in the united states has been my area of study. the african american experience is unique in that their history must be situated in a state that political and so- cial policies are supposedly underpinned by liberal tenets that are meant to garner respect for worth and autonomy of each individual. it is clear that these liberal tenets were not applied to the social and political experiences of african americans for most of their tenure in the united states. not only have african americans had to fight for application of the liberal tenets to their status as citizens, these same tenets have often been used against them. i have argued elsewhere how the appeal to protection of private property has been used to keep african ameri- cans out of white communities and how laws have been enforced to ensure that white autonomy has been pro- tected and respected. the history of the environmental policies attests to the manner in which african americans are not respected as full members of the political order. robert bullard and others have documented the man- ner in which neighborhoods of persons of color have been the site of environmental contamination. not only have these communities been sites of contamination but also when it comes time to clean up the sites, the government is slow or reluctant to do so. these actions by state and federal officials have led to feelings of mistrust between these communities and the government at all levels. there is no wondering why there would be mistrust between members of communities of color and the local, state, and federal government as well as environmentalists who of- ten see the land that members of communities of color live on as not the part of the environment that has to be protected. the actions of these groups have fostered a sense of mistrust between these communities and those agencies and groups that purport to be concerned with the environment. this mistrust is especially problematic when the divisions have been race-based. race based dis- crimination has been a long-standing problem for african americans. because of the history of racism, african americans who should be anxious to join environmental coalitions are often reluctant to join with mainstream groups push- ing for global action regarding the environment. this re- luctance often leads mainstream environmentalists to ar- gue that this group is uncaring when it comes to the global environment. thus there are various studies of the envi- ronmental concern of african americans that tend to cor- relate their environmental concerns with local environ- mental issues. that african americans would be inter- ested or concerned with their local space should not be surprising. after all there is the problem of nimby (not in my back yard) that is held by persons across the racial and economic spectrum. the difference is that the back- yards of african americans have not been respected. gen- erally, this lack of respect has been caused by racism. this is not to claim that environmentalists are or have been racist. however, we must agree that some environ- mental policies seem to hint strongly of racist intent. here, i only want to claim that racism has impacted on how african americans view their status in the united states. even environmentalists can agree that racism has been and continues to be a problem for african americans, but also note that environmental concerns are not like racism or sexism, which may affect a particular group of people, environmental concerns impact on us all and thus should be the concern of us all. this means that as members of the human family we have a vested interest in good en- vironmental policy and a clean planet. it is thus in the best interest of all persons to be in- volved in the push to clean up and cool down the planet. if this answer does not suffice, environmentalists could argue that not only are persons of color (african ameri- cans) often the victims of bad environmental policies, they often bear the brunt of harm done by these polices. they should be willing participants in the movement for well- formed environmental policies and acts. in addition, african americans are to some degree responsible for the degrading of the environment. it is clear that members of these communities have an environmental footprint that impacts on the health of the planet. at this point the environmentalist would sit down thinking that he or she has adequately addressed the question of the responsibility of members of communities of color (african americans) to join with other concerned citizens of the world to help save the environment. but notice what question the environmentalist has answered. it is with one noticeable exception the question of why should persons of color be concerned with global issues of the environment. the question i want to address is why should they feel any responsibility to participate in envi- ronmental programs. the answer that they also have an environmental footprint seems to not carry much weight or at least not as much weight as some environmentalists think it should. why do i think that this is the case? i want to draw a distinction between being or feeling concerned and being or feeling responsible. by concern i mean caring about and giving attention to some particu- lar interest. being responsible, on the other hand, has two related meanings: ( ) being the cause of some action and ( ) being expected to feel obliged to participate in some joint action. here i want to draw on the experiences of african americans and their environmental problems. let me be clear: my use of the african american experience is not meant to suggest that they are the only group that will have a problem feeling responsibility to global environ- mental concerns. if it is true that african americans feel that they are victims of racism and the resulting envi- lawson ronmental problems are a consequence of the racism, why should they feel any responsibility to help the persons re- sponsible for both their plight and the plight of the planet? one might think that to hold such a position is very short sighted. yet, if we draw on the liberal model of the re- sponsibilities of the individual, then it become apparent that the persons responsible for the wrongdoing have the greater burden of responsibility in correcting it. i want to suggest that a part of the reason this attitude can be man- ifest is we live in a society that puts the onus of respon- sibility on individuals or groups for the wrongs they have done. that is, if you do the wrong, you are responsible for correcting it. this means for many persons of color, not only have “white folk” done evil to persons of color, they have harmed the planet. it is therefore their respon- sibility to fix it. in this manner blacks can feel concern but not responsible for the environmental problems of the planet. i am not suggesting that african americans have no responsibility to help with environmental projects. i do contend that given the history of racist social interac- tion there are feelings that whites have more responsibil- ity for harming the planet than do persons of color. be- cause of the racial history, there are often feelings of mistrust between african americans and those persons that push some form of collective responsibility for the environment. is it possible to alleviate some of the mistrust? i think that it is possible but it will require a great deal of work on the part of both parties. what i want to suggest is that those persons concerned with environmental justice re- think how they approach persons of color in regard to working on environmental issues. i am suggesting that they ask: why should poor persons of color feel any re- sponsibility to participate in environmental programs? this question points to one of the essential values of en- vironmental justice. i contend that not only cleaning up and preserving the environment as a global entity but making those persons who feel, have felt, are, or have been victims of environ- mental crimes and atrocities feel as if they are part of the solution as full members of the human community and not the dumping ground for the wealthy of the world. these are concerns that environmental groups have to ad- dress. as i write this article a major political party has nom- inated the first african american, barack obama, for the president of the united states. this is a historic moment. yet, we must be careful as to how we use his candidacy in our future moral and political deliberations. i think that this point is very important for those of us concerned with environmental issues. his candidacy will give whites a chance to show that they are not racist. some will claim that: “i voted for obama therefore i couldn’t be racist.” logically the conclusion does not follow from the act of voting for obama. we must be on our guard to remind those persons who use this claim as proof that their en- vironmental policies cannot be racist are wrong. this is an important moment in the social and political history of the united states, but we should not be lulled into ide- ological complacency because of obama’s political as- cendency. we must remember that racism is still a prob- lem and a vote for obama may soothe one’s conscience but it does not follow that in other areas of one’s life race does not play an important role. those of us concerned with environmental justice should not forget this salient point. conclusion in sum, the failure of the environmental movement to address the feelings of victims of bad and unjust envi- ronmental policies that have often been seen as racial atrocities may be a reason that many persons of color, in this case african americans, feel no responsibility to join with environmentalists to address environmental issues beyond their local issues. environmentalists want to claim that we are all in this together. we may all be in it together but some of us have been getting screwed. now you want us to join you in a global environmental program, why should persons of color trust environmentalists. the challenge for both en- vironmentalists and environmental justice advocates is to allay the fears of persons of color that the burden for en- vironmental reclamation will not fall solely on persons of color. in the end, environmentalists must provide argu- ments that are sound and rooted in the history of all of the parties concerned. references lawson, bill e. faces of environmental racism, nd edition, eds. laura westra and bill e. lawson (rowman and lit- tlefield, ). “living for the city: urban united states and environmen- tal justice,” in faces of environmental racism, eds. l. wes- tra and p. wenz (rowman and littlefield, l ) pp. – . “racist property holdings and environmental coalitions: addressing memories of environmental injustice” in echoes from the poisoned well, eds. sylvia hood washing- ton, heather goodall, and paul rosier (lexington books, ). address correspondence to: bill e. lawson clement university of memphis memphis, tn e-mail: belawson@memphis.edu value of environmental justice school leadership: is a shift from efficient management to social justice possible? school leadership: is a shift from efficient management to social justice possible? dr. benjamin zufiaurre (*) university of navarra spain. dr. jane wilkinson charles sturt university australia. el artículo ofrece una lectura sobre el liderazgo escolar en un contexto australiano y anglo americano en el que la profesionalizacion de la direccion escolar, los modelos educativos, los estilos de enseñanza, las formas de trabajo, de colaboracion, de participación…, resumen una responsabilidad compartida en la comunidad escolar. en este sentido, plantearse el liderazgo desde posicionamientos críticos, desde la inclusión y la justicia social, marca una deriva de otras opciones relacionadas con el ‘new management’, los movimientos eficaces y eficientes, las comunidades de aprendizaje. el liderazgo en este trabajo se contextualiza de forma ilustrativa para lectores hispanos, porque el cómo funcionan las escuelas y la educación contribuye a la construcción personal, cultural, social, científica, emocional, moral, saludable, y civica, de niños/as y jóvenes. y las escuelas son espacios definitorios de identidades, de oportunidades de aprender, compartir espacios, descubrir, experimentar, cooperar y colaborar. the paper analyses school leadership in an australian and anglophone context where professionalism in school management or dealing with educational models, teaching styles, envisaging work, cooperation, participation…, are assumed to be shared in school communities. it is so that to deal with leadership from critical perspectives, from inclusive and social justice perspectives, makes a difference from new management options, from effective and efficient models, learning communities, or others. in this paper, leadership is presented in a context readable for a global spanish audience. we consider that the ways schools and educational actions are built, contributes to boys and girls, and the youth, personal, social, cultural, scientific, emotional, moral, healthy and civic development. and schools are the spaces to construct identities, to organize the opportunities to learn, share spaces, discover, experiment, work with one another and cooperate. abstract resumen (*) autor para correspondecia: dr. benjamin zufiaurre. departament psychology & pedagogics, upna.spain. campus arrosadía pamplona, navarra, spain. correo de contacto: zufiaurre@unavarra.es © , perspectiva educacional http://www.perspectivaeducacional.cl recibido: de junio de aceptado: de noviembre de . doi: . / -vol. -iss. -art. palabras clave: liderazgo / participación / justicia social / diversidades. key words: leadership / participation / social justice / diversities. liderazgo escolar: ¿podemos evolucionar de modelos de gestiÓn eficiente a modelos de justicia social? pontificia universidad católica de valparaíso perspectiva educacional. formación de profesores enero , vol. ( ), pp. - school leadership: is a shift from efficient management to social justice possible? . setting a context for school leadership in education. there are a variety of socially accepted discourses about leadership in education. those discourses, which hold most influence at a particular time, will in themselves produce knowledge about the role of leaders in various educational settings and societies at different times (wilkinson, ). discourses are productive in that they produce knowledge about what is known and valued in particular circumstances. they also produce ‘effects of power’, that is, dominant knowledge about leadership. such knowledge will influence and construct preferred kinds of leadership and leadership values. people who do not fit the ‘mould’ of particular dominant discourses, consequently, may find it more difficult to reach formal positions of authority. after early dominant top – down models (“benevolent dictators” for thomson, p. ), followed by participatory models up to the `s and `s (burns & stalker, ; fiedler, ; french & bell, ), or quoting gimeno (ed.) et al. ( , p. ): authoritarian, democratic and “laissez faire” models, a dominant discourse of school management in many anglophone nations which arose in the late s, and early s, was that of self- management of schools (hill & crevola, ), (leithwood & hallinger, ). it was located within a broader regime of neoliberal ideology, which placed an emphasis upon efficiency, accountability, competition and individualism as opposed to conceptions of education as a collective public good. it became a key discourse which was particularly attractive to leaders from the political right who were looking for ways to more economically govern schools and hold them to greater account in countries such as australia. those individuals or organisations which put forward an alternative view (leithwood, jantzi & steinbach, ), and who expressed concern about the social justice implications of such arrangements, found it more difficult to have their voices heard at the time (blackmore & sachs, ). as such, the discourse of social justice in schools and educational leadership became a marginalised discourse. progressively, self managing schools as a discourse lost its prominence, and the social justice implications of funding structural arrangements for schools, began to be recognised. teacher’s professional development dealing with feminine professions (zufiaurre, pellejero, ), (albertin, zufiaurre, ), (sinclair, ) demanded for answers. but what are some of the other ways to think more broadly about leadership in schools, that is, in ways which answer back to previously dominant discourses of self-management, but which suggest possibilities for a more explicit focus upon issues of social justice and equity? one alternative possibility is to focus upon the dispersed practices (leithwood, tomlinson, genge, ) across schools that are not explicitly associated with formal leadership roles, that is, dispersed leadership (lingard, hayes, mills & christie, ). for example, a longtitudinal study of improved academic and social practices in schools and classrooms conducted in queensland, australia, maintained that if the central purpose of leadership in schools was achieving the best educational outcomes for all students, then teacher-leadership was critically important because ‘individual teacher practices, including both pedagogies and assessment, are the most significant school level variables for enhancing student outcomes’ (lingard et al. , p. ). such a finding has important implications. it suggests that ‘teacher leadership becomes important’, because it is teachers who can make the major difference for their students. in order to do so, leadership needs to become dispersed throughout educational organisations (lingard et al. , p. , -quoting: whitaker, ). the second implication is that principals school leadership: is a shift from efficient management to social justice possible? have a crucial role to perform as educational leaders in schools rather than as managers of a quasi business. here, effective school leadership becomes ‘that which encourages and disperses best classroom practices across the school and has, at the same time, political and policy effects, while connecting school practices to the local and the global’ (ibid, p. ). to focus upon the management and/or administration of the school is not so important. in this article, we map some key trends in educational leadership in anglophone nations over the past two decades, in relation to how self management as a discourse has been played out in schools; and in terms of key findings in regard to improving students’ academic practices and the subsequent implications for school leadership. we then examine some alternative constructions of school leadership practice which suggest greater possibilities and openness to notions of equity, collaboration and school community while maintaining a key focus upon improving students’ social as well as academic practices. we contend that a focus upon both aspects of students’ outcomes is a critical component of educational leadership for social justice, and we conclude by looking at some specific examples of how and why leadership for social justice is a critical factor of educational leadership. central to our article are some key underlying assumptions about the purpose of schooling and leadership. schools play a critical role in the personal, cultural, social, scientific, emotional, moral, and civic construction of children. it is at school where future identities are defined, and where the pportunities to learn, share spaces, discover, experiment and cooperate, can be developed. it is where boys and girls share and develop in an uninterrupted succession of exchanges, assumption of responsibilities, openness to diversity and difference, and learn what is important for the next generation of citizens. good models of school leadership dispersed throughout the organisation can and do play a critical role in helping children prepare for the future. . leadership as management in schools. educational leadership as a field describes the social space in which leadership as a practice is carried out in schools, as well as the research, or study, conducted to investigate these practices. in discussing the field of educational leadership, gunter ( , p. ) maps the various ways in which terms, such as ‘administration’, ‘management’ and ‘leadership’, historically have been taken up and applied (gunter, , pp. - ). she demonstrates that such terms do not arise out of the ‘ether’, but have the material effect of privileging particular sets of institutional and political practices, while silencing or marginalizing others. for example, in the late s onwards, the term ‘management’ of schools was increasingly used in england, canada, australia and new zealand, to capture the purpose of education and characterise the subsequent and identity work of headteachers, or principals as being primarily economic, rather than for education’s sake (gunter, ). it was a challenging time economically, and the harder economic climate forced a scrutiny of the ‘concept and practice of the public sector’, including opening up for debate ‘the purposes of education’, such as whether ‘education served itself, or the economy’ (gunter, , p. ). headteachers were to embrace the ‘manager identity’ and management became increasingly seen as a ‘superior form of activity’. in her research, gunter (ibid) asks whether terms or ‘labels’ such as ‘management’, are ‘“benign” and do no harm … or are “toxic” because they are oppressive in how they shape and ‘represent identities’ of those people who carry out the leadership, administration or school leadership: is a shift from efficient management to social justice possible? management work. gunter’s key point is that we should not accept such terms as taken-for- granted words, but need to examine the meanings that they construct around leadership, the knowledge that this produces about ways of leading or managing, and the impact this may have upon people’s practices. why it is that head teachers or principals are not called ‘planners … strategists … data analysts …’ (gunter, , p. ) or ‘leading learners’? how might these changes contribute to labels or constructions of leadership work impact upon which practices are valued/privileged in schools and classrooms and what might be the subsequent impact for students? depending on the political contexts in history, as the label changes, so does the emphasis upon particular practices. some practices come to be more valued and others devalued. for example, if the major formal role of leadership in one educational setting was to be relabelled as ‘leading learner’, rather than manager or principal, the more visible and valued practices might shift to the learning occurring in that setting, and the policies and practices that the ‘leading learner’ would need to put into place to encourage such learning to occur. possibly, other management functions, such as administration of budgets, would continue to be carried out by the ‘leading learner’, or potentially, such functions might be given to someone else to carry out. the labels used to describe leadership practices and leaders confer different types of leadership identity. pat thomson, a former australian school principal ( , pp. - ), speculates about the principal ‘identity’ of a leader, and attempts to challenge some of the taken-for-granted notions about leadership embedded in much study of educational leadership. her discussion of the kinds of governance, or public management theory, that has swept much of the public sector in anglophone countries, draws upon the private sector, emphasizes competition and privatisation, and leads to greater forms of accountability, for the public sector and its employees. for thomson ( , p. ), the model of principal has today changed, from the ‘benevolent dictator with a small budget and significant freedom to engage in school-based curriculum development’. to illustrate her point, she utilises the somewhat tongue-in-cheek, but nonetheless chilling metaphor of the principal and school as a ‘head/body’ machine which is ‘programmed to appear human, but work totally predictably’ (thomson, , p. ). what thomson points to are the different kinds of leadership identities produced by the global/national economic and political contexts, which in turn, place particular demands upon the kinds of leadership work, identities and practices that principals or educational leaders must carry out. the principal of a school is not simply a well-oiled machine. educational institutions and the people that manage/lead them are human, they deal with human beings, but this appears to be a fact that much educational organisational leadership theory ignores. it is also a fact that government policies in regard to education have tended to overlook as a result of the hegemony of new public management policies of the s and ’s. . school effectiveness and school improvement movements: defining leadership practices. in relation to improving students learning outcomes and the subsequent role of educational leadership, two key movements which have had a major influence upon the field of educational leadership in the past two decades are the school effectiveness and school leadership: is a shift from efficient management to social justice possible? school improvement movements. their work derives from the ‘school effects research’ in the usa in the s, which inspired major debates about schooling as a force for social change. the fierce division between the two `camps', has meant that the two movements increasingly converge, and the key question which underpins both movements, is how does schooling make a difference to students' educational outcomes. school effectiveness research drew upon large quantitative studies which attempted to examine the `black box' of schools through an examination of input-output models, that is, for example, analysing variables such as school leadership, number of students in a class, etcetera, whilst simultaneously trying to control for variables such as socio-economic background, ethnicity, iq... initially the focus was upon schools as a whole unit, but with increasingly sophisticated methods of statistical analyses, researchers began to examine what was actually happening in classrooms. and a key finding has arisen; teachers have a great effect on students' educational outcomes. for example, sammons & elliot ( , p. ), noted that schools ‘accounted for per cent of the achievement differences between students ... but classroom level/teacher effects were substantially larger'. david hopkins ( , pp. - ) has provided an overview of four aspects of the legacy of the school effectiveness movement: *`the educability of learners': `all students can learn'; *’focus on outcomes'; *'taking responsibility for students' rather than `blaming the victim for the shortcomings of the school itself; and *'attention to consistency throughout the school community'. his research findings attest that more effective schools are `more tightly linked - structurally, symbolically and culturally - than the less effective ones’. hopkins ( , p. ) notes in this respect that `until quite recently, the ability of schools to make a difference to student learning was widely doubted'. some older studies suggested that `intelligence’, "race" and socioeconomic status', had a far greater influence on student educational outcomes than the particular school the student attended (sammons and elliot, , p. ). however, over the past three decades, a major finding of the school effectiveness research has been that `individual schools can make a difference to student progress' and that `all students can learn' (hopkins, , p. , -quoting murphy, ). in contrast to school effectiveness, school improvement, has utilised qualitative studies, rather than quantitative, and has concentrated on the process of how schools can improve, rather than the end product of this improvement. that is how the school effectiveness movement has revealed statistically what qualitative educational researchers have claimed for years, that teachers in classrooms do indeed make a major difference to students' learning. this how or why this difference occurs is something quantitative research is unable to explain. qualitative research, in the form of case studies of effective teachers, classrooms and schools, is able to `drill down' into the everyday realities of the `messiness' of process to provide insights into how effective teaching (and effective schools) can make a difference. lezotte ( , p. ) refers to the correlates of effective schools as entities based on: *instructional leadership; *clear and focused mission; *safe and orderly environment; *climate of high expectations; *frequent monitoring of students progress; *positive home- school relations; *opportunity to learn; and students time on task. emphasizing the role of the leader in the learning process, he connects with what reynolds ( ) has referred to as a good leader for effective schools. they both refer to what can be seen in many current systemic initiatives to improve learning outcomes. however, what is not acknowledged in such initiatives is the complexity of challenging environments in schools. school leadership: is a shift from efficient management to social justice possible? sammons, hillman, & mortimore ( , p. ) refer to effective leaders as `firm and purposeful' in leading improvement; 'participative' by sharing leadership and delegating their pedagogic and curriculum knowledge'. effective leadership, consequently, is a predominant feature of effective schools, but to be an effective leader, to have a formal role of authority, does not explain why an effective leader in one school may no longer be effective in another school. this suggests that studies of effective leadership, and the school improvement literature, need to consider the differing contexts of educational settings, complex as unique sites. another issue which the leadership effectiveness research overlooks is that leadership is not simply invested within the formal body of the principal/headteacher. the interrelationship of leadership with other factors is important, as headteacher impact on learning outcomes is more likely to be ‘mediated through teachers and the conditions for learning established within the school' (gunter, , p. ). as lingard et al. ( , p. ) note: leaders, such as headteachers, principals, directors of adult learning centres, can encourage and disperse best classroom practices across the school, and at the same time mediate… political and policy effects while connect(ing) school practices to the local and the global. and hence, the formal leadership role here is a mediating function in order to assist and support teachers in their work to produce better academic and social outcomes. . schools as learning communities. the notion of learning communities marks an important shift in traditional conceptions of leadership (kilpatrick, falk, johns, ) with a diminishing of the authority pattern contained in the traditional hierarchical structure of educational organisations. for example, the findings of the queensland school reform longitudinal study (qsrls) (vvaa-qsrls, - , p. ), are that ‘the development of professional learning communities within schools is associated with greater use of more productive classroom pedagogies by teachers’. the qsrls found evidence that ‘enabling leadership can create strong ‘school- based teacher professional learning communities when there is a focus on aligning pedagogy, curriculum and assessment’ (ibid, p. ). to illustrate these points, lingard et al. ( ), reflect on three different case studies of schools and leadership roles undertaken as part of the qsrls. each case study occurred in different contexts and revealed different leadership habituses/forms. cassia state school was run by a highly charismatic male aboriginal principal who had many of the characteristics of transformational leadership and who legitimated and valued aboriginality within the school in terms of students’ competence and esteem. here, the leader, created a sense of purpose for the school, students, teachers and parents; changed the social relations within the school and students in particular; built relationships with the community; established a formal management structure, but also ‘worked beyond’ it (p. ); dispersed leadership duties by involving ‘significant community leaders in decision-making “at the top level of the school”’, and set high expectations upon students’ and teachers’ learning. waratah state school was a different primary school, with a different ethnic clientele and locale, run by a white female principal, who did not lead with a strong vision, in terms of transformational leadership characteristics, but ‘built one with staff based on their curriculum school leadership: is a shift from efficient management to social justice possible? interests’. she led ‘from the centre’ and from the ‘pedagogic core of the school’, rather than from the front, using a ‘participatory and consultative approach’ (lingard et al. , pp. - ). between the two types of leadership, there are gendered differences, a leadership style associated with traditionally masculinist ways of leading, in contrast with a ‘feminised’ collaborative approach. again, a focus upon sense of purpose, dispersal of leadership, involving others, changes in curriculum and pedagogy, social relations, management structures and strategies, and external relationships, were common elements of the changes brought in the two schools. the third case study examined a secondary school, tallwood, in which the leadership ‘was dispersed among a team of people including an active woman deputy and several heads of departments and teachers’ (lingard et al. , p. ). this third case study illustrates some of the differences between primary and secondary schools in terms of location of leadership and the particularly crucial role that deputies and heads of department often assume in secondary schools in terms of leading learning. interestingly, the positive changes which occurred in the school were led from this dispersed leadership team identified previously: ‘more passive than active’, and not from the principal, and were pedagogically focused, ‘related to curriculum, teaching and learning’ (lingard et al. , p. ). the three case studies referenced (lingard et al. , pp. - ), provide examples of differing kinds of learning communities established within these schools. cassia’s appeared to involve an active collaboration between key elements of the aboriginal community and school management. waratah had an active teacher learning community led by a teaching principal who gently, but firmly, encouraged teacher growth through modeling of her own practice whilst encouraging ongoing discussion of pedagogy and classroom practices in an active and supportive climate that allowed teachers to take risks and learn from their mistakes. but given that there appears to be emerging evidence that learning communities may be important sources of developing teacher leadership, assisting in the intellectual discourse of what constitutes effective classroom practices and encouraging dispersal of leadership throughout an organizational setting, what exactly is meant by learning communities?, how can they be encouraged?, must they include only teachers?, and what can be the key criticisms of the concept? professional learning communities, as such, are defined as social groupings of new and/or experienced educators, who come together over time for the purpose of gaining new information, reconsidering previous knowledge and beliefs, and building on their own and others’ ideas and experiences in order to work on a specific agenda intended to improve practice and enhance students’ learning (cochran-smith & lytle, ). in this sense, the notion of teacher learning communities is focused on a growing understanding that effective teacher learning is necessary for improvements in students’ educational and social outcomes. effective teacher learning is consequently: *learner focused, rather than training focused; *ongoing/long-term; *focussed upon student learning; and *site-based (cochran- smith & lytle, , p. ). however, effective collaboration may be inhibited by: *structural factors, for example, timetables, physical organisation of schools or other educational settings; *cultural factors amongst educators such as habitual behaviours that counteract notions of a learning community; *difficulty of establishing and maintaining functioning communities of learners (grossman, wineburg & woolworth, ); *emphasising excessively liberal approaches which foster individualism (westheimer, ); *desire to maintain status quo (mclaughlin school leadership: is a shift from efficient management to social justice possible? & talbert, ); and *values and attitudes of teachers, for example, if teachers are racist, the community may simply reinforce stereotypes about students (lipman, ). teacher learning communities can encourage ongoing effective teacher learning through collaboration with other teachers, students, parents, members of the community, and other professionals, such as members of professional associations, etcetera. on the other hand, criticisms of professional learning communities can include: critiques of community, that is, community is idealized, although not real, and collaboration can become “balkanised”, “comfortable” or “contrived” (fullan & hargreaves, ). . educational leadership from critical perspectives. critical perspectives of leadership draw upon a range of theoretical orientations to provide a critical examination of the knowledge foundations upon which we can construct a different version of leadership theories. it is a`bundle' of theories, rather than just one, and includes feminism, postmodernism and critical policy perspectives. although coming from a variety of epistemological positions, some common orientations of these views are that the key characteristics of the postmodern world are change and unpredictability, and what we ‘know’ and how we ‘know’ are increasingly being brought into question. according to these, changes in schools and other educational settings are complex and unpredictable, and cannot be theorized through simplistic theories of leadership that do not take into account the broader contexts in which educational settings are located. critical theorists consequently place: *a focus on the importance of teachers in bringing about improved educational and social outcomes for students; *an emphasis upon more democratic collaborative forms of leadership that encompass parents, students and the broader community, and which challenge the traditional status quo of leadership as enacted in a single (often male, white) individual; *a key emphasis upon pursuing the goals of social justice and equity for students in terms of improving their learning and social outcomes, often with an emancipatory focus that argues for a challenge to traditional power relations both within educational institutions and more broadly within wider society. what is to be taken into account from critical perspectives, is the broader societal, economic and political context, in which schools and educational institutions work, while challenging and questioning the knowledge basis that underpins taken-for-granted `truths' such as what constitutes leadership. knowledge is situated and partial. there is no such thing as an absolute ‘truth', or grand theory about leadership ‘out there', which can be applied. instead, knowledge is always partial and limited. a key insight of feminist theorists, for example, is the gendered nature of educational organisations which underpins the unequal power relations operating in schools, universities and others. an example of this persistence of structures is that women tend to be the educators (zufiaurre, pellejero, ), and males the administrators. the latter role is valued the most, and focused upon most persistently in theories of leadership, despite evidence that it is teacher practices that make the greatest difference to student outcomes (weaver, weindling, ). a major point that critical theorists have made about leadership as it is currently constructed, is that principals are viewed ‘as managers rather than educators’. hence, there is a ‘great discursive silence … about pedagogy’ in educational policies, in principals’ actual practices, and in the research upon leadership (lingard et al. , p. ). moreover, the context in which educational leadership occurs cannot be ignored. a key question is then: what sort of school leadership: is a shift from efficient management to social justice possible? leadership do we require in order to produce better learning and social outcomes for students? this question places a focus upon students’ learning, that is, a shift away from focussing upon the managerial aspects of formal leadership. an example of a critical theorist approach to educational leadership is the qsrls study noted previously carried out by lingard et al. ( ). a major finding of the qsrls study was that developing a leadership habitus/identity, labelled ‘productive leadership’ provided critical links to better learning outcomes for students. they noted that such productive leadership in schools ‘is often associated with placing higher pedagogical demands on teachers, and … this may result in greater use of more productive pedagogies in classrooms’ (vv.aa. – qsrls - p. ). importantly, the productive leadership habitus, or identity, was not solely linked to principals or other formal leaders, but paid attention to ways in which leadership is exercised by teachers, students and parents (lingard et al. , p. ). the emphasis here was upon pedagogy rather than management or change of organizational structures, and upon how such leadership can and should be exercised through a range of stakeholders in education, rather than seeing it as concentrated in an individual formal leader at the ‘head’ of the educational site. hence, leadership was to focus on: *the alignment of curriculum, pedagogy and assessment; *an emphasis upon the latter as the central activities of the school/educational setting; *vision, purposes and goals of the school; *dispersal of leadership; *social relations within the school; *management structures and strategies; and *relationships outside the field (lingard et al. , pp. - ) . leadership based on social justice and democratic educational communities. a key strand of the professional learning community literature is its ‘critical’ approach arguing for democratic educational communities that encompass a range of stakeholders within an educational setting. the research in this area of leadership concerned with social justice examines what exactly constitutes community, how one can encourage a more inclusive community which incorporates a range of interests and, in schools, for example, how parents and students can become an integral part of such a community. the emphasis is upon social justice, inclusiveness and notions of democratic citizenship, so that empowerment of community leading may lead to emancipatory practices. authors such as ann liberman, amy stuart wells, andy hargreaves, and pat thomson, place the importance of effective leadership as achieving, not just better academic, but social outcomes, and how notion of leadership is underpinned by concepts of social justice, democracy, social empowerment and emancipation through assisting students to become active, thinking citizens. as lingard et al. ( , pp. - ) contend: social learning should engage students in a globalized awareness of citizenship and civic participation which embraces difference. similarly, academic learning should engage students critically and analytically with different knowledges, including those that are being destablized and reconstituted in global times. additionally, academic learning should enable students to engage with new technologies that are changing workplaces and careers in a knowledge economy. within this context, the distinction between academic and social becomes somewhat elided as schools become sites of learning and work, and workplaces become sites of work and learning. school leadership: is a shift from efficient management to social justice possible? democratic learning communities place a very different emphasis upon formal educational leadership, in contrast to the emphasis in the s upon management. the referenced example of cassia public school where the school leadership actively encouraged the local community to develop a much stronger sense of ownership about the school illustrates this emphasis. underpinning this leadership work was the school principal’s commitment to social justice for the students and the achievement of education outcomes in both the academic and social areas, so that aboriginal students could leave school ‘strong and smart’ and be able to take their place within australian society as active, informed, critical thinkers and citizens. the emphasis upon more democratic, socially just and inclusive notions of educational communities, in schools in particular, has arisen in part as a reaction to the failure of the self- managing schools movement of the s. one of the problems with the notion of the self- managing school as it was operationalised in anglophone countries, was that the management functions of the system, such as selection of staff, administration of monies in terms of hiring staff, maintenance, repairs, administration of personnel requirements such as long service leave, etcetera, were placed upon schools without adequate preparation, training or resources of personnel, including administration. moreover, this occurred as part of a wider context in which, ‘management’ of schools (and other educational and public organizations, such as universities, adult education, and training colleges, hospitals etcetera) came to dominate, with debates as to whether leadership was incorporated by management or was merely one aspect of good management. the critical theorists and practitioners argued, that leadership required good management but was not incorporated by it that leadership was the imperative, and that good leadership, in turn, provided the ethical basis upon which good management resides (blackmore & sachs, ). it is highly debatable whether schools, hospitals, universities, and other public institutions, have either the capacity to deal with the management functions placed upon them from the broader system, or should be asked to take on such roles. in particular, schools with lower socioeconomic backgrounds, suffered because they did not have the personnel or financial resources to manage in the same way as wealthier schools. evidence of increasing polarization between poorer and wealthier schools, an increase in poverty and divisions between the poorest and wealthiest members of society, and the increasing demands this has placed upon schools, and other educational institutions, has led to an awareness that schools cannot govern alone without systemic support. moreover, there is mounting evidence that the promise of school based management ‘has largely failed to fulfil its promise to enhance student outcomes’ (silins & mulford, , p. ). this realisation has led to a focus upon community again, and in particular, more democratic, socially just models of community that are inclusive and able to build community capacity and resilience, such as that demonstrated in australia by cassia, waratah and tallwood schools. . leadership for diversity: an australian context. the complexity and challenges facing leaders and teachers in diverse schools in which some of our most vulnerable young people are being educated, include: *high numbers of indigenous/first nation students; *high numbers of children with specific learning and/or behavioural problems or with disabilities; *children from low socio-economic backgrounds; and multicultural classrooms with children with multiple identities, diverse languages, diverse backgrounds and ways of life, refugees, diasporas, romanis, etecetera. for many school leadership: is a shift from efficient management to social justice possible? schools, such diversity remains a problem to overcome, rather than an opportunity to be harnessed. reyers and wagstaff ( , p. ) define diversity as variety and/or difference and conclude that: it is a multidimensional difference weighted in general and particular ways with prejudicial points of view, and sometimes with hatred. so many students make the journey from home to school expecting fair treatment leading to an opportunity to learn, only to find the opposite, shabby treatment from teachers, administrators and fellow students with the door of opportunity to learn more closed than open to them. for these students school and the education they hope to gain there from are not the great equalizer of opportunity as it has been for millions of their predecessors, because they come from diverse backgrounds. in this respect, mary kalantzis (cited in dinham, , p. ) observes: the problem in each case is the distance between the worlds of community experience and the world of institutionalised education and valued knowledge. despite its undeniable truth, this list is rather too simple. first the list is all too neat. the groups are not separate, they are overlapping, simultaneous, multilayered. second, the groups are not internally defined, but defined in and through social relationships (racism, sexism, comparatives socio-economic privilege) that often play themselves through in schools and classrooms, and not separate attributes finally, the group categories are often crude, oversimplifying the differences within groups and between individuals which determine success and failure. the questions which arise when examining different historical approaches to the recognition and teaching of diversity within australian schools and more broadly are noted as: *what is the impact of student diversity on a school, its leadership and culture?; *is the principal’s leadership role different, more challenging, and more complex in a school with high numbers of students from different backgrounds and who have significantly diverse need?; *what are the implications for the school leadership team in terms of relationships with parents, community, advocacy groups, and government agencies such as health, community/social services and juvenile justice?; *what about accountability and the legal rights of young people especially those with a disability?; and *what about issues such as discrimination and changed community views on homosexuality? (kalantzis, cited in dinham, , p. ). in relation to students with intellectual and physical disabilities, zaretsky, moreau & faircloth ( ) found that few school leaders are well prepared to mediate the instructional, ethical, political and legal complexities inherent in the special education processes. diversity, special education, and the demand of education for all, pose key challenges on educational leadership in contemporary contexts. as expectations increase for more rigorous and demanding academic standards of achievement, for all students, the progress of all must be accounted for. principals need to be able to address the instructional needs of all students while leading in increasingly diverse yet ostensibly inclusive contexts. research suggests that many principals lack both the course work and field experience needed to lead improvement efforts that have as their primary focus quality programs and sustained academic success for all students. for example, di paola & walther-thomas ( ), and school leadership: is a shift from efficient management to social justice possible? zufiaurre & belletich ( ) from a spanish context, note how in a context of increasing standardisation of education diverse students can be excluded. to better address these goals, it is argued that school leaders must understand effective instructional practices and interventions that can support sustained student achievement. research has often indicated that principals who engage in instructional types of leadership are best able to support others in the development and implementation of purposeful interventions that improve student performance. (blase & lase, ; fullan, ). they note that effective leaders need to have more specialised knowledge and skills about the education of students with diverse needs. they need in this sense: *an in-depth understanding of the legislation that protects the rights of all students (bowlby peters & mackinnon, ); *the ability to communicate with the school community about special programs and services and to ensure legal compliance; and *an ability to nurture necessary relationships, partnerships and networks within a context of accountability. this creation of relational networks is particularly critical to the lasting success of special education efforts. in a study of students with physical and intellectual disabilities (zaretsky et al. ) the following were responsibilities principals were expected to assume in relation to providing programs and services: *support of regular special and diverse education teachers in their efforts to provide effective instructional and assessment practices embedded in individualised education programs; *coordination of services; *development of effective communication strategies and protocols among teachers, parents, regional support staff, advocacy groups, government and non government agencies and associations; *establishment of procedures to ensure compliance with provincial/state legislation in special education; and *identification and arrangement of effective in-service training opportunities in the area of special education for all staff. critics argue that the widespread tendency to place undue credence on various moribund and outmoded forms of biological and social determinism which assume that individual children-whether they be boys or girls-do poorly, or well, at school, because of developmental differences, because they are ‘dumb’ or ‘smart’ or come from ‘disadvantaged’ or ‘advantaged’ backgrounds, can not be sustained anymore. it is a question of schools, school leaders, teachers and institutional involvement to guarantee the right of education, and education for all, in good quality circumstances by law. in this respect, edmonds ( , p. ) observed that ‘the belief that family background is the chief cause of student performance ... has the effect of absolving educators of their professional responsibility to be instructionally effective’. in terms of indigenous australian students, edmonds (ibid) referred to a case study of cherbourg state school, queensland (australia) written by the school’s first aboriginal principal, and outlined a process of change that took place between - , in which: *the implications of valuing aboriginal perspectives about aboriginal students; *the use of some very basic strategies for achieving some dramatic student outcomes; and *the importance of leadership in creating a school vision, high expectations, valuing indigenous staff and community members, made major differences to students’ academic and social outcomes. in october ( ), the then new south wales minister for education and training and minister for aboriginal affairs announced a review of the effectiveness of the provision of education and training for aboriginal students in new south wales (australia). the review, and subsequent report, set out to guide the development of a comprehensive state-wide school leadership: is a shift from efficient management to social justice possible? approach to improving aboriginal education. the review concluded that irrespective of the way performance is measured, the learning outcomes of aboriginal students at whatever age and stage continue to be at the lower end of the scale. high levels of absenteeism and suspensions were having a significant effect on student achievement, and consequently, the low levels of literacy and numeracy skills possessed by many aboriginal students, especially in secondary schools, committed these students to failure (yanigurrs, ganggurrinyma, yirringin, ( ). the consequent disengagement with learning results in lower educational achievements which, along with low retention rates, were being translated into limited employment and life choices. given the growing aboriginal population and the increased numbers of aboriginal students in schools in nsw, the report recommended that these inequities were to be addressed effectively and rapidly. social dislocation, low self esteem and negative attitudes, are consistent features of aboriginal children’s experiences in schooling. strong and urgent action was needed to redress these imbalances and close the gap between the performance of indigenous and non indigenous students. this finding led to recommendations. to advance these recommendations, key improvements were required in retention, attendance, and academic performance of aboriginal students. critically, these transformations were at least in part dependent on a dispersal of leadership which focussed on: *vision; *operational planning to drive local decision making; *priorities and action; *explicit accountability measures; *shared communication including ensuring that each aboriginal student had a personalised learning plans developed as a partnership between students, parent and teacher; and *professional learning for teachers. . conclusion. in this article, we have ranged across some critical influences within educational leadership practices and scholarship in the past two decades. we have attempted to draw a map of some of the key influences upon school leadership, especially in relation to issues of social justice and diversity. in particular, we have noted the increasing tensions between between caring about diversities and holding schools more accountable for student outcomes through the imposition of quasi business models in schools. we have used examples from australia to illustrate that and, at the same time, we confirm that the increasing diversity of school communities necessitates that more than ever, more culturally responsive and diverse models of school leadership practices which are responsive to issues of social justice and equity are greatly needed. school leadership: is a shift from efficient management to social justice possible? bibliographic references albertin, a.m., & zufiaurre, b. ( ). la educación infantil como tarea de maestras: claves de formación y contexto de desarrollo profesional. barcelona: octaedro blackmore, j., & sachs, j. ( ). performing and reforming school leaders: gender, educational restructuring, and organiztional change. albany, state: university of new york press. blase, j., & lase, j. ( ). instructional leadership. in how really good principals promote teaching and learning. thousand oaks, ca: corwin press. bowlby, b.j., peters, c., & mackinnon, m. ( ). an educator’s guide to special education law. aurora ontario: aurora professional press. burns, t., & stalker, g.m. ( ). the management of innovation. london: tavistock press. cochran-smith, m., & lytle, s. l. ( ). teacher learning communities. in j. w. guthrie (ed.), encyclopedia of education ( nd ed., pp. - ). new york: macmillan dinham, s. ( ). (ed.). transforming education: engaging with complexity and diversity. australian college of education act. dipaola, m.f., & walther-thomas, c. ( ). principals and special education: the critical role of school leaders (coppse document no ib- ). gainsville, fl: university of florida, center on personnel studies in special education. edmonds, r. ( ). a discussion of the literature and issues related to effective schooling. paper presented to the national conference on urban education, cemrel, st louis, us. fiedler, f.e. ( ). a theory of leadership effectiveness. new york: mcgraw-hill. french, w.l. & bell, c.h. ( ). organisational development. new jersey: prentice hall. fullan, m., & hargreaves, a. (eds.) ( ). what’s worth fighting for in education? buckingham: open university press fullan, m. ( ). the change leader. in educational leadership, ( ) pp. - . gimeno, j. (ed.), et al. ( ). la dirección de centros. análisis de tareas. (school management: task analysis) madrid: mec – cide. grossman, p., wineburg, s., & woolworth, s. ( ). toward a theory of teacher community. in teachers’ college record, ( ) pp. - . gunter, h. ( ). leaders and leadership in education. london: paul chapman publishing, gunter, h. ( ). labels and labelling in the field of educational leadership. in discourse: studies in the cultural politics of education, ( ), march, , pp. - . hill, p., & crevola, c. ( ). organizational learning. in davies, b. and west-burnham, j. (eds.), handbook of educatinal leadership and management (pp. - ). london: pearson longman. hopkins, d. ( ). introduction. in davies, b. and west-burnham, j. (eds.), handbook of educational leadership and management (pp. - ). london: pearson/longman. kilpatrick, s., falk, i., & johns, s. ( ). leadership for dynamic learning communities. in appleton, k., macpherson, c. & orr, d. (eds), international lifelong learning conference proceedings (pp. - ). conference hosted by central queensland university, yeppoon, queensland, - june, . central queensland press, rockhampton, queensland. leithwood, k., tomlinson, d., & genge, m. ( ). transformational school leadership. in. leithwood, j. chapman, d. corson, p. hallinger and a. hart, (eds.), international handbook of educational leadership and administration part two (pp. - ). dordrecht/boston/london: kluwer academic publishers. leithwood, k., jantzi, d. & steinbach, r. ( ). changing leadership, for changing times. london: open university press. school leadership: is a shift from efficient management to social justice possible? leithwood, k., & hallinger, p. (eds.) ( ). second international handbook of educational leadership and administration, part two. dordrecht/boston/london: kluwer academic publishers. lezotte, l.w. ( ). revolutionary and evolutionary: the effective schools movement ( pages). available from: http://ali.apple.com/ali_media/users/ /files/others/lezotte_article.pdf lingard, b., hayes, d., mills, m., & christie, p. ( ). leading learning: making hope practical in schools. maidenhead, philadelphia: open university press. lipman, p. ( ). race, class and power in school restructuring. albany: state university of new york. mclaughlin, m. w., & talbert, j. e. ( ). professional communities and the work of high school teaching. chicago: the university of chicago press. reyers, p., & wagstaff, l. ( ). leadership, diverse and successful teaching and learning. paper prepared for the division a of aera task force for the development of an agenda for future research on educational leadership. chicago. reynolds, d. ( ). effective school leadership: the contributions of school effectiveness research. national college for school leadership (ncsl) ( pages). availe from: http://newportalwww .ncsl.org.uk/media/ /d /effective-school-leadership- contributions-of-school-effectiveness-research.pdf sammons, p., hillman, j., & mortimore, p. ( ). key characteristics of effective schools: a review of school effectiveness research. london: institute of education for the office for standards in education. sammons, p. & elliot, r. ( ). the underpinnings and contribution of school effectiveness research. in davies, b. and west-burnham, j. (eds.), handbook of educational leadership and management (pp. - ). london: pearson/longman. silins, h., & mulford, b. ( ). leadership and school results. in leithwood, k and hallinger, p. (eds), second international handbook of educational leadership and administration, part two (pp. - ). dordrecht/boston/london: kluwer academic publishers. sinclair, a. ( ). doing leadership differently: gender, power and sexuality in a changing business culture. melbourne: university press, melbourne. thomson, p. ( ). severed heads and compliant bodies? a speculation about principal identities. in discourse: studies in the cultural politics of education, ( ), march, , pp. - . vv.aa.-qsrls ( - ). state of queensland, department of education, , ‘the queensland school reform longitudinal study: teachers summary, in the university of queensland, educ- educational issues: new times, new teachers, new debates, book of readings, semesters & , , coordinators, prof. allan luke, & prof. robert lingard. weaver hart, a., & weindling, d. ( ). developing successful school leaders. in k. leithwood, j. chapman, d. corson, p. hallinger and a. hart, (eds.), international handbook of educational leadership and administration, part one, (pp. - ). dordrecht/boston/london: kluwer academic publishers. westheimer, j. ( ). communities and consequences: an inquiry into ideology and practice. in teachers. professional work, education administration quarterly, ( ) pp. - wilkinson, j. ( ). charles sturt university, esa . leadership in education one, study guide. division of learning and teaching services. albury, bathurst and wagga wagga, new south wales. school leadership: is a shift from efficient management to social justice possible? yanigurrs, m., ganggurrinyma, y., & yirringin, g. ( ). the report of the review of aboriginal education. freeing the spirit: dreaming an equal future. nsw department of education and training ( pages). available from: https://www.det.nsw.edu.au/media/downloads/reviews/aboriginaledu/report/aer _ .pdf zaretsky, l., moreau, l. & faircloth, s. ( ). voices from the field: school leadership in special education. a manuscript submission to the ontario principals council (opc) july . available from: http://www.principals.on.ca/cms/print.aspx?cid= zufiaurre, b., pellejero, l. ( ). woman infant school teacher. how does society and how do they considerer their professional role?. in pedagogy culture and society, , ( ) pp. - . zufiaurre, b., belletich, o. ( ). social, psychological and cultural issues influencing inclusive educational processes: how to read assessment criteria when dealing with culturally diverse students. an analysis based on a spanish context. in universitas tarraconensis, university rovira e virgili. tarragona (spain). . artículo libre . portadas . artículo libre . artículo libre doi: . /egp.v i . deakin research online deakin university’s institutional research repository ddeakin research online research online this is the published version (version of record) of: van hooft, stan , gillian brock, global justice : a cosmopolitan account, ethics & global politics, vol. , no. , pp. - . available from deakin research online: http://hdl.handle.net/ /dro/du: reproduced with kind permission of the copyright owner. copyright : © , s. van hooft review essay global justice: a cosmopolitan account gillian brock, global justice: a cosmopolitan account (oxford: oxford university press, ), isbn - - - - (hbk), - - - - (pbk), us$ , pages with index and bibliography (also available as electronic download @ us$ ). stan van hooft* department of philosophy, faculty of arts and education, deakin university, victoria, australia abstract this is a review of gillian brock’s new book, global justice: a cosmopolitan account (oxford: oxford university press, ) which sets out the central theses of the book and then offers a critical appraisal of its central arguments. my specific concern is that brock gives an insufficiently robust account of human rights with which to define the nature of global justice and thereby leaves cosmopolitanism too vulnerable to the normative pull of local and traditional moral conceptions that fall short of the universalism that cosmopolitans should be able to embrace. keywords: cosmopolitanism; human rights; global justice; rawls; humanitarian intervention; global governance; liberal nationalism; democracy; equality; immigration introduction there is an increasing literature today on cosmopolitanism and global justice in the disciplines of philosophy and international relations. global justice: a cosmopolitan account consolidates and extends gillian brock’s important contributions to this literature. while some sections are based on previously published essays, this book represents a reworking, application, and deepening of her ideas. in this review essay i offer an overview of the content of the book followed by brief critical appraisal of its central arguments. my specific concern is that brock gives an insufficiently robust account of human rights with which to define the nature of global justice and thereby *correspondence to: stan van hooft, department of philosophy, faculty of arts and education, deakin university, burwood highway, burwood, vic , australia. email: stanvh@deakin.edu.au ethics & global politics vol. , no. , , pp. � # s. van hooft. this is an open access article distributed under the terms of the creative commons attribution-noncommercial . unported license (http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/ . /), permitting all non-commercial use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited. citation: ethics & global politics, vol. , no. , , pp. � . doi: . /egp.v i . leaves cosmopolitanism too vulnerable to the normative pull of local and traditional moral conceptions that fall short of the universalism that cosmopolitans should be able to embrace. summary of the book the introduction presents the core thesis of the book: that the cosmopolitan vision, which sees the moral status of each individual globally as equal, can lead to a viable conception of, and program for, global justice. brock draws several distinctions within cosmopolitanism. one is derived from samuel scheffler and distinguishes ‘extreme’ from ‘moderate’ cosmopolitanism. an extreme cosmopolitan thinks there is a single universally valid theory which can justify the cosmopolitan outlook, while a moderate cosmopolitan thinks that different cultural traditions can ground cosmo- politan policies upon their own moral premises. a second distinction is that between ‘weak’ and ‘strong’ cosmopolitanism where the former pursues a minimal standard of global justice while the latter seeks stronger forms of global egalitarianism. it will transpire that brock is both a moderate and a weak cosmopolitan in these senses. chapter two offers a literature review centered on john rawls’s the law of peoples. brock offers a brief overview of that book and rehearses the considerable debate which it has generated. she rightly points out that those familiar with debates around rawls could skip this chapter. yet it does serve to set up the problems that she goes on to deal with. the thesis of the next chapter is that cosmopolitans should not support a globalized version of rawls’s difference principle as derived from his a theory of justice, but should rather support a ‘minimum standard principle’ in which justice consists in the provision of social goods sufficient to allow even the poorest to live a life of simple human dignity by having their basic needs met. brock imagines a ‘normative thought experiment’ not unlike rawls’s original position in which delegates are randomly selected to attend a global conference ‘to flesh out what we can reasonably expect of one another in a way that avoids inappropriate partiality’ ( ). she argues that it is a minimum standard principle that would be agreed to in such a scenario. she supports this with empirical research which shows that people in such situations do actually prefer the principle that, ‘the most just distribution of income is that which maximizes the average income only after a certain specified minimum income is guaranteed to everyone’ ( ). the problem with the difference principle and that of equality of opportunity is that it is not easy to define the social goods in respect of which fair distributions or equality should obtain without appealing to culturally specific conceptions of such social goods. the issue of the goods which should be distributed justly cannot be overcome in a world marked by moral pluralism. accordingly, it is better to focus on what is needed to live a decent life than on the ‘maximin’ principle or on equality. without explaining exactly how, brock suggests that a needs approach, like martha nussbaum’s capabilities approach, can undergird the justification of basic human rights. indeed, she argues s. van hooft that it is superior to, and more widely applicable than, a discourse on rights because the rights discourse is convincing only in the more liberal of the world’s cultures. moreover, the focus on needs helps us to imagine a realistic utopia. rather than saying that a world order is just if it honors everyone’s rights, brock argues that a global distribution is just if it meets everyone’s basic needs, where such needs are the conditions and provisions that are necessary for meaningful human agency. chapter four discusses global governance. brock distinguishes this from any form of global government which would extinguish national sovereignties. rather, the issue is one of balancing the rights of sovereignty*which are already declining as a result of globalization*with the need for global cooperation in pursuit of global goals. the unfettered pursuit of the national interest on the part of states is inimical to global justice. but, says brock following thomas pogge, if global governance is an instrument to secure justice, then it is currently a very poor one. in order to improve global governance, it should be made more responsive. one way that has been suggested for doing that is to make it more democratic. brock reports on debates between david held and will kymlicka on what social conditions are necessary to democratic participation. brock doubts whether a shared collective identity is necessary for authentic democratic deliberation. awareness of common problems, vulnerabilities and interdependence, determination to solve common problems, and minimal shared values may be sufficient. for her part, brock proposes a model of ‘responsive democracy’ ( ) which is effective in attending to people’s interests and accountable to the people affected. on this model agency could be given to suitable experts or delegates who are responsive to their constituencies. the international criminal court is offered as an example. she argues that we pursue global democracy not to enhance political agency but to meet people’s needs and interests. the latter can be achieved by making institutions more responsive and by giving experts more of a say. moreover, while future generations are not political agents they do have interests. democracy should not be held hostage to current public opinion. it is accountability that is most important. brock concludes that global governance must be effective and accountable, and responsive forms of democracy can fulfill these desiderata even if they are less than fully participatory. chapter five begins a series of chapters that make concrete proposals for making the world more just. it discusses pogge’s proposals for a global resources dividend and also his criticisms of the borrowing and selling privileges enjoyed by despotic governments, and goes on to propose a series of international taxes, including the tobin tax, that would discourage tax havens and dishonest accounting practices such as ‘transfer pricing’ so as to promote economic development in poorer countries. these proposals would be feasible, according to brock, even without universal agreement or global implementation. the next chapter discusses what steps need to be taken in order to protect the ‘basic liberties’ of the world’s people. the focus is upon freedom of the press and on securing criminal justice. the press can be hampered in many ways but there are currently effective ngos which seek to protect journalists and encourage press global justice: a cosmopolitan account freedom. for its part, the international criminal court is playing an important role in countering the ability of a culture of impunity to protect criminals in many countries*whether corrupt government officials, warlords or drug barons. brock argues for the relevant liberties by once again using her normative thought experiment. in such a context, ‘reasonable people will care at least a little about enjoying some freedoms’ ( ) and ‘delegates would, therefore, endorse freedom of conscience, speech, dissent, and exit’ ( ). the next chapter focuses almost exclusively on military forms of humanitarian intervention, and it is therefore not surprising that it endorses the use of just war principles in order to place limits on them. the central theoretical argument for justifying humanitarian intervention is drawn, once again, from brock’s normative thought experiment. she argues that reasonable delegates to an original convention would endorse principles that would allow for humanitarian intervention because they would welcome interventions to protect their lives and basic needs if they were in the situation of the victims of oppression. brock also cites the international commission on intervention and state sovereignty (iciss) report which extends the concept of sovereignty so that it includes responsibility for the internal protection of human rights. not only is sovereignty the right not to be interfered with, but it is also the responsibility to protect the rights of citizens internally. accordingly, a state that fails to protect its citizens forfeits its right to non-intervention because it forfeits its sovereignty. that her hypothetical normative thought experiments might not be as unequivocal as one might hope is admitted by brock in her chapter on immigration. she here concedes that individualist cosmopolitans in such a scenario may choose a policy of open borders from behind a veil of ignorance but that those of a more communitarian bent might endorse a more restrictive policy so as to preserve the cultural homogeneity of their societies. rather than explore these issues more fully, however, brock takes a consequentialist view and asks who benefits from migratory movements. she highlights the costs to developing countries when their trained people leave for more lucrative jobs in developed countries*especially in the health professions. she discusses solutions that include compensation from the developed countries to cover the costs of training such people and of restoring services that are compromised by their departure. brock also discusses the benefits and problems that flow from the remittances that migrants send home to developing countries and which contribute substantially to those economies. the virtue of this chapter is that it shows that migration is not just a matter of justice for the individuals who migrate. it is also a matter of justice for the societies they leave behind and for future generations in those societies. brock does not discuss problems of multiculturalism arising from migration or problems relating to refugees whose reasons for migration are not economic. chapter nine explores the possibilities for improving the lot of the poor by reforming international trade. deriving her thought from a multitude of technical studies, she doubts that a simple liberalization of trade would always do so and argues that ‘special and differential treatment’ would often be necessary. fair s. van hooft international trade arrangements should allow for specific needs in order to attain the goals of global justice. similarly, there should be reform of working conditions and wages throughout the world, and efforts to link such improvements to the conditions of trade should be encouraged. although philosophers reading the book would not be able to assess the validity of these proposals on the basis of their expertise or on the basis of the amount of information provided in this chapter, it is valuable for them to be reminded of the need to link normative proposals to concrete institutional and programmatic reforms. there is a greater need for synergies between advocacy, philosophy, political science, and economics in order to develop workable solutions, and if brock has extended her reach beyond her own discipline in this and preceding chapters, she should be applauded for doing so. chapter returns the book to a more philosophical level of discussion. it critiques the ‘liberal nationalist’ position of such writers as yael tamir and david miller which argue that our duties toward our co-nationals are stronger and more immediate than our duties to foreigners. brock points out that both authors are inconsistent because they allow that universal and impartial considerations provide a normative backdrop and constraint on the degree to which we may favor members of our own groups. for her part, brock argues that it is not the case that we are permitted to attend to international obligations only after we have secured national interests. ‘rather, what we may permissibly do for co-nationals must operate within the bounds of respecting our international duties’ ( � ). this is especially true in relation to securing global justice. according to brock, nations should secure global justice before they attend to the welfare of their own citizens. she goes on to use her normative thought experiment to suggest that delegates in an original position would agree to seeing to the needs of co-nationals only after the basic needs and liberties of all globally were secured and fair terms of cooperation across borders were established. in a dense and complex section of the chapter, brock goes on to refute some common objections to ‘impartialism.’ do cosmopolitan duties devalue friends and family? should we really save the philanthropist rather than our mother from the burning building in the classic example? are we required to be ‘neutral’ in our actions? brock admits that constitutive relationships are valuable and associative obligations binding but she appeals to a distinction brian barry makes between first and second order impartiality ( ). first order impartiality requires not putting your own interests or those of your family or group members first, while second order impartiality requires adherence to just institutions. critics of impartiality attack first order impartialism, but defenders defend second order impartialism. brock argues that in an original position no one could object to the preference parents show to their children, but they would object to institutional arrangements that are partial to members of certain casts, ethnicities, or other identity-forming groups. moreover, they would not endorse national or cultural allegiance is a basis for partiality because this would privilege specific conceptions of the good life. the specific conception of the good life that would be being assumed here is the communitarian/nationalist one promoted by kymlicka, tamir, and miller. brock’s point is that we should not seek global justice: a cosmopolitan account to adjudicate from a nationalist perspective between the claims of national partiality and cosmopolitan impartiality because that would be to beg the question. we must suspend nationalism by adopting her normative thought experiment. to illustrate this point, brock says that we cannot ask whether it is fair to spend the national resources primarily on internal welfare before asking whether the national resources have been fairly obtained or justly retained. ‘nations should only distribute resources to their own members if those resources are defensibly to be used by the nation as it pleases, but we can only decide that matter if we have first determined what global justice requires of all people and nations, and what constitutes fair ownership of resources’ ( ). it is only by suspending the nationalist perspective that this broader question can be broached and the claims of global justice fairly considered. chapter begins by refuting a number of further arguments for favoring co-nationals, including those that use the ‘expanding circles’ model to suggest that our obligations become less stringent as our relations to other people become more tenuous or more distant. it then returns to the argument that we have the responsibility to see that global justice criteria are met before we are morally permitted to favor co-nationals. brock makes this point by revisiting her earlier material about the effects of migration on the provision of health care in third-world nations, along with several other cases, such as the adequate collection of taxes internationally. we can look after the needs of co-nationals, she says, provided all the necessary safeguards and provisions are in place to ensure justice for non-nationals. chapter is a rather dense and cryptic chapter that raises a number of theoretical issues. the main thrust of it seems to be to ask about the content of global justice: in respect of what do cosmopolitans insist on equality? brock had already argued that equality of wealth distribution or of opportunities for social position is not apposite, and she is also opposed to rawls’s difference principle. her position is that everyone should have equal access to those conditions and resources that are required for living a minimally decent or dignified human life. this chapter adds more. referring to the work of elizabeth anderson, brock argues that recognition and the kind of status which allows one to participate in democratic decision making are the social goods which should be available equally to all. egalitarians should secure conditions, norms, and institutions that would accord what anderson calls ‘democratic equality’ which would ensure freedom from oppression and domination to all. brock says that this ties in with her notion of responsive democracy. she argues that the community in which this ideal of equality should be realized is that of the whole world rather than specific states or cultural communities because the whole world is now a globalized economic system. the distribution of wealth or social goods is not what is of central importance to cosmopolitans, but rather the equal according of the kind of social respect and recognition that becomes concrete in the ability of all individuals to participate in democratic processes. the distribution of social goods and the meeting of basic needs are merely instrumental in relation to this fundamental value. an equitable distribution of social goods is a means of ensuring equality of respect. it is not the ownership of, or access to, social goods and opportunities that is of s. van hooft fundamental value to cosmopolitans but the social recognition and democratic participation that these enable. the last chapter addresses the ‘feasibility skeptics’ who think that meaningful change for the better is not possible. brock reminds her readers of the many suggestions that she has made or reported on in the preceding chapters which show that change is possible. critique the book covers a wide range of important topics which range from theoretical issues to practical applications of cosmopolitan principles. however, i find the sequence of chapters a little unhelpful. that the more practical chapters occur in the middle of the book results in the needs to repeat some materials at the end when the feasibility of those proposals is discussed, while the central question of how national obligations stand to cosmopolitan duties should have been resolved earlier to as to prepare for the more concrete proposals that brock makes. moreover, these proposals extend the scope of the book beyond the remit of philosophy. to discuss these matters with the necessary rigor would require a degree of knowledge of economics and related social sciences that philosophers as such do not have. while i admire brock for making such proposals, it would require social scientists and social activists operating at a number of fronts and using a wide range of expertise to decide which proposals are best and how they might be implemented. the general problem here is that of making utopian thinking more realistic and feasible and this is not a problem that philosophy, as such, is equipped to deal with. what philosophy is equipped to deal with is the justification of the principles of justice which should provide the basis for such realistic utopian thinking and for responsible action to secure global justice. while the book embraces this task, i find that it falls somewhat short on its promise. there are a number of ways in which cosmopolitans can seek to justify and operationalize the principle of the equal moral status of every individual globally that is central to their outlook and to articulate what global justice might require in the light of this principle. the first of these is to apply rawls’s difference principle globally in the way espoused by charles beitz and thomas pogge. brock rejects this approach although she uses a scenario very similar to rawls’s original position, applied globally, to reach her own conclusions. a second way is to argue that basic human rights apply to everyone globally and that the obligation to honor those rights is incumbent on everyone globally as well*although those obligations can be fulfilled by various institutions including both national governments and transnational organizations. brock flirts with this second approach but does not commit herself fully to it because of her preference for the discourse of needs. let me first say why i am concerned about brock’s reliance on her ‘normative thought experiment.’ although i have compared it to rawls’s original position, it is important to see that rawls does not apply his scenario globally. one reason for this global justice: a cosmopolitan account is that he sees a domestic society as a more or less self-enclosed system of cooperation that grounds reciprocal duties of justice which do not cross the borders of that society. but a more profound reason is that he understands his scenario as an articulation of liberal assumptions about how a reasonable participant in political institutions would think in the context of an idealized decision procedure. by suspending all knowledge of how the specific interests of participants might be realized in the society that those participants are designing, they cannot but act in an impartial manner and pursue goals which any other participant could endorse. the original position constitutes them as free and equal moral persons. in this context they constitute idealized liberal political subjects who cannot but agree on institutional arrangements that are fair. in this way, rawls sees himself as explicating the notion of an ideal liberal political participant*a notion which he assumes his readers share*and as spelling out the principles which such a participant would be rationally committed to endorsing. it is precisely because he recognizes that his model is liberal to its very core in this way that he thinks it cannot be applied globally to societies which are not liberal. it is applicable only to well-ordered societies in which the political capacities of impartiality and a sense of justice are developed so as to constitute political participants as ideal liberal subjects. but in brock’s use of an analogous scenario she asks us to speculate as to what principles and practices would be endorsed by randomly chosen and reasonable delegates who could come from any cultural or political background. the veil of ignorance in this context would lead delegates to think in impartial terms because they would have to consider the impact of the decision upon themselves if they were to end up in the least favored position. accordingly, any arrangement that would be so chosen would be considered by them to be fair and just. in this version, the experiment is being used to establish what global justice demands or to test arrangements as to whether they could be accepted as just by anyone at all. and then it transpires that the arrangements endorsed in such a scenario take on a liberal, individualist, and democratic hue. rather than assuming liberalism as a background for the original position, as rawls does, brock seems to use her normative thought experiment to establish it. the problem with this variation on rawls’s idea is that it cannot be assumed that participants are ideal liberal subjects who would endorse liberal outcomes. a randomly chosen delegate might be a cardinal of the roman church, a hindu renouncer, a brahmin, an imam, or an uneducated afghan woman who had no conception of democracy. would such delegates agree with arrangements that were fundamentally liberal in tenor? insofar as he holds moral views with deep conviction, could the brahmin seriously agree that an ‘untouchable’ should receive the same respect and social recognition as brahmins, for example? even if he imagined himself in the position of the untouchable, would he not suppose that, as an untouchable, it would be unthinkable for him to aspire to anything except the job of cleaning away human waste? if a delegate were an afghan woman of traditional upbringing and no education, would she not think it impossible, even for herself, to participate in democratic processes that may involve disobeying her husband? s. van hooft brock fails to see that her normative thought experiment will not inevitably promote fundamentally liberal or cosmopolitan values. delegates are asked to consider how they themselves would react if the arrangements they agreed to yielded an outcome not acceptable to the least favored and if they were themselves those least favored. there is no allowance made for the possibility that delegates might see themselves as spokespersons for their groups and may endorse conditions which, while they would not welcome them for themselves, they consider to be necessary to the living of the good life which their tradition teaches them to accept and to endorse for their constituents. so a male delegate may endorse a restriction on a woman’s rights because he thinks that he would or should accept it if he were a woman. at the time of writing this review there were reports in the newspaper of a young woman in malaysia who had been condemned by judges in a sharia court to six lashes of the cane for drinking alcohol. she is reported to have said that if this punishment were the will of allah and if it would provide a salutary example to other muslims, then she would be happy to accept it. this would seem to imply that if she were presented with this scenario in brock’s normative thought experiment, she would think such a punishment was fair and appropriate. there were reports also of interviews with afghan women living in australia who said that they could not understand why it would be worthwhile for them to vote in the afghan elections if they were still living in that country because, according to them, voting and politics are men’s responsibilities. in this way a traditionally minded delegate may think it fair to accept illiberal restrictions on basic liberties in brock’s normative thought experi- ment. someone who genuinely believes that adulterers should be stoned would imagine themselves accepting such a stoning in institutions set up to create social and sexual order. they would regard it as unfair, even from the victim’s point of view, to escape from such a punishment*a punishment that will have been made to seem natural and just by years of indoctrination into the ways of the tradition. a traditional moral conception may override the self-centered quest for autonomy which liberals imagine would motivate any reasonable person at all. this point might also apply to brock’s arguments about humanitarian intervention. some delegates may have such strong nationalist views that they would reject intervention even if it was their own individual rights which would be protected by such a violation of sovereignty. one could well imagine contemporary chinese nationalists thinking in this way. the problem is that when we are asked to imagine what delegates would agree to in brock’s version of the original position, we inevitably imagine them thinking as if they were liberals such as ourselves. because our acculturation has been broadly liberal we could not imagine ourselves agreeing to what we would see as unjust and discriminatory institutions. and so we could not imagine anyone else doing so. although brock does back up her rejection of rawls’s difference principle by appealing to what was actually agreed to in a series of staged psychology experiments, by creating a hypothetical scenario in which we are asked to imagine what others would agree to without adequate empirical evidence as to what they actually do agree to, we can only fall back upon our own intuitions and hypotheses about what we would agree to. but most of us are liberals in some broad sense. it therefore becomes global justice: a cosmopolitan account inevitable that the arrangements we can imagine being agreed to in the experiment are liberal arrangements. brock’s argument commits the fallacy of begging the question. the aim of the argument is to establish that liberal cosmopolitan principles, practices, and institutions would be fair. but it then relies on the intuitions of liberal cosmopolitans to distinguish outcomes that would be fair from those which would not be. in a world of moral pluralism there are people whose ways of thinking and scales of value are simply incomprehensible to those of us who are of a modernist and liberal persuasion. the fact is that we cannot imagine how such people would decide on issues in brock’s normative thought experiment, and hence we cannot know what they would agree to. perhaps it is to overcome this problem that delegates in the normative thought experiment or their decisions are described as having to be ‘reasonable.’ but this specification merely exacerbates the problem. who is to count as reasonable from our point of view? inevitably, we would only count as reasonable people who think broadly in the way that we do. we would not count the brahmin or the afghan woman as reasonable because we cannot recognize the cogency of their thinking. but this really means that to be deemed reasonable in the experiment it is necessary to think in broadly liberal terms just as we do. once again, we have created a condition for the normative thought experiment which results in the argument begging the question. it is inevitable that reasonable people will agree to liberal principles if to count as reasonable one must already be a liberal. what this shows is that a genuinely cosmopolitan theory of justice needs to dig deeper. it cannot just be a specification of what would count as criteria for justice in the view of people who already think in modernist, individualist, and liberal terms. it is one thing to say what makes a situation or an arrangement just (for example, that it secures a minimum standard of provision necessary for living a life of simple human dignity, or that it fulfills rawls’s maximin criteria, or that it secures equality in the distribution of some specifiable social good), but it is another to say what justice is, or what is good about justice. we can ask the classic socratic question here: is a situation just because it would be endorsed in an original position, or would it be endorsed in an original position because it is just? the first of these options is unhelpful for reasons just explained. the second option requires us to develop an account of what makes a situation just so that it would be endorsed in an original position. it might help to explain this in negative terms. a person who suffers an injustice suffers a harm. but what is the harm that constitutes the injustice? to help us understand this question let us compare two cases. first, suppose a person loses her home because it is washed away in a tsunami which no one could have reasonably warned her of or prevented. this is a harm because she has need of a home and she now does not have one. second, suppose a person loses her home because a powerful developer bribed a local official to remove her from it so that he could acquire the land and build a beach-side resort. in both cases the woman suffers the harm of losing the home that she needs. in both cases her needs are not met. but in the second case she also suffers an injustice. (there might be those who think she suffers s. van hooft an injustice in the first scenario, but they would require a pre-modern theory in which natural disasters are seen as violating some form of cosmic justice.) so in the second case she suffers two harms: the need for a home not being met, and the injustice. this shows that, contrary to what is implied by brock’s view, this injustice does not consist simply in the need not being met. what sense are we to make of this injustice, then? in what does this injustice consist? would we have explained the injustice if we were to say that, in brock’s normative thought experiment, the woman would not have endorsed any principle, practice, or institution that would allow her home to be taken away from her in this way? no, this adds nothing. it is merely another way of saying that it was unjust. perhaps it adds that we would agree, from our liberal vantage point, that it is unjust. but what it does not tell us is what the extra harm is that she has suffered. there is some hint of an answer in brock’s suggestion that injustice involves a lack of social recognition and respect, but then it is not clear how this woman has had her capacity for democratic participation compromised. according to brock, it is because democratic participation matters that social recognition and respect are important. i would suggest that the extra harm is that her right to her home has been violated. the tsunami did not violate her right to her home, even though it did result in her losing her home, but the developer’s action did violate her right to her home. there were legal arrangements by virtue of which she was entitled to her home and the action of the developer circumvented these arrangements and resulted in her loss. introducing the notion of a right here serves to introduce another relevant notion as well: namely, that of obligation. whenever anyone has a right, someone else has an obligation. this might be an obligation to provide some good to which the recipient is entitled or it might be an obligation to desist from some harmful action. many such positive and negative obligations are established by laws and contracts. in the case before us, there is an obligation on the part of everyone to honor the property rights of others and this obligation is a logical counterpart of the property right in question. our developer has not fulfilled his obligation to honor the property right of the beach-side home owner and it is for this reason that she has suffered an injustice. what this example shows is that the harm of having her need for a home frustrated that is suffered by this woman is not just a result of bad luck*as it would have been had her home been destroyed by the tsunami*but is an example of injustice. and this is because her right to her home was violated by the developer who failed to fulfill his obligation to adhere to the law. along with the harm she suffers in losing her home, the injustice she suffers is the violation of her right to her home. of course, this shifts the focus of the argument into the nature and basis of rights. if her normative thought experiment cannot do the work that brock wants it to, then it had better be done by a robust theory of human rights. brock offers no such theory but does go close to it when she speaks of human needs and capabilities. she needs to go that one step further in order to show that what we need for a life of basic human dignity we also have a right to. i myself have used brock’s earlier work and some ideas global justice: a cosmopolitan account from martha nussbaum to develop such an argument. the argument has the following structure: . describe human nature in terms of what would give dignity and worth to a human life by fulfilling that nature through the exercise of essential human capabilities. . note that this description is normative for all human beings. . conclude from and that all people should be enabled to exercise the human capabilities given in that description. . assert that people need the resources to exercise those capabilities rather than just wanting them (and need them even when they do not express a want for them). . conclude from and that social institutions and individuals should not prevent the exercise of the listed human capabilities and should provide whatever assistance or resources that are needed for such exercise. this step derives obligations from needs without specifying who carries those obligations. it is open to different cultures and societies to meet them in differing ways. . note that obligations and rights are symmetrical. . conclude from and that all human beings have a right to the freedom and the necessary resources to exercise the capabilities central to human dignity. insofar as there is an obligation*not yet allocated to anyone in particular*to meet the needs of people so that they can exercise the capabilities described and so live a human life of minimal dignity, so all people have a right to have those needs met. it is clear, however, that brock does not want to rely on a theory of rights. in chapter six, for example, she uses a terminology of ‘basic liberties.’ why does brock not use the language of basic political and civil rights in this context? why does she not use nussbaum’s terminology of capabilities or her own preferred discourse of human and social needs? the concept of liberties seems vague and its relation to that of rights needs to be spelt out. moreover, to speak of liberties is, once again, to import too much of the liberal outlook (although brock does allow for the liberty to form non-liberal associations). perhaps the reason that brock has chosen not to go down the path toward a robust theory of justice based on the universal value of human rights is that it would make her an ‘extreme’ cosmopolitan. in her twelfth chapter, brock returns to the classifications of cosmopolitanism from her introduction and says, ‘i am happy to take a pluralistic line on the sources of value [of cosmopolitanism]. and on the question of whether or not multiple fundamental principles of justice might exist, i remain open-minded to the possibility there might be such, though i have not come across particularly robust arguments for these yet’ ( ). this is revealing. what it shows is that brock does not have a theory about what makes an unjust situation unjust. using an original scenario tells us what people would choose and so gives us criteria for what situations might be classified as just or unjust, but it does not tell us why they are unjust. for this one needs a substantive theory. a theory of human s. van hooft rights is such a theory, but brock avoids this in favor of her discussion of needs and capabilities. an extreme cosmopolitan theory of justice based on universal human rights would also help brock in her arguments about humanitarian intervention in chapter seven. i reported that the argument she relies on to justify such interventions is that reasonable delegates to her normative original position would agree to such interventions if they imagined their needs not being met because of tyrannical and oppressive regimes. she also mentions the iciss principles that, first, a state which violates the rights of its citizens forfeits its sovereignty and that, second, such violations can constitute ‘just cause’ under the criteria for just war. these iciss principles clearly show that the concept of rights plays a crucial role in this context. but the concept of rights is superior to brock’s appeal to needs for a further reason. using the principles of just war as both brock and the iciss do runs the risk of conceiving military humanitarian interventions as acts of war. in the context of the westphalian system of mutually aggressive states, the concept of sovereignty is logically tied to that of war in that statehood relies on the ability to defend the state’s borders. accordingly, war is primarily seen as a violation of state sovereignty. the paradigm case of a war is an invasion. humanitarian interventions should not be thought about in this framework. it would be much better if they were thought of as police actions directed at the violators of human rights. to do this we need to use the human rights discourse rather than the vague discourse of basic needs which brock uses. i have argued that her normative thought experiment cannot be used to establish how justice is constituted. accordingly, if needs not being met were to be considered by delegates in the original scenario to justify interventions, this will be because of humanitarian considerations rather than considerations of justice. it will be motivated by a desire to meet the needs of victims (or by imagining what it would be like to be such a victim) rather than the determination to punish their oppressors. what the human rights discourse gives us is the ability to justify sanctions for violations. henry shue has offered an argument for the legitimacy of foreign intervention based on the premise that talk of human rights is empty unless we are prepared to police their observance. accordingly, the concept of policing is tied to that of human rights. talk of human rights obliges us to provide for the protection of those rights and for the punishment of those who violate them. this is a matter of upholding international law. if military humanitarian interventions were described as police actions they would be more readily understood as attempts to back up the global human rights regime than as invasions on the part of one state or group of states into the territory of another even if it were for humanitarian reasons such as the meeting of needs. this way of thinking would require an extreme form of cosmopolitanism that we should not shy away from. brock has gone a long way towards elucidating a cosmopolitan foundation for the norms of global justice. however, in committing herself to being only a moderate cosmopolitan she has failed to provide a robust and universally applicable theory global justice: a cosmopolitan account of justice. the fact of global moral pluralism should not be allowed to deter cosmopolitans from developing such a theory. notes . john rawls, the law of peoples (cambridge, ma: harvard university press, ). . charles beitz, ‘international liberalism and distributive justice: a survey of recent thought’, world politics , no. ( ): � . thomas pogge, realizing rawls (ithaca, ny: cornell university press, ). see also, brian barry, ‘humanity and justice in global perspective’, in nomos xxiv: ethics, economics and the law, eds. j. roland pennock and john w. chapman (new york: new york university press, ), � . . carolyn webb, ‘of rights and men: for local afghan women democracy still a concept out of their world’. the age (august , ), . . martha c. nussbaum, ‘women and cultural universals’ in her sex and social justice (oxford: oxford university press, ), � , . nussbaum has put forward a newer version of her list of capabilities in her, frontiers of justice: disability, nationality, species membership (cambridge, ma: harvard university press, ), � . . stan van hooft, cosmopolitanism: a philosophy for global ethics (chesham, uk: acumen, ), . . henry shue, ‘conditional sovereignty’, res publica , no. ( ): � . s. van hooft ricr mars irrc march vol. no complementary jurisdiction and international criminal justice by oscar solera f or the last ten years the notion of jurisdiction has been a cen- tral issue in many discussions on international humanitarian law.the reason is simple: in a world where the punishment of international crimes is essential to the maintenance of inter- national peace and security, how do we reconcile international crimi- nal jurisdictions with the jurisdiction of domestic courts in situations where both are competent to try the same case. the question was not addressed in depth until the late s. states previously applied general principles of criminal jurisdic- tion to determine which national court was competent to try an indi- vidual charged with acts amounting to internationally recognized crimes. in , however, the creation of an international criminal court was proposed to the general assembly of the united nations by the delegation of trinidad and tobago, with the objective of combat- ing what they considered to be one of the newly acknowledged inter- national crimes: drug trafficking.the proposal, which was not new for the united nations, echoed the earlier work of two special commit- tees set up by the general assembly to develop draft international criminal tribunal statutes in and . oscar solera is a ph.d candidate in international law at the graduate institute of international studies and assistant at the law department of the university of geneva. the author would like to thank professor georges abi-saab for his precious comments on the first draft of this article. the international law commission (ilc) was charged by the general assembly with the preparation of the new draft statute. although the chances of success were not very high, a series of events between and cleared the way for the commission’s efforts: the creation by the security council of international criminal tri- bunals for the former yugoslavia and rwanda thus provided, for the first time since world war ii, for the investigation and trial at the inter- national level of individuals for violations of international humani- tarian law. in the ilc, in the course of its work on the draft code of crimes against peace and security of mankind, presented the draft statute of the international criminal court (icc) to the general assembly. the ilc’s proposal was based on international precedents, such as the nuremberg and tokyo tribunals, the and draft statutes, the draft statute for the creation of an international criminal jurisdiction to enforce the apartheid convention, and the statutes for the tribunals for yugoslavia and rwanda. the draft icc statute was then analysed by an ad hoc committee established by the general assembly, in order to review the major substantive and administrative issues arising from the text. the work of the committee, notwithstanding its failure to reach suf- ficient agreement to call a conference of plenipotentiaries, allowed states to grow used to the idea of creating an international criminal tribunal that would try individuals. as emerged in subsequent discus- sions, states were reluctant to accept the idea of having a completely independent international judicial body which could assess individual responsibility for international crimes. many saw in this notion a potential loss of sovereignty. the discussions and conclusions of the ad hoc committee led to the establishment of a preparatory committee in to examine the ilc’s draft statute for the icc, taking into account the different views, the remarks made by the ad hoc committee and the written comments submitted by states and international organizations. to deal with the different issues, the committee defined a list of subjects, including one designated as the complementary jurisdiction and international criminal justice complementarity and trigger mechanism.the idea was to discuss the pro- posed international court’s relationship with domestic systems. on submitting its final report in , the committee proposed a new version of the draft statute that was then discussed at the united nations diplomatic conference of plenipotentiaries on the establishment of an international criminal court. the issue of complementarity was again included in the discussion, but was not taken up by any specific working group in its agenda and was thus left to the committee of the whole. the concept was finally accepted as proposed by the preparatory committee and explicitly incorporated in the preamble and in articles , , and of the statute, although it is clear that it permeates the whole structure and function- ing of the court. complementary jurisdiction: domestic vs. international criminal jurisdictions? to solve the problem of linkage between domestic and international jurisdiction the security council, in creating the international criminal tribunal for the former yugoslavia (icty) and its counterpart for rwanda, decided to vest both tribunals with what was called concurrent jurisdiction, coupled with a “primacy clause”. the experience of the two ad hoc international tribunals led to further developments of the notion of jurisdiction.the primacy given to these tribunals gave rise to much controversy, since states felt that their sovereignty was being eroded.a new type of relationship was required in order to preserve state sovereignty without detriment to the goal of reducing impunity. it was therefore considered that the international court, instead of having primacy over domestic courts, should be complementary to such courts and intervene only when national criminal jurisdiction was not available or unable to perform its tasks. it should be considered that the concept of concurrent jurisdiction has been applied to inter-state relations for quite a few years. for further developments, see ian brownlie, principles of public international law, th edition, clarendon press, , p. ff. ricr mars irrc march vol. no complementary jurisdiction dictates that the icc would be competent to investigate and try a case, unless there is a state that claims jurisdiction. states continue to play the central role. but if they fail or find it impossible to assume that role, or show disinterest or bad faith, the icc will step in to ensure that justice is done. in particular, it is designed to operate in cases where there is no prospect of interna- tional criminals being duly tried in domestic courts. emphasis is placed on the court being a body which will complement existing domestic jurisdictions and existing procedures for international judi- cial cooperation in criminal matters, and which is not intended to exclude the existing jurisdiction of domestic courts or to affect the right of states to seek extradition. proposed as an option by the ilc, the concept of comple- mentary jurisdiction survived all stages of the negotiation process and was finally accepted and incorporated in the icc statute. the notion of complementary jurisdiction is quite new. it stems from the increasingly important relationship between states and international organizations, for the role played by international entities other than states has forged a new conception of the international sys- tem and of the distribution of rights, responsibilities and tasks. in domestic law, it is not easy to foresee how the notion of complemen- tary jurisdiction will develop. internal legal systems usually possess in furthering the definition of comple- mentarity, the ad hoc committee on the establishment of an international criminal court felt obliged to clarify how this concept should be understood within national juris- diction. once a clear definition of the concept had been established, it could then move on to determine the relationship between the national and international jurisdictions, giving special consideration to the nature of exceptions to the exercise of national juris- diction, to determining the authority compe- tent to decide on those exceptions, and to the timing requirements. national jurisdiction was seen as “not limited to territorial jurisdic- tion but also [as including] the exercise of jurisdiction by the states competent to exer- cise jurisdiction in accordance with estab- lished principles and arrangements: thus, with respect to the application of military jus- tice, it was not so much the territorial state that was important, but the state whose mili- tary was involved. the status-of-forces agree- ments and extradition agreements also had to be taken into consideration in determining which state had a strong interest in the issue and should consequently exercise jurisdic- tion.” report of the ad hoc committee on the establishment of an international criminal court, general assembly, official records, th session, supplement no. (a/ / ), para. . complementary jurisdiction and international criminal justice hierarchical structures in which judicial bodies have a more or less clear sphere of action, and it is difficult to imagine a judicial body fail- ing to perform its function and the case being resolved by a substitute jurisdiction. at the inter-state level, the predominant trend appears to favour concurrent rather than complementary jurisdiction. admittedly, as awareness of the gravity of certain forms of conduct grows not only in domestic fora but also within the interna- tional community, states have realized that in certain circumstances their national apparatus or internal legislation is insufficient to deal with crimes that undermine the most essential principles of humanity. in order to preserve the ideal of justice, but above all to avoid impunity, states have consequently come to accept the fact that their systems, being imperfect, are in need of new mechanisms to comple- ment them. the idea of international jurisdiction is thus viewed as a way to reinforce efforts against impunity, always with preservation of the ideal of justice in mind. the creation of the icty shows that some states were finally ready to accept an international judicial body mandated to intervene in criminal matters, more specifically in those which, because of their gravity, have an international impact. however, as will be seen below, the relationship with a permanent international crimi- nal court was not perceived in the same manner. many states argued that the primacy of the ad hoc tribunals was due to their special link with the security council. this was not the case for the projected icc, since it would be created by treaty. the idea of complementary jurisdiction appeared to be a good compromise for states that feared a limitation of their sovereignty. the ilc and the definition of the icc’s jurisdiction the main problem: the threat to sovereignty the commission clearly recognized that any proposal for the creation of an international court had to take into consideration resistance by states. two problems had to be avoided: ( ) that the court did not undermine the sovereignty of states; and ( ) that the mechanism to be adopted did not threaten the efforts which were being made in national systems to enact adequate legislation for the ricr mars irrc march vol. no punishment of international crimes under universal jurisdiction. indeed, these two problems were discussed by state delegations within the preparatory committee. for instance, when analysing the impor- tance of the court and its relationship with national tribunals, some delegations referred unequivocally for the first time to one of the court’s main objectives. it was said that even if national authorities had the primary responsibility with regard to the crimes listed in the statute, an international court was necessary to avoid impunity, and that this was so, notwithstanding the awareness that the court should intervene only in those cases where the solution would not be satisfac- tory at the domestic level. such a statement is far from being banal. it accurately expresses the situation that states were about to face during the conference of plenipotentiaries: did they want to preserve sover- eignty at any price, even at the risk of condoning impunity for serious crimes against human rights and humanitarian law? it should be noted that the commission itself was con- vinced of the need to create an international criminal tribunal. for instance, in its report it dealt with the objections of certain states to the court’s establishment. one of the claims made by states was that the current system of international proceedings based on the rule of universal jurisdiction had worked fairly well, and that establishment of the court could consequently restrict and hinder the effective applica- tion of that rule. in its reply, the commission drew attention to the burden that the system of universal jurisdiction imposed on states, adducing that in certain circumstances it may lead to impunity due to external or internal pressures (blackmail, terrorist attacks, etc.), thus risking that the outcome of the trial may not be equitable. the ilc’s proposals the commission proposed three options to the general assembly: ( ) an international criminal court with exclusive jurisdic- tion, according to which individual states should refrain from yearbook of the ilc, ibid., paras - . report of the preparatory commit- tee on the establishment of an internat- ional criminal court, a/conf. / /add. , para. . yearbook of the ilc, , vol. ii, part , para. . complementary jurisdiction and international criminal justice exercising jurisdiction over crimes falling within the competence of the court; ( ) concurrent jurisdiction of the international criminal court and domestic courts; and ( ) an international criminal court having only review competence that allowed it to examine decisions of domestic courts on international crimes. the commission saw some disadvantages in the second alternative, considering it contrary to uniformity of application. it also viewed as problematic the potential situation in which one party wished to initiate an action before a domestic court and another party wanted it brought before the international court. however, special rapporteur thiam — who had prepared an earlier draft statute for the international criminal court — and the commission deemed the pos- sibility of having concurrent jurisdiction to be satisfactory and a good compromise. in fact, without expressly referring to the concept of complementary jurisdiction, the commission indicated that in those cases where both domestic and international jurisdiction concur, pref- erence would be given to domestic courts and the international court would have jurisdiction only if the competent states decide not to investigate. this solution was not uncontroversial within the commission, especially for those who saw it as a source of conflicts of jurisdiction that may lead to paralysis and injustice. some members therefore supported the idea of the icc having exclusive jurisdiction, which would eliminate possible conflicts of jurisdiction between it and domestic courts. in this context it is important to note that some members of the commission emphasized that the principle of yearbook of the ilc, , vol. ii, part , para. . in this first draft statute, the special rapporteur proposes the following text: “ . the court shall try individuals accused of the crimes defined (...) in respect of which the state or states in which the crime is alleged to have been committed has or have confer- red jurisdiction. . conferment of jurisdiction (...) shall be required only if such states also have jurisdiction, under their domestic legis- lation, over such individuals.” the comments to these proposals state that: “(...) here again, the special rapporteur has thus taken account of the comments of the members of the commission who expressed concern that the criminal jurisdiction of states should be respected.” yearbook of the ilc, , vol. ii, part , paras - . yearbook of the ilc, , vol. ii, part , para. . ricr mars irrc march vol. no sovereignty was no longer considered to be an absolute principle as in classic international law. the commission — following a proposal made by the special rapporteur — also proposed a fusion of options ( ) and ( ), according to the types of crimes to be investigated: for certain crimes the court would have exclusive jurisdiction and for others concurrent jurisdiction. the problem with this proposal was to compile the list of crimes which would fall under each type of jurisdiction and on which views differ sharply. the third option — the court having powers of judicial review — also had some supporters, who argued that this solution dealt with the uniformity problem raised by those in favour of exclu- sive jurisdiction. in their opinion this alternative “would also perform a preventive role in that it would be an incentive to national courts to be more careful and watchful in applying the norms of international law”, and could be acceptable to states if similar systems in all exist- ing complaints procedures in international human rights law were taken into account. however, it was finally ruled out as an unrealistic option. the ilc’s draft statute: the starting point in resolution / of november the general assembly requested the ilc to undertake the elaboration of a draft statute for the icc as a permanent judicial body. the working group established within the commission to that effect presented its first report in . in this first formal draft the working group adopted the principle of complementary jurisdiction, with the particular pro- viso that the court may not exercise its jurisdiction unless all states that may be competent give their consent. in its commentary to article of the draft, the working group indicated which ibid., para. . yearbook of the ilc, , vol. ii, part , para. . ibid., para. . yearbook of the ilc, , vol. ii, part , para. . yearbook of the ilc, , vol. ii, part , para. . yearbook of the ilc, , vol. ii, part , annex. complementary jurisdiction and international criminal justice concurring states will have to consent for the court to establish juris- diction: (a) any state having jurisdiction under the relevant treaty; (b) any state party to the genocide convention of ; (c) the state of which the person accused of the crime is a national (the national state); and (d) the state on the territory of which the conduct in ques- tion occur-red (the territorial state). the working group also proposed that the court should have jurisdiction, this time exclusive jurisdiction, when the security council refers a case to it. in this situation no state may validly claim jurisdiction over the court’s own jurisdiction. jurisdiction as proposed by the working group aroused immediate reactions from the general assembly’s sixth committee and from states, which saw the provisions as creating a great deal of uncertainty. the working group consequently proceeded to re- examine the draft statute, presenting a final version in .this time the ilc stated that the statute had been drafted bearing in mind “the fact that the court’s system should be conceived as complementary to national systems which function on the basis of existing mech- anisms for international cooperation and judicial assistance (...)”. the commission’s intention was to let the court intervene in cases where there is no prospect of a potential criminal being tried in national courts. emphasis was therefore placed on the idea that the court would act as a body complementing existing national jurisdictions and existing procedures for international judicial cooperation. hence, it was not intended to exclude the existing jurisdiction of domestic courts, or to affect the right of any state to seek extradition. on the basis of these considerations, the commission pro- posed a group of articles to delimit and make possible the comple- mentary character of the court’s jurisdiction. draft articles , , , and , among others, accordingly established the basic require- ments for the court to exercise jurisdiction. in the view of the commission, “it is thus by the combination of a defined jurisdiction, clear requirements of acceptance of that jurisdiction and principled yearbook of the ilc, , vol. ii, part , para. . ricr mars irrc march vol. no controls on the exercise of jurisdiction that the statute seeks to ensure, in the words of the preamble, that the court will be complementary to national criminal justice systems in cases where such trial procedures may not be available or may be ineffective”. these last words of the commission were to become the accepted definition for complementary jurisdiction. from then on, this concept was adopted by the ad hoc committee and the preparatory committee, and undoubtedly permeated the statute as approved at the rome conference. the concept nonetheless did not escape criticism. on the contrary, as will be seen in the following sections, both the ad hoc committee and the preparatory committee felt obliged to refine it, tacitly recognizing that any decision on the jurisdiction of the court would determine its whole functioning. is complementary jurisdiction the best solution? despite the ilc’s success in putting together the draft statute in a fairly short time, taking into consideration observations made — in writing and at the general assembly’s sixth commit- tee — by members of the commission and states, it fell short of rep- resenting a widely supported agreement.there was still great concern about the implications of creating an international judicial body. in view of these worries, and notwithstanding the commission’s recommendation to “convene an international confer- ence of plenipotentiaries to study the draft statute and to conclude a convention on the establishment of an international criminal court”, the general assembly created an ad hoc committee to review the draft. although the committee did not reach sufficient consen- sus to call for an international conference after two years’ work, the discussions did enable states to analyse in greater detail the various aspects needing further consideration or deliberation. the bureau of yearbook of the ilc, , vol. ii, part , annex, p. . yearbook of the ilc, , vol. ii, part , para. . complementary jurisdiction and international criminal justice the committee proposed that the first issue that should be discussed was the concept of complementarity. in fact, the ad hoc committee did make an in-depth analysis of the concept and implications of considering the court as complementary to national tribunals. in its report to the general assembly in , the committee tried to build the necessary theo- retical framework within which complementarity should be under- stood. it is entirely conceivable that the intention was to provide states with sufficient elements to allow them to appreciate the advantages of such a system of jurisdiction. given that some agreement on formulating the terms of the icc statute had proved possible, and in view of “the educational value produced by the work of the ad hoc committee”, the general assembly decided to establish a preparatory committee to discuss the draft statute prepared by the ilc and the comments made by states, paving the way for the international conference of plenipotentiaries. although there were doubts about the efficiency of the committee in the first twelvemonth, especially its ability to agree on a text before the deadline set for it, it did manage to finish its work on time and its final report was duly presented in april . it included the draft statute for the icc, the draft final act of the united nations diplomatic conference of plenipotentiaries on the establishment of the icc, the draft rules of procedure for the conference, and the draft organization of work of the conference. despite the multiple obstacles faced by the committee during its first year of work, it did, however, extensively analyse the issue of complementarity and its consequences for the statute in terms of content and procedure. recommendations of the bureau concerning the work of the ad hoc committee during the period - august , informal paper no. /rev. . cherif bassiouni, “observations concern- ing the - preparatory committee's work”, in nouvelles etudes penales — the international criminal court: observations and issues before the - preparatory committee; and administrative and financial implications, no. , érès, , p. . ricr mars irrc march vol. no general considerations regarding the icc’s jurisdiction the ad hoc committee emphasized that the ilc and the committee itself did not intend the proposed court to replace domestic courts in criminal procedures. however, it recognized the fear of states that an abstract definition would lead to confusion and thus render the court non-operational. it was consequently seen as desirable “to have a common understanding of the practical implica- tions of the principle of complementarity for the operation of the international criminal court”. according to a number of states, the concept should stress the presumption that national jurisdictions would have preference over the proposed court. conversely, other states considered that the idea of concurrent jurisdiction should pre- vail, coupled with a primacy provision in favour of the international court. it was also stressed that the ilc was not considering the creation of a hierarchy between the international court and domestic courts. therefore, even if the international court were to determine that a domestic court’s decision was ill-founded, this could not and should not be seen as the review power of a superior court. the underlying objective was to avoid a situation in which a criminal was shielded by a state in order to avoid his prosecution or a higher penalty. an additional situation in which it was thought that the international court would be entitled to intervene was if national complementary jurisdiction and international criminal justice report of the ad hoc committee on the establishment of an international criminal court, general assembly, official records, th session, supplement no. (a/ / ), para. . delegations supporting this position argued that national systems have the fol- lowing advantages: “(a) all those involved would be working within the context of an established legal sys- tem, including existing bilateral and multila- teral arrangements; (b) the applicable law would be more certain and more developed; (c) the prosecution would be less compli- cated; (d) both prosecution and defence were likely to be less expensive; (e) evidence and witnesses would normally be more readily available; (f ) language problems would be minimized; (g) local courts would apply esta- blished means for obtaining evidence and testimony, including application of rules relat- ing to perjury; and (h) penalties would be clearly defined and readily enforceable. (...)”, ibid., para. . ibid., para. . authorities failed, without justification, to take action in respect of a crime being committed. one important consideration put forward is the need to safeguard the primacy of national jurisdictions while simultaneously ensuring that the international court’s jurisdiction does not become merely residual. this consideration is very pertinent and should be seen as a call for caution: it is true that state sovereignty should be pre- served, but what is the purpose of creating an international body with such limited scope of action that it would never get a chance to per- form? remember that, as mentioned above, the whole idea of estab- lishing an international criminal court was based on an ideal of justice, on the conviction that when faced with heinous crimes that affect the international community, impunity was unacceptable. now if all national systems were effective, efficient and just, as well as able to deal with such crimes, no international court would be necessary. however, some members of the international community nevertheless felt that that was not the case. so the warning is not superfluous. on the contrary, it is a reminder that at some point states deemed that there was a need to have such an international body, and that action taken must be consistent with that goal.the above consideration does not affect the fact that further clarification is required and that other related issues should be taken into account. exceptional character of the court’s jurisdiction both the ad hoc committee and the preparatory committee reiterated that complementarity should be seen within the framework of the relationship between national jurisdiction and the jurisdiction of the international criminal court, and that the latter is to be considered as exceptional. it was pointed out that, given the lim- ited resources the proposed court would have, it would be better to ricr mars irrc march vol. no report of the ad hoc committee, op. cit. (note ), para. . the committee mentioned interna- tional judicial cooperation, surrender, extra- dition, detention, incarceration, recognition of decisions and applicable law. report of the preparatory commit- tee on the establishment of an interna- tional criminal court, supplement no. (a/ / ), vol. i, para. . avoid bringing cases that could easily be dealt with by domestic courts. a better justification for this argument would be that in international law, the exercise of police power and penal law are deemed to remain within the competence of the state, and that the jurisdiction of the court should therefore be considered as an exception to such state prerogative. this idea was reinforced by the assessment of certain states that the establishment of the court did not and should not diminish or serve as a substitute for the state’s obligation to prosecute and punish those individuals suspected of having committed interna- tional crimes. according to the said view, that remains an interna- tional obligation for all states, because those crimes affect the interna- tional community as a whole. but the foregoing assertion should not be understood as granting an absolute character to national jurisdiction, because this would lead to defining the jurisdiction of the court in terms of what it could not do, instead of determining what it could do. it was therefore proposed that a specific article should be incorporated in the text of the draft. the same proposal was made to the ad hoc committee, but received insufficient support. the situation changed within the preparatory committee, where it was finally accepted. according to the preparatory committee, the exceptions that would lead to intervention by the court were to be deduced from the draft preamble, which referred to cases where trial procedures in national criminal justice systems were not available or were ineffec- tive. states felt that the concepts of “available” and “ineffective” were unclear and thus might raise questions as to the standards for making such a determination. reference was made in the ad hoc committee to the ilc’s intention when using these concepts, in the sense that the commission “only expected the international criminal court to oper- ate in cases in which there was no prospect that alleged perpetrators of serious crimes would be duly tried in national courts”. this would complementary jurisdiction and international criminal justice ibid., para. . ibid., para. . ibid., para. . report of the preparatory committee on the establishment of an international criminal court, a/conf. / /add. , p. . ibid., p. . report of the ad hoc committee, op. cit. (note ), para. . preclude its intervention in the case of decisions made by domestic courts to acquit, to convict or not to prosecute, unless it is determined that they were not well founded. although it may seem a purely terminological matter, the notions of “unavailable” and “ineffective”, as referred to in the draft statute, or “unwillingness” and “inability”, as provided for in arti- cle . (b) of the rome statute, may lead to ambiguity until the court determines the standards to be applied. the provisions in articles . and . of the rome statute are not very helpful in clarifying the above-mentioned terms. instead, they add to the com- plexity of the problem by making reference to other subjective notions. it was also considered that another exception to the exer- cise of national jurisdiction was the case of a state voluntarily waiving or relinquishing its jurisdiction in favour of the court. although this idea was contested by some states, which argued that it seemed incon- sistent with the concept of complementarity, it appears to follow logi- cally from that concept: the international court should intervene only in a situation of default by a competent national jurisdiction. hence, if the competent state determines, for whatever reason, that it will not exercise its right of jurisdiction, it should be entitled to decline the exercise thereof and open the door to the icc’s intervention in order to avoid impunity. finally, it was stated that these exceptions to national juris- diction should be considered even before the icc prosecutor initiated an investigation, arguing that even the investigation might interfere with the exercise of national jurisdiction. at the same time, if a case was being investigated or was pending before a domestic court, the international court was expected to suspend its jurisdiction, although it could resume its investigation if the competent state desisted from paragraphs and of article refer to the criteria that the court should apply in deciding the admissibility of a case. reference is made to proceedings being taken “for the purpose of shielding” a person from criminal responsibility, “unjustified delay” in the proceedings, or acting in a way which “is inconsistent with an intent to bring the person concerned to justice”. ricr mars irrc march vol. no its investigation, or if any of the exceptional circumstances mentioned above were established. who determines if the international criminal court has jurisdiction? once the possible situations in which the international court would be entitled to intervene had been determined, opposing views arose within the ad hoc committee and the preparatory committee as to which body should decide whether the exceptional circumstances mentioned above were present. some saw the approach adopted in the icty statute as the rule to follow, considering that the said power needed to be vested in the court itself. reference was fur- thermore made to the provision in draft article , which stated that the court had to satisfy itself that it had jurisdiction. since this is part of the powers of a judicial body, it is consequently up to the court to determine whether it may commence an investigation or not. on the other hand, some delegations were against this proposal, considering that the precedent established by the icty was not representative of the current opinion of states, but that the ad hoc tribunal was the product of very special circumstances. it was therefore proposed that standards be created which would apply to the diverse situations that may arise. three options were tabled to resolve these questions: (a) the court would exercise its jurisdiction only with the consent of the states competent to investigate; (b) the court would determine its own jurisdiction, according to a series of criteria expressly laid down in the statute; and (c) the court would be free to establish its own jurisdiction within flexible parameters. delegations saw the last two options as problematic because they did not require state consent for the opening of an investigation, a situation which they were not ready to accept. it was therefore considered necessary to study in depth the consequences of a refusal by a state of the court’s jurisdiction. report of the ad hoc committee, op. cit. (note ), para. . report of the preparatory committee, op. cit. (note ), para. . ibid., para. . complementary jurisdiction and international criminal justice ibid., para. . interested state was defined as “the state of which the accused is a national, the state(s) of which the victim or victims are nationals, the state which has custody of the accused, the state on which the alleged crime was committed (state of locus delicti) or any other state which could exercise jurisdiction in respect of the crime”. ibid., para. . ibid., para. . ibid., para. . ricr mars irrc march vol. no working on the details: admissibility, non bis in idem, and judicial cooperation • admissibility the ilc felt that in the draft statute submitted by it the principle of complementarity was given operational expression in, inter alia, article , which referred to admissibility. in this regard the preparatory committee thought that the range of situations in which the court would have to declare a complaint inadmissible was greater than those considered by the ilc. only interested states would be able to raise questions of inadmissibility which, according to the committee, would have to be submitted before the trial starts or, at the latest, when it is opened by the court. • the principle of non bis in idem the preparatory committee also considered the impor- tance of the principle of non bis in idem in determining the notion of complementarity. the prohibition on trying a person for a crime for which he or she has already been tried by the same or another judicial body has major implications for the court’s jurisdiction, because it may impede an effective application of justice: a domestic court may wish to shield an accused person from a higher penalty by imposing a lower penalty, thus preventing the court from taking any action. the committee therefore determined that the principle of non bis in idem should not be interpreted in a manner that would allow criminals to escape from effective prosecution. at the same time, it was consid- ered that the court should not have the power of judicial review of judgments passed by domestic courts. hence it was decided by the committee, and so drafted in its april proposal, that the prin- ciple of non bis in idem would not be applicable to the icc when the proceedings held in the domestic court were for the purpose of shield- ing the accused from criminal responsibility or were not conducted independently or impartially, or took place in a manner inconsistent with the intent to bring the person to justice. • complementarity and judicial cooperation: which juris- diction has priority? under draft article concerning surrender and extradi- tion, a problem would arise in the event of competing requests by the icc (surrender) and by a state (extradition). this prompted the committee to present three options for article , paragraph . a person may, for instance, be requested by a state for a common crime and by the icc for an international crime.which jurisdiction has pri- ority? should the requested state extradite to the requesting state, provided there is a treaty obligation to do so, or should it surrender the suspect to the icc? some states argued that to give priority to the icc would be inconsistent with the principle of complementarity, because it would make international jurisdiction prevail over national jurisdiction. two remarks are called for here: first of all, consideration should be given to the relative impact of crimes under domestic law and international crimes. international crimes are those crimes the gravity of which shocks the international community; they are consid- ered as offences against humankind. it thus seems appropriate that pri- ority be given to the trial of forms of conduct that offend humanity over forms of conduct which, however terrible, will hardly reach the level of gravity of an international crime. secondly, any confusion when talking about competing requests in a complementary jurisdic- tion framework should be avoided. if a domestic court claims jurisdic- tion over a person to be charged with international crimes, the icc’s jurisdiction would have to yield precedence to that court. the result of the -year saga: the icc statute without any doubt, the work of the ad hoc committee was of fundamental importance for acceptance of the icc. it allowed states to examine in greater detail an idea that was more than fifty years old. however, the events that were taking place during the report of the ad hoc committee, op. cit. (note ), p. . ibid., pp - . complementary jurisdiction and international criminal justice nineties led states, probably for the first time, to recognize the need to create an international criminal tribunal, opening the path for an international conference that took place three years later. the efforts made by the preparatory committee did clear the way for the international conference of plenipotentiaries, held in rome in june and july .at the same time, the final product of the hard work accomplished by the three bodies concerned — the ilc, the ad hoc committee and the preparatory committee — set the tone for the discussions held at the conference.the fact that the com- plementarity issue was included in the agenda of the committee of the whole, instead of being assigned to a specific committee, may be interpreted as signaling sufficient agreement. the details of the appli- cation of complementarity were more controversial. but in the end, the notion was adequately integrated in various provisions in the statute (though this does not mean that their interpretation will go smoothly), establishing a new precedent in the field of humanitarian law and international criminal tribunals. defining complementarity: the preamble and article as remarked above, complementarity is to be found in many different forms throughout the court’s procedure, and even in the investigation phase to be carried out by the prosecutor. first of all, the introduction to the complementary charac- ter of the court was spelled out and emphasized in the preamble: “(...) emphasizing that the international criminal court established under this statute shall be complementary to national jurisdictions (...)” the ad hoc committee put forward two options for regulating complementarity: the first held that a statement in the preamble to the statute was insufficient and that more precision was therefore required in a specific provision to that effect; this was seen as a way of indicating the importance attached to this principle. an alternative view stated that the principle of complementarity could be elaborated in the preamble; the rules of inter- pretation of the vienna convention on the law of treaties would be sufficient to deter- mine the context in which the statute as a whole was to be interpreted and applied. report of the ad hoc committee, op. cit. (note ), paras - . ricr mars irrc march vol. no this statement is supplemented by the preceding para- graphs, which establish the grounds for complementarity and the manner in which it should be understood: international crimes shock the conscience of humanity, threaten the peace, security and well- being of the world, and should not go unpunished; states have the main responsibility for taking the required measures to avoid impunity; and an international criminal court is needed, for the sake of present and future generations, to guard them against the most serious crimes of concern to the international community as a whole. as already proposed in the draft prepared by the preparatory committee, the statute contains in article the formula establishing the court’s jurisdiction: “an international court (...) is hereby established. it shall be a permanent institution and shall have the power to exercise its jurisdiction over persons for the most serious crimes of international concern, as referred to in this statute, and shall be complementary to national criminal jurisdictions. (...)” triggering the investigation the preconditions for the exercise of its jurisdiction are spelled out in article , under which the jurisdiction of the court is automatically accepted by states that become party to the statute. hence, for the court to exercise its jurisdiction, the following states must be parties to the statute or must have accepted its jurisdiction in accordance with article . : (a) the territorial state (...); and (b) the national state. under article , the procedure is triggered by three pos- sible mechanisms: (a) referral by a state party; (b) referral by the security council acting under chapter vii of the charter of united nations, in which case the court may initiate the investigation even if the national and territorial states have not accepted the court’s juris- diction; and (c) by an investigation ordered by the prosecutor on his or her own initiative. complementary jurisdiction and international criminal justice ricr mars irrc march vol. no conditions for admissibility: when is a state unable or unwilling to prosecute? • when can the icc investigate? the issue of admissibility arises at the point when the court examines the suspect’s judicial situation in terms of national jurisdiction: if the court concludes that the matter has been submitted to a domestic court, it has to declare the case inadmissible. it is interesting to see that the misgivings expressed by many delegations as to the court’s possible subjectivity when deter- mining a state’s unwillingness or inability to prosecute led to the def- inition of certain criteria which the court must apply. article reflects the main elements of the relationship between the court and domestic tribunals; it construes the jurisdiction of the court in a neg- ative manner — saying what it cannot do, instead of defining what it can do. nevertheless, this article sets a pattern for the court’s intervention. for a case to be admissible, four conditions must be met, namely: • that no competent state is investigating or prosecuting the person concerned for the same acts that constitute the international crime; • that no competent state has decided not to prosecute; • that the person concerned has not already been tried; • that the case is of sufficient gravity to justify further action by the court. these conditions should be seen as cumulative, i.e. all must be met to allow the court’s intervention. the first requirement represents the situation in which the court yields in favour of national jurisdictions. the second has elements of the first — primacy of domestic courts — and of the third, which relates to the principle of non bis in idem.the exception to which paragraph . (c) refers is also covered by paragraph . (a).the fourth requirement calls for a qual- ified intervention by the court, in order to prevent it from being regarded as a substitute for domestic courts. • a difficult decision: determining “inability” and “unwillingness” more likely to be problematic are the exceptions to the aforesaid requirements. certainly, affirming that a state is acting in bad faith or is unwilling or unable to prosecute is a serious accusation. if the situation ever comes about in practice, it is sure to be a source of contention.the statute foresees three types of state conduct that may lead the court to rule that a state is unwilling to prosecute: (a) when the proceedings have been instituted to shield the person concerned; (b) when an unjustified delay is considered inconsistent with a genuine effort to bring a person to justice; and (c) when the competent domes- tic court is not independent or impartial. regarding the inability to prosecute, the statute refers to the lack of effective mechanisms at the national level to gather evidence and testimony or to arrest the accused. the exceptions may consequently be classified as subjec- tive and objective. the former are found in the first three situations, and the latter in the situations described in paragraph . . it is possible to interpret the first two elements of para- graph . as referring to the concept of bad faith.thus shielding the accused or delaying indefinitely the proceedings may be ways of allowing the accused to go unpunished.the third situation may be due to external pressures, not only political but also, as mentioned by the ilc, threats by terrorist groups that may impede the proper course of the judicial proceedings. as for the objective conditions, it is clear that a state with- out sufficient means to gather the necessary evidence or to arrest the accused may be deemed unable to carry out an adequate investigation. in such circumstances, the complementary jurisdiction of the icc is required. the question to be asked is whether all these conditions are consistent with the definition given for complementary jurisdic- tion.the answer seems to be in the affirmative, especially considering that article takes into account the various objectives set out in the preamble, i.e. to avoid impunity, respect national jurisdictions and ensure that states adopt a responsible attitude towards grave violations lest they be divested, via exception, of primary jurisdiction over the case. • articles and : procedural aspects of admissibility articles and complement the provisions laid down in article . article establishes the procedure to be followed for complementary jurisdiction and international criminal justice ricr mars irrc march vol. no rulings on admissibility. it should be stressed that this article calls for close contact between the prosecutor and the competent state regard- ing the progress of an investigation or a prosecution at the national level.this precaution is intended to avoid any unjustified delay in the proceedings. on the other hand, article contains the rule — which many considered to be implicit in the judicial function — that the court must establish that it has jurisdiction in any case brought before it. its decision to admit a case may be challenged by the accused or by a state which has jurisdiction over the case, either because that state is already investigating the case or because its acceptance of the court’s jurisdiction was required under article . a synopsis of complementarity in the icc statute without entering into a procedural analysis, the following outline should clarify this first stage of the proceedings, in which the issue of complementarity plays a more visible role: • initiation of an investigation: the prosecutor is in charge of this part of the proceedings and will take such action when a situa- tion is referred to the court by a state party or by the security council, or on his or her own initiative. the first and latter instances require that the territorial state or the national state have accepted the court’s jurisdiction (arts , , , and ). • the prosecutor will notify his intention to open an investigation to all states parties and to those states which would nor- mally exercise jurisdiction. within one month, these states must inform the court whether or not they are investigating or have inves- tigated the acts that constitute the subject-matter of the court’s inter- vention. if this is so, the prosecutor must defer to the state’s investiga- tion (arts , and ). • if the prosecutor finds that there is a reasonable basis to proceed with an investigation, he or she must submit to the pre-trial chamber a request for its authorization. the prosecutor may request this authorization even if the case is already being investigated by a state (art. ). • the pre-trial chamber may authorize the prosecutor to proceed with the investigation. this decision will not prejudice the subsequent determination of the court regarding the jurisdiction and admissibility of the case. the pre-trial chamber may also refuse the prosecutor’s request, but that will not preclude a subsequent request based on new facts regarding the same situation.all these decisions are subject to appeal to the appeals chamber by the state concerned or by the prosecutor (arts , , and ). • if there is sufficient evidence, the prosecutor will request the pre-trial chamber to issue a warrant of arrest or summons to appear. upon the surrender of the person to the court, the pre-trial chamber must hold a hearing to confirm the charges on which the prosecutor intends to seek trial. once the charges are confirmed, the presidency must constitute the trial chamber which will be responsi- ble for the trial (arts and ). • in order to proceed, the court must satisfy itself that it has jurisdiction over the case, based on the criteria set forth in arti- cle . its decision may be challenged by the accused or by a state which has jurisdiction over the case. if the challenge is made before confirmation of the charges, it will be referred to the pre-trial chamber. otherwise, it will be referred to the trial chamber (arts , and ). this is the crucial moment when the court will examine its relationship with national jurisdictions in order to determine its own jurisdiction, in other words, when complementarity comes to the fore. other issues closely related to complementarity which emerge later in the proceedings, such as judicial cooperation, extradi- tion and surrender, and enforcement of sentences of imprisonment, are fields in which complementarity may also be discovered. nevertheless, it is undoubtedly in the initial phase of the proceedings that comple- mentarity plays its central role, because consideration of it then coin- cides with that moment, so feared and so awaited, when the court will evaluate whether or not it may commence its investigation or trial. time will tell whether practice confirms this view or not. complementary jurisdiction and international criminal justice ricr mars irrc march vol. no concluding remarks explaining how delegations at the rome conference arrived at the text which was finally approved is not an easy task. one can speculate and say that agreement before the conference was suffi- cient and that the negotiations went smoothly. it is evident, however, from the media coverage of the conference, and from the attitude of at least one powerful state towards the final statute, that this was not the case. a plausible answer is that states foresaw even before the rome conference that complementarity was the only solution that could reconcile their interest in protecting national sovereignty with their altruistic concern about international crimes and impunity. at least one thing was sufficiently clear: a large majority of states wanted an international criminal court and supported the idea of its establish- ment. from the diverse proposals for the court’s jurisdiction they were able to see that complementary jurisdiction could be a good compromise. what conclusions can be drawn from this process of almost ten years’ duration? • humanitarian law has reached a stage where most states agree that it is in the interest of the entire international community to try individuals suspected of having committed grave violations of human rights and humanitarian law. it became clear, first during elab- oration of the draft code of crimes against peace and security of mankind and then through the ilc’s work on the establishment of the icc, that in many cases states are unwilling or unable to prosecute at the national level. the only available solution was to vest an interna- tional body with the power to prosecute individuals. • the second point is closely linked to the first. states rec- ognized their concern about impunity, especially when dealing with international criminals. in view of the many problems that this type of trial posed for domestic courts, this new awareness of their obligations spoke in favour of an international forum which would represent the interests of the international community. • the concept of sovereignty still has a great impact on international law and international relations; states are not yet ready to give up these privileges. faced with the necessity of dealing with international crimes, states could therefore accept a permanent inter- national court only if it acted on a limited basis, i.e. when the compe- tent states agree that appropriate action cannot be taken at the national level. states are not willing to allow an international body to impinge on their sacrosanct judicial authority. the sole way to gain acceptance for such a body was to create a mechanism that would complement national jurisdictions, thus a complementary jurisdiction. • the concept of complementary jurisdiction is not trouble-free; when, how, under what circumstances this mechanism will be triggered is still subject to further definition. practice will cer- tainly refine and adapt what as yet only exists in writing. but the gen- eral aspects of complementary jurisdiction have been clarified at each stage of the negotiations: the ilc, the ad hoc committee and the preparatory committee devoted a considerable amount of time to working out a clear-cut concept. and without any doubt, the court itself will contribute to further clarification of its jurisdiction. ● r é s u m é juridiction complémentaire et justice pénale internationale par oscar solera cet article analyse le développement de la notion de juridiction complémentaire proposée par la commission de droit international et adoptée dans le statut de la cour pénale internationale compte tenu de la nécessité de renforcer le système de justice criminelle pour éviter l’impunité. l’étude porte sur les discussions de fond qui ont eu lieu au sein de la commission de droit international, du comité ad hoc établit par l’assemblée générale pour réviser le projet proposé par la commission, et du comité préparatoire des nations unies pour la création d’une cour criminelle internationale. le résultat obtenu à rome est surtout le produit de l’accord des États sur le besoin de la complementary jurisdiction and international criminal justice ricr mars irrc march vol. no communauté internationale de disposer d’un organe juridictionnel international permanent chargé de statuer sur la responsabilité indi- viduelle relative aux crimes de caractère international. mais cet organe doit permettre à la juridiction pénale nationale compétente de s’exercer au préalable et n’interviendrait qu’en l’absence d’une telle juridiction ou dans l’incapacité de celle-ci d’éviter l’impunité. introduction complementary jurisdiction: domestic vs.international criminal jurisdictions? the ilc and the definition of the icc’s jurisdiction the main problem: the threat to sovereignty the ilc’s proposals the ilc’s draft statute: the starting point is complementary jurisdiction the best solution? general considerations regarding the icc’s jurisdiction exceptional character of the court’s jurisdiction who determines if the international criminal court has jurisdiction? working on the details: admissibility, non bis in idem, and judicial cooperation the result of the -year saga: the icc statute defining complementarity: the preamble and article triggering the investigation conditions for admissibility: when is a state unable or unwilling to prosecute? a synopsis of complementarity in the icc statute concluding remarks what conclusions can be drawn from this process of almost ten years’ duration? résumé en français : juridiction complémentaire et justice pénale internationale a gray area of environmental justice. e e~~~ approved by the end of january . if the program is approved, scripps would immediately begin installing the speakers, and transmissions could begin that spring, rogers said. a move for the better a change in where they live may change the outcome of a second pregnancy for women whose first child was born with a birth defect, according to a recent study published in the july new england journal ofmedicine. the odds of having a second child with a birth defect are small to begin with- about . % in the norwegian sample. however, the study, conducted by epi- demiologists rolv terje and rolv skjaerven in norway and allen wilcox at the niehs, revealed that among women who had given birth to one baby with a defect, those who continued to live in the same town had almost times the risk of giving birth to a second baby with the same defect. however, if these women moved to a new town, the risk dropped to five times the normal risk. the study also showed a slightly increased risk of deliver- ing a second child with a different defect from the first for women who remained in the same town. the study examined birth records of first and second infants born to almost , women in norway between and . twenty-three categories of iso- lated defects and a category of multiple defects including, for example, cleft lip and palate, limb defects, genital defects, anen- cephaly, respiratory system defects, and central nervous system defects were studied. one surprising finding of the study is that moving to a new town correlated with a decreased risk of birth defects more than the second child being fathered by a differ- ent man. with a different father the risk of defects in the second child fell to . . the authors say the study does not cast light on any causes for decreased risk, but when you move, said wilcox, "you've changed some things: where you work, the house you live in...." wilcox said that the study is more promising for guiding future research rather than for suggesting preven- tive measures. the researchers concluded that there is strong indirect evidence that environmental factors contribute to the familial risk of birth defects and that "important environmental teratogens have yet to be discovered." a gray area of environmental justice the issue of environmental justice is hard- ly black and white, especially in the realm risk of similar and dissimilar birth defects in second infants of mothers with an affected first infant second infant defect in similar defect dissimilar defect first infant no. at risk observed expected relative risk observed expected relative risk clubfoot . . . . genital defect . . . . limb defect . . . . cardiac defect . . . . total cleft lip . . . . isolated cleft palate . . . . all combined . . . . effect of a change in municipality or partner on the risk of a birth defect in the second infant similar to the defect in the first infant similar birth defect in second infant mothers with affected mothers with normal first infants first infants partner municipality cases total cases total relative risk same same , . same different , . different same , . different different , . source: lie et al., newengland joumal ofmedicine (vol. , p. ). of research. several studies surfaced in the late s and s providing evidence that polluting and waste facilities are more likely to be located in low-income and minority neighborhoods. this information has prompted widespread political action, but the methodologies used in these stud- ies are now being challenged. president clinton issued an executive order on environmental justice, and con- gress is also focusing on this issue, debating several bills that would guarantee environ- mental equity. but some researchers are questioning whether such political atten- tion to the issue is warranted. two recent studies cast doubt on the empirical evi- dence supporting the arguments of envi- ronmental justice advocates. one of the studies, conducted at the center for the study of american business at washington university, examined envi- ronmental justice policy. "our study is an overview of the issue from a policy per- spective," said christopher boerner, who worked with thomas lambert on the study. their findings indicate that further research should be conducted on the issue. boerner and lambert, research interns at the center, analyzed the studies that pro- vide evidence of environmental racism and detected several flaws in the research. these included inadequacies in how mi- nority communities were defined and in population densities. the researchers said that defining minority communities as areas where the percentage of nonwhite residents exceeds the percentage of minori- ties in the entire population means that a community could be considered minority even if the majority of its residents are white. they also pointed out that most of the studies are based on zip-code data, which are not necessarily accurate when examined on a smaller geographic unit. boerner and lambert also argued that environmental justice studies imply rather than state actual risks posed by polluting and waste facilities since there is a lack of significant scientific data linking negative health effects with proximity to polluting and waste facilities. and finally, the study says that the research on environmental justice fails to establish that discriminatory siting and permitting practices caused cur- rent environmental inequities. the studies identify current economic and race charac- teristics of communities located around industrial and waste facilities, but they do not consider community conditions when the facilities were sited. boerner and lambert's research sup- ports one of their major concerns in regard to environmental justice: that policymakers may be acting too quickly on a subject that needs further research and evaluation. boerner and lambert also examined alternative ways of approaching environ- mental justice as an issue, as opposed to current suggested solutions. most of these current remedies include legislation that would prohibit or discourage construction of polluting and waste facilities in certain low-income and minority neighborhoods. boerner and lambert recommended that policymakers explore remedies such as compensation approaches, in which those volume , number , october m- who share the benefits of the undesirable facility provide compensation to those who host the facility. the compensation could be in the form of direct payment to indi- viduals in the community, or through investments to improve the community. boerner and lambert also detailed benefits that communities could reap by support- ing the construction of polluting and waste facilities in their areas. among these are the economic benefits a facility could bring to a disadvantaged neighborhood, such as the creation of jobs. this type of compensa- tion approach would allow communities to be involved in the negotiating process. early results of an ongoing empirical study at the university of massachusetts also cast doubt on claims that hazardous waste facilities are more likely to be located in low-income and minority neighbor- hoods. the researchers, douglas anderton and andy anderson, both sociology pro- fessors, released a preliminary study reveal- ing that commercial, off-site treatment, storage, and disposal facilities (tsdfs) are actually more likely to be located in white, working-class, industrial neighborhoods. the two-year study examined census bureau tracts, groupings of , people, rather than zip-code data, which had been used in many of the previous studies. tracts containing commercial hazardous waste tsdfs were compared to tracts without tsdfs. the researchers had expected to find results similar to previous studies on envi-. ronmental justice. "we were all pretty sur- prised, including the waste industry," anderton said. "in retrospect we shouldn't have been, because what we found was that these facilities were not much different than any other industrial facilities." they found that the neighborhoods surrounding tsdfs were made up of white, working-class peo- ple, similar to most communities located around other types of industrial facilities. the study has been criticized by envi- ronmental justice advocates because the pre- census tract data that was ana- lyzed excludes rural areas. they claim that if rural areas were assessed, the results could be different. however, anderton says ongoing research involves census data that includes rural areas, and the results appear to be similar. anderton and anderson do admit that there are limitations to this study. for example, only commercial, off-site tsdfs were studied; superfund sites, closed tsdfs, and on-site storage were excluded. they also cited other sources of environ- mental risk not studied that could unfairly burden minority and poor populations, including lead paint, soil contamination, and air pollution. "some of the limitations of this research should be noted so the results of this particular study will not be used to undermine the general cause of environ- mental justice and equity," the authors said. they summarized the study by say- ing, "a great deal of work remains to be done." anderton said they will continue to research the issue, and future studies will include toxic release inventory data, superfund sites, comparisons of public and private facilities, and analyses of how sites change over time. a nice cup of tea animal studies prove it. folklore heralds it. and now the first large human study shows that green tea may be more than just an aromatic brew loved by millions of asians who claim it purifies the body. a report published in the june issue of the journal ofthe national cancer institute concluded that green tea is associated with a reduced rate of esophageal cancer in resi- dents of shanghai. studying healthy people and others who had esophageal cancer, nci researchers found the risk of contracting this cancer was reduced by % for men and % for women who didn't smoke or drink alcohol but who consumed lots of green tea. the researchers undertook the study because of compelling animal experiments that demonstrated green tea reduces the incidence of cancer and even the growth rate of tumors. tea is among the most widely consumed beverages in the world, and a finding that % of that tea, an unfermented green, naturally protects against cancer would be good public health news. the report comes on the heels of a smattering of studies worldwide that sug- gest green tea has a myriad of benefits. in japan, scientists have found that green tea lowers rates of cancers of the lung, skin, and stomach, and even reduces cholesterol. but no one is yet ready to say that green tea protects humans against any dis- ease, including cancer. the nci's lead tea investigator, epidemiologist joseph mclaughlin, cautions that no conclusions can yet be made. "this is the first study that shows an association, but as to whether green tea does definitively protect against esophageal cancer, i can't say." the problem is that although at least studies have been published in the last two years, mostly in asia, there are too few substantive case-control studies, says mclaughlin. the nci survey is the largest to date, "but further investigations are defi- nitely needed," he said. chung yang, a biochemist and profes- sor at rutgers university, said that recent reports of the effect of tea on human health have been "mixed; innately contro- versial." yang said that one-fourth of the studies argue for a protective effect, one- fourth find tea increases health risks, and one-half of the studies found no correla- tion between consumption and disease. and although the shanghai study "is inter- esting and encouraging," yang said that it did not present any clear conclusions. on the other hand, animal data testing the effect of both black and green tea on cancer has shown a consistent benefit, said yang, who has had a role in many of those t reading tea leaves. scientists studying green tea believe it may help ensure a healthier future. reading tea leaves. scientists studying green tea believe it may help ensure a healthier future. environmental health perspectives microsoft word - empathy full issue.docx empathy: what is it, and why does it matter? by lauren bull empathy is like an english semicolon. the word is used frequently, by many people, but is rarely defined, and therefore is often misunderstood. most of us feel that empathy is important, but struggle to explain exactly why, especially to the stubborn dissenters who argue against the need for it at all. despite being bandied about since the turn of the th century, the concept of empathy has received steadily growing attention in western cultures over the past several decades. recently, this focus has shifted onto younger generations, and attempts to determine how and why empathy develops (or doesn’t) in children and teens, including how it impacts them later on in life. before diving into an exploration of young adults and empathy, however, we first need to clarify what the word means to us, and why it matters so much for youth today. alright, give me a one sentence definition of empathy. if there’s one thing librarians, neurobiologists, teachers, psychologists, writers, philosophers, and researchers can all agree on, it’s that there is no one definition. decety and cowell ( ) describe empathy as “an unwieldy concept” that can refer to “a heterogenous collection of related phenomena” (p. ), while zaki and ochsner ( ) call it “a term historically fraught with interpretational ambiguity” (p. ). given that ‘sympathy’ was previously used in english to describe what we now usually term ‘empathy,’ this confusion around the word is hardly surprising (koopman, ). so, what is it, then? historically, empathy has been described as bidimensional, having both a cognitive, intellectual component as well as an affective, emotional one (keen, ; kzarnic, ; gerdes, lietz, & segal, ; zaki & ochsner, ; decety & cowell, ; koopman, ). cognitive empathy is described as the practice of taking on another person’s perspective, or mentally recognizing and understanding their emotional state, while affective empathy involves mirroring and sharing in those emotions (gerdes, lietz, & segal, ; zaki & ochsner, ). ya issue: empathy whew, is that all? actually, some researchers have also proposed a third dimension that involves an active response or conscious decision-making, grounded in “prosocial concern” (gerdes, lietz, & segal, ; zaki & ochsner, ). krznaric ( ) argues, though, that since the concept of an “appropriate response” is both highly subjective and contextual, it shouldn’t be a necessary consideration for defining empathy. this debate is ongoing. this is starting to sound complicated. it can be. the real key, though, is distinguishing empathy from “personal distress.” this is when seeing and sharing in someone else’s emotions causes a person to feel anxiety and discomfort, triggering an aversive or avoidant response (keen, ; zaki & ochsner, ). they feel, are overwhelmed, and pull away. this self-oriented event is a far cry from empathy, as it lacks the cognitive self-awareness and emotional regulation that encourage other-oriented action (keen, ; gerdes, lietz, & segal, ). okay, well how is empathy measured? empathy has often been measured by having individuals complete self-report questionnaires, ranking themselves according to how well they fit certain statements or characteristics (gerdes, lietz, & segal, ). advances in neuroscience have led to the use of more technologically-driven strategies as well, such as fmri scans, facial expression mapping and electromyographic procedures, and heart rate and skin conductance monitoring (keen, ). a critique of these traditional measurements is that they have typically tested for only one ‘kind’ of empathy, using decontextualized cues and artificial situations (zaki & ochsner, ). the reading the mind in the eyes test (rmet), for example, targets the cognitive ability to identify another’s emotion (koopman, ), but compromises its own validity through an oversimplified approach. more realistically complex and intersectional tests also yield inconsistent results, however (decety & cowell, ), prompting the conclusion that measuring empathy is complicated and imprecise at best. if it’s hard to define and complicated to measure, why are we still talking about it? because, in the long run, empathy matters. together with a whole host of other social ya issue: empathy and emotional competencies, it has been demonstrated to lessen violent and aggressive tendencies and “boost self-esteem,” as well as “contribute to...the disposition to learn, improve [school] attendance and contribute to general academic success” (kznaric, , p. ). empathy also “‘represents the foundation skill for all the social competencies important for work,’” (goleman, , as cited in kznaric, , p. ). people who are more empathic also tend to have better developed workplace and interpersonal skills, like cooperation, communication, and management (kznaric, ). additionally, understanding and responding to others’ emotions is strongly tied to individual and collective decision-making and the potential for social change (decety & cowell, ). as kznaric ( ) points out, if we can “learn to see the world from each other’s perspectives, and thereby treat one another differently...we will create the human bonds that will reduce social conflict and encourage new forms of mutual understanding, respect and cooperation” (p. ). and bringing it back to teens more specifically? all of the benefits associated with empathy can be directly mapped to the search institute’s renowned framework of developmental assets for young adults. these include caring, self-esteem, positive communication, equality and social justice, engagement in academics, and interpersonal and cultural competencies, to name just a few (brautigam, ). okay, i’m sold. empathy is a game changer. where do i go from here? i’m so glad you asked. let’s read on! references brautigam, p. ( ). developmental assets and libraries. voya, ( ). retrieved from http://kdla.ky.gov/librarians/programs/summerreading/documents/ _conferen ce_materials/king--developmental% assets% voya+article.pdf decety, j., & cowell, j. m. ( ). empathy, justice, and moral behavior. ajob neuroscience, ( ), - . doi: . / . . gerdes, k. e., lietz, c. a., & segal, e. a. ( ). measuring empathy in the st century: development of an empathy index rooted in social cognitive ya issue: empathy neuroscience and social justice. social work research, ( ), - . retrieved from http://ezproxy.library.dal.ca/login?url=http://search.ebscohost. com/login.aspx?direct=true&db=c h&an= &site=ehost-live keen, s. ( ). a theory of narrative empathy. narrative, ( ), - . retrieved from http://www.jstor.org/stable/ koopman, e. m. ( ). empathic reactions after reading: the role of genre, personal factors and affective responses. poetics, , - . http://dx.doi.org/ . /j.poetic. . . kznaric, r. ( ). you are therefore i am: how empathy education can create social change. retrieved from http://policy-practice.oxfam.org.uk/publications/you-are- therefore-i-am-how-empathy-education-can-create-social-change- zaki, j., & ochsner, k. ( ). the neuroscience of empathy: progress, pitfalls and promise. nature neuroscience, ( ), - . doi: . /nn. o r i g i n a l p a p e r participatory democracy and criminal justice albert w. dzur published online: april � springer science+business media b.v. abstract this essay asks if there is a role for an active public in ratcheting down the harsh politics of crime control in the united states and the united kingdom that has led to increased use of the criminal law and greater severity in punishment. it considers two opposing answers offered by political and legal theorists and then begins to develop a participatory democratic framework for institutional reform. keywords punishment � citizen participation � democracy � restorative justice � criminal jury introduction is there a role for an active public in ratcheting down the tough-minded politics of crime control in the united states and the united kingdom? political and legal theorists offer two opposing answers. on the one hand are insulationists, such as nicola lacey, philip pettit, and franklin zimring, who advocate removing certain criminal justice issues that impact incarceration rates from public influence. they endorse penal policy boards that would take issues such as the permissible size of the prison population and guidelines for appropriate sentencing off the legislative agenda, thus providing insulation from public influence. a contrasting conception comes from integrationists like john braithwaite, nils christie, and howard zehr, who see lay citizen involvement as an integral part of a framework that fosters the right kind of criminal justice dialogue and essential for building a network of support for non-punitive programs. they advocate criminal justice institutions that inte- grate public participation so that citizens consider hard questions, face suffering human beings, and share responsibility for outcomes. this essay argues that the insulationist approach has practical and normative difficulties that reveal advantages of the integrationist model. we need to rethink some core a. w. dzur (&) departments of political science and philosophy, bowling green state university, bowling green, oh, usa e-mail: awdzur@bgsu.edu crim law and philos ( ) : – doi . /s - - -x editorial: stumbling towards climate justice upfront editorial: stumbling towards climate justice arthur muliro wapakala published online: july � society for international development stories about climate change and its unfolding effects as well as the political drama surrounding the global process to arrest it, and hopefully give humanity a chance fill the pages of our newspapers, the screens of blog posts and so on. it is fair to say that there is a growing awareness that the climate is going to be central to the future of humanity. but even as a committed bandwagon of climate deniers continues to challenge the idea that humans are responsible for global warming, they remain a minority - albeit one that is well funded and politically connected and whose agenda is ostensibly that to upend the efforts being made to arrest climate change. but there are many sides to the stories of climate change: whereas a lot of ink is spent in describing the vicissitudes of the paris climate agreement and the maneuvering around it, the stories that attract less attention are those of the human lives that have been caught up in the vortex of a changing climate. granted, the world’s media houses tend to focus on the ‘big story’ and more often than not, the lives of peasants in the sahel, fisherfolk in the bay of bengal or first nation peoples in the north america affected by a rapidly changing and often unpre- dictable climate do not make the headlines, nor do they necessarily attract the attention of the decision makers in the various global fora that are discussing the climate and what to do about it. this does not make their plight any less important: on the contrary - it is perhaps from their lives and stories that we need to begin reflecting on why urgent actions are needed to try and reverse the current trajectory of global warming. like the canary in the coal mine, their stories and experiences are perhaps a sentinel of what awaits us if we tarry in our quest. their pleas for assistance, and most important, justice fall largely on deaf ears, per- haps because either we are convinced that their lives and livelihoods are marginal and expendable, or because we believe that by retrofitting our industries and our econo- mies, we can continue along the same trajectory that has preoccupied our planners for pretty much the last couple of centuries. in other words, we think we can continue to maintain our current and aspired lifestyles without too much of a course correction. if we are to survive this current challenge to our species, it can only be through a set of radical adjustments that force us back towards being in greater synchronicity with nature. but this is a difficult proposition to articulate and to swallow. already, the much-heralded paris climate agreement, whilst having obtained the signatures of over countries does not challenge, or address the questions around why it became necessary to have this agreement in the first place and proceed along a path of understanding how to walk backwards from this point. many will argue that pursuing such a path would make it impossible to have the agreement at all - and they are probably right. there are too many countries with too great a stake in the present architecture of economy and power to contemplate any- thing different. but then, is this not analogous to treating the symptoms of the problem and pretending that a cause does not exist? courage needs to be found to address the root causes of the climate crisis and to discuss what we - as a species - want to do about it. to address the climate crisis, we need to talk about the prevailing models of production - but also how they are linked to inequality, discrimination and injustice around the world. in her & arthur muliro wapakala amuliro@sidint.org rome, italy development ( ) : – doi . /s - - - http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi= . /s - - - &domain=pdf http://crossmark.crossref.org/dialog/?doi= . /s - - - &domain=pdf article, audrea lim argues that the ‘limitless economic growth and endless consumption that lie at the heart of capitalism’ are the key drivers of today’s climate crisis. and she is not alone - there is a growing number of critics who excoriate the paris approach and its silence around the need to tackle the key drivers of the climate crisis. steffen böhm of the university of essex has suggested that the limitations of the current negotiation process ‘result from the current ‘carbon fetishism’, in which even emissions are commodified in an event to maintain the economic status quo ’. in this view, the elephant in the room remains ‘the fundamental failure of neoliberal capitalism, as the world’s dominant economic system, to confront its hunger for exponential growth of production and consumption that has been made possible by the unique energy density of fossil fuels, such as coal, oil and gas’. in his article, he refers at length to the belgian geographer erik swyngedouw remarking thus: ‘for him, capitalism’s attempt to deal with the cli- mate crisis is a perfect example of ‘post-politics’, generating a lot of talk about what needs to change to make our existence on earth sustainable – such as at the current paris climate summit – without there much changing at all. what’s important to bear in mind though is that this talk about change is not all there is. swyngedouw also argues that capital attempts to materially reconfigure itself through the crisis of climate change, precisely by turning through the crisis of climate change, precisely by turning carbon (nature) into a commodity. and of course, this must be seen in line with the commodification pro- cesses that have always been part of capitalism’s history’. writing about the impact of ‘capitalist economics’ on indigenous peoples and communities, kyle powys whyte has argued that they face climate risks largely because of how colonialism, in conjunction with capitalist economics worked to shape the geographic spaces they inhabit and subsequently their socio-economic conditions. ‘the consequences of capitalist economics, such as deforestation, water pollution, the clearing of land for large scale agriculture and urbanization, generate immediate disruptions on ecosystems, ‘rapidly’ ren- dering them very different from what they were like before, undermining indigenous knowledge systems and indigenous peoples’ capacity to cultivate land- scapes and adjust to environmental change… yet what is more insidious about climate injustice against indigenous peoples is that the settler institutions such as those of containment, that inflicted environmental change in the past, are the same institutions that fostered carbon-intensive economic activities on indigenous territories. that is, containment strategies, such as removal of indigenous peoples to reservations or the forced adoption of corporate government structures, all facilitated extractive industries, defor- estation and large-scale agriculture’. (whyte ) american journalist christian parenti begins his book with the graphic description of the aftermath of a cattle raid in north-western kenya and provides us with the context of this raid that left one ekaru loruman dead. we are told that persistent severe drought had led to encroachment of the turkana, a pastoralist community, onto the lands of their pokot neighbours and reciprocal raids to replenish stocks depleted by the droughts were increasingly common. he asks: ‘why did ekaru loruman die? […] we could say tradition killed ekaru, the age-old tradition of ‘stock- theft’, cattle raiding among the nilotic tribes of east africa. or we could say he was murdered by a specific man, a pokot from the karasuk. or that ekaru was killed by the drought. when the drought gets bad, the raiding picks up. or perhaps ekaru was killed by forces yet larger, forces transcending the specifics of this regional drought, this raid, this geography and the nilotic cattle cultures. to my mind… ekaru’s death was caused by the most colossal set of events in human history: the catas- trophic convergence of poverty, violence and climate change’. (parenti : – ) in , a dutch district court sitting in the hague ruled that the dutch government had a legal duty of care towards current and future generations to lower its co emissions. this landmark ruling - known as the urgenda case - was ‘the first case in which regular citizens have managed to hold their government accountable for taking insufficient action to keep them safe from dangerous climate change. the ruling stipulated that the ‘dutch government is required to reduce its emissions by at least % by the end of (compared to levels). this means that the dutch government is now, effective immediately, forced to take more effective action on climate change. it is also the first case in the world in which human rights are used as a audrea lim, true climate justice puts communities of color first, https://www.thenation.com/article/true-climate-justice-puts-commu nities-of-color-first/. steffen böhm: the paris climate talks and other events of carbon fetishism, https://www.versobooks.com/blogs/ -steffen-bohm- the-paris-climate-talks-and-other-events-of-carbon-fetishism. steffen böhm: the paris climate talks and other events of carbon fetishism, https://www.versobooks.com/blogs/ -steffen-bohm- the-paris-climate-talks-and-other-events-of-carbon-fetishism. a. m. wapakala https://www.thenation.com/article/true-climate-justice-puts-communities-of-color-first/ https://www.thenation.com/article/true-climate-justice-puts-communities-of-color-first/ https://www.versobooks.com/blogs/ -steffen-bohm-the-paris-climate-talks-and-other-events-of-carbon-fetishism https://www.versobooks.com/blogs/ -steffen-bohm-the-paris-climate-talks-and-other-events-of-carbon-fetishism https://www.versobooks.com/blogs/ -steffen-bohm-the-paris-climate-talks-and-other-events-of-carbon-fetishism https://www.versobooks.com/blogs/ -steffen-bohm-the-paris-climate-talks-and-other-events-of-carbon-fetishism legal basis to protect citizens against climate change ’. this case and the subsequent ruling (although under appeal by the dutch government) has inspired similar cases in belgium, norway and france. how then does the idea of justice play out henceforth? justice for the indigenous people who have seen their ancestral lands devastated? or for ekaru loruman’s fam- ily? or those dutch citizens who fear for this and future generations? or for the many other cases which we have not cited? justice, in many of our countries, is often sought and not always obtained. so why add climate justice to the pot? ultimately, it is because climate justice - and justice more generally - is a function of who we are and what we value. most western philosophers have generally regarded justice as fundamental for ordering interpersonal relations as well as establishing and maintaining a stable political society. in our case, we are perhaps more concerned with the latter part, the emphasis on having a stable political society – an outcome that is by no means guaranteed. as peter burnell wrote: ‘if the economic adjustment costs imposed by climate change or the financial costs of miti- gation and adaptation are distributed unevenly in society – to the detriment of politically weak groups - the chances of reaching the democratic norm of political equality become more remote. not just climate change but also some of the efforts to address it can lead to social injustice harming at minimum democracy’s substance and reputation’. (burnell : ) thus, albeit a sensible proposition, the notion of climate justice remains a thorny one to implement nonetheless. as rebecca hall put it: climate justice includes a focus on the root causes of climate change and making the systemic changes that are therefore required, a commitment to address the disproportionate burden of the climate crisis on the poor and marginalized, a demand for participatory democracy in changing these systems which require dismantling the fossil fuel corporate power structure, and a commitment to reparations and thus a fair distribution of the world’s wealth. in his landmark encyclical ‘laudato sı̀’ published in , pope francis made an impassioned plea for climate justice suggesting that there is a need to go beyond the current palliative measures being implemented. in particular, he placed the asymmetry of power at the heart of the debate: ‘climate change is a global problem with grave implications: environmental, social, economic, polit- ical and for the distribution of goods. it represents one of the principal challenges facing humanity in our day. its worst impact will probably be felt by developing countries in coming decades. many of the poor live in areas particularly affected by phenomena related to warming, and their means of subsistence are largely dependent on natural reserves and eco- systemic services such as agriculture, fishing and forestry. they have no other financial activities or resources which can enable them to adapt to climate change or to face natural disasters, and their access to social services and protection is very limited. for example, changes in climate, to which animals and plants cannot adapt, lead them to migrate; this in turn affects the livelihood of the poor, who are then forced to leave their homes, with great uncertainty for their future and that of their children. there has been a tragic rise in the number of migrants seeking to flee from the growing poverty caused by environmental degradation. they are not recognized by international conventions as refugees; they bear the loss of the lives they have left behind, without enjoying any legal protection whatsoever. sadly, there is wide- spread indifference to such suffering, which is even now taking place throughout our world. our lack of response to these tragedies involving our brothers and sisters points to the loss of that sense of responsibility for our fellow men and women upon which all civil society is founded. many of those who possess more resources and economic or political power seem mostly to be con- cerned with masking the problems or concealing their symptoms, simply making efforts to reduce some of the negative impacts of climate change. however, many of these symptoms indicate that such effects will continue to worsen if we continue with current models of production and consumption. there is an urgent need to develop policies so that, in the next few years, the emission of carbon dioxide and other highly polluting gases can be drastically reduced, for example, substituting for fossil fuels and developing sources of renewable energy’. this question of power asymmetries and how they are reproduced has to be a central element of climate justice campaigns going forward. we cannot talk of rethinking the current structures of production without rethinking how power within societies is managed and distributed. if the quest for climate justice is to have any success, it will need the urgenda climate case explained http://www.urgenda.nl/en/ climate-case/. rebecca hall, defining climate justice, http://www.peacefulupris ing.org/defining-climate-justice- . encyclical letter laudato sı̀ of the holy father francis on care for our common home, pp. – . editorial http://www.urgenda.nl/en/climate-case/ http://www.urgenda.nl/en/climate-case/ http://www.peacefuluprising.org/defining-climate-justice- http://www.peacefuluprising.org/defining-climate-justice- to embrace a broader and more radical analysis of why we are in the funk we are today, and to rethink and reimagine a different outcome. as john riddell (referring to the north american situation, but one whose message is nonetheless universal) put it quite succinctly: ‘the climate justice movement has insisted on a focus on communities most directly impacted by climate change, the marginalized and indigenous peoples. but for such an alliance to be effective it also requires building a working class environmen- talism that challenges capitalist production and the endless accumulation that necessarily entails eco- logical degradation. unfortunately, ecological acti- vism in north america – even when confronting climate change – relies on market measures and utopic visions of green capitalism’. as albert einstein remarked, ‘we cannot solve our prob- lems with the same level of thinking that created them’. so, what is the pathway that we must follow to at least try and embed climate justice at the centre of the conversations around climate change? it is necessary that we take a sys- temic and encompassing view that brings questions of inequality, continued oppression, gender discrimination and human rights into these conversations. this provides us with an opportunity to ‘reshape our economic system, and to create real alternatives to the profit-driven, fossil fuel–de- pendent system of white, corporate capitalism ’. and in so doing, we will also need to challenge the power centres that continue to drive global warming. this means recognizing that the vast majority of emissions today derive from industry and agribusiness. it will call for a recasting of the narrative that promotes growth and consumption at all costs. the fact remains that there are no easy propositions or solutions. we have reached the point we are at through a prolonged and systematic period in which the primary goal of modern economic systems was growth and profit. this twin obsession neglected the ecological basis on which it thrived and it naturalized inequalities, patriarchy, violence and alienation as its core byproducts. as individuals, we might be compelled to take those actions that we believe will contribute to greater sustainability and hence be part of ‘making the difference’ to save the planet. yes, these small actions are in their own right necessary and important, but this is not where we should be focusing our attention. simple living will never be enough and will never be a substitute for the larger system change and reset that we should be craving for. so we are caught on the horns of a dilemma - one for which for most, the easier alternative is to adopt the ostrich’s strategy of burying our heads in the sand and hoping that the problem will go away. derrick jensen thinks we have been caught up in a double bind which he describes thus: ‘a double bind is where you’re given multiple options, but no matter what option you choose, you lose, and withdrawal is not an option. at this point, it should be pretty easy to recognize that every action involving the industrial economy is destructive (and we shouldn’t pretend that solar photovoltaics, for example, exempt us from this: they still require mining and transportation infrastructures at every point in the production processes; the same can be said for every other so-called green technology). so if we choose option one — if we avidly participate in the industrial economy — we may in the short term think we win because we may accumulate wealth, the marker of ‘‘success’’ in this culture. but we lose, because in doing so we give up our empathy, our animal humanity. and we really lose because indus- trial civilization is killing the planet, which means everyone loses. if we choose the ‘‘alternative’’ option of living more simply, thus causing less harm, but still not stopping the industrial economy from killing the planet, we may in the short term think we win because we get to feel pure, and we didn’t even have to give up all of our empathy (just enough to justify not stopping the horrors), but once again we really lose because industrial civilization is still killing the planet, which means everyone still loses. the third option, acting decisively to stop the industrial econ- omy, is very scary for a number of reasons, including but not restricted to the fact that we’d lose some of the luxuries (like electricity) to which we’ve grown accustomed, and the fact that those in power might try to kill us if we seriously impede their ability to exploit the world — none of which alters the fact that it’s a better option than a dead planet. any option is a better option than a dead planet’. as stated earlier, we are not left with many other options on the table other than to come up with new forms of politics that challenge the structural basis of our current economic models as well as current efforts to seek commercial opportunities in the climate crisis - which will simply be another way of continuing the ruin and disenfranchisement that have accompanied the present system to date. to return to böhm’s argument, ‘climate john riddell, climate vandalism and north american capitalism, https://johnriddell.wordpress.com/ / / /climate-vandalism- and-north-american-capitalism/. audrea lim, true climate justice puts communities of color first, https://www.thenation.com/article/true-climate-justice-puts-commu nities-of-color-first/. derrick jensen, forget shorter showers, https://orionmagazine.org/ article/forget-shorter-showers/. a. m. wapakala https://johnriddell.wordpress.com/ / / /climate-vandalism-and-north-american-capitalism/ https://johnriddell.wordpress.com/ / / /climate-vandalism-and-north-american-capitalism/ https://www.thenation.com/article/true-climate-justice-puts-communities-of-color-first/ https://www.thenation.com/article/true-climate-justice-puts-communities-of-color-first/ https://orionmagazine.org/article/forget-shorter-showers/ https://orionmagazine.org/article/forget-shorter-showers/ justice is not something that should come after us accepting climate capitalism. a proper just climate can only be brought about if we don’t shy away from questioning the fundamental logic of carbon fetishism and the logic of the market that attempts to appropriate, commodify and financialize nat- ure’. getting to this point will require heroic efforts by women and men around the world to get out of their familiar comfort zones and, in words of jensen, ‘remember that the role of an activist is not to navigate systems of oppressive power with as much integrity as possible, but rather to confront and take down those systems’. this journal brings together a number of viewpoints and perspectives on how questions of climate justice are seeing and addressed from different vantage points. the twenty- five contributors take us through a kaleidoscope of per- spectives that taken together, give a picture of the com- plexity of the challenge on the one hand; and on the other, a sense of the actions and proposals that are being worked on around the world. virtually all the authors agree that the most vulnerable victims of climate change are found in the poorest countries of the world where there is also the least capacity to put together an adequate and sufficient response to the ravages of climate change. in her article, miren gutierrez gives us an overview of ‘the good, the bad and the ugly’. she analyzes the politics around the commitments to the paris agreement and where the different signatories stand with respect to their emission targets as well as the politics around the green climate fund. julian brave noisecat argues for indigenous peoples and their knowledge regimes to be acknowledged and given a greater role in the climate mitigation process. there is a need, he argues, for indigenous rights to be broadened and strengthened in order for them to stave off the challenges coming from fossil fuel development, extractive industries and the resultant climate change. ruth nyambura reminds us of the persistent disconnect between the formal processes at the state level and the realities on the ground, and how this is leading to the emergence of a network of transnational cli- mate, food and energy justice movement(s) that are working together to try and provide viable alternatives to those local communities hit by a perfect storm of multiple and inter- secting crises of climate change. we are told that there is a growing and hardening fissure between the elitist narratives of climate justice and climate action and the alternative visions of society that are being nurtured and worked upon at the grassroots. julia puaschunder, makes a proposal as to how to how to share the benefits and burdens of climate change in a fair and just manner within society, between countries and over time. she presents and discusses innovative compensation schemes such as climate bonds to spread the burden of climate change more equally between today’s and tomorrow’s society. kelly mcfarland looks at environmental factors driving migration and proposes a set of ‘guiding principles’ that could form the basis for a new, and different conversation on the imperatives of contem- porary migration and what policies might be pursued in this regard as well as some of the challenges that are likely to be faced in implementing the new policies. he decries the fact that the current political environment is ill-prepared to tackle complex, globally-based and humanitarian focused issues and challenges us to work towards building resilience within communities and to focus on the longer-term, adap- tive policies geared toward slow-onset migration and urbanization. gabriel ferrero urges us to get behind the development agenda and the related sustainable devel- opment goals as this, together with the paris agreements offers a substantive framework to deliver on climate justice and to overcome inequalities, poverty, lack of hope and the erosion of human rights, underlying root causes of insecu- rity, conflicts, and forced migration. he reminds us that our common destiny imposes on us the need to cultivate shared values and principles; shared goals and targets and above all shared responsibility and action by all actors. lorna gold challenges international non-governmental development organizations (ingdos) not to contribute to the conspiracy of silence which still surrounds climate change in western societies by ignoring it in their campaigns and advocacy. she argues that they have a privileged role to help shifting the public narrative on climate change and climate justice at a national level where they operate through the stories and experiences they can help leverage to bring the reality of the global scale of climate injustice into national contexts where the impacts may not be readily understood. bertrand noiret reflects on the challenge of ensuring food security and adequate nutrition in a world with a rapidly changing cli- mate. he suggests that these twin goals be at the centre of climate change actions and calls for strengthened repre- sentation and participation of social movements and non- government organization, at relevant fora as well as closer coordination and cooperation amongst those institutions working on food security and nutrition. tristan quinn-thi- bodeau and brandon wu reflect on the challenges that a donald trump presidency brings with it for ngos and cli- mate activists in the united states. they suggest that larger ngos need to break out of their silos and engage with and support grassroots, frontline, and social movement leader- ship, fighting on issues not traditionally associated with stopping climate change. the current political context, in their view, offers a real opportunity for development ngos to take a principled stand and actively take sides with the people they purport to serve even if these postures should prove to be uncomfortable. isis alvarez and simone lovera steffen böhm: the paris climate talks and other events of carbon fetishism, https://www.versobooks.com/blogs/ -steffen- bohm-the-paris-climate-talks-and-other-events-of-carbon-fetishism. editorial https://www.versobooks.com/blogs/ -steffen-bohm-the-paris-climate-talks-and-other-events-of-carbon-fetishism https://www.versobooks.com/blogs/ -steffen-bohm-the-paris-climate-talks-and-other-events-of-carbon-fetishism argue for the need to mainstream gender in climate change actions as this could lead to new policy actions that enhance women’s participation in tackling biodiversity loss and cli- mate change. they tell us that the patriarchal system has so far marginalized women in implementing biodiversity and climate commitments and remind us that we need to discard stereotypes of women being ‘weak’ and ‘dependent’ and recognize that historically, women have been key agents in leading societal change. the above and the other sterling contributions in this issue challenge us collectively to reflect on the entity of the problem that climate change poses, and why ultimately, we will have to adopt a climate justice approach. as individual readers, we may not always agree with the suggestions that the authors have made or the solutions that are being implemented. theirs are ideas to provoke conversations and to remind us that the challenges that climate change will unleash will stretch our collective imagination and test our institutions - locally and internationally in ways that perhaps they were never made to. if there is but one lesson to draw from this anthology, it is that nothing is static in a time of intense turmoil. we will look to different spheres of achievement for solutions - be they technical, social or spiritual. what we cannot do is run away from the fact that attaining climate justice; resolving the climate crisis will be in the final analysis a political challenge. in the earlier part of this editorial, i repeatedly made the point that we will need to find ways and means to go beyond the limits of the current capitalistic model of production and consumption. we will need to figure out how to challenge its foundations and to think of what can replace it - and some suggestions are made in the following articles. wean ourselves off the dependency on fossil fuels. tackle the waste of industrial agriculture. rethink our models of resilience. and so on. in concluding, we will need to find a way of ensuring that the dialogue that is necessary does not become hostage to denialism, or what david roberts has called ‘tribal epistemology’ in which: ‘information is evaluated based not on conformity to common standards of evidence or correspondence to a common understanding of the world, but on whe- ther it supports the tribe’s values and goals and is vouchsafed by tribal leaders. ‘‘good for our side’’ and ‘‘true’’ begin to blur into one’. the current challenge calls for collaboration, not senseless competition. it requires that we work together to enlarge the common ground from which we can begin to search for lasting solutions as opposed to creating islands of righ- teousness. if we are to find viable solutions and outcomes to our predicament, it will require that we find ways and means of reinforcing trust at all levels of society. this means that we will have to accept that predominant narratives are challenged and that spaces for alternative narratives are cultivated. many have called ours ‘the age of possibilities’ - humanity, with its technological progress and achieve- ments of the past centuries seemed to have reached the cusp of going beyond what were hitherto considered the limits to our progress as a species. and we have achieved a lot. but we are now discovering that nature is a powerful adversary, and not necessarily a forgiving one either. ‘never before have the possibilities of a good world for the human species as a whole been greater. at the same time, the gap between human potential and the existing conditions of humankind in its totality has probably never been wider. ours is also an age of extremes. what stands in between the potential and the actual are the economics of environmental destruction and social exclusion of whoever is not profitable, the economics, sociology and psychology of inequality, the power politics of division and war. no end to all of this is in sight. however, a species consciousness is emerging, in particular one of environmental challenges but also of human rights and human potential’. (therborn : ) we are now called upon to take a step back and look at everything in perspective. a course correction may yet be possible - time is running out, but we still have a limited window to make that difference. references burnell, peter. . democracy, democratization and climate change: complex relationships. democratization ( ): – . parenti, christian. . tropic of chaos: climate change and the new geography of violence. new york: nations books. therborn, göran. . an age of progress? new left review no. may–june. whyte, kyle powys. . is it colonial déjà vu? indigenous peoples and climate injustice. in humanities for the environ- ment: integrating knowledges, forging new constellations of practice, ed. j. adamson, m. davis, and h. huang, – . london: earthscan publications. david roberts, donald trump and the rise of tribal epistemology, https://www.vox.com/policy-and-politics/ / / / / donald-trump-tribal-epistemology. a. m. wapakala https://www.vox.com/policy-and-politics/ / / / /donald-trump-tribal-epistemology https://www.vox.com/policy-and-politics/ / / / /donald-trump-tribal-epistemology editorial: stumbling towards climate justice references - ndd.indd nature vol. march mr justice parker and technical fact mr justice parker, who some time ago handled the flixborough inquiry into a devastating explosion in a british chemical plant with consummate judicial skill, applied the same talents last year to the proposed construction of thorp (see p ). he was appointed to the windscale inquiry, as it became known, perhaps because he had gained experience at flixborough in inquiries requiring assessment of technical argument. therefore, as one might expect, where the arguments concerning the con- struction of thorp are capable of strict technical analysis justice parker's final report- published by the government on march this year - is masterly. at the lowest level of contention, his description of the basic physics and chemistry of the nuclear fuel cycle should be read by anyone wishing to understand the technical basis of nuclear power and the reprocessing of nuclear fuel. at the next level, justice parker 's chapters on risk perform a very valuable function in drawing together the data on the effects of routine discharges of radionuclides from windscale, and on assessing the possibilities of accident. the inspector even ordered a few experiments. with their agreement he subjected a few regular ftsh eaters on the coast (where the existing magnox reprocessing facility discharges low-level liquid waste) to whole body monitoring for the presence of radio- active elements passed down the food chain to the fish and thence to the fish eater. levels were well below the limits set by the international commission on radiological protection . in such ways mr justice parker allayed some fears about the dangers of windscale by ascertaining facts . parker has also made some positive recommendations for improvement, as in the scientific competence of the nuclear installations inspectorate (nil) to check the designs of thorp were it to be built, and in the constitution of the windscale local liaison committee. the latter was set up to prepare emergency plans between the local community and windscale , but, writes the inspector 'it emerged in evidence that some of those who, in the event of an emergency, would be required to take action under the plan ... did not even know they had any responsibilities, much less know what these responsibilities were. this was clearly a grave defect .. .' british nuclear fuels ltd (bnfl) who control windscale have agreed to act on all parker's criticisms so local liaison at least should improve shortly. politics is involved in the environmental and health risks associated with thorp at least to the extent that being subject to them is not a matter of choice for the local residents; but it seems clear that the risks are not likely to be greater than those involved with any other industry. but in almost all the other issues faced by the inspector complex political judgements are involved. the two central political questions concerned with the construction of thorp are international and national: the effect on the proliferation of nuclear weapons (which we deal with on p ), and the choice of uk energy future. the latter choice offers a number of options quite distinct from the familiar ones of the high growth and low growth future. on one of these mr justice parker heard two days of evidence (outlined below) from gerald leach of mr ju stice parker : " we will be castiga ted anyway" the international institute for environ- ment and deve-lopment (lied) , but he pays scant a ttention -to this in his report. the choice of energy future (in leach 's paper it is one of low primary energy reached largely by choice of efficient consumption technology) drastically affects mr justice parker's recommendation to build thorp. he argues in his conclusions that : ftr st, extra facilities are ne.eded for pro- jected lj k arisings of spent fuel after about ! ; second, the best way of dealing with the wastes is to reprocess the fuel; third, that it is better to build the plant early rather than late to gain experience of the technology and avoid possible technical hitches ; and fourth, ·that if we arc going to have reprocess- ing anyway we might as well improve its economics by importing foreign fuel for treatment . (he disposes of the problem of the prolifera,tion of nuclear weapons on the way by a s.pcc.ial read- ing of the non-proliferation treaty.) thus the argument depend s on the projected uk arisings, which have their origins in a forecast of the central electricity generating board. this in turn depends on an energy con sumption forecast. a forecast used in this way represents a political decision. it selects a particular path among many options. parker's words in the report are illuminating. considering uk ansmgs of spent fuel to the year he first calculates that , tonnes will have a risen from existing reactors and from those under construction. he goes on " if, as appears likely, reactors to pro- duoc a further , mw per year of electricity are ordered in the ncar future and begin to operate between and they will, by the year , have produced a further , tonnes of spent fuel. thus a total of , tonnes by the year from uk reactors alone is a realistic forecast" . (another , mw is a large increase in nuclear power : the total nuclear generating capacity in england and wales at the end of march last year was , mw) . it quite genuinely seems not to have occurred to mr parker, that the usc of "as appears likely" and "realistic" is, intentionally or nr)t, loaded, repre- senting a choioc of paths among alternatives. for example, the depart- ment of energy's recent decision to invest in the conservation of energy is projected by the department to reduce energy consumption by the end of the centry by %-or the equivalent of about , mw . flexibilities of that order by political choice are quite fea sihle. energy futures gerald leach 's two days of evidence , which formed an interim report on a study to be published by iied in june, described a future with "substantial rises in ma terial standards, mobility and other energy-related activities". but it required not a rise but a reduction primary energy demand by the year . this is achieved through increased consumption efficiencies with, for example, gas-fired heat pumps for heat- in g and good thermal insulation. the energy group of the sussex university science policy research unit has also discovered that market competition between north sea gas and electricity at the end of the century might restrict electricity to "essential" uses --such as lights, television, and electric motors. it follows, because of the poor energy efficiency of electricity generation in power stations, that on this basis there is a reduction of some % in primary energy consumption . futures studies have lately taken on a completely new meaning , of which mr justice parker does not appear to be aware: the meaning of offering an option to a policy maker, not of pre- dicting the future . mr wedgwood bcnn, the uk secretary of state for energy. expressed a view on this at a meeting on windscalc at the royal institution last year: "to be mcs- • macmillan journals ltd © nature publishing group nature vol . march merised by forecasts is a way of getting you to do what the forecaster wants you to do" said benn. "i want to have elbow room" . elbow room-in the form of a set of decision options and their probable consequences-is what energy forecasts are now offering; it is false thinking to take only one as "realistic". mr justice parker uses his single set of projected arisings to indicate that the existing windscale reprocessing facilities, and those already granted planning permission, are insufficient to cope with the load. waste management the next step is to show that the only effective means of dealing with this excess of spent fuel is to reprocess it- that is, to treat it chemically to separate out the highly act.ive wastes and, as a by.product of the existing process, produce separated uranium and plutonium. (the latter is not an essential step in that it can be reversed to produce a degraded mixture of the two , but it is essential if it is wished to conserve plutonium for bombs or fast breeder reactors). here again a political element creeps in. the inquiry considered two principal options. the first is as pro- posed for thorp, to reprocess spent fuel rods, separate out the highly active wastes containing fission products and actinides, gla ssify the resul.t and dis- pose of it underground in geologically stabl.e rock formations. the second is to hold the spent fuel in its can, perhaps further encapsulate it , and store it m cooling pond s or in dry vaults (possibly filled with inert gas). each means of waste management suffers an unresolved technical prob- lem . in the reprocessing route, we do not know if geological storage will work for the i , years or so for which the actinides are decaying . if it failed, a large amount of radioactivity could be released upon future generations. equally in the storage route we do not know if the cans (stainless steel in the case of agr reactors and zirconium alloy in the case of pwrs) will corrode. agreed scientific knowledge is lack- ing in both cases; and projecting the futures of mate-rials must always be contentious as t·he only conclusive way to test a theory is to wai·t and se.e. effective work on both has only recently been undertaken . what re- search there has been has concentrated on the re.proce.ss.ing route, as reprocess- ·ing has always been the obje·ctive of the nuclear industry for a rooson other than waste management: